Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    National Building Code
                                                                                                    of Canada
                                                                                                    2020
                                                                                                    Volume 1




                                                                                                    Issued by the
                                                                                                    Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes
                                                                                                    National Research Council of Canada
                                                                                                                   First Edition 1941




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                Second Edition 1953
                                                                                                                  Third Edition 1960
                                                                                                                 Fourth Edition 1965
                                                                                                                   Fifth Edition 1970
                                                                                                                  Sixth Edition 1975
                                                                                                                Seventh Edition 1977
                                                                                                                 Eighth Edition 1980
                                                                                                                  Ninth Edition 1985
                                                                                                                  Tenth Edition 1990
                                                                                                                Eleventh Edition 1995
                                                                                                                 Twelfth Edition 2005
                                                                                                               Thirteenth Edition 2010
                                                                                                               Fourteenth Edition 2015
                                                                                                                Fifteenth Edition 2020



                                                                                                    Paper:   ISBN 978-0-660-37913-5      NR24-28/2020E
                                                                                                    PDF:     ISBN 978-0-660-37912-8      NR24-28/2020E-PDF



                                                                                                                NRCC-CONST-56435E

                                                                                                     © National Research Council of Canada 2022
                                                                                                                       Ottawa
                                                                                                                World Rights Reserved




                                                                                                                  Printed in Canada

                                                                                                                     First Printing




                                                                                                             Aussi disponible en français :
                                                                                                       Code national du bâtiment – Canada 2020
                                                                                                                NRCC-CONST-56435F
                                                                                                          Papier : ISBN 978-0-660-37915-9
                                                                                                          PDF : ISBN 978-0-660-37914-2
                                                                                                    Table of Contents

                                                                                                                                                     Volume 1
                                                                                                      Preface
                                                                                                      Relationship of the NBC to Standards Development and Conformity Assessment
                                                                                                      Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes and Standing Committees




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      Division A           Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                         Part 1               Compliance
                                                                                                         Part 2               Objectives
                                                                                                         Part 3               Functional Statements

                                                                                                      Division B           Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                         Part 1               General
                                                                                                         Part 2               Farm Buildings
                                                                                                         Part 3               Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility
                                                                                                         Part 4               Structural Design
                                                                                                         Part 5               Environmental Separation
                                                                                                         Part 6               Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning
                                                                                                         Part 7               Plumbing Services
                                                                                                         Part 8               Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites
                                                                                                         Appendix C           Climatic and Seismic Information
                                                                                                         Appendix D           Fire-Performance Ratings

                                                                                                      Division C           Administrative Provisions
                                                                                                         Part 1               General
                                                                                                         Part 2               Administrative Provisions

                                                                                                      Index

                                                                                                                                                     Volume 2
                                                                                                      Division B           Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                         Part 9               Housing and Small Buildings

                                                                                                      Index




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Preface



                                                                                                        The National Building Code of Canada 2020 (NBC), together with the National Plumbing




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Code of Canada 2020 (NPC), the National Fire Code of Canada 2020 (NFC) and the National
                                                                                                        Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020 (NECB), has been developed by the Canadian
                                                                                                        Commission on Building and Fire Codes (CCBFC) as an objective-based national model code
                                                                                                        that can be adopted by provincial and territorial governments.

                                                                                                        In Canada, provincial and territorial governments have the authority to enact legislation
                                                                                                        that regulates building design and construction within their jurisdictions. This may involve
                                                                                                        the adoption of the NBC without change or with modifications to suit local needs, and
                                                                                                        the enactment of other laws and regulations regarding building design and construction,
                                                                                                        including requirements for professional involvement.

                                                                                                        The NBC is a model code in the sense that it helps promote consistency among provincial
                                                                                                        and territorial building codes. Persons involved in the design or construction of a building
                                                                                                        should consult the provincial or territorial jurisdiction concerned to find out which building
                                                                                                        code is applicable.

                                                                                                        This edition of the NBC succeeds the 2015 edition.


                                                                                                    Development of the National Model Codes
                                                                                                        The CCBFC, an independent committee established by the National Research Council of
                                                                                                        Canada (NRC), is responsible for the content of the National Model Codes. The CCBFC
                                                                                                        is made up of volunteers from across the country and from all facets of the Codes-user
                                                                                                        community. Members of the CCBFC and its standing committees include builders, engineers,
                                                                                                        skilled trade workers, architects, building owners, building operators, fire and building
                                                                                                        officials, manufacturers, and representatives of general interests.

                                                                                                        The CCBFC is advised on scope, policy and technical issues pertaining to the Codes by the
                                                                                                        Provincial/Territorial Policy Advisory Committee on Codes (PTPACC), which is a committee
                                                                                                        of senior representatives from provincial/territorial ministries responsible for building,
                                                                                                        fire, plumbing and energy regulation in their jurisdictions. The PTPACC was created by
                                                                                                        the provinces and territories, with provision of guidance to the CCBFC as one of its main
                                                                                                        functions. Through the PTPACC, the provinces and territories are engaged in every phase of
                                                                                                        the Codes development process.

                                                                                                        Codes Canada staff within the Construction Research Centre at the NRC provide technical
                                                                                                        and administrative support to the CCBFC and its standing committees, and coordinate the
                                                                                                        provision of evidence-based research to inform Codes development. The NRC publishes the
                                                                                                        National Model Codes and periodic revisions to the Codes to address pressing issues.

                                                                                                        The broader Codes-user community also makes significant contributions to the Codes
                                                                                                        development process by submitting requests for changes or additions to the Codes and by
                                                                                                        commenting on the proposed changes during the public reviews that precede each new
                                                                                                        edition.

                                                                                                        The CCBFC takes into consideration the advice received from the provinces and territories as
                                                                                                        well as Codes users' comments at each stage of Codes development. The scope and content of
                                                                                                        the National Model Codes are determined on a consensus basis, which involves the review of
                                                                                                        technical, policy and practical concerns and discussion of the implications of these concerns.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       v
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Preface

                                                                                                         More information on the Codes development process is available on the NRC's website.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                         The NBC sets out technical provisions for the design and construction of new buildings. It
                                                                                                         also applies to the alteration, change of use and demolition of existing buildings.

                                                                                                         The NBC establishes requirements to address the following five objectives:
                                                                                                           • safety
                                                                                                           • health
                                                                                                           • accessibility




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           • fire and structural protection of buildings
                                                                                                           • environment

                                                                                                         Code provisions do not necessarily address all the characteristics of buildings that might be
                                                                                                         considered to have a bearing on the Code's objectives. Through the extensive consensus
                                                                                                         process used to develop and maintain the National Model Codes (see the section entitled
                                                                                                         Development of the National Model Codes), the Codes-user community has decided which
                                                                                                         characteristics should be regulated through the NBC.

                                                                                                         The provisions of the NBC can be considered as the minimum acceptable measures required
                                                                                                         to adequately achieve the above-listed objectives, as recommended by the CCBFC. Once they
                                                                                                         are adopted into law or regulation by an authority having jurisdiction, the provisions become
                                                                                                         minimum acceptable requirements representing the minimum level of performance required
                                                                                                         to achieve the objectives that is acceptable to the adopting authority.

                                                                                                         The NBC is a model code which, when adopted or adapted by a province or territory,
                                                                                                         becomes a regulation. It is not a guideline on building design or construction. The design of a
                                                                                                         technically sound building depends upon many factors beyond compliance with building
                                                                                                         regulations. Such factors include the availability of knowledgeable practitioners who have
                                                                                                         received appropriate education, training and experience and who are familiar with the
                                                                                                         principles of good building practice and experience using reference manuals and technical
                                                                                                         guides.

                                                                                                         The NBC does not list acceptable proprietary building products. It establishes the criteria that
                                                                                                         building materials, products and assemblies must meet. Some of these criteria are explicitly
                                                                                                         stated in the NBC while others are incorporated by reference to material or product standards
                                                                                                         published by standards development organizations. Only those portions of the standards
                                                                                                         related to the objectives of this Code are mandatory parts of the NBC.

                                                                                                         Relationship between the NBC and the NFC

                                                                                                              The NBC and NFC each contain provisions that relate to the safety of persons in buildings
                                                                                                              in the event of a fire and the protection of buildings from the effects of fire. (1) These two
                                                                                                              model codes are developed as complementary and coordinated documents to minimize
                                                                                                              the possibility of their containing conflicting provisions. It is expected that buildings
                                                                                                              comply with both the NBC and the NFC.

                                                                                                              The NBC covers the fire safety and fire protection features that are required to be
                                                                                                              incorporated in a building at the time of its original construction. Building codes typically
                                                                                                              no longer apply once a building is occupied, unless the building is undergoing alteration
                                                                                                              or change of use, or being demolished.

                                                                                                              The NFC covers:
                                                                                                                • the ongoing maintenance and use of the fire safety and fire protection features
                                                                                                                   incorporated in buildings
                                                                                                                • the conduct of activities that might cause fire hazards in and around buildings

                                                                                                    (1) The NFC also applies to other types of facilities besides buildings (e.g. tank farms and storage
                                                                                                    yards). Those applications are not discussed here.


                                                                                                    vi                                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Preface

                                                                                                               • limitations on hazardous contents in and around buildings
                                                                                                               • the establishment of fire safety plans
                                                                                                               • fire safety at construction and demolition sites

                                                                                                            In addition, the NFC contains provisions regarding fire safety and fire protection features
                                                                                                            that must be added to existing buildings when certain hazardous activities or processes
                                                                                                            are introduced into these buildings.

                                                                                                            Some of the NFC's provisions are incorporated by reference in the NBC and, thus, may
                                                                                                            apply to original construction, alterations, or changes in use.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Relationship between the NBC and the NECB

                                                                                                            The provisions in Section 9.36. of Division B of the NBC are tied to the environment
                                                                                                            objective. These provisions, which apply to housing and small buildings, have a similar
                                                                                                            scope to that of the NECB, except that they do not address lighting and electrical power
                                                                                                            systems. The NECB is referenced in NBC Section 9.36. as an acceptable solution.

                                                                                                        Code Requirements

                                                                                                            Most NBC requirements address at least one of the Code's five stated objectives (safety,
                                                                                                            health, accessibility, fire and structural protection of buildings, and environment).

                                                                                                            In processing proposed changes or additions to any of the National Model Codes, the
                                                                                                            CCBFC considers many issues such as the following:
                                                                                                               • Does the proposed requirement provide the minimum level of performance—and
                                                                                                                 no more than the minimum—needed to achieve the Code's objectives?
                                                                                                               • Will persons responsible for Code compliance be able to act on or implement the
                                                                                                                 requirement using commonly accepted practices?
                                                                                                               • Will enforcement agencies be able to enforce the requirement?
                                                                                                               • Are the costs of implementing the requirement justifiable?
                                                                                                               • Have the potential policy implications of the requirement been identified and
                                                                                                                 addressed?
                                                                                                               • Is there broad consensus on this requirement among Code users representing all
                                                                                                                 facets of the design and construction industries as well as among provincial and
                                                                                                                 territorial governments?

                                                                                                            Guidelines for requesting changes to the NBC are available on the NRC's website.


                                                                                                    Objective-Based Code Format

                                                                                                        The NBC has been published in an objective-based code format since 2005.

                                                                                                        As described in more detail in the section entitled Structure of the NBC, the Code comprises
                                                                                                        three Divisions:
                                                                                                           • Division A, which defines the scope of the Code and contains the objectives, the
                                                                                                             functional statements and the conditions necessary to achieve compliance;
                                                                                                           • Division B, which contains acceptable solutions (commonly referred to as “technical
                                                                                                             requirements”) deemed to satisfy the objectives and functional statements listed in
                                                                                                             Division A; and
                                                                                                           • Division C, which contains administrative provisions.

                                                                                                        Most of the requirements in Division B are linked to three types of information:
                                                                                                         • objectives (Code objectives, such as safety or health, which individual requirements
                                                                                                             help to address),
                                                                                                         • functional statements (statements of the functions of the building that a particular
                                                                                                             requirement helps to achieve), and
                                                                                                         • intent statements (detailed statements of the specific intent of the requirement).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        vii
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Preface

                                                                                                           Objectives
                                                                                                               The NBC's objectives are fully defined in Section 2.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                               The objectives describe, in broad terms, the overall goals that the NBC's requirements are
                                                                                                               intended to achieve. They serve to define the boundaries of the subject areas the Code
                                                                                                               addresses. However, the Code does not address all the issues that might be considered
                                                                                                               to fall within those boundaries.

                                                                                                               The objectives describe undesirable situations and their consequences, which the Code
                                                                                                               aims to prevent from occurring in buildings. The wording of most of the definitions of
                                                                                                               the objectives includes two key phrases: “limit the probability” and “unacceptable risk.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                               The phrase “limit the probability” is used to acknowledge that the NBC cannot entirely
                                                                                                               prevent those undesirable situations from happening. The phrase “unacceptable risk”
                                                                                                               acknowledges that the NBC cannot eliminate all risk: the “acceptable risk” is the risk
                                                                                                               remaining once compliance with the Code has been achieved.

                                                                                                               The objectives are entirely qualitative and are not intended to be used on their own in the
                                                                                                               design and approval processes.

                                                                                                               The objectives attributed to the requirements or portions of requirements in Division B
                                                                                                               are listed in a table following the provisions in each Part of Division B.

                                                                                                           Functional Statements
                                                                                                               The NBC's functional statements are listed in Section 3.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                               The functional statements are more detailed than the objectives. They describe conditions
                                                                                                               in the building that help satisfy the objectives. The functional statements and the
                                                                                                               objectives are interconnected. There may be several functional statements related to any
                                                                                                               one objective, and a given functional statement may describe a function of the building
                                                                                                               that serves to achieve more than one objective.

                                                                                                               Like objectives, functional statements are entirely qualitative and are not intended to be
                                                                                                               used on their own in the design and approval processes.

                                                                                                               The functional statements attributed to the requirements or portions of requirements in
                                                                                                               Division B are listed in a table following the provisions in each Part of Division B.

                                                                                                           Intent Statements
                                                                                                               Intent statements explain the basic thinking behind each Code provision contained in
                                                                                                               Division B. Intent statements, each of which is unique to the provision with which it is
                                                                                                               associated, explain how requirements help to achieve their attributed objectives and
                                                                                                               functional statements. Like the objectives, the intent statements are expressed in terms
                                                                                                               of risk avoidance and expected performance. They offer insight into the views of the
                                                                                                               responsible standing committees on what the Code provisions are intended to achieve.

                                                                                                               The intent statements serve explanatory purposes only and do not form an integral part of
                                                                                                               the Code provisions. As such, they are similar in function to the explanatory Notes at the
                                                                                                               end of each Part. Due to the sheer volume of intent statements—thousands for the NBC
                                                                                                               alone—they are made available as a separate electronic document entitled “Supplement
                                                                                                               to the NBC 2020: Intent Statements,” which is posted on the NRC's website.

                                                                                                           All this additional information—objectives, functional statements and intent statements—is
                                                                                                           intended to facilitate the implementation of the Code in two ways:
                                                                                                             • Clarity of intent: The objectives, functional statements and intent statements linked
                                                                                                               to a Code requirement clarify the reasoning behind that requirement and facilitate
                                                                                                               understanding of what must be done to satisfy that requirement. This added information
                                                                                                               may also help avoid disputes between practitioners and officials over these types
                                                                                                               of issues.


                                                                                                    viii                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Preface

                                                                                                           • Flexibility: The additional information allows for flexibility in Code compliance. A
                                                                                                             person seeking to propose a new method or material not described or covered in the
                                                                                                             Code will be able to use the added information to understand the expected level of
                                                                                                             performance that their alternative solution must achieve to satisfy the Code.


                                                                                                    Structure of the NBC
                                                                                                        The NBC is organized into three Divisions, which are distributed across two volumes.

                                                                                                        Division A: Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                            Division A defines the scope of the NBC and presents the objectives that the Code
                                                                                                            addresses and the functions the building must perform to help to satisfy those objectives.

                                                                                                            Division A cannot be used on its own as a basis for designing and constructing a building,
                                                                                                            or for evaluating a building's compliance with the Code.

                                                                                                        Division B: Acceptable Solutions

                                                                                                            The term “acceptable solutions” refers to the technical requirements contained in the
                                                                                                            Code. It reflects the principle that building codes establish an acceptable level of risk
                                                                                                            or performance and underlines the fact that a code cannot describe all possible valid
                                                                                                            design and construction options. Acceptable solutions represent the minimum level of
                                                                                                            performance that will satisfy the NBC's objectives and that is acceptable to an authority
                                                                                                            that adopts the NBC into law or regulation.

                                                                                                            Most of the requirements in Division B—the acceptable solutions—are linked to at least
                                                                                                            one objective and functional statement found in Division A. These linkages play an
                                                                                                            important role in allowing objective-based codes to accommodate innovation.

                                                                                                            It is expected that the majority of Code users will primarily follow the acceptable
                                                                                                            solutions presented in Division B and that they will consult Division A only when seeking
                                                                                                            clarification on the application of Division B's requirements to a particular situation,
                                                                                                            when considering an alternative solution, or when looking up the definition of selected
                                                                                                            terms in the context of the NBC.

                                                                                                        Division C: Administrative Provisions

                                                                                                            Division C contains administrative provisions relating to the application of the Code.
                                                                                                            Many provinces and territories establish their own administrative provisions upon
                                                                                                            adopting or adapting the NBC; having all the administrative provisions in one Division
                                                                                                            facilitates their customization to suit jurisdictional needs.

                                                                                                            In addition, a separate document entitled Administrative Requirements for Use with
                                                                                                            the National Building Code of Canada 1985 is automatically adopted, in accordance
                                                                                                            with Article 2.2.1.1. of Division C, if the authority having jurisdiction does not provide
                                                                                                            other administrative requirements.

                                                                                                        Relationship between Division A and Division B

                                                                                                            Sentence 1.2.1.1.(1) of Division A is a very important sentence: it is a precise statement of
                                                                                                            the relationship between Divisions A and B and is central to the concept of objective-based
                                                                                                            codes.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          ix
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Preface

                                                                                                           1) Compliance with this Code shall be achieved by
                                                                                                           a) complying with the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B (see Note
                                                                                                              A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a)), or
                                                                                                           b) using alternative solutions that will achieve at least the minimum level of
                                                                                                              performance required by Division B in the areas defined by the objectives
                                                                                                              and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions
                                                                                                              (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b)).

                                                                                                           Clause (a) makes it clear that the acceptable solutions in Division B are automatically
                                                                                                           deemed to satisfy the linked objectives and functional statements of Division A.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           Clause (b) makes it clear that alternative solutions can be used in lieu of compliance
                                                                                                           with the acceptable solutions. However, to do something different from the acceptable
                                                                                                           solutions described in Division B, a proponent must show that their proposed alternative
                                                                                                           solution will perform at least as well as the acceptable solution(s) it is replacing. The
                                                                                                           objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solution(s) identify the
                                                                                                           areas of performance where this equivalence must be demonstrated.

                                                                                                        Parts in Division B and Professional Disciplines

                                                                                                           Division B is organized into Parts that are largely related to professional disciplines.
                                                                                                           However, this does not mean that a person belonging to a certain profession who is
                                                                                                           executing the design or construction of a particular building component can necessarily
                                                                                                           work with only one Part of the Code in isolation since provisions related to that building
                                                                                                           component may be found in more than one Part.

                                                                                                           For example:
                                                                                                             • Provisions pertaining to fire safety issues related to heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                               air-conditioning (HVAC) systems are located in Part 3, Fire Protection, Occupant
                                                                                                               Safety and Accessibility, and not in Part 6, Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning.
                                                                                                             • Structural requirements related to loads on handrails and grab bars are located
                                                                                                               in Part 3, Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility, while structural
                                                                                                               requirements related to loads on guards and handrails are located in Part 4,
                                                                                                               Structural Design.

                                                                                                           For this reason, the Part-based structure of Division B is not well suited for use as the
                                                                                                           basis for allocating responsibilities to different professions or as the basis for contractual
                                                                                                           arrangements.


                                                                                                    What's New in the 2020 Edition

                                                                                                        New Part 2

                                                                                                           New Part 2 of Division B, Farm Buildings, has been added to introduce technical
                                                                                                           requirements for large farm buildings into the NBC, including requirements related to
                                                                                                           fire protection and occupant safety, structural loads and procedures, and HVAC.


                                                                                                    Additional Information

                                                                                                        Numbering System

                                                                                                           A consistent numbering system has been used throughout the National Model Codes. The
                                                                                                           first number indicates the Part of the Code; the second, the Section in the Part; the third,
                                                                                                           the Subsection; and the fourth, the Article in the Subsection. The detailed provisions are
                                                                                                           found at the Sentence level (indicated by numbers in brackets), and Sentences may be
                                                                                                           broken down into Clauses and Subclauses. This structure is illustrated as follows:


                                                                                                    x                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Preface

                                                                                                                       3                      Part
                                                                                                                       3.5.                   Section
                                                                                                                       3.5.2.                 Subsection
                                                                                                                       3.5.2.1.               Article
                                                                                                                       3.5.2.1.(2)            Sentence
                                                                                                                       3.5.2.1.(2)(a)         Clause
                                                                                                                       3.5.2.1.(2)(a)(i)      Subclause

                                                                                                        Meaning of the Words “And” and “Or” between the Clauses and Subclauses




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        of a Sentence

                                                                                                            Multiple Clauses and Subclauses are connected by the word “and” or “or” at the end of
                                                                                                            the second last Clause or Subclause in the series. Although this connecting word appears
                                                                                                            only once, it is meant to apply to all the preceding Clauses or Subclauses within that series.

                                                                                                            For example, in a series of five Clauses—(a) to (e)—in a Sentence, the appearance of the
                                                                                                            word “and” at the end of Clause (d) means that all Clauses in the Sentence are connected
                                                                                                            to each other with the word “and.” Similarly, in a series of five Clauses—(a) to (e)—in a
                                                                                                            Sentence, the appearance of the word “or” at the end of Clause (d) means that all Clauses
                                                                                                            in the Sentence are connected to each other with the word “or.”

                                                                                                            In all cases, it is important to note that a Clause (and its Subclauses, if any) must always
                                                                                                            be read in conjunction with its introductory text appearing at the beginning of the
                                                                                                            Sentence. Moreover, the connecting words “and” and “or” must be read in the context
                                                                                                            of the Sentence. In particular, the use of the word “and” as a connecting word does not
                                                                                                            necessarily mean that all Clauses (or Subclauses) are applicable for compliance with
                                                                                                            the Sentence.

                                                                                                        Change Indication

                                                                                                            As a courtesy to Code users, efforts have been made to identify technical changes relative
                                                                                                            to the 2015 edition. Where a technical addition or revision has been made, a vertical line
                                                                                                            has been added in the margin next to the affected provision to indicate the approximate
                                                                                                            location of the new or revised content. No change indication is provided for editorial
                                                                                                            revisions or for renumbered or deleted content.

                                                                                                        Units

                                                                                                            All values in the NBC are given in metric units. Some of the metric values in the Code
                                                                                                            have been converted and rounded from imperial values. A conversion table of imperial
                                                                                                            equivalents for the most common units used in building design and construction is
                                                                                                            located at the end of the Code.

                                                                                                        Complementary Publications

                                                                                                            The following publications are referenced in the NBC 2020 or facilitate the application
                                                                                                            of its requirements:
                                                                                                               National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                               National Farm Building Code of Canada 1995
                                                                                                               National Fire Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                               National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                               Illustrated User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 9 of Division B, Housing and Small Buildings
                                                                                                               Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)
                                                                                                               Supplement to the NBC 2020: Intent Statements

                                                                                                            These and other Code documents published by the NRC are made available in free
                                                                                                            electronic format on the NRC's website.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           xi
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Preface

                                                                                                    Commercial Reproduction
                                                                                                          Copyright for the NBC is owned by the NRC. All rights are reserved. Commercial
                                                                                                          reproduction by any means of the NRC's copyright material is prohibited without the written
                                                                                                          consent of the NRC. To request permission to reproduce the NBC, please contact:
                                                                                                             Production and Marketing Manager
                                                                                                             Codes Canada
                                                                                                             National Research Council of Canada
                                                                                                             1200 Montreal Road
                                                                                                             Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0R6
                                                                                                             E-mail: Codes@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Contact Information
                                                                                                          The CCBFC welcomes comments and suggestions for improvements to the NBC. Persons
                                                                                                          interested in requesting a change to an NBC provision should refer to the guidelines available
                                                                                                          on the NRC's website.

                                                                                                          To submit comments or suggestions, please contact:
                                                                                                            The Secretary
                                                                                                            Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes
                                                                                                            1200 Montreal Road
                                                                                                            Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0R6
                                                                                                            E-mail: CCBFCSecretary-SecretaireCCCBPI@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca




                                                                                                    xii                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Relationship of the NBC to Standards
                                                                                                    Development and Conformity
                                                                                                    Assessment
                                                                                                        The development of many provisions in the NBC and the assessment of conformity to those




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        provisions are supported by several of the member organizations of Canada's National
                                                                                                        Standards System (NSS).

                                                                                                        The NSS is a network of accredited organizations concerned with standards development,
                                                                                                        certification, testing and inspection that is established under the auspices of the Standards
                                                                                                        Council of Canada Act. Activities of the NSS are coordinated by the Standards Council of
                                                                                                        Canada (SCC), which accredits standards development organizations, certification bodies,
                                                                                                        testing and calibration laboratories, and inspection bodies, among others.

                                                                                                        The SCC is a non-profit federal Crown corporation responsible for the coordination of
                                                                                                        voluntary standardization in Canada. It also coordinates Canadian participation in voluntary
                                                                                                        international standardization activities.


                                                                                                    Canadian Standards
                                                                                                        Many of the standards referenced in the NBC are published by standards development
                                                                                                        organizations accredited in Canada. As part of the accreditation requirements, these
                                                                                                        organizations adhere to the principle of consensus, which generally means substantial
                                                                                                        majority agreement of a committee comprising a balance of producer, user and general
                                                                                                        interest members, and the consideration of all negative comments. The standards
                                                                                                        development organizations also have formal procedures for the balloting and second-level
                                                                                                        review of standards prepared under their oversight.

                                                                                                        The following organizations are accredited as standards development organizations in
                                                                                                        Canada:
                                                                                                          • Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI)
                                                                                                          • ASTM International
                                                                                                          • Bureau de normalisation du Québec (BNQ)
                                                                                                          • Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB)
                                                                                                          • CSA Group
                                                                                                          • International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO)
                                                                                                          • ULC Standards
                                                                                                          • Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL)

                                                                                                        Tables 1.3.1.2. and D-1.1.2. of Division B list the standards referenced in the NBC. Standards
                                                                                                        proposed to be referenced in the NBC are reviewed to ensure that their content is compatible
                                                                                                        with the Code. Thereafter, referenced standards are reviewed as needed during each Code
                                                                                                        cycle. Standards development organizations are asked to provide information on any changes
                                                                                                        in the status of their standards referenced in the NBC—withdrawals, amendments, new
                                                                                                        editions, etc. This information is passed on to the CCBFC, its standing committees, the
                                                                                                        provinces and territories, and interested stakeholders, all of whom are given the opportunity
                                                                                                        to identify any problems associated with the changes. These bodies do not necessarily review
                                                                                                        in detail the revised standards; rather, the approach relies on the consensus process involved
                                                                                                        in the maintenance of the standards and on the extensive knowledge and experience of
                                                                                                        committee members, provincial or territorial staff, NRC staff, and consulted stakeholders to
                                                                                                        identify changes in the standards that might create problems in the Code.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       xiii
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Preface

                                                                                                    Non-Canadian Standards
                                                                                                          A number of subject areas for which the standards development organizations accredited in
                                                                                                          Canada have not developed standards are covered in the NBC. In these cases, the Code often
                                                                                                          references standards developed by organizations in other countries, such as the American
                                                                                                          Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) and the
                                                                                                          National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). These standards are developed using processes
                                                                                                          that may differ from those used by the standards development organizations accredited in
                                                                                                          Canada; nevertheless, the standards have been reviewed by the relevant standing committees
                                                                                                          and found to be acceptable.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Conformity Assessment
                                                                                                          The NBC establishes minimum measures, which are set out within its own text or within
                                                                                                          referenced standards. However, the NBC does not set out who is responsible for assessing
                                                                                                          conformity to the measures or how those with this responsibility might carry it out. This
                                                                                                          responsibility is usually established by the governing legislation of the adopting provinces
                                                                                                          and territories. Provincial or territorial authorities should be consulted to determine who is
                                                                                                          responsible for conformity assessment within their jurisdiction.

                                                                                                          Those persons responsible for ensuring that materials, appliances, systems and equipment
                                                                                                          meet the requirements of this Code have several means available to assist them, ranging
                                                                                                          from on-site inspection to the use of certification services provided by accredited third-party
                                                                                                          organizations. Test reports or mill certificates provided by manufacturers or suppliers can
                                                                                                          also assist in the acceptance of products. Engineering reports may be required for more
                                                                                                          complex products.

                                                                                                          Testing
                                                                                                              The SCC accredits testing and calibration laboratories that are capable of reliably testing
                                                                                                              products to specified standards. The test results produced by these organizations can be
                                                                                                              used in the certification, evaluation and qualification of products for compliance with
                                                                                                              Code provisions. The SCC's website (www.scc.ca) lists accredited testing and calibration
                                                                                                              laboratories, along with their scope of accreditation.

                                                                                                          Certification
                                                                                                              Certification is the confirmation by an independent organization that a product, process,
                                                                                                              service or system meets a requirement. Certification may entail physical examination,
                                                                                                              testing as specified in appropriate standards, an initial plant inspection, and/or follow-up
                                                                                                              unannounced plant inspections. This procedure leads to the issuing of a formal assurance
                                                                                                              or declaration, by means of a certification mark or certificate, that the product, process,
                                                                                                              service or system is in full conformity with specified provisions.

                                                                                                              In some cases, a product for which no standard exists can be certified using procedures
                                                                                                              and criteria developed by an accredited certification body and specifically designed to
                                                                                                              measure the performance of that product.

                                                                                                              Certification bodies publish lists of certified products and companies. The SCC's website
                                                                                                              (www.scc.ca) lists accredited certification bodies, along with their scope of accreditation.
                                                                                                              Several organizations, including the Canadian Construction Materials Centre (CCMC) at
                                                                                                              the NRC, offer product certification services.

                                                                                                          Evaluation
                                                                                                              An evaluation is a written opinion by an independent professional organization that a
                                                                                                              product will perform its intended function. An evaluation is often done to determine the
                                                                                                              ability of an innovative product, for which no standards exist, to satisfy the intent of a
                                                                                                              Code requirement. Follow-up plant inspections are not normally part of the evaluation
                                                                                                              process.


                                                                                                    xiv                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Preface

                                                                                                        Qualification

                                                                                                            Qualification evaluates the ability of a product to perform its intended function by
                                                                                                            verifying that it meets the requirements of a standard. Qualification normally includes
                                                                                                            some follow-up plant inspection. Some organizations publish lists of qualified products
                                                                                                            that meet the specified requirements. Some organizations qualify product manufacturing
                                                                                                            and/or testing facilities for compliance with the Code and relevant standards.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                    xv
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



xvi




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Canadian Commission on Building and
                                                                                                    Fire Codes and Standing Committees

                                                                                                                        Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    D. Crawford (Chair)            C. Gray                     T. Ross             Codes Canada staff
                                                                                                    R. Arsenault                   H. Griffin                  R. Rymell           who provided assistance
                                                                                                    K. Block                       K. Griffiths                B. Sim              to the Commission
                                                                                                    A. Borooah                     T. Harper                   S. Stinson          M. Dumoulin
                                                                                                    R. Brooks                      L. Holmen                   D. Sullivan         G. Gosselin
                                                                                                    J. Chauvin                     C. Joseph (1)               A. Tabet            A. Gribbon
                                                                                                    M. Cianchetti                  K. Lee                      P. Thorkelsson      P. Jago
                                                                                                    T. Cochren                     B. Lorne                    M. Tovey            A. Laroche
                                                                                                    V. de Passillé                 D. MacKinnon                C. Tye              F. Lohmann
                                                                                                    R. Dulmage                     M. McSweeney                E. Whalen           P. Rizcallah
                                                                                                    C. Fillingham                  G. Morinville               G. Yoshida          R. Tremblay
                                                                                                    S. Garcia                      S. Ottens
                                                                                                    K. Gloge                       R. Richard




                                                                                                    Standing Committee on Earthquake                               Standing Committee on Energy
                                                                                                                Design                                                Efficiency in Buildings (2)
                                                                                                    J. Sherstobitoff (Chair)         J. Montgomery              A. Pride (Chair)   A. Pape-Salmon
                                                                                                    P. Adebar                        B. Neville                 D. Bailey          J. Pockar
                                                                                                    T. Allen                         T. Onur                    D. Bartel          M. Roy
                                                                                                    D. Carson                        C. Sewell                  N. Brisson         T. Ryce
                                                                                                    H. Dutrisac                      R. Tremblay                A. Cameron         P. Sectakof
                                                                                                    L. Finn                          C. Ventura                 R. Cardinal        M. Slivar
                                                                                                    J. Humar                         J. Wang                    J. Comtois         A. Syed
                                                                                                    J. Hutchinson                    A. Wong                    L. Dalgleish
                                                                                                    R. Jonkman                       T. Yang                    B. Darrell         Codes Canada staff
                                                                                                    E. Kisilewicz                                               F. Genest          who provided assistance
                                                                                                    G. Krsmanovic                    Codes Canada staff         H. Hayne           to the Committee
                                                                                                    R. Mayfield                      who provided assistance    C. Kahramanoglu    E. Girgis
                                                                                                    J.B.-W. McFadden                 to the Committee
                                                                                                                                                                M. Kelly           M. Mihailovic
                                                                                                    R. McGrath                       J. Singh                   T. Lau             P. Tardif
                                                                                                    A. Metten                                                   N. Lessard         R. Ullah
                                                                                                    D. Mitchell                                                 Rd. Marshall       M. Zeghal
                                                                                                                                                                Rt. Marshall




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           xvii
                                                                                                                                                                                               Preface

                                                                                                            Standing Committee on Energy                Standing Committee on Fire
                                                                                                                     Efficiency (3)                             Protection
                                                                                                     A. Pride (Chair)     A. Oding                  R. Brown (Chair)            R. Nielsen
                                                                                                     P. Andres            C. O'keefe                K. Bailey                   A. Pelletier
                                                                                                     D. Bailey            M. Peer                   M. Bodnar                   B. Schultz
                                                                                                     R. Bortolussi        J. Pockar                 C. Campbell                 P. Shinkoda
                                                                                                     J. Comtois           D. Rambaruth              R. Cheung                   E. Sopeju
                                                                                                     S. Crowell           M. Roy                    A. Crimi                    J. Zorko
                                                                                                     L. Dalgleish         L. Wynder                 G. Frater
                                                                                                     B. Deeks                                       P. Gautreau




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                Codes Canada staff
                                                                                                     S. Dueck             Codes Canada staff        L. Hamre                    who provided assistance
                                                                                                     L. Hasan             who provided assistance   A. Harmsworth               to the Committee
                                                                                                     T. Imhoff            to the Committee          R. Jacobs                   D. Esposito
                                                                                                     S. Kemp              Y. Carrier                F. Jeffers                  M. Fortin
                                                                                                     D. Krauel            S. Gibb                   J. Jeske                    S. Hyde-Clarke
                                                                                                     C. Kuruluk           E. Girgis                 N. Khan                     A. Laroche
                                                                                                     T. Lau               R. Hassan                 M. Kohli                    G.-L. Porcari
                                                                                                     N. Lessard           H. Martin                 M.-A. Langevin              B. Potvin
                                                                                                     W. Leung             M. Nazim                  H. Locke                    A. Robbins
                                                                                                     J. Mantyla           R. Ullah                  R. McGrath                  S. Shalabi
                                                                                                     Rd. Marshall         M. Zeghal                 R. McPhee                   S. Yu
                                                                                                     Z. May


                                                                                                                                                    Standing Committee on Hazardous
                                                                                                               Standing Committee on                     Materials and Activities
                                                                                                              Environmental Separation
                                                                                                                                                    A. MacLellan-Bonnell (Chair)
                                                                                                     D. Watts (Chair)     R. Rocheleau              P. Chamberland           J. Selann
                                                                                                     R. Baker             B. Stamatopoulos          R. Croome                R. Stephenson
                                                                                                     M. Ball              D. Stones                 D. Edgecombe             B. Trussler
                                                                                                     S. Ciarlo            G. Sturgeon               T. Espejo
                                                                                                     M. Gumienny          J. Wade                   G. Fawcett               Codes Canada staff
                                                                                                                                                    E. Fernandes             who provided assistance
                                                                                                     D. Ionescu           J. Wells
                                                                                                                                                                             to the Committee
                                                                                                     R. Jutras                                      M. Gagné
                                                                                                     T. Lee               Codes Canada staff        P. Gauthier              D. Esposito
                                                                                                     D. MacDonald         who provided assistance   K. Jess                  M. Fortin
                                                                                                                          to the Committee
                                                                                                     R. MacMillan                                   M. Mailvaganam           S. Hyde-Clarke
                                                                                                     Rd. Marshall         R. Hassan                 M. Ng                    A. Laroche
                                                                                                                          M. Zeghal                 P. Parent                G.-L. Porcari
                                                                                                                                                    M. Parker                B. Potvin
                                                                                                                                                    S. Porter                A. Robbins
                                                                                                                                                    P. Richards              S. Shalabi
                                                                                                                                                    W. Rodger                S. Yu




                                                                                                    xviii                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Preface

                                                                                                      Standing Committee on Housing                                Standing Committee on
                                                                                                            and Small Buildings                                       Structural Design
                                                                                                    H. Bromberg (Chair)           J. Mantyla                M. Allen (Chair)     R. McGrath
                                                                                                    M. Baker                      Z. May                    R. Baynit            G. Newfield
                                                                                                    C. Bélanger                   C. McLellan               M. Braiter           A. Nicolajsen
                                                                                                    R. Bortolussi                 W. McLeod                 M. Buckley           M. Rosseker
                                                                                                    M. Brown                      L. McQuade                J. Collins           S. Salem
                                                                                                    Y. Chui                       R. Monsour                G. Doudak            P. Shek
                                                                                                    S. Crowell                    L.-A. Robertson           K.R. Drysdale        J. Sherstobitoff
                                                                                                    L. Dalgleish                  F. Scrafield              D. Dundas            I. Smith




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    B. Deeks                      L. Semko                  A. El Aghoury        A. Steen
                                                                                                    A. Doyle                      G. Sharp                  G. Fenton            C. Tollett
                                                                                                    S. Dueck                      M. Stiller                J. Galsworthy        A. Wong
                                                                                                    J. Fontaine                   L. Strobl                 H. Hong
                                                                                                    R. Gratton                                              R. Jonkman
                                                                                                    S. Grbac                      Codes Canada staff        R. Klassen           Codes Canada staff
                                                                                                    L. Hasan                      who provided assistance   K. Kooner            who provided assistance
                                                                                                    J. Hockman                    to the Committee          G. McClure           to the Committee
                                                                                                    K. Hykawy                     N. Belrechid              J.B.-W. McFadden     A. Attar
                                                                                                    R. Jonkman                    C. Carson
                                                                                                    R. Kadulski                   B. Craig
                                                                                                    K. Koo                        G. Fairthorne
                                                                                                    A. Lanteigne                  F. Lohmann                 Standing Committee on Use and
                                                                                                    M. Lasalle                    M. Mihailovic                         Egress
                                                                                                    B. Maling                     G.-L. Porcari
                                                                                                    B. Maltby                     J. Urquhart               E. Domingo (Chair)   R. Strickland
                                                                                                                                                            S. Bourdeau          R. Thompson
                                                                                                                                                            K. Calder            B. Topping
                                                                                                                                                            A. Cavers
                                                                                                     Standing Committee on HVAC and                         S. Destroismaisons   Codes Canada staff
                                                                                                                Plumbing                                    B. Dupuis            who provided assistance
                                                                                                                                                            E. Esselink          to the Committee
                                                                                                    T. White (Chair)              R. Roberts                B. Everton           M. Fortin
                                                                                                    H. Bouchard                   C. Roy                    R. Fraser            S. Hyde-Clarke
                                                                                                    F. Di Folco                   A. Spurrell               W. Johnston          C. Joseph
                                                                                                    Y. Duchesne                   G. Stasynec               W. Kuffner           G.-L. Porcari
                                                                                                    L. Gill                       S. Steele                 I. MacDonald         B. Potvin
                                                                                                    R. Gill                       K. Wong                   J. Redmond           A. Robbins
                                                                                                    X. Hao                                                  J. Rubes             S. Yu
                                                                                                    E. Howard                     Codes Canada staff        U. Seward
                                                                                                    D. Hui                        who provided assistance
                                                                                                    D. Lima                       to the Committee
                                                                                                    S. Manning                    T. Achour
                                                                                                    R. Moulton                    D. Green
                                                                                                    E. Piecuch                    P. Tardif
                                                                                                    T. Pringle




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         xix
                                                                                                                                                                                             Preface

                                                                                                      Technical Translation Verification
                                                                                                                 Committee
                                                                                                     G. Harvey (Chair)            Codes Canada staff
                                                                                                     F. Genest                    who provided assistance
                                                                                                     B. Lagueux                   to the Committee
                                                                                                     N. Lessard                   I. Bastien
                                                                                                     I. Wagner                    M. Gingras
                                                                                                                                  K. Le Van
                                                                                                                                  G. Mougeot-Lemay
                                                                                                                                  S. Veilleux




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)   Resigned on September 23, 2016, due to employment
                                                                                                          opportunity with Codes Canada.
                                                                                                    (2)   Term ended on June 4, 2018.
                                                                                                    (3)   Term started on May 10, 2018.




                                                                                                    xx                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                             Compliance, Objectives and


                                                                                          Division A



                                                               Functional Statements
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    Compliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      1.1.          General
                                                                                                      1.1.1.        Application of this Code .................. 1-1

                                                                                                      1.2.          Compliance
                                                                                                      1.2.1.        Compliance with this Code ............. 1-1
                                                                                                      1.2.2.        Materials, Appliances, Systems
                                                                                                                    and Equipment ................................. 1-1

                                                                                                      1.3.          Divisions A, B and C of
                                                                                                                    this Code
                                                                                                      1.3.1.        General .............................................. 1-2
                                                                                                      1.3.2.        Application of Division A ................. 1-2
                                                                                                      1.3.3.        Application of Division B ................. 1-2
                                                                                                      1.3.4.        Application of Division C ................. 1-3

                                                                                                      1.4.          Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                      1.4.1.        Definitions of Words and Phrases .. 1-4
                                                                                                      1.4.2.        Symbols and Other
                                                                                                                    Abbreviations ................................. 1-14

                                                                                                      1.5.          Referenced Documents
                                                                                                                    and Organizations
                                                                                                      1.5.1.        Referenced Documents ................. 1-15
                                                                                                      1.5.2.        Organizations ................................. 1-15

                                                                                                                    Notes to Part 1 ................ 1-17




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    Compliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 1.1. General
                                                                                                    1.1.1.           Application of this Code

                                                                                                    1.1.1.1.         Application of this Code

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), this Code applies to the design, construction
                                                                                                                     and occupancy of all new buildings, and the alteration, reconstruction, demolition,
                                                                                                                     removal, relocation and occupancy of all existing buildings. (See Note A-1.1.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), this Code applies to both site-built and
                                                                                                                     factory-constructed buildings. (See Note A-1.1.1.1.(2).)

                                                                                                                        3) Farm buildings not more than 3 storeys in building height and not more than
                                                                                                                     600 m² in building area used for major occupancies classified as Group G, Division 1, 2,
                                                                                                                     or 3 agricultural occupancies shall conform to the requirements of the National Farm
                                                                                                                     Building Code of Canada 1995.


                                                                                                    Section 1.2. Compliance
                                                                                                    1.2.1.           Compliance with this Code

                                                                                                    1.2.1.1.         Compliance with this Code

                                                                                                                         1) Compliance with this Code shall be achieved by
                                                                                                                         a) complying with the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a)), or
                                                                                                                         b) using alternative solutions that will achieve at least the minimum level of
                                                                                                                            performance required by Division B in the areas defined by the objectives
                                                                                                                            and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions
                                                                                                                            (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b)).

                                                                                                                        2) For the purposes of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                     Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b), the objectives and functional statements attributed to the
                                                                                                                     acceptable solutions in Division B shall be the objectives and functional statements
                                                                                                                     referred to in Subsection 1.1.2. of Division B.

                                                                                                    1.2.2.           Materials, Appliances, Systems and Equipment

                                                                                                    1.2.2.1.         Characteristics of Materials, Appliances, Systems and Equipment

                                                                                                                        1) All materials, appliances, systems and equipment installed to meet the
                                                                                                                     requirements of this Code shall possess the necessary characteristics to perform their
                                                                                                                     intended functions when installed in a building.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division A 1-1
                                                                                                    1.2.2.2.                                                                                            Division A

                                                                                                    1.2.2.2.         Storage on the Building Site
                                                                                                                        1) All building materials, appliances and equipment on the building site shall be
                                                                                                                     stored in such a way as to prevent the deterioration or impairment of their essential
                                                                                                                     properties.

                                                                                                    1.2.2.3.         Used Materials, Appliances and Equipment
                                                                                                                        1) Unless otherwise specified, used materials, appliances and equipment are
                                                                                                                     permitted to be reused when they meet the requirements of this Code for new materials
                                                                                                                     and are satisfactory for the intended use.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 1.3. Divisions A, B and C of this Code
                                                                                                    1.3.1.           General
                                                                                                    1.3.1.1.         Scope of Division A
                                                                                                                       1) Division A contains the compliance and application provisions, objectives
                                                                                                                     and functional statements of this Code.

                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.         Scope of Division B
                                                                                                                        1) Division B contains the acceptable solutions of this Code.

                                                                                                    1.3.1.3.         Scope of Division C
                                                                                                                        1) Division C contains the administrative provisions of this Code.

                                                                                                    1.3.1.4.         Internal Cross-references
                                                                                                                       1) Where the Division of a referenced provision is not specified in this Code, it shall
                                                                                                                     mean that the referenced provision is in the same Division as the referencing provision.

                                                                                                    1.3.2.           Application of Division A
                                                                                                    1.3.2.1.         Application of Parts 1, 2 and 3
                                                                                                                        1) Parts 1, 2 and 3 of Division A apply to all buildings covered in this Code. (See
                                                                                                                     Article 1.1.1.1.)

                                                                                                    1.3.3.           Application of Division B
                                                                                                    1.3.3.1.         Application of Parts 1, 7 and 8
                                                                                                                        1) Parts 1, 7 and 8 of Division B apply to all buildings covered in this Code. (See
                                                                                                                     Article 1.1.1.1.)

                                                                                                    1.3.3.2.         Application of Parts 3, 4, 5 and 6
                                                                                                                       1) Parts 3, 4, 5, and 6 of Division B apply to all buildings described in Article 1.1.1.1.
                                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                                        a) classified as post-disaster buildings,
                                                                                                                        b) used for major occupancies classified as
                                                                                                                               i) Group A, assembly occupancies,
                                                                                                                              ii) Group B, care, treatment or detention occupancies, or
                                                                                                                             iii) Group F, Division 1, high-hazard industrial occupancies, or
                                                                                                                        c) exceeding 600 m2 in building area or exceeding 3 storeys in building height
                                                                                                                           used for major occupancies classified as
                                                                                                                               i) Group C, residential occupancies,
                                                                                                                              ii) Group D, business and personal services occupancies,
                                                                                                                             iii) Group E, mercantile occupancies, or
                                                                                                                             iv) Group F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium- and low-hazard
                                                                                                                                  industrial occupancies.


                                                                                                    1-2 Division A                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                                 1.3.4.1.

                                                                                                    1.3.3.3.         Application of Part 9
                                                                                                                         1) Part 9 of Division B applies to all buildings described in Article 1.1.1.1. of
                                                                                                                     3 storeys or less in building height, having a building area not exceeding 600 m2, and
                                                                                                                     used for major occupancies classified as
                                                                                                                         a) Group B, Division 4, home-type care occupancies,
                                                                                                                         b) Group C, residential occupancies (see Note A-9.1.1.1.(1) of Division B),
                                                                                                                         c) Group D, business and personal services occupancies,
                                                                                                                         d) Group E, mercantile occupancies, or
                                                                                                                         e) Group F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium- and low-hazard industrial occupancies.

                                                                                                    1.3.3.4.         Building Size Determination




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) Where a firewall divides a building, each portion of the building so divided shall
                                                                                                                     be considered as a separate building, except when this requirement is specifically
                                                                                                                     modified in other parts of this Code. (See Note A-1.3.3.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), where portions of a building are completely
                                                                                                                     separated by a vertical fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating of not less than
                                                                                                                     1 h and extends through all storeys and service spaces of the separated portions, each
                                                                                                                     separated portion is permitted to be considered as a separate building for the purpose
                                                                                                                     of determining building height, provided
                                                                                                                         a) each separated portion is not more than 4 storeys in building height and
                                                                                                                            is used only for assembly, residential, and business and personal services
                                                                                                                            occupancies, and
                                                                                                                         b) the unobstructed path of travel for a firefighter from the nearest street to one
                                                                                                                            entrance of each separated portion is not more than 45 m.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-1.3.3.4.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) The vertical fire separation referred to in Sentence (2) may terminate at the
                                                                                                                     floor assembly immediately above a basement provided the basement conforms to
                                                                                                                     Article 3.2.1.2. of Division B.

                                                                                                    1.3.3.5.         Application of Part 2
                                                                                                                         1) Part 2 of Division B applies to all buildings that are
                                                                                                                         a) more than 600 m2 in building area or more than 3 storeys in building height
                                                                                                                            used for major occupancies classified as Group G, Division 1, 2 or 3 agricultural
                                                                                                                            occupancies, or
                                                                                                                         b) used for major occupancies classified as Group G, Division 4, agricultural
                                                                                                                            occupancies with no human occupants.

                                                                                                    1.3.3.6.         Classification of Buildings Containing Agricultural Occupancies
                                                                                                                        1) Buildings or parts of buildings containing an agricultural occupancy that has an
                                                                                                                     occupant load of not more than one person per 40 m2 shall be classified according to
                                                                                                                     their major occupancy as belonging to Group G, Division 1, 2, 3 or 4.
                                                                                                                         2) Buildings or parts of buildings containing an agricultural occupancy that has
                                                                                                                     an occupant load of more than one person per 40 m2 shall be classified according
                                                                                                                     to their major occupancy as belonging to one of the Groups and Divisions listed in
                                                                                                                     Table 3.1.2.1. of Division B.
                                                                                                                        3) For the purposes of Sentences (1) and (2), the occupant load shall be determined
                                                                                                                     based on the floor area or the part of the floor area that contains the agricultural occupancy.
                                                                                                                        4) A building intended for use by more than one major occupancy shall be classified
                                                                                                                     according to all the major occupancies for which it is used or intended to be used.

                                                                                                    1.3.4.           Application of Division C
                                                                                                    1.3.4.1.         Application of Parts 1 and 2
                                                                                                                        1) Parts 1 and 2 of Division C apply to all buildings covered in this Code. (See
                                                                                                                     Article 1.1.1.1.)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division A 1-3
                                                                                                    1.4.1.1.                                                                                             Division A

                                                                                                    Section 1.4. Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                    1.4.1.           Definitions of Words and Phrases
                                                                                                    1.4.1.1.         Non-defined Terms
                                                                                                                        1) Words and phrases used in this Code that are not included in the list of
                                                                                                                     definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. shall have the meanings that are commonly assigned to
                                                                                                                     them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the specialized use of
                                                                                                                     terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology applies.
                                                                                                                        2) Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in this Code, they




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     shall be the objectives and functional statements described in Parts 2 and 3.
                                                                                                                        3) Where acceptable solutions are referred to in this Code, they shall be the
                                                                                                                     provisions stated in Parts 2 to 9 of Division B.
                                                                                                                        4) Where alternative solutions are referred to in this Code, they shall be the
                                                                                                                     alternative solutions mentioned in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b).

                                                                                                    1.4.1.2.         Defined Terms
                                                                                                                        1) The words and terms in italics in this Code shall have the following meanings:
                                                                                                                     Access to exit means that part of a means of egress within a floor area that provides access
                                                                                                                       to an exit serving the floor area.
                                                                                                                     Adfreezing means the adhesion of soil to a foundation unit resulting from the freezing of
                                                                                                                       soil water. (Also referred to as “frost grip.”)
                                                                                                                     Agricultural occupancy (Group G) means the occupancy of a building or part thereof that
                                                                                                                       is located on land that is associated with and devoted to the practice of farming, and
                                                                                                                       is used for the purpose of producing crops, raising farm animals, or preparing,
                                                                                                                       marketing, storing or processing agricultural products. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Agricultural occupancy with no human occupants (Group G, Division 4) means an
                                                                                                                       agricultural occupancy that is not intended to be occupied by persons under normal
                                                                                                                       use and is generally used for the storage of agricultural materials and by-products.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Air barrier system means the assembly installed to provide a continuous barrier to the
                                                                                                                        movement of air.
                                                                                                                     Air-supported structure means a structure consisting of a pliable membrane that achieves
                                                                                                                        and maintains its shape and support by internal air pressure.
                                                                                                                     Alarm signal means an audible signal transmitted throughout a zone or zones or
                                                                                                                       throughout a building to advise occupants that a fire emergency exists.
                                                                                                                     Alert signal means an audible signal to advise designated persons of a fire emergency.
                                                                                                                     Alteration means a change or extension to any matter or thing or to any occupancy
                                                                                                                        regulated by this Code.
                                                                                                                     Apparent sound transmission class (ASTC) means a single number rating of the
                                                                                                                       airborne sound attenuation of building assemblies separating two adjoining spaces,
                                                                                                                       taking into account both the direct and flanking sound transmission paths. (See
                                                                                                                       Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).) (See also Note A-9.11. of Division B.)
                                                                                                                     Appliance means a device to convert fuel into energy and includes all components,
                                                                                                                       controls, wiring and piping required to be part of the device by the applicable
                                                                                                                       standard referred to in this Code.
                                                                                                                     Artesian groundwater means a confined body of water under pressure in the ground.
                                                                                                                     Assembly occupancy (Group A) means the occupancy or the use of a building or part
                                                                                                                       thereof by a gathering of persons for civic, political, travel, religious, social,
                                                                                                                       educational, recreational or like purposes, or for the consumption of food or drink.
                                                                                                                     Attic or roof space means the space between the roof and the ceiling of the top storey or
                                                                                                                       between a dwarf wall and a sloping roof.


                                                                                                    1-4 Division A                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                             1.4.1.2.

                                                                                                                     Authority having jurisdiction means the governmental body responsible for the
                                                                                                                       enforcement of any part of this Code or the official or agency designated by that
                                                                                                                       body to exercise such a function.
                                                                                                                     Barrier-free means that a building and its facilities can be approached, entered, and used
                                                                                                                       by persons with physical or sensory disabilities.
                                                                                                                     Basement means a storey or storeys of a building located below the first storey.
                                                                                                                     Bearing surface means the contact surface between a foundation unit and the soil or rock
                                                                                                                       upon which it bears.
                                                                                                                     Boiler means an appliance intended to supply hot water or steam for space heating,
                                                                                                                        processing or power purposes.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Braced wall band means an imaginary continuous straight band extending vertically and
                                                                                                                       horizontally through the building or part of the building, within which braced wall
                                                                                                                       panels are constructed.
                                                                                                                     Braced wall panel means a portion of a wood-frame wall where bracing, sheathing,
                                                                                                                       cladding or interior finish is designed and installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                       resistance to lateral loads due to wind or earthquake.
                                                                                                                     Breeching means a flue pipe or chamber for receiving flue gases from one or more flue
                                                                                                                        connections and for discharging these gases through a single flue connection.
                                                                                                                     Building means any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use
                                                                                                                       or occupancy.
                                                                                                                     Building area means the greatest horizontal area of a building above grade within the
                                                                                                                       outside surface of exterior walls or within the outside surface of exterior walls and
                                                                                                                       the centre line of firewalls.
                                                                                                                     Building height (in storeys) means the number of storeys contained between the roof
                                                                                                                       and the floor of the first storey.
                                                                                                                     Business and personal services occupancy (Group D) means the occupancy or use of a
                                                                                                                       building or part thereof for the transaction of business or the rendering or receiving
                                                                                                                       of professional or personal services.
                                                                                                                     Caisson (see Pile).
                                                                                                                     Care means the provision of services other than treatment by or through care facility
                                                                                                                       management to residents who require these services because of cognitive, physical
                                                                                                                       or behavioural limitations.
                                                                                                                     Care occupancy (Group B, Division 3) means the occupancy or use of a building or part
                                                                                                                       thereof, other than a home-type care occupancy, where care is provided to residents.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Cavity wall means a construction of masonry units laid with a cavity between the
                                                                                                                       wythes. The wythes are tied together with metal ties or bonding units, and are relied
                                                                                                                       on to act together in resisting lateral loads.
                                                                                                                     Chimney means a primarily vertical shaft enclosing at least one flue for conducting flue
                                                                                                                       gases to the outdoors.
                                                                                                                     Chimney liner means a conduit containing a chimney flue used as a lining of a masonry
                                                                                                                       or concrete chimney.
                                                                                                                     Closure means a device or assembly for closing an opening through a fire separation or
                                                                                                                        an exterior wall, such as a door, a shutter, a damper, wired glass or glass block, and
                                                                                                                        includes all components such as hardware, closing devices, frames and anchors.
                                                                                                                     Combustible means that a material fails to meet the acceptance criteria of CAN/ULC-S114,
                                                                                                                       “Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building
                                                                                                                       Materials.”
                                                                                                                     Combustible construction means that type of construction that does not meet the
                                                                                                                       requirements for noncombustible construction or encapsulated mass timber construction.
                                                                                                                     Combustible dusts means dusts and particles that are ignitable and liable to produce
                                                                                                                       an explosion.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division A 1-5
                                                                                                    1.4.1.2.                                                                                            Division A

                                                                                                                     Combustible fibres means finely divided, combustible vegetable or animal fibres and
                                                                                                                       thin sheets or flakes of such materials which, in a loose, unbaled condition, present a
                                                                                                                       flash fire hazard, including cotton, wool, hemp, sisal, jute, kapok, paper and cloth.
                                                                                                                     Combustible liquid means a liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8°C and below
                                                                                                                       93.3°C.
                                                                                                                     Conditioned space means any space within a building, the temperature of which is
                                                                                                                       controlled to limit variation in response to the exterior ambient temperature by
                                                                                                                       the provision, either directly or indirectly, of heating or cooling over substantial
                                                                                                                       portions of the year.
                                                                                                                     Constructor means a person who contracts with an owner or their authorized agent to
                                                                                                                       undertake a project, and includes an owner who contracts with more than one person




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       for the work on a project or undertakes the work on a project or any part thereof.
                                                                                                                     Contained use area means a supervised area containing one or more rooms in which
                                                                                                                       occupant movement is restricted to a single room by security measures not under
                                                                                                                       the control of the occupant.
                                                                                                                     Cooktop means a cooking surface having one or more burners or heating elements.
                                                                                                                     Dangerous goods means products, materials or substances that are
                                                                                                                         (a) regulated by TC SOR/2001-286, “Transportation of Dangerous Goods
                                                                                                                             Regulations (TDGR)” (see Table 3.2.7.1. of Division B of the NFC), or
                                                                                                                        (b) classified as controlled products under HC SOR/2015-17, “Hazardous Products
                                                                                                                             Regulations” (see Note A-Table 3.2.7.1. of Division B of the NFC).
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Dead load means the weight of all permanent structural and non-structural components
                                                                                                                       of a building.
                                                                                                                     Deep foundation means a foundation unit that provides support for a building by
                                                                                                                       transferring loads either by end-bearing to soil or rock at considerable depth below
                                                                                                                       the building, or by adhesion or friction, or both, in the soil or rock in which it is
                                                                                                                       placed. Piles are the most common type of deep foundation.
                                                                                                                     Designer means the person responsible for the design.
                                                                                                                     Detention occupancy (Group B, Division 1) means the occupancy by persons who are
                                                                                                                       restrained from or are incapable of evacuating to a safe location without the
                                                                                                                       assistance of another person because of security measures not under their control.
                                                                                                                     Direct-vented (as applying to a fuel-fired space- or water-heating appliance) means
                                                                                                                       an appliance and its venting system in which all the combustion air is supplied
                                                                                                                       directly from the outdoors and the products of combustion are vented directly to
                                                                                                                       the outdoors via independent, totally enclosed passageways connected directly to
                                                                                                                       the appliance.
                                                                                                                     Distilled beverage alcohol means a beverage that is produced by fermentation and
                                                                                                                       contains more than 20% by volume of water-miscible alcohol.
                                                                                                                     Distillery means a process plant where distilled beverage alcohols are produced,
                                                                                                                       concentrated or otherwise processed, and includes facilities on the same site where
                                                                                                                       the concentrated products may be blended, mixed, stored or packaged.
                                                                                                                     Dwelling unit means a suite operated as a housekeeping unit, used or intended to
                                                                                                                       be used by one or more persons and usually containing cooking, eating, living,
                                                                                                                       sleeping and sanitary facilities.
                                                                                                                     Encapsulated mass timber construction means that type of construction in which a degree
                                                                                                                       of fire safety is attained by the use of encapsulated mass timber elements with an
                                                                                                                       encapsulation rating and minimum dimensions for structural members and other
                                                                                                                       building assemblies.
                                                                                                                     Encapsulation rating means the time in minutes that a material or assembly of materials
                                                                                                                       will delay the ignition and combustion of encapsulated mass timber elements when
                                                                                                                       it is exposed to fire under specified conditions of test and performance criteria, or
                                                                                                                       as otherwise prescribed by this Code.
                                                                                                                     Excavation means the space created by the removal of soil, rock or fill for the purposes of
                                                                                                                       construction.


                                                                                                    1-6 Division A                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                               1.4.1.2.

                                                                                                                     Exhaust duct means a duct through which air is conveyed from a room or space to
                                                                                                                       the outdoors.
                                                                                                                     Exit means that part of a means of egress, including doorways, that leads from the floor
                                                                                                                       area it serves to a separate building, an open public thoroughfare, or an exterior open
                                                                                                                       space protected from fire exposure from the building and having access to an open
                                                                                                                       public thoroughfare. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Exit level means the level of an exit stairway at which an exterior exit door or exit
                                                                                                                       passageway leads to the exterior.
                                                                                                                     Exit storey (as applying to Subsection 3.2.6. of Division B) means a storey having an
                                                                                                                       exterior exit door.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Exposing building face means that part of the exterior wall of a building that faces one
                                                                                                                       direction and is located between ground level and the ceiling of its top storey
                                                                                                                       or, where a building is divided into fire compartments, the exterior wall of a fire
                                                                                                                       compartment that faces one direction.
                                                                                                                     Factory-built chimney means a chimney consisting entirely of factory-made parts, each
                                                                                                                       designed to be assembled with the other without requiring fabrication on site.
                                                                                                                     Farm building means a building or part thereof that contains an agricultural occupancy.
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Fill means soil, rock, rubble, industrial waste such as slag, organic material or a
                                                                                                                        combination of these that is transported and placed on the natural surface of soil or
                                                                                                                        rock or organic terrain. It may or may not be compacted.
                                                                                                                     Fire block means a material, component or system that restricts the spread of fire within
                                                                                                                        a concealed space or from a concealed space to an adjacent space.
                                                                                                                     Fire compartment means an enclosed space in a building that is separated from all other
                                                                                                                        parts of the building by enclosing construction providing a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                        required fire-resistance rating.
                                                                                                                     Fire damper means a closure consisting of a damper that is installed in an air distribution
                                                                                                                        system or a wall or floor assembly and that is normally held open but designed
                                                                                                                        to close automatically in the event of a fire in order to maintain the integrity of
                                                                                                                        the fire separation.
                                                                                                                     Fire detector means a device that detects a fire condition and automatically initiates an
                                                                                                                        electrical signal to actuate an alert signal or alarm signal and includes heat detectors
                                                                                                                        and smoke detectors.
                                                                                                                     Fire load (as applying to an occupancy) means the combustible contents of a room or floor
                                                                                                                        area expressed in terms of the average weight of combustible materials per unit area,
                                                                                                                        from which the potential heat liberation may be calculated based on the calorific
                                                                                                                        value of the materials, and includes the furnishings, finished floor, wall and ceiling
                                                                                                                        finishes, trim and temporary and movable partitions.
                                                                                                                     Fire-protection rating means the time in minutes or hours that a closure will withstand
                                                                                                                        the passage of flame when exposed to fire under specified conditions of test and
                                                                                                                        performance criteria, or as otherwise prescribed in this Code.
                                                                                                                     Fire-resistance rating means the time in minutes or hours that a material or assembly of
                                                                                                                        materials will withstand the passage of flame and the transmission of heat when
                                                                                                                        exposed to fire under specified conditions of test and performance criteria, or as
                                                                                                                        determined by extension or interpretation of information derived therefrom as
                                                                                                                        prescribed in this Code. (See Sentence D-1.2.1.(2) in Appendix D of Division B.)
                                                                                                                     Fire-retardant-treated wood means wood or a wood product that has had its
                                                                                                                        surface-burning characteristics, such as flame spread, rate of fuel contribution and
                                                                                                                        density of smoke developed, reduced by impregnation with fire-retardant chemicals.
                                                                                                                     Fire separation means a construction assembly that acts as a barrier against the spread
                                                                                                                        of fire. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Firestop means a system consisting of a material, component and means of support used
                                                                                                                        to fill gaps between fire separations or between fire separations and other assemblies,
                                                                                                                        or used around items that wholly or partially penetrate a fire separation.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division A 1-7
                                                                                                    1.4.1.2.                                                                                             Division A

                                                                                                                     Fire stop flap means a device intended for use in horizontal assemblies required to have
                                                                                                                        a fire-resistance rating and incorporating protective ceiling membranes that operates
                                                                                                                        to close off a duct opening through the membrane in the event of a fire.
                                                                                                                     Firewall means a type of fire separation of noncombustible construction that subdivides a
                                                                                                                        building or separates adjoining buildings to resist the spread of fire and that has a
                                                                                                                        fire-resistance rating as prescribed in this Code and has structural stability to remain
                                                                                                                        intact under fire conditions for the required fire-rated time.
                                                                                                                     First storey means the uppermost storey having its floor level not more than 2 m above
                                                                                                                        grade.
                                                                                                                     Flame-spread rating means an index or classification indicating the extent of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        spread-of-flame on the surface of a material or an assembly of materials as
                                                                                                                        determined in a standard fire test as prescribed in this Code.
                                                                                                                     Flammable liquid means a liquid having a flash point below 37.8°C and having a vapour
                                                                                                                        pressure not more than 275.8 kPa (absolute) at 37.8°C as determined by ASTM D323,
                                                                                                                        “Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method).”
                                                                                                                     Flash point means the minimum temperature at which a liquid within a container
                                                                                                                        gives off vapour in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air
                                                                                                                        near the surface of the liquid.
                                                                                                                     Flight means a series of steps between landings. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Floor area means the space on any storey of a building between exterior walls and
                                                                                                                        required firewalls, including the space occupied by interior walls and partitions, but
                                                                                                                        not including exits, vertical service spaces, and their enclosing assemblies.
                                                                                                                     Flue means an enclosed passageway for conveying flue gases.
                                                                                                                     Flue collar means the portion of a fuel-fired appliance designed for the attachment of
                                                                                                                        the flue pipe or breeching.
                                                                                                                     Flue pipe means the pipe connecting the flue collar of an appliance to a chimney.
                                                                                                                     Forced-air furnace means a furnace equipped with a fan that provides the primary means
                                                                                                                        for the circulation of air.
                                                                                                                     Foundation means a system or arrangement of foundation units through which the loads
                                                                                                                       from a building are transferred to supporting soil or rock.
                                                                                                                     Foundation unit means one of the structural members of the foundation of a building
                                                                                                                       such as a footing, raft or pile.
                                                                                                                     Frost action means the phenomenon that occurs when water in soil is subjected to
                                                                                                                        freezing which, because of the water/ice phase change or ice lens growth, results
                                                                                                                        in a total volume increase or the build-up of expansive forces under confined
                                                                                                                        conditions or both, and the subsequent thawing that leads to loss of soil strength
                                                                                                                        and increased compressibility.
                                                                                                                     Furnace means a space-heating appliance using warm air as the heating medium and
                                                                                                                       usually having provision for the attachment of ducts.
                                                                                                                     Gas vent means that portion of a venting system designed to convey vent gases to the
                                                                                                                       outdoors from the vent connector of a gas-fired appliance or directly from the appliance
                                                                                                                       when a vent connector is not used.
                                                                                                                     Grade means the lowest of the average levels of finished ground adjoining each
                                                                                                                       exterior wall of a building, except that localized depressions need not be considered
                                                                                                                       in the determination of average levels of finished ground. (See First storey and
                                                                                                                       Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Greenhouse agricultural occupancy (Group G, Division 3) means an agricultural occupancy
                                                                                                                       where plants are grown in a building or part thereof that is primarily constructed
                                                                                                                       of roofs and walls designed to transmit natural light.
                                                                                                                     Groundwater means a free standing body of water in the ground.
                                                                                                                     Groundwater level (groundwater table) means the top surface of a free standing body
                                                                                                                       of water in the ground.


                                                                                                    1-8 Division A                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                                 1.4.1.2.

                                                                                                                     Guard means a protective barrier around openings in floors or at the open sides of
                                                                                                                       stairs, landings, balconies, mezzanines, galleries, raised walkways or other locations
                                                                                                                       to prevent accidental falls from one level to another. Such a barrier may or may
                                                                                                                       not have openings through it.
                                                                                                                     Heat detector means a fire detector designed to operate at a predetermined temperature
                                                                                                                       or rate of temperature rise.
                                                                                                                     Heavy timber construction means that type of combustible construction in which a degree
                                                                                                                       of fire safety is attained by placing limitations on the sizes of wood structural
                                                                                                                       members and on the thickness and composition of wood floors and roofs and by the
                                                                                                                       avoidance of concealed spaces under floors and roofs.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     High-hazard agricultural occupancy (Group G, Division 1) means an agricultural occupancy
                                                                                                                       containing sufficient quantities of highly combustible and flammable or explosive
                                                                                                                       materials which, because of their inherent characteristics, constitute a special fire
                                                                                                                       hazard.
                                                                                                                     High-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1) means an industrial occupancy
                                                                                                                       containing sufficient quantities of highly combustible and flammable or explosive
                                                                                                                       materials which, because of their inherent characteristics, constitute a special fire
                                                                                                                       hazard.
                                                                                                                     Home-type care occupancy (Group B, Division 4) means the occupancy or use of a
                                                                                                                       building consisting of a single detached housekeeping unit where care is provided
                                                                                                                       to residents and may include the living space of the caregiver and their family.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Horizontal exit means an exit from one building to another by means of a doorway,
                                                                                                                       vestibule, walkway, bridge or balcony.
                                                                                                                     Horizontal service space means a space such as an attic, duct, ceiling, roof or crawl space
                                                                                                                       oriented essentially in a horizontal plane, concealed and generally inaccessible,
                                                                                                                       through which building service facilities such as pipes, ducts and wiring may pass.
                                                                                                                     Impeded egress zone means a supervised area in which occupants have free movement
                                                                                                                       but require the release, by security personnel, of security doors at the boundary
                                                                                                                       before they are able to leave the area, but does not include a contained use area.
                                                                                                                     Indirect service water heater means a service water heater that derives its heat from a
                                                                                                                        heating medium such as warm air, steam or hot water.
                                                                                                                     Industrial occupancy (Group F) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof
                                                                                                                        for the assembling, fabricating, manufacturing, processing, repairing or storing
                                                                                                                        of goods and materials.
                                                                                                                     Interconnected floor space means superimposed floor areas or parts of floor areas in which
                                                                                                                        floor assemblies that are required to be fire separations are penetrated by openings
                                                                                                                        that are not provided with closures.
                                                                                                                     Limiting distance means the distance from an exposing building face to a property line, the
                                                                                                                       centre line of a street, lane or public thoroughfare, or to an imaginary line between
                                                                                                                       2 buildings or fire compartments on the same property, measured at right angles to
                                                                                                                       the exposing building face.
                                                                                                                     Live load means a variable load due to the intended use and occupancy that is to be
                                                                                                                        assumed in the design of the structural members of a building. It includes loads due
                                                                                                                        to cranes and the pressure of liquids in containers.
                                                                                                                     Loadbearing (as applying to a building element) means subjected to or designed to carry
                                                                                                                       loads in addition to its own dead load, excepting a wall element subjected only to
                                                                                                                       wind or earthquake loads in addition to its own dead load.
                                                                                                                     Low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3) means an industrial occupancy in
                                                                                                                       which the combustible content is not more than 50 kg/m2 or 1 200 MJ/m2 of floor area.
                                                                                                                     Major occupancy means the principal occupancy for which a building or part thereof
                                                                                                                       is used or intended to be used, and shall be deemed to include the subsidiary




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division A 1-9
                                                                                                    1.4.1.2.                                                                                              Division A

                                                                                                                        occupancies that are an integral part of the principal occupancy. The major occupancy
                                                                                                                        classifications used in this Code are as follows:
                                                                                                                             A1 – Assembly occupancies intended for the production and viewing of the
                                                                                                                                  performing arts
                                                                                                                             A2 – Assembly occupancies not elsewhere classified in Group A
                                                                                                                             A3 – Assembly occupancies of the arena type
                                                                                                                             A4 – Assembly occupancies in which the occupants are gathered in the open air
                                                                                                                             B1 – Detention occupancies in which persons are under restraint or are incapable
                                                                                                                                  of self-preservation because of security measures not under their control




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             B2 – Treatment occupancies
                                                                                                                             B3 – Care occupancies
                                                                                                                             B4 – Home-type care occupancies
                                                                                                                              C – Residential occupancies
                                                                                                                              D – Business and personal services occupancies
                                                                                                                              E – Mercantile occupancies
                                                                                                                             F1 – High-hazard industrial occupancies
                                                                                                                             F2 – Medium-hazard industrial occupancies
                                                                                                                             F3 – Low-hazard industrial occupancies
                                                                                                                             G1 – High-hazard agricultural occupancies
                                                                                                                             G2 – Agricultural occupancies not elsewhere classified in Group G
                                                                                                                             G3 – Greenhouse agricultural occupancies
                                                                                                                             G4 – Agricultural occupancies with no human occupants
                                                                                                                      Masonry or concrete chimney means a chimney of brick, stone, concrete or masonry units
                                                                                                                        constructed on site.
                                                                                                                      Means of egress means a continuous path of travel provided for the escape of persons
                                                                                                                        from any point in a building or contained open space to a separate building, an open
                                                                                                                        public thoroughfare, or an exterior open space protected from fire exposure from
                                                                                                                        the building and having access to an open public thoroughfare. Means of egress
                                                                                                                        includes exits and access to exits.
                                                                                                                      Mechanically vented (as applying to a fuel-fired space- or water-heating appliance)
                                                                                                                        means an appliance and its combustion venting system in which the products of
                                                                                                                        combustion are entirely exhausted to the outdoors by a mechanical device, such as
                                                                                                                        a fan, blower or aspirator, upstream or downstream from the combustion zone of
                                                                                                                        the appliance, and the portion of the combustion venting system that is downstream
                                                                                                                        of the fan, blower or aspirator is sealed and does not include draft hoods or draft
                                                                                                                        control devices. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                      Medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2) means an industrial occupancy
                                                                                                                        in which the combustible content is more than 50 kg/m2 or 1 200 MJ/m 2 of floor area
                                                                                                                        and not classified as a high-hazard industrial occupancy.
                                                                                                                      Mercantile occupancy (Group E) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof
                                                                                                                        for the displaying or selling of retail goods, wares or merchandise.
                                                                                                                      Mezzanine means an intermediate floor assembly between the floor and ceiling of any
                                                                                                                        room or storey and includes an interior balcony.
                                                                                                                      Noncombustible means that a material meets the acceptance criteria of CAN/ULC-S114,
                                                                                                                        “Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building
                                                                                                                        Materials.”
                                                                                                                      Noncombustible construction means that type of construction in which a degree of fire
                                                                                                                        safety is attained by the use of noncombustible materials for structural members
                                                                                                                        and other building assemblies.
                                                                                                                      Occupancy means the use or intended use of a building or part thereof for the shelter or
                                                                                                                        support of persons, animals or property.


                                                                                                    1-10 Division A                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                                1.4.1.2.

                                                                                                                     Occupant load means the number of persons for which a building or part thereof is
                                                                                                                       designed.
                                                                                                                     Open-air storey means a storey in which at least 25% of the total area of its perimeter
                                                                                                                       walls is open to the outdoors in a manner that will provide cross-ventilation to the
                                                                                                                       entire storey.
                                                                                                                     Owner means any person, firm or corporation controlling the property under
                                                                                                                       consideration.
                                                                                                                     Partition means an interior wall 1 storey or part-storey in height that is not loadbearing.
                                                                                                                     Party wall means a wall jointly owned and jointly used by 2 parties under easement
                                                                                                                       agreement or by right in law, and erected at or upon a line separating 2 parcels of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       land each of which is, or is capable of being, a separate real-estate entity.
                                                                                                                     Perched groundwater means a free standing body of water in the ground extending
                                                                                                                        to a limited depth.
                                                                                                                     Pile means a slender deep foundation unit made of materials such as wood, steel or
                                                                                                                        concrete or a combination thereof, that is either premanufactured and placed by
                                                                                                                        driving, jacking, jetting or screwing, or cast-in-place in a hole formed by driving,
                                                                                                                        excavating or boring. (Cast-in-place bored piles are often referred to as caissons in
                                                                                                                        Canada.)
                                                                                                                     Plenum means a chamber forming part of an air duct system.
                                                                                                                     Plumbing system means a drainage system, a venting system and a water system or
                                                                                                                        parts thereof.
                                                                                                                     Post-disaster building means a building that is necessary for the provision of essential
                                                                                                                       services to the general public in the event of a disaster and includes
                                                                                                                           • hospitals, emergency treatment facilities and blood banks,
                                                                                                                           • telephone exchanges,
                                                                                                                           • power generating stations and electrical substations,
                                                                                                                           • control centres for natural gas distribution,
                                                                                                                           • control centres for air, land and marine transportation,
                                                                                                                           • water treatment facilities,
                                                                                                                           • water storage facilities,
                                                                                                                           • water and sewage pumping stations,
                                                                                                                           • sewage treatment facilities,
                                                                                                                           • buildings having critical national defence functions, and
                                                                                                                           • buildings of the following types, unless exempted from this designation by the
                                                                                                                              authority having jurisdiction:
                                                                                                                                 • emergency response facilities,
                                                                                                                                 • fire, rescue and police stations and housing for vehicles, aircraft or boats
                                                                                                                                    used for such purposes, and
                                                                                                                                 • communications facilities, including radio and television stations.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Private sewage disposal system means a privately owned plant for the treatment and
                                                                                                                        disposal of sewage (such as a septic tank with an absorption field).
                                                                                                                     Process plant means an industrial occupancy where materials, including flammable liquids,
                                                                                                                       combustible liquids or gases, are produced or used in a process. (See Table 3.2.7.1. of
                                                                                                                       Division B of the NFC.)
                                                                                                                     Protected floor space means that part of a floor area protected from the effects of fire and
                                                                                                                       used as part of a means of egress from an interconnected floor space.
                                                                                                                     Public corridor means a corridor that provides access to exit from more than one suite.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Public way means a sidewalk, street, highway, square or other open space to which the
                                                                                                                       public has access, as of right or by invitation, expressed or implied.
                                                                                                                     Ramp means a path of travel having a slope steeper than 1 in 20.
                                                                                                                     Repair garage means a building or part thereof where facilities are provided for the
                                                                                                                       repair or servicing of motor vehicles.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division A 1-11
                                                                                                    1.4.1.2.                                                                                              Division A

                                                                                                                      Residential occupancy (Group C) means the occupancy or use of a building or part
                                                                                                                        thereof by persons for whom sleeping accommodation is provided but who are not
                                                                                                                        harboured for the purpose of receiving care or treatment and are not involuntarily
                                                                                                                        detained.
                                                                                                                      Return duct means a duct for conveying air from a space being heated, ventilated or
                                                                                                                        air-conditioned back to the heating, ventilating or air-conditioning appliance.
                                                                                                                      Rim joist means the outermost member in floor framing, other than blocking, be it
                                                                                                                        parallel, perpendicular or on an angle to the floor joists. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                      Rock means that portion of the earth's crust that is consolidated, coherent and relatively
                                                                                                                        hard and is a naturally formed, solidly bonded, mass of mineral matter that cannot
                                                                                                                        readily be broken by hand.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      Run means the horizontal distance between two adjacent tread nosings on a stair. (See
                                                                                                                        Figure A-9.8.4.-B in Note A-9.8.4. of Division B.)
                                                                                                                      Sanitary drainage system means a drainage system that conducts sewage.
                                                                                                                      Secondary suite means a self-contained dwelling unit with a prescribed floor area located
                                                                                                                         in a building or portion of a building of only residential occupancy that contains only
                                                                                                                         one other dwelling unit and common spaces, and where both dwelling units constitute
                                                                                                                         a single real estate entity. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1) and Article 9.1.2.1. of Division B.)
                                                                                                                      Service room means a room provided in a building to contain equipment associated with
                                                                                                                         building services. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                      Service space means space provided in a building to facilitate or conceal the installation
                                                                                                                         of building service facilities such as chutes, ducts, pipes, shafts or wires.
                                                                                                                      Service water heater means a device for heating water for plumbing services.
                                                                                                                      Shallow foundation means a foundation unit that derives its support from soil or rock
                                                                                                                        located close to the lowest part of the building that it supports.
                                                                                                                      Smoke alarm means a combined smoke detector and audible alarm device designed to
                                                                                                                        sound an alarm within the room or suite in which it is located upon the detection of
                                                                                                                        smoke within that room or suite.
                                                                                                                      Smoke detector means a fire detector designed to operate when the concentration of
                                                                                                                        airborne combustion products exceeds a predetermined level.
                                                                                                                      Soil means that portion of the earth's crust that is fragmentary, or such that some
                                                                                                                         individual particles of a dried sample may be readily separated by agitation in
                                                                                                                         water; it includes boulders, cobbles, gravel, sand, silt, clay and organic matter.
                                                                                                                      Solid masonry means a single wythe or multi-wythe construction made of solid masonry
                                                                                                                         units or semi-solid, cored, or hollow masonry units, the cells of which may or may
                                                                                                                         not be filled with mortar or grout. In multi-wythe masonry construction, the space
                                                                                                                         between the wythes consists of a mortar-filled collar joint or grout-filled space and
                                                                                                                         the wythes may or may not be constructed of the same masonry materials.
                                                                                                                      Solid masonry unit means a concrete block or brick unit, a clay brick unit, or calcium
                                                                                                                         silicate brick unit whose net solid area is at least 75% of its gross area. (See
                                                                                                                         Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                      Sound transmission class (STC) means a single number rating of the airborne sound
                                                                                                                        attenuation of a building assembly separating two adjoining spaces, taking into
                                                                                                                        account the direct sound transmission path. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).) (See also
                                                                                                                        Note A-9.11. of Division B.)
                                                                                                                      Space heater means a space-heating appliance for heating the room or space within which
                                                                                                                        it is located, without the use of ducts.
                                                                                                                      Space-heating appliance means an appliance intended for the supplying of heat to a room
                                                                                                                        or space directly, such as a space heater, fireplace or unit heater, or to rooms or spaces
                                                                                                                        of a building through a heating system such as a central furnace or boiler.
                                                                                                                      Sprinklered (as applying to a building or part thereof) means that the building or part
                                                                                                                        thereof is equipped with a system of automatic sprinklers.
                                                                                                                      Stage means a space that is designed primarily for theatrical performances with
                                                                                                                         provision for quick change scenery and overhead lighting, including environmental


                                                                                                    1-12 Division A                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                               1.4.1.2.

                                                                                                                        control for a wide range of lighting and sound effects and that is traditionally, but not
                                                                                                                        necessarily, separated from the audience by a proscenium wall and curtain opening.
                                                                                                                     Storage garage means a building or part thereof intended for the storage or parking
                                                                                                                        of motor vehicles and containing no provision for the repair or servicing of such
                                                                                                                        vehicles. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Storage-type service water heater means a service water heater with an integral hot water
                                                                                                                        storage tank.
                                                                                                                     Storey means that portion of a building that is situated between the top of any floor
                                                                                                                        and the top of the floor next above it, and if there is no floor above it, that portion
                                                                                                                        between the top of such floor and the ceiling above it.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Stove means an appliance intended for cooking and space heating.
                                                                                                                     Street means any highway, road, boulevard, square or other improved thoroughfare
                                                                                                                        9 m or more in width, that has been dedicated or deeded for public use and is
                                                                                                                        accessible to fire department vehicles and equipment.
                                                                                                                     Subsurface investigation means the appraisal of the general subsurface conditions at
                                                                                                                       a building site by analysis of information gained by such methods as geological
                                                                                                                       surveys, in situ testing, sampling, visual inspection, laboratory testing of samples of
                                                                                                                       the subsurface materials and groundwater observations and measurements.
                                                                                                                     Suite means a single room or series of rooms of complementary use, operated under a
                                                                                                                       single tenancy, and includes dwelling units, individual guest rooms in motels, hotels,
                                                                                                                       boarding houses, rooming houses and dormitories as well as individual stores and
                                                                                                                       individual or complementary rooms for business and personal services occupancies.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Supply duct means a duct for conveying air from a heating, ventilating or
                                                                                                                       air-conditioning appliance to a space to be heated, ventilated or air-conditioned.
                                                                                                                     Tapered tread means a tread with non-parallel edges that increases or decreases its
                                                                                                                       run uniformly over its width.
                                                                                                                     Theatre means a place of public assembly intended for the production and viewing of
                                                                                                                       the performing arts or the screening and viewing of motion pictures, and consisting
                                                                                                                       of an auditorium with permanently fixed seats intended solely for a viewing
                                                                                                                       audience.
                                                                                                                     Treatment means the provision of medical or other health-related intervention to
                                                                                                                        persons, where the administration or lack of administration of these interventions
                                                                                                                        may render them incapable of evacuating to a safe location without the assistance of
                                                                                                                        another person. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Treatment occupancy (Group B, Division 2) means the occupancy or use of a building or
                                                                                                                        part thereof for the provision of treatment, and where overnight accommodation is
                                                                                                                        available to facilitate the treatment. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Unit heater means a suspended space heater with an integral air-circulating fan.
                                                                                                                     Unprotected opening (as applying to exposing building face) means a doorway, window or
                                                                                                                       opening other than one equipped with a closure having the required fire-protection
                                                                                                                       rating, or any part of a wall forming part of the exposing building face that has a
                                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating less than that required for the exposing building face.
                                                                                                                     Unsafe condition means any condition that could cause undue hazard to the life, limb or
                                                                                                                       health of any person authorized or expected to be on or about the premises.
                                                                                                                     Unstable liquid means a liquid, including flammable liquids and combustible liquids, that
                                                                                                                       is chemically reactive to the extent that it will vigorously react or decompose at or
                                                                                                                       near normal temperature and pressure conditions or that is chemically unstable
                                                                                                                       when subjected to impact.
                                                                                                                     Vapour barrier means the elements installed to control the diffusion of water vapour.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     Vent connector (as applying to heating or cooling systems) means the part of a venting
                                                                                                                       system that conducts the flue gases or vent gases from the flue collar of a gas appliance
                                                                                                                       to the chimney or gas vent, and may include a draft control device.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division A 1-13
                                                                                                    1.4.2.1.                                                                                                Division A

                                                                                                                      Vertical service space means a shaft oriented essentially vertically that is provided in
                                                                                                                         a building to facilitate the installation of building services including mechanical,
                                                                                                                         electrical and plumbing installations and facilities such as elevators, refuse chutes
                                                                                                                         and linen chutes.
                                                                                                                      Walkway means a covered or roofed pedestrian thoroughfare used to connect 2 or
                                                                                                                        more buildings.

                                                                                                    1.4.2.            Symbols and Other Abbreviations
                                                                                                    1.4.2.1.          Symbols and Other Abbreviations




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) The symbols and other abbreviations in this Code shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                      assigned to them in this Article and Article 1.3.2.1. of Division B.
                                                                                                                       1 in 2 ............ slope of 1 vertical to 2 horizontal
                                                                                                                       cm ................. centimetre(s)
                                                                                                                       ° .................... degree(s)
                                                                                                                       °C ................. degree(s) Celsius
                                                                                                                       dBA .............. A-weighted sound level
                                                                                                                       diam ............. diameter
                                                                                                                       g .................... gram(s)
                                                                                                                       h .................... hour(s)
                                                                                                                       HDD ............ heating degree-day(s)
                                                                                                                       HVAC .......... heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
                                                                                                                       Hz ................. hertz
                                                                                                                       J ..................... joule(s)
                                                                                                                       K ................... degree(s) Kelvin
                                                                                                                       kg ................. kilogram(s)
                                                                                                                       kN ................ kilonewton(s)
                                                                                                                       kPa ............... kilopascal(s)
                                                                                                                       kW ................ kilowatt(s)
                                                                                                                       L ................... litre(s)
                                                                                                                       lx ................... lux
                                                                                                                       m .................. metre(s)
                                                                                                                       M .................. metric nomenclature for reinforcing bars
                                                                                                                       max. ............. maximum
                                                                                                                       min. .............. minimum
                                                                                                                       min ............... minute(s)
                                                                                                                       MJ ................. megajoule(s)
                                                                                                                       mm ............... millimetre(s)
                                                                                                                       MPa .............. megapascal(s)
                                                                                                                       N ................... newton
                                                                                                                       n/a ................ not applicable
                                                                                                                       ng ................. nanogram(s)
                                                                                                                       No. ............... number(s)
                                                                                                                       o.c. ................ on centre
                                                                                                                       OSB .............. oriented strandboard
                                                                                                                       PM ................ particulate matter
                                                                                                                       ppb ............... part(s) per billion


                                                                                                    1-14 Division A                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                         1.5.2.1.

                                                                                                                       ppm .............. part(s) per million
                                                                                                                       R ................... thermal resistance value (imperial unit)
                                                                                                                       RSI ................ thermal resistance value (metric unit)
                                                                                                                       s .................... second(s)
                                                                                                                       W .................. watt(s)
                                                                                                                       % ................... percent
                                                                                                                       µg ................. microgram(s)
                                                                                                                       µm ................ micrometre(s)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       U-value ........ overall thermal transmittance


                                                                                                    Section 1.5. Referenced Documents and
                                                                                                    Organizations
                                                                                                    1.5.1.           Referenced Documents

                                                                                                    1.5.1.1.         Application of Referenced Documents

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the provisions of documents referenced in
                                                                                                                     this Code, and of any documents referenced within those documents, apply only
                                                                                                                     to the extent that they relate to
                                                                                                                         a) buildings, and
                                                                                                                         b) the objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable
                                                                                                                             acceptable solutions in Division B where the documents are referenced.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-1.5.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) Where a provision of this Code references another National Model Code, the
                                                                                                                     applicable objectives and functional statements shall include those found in that
                                                                                                                     referenced National Model Code. (See Note A-2.1.1.2.(6).)

                                                                                                    1.5.1.2.         Conflicting Requirements

                                                                                                                       1) In case of conflict between the provisions of this Code and those of a referenced
                                                                                                                     document, the provisions of this Code shall govern.

                                                                                                    1.5.1.3.         Applicable Editions

                                                                                                                        1) Where documents are referenced in this Code, they shall be the editions
                                                                                                                     designated in Subsection 1.3.1. of Division B.

                                                                                                    1.5.2.           Organizations

                                                                                                    1.5.2.1.         Abbreviations of Proper Names

                                                                                                                        1) The abbreviations of proper names in this Code shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                     assigned to them in Article 1.3.2.1. of Division B.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                    Division A 1-15
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




1-16 Division A




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 1
                                                                                                    Compliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-1.1.1.1.(1) Application to Existing Buildings. This Code is most often applied to existing or
                                                                                                    relocated buildings when an owner wishes to rehabilitate a building, change its use, or build an addition, or
                                                                                                    when an enforcement authority decrees that a building or class of buildings be altered for reasons of public
                                                                                                    safety. It is not intended that the NBC be used to enforce the retrospective application of new requirements to
                                                                                                    existing buildings or existing portions of relocated buildings, unless specifically required by local regulations or
                                                                                                    bylaws. For example, although the NFC could be interpreted to require the installation of fire alarm, standpipe
                                                                                                    and hose, and automatic sprinkler systems in an existing building for which there were no requirements at
                                                                                                    the time of construction, it is the intent of the CCBFC that the NFC not be applied in this manner to these
                                                                                                    buildings unless the authority having jurisdiction has determined that there is an inherent threat to occupant
                                                                                                    safety and has issued an order to eliminate the unsafe condition, or where substantial changes or additions
                                                                                                    are being made to an existing building or the occupancy has been changed. (See also Note A-1.1.1.1.(1) of
                                                                                                    Division A of the NFC.)
                                                                                                    Relocated buildings that have been in use in another location for a number of years can be considered as
                                                                                                    existing buildings, in part, and the same analytical process can be applied as for existing buildings. It should be
                                                                                                    noted, however, that a change in occupancy may affect some requirements (e.g. loads and fire separations) and
                                                                                                    relocation to an area with different wind, snow or earthquake loads will require the application of current code
                                                                                                    requirements. Depending on the construction of the building and the changes in load, structural modifications
                                                                                                    may be required. Similarly, parts of a relocated or existing building that are reconstructed, such as foundations
                                                                                                    and basements, or parts being modified are required to be built to current codes.
                                                                                                    Whatever the reason, Code application to existing or relocated buildings requires careful consideration of
                                                                                                    the level of safety needed for that building. This consideration involves an analytical process similar to that
                                                                                                    required to assess alternative design proposals for new construction. See Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) for information
                                                                                                    on achieving compliance with the Code using alternative solutions.
                                                                                                    In developing Code requirements for new buildings, consideration has been given to the cost they impose on
                                                                                                    a design in relation to the perceived benefits in terms of safety. The former is definable; the latter difficult to
                                                                                                    establish on a quantitative basis. In applying the Code requirements to an existing building, the benefits derived
                                                                                                    are the same as in new buildings. On the other hand, the increased cost of implementing in an existing building
                                                                                                    a design solution that would normally be intended for a new building may be prohibitive.
                                                                                                    The successful application of Code requirements to existing construction becomes a matter of balancing the cost
                                                                                                    of implementing a requirement with the relative importance of that requirement to the overall Code objectives.
                                                                                                    The degree to which any particular requirement can be relaxed without affecting the intended level of safety of
                                                                                                    the Code requires considerable judgment on the part of both the designer and the authority having jurisdiction.
                                                                                                    Further information on the application of Code requirements to existing or relocated buildings can be found
                                                                                                    in the following publications:
                                                                                                       • “User's Guide – NBC 1995 Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility (Part 3)”
                                                                                                       • “Guidelines for Application of Part 3 of the National Building Code of Canada to Existing Buildings”
                                                                                                       • Commentary entitled “Application of NBC Part 4 of Division B for the Structural Evaluation and
                                                                                                          Upgrading of Existing Buildings” of the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                          Part 4 of Division B)”
                                                                                                       • “User's Guide – NBC 1995, Application of Part 9 to Existing Buildings”
                                                                                                       • CBD 230, “Applying building codes to existing buildings”

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Division A 1-17
                                                                                                    A-1.1.1.1.(2)                                                                                       Division A

                                                                                                    These publications can be accessed through the NRC Publications Archive at https://nrc-publications.canada.ca.

                                                                                                    A-1.1.1.1.(2) Factory-Constructed Buildings. The NBC applies the same requirements to site-built
                                                                                                    and factory-constructed buildings. However, it can often be difficult to determine whether a factory-constructed
                                                                                                    building complies with the Code once it has been delivered to the construction site because many of the wall,
                                                                                                    roof and floor assemblies are closed in and so their components cannot be inspected. CSA A277, “Procedure for
                                                                                                    certification of prefabricated buildings, modules, and panels,” was developed to address this problem with
                                                                                                    regard to residential, commercial and industrial buildings. This standard describes a procedure whereby an
                                                                                                    independent certification agency can review the quality control procedures of a factory and make periodic
                                                                                                    unannounced inspections of its products. The standard is not a building code, only a procedure for certifying
                                                                                                    compliance of factory-constructed components with a building code or other standard. If a factory-constructed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    building bears the label of an accredited certification agency indicating that compliance with the National
                                                                                                    Building Code has been certified using the CSA A277 procedure, the accepting authority will have some
                                                                                                    assurance that the concealed components do not require re-inspection on site.
                                                                                                    On the other hand, standards in the CSA Z240 MH Series, “Manufactured homes,” do resemble a building code.
                                                                                                    Most of the individual standards in the series contain requirements regarding many issues also covered in the
                                                                                                    NBC. Some of these Z240 MH Series provisions are performance requirements with no quantitative criteria,
                                                                                                    some simply reference the applicable NBC requirements, while others contain requirements that differ from
                                                                                                    those in the NBC. Because it would be illogical to have two different sets of requirements for buildings—one set
                                                                                                    that applies to site-built buildings and one set that applies to factory-constructed buildings—the NBC does not
                                                                                                    reference these Z240 MH Series standards. One of the individual standards in the Z240 MH Series deals with
                                                                                                    special requirements for manufactured homes related to the fact that these houses must be moved over roads,
                                                                                                    which is an issue the NBC does not address. Therefore, labeling that indicates that a factory-constructed house
                                                                                                    complies with the Z240 MH Series standards can NOT be taken as an indication that the house necessarily
                                                                                                    complies with the building code in effect for the location where the house will be sited.
                                                                                                    The NBC does reference CSA Z240.10.1, “Site preparation, foundation, and installation of buildings,” which is
                                                                                                    not actually part of the CSA Z240 MH Series. This standard contains requirements for surface foundations
                                                                                                    where buildings—not just houses—comply with the deformation resistance test provided in CSA Z240.2.1,
                                                                                                    “Structural requirements for manufactured homes.”

                                                                                                    A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a) Code Compliance via Acceptable Solutions. If a building design (e.g. material,
                                                                                                    component, assembly or system) can be shown to meet all provisions of the applicable acceptable solutions
                                                                                                    in Division B (e.g. it complies with the applicable provisions of a referenced standard), it is deemed to have
                                                                                                    satisfied the objectives and functional statements linked to those provisions and thus to have complied with
                                                                                                    that part of the Code. In fact, if it can be determined that a design meets all the applicable acceptable solutions
                                                                                                    in Division B, there is no need to consult the objectives and functional statements in Division A to determine its
                                                                                                    compliance.

                                                                                                    A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b) Code Compliance via Alternative Solutions. Where a design differs from the
                                                                                                    acceptable solutions in Division B, then it should be treated as an “alternative solution.” A proponent of an
                                                                                                    alternative solution must demonstrate that the alternative solution addresses the same issues as the applicable
                                                                                                    acceptable solutions in Division B and their attributed objectives and functional statements. However, because
                                                                                                    the objectives and functional statements are entirely qualitative, demonstrating compliance with them in
                                                                                                    isolation is not possible. Therefore, Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) identifies the principle that Division B establishes the
                                                                                                    quantitative performance targets that alternative solutions must meet. In many cases, these targets are not
                                                                                                    defined very precisely by the acceptable solutions—certainly far less precisely than would be the case with
                                                                                                    a true performance code, which would have quantitative performance targets and prescribed methods of
                                                                                                    performance measurement for all aspects of building performance. Nevertheless, Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) makes it
                                                                                                    clear that an effort must be made to demonstrate that an alternative solution will perform as well as a design
                                                                                                    that would satisfy the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B—not “well enough” but “as well as.”
                                                                                                    In this sense, it is Division B that defines the boundaries between acceptable risks and the “unacceptable” risks
                                                                                                    referred to in the statements of the Code's objectives, i.e. the risk remaining once the applicable acceptable
                                                                                                    solutions in Division B have been implemented represents the residual level of risk deemed to be acceptable by
                                                                                                    the broad base of Canadians who have taken part in the consensus process used to develop the Code.

                                                                                                        Level of Performance
                                                                                                        Where Division B offers a choice between several possible designs, it is likely that these designs may
                                                                                                        not all provide exactly the same level of performance. Among a number of possible designs satisfying


                                                                                                    1-18 Division A                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                    A-1.3.3.4.(2)

                                                                                                        acceptable solutions in Division B, the design providing the lowest level of performance should generally
                                                                                                        be considered to establish the minimum acceptable level of performance to be used in evaluating alternative
                                                                                                        solutions for compliance with the Code.
                                                                                                        Sometimes a single design will be used as an alternative solution to several sets of acceptable solutions
                                                                                                        in Division B. In this case, the level of performance required of the alternative solution should be at least
                                                                                                        equivalent to the overall level of performance established by all the applicable sets of acceptable solutions
                                                                                                        taken as a whole.
                                                                                                        Each provision in Division B has been analyzed to determine what it is intended to achieve. The resultant
                                                                                                        intent statements clarify what undesirable results each provision seeks to preclude. These statements
                                                                                                        are not a legal component of the Code, but are advisory in nature, and can help Code users establish
                                                                                                        performance targets for alternative solutions. They are published as a separate electronic document entitled




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        “Supplement to the NBC 2020: Intent Statements,” which is available on the NRC's website.

                                                                                                        Areas of Performance
                                                                                                        A subset of the acceptable solutions in Division B may establish criteria for particular types of designs (e.g.
                                                                                                        certain types of materials, components, assemblies, or systems). Often such subsets of acceptable solutions
                                                                                                        are all attributed to the same objective: OS1, Fire Safety, for example. In some cases, the designs that are
                                                                                                        normally used to satisfy this subset of acceptable solutions might also provide some benefits that could be
                                                                                                        related to some other objective: OP1, Fire Protection of the Building, for example. However, if none of the
                                                                                                        applicable acceptable solutions are linked to Objective OP1, it is not necessary that alternative solutions
                                                                                                        proposed to replace these acceptable solutions provide a similar benefit related to Fire Protection of the
                                                                                                        Building. In other words, the acceptable solutions in Division B establish acceptable levels of performance
                                                                                                        for compliance with the Code only in those areas defined by the objectives and functional statements
                                                                                                        attributed to the acceptable solutions.

                                                                                                        Applicable Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                        In demonstrating that an alternative solution will perform as well as a design that would satisfy the
                                                                                                        applicable acceptable solutions in Division B, its evaluation should not be limited to comparison with the
                                                                                                        acceptable solutions to which an alternative is proposed. It is possible that acceptable solutions elsewhere
                                                                                                        in the Code also apply. The proposed alternative solution may be shown to perform as well as the most
                                                                                                        apparent acceptable solution which it is replacing but may not perform as well as other relevant acceptable
                                                                                                        solutions. For example, an innovative sheathing material may perform adequately as sheathing in a wall
                                                                                                        system that is braced by other means but may not perform adequately as sheathing in a wall system where
                                                                                                        the sheathing must provide the structural bracing. All applicable acceptable solutions should be taken into
                                                                                                        consideration in demonstrating the compliance of an alternative solution.

                                                                                                    A-1.3.3.4.(1) Buildings Divided by Firewalls. This concept relates to the provisions directly regulated
                                                                                                    by this Code and does not apply to electrical service entrance requirements, which are regulated by other
                                                                                                    documents.

                                                                                                    A-1.3.3.4.(2) Buildings on Sloping Sites. Application of the definition of grade to stepped buildings
                                                                                                    on sloping sites often results in such buildings being designated as being greater than 4 storeys in building
                                                                                                    height even though there may be only 2, 3 or 4 storeys at any one location. Figure A-1.3.3.4.(2) illustrates this
                                                                                                    application compared to a similar building on a flat site.
                                                                                                    Under Sentence 1.3.3.4.(2), Building A can be considered as being 4 storeys in building height instead of
                                                                                                    7 storeys in building height. Both Building A and B are comparable with regard to fire safety and egress.
                                                                                                    This relaxation applies to the determination of building height only. All other requirements continue to apply
                                                                                                    as appropriate.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division A 1-19
                                                                                                    A-1.4.1.2.(1)                                                                                      Division A

                                                                                                                                                       grade for each
                                                                                                                                                       stepped portion




                                                                                                                                                                         1 h fire
                                                                                                                                                                         separation at
                                                                                                                                                                         each stepped
                                                                                                                                                                         portion




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                       Building A



                                                                                                                                                                            grade
                                                                                                                                                                            for entire
                                                                                                                                                                            building




                                                                                                                                                       Building B
                                                                                                                                                                                   EG00907B


                                                                                                     Figure A-1.3.3.4.(2)
                                                                                                     Application of the definition of grade


                                                                                                    A-1.4.1.2.(1)     Defined Terms.

                                                                                                        Agricultural Occupancy
                                                                                                        The term “processing” refers to activities carried out for the purpose of maintaining the quality of
                                                                                                        agricultural products or to the minimum amount of activity necessary to produce a saleable product.

                                                                                                        Agricultural Occupancy with No Human Occupants
                                                                                                        Group G, Division 4 occupancies may be accessed on a temporary basis during maintenance, cleaning or
                                                                                                        emptying operations.

                                                                                                        ASTC and STC
                                                                                                        The higher the ASTC or STC rating, the more the assembly or the system of assemblies protects occupants
                                                                                                        from noise in adjacent spaces.
                                                                                                        These ratings, which are determined in accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating Sound
                                                                                                        Insulation,” roughly describe the noise reduction provided by the separating floor or wall, or in the case of
                                                                                                        the ASTC rating, by the system of separating and adjoining walls and floors.

                                                                                                        Care Occupancy
                                                                                                        Support services rendered by or through care facility management refer to services provided by the
                                                                                                        organization that is responsible for the care for a period exceeding 24 consecutive hours. They do not refer
                                                                                                        to services provided by residents of dwelling units or suites, or to services arranged directly by residents
                                                                                                        of dwelling units or suites with outside agencies.
                                                                                                        In the context of care occupancies, these services may include a daily assessment of the resident's
                                                                                                        functioning, awareness of their whereabouts, the making of appointments for residents and reminding
                                                                                                        them of those appointments, the ability and readiness to intervene if a crisis arises for a resident,
                                                                                                        supervision in areas of nutrition or medication, and provision of transient medical services. Services
                                                                                                        may also include activities of daily living such as bathing, dressing, feeding, and assistance in the use of
                                                                                                        washroom facilities, etc. No actual treatment is provided by or through care facility management.


                                                                                                    1-20 Division A                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                                                  A-1.4.1.2.(1)

                                                                                                            Dangerous Goods
                                                                                                            Prior to the 2015 edition of the NBC, the terminology used to identify dangerous goods came from
                                                                                                            “Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR).” The TDGR apply solely to the adequate
                                                                                                            identification of hazards related to dangerous goods in the contexts of transportation and emergency
                                                                                                            response.
                                                                                                            Dangerous goods in the workplace are identified in accordance with the “Workplace Hazardous Materials
                                                                                                            Information System (WHMIS),” established in accordance with the “Hazardous Products Act.” The
                                                                                                            WHMIS identification system is specifically designed with the users of the product in mind.
                                                                                                            Since the 2015 edition, the NBC identifies dangerous goods as products regulated by the TDGR or classified
                                                                                                            under the WHMIS. In order to harmonize these two nomenclatures for dangerous goods, class descriptors




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                            were developed taking into consideration both the TDGR and WHMIS classification systems. The NBC
                                                                                                            nomenclature uses a descriptive approach to classifying dangerous goods, which is similar to the one used
                                                                                                            by the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS) developed by the
                                                                                                            United Nations (UN). Canada has actively participated in the development of the GHS and has committed
                                                                                                            to its implementation through the TDGR and WHMIS regulations.
                                                                                                            The NBC nomenclature takes a common sense approach that corresponds more closely to how people refer
                                                                                                            to dangerous goods on a daily basis, blending TDGR and WHMIS terminology without using nondescript
                                                                                                            numbers and letters as previously found in the NBC, TDGR and WHMIS.

                                                                                                                                                              Table A-1.4.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                           TDGR, WHMIS and NBC Class Descriptors for Dangerous Goods

                                                                                                                                TDGR
                                                                                                                                                                                   WHMIS                                            NBC
                                                                                                          Class                   Descriptor
                                                                                                           1      Explosives                                    Explosives                                   Explosives
                                                                                                           2      Gases                                         Gases under pressure                         Compressed gases
                                                                                                           2.1    Flammable gases                               Flammable gases; Flammable aerosols          Flammable gases; Flammable aerosols
                                                                                                           2.2    Non-flammable, non-toxic gases                Gases under pressure                         Non-flammable, non-toxic gases
                                                                                                      2.2 (5.1)                        —                        Oxidizing gases                              Oxidizing gases
                                                                                                           2.3    Toxic gases                                                         —                      Toxic gases
                                                                                                           3      Flammable liquids                             Flammable liquids                            Flammable liquids
                                                                                                           4.1    Flammable solids                              Flammable solids                             Flammable solids
                                                                                                                  Substances liable to spontaneous
                                                                                                           4.2                                                  Pyrophoric liquids; pyrophoric solids        Pyrophoric materials
                                                                                                                  combustion
                                                                                                                                                                Substances and mixtures which, in contact
                                                                                                           4.3    Water-reactive substances                                                                  Water-reactive substances
                                                                                                                                                                with water, emit flammable gases
                                                                                                           5.1    Oxidizing substances                          Oxidizing liquids; oxidizing solids          Oxidizers
                                                                                                           5.2    Organic peroxides                             Organic peroxides                            Organic peroxides
                                                                                                           6.1    Toxic substances                                                    (1)                    Toxic substances
                                                                                                           6.2                                                                        (1)
                                                                                                                  Infectious substances                                                                      Infectious materials
                                                                                                           7      Radioactive materials                         Not covered by WHMIS                         Radioactive materials
                                                                                                           8                                                                          (2)
                                                                                                                  Corrosives                                                                                 Corrosives
                                                                                                                  Miscellaneous products, substances, or                              (2)
                                                                                                           9                                                                                                 Miscellaneous dangerous goods
                                                                                                                  organisms
                                                                                                           —                           —                        Previously Class F                           Dangerously reactive materials

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-1.4.1.2.(1):
                                                                                                    (1)    The WHMIS has various descriptors for this Class of products based on their toxicity.
                                                                                                    (2)    The WHMIS has various descriptors for this Class of products based on the nature of the danger presented by the product.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                        Division A 1-21
                                                                                                    A-1.4.1.2.(1)                                                                                          Division A

                                                                                                        Exit
                                                                                                        Exits include doors or doorways leading directly into an exit stair or directly to the outside. In the case of an
                                                                                                        exit leading to a separate building, exits also include vestibules, walkways, bridges or balconies.

                                                                                                        Farm Building
                                                                                                        Farm buildings as defined in Article 1.4.1.2. include, but are not limited to, produce storage and packing
                                                                                                        facilities, livestock and poultry housing, milking centres, manure storage facilities, grain bins, silos, feed
                                                                                                        preparation centres, farm workshops, greenhouses, farm retail centres, and horse riding, exercise and
                                                                                                        training facilities. Farm buildings may be classified as low or high human occupancy, depending on
                                                                                                        the occupant load.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Examples of farm buildings that may be classified as low human occupancy are livestock and poultry
                                                                                                        housing, manure and machinery storage facilities and horse exercise and training facilities where no
                                                                                                        bleachers or viewing area are provided.
                                                                                                        Examples of farm buildings that may be classified as other than low human occupancy include farm retail
                                                                                                        centres for feeds, horticultural and livestock produce, auction barns and show areas where bleachers or
                                                                                                        other public facilities are provided. Farm work centres where the number of workers frequently exceeds the
                                                                                                        limit for low human occupancy will also be in this category.
                                                                                                        It is possible to have areas of both high and low human occupancy in the same building provided that
                                                                                                        the structural safety and fire separation requirements for high human occupancy are met in the part
                                                                                                        thus designated.

                                                                                                        Fire Separation
                                                                                                        It is generally understood that the term “fire” refers to all products of combustion, including heat and
                                                                                                        smoke. Although a fire separation is not always required to have a fire-resistance rating, it should act as a
                                                                                                        barrier to the spread of smoke and fire until some type of response is initiated. If the fire-resistance rating of
                                                                                                        a fire separation is permitted to be waived on the basis of the presence of an automatic sprinkler system, it
                                                                                                        is nonetheless the intent of the Code that the fire separation be constructed so that it will remain in place
                                                                                                        and act as a barrier against the spread of smoke until the sprinklers have actuated.

                                                                                                        Flight


                                                                                                                                   Stair with one flight                       Stair with two flights



                                                                                                                                                           landing            landing            flight


                                                                                                                                        flight

                                                                                                                                                                                                          landing




                                                                                                                                                                                              flight

                                                                                                                      landing                                             landing
                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG01395A


                                                                                                          Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-A
                                                                                                          Flight


                                                                                                        Grade
                                                                                                        Localized depressions that need not be considered in the determination of the elevation of grade include
                                                                                                        such features as vehicle and pedestrian entrances and other minor depressions that do not affect
                                                                                                        accessibility for firefighting or evacuation.


                                                                                                    1-22 Division A                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                      A-1.4.1.2.(1)

                                                                                                        Home-Type Care Occupancy

                                                                                                        Support services rendered to the residents of a home-type care occupancy refer to services provided at
                                                                                                        a cost by caregivers who are responsible for the care for a period exceeding 24 consecutive hours. They
                                                                                                        do not refer to services provided by family members of the residents, or to services arranged directly by
                                                                                                        residents with outside agencies.
                                                                                                        In the context of home-type care occupancies, these services may include a daily assessment of the
                                                                                                        resident's functioning, awareness of their whereabouts, the making of appointments for residents and
                                                                                                        reminding them of those appointments, the ability and readiness to intervene if a crisis arises for a resident,
                                                                                                        supervision in areas of nutrition or medication, and provision of transient medical services. Services
                                                                                                        may also include activities of daily living such as bathing, dressing, feeding, and assistance in the use of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        washroom facilities, etc. No actual treatment is provided by the caregivers.

                                                                                                        Mechanically Vented

                                                                                                        The definition of this term is intended to include all types of appliances and venting systems that rely
                                                                                                        entirely on fans to evacuate the products of combustion. Systems variously referred to as “forced draft,”
                                                                                                        “power vented” and “induced draft” in standards and industry terminology may be covered by this
                                                                                                        definition. The key characteristic of such systems is that they are more resistant to depressurization-induced
                                                                                                        spillage of combustion products into the building in which they are housed because the combustion
                                                                                                        venting system downstream of the fan is “sealed,” i.e. includes no draft hood or draft control device.

                                                                                                        Post-Disaster Building

                                                                                                        There may be circumstances where the authority having jurisdiction would choose to exempt certain
                                                                                                        types of buildings or parts thereof from being designated as post-disaster buildings. Such is the case in
                                                                                                        the following examples: a volunteer paramedic's residence where an ambulance is stored, or a police
                                                                                                        station in a shopping mall or in a residential complex.
                                                                                                        Some municipalities have emergency management plans that specify which buildings are to be used for
                                                                                                        the provision of essential services after a disaster. Municipalities normally coordinate their requirements
                                                                                                        with provincial or territorial emergency management protocols, which may or may not be mandatory. If in
                                                                                                        doubt about whether a building should be designated as a post-disaster building, designers should consult
                                                                                                        with the authority having jurisdiction.
                                                                                                        The inclusion of control centres for natural gas distribution as examples of post-disaster buildings is
                                                                                                        intended to ensure that, following a disaster, control is maintained over large fuel distribution networks
                                                                                                        that supply a commodity essential to the health and safety of a significant proportion of the Canadian
                                                                                                        population. In contrast, the localized failure of a single fuel supply point does not jeopardize the entire
                                                                                                        fuel distribution system.
                                                                                                        Buildings with rooftop telecommunication or cellular network equipment need not be designated as
                                                                                                        post-disaster buildings.

                                                                                                        Public Corridor

                                                                                                        A covered mall is considered to be a public corridor and, as such, is subject to the same requirements as a
                                                                                                        public corridor.

                                                                                                        Rim Joist

                                                                                                        In the field, rim joists may also be referred to as rim boards, headers or header joists.

                                                                                                        Secondary Suite

                                                                                                        A secondary suite is a self-contained dwelling unit of a prescribed maximum total floor area that is part of a
                                                                                                        building containing not more than two dwelling units (including the secondary suite) and any common
                                                                                                        spaces such as common storage, common service rooms, common laundry facilities or common areas used
                                                                                                        for egress. Secondary suites are typically created within an existing single dwelling unit—commonly called
                                                                                                        a “house”—either constructed as an addition to an existing house or incorporated during the construction
                                                                                                        of a new house. A secondary suite may have more than one storey and may be on the same level as the
                                                                                                        principal dwelling unit of the house or be above or below it.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division A 1-23
                                                                                                    A-1.4.1.2.(1)                                                                                                    Division A

                                                                                                        Examples of buildings where secondary suites are permitted include individual detached houses, or where
                                                                                                        the secondary suite is located in a portion of a building, semi-detached houses (half of a double) and
                                                                                                        freehold row houses.
                                                                                                        Where a building has multiple occupancies, the secondary suite can only be created in a portion of the
                                                                                                        building that is of residential occupancy. Apartment buildings have more than two dwelling units and are
                                                                                                        therefore not permitted to have secondary suites.
                                                                                                        Neither dwelling unit in a house can be strata-titled or otherwise subdivided from the remainder of the
                                                                                                        house under provincial or territorial legislation. This means that both dwelling units are registered under
                                                                                                        the same title.
                                                                                                        Secondary suites are also referred to as “accessory suites” or “secondary units” by various jurisdictions.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Service Room
                                                                                                        Typical examples of service rooms include boiler rooms, furnace rooms, incinerator rooms, garbage
                                                                                                        handling rooms and rooms to accommodate air-conditioning or heating appliances, pumps, compressors
                                                                                                        and electrical equipment. Rooms such as elevator machine rooms and common laundry rooms are not
                                                                                                        considered to be service rooms.

                                                                                                        Solid Masonry Units
                                                                                                        The net solid area of a masonry unit is calculated by determining the gross area of the bed face of the unit
                                                                                                        (L × T) and subtracting the cumulative areas of the hollow portions. As long as the total area of the hollow
                                                                                                        portions is 25% or less of the gross area, the unit is considered to be a solid masonry unit.




                                                                                                                                                  T

                                                                                                                                                                                        L




                                                                                                                                                                be
                                                                                                                                                                        df
                                                                                                                                                                             ac
                                                                                                                                                                                  e
                                                                                                                                                              fac
                                                                                                                                                                    e


                                                                                                                            gross area = length × thickness                                         end
                                                                                                                            net solid area = shaded area




                                                                                                                                                                                                          EG01325A


                                                                                                          Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-B
                                                                                                          Net solid area of masonry unit


                                                                                                        Storage Garage
                                                                                                        Entrances at which vehicles stop for a short time beneath an unenclosed canopy to pick up and drop off
                                                                                                        passengers are not considered as storage garages.

                                                                                                        Suite
                                                                                                        Tenancy in the context of the term “suite” applies to both rental and ownership tenure. In a condominium
                                                                                                        arrangement, for example, dwelling units are considered separate suites even though they are individually
                                                                                                        owned. In order to be of complementary use, a series of rooms that constitute a suite must be in reasonably


                                                                                                    1-24 Division A                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                   A-1.5.1.1.(1)

                                                                                                        close proximity to each other and have access to each other either directly by means of a common doorway
                                                                                                        or indirectly by a corridor, vestibule or other similar arrangement.
                                                                                                        The term “suite” does not apply to rooms such as service rooms, common laundry rooms and common
                                                                                                        recreational rooms that are not leased or under a separate tenure in the context of the Code. Similarly, the
                                                                                                        term “suite” is not normally applied in the context of buildings such as schools and hospitals, since the
                                                                                                        entire building is under a single tenure. However, a room that is individually rented is considered a suite.
                                                                                                        A warehousing unit in a mini-warehouse is a suite. A rented room in a nursing home could be considered
                                                                                                        as a suite if the room was under a separate tenure. A hospital bedroom on the other hand is not considered
                                                                                                        to be under a separate tenure, since the patient has little control of that space, even though he pays the
                                                                                                        hospital a per diem rate for the privilege of using the hospital facilities, which include the sleeping areas.
                                                                                                        For certain requirements in the Code, the expression “room or suite” is used (e.g., travel distance). This




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        means that the requirement applies within the rooms of suites as well as to the suite itself and to rooms
                                                                                                        that may be located outside the suite. In other places the expression “suite, and rooms not located within
                                                                                                        a suite” is used (e.g., for the installation of smoke and heat detectors). This means that the requirement
                                                                                                        applies to individual suites as defined, but not to each room within the suite. The rooms “not within a
                                                                                                        suite” would include common laundry rooms, common recreational rooms and service rooms, which are
                                                                                                        not considered as tenant-occupied space.

                                                                                                        Treatment
                                                                                                        The ability to evacuate unassisted implies that a person is capable of recognizing and responding to an
                                                                                                        emergency given their physical, cognitive and behavioural abilities, and able to move to a safe location
                                                                                                        without the assistance of another person. For example, such persons must be able to arise and walk, or
                                                                                                        transfer from a bed or chair to a means of mobility, and leave the building or move to a safe location on
                                                                                                        their own.

                                                                                                        Treatment Occupancy
                                                                                                        “Treatments” may include such things as surgery, intensive care, and emergency medical intervention.
                                                                                                        Treatment services differ from the services provided by care occupancies like personal care assistance or the
                                                                                                        administration of medication, and from those provided by business and personal services occupancies like
                                                                                                        dentistry or day procedures.

                                                                                                        Vapour Barrier
                                                                                                        It is important to understand the difference between the functions of a vapour barrier and an air barrier.
                                                                                                        Vapour barrier materials and assemblies are intended to restrict the movement of water vapour due to
                                                                                                        vapour pressure differentials, while air barrier materials and assemblies are intended to restrict the
                                                                                                        movement of air due to air pressure differentials.
                                                                                                        Note that a vapour barrier is also referred to as a “vapour diffusion retarder.”

                                                                                                    A-1.5.1.1.(1) Application of Referenced Documents. Documents referenced in the NBC may
                                                                                                    contain provisions covering a wide range of issues, including issues that are unrelated to the objectives
                                                                                                    and functional statements stated in Parts 2 and 3 of Division A respectively; e.g. aesthetic issues such as
                                                                                                    colour-fastness or uniformity. Sentence 1.5.1.1.(1) is intended to make it clear that, whereas referencing a
                                                                                                    document in the NBC generally has the effect of making the provisions of that document part of the Code,
                                                                                                    provisions that are unrelated to buildings or to the objectives and functional statements attributed to the
                                                                                                    provisions in Division B where the document is referenced are excluded.
                                                                                                    Furthermore, many documents referenced in the NBC contain references to other documents, which may also,
                                                                                                    in turn, refer to other documents. These secondary and tertiary referenced documents may contain provisions
                                                                                                    that are unrelated to buildings or to the objectives and functional statements of the NBC: such provisions—no
                                                                                                    matter how far down the chain of references they occur—are not included in the intent of Sentence 1.5.1.1.(1).




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division A 1-25
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




1-26 Division A




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 2
                                                                                                    Objectives




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      2.1.          Application
                                                                                                      2.1.1.        Application ........................................ 2-1

                                                                                                      2.2.          Objectives
                                                                                                      2.2.1.        Objectives ......................................... 2-2

                                                                                                                    Notes to Part 2 .................. 2-7




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 2
                                                                                                    Objectives




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 2.1. Application
                                                                                                    2.1.1.           Application

                                                                                                    2.1.1.1.         Application

                                                                                                                         1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)

                                                                                                    2.1.1.2.         Application of Objectives
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-2.2.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                       1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), the objectives described in this Part
                                                                                                                     apply
                                                                                                                        a) to all buildings covered in this Code (see Article 1.1.1.1.), and
                                                                                                                        b) only to the extent that they relate to compliance with this Code as required
                                                                                                                           in Article 1.2.1.1.

                                                                                                                        2) Objective OS4, Resistance to Unwanted Entry, applies only to dwelling units in
                                                                                                                     buildings covered in Part 9 of Division B. (See Article 1.3.3.3.)

                                                                                                                         3) Objective OH3, Noise Protection, applies only to dwelling units.

                                                                                                                        4) Objective OH5, Hazardous Substances Containment, applies only to the extent
                                                                                                                     defined in
                                                                                                                         a) the National Plumbing Code, and
                                                                                                                        b) the National Fire Code.

                                                                                                                        5) Objective OA, Accessibility (including Objectives OA1, Barrier-Free Path of
                                                                                                                     Travel, and OA2, Barrier-Free Facilities), does not apply to
                                                                                                                        a) detached houses, semi-detached houses, houses with a secondary suite,
                                                                                                                             duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row houses and boarding houses (see
                                                                                                                             Note A-1.4.1.2.(1), Secondary Suite),
                                                                                                                        b) buildings of Group F, Division 1 major occupancy, and
                                                                                                                        c) buildings that are not intended to be occupied on a daily or full-time basis,
                                                                                                                             including automatic telephone exchanges, pumphouses and substations.

                                                                                                                        6) Objective OE, Environment (including Objectives OE1, Resources, and OE1.1,
                                                                                                                     Excessive Use of Energy), applies only to
                                                                                                                         a) buildings of residential occupancy to which Part 9 of Division B applies,
                                                                                                                        b) buildings containing business and personal services, mercantile or low-hazard
                                                                                                                            industrial occupancies to which Part 9 of Division B applies whose combined
                                                                                                                            total floor area does not exceed 300 m2, and
                                                                                                                         c) buildings containing a mix of the residential and non-residential occupancies
                                                                                                                            described in Clauses (a) and (b).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-2.1.1.2.(6).) (See also Article 1.3.3.3.)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division A 2-1
                                                                                                    2.2.1.1.                                                                                          Division A

                                                                                                    Section 2.2. Objectives
                                                                                                    2.2.1.           Objectives
                                                                                                    2.2.1.1.         Objectives
                                                                                                                       1) The objectives of this Code are as follows (see Note A-2.2.1.1.(1)):

                                                                                                                           OS     Safety
                                                                                                                                  An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of
                                                                                                                                  the design, construction or demolition of the building, a person in or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury.
                                                                                                                                  OS1    Fire Safety
                                                                                                                                         An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                         result of the design or construction of the building, a person in or
                                                                                                                                         adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk
                                                                                                                                         of injury due to fire. The risks of injury due to fire addressed in
                                                                                                                                         this Code are those caused by—
                                                                                                                                          OS1.1 – fire or explosion occurring
                                                                                                                                          OS1.2 – fire or explosion impacting areas beyond its point
                                                                                                                                                  of origin
                                                                                                                                          OS1.3 – collapse of physical elements due to a fire or
                                                                                                                                                  explosion
                                                                                                                                          OS1.4 – fire safety systems failing to function as expected
                                                                                                                                          OS1.5 – persons being delayed in or impeded from moving
                                                                                                                                                  to a safe place during a fire emergency
                                                                                                                                  OS2    Structural Safety
                                                                                                                                         An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                         result of the design or construction of the building, a person in
                                                                                                                                         or adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable
                                                                                                                                         risk of injury due to structural failure. The risks of injury due to
                                                                                                                                         structural failure addressed in this Code are those caused by—
                                                                                                                                          OS2.1 – loads bearing on the building elements that exceed
                                                                                                                                                  their loadbearing capacity
                                                                                                                                          OS2.2 – loads bearing on the building that exceed the
                                                                                                                                                  loadbearing properties of the supporting medium
                                                                                                                                          OS2.3 – damage to or deterioration of building elements
                                                                                                                                          OS2.4 – vibration or deflection of building elements
                                                                                                                                          OS2.5 – instability of the building or part thereof
                                                                                                                                          OS2.6 – collapse of the excavation
                                                                                                                                  OS3    Safety in Use
                                                                                                                                         An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                         result of the design or construction of the building, a person in
                                                                                                                                         or adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable
                                                                                                                                         risk of injury due to hazards. The risks of injury due to hazards
                                                                                                                                         addressed in this Code are those caused by—
                                                                                                                                          OS3.1 – tripping, slipping, falling, contact, drowning or
                                                                                                                                                  collision
                                                                                                                                          OS3.2 – contact with hot surfaces or substances
                                                                                                                                          OS3.3 – contact with energized equipment
                                                                                                                                          OS3.4 – exposure to hazardous substances
                                                                                                                                          OS3.5 – exposure to high levels of sound from fire alarm
                                                                                                                                                  systems
                                                                                                                                          OS3.6 – persons becoming trapped in confined spaces
                                                                                                                                          OS3.7 – persons being delayed in or impeded from
                                                                                                                                                  moving to a safe place during an emergency (see
                                                                                                                                                  Note A-2.2.1.1.(1))


                                                                                                    2-2 Division A                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                                 2.2.1.1.

                                                                                                                                     OS4    Resistance to Unwanted Entry
                                                                                                                                            An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                            result of the design or construction of the building, a person in
                                                                                                                                            the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury
                                                                                                                                            due to the building's low level of resistance to unwanted entry
                                                                                                                                            (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(2) for application limitation). The risks of
                                                                                                                                            injury due to unwanted entry addressed in this Code are those
                                                                                                                                            caused by—
                                                                                                                                             OS4.1 – intruders being able to force their way through
                                                                                                                                                     locked doors or windows
                                                                                                                                             OS4.2 – occupants being unable to identify potential




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     intruders as such
                                                                                                                                     OS5    Safety at Construction and Demolition Sites
                                                                                                                                            An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                            result of the construction or demolition of the building, the public
                                                                                                                                            adjacent to a construction or demolition site will be exposed to
                                                                                                                                            an unacceptable risk of injury due to hazards. The risks of injury
                                                                                                                                            due to construction and demolition hazards addressed in this
                                                                                                                                            Code are those caused by—
                                                                                                                                             OS5.1   objects projected onto public ways
                                                                                                                                                      –
                                                                                                                                             OS5.2   vehicular accidents on public ways
                                                                                                                                                      –
                                                                                                                                             OS5.3   damage to or obstruction of public ways
                                                                                                                                                      –
                                                                                                                                             OS5.4   water accumulated in excavations
                                                                                                                                                      –
                                                                                                                                             OS5.5   entry into the site
                                                                                                                                                      –
                                                                                                                                             OS5.6   exposure to hazardous substances and activities
                                                                                                                                                      –
                                                                                                                                             OS5.7   loads bearing on a covered way that exceed its
                                                                                                                                                      –
                                                                                                                                                     loadbearing capacity
                                                                                                                                             OS5.8 – collapse of the excavation
                                                                                                                                             OS5.9 – persons being delayed in or impeded from
                                                                                                                                                     moving to a safe place during an emergency (see
                                                                                                                                                     Note A-2.2.1.1.(1))

                                                                                                                             OH      Health
                                                                                                                                     An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the
                                                                                                                                     design or construction of the building, a person will be exposed to an
                                                                                                                                     unacceptable risk of illness.
                                                                                                                                     OH1 Indoor Conditions
                                                                                                                                         An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                         result of the design or construction of the building, a person in the
                                                                                                                                         building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to
                                                                                                                                         indoor conditions. The risks of illness due to indoor conditions
                                                                                                                                         addressed in this Code are those caused by—
                                                                                                                                             OH1.1 – inadequate indoor air quality
                                                                                                                                             OH1.2 – inadequate thermal comfort
                                                                                                                                             OH1.3 – contact with moisture
                                                                                                                                     OH2 Sanitation
                                                                                                                                         An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                         result of the design or construction of the building, a person in the
                                                                                                                                         building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due
                                                                                                                                         to unsanitary conditions. The risks of illness due to unsanitary
                                                                                                                                         conditions addressed in this Code are those caused by—
                                                                                                                                             OH2.1 – exposure to human or domestic waste
                                                                                                                                             OH2.2 – consumption of contaminated water
                                                                                                                                             OH2.3 – inadequate facilities for personal hygiene
                                                                                                                                             OH2.4 – contact with contaminated surfaces
                                                                                                                                             OH2.5 – contact with vermin and insects



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division A 2-3
                                                                                                    2.2.1.1.                                                                                    Division A

                                                                                                                          OH3 Noise Protection
                                                                                                                              An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                              result of the design or construction of the building, a person in the
                                                                                                                              building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to
                                                                                                                              high levels of sound originating in adjacent spaces in the building
                                                                                                                              (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(3) for application limitation). The risks of
                                                                                                                              illness due to high levels of sound addressed in this Code are
                                                                                                                              those caused by—
                                                                                                                                  OH3.1 – exposure to airborne sound transmitted through
                                                                                                                                          assemblies separating dwelling units from adjacent
                                                                                                                                          spaces in the building




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          OH4 Vibration and Deflection Limitation
                                                                                                                              An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                              result of the design or construction of the building, a person in the
                                                                                                                              building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to
                                                                                                                              high levels of vibration or deflection of building elements.
                                                                                                                          OH5 Hazardous Substances Containment
                                                                                                                              An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                              result of the design or construction of the building, the public will
                                                                                                                              be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to the release of
                                                                                                                              hazardous substances from the building (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(4)
                                                                                                                              for application limitation).

                                                                                                                     OA   Accessibility
                                                                                                                          An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of
                                                                                                                          the design or construction of the building, a person with a physical or
                                                                                                                          sensory limitation will be unacceptably impeded from accessing or
                                                                                                                          using the building or its facilities (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(5) for application
                                                                                                                          limitations).
                                                                                                                          OA1    Barrier-Free Path of Travel
                                                                                                                                 An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                 result of the design or construction of the building, a person
                                                                                                                                 with a physical or sensory limitation will be unacceptably
                                                                                                                                 impeded from accessing the building or circulating within it (see
                                                                                                                                 Sentence 2.1.1.2.(5) for application limitations).
                                                                                                                          OA2    Barrier-Free Facilities
                                                                                                                                 An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                 result of the design or construction of the building, a person with
                                                                                                                                 a physical or sensory limitation will be unacceptably impeded
                                                                                                                                 from using the building's facilities (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(5) for
                                                                                                                                 application limitations).

                                                                                                                     OP   Fire and Structural Protection of Buildings
                                                                                                                          An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of
                                                                                                                          the design, construction or demolition of the building, the building or
                                                                                                                          adjacent buildings will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of damage
                                                                                                                          due to fire or structural insufficiency, or the building or part thereof will
                                                                                                                          be exposed to an unacceptable risk of loss of use also due to structural
                                                                                                                          insufficiency.




                                                                                                    2-4 Division A                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                                 2.2.1.1.

                                                                                                                                     OP1    Fire Protection of the Building
                                                                                                                                            An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                            result of its design or construction, the building will be exposed to
                                                                                                                                            an unacceptable risk of damage due to fire. The risks of damage
                                                                                                                                            due to fire addressed in this Code are those caused by—
                                                                                                                                             OP1.1 – fire or explosion occurring
                                                                                                                                             OP1.2 – fire or explosion impacting areas beyond its point
                                                                                                                                                     of origin
                                                                                                                                             OP1.3 – collapse of physical elements due to a fire or
                                                                                                                                                     explosion
                                                                                                                                             OP1.4 – fire safety systems failing to function as expected




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     OP2    Structural Sufficiency of the Building
                                                                                                                                            An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                            result of its design or construction, the building or part thereof
                                                                                                                                            will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of damage or loss of
                                                                                                                                            use due to structural failure or lack of structural serviceability.
                                                                                                                                            The risks of damage and of loss of use due to structural failure
                                                                                                                                            or lack of structural serviceability addressed in this Code are
                                                                                                                                            those caused by—
                                                                                                                                             OP2.1 – loads bearing on the building elements that exceed
                                                                                                                                                     their loadbearing capacity
                                                                                                                                             OP2.2 – loads bearing on the building that exceed the
                                                                                                                                                     loadbearing properties of the supporting medium
                                                                                                                                             OP2.3 – damage to or deterioration of building elements
                                                                                                                                             OP2.4 – vibration or deflection of building elements
                                                                                                                                             OP2.5 – instability of the building or part thereof
                                                                                                                                             OP2.6 – instability or movement of the supporting medium
                                                                                                                                     OP3    Protection of Adjacent Buildings from Fire
                                                                                                                                            An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                            result of the design or construction of the building, adjacent
                                                                                                                                            buildings will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of damage
                                                                                                                                            due to fire. The risks of damage to adjacent buildings due to fire
                                                                                                                                            addressed in this Code are those caused by—
                                                                                                                                             OP3.1 – fire or explosion impacting areas beyond the building
                                                                                                                                                     of origin
                                                                                                                                     OP4    Protection of Adjacent Buildings from Structural Damage
                                                                                                                                            An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                                            result of the design, construction or demolition of the building,
                                                                                                                                            adjacent buildings will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of
                                                                                                                                            structural damage. The risks of structural damage to adjacent
                                                                                                                                            buildings addressed in this Code are those caused by—
                                                                                                                                             OP4.1 – settlement of the medium supporting adjacent
                                                                                                                                                     buildings
                                                                                                                                             OP4.2 – collapse of the building or portion thereof onto
                                                                                                                                                     adjacent buildings
                                                                                                                                             OP4.3 – impact of the building on adjacent buildings
                                                                                                                                             OP4.4 – collapse of the excavation

                                                                                                                             OE      Environment
                                                                                                                                     An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of the
                                                                                                                                     design or construction of the building, the environment will be affected
                                                                                                                                     in an unacceptable manner.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division A 2-5
                                                                                                    2.2.1.1.                                                                          Division A

                                                                                                                     OE1   Resources
                                                                                                                           An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a
                                                                                                                           result of the design or construction of the building, resources
                                                                                                                           will be used in a manner that will have an unacceptable effect
                                                                                                                           on the environment. The risks of unacceptable effect on the
                                                                                                                           environment due to use of resources addressed in this Code are
                                                                                                                           those caused by –
                                                                                                                           OE1.1 – excessive use of energy




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    2-6 Division A                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 2
                                                                                                    Objectives




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-2.1.1.2.(6) Application of Environment Objective. Objective OE, Environment (including
                                                                                                    its sub-objectives), is attributed to the requirements in Section 9.36. of Division B, which address energy
                                                                                                    efficiency for small residential buildings and certain small non-residential and mixed-use buildings (see
                                                                                                    Article 9.36.1.3. of Division B). The objectives, functional statements and energy efficiency requirements for
                                                                                                    larger Part 9 residential buildings as well as for non-residential buildings whose combined total floor area
                                                                                                    exceeds 300 m2 and some mixed-use buildings are addressed in the National Energy Code for Buildings.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.1.(1)       Objectives.

                                                                                                        Listing of objectives
                                                                                                        Any gaps in the numbering sequence of the objectives are due to the fact that there is a master list of
                                                                                                        objectives covering the four principal National Code Documents—the National Building Code, the
                                                                                                        National Fire Code, the National Plumbing Code and the National Energy Code for Buildings—but not all
                                                                                                        objectives are pertinent to all Codes.

                                                                                                        The building
                                                                                                        Where the term “the building” is used in the wording of the objectives, it refers to the building for which
                                                                                                        compliance with the National Building Code is being assessed.

                                                                                                        Emergency
                                                                                                        The term “emergency”—in the context of safety in buildings—is often equated to the term “fire
                                                                                                        emergency;” however, the wording of objectives OS3.7 and OS5.9 makes it clear that the Code addresses
                                                                                                        any type of emergency that would require the rapid evacuation of the building, such as a bomb threat
                                                                                                        or the presence of intruders.

                                                                                                        Fire Safety
                                                                                                        In the definition of Objective OS1, Fire Safety, the term “person” refers to any individual in or adjacent
                                                                                                        to the building, including the occupants, the public, and emergency responders including firefighters
                                                                                                        when performing their duties.
                                                                                                        Certain technical requirements in the National Model Codes are intended to address the safety of
                                                                                                        emergency responders, including firefighters, when performing their duties.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Division A 2-7
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




2-8 Division A




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 3
                                                                                                    Functional Statements




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      3.1.          Application
                                                                                                      3.1.1.        Application ........................................ 3-1

                                                                                                      3.2.          Functional Statements
                                                                                                      3.2.1.        Functional Statements ..................... 3-1

                                                                                                                    Notes to Part 3 .................. 3-5




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Part 3
                                                                                                    Functional Statements




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 3.1. Application
                                                                                                    3.1.1.           Application
                                                                                                    3.1.1.1.         Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)

                                                                                                    3.1.1.2.         Application of Functional Statements
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), the functional statements described
                                                                                                                     in this Part apply
                                                                                                                         a) to all buildings covered in this Code (see Article 1.1.1.1.), and
                                                                                                                         b) only to the extent that they relate to compliance with this Code as required
                                                                                                                             in Article 1.2.1.1.
                                                                                                                         2) Functional Statement F56 applies only to dwelling units.
                                                                                                                         3) Functional Statements F73 and F74 do not apply to
                                                                                                                         a) detached houses, semi-detached houses, houses with a secondary suite,
                                                                                                                            duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row houses and boarding houses (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-1.4.1.2.(1), Secondary Suite),
                                                                                                                         b) buildings of Group F, Division 1 major occupancy, and
                                                                                                                         c) buildings that are not intended to be occupied on a daily or full-time basis,
                                                                                                                            including automatic telephone exchanges, pumphouses and substations.
                                                                                                                        4) Functional Statements F90 to F93, F95, F96 and F98 to F100 apply only to
                                                                                                                         a) buildings of residential occupancy to which Part 9 of Division B applies,
                                                                                                                        b) buildings containing business and personal services, mercantile or low-hazard
                                                                                                                             industrial occupancies to which Part 9 of Division B applies whose combined
                                                                                                                             total floor area does not exceed 300 m2, and
                                                                                                                         c) buildings containing a mix of the residential and non-residential occupancies
                                                                                                                             described in Clauses (a) and (b).
                                                                                                                     (See also Article 1.3.3.3.)


                                                                                                    Section 3.2. Functional Statements
                                                                                                    3.2.1.           Functional Statements
                                                                                                    3.2.1.1.         Functional Statements
                                                                                                                         1) The objectives of this Code are achieved by measures, such as those described
                                                                                                                     in the acceptable solutions in Division B, that are intended to allow the building or its
                                                                                                                     elements to perform the following functions (see Note A-3.2.1.1.(1)):
                                                                                                                             F01 To minimize the risk of accidental ignition.
                                                                                                                             F02 To limit the severity and effects of fire or explosions.
                                                                                                                             F03 To retard the effects of fire on areas beyond its point of origin.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division A 3-1
                                                                                                    3.2.1.1.                                                                                    Division A

                                                                                                                     F04   To retard failure or collapse due to the effects of fire.
                                                                                                                     F05   To retard the effects of fire on emergency egress facilities.
                                                                                                                     F06   To retard the effects of fire on facilities for notification,
                                                                                                                           suppression and emergency response.

                                                                                                                     F10   To facilitate the timely movement of persons to a safe place in
                                                                                                                           an emergency.
                                                                                                                     F11   To notify persons, in a timely manner, of the need to take action
                                                                                                                           in an emergency.
                                                                                                                     F12   To facilitate emergency response.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     F13   To notify emergency responders, in a timely manner, of the need
                                                                                                                           to take action in an emergency.

                                                                                                                     F20   To support and withstand expected loads and forces.
                                                                                                                     F21   To limit or accommodate dimensional change.
                                                                                                                     F22   To limit movement under expected loads and forces.
                                                                                                                     F23   To maintain equipment in place during structural movement.

                                                                                                                     F30   To minimize the risk of injury to persons as a result of tripping,
                                                                                                                           slipping, falling, contact, drowning or collision.
                                                                                                                     F31   To minimize the risk of injury to persons as a result of contact
                                                                                                                           with hot surfaces or substances.
                                                                                                                     F32   To minimize the risk of injury to persons as a result of contact
                                                                                                                           with energized equipment.
                                                                                                                     F33   To limit the level of sound of a fire alarm system.
                                                                                                                     F34   To resist or discourage unwanted access or entry.
                                                                                                                     F35   To facilitate the identification of potential intruders.
                                                                                                                     F36   To minimize the risk that persons will be trapped in confined
                                                                                                                           spaces.

                                                                                                                     F40   To limit the level of contaminants.
                                                                                                                     F41   To minimize the risk of generation of contaminants.
                                                                                                                     F42   To resist the entry of vermin and insects.
                                                                                                                     F43   To minimize the risk of release of hazardous substances.
                                                                                                                     F44   To limit the spread of hazardous substances beyond their point
                                                                                                                           of release.
                                                                                                                     F46   To minimize the risk of contamination of potable water.

                                                                                                                     F50   To provide air suitable for breathing.
                                                                                                                     F51   To maintain appropriate air and surface temperatures.
                                                                                                                     F52   To maintain appropriate relative humidity.
                                                                                                                     F53   To maintain appropriate indoor/outdoor air pressure differences.
                                                                                                                     F54   To limit drafts.
                                                                                                                     F55   To resist the transfer of air through environmental separators.
                                                                                                                     F56   To limit the transmission of airborne sound into a dwelling unit
                                                                                                                           from spaces elsewhere in the building (see Sentence 3.1.1.2.(2) for
                                                                                                                           application limitation).

                                                                                                                     F60   To control the accumulation and pressure of water on and in the
                                                                                                                           ground.
                                                                                                                     F61   To resist the ingress of precipitation, water or moisture from the
                                                                                                                           exterior or from the ground.




                                                                                                    3-2 Division A                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A                                                                                            3.2.1.1.

                                                                                                                             F62    To facilitate the dissipation of water and moisture from the
                                                                                                                                    building.
                                                                                                                             F63    To limit moisture condensation.

                                                                                                                             F70    To provide potable water.
                                                                                                                             F71    To provide facilities for personal hygiene.
                                                                                                                             F72    To provide facilities for the sanitary disposal of human and
                                                                                                                                    domestic wastes.
                                                                                                                             F73    To facilitate access to and circulation in the building and its
                                                                                                                                    facilities by persons with physical or sensory limitations (see




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    Sentence 3.1.1.2.(3) for application limitation).
                                                                                                                             F74    To facilitate the use of the building's facilities by persons with
                                                                                                                                    physical or sensory limitations (see Sentence 3.1.1.2.(3) for
                                                                                                                                    application limitation).

                                                                                                                             F80    To resist deterioration resulting from expected service conditions.
                                                                                                                             F81    To minimize the risk of malfunction, interference, damage,
                                                                                                                                    tampering, lack of use or misuse.
                                                                                                                             F82    To minimize the risk of inadequate performance due to improper
                                                                                                                                    maintenance or lack of maintenance.

                                                                                                                             F90    To limit the amount of uncontrolled air leakage through the
                                                                                                                                    building envelope.
                                                                                                                             F91    To limit the amount of uncontrolled air leakage through system
                                                                                                                                    components.
                                                                                                                             F92    To limit the amount of uncontrolled thermal transfer through the
                                                                                                                                    building envelope.
                                                                                                                             F93    To limit the amount of uncontrolled thermal transfer through
                                                                                                                                    system components.
                                                                                                                             F95    To limit the unnecessary demand and/or consumption of energy
                                                                                                                                    for heating and cooling.
                                                                                                                             F96    To limit the unnecessary demand and/or consumption of energy
                                                                                                                                    for service water heating.
                                                                                                                             F98    To limit the inefficiency of equipment.
                                                                                                                             F99    To limit the inefficiency of systems.

                                                                                                                             F100 To limit the unnecessary rejection of reusable waste energy.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division A 3-3
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




3-4 Division A




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division A



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 3
                                                                                                    Functional Statements




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.1.(1) Listing of Functional Statements. The numbered functional statements are grouped
                                                                                                    according to functions that deal with closely related subjects. For example, the first group deals with fire
                                                                                                    risks, the second group deals with emergency egress and response, etc. There may be gaps in the numbering
                                                                                                    sequence for the following reasons:
                                                                                                       • Each group has unused numbers which allows for the possible future creation of additional functional
                                                                                                          statements within any one group.
                                                                                                       • There is a master list of functional statements covering the four principal National Code Documents—the
                                                                                                          National Building Code, the National Fire Code, the National Plumbing Code and the National Energy
                                                                                                          Code for Buildings—but not all functional statements are pertinent to all Codes.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Division A 3-5
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




3-6 Division A




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                          Division B
                                                                   Acceptable Solutions
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      1.1.          General
                                                                                                      1.1.1.        Application ........................................ 1-1
                                                                                                      1.1.2.        Objectives and Functional
                                                                                                                    Statements ........................................ 1-1
                                                                                                      1.1.3.        Climatic and Seismic Data .............. 1-1
                                                                                                      1.1.4.        Fire Safety Plan ................................ 1-1

                                                                                                      1.2.          Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                      1.2.1.        Definitions of Words and Phrases .. 1-2
                                                                                                      1.2.2.        Symbols and Other Abbreviations .. 1-2

                                                                                                      1.3.          Referenced Documents
                                                                                                                    and Organizations
                                                                                                      1.3.1.        Referenced Documents ................... 1-2
                                                                                                      1.3.2.        Organizations ................................. 1-30

                                                                                                                    Notes to Part 1 ................ 1-33




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 1.1. General
                                                                                                    1.1.1.           Application
                                                                                                    1.1.1.1.         Application
                                                                                                                       1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of
                                                                                                                     Division A.)

                                                                                                    1.1.2.           Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    1.1.2.1.         Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                                         1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                     Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed
                                                                                                                     to the acceptable solutions in Division B shall be the objectives and functional
                                                                                                                     statements identified in Sections 2.5., 3.10., 4.5., 5.10., 6.10., 7.2., 8.3. and 9.37. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    1.1.3.           Climatic and Seismic Data
                                                                                                    1.1.3.1.         Climatic and Seismic Values
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (4), the climatic and seismic values
                                                                                                                     required for the design of buildings under this Code shall be in conformance with the
                                                                                                                     values established by the authority having jurisdiction.
                                                                                                                        2) Where they have not been established by the authority having jurisdiction, the
                                                                                                                     climatic values required for the design of buildings shall be in conformance with
                                                                                                                     Sentence (3) and the values listed in Appendix C. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) The outside winter design temperatures determined from Appendix C shall be
                                                                                                                     those listed for the January 2.5% values. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) Where they have not been established by the authority having jurisdiction, the
                                                                                                                     seismic values required for the design of buildings under Part 4 and Part 9 shall be in
                                                                                                                     conformance with Appendix C. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(4).)

                                                                                                    1.1.3.2.         Depth of Frost Penetration
                                                                                                                         1) Depth of frost penetration shall be established on the basis of local experience.

                                                                                                    1.1.4.           Fire Safety Plan
                                                                                                    1.1.4.1.         Fire Safety Plan
                                                                                                                        1) Where a fire safety plan is required, it shall conform to Section 2.8. of Division
                                                                                                                     B of the NFC.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 1-1
                                                                                                    1.2.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                    Section 1.2. Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                    1.2.1.             Definitions of Words and Phrases
                                                                                                    1.2.1.1.           Non-defined Terms
                                                                                                                          1) Words and phrases used in Division B that are not included in the list of
                                                                                                                       definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A shall have the meanings that are commonly
                                                                                                                       assigned to them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the
                                                                                                                       specialized use of terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology
                                                                                                                       applies.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in Division B, they
                                                                                                                       shall be the objectives and functional statements described in Parts 2 and 3 of Division
                                                                                                                       A.
                                                                                                                          3) Where acceptable solutions are referred to in Division B, they shall be the
                                                                                                                       provisions stated in Parts 2 to 9.

                                                                                                    1.2.1.2.           Defined Terms
                                                                                                                           1) The words and terms in italics in Division B shall have the meanings assigned
                                                                                                                       to them in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                    1.2.2.             Symbols and Other Abbreviations
                                                                                                    1.2.2.1.           Symbols and Other Abbreviations
                                                                                                                          1) The symbols and other abbreviations in Division B shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                       assigned to them in Article 1.4.2.1. of Division A and Article 1.3.2.1.


                                                                                                    Section 1.3. Referenced Documents and
                                                                                                    Organizations
                                                                                                    1.3.1.             Referenced Documents
                                                                                                    1.3.1.1.           Effective Date
                                                                                                                          1) Unless otherwise specified herein, the documents referenced in this Code
                                                                                                                       shall include all amendments, revisions, reaffirmations, reapprovals, addenda and
                                                                                                                       supplements effective to 15 July 2019.

                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.           Applicable Editions
                                                                                                                          1) Where documents are referenced in this Code, they shall be the editions
                                                                                                                       designated in Table 1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 1.3.1.2.
                                                                                                                                  Documents Referenced in the National Building Code of Canada 2020 (1)(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 1.3.1.2.(1)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency            Document Number (3)                          Title of Document                            Code Reference
                                                                                                    AAMA               501-05                            Methods of Test for Exterior Walls                          A-5.9.3.
                                                                                                    AAMA               501.1-05                          Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows,      A-5.9.3.
                                                                                                                                                         Curtain Walls and Doors Using Dynamic Pressure
                                                                                                    AAMA               501.2-09                          Quality Assurance and Diagnostic Water Leakage Field        A-5.9.3.
                                                                                                                                                         Check of Installed Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and Sloped
                                                                                                                                                         Glazing Systems


                                                                                                    1-2 Division B                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency          Document Number (3)                            Title of Document                              Code Reference
                                                                                                    AAMA               501.4-09                          Recommended Static Test Method for Evaluating Curtain        A-5.9.3.
                                                                                                                                                         Wall and Storefront Systems Subjected to Seismic and
                                                                                                                                                         Wind-Induced Inter-Story Drifts
                                                                                                    AAMA               501.5-07                          Test Method for Thermal Cycling of Exterior Walls            A-5.9.3.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A-5.9.3.3.(1)
                                                                                                    AAMA               501.6-09                          Recommended Dynamic Test Method for Determining the          A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
                                                                                                                                                         Seismic Drift Causing Glass Fallout from a Wall System       A-5.9.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    ACGIH              28th Edition                      Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice     2.4.2.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                         for Design                                                   6.2.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      6.3.2.14.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A-6.3.1.5.
                                                                                                    ACI                355.2-19                          Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical Anchors in        4.1.8.18.(7)
                                                                                                                                                         Concrete (ACI 355.2-19) and Commentary
                                                                                                    ACI                355.4M-19                         Qualification of Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in          4.1.8.18.(7)
                                                                                                                                                         Concrete (ACI 355.4M-19) and Commentary
                                                                                                    AHRI               ANSI/AHRI 210/240-2008            Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning and           Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                         Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment
                                                                                                    AHRI               1060 (I-P/2013)                   Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Exchangers for Energy       9.36.3.8.(4)
                                                                                                                                                         Recovery Ventilation Equipment
                                                                                                    AHRI               ANSI/AHRI 1500 (2015)             Performance Rating of Commercial Space Heating Boilers       Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                    AISI               S201-12                           North American Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - 9.24.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                         Product Data 2012 Edition
                                                                                                    ANSI               A135.6-2012                       Engineered Wood Siding                                       Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.27.9.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ANSI               A208.1-2009                       Particleboard                                                9.23.15.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.29.9.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.30.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ANSI/CSA           ANSI Z21.10.3-2017/CSA 4.3-2017   Gas-fired water heaters, volume III, storage water heaters   Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                         with input ratings above 75,000 Btu per hour, circulating
                                                                                                                                                         and instantaneous
                                                                                                    ANSI/CSA           ANSI Z21.47-2016/CSA 2.3-2016     Gas-fired central furnaces                                   Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                    ANSI/CSA           ANSI Z21.50-2016/CSA 2.22-2016    Vented decorative gas appliances                             Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                    ANSI/CSA           ANSI Z21.56-2017/CSA 4.7-2017     Gas-fired pool heaters                                       Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                    ANSI/CSA           ANSI Z83.8-2016/CSA 2.6-2016      Gas unit heaters, gas packaged heaters, gas utility heaters Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                         and gas-fired duct furnaces
                                                                                                    APA                ANSI/APA PRG 320-2018             Standard for Performance-Rated Cross-Laminated Timber        3.1.6.3.(3)
                                                                                                    ASCE               ASCE/SEI (7-10)                   Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures      A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                    ASCE               ASCE/SEI (8-02)                   Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Stainless        A-4.3.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                         Steel Structural Members
                                                                                                    ASCE               ASCE/SEI (49-12)                  Wind Tunnel Testing for Buildings and Other Structures       4.1.7.14.(1)
                                                                                                    ASHRAE             1997                              ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals                               A-9.32.3.11.
                                                                                                    ASHRAE             2011                              ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC Applications                          A-2.4.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ASHRAE             2013                              ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals                               A-9.36.2.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D
                                                                                                    ASHRAE             Guideline 12-2000                 Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with         6.2.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                         Building Water Systems                                       6.3.2.15.(9)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      6.3.2.16.(1)
                                                                                                    ASHRAE             ANSI/ASHRAE 62-2001               Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (except        A-9.25.5.2.
                                                                                                                                                         Addendum n)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                   Division B 1-3
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency            Document Number (3)                       Title of Document                             Code Reference
                                                                                                    ASHRAE             ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1-2016          Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality               6.3.1.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  6.3.1.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  6.3.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ASHRAE             ANSI/ASHRAE 140-2011           Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Building      9.36.5.4.(8)
                                                                                                                                                      Energy Analysis Computer Programs
                                                                                                    ASHRAE             ANSI/ASHRAE 188-2015           Legionellosis: Risk Management for Building Water           A-6.2.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      Systems




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    ASME               B18.6.1-1981                   Wood Screws (Inch Series)                                   Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.23.3.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-9.23.3.1.(3)
                                                                                                    ASME/CSA           ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16     Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators                    3.2.6.7.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.5.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.5.2.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.5.2.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.5.4.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.5.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.5.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table 4.1.5.11.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                    ASTM               A123/A123M-17                  Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)        Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      Coatings on Iron and Steel Products                         Table 9.20.16.1.
                                                                                                    ASTM               A153/A153M-16a                 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron   Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      and Steel Hardware                                          Table 9.20.16.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.23.2.4.(2)
                                                                                                    ASTM               A252-10                        Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel        4.2.3.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      Pipe Piles
                                                                                                    ASTM               A283/A283M-18                  Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile     4.2.3.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      Strength Carbon Steel Plates
                                                                                                    ASTM               A390-06                        Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel   Table 9.10.3.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                      Poultry Fence Fabric (Hexagonal and Straight Line)
                                                                                                    ASTM               A653/A653M-18                  Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated         Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by    9.3.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      the Hot-Dip Process                                         9.23.2.4.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               A792/A792M-10                  Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc 9.3.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process
                                                                                                    ASTM               A1008/A1008M-18                Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled,      4.2.3.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength
                                                                                                                                                      Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened,
                                                                                                                                                      and Bake Hardenable
                                                                                                    ASTM               A1011/A1011M-18a               Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip,          4.2.3.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy,
                                                                                                                                                      High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and
                                                                                                                                                      Ultra-High Strength
                                                                                                    ASTM               C4-04                          Standard Specification for Clay Drain Tile and Perforated   Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      Clay Drain Tile                                             9.14.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C27-98                         Standard Classification of Fireclay and High-Alumina        9.21.3.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      Refractory Brick
                                                                                                    ASTM               C73-17                         Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Brick           Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      (Sand-Lime Brick)                                           9.20.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C126-13                        Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick,   Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      and Solid Masonry Units                                     9.20.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C177-19                        Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux             9.36.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by
                                                                                                                                                      Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus



                                                                                                    1-4 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                         Title of Document                              Code Reference
                                                                                                    ASTM               C212-17                       Standard Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile       Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.20.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C260/C260M-10a                Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for     9.3.1.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Concrete
                                                                                                    ASTM               C411-19                       Standard Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of        3.6.5.4.(4)
                                                                                                                                                     High-Temperature Thermal Insulation                          3.6.5.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.33.6.4.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.33.8.2.(2)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    ASTM               C412M-15                      Standard Specification for Concrete Drain Tile               Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.14.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C444M-17                      Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe          Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.14.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C494/C494M-17                 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for           9.3.1.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Concrete
                                                                                                    ASTM               C516-08e1                     Standard Specification for Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal    A-9.25.2.4.(5)
                                                                                                                                                     Insulation
                                                                                                    ASTM               C518-17                       Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal                9.36.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter
                                                                                                                                                     Apparatus
                                                                                                    ASTM               C553-13                       Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal     Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications
                                                                                                    ASTM               C612-14                       Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board     Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Thermal Insulation
                                                                                                    ASTM               C700-18                       Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra        Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated                  9.14.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C726-17                       Standard Specification for Mineral Wool Roof Insulation      Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Board                                                        9.25.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C754-18                       Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing     Table A-9.11.1.4.-A
                                                                                                                                                     Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel               Table A-9.11.1.4.-B
                                                                                                                                                     Products                                                     Table A-9.11.1.4.-C
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table A-9.11.1.4.-D
                                                                                                    ASTM               C834-17                       Standard Specification for Latex Sealants                    Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.27.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C840-18b                      Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of      3.1.6.6.(2)
                                                                                                                                                     Gypsum Board                                                 Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.29.5.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-9.29.5.1.(3)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C920-18                       Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants        Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.27.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C954-18                       Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the        9.24.1.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster
                                                                                                                                                     Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112
                                                                                                                                                     in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness
                                                                                                    ASTM               C991-16                       Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Insulation Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     for Metal Buildings
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1002-07                      Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping       Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or       9.24.1.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs             9.29.5.7.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1055-03                      Standard Guide for Heated System Surface Conditions          A-6.5.1.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                     that Produce Contact Burn Injuries




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                               Division B 1-5
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                   Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                       Title of Document                              Code Reference
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1177/C1177M-17             Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate        3.1.5.14.(6)
                                                                                                                                                   for Use as Sheathing                                         3.1.5.15.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1178/C1178M-18             Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat                  3.1.5.14.(6)
                                                                                                                                                   Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel                         3.1.5.15.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.9.1.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.29.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1184-18e1                  Standard Specification for Structural Silicone Sealants      Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.27.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1193-16                    Standard Specification for Use of Joint Sealants             A-Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.27.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1280-13                    Standard Specification for Application of Exterior Gypsum    Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Panel Products for Use as Sheathing
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1299-03                    Standard Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid-Applied        A-9.27.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Sealants
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1311-14                    Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants          Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.27.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1330-18                    Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for   Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Use with Cold Liquid-Applied Sealants                        9.27.4.2.(3)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1363-11                    Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building A-5.9.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot      9.36.2.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                   Box Apparatus
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1396/C1396M-17             Standard Specification for Gypsum Board                      3.1.5.14.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.1.5.15.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.1.6.6.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.1.6.15.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.29.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.29.5.3.
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1472-16                    Standard Guide for Calculating Movement and Other            A-Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Effects When Establishing Sealant Joint Width                A-9.27.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               C1658/C1658M-18             Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels           3.1.5.14.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                    ASTM               D323-15a                    Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum         1.4.1.2.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                   Products (Reid Method)
                                                                                                    ASTM               D1037-12                    Standard Test Methods for Evaluating Properties of           A-9.23.15.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                   Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel Materials
                                                                                                    ASTM               D1143/D1143M-07             Standard Test Methods for Deep Foundations Under Static A-4.2.7.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Axial Compressive Load
                                                                                                    ASTM               D1227/D1227M-13             Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a      Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Protective Coating for Roofing                               9.13.2.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                    ASTM               D1761-12                    Standard Test Methods for Mechanical Fasteners in Wood       A-9.27.5.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   and Wood-Based Materials
                                                                                                    ASTM               D2178/D2178M-13a            Standard Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in        Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Roofing and Waterproofing




                                                                                                    1-6 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                      Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency            Document Number (3)                       Title of Document                              Code Reference
                                                                                                    ASTM               D2898-10                       Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of               3.1.4.8.(3)
                                                                                                                                                      Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing                  3.1.5.5.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.1.5.24.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.1.6.9.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.2.3.7.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.10.14.5.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.10.15.5.(3)
                                                                                                    ASTM               D3019/D3019M-17                Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt       Table 5.9.1.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                      Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered, and Fibered                        9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    ASTM               D3679-17                       Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride)        9.27.12.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      (PVC) Siding
                                                                                                    ASTM               D4477-16                       Standard Specification for Rigid (Unplasticized) Poly(Vinyl   9.27.12.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                      Chloride) (PVC) Soffit
                                                                                                    ASTM               D4479/D4479M-07e1              Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings –            Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      Asbestos-Free                                                 9.13.2.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    ASTM               D4637/D4637M-15                Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      Roof Membrane                                            9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    ASTM               D4811/D4811M-16                Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured)            Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      Rubber Sheet Used as Roof Flashing                            9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    ASTM               D5456-19                       Standard Specification for Evaluation of Structural           3.1.11.7.(5)
                                                                                                                                                      Composite Lumber Products
                                                                                                    ASTM               D6878/D6878M-11a               Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based     Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      Sheet Roofing                                                 9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    ASTM               D7254-17                       Standard Specification for Polypropylene (PP) Siding          9.27.13.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               D7793-17                       Standard Specification for Insulated Vinyl Siding             9.27.12.1.(2)
                                                                                                    ASTM               D8052/D8052M-17                Standard Test Method for Quantification of Air Leakage in     A-5.4.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      Low-Sloped Membrane Roof Assemblies
                                                                                                    ASTM               E90-09                         Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of            5.8.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions       5.8.1.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      and Elements                                                  9.11.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               E96/E96M-16                    Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of         5.5.1.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                      Materials                                                     9.13.2.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.25.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.25.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.25.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.30.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               E283-04                        Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air              5.9.3.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                      Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and          A-5.9.3.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                      Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the
                                                                                                                                                      Specimen
                                                                                                    ASTM               E330/E330M-14                  Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of            A-5.9.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by
                                                                                                                                                      Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference
                                                                                                    ASTM               E331-00                        Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior        5.9.3.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                      Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform       A-5.9.3.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                      Static Air Pressure Difference




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                 Division B 1-7
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                   Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                       Title of Document                             Code Reference
                                                                                                    ASTM               E336-11                     Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound 5.8.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings                 5.8.1.4.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.11.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          A-9.11.
                                                                                                    ASTM               E413-16                     Classification for Rating Sound Insulation                  A-1.4.1.2.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               5.8.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               5.8.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               5.8.1.4.(7)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                               5.8.1.5.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               9.11.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               9.11.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                    ASTM               E492-09e1                   Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement             A-9.11.
                                                                                                                                                   of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling
                                                                                                                                                   Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine
                                                                                                    ASTM               E547-00                     Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior      5.9.3.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic      A-5.9.3.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Static Air Pressure Difference
                                                                                                    ASTM               E597-95                     Practice for Determining a Single Number Rating of          A-9.11.
                                                                                                                                                   Airborne Sound Insulation for Use in Multi-Unit Building
                                                                                                                                                   Specifications
                                                                                                    ASTM               E736/E736M-17               Standard Test Method for Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed       Table 9.10.3.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                   Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members
                                                                                                    ASTM               E783-02                     Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Air           A-5.4.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors        A-5.9.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               A-5.9.3.4.(2)
                                                                                                    ASTM               E1007-19                    Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Tapping   A-9.11.
                                                                                                                                                   Machine Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling
                                                                                                                                                   Assemblies and Associated Support Structures
                                                                                                    ASTM               E1105-15                    Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water       A-5.9.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights,       A-5.9.3.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air
                                                                                                                                                   Pressure Difference
                                                                                                    ASTM               E1186-17                    Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in        A-5.4.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Building Envelopes and Air Barrier Systems
                                                                                                    ASTM               E1300-16                    Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of        4.3.6.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Glass in Buildings                                          9.6.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               E2190-19                    Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit            Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Performance and Evaluation                                  9.6.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               E2307-15b                   Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance        3.1.8.3.(4)
                                                                                                                                                   of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale,        A-3.1.8.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Multi-storey Test Apparatus                                 9.10.9.2.(4)
                                                                                                    ASTM               E2357-18                    Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate of A-5.4.1.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                   Air Barrier Assemblies                                   9.36.2.9.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                            A-9.36.2.9.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               F476-14                     Standard Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door         9.7.5.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Assemblies                                                  A-9.7.5.2.(2)
                                                                                                    ASTM               F1667-18a                   Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, 9.23.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   and Staples                                                 9.26.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               9.29.5.6.(1)
                                                                                                    ASTM               F2090-17                    Standard Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices A-9.8.8.1.(4)
                                                                                                                                                   With Emergency Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms
                                                                                                    ASTM               G115-10                     Standard Guide for Measuring and Reporting Friction         4.1.8.18.(18)
                                                                                                                                                   Coefficients
                                                                                                    BNQ                BNQ 3624-115/2016           Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Soil and Foundation Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Drainage                                                    9.14.3.1.(1)


                                                                                                    1-8 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency        Document Number (3)                           Title of Document                               Code Reference
                                                                                                    CCBFC              NRCC 35951                    Guidelines for Application of Part 3 of the National Building A-1.1.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                     Code of Canada to Existing Buildings
                                                                                                    CCBFC              NRCC 38730                    Model National Energy Code of Canada for Houses 1997           A-9.36.3.10.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-9.36.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                    CCBFC              NRCC 38732                    National Farm Building Code of Canada 1995                     1.1.1.1.(3) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-5.1.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CCBFC              NRCC 40383                    User's Guide – NBC 1995, Fire Protection, Occupant             A-1.1.1.1.(1) (4)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     Safety and Accessibility (Part 3)
                                                                                                    CCBFC              NRCC 43963                    User's Guide – NBC 1995, Application of Part 9 to Existing A-1.1.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                     Buildings
                                                                                                    CCBFC              NRCC 56190                    National Building Code of Canada 2015                          A-4.1.8.4.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Appendix C
                                                                                                    CCBFC              NRCC-CONST-56436E             National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020                          2.1.1.2.(4) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.4.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    5.6.2.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    6.3.2.15.(8)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    6.3.2.15.(10)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    6.3.2.16.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    7.1.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.31.6.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.36.3.11.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.36.4.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.8.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Appendix C
                                                                                                    CCBFC              NRCC-CONST-56437E             National Fire Code of Canada 2020                              1.4.1.2.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-1.1.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    2.1.1.2.(4) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    1.1.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    2.2.4.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    2.2.6.11.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    2.2.8.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    2.2.8.1.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    2.2.8.7.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    2.4.2.3.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-2.2.8.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.1.13.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.2.3.21.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.2.5.16.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.1.10.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.2.16.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.4.3.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.6.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.6.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.6.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.6.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.6.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.6.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.7.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-3.1.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.6.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-3.2.7.8.(3)



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                Division B 1-9
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                                                  Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency        Document Number (3)                     Title of Document                        Code Reference
                                                                                                                                                  National Fire Code of Canada 2020 (continued)        A-3.3.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-3.3.1.7.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-3.3.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-3.3.6.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-3.9.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       6.3.4.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       6.3.4.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       6.3.4.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       6.9.1.2.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                       8.1.1.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       8.1.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       9.10.20.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       9.10.21.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-9.10.2.2.
                                                                                                    CCBFC              NRCC-CONST-56438E          National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020    A-2.1.1.2.(6) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-2.2.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-3.2.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-5.4.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-2.2.8.1.(1) (5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       9.36.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       9.36.1.3.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       9.36.3.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       9.36.4.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       9.36.8.9.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       9.36.8.10.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-9.36.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-9.36.2.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-9.36.3.10.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-9.36.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-9.36.5.2.
                                                                                                    CCBFC              NRCC-CONST-56529E          Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:    A-1.1.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                  Part 4 of Division B)                                A-2.3.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-2.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-2.3.4.1.(1)(b)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.1.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-Table 4.1.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.2.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-Table 4.1.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.5.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.6.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.6.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.3.6.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.5.5.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.5.8.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.5.17.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.6.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.6.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.6.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.6.4.(1)




                                                                                                    1-10 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                       1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency       Document Number (3)                         Title of Document                      Code Reference
                                                                                                                                                     Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:   A-4.1.6.16.
                                                                                                                                                     Part 4 of Division B) (continued)                   A-4.1.7.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.7.3.(5)(c)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.7.3.(10)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.7.7.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.7.9.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.7.13.
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.3.(4)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.3.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.3.(8)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.4.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-Table 4.1.8.5.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-Table 4.1.8.6.
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.7.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.9.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.9.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.10.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.10.(9)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.10.(10)(a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.11.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.12.(1)(a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.12.(1)(b)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.12.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.12.(4)(a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.13.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.15.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.15.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.15.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.15.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.15.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.15.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.15.(8)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.16.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.16.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.16.(6)(a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.16.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.16.(8)(a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.16.(10)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.17.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.18.(7)(e)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.18.(13) and
                                                                                                                                                                                                         4.4.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.18.(16)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.19.(3)(a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.19.(4) and
                                                                                                                                                                                                         4.1.8.21.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.1.8.21.(4)(a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.2.4.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.2.4.1.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.2.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.2.6.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.2.7.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.3.6.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-4.4.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-5.1.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                         A-5.2.2.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Table C-3



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                  Division B 1-11
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                                                   Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                        Title of Document                           Code Reference
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-1.501-M89          Method for Permeance of Coated Wallboard                   5.5.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.25.4.2.(7)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-7.2-94             Adjustable Steel Columns                                   9.17.3.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-9.17.3.4.
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-10.3-92            Air Setting Refractory Mortar                              9.21.3.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.21.3.9.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.22.2.2.(2)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-11.3-M87           Hardboard                                                  Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.29.7.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.30.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-12.1-2017          Safety Glazing                                             3.3.1.20.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.3.2.17.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.3.2.17.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.4.6.15.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.4.6.15.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.7.2.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.4.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.8.8.7.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-12.2-M91           Flat, Clear Sheet Glass                                    Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-12.3-M91           Flat, Clear Float Glass                                    Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-12.4-M91           Heat Absorbing Glass                                       Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-12.8-97            Insulating glass units                                     Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-12.9-M91           Spandrel glass                                             Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-12.10-M76          Glass, Light and Heat Reflecting                           9.6.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90          Wired Safety Glass                                         3.3.1.20.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.4.6.15.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.4.6.15.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.8.8.7.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-12.20-M89          Structural Design of Glass for Buildings                   4.3.6.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.6.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-9.6.1.3.(2)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-19.22-M89          Mildew-Resistant Sealing Compound for Tubs and Tiles       9.29.10.5.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               37-GP-9Ma-1983              Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing,            Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Dampproofing and Waterproofing                             9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.26.2.1.-A
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-37.50-M89          Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and            Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Waterproofing                                              9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-37.51-M90          Application for Hot-Applied Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing 9.26.15.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   and Waterproofing
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-37.54-95           Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane      Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CGSB               37-GP-55M-1979              Application of Sheet Applied Flexible Polyvinyl Chloride   9.26.16.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Roofing Membrane


                                                                                                    1-12 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                       Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency             Document Number (3)                       Title of Document                             Code Reference
                                                                                                    CGSB               37-GP-56M-1985                  Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated, and           9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                       Reinforced for Roofing                                       Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-37.58-M86              Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for              Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                       Non-Exposed Use in Roofing and Waterproofing                 9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-41.24-95               Rigid Vinyl Siding, Soffits and Fascia                       Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-51.25-M87              Thermal Insulation, Phenolic, Faced                          Table 9.23.17.2.-A




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.25.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               51-GP-27M-1979                  Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Loose Fill                  9.25.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-51.32-M77              Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type                           Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.20.13.9.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.26.2.1.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.27.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-51.33-M89              Vapour Barrier Sheet, Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in     Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                       Building Construction                                        9.25.4.2.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-9.25.4.2.(6)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-51.34-M86              Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building       Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                       Construction                                                 9.13.2.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.18.6.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.25.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.25.3.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.25.4.2.(4)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-51.71-2005             Depressurization Test                                        9.32.3.8.(7)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-71.26-M88              Adhesive for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for      A-9.23.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                       Floor Systems                                                Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-82.6-M86               Doors, Mirrored Glass, Sliding or Folding, Wardrobe          9.6.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-9.6.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-93.1-M85               Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential              Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.27.11.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-93.2-M91               Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for        3.2.3.6.(5)
                                                                                                                                                       Residential Use                                              Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.10.14.5.(8)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.10.14.5.(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.10.15.5.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.10.15.5.(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.27.11.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3)
                                                                                                    CGSB               CAN/CGSB-149.10-2019            Determination of the airtightness of building envelopes by   9.36.6.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                       the fan depressurization method                              9.36.6.3.(2)
                                                                                                    CISC/ICCA          2018                            Crane-Supporting Steel Structures: Design Guide (Third       A-4.1.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                       Edition)
                                                                                                    CMHC               1988                            Air Permeance of Building Materials                          Table A-9.25.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CMHC               1993                            Testing of Fresh Air Mixing Devices                          A-9.32.3.4.
                                                                                                    CSA                6.19-01                         Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices                 6.9.3.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.32.3.9.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.32.3.9.(3)
                                                                                                    CSA                A23.1:19                        Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction      2.3.2.5.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    4.2.3.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    4.2.3.9.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.3.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.3.1.1.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.3.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    9.3.1.4.(1)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                Division B 1-13
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                   Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                        Title of Document                            Code Reference
                                                                                                    CSA                A23.3:19                    Design of concrete structures                                Table 4.1.8.9.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                4.1.8.18.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                4.3.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-4.1.3.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-4.1.8.16.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-4.1.8.16.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-4.3.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                A23.4-16                    Precast concrete – Materials and construction                A-4.3.3.1.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A82:14              Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale                  Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.20.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA A82.27-M91          Gypsum Board                                                 3.1.5.14.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.1.5.15.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.1.6.6.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.1.6.15.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                A82.30-M1980                Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering              9.29.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                A82.31-M1980                Gypsum Board Application                                     3.2.3.6.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.10.9.2.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.10.12.4.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.10.14.5.(8)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.10.14.5.(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.10.15.5.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.10.15.5.(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.29.5.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.10.3.1.-A
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN3-A93-M82                Natural Airflow Ventilators for Buildings                    Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.19.1.2.(5)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A123.2-03           Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets                                Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CSA                A123.3-05                   Asphalt Saturated Organic Roofing Felt                       Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A123.4-04           Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and         Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Waterproofing Systems                                        9.13.2.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CSA                A123.5:16                   Asphalt shingles made from glass felt and surfaced with      Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   mineral granules                                             Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A123.16:04          Asphalt-coated glass-base sheets                             Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CSA                A123.17-05                  Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing         Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.13.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A123.21:14          Standard test method for the dynamic wind uplift resistance 5.2.2.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                   of membrane-roofing systems                                 A-5.2.2.2.(4)
                                                                                                    CSA                A123.22-08                  Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet              Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                   Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice
                                                                                                                                                   Dam Protection
                                                                                                    CSA                A123.23-15                  Product specification for polymer-modified bitumen sheet,    Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                   prefabricated and reinforced                                 Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                    CSA                A123.51-14                  Asphalt shingle application on roof slopes 1:6 and steeper   Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.26.1.3.(1)




                                                                                                    1-14 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                         Title of Document                            Code Reference
                                                                                                    CSA                A165.1-14                     Concrete block masonry units                               Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.15.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.17.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.20.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.20.2.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table A-9.11.1.4.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table A-9.11.1.4.-C
                                                                                                    CSA                A165.2-14                     Concrete brick masonry units                               Table 5.9.1.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.20.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                A165.3-14                     Prefaced concrete masonry units                            Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.20.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A179-14               Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry                          Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.15.2.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.20.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A220 Series-06        Concrete Roof Tiles                                        Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.26.17.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                A277-16                       Procedure for certification of prefabricated buildings,    A-1.1.1.1.(2) (4)
                                                                                                                                                     modules, and panels
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A324-M88              Clay Flue Liners                                           9.21.3.3.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A370:14               Connectors for masonry                                     A-9.21.4.5.(2)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A371-14               Masonry Construction for Buildings                         Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.15.2.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.20.3.2.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.20.15.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-A405-M87              Design and Construction of Masonry Chimneys and            9.21.3.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Fireplaces                                                 9.22.1.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.22.5.2.(2)
                                                                                                    CSA                AAMA/WDMA/CSA                 North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for     5.9.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                       101/I.S.2/A440-17             windows, doors, and skylights                              A-5.3.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-5.9.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-5.9.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.7.3.3.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.7.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.7.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.7.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.7.5.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.36.2.9.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.7.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                A440S1:19                     Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA                       5.9.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration             5.9.3.5.(3)
                                                                                                                                                     Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights   A-5.9.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-5.9.3.5.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.7.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.36.2.9.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.7.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                     CSA               A440.2:19/A440.3:19           Fenestration energy performance/User guide to CSA          Table 9.7.3.3.
                                                                                                                                                     A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance                 9.36.2.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-Table 9.36.2.7.-A
                                                                                                     CSA               A440.2:19                     Fenestration energy performance                            A-5.3.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-5.9.3.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.36.8.6.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.7.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                A440.3:19                     User guide to CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration energy           A-5.3.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                     performance




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                           Division B 1-15
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency            Document Number (3)                         Title of Document                            Code Reference
                                                                                                    CSA                A440.4:19                      Window, door, and skylight installation                      A-5.9.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.7.6.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A-9.7.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                A660-10                        Certification of manufacturers of steel building systems     4.3.4.3.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                A3001-18                       Cementitious Materials for Use in Concrete                   Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.3.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.28.2.1.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    CSA                B51:19                         Boiler, pressure vessel, and pressure piping code            6.2.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.31.6.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.33.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                B52:18                         Mechanical refrigeration code                                6.2.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.33.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                B55.1:15                       Test method for measuring efficiency and pressure loss of    9.36.5.12.(2)
                                                                                                                                                      drain water heat recovery units
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-B72-M87                Installation Code for Lightning Protection Systems           3.6.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                B111-1974                      Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples                               9.23.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.26.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.29.5.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B
                                                                                                    CSA                B139 Series:19                 Installation code for oil-burning equipment                  6.2.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.31.6.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.33.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                B140.4:04                      Oil-Fired Warm Air Furnaces                                  Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                    CSA                B140.12-03                     Oil-Burning Equipment: Service Water Heaters for      Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                      Domestic Hot Water, Space Heating, and Swimming Pools
                                                                                                    CSA                B149.1-15                      Natural gas and propane installation code                    2.4.2.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   6.2.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.10.22.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.31.6.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.33.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A-9.10.22.
                                                                                                    CSA                ANSI/CSA-B149.6-15             Code for digester gas, landfill gas, and biogas generation   2.2.8.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                      and utilization
                                                                                                    CSA                B182.1-18                      Plastic drain and sewer pipe and pipe fittings               Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.14.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-B211-00                Energy Efficiency of Oil-Fired Storage Tank Water Heaters    Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                    CSA                B214-16                        Installation code for hydronic heating systems               6.2.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.33.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A-9.36.3.4.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                B355:19                        Platform lifts and stair lifts for barrier-free access       3.8.3.7.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                B365-17                        Installation code for solid-fuel-burning appliances and      6.2.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      equipment                                                    9.22.10.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.31.6.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   9.33.5.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A-9.33.1.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A-9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                    CSA                B415.1-10                      Performance Testing of Solid-Fuel-Burning Heating            Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                      Appliances




                                                                                                    1-16 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency          Document Number (3)                        Title of Document                            Code Reference
                                                                                                    CSA                B651-18                       Accessible design for the built environment                3.3.1.19.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.8.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 3.8.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.8.3.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.8.3.9.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.8.3.9.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-3.8.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                C22.1-18                      Canadian Electrical Code, Part I (24th edition), Safety    2.2.1.15.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Standard for Electrical Installations                      3.3.6.2.(4)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.6.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.6.2.1.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.6.2.7.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-3.3.6.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                6.2.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.31.6.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.33.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.34.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.10.22.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.34.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.35.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                C22.2 No. 0.3-09              Test methods for electrical wires and cables               3.1.4.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.1.4.3.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.1.5.21.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.1.5.21.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.34.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                C22.2 No. 113-10              Fans and Ventilators                                       9.32.3.10.(7)
                                                                                                    CSA                C22.2 No. 141:15              Emergency lighting equipment                               3.2.7.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                3.4.5.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.9.11.3.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.9.12.3.(7)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 150-M89     Microwave Ovens                                            A-9.10.22.
                                                                                                    CSA                C22.2 No. 211.0-03            General Requirements and Methods of Testing for            3.1.5.23.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Nonmetallic Conduit
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 262-04      Optical Fiber Cable and Communication Cable Raceway        3.1.5.23.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Systems
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C191-04               Performance of Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters for     Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                     Domestic Hot Water Service
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C260-M90              Rating the Performance of Residential Mechanical           9.32.3.10.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Ventilating Equipment                                      9.32.3.10.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.32.3.10.-B
                                                                                                    CSA                C282-15                       Emergency electrical power supply for buildings            3.2.7.5.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                C368.1:14                     Energy performance of room air conditioners                Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C439-09               Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the         9.32.3.10.(4)
                                                                                                                                                     performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators            9.32.3.10.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.36.3.8.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.36.3.9.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.36.3.9.(3)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C448 Series-13        Design and installation of earth energy systems            9.33.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                C656-14                       Performance standard for split-system and single-package   Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                     air conditioners and heat pumps
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C745-03               Energy Efficiency of Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters   Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                     and Heat Pump Water Heaters                                Table 9.36.8.10.
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C746-06               Performance Standard for Rating Large and Single           Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                     Packaged Vertical Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                            Division B 1-17
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency            Document Number (3)                        Title of Document                          Code Reference
                                                                                                    CSA                C748-13                        Performance of direct-expansion (DX) ground-source heat   Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                      pumps
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C749-07                Performance of Dehumidifiers                              Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C828-13                Performance requirements for thermostats used with        9.36.3.6.(3)
                                                                                                                                                      individual room electric space heating devices
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C13256-1-01            Water-Source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for          Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                      Performance - Part 1: Water-to-Air and Brine-to-Air




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                      Heat Pumps (Adopted ISO 13256-1:1998, first edition,
                                                                                                                                                      1998-08-15, with Canadian Deviations)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-C13256-2-01            Water-Source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for          Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                      Performance - Part 2: Water-to-Water and Brine-to-Water
                                                                                                                                                      Heat Pumps (Adopted ISO 13256-2:1998, first edition,
                                                                                                                                                      1998-08-15, with Canadian Deviations)
                                                                                                    CSA                F280-12                        Determining the required capacity of residential space    9.33.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      heating and cooling appliances                            A-9.36.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.36.5.15.(5)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-F326-M91               Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems                9.32.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.32.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.32.3.5.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.32.3.7.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.33.6.13.
                                                                                                    CSA                G30.18-09                      Carbon steel bars for concrete reinforcement              9.3.1.1.(4)
                                                                                                    CSA                G40.21-13                      Structural quality steel                                  4.2.3.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.23.4.3.(2)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-G401-14                Corrugated steel pipe products                            Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.14.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-O80 Series-15          Wood preservation                                         3.1.4.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                4.2.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-O80.0-15               General requirements for wood preservation                4.2.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-O80.1-15               Specification of treated wood                             4.2.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.3.2.9.(5)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-O80.2-15               Processing and treatment                                  4.2.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-O80.3-15               Preservative formulations                                 4.2.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                O86:19                         Engineering design in wood                                Table 4.1.8.9.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                4.3.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.15.2.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.23.4.2.
                                                                                                    CSA                O112.9:10                      Evaluation of adhesives for structural wood products      Table 9.10.3.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                      (exterior exposure)
                                                                                                    CSA                O112.10-08                     Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural Wood Products      Table 9.10.3.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                      (Limited Moisture Exposure)
                                                                                                    CSA                O118.1-08                      Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles                     Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.27.7.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                O118.2-08                      Eastern White Cedar Shingles                              Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.27.7.1.(1)




                                                                                                    1-18 Division B                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                           Title of Document                    Code Reference
                                                                                                    CSA                O121-17                       Douglas fir plywood                                  Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.15.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.16.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.27.8.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.30.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-B
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-C




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-O122-16               Structural glued-laminated timber                    Table 9.23.4.2.-K
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-D
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-O132.2 Series-90      Wood Flush Doors                                     9.7.4.3.(4)
                                                                                                    CSA                O141:05                       Softwood Lumber                                      Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.3.2.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          A-9.3.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                O151-17                       Canadian softwood plywood                            Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.15.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.16.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.27.8.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.30.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-B
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-C
                                                                                                    CSA                O153-13                       Poplar plywood                                       Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.15.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.16.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.27.8.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.30.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                O177-06                       Qualification Code for Manufacturers of Structural   4.3.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Glued-Laminated Timber                               Table 9.23.4.2.-K
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-D
                                                                                                    CSA                O325-16                       Construction sheathing                               Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.13.6.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.15.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.15.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.16.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.16.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.29.9.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.29.9.2.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-B
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-C
                                                                                                    CSA                O437.0-93                     OSB and Waferboard                                   Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.15.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.15.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.16.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.23.16.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.27.10.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.29.9.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          9.30.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-B
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.12.3.-C
                                                                                                                                                                                                          A-9.23.15.4.(2)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                      Division B 1-19
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                                                       Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency             Document Number (3)                        Title of Document                                Code Reference
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-P.2-13                  Testing method for measuring the annual fuel utilization        Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                       efficiency of residential gas-fired or oil-fired furnaces and
                                                                                                                                                       boilers
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-P.3-15                  Testing method for measuring energy consumption and            Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                       determining efficiencies of gas-fired and fuel oil-fired water Table 9.36.8.10.
                                                                                                                                                       heaters
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-P.4.1-15                Testing method for measuring annual fireplace efficiency        Table 9.36.3.10.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    CSA                P.6-09                          Test method for measuring thermal efficiency of gas-fired       Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                       pool heaters
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-P.8-09                  Thermal efficiencies of industrial and commercial gas-fired Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                       package furnaces
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-P.9-11                  Test method for determining the performance of combined         9.36.3.10.(3)
                                                                                                                                                       space and water heating systems (combos)                        Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.36.5.15.-C
                                                                                                    CSA                P.10-07                         Performance of Integrated Mechanical Systems for                9.36.3.9.(2)
                                                                                                                                                       Residential Heating and Ventilation                             Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.36.5.15.-C
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-P.11-07                 Testing Method for Measuring Efficiency and Energy              Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                       Consumption of Gas-Fired Unit Heaters
                                                                                                    CSA                S6-14                           Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code                             A-Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-Table 4.1.5.9.
                                                                                                    CSA                S16:19                          Design of steel structures                                      Table 4.1.8.9.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       4.3.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.1.5.11.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-Table 4.1.8.9.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.3.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-S37-18                  Antennas, towers, and antenna-supporting structures             4.1.6.15.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       4.1.7.11.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                S136-16                         North American specification for the design of cold-formed 4.1.8.1.(5)
                                                                                                                                                       steel structural members (using the Appendix B provisions Table 4.1.8.9.
                                                                                                                                                       applicable to Canada)                                      4.3.4.2.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                S157-17/S157.1-17               Strength design in aluminum/Commentary on CSA                   4.3.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                       S157-17, Strength design in aluminum
                                                                                                    CSA                S269.1-16                       Falsework and formwork                                          4.1.1.3.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       9.20.1.1.(1)(b)
                                                                                                    CSA                S269.2-16                       Access scaffolding for construction purposes                    4.1.1.3.(4)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-S269.3-M92              Concrete Formwork                                               4.1.1.3.(4)
                                                                                                    CSA                S304-14                         Design of masonry structures                                    Table 4.1.8.9.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       4.3.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c)
                                                                                                    CSA                S367-12                         Air-, cable-, and frame-supported membrane structures           4.4.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                S406-16                         Specification of permanent wood foundations for housing         9.15.2.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                       and small buildings                                             9.16.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-9.15.2.4.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                S413-14                         Parking structures                                              4.4.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A-4.4.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                S478:19                         Durability in buildings                                         A-5.1.4.2.
                                                                                                    CSA                S832:14                         Seismic risk reduction of operational and functional            A-Table 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                                                                       components (OFCs) of buildings




                                                                                                    1-20 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                       1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                      Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency            Document Number (3)                        Title of Document                               Code Reference
                                                                                                    CSA                Z32-15                         Electrical safety and essential electrical systems in health   3.2.7.3.(4)
                                                                                                                                                      care facilities                                                3.2.7.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     A-3.2.7.6.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                Z240 MH Series-16              Manufactured homes                                             A-1.1.1.1.(2) (4)
                                                                                                    CSA                Z240.2.1-16                    Structural requirements for manufactured homes                 A-1.1.1.1.(2) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     9.12.2.2.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     9.15.1.3.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    CSA                Z240.10.1:19                   Site preparation, foundation, and installation of buildings    A-1.1.1.1.(2) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     9.15.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     9.23.6.3.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-Z317.2-15              Special requirements for heating, ventilation, and             6.2.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      air-conditioning (HVAC) systems in health care facilities      6.3.2.15.(6)
                                                                                                    CSA                CAN/CSA-Z662-15                Oil and gas pipeline systems                                   3.2.3.22.(1)
                                                                                                    CSA                Z7396.1-17                     Medical gas pipeline systems – Part 1: Pipelines for           3.7.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                      medical gases, medical vacuum, medical support gases,
                                                                                                                                                      and anaesthetic gas scavenging systems
                                                                                                    CSSBI              23M-2016                       Standard for Residential Steel Cladding                        9.27.11.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     A-9.27.11.1.(1)
                                                                                                    CWC                1997                           Introduction to Wood Building Technology                       A-9.27.3.8.(4)
                                                                                                    CWC                2000                           Wood Reference Handbook                                        A-9.27.3.8.(4)
                                                                                                    CWC                2009                           The Span Book                                                  A-9.23.4.2.
                                                                                                    CWC                2014                           Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction                  9.4.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     9.23.13.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     9.23.13.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     9.23.13.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     A-9.4.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     A-9.23.13.1.
                                                                                                    DIN                EN 303-5:2012                  Heating boilers – Part 5: Heating boilers for solid fuels,     Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                      manually and automatically stoked, nominal heat output of
                                                                                                                                                      up to 500 kW – Terminology, requirements, testing and
                                                                                                                                                      marking; German version EN 303-5:2012
                                                                                                    DOE                10 CFR, Part 430-2011          Energy, Energy Conservation Program for Consumer               Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                      Products
                                                                                                    DOE                10 CFR, Part 431-2011          Energy, Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                      and Industrial Equipment                                 Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                    ECC                2013                           EIFS Practice Manual                                           A-5.9.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     A-9.27.14.1.(1)
                                                                                                    EPA                40 CFR, Part 60-2008           Protection of Environment, Standards of Performance for        Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                      New Stationary Sources
                                                                                                    EPA                625/R-92/016 (1994)            Radon Prevention in the Design and Construction of             A-5.4.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      Schools and Other Large Buildings                              6.2.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                    FEMA               450-1-2003                     NEHRP Recommended Provisions for Seismic Regulations A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
                                                                                                                                                      for New Buildings and Other Structures
                                                                                                    FEMA               P-750-2009                     NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions for New                   A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
                                                                                                                                                      Buildings and Other Structures
                                                                                                    FLL                2008                           Guidelines for the Planning, Construction and Maintenance A-5.6.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                      of Green Roofing
                                                                                                    FPI                Project 43-10C-024 (1988)      Deflection Serviceability Criteria for Residential Floors      A-9.23.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                    HC                 2004                           Fungal Contamination in Public Buildings: Health Effects       A-5.5.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                      and Investigation Methods




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                 Division B 1-21
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                    Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency          Document Number (3)                       Title of Document                            Code Reference
                                                                                                    HC                 2007                         Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners                     A-5.4.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               A-6.2.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               A-9.13.4.3.
                                                                                                    HC                 2008                         Guide for Radon Measurements in Public Buildings           A-5.4.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                    (Schools, Hospitals, Care Facilities, Detention Centres)   A-6.2.1.1.
                                                                                                    HC                 2008                         Guide for Radon Measurements in Residential Dwellings      A-9.13.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                    (Homes)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    HC                 H46-2/90-156E                Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality     A-6.3.1.5.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               A-9.25.5.2.
                                                                                                    HC                 R.S.C. 1985, c. H-3          Hazardous Products Act                                     A-1.4.1.2.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               A-9.25.2.2.(2)
                                                                                                    HC                 WHMIS 1988                   Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System           A-1.4.1.2.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                    (WHMIS)                                                    A-3.3.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    HC                 SOR/2015-17                  Hazardous Products Regulations                             1.4.1.2.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               A-3.3.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    HPVA               ANSI/HPVA HP-1-2009          American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative     Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                    Plywood                                                    9.27.8.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               9.30.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                    HRAI               2017 Edition                 HRAI Digest                                                6.2.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               9.32.2.3.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               9.32.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               9.33.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               A-9.36.3.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               A-9.36.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               A-9.36.3.4.(1)
                                                                                                    HVI                HVI Publication 911          Certified Home Ventilating Products Directory              A-9.36.3.9.(3)
                                                                                                    HVI                HVI Publication 915-2013     Loudness Testing and Rating Procedure                      9.32.3.10.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.32.3.10.-B
                                                                                                    HVI                HVI Publication 916-2013     Airflow Test Procedure                                     9.32.3.10.(1)
                                                                                                    ICC                400-2012                     Standard on the Design and Construction of Log Structures 9.36.2.2.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-9.36.2.2.(5)
                                                                                                    IEC                60268-16:2011                Sound system equipment – Part 16: Objective rating of      A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
                                                                                                                                                    speech intelligibility by speech transmission index
                                                                                                    ISO                3864-1:2011                  Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety signs – Part 3.4.5.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                    1: Design principles for safety signs and safety markings  9.9.11.3.(2)
                                                                                                    ISO                7010:2011                    Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety signs –      3.4.5.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                    Registered safety signs                                    A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               9.9.11.3.(2)
                                                                                                    ISO                7240-19:2007                 Fire detection and alarm systems – Part 19: Design,        A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
                                                                                                                                                    installation, commissioning and service of sound systems
                                                                                                                                                    for emergency purposes
                                                                                                    ISO                7731:2003                    Ergonomics – Danger signals for public and work areas      A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
                                                                                                                                                    – Auditory danger signals
                                                                                                    ISO                8201:1987                    Acoustics – Audible emergency evacuation signal            3.2.4.18.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               A-3.2.4.18.(2)
                                                                                                    ISO                10848-1:2006                 Acoustics – Laboratory measurement of the flanking         5.8.1.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                    transmission of airborne and impact sound between          5.8.1.4.(3)
                                                                                                                                                    adjoining rooms – Part 1: Frame document                   5.8.1.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               5.8.1.5.(3)




                                                                                                    1-22 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency           Document Number (3)                       Title of Document                              Code Reference
                                                                                                    ISO                15712-1:2005                  Building acoustics - Estimation of acoustic performance      5.8.1.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     of buildings from the performance of elements - Part 1:      5.8.1.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                     Airborne sound insulation between rooms                      5.8.1.4.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5.8.1.4.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5.8.1.4.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5.8.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5.8.1.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5.8.1.5.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5.8.1.5.(6)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    NEMA               SB 50:2008                    Emergency Communications Audio Intelligibility               A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
                                                                                                                                                     Applications Guide
                                                                                                    NFPA               2010 Edition                  Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials                 A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               2008                          Fire Protection Handbook, Twentieth Edition                  A-3.2.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.6.2.7.(5)
                                                                                                    NFPA               13-2019 (6)                   Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems           3.1.9.1.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.4.8.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.4.15.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.5.12.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.5.12.(9)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.8.2.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.8.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.3.2.14.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.5.12.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.5.12.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.5.13.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.8.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.10.9.9.(4)
                                                                                                    NFPA               13D-2016                      Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One-   3.2.4.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                     and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes              3.2.5.12.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.7.9.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.5.12.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.5.12.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.5.13.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.10.2.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.10.18.2.(3)
                                                                                                    NFPA               13R-2019 (7)                  Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in        3.2.5.12.(2)
                                                                                                                                                     Low-Rise Residential Occupancies                             A-3.2.5.12.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.5.12.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.5.13.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               14-2013                       Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose          3.2.5.9.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Systems                                                      3.2.5.10.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               20-2016                       Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire   3.2.4.9.(4)
                                                                                                                                                     Protection                                                   3.2.5.18.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f)
                                                                                                    NFPA               30-2018                       Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code                       A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               30A-2018                      Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair         A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Garages
                                                                                                    NFPA               32-2016                       Standard for Drycleaning Facilities                          A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               33-2018                       Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or            A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Combustible Materials
                                                                                                    NFPA               34-2018                       Standard for Dipping, Coating, and Printing Processes        A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids
                                                                                                    NFPA               35-2016                       Standard for Manufacture of Organic Coatings                 A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               36-2017                       Standard for Solvent Extraction Plants                       A-6.9.1.2.(1)



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                              Division B 1-23
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                                                   Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                       Title of Document                            Code Reference
                                                                                                    NFPA               40-2019                     Standard for the Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Film
                                                                                                    NFPA               51-2018                     Standard for the Design and Installation of Oxygen-Fuel    A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes
                                                                                                    NFPA               51A-2012                    Standard for Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants            A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               55-2020                     Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code                 A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               61-2017                     Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions   A-6.9.1.2.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                   in Agricultural and Food Processing Facilities
                                                                                                    NFPA               68-2013                     Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting   3.3.6.4.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-3.6.2.7.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               69-2014                     Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems                   A-3.6.2.7.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               72-2019                     National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code                     A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
                                                                                                    NFPA               80-2013                     Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives      3.1.8.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.1.8.12.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.1.8.16.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.1.9.1.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-3.1.8.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-3.2.8.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.10.9.9.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.10.13.1.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               80A-2012                    Recommended Practice for Protection of Buildings from      A-3
                                                                                                                                                   Exterior Fire Exposures
                                                                                                    NFPA               82-2014                     Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling      6.2.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Systems and Equipment                                      9.10.10.5.(2)
                                                                                                    NFPA               85-2019                     Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code                 A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               86-2019                     Standard for Ovens and Furnaces                            A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               88A-2019                    Standard for Parking Structures                            A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               91-2015                     Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, 6.3.4.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Gases, Mists, and Particulate Solids                      A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               96-2014                     Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of    3.2.4.8.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Commercial Cooking Operations                              3.6.3.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-3.3.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-3.6.3.5.
                                                                                                                                                                                                              6.3.1.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-9.10.1.4.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               101-2018                    Life Safety Code                                           3.3.2.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.3.2.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              A-3.3.2.1.(2)
                                                                                                    NFPA               105-2013                    Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening       3.1.8.5.(3)
                                                                                                                                                   Protectives                                                3.1.8.5.(7)
                                                                                                    NFPA               204-2018                    Standard for Smoke and Heat Venting                        A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               211-2019                    Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid        6.3.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                   Fuel-Burning Appliances                                    6.3.3.3.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               303-2016                    Fire Protection Standard for Marinas and Boatyards         A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               307-2016                    Standard for the Construction and Fire Protection of       A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Marine Terminals, Piers, and Wharves
                                                                                                    NFPA               409-2016                    Standard on Aircraft Hangars                               A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               415-2016                    Standard on Airport Terminal Buildings, Fueling Ramp       A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Drainage, and Loading Walkways



                                                                                                    1-24 Division B                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency          Document Number (3)                        Title of Document                              Code Reference
                                                                                                    NFPA               484-2019                      Standard for Combustible Metals                              A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               654-2017                      Standard for the Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions      A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     from the Manufacturing, Processing, and Handling of
                                                                                                                                                     Combustible Particulate Solids
                                                                                                    NFPA               655-2017                      Standard for Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions       A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    NFPA               664-2017                      Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Explosions in       A-6.9.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    NFPA               1710-2010                     Standard for the Organization and Deployment of Fire         A-3.2.3.1.(8)
                                                                                                                                                     Suppression Operations, Emergency Medical Operations,
                                                                                                                                                     and Special Operations to the Public by Career Fire
                                                                                                                                                     Departments
                                                                                                    NFRC               100-2010                      Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors     9.36.2.2.(3)
                                                                                                    NFRC               200-2010                      Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar         9.36.2.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                     Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal
                                                                                                                                                     Incidence
                                                                                                    NLGA               2017                          Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber                   9.3.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-9.3.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-Table 9.3.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-9.3.2.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-9.23.10.4.(1)
                                                                                                    NLGA               SPS-1-2017                    Fingerjoined Structural Lumber                               Table 9.10.3.1.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-9.23.10.4.(1)
                                                                                                    NLGA               SPS-3-2017                    Fingerjoined “Vertical Stud Use Only” Lumber                 Table 9.10.3.1.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-9.23.10.4.(1)
                                                                                                    NRC                1988                          Performance and acceptability of wood floors – Forintek      A-9.23.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                     studies
                                                                                                    NRC                2005                          A Guide for the Wind Design of Mechanically Attached         A-5.2.2.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                     Flexible Membrane Roofs
                                                                                                    NRC                17808-2005                    Performance Guidelines for Basement Envelope Systems         A-9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                     and Materials: Final Research Report
                                                                                                    NRC                BPN 54-85                     The difference between a vapour barrier and an air barrier   A-9.25.1.1.(2)
                                                                                                    NRC                CBD 222                       Airtight houses and carbon monoxide poisoning                A-9.33.1.1.(2)
                                                                                                    NRC                CBD 230                       Applying building codes to existing buildings                A-1.1.1.1.(1) (4)
                                                                                                    NRC                CBD 231                       Moisture problems in houses                                  A-9.25.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                    NRC                CRBCPI-Y2-R19                 Guideline on Design for Durability of Building Envelopes     A-5.1.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-5.4.1.1.(3)
                                                                                                    NRC                NRCC 49677-2007               Best Practice Guide on Fire Stops and Fire Blocks and        A-9.11.
                                                                                                                                                     their Impact on Sound Transmission
                                                                                                    NRC                RR-331-2017                   Guide to Calculating Airborne Sound Transmission in          A-5.8.1.4.
                                                                                                                                                     Buildings                                                    A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)
                                                                                                    NRCA               3rd Edition, 2017             The NRCA Vegetative Roof Systems Manual                      A-5.6.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                    NRCan              R.S.C. 1985, c. E-17          Explosives Act                                               3.3.6.2.(3)
                                                                                                    NRCan              SOR/2016-311                  Energy Efficiency Regulations, 2016                          Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                     NYCDH             2008                          Guidelines on Assessment and Remediation of Fungi in         A-5.5.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Indoor Environments
                                                                                                    OMMAH              2012                          2012 Building Code Compendium, Volume 2,                     A-9.8.8.2.
                                                                                                                                                     Supplementary Standard SB-7, Guards for Housing and
                                                                                                                                                     Small Buildings
                                                                                                    SMACNA             ANSI/SMACNA 006-2006          HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible        9.33.6.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-9.36.3.2.(2)



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                              Division B 1-25
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                                                    Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency          Document Number (3)                       Title of Document                               Code Reference
                                                                                                    SPRI               ANSI/GRHC/SPRI VR-1-2018     Procedure for Investigating Resistance to Root or Rhizome 5.6.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                    Penetration on Vegetative Roofs
                                                                                                    SPRI               ANSI/SPRI WD-1-2014          Wind Design Standard Practice for Roofing Assemblies          A-5.2.2.2.(4)
                                                                                                    TC                 SOR/96-433                   Canadian Aviation Regulations – Part III                      4.1.5.13.(1)
                                                                                                    TC                 SOR/2001-286                 Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR)          1.4.1.2.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-1.4.1.2.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.3.1.2.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    TIAC               2013                         Mechanical Insulation Best Practices Guide                    A-6.3.2.5.
                                                                                                    TPIC               2019                         Truss Design Procedures and Specifications for Light          9.23.14.11.(1)
                                                                                                                                                    Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses
                                                                                                    TWC                1993                         Details of Air Barrier Systems for Houses                     Table A-9.25.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                    UL                 ANSI/CAN/UL/ULC 300-2019     Standard for Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishing Systems for   6.9.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                    Protection of Commercial Cooking Equipment
                                                                                                    UL                 ANSI/UL 1784-2015            Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies and         3.1.8.4.(4)
                                                                                                                                                    Other Opening Protectives
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S101-14              Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building           2.2.1.8.(4)
                                                                                                                                                    Construction and Materials                                    2.2.1.10.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.1.5.7.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.1.5.14.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.1.5.14.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.1.5.15.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.1.5.15.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.1.7.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.1.11.7.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.3.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.10.16.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.10.3.1.-B
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S102-10              Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning                   3.1.5.24.(1)
                                                                                                                                                    Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies          3.1.12.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.29.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S102.2:2018          Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning                   3.1.12.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                    Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and             3.1.13.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                    Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies                        9.27.12.1.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.27.13.1.(2)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S102.3:2018          Standard Method of Fire Test of Light Diffusers and Lenses 3.1.13.4.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S102.4:2017          Standard Method of Test for Fire and Smoke Characteristics 3.1.4.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                    of Electrical Wiring, Cables and Non-Metallic Raceways     3.1.5.21.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               3.1.5.23.(2)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S104-15              Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies             3.1.8.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.6.5.(3)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S105:2016            Standard Specification for Fire Door Frames Meeting the       9.10.13.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                    Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S106-15              Standard Method for Fire Tests of Window and Glass Block 3.1.8.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                    Assemblies
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S107:2019            Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Roof Coverings              3.1.15.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S109-14              Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant            2.2.1.14.(1)
                                                                                                                                                    Fabrics and Films                                             3.1.16.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.1.18.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.6.5.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.6.5.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.33.6.3.(1)



                                                                                                    1-26 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                          1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                          Title of Document                                 Code Reference
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S110-13               Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts                           3.6.5.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.6.5.1.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.33.6.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.33.6.2.(4)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S111-13               Standard Method of Fire Tests for Air Filter Units               6.3.2.13.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.33.6.14.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S112-10               Standard Method of Fire Test of Fire Damper Assemblies           3.1.8.4.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A-3.2.6.6.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S112.1-10             Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke              3.1.8.4.(3)
                                                                                                                                                     Control Systems                                                  6.3.2.7.(3)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S112.2-07             Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop Flap            3.6.4.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                     Assemblies                                                       9.10.13.14.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S113:2016             Standard Specification for Wood Core Doors Meeting               9.10.13.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty              A-9.10.9.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                     Minute Fire Rated Closure Assemblies                             A-9.10.13.2.(1)
                                                                                                     ULC               CAN/ULC-S114:2018             Standard Method of Test for Determination of                     1.4.1.2.(1) (4)
                                                                                                                                                     Non-Combustibility in Building Materials
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S115-11               Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems                3.1.5.19.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.8.3.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.9.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.9.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.9.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.9.1.(6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.9.1.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.9.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.9.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.9.3.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.9.4.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.1.9.4.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A-3.1.8.3.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A-3.1.11.7.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.10.9.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.10.9.6.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.10.9.6.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.10.9.8.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.10.9.8.(6)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S124-06               Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Protective         3.1.5.15.(2)
                                                                                                                                                     Coverings for Foamed Plastic                                     A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d)
                                                                                                     ULC               CAN/ULC-S126-14               Standard Method of Test for Fire Spread Under Roof-Deck 3.1.14.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Assemblies                                              3.1.14.2.(1)
                                                                                                     ULC               CAN/ULC-S134-13               Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies         3.1.5.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.10.14.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.10.15.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      9.10.15.5.(3)
                                                                                                    ULC                ULC-S135-04                   Standard Test Method for the Determination of                    3.1.5.1.(2)
                                                                                                                                                     Combustibility Parameters of Building Materials Using an
                                                                                                                                                     Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter (Cone Calorimeter)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S138-06               Standard Method of Test for Fire Growth of Insulated             3.1.5.7.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Building Panels in a Full-Scale Room Configuration               3.1.5.7.(3)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S139:2017             Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity of Fire-Resistive   3.2.6.5.(6)
                                                                                                                                                     Power, Instrumentation, Control and Data Cables                  3.2.7.10.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      3.2.7.10.(3)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S143-14               Standard Method of Fire Tests for Non-Metallic Electrical        3.1.5.23.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     and Optical Fibre Cable Raceway Systems
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S144-12               Standard Method of Fire Resistance Test – Grease Duct            3.6.3.5.(2)
                                                                                                                                                     Assemblies                                                       A-3.6.3.5.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                  Division B 1-27
                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                   Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                       Title of Document                               Code Reference
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S146-19             Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of                 3.1.6.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Encapsulation Materials and Assemblies of Materials for
                                                                                                                                                   the Protection of Structural Timber Elements
                                                                                                    ULC                ULC-S332-93                 Standard for Burglary Resisting Glazing Material              A-9.7.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                ULC-S505-74                 Standard for Fusible Links for Fire Protection Services       3.1.8.10.(2)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S524:2019           Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems               3.1.8.11.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3.1.8.14.(3)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3.2.4.5.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3.2.4.20.(7)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3.2.4.20.(8)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3.2.4.20.(10)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3.2.4.20.(15)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 A-3.2.4.7.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 A-3.2.4.20.(10)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 9.10.19.4.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 9.10.19.6.(2)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S526-2016           Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling        A-3.2.4.19.(3)
                                                                                                                                                   Systems, Including Accessories
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S531:2019           Standard for Smoke Alarms                                     3.2.4.20.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 9.10.19.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S537:2019           Standard for Verification of Fire Alarm Systems               3.2.4.5.(2)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S540-13             Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning      3.2.4.21.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Systems: Installation, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance 9.10.2.2.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.10.2.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              9.10.19.8.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S553-14             Standard for the Installation of Smoke Alarms                 3.2.4.20.(13)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 9.10.19.3.(2)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S561-13             Standard for Installation and Services for Fire Signal        3.2.4.7.(4)
                                                                                                                                                   Receiving Centres and Systems                                 A-3.2.4.7.(4)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S572:2017           Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit          3.4.5.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                   Signs and Path Marking Systems                                3.4.5.1.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 A-3.4.5.1.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 9.9.11.3.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 9.9.11.3.(4)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S610:2018           Standard for Factory-Built Fireplace Systems                  9.22.8.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                ULC-S628-93                 Standard for Fireplace Inserts                                9.22.10.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S629:2016           Standard for 650°C Factory-Built Chimneys                     9.33.10.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S639-M87            Standard for Steel Liner Assemblies for Solid-Fuel Burning 9.22.2.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                   Masonry Fireplaces
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S701.1:2017         Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene Boards           Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 9.25.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S702.1-14           Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, 3.1.6.3.(4)
                                                                                                                                                   Part 1: Material Specification                               Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-5.9.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.10.9.8.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.25.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S703-09             Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings   Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 9.25.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D



                                                                                                    1-28 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    1.3.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Issuing Agency         Document Number (3)                         Title of Document                             Code Reference
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S704.1:2017           Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polyurethane and            Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Polyisocyanurate, Boards, Faced                              Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.25.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S705.1-18             Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied              Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Rigid Polyurethane Foam, Medium Density – Material           9.25.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Specification                                                Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S705.2-05             Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied Rigid        Table 5.9.1.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     Polyurethane Foam, Medium Density – Application              9.25.2.5.(1)
                                                                                                     ULC               CAN/ULC-S706.1:2016           Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings      Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.23.16.7.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.25.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.29.8.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S710.1:2019           Standard for Bead-Applied One Component Polyurethane         Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Air Sealant Foam, Part 1: Material Specification             9.36.2.10.(6)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S711.1:2019           Standard for Bead-Applied Two Component Polyurethane         Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Air Sealant Foam, Part 1: Material Specification             9.36.2.10.(6)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S712.1:2017           Standard for Thermal Insulation - Light Density, Open Cell   Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D
                                                                                                                                                     Spray Applied Semi-Rigid Polyurethane Foam - Material
                                                                                                                                                     Specification
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S716.1-12             Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) 5.9.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     - Materials and Systems                                    A-5.9.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.27.14.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                9.27.14.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S716.2-12             Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) A-5.9.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     - Installation of EIFS Components and Water Resistive      9.27.14.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     Barrier
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S716.3-12             Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS)    A-5.9.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     - Design Application                                         9.27.14.3.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S717.1:2017           Standard for Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form (ICF)        Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                     Units – Material Properties                                  9.15.4.1.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S741-08               Standard for Air Barrier Materials – Specification           5.4.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.36.2.10.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S742-11               Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification          5.4.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5.4.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-5.4.1.1.(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-5.4.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-5.4.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-5.4.1.2.(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.36.2.9.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-9.36.2.9.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A-9.36.2.10.(5)(b)
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S770-15               Standard Test Method for Determination of Long-Term          Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D
                                                                                                                                                     Thermal Resistance of Closed-Cell Thermal Insulating
                                                                                                                                                     Foams
                                                                                                    ULC                CAN/ULC-S1001-11              Standard for Integrated Systems Testing of Fire Protection   3.2.9.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     and Life Safety Systems                                      A-3.2.9.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  9.10.1.2.(1)
                                                                                                    ULC                ULC/ORD-C199P-02              Combustible Piping for Sprinkler Systems                     3.2.5.13.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.5.13.(5)
                                                                                                    ULC                ULC/ORD-C1254.6-95            Fire Testing of Restaurant Cooking Area Fire Extinguishing 6.9.1.3.(1)
                                                                                                                                                     System Units




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                            Division B 1-29
                                                                                                    1.3.2.1.                                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 1.3.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                          Issuing Agency            Document Number (3)                                  Title of Document                               Code Reference
                                                                                                     U.S. Congress                                                  National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987             Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Table 9.36.5.16.
                                                                                                     WCLIB                  No. 17 (2004)                           Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber                            A-Table 9.3.2.1.
                                                                                                     WWPA                   2017                                    Western Lumber Grading Rules 2017                              A-Table 9.3.2.1.

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 1.3.1.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)    While every effort was made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this Table, the NRC is not responsible for the accuracy, timeliness or
                                                                                                           reliability of the content presented therein. For all purposes of interpreting and applying the referenced standards, Code users should refer to the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           most recent official versions of the referenced editions.
                                                                                                    (2)    See Table D-1.1.2. of Appendix D for the list of standards referenced therein.
                                                                                                    (3)    Some documents may have been reaffirmed or reapproved. Check with the applicable issuing agency for up-to-date information.
                                                                                                    (4)    Code reference is in Division A.
                                                                                                    (5)    Code reference is in Division C.
                                                                                                    (6)    Subsection 9.3.15, Sprinkler-Protected Glazing, does not apply in the context of Division B.
                                                                                                    (7)    Subsection 6.5.3, Sprinkler-Protected Glazing, does not apply in the context of Division B.


                                                                                                    1.3.2.                   Organizations
                                                                                                    1.3.2.1.                 Abbreviations of Proper Names
                                                                                                                                1) The abbreviations of proper names in this Code shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                             assigned to them in this Article.
                                                                                                                           AAMA .............. Fenestration and Glazing Industry Alliance (formerly American
                                                                                                                                               Architectural Manufacturers Association) (www.fgiaonline.org)
                                                                                                                           ACGIH ............. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
                                                                                                                                               (www.acgih.org)
                                                                                                                           ACI ................... American Concrete Institute (www.concrete.org)
                                                                                                                           AHRI ................ Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute
                                                                                                                                                 (www.ahrinet.org)
                                                                                                                           AISI ................... American Iron and Steel Institute (www.steel.org)
                                                                                                                           ANSI ................. American National Standards Institute (www.ansi.org)
                                                                                                                           APA .................. APA — The Engineered Wood Association (www.apawood.org)
                                                                                                                           ASCE ................ American Society of Civil Engineers (www.asce.org)
                                                                                                                           ASHRAE .......... American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
                                                                                                                                             Engineers (www.ashrae.org)
                                                                                                                           ASME ............... American Society of Mechanical Engineers (www.asme.org)
                                                                                                                           ASTM ............... ASTM International (www.astm.org)
                                                                                                                           BNQ .................. Bureau de normalisation du Québec (www.bnq.qc.ca/en)
                                                                                                                           CAN ................. National Standard of Canada designation (www.scc.ca) (The number
                                                                                                                                                 or name following the CAN designation represents the agency under
                                                                                                                                                 whose auspices the standard is issued.)
                                                                                                                                                 CAN3 designates CSA
                                                                                                                           CCBFC .............. Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes (see NRC)
                                                                                                                           CCME ............... Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment (www.ccme.ca)
                                                                                                                           CGSB ................ Canadian General Standards Board
                                                                                                                                                 (www.tpsgc-pwgsc.gc.ca/ongc-cgsb/index-eng.html)
                                                                                                                           CHC .................. Canadian Hydronics Council (www.chchydro.com)
                                                                                                                           CISC .................. Canadian Institute of Steel Construction (www.cisc-icca.ca)
                                                                                                                           CMHC .............. Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (www.cmhc.ca)
                                                                                                                           CRCA ............... Canadian Roofing Contractors' Association (www.roofingcanada.com)


                                                                                                    1-30 Division B                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                1.3.2.1.

                                                                                                                    CSA ................... CSA Group (www.csagroup.org)
                                                                                                                    CSSBI ................ Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute (www.cssbi.ca)
                                                                                                                    CWC ................. Canadian Wood Council (www.cwc.ca)
                                                                                                                    DOE .................. U.S. Department of Energy (www.energy.gov)
                                                                                                                    EC ..................... Environment and Climate Change Canada (www.ec.gc.ca)
                                                                                                                    ECC ................... EIFS Council of Canada (www.eifscouncil.org)
                                                                                                                    EPA ................... Environmental Protection Agency (U.S.) (www.epa.gov)
                                                                                                                    FEMA ............... Federal Emergency Management Agency (U.S.) (www.fema.gov)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                    FLL .................... German Landscape Research, Development and Construction Society
                                                                                                                                             (shop.fll.de/en)
                                                                                                                    FPI ..................... FPInnovations – Wood Products (formerly FCC – Forintek Canada
                                                                                                                                              Corporation) (www.fpinnovations.ca)
                                                                                                                    GRHC ............... Green Roofs for Healthy Cities (www.greenroofs.org)
                                                                                                                    HC ..................... Health Canada (www.hc-sc.gc.ca)
                                                                                                                    HPVA ............... Decorative Hardwoods Association (formerly Hardwood Plywood &
                                                                                                                                         Veneer Association) (www.decorativehardwoods.org)
                                                                                                                    HRAI ................ Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Institute of Canada
                                                                                                                                          (www.hrai.ca)
                                                                                                                    HVI ................... Home Ventilating Institute (www.hvi.org)
                                                                                                                    ICC .................... International Code Council (www.iccsafe.org)
                                                                                                                    IEC .................... International Electrotechnical Commission (www.iec.ch)
                                                                                                                    ISO .................... International Organization for Standardization (www.iso.org)
                                                                                                                    NBC .................. National Building Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                                    NCMA .............. National Concrete Masonry Association (www.ncma.org)
                                                                                                                    NECB ................ National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
                                                                                                                    NEMA .............. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (www.nema.org)
                                                                                                                    NFC .................. National Fire Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                                    NFPA ................ National Fire Protection Association (www.nfpa.org)
                                                                                                                    NFRC ................ National Fenestration Rating Council (www.nfrc.org)
                                                                                                                    NLGA ............... National Lumber Grades Authority (www.nlga.org)
                                                                                                                    NPC .................. National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020
                                                                                                                    NRC .................. National Research Council of Canada (nrc.canada.ca)
                                                                                                                    NRCA ............... National Roofing Contractors Association (www.nrca.net)
                                                                                                                    NRCan .............. Natural Resources Canada (www.nrcan.gc.ca)
                                                                                                                    NYCDH ........... New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene
                                                                                                                                      (www.nyc.gov/health)
                                                                                                                    OMMAH .......... Ontario Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing
                                                                                                                                     (www.mah.gov.on.ca)
                                                                                                                    SEI ..................... Structural Engineering Institute
                                                                                                                                              (www.asce.org/structural-engineering/structural-engineering)
                                                                                                                    SMACNA ........ Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
                                                                                                                                    (www.smacna.org)
                                                                                                                    SPRI .................. Single Ply Roofing Industry (www.spri.org)
                                                                                                                    TC ..................... Transport Canada (tc.canada.ca)
                                                                                                                    TIAC ................. Thermal Insulation Association of Canada (www.tiac.ca)
                                                                                                                    TPIC .................. Truss Plate Institute of Canada (www.tpic.ca)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 1-31
                                                                                                    1.3.2.1.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                      TWC ................. Tarion Warranty Corporation (formerly Ontario New Home Warranty
                                                                                                                                            Program) (www.tarion.com)
                                                                                                                      UL ..................... Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (www.ul.com)
                                                                                                                      ULC .................. ULC Standards (canada.ul.com/ulcstandards)
                                                                                                                      WCLIB .............. Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau (formerly West Coast Lumber
                                                                                                                                           Inspection Bureau) (www.plib.org)
                                                                                                                      WWPA ............. Western Wood Products Association (www.wwpa.org)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    1-32 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 1
                                                                                                    General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-1.1.2.1.(1) Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to Acceptable
                                                                                                    Solutions. The objectives and functional statements attributed to each Code provision are listed in a table
                                                                                                    following the provisions in each Part.
                                                                                                    Many provisions in Division B serve as modifiers of or pointers to other provisions, or serve other clarification
                                                                                                    or explanatory purposes. In most cases, no objectives and functional statements have been attributed to such
                                                                                                    provisions, which therefore do not appear in the above-mentioned tables.
                                                                                                    For provisions that serve as modifiers of or pointers to other referenced provisions and that do not have any
                                                                                                    objectives and functional statements attributed to them, the objectives and functional statements that should be
                                                                                                    used are those attributed to the provisions they reference.

                                                                                                    A-1.1.3.1.(2) Climatic Values. Climatic values for municipalities not listed in Appendix C can
                                                                                                    be obtained at www.climate.weather.gc.ca or by e-mail from the Engineering Climate Services Unit of
                                                                                                    Environment and Climate Change Canada at scg-ecs@ec.gc.ca.

                                                                                                    A-1.1.3.1.(3) Winter Design Temperatures. The 2.5% values referred to in Sentence 1.1.3.1.(3) are
                                                                                                    the least restrictive temperatures that can be used. A designer may choose to use the 1% values given in
                                                                                                    Appendix C, which are in excess of the Code minimums but are considered acceptable.

                                                                                                    A-1.1.3.1.(4) Seismic Values. Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4) illustrates how to determine the seismic hazard
                                                                                                    values to be used in the application of the Part 4 and Part 9 seismic provisions.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Division B 1-33
                                                                                                    A-1.1.3.1.(4)                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                                                Seismic Hazard Values
                                                                                                                                                for Use with NBC 2020



                                                                                                                           Part 4(2)                                                    Part 9(3)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       Are the values                                                Are the values
                                                                                                                                             Yes       Use AHJ values               provided by the        Yes      Use AHJ values
                                                                                                                      provided by the
                                                                                                                           AHJ?                                                          AHJ?


                                                                                                                              No                                                           No



                                                                                                                   Refer to Appendix C                                          Refer to Appendix C




                                                                                                                  Are the site's latitude                                        Is the location listed
                                                                                                                  and longitude among               Yes                                                             Yes
                                                                                                                                                                                     in Table C-3?
                                                                                                                   the locations listed
                                                                                                                     on NPARC(4)?

                                                                                                                                            Use the values on NPARC
                                                                                                                                              (refer to the 2020 NBC                                               Use the values in
                                                                                                                              No             Seismic Hazard Tool(5) for                    No                         Table C-3
                                                                                                                                               additional information)


                                                                                                                                                                            Refer to the values on the
                                                                                                               Determine the appropriate
                                                                                                                                                                        Earthquakes Canada website(6) by
                                                                                                              values using the 2020 NBC
                                                                                                                                                                        selecting “2015” from the “Building
                                                                                                                 Seismic Hazard Tool(5)
                                                                                                                                                                            code year” pull-down menu
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   EG02820A


                                                                                                     Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4)
                                                                                                     Determining seismic hazard values for use in Part 4 and Part 9
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4):
                                                                                                     (1) The abbreviations used in the figure have the following meanings:
                                                                                                            AHJ = authority having jurisdiction
                                                                                                            NPARC = NRC Publications Archive
                                                                                                     (2) See also the section entitled “Seismic Hazard for Part 4” in Appendix C.
                                                                                                     (3) See also the section entitled “Seismic Hazard for Part 9” in Appendix C.
                                                                                                     (4) The seismic hazard values available on NPARC at https://doi.org/10.4224/nqzr-dz38 were generated from the 2020 National Building Code of
                                                                                                         Canada Seismic Hazard Tool. This subset of values on NPARC is provided as a static, archival record for Code users.
                                                                                                     (5) The 2020 National Building Code of Canada Seismic Hazard Tool is available at https://doi.org/10.23687/b1bd3cf0-0672-47f4-8bfa-290ae75fde9b.
                                                                                                     (6) Refer to the “2015 – 2005 National Building Code of Canada seismic hazard values” page on NRCan's Earthquakes Canada website.




                                                                                                    1-34 Division B                                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 2
                                                                                                    Farm Buildings




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      2.1.          General
                                                                                                      2.1.1.        Scope ................................................ 2-1
                                                                                                      2.1.2.        Application ........................................ 2-1
                                                                                                      2.1.3.        Definitions ......................................... 2-1
                                                                                                      2.1.4.        Classification of Farm Buildings
                                                                                                                    by Major Occupancy ........................ 2-1

                                                                                                      2.2.          Fire Protection and
                                                                                                                    Occupant Safety
                                                                                                      2.2.1.        General .............................................. 2-2
                                                                                                      2.2.2.        Building Size and Construction
                                                                                                                    Relative to Major Occupancy .......... 2-5
                                                                                                      2.2.3.        Fire Alarm and Detection Systems .. 2-7
                                                                                                      2.2.4.        Provisions for Firefighting ............... 2-8
                                                                                                      2.2.5.        Emergency Lighting ......................... 2-8
                                                                                                      2.2.6.        Safety within Farm Buildings .......... 2-9
                                                                                                      2.2.7.        Exits ................................................. 2-11
                                                                                                      2.2.8.        Hazardous Substances,
                                                                                                                    Processes and Equipment ............ 2-13

                                                                                                      2.3.          Structural Loads and
                                                                                                                    Procedures
                                                                                                      2.3.1.        Structural Design Requirements .. 2-15
                                                                                                      2.3.2.        Loads Due to Use and
                                                                                                                    Occupancy ...................................... 2-15
                                                                                                      2.3.3.        Loads Due to Snow ........................ 2-17
                                                                                                      2.3.4.        Loads Due to Earthquakes ............ 2-17

                                                                                                      2.4.          Heating, Ventilating and
                                                                                                                    Air-Conditioning
                                                                                                      2.4.1.        General ............................................ 2-18
                                                                                                      2.4.2.        Ventilation ....................................... 2-18
                                                                                                      2.4.3.        Heating Appliances ........................ 2-19

                                                                                                      2.5.          Objectives and
                                                                                                                    Functional Statements
                                                                                                      2.5.1.        Objectives and Functional
                                                                                                                    Statements ...................................... 2-19

                                                                                                                    Notes to Part 2 ................ 2-23




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 2
                                                                                                    Farm Buildings
                                                                                                    (See Note A-2.)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 2.1. General
                                                                                                    2.1.1.            Scope
                                                                                                    2.1.1.1.          Scope
                                                                                                                         1) This Part is concerned with the fire, structural, heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                                      air-conditioning performance of farm buildings, as well as processes and operations
                                                                                                                      carried out therein that involve a risk of explosion, high flammability or related
                                                                                                                      conditions that create a hazard to life safety. (See Note A-2.1.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    2.1.2.            Application
                                                                                                    2.1.2.1.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), this Part applies to all farm buildings as
                                                                                                                      described in Article 1.3.3.5. and Sentence 1.3.3.6.(1) of Division A.
                                                                                                                         2) Subsections 2.2.6. and 2.2.7. do not apply to Group G, Division 4 major
                                                                                                                      occupancies.

                                                                                                    2.1.3.            Definitions
                                                                                                    2.1.3.1.          Defined Terms
                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                    2.1.4.            Classification of Farm Buildings by Major Occupancy
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.2.)

                                                                                                    2.1.4.1.          Classification
                                                                                                                          1) Every farm building or part of a farm building shall be classified according to
                                                                                                                      its major occupancy as belonging to one of the Divisions of Group G described in
                                                                                                                      Table 2.1.4.1. (See Note A-2.1.4.1.(1).) (See also Note A-2.2.8.3.)

                                                                                                                                                                Table 2.1.4.1.
                                                                                                                                             Classification of Agricultural Major Occupancies
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 2.1.4.1.(1)

                                                                                                            Group                 Division                                Description of Agricultural Major Occupancies
                                                                                                               G                     1             High-hazard agricultural occupancies
                                                                                                               G                     2             Agricultural occupancies not elsewhere classified in Group G
                                                                                                               G                     3             Greenhouse agricultural occupancies
                                                                                                               G                     4             Agricultural occupancies with no human occupants


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                        Division B 2-1
                                                                                                    2.2.1.1.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    Section 2.2. Fire Protection and Occupant Safety
                                                                                                    2.2.1.                 General
                                                                                                    2.2.1.1.               Classification
                                                                                                                              1) Every farm building or part of a farm building shall be classified in accordance
                                                                                                                           with Subsection 2.1.4.
                                                                                                                               2) Portions of farm buildings that do not contain Group G, Division 1, 2, 3 or 4 major
                                                                                                                           occupancies shall be classified according to their major occupancy as belonging to one of
                                                                                                                           the Groups or Divisions described in Table 3.1.2.1. and those portions shall conform




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           to the requirements in Part 3. (See Note A-2.2.1.1.(2).)

                                                                                                    2.2.1.2.               Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations
                                                                                                                              1) Buildings classified as a Group G, Division 1 or 4 major occupancy shall not
                                                                                                                           contain a Group A, B or C occupancy.
                                                                                                                              2) Buildings classified as a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy shall not
                                                                                                                           contain a Group A, Division 1 or 3, or Group B occupancy.

                                                                                                    2.2.1.3.               Exceptions for Major Occupancies
                                                                                                                              1) In a farm building in which the aggregate area of all major occupancies in a
                                                                                                                           particular Group or Division is not more than 10% of the floor area of the storey in which
                                                                                                                           they are located, these major occupancies need not be considered as major occupancies
                                                                                                                           for the purposes of Subsection 2.2.2., provided they are not classified as Group F,
                                                                                                                           Division 1 or Group G, Division 1 occupancies.

                                                                                                    2.2.1.4.               Separation of Occupancies
                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), major occupancies shall be separated from
                                                                                                                           adjoining major occupancies by fire separations having fire-resistance ratings conforming to
                                                                                                                           Table 2.2.1.4.
                                                                                                                               2) If one major occupancy is located above another major occupancy, the fire-resistance
                                                                                                                           rating of the floor assembly between the major occupancies shall be determined on the
                                                                                                                           basis of the requirements of this Section for the lower major occupancy.
                                                                                                                               3) Occupancies other than major occupancies shall be separated from adjoining
                                                                                                                           occupancies belonging to a different Group or Division by fire separations having
                                                                                                                           fire-resistance ratings that conform to Table 2.2.1.4., but need not be more than 1 h.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 2.2.1.4.
                                                                                                                                                   Major Occupancy Fire Separations (1)
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentences 2.2.1.4.(1) and (3)

                                                                                                                                                               Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation, h
                                                                                                            Major Occupancy                                                 Adjoining Major Occupancy
                                                                                                                                                 G-1                      G-2                       G-3                 G-4
                                                                                                                                                  (2)                      (3)                       (3)                 (2)
                                                                                                                     A-1
                                                                                                                                                  (2)                                                                    (2)
                                                                                                                     A-2                                                   1                         1
                                                                                                                                                  (2)                      (3)                       (3)                 (2)
                                                                                                                     A-3
                                                                                                                                                  (2)                                                                    (2)
                                                                                                                     A-4                                                   1                         1
                                                                                                                                                  (2)                      (3)                       (3)                 (2)
                                                                                                                     B
                                                                                                                                                  (2)                                                                    (2)
                                                                                                                     C                                                     1                         1
                                                                                                                     D                            1                        –                         –                   –
                                                                                                                     E                            1                        –                         –                   –
                                                                                                                     F-1                          –                        2                         2                   –


                                                                                                    2-2 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                 2.2.1.8.

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 2.2.1.4. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                          Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation, h
                                                                                                                Major Occupancy                                                         Adjoining Major Occupancy
                                                                                                                                                         G-1                          G-2                          G-3                          G-4
                                                                                                                       F-2                                –                            –                            –                            –
                                                                                                                       F-3                                 –                           –                            –                            –
                                                                                                                       G-1                                 –                           2                            2                            –
                                                                                                                       G-2                                 2                           –                            –                            –




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       G-3                                 2                           –                            –                            –
                                                                                                                       G-4                                 –                           –                            –                            –

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 2.2.1.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Article 2.2.1.9. contains requirements for other fire separations that are in addition to the requirements for the separation of major occupancies.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1).
                                                                                                    (3)   See Sentence 2.2.1.2.(2).


                                                                                                    2.2.1.5.                 Fire Separations and Closures
                                                                                                                             (See Note A-2.2.1.5.)
                                                                                                                                1) Any wall, partition or floor assembly required to be a fire separation shall
                                                                                                                                a) except as permitted by Sentence (2), be constructed as a continuous element,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                                b) as required in this Section, have a fire-resistance rating as specified (see
                                                                                                                                   Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b)).
                                                                                                                               2) Openings in a fire separation shall be protected with closures, shafts or other
                                                                                                                             means in conformance with Articles 3.1.8.3. to 3.1.8.19.

                                                                                                    2.2.1.6.                 Penetrations in Fire Separations and Fire-Rated Assemblies
                                                                                                                                1) Penetrations of a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly
                                                                                                                             required to have a fire-resistance rating shall conform to Articles 3.1.9.1. to 3.1.9.4.

                                                                                                    2.2.1.7.                 Firewalls
                                                                                                                                1) A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a Group
                                                                                                                             G, Division 1 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible
                                                                                                                             construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h.
                                                                                                                                 2) A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a
                                                                                                                             Group G major occupancy and a major occupancy prohibited by Article 2.2.1.2. shall be
                                                                                                                             constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                             rating not less than 4 h.
                                                                                                                                3) Firewalls shall conform to the requirements of Articles 3.1.10.1. and 3.1.10.3.
                                                                                                                             to 3.1.10.7., and Sentence 3.1.10.2.(3).

                                                                                                    2.2.1.8.                 Fire Blocks
                                                                                                                                1) Concealed spaces in interior wall, ceiling and crawl spaces shall be separated
                                                                                                                             from concealed spaces in exterior walls and attic or roof spaces by fire blocks. (See
                                                                                                                             Note A-2.2.1.8.(1).)
                                                                                                                               2) Concealed spaces in walls and partitions shall be separated by fire blocks into
                                                                                                                             compartments not more than 3 m in height and 20 m in length.
                                                                                                                                3) Horizontal concealed spaces within a floor assembly or roof assembly of
                                                                                                                             combustible construction, in which sprinklers are not installed, shall be separated by fire
                                                                                                                             blocks into compartments not more than 900 m2 in area.
                                                                                                                                4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), fire blocks shall be constructed of materials
                                                                                                                             that will remain in place and prevent the passage of flames for not less than 15 min


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                             Division B 2-3
                                                                                                    2.2.1.9.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                     when subjected to the standard fire exposure in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of
                                                                                                                     Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials.”
                                                                                                                        5) Fire blocks need not be tested in conformance with Sentence (4) if they are
                                                                                                                     constructed of not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 0.38 mm sheet steel,
                                                                                                                        b) 12.7 mm gypsum board,
                                                                                                                        c) 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, with joints backed with similar
                                                                                                                            material,
                                                                                                                        d) two layers of lumber, each not less than 19 mm thick, with joints staggered,
                                                                                                                            or
                                                                                                                        e) 38 mm lumber.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    2.2.1.9.         Additional Fire Separations
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2) and required by Sentence (3), fuel-fired
                                                                                                                     appliances shall be installed in service rooms separated from the remainder of the farm
                                                                                                                     building by
                                                                                                                         a) a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min in a floor
                                                                                                                             area that is not sprinklered throughout, or
                                                                                                                         b) a fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating in a floor area that
                                                                                                                             is sprinklered throughout.
                                                                                                                        2) A fuel-fired appliance that serves only one room is not required to be installed in
                                                                                                                     a service room separated from the remainder of the farm building.
                                                                                                                        3) Incinerators shall be installed in service rooms that
                                                                                                                        a) do not contain other fuel-fired appliances, and
                                                                                                                        b) are separated from the remainder of the farm building by a fire separation
                                                                                                                           having a fire-resistance rating not less than
                                                                                                                              i) 2 h, where the service room is adjacent to a Group G,
                                                                                                                                 Division 1 major occupancy in a floor area that is not sprinklered
                                                                                                                                 throughout,
                                                                                                                             ii) 1 h, where the service room is adjacent to a Group G,
                                                                                                                                 Division 1 major occupancy in a floor area that is sprinklered
                                                                                                                                 throughout,
                                                                                                                            iii) 1 h, where the service room is adjacent to a Group G,
                                                                                                                                 Division 2 or 3 major occupancy in a floor area that is not
                                                                                                                                 sprinklered throughout, or
                                                                                                                            iv) 30 min, where the service room is adjacent to a Group G,
                                                                                                                                 Division 2 or 3 major occupancy in a floor area that is
                                                                                                                                 sprinklered throughout.
                                                                                                                        4) A room containing a device that produces open flames, heat or sparks and used
                                                                                                                     for crop drying shall be separated from the remainder of the farm building by
                                                                                                                         a) a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min in a floor
                                                                                                                            area that is not sprinklered throughout, or
                                                                                                                         b) a fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating in a floor area that
                                                                                                                            is sprinklered throughout.
                                                                                                                        5) A room intended to be used for repairing farm machinery shall be separated
                                                                                                                     from the remainder of the farm building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                     not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 1 h, in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, or
                                                                                                                        b) 30 min, in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout.
                                                                                                                        6) Storage areas for dangerous goods shall be separated from the remainder of the
                                                                                                                     farm building in accordance with Sentences 3.3.6.2.(1) and (2).

                                                                                                    2.2.1.10.        Determination of Fire-Resistance Ratings
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the rating of a material, assembly of
                                                                                                                     materials, or structural member that is required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                     be determined on the basis of the results of tests conducted in conformance with


                                                                                                    2-4 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               2.2.2.2.

                                                                                                                     CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction
                                                                                                                     and Materials.”
                                                                                                                        2) A material, assembly of materials, or structural member is permitted to be
                                                                                                                     assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of Appendix D.

                                                                                                    2.2.1.11.        Determination of Flame-Spread Ratings
                                                                                                                         1) Flame-spread ratings shall be determined in accordance with Article 3.1.12.1.

                                                                                                    2.2.1.12.        Flame-Spread Rating
                                                                                                                       1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the flame-spread rating of interior




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     wall and ceiling finishes, including glazing and skylights, shall be not more than 150.
                                                                                                                        2) The flame-spread rating of interior wall and ceiling finishes in exits shall conform
                                                                                                                     to Sentence 3.1.13.2.(1).
                                                                                                                        3) Subject to the requirement of Article 2.2.1.13., the flame-spread rating on any
                                                                                                                     exposed surface of foamed plastic insulation, and on any surface that would be
                                                                                                                     exposed by cutting through the insulation in any direction, shall be not more than 500.

                                                                                                    2.2.1.13.        Foamed Plastics
                                                                                                                        1) Foamed plastics installed in farm buildings shall be protected in conformance
                                                                                                                     with Sentence 3.1.4.2.(1).

                                                                                                    2.2.1.14.        Fabrics and Films
                                                                                                                        1) Fabrics and films used in connection with tents and air-supported structures shall
                                                                                                                     conform to CAN/ULC-S109, “Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant
                                                                                                                     Fabrics and Films.”

                                                                                                    2.2.1.15.        Electrical Wiring and Equipment
                                                                                                                         1) The installation of electrical wiring and electrical equipment shall conform
                                                                                                                     to the requirements of
                                                                                                                         a) provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
                                                                                                                         b) CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” in the absence of the
                                                                                                                             regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).
                                                                                                                        2) Electrical wiring installed in a concealed space shall be enclosed in rigid conduit
                                                                                                                     or otherwise protected against damage. (See Note A-2.2.1.15.(2).)

                                                                                                    2.2.1.16.        Wires and Cables
                                                                                                                         1) Wires and cables installed in farm buildings shall conform to Article 3.1.4.3.

                                                                                                    2.2.1.17.        Occupant Load
                                                                                                                        1) If a floor area or part of a floor area has been designed for an occupant load other
                                                                                                                     than that prescribed in Sentence 1.3.3.6.(1) of Division A or this Part, a permanent sign
                                                                                                                     indicating that occupant load shall be posted in a conspicuous location.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.           Building Size and Construction Relative to Major
                                                                                                                     Occupancy
                                                                                                    2.2.2.1.         Farm Buildings with Multiple Agricultural Major Occupancies
                                                                                                                        1) In a farm building containing more than one agricultural major occupancy
                                                                                                                     classified in more than one Division, the building height and building area of the entire
                                                                                                                     farm building shall be used in determining the construction requirements and the fire
                                                                                                                     safety requirements for each of the major occupancies.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.2.         Exceptions in Determining Building Height
                                                                                                                        1) The space above a mezzanine need not be considered as a storey, provided the
                                                                                                                     conditions of Sentence 3.2.1.1.(3), (4), (5) or (7) are met.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 2-5
                                                                                                    2.2.2.3.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                        2) Platforms conforming to Sentence 3.2.1.1.(6) need not be considered as a storey.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.3.         Group G, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Limited Area, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group G, Division 1 is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                     construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
                                                                                                                        a) the building is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) the building is not more than 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                         c) the building has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                i) 4 800 m2, if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                               ii) 2 400 m2, if 2 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                              iii) 1 600 m2, if 3 storeys in building height,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        d) floor assemblies, including the floor assembly immediately above a basement,
                                                                                                                            are fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                        e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches have a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                            than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.4.         Group G, Division 1, One Storey

                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group G, Division 1 is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                     construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
                                                                                                                        a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
                                                                                                                        b) except as provided in Sentence (2), it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                            2 400 m2.

                                                                                                                        2) Where the building referred to in Sentence (1) is a farm building housing livestock
                                                                                                                     with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure, the building is permitted to have a
                                                                                                                     building area of any size.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.5.         Group G, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group G, Division 2 of any building height or building
                                                                                                                     area is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used
                                                                                                                     singly or in combination, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the building is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) floor assemblies are fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than
                                                                                                                             45 min, and
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches have a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.6.         Group G, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys, Any Area

                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group G, Division 2 of any building area is permitted
                                                                                                                     to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in
                                                                                                                     combination, provided the building is not more than 3 storeys in building height.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.7.         Group G, Division 3, One Storey, Any Area

                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group G, Division 3 of any building area is permitted
                                                                                                                     to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in
                                                                                                                     combination, provided the building is not more than 1 storey in building height.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.8.         Group G, Division 4, Any Height, Any Area

                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group G, Division 4 of any building height or building
                                                                                                                     area is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction, used
                                                                                                                     singly or in combination.




                                                                                                    2-6 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               2.2.3.5.

                                                                                                    2.2.3.           Fire Alarm and Detection Systems

                                                                                                    2.2.3.1.         Determination of Requirement for a Fire Alarm System

                                                                                                                        1) A fire alarm system complying with Sentence (2) shall be installed in a building
                                                                                                                     that is not sprinklered throughout and that
                                                                                                                         a) contains a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy with an occupant load more
                                                                                                                             than 25, or
                                                                                                                        b) contains a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy
                                                                                                                                i) with an occupant load more than 150,
                                                                                                                               ii) in a building more than 1 storey in building height, or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              iii) in a building with a basement used for a purpose other than
                                                                                                                                   the housing of service equipment.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the fire alarm system required
                                                                                                                     by Sentence (1) shall comply with Articles 3.2.4.2., 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.5. and 3.2.4.17. and
                                                                                                                     Sentences 3.2.4.9.(1) and (4).

                                                                                                    2.2.3.2.         Types of Fire Alarm Systems

                                                                                                                         1) The fire alarm system required by Sentence 2.2.3.1.(1) shall be
                                                                                                                         a) a single-stage system in a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy, and
                                                                                                                         b) a single- or 2-stage system in a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy.

                                                                                                    2.2.3.3.         Design of Fire Alarm Systems

                                                                                                                         1) Where a fire alarm system is required by Sentence 2.2.3.1.(1),
                                                                                                                         a) the air-handling system, where provided, shall be designed to prevent the
                                                                                                                            circulation of smoke upon a signal from a duct-type smoke detector if the
                                                                                                                            air-handling system serves more than 1 storey, and
                                                                                                                         b) a manual station shall be installed in every floor area near every exit.

                                                                                                    2.2.3.4.         Fire Alarm Signals

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the fire alarm system required by
                                                                                                                     Sentence 2.2.3.1.(1) shall include
                                                                                                                        a) audible signal devices conforming to Sentences 3.2.4.18.(1) to (4), (7)
                                                                                                                            and (11),
                                                                                                                        b) an audible alarm signal device with a sound pressure level not less than
                                                                                                                            110 dBA installed on the exterior of the farm building, and
                                                                                                                        c) visible signal devices installed in any floor area in which
                                                                                                                               i) the ambient noise level is more than 87 dBA,
                                                                                                                              ii) the occupants use ear protection devices, or
                                                                                                                             iii) the occupants are located in sound-insulating enclosures.

                                                                                                                        2) The visible signal devices required by Clause (1)(c) shall be installed so that the
                                                                                                                     signal from at least one device is visible throughout the floor area or portion thereof in
                                                                                                                     which they are installed. (See Note A-3.2.4.19.(3).)

                                                                                                                        3) The audible alarm signal devices referred to in Clauses (1)(a) and (b) need not
                                                                                                                     be provided in areas where animals are present, provided that visible signal devices
                                                                                                                     are installed in accordance with Sentence (2).

                                                                                                    2.2.3.5.         Silencing of Alarm Signals

                                                                                                                         1) The fire alarm system required by Sentence 2.2.3.1.(1) shall
                                                                                                                         a) be designed so that when an alarm signal is actuated, it cannot be silenced
                                                                                                                            automatically before a period of time has elapsed that is not less than
                                                                                                                            20 min, and
                                                                                                                         b) not incorporate manual silencing switches other than those installed inside
                                                                                                                            the fire alarm control unit.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 2-7
                                                                                                    2.2.3.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    2.2.3.6.         Electrical Supervision
                                                                                                                        1) Where an automatic sprinkler system is provided, it shall be electrically
                                                                                                                     supervised to indicate a supervisory signal on a fire alarm system annunciator or a
                                                                                                                     sprinkler system annunciator for each condition described in Sentence 3.2.4.9.(3).

                                                                                                    2.2.3.7.         Fire Detectors
                                                                                                                        1) Where a fire alarm system is required in a farm building in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Sentence 2.2.3.1.(1), fire detectors shall be
                                                                                                                        a) except as provided in Sentence (2), installed throughout the farm building,
                                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                                        b) connected to the fire alarm system.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) The fire detectors referred to in Sentence (1) need not be provided within floor
                                                                                                                     areas that are sprinklered.

                                                                                                    2.2.4.           Provisions for Firefighting
                                                                                                    2.2.4.1.         Fire Department Access to Buildings
                                                                                                                       1) Access for fire department equipment shall be provided to each farm building by
                                                                                                                     means of a street, private roadway or yard.
                                                                                                                         2) Where access to a farm building as required in Sentence (1) is provided by means
                                                                                                                     of a roadway or yard, the design and location of such roadway or yard shall take into
                                                                                                                     account connection with public thoroughfares, weight of firefighting equipment, width
                                                                                                                     of roadway, radius of curves, overhead clearance, location of fire hydrants, location
                                                                                                                     of fire department connections and vehicular parking.

                                                                                                    2.2.4.2.         Automatic Sprinkler Systems
                                                                                                                        1) Where an automatic sprinkler system is provided, it shall conform to
                                                                                                                     Article 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                                         2) Where a fire pump is installed as part of the automatic sprinkler system referred
                                                                                                                     to in Sentence (1), it shall conform to Article 3.2.5.18.
                                                                                                                        3) The automatic sprinkler system referred to in Sentence (1) shall be equipped
                                                                                                                     with waterflow-detecting devices that are
                                                                                                                        a) installed in accordance with Sentence 3.2.4.15.(1), and
                                                                                                                        b) connected to
                                                                                                                              i) the fire alarm system, where provided, so that, upon its
                                                                                                                                 actuation, an alert signal or an alarm signal is initiated, or
                                                                                                                             ii) an audible signal device, where a fire alarm system is not
                                                                                                                                 provided.

                                                                                                    2.2.4.3.         Portable Fire Extinguishers
                                                                                                                        1) Portable extinguishers shall be provided and installed in accordance with
                                                                                                                        a) provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
                                                                                                                        b) the NFC, in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).

                                                                                                    2.2.5.           Emergency Lighting
                                                                                                    2.2.5.1.         Minimum Lighting Requirements
                                                                                                                        1) Where lighting is provided in a farm building, emergency lighting shall be
                                                                                                                     provided to an average level of illumination not less than 10 lx at floor or tread level in
                                                                                                                        a) exits, and
                                                                                                                        b) principal routes providing access to exit in open floor areas and in service rooms.
                                                                                                                        2) The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentence (1) shall be 1 lx.
                                                                                                                        3) An emergency power supply shall be
                                                                                                                        a) provided to maintain the emergency lighting required by Sentence (1) from
                                                                                                                           a power source such as batteries or generators that will continue to supply


                                                                                                    2-8 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             2.2.6.4.

                                                                                                                            power in the event that the regular power supply to the farm building is
                                                                                                                            interrupted, and
                                                                                                                         b) designed and installed such that, upon failure of the regular power, it will
                                                                                                                            assume the electrical load automatically for a period of 30 min.

                                                                                                    2.2.6.           Safety within Farm Buildings
                                                                                                    2.2.6.1.         Means of Egress
                                                                                                                         1) Means of egress complying with this Subsection shall be provided from every
                                                                                                                     floor area containing a Group G, Division 1, 2 or 3 major occupancy.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) If a platform or contained open space is provided, egress requirements shall
                                                                                                                     conform to the appropriate requirements of Article 2.2.6.2. for rooms.
                                                                                                                        3) Means of egress from roofs shall be provided in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.3.1.3.(3).
                                                                                                                        4) Means of egress from rooftop enclosures shall be provided in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Sentences 3.3.1.3.(5) and (6).

                                                                                                    2.2.6.2.         Egress Doorways
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), at least one egress doorway shall be
                                                                                                                     provided from every room.
                                                                                                                        2) A minimum of 2 egress doorways located so that one doorway could provide
                                                                                                                     egress from the room as required by Article 2.2.6.3. if the other doorway becomes
                                                                                                                     inaccessible to the occupants due to a fire originating in the room, shall be provided
                                                                                                                     for every room
                                                                                                                         a) that is used for a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy, other than one
                                                                                                                             housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure, where
                                                                                                                             the area of the room is more than
                                                                                                                                i) 15 m2, in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, or
                                                                                                                               ii) 30 m2, in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout and contains a Group G,
                                                                                                                             Division 1 major occupancy housing livestock with a below-floor storage area
                                                                                                                             for liquid manure or a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy, where
                                                                                                                                i) the area of the room is more than 200 m2, or
                                                                                                                               ii) the travel distance within the room to the nearest egress
                                                                                                                                    doorway is more than 15 m, or
                                                                                                                         c) in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout and contains a Group G,
                                                                                                                            Division 1 major occupancy housing livestock with a below-floor storage area
                                                                                                                             for liquid manure or a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy, where
                                                                                                                                i) the area of the room is more than 300 m2, or
                                                                                                                               ii) the travel distance within the room to the nearest egress
                                                                                                                                    doorway is more than 25 m.
                                                                                                                        3) Where 2 egress doorways are required by Sentence (2), they shall be placed at a
                                                                                                                     distance from one another equal to or greater than one third of the maximum overall
                                                                                                                     diagonal dimension of the area to be served, measured as the shortest distance that
                                                                                                                     smoke would have to travel between the nearest required egress doorways.

                                                                                                    2.2.6.3.         Travel Distance
                                                                                                                        1) If more than one egress doorway is required from a room referred to in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 2.2.6.2.(2), the travel distance within the room to the nearest egress doorway
                                                                                                                     shall not exceed the maximum travel distance specified in Article 2.2.7.5. for exits.

                                                                                                    2.2.6.4.         Headroom Clearance
                                                                                                                         1) Except within a service space, the minimum headroom clearance in every access
                                                                                                                     to exit shall conform to the requirements of Article 3.4.3.4. for exits.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 2-9
                                                                                                    2.2.6.5.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    2.2.6.5.          Access to Exits

                                                                                                                         1) The minimum width of an access to exit, including obstructions, shall be 750 mm.

                                                                                                                          2) A fuel-fired appliance shall not be installed in a corridor serving as an access to
                                                                                                                      exit.

                                                                                                    2.2.6.6.          Door Swing

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a door that provides access to exit from
                                                                                                                      a room shall
                                                                                                                          a) be a sliding door, or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          b) swing on its vertical axis.

                                                                                                                          2) A door that opens into a facility providing access to exit from a room that
                                                                                                                      is used for a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy, other than one housing livestock
                                                                                                                      with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure, shall swing on a vertical axis in
                                                                                                                      the direction of travel to the exit.

                                                                                                    2.2.6.7.          Doors and Door Hardware

                                                                                                                         1) A door that provides access to exit from a room shall
                                                                                                                         a) provide a clear opening of not less than 750 mm if there is only one door leaf,
                                                                                                                         b) in a doorway with multiple leaves, have the active leaf providing a clear
                                                                                                                            opening of not less than 750 mm,
                                                                                                                         c) not open onto a step, and
                                                                                                                         d) except as provided in Sentence (2), have a threshold not more than 13 mm
                                                                                                                            higher than the surrounding finished floor surface.

                                                                                                                          2) The door referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to have a threshold not more
                                                                                                                      than 100 mm higher than the surrounding finished floor surface, where the threshold
                                                                                                                      is used to confine
                                                                                                                          a) the spillage of liquids classified as dangerous goods within a room, or
                                                                                                                          b) animal litter within an animal containment area.

                                                                                                                         3) Door release hardware shall conform to Article 2.2.7.8.

                                                                                                    2.2.6.8.          Ramps and Stairways

                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), ramps and stairways that do not serve as
                                                                                                                      exits shall
                                                                                                                          a) be not less than 750 mm wide, and
                                                                                                                          b) conform to Articles 3.3.1.16., 3.4.3.4., 3.4.6.1. to 3.4.6.3., 3.4.6.8. and 3.4.6.9.

                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the maximum slope of a ramp shall be
                                                                                                                      1 in 6.

                                                                                                                         3) Ramps and stairways need not comply with Sentences (1) and (2), provided
                                                                                                                         a) they are intended only
                                                                                                                               i) for occasional use for servicing equipment and machinery,
                                                                                                                                  or
                                                                                                                              ii) for use as animal handling ramps, and
                                                                                                                         b) they do not serve as exits.

                                                                                                    2.2.6.9.          Floor Openings

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Article 2.2.6.10., floor openings shall be provided with
                                                                                                                      a cover at floor level that is capable of resisting the loads specified in Section 2.3. for
                                                                                                                      the adjacent area of floor.

                                                                                                                         2) Openings through the cover required by Sentence (1) shall be of a size that
                                                                                                                      prevents the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is more than 100 mm.


                                                                                                    2-10 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 2.2.7.3.

                                                                                                    2.2.6.10.        Guards
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), a guard not less than 1 070 mm high shall be
                                                                                                                     provided
                                                                                                                        a) around floor openings, where provision of a cover in accordance with
                                                                                                                           Sentence 2.2.6.9.(1) is not practical, and
                                                                                                                        b) at locations where the difference in elevation between two adjacent surfaces
                                                                                                                           is more than 600 mm.
                                                                                                                         2)   The guard required by Sentence (1) shall consist of
                                                                                                                         a)   a top railing,
                                                                                                                         b)   an intermediate rail located at the mid-height of the guard, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         c)   where tools or other objects could fall from an upper floor surface onto a
                                                                                                                              person on an adjacent lower surface, a toe board extending not less than
                                                                                                                              125 mm above the upper floor surface.
                                                                                                                         3)   Sentence (1) does not apply
                                                                                                                         a)   to vehicle repair pits,
                                                                                                                         b)   to loading docks, or
                                                                                                                         c)   where access is provided for maintenance purposes only.

                                                                                                    2.2.6.11.        Signage
                                                                                                                       1) Warning signs shall be installed in accordance with Subsection 2.14.2. of
                                                                                                                     Division B of the NFC.

                                                                                                    2.2.6.12.        Transparent Doors and Panels
                                                                                                                        1) A glass or transparent door shall be designed and constructed so that the
                                                                                                                     existence and position of the door is readily apparent, by attaching visually contrasting
                                                                                                                     hardware, bars or other permanent fixtures to it.
                                                                                                                       2) Transparent doors and panels shall conform to Sentences 3.3.1.20.(2), (3)
                                                                                                                     and (6).
                                                                                                                        3) Transparent panels used in a door that provides access to exit that, because of
                                                                                                                     their physical configuration or design, could be mistaken as a means of egress shall be
                                                                                                                     made inaccessible by barriers or railings.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.           Exits
                                                                                                    2.2.7.1.         Exit Facilities
                                                                                                                        1) Exit facilities complying with this Subsection shall be provided from every floor
                                                                                                                     area containing a Group G, Division 1, 2 or 3 major occupancy. (See Note A-2.2.7.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    2.2.7.2.         Types of Exits
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-2.2.7.2.)
                                                                                                                         1) An exit from any floor area shall be one of the following:
                                                                                                                         a) an exterior doorway conforming to Sentences 2.2.7.6.(1) and (2) and
                                                                                                                            Articles 2.2.7.7., 2.2.7.8. and 3.4.6.11.,
                                                                                                                         b) an openable window or panel conforming to Sentence 2.2.7.6.(3), or
                                                                                                                         c) an exit facility listed in Article 3.4.1.4. that conforms to Articles 3.4.1.5.,
                                                                                                                            3.4.1.6. and 3.4.6.10., Sentence 3.4.2.2.(1) and Subsection 3.4.4.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.3.         Minimum Number of Exits
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided by Sentences (2) and (3), every floor area shall be served
                                                                                                                     by at least 2 exits.
                                                                                                                        2) A floor area classified as a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy is permitted to be
                                                                                                                     served by a single exit, provided the floor area is not more than
                                                                                                                        a) 10 m2, where the floor area is not sprinklered throughout, or
                                                                                                                        b) 20 m2, where the floor area is sprinklered throughout.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 2-11
                                                                                                    2.2.7.4.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         3) A floor area classified as a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy is permitted
                                                                                                                      to be served by a single exit, provided the floor area is not more than
                                                                                                                          a) 200 m2, where the floor area is not sprinklered throughout, or
                                                                                                                          b) 300 m2, where the floor area is sprinklered throughout.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.4.          Distance between Exits
                                                                                                                        1) The minimum distance between 2 exits from a floor area shall be one half the
                                                                                                                      maximum diagonal dimension of the floor area.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.5.          Location of Exits




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the travel distance to at least one exit
                                                                                                                      shall be not more than
                                                                                                                         a) 30 m, in a floor area that contains a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy,
                                                                                                                              other than one housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid
                                                                                                                              manure,
                                                                                                                         b) 60 m, in a floor area that contains a Group G, Division 1 major occupancy
                                                                                                                              housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure,
                                                                                                                         c) 60 m, in a floor area that contains a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy
                                                                                                                              and that is not sprinklered throughout, and
                                                                                                                         d) 90 m, in a floor area that contains a Group G, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy
                                                                                                                              and that is sprinklered throughout.
                                                                                                                         2) A floor area containing a Group G, Division 3 major occupancy need not comply
                                                                                                                      with Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                         a) exits are placed not more than 60 m apart along the perimeter of the floor
                                                                                                                             area, and
                                                                                                                         b) each main aisle in the floor area
                                                                                                                                i) leads directly to an exit in at least two opposite directions,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                               ii) has a minimum width of 750 mm.
                                                                                                                         3) Exits shall be located and arranged in conformance with Sentence 3.4.2.5.(3).

                                                                                                    2.2.7.6.          Width and Height of Exits
                                                                                                                         1) The minimum clear width of an exterior doorway used as an exit shall be
                                                                                                                      750 mm.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the minimum headroom clearance in every
                                                                                                                      exit shall conform to Article 3.4.3.4.
                                                                                                                         3) An openable window or panel used as an exit shall have
                                                                                                                         a) an opening not less than 900 mm by 550 mm, and
                                                                                                                         b) a fire escape or stair, where required by Article 2.2.7.9.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.7.          Direction of Exit Door Swing
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), every exit door shall
                                                                                                                         a) open in the direction of exit travel, and
                                                                                                                         b) swing on its vertical axis.
                                                                                                                         2) Exit doors that serve a Group G, Division 2 major occupancy housing animals
                                                                                                                      need not conform to Clause (1)(a).

                                                                                                    2.2.7.8.          Exit Door Hardware
                                                                                                                         1) Door release hardware on exit doors shall
                                                                                                                         a) be operable with one hand,
                                                                                                                         b) permit the door to be readily opened from the inside with not more than
                                                                                                                            one releasing operation and without requiring keys, special devices or
                                                                                                                            specialized knowledge of the door-opening mechanism, and
                                                                                                                         c) be installed not more than 1 200 mm above the finished floor.


                                                                                                    2-12 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              2.2.8.3.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.9.         Exit Stairs and Fire Escapes
                                                                                                                        1) Where an exterior doorway used as an exit is more than 300 mm above adjacent
                                                                                                                     ground level, a stair or fire escape shall be provided.
                                                                                                                        2) Where the bottom of an openable window or panel used as an exit is more than
                                                                                                                     2 500 mm above adjacent ground level, a stair or fire escape shall be provided.
                                                                                                                       3) Fire escapes required by Sentences (1) and (2) shall conform to Articles 3.4.7.2.
                                                                                                                     and 3.4.7.4. to 3.4.7.7.
                                                                                                                       4) Exit stairs shall conform to Clause 3.4.6.1.(1)(a) and Articles 3.4.6.3. to 3.4.6.6.
                                                                                                                     and 3.4.6.8.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         5) The minimum width of exit stairs shall be 900 mm.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.10.        Exit Signs
                                                                                                                       1) Farm buildings shall comply with the requirements for exit signs stated in
                                                                                                                     Subsection 3.4.5.

                                                                                                    2.2.8.           Hazardous Substances, Processes and Equipment
                                                                                                    2.2.8.1.         General
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), the storage, handling and use of
                                                                                                                     hazardous substances shall be in conformance with
                                                                                                                        a) provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
                                                                                                                        b) in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a), the NFC.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.3.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Farm buildings or parts of farm buildings used for the storage, handling, use and
                                                                                                                     processing of dangerous goods shall comply with Articles 3.3.6.1. to 3.3.6.7.
                                                                                                                        3) The production, handling, storage and utilization of biogas shall be in
                                                                                                                     conformance with ANSI/CSA-B149.6, “Code for digester gas, landfill gas, and biogas
                                                                                                                     generation and utilization.”
                                                                                                                        4) Where Article 3.2.9.1. of Division B of the NFC applies due to the quantity and
                                                                                                                     nature of the stored product, farm buildings used for the storage of ammonium nitrate
                                                                                                                     shall
                                                                                                                        a) be classified as Group G, Division 2 major occupancies, and
                                                                                                                        b) comply with Sentences 3.3.6.6.(2) to (6).
                                                                                                                        5) Systems for the ventilation of cooking equipment that is used in processes
                                                                                                                     producing grease-laden vapours shall be designed and installed in conformance with
                                                                                                                     Articles 3.6.3.5., 6.3.1.6. and 6.9.1.3. (See Note A-3.3.1.2.(2).)

                                                                                                    2.2.8.2.         Exhaust Ventilation and Explosion Venting
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), an exhaust ventilation system designed in
                                                                                                                     conformance with the appropriate requirements of Section 2.4. shall be provided in a
                                                                                                                     farm building or part of a farm building in which dust, fumes, gases, vapours or other
                                                                                                                     impurities or contaminants have the potential to create a fire or explosion hazard.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), farm buildings shall comply with
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.3.1.21.(3).
                                                                                                                        3) Farm buildings housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid
                                                                                                                     manure need not comply with Sentences (1) and (2), provided they comply with
                                                                                                                     Article 2.2.8.3. (See Note A-2.2.8.2.(3).)

                                                                                                    2.2.8.3.         Below-Floor Storage Areas for Liquid Manure
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-2.2.8.3.)
                                                                                                                       1) Farm buildings housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid
                                                                                                                     manure shall be provided with a ventilation system conforming to Subsection 2.4.2.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 2-13
                                                                                                    2.2.8.4.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Where the ventilation system required by Sentence (1) relies on electrical
                                                                                                                      power for normal operation, it shall be provided with an emergency power supply
                                                                                                                      conforming to Sentence (3).
                                                                                                                         3) The emergency power supply required by Sentence (2) shall be
                                                                                                                         a) supplied from a generator, batteries or a combination thereof,
                                                                                                                         b) equipped with audible and visible trouble indicators,
                                                                                                                         c) capable of operating the trouble indicators for not less than 24 h,
                                                                                                                         d) capable of operating the ventilation system under full load for not less than
                                                                                                                            2 h, and
                                                                                                                         e) designed so that, in the event of a failure of the normal power source to the
                                                                                                                            farm building, there is an immediate automatic transfer to emergency power.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         4) Where a fuel-fired engine or turbine for the emergency power supply required
                                                                                                                      by Sentence (2) is dependent on a fuel supply located outside the farm building, the fuel
                                                                                                                      supply shall be provided with a shut-off valve in conformance with Article 3.2.7.7.
                                                                                                                          5) Where exhaust piping for the emergency power supply required by Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                      penetrates a required fire separation, the piping shall be enclosed in a service space
                                                                                                                      that is separated from the remainder of the farm building by a fire separation having
                                                                                                                      a fire-resistance rating not less than that of the penetrated fire separation, but not less
                                                                                                                      than 45 min.

                                                                                                    2.2.8.4.          Welding and Cutting
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), welding and cutting operations shall be
                                                                                                                      carried out in a room conforming to Sentence 3.3.1.26.(1). (See Note A-2.2.8.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Sentence (1) need not apply to agricultural occupancies where the welding and
                                                                                                                      cutting operations do not present a fire or explosion hazard to adjacent areas.

                                                                                                    2.2.8.5.          Liquid Manure Storage Tanks and Piping Systems
                                                                                                                         1) This Article does not apply to below-floor storage areas for liquid manure.
                                                                                                                         2) Access covers for liquid manure storage tanks shall be designed in accordance
                                                                                                                      with Section 2.3. to support the imposed loads.
                                                                                                                         3) Access covers for liquid manure storage tanks that weigh less than 20 kg shall
                                                                                                                      be equipped with locking devices.
                                                                                                                         4) Ladders shall not be installed on closed liquid manure storage tanks.
                                                                                                                         5) Liquid manure storage tanks without a cover that are located outdoors shall
                                                                                                                      be surrounded by a permanent safety fence or wall that
                                                                                                                          a) extends not less than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level,
                                                                                                                          b) is adequately secured at ground level, and
                                                                                                                          c) has gates with latches.
                                                                                                                         6) Where an access point for filling, agitation, emptying or a similar operation is
                                                                                                                      provided for a liquid manure storage tank described in Sentence (5), a curb or barrier
                                                                                                                      shall be installed between the access point and the storage tank that is
                                                                                                                         a) not less than 450 mm high, or
                                                                                                                         b) of sufficient height to prevent unintended vehicle entry.

                                                                                                    2.2.8.6.          Gas Traps or Valves
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-2.2.8.6.)
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), where storage tanks for liquids capable
                                                                                                                      of releasing hazardous gases or vapours are connected to a farm building by a piping
                                                                                                                      system, a gas trap or valve shall be installed in the piping system to prevent such gases
                                                                                                                      or vapours from entering the farm building.
                                                                                                                         2) Where storage tanks for liquid manure are connected to a farm building by a
                                                                                                                      piping system, a pull plug is permitted to be installed in the piping system to prevent
                                                                                                                      hazardous gases and vapours from entering the farm building.


                                                                                                    2-14 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 2.3.2.1.

                                                                                                    2.2.8.7.         Dangerous Goods Storage

                                                                                                                        1) The storage of dangerous goods in packages or containers in farm buildings or
                                                                                                                     parts of farm buildings shall comply with Parts 3 and 4 of Division B of the NFC.

                                                                                                    2.2.8.8.         Pesticide Storage Areas

                                                                                                                        1) In addition to the requirements of Article 2.2.8.7., pesticide storage areas in farm
                                                                                                                     buildings shall be designed in conformance with this Article.

                                                                                                                         2) Pesticide storage areas shall be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) ventilated with outdoor air in accordance with Subsection 2.4.2. by
                                                                                                                            dedicated natural or mechanical means at a rate sufficient to prevent the
                                                                                                                            accumulation of dangerous goods classified as toxic or flammable gases,
                                                                                                                         b) accessible only from the outdoors, and
                                                                                                                         c) secured against unauthorized entry.

                                                                                                                         3)   Floors of pesticide storage areas shall
                                                                                                                         a)   be constructed of concrete or other impervious material,
                                                                                                                         b)   not have a floor drain, and
                                                                                                                         c)   be provided with a curb at the perimeter of the storage area that is
                                                                                                                                 i) designed to contain accidental spillage of the largest
                                                                                                                                    container in the storage area, and
                                                                                                                                ii) not less than 50 mm high.

                                                                                                                         4) Pesticide storage areas shall be separated from
                                                                                                                         a) food, feed and water supplies,
                                                                                                                         b) other occupancies by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                            than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         c) other buildings by a limiting distance not less than 6 m.


                                                                                                    Section 2.3. Structural Loads and Procedures
                                                                                                    2.3.1.           Structural Design Requirements

                                                                                                    2.3.1.1.         General

                                                                                                                        1) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the structural design of farm
                                                                                                                     buildings shall conform to Part 4. (See Note A-2.3.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                       2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), farm buildings shall be classified in the Low
                                                                                                                     Importance Category as described in Table 4.1.2.1.

                                                                                                                       3) Liquid manure storage tanks shall be classified in the Normal Importance
                                                                                                                     Category as described in Table 4.1.2.1.

                                                                                                                        4) In lieu of the requirements of Article 4.2.2.1., a subsurface investigation of the
                                                                                                                     farm building site is permitted to be carried out by a suitably qualified person prior to
                                                                                                                     or during construction.

                                                                                                    2.3.2.           Loads Due to Use and Occupancy

                                                                                                    2.3.2.1.         Loads Supported on a Floor or Suspended from a Ceiling

                                                                                                                        1) In addition to the requirements of Article 4.1.5.3., the specified live load
                                                                                                                     supported on a floor or suspended from a ceiling shall be not less than the applicable
                                                                                                                     value listed in Table 2.3.2.1.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 2-15
                                                                                                    2.3.2.2.                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                                                         Table 2.3.2.1.
                                                                                                                                       Minimum Specified Live Loads on a Floor or Ceiling
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 2.3.2.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                Minimum Specified Live Load on Area        Minimum Specified Live Load on Floor
                                                                                                                  Type of Load
                                                                                                                                                      of Floor or Ceiling, kPa                        Slats, kN/m
                                                                                                    Cattle                                                      5.0                                        4.5
                                                                                                    Sheep                                                       2.5                                        2.0
                                                                                                    Swine                                                       3.5                                        2.5
                                                                                                    Horses                                                      5.0                                         –




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Poultry                                                     2.0                                         –
                                                                                                    Greenhouses                                                 2.5                                         –


                                                                                                    2.3.2.2.          Poultry Manure
                                                                                                                         1) Areas designed for the accumulation of poultry manure, such as solid floors
                                                                                                                      and dropping pits under a wire floor, slotted floor or cage, shall be designed for a
                                                                                                                      specified live load of not less than 1 kPa for each 100 mm depth of manure.
                                                                                                                         2) Where machinery or vehicles not exceeding 1 000 kg in gross weight are used
                                                                                                                      for manure clean-out in a poultry barn, the barn floor shall be designed for a specified
                                                                                                                      two-wheel live load of not less than 6 kN in addition to the specified live load prescribed
                                                                                                                      in Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    2.3.2.3.          Stored Products
                                                                                                                         1) Floors supporting stored products shall be designed for the specified live
                                                                                                                      load due to their intended use and occupancy, but not for less than 5 kPa. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-2.3.2.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    2.3.2.4.          Farm Machinery and Vehicles
                                                                                                                        1) The specified uniformly distributed live load on an area of floor used for farm
                                                                                                                      machinery or vehicles shall be
                                                                                                                        a) for farm machinery and vehicles not exceeding 4 000 kg in gross weight,
                                                                                                                            not less than 2.4 kPa,
                                                                                                                        b) for farm machinery and vehicles exceeding 4 000 kg but not exceeding
                                                                                                                            9 000 kg in gross weight, not less than 6 kPa, and
                                                                                                                         c) for farm machinery and vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg in gross weight, not
                                                                                                                            less than 12 kPa.
                                                                                                                         2) The specified live load due to possible concentrations of load resulting from the
                                                                                                                      use of an area of floor for farm machinery or vehicles shall comply with Article 4.1.5.9.
                                                                                                                         3) Where an area of floor is used for processing or for loading or unloading of
                                                                                                                      vehicles, the minimum specified live loads prescribed in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be
                                                                                                                      increased by 50% for the area.

                                                                                                    2.3.2.5.          Liquid Manure Storage Tanks
                                                                                                                         1) Tops of liquid manure storage tanks that are accessible to vehicular traffic or
                                                                                                                      used as a floor in a farm building shall be designed for the loads due to their intended
                                                                                                                      use and occupancy.
                                                                                                                         2) Tops of liquid manure storage tanks that are located outdoors but not exposed
                                                                                                                      to vehicular traffic shall be designed for the dead load plus the snow and rain loads
                                                                                                                      prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6. or for the dead load plus 2 kPa, whichever produces
                                                                                                                      the most critical effect.
                                                                                                                         3) Walls and partitions of liquid manure storage tanks shall be designed for
                                                                                                                         a) an internal lateral pressure based on an equivalent fluid density of 10 kN/m3
                                                                                                                            for liquid manure, and
                                                                                                                         b) the anticipated internal lateral ice pressure.


                                                                                                    2-16 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            2.3.4.1.

                                                                                                                     (See Note A-2.3.2.5.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) Vertical external walls of liquid manure storage tanks located below ground
                                                                                                                     level shall be designed for
                                                                                                                         a) the anticipated lateral earth pressure, which shall not be used to reduce
                                                                                                                             the effects of the internal lateral pressures specified in Sentence (3) (see
                                                                                                                             Note A-2.3.2.5.(4)(a)), and
                                                                                                                        b) a lateral surcharge load of 5 kPa, applied uniformly below ground level,
                                                                                                                             where earth within 1.5 m of the walls is subject to vehicular loads.
                                                                                                                        5) Concrete used for liquid manure storage tanks shall conform to the appropriate
                                                                                                                     exposure class of CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials and methods of concrete




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     construction.”
                                                                                                                        6) Liquid manure storage tank walls, bases and appurtenances, including
                                                                                                                     piping for the conveyance of liquid manure and associated connections and joints,
                                                                                                                     shall be designed and constructed to minimize leakage of liquid manure. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-2.3.2.5.(6).)

                                                                                                    2.3.3.           Loads Due to Snow
                                                                                                    2.3.3.1.         Unobstructed Slippery Roofs
                                                                                                                        1) For unobstructed slippery roofs of farm buildings with a roof slope, α, greater
                                                                                                                     than 15° but not greater than 60° from the horizontal, where snow and ice can slide
                                                                                                                     completely off the roof, the slope factor, Cs shall be calculated as follows:

                                                                                                                                                                   °
                                                                                                                                                                       °

                                                                                                                     (See Note A-2.3.3.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    2.3.3.2.         Roof Areas of Greenhouses
                                                                                                                        1) In a farm building classified as a Group G, Division 3 major occupancy where
                                                                                                                     heating and drainage systems are installed to prevent the accumulation of snow and
                                                                                                                     water, the supporting structure for the light-transmitting roof areas is permitted to be
                                                                                                                     designed for a specified roof snow load of not less than 1 kPa, provided
                                                                                                                        a) the heating system is capable of maintaining a minimum interior
                                                                                                                             temperature of 10°C throughout the farm building, and
                                                                                                                        b) an emergency power supply is provided that
                                                                                                                                i) is supplied from a power source such as batteries, a
                                                                                                                                   generator, or a combination thereof, and
                                                                                                                               ii) will continue to supply power to the heating system in the
                                                                                                                                   event that the regular power supply to the farm building is
                                                                                                                                   interrupted.

                                                                                                    2.3.4.           Loads Due to Earthquakes
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-2.3.4.)

                                                                                                    2.3.4.1.         Application Limitation
                                                                                                                        1) Farm buildings need not be designed for loads due to earthquakes in accordance
                                                                                                                     with Subsection 4.1.8. where
                                                                                                                        a) the Seismic Category is SC1, or
                                                                                                                        b) the Seismic Category is SC2, and the RdRo value of the seismic force resisting
                                                                                                                            system (SFRS) is equal to or greater than 3.0 (see Note A-2.3.4.1.(1)(b)).
                                                                                                                        2) For the purpose of Sentence (1), the Seismic Category is permitted to be
                                                                                                                     determined on the basis of IES(0.2) alone.
                                                                                                                        3) For the purpose of Sentences (1) and (2), the Seismic Category is permitted to
                                                                                                                     be determined by assigning Site Class D without carrying out a subsurface investigation.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 2-17
                                                                                                    2.4.1.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    Section 2.4. Heating, Ventilating and
                                                                                                    Air-Conditioning
                                                                                                    2.4.1.            General
                                                                                                    2.4.1.1.          Application
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), and except as otherwise provided in this
                                                                                                                      Section, systems and equipment for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning services
                                                                                                                      in farm buildings shall conform to Part 6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         2) Farm buildings need not comply with Articles 6.3.1.3. and 6.4.1.1. and
                                                                                                                      Sentences 6.3.2.8.(3) and 6.3.2.10.(13).

                                                                                                    2.4.2.            Ventilation
                                                                                                    2.4.2.1.          Required Ventilation
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the rates at which outdoor air is supplied
                                                                                                                      in farm buildings by ventilation systems shall be in accordance with good engineering
                                                                                                                      practice as described in Article 6.2.1.1. (See Note A-2.4.2.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, farm buildings containing a
                                                                                                                      Group G, Division 4 major occupancy need not comply with Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    2.4.2.2.          Greenhouses
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), where a fuel-fired appliance is installed in a
                                                                                                                      farm building containing a Group G, Division 3 major occupancy, separate combustion
                                                                                                                      air and flue systems shall be provided.
                                                                                                                         2) Sentence (1) need not apply where the fuel-fired appliance
                                                                                                                         a) is specifically designed as a generator of carbon dioxide for enrichment of
                                                                                                                            the atmosphere in the farm building, and
                                                                                                                         b) conforms to CSA B149.1, “Natural gas and propane installation code.”

                                                                                                    2.4.2.3.          Controlled-Atmosphere Storage Areas
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-2.4.2.3.)
                                                                                                                         1) This Article applies to controlled-atmosphere storage areas that, during storage
                                                                                                                      periods, contain an atmosphere with an oxygen content less than 19.5% or more than
                                                                                                                      23% by volume.
                                                                                                                         2) During storage periods, controlled-atmosphere storage areas need not comply
                                                                                                                      with Sentence 2.4.2.1.(1).
                                                                                                                         3) Prior to a controlled-atmosphere storage area being accessed after a storage
                                                                                                                      period and while the storage area is accessible between storage periods, the ventilation
                                                                                                                      system of the storage area shall
                                                                                                                          a) supply outdoor air to the storage area at a rate in accordance with
                                                                                                                             Sentence 2.4.2.1.(1), and
                                                                                                                         b) ensure that the atmosphere in the storage area has an oxygen content not
                                                                                                                             less than 19.5% and not more than 23% by volume.
                                                                                                                         4) A warning sign shall be provided at each entrance to a controlled-atmosphere
                                                                                                                      storage area in accordance with Sentence 2.14.2.1.(5) of Division B of the NFC.

                                                                                                    2.4.2.4.          Silos and Grain Storage Bins
                                                                                                                          1) Where an enclosed tower silo, horizontal silo, or grain storage bin is connected
                                                                                                                      to an adjacent feed room, mechanical exhaust ventilation shall be provided to remove
                                                                                                                      air from the lowest floor level of the feed room to the outdoors at a rate not less than
                                                                                                                      3 air changes per hour.


                                                                                                    2-18 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                              2.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                           2) The ventilation system of the farm building in which the feed room referred to in
                                                                                                                        Sentence (1) is located shall be designed to prevent airflow from the feed room to any
                                                                                                                        other part of the floor area of the farm building.
                                                                                                                           3) Enclosed horizontal silos shall be ventilated by
                                                                                                                            a) openings at roof or eave level with an area not less than 1% of the floor area
                                                                                                                               of the silo that consist of
                                                                                                                                   i) a continuous ridge opening,
                                                                                                                                  ii) openings in both gable ends, or
                                                                                                                                 iii) openings in the eaves on each side of the roof, and
                                                                                                                           b) openings at floor level with an area not less than 1% of the floor area of the
                                                                                                                               silo (see Note A-2.4.2.4.(3)(b)).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-2.4.2.4.(3).)

                                                                                                    2.4.2.5.            Below-Floor Storage of Liquid Manure
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-2.4.2.5.) (See also Note A-2.2.8.3.)
                                                                                                                           1) Farm buildings housing livestock with below-floor storage of liquid manure
                                                                                                                        shall be provided with a ventilation system that supplies outdoor air at a rate that is
                                                                                                                           a) sufficient to limit the concentrations of dangerous goods classified as
                                                                                                                                flammable gases to not more than 25% of their lower explosive limit,
                                                                                                                           b) sufficient to limit the concentrations of dangerous goods classified as
                                                                                                                                toxic gases to those permitted in the applicable provincial or territorial
                                                                                                                                regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or
                                                                                                                                bylaws, in the ACGIH's “Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended
                                                                                                                                Practice for Design,” and
                                                                                                                            c) not less than 2 air changes per hour.
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-2.4.2.5.(1).)

                                                                                                    2.4.3.              Heating Appliances
                                                                                                    2.4.3.1.            Location of Appliances
                                                                                                                            1) Fuel-fired heating appliances shall be located and separated from the remainder
                                                                                                                        of the farm building in conformance with Article 2.2.1.9.


                                                                                                    Section 2.5. Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    2.5.1.              Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    2.5.1.1.            Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                                            1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                        Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed
                                                                                                                        to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements
                                                                                                                        listed in Table 2.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                          Table 2.5.1.1.                                                 Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 2                    Provision              Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 2.5.1.1.(1)                (3)         [F03-OS1.2]

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)    2.2.1.5. Fire Separations and Closures

                                                                                                    2.2.1.2. Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations                  (1)         [F03-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                        2.2.1.7. Firewalls

                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2]                                        (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.5]

                                                                                                    2.2.1.4. Separation of Occupancies                              (2)         [F03-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.5]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                        2.2.1.8. Fire Blocks
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F03-OS1.2]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                        Division B 2-19
                                                                                                    2.5.1.1.                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued)                                     Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                        2.2.3.6. Electrical Supervision
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                        (1)         [F82-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2]                                        2.2.3.7. Fire Detectors
                                                                                                    2.2.1.9. Additional Fire Separations                            (1)         (a) [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                    (b) [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (3)          (a) [F02-OS1.2]                                    (2)         [F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (b) [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                2.2.4.1. Fire Department Access to Buildings
                                                                                                    (4)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                    (1)         [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                    (2)         [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    2.2.1.10. Determination of Fire-Resistance Ratings              2.2.4.2. Automatic Sprinkler Systems
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                        (3)         [F11-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OS1.3]                                        2.2.4.3. Portable Fire Extinguishers
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                        (1)         [F02,F12,F81-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OS1.3]                                        2.2.5.1. Minimum Lighting Requirements
                                                                                                    2.2.1.12. Flame-Spread Rating                                   (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                                [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                    (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    2.2.1.13. Foamed Plastics                                                   [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]                            (3)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    2.2.1.14. Fabrics and Films                                                 [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                        2.2.6.2. Egress Doorways
                                                                                                    2.2.1.15. Electrical Wiring and Equipment                       (1)         [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1] [F81-OS1.1]                            (2)         [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS1.4]                                        (3)         [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F32-OS3.3]                                        2.2.6.3. Travel Distance
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OS1.1]                                        (1)         [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS1.4]                                        2.2.6.5. Access to Exits
                                                                                                    2.2.1.17. Occupant Load                                         (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS1.5]                                                    [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    2.2.3.1. Determination of Requirement for a Fire Alarm System   (2)         [F43-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]                      2.2.6.6. Door Swing
                                                                                                    2.2.3.2. Types of Fire Alarm Systems                            (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F11-OS1.5]                                                    [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    2.2.3.3. Design of Fire Alarm Systems                           (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F03-OS1.2]                                    2.2.6.7. Doors and Door Hardware
                                                                                                                 (b) [F11-OS1.2]                                    (1)         (a),(b),(c) [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    2.2.3.4. Fire Alarm Signals                                                 (d) [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          (b),(c) [F11-OS1.5]                                (2)         (a) [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F11-OS1.5]                                                    (b) [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F11-OS1.5]                                        2.2.6.8. Ramps and Stairways
                                                                                                    2.2.3.5. Silencing of Alarm Signals                             (1)         (a) [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F11-OS1.5] [F34,F81-OS1.5]                        (2)         [F30-OS3.1]




                                                                                                    2-20 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                          2.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    2.2.6.9. Floor Openings                                        (3)         (a) [F11-OS1.1,OS1.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS3.1]                                                   (b),(c) [F11-OS1.1,OS1.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1]                                                   (d) [F01,F02-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    2.2.6.10. Guards                                                           (e) [F01,F02-OS1.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1]                                       (4)         [F01,F02-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1]                                       (5)         [F03-OS1.2]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    2.2.6.12. Transparent Doors and Panels                         2.2.8.5. Liquid Manure Storage Tanks and Piping Systems
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           (3)         [F30,F34-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           (4)         [F34-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    2.2.7.3. Minimum Number of Exits                               (5)         [F34,F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10,F12-OS3.7]                                   (6)         [F34,F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F10,F12-OS1.5]                                   2.2.8.6. Gas Traps or Valves
                                                                                                    2.2.7.4. Distance between Exits                                (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS1.5]                                                   [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    2.2.7.5. Location of Exits                                     (2)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                   [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS1.5]                                       2.2.8.8. Pesticide Storage Areas
                                                                                                    2.2.7.6. Width and Height of Exits                             (2)         (a) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                   (a) [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10,F30-OS3.7]                                               (b),(c) [F34-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS1.5]                                       (3)         [F43,F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    2.2.7.7. Direction of Exit Door Swing                          (4)         [F43,F44,F46-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                   [F01,F02,F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS1.5]                                       2.3.2.2. Poultry Manure
                                                                                                    2.2.7.8. Exit Door Hardware                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                       (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS1.5]                                       2.3.2.3. Stored Products
                                                                                                    2.2.7.9. Exit Stairs and Fire Escapes                          (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                           2.3.2.4. Farm Machinery and Vehicles
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                       (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS1.5]                                       (3)         [F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.4]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                       2.3.2.5. Liquid Manure Storage Tanks
                                                                                                                 [F10,F12-OS1.5]                                   (1)         [F20-OS2.1] [F20-OS2.4]
                                                                                                    2.2.8.1. General                                               (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01,F02,F03-OS1.1,OS1.2]                         (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F43-OS3.4]                                       (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F43-OS1.1]                                       (5)         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F43-OS3.4]                                       (6)         [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    2.2.8.2. Exhaust Ventilation and Explosion Venting             2.3.3.1. Unobstructed Slippery Roofs
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]                                       (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    2.2.8.3. Below-Floor Storage Areas for Liquid Manure           2.3.3.2. Roof Areas of Greenhouses
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OS1.1]                                       (1)         [F20-OS2.1]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                    Division B 2-21
                                                                                                    2.5.1.1.                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                           Table 2.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                      Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                     2.4.2.2. Greenhouses
                                                                                                     (1)            [F44,F50-OS3.4]
                                                                                                     2.4.2.3. Controlled-Atmosphere Storage Areas
                                                                                                     (3)            [F50-OS3.4]
                                                                                                     (4)            [F50-OS3.4]
                                                                                                     2.4.2.4. Silos and Grain Storage Bins




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     (1)            [F50-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                    [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)            [F02,F44-OS1.2]
                                                                                                     (3)            [F50-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                    [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                     2.4.2.5. Below-Floor Storage of Liquid Manure
                                                                                                     (1)            (a) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                    (b) [F40-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                    (c) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                    (c) [F40-OS3.4]

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 2.5.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.




                                                                                                    2-22 Division B                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 2
                                                                                                    Farm Buildings




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-2 Application of Part 2. Part 2 of the NBC contains specific requirements pertaining to farm buildings
                                                                                                    because they have distinct characteristics compared to other types of buildings: they have low occupant
                                                                                                    loads, are typically located in rural settings, and house unique activities and contents. Part 2 does not apply
                                                                                                    to large farm buildings that do not qualify as having “low human occupancy,” i.e., an occupant load of not
                                                                                                    more than 1 person per 40 m2 of floor area.

                                                                                                    A-2.1.1.1.(1) Safety of Persons. The intent of Part 2 is to set forth measures to ensure the safety
                                                                                                    of persons in farm buildings.

                                                                                                    A-2.1.4.1.(1) Major Occupancy Classifications for Farm Buildings. The following are examples
                                                                                                    of the agricultural major occupancy classifications described in Table 2.1.4.1.:
                                                                                                      Group G, Division 1
                                                                                                          Farm buildings housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure
                                                                                                          Feed mills
                                                                                                          Grain elevators
                                                                                                          Rooms for the bulk storage of dangerous goods classified as flammable gases or compressed gases
                                                                                                          Rooms for the bulk storage of flammable liquids
                                                                                                          Rooms for the bulk storage of reactive materials
                                                                                                      Group G, Division 2
                                                                                                          Animal exercise facilities
                                                                                                          Animal housing facilities, including, but not limited to, facilities for livestock, facilities for alternative
                                                                                                             livestock and game animals, facilities for fur-bearing animals, and facilities for cultured fish and
                                                                                                             shellfish
                                                                                                          Animal training facilities
                                                                                                          Facilities for the packaging and processing of agricultural products
                                                                                                          Facilities for the production of plants and fungi, excluding greenhouses
                                                                                                          Farm workshops
                                                                                                          Feed preparation centres
                                                                                                          Feed storage facilities
                                                                                                          Fruit and vegetable storage facilities
                                                                                                          Grain, forage and feed structures
                                                                                                          Milking facilities
                                                                                                          Storage facilities for farming equipment, implements and machinery
                                                                                                          Viniculture facilities
                                                                                                      Group G, Division 3
                                                                                                          Greenhouses
                                                                                                      Group G, Division 4
                                                                                                          Biomass facilities
                                                                                                          By-product facilities
                                                                                                          Digesters
                                                                                                          Grain bins
                                                                                                          Horizontal silos
                                                                                                          Storage bins
                                                                                                          Vertical silos


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 2-23
                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.1.(2)                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.1.(2) Non-agricultural Major Occupancies. It is intended that portions of farm buildings
                                                                                                    that contain permitted major occupancies other than agricultural major occupancies be subject to the
                                                                                                    requirements of Part 3. Unless specifically referenced in Part 2, the requirements of Part 3 are not intended to
                                                                                                    be applied to portions of farm buildings meeting the criteria for the application of Part 2 (see Articles 1.3.3.5.
                                                                                                    and 1.3.3.6. of Division A).

                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.5. Environmental Conditions. The materials used in the construction of fire separations and
                                                                                                    closures in farm buildings should be selected to minimize deterioration caused by exposure to corrosive or
                                                                                                    humid environmental conditions.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.8.(1) Concealed Spaces Used as Supply Air Plenums. Sentence 2.2.1.8.(1) is not intended




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    to prohibit a concealed attic or roof space from being used as a supply air plenum for the distribution of air
                                                                                                    through a porous ceiling or ceiling inlets to the space below.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.15.(2) Damage to Electrical Wiring. The protection required by Sentence 2.2.1.15.(2) is
                                                                                                    intended to prevent rodents from damaging electrical wiring that is installed in a concealed space, such as a
                                                                                                    space within an assembly, an attic space, or a service space.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.7.1.(1) Exiting from Floor Areas. The intent of Sentence 2.2.7.1.(1) is that each floor level be
                                                                                                    served by its own exits. This approach to providing exits is consistent with that in Part 3.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.7.2. Overhead Doors and Sliding Doors. Overhead doors and sliding doors are not permitted
                                                                                                    to be used as exits from farm buildings with human occupants because such doors could delay their egress.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.8.2.(3) Ventilation of Below-Floor Storage Areas for Liquid Manure. Where a farm
                                                                                                    building housing livestock with a below-floor storage area for liquid manure is provided with a ventilation
                                                                                                    system in accordance with Article 2.2.8.3., the requirements of Sentences 2.2.8.2.(1) and (2) are considered to
                                                                                                    be satisfied with respect to the fire and explosion hazard posed by manure gases. Should other hazardous
                                                                                                    substances or conditions be present in the farm building, the requirements of Sentences 2.2.8.2.(1) and (2) must
                                                                                                    be applied with respect to those substances or conditions.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.8.3. Below-Floor Storage Areas for Liquid Manure. The following are examples of
                                                                                                    manure-handling equipment and systems that are not considered to be below-floor storage areas for liquid
                                                                                                    manure:
                                                                                                      • gutters, pumps and pump chambers designed to be emptied or flushed every few days
                                                                                                      • shallow gutters
                                                                                                      • gutters scraped with an alley scraper or stable cleaner
                                                                                                      • gutters equipped with a belt manure removal system
                                                                                                      • normally empty transfer gutters and pipes

                                                                                                    A-2.2.8.4.(1) Welding and Cutting. The room referred to in Sentence 2.2.8.4.(1) is a space where
                                                                                                    significant and regular welding and cutting operations are routinely performed, such as a welding shop
                                                                                                    supporting the farm operation. Sentence 2.2.8.4.(1) is not intended to apply to occasional welding and cutting
                                                                                                    operations, such as those carried out during repairs of farm machinery.
                                                                                                    Refer to Section 5.2. of Division B of the NFC for requirements relating to hot works, including cutting, welding,
                                                                                                    soldering, brazing, grinding and adhesive bonding.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.8.6. Liquids Capable of Releasing Hazardous Gases or Vapours. Examples of liquids
                                                                                                    that are capable of releasing hazardous gases or vapours include liquid manure, wash water from a milking
                                                                                                    facility, and waste water in a septic system.

                                                                                                    A-2.3.1.1.(1) Design of Bins and Silos. Information on the design of bins and silos can be found
                                                                                                    in the Commentary entitled Farm Buildings in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-2.3.2.3.(1) Bulk Densities of Agricultural Products. The bulk densities, ρ, of agricultural
                                                                                                    products listed in Table A-2.3.2.3.(1) can be used to determine the specific weight, γ, of the products as follows:




                                                                                                    2-24 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                    A-2.3.2.3.(1)

                                                                                                    where
                                                                                                               γ = specific weight, in N/m3,
                                                                                                               ρ = bulk density, in kg/m3, and
                                                                                                               g = gravitational acceleration, in m/s2.

                                                                                                                            Table A-2.3.2.3.(1)                                            Table A-2.3.2.3.(1) (Continued)
                                                                                                                  Bulk Densities of Agricultural Products
                                                                                                                                                                                 Agricultural Product             Bulk Density, kg/m3
                                                                                                              Agricultural Product               Bulk Density, kg/m3   Peanuts
                                                                                                                                Grains and Seeds (1)                         shelled                                     640
                                                                                                    Alfalfa                                             750




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                             unshelled                                   240
                                                                                                    Alsike                                              740            Peas                                              770
                                                                                                    Barley                                              620            Rapeseed (see Canola)
                                                                                                    Beans                                                              Red top                                           390
                                                                                                       castor                                           590            Reed canary grass                                 380
                                                                                                        lima                                            720            Rice
                                                                                                        navy                                            770                  hulled                                      770
                                                                                                        snap                                            380                  rough                                       580
                                                                                                    Bentgrass                                           450            Russian wild rye                                  250
                                                                                                    Birdsfoot trefoil                                   740            Rye                                               720
                                                                                                    Bluegrass                                                          Ryegrass
                                                                                                        Canada                                          270                  annual                                      360
                                                                                                        Kentucky                                        280                  perennial                                   300
                                                                                                        rough                                           270            Safflower seed                                    720
                                                                                                    Bromegrass                                          170            Sainfoin                                          360
                                                                                                    Buckwheat                                           640                                                              770
                                                                                                                                                                       Soybeans
                                                                                                    Canola                                              640                                                            310–410
                                                                                                                                                                       Sunflower seed
                                                                                                        Argentine rape                                  640                                                              580
                                                                                                                                                                       Timothy
                                                                                                        turnip or Polish rape                           770                                                              770
                                                                                                                                                                       Wheat
                                                                                                    Clover                                                                                        Concentrated Feeds
                                                                                                        red                                             750
                                                                                                                                                                       Alfalfa
                                                                                                        sweet                                           780
                                                                                                                                                                             meal                                      250–350
                                                                                                        white                                           760
                                                                                                                                                                             pellets                                   650–700
                                                                                                    Corn
                                                                                                                                                                       Barley
                                                                                                        ear-husked                                      450
                                                                                                                                                                             ground, meal                              380–450
                                                                                                        shelled                                         720
                                                                                                                                                                             malt                                        500
                                                                                                    Cottonseed                                          410                                                            180–250
                                                                                                                                                                       Beet pulp, dried
                                                                                                    Cowpeas                                             770            Bone meal                                       800–960
                                                                                                    Fescue                                                             Bran, rice-rye-wheat                            260–320
                                                                                                        chewings                                        240            Brewer's grain
                                                                                                        meadow                                          290                  spent, dry                                220–290
                                                                                                        red                                             220                  spent, wet                                880–960
                                                                                                        tall                                            280            Corn
                                                                                                    Flaxseed (linseed)                                  700                  cobs, ground                                270
                                                                                                    Grain sorghums                                      720                  cobs, whole                               190–240
                                                                                                    Lentils                                             770                  cracked                                   640–800
                                                                                                    Milkvetch                                           820                  germ                                        340
                                                                                                    Millet                                              640                  grits                                     640–720
                                                                                                    Mustard                                             640                  meal                                      510–640
                                                                                                    Oats                                                420            Corn oil, cake                                    400
                                                                                                    Orchard grass                                       200


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                         Division B 2-25
                                                                                                    A-2.3.2.5.(3)                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                         Table A-2.3.2.3.(1) (Continued)                                          Table A-2.3.2.3.(1) (Continued)

                                                                                                             Agricultural Product                Bulk Density, kg/m3                    Agricultural Product                   Bulk Density, kg/m3
                                                                                                    Crumbled ration                                       550                  Blackberries                                           610
                                                                                                    Fish meal                                           560–640                Cabbage                                                500
                                                                                                    Flaxseed oil (linseed oil)                                                 Carrots                                                550
                                                                                                           cake                                         770–800                Cauliflower                                            320
                                                                                                           meal                                         400–720                Corn, cob                                              450
                                                                                                    Malt                                                                       Cranberries                                            480
                                                                                                           dry, ground                                  320–480                Cucumbers                                              620




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           meal                                         580–640                Onions, dry                                            650
                                                                                                    Meat meal                                             600                  Parsnips                                               500
                                                                                                    Oats                                                                       Peaches                                                620
                                                                                                           crimped                                      300–420                Pears                                                  640
                                                                                                           crushed                                        350                  Peas                                                   390
                                                                                                           rolled                                       300–420                Peppers                                                320
                                                                                                    Pelleted ration                                       600                  Plums                                                  720
                                                                                                    Salt                                               1 000–1 100             Potatoes                                               670
                                                                                                    Soya bean meal                                      550–650                Pumpkins                                               600
                                                                                                    Wheat                                                                      Squash                                                 600
                                                                                                           cracked                                      640–720                Sweet potatoes                                         700
                                                                                                           germ                                         350–450                Tomatoes                                               680
                                                                                                                           Roughage Feeds and Bedding                          Turnips                                                600
                                                                                                    Hay (air-dried)                                                                                            Miscellaneous
                                                                                                           baled                                          160                  Eggs in cases                                          200
                                                                                                           chopped                                        160                  Fertilizer                                          950–1 000
                                                                                                           long                                            80                  Tobacco                                                550
                                                                                                           wafered                                        325                  Wool
                                                                                                    Straw                                                                            compressed bales                                 775
                                                                                                           chopped                                      100–130                      uncompressed bales                               200
                                                                                                           field-baled                                    130                  Fresh manure (feces and urine
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     1 000
                                                                                                           long                                            60                  mixed)
                                                                                                    Wood shavings, baled                                  320
                                                                                                                               Fruits and Vegetables                          Notes to Table A-2.3.2.3.(1):
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)   The bulk densities of grains listed in Table A-2.3.2.3.(1) are
                                                                                                    Apples, bulk                                          600
                                                                                                                                                                                    determined by filling a small container with grain and weighing the
                                                                                                    Apricots                                              620                       filled container. If grain is dropped from a distance into a bin, the
                                                                                                    Beans                                                                           bulk density may be up to 5% higher than the listed density. If a grain
                                                                                                           shelled                                        800                       spreader is used to load the grain into the bin, the bulk density will
                                                                                                                                                          400                       be even higher (but wall pressures in the bin will be more uniform
                                                                                                           unshelled
                                                                                                                                                                                    and slightly lower). Therefore, it is recommended that the listed
                                                                                                    Beets                                                 700                       density be multiplied by a factor of 1.06 for grain stored in a bin.


                                                                                                    A-2.3.2.5.(3) Lateral Ice Pressure in Liquid Manure Storage Tanks. The lateral ice pressure
                                                                                                    in liquid manure storage tanks in the Québec City region has been found to reach 50 kPa acting over an ice
                                                                                                    thickness of 0.5 m. The ice thickness, and therefore the lateral ice load, depends on the geographic location.
                                                                                                    To calculate the lateral ice load for a particular location, a lateral ice pressure of 50 kPa is applied over the ice
                                                                                                    thickness expected in that location, which can be estimated from the location's degree-days below 18°C listed
                                                                                                    in Table C-2 of Appendix C as follows:

                                                                                                                     ice thickness (location) = 0.5 m × (degree-days below 18°C (location) / degree-days below 18°C (Québec City))




                                                                                                    2-26 Division B                                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        A-2.3.4.

                                                                                                    A-2.3.2.5.(4)(a) Lateral Earth Pressure on Walls of Liquid Manure Storage Tanks. The lateral
                                                                                                    earth pressure referred to in Clause 2.3.2.5.(4)(a) should be based on the equivalent fluid density of the earth
                                                                                                    surrounding the liquid manure storage tank. Equivalent fluid densities for different types of soil are listed
                                                                                                    in Table A-2.3.2.5.(4)(a).

                                                                                                                                                                    Table A-2.3.2.5.(4)(a)
                                                                                                                                                              Equivalent Fluid Densities for Soil

                                                                                                                                     Type of Soil                                                   Equivalent Fluid Density, kN/m3
                                                                                                    Clean sand and gravel, well-drained                                                                          4.7




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Sand and gravel with fines, restricted permeability                                                          5.7
                                                                                                    Stiff residual silts and clays                                                                               7.0
                                                                                                    Soft silts and clays, poorly drained                                                                         16.0


                                                                                                    A-2.3.2.5.(6) Design of Liquid Manure Storage Tanks to Minimize Leakage. In designing
                                                                                                    walls and bases of liquid manure storage tanks to minimize leakage of liquid manure, all factors that may
                                                                                                    influence the formation of cracks should be taken into account, including thermal effects, concrete shrinkage,
                                                                                                    structural movement, and material choice and installation. The control of crack formation to minimize leakage
                                                                                                    is particularly important for reinforced concrete structures to prevent corrosion of the reinforcing steel.

                                                                                                    A-2.3.3.1.(1) Reduced Snow Loads for Unobstructed Slippery Roofs. Research has shown that
                                                                                                    sloped roofs covered with pre-painted steel have reduced snow loads relative to roofs covered with asphalt
                                                                                                    shingles. Sentence 2.3.3.1.(1) allows a reduction of the slope factor, Cs, for unobstructed slippery roofs of farm
                                                                                                    buildings where the roof slope, α, is greater than 15° but not greater than 60°. Figure A-2.3.3.1.(1) shows the Cs
                                                                                                    versus α curve calculated in accordance with Sentence 2.3.3.1.(1).
                                                                                                    Before using the reduced slope factor, the designer should carefully examine the proposed roof configuration
                                                                                                    to ensure that snow will freely slide off the roof. The reduced slope factor does not apply to sloped roofs
                                                                                                    terminating at grade, at a roof valley, or at another roof of lower slope because the snow may pile up or not
                                                                                                    slide freely at the transition in slope. The reduced slope factor also does not apply to roofs with obstructions,
                                                                                                    such as chimneys, silos or ice guards.


                                                                                                                                           1.2

                                                                                                                                           1.0
                                                                                                                                                     0.85
                                                                                                                                           0.8                                        60° −
                                                                                                                                                                               Cs =
                                                                                                                                                                                        53°
                                                                                                                                     Cs 0.6


                                                                                                                                           0.4

                                                                                                                                           0.2

                                                                                                                                           0.0               15
                                                                                                                                                 0      10    20    30    40     50      60   70       80      90      100
                                                                                                                                                                                  ,°
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EG02721A


                                                                                                     Figure A-2.3.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                     Curve for slope factor, Cs, versus roof slope, α, for unobstructed slippery roofs of farm buildings


                                                                                                    A-2.3.4. Seismic Design of Above-Ground Liquid Manure Storage Tanks. Information on the
                                                                                                    seismic design of above-ground liquid manure storage tanks can be found in the Commentary entitled Farm
                                                                                                    Buildings in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                    Division B 2-27
                                                                                                    A-2.3.4.1.(1)(b)                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                    A-2.3.4.1.(1)(b) SFRSs for Farm Buildings in Seismic Category SC2. Information on SFRSs
                                                                                                    with RdRo ≥ 3.0 for farm buildings in Seismic Category SC2 can be found in the Commentary entitled Farm
                                                                                                    Buildings in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-2.4.2.1.(1) Required Ventilation. Guidance on ventilation in farm animal housing and indoor plant
                                                                                                    agriculture facilities can be found in the chapter entitled Environmental Controls for Animals and Plants in
                                                                                                    the “ASHRAE Handbook – HVAC Applications.”

                                                                                                    A-2.4.2.3. Controlled-Atmosphere Storage Areas. Controlled-atmosphere storage areas are
                                                                                                    typically used to preserve fruits and vegetables, and are not intended to contain hazardous gases.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-2.4.2.4.(3) Gas Hazards in Enclosed Horizontal Silos. In enclosed horizontal silos, gases
                                                                                                    produced by tractors during loading and unloading operations and by silage fermentation present a hazard.
                                                                                                    Providing openings at both roof or eave level and floor level in horizontal silos promotes airflow to remove
                                                                                                    these gases, most of which are heavier than air.

                                                                                                    A-2.4.2.4.(3)(b) Openings at Floor Level in Enclosed Horizontal Silos. The requirement of
                                                                                                    Clause 2.4.2.4.(3)(b) can be met by providing a single opening at floor level, which may also serve as a
                                                                                                    tractor access opening.

                                                                                                    A-2.4.2.5. Below-Floor Storage of Liquid Manure. The ventilation requirements of Article 2.4.2.5.
                                                                                                    are intended to address the specific hazards due to manure gases in farm buildings housing livestock with
                                                                                                    below-floor storage of liquid manure. Where these requirements are met, it is not necessary to apply the
                                                                                                    provisions of Articles 6.3.1.5. and 6.9.1.2. with respect to manure gases. However, where the farm building
                                                                                                    contains other hazardous substances (air contaminants or hazardous gases, dusts or liquids), the provisions of
                                                                                                    Articles 6.3.1.5. and 6.9.1.2. must be applied with respect to those substances.

                                                                                                    A-2.4.2.5.(1) Minimum Ventilation Rate. The minimum ventilation rate required by
                                                                                                    Sentence 2.4.2.5.(1) is intended to limit the concentrations of flammable gases and toxic gases produced by the
                                                                                                    decomposition of liquid manure. Higher ventilation rates may be necessary to promote farm animal health
                                                                                                    and production. Where requested by the authority having jurisdiction, compliance with Clauses 2.4.2.5.(1)(a)
                                                                                                    and (b) can be demonstrated through periodic in situ monitoring of gas concentrations or through calculation
                                                                                                    of gas concentrations using a reliable method (such as that described in the following publication: Massé, D.I.,
                                                                                                    Croteau, F., Patni, N.K. and Masse, L. Methane Emissions from Dairy Cow and Swine Manure Slurries Stored at
                                                                                                    10°C and 15°C. Canadian Biosystems Engineering, Vol. 45, pp. 6.1–6.6, 2003).




                                                                                                    2-28 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 3
                                                                                                    Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and
                                                                                                    Accessibility




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      3.1.          General
                                                                                                      3.1.1.        Scope and Definitions ..................... 3-1
                                                                                                      3.1.2.        Classification of Buildings or
                                                                                                                    Parts of Buildings by Major
                                                                                                                    Occupancy ........................................ 3-1
                                                                                                      3.1.3.        Multiple Occupancy
                                                                                                                    Requirements ................................... 3-2
                                                                                                      3.1.4.        Combustible Construction .............. 3-4
                                                                                                      3.1.5.        Noncombustible Construction ........ 3-7
                                                                                                      3.1.6.        Encapsulated Mass Timber
                                                                                                                    Construction ................................... 3-17
                                                                                                      3.1.7.        Fire-Resistance Ratings ................ 3-23
                                                                                                      3.1.8.        Fire Separations and Closures ..... 3-24
                                                                                                      3.1.9.        Penetrations in Fire Separations
                                                                                                                    and Fire-Rated Assemblies ........... 3-31
                                                                                                      3.1.10.       Firewalls .......................................... 3-33
                                                                                                      3.1.11.       Fire Blocks in Concealed
                                                                                                                    Spaces ............................................. 3-35
                                                                                                      3.1.12.       Flame-Spread Rating and
                                                                                                                    Smoke Developed Classification .. 3-37
                                                                                                      3.1.13.       Interior Finish ................................. 3-38
                                                                                                      3.1.14.       Roof Assemblies ............................ 3-41
                                                                                                      3.1.15.       Roof Covering ................................. 3-42
                                                                                                      3.1.16.       Fabrics ............................................ 3-42
                                                                                                      3.1.17.       Occupant Load ............................... 3-43
                                                                                                      3.1.18.       Tents and Air-Supported
                                                                                                                    Structures ....................................... 3-44

                                                                                                      3.2.          Building Fire Safety
                                                                                                      3.2.1.        General ............................................ 3-45
                                                                                                      3.2.2.        Building Size and Construction
                                                                                                                    Relative to Occupancy ................... 3-47
                                                                                                      3.2.3.        Spatial Separation and
                                                                                                                    Exposure Protection ...................... 3-78
                                                                                                      3.2.4.        Fire Alarm and Detection
                                                                                                                    Systems ........................................... 3-92
                                                                                                      3.2.5.        Provisions for Firefighting ........... 3-102
                                                                                                      3.2.6.        Additional Requirements for
                                                                                                                    High Buildings .............................. 3-108
                                                                                                      3.2.7.        Lighting and Emergency Power
                                                                                                                    Systems ......................................... 3-111
                                                                                                      3.2.8.        Mezzanines and Openings
                                                                                                                    through Floor Assemblies ........... 3-115
                                                                                                      3.2.9.        Integrated Fire Protection and
                                                                                                                    Life Safety Systems ..................... 3-117

                                                                                                      3.3.          Safety within Floor Areas
                                                                                                      3.3.1.        All Floor Areas .............................. 3-117


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                    3.3.2.    Assembly Occupancy .................. 3-126
                                                                                                    3.3.3.    Care, Treatment or Detention
                                                                                                              Occupancies ................................. 3-131
                                                                                                    3.3.4.    Residential Occupancy ................ 3-134
                                                                                                    3.3.5.    Industrial Occupancy ................... 3-136
                                                                                                    3.3.6.    Design of Hazardous Areas ........ 3-138

                                                                                                    3.4.      Exits
                                                                                                    3.4.1.    General .......................................... 3-140
                                                                                                    3.4.2.    Number and Location of Exits
                                                                                                              from Floor Areas .......................... 3-141
                                                                                                    3.4.3.    Width and Height of Exits ............ 3-144




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.4.4.    Fire Separation of Exits ............... 3-146
                                                                                                    3.4.5.    Exit Signs ...................................... 3-147
                                                                                                    3.4.6.    Types of Exit Facilities ................. 3-149
                                                                                                    3.4.7.    Fire Escapes ................................. 3-157

                                                                                                    3.5.      Vertical Transportation
                                                                                                    3.5.1.    General .......................................... 3-158
                                                                                                    3.5.2.    Standards ...................................... 3-159
                                                                                                    3.5.3.    Fire Separations ........................... 3-159
                                                                                                    3.5.4.    Dimensions and Signs ................. 3-160

                                                                                                    3.6.      Service Facilities
                                                                                                    3.6.1.    General .......................................... 3-160
                                                                                                    3.6.2.    Service Rooms ............................. 3-161
                                                                                                    3.6.3.    Vertical Service Spaces and
                                                                                                              Service Facilities .......................... 3-163
                                                                                                    3.6.4.    Horizontal Service Spaces and
                                                                                                              Service Facilities .......................... 3-165
                                                                                                    3.6.5.    Air Duct and Plenum Systems .... 3-166

                                                                                                    3.7.      Health Requirements
                                                                                                    3.7.1.    Height of Rooms .......................... 3-169
                                                                                                    3.7.2.    Plumbing Facilities ...................... 3-169
                                                                                                    3.7.3.    Medical Gas Piping Systems ....... 3-172

                                                                                                    3.8.      Accessibility
                                                                                                    3.8.1.    Scope ............................................ 3-173
                                                                                                    3.8.2.    Application .................................... 3-173
                                                                                                    3.8.3.    Design ........................................... 3-177

                                                                                                    3.9.      Self-service Storage
                                                                                                              Buildings
                                                                                                    3.9.1.    General .......................................... 3-188
                                                                                                    3.9.2.    Building Fire Safety ...................... 3-189
                                                                                                    3.9.3.    Floor Areas ................................... 3-189

                                                                                                    3.10.     Objectives and
                                                                                                              Functional Statements
                                                                                                    3.10.1.   Objectives and Functional
                                                                                                              Statements .................................... 3-190

                                                                                                              Notes to Part 3 .............. 3-225




                                                                                                                                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 3
                                                                                                    Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and
                                                                                                    Accessibility
                                                                                                    (See Note A-3.)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 3.1. General
                                                                                                    3.1.1.            Scope and Definitions

                                                                                                    3.1.1.1.          Scope

                                                                                                                         1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.

                                                                                                    3.1.1.2.          Defined Words

                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                    3.1.1.3.          Use of Term Storage Tank

                                                                                                                         1) For the purposes of this Part, the term “storage tank” shall mean a vessel
                                                                                                                      for flammable liquids or combustible liquids having a capacity of more than 230 L and
                                                                                                                      designed to be installed in a fixed location.

                                                                                                    3.1.1.4.          Fire Protection Information

                                                                                                                         1) Information to be submitted regarding major components of fire protection
                                                                                                                      shall conform to the requirements of Subsection 2.2.3. of Division C.

                                                                                                    3.1.2.            Classification of Buildings or Parts of Buildings by Major
                                                                                                                      Occupancy
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.2.)

                                                                                                    3.1.2.1.          Classification of Buildings

                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.1.2.3. to 3.1.2.5., every building or part thereof
                                                                                                                      shall be classified according to its major occupancy as belonging to one of the Groups or
                                                                                                                      Divisions described in Table 3.1.2.1. (See Note A-3.1.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                         2) A building intended for use by more than one major occupancy shall be classified
                                                                                                                      according to all major occupancies for which it is used or intended to be used.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 3-1
                                                                                                    3.1.2.2.                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                         Table 3.1.2.1.
                                                                                                                                               Major Occupancy Classification
                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentences 3.1.2.1.(1) and 3.1.2.2.(1)

                                                                                                         Group            Division                                       Description of Major Occupancies
                                                                                                           A                 1          Assembly occupancies intended for the production and viewing of the performing arts
                                                                                                           A                 2          Assembly occupancies not elsewhere classified in Group A
                                                                                                           A                 3          Assembly occupancies of the arena type
                                                                                                           A                 4          Assembly occupancies in which occupants are gathered in the open air
                                                                                                           B                 1          Detention occupancies




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           B                 2          Treatment occupancies
                                                                                                           B                 3          Care occupancies
                                                                                                           C                —           Residential occupancies
                                                                                                           D                —           Business and personal services occupancies
                                                                                                           E                —           Mercantile occupancies
                                                                                                           F                 1          High-hazard industrial occupancies
                                                                                                           F                 2          Medium-hazard industrial occupancies
                                                                                                           F                 3          Low-hazard industrial occupancies


                                                                                                    3.1.2.2.         Occupancies of Same Classification
                                                                                                                        1) Any building is deemed to be occupied by a single major occupancy,
                                                                                                                     notwithstanding its use for more than one major occupancy, provided that all occupancies
                                                                                                                     are classified as belonging to the same Group classification or, where the Group is
                                                                                                                     divided into Divisions, as belonging to the same Division classification described in
                                                                                                                     Table 3.1.2.1.

                                                                                                    3.1.2.3.         Arena-Type Buildings
                                                                                                                        1) An arena-type building intended for occasional use for trade shows and
                                                                                                                     similar exhibition purposes shall be classified as a Group A, Division 3 occupancy.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.2.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.1.2.4.         Police Stations
                                                                                                                        1) A police station with detention quarters is permitted to be classified as a Group
                                                                                                                     B, Division 2 major occupancy provided the station is not more than 1 storey in building
                                                                                                                     height and 600 m2 in building area.

                                                                                                    3.1.2.5.         Convalescent and Children's Custodial Homes
                                                                                                                        1) Convalescent homes and children's custodial homes are permitted to be
                                                                                                                     classified as residential occupancies within the application of Part 3, provided that
                                                                                                                     occupants are ambulatory and live as a single housekeeping unit in a suite with
                                                                                                                     sleeping accommodation for not more than 10 persons.

                                                                                                    3.1.2.6.         Storage of Combustible Fibres
                                                                                                                        1) Buildings or parts thereof used for the storage of baled combustible fibres shall be
                                                                                                                     classified as medium-hazard industrial occupancies.

                                                                                                    3.1.3.           Multiple Occupancy Requirements
                                                                                                    3.1.3.1.         Separation of Major Occupancies
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), major occupancies shall be
                                                                                                                     separated from adjoining major occupancies by fire separations having fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     ratings conforming to Table 3.1.3.1.


                                                                                                    3-2 Division B                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                    3.1.3.2.

                                                                                                                                 2) In a building not more than 3 storeys in building height, if not more than two
                                                                                                                             dwelling units are contained together with a Group E major occupancy, the fire-resistance
                                                                                                                             rating of the fire separation between the two major occupancies need not be more than 1 h.

                                                                                                                                 3) In a building conforming to the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.2. to 3.2.8.8., the
                                                                                                                             requirements of Sentence (1) for fire separations between major occupancies do not apply
                                                                                                                             at the vertical plane around the perimeter of an opening through the horizontal fire
                                                                                                                             separation.

                                                                                                                                                                        Table 3.1.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                              Major Occupancy Fire Separations (1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.3.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                       Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation, h
                                                                                                          Major Occupancy                                                          Adjoining Major Occupancy
                                                                                                                                 A-1        A-2       A-3       A-4         B-1       B-2      B-3        C          D         E        F-1       F-2        F-3
                                                                                                                A-1               —          1         1         1            2        2        2         1          1         2         (2)       2          1
                                                                                                                A-2               1         —          1         1            2        2        2        1 (3)      1 (4)      2         (2)       2          1
                                                                                                                A-3               1          1        —          1            2        2        2         1          1         2         (2)       2          1
                                                                                                                A-4               1          1         1         —            2        2        2         1          1         2         (2)       2          1
                                                                                                                B-1               2          2         2         2           —         2        2         2          2         2         (2)       2          2
                                                                                                                B-2               2          2         2         2            2       —         1         2          2         2         (2)       2          2
                                                                                                                B-3               2          2         2         2            2        1        —         1          2         2         (2)       2          2
                                                                                                                 C                1         1 (3)      1         1            2        2        1         —          1        2 (5)      (2)      2 (6)      1 (7)
                                                                                                                 D                1         1 (4)      1         1            2        2        2         1         —        — (8)       3        — (8)     — (8)
                                                                                                                 E                2          2         2         2            2        2        2        2 (5)     — (8)      —          3         —         —
                                                                                                                F-1               (2)        (2)       (2)       (2)         (2)       (2)      (2)       (2)        3         3         —         2          2
                                                                                                                F-2               2          2         2         2            2        2        2        2 (6)     — (8)      —          2         —         —
                                                                                                                F-3               1          1         1         1            2        2        2        1 (7)     — (8)      —          2         —         —

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.1.3.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)    Section 3.3. contains requirements for the separation of occupancies and tenancies that are in addition to the requirements for the separation
                                                                                                           of major occupancies.
                                                                                                    (2)    See Sentence 3.1.3.2.(1).
                                                                                                    (3)    Where the building or part thereof is constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.48. or 3.2.2.51., a fire separation with a 2 h fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                           is required between the Group C and Group A, Division 2 major occupancies.
                                                                                                    (4)    Where the building or part thereof is constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.57. or 3.2.2.60., a fire separation with a 2 h fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                           is required between the Group D and Group A, Division 2 major occupancies.
                                                                                                    (5)    See Sentence 3.1.3.1.(2).
                                                                                                    (6)    See Sentence 3.1.3.2.(2).
                                                                                                    (7)    Where the building or part thereof is constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.48., a fire separation with a 2 h fire-resistance rating is required
                                                                                                           between the Group C major occupancy and a storage garage.
                                                                                                    (8)    Where the building or part thereof is constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.57., a fire separation with a 1 h fire-resistance rating is required
                                                                                                           between the Group D and Group E or Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancies.


                                                                                                    3.1.3.2.                 Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations

                                                                                                                                1) No major occupancy of Group F, Division 1 shall be contained within a building
                                                                                                                             with any occupancy classified as Group A, B or C.

                                                                                                                                2) Not more than one suite of residential occupancy shall be contained within a
                                                                                                                             building classified as a Group F, Division 2 major occupancy.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                                Division B 3-3
                                                                                                    3.1.4.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    3.1.4.           Combustible Construction
                                                                                                    3.1.4.1.         Combustible Materials Permitted
                                                                                                                        1) A building permitted to be of combustible construction is permitted to be
                                                                                                                     constructed of combustible materials, with or without noncombustible components. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-3.1.4.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) The flame-spread rating on any exposed surface of foamed plastic insulation,
                                                                                                                     and on any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the insulation in any
                                                                                                                     direction, shall be not more than 500.

                                                                                                    3.1.4.2.         Protection of Foamed Plastics




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.4.2.)
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), foamed plastics that form part of a wall
                                                                                                                     or ceiling assembly in combustible construction shall be protected from adjacent spaces
                                                                                                                     in the building, other than adjacent concealed spaces within attic or roof spaces, crawl
                                                                                                                     spaces, and wall and ceiling assemblies,
                                                                                                                         a) by one of the interior finishes described in Subsections 9.29.4. to 9.29.9.,
                                                                                                                         b) provided the building does not contain a Group A, Group B or Group C
                                                                                                                             major occupancy, by sheet metal
                                                                                                                                 i) mechanically fastened to the supporting assembly
                                                                                                                                    independent of the insulation,
                                                                                                                                ii) not less than 0.38 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                               iii) with a melting point not below 650°C, or
                                                                                                                         c) by any thermal barrier that meets the requirements of Sentence 3.1.5.15.(2)
                                                                                                                             (see Note A-3.1.4.2.(1)(c)).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.4.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) A walk-in cooler or freezer consisting of factory-assembled wall, floor or
                                                                                                                     ceiling panels containing foamed plastics is permitted in a building required to be of
                                                                                                                     combustible construction, provided the panels
                                                                                                                         a) are protected on both sides by sheet metal not less than 0.38 mm thick
                                                                                                                             having a melting point not less than 650°C,
                                                                                                                         b) do not contain an air space, and
                                                                                                                         c) when a sample panel with an assembled joint typical of field installation
                                                                                                                             is subjected to the applicable test described in Subsection 3.1.12., have a
                                                                                                                             flame-spread rating not more than that permitted for the space in which they
                                                                                                                             are located or the space that they bound, as applicable.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3).)
                                                                                                                        3) The flame-spread rating of doors containing foamed plastics shall comply with
                                                                                                                     Sentences 3.1.13.2.(1) to (3).

                                                                                                    3.1.4.3.         Wires and Cables
                                                                                                                        1) Except as required by Sentence (2), optical fibre cables and electrical wires and
                                                                                                                     cables with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes that are installed in a building
                                                                                                                     permitted to be of combustible construction shall
                                                                                                                         a) not convey flame or continue to burn for more than 1 min when tested in
                                                                                                                             conformance with the Vertical Flame Test (FT1 rating) in CSA C22.2 No. 0.3,
                                                                                                                             “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables,” or
                                                                                                                        b) be located in
                                                                                                                                i) totally enclosed noncombustible raceways (see
                                                                                                                                   Note A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i)),
                                                                                                                               ii) masonry walls,
                                                                                                                              iii) concrete slabs, or
                                                                                                                              iv) totally enclosed non-metallic raceways conforming to
                                                                                                                                   Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(b).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.4.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                     (See also Sentence 3.6.4.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted in Sentences (3) and (4), optical fibre cables and electrical
                                                                                                                     wires and cables with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes that are used for the


                                                                                                    3-4 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                            3.1.4.7.

                                                                                                                        transmission of voice, sound or data and are installed in a plenum in a building permitted
                                                                                                                        to be of combustible construction shall exhibit the following characteristics when tested
                                                                                                                        in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.4, “Standard Method of Test for Fire and Smoke
                                                                                                                        Characteristics of Electrical Wiring, Cables and Non-Metallic Raceways,” (FT6 rating):
                                                                                                                            a) a horizontal flame distance of not more than 1.5 m,
                                                                                                                            b) an average optical smoke density of not more than 0.15, and
                                                                                                                            c) a peak optical smoke density of not more than 0.5.
                                                                                                                           3) Except as permitted in Sentence (4), where totally enclosed noncombustible
                                                                                                                        raceways are used in a plenum, exposed components of wiring systems with combustible
                                                                                                                        insulation, jackets or sheathes, including optical fibre cables and electrical wires and
                                                                                                                        cables that are used for the transmission of voice, sound or data, that are installed in




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        the plenum or that extend not more than 9 m from the plenum, including drop down to
                                                                                                                        the floor level, are permitted, provided they exhibit a vertical char of not more than
                                                                                                                        1.5 m when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test – Cables in Cable Trays
                                                                                                                        (FT4 rating) in CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables.”
                                                                                                                            4) Cables or wires within plenums that are used for the transmission of signals in
                                                                                                                        fire alarm systems need not comply with the requirements of Sentence (2).

                                                                                                    3.1.4.4.            Non-metallic Raceways
                                                                                                                           1) Totally enclosed non-metallic raceways used in a plenum in a building permitted
                                                                                                                        to be of combustible construction shall meet the requirements of Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(a).

                                                                                                    3.1.4.5.            Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood
                                                                                                                           1) If fire-retardant-treated wood is specified in this Part, the wood shall
                                                                                                                           a) be pressure impregnated with fire-retardant chemicals in conformance with
                                                                                                                              CAN/CSA-O80 Series, “Wood preservation,” and
                                                                                                                           b) have a flame-spread rating not more than 25.

                                                                                                    3.1.4.6.            Heavy Timber Construction Alternative
                                                                                                                            1) If combustible construction is permitted and is not required to have a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                        rating more than 45 min, heavy timber construction is permitted to be used.
                                                                                                                           2) If heavy timber construction is permitted, it shall conform to Article 3.1.4.7.

                                                                                                    3.1.4.7.            Heavy Timber Construction
                                                                                                                           1) Wood elements in heavy timber construction shall be arranged in heavy solid
                                                                                                                        masses and with essentially smooth flat surfaces to avoid thin sections and sharp
                                                                                                                        projections.
                                                                                                                           2) Except as permitted by Sentences (3) to (6) and (12), the minimum dimensions
                                                                                                                        of wood elements in heavy timber construction shall conform to Table 3.1.4.7.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                                                                            Heavy Timber Dimensions
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.4.7.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                      Solid Sawn       Glued-Laminated        Round
                                                                                                         Supported
                                                                                                                                            Structural Element                      (width × depth),   (width × depth),       (diam),
                                                                                                         Assembly
                                                                                                                                                                                       mm × mm            mm × mm               mm
                                                                                                                         Columns                                                       140 × 191          130 × 190            180
                                                                                                                         Arches supported on the tops of walls or abutments            89 × 140           80 × 152              —
                                                                                                    Roofs only
                                                                                                                         Beams, girders and trusses                                    89 × 140           80 × 152              —
                                                                                                                         Arches supported at or near the floor line                    140 × 140          130 × 152             —
                                                                                                                         Columns                                                       191 × 191          175 × 190            200
                                                                                                    Floors,
                                                                                                                                                                                      140 × 241 or      130 × 228 or
                                                                                                    floors plus roofs    Beams, girders, trusses and arches                                                                     —
                                                                                                                                                                                       191 × 191          175 × 190


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                        Division B 3-5
                                                                                                    3.1.4.8.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                        3) Where splice plates are used at splices of roof arches supported on the tops
                                                                                                                     of walls or abutments, roof trusses, roof beams and roof girders in heavy timber
                                                                                                                     construction, they shall be not less than 64 mm thick.
                                                                                                                        4) Floors in heavy timber construction shall be of glued-laminated or solid sawn
                                                                                                                     plank not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 64 mm thick, splined or tongued and grooved, or
                                                                                                                        b) 38 mm wide and 89 mm deep set on edge and well spiked together.
                                                                                                                        5) Floors in heavy timber construction shall be laid
                                                                                                                        a) so that no continuous line of end joints will occur except at points of
                                                                                                                           support, and covered with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              i) tongued and grooved flooring not less than 19 mm thick
                                                                                                                                 laid crosswise or diagonally, or
                                                                                                                             ii) tongued and grooved phenolic-bonded plywood,
                                                                                                                                 strandboard or waferboard not less than 12.5 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                        b) not closer than 15 mm to the walls to provide for expansion, with the gap
                                                                                                                           covered at the top or bottom.
                                                                                                                        6) Roofs in heavy timber construction shall be of tongued and grooved
                                                                                                                     phenolic-bonded plywood, strandboard or waferboard not less than 28 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                     glued-laminated or solid sawn plank that is
                                                                                                                        a) not less than 38 mm thick, splined or tongued and grooved, or
                                                                                                                        b) not less than 38 mm wide and 64 mm deep set on edge and laid so that no
                                                                                                                            continuous line of end joints will occur except at the points of support.
                                                                                                                        7) Wood columns in heavy timber construction shall be continuous or superimposed
                                                                                                                     throughout all storeys.
                                                                                                                        8)   Superimposed wood columns in heavy timber construction shall be connected by
                                                                                                                        a)   reinforced concrete or metal caps with brackets,
                                                                                                                        b)   steel or iron caps with pintles and base plates, or
                                                                                                                        c)   timber splice plates fastened to the columns by metal connectors housed
                                                                                                                             within the contact faces.
                                                                                                                       9) Where beams and girders in heavy timber construction enter masonry, wall plates,
                                                                                                                     boxes of the self-releasing type or hangers shall be used.
                                                                                                                       10) Wood girders and beams in heavy timber construction shall be closely fitted to
                                                                                                                     columns, and adjoining ends shall be connected by ties or caps to transfer horizontal
                                                                                                                     loads across the joints.
                                                                                                                      11) In heavy timber construction, intermediate wood beams used to support a floor
                                                                                                                     shall be supported on top of the girders or on metal hangers into which the ends of the
                                                                                                                     beams are closely fitted.
                                                                                                                      12) Roof arches supported on the top of walls or abutments, roof trusses, roof
                                                                                                                     beams and roof girders in heavy timber construction are permitted to be not less than
                                                                                                                     64 mm wide provided
                                                                                                                        a) where two or more spaced members are used, the intervening spaces are
                                                                                                                              i) blocked solidly throughout, or
                                                                                                                             ii) tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate not less
                                                                                                                                 than 38 mm thick secured to the underside of the members,
                                                                                                                                 or
                                                                                                                        b) the underneath of the roof deck or sheathing is sprinklered.

                                                                                                    3.1.4.8.         Exterior Cladding
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), not less than 90% of the exterior cladding on
                                                                                                                     each exterior wall of buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. shall consist of
                                                                                                                         a) noncombustible cladding, or
                                                                                                                        b) except as provided in Sentence (4), a wall assembly that satisfies the criteria
                                                                                                                            of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.4.8.(1).) (See also Notes A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(i) and A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(ii).)


                                                                                                    3-6 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.1.5.2.

                                                                                                                        2) Where a building is considered to face 1 street in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Clause 3.2.2.10.(3)(b), the exterior cladding on each exterior wall of buildings
                                                                                                                     conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. shall consist of
                                                                                                                        a) noncombustible cladding, or
                                                                                                                        b) except as provided in Sentence (4), a wall assembly that satisfies the criteria
                                                                                                                            of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b).
                                                                                                                        3) A wall assembly conforming to Clause (1)(b) or (2)(b) that includes combustible
                                                                                                                     cladding made of fire-retardant-treated wood shall be tested for fire exposure after the
                                                                                                                     cladding has been subjected to the accelerated weathering test specified in ASTM
                                                                                                                     D2898, “Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated
                                                                                                                     Wood for Fire Testing.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       4) Exterior wall assemblies constructed in accordance with Section D-6 of
                                                                                                                     Appendix D are deemed to comply with Clauses (1)(b) and (2)(b).

                                                                                                    3.1.5.           Noncombustible Construction
                                                                                                    3.1.5.1.         Noncombustible Materials
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.4.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4) and Articles 3.1.5.2. to 3.1.5.24.,
                                                                                                                     3.1.13.4. and 3.2.2.16., a building or part of a building required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                     construction shall be constructed with noncombustible materials. (See also
                                                                                                                     Subsection 3.1.13. for the requirements regarding the flame-spread rating of interior
                                                                                                                     finishes.)
                                                                                                                        2) Notwithstanding the definition of noncombustible materials stated in
                                                                                                                     Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A, a material is permitted to be used in noncombustible
                                                                                                                     construction provided that, when tested in accordance with ULC-S135, “Standard Test
                                                                                                                     Method for the Determination of Combustibility Parameters of Building Materials
                                                                                                                     Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter (Cone Calorimeter),” at a heat flux of
                                                                                                                     50 kW/m2,
                                                                                                                         a) its average total heat release is not more than 3 MJ/m2,
                                                                                                                        b) its average total smoke extinction area is not more than 1.0 m2, and
                                                                                                                         c) the test duration is extended beyond the time stipulated in the referenced
                                                                                                                             standard until it is clear that there is no further release of heat or smoke.
                                                                                                                        3) If a material referred to in Sentence (2) consists of a number of discrete layers
                                                                                                                     and testing reveals that the surface layer or layers protect the underlying layers such
                                                                                                                     that complete combustion of the underlying layers does not occur, the test shall be
                                                                                                                     repeated by removing the outer layers sequentially until all layers have been exposed
                                                                                                                     during testing, or until complete combustion has occurred.
                                                                                                                         4) The acceptance criteria for a material tested in accordance with Sentence (3)
                                                                                                                     shall be based on the cumulative emissions from all layers, which must not exceed the
                                                                                                                     criteria stated in Clauses (2)(a) and (b).

                                                                                                    3.1.5.2.         Minor Combustible Components
                                                                                                                        1) The following minor combustible components are permitted in a building
                                                                                                                     required to be of noncombustible construction:
                                                                                                                        a) paint (see also Clause 3.1.13.1.(2)(b)),
                                                                                                                        b) self-adhesive tapes, mastics and caulking materials, including foamed
                                                                                                                            plastic air sealants, applied to provide a seal between the major components
                                                                                                                            of exterior wall construction, (see also Article 3.6.4.3. for limits on the use of
                                                                                                                            combustible materials in plenum spaces),
                                                                                                                        c) firestops and fire blocks conforming to Sentence 3.1.9.1.(1) and Article 3.1.11.7.,
                                                                                                                        d) tubing for pneumatic controls provided it has an outside diameter of not
                                                                                                                            more than 10 mm,
                                                                                                                        e) adhesives, vapour barriers and sheathing papers,
                                                                                                                         f) electrical outlet and junction boxes,
                                                                                                                        g) wood blocking intended for the attachment of window elements within
                                                                                                                            exterior wall assemblies,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 3-7
                                                                                                    3.1.5.3.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                        h) wood blocking within wall assemblies intended for the attachment of
                                                                                                                           handrails, fixtures, and similar items mounted on the surface of the wall, and
                                                                                                                        i) similar minor components.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.3.         Combustible Roofing Materials

                                                                                                                        1) Combustible roof covering that has an A, B, or C classification determined
                                                                                                                     in conformance with Subsection 3.1.15. is permitted on a building required to be of
                                                                                                                     noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                                        2) Combustible roof sheathing and roof sheathing supports installed above a
                                                                                                                     concrete deck are permitted on a building required to be of noncombustible construction




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     provided
                                                                                                                        a) the concrete deck is not less than 50 mm thick,
                                                                                                                        b) the height of the roof space above the deck is not more than 1 m,
                                                                                                                        c) the roof space is divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance
                                                                                                                            with Article 3.1.11.5.,
                                                                                                                        d) openings through the concrete deck other than for noncombustible roof
                                                                                                                            drains and plumbing piping are protected by masonry or concrete shafts
                                                                                                                               i) constructed as fire separations having a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                                  not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                              ii) extending from the concrete deck to not less than 150 mm
                                                                                                                                  above the adjacent roof sheathing,
                                                                                                                        e) the perimeter of the roof is protected by a noncombustible parapet extending
                                                                                                                            from the concrete deck to not less than 150 mm above the adjacent
                                                                                                                            sheathing, and
                                                                                                                         f) except as permitted by Clause (d), the roof space does not contain any
                                                                                                                            building services.

                                                                                                                         3) Combustible cant strips, roof curbs, nailing strips and similar components used
                                                                                                                     in the installation of roofing are permitted on a building required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                     construction.

                                                                                                                        4) Wood nailer facings to parapets that are not more than 610 mm high are
                                                                                                                     permitted on a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided the
                                                                                                                     facings and any roof membranes covering the facings are protected by sheet metal.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.4.         Combustible Windows, Glazing and Skylights

                                                                                                                        1) Combustible skylight assemblies are permitted in a building required to be of
                                                                                                                     noncombustible construction if the assemblies have a flame-spread rating not more than
                                                                                                                         a) 150 provided the assemblies
                                                                                                                               i) have an individual area not more than 9 m2,
                                                                                                                              ii) have an aggregate horizontal projected area of the openings
                                                                                                                                  through the ceiling not more than 25% of the area of the
                                                                                                                                  ceiling of the room or space in which they are located, and
                                                                                                                             iii) are spaced not less than 2.5 m from adjacent assemblies and
                                                                                                                                  from required fire separations, or
                                                                                                                        b) 75 provided the assemblies
                                                                                                                               i) have an individual area not more than 27 m2,
                                                                                                                              ii) have an aggregate horizontal projected area of the openings
                                                                                                                                  through the ceiling not more than 33% of the area of the
                                                                                                                                  ceiling of the room or space in which they are located, and
                                                                                                                             iii) are spaced not less than 1.2 m from adjacent assemblies and
                                                                                                                                  from required fire separations.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.5.4.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) Combustible vertical glazing installed no higher than the second storey is
                                                                                                                     permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                                        3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), the combustible vertical glazing permitted
                                                                                                                     by Sentence (2) shall have a flame-spread rating not more than 75.


                                                                                                    3-8 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.1.5.6.

                                                                                                                        4) The flame-spread rating of combustible glazing is permitted to be not more than
                                                                                                                     150 if the aggregate area of glazing is not more than 25% of the wall area of the storey in
                                                                                                                     which it is located, and
                                                                                                                        a) the glazing is installed in a building not more than 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                        b) the glazing in the first storey is separated from the glazing in the second
                                                                                                                             storey in accordance with the requirements of Article 3.2.3.17. for opening
                                                                                                                             protection, or
                                                                                                                         c) the building is sprinklered throughout.

                                                                                                                        5) Combustible window sashes and frames are permitted in a building required to
                                                                                                                     be of noncombustible construction, provided they are vertically non-contiguous between
                                                                                                                     storeys.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.1.5.5.         Combustible Cladding on Exterior Walls

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), combustible cladding is permitted
                                                                                                                     to be used on an exterior wall assembly in a building required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                     construction, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the building is
                                                                                                                                i) not more than 3 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                               ii) sprinklered throughout, and
                                                                                                                         b) except as provided in Sentence (4), when tested in accordance with
                                                                                                                            CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall
                                                                                                                            Assemblies,” the wall assembly satisfies the following criteria for testing
                                                                                                                            and conditions of acceptance (see Note A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)):
                                                                                                                                i) flaming on or in the wall assembly does not spread more
                                                                                                                                   than 5 m above the opening (see Note A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(i)),
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                               ii) the heat flux during the flame exposure on the wall
                                                                                                                                   assembly is not more than 35 kW/m 2 measured at 3.5 m
                                                                                                                                   above the opening (see Note A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(ii)).

                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.3.10. and 3.2.3.11., where the limiting distance
                                                                                                                     in Tables 3.2.3.1.-B to 3.2.3.1.-E permits an area of unprotected openings of not more
                                                                                                                     than 10% of the exposing building face, the construction requirements of Table 3.2.3.7.
                                                                                                                     shall be met.

                                                                                                                         3) A wall assembly permitted by Sentence (1) that includes combustible cladding of
                                                                                                                     fire-retardant-treated wood shall be tested for fire exposure after the cladding has been
                                                                                                                     subjected to an accelerated weathering test as specified in ASTM D2898, “Standard
                                                                                                                     Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing.”

                                                                                                                       4) Exterior wall assemblies constructed in accordance with Section D-6 of
                                                                                                                     Appendix D are deemed to comply with Clause (1)(b).

                                                                                                    3.1.5.6.         Combustible Components in Exterior Walls

                                                                                                                        1) Combustible components, other than those permitted by Article 3.1.5.5. and
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.1.5.7.(2), are permitted to be used in an exterior wall assembly of a building
                                                                                                                     required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
                                                                                                                        a) the building is
                                                                                                                               i) not more than 3 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                              ii) sprinklered throughout, and
                                                                                                                        b) the wall assembly
                                                                                                                               i) except as provided in Sentence (2), satisfies the criteria of
                                                                                                                                  Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b), or
                                                                                                                              ii) is protected by masonry or concrete cladding not less than
                                                                                                                                  25 mm thick (see Note A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)).

                                                                                                                       2) Exterior wall assemblies constructed in accordance with Section D-6 of
                                                                                                                     Appendix D are deemed to comply with Subclause (1)(b)(i).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-9
                                                                                                    3.1.5.7.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    3.1.5.7.          Factory-Assembled Panels

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), factory-assembled wall and ceiling panels
                                                                                                                      containing foamed plastic insulation with a flame-spread rating not more than 500 are
                                                                                                                      permitted to be used in a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the building
                                                                                                                                i) is sprinklered,
                                                                                                                               ii) is not more than 18 m high, measured from grade to the
                                                                                                                                   underside of the roof, and
                                                                                                                              iii) does not contain a Group A, Group B, or Group C major
                                                                                                                                   occupancy, and
                                                                                                                         b) the panels




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                i) do not contain an air space,
                                                                                                                               ii) when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S138, “Standard
                                                                                                                                   Method of Test for Fire Growth of Insulated Building Panels
                                                                                                                                   in a Full-Scale Room Configuration,” meet the criteria
                                                                                                                                   defined therein, and
                                                                                                                              iii) when a sample panel with an assembled joint typical of
                                                                                                                                   field installation is subjected to the applicable test described
                                                                                                                                   in Subsection 3.1.12., have a flame-spread rating not more
                                                                                                                                   than that permitted for the room or space that they bound.

                                                                                                                         2) Factory-assembled exterior wall panels containing thermosetting foamed
                                                                                                                      plastic insulation are permitted to be used in a building required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                      construction, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the building
                                                                                                                                  i) is not more than 18 m high, measured from grade to the
                                                                                                                                     underside of the roof, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) does not contain a Group B or Group C major occupancy, and
                                                                                                                         b) the wall panels
                                                                                                                                  i) do not contain an air space,
                                                                                                                                 ii) are protected on both sides by sheet steel not less than
                                                                                                                                     0.38 mm thick,
                                                                                                                                iii) remain in place for not less than 10 min when tested in
                                                                                                                                     conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method
                                                                                                                                     of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and
                                                                                                                                     Materials,” where the exposed surface includes typical
                                                                                                                                     vertical and horizontal joints, and
                                                                                                                                iv) when a sample panel with an assembled joint typical of
                                                                                                                                     field installation is subjected to the applicable test described
                                                                                                                                     in Subsection 3.1.12., have a flame-spread rating not more
                                                                                                                                     than that permitted for the room or space that they bound.

                                                                                                                         3) A walk-in cooler or freezer consisting of factory-assembled wall, floor or ceiling
                                                                                                                      panels containing foamed plastic insulation with a flame-spread rating not more than
                                                                                                                      500 is permitted to be used in a building required to be of noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                      provided
                                                                                                                         a) the building is sprinklered, and
                                                                                                                         b) the panels
                                                                                                                                 i) are protected on both sides by sheet metal not less than
                                                                                                                                    0.38 mm thick with a melting point not less than 650°C,
                                                                                                                                ii) do not contain an air space,
                                                                                                                               iii) when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S138, “Standard
                                                                                                                                    Method of Test for Fire Growth of Insulated Building Panels
                                                                                                                                    in a Full-Scale Room Configuration,” meet the criteria
                                                                                                                                    defined therein, and
                                                                                                                               iv) when a sample panel with an assembled joint typical of
                                                                                                                                    field installation is subjected to the applicable test described
                                                                                                                                    in Subsection 3.1.12., have a flame-spread rating not more
                                                                                                                                    than that permitted for the space in which they are located
                                                                                                                                    or the space that they bound, as applicable.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3).)


                                                                                                    3-10 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            3.1.5.13.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.8.         Nailing Elements
                                                                                                                        1) Wood nailing elements attached directly to or set into a continuous
                                                                                                                     noncombustible backing for the attachment of interior finishes are permitted in a building
                                                                                                                     required to be of noncombustible construction provided the concealed space created by
                                                                                                                     the wood elements is not more than 50 mm thick.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.9.         Combustible Millwork
                                                                                                                       1) Combustible millwork, including interior trim, doors and door frames, show
                                                                                                                     windows together with their frames, aprons and backing, handrails, shelves, cabinets
                                                                                                                     and counters, is permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.1.5.10.        Combustible Flooring Elements
                                                                                                                        1) Combustible stage flooring supported on noncombustible structural members is
                                                                                                                     permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction.
                                                                                                                        2) Wood members more than 50 mm but not more than 300 mm high applied
                                                                                                                     directly to or set into a noncombustible floor slab are permitted for the construction of a
                                                                                                                     raised platform in a building required to be of noncombustible construction provided the
                                                                                                                     concealed spaces created are divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance
                                                                                                                     with Sentence 3.1.11.3.(2).
                                                                                                                         3) The floor system for the raised platform referred to in Sentence (2) is permitted
                                                                                                                     to include a combustible subfloor and combustible finished flooring.
                                                                                                                        4) Combustible finished flooring is permitted in a building required to be of
                                                                                                                     noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.11.        Combustible Stairs in Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                        1) Combustible stairs are permitted in a dwelling unit in a building required to be
                                                                                                                     of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.12.        Combustible Interior Finishes
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), combustible interior wall and
                                                                                                                     ceiling finishes referred to in Clause 3.1.13.1.(2)(b) that are not more than 1 mm thick
                                                                                                                     are permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction.
                                                                                                                        2) Combustible interior wall finishes, other than foamed plastics, that are not
                                                                                                                     more than 25 mm thick are permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                     construction, provided they have a flame-spread rating not more than 150 on any exposed
                                                                                                                     surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any
                                                                                                                     direction.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), combustible interior ceiling finishes, other
                                                                                                                     than foamed plastics, that are not more than 25 mm thick are permitted in a building
                                                                                                                     required to be of noncombustible construction, provided they have a flame-spread rating
                                                                                                                     not more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by
                                                                                                                     cutting through the material in any direction, except that not more than 10% of the
                                                                                                                     ceiling area within each fire compartment is permitted to have a flame-spread rating not
                                                                                                                     more than 150.
                                                                                                                        4) Combustible interior ceiling finishes made of fire-retardant-treated wood are
                                                                                                                     permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided they are
                                                                                                                     not more than 25 mm thick or are exposed fire-retardant-treated wood battens.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.13.        Gypsum Board
                                                                                                                        1) Gypsum board with a tightly adhering paper covering not more than 1 mm
                                                                                                                     thick is permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction provided
                                                                                                                     the flame-spread rating on the surface is not more than 25.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-11
                                                                                                    3.1.5.14.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    3.1.5.14.         Combustible Insulation
                                                                                                                      (See Notes A-3.1.4.2. and A-3.1.4.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                         1) Foamed plastic insulation shall conform to Article 3.1.5.15.
                                                                                                                         2) Combustible insulation with a flame-spread rating not more than 25 on any
                                                                                                                      exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material
                                                                                                                      in any direction, is permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction.
                                                                                                                         3) Combustible insulation is permitted to be installed above roof decks, outside of
                                                                                                                      foundation walls below ground level, and beneath concrete slabs-on-ground of buildings
                                                                                                                      required to be of noncombustible construction.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          4) Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), combustible insulation with a
                                                                                                                      flame-spread rating more than 25 but not more than 500 on any exposed surface, or
                                                                                                                      any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction,
                                                                                                                      is permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
                                                                                                                      the insulation is protected from adjacent space in the building, other than adjacent
                                                                                                                      concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a thermal barrier consisting of
                                                                                                                          a) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board mechanically fastened to a
                                                                                                                              supporting assembly independent of the insulation,
                                                                                                                          b) lath and plaster, mechanically fastened to a supporting assembly
                                                                                                                              independent of the insulation,
                                                                                                                          c) masonry, or
                                                                                                                          d) concrete.
                                                                                                                         5) Combustible insulation with a flame-spread rating more than 25 but not more than
                                                                                                                      500 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through
                                                                                                                      the material in any direction, is permitted in the exterior walls of a building required
                                                                                                                      to be of noncombustible construction that is not sprinklered and is more than 18 m high,
                                                                                                                      measured from grade to the underside of the roof, provided the insulation is protected
                                                                                                                      from adjacent space in the building, other than adjacent concealed spaces within wall
                                                                                                                      assemblies, by a thermal barrier consisting of
                                                                                                                          a) gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick, mechanically fastened to a
                                                                                                                              supporting assembly independent of the insulation and with all joints either
                                                                                                                              backed or taped and filled,
                                                                                                                          b) lath and plaster, mechanically fastened to a supporting assembly
                                                                                                                              independent of the insulation,
                                                                                                                          c) masonry or concrete not less than 25 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                          d) any thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101,
                                                                                                                              “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and
                                                                                                                              Materials,” will not develop an average temperature rise more than 140°C or
                                                                                                                              a maximum temperature rise more than 180°C at any point on its unexposed
                                                                                                                              face within 10 min (see Note A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d)) (see also Article 3.2.3.7.).
                                                                                                                         6) Combustible insulation with a flame-spread rating more than 25 but not more than
                                                                                                                      500 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through
                                                                                                                      the material in any direction, is permitted in the interior walls, within ceilings and
                                                                                                                      within roof assemblies of a building required to be of noncombustible construction that is
                                                                                                                      not sprinklered and is more than 18 m high, measured from grade to the underside of the
                                                                                                                      roof, provided the insulation is protected from adjacent space in the building, other than
                                                                                                                      adjacent concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a thermal barrier consisting of
                                                                                                                          a) Type X gypsum board not less than 15.9 mm thick, mechanically fastened
                                                                                                                              to a supporting assembly independent of the insulation and with all joints
                                                                                                                              either backed or taped and filled, conforming to
                                                                                                                                  i) ASTM C1177/C1177M, “Standard Specification for Glass
                                                                                                                                     Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing,”
                                                                                                                                 ii) ASTM C1178/C1178M, “Standard Specification for Coated
                                                                                                                                     Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel,”
                                                                                                                               iii) ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum
                                                                                                                                     Board,”
                                                                                                                                iv) ASTM C1658/C1658M, “Standard Specification for Glass
                                                                                                                                     Mat Gypsum Panels,” or
                                                                                                                                 v) CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board,”


                                                                                                    3-12 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          3.1.5.15.

                                                                                                                         b) non-loadbearing masonry or concrete not less than 50 mm thick,
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing masonry or concrete not less than 75 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                         d) any thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101,
                                                                                                                            “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and
                                                                                                                            Materials,”
                                                                                                                               i) does not develop an average temperature rise more than
                                                                                                                                  140°C or a maximum temperature rise more than 180°C at
                                                                                                                                  any point on its unexposed face within 20 min, and
                                                                                                                              ii) remains in place for not less than 40 min.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.15.        Foamed Plastic Insulation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     (See Notes A-3.1.4.2. and A-3.1.4.2.(1).)

                                                                                                                         1) Foamed plastic insulation is permitted to be installed above roof decks, outside
                                                                                                                     of foundation walls below ground level, and beneath concrete slabs-on-ground of a
                                                                                                                     building required to be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentences (3), (4) and 3.1.5.7.(1), foamed plastic
                                                                                                                     insulation with a flame-spread rating not more than 500 on any exposed surface, or
                                                                                                                     any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction,
                                                                                                                     is permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
                                                                                                                     the insulation is protected from adjacent space in the building, other than adjacent
                                                                                                                     concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a thermal barrier consisting of
                                                                                                                         a) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board mechanically fastened to a
                                                                                                                             supporting assembly independent of the insulation,
                                                                                                                         b) lath and plaster, mechanically fastened to a supporting assembly
                                                                                                                             independent of the insulation,
                                                                                                                         c) masonry,
                                                                                                                         d) concrete, or
                                                                                                                         e) any thermal barrier that meets the requirements of classification B when
                                                                                                                             tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S124, “Standard Method of Test for
                                                                                                                             the Evaluation of Protective Coverings for Foamed Plastic.”

                                                                                                                         3) Foamed plastic insulation with a flame-spread rating more than 25 but not more
                                                                                                                     than 500 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting
                                                                                                                     through the material in any direction, is permitted in the exterior walls of a building
                                                                                                                     required to be of noncombustible construction that is not sprinklered and is more than
                                                                                                                     18 m high, measured from grade to the underside of the roof, provided the insulation
                                                                                                                     is protected from adjacent space in the building, other than adjacent concealed spaces
                                                                                                                     within wall assemblies, by a thermal barrier consisting of
                                                                                                                         a) gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick, mechanically fastened to a
                                                                                                                             supporting assembly independent of the insulation and with all joints either
                                                                                                                             backed or taped and filled,
                                                                                                                         b) lath and plaster, mechanically fastened to a supporting assembly
                                                                                                                             independent of the insulation,
                                                                                                                         c) masonry or concrete not less than 25 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                         d) any thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101,
                                                                                                                             “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and
                                                                                                                             Materials,” does not develop an average temperature rise more than
                                                                                                                             140°C or a maximum temperature rise more than 180°C at any point on
                                                                                                                             its unexposed face within 10 min (see Note A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d)) (see also
                                                                                                                             Article 3.2.3.7.).

                                                                                                                         4) Foamed plastic insulation with a flame-spread rating more than 25 but not more
                                                                                                                     than 500 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting
                                                                                                                     through the material in any direction, is permitted in the interior walls, within ceilings
                                                                                                                     and within roof assemblies of a building required to be of noncombustible construction
                                                                                                                     that is not sprinklered and is more than 18 m high, measured from grade to the underside
                                                                                                                     of the roof, provided the insulation is protected from adjacent space in the building,




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 3-13
                                                                                                    3.1.5.16.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                      other than adjacent concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a thermal barrier
                                                                                                                      consisting of
                                                                                                                         a) Type X gypsum board not less than 15.9 mm thick, mechanically fastened
                                                                                                                              to a supporting assembly independent of the insulation and with all joints
                                                                                                                              either backed or taped and filled, conforming to
                                                                                                                                  i) ASTM C1177/C1177M, “Standard Specification for Glass
                                                                                                                                     Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing,”
                                                                                                                                 ii) ASTM C1178/C1178M, “Standard Specification for Coated
                                                                                                                                     Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel,”
                                                                                                                               iii) ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum
                                                                                                                                     Board,” or
                                                                                                                                iv) CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board,”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         b) non-loadbearing masonry or concrete not less than 50 mm thick,
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing masonry or concrete not less than 75 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                         d) any thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101,
                                                                                                                              “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and
                                                                                                                              Materials,”
                                                                                                                                  i) does not develop an average temperature rise more than
                                                                                                                                     140°C or a maximum temperature rise more than 180°C at
                                                                                                                                     any point on its unexposed face within 20 min, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) remains in place for not less than 40 min.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.16.         Combustible Elements in Partitions

                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), solid lumber partitions not less than 38 mm
                                                                                                                      thick and wood framing in partitions located in a fire compartment not more than
                                                                                                                      600 m2 in area are permitted to be used in a building required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                      construction in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout provided the partitions
                                                                                                                          a) are not required fire separations, and
                                                                                                                          b) are not located in a care, treatment or detention occupancy.

                                                                                                                         2) Partitions installed in a building of noncombustible construction are permitted to
                                                                                                                      contain wood framing provided
                                                                                                                         a) the building is not more than 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                         b) the partitions are not located in a care, treatment or detention occupancy, and
                                                                                                                         c) the partitions are not installed as enclosures for exits or vertical service spaces.

                                                                                                                         3) Solid lumber partitions not less than 38 mm thick and partitions that contain
                                                                                                                      wood framing are permitted to be used in a building required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                      construction provided
                                                                                                                         a) the building is sprinklered throughout, and
                                                                                                                         b) the partitions are not
                                                                                                                                 i) located in a care, treatment or detention occupancy,
                                                                                                                                ii) installed as enclosures for exits or vertical service spaces, or
                                                                                                                               iii) used to satisfy the requirements of Clause 3.2.8.1.(1)(a).

                                                                                                    3.1.5.17.         Storage Lockers in Residential Buildings

                                                                                                                         1) Storage lockers in storage rooms are permitted to be constructed of wood in a
                                                                                                                      building of residential occupancy required to be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.18.         Combustible Ducts

                                                                                                                         1) Except as required by Sentence 3.6.4.3.(1), combustible ducts, including
                                                                                                                      plenums and duct connectors, are permitted to be used in a building required to be of
                                                                                                                      noncombustible construction provided these ducts and duct connectors are used only
                                                                                                                      in horizontal runs.

                                                                                                                         2) Combustible duct linings, duct coverings, duct insulation, vibration isolation
                                                                                                                      connectors, duct tape, pipe insulation and pipe coverings are permitted to be used in
                                                                                                                      a building required to be of noncombustible construction provided they conform to the
                                                                                                                      appropriate requirements of Subsection 3.6.5.


                                                                                                    3-14 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              3.1.5.21.

                                                                                                                        3) In a building required to be of noncombustible construction, combustible ducts
                                                                                                                     need not comply with the requirements of Sentences 3.6.5.1.(1) and (2) provided the
                                                                                                                     ducts are
                                                                                                                        a) part of a duct system conveying only ventilation air, and
                                                                                                                        b) contained entirely within a dwelling unit.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.19.        Combustible Piping Materials
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Clause 3.1.5.2.(1)(d) and Sentences (2) and (3),
                                                                                                                     combustible piping and tubing and associated adhesives are permitted to be used in
                                                                                                                     a building required to be of noncombustible construction provided that, except when
                                                                                                                     concealed in a wall or concrete floor slab, they




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) have a flame-spread rating not more than 25, and
                                                                                                                        b) if used in a building described in Subsection 3.2.6., have a smoke developed
                                                                                                                             classification not more than 50.
                                                                                                                        2) Combustible sprinkler piping is permitted to be used within a sprinklered floor
                                                                                                                     area in a building required to be of noncombustible construction. (See also Article 3.2.5.13.)
                                                                                                                        3) Polypropylene pipes and fittings are permitted to be used for drain, waste and
                                                                                                                     vent piping for the conveyance of highly corrosive materials and for piping used to
                                                                                                                     distribute distilled or dialyzed water in laboratory and hospital facilities in a building
                                                                                                                     required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the building is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) the piping is not located in a vertical shaft, and
                                                                                                                         c) piping that penetrates a fire separation is sealed at the penetration by a
                                                                                                                             firestop that has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the
                                                                                                                             fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115,
                                                                                                                             “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” with a pressure
                                                                                                                             differential of 50 Pa between the exposed and unexposed sides, with the
                                                                                                                             higher pressure on the exposed side.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.20.        Combustible Plumbing Fixtures
                                                                                                                        1) Combustible plumbing fixtures, including wall and ceiling enclosures that form
                                                                                                                     part of the plumbing fixture, are permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                     construction provided they are constructed of material having a flame-spread rating and
                                                                                                                     smoke developed classification not more than that permitted for the wall surface of the
                                                                                                                     room or space in which they are installed.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.21.        Wires and Cables
                                                                                                                        1) Except as required by Sentence (2) and Article 3.1.5.22., optical fibre cables and
                                                                                                                     electrical wires and cables with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes are permitted
                                                                                                                     in a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the wires and cables exhibit a vertical char of not more than 1.5 m when
                                                                                                                             tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test – Cables in Cable Trays
                                                                                                                             (FT4 rating) in CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and
                                                                                                                             Cables,”
                                                                                                                         b) the wires and cables are located in
                                                                                                                                 i) totally enclosed noncombustible raceways (see
                                                                                                                                    Note A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i)),
                                                                                                                                ii) masonry walls,
                                                                                                                               iii) concrete slabs,
                                                                                                                               iv) a service room separated from the remainder of the building
                                                                                                                                    by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than
                                                                                                                                    1 h, or
                                                                                                                                v) totally enclosed non-metallic raceways conforming to
                                                                                                                                    Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(b), or
                                                                                                                         c) the wires and cables are communication cables used at the service entry to a
                                                                                                                             building and are not more than 3 m long.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.5.21.(1).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 3-15
                                                                                                    3.1.5.22.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted in Sentences (3) and (4), optical fibre cables and electrical
                                                                                                                      wires and cables with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes that are used for
                                                                                                                      the transmission of voice, sound or data and are not located in totally enclosed
                                                                                                                      noncombustible raceways are permitted to be installed in a plenum in a building required
                                                                                                                      to be of noncombustible construction, provided the wires and cables exhibit a horizontal
                                                                                                                      flame distance of not more than 1.5 m, an average optical smoke density of not more
                                                                                                                      than 0.15, and a peak optical smoke density of not more than 0.5 when tested in
                                                                                                                      conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.4, “Standard Method of Test for Fire and Smoke
                                                                                                                      Characteristics of Electrical Wiring, Cables and Non-Metallic Raceways,” (FT6 rating).
                                                                                                                         3) Except as permitted in Sentence (4), where totally enclosed noncombustible
                                                                                                                      raceways are used in a plenum, exposed components of wiring systems with combustible




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      insulation, jackets or sheathes, including optical fibre cables and electrical wires and
                                                                                                                      cables that are used for the transmission of voice, sound or data, that are installed in
                                                                                                                      the plenum or that extend not more than 9 m from the plenum including drop down to
                                                                                                                      the floor level, are permitted provided they exhibit a vertical char of not more than
                                                                                                                      1.5 m when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test – Cables in Cable Trays
                                                                                                                      (FT4 rating) in CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables.”
                                                                                                                          4) Cables or wires within plenums that are used for the transmission of signals in
                                                                                                                      fire alarm systems need not comply with the requirements of Sentences (2) and (3).

                                                                                                    3.1.5.22.         Combustible Travelling Cables for Elevators
                                                                                                                         1) Combustible travelling cables are permitted on elevating devices in a building
                                                                                                                      required to be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.1.5.23.         Non-metallic Raceways
                                                                                                                         1) Except as required in Sentence (2), subject to the limits on the size of elements
                                                                                                                      that penetrate fire separations when complying with Article 3.1.9.2., within a fire
                                                                                                                      compartment of a building required to be of noncombustible construction, totally enclosed
                                                                                                                      non-metallic raceways not more than 175 mm in outside diameter, or of an equivalent
                                                                                                                      rectangular area, are permitted to be used to enclose optical fibre cables and electrical
                                                                                                                      wires and cables, provided
                                                                                                                          a) where the wires and cables in the raceways meet or exceed the requirements
                                                                                                                             of Clause 3.1.5.21.(1)(a), the non-metallic raceways meet the requirements
                                                                                                                             for at least an FT4 rating in
                                                                                                                                i) CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 262, “Optical Fiber Cable and
                                                                                                                                   Communication Cable Raceway Systems,” or
                                                                                                                               ii) CAN/ULC-S143, “Standard Method of Fire Tests for
                                                                                                                                   Non-Metallic Electrical and Optical Fibre Cable Raceway
                                                                                                                                   Systems,” and
                                                                                                                          b) where the wires and cables in the raceways do not meet or exceed the
                                                                                                                             requirements of Clause 3.1.5.21.(1)(a), the non-metallic raceways exhibit a
                                                                                                                             vertical char of not more than 1.5 m when tested in conformance with the
                                                                                                                             Vertical Flame Test (FT4) – Conduit or Tubing on Cable Tray in Clause 6.16
                                                                                                                             of CSA C22.2 No. 211.0, “General Requirements and Methods of Testing
                                                                                                                             for Nonmetallic Conduit.”
                                                                                                                         2) Totally enclosed non-metallic raceways used in a plenum in a building required
                                                                                                                      to be of noncombustible construction shall exhibit a horizontal flame distance of not
                                                                                                                      more than 1.5 m, an average optical smoke density of not more than 0.15, and a
                                                                                                                      peak optical smoke density of not more than 0.5 when tested in conformance with
                                                                                                                      CAN/ULC-S102.4, “Standard Method of Test for Fire and Smoke Characteristics of
                                                                                                                      Electrical Wiring, Cables and Non-Metallic Raceways,” (FT6 rating).

                                                                                                    3.1.5.24.         Decorative Wood Cladding
                                                                                                                         1) On buildings required to be of noncombustible construction, decorative wood
                                                                                                                      cladding is permitted to be used on the exterior fascias and soffits of marquees or
                                                                                                                      canopies on the building face of a storey having direct access to a street or access route,
                                                                                                                      provided the wood cladding is fire-retardant-treated wood that has been conditioned
                                                                                                                      in conformance with ASTM D2898, “Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering


                                                                                                    3-16 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.1.6.3.

                                                                                                                     of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing,” before being tested in accordance
                                                                                                                     with CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics
                                                                                                                     of Building Materials and Assemblies.”

                                                                                                    3.1.6.           Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.6.)

                                                                                                    3.1.6.1.         Scope

                                                                                                                        1) Encapsulated mass timber construction permitted in this Part shall conform to
                                                                                                                     this Subsection.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.1.6.2.         Materials Permitted

                                                                                                                        1) Except as otherwise provided in this Part and Sentence 6.4.3.1.(1), materials
                                                                                                                     used in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                     construction shall conform to Subsection 3.1.5.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.3.         Structural Mass Timber Elements
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.6.3.)

                                                                                                                        1) Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection and Articles 3.2.2.16.
                                                                                                                     and 3.2.3.19., a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                     construction is permitted to include structural mass timber elements, including beams,
                                                                                                                     columns, arches, and wall, floor and roof assemblies, provided they comply with
                                                                                                                     Sentences (2) and (3).

                                                                                                                         2) Structural mass timber elements referred to in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                         a) except as provided in Sentence (4), be arranged in heavy solid masses
                                                                                                                            containing no concealed spaces,
                                                                                                                         b) have essentially smooth flat surfaces with no thin sections or sharp
                                                                                                                            projections, and
                                                                                                                         c) except as provided in Sentence 3.1.6.17.(1), conform to the minimum
                                                                                                                            dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3.

                                                                                                                        3) Adhesives used in structural mass timber elements referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     that are constructed of cross-laminated timber shall conform to the elevated
                                                                                                                     temperature performance requirements in ANSI/APA PRG 320, “Standard for
                                                                                                                     Performance-Rated Cross-Laminated Timber.”

                                                                                                                        4) Concealed spaces are permitted within structural mass timber elements
                                                                                                                     referred to in Sentence (2) and need not conform to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1), provided
                                                                                                                     the concealed spaces are
                                                                                                                         a) sprinklered and divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance
                                                                                                                            with Subsection 3.1.11.,
                                                                                                                         b) completely filled with rock or slag fibre insulation conforming to
                                                                                                                            CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for
                                                                                                                            Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and having a density not less
                                                                                                                            than 32 kg/m3,
                                                                                                                         c) if horizontal, lined with not less than a single layer of 12.7 mm thick Type X
                                                                                                                            gypsum board or noncombustible material providing an encapsulation rating
                                                                                                                            of not less than 25 min, or
                                                                                                                         d) if vertical, lined with not less than a single layer of 12.7 mm thick Type X
                                                                                                                            gypsum board or noncombustible material providing an encapsulation rating
                                                                                                                            of not less than 25 min and vertically divided into compartments by fire
                                                                                                                            blocks in conformance with Subsection 3.1.11.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-17
                                                                                                    3.1.6.4.                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                                                            Table 3.1.6.3.
                                                                                                                   Minimum Dimensions of Structural Mass Timber Elements in Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction
                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentences 3.1.6.3.(2), 3.1.6.8.(1) and 3.1.6.17.(1)

                                                                                                                         Structural Wood Elements                             Minimum Thickness, mm               Minimum Width × Depth, mm × mm
                                                                                                     Walls that are fire separations or exterior walls (1-sided fire                                                            —
                                                                                                                                                                                         96
                                                                                                     exposure)
                                                                                                     Walls that require a fire-resistance rating, but are not fire                                                              —
                                                                                                                                                                                        192
                                                                                                     separations (2-sided fire exposure)
                                                                                                     Floors (1) and roofs (1-sided fire exposure)                                        96                                     —
                                                                                                     Beams, columns and arches (2- or 3-sided fire exposure)                             —                                  192 × 192




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Beams, columns and arches (4-sided fire exposure)                                   —                                  224 × 224

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.1.6.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The minimum dimensions for floor assemblies are also applicable to mezzanines and exterior balconies.


                                                                                                    3.1.6.4.               Encapsulation of Mass Timber Elements
                                                                                                                           (See also Note A-3.1.6.3.)
                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (6), 3.1.6.3.(4), 3.1.6.16.(2) and 3.1.6.17.(2),
                                                                                                                           and Articles 3.1.6.7. and 3.1.6.12., the exposed surfaces of structural mass timber
                                                                                                                           elements conforming to Article 3.1.6.3. shall be protected from adjacent spaces in the
                                                                                                                           building, including adjacent concealed spaces within wall, floor and roof assemblies,
                                                                                                                           by a material or assembly of materials conforming to Sentence (2) that provides an
                                                                                                                           encapsulation rating of not less than 50 min. (See Note A-3.1.6.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                             2) Except as provided in Sentence 3.1.6.11.(1), the material or assembly of
                                                                                                                           materials referred to in Sentence (1) shall consist of
                                                                                                                              a) gypsum board,
                                                                                                                             b) gypsum concrete,
                                                                                                                              c) noncombustible materials,
                                                                                                                             d) materials that conform to Sentences 3.1.5.1.(2) to (4), or
                                                                                                                              e) any combination of the materials listed in Clauses (a) to (d).
                                                                                                                              3) Except as provided in Sentence (5), the exposed surfaces of mass timber
                                                                                                                           beams, columns and arches within a suite or fire compartment need not be protected in
                                                                                                                           accordance with Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                              a) their aggregate surface area does not exceed 10% of the total wall area of the
                                                                                                                                  perimeter of the suite or fire compartment in which they are located, and
                                                                                                                              b) the flame-spread rating on any exposed surface is not more than 150.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (6).)
                                                                                                                              4) Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), the exposed surfaces of mass timber
                                                                                                                           walls within a suite need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                               a) each exposed surface faces the same direction, and
                                                                                                                              b) the flame-spread rating on any exposed surface is not more than 150.
                                                                                                                           (See Notes A-3.1.6.4.(4) and A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (6).)
                                                                                                                              5) The aggregate exposed surface area of mass timber elements within a suite
                                                                                                                           permitted in Sentences (3) and (4) shall not exceed 35% of the total wall area of the
                                                                                                                           perimeter of the suite. (See Note A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (6).)
                                                                                                                              6) The exposed surfaces of mass timber ceilings within a suite need not be protected
                                                                                                                           in accordance with Sentence (1), provided their aggregate area does not exceed
                                                                                                                               a) 10% of the total ceiling area of the suite, where the exposed surfaces have a
                                                                                                                                  flame-spread rating not more than 150, or
                                                                                                                               b) 25% of the total ceiling area of the suite, where
                                                                                                                                      i) the suite contains no mass timber walls with exposed
                                                                                                                                         surfaces, and
                                                                                                                                     ii) the exposed surfaces of the mass timber ceiling have a
                                                                                                                                         flame-spread rating not more than 75.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (6).)


                                                                                                    3-18 Division B                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.1.6.7.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.5.         Determination of Encapsulation Ratings
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Article 3.1.6.6., the rating of a material or assembly of
                                                                                                                     materials that is required to have an encapsulation rating shall be determined on the
                                                                                                                     basis of the results of tests conducted in conformance with CAN/ULC-S146, “Standard
                                                                                                                     Method of Test for the Evaluation of Encapsulation Materials and Assemblies of
                                                                                                                     Materials for the Protection of Structural Timber Elements.”

                                                                                                    3.1.6.6.         Encapsulation Materials
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.6.6.)
                                                                                                                        1) Gypsum-concrete topping and concrete not less than 38 mm thick are deemed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     to have an encapsulation rating of 50 min when installed on the upper side of a mass
                                                                                                                     timber floor or roof assembly.
                                                                                                                        2) Two layers of Type X gypsum board each not less than 12.7 mm thick are
                                                                                                                     deemed to have an encapsulation rating of 50 min when installed on a mass timber
                                                                                                                     element, provided they
                                                                                                                        a) are fastened with a minimum of two rows of screws in each layer
                                                                                                                               i) directly to the mass timber element with screws of sufficient
                                                                                                                                  length to penetrate not less than 20 mm into the mass
                                                                                                                                  timber element that are spaced not more than 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  and 20 mm to 38 mm from the boards' edges, or
                                                                                                                              ii) to wood furring or resilient metal or steel furring channels
                                                                                                                                  not more than 25 mm thick spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                  400 mm o.c. on the mass timber element,
                                                                                                                        b) are installed with the joints in each layer staggered from those in the
                                                                                                                            adjacent layer,
                                                                                                                         c) are installed in conformance with ASTM C840, “Standard Specification
                                                                                                                            for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board,” except that their joints
                                                                                                                            need not be taped and finished, and
                                                                                                                        d) conform to
                                                                                                                               i) ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum
                                                                                                                                  Board,” or
                                                                                                                              ii) CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board.”
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.6.6.(2).)

                                                                                                    3.1.6.7.         Combustible Roofing Materials
                                                                                                                        1) Wood roof sheathing and roof sheathing supports that do not conform to
                                                                                                                     Articles 3.1.6.3. and 3.1.6.4. are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to
                                                                                                                     be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided they are installed
                                                                                                                         a) above a concrete deck in accordance with Sentence 3.1.5.3.(2), or
                                                                                                                        b) above a deck of encapsulated mass timber construction, where
                                                                                                                                i) said deck is permitted to be encapsulated between the
                                                                                                                                   roof sheathing supports by a material or assembly of
                                                                                                                                   materials conforming to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(2) that provides
                                                                                                                                   an encapsulation rating of not less than 50 min,
                                                                                                                               ii) the height of the roof space is not more than 1 m,
                                                                                                                              iii) the roof space is divided into compartments by fire blocks in
                                                                                                                                   conformance with Article 3.1.11.5.,
                                                                                                                              iv) openings through the deck other than for noncombustible
                                                                                                                                   roof drains and plumbing piping are protected by shafts
                                                                                                                                   constructed as fire separations having a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                                   not less than 1 h that extend from the deck to not less than
                                                                                                                                   150 mm above the adjacent sheathing, and
                                                                                                                               v) except as permitted by Subclause (b)(iv), the roof space
                                                                                                                                   does not contain any building services.
                                                                                                                         2) Combustible cant strips, roof curbs, nailing strips and similar components used
                                                                                                                     in the installation of roofing are permitted on a building or part of a building permitted
                                                                                                                     to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 3-19
                                                                                                    3.1.6.8.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                         3) Wood nailer facings to parapets that are not more than 610 mm high are
                                                                                                                      permitted on a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                      construction, provided the facings and any roof membranes covering the facings are
                                                                                                                      protected by sheet metal.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.8.          Combustible Window Sashes and Frames

                                                                                                                         1) Combustible window sashes and frames are permitted in a building or part of a
                                                                                                                      building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided
                                                                                                                          a) each window in an exterior wall face is an individual unit separated from
                                                                                                                              every other opening in the wall by noncombustible wall construction or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              mass timber wall construction conforming to the dimensions stated in
                                                                                                                              Table 3.1.6.3.,
                                                                                                                          b) windows in exterior walls in contiguous storeys are separated by not
                                                                                                                              less than 1 m of noncombustible wall construction or mass timber wall
                                                                                                                              construction conforming to the dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3., and
                                                                                                                          c) the aggregate area of openings in an exterior wall face of a fire compartment
                                                                                                                              is not more than 40% of the area of the wall face.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.9.          Exterior Cladding

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2), (3) and (6), cladding on an exterior wall
                                                                                                                      assembly of a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                      construction shall be noncombustible. (See Note A-3.1.6.9.(1) and (2).)

                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (5), cladding on an exterior wall
                                                                                                                      assembly of a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                      construction is permitted to consist of
                                                                                                                         a) combustible cladding that
                                                                                                                                 i) is not contiguous over more than 4 storeys,
                                                                                                                                ii) represents not more than 10% of the cladding on each
                                                                                                                                    exterior wall of each storey,
                                                                                                                               iii) is not more than 1.2 m in width,
                                                                                                                               iv) has a flame-spread rating not more than 75 on any exposed
                                                                                                                                    surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting
                                                                                                                                    through the material in any direction,
                                                                                                                                v) is separated from other portions of combustible cladding on
                                                                                                                                    adjacent storeys by a horizontal distance of not less than
                                                                                                                                    2.4 m, and
                                                                                                                               vi) is separated from other portions of combustible cladding by
                                                                                                                                    a horizontal distance of not less than 1.2 m,
                                                                                                                         b) combustible cladding that
                                                                                                                                 i) is not contiguous across adjacent storeys,
                                                                                                                                ii) represents not more than 10% of the cladding on each
                                                                                                                                    exterior wall of each storey,
                                                                                                                               iii) has a flame-spread rating not more than 75 on any exposed
                                                                                                                                    surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting
                                                                                                                                    through the material in any direction, and
                                                                                                                               iv) is separated from other portions of combustible cladding on
                                                                                                                                    adjacent storeys by a horizontal distance of not less than
                                                                                                                                    2.4 m,
                                                                                                                          c) combustible cladding representing up to 100% of the cladding on exterior
                                                                                                                             walls of the first storey, provided all portions of the cladding can be directly
                                                                                                                             accessed and are located not more than 15 m from a street or access route
                                                                                                                             conforming to Article 3.2.5.6., measured horizontally from the face of the
                                                                                                                             building,
                                                                                                                         d) except as provided in Sentence (4), a wall assembly that satisfies the criteria
                                                                                                                             of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b), or
                                                                                                                          e) a combination of noncombustible cladding and the cladding described in
                                                                                                                             Clauses (a) to (d).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.6.9.(1) and (2).)


                                                                                                    3-20 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.1.6.12.

                                                                                                                        3) The permitted area of combustible cladding in Clause (2)(a) or (b) shall not
                                                                                                                     exceed 5% of the cladding on each exterior wall of each storey where the time from
                                                                                                                     receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the arrival of the first fire
                                                                                                                     department vehicle at the building exceeds 10 min in 10% or more of all fire department
                                                                                                                     calls to the building. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(8).)

                                                                                                                       4) An exterior wall assembly constructed in conformance with Section D-6 of
                                                                                                                     Appendix D is deemed to satisfy the criteria of Clause (2)(d).

                                                                                                                        5) Except as provided in Article 3.2.3.10., where the limiting distance in
                                                                                                                     Table 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-E permits an area of unprotected openings of not more than
                                                                                                                     10% of the exposing building face, the construction requirements of Table 3.2.3.7. shall be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     met.

                                                                                                                        6) A wall assembly conforming to Clause (2)(d) that includes combustible cladding
                                                                                                                     made of fire-retardant-treated wood shall be tested for fire exposure after the cladding has
                                                                                                                     been subjected to the accelerated weathering test specified in ASTM D2898, “Standard
                                                                                                                     Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing.”

                                                                                                                        7) Where combustible cladding conforming to Clause (2)(a) or (b) on an exterior
                                                                                                                     wall of a fire compartment is exposed to combustible cladding conforming to Clause (2)(a)
                                                                                                                     or (b) on an exterior wall of the same fire compartment or of another fire compartment,
                                                                                                                     and the planes of the two walls are parallel or at an angle less than 135° measured from
                                                                                                                     the exterior of the building, the different portions of combustible cladding shall
                                                                                                                         a) be separated by a horizontal distance of not less than 3 m, and
                                                                                                                         b) not be contiguous over more than 2 storeys.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.10.        Combustible Components in Exterior Walls

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), combustible components, other than those
                                                                                                                     permitted by Article 3.1.6.9., are permitted to be used in an exterior wall assembly of a
                                                                                                                     building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction,
                                                                                                                     provided the wall assembly meets the requirements of Clause 3.1.6.9.(2)(d).

                                                                                                                       2) An exterior wall assembly constructed in conformance with Section D-6 of
                                                                                                                     Appendix D is deemed to satisfy the criteria of Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                        3) Non-loadbearing wood elements permitted in Article 3.1.5.6. need not conform
                                                                                                                     to Article 3.1.6.3. in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass
                                                                                                                     timber construction.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.11.        Nailing Elements

                                                                                                                        1) Wood nailing elements are permitted to be used for the attachment of a material
                                                                                                                     or assembly of materials used to provide an encapsulation rating in a building or part of a
                                                                                                                     building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided the concealed
                                                                                                                     space created by the wood nailing elements is not more than 25 mm deep.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.1.6.16.(2) and Article 3.1.6.6., wood nailing
                                                                                                                     elements are permitted to be used for the attachment of interior finishes in a building or
                                                                                                                     part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided the
                                                                                                                     concealed space created by the wood nailing elements is not more than 50 mm deep and
                                                                                                                        a) exposed surfaces in the concealed space have a flame-spread rating not more
                                                                                                                             than 25, or
                                                                                                                        b) the concealed space is filled with noncombustible insulation.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.12.        Combustible Flooring Elements

                                                                                                                        1) Wood members that are more than 50 mm but not more than 300 mm high are
                                                                                                                     permitted to be used for the construction of a raised platform in a building or part of


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 3-21
                                                                                                    3.1.6.13.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                      a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, and they need not
                                                                                                                      conform to Articles 3.1.6.3. and 3.1.6.4., provided
                                                                                                                          a) the concealed spaces created by the wood members are divided into
                                                                                                                              compartments by fire blocks in conformance with Sentence 3.1.11.3.(4), and
                                                                                                                          b) the wood members are
                                                                                                                                 i) applied directly to or set into a noncombustible floor slab, or
                                                                                                                                ii) applied directly to a mass timber floor assembly that
                                                                                                                                    conforms to the requirements of Article 3.1.6.3.

                                                                                                                         2) The upper surface of the mass timber floor assembly referred to in
                                                                                                                      Subclause (1)(b)(ii) is permitted to be encapsulated only between the wood members
                                                                                                                      by a material or assembly of materials conforming to Sentences 3.1.6.4.(1) and (2).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          3) The floor system for the raised platform referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted
                                                                                                                      to include a combustible subfloor and combustible finished flooring.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.13.         Combustible Stairs

                                                                                                                         1) Wood stairs and landings conforming to the requirements for floor assemblies
                                                                                                                      in Article 3.1.6.3. and Sentences 3.1.6.4.(1) and (2) are permitted in an exit stairwell in a
                                                                                                                      building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.

                                                                                                                         2) Wood stairs in a suite in a building or part of a building permitted to be of
                                                                                                                      encapsulated mass timber construction need not conform to Articles 3.1.6.3. and 3.1.6.4.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.14.         Combustible Interior Finishes

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), combustible interior wall and
                                                                                                                      ceiling finishes referred to in Clause 3.1.13.1.(2)(b) that are not more than 1 mm thick
                                                                                                                      are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass
                                                                                                                      timber construction.

                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentences 3.1.6.4.(3) and (4), combustible interior wall
                                                                                                                      finishes, other than foamed plastics, that are not more than 25 mm thick are permitted
                                                                                                                      in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction,
                                                                                                                      provided they have a flame-spread rating not more than 150 on any exposed surface, or
                                                                                                                      any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction.

                                                                                                                          3) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and 3.1.6.4.(3) and (6), combustible interior
                                                                                                                      ceiling finishes, other than foamed plastics, that are not more than 25 mm thick are
                                                                                                                      permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                      construction, provided they have a flame-spread rating not more than 25 on any exposed
                                                                                                                      surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any
                                                                                                                      direction, except that not more than 10% of the ceiling area within each fire compartment
                                                                                                                      is permitted to have a flame-spread rating not more than 150. (See Note A-3.1.11.3.(3).)

                                                                                                                          4) Combustible interior ceiling finishes made of fire-retardant-treated wood are
                                                                                                                      permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass
                                                                                                                      timber construction, provided they are not more than 25 mm thick or are exposed
                                                                                                                      fire-retardant-treated wood battens.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.15.         Combustible Elements in Partitions

                                                                                                                         1) Solid lumber partitions not less than 38 mm thick and partitions containing
                                                                                                                      wood framing that do not conform to Article 3.1.6.3. are permitted in a building or
                                                                                                                      part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided the
                                                                                                                      partitions are
                                                                                                                          a) protected on each face with not less than
                                                                                                                                 i) a single layer of 12.7 mm thick Type X gypsum board, with
                                                                                                                                    all joints either backed or taped and filled, conforming to
                                                                                                                                    ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum
                                                                                                                                    Board,” or CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board,”


                                                                                                    3-22 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.1.7.4.

                                                                                                                              ii) a single layer of 19 mm thick fire-retardant-treated wood, on
                                                                                                                                  solid lumber partitions, or
                                                                                                                             iii) a single layer of 19 mm thick fire-retardant-treated wood, on
                                                                                                                                  partitions containing wood framing, where the wood stud
                                                                                                                                  cavities are filled with noncombustible insulation, and
                                                                                                                         b) not installed as enclosures for exits or vertical service spaces.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.16.        Exposed Construction Materials and Components in Concealed Spaces
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 3.1.11.7., and except as otherwise
                                                                                                                     provided in this Subsection, only construction materials and components permitted in
                                                                                                                     noncombustible construction shall be permitted to have exposed surfaces in concealed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     spaces within floor, roof, and wall assemblies in a building or part of a building
                                                                                                                     permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.
                                                                                                                        2) Exposed surfaces are permitted in a concealed space created by the attachment
                                                                                                                     of a material or assembly of materials conforming to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1), provided the
                                                                                                                     concealed space is not more than 25 mm deep.

                                                                                                    3.1.6.17.        Penetration by Outlet Boxes
                                                                                                                        1) The minimum dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3. need not apply at cutouts in
                                                                                                                     vertical or horizontal structural mass timber elements where outlet boxes are installed
                                                                                                                     in accordance with Article 3.1.9.3. (See also Note A-3.1.9.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) The exposed surfaces of the cutouts described in Sentence (1) need not be
                                                                                                                     protected in accordance with Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1).
                                                                                                                         3) Outlet boxes on opposite sides of a structural mass timber element having a
                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating shall be separated by a distance of not less than 600 mm.

                                                                                                    3.1.7.           Fire-Resistance Ratings
                                                                                                    3.1.7.1.         Determination of Ratings
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2) and Articles 3.1.7.2. and 3.6.3.5., the rating
                                                                                                                     of a material, assembly of materials or a structural member that is required to have a
                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating, shall be determined on the basis of the results of tests conducted
                                                                                                                     in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of
                                                                                                                     Building Construction and Materials.”
                                                                                                                        2) A material, assembly of materials or a structural member is permitted to be
                                                                                                                     assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of Appendix D.

                                                                                                    3.1.7.2.         Exception for Exterior Walls
                                                                                                                        1) The limit on the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of an assembly as
                                                                                                                     required by the tests referred to in Sentence 3.1.7.1.(1) shall not apply to an exterior
                                                                                                                     wall that has a limiting distance of 1.2 m or more, provided correction is made for
                                                                                                                     radiation from the unexposed surface in accordance with Sentence 3.2.3.1.(9).

                                                                                                    3.1.7.3.         Exposure Conditions for Rating
                                                                                                                       1) Floor, roof and ceiling assemblies shall be rated for exposure to fire on the
                                                                                                                     underside.
                                                                                                                        2) Firewalls and interior vertical fire separations shall be rated for exposure to fire
                                                                                                                     on each side.
                                                                                                                         3) Exterior walls shall be rated for exposure to fire from inside the building.

                                                                                                    3.1.7.4.         Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                         1) The use of materials or assemblies having a greater fire-resistance rating than
                                                                                                                     required shall impose no obligation to exceed in whole or in part the minimum
                                                                                                                     fire-resistance ratings required by this Part.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-23
                                                                                                    3.1.7.5.                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                    3.1.7.5.          Rating of Supporting Construction
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2) and by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. for
                                                                                                                      mixed types of construction, all loadbearing walls, columns and arches in the storey
                                                                                                                      immediately below a floor or roof assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                      shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported floor
                                                                                                                      or roof assembly.
                                                                                                                         2) Loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a service room or service space
                                                                                                                      need not conform to Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                         3) Except as provided in Sentence (4) and except for noncombustible roof assemblies
                                                                                                                      required by Clauses 3.2.2.51.(2)(c) and 3.2.2.60.(2)(c), if an assembly is required to be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      of noncombustible construction and have a fire-resistance rating, it shall be supported
                                                                                                                      by noncombustible construction.
                                                                                                                         4) Except for portions of a building constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.7.
                                                                                                                      that are required to be of noncombustible construction, assemblies of noncombustible
                                                                                                                      construction in buildings or portions of buildings permitted to be of encapsulated
                                                                                                                      mass timber construction are permitted to be supported by encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                      construction.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.            Fire Separations and Closures
                                                                                                    3.1.8.1.          General Requirements
                                                                                                                         1) Any wall, partition or floor assembly required to be a fire separation shall
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentence (2), be constructed as a continuous element
                                                                                                                            in conformance with Article 3.1.8.3., and
                                                                                                                         b) as required in this Part, have a fire-resistance rating as specified (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b)).
                                                                                                                        2) Openings in a fire separation shall be protected with closures, shafts or other
                                                                                                                      means in conformance with Articles 3.1.8.4. to 3.1.8.19. and Subsections 3.1.9.
                                                                                                                      and 3.2.8. (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(2).)

                                                                                                    3.1.8.2.          Combustible Construction Support
                                                                                                                         1) Combustible construction that abuts on or is supported by a noncombustible fire
                                                                                                                      separation shall be constructed so that its collapse under fire conditions will not cause
                                                                                                                      the collapse of the fire separation.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.3.          Continuity of Fire Separations
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.6.4.2.(2), a horizontal service space or other
                                                                                                                      concealed space located above a required vertical fire separation, including the walls
                                                                                                                      of a vertical shaft, shall be divided at the fire separation by an equivalent fire separation
                                                                                                                      within the service space.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentence (5), the continuity of a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating that abuts another fire separation, a floor, a ceiling, or a roof shall be
                                                                                                                      maintained by a firestop conforming to Sentence (3). (See Note A-3.1.8.3.(2).)
                                                                                                                          3) The firestop required in Sentence (2) shall have an FT rating not less than the
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating of the abutting fire separation when subjected to the fire test method
                                                                                                                      in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems.”
                                                                                                                          4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), joints located in a horizontal plane between
                                                                                                                      a floor and an exterior wall shall be sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire
                                                                                                                      test method in ASTM E2307, “Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of
                                                                                                                      Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey Test Apparatus,” has an
                                                                                                                      F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the horizontal fire separation.
                                                                                                                          5) Joints between ceilings and walls, between floors and walls, and between walls
                                                                                                                      at corners need not comply with Sentences (2) and (4) where such joints consist of
                                                                                                                      gypsum board that is attached to framing members and arranged so as to restrict the
                                                                                                                      passage of flame and smoke through the joints. (See Note A-3.1.8.3.(5).)


                                                                                                    3-24 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  3.1.8.5.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.4.           Determination of Ratings and Classifications
                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.1.8.16.(1), the fire-protection rating of
                                                                                                                       a closure shall be determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                           a) CAN/ULC-S104, “Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies,”
                                                                                                                           b) CAN/ULC-S106, “Standard Method for Fire Tests of Window and Glass
                                                                                                                               Block Assemblies,” or
                                                                                                                           c) CAN/ULC-S112, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Fire Damper Assemblies.”
                                                                                                                       (See Articles 3.1.8.17. to 3.1.8.19. for additional requirements for closures.)
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.1.8.12.(1), the fire-protection rating of a closure
                                                                                                                       shall conform to Table 3.1.8.4. for the required fire-resistance rating of the fire separation.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           3) The leakage rate of smoke dampers and combination smoke/fire dampers shall
                                                                                                                           a) be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions in
                                                                                                                              CAN/ULC-S112.1, “Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke
                                                                                                                              Control Systems,” and
                                                                                                                           b) conform to Class I, II or III of that standard.
                                                                                                                         4) The leakage rate of a door assembly shall be determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                       ANSI/UL 1784, “Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies and Other
                                                                                                                       Opening Protectives.”

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 3.1.8.4.
                                                                                                                                                       Fire-Protection Rating of Closures
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.8.4.(2)

                                                                                                               Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation                           Minimum Fire-Protection Rating of Closure
                                                                                                                               45 min                                                               45 min
                                                                                                                                 1 h                                                                45 min
                                                                                                                                1.5 h                                                                1 h
                                                                                                                                 2 h                                                                1.5 h
                                                                                                                                 3 h                                                                 2 h
                                                                                                                                 4 h                                                                 3 h


                                                                                                    3.1.8.5.           Installation of Closures
                                                                                                                           1) Except where fire dampers, window assemblies and glass block are used as
                                                                                                                       closures, closures of the same fire-protection rating installed on opposite sides of the same
                                                                                                                       opening are deemed to have a fire-protection rating equal to the sum of the fire-protection
                                                                                                                       ratings of the closures. (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                          2) Except as otherwise specified in this Part, every door, fire damper, window
                                                                                                                       assembly or glass block used as a closure in a required fire separation shall be installed in
                                                                                                                       conformance with NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.”
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                          3) Except as otherwise specified in this Part, every smoke damper or combination
                                                                                                                       smoke/fire damper used as a closure in a required fire separation shall be installed in
                                                                                                                       conformance with NFPA 105, “Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other
                                                                                                                       Opening Protectives.”
                                                                                                                           4) If a door is installed such that it could damage the integrity of a fire separation if
                                                                                                                       its swing is unrestricted, door stops shall be installed to prevent the damage.
                                                                                                                           5) Protective guarding devices shall be
                                                                                                                           a) provided where necessary to prevent damage to the mechanical components
                                                                                                                              of doors in fire separations, and
                                                                                                                           b) installed so as not to interfere with the proper operation of the doors.
                                                                                                                          6) A leakage-rated door assembly complying with Sentence 3.1.8.4.(4) shall be
                                                                                                                       installed in
                                                                                                                           a) fire separations in protected floor areas referred to in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b),


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                             Division B 3-25
                                                                                                    3.1.8.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                         b) fire separations in care or treatment occupancies referred to in
                                                                                                                            Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4),
                                                                                                                         c) except as provided in Sentence (8), fire separations of public corridors serving
                                                                                                                            dwelling units in storeys that are not sprinklered, and
                                                                                                                         d) firewalls that are a horizontal exit referred to in Sentence 3.3.3.5.(3).

                                                                                                                         7) Leakage-rated door assemblies required by Sentence (6) shall be installed in
                                                                                                                      accordance with NFPA 105, “Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening
                                                                                                                      Protectives.”

                                                                                                                         8) A leakage-rated door assembly need not be installed where a dwelling unit
                                                                                                                      served by a public corridor has




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) a second and separate means of egress, or
                                                                                                                         b) an open-air balcony that is sized to accommodate the number of occupants
                                                                                                                             for which the dwelling unit is intended.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.6.          Maximum Openings

                                                                                                                          1) The size of an opening in an interior fire separation required to be protected with
                                                                                                                      a closure shall be not more than 11 m2, with no dimension more than 3.7 m, if a fire
                                                                                                                      compartment on either side of the fire separation is not sprinklered.

                                                                                                                          2) The size of an opening in an interior fire separation required to be protected with
                                                                                                                      a closure shall be not more than 22 m2, with no dimension more than 6 m, provided the
                                                                                                                      fire compartments on both sides of the fire separation are sprinklered.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.7.          Location of Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers

                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Article 3.1.8.8., a fire damper having a fire-protection
                                                                                                                      rating conforming to Sentence 3.1.8.4.(2) shall be installed in conformance with
                                                                                                                      Article 3.1.8.10. in ducts or air-transfer openings that penetrate an assembly required
                                                                                                                      to be a fire separation.

                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Article 3.1.8.9., a smoke damper or a combination
                                                                                                                      smoke/fire damper shall be installed in conformance with Article 3.1.8.11. in ducts
                                                                                                                      or air-transfer openings that penetrate an assembly required to be a fire separation,
                                                                                                                      where the fire separation
                                                                                                                          a) separates a public corridor,
                                                                                                                          b) contains an egress door referred to in Sentence 3.4.2.4.(2),
                                                                                                                          c) serves an assembly, care, treatment, detention or residential occupancy, or
                                                                                                                         d) is installed to meet the requirements of Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b) or
                                                                                                                              Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4).

                                                                                                    3.1.8.8.          Fire Dampers Waived

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the requirement for fire dampers stated in
                                                                                                                      Sentence 3.1.8.7.(1) is permitted to be waived for
                                                                                                                         a) ducts that serve commercial cooking equipment (see also Article 6.3.1.6.),
                                                                                                                         b) continuous noncombustible ducts having a melting point above 760°C that
                                                                                                                             penetrate a vertical fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.1.1.(1) between
                                                                                                                             suites of assembly, mercantile, low-hazard industrial, medium-hazard industrial
                                                                                                                             or high-hazard industrial occupancy,
                                                                                                                         c) ducts or air-transfer openings that penetrate a vertical fire separation not
                                                                                                                             required to have a fire-resistance rating, or
                                                                                                                         d) noncombustible ducts or air-transfer openings that penetrate a horizontal fire
                                                                                                                             separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating.




                                                                                                    3-26 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.1.8.10.

                                                                                                                        2) The requirement for fire dampers stated in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(1) is permitted to
                                                                                                                     be waived for noncombustible branch ducts having a melting point above 760°C that
                                                                                                                     penetrate a fire separation,
                                                                                                                        a) provided the ducts
                                                                                                                               i) have a cross-sectional area not more than 0.013 m2 and serve
                                                                                                                                  only air-conditioning units or combined air-conditioning
                                                                                                                                  and heating units discharging air not more than 1.2 m
                                                                                                                                  above the floor, or
                                                                                                                              ii) extend not less than 500 mm inside exhaust duct risers that
                                                                                                                                  are under negative pressure and in which the airflow is
                                                                                                                                  upward as required by Article 3.6.3.4., or
                                                                                                                        b) where the fire separation separates a vertical service space from the remainder




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            of the building, provided each individual duct exhausts directly to the
                                                                                                                            outdoors at the top of the vertical service space.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.9.         Smoke Dampers Waived

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the requirement for smoke dampers or
                                                                                                                     combination smoke/fire dampers stated in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(2) is permitted to be waived
                                                                                                                     for ducts
                                                                                                                         a) that serve commercial cooking equipment (see also Article 6.3.1.6.),
                                                                                                                         b) in which all inlet and outlet openings serve not more than one fire
                                                                                                                            compartment, or
                                                                                                                         c) that penetrate a vertical fire separation referred to in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b)
                                                                                                                            or in Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4), provided
                                                                                                                                i) the movement of air is continuous, and
                                                                                                                               ii) the configuration of the air-handling system prevents the
                                                                                                                                   recirculation of exhaust or return air under fire emergency
                                                                                                                                   conditions.

                                                                                                                        2) The requirement for smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers stated
                                                                                                                     in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(2) is permitted to be waived for noncombustible branch ducts having
                                                                                                                     a melting point above 760°C that penetrate a fire separation,
                                                                                                                         a) provided the ducts
                                                                                                                               i) have a cross-sectional area not more than 0.013 m2 and serve
                                                                                                                                  only air-conditioning units or combined air-conditioning
                                                                                                                                  and heating units discharging air not more than 1.2 m
                                                                                                                                  above the floor,
                                                                                                                              ii) extend not less than 500 mm inside exhaust duct risers that
                                                                                                                                  are under negative pressure and in which the airflow is
                                                                                                                                  upward as required by Article 3.6.3.4., or
                                                                                                                             iii) are required to function as part of a smoke control system,
                                                                                                                                  or
                                                                                                                         b) where the fire separation separates a vertical service space from the remainder
                                                                                                                            of the building, provided each individual duct exhausts directly to the
                                                                                                                            outdoors at the top of the vertical service space.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.10.        Installation of Fire Dampers

                                                                                                                        1) A fire damper shall be installed in the plane of the fire separation so as to stay in
                                                                                                                     place should the duct become dislodged during a fire. (See Note A-3.1.8.10.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) A fire damper shall be arranged so as to close automatically upon the operation of
                                                                                                                     a fusible link conforming to ULC-S505, “Standard for Fusible Links for Fire Protection
                                                                                                                     Services,” or other heat-actuated or smoke-actuated device.

                                                                                                                         3) A heat-actuated device referred to in Sentence (2) shall
                                                                                                                         a) be located where it is readily affected by an abnormal rise in temperature
                                                                                                                            in the duct, and
                                                                                                                         b) have a temperature rating approximately 30°C above the maximum
                                                                                                                            temperature that would exist in the system, whether it is in operation or
                                                                                                                            shut down.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 3-27
                                                                                                    3.1.8.11.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                        4) A fire damper tested in the vertical or horizontal position shall be installed in the
                                                                                                                      position in which it was tested.
                                                                                                                         5) A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper to provide
                                                                                                                      access for the inspection of the damper and the resetting of the release device. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-3.1.8.10.(5).)

                                                                                                    3.1.8.11.         Installation of Smoke Dampers
                                                                                                                         1) Where smoke dampers are used as a closure in an air-transfer opening, they
                                                                                                                      shall be installed in the plane of the fire separation.
                                                                                                                         2) Where combination smoke/fire dampers are used as a closure in a duct, they shall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      be installed within 610 mm of the plane of the fire separation, provided there is no inlet
                                                                                                                      or outlet opening between the fire separation and the damper.
                                                                                                                         3) Except as required by a smoke control system, smoke dampers and combination
                                                                                                                      smoke/fire dampers shall be configured so as to close automatically upon a signal from
                                                                                                                      an adjacent smoke detector located as described in CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for
                                                                                                                      Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” within 1.5 m horizontally of the duct or air-transfer
                                                                                                                      opening in the fire separation
                                                                                                                          a) on both sides of the air-transfer opening, or
                                                                                                                          b) in the duct downstream of the smoke damper or combination smoke/fire
                                                                                                                              damper.
                                                                                                                         4) Smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers shall be installed in the
                                                                                                                      vertical or horizontal position in which they were tested.
                                                                                                                          5) A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each smoke damper and
                                                                                                                      combination smoke/fire damper to provide access for their inspection and the resetting
                                                                                                                      of the release device. (See Note A-3.1.8.10.(5).)

                                                                                                    3.1.8.12.         Twenty-Minute Closures
                                                                                                                         1) A door assembly having a fire-protection rating not less than 20 min is permitted
                                                                                                                      to be used as a closure in
                                                                                                                          a) a fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating more than 1 h,
                                                                                                                             located between
                                                                                                                                 i) a public corridor and a suite,
                                                                                                                                ii) a corridor and adjacent sleeping rooms, or
                                                                                                                               iii) a corridor and adjacent classrooms, offices and libraries in
                                                                                                                                    Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, or
                                                                                                                          b) a fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating more than 45 min,
                                                                                                                             located in a building not more than 3 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                        2) The requirements for noncombustible sills and combustible floor coverings in
                                                                                                                      NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives,” do not apply to a
                                                                                                                      door described in Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                          3) A door described in Sentence (1) shall have clearances of not more than 6 mm
                                                                                                                      at the bottom and not more than 3 mm at the sides and top.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.13.         Self-closing Devices
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), every door in a fire separation, other than
                                                                                                                      doors to freight elevators and dumbwaiters, shall be equipped with a self-closing
                                                                                                                      device designed to return the door to the closed position after each use.
                                                                                                                         2) A self-closing device need not be provided on a door that is located between
                                                                                                                         a) a classroom and a corridor providing access to exit from the classroom in a
                                                                                                                            building that is not more than 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                         b) a public corridor and an adjacent room of business and personal services
                                                                                                                            occupancy in a building that is not more than 3 storeys in building height
                                                                                                                            provided the door is not located in a dead-end portion of the corridor,
                                                                                                                         c) a patients' sleeping room and a corridor serving the patients' sleeping room,
                                                                                                                            provided the room and corridor are within a fire compartment in a hospital


                                                                                                    3-28 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.1.8.16.

                                                                                                                            or nursing home with treatment that complies with the requirements of
                                                                                                                            Article 3.3.3.5., or
                                                                                                                         d) a patients' sleeping room and an adjacent room that serves the patients'
                                                                                                                            sleeping room, provided these rooms are within a fire compartment in a
                                                                                                                            hospital or nursing home with treatment that complies with the requirements
                                                                                                                            of Article 3.3.3.5.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.14.        Hold-Open Devices
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences 3.1.8.10.(2) and 3.1.8.11.(3), a hold-open device
                                                                                                                     is permitted to be used on a closure in a required fire separation, other than on an
                                                                                                                     exit stair door in a building more than 3 storeys in building height and on a door for a




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     vestibule required by Article 3.3.5.7., provided the device is designed to release the
                                                                                                                     closure in conformance with this Article.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), where the building is provided with
                                                                                                                     a fire alarm system, a hold-open device permitted by Sentence (1) shall release
                                                                                                                         a) in a single-stage system, upon any signal from the fire alarm system, and
                                                                                                                         b) in a 2-stage system,
                                                                                                                                 i) upon any alert signal from the fire alarm system, or
                                                                                                                                ii) upon actuation of any adjacent smoke detectors.
                                                                                                                         3) Where the building is provided with a fire alarm system, a hold-open device
                                                                                                                     permitted by Sentence (1) shall release upon a signal from a smoke detector connected
                                                                                                                     to the fire alarm system and located as described in CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for
                                                                                                                     Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” where the hold-open device is used on
                                                                                                                         a) an exit door,
                                                                                                                         b) a door opening into a public corridor,
                                                                                                                         c) an egress door referred to in Sentence 3.4.2.4.(2),
                                                                                                                         d) a closure serving an assembly, care, treatment, detention, or residential occupancy,
                                                                                                                         e) a door in a fire separation referred to in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b) or
                                                                                                                             Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4), or
                                                                                                                          f) a door required to function as part of a smoke control system.
                                                                                                                        4) Where the building is not provided with a fire alarm system, a hold-open device
                                                                                                                     permitted by Sentence (1) shall release upon a signal from a smoke alarm located on
                                                                                                                     each side of the fire separation at ceiling level within 1.5 m horizontally of the closure
                                                                                                                     opening in the fire separation, where the hold-open device is used on closures described
                                                                                                                     in Clauses (3)(a) to (e).
                                                                                                                        5) Where a hold-open device is used on closures other than those described in
                                                                                                                     Sentences (3) and (4), it is permitted to be released upon actuation of a heat-actuated
                                                                                                                     device.
                                                                                                                        6) A hold-open device used on a door located between a corridor used by the
                                                                                                                     public and an adjacent sleeping room in a treatment occupancy need not release
                                                                                                                     automatically as stated in Sentence (2).

                                                                                                    3.1.8.15.        Door Latches
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Article 3.3.3.5., a swing-type door in a fire separation
                                                                                                                     shall be equipped with a positive latching mechanism designed to hold the door in the
                                                                                                                     closed position after each use.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.16.        Wired Glass and Glass Block
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.1.8.18. and 3.1.8.19. for the separation of
                                                                                                                     exits, an opening in a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not more than 1 h is
                                                                                                                     permitted to be protected with fixed wired glass assemblies or glass blocks installed in
                                                                                                                     conformance with NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.”
                                                                                                                     (See also Article 3.3.2.17.)
                                                                                                                        2) Wired glass assemblies permitted by Sentence (1) and described in Appendix D
                                                                                                                     are permitted to be used as closures in vertical fire separations without being tested
                                                                                                                     in accordance with Sentence 3.1.8.4.(1).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 3-29
                                                                                                    3.1.8.17.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                           3) Glass blocks permitted by Sentence (1) shall be installed in accordance with
                                                                                                                         Subsection 4.3.2. and reinforced with steel reinforcement in each horizontal joint.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.17.            Temperature Rise Limit for Doors

                                                                                                                            1) Except as permitted by Article 3.1.8.19., the maximum temperature rise on the
                                                                                                                         opaque portion of the unexposed side of a door used as a closure in a fire separation in a
                                                                                                                         location shown in Table 3.1.8.17. shall conform to the Table when tested in conformance
                                                                                                                         with Sentence 3.1.8.4.(1).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                               Table 3.1.8.17.
                                                                                                                                        Restrictions on Temperature Rise and Glazing for Closures
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Articles 3.1.8.17. and 3.1.8.18.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Maximum Aggregate Area
                                                                                                                                    Minimum Required         Maximum Temperature         Maximum Aggregate Area
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    of Glass Block, Wired Glass
                                                                                                              Location             Fire-Protection Rating   Rise on Opaque Portion of    of Wired Glass or Safety
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     or Safety Glazing Panels
                                                                                                                                          of Door           Unexposed Side of Door, °C     Glazing in a Door, m2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Not in a Door, m2
                                                                                                    Between a dead-end               Less than 45 min                No limit                    No limit                    No limit
                                                                                                    corridor and an adjacent
                                                                                                    occupancy where the
                                                                                                    corridor provides the
                                                                                                    only access to exit and               45 min                 250 after 30 min                0.0645                       0.0645
                                                                                                    is required to have a
                                                                                                    fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                    Between an exit enclosure
                                                                                                    and the adjacent floor area
                                                                                                                                        All ratings                  No limit                      0.8                         0.8
                                                                                                    in a building not more than
                                                                                                    3 storeys in building height
                                                                                                    Between an exit enclosure             45 min                 250 after 30 min                0.0645                       0.0645
                                                                                                    and the adjacent floor area
                                                                                                                                           1.5 h                  250 after 1 h                  0.0645                       0.0645
                                                                                                    (except as permitted above)
                                                                                                                                            2h                    250 after 1 h                  0.0645                       0.0645
                                                                                                                                          45 min                 250 after 30 min                0.0645                         0
                                                                                                    In a firewall                          1.5 h                 250 after 30 min                0.0645                         0
                                                                                                                                            3h                    250 after 1 h                     0                           0


                                                                                                    3.1.8.18.            Area Limits for Wired Glass, Glass Block and Safety Glazing

                                                                                                                            1) Except as permitted by Article 3.1.8.19., the maximum aggregate area of wired
                                                                                                                         glass or safety glazing in a door used in the locations shown in Table 3.1.8.17. shall
                                                                                                                         conform to the Table. (See Note A-3.1.8.18.(1).)

                                                                                                                            2) Except as permitted by Article 3.1.8.19., the maximum aggregate area of glass
                                                                                                                         block, wired glass or safety glazing panels not in a door used in the locations shown in
                                                                                                                         Table 3.1.8.17. shall conform to the Table.

                                                                                                    3.1.8.19.            Temperature Rise and Area Limits Waived

                                                                                                                            1) The temperature rise limits and glass area limits required by Articles 3.1.8.17.
                                                                                                                         and 3.1.8.18. are waived for a closure between an exit enclosure and an enclosed
                                                                                                                         vestibule or corridor, provided
                                                                                                                             a) the vestibule or corridor is separated from the remainder of the floor area by
                                                                                                                                a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                            b) the fire separation required by Clause (a) contains no wired glass, glass block
                                                                                                                                or safety glazing within 3 m of the closure into the exit enclosure, and
                                                                                                                             c) the vestibule or corridor contains no occupancy.
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-3.1.8.19.(1).)


                                                                                                    3-30 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 3.1.9.2.

                                                                                                    3.1.9.           Penetrations in Fire Separations and Fire-Rated
                                                                                                                     Assemblies
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.9.)

                                                                                                    3.1.9.1.         Firestops
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (7) and Article 3.1.9.3., penetrations
                                                                                                                     of a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a
                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating shall be
                                                                                                                          a) sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in
                                                                                                                              CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,”
                                                                                                                              has an F rating not less than the required fire-resistance rating of the fire




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              separation, or
                                                                                                                          b) cast in place, where the item penetrating the fire separation is steel, ferrous,
                                                                                                                              copper, concrete or masonry (see Note A-3.1.9.1.(1)(b)).
                                                                                                                     (See also Article 3.1.9.4. for requirements regarding penetrations by combustible drain,
                                                                                                                     waste and vent piping.)
                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted in Sentence (6), penetrations of a firewall or a horizontal
                                                                                                                     fire separation that is required to have a fire-resistance rating in conformance with
                                                                                                                     Article 3.2.1.2. shall be sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to
                                                                                                                     the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop
                                                                                                                     Systems,” has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the fire separation.
                                                                                                                         3) Except as permitted in Sentences (6) and (7), penetrations of a fire separation in
                                                                                                                     conformance with Sentence 3.6.4.2.(2) shall be sealed by a firestop that, when subjected
                                                                                                                     to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop
                                                                                                                     Systems,” has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the fire separation of
                                                                                                                     the assembly.
                                                                                                                         4) Sprinklers are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming
                                                                                                                     part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating without having to meet the
                                                                                                                     firestop requirements of Sentences (1) to (3), provided the annular space created by the
                                                                                                                     penetration of a fire sprinkler is covered by a metal escutcheon plate in accordance
                                                                                                                     with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.”
                                                                                                                         5) Unless specifically designed with a firestop, fire dampers are permitted to
                                                                                                                     penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have
                                                                                                                     a fire-resistance rating without having to meet the firestop requirements of Sentences (1)
                                                                                                                     to (3), provided the fire damper is installed in conformance with NFPA 80, “Standard
                                                                                                                     for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.”
                                                                                                                         6) Service equipment penetrations through a horizontal fire separation having a
                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating as described in Sentences (2) and (3) that are contained within
                                                                                                                     the cavity of a wall above and below the horizontal fire separation are permitted to be
                                                                                                                     sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in
                                                                                                                     CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an F rating
                                                                                                                     not less than the fire-resistance rating for the fire separation.
                                                                                                                         7) Service equipment penetrations through a horizontal fire separation having
                                                                                                                     a fire-resistance rating as described in Sentence (3) are permitted to be sealed at the
                                                                                                                     penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115,
                                                                                                                     “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an F rating not less than the
                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating for the fire separation, provided the penetration
                                                                                                                          a) is contained within the concealed space of a floor or ceiling assembly having
                                                                                                                              a fire-resistance rating,
                                                                                                                          b) is located above a ceiling membrane that is a horizontal fire separation, or
                                                                                                                          c) is contained within a horizontal service space conforming to Subsection 3.6.4.
                                                                                                                              that is directly above or below the floor.

                                                                                                    3.1.9.2.         Service Equipment Penetrations
                                                                                                                        1) Ducts, electrical outlet boxes, pipes, totally enclosed raceways, optical fibre
                                                                                                                     cables, electrical wires and cables, and other similar service equipment are permitted to
                                                                                                                     penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 3-31
                                                                                                    3.1.9.3.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                      a fire-resistance rating, provided they are protected at the penetration with a firestop
                                                                                                                      conforming to Sentence 3.1.9.1.(1). (See Note A-3.1.9.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Combustible totally enclosed raceways that are embedded in a concrete floor slab
                                                                                                                      are permitted in an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided the
                                                                                                                      concrete cover between the raceway and the bottom of the slab is not less than 50 mm.

                                                                                                    3.1.9.3.          Penetration by Outlet Boxes
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.9.3.) (See also Note A-3.1.9.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), outlet boxes are permitted to penetrate the
                                                                                                                      membrane of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided they are
                                                                                                                      sealed at the penetration by a firestop that has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      rating of the fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115,
                                                                                                                      “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems.”
                                                                                                                          2) Combustible outlet boxes are permitted to penetrate the membrane of an
                                                                                                                      assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided they are sealed at the
                                                                                                                      penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115,
                                                                                                                      “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an FT rating not less than the
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating for the fire separation.
                                                                                                                         3) Except as provided in Sentences 3.1.9.1.(2) and (3), noncombustible outlet boxes
                                                                                                                      that penetrate a vertical fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly
                                                                                                                      required to have a fire-resistance rating need not conform to Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                          a) they do not exceed
                                                                                                                                i) 0.016 m2 in area, and
                                                                                                                               ii) an aggregate area of 0.065 m2 in any 9.3 m2 of surface area,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                         b) the annular space between the membrane and the noncombustible electrical
                                                                                                                             outlet boxes does not exceed 3 mm.
                                                                                                                          4) Outlet boxes on opposite sides of a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                      rating shall be separated by
                                                                                                                          a) a horizontal distance of not less than 600 mm,
                                                                                                                          b) a fire block conforming to Article 3.1.11.7., or
                                                                                                                          c) a firestop installed on each outlet box that has an FT rating not less than
                                                                                                                              the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation when subjected to the fire test
                                                                                                                              method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop
                                                                                                                              Systems.”

                                                                                                    3.1.9.4.          Combustible Piping Penetrations
                                                                                                                         1) Combustible sprinkler piping is permitted to penetrate a fire separation provided
                                                                                                                      the fire compartments on each side of the fire separation are sprinklered.
                                                                                                                         2) Combustible water distribution piping is permitted to penetrate a fire separation
                                                                                                                      that is required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided the piping is protected at the
                                                                                                                      penetration with a firestop in conformance with Clause (4)(a) or (b).
                                                                                                                         3) Except as permitted by Sentences (4), (5), (7) and (8), combustible piping shall
                                                                                                                      not be used in a drain, waste and vent piping system if any part of that system
                                                                                                                      penetrates
                                                                                                                         a) a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating, or
                                                                                                                         b) a membrane that forms part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                             rating.
                                                                                                                         4) Combustible drain, waste and vent piping is permitted to penetrate a fire
                                                                                                                      separation required to have a fire-resistance rating or a membrane that forms part of an
                                                                                                                      assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as provided in Clause (b), the piping is sealed at the penetration by a
                                                                                                                              firestop that has an F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating required for
                                                                                                                              the fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115,
                                                                                                                              “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,”
                                                                                                                          b) in buildings more than 3 storeys in building height, the piping is sealed at the
                                                                                                                              penetration by a firestop that has an F rating not less than the fire-resistance


                                                                                                    3-32 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.1.10.1.

                                                                                                                            rating required for the fire separation when subjected to the fire test method
                                                                                                                            in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,”
                                                                                                                            with a pressure differential of 50 Pa between the exposed and unexposed
                                                                                                                            sides, with the higher pressure on the exposed side, and
                                                                                                                         c) the piping is not located in a vertical service space.
                                                                                                                         5) Combustible drain, waste and vent piping is permitted on one side of a vertical
                                                                                                                     fire separation provided it is not located in a vertical service space.
                                                                                                                         6) Combustible piping for central vacuum systems is permitted to penetrate a
                                                                                                                     fire separation, provided the installation conforms to the requirements that apply to
                                                                                                                     combustible drain, waste and vent piping specified in Sentence (4).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         7) Except as provided in Sentence (8), penetrations of a fire separation that
                                                                                                                     incorporate transitions between combustible and noncombustible drain, waste and vent
                                                                                                                     piping shall be sealed by a firestop that has an F rating not less than the fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     rating required for the fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in
                                                                                                                     CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” with a pressure
                                                                                                                     differential of 50 Pa between the exposed and unexposed sides, with the higher
                                                                                                                     pressure on the exposed side.
                                                                                                                        8) Transitions between vertical noncombustible drain, waste and vent piping
                                                                                                                     and combustible branches for drain, waste and vent piping are permitted on either
                                                                                                                     side of a fire separation, provided they are not located in a vertical service space. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-3.1.9.4.(8).)

                                                                                                    3.1.9.5.         Openings through a Membrane Ceiling
                                                                                                                        1) A membrane ceiling forming part of an assembly assigned a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                     on the basis of Appendix D is permitted to be penetrated by openings leading into
                                                                                                                     ducts within the ceiling space, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the ducts are sheet steel, and
                                                                                                                        b) the number of openings and their protection conform to the requirements
                                                                                                                            of Appendix D.

                                                                                                    3.1.9.6.         Plenums
                                                                                                                         1) A ceiling assembly used as a plenum shall conform to Article 3.6.4.3.

                                                                                                    3.1.10.          Firewalls
                                                                                                    3.1.10.1.        Prevention of Firewall Collapse
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the connections and supports for
                                                                                                                     structural framing members that are connected to or supported on a firewall and have
                                                                                                                     a fire-resistance rating less than that required for the firewall, shall be designed so that
                                                                                                                     the failure of the framing systems during a fire will not affect the integrity of the
                                                                                                                     firewall during the fire.
                                                                                                                        2) Sentence (1) does not apply to a firewall consisting of two separate wall
                                                                                                                     assemblies each tied to its respective building frame but not to each other, provided
                                                                                                                     each wall assembly is
                                                                                                                        a) a fire separation having one half of the fire-resistance rating required for the
                                                                                                                           firewall by Sentences 3.1.10.2.(1) and (2), and
                                                                                                                        b) designed so that the collapse of one wall assembly will not cause collapse
                                                                                                                           of the other.
                                                                                                                        3) A firewall is permitted to be supported on the structural frame of a building of
                                                                                                                     noncombustible construction provided the supporting frame has a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                     not less than that required for the firewall.
                                                                                                                        4) Piping, ducts and totally enclosed noncombustible raceways shall be installed so
                                                                                                                     that their collapse will not cause collapse of the firewall.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 3-33
                                                                                                    3.1.10.2.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    3.1.10.2.         Rating of Firewalls
                                                                                                                         1) A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a
                                                                                                                      Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire
                                                                                                                      separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h,
                                                                                                                      except that where the upper portion of a firewall separates floor areas containing other
                                                                                                                      than Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancies, the fire-resistance rating of
                                                                                                                      the upper portion of the firewall is permitted to be not less than 2 h.
                                                                                                                         2) A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing major
                                                                                                                      occupancies other than Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 shall be constructed as a fire
                                                                                                                      separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), the required fire-resistance rating of a
                                                                                                                      firewall, except for closures, shall be provided by masonry or concrete.
                                                                                                                         4) A firewall permitted to have a fire-resistance rating not more than 2 h need not be
                                                                                                                      constructed of masonry or concrete, provided
                                                                                                                          a) the assembly providing the fire-resistance rating is protected against damage
                                                                                                                             that would compromise the integrity of the assembly, and
                                                                                                                         b) the design conforms to Article 4.1.5.17.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.10.2.(4).)

                                                                                                    3.1.10.3.         Continuity of Firewalls
                                                                                                                          1) A firewall shall extend from the ground continuously through, or adjacent to,
                                                                                                                      all storeys of a building or buildings so separated, except that a firewall located above a
                                                                                                                      basement storage garage conforming to Article 3.2.1.2. is permitted to commence at the
                                                                                                                      floor assembly immediately above the storage garage. (See also Sentence 3.1.10.1.(3).)
                                                                                                                         2) A firewall is permitted to terminate on the underside of a reinforced concrete
                                                                                                                      roof slab, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the roof slab on both sides of the firewall has a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than
                                                                                                                                 i) 1 h if the firewall is required to have a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                                    not less than 2 h, or
                                                                                                                                ii) 2 h if the firewall is required to have a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                                    not less than 4 h, and
                                                                                                                         b) there are no concealed spaces within the roof slab in that portion
                                                                                                                              immediately above the firewall.

                                                                                                    3.1.10.4.         Parapets
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.1.10.3.(2), a firewall shall extend
                                                                                                                      above the roof surface to form a parapet not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 150 mm high for a firewall required to have a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 2 h, and
                                                                                                                         b) 900 mm high for a firewall required to have a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 4 h.
                                                                                                                         2) A firewall that separates 2 buildings with roofs at different elevations need not
                                                                                                                      extend above the upper roof surface to form a parapet, provided the difference in
                                                                                                                      elevation between the roofs is more than 3 m.

                                                                                                    3.1.10.5.         Maximum Openings
                                                                                                                         1) Openings in a firewall shall conform to the size limits described in Article 3.1.8.6.
                                                                                                                         2) The aggregate width of openings in a firewall within a storey shall be not more
                                                                                                                      than 25% of the entire length of the firewall.

                                                                                                    3.1.10.6.         Exposure Protection for Adjacent Walls
                                                                                                                         1) The requirements of Article 3.2.3.14. shall apply to the external walls of 2
                                                                                                                      buildings that meet at a firewall at an angle less than 135°.


                                                                                                    3-34 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            3.1.11.3.

                                                                                                    3.1.10.7.        Combustible Projections
                                                                                                                        1) Combustible material shall not extend across the end of a firewall but is permitted
                                                                                                                     to extend across a roof above a firewall that is terminated in conformance with
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.1.10.3.(2).
                                                                                                                        2) If buildings are separated by a firewall, combustible projections on the exterior
                                                                                                                     of one building, including balconies, platforms, canopies, eave projections and stairs,
                                                                                                                     that extend outward beyond the end of the firewall, shall not be permitted within 2.4 m
                                                                                                                     of combustible projections and window or door openings of the adjacent building. (See
                                                                                                                     also Article 3.2.3.6.)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.1.11.          Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces
                                                                                                    3.1.11.1.        Separation of Concealed Spaces
                                                                                                                        1) Concealed spaces in interior wall, ceiling and crawl spaces shall be separated
                                                                                                                     from concealed spaces in exterior walls and attic or roof spaces by fire blocks conforming
                                                                                                                     to Article 3.1.11.7.

                                                                                                    3.1.11.2.        Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                                     shall be provided to block off concealed spaces within a wall assembly
                                                                                                                        a) at every floor level,
                                                                                                                        b) at every ceiling level where the ceiling forms part of an assembly required
                                                                                                                             to have a fire-resistance rating, and
                                                                                                                        c) so that the maximum horizontal dimension is not more than 20 m and the
                                                                                                                             maximum vertical dimension is not more than 3 m.
                                                                                                                         2) Fire blocks conforming to Sentence (1) are not required, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the wall space is filled with insulation,
                                                                                                                         b) the exposed construction materials and any insulation within the wall space
                                                                                                                            are noncombustible,
                                                                                                                         c) the exposed materials within the space, including insulation but not
                                                                                                                            including wiring, piping or similar services, have a flame-spread rating not
                                                                                                                            more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed
                                                                                                                            by cutting through the material in any direction, and fire blocks are installed
                                                                                                                            so that the vertical distance between them is not more than 10 m, or
                                                                                                                         d) the insulated wall assembly contains not more than one concealed air space,
                                                                                                                            and the horizontal thickness of that air space is not more than 25 mm.

                                                                                                    3.1.11.3.        Fire Blocks between Nailing and Supporting Elements
                                                                                                                        1) In a building required to be of noncombustible construction, a concealed space in
                                                                                                                     which there is an exposed ceiling finish with a flame-spread rating more than 25 shall be
                                                                                                                     provided with fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. between wood nailing elements
                                                                                                                     so that the maximum area of the concealed space is not more than 2 m2.
                                                                                                                        2) In a building required to be of noncombustible construction, fire blocks conforming
                                                                                                                     to Article 3.1.11.7. shall be provided in the concealed spaces created by the wood
                                                                                                                     members permitted by Sentence 3.1.5.10.(2) so that the maximum area of a concealed
                                                                                                                     space is not more than 10 m 2.
                                                                                                                        3) In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                     construction, a concealed space in which there is an exposed ceiling finish with a
                                                                                                                     flame-spread rating more than 25 shall be provided with fire blocks conforming to
                                                                                                                     Article 3.1.11.7. between wood nailing elements so that the maximum area of the
                                                                                                                     concealed space is not more than 2 m2. (See Note A-3.1.11.3.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                     construction, fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. shall be provided in the concealed
                                                                                                                     spaces created by the wood members permitted by Sentence 3.1.6.12.(1) so that the
                                                                                                                     maximum area of a concealed space is not more than 10 m2.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-35
                                                                                                    3.1.11.4.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    3.1.11.4.         Fire Blocks between Vertical and Horizontal Spaces

                                                                                                                         1) Fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. shall be provided
                                                                                                                         a) at all interconnections between concealed vertical and horizontal spaces
                                                                                                                            in interior coved ceilings, drop ceilings and soffits in which the exposed
                                                                                                                            construction materials within the space have a flame-spread rating more than
                                                                                                                            25, and
                                                                                                                         b) at the end of each run and at each floor level in concealed spaces between
                                                                                                                            stair stringers in which the exposed construction materials within the space
                                                                                                                            have a flame-spread rating more than 25.

                                                                                                    3.1.11.5.         Fire Blocks in Horizontal Concealed Spaces




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) Except for crawl spaces conforming to Sentence 3.1.11.6.(1) and as required in
                                                                                                                      Sentence (3), horizontal concealed spaces within a floor assembly or roof assembly of
                                                                                                                      combustible construction, in which sprinklers are not installed, shall be separated by
                                                                                                                      construction conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. into compartments
                                                                                                                          a) not more than 600 m2 in area with no dimension more than 60 m if the
                                                                                                                             exposed construction materials within the space have a flame-spread rating
                                                                                                                             not more than 25, and
                                                                                                                         b) not more than 300 m2 in area with no dimension more than 20 m if the
                                                                                                                             exposed construction materials within the space have a flame-spread rating
                                                                                                                             more than 25.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.11.5.(1).)

                                                                                                                          2) A concealed space in an exterior cornice, a mansard-style roof, a balcony or a
                                                                                                                      canopy in which exposed construction materials within the space have a flame-spread
                                                                                                                      rating more than 25, shall be separated by construction conforming to Article 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                                          a) at locations where the concealed space extends across the ends of required
                                                                                                                              vertical fire separations, and
                                                                                                                          b) so that the maximum dimension in the concealed space is not more than
                                                                                                                              20 m.

                                                                                                                         3) Except as provided in Sentence (5), in buildings or parts thereof conforming to
                                                                                                                      Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60., horizontal concealed spaces within a floor assembly or roof
                                                                                                                      assembly of combustible construction shall be separated by construction conforming to
                                                                                                                      Article 3.1.11.7. into compartments that are
                                                                                                                          a) not more than 600 m2 in area with no dimension more than 60 m, if the
                                                                                                                              exposed construction materials within the space have a flame-spread rating
                                                                                                                              not more than 25, and
                                                                                                                         b) not more than 300 m2 in area with no dimension more than 20 m, if the
                                                                                                                              exposed construction materials within the space have a flame-spread rating
                                                                                                                              more than 25.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4).)

                                                                                                                         4) Except for crawl spaces conforming to Sentence 3.1.11.6.(1) and except as
                                                                                                                      provided in Sentence (5), in buildings or parts thereof conforming to Article 3.2.2.48.
                                                                                                                      or 3.2.2.57., horizontal concealed spaces within a floor assembly or roof assembly of
                                                                                                                      encapsulated mass timber construction shall be separated by construction conforming to
                                                                                                                      Article 3.1.11.7. into compartments that are
                                                                                                                          a) not more than 600 m2 in area with no dimension more than 60 m, if the
                                                                                                                              exposed construction materials within the space have a flame-spread rating
                                                                                                                              not more than 25, and
                                                                                                                         b) not more than 300 m2 in area with no dimension more than 20 m, if the
                                                                                                                              exposed construction materials within the space have a flame-spread rating
                                                                                                                              more than 25.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4).)

                                                                                                                         5) Fire blocks conforming to Sentences (3) and (4) are not required where the
                                                                                                                      horizontal concealed space within the floor or roof assembly is entirely filled with
                                                                                                                      noncombustible insulation such that any air gap between the top of the insulation and
                                                                                                                      the floor or roof deck does not exceed 50 mm.


                                                                                                    3-36 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           3.1.12.1.

                                                                                                    3.1.11.6.        Fire Blocks in Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                                        1) A crawl space that is not considered as a basement by Article 3.2.2.9. and in
                                                                                                                     which sprinklers are not installed shall be separated by construction conforming to
                                                                                                                     Article 3.1.11.7. into compartments not more than 600 m2 in area with no dimension
                                                                                                                     more than 30 m.

                                                                                                    3.1.11.7.        Fire Block Materials
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (5) and (8), fire blocks shall remain in
                                                                                                                     place and prevent the passage of flames for not less than 15 min when subjected to the
                                                                                                                     standard fire exposure in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests
                                                                                                                     of Building Construction and Materials.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) Gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick and sheet steel not less than
                                                                                                                     0.38 mm thick need not be tested in conformance with Sentence (1), provided all joints
                                                                                                                     have continuous support.
                                                                                                                        3) In a building required to be of noncombustible construction, wood nailing elements
                                                                                                                     described in Article 3.1.5.8. need not be tested in conformance with Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                        4) In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                     construction, wood nailing elements referred to in Article 3.1.6.11. need not be tested in
                                                                                                                     conformance with Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                        5) In a building permitted to be of combustible construction, in a combustible roof
                                                                                                                     system permitted by Sentences 3.1.5.3.(2) and 3.1.6.7.(1), and in a raised platform
                                                                                                                     permitted by Sentences 3.1.5.10.(2) and 3.1.6.12.(1), fire blocks are permitted to be
                                                                                                                         a) solid lumber or a structural composite lumber product conforming to ASTM
                                                                                                                            D5456, “Standard Specification for Evaluation of Structural Composite
                                                                                                                            Lumber Products,” not less than 38 mm thick,
                                                                                                                        b) phenolic bonded plywood, waferboard, or oriented strandboard not less
                                                                                                                            than 12.5 mm thick with joints supported, or
                                                                                                                         c) two thicknesses of lumber or a structural composite lumber product
                                                                                                                            conforming to ASTM D5456, “Standard Specification for Evaluation of
                                                                                                                            Structural Composite Lumber Products,” each not less than 19 mm thick
                                                                                                                            with joints staggered, where the width or height of the concealed space
                                                                                                                            requires more than one piece of lumber or structural composite lumber
                                                                                                                            product not less than 38 mm thick to block off the space.
                                                                                                                        6) Openings through materials referred to in Sentences (1) to (5) shall be protected
                                                                                                                     to maintain the integrity of the construction.
                                                                                                                        7) Where materials referred to in Sentences (1) to (5) are penetrated by
                                                                                                                     construction elements or by service equipment, a firestop shall be used to seal the
                                                                                                                     penetration. (See Note A-3.1.11.7.(7).)
                                                                                                                        8) In buildings permitted to be of combustible construction, semi-rigid fibre
                                                                                                                     insulation board produced from glass, rock or slag is permitted to be used to block the
                                                                                                                     vertical space in a double stud wall assembly formed at the intersection of the floor
                                                                                                                     assembly and the walls, provided the width of the vertical space does not exceed
                                                                                                                     25 mm and the insulation board
                                                                                                                         a) has a density not less than 45 kg/m3,
                                                                                                                        b) is securely fastened to one set of studs,
                                                                                                                         c) extends from below the bottom of the top plates in the lower storey to above
                                                                                                                             the top of the bottom plate in the upper storey, and
                                                                                                                        d) completely fills the portion of the vertical space between the headers and
                                                                                                                             between the wall plates.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.11.7.(8).)

                                                                                                    3.1.12.          Flame-Spread Rating and Smoke Developed Classification
                                                                                                    3.1.12.1.        Determination of Ratings
                                                                                                                        1) Except as required by Sentence (2) and as permitted by Sentence (3), the
                                                                                                                     flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification of a material, assembly, or


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-37
                                                                                                    3.1.13.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                           structural member shall be determined on the basis of not less than three tests
                                                                                                                           conducted in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface
                                                                                                                           Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies.”

                                                                                                                              2) The flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification of a material or
                                                                                                                           assembly shall be determined on the basis of not less than three tests conducted in
                                                                                                                           conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning
                                                                                                                           Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and
                                                                                                                           Assemblies,” if the material or assembly
                                                                                                                              a) is designed for use in a relatively horizontal position with only its top
                                                                                                                                  surface exposed to air,
                                                                                                                              b) cannot be tested in conformance with Sentence (1) without the use of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  supporting material that is not representative of the intended installation, or
                                                                                                                               c) is thermoplastic.

                                                                                                                              3) A material, assembly, or structural member is permitted to be assigned a
                                                                                                                           flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification on the basis of Appendix D.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.                Interior Finish

                                                                                                    3.1.13.1.              Interior Finishes, Furnishings and Decorative Materials

                                                                                                                             1) Except as otherwise provided by this Subsection, interior finishes, furnishings
                                                                                                                           and decorative materials shall conform to Section 2.3. of Division B of the NFC.

                                                                                                                              2) Interior finish material shall include any material that forms part of the interior
                                                                                                                           surface of a floor, wall, partition or ceiling, including
                                                                                                                              a) interior cladding of plaster, wood or tile,
                                                                                                                              b) surfacing of fabric, paint, plastic, veneer or wallpaper,
                                                                                                                               c) doors, windows and trim,
                                                                                                                              d) lighting elements such as light diffusers and lenses forming part of the
                                                                                                                                  finished surface of the ceiling, and
                                                                                                                               e) carpet material that overlies a floor that is not intended as the finished floor.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.2.              Flame-Spread Rating

                                                                                                                               1) Except as otherwise required or permitted by this Subsection, the flame-spread
                                                                                                                           rating of interior wall and ceiling finishes, including glazing and skylights, shall be not
                                                                                                                           more than 150 and shall conform to Table 3.1.13.2.


                                                                                                                                                                    Table 3.1.13.2.
                                                                                                                                                                Flame-Spread Ratings
                                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.13.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                         Maximum Flame-Spread Rating for Walls and Ceilings
                                                                                                                               Occupancy, Location or Element
                                                                                                                                                                                             Sprinklered                 Not Sprinklered
                                                                                                     Group A, Division 1 occupancies, including doors, skylights, glazing and light
                                                                                                                                                                                                  150                           75
                                                                                                     diffusers and lenses
                                                                                                     Group B occupancies                                                                          150                           75
                                                                                                     Exits (1)                                                                                    25                            25
                                                                                                     Lobbies described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2)                                                    25                            25
                                                                                                     Covered vehicular passageways, except for roof assemblies of heavy timber
                                                                                                                                                                                                  25                            25
                                                                                                     construction in the passageways
                                                                                                     Vertical service spaces                                                                      25                            25

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.1.13.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Articles 3.1.13.8. and 3.1.13.10.


                                                                                                    3-38 Division B                                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.1.13.6.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), doors, other than those in Group A,
                                                                                                                     Division 1 occupancies, need not conform to Sentence (1) provided they have a
                                                                                                                     flame-spread rating not more than 200. (See Note A-3.1.13.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                         3) Doors within a dwelling unit need not conform to Sentences (1) and (2).
                                                                                                                         4) Up to 10% of the total wall area and 10% of the total ceiling area of a wall or
                                                                                                                     ceiling finish that is required by Sentence (1) to have a flame-spread rating less than 150
                                                                                                                     is permitted to have a flame-spread rating not more than 150, except that up to 25% of
                                                                                                                     the total wall area of lobbies described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2) is permitted to have
                                                                                                                     a flame-spread rating not more than 150.
                                                                                                                        5) Except in the case of Group A, Division 1 occupancies, combustible doors,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     skylights, glazing and light diffusers and lenses shall not be considered in the
                                                                                                                     calculation of wall and ceiling areas described in Sentence (4).

                                                                                                    3.1.13.3.        Bathrooms in Residential Suites
                                                                                                                        1) The flame-spread rating of interior wall and ceiling finishes for a bathroom within
                                                                                                                     a suite of residential occupancy shall be not more than 200.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.4.        Light Diffusers and Lenses
                                                                                                                        1) The flame-spread rating of combustible light diffusers and lenses in all occupancies
                                                                                                                     other than Group A, Division 1 is permitted to be more than the flame-spread rating
                                                                                                                     limits required elsewhere in this Subsection, provided the light diffusers and lenses
                                                                                                                        a) have a flame-spread rating not more than 250 and a smoke developed
                                                                                                                             classification not more than 600 when tested in conformance with
                                                                                                                             CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning
                                                                                                                             Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials
                                                                                                                             and Assemblies,”
                                                                                                                        b) fall to the bottom of the test apparatus before igniting when tested in
                                                                                                                             conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.3, “Standard Method of Fire Test of
                                                                                                                             Light Diffusers and Lenses,”
                                                                                                                         c) are not prevented from falling from the ceiling by construction located
                                                                                                                             beneath the elements, and
                                                                                                                        d) are not used in a corridor that is required to be separated from the remainder
                                                                                                                             of the building by a fire separation or in an exit shaft unless individual diffusers
                                                                                                                             or lenses are not more than 1 m2 in area and are not less than 1.2 m apart.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.5.        Skylights
                                                                                                                        1) Individual combustible skylights in a corridor that is required to be separated
                                                                                                                     from the remainder of the building by a fire separation shall be not more than 1 m2 in
                                                                                                                     area and not less than 1.2 m apart.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.6.        Corridors
                                                                                                                       1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the flame-spread rating shall be not
                                                                                                                     more than 75 for the interior wall finish of
                                                                                                                       a) a public corridor,
                                                                                                                       b) a corridor used by the public in an assembly occupancy, or
                                                                                                                       c) a corridor serving classrooms.
                                                                                                                       2) The flame-spread rating for corridors specified in Sentence (1) is permitted to be
                                                                                                                     waived, provided the flame-spread rating is not more than
                                                                                                                        a) 25 on the upper half of the wall, and
                                                                                                                        b) 150 on the lower half of the wall.
                                                                                                                        3) Where the floor area is sprinklered throughout, the flame-spread ratings for
                                                                                                                     corridors specified in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be not more than 150.
                                                                                                                        4) The flame-spread ratings specified in Sentences (1), (2) and (3) apply to
                                                                                                                     occupancies in the corridor as well as to the corridor itself.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 3-39
                                                                                                    3.1.13.7.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                               5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), the interior ceiling finish of corridors and
                                                                                                                            occupancies referred to in Sentences (1) and (4) shall have a flame-spread rating not more
                                                                                                                            than 25.

                                                                                                                               6) Where the floor area is sprinklered throughout, the flame-spread rating of the
                                                                                                                            interior ceiling finish of corridors and occupancies referred to in Sentences (1) and (4)
                                                                                                                            shall be not more than 150.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.7.               High Buildings

                                                                                                                                1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), the interior wall, ceiling and floor
                                                                                                                            finishes in a building regulated by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6. shall conform




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            to the flame-spread rating requirements in Articles 3.1.13.2. and 3.1.13.11. and to the
                                                                                                                            flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification values in Table 3.1.13.7.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                                                    Flame-Spread Rating and Smoke Developed Classification in High Buildings
                                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.13.7.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                   Maximum Flame-Spread Rating            Maximum Smoke Developed Classification
                                                                                                                       Location or Element                                   Ceiling                                      Ceiling        Floor
                                                                                                                                                             Wall Surface                 Floor Surface   Wall Surface
                                                                                                                                                                            Surface (1)                                  Surface (1)    Surface
                                                                                                     Exit stairways, vestibules to exit stairs and lobbies
                                                                                                                                                                 25             25             25             50             50           50
                                                                                                     described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                                                  (2)           (2)           300             100            50          500
                                                                                                     Corridors not within suites
                                                                                                     Elevator cars                                               75             75            300             450           450          450
                                                                                                     Elevator vestibules                                         25             25            300             100           100          300
                                                                                                     Service spaces and service rooms                            25             25             25             50             50           50
                                                                                                                                                                  (2)           (2)         No Limit          300            50        No Limit
                                                                                                     Other locations and elements

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.1.13.7.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 3.1.13.4. for lighting elements.
                                                                                                    (2)   Other requirements of this Part apply.


                                                                                                                               2) Except for a building of Group B major occupancy and elevator cars, the
                                                                                                                            flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification of interior wall, floor and ceiling
                                                                                                                            finishes need not conform to the values in Table 3.1.13.7., provided the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered.

                                                                                                                               3) Trim and millwork in an exit stairway, a vestibule to an exit stairway, a lobby
                                                                                                                            described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2), or a corridor not within a suite need not conform to
                                                                                                                            the flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification requirements of Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                            provided they have
                                                                                                                                a) a flame-spread rating not more than 150,
                                                                                                                                b) a smoke developed classification not more than 300, and
                                                                                                                                c) an aggregate area not more than 10% of the area of the wall or ceiling on
                                                                                                                                    which they occur.

                                                                                                                               4) A door serving an exit stairway, a vestibule to an exit stairway, a lobby described
                                                                                                                            in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2), or a corridor not within a suite need not conform to the
                                                                                                                            flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification requirements of Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                            provided
                                                                                                                                a) it has a flame-spread rating not more than 200,
                                                                                                                                b) it has a smoke developed classification not more than 300, and
                                                                                                                                c) the aggregate area of all doors is not more than 10% of the area of the wall
                                                                                                                                    in which they are located.




                                                                                                    3-40 Division B                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           3.1.14.1.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.8.        Noncombustible Construction

                                                                                                                         1) In a building required to be of noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                         a) the flame-spread ratings required by Subsection 3.1.5. shall apply in addition
                                                                                                                            to the requirements in this Subsection, and
                                                                                                                         b) the flame-spread ratings for exits in this Subsection shall also apply to any
                                                                                                                            surface in the exit that would be exposed by cutting through the material in
                                                                                                                            any direction, except that this requirement does not apply to doors, heavy
                                                                                                                            timber construction in a sprinklered building and fire-retardant-treated wood.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.9.        Underground Walkways




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) Except for paint, the interior wall and ceiling finishes of an underground
                                                                                                                     walkway shall be of noncombustible materials.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.10.       Exterior Exit Passageway

                                                                                                                        1) The wall and ceiling finishes of an exterior exit passageway that provides the
                                                                                                                     only means of egress from the rooms or suites it serves, including the soffit beneath and
                                                                                                                     the guard on the passageway, shall have a flame-spread rating not more than 25, except
                                                                                                                     that a flame-spread rating not more than 150 is permitted for up to 10% of the total wall
                                                                                                                     area and for up to 10% of the total ceiling area.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.11.       Elevator Cars

                                                                                                                        1) The wall and ceiling surfaces of elevator cars shall have a flame-spread rating
                                                                                                                     not more than 75.

                                                                                                                       2) The wall, ceiling and floor surfaces of elevator cars shall have a smoke
                                                                                                                     developed classification not more than 450.

                                                                                                    3.1.13.12.       Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction

                                                                                                                        1) In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                                     construction,
                                                                                                                        a) the flame-spread ratings required by Subsection 3.1.6. shall apply in addition
                                                                                                                            to the requirements in this Subsection, and
                                                                                                                        b) the flame-spread ratings for exits required by this Subsection shall also apply
                                                                                                                            to any surface in the exit that would be exposed by cutting through the
                                                                                                                            material in any direction, except that this requirement does not apply to
                                                                                                                            doors, structural mass timber elements conforming to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(3),
                                                                                                                            heavy timber construction, and fire-retardant-treated wood.

                                                                                                    3.1.14.          Roof Assemblies

                                                                                                    3.1.14.1.        Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood Roof Systems

                                                                                                                        1) If a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system is used to comply with the
                                                                                                                     requirements of Subsection 3.2.2., the roof deck assembly shall meet the conditions
                                                                                                                     of acceptance of CAN/ULC-S126, “Standard Method of Test for Fire Spread Under
                                                                                                                     Roof-Deck Assemblies.”

                                                                                                                         2)   Supports for the roof deck assembly referred to in Sentence (1) shall consist of
                                                                                                                         a)   fire-retardant-treated wood,
                                                                                                                         b)   heavy timber construction,
                                                                                                                         c)   noncombustible construction, or
                                                                                                                         d)   a combination thereof.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-41
                                                                                                    3.1.14.2.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    3.1.14.2.         Metal Roof Deck Assemblies
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a metal roof deck assembly shall meet the
                                                                                                                      conditions of acceptance of CAN/ULC-S126, “Standard Method of Test for Fire Spread
                                                                                                                      Under Roof-Deck Assemblies,” if
                                                                                                                         a) it supports a combustible material above the deck that could propagate a fire
                                                                                                                             beneath the roof deck assembly, and
                                                                                                                         b) the deck is used to comply with the requirements of Sentences 3.2.2.25.(2),
                                                                                                                             3.2.2.32.(2), 3.2.2.62.(2), 3.2.2.68.(2), 3.2.2.78.(2) and 3.2.2.85.(2) for
                                                                                                                             noncombustible construction.
                                                                                                                         2) The requirements of Sentence (1) are waived provided




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) the combustible material above the roof deck is protected by not less than
                                                                                                                            12.7 mm thick gypsum board, mechanically fastened to a supporting
                                                                                                                            assembly if located beneath the roof deck, or by a thermal barrier
                                                                                                                            conforming to one of Clauses 3.1.5.15.(2)(c) to (e) that is located
                                                                                                                               i) on the underside of the combustible material, or
                                                                                                                              ii) beneath the roof deck,
                                                                                                                         b) the building is sprinklered throughout, or
                                                                                                                         c) the roof assembly has a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.

                                                                                                    3.1.15.           Roof Covering
                                                                                                    3.1.15.1.         Roof Covering Classification
                                                                                                                        1) A roof covering classification shall be determined in conformance with
                                                                                                                      CAN/ULC-S107, “Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.”

                                                                                                    3.1.15.2.         Roof Coverings
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), every roof covering shall have a
                                                                                                                      Class A, B or C classification as determined in accordance with Article 3.1.15.1.
                                                                                                                         2) A roof covering is not required to have a Class A, B or C classification for
                                                                                                                         a) a tent,
                                                                                                                         b) an air-supported structure,
                                                                                                                         c) a building of Group A, Division 2 occupancy not more than 2 storeys in
                                                                                                                            building height and not more than 1 000 m2 in building area provided the roof
                                                                                                                            covering is underlaid with noncombustible material, or
                                                                                                                         d) a steel building system referred to in Article 4.3.4.3., provided the roof
                                                                                                                            covering consists of brick, masonry, concrete, metal sheets or metal shingles.
                                                                                                                          3) Except as provided in Sentence (5), roof coverings on buildings conforming to
                                                                                                                      Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. shall have a Class A classification where the roof height
                                                                                                                      is greater than 25 m measured from the floor of the first storey to the highest point of
                                                                                                                      the roof.
                                                                                                                          4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), roof coverings in buildings or parts of
                                                                                                                      buildings permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction shall have a Class A
                                                                                                                      classification where the roof height is greater than 25 m measured from the floor of the
                                                                                                                      first storey to the highest point of the roof.
                                                                                                                         5) Where buildings or parts thereof conforming to Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.57.
                                                                                                                      or 3.2.2.60. include non-contiguous roof assemblies at different elevations, the roof
                                                                                                                      coverings referred to in Sentences (3) and (4) are permitted to be evaluated separately
                                                                                                                      to determine the roof covering classification required.

                                                                                                    3.1.16.           Fabrics
                                                                                                    3.1.16.1.         Fabric Canopies and Marquees
                                                                                                                         1) Fabrics used as part of an awning, canopy or marquee that is located within
                                                                                                                      or attached to a building of any type of construction shall conform to CAN/ULC-S109,
                                                                                                                      “Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films.”


                                                                                                    3-42 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                       3.1.17.1.

                                                                                                    3.1.17.             Occupant Load
                                                                                                    3.1.17.1.           Occupant Load Determination
                                                                                                                            1)    The occupant load of a floor area or part of a floor area shall be based on
                                                                                                                            a)    the number of seats in an assembly occupancy having fixed seats,
                                                                                                                            b)    2 persons per sleeping room in a dwelling unit, or
                                                                                                                            c)    the number of persons for which the area is designed, but not less than that
                                                                                                                                  determined from Table 3.1.17.1. for occupancies other than those described in
                                                                                                                                  Clauses (a) and (b), unless it can be shown that the area will be occupied
                                                                                                                                  by fewer persons.
                                                                                                                           2) If a floor area or part thereof has been designed for an occupant load other than




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        that determined from Table 3.1.17.1., a permanent sign indicating that occupant load
                                                                                                                        shall be posted in a conspicuous location.
                                                                                                                           3) For the purposes of this Article, mezzanines, tiers and balconies shall be regarded
                                                                                                                        as part of the floor area.
                                                                                                                           4) If a room or group of rooms is intended for different occupancies at different
                                                                                                                        times, the value to be used from Table 3.1.17.1. shall be the value which gives the
                                                                                                                        greatest number of persons for the occupancies concerned.

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                                                                                  Occupant Load
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Article 3.1.17.1.

                                                                                                                                  Type of Use of Floor Area or Part Thereof                           Area per person, m2
                                                                                                    Assembly uses
                                                                                                        space with fixed seats                                                                                (1)

                                                                                                        space with non-fixed seats                                                                            0.75
                                                                                                        stages for theatrical performances                                                                    0.75
                                                                                                        space with non-fixed seats and tables                                                                 0.95
                                                                                                        standing space                                                                                        0.40
                                                                                                        stadia and grandstands                                                                                0.60
                                                                                                        bowling alleys, pool and billiard rooms                                                               9.30
                                                                                                        classrooms                                                                                            1.85
                                                                                                        school shops and vocational rooms                                                                     9.30
                                                                                                        reading or writing rooms or lounges                                                                   1.85
                                                                                                        dining, beverage and cafeteria space                                                                  1.20
                                                                                                        laboratories in schools                                                                               4.60
                                                                                                    Care, treatment or detention uses
                                                                                                        suites                                                                                                (2)

                                                                                                        care, treatment and sleeping room areas                                                              10.00
                                                                                                        detention quarters                                                                                   11.60
                                                                                                    Residential uses
                                                                                                        dwelling units                                                                                        (2)

                                                                                                        dormitories                                                                                           4.60
                                                                                                    Business and personal services uses
                                                                                                        personal services shops                                                                               4.60
                                                                                                        offices                                                                                               9.30
                                                                                                    Mercantile uses
                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.70
                                                                                                        basements and first storeys
                                                                                                        second storeys having a principal entrance from a pedestrian thoroughfare or a parking area           3.70
                                                                                                        other storeys                                                                                         5.60
                                                                                                    Industrial uses
                                                                                                        manufacturing or process rooms                                                                        4.60
                                                                                                        storage garages                                                                                      46.00
                                                                                                        storage spaces (warehouse)                                                                           28.00
                                                                                                        aircraft hangars                                                                                     46.00


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                   Division B 3-43
                                                                                                    3.1.18.1.                                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 3.1.17.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                    Type of Use of Floor Area or Part Thereof                                           Area per person, m2
                                                                                                     Other uses
                                                                                                         cleaning and repair goods                                                                                              4.60
                                                                                                         kitchens                                                                                                               9.30
                                                                                                         storage                                                                                                               46.00
                                                                                                         public corridors intended for occupancies in addition to pedestrian travel                                           3.70 (3)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.1.17.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Clause 3.1.17.1.(1)(a).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (2)   See Clause 3.1.17.1.(1)(b) (apply values for dwelling units to suites of care occupancy).
                                                                                                    (3)   See Note A-3.3.


                                                                                                    3.1.18.                Tents and Air-Supported Structures
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-3.1.18.)

                                                                                                    3.1.18.1.              Means of Egress
                                                                                                                                1) Tents and air-supported structures shall conform to Sections 3.3. and 3.4.

                                                                                                    3.1.18.2.              Restrictions
                                                                                                                              1) An air-supported structure shall not be located above the first storey on any
                                                                                                                           building.
                                                                                                                             2) An air-supported structure shall not be used for Groups B, C, or Group F,
                                                                                                                           Division 1 major occupancies or for classrooms.
                                                                                                                             3) An air-supported structure shall be designed as open floor space without interior
                                                                                                                           walls, mezzanines, intermediate floors or similar construction.

                                                                                                    3.1.18.3.              Clearance to Other Structures
                                                                                                                              1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), every tent and air-supported structure
                                                                                                                           shall conform to Subsection 3.2.3.
                                                                                                                                2) Tents and air-supported structures
                                                                                                                                a) shall not be erected closer than 3 m to other structures on the same property
                                                                                                                                   except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), and
                                                                                                                                b) shall be sufficiently distant from one another to provide an area to be used
                                                                                                                                   as a means of emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                3) Tents and air-supported structures not occupied by the public
                                                                                                                                a) need not be separated from one another, and
                                                                                                                                b) are permitted to be erected less than 3 m from other structures on the same
                                                                                                                                   property provided this spacing does not create a hazard to the public.
                                                                                                                              4) Tents not more than 120 m2 in ground area, located on fair grounds or similar
                                                                                                                           open spaces, need not be separated from one another provided this does not create
                                                                                                                           a hazard to the public.

                                                                                                    3.1.18.4.              Clearance to Flammable Material
                                                                                                                              1) The ground enclosed by a tent or air-supported structure and not less than 3 m of
                                                                                                                           ground outside the structure shall be cleared of all flammable material or vegetation
                                                                                                                           that will spread fire.

                                                                                                    3.1.18.5.              Flame Resistance
                                                                                                                              1) Every tent and air-supported structure and all tarpaulins and decorative materials
                                                                                                                           used in connection with these structures shall conform to CAN/ULC-S109, “Standard
                                                                                                                           Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films.”


                                                                                                    3-44 Division B                                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.2.1.1.

                                                                                                    3.1.18.6.        Emergency Air Supply
                                                                                                                        1) An air-supported structure used as a place of assembly for more than 200 persons
                                                                                                                     shall have either
                                                                                                                        a) an automatic emergency engine-generator set capable of powering one
                                                                                                                            blower continuously for 4 h, or
                                                                                                                        b) a supplementary blower powered by an automatic internal combustion
                                                                                                                            engine.

                                                                                                    3.1.18.7.        Electrical Systems
                                                                                                                        1) The electrical system and equipment in a tent or air-supported structure,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     including electrical fuses and switches, shall be inaccessible to the public.
                                                                                                                        2) Cables on the ground in areas used by the public in a tent or air-supported
                                                                                                                     structure shall be placed in trenches or protected by covers to prevent damage from
                                                                                                                     traffic.


                                                                                                    Section 3.2. Building Fire Safety
                                                                                                    3.2.1.           General
                                                                                                    3.2.1.1.         Exceptions in Determining Building Height
                                                                                                                        1) A rooftop enclosure provided for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service
                                                                                                                     room used for no purpose other than for service to the building shall not be considered
                                                                                                                     as a storey in calculating the building height.
                                                                                                                        2) Space under tiers of seats in a building of the arena type shall not be considered
                                                                                                                     as adding to the building height provided the space is used only for dressing rooms,
                                                                                                                     concession stands and similar purposes incidental to the major occupancy of the building.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as required by Sentence (5), the space above a mezzanine need not be
                                                                                                                     considered as a storey in calculating the building height, provided
                                                                                                                        a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed does not
                                                                                                                            exceed 40% of the open area of the room in which they are located (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-3.2.1.1.(3)(a)), and
                                                                                                                        b) except as permitted in Sentences (7) and 3.3.2.13.(3), the space above the
                                                                                                                            mezzanine is used as an open area without partitions or subdividing walls
                                                                                                                            higher than 1 070 mm above the mezzanine floor.
                                                                                                                        4) Except as required by Sentence (5), the space above a mezzanine need not be
                                                                                                                     considered as a storey in calculating the building height, provided
                                                                                                                        a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed and do not meet
                                                                                                                            the conditions of Sentence (3) does not exceed 10% of the floor area in which
                                                                                                                            they are located, and
                                                                                                                        b) the area of a mezzanine in a suite does not exceed 10% of the area of that suite.
                                                                                                                        5) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), each level of mezzanine that is partly or
                                                                                                                     wholly superimposed above the first level of mezzanine shall be considered as a storey
                                                                                                                     in calculating the building height.
                                                                                                                        6) Platforms intended solely for periodic inspection and elevated maintenance
                                                                                                                     catwalks need not be considered as floor assemblies or mezzanines for the purpose
                                                                                                                     of calculating building height, provided
                                                                                                                         a) they are not used for storage, and
                                                                                                                         b) they are constructed with noncombustible materials, unless the building is
                                                                                                                             permitted to be of combustible construction.
                                                                                                                         7) The space above a mezzanine conforming to Sentence (3) is permitted to include
                                                                                                                     an enclosed space whose area does not exceed 10% of the open area of the room in
                                                                                                                     which the mezzanine is located provided the enclosed space does not obstruct visual
                                                                                                                     communication between the open space above the mezzanine and the room in which
                                                                                                                     it is located. (See Note A-3.2.1.1.(3)(a).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-45
                                                                                                    3.2.1.2.                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                         8) A service space in which facilities are included to permit a person to enter and
                                                                                                                      to undertake maintenance and other operations pertaining to building services from
                                                                                                                      within the service space need not be considered a storey if it conforms to Articles 3.2.5.14.
                                                                                                                      and 3.3.1.25., and Sentences 3.2.4.18.(11), 3.2.7.3.(2), 3.3.1.3.(7), 3.4.2.4.(3) and 3.4.4.4.(9).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.1.1.(8).)

                                                                                                    3.2.1.2.          Storage Garage Considered as a Separate Building

                                                                                                                         1) A basement used primarily as a storage garage is permitted to be considered as
                                                                                                                      a separate building for the purposes of Subsection 3.2.2. and Sentences 3.2.5.12.(2)
                                                                                                                      and (3), provided the floor and roof assemblies above the basement and the exterior
                                                                                                                      walls of the basement above the adjoining ground level are constructed as fire




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      separations of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than
                                                                                                                      2 h and protected in conformance with Clause 3.1.10.2.(4)(a), except as permitted by
                                                                                                                      Sentence (2). (See Notes A-3.1.10.2.(4) and A-3.2.5.12.(2).)

                                                                                                                          2) The exterior wall of a basement that is required to be a fire separation with a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating in accordance with Sentence (1) is permitted to be penetrated by
                                                                                                                      openings that are not protected by closures provided
                                                                                                                           a) the storage garage is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                           b) every opening in the exterior wall is separated from storeys above the
                                                                                                                               opening by a projection of the floor or roof assembly above the basement,
                                                                                                                               extending not less than
                                                                                                                                   i) 1 m beyond the exterior face of the storage garage if the upper
                                                                                                                                      storeys are required to be of noncombustible construction, or
                                                                                                                                  ii) 2 m beyond the exterior face of the storage garage if the
                                                                                                                                      upper storeys are permitted to be of combustible construction
                                                                                                                                      or encapsulated mass timber construction, or
                                                                                                                           c) the exterior walls of any storeys located above the floor or roof assembly
                                                                                                                               referred to in Sentence (1) are recessed behind the outer edge of the
                                                                                                                               assembly by not less than
                                                                                                                                   i) 1 m if the upper storeys are required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                                      construction, or
                                                                                                                                  ii) 2 m if the upper storeys are permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                                      construction or encapsulated mass timber construction.

                                                                                                                          3) The floor or roof assembly projection referred to in Clause (2)(b) shall have a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h and shall have no openings within the projection.

                                                                                                    3.2.1.3.          Roof Considered as a Wall

                                                                                                                         1) For the purposes of this Section any part of a roof that is pitched at an angle of
                                                                                                                      60° or more to the horizontal and is adjacent to a space intended for occupancy within a
                                                                                                                      building shall be considered as part of an exterior wall of the building.

                                                                                                    3.2.1.4.          Floor Assembly over Basement

                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.47.(3), 3.2.2.49.(3), 3.2.2.50.(3), 3.2.2.52.(3),
                                                                                                                      3.2.2.53.(3), 3.2.2.54.(3) or 3.2.2.55.(3), a floor assembly immediately above a basement
                                                                                                                      shall be constructed as a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating conforming to
                                                                                                                      the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. for a floor assembly, but not less
                                                                                                                      than 45 min.

                                                                                                                         2) All loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a floor assembly
                                                                                                                      immediately above a basement shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
                                                                                                                      required by Sentence (1) for the floor assembly.




                                                                                                    3-46 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              3.2.2.3.

                                                                                                    3.2.1.5.         Fire Containment in Basements

                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.2.2.15.(3), in a building in which an
                                                                                                                     automatic sprinkler system is not required to be installed by Article 3.2.2.18., every
                                                                                                                     basement shall
                                                                                                                         a) be sprinklered throughout, or
                                                                                                                         b) be subdivided into fire compartments not more than 600 m2 in area by a fire
                                                                                                                            separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
                                                                                                                            floor assembly immediately above the basement.

                                                                                                                         2) An open-air storey need not conform to Sentence (1).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.2.1.6.         Mezzanines

                                                                                                                        1) The floor assembly of a mezzanine that is required to be considered as a storey
                                                                                                                     in calculating the building height shall be constructed in conformance with the fire
                                                                                                                     separation requirements for floor assemblies stated in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.           Building Size and Construction Relative to Occupancy

                                                                                                    3.2.2.1.         Application

                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.3., a building shall be constructed in
                                                                                                                     conformance with this Subsection to prevent fire spread and collapse caused by the
                                                                                                                     effects of fire. (See Subsection 3.1.3. for fire separations between major occupancies.)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.2.         Special and Unusual Structures

                                                                                                                        1) A structure that cannot be identified with the characteristics of a building
                                                                                                                     in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. shall be protected against fire spread and collapse in
                                                                                                                     conformance with good fire protection engineering practice. (See Note A-3.2.2.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                     (See also Notes A-3 and A-3.2.5.12.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.3.         Exceptions to Structural Fire Protection

                                                                                                                         1) Fire protection is not required for
                                                                                                                         a) steel lintels above openings not more than 2 m wide in loadbearing walls and
                                                                                                                            not more than 3 m wide in non-loadbearing walls,
                                                                                                                         b) steel lintels above openings more than 2 m wide in loadbearing walls and
                                                                                                                            more than 3 m wide in non-loadbearing walls provided the lintels are
                                                                                                                            supported at intervals of not more than 2 m by structural members with the
                                                                                                                            required fire-resistance rating,
                                                                                                                         c) the bottom flanges of shelf angles and plates that are not a part of the
                                                                                                                            structural frame,
                                                                                                                         d) steel members for framework around elevator hoistway doorways, steel for
                                                                                                                            the support of elevator and dumbwaiter guides, counterweights and other
                                                                                                                            similar equipment, that are entirely enclosed in a hoistway and are not a
                                                                                                                            part of the structural frame of the building,
                                                                                                                         e) steel members of stairways and escalators that are not a part of the structural
                                                                                                                            frame of a building,




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-47
                                                                                                    3.2.2.4.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                          f) steel members of porches, exterior balconies, exterior stairways, fire escapes,
                                                                                                                              cornices, marquees and other similar appurtenances, provided they are
                                                                                                                              outside an exterior wall of a building, and
                                                                                                                         g) loadbearing steel or concrete members wholly or partly outside a building face
                                                                                                                              in a building not more than 4 storeys in building height and classified as Group
                                                                                                                              A, B, C, D or F, Division 3 major occupancy provided the members are
                                                                                                                                 i) not less than 1 m away from any unprotected opening in an
                                                                                                                                    exterior wall, or
                                                                                                                                ii) shielded from heat radiation in the event of a fire within the
                                                                                                                                    building by construction that will provide the same degree
                                                                                                                                    of protection that would be necessary if the member was
                                                                                                                                    located inside the building, with the protection extending on




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    either side of the member a distance equal to the projection
                                                                                                                                    of the member from the face of the wall.
                                                                                                                      (See also Article 3.2.3.9.)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.4.          Buildings with Multiple Major Occupancies

                                                                                                                         1) The requirements restricting fire spread and collapse for a building of a single
                                                                                                                      major occupancy classification are provided in this Subsection according to its building
                                                                                                                      height and building area.

                                                                                                                         2) If a building contains more than one major occupancy, classified in more than
                                                                                                                      one Group or Division, the requirements of this Subsection concerning building size
                                                                                                                      and construction relative to major occupancy shall apply according to Articles 3.2.2.5.
                                                                                                                      to 3.2.2.8.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.5.          Applicable Building Height and Area

                                                                                                                          1) In determining the fire safety requirements of a building in relation to each
                                                                                                                      of the major occupancies contained therein, the building height and building area of the
                                                                                                                      entire building shall be used.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.6.          Multiple Major Occupancies

                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.7. and 3.2.2.8., and
                                                                                                                      Sentences 3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.51.(5), 3.2.2.57.(3) and 3.2.2.60.(4), in a building
                                                                                                                      containing more than one major occupancy, the requirements of this Subsection for the
                                                                                                                      most restricted major occupancy contained shall apply to the whole building.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.7.          Superimposed Major Occupancies

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Article 3.2.2.8. and Sentences 3.2.2.18.(2),
                                                                                                                      3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.51.(5), 3.2.2.57.(3) and 3.2.2.60.(4), in a building in which one major
                                                                                                                      occupancy is located entirely above another major occupancy, the requirements in this
                                                                                                                      Subsection for each portion of the building containing a major occupancy shall apply to
                                                                                                                      that portion as if the entire building were of that major occupancy.

                                                                                                                          2) If one major occupancy is located above another major occupancy, the fire-resistance
                                                                                                                      rating of the floor assembly between the major occupancies shall be determined on the
                                                                                                                      basis of the requirements of this Subsection for the lower major occupancy. (See also
                                                                                                                      Article 3.1.3.1.)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.8.          Exceptions for Major Occupancies

                                                                                                                         1) In a building in which the aggregate area of all major occupancies in a particular
                                                                                                                      Group or Division is not more than 10% of the floor area of the storey in which they are
                                                                                                                      located, these major occupancies need not be considered as major occupancies for the
                                                                                                                      purposes of this Subsection, provided they are not classified as Group F, Division
                                                                                                                      1 or 2 occupancies.


                                                                                                    3-48 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            3.2.2.14.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.9.         Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                                        1) For the purposes of Articles 3.1.11.6., 3.2.1.4. and 3.2.1.5., a crawl space shall be
                                                                                                                     considered as a basement if it is
                                                                                                                        a) more than 1.8 m high between the lowest part of the floor assembly and
                                                                                                                            the ground or other surface below,
                                                                                                                        b) used for any occupancy,
                                                                                                                        c) used for the passage of flue pipes, or
                                                                                                                        d) used as a plenum in combustible construction.
                                                                                                                        2) A floor assembly immediately above a crawl space is not required to be
                                                                                                                     constructed as a fire separation and is not required to have a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                     provided the crawl space is not required to be considered as a basement by Sentence (1).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.2.2.10.        Streets
                                                                                                                        1) Every building shall face a street located in conformance with the requirements
                                                                                                                     of Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. for access routes.
                                                                                                                       2) For the purposes of Subsections 3.2.2. and 3.2.5. an access route conforming to
                                                                                                                     Subsection 3.2.5. is permitted to be considered as a street.
                                                                                                                        3) A building conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. is considered to face
                                                                                                                     1 street where
                                                                                                                         a) not less than 25% of the building perimeter is located within 15 m of a street
                                                                                                                              or streets, or
                                                                                                                         b) not less than 10% of the building perimeter is located within 15 m of a street
                                                                                                                              or streets, provided the exterior cladding conforms to Sentence 3.1.4.8.(2).
                                                                                                                        4) A building is considered to face 2 streets provided not less than 50% of the
                                                                                                                     building perimeter is located within 15 m of the street or streets.
                                                                                                                        5) A building is considered to face 3 streets provided not less than 75% of the
                                                                                                                     building perimeter is located within 15 m of the street or streets.
                                                                                                                        6) Enclosed spaces, tunnels, bridges and similar structures, even though used for
                                                                                                                     vehicular or pedestrian traffic, are not considered as streets for the purpose of this Part.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.11.        Exterior Balconies
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), an exterior balcony shall be constructed in
                                                                                                                     accordance with the type of construction required by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92., as
                                                                                                                     applicable to the occupancy classification of the building.
                                                                                                                        2) The floor assembly of an exterior balcony in a building or part of a building
                                                                                                                     conforming to Article 3.2.2.48. or 3.2.2.57. shall
                                                                                                                        a) be of noncombustible construction, or
                                                                                                                        b) be constructed in accordance with Article 3.1.6.3., but need not comply
                                                                                                                           with Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1).

                                                                                                    3.2.2.12.        Exterior Passageways
                                                                                                                         1) An elevated exterior passageway used as part of a means of egress shall conform
                                                                                                                     to the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. for mezzanines.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.13.        Occupancy on Roof
                                                                                                                        1) A portion of a roof that supports an occupancy shall be constructed in
                                                                                                                     conformance with the fire separation requirements of Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. for
                                                                                                                     floor assemblies, and not the fire-resistance rating for roof assemblies.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.14.        Rooftop Enclosures
                                                                                                                        1) A rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery or for a service room shall be
                                                                                                                     constructed in accordance with the type of construction required by Articles 3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                                     to 3.2.2.92.
                                                                                                                       2) A rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery or for a service room, not more than
                                                                                                                     one storey high, is not required to have a fire-resistance rating.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-49
                                                                                                    3.2.2.15.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                         3) A rooftop enclosure for a stairway shall be constructed in accordance with the
                                                                                                                      type of construction required by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92.
                                                                                                                         4) A rooftop enclosure for a stairway need not have a fire-resistance rating nor be
                                                                                                                      constructed as a fire separation.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.15.         Storeys below Ground
                                                                                                                         1) If a building is erected entirely below the adjoining finished ground level
                                                                                                                      and does not extend more than one storey below that ground level, the minimum
                                                                                                                      precautions against fire spread and collapse shall be the same as are required for
                                                                                                                      basements under a building of 1 storey in building height having the same occupancy and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      building area.
                                                                                                                         2) If any portion of a building is erected entirely below the adjoining finished
                                                                                                                      ground level and extends more than one storey below that ground level, the following
                                                                                                                      minimum precautions against fire spread and collapse shall be taken:
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentence (3), the basements shall be sprinklered
                                                                                                                            throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) a floor assembly below the ground level shall be constructed as a fire
                                                                                                                            separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than
                                                                                                                                i) 3 h if the basements are used as Group E or Group F, Division
                                                                                                                                   1 or 2 occupancies, or
                                                                                                                               ii) 2 h if the basements are not used as Group E or Group F,
                                                                                                                                   Division 1 or 2 occupancies, and
                                                                                                                         c) all loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                            less than that required for the construction that they support.
                                                                                                                         3) If the first storey of a building is not required to be sprinklered, sprinklers are not
                                                                                                                      required in the storey immediately below the first storey provided the storey below
                                                                                                                         a) contains only residential occupancies, and
                                                                                                                         b) has at least one unobstructed access opening conforming to
                                                                                                                             Sentence 3.2.5.1.(2) installed on that storey for each 15 m of wall length in at
                                                                                                                             least one wall required by this Subsection to face a street.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.16.         Heavy Timber Roof Permitted
                                                                                                                         1) Unless otherwise permitted by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92., a roof assembly in
                                                                                                                      a building up to 2 storeys in building height is permitted to be of heavy timber construction
                                                                                                                      regardless of building area or type of construction required, provided the building is
                                                                                                                      sprinklered throughout.
                                                                                                                         2) If Sentence (1) permits a roof assembly to be of heavy timber construction,
                                                                                                                      structural members in the storey immediately below the roof assembly are permitted to
                                                                                                                      be of heavy timber construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.17.         Roof Assemblies and Mezzanines in Gymnasiums, Swimming Pools,
                                                                                                                      Arenas and Rinks
                                                                                                                         1) The requirements for a roof assembly to have a fire-resistance rating stated in
                                                                                                                      Articles 3.2.2.25., 3.2.2.30. and 3.2.2.32. are permitted to be waived for gymnasiums,
                                                                                                                      swimming pools, arenas, and rinks, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the roof carries no loads other than normal roof loads, including permanent
                                                                                                                             access walks, and ventilating, sound and lighting equipment, and
                                                                                                                         b) except as provided in Sentence (3), no part of the roof assembly is less than
                                                                                                                             6 m above the main floor or balcony.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.2.17.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The requirements for a mezzanine to have a fire-resistance rating stated in
                                                                                                                      Articles 3.2.2.25., 3.2.2.30. and 3.2.2.32. are permitted to be waived for gymnasiums,
                                                                                                                      swimming pools, arenas, and rinks, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the mezzanine is not required to be considered as a storey as per
                                                                                                                             Sentences 3.2.1.1.(3) to (5),


                                                                                                    3-50 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                  3.2.2.20.

                                                                                                                         b) the mezzanine is used only for ventilating, sound and lighting equipment,
                                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                                         c) except as provided in Sentence (3), no part of the mezzanine is less than
                                                                                                                            6 m above the main floor or balcony.
                                                                                                                       3) The restrictions concerning minimum distance stated in Clauses (1)(b)
                                                                                                                     and (2)(c) shall not apply to
                                                                                                                        a) an inclined and stepped floor ascending from the main floor that is used
                                                                                                                            for seating purposes only, or
                                                                                                                        b) a balcony used for seating purposes only.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.18.        Automatic Sprinkler System Required




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), an automatic sprinkler system conforming
                                                                                                                     to the requirements of Articles 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9. and 3.2.5.12. shall be installed
                                                                                                                     throughout a building regulated by one or more of Articles 3.2.2.20., 3.2.2.21., 3.2.2.22.,
                                                                                                                     3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24., 3.2.2.26., 3.2.2.27., 3.2.2.29., 3.2.2.31., 3.2.2.33., 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.,
                                                                                                                     3.2.2.38., 3.2.2.39., 3.2.2.40., 3.2.2.41., 3.2.2.42., 3.2.2.43., 3.2.2.44., 3.2.2.45., 3.2.2.46.,
                                                                                                                     3.2.2.47., 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.49., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52., 3.2.2.55., 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.57., 3.2.2.59.,
                                                                                                                     3.2.2.60., 3.2.2.61., 3.2.2.63., 3.2.2.65., 3.2.2.66., 3.2.2.67., 3.2.2.69., 3.2.2.71., 3.2.2.72.,
                                                                                                                     3.2.2.73., 3.2.2.74., 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77., 3.2.2.79., 3.2.2.81., 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.84., 3.2.2.86.,
                                                                                                                     3.2.2.88. and 3.2.2.90.
                                                                                                                        2) If a storey in a building or a floor area is required to have an automatic sprinkler
                                                                                                                     system installed throughout in accordance with one or more of Articles 3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                                     to 3.2.2.92. or Section 3.3., the automatic sprinkler system shall also be installed
                                                                                                                     throughout all lower storeys in the building notwithstanding permission in
                                                                                                                     Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. to construct one or more of those storeys without installing
                                                                                                                     automatic sprinkler protection. (See Note A-3.2.2.18.(2).)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.19.        Buildings Containing Impeded Egress Zones
                                                                                                                        1) A building containing an impeded egress zone and conforming to the appropriate
                                                                                                                     requirements of Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. is not required to conform to the
                                                                                                                     requirements of Articles 3.2.2.36. and 3.2.2.37. for a Group B, Division 1 major occupancy
                                                                                                                     provided
                                                                                                                        a) the building is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                        c) it does not include
                                                                                                                               i) a contained use area,
                                                                                                                              ii) sleeping accommodation,
                                                                                                                             iii) a high-hazard industrial occupancy, or
                                                                                                                             iv) a mercantile occupancy,
                                                                                                                        d) the building area is not more than 6 400 m2 if the building includes a
                                                                                                                            medium-hazard industrial occupancy,
                                                                                                                        e) the impeded egress zone does not extend beyond the boundaries of the fire
                                                                                                                            compartment in which it is located, and
                                                                                                                        f) the occupant load of the impeded egress zone is not more than 100.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.20.        Group A, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                       1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.21. and 3.2.2.22., a building classified as
                                                                                                                     Group A, Division 1 shall conform to Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                             shall be sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 2 h,
                                                                                                                        c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                        d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                               Division B 3-51
                                                                                                    3.2.2.21.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    3.2.2.21.         Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Limited Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group A, Division 1 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                      Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                         c) it has less than 40% of the area of the building as 2 storeys for the purpose of
                                                                                                                                i) development of productions, including preparation of
                                                                                                                                   scenery and costumes and rehearsal of performers,
                                                                                                                               ii) organization of performers, scenery and sound equipment,
                                                                                                                              iii) preparation by performers for a performance,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              iv) managerial functions, or
                                                                                                                               v) toilets, rest rooms and similar public facilities,
                                                                                                                         d) it has no occupancy above or below the auditorium other than one which
                                                                                                                             serves it or is dependent on it,
                                                                                                                         e) it is not more than 600 m2 in building area, and
                                                                                                                          f) the occupant load is not more than 600.
                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy timber
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations
                                                                                                                                 i) with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                ii) of heavy timber construction, and
                                                                                                                         b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall
                                                                                                                                 i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for
                                                                                                                                    the supported assembly, or
                                                                                                                                ii) be of heavy timber construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.22.         Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group A, Division 1 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                      Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                         c) no part of an auditorium floor is more than 5 m above or below grade,
                                                                                                                         d) no occupancy is above or below the auditorium other than one which serves
                                                                                                                             it or is dependent on it, and
                                                                                                                         e) the occupant load of the auditorium floor is not more than 300.
                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly, or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 45 min,
                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                             not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                             to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                 i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                         d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have
                                                                                                                             a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.23.         Group A, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.24. to 3.2.2.28., a building classified as
                                                                                                                      Group A, Division 2 shall conform to Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                              shall be sprinklered throughout,


                                                                                                    3-52 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                   3.2.2.25.

                                                                                                                          b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 2 h,
                                                                                                                          c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.24.          Group A, Division 2, up to 6 Storeys, Any Area, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                           1) A building classified as Group A, Division 2, that is not limited by building area,
                                                                                                                       is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
                                                                                                                           a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                              sprinklered throughout, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height.

                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                       shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                               than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                          c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                               less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.25.          Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys

                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.25.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 3.2.2.25.
                                                                                                                                    Maximum Building Area, Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.25.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                            Facing 1 Street              Facing 2 Streets              Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                            1 600                         2 000                         2 400
                                                                                                                   2                             800                          1 000                         1 200


                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          b) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., mezzanines shall have, if of
                                                                                                                              combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                           c) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., roof assemblies shall have, if of
                                                                                                                              combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, except
                                                                                                                              that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-resistance
                                                                                                                              rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly is constructed
                                                                                                                              as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1.,
                                                                                                                              and the building area is not more than
                                                                                                                                  i) 800 m2 if facing one street,
                                                                                                                                 ii) 1 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
                                                                                                                                iii) 1 200 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                               Division B 3-53
                                                                                                    3.2.2.26.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    3.2.2.26.         Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Increased Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                      Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                         c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                i) 4 800 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
                                                                                                                               ii) 2 400 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                             shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                             to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                 i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.27.         Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height with no basement,
                                                                                                                                ii) 1 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
                                                                                                                               iii) 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.28.         Group A, Division 2, One Storey
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
                                                                                                                         a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
                                                                                                                         b) except as permitted by Sentence (2), it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 400 m2 if facing one street,
                                                                                                                                ii) 500 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
                                                                                                                               iii) 600 m2 if facing 3 streets.
                                                                                                                         2) In a building referred to in Sentence (1) without a basement, the building
                                                                                                                      area limits of Sentence (1) are permitted to be doubled provided a fire separation
                                                                                                                      with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h is used to separate the building into fire
                                                                                                                      compartments, each one of which does not exceed the limits of Clause (1)(b).

                                                                                                    3.2.2.29.         Group A, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.30. to 3.2.2.34., a building classified as
                                                                                                                      Group A, Division 3 shall conform to Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                              shall be sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 2 h,
                                                                                                                         c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.


                                                                                                    3-54 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.2.2.32.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.30.          Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.30.

                                                                                                                                                        Table 3.2.2.30.
                                                                                                                                   Maximum Building Area, Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.30.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                       Maximum Area, m2




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                            Facing 1 Street              Facing 2 Streets             Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                            4 000                         5 000                        6 000
                                                                                                                   2                            2 000                         2 500                        3 000


                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Clauses (c) and (d), the building referred to in
                                                                                                                       Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          b) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                              rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          c) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., roof assemblies shall
                                                                                                                                 i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                ii) be of heavy timber construction, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly, except that arches and
                                                                                                                              structural members within the storey immediately below a roof assembly
                                                                                                                              are permitted to be of heavy timber construction.
                                                                                                                          3) If intended for occasional use for trade shows and similar exhibition purposes,
                                                                                                                       a building referred to in Sentence (1) that is more than 1 500 m2 in building area shall be
                                                                                                                       sprinklered throughout.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.31.          Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                              sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 12 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
                                                                                                                                ii) 6 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Clause (c) and Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to
                                                                                                                       in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                           a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 1 h,
                                                                                                                           b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                           c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly, except that arches are
                                                                                                                              permitted to be of heavy timber construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.32.          Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Increased Area
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 2 400 m2 if facing one street,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 3-55
                                                                                                    3.2.2.33.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                                ii) 3 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
                                                                                                                               iii) 3 600 m2 if facing 3 streets.
                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., mezzanines shall have, if of
                                                                                                                             combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                         b) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., roof assemblies shall have, if
                                                                                                                             of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                             except that the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the
                                                                                                                             roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system
                                                                                                                             conforming to Article 3.1.14.1., and the building area is not more than




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                 i) 1 200 m2 if facing one street,
                                                                                                                                ii) 1 500 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
                                                                                                                               iii) 1 800 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
                                                                                                                          c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                             to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                 i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                ii) be of noncombustible construction.
                                                                                                                         3) If intended for occasional use for trade shows and similar exhibition purposes,
                                                                                                                      a building referred to in Sentence (1) that is more than 1 500 m2 in building area shall be
                                                                                                                      sprinklered throughout.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.33.         Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than 7 200 m2.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.34.         Group A, Division 3, One Storey
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
                                                                                                                         a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
                                                                                                                         b) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 1 000 m2 if facing one street,
                                                                                                                                ii) 1 250 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
                                                                                                                               iii) 1 500 m2 if facing 3 streets.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.35.         Group A, Division 4
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), a building classified as Group A,
                                                                                                                      Division 4 shall be of noncombustible construction.
                                                                                                                         2) Roof assemblies and supporting arches and columns are permitted to be of
                                                                                                                      heavy timber construction.
                                                                                                                         3) A building classified as Group A, Division 4 is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction provided
                                                                                                                         a) the occupant load is less than 1 500, and
                                                                                                                         b) the building has a limiting distance not less than 6 m.
                                                                                                                         4) Sprinklers shall be installed in all spaces below tiers of seats in a building
                                                                                                                      classified as Group A, Division 4 if those spaces are used for occupancy. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-3.2.2.35.(4).)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.36.         Group B, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.37., a building classified as Group B,
                                                                                                                      Division 1 shall conform to Sentence (2).


                                                                                                    3-56 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          3.2.2.39.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                             shall be sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 2 h,
                                                                                                                        c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                        d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.37.        Group B, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group B, Division 1 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                     Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                        c) it has a building area
                                                                                                                               i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey
                                                                                                                                  in building height,
                                                                                                                              ii) not more than 12 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                             iii) not more than 8 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                        a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 1 h,
                                                                                                                        b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                        c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.38.        Group B, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                       1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.39. to 3.2.2.41., a building classified as
                                                                                                                     Group B, Division 2 shall conform to Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                             shall be sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 2 h,
                                                                                                                        c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                        d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.39.        Group B, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                     Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                        c) it has a building area
                                                                                                                               i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey
                                                                                                                                  in building height,
                                                                                                                              ii) not more than 12 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                             iii) not more than 8 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                        a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 1 h,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 3-57
                                                                                                    3.2.2.40.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                            less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.40.         Group B, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                      Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                         c) it has a building area not more than




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                i) 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
                                                                                                                               ii) 1 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 45 min,
                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.41.         Group B, Division 2, One Storey, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than 500 m2.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.42.         Group B, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.43. to 3.2.2.46., a building classified as
                                                                                                                      Group B, Division 3 shall conform to Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                              shall be sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 2 h,
                                                                                                                         c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.43.         Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys (Noncombustible), Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                      Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                         c) it has a building area
                                                                                                                                i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey
                                                                                                                                   in building height,
                                                                                                                               ii) not more than 12 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                              iii) not more than 8 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                         a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 1 h,


                                                                                                    3-58 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 3.2.2.47.

                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                            less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.44.        Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                     Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                        c) it has a building area not more than




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               i) 5 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                              ii) 2 700 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                             iii) 1 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                        2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                     construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                        a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                            than 1 h,
                                                                                                                        b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                            less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.45.        Group B, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                     Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                        c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                               i) 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
                                                                                                                              ii) 1 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                        2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                     construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                        a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                            than 45 min,
                                                                                                                        b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                            less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                            less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.46.        Group B, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                     construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
                                                                                                                         c) it has a building area not more than 600 m2.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.47.        Group C, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                       1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.48. to 3.2.2.55., a building classified as
                                                                                                                     Group C shall conform to Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                             shall be sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations
                                                                                                                             with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division B 3-59
                                                                                                    3.2.2.48.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                         c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                            less than that required for the supported assembly.
                                                                                                                          3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject
                                                                                                                      to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
                                                                                                                      over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.48.         Group C, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2),
                                                                                                                      provided




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) it is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 12 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                         c) it has a height not more than 42 m measured between the floor of the first
                                                                                                                            storey and the uppermost floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure
                                                                                                                            for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used only for service to
                                                                                                                            the building, and
                                                                                                                         d) it has a building area not more than 6 000 m2.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                      permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction or noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                      used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) except as provided in Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations
                                                                                                                             with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.
                                                                                                                          3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject
                                                                                                                      to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
                                                                                                                      over basements, that are entirely contained within these dwelling units shall have a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, but need not be constructed as fire separations.
                                                                                                                         4) Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies and storage
                                                                                                                      garages located in a building or part of a building within the scope of this Article are
                                                                                                                      permitted to be constructed in accordance with this Article, provided
                                                                                                                          a) the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy is located below the fourth storey,
                                                                                                                         b) the Group E major occupancy is located below the third storey, and
                                                                                                                          c) the storage garage is located below the fifth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.2.48.(4) and 3.2.2.57.(3).)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.49.         Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible Construction
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                      provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                         c) it has a building area
                                                                                                                                i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 2 storeys
                                                                                                                                   in building height,
                                                                                                                               ii) not more than 12 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                              iii) not more than 9 000 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                              iv) not more than 7 200 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                               v) not more than 6 000 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations
                                                                                                                              with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.


                                                                                                    3-60 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.2.2.51.

                                                                                                                           3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject
                                                                                                                       to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
                                                                                                                       over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
                                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.50.          Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Noncombustible Construction
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.50.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                        Table 3.2.2.50.
                                                                                                                                        Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.50.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                      Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                           Facing 1 Street             Facing 2 Streets             Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                         not limited                  not limited                  not limited
                                                                                                                   2                           6 000                      not limited                  not limited
                                                                                                                   3                           4 000                        5 000                        6 000


                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                       and
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations
                                                                                                                             with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.
                                                                                                                           3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject
                                                                                                                       to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
                                                                                                                       over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
                                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.51.          Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2),
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                          c) it has a height not more than 18 m measured between the floor of the first
                                                                                                                             storey and the uppermost floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure
                                                                                                                             for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used only for service to
                                                                                                                             the building, and
                                                                                                                          d) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 9 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                                ii) 4 500 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                               iii) 3 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                               iv) 2 250 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                                v) 1 800 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                               vi) 1 500 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                          2) Buildings referred to in Sentence (1) are permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) except as provided in Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations
                                                                                                                              with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          b) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                           c) except as provided in Sentence (4), where the roof assembly has a height
                                                                                                                              greater than 25 m measured from the floor of the first storey to the highest


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 3-61
                                                                                                    3.2.2.52.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                            point of the roof assembly, the roof assembly shall be constructed of
                                                                                                                            noncombustible construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to
                                                                                                                            Article 3.1.4.5.,
                                                                                                                         d) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                            less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                                          3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject
                                                                                                                      to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including those
                                                                                                                      over basements, that are entirely contained within these dwelling units shall have a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         4) Where buildings conforming to Sentence (2) include non-contiguous roof
                                                                                                                      assemblies at different elevations, the roof assemblies are permitted to be evaluated
                                                                                                                      separately to determine which ones are required to be constructed in accordance with
                                                                                                                      Clause (2)(c).

                                                                                                                         5) Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies, and storage
                                                                                                                      garages located in a building or part thereof within the scope of this Article are permitted
                                                                                                                      to be constructed in accordance with this Article, provided
                                                                                                                          a) the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy and Group E major occupancy are
                                                                                                                              located below the third storey, and
                                                                                                                          b) the storage garage is located below the fourth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.2.51.(5) and 3.2.2.60.(4).)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.52.         Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                      provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                         c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                i) 7 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                               ii) 3 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                              iii) 2 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                              iv) 1 800 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.

                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                             separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                          c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                                          3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject
                                                                                                                      to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
                                                                                                                      over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.

                                                                                                                          4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.53.         Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area

                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                      provided
                                                                                                                         a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                         b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.53.


                                                                                                    3-62 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                3.2.2.54.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 3.2.2.53.
                                                                                                                                 Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.53.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                            Facing 1 Street              Facing 2 Streets              Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                            2 400                         3 000                         3 600
                                                                                                                   2                            1 200                         1 500                         1 800
                                                                                                                   3                             800                          1 000                         1 200




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                              separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                           c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns, and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                                           3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject
                                                                                                                       to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
                                                                                                                       over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
                                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.

                                                                                                                           4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the
                                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.54.          Group C, up to 3 Storeys

                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.54.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 3.2.2.54.
                                                                                                                                         Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.54.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                            Facing 1 Street              Facing 2 Streets              Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                            1 800                         2 250                         2 700
                                                                                                                   2                             900                          1 125                         1 350
                                                                                                                   3                             600                           750                           900


                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                              separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                           c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                                           3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject
                                                                                                                       to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
                                                                                                                       over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
                                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min but need not be constructed as fire separations.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division B 3-63
                                                                                                    3.2.2.55.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.55.         Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                      provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                         c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                i) 5 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               ii) 2 700 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                              iii) 1 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                             separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.
                                                                                                                          3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject
                                                                                                                      to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors
                                                                                                                      over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min but need not be constructed as fire separations.
                                                                                                                          4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.56.         Group D, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.57. to 3.2.2.65., a building classified as
                                                                                                                      Group D shall conform to Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                              shall be sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 2 h,
                                                                                                                         c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.57.         Group D, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2),
                                                                                                                      provided
                                                                                                                         a) it is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 12 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                         c) it has a height not more than 42 m measured between the floor of the first
                                                                                                                            storey and the uppermost floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure
                                                                                                                            for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used only for service to
                                                                                                                            the building, and
                                                                                                                         d) it has a building area not more than 7 200 m2.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                      permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction or noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                      used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 2 h,


                                                                                                    3-64 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                   3.2.2.59.

                                                                                                                              b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                              c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                                 less than that required for the supported assembly.
                                                                                                                          3) Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies, Group F,
                                                                                                                       Division 2 and 3 major occupancies, and storage garages located in a building or part of a
                                                                                                                       building within the scope of this Article are permitted to be constructed in accordance
                                                                                                                       with this Article, provided
                                                                                                                           a) the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy is located below the fourth storey,
                                                                                                                           b) the Group E major occupancy and Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy
                                                                                                                               are located below the third storey, and
                                                                                                                           c) the storage garage is located below the fifth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.2.48.(4) and 3.2.2.57.(3).)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.58.          Group D, up to 6 Storeys
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.58.

                                                                                                                                                           Table 3.2.2.58.
                                                                                                                                            Maximum Building Area, Group D, up to 6 Storeys
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.58.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                          Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                               Facing 1 Street             Facing 2 Streets             Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                             not limited                  not limited                 not limited
                                                                                                                   2                               7 200                      not limited                 not limited
                                                                                                                   3                               4 800                        6 000                        7 200
                                                                                                                   4                               3 600                        4 500                        5 400
                                                                                                                   5                               2 880                        3 600                        4 320
                                                                                                                   6                               2 400                        3 000                        3 600


                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                       and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, except that
                                                                                                                             in a building not more than 1 storey in building height this requirement is
                                                                                                                             waived, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.59.          Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible Construction
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area
                                                                                                                                 i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 2 storeys
                                                                                                                                    in building height,
                                                                                                                                ii) not more than 14 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                               iii) not more than 10 800 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                               iv) not more than 8 640 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                                v) not more than 7 200 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                               Division B 3-65
                                                                                                    3.2.2.60.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                         a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 1 h,
                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.60.         Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2),
                                                                                                                      provided




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) it is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                         c) it has a height not more than 18 m measured between the floor of the first
                                                                                                                            storey and the uppermost floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure
                                                                                                                            for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used only for service to
                                                                                                                            the building, and
                                                                                                                         d) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                i) 18 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                               ii) 9 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                              iii) 6 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                              iv) 4 500 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                               v) 3 600 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                              vi) 3 000 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 1 h,
                                                                                                                         b) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          c) except as provided in Sentence (3), where the roof assembly has a height
                                                                                                                             greater than 25 m measured from the floor of the first storey to the highest
                                                                                                                             point of the roof assembly, the roof assembly shall be constructed of
                                                                                                                             noncombustible construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to
                                                                                                                             Article 3.1.4.5.,
                                                                                                                         d) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.
                                                                                                                         3) Where buildings conforming to Sentence (2) include non-contiguous roof
                                                                                                                      assemblies at different elevations, the roof assemblies are permitted to be evaluated
                                                                                                                      separately to determine which ones are required to be constructed in accordance with
                                                                                                                      Clause (2)(c).
                                                                                                                         4) Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies, Group F,
                                                                                                                      Division 2 and 3 major occupancies, and storage garages located in a building or part
                                                                                                                      thereof within the scope of this Article are permitted to be constructed in accordance
                                                                                                                      with this Article, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy, Group E major occupancy, and
                                                                                                                             Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy are located below the third storey,
                                                                                                                             and
                                                                                                                         b) the storage garage is located below the fourth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.2.51.(5) and 3.2.2.60.(4).)

                                                                                                    3.2.2.61.         Group D, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                      provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                         c) it has a building area not more than 3 600 m2.


                                                                                                    3-66 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                   3.2.2.63.

                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                           c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.62.          Group D, up to 3 Storeys
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.62.

                                                                                                                                                        Table 3.2.2.62.
                                                                                                                                         Maximum Building Area, Group D, up to 3 Storeys
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.62.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                         Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                            Facing 1 Street               Facing 2 Streets              Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                            4 800                          6 000                         7 200
                                                                                                                   2                            2 400                          3 000                         3 600
                                                                                                                   3                            1 600                          2 000                         2 400


                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                              not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                           c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                              not less than 45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in
                                                                                                                              building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided
                                                                                                                              the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system
                                                                                                                              conforming to Article 3.1.14.1. and the building area is not more than
                                                                                                                                  i) 2 400 m2 if facing one street,
                                                                                                                                 ii) 3 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
                                                                                                                                iii) 3 600 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.63.          Group D, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 14 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                                ii) 7 200 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                               iii) 4 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                               Division B 3-67
                                                                                                    3.2.2.64.                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                              b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                                 less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                              c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                                 to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                    i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                   ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.64.          Group D, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.64.

                                                                                                                                                           Table 3.2.2.64.
                                                                                                                                            Maximum Building Area, Group D, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.64.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                            Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                               Facing 1 Street               Facing 2 Streets               Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                               1 000                          1 250                          1 500
                                                                                                                   2                                800                           1 000                          1 200


                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.65.          Group D, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 3 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
                                                                                                                                ii) 2 400 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.66.          Group E, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.67. to 3.2.2.71., a building classified as
                                                                                                                       Group E shall conform to Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                       shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                               shall be sprinklered throughout,


                                                                                                    3-68 Division B                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                       3.2.2.68.

                                                                                                                              b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                                 than 2 h,
                                                                                                                              c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                              d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                                 less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.67.          Group E, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than 1 800 m2.

                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                           c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.68.          Group E, up to 3 Storeys

                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.68.

                                                                                                                                                            Table 3.2.2.68.
                                                                                                                                             Maximum Building Area, Group E, up to 3 Storeys
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.68.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                            Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                               Facing 1 Street               Facing 2 Streets              Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                               1 500                          1 500                         1 500
                                                                                                                   2                               1 200                          1 500                         1 500
                                                                                                                   3                                800                           1 000                         1 500


                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                              not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                           c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                              except that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the
                                                                                                                              fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly
                                                                                                                              is of noncombustible construction or is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated
                                                                                                                              wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1.,
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                          e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have
                                                                                                                              a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                   Division B 3-69
                                                                                                    3.2.2.69.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                    3.2.2.69.          Group E, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 7 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                                ii) 3 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                               iii) 2 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                              not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                           c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have
                                                                                                                              a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.70.          Group E, up to 2 Storeys

                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.70.


                                                                                                                                                        Table 3.2.2.70.
                                                                                                                                         Maximum Building Area, Group E, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.70.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                            Facing 1 Street              Facing 2 Streets               Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                            1 000                         1 250                          1 500
                                                                                                                   2                             600                           750                            900


                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.71.          Group E, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 3 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
                                                                                                                                ii) 1 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.


                                                                                                    3-70 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 3.2.2.74.

                                                                                                                        2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                     construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                        a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                            than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                        b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                            less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.72.        Group F, Division 1, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                       1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.73. to 3.2.2.75., a building classified as
                                                                                                                     Group F, Division 1 shall conform to Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                        a) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        b) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                               i) 9 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                              ii) 4 500 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                             iii) 3 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                             iv) 2 250 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                             shall be sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 2 h,
                                                                                                                        c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                        d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.73.        Group F, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group F, Division 1 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                     Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                        c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                               i) 3 600 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                              ii) 1 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                             iii) 1 200 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.

                                                                                                                        2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy timber
                                                                                                                     construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                        a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                            than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                        b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                            less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.74.        Group F, Division 1, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                        1) A building classified as Group F, Division 1 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                     Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                        a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                            sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                        c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                               i) 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
                                                                                                                              ii) 1 200 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division B 3-71
                                                                                                    3.2.2.75.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                         a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                             shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                         b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                             to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                 i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.75.         Group F, Division 1, One Storey

                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group F, Division 1 is permitted to be of combustible




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
                                                                                                                         a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
                                                                                                                         b) it has a building area not more than 800 m2.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.76.         Group F, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.77. to 3.2.2.81., a building classified as
                                                                                                                      Group F, Division 2 shall conform to Sentence (2).

                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                              shall be sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 2 h,
                                                                                                                         c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.77.         Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Increased Area, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                      Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                             sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                         b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                         c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                i) 18 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                               ii) 9 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                              iii) 6 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                              iv) 4 500 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.

                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                         a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 1 h,
                                                                                                                         b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                         c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.78.         Group F, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys

                                                                                                                         1) A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                      Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                         a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                         b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.78.




                                                                                                    3-72 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 3.2.2.80.

                                                                                                                                                        Table 3.2.2.78.
                                                                                                                                    Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.78.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                         Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                            Facing 1 Street               Facing 2 Streets              Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                            1 500                          1 500                         1 500
                                                                                                                   2                            1 500                          1 500                         1 500
                                                                                                                   3                            1 070                          1 340                         1 500




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                              not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                           c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                              not less than 45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in
                                                                                                                              building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided
                                                                                                                              that the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof
                                                                                                                              system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1.,
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                          e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have
                                                                                                                              a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.79.          Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                              sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 9 600 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                                ii) 4 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                               iii) 3 200 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                               iv) 2 400 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                              not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                           c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have
                                                                                                                              a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.80.          Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.80.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                              Division B 3-73
                                                                                                    3.2.2.81.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                                                        Table 3.2.2.80.
                                                                                                                                    Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.80.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                            Facing 1 Street               Facing 2 Streets               Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                            1 000                          1 250                          1 500
                                                                                                                   2                             600                            750                            900


                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.81.          Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                              sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 4 500 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
                                                                                                                                ii) 1 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.82.          Group F, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.83. to 3.2.2.92., a building classified as
                                                                                                                       Group F, Division 3 shall conform to Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                       shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building
                                                                                                                               shall be sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                               than 2 h, except that floor assemblies are permitted to be fire separations
                                                                                                                               with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h in a storage garage with all storeys
                                                                                                                               constructed as open-air storeys,
                                                                                                                          c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                               less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.83.          Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2), provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.83.


                                                                                                    3-74 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.2.2.85.

                                                                                                                                                       Table 3.2.2.83.
                                                                                                                                   Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys
                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.83.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                       Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                           Facing 1 Street              Facing 2 Streets            Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                         not limited                   not limited                not limited
                                                                                                                   2                           7 200                         9 000                      10 800
                                                                                                                   3                           4 800                         6 000                       7 200
                                                                                                                   4                           3 600                         4 500                       5 400




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                   5                           2 880                         3 600                       4 320
                                                                                                                   6                           2 400                         3 000                       3 600


                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                       and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                             less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.84.          Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered

                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2), provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                              sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area
                                                                                                                                 i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey
                                                                                                                                    in building height,
                                                                                                                                ii) not more than 21 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                               iii) not more than 14 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                               iv) not more than 10 800 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                                v) not more than 8 640 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                               vi) not more than 7 200 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.

                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                       shall be of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                               than 1 h,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                          c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                               less than that required for the supported assembly.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.85.          Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys

                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.85.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 3-75
                                                                                                    3.2.2.86.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                                                        Table 3.2.2.85.
                                                                                                                                    Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.85.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                         Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                            Facing 1 Street               Facing 2 Streets               Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                            4 800                          6 000                          7 200
                                                                                                                   2                            2 400                          3 000                          3 600
                                                                                                                   3                            1 600                          2 000                          2 400
                                                                                                                   4                            1 200                          1 500                          1 800




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                              not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                           c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                              not less than 45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in
                                                                                                                              building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided
                                                                                                                              the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system
                                                                                                                              conforming to Article 3.1.14.1., and the building area is not more than
                                                                                                                                  i) 2 400 m2 if facing one street,
                                                                                                                                 ii) 3 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
                                                                                                                                iii) 3 600 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
                                                                                                                          d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.86.          Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                              sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 14 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                                ii) 7 200 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                               iii) 4 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                               iv) 3 600 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                              less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                           c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.87.          Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.87.


                                                                                                    3-76 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 3.2.2.91.

                                                                                                                                                        Table 3.2.2.87.
                                                                                                                                    Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.87.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Area, m2
                                                                                                             No. of Storeys
                                                                                                                                           Facing 1 Street                Facing 2 Streets            Facing 3 Streets
                                                                                                                   1                           1 600                           2 000                       2 400
                                                                                                                   2                            800                            1 000                       1 200


                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.88.          Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                              sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
                                                                                                                          c) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 7 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
                                                                                                                                ii) 2 400 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                          2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
                                                                                                                          a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                              shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required
                                                                                                                              to have a fire-resistance rating shall
                                                                                                                                  i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.89.          Group F, Division 3, One Storey
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of heavy timber
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
                                                                                                                          b) it has a building area not more than
                                                                                                                                  i) 5 600 m2 if facing one street,
                                                                                                                                 ii) 7 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
                                                                                                                                iii) 8 400 m2 if facing 3 streets.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.90.          Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of heavy timber
                                                                                                                       construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
                                                                                                                          a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is
                                                                                                                              sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                          b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
                                                                                                                           c) it has a building area not more than 16 800 m2.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.91.          Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Any Area, Low Fire Load Occupancy
                                                                                                                          1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) provided it is
                                                                                                                          a) not more than 1 storey in building height,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division B 3-77
                                                                                                    3.2.2.92.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                         b) used solely for low fire load occupancies such as
                                                                                                                               i) power generating plants, or
                                                                                                                              ii) plants for the manufacture or storage of noncombustible
                                                                                                                                  materials, and
                                                                                                                         c) not limited in building area.
                                                                                                                         2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.2.92.         Group F, Division 3, Storage Garages up to 22 m High
                                                                                                                         1) A building used as a storage garage with all storeys constructed as open-air storeys
                                                                                                                      and having no other occupancy above it is permitted to have its floor, wall, ceiling and
                                                                                                                      roof assemblies constructed without a fire-resistance rating provided it is




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) of noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                         b) not more than 22 m high, measured between grade and the ceiling level
                                                                                                                             of the top storey,
                                                                                                                         c) not more than 10 000 m2 in building area, and
                                                                                                                         d) designed so that every portion of each floor area is within 60 m of an exterior
                                                                                                                             wall opening.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.            Spatial Separation and Exposure Protection
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.3.)

                                                                                                    3.2.3.1.          Limiting Distance and Area of Unprotected Openings
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.3.10. to 3.2.3.12., the area of unprotected
                                                                                                                      openings in an exposing building face for the applicable limiting distance shall be not more
                                                                                                                      than the value determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                         a) Table 3.2.3.1.-B or 3.2.3.1.-C for an exposing building face conforming to
                                                                                                                              Article 3.2.3.2. of a building or fire compartment which is not sprinklered, or
                                                                                                                         b) Table 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-E for an exposing building face conforming to
                                                                                                                              Article 3.2.3.2. of a sprinklered fire compartment that is part of a building which
                                                                                                                              is sprinklered in conformance with Section 3.2.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.)
                                                                                                                      (See also Article 3.1.18.3.)
                                                                                                                         2) The area of the unprotected openings in an exposing building face shall be the
                                                                                                                      aggregate area of unprotected openings expressed as a percentage of the area of
                                                                                                                      the exposing building face in Table 3.2.3.1.-B, 3.2.3.1.-C, 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-E. (See
                                                                                                                      Sentence 3.2.3.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                          3) For the purpose of determining the type of construction and cladding and the
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating of an exterior wall,
                                                                                                                           a) the exposing building face shall be taken as the projection of the exterior wall
                                                                                                                               onto a vertical plane located so that no portion of the exterior wall of the
                                                                                                                               building or of a fire compartment, if the fire compartment complies with the
                                                                                                                               requirements of Article 3.2.3.2., is between the vertical plane and the line to
                                                                                                                               which the limiting distance is measured, and
                                                                                                                           b) the area of unprotected openings shall be determined from
                                                                                                                               Table 3.2.3.1.-B, 3.2.3.1.-C, 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-E.
                                                                                                                         4) For the purpose of determining the actual percentage of unprotected openings
                                                                                                                      permitted in an exterior wall, the location of the exposing building face is permitted
                                                                                                                      to be taken at a vertical plane located so that there are no unprotected openings
                                                                                                                      between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)
                                                                                                                         5) Except for buildings that are sprinklered, where the limiting distance is 2 m or less,
                                                                                                                      individual unprotected openings in an exposing building face shall be no greater than
                                                                                                                         a) the area stated in Table 3.2.3.1.-A, or
                                                                                                                         b) where the limiting distance is equal to or greater than 1.2 m, the area
                                                                                                                             calculated by




                                                                                                    3-78 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                       3.2.3.1.

                                                                                                                             where
                                                                                                                               Area = area of the unprotected opening, and
                                                                                                                                 LD = limiting distance.

                                                                                                                                                        Table 3.2.3.1.-A
                                                                                                                                       Maximum Concentrated Area of Unprotected Openings
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.3.1.(5)

                                                                                                                         Limiting Distance, m                           Maximum Area of Individual Unprotected Openings, m2
                                                                                                                                 1.2                                                           0.35




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                 1.5                                                           0.78
                                                                                                                                 2.0                                                           1.88


                                                                                                                        6) The spacing between individual unprotected openings described in Sentence (5)
                                                                                                                     that serve a single room or space described in Sentence (7) shall not be less than
                                                                                                                         a) 2 m horizontally of another unprotected opening that is on the same exposing
                                                                                                                             building face and serves the single room or space, or
                                                                                                                        b) 2 m vertically of another unprotected opening that serves the single room or
                                                                                                                             space, or another room or space on the same storey.
                                                                                                                         7) For the purpose of Sentence (6), “single room or space” shall mean
                                                                                                                         a) two or more adjacent spaces having a full-height separating wall extending
                                                                                                                            less than 1.5 m from the interior face of the exterior wall, or
                                                                                                                         b) two or more stacked spaces that are on the same storey.
                                                                                                                        8) A limiting distance equal to half the actual limiting distance shall be used as input
                                                                                                                     to Tables 3.2.3.1.-B and 3.2.3.1.-C, where
                                                                                                                         a) the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the
                                                                                                                            arrival of the first fire department vehicle at the building exceeds 10 min in
                                                                                                                            10% or more of all fire department calls to the building, and
                                                                                                                         b) any storey in the building is not sprinklered.
                                                                                                                     (See Notes A-3.2.3.1.(8) and A-3.2.3.)
                                                                                                                         9) If the surface temperature on the unexposed surface of a wall assembly
                                                                                                                     exceeds the temperature limit of a standard fire test as permitted by Article 3.1.7.2.,
                                                                                                                     an allowance shall be made for the radiation from the hot unexposed wall surface
                                                                                                                     by adding an equivalent area of unprotected opening to the area of actual openings as
                                                                                                                     follows:




                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                         AC = corrected area of unprotected openings including actual and equivalent
                                                                                                                               openings,
                                                                                                                           A = actual area of unprotected openings,
                                                                                                                          AF = area of exterior surface of the exposing building face, exclusive of openings,
                                                                                                                               on which the temperature limit of the standard test is exceeded, and
                                                                                                                         FEO = an equivalent opening factor derived from the following expression:




                                                                                                                            Tu = average temperature in degrees Celsius of the unexposed wall surface at the
                                                                                                                                  time the required fire-resistance rating is reached under test conditions,
                                                                                                                            Te = 892°C for a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, 927°C for a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                                  rating not less than 1 h, and 1 010°C for a fire-resistance rating not less than
                                                                                                                                  2 h.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                 Division B 3-79
                                                                                                    3.2.3.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                        10) Unless a closure used to protect an opening in an exposing building face has a
                                                                                                                      protective performance equivalent to that required for the wall assembly in which it is
                                                                                                                      located, an equivalent area of unprotected opening, determined in accordance with the
                                                                                                                      procedures of Sentence (9) shall be added to the greater of
                                                                                                                          a) the actual area of unprotected openings, or
                                                                                                                         b) the corrected area of unprotected openings.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    3-80 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                          Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                 Table 3.2.3.1.-B
                                                                                        Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is not Sprinklered Throughout
                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Article 3.2.3.1.

                                                 Exposing Building Face                                             Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups A, C, D, and F, Division 3 Occupancies, %
                                                  Max.                                                                                            Limiting Distance, m
                                                               Ratio
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Division B
                                                  Area,
                                                           (L/H or H/L) (1)   0   1.2    1.5   2.0   2.5   3    4       5      6     7     8     9     10     11    12    13    14     16    18    20   25   30   35   40   45   50
                                                   m2
                                                           Less than 3 : 1    0   8      10    18    29    46   91     100
                                                   10      3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   8      12    21    33    50   96     100
                                                             over 10 : 1      0   11     18    32    48    68   100
                                                           Less than 3 : 1    0    7      9    14    22    33    63    100
                                                   15      3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   8      10    17    25    37    67    100
                                                             over 10 : 1      0   10     15    26    39    53    87    100
                                                           Less than 3 : 1    0    7      9    12    18    26    49     81    100
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                   20      3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   8      10    15    21    30    53     85    100
                                                             over 10 : 1      0   9      14    23    33    45    72    100
                                                           Less than 3 : 1    0   7       8    11    16    23    41     66    98    100
                                                   25      3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   8       9    13    19    26    45     70    100
                                                             over 10 : 1      0   9      13    21    30    39    62     90    100
                                                           Less than 3 : 1    0   7       8    11    15    20    35     56    83    100
                                                   30      3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   7       9    12    17    23    39     61    88    100
                                                             over 10 : 1      0   8      12    19    27    36    56     79    100
                                                           Less than 3 : 1    0   7       8    10    13    17    28     44    64     89   100
                                                   40      3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   7       8    11    15    20    32     48    69     93   100
                                                             over 10 : 1      0   8      11    17    24    31    47     66    88    100
                                                           Less than 3 : 1    0   7       8     9    12    15    24     37    53     72   96    100
                                                   50      3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   7       8    10    14    18    28     41    57     77   100
                                                             over 10 : 1      0   8      10    15    21    28    41     57    76     97   100
                                                           Less than 3 : 1    0   7       8     9    11    14    21     32     45    62    81   100
                                                   60      3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   7       8    10    13    16    25     36     49    66    85   100
                                                             over 10 : 1      0   8      10    14    20    25    38     51     67    85   100
                                                           Less than 3 : 1    0   7       7    8     10    12   18      26    36    48    62    79      98   100
                                                   80      3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   7      8     9     11    14   21      29    40    52    67    84     100
                                                             over 10 : 1      0   8      9     13    17    22   32      44    56    70    86    100
                                                           Less than 3 : 1    0   7      7      8     9    11   16      22    30    40    51    65      80    97   100
                                                  100      3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   7      8      9    11    13   18      25    34    44    56    69      84   100
                                                             over 10 : 1      0   7      9     12    16    20   29      39    49    61    74    89     100
Division B 3-81                                                                                                                                                                                                                       3.2.3.1.
                                                                                               Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                      Table 3.2.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                  Exposing Building Face                                                    Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups A, C, D, and F, Division 3 Occupancies, %
                                                   Max.                                                                                                   Limiting Distance, m
                                                                   Ratio
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    3.2.3.1.
                                                   Area,
3-82 Division B
                                                               (L/H or H/L) (1)   0    1.2    1.5   2.0      2.5   3    4       5      6     7     8     9     10     11    12    13    14     16    18    20    25    30    35    40   45    50
                                                    m2
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0     7      7        8    9     10   13      17    22    29     37    46    56     67   79     93    100
                                                       150    3 : 1 to 10 : 1     0     7      7        8    10    11   15      20    26    33     41    50    60     71   84     97    100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0     7      8        11   13    17   24      31    39    48     57    68    79     91   100
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0     7      7        7    8     9    10      13    16    20     25    30    36     43   51     59    68    87    100
                                                       250    3 : 1 to 10 : 1     0     7      7        8    9     10   12      15    19    24     28    34    40     47   55     63    72    92    100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0     7      8        9    11    14   19      24    30    36     43    50    57     65   73     82    92    100
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0     7      7        7     8     8   9       11    14    16     20    24    28     33    38    44    50    64     81     99   100
                                                       350    3 : 1 to 10 : 1     0     7      7        8     8     9   11      13    16    19     23    27    32     37    42    48    55    69     85    100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0     7      8        9    10    12   16      21    25    30     36    41    47     53    59    66    73    88    100
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0     7      7        7     7     8   9       10    12    14     16    19    22     25    29    33    37    47     59    71    100
                                                       500    3 : 1 to 10 : 1     0     7      7        7    8      8   10      12    14    16     19    22    25     29    33    37    41    52     63    76    100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0     7      7        8    9     11   14      18    22    25     30    34    38     43    48    53    58    70     82    96    100
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0     7      7        7    7      7    8       9     9    10     12    13    14     16   18     20    22    27    33     39    58    82    100
                                                   1 000      3 : 1 to 10 : 1     0     7      7        7    7     8     9      10    11    12     14    15    17     19   21     23    26    31    37     43    63    86    100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0     7      7        8    8     9    11      13    16    19     21    24    27     30   33     36    39    46    53     60    82    100
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0     7      7        7    7     7    7       8      8    9      9     10    11     12   13     14    15    17     20    23    33     44   58    74    93   100
                                                   2 000      3 : 1 to 10 : 1     0     7      7        7    7     7    8       8      9    10     11    12    13     14   15     16    17    20     23    27    37     49   63    79    97   100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0     7      7        7    8     8    9       11    12    14     16    18    19     21   23     25    27    32     36    40    53     66   82    99   100

                                                 Notes to Table 3.2.3.1.-B:
                                                 (1)    Apply whichever ratio is greater.
                                                                 L = Length of exposing building face
                                                                H = Height of exposing building face




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Division B
                                                                                          Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                 Table 3.2.3.1.-C
                                                                                        Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is not Sprinklered Throughout
                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Article 3.2.3.1.

                                                 Exposing Building Face                                          Area of Unprotected Openings for Groups E and F, Division 1 and 2 Occupancies, %
                                                 Max.                                                                                          Limiting Distance, m
                                                             Ratio
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Division B
                                                 Area,
                                                         (L/H or H/L) (1)   0   1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5    3    4    5    6    7     8    9    10    11    12   13    14      16   18   20   25   30   35   40   45   50   55   60   65   70
                                                  m2
                                                         Less than 3 : 1    0   4   5     9   15   23   46   77 100
                                                  10      3 : 1 to 10 : 1   0   4   6    10   17   25   48   79 100
                                                           over 10 : 1      0   5   9    16   24   34   58   91 100
                                                         Less than 3 : 1    0   4   5    7    11   16   32   53 79 100
                                                  15      3 : 1 to 10 : 1   0   4   5     8   13   18   34   55 82 100
                                                           over 10 : 1      0   5   8    13   19   26   43   66 93 100
                                                         Less than 3 : 1    0   4   4     6    9   13   25   40 61 85 100
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                  20      3 : 1 to 10 : 1   0   4   5     7   11   15   27   43 63 87 100
                                                           over 10 : 1      0   5   7    11   17   22   36   53 74 99 100
                                                         Less than 3 : 1    0   4   4    6    8    11   20   33 49 69 92 100
                                                  25      3 : 1 to 10 : 1   0   4   5    7    9    13   22   35 51 71 94 100
                                                           over 10 : 1      0   4   6    10   15   20   31   45 62 82 100
                                                         Less than 3 : 1    0   4   4    5    7    10   18   28 42 58 77 100
                                                  30      3 : 1 to 10 : 1   0   4   4    6     9   12   20   30 44 60 80 100
                                                           over 10 : 1      0   4   6    10   14   18   28   40 54 71 91 100
                                                         Less than 3 : 1    0   4   4     5    6    8   14   22 32 44 59 76 94 100
                                                  40      3 : 1 to 10 : 1   0   4   4     6    8   10   16   24 34 47 61 78 97 100
                                                           over 10 : 1      0   4   5     8   12   15   23   33 44 57 72 89 100
                                                         Less than 3 : 1    0   4   4     5   6    7    12   18 26 36 48 61 76 93 100
                                                  50      3 : 1 to 10 : 1   0   4   4     5   7    9    14   20 29 38 50 63 79 95 100
                                                           over 10 : 1      0   4   5     8   11   14   21   29 38 48 61 74 90 100
                                                         Less than 3 : 1    0   4   4     4    5    7   11   16 23 31 40 52 64 78 94 100
                                                  60      3 : 1 to 10 : 1   0   4   4     5   6     8   12   18 25 33 43 54 66 81 96 100
                                                           over 10 : 1      0   4   5     7   10   13   19   26 34 43 53 64 77 92 100
                                                         Less than 3 : 1    0   4   4     4   5    6     9   13 18 24 31 40 49 60 71 84 98 100
                                                  80      3 : 1 to 10 : 1   0   4   4     5   6    7    10   15 20 26 33 42 51 62 74 86 100
                                                           over 10 : 1      0   4   5     6   9    11   16   22 28 35 43 52 62 73 85 98 100
                                                         Less than 3 : 1    0   4   4     4   5    5     8   11 15 20 26 32 40 48 58 68 79 100
                                                 100      3 : 1 to 10 : 1   0   4   4     4   5    6     9   13 17 22 28 35 42 51 60 70 81 100
                                                           over 10 : 1      0   4   4     6   8    10   14   19 25 31 37 44 52 61 71 81 92 100
Division B 3-83                                                                                                                                                                                                                        3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                       Table 3.2.3.1.-C (Continued)

                                                       Exposing Building Face                                              Area of Unprotected Openings for Groups E and F, Division 1 and 2 Occupancies, %
                                                   Max.                                                                                                  Limiting Distance, m
                                                                   Ratio
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 3.2.3.1.
                                                   Area,
3-84 Division B
                                                               (L/H or H/L) (1)   0   1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5        3   4    5     6    7     8    9    10    11    12   13    14      16   18   20   25   30   35   40   45   50   55   60   65   70
                                                    m2
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0   4    4    4        4   5   6    8    11    14   18    23   28    33    40   46    54      70    89 100
                                                       150     3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   4    4    4        5   6   8    10   13    16   20    25   30    36    42   49    56      73    92 100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0   4    4    5        7   8   12   16   20    24   29    34   39    46    52   59    67      84   100
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0   4    4    4    4       4   5    7    8     10   12    15   18    22    25   29    34      44    55 68 100
                                                       250     3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   4    4    4    4       5   6    8    10    12   14    17   20    24    27   32    36      46    57 70 100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0   4    4    5    6       7   9    12   15    18   21    25   28    32    37   41    46      56    68 81 100
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0   4    4    4    4       4   5     6    7     8   10    12   14    16    19   22    25      32    40 49 77 100
                                                       350     3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   4    4    4    4       4   5     7   8     10   12    14   16    18    21   24    27      34    43 52 79 100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0   4    4    4    5       6   8    10   13    15   18    21   23    26    30   33    36      44    53 62 90 100
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0   4    4    4        4   4   4     5    6     7    8     9   11    13    14   16    19      24    29 36 55 78 100
                                                       500     3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   4    4    4        4   4   5    6     7    8     9    11   13    14    16   18    21      26    31 38 57 80 100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0   4    4    4        5   5   7    9    11    13   15    17   19    21    24   26    29      35    41 48 68 92 100
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0   4    4    4        4   4   4    4     5     5    6     6    7     8     9   10    11      14    16 20 29 41 55          71    89 100
                                                   1 000       3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   4    4    4        4   4   4    5     5    6     7     8   9     10    11   12    13      15    18 22 31 43 57          73    91 100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0   4    4    4        4   5   6    7     8    9    11    12   13    15    16   18    20      23    26 30 41 53 68          84   100
                                                              Less than 3 : 1     0   4    4    4        4   4   4    4     4    4     5     5   5      6     6    7     7       9    10 12 16 22 29          37   46 56     68   80   94 100
                                                   2 000       3 : 1 to 10 : 1    0   4    4    4        4   4   4    4     5    5     5    6    6      7     7   8     9       10    12 13 18 24 31          39   49 59     70   83   96 100
                                                                over 10 : 1       0   4    4    4        4   4   5    5     6    7     8    9    10    11    12   13    14      16    18 20 26 33 41          50   59 70     81   94   100

                                                 Notes to Table 3.2.3.1.-C:
                                                 (1)     Apply whichever ratio is greater.
                                                                  L = Length of exposing building face
                                                                 H = Height of exposing building face




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                          3.2.3.2.

                                                                                                                                                             Table 3.2.3.1.-D
                                                                                                                      Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is Sprinklered Throughout
                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.6.9.(5) and Article 3.2.3.1.

                                                                                                        Exposing
                                                                                                                                              Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups A, B, C, D and F, Division 3 Occupancies, %
                                                                                                      Building Face
                                                                                                                                                                              Limiting Distance, m
                                                                                                      Max. Area, m2
                                                                                                                             0         1.2       1.5         2.0      2.5          3         4          5         6           7     8          9
                                                                                                          10                 0         16        24          42       66         100
                                                                                                          15                 0         16        20          34       50         74         100
                                                                                                          20                 0         16        20          30       42         60         100




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           25                0         16        18          26       38         52          90        100
                                                                                                           30                0         14        18          24       34         46          78        100
                                                                                                           40                0         14        16          22       30         40          64        96        100
                                                                                                           50                0         14        16          20       28          36         56        82        100
                                                                                                           60                0         14        16          20       26          32         50        72         98         100
                                                                                                           80                0         14        16          18       22          28         42        58         80         100
                                                                                                          100                0         14        16          18       22          26         36        50         68         88    100
                                                                                                      150 or more            0         14        14          16       20          22         30        40         52         66    82          100


                                                                                                                                                             Table 3.2.3.1.-E
                                                                                                                      Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is Sprinklered Throughout
                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.6.9.(5) and Article 3.2.3.1.

                                                                                                        Exposing
                                                                                                                                               Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups E and F, Division 1 and 2 Occupancies, %
                                                                                                      Building Face
                                                                                                                                                                              Limiting Distance, m
                                                                                                      Max. Area, m2
                                                                                                                         0       1.2    1.5     2.0    2.5     3    4        5       6      7      8        9   10     11     12   13     14    15
                                                                                                           10            0        8     12      20     34      50   96      100
                                                                                                           15            0        8     10      16     26      36   68      100
                                                                                                           20            0        8     10      14     22      30   54       86     100
                                                                                                            25           0        8     10      14     18      26   44       70     100
                                                                                                            30           0        8      8      12     18      24   40       60     88    100
                                                                                                            40           0        8      8      12     16      20   32       48     68     94    100
                                                                                                            50           0        8      8      10     14      18   28       40      58    76    100
                                                                                                            60           0        8      8      10     12      16   24       36      50    66     86    100
                                                                                                            80           0        8      8      10     12      14   20       30      40    52     66    84      100
                                                                                                           100           0        8      8       8     10      12   18       26      34    44     56    70      84     100
                                                                                                           150           0        8      8       8     10      12   16       20      26    32     40    50      60      72    84   98    100
                                                                                                       200 or more       0        8      8       8      8      10   14       18      22    28     34    42      50      60    68   80     92    100


                                                                                                    3.2.3.2.            Area of Exposing Building Face

                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the area of an exposing building face
                                                                                                                        shall be calculated as the total area of an exterior wall facing in one direction on any
                                                                                                                        side of a building measured from the finished ground level to the uppermost ceiling.

                                                                                                                           2) If a building is divided by fire separations into fire compartments, the area of
                                                                                                                        exposing building face is permitted to be calculated for each fire compartment provided
                                                                                                                        the fire separations have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.

                                                                                                                            3) In a building that is sprinklered throughout and contains an interconnected
                                                                                                                        floor space, the area of the exposing building face for the interconnected floor space is
                                                                                                                        permitted to be determined by considering each storey as a separate fire compartment
                                                                                                                        notwithstanding openings through the floor assemblies.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                 Division B 3-85
                                                                                                    3.2.3.3.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    3.2.3.3.          Wall Enclosing Attic or Roof Space
                                                                                                                         1) An exterior wall enclosing an attic or roof space and located above an exposing
                                                                                                                      building face, shall be constructed in conformance with the requirements for the
                                                                                                                      exposing building face.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.4.          Party Wall
                                                                                                                         1) A party wall shall be constructed as a firewall. (See Note A-3.2.3.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.2.3.5.          Wall with Limiting Distance Less Than 1.2 m
                                                                                                                         1) Openings in a wall that has a limiting distance less than 1.2 m shall be protected




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      by closures whose fire-protection rating is in conformance with the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                      required for the wall.
                                                                                                                         2) Wired glass or glass block shall not be used for a closure referred to in
                                                                                                                      Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    3.2.3.6.          Combustible Projections
                                                                                                                         1) Except for a building containing one or two dwelling units only, combustible
                                                                                                                      projections on the exterior of a wall that could expose an adjacent building to fire spread
                                                                                                                      and are more than 1 m above ground level, including balconies, platforms, canopies
                                                                                                                      and stairs, shall not be permitted within
                                                                                                                         a) 1.2 m of a property line or the centre line of a public way, or
                                                                                                                         b) 2.4 m of a combustible projection on another building on the same property.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentence (4), where the exposing building face has a limiting
                                                                                                                      distance of not more than 0.45 m, projecting roof soffits shall not be constructed above
                                                                                                                      the exposing building face. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
                                                                                                                          3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), where the exposing building face has a limiting
                                                                                                                      distance of more than 0.45 m, the face of roof soffits shall not project to less than 0.45 m
                                                                                                                      from the property line. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
                                                                                                                         4) The face of a roof soffit is permitted to project to the property line, where it faces
                                                                                                                      a public way. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10).)
                                                                                                                         5) Where roof soffits project to less than 1.2 m from the centre line of a public way,
                                                                                                                      or from an imaginary line between two buildings or fire compartments on the same
                                                                                                                      property, they shall
                                                                                                                          a) have no openings, and
                                                                                                                          b) be protected by
                                                                                                                                i) not less than 0.38 mm thick sheet steel,
                                                                                                                               ii) unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M,
                                                                                                                                   “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for
                                                                                                                                   Residential Use,”
                                                                                                                              iii) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum
                                                                                                                                   ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M,
                                                                                                                                   “Gypsum Board Application,”
                                                                                                                              iv) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
                                                                                                                               v) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
                                                                                                                              vi) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
                                                                                                                         6) For buildings of combustible construction, materials installed to provide the
                                                                                                                      required protection of soffits may be covered with a combustible or noncombustible
                                                                                                                      finish material.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.7.          Construction of Exposing Building Face
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), and Articles 3.2.3.10. and 3.2.3.11.,
                                                                                                                      the fire-resistance rating, construction and cladding for exposing building faces of buildings
                                                                                                                      or fire compartments of Group A, B, C, D or Group F, Division 3 occupancy classification
                                                                                                                      shall comply with Table 3.2.3.7.


                                                                                                    3-86 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                             3.2.3.7.

                                                                                                                                2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4) and Article 3.2.3.10., the
                                                                                                                            fire-resistance rating, construction and cladding for exposing building faces of buildings
                                                                                                                            or fire compartments of Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 occupancy classification
                                                                                                                            shall comply with Table 3.2.3.7.

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 3.2.3.7.
                                                                                                                                         Minimum Construction Requirements for Exposing Building Faces
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 3.1.6.9.(5) and 3.2.3.7.(1) to (4)

                                                                                                                                         Maximum Area of
                                                                                                          Occupancy Classification
                                                                                                                                       Unprotected Openings            Minimum Required             Type of Construction
                                                                                                            of Building or Fire                                                                                                Type of Cladding Required




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      Permitted, % of Exposing       Fire-Resistance Rating              Required
                                                                                                               Compartment
                                                                                                                                         Building Face Area
                                                                                                                                               0 to 10                         1h                     Noncombustible                Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Combustible, Encapsulated
                                                                                                                                             > 10 to 25                        1h                    mass timber, or                Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Noncombustible
                                                                                                      Group A, B, C, D, or Group                                                                 Combustible, Encapsulated
                                                                                                            F, Division 3                    > 25 to 50                      45 min                  mass timber, or                Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Combustible, Encapsulated
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Combustible or
                                                                                                                                            > 50 to < 100                    45 min                  mass timber, or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Noncombustible (1)(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                               0 to 10                         2h                     Noncombustible                Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Combustible, Encapsulated
                                                                                                                                             > 10 to 25                        2h                    mass timber, or                Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Noncombustible
                                                                                                           Group E, or Group F,                                                                  Combustible, Encapsulated
                                                                                                              Division 1 or 2                > 25 to 50                        1h                    mass timber, or                Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Combustible, Encapsulated
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Combustible or
                                                                                                                                            > 50 to < 100                      1h                    mass timber, or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Noncombustible

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.2.3.7.:
                                                                                                    (1)    The cladding on Group C buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. and on Group D buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.60. shall be
                                                                                                           noncombustible or consist of a wall that satisfies the requirements of Article 3.1.4.8.
                                                                                                    (2)    The cladding on Group C buildings or parts thereof conforming to Article 3.2.2.48. and on Group D buildings or parts thereof conforming to
                                                                                                           Article 3.2.2.57. shall conform to Sentence 3.1.6.9.(2) or be noncombustible.


                                                                                                                               3) Except as provided in Articles 3.1.4.8. and 3.1.6.9., the requirement in
                                                                                                                            Table 3.2.3.7. for noncombustible cladding for buildings or fire compartments where the
                                                                                                                            maximum permitted area of unprotected openings is more than 10% of the exposing
                                                                                                                            building face is permitted to be waived for exterior wall assemblies that comply with
                                                                                                                            Article 3.1.5.5. or 3.1.5.6.

                                                                                                                               4) Except as provided in Articles 3.1.4.8. and 3.1.6.9., the requirement in
                                                                                                                            Table 3.2.3.7. for noncombustible cladding for buildings or fire compartments where the
                                                                                                                            maximum permitted area of unprotected openings is more than 25% but not more than
                                                                                                                            50% of the exposing building face is permitted to be waived where
                                                                                                                               a) the limiting distance is greater than 5 m,
                                                                                                                               b) the building or fire compartment and all combustible attic and roof spaces are
                                                                                                                                   sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                               c) the cladding
                                                                                                                                      i) conforms to Subsections 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8., 9.27.9.
                                                                                                                                          or 9.27.10.,




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                       Division B 3-87
                                                                                                    3.2.3.8.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                               ii) is installed without furring members, or on furring not
                                                                                                                                   more than 25 mm thick, over gypsum sheathing at least
                                                                                                                                   12.7 mm thick or over masonry, and
                                                                                                                             iii) after conditioning in conformance with ASTM D2898,
                                                                                                                                   “Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of
                                                                                                                                   Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing,” has a
                                                                                                                                   flame-spread rating not greater than 25 on the exterior face
                                                                                                                                   when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(1),
                                                                                                                         d) the cladding
                                                                                                                                i) conforms to Subsection 9.27.12.,
                                                                                                                               ii) is installed with or without furring members over gypsum
                                                                                                                                   sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             iii) has a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in
                                                                                                                                   accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
                                                                                                                              iv) does not exceed 2 mm in thickness, exclusive
                                                                                                                                   of fasteners, joints and local reinforcements (see
                                                                                                                                   Note A-3.2.3.7.(4)(d)(iv)), or
                                                                                                                         e) the exterior wall assembly complies with Article 3.1.5.5. or 3.1.5.6.
                                                                                                                         5) The construction requirements for the exposing building face stated in
                                                                                                                      Sentences (1) and (2) shall be satisfied before increasing the unprotected opening area as
                                                                                                                      permitted by Sentence 3.2.3.12.(1).

                                                                                                    3.2.3.8.          Protection of Exterior Building Face
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (3) and in addition to the requirements of
                                                                                                                      Sentences 3.2.3.7.(1) and (2) and where the maximum permitted area of unprotected
                                                                                                                      openings is greater than 10% of the exposing building face, foamed plastic insulation used
                                                                                                                      in an exterior wall of a building more than 3 storeys in building height shall be protected
                                                                                                                      on its exterior surface by
                                                                                                                          a) concrete or masonry not less than 25 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                          b) noncombustible material that complies with the criteria for testing and the
                                                                                                                              conditions of acceptance stated in Sentence (2) when tested in conformance
                                                                                                                              with CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of
                                                                                                                              Building Construction and Materials.”
                                                                                                                         2) The criteria for testing and the conditions of acceptance for a wall assembly to
                                                                                                                      satisfy the requirements of Clause (1)(b) are that
                                                                                                                          a) the fire exposed area of the wall assembly shall be not less than 9.3 m2 and
                                                                                                                              have no dimension less than 2.75 m,
                                                                                                                          b) the exposed surface shall include typical vertical and horizontal joints,
                                                                                                                          c) the test shall be continued for not less than 15 min and the standard
                                                                                                                              time/temperature curve of the referenced standard shall be followed,
                                                                                                                          d) the noncombustible protective material must remain in place and no through
                                                                                                                              openings should develop that are visible when viewed normal to the face
                                                                                                                              of the material, and
                                                                                                                          e) the noncombustible protective material should not disintegrate in a manner
                                                                                                                              that would permit fire to propagate along the surface of the test assembly.
                                                                                                                         3) The requirements of Sentence (1) are waived for wall assemblies that comply
                                                                                                                      with the requirements of Article 3.1.5.5. (See Note A-3.1.4.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.2.3.9.          Protection of Structural Members
                                                                                                                         1) Structural members, including beams, columns and arches, that are placed
                                                                                                                      wholly or partly outside the exterior face of a building and are less than 3 m from
                                                                                                                      the property line or the centre line of a public thoroughfare shall be protected from
                                                                                                                      exterior fire exposure by fire protection having a fire-resistance rating not less than that
                                                                                                                      required for their protection from interior fire exposure, as stated in Articles 3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                                      to 3.2.2.92., but not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                         2) Structural members of heavy timber construction, including beams, columns and
                                                                                                                      arches, that are placed wholly or partly outside the exterior face of a building and are


                                                                                                    3-88 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              3.2.3.14.

                                                                                                                     3 m or more from the property line or the centre line of a public thoroughfare need not
                                                                                                                     be covered with noncombustible cladding.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.10.        Unlimited Unprotected Openings
                                                                                                                         1) An exposing building face in a storage garage with all storeys constructed as open-air
                                                                                                                     storeys is permitted to have unlimited unprotected openings provided it has a limiting
                                                                                                                     distance not less than 3 m.
                                                                                                                        2) The exposing building face of a storey that faces a street and is at the same level as
                                                                                                                     the street is permitted to have unlimited unprotected openings if the limiting distance is
                                                                                                                     not less than 9 m.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.2.3.11.        Low Fire Load, One Storey Building
                                                                                                                         1) An exposing building face of a building of low-hazard industrial occupancy
                                                                                                                     conforming to Article 3.2.2.91. is permitted to be of noncombustible construction without
                                                                                                                     a fire-resistance rating provided
                                                                                                                          a) it is not a loadbearing wall, and
                                                                                                                         b) the limiting distance is not less than 3 m.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.12.        Area Increase for Unprotected Openings
                                                                                                                        1) Except as required by Sentence 3.2.3.7.(5), the maximum area of unprotected
                                                                                                                     openings in any exposing building face of a building that is not sprinklered is permitted to
                                                                                                                     be doubled if the openings are glazed with
                                                                                                                        a) glass block conforming to the requirements of Article 3.1.8.16., or
                                                                                                                        b) wired glass assemblies conforming to Article D-2.3.15. of Appendix D.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.13.        Protection of Exit Facilities
                                                                                                                        1) Except as required by Sentence (3) and as permitted by Sentence 3.4.4.3.(1), if
                                                                                                                     the plane of an exterior wall of an exit enclosure forms an angle less than 135° with the
                                                                                                                     plane of an exterior wall of the building it serves, and an opening in the exterior wall of
                                                                                                                     the exit enclosure could be exposed to fire from an opening in the exterior wall of the
                                                                                                                     building, the opening in either the exterior wall of the exit or the exterior wall of the
                                                                                                                     building shall be protected in conformance with the requirements of Sentence (4) where
                                                                                                                     the opening in the exterior wall of the building is within 3 m horizontally and
                                                                                                                         a) less than 10 m below an opening in the exterior wall of the exit, or
                                                                                                                         b) less than 2 m above an opening in the exterior wall of the exit.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.3.14.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) If an unenclosed exterior exit stair or ramp could be exposed to fire from an
                                                                                                                     opening in the exterior wall of the building it serves, the opening in the exterior wall of
                                                                                                                     the building shall be protected in conformance with the requirements of Sentence (4)
                                                                                                                     where the opening in the exterior wall of the building is within 3 m horizontally and
                                                                                                                         a) less than 10 m below the exit stair or ramp, or
                                                                                                                        b) less than 5 m above the exit stair or ramp.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.4.4.3.(1), if an exterior exit door in one fire
                                                                                                                     compartment is within 3 m horizontally of an opening in another fire compartment and the
                                                                                                                     exterior walls of these fire compartments intersect at an exterior angle of less than 135°,
                                                                                                                     the opening shall be protected in conformance with the requirements of Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                         4)   The opening protection referred to in Sentences (1) to (3) shall consist of
                                                                                                                         a)   glass block conforming to the requirements of Article 3.1.8.16.,
                                                                                                                         b)   a wired glass assembly conforming to Article D-2.3.15. of Appendix D, or
                                                                                                                         c)   a closure conforming to the requirements of Subsection 3.1.8. and
                                                                                                                              Articles 3.2.3.1. and 3.2.3.14.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.14.        Wall Exposed to Another Wall
                                                                                                                        1) Except as required by Sentences (3) and 3.2.3.13.(1) or as permitted by
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.2.3.19.(5), if an unprotected opening in an exterior wall of a fire compartment is
                                                                                                                     exposed to an unprotected opening in the exterior wall of another fire compartment, and
                                                                                                                     the planes of the 2 walls are parallel or at an angle less than 135°, measured from


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 3-89
                                                                                                    3.2.3.15.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                      the exterior of the building, the unprotected openings in the 2 fire compartments shall be
                                                                                                                      separated by a distance not less than Do where




                                                                                                                      but in no case less than 1 m, and
                                                                                                                             D = the greater required limiting distance for the exposing building faces of the 2
                                                                                                                                  fire compartments, and
                                                                                                                             θ = the angle made by the intersecting planes of the exposing building faces of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  the 2 fire compartments (in the case where the exterior walls are parallel
                                                                                                                                  and face each other, θ = 0°).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.3.14.(1).)

                                                                                                                         2) The exterior wall of each fire compartment referred to in Sentence (1) within the
                                                                                                                      distance, Do, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the interior
                                                                                                                      vertical fire separation between the fire compartment and the remainder of the building.

                                                                                                                         3) Sentence (1) does not apply to unprotected openings of fire compartments within a
                                                                                                                      building that is sprinklered throughout, but shall apply to
                                                                                                                          a) unprotected openings of fire compartments on opposite sides of a firewall, and
                                                                                                                          b) exposure from unprotected openings of a fire compartment that is not protected
                                                                                                                              by an automatic sprinkler system.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.15.         Wall Exposed to Adjoining Roof

                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.3.19.(5), if a wall in a building is exposed to
                                                                                                                      a fire hazard from an adjoining roof of a separate fire compartment that is not sprinklered
                                                                                                                      in the same building, and the exposed wall contains windows within 3 storeys vertically
                                                                                                                      and 5 m horizontally of the roof, the roof shall contain no skylights within 5 m of
                                                                                                                      the exposed wall.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.16.         Protection of Soffits

                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), where there is a common attic or
                                                                                                                      roof space above more than 2 suites of residential occupancy or above more than 2 patients'
                                                                                                                      sleeping rooms, and the common attic or roof space projects beyond the exterior wall of
                                                                                                                      the building, the soffit, and any opening in the soffit or other surface of the projection
                                                                                                                      located within 2 500 mm of a window or door opening, shall be protected by
                                                                                                                          a) noncombustible material
                                                                                                                                  i) not less than 0.38 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) having a melting point not below 650°C,
                                                                                                                          b) plywood not less than 11 mm thick,
                                                                                                                          c) strandboard or waferboard not less than 12.5 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                          d) lumber not less than 11 mm thick.

                                                                                                                         2) The soffit protection required by Sentence (1) shall extend the full width of
                                                                                                                      the opening and to not less than 1 200 mm on either side of it, and shall apply to all
                                                                                                                      openings through the soffit within this limit.

                                                                                                                         3) If an eave overhang is completely separated from the remainder of the attic or
                                                                                                                      roof space by the use of fire blocks, the requirements of Sentence (1) do not apply.

                                                                                                                        4) The protection required by Sentence (1) for projections is permitted to be
                                                                                                                      omitted if
                                                                                                                        a) the fire compartments behind the window and door openings are sprinklered
                                                                                                                             in accordance with Article 3.2.5.12., and
                                                                                                                        b) all rooms, including closets and bathrooms, having openings in the wall
                                                                                                                             beneath the soffit are sprinklered, notwithstanding exceptions permitted in
                                                                                                                             the standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12. for the installation of automatic
                                                                                                                             sprinkler systems.


                                                                                                    3-90 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            3.2.3.20.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.17.        Canopy Protection for Vertically Separated Openings
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), if a storey classified as a Group
                                                                                                                     E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancy is required to be separated from the
                                                                                                                     storey above by a fire separation,
                                                                                                                         a) every opening in the exterior wall of the lower storey that is located vertically
                                                                                                                             below an opening in the storey above shall be separated from the storey
                                                                                                                             above by a canopy projecting not less than 1 m from the face of the building
                                                                                                                             at the intervening floor level, and
                                                                                                                         b) the canopy required by Clause (a) shall have a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                             than that required for the floor assembly but need not be more than 1 h,
                                                                                                                             except as required elsewhere in this Subsection.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the canopy required by Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                     permitted to be omitted if the exterior wall of the upper storey is recessed not less than
                                                                                                                     1 m behind the exterior wall containing the opening in the lower storey.
                                                                                                                        3) The requirements of Sentences (1) and (2) are permitted to be waived if the
                                                                                                                     building is sprinklered throughout.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.18.        Covered Vehicular Passageway
                                                                                                                        1) A covered vehicular passageway designed as a receiving or shipping area shall
                                                                                                                     be separated from every building or part of a building adjoining it by a fire separation
                                                                                                                     having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1.5 h.
                                                                                                                        2) A covered vehicular passageway constructed below grade shall be of
                                                                                                                     noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.19.        Walkway between Buildings
                                                                                                                         1) Except as required by Sentence 3.2.3.20.(2), if buildings are connected by a
                                                                                                                     walkway, each building shall be separated from the walkway by a fire separation with a
                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), a walkway connected to a building required
                                                                                                                     to be of noncombustible construction shall also be of noncombustible construction.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), a walkway connected to a building or
                                                                                                                     part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction shall be of
                                                                                                                     noncombustible construction or encapsulated mass timber construction.
                                                                                                                         4) A walkway connected to a building required to be of noncombustible construction or
                                                                                                                     to a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction
                                                                                                                     is permitted to be of heavy timber construction, provided
                                                                                                                         a) not less than 50% of the area of any enclosing perimeter walls is open to
                                                                                                                             the outdoors, and
                                                                                                                         b) the walkway is at ground level.
                                                                                                                        5) A walkway of noncombustible construction used only as a pedestrian thoroughfare
                                                                                                                     need not conform to the requirements of Articles 3.2.3.14. and 3.2.3.15.
                                                                                                                         6) A walkway between buildings shall be not more than 9 m wide.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.20.        Underground Walkway
                                                                                                                        1) An underground walkway shall not be designed or used for any purpose other
                                                                                                                     than pedestrian travel unless
                                                                                                                        a) the purpose is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, and
                                                                                                                        b) sprinklers are installed in any space in the walkway containing an occupancy.
                                                                                                                        2) Buildings connected by an underground walkway shall be separated from the
                                                                                                                     walkway by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                       3) An underground walkway shall be of noncombustible construction suitable for an
                                                                                                                     underground location.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-91
                                                                                                    3.2.3.21.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                         4) In an underground walkway
                                                                                                                         a) smoke barrier doors shall be installed at intervals of not more than 100 m, or
                                                                                                                         b) the travel distance from the door of an adjacent room or space to the
                                                                                                                            nearest exit shall be not more than one and a half times the least allowable
                                                                                                                            travel distance to an exit for any of the adjacent occupancies as permitted
                                                                                                                            by Sentence 3.4.2.5.(1).
                                                                                                                         5) An underground walkway between buildings shall be not more than 9 m wide.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.21.         Storage and Process Equipment Located Outdoors
                                                                                                                         1) Location of outdoor storage and outdoor process equipment in relation to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      buildings shall conform to Parts 3 and 4 of Division B of the NFC.

                                                                                                    3.2.3.22.         Installation of Service Lines Under Buildings
                                                                                                                         1) When a building is erected over existing buried flammable gas mains,
                                                                                                                      such service lines shall be encased in gas-tight conduits in conformance with
                                                                                                                      CAN/CSA-Z662, “Oil and gas pipeline systems.”

                                                                                                    3.2.4.            Fire Alarm and Detection Systems
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.4.)

                                                                                                    3.2.4.1.          Determination of Requirement for a Fire Alarm System
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), a fire alarm system shall be
                                                                                                                      installed in buildings in which an automatic sprinkler system is installed.
                                                                                                                         2) Buildings in which a sprinkler system is installed in accordance with NFPA 13D,
                                                                                                                      “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings
                                                                                                                      and Manufactured Homes,” need not comply with Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                         3) Buildings that contain fewer than 9 sprinklers conforming to Sentence 3.2.5.12.(4)
                                                                                                                      need not comply with Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                         4) Except as permitted by Sentences (5), (6) and 3.2.4.2.(4), a fire alarm system
                                                                                                                      shall be installed in a building that is not sprinklered throughout and that contains
                                                                                                                         a) a contained use area,
                                                                                                                         b) an impeded egress zone,
                                                                                                                         c) more than 3 storeys, including the storeys below the first storey,
                                                                                                                         d) a total occupant load more than 300, other than in open air seating areas,
                                                                                                                         e) an occupant load more than 150 above or below the first storey, other than in
                                                                                                                              open air seating areas,
                                                                                                                          f) a school, college, or child care facility, including a daycare facility, with an
                                                                                                                              occupant load more than 40,
                                                                                                                         g) a licensed beverage establishment or a licensed restaurant, with an occupant
                                                                                                                              load more than 150,
                                                                                                                         h) a low-hazard industrial occupancy with an occupant load more than 75 above or
                                                                                                                              below the first storey,
                                                                                                                          i) a medium-hazard industrial occupancy with an occupant load more than 75
                                                                                                                              above or below the first storey,
                                                                                                                          j) a residential occupancy with sleeping accommodation for more than
                                                                                                                              10 persons,
                                                                                                                         k) a high-hazard industrial occupancy with an occupant load more than 25, or
                                                                                                                          l) an occupant load more than 300 below an open air seating area.
                                                                                                                         5) A fire alarm system is not required in a residential occupancy that is not
                                                                                                                      sprinklered, where
                                                                                                                          a) not more than 4 suites share a common means of egress, or
                                                                                                                          b) each suite has direct access to an exterior exit facility leading to ground level.
                                                                                                                         6) A fire alarm system is not required in a storage garage conforming to
                                                                                                                      Article 3.2.2.92. that is contained in a building that is not sprinklered provided there
                                                                                                                      are no other occupancies in the building.


                                                                                                    3-92 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.2.4.4.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.2.         Continuity of Fire Alarm System
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), if there are openings through a firewall,
                                                                                                                     other than those for piping, tubing, wiring and totally enclosed noncombustible
                                                                                                                     raceways, the requirements in this Subsection shall apply to the floor areas on both sides
                                                                                                                     of the firewall as if they were in the same building.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), if a building contains more than one major
                                                                                                                     occupancy and a fire alarm system is required, a single system shall serve all occupancies.
                                                                                                                       3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), if a fire alarm system is required in any
                                                                                                                     portion of a building, it shall be installed throughout the building.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        4) Except as required by Sentence (5), the requirements in this Subsection are
                                                                                                                     permitted to be applied to each portion of a building not more than 3 storeys in building
                                                                                                                     height, in which a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h
                                                                                                                     separates the portion from the remainder of the building as if it were a separate building,
                                                                                                                     provided there are no openings through the fire separation, other than those for piping,
                                                                                                                     tubing, wiring and totally enclosed noncombustible raceways.
                                                                                                                        5) The permission in Sentence (4) to consider separated portions of a building as
                                                                                                                     separate buildings does not apply to service rooms and storage rooms.
                                                                                                                        6) Buildings interconnected by walkways permitted in Articles 3.2.3.19. and 3.2.3.20.
                                                                                                                     or by vestibules provided in conformance with Article 3.2.6.3. shall be treated as
                                                                                                                     separate buildings for the purpose of fire alarm installation required by this Subsection.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.3.         Types of Fire Alarm Systems
                                                                                                                         1) A fire alarm system shall be
                                                                                                                         a) a single-stage system in a Group F, Division 1 occupancy,
                                                                                                                         b) except as permitted in Clause (c), a 2-stage system in a Group B occupancy,
                                                                                                                         c) a single- or 2-stage system in a Group B, Division 3 occupancy where the
                                                                                                                            building is 3 storeys or less in building height, and
                                                                                                                         d) a single- or 2-stage system in all other cases.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.4.         Description of Fire Alarm Systems
                                                                                                                        1) A single stage fire alarm system shall, upon the operation of any manual
                                                                                                                     station, waterflow detecting device, or fire detector, cause an alarm signal to sound on all
                                                                                                                     audible signal devices in the system. (See Note A-3.2.4.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) A 2-stage fire alarm system shall
                                                                                                                        a) cause an alert signal to sound upon the operation of any manual station,
                                                                                                                            waterflow detecting device, or fire detector,
                                                                                                                        b) automatically cause an alarm signal to sound if the alert signal is not
                                                                                                                            acknowledged within 5 min of its initiation, and
                                                                                                                         c) have manual stations, each of which is equipped so that the use of a key
                                                                                                                            or other similar device causes an alarm signal to sound that continues to
                                                                                                                            sound upon removal of the key or similar device from the manual station
                                                                                                                            (see Note A-3.2.4.4.(2)(c)).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.4.4.(2).)
                                                                                                                       3) A 2-stage fire alarm system is permitted to be zone coded so that, upon the
                                                                                                                     operation of any manual station, waterflow detecting device, or fire detector,
                                                                                                                        a) a coded alert signal is sounded indicating the zone of alarm initiation,
                                                                                                                        b) the coded alert signal is repeated in its entirety not less than 4 times, and
                                                                                                                        c) a continuous alert signal is sounded upon completion of the coded signals
                                                                                                                            referred to in Clause (b) and Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                        4) If a second manual station, waterflow detecting device, or fire detector is
                                                                                                                     operated in a fire alarm system with zone coding as permitted by Sentence (3), in a
                                                                                                                     zone other than that for which the first alert signal was sounded, the coded alert signal
                                                                                                                     for the first zone shall be completed before the coded alert signal for the second zone is
                                                                                                                     repeated not less than 4 times.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 3-93
                                                                                                    3.2.4.5.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    3.2.4.5.          Installation and Verification of Fire Alarm Systems
                                                                                                                         1) Fire alarm systems, including the voice communication capability where
                                                                                                                      provided, shall be installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for
                                                                                                                      Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.”
                                                                                                                         2) Fire alarm systems shall be verified in conformance with CAN/ULC-S537,
                                                                                                                      “Standard for Verification of Fire Alarm Systems,” to ensure they are operating
                                                                                                                      satisfactorily.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.6.          Silencing of Alarm Signals
                                                                                                                         1) A fire alarm system shall be designed so that when an alarm signal is actuated, it




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      cannot be silenced automatically before a period of time has elapsed that is not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 5 min for a building not required to be equipped with an annunciator, and
                                                                                                                         b) 20 min for any other building.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.4.18.(8) and Sentences 3.2.4.22.(2) and (3),
                                                                                                                      a fire alarm system shall not incorporate manual silencing switches other than those
                                                                                                                      installed inside the fire alarm control unit. (See Note A-3.2.4.6.(2).)

                                                                                                    3.2.4.7.          Signals to Fire Department
                                                                                                                         1) A single stage fire alarm system installed in a building of assembly occupancy that
                                                                                                                      has an occupant load more than 300 shall be designed to notify the fire department, in
                                                                                                                      conformance with Sentence (4), that an alarm signal has been initiated.
                                                                                                                         2) A fire alarm system that includes waterflow-indicating devices shall be
                                                                                                                      designed to notify the fire department in conformance with Sentence (4) when an
                                                                                                                      alarm is initiated.
                                                                                                                         3) A 2-stage fire alarm system shall be designed to notify the fire department, in
                                                                                                                      conformance with Sentence (4), that an alert signal has been initiated.
                                                                                                                         4) Notification of the fire department, as required by Sentences (1) to (3), shall be
                                                                                                                      provided in conformance with CAN/ULC-S561, “Standard for Installation and Services
                                                                                                                      for Fire Signal Receiving Centres and Systems.” (See Note A-3.2.4.7.(4).)
                                                                                                                         5) Where a single stage fire alarm system is installed in a building that is not
                                                                                                                      sprinklered throughout and Sentence (1) does not apply, a legible notice that is not easily
                                                                                                                      removed shall be affixed to the wall near each manual station stating
                                                                                                                          a) that the fire department is to be notified in the event of a fire emergency, and
                                                                                                                          b) the emergency telephone number for the municipality or for the fire
                                                                                                                              department (see Note A-3.2.4.7.(5)(b)).
                                                                                                                         6) Helicopter landing areas on roofs shall be provided with telephone extensions
                                                                                                                      or means to notify the fire department.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.8.          Annunciator and Zone Indication
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentences (3) to (5), an annunciator shall be installed
                                                                                                                      in close proximity to a building entrance that faces a street or an access route for fire
                                                                                                                      department vehicles that complies with Sentence 3.2.5.5.(1).
                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), the annunciator required by Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall have separate zone indication of the actuation of the alarm initiating devices in
                                                                                                                      each
                                                                                                                         a) floor area so that the area of coverage for each zone in a building that is not
                                                                                                                              sprinklered is not more than 2 000 m2,
                                                                                                                         b) floor area so that the area of coverage for each zone is neither
                                                                                                                                 i) more than one storey, nor
                                                                                                                                ii) more than the system area limits specified in NFPA 13,
                                                                                                                                    “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,”
                                                                                                                         c) shaft required to be equipped with smoke detectors,
                                                                                                                         d) air-handling system required to be equipped with smoke detectors,
                                                                                                                         e) fire extinguishing system required by NFPA 96, “Standard for Ventilation
                                                                                                                              Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,”


                                                                                                    3-94 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            3.2.4.10.

                                                                                                                         f) contained use area,
                                                                                                                        g) impeded egress zone, and
                                                                                                                        h) fire compartment required by Sentence 3.3.3.5.(2).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.4.8.(2).)
                                                                                                                       3) An annunciator need not be provided for a fire alarm system if not more than
                                                                                                                     one zone indicator is required by Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                        4) If an annunciator is not installed as part of a fire alarm system in conformance
                                                                                                                     with Sentence (1), a visible and audible trouble signal device shall be provided inside
                                                                                                                     the main entrance of the building.
                                                                                                                         5)   The requirements of Sentence (1) are waived in a building




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a)   in which an automatic sprinkler system is not installed,
                                                                                                                         b)   that has an aggregate area for all storeys of not more than 2 000 m2, and
                                                                                                                         c)   that is not more than 3 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                        6) The area limits of Clause (2)(a) are waived for an interior undivided open
                                                                                                                     space used as an arena, a rink, or a swimming pool provided that other spaces in the
                                                                                                                     building that are separated from the open space are individually zoned in accordance
                                                                                                                     with the requirements of Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         7) A fire alarm control unit installed in close proximity to a building entrance
                                                                                                                     that faces a street or an access route for fire department vehicles that complies with
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.2.5.5.(1) is deemed to satisfy the requirement for an annunciator, provided
                                                                                                                     all indicators required for an annunciator or trouble signal device are included on
                                                                                                                     the control unit.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.9.         Electrical Supervision
                                                                                                                         1) Electrical supervision shall be provided for a fire alarm system.
                                                                                                                        2) If a fire alarm system in a building is required to have an annunciator by
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.2.4.8.(1), except for hose valves, all valves controlling water supplies in
                                                                                                                     a standpipe system shall be equipped with an electrically supervised switch for
                                                                                                                     transmitting a trouble signal to the annunciator in the event of movement of the
                                                                                                                     valve handle.
                                                                                                                         3) An automatic sprinkler system shall be electrically supervised to indicate
                                                                                                                     a supervisory signal on the building fire alarm system annunciator for each of the
                                                                                                                     following:
                                                                                                                         a) movement of a valve handle that controls the supply of water to sprinklers,
                                                                                                                         b) loss of excess water pressure required to prevent false alarms in a wet pipe
                                                                                                                             system,
                                                                                                                         c) loss of air pressure in a dry pipe system,
                                                                                                                         d) loss of air pressure in a pressure tank,
                                                                                                                         e) a significant change in water level in any water storage container used for
                                                                                                                             firefighting purposes,
                                                                                                                          f) loss of power to any automatically starting fire pump (see
                                                                                                                             Note A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f)), and
                                                                                                                         g) a temperature approaching the freezing point in any dry pipe valve
                                                                                                                             enclosure or water storage container used for firefighting purposes.
                                                                                                                        4) A fire pump shall be electrically supervised as stipulated in NFPA 20, “Standard
                                                                                                                     for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection.”
                                                                                                                        5) Heat-tracing cables installed on standpipe risers and sprinkler lines shall be
                                                                                                                     electrically supervised by the fire alarm system for loss of power.
                                                                                                                        6) Indication of a supervisory signal in accordance with Sentences (3) and (5) shall
                                                                                                                     be transmitted to the fire department in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4).

                                                                                                    3.2.4.10.        Fire Detectors
                                                                                                                         1) Fire detectors required by this Code shall be connected to the fire alarm system.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-95
                                                                                                    3.2.4.11.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), if a fire alarm system is required in a
                                                                                                                      building that is not sprinklered, fire detectors shall be installed in the following spaces:
                                                                                                                          a) storage rooms not within dwelling units,
                                                                                                                          b) service rooms not within dwelling units,
                                                                                                                          c) janitors' rooms,
                                                                                                                          d) rooms in which hazardous substances are to be used or stored (see
                                                                                                                              Note A-3.3.1.2.(1)),
                                                                                                                          e) elevator hoistways and dumbwaiter shafts, and
                                                                                                                          f) laundry rooms in buildings of residential occupancy, but not those within
                                                                                                                              dwelling units.
                                                                                                                         3) Fire detectors required by Sentence (2) need not be provided within floor areas




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      that are sprinklered.
                                                                                                                         4) Fire detectors required by Sentence (2) shall be installed in elevator hoistways
                                                                                                                      and dumbwaiter shafts where a sprinkler system is not installed within the hoistway
                                                                                                                      or shaft.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.11.         Smoke Detectors
                                                                                                                         1) If a fire alarm system is installed, smoke detectors shall be installed in
                                                                                                                         a) except as permitted in Sentence (2), each sleeping room and each corridor
                                                                                                                             serving as part of a means of egress from sleeping rooms in portions of a
                                                                                                                             building classified as a Group B major occupancy,
                                                                                                                         b) each room in a contained use area and corridors serving those rooms,
                                                                                                                          c) each corridor in portions of a building classified as a Group A, Division 1
                                                                                                                             major occupancy,
                                                                                                                         d) each public corridor in portions of a building classified as a Group C major
                                                                                                                             occupancy,
                                                                                                                          e) each exit stair shaft other than those serving only a Group A, Division 4
                                                                                                                             major occupancy or an open storage garage,
                                                                                                                          f) the vicinity of draft stops required by Article 3.2.8.6., and
                                                                                                                         g) elevator machine rooms.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.4.11.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Smoke detectors need not be installed in sleeping rooms and in corridors serving
                                                                                                                      the sleeping rooms within a suite of care occupancy where smoke alarms are installed in
                                                                                                                      accordance with Article 3.2.4.20.
                                                                                                                         3) Smoke detectors required in the sleeping rooms of a care, treatment or detention
                                                                                                                      occupancy shall, upon actuation, provide an audible and visible signal to staff serving
                                                                                                                      those rooms so that the room or location containing the actuated smoke detector can be
                                                                                                                      easily identified. (See Note A-3.2.4.11.(3).)
                                                                                                                         4) Smoke detectors required in Clause (1)(g) shall, upon actuation, recall the
                                                                                                                      elevators served by the elevator machine room in which the smoke detector is installed.
                                                                                                                         5) Except as permitted in Sentences (6) and (7), smoke detectors installed in buildings
                                                                                                                      required to be equipped with a fire alarm system shall be located near the entrance
                                                                                                                      to walkways described in Articles 3.2.3.19. and 3.2.3.20. or vestibules provided in
                                                                                                                      conformance with Article 3.2.6.3.
                                                                                                                         6) Smoke detectors installed at the entrance to the walkways in conformance with
                                                                                                                      Article 3.1.8.14. shall be deemed to meet the requirements of Sentence (5).
                                                                                                                         7) Smoke detectors required by Sentence (5) may be replaced with fire detectors in
                                                                                                                      Group F occupancies where the smoke detectors may be subjected to false alarms due to
                                                                                                                      the activities within the building.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.12.         Prevention of Smoke Circulation
                                                                                                                         1) If a fire alarm system is installed, an air-handling system shall be designed to
                                                                                                                      prevent the circulation of smoke upon a signal from a duct-type smoke detector if the
                                                                                                                      air-handling system
                                                                                                                          a) serves more than one storey,


                                                                                                    3-96 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.2.4.17.

                                                                                                                         b) serves more than one suite in a storey, or
                                                                                                                         c) serves more than one fire compartment required by Sentence 3.3.3.5.(2).

                                                                                                    3.2.4.13.        Vacuum Cleaning System Shutdown
                                                                                                                        1) A central vacuum cleaning system in a building equipped with a fire alarm
                                                                                                                     system shall be designed to shut down upon actuation of the fire alarm system.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.14.        Elevator Emergency Return
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), in a building having elevators that serve
                                                                                                                     storeys above the first storey and that are equipped with an automatic emergency recall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     feature, smoke detectors shall be installed in the elevator lobbies on the recall level so
                                                                                                                     that when these smoke detectors are actuated, the elevators will automatically return
                                                                                                                     directly to an alternate floor level.
                                                                                                                         2) Smoke detectors required by Sentence (1) shall be designed as part of the building
                                                                                                                     fire alarm system.
                                                                                                                         3) The alternate floor recall feature required by Sentence (1) is not required if the
                                                                                                                     floor area containing the recall level is sprinklered throughout.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.15.        System Monitoring
                                                                                                                        1) An automatic sprinkler system shall be equipped with waterflow detecting
                                                                                                                     devices and, if an annunciator is required by Article 3.2.4.8., shall be installed so that
                                                                                                                     each device serves
                                                                                                                        a) not more than one storey, and
                                                                                                                        b) an area on each storey that is not more than the system area limits as
                                                                                                                            specified in NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.”
                                                                                                                         2) Waterflow-detecting devices required by Sentence (1) shall be connected to the
                                                                                                                     fire alarm system so that, upon its actuation, an alert signal or an alarm signal is initiated.
                                                                                                                        3) The actuation of each waterflow detecting device required by Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                     be indicated separately on the fire alarm system annunciator.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.16.        Manual Stations
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), where a fire alarm system is
                                                                                                                     installed, a manual station shall be installed in every floor area near
                                                                                                                         a) every principal entrance to the building, and
                                                                                                                         b) every exit.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.4.16.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) In a building that is sprinklered throughout, a manual station is not required at an
                                                                                                                     exterior egress doorway from a suite that does not lead to an interior shared means of
                                                                                                                     egress in a hotel or motel not more than 3 storeys in building height, provided each suite is
                                                                                                                     served by an exterior exit facility leading directly to ground level.
                                                                                                                        3) In a building that is sprinklered throughout, a manual station is not required at an
                                                                                                                     exterior egress doorway from a dwelling unit that does not lead to an interior shared
                                                                                                                     means of egress in a building not more than 3 storeys in building height containing only
                                                                                                                     dwelling units, provided each dwelling unit is served by an exterior exit facility leading
                                                                                                                     directly to ground level.
                                                                                                                        4) In a building referred to in Sentence (2) or (3), manual stations shall be installed
                                                                                                                     near doorways leading from shared interior corridors to the exterior.
                                                                                                                        5) Where a fire alarm system is installed, a manually operated fire alarm station
                                                                                                                     shall be installed on the roof at each exit from a helicopter landing area.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.17.        Alert and Alarm Signals
                                                                                                                        1) In a 2-stage fire alarm system described in Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2), the same audible
                                                                                                                     signal devices are permitted to be used to sound the alert signals and the alarm signals.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 3-97
                                                                                                    3.2.4.18.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         2) If audible signal devices with voice reproduction capabilities are intended for
                                                                                                                      paging and similar voice message use, other than during a fire emergency, they shall be
                                                                                                                      installed so that alert signals and alarm signals take priority over all other signals.
                                                                                                                         3) Audible signal devices forming part of a fire alarm or voice communication
                                                                                                                      system shall not be used for playing music or background noise.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.18.         Audibility of Alarm Systems
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.4.18.)
                                                                                                                         1) Audible signal devices forming part of a fire alarm system shall be installed
                                                                                                                      in a building so that




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          a) alarm signals are clearly audible throughout the floor area, and
                                                                                                                          b) alert signals are clearly audible in continuously staffed locations, and where
                                                                                                                              there are no continuously staffed locations, throughout the floor area.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The sound pattern of an alarm signal shall conform to the temporal pattern
                                                                                                                      defined in Clause 4.2 of ISO 8201, “Acoustics – Audible emergency evacuation signal.”
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(2).)
                                                                                                                         3) The sound patterns of alert signals shall be significantly different from the
                                                                                                                      temporal patterns of alarm signals. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) The fire alarm signal sound pressure level shall be not more than 110 dBA in
                                                                                                                      any normally occupied area. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(4).)
                                                                                                                        5) The sound pressure level in a sleeping room from a fire alarm audible signal
                                                                                                                      device shall be not less than 75 dBA in a building of residential or care occupancy when
                                                                                                                      any intervening doors between the device and the sleeping room are closed. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-3.2.4.18.(5).)
                                                                                                                         6) Audible signal devices in sleeping rooms in a building of residential or care
                                                                                                                      occupancy shall emit a low frequency signal. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(6).)
                                                                                                                         7) Except as required by Sentence (5), the sound pressure level from a fire alarm
                                                                                                                      system's audible signal device within a floor area shall be not less than 10 dBA above
                                                                                                                      the ambient noise level and not less than 65 dBA when any intervening doors between
                                                                                                                      the device and the rest of the floor area are closed.
                                                                                                                         8) Except as permitted by Sentence (12), audible signal devices located within a
                                                                                                                      dwelling unit shall include a means for them to be manually silenced for a period of
                                                                                                                      not more than 10 min, after which time the devices shall restore themselves to normal
                                                                                                                      operation. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(8).)
                                                                                                                         9) Audible signal devices within a dwelling unit or a suite of residential or care
                                                                                                                      occupancy shall be connected to the fire alarm system
                                                                                                                          a) in a manner such that a single open circuit at one device will not impair the
                                                                                                                             operation of other audible signal devices on that same circuit that serve the
                                                                                                                             other dwelling units or suites of residential or care occupancy, or
                                                                                                                         b) on separate signal circuits that are not connected to the devices in any other
                                                                                                                             dwelling unit, public corridor or suite of residential or care occupancy.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10).)
                                                                                                                        10) In a building or part thereof classified as a residential or care occupancy,
                                                                                                                          a) separate circuits shall be provided for audible signal devices on each floor
                                                                                                                             area, and
                                                                                                                         b) audible signal devices within dwelling units or suites of residential or care
                                                                                                                             occupancy shall be wired on separate signal circuits from those not within
                                                                                                                             dwelling units or suites of residential or care occupancy.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10).)
                                                                                                                       11) Audible signal devices shall be installed in a service space referred to in
                                                                                                                      Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) and shall be connected to the fire alarm system.
                                                                                                                        12) Audible signal devices within dwelling units that are wired on separate signal
                                                                                                                      circuits in accordance with Clause (9)(b) need not include a means for manual signal


                                                                                                    3-98 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              3.2.4.20.

                                                                                                                     silencing as required by Sentence (8), provided the fire alarm system includes a
                                                                                                                     provision for an automatic signal silence within dwelling units, where
                                                                                                                         a) the automatic signal silence cannot occur within the first 60 s of operation or
                                                                                                                             within the zone of initiation,
                                                                                                                         b) a subsequent alarm elsewhere in the building will reactuate the silenced
                                                                                                                             audible signal devices within dwelling units,
                                                                                                                         c) after a period of not more than 10 min, the silenced audible signal
                                                                                                                             devices will be restored to continuous audible signal if the alarm is not
                                                                                                                             acknowledged, and
                                                                                                                         d) the voice communication systems referred to in Articles 3.2.4.22.
                                                                                                                             and 3.2.4.23. have a provision to override the automatic signal silence to
                                                                                                                             allow the transmission of voice messages through silenced audible signal




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             device circuits that serve the dwelling units.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(8).)

                                                                                                                       13) If a 2-stage fire alarm system has been installed with an automatic signal silence
                                                                                                                     as described in Sentence (12), the system shall be designed so that any silenced audible
                                                                                                                     signal devices serving dwelling units are reactuated whenever an alarm signal is required
                                                                                                                     to be transmitted as part of the second stage. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(8).)

                                                                                                    3.2.4.19.        Visible Signals

                                                                                                                        1) Where a fire alarm system is installed, visible signal devices shall be provided
                                                                                                                     in addition to alarm signal devices
                                                                                                                         a) in buildings or portions thereof intended for use primarily by persons with a
                                                                                                                            hearing impairment,
                                                                                                                         b) in assembly occupancies in which music and other sounds associated with
                                                                                                                            performances could exceed 100 dBA,
                                                                                                                         c) in any floor area in which the ambient noise level is more than 87 dBA,
                                                                                                                         d) in any floor area in which the occupants
                                                                                                                                i) use ear protection devices,
                                                                                                                               ii) are located in an audiometric booth, or
                                                                                                                              iii) are located in sound-insulating enclosures,
                                                                                                                         e) in public corridors serving a Group B, C, D or E major occupancy,
                                                                                                                         f) in corridors used by the public serving a Group A major occupancy,
                                                                                                                         g) in not less than 10% of the suites of residential occupancy in a hotel or motel
                                                                                                                            (see Note A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g)), and
                                                                                                                         h) in washrooms, except those located within
                                                                                                                                i) suites of residential occupancy,
                                                                                                                               ii) suites of care occupancy, or
                                                                                                                              iii) patients' sleeping rooms.

                                                                                                                       2) Visible signal devices are permitted to be installed in lieu of audible signal
                                                                                                                     devices in the compartments referred to in Article 3.3.3.6.

                                                                                                                        3) Visible signal devices required by Sentence (1) shall be installed so that the
                                                                                                                     signal from at least one device is visible throughout the floor area or portion thereof in
                                                                                                                     which they are installed. (See Note A-3.2.4.19.(3).)

                                                                                                    3.2.4.20.        Smoke Alarms

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Article 3.2.4.21., smoke alarms shall be installed in
                                                                                                                     accordance with this Article.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as required by Sentence (5) and permitted by Sentence (10), smoke alarms
                                                                                                                     conforming to CAN/ULC-S531, “Standard for Smoke Alarms,” shall be installed in each
                                                                                                                     dwelling unit and, except for care, treatment or detention occupancies required to have a fire
                                                                                                                     alarm system, in each sleeping room not within a dwelling unit or suite of care occupancy.

                                                                                                                        3) At least one smoke alarm shall be installed on each storey of a dwelling unit or
                                                                                                                     suite of care occupancy.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 3-99
                                                                                                    3.2.4.20.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          4) On any storey of a dwelling unit containing sleeping rooms, a smoke alarm shall be
                                                                                                                       installed
                                                                                                                           a) in each sleeping room, and
                                                                                                                           b) in a location between the sleeping rooms and the remainder of the storey,
                                                                                                                               and if the sleeping rooms are served by a hallway, the smoke alarm shall be
                                                                                                                               located in the hallway.
                                                                                                                          5) Where a care occupancy has individual suites for residents, a smoke alarm shall be
                                                                                                                       installed
                                                                                                                           a) in each sleeping room, and
                                                                                                                           b) in a location between the sleeping rooms and the remainder of the suite, and
                                                                                                                               if the sleeping rooms are served by a corridor within the suite, the smoke




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               alarm shall be located in the corridor.
                                                                                                                          6) A smoke alarm shall be installed on or near the ceiling.
                                                                                                                          7) In hotels and motels with a fire alarm system, smoke alarms installed in rooms
                                                                                                                       required to have a visible signal device connected to the fire alarm system as specified
                                                                                                                       in Clause 3.2.4.19.(1)(g) shall have a visible signal component installed in accordance
                                                                                                                       with CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.”
                                                                                                                          8) In hotels and motels without a fire alarm system, smoke alarms installed in
                                                                                                                       sleeping rooms of not less than 10% of the suites of residential occupancy shall have a
                                                                                                                       visible signal component installed in accordance with CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for
                                                                                                                       Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.” (See also Note A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g).)
                                                                                                                          9) Except as permitted in Sentence (10), smoke alarms referred in Sentence (2) shall
                                                                                                                          a) be installed with permanent connections to an electrical circuit (see
                                                                                                                             Note A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a)),
                                                                                                                          b) have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the smoke
                                                                                                                             alarm, and
                                                                                                                          c) except for the visible signal component required in Sentences (7) and (8), in
                                                                                                                             case the regular power supply to the smoke alarm is interrupted, be provided
                                                                                                                             with a battery as an alternative power source that can continue to provide
                                                                                                                             power to the smoke alarm for a period of no less than 7 days in the normal
                                                                                                                             condition, followed by 4 minutes of alarm.
                                                                                                                         10) Suites of residential occupancy are permitted to be equipped with smoke detectors
                                                                                                                       in lieu of smoke alarms, provided the smoke detectors
                                                                                                                           a) are capable of independently sounding audible signals with a sound
                                                                                                                               pressure level between 75 dBA and 110 dBA within the individual suites
                                                                                                                               (see also Note A-3.2.4.18.(4)),
                                                                                                                           b) except as permitted in Sentence (11), are installed in conformance with
                                                                                                                               CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” and
                                                                                                                            c) form part of the fire alarm system.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.4.20.(10).)
                                                                                                                        11) Smoke detectors permitted to be installed in lieu of smoke alarms as stated in
                                                                                                                       Sentence (10) are permitted to sound localized alarms within individual suites, and
                                                                                                                       need not sound an alarm throughout the rest of the building.
                                                                                                                        12) If more than one smoke alarm is required in a dwelling unit, the smoke alarms shall
                                                                                                                       be interconnected so that the actuation of one smoke alarm will cause all smoke alarms
                                                                                                                       within the dwelling unit to sound.
                                                                                                                        13) A smoke alarm required by Sentence (2) shall be installed in conformance with
                                                                                                                       CAN/ULC-S553, “Standard for the Installation of Smoke Alarms.”
                                                                                                                         14) Except as permitted in Sentence (15), a manually operated silencing device
                                                                                                                       shall be incorporated within the circuitry of a smoke alarm installed in a dwelling unit so
                                                                                                                       that it will silence the signal emitted by the smoke alarm for a period of not more than
                                                                                                                       10 min, after which the smoke alarm will reset and again sound the alarm if the level of
                                                                                                                       smoke in the vicinity is sufficient to reactuate the smoke alarm.
                                                                                                                        15) Suites of residential occupancy equipped with smoke detectors installed to
                                                                                                                       CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” as part of the fire


                                                                                                    3-100 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           3.2.4.23.

                                                                                                                     alarm system in lieu of smoke alarms as permitted by Sentence (10), need not incorporate
                                                                                                                     the manually operated device required in Sentence (14). (See Note A-3.2.4.20.(10).)

                                                                                                                       16) The sound patterns of smoke alarms shall
                                                                                                                        a) meet the temporal patterns of alarm signals (see Note A-3.2.4.18.(2)), or
                                                                                                                        b) be a combination temporal pattern and voice relay.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.21.        Residential Fire Warning Systems

                                                                                                                        1) Except where a fire alarm system is installed or required in a building, smoke
                                                                                                                     detectors forming part of a residential fire warning system installed in conformance
                                                                                                                     with CAN/ULC-S540, “Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning Systems:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Installation, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance,” are permitted to be installed in lieu
                                                                                                                     of all smoke alarms required by Article 3.2.4.20., provided the system
                                                                                                                         a) is capable of sounding audible signals in accordance with Articles 9.10.19.2.
                                                                                                                             and 9.10.19.5.,
                                                                                                                         b) is powered in accordance with Article 9.10.19.4., and
                                                                                                                         c) is provided with a silencing device in accordance with Article 9.10.19.6.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.22.        Voice Communication Systems for High Buildings

                                                                                                                         1) A voice communication system required by Subsection 3.2.6. shall
                                                                                                                         a) consist of a two-way means of communication with the central alarm and
                                                                                                                            control facility and to the mechanical control centre from each floor area, and
                                                                                                                         b) be capable of broadcasting prerecorded, synthesized, or live messages from
                                                                                                                            the central alarm and control facility that are audible and intelligible in all
                                                                                                                            parts of the building, except that this requirement does not apply to elevator
                                                                                                                            cars (see Note A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)).

                                                                                                                        2) The voice communication system referred to in Sentence (1) shall include
                                                                                                                     a means to silence the alarm signal in a single stage fire alarm system while voice
                                                                                                                     instructions are being transmitted, but only after the alarm signal has initially sounded
                                                                                                                     for not less than 30 s.

                                                                                                                        3) The voice communication system referred to in Sentence (1) shall include a
                                                                                                                     means to silence the alert signal and the alarm signal in a 2-stage fire alarm system while
                                                                                                                     voice instructions are being transmitted, but only after the alert signal has initially
                                                                                                                     sounded for not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 10 s in hospitals that have supervisory personnel on duty for twenty-four
                                                                                                                             hours each day, or
                                                                                                                        b) 30 s for all other occupancies.

                                                                                                                        4) The voice communication system referred to in Clause (1)(b) shall be designed
                                                                                                                     so that the alarm signal in a 2-stage fire alarm system can be selectively transmitted to
                                                                                                                     any zone or zones while maintaining an alert signal or selectively transmitting voice
                                                                                                                     instructions to any other zone or zones in the building.

                                                                                                                        5) The 2-way communication system referred to in Clause (1)(a) shall be installed
                                                                                                                     so that emergency telephones are located in each floor area near exit stair shafts.

                                                                                                                        6) Visible signal devices required by Sentence 3.2.4.19.(1) shall continue to emit a
                                                                                                                     visible signal while voice instructions are being transmitted.

                                                                                                                        7) Where the facility is not equipped with staff trained to provide instructions over
                                                                                                                     the loudspeakers, a pre-recorded message shall be provided.

                                                                                                    3.2.4.23.        One-Way Voice Communication Systems

                                                                                                                         1) Except for Group B, Division 1 and Group F, Division 1 major occupancies,
                                                                                                                     where a fire alarm system is required under Subsection 3.2.4., a one-way voice
                                                                                                                     communication system shall be installed in buildings where a 2-stage fire alarm system
                                                                                                                     is installed and whose occupant load exceeds 1 000.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 3-101
                                                                                                    3.2.5.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          2) The one-way voice communication system required by Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                       consist of loudspeakers that are
                                                                                                                          a) operated from the central alarm and control facility or, in the absence of
                                                                                                                               such a facility, from a designated area, and
                                                                                                                          b) except in elevator cars, designed and located so that transmitted messages
                                                                                                                               are audible and intelligible in all parts of the building.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b).)
                                                                                                                          3) Where the facility is not equipped with staff trained to provide instructions over
                                                                                                                       the loudspeakers, a pre-recorded message shall be provided.
                                                                                                                          4) The one-way voice communication system required by Sentence (1) shall meet




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       the silencing and transmission requirements of Sentences 3.2.4.22.(2) to (4) and (6).

                                                                                                    3.2.5.             Provisions for Firefighting
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.)

                                                                                                    3.2.5.1.           Access to Above-Grade Storeys
                                                                                                                          1) Except for storeys below the first storey, direct access for firefighting shall be
                                                                                                                       provided from the outdoors to every storey that is not sprinklered throughout and whose
                                                                                                                       floor level is less than 25 m above grade, by at least one unobstructed window or access
                                                                                                                       panel for each 15 m of wall in each wall required to face a street by Subsection 3.2.2.
                                                                                                                          2) An opening for access required by Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                          a) have a sill no higher than 900 mm above the inside floor, and
                                                                                                                          b) be not less than 1 100 mm high by not less than
                                                                                                                                i) 550 mm wide for a building not designed for the storage
                                                                                                                                   or use of dangerous goods, or
                                                                                                                               ii) 750 mm wide for a building designed for the storage or use
                                                                                                                                   of dangerous goods.
                                                                                                                         3) Access panels above the first storey shall be readily openable from both inside
                                                                                                                       and outside, or the opening shall be glazed with plain glass.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.2.           Access to Basements
                                                                                                                          1) Direct access from at least one street shall be provided from the outdoors in a
                                                                                                                       building that is not sprinklered to each basement having a horizontal dimension more
                                                                                                                       than 25 m.
                                                                                                                          2) The access required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be provided by
                                                                                                                          a) doors, windows or other means that provide an opening not less than
                                                                                                                             1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide, with a sill no higher than 900 mm above
                                                                                                                             the inside floor, or
                                                                                                                          b) an interior stairway immediately accessible from the outdoors.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.3.           Roof Access
                                                                                                                           1) On a building more than 3 storeys in building height where the slope of the roof
                                                                                                                       is less than 1 in 4, all main roof areas shall be provided with direct access from the
                                                                                                                       floor areas immediately below, either by
                                                                                                                            a) a stairway, or
                                                                                                                           b) a hatch not less than 550 mm by 900 mm with a fixed ladder.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.4.           Access Routes
                                                                                                                          1) A building which is more than 3 storeys in building height or more than 600 m2 in
                                                                                                                       building area shall be provided with access routes for fire department vehicles
                                                                                                                           a) to the building face having a principal entrance, and
                                                                                                                           b) to each building face having access openings for firefighting as required by
                                                                                                                               Articles 3.2.5.1. and 3.2.5.2.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.5.4.(1).)


                                                                                                    3-102 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.2.5.8.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.5.         Location of Access Routes
                                                                                                                        1) Access routes required by Article 3.2.5.4. shall be located so that the principal
                                                                                                                     entrance and every access opening required by Articles 3.2.5.1. and 3.2.5.2. are located
                                                                                                                     not less than 3 m and not more than 15 m from the closest portion of the access route
                                                                                                                     required for fire department use, measured horizontally from the face of the building.
                                                                                                                         2) Access routes shall be provided to a building so that
                                                                                                                         a) for a building provided with a fire department connection, a fire department
                                                                                                                            pumper vehicle can be located adjacent to the hydrants referred to in
                                                                                                                            Article 3.2.5.15.,
                                                                                                                         b) for a building not provided with a fire department connection, a fire
                                                                                                                            department pumper vehicle can be located so that the length of the access




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            route from a hydrant to the vehicle plus the unobstructed path of travel for
                                                                                                                            the firefighter from the vehicle to the building is not more than 90 m, and
                                                                                                                         c) the unobstructed path of travel for the firefighter from the vehicle to the
                                                                                                                            building is not more than 45 m.
                                                                                                                        3) The unobstructed path of travel for the firefighter required by Sentence (2) from
                                                                                                                     the vehicle to the building shall be measured from the vehicle to the fire department
                                                                                                                     connection provided for the building, except that if no fire department connection is
                                                                                                                     provided, the path of travel shall be measured to the principal entrance of the building.
                                                                                                                        4) If a portion of a building is completely cut off from the remainder of the building
                                                                                                                     so that there is no access to the remainder of the building, the access routes required by
                                                                                                                     Sentence (2) shall be located so that the unobstructed path of travel from the vehicle to
                                                                                                                     one entrance of each portion of the building is not more than 45 m.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.6.         Access Route Design
                                                                                                                        1) A portion of a roadway or yard provided as a required access route for fire
                                                                                                                     department use shall
                                                                                                                        a) have a clear width not less than 6 m, unless it can be shown that lesser
                                                                                                                            widths are satisfactory,
                                                                                                                        b) have a centre-line radius not less than 12 m,
                                                                                                                         c) have an overhead clearance not less than 5 m,
                                                                                                                        d) have a change of gradient not more than 1 in 12.5 over a minimum distance
                                                                                                                            of 15 m,
                                                                                                                         e) be designed to support the expected loads imposed by firefighting
                                                                                                                            equipment and be surfaced with concrete, asphalt or other material
                                                                                                                            designed to permit accessibility under all climatic conditions,
                                                                                                                         f) have turnaround facilities for any dead-end portion of the access route more
                                                                                                                            than 90 m long, and
                                                                                                                        g) be connected with a public thoroughfare.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.5.6.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) For buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60., no portion of the access
                                                                                                                     route described in Sentence 3.2.2.10.(3) shall be more than 20 m below the uppermost
                                                                                                                     floor level.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.7.         Water Supply
                                                                                                                        1) Every building shall be provided with an adequate water supply for firefighting.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.5.7.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.2.5.8.         Standpipe Systems
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a standpipe system shall be installed in a
                                                                                                                     building that is
                                                                                                                         a) more than 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                         b) more than 14 m high measured between grade and the ceiling of the top
                                                                                                                             storey, or
                                                                                                                         c) not more than 14 m high measured between grade and the ceiling of the top
                                                                                                                             storey but has a building area exceeding the area shown in Table 3.2.5.8. for
                                                                                                                             the applicable building height unless the building is sprinklered throughout.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-103
                                                                                                    3.2.5.9.                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                             2) A standpipe system need not be installed in a storage garage conforming to
                                                                                                                          Article 3.2.2.92., provided the building is not more than 15 m high.

                                                                                                                                                             Table 3.2.5.8.
                                                                                                                                              Building Limits without Standpipe Systems
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.5.8.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                           Building Area, m2
                                                                                                          Occupancy Classification
                                                                                                                                                   1 storey                    2 storeys                    3 storeys
                                                                                                    Group A                                         2 500                       2 000                         1 500




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Group C                                         2 000                       1 500                         1 000
                                                                                                    Group D                                         4 000                       3 000                         2 000
                                                                                                    Group F, Division 2                             1 500                       1 500                         1 000
                                                                                                    Group F, Division 3                             3 000                       2 000                         1 000


                                                                                                    3.2.5.9.              Standpipe System Design
                                                                                                                             1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), Articles 3.2.5.10. and 3.2.5.11., and
                                                                                                                          Sentence 3.2.4.9.(2), the design, construction, installation and testing of a standpipe
                                                                                                                          system shall conform to NFPA 14, “Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and
                                                                                                                          Hose Systems.”
                                                                                                                             2) A dry standpipe that is not connected to a water supply shall not be considered
                                                                                                                          as fulfilling the requirements of this Article.
                                                                                                                            3) If more than one standpipe is provided, the total water supply need not be
                                                                                                                          more than 30 L/s.
                                                                                                                             4) The residual water pressure at the design flow rate at the topmost hose
                                                                                                                          connection of a standpipe system that is required to be installed in a building is
                                                                                                                          permitted to be less than 690 kPa provided
                                                                                                                             a) the building is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                             b) the water supply at the base of the sprinkler riser is capable of meeting,
                                                                                                                                 without a fire pump, the design flow rate and pressure demand of the
                                                                                                                                 sprinkler system, including the inside and outside hose allowance, and
                                                                                                                             c) fire protection equipment is available to deliver, by means of the fire
                                                                                                                                 department connection, the full demand flow rate at a residual water
                                                                                                                                 pressure of 690 kPa at the topmost hose connection of the standpipe system
                                                                                                                                 (see Note A-3.2.5.9.(4)(c)).
                                                                                                                             5) A fire department connection shall be provided for every standpipe system.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.10.             Hose Connections
                                                                                                                             1) Hose connections shall be located in exits, in accordance with NFPA 14,
                                                                                                                          “Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems.”
                                                                                                                             2) Hose connections are not required within a floor area.
                                                                                                                             3) Hose connections shall be provided with sufficient clearance to permit the use
                                                                                                                          of a standard fire department hose key.
                                                                                                                             4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), 64 mm diam hose connections shall be
                                                                                                                          installed in a standpipe system.
                                                                                                                            5) Hose connections for 64 mm diam hose are not required in a building that is not
                                                                                                                          more than 25 m high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey
                                                                                                                          and in which an automatic sprinkler system is not installed.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.11.             Hose Stations
                                                                                                                             1) Hose stations for 38 mm diam hose shall be installed for a standpipe system in a
                                                                                                                          building that is not sprinklered throughout.


                                                                                                    3-104 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            3.2.5.12.

                                                                                                                        2) Hose stations for a 38 mm diam hose shall be installed for a standpipe system
                                                                                                                     within every floor area that is not sprinklered throughout. (See Note A-3.2.5.11.(2).)

                                                                                                                        3) Hose stations shall be located in the floor area within 5 m of exits and at other
                                                                                                                     locations to provide coverage of the entire floor area.

                                                                                                                        4) A hose station located on one side of a horizontal exit shall be considered to
                                                                                                                     serve only the floor area on that side of the horizontal exit.

                                                                                                                        5) A hose cabinet shall be located so that its door, when fully opened, will not
                                                                                                                     obstruct the required width of a means of egress.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        6) Where a building or part thereof is used as a distillery and the building is
                                                                                                                     sprinklered in conformance with Article 3.2.5.12., small hose (38 mm) stations are
                                                                                                                     permitted to be supplied from interior sprinkler piping.

                                                                                                                        7) Where a hose station is provided in grain handling and storage facilities in
                                                                                                                     which combustible dusts are produced in quantities or concentrations that create an
                                                                                                                     explosion or fire hazard, fog and fine spray nozzles shall be used instead of nozzles
                                                                                                                     that discharge a solid stream of water to prevent combustible dusts from being raised
                                                                                                                     into suspension.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.12.        Automatic Sprinkler Systems

                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4) and (9), an automatic sprinkler
                                                                                                                     system shall be designed, constructed, installed and tested in conformance with NFPA
                                                                                                                     13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.” (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) Instead of the requirements of Sentence (1), NFPA 13R, “Standard for the
                                                                                                                     Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise Residential Occupancies,” is permitted to
                                                                                                                     be used for the design, construction and installation of an automatic sprinkler system
                                                                                                                     installed
                                                                                                                         a) in a building of residential occupancy throughout that
                                                                                                                                i) is not more than 4 storeys in building height and conforms to
                                                                                                                                   Article 3.2.2.47., 3.2.2.49., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52. or 3.2.2.55., or
                                                                                                                               ii) is not more than 3 storeys in building height and conforms
                                                                                                                                   to Article 9.10.1.3., or
                                                                                                                         b) in a building of care occupancy with not more than 10 occupants that is not
                                                                                                                             more than 3 storeys in building height and conforms to one of Articles 3.2.2.42.
                                                                                                                             to 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(2).)

                                                                                                                        3) Instead of the requirements of Sentence (1), NFPA 13D, “Standard for the
                                                                                                                     Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured
                                                                                                                     Homes,” is permitted to be used for the design, construction and installation of an
                                                                                                                     automatic sprinkler system installed
                                                                                                                         a) in a building of residential occupancy throughout that contains not more than
                                                                                                                             two dwelling units,
                                                                                                                         b) in a building of care occupancy, provided
                                                                                                                                 i) it contains not more than two suites of care occupancy,
                                                                                                                                ii) it has not more than five residents throughout, and
                                                                                                                               iii) a 30-minute water supply demand can be met, and
                                                                                                                         c) in a building of residential occupancy throughout that contains more than
                                                                                                                             two dwelling units, provided
                                                                                                                                 i) except for a secondary suite, no dwelling unit is located above
                                                                                                                                    another dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                                ii) all suites are separated by a vertical fire separation having
                                                                                                                                    a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h that provides
                                                                                                                                    continuous protection from the top of the footing to the
                                                                                                                                    underside of the roof deck, with any space between the top
                                                                                                                                    of the wall and the roof deck tightly filled with mineral
                                                                                                                                    wool or noncombustible material,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-105
                                                                                                    3.2.5.13.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                               iii) each dwelling unit has its own sprinkler water supply
                                                                                                                                    provided in accordance with NFPA 13D, “Standard for the
                                                                                                                                    Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family
                                                                                                                                    Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,”
                                                                                                                               iv) a passive purge sprinkler system design is used as
                                                                                                                                    described in NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of
                                                                                                                                    Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and
                                                                                                                                    Manufactured Homes,” and
                                                                                                                                v) where the sprinkler system is taken into consideration
                                                                                                                                    for the reduction of limiting distance, all rooms, including
                                                                                                                                    closets, bathrooms and attached garages, that adjoin an
                                                                                                                                    exposing building face are sprinklered, notwithstanding




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    any exemption stated in NFPA 13D, “Standard for the
                                                                                                                                    Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family
                                                                                                                                    Dwellings and Manufactured Homes.”
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(2).)
                                                                                                                          4) If a building contains fewer than 9 sprinklers, the water supply for these
                                                                                                                       sprinklers is permitted to be supplied from the domestic water system for the building
                                                                                                                       provided the required flow for the sprinklers can be met by the domestic system.
                                                                                                                          5) If a water supply serves both an automatic sprinkler system and a system
                                                                                                                       serving other equipment, control valves shall be provided so that either system can be
                                                                                                                       shut off independently.
                                                                                                                          6) Notwithstanding the requirements of the standards referenced in Sentences (1)
                                                                                                                       and (2) regarding the installation of automatic sprinkler systems, sprinklers shall not
                                                                                                                       be omitted in any room or closet in the storey immediately below a roof assembly.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(6).)
                                                                                                                           7) Notwithstanding the requirements of the standards referenced in Sentences (1)
                                                                                                                       and (2) regarding the installation of automatic sprinkler systems, in buildings
                                                                                                                       conforming to Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.57. or 3.2.2.60., sprinklers shall be
                                                                                                                       provided for balconies and decks exceeding 610 mm in depth measured perpendicular
                                                                                                                       to the exterior wall. (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(7).)
                                                                                                                          8) Sprinklers in elevator machine rooms shall have a temperature rating not less
                                                                                                                       than that required for an intermediate temperature classification and shall be protected
                                                                                                                       against physical damage. (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(8).)
                                                                                                                          9) Except as provided in Subsection 3.2.8., closely spaced sprinklers and associated
                                                                                                                       draft stops need not be installed around floor openings in conformance with NFPA
                                                                                                                       13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.”

                                                                                                    3.2.5.13.          Combustible Sprinkler Piping
                                                                                                                           1) Combustible sprinkler piping shall be used only for sprinkler systems in
                                                                                                                       residential occupancies and other light-hazard occupancies. (See Note A-3.2.5.13.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Combustible sprinkler piping shall meet the requirements of ULC/ORD-C199P,
                                                                                                                       “Combustible Piping for Sprinkler Systems.”
                                                                                                                          3) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible sprinkler piping shall be
                                                                                                                       separated from the area served by the sprinkler system, and from any other fire
                                                                                                                       compartment, by ceilings, walls, or soffits consisting of, as a minimum,
                                                                                                                          a) lath and plaster,
                                                                                                                          b) gypsum board not less than 9.5 mm thick,
                                                                                                                          c) plywood not less than 13 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                          d) a suspended membrane ceiling with
                                                                                                                                 i) steel suspension grids, and
                                                                                                                                ii) lay-in panels or tiles having a mass not less than 1.7 kg/m2.
                                                                                                                          4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible sprinkler piping may be located
                                                                                                                       above a ceiling provided that the distance between the edge of any ceiling opening
                                                                                                                       that is not protected in conformance with Sentence (3) and the nearest sprinkler is
                                                                                                                       not more than 300 mm.


                                                                                                    3-106 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.2.5.18.

                                                                                                                        5) Where combustible sprinkler piping has been tested in conformance with
                                                                                                                     ULC/ORD-C199P, “Combustible Piping for Sprinkler Systems,” and has been shown
                                                                                                                     to meet the requirements therein without additional protection, conformance to
                                                                                                                     Sentences (3) and (4) is not required.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.14.        Sprinklered Service Space

                                                                                                                        1) An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in a service space referred to in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) if flooring for access within the service space is other than catwalks.

                                                                                                                        2) The sprinkler system required by Sentence (1) shall be equipped with waterflow
                                                                                                                     detecting devices, with each device serving not more than one storey.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        3) The waterflow detecting devices required by Sentence (2) shall be connected to
                                                                                                                     the fire alarm system, to
                                                                                                                         a) initiate an alert signal in a 2-stage system or an alarm signal in a single stage
                                                                                                                             system, and
                                                                                                                        b) indicate separately on the fire alarm system annunciator the actuation of
                                                                                                                             each device.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.15.        Fire Department Connections

                                                                                                                        1) The fire department connection for a standpipe system shall be located so
                                                                                                                     that the distance from the fire department connection to a hydrant is not more than
                                                                                                                     45 m and is unobstructed.

                                                                                                                        2) The fire department connection for an automatic sprinkler system shall be
                                                                                                                     located so that the distance from the fire department connection to a hydrant is not
                                                                                                                     more than 45 m and is unobstructed.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.16.        Portable Fire Extinguishers

                                                                                                                         1) Portable extinguishers shall be provided and installed in accordance with
                                                                                                                         a) provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
                                                                                                                         b) the NFC, in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).

                                                                                                                        2) In a Group B, Division 1 major occupancy, portable fire extinguishers are
                                                                                                                     permitted to be located in secure areas, or in lockable cabinets provided
                                                                                                                        a) identical keys for all cabinets are located at all supervisory or security
                                                                                                                            stations, or
                                                                                                                        b) electrical remote release devices are provided and are connected to an
                                                                                                                            emergency power supply.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.17.        Protection from Freezing

                                                                                                                        1) Equipment forming part of a fire protection system shall be protected from
                                                                                                                     freezing if
                                                                                                                         a) it could be adversely affected by freezing temperatures, and
                                                                                                                         b) it is located in an unheated area.

                                                                                                    3.2.5.18.        Fire Pumps

                                                                                                                        1) If a fire pump is installed, it shall be installed in accordance with the
                                                                                                                     requirements of NFPA 20, “Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire
                                                                                                                     Protection.” (See Note A-3.2.5.18.(1).)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-107
                                                                                                    3.2.6.1.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                    3.2.6.             Additional Requirements for High Buildings
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.6.)

                                                                                                    3.2.6.1.           Application

                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), this Subsection applies to a building
                                                                                                                          a) of Group A, D, E or F major occupancy classification that is more than
                                                                                                                                i) 36 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of
                                                                                                                                   the top storey, or
                                                                                                                               ii) 18 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of
                                                                                                                                   the top storey, and in which the cumulative or total occupant




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   load on or above any storey above grade, other than the first
                                                                                                                                   storey, divided by 1.8 times the width in metres of all exit
                                                                                                                                   stairs at that storey, exceeds 300,
                                                                                                                          b) containing a Group B major occupancy in which the floor level of the highest
                                                                                                                             storey of that major occupancy is more than 18 m above grade,
                                                                                                                          c) containing a floor area or part of a floor area located above the third storey
                                                                                                                             designed or intended as a Group B, Division 2 or 3 occupancy, or
                                                                                                                          d) containing a Group C major occupancy whose floor level is more than 18 m
                                                                                                                             above grade.

                                                                                                                          2) This Subsection applies to a building or part of a building constructed in
                                                                                                                       conformance with Article 3.2.2.57. in which the floor level of the highest storey is more
                                                                                                                       than 18 m above grade.

                                                                                                    3.2.6.2.           Limits to Smoke Movement

                                                                                                                          1) A building to which this Subsection applies shall be designed in accordance with
                                                                                                                       Sentences (2) to (6) and Article 3.2.6.3. to limit the danger to occupants and firefighters
                                                                                                                       from exposure to smoke in a building fire.

                                                                                                                          2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be designed so that, during a period
                                                                                                                       of 2 h after the start of a fire, each exit stair serving storeys below the lowest exit level
                                                                                                                       will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor,
                                                                                                                       assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5%
                                                                                                                       basis determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3. (See Note A-3.2.6.2.(2).)

                                                                                                                          3) Each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level shall have a vent to
                                                                                                                       the outdoors, at or near the bottom of the stair shaft, that
                                                                                                                           a) has an openable area of 0.05 m2 for every door between the stair shaft and a
                                                                                                                              floor area, but not less than 1.8 m2,
                                                                                                                          b) opens directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule that has a similar opening
                                                                                                                              to the outdoors, and
                                                                                                                           c) has a door or closure that
                                                                                                                                  i) is openable manually, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) can remain in the open position during a fire emergency.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.6.2.(3).)

                                                                                                                          4) Measures shall be taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area
                                                                                                                       below the lowest exit storey into upper storeys. (See Note A-3.2.6.2.(4).)

                                                                                                                           5) Except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units,
                                                                                                                       and except for fans used for smoke venting as required by Article 3.2.6.6., air moving
                                                                                                                       fans in a system that serves more than 2 storeys shall be designed and installed so that
                                                                                                                       in the event of a fire these fans can be stopped by means of a manually operated switch
                                                                                                                       at the central alarm and control facility.

                                                                                                                          6) Except as provided in Article 3.2.4.12. or where there is a conflict with other
                                                                                                                       smoke control measures in the building, air-handling systems used to provide
                                                                                                                       make-up air to public corridors serving suites in a Group C major occupancy shall not
                                                                                                                       shut down automatically upon activation of the fire alarm so as to maintain corridor
                                                                                                                       pressurization.


                                                                                                    3-108 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 3.2.6.5.

                                                                                                    3.2.6.3.         Connected Buildings
                                                                                                                       1) If a building described in Article 3.2.6.1. is connected to any other building,
                                                                                                                     measures shall be taken to limit movement of contaminated air from one building into
                                                                                                                     another during a fire. (See Note A-3.2.6.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.2.6.4.         Emergency Operation of Elevators
                                                                                                                        1) Manual emergency recall shall be provided for all elevators serving storeys
                                                                                                                     above the first storey.
                                                                                                                        2) Key-operated switches for emergency recall required by Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                     be provided in a conspicuous location at




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        a) each elevator lobby on the recall level, and
                                                                                                                        b) the central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                                         3) In-car emergency service switches shall be provided in all elevator cars.
                                                                                                                         4) Keys to operate the switches required by Sentences (2) and (3) shall be
                                                                                                                         a) provided in a suitably identified box conspicuously located on the outside
                                                                                                                            of an elevator hoistway near the central alarm and control facility required
                                                                                                                            by Article 3.2.6.7., and
                                                                                                                         b) kept at the central alarm and control facility.

                                                                                                    3.2.6.5.         Elevator for Use by Firefighters
                                                                                                                        1) At least one elevator shall be provided for use by firefighters in conformance
                                                                                                                     with Sentences (2) to (6).
                                                                                                                         2) The elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall have a useable platform area not
                                                                                                                     less than 2.2 m2 and shall be capable of carrying a load of 900 kg to the top floor that
                                                                                                                     it serves from a landing on the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access
                                                                                                                     referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. within 1 min.
                                                                                                                         3) Each elevator for use by firefighters shall
                                                                                                                         a) be provided with a closure at each shaft opening so that the interlock
                                                                                                                            mechanism remains mechanically engaged and electrical continuity is
                                                                                                                            maintained in the interlock circuits and associated wiring for a period of not
                                                                                                                            less than 1 h when the assembly is subjected to the standard fire exposure
                                                                                                                            described in CAN/ULC-S104, “Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door
                                                                                                                            Assemblies,”
                                                                                                                         b) be protected with a vestibule containing no occupancy and separated from
                                                                                                                            the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                            not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                         c) be protected with a corridor containing no occupancy and separated from
                                                                                                                            the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                            not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                         4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), an elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                     be capable of providing transportation from the storey containing the entrance for
                                                                                                                     firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. to every floor that is above
                                                                                                                     grade in the building and that is normally served by the elevator system.
                                                                                                                         5) If it is necessary to change elevators to reach any floor referred to in Sentence (4),
                                                                                                                     the system shall be designed so that not more than one change of elevator is required
                                                                                                                     when travelling to any floor in the building from the storey containing the entrance for
                                                                                                                     firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5.
                                                                                                                        6) Electrical conductors for the operation of the elevator referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall
                                                                                                                        a) be installed in service spaces conforming to Section 3.6. that do not contain
                                                                                                                           other combustible material, or
                                                                                                                        b) conform to CAN/ULC-S139, “Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity of
                                                                                                                           Fire-Resistive Power, Instrumentation, Control and Data Cables,” including
                                                                                                                           the hose stream application, to provide a circuit integrity rating of not less
                                                                                                                           than 1 h (see Note A-3.2.6.5.(6)(b)).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 3-109
                                                                                                    3.2.6.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    3.2.6.6.           Venting to Aid Firefighting

                                                                                                                         1) Means of venting each floor area to the outdoors shall be provided by windows,
                                                                                                                       wall panels, smoke shafts, or the building exhaust system. (See Note A-3.2.6.6.(1).)

                                                                                                                           2) Fixed glass windows shall not be used for the venting required by Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                       if the breaking of the windows could endanger pedestrians below.

                                                                                                                          3) Openable windows used for the venting required by Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                       permanently marked so that they are easily identifiable.

                                                                                                                          4) Elevator hoistways shall not be designed for the venting required by




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    3.2.6.7.           Central Alarm and Control Facility

                                                                                                                          1) A central alarm and control facility shall be provided on the storey containing
                                                                                                                       the entrance for firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. in a
                                                                                                                       location that
                                                                                                                           a) is readily accessible to firefighters entering the building, and
                                                                                                                          b) takes into account the effect of background noise likely to occur under fire
                                                                                                                              emergency conditions, so that the facility can properly perform its required
                                                                                                                              function under these conditions.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.6.7.(1).)

                                                                                                                          2) The central alarm and control facility required by Sentence (1) shall include
                                                                                                                          a) means to control the voice communication system required by
                                                                                                                               Article 3.2.6.8., so that messages can be sent to
                                                                                                                                   i) all loudspeakers simultaneously,
                                                                                                                                  ii) individual floor areas, and
                                                                                                                                 iii) exit stairwells,
                                                                                                                          b) means to indicate audibly and visually alert signals and alarm signals and
                                                                                                                               a switch to
                                                                                                                                   i) silence the audible portion of these signals, and
                                                                                                                                  ii) indicate visually that the audible portion has been silenced,
                                                                                                                           c) means to indicate visually that elevators are on emergency recall,
                                                                                                                          d) an annunciator conforming to Article 3.2.4.8.,
                                                                                                                           e) means to transmit alert signals and alarm signals to the fire department in
                                                                                                                               conformance with Article 3.2.4.7.,
                                                                                                                           f) means to release hold-open devices on doors to vestibules,
                                                                                                                          g) means to manually actuate alarm signals in the building selectively to any
                                                                                                                               zone or zones,
                                                                                                                          h) means to silence the alarm signals referred to in Clause (g) in conformance
                                                                                                                               with Sentences 3.2.4.22.(2) and 3.2.4.22.(3),
                                                                                                                           i) means, as appropriate to the measure for fire safety provided in the building,
                                                                                                                               to
                                                                                                                                   i) actuate auxiliary equipment identified in Articles 3.2.6.2.,
                                                                                                                                      3.2.6.3. and 3.2.6.6., or
                                                                                                                                  ii) communicate with a continually staffed auxiliary
                                                                                                                                      equipment control centre,
                                                                                                                            j) means to communicate with telephones in elevator cars, separate from
                                                                                                                               connections to firefighters' telephones, if elevator cars are required by
                                                                                                                               ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators,” to be
                                                                                                                               equipped with a telephone,
                                                                                                                          k) means to indicate visually, individual sprinkler system waterflow signals,
                                                                                                                           l) means to indicate audibly and visually, sprinkler and standpipe system
                                                                                                                               supervisory signals and trouble signals,
                                                                                                                          m) a switch to silence the audible portion of a supervisory signal or a trouble
                                                                                                                               signal, and
                                                                                                                          n) visual indication that the audible portion of a supervisory signal or a trouble
                                                                                                                               signal has been silenced.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.6.7.(2).)


                                                                                                    3-110 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                  3.2.7.3.

                                                                                                    3.2.6.8.         Voice Communication System
                                                                                                                        1) A voice communication system conforming to Article 3.2.4.22. shall be provided
                                                                                                                     in a building if
                                                                                                                         a) the floor of the top storey is more than 36 m above grade, or
                                                                                                                         b) a floor area or part of a floor area located above the third storey is designed or
                                                                                                                             intended for use as a Group B, Division 2 or 3 occupancy.

                                                                                                    3.2.6.9.         Testing
                                                                                                                        1) The systems for control of smoke movement and mechanical venting required
                                                                                                                     by Articles 3.2.6.2. and 3.2.6.6. shall be tested to ensure satisfactory operation. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-3.2.6.9.(1).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.2.7.           Lighting and Emergency Power Systems
                                                                                                    3.2.7.1.         Minimum Lighting Requirements
                                                                                                                         1) An exit, a public corridor, or a corridor providing access to exit for the public
                                                                                                                     or serving patients' sleeping rooms or classrooms shall be equipped to provide
                                                                                                                     illumination to an average level not less than 50 lx at floor or tread level and at angles
                                                                                                                     and intersections at changes of level where there are stairs or ramps.
                                                                                                                         2) The minimum level of the illumination required by Sentence (1) shall be 10 lx.
                                                                                                                        3) Rooms and spaces used by the public shall be equipped to provide illumination
                                                                                                                     as described in Sentences (4) to (7) and Article 9.34.2.7.
                                                                                                                        4) The minimum level of illumination over the entire length of escalators and
                                                                                                                     moving walks shall be not less than 100 lx at the level of the treads and walking
                                                                                                                     surfaces.
                                                                                                                         5) Except as provided in Sentence (6) and except for light switches and internally
                                                                                                                     illuminated controls, the minimum level of illumination at controls required by
                                                                                                                     Article 3.8.2.6. shall be not less than 100 lx.
                                                                                                                        6) Where visual information is provided at controls referred to in Sentence (5),
                                                                                                                     the minimum level of illumination at the controls shall be not less than 200 lx, except
                                                                                                                     where the visual information is internally illuminated.
                                                                                                                        7) Except for internally illuminated signs, the minimum level of illumination
                                                                                                                     at signs displaying visual information required by Clauses 3.4.6.10.(5)(b)
                                                                                                                     and 3.4.6.16.(5)(g), Subclause 3.4.6.16.(5)(l)(ii), Clause 3.4.6.16.(6)(d),
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.4.6.18.(3), Clause 3.4.6.18.(4)(a) and Articles 3.4.6.19. and 3.8.2.10. shall
                                                                                                                     be not less than 200 lx.
                                                                                                                        8) Lighting outlets in a building of residential occupancy shall be provided in
                                                                                                                     conformance with Subsection 9.34.2.

                                                                                                    3.2.7.2.         Recessed Lighting Fixtures
                                                                                                                         1) A recessed lighting fixture shall not be located in an insulated ceiling unless the
                                                                                                                     fixture is designed for this type of installation.

                                                                                                    3.2.7.3.         Emergency Lighting
                                                                                                                        1) Emergency lighting shall be provided to an average level of illumination not
                                                                                                                     less than 10 lx at floor or tread level in
                                                                                                                         a) exits,
                                                                                                                         b) principal routes providing access to exit in open floor areas and in service rooms,
                                                                                                                         c) corridors used by the public,
                                                                                                                         d) corridors serving sleeping rooms in a treatment occupancy,
                                                                                                                         e) corridors serving sleeping rooms in a care occupancy, except corridors
                                                                                                                             serving sleeping rooms within individual suites of care occupancy,
                                                                                                                         f) corridors serving classrooms,
                                                                                                                         g) underground walkways,
                                                                                                                         h) public corridors,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-111
                                                                                                    3.2.7.4.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                          i) floor areas or parts thereof where the public may congregate
                                                                                                                                 i) in Group A, Division 1 occupancies, or
                                                                                                                                ii) in Group A, Division 2 and 3 occupancies having an occupant
                                                                                                                                    load of 60 or more,
                                                                                                                          j) floor areas or parts thereof of daycare centres where persons are cared for,
                                                                                                                         k) food preparation areas in commercial kitchens,
                                                                                                                          l) public washrooms that are equipped to serve more than one person at a time,
                                                                                                                         m) locations where doors are equipped with an electromagnetic lock as
                                                                                                                             described in Clauses 3.4.6.16.(5)(k) and (6)(g), and
                                                                                                                         n) universal washrooms, universal shower rooms and accessible change spaces
                                                                                                                             required by Article 3.8.2.8.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) Emergency lighting to provide an average level of illumination of not less
                                                                                                                       than 10 lx at floor or catwalk level shall be included in a service space referred to in
                                                                                                                       Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8).
                                                                                                                          3) The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentences (1) and (2) shall
                                                                                                                       be not less than 1 lx.
                                                                                                                          4) In addition to the requirements of Sentences (1) to (3), the installation of
                                                                                                                       battery-operated emergency lighting in buildings or part thereof where treatment is
                                                                                                                       provided shall conform to the appropriate requirements of CSA Z32, “Electrical safety
                                                                                                                       and essential electrical systems in health care facilities.”

                                                                                                    3.2.7.4.           Emergency Power for Lighting
                                                                                                                          1) An emergency power supply shall be
                                                                                                                           a) provided to maintain the emergency lighting required by this Subsection
                                                                                                                              from a power source such as batteries or generators that will continue to
                                                                                                                              supply power in the event that the regular power supply to the building is
                                                                                                                              interrupted, and
                                                                                                                          b) so designed and installed that upon failure of the regular power it will
                                                                                                                              assume the electrical load automatically for a period of
                                                                                                                                  i) 2 h for a building within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6.,
                                                                                                                                 ii) 1 h for a building of Group B major occupancy classification
                                                                                                                                     that is not within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6.,
                                                                                                                                iii) 1 h for a building constructed in accordance with
                                                                                                                                     Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60., and
                                                                                                                                iv) 30 min for a building of any other occupancy.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.2.7.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) If self-contained emergency lighting units are used, they shall conform to CSA
                                                                                                                       C22.2 No. 141, “Emergency lighting equipment.”

                                                                                                    3.2.7.5.           Emergency Power Supply Installation
                                                                                                                          1) Except as required by Articles 3.2.7.6. and 3.2.7.7., an emergency electrical
                                                                                                                       power supply system shall be installed in conformance with CSA C282, “Emergency
                                                                                                                       electrical power supply for buildings.” (See Sentence 3.2.7.8.(1) for emergency electrical
                                                                                                                       power supply for voice communication systems.)

                                                                                                    3.2.7.6.           Emergency Power for Treatment Occupancies
                                                                                                                          1) Except as required by Article 3.2.7.7., an emergency electrical power supply
                                                                                                                       system for emergency equipment required by this Part for treatment occupancies shall
                                                                                                                       be installed in conformance with CSA Z32, “Electrical safety and essential electrical
                                                                                                                       systems in health care facilities.” (See Note A-3.2.7.6.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.2.7.7.           Fuel Supply Shut-off Valves
                                                                                                                          1) If a liquid or gas fuel-fired engine or turbine for an emergency electric power
                                                                                                                       supply is dependent on a fuel supply from outside the building, the fuel supply shall be
                                                                                                                       provided with a suitably-identified separate shut-off valve outside the building.


                                                                                                    3-112 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              3.2.7.9.

                                                                                                    3.2.7.8.         Emergency Power for Fire Alarm Systems

                                                                                                                        1) Fire alarm systems, including those incorporating a voice communication
                                                                                                                     system, shall be provided with an emergency power supply conforming to
                                                                                                                     Sentences (2) to (4).

                                                                                                                         2)   The emergency power supply required by Sentence (1) shall be supplied from
                                                                                                                         a)   a generator,
                                                                                                                         b)   batteries, or
                                                                                                                         c)   a combination thereof.

                                                                                                                        3) The emergency power supply required by Sentence (1) shall be capable of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     providing
                                                                                                                        a) supervisory power for not less than 24 h, and
                                                                                                                        b) immediately following that period, emergency power under full load for
                                                                                                                            not less than
                                                                                                                               i) 2 h for a building within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6.,
                                                                                                                              ii) 1 h for a building classified as a Group B major occupancy that
                                                                                                                                  is not within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6.,
                                                                                                                             iii) 1 h for a building constructed in accordance with
                                                                                                                                  Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60.,
                                                                                                                             iv) 5 min for a building not required to be equipped with an
                                                                                                                                  annunciator, and
                                                                                                                              v) 30 min for any other building.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.7.8.(3).)

                                                                                                                        4) The emergency power supply required by Sentence (1) shall be designed
                                                                                                                     so that, in the event of a failure of the normal power source, there is an immediate
                                                                                                                     automatic transfer to emergency power with no loss of information.

                                                                                                    3.2.7.9.         Emergency Power for Building Services

                                                                                                                        1) An emergency power supply capable of operating under a full load for not less
                                                                                                                     than 2 h shall be provided by an emergency generator for
                                                                                                                         a) every elevator serving storeys above the first storey in a building that is more
                                                                                                                            than 36 m high measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey
                                                                                                                            and every elevator for firefighters in conformance with Sentence (2),
                                                                                                                        b) except as provided in Sentence (4), equipment that supplies water
                                                                                                                            for fire suppression as required by Articles 3.2.5.7. and 3.2.5.8. and
                                                                                                                            Sentences 3.2.5.12.(1) and (2) and 3.2.5.18.(1), if the supply depends solely
                                                                                                                            on electrical power supplied to the building,
                                                                                                                         c) fans and other electrical equipment that are installed to maintain the air
                                                                                                                            quality specified in Articles 3.2.6.2. and 3.3.3.6.,
                                                                                                                        d) fans required for venting by Article 3.2.6.6., and
                                                                                                                         e) fans required by Clause 3.2.8.4.(1)(c) and Article 3.2.8.7. in buildings within
                                                                                                                            the scope of Subsection 3.2.6.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.7.9.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the emergency power supply for elevators
                                                                                                                     required by Clause (1)(a) shall be capable of operating all elevators for firefighters plus
                                                                                                                     one additional elevator simultaneously.

                                                                                                                       3) Sentence (2) does not apply if the time to recall all elevators under emergency
                                                                                                                     power supply is not more than 5 min, each from its most remote storey to
                                                                                                                        a) the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access referred to in
                                                                                                                           Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5., or
                                                                                                                       b) to a transfer lobby.

                                                                                                                        4) The emergency power supply required by Clause (1)(b) for the equipment
                                                                                                                     that supplies water for fire suppression need not be provided for sprinkler systems
                                                                                                                     conforming to NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One-
                                                                                                                     and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes.”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 3-113
                                                                                                    3.2.7.10.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    3.2.7.10.          Protection of Electrical Conductors
                                                                                                                          1) The protection of electrical and emergency conductors referred to in Clauses (a)
                                                                                                                       to (c) shall conform to the requirements stated in Sentences (2) to (11):
                                                                                                                           a) electrical conductors located within buildings identified in Article 3.2.6.1.
                                                                                                                               serving
                                                                                                                                  i) fire alarms,
                                                                                                                                 ii) emergency lighting, or
                                                                                                                                iii) emergency equipment within the scope of Articles 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                                                     to 3.2.6.8.,
                                                                                                                           b) emergency conductors serving fire pumps required to be installed under
                                                                                                                               Article 3.2.5.18., and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           c) electrical conductors serving mechanical systems serving
                                                                                                                                  i) areas of refuge identified in Clause 3.3.3.6.(1)(b), or
                                                                                                                                 ii) contained use areas identified in Clauses 3.3.3.7.(4)(a) and (b).
                                                                                                                          2) Except as otherwise required by Sentence (3) and permitted by this Article,
                                                                                                                       electrical conductors that are used in conjunction with systems identified in
                                                                                                                       Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                           a) conform to CAN/ULC-S139, “Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity of
                                                                                                                               Fire-Resistive Power, Instrumentation, Control and Data Cables,” including
                                                                                                                               the hose stream application, to provide a circuit integrity rating of not less
                                                                                                                               than 1 h (see Note A-3.2.7.10.(2)(a) and (3)(a)) (see also Clause 3.2.6.5.(6)(b)),
                                                                                                                               or
                                                                                                                           b) be located in a service space that is separated from the remainder of the
                                                                                                                               building by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                          3) Electrical conductors identified in Clause (1)(c) shall
                                                                                                                          a) conform to CAN/ULC-S139, “Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity of
                                                                                                                             Fire-Resistive Power, Instrumentation, Control and Data Cables,” including
                                                                                                                             the hose stream application, to provide a circuit integrity rating of not less
                                                                                                                             than 2 h (see Note A-3.2.7.10.(2)(a) and (3)(a)), or
                                                                                                                          b) be located in a service space that is separated from the remainder of the
                                                                                                                             building by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
                                                                                                                          4) The service spaces referred to in Clauses (2)(b) and (3)(b) shall not contain any
                                                                                                                       combustible materials other than the conductors being protected.
                                                                                                                          5) Except as stated in Sentences (7) and (9), the electrical conductors referred to in
                                                                                                                       Sentence (1) are those that extend from the source of emergency power to
                                                                                                                          a) the equipment served, or
                                                                                                                          b) the distribution equipment supplying power to the equipment served, if
                                                                                                                              both are in the same room (see Note A-3.2.7.10.(5)(b)).
                                                                                                                           6) If a fire alarm transponder or annunciator in one fire compartment is connected to
                                                                                                                       a central processing unit or another transponder or annunciator located in a different
                                                                                                                       fire compartment, the electrical conductors connecting them shall be protected in
                                                                                                                       accordance with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                          7) Fire alarm system branch circuits within a storey that connect transponders and
                                                                                                                       individual devices need not conform to Sentence (2). (See Note A-3.2.7.10.(7).)
                                                                                                                          8) Except as permitted in Sentence (9), if a distribution panel supplies power to
                                                                                                                       emergency lighting, the power supply conductors leading up to the distribution panel
                                                                                                                       shall be protected in accordance with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         9) Conductors leading from a distribution panel referred to in Sentence (8) to
                                                                                                                       emergency lighting units in the same storey need not conform to Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         10) Distribution panels serving emergency lighting units located on other storeys
                                                                                                                       shall be installed in a service room separated from the floor area by a fire separation having
                                                                                                                       a fire-resistance rating of at least 1 h.
                                                                                                                         11) Conductors leading from a distribution panel to emergency lighting units
                                                                                                                       located on other storeys shall be protected in accordance with Sentence (2) between the
                                                                                                                       distribution panel and the floor area where the emergency lighting units are located.


                                                                                                    3-114 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                   3.2.8.2.

                                                                                                    3.2.8.           Mezzanines and Openings through Floor Assemblies
                                                                                                    3.2.8.1.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.8.2. and Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the portions
                                                                                                                     of a floor area or a mezzanine that do not terminate at an exterior wall, a firewall or a
                                                                                                                     vertical shaft shall
                                                                                                                         a) terminate at a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                              than that required for the floor assembly and extending from the floor
                                                                                                                              assembly to the underside of the floor or roof assembly above, or
                                                                                                                         b) be protected in conformance with the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3.
                                                                                                                              to 3.2.8.8.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) The penetration of a floor assembly by an exit or a vertical service space shall
                                                                                                                     conform to the requirements of Sections 3.4., 3.5. and 3.6.
                                                                                                                        3) A floor area containing sleeping rooms in a building of Group B, Division 2 major
                                                                                                                     occupancy shall not be constructed as part of an interconnected floor space.

                                                                                                    3.2.8.2.         Exceptions to Special Protection
                                                                                                                        1) A mezzanine need not terminate at a vertical fire separation nor be protected
                                                                                                                     in conformance with the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8. provided the
                                                                                                                     mezzanine
                                                                                                                         a) serves a Group A, Division 1 major occupancy,
                                                                                                                         b) serves a Group A, Division 3 major occupancy in a building not more than
                                                                                                                            2 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                         c) serves a Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy and
                                                                                                                               i) is 500 m2 or less in area, and
                                                                                                                              ii) conforms to Sentence 3.2.1.1.(3) or (4).
                                                                                                                        2) Except for floors referred to in Sentence 3.1.10.3.(1) and Article 3.2.1.2.,
                                                                                                                     openings through a horizontal fire separation for vehicular ramps in a storage garage are
                                                                                                                     not required to be protected with closures and need not conform to this Subsection.
                                                                                                                         3) If a closure in an opening in a fire separation would disrupt the nature of a
                                                                                                                     manufacturing process, such as a continuous flow of material from storey to storey, the
                                                                                                                     closure for the opening is permitted to be omitted provided precautions are taken to
                                                                                                                     offset the resulting hazard. (See Note A-3.2.8.2.(3).)
                                                                                                                         4) An interconnected floor space in a Group B, Division 1 occupancy need not conform
                                                                                                                     to the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8. provided the interconnected floor space
                                                                                                                     does not interconnect more than 2 adjacent storeys.
                                                                                                                        5) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), openings for escalators and inclined
                                                                                                                     moving walks need not conform to the requirements in Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8.
                                                                                                                     provided
                                                                                                                        a) the opening for each escalator or walk does not exceed 10 m2,
                                                                                                                        b) the building is sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                        c) closely spaced sprinklers and associated draft stops are installed around
                                                                                                                           the openings in conformance with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation
                                                                                                                           of Sprinkler Systems,” and
                                                                                                                        d) the interconnected floor space contains only Group A, Division 1, 2 or 3,
                                                                                                                           Group D or Group E major occupancies (see Note A-3.2.8.2.(6)(c)).
                                                                                                                        6) An interconnected floor space need not conform to the requirements of
                                                                                                                     Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8., provided
                                                                                                                        a) it consists of the first storey and the storey next above or below it, but not both,
                                                                                                                        b) it is sprinklered throughout or, where the building area is not more than
                                                                                                                            one half of the area permitted by Subsection 3.2.2., the openings through
                                                                                                                            the floor are used only for stairways, escalators or moving walks (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-3.2.8.2.(6)(b)), and
                                                                                                                        c) it contains only Group A, Division 1, 2 or 3, Group D, Group E, or Group F,
                                                                                                                            Division 2 or 3 major occupancies (see Note A-3.2.8.2.(6)(c)).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 3-115
                                                                                                    3.2.8.3.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                    3.2.8.3.           Sprinklers
                                                                                                                          1) A building containing an interconnected floor space shall be sprinklered throughout.
                                                                                                                          2) Except for large floor openings as defined in NFPA 13, “Standard for the
                                                                                                                       Installation of Sprinkler Systems,” closely spaced sprinklers and associated draft stops
                                                                                                                       shall be installed around floor openings in conformance with NFPA 13.

                                                                                                    3.2.8.4.           Vestibules
                                                                                                                         1) An exit opening into an interconnected floor space shall be protected at each
                                                                                                                       opening into the interconnected floor space by a vestibule




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          a) with doorways that are not less than 1.8 m apart,
                                                                                                                          b) that is separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation that
                                                                                                                             is not required to have a fire-resistance rating (see Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b)), and
                                                                                                                          c) that is designed to limit the passage of smoke so that the exit stair shaft does
                                                                                                                             not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor,
                                                                                                                             assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature
                                                                                                                             on a 2.5% basis determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3. (see
                                                                                                                             Note A-3.2.8.4.(1)(c)).
                                                                                                                          2) An exit opening into an interconnected floor space shall conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentence 3.4.3.2.(6).
                                                                                                                          3) If an elevator hoistway opens into an interconnected floor space and into
                                                                                                                       storeys above the interconnected floor space, either the elevator doors opening into the
                                                                                                                       interconnected floor space or the elevator doors opening into the storeys above the
                                                                                                                       interconnected floor space shall be protected by vestibules conforming to Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    3.2.8.5.           Protected Floor Space
                                                                                                                          1) A protected floor space used to satisfy the requirements of Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(b)
                                                                                                                       shall
                                                                                                                          a) be separated from the interconnected floor space by a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                             fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly of the
                                                                                                                             storey in which it is located,
                                                                                                                          b) have all openings in the vertical fire separation between a protected floor space
                                                                                                                             and the adjacent interconnected floor space protected by vestibules conforming
                                                                                                                             to Sentence 3.2.8.4.(1), and
                                                                                                                          c) be designed so that it is not necessary to enter the interconnected floor space
                                                                                                                             to reach an exit.

                                                                                                    3.2.8.6.           Draft Stops
                                                                                                                          1) A draft stop shall be provided at each floor level within an interconnected floor
                                                                                                                       space, immediately adjacent to and surrounding the opening, and shall be not less than
                                                                                                                       500 mm deep measured from ceiling level down to the underside of the draft stop.

                                                                                                    3.2.8.7.           Mechanical Exhaust System
                                                                                                                          1) A mechanical exhaust system shall be provided to remove air from an
                                                                                                                       interconnected floor space at a rate of 4 air changes per hour. (See Note A-3.2.8.7.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) The mechanical exhaust system required by Sentence (1) shall be actuated by a
                                                                                                                       switch located on the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access referred to in
                                                                                                                       Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. near the annunciator for the fire alarm system.

                                                                                                    3.2.8.8.           Combustible Content Limits
                                                                                                                          1) An interconnected floor space shall be designed so that the combustible contents,
                                                                                                                       excluding interior finishes, in those parts of a floor area in which the ceiling is more than
                                                                                                                       8 m above the floor, are limited to not more than 16 g of combustible material for each
                                                                                                                       cubic metre of volume of the interconnected floor space.


                                                                                                    3-116 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                    3.3.1.3.

                                                                                                    3.2.9.              Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems
                                                                                                    3.2.9.1.            Testing
                                                                                                                           1) Where fire protection and life safety systems and systems with fire protection
                                                                                                                        and life safety functions are integrated with each other, they shall be tested as a whole
                                                                                                                        in accordance with CAN/ULC-S1001, “Standard for Integrated Systems Testing of Fire
                                                                                                                        Protection and Life Safety Systems,” to verify that they have been properly integrated.
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-3.2.9.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    Section 3.3. Safety within Floor Areas




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (See Note A-3.3.)

                                                                                                    3.3.1.              All Floor Areas
                                                                                                    3.3.1.1.            Separation of Suites
                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), each suite in other than business
                                                                                                                        and personal services occupancies shall be separated from adjoining suites by a fire
                                                                                                                        separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h. (See also Subsection 3.3.3. for
                                                                                                                        care, treatment or detention occupancies, Article 3.3.4.2. for residential occupancies, and
                                                                                                                        Article 3.1.8.7. for fire dampers.)
                                                                                                                           2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                        permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                        required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
                                                                                                                           a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
                                                                                                                           b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                           3) Occupancies that are served by public corridors conforming to Clause 3.3.1.4.(4)(b)
                                                                                                                        in a building that is sprinklered throughout, are not required to be separated from one
                                                                                                                        another by fire separations provided the occupancies are
                                                                                                                            a) suites of business and personal services occupancy,
                                                                                                                            b) fast food vending operations that do not provide seating for customers,
                                                                                                                            c) suites of mercantile occupancy, or
                                                                                                                            d) any combination of these occupancies.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.2.            Hazardous Substances, Equipment and Processes
                                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Subsections 3.3.5. and 3.3.6., the storage, handling and
                                                                                                                        use of hazardous substances shall be in conformance with
                                                                                                                           a) provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
                                                                                                                           b) in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a), the NFC.
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-3.3.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                           2) Systems for the ventilation of cooking equipment that is not within a
                                                                                                                        dwelling unit and is used in processes producing grease-laden vapours shall be
                                                                                                                        designed and installed in conformance with Articles 3.6.3.5., 6.3.1.6. and 6.9.1.3. (See
                                                                                                                        Note A-3.3.1.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                            3) A fuel-fired appliance shall not be installed in a corridor serving as an access to
                                                                                                                        exit.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.3.            Means of Egress
                                                                                                                          1) Access to exit within floor areas shall conform to Subsections 3.3.2. to 3.3.5., in
                                                                                                                        addition to the requirements of this Subsection.
                                                                                                                           2) If a podium, terrace, platform or contained open space is provided, egress
                                                                                                                        requirements shall conform to the appropriate requirements of Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1) for
                                                                                                                        rooms and suites.
                                                                                                                           3) Means of egress shall be provided from every roof which is intended for
                                                                                                                        occupancy, and from every podium, terrace, platform or contained open space.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division B 3-117
                                                                                                    3.3.1.4.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                          4) At least two separate means of egress shall be provided from a roof, used or
                                                                                                                       intended for an occupant load more than 60, to stairs designed in conformance with the
                                                                                                                       requirements regarding exit stairs stated in Section 3.4.

                                                                                                                          5) A rooftop enclosure shall be provided with an access to exit that leads to an exit
                                                                                                                          a) at the roof level, or
                                                                                                                          b) on the storey immediately below the roof.

                                                                                                                           6) A rooftop enclosure which is more than 200 m2 in area shall be provided with
                                                                                                                       at least 2 means of egress.

                                                                                                                          7) Two points of egress shall be provided for a service space referred to in




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) if
                                                                                                                          a) the area is more than 200 m2, or
                                                                                                                          b) the travel distance measured from any point in the service space to a point
                                                                                                                              of egress is more than 25 m.

                                                                                                                          8) Except as permitted by Sentences 3.3.4.4.(5) and (6), each suite in a floor area that
                                                                                                                       contains more than one suite shall have
                                                                                                                          a) an exterior exit doorway, or
                                                                                                                          b) a doorway
                                                                                                                                 i) into a public corridor, or
                                                                                                                                ii) to an exterior passageway.

                                                                                                                          9) Except as permitted by this Section and by Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2), at the point
                                                                                                                       where a doorway referred to in Sentence (8) opens onto a public corridor or exterior
                                                                                                                       passageway, it shall be possible to go in opposite directions to each of 2 separate exits.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.4.           Public Corridor Separations

                                                                                                                          1) Except as otherwise required by this Part or as permitted by Sentence (4), a
                                                                                                                       public corridor shall be separated from the remainder of the storey by a fire separation.

                                                                                                                           2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3) and Clauses (4)(a) and (b), the fire separation
                                                                                                                       between a public corridor and the remainder of the storey shall have a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                       rating not less than 45 min.

                                                                                                                           3) If a storey is sprinklered throughout, no fire-resistance rating is required for a
                                                                                                                       fire separation between a public corridor and the remainder of the storey, provided the
                                                                                                                       corridor does not serve a care, treatment or detention occupancy or a residential occupancy.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b).)

                                                                                                                         4) No fire separation is required in a sprinklered floor area between a public corridor
                                                                                                                       and
                                                                                                                          a) except as required by Sentences 3.3.3.5.(8) and 3.3.4.2.(1), and
                                                                                                                             notwithstanding Sentence 3.4.2.4.(2), the remainder of a storey, provided the
                                                                                                                             travel distance from any part of the floor area to an exit is not more than 45 m,
                                                                                                                          b) a room or a suite, provided the public corridor complies with
                                                                                                                             Sentence 3.3.1.9.(4) and Clause 3.4.2.5.(1)(d), or
                                                                                                                          c) a space containing plumbing fixtures required by Subsection 3.7.2.,
                                                                                                                             provided the space and the public corridor are separated from the remainder
                                                                                                                             of the storey by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that
                                                                                                                             required between the public corridor and the remainder of the storey.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.5.           Egress Doorways

                                                                                                                           1) Except for dwelling units, a minimum of 2 egress doorways located so that one
                                                                                                                       doorway could provide egress from the room or suite as required by Article 3.3.1.3. if
                                                                                                                       the other doorway becomes inaccessible to the occupants due to a fire which originates
                                                                                                                       in the room or suite, shall be provided for every room and every suite
                                                                                                                           a) that is used for a high-hazard industrial occupancy and whose area is more
                                                                                                                               than 15 m2,
                                                                                                                           b) intended for an occupant load more than 60,


                                                                                                    3-118 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    3.3.1.5.

                                                                                                                                 c) in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, and
                                                                                                                                       i) the area of a room or suite is more than the value in
                                                                                                                                           Table 3.3.1.5.-A, or
                                                                                                                                      ii) the travel distance within the room or suite to the nearest
                                                                                                                                           egress doorway is more than the value in Table 3.3.1.5.-A, or
                                                                                                                                 d) in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout and does not contain a high-hazard
                                                                                                                                    industrial occupancy and
                                                                                                                                       i) the travel distance to an egress doorway is more than 25 m,
                                                                                                                                           or
                                                                                                                                      ii) the area of the room or suite is more than the value in
                                                                                                                                           Table 3.3.1.5.-B.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               2) Where 2 egress doorways are required by Sentence (1), they shall be placed at a
                                                                                                                            distance from one another equal to or greater than one third of the maximum overall
                                                                                                                            diagonal dimension of the area to be served, measured as the shortest distance that
                                                                                                                            smoke would have to travel between the nearest required egress doors.

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 3.3.1.5.-A
                                                                                                                                                     Egress in Floor Area not Sprinklered Throughout
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                     Occupancy of Room or Suite                    Maximum Area of Room or Suite, m2   Maximum Distance to Egress Doorway, m
                                                                                                     Group A                                                                     150                                    15
                                                                                                     Group C                                                                    100 (1)                                15 (1)
                                                                                                     Group D                                                                     200                                    25
                                                                                                     Group E                                                                     150                                    15
                                                                                                     Group F, Division 2                                                         150                                    10
                                                                                                     Group F, Division 3                                                         200                                    15

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.3.1.5.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 3.3.4.4. for dwelling units.


                                                                                                                                                                    Table 3.3.1.5.-B
                                                                                                                                                      Egress in Floor Area Sprinklered Throughout
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                                           Occupancy of Room or Suite                                         Maximum Area of Room or Suite, m2
                                                                                                     Group A                                                                                                200
                                                                                                     Group B, Division 1                                                                                    100
                                                                                                     Group B, Division 2
                                                                                                        sleeping rooms                                                                                       100
                                                                                                        other than sleeping rooms                                                                            200
                                                                                                     Group B, Division 3
                                                                                                        sleeping rooms not in suites                                                                         100
                                                                                                        individual suites                                                                                    150
                                                                                                        other than sleeping rooms                                                                            200
                                                                                                     Group C                                                                                                150 (1)
                                                                                                     Group D                                                                                                 300
                                                                                                     Group E                                                                                                 200
                                                                                                     Group F, Division 2                                                                                     200
                                                                                                     Group F, Division 3                                                                                     300

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.3.1.5.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 3.3.4.4. for dwelling units.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                          Division B 3-119
                                                                                                    3.3.1.6.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    3.3.1.6.           Travel Distance
                                                                                                                           1) If more than one egress doorway is required from a room or suite referred
                                                                                                                       to in Article 3.3.1.5., the travel distance within the room or suite to the nearest
                                                                                                                       egress doorway shall not exceed the maximum travel distances specified in
                                                                                                                       Clauses 3.4.2.5.(1)(a), (b), (c) and (f) for exits.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.7.           Protection on Floor Areas with a Barrier-Free Path of Travel
                                                                                                                          1) Every floor area above or below the first storey that is not sprinklered throughout
                                                                                                                       and that has a barrier-free path of travel shall
                                                                                                                           a) be served by an elevator




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  i) conforming to Sentences 3.2.6.5.(4) to (6),
                                                                                                                                 ii) protected against fire in conformance with
                                                                                                                                     Clause 3.2.6.5.(3)(b) or (c), and
                                                                                                                                iii) in a building over 3 storeys in building height, protected
                                                                                                                                     against smoke movement so that the hoistway will not
                                                                                                                                     contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air
                                                                                                                                     from a fire floor during a period of 2 h after the start of
                                                                                                                                     a fire, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the
                                                                                                                                     January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined in
                                                                                                                                     conformance with Subsection 1.1.3.,
                                                                                                                          b) be divided into at least 2 zones by fire separations conforming to
                                                                                                                              Sentences (2), (3) and 3.1.8.5.(6) so that (see Note A-3.3.1.7.(1)(b))
                                                                                                                                  i) persons with physical disabilities can be accommodated
                                                                                                                                     in each zone, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) the travel distance from any point in one zone to a doorway
                                                                                                                                     leading to another zone shall be not more than the value
                                                                                                                                     for travel distance permitted by Sentence 3.4.2.5.(1) for the
                                                                                                                                     occupancy classification of the zone,
                                                                                                                           c) in the case of residential occupancies, be provided with balconies conforming
                                                                                                                              to Sentence (4), except on the storey containing the barrier-free entrance
                                                                                                                              required by Article 3.8.2.2.,
                                                                                                                          d) have an exterior exit at ground level, or
                                                                                                                           e) have a ramp leading to ground level.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.3.1.7.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the fire separations referred to in
                                                                                                                       Clause (1)(b) shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                          3) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separations referred to in Clause (1)(b) is
                                                                                                                       permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                       required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
                                                                                                                          a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
                                                                                                                          b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                          4) A balcony required by Clause (1)(c) shall
                                                                                                                          a) have direct barrier-free access from the suite or floor area
                                                                                                                          b) be not less than 1.5 m deep from the outside face of the exterior wall to
                                                                                                                             the inside edge of the balcony, and
                                                                                                                          c) provide not less than 1.5 m2 of balcony space for each non-ambulatory
                                                                                                                             occupant and 0.5 m2 for each ambulatory occupant.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.8.           Headroom and Protruding Objects
                                                                                                                          1) Except within the floor area of a storage garage, the minimum headroom clearance
                                                                                                                       in every access to exit shall conform to the requirements of Article 3.4.3.4. for exits.
                                                                                                                       (See also Sentence 3.3.5.4.(5).)
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3) and except for paths of travel in service
                                                                                                                       rooms and dwelling units, protruding building elements located within 1 980 mm of the
                                                                                                                       floor shall not project more than 100 mm horizontally into paths of travel in a manner
                                                                                                                       that would create a hazard. (See Note A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3).)


                                                                                                    3-120 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            3.3.1.12.

                                                                                                                        3) The horizontal projection of a protruding building element referred to in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (2) is permitted to be more than 100 mm, provided the clearance between the
                                                                                                                     protruding element and the floor is less than 680 mm. (See Note A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3).)

                                                                                                    3.3.1.9.         Corridors
                                                                                                                         1) The minimum width of a public corridor shall be 1 100 mm.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as required by Sentence 3.3.3.3.(3), the minimum unobstructed width
                                                                                                                     of a corridor used by the public or a corridor serving classrooms or patients' sleeping
                                                                                                                     rooms shall be 1 100 mm.
                                                                                                                       3) If a corridor contains an occupancy, the occupancy shall not reduce the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     unobstructed width of the corridor to less than its required width.
                                                                                                                         4) If a public corridor conforming to Clause 3.4.2.5.(1)(d) contains an occupancy,
                                                                                                                         a) the occupancy shall be located so that for pedestrian travel there is an
                                                                                                                            unobstructed width not less than 3 m at all times adjacent and parallel to all
                                                                                                                            rooms and suites that front onto the public corridor, and
                                                                                                                         b) the combined area of all occupancies in the public corridor shall be not more
                                                                                                                            than 15% of the area of the public corridor.
                                                                                                                        5) Except for a dead-end corridor that is entirely within a suite or as permitted
                                                                                                                     by Sentences 3.3.3.3.(1) and 3.3.4.4.(6), a dead-end corridor is permitted provided it is
                                                                                                                     not more than 6 m long.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.10.        Aisles
                                                                                                                        1) Except as otherwise stated in this Section, aisles shall be provided in
                                                                                                                     conformance with the NFC.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.11.        Door Swing
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (5) and Article 3.3.1.12., a door that opens into
                                                                                                                     a corridor or other facility providing access to exit from a suite or room not located
                                                                                                                     within a suite shall swing on a vertical axis.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Article 3.3.1.12., a door that opens into a corridor or
                                                                                                                     other facility providing access to exit from a room or suite that is used or intended for
                                                                                                                     an occupant load more than 60 or for a high-hazard industrial occupancy shall swing in
                                                                                                                     the direction of travel to the exit.
                                                                                                                        3) Every door that divides a corridor that is not wholly contained within a suite
                                                                                                                     shall swing on a vertical axis in the direction of travel to the exit.
                                                                                                                        4) If a pair of doors is installed in a corridor that provides access to exit in both
                                                                                                                     directions, the doors shall swing in opposite directions, with the door on the right
                                                                                                                     hand side swinging in the direction of travel to the exit.
                                                                                                                        5) Doors that serve storage suites not more than 28 m2 in area in warehousing
                                                                                                                     buildings need not conform to Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    3.3.1.12.        Sliding Doors
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.3.1.11.(5), a sliding door provided in
                                                                                                                     the locations described in Article 3.3.1.11. shall
                                                                                                                         a) be designed and installed to swing on the vertical axis in the direction of
                                                                                                                             travel to the exit when pressure is applied, and
                                                                                                                        b) be identified as a swinging door by means of a label or decal affixed to it.
                                                                                                                        2) In a Group B, Division 1 occupancy, or in an impeded egress zone in other
                                                                                                                     occupancies, sliding doors used in an access to exit need not conform to Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     and Article 3.3.1.11.
                                                                                                                        3) Movable partitions used to separate a public corridor from an adjacent business and
                                                                                                                     personal services occupancy or a mercantile occupancy need not conform to Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     and Sentences 3.3.1.11.(1) and (2), provided the partitions are not located in the only
                                                                                                                     means of egress. (See Note A-3.3.1.12.(3).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-121
                                                                                                    3.3.1.13.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    3.3.1.13.          Doors and Door Hardware
                                                                                                                       (See also Sentence 3.8.3.6.(17).)
                                                                                                                          1) Except as required by Article 3.3.3.4., a door that opens into or is located within
                                                                                                                       a public corridor or other facility that provides access to exit from a suite shall
                                                                                                                           a) provide a clear opening of not less than 850 mm if there is only one door leaf,
                                                                                                                          b) in a doorway with multiple leaves, have the active leaf providing a clear
                                                                                                                               opening of not less than 850 mm,
                                                                                                                           c) not open onto a step, and
                                                                                                                          d) have a threshold not more than 13 mm higher than the surrounding finished
                                                                                                                               floor surface, except where it
                                                                                                                                  i) is used to confine the spillage of flammable liquids within a




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     service room or within a room in an industrial occupancy, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) provides access to an exterior balcony, unless the balcony is
                                                                                                                                     required by Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(c).
                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (7), a door in an access to exit shall be
                                                                                                                       readily openable in travelling to an exit without requiring keys, special devices or
                                                                                                                       specialized knowledge of the door-opening mechanism.
                                                                                                                          3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), door release hardware shall comply with
                                                                                                                       Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and the door shall be openable with not more than one releasing
                                                                                                                       operation. (See also Sentence 3.8.3.6.(4).)
                                                                                                                          4) An egress door from an individual dwelling unit or from a suite of residential
                                                                                                                       occupancy is permitted to be provided with additional devices that require a releasing
                                                                                                                       operation additional to the main door release hardware, provided the devices are
                                                                                                                       readily operable from the inside without the use of keys, special devices or specialized
                                                                                                                       knowledge. (See Note A-3.3.1.13.(4).)
                                                                                                                          5) Except as provided in Sentence 3.4.6.17.(9), door release hardware shall be
                                                                                                                       installed between 900 mm and 1 100 mm above the finished floor.
                                                                                                                          6) An egress door in an access to exit serving a contained use area or an impeded
                                                                                                                       egress zone is permitted to be equipped with locking devices, provided they can be
                                                                                                                       released either locally or remotely in conformance with Sentence (8) or (9). (See
                                                                                                                       Note A-3.3.1.13.(6).)
                                                                                                                          7) A door in an access to exit is permitted to be equipped with an electromagnetic
                                                                                                                       lock conforming to Sentence 3.4.6.16.(5) or (6).
                                                                                                                          8) Local locking devices permitted by Sentence (6) shall be operable by a key from
                                                                                                                       both sides of the door.
                                                                                                                          9) Controls for the remote release of door locking devices permitted by
                                                                                                                       Sentence (6) shall be located in an area readily available to security personnel.
                                                                                                                        10) Locking devices permitted by Sentence (6) that are electrically operated shall be
                                                                                                                         a) designed to operate on emergency power, and
                                                                                                                         b) capable of manual release by security personnel.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.14.          Ramps and Stairways
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), Article 3.3.4.7. and Subsection 3.3.2., ramps
                                                                                                                       and stairways that do not serve as exits shall conform to the requirements for exit ramps
                                                                                                                       and stairways stated in Sentence 3.4.3.2.(8) and Articles 3.4.3.4., and 3.4.6.1. to 3.4.6.9.
                                                                                                                          2) Ramps and stairways that serve service rooms, service spaces or industrial
                                                                                                                       occupancies need not comply with Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                           a) they are intended only for occasional use for servicing equipment and
                                                                                                                              machinery, and
                                                                                                                          b) they do not serve as exits.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.15.          Exterior Passageways
                                                                                                                          1) An exterior passageway leading to a required exit shall conform to the
                                                                                                                       requirements of Section 3.4. for exterior exit passageways.


                                                                                                    3-122 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.3.1.18.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.16.        Tapered Treads in a Curved Flight
                                                                                                                         1) Flights of stairs shall consist solely of
                                                                                                                         a) straight flights, or
                                                                                                                         b) curved flights complying with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) Tapered treads in a curved flight that is not required as an exit shall have
                                                                                                                         a) a minimum run of 150 mm,
                                                                                                                         b) a run not less than 280 mm when measured at a point 300 mm from the
                                                                                                                            centre line of the handrail at the narrow end of the tread, and
                                                                                                                         c) a riser conforming to Sentence 3.4.6.8.(2).
                                                                                                                        3) Tapered treads shall have a consistent angle and uniform run and rise dimensions




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     in accordance with the construction tolerances stipulated in Article 3.4.6.8. when
                                                                                                                     measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line of the handrail at the narrow end of
                                                                                                                     the tread.
                                                                                                                         4) All tapered treads within a flight shall turn in the same direction.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.17.        Capacity of Access to Exits
                                                                                                                     (See Article 3.3.1.9. for minimum widths of corridors.)
                                                                                                                         1) The capacity of an access to exit shall be based on the occupant load of the portion
                                                                                                                     of the floor area served.
                                                                                                                       2) In an access to exit the required width of ramps with a slope not more than 1 in 8,
                                                                                                                     doorways, and corridors shall be based on not less than 6.1 mm per person.
                                                                                                                        3) In an access to exit the required width of a ramp with a slope more than 1 in 8
                                                                                                                     shall be based on not less than 9.2 mm per person.
                                                                                                                        4) In an access to exit from a floor area used or intended to be used for patients
                                                                                                                     in a Group B, Division 2 occupancy or residents in a Group B, Division 3 occupancy,
                                                                                                                     the required width of corridors, doorways, and ramps shall be based on not less than
                                                                                                                     18.4 mm per person.
                                                                                                                        5) The capacity of stairs in an access to exit shall conform to the requirements
                                                                                                                     for stairs in Sentences 3.4.3.2.(1) to (3).
                                                                                                                        6) In a building that is not sprinklered throughout in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.2.5.12.(1), an access to exit that is part of the principal entrance serving a
                                                                                                                     dance hall or a licensed beverage establishment with an occupant load more than 250
                                                                                                                     shall provide at least one half of the required exit width.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.18.        Guards
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (5) and Article 3.3.2.9., a guard not less than
                                                                                                                     1 070 mm high shall be provided
                                                                                                                         a) around any roof to which access is provided for purposes other than
                                                                                                                            maintenance,
                                                                                                                         b) at openings into smoke shafts referred to in Subsection 3.2.6. that are less
                                                                                                                            than 1 070 mm above the floor, and
                                                                                                                         c) at each raised floor, mezzanine, balcony, gallery, interior or exterior vehicular
                                                                                                                            ramp, and at other locations where (see Note A-9.8.8.1.)
                                                                                                                               i) the difference in elevation is more than 600 mm between
                                                                                                                                  the walking surface and the adjacent surface, or
                                                                                                                              ii) the adjacent surface within 1.2 m of the walking surface has
                                                                                                                                  a slope of more than 1 in 2.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and 3.3.2.9.(4) and Articles 3.3.4.7. and
                                                                                                                     3.3.5.10., openings through guards shall be of a size that prevents the passage of a
                                                                                                                     spherical object whose diameter is more than 100 mm.
                                                                                                                        3) Openings through guards other than those required by Sentence (1) that serve
                                                                                                                     occupancies other than industrial occupancies shall be of a size that
                                                                                                                         a) prevents the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is 100 mm, or
                                                                                                                        b) permits the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is 200 mm.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.8.8.5.(4).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-123
                                                                                                    3.3.1.19.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          4) Except for guards conforming to Article 3.3.5.10., guards that protect a level
                                                                                                                       located more than one storey or 4.2 m above the adjacent level shall be designed so that
                                                                                                                       no member, attachment or opening located between 140 mm and 900 mm above the
                                                                                                                       level protected by the guard facilitates climbing. (See Note A-9.8.8.6.(1).)
                                                                                                                          5)   Sentence (1) does not apply
                                                                                                                          a)   to the front edges of stages,
                                                                                                                          b)   to floor pits in repair garages,
                                                                                                                          c)   to loading docks, or
                                                                                                                          d)   where access is provided for maintenance purposes only.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.19.          Tactile Walking Surface Indicators




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), tactile attention indicators complying with
                                                                                                                       Clauses 4.3.5.3.1, 4.3.5.3.3 and 4.3.5.3.4 of CSA B651, “Accessible design for the built
                                                                                                                       environment,” shall be installed
                                                                                                                           a) at the top of flights of stairs that are unenclosed, and
                                                                                                                          b) at drop-off edges with a change in elevation greater than 300 mm that are
                                                                                                                              unprotected by a guard.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.3.1.19.(1).)
                                                                                                                           2) Sentence (1) does not apply to service spaces, bleachers addressed in
                                                                                                                       Subsection 3.3.2., stages, loading docks, industrial occupancies, within dwelling units, and
                                                                                                                       to stairs and drop-off edges serving not more than two dwelling units.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.20.          Transparent Doors and Panels
                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), a glass or transparent door shall be
                                                                                                                       designed and constructed so that the existence and position of the door is readily
                                                                                                                       apparent, by attaching visually contrasting hardware, bars or other permanent fixtures
                                                                                                                       to it.
                                                                                                                         2) The visibility of fully glazed transparent doors, sidelights and panels shall be
                                                                                                                       enhanced through the inclusion of mullions, markings or other elements that
                                                                                                                          a) are visually contrasting,
                                                                                                                          b) are at least 50 mm high,
                                                                                                                          c) extend the full width of the door, sidelight or panel, and
                                                                                                                          d) are located between 1 350 mm and 1 500 mm above the floor.
                                                                                                                          3) A glass door shall be constructed of
                                                                                                                          a) laminated or tempered safety glazing conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.1,
                                                                                                                             “Safety Glazing,” or
                                                                                                                          b) wired glass conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, “Wired Safety Glass.”
                                                                                                                          4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), transparent panels used in an access to exit
                                                                                                                       that, because of their physical configuration or design, could be mistaken as a means of
                                                                                                                       egress shall be made inaccessible by barriers or railings.
                                                                                                                           5) Sliding glass partitions that separate a public corridor from an adjacent occupancy
                                                                                                                       and that are open during normal working hours need not conform to Sentences (1)
                                                                                                                       and (4), provided the partitions are suitably marked in conformance with Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                       to indicate their existence and position.
                                                                                                                         6) Where vision glass is provided in doors or transparent sidelights, the lowest
                                                                                                                       edge of the glass shall be no higher than 900 mm above floor level.
                                                                                                                          7) Glass in doors and in sidelights that could be mistaken for doors, within or at
                                                                                                                       the entrances to dwelling units and in public areas, shall conform to the requirements of
                                                                                                                       Article 9.6.1.4.
                                                                                                                          8) A window in a public area that extends to less than 1 000 mm above the floor
                                                                                                                       and is located above the second storey in a building of residential occupancy, shall be
                                                                                                                       protected by a barrier or railing to not less than 1 070 mm above the floor, or the
                                                                                                                       window shall be non-openable and designed to withstand the lateral design loads for
                                                                                                                       balcony guards required by Article 4.1.5.14.


                                                                                                    3-124 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.3.1.25.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.21.        Exhaust Ventilation and Explosion Venting
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), an exhaust ventilation system designed
                                                                                                                     in conformance with the appropriate requirements of Part 6 shall be provided in a
                                                                                                                     building or part of a building in which dust, fumes, gases, vapour or other impurities
                                                                                                                     or contaminants have the potential to create a fire or explosion hazard. (See also
                                                                                                                     Article 4.2.4.13.)
                                                                                                                        2) Where a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating is penetrated
                                                                                                                     by a ventilation system required by Sentence (1) for power-ventilated enclosures in
                                                                                                                     laboratories, the ducts shall be
                                                                                                                        a) continuously enclosed from the first penetrated fire separation to any
                                                                                                                            subsequent fire separations or concealed spaces and all the way through to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            the outdoors so that the highest fire-resistance rating of all the penetrated fire
                                                                                                                            separations is maintained, and
                                                                                                                        b) exempted from the requirement to be equipped with a fire damper, smoke
                                                                                                                            damper and combination smoke/fire damper as stated in Article 3.1.8.7.
                                                                                                                        3) Explosion relief devices, vents or other protective measures conforming to
                                                                                                                     Subsection 6.3.1. and Article 6.9.1.2. shall be provided for a space in which substances
                                                                                                                     or conditions that have the potential to create an explosion hazard are present as a
                                                                                                                     result of the principal use of a building.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.22.        Janitors' Rooms
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), a room or space within a floor
                                                                                                                     area for the storage of janitorial supplies shall be separated from the remainder of the
                                                                                                                     building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                        2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                     permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                     required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
                                                                                                                        a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
                                                                                                                        b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                         3) The fire separation required by Sentence (1) is not required to have a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     rating if the floor area in which the room or space is located is sprinklered throughout.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.23.        Common Laundry Rooms
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), in a building of residential
                                                                                                                     occupancy, a laundry room in a floor area that is not within a dwelling unit shall be
                                                                                                                     separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                        2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                     permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                     required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
                                                                                                                        a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
                                                                                                                        b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                         3) The fire separation required by Sentence (1) is not required to have a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     rating if the floor area in which the laundry room is located is sprinklered throughout.

                                                                                                    3.3.1.24.        Obstructions
                                                                                                                        1) No obstruction shall be permitted in any occupancy that would restrict the width
                                                                                                                     of a normal means of egress from any part of a floor area to less than 750 mm unless an
                                                                                                                     alternative means of egress is provided adjacent to, accessible from, and plainly visible
                                                                                                                     from the obstructed means of egress. (See Note A-3.3.1.24.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.3.1.25.        Signs in Service Spaces
                                                                                                                        1) Illuminated signs conforming to Sentences 3.4.5.1.(2) and (6) shall be
                                                                                                                     provided to indicate the direction to egress points in a service space referred to in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-125
                                                                                                    3.3.1.26.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    3.3.1.26.          Welding and Cutting
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), welding and cutting operations shall be
                                                                                                                       carried out in a room
                                                                                                                           a) separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                              fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, or
                                                                                                                          b) protected by an automatic fire extinguishing system.
                                                                                                                          2) Sentence (1) shall not apply to industrial occupancies where the welding and
                                                                                                                       cutting operations do not present a fire or explosion hazard to adjacent areas.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.             Assembly Occupancy




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.3.2.1.           Scope
                                                                                                                          1) This Subsection applies to assembly occupancies and to outdoor places of
                                                                                                                       assembly.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as required in Sentence (3), provisions 12.2.3.2, 12.2.3.3, 12.2.5.4, 12.2.5.5,
                                                                                                                       12.2.5.6, 12.2.11.1, 12.4.1 and 12.4.2 of Chapter 12 of NFPA 101, “Life Safety Code,” are
                                                                                                                       permitted to be used in lieu of Articles 3.3.2.4., 3.3.2.5., 3.3.2.9., 3.3.2.11. and 3.3.2.12.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.3.2.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                          3) The minimum clear width of aisle accessways between rows of seats shall be
                                                                                                                       calculated according to provisions 12.2.5.5.2, 12.2.5.5.4.1 and 12.2.5.5.5.1 of Chapter
                                                                                                                       12 of NFPA 101, “Life Safety Code,” except that in no case shall the width be less
                                                                                                                       than 400 mm.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.2.           Fire Separations
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the seating area of a Group A, Division 1
                                                                                                                       occupancy shall be separated from adjacent occupancies in the floor area by a fire separation
                                                                                                                       having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h if the occupant load in the seating area
                                                                                                                       exceeds 200.
                                                                                                                          2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                       permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                       required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
                                                                                                                          a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
                                                                                                                          b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                          3) If usable space exists under tiers of seats in arena-type buildings, a fire separation
                                                                                                                       with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min shall be provided between the space
                                                                                                                       and the seats or the space shall be sprinklered.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.3.           Non-fixed Seating
                                                                                                                          1) Non-fixed seating shall conform to the NFC.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.4.           Fixed Seats
                                                                                                                          1) Except for the requirements of Article 3.3.2.8. for bench-type seats and except as
                                                                                                                       required or permitted by Sentence (2) and Articles 3.3.2.11. and 3.3.2.12., fixed seats
                                                                                                                       in places of assembly shall be
                                                                                                                           a) attached or secured to the floor, platform or platform riser,
                                                                                                                           b) provided with arms and back, and
                                                                                                                           c) arranged in rows having an unobstructed passage not less than 400 mm
                                                                                                                              wide measured horizontally between plumb lines from the backs of the
                                                                                                                              seats in one row and the edges of the furthest forward projection of the seats
                                                                                                                              in the next row in the unoccupied position.
                                                                                                                          2) For fixed seats with backs and with folding tablet arms, the value of 400 mm
                                                                                                                       required by Clause (1)(c) shall be measured when the tablet arms are in the use
                                                                                                                       position, but is permitted to be measured in the stored position provided
                                                                                                                          a) there are not more than 7 seats between any seat and the nearest aisle,


                                                                                                    3-126 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.3.2.5.

                                                                                                                        b) the seats are located in a lecture hall or an auditorium used for instructional
                                                                                                                            purposes, and
                                                                                                                         c) the tablet arm, when raised manually to a vertical position, falls by the force
                                                                                                                            of gravity to the stored position.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.3.2.4.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), aisles shall be located so that there are
                                                                                                                     not more than 7 seats with backs or 20 seats without backs between any seat and the
                                                                                                                     nearest aisle.
                                                                                                                         4) The requirements of Sentence (3) do not apply if
                                                                                                                         a) egress doorways are provided to serve both ends of rows of seats,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         b) each doorway referred to in Clause (a) serves not more than 3 rows of seats,
                                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                                         c) each row contains not more than 100 seats.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.5.         Aisles
                                                                                                                        1) Except as required by Articles 3.3.2.11. and 3.3.2.12., aisles leading to exits shall
                                                                                                                     be provided in conformance with Sentences (2) to (17) in places of assembly which
                                                                                                                     contain fixed seats.
                                                                                                                        2) The minimum clear width of aisles shall be not less than 1 100 mm, except that
                                                                                                                     the width is permitted to be reduced to not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 750 mm if serving not more than 60 seats, and
                                                                                                                        b) 900 mm if serving seats on one side only.
                                                                                                                         3) Except in the case of bleacher seats, the minimum clear width of aisles referred
                                                                                                                     to in Sentence (2) shall be measured at the point farthest from an exit, cross aisle or
                                                                                                                     foyer and shall be increased by 25 mm for each metre of distance toward the exit,
                                                                                                                     cross aisle or foyer.
                                                                                                                         4) Aisles shall terminate in a cross aisle, foyer or exit, and the width of the cross
                                                                                                                     aisle, foyer or exit shall be not less than the required width of the widest aisle plus 50%
                                                                                                                     of the total required width of the remaining aisles that it serves.
                                                                                                                         5) Dead-end aisles shall be not more than 6 m long.
                                                                                                                         6) The length of travel to an exit door by any aisle shall be not more than 45 m.
                                                                                                                        7) Side aisles shall be not less than 1 100 mm wide if seating is provided in
                                                                                                                     conformance with Sentence 3.3.2.4.(4).
                                                                                                                         8) An aisle that has a slope not more than 1 in 8 shall not be stepped.
                                                                                                                         9) An aisle that slopes more than 1 in 8 shall be stepped.
                                                                                                                       10) The passageway between rows of seats served by a stepped aisle shall be level
                                                                                                                     at right angles to the line of travel.
                                                                                                                       11) The riser of a step in an aisle shall be
                                                                                                                        a) not less than 110 mm high, and
                                                                                                                        b) not more than 200 mm high.
                                                                                                                       12) Variations are permitted in riser height provided
                                                                                                                        a) the height of adjacent risers does not vary by more than 6 mm, and
                                                                                                                        b) the width of a tread or a platform in the direction of travel is not less than
                                                                                                                           430 mm.
                                                                                                                       13)  Steps in an aisle shall
                                                                                                                        a)  have a run not less than 230 mm exclusive of nosings,
                                                                                                                        b)  have a tread width not less than 250 mm,
                                                                                                                        c)  extend to the adjacent rows of seats in a manner that will not create a hazard
                                                                                                                            from tripping, and
                                                                                                                         d) have a finish on the treads conforming to Sentence 3.4.6.1.(1).
                                                                                                                      14) The location of every riser in an aisle shall be made apparent from both
                                                                                                                     directions of travel by strategically placed lighting or contrasting marking stripes.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-127
                                                                                                    3.3.2.6.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                        15) A platform in an aisle shall be level, except that a slope not more than 1 in 50 is
                                                                                                                       permitted for a platform that is not less than 430 mm wide in the direction of exit travel.
                                                                                                                         16) If a step is used at the entry to a row of seats from a stepped aisle, an
                                                                                                                       unobstructed platform not less than 800 mm square shall be provided adjacent to
                                                                                                                       the aisle.
                                                                                                                        17) The finish of the surface of a platform in or adjacent to a stepped aisle shall
                                                                                                                       conform to Sentence 3.4.6.1.(1).

                                                                                                    3.3.2.6.           Corridors
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), a corridor used by the public in an




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       assembly occupancy as an access to exit shall be separated from the remainder of the floor
                                                                                                                       area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                          2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                       permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                       required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
                                                                                                                          a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
                                                                                                                          b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                           3) The fire-resistance rating required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be waived if the
                                                                                                                       floor area in which the corridor is located is sprinklered throughout.
                                                                                                                           4) The requirement for a fire separation stated in Sentence (1) is permitted to be
                                                                                                                       waived if the distance from any point in the floor area to an exit measured along the path
                                                                                                                       of travel to the exit does not exceed the travel distance permitted by Article 3.4.2.5.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.7.           Doors
                                                                                                                          1) A door equipped with a latching mechanism in an access to exit from a room or
                                                                                                                       suite of assembly occupancy containing an occupant load more than 100 shall be equipped
                                                                                                                       with a device that complies with Sentence 3.4.6.16.(3).

                                                                                                    3.3.2.8.           Fixed Bench-Type Seats without Arms
                                                                                                                          1) If fixed bench-type seats without arms are provided, the seat width per person
                                                                                                                       shall be assumed to be 450 mm.
                                                                                                                          2) The centre-to-centre spacing between rows of bench-type seats shall be not
                                                                                                                       less than 760 mm if back rests are provided, and not less than 550 mm if back rests
                                                                                                                       are not provided.
                                                                                                                          3) A clear space of not less than 300 mm shall be provided between the back of
                                                                                                                       each seat and the front of the seat immediately behind it.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.9.           Guards
                                                                                                                          1) Except as required by Sentences (2) to (4) for bleacher seats, guards shall be
                                                                                                                       installed in outdoor and indoor places of assembly with fixed seats so that
                                                                                                                           a) at the fascia of every box, balcony or gallery where the seats extend to the
                                                                                                                               edge, the height of guards is not less than
                                                                                                                                  i) 760 mm in front of the seats, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) 920 mm if located at the end of aisles or at the foot of steps,
                                                                                                                           b) the height of guards along every cross aisle other than those adjacent to the
                                                                                                                               fascia of every box, balcony or gallery is not less than 660 mm, except that
                                                                                                                               guards need not be provided if the backs of the seats along the front side of
                                                                                                                               the aisle are not less than 600 mm above the floor of the aisle, and
                                                                                                                           c) where the seating is arranged in successive tiers and the height of rise
                                                                                                                               between platforms is more than 450 mm, the height of guards is not less than
                                                                                                                               660 mm along the entire row of seats at the edge of the platform.
                                                                                                                          2) The backs and ends of bleacher seats more than 1 200 mm above the ground or
                                                                                                                       floor that are not adjacent to a wall shall be protected with a guard
                                                                                                                           a) not less than 1 070 mm high above an adjacent aisle surface or foot rest, and
                                                                                                                           b) not less than 920 mm high above the centre of an adjacent seat board.


                                                                                                    3-128 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                   3.3.2.11.

                                                                                                                            3) If the front of a bleacher is more than 600 mm above the ground or floor, it shall
                                                                                                                         be protected with a guard not less than 840 mm high above the front foot rest.
                                                                                                                            4) The size of any opening in a guard required by Sentences (2) and (3) shall not
                                                                                                                         allow the passage of a sphere whose diameter is more than 300 mm.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.10.            Handrails in Aisles with Steps
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-3.3.2.10.)
                                                                                                                            1) Handrails shall be provided in aisles with steps in conformance with
                                                                                                                         Table 3.3.2.10.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                             Table 3.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                           Types and Location of Handrails in Aisles with Steps
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 3.3.2.10.(1)

                                                                                                                                     Aisle Serving Seating on One Side                              Aisle Serving Seating on Both Sides
                                                                                                         Aisle Width
                                                                                                                                                                            Handrail Requirements
                                                                                                                                 a continuous handrail located on the side of the aisle       a handrail located on one side at the end of each row
                                                                                                     Less than 1 100 mm          opposite the seats that conforms to                          of seats that conforms to
                                                                                                                                 Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13) and (14)            Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13) and (14)
                                                                                                                                 a centre-line handrail that conforms to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                                 or a continuous handrail located on the side of
                                                                                                                                 the aisle opposite the seats that conforms to
                                                                                                      1 100 mm or more           Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13) and (14),        a centre line handrail that conforms to Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                                 plus a handrail located at the end of each row
                                                                                                                                 of seats that conforms to Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5)
                                                                                                                                 to (8), (11), (13) and (14)


                                                                                                                            2) Handrails installed along aisle centre lines as required by Table 3.3.2.10. shall
                                                                                                                            a) comply with Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (7) and (14),
                                                                                                                            b) have gaps not less than 560 mm and not more than 915 mm wide, measured
                                                                                                                               horizontally, at intervals not exceeding five rows,
                                                                                                                            c) comply with Sentence 3.4.6.5.(11) at terminations and required gaps, and
                                                                                                                            d) have an intermediate rail located 305 mm below the principal handrail.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.11.            Outdoor Places of Assembly
                                                                                                                            1) A Group A, Division 4 occupancy and each tier or balcony that has a capacity
                                                                                                                         of more than
                                                                                                                            a) 1 000 persons shall have not less than 3 separate exits, or
                                                                                                                            b) 4 000 persons shall have not less than 4 separate exits.
                                                                                                                            2) In a Group A, Division 4 occupancy, every seat shall be located so that the travel
                                                                                                                         distance is not more than 45 m measured along the path of travel from the seat to
                                                                                                                             a) the ground,
                                                                                                                             b) an exit,
                                                                                                                             c) an opening to a passageway leading from the seating area, or
                                                                                                                            d) a portal, a vomitory or any other opening through the seating deck structure.
                                                                                                                           3) Exits from outdoor stadia or grandstands shall be located not more than 25 m
                                                                                                                         apart.
                                                                                                                            4) The capacity of a means of egress for a Group A, Division 4 occupancy shall
                                                                                                                         conform to the requirements of Sentence 3.4.3.2.(3).
                                                                                                                            5) Aisles in a Group A, Division 4 occupancy shall
                                                                                                                            a) be located so that there are not more than 20 seats between any seat and
                                                                                                                               the nearest aisle, and
                                                                                                                            b) be not less than 1 200 mm wide, except that an aisle serving less than
                                                                                                                               60 persons is permitted to be 750 mm wide.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                               Division B 3-129
                                                                                                    3.3.2.12.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    3.3.2.12.          Bleachers
                                                                                                                          1) Steps provided in aisles of bleachers of the telescopic type shall
                                                                                                                          a) have risers not more than 250 mm high, and
                                                                                                                          b) have treads with a run not less than 280 mm.
                                                                                                                          2) If the vertical distance between seating platforms in bleachers is more than
                                                                                                                       280 mm, an intermediate step shall be provided the full width of the aisle and
                                                                                                                       proportioned to provide 2 equal risers between platforms.
                                                                                                                          3) If the vertical distance between seating platforms in bleachers is more than
                                                                                                                       450 mm, 2 intermediate steps shall be provided the full width of the aisle so that there
                                                                                                                       are 3 equal risers between platforms.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          4) If the passageway between rows of seats is not a closed deck, footboards shall
                                                                                                                       be provided so that
                                                                                                                          a) the total width of the footboards shall be not less than three quarters of the
                                                                                                                              centre-to-centre spacing between rows of seats, and
                                                                                                                          b) the spacing between footboard members shall be not more than 25 mm.
                                                                                                                          5) Openings above footboards and below the seats in rows of bleacher seats shall
                                                                                                                       be provided with intermediate construction so that there is no opening that would
                                                                                                                       permit the passage of a sphere of more than 100 mm in diameter.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.13.          Libraries
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a library book storage room that is not
                                                                                                                       normally accessible to the public shall be separated from the remainder of the building
                                                                                                                       by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h if it
                                                                                                                          a) is more than 250 m2 in area, or
                                                                                                                          b) contains book stacks that
                                                                                                                                   i) are more than 10 m high, or
                                                                                                                                  ii) penetrate more than one floor assembly.
                                                                                                                          2) The fire separation required by Sentence (1) is not required if the book storage
                                                                                                                       room is sprinklered.
                                                                                                                          3) Open book shelves are permitted above and below a mezzanine floor in a library
                                                                                                                       building provided the height of the shelves is not more than 2.1 m but not more than
                                                                                                                       75% of the floor-to-ceiling height of the space above or below the mezzanine floor
                                                                                                                       assembly.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.14.          Stages for Theatrical Performances
                                                                                                                          1) A stage for theatrical performances and ancillary spaces, including workshops,
                                                                                                                       dressing rooms and storage areas, shall be sprinklered.
                                                                                                                          2) A fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h shall be provided
                                                                                                                       between a stage for theatrical performances and ancillary spaces, including workshops,
                                                                                                                       dressing rooms and storage areas.
                                                                                                                          3) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), a stage for theatrical performances and
                                                                                                                       ancillary spaces, including workshops, dressing rooms and storage areas, shall be
                                                                                                                       separated from the seating area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                       than 1 h, except for a proscenium opening protected with
                                                                                                                          a) a sprinkler deluge system conforming to the requirements of NFPA 13,
                                                                                                                               “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems,”
                                                                                                                          b) an unframed fire curtain if the opening is not more than 20 m wide, or
                                                                                                                          c) a semi-rigid fire curtain if the opening is more than 20 m wide.
                                                                                                                          4) A fire curtain required by Sentence (3) shall be of a type acceptable to the
                                                                                                                       authority having jurisdiction and designed to close
                                                                                                                          a) automatically upon the actuation of the sprinkler system,
                                                                                                                          b) automatically upon actuation of the fire alarm system, and
                                                                                                                           c) manually by remote control devices located at the curtain control panel
                                                                                                                               and at each side of the stage.


                                                                                                    3-130 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.3.3.3.

                                                                                                                        5) At least 2 vents for the purpose of venting fire and smoke to the outside of a
                                                                                                                     building shall be provided above a stage designed for theatrical performances and shall
                                                                                                                         a) have an aggregate area not less than one eighth of the area of the stage
                                                                                                                             behind the proscenium opening, and
                                                                                                                         b) be arranged to open automatically upon actuation of the sprinkler system.
                                                                                                                        6) The fire separation referred to in Sentence (3) is not required between a stage and
                                                                                                                     a seating area in a building that is sprinklered throughout, provided a sprinkler deluge
                                                                                                                     system is installed at the boundary between the stage and the seating area.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.15.        Risers for Stairs




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) In a Group A, Division 2 occupancy used for the serving of food and beverages,
                                                                                                                     an interior flight of stairs with fewer than 3 risers is permitted provided it
                                                                                                                         a) is not less than 900 mm wide,
                                                                                                                         b) is illuminated at all times that occupants are on the premises, and
                                                                                                                         c) has a handrail on each side.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.16.        Storage Rooms
                                                                                                                        1) Where storage rooms are required by Part 4 of Division B of the NFC for the
                                                                                                                     storage of flammable liquids or combustible liquids in assembly occupancies, such rooms
                                                                                                                     shall not be located above or below the first storey.

                                                                                                    3.3.2.17.        Safety Glazing
                                                                                                                       1) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), glazing in all fixed and operable panels of
                                                                                                                     doors shall conform to Class A of CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing.”
                                                                                                                       2) Except as permitted in Sentence (4), glazing in all fixed and operable panels of
                                                                                                                     windows shall conform to Class A of CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing.”
                                                                                                                        3) Glazing in individual fixed or operable panels of a door need not comply with
                                                                                                                     Sentence (1), where
                                                                                                                        a) the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is located more than 1 525 mm
                                                                                                                            above the walking surface on each side of the door, or
                                                                                                                        b) the glazed opening in the door does not permit the passage of a sphere
                                                                                                                            whose diameter is more than 75 mm.
                                                                                                                        4) Glazing in individual fixed or operable panels of a window need not comply
                                                                                                                     with Sentence (2), where
                                                                                                                        a) the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is located more than 1 525 mm
                                                                                                                            above the walking surface on each side of the window, or
                                                                                                                        b) the glazing is located more than 915 mm away from the walking surface on
                                                                                                                            each side of the window measured perpendicular to the plane of the glazing.

                                                                                                    3.3.3.           Care, Treatment or Detention Occupancies
                                                                                                    3.3.3.1.         Application
                                                                                                                       1) This Subsection applies to care, treatment and detention occupancies. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-3.3.3.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.3.3.2.         Separations between Care, Treatment or Detention Occupancies and
                                                                                                                     Repair Garages
                                                                                                                        1) The fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.5.(1) between a care, treatment or
                                                                                                                     detention occupancy and a repair garage shall have no openings.

                                                                                                    3.3.3.3.         Corridors
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a corridor used by the public or serving
                                                                                                                     patients' or residents' sleeping rooms shall have no dead-end portion.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-131
                                                                                                    3.3.3.4.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Corridors are permitted to have dead-portions, where
                                                                                                                          a) the area served by the dead-end portion has a second and separate means
                                                                                                                             of egress, or
                                                                                                                          b) the corridor serves a suite of care occupancy and the dead-end portion does
                                                                                                                             not exceed 6 m.
                                                                                                                          3) Corridors shall be not less than
                                                                                                                          a) 2 400 mm wide in buildings of treatment occupancy where the corridors may
                                                                                                                             be used to move patients or residents in beds,
                                                                                                                          b) 1 650 mm wide
                                                                                                                                i) in buildings of care or treatment occupancy where the corridors
                                                                                                                                   will not be used to move patients or residents in beds, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               ii) in buildings of care occupancy with more than 10 residents
                                                                                                                                   and where the corridors serve the residents, or
                                                                                                                          c) 1 100 mm wide in buildings of care occupancy with not more than 10 residents.
                                                                                                                          4) Paired doors in a corridor referred to in Clause (3)(a) shall
                                                                                                                          a) swing in opposite directions, the right-hand door swinging in the direction
                                                                                                                             of travel, and
                                                                                                                          b) be not less than 1 100 mm wide.

                                                                                                    3.3.3.4.           Doorway Width
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and within individual suites of care occupancy,
                                                                                                                       the minimum clear width of a doorway shall be 850 mm where it opens into or is
                                                                                                                       located within a public corridor or other facility that provides access to exit for patients or
                                                                                                                       residents in floor areas containing care or treatment occupancies.
                                                                                                                          2) The minimum clear width of doorways through which it is necessary to move
                                                                                                                       patients in bed shall be 1 050 mm. (See Note A-3.3.3.4.(2).)

                                                                                                    3.3.3.5.           Compartments and Fire Separations
                                                                                                                          1) Floor areas containing patients' or residents' sleeping rooms in a care or treatment
                                                                                                                       occupancy where overnight sleeping accommodation is provided for more than a total
                                                                                                                       of 10 patients or residents shall conform to Sentences (2) to (13).
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a floor area described in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                       be divided into not less than 2 fire compartments, each not more than 1 000 m2 in area.
                                                                                                                           3) The floor area on either side of a horizontal exit conforming to Article 3.4.6.10.
                                                                                                                       is permitted to be considered as a fire compartment in applying the requirements of
                                                                                                                       this Article.
                                                                                                                          4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), fire separations separating fire compartments
                                                                                                                       required by Sentence (2) shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                          5) The fire-resistance rating of a fire separation referred to in Sentence (4) is permitted
                                                                                                                       to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required
                                                                                                                       by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
                                                                                                                           a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
                                                                                                                           b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                          6) The travel distance from any point within each fire compartment referred to in
                                                                                                                       Sentence (2) to a door to an adjoining fire compartment shall be not more than 45 m.
                                                                                                                           7) Each fire compartment referred to in Sentence (2) shall be capable of
                                                                                                                       accommodating, in addition to its own occupants, the occupants of the largest adjacent
                                                                                                                       fire compartment based on a clear floor space of 2.5 m2 per patient in the adjacent fire
                                                                                                                       compartment.
                                                                                                                          8) Except as provided in Sentences (9) to (13), walls between patients' or residents'
                                                                                                                       sleeping rooms and the remainder of the floor area shall be constructed as fire separations
                                                                                                                       but are not required to have a fire-resistance rating unless one is required by other
                                                                                                                       provisions in this Part. (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b).)


                                                                                                    3-132 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                   3.3.3.7.

                                                                                                                        9) The fire separation requirements of Sentence (8) do not apply to walls within
                                                                                                                     a group of intercommunicating patients' or residents' sleeping rooms, provided the
                                                                                                                     group of rooms does not
                                                                                                                         a) contain more than 5 patients or residents, or
                                                                                                                        b) include storage, bathing or toilet facilities serving persons not occupying
                                                                                                                            the group of rooms.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.3.3.5.(9).)
                                                                                                                       10) The fire separation requirements of Sentence (8) do not apply to walls within
                                                                                                                     individual suites of care occupancy.
                                                                                                                      11) A door in a fire separation required by Sentence (8) is permitted to be equipped
                                                                                                                     with a roller latch.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      12) Except as permitted by Sentence (13), a fire separation required by Sentence (8)
                                                                                                                     shall not have any grilles, louvres or other openings.
                                                                                                                       13) A door or wall separating a patient's or resident's sleeping room from an ensuite
                                                                                                                     toilet room, shower room or similar ancillary space is permitted to incorporate grilles
                                                                                                                     and louvres, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the adjacent rooms are not used to store flammable or combustible materials,
                                                                                                                              and
                                                                                                                         b) the openings are located so that smoke cannot pass through these rooms to
                                                                                                                              other parts of the building.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.3.3.5.(13).)
                                                                                                                       14) Walls between individual suites of care occupancy and the remainder of
                                                                                                                     the floor area in buildings of care occupancy shall be constructed as fire separations
                                                                                                                     with a fire-resistance rating not less than that specified for residential occupancies in
                                                                                                                     Sentences 3.3.4.2.(1) and (2).
                                                                                                                      15) Floor assemblies within individual suites of care occupancy need not be
                                                                                                                     constructed as fire separations, provided the suites meet the conditions described in
                                                                                                                     Clauses 3.3.4.2.(3)(a) and (b).
                                                                                                                       16) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.6.(1) is
                                                                                                                     permitted to be waived if the fire separation is located between individual suites of care
                                                                                                                     occupancy and an attached storage garage containing not more than 5 vehicles, provided
                                                                                                                     the conditions described in Sentence 3.3.4.2.(4) are met.

                                                                                                    3.3.3.6.         Areas of Refuge
                                                                                                                        1) Compartments containing rooms such as operating rooms, recovery rooms,
                                                                                                                     delivery rooms and intensive care units, from which it is impracticable to move
                                                                                                                     patients in an emergency, shall be
                                                                                                                         a) separated from adjacent spaces by fire separations having a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                            rating not less than 1 h, and
                                                                                                                        b) provided with a mechanical air supply so that during a period of 2 h after
                                                                                                                            the start of a fire in another space, the compartments will not contain more
                                                                                                                            than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire area.

                                                                                                    3.3.3.7.         Contained Use Areas
                                                                                                                         1) A contained use area shall conform to Sentences (2) to (5).
                                                                                                                         2) A contained use area shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a
                                                                                                                     fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), a building that includes a contained use area
                                                                                                                     shall be sprinklered throughout.
                                                                                                                        4) A contained use area, in a building for which Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. do
                                                                                                                     not require the installation of an automatic sprinkler system, is not required to be
                                                                                                                     sprinklered as required by Sentence (3) provided
                                                                                                                         a) the building is designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire
                                                                                                                             in the contained use area other fire compartments will not contain more than
                                                                                                                             1% by volume of contaminated air from the contained use area,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 3-133
                                                                                                    3.3.4.1.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                          b) the building is designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire
                                                                                                                             in another part of the building the contained use area will not contain more
                                                                                                                             than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the other part of the building,
                                                                                                                          c) all doors are designed to be remotely released in conformance with
                                                                                                                             Sentence 3.3.1.13.(6), and
                                                                                                                          d) the contained use area does not contain any rooms lined with combustible
                                                                                                                             padding.
                                                                                                                          5) A corridor serving a contained use area shall have no dead-end portion unless the
                                                                                                                       area served by the dead-end portion has a second and separate means of egress.

                                                                                                    3.3.4.             Residential Occupancy




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.3.4.1.           Scope
                                                                                                                          1) This Subsection applies to residential occupancies.

                                                                                                    3.3.4.2.           Fire Separations
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.2.2.9.(2), suites of residential
                                                                                                                       occupancy shall be separated from each other and the remainder of the building by a fire
                                                                                                                       separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                          2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                       permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                       required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
                                                                                                                          a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
                                                                                                                          b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                          3) Floor assemblies within a dwelling unit need not be constructed as fire separations
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) the distance between the lowest floor level and the uppermost floor level
                                                                                                                             within the dwelling unit is not more than 6 m, and
                                                                                                                          b) the dwelling unit is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire
                                                                                                                             separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than
                                                                                                                                 i) 1 h if the building is not sprinklered throughout,
                                                                                                                                ii) 45 min if the building is sprinklered throughout and it is not
                                                                                                                                    more than 3 storeys in building height, or
                                                                                                                               iii) 1 h if the building is sprinklered throughout and it is more
                                                                                                                                    than 3 storeys in building height.
                                                                                                                          4) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.6.(1) is
                                                                                                                       permitted to be waived if the fire separation is located between a dwelling unit and an
                                                                                                                       attached storage garage containing not more than 5 vehicles, provided
                                                                                                                           a) the dwelling unit and the attached storage garage are sprinklered,
                                                                                                                           b) the dwelling unit and the attached storage garage are separated from the
                                                                                                                              remainder of the building in conformance with Sentences (1) to (3),
                                                                                                                           c) there are no air duct systems connecting the storage garage and the dwelling
                                                                                                                              unit,
                                                                                                                           d) the construction between the storage garage and the dwelling unit provides an
                                                                                                                              effective barrier to gas and exhaust fumes, and
                                                                                                                           e) every door between the storage garage and the dwelling unit is
                                                                                                                                 i) tight fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective
                                                                                                                                    barrier against the passage of gas and exhaust fumes,
                                                                                                                                ii) fitted with a self-closing device, and
                                                                                                                               iii) not located in a room intended for sleeping.
                                                                                                                         5) The fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.6.(1) is not required between a
                                                                                                                       dwelling unit and an attached storage garage, serving that dwelling unit only, provided
                                                                                                                          a) the dwelling unit and its attached storage garage are separated from the
                                                                                                                              remainder of the building in conformance with Sentences (1) to (3),
                                                                                                                          b) there are no air duct systems connecting the storage garage and the dwelling
                                                                                                                              unit,


                                                                                                    3-134 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.3.4.4.

                                                                                                                         c) the construction between the storage garage and the dwelling unit provides an
                                                                                                                            effective barrier to gas and exhaust fumes, and
                                                                                                                         d) every door between the storage garage and the dwelling unit is
                                                                                                                               i) tight fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective
                                                                                                                                  barrier against the passage of gas and exhaust fumes,
                                                                                                                              ii) fitted with a self-closing device, and
                                                                                                                             iii) not located in a room intended for sleeping.

                                                                                                    3.3.4.3.         Storage Rooms
                                                                                                                         1) Sprinklers shall be installed in a storage room provided for the use of tenants in
                                                                                                                     a residential occupancy within a floor area but not contained within a suite.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a storage room referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                        3) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (2) is
                                                                                                                     permitted to be less than 1 h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                     required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
                                                                                                                        a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
                                                                                                                        b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                        4) Except for the storage of flammable liquids and combustible liquids inside a
                                                                                                                     single-family dwelling unit and garages or sheds attached to these dwelling units, where
                                                                                                                     storage rooms are required by Part 4 of Division B of the NFC for the storage of
                                                                                                                     flammable liquids or combustible liquids in residential occupancies, such rooms shall not be
                                                                                                                     located above or below the first storey.

                                                                                                    3.3.4.4.         Egress from Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                        1) Single storey dwelling units in an apartment building need not lead to a public
                                                                                                                     corridor or exterior passageway on the same storey provided the dwelling units are
                                                                                                                     served by private stairways leading directly to a public access to exit on the storey
                                                                                                                         a) immediately above, and
                                                                                                                         b) immediately below.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.3.4.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), a dwelling unit containing more
                                                                                                                     than one storey shall have an exit door or an egress door opening directly into a public
                                                                                                                     access to exit from the uppermost storey and from the lowest storey of the dwelling unit so
                                                                                                                     that each of these storeys is served by an exit or egress door located not more than 1.5 m
                                                                                                                     above or below its floor level.
                                                                                                                       3) A single exit is permitted from a dwelling unit provided the exit is an exterior
                                                                                                                     doorway not more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level and
                                                                                                                        a) it is not necessary to travel up or down more than one storey to reach the
                                                                                                                           exit door, or
                                                                                                                        b) the uppermost floor level opens to a balcony not more than 6 m above
                                                                                                                           adjacent ground level.
                                                                                                                        4) An egress door from either the uppermost storey or the lowest storey of a
                                                                                                                     dwelling unit, as required by Sentence (2), need not be provided if that storey is served
                                                                                                                     by a stairway that
                                                                                                                        a) leads to a public access to exit,
                                                                                                                        b) has no direct access to any other storey in the dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                        c) is separated from the other storeys in the dwelling unit by a fire separation
                                                                                                                             having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
                                                                                                                        5) In a building of residential occupancy not more than 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                     a doorway from a dwelling unit is permitted to open directly into an exit stairway
                                                                                                                     provided the dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress.
                                                                                                                        6) If a dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress, one means of egress
                                                                                                                     from a dwelling unit is permitted to pass through
                                                                                                                        a) an interior corridor served by a single exit,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-135
                                                                                                    3.3.4.5.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          b) an exterior balcony served by a single exit stairway, or
                                                                                                                          c) an exterior passageway served by a single exit stairway.

                                                                                                    3.3.4.5.           Automatic Locking Prohibition
                                                                                                                          1) Except for hotels and motels, a door opening onto a public corridor which
                                                                                                                       provides access to exit from a suite shall be designed not to lock automatically. (See
                                                                                                                       Note A-3.3.4.5.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.3.4.6.           Sound Transmission
                                                                                                                          1) Occupants of dwelling units shall be protected from airborne noise in
                                                                                                                       conformance with Section 5.8.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.3.4.7.           Stairs, Ramps, Landings, Handrails and Guards for Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                          1) Except as required in Article 3.3.4.8., stairs, ramps, landings, handrails and
                                                                                                                       guards within a dwelling unit shall conform to the appropriate requirements in
                                                                                                                       Section 9.8.
                                                                                                                          2) Exterior stairs, ramps, landings, handrails and guards serving a single dwelling
                                                                                                                       unit, and loads on guards serving not more than two dwelling units, shall conform to the
                                                                                                                       appropriate requirements in Section 9.8.

                                                                                                    3.3.4.8.           Protection of Openable Windows
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), openable windows in suites of residential
                                                                                                                       occupancy shall be protected by
                                                                                                                           a) a guard with a minimum height of 1 070 mm constructed in accordance
                                                                                                                              with Article 3.3.1.18., or
                                                                                                                          b) a mechanism that can only be released with the use of tools or special
                                                                                                                              knowledge to control the free swinging or sliding operation of the openable
                                                                                                                              part of the window so as to limit any clear unobstructed opening to not
                                                                                                                              more than 100 mm measured either vertically or horizontally.
                                                                                                                          2) Windows need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (1) where
                                                                                                                          a) the only opening having greater dimensions than those allowed by
                                                                                                                             Clause (1)(b) is located higher than 1 070 mm above the finished floor, or
                                                                                                                          b) the bottom edge of the openable portion of the window is located less than
                                                                                                                             1 800 mm above the floor or ground on the other side of the window.

                                                                                                    3.3.5.             Industrial Occupancy
                                                                                                    3.3.5.1.           Scope
                                                                                                                          1) This Subsection applies to industrial occupancies.

                                                                                                    3.3.5.2.           Fire Extinguishing Systems
                                                                                                                           1) In addition to other requirements in this Code for the installation of automatic
                                                                                                                       fire extinguishing systems, an appropriate fire extinguishing system shall be installed
                                                                                                                       in every industrial occupancy floor area to provide protection if required by
                                                                                                                           a) provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
                                                                                                                           b) the NFC, in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).

                                                                                                    3.3.5.3.           Basements
                                                                                                                          1) A basement shall not be used for the storage, manufacture or handling of volatile
                                                                                                                       solids, liquids or gases that generate explosive air-vapour mixtures or for processes
                                                                                                                       that involve explosive dusts.
                                                                                                                          2) Entrances and exits to a basement and to rooms containing building services shall
                                                                                                                       be separate from the remainder of the building in a building in which
                                                                                                                           a) the storage, manufacture or handling of volatile materials can generate
                                                                                                                              explosive air-vapour mixtures, or
                                                                                                                           b) processes occur that produce explosive dusts.


                                                                                                    3-136 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.3.5.7.

                                                                                                                        3) Basements and rooms referred to in Sentence (2) shall be separated from the
                                                                                                                     remainder of the building with a vapour-tight separation.

                                                                                                    3.3.5.4.         Repair and Storage Garages
                                                                                                                        1) If access is provided from a storage garage to a stair tower or elevator serving
                                                                                                                     occupancies above the level of the storage garage, the access shall be through a vestibule
                                                                                                                     conforming to Sentence 3.3.5.7.(4).
                                                                                                                        2) Treads and landings in interior stairs that extend to the roof of a storage garage
                                                                                                                     shall be designed to be free of accumulations of ice and snow.
                                                                                                                        3) A mechanical storage garage not more than 4 storeys in building height, in which




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     no persons other than parking attendants are permitted above the street floor level,
                                                                                                                     need not have a fire separation between the exits and the remainder of the building.
                                                                                                                        4) A garage shall be provided with natural or mechanical ventilation in
                                                                                                                     conformance with the requirements of Subsection 6.3.1. and Article 6.9.1.2. to prevent
                                                                                                                     excessive accumulation of carbon monoxide, exhaust fumes or flammable and toxic
                                                                                                                     vapours.
                                                                                                                         5) The clear height in a storage garage shall be not less than 2 m.
                                                                                                                        6) Where garage floors or ramps are 600 mm or more above the adjacent ground
                                                                                                                     or floor level, every opening through such floors and the perimeter of floors and ramps
                                                                                                                     shall be provided with
                                                                                                                         a) a continuous curb not less than 140 mm high, a guard not less than 1 070 mm
                                                                                                                             high, and a vehicle guardrail not less than 500 mm high conforming to
                                                                                                                             Sentence (7), or
                                                                                                                         b) a full-height wall conforming to Sentence (7).
                                                                                                                        7) Vehicle guardrails and full-height walls required in Sentence (6) shall
                                                                                                                     be designed and constructed to withstand the loading values stipulated in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 4.1.5.15.(1).
                                                                                                                        8) Except for open-air storeys, every storey of a storage garage or repair garage located
                                                                                                                     below grade shall be sprinklered.

                                                                                                    3.3.5.5.         Repair Garage Separation
                                                                                                                        1) A repair garage and any ancillary spaces serving it, including waiting rooms,
                                                                                                                     reception rooms, tool and parts storage areas and supervisory office space, shall be
                                                                                                                     separated from other occupancies by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                     less than 2 h.

                                                                                                    3.3.5.6.         Storage Garage Separation
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences 3.3.4.2.(4) and (5), a storage garage shall be
                                                                                                                     separated from other occupancies by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                     less than 1.5 h.

                                                                                                    3.3.5.7.         Vestibules
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), if access is provided through a fire separation
                                                                                                                     between a storage garage and a Group A, Division 1 or Group B occupancy, the access
                                                                                                                     shall be through a vestibule conforming to Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                        2) If access is provided through a fire separation between a storage garage and a
                                                                                                                     Group B, Division 3 occupancy with not more than 10 occupants, access need not be
                                                                                                                     through a vestibule, provided the fire separation complies with Clauses 3.3.4.2.(5)(b)
                                                                                                                     to (d).
                                                                                                                        3) In a building more than 3 storeys in building height, access through a fire separation
                                                                                                                     between a storage garage and a Group A, Division 2, 3 or 4, or a Group C occupancy,
                                                                                                                     shall be through a vestibule conforming to Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                       4) If access is provided through a vestibule, as required by Sentences (1), (3)
                                                                                                                     and 3.3.5.4.(1), the vestibule shall
                                                                                                                        a) be not less than 1.8 m long,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-137
                                                                                                    3.3.5.8.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                          b) be ventilated
                                                                                                                                i) naturally to outside air by a vent that has an unobstructed
                                                                                                                                   area of not less than 0.1 m2 for each door that opens into the
                                                                                                                                   vestibule but not less than 0.4 m2, or
                                                                                                                               ii) mechanically at a rate of 14 m3/h for each square metre of
                                                                                                                                   vestibule floor surface area, and
                                                                                                                          c) have openings between the vestibule and an adjoining occupancy provided
                                                                                                                             with self-closing doors with no hold-open devices.

                                                                                                    3.3.5.8.           Dispensing of Fuel

                                                                                                                          1) Facilities for the dispensing of fuel having a flash point below 37.8°C shall not be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       installed above any space intended for occupancy.

                                                                                                                           2) Facilities for the dispensing of fuel having a flash point below 37.8°C shall not be
                                                                                                                       installed in any building, except that this requirement does not apply to a canopy which
                                                                                                                       is open on not less than 75% of its perimeter.

                                                                                                    3.3.5.9.           Multiple-Tenant Self-Storage Warehouses

                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence 3.9.3.1.(5) or unless the building is sprinklered
                                                                                                                       throughout, each individual tenancy in a multiple tenant self storage warehouse
                                                                                                                       classified as an industrial occupancy shall be separated from the remainder of the
                                                                                                                       building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.

                                                                                                    3.3.5.10.          Guards

                                                                                                                          1) Except where they serve storage garages, guards in industrial occupancies are
                                                                                                                       permitted to consist of
                                                                                                                          a) a top railing, and
                                                                                                                          b) one or more intermediate rails spaced such that openings through the
                                                                                                                              guard are of a size that prevents the passage of a spherical object whose
                                                                                                                              diameter is 535 mm.

                                                                                                    3.3.6.             Design of Hazardous Areas

                                                                                                    3.3.6.1.           Application

                                                                                                                          1) This Subsection applies to design and fire protection requirements for buildings
                                                                                                                       or parts thereof used for the storage, handling, use and processing of dangerous goods,
                                                                                                                       including flammable liquids and combustible liquids, in quantities in excess of those
                                                                                                                       identified in Table 3.2.7.1. of Division B of the NFC. (See Note A-3.3.6.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.3.6.2.           Storage of Dangerous Goods

                                                                                                                           1) Solid and liquid dangerous goods classified as oxidizers or organic peroxides
                                                                                                                       shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.

                                                                                                                          2) Reactive materials shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire
                                                                                                                       separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h. (See Note A-3.3.6.2.(2).)

                                                                                                                          3) The design of buildings or parts thereof used for the storage of dangerous goods
                                                                                                                       classified as explosives shall conform to the “Explosives Act” and its Regulations,
                                                                                                                       published by Natural Resources Canada.

                                                                                                                          4) Where wiring or electrical equipment is located in areas in which flammable
                                                                                                                       gases or vapours, combustible dusts or combustible fibres are present in quantities
                                                                                                                       sufficient to create a hazard, such wiring and electrical equipment shall conform
                                                                                                                       to CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” for hazardous locations. (See
                                                                                                                       Note A-3.3.6.2.(4).)


                                                                                                    3-138 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              3.3.6.6.

                                                                                                    3.3.6.3.         Indoor Storage of Anhydrous Ammonia and Flammable, Toxic and
                                                                                                                     Oxidizing Gases
                                                                                                                        1) Where required by the NFC, cylinders of dangerous goods classified as flammable
                                                                                                                     gases stored indoors shall be located in a room
                                                                                                                        a) that is separated from the remainder of the building by a gas-tight fire
                                                                                                                            separation having a fire-resistance rating of at least 2 h,
                                                                                                                        b) that is located on an exterior wall of the building,
                                                                                                                        c) that can be entered from the exterior, and
                                                                                                                        d) whose closures leading to the interior of the building are
                                                                                                                               i) equipped with self-closing devices that keep the closures
                                                                                                                                  closed when not in use, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              ii) constructed so as to prevent the migration of gases from the
                                                                                                                                  room into other parts of the building.
                                                                                                                        2) Where required by the NFC, cylinders of anhydrous ammonia or dangerous
                                                                                                                     goods classified as toxic or oxidizing gases stored indoors shall be located in a room
                                                                                                                        a) that is separated from the remainder of the building by a gas-tight fire
                                                                                                                             separation having a fire-resistance rating of at least 1 h,
                                                                                                                        b) that is located on an exterior wall of the building,
                                                                                                                        c) that can be entered from the exterior, and
                                                                                                                        d) whose closures leading to the interior of the building are
                                                                                                                                i) equipped with self-closing devices that keep the closures
                                                                                                                                   closed when not in use, and
                                                                                                                               ii) constructed so as to prevent the migration of gases from the
                                                                                                                                   room into other parts of the building.

                                                                                                    3.3.6.4.         Storage and Dispensing Rooms for Flammable Liquids and
                                                                                                                     Combustible Liquids
                                                                                                                        1) Fire separations for rooms where flammable liquids and combustible liquids are
                                                                                                                     stored are required to be constructed with a fire-resistance rating in conformance with
                                                                                                                     Subsection 4.2.9. of Division B of the NFC.
                                                                                                                         2) Where Class IA or IB liquids specified in Subsection 4.1.2. of Division B of the
                                                                                                                     NFC are dispensed within a storage room, the room shall be designed to prevent
                                                                                                                     critical structural and mechanical damage from an internal explosion in conformance
                                                                                                                     with good engineering practice such as that described in NFPA 68, “Standard on
                                                                                                                     Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting.” (See Note A-3.3.6.4.(2).)

                                                                                                    3.3.6.5.         Tire Storage
                                                                                                                         1) A tire storage area designed to contain more than 375 m3 of rubber tires shall be
                                                                                                                     separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     rating of not less than 2 h. (See Note A-3.3.6.5.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.3.6.6.         Ammonium Nitrate Storage
                                                                                                                        1) Where Article 3.2.9.1. of Division B of the NFC applies due to the quantity and
                                                                                                                     nature of the stored product, and as stipulated in Sentences (2) to (6), buildings used
                                                                                                                     for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall be classified as medium-hazard industrial
                                                                                                                     occupancies (Group F, Division 2).
                                                                                                                       2) Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall be not more than
                                                                                                                     one storey in building height.
                                                                                                                         3) Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall not
                                                                                                                         a) have basements or crawl spaces, or
                                                                                                                         b) contain open floor drains, tunnels, elevator pits or other pockets that might
                                                                                                                            trap molten ammonium nitrate.
                                                                                                                        4) Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall have not less
                                                                                                                     than 0.007 m2 of vent area for each square metre of storage area, unless mechanical
                                                                                                                     ventilation is provided.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-139
                                                                                                    3.3.6.7.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                          5) All flooring in storage areas described in Sentence (1) shall be constructed of
                                                                                                                       noncombustible materials.
                                                                                                                          6) Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall be designed to
                                                                                                                       prevent the ammonium nitrate from coming into contact with building materials that
                                                                                                                           a) will cause the ammonium nitrate to become unstable,
                                                                                                                          b) may corrode or deteriorate by reason of contact with the ammonium nitrate,
                                                                                                                              or
                                                                                                                           c) will become impregnated with the ammonium nitrate.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.3.6.6.(6).)

                                                                                                    3.3.6.7.           Flooring Materials




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) Floors in areas where dangerous goods are stored shall be constructed of
                                                                                                                       impermeable materials to prevent the absorption of chemicals.

                                                                                                    3.3.6.8.           Fire Separations in Process Plants
                                                                                                                           1) In process plants, areas where unstable liquids are handled or where small-scale
                                                                                                                       unit chemical processes occur shall be separated from the remainder of the building by
                                                                                                                       a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.

                                                                                                    3.3.6.9.           Basements and Pits
                                                                                                                         1) Process plants where Class I and II flammable liquids and combustible liquids are
                                                                                                                       handled shall not be constructed with basements or covered pits.


                                                                                                    Section 3.4. Exits
                                                                                                    3.4.1.             General
                                                                                                    3.4.1.1.           Scope
                                                                                                                          1) Exit facilities complying with this Section shall be provided from every floor area
                                                                                                                       that is intended for occupancy. (See Note A-3.4.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.4.1.2.           Separation of Exits
                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), if more than one exit is required from a
                                                                                                                       floor area, each exit shall be separate from every other exit leading from that floor area.
                                                                                                                           2) If more than 2 exits are provided from a floor area, exits are permitted to
                                                                                                                       converge in conformance with Sentence 3.4.3.1.(2), provided the cumulative capacity
                                                                                                                       of the converging exits does not contribute more than 50% of the total required exit
                                                                                                                       width for the floor area.

                                                                                                    3.4.1.3.           Access to Exits
                                                                                                                          1) Access to exits shall conform to Section 3.3.

                                                                                                    3.4.1.4.           Types of Exit
                                                                                                                         1) Subject to the requirements of this Section, an exit from any floor area shall be
                                                                                                                       one of the following, used singly or in combination:
                                                                                                                          a) an exterior doorway,
                                                                                                                          b) an exterior passageway,
                                                                                                                          c) an exterior ramp,
                                                                                                                          d) an exterior stairway,
                                                                                                                          e) a fire escape (conforming to Subsection 3.4.7.),
                                                                                                                          f) a horizontal exit,
                                                                                                                          g) an interior passageway,
                                                                                                                          h) an interior ramp, or
                                                                                                                           i) an interior stairway.


                                                                                                    3-140 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                          3.4.2.1.

                                                                                                    3.4.1.5.              Exterior Exit Passageways
                                                                                                                            1) Access to an exterior exit passageway from a floor area shall be through exit
                                                                                                                          doors at the floor level.

                                                                                                    3.4.1.6.              Restricted Use of Horizontal Exits
                                                                                                                             1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), horizontal exits shall not comprise more
                                                                                                                          than one half of the required number of exits from any floor area.
                                                                                                                             2) In a hospital or nursing home with treatment, horizontal exits serving patients'
                                                                                                                          sleeping rooms shall comprise not more than two thirds of the required number of exits
                                                                                                                          from any floor area. (See Note A-3.4.1.6.(2).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.4.1.7.              Slide Escapes
                                                                                                                             1) A slide escape shall not be erected on any building as a required exit, but is
                                                                                                                          permitted to be provided as an additional egress facility if unusual hazards are
                                                                                                                          foreseen.

                                                                                                    3.4.1.8.              Transparent Doors and Panels
                                                                                                                             1) Glass and transparent panels in an exit shall conform to the appropriate
                                                                                                                          requirements of Article 3.3.1.20. for glass and transparent panels in an access to exit.

                                                                                                    3.4.1.9.              Mirrors near Exits
                                                                                                                             1) No mirror shall be placed in or adjacent to any exit in a manner that would
                                                                                                                          confuse the direction of exit.

                                                                                                    3.4.1.10.             Combustible Glazing in Exits
                                                                                                                             1) Combustible glazing is not permitted in wall or ceiling assemblies or in closures
                                                                                                                          used to construct an exit enclosure.

                                                                                                    3.4.2.                Number and Location of Exits from Floor Areas
                                                                                                    3.4.2.1.              Minimum Number of Exits
                                                                                                                             1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), every floor area intended for
                                                                                                                          occupancy shall be served by at least 2 exits.
                                                                                                                             2) A floor area in a building not more than 2 storeys in building height, is permitted
                                                                                                                          to be served by one exit provided the total occupant load served by the exit is not more
                                                                                                                          than 60, and
                                                                                                                              a) in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, the floor area and the travel
                                                                                                                                  distance are not more than the values in Table 3.4.2.1.-A, or
                                                                                                                              b) in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout
                                                                                                                                     i) the travel distance is not more than 25 m, and
                                                                                                                                    ii) the floor area is not more than the value in Table 3.4.2.1.-B.

                                                                                                                                                               Table 3.4.2.1.-A
                                                                                                                                      Criteria for One Exit (Floor Area Not Sprinklered Throughout)
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2)

                                                                                                                  Occupancy of Floor Area                     Maximum Floor Area, m2                  Maximum Travel Distance, m
                                                                                                    Group A                                                            150                                       15
                                                                                                    Group B                                                             75                                       10
                                                                                                    Group C                                                            100                                       15
                                                                                                    Group D                                                            200                                       25
                                                                                                    Group E                                                            150                                       15
                                                                                                    Group F, Division 2                                                150                                       10
                                                                                                    Group F, Division 3                                                200                                       15


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                    Division B 3-141
                                                                                                    3.4.2.2.                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table 3.4.2.1.-B
                                                                                                                                          Criteria for One Exit (Floor Area Sprinklered Throughout)
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2)

                                                                                                                               Occupancy of Floor Area                                        Maximum Floor Area, m2
                                                                                                    Group A                                                                                            200
                                                                                                    Group B                                                                                            100
                                                                                                    Group C                                                                                            150
                                                                                                    Group D                                                                                            300
                                                                                                    Group E                                                                                            200




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Group F, Division 2                                                                                200
                                                                                                    Group F, Division 3                                                                                300


                                                                                                                              3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), if Sentence (2) permits a single exit from
                                                                                                                          a floor area classified as Group B or Group C occupancy, the exit shall be an exterior
                                                                                                                          doorway not more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.
                                                                                                                            4) The requirements of Sentences (1) and (2) are permitted to be waived for
                                                                                                                          dwelling units that have an access to exit conforming to Sentences 3.3.4.4.(1) to (4).
                                                                                                                             5) Exits are not required directly from rooftop enclosures that are provided with
                                                                                                                          access to exits in conformance with Sentences 3.3.1.3.(5) and (6).

                                                                                                    3.4.2.2.              Means of Egress from Mezzanines
                                                                                                                             1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the space above a mezzanine shall
                                                                                                                          be served by means of egress leading to exits accessible at the mezzanine level on the
                                                                                                                          same basis as floor areas.
                                                                                                                             2) The means of egress from a mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                             a) the mezzanine is not required to terminate at a vertical fire separation, as
                                                                                                                                permitted in Sentence 3.2.8.2.(1),
                                                                                                                             b) the occupant load of the mezzanine is not more than 60,
                                                                                                                             c) the area of the mezzanine does not exceed the area limits stated in
                                                                                                                                Table 3.4.2.2., and
                                                                                                                             d) the distance limits stated in Table 3.4.2.2. measured along the path of travel
                                                                                                                                are not exceeded from any point on the mezzanine to
                                                                                                                                   i) an egress door serving the space that the mezzanine
                                                                                                                                      overlooks, if the space is served by a single egress door, or
                                                                                                                                  ii) the egress stairway leading to an access to exit in the space
                                                                                                                                      below if that space is required to be served by 2 or more
                                                                                                                                      egress doorways in conformance with Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1).
                                                                                                                             3) At least half of the required means of egress from a mezzanine shall comply with
                                                                                                                          Sentence (1) if the mezzanine is not required to terminate at a fire separation as permitted
                                                                                                                          by Sentence 3.2.8.2.(1).

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 3.4.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                  Criteria for Egress from Mezzanine Space
                                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.2.2.(2)

                                                                                                                 Occupancy of Space                           Maximum Area, m2                          Distance Limits, m
                                                                                                    Assembly occupancy                                              150                                        15
                                                                                                    Residential occupancy                                           100                                        15
                                                                                                    Business and personal services occupancy                        200                                        25
                                                                                                    Mercantile occupancy                                            150                                        15
                                                                                                    Medium-hazard industrial occupancy                              150                                        10
                                                                                                    Low-hazard industrial occupancy                                 200                                        15


                                                                                                    3-142 Division B                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 3.4.2.5.

                                                                                                    3.4.2.3.         Distance between Exits
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the least distance between 2 exits from
                                                                                                                     a floor area shall be
                                                                                                                         a) one half the maximum diagonal dimension of the floor area, but need not be
                                                                                                                              more than 9 m for a floor area having a public corridor, or
                                                                                                                         b) one half the maximum diagonal dimension of the floor area, but not less than
                                                                                                                              9 m for all other floor areas.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.4.2.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Exits need not comply with Sentence (1) where
                                                                                                                         a) the floor area is divided so that not less than one third of the floor area is




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            on each side of a fire separation, and
                                                                                                                         b) it is necessary to pass through the fire separation to travel from one exit to
                                                                                                                            another exit.
                                                                                                                        3) The minimum distance between exits referred to in Sentence (1) shall be the
                                                                                                                     shortest distance that smoke would have to travel between the exits, assuming that the
                                                                                                                     smoke will not penetrate an intervening fire separation.
                                                                                                                        4) The distance between 2 exterior discharges of exit stairs serving the same floor
                                                                                                                     area shall be
                                                                                                                         a) not less than 9 m, or
                                                                                                                         b) not less than 6 m, where
                                                                                                                                i) the building is sprinklered throughout, and
                                                                                                                               ii) the 2 exterior discharges are located within 15 m of a street.

                                                                                                    3.4.2.4.         Travel Distance
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), for the purposes of this Subsection, travel
                                                                                                                     distance means the distance from any point in the floor area to an exit measured along
                                                                                                                     the path of travel to the exit.
                                                                                                                       2) The travel distance from a suite or a room not within a suite is permitted to be
                                                                                                                     measured from an egress door of the suite or room to the nearest exit, provided
                                                                                                                       a) the suite or room is separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire
                                                                                                                           separation
                                                                                                                               i) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min in a floor
                                                                                                                                  area that is not sprinklered throughout, or
                                                                                                                              ii) which is not required to have a fire-resistance rating, in a floor
                                                                                                                                  area that is sprinklered throughout, and
                                                                                                                       b) the egress door opens onto
                                                                                                                               i) an exterior passageway,
                                                                                                                              ii) a corridor used by the public that is separated from
                                                                                                                                  the remainder of the floor area in conformance with the
                                                                                                                                  requirements in Article 3.3.1.4. for the separation of public
                                                                                                                                  corridors, or
                                                                                                                             iii) a public corridor that is separated from the remainder of
                                                                                                                                  the floor area in conformance with Article 3.3.1.4. (see
                                                                                                                                  Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b)).
                                                                                                                        3) Travel distance to an exit shall be not more than 50 m from any point in a service
                                                                                                                     space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8).

                                                                                                    3.4.2.5.         Location of Exits
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.3.2.5.(6), if more than one exit is
                                                                                                                     required from a floor area, the exits shall be located so that the travel distance to at least
                                                                                                                     one exit shall be not more than
                                                                                                                        a) 25 m in a high-hazard industrial occupancy,
                                                                                                                        b) 40 m in a business and personal services occupancy,
                                                                                                                        c) 45 m in a floor area that contains an occupancy other than a high-hazard
                                                                                                                            industrial occupancy, provided it is sprinklered throughout,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 3-143
                                                                                                    3.4.2.6.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                          d) 105 m in any floor area, served by a public corridor, in which rooms and suites
                                                                                                                             are not separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation,
                                                                                                                             provided
                                                                                                                                i) the public corridor is not less than 9 m wide,
                                                                                                                               ii) the ceiling height in the public corridor is not less than 4 m
                                                                                                                                   above all floor surfaces,
                                                                                                                              iii) the building is sprinklered throughout, and
                                                                                                                              iv) not more than one half of the required egress doorways
                                                                                                                                   from a room or suite open into the public corridor if the room
                                                                                                                                   or suite is required to have more than one egress doorway,
                                                                                                                          e) 60 m in any storage garage that conforms to the requirements of
                                                                                                                             Article 3.2.2.92., and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          f) 30 m in any floor area other than those referred to in Clauses (a) to (e).
                                                                                                                           2) Except for a high-hazard industrial occupancy, Sentence (1) need not apply if
                                                                                                                       exits are placed along the perimeter of the floor area and are not more than 60 m apart,
                                                                                                                       measured along the perimeter, provided each main aisle in the floor area leads directly
                                                                                                                       to an exit.
                                                                                                                          3) Exits shall be located and arranged so that they are clearly visible or their
                                                                                                                       locations are clearly indicated and they are accessible at all times.

                                                                                                    3.4.2.6.           Principal Entrances
                                                                                                                          1) For the purposes of this Section, at least one door at every principal entrance
                                                                                                                       to a building providing access from the exterior at ground level shall be designed in
                                                                                                                       accordance with the requirements for exits.
                                                                                                                          2) In a building that is not sprinklered throughout in accordance with
                                                                                                                       Sentence 3.2.5.12.(1), the principal entrance serving a dance hall or a licensed beverage
                                                                                                                       establishment with an occupant load more than 250 shall provide at least one half of
                                                                                                                       the required exit width.

                                                                                                    3.4.3.             Width and Height of Exits
                                                                                                    3.4.3.1.           Exit Width Based on Occupant Load
                                                                                                                          1) For the purpose of determining the aggregate width of exits, the occupant load of
                                                                                                                       every room or floor area shall be determined in conformance with Subsection 3.1.17.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.4.3.2.(4), the required exit width shall be
                                                                                                                       cumulative if 2 or more exits converge.

                                                                                                    3.4.3.2.           Exit Width
                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the minimum aggregate required width of
                                                                                                                       exits serving floor areas intended for assembly occupancies, residential occupancies, business
                                                                                                                       and personal services occupancies, mercantile occupancies, and industrial occupancies shall be
                                                                                                                       determined by multiplying the occupant load of the area served by
                                                                                                                           a) 6.1 mm per person for ramps with a slope of not more than 1 in 8, doorways,
                                                                                                                               corridors and passageways,
                                                                                                                           b) 8 mm per person for a stair consisting of steps whose rise is not more than
                                                                                                                               180 mm and whose run is not less than 280 mm, or
                                                                                                                           c) 9.2 mm per person for
                                                                                                                                  i) ramps with a slope of more than 1 in 8, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) stairs, other than stairs conforming to Clause (b).
                                                                                                                           2) The minimum aggregate width of exits serving floor areas intended for a care,
                                                                                                                       treatment or detention occupancy shall be determined by multiplying the occupant load of
                                                                                                                       the area served by 18.4 mm per person.
                                                                                                                          3) The minimum aggregate width of means of egress serving a Group A, Division 4
                                                                                                                       occupancy shall be determined by multiplying the occupant load of the area served by
                                                                                                                           a) 1.8 mm per person for
                                                                                                                                 i) aisles,


                                                                                                    3-144 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                  3.4.3.2.

                                                                                                                                     ii) stairs other than exit stairs, and
                                                                                                                                    iii) ramps and passageways in vomitories and exits, and
                                                                                                                                b) 2.4 mm per person for exit stairs.
                                                                                                                               4) Except as required by Sentences 3.4.3.2.(5) and (6), the required exit width need
                                                                                                                            not be cumulative in an exit serving 2 or more floor areas located one above the other.
                                                                                                                              5) The required exit width for an exit stair in an assembly hall or theatre serving
                                                                                                                            more than one balcony level shall conform to Sentence (6).
                                                                                                                               6) The required exit width for exit stairs that serve interconnected floor space
                                                                                                                            designed in accordance with Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8. shall be cumulative, unless
                                                                                                                                a) the stairs provide not less than 0.3 m2 of area of treads and landings for each




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   occupant of the interconnected floor space (see Note A-3.4.3.2.(6)(a)), or
                                                                                                                               b) protected floor spaces conforming to Article 3.2.8.5. are provided at each floor
                                                                                                                                   level and the protected floor space on a floor level has not less than 0.5 m2 of
                                                                                                                                   space for each occupant of that floor level of the interconnected floor space.
                                                                                                                            (See Note A-3.4.3.2.(6).)
                                                                                                                               7) If more than one exit is required, every exit shall be considered as contributing
                                                                                                                            not more than one half of the required exit width.
                                                                                                                                8) The minimum widths of exits shall conform to Tables 3.4.3.2.-A and 3.4.3.2.-B.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 3.4.3.2.-A
                                                                                                                                Minimum Widths of Exit Corridors, Passageways, Ramps, Stairs and Doorways
                                                                                                                                    in Group A, Group B, Division 1, and Groups C, D, E and F Occupancies
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.3.2.(8)

                                                                                                                                                        Exit Corridors and
                                                                                                                Occupancy Classification                                              Ramps, mm                  Stairs, mm                Doorways, mm
                                                                                                                                                        Passageways, mm
                                                                                                     Group A, Group B, Division 1, Group C,                                                                           900 (1)
                                                                                                                                                               1 100                     1 100                                                  850
                                                                                                     Group D, Group E, Group F                                                                                       1 100 (2)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.4.3.2.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   Serving not more than 2 storeys above the lowest exit level or not more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.
                                                                                                    (2)   Serving more than 2 storeys above the lowest exit level or more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.


                                                                                                                                                          Table 3.4.3.2.-B
                                                                                                          Minimum Widths of Exit Corridors, Passageways, Ramps, Stairs and Doorways in Group B, Division 2 and Division 3
                                                                                                                                                           Occupancies
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.3.2.(8)

                                                                                                                                                                       Ramps, mm                        Stairs, mm                     Doorways, mm
                                                                                                                                            Exit Corridors    Not serving       Serving       Not serving        Serving         Not serving       Serving
                                                                                                           Occupancy Classification         and Passage-      patients' or    patients' or    patients' or     patients' or      patients' or    patients' or
                                                                                                                                             ways, mm          residents'      residents'      residents'       residents'        residents'      residents'
                                                                                                                                                                sleeping        sleeping        sleeping         sleeping          sleeping        sleeping
                                                                                                                                                                rooms (1)       rooms (1)       rooms (1)        rooms (1)         rooms (1)       rooms (1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                  900 (2)
                                                                                                     Group B, Division 2                        1 100            1 100           1 650                            1 650              850              1 050
                                                                                                                                                                                                 1 100 (3)
                                                                                                     Group B, Division 3
                                                                                                                                                                                                  900 (2)        1 100 (2)
                                                                                                           with more than 10 residents          1 100            1 100           1 100                                               850              850
                                                                                                                                                                                                 1 100 (3)       1 650 (3)
                                                                                                           with not more than 10                                                                  900 (2)         900 (2)
                                                                                                                                                1 100            1 100           1 100                                               850              850
                                                                                                           residents                                                                             1 100 (3)       1 100 (3)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 3.4.3.2.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Minimum widths of ramps, stairs and doorways do not apply within individual suites of care occupancy.
                                                                                                    (2)   Serving not more than 2 storeys above the lowest exit level or not more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.
                                                                                                    (3)   Serving more than 2 storeys above the lowest exit level or more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                          Division B 3-145
                                                                                                    3.4.3.3.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                    3.4.3.3.           Exit Width Reduction
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (4), no fixture, turnstile or
                                                                                                                       construction shall project into or be fixed within the required width of an exit.
                                                                                                                          2) Swinging doors in their swing shall not reduce the required width of exit stairs
                                                                                                                       or landings to less than 750 mm or reduce the width of an exit passageway to less than
                                                                                                                       the minimum required width.
                                                                                                                          3) Doors shall be installed so that, when open, they do not diminish nor obstruct
                                                                                                                       the required width of the exit.
                                                                                                                           4) Handrails and construction below handrails, including handrail supports and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       stair stringers, shall not project more than 100 mm into the required width of a means
                                                                                                                       of egress.

                                                                                                    3.4.3.4.           Headroom Clearance
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.4.3.4.)
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentences (4) and (5), every exit shall have a clear height
                                                                                                                       over the clear width of the exit of not less than 2 050 mm.
                                                                                                                           2) The clear height of stairways shall be measured vertically over the clear width
                                                                                                                       of the stairway, from the straight line tangent to the tread and landing nosings to the
                                                                                                                       lowest element above. (See Note A-9.8.7.4.)
                                                                                                                          3) The clear height of landings shall be measured within the clear width of the
                                                                                                                       landing vertically to the lowest element above.
                                                                                                                          4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), the headroom clearance for doorways
                                                                                                                       shall be not less than 2 030 mm.
                                                                                                                          5) No door closer or other device shall be installed so as to reduce the headroom
                                                                                                                       clearance of a doorway to less than 1 980 mm.

                                                                                                    3.4.4.             Fire Separation of Exits
                                                                                                    3.4.4.1.           Fire-Resistance Rating of Exit Separations
                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2), 3.3.5.4.(3), 3.4.4.2.(2) and 3.4.4.3.(1), every
                                                                                                                       exit shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating not less than that required by Subsection 3.2.2., but not less than
                                                                                                                       45 min, for
                                                                                                                            a) the floor assembly above the storey, or
                                                                                                                            b) the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                          2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation referred to in Sentence (1) need not
                                                                                                                       be more than 2 h.
                                                                                                                          3) If an exit stair in an assembly hall or theatre serves more than one balcony level,
                                                                                                                       the exit stair shall be separated from the remainder of the building in conformance
                                                                                                                       with Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    3.4.4.2.           Exits through Lobbies
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), no exit from a floor area above or below
                                                                                                                       the first storey shall lead through a lobby.
                                                                                                                          2) Not more than one exit from a floor area is permitted to lead through a lobby,
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                          a) the lobby floor is not more than 4.5 m above grade,
                                                                                                                          b) the path of travel through the lobby to the outdoors is not more than 15 m,
                                                                                                                          c) the adjacent rooms or premises having direct access to the lobby do not
                                                                                                                             contain a care, residential or industrial occupancy,
                                                                                                                          d) the lobby is not located within an interconnected floor space other than as
                                                                                                                             described in Sentence 3.2.8.2.(6),


                                                                                                    3-146 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              3.4.5.1.

                                                                                                                         e) the lobby conforms to the requirements for exits, except that
                                                                                                                                i) rooms other than service rooms and storage rooms are
                                                                                                                                   permitted to open onto the lobby,
                                                                                                                               ii) the fire separation between the lobby and a room used for the
                                                                                                                                   sole purpose of control and supervision of the building need
                                                                                                                                   not have a fire-resistance rating,
                                                                                                                              iii) the fire separation between the lobby and adjacent occupancies
                                                                                                                                   that are permitted to open onto the lobby need not have
                                                                                                                                   a fire-resistance rating provided the lobby and adjacent
                                                                                                                                   occupancies are sprinklered, and
                                                                                                                              iv) passenger elevators are permitted to open onto the lobby,
                                                                                                                                   provided the elevator doors are designed to remain closed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   except while loading and unloading passengers, and
                                                                                                                            (see Note A-3.4.4.2.(2)(e))
                                                                                                                         f) a fire separation, constructed in accordance with Sentence 3.4.4.1.(1), is
                                                                                                                            maintained between the lobby and any exit permitted by this Sentence to
                                                                                                                            lead through the lobby.

                                                                                                    3.4.4.3.         Exterior Passageway Exceptions
                                                                                                                        1) The requirements of Sentences 3.4.4.1.(1) and 3.2.3.13.(1) and (3) do not apply
                                                                                                                     to an exterior exit passageway provided
                                                                                                                         a) not less than 50% of the exterior side is open to the outdoors, and
                                                                                                                         b) an exit stair is provided at each end of the passageway.

                                                                                                    3.4.4.4.         Integrity of Exits
                                                                                                                       1) A fire separation that separates an exit from the remainder of the building shall
                                                                                                                     have no openings except for
                                                                                                                        a) standpipe and sprinkler piping,
                                                                                                                        b) electrical wires and cables, totally enclosed noncombustible raceways and
                                                                                                                           noncombustible piping that serve only the exit,
                                                                                                                        c) openings required by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6.,
                                                                                                                        d) exit doorways, and
                                                                                                                        e) wired glass and glass block permitted by Article 3.1.8.16.
                                                                                                                        2) Exits within scissors stairs and other contiguous exit stairways shall be
                                                                                                                     separated from each other by a smoke-tight fire separation having a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                     not less than that required for the floor assembly through which they pass.
                                                                                                                        3) Fire separations separating contiguous stairs described in Sentence (2) shall
                                                                                                                     not be pierced by doorways, ductwork, piping or any other openings that affect the
                                                                                                                     continuity of the separation.
                                                                                                                         4) A fuel-fired appliance shall not be installed in an exit.
                                                                                                                        5) An exit shall not be used as a plenum for a heating, ventilating or air-conditioning
                                                                                                                     system.
                                                                                                                         6) An exit shall be designed for no purpose other than for exiting, except that an
                                                                                                                     exit is permitted also to be designed to serve as an access to a floor area.
                                                                                                                         7) A service room shall not open directly into an exit.
                                                                                                                        8) Storage rooms, washrooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms and similar ancillary
                                                                                                                     rooms shall not open directly into an exit.
                                                                                                                         9) Service spaces referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) shall not open directly into an
                                                                                                                     exit.

                                                                                                    3.4.5.           Exit Signs
                                                                                                    3.4.5.1.         Exit Signs
                                                                                                                        1) Every exit door shall have an exit sign providing visual information placed over
                                                                                                                     or adjacent to it if the exit serves
                                                                                                                         a) a building more than 2 storeys in building height,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-147
                                                                                                    3.4.5.2.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                          b) a building having an occupant load of more than 150, or
                                                                                                                          c) a room or floor area that has a fire escape as part of a required means of egress.

                                                                                                                          2) Every exit sign providing visual information shall
                                                                                                                          a) be visible on approach to the exit,
                                                                                                                          b) consist of a green and white or lightly tinted graphical symbol meeting
                                                                                                                             the colour specifications referred to in ISO 3864-1, “Graphical symbols –
                                                                                                                             Safety colours and safety signs – Part 1: Design principles for safety signs
                                                                                                                             and safety markings,” and
                                                                                                                          c) conform to ISO 7010, “Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety
                                                                                                                             signs – Registered safety signs,” for the following symbols (see
                                                                                                                             Note A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)):




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                 i) E001 emergency exit left,
                                                                                                                                ii) E002 emergency exit right,
                                                                                                                               iii) E005 90-degree directional arrow, and
                                                                                                                               iv) E006 45-degree directional arrow.

                                                                                                                          3) Internally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and
                                                                                                                          a) where illumination of the sign is powered by an electrical circuit, be
                                                                                                                             constructed in conformance with CSA C22.2 No. 141, “Emergency lighting
                                                                                                                             equipment,” or
                                                                                                                          b) where illumination of the sign is not powered by an electrical circuit,
                                                                                                                             be constructed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S572, “Standard for
                                                                                                                             Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking
                                                                                                                             Systems.”

                                                                                                                          4) Externally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and be
                                                                                                                       constructed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S572, “Standard for Photoluminescent
                                                                                                                       and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems.” (See Note A-3.4.5.1.(4).)

                                                                                                                          5) The circuitry serving lighting for externally and internally illuminated exit
                                                                                                                       signs shall
                                                                                                                           a) serve no equipment other than emergency equipment, and
                                                                                                                          b) be connected to an emergency power supply as described in Article 3.2.7.4.

                                                                                                                          6) Where no exit is visible from a public corridor, from a corridor used by the public
                                                                                                                       in a Group A or B major occupancy, or from principal routes serving an open floor area
                                                                                                                       having an occupant load of more than 150, an exit sign conforming to Clauses (2)(b)
                                                                                                                       and (c) with an arrow or pointer indicating the direction of egress shall be provided.

                                                                                                                          7) Except for egress doorways described in Sentence 3.3.2.4.(4), an exit sign
                                                                                                                       conforming to Sentences (2) to (5) shall be placed over or adjacent to every egress
                                                                                                                       doorway from rooms with an occupant load of more than 60 in Group A, Division 1
                                                                                                                       occupancies, dance halls, licensed beverage establishments, and other similar occupancies
                                                                                                                       that, when occupied, have lighting levels below that which would provide easy
                                                                                                                       identification of the egress doorway.

                                                                                                    3.4.5.2.           Exit Signs with Tactile Information

                                                                                                                          1) An exit sign displaying the word “EXIT” in tactile form that complies with
                                                                                                                       Subsection 3.8.3. shall be mounted on the approach side of exit doors described in
                                                                                                                       Sentence 3.4.5.1.(1), in the direction of travel to the exit.

                                                                                                    3.4.5.3.           Signs for Stairs and Ramps at Exit Level

                                                                                                                          1) In a building more than 2 storeys in building height, any part of an exit ramp or
                                                                                                                       stairway that continues up or down past the lowest exit level shall have a posted sign
                                                                                                                       clearly indicating that it does not lead to an exit.




                                                                                                    3-148 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                  3.4.6.5.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.           Types of Exit Facilities
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.4.6.)

                                                                                                    3.4.6.1.         Slip Resistance of Ramps and Stairs
                                                                                                                         1) The surfaces of ramps, and landings and treads
                                                                                                                         a) shall have a finish that is slip resistant, and
                                                                                                                         b) if accessible to the public, shall have either a colour contrast or a distinctive
                                                                                                                            pattern to demarcate the leading edge of the tread and the leading edge of
                                                                                                                            the landing, as well as the beginning and end of a ramp.
                                                                                                                        2) Treads and landings of exterior exit stairs more than 10 m high shall be designed
                                                                                                                     to be free of ice and snow accumulations.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.4.6.2.         Minimum Number of Risers
                                                                                                                       1) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.3.2.15.(1), every flight of interior stairs shall
                                                                                                                     have not less than 3 risers.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.3.         Maximum Vertical Rise of Stair Flights and Required Landings
                                                                                                                        1) No flight of stairs shall have a vertical rise of more than 3.7 m between floors
                                                                                                                     or landings, except that a flight of stairs serving as an exit in a Group B, Division 2
                                                                                                                     occupancy shall have a vertical rise not more than 2.4 m between floors or landings.
                                                                                                                         2)   Except as provided in Sentence (3), a landing shall be provided
                                                                                                                         a)   at the top and bottom of each flight of interior and exterior stairs,
                                                                                                                         b)   at the top and bottom of every section of ramp,
                                                                                                                         c)   where a doorway opens onto a stair or ramp,
                                                                                                                         d)   where a ramp opens onto a stair, and
                                                                                                                         e)   where a stair opens onto a ramp.
                                                                                                                        3) A landing may be omitted at the bottom of an exterior stair or ramp, provided
                                                                                                                     there is no gate, door or fixed obstruction within the lesser of
                                                                                                                        a) the width of the stair or ramp, or
                                                                                                                        b) 1 100 mm.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.4.         Dimensions of Landings
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.4.6.4.)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a landing shall be at least as wide and as
                                                                                                                     long as the width of the stairway in which it occurs.
                                                                                                                        2) In a straight stairway and in a stairway that turns less than 90°, the length of the
                                                                                                                     landing need not be more than the lesser of
                                                                                                                        a) the required width of stair, or
                                                                                                                        b) 1 100 mm.
                                                                                                                        3) The length of a landing shall be measured perpendicular to the nosing of
                                                                                                                     adjacent steps, at a distance equal to half the length required in Sentence (2), from
                                                                                                                     the narrow edge of the landing.
                                                                                                                        4) Where a doorway or stairway empties onto a ramp through a side wall, there
                                                                                                                     shall be a level area extending across the full width of the ramp, and for a distance of
                                                                                                                     300 mm on either side of the wall opening, except one side if it abuts on an end wall.
                                                                                                                        5) Where a doorway or stairway empties onto a ramp through an end wall, there
                                                                                                                     shall be a level area extending across the full width of the ramp and along its length
                                                                                                                     for not less than 900 mm.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.5.         Handrails
                                                                                                                         1) One handrail shall be provided on stairs that are less than 1 100 mm in width.
                                                                                                                         2)   One handrail shall be provided on each side of
                                                                                                                         a)   stairs that are 1 100 mm or more in width,
                                                                                                                         b)   curved flights of any width, and
                                                                                                                         c)   ramps.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-149
                                                                                                    3.4.6.6.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          3) In addition to Sentence (2), intermediate handrails shall be provided so that
                                                                                                                          a) a handrail is reachable within 750 mm of all portions of the required exit
                                                                                                                             width,
                                                                                                                          b) at least one portion of the stair or ramp between two handrails is the
                                                                                                                             minimum width required for stairways or ramps (see Sentences 3.4.3.2.(8)
                                                                                                                             and 3.4.3.3.(4)), and
                                                                                                                          c) all other portions of the stair or ramp between two handrails have a clear
                                                                                                                             width of 510 mm or more.
                                                                                                                          4) Where a stair or ramp is wider than its required exit width, handrails shall be
                                                                                                                       located along the most direct path of travel. (See Note A-3.4.6.5.(4).)
                                                                                                                         5) Handrails shall be continuously graspable along their entire length, be free of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       any sharp or abrasive elements, and have
                                                                                                                          a) a circular cross-section with an outside diameter not less than 30 mm and
                                                                                                                              not more than 50 mm, or
                                                                                                                          b) a non-circular cross-section with a perimeter not less than 100 mm and
                                                                                                                              not more than 160 mm and whose largest cross-sectional dimension is not
                                                                                                                              more than 57 mm.
                                                                                                                         6) The height of handrails on stairs, on aisles with steps and on ramps shall be
                                                                                                                       measured vertically from the top of the handrail to
                                                                                                                         a) a straight line drawn tangent to the tread nosings of the stair or aisle step
                                                                                                                             served by the handrail (see Note A-9.8.7.4.), or
                                                                                                                         b) the surface of the ramp, floor or landing served by the handrail.
                                                                                                                         7) Except as provided in Sentence (8) and Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(e), the height of
                                                                                                                       handrails on stairs, on aisles with steps and on ramps shall be
                                                                                                                          a) not less than 865 mm, and
                                                                                                                          b) not more than 1 070 mm.
                                                                                                                          8) Handrails installed in addition to required handrails need not comply with
                                                                                                                       Sentence (7).
                                                                                                                          9) Required handrails shall be continuously graspable throughout the length of
                                                                                                                          a) a ramp, and
                                                                                                                          b) a flight of stairs, from the bottom riser to the top riser.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.8.7.2.)
                                                                                                                         10) Except where interrupted by doorways, at least one handrail shall be continuous
                                                                                                                       throughout the length of a stairway or ramp, including at landings.
                                                                                                                         11) Handrails shall be terminated in a manner that will not obstruct pedestrian
                                                                                                                       travel or create a hazard. (See Note A-3.4.6.5.(11)).
                                                                                                                        12) At least one handrail at the side of a stairway or ramp shall extend horizontally
                                                                                                                       not less than 300 mm beyond the top and bottom of the stairway or ramp.
                                                                                                                        13) The clearance between a handrail and any surface behind it shall be not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 50 mm, or
                                                                                                                         b) 60 mm if the surface behind the handrail is rough or abrasive.
                                                                                                                         14) Handrails and their supports shall be designed and constructed to withstand
                                                                                                                       the loading values specified in Sentence 4.1.5.14.(7).
                                                                                                                        15) A ramp shall have handrails on both sides.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.6.           Guards
                                                                                                                          1) Every exit shall have a wall or a well-secured guard on each side, where
                                                                                                                          a) there is a difference in elevation of more than 600 mm between the walking
                                                                                                                             surface and the adjacent surface, or
                                                                                                                          b) the adjacent surface within 1.2 m of the walking surface has a slope of more
                                                                                                                             than 1 in 2.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.8.8.1.)
                                                                                                                          2) Except as required by Sentence (4), the height of guards for exit stairs and exit
                                                                                                                       ramps as well as their landings shall be not less than 1 070 mm.


                                                                                                    3-150 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.4.6.8.

                                                                                                                         3) The height of guards shall be measured vertically to the top of the guard from
                                                                                                                         a) a line drawn through the outside edges of the stair nosings, or
                                                                                                                         b) the surface of the ramp or landing.
                                                                                                                         4) The height of guards for exterior stairs and landings more than 10 m above
                                                                                                                     adjacent ground level shall be not less than 1 500 mm measured vertically to the top
                                                                                                                     of the guard from the surface of the landing or from a line drawn through the outside
                                                                                                                     edges of the stair nosings.
                                                                                                                        5) Except as provided in Sentence 3.3.1.18.(3) and Articles 3.3.4.7. and 3.3.5.10.,
                                                                                                                     guards in exits shall not have any openings that permit the passage of a spherical object
                                                                                                                     whose diameter is more than 100 mm.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        6) In a stairway, a window for which the distance measured vertically between
                                                                                                                     the bottom of the window and a line drawn through the outside edges of the stair
                                                                                                                     nosings is less than 900 mm, or a window that extends to less than 1 070 mm above
                                                                                                                     the landing, shall
                                                                                                                         a) be protected by a guard that is
                                                                                                                               i) located approximately 900 mm above a line drawn through
                                                                                                                                  the outside edges of the stair nosings, or
                                                                                                                              ii) not less than 1 070 mm high measured to the top of the
                                                                                                                                  guard from the surface of the landing, or
                                                                                                                        b) be fixed in position and designed to resist the lateral design loads specified
                                                                                                                            for guards and walls in Articles 4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.16.
                                                                                                                        7) Except for guards conforming to Article 3.3.5.10., guards that protect a level
                                                                                                                     located more than one storey or 4.2 m above the adjacent level shall be designed so that
                                                                                                                     no member, attachment or opening located between 140 mm and 900 mm above the
                                                                                                                     level being protected by the guard facilitates climbing. (See Note A-9.8.8.6.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.4.6.7.         Ramp Slope
                                                                                                                     (See also Article 3.8.3.5.)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and as provided for aisles in Article 3.3.2.5.,
                                                                                                                     ramps shall have a uniform slope along their length and a maximum slope of 1 in 12.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Section 3.8., ramps in industrial occupancies shall have a
                                                                                                                     uniform slope along their length and a maximum slope of
                                                                                                                        a) 1 in 6 for interior ramps, and
                                                                                                                        b) 1 in 10 for exterior ramps.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.8.         Treads and Risers
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.8.4.)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted for dwelling units and by Sentence 3.4.7.5.(1) for fire escapes,
                                                                                                                     steps for stairs shall have a run of not less than 280 mm between successive steps.
                                                                                                                        2) Steps for stairs referred to in Sentence (1) shall have a rise between successive
                                                                                                                     treads not less than 125 mm and not more than 180 mm.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Article 3.3.4.7. and except for fire escape stairs, stairs
                                                                                                                     that are principally used for maintenance and service, and stairs that serve industrial
                                                                                                                     occupancies other than storage garages, steps for stairs shall have no open risers.
                                                                                                                        4) Except in fire escape stairs and where an exterior stair adjoins a walkway as
                                                                                                                     permitted in Sentence 3.4.6.3.(3), risers, measured as the vertical nosing-to-nosing
                                                                                                                     distance, shall be of uniform height in any one flight, with a maximum tolerance of
                                                                                                                         a) 5 mm between adjacent treads or landings, and
                                                                                                                         b) 10 mm between the tallest and shortest risers in a flight.
                                                                                                                        5) Except in fire escape stairs, treads shall have a uniform run with a maximum
                                                                                                                     tolerance of
                                                                                                                         a) 5 mm between adjacent treads, and
                                                                                                                         b) 10 mm between the deepest and shallowest treads in a flight.
                                                                                                                         6) Treads and risers shall not differ significantly in run and rise in successive
                                                                                                                     flights in any stair system.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-151
                                                                                                    3.4.6.9.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                          7) The slope of treads or landings shall not exceed 1 in 50.
                                                                                                                          8) Except as permitted by Sentence (10), the top of the nosing of stair treads shall
                                                                                                                       have a rounded or beveled edge extending not less than 6 mm and not more than
                                                                                                                       13 mm measured horizontally from the front of the nosing.
                                                                                                                         9) The front edge of stair treads in exits and public access to exits shall be at right
                                                                                                                       angles to the direction of exit travel.
                                                                                                                         10) If resilient material is used to cover the nosing of a stair tread, the minimum
                                                                                                                       rounded or beveled edge required by Sentence (8) is permitted to be reduced to 3 mm.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.9.           Curved Flights in Exits




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          1) Exit stair flights shall consist solely of
                                                                                                                          a) straight flights, or
                                                                                                                          b) curved flights complying with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                          2) A curved flight used as an exit shall have
                                                                                                                          a) a handrail on each side,
                                                                                                                          b) a minimum run of 240 mm,
                                                                                                                          c) a run that conforms to Article 3.4.6.8. when measured at a point 300 mm
                                                                                                                             from the centre line of the handrail at the narrow end of the tread, and
                                                                                                                          d) an inside radius that is not less than twice the stair width.
                                                                                                                          3) Tapered treads shall have a consistent angle and uniform run and rise dimensions
                                                                                                                       in accordance with the construction tolerances stipulated in Article 3.4.6.8. when
                                                                                                                       measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line of the handrail at the narrow end of
                                                                                                                       the tread.
                                                                                                                          4) All tapered treads within a flight shall turn in the same direction.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.10.          Horizontal Exits
                                                                                                                          1) The floor area on each side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient to accommodate
                                                                                                                       the occupants of both floor areas, allowing not less than 0.5 m2 of clear floor space per
                                                                                                                       person, except that 1.5 m2 shall be provided for each person in a wheelchair and 2.5 m2
                                                                                                                       for each bedridden patient.
                                                                                                                           2) If vestibules, enclosed balconies or bridges are used as parts of a horizontal
                                                                                                                       exit, their clear width shall be not less than that of the exit doorways opening into
                                                                                                                       them, except that handrails are not permitted to project into this clear width more
                                                                                                                       than 100 mm.
                                                                                                                           3) In a horizontal exit where there is a difference in level between the connected
                                                                                                                       floor areas, slopes not more than those specified for ramps in Article 3.4.6.7. are
                                                                                                                       permitted to be used.
                                                                                                                          4) No stairs or steps shall be used in a horizontal exit.
                                                                                                                          5) If 2 doors are provided in a horizontal exit that comprises a part of the required
                                                                                                                       number of exits from the floor areas on both sides of the exit
                                                                                                                          a) the doors shall be mounted adjacent to each other with the door on the right
                                                                                                                             side in the direction of travel through the horizontal exit swinging in the
                                                                                                                             direction of travel through the horizontal exit, and
                                                                                                                          b) signs shall be provided on each side of the horizontal exit to indicate the door
                                                                                                                             that swings in the direction of travel from that side.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.4.6.10.(5).)
                                                                                                                          6) If a horizontal exit utilizes bridges between buildings or outside balconies, the
                                                                                                                       bridges or balconies shall conform to Article 3.2.3.19.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.11.          Doors
                                                                                                                       (See also Sentence 3.8.3.6.(17).)
                                                                                                                         1) The distance between a stair riser and the leading edge of a door during its
                                                                                                                       swing shall be not less than 300 mm.


                                                                                                    3-152 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.4.6.15.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3) and where doorways are used to confine
                                                                                                                     the spillage of flammable liquids within a service room or within a room in an industrial
                                                                                                                     occupancy, a threshold for a doorway in an exit shall be not more than 13 mm higher
                                                                                                                     than the surrounding finished floor surface.
                                                                                                                        3) Except for doors providing access to ground level as required by
                                                                                                                     Clauses 3.3.1.7.(1)(d) and (e), an exit door is permitted to open onto not more than
                                                                                                                     one step which shall be not more than 150 mm high where there is a risk of blockage
                                                                                                                     by ice or snow.
                                                                                                                         4) Exit doors shall be clearly identifiable. (See Note A-3.4.6.11.(4).)
                                                                                                                        5) No door leaf in an exit doorway with more than one leaf shall be less than




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     610 mm wide.
                                                                                                                        6) Where an exit door leading directly to the outside is subject to being obstructed
                                                                                                                     by parked vehicles or storage because of its location, a visible sign or a physical barrier
                                                                                                                     prohibiting such obstructions shall be installed on the exterior side of the door.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.12.        Direction of Door Swing
                                                                                                                        1) Except for doors serving a single dwelling unit and except as permitted by
                                                                                                                     Sentence (2) and Article 3.4.6.14., every exit door shall
                                                                                                                        a) open in the direction of exit travel, and
                                                                                                                        b) swing on its vertical axis.
                                                                                                                         2) Exit doors need not conform to Sentence (1), where
                                                                                                                         a) they serve storage garages serving not more than one dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                         b) they serve accessory buildings serving not more than one dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                         c) they
                                                                                                                               i) serve storage suites not more than 28 m2 in area that are on
                                                                                                                                  the first storey in warehousing buildings, and
                                                                                                                              ii) open directly outdoors at ground level, or
                                                                                                                         d) they serve individual self-service storage units referred to in Section 3.9.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.13.        Self-closing Devices
                                                                                                                         1) An exit door that is normally required to be kept closed
                                                                                                                         a) shall be provided with a self-closing mechanism, and
                                                                                                                         b) shall never be secured in an open position except as permitted by
                                                                                                                            Sentence 3.1.8.14.(1).

                                                                                                    3.4.6.14.        Sliding Doors
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.4.6.12.(2), an exit door leading
                                                                                                                     directly to outdoors at ground level is permitted to be a sliding door provided it
                                                                                                                     conforms to Sentence 3.3.1.12.(1).
                                                                                                                        2) An exit door serving a Group B, Division 1 occupancy, or an impeded egress
                                                                                                                     zone in other occupancies, is permitted to be a sliding door that does not conform
                                                                                                                     to Sentence 3.3.1.12.(1) provided it is designed to be released in conformance with
                                                                                                                     Article 3.3.1.13.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.15.        Revolving Doors
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a revolving door, if used, shall
                                                                                                                         a) be collapsible,
                                                                                                                         b) have hinged doors providing equivalent exiting capacity located adjacent
                                                                                                                            to it,
                                                                                                                         c) be used as an exit from the ground floor level only,
                                                                                                                         d) not be used at the foot of any stairway, and
                                                                                                                         e) have all glass in door leaves and enclosure panels conforming to
                                                                                                                               i) CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing,” or
                                                                                                                              ii) CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, “Wired Safety Glass.”
                                                                                                                       2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a revolving door shall not be considered to
                                                                                                                     have an exiting capacity for more than 45 persons.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-153
                                                                                                    3.4.6.16.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                          3) An electrically powered revolving door is not required to conform to
                                                                                                                       Sentences (1) and (2) provided
                                                                                                                          a) the door leaves will collapse and stop automatic rotation of the door system
                                                                                                                              and not obstruct the doorway if a force not more than that specified in
                                                                                                                              Sentence 3.4.6.16.(2) is applied at the centre of a door leaf,
                                                                                                                          b) the door leaves are capable of being opened from inside the building without
                                                                                                                              requiring keys, special devices, or specialized knowledge of the door
                                                                                                                              opening mechanism,
                                                                                                                          c) the allowable exiting capacity is based on the clear width of passage through
                                                                                                                              the door enclosure when the doors are fully collapsed,
                                                                                                                          d) a permanent sign, whose centre line is between 1 000 mm and 1 500 mm
                                                                                                                              above the floor, is placed on each face of each door leaf indicating the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              method for collapsing the door leaf in an emergency, and
                                                                                                                          e) glass used for door leaves and enclosure panels is safety glazing conforming
                                                                                                                              to
                                                                                                                                  i) CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing,” or
                                                                                                                                 ii) CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, “Wired Safety Glass.”

                                                                                                    3.4.6.16.          Door Release Hardware
                                                                                                                          1) Except for devices on doors serving a contained use area or an impeded egress zone
                                                                                                                       designed to be remotely released in conformance with Article 3.3.1.13., and except
                                                                                                                       as permitted by Sentences (5) and (6) and Article 3.4.6.17., locking, latching and
                                                                                                                       other fastening devices on a principal entrance door to a building as well as those on
                                                                                                                       every exit door shall include release hardware complying with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) to
                                                                                                                       permit the door to be readily opened from the inside with not more than one releasing
                                                                                                                       operation and without requiring keys, special devices or specialized knowledge of the
                                                                                                                       door-opening mechanism. (See Note A-3.4.6.16.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) If a door is equipped with a latching mechanism, a device complying with
                                                                                                                       Sentence (3) shall be installed on
                                                                                                                          a) every exit door from a floor area containing an assembly occupancy having an
                                                                                                                              occupant load more than 100,
                                                                                                                          b) every door leading to an exit lobby from an exit stair shaft, and every
                                                                                                                              exterior door leading from an exit stair shaft in a building having an occupant
                                                                                                                              load more than 100, and
                                                                                                                          c) every exit door from a floor area containing a high-hazard industrial occupancy.
                                                                                                                          3)   The device required in Sentence (2) shall
                                                                                                                          a)   extend across not less than one half of the width of the door,
                                                                                                                          b)   release the latch, and
                                                                                                                          c)   allow the door to swing wide open when a force not more than that
                                                                                                                               specified in Sentence 3.8.3.6.(8) is applied to the device in the direction of
                                                                                                                               travel to the exit.
                                                                                                                          4) Except as required by Sentence 3.8.3.6.(8), every exit door shall be designed and
                                                                                                                       installed so that, when the latch is released, the door will open under a force of not
                                                                                                                       more than 90 N, applied at the knob or other latch releasing device.
                                                                                                                          5) Electromagnetic locks that do not incorporate latches, pins or other similar
                                                                                                                       devices to keep the door in the closed position are permitted to be installed on doors,
                                                                                                                       other than those leading directly from a high-hazard industrial occupancy, provided
                                                                                                                          a) the building is equipped with a fire alarm system,
                                                                                                                          b) the locking device releases upon actuation of the alarm signal from the
                                                                                                                               building's fire alarm system,
                                                                                                                          c) the locking device releases immediately upon loss of power controlling the
                                                                                                                               electromagnetic locking mechanism and its associated auxiliary controls,
                                                                                                                          d) except for locking devices installed in conformance with Sentence (6), the
                                                                                                                               locking device releases immediately upon actuation of a manually operated
                                                                                                                               switch readily accessible only to authorized personnel,
                                                                                                                          e) except as provided in Clause (l), a force of not more than 90 N applied to the
                                                                                                                              door opening hardware initiates an irreversible process that will release the
                                                                                                                              locking device within 15 s and not re-lock until the door has been opened,


                                                                                                    3-154 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         3.4.6.16.

                                                                                                                         f) upon release, the locking device must be reset manually by the actuation of
                                                                                                                            the switch referred to in Clause (d),
                                                                                                                        g) a visual information sign complying with Subsection 3.8.3. is permanently
                                                                                                                            mounted on the door to indicate that the locking device will release within
                                                                                                                            15 s of applying pressure to the door-opening hardware,
                                                                                                                        h) a tactile information sign complying with Subsection 3.8.3. is permanently
                                                                                                                            mounted near the door to indicate that the locking device will release within
                                                                                                                            15 s of applying pressure to the door-opening hardware,
                                                                                                                         i) the total time delay for all electromagnetic locks in any path of egress to
                                                                                                                            release is not more than 15 s,
                                                                                                                         j) where a bypass switch is installed to allow testing of the fire alarm system,
                                                                                                                            actuation of the switch




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                i) can prevent the release of the locking device by the fire
                                                                                                                                   alarm system, as stated in Clause (b), during the test, and
                                                                                                                               ii) causes an audible and visible signal to be indicated at the
                                                                                                                                   fire alarm annunciator panel required by Article 3.2.4.9. and
                                                                                                                                   at the monitoring station specified in Sentence 3.2.4.8.(4),
                                                                                                                        k) emergency lighting complying with Sentence 3.2.7.3.(1) is provided, and
                                                                                                                         l) where they are installed on doors providing emergency crossover access to
                                                                                                                            floor areas from exit stairs in accordance with Article 3.4.6.18.,
                                                                                                                                i) the locking device releases immediately upon the operation
                                                                                                                                   of a manual station for the fire alarm system located on
                                                                                                                                   the wall on the exit stair side not more than 600 mm from
                                                                                                                                   the door,
                                                                                                                               ii) a visual information sign displaying the words “Re-entry
                                                                                                                                   door unlocked by fire alarm” that complies with
                                                                                                                                   Subsection 3.8.3. is permanently mounted on the door on
                                                                                                                                   the exit stair side, and
                                                                                                                              iii) a tactile information sign displaying the words “Re-entry
                                                                                                                                   door unlocked by fire alarm” that complies with
                                                                                                                                   Subsection 3.8.3. is permanently mounted near the door
                                                                                                                                   on the exit stair side.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.4.6.16.(5).)

                                                                                                                       6) Electromagnetic locks that do not incorporate latches, pins or other similar
                                                                                                                     devices to keep the door in the closed position are permitted to be installed on doors in
                                                                                                                     Group B, Division 2 and Division 3 occupancies, provided
                                                                                                                        a) the building is
                                                                                                                                i) equipped with a fire alarm system, and
                                                                                                                               ii) sprinklered,
                                                                                                                        b) the electromagnetic lock releases upon
                                                                                                                                i) actuation of the alarm signal from the building's fire alarm
                                                                                                                                   system,
                                                                                                                               ii) loss of its power supply and of power to its auxiliary
                                                                                                                                   controls,
                                                                                                                              iii) actuation of a manually operated switch that is readily
                                                                                                                                   accessible at a constantly attended location within the
                                                                                                                                   locked space, and
                                                                                                                              iv) actuation of the manual station installed within 0.5 m of
                                                                                                                                   each door and equipped with an auxiliary contact, which
                                                                                                                                   directly releases the electromagnetic lock,
                                                                                                                        c) upon release, the electromagnetic lock requires manual resetting by
                                                                                                                            actuation of the switch referred to in Subclause (b)(iii),
                                                                                                                        d) a visual information sign complying with Subsection 3.8.3. that displays the
                                                                                                                            words “Emergency exit unlocked by fire alarm” is permanently mounted
                                                                                                                            on the door,
                                                                                                                        e) a tactile information sign complying with Subsection 3.8.3. that displays the
                                                                                                                            words “Emergency exit unlocked by fire alarm” is permanently mounted
                                                                                                                            near the door,
                                                                                                                        f) the operation of any by-pass switch, where provided for testing of the
                                                                                                                            fire alarm system, sets off an audible signal and a visible signal at the


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                     Division B 3-155
                                                                                                    3.4.6.17.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                             fire alarm annunciator panel and at the monitoring station referred to in
                                                                                                                             Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4), and
                                                                                                                          g) emergency lighting complying with Sentence 3.2.7.3.(1) is provided.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.4.6.16.(6).)
                                                                                                                         7) Except as provided in Sentence 3.4.6.17.(9), door release hardware for the
                                                                                                                       operation of the doors referred to in this Section shall be installed between 900 mm
                                                                                                                       and 1 100 mm above the finished floor.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.17.          Security for Banks and Mercantile Floor Areas
                                                                                                                          1) If a building is sprinklered throughout, the requirements of Sentence 3.4.6.16.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       are permitted to be waived for exit and egress doors complying with Sentences (2)
                                                                                                                       to (9) that serve a floor area or part of a floor area used exclusively for
                                                                                                                           a) a bank, or
                                                                                                                           b) the sale of retail merchandise.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.4.6.17.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) Exit and egress doors referred to in Sentence (1) shall be designed to prevent
                                                                                                                       locking at any time that the part of the floor area that they serve is open to the public.
                                                                                                                           3) A sign with the words “This door shall not be locked at any time that the public
                                                                                                                       is present” in letters not less than 50 mm high shall be permanently affixed to both
                                                                                                                       sides of doors referred to in Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                           4) Exit and egress facilities complying with Sentences (5) to (9) shall be
                                                                                                                       incorporated for egress by persons other than the public from a floor area or a part of a
                                                                                                                       floor area referred to in Sentence (1) during times when the public is neither present nor
                                                                                                                       being admitted to the area that they serve.
                                                                                                                           5) In exit and egress facilities referred to in Sentence (4), at least one door at each
                                                                                                                       exit and egress location shall
                                                                                                                           a) be operable in conformance with Sentence 3.4.6.16.(1), or
                                                                                                                           b) be equipped with locks conforming to Sentence 3.4.6.16.(5) that release
                                                                                                                               immediately
                                                                                                                                  i) if an alert signal or alarm signal is initiated in the fire alarm
                                                                                                                                     system, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) the sprinkler system is actuated.
                                                                                                                           6) A door referred to in Sentence (5) shall be permanently and distinctly marked
                                                                                                                       to indicate that it is an emergency exit.
                                                                                                                          7) Exit and egress facilities required for evacuation of persons other than the
                                                                                                                       public from a floor area or a part of a floor area referred to in Sentence (1) shall have an
                                                                                                                       aggregate width based on the maximum number of persons other than the public and
                                                                                                                       determined in accordance with Articles 3.4.3.1. to 3.4.3.3.
                                                                                                                          8) Travel distance to an exit referred to in Sentence (7) shall not exceed the travel
                                                                                                                       distance determined in accordance with Subsection 3.4.2.
                                                                                                                          9) Exit and egress doors serving a floor area or part of a floor area referred to in
                                                                                                                       Sentence (1) are permitted to be equipped with locks that require keys, special devices
                                                                                                                       or specialized knowledge of the door opening mechanism, provided
                                                                                                                           a) the doors do not lead into exit stairs,
                                                                                                                           b) the doors do not lead from exit stairs to the exterior of the building,
                                                                                                                           c) the doors do not serve any other occupancy,
                                                                                                                           d) the area served contains at least one telephone
                                                                                                                                  i) that is accessible and in operation at all times,
                                                                                                                                 ii) that is not coin or card operated, and
                                                                                                                                iii) marked to indicate that it is for emergency use,
                                                                                                                           e) the area served is illuminated by normal power or by emergency power
                                                                                                                              when the doors are locked,
                                                                                                                           f) there are provisions that enable an announcement to be made throughout
                                                                                                                              the area served before the locks are fastened, and
                                                                                                                           g) the locks are designed for use during times that the building is not occupied.


                                                                                                    3-156 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              3.4.7.3.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.18.        Emergency Crossover Access to Floor Areas
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), doors providing access to floor areas from
                                                                                                                     exit stairs shall not have locking devices to prevent entry into any floor area from which
                                                                                                                     the travel distance up or down to an unlocked door is more than 2 storeys.
                                                                                                                        2) Doors referred to in Sentence (1) are permitted to be equipped with
                                                                                                                     electromagnetic locks, provided they comply with Sentences 3.4.6.16.(5) and (6).
                                                                                                                        3) Doors referred to in Sentence (1) shall be identified by visual and tactile
                                                                                                                     information signs complying with Subsection 3.8.3. mounted on the stairway side to
                                                                                                                     indicate that they are openable from that side.
                                                                                                                         4) Locked doors intended to prevent entry into a floor area from an exit stair shall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) be identified by visual and tactile information signs complying with
                                                                                                                            Subsection 3.8.3. mounted on the stairway side to indicate the location of
                                                                                                                            the nearest unlocked door in each direction of travel, and
                                                                                                                         b) be openable with a master key that fits all locking devices and is kept
                                                                                                                            in a designated location accessible to firefighters or be provided with a
                                                                                                                            wired glass panel not less than 0.0645 m2 in area and located not more than
                                                                                                                            300 mm from the door opening hardware.
                                                                                                                         5) Where access to floor areas through unlocked doors is required by Sentence (1),
                                                                                                                     it shall be possible for a person entering the floor area to have access through unlocked
                                                                                                                     doors within the floor area to at least one other exit.

                                                                                                    3.4.6.19.        Floor Numbering and Identification of Stair Shafts
                                                                                                                        1) Arabic numerals indicating the assigned floor number in both visual and tactile
                                                                                                                     forms in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be mounted permanently on the wall
                                                                                                                     on the stair side and on the floor side at the latch side of doors to exit stair shafts.
                                                                                                                        2) Upper case letters indicating the designation assigned to each exit stair shaft in
                                                                                                                     both visual and tactile forms in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be mounted
                                                                                                                     permanently on the wall on the stair side and on the floor side at the latch side of
                                                                                                                     doors to exit stair shafts.

                                                                                                    3.4.7.           Fire Escapes
                                                                                                    3.4.7.1.         Scope
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), fire escapes shall not be erected on a
                                                                                                                     building.
                                                                                                                        2) If it is impracticable to provide one or more of the exit facilities listed in
                                                                                                                     Article 3.4.1.4., fire escapes conforming to Articles 3.4.7.2. to 3.4.7.7. are permitted to
                                                                                                                     serve floor areas in an existing building provided the floor areas served are not more than
                                                                                                                        a) 2 storeys above ground level in care, treatment or detention occupancies, and
                                                                                                                        b) 5 storeys above ground level in other occupancies.

                                                                                                    3.4.7.2.         Fire Escape Construction
                                                                                                                        1) Fire escapes shall be of metal or concrete, of the stair type extending to ground
                                                                                                                     level, constructed throughout in a strong substantial manner and securely fixed to
                                                                                                                     the building, except that wooden fire escapes are permitted to be used on buildings of
                                                                                                                     combustible construction if all posts and brackets are not less than 89 mm in their least
                                                                                                                     dimension and all other woodwork is not less than 38 mm in its least dimension.

                                                                                                    3.4.7.3.         Access to Fire Escapes
                                                                                                                         1) Access to fire escapes shall be from corridors through doors at floor level,
                                                                                                                     except that access from a dwelling unit is permitted to be through a casement window
                                                                                                                     having an unobstructed opening not less than 1 100 mm high by 550 mm wide with a
                                                                                                                     sill height of not more than 900 mm above the inside floor.
                                                                                                                        2) The clear area of a fire escape balcony onto which a door opens, shall be not
                                                                                                                     less than 1 m2.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 3-157
                                                                                                    3.4.7.4.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                    3.4.7.4.           Protection of Fire Escapes
                                                                                                                          1) If a fire escape serves any storey above the second, openings located in a zone
                                                                                                                       described in Sentence (2), including access doorways in the exterior walls of the
                                                                                                                       building to which the fire escape is attached, shall be protected by closures conforming
                                                                                                                       to Subsection 3.1.8.
                                                                                                                          2) The zone referred to in Sentence (1) extends from any balcony, platform or
                                                                                                                       stairway of a fire escape to a distance
                                                                                                                           a) 3 m horizontally,
                                                                                                                           b) 10 m below, or
                                                                                                                           c) 1.8 m above.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.4.7.5.           Stairs
                                                                                                                          1) Stairs shall be inclined at an angle of not more than 45° with the horizontal,
                                                                                                                       and their steps shall have risers not more than 210 mm high and treads not less than
                                                                                                                       220 mm wide exclusive of nosing.
                                                                                                                         2) Stairway headroom shall be not less than 1 950 mm plus the height of one riser
                                                                                                                       measured vertically above the nosing of any tread or platform.
                                                                                                                          3) The width of a fire escape shall conform to Articles 3.4.3.1. to 3.4.3.3., except
                                                                                                                       that the width is permitted to be reduced to 550 mm provided the fire escape serves
                                                                                                                           a) not more than 3 storeys, and
                                                                                                                          b) not more than 15 persons.
                                                                                                                          4) If a flight of stairs leading to the ground at the foot of a fire escape is not fixed
                                                                                                                       in position, it shall be held in the raised position without a latch or locking device,
                                                                                                                       and shall be fitted with a counterbalancing device that will permit it to be easily and
                                                                                                                       quickly brought into position for use.

                                                                                                    3.4.7.6.           Guards and Railings
                                                                                                                          1) The open sides of every platform, balcony and stairway forming part of a fire
                                                                                                                       escape shall be protected by guards not less than 920 mm high measured vertically
                                                                                                                       above the nosing of any tread or platform.
                                                                                                                          2) The top rail of a guard is permitted to serve as a handrail if it is free from
                                                                                                                       obstructions which could break a handhold.
                                                                                                                          3) A wall handrail shall be installed if the fire escape is more than 550 mm wide.
                                                                                                                          4) Unless it can be shown that the size of openings that exceed this limit does not
                                                                                                                       present a hazard, there shall be no opening that permits the passage of a sphere whose
                                                                                                                       diameter is more than 100 mm through a guard for a fire escape.
                                                                                                                          5) Unless it can be shown that the location and size of an opening do not present
                                                                                                                       a hazard, a guard for a fire escape shall be designed so that no member, attachment
                                                                                                                       or opening located between 140 mm and 900 mm above a platform or the nosing of
                                                                                                                       any tread will facilitate climbing.

                                                                                                    3.4.7.7.           Landings
                                                                                                                          1) Platforms for a fire escape shall be provided in conformance with the
                                                                                                                       requirements for stair landings in Articles 3.4.6.3. and 3.4.6.4.


                                                                                                    Section 3.5. Vertical Transportation
                                                                                                    3.5.1.             General
                                                                                                    3.5.1.1.           Scope
                                                                                                                          1) This Section applies to vertical transportation facilities installed in a building,
                                                                                                                       including elevators, escalators and dumbwaiters.


                                                                                                    3-158 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    3.5.3.1.

                                                                                                                           2) Elevators in a building within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6. shall conform to
                                                                                                                        Articles 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.5. and 3.2.6.6.

                                                                                                    3.5.2.              Standards

                                                                                                    3.5.2.1.            Elevators, Escalators and Dumbwaiters

                                                                                                                           1) The design, construction, installation and alteration of every elevator, escalator
                                                                                                                        and dumbwaiter shall conform to
                                                                                                                           a) provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
                                                                                                                           b) ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators,” in the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-3.5.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                           2) Before being placed in service, every elevator, escalator or dumbwaiter
                                                                                                                        installation, including safety and control devices, shall be inspected and tested in
                                                                                                                        accordance with
                                                                                                                            a) provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
                                                                                                                            b) ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators,” in
                                                                                                                                the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a). (See
                                                                                                                                Note A-3.5.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                           3) Passenger elevators shall conform to Appendix E of ASME A17.1/CSA B44,
                                                                                                                        “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.”

                                                                                                    3.5.3.              Fire Separations

                                                                                                    3.5.3.1.            Fire Separations for Elevator Hoistways

                                                                                                                            1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a vertical service space used as an elevator
                                                                                                                        hoistway shall be separated from all other portions of each adjacent storey by a fire
                                                                                                                        separation having a fire-resistance rating conforming to Table 3.5.3.1. for the fire-resistance
                                                                                                                        rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. for
                                                                                                                            a) the floor assembly above the storey, or
                                                                                                                            b) the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 3.5.3.1.
                                                                                                                                               Fire Separation for Vertical Transportation Space
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Articles 3.5.3.1. and 3.5.3.2.

                                                                                                       Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation Required   Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Vertical Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Vertical
                                                                                                                       for Floor Assembly                      Service Space for Elevator Hoistway          Service Space for Dumbwaiters
                                                                                                                       less than 45 min                                      45 min                                        —
                                                                                                                            45 min                                           45 min                                     45 min
                                                                                                                              1 h                                             1 h                                       45 min
                                                                                                                             1.5 h                                            1.5 h                                       1h
                                                                                                                         2 h or more                                          2 h                                         1h


                                                                                                                           2) Passenger elevators, other than those provided for firefighters in accordance
                                                                                                                        with Article 3.2.6.5., are permitted to be located within interconnected floor space without
                                                                                                                        being enclosed in a hoistway separated from the remainder of the building, provided
                                                                                                                        the elevator machinery is located in a room separated from the remainder of the
                                                                                                                        building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required
                                                                                                                        for hoistways by Sentence (1).




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                             Division B 3-159
                                                                                                    3.5.3.2.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                    3.5.3.2.           Vertical Service Spaces for Dumbwaiters
                                                                                                                          1) A vertical service space containing a dumbwaiter shall be separated from all
                                                                                                                       other portions of each adjacent storey by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                       conforming to Table 3.5.3.1. for the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. for
                                                                                                                          a) the floor assembly above the storey or
                                                                                                                          b) the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.

                                                                                                    3.5.3.3.           Fire Separations for Elevator Machine Rooms
                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a room containing elevator machinery
                                                                                                                       shall be separated from all other parts of the building by a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the vertical service space containing




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       the elevator hoistway.
                                                                                                                          2) A room containing elevator machinery need not be separated from the elevator
                                                                                                                       hoistway that it serves provided the room and the hoistway are separated from all
                                                                                                                       other parts of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than
                                                                                                                       that required for the vertical service space containing the elevator hoistway.

                                                                                                    3.5.4.             Dimensions and Signs
                                                                                                    3.5.4.1.           Elevator Car Dimensions
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), if one or more elevators are provided in a
                                                                                                                       building, at least one elevator on each storey with access to an elevator shall have inside
                                                                                                                       dimensions that will accommodate and provide adequate access for a patient stretcher
                                                                                                                       2 010 mm long and 610 mm wide in the prone position. (See Note A-3.5.4.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) The inside dimensions stipulated in Sentence (1) do not apply to
                                                                                                                       limited-use/limited-application elevators designed and installed in accordance with
                                                                                                                       ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.”
                                                                                                                          3) An elevator satisfying the requirements of Sentence (1) shall be clearly
                                                                                                                       identified on the main entrance level of the building.

                                                                                                    3.5.4.2.           Floor Numbering
                                                                                                                          1) Arabic numerals indicating the assigned floor number shall be mounted
                                                                                                                       permanently on both jambs of passenger elevator hoistway entrances in conformance
                                                                                                                       with Appendix E of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.”


                                                                                                    Section 3.6. Service Facilities
                                                                                                    3.6.1.             General
                                                                                                    3.6.1.1.           Scope
                                                                                                                          1) The provisions of this Section apply to horizontal service spaces, vertical service
                                                                                                                       spaces, attic or roof spaces, ducts, crawl spaces, shaft spaces, service rooms, and mechanical
                                                                                                                       penthouses, and facilities contained therein.

                                                                                                    3.6.1.2.           Electrical Wiring and Equipment
                                                                                                                           1) The installation of electrical wiring and electrical equipment shall conform
                                                                                                                       to the requirements of
                                                                                                                           a) provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
                                                                                                                           b) CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” in the absence of the
                                                                                                                               regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).

                                                                                                    3.6.1.3.           Lightning Protection Systems
                                                                                                                          1) A lightning protection system, when provided, shall conform to the
                                                                                                                       requirements of the appropriate provincial or territorial legislation or, in the absence


                                                                                                    3-160 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                3.6.2.1.

                                                                                                                     of such legislation, to CAN/CSA-B72-M, “Installation Code for Lightning Protection
                                                                                                                     Systems.”

                                                                                                    3.6.1.4.         Storage Use Prohibition
                                                                                                                         1) Service spaces shall not be designed to facilitate subsequent use as storage space.

                                                                                                    3.6.1.5.         Appliances Installed outside a Building
                                                                                                                        1) A fuel-fired appliance installed on the roof of a building or in another location
                                                                                                                     outside the building shall be installed not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 1.2 m from a property line, measured horizontally, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        b) 3 m from an adjacent wall of the same building if that wall contains any
                                                                                                                            opening within 3 storeys above and 5 m horizontally from the appliance,
                                                                                                                            unless every opening within these limits is protected by
                                                                                                                               i) a closure having a fire-protection rating not less than 45 min
                                                                                                                                  determined in accordance with Article 3.1.8.4., or
                                                                                                                              ii) a wired glass assembly permitted for use in a vertical fire
                                                                                                                                  separation and described in Article D-2.3.15. of Appendix D.

                                                                                                    3.6.2.           Service Rooms
                                                                                                    3.6.2.1.         Fire Separations around Service Rooms
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2), (8), (9) and (10), fuel-fired appliances
                                                                                                                     shall be installed in service rooms separated from the remainder of the building by fire
                                                                                                                     separations having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as required by Sentence (3), a fuel-fired appliance that serves only one
                                                                                                                     room or suite is not required to be installed in a service room separated from the
                                                                                                                     remainder of the building.
                                                                                                                        3) A solid-fuel-burning appliance shall not be located in a repair garage, a storage
                                                                                                                     garage, or any other location where it could be exposed to flammable vapours or
                                                                                                                     gases, unless
                                                                                                                         a) it is enclosed in a service room that is separated from the remainder of the
                                                                                                                             building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                        b) it is supplied with combustion air directly from outside the building, and
                                                                                                                         c) the heat that it generates is supplied indirectly to the space served by means
                                                                                                                             of ducts or piping.
                                                                                                                         4) A service room containing an incinerator shall be separated from the remainder
                                                                                                                     of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
                                                                                                                         5) Equipment that uses a liquid having a flash point below 93.3°C shall be installed
                                                                                                                     in a service room separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having
                                                                                                                     a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                         6) Electrical equipment that is required to be located in a service room according
                                                                                                                     to CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” shall be installed in a service room
                                                                                                                     separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                        7) Except as permitted by Sentence (8), in a storey that is not sprinklered
                                                                                                                     throughout, a service room that contains service equipment other than that addressed
                                                                                                                     by Sentences (1) to (6) shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire
                                                                                                                     separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                         8) Where a service room contains a limited quantity of service equipment, and the
                                                                                                                     service equipment neither constitutes a fire hazard nor is essential to the operation of
                                                                                                                     fire safety systems in the building, the requirements for a fire separation shall not apply.
                                                                                                                         9) A fire separation is not required between a fireplace and the space it serves.
                                                                                                                       10) A fire separation is not required between a rooftop appliance and the building
                                                                                                                     it serves.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-161
                                                                                                    3.6.2.2.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    3.6.2.2.           Service Rooms under Exits
                                                                                                                          1) A service room containing service equipment subject to possible explosion,
                                                                                                                       such as boilers operating in excess of 100 kPa (gauge) and some types of refrigerating
                                                                                                                       machinery and transformers, shall not be located directly under a required exit.

                                                                                                    3.6.2.3.           Service Equipment
                                                                                                                          1) A service room containing space heating, space cooling and service water
                                                                                                                       heating appliances is permitted to contain other service equipment such as electrical
                                                                                                                       service equipment.

                                                                                                    3.6.2.4.           Incinerator Rooms




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          1) A service room containing an incinerator shall not contain other fuel-fired
                                                                                                                       appliances.

                                                                                                    3.6.2.5.           Storage of Combustible Refuse and Recycling
                                                                                                                          1) Except as required by Sentence 3.6.3.3.(9), a room for the temporary storage of
                                                                                                                       combustible refuse and materials for recycling shall be
                                                                                                                          a) separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation with a
                                                                                                                             fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, except that a fire separation with a
                                                                                                                              fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min is permitted where the fire-resistance
                                                                                                                              rating of the floor assembly is not required to exceed 45 min, and
                                                                                                                          b) sprinklered.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.6.2.5.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.6.2.6.           Door Swing for Service Rooms
                                                                                                                          1) A swing-type door from a service room containing a boiler or incinerator
                                                                                                                       shall swing outward from the room, except that the door shall swing inward if the
                                                                                                                       door opens onto a corridor or any room used for an assembly occupancy. (See also
                                                                                                                       Sentence 3.4.4.4.(7).)

                                                                                                    3.6.2.7.           Electrical Equipment Vaults
                                                                                                                          1) An electrical equipment vault shall conform to Sentences (2) to (8) if it is
                                                                                                                       required by
                                                                                                                          a) provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, or
                                                                                                                          b) CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” in the absence of the
                                                                                                                              regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).
                                                                                                                          2) An electrical equipment vault referred to in Sentence (1) shall be separated from
                                                                                                                       the remainder of the building by a fire separation of solid masonry or concrete construction
                                                                                                                       having a fire-resistance rating not less than
                                                                                                                           a) 3 h if the vault is not protected by an automatic fire extinguishing system, or
                                                                                                                           b) 2 h if the vault is protected by an automatic fire extinguishing system.
                                                                                                                          3) If a building is sprinklered throughout, an electrical equipment vault referred to
                                                                                                                       in Sentence (1) need not be sprinklered provided
                                                                                                                           a) the vault is designed for no purpose other than to contain the electrical
                                                                                                                              equipment, and
                                                                                                                           b) the vault contains a smoke detector which will actuate the building fire alarm
                                                                                                                              system in the event of a fire in the vault.
                                                                                                                          4) Only pipes or ducts necessary for fire protection or the proper operation of the
                                                                                                                       electrical installation shall penetrate the fire separation referred to in Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                           5) Explosion-relief devices and vents or other protective measures conforming
                                                                                                                       to Sentence 3.3.1.21.(3) shall be provided for an electrical equipment vault referred
                                                                                                                       to in Sentence (1) that contains dielectric-liquid-filled electrical equipment. (See
                                                                                                                       Note A-3.6.2.7.(5).)
                                                                                                                          6) An electrical equipment vault referred to in Sentence (1) shall be provided with
                                                                                                                       a ventilation system designed in conformance with Part 6 to prevent the ambient
                                                                                                                       temperature in the vault from exceeding 40°C.


                                                                                                    3-162 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                3.6.3.1.

                                                                                                                           7) The ventilation system required by Sentence (6) shall be separate from the
                                                                                                                        system for the remainder of the building and shall be designed so that it is automatically
                                                                                                                        shut off in the event of a fire in the vault.
                                                                                                                           8) The floor of an electrical equipment vault referred to in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                        liquid tight and surrounded by liquid tight walls and sills of sufficient height to confine
                                                                                                                        within the vault all of the liquid from the largest item of electrical equipment, but to a
                                                                                                                        height of not less than 100 mm.
                                                                                                                            9) Electrical equipment vaults shall be secured against unauthorized entry.

                                                                                                    3.6.2.8.            Emergency Power Installations




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           1) Where a generator intended to supply emergency power for lighting, fire safety
                                                                                                                        and life safety systems is located in a building, except where such building is used
                                                                                                                        solely for the purpose of housing the generator and its ancillary equipment, it shall
                                                                                                                        be located in a room that
                                                                                                                            a) is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                                fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, and
                                                                                                                            b) contains only the generating set and equipment related to the emergency
                                                                                                                                power supply system.

                                                                                                    3.6.3.              Vertical Service Spaces and Service Facilities
                                                                                                    3.6.3.1.            Fire Separations for Vertical Service Spaces
                                                                                                                            1) Except as provided in Articles 3.6.3.3. and 3.6.3.5. and Section 3.5., a vertical
                                                                                                                        service space shall be separated from all other portions of each adjacent storey by a fire
                                                                                                                        separation having a fire-resistance rating conforming to Table 3.6.3.1. for the fire-resistance
                                                                                                                        rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. for
                                                                                                                            a) the floor assembly above the storey, or
                                                                                                                            b) the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-3.6.3.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 3.6.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                  Fire Separations for Vertical Service Spaces
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 3.6.3.1.(1)

                                                                                                     Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation Required for Floor Assembly    Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Vertical Service Space
                                                                                                                              less than 45 min                                                          —
                                                                                                                                   45 min                                                             45 min
                                                                                                                                     1 h                                                              45 min
                                                                                                                                    1.5 h                                                               1 h
                                                                                                                                 2 h or more                                                            1 h


                                                                                                                           2) A vertical service space that does not extend through the roof of a building shall be
                                                                                                                        enclosed at the top with construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than that
                                                                                                                        required for the vertical service space walls.
                                                                                                                           3) A vertical service space that does not extend to the bottom of a building shall be
                                                                                                                        enclosed at the lowest level with construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than
                                                                                                                        that required for the vertical service space walls.
                                                                                                                           4) A vent from a vertical service space not extending to the roof shall be enclosed
                                                                                                                        within the building with construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than that
                                                                                                                        required for the vertical service space walls.
                                                                                                                           5) Only openings that are necessary for the use of the vertical service space shall
                                                                                                                        be permitted through a vertical service space enclosure.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                         Division B 3-163
                                                                                                    3.6.3.2.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                    3.6.3.2.           Foamed Plastic Protection
                                                                                                                          1) Foamed plastic insulation in a vertical service space shall be protected in
                                                                                                                       conformance with Article 3.1.5.15.

                                                                                                    3.6.3.3.           Linen and Refuse Chutes
                                                                                                                          1)   A linen chute or refuse chute shall
                                                                                                                          a)   be impervious to moisture,
                                                                                                                          b)   have a smooth internal surface,
                                                                                                                          c)   be corrosion-resistant,
                                                                                                                          d)   be constructed of noncombustible material, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          e)   be located in a shaft in which there are no services other than noncombustible
                                                                                                                               drain, waste and vent piping or noncombustible water piping.
                                                                                                                          2) A shaft containing a linen chute or refuse chute shall have a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                       conforming to Sentence 3.6.3.1.(1), but not less than
                                                                                                                          a) 1 h if the chute outlet for the discharge room is protected by an automatic,
                                                                                                                             self-latching closure held open by a fusible link, or
                                                                                                                          b) 2 h if no closure is provided at the chute outlet into the discharge room.
                                                                                                                          3) An interior linen chute or refuse chute shall extend not less than 1 m above the
                                                                                                                       roof and shall be vented above the roof with a vent which
                                                                                                                          a) has an unobstructed area not less than the cross-sectional area of the chute,
                                                                                                                              and
                                                                                                                          b) is equipped with a cover that will open automatically, or that can be opened
                                                                                                                              manually, in the event of a fire in the chute.
                                                                                                                          4) Intake openings for a linen chute or a refuse chute shall
                                                                                                                          a) have an area not more than 60% of the cross-sectional area of the chute, and
                                                                                                                          b) be fitted with closures designed to close automatically and latch after use.
                                                                                                                         5) Intake openings for a linen chute or a refuse chute shall be located in rooms or
                                                                                                                       compartments that
                                                                                                                          a) have no dimension less than 750 mm,
                                                                                                                          b) are separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation with a
                                                                                                                             fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                          c) are designed for no other purpose, and
                                                                                                                          d) do not open directly into an exit.
                                                                                                                          6) Sprinklers shall be installed at the top of each linen chute or refuse chute, at
                                                                                                                       alternate floor levels and in the room or bin into which the chute discharges.
                                                                                                                          7) The room into which a linen chute discharges shall be separated from the
                                                                                                                       remainder of the building by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                         8) A refuse chute shall be equipped at the top with spray equipment for
                                                                                                                       washing-down purposes.
                                                                                                                          9) A refuse chute shall discharge only into a room or bin separated from the
                                                                                                                       remainder of the building by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
                                                                                                                         10) The room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges shall be of sufficient size
                                                                                                                       to contain the refuse between normal intervals of emptying, be impervious to moisture
                                                                                                                       and be equipped with a water connection and floor drain for washing-down purposes.
                                                                                                                         11) A room into which a refuse chute discharges shall contain no service equipment
                                                                                                                       that is not related to refuse handling and disposal.

                                                                                                    3.6.3.4.           Exhaust Duct Negative Pressure
                                                                                                                          1) If a vertical service space contains an exhaust duct that serves more than one fire
                                                                                                                       compartment,
                                                                                                                          a) the duct shall have a fan located at or near the exhaust outlet to ensure that
                                                                                                                              the duct is under negative pressure, and
                                                                                                                          b) the individual fire compartments shall not have individual fans that exhaust
                                                                                                                              directly into the duct in the vertical service space.


                                                                                                    3-164 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.6.4.3.

                                                                                                    3.6.3.5.         Grease Duct Enclosures
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.6.3.5.)
                                                                                                                       1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), fire separations enclosing grease ducts for
                                                                                                                     commercial cooking operations shall conform to NFPA 96, “Standard for Ventilation
                                                                                                                     Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations.”
                                                                                                                        2) The fire-resistance rating of field-applied and factory-built grease duct enclosure
                                                                                                                     assemblies shall be determined in conformance with CAN/ULC-S144, “Standard
                                                                                                                     Method of Fire Resistance Test – Grease Duct Assemblies.”

                                                                                                    3.6.4.           Horizontal Service Spaces and Service Facilities




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.6.4.1.         Scope
                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies to horizontal service spaces and service facilities,
                                                                                                                     including ceiling spaces, duct spaces, crawl spaces and attic or roof spaces.

                                                                                                    3.6.4.2.         Fire Separations for Horizontal Service Spaces
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Article 3.6.3.5., a horizontal service space that penetrates a
                                                                                                                     required vertical fire separation shall be separated from the remainder of the building it
                                                                                                                     serves in conformance with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) If a horizontal service space or other concealed space is located above a required
                                                                                                                     vertical fire separation other than a vertical shaft, this space need not be divided at the
                                                                                                                     fire separation as required by Article 3.1.8.3. provided the construction between this
                                                                                                                     space and the space below is a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating equivalent
                                                                                                                     to that required for the vertical fire separation, except that the fire-resistance rating is
                                                                                                                     permitted to be not less than 30 min if the vertical fire separation is not required to have
                                                                                                                     a fire-resistance rating more than 45 min. (See Note A-3.6.4.2.(2).)

                                                                                                    3.6.4.3.         Plenum Requirements
                                                                                                                        1) A concealed space used as a plenum within a floor assembly or within a roof
                                                                                                                     assembly need not conform to Sentence 3.1.5.18.(1) and Article 3.6.5.1., provided
                                                                                                                        a) all materials within the concealed space have a flame-spread rating not more
                                                                                                                           than 25 and a smoke developed classification not more than 50, except for
                                                                                                                              i) tubing for pneumatic controls,
                                                                                                                             ii) optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables with
                                                                                                                                 combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes that are used for
                                                                                                                                 the transmission of voice, sound or data and conform to
                                                                                                                                 Sentences 3.1.4.3.(2) and 3.1.5.21.(2),
                                                                                                                            iii) totally enclosed non-metallic raceways with an FT6 rating,
                                                                                                                                 when tested in accordance with Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(a), in
                                                                                                                                 buildings required to be of noncombustible construction or in
                                                                                                                                 buildings or parts of buildings permitted to be of encapsulated
                                                                                                                                 mass timber construction, and
                                                                                                                            iv) totally enclosed non-metallic raceways with an FT4 rating,
                                                                                                                                 when tested in accordance with Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(a), in
                                                                                                                                 buildings permitted to be of combustible construction, and
                                                                                                                        b) the supports for the ceiling membrane are of noncombustible material having
                                                                                                                           a melting point not below 760°C.
                                                                                                                         2) If a concealed space referred to in Sentence (1) is used as a return-air plenum
                                                                                                                     and incorporates a ceiling membrane that forms part of the required fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     rating of the assembly, every opening through the membrane shall be protected by
                                                                                                                     a fire stop flap that
                                                                                                                          a) stops the flow of air into the concealed space in the event of a fire,
                                                                                                                         b) is supported in a manner that will maintain the integrity of the ceiling
                                                                                                                              membrane for the duration of time required to provide the required
                                                                                                                              fire-resistance rating,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-165
                                                                                                    3.6.4.4.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          c) conforms to CAN/ULC-S112.2, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling
                                                                                                                             Firestop Flap Assemblies,” and
                                                                                                                          d) activates at a temperature approximately 30°C above the normal maximum
                                                                                                                             temperature that occurs in the return-air plenum, whether the air duct
                                                                                                                             system is operating or shut down.

                                                                                                    3.6.4.4.           Attic or Roof Space Access
                                                                                                                          1) An attic or roof space more than 600 mm high shall be provided with access
                                                                                                                       from the floor immediately below by a hatchway not less than 550 mm by 900 mm or
                                                                                                                       by a stairway.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.6.4.5.           Horizontal Service Space Access
                                                                                                                          1) A horizontal service space, consisting of ceiling and duct spaces, which is more
                                                                                                                       than 1 200 mm high and 600 mm wide shall have inspection doors not less than
                                                                                                                       300 mm in both horizontal and vertical dimensions placed so that the entire interior of
                                                                                                                       the duct or space can be viewed.

                                                                                                    3.6.4.6.           Crawl Space Access
                                                                                                                          1) A crawl space shall have at least one access opening not less than 550 mm by
                                                                                                                       900 mm.

                                                                                                    3.6.5.             Air Duct and Plenum Systems
                                                                                                    3.6.5.1.           Duct Materials
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (5) and Article 3.6.4.3., all ducts,
                                                                                                                       duct connectors, associated fittings and plenums used in air duct systems shall be
                                                                                                                       constructed of steel, aluminum alloy, copper, clay or other noncombustible material.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), ducts, associated fittings and plenums are
                                                                                                                       permitted to contain combustible material provided they
                                                                                                                          a) conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 duct materials in
                                                                                                                              CAN/ULC-S110, “Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts,”
                                                                                                                          b) conform to Article 3.1.5.18. in a building required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                              construction or in a building or part of a building permitted to be of
                                                                                                                              encapsulated mass timber construction,
                                                                                                                          c) conform to Subsection 3.1.9.,
                                                                                                                          d) are used only in horizontal runs in a building required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                              construction or in a building or part of a building permitted to be of
                                                                                                                              encapsulated mass timber construction,
                                                                                                                          e) are not used in vertical runs serving more than 2 storeys in a building
                                                                                                                              permitted to be of combustible construction, and
                                                                                                                           f) are not used in air duct systems in which the air temperature could be more
                                                                                                                              than 120°C.
                                                                                                                           3) Combustible ducts which are part of a duct system conveying only ventilation
                                                                                                                       air and are contained entirely within a dwelling unit need not comply with the
                                                                                                                       requirements of Sentences (1) and (2).
                                                                                                                         4) Duct sealants shall have a flame-spread rating not more than 25 and a smoke
                                                                                                                       developed classification not more than 50.
                                                                                                                         5) Duct connectors that contain combustible materials and that are used between
                                                                                                                       ducts and air outlet units shall
                                                                                                                          a) conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 air duct materials in
                                                                                                                              CAN/ULC-S110, “Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts,”
                                                                                                                          b) be not more than 4 m long,
                                                                                                                          c) be used only in horizontal runs, and
                                                                                                                          d) not penetrate a required fire separation.


                                                                                                    3-166 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            3.6.5.5.

                                                                                                    3.6.5.2.         Vibration Isolation Connectors
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), vibration isolation connectors in air duct
                                                                                                                     systems shall be noncombustible.
                                                                                                                         2) Combustible fabric vibration isolation connectors are permitted provided they
                                                                                                                         a) are not more than 250 mm long,
                                                                                                                         b) comply with the flame-resistance requirements of CAN/ULC-S109,
                                                                                                                            “Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films,”
                                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                                         c) are not used in a location where they are exposed to heated air or radiation
                                                                                                                            from heat sources that could cause the exposed surface temperature to be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            more than 120°C.

                                                                                                    3.6.5.3.         Tape
                                                                                                                        1) Tape used to seal joints in air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems
                                                                                                                     shall meet the flame-resistance requirements for fabric in CAN/ULC-S109, “Standard
                                                                                                                     Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films.”

                                                                                                    3.6.5.4.         Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
                                                                                                                        1) Coverings, linings and associated adhesives and insulation for air ducts,
                                                                                                                     plenums and other parts of air duct systems that would have an exposed surface
                                                                                                                     temperature more than 120°C when exposed to heated air or radiation from heat
                                                                                                                     sources shall be of noncombustible material.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), combustible coverings and linings,
                                                                                                                     including associated adhesives and insulation, shall have
                                                                                                                         a) a flame-spread rating not more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any surface
                                                                                                                            that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, and
                                                                                                                         b) a smoke developed classification not more than 50.
                                                                                                                        3) The outer covering of ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems used
                                                                                                                     within an assembly of combustible construction is permitted to have
                                                                                                                        a) an exposed surface flame-spread rating not more than 75, and
                                                                                                                        b) a smoke developed classification not more than 50.
                                                                                                                         4) Combustible coverings and linings referred to in Sentences (2) and (3) shall
                                                                                                                     not flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with the method
                                                                                                                     of test in ASTM C411, “Standard Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of
                                                                                                                     High-Temperature Thermal Insulation,” at the maximum temperature to which the
                                                                                                                     coverings and linings are to be exposed in service.
                                                                                                                        5) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), foamed plastic insulation shall not be used
                                                                                                                     as part of an air duct system or for insulating an air duct.
                                                                                                                        6) Foamed plastic insulation is permitted to be installed in a ceiling space that is
                                                                                                                     used as a return air plenum provided the foamed plastic insulation is protected from
                                                                                                                     exposure to the plenum in accordance with Article 3.1.5.15.
                                                                                                                        7) Combustible coverings and linings of ducts, including associated adhesives
                                                                                                                     and insulation, shall be interrupted where the duct penetrates a fire separation and at
                                                                                                                     the immediate area of operation of heat sources in a duct system, including electric
                                                                                                                     resistance heaters or fuel-burning heaters or furnaces.

                                                                                                    3.6.5.5.         Insulation and Coverings
                                                                                                                        1) Insulation and coverings on pipes in which the temperature of the fluid exceeds
                                                                                                                     120°C shall
                                                                                                                        a) be made of noncombustible material, or
                                                                                                                        b) not flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with
                                                                                                                            ASTM C411, “Standard Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of
                                                                                                                            High-Temperature Thermal Insulation,” at the maximum temperature to
                                                                                                                            which the insulation or covering is to be exposed in service.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-167
                                                                                                    3.6.5.6.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), where combustible insulation is used on
                                                                                                                       piping in a horizontal service space or a vertical service space, the insulation and coverings
                                                                                                                       on that piping shall have a flame-spread rating, on any exposed surface and on any
                                                                                                                       surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction,
                                                                                                                          a) not more than 25 in a building required to be of noncombustible construction
                                                                                                                              or in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass
                                                                                                                              timber construction, or
                                                                                                                          b) not more than 75 in a building permitted to be of combustible construction.
                                                                                                                           3) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), insulation and coverings on piping located
                                                                                                                       in rooms and spaces other than the service spaces described in Sentence (2) shall have a
                                                                                                                       flame-spread rating not more than that required for the interior finish of the ceiling of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       the room or space.
                                                                                                                          4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible insulation and covering used
                                                                                                                       on piping in a building within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6. shall have a smoke
                                                                                                                       developed classification not more than 100.
                                                                                                                          5) No flame-spread rating or smoke developed classification limits are required for
                                                                                                                       combustible insulation and coverings used on piping located within a
                                                                                                                          a) concealed space in a wall,
                                                                                                                          b) floor slab, or
                                                                                                                          c) noncombustible enclosure.

                                                                                                    3.6.5.6.           Clearance of Ducts and Plenums
                                                                                                                          1) The clearance of furnace plenums from combustible material shall conform to the
                                                                                                                       requirements of the appropriate standards referenced in Sentence 6.2.1.5.(1).
                                                                                                                          2) If the plenum clearance required in accordance with Sentence (1) is not more
                                                                                                                       than 75 mm, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be
                                                                                                                       not less than
                                                                                                                          a) the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 450 mm from
                                                                                                                               the plenum, and
                                                                                                                          b) 12 mm at a horizontal distance of 450 mm or more from the plenum, except
                                                                                                                               that this clearance is permitted to be reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset
                                                                                                                               in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct from
                                                                                                                               direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(2).)
                                                                                                                          3) If the plenum clearance required in accordance with Sentence (1) is more than 75
                                                                                                                       mm but not more than 150 mm, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible
                                                                                                                       material shall be not less than
                                                                                                                          a) the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1 800 mm
                                                                                                                              from the plenum, and
                                                                                                                          b) 12 mm at a horizontal distance of 1 800 mm or more from the plenum, except
                                                                                                                              that this distance is permitted to be reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset
                                                                                                                              in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct from
                                                                                                                              direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(3).)
                                                                                                                          4) If the plenum clearance required in accordance with Sentence (1) is more than
                                                                                                                       150 mm, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be not
                                                                                                                       less than
                                                                                                                           a) the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1 000 mm
                                                                                                                               from the plenum,
                                                                                                                           b) 150 mm within a horizontal distance between 1 000 mm and 1 800 mm from
                                                                                                                               the plenum, and
                                                                                                                           c) 25 mm at a horizontal distance of 1 800 mm or more from the plenum, except
                                                                                                                               that this distance is permitted to be reduced to 8 mm beyond a bend or
                                                                                                                               offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct
                                                                                                                               from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(4).)


                                                                                                    3-168 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.7.2.2.

                                                                                                                        5) If a register is installed in a floor directly over a pipeless furnace, a double-walled
                                                                                                                     register box with not less than 100 mm between walls, or a register box with the
                                                                                                                     warm-air passage completely surrounded by the cold-air passage, shall be permitted
                                                                                                                     instead of the clearances listed in Sentences (2) to (4).

                                                                                                    3.6.5.7.         Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust-Air Openings
                                                                                                                        1) Combustible grilles, diffusers and other devices for supply, return, and
                                                                                                                     exhaust-air openings in rooms shall conform to the flame-spread rating and smoke
                                                                                                                     developed classification requirements for the interior finish of the surface on which
                                                                                                                     they are installed.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.6.5.8.         Return-Air System
                                                                                                                       1) Except as required by Sentences (2) and (3), return ducts shall be constructed of
                                                                                                                     material having a flame-spread rating not more than 150.
                                                                                                                        2) If any part of a return duct will be exposed to radiation from the furnace heat
                                                                                                                     exchanger or other radiating part within the furnace, that part of a return duct directly
                                                                                                                     above or within 600 mm of the outside furnace casing shall be noncombustible.
                                                                                                                        3) Return ducts serving solid-fuel-burning furnaces shall be constructed of
                                                                                                                     noncombustible material.
                                                                                                                         4)   Combustible return ducts shall be lined with noncombustible material
                                                                                                                         a)   below floor registers,
                                                                                                                         b)   at the bottom of vertical ducts, and
                                                                                                                         c)   under furnaces having a bottom return.


                                                                                                    Section 3.7. Health Requirements
                                                                                                    3.7.1.           Height of Rooms
                                                                                                    3.7.1.1.         Room and Space Height
                                                                                                                        1) The height of every room and space shall be sufficient so that the ceiling or
                                                                                                                     ceiling fixtures do not obstruct movement or activities below.
                                                                                                                         2) The unobstructed height in dwelling units shall conform to Subsection 9.5.3.

                                                                                                    3.7.2.           Plumbing Facilities
                                                                                                    3.7.2.1.         Plumbing and Drainage Systems
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), for the purpose of this Subsection, the
                                                                                                                     occupant load shall be determined in accordance with Subsection 3.1.17.
                                                                                                                        2) For the purpose of this Subsection, the occupant load for floor areas that are
                                                                                                                     classified as an industrial occupancy is permitted to be based solely on the total number
                                                                                                                     of staff for which the floor area is designed, where the floor area is only intermittently
                                                                                                                     occupied or where the presence of occupants is transitory. (See Note A-3.7.2.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Except as permitted in Sentence (4), if the installation of a sanitary drainage
                                                                                                                     system is not possible because of the absence of a water supply, sanitary privies,
                                                                                                                     chemical closets or other means for the disposal of human waste shall be provided.
                                                                                                                        4) Waterless urinals are permitted to be used in buildings provided with a water
                                                                                                                     supply.

                                                                                                    3.7.2.2.         Water Closets
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), water closets shall be provided for each
                                                                                                                     sex assuming that the occupant load is equally divided between males and females,
                                                                                                                     unless the proportion of each sex expected in the building can be determined with
                                                                                                                     reasonable accuracy. (See Note A-3.7.2.2.(1).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-169
                                                                                                    3.7.2.2.                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Both sexes are permitted to be served by a single water closet if the occupant
                                                                                                                       load in an occupancy referred to in Sentence (4), (8), (10), (11), (12) or (14) is not more
                                                                                                                       than 10.

                                                                                                                          3) Urinals are permitted to be substituted for two thirds of the number of water
                                                                                                                       closets required by this Article for males, except that if only 2 water closets are required
                                                                                                                       for males, one urinal is permitted to be substituted for one of the water closets.

                                                                                                                          4) Except as permitted by Sentences (2), (5) and (6), the number of water closets
                                                                                                                       required for assembly occupancies shall conform to Table 3.7.2.2.-A.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                         Table 3.7.2.2.-A
                                                                                                                                            Water Closets for an Assembly Occupancy
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 3.7.2.2.(4)

                                                                                                                                                                             Minimum Number of Water Closets
                                                                                                            Number of Persons of Each Sex
                                                                                                                                                                    Male                                        Female
                                                                                                                         1 - 25                                       1                                            1
                                                                                                                        26 - 50                                       1                                            2
                                                                                                                        51 - 75                                       2                                            3
                                                                                                                        76 - 100                                      2                                            4
                                                                                                                       101 - 125                                      3                                            5
                                                                                                                       126 - 150                                      3                                            6
                                                                                                                       151 - 175                                      4                                            7
                                                                                                                       176 - 200                                      4                                            8
                                                                                                                       201 - 250                                      5                                            9
                                                                                                                       251 - 300                                      5                                            10
                                                                                                                       301 - 350                                      6                                            11
                                                                                                                       351 - 400                                      6                                            12
                                                                                                                                                  7, plus 1 for each additional increment of   13, plus 1 for each additional increment of
                                                                                                                       Over 400
                                                                                                                                                         200 males in excess of 400                   100 females in excess of 400


                                                                                                                          5) The number of water closets required for primary schools and daycare centres
                                                                                                                       shall be at least one for each 30 males and one for each 25 females.

                                                                                                                          6) The number of water closets required for places of worship and undertaking
                                                                                                                       premises shall be at least one for each 150 persons of each sex.

                                                                                                                          7) The number of water closets required for a treatment or detention occupancy shall
                                                                                                                       be determined on the basis of the special needs of the occupancy.

                                                                                                                          8) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (5), the number of water closets
                                                                                                                       required for a care or residential occupancy shall be at least one for each 10 persons of
                                                                                                                       each sex.

                                                                                                                          9) At least one water closet shall be provided for each dwelling unit.

                                                                                                                        10) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the number of water closets required for a
                                                                                                                       business and personal services occupancy shall conform to Table 3.7.2.2.-B.




                                                                                                    3-170 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                          3.7.2.3.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 3.7.2.2.-B
                                                                                                                                 Water Closets for a Business and Personal Services Occupancy
                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentences 3.7.2.2.(10) and (14)

                                                                                                                    Number of Persons of Each Sex                          Minimum Number of Water Closets for Each Sex
                                                                                                                                1 - 25                                                             1
                                                                                                                               26 - 50                                                             2
                                                                                                                               Over 50                                  3, plus 1 for each additional increment of 50 persons of
                                                                                                                                                                                        each sex in excess of 50




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       11) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (14), the number of water closets
                                                                                                                     required for a mercantile occupancy shall be at least one for each 300 males and one for
                                                                                                                     each 150 females.
                                                                                                                      12) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the number of water closets required for
                                                                                                                     an industrial occupancy shall conform to Table 3.7.2.2.-C.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 3.7.2.2.-C
                                                                                                                                             Water Closets for an Industrial Occupancy
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 3.7.2.2.(12)

                                                                                                                    Number of Persons of Each Sex                          Minimum Number of Water Closets for Each Sex
                                                                                                                                1 - 10                                                             1
                                                                                                                               11 - 25                                                             2
                                                                                                                               26 - 50                                                             3
                                                                                                                               51 - 75                                                             4
                                                                                                                               76 - 100                                                            5
                                                                                                                              Over 100                                  6, plus 1 for each additional increment of 30 persons of
                                                                                                                                                                                       each sex in excess of 100


                                                                                                                       13) In a building whose floor area is more than 600 m2 and that includes one or more
                                                                                                                     individual tenant spaces for a business and personal services occupancy or mercantile
                                                                                                                     occupancy, water closets shall be located so that they are accessible to the public when
                                                                                                                     the building is occupied.
                                                                                                                      14) The number of water closets required in a suite of mercantile occupancy whose
                                                                                                                     area is not more than 500 m2 is permitted to be determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Table 3.7.2.2.-B based solely on the total number of staff.

                                                                                                    3.7.2.3.         Lavatories
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), at least one lavatory shall be provided in a
                                                                                                                     room containing one or 2 water closets or urinals, and at least one additional lavatory
                                                                                                                     shall be provided for each additional 2 water closets or urinals.
                                                                                                                        2) Wash fountains in circular form are permitted to be provided in lieu of
                                                                                                                     lavatories required by Sentence (1) provided each 500 mm of circumference is
                                                                                                                     considered to be the equivalent of one lavatory.
                                                                                                                        3) Any shelf or projection above a lavatory shall be located so that it will not be
                                                                                                                     a hazard.
                                                                                                                         4) Lavatories required by Sentence (1) shall be equipped with faucets that
                                                                                                                         a) operate automatically, or
                                                                                                                         b) have a manual control that
                                                                                                                               i) complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
                                                                                                                              ii) does not require the application of continuous force to
                                                                                                                                  maintain water flow, and
                                                                                                                             iii) where metered, provides at least 10 s of water flow.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                   Division B 3-171
                                                                                                    3.7.2.4.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    3.7.2.4.           Safety Glazing

                                                                                                                         1) Glazing used for a shower or bathtub enclosure shall conform to Class A of
                                                                                                                       CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing.”

                                                                                                    3.7.2.5.           Surface Protection

                                                                                                                          1) Wall and floor surfaces below the uppermost surfaces of a urinal shall be
                                                                                                                       protected from deterioration by impervious and durable material for a distance from
                                                                                                                       the urinal to a point not less than 900 mm from the projected outline of the urinal
                                                                                                                       on to the wall or floor.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) Floor surfaces around a water closet shall be protected from deterioration by
                                                                                                                       an impervious and durable material for a distance not less than 900 mm from the
                                                                                                                       projected outline of the water closet on the floor.

                                                                                                    3.7.2.6.           Floor Drain

                                                                                                                          1) A floor drain shall be installed in a washroom containing a urinal equipped
                                                                                                                       with an automatic flushing device.

                                                                                                    3.7.2.7.           Grab Bars

                                                                                                                          1) Grab bars shall
                                                                                                                          a) be slip-resistant and free of any sharp or abrasive elements,
                                                                                                                          b) be mounted on surfaces that are free of any sharp or abrasive elements,
                                                                                                                          c) be able to resist a load of not less than 1.3 kN applied vertically or
                                                                                                                             horizontally,
                                                                                                                          d) be 30 mm to 40 mm in diameter, and
                                                                                                                          e) where mounted on a wall, have a clearance of 35 mm to 45 mm from the
                                                                                                                             wall.

                                                                                                    3.7.2.8.           Bathtubs

                                                                                                                          1) Where a bathtub is installed in a hotel or a motel, it shall
                                                                                                                          a) have a clear floor space at least 750 mm wide along its length, except that a
                                                                                                                             water closet or a lavatory is permitted to encroach this space,
                                                                                                                          b) have faucets and other controls that conform to Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
                                                                                                                          c) have a slip-resistant bottom surface,
                                                                                                                          d) have grab bars that
                                                                                                                                i) conform to Sentence 3.7.2.7.(1),
                                                                                                                               ii) are not less than 1 200 mm long located vertically at the
                                                                                                                                   end of the bathtub that is adjacent to the clear floor space,
                                                                                                                                   with the lower end between 180 mm and 280 mm above
                                                                                                                                   the bathtub rim, and
                                                                                                                              iii) are not less than 1 200 mm long located horizontally along
                                                                                                                                   the length of the bathtub at 180 mm to 280 mm above the
                                                                                                                                   bathtub rim, and
                                                                                                                          e) be capable of being accessed along its full length with no tracks mounted on
                                                                                                                             the bathtub rim.

                                                                                                    3.7.3.             Medical Gas Piping Systems

                                                                                                    3.7.3.1.           Medical Gas Piping

                                                                                                                          1) If a non-flammable medical gas piping system is installed, it shall be installed in
                                                                                                                       conformance with
                                                                                                                          a) CSA Z7396.1, “Medical gas pipeline systems – Part 1: Pipelines for medical
                                                                                                                             gases, medical vacuum, medical support gases, and anaesthetic gas
                                                                                                                             scavenging systems,”and
                                                                                                                          b) Part 3 of Division B of the NFC.


                                                                                                    3-172 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                     3.8.2.3.

                                                                                                    Section 3.8. Accessibility
                                                                                                    (See Note A-3.8.)

                                                                                                    3.8.1.              Scope

                                                                                                    3.8.1.1.            Scope

                                                                                                                           1) This Section is concerned with the barrier-free design of buildings.

                                                                                                                          2) Buildings and facilities required to be barrier-free in accordance with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        Subsection 3.8.2. shall be designed in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3.

                                                                                                    3.8.2.              Application

                                                                                                    3.8.2.1.            Exceptions
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-3.8.2.1.)

                                                                                                                           1) The requirements of this Section apply to all buildings except
                                                                                                                           a) detached houses, semi-detached houses, houses with a secondary suite,
                                                                                                                              duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row houses and boarding houses (see
                                                                                                                              Note A-1.4.1.2.(1) of Division A, Secondary Suite),
                                                                                                                           b) buildings of Group F, Division 1 major occupancy, and
                                                                                                                           c) buildings that are not intended to be occupied on a daily or full-time basis,
                                                                                                                              including automatic telephone exchanges, pumphouses and substations.

                                                                                                    3.8.2.2.            Entrances
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-3.8.2.2.)

                                                                                                                            1) Except for service entrances and entrances to suites described in
                                                                                                                        Clause 3.8.2.3.(2)(l), all pedestrian entrances to a barrier-free storey of a building referred
                                                                                                                        to in Sentence 3.8.2.1.(1) shall be barrier-free and shall connect to a barrier-free exterior
                                                                                                                        path of travel complying with Sentence 3.8.2.5.(1).

                                                                                                                           2) A barrier-free entrance required by Sentence (1) shall be designed in accordance
                                                                                                                        with Subsection 3.8.3.

                                                                                                                          3) At a barrier-free entrance that includes more than one doorway, only one of the
                                                                                                                        doorways is required to be designed in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3.

                                                                                                                           4) If a walkway or pedestrian bridge connects two barrier-free storeys in different
                                                                                                                        buildings, the path of travel from one storey to the other storey by means of the walkway
                                                                                                                        or bridge shall be barrier-free.

                                                                                                    3.8.2.3.            Areas Requiring a Barrier-Free Path of Travel
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-3.8.2.3.)

                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a barrier-free path of travel from the
                                                                                                                        entrances required by Sentence 3.8.2.2.(1) to be barrier-free shall be provided
                                                                                                                        throughout the entrance storey and within all other normally occupied floor areas. (See
                                                                                                                        Article 3.3.1.7. for additional requirements regarding floor areas above or below the first
                                                                                                                        storey to which a barrier-free path of travel is required.)

                                                                                                                           2)    A barrier-free path of travel for persons in wheelchairs is not required
                                                                                                                           a)    to service rooms,
                                                                                                                           b)    to elevator machine rooms,
                                                                                                                           c)    to janitors' rooms,
                                                                                                                           d)    to service spaces,
                                                                                                                           e)    to crawl spaces,
                                                                                                                            f)   to attic or roof spaces,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                              Division B 3-173
                                                                                                    3.8.2.4.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                          g) to the floor level above or below the entrance level in buildings no more than
                                                                                                                              2 storeys in building height or in 2-storey suites, unless the floor level above
                                                                                                                              or below (see Note A-3.8.2.3.(2)(g))
                                                                                                                                  i) is served by a passenger elevator, a platform-equipped
                                                                                                                                     passenger-elevating device, an escalator or an inclined
                                                                                                                                     moving walk,
                                                                                                                                 ii) is 600 m2 or more in floor area,
                                                                                                                                iii) contains facilities that are not contained on the entrance
                                                                                                                                     level, but that are integral to the principal function of the
                                                                                                                                     entrance level, or
                                                                                                                                iv) contains an assembly occupancy more than 100 m2 in floor area,
                                                                                                                          h) within a parking level with no barrier-free parking spaces,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          i) within high-hazard industrial occupancies,
                                                                                                                           j) within portions of a floor area with fixed seats in an assembly occupancy
                                                                                                                              where those portions are not part of the barrier-free path of travel to spaces
                                                                                                                              designated for wheelchair use,
                                                                                                                          k) within floor levels of a suite of residential occupancy that are not at the same
                                                                                                                              level as the entry level to the suite, or
                                                                                                                          l) within a suite of residential occupancy that has not been designated by an
                                                                                                                              authority having jurisdiction to be accessible for use by persons with physical
                                                                                                                              disabilities.

                                                                                                                          3) In an assembly occupancy, the number of spaces designated for wheelchair
                                                                                                                       use within rooms or areas with fixed seats shall conform to Table 3.8.2.3. (See also
                                                                                                                       Article 3.8.3.22. for additional requirements.)

                                                                                                                          4) The number of spaces designated for wheelchair use within waiting rooms or
                                                                                                                       areas with fixed seats shall conform to Table 3.8.2.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.3.(4).) (See also
                                                                                                                       Article 3.8.3.22. for additional requirements.)

                                                                                                                          5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), in an assembly occupancy with more than
                                                                                                                       25 fixed seats, each row of seats served by two aisles shall have one adaptable
                                                                                                                       seat conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. located adjacent to one of the aisles. (See
                                                                                                                       Note A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)

                                                                                                                         6) At least 5% of the adaptable seats required by Sentence (5) but no more than 20
                                                                                                                       adaptable seats shall adjoin a barrier-free path of travel. (See Note A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6)
                                                                                                                       and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)

                                                                                                                                                               Table 3.8.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                     Designated Wheelchair Spaces
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 3.8.2.3.(3) and (4)

                                                                                                                  Number of Fixed Seats in Seating Area                            Number of Spaces Required for Wheelchairs
                                                                                                                                  2 - 99                                                                  2
                                                                                                                                100 - 499                                3, plus 1 for each additional increment of 70 seats in excess of 100
                                                                                                                                500 - 1 999                              9, plus 1 for each additional increment of 80 seats in excess of 500
                                                                                                                              2 000 - 7 999                            28, plus 1 for each additional increment of 95 seats in excess of 2 000
                                                                                                                               Over 7 999                              91, plus 1 for each additional increment of 100 seats in excess of 8 000


                                                                                                    3.8.2.4.           Access to Storeys Served by Escalators and Moving Walks

                                                                                                                          1) In a building in which an escalator or inclined moving walk provides access to
                                                                                                                       any floor level, an interior barrier-free path of travel shall also be provided to that floor
                                                                                                                       level. (See Note A-3.8.2.4.(1).)

                                                                                                                           2) The route from the escalator or inclined moving walk to the barrier-free path
                                                                                                                       of travel that leads from floor to floor as required by Sentence (1) shall be clearly
                                                                                                                       indicated by appropriate signs.


                                                                                                    3-174 Division B                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              3.8.2.8.

                                                                                                    3.8.2.5.         Exterior Barrier-Free Paths of Travel to Building Entrances and
                                                                                                                     Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.8.2.5.)

                                                                                                                        1) A direct exterior barrier-free path of travel that complies with Subsection 3.8.3.
                                                                                                                     shall be provided between a barrier-free entrance referred to in Article 3.8.2.2. and
                                                                                                                        a) a designated barrier-free parking area, where provided,
                                                                                                                        b) an exterior passenger-loading zone, where provided, and
                                                                                                                         c) a public thoroughfare.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) In storage garages, a barrier-free path of travel that complies with Subsection 3.8.3.
                                                                                                                     shall be provided between each parking level with barrier-free parking and all other
                                                                                                                     parts of the building required to be provided with barrier-free access in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Subsection 3.8.2. that are served by that storage garage. (See Note A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2).)

                                                                                                                         3) Exterior passenger-loading zones shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.

                                                                                                    3.8.2.6.         Controls

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence 3.5.2.1.(3), controls for the operation of building
                                                                                                                     services or safety devices, including electrical switches, thermostats, faucets, door
                                                                                                                     hardware and intercom switches, that are intended to be operated by the occupant
                                                                                                                     shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.6.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.8.2.7.         Power Door Operators

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), and except for doors provided with
                                                                                                                     hold-open devices, doors equipped with a self-closing device shall be equipped with
                                                                                                                     power door operators complying with Subsection 3.8.3. that allow persons to activate
                                                                                                                     the opening of the doors in the intended direction of travel, where the doors are located
                                                                                                                         a) in an entrance referred to in Article 3.8.2.2., including the interior doors of a
                                                                                                                            vestibule where provided,
                                                                                                                         b) in a barrier-free path of travel, between the entrance referred to in Clause (a)
                                                                                                                            and the entrance doors to suites or rooms served by a public corridor or a
                                                                                                                            corridor used by the public (see Note A-3.8.2.7.(1)(b)), and
                                                                                                                         c) in an entrance to a washroom with a barrier-free water closet.

                                                                                                                        2) Only the active leaf in a multiple leaf door in a barrier-free path of travel need
                                                                                                                     conform to the requirements of this Article.

                                                                                                                        3) Where more than one doorway is provided at a barrier-free entrance, only one of
                                                                                                                     them is required to comply with this Article. (See Note A-3.8.2.7.(3).)

                                                                                                    3.8.2.8.         Plumbing Facilities

                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), at each location where washrooms are
                                                                                                                     provided in a storey to which a barrier-free path of travel is required in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Article 3.8.2.3., at least one universal washroom complying with Subsection 3.8.3. shall
                                                                                                                     be provided. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)

                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), where more than two water closets or a
                                                                                                                     combination of more than one water closet and one urinal are provided in a washroom
                                                                                                                     located in a storey to which a barrier-free path of travel is required in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Article 3.8.2.3., at least one water-closet stall shall be barrier-free in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)

                                                                                                                        3) Washrooms located within a suite of residential occupancy or a suite of
                                                                                                                     care occupancy need not conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) or (2). (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-175
                                                                                                    3.8.2.9.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                          4) In a building in which water closets are required in accordance with
                                                                                                                       Subsection 3.7.2., at least one barrier-free water closet shall be provided in the entrance
                                                                                                                       storey, unless
                                                                                                                           a) a barrier-free path of travel is provided to barrier-free water closets elsewhere
                                                                                                                               in the building, or
                                                                                                                           b) the water closets required by Subsection 3.7.2. are for dwelling units only.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)
                                                                                                                          5) At least one water-closet stall or enclosure in a washroom required to be
                                                                                                                       barrier-free shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
                                                                                                                          6) Where urinals are provided in a barrier-free washroom, at least one urinal for
                                                                                                                       persons with limited mobility conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided for




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       every 10 urinals.
                                                                                                                          7) Where water-closet stalls are provided in a barrier-free washroom, at least
                                                                                                                       one stall for persons with limited mobility conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. shall be
                                                                                                                       provided for every 10 stalls.
                                                                                                                         8) A barrier-free washroom shall be provided with a lavatory that complies with
                                                                                                                       Subsection 3.8.3.
                                                                                                                         9) Where mirrors are provided in a barrier-free washroom, at least one mirror shall
                                                                                                                       comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
                                                                                                                        10) At each location where one or more drinking fountains are provided, at least
                                                                                                                       one of them shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
                                                                                                                         11) At each location where one or more water-bottle filling stations are provided,
                                                                                                                       at least one of them shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
                                                                                                                        12) Except within a suite of care occupancy or a suite of residential occupancy, where
                                                                                                                       showers are provided in a building, at least one shower stall in each group of showers
                                                                                                                       shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
                                                                                                                         13) At each location where a showering facility is provided for use by the general
                                                                                                                       public or customers, or as part of a common-use area for employees, at least one
                                                                                                                       universal dressing and shower room conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(13).)
                                                                                                                        14) Where a bathtub is installed in a suite of residential occupancy required to be
                                                                                                                       barrier-free, it shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
                                                                                                                         15) In buildings containing Group A, Group B, Division 2 or Group E major
                                                                                                                       occupancies where at least one of these major occupancies has an occupant load of more
                                                                                                                       than 500, at least one universal washroom on the storey on which the main barrier-free
                                                                                                                       entrance to the building is located shall incorporate an accessible change space
                                                                                                                       conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(15).)

                                                                                                    3.8.2.9.           Assistive Listening Systems
                                                                                                                          1) In a building of assembly occupancy, all classrooms, auditoria, meeting rooms and
                                                                                                                       theatres with an area of more than 100 m2 shall be equipped with an assistive listening
                                                                                                                       system complying with Subsection 3.8.3.
                                                                                                                          2) In each location where information, goods or services are provided to the
                                                                                                                       public at service counters in buildings of assembly occupancy, at least one of the service
                                                                                                                       counters shall be equipped with
                                                                                                                           a) an assistive listening system or adaptive technology conforming to
                                                                                                                              Subsection 3.8.3., and
                                                                                                                          b) an amplification system, where there is a barrier to communication, such
                                                                                                                              as a glass screen.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.2.9.(2).)

                                                                                                    3.8.2.10.          Signs and Indicators
                                                                                                                          1) Signs providing visual information in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. shall
                                                                                                                       be installed to indicate the location of
                                                                                                                           a) barrier-free entrances,


                                                                                                    3-176 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      3.8.3.1.

                                                                                                                             b)    barrier-free washrooms,
                                                                                                                             c)    barrier-free showers,
                                                                                                                             d)    barrier-free elevators,
                                                                                                                             e)    barrier-free parking spaces, and
                                                                                                                             f)    assistive listening systems or adaptive technologies.

                                                                                                                            2) Where a washroom is not designed to accommodate persons with physical
                                                                                                                         disabilities in a storey to which a barrier-free path of travel is required, signs providing
                                                                                                                         visual and tactile information in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be installed to
                                                                                                                         indicate the location of barrier-free facilities.

                                                                                                                            3) Except for doors that serve service spaces or are located within a suite, signs




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         installed at or near doors shall provide the same information in both visual and tactile
                                                                                                                         forms in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3.

                                                                                                                           4) Directional signs shall provide visual information in accordance with
                                                                                                                         Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.10.(4).)

                                                                                                    3.8.2.11.            Counters

                                                                                                                           1) Where a service counter is provided, at least one section of it shall comply with
                                                                                                                         Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.11.(1).) (See also Note A-3.8.2.3.)

                                                                                                    3.8.2.12.            Telephones

                                                                                                                             1) In each location where one or more public telephones are installed, at least one
                                                                                                                         telephone shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.               Design

                                                                                                    3.8.3.1.             Design Standards

                                                                                                                            1) Buildings or parts thereof and facilities that are required to be barrier-free shall
                                                                                                                         be designed in accordance with
                                                                                                                             a) this Subsection, or
                                                                                                                            b) the provisions of CSA B651, “Accessible design for the built environment,”
                                                                                                                                listed in Table 3.8.3.1., in their entirety.
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-3.8.3.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 3.8.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                            Barrier-free Design Provisions
                                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentence 3.8.3.1.(1)
                                                                                                                     Barrier-free Application (Code References)                                  Applicable CSA B651 Provisions
                                                                                                    Interior accessible routes (3.8.3.2.)                                                                  4.3 and 5.1
                                                                                                    Exterior accessible routes (3.8.3.3.)                                                            8.2.1 to 8.2.5 and 8.2.7
                                                                                                    Passenger pickup areas (3.8.3.4.)                                                                           9.3
                                                                                                    Ramps (3.8.3.5.)                                                                                       5.3 and 5.5
                                                                                                    Doors and doorways (3.8.3.6.)                                                                               5.2
                                                                                                    Passenger-elevating devices (3.8.3.7.)                                                                     5.6.2
                                                                                                    Operating controls (3.8.3.8.)                                                                               4.2
                                                                                                    Signage (3.8.3.9.)                                                                                     4.5 and 9.4
                                                                                                    Drinking fountains (3.8.3.10.)                                                                              6.1
                                                                                                    Washroom facilities (3.8.3.12. to 3.8.3.16.)                                                           6.2 and 6.3
                                                                                                    Bathing facilities (3.8.3.17. and 3.8.3.18.)                                                                6.5
                                                                                                    Communication (3.8.3.19. and 3.8.3.21.)                                                                     6.6
                                                                                                    Counters (3.8.3.20. and 3.8.3.21.)                                                                         6.7.1
                                                                                                    Spaces in seating areas (3.8.3.22.)                                                                        6.7.3


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                Division B 3-177
                                                                                                    3.8.3.2.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    3.8.3.2.           Barrier-Free Path of Travel

                                                                                                                          1) Except as required elsewhere in this Part or as permitted by Sentence (2) and
                                                                                                                       Article 3.8.3.6. pertaining to doorways, the clear width of a barrier-free path of travel
                                                                                                                       shall be not less than 1 000 mm.

                                                                                                                           2) The clear width of a barrier-free path of travel is permitted to be reduced to not
                                                                                                                       less than 850 mm for a length of not more than 600 mm, provided the clear floor space
                                                                                                                       at either end of the reduced-clear width section is level within a rectangular area
                                                                                                                           a) whose dimension parallel to each end of the reduced-clear width section is
                                                                                                                               not less than 1 000 mm, and
                                                                                                                           b) whose dimension perpendicular to each end of the reduced-clear width




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               section is not less than 1 500 mm.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.3.2.(2).)

                                                                                                                          3) Interior and exterior walking surfaces that are within a barrier-free path of travel
                                                                                                                       shall
                                                                                                                          a) have no opening that will permit the passage of a sphere more than 13 mm
                                                                                                                              in diameter,
                                                                                                                          b) have any elongated openings oriented approximately perpendicular to the
                                                                                                                              direction of travel,
                                                                                                                           c) be stable, firm and slip-resistant,
                                                                                                                          d) have a cross slope no steeper than 1 in 50,
                                                                                                                           e) be beveled at a maximum slope of 1 in 2 at changes in level between 6 mm
                                                                                                                              and 13 mm, and
                                                                                                                           f) be provided with sloped floors or ramps at changes in level more than
                                                                                                                              13 mm.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.3.2.(3).)

                                                                                                                          4) A barrier-free path of travel is permitted to include ramps, passenger elevators or
                                                                                                                       other platform-equipped passenger-elevating devices to overcome a difference in level.

                                                                                                                          5) The width of a barrier-free path of travel that is more than 24 m long shall be
                                                                                                                       increased to not less than 1 700 mm for a length of 1 700 mm at intervals not exceeding
                                                                                                                       24 m.

                                                                                                                          6) Where a section of a barrier-free path of travel is less than 1 500 mm wide for a
                                                                                                                       distance of more than 12 m, it shall end in a clear floor space that is
                                                                                                                           a) not less than 1 700 mm in diameter,
                                                                                                                           b) not less than 1 700 mm by 1 500 mm, or
                                                                                                                           c) T-shaped with overall dimensions measuring 1 700 mm wide by 1 500 mm
                                                                                                                              long, where the two arms of the “T” are not less than 1 000 mm wide and
                                                                                                                              extend not less than 300 mm from each side of the base of the “T” and the
                                                                                                                              base is not less than 1 000 mm wide and extends not less than 500 mm
                                                                                                                              from each arm.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.3.2.(6).)

                                                                                                    3.8.3.3.           Exterior Walks

                                                                                                                          1) Exterior walks that form part of a barrier-free path of travel shall
                                                                                                                          a) have a slip-resistant, continuous and even surface,
                                                                                                                          b) be not less than 1 600 mm wide,
                                                                                                                          c) have a level area conforming to Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(c) adjacent to an entrance
                                                                                                                             doorway, and
                                                                                                                          d) be designed in accordance with Clause 8.2.1 of CSA B651, “Accessible
                                                                                                                             design for the built environment.”

                                                                                                    3.8.3.4.           Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones

                                                                                                                          1) If an exterior passenger-loading zone is provided, it shall have
                                                                                                                          a) an access aisle not less than 1 500 mm wide and 6 000 mm long adjacent and
                                                                                                                             parallel to the vehicle pull-up space,


                                                                                                    3-178 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             3.8.3.6.

                                                                                                                         b) a curb ramp, where there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle
                                                                                                                            pull-up space, and
                                                                                                                         c) a clear height of not less than 2 750 mm at the pull-up space and along the
                                                                                                                            vehicle access and egress routes.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.5.         Ramps
                                                                                                                         1) A ramp located in a barrier-free path of travel shall
                                                                                                                         a) have a clear width not less than 1 000 mm (see Note A-3.4.3.4.),
                                                                                                                         b) have a uniform slope along its length not more than 1 in 12 (see
                                                                                                                             Note A-3.8.3.5.(1)(b)),
                                                                                                                         c) have a level area not less than 1 700 mm by 1 700 mm at the top and bottom




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             and at intermediate levels of a ramp leading to a door, so that on the latch
                                                                                                                             side the level area extends not less than
                                                                                                                                i) 600 mm beyond the edge of the door opening where the
                                                                                                                                   door opens towards the ramp, or
                                                                                                                               ii) 300 mm beyond the edge of the door opening where the
                                                                                                                                   door opens away from the ramp,
                                                                                                                             (see Note A-3.8.3.5.(1)(c)),
                                                                                                                         d) have a level area not less than 1 350 mm long and at least the same width
                                                                                                                             as the ramp
                                                                                                                                i) at intervals not more than 9 m along its length, and
                                                                                                                               ii) where there is an abrupt change in the direction of the ramp,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                         e) except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), be equipped with handrails
                                                                                                                             conforming to Article 3.4.6.5., except that they shall be not less than 865 mm
                                                                                                                             and not more than 965 mm high, and
                                                                                                                          f) be equipped with guards conforming to Article 3.4.6.6.
                                                                                                                        2) Handrails installed in addition to required handrails need not comply with the
                                                                                                                     height requirements stated in Clause (1)(e).
                                                                                                                        3) The requirement for handrails in Clause (1)(e) need not apply to a ramp serving
                                                                                                                     as an aisle for fixed seating.
                                                                                                                         4) The surfaces of ramps and landings shall
                                                                                                                         a) be hard or resilient where the ramp is steeper than 1 in 15 (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-3.8.3.5.(4)(a)),
                                                                                                                         b) have a cross slope no steeper than 1 in 50, and
                                                                                                                         c) where exposed to water, be designed to drain.
                                                                                                                        5) Ramps and landings not at grade or adjacent to a wall shall have edge protection
                                                                                                                     consisting of
                                                                                                                        a) a curb not less than 75 mm high, or
                                                                                                                        b) a raised barrier or rail located not more than 100 mm from the ramp or
                                                                                                                             landing surface.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.6.         Doorways and Doors
                                                                                                                       1) Except where stated otherwise, this Article applies to swinging and sliding
                                                                                                                     doors.
                                                                                                                        2) Every doorway that is located in a barrier-free path of travel shall have a
                                                                                                                     clear width not less than 850 mm when the door is in the open position. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-3.8.3.6.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Doorways in a path of travel to at least one bathroom within a suite of residential
                                                                                                                     occupancy shall have a clear width not less than 850 mm when the doors are open.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) Door-operating devices shall
                                                                                                                        a) comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b), and
                                                                                                                        b) be operable at a height between 900 mm and 1 100 mm above the floor.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(4).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 3-179
                                                                                                    3.8.3.6.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                          5) A threshold for a doorway referred to in Sentences (2) and (3) shall be not more
                                                                                                                       than 13 mm higher than the finished floor surface and shall be beveled to facilitate the
                                                                                                                       passage of wheelchairs.

                                                                                                                          6) Power door operators required by Sentence 3.8.2.7.(1) shall
                                                                                                                          a) activate automatically or through the use of controls that
                                                                                                                                 i) are located in a barrier-free path of travel,
                                                                                                                                ii) are marked with the International Symbol of Access,
                                                                                                                               iii) are located clear of the door swing and no more than
                                                                                                                                    1 500 mm from that door swing,
                                                                                                                               iv) comply with Subclause 3.8.3.8.(1)(a)(iii),
                                                                                                                                v) are operable from a height between 150 mm and 300 mm as




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    well as between 900 mm and 1 100 mm above the floor, and
                                                                                                                               vi) are operable by touching or approaching any part of their
                                                                                                                                    surface with a fist, arm or foot, and
                                                                                                                          b) unless equipped with safety sensors,
                                                                                                                                 i) fully open the door in not less than 3 s, and
                                                                                                                                ii) require a force not more than 65 N to stop movement of
                                                                                                                                    the door.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(6) and (7).)

                                                                                                                         7) A cane-detectable guard shall be installed on the hinged side of power-assisted
                                                                                                                       doors that swing open into the path of travel. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(6) and (7).)

                                                                                                                          8) Except as provided in Sentence (9) and except for a door with a power door
                                                                                                                       operator complying with Sentence (6), when unlatched, a door in a barrier-free path of
                                                                                                                       travel shall open when the force applied to the handle, push plate or latch-releasing
                                                                                                                       device is not more than
                                                                                                                           a) 38 N in the case of an exterior swinging door,
                                                                                                                           b) 22 N in the case of an interior swinging door, or
                                                                                                                           c) 22 N in the case of a sliding door.

                                                                                                                          9) Sentence (8) does not apply to a door at the entrance to a dwelling unit, or where
                                                                                                                       greater forces are required in order to close and latch the door against the prevailing
                                                                                                                       difference in air pressure on opposite sides of the door. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(9).)

                                                                                                                         10) Except for a door at the entrance to a dwelling unit, a closer for an interior door
                                                                                                                       in a barrier-free path of travel shall have a closing period of not less than 3 s measured
                                                                                                                       from when the door is in an open position of 70° to the doorway, to when the door
                                                                                                                       reaches a point 75 mm from the closed position, measured from the leading edge of the
                                                                                                                       latch side of the door. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(10).)

                                                                                                                         11) Unless equipped with a power door operator complying with Sentence (6), a
                                                                                                                       swinging door in a barrier-free path of travel shall have a clear space on the latch side
                                                                                                                       extending the height of the doorway and not less than
                                                                                                                           a) 600 mm beyond the edge of the door opening if the door swings toward
                                                                                                                              the approach side, and
                                                                                                                          b) 300 mm beyond the edge of the door opening if the door swings away from
                                                                                                                              the approach side.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(11).)

                                                                                                                         12) A vestibule located in a barrier-free path of travel shall be arranged to allow
                                                                                                                       the movement of wheelchairs between doors and shall provide a distance between 2
                                                                                                                       doors in series of not less than 1 350 mm plus the width of any door that swings into
                                                                                                                       the space in the path of travel from one door to another.

                                                                                                                        13) Only the active leaf in a multiple-leaf door in a barrier-free path of travel need
                                                                                                                       conform to the requirements of this Article.

                                                                                                                        14) Except as provided in Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(c) and Sentence (16), the clear floor
                                                                                                                       space on the pull side of a swinging door in a barrier-free path of travel shall be level
                                                                                                                       within a rectangular area of not less than 1 700 mm by 1 500 mm measured from the
                                                                                                                       hinged side of the door. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16).)


                                                                                                    3-180 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               3.8.3.9.

                                                                                                                       15) Except as provided in Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(c) and Sentence (16), the clear floor
                                                                                                                     space on the push side of a swinging door and on each side of a sliding door in a
                                                                                                                     barrier-free path of travel shall be level within a rectangular area
                                                                                                                         a) whose dimension parallel to the closed door is not less than 1 200 mm, and
                                                                                                                         b) whose dimension perpendicular to the closed door is not less than 1 500 mm.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16).)

                                                                                                                      16) Where a door referred to in Sentences (14) and (15) is equipped with a
                                                                                                                     power door operator complying with Sentence (6), the width of the clear floor space
                                                                                                                     parallel to the closed door is permitted to be reduced to not less than 1 000 mm. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       17) Except for facilities for persons with cognitive disabilities such as dementia,
                                                                                                                     doorways leading from a public corridor or a corridor used by the public that provide
                                                                                                                     access to a public area or an exit shall be provided with a door or door frame that has a
                                                                                                                     readily apparent visual contrast with adjacent wall surfaces. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(17).)
                                                                                                                     (See also Note A-3.4.6.11.(4).)

                                                                                                    3.8.3.7.         Passenger-Elevating Devices

                                                                                                                        1) A passenger-elevating device referred to in Article 3.8.2.3. located in a
                                                                                                                     barrier-free path of travel shall
                                                                                                                         a) conform to CSA B355, “Platform lifts and stair lifts for barrier-free access,”
                                                                                                                         b) have a clear floor space not less than 1 500 mm long by 1 000 mm wide, and
                                                                                                                         c) have entry doors or gates
                                                                                                                                 i) providing a clear width not less than 850 mm in
                                                                                                                                    the open position if located on the short side of the
                                                                                                                                    passenger-elevating device, or
                                                                                                                                ii) providing a clear width not less than 1 000 mm in the open
                                                                                                                                    position if located at either end of the long side of the
                                                                                                                                    passenger-elevating device.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.8.         Controls

                                                                                                                         1) Controls described in this Section shall
                                                                                                                         a) where located in a storey where a barrier-free path of travel is required and
                                                                                                                            unless otherwise stated,
                                                                                                                               i) be in or adjacent to the barrier-free path of travel,
                                                                                                                              ii) be mounted 400 mm to 1 200 mm above the floor, and
                                                                                                                             iii) be adjacent to and centred on either the length or the width
                                                                                                                                  of a clear floor space of 1 350 mm by 800 mm,
                                                                                                                         b) be operable
                                                                                                                               i) with one hand in a closed fist position, without requiring
                                                                                                                                  tight grasping, pinching with fingers, or twisting of the
                                                                                                                                  wrist, and
                                                                                                                              ii) unless otherwise stated, with a force not more than 22 N,
                                                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                                         c) where controls provide a feedback signal to the user, it shall be both audible
                                                                                                                            and visible (see Note A-3.8.3.8.(1)(c)).

                                                                                                    3.8.3.9.         Accessible Signs

                                                                                                                        1) Visual information signs required by Subsections 3.4.5. and 3.4.6. and
                                                                                                                     Article 3.8.2.10. shall comply with Clauses 4.5.2, 4.5.3 and 4.5.4 of CSA B651,
                                                                                                                     “Accessible design for the built environment.” (See Note A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2).)

                                                                                                                        2) Tactile information signs required by Subsections 3.4.5. and 3.4.6. and
                                                                                                                     Article 3.8.2.10. shall
                                                                                                                        a) have Braille and tactile characters in accordance with Clauses 4.5.6.2 and
                                                                                                                             4.5.6.3 of CSA B651, “Accessible design for the built environment,”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-181
                                                                                                    3.8.3.10.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          b) be installed on the wall closest to the latch side of the door or on the nearest
                                                                                                                              wall on the right side of the door, where there is no wall at the latch side, and
                                                                                                                           c) be centred 1 500 mm above the finished floor with the edge of the sign
                                                                                                                              located not more than 300 mm from the door.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2).)
                                                                                                                          3) Signs required by Article 3.8.2.10. shall incorporate the International Symbol
                                                                                                                       of Access or the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss and appropriate
                                                                                                                       graphical or textual information that clearly indicates the type of facilities available.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.3.9.(3).)

                                                                                                    3.8.3.10.          Drinking Fountains




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          1) Drinking fountains required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(10) shall be equipped with
                                                                                                                       controls that
                                                                                                                          a) activate automatically, or
                                                                                                                          b) comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and are located on the front or on both
                                                                                                                              sides of the fountain.
                                                                                                                          2) Where drinking fountains referred to in Sentence (1) are located in a storey
                                                                                                                       where a barrier-free path of travel is required, they shall
                                                                                                                          a) be located along the barrier-free path of travel,
                                                                                                                          b) have a minimum clear floor space of 800 mm by 1 350 mm in front of them,
                                                                                                                           c) where they have frontal access, provide a knee clearance in accordance
                                                                                                                              with Clause 3.8.3.16.(1)(e), and
                                                                                                                          d) have a spout that
                                                                                                                                 i) is located near the front of the unit, at a height between
                                                                                                                                    750 mm and 915 mm above the floor, and
                                                                                                                                ii) directs water flow in a trajectory that is nearly parallel to
                                                                                                                                    the front of the unit, at a height not less than 100 mm.
                                                                                                                       (See Sentences 3.3.1.8.(2) and (3) on horizontal projections.)

                                                                                                    3.8.3.11.          Water-Bottle Filling Stations
                                                                                                                          1) Water-bottle filling stations required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(11) shall be equipped
                                                                                                                       with controls that
                                                                                                                          a) activate automatically, or
                                                                                                                          b) comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b).
                                                                                                                           2) Water-bottle filling stations required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(11) that are located in
                                                                                                                       a storey where a barrier-free path of travel is required shall
                                                                                                                           a) be located along the barrier-free path of travel,
                                                                                                                           b) have a clear floor space of 800 mm by 1 350 mm in front of them (see
                                                                                                                               Note A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d)),
                                                                                                                           c) where they have frontal access, provide a knee clearance in accordance
                                                                                                                               with Clause 3.8.3.16.(1)(e),
                                                                                                                           d) be operable at a height of not more than 1 200 mm above the floor (see
                                                                                                                               Note A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d)), and
                                                                                                                           e) be equipped with controls that
                                                                                                                                  i) activate automatically, or
                                                                                                                                 ii) comply with Sentence 3.8.3.8.(1).
                                                                                                                       (See Sentences 3.3.1.8.(2) and (3) on horizontal projections.)

                                                                                                    3.8.3.12.          Accessible Water-Closet Stalls
                                                                                                                          1) Water-closet stalls and enclosures required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(5) shall
                                                                                                                           a) be not less than 1 500 mm wide by 1 500 mm deep,
                                                                                                                           b) have a clear lateral transfer space adjacent to the water closet that
                                                                                                                                 i) is at least 1 500 mm long, measured from the wall behind
                                                                                                                                    the water closet, and
                                                                                                                                ii) is at least 900 mm wide, measured from the closest edge of
                                                                                                                                    the water closet seat,
                                                                                                                       (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(b))


                                                                                                    3-182 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          3.8.3.13.

                                                                                                                         c) have a clear floor space of 1 700 mm by 1 700 mm in front of the accessible
                                                                                                                             stall,
                                                                                                                         d) be equipped with a door that
                                                                                                                                 i) can be latched from the inside with a mechanism located
                                                                                                                                    900 mm to 1 100 mm above the floor that conforms to
                                                                                                                                    Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
                                                                                                                                ii) is aligned with either the transfer space adjacent to the
                                                                                                                                    water closet or with a clear floor space not less than
                                                                                                                                    1 700 mm by 1 700 mm within the stall,
                                                                                                                               iii) provides a clear opening not less than 850 mm wide when
                                                                                                                                    it is open,
                                                                                                                               iv) is self-closing so that, when at rest, the door is ajar by not




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    more than 50 mm beyond the jamb,
                                                                                                                                v) swings outward, unless there is sufficient floor space
                                                                                                                                    within the stall for the door to swing inward in addition
                                                                                                                                    to a clear floor space of at least 800 mm by 1 350 mm (see
                                                                                                                                    Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(v)),
                                                                                                                               vi) where the door swings outward, is provided with a
                                                                                                                                    horizontal, D-shaped, visually contrasting door pull not
                                                                                                                                    less than 140 mm long located on the inside such that its
                                                                                                                                    midpoint is 200 mm to 300 mm from the hinged side of
                                                                                                                                    the door and 800 mm to 1 000 mm above the floor (see
                                                                                                                                    Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)), and
                                                                                                                              vii) is provided with a horizontal, D-shaped, visually
                                                                                                                                    contrasting door pull not less than 140 mm long located on
                                                                                                                                    the outside such that its midpoint is 120 mm to 220 mm
                                                                                                                                    from the latch side and 800 mm to 1 000 mm above the floor,
                                                                                                                         e) have a water closet located so that the distance between the centre line of the
                                                                                                                             fixture and the wall on one side is 460 mm to 480 mm,
                                                                                                                         f) be equipped with an L-shaped grab bar that
                                                                                                                                 i) is mounted on the side wall closest to the water closet,
                                                                                                                                ii) has horizontal and vertical components not less than
                                                                                                                                    760 mm long mounted with the horizontal component
                                                                                                                                    750 mm to 850 mm above the floor and the vertical
                                                                                                                                    component 150 mm in front of the water closet (see
                                                                                                                                    Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(f)(ii)), and
                                                                                                                               iii) complies with Article 3.7.2.7.,
                                                                                                                         g) be equipped with either one grab bar at least 600 mm long and centred over
                                                                                                                             the water closet, or two grab bars at least 300 mm long and located either
                                                                                                                             side of the flush valve, that
                                                                                                                                 i) conform to Article 3.7.2.7.,
                                                                                                                                ii) are mounted on the rear wall, and
                                                                                                                               iii) are mounted at the same height as the grab bar on the side
                                                                                                                                    wall or 100 mm above the top of the attached water tank,
                                                                                                                                    if applicable,
                                                                                                                         h) be equipped with a coat hook mounted not more than 1 200 mm above the
                                                                                                                             floor on a side wall and projecting not more than 50 mm from the wall, and
                                                                                                                          i) be equipped with a toilet paper dispenser mounted on the side wall closest
                                                                                                                             to the water closet such that
                                                                                                                                 i) the bottom of the dispenser is 600 mm to 800 mm above
                                                                                                                                    the floor, and
                                                                                                                                ii) the closest edge of the dispenser is 300 mm from the front
                                                                                                                                    of the water closet.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.13.        Universal Washrooms
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.8.3.13.)

                                                                                                                         1) A universal washroom shall
                                                                                                                         a) be served by a barrier-free path of travel,




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-183
                                                                                                    3.8.3.14.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          b) have a door complying with Article 3.8.3.6. that
                                                                                                                                 i) has a latch-operating mechanism located 900 mm
                                                                                                                                    to 1 100 mm above the floor that complies with
                                                                                                                                    Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and is capable of being locked from the
                                                                                                                                    inside, and released from the outside in case of emergency,
                                                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                                                ii) if it is an outward swinging door that is not self-closing, has
                                                                                                                                    a door pull not less than 140 mm long located on the inside
                                                                                                                                    so that its midpoint is not less than 200 mm and not more
                                                                                                                                    than 300 mm from the hinged side of the door and not less
                                                                                                                                    than 900 mm and not more than 1 100 mm above the floor
                                                                                                                                    (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)),




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          c) have one lavatory conforming to Article 3.8.3.16.,
                                                                                                                          d) have one water closet conforming to Article 3.8.3.14. and
                                                                                                                              Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(e),
                                                                                                                          e) have a clear lateral transfer space adjacent to the water closet that conforms
                                                                                                                              to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(b),
                                                                                                                          f) have grab bars conforming to Clauses 3.8.3.12.(1)(f) and (g),
                                                                                                                          g) have a coat hook conforming to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(h),
                                                                                                                          h) have a toilet paper dispenser conforming to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(i),
                                                                                                                           i) unless a counter is provided, have a shelf located not more than 1 200 mm
                                                                                                                              above the floor, and
                                                                                                                           j) be designed to permit a wheelchair to turn in an open space not less than
                                                                                                                              1 700 mm in diameter.

                                                                                                                          2) A universal washroom required to have an accessible change space as stipulated
                                                                                                                       in Sentence 3.8.2.8.(15) shall
                                                                                                                           a) be equipped with an adult-sized change table,
                                                                                                                           b) have a clear floor space to accommodate the adult-sized change table that is
                                                                                                                              810 mm wide by 1 830 mm long and does not overlap with the clear spaces
                                                                                                                              required by Clauses (1)(e), (1)(j) and (c), and
                                                                                                                           c) have a clear transfer space of 900 mm by 1 350 mm adjacent to the long side
                                                                                                                              of the clear floor space for the adult-sized change table.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.14.          Water Closets

                                                                                                                          1) A water closet for a person with physical disabilities shall
                                                                                                                          a) be equipped with a seat located 430 mm to 460 mm above the floor,
                                                                                                                          b) flush automatically or be equipped with a flushing control that
                                                                                                                                 i) is located 500 mm to 900 mm above the floor,
                                                                                                                                ii) is located no more than 350 mm from the transfer side, and
                                                                                                                               iii) complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
                                                                                                                           c) be equipped with a seat lid or other back support, and
                                                                                                                          d) where it has a tank, have a securely attached tank top.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.3.14.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.8.3.15.          Water-Closet Stalls and Urinals for Persons with Limited Mobility

                                                                                                                          1) Water-closet stalls for persons with limited mobility required by
                                                                                                                       Sentence 3.8.2.8.(7) shall
                                                                                                                          a) be at least 1 500 mm deep and 890 mm to 940 mm wide,
                                                                                                                          b) be equipped with a door that
                                                                                                                                 i) has a latch-operating mechanism conforming to
                                                                                                                                    Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) that can be locked from the inside and
                                                                                                                                    released from the outside in the event of an emergency,
                                                                                                                                ii) provides a clear opening not less than 850 mm wide when
                                                                                                                                    it is open,
                                                                                                                               iii) swings outward, unless the minimum dimensions required
                                                                                                                                    by Clause (a) do not overlap with the area of the door
                                                                                                                                    swing,



                                                                                                    3-184 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          3.8.3.16.

                                                                                                                              iv) is self-closing so that, when at rest, the door is ajar by not
                                                                                                                                   more than 50 mm beyond the jamb, and
                                                                                                                               v) has a door pull on both sides of the door, near the latch side,
                                                                                                                                   located 900 mm to 1 100 mm above the finished floor,
                                                                                                                         c) have one water closet conforming to Article 3.8.3.14. centred within the stall,
                                                                                                                         d) have a horizontal grab bar conforming to Article 3.7.2.7. on each side of
                                                                                                                            the water closet that
                                                                                                                                i) is located 750 mm to 850 mm above the floor,
                                                                                                                               ii) begins not more than 300 mm from the wall behind the
                                                                                                                                   water closet, and
                                                                                                                              iii) extends at least 450 mm in front of the toilet seat, and
                                                                                                                         e) be equipped with a coat hook mounted not more than 1 200 mm above the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            floor on a side wall and projecting not more than 50 mm from the wall.

                                                                                                                         2) Urinals described in Sentence 3.8.2.8.(6) shall
                                                                                                                         a) be wall-mounted, with the rim located not more than 430 mm above the
                                                                                                                             floor,
                                                                                                                         b) be adjacent to an accessible route,
                                                                                                                         c) have a clear width of approach that is at least 800 mm wide by 1 350 mm
                                                                                                                             long centred on the urinal and unobstructed by privacy screens,
                                                                                                                         d) have no step in front of it,
                                                                                                                         e) have a flush control that
                                                                                                                                 i) is automatic, or
                                                                                                                                ii) complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and is located 900 mm to
                                                                                                                                    1 100 mm above the floor, and
                                                                                                                          f) have a vertically mounted grab bar installed on each side that
                                                                                                                                 i) complies with Article 3.7.2.7.,
                                                                                                                                ii) is not less than 600 mm long, with its centre line 1 000 mm
                                                                                                                                    above the floor, and
                                                                                                                               iii) is located not more than 380 mm from the centre line of
                                                                                                                                    the urinal.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.16.        Lavatories and Mirrors

                                                                                                                        1) Lavatories required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(8) shall
                                                                                                                         a) be equipped with faucets complying with Sentence 3.7.2.3.(4),
                                                                                                                         b) be located so that the distance between the centre line of the lavatory and
                                                                                                                            any side wall is not less than 460 mm,
                                                                                                                         c) have a clear floor space in front of the lavatory that is at least
                                                                                                                                i) 800 mm wide, centred on the lavatory, and
                                                                                                                               ii) 1 350 mm long, of which no more than 430 mm is beneath
                                                                                                                                   the lavatory,
                                                                                                                        d) have a rim height not more than 865 mm above the floor,
                                                                                                                         e) have a clearance beneath the lavatory not less than
                                                                                                                                i) 800 mm wide, centred on the lavatory,
                                                                                                                               ii) 735 mm high at the front edge,
                                                                                                                              iii) 685 mm high at a point 200 mm back from the front edge,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                              iv) 230 mm high over the distance from a point 280 mm to a
                                                                                                                                   point 430 mm back from the front edge,
                                                                                                                     (see Note A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e))
                                                                                                                         f) have insulated water supply and drain pipes where these pipes are exposed
                                                                                                                            (see Note A-3.8.3.16.(1)(f)),
                                                                                                                         g) have a soap dispenser that
                                                                                                                                i) is automatic, or
                                                                                                                               ii) complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and is located not more
                                                                                                                                   than 1 100 mm above the floor, within 500 mm from the
                                                                                                                                   front of the lavatory (see Note A-3.8.3.16.(1)(g)), and
                                                                                                                         h) have a towel dispenser or other hand-drying equipment located close to the
                                                                                                                            lavatory, not more than 1 200 mm above the floor in an area that is accessible
                                                                                                                            to persons in wheelchairs.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-185
                                                                                                    3.8.3.17.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Mirrors required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(9) shall be
                                                                                                                          a) mounted with their bottom edge not more than 1 000 mm above the floor, or
                                                                                                                          b) fixed in an inclined position so as to be usable by a person in a wheelchair.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.17.          Showers

                                                                                                                          1) Showers required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(12) shall
                                                                                                                           a) be not less than 1 500 mm wide and 900 mm deep,
                                                                                                                           b) have a clear floor space at the entrance to the shower that is not less than
                                                                                                                               900 mm deep and the same width as the shower, except that fixtures are
                                                                                                                               permitted to project into that space provided they do not restrict access to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               the shower (see Note A-3.8.3.17.(1)(b)),
                                                                                                                           c) have no doors or curtains that obstruct the controls or the clear floor space
                                                                                                                               at the entrance to the shower,
                                                                                                                          d) have a slip-resistant floor surface,
                                                                                                                           e) have a threshold not more than 13 mm higher than the finished floor, and
                                                                                                                               where it is higher than 6 mm, beveled to a slope no steeper than 1 in 2 (50%),
                                                                                                                           f) have 2 grab bars
                                                                                                                                   i) that conform to Sentence 3.7.2.7.(1),
                                                                                                                                  ii) one of which is not less than 1 000 mm long and located
                                                                                                                                      vertically on the side wall 50 mm to 80 mm from the
                                                                                                                                      adjacent clear floor space, with its lower end 600 mm to
                                                                                                                                      650 mm above the floor, and,
                                                                                                                                 iii) one of which is L-shaped and located on the wall opposite
                                                                                                                                      the entrance to the shower, with a horizontal member not
                                                                                                                                      less than 1 000 mm long mounted 750 mm to 870 mm above
                                                                                                                                      the floor and a vertical member not less than 750 mm long
                                                                                                                                      mounted 400 mm to 500 mm from the side wall on which
                                                                                                                                      the other vertical grab bar is mounted,
                                                                                                                       (see Note A-3.8.3.17.(1)(f)),
                                                                                                                           g) have a hinged seat that is not spring-loaded or a fixed seat with a smooth,
                                                                                                                               slip-resistant surface and no rough edges, the seat being
                                                                                                                                   i) not less than 450 mm wide and 400 mm deep,
                                                                                                                                  ii) mounted on the same side wall as the vertical grab bar, at
                                                                                                                                      460 mm to 480 mm above the floor, and
                                                                                                                                 iii) designed to carry a minimum load of 1.3 kN,
                                                                                                                           h) have a pressure-equalizing or thermostatic-mixing valve and other controls
                                                                                                                               that
                                                                                                                                   i) comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
                                                                                                                                  ii) are mounted on the wall opposite the entrance to the
                                                                                                                                      shower at not more than 1 200 mm above the floor and
                                                                                                                                      within reach of the seat,
                                                                                                                           i) have a hand-held shower head with not less than 1 800 mm of flexible hose
                                                                                                                               located so that it
                                                                                                                                   i) can be reached from a seated position,
                                                                                                                                  ii) can be used in a fixed position at a height of 1 200 mm and
                                                                                                                                      2 030 mm, and
                                                                                                                                 iii) does not obstruct the use of the grab bars, and
                                                                                                                            j) have recessed soap holders that can be reached from the seated position.

                                                                                                                          2) A universal dressing and shower room required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(13) shall
                                                                                                                          a) be located in a barrier-free path of travel,
                                                                                                                          b) have a door capable of being locked from the inside and released from the
                                                                                                                              outside in the event of an emergency,
                                                                                                                          c) have a lavatory and a mirror conforming to Article 3.8.3.16.,
                                                                                                                          d) have a shower conforming to Sentence (1),
                                                                                                                          e) have a bench that is at least 1 830 mm long by 760 mm wide and 480 mm
                                                                                                                              to 520 mm high,
                                                                                                                           f) have a clear transfer space adjacent to the long side of the bench that is
                                                                                                                              900 mm wide and as long as the bench (see Note A-3.8.3.17.(2)(f)), and
                                                                                                                          g) have a coat hook conforming to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(h).


                                                                                                    3-186 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          3.8.3.21.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.18.        Accessible Bathtubs
                                                                                                                         1) A bathtub required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(14) shall
                                                                                                                         a) be located in a room with a clear floor space not less than 1 700 mm in
                                                                                                                             diameter,
                                                                                                                         b) be not less than 1 500 mm long,
                                                                                                                         c) have a clear floor space not less than 900 mm wide adjacent to its entire
                                                                                                                             length,
                                                                                                                         d) be capable of being accessed along its full length with no tracks mounted on
                                                                                                                             its rim,
                                                                                                                         e) have faucets and other controls that
                                                                                                                                 i) conform to Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b), and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                ii) are located on the centre line or between the centre line of
                                                                                                                                    the bathtub and the exterior edge of the bathtub rim, at a
                                                                                                                                    maximum height of 450 mm above the rim,
                                                                                                                          f) have three grab bars
                                                                                                                                 i) that conform to Sentence 3.7.2.7.(1),
                                                                                                                                ii) that are not less than 1 200 mm long,
                                                                                                                               iii) two of which are located vertically at each end of the
                                                                                                                                    bathtub, set 80 mm to 120 mm in from the outside edge of
                                                                                                                                    the bathtub, with their lower end 180 mm to 280 mm above
                                                                                                                                    the bathtub rim, and
                                                                                                                               iv) one of which is located horizontally along the length of the
                                                                                                                                    bathtub at 180 mm to 280 mm above the bathtub rim,
                                                                                                                         g) have a slip-resistant bottom surface, and
                                                                                                                         h) be equipped with a hand-held shower head with not less than 1 800 mm of
                                                                                                                             flexible hose that can be used in a fixed position at a height of 1 200 mm
                                                                                                                             and 2 030 mm.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.19.        Assistive Listening Systems
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.8.3.19.)
                                                                                                                        1) Assistive listening systems required by Sentence 3.8.2.9.(1) shall encompass
                                                                                                                     the entire seating area.
                                                                                                                        2) Assistive listening systems or adaptive technologies required by
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.8.2.9.(2) shall provide for the clear communication required for the
                                                                                                                     exchange of information, goods and services.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.20.        Counters
                                                                                                                        1) A section of a service counter required to be barrier-free in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.8.2.11.(1) shall
                                                                                                                        a) be not less than 800 mm long centred over a knee space conforming to
                                                                                                                            Clause (c),
                                                                                                                        b) have a surface not more than 865 mm above the floor, and
                                                                                                                        c) where forward-facing interaction with a person or a device is required, have
                                                                                                                            a knee space underneath it that is (see Note A-3.8.3.20.(1)(c))
                                                                                                                               i) not less than 800 mm wide,
                                                                                                                              ii) not less than 685 mm high, and
                                                                                                                             iii) not less than 485 mm deep.

                                                                                                    3.8.3.21.        Telephones
                                                                                                                         1) A telephone required to be barrier-free in accordance with Article 3.8.2.12. shall
                                                                                                                         a) be adjacent to and centred on either the length or the width of a clear floor
                                                                                                                            space not less than 1 350 mm by 800 mm,
                                                                                                                         b) where a forward approach is provided, have a knee space underneath it
                                                                                                                            conforming to Clause 3.8.3.20.(1)(c), and
                                                                                                                         c) be located so that its receiver and operable parts are not more than 1 200 mm
                                                                                                                            above the floor.
                                                                                                                         2) Where provided, shelves or counters for public telephones shall
                                                                                                                         a) be level,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-187
                                                                                                    3.8.3.22.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          b) be not less than 305 mm deep,
                                                                                                                           c) have, for each telephone provided, a clear space not less than 250 mm wide
                                                                                                                              having no obstruction within 250 mm above the surface, and
                                                                                                                          d) have a section with a surface not more than 865 mm above the floor serving
                                                                                                                              at least one telephone.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.3.21.(2).)

                                                                                                    3.8.3.22.          Spaces in Seating Area
                                                                                                                          1) Spaces designated for wheelchair use in assembly occupancies as required by
                                                                                                                       Sentence 3.8.2.3.(3) shall conform to the following:
                                                                                                                           a) at least one designated space shall be clear and level for each increment




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              of 200 seats and the remaining designated spaces shall be level and have
                                                                                                                              removable seats,
                                                                                                                          b) they shall be not less than 900 mm wide and 1 700 mm long to permit a
                                                                                                                              wheelchair to enter from a side approach and 1 350 mm long where the
                                                                                                                              wheelchair enters from the front or rear of the space,
                                                                                                                           c) they shall be arranged so that
                                                                                                                                 i) at least two designated spaces are located side by side, and
                                                                                                                                ii) at least one fixed seat is located beside each designated
                                                                                                                                    space,
                                                                                                                          d) they shall be located adjoining a barrier-free path of travel without infringing
                                                                                                                              on egress from any row of seating or any aisle requirements, and
                                                                                                                           e) they shall be situated, as part of the designated seating plan, to provide a
                                                                                                                              choice of viewing location and a clear view of the event taking place.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)
                                                                                                                          2) Spaces designated for wheelchair use in waiting rooms or areas as required by
                                                                                                                       Sentence 3.8.2.3.(4) shall
                                                                                                                          a) be clear and level, and
                                                                                                                          b) comply with Clauses (1)(b) and (d).
                                                                                                                          3) Adaptable seats required by Sentence 3.8.2.3.(5) shall
                                                                                                                          a) be located adjoining an aisle without infringing on egress from any row of
                                                                                                                             seating or any aisle requirements,
                                                                                                                          b) be equipped with a movable or removable armrest on the side of the seat
                                                                                                                             adjoining the aisle, and
                                                                                                                          c) be situated, as part of the designated seating plan, to provide a choice of
                                                                                                                             viewing location and a clear view of the event taking place.
                                                                                                                          4) Storage spaces for mobility aids shall be provided in a location
                                                                                                                           a) that is on the same level as and in proximity to the adaptable seats required
                                                                                                                              by Sentence 3.8.2.3.(5),
                                                                                                                          b) that is within the room side of the fire separation required by Article 3.3.2.2.,
                                                                                                                              and
                                                                                                                           c) where they will not infringe on egress.
                                                                                                                       (See Notes A-3.8.3.22.(4) and A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)


                                                                                                    Section 3.9. Self-service Storage Buildings
                                                                                                    3.9.1.             General
                                                                                                    3.9.1.1.           Definition
                                                                                                                          1) For the purpose of this Section, the term “self-service storage building” shall
                                                                                                                       mean a building that is open to the public for the sole purpose of providing individual
                                                                                                                       self-service storage units.

                                                                                                    3.9.1.2.           Application
                                                                                                                          1) This Section applies to self-service storage buildings that
                                                                                                                          a) are not more than one storey in building height,
                                                                                                                          b) do not contain a basement or mezzanine,


                                                                                                    3-188 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                3.9.3.1.

                                                                                                                         c) consist of individual self-service storage units with external access only,
                                                                                                                         d) are used for no purpose other than storage, and
                                                                                                                         e) except as provided in Sentences 3.9.3.1.(2) and (4), contain no other major
                                                                                                                            occupancy.

                                                                                                                        2) Where there is a conflict between the requirements of this Section and other
                                                                                                                     requirements in Part 3, this Section shall govern.

                                                                                                                        3) The requirements in Part 3 regarding occupant load shall not apply to self-service
                                                                                                                     storage buildings.

                                                                                                    3.9.1.3.         Occupancy Classification




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) Self-service storage buildings shall be classified as Group F, Division 2 major
                                                                                                                     occupancies.

                                                                                                    3.9.2.           Building Fire Safety

                                                                                                    3.9.2.1.         Building Area

                                                                                                                        1) For the purpose of applying the requirements of Subsections 3.2.1. and 3.2.2.
                                                                                                                     to self-service storage buildings, building area shall mean
                                                                                                                         a) the building area of each building, or
                                                                                                                         b) the total of the building areas of all buildings as a group.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.9.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    3.9.2.2.         Spatial Separation
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.9.2.2.)

                                                                                                                       1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the spatial separation requirements in
                                                                                                                     Subsection 3.2.3. shall apply to self-service storage buildings.

                                                                                                                        2) The distance between each group of self-service storage buildings shall be not
                                                                                                                     less than 9 m.

                                                                                                                        3) Subsection 3.2.3. need not apply between buildings within a group of self-service
                                                                                                                     storage buildings, where the distance between these buildings is at least 6 m.

                                                                                                    3.9.2.3.         Access Route

                                                                                                                        1) Where Clause 3.9.2.1.(1)(b) is applied to a group of buildings, Article 3.2.5.4. and
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.2.5.5.(1) shall apply to that group of buildings as if they were a single building.

                                                                                                    3.9.3.           Floor Areas

                                                                                                    3.9.3.1.         Safety Requirements Within Floor Areas

                                                                                                                       1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), the requirements of Section 3.3. shall
                                                                                                                     apply. (See Note A-3.9.3.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) Not more than one dwelling unit is permitted to be contained within one of the
                                                                                                                     self-service storage buildings on a property.

                                                                                                                        3) A dwelling unit referred to in Sentence (2) shall be separated from individual
                                                                                                                     self-service storage units by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                     than 2 h.

                                                                                                                        4) Where an office not more than 50 m2 in area is adjacent to a dwelling unit
                                                                                                                     referred to in Sentence (2), it shall be considered as part of the dwelling unit.

                                                                                                                        5) Fire separations required by Sentences 3.3.1.1.(1) and 3.3.5.9.(1) need not be
                                                                                                                     provided between individual self-service storage units.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 3-189
                                                                                                    3.9.3.2.                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                           6) The floor area of self-service storage buildings shall be
                                                                                                                            a) subdivided into compartments not more than 500 m2 in area by a fire
                                                                                                                                separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, or
                                                                                                                            b) sprinklered.
                                                                                                                        (See also Sentence 3.4.6.12.(2) for the exemption applying to exit doors of individual
                                                                                                                        self-service storage units.)

                                                                                                    3.9.3.2.            Sanitary Facilities
                                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentence 3.7.2.1.(3), two public washrooms, each
                                                                                                                        containing a water closet and a lavatory, shall be provided within one of the self-service
                                                                                                                        storage buildings on the property. (See Note A-3.9.3.2.(1).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 3.10. Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    3.10.1.             Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.           Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                                            1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                        Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed
                                                                                                                        to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements
                                                                                                                        listed in Table 3.10.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                         Table 3.10.1.1.                                             Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 3                    Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 3.10.1.1.(1)                (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)                [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.3.1. Separation of Major Occupancies                        3.1.4.5. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                        (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                    [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                        3.1.4.8. Exterior Cladding
                                                                                                    (3)          [F02,F03,F06-OS1.2] [F10,F05-OS1.5]                (1)         [F02,F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F03,F06-OP1.2]                                (2)         [F02,F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    3.1.3.2. Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations                  3.1.5.1. Noncombustible Materials
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02,F03-OS1.2] [F10-OS1.5]                        (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                                [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.4.1. Combustible Materials Permitted                        3.1.5.5. Combustible Cladding on Exterior Walls
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2]                                        (2)         [F03,F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                        3.1.5.21. Wires and Cables
                                                                                                    3.1.4.2. Protection of Foamed Plastics                          (2)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]                                        [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1] [F02-OP1.2]                            (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]                                        [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1] [F02-OP1.2]                            3.1.5.23. Non-metallic Raceways
                                                                                                    3.1.4.3. Wires and Cables                                       (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                    [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                        (2)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                    [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]


                                                                                                    3-190 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                             Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)            Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.1.6.2. Materials Permitted                                             3.1.8.2. Combustible Construction Support
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                 (1)         [F04-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                             [F04-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.6.3. Structural Mass Timber Elements                                 3.1.8.3. Continuity of Fire Separations
                                                                                                    (2)          [F04-OS1.3]                                                 (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (3)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                 (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.6.4. Encapsulation of Mass Timber Elements                           (3)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                 (4)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                 3.1.8.4. Determination of Ratings and Classifications
                                                                                                    3.1.6.5. Determination of Encapsulation Ratings                          (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OS1.3]                                                 (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3]                                                 (3)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.6.9. Exterior Cladding                                                           [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F02-OS1.2]                                                 (4)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F02,F03-OP3.1]                                             3.1.8.5. Installation of Closures
                                                                                                     (7)         [F03-OS1.2]                                                 (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                     3.1.6.17. Penetration by Outlet Boxes                                   (3)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F03-OS1.2]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                 (4)         [F81-OS1.2]
                                                                                                     3.1.7.1. Determination of Ratings                                                   [F81-OP1.2]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]                                     (5)         [F81-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]                                                 [F81-OS1.2]
                                                                                                     3.1.7.5. Rating of Supporting Construction                              (6)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F04-OS1.3]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3]                                                 (7)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F04-OS1.3]                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3]                                                 3.1.8.6. Maximum Openings
                                                                                                     3.1.8.1. General Requirements                                           (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                     (1)         (a) [F03-OS1.2]                                                         [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2]                                             (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that openings                    [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 in fire separations be protected with closures, shafts or   3.1.8.7. Location of Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers
                                                                                                                 other means.
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that openings
                                                                                                                 in fire separations be protected with closures, shafts or               [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 other means.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                             Division B 3-191
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                                 Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)             Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                  3.1.8.14. Hold-Open Devices
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                  (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.8.10. Installation of Fire Dampers                                    (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F04-OS1.2]                                                              [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.2]                                                  (3)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                              [F03-OP1.2]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                  (4)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                              [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                  (5)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                              [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                  3.1.8.15. Door Latches
                                                                                                    (5)          [F82-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly      (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 to provide access for the inspection of the damper …”
                                                                                                                                                                              3.1.8.16. Wired Glass and Glass Block
                                                                                                                 [F82-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly
                                                                                                                 fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper   (3)         [F04-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Glass
                                                                                                                 to provide access for the inspection of the damper …”                    blocks permitted by Sentence (1) shall be … reinforced
                                                                                                                                                                                          with steel reinforcement in each horizontal joint.”
                                                                                                                 [F82-OH1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly
                                                                                                                 fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper               [F04-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Glass
                                                                                                                 to provide access for … the resetting of the release                     blocks permitted by Sentence (1) shall be … reinforced
                                                                                                                 device.”                                                                 with steel reinforcement in each horizontal joint.”
                                                                                                    3.1.8.11. Installation of Smoke Dampers                                   3.1.8.17. Temperature Rise Limit for Doors
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                  (1)         [F03,F31-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                              [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                  3.1.8.18. Area Limits for Wired Glass, Glass Block and Safety
                                                                                                                                                                              Glazing
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F05-OS1.5] [F31-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         [F05-OS1.5] [F31-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                              3.1.9.1. Firestops
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F82-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly      (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 fitted access door shall be installed for each smoke                     [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 damper ... to provide access for ... inspection …”
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F82-OH1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 fitted access door shall be installed for each smoke
                                                                                                                 damper ... to provide access for ... inspection …”                       [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F82-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A tightly      (3)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 fitted access door shall be installed for each ... fire                  [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 damper to provide access for … the resetting of the
                                                                                                                 release device.”                                             (6)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.8.12. Twenty-Minute Closures                                                      [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                  (7)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                              [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.8.13. Self-closing Devices                                            3.1.9.3. Penetration by Outlet Boxes
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                  (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                              [F03-OP1.2]




                                                                                                    3-192 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                (4)         [F80,F04-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                            [F80,F04-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                            [F80,F04-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                3.1.10.3. Continuity of Firewalls
                                                                                                    3.1.9.4. Combustible Piping Penetrations                                (1)         [F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall
                                                                                                                                                                                        shall extend from the ground continuously through, or
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2] [F02,F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildings so




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F02,F04-OP1.3]                                            separated …”
                                                                                                    (7)          [F03-OS1.2] [F02-OS1.3] [F04-OS1.3]                                    [F03-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F02-OP1.3] [F04-OP1.3]                                    shall extend from the ground continuously through, or
                                                                                                                                                                                        adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildings so
                                                                                                    3.1.9.5. Openings through a Membrane Ceiling                                        separated …”
                                                                                                    (1)          [F04-OS1.3]                                                            [F03-OP3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3]                                                            shall extend from the ground continuously through, or
                                                                                                                                                                                        adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildings so
                                                                                                    3.1.10.1. Prevention of Firewall Collapse                                           separated …”
                                                                                                    (1)          [F04-OP1.2]                                                3.1.10.4. Parapets
                                                                                                                 [F04-OS1.2]                                                (1)         [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP3.1]                                                            [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03,F04-OP1.2]                                                        [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03,F04-OS1.2]                                            3.1.10.5. Maximum Openings
                                                                                                                 [F03,F04-OP3.1]                                            (2)         [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F04-OS1.2]                                                            [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.2]                                                            [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP3.1]                                                3.1.10.7. Combustible Projections
                                                                                                    3.1.10.2. Rating of Firewalls                                           (1)         [F03-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Combustible
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall               material shall not extend across the end of a firewall …”
                                                                                                                 that separates a building or buildings with floor areas                [F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Combustible
                                                                                                                 containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major               material shall not extend across the end of a firewall …”
                                                                                                                 occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance                   [F03-OP3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “Combustible
                                                                                                                 rating not less than 4 h …”                                            material shall not extend across the end of a firewall …”

                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall   (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 that separates a building or buildings with floor areas                [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major
                                                                                                                 occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of                 [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance       3.1.11.1. Separation of Concealed Spaces
                                                                                                                 rating not less than 4 h …”
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “A firewall
                                                                                                                 that separates a building or buildings with floor areas                [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major   3.1.11.2. Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies
                                                                                                                 occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                 rating not less than 4 h …”                                            [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                3.1.11.3. Fire Blocks between Nailing and Supporting Elements
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP3.1]                                                            [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F80,F04-OP1.2]                                            (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F80,F04-OS1.2]                                                        [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F80,F04-OP1.3]                                            (3)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F03-OP1.2]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                             Division B 3-193
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                     Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2]                                         3.1.13.7. High Buildings
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                         (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.11.4. Fire Blocks between Vertical and Horizontal Spaces                 [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                         3.1.13.9. Underground Walkways
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                         (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.11.5. Fire Blocks in Horizontal Concealed Spaces                         [F02-OP3.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03,F04-OS1.2]                                     3.1.13.10. Exterior Exit Passageway
                                                                                                                 [F03,F04-OP1.2]                                     (1)         [F02-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03,F04-OS1.2]                                     3.1.13.11. Elevator Cars
                                                                                                                 [F03,F04-OP1.2]                                     (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F02,F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]                                     [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]                         (2)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                                 [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OS1.3]                                         3.1.14.1. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood Roof Systems
                                                                                                                 [F02,F03-OP1.2]                                     (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3]                                                     [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.11.6. Fire Blocks in Crawl Spaces                            (2)         [F02-OS1.3,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03,F04-OS1.2]                                                 [F02-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03,F04-OP1.2]                                     3.1.14.2. Metal Roof Deck Assemblies
                                                                                                    3.1.11.7. Fire Block Materials                                   (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F04-OS1.2]                                                     [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.2]                                         3.1.15.1. Roof Covering Classification
                                                                                                    (6)          [F04-OP1.2]                                         (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OS1.2]                                                     [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F03-OP1.2]                                                     [F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2]                                         3.1.15.2. Roof Coverings
                                                                                                    3.1.12.1. Determination of Ratings                               (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                     [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                     [F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2]                                         (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                     [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.13.2. Flame-Spread Rating                                                [F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                         (4)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                     [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.1.13.5. Skylights                                                          [F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.5]                                         3.1.16.1. Fabric Canopies and Marquees
                                                                                                    3.1.13.6. Corridors                                              (1)         [F02-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                               [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                         3.1.17.1. Occupant Load Determination
                                                                                                    (5)          [F02-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                   (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                     [F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F02-OS1.2]                                         (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                     [F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]



                                                                                                    3-194 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                                Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)             Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                  3.2.2.2. Special and Unusual Structures
                                                                                                                 [F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]                                      (1)         [F02,F03,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                    3.1.18.2. Restrictions                                                                [F02,F03,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10,F12,F36-OS3.7]                                          3.2.2.6. Multiple Major Occupancies
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.2]                                                  (1)         [F02,F03,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10,F36-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “An                     [F02,F03,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 air-supported structure shall not be used for Groups B, C,
                                                                                                                                                                              3.2.2.10. Streets
                                                                                                                 … major occupancies or for classrooms.”
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F01,F02,F36-OS1.5] Applies to portion of Code text: “An
                                                                                                                 air-supported structure shall not be used for … Group F,                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 Division 1 major occupancies …”
                                                                                                                                                                              3.2.2.15. Storeys below Ground
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                    3.1.18.3. Clearance to Other Structures
                                                                                                                                                                                          (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (b),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (b),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              3.2.2.18. Automatic Sprinkler System Required
                                                                                                    3.1.18.4. Clearance to Flammable Material
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1] [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1] [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                              3.2.2.20. Group A, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                    3.1.18.5. Flame Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                              the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                                                                                          noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                    3.1.18.6. Emergency Air Supply
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                          the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                    3.1.18.7. Electrical Systems                                                          noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                    (1)          [F34-OP1.1]                                                              (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                          text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 [F34-OS3.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 [F34-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                          text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.1.2. Storage Garage Considered as a Separate Building
                                                                                                                                                                                          (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                              3.2.2.21. Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Limited Area,
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                  Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                  (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                              text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”

                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                              (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                          text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                    3.2.1.4. Floor Assembly over Basement
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.1.5. Fire Containment in Basements
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2,OP1.3]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                               Division B 3-195
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                               Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)              Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building    (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy                   the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 timber construction or noncombustible construction used                   noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 singly or in combination …”
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building                the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy                   noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 timber construction or noncombustible construction used
                                                                                                                                                                                           (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 singly or in combination …”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                           (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                 of Code text: “… (a) floor assemblies shall be fire                       (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 separations … (a)(i) with a fire-resistance rating not less               (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 than 45 min …” and to Clause (b).
                                                                                                                                                                               3.2.2.25. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                 of Code text: “… (a) floor assemblies shall be fire           (2)         [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof
                                                                                                                 separations… (a)(i) with a fire-resistance rating not less                assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
                                                                                                                 than 45 min …” and to Clause (b).                                         fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to
                                                                                                                                                                                           Clause (d).
                                                                                                    3.2.2.22. Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code                      assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                        fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code                      Clause (d).
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                        (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                    (2)          (a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                     noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                 (a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                     (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                                                                                           noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                           (a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                           (a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.23. Group A, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                                           (b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of                      (b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”                                3.2.2.26. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Increased Area,
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…               Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of          (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”                                            text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code                      (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”                  text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code          (2)         (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                 text: “ … the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                     (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                     noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]                                                       (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]                                                       (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.24. Group A, Division 2, up to 6 Storeys, Any Area,                              (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    Sprinklered                                                                            (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code          3.2.2.27. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code                      text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                           (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                           text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                               3.2.2.28. Group A, Division 2, One Storey
                                                                                                                                                                               (2)         [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F03-OS1.2]



                                                                                                    3-196 Division B                                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                              Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)             Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.2.2.29. Group A, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered          (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Except as
                                                                                                                                                                                          permitted by Clause (c) … the building referred to in
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                          Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”                                           [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Except as
                                                                                                                                                                                          permitted by Clause (c) … the building referred to in
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                          Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”                                           (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code                     (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”                 (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code                     (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                              3.2.2.32. Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Increased Area
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         (a),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (a),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (b) roof
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
                                                                                                     3.2.2.30. Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys                                       fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to
                                                                                                                                                                                          Clause (c).
                                                                                                     (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Except as
                                                                                                                 permitted by Clauses (c) and (d), the building referred to               [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (b) roof
                                                                                                                 in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction                  assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
                                                                                                                 …”                                                                       fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to
                                                                                                                                                                                          Clause (c).
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Except as
                                                                                                                 permitted by Clauses (c) and (d), the building referred to   (3)         [F02-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction                  [F02-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 …”
                                                                                                                                                                              3.2.2.33. Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 (a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]                                                      text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof     3.2.2.35. Group A, Division 4
                                                                                                                 assemblies shall (c)(i) have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… a
                                                                                                                 less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (d).
                                                                                                                                                                                          building classified as Group A, Division 4 shall be of
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof                 noncombustible construction.”
                                                                                                                 assemblies shall (c)(i) have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… a
                                                                                                                 less than 45 min, …” and to Clause (d).
                                                                                                                                                                                          building classified as Group A, Division 4 shall be of
                                                                                                     (3)         [F02-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]                                                  noncombustible construction.”
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]                                      (4)         [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.31. Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered                           [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                Division B 3-197
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.2.2.36. Group B, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered        3.2.2.39. Group B, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…            (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of                   text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…                        text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code                   noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code                   the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”               noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                  (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                  (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]                                                    (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]                                                    (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.37. Group B, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered             3.2.2.40. Group B, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code       (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                     text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code                   (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                     text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…            (2)         (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of                   (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”                             3.2.2.41. Group B, Division 2, One Storey, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                      (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                  text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]                                                    (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                        text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                            3.2.2.42. Group B, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                    3.2.2.38. Group B, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                        the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                                                                                        noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                        the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                                                                                        noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                        text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                        text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]




                                                                                                    3-198 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                              3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                        Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)       Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.2.2.43. Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys (Noncombustible),    3.2.2.47. Group C, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                    Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                        (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code               the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                 noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code               [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…                    noncombustible construction …”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of               (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”                                     text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…                    (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of               text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                    (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                        3.2.2.48. Group C, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                    3.2.2.44. Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                        (2)         (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                    (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                    (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                 (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                  3.2.2.49. Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                        Construction
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                        (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                    3.2.2.45. Group B, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered                     text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code   (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                                                                                    noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                    the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                    (2)          (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.46. Group B, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                                    (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                         Division B 3-199
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                                Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)               Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.2.2.50. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Noncombustible Construction             (2)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                                                                                            of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building
                                                                                                                                                                                            separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                 referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                            ...” and to Clause (c).
                                                                                                                 construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building
                                                                                                                                                                                            of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                 referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                            separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                 construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                            ...” and to Clause (c).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                                                                                            (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                 separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,                (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 …” and to Clause (d).                                          3.2.2.53. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of
                                                                                                                                                                                (2)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                 Code text: “… (a) … floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                                                                                            of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                 separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                                                                                            separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                 …” and to Clause (d).
                                                                                                                                                                                            ...” and to Clause (d).
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]                                                        of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                                                                                            separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            ...” and to Clause (d).
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            (b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.51. Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                                            (b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                                                                                3.2.2.54. Group C, up to 3 Storeys
                                                                                                                 of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                 separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,   (2)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                 …” and to Clause (e).                                                      of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                                                                                            separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of
                                                                                                                                                                                            min, ...” and to Clause (c).
                                                                                                                 Code text: “… (a) … floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                 separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,               [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                 …” and to Clause (e).                                                      of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                                                                                            separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
                                                                                                                 (b),(d),(e) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            min, …” and to Clause (c).
                                                                                                                 (b),(d),(e) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the
                                                                                                                                                                                            (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible
                                                                                                                 construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming         3.2.2.55. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 to Article 3.1.4.5., ...”
                                                                                                                                                                                (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (c) [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the                  text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                            (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming
                                                                                                                                                                                            text: “ … the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 to Article 3.1.4.5., ...”
                                                                                                                                                                                (2)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                    3.2.2.52. Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                                            of Code text: “... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code                       separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                         min, …” and to Clause (c).
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code                       [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                         Code text: “… (a) … floor assemblies shall be fire
                                                                                                                                                                                            separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
                                                                                                                                                                                            min, …” and to Clause (c).
                                                                                                                                                                                            (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]




                                                                                                    3-200 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                     3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                              Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)             Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.2.2.56. Group D, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered                      (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                          the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                          noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”                                           [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                          the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                          noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”                                           (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code                     (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”                 (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code                     (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                              3.2.2.60. Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         (a),(e) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (a),(e) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.57. Group D, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                                          (b),(d),(e) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (b),(d),(e) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (c) [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                    roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                    construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming
                                                                                                                                                                                          to Article 3.1.4.5., ...”
                                                                                                    3.2.2.58. Group D, up to 6 Storeys
                                                                                                                                                                                          (c) [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “.... the
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building
                                                                                                                                                                                          roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible
                                                                                                                 referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                          construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming
                                                                                                                 construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                          to Article 3.1.4.5., ...”
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building
                                                                                                                                                                              3.2.2.61. Group D, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                 construction …”                                              (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                          text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof
                                                                                                                                                                                          (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                 than 1 h …” and to Clause (d).                                           (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof
                                                                                                                 assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                                 than 1 h, …” and to Clause (d).
                                                                                                    3.2.2.59. Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible
                                                                                                    Construction
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                Division B 3-201
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.2.2.62. Group D, up to 3 Storeys                                      3.2.2.66. Group E, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                    (2)          [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof   (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a               the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to                 noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 Clause (d).
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof               the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a               noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 Clause (d).
                                                                                                                                                                                        text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                                                                                        text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                            3.2.2.67. Group E, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                    3.2.2.63. Group D, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                                        text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 text: “ … the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.                   (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that                        (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.       3.2.2.68. Group E, up to 3 Storeys
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                      (2)         (a),(e) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                  (a),(e) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]                                                    (b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]                                                    (b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.64. Group D, up to 2 Storeys                                                  (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that                        (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                                                                            3.2.2.69. Group E, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.       (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                        text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                          text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                    3.2.2.65. Group D, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered                         (2)         (a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code                   (a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                     (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that            3.2.2.70. Group E, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.       (2)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that                        (a),(b) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]




                                                                                                    3-202 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                              Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)             Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.2.2.71. Group E, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered                           3.2.2.76. Group F, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code         (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                       the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                                                                                          noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                       [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                          the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                    3.2.2.72. Group F, Division 1, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered                           text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                    (2)          (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]                                                      (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…                          text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of                     (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                          (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                          (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”                                           (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code         3.2.2.77. Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Increased Area,
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”     Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code         (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                    (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                          text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                    3.2.2.73. Group F, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered                           noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code                     [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                       the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                                                                                          noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                       (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building               (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy
                                                                                                                                                                                          (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 timber construction or noncombustible construction used
                                                                                                                 singly or in combination …”                                              (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building   3.2.2.78. Group F, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys
                                                                                                                 referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy      (2)         (a),(e) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 timber construction or noncombustible construction used
                                                                                                                 singly or in combination …”                                              (a),(e) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                            (b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                            (b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.74. Group F, Division 1, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered                           [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof
                                                                                                                                                                                          assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code                     a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min …” and to
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                       Clause (d).
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code                     [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                       assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:                         fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to
                                                                                                                 “... [noncombustible] floor assemblies shall be fire                     Clause (d).
                                                                                                                 separations …”                                               3.2.2.79. Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text:             (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 “... [noncombustible] floor assemblies shall be fire                     text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 separations …”
                                                                                                                                                                                          (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                            text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                               Division B 3-203
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          (a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                      3.2.2.83. Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys
                                                                                                                 (a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                      (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]                                                    referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                        construction…”
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building
                                                                                                    3.2.2.80. Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys                                      referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that                        construction …”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.                   (a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that                        (a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.81. Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                                                                                        (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                            3.2.2.84. Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                        text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                                                                                        text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                                                                                        the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                                                                                        noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                          the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                    3.2.2.82. Group F, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered                    noncombustible construction …”

                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…                        (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of                   (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
                                                                                                                 noncombustible construction …”                             3.2.2.85. Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code       (2)         [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”               assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction,
                                                                                                                                                                                        a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min …” and to
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                        Clause (d).
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building shall be sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “… (c) roof
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
                                                                                                                 (b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                  fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, …” and to
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]                                                    Clause (d).

                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]                                                    (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                                                                                        noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                                                                                        noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]




                                                                                                    3-204 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.2.2.86. Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered             3.2.2.90. Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code       (1)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                     classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of
                                                                                                                                                                                        heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                        used singly or in combination …”
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                                                                                        classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                                                                                        heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that                        used singly or in combination …”
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
                                                                                                                                                                                        (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                  text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”
                                                                                                                 (a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                  (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]                                                    text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”

                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]                                        3.2.2.91. Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Any Area, Low Fire
                                                                                                                                                                            Load Occupancy
                                                                                                    3.2.2.87. Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.                   [F02-OP1.2]

                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that            3.2.2.92. Group F, Division 3, Storage Garages up to 22 m High
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.       (1)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                          used as a storage garage with all storeys constructed as
                                                                                                                                                                                        open-air storeys and having no other occupancy above
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                          it is permitted to have its floor, wall, ceiling and roof
                                                                                                    3.2.2.88. Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered                         assemblies constructed without a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                                                                                        provided it is (a) of noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                     [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building
                                                                                                                                                                                        used as a storage garage with all storeys constructed as
                                                                                                                 (a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code                   open-air storeys and having no other occupancy above
                                                                                                                 text: “… the building is sprinklered throughout …”                     it is permitted to have its floor, wall, ceiling and roof
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that                        assemblies constructed without a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.                   provided it is (a) of noncombustible construction …”
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that            3.2.3.1. Limiting Distance and Area of Unprotected Openings
                                                                                                                 noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.       (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                              (5)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                              (6)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    3.2.2.89. Group F, Division 3, One Storey                               (8)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building   (9)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of
                                                                                                                 heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction   (10)        [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 used singly or in combination …”                           3.2.3.4. Party Wall
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “A building   (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of
                                                                                                                 heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction   3.2.3.5. Wall with Limiting Distance Less Than 1.2 m
                                                                                                                 used singly or in combination …”                           (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                            3.2.3.6. Combustible Projections
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                            (3)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                            (5)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                            3.2.3.7. Construction of Exposing Building Face
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F03,F02-OP3.1]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                              Division B 3-205
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                     Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03,F02-OP3.1]                                    (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F02,F03-OP3.1]                                                [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03,F02-OP3.1]                                    3.2.3.18. Covered Vehicular Passageway
                                                                                                    3.2.3.8. Protection of Exterior Building Face                   (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03,F02-OP3.1]                                    (2)         [F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    3.2.3.9. Protection of Structural Members                       3.2.3.19. Walkway between Buildings




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F04-OS1.3]                                        (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3]                                        (2)         [F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    3.2.3.10. Unlimited Unprotected Openings                        (3)         [F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OP3.1]                                        (4)         [F02,F12-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OP3.1]                                        3.2.3.20. Underground Walkway
                                                                                                    3.2.3.11. Low Fire Load, One Storey Building                    (1)         [F01,F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          (b) [F03-OP3.1]                                    (2)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F04-OP3.1]                                    (3)         [F02-OP3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “An
                                                                                                                                                                                underground walkway shall be of noncombustible
                                                                                                    3.2.3.12. Area Increase for Unprotected Openings
                                                                                                                                                                                construction …”
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F80-OP2.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “An
                                                                                                    3.2.3.13. Protection of Exit Facilities                                     underground walkway shall be … suitable for an
                                                                                                                                                                                underground location.”
                                                                                                    (4)          [F06-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         (a) [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (b) [F10-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.2.3.14. Wall Exposed to Another Wall
                                                                                                                                                                    3.2.3.22. Installation of Service Lines Under Buildings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    3.2.4.1. Determination of Requirement for a Fire Alarm System
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    3.2.3.15. Wall Exposed to Adjoining Roof
                                                                                                                                                                    3.2.4.2. Continuity of Fire Alarm System
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    3.2.3.16. Protection of Soffits
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         [F10-OS1.5] [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (5)         [F11,F13-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (6)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    3.2.4.3. Types of Fire Alarm Systems
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         (a) [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (b) [F11-OS1.4] [F13-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (c),(d) [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    3.2.4.4. Description of Fire Alarm Systems
                                                                                                    3.2.3.17. Canopy Protection for Vertically Separated Openings
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         (a) [F11-OS1.4] [F13-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (b),(c) [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F13-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]



                                                                                                    3-206 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                        3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F13-OS1.5]                                         (3)         [F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    3.2.4.5. Installation and Verification of Fire Alarm Systems     (4)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F11,F81-OS1.5] [F13,F12,F81-OS1.5,OS1.2]           3.2.4.11. Smoke Detectors
                                                                                                                 [F12,F11-OS3.7] Applies to voice communication      (1)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 systems.
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F12-OS1.5]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F82-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (4)         [F10-OS1.5]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     3.2.4.6. Silencing of Alarm Signals
                                                                                                                                                                     (5)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F11-OS1.5]                                         (7)         [F11-OS1.4,OS1.5]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F81,F34-OS1.5]                                     3.2.4.12. Prevention of Smoke Circulation
                                                                                                     3.2.4.7. Signals to Fire Department
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]                                   3.2.4.13. Vacuum Cleaning System Shutdown
                                                                                                                 [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.2.4.14. Elevator Emergency Return
                                                                                                                 [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F81,F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.2.4.15. System Monitoring
                                                                                                                 [F81,F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F11-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F13-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    3.2.4.8. Annunciator and Zone Indication
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.2.4.16. Manual Stations
                                                                                                     (2)         [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F02-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                     (7)         [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F02-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                     3.2.4.9. Electrical Supervision
                                                                                                                                                                     (4)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F82-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (5)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F82-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.2.4.17. Alert and Alarm Signals
                                                                                                                 [F82-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                     (3)         (a),(d),(e),(f),(g) [F82-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 (a),(d),(e),(f),(g) [F82-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.2.4.18. Audibility of Alarm Systems
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F82-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F81-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F82-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F81-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (4)         [F33-OS3.5]
                                                                                                                 [F82-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (5)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F82-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (6)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F82-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (7)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    3.2.4.10. Fire Detectors
                                                                                                                                                                     (8)         [F11,F81-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (9)         [F11,F81-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (10)        [F11,F81-OS1.5]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                    Division B 3-207
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                   Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (11)         [F11-OS1.5]                                       (2)         [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (13)         [F11-OS1.5]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.2.4.19. Visible Signals                                      3.2.5.3. Roof Access
                                                                                                    (1)          [F11-OS1.5]                                       (1)         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F11-OS1.5]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.2.4.20. Smoke Alarms                                         3.2.5.4. Access Routes




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81,F11-OS1.5]                                   (1)         [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F11-OS1.5]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F11-OS1.5]                                       3.2.5.5. Location of Access Routes
                                                                                                    (5)          [F11-OS1.5]                                       (1)         [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2] [F06-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F11-OS1.5]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F11-OS1.5]                                       (2)         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F11-OS1.5]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F11,F81-OS1.5]                                   (4)         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F11,F81-OS1.5]                                               [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (12)         [F11-OS1.5]                                       3.2.5.6. Access Route Design
                                                                                                    (13)         [F81,F11-OS1.5]                                   (1)         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (14)         [F11,F81-OS1.5]                                               [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (16)         [F11-OS1.5]                                       (2)         [F02,F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.2.4.21. Residential Fire Warning Systems                                 [F02,F12,F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F11,F81-OS1.5]                                               [F02,F12,F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    3.2.4.22. Voice Communication Systems for High Buildings       3.2.5.7. Water Supply
                                                                                                    (1)          [F12,F11-OS3.7]                                   (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F11-OS1.5]                                                   [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.4,OS1.5]                                 [F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F11-OS1.5]                                       3.2.5.8. Standpipe Systems
                                                                                                    (5)          [F12-OS3.7]                                       (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F11-OS1.5]                                                   [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F11-OS1.5]                                       3.2.5.9. Standpipe System Design
                                                                                                    3.2.4.23. One-Way Voice Communication Systems                  (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F11-OS1.5]                                                   [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F11-OS1.5]                                       (2)         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F11-OS1.5]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.2.5.1. Access to Above-Grade Storeys                         (4)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]                                             [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                       (5)         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]                                             [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                       3.2.5.10. Hose Connections
                                                                                                    (3)          [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]                                 (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F05,F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                                   [F03,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.2.5.2. Access to Basements                                   (3)         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]                                             [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]



                                                                                                    3-208 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                      3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                      Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                   Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F02-OS1.2]                                       (2)         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.2.5.11. Hose Stations                                        (3)         [F11-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                       3.2.5.15. Fire Department Connections
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2]                                       (1)         [F12-OS1.2]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F02,F12-OS1.2]                                   (2)         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F12-OP1.2]                                               [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2]                                       3.2.5.16. Portable Fire Extinguishers
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (1)         [F02,F12,F81-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F10-OS1.5]                                                   [F02,F12,F81-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F02-OS1.2]                                       (2)         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F01-OS1.1]                                       3.2.5.17. Protection from Freezing
                                                                                                    3.2.5.12. Automatic Sprinkler Systems                          (1)         [F81-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02,F81,F82-OS1.2]                                           [F81-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F81,F82-OP1.2]                               3.2.5.18. Fire Pumps
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02,F81-OS1.2]                                   (1)         [F02,F81-OS1.2] [F81-OS1.4]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F81-OP1.2]                                               [F02,F81-OP1.2] [F81-OP1.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F02,F81-OS1.2]                                   3.2.6.2. Limits to Smoke Movement
                                                                                                                 [F02,F81-OP1.2]                                   (1)         [F02-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                   [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                       (2)         [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F81-OS1.2]                                                   [F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OP1.2]                                       (3)         [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                   [F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                       (4)         [F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (5)         [F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP3.1]                                                   [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F81-OS3.3,OS3.6]                                 (6)         [F03,F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    3.2.5.13. Combustible Sprinkler Piping                                     [F03,F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02,F81-OS1.2]                                   3.2.6.3. Connected Buildings
                                                                                                                 [F02,F81-OP1.2]                                   (1)         [F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F06-OS1.2]                                                   [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                                   [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F06-OS1.2]                                       3.2.6.4. Emergency Operation of Elevators
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                       (1)         [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    3.2.5.14. Sprinklered Service Space                                        [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                       (2)         [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                   [F12-OP1.2]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                  Division B 3-209
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                   Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                 3.2.7.2. Recessed Lighting Fixtures
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                       (1)         [F01-OS1.1,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                             [F01-OP1.1,OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                       3.2.7.3. Emergency Lighting
                                                                                                    3.2.6.5. Elevator for Use by Firefighters                      (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F12,F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]                             (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F12,F06-OP1.2]                                   (3)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                 (4)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                       3.2.7.4. Emergency Power for Lighting
                                                                                                    (3)          [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                 (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                       (2)         [F30,F81-OS3.1] [F10,F81-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                 3.2.7.5. Emergency Power Supply Installation
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                       (1)         [F81,F06,F11,F02,F03,F10,F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                             [F81,F06,F02,F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                                   [F81,F06,F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                             [F81,F30-OS3.1] [F81,F11,F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                       3.2.7.6. Emergency Power for Treatment Occupancies
                                                                                                    3.2.6.6. Venting to Aid Firefighting                           (1)         [F81,F06,F11,F02,F03,F10,F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                             [F81,F06,F02,F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                                   [F81,F06,F02-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1]                                                   [F81,F30-OS3.1] [F81,F11,F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                 3.2.7.7. Fuel Supply Shut-off Valves
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                       (1)         [F12-OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to the requirement for a
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                 suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.

                                                                                                    3.2.6.7. Central Alarm and Control Facility                                [F12-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement for a suitably
                                                                                                                                                                               identified shut-off valve outside the building.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F12-OH5] Applies to the requirement for a suitably
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                                   identified shut-off valve outside the building.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F11-OS1.5]                                 [F81-OS1.2,OS1.5] Applies to the requirement for a
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                                   suitably identified separate shut-off valve.
                                                                                                    3.2.6.8. Voice Communication System                                        [F81-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies to the requirement for a
                                                                                                                                                                               suitably identified separate shut-off valve.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F12,F11-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                   3.2.7.8. Emergency Power for Fire Alarm Systems
                                                                                                    3.2.6.9. Testing
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F82-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F13-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement for fire alarm
                                                                                                                 [F82-OP1.2]                                                   systems, including those with a voice communication
                                                                                                    3.2.7.1. Minimum Lighting Requirements                                     system, to be provided with an emergency power supply.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           (2)         [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                       [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1]                                       (3)         [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F74-OA2]                                                     [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F74-OA2]                                         (4)         [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                   [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 [F30-OS3.1]



                                                                                                    3-210 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                          3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                      Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                        Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.2.7.9. Emergency Power for Building Services                    3.2.8.7. Mechanical Exhaust System
                                                                                                    (1)          [F12,F02,F03-OS1.5,OS1.2]                            (1)         [F03-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12,F02,F03-OP1.2]                                              [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F02-OP3.1]                                      (2)         [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F36-OS3.6] [F12,F10-OS3.7]                                  [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]                                    3.2.8.8. Combustible Content Limits




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                          (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F36-OS3.6] [F12-OS3.7]                                          [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.2.7.10. Protection of Electrical Conductors                     3.2.9.1. Testing
                                                                                                    (2)          [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                    (1)         [F02,F81,F82-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                                      [F02,F81,F82-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                    3.3.1.1. Separation of Suites
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                          (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                                [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                          (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                                [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                          3.3.1.2. Hazardous Substances, Equipment and Processes
                                                                                                    (8)          [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                    (1)         [F01,F02,F03-OS1.1,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                                      [F01,F02,F03-OP1.1,OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F06-OS1.4]                                                      [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                          (3)         [F43-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS3.7]                                                      [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    3.2.8.1. Application                                              3.3.1.3. Means of Egress
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03,F06-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]                          (3)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F03,F06-OP1.2]                                      (4)         [F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    3.2.8.2. Exceptions to Special Protection                         (5)         [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                          (6)         [F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                          (7)         [F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                      (8)         [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F03-OP1.2]                                      (9)         [F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    3.2.8.3. Sprinklers                                               3.3.1.4. Public Corridor Separations
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                          (1)         [F03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                      [F03,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]            (2)         [F03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F13-OP1.2]                                                  [F03,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.2.8.4. Vestibules                                               (3)         [F03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F06-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]                                          [F03,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F06,F03-OP1.2]                                      (4)         (a),(b) [F03,F05,F10-OS1.5] [F06,F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    3.2.8.5. Protected Floor Space                                                (c) [F03,F05-OS1.5] [F03,F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                  (a),(b) [F03,F06,F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                  (c) [F03,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.2.8.6. Draft Stops
                                                                                                                                                                      3.3.1.5. Egress Doorways
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)         [F10,F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F13-OP1.2]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                      Division B 3-211
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                         Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F05,F10-OS1.5]                                     (3)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    3.3.1.6. Travel Distance                                         (4)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS1.5]                                         (6)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    3.3.1.7. Protection on Floor Areas with a Barrier-Free Path of   3.3.1.18. Guards
                                                                                                    Travel
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10,F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F30-OS3.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (a) [F06-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (4)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          (a) [F10,F73-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.3.1.19. Tactile Walking Surface Indicators
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    3.3.1.8. Headroom and Protruding Objects
                                                                                                                                                                     3.3.1.20. Transparent Doors and Panels
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30,F73-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    3.3.1.9. Corridors
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F20-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (4)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (6)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          (a) [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (8)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.3.1.21. Exhaust Ventilation and Explosion Venting
                                                                                                    3.3.1.11. Door Swing
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         (a) [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                 (a) [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F02-OS1.3] Applies to the requirement for explosion-relief
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                     devices and vents.
                                                                                                    3.3.1.12. Sliding Doors                                                      [F02-OP1.3] Applies to the requirement for explosion-relief
                                                                                                                                                                                 devices and vents.
                                                                                                    (1)          (b) [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.3.1.22. Janitors' Rooms
                                                                                                    3.3.1.13. Doors and Door Hardware
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a),(b) [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 (d) [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.3.1.23. Common Laundry Rooms
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (5)                                                                          [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (8)                                                                          [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (9)                                                              3.3.1.24. Obstructions
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F12-OS3.7]                                         (1)         [F10-OS3.7]

                                                                                                    3.3.1.16. Tapered Treads in a Curved Flight                      3.3.1.25. Signs in Service Spaces

                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             (1)         [F10-OS3.7]

                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             3.3.1.26. Welding and Cutting

                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             (1)         [F03,F02-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    3.3.1.17. Capacity of Access to Exits                                        [F03,F02-OP1.2]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]



                                                                                                    3-212 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                         Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)         Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.3.2.1. Scope                                                         (3)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                   (5)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                   3.3.2.12. Bleachers
                                                                                                    3.3.2.2. Fire Separations                                              (1)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                               (2)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2] Applies where space under tiers of seats is   (4)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 not sprinklered.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                           (5)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2] Applies where space under tiers of seats is
                                                                                                                 sprinklered.                                              3.3.2.13. Libraries

                                                                                                    3.3.2.4. Fixed Seats                                                   (1)         [F03-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                               [F03-OP1.2]

                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]                                               (2)         [F02-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    3.3.2.5. Aisles                                                                    [F02-OP1.2]

                                                                                                    (2)                                                                    3.3.2.14. Stages for Theatrical Performances
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10-OS3.7]                                               (1)         [F02-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    (5)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                           [F02-OP1.2]

                                                                                                    (6)          [F10-OS3.7]                                               (2)         [F03-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    (7)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                           [F03-OP1.2]

                                                                                                    (8)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                                   (3)         [F03-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    (9)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                                               [F03-OP1.2]

                                                                                                    (10)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                                   (4)         [F03-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    (11)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                                               [F03-OP1.2]

                                                                                                    (12)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                                   (5)         [F02-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]

                                                                                                    (13)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                                               [F02,F06-OP1.2]

                                                                                                    (14)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                                   (6)         [F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]

                                                                                                    (15)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                                               [F03-OP1.2]

                                                                                                    (16)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                                   3.3.2.15. Risers for Stairs

                                                                                                    3.3.2.6. Corridors                                                     (1)         [F30-OS3.1]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]                         3.3.2.16. Storage Rooms

                                                                                                                 [F03,F06-OP1.2]                                           (1)         [F12-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    (3)          [F03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]                                     [F12-OP1.2]

                                                                                                                 [F03,F06-OP1.2]                                           3.3.2.17. Safety Glazing

                                                                                                    (4)          [F10-OS3.7]                                               (1)         [F20,F30-OS3.1]

                                                                                                    3.3.2.7. Doors                                                         (2)         [F20,F30-OS3.1]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                               3.3.3.2. Separations between Care, Treatment or Detention
                                                                                                                                                                           Occupancies and Repair Garages
                                                                                                    3.3.2.8. Fixed Bench-Type Seats without Arms
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                           3.3.3.3. Corridors
                                                                                                    3.3.2.10. Handrails in Aisles with Steps
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                           (3)         [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    3.3.2.11. Outdoor Places of Assembly
                                                                                                                                                                           (4)         (a) [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                             Division B 3-213
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.3.3.4. Doorway Width                                          (5)         [F10,F05-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10,F12-OS3.7]                                    (6)         [F10,F05-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10,F12-OS3.7]                                    3.3.4.5. Automatic Locking Prohibition
                                                                                                    3.3.3.5. Compartments and Fire Separations                      (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]                      3.3.4.8. Protection of Openable Windows
                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]                                        (1)         [F30-OS3.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (4)          [F05-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]                      3.3.5.2. Fire Extinguishing Systems
                                                                                                                 [F03,F06-OP1.2]                                    (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F10-OS1.5]                                                    [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F10-OS1.5]                                        3.3.5.3. Basements
                                                                                                    (8)          [F03,F05-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]                        (1)         [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (12)         [F03,F05-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]                                    [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (16)         [F02,F03-OS1.2] [F44-OS1.1]                        (2)         [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2] Applies to the separation of entrances
                                                                                                                 [F02,F03-OP1.2]                                                to basements and to rooms containing building services
                                                                                                                                                                                from the remainder of the building.
                                                                                                    3.3.3.6. Areas of Refuge
                                                                                                                                                                                [F06-OP1.2] Applies to the separation of entrances from
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                    the remainder of the building.
                                                                                                    3.3.3.7. Contained Use Areas                                                [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5] Applies to the separation
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]                                  of exits from the remainder of the building.

                                                                                                                 [F03,F06-OP1.2]                                                [F06-OP1.2] Applies to the separation of exits from the
                                                                                                                                                                                remainder of the building.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F02-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F44-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.5.4. Repair and Storage Garages
                                                                                                    (4)          [F02-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (5)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                    (6)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    3.3.4.2. Fire Separations
                                                                                                                                                                    (8)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.5.5. Repair Garage Separation
                                                                                                    (4)          [F02,F03-OS1.2] [F44-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F02,F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F03-OS1.2] [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.5.6. Storage Garage Separation
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.3.4.3. Storage Rooms
                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.5.7. Vestibules
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F44-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.5.8. Dispensing of Fuel
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    3.3.5.9. Multiple-Tenant Self-Storage Warehouses
                                                                                                    3.3.4.4. Egress from Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10,F05-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F05-OS1.2,OS1.5]



                                                                                                    3-214 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                             3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                         Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)        Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.3.6.2. Storage of Dangerous Goods                                  (5)         [F44-OH5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OP1.2]                                                         [F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.2]                                                         [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                             (6)         [F01,F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                             3.3.6.7. Flooring Materials
                                                                                                    (3)          [F01,F02,F03,F81-OS1.1,OS1.2]                           (1)         [F43-OS3.4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F01,F02,F03,F81-OP1.1,OP1.2]                                       [F44-OH5]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F01-OS1.1]                                                         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                             3.3.6.8. Fire Separations in Process Plants
                                                                                                    3.3.6.3. Indoor Storage of Anhydrous Ammonia and Flammable,          (1)         [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    Toxic and Oxidizing Gases
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F03-OS1.2] [F44-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.3.6.9. Basements and Pits
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F44-OS1.2,OS1.5,OS1.1] Applies to gas-tight fire
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 separations.
                                                                                                                                                                         3.4.1.2. Separation of Exits
                                                                                                                 (b) [F12-OS1.2] [F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F02-OP1.3]                                         (1)         [F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]

                                                                                                                 (c) [F12-OS1.1]                                                     [F12,F06-OP1.2]

                                                                                                                 (d) [F44-OS1.1]                                                     [F12,F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]

                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F03-OP1.2]                                         (2)         [F10-OS3.7]

                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OS1.2] [F44-OS1.1]                             3.4.1.5. Exterior Exit Passageways

                                                                                                                 (a) [F44-OS1.2,OS1.5,OS1.1] Applies to gas-tight fire   (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 separations.                                            3.4.1.6. Restricted Use of Horizontal Exits
                                                                                                                 (b) [F12-OS1.2] [F01-OS1.1]                             (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F12-OS1.1]                                         (2)         [F10,F05-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 (d) [F44-OS1.1]                                         3.4.1.7. Slide Escapes
                                                                                                    3.3.6.4. Storage and Dispensing Rooms for Flammable Liquids          (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    and Combustible Liquids
                                                                                                                                                                         3.4.1.9. Mirrors near Exits
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.4.1.10. Combustible Glazing in Exits
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F05-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F03,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.3.6.5. Tire Storage
                                                                                                                                                                         3.4.2.1. Minimum Number of Exits
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F12,F06-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.3.6.6. Ammonium Nitrate Storage
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F12,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OS1.1] [F02,F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                         (3)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1] [F02,F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.4.2.2. Means of Egress from Mezzanines
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2] [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.4.2.3. Distance between Exits
                                                                                                    (4)          [F12,F02-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F10,F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F12,F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                         (4)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.4.2.4. Travel Distance
                                                                                                                                                                         (3)         [F10-OS3.7]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                         Division B 3-215
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.4.2.5. Location of Exits                                       3.4.4.2. Exits through Lobbies
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                         (1)         [F05,F06-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]                                         (2)         [F12,F10,F05,F06-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    3.4.2.6. Principal Entrances                                     3.4.4.3. Exterior Passageway Exceptions
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                         (1)         [F05,F06,F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                         3.4.4.4. Integrity of Exits




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.4.3.1. Exit Width Based on Occupant Load                       (1)         [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2] [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                     [F06,F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.4.3.2. Exit Width                                              (2)         [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                     [F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                         (3)         [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                     [F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F10-OS3.7]                                         (4)         [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                     [F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F12,F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                                     [F43-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                         (5)         [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2] [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2]                                                     [F03,F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.4.3.3. Exit Width Reduction                                    (6)         [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1] [F31-OS3.2] [F32-OS3.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F10,F05-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (7)         [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F43-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (8)         [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (9)         [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.4.5.1. Exit Signs
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    3.4.3.4. Headroom Clearance
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F10,F81-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (4)         [F10,F81-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (5)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (6)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (7)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.4.5.2. Exit Signs with Tactile Information
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.4.5.3. Signs for Stairs and Ramps at Exit Level
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.4.6.1. Slip Resistance of Ramps and Stairs
                                                                                                    3.4.4.1. Fire-Resistance Rating of Exit Separations
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         (a) [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2] [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                 (b) [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F06,F03-OP1.2]



                                                                                                    3-216 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                         3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                         Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                   Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                         (2)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                         3.4.6.8. Treads and Risers
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                   (1)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    3.4.6.2. Minimum Number of Risers                                (2)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1]                                         (3)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    3.4.6.3. Maximum Vertical Rise of Stair Flights and Required                 [F73-OA1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Landings
                                                                                                                                                                     (4)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (5)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (6)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (7)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    3.4.6.4. Dimensions of Landings
                                                                                                                                                                     (8)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                         (9)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                         (10)        [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                   3.4.6.9. Curved Flights in Exits
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (4)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.4.6.10. Horizontal Exits
                                                                                                    3.4.6.5. Handrails
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (4)         [F10,F73-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (5)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     3.4.6.11. Doors
                                                                                                    (5)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F81,F10-OS3.7] Applies where there is a danger of
                                                                                                                 [F73-OA1]                                                       blockage from ice or snow.
                                                                                                    (11)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             (4)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (12)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             (5)         [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F73-OA1]                                           (6)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (13)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             3.4.6.12. Direction of Door Swing
                                                                                                    (15)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    3.4.6.6. Guards                                                  3.4.6.13. Self-closing Devices
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             (1)         [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                         [F06,F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             3.4.6.14. Sliding Doors
                                                                                                    (5)          [F30-OS3.1]                                         (2)         [F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    3.4.6.7. Ramp Slope
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                     Division B 3-217
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)        Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.4.6.15. Revolving Doors                                            3.4.7.1. Scope
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             (1)         [F10,F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F10,F12-OS3.7]                                     (2)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F10-OS3.7]                                                     [F10-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 (d) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                             3.4.7.2. Fire Escape Construction
                                                                                                                 (e) [F20-OS3.1]                                         (1)         [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.2] Applies to the combustibility of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                         materials used in the construction of fire escapes.

                                                                                                    (3)          (a),(b),(d),(e) [F10,F81-OS3.7] [F20,F30-OS3.1]                     [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F20-OS3.1] Applies to the type and
                                                                                                                                                                                     construction of fire escapes.
                                                                                                    3.4.6.16. Door Release Hardware
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F20-OS2.1] Applies to the type and construction of fire
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                         escapes.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                             3.4.7.3. Access to Fire Escapes
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]                                             (1)         [F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “Access to
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                         fire escapes shall be from corridors through doors at
                                                                                                                                                                                     floor level …”
                                                                                                    (5)          [F10,F81-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F10,F81-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.4.7.4. Protection of Fire Escapes
                                                                                                    (7)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F05,F06-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.4.7.5. Stairs
                                                                                                    3.4.6.17. Security for Banks and Mercantile Floor Areas
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2] Applies to sprinklered buildings.
                                                                                                                                                                         (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F10,F81-OS3.7] Applies to exit and egress doors that
                                                                                                                 comply with the stated Sentences.                       (3)         [F10-OS3.7] Applies to the reduction in width permitted
                                                                                                                                                                                     under certain conditions.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         (4)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F81-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.4.7.6. Guards and Railings
                                                                                                    (5)          [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         (2)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F10,F81-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         (3)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    3.4.6.18. Emergency Crossover Access to Floor Areas
                                                                                                                                                                         (4)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         (5)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.5.2.1. Elevators, Escalators and Dumbwaiters
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F30,F81-OS3.1] [F32,F81-OS3.3] [F36,F81-OS3.6]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         (2)         [F82-OS3.1,OS3.3,OS3.6]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                         (3)         [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.5.3.1. Fire Separations for Elevator Hoistways
                                                                                                    (5)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.4.6.19. Floor Numbering and Identification of Stair Shafts
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10,F12,F73-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.5.3.2. Vertical Service Spaces for Dumbwaiters
                                                                                                                 [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                         3.5.3.3. Fire Separations for Elevator Machine Rooms
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10,F12,F73-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                         (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F03-OP1.2]



                                                                                                    3-218 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                         3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                      Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.5.4.1. Elevator Car Dimensions                               3.6.2.6. Door Swing for Service Rooms
                                                                                                    (1)          [F12-OS3.7]                                       (1)         [F10-OS1.5] Applies to portion of Code text: “A swing-type
                                                                                                                                                                               door from a service room containing a boiler or incinerator
                                                                                                    (3)          [F12-OS3.7]                                                   shall swing outward from the room …”
                                                                                                    3.5.4.2. Floor Numbering                                                   [F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “A swing-type
                                                                                                    (1)          [F73-OA1]                                                     door from a service room containing a boiler or incinerator
                                                                                                                                                                               shall swing … inward if the door opens onto a corridor or
                                                                                                    3.6.1.2. Electrical Wiring and Equipment
                                                                                                                                                                               any room used for an assembly occupancy.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1] [F02,F03-OS1.2] [F81-OS1.4]           3.6.2.7. Electrical Equipment Vaults
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1] [F02,F03-OP1.2] [F81-OP1.4]
                                                                                                                                                                   (2)         [F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]
                                                                                                                 [F32-OS3.3]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
                                                                                                    3.6.1.3. Lightning Protection Systems                          (3)         [F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5] [F03-OS1.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01,F81-OS1.1]                                               [F02-OP1.2] [F03-OP1.4]
                                                                                                                 [F01,F81-OP1.1]                                   (4)         [F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]
                                                                                                    3.6.1.4. Storage Use Prohibition                                           [F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]                           (6)         [F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    3.6.1.5. Appliances Installed outside a Building               (7)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                       (8)         [F44-OS1.1] [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F03-OP1.2]                                   (9)         [F34-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F03-OP3.1]                                               [F34-OS3.3]
                                                                                                    3.6.2.1. Fire Separations around Service Rooms                             [F34-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]                                 3.6.2.8. Emergency Power Installations
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]                                 (1)         [F03-OS1.2,OS1.4] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F01-OS1.1] [F03-OS1.2]                                       [F03-OP1.2,OP1.4] [F06-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1] [F03-OP1.2]                           3.6.3.1. Fire Separations for Vertical Service Spaces
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]                                 (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]                                 (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]                                 (3)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]                                 (4)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    3.6.2.2. Service Rooms under Exits                             (5)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F06,F05-OS3.7]                                               [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02-OS1.2]                                       3.6.3.2. Foamed Plastic Protection
                                                                                                    3.6.2.4. Incinerator Rooms                                     (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                       3.6.3.3. Linen and Refuse Chutes
                                                                                                    3.6.2.5. Storage of Combustible Refuse and Recycling           (1)         (d),(e) [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   (a),(b),(c) [F41-OH2.4,OH2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   (4)         (b) [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (a) [F41-OH2.4,OH2.5]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                     Division B 3-219
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                              Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)            Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (5)          (a) [F81,F03-OS1.2]                                         3.6.4.4. Attic or Roof Space Access
                                                                                                                 (a) [F81,F41-OH2.4,OH2.5]                                   (1)         [F01,F02,F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F81,F03-OP1.2]                                                     [F01,F02,F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F03-OS1.2]                                             3.6.4.5. Horizontal Service Space Access
                                                                                                                 (b) [F03-OP1.2]                                             (1)         [F01,F02,F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F01,F02-OS1.2]                                                     [F01,F02,F12-OP1.2]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (c) [F01,F02-OP1.2]                                         3.6.4.6. Crawl Space Access
                                                                                                                 (d) [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]                           (1)         [F01,F02,F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 (d) [F06-OP1.2]                                                         [F01,F02,F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                 3.6.5.1. Duct Materials
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                 (1)         [F01,F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                 (2)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                 (4)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                 (5)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F41-OH2.4,OH2.5]                                           3.6.5.2. Vibration Isolation Connectors
                                                                                                    (9)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                 (1)         [F01,F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                 (2)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F81,F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The       3.6.5.3. Tape
                                                                                                                 room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges shall be
                                                                                                                 of sufficient size to contain the refuse between normal     (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 intervals of emptying …”                                    3.6.5.4. Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
                                                                                                                 [F81,F41-OH2.4,OH2.5] Applies to portion of Code text:      (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 “The room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges
                                                                                                                 shall be of sufficient size to contain the refuse between   (2)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 normal intervals of emptying …”                             (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F41-OH2.4,OH2.5] Applies to portion of Code text: “The     (4)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges shall be
                                                                                                                 … impervious to moisture and be equipped with a water       (5)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 connection and floor drain for washing-down purposes.”      (6)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (11)         [F01,F02-OS1.2]                                             (7)         [F01,F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.6.3.4. Exhaust Duct Negative Pressure                                  3.6.5.5. Insulation and Coverings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                 (1)         [F01,F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.6.3.5. Grease Duct Enclosures                                          (2)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                             (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F02,F03-OP1.2]                                             (4)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                             3.6.5.6. Clearance of Ducts and Plenums
                                                                                                                 [F02,F03-OP1.2]                                             (2)         [F01-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.6.4.2. Fire Separations for Horizontal Service Spaces                  (3)         [F01-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                 (4)         [F01-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                 (5)         [F01-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    3.6.4.3. Plenum Requirements                                             3.6.5.7. Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust-Air Openings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]                                                 (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                           3.6.5.8. Return-Air System
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                           (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                             (2)         [F01,F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                             (3)         [F01,F02-OS1.2]



                                                                                                    3-220 Division B                                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                        Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                          Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)        Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F01,F02-OS1.2]                                           3.8.2.2. Entrances
                                                                                                    3.7.1.1. Room and Space Height                                         (1)         [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1]                                               (4)         [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    3.7.2.1. Plumbing and Drainage Systems                                 3.8.2.3. Areas Requiring a Barrier-Free Path of Travel
                                                                                                    (3)          [F72-OH2.1]                                               (1)         [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F72-OH2.1]                                               (3)         [F74-OA2]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    3.7.2.2. Water Closets                                                 (4)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F72-OH2.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “... water   (5)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 closets shall be provided ...”                                        [F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “... each row
                                                                                                    (4)          [F72-OH2.1]                                                           of seats served by two aisles shall have one adaptable
                                                                                                                                                                                       seat conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. located adjacent
                                                                                                    (5)          [F72-OH2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       to one of the aisles.”
                                                                                                    (6)          [F72-OH2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                           (6)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F72-OH2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                           3.8.2.4. Access to Storeys Served by Escalators and Moving
                                                                                                    (8)          [F72-OH2.1]                                               Walks
                                                                                                    (9)          [F72-OH2.1]                                               (1)         [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F72-OH2.1]                                               (2)         [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (11)         [F72-OH2.1]                                               3.8.2.5. Exterior Barrier-Free Paths of Travel to Building
                                                                                                    (12)         [F72-OH2.1]                                               Entrances and Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones

                                                                                                    (13)                                                                   (1)         [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                                 [F72-OH2.1]
                                                                                                    (14)                                                                   (2)         [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                                 [F72-OH2.1]
                                                                                                    3.7.2.3. Lavatories                                                    3.8.2.7. Power Door Operators

                                                                                                    (1)                                                                    (1)         [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                                 [F71-OH2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)                                                                    3.8.2.8. Plumbing Facilities
                                                                                                                 [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F71-OH2.3]                                               (1)         [F74-OA2]

                                                                                                    3.7.2.4. Safety Glazing                                                            [F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]

                                                                                                    (1)                                                                    (2)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    3.7.2.5. Surface Protection                                                        [F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           (4)         [F72-OH2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F72-OH2.1] [F40-OH2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F72-OH2.1] [F40-OH2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                           (13)        [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    3.7.2.6. Floor Drain
                                                                                                                                                                           (15)        [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40-OH2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                           3.8.2.9. Assistive Listening Systems
                                                                                                                 [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    3.7.2.7. Grab Bars
                                                                                                                                                                           3.8.2.10. Signs and Indicators
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    3.7.2.8. Bathtubs
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                                                                           (3)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F31-OS3.2]
                                                                                                                                                                           (4)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 (d) [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                           3.8.2.11. Counters
                                                                                                    3.7.3.1. Medical Gas Piping
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F43,F81,F82-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                           3.8.2.12. Telephones
                                                                                                                 (b) [F01,F02-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F01,F02-OP1.1]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                            Division B 3-221
                                                                                                    3.10.1.1.                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                      Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.8.3.2. Barrier-Free Path of Travel                            (12)        [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F73-OA1]                                                      [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (3)          (a),(b) [F30-OS3.1]                                (14)        [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F73-OA1]                                  (15)        [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F73-OA1]                                  (17)        [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 (e),(f) [F73-OA1]                                              [F10-OS3.7]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (e),(f) [F30-OS3.1]                                3.8.3.7. Passenger-Elevating Devices
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F30-OS3.1]                                (1)         [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F73-OA1]                                                      [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F73-OA1]                                                      [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    3.8.3.3. Exterior Walks                                         3.8.3.8. Controls
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F73-OA1]                                      (1)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F30-OS3.1]                                                [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F73-OA1]                                      3.8.3.9. Accessible Signs
                                                                                                                 (d) [F30-OS3.1]                                    (1)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    3.8.3.4. Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones                                   [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F74-OA2]                                      (2)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F73-OA1]                                                  [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F74-OA2]                                      (3)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    3.8.3.5. Ramps                                                              [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (1)          (b),(e) [F73-OA1]                                  3.8.3.10. Drinking Fountains
                                                                                                                 (d) [F30-OS3.1]                                    (1)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F73-OA1]                                      (2)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 (d) [F73-OA1]                                      3.8.3.11. Water-Bottle Filling Stations
                                                                                                                 (b),(e) [F30-OS3.1]                                (1)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F30-OS3.1]                                    (2)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (4)          (a) [F73-OA1]                                      3.8.3.12. Accessible Water-Closet Stalls
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F30-OS3.1]                                (1)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F30-OS3.1]                                                    [F72-OH2.1]
                                                                                                    3.8.3.6. Doorways and Doors                                                 (d)(i) [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F73-OA1]                                                      (f),(g) [F30,F20-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F74-OA2]                                                      (h) [F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be
                                                                                                                 [F30-OS3.1]                                                    equipped with a coat hook … projecting not more than
                                                                                                                                                                                50 mm from the wall …”
                                                                                                    (4)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                                                                    3.8.3.13. Universal Washrooms
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (b) [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                (g) [F30-OS3.1] Applies to the requirement for a coat
                                                                                                    (6)          [F73-OA1]                                                      hook.
                                                                                                    (7)          [F30-OS3.1]                                                    (i) [F74-OA2] Applies to the requirement for a shelf.
                                                                                                    (8)          [F73-OA1]                                                      [F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F30-OS3.1]                                                    (b) [F74-OA2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… a door
                                                                                                                 [F73-OA1]                                                      ... capable of being locked from the inside …”
                                                                                                    (11)         [F73-OA1]                                          (2)         [F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]



                                                                                                    3-222 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                       3.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)                                                 Table 3.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)              Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    3.8.3.14. Water Closets                                                   (2)            [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F74-OA2]                                                                   [F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “… level, ...”
                                                                                                                 [F72-OH2.1]                                                  (3)            (a) [F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                             without infringing on egress from any row of seating or
                                                                                                    3.8.3.15. Water-Closet Stalls and Urinals for Persons with Limited
                                                                                                                                                                                             any aisle requirements …”
                                                                                                    Mobility
                                                                                                                                                                                             [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                                                                              (4)            [F10-OS3.7]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (d) [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              3.9.1.2. Application
                                                                                                    (2)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)            (d) [F02-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 (f) [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              3.9.2.2. Spatial Separation
                                                                                                    3.8.3.16. Lavatories and Mirrors
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)            [F12-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                                                                              (3)            [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F71-OH2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              3.9.3.1. Safety Requirements Within Floor Areas
                                                                                                                 (f) [F31-OS3.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F74-OA2]                                                    (2)            [F02-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    3.8.3.17. Showers                                                         (3)            [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                             [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                                                                              (6)            [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 (d),(e) [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              3.9.3.2. Sanitary Facilities
                                                                                                                 (f) [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 (h) [F31-OS3.2]                                              (1)            [F72-OH2.1]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F74-OA2]                                                                   [F71-OH2.3]

                                                                                                                 [F71-OH2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             Notes to Table 3.10.1.1.:
                                                                                                                 (a) [F73-OA1]                                               (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 (g) [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    3.8.3.18. Accessible Bathtubs
                                                                                                    (1)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    3.8.3.19. Assistive Listening Systems
                                                                                                    (1)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 [F11-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    3.8.3.20. Counters
                                                                                                    (1)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    3.8.3.21. Telephones
                                                                                                    (1)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                    3.8.3.22. Spaces in Seating Area
                                                                                                    (1)          [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 [F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “… level ...
                                                                                                                 level and have removable seats, …”
                                                                                                                 (d) [F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                 without infringing on egress from any row of seating or
                                                                                                                 any aisle requirements …”




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                   Division B 3-223
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




3-224 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 3
                                                                                                    Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and
                                                                                                    Accessibility




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3 Application of Part 3. In applying the requirements of this Part, it is intended that they be applied
                                                                                                    with discretion to buildings of unusual configuration that do not clearly conform to the specific requirements,
                                                                                                    or to buildings in which processes are carried out which make compliance with particular requirements in this
                                                                                                    Part impracticable. The definition of “building” as it applies to this Code is general and encompasses most
                                                                                                    structures, including those which would not normally be considered as buildings in the layman's sense. This
                                                                                                    occurs more often in industrial uses, particularly those involving manufacturing facilities and equipment that
                                                                                                    require specialized design that may make it impracticable to follow the specific requirements of this Part. Steel
                                                                                                    mills, aluminum plants, refining, power generation and liquid storage facilities are examples. A water tank or
                                                                                                    an oil refinery, for example, has no floor area, so it is obvious that requirements for exits from floor areas would
                                                                                                    not apply. Requirements for structural fire protection in large steel mills and pulp and paper mills, particularly
                                                                                                    in certain portions, may not be practicable to achieve in terms of the construction normally used and the
                                                                                                    operations for which the space is to be used. In other portions of the same building, however, it may be quite
                                                                                                    reasonable to require that the provisions of this Part be applied (e.g., the office portions). Similarly, areas of
                                                                                                    industrial occupancy which may be occupied only periodically by service staff, such as equipment penthouses,
                                                                                                    normally would not need to have the same type of exit facility as floor areas occupied on a continuing basis. It
                                                                                                    is expected that judgment will be exercised in evaluating the application of a requirement in those cases when
                                                                                                    extenuating circumstances require special consideration, provided the occupants' safety is not endangered.
                                                                                                    The provisions in this Part for fire protection features installed in buildings are intended to provide a minimum
                                                                                                    acceptable level of public safety. It is intended that all fire protection features of a building, whether required
                                                                                                    or not, will be designed in conformance with good fire protection engineering practice and will meet the
                                                                                                    appropriate installation requirements in relevant standards. Good design is necessary to ensure that the level of
                                                                                                    public safety established by the Code requirements will not be reduced by a voluntary installation.

                                                                                                        Firefighting Assumptions

                                                                                                        The requirements of this Part are based on the assumption that firefighting capabilities are available in the
                                                                                                        event of a fire emergency. These firefighting capabilities may take the form of a paid or volunteer public
                                                                                                        fire department or in some cases a private fire brigade. If these firefighting capabilities are not available,
                                                                                                        additional fire safety measures may be required.
                                                                                                        Firefighting capability can vary from municipality to municipality. Generally, larger municipalities have
                                                                                                        greater firefighting capability than smaller ones. Similarly, older, well established municipalities may
                                                                                                        have better firefighting facilities than newly formed or rapidly growing ones. The level of municipal fire
                                                                                                        protection considered to be adequate will normally depend on both the size of the municipality (i.e., the
                                                                                                        number of buildings to be protected) and the size of buildings within that municipality. Since larger
                                                                                                        buildings tend to be located in larger municipalities, they are generally, but not always, favoured with a
                                                                                                        higher level of municipal protection.
                                                                                                        Although it is reasonable to consider that some level of municipal firefighting capability was assumed in
                                                                                                        developing the fire safety provisions in Part 3, this was not done on a consistent or defined basis. The
                                                                                                        requirements in the Code, while developed in the light of commonly prevailing municipal fire protection
                                                                                                        levels, do not attempt to relate the size of building to the level of municipal protection. The responsibility
                                                                                                        for controlling the maximum size of building to be permitted in a municipality in relation to local
                                                                                                        firefighting capability rests with the municipality. If a proposed building is too large, either in terms of

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Division B 3-225
                                                                                                    A-3.1.2.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                        floor area or building height, to receive reasonable protection from the municipal fire department, fire
                                                                                                        protection requirements in addition to those prescribed in this Code, may be necessary to compensate for
                                                                                                        this deficiency. Automatic sprinkler protection may be one option to be considered.
                                                                                                        Alternatively, the municipality may, in light of its firefighting capability, elect to introduce zoning
                                                                                                        restrictions to ensure that the maximum building size is related to available municipal fire protection
                                                                                                        facilities. This is, by necessity, a somewhat arbitrary decision and should be made in consultation with the
                                                                                                        local firefighting service, who should have an appreciation of their capability to fight fires.
                                                                                                        The requirements of Subsection 3.2.3. are intended to prevent fire spread from thermal radiation assuming
                                                                                                        there is adequate firefighting available. It has been found that periods of from 10 to 30 minutes usually
                                                                                                        elapse between the outbreak of fire in a building that is not protected with an automatic sprinkler system
                                                                                                        and the attainment of high radiation levels. During this period, the specified spatial separations should




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        prove adequate to inhibit ignition of an exposed building face or the interior of an adjacent building by
                                                                                                        radiation. Subsequently, however, reduction of the fire intensity by firefighting and the protective wetting
                                                                                                        of the exposed building face will often be necessary as supplementary measures to inhibit fire spread.
                                                                                                        In the case of a building that is sprinklered throughout, the automatic sprinkler system should control the
                                                                                                        fire to an extent that radiation to neighbouring buildings should be minimal. Although there will be some
                                                                                                        radiation effect on a sprinklered building from a fire in a neighbouring building, the internal sprinkler
                                                                                                        system should control any fires that might be ignited in the building and thereby minimize the possibility
                                                                                                        of the fire spreading into the exposed building. NFPA 80A, “Recommended Practice for Protection
                                                                                                        of Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures,” provides additional information on the possibility of fire
                                                                                                        spread at building exteriors.
                                                                                                        The water supply requirements for fire protection installations depend on the requirements of any
                                                                                                        automatic sprinkler installations and also on the number of fire streams that may be needed at any
                                                                                                        fire, having regard to the length of time the streams will have to be used. Both these factors are largely
                                                                                                        influenced by the conditions at the building to be equipped, and the quantity and pressure of water needed
                                                                                                        for the protection of both the interior and exterior of the building must be ascertained before the water
                                                                                                        supply is decided upon. Acceptable water supplies may be a public waterworks system that has adequate
                                                                                                        pressure and discharge capacity, automatic fire pumps, pressure tanks, manually controlled fire pumps in
                                                                                                        combination with pressure tanks, gravity tanks, and manually controlled fire pumps operated by remote
                                                                                                        control devices at each hose station.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.2. Use Classification. The purpose of classification is to determine which requirements apply.
                                                                                                    This Code requires classification in accordance with every major occupancy for which the building is used or
                                                                                                    intended to be used. Where necessary, an application clause has been inserted in this Part to explain how to
                                                                                                    choose between the alternative requirements which multiple occupancy classification may present.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.2.1.(1) Major Occupancy Classification. The following are examples of the major occupancy
                                                                                                    classifications described in Table 3.1.2.1.:
                                                                                                      Group A, Division 1
                                                                                                          Motion picture theatres
                                                                                                          Opera houses
                                                                                                          Television studios admitting a viewing audience
                                                                                                          Theatres, including experimental theatres
                                                                                                      Group A, Division 2
                                                                                                          Art galleries
                                                                                                          Auditoria
                                                                                                          Bowling alleys
                                                                                                          Churches and similar places of worship
                                                                                                          Clubs, nonresidential
                                                                                                          Community halls
                                                                                                          Courtrooms
                                                                                                          Dance halls
                                                                                                          Exhibition halls (other than classified in Group E)
                                                                                                          Gymnasia
                                                                                                          Lecture halls
                                                                                                          Libraries
                                                                                                          Licensed beverage establishments
                                                                                                          Museums


                                                                                                    3-226 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                             A-3.1.2.1.(1)

                                                                                                            Passenger stations and depots
                                                                                                            Recreational piers
                                                                                                            Restaurants
                                                                                                            Schools and colleges, nonresidential
                                                                                                            Undertaking premises
                                                                                                      Group A, Division 3
                                                                                                          Arenas
                                                                                                          Indoor swimming pools, with or without spectator seating
                                                                                                          Rinks
                                                                                                      Group A, Division 4
                                                                                                          Amusement park structures (not elsewhere classified)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          Bleachers
                                                                                                          Grandstands
                                                                                                          Reviewing stands
                                                                                                          Stadia
                                                                                                      Group B, Division 1
                                                                                                          Jails
                                                                                                          Penitentiaries
                                                                                                          Police stations with detention quarters
                                                                                                          Prisons
                                                                                                          Psychiatric hospitals with detention quarters
                                                                                                          Reformatories with detention quarters
                                                                                                      Group B, Division 2
                                                                                                          Care facilities with treatment
                                                                                                          Convalescent /recovery/rehabilitation centres with treatment
                                                                                                          Hospices with treatment
                                                                                                          Hospitals
                                                                                                          Infirmaries
                                                                                                          Nursing homes with treatment
                                                                                                          Psychiatric hospitals without detention quarters
                                                                                                          Respite centres with treatment
                                                                                                      Group B, Division 3
                                                                                                          Assisted/supportive living facilities
                                                                                                          Care facilities without treatment
                                                                                                          Children's custodial homes
                                                                                                          Convalescent/recovery/rehabilitation centres without treatment
                                                                                                          Group homes
                                                                                                          Hospices without treatment
                                                                                                          Nursing homes without treatment
                                                                                                          Reformatories without detention quarters
                                                                                                          Respite centres without treatment
                                                                                                      Group C
                                                                                                          Apartments
                                                                                                          Boarding houses
                                                                                                          Clubs, residential
                                                                                                          Colleges, residential
                                                                                                          Convents
                                                                                                          Dormitories
                                                                                                          Hotels
                                                                                                          Houses
                                                                                                          Lodging houses
                                                                                                          Monasteries
                                                                                                          Motels
                                                                                                          Schools, residential
                                                                                                      Group D
                                                                                                          Banks
                                                                                                          Barber and hairdressing shops
                                                                                                          Beauty parlours


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                            Division B 3-227
                                                                                                    A-3.1.2.1.(1)                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                            Dental offices
                                                                                                            Dry cleaning establishments, self-service, not using flammable or explosive solvents or cleaners
                                                                                                            Laundries, self-service
                                                                                                            Medical offices
                                                                                                            Offices
                                                                                                            Police stations without detention quarters
                                                                                                            Radio stations
                                                                                                            Small tool and appliance rental and service establishments
                                                                                                      Group E
                                                                                                          Department stores
                                                                                                          Exhibition halls




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          Markets
                                                                                                          Shops
                                                                                                          Stores
                                                                                                          Supermarkets
                                                                                                      Group F, Division 1
                                                                                                          Bulk plants for flammable liquids
                                                                                                          Bulk storage warehouses for hazardous substances
                                                                                                          Cereal mills
                                                                                                          Chemical manufacturing or processing plants
                                                                                                          Distilleries
                                                                                                          Dry cleaning plants
                                                                                                          Feed mills
                                                                                                          Flour mills
                                                                                                          Grain elevators
                                                                                                          Lacquer factories
                                                                                                          Mattress factories
                                                                                                          Paint, varnish and pyroxylin product factories
                                                                                                          Rubber processing plants
                                                                                                          Spray painting operations
                                                                                                          Waste paper processing plants
                                                                                                      Group F, Division 2
                                                                                                          Aircraft hangars
                                                                                                          Box factories
                                                                                                          Candy plants
                                                                                                          Cold storage plants
                                                                                                          Dry cleaning establishments not using flammable or explosive solvents or cleaners
                                                                                                          Electrical substations
                                                                                                          Factories
                                                                                                          Freight depots
                                                                                                          Helicopter landing areas on roofs
                                                                                                          Laboratories
                                                                                                          Laundries, except self-service
                                                                                                          Mattress factories
                                                                                                          Planing mills
                                                                                                          Printing plants
                                                                                                          Repair garages
                                                                                                          Salesrooms
                                                                                                          Service stations
                                                                                                          Storage rooms
                                                                                                          Television studios not admitting a viewing audience
                                                                                                          Warehouses
                                                                                                          Wholesale rooms
                                                                                                          Woodworking factories
                                                                                                          Workshops
                                                                                                      Group F, Division 3
                                                                                                          Creameries
                                                                                                          Factories
                                                                                                          Laboratories


                                                                                                    3-228 Division B                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                     A-3.1.5.4.(1)

                                                                                                            Light-aircraft hangars (storage only)
                                                                                                            Power plants
                                                                                                            Salesrooms
                                                                                                            Sample display rooms
                                                                                                            Storage garages, including open air parking garages
                                                                                                            Storage rooms
                                                                                                            Warehouses
                                                                                                            Workshops

                                                                                                    A-3.1.2.3.(1)     Arena Regulation. The use of an arena is regulated in the NFC.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.1.4.1.(1) Combustible Construction and Materials Permitted. The permission to use
                                                                                                    combustible construction or combustible materials stated in Articles 3.1.4.1., 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.14. and 3.1.5.15. does
                                                                                                    not waive the requirements regarding construction type and cladding stated in Article 3.2.3.7.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.4.2. Protection of Penetrations. Where foamed plastics are required to be protected from
                                                                                                    adjacent spaces within a building, the protection should be continuous so as to cover the foamed plastics so
                                                                                                    they are not exposed to the interior of the building. However, minor penetrations of the protective covering
                                                                                                    by small electrical and mechanical components, such as electrical outlets and fixtures, sprinkler piping, and
                                                                                                    mechanical vents, are acceptable because the penetrant and associated fittings and seals will prevent the small
                                                                                                    amount of foamed plastic surrounding the penetration from being exposed to the interior of the building.
                                                                                                    Foamed plastics that are penetrated by larger components or assemblies, such as windows, are unlikely to
                                                                                                    be exposed to the interior of the building as they are protected by associated framing and finishes and/or the
                                                                                                    installation of a closure.
                                                                                                    Small amounts of foamed plastics, such as air sealants used between major components of exterior wall
                                                                                                    construction, are not required to be protected (see Sentence 3.1.5.2.(1)).
                                                                                                    Penetrations of a fire separation or of a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance
                                                                                                    rating are nevertheless required to be provided with a firestop in accordance with Subsection 3.1.9.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.4.2.(1) Concealed Space. The term “concealed space” includes any space that is not visibly
                                                                                                    apparent and that is provided with an opening to allow access for repair and periodic inspections.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.4.2.(1)(c) Thermal Barrier in Combustible Construction. Any thermal barrier that is
                                                                                                    accepted under the requirements of Sentence 3.1.5.15.(2) for noncombustible construction is also acceptable
                                                                                                    for combustible construction.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3) Walk-in Coolers and Freezers. Sentences 3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3)
                                                                                                    are intended to apply to walk-in coolers and freezers that are constructed as stand-alone structures within
                                                                                                    a building.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i) Raceway Definition. The term raceway is defined in CSA C22.1, “Canadian
                                                                                                    Electrical Code, Part I,” and includes both rigid and flexible conduit.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.4.3.(1) Wire and Cable Equivalence. Electrical wires and cables that conform to the
                                                                                                    requirements of Sentence 3.1.5.21.(1) are deemed to satisfy the requirements of Sentence 3.1.4.3.(1).

                                                                                                    A-3.1.4.8.(1) Exterior Cladding. The requirements in Sentence 3.1.4.8.(1) are intended to limit the
                                                                                                    potential for fire spread on the exterior cladding of buildings of combustible construction through the use of
                                                                                                    noncombustible finishes on the exterior of the wall assembly or the use of a cladding/wall assembly that has
                                                                                                    been assessed with regard to its ability to resist flame propagation up the outside of a building. These cladding
                                                                                                    and wall assembly combinations can be used as infill or panel-type walls between structural elements, or
                                                                                                    attached directly to a loadbearing structural system. Note that these requirements apply independently of the
                                                                                                    provisions contained in Subsection 3.2.3. regarding spatial separation and exposure protection.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.5.4.(1) Skylight Spacing. The minimum spacing dimensions for skylight assemblies are based
                                                                                                    on the distance that flame must travel along a flat ceiling surface. If ceilings have projecting beams or other
                                                                                                    features that would increase the distance the flame would have to travel along the surface, the distances
                                                                                                    specified may be measured accordingly.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 3-229
                                                                                                    A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b) Combustible Cladding on Exterior Walls. The performance of the wall assembly is
                                                                                                    assessed with regard to its ability to resist flame propagation up the outside of a building.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(i) Flame-Spread Distance. The maximum flame-spread distance referred to in
                                                                                                    Subclause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(i) means the distance between the top of the opening and the highest observable instance
                                                                                                    of flaming along the wall assembly; thus, intermittent flaming to a height of 5 m above the opening is acceptable.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(ii) Heat Flux Measurement. The heat flux to the assembly referred to in
                                                                                                    Subclause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(ii) is the maximum one-minute averaged heat flux measured by transducers located
                                                                                                    3.5 m above the top of the opening. The intent of this criterion is to limit the spread of fire on the wall assembly
                                                                                                    to a height of 3.5 m above the opening.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Fire tests have shown that flame does not spread on the exterior surface of a wall assembly where the heat flux
                                                                                                    is less than 35 kW/m2 above the opening.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d) Foamed Plastic Insulation Protection. The standard fire exposure temperature
                                                                                                    in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,” is the
                                                                                                    same as in CAN/ULC-S124, “Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Protective Coverings for Foamed
                                                                                                    Plastic.” A thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, does not exceed an average
                                                                                                    temperature rise of 140°C on its unexposed face after a period of 10 min satisfies this requirement.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.5.21.(1) Wire and Cable Flammability. In regulating the flammability characteristics of
                                                                                                    electrical wires and cables installed in a building, it is intended that the requirements of this Sentence and of
                                                                                                    other similar Sentences in the Code apply to wires and cables that are essentially a part of the distribution
                                                                                                    systems for power or communications. These distribution systems will normally include branch circuits that
                                                                                                    terminate at an outlet box in the space to be served and at that location cable terminators or plugs for individual
                                                                                                    items of equipment will be plugged in.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.6. Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction and Materials Permitted. The permission
                                                                                                    to use encapsulated mass timber construction and other combustible materials stated in Articles 3.1.6.2.,
                                                                                                    3.1.6.3., 3.1.6.9. and 3.1.6.10. does not waive the requirements regarding types of construction and cladding
                                                                                                    stated in Article 3.2.3.7.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.6.3. Structural Mass Timber Elements. Structural timber elements may consist of any number
                                                                                                    of large cross-section timber products, such as solid-sawn timber, glued-laminated timber (glulam), structural
                                                                                                    composite lumber (SCL), cross-laminated timber (CLT), and nail-laminated timber (NLT).
                                                                                                    The minimum dimensions required for structural timber elements in encapsulated mass timber construction
                                                                                                    were established so that such elements will exhibit the fire performance characteristics of mass timber rather
                                                                                                    than those of lightweight, small-dimensioned wood elements (e.g., lumber), including reduced-ignition
                                                                                                    propensity and reduced average rate of fuel contribution. Note that the dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3. do
                                                                                                    not reflect a specific fire-resistance rating; larger dimensions may be required to satisfy fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                    requirements.
                                                                                                    The reference to Article 3.2.2.16. means that heavy timber construction is permitted to be used for the roof
                                                                                                    assembly (and its supports) in buildings of encapsulated mass timber construction that are sprinklered and
                                                                                                    not more than 2 storeys in building height. It follows that the minimum dimensions stated in Table 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                    would apply to those elements rather than the ones stated in Table 3.1.6.3. Furthermore, the roof elements
                                                                                                    and supports made of heavy timber construction do not need to conform to the encapsulation requirements
                                                                                                    of Article 3.1.6.4., nor are they limited by the flame-spread rating or maximum thickness or cut-through
                                                                                                    requirements of Article 3.1.6.14.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.6.4.(1) Encapsulation of Mass Timber Elements. The general intent of Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1) is
                                                                                                    that all exposed surfaces of the mass timber elements be encapsulated, including the upper surface of a mass
                                                                                                    timber floor assembly. However, the exposed surfaces in certain concealed spaces formed by or contained
                                                                                                    within mass timber elements are exempted from complying with this Sentence (see Sentences 3.1.6.3.(4),
                                                                                                    3.1.6.16.(2) and 3.1.6.17.(2), and Articles 3.1.6.7. and 3.1.6.12.). Moreover, the upper surface of a mass timber
                                                                                                    roof assembly need not be encapsulated where there is no concealed space above it. As well, the exterior side of
                                                                                                    a mass timber exterior wall assembly need not be encapsulated; however, the provisions of Article 3.1.6.9. and
                                                                                                    Subsection 3.2.3. for exterior walls still need to be considered.


                                                                                                    3-230 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-3.1.8.1.(2)

                                                                                                    A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (6) Fire-Resistance Rating of Mass Timber with Exposed Surfaces. Portions
                                                                                                    of mass timber elements required to have a fire-resistance rating are permitted to be exposed in accordance
                                                                                                    with the permissions stated in Sentences 3.1.6.4.(3) to (6); however, it is important to note that applying those
                                                                                                    permissions does not waive the requirement for these elements to have a fire-resistance rating.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.6.4.(4) Exposed Surfaces of Mass Timber Walls. The primary objective of encapsulating
                                                                                                    mass timber elements is to limit the probability that these elements will significantly contribute to fire spread
                                                                                                    and fire duration in the event of a fire. Since thick wood members require a source of imposed heat flux to burn,
                                                                                                    the stipulation in Clause 3.1.6.4.(4)(a) that the exposed surfaces of mass timber walls face the same direction
                                                                                                    within a suite is intended to reduce the potential of re-radiation between burning mass timber surfaces that
                                                                                                    face each other, which could sustain flaming combustion into the decay phase of a fire if the sprinkler system




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    failed to operate or to control the fire. Additionally, the maximum percentage of exposed surface area stated
                                                                                                    in Article 3.1.6.4. is low so that it is not sufficient to sustain a ventilation-controlled fire that might provide
                                                                                                    the radiation required to sustain flaming combustion into the decay phase of a fire if the sprinkler system
                                                                                                    failed to operate or to control the fire.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.6.6. Encapsulation Materials. Research has been conducted on different types of encapsulation
                                                                                                    materials, such as gypsum board, gypsum concrete and cement board. The results of tests using an
                                                                                                    intermediate-scale furnace and of cone calorimeter tests indicate that a combustible timber element protected
                                                                                                    with a 38 mm thick layer of gypsum-concrete topping or with two layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board will
                                                                                                    not ignite or contribute significant heat to a fire until average temperatures of 325–380°C are attained at the
                                                                                                    interface between the encapsulation material or assembly of materials and the combustible substrate. These
                                                                                                    temperatures are consistent with the ignition temperatures of wood-based materials.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.6.6.(2) Protection of Gypsum Board from Foot Traffic. Where gypsum board is used as the
                                                                                                    encapsulation material on the top of a mass timber floor assembly, it should be protected from physical impact
                                                                                                    arising from normal pedestrian traffic that could damage it and possibly compromise its encapsulation rating.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.6.9.(1) and (2) Exterior Cladding. The requirements in Sentences 3.1.6.9.(1) and (2) are intended
                                                                                                    to reduce the potential for fire spread on the exterior cladding of buildings of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                    construction through the use of noncombustible finishes on the exterior of the wall assembly or the use of a
                                                                                                    cladding/wall assembly that has been proven to resist flame propagation. These cladding/wall assembly
                                                                                                    combinations can be used as infill or panel-type walls between structural elements, or attached directly to a
                                                                                                    loadbearing structural system. Note that the requirements in Article 3.1.6.9. do not supersede the provisions in
                                                                                                    Subsection 3.2.3. regarding spatial separation and exposure protection.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b) Barrier to Control Smoke Spread. Although a fire separation is not always required
                                                                                                    to have a fire-resistance rating, the fire separation should act as a barrier to the spread of smoke and fire
                                                                                                    until some response is initiated.
                                                                                                    When choosing products for firestopping, the physical characteristics of the material used at the joints as well
                                                                                                    as the nature of the assembly and its potential movement should be taken into consideration.
                                                                                                    If the fire-resistance rating of a fire separation is waived on the basis of the presence of an automatic sprinkler
                                                                                                    system, it is intended that the fire separation will be constructed so that it will remain in place and act as a
                                                                                                    barrier against the spread of smoke for a period of time until the sprinklers have actuated and controlled the fire.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.8.1.(2) Installation of Closures. Although there is no explicit performance statement in the
                                                                                                    NBC that means of egress should be free of smoke, it is the intent that during the period when occupants are
                                                                                                    using a means of egress to evacuate from a floor area, the smoke contamination should not reach levels that
                                                                                                    would inhibit movement to the exit. This is particularly critical for persons with disabilities, who may not move
                                                                                                    at the same rate as other persons and who could be more susceptible to the effects of smoke contamination.
                                                                                                    NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives,” requires that a fire door protecting a
                                                                                                    means of egress be designed to minimize the possibility of smoke passing through the opening.
                                                                                                    Although self-closing devices are not required for all doors in a fire separation (see Article 3.1.8.13.), it is
                                                                                                    assumed that in a fire situation every door in a fire separation is closed. Article 3.3.3.5. prohibits grilles and
                                                                                                    similar openings for certain doors in hospitals and nursing homes with treatment.
                                                                                                    Although fire dampers that release on the fusion of a fusible link will help to control the spread of fire, a
                                                                                                    substantial quantity of smoke could have passed through the opening before that event. They are frequently


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-231
                                                                                                    A-3.1.8.3.(2)                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    located below the upper levels of a room and so the release of the fusible link of the fire damper that protects an
                                                                                                    opening will be delayed until the temperature at the level of the opening becomes high enough to fuse the link.
                                                                                                    Similar concern has to be considered for other closure devices that are permitted to remain open on fusible
                                                                                                    links, and their location should be restricted in accordance with NFPA 80 and the NBC, except where their
                                                                                                    installation in another location will not allow the products of combustion to spread into means of egress.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.8.3.(2) Fire Separation Continuity. The continuity of a fire separation with a fire-resistance
                                                                                                    rating is maintained by installing a firestop system at the juncture where it abuts against another fire separation,
                                                                                                    a floor, a ceiling or a roof assembly. The continuity of a fire separation without a fire-resistance rating that
                                                                                                    abuts another fire separation is maintained by filling all openings at the juncture of the assemblies with a
                                                                                                    fire-resistance-rated joint firestop system that will ensure the integrity of the fire separation at that location.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Test methods for the evaluation of joint systems are described in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire
                                                                                                    Tests of Firestop Systems,” which covers joint systems between adjacent fire-resistance-rated assemblies and
                                                                                                    between a fire-resistance-rated floor and a non-fire-resistance-rated exterior wall. ASTM E2307, “Standard Test
                                                                                                    Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey
                                                                                                    Test Apparatus,” is a test method applicable to joint systems between a fire-resistance-rated floor and a
                                                                                                    non-fire-resistance-rated exterior wall.
                                                                                                    Fire-resistance-rated joint firestop systems can be tested and listed as either static or dynamic. Dynamic joint
                                                                                                    firestop systems are subjected to movement cycling prior to undergoing fire testing at maximum joint extension.
                                                                                                    This approach ensures that the fire-resistance rating of the joint firestop system will be maintained even after
                                                                                                    the joint has cycled through its anticipated range of movement over the service life of the building. Most
                                                                                                    joints between fire-resistance-rated assemblies, other than those between loadbearing elements, experience
                                                                                                    some movement over the service life of the building.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.8.3.(5) Joints. Firestops need not be installed between joints of interior finish materials that are
                                                                                                    arranged so as to create a smoke-tight joint.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.8.10.(1) Combination Smoke/Fire Dampers. A combination smoke/fire damper may be used
                                                                                                    in lieu of a fire damper to meet the requirement of Sentence 3.1.8.10.(1).

                                                                                                    A-3.1.8.10.(5) Damper Access. It is intended that an access door be provided in the duct and, if the
                                                                                                    duct is enclosed with an architectural finish, that a second access door be provided through that finish.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.8.18.(1) Wired Glass and Glass Block. The permission to include wired glass and glass block
                                                                                                    in doors and fire separations between an exit and the adjacent floor area does not permit the inclusion of those
                                                                                                    items in fire separations between exits and other parts of the building that are not included in the floor area.
                                                                                                    Examples include other exit facilities and vertical service spaces, including those used for building services
                                                                                                    and elevator hoistways.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.8.19.(1) Fire-Protection Rating for Doors. The provisions in Articles 3.1.8.17., 3.1.8.18.
                                                                                                    and 3.1.8.19. do not waive a requirement for a door to have a fire-protection rating. To achieve this rating in a
                                                                                                    door test, it may be necessary to limit the area of glass in the door. If this area is less than the area limits of
                                                                                                    Article 3.1.8.18., it is the governing criterion. Conversely, if the area limits of Article 3.1.8.18. are less than the
                                                                                                    area required to achieve a fire-protection rating, then the area limits of this Article govern.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.9. Penetrations. In the application of Subsection 3.1.9., a building service or structural element
                                                                                                    is considered to penetrate an assembly if it passes into or through the assembly. In some situations a service
                                                                                                    item enters an assembly through a membrane at one location, runs within the assembly, and then leaves the
                                                                                                    assembly through a membrane at another location.
                                                                                                    The term “membrane penetration” usually designates an opening made through one side (wall, floor or ceiling
                                                                                                    membrane) of an assembly, whereas the term “through-penetration” designates an opening that passes through
                                                                                                    an entire assembly. Firestopping of membrane penetrations and through-penetrations involves installing an
                                                                                                    assemblage of specific materials or products that are designed, tested and fire-resistance-rated to resist for a
                                                                                                    prescribed period of time the spread of fire through the penetrations.
                                                                                                    Products for firestopping within a barrier are required to address movement of the assembly and to control
                                                                                                    smoke spread; as such, the flexibility of the material used at the flexible joints as well as the nature of the
                                                                                                    assembly and its potential movement must be taken into consideration.


                                                                                                    3-232 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                  A-3.1.11.5.(1)

                                                                                                    A-3.1.9.1.(1)(b) Penetration. The intention behind the use of the term “cast in place” is to reinforce
                                                                                                    that there are to be no gaps between the building service or penetrating item and the membrane or assembly
                                                                                                    it penetrates. The term ”cast in place” describes a typical means of firestopping for a service penetration
                                                                                                    through a concrete slab or wall.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.9.2.(1) Service Equipment Penetrations. The provisions dealing with outlet boxes assume
                                                                                                    size, quantities and concentrations of partial depth penetrations that would not significantly affect the fire
                                                                                                    resistance of the assembly, including the temperature rise on the unexposed side of a wall. Sentence 3.1.9.2.(1) is
                                                                                                    not intended to allow large electrical distribution and control boxes to be recessed into an assembly required to
                                                                                                    have a fire-resistance rating unless they are firestopped as described in Sentence 3.1.9.3.(1).
                                                                                                    The installation of fire dampers, smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers is intended to comply




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    with Subsection 3.1.8. and Sentence 3.1.9.1.(5), and the conditions of their listing and labeling, which may or
                                                                                                    may not permit the installation of firestopping around the duct.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.9.3. Outlet Boxes. For the purposes of Article 3.1.9.3., outlet boxes include, but are not limited to,
                                                                                                    electrical boxes, junction boxes, high and low voltage outlets, switches, enclosures for electrical equipment,
                                                                                                    laundry boxes, and shower diverters.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.9.4.(8) Combustible Branches. Combustible branches for drain, waste and vent piping are
                                                                                                    permitted to be used to connect to a plumbing fixture within a fire compartment. The integrity of the fire
                                                                                                    separation is maintained through the use of a firestop system where the vertical stack piping penetrates
                                                                                                    the fire separation.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.10.2.(4) Firewall Construction. Inherent in the use of a firewall is the intent that this specialized
                                                                                                    wall construction provide the required fire-resistance rating while also being designed to resist physical
                                                                                                    damage—arising out of normal use—that would compromise the rating of the assembly. Traditionally, this
                                                                                                    has been accomplished by prescribing the use of noncombustible materials, which was in fact restricted
                                                                                                    to concrete or masonry. Sentences 3.1.10.2.(3) and (4) are intended to retain both of the characteristics of
                                                                                                    firewalls, while permitting greater flexibility in the use of materials and designs. The fire-resistance rating and
                                                                                                    damage protection attributes of a firewall may be provided by a single fire- and damage-resistant material
                                                                                                    such as concrete or masonry, by a fire- and damage-resistant membrane on a structural frame, or by separate
                                                                                                    components—one that provides the fire-resistance rating and another one that protects the firewall against
                                                                                                    damage.
                                                                                                    If the firewall is composed of separate components, the fire-resistance rating of the fire-resistive component
                                                                                                    needs to be determined for this assembly on its own. In addition, if the damage protection component is
                                                                                                    physically attached to the fire-resistive component (for example, as a sacrificial layer), then for the purposes
                                                                                                    of determining the overall performance of the assembly, it is also necessary to determine through testing
                                                                                                    whether failure of the damage protection component during a fire affects the performance of the fire-resistive
                                                                                                    component.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.11.3.(3) Fire Blocks between Nailing and Supporting Elements. Sentence 3.1.11.3.(3)
                                                                                                    applies to the portion of the combustible ceiling finish that is attached using nailing elements and constructed
                                                                                                    in accordance with Sentence 3.1.6.14.(3), which permits 10% of the ceiling finish within a fire compartment to
                                                                                                    have a flame-spread rating not more than 150. Where this portion of ceiling finish creates a concealed space
                                                                                                    above it, exposed combustible elements within that space require fire blocks to limit the spread of fire.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.11.5.(1) Fire Blocks in Combustible Construction. Combustible construction referred
                                                                                                    to in Sentence 3.1.11.5.(1) includes all types of construction that do not comply with the requirements for
                                                                                                    noncombustible construction or encapsulated mass timber construction. All the elements within the concealed
                                                                                                    space can be combustible, unless required to be of noncombustible materials (e.g., certain categories of
                                                                                                    pipework and ducts), but the value of the flame-spread rating of the combustible materials determines the
                                                                                                    permitted extent of the concealed space between fire blocks. The materials to be considered include all
                                                                                                    construction materials regulated by this Code, including the framing and building services that are located in
                                                                                                    the concealed space. When designing fire blocking, consideration should be given to avoid restricting venting
                                                                                                    capabilities within concealed spaces. (See also Note A-5.6.2.1.)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-233
                                                                                                    A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4)                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4) Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces. To reduce the risk of fire spread in
                                                                                                    combustible concealed spaces within the types of buildings referred to in Sentences 3.1.11.5.(3) and (4), fire
                                                                                                    blocking is required regardless of whether the horizontal concealed space is protected by sprinklers or not,
                                                                                                    unless the space is filled with noncombustible insulation so that any air gap at the top of the insulation is very
                                                                                                    small. (See also Note A-3.1.11.5.(1) for roof venting.)
                                                                                                    A 5- or 6-storey building constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.51. and buildings constructed in
                                                                                                    accordance with Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57. or 3.2.2.60. are required to be sprinklered in accordance with NFPA
                                                                                                    13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems” (see Article 3.2.5.12.). NFPA 13 generally requires
                                                                                                    sprinklering of any concealed spaces of combustible construction or where large amounts of combustibles
                                                                                                    are present. However, NFPA 13 allows combustible concealed spaces not to be sprinklered in certain cases,
                                                                                                    including where concealed spaces are filled almost entirely with noncombustible insulation, where spaces




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    contain only materials with a low flame-spread rating, and where limited access or the size of the space makes
                                                                                                    it impractical to install sprinklers. For certain types of construction in combustible concealed spaces that are not
                                                                                                    sprinklered, NFPA 13 mandates fire blocking beyond the minimum specified in Sentence 3.1.11.5.(3).

                                                                                                    A-3.1.11.7.(7) Integrity of Fire Blocks. Sentence 3.1.11.7.(7), together with Article 3.1.9.1., is intended
                                                                                                    to ensure that the integrity of fire blocks is maintained at areas where they are penetrated. This requirement
                                                                                                    is satisfied by the use of generic firestops such as mineral wool, gypsum plaster or Portland cement mortar,
                                                                                                    or by the use of sealants that form part of a firestop tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard
                                                                                                    Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems.”

                                                                                                    A-3.1.11.7.(8) Fire Blocks. Figure A-3.1.11.7.(8) shows the location of the semi-rigid fibre insulation
                                                                                                    board at the intersection between walls and floors in wood-frame construction. The figure is intended to
                                                                                                    illustrate the fire block detail and not a design of a fire separation.




                                                                                                                                                                        semi-rigid fibre
                                                                                                                                                                        insulation board
                                                                                                                                                                        fastened to one
                                                                                                                                                                        set of studs




                                                                                                                                           joist                          joist




                                                                                                                                                                                     EG02044A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.1.11.7.(8)
                                                                                                     Fire block


                                                                                                    A-3.1.13.2.(2) Folding Partition. Folding partitions used to divide a space into separate rooms are not
                                                                                                    considered as doors for the purposes of this Sentence.

                                                                                                    A-3.1.18. Tents and Air-Supported Structures. The requirements in this Subsection are intended to
                                                                                                    be limited to certain types of structure. For instance, the word “tent” as used in the Code is intended to refer to
                                                                                                    a temporary shelter which is used at an open air event such as a fair or an exhibition. A tent will normally
                                                                                                    be constructed of a fabric held up by poles and attached to the ground by ties. The requirements for tents,
                                                                                                    however, are not intended to be applied to fabric structures located on buildings.


                                                                                                    3-234 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                   A-3.2.2.35.(4)

                                                                                                    The term “air-supported structure,” as used in the Code, refers to an envelope which is held up by air pressure
                                                                                                    alone and which is erected on the ground or above a basement. The structure will usually require ballast or
                                                                                                    a positive ground anchorage system around the entire perimeter to secure it to the ground or basement.
                                                                                                    To reinforce this intent, the Code prohibits the location of an air-supported structure above the first storey
                                                                                                    of any building.
                                                                                                    The requirements of Subsection 3.1.18. are not intended to apply to air-supported roof assemblies on buildings,
                                                                                                    such as domed stadia, or to other types of air-supported structures, such as those over swimming pools
                                                                                                    situated on the roofs of buildings, which would not be anchored at or near ground level. These assemblies
                                                                                                    or structures are normally designed and evaluated on the basis of alternative solutions as permitted by
                                                                                                    Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.1.(3)(a) Mezzanine Area. The permitted area of the mezzanine for the purposes of determining
                                                                                                    the allowable percentage is to be based on the open area of the floor of the space in which the mezzanine is
                                                                                                    located. The Code does not restrict the enclosing of space below the mezzanine but the enclosed area must be
                                                                                                    deducted from the area of the overall space before applying the percentage allowance.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.1.1.(8) Accessible Service Space. These service spaces are often referred to as interstitial
                                                                                                    spaces and are designed to allow service personnel to enter and undertake maintenance or installation within
                                                                                                    the space. Catwalks or flooring are usually included to provide a walking or access surface. Even when flooring
                                                                                                    is included, it is not intended that the interstitial space should be considered as a storey for the purposes of the
                                                                                                    Code unless the space is used for purposes other than servicing or the storage of materials and equipment
                                                                                                    to be used for building services within that space.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.2.(1) Special and Unusual Structures. Examples of structures which cannot be identified
                                                                                                    with the descriptions of buildings in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. include grain elevators, refineries and towers.
                                                                                                    Publications that may be consulted to establish good engineering practice for the purposes of Article 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                    include the NFPA “Fire Protection Handbook,” Factory Mutual Data Sheets, and publications of the Society
                                                                                                    for Fire Protection Engineering.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.17.(1) Roof Assemblies in Gymnasiums, Swimming Pools, Arenas and Rinks. The
                                                                                                    permission to waive the fire-resistance rating requirements for roof assemblies over gymnasiums, swimming
                                                                                                    pools, arenas and rinks that meet the conditions of Sentence 3.2.2.17.(1) includes the permission to waive the
                                                                                                    requirements relating to minimum size and construction details stated in Article 3.1.4.7. for wood elements
                                                                                                    in roof assemblies of heavy timber construction on buildings conforming to Articles 3.2.2.25. and 3.2.2.32.
                                                                                                    However, wood elements in roof assemblies of heavy timber construction on buildings conforming to
                                                                                                    Article 3.2.2.30. must nevertheless meet the requirements of Article 3.1.4.7.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.18.(2) Sprinkler Extent. A literal interpretation of Article 3.2.2.6. and Sentences 3.2.2.4.(1)
                                                                                                    and (2) could require installation of an automatic sprinkler system throughout all storeys of a building
                                                                                                    regardless of options in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. to construct one or more storeys without installation of
                                                                                                    sprinklers. It is the intent of the Code that all storeys below a storey in which an automatic sprinkler system
                                                                                                    is installed should also be protected by an automatic sprinkler system to ensure that a fire in a lower storey
                                                                                                    does not incapacitate the automatic sprinkler system or overwhelm an automatic sprinkler system in an upper
                                                                                                    storey. Persons in an upper storey in which waivers or reductions of other fire safety systems are permitted
                                                                                                    would be exposed to an increased risk from a fire on a lower storey. This concept also applies to situations
                                                                                                    in which an automatic sprinkler system has been installed within a floor area in order to modify other safety
                                                                                                    requirements applying within the floor area. If the uppermost storey or storeys of a building can be constructed
                                                                                                    without the installation of an automatic sprinkler system it is not necessary that an automatic sprinkler system
                                                                                                    required in a lower storey be extended into the upper storey or storeys.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.35.(4) Sprinkler Requirements. Spaces in a building of Group A, Division 4 occupancy that
                                                                                                    are intended to be equipped with sprinklers include, but are not limited to, dressing and changing rooms,
                                                                                                    concession stands and areas, toilet rooms, locker rooms, storage areas, service rooms, offices and other spaces
                                                                                                    that provide service to the building. The enclosure of seating areas with glazing needs special consideration in
                                                                                                    determining the requirements for sprinklers. For example, if the enclosed area is used for the consumption of
                                                                                                    food and beverages, it should be classified as Group A, Division 2 and the appropriate requirements of that
                                                                                                    classification applied. Enclosure of limited spaces above seating areas for press and media purposes is not
                                                                                                    considered to require the installation of sprinklers.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-235
                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.48.(4) and 3.2.2.57.(3)                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.48.(4) and 3.2.2.57.(3) Occupancy Combinations in Buildings of Mixed
                                                                                                    Construction. Buildings conforming to the building height and area limits and the other fire protection
                                                                                                    requirements of Article 3.2.2.48. or 3.2.2.57. may be entirely constructed of encapsulated mass timber
                                                                                                    construction and incorporate the occupancies specifically permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.48.(4) or 3.2.2.57.(3): e.g.,
                                                                                                    Group A, Division 2 major occupancies on the first to third storeys, Group E major occupancies on the first
                                                                                                    and second storeys, and a parking garage on the first to fourth storeys.
                                                                                                    Alternatively, the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.4. to 3.2.2.8. for superimposed major occupancies can be
                                                                                                    applied, resulting in buildings of mixed construction conforming to the building height and area limits for
                                                                                                    encapsulated mass timber construction and in which the lower storeys are of noncombustible construction and
                                                                                                    the upper storeys are of encapsulated mass timber construction. For example, a Group A, Division 2 or Group B,
                                                                                                    Division 3 major occupancy could be located on the first 4 storeys of a 12-storey Group C building constructed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    in accordance with Article 3.2.2.48., as long as these first 4 storeys were constructed of noncombustible
                                                                                                    construction in accordance with Article 3.2.2.23. or 3.2.2.42., as applicable. (See also Articles 3.2.2.6. and 3.2.2.7.)

                                                                                                    A-3.2.2.51.(5) and 3.2.2.60.(4) Occupancy Combinations in Buildings of Mixed
                                                                                                    Construction. Buildings conforming to the building height and area limits and the other fire protection
                                                                                                    requirements of Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. may be entirely constructed of combustible construction and
                                                                                                    incorporate the occupancies specifically permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.51.(5) or 3.2.2.60.(4): e.g., Group A,
                                                                                                    Division 2 and Group E major occupancies on the first and second storeys, and a parking garage on the first to
                                                                                                    third storeys.
                                                                                                    Alternatively, the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.4. to 3.2.2.8. for superimposed major occupancies can be
                                                                                                    applied, resulting in buildings of mixed construction conforming to the building height and area limits of
                                                                                                    Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. and in which the lower storeys are of noncombustible construction and the upper
                                                                                                    storeys are of combustible construction. For example, a Group A, Division 2 or Group B, Division 3 major
                                                                                                    occupancy could be located on the first 4 storeys of a 6-storey Group C building constructed in accordance with
                                                                                                    Article 3.2.2.51., as long as these first 4 storeys were constructed of noncombustible construction in accordance
                                                                                                    with Article 3.2.2.23. or 3.2.2.42., as applicable. (See also Articles 3.2.2.6. and 3.2.2.7.)

                                                                                                    A-3.2.3. Fire Protection Related to Limiting Distance versus Separation Between
                                                                                                    Buildings. Code provisions that address protection against fire spread from building to building use the
                                                                                                    limiting distance (see the definition in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A) for a building rather than using the
                                                                                                    distance between adjacent buildings on separate properties, since this would result in situations where the
                                                                                                    design and construction of a building on one property affects the design and construction of a building on an
                                                                                                    adjacent property.
                                                                                                    The Code requirements that deal with reducing the probability of building-to-building fire spread were
                                                                                                    originally developed based on the assumption that the exposing building faces of adjacent buildings are of
                                                                                                    similar size and configuration, and are equidistant from the shared property line. Where buildings are of
                                                                                                    different sizes, the smaller building may be subject to a higher heat flux in the event of a fire compared to the
                                                                                                    larger building. Where buildings are closely spaced and not equidistant from the property line, the construction
                                                                                                    of the building with the greater limiting distance does not recognize the proximity of the building with the
                                                                                                    lesser limiting distance.
                                                                                                    The Code has more stringent requirements for buildings with lesser limiting distance as regards the maximum
                                                                                                    area and spacing of unprotected openings, and the construction, cladding and fire resistance of walls. This
                                                                                                    increased stringency recognizes that the fire hazard is greater where buildings are closer together and that
                                                                                                    adjacent buildings may have exposing building faces of different sizes, configurations or limiting distances,
                                                                                                    which could further increase the hazard.
                                                                                                    The authority having jurisdiction may also address limiting distances through legal agreements with the parties
                                                                                                    involved that stipulate that the limiting distance be measured to a line that is not the property line. Such
                                                                                                    agreements would normally be registered with the titles of both properties.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.1.(4) Spatial Separation Design. In the application of Sentences 3.2.3.1.(3) and (4), it is
                                                                                                    intended that Sentence (3) be used first to establish the basic requirements for the exterior wall in terms of
                                                                                                    fire-resistance rating, type of construction and type of cladding. The percentage of unprotected openings
                                                                                                    determined from the application of Sentence (3) would be unnecessarily restrictive if the actual unprotected
                                                                                                    openings occur in a plane that is set back from the front of the building face.
                                                                                                    Sentence (4) applies to the calculation of the allowable percentage of unprotected openings based upon
                                                                                                    projection onto a plane that is in front of all unprotected openings. The application of these two Sentences is


                                                                                                    3-236 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                      A-3.2.3.4.(1)

                                                                                                    shown in Figure A-3.2.3.1.(4). The modifications permitted by Article 3.2.3.12. would be applied, if applicable,
                                                                                                    to the area of unprotected openings derived from Sentence (4).


                                                                                                                       line to which limiting distance is measured

                                                                                                                                                                                            vertical plane for the
                                                                                                                                limiting distance                                           purpose of determining
                                                                                                                              Sentence 3.2.3.1.(3)             limiting distance            construction, cladding and
                                                                                                                                                             Sentence 3.2.3.1.(4)           fire-resistance rating




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                   vertical plane for the
                                                                                                                                                                                                   purpose of determining
                                                                                                                              no unprotected openings in                                           percentage of
                                                                                                                                                                     unprotected openings
                                                                                                                              front of this vertical plane                                         unprotected openings

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    EG01200A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.3.1.(4)
                                                                                                     Spatial separation design


                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.1.(8) Intervention Time and Limiting Distance. The total time from the start of a fire until
                                                                                                    fire suppression by the fire department depends on the time taken for a series of actions. Sentence 3.2.3.1.(8) is
                                                                                                    only concerned with the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the arrival of the
                                                                                                    first fire department vehicle at the building. It specifies a 10-min time limit which must be met in more than
                                                                                                    90% of the calls to the building served by the fire department. This reliability level and provision for flexibility
                                                                                                    is essentially consistent with NFPA 1710, “Standard for the Organization and Deployment of Fire Suppression
                                                                                                    Operations, Emergency Medical Operations, and Special Operations to the Public by Career Fire Departments.”
                                                                                                    Clause 4.1.2.1 of NFPA 1710 establishes “time objectives” for fire incidents as follows:
                                                                                                      • 1 min (60 s) for turn-out of responders after receipt of notification of a fire, and
                                                                                                      • 4 min (240 s) or less for arrival of the first arriving engine company at a fire suppression incident and/or
                                                                                                         8 min (480 s) or less for the deployment of a full first alarm assignment at a fire suppression incident.
                                                                                                    The standard requires that the fire department establish a “performance objective” of not less than 90% for each
                                                                                                    response time objective. This reliability level is referred to in NFPA 1710 as a “performance objective.”
                                                                                                    Where the 10-min limit cannot be met by the fire department at least 90% of the time, Sentence 3.2.3.1.(8)
                                                                                                    specifies that a value corresponding to half the actual limiting distance be used in requirements that depend on
                                                                                                    limiting distance to define other criteria.
                                                                                                    For new subdivisions, legal agreements may be made for the construction of fire stations to serve those
                                                                                                    areas. The fire department response time in those subdivisions may temporarily exceed 10 min until the fire
                                                                                                    station is constructed.
                                                                                                    See also Sentences 9.10.14.3.(1) and 9.10.15.3.(1).

                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.4.(1) Party Walls. By definition, a party wall is a wall jointly owned and used by two parties
                                                                                                    under easement agreement or by right in law, and is erected at or upon a line that separates two parcels of
                                                                                                    land that are, or are capable of being, separate real estate entities. With the exception of some Part 9 residential
                                                                                                    occupancies, both Part 3 and Part 9 of the Code require that, where party walls are constructed on property
                                                                                                    lines, they be constructed as a 2- or 4-hour firewall (see also Article 9.10.11.1.). Buildings on each side of a party
                                                                                                    wall that is constructed as a firewall are considered as separate buildings (see Article 1.3.3.4. of Division A).
                                                                                                    In a Part 9 residential building that has no dwelling unit above another, a party wall constructed on a property
                                                                                                    line between two dwelling units need not be constructed as a firewall, but must be constructed as a continuous
                                                                                                    fire separation that extends from the top of the footings to the underside of the roof, with a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                    of at least 1 hour (see Article 9.10.11.2.). These party walls do not create separate buildings.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                             Division B 3-237
                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.6.(2)                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    Where two parties share a party wall on a property line, each party is responsible for fire safety in their unit, but
                                                                                                    is still subject to possible fire risks from activities in the adjoining units. The separating party wall is intended to
                                                                                                    provide a significant degree of fire protection between the adjacent units, often exceeding even that required
                                                                                                    between suites in multiple-unit residential and non-residential occupancies.
                                                                                                    When a building spans a property line, constructing a party wall on the property line is not mandated by the
                                                                                                    Code, but subdividing the building at the property line is an option the owner can consider. The Code permits a
                                                                                                    building constructed on more than one property to be designed as a single undivided building, whether the
                                                                                                    properties have a common owner or not. However, if a subdividing wall is constructed on the property line
                                                                                                    within the building for the purpose of separating the two real estate entities and is shared by two different
                                                                                                    owners, the wall would, by definition, be deemed a party wall. As such, this party wall would need to meet the
                                                                                                    construction requirements described above, depending on the building's occupancy classification and size.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A building that spans two or more properties, but that does not have a party wall at the property line, may
                                                                                                    need to address the Code requirements for party walls in the future.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.6.(2) Protection of Roof Soffits Near Property Lines. Sentences 3.2.3.6.(2) to (5) and
                                                                                                    parallel Sentences 9.10.14.5.(5) to (7) and 9.10.15.5.(5) to (7) provide requirements for the protection of soffits
                                                                                                    where the soffit of the subject building is located close to the property line or to an imaginary line between two
                                                                                                    buildings on the same property. Fire from inside the roof space of the subject building can exit unprotected
                                                                                                    soffits and expose the adjacent building to flames.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.7.(4)(d)(iv) Thickness of Cladding. In the case of insulated vinyl siding, the maximum 2 mm
                                                                                                    thickness stated in Subclause 3.2.3.7.(4)(d)(iv) refers to the total thickness of the siding and the insulation,
                                                                                                    not of the siding alone.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.3.14.(1) Wall Exposed to Another Wall. The requirements of Article 3.2.3.14. are to ensure that
                                                                                                    the control of fire spread by the interior fire separations between fire compartments is not defeated through the
                                                                                                    spread of fire by thermal radiation outside the building. Minimum spatial separations are specified between the
                                                                                                    openings in separate fire compartments where the exterior faces of these compartments are deemed to expose
                                                                                                    each other to a thermal radiation hazard. This situation may arise where the angle, θ, between the intersecting
                                                                                                    planes of the exposing building faces is 135° or less. Examples of situations that would be addressed by this
                                                                                                    Article are shown in Figures A-3.2.3.14.(1)-A, A-3.2.3.14.(1)-B and A-3.2.3.14.(1)-C.




                                                                                                                                                   fire compartment A
                                                                                                                                                         plan view
                                                                                                                                           interior
                                                                                                                                           fire separation

                                                                                                                                                                    θ=90°
                                                                                                                                            fire compartment B              Do
                                                                                                                                                  plan view



                                                                                                                                                                                    EG01201A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.3.14.(1)-A
                                                                                                     Openings in walls at a right-angle corner




                                                                                                    3-238 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-3.2.4.4.(2)(c)


                                                                                                                                                       fire compartment A
                                                                                                                                                             plan view

                                                                                                                                           interior
                                                                                                                                           fire separation

                                                                                                                                                                            Do   θ=0°




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                       fire compartment B
                                                                                                                                                             plan view


                                                                                                                                                                                         EG01202A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.3.14.(1)-B
                                                                                                     Openings in walls that are parallel to one another



                                                                                                                                                       fire compartment A
                                                                                                                                                             plan view

                                                                                                                                           interior
                                                                                                                                           fire separation


                                                                                                                                                                       θ=45°       Do




                                                                                                                                                       fire compartment B
                                                                                                                                                             plan view


                                                                                                                                                                                        EG01203A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.3.14.(1)-C
                                                                                                     Openings in walls with an included angle of 45°


                                                                                                    A-3.2.4. Fire Alarm System. The term “fire alarm system” used in this Subsection applies to fire alarm
                                                                                                    systems with or without voice communication capability.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.4.(1) Single Stage Fire Alarm System. This requirement, in combination with
                                                                                                    Article 3.2.4.22., is intended to allow for the provision of voice communication capability as an integral part of a
                                                                                                    single stage fire alarm system.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.4.(2)(c) Fire Alarm Alert Signal. In a 2-stage fire alarm system described in Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2),
                                                                                                    the alert signal may be transmitted to audible signal devices in designated locations or to audible signal devices
                                                                                                    throughout the building. If actuated, the second stage alarm signal in a 2-stage fire alarm system may sound
                                                                                                    throughout all zones in the building. All manual station key switches would typically initiate the alarm signal.
                                                                                                    Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2) also allows the implementation of a “zoned 2-stage” sequence of operation, whereby the
                                                                                                    alarm signal sounds in the zone of key switch actuation (and perhaps in the adjacent zones, which may be
                                                                                                    the storey above and the storey below) and the alert signal sounds throughout the rest of the building. This
                                                                                                    sequencing would be created automatically by the fire alarm control unit.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-239
                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.4.(2)                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    The key or special device referred to in Clause 3.2.4.4.(2)(c) should be immediately available to all persons on
                                                                                                    duty who have been given authority to sound an alarm signal.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.4.(2) Two-Stage Fire Alarm System. Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2), in combination with Article 3.2.4.22.
                                                                                                    or 3.2.4.23., is intended to allow for the provision of voice communication capability as an integral part of a
                                                                                                    2-stage fire alarm system.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.6.(2) Access to Silencing Switches. This requirement is intended to prevent easy access
                                                                                                    to silencing switches. The satisfactory operation of a fire alarm system to alert the occupants of a building to
                                                                                                    an emergency is predicated on the assumption that the alarm signal will be silenced only after responsible
                                                                                                    staff have verified that no emergency exists. Details on the emergency procedures to be used in case of fire are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    contained in the NFC.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.7.(4) Design and Installation of Fire Department Notification. In some jurisdictions,
                                                                                                    the fire department may utilize, or have available, a municipal fire alarm system or equipment intended for
                                                                                                    receiving notification by means of a direct connection. If used, it is expected that these systems and installations
                                                                                                    conform to the requirements of Sentence (4) so as to achieve and provide a uniform and reliable level of service.
                                                                                                    It is also intended that a proprietary central station as well as a fire brigade used by a large corporation,
                                                                                                    university campus or similar site comply with Sentence (4).
                                                                                                    CAN/ULC-S561, “Standard for Installation and Services for Fire Signal Receiving Centres and Systems,” which
                                                                                                    is referenced in Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4), and CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,”
                                                                                                    which is referenced in Sentence 3.2.4.5.(1), go hand-in-hand: conformity to CAN/ULC-S561 entails conformity
                                                                                                    with the fire alarm system components required in that standard, which include the fire alarm transmitter
                                                                                                    (signal transmitting unit), the interconnections, and the communication path.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.7.(5)(b) Emergency Telephone Number. In many municipalities an emergency telephone
                                                                                                    number, for example 911, is used for all emergency services and it is preferable to post that number.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.8.(2) Fire Alarm Zones. Alarm initiating devices referred to in this Sentence include fire
                                                                                                    detectors, waterflow switches and manual stations. If a room or space in a building extends through more than
                                                                                                    one storey of the building, as in the case of multi-level dwelling units and machinery rooms, judgment must
                                                                                                    be exercised in the zoning and annunciation of the fire detectors in that room or space. In general, the lowest
                                                                                                    storey on which access is provided into the room or space should be indicated on the annunciator to avoid
                                                                                                    unnecessary delays for the responding firefighters. Consideration should also be given to the use of numbers or
                                                                                                    letters on the annunciator that correspond to those used in the building elevators.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f) Supervision for Fire Pumps. Specific electrical supervision for fire pumps is stated in
                                                                                                    NFPA 20, “Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection,” which is referenced in NFPA
                                                                                                    13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.”

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.11.(1) Smoke Detector Location. In the design and installation of the smoke detection
                                                                                                    system, consideration must be given to all features which could have a bearing on the location and sensitivity
                                                                                                    of the detectors, including ceiling height, sloped ceilings, diffusion from air conditioning and ventilating
                                                                                                    currents, obstructions, baffles, and other pertinent physical configurations that might interfere with the proper
                                                                                                    operation of the system.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.11.(3) Visible Signals. If staff located in each zone or compartment can see each sleeping room
                                                                                                    door, visible signals may be located above each door. If staff cannot see every door, it is intended that the visible
                                                                                                    signals be provided at the location where the staff are normally in attendance. The audible signal is intended to
                                                                                                    alert staff of the need to check the visible signals.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.16.(1) Manual Station. Only one manual station need be provided near a group of doors
                                                                                                    serving as a principal entrance or as a single exit facility.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.18. Acoustic Measurement and Terminology. The following notes on acoustic
                                                                                                    measurement and terminology are intended to assist in the application of the requirements for audibility
                                                                                                    of fire alarm system sounding devices.
                                                                                                    The background or ambient measurement should be a spatial averaged A-weighted equivalent sound level
                                                                                                    measured for 60 s. This can be obtained using an integrating sound level meter with the integration time set


                                                                                                    3-240 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        A-3.2.4.18.

                                                                                                    to 60 s. During the measurement period the meter should be slowly moved about so as to sample the space
                                                                                                    uniformly but coming no closer than 0.5 m from any solid wall, floor or ceiling. Alternatively, measurements
                                                                                                    can be made at 3 or more positions throughout the space and an energy average calculated.
                                                                                                    The measurement of the alarm level depends on the type of alarm signal. If the signal is a continuous signal
                                                                                                    from a bell or siren, the spatial averaged A-weighted equivalent sound level should be obtained. The integration
                                                                                                    time should be long enough to obtain a reasonable spatial average of the space, but not less than 10 s.
                                                                                                    If the alarm has a temporal pattern, then the A-weighted sound level should be measured using the 'fast' time
                                                                                                    constant during the 'on' part of the cycle. In this situation it is not appropriate to use an integrating sound level
                                                                                                    meter. Since the duty cycle of the alarm is only 37.5% at best, that type of meter would give a reading that is 4 or
                                                                                                    more decibels lower than the level while the alarm is 'on.' A number of measurements should be made about




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    the space in question and the average value used to obtain a good spatial representation. Strictly speaking, the
                                                                                                    energy average of the measurements should be used; however, the frequency spectrum associated with most
                                                                                                    alarms is of a type that should give little variation about the space. If the measured levels don't vary by more
                                                                                                    than 2 to 3 dB, then an arithmetic average rather than an energy average can be used.

                                                                                                        Effect of Furnishings

                                                                                                        The final inspection of a fire alarm system is seldom made when the building is furnished and ready for
                                                                                                        occupancy. This results in measured levels which may be several decibels higher than will be found in the
                                                                                                        occupied building. The importance of this difference depends on the situation.
                                                                                                        If the building is complete except for furnishings, so that the sources of ambient noise are present, then
                                                                                                        the amount by which the alarm signal exceeds the ambient level will not change appreciably with the
                                                                                                        introduction of furnishings. In this case both levels will be reduced by about the same amount.
                                                                                                        If the primary source of ambient noise will be office equipment and workers, as would be expected in an
                                                                                                        open plan office, then measurements made prior to occupancy may differ substantially from those made
                                                                                                        afterwards. This may be true for both the absolute sound levels and the difference between the alarm
                                                                                                        level and the ambient.
                                                                                                        A problem arises in trying to estimate what the absolute sound levels will be after the building is occupied.
                                                                                                        In general, if the measurement is made in a totally bare room then the level will be about 3 dB higher than if
                                                                                                        the room were carpeted, assuming a reasonable carpet with an underlay. In most cases this will account for
                                                                                                        most of the absorption in the room and no further correction will be necessary. Adding heavy drapes and
                                                                                                        absorptive furnishings to a carpeted room can reduce the sound level by a further 2 to 3 dB.
                                                                                                        Commercial buildings are more problematic. For example, if an open plan office is measured before any
                                                                                                        office screens are installed, there could be a substantial difference in the before and after levels, depending
                                                                                                        on the distance to the nearest alarm device.

                                                                                                        Glossary of Acoustical Terms

                                                                                                        Audible: A signal is usually considered to be clearly audible if the A-weighted sound level exceeds the
                                                                                                        level of ambient noise by 15 dB or more.
                                                                                                        Awakening threshold: The level of sound that will awaken a sleeping subject 50% of the time.
                                                                                                        A-weighted: A frequency weighting network which emphasizes the middle frequency components similar
                                                                                                        to the response of the human ear. The A-weighted sound level correlates well with subjective assessment of
                                                                                                        the disturbing effects of sounds. The quantity is expressed in dBA.
                                                                                                        Masked threshold: The level of sound at which a signal is just audible in ambient noise.
                                                                                                        Sound level: A sound pressure level obtained using a signal to which a standard frequency-weighting
                                                                                                        has been applied.
                                                                                                        Sound pressure: A fluctuating pressure superimposed on the static pressure by the presence of sound.
                                                                                                        The unqualified term means the root-mean-square sound pressure. In air, the static pressure is barometric
                                                                                                        pressure.
                                                                                                        Sound pressure level: Ten times the common logarithm of the ratio of the square of the sound pressure
                                                                                                        under consideration to the square of the standard reference pressure of 20 mPa. The quantity obtained is
                                                                                                        expressed in decibels.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 3-241
                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.18.(1)                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.18.(1) Alert and Alarm Signals. Alert signals are part of a 2 stage fire alarm system. The
                                                                                                    intent of the first, alert, stage is to notify persons in authority of a potential threat to building occupants. If a
                                                                                                    continuously staffed location is available, the alert signal can be restricted to that location.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.18.(2) Alarm Signal Temporal Pattern. The temporal pattern of an alarm signal relates to
                                                                                                    the time during which the signal is produced and the intervals between the individual signal pulses. The
                                                                                                    international standard ISO 8201, “Acoustics – Audible emergency evacuation signal,” includes a pattern that is
                                                                                                    becoming widely used in different countries and it is appropriate for this pattern to be adopted in Canada. The
                                                                                                    temporal pattern can be produced on most signalling devices. Most existing alarm systems can be modified,
                                                                                                    and this pattern could be phased in when the systems require modification. The characteristic of the pattern is a
                                                                                                    3-pulse phase followed by an off phase. The 3 pulses each consist of an on phase lasting for 0.5 ± 0.05 s followed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    by an off phase lasting for 0.5 ± 0.05 s sounded for 3 successive on periods and then followed by an off phase
                                                                                                    lasting for 1.5 ± 0.15 s. Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-A indicates the pattern that is intended.


                                                                                                                                          On

                                                                                                                                          Off

                                                                                                                                                      a    b     a       b   a           c            a

                                                                                                                                                                     One cycle
                                                                                                                                                  Phase a: signal is on for 0.5 ± 0.05 s
                                                                                                                                                  Phase b: signal is off for 0.5 ± 0.05 s
                                                                                                                                                  Phase c: signal is off for 1.5 ± 0.15 s
                                                                                                                                                  Total cycle to last 4.0 ± 0.40 s
                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG01204A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-A
                                                                                                     Temporal pattern for fire alarm signal


                                                                                                    Although the diagram shows a square wave form, the wave can have other shapes that produce a similar effect.
                                                                                                    If single stroke bells are to be used, the temporal pattern can be produced by having the bell struck three
                                                                                                    times at a rate of one stroke per second followed by an interval of 2 s of silence. Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-B shows
                                                                                                    the pattern that results.


                                                                                                                                          On

                                                                                                                                          Off
                                                                                                                                                  0         2        4         6        8        10 Time, s
                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG01205A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-B
                                                                                                     Temporal pattern imposed on a single stroke bell or chime
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-B:
                                                                                                     (1) The on phase represents the time that the striker mechanism is actuated. The sound produced by the bell or chime will continue at a
                                                                                                         level that decreases until the striker mechanism is re-actuated.



                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.18.(3) Audibility of Alarm Systems. It is very difficult to specify exactly what types of sound
                                                                                                    patterns are considered to be “significantly different” from one another. The intent is to ensure that there is a
                                                                                                    noticeable or measurable difference between the alert signals and the alarm signals such that it reduces the
                                                                                                    possibility of confusion.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.18.(4) Sound Pressure Level. For the purposes of this requirement, an audible signalling
                                                                                                    device should not produce a sound pressure level more than 110 dBA when measured at a distance of 3 m.


                                                                                                    3-242 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                  A-3.2.4.20.(10)

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.18.(5) Residential Sound Level. In a building in which corridors or hallways serve more than
                                                                                                    one suite or dwelling unit, there will be situations in which an audible signal device cannot be placed in the
                                                                                                    corridor or hallway to alert persons sleeping in suites and dwelling units, because the sound level in the vicinity
                                                                                                    of the device would exceed that permitted by Sentence 3.2.4.18.(4). In these situations it will be necessary to
                                                                                                    supplement the building fire alarm system with an audible signal device in the suite or dwelling unit. These
                                                                                                    devices could be piezoelectric devices similar to the sounding units in many smoke alarms, subject to the device
                                                                                                    emitting the appropriate temporal pattern required by Sentence 3.2.4.18.(2).

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.18.(6) Low Frequency Signal. Audible signal devices that emit a low frequency signal in the
                                                                                                    range of 470 Hz to 570 Hz have been shown to be more effective in waking people.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.18.(8) Disconnect Device for Dwelling Units. In order to minimize the annoyance caused
                                                                                                    by false and unwanted alarms, the disconnect will permit a person to silence the local audible device within the
                                                                                                    dwelling unit. At that time the person would be aware of sounds from devices in common spaces and could
                                                                                                    plan appropriate action. The disconnect will reduce the possibility of tampering with the audible devices.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10) Signal Circuits. Clause 3.2.4.18.(9)(a) permits Class A wiring, or Class B wiring
                                                                                                    with signal circuit isolators located outside of the suites, to serve audible signal devices within residential suites.
                                                                                                    Clause 3.2.4.18.(9)(b) permits a separate signal circuit to serve each suite without the need for signal circuit
                                                                                                    isolators or Class A wiring.
                                                                                                    Open circuits and Class A and Class B wiring circuits are terms defined in CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard
                                                                                                    for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.”

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g) Visible Alarm Signals in Hotels and Motels. Visible signal devices should be
                                                                                                    installed in a combination of regular suites and designated accessible suites in hotels and motels so that people
                                                                                                    who are deaf or hard of hearing can safely occupy either type of suite.
                                                                                                    Visible signal devices are not required to be installed in all the rooms of the suite. The signal should be visible
                                                                                                    from any room in the suite, which can be accomplished by installing glazing panels between the rooms or
                                                                                                    additional visible signal devices.
                                                                                                    In addition, CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” requires that high-intensity
                                                                                                    strobes be used in sleeping rooms.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.19.(3) Visible Alarm Signal. CAN/ULC-S526, “Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and
                                                                                                    Signaling Systems, Including Accessories,” applies to visible signalling units. This document is referenced by
                                                                                                    the most recent standard for the installation of fire alarm systems and would automatically apply. Current
                                                                                                    Canadian technology does not integrate visible and audible alarms to have the same temporal pattern. Visible
                                                                                                    and audible alarms should have as close a temporal pattern as possible but without interference beats that
                                                                                                    might have a deleterious effect on some persons. Visible signalling devices with the same temporal pattern as
                                                                                                    required for audible devices are available from some sources and they should become available in Canada. Not
                                                                                                    all units that comply with the ULC standard will have sufficient power to adequately cover large areas; care
                                                                                                    will have to be taken to specify units with adequate power when large spaces are being designed.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a) Smoke Alarm Installation. CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” permits
                                                                                                    a smoke alarm to be installed on most residential circuits that carry lighting outlets and receptacles. It is the
                                                                                                    intent of the NBC that any other item on a circuit with a smoke alarm should be unlikely to be overloaded and
                                                                                                    trip the breaker with a resultant loss of power that is not sufficiently annoying for the breaker to be restored to
                                                                                                    the on position. It is considered that an interior bathroom light or a kitchen light fulfills this intent, but that
                                                                                                    circuits restricted to receptacles do not fulfill this intent.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.20.(10) Smoke Detectors in lieu of Smoke Alarms. It is intended that the smoke detector
                                                                                                    in this application will function as per the requirements of a smoke alarm; specifically, it will be a localized
                                                                                                    alarm to that suite. The advantage of this type of installation is that the detector would be monitored by
                                                                                                    the fire alarm panel, which would provide notification to supervisory personnel and be inspected as per
                                                                                                    CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.”




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-243
                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b) Voice Messages. The concept of intelligibility expressed in Clause 3.2.4.22.(1)(b) is
                                                                                                    intended to mean that a person with average hearing and cognitive abilities is able to understand the messages
                                                                                                    that are transmitted into the space occupied by the person. There is no absolute measure to predetermine the
                                                                                                    effect of loudspeakers and it may be necessary, once the building has been furnished and occupied, to increase
                                                                                                    the number of loudspeakers to improve the quality of the messages.
                                                                                                    The intelligibility of the message depends on the speech level, the background level, and the reverberation time
                                                                                                    of the space. ISO 7731, “Ergonomics – Danger signals for public and work areas – Auditory danger signals,”
                                                                                                    addresses audibility. The standard suggests that an A-weighted sound level at least 15 dBA above the ambient
                                                                                                    is required for audibility, but allows for more precise calculations using octave or 1/3 octave band frequencies to
                                                                                                    tailor the alarm signal for particular ambient noise conditions. Design of the alarm system is limited to ensuring
                                                                                                    that all areas receive an adequately loud alarm signal.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    If a public address system is to be used to convey instructions during an emergency, then the requirements
                                                                                                    of the system are less straightforward. In general, however, a larger number of speakers operating at lower
                                                                                                    sound levels would be required.
                                                                                                    Additional guidance on how to design and evaluate the intelligibility of a communication system can be
                                                                                                    found in the following documents:
                                                                                                       • IEC 60268-16, “Sound system equipment – Part 16: Objective rating of speech intelligibility by speech
                                                                                                         transmission index”
                                                                                                       • ISO 7240-19, “Fire detection and alarm systems – Part 19: Design, installation, commissioning and service
                                                                                                         of sound systems for emergency purposes”
                                                                                                       • NEMA SB 50, “Emergency Communications Audio Intelligibility Applications Guide”
                                                                                                       • Annex D of NFPA 72, “National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code”

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.4.(1) Fire Department Access for Detention Buildings. Buildings of Group B, Division 1
                                                                                                    used for housing persons who are under restraint include security measures that would prevent normal access
                                                                                                    by local fire departments. These security measures include fencing around the building site, exterior walls
                                                                                                    without openings or openings which are either very small or fitted with bars, and doors that are equipped with
                                                                                                    security hardware that would prevent easy entry. These buildings would have firefighting equipment installed
                                                                                                    and the staff would be trained to handle any small incipient fires. It is expected that appropriate fire safety
                                                                                                    planning would be undertaken in conjunction with local fire departments in order that special emergencies
                                                                                                    could be handled in a cooperative manner.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.6.(1) Fire Department Access Route. The design and construction of fire department access
                                                                                                    routes involves the consideration of many variables, some of which are specified in the requirements in the
                                                                                                    Code. All these variables should be considered in relation to the type and size of fire department vehicles
                                                                                                    available in the municipality or area where the building will be constructed. It is appropriate, therefore, that the
                                                                                                    local fire department be consulted prior to the design and construction of access routes.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.7.(1) Water Supply. The intent of Sentence 3.2.5.7.(1) is that an adequate water supply for
                                                                                                    firefighting be readily available and of sufficient volume and pressure to enable emergency response personnel
                                                                                                    to control fire growth so as to enable the safe evacuation of occupants and the conduct of search and rescue
                                                                                                    operations, prevent the fire from spreading to adjacent buildings, and provide a limited measure of property
                                                                                                    protection.
                                                                                                    The water supply requirements for buildings containing internal fire suppression systems, including sprinkler
                                                                                                    systems and standpipe systems, are contained in specific standards referenced in the Code. Compliance
                                                                                                    with the referenced standard, including any variations made by this Code, is deemed to satisfy the intent of
                                                                                                    Sentence 3.2.5.7.(1). However, it will be necessary to verify that an adequate source of water is available at the
                                                                                                    building site to meet the required quantities and pressures.
                                                                                                    For a building with no internal fire suppression system, the determination of the minimum requirements
                                                                                                    applicable to the water supply for firefighting is relevant mainly to building sites not serviced by municipal
                                                                                                    water supply systems. For building sites serviced by municipal water supply systems, where the water supply
                                                                                                    duration is not a concern, water supply flow rates at minimum pressures is the main focus of this provision.
                                                                                                    However, where municipal water supply capacities are limited, it may be necessary for buildings to have
                                                                                                    supplemental water supplies on site or readily available.
                                                                                                    The sources of water supply for firefighting purposes may be natural or developed. Natural sources may
                                                                                                    include ponds, lakes, rivers, streams, bays, creeks, and springs. Developed sources may include aboveground
                                                                                                    tanks, elevated gravity tanks, cisterns, swimming pools, wells, reservoirs, aqueducts, artesian wells, tankers,


                                                                                                    3-244 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                   A-3.2.5.12.(7)

                                                                                                    hydrants served by a public or private water system, and canals. Consideration should be given to ensuring
                                                                                                    that water sources will be accessible to fire department equipment under all climatic conditions.
                                                                                                    The volume of on-site water supply is dependent on the building size, construction, occupancy, exposure and
                                                                                                    environmental impact potential, and should be sufficient to allow at least 30 minutes of fire department
                                                                                                    hose stream use.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.9.(4)(c) Fire Department Pumping Equipment. Availability of appropriate pumping
                                                                                                    equipment from the local fire department or, in the case of industrial plants or complexes, from their fire
                                                                                                    brigade, is considered sufficient to meet the intent of this requirement.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.11.(2) Hose Stations. A building that is partially sprinklered may have some floor areas where




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    local sprinklers are installed that do not cover the entire floor area. It is intended that hose stations be provided
                                                                                                    in these floor areas to allow emergency responders to fight fires that cannot be controlled by local sprinklers.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.12.(1) Sprinkler System Design. In NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
                                                                                                    Systems,” reference is made to other NFPA standards that contain additional sprinkler design criteria. These
                                                                                                    criteria apply to industrial occupancies with high fire loads and industrial occupancies intended for the use,
                                                                                                    manufacture or storage of highly flammable materials. Therefore, while only NFPA 13 is called up directly by
                                                                                                    Sentence 3.2.5.12.(1), the additional criteria in the other NFPA standards are included automatically.
                                                                                                    In some NFPA standards, certain aspects of sprinkler protection are dependent on the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                    of the vertical structural members. In these cases, the sprinkler system design options can be affected by the
                                                                                                    fire-resistance rating of these elements. For example, in buildings used for the storage of rubber tires, sprinklers
                                                                                                    directed at the sides of a column are required if the column does not have the required fire-resistance rating.
                                                                                                    Other NFPA standards may require that certain occupancies be sprinklered in conformance with NFPA 13, as in
                                                                                                    the case of some garages. These requirements do not supersede the requirements in the Code. An occupancy is
                                                                                                    required to be sprinklered only when this is specified in the Code, but when it is so required, it must be
                                                                                                    sprinklered in conformance with NFPA 13 and its referenced standards.
                                                                                                    Additionally, while Part 4 contains seismic force provisions that apply to the design of sprinklers, NFPA 13
                                                                                                    contains other structural requirements for sprinklers that are also required to be met.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.12.(2) Sprinklering of Residential Buildings above a Storage Garage Considered
                                                                                                    as a Separate Building. For the purpose of determining whether NFPA 13R, “Standard for the Installation
                                                                                                    of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise Residential Occupancies,” applies to a residential building constructed over a
                                                                                                    storage garage, it is not intended that a storage garage constructed as a separate building in accordance with
                                                                                                    Article 3.2.1.2. be considered as a storey when determining the building height of the residential building.
                                                                                                    Similarly, this would not preclude the use of NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in
                                                                                                    One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,” for any one- or two-family home constructed
                                                                                                    above such a storage garage.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.12.(6) Sprinklering of Roof Assemblies. Sprinkler protection for roof assemblies in lieu of
                                                                                                    fire resistance is based on the assumption that the sprinklers will protect the roof assembly from the effects
                                                                                                    of fire in spaces below the roof. If a ceiling membrane is installed, the sprinklers would have to be located
                                                                                                    below the membrane in order to react quickly to the fire. In certain instances, however, sprinklers may be
                                                                                                    required within the concealed spaces as well as below the membrane. NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation
                                                                                                    of Sprinkler Systems,” requires sprinklers in certain concealed spaces.
                                                                                                    According to NFPA 13 and 13R, some small rooms and closets within a dwelling unit in a sprinklered building,
                                                                                                    including those that may be in the storey immediately below the roof assembly, do not require sprinklers.
                                                                                                    However, the NBC requires sprinkler protection within all rooms and closets immediately below the roof so
                                                                                                    as to control any fire that might start in that space and thereby limit the probability of the fire spreading
                                                                                                    into the roof assembly.
                                                                                                    Moreover, NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings
                                                                                                    and Manufactured Homes,” also allows the omission of sprinklers in such rooms and closets under certain
                                                                                                    circumstances, provided the building is sprinklered in conformance with this standard. In this case, the NBC
                                                                                                    concurs with the provisions of the NFPA 13D standard.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.12.(7) Balconies and Decks. The intent of Sentence 3.2.5.12.(7) is to suppress or control the
                                                                                                    spread of a fire originating from a balcony or deck to the roof assembly or other parts of the building.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-245
                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.12.(8)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.12.(8) Sprinkler Rating. The requirements of this Sentence can be met by using sprinklers
                                                                                                    with a rating of 79°C to 107°C.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.13.(1) Hazard Classification for Sprinkler Selection. The reference to light hazard
                                                                                                    occupancies is based on the descriptions of these occupancies given in NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation
                                                                                                    of Sprinkler Systems,” and is intended only for use in the design of sprinkler systems. These descriptions
                                                                                                    should not be confused with the occupancy classifications in the Code.
                                                                                                    In NFPA 13, a light hazard occupancy is one in which the quantity or combustibility of contents is low and
                                                                                                    fires with relatively low rates of heat release are expected. Typical buildings or parts of buildings include:
                                                                                                    churches; clubs; eaves and overhangs, if of combustible construction with no combustibles beneath; educational
                                                                                                    buildings; hospitals; institutional buildings; libraries, except very large stack rooms; museums; nursing or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    convalescent homes; offices, including data processing rooms; residential buildings; restaurant seating areas;
                                                                                                    theatres and auditoria, excluding stages and proscenia; and unused attics.
                                                                                                    Although NFPA 13R, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise Residential Occupancies,”
                                                                                                    and NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and
                                                                                                    Manufactured Homes,” as referenced by NFPA 13, are concerned with specific types of residential occupancy,
                                                                                                    namely apartment buildings up to four storeys, one and two family dwellings, and mobile homes, for the
                                                                                                    purpose of acceptance of combustible sprinkler piping these occupancies are considered to be included in the
                                                                                                    category of residential buildings under light hazard occupancies.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.5.18.(1) Fire Pumps. In order to ensure an adequate water supply, it may be necessary to install a
                                                                                                    fire pump for a building that has either a standpipe system or an automatic sprinkler system installed.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.6. Smoke Control for High Buildings. Experience with high buildings has shown that the time
                                                                                                    required for complete evacuation can exceed that which is considered necessary for the safe egress of all
                                                                                                    occupants. Studies of the “chimney effect” and observations of smoke movement in actual fires have shown
                                                                                                    that fire compartmentation to contain a fire on any one storey will not usually prevent the movement of smoke
                                                                                                    through elevator, stair and other vertical shafts to the upper floors of a high building. Occupants of a high
                                                                                                    building in which an automatic sprinkler system is not installed, and particularly those on upper storeys, could
                                                                                                    be faced with severe smoke conditions from fires occurring in storeys below them before their own evacuation
                                                                                                    is possible. The requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. are intended to maintain safe conditions for occupants of a
                                                                                                    high building who may have to remain in the building during a fire, and to assist the firefighters by providing
                                                                                                    efficient access to the fire floor. The Notes for Subsection 3.2.6. are intended to assist a designer in complying
                                                                                                    with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. The knowledge requirements are well within the capabilities of a
                                                                                                    competent designer. The designer should appreciate, however, that successful application requires a clear
                                                                                                    understanding of the principles that govern smoke movement. Subsection 3.2.6. contains only those items that
                                                                                                    relate to the design and construction of a building; operation of the facilities and recommended actions to be
                                                                                                    taken by the building owner, occupant and fire department are covered by the NFC.
                                                                                                    The designer is cautioned that the tabular and graphical information in the Notes for Subsection 3.2.6. was
                                                                                                    developed for buildings having conventional configurations. The designer has to judge the extent to which
                                                                                                    the building under consideration has characteristics that will allow the application of this information; this is
                                                                                                    particularly true of designs employing air-handling systems for which a realistic assessment of the leakage
                                                                                                    characteristics of the enclosures of spaces may be critical.
                                                                                                    It is assumed that buildings regulated by Subsection 3.2.6. will be in an area served by a fire department
                                                                                                    capable of an early response and that all firefighting and rescue situations will be under the direct control of
                                                                                                    the officer-in-charge of the fire department responding to the emergency. It is important that firefighters
                                                                                                    be provided with a smoke-free access to fire floors below grade. Provisions are included to separate exit
                                                                                                    stairways serving storeys above grade from those serving storeys below grade, and to limit entry of smoke into
                                                                                                    these shafts. Similarly, elevator hoistways and service shafts are required to be provided with a separation
                                                                                                    near grade, or be designed to limit their functioning as paths of smoke movement into upper floor areas
                                                                                                    from storeys below grade.
                                                                                                    It is assumed that in the event of fire, occupants of the floor on which the fire occurs will leave by exit stairs
                                                                                                    immediately following the sounding of a fire alarm, and that occupants of the floor immediately above the
                                                                                                    floor on which the fire occurs will be advised to leave by the first fire department officer on the scene or other
                                                                                                    person assigned this responsibility. Occupants of all other floors may remain on their floors unless otherwise
                                                                                                    directed. It is also assumed that the owner of the building has complied with the Emergency Planning Section
                                                                                                    of the NFC by preparing a comprehensive fire safety plan to safeguard the building occupants and that the


                                                                                                    3-246 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-3.2.6.2.(4)

                                                                                                    building supervisory staff are familiar with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. and with their responsibilities
                                                                                                    under the fire safety plan.
                                                                                                    The NBC requires that a check be made of the smoke control and mechanical venting systems. Testing will
                                                                                                    indicate deficiencies caused by inexact estimates of the leakage characteristics or of air supply requirements
                                                                                                    and, in all but the most extreme cases, will provide an opportunity for appropriate adjustments before the
                                                                                                    system is put into service.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.2.(2) Stairway Protection Below Lowest Exit Level. A stairway serving floors below
                                                                                                    the lowest exit level is considered to comply with the intent of Sentence 3.2.6.2.(2) if the following conditions
                                                                                                    are satisfied.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         1) The stairway has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the top of the stair shaft that has
                                                                                                    an openable area of not less than 0.1 m2 for each storey served by the stairway, less 0.01 m2 for each
                                                                                                    weatherstripped door and 0.02 m2 for each door that is not weatherstripped opening into the stairway.
                                                                                                          2)   The stairway is enclosed in a shaft that
                                                                                                          a)   does not pass through the floor above the lowest exit level and is separate from a shaft that contains
                                                                                                               a stairway serving upper storeys, or
                                                                                                          b)   contains a stairway serving upper storeys, but is separated from that stairway at the lowest exit level
                                                                                                               by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the shaft enclosure.
                                                                                                          3) The stairway is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flow of air introduced at or near
                                                                                                    the bottom of the stair shaft, at a rate equal to 0.47 m3/s for each storey served by the stairway.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.2.(3) Pressurization of Stair Shafts. The purpose of providing open doors and vents at the
                                                                                                    bottom of a stair shaft is to create a positive pressure in the shaft relative to adjacent floor areas and thus keep
                                                                                                    it free of smoke. The pressure depends on the temperature differential between the interior and the exterior
                                                                                                    of the building which is most pronounced during winter months when stack effect is greatest. If a shaft does
                                                                                                    not have a direct opening to the exterior, alternative means must be provided to achieve smoke control. If a
                                                                                                    corridor or vestibule is used as a link between the exit level of an interior stair shaft and the outdoors to
                                                                                                    provide a venting system, it will be necessary to assess the reliability of the overall system. The probability of
                                                                                                    all doors or closures being opened at the same time has to be addressed, as well as the size of the vestibule
                                                                                                    and its impact on the overall smoke control system.
                                                                                                    If mechanical methods are used to develop a positive pressure in a stair shaft, a minimum pressure differential
                                                                                                    of 12 Pa is recommended to prevent smoke migration from floor areas in a sprinklered building where fire
                                                                                                    temperatures are controlled and smoke movement may be dominated by stack effect in a stair shaft. During a
                                                                                                    fire emergency, persons will be entering and exiting a stair shaft as they move to a place of safety and under
                                                                                                    these conditions the number of doors open to the stair shaft cannot be predetermined. The number will vary
                                                                                                    depending on the occupancy of the building, population density and the evacuation plan for the building. It
                                                                                                    should be assumed that two doors are open. This is based in part as a practical level for most buildings and
                                                                                                    considers the positive fire experience in sprinklered buildings.
                                                                                                    The maximum pressure differential created by a mechanical system should not prevent doors to the stair shafts
                                                                                                    from being opened. A specific maximum value cannot be given, as this value will depend on the door opening
                                                                                                    force and size of the door. These values should be calculated for each specific case. Although a maximum value
                                                                                                    of 130 N is suggested by research as the force that can be opened by the majority of people in most occupancies,
                                                                                                    this value is above the maximum value of 90 N generally specified in this Code. The use of values below 130 N
                                                                                                    can create a practical problem in achieving effective smoke control as it is difficult to design for the acceptable
                                                                                                    minimum and maximum pressure differential range. Special consideration may need to be given for doors
                                                                                                    located in a barrier-free path of travel.
                                                                                                    Care should be taken by designers and by building and fire officials in implementation of these requirements.
                                                                                                    Assumptions involved in the design of a smoke control system may be different from final construction
                                                                                                    conditions. For this reason each system should be tested after installation to ensure that the design intent is met.
                                                                                                    The minimum pressure differential is not intended to apply to locations in stair shafts when doors in their
                                                                                                    proximity are open to adjacent floor areas.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.2.(4) Limiting Smoke Movement. Measures to prevent the migration of smoke from floor
                                                                                                    areas below the lowest exit storey into upper storeys include the following.
                                                                                                          1) An elevator hoistway that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey should not penetrate
                                                                                                    the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, unless there is a vestibule between the shaft
                                                                                                    and each floor area below the lowest exit storey that


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-247
                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.2.(4)                                                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                           a)    has a fire separation, with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, between the vestibule and
                                                                                                                 any public corridor,
                                                                                                          b)     has a fire separation, with a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for an exit by
                                                                                                                 Article 3.4.4.1., between the vestibule and any stair or elevator enclosure or any part of a floor
                                                                                                                 area, other than a public corridor, and
                                                                                                           c)    except for elevator hoistway entrances, has a self-closing device on any door through the fire
                                                                                                                 separation required by Clauses (a) and (b), with the door opening in the direction of travel from the
                                                                                                                 floor area to the exit stairway.


                                                                                                                                                                                 100




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                           Minimum openable area of vent, % of
                                                                                                                                                                                 90
                                                                                                                                                                                 80
                                                                                                                                                                                                curve A
                                                                                                                                                                                 70

                                                                                                                                                                                 60                            curve B

                                                                                                                                                                                 50




                                                                                                                                              cross-sectional area of shaft
                                                                                                                                                                                 40

                                                                                                                                                                                 30

                                                                                                                                                                                 20

                                                                                                                                                                                  10
                                                                                                                                                                                  0
                                                                                                                                                                                       0   50    100    150    200       250      300
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Height of shaft, m          EG01222A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A
                                                                                                     Vent to a vertical service space with no other pressurized shaft in the building
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A:
                                                                                                     (1) Curve A applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by unplastered unit masonry or by plaster and steel stud construction with all
                                                                                                         openings in the shaft sealed to the degree required by Articles 3.1.9.1. to 3.1.9.4.
                                                                                                     (2) Curve B applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by monolithic concrete or by plastered unit masonry with all openings in the shaft
                                                                                                         sealed tightly to minimize air leakage.
                                                                                                     (3) A shaft having a vent that is 100% of the cross-sectional area of the shaft is acceptable for buildings up to 1.5 times the height shown by the
                                                                                                         appropriate curve in Figures A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A and A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B.
                                                                                                     (4) The total leakage area, based on measurements in typical high buildings, is assumed to be 0.025 m2 for every 10 m 2 of shaft wall area in the
                                                                                                         case of Curve A and 0.015 m2 for every 10 m2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve B.


                                                                                                         2) A vertical service space, other than an elevator hoistway, that passes through the floor assembly
                                                                                                    above the lowest exit storey, should be provided with a tight-fitting noncombustible seal or firestop at the floor
                                                                                                    assembly of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, unless
                                                                                                          a) the vertical service space is vented to the outdoors at the top and the vent has an openable area that
                                                                                                               is not less than
                                                                                                                        i) that obtained from Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A if the vertical service space is in a building in
                                                                                                                           which other shafts are not mechanically pressurized, or
                                                                                                                       ii) that obtained from Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B if the vertical service space is in a building in
                                                                                                                           which other shafts are mechanically pressurized,
                                                                                                         b) for a shaft that serves floor areas above the lowest exit storey, a vent is located
                                                                                                                        i) at or near the top of the shaft if the shaft is above the mid-height of the building, or
                                                                                                                       ii) at or near the foot of the shaft at or near the exit level if the top of the shaft is below
                                                                                                                           the mid-height of the building, or
                                                                                                          c) for a shaft that serves floor areas below the lowest exit storey, a vent is located at or near the top of
                                                                                                               the shaft.
                                                                                                          3)     Any closure provided for a vent opening referred to in Sentence (2) must be openable:
                                                                                                          a)     manually,
                                                                                                          b)     on a signal from a smoke detector located at or near the top of the shaft, and


                                                                                                    3-248 Division B                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                         A-3.2.6.3.(1)

                                                                                                           c)    by a control device located at the central alarm and control facility.


                                                                                                                                                                                 100

                                                                                                                                                                                 90




                                                                                                                                           Minimum openable area of vent, % of
                                                                                                                                                                                 80

                                                                                                                                                                                 70
                                                                                                                                                                                                curve A
                                                                                                                                                                                 60




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 curve B
                                                                                                                                                                                 50




                                                                                                                                              cross-sectional area of shaft
                                                                                                                                                                                 40

                                                                                                                                                                                 30

                                                                                                                                                                                 20

                                                                                                                                                                                 10
                                                                                                                                                                                  0
                                                                                                                                                                                       0   50   100     150     200   250    300
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Height of shaft, m         EG01223A




                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B
                                                                                                     Vent to a vertical service space with other pressurized shafts in the building
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B:
                                                                                                     (1) Curve A applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by unplastered unit masonry or by plaster and steel stud construction with all
                                                                                                         openings in the shaft sealed to the degree required by Articles 3.1.9.1. to 3.1.9.4.
                                                                                                     (2) Curve B applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by monolithic concrete or by plastered unit masonry with all openings in the shaft
                                                                                                         sealed tightly to minimize air leakage.
                                                                                                     (3) A shaft having a vent that is 100% of the cross-sectional area of the shaft is acceptable for buildings up to 1.5 times the height shown by the
                                                                                                         appropriate curve in Figures A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A and A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B.
                                                                                                     (4) The total leakage area, based on measurements in typical high buildings, is assumed to be 0.025 m2 for every 10 m 2 of shaft wall area in the
                                                                                                         case of Curve A and 0.015 m2 for every 10 m2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve B.


                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.3.(1) Connected Buildings. The measures described here are intended to prevent movement
                                                                                                    of smoke from one building to another. They are of particular significance for two buildings of unequal height
                                                                                                    that are joined together. The techniques suggested are the provision of a large opening to the outdoors in
                                                                                                    a connecting vestibule so that smoke entering through leakage areas around doors will be vented to the
                                                                                                    outdoors, or pressurization to maintain a higher pressure in the vestibule than in adjacent spaces, as illustrated
                                                                                                    in Figures A-3.2.6.3.(1)-A, A-3.2.6.3.(1)-B and A-3.2.6.3.(1)-C.
                                                                                                    The provisions for protection of openings are described in terms appropriate to a doorway. Openings other
                                                                                                    than doorways should be avoided if possible. Openings should be protected by an airlock that gives the same
                                                                                                    standard of protection as the vestibule referred to below.
                                                                                                    The requirement of Article 3.2.6.3. that limits movement of smoke from one building to another may be met by
                                                                                                    incorporating in the link between the buildings the provisions of Sentences (1) and (2).
                                                                                                         1) A firewall conforming to Subsection 3.1.10. is constructed between one building and the other with
                                                                                                    any opening in the firewall protected against the passage of smoke by a vestibule that has
                                                                                                          a) a fire separation between the vestibule and a public corridor with a fire-resistance rating not less
                                                                                                              than 45 min,
                                                                                                         b) a fire separation between the vestibule and the remainder of the floor area, other than a public
                                                                                                              corridor, with a fire-resistance rating not less than that required by Article 3.4.4.1. for an exit,
                                                                                                          c) a fire separation between the vestibule and a stair enclosure or elevator hoistway with a
                                                                                                              fire-resistance rating not less than that required by Article 3.4.4.1. for an exit, and
                                                                                                         d) any door in the fire separation required by Clause (a), (b) or (c), except for an elevator entrance,
                                                                                                              provided with a self-closing device as required by Article 3.1.8.13. and opening in the direction of
                                                                                                              travel from the floor area to the exit stairway.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                        Division B 3-249
                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.5.(6)(b)                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                          2)   The vestibule referred to in Sentence (1) should have
                                                                                                          a)   a vent to the outdoors that has a net area of 10(0.023 d + 0.00045 a) m2, where 'd' is the number of
                                                                                                               doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m that open into the vestibule, or if the perimeter of doors
                                                                                                               exceeds 6 m, the value 'd' is increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter, and 'a' is
                                                                                                               the area in square metres of enclosing walls, floors and ceilings whose outer face is in contact with
                                                                                                               the outside air, except that where the outer face of a wall is in contact with the ground or fill, it is
                                                                                                               assumed that there is no leakage through that portion, and the value of 'a' is assumed to be zero, or
                                                                                                          b)   equipment capable of maintaining a supply of air into the vestibule sufficient to ensure that the air
                                                                                                               pressure in the vestibule when the doors are closed is higher by at least 12 Pa than that in adjacent
                                                                                                               floor areas when the outdoor temperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          building A
                                                                                                                                                              1. Vestibule vented to outdoors
                                                                                                                                                                 or pressurized
                                                                                                                                                                             building B

                                                                                                                                                                                             grade
                                                                                                                                                          1      tunnel
                                                                                                                                                                                              EG01224A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.6.3.(1)-A
                                                                                                     Buildings connected by a tunnel




                                                                                                                                             building A
                                                                                                                                                                1. Vestibule vented to outdoors
                                                                                                                                                                   or pressurized

                                                                                                                                                                     building B

                                                                                                                                                                 1                        grade
                                                                                                                                                                 1
                                                                                                                                                                                              EG01225A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.6.3.(1)-B
                                                                                                     Buildings connected at a firewall



                                                                                                                                          building A
                                                                                                                                                              1. Vestibule vented to outdoors
                                                                                                                                                                 or pressurized
                                                                                                                                                                             building B

                                                                                                                                                          1      bridge                      grade

                                                                                                                                                                                              EG01226A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.2.6.3.(1)-C
                                                                                                     Buildings connected by a bridge


                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.5.(6)(b) Protection of Electrical Conductors. Electrical conductors are part of a system that
                                                                                                    includes, among other components, raceways, conduits, splices, couplings, vertical supports, grounds and
                                                                                                    pulling lubricants. When selecting electrical conductors to provide a circuit integrity rating, it is important to
                                                                                                    understand how they will be installed and to know if the fire performance of the system as a whole was tested.


                                                                                                    3-250 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                    A-3.2.6.6.(1)

                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.6.(1) Venting to Aid Firefighting. The requirements of Sentence 3.2.6.6.(1) are met by
                                                                                                    incorporating in a floor area windows or wall panels, as described in Sentence (1), by smoke shafts as described
                                                                                                    in Sentences (2) to (8), or by the use of building exhaust systems as described in Sentence (9).
                                                                                                          1)   If windows or wall panels are used for venting, they must
                                                                                                          a)   be uniformly distributed along the exterior wall of each storey,
                                                                                                          b)   have a total area not less than 1% of the exterior wall area of each storey,
                                                                                                          c)   be readily openable from the interior without the use of wrenches or keys,
                                                                                                          d)   be readily identified from the interior, and from the exterior where they are accessible to firefighters,
                                                                                                               and
                                                                                                          e)   be designed so that when opened they will not endanger persons outside the building during a fire.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          2)   If one or more smoke shafts or vertical service spaces are used for venting, they must
                                                                                                          a)   have an opening or openings into each storey with an aggregate area not less than that obtained
                                                                                                               from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A for the height of the building and the area of the largest floor area served
                                                                                                               by the smoke shaft, and the leakage characteristics of the shaft wall and closures obtained from
                                                                                                               Tables A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B and A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C,
                                                                                                          b)   have an aggregate unobstructed cross-sectional area equal to that required by Clause (a), and
                                                                                                          c)   be designed to comply with the requirements of Sentence (3).
                                                                                                          3)   Each smoke shaft or vertical service space described in Sentence (2) must
                                                                                                          a)   be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                               not less than that required for the floor assembly through which it passes, or be designed as a
                                                                                                               chimney conforming to Part 6, except that flue liners need not be provided,
                                                                                                          b)   have an opening to the outdoors at the top that has an area not less than the cross-sectional area of
                                                                                                               the shaft, with the opening protected from the weather,
                                                                                                          c)   terminate not less than 900 mm above the roof surface where it penetrates the roof, and
                                                                                                          d)   contain no combustible material, fuel lines or services that are required for use in an emergency.
                                                                                                          4) Each opening required by Clause (2)(a) must be located so that the top of the opening is not more
                                                                                                    than 250 mm below the ceiling, except that the opening may be above the ceiling if the ceiling freely allows
                                                                                                    passage of air.
                                                                                                          5)   The opening into the smoke shaft must be provided with a closure that
                                                                                                          a)   has a fire-protection rating conforming to Sentence 3.1.8.4.(2), except that the temperature on the
                                                                                                               unexposed face of the closure shall be not more than 250 °C after 30 min during the fire test used to
                                                                                                               determine its rating,
                                                                                                          b)   is no closer to combustible material, except for paint or tightly-adhering paper covering not
                                                                                                               more than 1 mm thick applied to a noncombustible backing, than the distances described in
                                                                                                               Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D,
                                                                                                          c)   can be opened from a remote location such as a stair shaft, the storey immediately below, or the
                                                                                                               central alarm and control facility, and
                                                                                                          d)   does not open automatically on any floor, other than the fire floor, when smoke and hot gases
                                                                                                               pass through the shaft.
                                                                                                          6)   Closures for openings described in Clause (3)(b) must
                                                                                                          a)   be openable from outside the shaft, and
                                                                                                          b)   open automatically
                                                                                                                       i) on a signal from a smoke detector in the shaft,
                                                                                                                      ii) by operation of the fire alarm system, and
                                                                                                                     iii) when the closure required by Sentence (5) opens.
                                                                                                         7) A smoke shaft opening referred to in Sentence (2) that is less than 1 070 mm above the floor must
                                                                                                    conform to Article 3.3.1.18.
                                                                                                         8) If a closure is required to comply with Sentence (5), the leakage area between closure components
                                                                                                    and between closure and frame must not be more than 3% of the openable area of the closure.
                                                                                                          9)   The building air handling system may be used for smoke venting, provided
                                                                                                          a)   the system can maintain an exhaust to the outdoors at the rate of 6 air changes per hour from any
                                                                                                               floor area, and
                                                                                                          b)   emergency power to the fans providing the exhaust required by Clause (a) is provided as described
                                                                                                               in Article 3.2.7.9.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-251
                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.6.(1)                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                                                         Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A
                                                                                                                              Minimum Size of Vent Openings into Smoke Shafts from Each Floor Area, m2(1)(2)
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)

                                                                                                      Floor     Leakage                                                   Building Height, m
                                                                                                     Area, m2   Area, % (3)       18         37         73         110            146         183       220        256        293
                                                                                                          200                     0.10       0.11       0.13       0.15            0.16        0.18     0.19        0.20       0.22
                                                                                                          500                     0.22       0.25       0.29       0.32            0.36        0.37      0.39       0.41       0.43
                                                                                                        1 000                     0.43       0.48       0.53       0.59            0.63        0.67     0.71        0.75       0.77
                                                                                                        2 000                     0.83       0.91       1.01       1.08           1.16         1.22     1.29        1.34       1.39
                                                                                                        3 000       0             1.21       1.33       1.46       1.55            1.67        1.75     1.82        1.90       1.97




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        4 000                     1.62       1.75       1.90       2.02           2.15        2.25      2.35       2.44       2.53
                                                                                                        5 000                     2.01       2.17       2.34       2.46           2.63        2.74      2.86       2.88       3.07
                                                                                                        6 000                     2.39       2.57       2.76       2.91           3.10        3.23      3.37       3.47       3.58
                                                                                                          200                     0.10       0.12       0.15       0.19           0.22        0.27      0.35        0.43       0.55
                                                                                                          500                     0.23       0.27       0.35       0.40           0.49         0.57     0.69        0.83       1.04
                                                                                                        1 000                     0.44       0.50       0.71       0.72           0.86        1.01      1.19       1.43       1.73
                                                                                                        2 000                     0.85       0.97       1.15       1.33            1.56        1.81     2.10        2.48       2.95
                                                                                                        3 000       1             1.26       1.42       1.67       1.91            2.23        2.56     2.97        3.47       4.08
                                                                                                        4 000                     1.66       1.88       2.18       2.49            2.37        3.28     3.79        4.40       5.16
                                                                                                        5 000                     2.07       2.32       2.69       3.05           3.51         3.99     4.60        5.32       6.21
                                                                                                        6 000                     2.47       2.76       3.18       3.59           4.14        4.68      5.37       6.20       7.23
                                                                                                          200                     0.10       0.13       0.18       0.24            0.37        0.61     1.28        4.60     89.57
                                                                                                          500                     0.24       0.29       0.39       0.52            0.75        1.13     2.10        6.11     94.50
                                                                                                        1 000                     0.46       0.55       0.72       0.94           1.30        1.90      3.27       8.29     102.11
                                                                                                        2 000                     0.88       1.05       1.34       1.73           2.32        3.28      5.36      12.14     116.80
                                                                                                        3 000       2             1.31       1.53       1.95       2.47            3.29        4.58     7.28      15.63     130.83
                                                                                                        4 000                     1.73       2.01       2.55       3.20           4.23        5.83      9.12      19.97     144.03
                                                                                                        5 000                     2.15       2.49       3.13       3.92           5.15        7.05     10.90      22.15     157.05
                                                                                                        6 000                     2.57       2.96       3.73       4.63           6.07        8.26     12.65      25.39     169.29
                                                                                                          200                     0.11       0.14       0.21       0.37           0.88         2.06
                                                                                                          500                     0.25       0.31       0.47       0.76            1.58        9.00
                                                                                                        1 000                     0.47       0.59       0.86       1.33            2.60      11.99
                                                                                                        2 000                     0.91       1.12       1.60       2.41            4.47      17.46
                                                                                                        3 000       3             1.35       1.64       2.31       3.43            5.21      22.48
                                                                                                        4 000                     1.79       2.17       3.02       4.43           7.91       27.29
                                                                                                        5 000                     2.22       2.68       3.71       5.42           9.55       31.95
                                                                                                        6 000                     2.65       3.20       4.40       6.39          11.18       36.47
                                                                                                          200                     0.11       0.15       0.28       0.70          24.83
                                                                                                          500                     0.25       0.34       0.58       1.33          29.18
                                                                                                        1 000                     0.49       0.63       1.06       2.27          36.07
                                                                                                        2 000                     0.95       1.21       1.97       3.99          48.56
                                                                                                        3 000       4             1.41       1.78       2.84       6.63          60.15
                                                                                                        4 000                     1.86       2.34       3.70       7.22          71.15
                                                                                                        5 000                     2.21       2.90       4.55       8.79          81.81
                                                                                                        6 000                     2.75       3.46       5.40      10.33          90.05
                                                                                                          200                     0.11       0.16       0.36       3.33
                                                                                                          500                     0.28       0.36       0.76       5.09
                                                                                                        1 000                     0.50       0.69       1.37       7.67
                                                                                                        2 000                     0.99       1.31       2.54      12.35
                                                                                                        3 000       5             1.46       1.94       3.65      16.75
                                                                                                        4 000                     1.92       2.55       4.75      20.99
                                                                                                        5 000                     2.40       3.16       5.84      25.11
                                                                                                        6 000                     2.87       3.74       6.92      29.11




                                                                                                    3-252 Division B                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.7.(1)

                                                                                                                                                             Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   The minimum size of a vent opening into a smoke shaft is obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A and is dependant on the floor area and total leakage
                                                                                                          area of the smoke shaft walls and closures. This total leakage area may be estimated by adding the leakage areas for the shaft wall obtained from
                                                                                                          Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B and for the dampered openings obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C, provided the cross-sectional area of the smoke shaft,
                                                                                                          the opening into the shaft and the opening to the outdoors at the top of the shaft are equal.
                                                                                                    (2)   The size of the vent opening refers to the free or unobstructed area of the opening.
                                                                                                    (3)   Leakage area is the total of the leakage area of smoke shaft wall obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B and the leakage area of openings in
                                                                                                          smoke shafts obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                  Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B
                                                                                                                                                            Leakage Area of Smoke Shaft Wall
                                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)

                                                                                                                              Wall Construction                                                       Leakage Area as % of Wall Area
                                                                                                     Monolithic concrete                                                                                           0.5
                                                                                                     Masonry wall unplastered                                                                                      1.5
                                                                                                     Masonry wall plastered                                                                                        0.5
                                                                                                     Gypsum board on steel studs                                                                                   1.0


                                                                                                                                                                  Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C
                                                                                                                                                 Leakage Area of Closures in Openings into Smoke Shaft
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)

                                                                                                                                       Type of Closure                                            Leakage Area as % of Closure Area (1)(2)
                                                                                                     Curtain fire damper                                                                                          2.5
                                                                                                     Single-blade fire damper                                                                                     3.5
                                                                                                     Multi-blade fire damper                                                                                      4.5

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   Values include allowance for 0.5% leakage between frame and wall construction.
                                                                                                    (2)   These leakage data are based on clearances applicable to closures that have been tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S112, “Standard Method
                                                                                                          of Fire Test of Fire Damper Assemblies.”


                                                                                                                                                                Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D
                                                                                                                                                 Minimum Distance from Closure to Combustible Material
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)

                                                                                                                                                             Minimum Distance in Front of or Above                Minimum Distance to the Sides or
                                                                                                                   Area of Closure (1), m2
                                                                                                                                                                         Closure, m                                      Below Closure, m
                                                                                                                             0.5                                             0.35                                               0.20
                                                                                                                             1.0                                             0.50                                               0.25
                                                                                                                             1.5                                             0.60                                               0.30
                                                                                                                             2.0                                             0.70                                               0.35
                                                                                                                             2.5 (2)                                         0.80                                               0.40

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D:
                                                                                                    (1)   For closure areas between those given in Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D, interpolation may be used to determine the appropriate distances.
                                                                                                    (2)   For closure areas greater than 2.5 m2, the minimum distance in front of or above the closure shall be one half of the square root of the closure
                                                                                                          area, and the minimum distance to the sides or below the closure shall be one quarter of the square root of the closure area.


                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.7.(1) Protection of Central Control Room. The design of a room provided for a central
                                                                                                    alarm and control facility should take into account the nature and sensitivity of the electronic components of the
                                                                                                    equipment and the room should be adequately protected from fire and smoke. The room should be ventilated
                                                                                                    with a supply of fresh air so that it has a clean environment and should be provided with adequate lighting.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                       Division B 3-253
                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.7.(2)                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.7.(2) Central Control Room Air Control. Depending on the method of mechanical venting
                                                                                                    and air control that is selected for the building, additional controls may be required at the central alarm and
                                                                                                    control facility. These additional controls include those with a capability of opening closures to vents in shafts,
                                                                                                    stopping air-handling systems, and initiating mechanical air supply to stair shafts.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.6.9.(1) Testing for Smoke Control. The efficiency of a smoke control system may be checked
                                                                                                    by measuring pressure differences and the directions of airflow around doors and through separating walls
                                                                                                    of compartments. A pressure meter can be used to measure pressure differences on either side of a door or
                                                                                                    partition. Where this is impracticable, a punk stick held near a crack will indicate the direction of airflow.
                                                                                                    Measurements of airflow may be taken on the intake side of supply fans or in supply ducts to determine
                                                                                                    whether the specified airflow is being provided. In general, airflow should be from the spaces which may




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    be occupied for various lengths of time during a fire emergency (e.g., vestibules, stair shafts, and elevator
                                                                                                    hoistways) toward the space in which the fire is assumed to have occurred. Measurements may be taken at
                                                                                                    certain critical locations to check the overall efficiency of the smoke control system.
                                                                                                    In buildings where protection is obtained by venting corridors or vestibules to the outdoors, inspection of the
                                                                                                    building to determine whether the requirements have been met should be sufficient. Where service shafts are
                                                                                                    vented to the outdoors at the top, a check may be made of the wall between the shaft and the uppermost
                                                                                                    occupied floor areas, to ensure that the direction of flow is from each floor area into the shaft, when the vent to
                                                                                                    the outside is open and the outdoor air temperature is significantly less than that indoors. Where mechanically
                                                                                                    pressurized vestibules are used, a check may be made to ensure that the pressure in each vestibule or area of
                                                                                                    refuge is greater than that in the adjacent floor areas at each floor level.
                                                                                                    Doors to stair shafts, elevator hoistways and vestibules in locations subject to pressure differences that may
                                                                                                    interfere with normal opening should be checked when the outdoor temperature is near the January design
                                                                                                    temperature, with the air injection system operating and a number of windows open to the outdoors on
                                                                                                    each floor in turn.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.7.4.(1) Emergency Power Reliability. In some areas power outages are frequent and may be
                                                                                                    of long duration. These local conditions should be taken into account in determining the type of system for
                                                                                                    supplying emergency power for lighting. This should be studied at the planning stage of a building project in
                                                                                                    conjunction with the local fire safety and building officials.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.7.6.(1) Emergency Power for Treatment Occupancies. CSA Z32, “Electrical safety and
                                                                                                    essential electrical systems in health care facilities,” contains requirements for three classes of health care
                                                                                                    facilities—Class A, Class B and Class C. The intent of Article 3.2.7.6. is to apply specific requirements to
                                                                                                    emergency equipment for Class A facilities, which are designated as hospitals by the authorities having
                                                                                                    jurisdiction and where patients are accommodated on the basis of medical need and are provided with
                                                                                                    continuing medical care and supporting diagnostic and therapeutic services.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.7.8.(3) Emergency Power Duration. The times indicated in this Sentence are the durations for
                                                                                                    which emergency power must be available for a building under fire emergency conditions. Additional fuel for
                                                                                                    generators or additional battery capacity is required to handle normal testing of the equipment, as indicated
                                                                                                    in the NFC. If the operation of emergency generators or batteries is intended for other than fire emergency
                                                                                                    conditions, such as power failures, fuel supplies or battery capacity must be increased to compensate for
                                                                                                    that use.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.7.9.(1) Emergency Power Reliability. In some areas power outages are frequent and may be
                                                                                                    of long duration. These local conditions should be taken into account in determining the type of system for
                                                                                                    supplying emergency power for building services. This should be studied at the planning stage of a building
                                                                                                    project in conjunction with the local fire safety and building officials.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.7.10.(2)(a) and (3)(a) Protection of Electrical Conductors. It is important to understand
                                                                                                    that electrical conductors are part of a system that includes—among other components—raceways, conduits,
                                                                                                    splices, couplings, vertical supports, grounds and pulling lubricants. When selecting electrical conductors to
                                                                                                    provide a circuit integrity rating, it is therefore important to understand how they will be installed and to know
                                                                                                    if the fire performance of the system as a whole was tested.




                                                                                                    3-254 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                    A-3.2.9.1.(1)

                                                                                                    A-3.2.7.10.(5)(b) Electrical Conductors in the Same Room. If the distribution panel and the
                                                                                                    equipment it serves are within the same room, only the electrical conductors leading up to the distribution
                                                                                                    panel need to be protected. It is assumed that the distribution panel and the equipment it serves are within
                                                                                                    sufficient proximity to each other such that a fire in the same area of origin would affect both.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.7.10.(7) Fire Alarm Branch Circuits. In order to ensure continuous operation of the fire alarm
                                                                                                    and voice communication systems in a high-rise building for a sufficient duration of time to control and
                                                                                                    direct the evacuation of building occupants, a level of protection is required by Sentence 3.2.7.10.(2) for those
                                                                                                    electrical conductors interconnecting the major elements of the fire alarm system. Sentence 3.2.7.10.(7) permits
                                                                                                    the protection of electrical conductors to be waived for portions connecting a transponder or fault isolation
                                                                                                    device to fire alarm input devices (fire detectors, manual stations, etc.) or a voice communication transponder
                                                                                                    to a fire alarm audible signalling device, provided all circuits or portions of the circuits are contained within




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    the same storey.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.8.2.(3) Special Protection of Opening. In manufacturing operations involving the use of
                                                                                                    conveyor systems to transport material through fire separations, it may not be possible to use standard closure
                                                                                                    devices. NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives,” includes appendix information
                                                                                                    concerning protection of openings through vertical fire separations. NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of
                                                                                                    Sprinkler Systems,” includes methods of protecting openings through floor assemblies, however, it is assumed
                                                                                                    by that standard that the remainder of the building would be sprinklered. Combinations of methods may be
                                                                                                    required to ensure that the level of safety inherent in the requirements of the Code is maintained.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.8.2.(6)(b) Restriction on Size of Openings Through Floors. The phrase “used only for
                                                                                                    stairways, escalators or moving walks” is intended to restrict the size of a floor opening to what is necessary to
                                                                                                    accommodate the stairway, escalator or moving walk.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.8.2.(6)(c) Waiver of Occupancy Separation Continuity. The typical application of this
                                                                                                    Sentence is to buildings with a mixture of occupancies that are randomly located throughout the building.
                                                                                                    Examples include shopping centres, podia of large commercial and business complexes, and recreational
                                                                                                    buildings that are combined with mercantile and business operations. A shopping mall with two interconnected
                                                                                                    storeys is an example that is frequently encountered in many jurisdictions. The permission to breach the
                                                                                                    floor assembly between the storeys does not override requirements for separation of specific suites or
                                                                                                    occupancies. For instance, although storage garages are Group F, Division 3 occupancies, the requirement in
                                                                                                    Article 3.3.5.6. for the storage garage to be separated from other occupancies by a fire separation with at least
                                                                                                    a 1.5 h fire-resistance rating must be observed. In a similar manner, a theatre or cinema (Group A, Division
                                                                                                    1 occupancy) must be separated from other occupancies in accordance with Sentence 3.3.2.2.(1) and seats
                                                                                                    in an arena-type building (Group A, Division 3) must be separated from space below in accordance with
                                                                                                    Sentence 3.3.2.2.(3).

                                                                                                    A-3.2.8.4.(1)(c) Contamination of Vestibule. The vestibule should have equipment capable of
                                                                                                    maintaining a supply of air into the vestibule that is sufficient to ensure that the air pressure in the vestibule
                                                                                                    when the doors are closed is higher by at least 12 Pa than the air pressure in the adjacent floor areas when the
                                                                                                    outdoor temperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.8.7.(1) Smoke Exhaust System. The mechanical exhaust system is intended as an aid to
                                                                                                    firefighters in removing smoke and is to be designed to be actuated manually by the responding fire
                                                                                                    department. Although smoke is normally removed from the top of the interconnected floor space, exhaust
                                                                                                    outlets at other locations may be satisfactory.

                                                                                                    A-3.2.9.1.(1) Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems. Building owners should
                                                                                                    verify that fire protection and life safety systems and their components (i.e. fire alarm systems, sprinklers,
                                                                                                    standpipes, smoke control, ventilation, pressurization, door hold-open devices, elevator recalls, smoke and
                                                                                                    fire shutters and dampers, emergency power, emergency lighting, fire pumps, generators, etc.), including
                                                                                                    their interconnections with other building systems, are functioning according to the intent of their design.
                                                                                                    CAN/ULC-S1001, “Standard for Integrated Systems Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems,”
                                                                                                    provides the methodology for verifying and documenting that interconnections between building systems
                                                                                                    satisfy the intent of their design and that the systems function as intended by the Code.
                                                                                                    Clause 6.1.5 of CAN/ULC-S1001 allows the Integrated Testing Coordinator to accept documented evidence of
                                                                                                    any tests that have been performed on a system as part of its acceptance testing for the purpose of demonstrating
                                                                                                    compliance with the integrated testing requirements of that standard, so as to avoid duplication of work.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-255
                                                                                                    A-3.3.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.3. Safety Within Floor Areas. Section 3.3. regulates safety within floor areas including rooms and
                                                                                                    other spaces within a building. The requirements are grouped according to the occupancy of the floor area,
                                                                                                    room or space, which is not necessarily the same as the major occupancy for which the building is classified.
                                                                                                    For example, a building may be classified by major occupancy as an office building: therefore, the provisions
                                                                                                    for structural fire protection and fire protection equipment for office buildings prescribed in Section 3.2. apply.
                                                                                                    However, within that building, a room or floor area may be used for mercantile, care, treatment, detention,
                                                                                                    business, residential, industrial or other occupancy.
                                                                                                    Life safety for the occupants of any floor area depends in the first instance on the use or occupancy of that
                                                                                                    floor area. The risks to the occupants occur in the early stages of a fire. These special life risks differ from one
                                                                                                    occupancy to another and, consequently, must be regulated differently. Section 3.3. regulates risks within floor
                                                                                                    areas: these requirements apply regardless of the major occupancy of the building that contains the floor areas.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    For example, an assembly room must comply with the requirements for assembly occupancy whether it is
                                                                                                    contained in an office building, hospital, hotel, theatre, industrial building or other major occupancy.
                                                                                                    Since this Code regulates new construction, alterations and changes of occupancy, the construction of kiosks
                                                                                                    and similar structures in public corridors must take into consideration all the requirements that apply to the
                                                                                                    remainder of the building, including structural fire protection, construction type, finish materials, egress
                                                                                                    widths and sprinkler installations. Special activities of an occasional nature that were not contemplated in the
                                                                                                    original design of a public corridor and that represent only a temporary change in occupancy are regulated by
                                                                                                    the NFC. These regulations include maintaining egress paths clear of obstructions, controlling combustible
                                                                                                    contents and providing measures to ensure quick response for firefighting.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.2.(1) Hazardous Substances. The term “hazardous substances” refers to dangerous goods
                                                                                                    that are regulated by “Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR)” or that are classified as
                                                                                                    “controlled products” under the “Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS)” established
                                                                                                    to meet the requirements of HC SOR/2015-17, “Hazardous Products Regulations.” It also refers to materials
                                                                                                    and products that are not regulated by the TDGR or WHMIS, but that pose a fire or explosion hazard due to
                                                                                                    their own properties or because of the manner in which they are stored, handled or used. These include
                                                                                                    combustible products, rubber tires, combustible fibres, combustible dusts, products producing flammable
                                                                                                    vapours or gases, etc.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.2.(2) Cooking Equipment Ventilation. Cooking equipment manufactured for use in dwelling
                                                                                                    units and other residential suites is often installed in buildings used for assembly and care, treatment or
                                                                                                    detention purposes. It is not obvious from the Code requirements or those of NFPA 96, “Standard for
                                                                                                    Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,” whether a ventilation and grease
                                                                                                    removal system is required in all assembly and care, treatment or detention uses. If the equipment is to be used
                                                                                                    in a manner that will produce grease-laden vapours that are substantially more than would be produced in a
                                                                                                    normal household environment, then it would be appropriate to apply the requirements of NFPA 96. If the
                                                                                                    equipment is used primarily for reheating food prepared elsewhere or is used occasionally for demonstration
                                                                                                    or educational purposes, there would be no expectation of applying the requirements of NFPA 96. In all cases
                                                                                                    the circumstances should be reviewed with the authority having jurisdiction.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.7.(1) Temporary Refuge for Persons with Disabilities. These measures are intended
                                                                                                    to provide temporary refuge for persons with disabilities. It is acknowledged, however, that the measures
                                                                                                    cannot provide absolute safety for all occupants in the fire area. It may, therefore, be necessary to develop
                                                                                                    special arrangements in the fire safety plan to evacuate persons with disabilities from these areas. Details for a
                                                                                                    suitable plan are contained in the NFC.
                                                                                                    The protected elevator referred to in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(a) is intended to be used by firefighters as a means for
                                                                                                    evacuating persons with disabilities. It is not intended that this elevator be used by persons with disabilities as
                                                                                                    a means of egress without the assistance of firefighters.
                                                                                                    If an estimate is to be made of the number of persons with disabilities in a floor area who can be accommodated
                                                                                                    in each zone in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b), this estimate may be based on Table 3.8.2.3., which is used to determine the
                                                                                                    minimum number of spaces to be provided for people who use wheelchairs in fixed seating areas. If more
                                                                                                    precise information is available, it should be used for sizing the zones.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.7.(1)(b) Zones. The floor area on either side of a horizontal exit conforming to Article 3.4.6.10.
                                                                                                    may be considered as a zone in applying the requirements of Article 3.3.1.7.


                                                                                                    3-256 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                     A-3.3.2.10.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3) Protruding Building Elements in Paths of Travel. The term “protruding
                                                                                                    building elements” refers to elements regulated by this Code that are permanently affixed to the building and
                                                                                                    protrude into the path of travel.
                                                                                                    The sweep of a cane used by people with vision loss normally detects protruding building elements that are
                                                                                                    within 680 mm of the floor. Any protruding element above this height would not normally be detected and can,
                                                                                                    therefore, create a hazard if it projects more than 100 mm into the path of travel.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.12.(3) Movable Partitions. Should an emergency situation arise outside of normal working
                                                                                                    hours but when occupants are still in the space, they could be left without a clear way out. This could occur
                                                                                                    during inventory or after closing time when all occupants have not yet left, but staff close the door to prevent
                                                                                                    other persons from entering. In many small tenant areas, the movable partitions (store fronts) provide the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    only way out. There should always be a second way out or a swinging door within or adjacent to the sliding
                                                                                                    partitions.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.13.(4) Door Hardware. The permission to have additional door releasing devices is intended to
                                                                                                    allow the use of a security chain, night latch or dead bolt to supplement the normal door latching device. These
                                                                                                    are permitted for dwelling units and locations where guests in a hotel or motel require additional security.
                                                                                                    The height of these items is also governed by the maximum height stipulated in Sentence 3.3.1.13.(5) to ensure
                                                                                                    that they can be operated by persons with physical disabilities. This additional hardware should not require
                                                                                                    appreciable dexterity by the user and the general requirements on the ability to operate the device without the
                                                                                                    use of keys, special tools or specialized knowledge still apply.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.13.(6) Controlled Egress Doors. It is intended that Sentence 3.3.1.13.(6) apply to doors used
                                                                                                    at the perimeter of a contained use area or an impeded egress zone. If the contained use area consists of a single
                                                                                                    room, the requirements would apply to that room. In the case of individual cells within a contained use
                                                                                                    area, exterior keyed locks could be used on the cell doors consistent with the fire safety plan and continuous
                                                                                                    supervision by staff who can release the doors in an emergency.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.19.(1) Tactile Attention Indicators at Unenclosed Stairs and at Drop-off
                                                                                                    Edges. Stairs in open spaces, stairs from mezzanines, and stairs that are not separated from the floor area
                                                                                                    by an element, such as a door or gate, are examples of stairs that are unenclosed. Transit platforms and the
                                                                                                    edges of a reflecting pool are examples of locations with drop-off edges where tactile attention indicators
                                                                                                    should be installed.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.1.24.(1) Obstructions in Means of Egress. Obstructions including posts, counters or turnstiles
                                                                                                    should not be located in a manner that would restrict the width of a normal means of egress from a floor area
                                                                                                    or part of a floor area unless an alternative means of egress is provided adjacent to and plainly visible from
                                                                                                    the restricted means of egress.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.2.1.(2) Use of NFPA 101. The intention of Sentence (2) is to allow Code users the option of using
                                                                                                    NFPA 101, “Life Safety Code,” to address the following issues: means of egress; egress routes within assembly
                                                                                                    occupancies; aisles and access serving seating not at tables; guards and railings; life safety evaluation; and
                                                                                                    smoke-protected assembly seating. However, opting to use NFPA 101 under this application entails adherence
                                                                                                    to all the provisions listed in Sentence (2): it is not intended that Code users randomly select and apply a
                                                                                                    mix of provisions from both the NBC and the NFPA.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.2.4.(2) Tablet Arms. Although it is intended that the motion to raise the tablet arm be essentially a
                                                                                                    single fluid motion, it is acceptable that the motion be a compound motion of raising the tablet arm and
                                                                                                    including an articulation to allow the tablet to fall back alongside the arm rest.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.2.10. Installation Configurations of Handrails in Aisles with Steps. Figure A-3.3.2.10.
                                                                                                    illustrates possible installation configurations of handrails serving aisles with steps.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                     Division B 3-257
                                                                                                    A-3.3.3.1.(1)                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                            Centreline handrails                             Handrail at each row of seats




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       Aisle width of 1 100 mm or more                           Aisle width of less than 1 100 mm

                                                                                                                                              Aisles Serving Seating on Both Sides

                                                                                                                                                                                          Handrail at each row of seats
                                                                                                            Continuous side handrail                 Centreline handrails                 and a continuous side handrail




                                                                                                        Aisle width of less than 1 100 mm      Aisle width of 1 100 mm or more           Aisle width of 1 100 mm or more

                                                                                                                                              Aisles Serving Seating on One Side                                     EG01394A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.3.2.10.
                                                                                                     Handrail installation configurations


                                                                                                    A-3.3.3.1.(1) Safety in Care, Treatment and Detention Occupancies. Fire safety for patients
                                                                                                    in bedroom areas in hospitals and nursing homes with treatment is predicated on the ability of staff to carry
                                                                                                    out at all times essential life safety functions in accordance with the fire safety plan. Details for a plan are
                                                                                                    contained in the NFC.
                                                                                                    Many factors may affect the ability of staff to carry out life safety functions, including the mobility of patients
                                                                                                    who cannot fend for themselves and the built-in protection for patients who cannot be moved except under
                                                                                                    exceptional circumstances.
                                                                                                    Should a patient area in a hospital or nursing home with treatment contain factors which would increase the
                                                                                                    time normally required for staff to evacuate patients or to undertake other life safety measures, consideration
                                                                                                    should be given to providing additional fire protection measures to ensure that equivalent safety is available.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.3.4.(2) Doorway Width. The 1 050 mm minimum clear width of doorways accounts for door stops
                                                                                                    and, thus, is intended to allow for the use of 1 100 mm doors.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.3.5.(9) Intercommunicating Rooms. Rooms that are interconnected can include more than one
                                                                                                    sleeping room, together with ensuite toilet rooms, shower rooms, and storage closets used for the storage of
                                                                                                    personal items of the persons occupying the sleeping rooms. It is not intended that storage rooms for other
                                                                                                    purposes be included within the group of interconnected rooms.




                                                                                                    3-258 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                    A-3.3.6.2.(4)

                                                                                                    A-3.3.3.5.(13) Grilles and Louvres. In order to permit the supply of make-up air to compensate for the
                                                                                                    removal of exhaust air from these toilet rooms, shower rooms and similar spaces, it is permitted to incorporate
                                                                                                    grilles and louvres for the transfer of air provided the air movement cannot allow smoke to pass through these
                                                                                                    spaces to other parts of the building. It is considered that in normal designs the air is exhausted directly to
                                                                                                    the exterior and is not circulated. If air is to be circulated back to other parts of the building, smoke operated
                                                                                                    dampers should be included in the air circulating system.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.4.4.(1) Landing in Egress Stairway. A landing level used in an egress stairway from a
                                                                                                    dwelling unit is not considered to be a storey of that dwelling unit if the landing is used only for pedestrian
                                                                                                    travel purposes.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.3.4.5.(1) Automatic Locking Prohibited. Doors that must be manually reset to lock them when
                                                                                                    they are opened from the inside meet the intent of this requirement.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.6.1.(1) Design of Buildings Containing Dangerous Goods. Subsection 3.3.6. applies to the
                                                                                                    short- or long-term storage of products, whether raw or waste materials, goods in process, or finished goods.
                                                                                                    This Subsection does not deal with products or materials that are directly supplied to appliances, equipment
                                                                                                    or apparatus through piping, hose, ducts, etc. For example, the gas cylinders that are mounted on propane
                                                                                                    barbecues are not covered by Subsection 3.3.6.; they are considered to be “in use” as opposed to “in storage”
                                                                                                    and are not intended to be regulated by the storage requirements stated in the NFC.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.6.2.(2) Storage of Reactive Materials. Reactive materials include various classes of unstable or
                                                                                                    reactive dangerous goods, such as flammable solids, pyrophoric materials, oxidizers, corrosives, water-reactive
                                                                                                    substances and organic peroxides.
                                                                                                    In general, it is unsafe to store highly reactive oxidizers close to liquids with low flash points, combustible
                                                                                                    products or chemically incompatible products. Quantities of oxidizers or other dangerously reactive materials
                                                                                                    should therefore be limited and the storage area should be constructed of noncombustible materials, should be
                                                                                                    kept cool and ventilated, and should not impede egress.
                                                                                                    In some cases, depending on the quantity and nature of the oxidizing agent, normal fire protection measures
                                                                                                    (e.g. sprinklers, fire hose and extinguishers) are ineffective due to the self-yielding of oxygen by the oxidizing
                                                                                                    agent.
                                                                                                    When containers of highly reactive oxidizers become damaged or are exposed to excessive heat, humidity or
                                                                                                    contamination (e.g. sawdust, petroleum products, or other chemicals), a very violent fire or explosion can result.
                                                                                                    The following oxidizing substances, among others, are known to supply oxygen: organic and inorganic
                                                                                                    peroxides; pool chemicals (e.g. calcium hypochlorite, sodium dichloroisocyanurate); oxides; permanganates;
                                                                                                    perrhenates; chlorates; perchlorates; persulfates; organic and inorganic nitrates; bromates; iodates; periodates;
                                                                                                    perselenates; chromates, dichromates; ozone; perborates.
                                                                                                    When containers of dangerously reactive materials become damaged or are exposed to water or humidity, a
                                                                                                    flammable gas (such as hydrogen, ammonia or methane) or a toxic gas (such as hydrogen chloride, hydrogen
                                                                                                    bromide or phosphine) can be released.
                                                                                                    The following dangerously reactive materials, among others, are known to release a flammable gas in reaction
                                                                                                    to contact with water or humidity: alkali metals (e.g. sodium, potassium, cesium); reactive metals (e.g. zinc,
                                                                                                    aluminum, magnesium); metallic hydride (e.g. sodium borohydride, germanium tetrahydride, calcium
                                                                                                    hydride).
                                                                                                    The following dangerously reactive materials, among others, are known to release a toxic gas in reaction to
                                                                                                    contact with water or humidity: organic and inorganic chloride (e.g. phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus oxide
                                                                                                    trichloride, acetyl chloride); organic and inorganic bromide (e.g. phosphorus tribromide, aluminum tribromide,
                                                                                                    acetyl bromide).

                                                                                                    A-3.3.6.2.(4) Wiring and Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Locations. In addition to the
                                                                                                    general requirements of CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” special attention must be given to
                                                                                                    Sections 18, 20 and 22: Section 18 specifies wiring requirements for Class I, II and III hazardous locations;
                                                                                                    Section 20 provides specific requirements for areas where flammable or combustible liquids are stored or
                                                                                                    dispensed; Section 22 specifies wiring requirements for areas where corrosive liquids or vapours or excessive
                                                                                                    moisture are present.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-259
                                                                                                    A-3.3.6.4.(2)                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.3.6.4.(2) Explosion Venting in Hazardous Locations. When a flammable mixture of air and
                                                                                                    vapour/gas/dust is ignited and causes an explosion, the exothermic reaction results in the rapid expansion of
                                                                                                    heated gases and the corresponding pressure waves travel through the mixture at sonic or supersonic velocities.
                                                                                                    The pressures developed by an explosion very rapidly reach levels that most buildings and equipment cannot
                                                                                                    withstand unless specifically designed to do so. Explosion venting consists of devices designed to open at a
                                                                                                    predetermined pressure to relieve internal pressure build-up inside a room or enclosure, hence limiting the
                                                                                                    structural and mechanical damage.
                                                                                                    The major parameters to be considered in designing an explosion venting system for a building are:
                                                                                                      • the physical and chemical properties of the flammable air mixture, such as the particle size or the
                                                                                                         droplet diameter, the moisture content, the minimum ignition temperature and explosive concentration,
                                                                                                         the burning velocity or explosibility classification, the maximum explosion pressure and the rate of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         pressure rise,
                                                                                                      • the concentration and dispersion of the flammable mixture in the room,
                                                                                                      • the turbulence and physical obstructions in the room,
                                                                                                      • the size and shape of the room, the type of construction and its ability to withstand internal pressures, and
                                                                                                      • the type, size and location of relief panels, which should also be designed to reduce the possibility of
                                                                                                         injury to people in the immediate vicinity of the panels.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.6.5.(1) Measurement of Tire Storage Volume. The volume of tires in a storage area can be
                                                                                                    determined by measuring to the nearest 0.1 m the length, width and height of the piles or racks intended to
                                                                                                    contain the tires. In racks, the top shelf is assumed to be loaded to maximum possible height, while observing
                                                                                                    required clearances between structural elements and sprinklers.

                                                                                                    A-3.3.6.6.(6) Products Stored with Ammonium Nitrate. Copper and its alloys should not be used
                                                                                                    where they can come into contact with ammonium nitrate. The presence of copper represents the single biggest
                                                                                                    hazard with respect to the accidental detonation of ammonium nitrate during a fire.
                                                                                                    Steel and wood can be protected with special coatings such as sodium silicate, epoxy, or polyvinyl chloride.
                                                                                                    Asphalt and similar hydrocarbon-based roof coverings should not be used. Stored ammonium nitrate may
                                                                                                    become sensitized during a fire if such roof coverings melt and leak into the interior of the building, causing
                                                                                                    burning droplets to fall on the stored product.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.1.1.(1) Type of Exit Facility. The requirements for exits in Section 3.4. were developed for new
                                                                                                    construction. If alterations are made to an existing building or changes of occupancy occur, other design
                                                                                                    solutions than those in Section 3.4. may have to be developed to maintain an acceptable level of safety if it is
                                                                                                    not practicable to fully conform to the requirements of this Section. In some cases the use of fire escapes to
                                                                                                    supplement the existing exit facilities may be the only practicable solution. Because of the variety of conditions
                                                                                                    that may be encountered in existing buildings, it is difficult to standardize or codify such requirements.
                                                                                                    Alternative means of providing acceptable levels of safety may have to be tailored to the particular building
                                                                                                    design. In all cases, however, the requirements described in Section 3.4. are intended to provide the level
                                                                                                    of safety to be achieved. If alternative measures are used, they should develop the level of safety implied
                                                                                                    in these requirements.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.1.6.(2) Sleeping Area. Areas serving patients' sleeping rooms include sleeping areas and areas
                                                                                                    where patients are taken for treatment.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.2.3.(1) Least Distance Between Exits. The least distance measurement does not apply to each
                                                                                                    combination of exits on a multi-exit storey. It only applies to at least 2 of the required exits from that storey.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.3.2.(6) Evacuation of Interconnected Floor Space. This Sentence ensures that egress
                                                                                                    facilities allow for the simultaneous evacuation of all portions of an interconnected floor space. It does not
                                                                                                    contemplate the phased evacuation of occupants; thus in buildings where that type of evacuation is intended,
                                                                                                    fire protection requirements in addition to those prescribed in the Code may be necessary.
                                                                                                    In the first instance, this Sentence provides for cumulative exiting that can accommodate the efficient
                                                                                                    movement of all occupants in the exit stairs. Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(a) permits an alternative approach that will
                                                                                                    accommodate all the occupants in the stairs but will restrict the egress flow rate. Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(b) provides a
                                                                                                    second alternative that assumes the occupants must queue before entering the stair. A “protected floor space”
                                                                                                    conforming to Article 3.2.8.5. is intended to provide an intermediate area of safety that is protected from the


                                                                                                    3-260 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                       A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)

                                                                                                    hazards of the interconnected floor space. It does not provide a holding or refuge area for all occupants of a
                                                                                                    floor area for an extended period of time.
                                                                                                    To ensure that evacuation is not unduly delayed and that queuing of the occupants in the protected floor space
                                                                                                    can be accommodated, requires careful consideration in the design of the interface between the interconnected
                                                                                                    floor space/protected floor space/exit.
                                                                                                    It is not appropriate, for example, to share a common vestibule in complying with Sentences 3.2.8.4.(1)
                                                                                                    and 3.2.8.5.(1). Under evacuation conditions, occupants entering the vestibule would flow towards the exit, as
                                                                                                    opposed to the protected floor space, thus resulting in queuing outside the vestibule and potential exposure
                                                                                                    to fire. To comply with the intent, it is necessary to design the egress path such that the occupants enter the
                                                                                                    protected floor space through a vestibule, then in turn enter the exit stair from the protected floor space. In
                                                                                                    addition, sufficient space should be provided between the vestibule and the exit to allow for the queuing of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    occupants in the protected floor space.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.3.2.(6)(a) Temporary Safety Area. The objective of Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(a) is to provide an area of
                                                                                                    temporary safety in the exit stair shafts for the occupants of the interconnected floor space. This requirement
                                                                                                    is considered to be met if 0.3 m2 per person is provided in the stair shaft between the floor level served and
                                                                                                    the floor level immediately beneath it.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.3.4. Clear Height and Width. Clear height is intended to be measured from a line tangent to
                                                                                                    the nosings extended to the underside of the lowest element above the walking surface, over the clear width
                                                                                                    of the exit (see Figure A-3.4.3.4.). Examples of low elements above the walking surface include light fixtures
                                                                                                    or sprinkler heads and piping.
                                                                                                    Clear width is intended to be measured from a line tangent to horizontal protrusions such as handrails.


                                                                                                                                                                             clear width




                                                                                                                                 clear height
                                                                                                                                                                                 clear
                                                                                                                                                                                 height




                                                                                                                                                                                          EG00691A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.4.3.4.
                                                                                                     Measuring clear height


                                                                                                    A-3.4.4.2.(2)(e) Requirements for Lobby. If an exit is permitted to lead through a lobby, the lobby
                                                                                                    must provide a level of protection approaching that of the exit. As well as meeting the width and height
                                                                                                    requirements for exits, the lobby must be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation
                                                                                                    having a fire-resistance rating at least equal to that required for the exit, unless one of the exceptions in this
                                                                                                    Clause is applied.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c) Graphical Symbols for Exit Signs. ISO 7010, “Graphical symbols – Safety colours
                                                                                                    and safety signs – Registered safety signs,” identifies the following internationally recognized symbols for use
                                                                                                    at required exits.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 3-261
                                                                                                    A-3.4.5.1.(4)                                                                                           Division B




                                                                                                                                                                     GG00175A




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Figure A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)-A
                                                                                                     “Emergency exit left” (E001) symbol from ISO 7010




                                                                                                                                                                      GG00174A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)-B
                                                                                                     90-degree directional arrow (E005) from ISO 7010


                                                                                                    A-3.4.5.1.(4) Externally Illuminated Signs. An external lighting source is required to properly charge
                                                                                                    photoluminescent signs. These types of signs must be lit in conformance with the charging requirements
                                                                                                    indicated on the exit signs in accordance with CAN/ULC-S572, “Standard for Photoluminescent and
                                                                                                    Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems.”

                                                                                                    A-3.4.6. Application to Means of Egress. The requirements in Subsection 3.4.6. apply to interior
                                                                                                    and exterior exits, as well as to ramps, stairways and passageways used by the public as access to exit. The
                                                                                                    treads, risers, landings, handrails and guards for the latter access to exit facilities must thus be provided in
                                                                                                    conformance with the appropriate requirements for exit facilities.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.6.4. Dimensions of Landings. A landing is a floor area provided at the top or bottom of a flight
                                                                                                    of stairs or a ramp, or a platform built as part of a stairway or ramp. Landings provide a safe surface for users to
                                                                                                    rest upon, allow design flexibility, and facilitate a change in direction.
                                                                                                    Figure A-3.4.6.4. illustrates how to measure the length of a landing for various landing configurations turning
                                                                                                    less than 90°, including straight landings.




                                                                                                    3-262 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  A-3.4.6.4.



                                                                                                                                                   430 mm

                                                                                                                  required width = 860 mm            D                        required width = 900 mm
                                                                                                                                                              L1
                                                                                                                  L1 + L2 ≥ 860 mm                                            L1 + L2 ≥ 900 mm
                                                                                                                  D = 430 mm                                                  D = 450 mm                        450 mm
                                                                                                                                                         L2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       D
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           L1




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   L2

                                                                                                                                                                                900 mm
                                                                                                                            860 mm



                                                                                                                               Stairs within dwelling units                                            Public stairs




                                                                                                                                                                                       550 mm
                                                                                                                                  550 mm                                                   D
                                                                                                                                                                                                    L2
                                                                                                                                      D
                                                                                                                                              L2
                                                                                                                                                                                                  L1

                                                                                                                                            L1




                                                                                                                               1 100 mm                                                 2 000 mm


                                                                                                                           required width = 1 100 mm                                     required width = 2 000 mm
                                                                                                                           L1 + L2 ≥ 1 100 mm                                            L1 + L2 ≥ 1 100 mm
                                                                                                                           D = 550 mm                                                    D = 550 mm


                                                                                                                                     Exit ramp
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Wide stairs
                                                                                                                     (not part of a barrier-free path of travel)                                                            EG01397A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.4.6.4.
                                                                                                     Landing configurations
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-3.4.6.4.:
                                                                                                     (1)
                                                                                                            L1 + L2 = length of the landing
                                                                                                                    = the lesser of the required width of the stair or ramp, or 1 100 mm
                                                                                                         See Sentences 3.4.6.4.(2) and 9.8.6.3.(2).
                                                                                                     (2)
                                                                                                                  D = distance from the narrow edge where the length of the landing is measured
                                                                                                                    = half the required length of the landing
                                                                                                         See Sentences 3.4.6.4.(3) and 9.8.6.3.(3).




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                               Division B 3-263
                                                                                                    A-3.4.6.5.(4)                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.4.6.5.(4) Wider Stairs than Required. The intent of Sentence 3.4.6.5.(4) is that handrails be
                                                                                                    installed in relation to the required exit width only, regardless of the actual width of the stair and ramp. The
                                                                                                    required handrails are provided along the assumed natural path of travel to and from the building.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.6.5.(11) Termination of Handrails. Handrails should terminate at the wall, floor or post so
                                                                                                    as not to constitute a hazard to persons.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.6.10.(5) Door Swing. Although it is required that the door on the right hand side of a pair of doors
                                                                                                    shall swing in the direction of travel through the exit, the direction of swing of the door on the left side will
                                                                                                    depend on the function of the horizontal exit. If the horizontal exit provides for movement from one building to
                                                                                                    the adjacent building but does not require movement in the reverse direction, both doors must swing in the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    direction of travel to the adjacent building. If the design is based upon both buildings providing complementary
                                                                                                    movement in either direction, then the doors must swing in opposite directions. Location of a required exit sign
                                                                                                    directly above a door that swings in the direction of travel is deemed to meet the intent of Clause 3.4.6.10.(5)(b).

                                                                                                    A-3.4.6.11.(4)     Exit Concealment. Hangings or draperies placed over exit doors may conceal or obscure
                                                                                                    them.

                                                                                                        Exit Doors Concealed with Murals
                                                                                                        Some people with cognitive disabilities such as dementia are at risk of wandering away from the residence
                                                                                                        or healthcare facility in which they are being treated. To reduce this risk, some residences and healthcare
                                                                                                        facilities install special hardware on egress and exit doors that can only be operated by designated
                                                                                                        persons. This solution keeps residents/patients from wandering, but the doors can still trigger anxiety in
                                                                                                        residents/patients who may nevertheless try to leave the space through them, without success.
                                                                                                        Recent studies have shown that applying murals (of a landscape, for example) on exit and egress doors in
                                                                                                        these environments can help reduce anxiety in people with cognitive disabilities who tend to view them as
                                                                                                        a pleasant natural barrier rather than as a means of escape.
                                                                                                        Where this approach is implemented and the doors are not reasonably discernible, an alternative means
                                                                                                        of egress from the space should be provided. It is expected that the designers and authorities having
                                                                                                        jurisdiction will use judgement in determining whether or not an alternative means of egress is required.
                                                                                                        Where this approach is implemented, the murals should be applied with care so that they do not conceal
                                                                                                        or impair the operation of any fire and life safety systems installed nearby, including, but not limited to,
                                                                                                        exit signage, emergency lighting, fire alarm devices, sprinklers or door hardware. Egress and exit doors
                                                                                                        with murals should be reasonably discernible to residential care or healthcare staff who will be required
                                                                                                        to assist residents/patients in the event that the space must be evacuated, and to visitors who will be
                                                                                                        expected to evacuate on their own.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.6.16.(1) Fastening Device. Turnpieces of a type which must be rotated through an angle of more
                                                                                                    than 90° before releasing a locking bolt are not considered to be readily openable. The release of a locking bolt
                                                                                                    should allow the door to open without having to operate other devices on the door.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.6.16.(5) Electromagnetic Lock. Electromagnetic locks are intended for use where there is a need
                                                                                                    for security additional to that provided by traditional exit hardware. They are not intended for indiscriminate
                                                                                                    use as alternative locking devices. The design of these devices requires evaluation to ensure that their operation
                                                                                                    will be fail-safe in allowing exiting in the event of foreseeable emergencies. If more than one locking device is
                                                                                                    used in a building, it is expected that one switch will release and reset all devices simultaneously.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.6.16.(6) Electromagnetic Locks in Care and Treatment Occupancies. The installation
                                                                                                    of electromagnetic locks in care and treatment occupancies requires special provisions to address the
                                                                                                    compromised condition of residents and the nature of daily operations. Accordingly, to reduce the incidence of
                                                                                                    false operation by residents, transparent boxes that set off an audible signal when opened can be installed to
                                                                                                    cover the manual stations. Also, one optional additional release device (e.g. swipe card device, key pad) can be
                                                                                                    installed to facilitate the free movement of staff and visitors in the building.

                                                                                                    A-3.4.6.17.(1) Special Security for Doors. The need for security in banks and in mercantile
                                                                                                    occupancies requires the ability to use positive locking devices on doors that may not readily be opened from
                                                                                                    inside the building. In a fully sprinklered building, the risk to persons inside the building is substantially
                                                                                                    reduced. The provisions of Sentences 3.4.6.17.(2) to (9) assume that the area is illuminated and that a means of
                                                                                                    communication is available to any occupant during times that the doors are locked.


                                                                                                    3-264 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-3.6.5.6.(2)

                                                                                                    A-3.5.2.1.(1) Elevator Design. The reference to ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators
                                                                                                    and Escalators,” in this Sentence implies conformance with all requirements of that standard for elevator
                                                                                                    cars, hoistways, pits and machine rooms, including restrictions on other services in these areas and detailed
                                                                                                    design criteria.

                                                                                                    A-3.5.4.1.(1) Elevator Car Dimensions. In some circumstances it is necessary to maintain a patient on
                                                                                                    a stretcher in the prone position during transit to a hospital or to treatment facilities. Inclining the stretcher to
                                                                                                    load it into an elevator could be fatal or at the very least detrimental to the patient's health. Many ambulance
                                                                                                    services use a mobile patient stretcher whose size is 2 010 mm long and 610 mm wide. As well as space for the
                                                                                                    stretcher in the elevator, there should be sufficient additional space for at least two attendants who may also
                                                                                                    be providing treatment during transit.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.6.2.5.(1) Storage of Combustible Refuse and Recycling. Storage of refuse consisting of
                                                                                                    combustible materials including waste paper, cardboard and plastic, and noncombustible materials such as
                                                                                                    glass and metallic containers can be accumulated in these rooms for the purpose of recycling. The storage
                                                                                                    of hazardous materials destined for recycling may need to satisfy other requirements than those stated
                                                                                                    in Sentence 3.6.2.5.(1).

                                                                                                    A-3.6.2.7.(5) Explosion Relief. Examples of good engineering practice for this application can be found
                                                                                                    in NFPA 68, “Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting,” NFPA 69, “Standard on Explosion
                                                                                                    Prevention Systems,” and the NFPA “Fire Protection Handbook.”

                                                                                                    A-3.6.3.1.(1) Vertical Service Spaces. Sentence 3.6.3.1.(1) does not prohibit the internal subdivision
                                                                                                    of a vertical service space to allow different building services to be installed in physically separated spaces
                                                                                                    unless other requirements apply (see, for example, Sentences 3.2.7.10.(2) and (3)). Fire separation requirements
                                                                                                    apply to the perimeter of the group of service spaces. Article 3.6.3.3. has special requirements for linen chutes
                                                                                                    and refuse chutes.

                                                                                                    A-3.6.3.5. Grease Duct Enclosures. NFPA 96, “Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection
                                                                                                    of Commercial Cooking Operations,” presents two options for enclosing grease ducts for commercial
                                                                                                    cooking equipment: the first option is to use continuous fire-rated building component assemblies to enclose
                                                                                                    the ducts and the second one consists of installing proprietary, fire-rated, field-applied or factory-built
                                                                                                    grease duct assemblies in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. These types of enclosure
                                                                                                    assemblies are evaluated for their resistance to fire and their ability to protect adjacent combustibles through
                                                                                                    reduced clearances. Although NFPA 96 references other standards that deal with grease duct assemblies,
                                                                                                    Sentence 3.6.3.5.(2) requires that CAN/ULC-S144, “Standard Method of Fire Resistance Test – Grease Duct
                                                                                                    Assemblies,” be used to determine the fire-resistance rating of factory-built and field-applied grease duct
                                                                                                    assemblies.

                                                                                                    A-3.6.4.2.(2) Ceiling Membrane Rating. In construction assemblies that utilize membrane ceiling
                                                                                                    protection and have been assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of a fire test, the membrane is only one of
                                                                                                    the elements that contribute to the performance of the assembly and does not in itself provide the protection
                                                                                                    implied by the rating. For the fire-resistance rating of membrane materials used in this form of construction,
                                                                                                    reference should be made to the results of fire tests which have been conducted to specifically evaluate the
                                                                                                    performance of this element.

                                                                                                    A-3.6.5.6.(2) Clearance for Warm-Air Supply Ducts. Applicable to forced-air furnaces where
                                                                                                    permissible clearance C above plenum is 75 mm or less.




                                                                                                                                      C
                                                                                                                                                                        12 mm min.

                                                                                                                                            plenum                   supply duct
                                                                                                                                                             450 mm min.

                                                                                                                                                                                     EG01206A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.6.5.6.(2)
                                                                                                     Clearance for warm-air supply ducts


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-265
                                                                                                    A-3.6.5.6.(3)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.6.5.6.(3) Clearance for Warm-Air Supply Ducts. Applicable to forced-air furnaces where
                                                                                                    permissible clearance C above plenum is more than 75 mm but not more than 150 mm.


                                                                                                                                                                                 12 mm min.

                                                                                                                                     C


                                                                                                                                     plenum                             supply duct
                                                                                                                                                  1 800 mm min.
                                                                                                                                                                                      EG01207A




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Figure A-3.6.5.6.(3)
                                                                                                     Clearance for warm-air supply ducts


                                                                                                    A-3.6.5.6.(4) Clearance for Warm-Air Supply Ducts. Applicable to forced-air furnaces where
                                                                                                    permissible clearance C above plenum is more than 150 mm.


                                                                                                                                                                                  25 mm min.

                                                                                                                                                    150 mm min.
                                                                                                                                     C


                                                                                                                                                                        supply duct
                                                                                                                                    plenum                1 000 mm
                                                                                                                                                             min.
                                                                                                                                                  1 800 mm min.
                                                                                                                                                                                       EG01208A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.6.5.6.(4)
                                                                                                     Clearance for warm-air supply ducts


                                                                                                    A-3.7.2.1.(2) Washroom Units in Industrial Occupancies. Substations and parking garages are
                                                                                                    examples of industrial occupancies where staff presence may be permanent or may be intermittent. In the case
                                                                                                    of parking garages, the presence of occupants other than staff is transitory.

                                                                                                    A-3.7.2.2.(1) Water Closets. Sentence 3.7.2.2.(1) assumes that there will be a sufficient number of
                                                                                                    persons in the building to justify the provision of separate water closet facilities for both males and females.
                                                                                                    In some circumstances overall low occupant loads would not require more than one water closet for males
                                                                                                    and one water closet for females and yet the building has more than one storey. It is deemed that rooms each
                                                                                                    containing a single water closet available for both males and females would satisfy the intent of the Code. The
                                                                                                    total number of water closets must be adequate for the total number of occupants. Requirements for barrier
                                                                                                    free accessibility also need to be considered. If the entrance storey is accessible and the upper storeys are not
                                                                                                    required to be accessible, a room in the accessible storey must meet the requirements of Section 3.8. and can
                                                                                                    serve both males and females. If provided, a nonaccessible room, designed to serve both males and females, in
                                                                                                    each nonaccessible upper storey would be acceptable. Sentence 3.7.2.2.(2) permits a single water closet to serve
                                                                                                    both males and females if the total occupant load is low.

                                                                                                    A-3.8. Barrier-Free Design Principles. This Section contains minimum requirements for the design
                                                                                                    of buildings that accommodate people with diverse abilities, across their lifespan, including, but not limited
                                                                                                    to, people who use wheelchairs or other assistive mobility devices (e.g., walking aids, canes, crutches, braces,
                                                                                                    prosthetics), people with personal care providers, people with hearing or vision loss, and people with service
                                                                                                    animals, so they can access and use buildings.
                                                                                                    Examples of basic accessibility requirements of the Code are as follows:
                                                                                                      • a clear floor space of at least 800 mm by 1 350 mm,
                                                                                                      • a 1 000 mm clear width allowing a 90° turn,
                                                                                                      • a 2 100 mm diameter clear floor space allowing a 180° turn in one motion, and
                                                                                                      • a 1 700 mm diameter clear floor space allowing a 180° turn in multiple motions.


                                                                                                    3-266 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                 A-3.8.2.3.(2)(g)

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.1. Accessibility. Industrial buildings often pose a greater risk to their occupants due to the
                                                                                                    presence of significant quantities of dangerous materials or the use of hazardous processes. For example, plants
                                                                                                    which are classified as Group F, Division 2 or 3, may store and use toxic or highly flammable substances
                                                                                                    in significant quantities, or house processes which involve very high temperatures and which have a high
                                                                                                    degree of automation. In some facilities, particularly in primary industries such as forestry and metallurgy, the
                                                                                                    construction normally used and the operations carried out within the space can make compliance with the
                                                                                                    requirements of Section 3.8. impracticable. It is therefore intended that these requirements be applied with
                                                                                                    discretion in buildings of Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy. However, where industrial buildings
                                                                                                    contain subsidiary occupancies, such as offices or showrooms, it is reasonable to require that accessibility be
                                                                                                    provided in these spaces.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.2. Entrances. An accessible route should exist from the sidewalk or roadway and parking area
                                                                                                    to an accessible building entrance. This route should be located so that people do not have to pass behind
                                                                                                    parked cars.
                                                                                                    Article 3.8.2.2. applies to all entrances, including public and employee entrances, that provide access to a
                                                                                                    barrier-free storey. Doors that open onto exterior facilities that are only accessible from inside the building (e.g.,
                                                                                                    hotel pools) are not considered entrances in the context of Article 3.8.2.2.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.3. Access to Rooms and Facilities. If barrier-free access is required into suites or rooms in
                                                                                                    Subsection 3.8.2., it is intended that access be provided, with some exceptions identified in Sentence 3.8.2.3.(2),
                                                                                                    throughout each room or suite. Some examples of where barrier-free access is required are as follows:
                                                                                                       • within each suite (subject to Clauses 3.8.2.3.(2)(k) and (l)),
                                                                                                       • within rooms or areas that serve the public or are designated for use by visitors, including areas in
                                                                                                         assembly occupancies with fixed seats, display areas and merchandising departments,
                                                                                                       • within rooms or areas for student use in assembly occupancies,
                                                                                                       • within general work areas, including office areas,
                                                                                                       • within general use or general service areas, including shared laundry areas in residential occupancies,
                                                                                                         recreational areas, cafeterias, lounge rooms, lunch rooms and infirmaries,
                                                                                                       • within sleeping rooms in hospitals and nursing homes with treatment,
                                                                                                       • (if installed), into at least one passenger elevator or elevating device conforming to Articles 3.5.2.1.
                                                                                                         and 3.8.3.7.,
                                                                                                       • into washrooms described in Sentences 3.8.2.8.(1) to (4),
                                                                                                       • to any facility required by this Section to be designed to accommodate persons with physical disabilities,
                                                                                                       • onto every balcony provided in conformance with Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(c), and
                                                                                                       • to service counters used by the general public (examples include ticket counters, refreshment stands,
                                                                                                         drinking fountains, cafeteria counters, checkout counters and bank service counters).
                                                                                                    The permission to waive a barrier-free path of travel for wheelchair access to certain specified areas of a
                                                                                                    building is not intended to waive accessibility requirements for persons whose physical disabilities do not
                                                                                                    require special provision for access to raised or sunken levels. Persons with visual or hearing disabilities that do
                                                                                                    not require the use of a wheelchair can be expected to move throughout a building.
                                                                                                    Seating booths and banquettes in restaurants and bars are considered furniture, which is beyond the scope of the
                                                                                                    Code. However, various types of seating should be considered to ensure the availability of barrier-free options.
                                                                                                    The concept of wheelchair accessibility does not extend to building service facilities, nor to all floor levels
                                                                                                    within a storey, e.g., mezzanines not served by an elevator. Mezzanines that are accessible by an elevator are
                                                                                                    therefore not excluded.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.3.(2)(g) Access to Facilities on a Floor Level other than the Entrance
                                                                                                    Level. Subclauses 3.8.2.3.(2)(g)(ii) to (iv) are intended to exempt certain storeys other than the entrance
                                                                                                    level—including basements and mezzanines that are less than 600 m2 in floor area or 100 m2 or less in floor area
                                                                                                    in assembly occupancies, that are self-contained, or that contain the same facilities as the entrance level— from
                                                                                                    the requirement to have a barrier-free path of travel. Examples of buildings and spaces to which this exemption
                                                                                                    may apply are small office buildings with additional workspaces on the second storey and small restaurants
                                                                                                    with a second storey that contains only additional seating. However, if a restaurant's only washrooms are in the
                                                                                                    basement, they must have a barrier-free path of travel as they are an integral part of the principal function
                                                                                                    of the first storey. Similarly, staff lunchrooms and washrooms are also integral to the principal function of a
                                                                                                    restaurant; as such, if they are located in a floor area such as a second storey, basement or mezzanine that
                                                                                                    contains essential facilities as described in Subclause 3.8.2.3.(2)(g)(iii), they must have a barrier-free path
                                                                                                    of travel for potential employees with disabilities.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 3-267
                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.3.(4)                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                    Where a building contains more than one floor level, other than the entrance level, each floor level should be
                                                                                                    considered individually when determining the floor area for the purposes of Subclauses 3.8.2.3.(2)(g)(ii)
                                                                                                    and (iv). Mezzanines should be considered as a floor level other than the entrance level.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.3.(4) Waiting Areas with Fixed Seats. Many types of buildings have waiting areas, such as
                                                                                                    airports, hospitals, and government office buildings. Waiting areas should have a sufficient number of spaces
                                                                                                    designated for persons using wheelchairs so they can use the waiting area without blocking any means of egress.
                                                                                                    The number of people using wheelchairs is typically much higher in treatment occupancies than in other types
                                                                                                    of occupancies. Designers should consider adding more designated wheelchair spaces in waiting areas than
                                                                                                    the numbers indicated in Table 3.8.2.3. in occupancies where a higher number of persons using wheelchairs
                                                                                                    is expected due to the types of services provided.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4) Distribution of Adaptable Seats, Designated
                                                                                                    Wheelchair Spaces, and Mobility Aid Storage Spaces in Assembly Occupancies.


                                                                                                                                                     accessible path of travel




                                                                                                                                                     accessible path of travel



                                                                                                                                                                 stage




                                                                                                                fixed seat
                                                                                                                                                                                   designated wheelchair space
                                                                                                               adaptable seat not on accessible path of travel
                                                                                                                                                                                   mobility aid storage space
                                                                                                               adaptable seat on accessible path of travel
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     EG02803A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4)
                                                                                                     Example of distribution of adaptable seats, designated wheelchair spaces, and mobility aid storage spaces in an auditorium




                                                                                                    3-268 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-3.8.2.5.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.4.(1) Access to Storeys Served by Escalators and Moving Walks. In some buildings,
                                                                                                    escalators and inclined moving walks are installed to provide transportation from one floor level to another
                                                                                                    floor level so as to increase the capacity to move large numbers of persons. Some buildings located on a
                                                                                                    sloping site are accessible from street level on more than one storey and an escalator or inclined moving walk
                                                                                                    is provided for internal movement from floor to floor. In both these situations, people must be provided
                                                                                                    with an equally convenient means of moving between the same floor levels within the building. This may be
                                                                                                    accomplished by providing elevators, platform-equipped passenger-elevating devices, or ramps, for example.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.5. Parking Areas. In localities where local regulations or bylaws do not govern the provision
                                                                                                    of or dimensions of barrier-free parking spaces, the following provides guidance to determine appropriate
                                                                                                    provisions. If more than 50 parking spaces are provided, parking spaces for use by persons with physical
                                                                                                    disabilities should be provided in the ratio of one for every 100 parking spaces or part thereof. Parking spaces




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    for use by persons with physical disabilities should
                                                                                                      (1) be not less than 2 400 mm wide and provided on one side with an access aisle not less than 1 500 mm wide,
                                                                                                      (2) have a firm, slip-resistant and level surface,
                                                                                                      (3) be located close to an entrance required to conform to Article 3.8.2.2.,
                                                                                                      (4) be clearly marked as being for the use of persons with physical disabilities, and
                                                                                                      (5) be identified by a sign located not less than 1 500 mm above ground level, with the International Symbol
                                                                                                          of Access and the words “Permit Required” (Figure A-3.8.2.5.-A).




                                                                                                                                                          PERMIT
                                                                                                                                                         REQUIRED
                                                                                                                                                                    EG01209A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.2.5.-A
                                                                                                     “Permit Required” sign




                                                                                                                                                  2400

                                                                                                                                           3900


                                                                                                                                                  1500




                                                                                                                                                  2400


                                                                                                                                                                               GG00048C


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.2.5.-B
                                                                                                     Shared access aisle


                                                                                                    Asphalt, concrete and gravel are acceptable parking surfaces. Curb ramps should be not less than 920 mm wide.
                                                                                                    Parallel parking spaces should be not less than 7 000 mm long. If more than one parking space is provided for


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                   Division B 3-269
                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2)                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                    persons with physical disabilities, a single access aisle can serve two adjacent parking spaces. The arrangement
                                                                                                    shown in Figure A-3.8.2.5.-B allows the shared use of an access aisle to serve two adjacent parking spaces
                                                                                                    provided for use by persons with physical disabilities.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2) Exterior Barrier-Free Paths of Travel. The intent of Sentences 3.8.2.5.(1)
                                                                                                    and (2) is to ensure that exterior barrier-free paths of travel are readily available so that persons of all abilities
                                                                                                    can move to and from a building with minimal effort and in a manner that minimizes the total distance
                                                                                                    required to be travelled.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.6.(1) Application to Security Access Systems. Sentence 3.8.2.6.(1) is not intended to
                                                                                                    reduce the functionality of security devices that limit access to secure areas and are addressed by other Sections




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    of the NBC.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.7.(1)(b) Power Door Operators for Interior Doors. It is not intended that all doors located
                                                                                                    in a barrier-free path of travel be equipped with a power door operator, but rather those that are located within
                                                                                                    public areas of the building, such as public corridors or corridors used by the public. Doors of suites served by a
                                                                                                    public area do not need to be equipped with a power door operator.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.7.(3) Barrier-Free Entrances with Multiple Doorways. In selecting which doorway to
                                                                                                    equip with a power door operator as required by Sentence 3.8.2.7.(3), consideration should be given to the
                                                                                                    location of barrier-free paths of travel, to the ease of access, and to minimizing congestion.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4) Accessible and Universal Washrooms. A universal washroom is an accessible
                                                                                                    space providing privacy for one person and their care attendant(s), regardless of their gender. It is intended
                                                                                                    that a universal washroom be available in close proximity to each bank of washrooms in a floor area. In
                                                                                                    the case where only one water closet is provided, a universal washroom would satisfy the requirement
                                                                                                    of Sentence 3.8.2.8.(1).
                                                                                                    Figure A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4) presents examples of washroom floor plan combinations that include men's, women's,
                                                                                                    accessible and universal washrooms.




                                                                                                               men’s

                                                                                                             washroom                                women’s washroom


                                                                                                              universal
                                                                                                              washroom                 accessible
                                                                                                                                       stall
                                                                                                                                                                                              universal
                                                                                                                                                                                              washroom

                                                                                                             women’s
                                                                                                            washroom
                                                                                                                                                 men’s washroom      universal
                                                                                                                                                                     washroom




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG02802A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4)
                                                                                                     Washroom floor plan options that include accessible and universal washrooms




                                                                                                    3-270 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                   A-3.8.3.2.(2)

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.8.(13) Universal Dressing and Shower Rooms. A universal dressing and shower room is a
                                                                                                    barrier-free space that contains a shower and a space for dressing for one person and their care attendant(s) and
                                                                                                    provides privacy, regardless of gender.
                                                                                                    It is intended that a universal dressing and shower room be available within close proximity to each bank of
                                                                                                    showers in a floor area. In cases where only one shower is provided, a universal dressing and shower room
                                                                                                    would satisfy the requirement.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.8.(15) Accessible Change Spaces. The intent of Sentence 3.8.2.8.(15) is to ensure that in large
                                                                                                    major occupancies, such as large shopping malls, public pools and libraries, occupants who may need assistance
                                                                                                    with personal hygiene will have access to an accessible change space that can be found in a consistent location.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Universal washrooms containing an accessible change space should be located so that they are available
                                                                                                    to the public when the large major occupancy is occupied. A suitable location could be in the lobby of a
                                                                                                    building housing the large major occupancy that remains open during that major occupancy's business hours,
                                                                                                    for example.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.9.(2) Assistive Listening Systems and Adaptive Technologies. The intent of
                                                                                                    Sentence 3.8.2.9.(2) is to require that at least one counter with an assistive listening system or adaptive
                                                                                                    technology be provided at each group of service counters providing the same exchange of information, goods
                                                                                                    or services. For example, in a stadium with ticket counters at multiple building entrances, at least one ticket
                                                                                                    counter at each entrance should be equipped with an assistive listening system or adaptive technology.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.10.(4) Directional Signage. The NBC requires that directional signs be provided in a number
                                                                                                    of situations. Although they are only required to provide visual information, tactile directional signs should
                                                                                                    also be provided where practicable.
                                                                                                    In some buildings, it may be necessary to supplement signs that provide visual and tactile information with
                                                                                                    visual displays, such as information displays and electronic interactive displays (e.g., wayfinding, exhibits and
                                                                                                    self-serve points-of-sale). Visual displays are common in motion picture theatres, law courts, exhibition halls,
                                                                                                    passenger stations/depots, museums, conference facilities, shops, stores and markets.
                                                                                                    Wherever practicable, visual displays should be designed so that they are accessible to all people. In order to be
                                                                                                    accessible to people with low vision, visually displayed information should also be audibly communicated,
                                                                                                    either electronically or orally. Where touch screens are installed, an alternative means of accessing the
                                                                                                    information should be provided, for example by providing tactile buttons on an interactive display or by
                                                                                                    ensuring an attendant is always available to assist customers or visitors. Visual displays should also be
                                                                                                    accessible to people who use mobility devices. The degree of operability should accommodate people using a
                                                                                                    wide range of mobility devices (e.g., wheelchairs, scooters, walkers, canes) and people with a wide range of
                                                                                                    arm and hand mobility. Approach side, mounting height above the finished floor, amount of knee space, types
                                                                                                    of controls and the ability to reach them are particularly important considerations.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.2.11.(1) Counters with Work Surfaces. It is not intended that all counters be barrier-free, but
                                                                                                    that sufficient barrier-free counter space be available. Examples of counters that should be barrier-free include
                                                                                                    check-in counters and those in financial institutions and reception areas as well as any counter at which
                                                                                                    processing and signing of documents takes place. The provision is not intended to apply to work surfaces in
                                                                                                    industrial occupancies.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.1.(1) Barrier-free Design Standards. Code users who opt to apply the provisions of CSA
                                                                                                    B651, “Accessible design for the built environment,” listed in Table 3.8.3.1. must do so without exception: they
                                                                                                    cannot randomly select and apply a mix of provisions from the NBC and that standard.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.2.(2) Reduction in Clear Width of Barrier-Free Path of Travel. Figure A-3.8.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                    presents schematic examples of barrier-free paths of travel with a section whose clear width is reduced as
                                                                                                    permitted by Sentence 3.8.3.2.(2).




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                     Division B 3-271
                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.2.(3)                                                                                                                                   Division B


                                                                                                              ≥ 850 mm                                        ≥ 850 mm                         ≤ 600 mm         ≥ 850 mm                           ≤ 600 mm



                                                                                                              ≤ 600 mm


                                                                                                                                    ≥ 1 500 mm                                    ≥ 1 500 mm                                          ≥ 1 500 mm
                                                                                                             ≥ 1 000 mm                                       ≥ 1 000 mm                                        ≥ 1 000 mm




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       clear floor space
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     EG02101A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.2.(2)
                                                                                                     Barrier-free paths of travel with a reduced clear-width section


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.2.(3) Surfaces in a Barrier-free Path of Travel. Floor finishes, including walk-off matts
                                                                                                    and carpet, should be selected, installed and securely fixed to provide a firm and stable surface so that people,
                                                                                                    including those who use mobility aids, can easily travel over them without tripping or expending undue
                                                                                                    energy. Other than very high-density, short-pile carpeting, most carpeting does not meet these criteria.
                                                                                                    Furthermore, where the path of travel is exposed to intense light conditions, such as daylight or directional
                                                                                                    lighting, a low-glare or matte floor surface should be selected, as glare from floor surfaces can influence all
                                                                                                    users' perception, particularly those with vision loss. For the same reasons, heavily patterned flooring should
                                                                                                    also be avoided.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.2.(6) Wheelchair-Turning Space. Sentence 3.8.3.2.(6) presents three options for the design of
                                                                                                    clear floor spaces at the end of long narrow sections of barrier-free paths of travel to allow persons using a
                                                                                                    wheelchair to turn around instead of having to back up.
                                                                                                    Figure A-3.8.3.2.(6) illustrates one possible configuration of a T-shaped wheelchair-turning space.


                                                                                                                                                                           ≥ 1 700 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                                                         ≥ 1 000 mm

                                                                                                                                                 ≥ 1 500 mm   ≥ 300 mm                                     ≥ 300 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                                ≥ 500 mm


                                                                                                                                                                           ≥ 1 000 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG02800A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.2.(6)
                                                                                                     T-shaped wheelchair-turning space




                                                                                                    3-272 Division B                                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              A-3.8.3.6.(2)

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.5.(1)(b) Ramp Slopes. Ramps with a slope of more than 1 in 16 can be very difficult for persons
                                                                                                    with physical disabilities with upper body mobility to manage. Even though they pose less of a problem for
                                                                                                    persons in motorized wheelchairs, these ramps can be unsafe to descend, especially in cold climates. Although
                                                                                                    Article 3.8.3.5. permits slopes on ramps as great as 1 in 12 for distances of up to 9 m, slopes of 1 in 20 are safer
                                                                                                    and less strenuous. When limited space is available, as may be the case during renovations, ramps with a slope
                                                                                                    of up to 1 in 12 should be restricted to lengths not exceeding 3 m whenever possible. A strip contrasting in
                                                                                                    colour and texture should be used at the top and bottom of ramps to warn persons with low or no vision.
                                                                                                    The phrase “uniform slope along its length” is intended to mean that the slope remains constant along the
                                                                                                    length of individual ramp segments.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.5.(1)(c)      Landing Design at Doorways Leading to Ramps.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                              1 700 mm min.

                                                                                                                                                                                              300 mm min.



                                                                                                                                                         600 mm min.


                                                                                                                                                                       1 700 mm min.
                                                                                                                              1 700 mm min.
                                                                                                                  ramp

                                                                                                                                                                                       1 700 mm min.




                                                                                                                                                                                                ramp


                                                                                                                                                                                                               EG01211A



                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.5.(1)(c)
                                                                                                     Landing design at doorways leading to ramps


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.5.(4)(a) Surface of Ramps. Sentence 3.8.3.2.(3) requires that all walking surfaces in a
                                                                                                    barrier-free path of travel be stable and firm to limit the effort required by persons using wheelchairs or other
                                                                                                    mobility aids. Therefore, Sentence 3.8.3.5.(4) requires that hard or resilient flooring be used on the surfaces of
                                                                                                    steeper ramps. Furthermore, carpet and like materials should not be installed on any ramp.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(2) Doorway Width. Standard wheelchair width specifications indicate a range of sizes from
                                                                                                    584 mm overall to 685 mm overall. Every doorway that is located in a barrier-free path of travel must have a
                                                                                                    clear width of not less than 850 mm when the door is in the open position and therefore it is important that this
                                                                                                    dimension be measured correctly. Figure A-3.8.3.6.(2) shows a door opened to 90°. It is clear that the door,
                                                                                                    and to a lesser extent the stop, impinges on the space within the door frame. The clear width of not less than
                                                                                                    850 mm is measured from the face of the door to the outside edge of the stop on the door frame. It is not
                                                                                                    sufficient just to measure the inside width of the door frame. Other factors should be taken into account,
                                                                                                    including the location of door stops other than on the door frame, and the installation of door closers and exit
                                                                                                    devices, even if they do not span the width of the entire door. The intrusion of a door handle into the space
                                                                                                    is of lesser importance. It is recognized that there are many types of door frames and door mounts, but the
                                                                                                    overall objective is to maintain a clear width of not less than 850 mm.
                                                                                                    The diagram depicts a somewhat restrictive scenario, as many doors can open wider than 90° to ensure the
                                                                                                    minimum clear width of 850 mm that is required.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division B 3-273
                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(3)                                                                                                         Division B




                                                                                                                                                  exit device                             600 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                          minimum



                                                                                                                                                                              stop
                                                                                                                                                                Clear width with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                   exit device

                                                                                                                                                                Clear width with     300 mm
                                                                                                                                                                 no exit device      minimum




                                                                                                                                                                                                    EG01210A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.6.(2)
                                                                                                     Clear doorway width


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(3) Washrooms in Residential Occupancies. This requirement ensures that the doorway
                                                                                                    to the washroom in a dwelling unit or a hotel or motel suite is at least large enough to accommodate someone
                                                                                                    using a wheelchair. The Code does not require these washrooms to be barrier-free, in order to avoid a set of
                                                                                                    prescriptive requirements which could limit design flexibility. It is relatively simple to make washrooms
                                                                                                    accessible through careful planning and positioning of fixtures and this can be achieved in an area not much
                                                                                                    larger than that of conventional washrooms.




                                                                                                                                   900 mm   900                                      900 mm
                                                                                                                                             mm                                               900 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                                               GG00051A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.6.(3)
                                                                                                     Residential washrooms


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(4) Lever Handles. Lever handles are usable by most people and will meet the intent of
                                                                                                    this requirement. Lever handles with an end return towards the door are less prone to catch the clothing of
                                                                                                    someone passing through the doorway.




                                                                                                    3-274 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                     A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16)

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(6) and (7) Doors with Power Operators. Doors equipped with a power operator actuated
                                                                                                    by a pressure plate identified with the International Symbol of Access or, where security is required, by a key,
                                                                                                    card or radio transmitter, and that can otherwise be opened manually, meet the intent of the requirement. The
                                                                                                    location of these actuating devices should ensure that a wheelchair will not interfere with the operation of the
                                                                                                    door once it is actuated. Swinging doors equipped with power operators which are actuated automatically
                                                                                                    and open into passing pedestrian traffic should be provided with a guard or other device designed to prevent
                                                                                                    pedestrians from stepping in the swing area of the door. These guards or devices should be detectable by blind
                                                                                                    persons. For example, inverted U-shaped guards should have an additional rail at a height not more than
                                                                                                    680 mm so that it is detectable by the long cane. These doors should also have a device (mat or other sensor) on
                                                                                                    the swing side to prevent the door from opening if someone is standing in the swing area.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(9) Air Pressure Differences. Differences in air pressure on opposite sides of a door may
                                                                                                    be due to the operation of mechanical systems such as those associated with smoke control. So-called “stack
                                                                                                    action” in buildings in winter can also cause differential pressures due to the buoyancy of warm air. Stack
                                                                                                    action is usually most noticeable between stairwells and the remainder of the building, and at the entrances
                                                                                                    to buildings; the taller the building, the greater the effect. Doors with automatic closers have to operate with
                                                                                                    sufficient opening force to allow the return action to overcome the differential pressure.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(10) Delayed Action on Door Closers. In some circumstances, closers with a delay feature
                                                                                                    which keeps the door open for several seconds before it begins to close might be desirable. However, closers
                                                                                                    with this feature have limited back-check, a feature of a normal door closer where resistance to opening
                                                                                                    increases as the door reaches the full arc of swing. Doors equipped with a delayed action closer are therefore
                                                                                                    more susceptible to damage should the door be opened with too much force or should someone try to force
                                                                                                    it closed, thinking the closer has failed to operate. Delayed action closers are not recommended for such
                                                                                                    occupancies as schools.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(11) Clearance at Doorways. Sufficient clearance must be provided on the latch side
                                                                                                    of doors for a user to operate the door-opening mechanism and open the door without interference
                                                                                                    from the wheelchair. This is particularly important for a door swinging towards the approach side. See
                                                                                                    Figure A-3.8.3.6.(11).




                                                                                                                                    600 mm                                         300 mm


                                                                                                                                                                                    GG00052A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.6.(11)
                                                                                                     Doorway clearance


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16) Minimum Clear Floor Space at Doors in a Barrier-Free Path of
                                                                                                    Travel. Figure A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16) presents schematic examples of the minimum clear floor space required
                                                                                                    at doors in a barrier-free path of travel.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                     Division B 3-275
                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(17)                                                                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                                             Without a Power Door Operator                                                              With a Power Door Operator




                                                                                                                                                                  ≥ 1 500 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ≥ 1 500 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                              ≥ 1 700 mm




                                                                                                             Inward Swinging Door
                                                                                                                                       ≥ 1 700 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               ≥ 1 000 mm



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              ≥ 1 500 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                         ≥ 1 500 mm




                                                                                                                                                                               ≥ 1 500 mm




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              ≥ 1 000 mm
                                                                                                                                            ≥ 1 700 mm




                                                                                                            Outward Swinging Door
                                                                                                                                                  ≥ 1 500 mm                                                ≥ 1 500 mm                    ≥ 1 500 mm                               ≥ 1 500 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             ≥ 1 000 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ≥ 1 000 mm
                                                                                                                                     ≥ 1 200 mm                                             ≥ 1 200 mm




                                                                                                                                                           ≥ 1 500 mm                                       ≥ 1 500 mm                       ≥ 1 500 mm
                                                                                                              Sliding Door                                                                                                                                                          ≥ 1 500 mm
                                                                                                                                     ≥ 1 200 mm                                             ≥ 1 200 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           ≥ 1 000 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ≥ 1 000 mm



                                                                                                                                    clear floor space
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EG02804A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16)
                                                                                                     Minimum clear floor space required at doors in a barrier-free path of travel


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.6.(17) Public Area. In the context of Sentence 3.8.3.6.(17), “public area” is intended to refer to a
                                                                                                    suite, room or area that is generally open to building occupants, such as a cafeteria, lounge room, washroom or
                                                                                                    office, but is not intended to include a space such as a janitor's room, service space or service room.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.8.(1)(c) Controls with Feedback Signals. Security access systems are a typical example
                                                                                                    of systems that have controls that provide feedback signals, such as illumination and an audible cue, which
                                                                                                    should be accessible to all users.




                                                                                                    3-276 Division B                                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            A-3.8.3.9.(3)

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2)        Visual and Tactile Information Signs.



                                                                                                                                                     300 mm            300 mm
                                                                                                                                                     maximum           maximum
                                                                                                                                  visual
                                                                                                                                   sign              tactile           tactile and
                                                                                                                                                      sign             visual sign




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                              1 500 mm                       1 500 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                                300 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                maximum
                                                                                                                                                                       visual
                                                                                                                                                                        sign                    tactile
                                                                                                                                                                                                 sign




                                                                                                                                                                                       1 500 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                                           EG02801A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2)
                                                                                                     Positioning of visual and tactile information signs on and near doors


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.9.(3) Accessibility Signs. The International Symbol of Access shown in Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-A
                                                                                                    indicates to persons with physical disabilities that they will have reasonable freedom of movement within a
                                                                                                    building so signed. The symbol is usually white on a blue background; where these colours do not stand out,
                                                                                                    the sign can be set on a white background. An arrow can be added to indicate direction or the location of
                                                                                                    an accessible space or facility.




                                                                                                                                                                                     GG00049B


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-A
                                                                                                     Signs indicating accessible facilities


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                              Division B 3-277
                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d)                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                    The International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss shown in Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-B, which indicates
                                                                                                    accessibility for persons with hearing loss, should be used to indicate the availability of variable volume
                                                                                                    controls on telephones, assistive listening systems, and text telephones (TT). These latter devices may also be
                                                                                                    referred to as teletypewriters (TTY) or telecommunications devices for the deaf (TDD).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                       GG00050A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-B
                                                                                                     Signs for assistive listening facilities


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d)           Water-Bottle Filling Stations.




                                                                                                                            operating height
                                                                                                                            1 200 mm max.




                                                                                                                                                       clear foor space
                                                                                                                                                                                   1 350 mm
                                                                                                                              800 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                                EG02812A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d)
                                                                                                     Clear floor space and operating height requirements for water-bottle filling stations


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.12.(1)(b) Lateral Transfer Space on Alternate Sides of Water Closet. The lateral
                                                                                                    transfer space required by Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(b) should be provided on the right side in one accessible stall or
                                                                                                    universal washroom and on the left side in another so that users can choose the facility with a transfer space
                                                                                                    on the side they prefer to use.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(v) Water-closet Stalls. Doors to water-closet stalls for persons with physical
                                                                                                    disabilities should swing outward, preferably against a side wall.




                                                                                                    3-278 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                               A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)




                                                                                                                                                                                                       1 700 mm min.
                                                                                                                                                          1 700 mm min.




                                                                                                                                      1 700 mm min.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         clear floor
                                                                                                                                                           clear floor space                                           space at inward
                                                                                                                                                               in front of                                              swinging door
                                                                                                                                                            accessible stall
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       1 500 mm min.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                               900 mm min.




                                                                                                                                                                  1 500 mm min.
                                                                                                                                                         clear
                                                                                                                                                        lateral
                                                                                                                                                      transfer
                                                                                                                                                        space




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             EG01214C


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(v)
                                                                                                     Water-closet stalls


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi) Door Pulls. The door pull should consist of a D-shaped handle mounted
                                                                                                    horizontally. The centre lines are the lines drawn through the long axis and the short axis of the handle. The
                                                                                                    midpoint of the handle must be located horizontally at 200 to 300 mm from the hinged side of the door and
                                                                                                    vertically at 800 to 1 000 mm above the finished floor surface.




                                                                                                                                                                                   200 to
                                                                                                                                                                                  300 mm      800 to

                                                                                                                                                                                            1 000 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG01215C


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)-A
                                                                                                     Door pull location




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                                      Division B 3-279
                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.12.(1)(f)(ii)                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                                                                 Midpoint




                                                                                                                                                        Min. 140 mm




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                            EG01216A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)-B
                                                                                                     Door pull details


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.12.(1)(f)(ii) Additional Grab Bars. It is the designer's prerogative to exceed the minimum
                                                                                                    requirements found in the NBC and specify the installation of additional grab bars in other locations. These
                                                                                                    additional grab bars may be of different configurations and can be installed in other orientations.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.13. Clear Floor Space in Universal Washrooms. Unobstructed areas in front of the
                                                                                                    lavatory, in front of the water closet and on one side of the water closet are necessary for maneuverability of a
                                                                                                    wheelchair. Although outward swinging doors are preferable for accessibility, inward swinging doors are also
                                                                                                    permitted. Figures A-3.8.3.13.-A and A-3.8.3.13.-B show design options that meet the intent of Article 3.8.3.13.




                                                                                                        clear lateral transfer space
                                                                                                        at least 1 500 mm long and
                                                                                                        900 mm wide next to water
                                                                                                        closet(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                   clear floor space at least 1 350 mm
                                                                                                        open space for turning at
                                                                                                                                                                                   long and 800 mm wide in front of
                                                                                                        least 1 700 mm in diameter(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                   lavatory(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                   clear floor space at least 1 500 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                   long and 1 000 mm wide at
                                                                                                                                                                                   power-operated outward swinging
                                                                                                                                                                                   door(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               EG02809A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.13.-A
                                                                                                     Universal washroom with outward swinging door
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-3.8.3.13.-A:
                                                                                                     (1) See Article 3.8.3.12.
                                                                                                     (2) See Article 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                     (3) See Article 3.8.3.16.
                                                                                                     (4) See Article 3.8.3.6.


                                                                                                    3-280 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                          A-3.8.3.14.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       clear lateral transfer space
                                                                                                       at least 1 500 mm long and
                                                                                                       900 mm wide next to water
                                                                                                       closet(1)                                                         clear floor space at least 1 350 mm
                                                                                                                                                                         long and 800 mm wide in front of
                                                                                                       open space for turning at                                         lavatory(3)
                                                                                                       least 1 700 mm in diameter(2)
                                                                                                                                                                          clear floor space at least 1 500 mm
                                                                                                                                                                          long and 1 000 mm wide at
                                                                                                                                                                          power-operated inward swinging
                                                                                                                                                                          door(4)
                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG02810A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.13.-B
                                                                                                     Universal washroom with inward swinging door
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-3.8.3.13.-B:
                                                                                                     (1) See Article 3.8.3.12.
                                                                                                     (2) See Article 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                     (3) See Article 3.8.3.16.
                                                                                                     (4) See Article 3.8.3.6.


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.14.(1) Water Closets. Wall- or floor-mounted water closets with recessed bases are preferable
                                                                                                    because they provide the least amount of obstruction.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                               Division B 3-281
                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e)                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e)     Clearances Beneath a Lavatory.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                             735 mm
                                                                                                                                                          685 mm


                                                                                                                                                                            230 mm



                                                                                                                                                      200 mm

                                                                                                                                                       280 mm

                                                                                                                                                                   430 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                      GG00053B



                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e)
                                                                                                     Clearances beneath a lavatory


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.16.(1)(f) Pipe Protection. The pipes referred to in Clause 3.8.3.16.(1)(f) include both supply
                                                                                                    and waste pipes. The hazard can be prevented by insulating the pipes, by locating the pipes in enclosures, or
                                                                                                    avoided by limiting the temperature of the hot water to a maximum of 45°C.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.16.(1)(g) Soap Dispenser Location. The location of accessories, such as soap dispensers
                                                                                                    and faucets, serving barrier-free lavatories should be established while taking into consideration that their
                                                                                                    controls must be usable by and within the direct reach of a person in a seated position directly in front of
                                                                                                    the accessible lavatory.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.17.(1)(b) Clear Space at Entrances to Showers. The clear space at the entrance to a
                                                                                                    shower may be encroached upon by fixtures such as a wall hung sink which does not interfere with the leg
                                                                                                    rests of the wheelchair. However, this sink could restrict movement for persons who need to make a lateral
                                                                                                    transfer if it were installed at the seat end of the shower.




                                                                                                    3-282 Division B                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-3.8.3.19.


                                                                                                                                                                  Sink can infringe on
                                                                                                                                                                  clear space but would
                                                                                                                                                                  make lateral transfer
                                                                                                                                                                  difficult if seat were
                                                                                                                                                                  mounted on same side.



                                                                                                                                        900 mm




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                 same width
                                                                                                                                                  as shower                       EG01217B


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.17.(1)(b)
                                                                                                     Shower design


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.17.(1)(f) Grab Bars. One L-shaped grab bar is required to be installed on the wall next to the
                                                                                                    seat. A grab bar behind the seat would prevent the user from leaning back against the wall, while one located on
                                                                                                    the wall opposite the seat cannot be reached from the seated position. The seat itself may be used in conjunction
                                                                                                    with the bar for transfer. If design flexibility is required, fold away grab bars can be used as an alternative.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.17.(2)(f) Grab Bar at Bench. Where a bench in a universal dressing and shower room is located
                                                                                                    adjacent to a wall, it is recommended that a grab bar be installed to assist users in transferring to the bench.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.19. Assistive Listening Systems. Examples of assistive listening systems include FM,
                                                                                                    infrared and induction loop systems. However, the technology in this field is advancing rapidly; as such,
                                                                                                    other types of assistive listening systems could be considered in the design of a space. In choosing the
                                                                                                    most appropriate system, a number of factors must be taken into account including cost, installation and
                                                                                                    maintenance requirements, suitability for the intended user or audience, ease of operation, and the need
                                                                                                    for privacy. Information on designers and suppliers of such systems can be obtained from the Canadian
                                                                                                    Hearing Society. The intent of Article 3.8.3.19. is to provide clear communication where information, goods
                                                                                                    or services are provided to the public.
                                                                                                    Wireless sound transmission systems, including FM, infrared and magnetic induction loop systems, improve
                                                                                                    sound reception for persons who are hard of hearing by providing amplification that can be adjusted by each
                                                                                                    user while blocking out unwanted background noise. Some of these systems transmit a signal that is picked
                                                                                                    up by a special receiver (FM, infrared) available for use by a person who is hard of hearing, whether or not a
                                                                                                    hearing aid is used. None of the systems interfere with the listening enjoyment of others.
                                                                                                    The transmitter can be connected into an existing public address (P.A.) system amplifier or used independently
                                                                                                    with microphones. The induction loop system (see Figure A-3.8.3.19.-C) requires users with a hearing aid or
                                                                                                    cochlear implant to be in the area circumscribed by the loop; though installation of the loop is relatively simple,
                                                                                                    the installer should be knowledgeable about these systems if proper functioning is to be achieved. FM and
                                                                                                    infrared systems can be designed to broadcast signals that cover the entire room and thus do not restrict seating
                                                                                                    to any one area. Figures A-3.8.3.19.-A and A-3.8.3.19.-B show the general configuration of FM and infrared
                                                                                                    systems. Although portable systems (FM systems, in particular) are available, these are best suited to small
                                                                                                    audiences. Generally, the systems installed in church halls, auditoria, theatres and similar places of assembly
                                                                                                    are not easily portable, as they are installed in a fixed location by a sound technician and form an integral part
                                                                                                    of the P.A. system of the room or building.
                                                                                                    Hard-wired systems (where a connection is provided at a particular seat in an auditorium, for example) might
                                                                                                    meet this requirement when adequate provisions are made to accommodate persons with hearing aids.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 3-283
                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.19.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                                                   microphone, tape, television, film, etc.




                                                                                                                                    Normal Sound                              641




                                                                                                                                       System                                             speakers
                                                                                                                                                               amplifier



                                                                                                                                    FM Broadcast




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                       System
                                                                                                                                                             FM transmitter
                                                                                                                                                                                                     FM receiver
                                                                                                                                                                                                           EG01212B


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.19.-A
                                                                                                     FM sound transmission system


                                                                                                                                                     microphone, tape, television, film, etc.




                                                                                                                                 Normal Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                    641




                                                                                                                                    System                       amplifier
                                                                                                                                                                                          speakers



                                                                                                                                                                             infrared radiator (one or more)
                                                                                                                                                            infrared
                                                                                                                                 Infrared                   control
                                                                                                                                                            transmitter
                                                                                                                                 System                                    infrared light waves


                                                                                                                                                                           infrared receiver                EG01213B


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.19.-B
                                                                                                     Infrared sound transmission system




                                                                                                    3-284 Division B                                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             A-3.9.2.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                     microphone, tape, television, film, etc.




                                                                                                                                    Normal Sound


                                                                                                                                      System
                                                                                                                                                                   induction
                                                                                                                                                                 loop amplifier

                                                                                                                                                         embedded induction loop wire




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    Induction Loop
                                                                                                                                                                   hearing

                                                                                                                                       System
                                                                                                                                                                     aid




                                                                                                                                                         embedded induction loop wire           EG02813A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.8.3.19.-C
                                                                                                     Induction loop sound transmission system


                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.20.(1)(c) Knee Space at Service Counters. Where forward-facing interaction with a person
                                                                                                    is required, the knee space requirement of Clause 3.8.3.20.(1)(c) applies to both sides of the service counter to
                                                                                                    ensure accessibility for both service providers and those receiving services.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.21.(2) Telephone Shelves or Counters. Built-in shelves or counters for public telephones
                                                                                                    must be designed to accommodate persons using text telephones (TT). These devices may also be referred to as
                                                                                                    teletypewriters (TTY) or telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD). These devices require a level surface
                                                                                                    at least 305 mm deep by 250 mm wide with no obstruction above that space within 250 mm. If a wall-hung
                                                                                                    telephone or other obstruction extends to less than 250 mm from the shelf or counter, an equivalent clear space
                                                                                                    must be provided on either side of each telephone. At least one telephone should be equipped with a volume
                                                                                                    control on a receiver that generates a magnetic field compatible with the T-switch of a hearing aid. The lower
                                                                                                    portion of the shelf or counter is intended for persons using a wheelchair; therefore all parts of the operating
                                                                                                    mechanism of the telephone above this portion should be within reach of a wheelchair user.

                                                                                                    A-3.8.3.22.(4) Storage Spaces for Mobility Aids. The intent of Sentence 3.8.3.22.(4) is that a
                                                                                                    sufficient number of storage spaces for mobility aids other than wheelchairs and scooters (e.g., walkers) be
                                                                                                    located such that they can be accessed without leaving the seating area. These storage spaces should preferably
                                                                                                    be visible from the adaptable seats. The storage spaces may be located adjacent to an aisle but must not reduce
                                                                                                    the required egress width of the aisle or obstruct egress from the rows of seats.

                                                                                                    A-3.9.2.1.(1) Building Area of Self-service Storage Buildings. Sentence 3.9.2.1.(1) permits a
                                                                                                    group of self-service storage buildings to be treated as a single building for determining the construction
                                                                                                    requirements and number of streets that the group faces under Subsection 3.2.2. This can often result in
                                                                                                    more stringent construction criteria for the individual buildings than would be required if their construction
                                                                                                    requirements were determined based on each building's individual area.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 3-285
                                                                                                    A-3.9.2.2.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                                         Group 1                                         Group 2




                                                                                                                                         Building I                                     Building IV




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          Building II                 Building III         Building V              Building VI




                                                                                                                                        Group 1 building area = Area of I + Area of II + Area of III
                                                                                                                                        Group 2 building area = Area of IV + Area of V + Area of VI
                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG01388A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.9.2.1.(1)
                                                                                                     Building area of self-service storage buildings


                                                                                                    A-3.9.2.2. Spatial Separation Between Self-service Storage Buildings. Where a group of
                                                                                                    self-service storage buildings is treated as a single building as permitted in Sentence 3.9.2.1.(1), buildings
                                                                                                    within the same group are exempted from the spatial separation requirements in Subsection 3.2.3. as long as
                                                                                                    a minimum distance of 6 m is provided between each of them. If the owner wants less distance between the
                                                                                                    buildings, the requirements of Subsection 3.2.3. must be applied.
                                                                                                    In addition, where there are multiple groups of buildings on a single property, the minimum distance required
                                                                                                    to separate one group from another group is the greater of 9 m and the limiting distance calculated in
                                                                                                    Subsection 3.2.3.
                                                                                                    Except as provided in Article 3.9.2.2., Subsection 3.2.3. applies to each building within a group.




                                                                                                    3-286 Division B                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                              A-3.9.3.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                          Group 1                                                        Group 2




                                                                                                                                         Building I                                                     Building IV



                                                                                                              y(2)                                                                                                                     y(2)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           Building II                Building III                         Building V              Building VI




                                                                                                                                             y(2)                           x(1)                           y(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EG01389A


                                                                                                     Figure A-3.9.2.2.
                                                                                                     Spatial separation between self-service storage buildings
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-3.9.2.2.:
                                                                                                     (1) x = 9 m, or the distance calculated in Subsection 3.2.3., whichever is greater.
                                                                                                     (2) y ≥ 6 m, or Subsection 3.2.3. applies.


                                                                                                    A-3.9.3.1.(1) Storage of Flammable and Combustible Liquids. Refer to Subsection 4.2.12.
                                                                                                    of Division B of the NFC for requirements regarding the storage of flammable and combustible liquids
                                                                                                    in individual self-service storage units.

                                                                                                    A-3.9.3.2.(1) Sanitary Facilities. Properties with self-service storage buildings on them may have
                                                                                                    multiple buildings or one large building. Due to the low occupant load of these types of buildings, only one
                                                                                                    building on the property is required to have a pair of washrooms.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                   Division B 3-287
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




3-288 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 4
                                                                                                    Structural Design




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      4.1.          Structural Loads and
                                                                                                                    Procedures
                                                                                                      4.1.1.        General .............................................. 4-1
                                                                                                      4.1.2.        Specified Loads and Effects ........... 4-2
                                                                                                      4.1.3.        Limit States Design .......................... 4-3
                                                                                                      4.1.4.        Dead Loads ....................................... 4-7
                                                                                                      4.1.5.        Live Loads Due to Use and
                                                                                                                    Occupancy ........................................ 4-8
                                                                                                      4.1.6.        Loads Due to Snow and Rain ........ 4-14
                                                                                                      4.1.7.        Wind Load ....................................... 4-29
                                                                                                      4.1.8.        Earthquake Load and Effects ........ 4-52

                                                                                                      4.2.          Foundations
                                                                                                      4.2.1.        General ............................................ 4-82
                                                                                                      4.2.2.        Subsurface Investigations,
                                                                                                                    Drawings and Reviews .................. 4-82
                                                                                                      4.2.3.        Materials Used in Foundations ..... 4-83
                                                                                                      4.2.4.        Design Requirements .................... 4-84
                                                                                                      4.2.5.        Excavations .................................... 4-86
                                                                                                      4.2.6.        Shallow Foundations ..................... 4-86
                                                                                                      4.2.7.        Deep Foundations .......................... 4-87
                                                                                                      4.2.8.        Special Foundations ...................... 4-88

                                                                                                      4.3.          Design Requirements for
                                                                                                                    Structural Materials
                                                                                                      4.3.1.        Wood ............................................... 4-88
                                                                                                      4.3.2.        Plain and Reinforced Masonry ...... 4-88
                                                                                                      4.3.3.        Plain, Reinforced and
                                                                                                                    Pre-stressed Concrete ................... 4-89
                                                                                                      4.3.4.        Steel ................................................. 4-89
                                                                                                      4.3.5.        Aluminum ........................................ 4-89
                                                                                                      4.3.6.        Glass ............................................... 4-89

                                                                                                      4.4.          Design Requirements for
                                                                                                                    Special Structures
                                                                                                      4.4.1.        Air-, Cable- and
                                                                                                                    Frame-Supported Membrane
                                                                                                                    Structures ....................................... 4-89
                                                                                                      4.4.2.        Parking Structures ......................... 4-90
                                                                                                      4.4.3.        Storage Racks ................................ 4-90

                                                                                                      4.5.          Objectives and
                                                                                                                    Functional Statements
                                                                                                      4.5.1.        Objectives and Functional
                                                                                                                    Statements ...................................... 4-90

                                                                                                                    Notes to Part 4 .............. 4-103



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 4
                                                                                                    Structural Design




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 4.1. Structural Loads and Procedures
                                                                                                    4.1.1.           General
                                                                                                    4.1.1.1.         Scope
                                                                                                                         1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.

                                                                                                    4.1.1.2.         Definitions
                                                                                                                       1) Words that appear in italics in this Part are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of
                                                                                                                     Division A.

                                                                                                    4.1.1.3.         Design Requirements
                                                                                                                        1) Buildings and their structural members and connections, including formwork
                                                                                                                     and falsework, shall be designed to have sufficient structural capacity and structural
                                                                                                                     integrity to safely and effectively resist all loads, effects of loads and influences that
                                                                                                                     may reasonably be expected, having regard to the expected service life of buildings, and
                                                                                                                     shall in any case satisfy the requirements of this Section. (See Note A-4.1.1.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Buildings and their structural members shall be designed for serviceability, in
                                                                                                                     accordance with Articles 4.1.3.4., 4.1.3.5. and 4.1.3.6. (See Note A-4.1.1.3.(2).)
                                                                                                                         3) All permanent and temporary structural members, including the formwork and
                                                                                                                     falsework of a building, shall be protected against loads exceeding the specified loads
                                                                                                                     during the construction period except when, as verified by analysis or test, temporary
                                                                                                                     overloading of a structural member would result in no impairment of that member or
                                                                                                                     any other member.
                                                                                                                         4)   Falsework, scaffolding, and formwork shall be designed in conformance with
                                                                                                                         a)   CSA S269.1, “Falsework and formwork,”
                                                                                                                         b)   CSA S269.2, “Access scaffolding for construction purposes,” or
                                                                                                                         c)   CAN/CSA-S269.3-M, “Concrete Formwork.”
                                                                                                                        5) Precautions shall be taken during all phases of construction to ensure that the
                                                                                                                     building is not damaged or distorted due to loads applied during construction.

                                                                                                    4.1.1.4.         Structural Drawings and Related Documents
                                                                                                                        1) Structural drawings and related documents shall conform to the appropriate
                                                                                                                     requirements of Section 2.2. of Division C. (See Subsection 2.2.4. of Division C.)

                                                                                                    4.1.1.5.         Design Basis
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), buildings and their structural members shall
                                                                                                                     be designed in conformance with the procedures and practices provided in this Part.
                                                                                                                        2) Provided the design is carried out by a person especially qualified in the
                                                                                                                     specific methods applied and provided the design demonstrates a level of safety
                                                                                                                     and performance in accordance with the requirements of Part 4, buildings and their


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 4-1
                                                                                                    4.1.2.1.                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                     structural components falling within the scope of Part 4 that are not amenable to
                                                                                                                     analysis using a generally established theory may be designed by
                                                                                                                         a) evaluation of a full-scale structure or a prototype by a loading test, or
                                                                                                                         b) studies of model analogues.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.1.5.(2).)


                                                                                                    4.1.2.           Specified Loads and Effects

                                                                                                    4.1.2.1.         Loads and Effects
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.2.1.)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Article 4.1.2.2., the following categories of loads,
                                                                                                                     specified loads and effects shall be taken into consideration in the design of a building
                                                                                                                     and its structural members and connections:
                                                                                                                      D ................... dead load – a permanent load due to the weight of building components,
                                                                                                                                            as specified in Subsection 4.1.4.,
                                                                                                                      E ................... earthquake load and effects – a rare load due to an earthquake, as
                                                                                                                                            specified in Subsection 4.1.8.,
                                                                                                                      H ................... a permanent load due to lateral earth pressure, including groundwater,
                                                                                                                      L ................... live load – a variable load due to intended use and occupancy (including
                                                                                                                                            loads due to cranes and the pressure of liquids in containers), as
                                                                                                                                            specified in Subsection 4.1.5.,
                                                                                                                      LXC ................ live load exclusive of crane loads,
                                                                                                                      C ................... live load due to cranes including self weight,
                                                                                                                      Cd ................. self weight of all cranes positioned for maximum effects,
                                                                                                                      C7 .................. crane bumper impact load,
                                                                                                                      P ................... permanent effects caused by pre-stress,
                                                                                                                      S .................... variable load due to snow, including ice and associated rain,
                                                                                                                                             as specified in Article 4.1.6.2., or due to rain, as specified in
                                                                                                                                             Article 4.1.6.4.,
                                                                                                                      T ................... effects due to contraction, expansion, or deflection caused by
                                                                                                                                            temperature changes, shrinkage, moisture changes, creep, ground
                                                                                                                                            settlement, or a combination thereof (see Note A-4.1.2.1.(1)), and
                                                                                                                      W .................. wind load – a variable load due to wind, as specified in
                                                                                                                                           Subsection 4.1.7.,
                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                       a) load means the imposed deformations (i.e. deflections, displacements or
                                                                                                                             motions that induce deformations and forces in the structure), forces and
                                                                                                                             pressures applied to the building structure,
                                                                                                                       b) permanent load is a load that changes very little once it has been applied to
                                                                                                                             the structure, except during repair,
                                                                                                                       c) variable load is a load that frequently changes in magnitude, direction or
                                                                                                                             location, and
                                                                                                                       d) rare load is a load that occurs infrequently and for a short time only.

                                                                                                                        2) Minimum specified values of the loads described in Sentence (1), as set forth
                                                                                                                     in Subsections 4.1.4. to 4.1.8., shall be increased to account for dynamic effects where
                                                                                                                     applicable.

                                                                                                                        3) For the purpose of determining specified loads S, W or E in Subsections 4.1.6.,
                                                                                                                     4.1.7. and 4.1.8., buildings shall be assigned an Importance Category based on intended
                                                                                                                     use and occupancy, in accordance with Table 4.1.2.1. (See Note A-4.1.2.1.(3).)


                                                                                                    4-2 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                         4.1.3.1.

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 4.1.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                         Importance Categories for Buildings (1)
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.2.1.(3)

                                                                                                                                                    Type of Building                                                     Importance Category
                                                                                                     A Low Importance Category building is a building that represents a low direct or indirect hazard to human life in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Low
                                                                                                     the event of structural failure.
                                                                                                     A Normal Importance Category building is a building that does not meet the criteria for a Low Importance                  Normal
                                                                                                     Category building, High Importance Category building or post-disaster building.
                                                                                                     A High Importance Category building is a building that provides a greater degree of safety to human life than a
                                                                                                     Normal Importance Category building. Community centres and elementary, middle and secondary schools                        High




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     are High Importance Category buildings.
                                                                                                     A post-disaster building.                                                                                              Post-disaster

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.2.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 4.1.2.1.


                                                                                                    4.1.2.2.              Loads Not Listed

                                                                                                                             1) Where a building or structural member can be expected to be subjected to
                                                                                                                          loads, forces or other effects not listed in Article 4.1.2.1., such effects shall be taken
                                                                                                                          into account in the design based on the most appropriate information available. (See
                                                                                                                          Note A-4.1.2.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.1.3.                Limit States Design
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-4.1.3.)

                                                                                                    4.1.3.1.              Definitions

                                                                                                                                 1) In this Subsection, the term
                                                                                                                                 a) limit states means those conditions of a building structure that result in the
                                                                                                                                     building ceasing to fulfill the function for which it was designed (those limit
                                                                                                                                     states concerning safety are called ultimate limit states (ULS) and include
                                                                                                                                     exceeding the load-carrying capacity, overturning, sliding and fracture;
                                                                                                                                     those limit states that restrict the intended use and occupancy of the building
                                                                                                                                     are called serviceability limit states (SLS) and include deflection, vibration,
                                                                                                                                     permanent deformation and local structural damage such as cracking; and
                                                                                                                                     those limit states that represent failure under repeated loading are called
                                                                                                                                     fatigue limit states),
                                                                                                                                 b) specified loads (C, D, E, H, L, P, S, T and W) means those loads defined
                                                                                                                                     in Article 4.1.2.1.,
                                                                                                                                 c) principal load means the specified variable load or rare load that dominates
                                                                                                                                     in a given load combination,
                                                                                                                                 d) companion load means a specified variable load that accompanies the
                                                                                                                                     principal load in a given load combination,
                                                                                                                                 e) service load means a specified load used for the evaluation of a serviceability
                                                                                                                                     limit state,
                                                                                                                                  f) principal-load factor means a factor applied to the principal load in a load
                                                                                                                                     combination to account for the variability of the load and load pattern and
                                                                                                                                     the analysis of its effects,
                                                                                                                                 g) companion-load factor means a factor that, when applied to a companion
                                                                                                                                     load in the load combination, gives the probable magnitude of a companion
                                                                                                                                     load acting simultaneously with the factored principal load,
                                                                                                                                 h) importance factor, I, means a factor applied in Subsections 4.1.6., 4.1.7.
                                                                                                                                     and 4.1.8. to obtain the specified load and take into account the
                                                                                                                                     consequences of failure as related to the limit state and the use and occupancy
                                                                                                                                     of the building,
                                                                                                                                  i) factored load means the product of a specified load and its principal-load
                                                                                                                                     factor or companion-load factor,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                  Division B 4-3
                                                                                                    4.1.3.2.                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                        j) effects refers to forces, moments, deformations or vibrations that occur in
                                                                                                                           the structure,
                                                                                                                       k) nominal resistance, R, of a member, connection or structure, is based on the
                                                                                                                           geometry and on the specified properties of the structural materials,
                                                                                                                        l) resistance factor, φ, means a factor applied to a specified material property
                                                                                                                           or to the resistance of a member, connection or structure, and that, for
                                                                                                                           the limit state under consideration, takes into account the variability of
                                                                                                                           dimensions and material properties, workmanship, type of failure and
                                                                                                                           uncertainty in the prediction of resistance, and
                                                                                                                       m) factored resistance, φR, means the product of nominal resistance and the
                                                                                                                           applicable resistance factor.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    4.1.3.2.         Strength and Stability
                                                                                                                        1) A building and its structural components shall be designed to have sufficient
                                                                                                                     strength and stability so that the factored resistance, φR, is greater than or equal to the
                                                                                                                     effect of factored loads, which shall be determined in accordance with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the effect of factored loads for a building or
                                                                                                                     structural component shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of this
                                                                                                                     Article and the following load combination cases, the applicable combination being
                                                                                                                     that which results in the most critical effect:
                                                                                                                         a) for load cases without crane loads, the load combinations listed in
                                                                                                                             Table 4.1.3.2.-A, and
                                                                                                                         b) for load cases with crane loads, the load combinations listed in
                                                                                                                             Table 4.1.3.2.-B.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.3.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Other load combinations that must also be considered are the principal loads
                                                                                                                     acting with the companion loads taken as zero.
                                                                                                                        4) Where the effects due to lateral earth pressure, H, restraint effects from
                                                                                                                     pre-stress, P, and imposed deformation, T, affect the structural safety, they shall be
                                                                                                                     taken into account in the calculations, with load factors of 1.5, 1.0 and 1.25 assigned to
                                                                                                                     H, P and T respectively. (See Note A-4.1.3.2.(4).)
                                                                                                                        5) Except as provided in Sentence 4.1.8.16.(2), the counteracting factored dead
                                                                                                                     load—0.9D in load combination cases 2, 3 and 4 and 1.0D in load combination case
                                                                                                                     5 in Table 4.1.3.2.-A, and 0.9D in load combination cases 1 to 5 and 1.0D in load
                                                                                                                     combination case 6 in Table 4.1.3.2.-B—shall be used when the dead load acts to resist
                                                                                                                     overturning, uplift, sliding, failure due to stress reversal, and to determine anchorage
                                                                                                                     requirements and the factored resistance of members. (See Note A-4.1.3.2.(5).)
                                                                                                                        6) The principal-load factor 1.5 for live loads L in Table 4.1.3.2.-A and LXC in
                                                                                                                     Table 4.1.3.2.-B may be reduced to 1.25 for liquids in tanks.
                                                                                                                        7) The companion-load factor for live loads L in Table 4.1.3.2.-A and LXC in
                                                                                                                     Table 4.1.3.2.-B shall be increased by 0.5 for storage areas, and equipment areas and
                                                                                                                     service rooms referred to in Table 4.1.5.3.

                                                                                                                                                        Table 4.1.3.2.-A
                                                                                                                               Load Combinations Without Crane Loads for Ultimate Limit States
                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2) and (5) to (10), and 4.2.4.1.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                                          Load Combination (1)
                                                                                                                     Case
                                                                                                                                                            Principal Loads                                      Companion Loads
                                                                                                                      1                                           1.4D (2)                                                 —
                                                                                                                      2                              (1.25D (3) or 0.9D (4)) + 1.5L (5)                            1.0S (6) or 0.4W
                                                                                                                      3                              (1.25D (3) or 0.9D (4)) + 1.5S                               1.0L (6)(7) or 0.4W
                                                                                                                      4                              (1.25D (3) or 0.9D (4)) + 1.4W                                0.5L (7) or 0.5S
                                                                                                                      5                                     1.0D (4) + 1.0E (8)                                  0.5L (6)(7) + 0.25S (6)


                                                                                                    4-4 Division B                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                   4.1.3.3.

                                                                                                                                                               Table 4.1.3.2.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.3.2.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2) to (4).
                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(9).
                                                                                                    (3)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(8).
                                                                                                    (4)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(5).
                                                                                                    (5)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(6).
                                                                                                    (6)   See Article 4.1.5.5.
                                                                                                    (7)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(7).
                                                                                                    (8)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(10).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                 Table 4.1.3.2.-B
                                                                                                                                          Load Combinations With Crane Loads for Ultimate Limit States
                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2), (5) to (8), and (10)

                                                                                                                                                                                                   Load Combination (1)
                                                                                                                           Case
                                                                                                                                                                         Principal Loads                                    Companion Loads
                                                                                                                             1                               (1.25D (2) or 0.9D (3)) + (1.5C + 1.0L   XC)                    1.0S (4) or 0.4W
                                                                                                                             2                              (1.25D (2) or 0.9D (3)) + (1.5LXC (5) + 1.0C)                    1.0S (4) or 0.4W
                                                                                                                             3                                    (1.25D (2) or 0.9D (3)) + 1.5S                            1.0C + 1.0LXC (4)(6)
                                                                                                                             4                                    (1.25D (2) or 0.9D (3)) + 1.4W                           1.0C (7) + 0.5LXC (4)(6)
                                                                                                                             5                                      (1.25D (2) or 0.9D (3)) + C7                                     —
                                                                                                                             6                                           1.0D (3) + 1.0E (8)                          1.0Cd + 0.5LXC (4)(6) + 0.25S (4)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.3.2.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2) to (4).
                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(8).
                                                                                                    (3)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(5).
                                                                                                    (4)   See Article 4.1.5.5.
                                                                                                    (5)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(6).
                                                                                                    (6)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(7).
                                                                                                    (7)   Side thrust due to cranes need not be combined with full wind load.
                                                                                                    (8)   See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(10).


                                                                                                                               8) Except as provided in Sentence (9), the load factor 1.25 for dead load, D, for
                                                                                                                           soil, superimposed earth, plants and trees given in Tables 4.1.3.2.-A and 4.1.3.2.-B
                                                                                                                           shall be increased to 1.5, except that when the soil depth exceeds 1.2 m, the factor
                                                                                                                           may be reduced to 1 + 0.6/hs but not less than 1.25, where hs is the depth of soil, in m,
                                                                                                                           supported by the structure.
                                                                                                                              9) A principal-load factor of 1.5 shall be applied to the weight of saturated soil
                                                                                                                           used in load combination case 1 of Table 4.1.3.2.-A.
                                                                                                                            10) Earthquake load, E, in load combination cases 5 of Table 4.1.3.2.-A and 6 of
                                                                                                                           Table 4.1.3.2.-B includes horizontal earth pressure due to earthquake determined in
                                                                                                                           accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.16.(7).
                                                                                                                            11) Provision shall be made to ensure adequate stability of the structure as a whole
                                                                                                                           and adequate lateral, torsional and local stability of all structural parts.
                                                                                                                            12) Sway effects produced by vertical loads acting on the structure in its displaced
                                                                                                                           configuration shall be taken into account in the design of buildings and their structural
                                                                                                                           members.

                                                                                                    4.1.3.3.               Fatigue
                                                                                                                              1) A building and its structural components, including connections, shall be
                                                                                                                           checked for fatigue failure under the effect of cyclical loads, as required in the
                                                                                                                           standards listed in Section 4.3. (See Note A-4.1.3.3.(1).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                               Division B 4-5
                                                                                                    4.1.3.4.                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                2) Where vibration effects, such as resonance and fatigue resulting from
                                                                                                                             machinery and equipment, are likely to be significant, a dynamic analysis shall be
                                                                                                                             carried out. (See Note A-4.1.3.3.(2).)

                                                                                                    4.1.3.4.                 Serviceability
                                                                                                                                1) A building and its structural components shall be checked for serviceability
                                                                                                                             limit states as defined in Clause 4.1.3.1.(1)(a) under the effect of service loads for
                                                                                                                             serviceability criteria specified or recommended in Articles 4.1.3.5. and 4.1.3.6. and in
                                                                                                                             the standards listed in Section 4.3. (See Note A-4.1.3.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                                2) The effect of service loads on the serviceability limit states shall be determined




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             in accordance with this Article and the load combinations listed in Table 4.1.3.4., the
                                                                                                                             applicable combination being that which results in the most critical effect.
                                                                                                                                3) Other load combinations that must also be considered are the principal loads
                                                                                                                             acting with the companion loads taken as zero.
                                                                                                                                4) Deflections calculated for load types P, T and H, if present, with load factors of
                                                                                                                             1.0 shall be included with the calculated deflections due to principal loads.
                                                                                                                                5) The determination of the deflection shall consider the following:
                                                                                                                                a) for materials that result in increased deformations over time under sustained
                                                                                                                                   loads, the deflection calculation shall consider the portion of live load, L, that
                                                                                                                                   is sustained over time, Ls, and the portion that is transitory, Lt, and
                                                                                                                                b) the calculated deflection due to dead load, D, and sustained live load, Ls,
                                                                                                                                   shall be increased by a creep factor as specified in the standards listed in
                                                                                                                                   Section 4.3. to obtain the additional long-term deflection.
                                                                                                                                6) The determination of the long-term settlement of foundations shall consider
                                                                                                                             the following:
                                                                                                                                 a) for foundation soil types that result in increased settlement over time under
                                                                                                                                     sustained loads, the additional long-term settlements shall be determined
                                                                                                                                     for the portion of live load, L, that is sustained over time, Ls, and the portion
                                                                                                                                     that is transitory, Lt, and
                                                                                                                                b) the additional long-term settlements due to dead load, D, and sustained live
                                                                                                                                     loads, Ls, shall be calculated from the foundation soil properties provided by a
                                                                                                                                     qualified professional geotechnical engineer.

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 4.1.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                    Loads and Load Combinations for Serviceability
                                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.3.4.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Load Combinations
                                                                                                               Limit State              Structural Parameter               Load Case
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Principal Loads              Companion Loads
                                                                                                                                                                                 1                       1.0D + 1.0L                  0.3W or 0.35S
                                                                                                                                     Deflection of the structure
                                                                                                     Deflection for materials not
                                                                                                                                     or of components of the                     2                       1.0D + 1.0W                 0.35L (2) or 0.35S
                                                                                                     subject to creep
                                                                                                                                     structure (1)
                                                                                                                                                                                 3                       1.0D + 1.0S                  0.3W or 0.35L (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                 1                 1.0D + 1.0Ls (4) + 1.0Lt (5)       0.3W or 0.35S
                                                                                                                                     Total deflection of the
                                                                                                     Deflection for materials
                                                                                                                                     structure or of components                  2                       1.0D + 1.0W                 0.35L (2) or 0.35S
                                                                                                     subject to creep
                                                                                                                                     of the structure (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                 3                       1.0D + 1.0S                  0.3W or 0.35L (2)
                                                                                                     Vibration serviceability        Acceleration                                                               (6)



                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.3.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The calculated deflection due to dead load, D, is permitted to be excluded where specified in the standards listed in Section 4.3.
                                                                                                    (2)   The companion load factor of 0.35 for live load, L, shall be increased to 0.5 for storage areas, equipment areas and service rooms.
                                                                                                    (3)   The calculated immediate deflection due to dead load, D, is permitted to be excluded where specified in the standards listed in Section 4.3.
                                                                                                    (4)   Ls = sustained portion of the live load, L.
                                                                                                    (5)   Lt = transitory portion of the live load, L.
                                                                                                    (6)   See Note A-Table 4.1.3.4.


                                                                                                    4-6 Division B                                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              4.1.4.1.

                                                                                                    4.1.3.5.         Deflection
                                                                                                                        1) In proportioning structural members to limit serviceability problems resulting
                                                                                                                     from deflections, consideration shall be given to
                                                                                                                        a) the intended use of the building or member,
                                                                                                                        b) limiting damage to non-structural members made of materials whose
                                                                                                                            physical properties are known at the time of design,
                                                                                                                         c) limiting damage to the structure itself, and
                                                                                                                        d) creep, shrinkage, temperature changes and pre-stress.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.3.5.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The lateral deflection of buildings due to service wind and gravity loads shall be
                                                                                                                     checked to ensure that structural elements and non-structural elements whose nature




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     is known at the time the structural design is carried out will not be damaged.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the total drift per storey under service wind
                                                                                                                     and gravity loads shall not exceed 1/500 of the storey height unless other drift limits are
                                                                                                                     specified in the design standards referenced in Section 4.3. (See Note A-4.1.3.5.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) The deflection limits required in Sentence (3) do not apply to industrial buildings
                                                                                                                     or sheds if experience has proven that greater movement will have no significant
                                                                                                                     adverse effects on the strength and function of the building.
                                                                                                                        5) The building structure shall be designed for lateral deflection due to E, in
                                                                                                                     accordance with Article 4.1.8.13.

                                                                                                    4.1.3.6.         Vibration
                                                                                                                        1) Floor systems susceptible to vibration shall be designed so that vibrations
                                                                                                                     will have no significant adverse effects on the intended occupancy of the building. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-4.1.3.6.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Where floor vibrations caused by resonance with operating machinery or
                                                                                                                     equipment are anticipated, dynamic analysis of the floor system shall be carried out.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.3.6.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Where the fundamental vibration frequency of a structural system supporting
                                                                                                                     an assembly occupancy used for rhythmic activities, such as dancing, concerts, jumping
                                                                                                                     exercises or gymnastics, is less than 6 Hz, the effects of resonance shall be investigated
                                                                                                                     by means of a dynamic analysis. (See Note A-4.1.3.6.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) A building susceptible to lateral vibration under wind load shall be designed in
                                                                                                                     accordance with Article 4.1.7.1. so that the vibrations will have no significant adverse
                                                                                                                     effects on the intended use and occupancy of the building. (See Note A-4.1.3.6.(4).)

                                                                                                    4.1.4.           Dead Loads
                                                                                                    4.1.4.1.         Dead Loads
                                                                                                                         1) The specified dead load for a structural member consists of
                                                                                                                         a) the weight of the member itself,
                                                                                                                         b) the weight of all materials of construction incorporated into the building to
                                                                                                                            be supported permanently by the member,
                                                                                                                         c) the weight of partitions,
                                                                                                                         d) the weight of permanent equipment, and
                                                                                                                         e) the vertical load due to soil, superimposed earth, plants and trees.
                                                                                                                        2) In areas of a building for which partitions are shown on the drawings, the weight
                                                                                                                     of partitions referred to in Clause (1)(c) shall be taken as the actual weight of such
                                                                                                                     partitions. (See Note A-4.1.4.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) In areas of a building for which partitions are not shown on the drawings, the
                                                                                                                     weight of partitions referred to in Clause (1)(c) shall be a partition weight allowance
                                                                                                                     determined from the anticipated weight and position of the partitions, but shall not be
                                                                                                                     less than 1 kPa over the area of floor being considered. (See Note A-4.1.4.1.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) The weights of partitions and partition weight allowances used in the design
                                                                                                                     shall be shown on the drawings as provided in Clause 2.2.4.3.(1)(d) of Division C.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 4-7
                                                                                                    4.1.5.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                        5) Where the partition weight allowance referred to in Sentence (3) is counteractive
                                                                                                                     to other loads, it shall not be included in the design calculations.

                                                                                                                        6) Except for structures where the dead load of soil is part of the load-resisting
                                                                                                                     system, where the dead load due to soil, superimposed earth, plants and trees is
                                                                                                                     counteractiveto other loads, it shall not be included in the design calculations. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-4.1.4.1.(6).)

                                                                                                    4.1.5.           Live Loads Due to Use and Occupancy

                                                                                                    4.1.5.1.         Loads Due to Use of Floors and Roofs




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the specified live load on an area of floor
                                                                                                                     or roof depends on the intended use and occupancy, and shall not be less than either
                                                                                                                     the uniformly distributed load patterns listed in Article 4.1.5.3., the loads due to
                                                                                                                     the intended use and occupancy, or the concentrated loads listed in Article 4.1.5.9.,
                                                                                                                     whichever produces the most critical effect. (See Note A-4.1.5.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) For buildings in the Low Importance Category as described in Table 4.1.2.1., a
                                                                                                                     factor of 0.8 may be applied to the live load.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.2.         Uses Not Stipulated

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), where the use of an area of floor or roof is
                                                                                                                     not provided for in Article 4.1.5.3., the specified live loads due to the use and occupancy
                                                                                                                     of the area shall be determined from an analysis of the loads resulting from the weight
                                                                                                                     of
                                                                                                                         a) the probable assembly of persons,
                                                                                                                         b) the probable accumulation of equipment and furnishings, and
                                                                                                                         c) the probable storage of materials.

                                                                                                                        2) For buildings in the Low Importance Category as described in Table 4.1.2.1., a
                                                                                                                     factor of 0.8 may be applied to the live load.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.3.         Full and Partial Loading

                                                                                                                        1) The uniformly distributed live load shall be not less than the value listed in
                                                                                                                     Table 4.1.5.3., which may be reduced as provided in Article 4.1.5.8., applied uniformly
                                                                                                                     over the entire area or on any portions of the area, whichever produces the most critical
                                                                                                                     effects in the members concerned.




                                                                                                    4-8 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                          4.1.5.3.

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                                        Specified Uniformly Distributed Live Loads on an Area of Floor or Roof
                                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.5.3.(1)

                                                                                                                                           Use of Area of Floor or Roof                                            Minimum Specified Load, kPa
                                                                                                    Assembly Areas
                                                                                                    a) Except for the areas listed under b), c), d) and e), assembly areas with or without fixed seats including
                                                                                                         Arenas (1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs)
                                                                                                         Auditoria
                                                                                                         Churches (areas without fixed seats that have backs)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         Dance floors
                                                                                                         Dining areas (2)
                                                                                                         Foyers and entrance halls
                                                                                                         Grandstands (1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs), reviewing stands and bleachers                           4.8
                                                                                                         Gymnasia
                                                                                                         Lecture halls (1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs)
                                                                                                         Museums
                                                                                                         Promenades
                                                                                                         Rinks
                                                                                                         Stadia (1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs)
                                                                                                         Theatres (areas without fixed seats that have backs)
                                                                                                         Other areas with similar uses
                                                                                                    b) Classrooms and courtrooms with or without fixed seats (1)                                                               2.4
                                                                                                    c) Portions of assembly areas with fixed seats that have backs for the following uses:
                                                                                                         Arenas (1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               2.9
                                                                                                         Grandstands (1)
                                                                                                         Stadia (1)
                                                                                                    d) Portions of assembly areas with fixed seats that have backs for the following uses:
                                                                                                         Churches
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               2.4
                                                                                                         Lecture halls (1)
                                                                                                         Theatres
                                                                                                    e) Vomitories, exits, lobbies and corridors (1)                                                                            4.8
                                                                                                    Attics (1)
                                                                                                         Accessible by a stairway in residential occupancies only                                                              1.4
                                                                                                         Having limited accessibility so that there is no storage of equipment or material                                     0.5
                                                                                                    Balconies
                                                                                                         Exterior                                                                                                              4.8
                                                                                                         Interior and mezzanines that could be used by an assembly of people as a viewing area (1)                             4.8
                                                                                                         Interior and mezzanines other than above                                                                               (3)

                                                                                                    Corridors, lobbies and aisles (1)
                                                                                                         Other than those listed below                                                                                         4.8
                                                                                                         Not more than 1 200 mm in width, and all upper floor corridors of residential areas only of                            (3)
                                                                                                         apartments, hotels and motels (that cannot be used by an assembly of people as a viewing area)
                                                                                                    Equipment areas and service rooms including
                                                                                                         Generator rooms
                                                                                                         Mechanical equipment exclusive of elevators
                                                                                                         Machine rooms                                                                                                        3.6 (4)
                                                                                                         Pump rooms
                                                                                                         Transformer vaults
                                                                                                         Ventilating or air-conditioning equipment




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                      Division B 4-9
                                                                                                    4.1.5.4.                                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 4.1.5.3. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                           Use of Area of Floor or Roof                                           Minimum Specified Load, kPa
                                                                                                     Exits and fire escapes                                                                                                   4.8
                                                                                                     Factories                                                                                                               6.0 (4)
                                                                                                     Footbridges                                                                                                              4.8
                                                                                                     Garages for
                                                                                                           Vehicles not exceeding 4 000 kg gross weight                                                                       2.4
                                                                                                           Vehicles exceeding 4 000 kg but not exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight                                                6.0
                                                                                                           Vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight (1)                                                                      12.0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Kitchens (other than residential)                                                                                        4.8
                                                                                                     Libraries
                                                                                                           Stack rooms                                                                                                        7.2
                                                                                                           Reading and study rooms                                                                                            2.9
                                                                                                     Office areas (1) (not including record storage and computer rooms) located in
                                                                                                           Basements, and floors, including mezzanines, with direct access to the exterior at ground level                    4.8
                                                                                                           Other floors                                                                                                       2.4
                                                                                                     Operating rooms and laboratories                                                                                         3.6
                                                                                                     Patients' bedrooms                                                                                                       1.9
                                                                                                     Recreation areas that cannot be used for assembly purposes including
                                                                                                           Billiard rooms
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              3.6
                                                                                                           Bowling alleys
                                                                                                           Pool rooms
                                                                                                     Residential areas (within the scope of Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A)
                                                                                                           Sleeping and living quarters in apartments, hotels, motels, boarding schools and colleges                          1.9
                                                                                                     Residential areas (within the scope of Article 1.3.3.3. of Division A)
                                                                                                           Bedrooms
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              1.9
                                                                                                           Other areas
                                                                                                           Stairs within dwelling units
                                                                                                     Retail and wholesale areas                                                                                               4.8
                                                                                                     Roofs (1)                                                                                                               1.0 (5)
                                                                                                     Sidewalks and driveways over areaways and basements (1)                                                                12.0 (5)
                                                                                                     Storage areas                                                                                                           4.8 (4)
                                                                                                     Toilet areas                                                                                                             2.4
                                                                                                     Underground slabs with earth cover                                                                                        (5)

                                                                                                     Warehouses                                                                                                              4.8 (4)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.5.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Article 4.1.5.6.
                                                                                                    (3)   See Article 4.1.5.4.
                                                                                                    (4)   See Sentence 4.1.5.1.(1).
                                                                                                    (5)   See Article 4.1.5.5.


                                                                                                    4.1.5.4.                Loads for Occupancy Served
                                                                                                                               1) The following shall be designed to carry not less than the specified load
                                                                                                                            required for the occupancy they serve, provided they cannot be used by an assembly of
                                                                                                                            people as a viewing area:
                                                                                                                               a) corridors, lobbies and aisles not more than 1 200 mm wide,
                                                                                                                               b) all corridors above the first storey of residential areas of apartments, hotels
                                                                                                                                   and motels, and
                                                                                                                               c) interior balconies and mezzanines.


                                                                                                    4-10 Division B                                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                4.1.5.8.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.5.         Loads on Exterior Areas
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.5.5.)
                                                                                                                        1) Exterior areas accessible to vehicular traffic shall be designed for their intended
                                                                                                                     use, including the weight of firefighting equipment, but not for less than the snow and
                                                                                                                     rain loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), roofs shall be designed for either
                                                                                                                     the uniform live loads specified in Table 4.1.5.3., the concentrated live loads listed in
                                                                                                                     Table 4.1.5.9., or the snow and rain loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6., whichever
                                                                                                                     produces the most critical effect.
                                                                                                                        3) Exterior areas accessible to pedestrian traffic, but not vehicular traffic, shall be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     designed for their intended use, but not for less than the greater of
                                                                                                                        a) the live load prescribed for assembly areas in Table 4.1.5.3., or
                                                                                                                        b) the snow and rain loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6.
                                                                                                                        4) Roof parking decks and exterior areas accessible to vehicular traffic shall be
                                                                                                                     designed
                                                                                                                        a) for the appropriate load combination listed in Sentence 4.1.3.2.(2) with a live
                                                                                                                            load, L, consisting of either a uniformly distributed live load as specified in
                                                                                                                            Table 4.1.5.3. or a concentrated live load as listed in Table 4.1.5.9., whichever
                                                                                                                            produces the most critical effect, and a companion snow load, S, as
                                                                                                                            prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6., but with the companion-load factor reduced
                                                                                                                            to 0.2, and
                                                                                                                        b) such that the load combination in Clause (a) is not less than the snow and
                                                                                                                            rain loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6. with the live load taken as zero.
                                                                                                                         5) Roof parking decks that are used for the long-term storage of vehicles shall be
                                                                                                                     designed for the appropriate load combination listed in Sentence 4.1.3.2.(2) with a live
                                                                                                                     load, L, consisting of either a uniformly distributed live load as specified in Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                     or a concentrated live load as listed in Table 4.1.5.9., whichever produces the most
                                                                                                                     critical effect, and a snow load, S, as prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.6.         Loads for Dining Areas
                                                                                                                        1) The minimum specified live load listed in Table 4.1.5.3. for dining areas may
                                                                                                                     be reduced to 2.4 kPa for areas in buildings that are being converted to dining areas,
                                                                                                                     provided that the floor area does not exceed 100 m2 and the dining area will not be used
                                                                                                                     for other assembly purposes, including dancing.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.7.         More Than One Occupancy
                                                                                                                        1) Where an area of floor or roof is intended for 2 or more occupancies at different
                                                                                                                     times, the value to be used from Table 4.1.5.3. shall be the greatest value for any of
                                                                                                                     the occupancies concerned.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.8.         Variation with Tributary Area
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.5.8.)
                                                                                                                         1) One- and two-way floor slabs shall have no reduction for tributary area applied
                                                                                                                     to live load.
                                                                                                                        2) An area used for assembly occupancies designed for a live load of less than 4.8 kPa
                                                                                                                     and roofs designed for the minimum loading specified in Table 4.1.5.3. shall have
                                                                                                                     no reduction for tributary area.
                                                                                                                        3) Where a structural member supports a tributary area of a floor or a roof, or a
                                                                                                                     combination thereof, that is greater than 80 m2 and either used for assembly occupancies
                                                                                                                     designed for a live load of 4.8 kPa or more, or used for storage, manufacturing, retail
                                                                                                                     stores, garages or as a footbridge, the specified live load due to use and occupancy is the
                                                                                                                     load specified in Article 4.1.5.3. multiplied by




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B 4-11
                                                                                                    4.1.5.9.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          where A is the tributary area in square metres for this type of use and occupancy.
                                                                                                                             4) Where a structural member supports a tributary area of a floor or a roof, or a
                                                                                                                          combination thereof, that is greater than 20 m2 and used for any use or occupancy other
                                                                                                                          than those indicated in Sentences (2) and (3), the specified live load due to use and
                                                                                                                          occupancy is the load specified in Article 4.1.5.3. multiplied by




                                                                                                                          where B is the tributary area in square metres for this type of use and occupancy.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             5) Where the specified live load for a floor is reduced in accordance with
                                                                                                                          Sentence (3) or (4), the structural drawings shall indicate that a live load reduction
                                                                                                                          factor for tributary area has been applied and which structural elements are impacted
                                                                                                                          by this factor.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.9.              Concentrated Loads
                                                                                                                             1) The specified live load due to possible concentrations of load resulting from the
                                                                                                                          use of an area of floor or roof shall not be less than that listed in Table 4.1.5.9. applied
                                                                                                                          over the loaded area noted and located so as to cause maximum effects, except that for
                                                                                                                          occupancies not listed in Table 4.1.5.9., the concentrations of load shall be determined in
                                                                                                                          accordance with Article 4.1.5.2.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 4.1.5.9.
                                                                                                                                         Specified Concentrated Live Loads on an Area of Floor or Roof
                                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.5.9.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                              Minimum Specified Concentrated
                                                                                                                               Area of Floor or Roof                                                              Loaded Area, mm × mm
                                                                                                                                                                                       Load, kN
                                                                                                     Roof surfaces                                                                         1.3                         200 × 200
                                                                                                     Floors of classrooms                                                                  4.5                         750 × 750
                                                                                                     Floors of offices, manufacturing buildings, hospital wards and stages                 9.0                         750 × 750
                                                                                                     Floors and areas used by vehicles not exceeding 4 000 kg gross weight                  18                         120 × 120
                                                                                                     Floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 4 000 kg but not exceeding                 36                         120 × 120
                                                                                                         9 000 kg gross weight
                                                                                                     Floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight                     54 (1)                      250 × 600 (1)
                                                                                                     Driveways and sidewalks over areaways and basements                                   54 (1)                      250 × 600 (1)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.5.9.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 4.1.5.9.


                                                                                                    4.1.5.10.             Sway Forces in Assembly Occupancies
                                                                                                                             1) The floor assembly and other structural elements that support fixed seats in
                                                                                                                          any building used for assembly occupancies accommodating large numbers of people at
                                                                                                                          one time, such as grandstands, stadia and theatre balconies, shall be designed to resist
                                                                                                                          a horizontal force equal to not less than 0.3 kN for each metre length of seats acting
                                                                                                                          parallel to each row of seats, and not less than 0.15 kN for each metre length of seats
                                                                                                                          acting at right angles to each row of seats, based on the assumption that these forces
                                                                                                                          are acting independently of each other.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.11.             Crane-Supporting Structures and Impact of Machinery and Equipment
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-4.1.5.11.)
                                                                                                                             1) The minimum specified load due to equipment, machinery or other objects that
                                                                                                                          may produce impact shall be the sum of the weight of the equipment or machinery
                                                                                                                          and its maximum lifting capacity, multiplied by an appropriate factor listed in
                                                                                                                          Table 4.1.5.11.


                                                                                                    4-12 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               4.1.5.14.

                                                                                                                            2) Crane-supporting structures shall be designed for the appropriate load
                                                                                                                          combinations listed in Article 4.1.3.2.
                                                                                                                              3) Crane runway structures shall be designed to resist a horizontal force applied
                                                                                                                          normal to the top of the rails equal to not less than 20% of the sum of the weights of the
                                                                                                                          lifted load and the crane trolley (excluding other parts of the crane).
                                                                                                                             4) The force described in Sentence (3) shall be equally distributed on each side of
                                                                                                                          the runway and shall be assumed to act in either direction.
                                                                                                                             5) Crane runway structures shall be designed to resist a horizontal force applied
                                                                                                                          parallel to the top of the rails equal to not less than 10% of the maximum wheel loads
                                                                                                                          of the crane.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                    Table 4.1.5.11.
                                                                                                                                                     Factors for the Calculation of Impact Loads
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.5.11.(1)

                                                                                                                                                           Cause of Impact                                        Factor
                                                                                                     Operation of cab or radio-operated cranes                                                                    1.25
                                                                                                     Operation of pendant or hand-operated cranes                                                                 1.10
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (1)
                                                                                                     Operation of elevators
                                                                                                     Supports for light machinery, shaft or motor-driven                                                          1.20
                                                                                                     Supports for reciprocating machinery (e.g., compressors)                                                     1.50
                                                                                                     Supports for power-driven units (e.g., piston engines)                                                       1.50

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.5.11.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.”


                                                                                                    4.1.5.12.             Bleachers
                                                                                                                             1) Bleacher seats shall be designed for a uniformly distributed live load of 1.75 kN
                                                                                                                          for each linear metre or for a concentrated load of 2.2 kN distributed over a length of
                                                                                                                          0.75 m, whichever produces the most critical effect on the supporting members.
                                                                                                                             2) Bleachers shall be checked by the erector after erection to ensure that all
                                                                                                                          structural members, including bracing specified in the design, have been installed.
                                                                                                                            3) Telescopic bleachers shall be provided with locking devices to ensure stability
                                                                                                                          while in use.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.13.             Helicopter Landing Areas
                                                                                                                             1) Helicopter landing areas on roofs shall be constructed in conformance with
                                                                                                                          the requirements for heliports contained in TC SOR/96-433, “Canadian Aviation
                                                                                                                          Regulations – Part III.”

                                                                                                    4.1.5.14.             Loads on Guards and Handrails
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1).)
                                                                                                                             1) The minimum horizontal specified live load applied outward at the minimum
                                                                                                                          required height of every required guard shall be
                                                                                                                             a) 3.0 kN/m for open viewing stands without fixed seats and for means of egress
                                                                                                                                 in grandstands, stadia, bleachers and arenas,
                                                                                                                             b) 1.0 kN applied at any point, so as to produce the most critical effect, for
                                                                                                                                 access ways to equipment platforms, contiguous stairs and similar areas
                                                                                                                                 where the gathering of many people is improbable, and
                                                                                                                             c) 0.75 kN/m or 1.0 kN applied at any point so as to produce the most critical
                                                                                                                                 effect, whichever governs, for locations other than those described in
                                                                                                                                 Clauses (a) and (b).
                                                                                                                             2) The minimum horizontal specified live load applied inward at the minimum
                                                                                                                          required height of every required guard shall be half that specified in Sentence (1).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 4-13
                                                                                                    4.1.5.15.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         3) Individual elements within the guard, including solid panels and pickets, shall
                                                                                                                      be designed for a horizontal specified live load of 0.5 kN applied outward over an
                                                                                                                      area of 100 mm by 100 mm located at any point on the element or elements so as to
                                                                                                                      produce the most critical effect.
                                                                                                                         4) The size of the opening between any two adjacent vertical elements within a
                                                                                                                      guard shall not exceed the limits required by Part 3 when each of these elements is
                                                                                                                      subjected to a horizontal specified live load of 0.1 kN applied in opposite directions in
                                                                                                                      the in-plane direction of the guard so as to produce the most critical effect.
                                                                                                                         5) The specified live loads required in Sentence (3) need not be considered to act
                                                                                                                      simultaneously with the loads provided for in Sentences (1), (2), (6) and (7).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         6) The minimum specified live load applied vertically at the top of every required
                                                                                                                      guard shall be 1.5 kN/m and need not be considered to act simultaneously with the
                                                                                                                      horizontal specified live load provided for in Sentences (1), (3) and (7).
                                                                                                                         7) Handrails and their supports shall be designed and constructed to withstand
                                                                                                                      the following minimum specified live loads, which need not be considered to act
                                                                                                                      simultaneously:
                                                                                                                          a) 0.9 kN applied at any point and in any direction for all handrails, and
                                                                                                                         b) 0.7 kN/m applied in any direction for handrails not located within dwelling
                                                                                                                              units.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.15.         Loads on Vehicle Guardrails
                                                                                                                         1) Vehicle guardrails shall be designed for a concentrated load of 22 kN applied
                                                                                                                      horizontally outward at any point 500 mm above the floor surface so as to produce the
                                                                                                                      most critical effect. (See Note A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The loads required in Sentence (1) need not be considered to act simultaneously
                                                                                                                      with the loads provided for in Article 4.1.5.14.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.16.         Loads on Walls Acting As Guards
                                                                                                                         1) Where the floor elevation on one side of a wall, including a wall around a
                                                                                                                      shaft, is more than 600 mm higher than the elevation of the floor or ground on the
                                                                                                                      other side, the wall shall be designed to resist the appropriate outward lateral design
                                                                                                                      loads prescribed elsewhere in Subsection 4.1.5. or 0.5 kPa acting outward, whichever
                                                                                                                      produces the more critical effect.

                                                                                                    4.1.5.17.         Firewalls
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.5.17.)
                                                                                                                         1) Firewalls shall be designed to resist the maximum effect due to
                                                                                                                         a) the appropriate lateral design loads prescribed elsewhere in this Section, or
                                                                                                                         b) a factored lateral load of 0.5 kPa under fire conditions, as described in
                                                                                                                            Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) Under fire conditions, where the fire-resistance rating of the structure is less
                                                                                                                      than that of the firewall,
                                                                                                                         a) lateral support shall be assumed to be provided by the structure on one
                                                                                                                             side only, or
                                                                                                                         b) another structural support system capable of resisting the loads imposed by
                                                                                                                             a fire on either side of the firewall shall be provided.

                                                                                                    4.1.6.            Loads Due to Snow and Rain
                                                                                                    4.1.6.1.          Specified Load Due to Rain or to Snow and Associated Rain
                                                                                                                         1) The specified load on a roof or any other building surface subject to snow
                                                                                                                      and associated rain shall be the snow load specified in Article 4.1.6.2., or the rain
                                                                                                                      load specified in Article 4.1.6.4., whichever produces the more critical effect. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-4.1.6.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    4-14 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                  4.1.6.2.

                                                                                                    4.1.6.2.              Specified Snow Load
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-4.1.6.2.)
                                                                                                                             1) The specified load, S, due to snow and associated rain accumulation on a roof
                                                                                                                          or any other building surface subject to snow accumulation shall be calculated using the
                                                                                                                          formula




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                                  Is = importance factor for snow load, as provided in Table 4.1.6.2.-A,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  Ss = 1-in-50-year ground snow load, in kPa, determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                        Subsection 1.1.3.,
                                                                                                                                 Cb = basic roof snow load factor in Sentence (2),
                                                                                                                                 Cw = wind exposure factor in Sentences (3) and (4),
                                                                                                                                 Cs = slope factor in Sentences (5) to (7),
                                                                                                                                 Ca = accumulation factor in Sentence (8), and
                                                                                                                                  Sr = 1-in-50-year associated rain load, in kPa, determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                        Subsection 1.1.3., but not greater than Ss(C bCwCsCa).

                                                                                                                                                             Table 4.1.6.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                   Importance Factor for Snow Load, IS
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                 Importance Factor, Is
                                                                                                                    Importance Category
                                                                                                                                                                   ULS                                   SLS
                                                                                                    Low                                                             0.8                                  0.9
                                                                                                    Normal                                                          1                                    0.9
                                                                                                    High                                                           1.15                                  0.9
                                                                                                    Post-disaster                                                  1.25                                  0.9


                                                                                                                              2) The basic roof snow load factor, Cb, shall
                                                                                                                              a) be determined as follows:
                                                                                                                                   i)




                                                                                                                                     ii)




                                                                                                                                           where
                                                                                                                                              lc = characteristic length of the upper or lower roof,
                                                                                                                                                    defined as 2w − w2/l, in m,
                                                                                                                                             w = smaller plan dimension of the roof, in m, and
                                                                                                                                               l = larger plan dimension of the roof, in m,
                                                                                                                             b) conform to Table 4.1.6.2.-B, using linear interpolation for intermediate
                                                                                                                                 values of       , or
                                                                                                                              c) be taken as equal to 1 for any roof structure with a mean height of less
                                                                                                                                 than 1 + Ss/γ, in m, above grade, where γ is the specific weight of snow
                                                                                                                                 determined in accordance with Article 4.1.6.13.
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-4.1.6.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                              3) Except as provided for in Sentence (4), the wind exposure factor, Cw, shall be 1.0.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                             Division B 4-15
                                                                                                    4.1.6.2.                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                           4) For buildings in the Low and Normal Importance Categories as set out in
                                                                                                                        Table 4.1.2.1., the wind exposure factor, Cw, given in Sentence (3) may be reduced to
                                                                                                                        0.75 for rural areas only, or to 0.5 for exposed areas north of the treeline, where
                                                                                                                            a) the building is exposed on all sides to wind over open terrain as defined in
                                                                                                                                Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(a), and is expected to remain so during its life,
                                                                                                                            b) the area of roof under consideration is exposed to the wind on all sides
                                                                                                                                with no significant obstructions on the roof, such as parapet walls, within
                                                                                                                                a distance of at least 10 times the difference between the height of the
                                                                                                                                obstruction and CbCwSs/γ, in m, where γ is the specific weight of snow on
                                                                                                                                roofs as specified in Article 4.1.6.13., and
                                                                                                                            c) the loading does not involve the accumulation of snow due to drifting from
                                                                                                                                adjacent surfaces.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           5)   Except as provided for in Sentences (6) and (7), the slope factor, Cs, shall be
                                                                                                                           a)   1.0 where the roof slope, α, is equal to or less than 30°,
                                                                                                                           b)   (70° − α)/40° where α is greater than 30° but not greater than 70°, and
                                                                                                                           c)   0 where α exceeds 70°.


                                                                                                                                                          Table 4.1.6.2.-B
                                                                                                                                          Basic Roof Snow Load Factor for
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.2.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                              Value of Cw
                                                                                                             Value of                             1.0                             0.75                          0.5
                                                                                                                                                                              Value of Cb
                                                                                                                   70                             0.80                            0.80                          0.80
                                                                                                                   80                             0.82                            0.85                          0.91
                                                                                                                  100                             0.85                            0.94                          1.11
                                                                                                                  120                             0.88                            1.01                          1.27
                                                                                                                  140                             0.90                            1.07                          1.40
                                                                                                                  160                             0.92                            1.12                          1.51
                                                                                                                  180                             0.93                            1.16                          1.60
                                                                                                                  200                             0.95                            1.19                          1.67
                                                                                                                  220                             0.96                            1.21                          1.73
                                                                                                                  240                             0.96                            1.24                          1.78
                                                                                                                  260                             0.97                            1.25                          1.82
                                                                                                                  280                             0.98                            1.27                          1.85
                                                                                                                  300                             0.98                            1.28                          1.88
                                                                                                                  320                             0.98                            1.29                          1.90
                                                                                                                  340                             0.99                            1.30                          1.92
                                                                                                                  360                             0.99                            1.30                          1.93
                                                                                                                  380                             0.99                            1.31                          1.95
                                                                                                                  400                             0.99                            1.31                          1.96
                                                                                                                  420                             0.99                            1.32                          1.96
                                                                                                                  440                             1.00                            1.32                          1.97
                                                                                                                  460                             1.00                            1.32                          1.98
                                                                                                                  480                             1.00                            1.32                          1.98
                                                                                                                  500                             1.00                            1.33                          1.98
                                                                                                                  520                             1.00                            1.33                          1.99
                                                                                                                  540                             1.00                            1.33                          1.99
                                                                                                                  560                             1.00                            1.33                          1.99
                                                                                                                  580                             1.00                            1.33                          1.99
                                                                                                                  600                             1.00                            1.33                          1.99
                                                                                                                  620                             1.00                            1.33                          2.00


                                                                                                    4-16 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              4.1.6.4.

                                                                                                                         6) The slope factor, Cs, for unobstructed slippery roofs where snow and ice can
                                                                                                                     slide completely off the roof shall be
                                                                                                                         a) 1.0 where the roof slope, α, is equal to or less than 15°,
                                                                                                                         b) (60° − α)/45° where α is greater than 15° but not greater than 60°, and
                                                                                                                         c) 0 where α exceeds 60°.
                                                                                                                        7) Unless otherwise stated in this Subsection, the slope factor, Cs, shall be 1.0 when
                                                                                                                     used in conjunction with accumulation factors for increased snow loads.
                                                                                                                        8) The accumulation factor, Ca, shall be 1.0, which corresponds to the uniform
                                                                                                                     snow load case, except that where appropriate for the shape of the roof, it shall be
                                                                                                                     assigned other values that account for




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) increased non-uniform snow loads due to snow drifting onto a roof
                                                                                                                            that is at a level lower than other parts of the same building or at a level
                                                                                                                            lower than another building within 5 m of it horizontally, as prescribed in
                                                                                                                            Articles 4.1.6.5., 4.1.6.6. and 4.1.6.8.,
                                                                                                                         b) increased non-uniform snow loads on areas adjacent to roof projections,
                                                                                                                            such as penthouses, large chimneys and equipment, as prescribed in
                                                                                                                            Articles 4.1.6.7. and 4.1.6.8.,
                                                                                                                         c) non-uniform snow loads on gable, arch or curved roofs and domes, as
                                                                                                                            prescribed in Articles 4.1.6.9. and 4.1.6.10.,
                                                                                                                        d) increased snow or ice loads due to snow sliding as prescribed in
                                                                                                                            Article 4.1.6.11.,
                                                                                                                         e) increased snow loads in roof valleys, as prescribed in Article 4.1.6.12., and
                                                                                                                         f) increased snow or ice loads due to meltwater draining from adjacent
                                                                                                                            building elements and roof projections.
                                                                                                                         9) For shapes not addressed in Sentence (8), Ca corresponding to the non-uniform
                                                                                                                     snow load case shall be established based on applicable field observations, special
                                                                                                                     analyses including local climatic effects, appropriate model tests, or a combination
                                                                                                                     of these methods.

                                                                                                    4.1.6.3.         Full and Partial Loading
                                                                                                                        1) A roof or other building surface and its structural members subject to
                                                                                                                     loads due to snow accumulation shall be designed for the specified load given in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1), distributed over the entire loaded area.
                                                                                                                        2) In addition to the distribution mentioned in Sentence (1), flat roofs and shed
                                                                                                                     roofs, gable roofs of 15° slope or less, and arch or curved roofs shall be designed for the
                                                                                                                     specified uniform snow load indicated in Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1), which shall be calculated
                                                                                                                     using the accumulation factor Ca = 1.0, distributed on any one portion of the loaded
                                                                                                                     area and half of this load on the remainder of the loaded area, in such a way as to
                                                                                                                     produce the most critical effects on the member concerned. (See Note A-4.1.6.3.(2).)

                                                                                                    4.1.6.4.         Specified Rain Load
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the specified load, S, due to the
                                                                                                                     accumulation of rainwater on a surface whose position, shape and deflection under
                                                                                                                     load make such an accumulation possible, is that resulting from the one-day rainfall
                                                                                                                     determined in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3. and applied over the horizontal
                                                                                                                     projection of the surface and all tributary surfaces. (See Note A-4.1.6.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) The provisions of Sentence (1) apply whether or not the surface is provided
                                                                                                                     with a means of drainage, such as rainwater leaders.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1), loads due to rain need not be
                                                                                                                     considered to act simultaneously with loads due to snow. (See Note A-4.1.6.4.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) Where scuppers are provided as secondary drainage systems and where
                                                                                                                     the position, shape and deflection of the loaded surface make an accumulation of
                                                                                                                     rainwater possible, the loads due to rain shall be the lesser of either the one-day rainfall
                                                                                                                     determined in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3. or a depth of rainwater equal to
                                                                                                                     30 mm above the bottom of the scuppers, applied over the horizontal projection of
                                                                                                                     the surface and tributary areas.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 4-17
                                                                                                    4.1.6.5.                                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                    4.1.6.5.          Multi-level Roofs

                                                                                                                         1) The drifting load of snow on a roof adjacent to a higher roof shall be taken as
                                                                                                                      trapezoidal, as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, and the accumulation factor, Ca, shall be
                                                                                                                      determined as follows:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          Ca0 = peak value of Ca at x = 0 determined in accordance with Sentences (3) to (5)
                                                                                                                                 and as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-B,
                                                                                                                            x = distance from roof step as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, and
                                                                                                                           xd = length of drift determined in accordance with Sentence (2) and as shown
                                                                                                                                 in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A.

                                                                                                                         2) The length of the drift, xd, shall be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                              γ = specific weight of snow as specified in Article 4.1.6.13.


                                                                                                                                                                Figure 4.1.6.5.-A
                                                                                                                                                    Snow load factors for lower level roofs
                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.5.(1) and (3), Table 4.1.6.5.-A and Sentence 4.1.6.6.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                      x
                                                                                                                                          hp
                                                                                                                                                                             h                              CbSs
                                                                                                                                                                                                      xd = 5 γ (Ca0 − 1)
                                                                                                                                                                                     α



                                                                                                                                                                                                      Ca0 = the lesser of
                                                                                                                                                                                                               γh
                                                                                                                                                                                                            β
                                                                                                                                                                             h                                CbSs
                                                                                                                                                                                     α                      and
                                                                                                                                                                                                             F
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Cb
                                                                                                                                                             a
                                                                                                                                               Distribution of snow load, S


                                                                                                                                                                                                                 CbCwSs
                                                                                                                                                                                                      h′ = h −     γ

                                                                                                                                                                 xd
                                                                                                                                                                          x = 10h′
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG01301B


                                                                                                                       Notes to Figure 4.1.6.5.-A:
                                                                                                                       (1) If a > 5 m or h ≤ 0.8Ss/γ, drifting from the higher roof need not be considered.
                                                                                                                       (2) If h ≥ 5 m, the value of Ca0 for Case I is permitted to be determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.6.5.(4).


                                                                                                    4-18 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                  4.1.6.5.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 4.1.6.5.-A
                                                                                                                                        Wind Exposure, Slope and Accumulation Factors in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A

                                                                                                                                                                                                  Factors
                                                                                                          Distance from Roof Step, x
                                                                                                                                                              Cw                                   Cs (1)                                  Ca
                                                                                                                        0                                    1.0                                   f(α)                                   Ca0
                                                                                                                   0 < x ≤ xd                                1.0                                   f(α)                           Ca0 − (Ca0 − 1)(x/xd)
                                                                                                                 xd < x ≤ 10h′                               1.0                                   f(α)                                   1.0
                                                                                                                                             1.0 for unexposed roof areas
                                                                                                                                             0.75 for exposed roof areas




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                    x > 10h′                                                                       f(α)                                   1.0
                                                                                                                                             0.5 for exposed roof areas north of
                                                                                                                                             tree line

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.6.5.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   For lower roofs with parapets, Cs = 1.0; otherwise, Cs varies as a function of slope, α, as defined in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).


                                                                                                                                3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the value of Ca0 for each of Cases I, II and
                                                                                                                            III shall be the lesser of




                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                                     β = 1.0 for Case I, and 0.67 for Cases II and III,
                                                                                                                                     h = difference in elevation between the lower roof surface and the top of the
                                                                                                                                         parapet on the upper roof as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, and




                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                               Cws = value of Cw applicable to the source of drifting,
                                                                                                                                 lcs = characteristic length of the source area for drifting, defined as            ,
                                                                                                                                        where ws and ls are respectively the shorter and longer dimensions of the
                                                                                                                                        relevant source areas for snow drifting shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-B for Cases
                                                                                                                                        I, II and III, and




                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                                 hp = height of the roof perimeter parapet of the source area, to be taken as zero
                                                                                                                                      unless all the roof edges of the source area have parapets.
                                                                                                                                 4) Where h ≥ 5 m, the value of Ca0 for Case I is permitted to be taken as




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                           Division B 4-19
                                                                                                    4.1.6.6.                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          5) The value of Ca0 shall be the highest of Cases I, II and III, considering the
                                                                                                                       different roof source areas for drifting snow, as specified in Sentences (3) and (4) and
                                                                                                                       Figure 4.1.6.5.-B.

                                                                                                                                                                Figure 4.1.6.5.-B
                                                                                                                                                Snow load cases I, II and III for lower level roofs
                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.5.(1), (3) and (5), and Table 4.1.6.5.-B

                                                                                                                                                                            ROOF PLAN

                                                                                                                                       Case I                           Case II                                      Case III




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                         W
                                                                                                                                         i                                                     W
                                                                                                                                         n                                                         i
                                                                                                                                                                                                     n
                                                                                                                                         d                                                             d



                                                                                                                                             Upper                            Upper                                            Upper
                                                                                                                                             Roof                             Roof                         source              Roof
                                                                                                                                                                                                           area for
                                                                                                                                          source                                                           Sourcein
                                                                                                                                                                                                           snow
                                                                                                                                                                                                           drift for
                                                                                                                                                                                                           area
                                                                                                                                          area for
                                                                                                                                          snow in                             length                       snow in
                                                                                                                                          drift                               of step                      drift
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           h


                                                                                                                                             snow drift                   Snow drift
                                                                                                                                                                            snow drift
                                                                                                                                                                                           distance
                                                                                                                                                                      Source
                                                                                                                                                                                           to upwind
                                                                                                                              Lower                             Lower area
                                                                                                                                                                Lower source forarea for                   Lower           snow drift
                                                                                                                                                                                           roof edge
                                                                                                                              Roof                              roof
                                                                                                                                                                Roof  snow in drift                        Roof
                                                                                                                                                                      drift

                                                                                                                                                                             W
                                                                                                                                                                             i
                                                                                                                                                                             n
                                                                                                                                                                             d
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG01302B




                                                                                                                                                            Table 4.1.6.5.-B
                                                                                                                                          Parameters for Snow Load Cases in Figure 4.1.6.5.-B

                                                                                                               Parameter                             Case I                                Case II                                     Case III
                                                                                                                  β                                       1.0                               0.67                                        0.67
                                                                                                                                      parapet height of upper-roof source parapet height of lower-roof source parapet height of lower-roof source
                                                                                                                  hp
                                                                                                                                      area                                area                                area
                                                                                                                                                                           with ws and ls being the shorter            with ws and ls being the shorter
                                                                                                                                      with ws and ls being the shorter and and longer dimensions of the                and longer dimensions of the
                                                                                                                                      longer dimensions of the upper roof source area on the lower roof for            source area on the lower roof for
                                                                                                                                                                           upwind-facing step                          downwind-facing step


                                                                                                    4.1.6.6.           Horizontal Gap between a Roof and a Higher Roof
                                                                                                                          1) Where the roof of one building is separated by a distance, a, from an adjacent
                                                                                                                       building with a higher roof as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, the influence of the adjacent
                                                                                                                       building on the value of the accumulation factor, Ca, for the lower roof shall be
                                                                                                                       determined as follows:
                                                                                                                           a) if a > 5 m, the influence of the adjacent building on Ca for the lower roof
                                                                                                                               can be ignored, and
                                                                                                                           b) if a ≤ 5 m, Ca for the lower roof shall be calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                                               Article 4.1.6.5. for values of x ≥ a.

                                                                                                    4.1.6.7.           Areas Adjacent to Roof Projections
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the accumulation factor, Ca, for
                                                                                                                       areas adjacent to roof-mounted vertical projections shall be calculated in accordance


                                                                                                    4-20 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                    4.1.6.8.

                                                                                                                     with Sentence 4.1.6.5.(1) using the following values for the peak accumulation factor,
                                                                                                                     Ca0, and the drift length, xd:
                                                                                                                         a) Ca0 shall be taken as the lesser of




                                                                                                                        b) xd shall be taken as the lesser of 3.35h and (2/3)l0, where
                                                                                                                                  h = height of the projection, and
                                                                                                                                  l0 = longest horizontal dimension of the projection.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.6.7.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) Ca is permitted to be calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.6.5. for larger
                                                                                                                     projections. (See Note A-4.1.6.7.(2).)

                                                                                                                        3) Where the longest horizontal dimension of the roof projection, l0, is less than
                                                                                                                     3 m, the drift surcharge adjacent to the projection need not be considered.

                                                                                                    4.1.6.8.         Snow Drift at Corners

                                                                                                                        1) The drift loads on the lower level roof against the two faces of an outside corner
                                                                                                                     of an upper level roof or roof obstruction shall be extended radially around the corner
                                                                                                                     as shown in Figure 4.1.6.8.-A and may be taken as the least severe of the drift loads
                                                                                                                     lying against the two faces of the corner.

                                                                                                                        2) The drift loads on the lower level roof against the two faces of an inside corner
                                                                                                                     of an upper level roof or a parapet shall be calculated for each face and the higher of
                                                                                                                     the two loads shall be applied where the drifts overlap as shown in Figure 4.1.6.8.-B

                                                                                                                                                              Figure 4.1.6.8.-A
                                                                                                                                                        Snow load at outside corner
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.8.(1)


                                                                                                                                                        Upper roof

                                                                                                                                                                                        of
                                                                                                                                                                             e   r ro
                                                                                                                                                                         Low




                                                                                                                                                                                                face with
                                                                                                                                                                                                lower Ca0

                                                                                                                                                                                   Upper roof



                                                                                                                                        face with
                                                                                                                                        higher Ca0




                                                                                                                                                                      radius of drift           xd
                                                                                                                                                                      surcharge = xd
                                                                                                                                                                                 Lower roof
                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG01383B




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                               Division B 4-21
                                                                                                    4.1.6.9.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                                                            Figure 4.1.6.8.-B
                                                                                                                                                      Snow load at inside corner
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.8.(2)

                                                                                                                                              face with higher Ca0
                                                                                                                                              face with lower Ca0




                                                                                                                                                                                  Upper roof




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                             Lower roof




                                                                                                                                                                                          EG01384C




                                                                                                    4.1.6.9.          Gable Roofs
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.6.9.)

                                                                                                                         1) For all gable roofs, the full and partial load cases defined in Article 4.1.6.3.
                                                                                                                      shall be considered.

                                                                                                                         2) For gable roofs with a slope α > 15°, the unbalanced load case shall also be
                                                                                                                      considered by setting the values of the accumulation factor, Ca, as follows:
                                                                                                                         a) on the upwind side of the roof peak, Ca shall be taken as 0, and
                                                                                                                         b) on the downwind side of the roof peak, Ca shall be taken as
                                                                                                                                i) 0.25 + α/20, where 15° ≤ α ≤ 20°, and
                                                                                                                               ii) 1.25, where 20° < α ≤ 90°.

                                                                                                                         3) For all gable roofs, the slope factor, Cs, shall be as prescribed in
                                                                                                                      Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).

                                                                                                                         4) For all gable roofs, the wind exposure factor, Cw, shall be
                                                                                                                         a) as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(3) and (4) for the full and partial load
                                                                                                                            cases, and
                                                                                                                         b) 1.0 for the unbalanced load case referred to in Sentence (2).

                                                                                                    4.1.6.10.         Arch Roofs, Curved Roofs and Domes

                                                                                                                         1) For all arch roofs, curved roofs and domes, the full and partial load cases
                                                                                                                      defined in Article 4.1.6.3. shall be considered.

                                                                                                                         2) For arch roofs, curved roofs and domes with a rise-to-span ratio h/b > 0.05
                                                                                                                      (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-A), the load cases provided in Sentences (3) to (7) shall also be
                                                                                                                      considered.




                                                                                                    4-22 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    4.1.6.10.

                                                                                                                        3) For arch roofs with a slope at the edge αe ≤ 30° (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-A and
                                                                                                                     Table 4.1.6.10.), Ca shall be
                                                                                                                        a) taken as 0 on the upwind side of the peak, and
                                                                                                                        b) on the downwind side of the peak, taken as




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               where
                                                                                                                                       x = horizontal distance from the roof peak,
                                                                                                                                       h = height of arch, and
                                                                                                                                       b = width of arch.


                                                                                                                                                                Figure 4.1.6.10.-A
                                                                                                                                               Accumulation factors for arch roofs and curved roofs
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.10.(2) to (4)


                                                                                                                        wind
                                                                                                                                     α = 15°                                                     α = 15°
                                                                                                                                                                     α
                                                                                                                                α = 30°                                                              α = 30°

                                                                                                                                                                 h                                         αe = slope at edge

                                                                                                                                                                     b
                                                                                                                                         α ≥ 30°                  α < 15°                 α ≥ 30°
                                                                                                                                                                            x30
                                                                                                                                                                            x15
                                                                                                                        15° < α < 30°                                       x                             15° < α < 30°

                                                                                                                                                                                                          Ca
                                                                                                                                                                                                          CsCa not slippery
                                                                                                                        Case I,                                                                           CsCa slippery
                                                                                                                        balanced:
                                                                                                                        all values
                                                                                                                        of αe
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Ca and CsCa not slippery
                                                                                                                                                                                                          CsCa slippery
                                                                                                                        Case II,
                                                                                                                        unbalanced:
                                                                                                                        αe ≤ 30°

                                                                                                                                                                                                          Ca
                                                                                                                                                                                                          CsCa not slippery
                                                                                                                                                                                                          CsCa slippery
                                                                                                                        Case II,
                                                                                                                        unbalanced:
                                                                                                                        αe > 30°
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               EG01307B


                                                                                                                       Note to Figure 4.1.6.10.-A:
                                                                                                                       (1) Refer to Table 4.1.6.10. for applicable values of Cw and Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6) for applicable values
                                                                                                                           of Cs.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                 Division B 4-23
                                                                                                    4.1.6.10.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                            4) For arch roofs with a slope at the edge αe > 30° (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-A and
                                                                                                                         Table 4.1.6.10.), Ca shall be
                                                                                                                            a) taken as 0 on the upwind side of the peak, and
                                                                                                                            b) on the downwind side of the peak,
                                                                                                                                   i) for the part of the roof between the peak and point where
                                                                                                                                      the slope α = 30°, taken as




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                                            x, h, b = as specified in Sentence (2), and
                                                                                                                                                x30 = value of x where the slope α = 30°, and
                                                                                                                                      ii) for the part of the roof where the slope α > 30°, taken as




                                                                                                                            5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), Ca for curved roofs shall be determined in
                                                                                                                         accordance with the requirements for arch roofs stated in Sentences (3) and (4).


                                                                                                                                                               Table 4.1.6.10.
                                                                                                                                            Load Cases for Arch Roofs, Curved Roofs and Domes
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.10.(3), (4) and (9)

                                                                                                                                                                                         Factors
                                                                                                                                           All Arch or
                                                                                                                        Range of          Curved Roofs                    Arch and Curved Roofs                          Domes
                                                                                                     Load Case
                                                                                                                        Application        and Domes
                                                                                                                                                                Ca                       Ca                                Ca
                                                                                                                                                Cw
                                                                                                                                                            Upwind Side             Downwind Side                     Downwind Side
                                                                                                                                             As stated
                                                                                                       Case I         All values of h/b    in 4.1.6.2.(3)       1.0                      1.0                               1.0
                                                                                                                                              and (4)


                                                                                                                 Slope at edge ≤ 30°
                                                                                                                     h/b > 0.05                 1.0             0.0
                                                                                                                    all values of x



                                                                                                                 Slope at edge > 30°
                                                                                                       Case II       h/b > 0.05                 1.0             0.0
                                                                                                                     0 < x < x30



                                                                                                                 Slope at edge > 30°
                                                                                                                     h/b > 0.05                 1.0             0.0
                                                                                                                       x ≥ x30




                                                                                                    4-24 Division B                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                         4.1.6.11.

                                                                                                                        6) Where the slope, α, of a curved roof at its peak is greater than 10°, Ca
                                                                                                                     shall be determined in accordance with the requirements for gable roofs stated in
                                                                                                                     Article 4.1.6.9. using a slope equal to the mean slope of the curved roof.
                                                                                                                         7) For domes of circular plan form (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-B), Ca shall
                                                                                                                         a) along the central axis parallel to the wind, vary in the same way as for an
                                                                                                                            arch roof with the same rise-to-span ratio, h/b, and
                                                                                                                         b) off this axis, vary according to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              where
                                                                                                                               Ca(x,y) = value of Ca at location (x,y),
                                                                                                                               Ca(x,0) = value of Ca on the central axis parallel to the wind,
                                                                                                                                     x = distance along the central axis parallel to the wind,
                                                                                                                                     y = horizontal coordinate normal to the x direction, and
                                                                                                                                     r = radius of dome.
                                                                                                                        8) For all arch roofs, curved roofs and domes, the slope factor, Cs, shall be as
                                                                                                                     prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).
                                                                                                                        9) For all arch roofs, curved roofs and domes, the wind exposure factor, Cw, shall
                                                                                                                     be as prescribed in Table 4.1.6.10.

                                                                                                                                                              Figure 4.1.6.10.-B
                                                                                                                                            Unbalanced snow accumulation factor on a circular dome
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.10.(7)

                                                                                                                                                           Plan View




                                                                                                                                                           r                                                             y
                                                                                                                              Wind                                                                                      (
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Ca(x,y) = Ca(x,0) 1 – r        )
                                                                                                                                                                 y                                  Ca(x,0)


                                                                                                                                                                        x




                                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG01308B


                                                                                                                       Notes to Figure 4.1.6.10.-B:
                                                                                                                       (1) Refer to Table 4.1.6.10. for applicable values of Cw and Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6) for applicable values
                                                                                                                           of Cs.
                                                                                                                       (2) Refer to Sentences 4.1.6.10.(3) and (4) for the calculation of Ca(x,0).


                                                                                                    4.1.6.11.        Snow Loads Due to Sliding
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), where an upper roof, or part thereof, slopes
                                                                                                                     downwards with a slope α > 0 towards a lower roof, the snow load, S, on the lower
                                                                                                                     roof, determined in accordance with Articles 4.1.6.2. and 4.1.6.5., shall be augmented
                                                                                                                     in accordance with Sentence (3) to account for the additional load resulting from
                                                                                                                     sliding snow.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                     Division B 4-25
                                                                                                    4.1.6.12.                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Sentence (1) need not apply where
                                                                                                                         a) snow from the upper roof is prevented from sliding by a parapet or other
                                                                                                                            effective means, or
                                                                                                                         b) the upper roof is not considered slippery and has a slope of less than 20°.

                                                                                                                         3) The total weight of additional snow resulting from sliding shall be taken as
                                                                                                                      half the total weight of snow resulting from the uniform load case prescribed in
                                                                                                                      Article 4.1.6.2. with
                                                                                                                          a) the accumulation factor Ca = 1.0 for the relevant part of the upper roof,
                                                                                                                         b) the slope factor, Cs, based on the slope of the lower roof, as prescribed in
                                                                                                                              Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6), and
                                                                                                                          c) the sliding snow distributed on the lower roof such that it is a maximum




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              for x = 0 and decreases linearly to 0 at x = xd, as shown in Figure 4.1.6.11.,
                                                                                                                              where x and xd are as defined in Article 4.1.6.5.


                                                                                                                                                             Figure 4.1.6.11.
                                                                                                                                          Snow distribution on lower roof with sloped upper roof
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.11.(3)




                                                                                                                                                                    h
                                                                                                                                                                                        α




                                                                                                                                                  Distribution of snow load, S


                                                                                                                                                    sliding load


                                                                                                                                                       drift load


                                                                                                                                                                                 xd
                                                                                                                                                                                                 EG01309B




                                                                                                    4.1.6.12.         Valleys in Curved or Sloped Roofs

                                                                                                                         1) For valleys in curved or sloped roofs with a slope α > 10°, in addition to the
                                                                                                                      full and partial load cases defined in Article 4.1.6.3., the non-uniform load cases II
                                                                                                                      and III presented in Sentences (2) and (3) shall be considered to account for sliding,
                                                                                                                      creeping and movement of meltwater.

                                                                                                                         2) For case II (see Figure 4.1.6.12.), the accumulation factor, Ca, shall be calculated
                                                                                                                      as follows:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                              x = horizontal distance from the bottom of the valley, and
                                                                                                                              b = twice the horizontal distance between the bottom of the valley and the
                                                                                                                                   peak of the roof surface in question.


                                                                                                    4-26 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                              4.1.6.15.

                                                                                                                         3) For case III (see Figure 4.1.6.12.), Ca shall be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                        x, b = as specified in Sentence (2).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                  Figure 4.1.6.12.
                                                                                                                                                  Snow loads in valleys of sloped or curved roofs
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.12.(2) and (3)

                                                                                                                                                        x1                      x2


                                                                                                                                                         1                           2




                                                                                                                                                             1                  2




                                                                                                                                                        b1                 b2
                                                                                                                                                        2                  2
                                                                                                                                      Case I

                                                                                                                                                                                               S = Is(Ss + Sr)
                                                                                                                                      Case II
                                                                                                                                                                                         S = Is(0.5Ss + Sr)
                                                                                                                                                                 b1   b2
                                                                                                                                                                 4    4
                                                                                                                                                                                                   S = Is(1.5Ss + Sr)

                                                                                                                                      Case III
                                                                                                                                                                                         S = Is(0.5Ss + Sr)
                                                                                                                                                                  b1 b2
                                                                                                                                                                  8 8
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EG01310A


                                                                                                                       Notes to Figure 4.1.6.12.:
                                                                                                                       (1) Cw = 1, as per Sentence 4.1.6.2.(3).
                                                                                                                       (2) Cs = 1, as per Sentence 4.1.6.2.(7).


                                                                                                    4.1.6.13.        Specific Weight of Snow
                                                                                                                         1) For the purposes of calculating snow loads in drifts, the specific weight of snow,
                                                                                                                     γ, shall be taken as 4.0 kN/m3 or 0.43SS + 2.2 kN/m3, whichever is lesser.

                                                                                                    4.1.6.14.        Snow Removal
                                                                                                                        1) Snow removal by mechanical, thermal, manual or other means shall not be used
                                                                                                                     as a rationale to reduce design snow loads.

                                                                                                    4.1.6.15.        Ice Loading of Structures
                                                                                                                        1) For lattice structures connected to the building, and other building components or
                                                                                                                     appurtenances involving small width elements subject to significant ice accretion, the
                                                                                                                     weight of ice accretion and the effective area presented to wind shall be as prescribed
                                                                                                                     in CAN/CSA-S37, “Antennas, towers, and antenna-supporting structures.”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                          Division B 4-27
                                                                                                    4.1.6.16.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    4.1.6.16.         Roofs with Solar Panels
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.6.16.)

                                                                                                                         1) Where solar panels are installed on a roof, the snow loads, S, shall be
                                                                                                                      determined in accordance with Sentences (2) to (6) or with the requirements for roofs
                                                                                                                      without solar panels, whichever produces the most critical effect.

                                                                                                                         2) For the purposes of this Article, solar panels shall be classified as
                                                                                                                         a) Parallel Flush, where the panels are installed parallel to the roof surface with
                                                                                                                            their upper surface less than or equal to CbCwSs/γ above the roof surface,
                                                                                                                         b) Parallel Raised, where the panels are installed parallel to the roof surface
                                                                                                                            with their upper surface greater than CbCwSs/γ above the roof surface, or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         c) Tilted, where the panels are installed at an angle to the roof surface with
                                                                                                                            their highest edge greater than CbCwSs/γ above the roof surface.

                                                                                                                         3) For sloped roofs with solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in
                                                                                                                      accordance with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except that the slope
                                                                                                                      factor, Cs, shall be
                                                                                                                          a) taken as 1.0 for roof areas extending upslope from the downslope edge
                                                                                                                              of a panel or array of panels at an angle of 45° from each side edge of the
                                                                                                                              panel or array, and
                                                                                                                          b) as specified in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) to (7) for all other roof areas.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.6.16.(3).)

                                                                                                                         4) For sloped roofs with Parallel Flush solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be
                                                                                                                      determined in accordance with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except
                                                                                                                      that
                                                                                                                          a) Cs shall be determined in accordance with Sentence (3),
                                                                                                                         b) where the gap width, wg, between the panels along the roof slope is greater
                                                                                                                             than or equal to the panel width, wp, along the roof slope, the accumulation
                                                                                                                             factor, Ca, shall be taken as
                                                                                                                                 i) 0.0 for the panels,
                                                                                                                                ii) 2.0 for roof areas within a distance of wp downslope from a
                                                                                                                                    downslope panel edge, and
                                                                                                                               iii) 1.0 for all other roof areas
                                                                                                                             (see Note A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b)), and
                                                                                                                          c) where the gap width, wg, between the panels along the roof slope is less
                                                                                                                             than the panel width, wp, along the roof slope, Ca shall be taken as
                                                                                                                                 i) 0.0 for panel areas within a distance of wg downslope from
                                                                                                                                    an upslope panel edge,
                                                                                                                                ii) 1.0 for other panel areas,
                                                                                                                               iii) 2.0 for roof areas in gaps between the panels, and
                                                                                                                               iv) 1.0 for all other roof areas
                                                                                                                             (see Note A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c)).

                                                                                                                         5) For roofs with Parallel Raised solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be
                                                                                                                      determined in accordance with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except
                                                                                                                      that
                                                                                                                          a) where the roof is flat, Ca shall be taken as
                                                                                                                                 i) 1.0 for the panels,
                                                                                                                                ii) 1.0 for roof areas not under the panels,
                                                                                                                               iii) 1.0 for roof areas under the panels within a distance of
                                                                                                                                    min(2hg,2wg) from a panel edge, where hg is the gap height
                                                                                                                                    between the lower surface of the panels and the roof
                                                                                                                                    surface, and wg is the gap width between the panels, and
                                                                                                                               iv) 0.0 for other roof areas under the panels
                                                                                                                             (see Note A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a)), and
                                                                                                                         b) where the roof is sloped, the snow loads, S, derived from Clause (a) shall
                                                                                                                             be used, except that
                                                                                                                                 i) Cs shall be determined in accordance with Sentence (3),




                                                                                                    4-28 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           4.1.7.1.

                                                                                                                                ii) S shall be taken as 0.0 on the panels, and
                                                                                                                               iii) S for all roof areas shall be taken as the sum of S on the
                                                                                                                                    panels, as derived from Subclause (a)(i) and shifted by a
                                                                                                                                    distance of wp downslope onto the roof, where wp is the
                                                                                                                                    panel width along the roof slope, and S on the roof areas, as
                                                                                                                                    derived from Subclauses (a)(ii) to (a)(iv)
                                                                                                                             (see Note A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b)).
                                                                                                                        6) For flat roofs with Tilted solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in
                                                                                                                     accordance with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except that
                                                                                                                        a) Ca shall be taken as 0.0 for the panels,
                                                                                                                        b) Ca shall be taken as 1.0 for roof areas beyond a distance of 5(h – CbCwSs/γ)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            from the lowest edge of the panels, where h is the height of the highest edge
                                                                                                                            of the panels above the roof surface,
                                                                                                                         c) except as provided in Clauses (d) and (e), for roof areas within a distance of
                                                                                                                            5(h – CbCwSs/γ) from the lowest edge of the panels, Ca shall be taken as
                                                                                                                                i) 1.25 for (hg – CbCwSs/γ) ≤ 0.3 m, where hg is the gap height
                                                                                                                                   between the lowest edge of the panels and the roof surface,
                                                                                                                               ii) 1.294 – 0.1471(hg – CbCwSs/γ) for 0.3 < (hg – CbCwSs/γ) ≤ 2.0 m,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                              iii) 1.0 for (hg – CbCwSs/γ) > 2.0 m
                                                                                                                            (see Note A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c)),
                                                                                                                        d) except as provided in Clause (e), Ca shall be taken as 2.0 for roof areas
                                                                                                                            within a distance of wph beyond the lowest edge of the panels, where wph
                                                                                                                            is the horizontal projection of the panel width, wp, along the sloped panel
                                                                                                                            edges, and
                                                                                                                         e) where the panels, panel supports or back plates obstruct snow from sliding
                                                                                                                            under the panels, the load of the increased volume of snow in the gaps
                                                                                                                            between the panels shall be considered to be uniformly distributed.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.6.16.(6).)

                                                                                                    4.1.7.           Wind Load
                                                                                                    4.1.7.1.         Specified Wind Load
                                                                                                                        1) The specified wind loads for a building and its components shall be determined
                                                                                                                     using the Static, Dynamic or Wind Tunnel Procedure as stated in Sentences (2) to (5).
                                                                                                                        2) For the design of buildings that are not dynamically sensitive, as defined in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 4.1.7.2.(1), one of the following procedures shall be used to determine the
                                                                                                                     specified wind loads:
                                                                                                                        a) the Static Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.3.,
                                                                                                                        b) the Dynamic Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.8., or
                                                                                                                        c) the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14.
                                                                                                                        3) For the design of buildings that are dynamically sensitive, as defined in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 4.1.7.2.(2), one of the following procedures shall be used to determine the
                                                                                                                     specified wind loads:
                                                                                                                        a) the Dynamic Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.8., or
                                                                                                                        b) the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14.
                                                                                                                        4) For the design of buildings that may be subject to wake buffeting or channelling
                                                                                                                     effects from nearby buildings, or that are very dynamically sensitive, as defined in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 4.1.7.2.(3), the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14., shall be
                                                                                                                     used to determine the specified wind loads.
                                                                                                                         5) For the design of cladding and secondary structural members, one of the
                                                                                                                     following procedures shall be used to determine the specified wind loads:
                                                                                                                         a) the Static Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.3., or
                                                                                                                         b) the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14.
                                                                                                                       6) Computational fluid dynamics shall not be used to determine the specified
                                                                                                                     wind loads for a building and its components. (See Note A-4.1.7.1.(6).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 4-29
                                                                                                    4.1.7.2.                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    4.1.7.2.              Classification of Buildings
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-4.1.7.2.(2))
                                                                                                                             1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a building is permitted to be
                                                                                                                          classified as not dynamically sensitive.
                                                                                                                              2)    A building shall be classified as dynamically sensitive if
                                                                                                                              a)    its lowest natural frequency is less than 1 Hz and greater than 0.25 Hz,
                                                                                                                              b)    its height is greater than 60 m, or
                                                                                                                              c)    its height is greater than 4 times its minimum effective width, where the
                                                                                                                                    effective width, w, of a building shall be taken as




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    where the summations are over the height of the building for a given wind
                                                                                                                                    direction, hi is the height above grade to level i, and wi is the width normal to
                                                                                                                                    the wind direction at height hi; the minimum effective width is the lowest
                                                                                                                                    value of the effective width considering all wind directions.
                                                                                                                              3) A building shall be classified as very dynamically sensitive if
                                                                                                                              a) its lowest natural frequency is less than or equal to 0.25 Hz, or
                                                                                                                              b) it contains a human occupancy, and its height is more than 6 times its
                                                                                                                                 minimum effective width as defined in Clause (2)(c).

                                                                                                    4.1.7.3.              Static Procedure
                                                                                                                             1) The specified external pressure or suction due to wind on part or all of a surface
                                                                                                                          of a building shall be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                          where
                                                                                                                                    p = specified external pressure acting statically and in a direction normal to the
                                                                                                                                         surface, considered positive when the pressure acts towards the surface
                                                                                                                                         and negative when it acts away from the surface,
                                                                                                                                   IW = importance factor for wind load, as provided in Table 4.1.7.3.,
                                                                                                                                    q = reference velocity pressure, as provided in Sentence (4),
                                                                                                                                   Ce = exposure factor, as provided in Sentences (5) and (7),
                                                                                                                                   Ct = topographic factor, as provided in Article 4.1.7.4.,
                                                                                                                                   Cg = gust effect factor, as provided in Sentence (8), and
                                                                                                                                   Cp = external pressure coefficient, as provided in Articles 4.1.7.5. and 4.1.7.6.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 4.1.7.3.
                                                                                                                                                    Importance Factor for Wind Load, IW
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.7.3.(1) and 4.1.7.8.(4)

                                                                                                                                                                                    Importance Factor, IW
                                                                                                                    Importance Category
                                                                                                                                                                      ULS                                       SLS
                                                                                                    Low                                                                0.8                                      0.75
                                                                                                    Normal                                                             1                                        0.75
                                                                                                    High                                                              1.15                                      0.75
                                                                                                    Post-disaster                                                     1.25                                      0.75


                                                                                                                             2) The net wind load for the building as a whole shall be the algebraic difference of
                                                                                                                          the loads on the windward and leeward surfaces, and in some cases, may be calculated
                                                                                                                          as the sum of the products of the external pressures or suctions and the areas of the
                                                                                                                          surfaces over which they are averaged as provided in Sentence (1).


                                                                                                    4-30 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              4.1.7.3.

                                                                                                                        3) The net specified pressure due to wind on part or all of a surface of a building
                                                                                                                     shall be the algebraic difference, such as to produce the most critical effect, of the
                                                                                                                     external pressure or suction calculated in accordance with Sentence (1) and the
                                                                                                                     specified internal pressure or suction due to wind calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                             pi = specified internal pressure acting statically and in a direction normal to the
                                                                                                                                   surface, either as a pressure directed towards the surface or as a suction




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   directed away from the surface,
                                                                                                                      IW, q, Ct = as defined in Sentence (1),
                                                                                                                            Cei = exposure factor for internal pressure, as provided in Sentence (7),
                                                                                                                           Cgi = internal gust effect factor, as provided in Sentence (10), and
                                                                                                                           Cpi = internal pressure coefficient, as provided in Article 4.1.7.7.
                                                                                                                        4) The reference velocity pressure, q, shall be the appropriate value determined
                                                                                                                     in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3., based on a probability of being exceeded in
                                                                                                                     any one year of 1 in 50.
                                                                                                                        5) The exposure factor, Ce, shall be based on the reference height, h, determined in
                                                                                                                     accordance with Sentence (6), for the surface or part of the surface under consideration
                                                                                                                     and shall be
                                                                                                                        a) (h/10)0.2 but not less than 0.9 for open terrain, where open terrain is level
                                                                                                                            terrain with only scattered buildings, trees or other obstructions, open water
                                                                                                                            or shorelines thereof,
                                                                                                                        b) 0.7(h/12)0.3 but not less than 0.7 for rough terrain, where rough terrain is
                                                                                                                            suburban, urban or wooded terrain extending upwind from the building
                                                                                                                            uninterrupted for at least 1 km or 20 times the height of the building,
                                                                                                                            whichever is greater, or
                                                                                                                        c) an intermediate value between the two exposures defined in Clauses (a)
                                                                                                                            and (b) in cases where the site is less than 1 km or 20 times the height of the
                                                                                                                            building from a change in terrain conditions, whichever is greater, provided
                                                                                                                            an appropriate interpolation method is used (see Note A-4.1.7.3.(5)(c)).
                                                                                                                         6) The reference height, h, shall be determined as follows:
                                                                                                                         a) for buildings whose height is less than or equal to 20 m and less than the
                                                                                                                            smaller plan dimension, h shall be the mid-height of the roof above grade,
                                                                                                                            but not less than 6 m,
                                                                                                                         b) for other buildings, h shall be
                                                                                                                               i) the actual height above grade of the point on the windward
                                                                                                                                  wall for which external pressures are being calculated,
                                                                                                                              ii) the mid-height of the roof for pressures on surfaces parallel
                                                                                                                                  to the wind direction, and
                                                                                                                             iii) the mid-height of the building for pressures on the leeward
                                                                                                                                  wall, and
                                                                                                                         c) for any structural element exposed to wind, h shall be the mid-height of the
                                                                                                                            element above the ground.
                                                                                                                         7) The exposure factor for internal pressures, Cei, shall be determined as follows:
                                                                                                                         a) for buildings whose height is greater than 20 m and that have a dominant
                                                                                                                            opening, Cei shall be equal to the exposure factor for external pressures, Ce,
                                                                                                                            calculated at the mid-height of the dominant opening, and
                                                                                                                         b) for other buildings, Cei shall be the same as the exposure factor for external
                                                                                                                            pressures, Ce, calculated for a reference height, h, equal to the mid-height of
                                                                                                                            the building or 6 m, whichever is greater.
                                                                                                                        8) Except as provided in Sentences (9) and 4.1.7.6.(1), the gust effect factor, Cg,
                                                                                                                     shall be one of the following values:
                                                                                                                        a) 2.0 for the building as a whole and main structural members, or
                                                                                                                        b) 2.5 for external pressures and suctions on secondary structural members,
                                                                                                                             including cladding.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 4-31
                                                                                                    4.1.7.4.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                              9) For cases where Cg and Cp are combined into a single product, CgCp, the values
                                                                                                                           of Cg and Cp need not be independently specified. (See Article 4.1.7.6.)

                                                                                                                            10) The internal gust effect factor, Cgi, shall be 2.0, except it is permitted to be
                                                                                                                           calculated using the following equation for large structures enclosing a single large
                                                                                                                           unpartitioned volume that does not have numerous overhead doors or openings:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           where
                                                                                                                                 V0 = internal volume, in m3, and
                                                                                                                                 A = total area of all exterior openings of the volume, in m2.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-4.1.7.3.(10).)

                                                                                                    4.1.7.4.               Topographic Factor

                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the topographic factor, Ct, shall be taken
                                                                                                                           as 1.0.

                                                                                                                              2) For buildings on hills or escarpments with a slope, Hh/(2Lh), greater than 0.1 (see
                                                                                                                           Figure 4.1.7.4.), the topographic factor, Ct, shall be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                           where




                                                                                                                           where
                                                                                                                             ΔSmax = applicable value from Table 4.1.7.4.,
                                                                                                                                 x = horizontal distance from the peak of the hill or escarpment,
                                                                                                                                Lh = horizontal distance upwind from the peak to the point where the ground
                                                                                                                                      surface lies at half the height of the hill or escarpment, or 2Hh (where
                                                                                                                                      Hh = height of hill or escarpment), whichever is greater,
                                                                                                                                 z = height above ground, and
                                                                                                                           k and α = applicable constants from Table 4.1.7.4. based on shape of hill or escarpment.


                                                                                                                                                                   Table 4.1.7.4.
                                                                                                                                           Parameters for Maximum Speed-up Over Hills and Escarpments
                                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.4.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    k
                                                                                                                      Shape of Hill or Escarpment                                    ΔSmax (1)                   α
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             x<0        x≥0
                                                                                                     2-dimensional hill                                                             2.2Hh/Lh                     3            1.5       1.5
                                                                                                     2-dimensional escarpment                                                       1.3Hh/Lh                    2.5           1.5        4
                                                                                                     3-dimensional axi-symmetrical hill                                             1.6Hh/Lh                     4            1.5       1.5

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.7.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)   For Hh/Lh > 0.5, assume Hh/Lh = 0.5 and substitute 2Hh for Lh in the equation for ΔS.


                                                                                                    4-32 Division B                                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           4.1.7.5.

                                                                                                                                                                   Figure 4.1.7.4.
                                                                                                                                                  Speed-up of mean velocity on a hill or escarpment
                                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.4.(2)



                                                                                                                                                                                                   “speed-up”

                                                                                                                                                                                   V(z)       S × V(z)
                                                                                                                                                                               z
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   x




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                            Hh/2
                                                                                                                                          V(z)                                                          Hh
                                                                                                                                      z                                   Lh                Hh/2

                                                                                                                                                                               Hill




                                                                                                                                                                                   V(z)       S × V(z)
                                                                                                                                                                               z
                                                                                                                                                                                                    x

                                                                                                                                          V(z)               Hh
                                                                                                                                      z                                   Lh

                                                                                                                                                                        Escarpment
                                                                                                                                                                                                             EG00915C


                                                                                                                       Note to Figure 4.1.7.4.:
                                                                                                                       (1) V(z) = wind speed


                                                                                                    4.1.7.5.         External Pressure Coefficients
                                                                                                                         1) Applicable values of external pressure coefficients, Cp, are provided in
                                                                                                                         a) Sentences (2) to (9), and
                                                                                                                         b) Article 4.1.7.6. for certain shapes of low buildings.
                                                                                                                        2) For the design of the main structural system, the value of Cp shall be established
                                                                                                                     as follows, where H is the height of the building and D is the width of the building
                                                                                                                     parallel to the wind direction:
                                                                                                                         a) on the windward face,
                                                                                                                                   Cp = 0.6 for H/D < 0.25
                                                                                                                                      = 0.27(H/D + 2) for 0.25 ≤ H/D < 1.0, and
                                                                                                                                      = 0.8 for H/D ≥ 1.0,
                                                                                                                         b) on the leeward face,
                                                                                                                                   Cp = –0.3 for H/D < 0.25,
                                                                                                                                      = –0.27(H/D + 0.88) for 0.25 ≤ H/D < 1.0, and
                                                                                                                                      = –0.5 for H/D ≥ 1.0, and
                                                                                                                         c) on the walls parallel to the wind, Cp = –0.7.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                         3) For the design of roofs, the value of Cp shall be established as follows, where x
                                                                                                                     is the distance from the upwind edge of the roof:
                                                                                                                         a) for H/D ≥ 1.0, Cp = –1.0, and
                                                                                                                         b) for H/D < 1.0,
                                                                                                                                   Cp = –1.0 for x ≤ H, and
                                                                                                                                       = –0.5 for x > H.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                      Division B 4-33
                                                                                                    4.1.7.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                         4) For the design of the cladding and of secondary structural elements supporting
                                                                                                                      the cladding, the value of Cp shall be established as follows, where W and D are the
                                                                                                                      widths of the building:
                                                                                                                          a) on walls, Cp shall be taken as ±0.9, except that within a distance equal to the
                                                                                                                              larger of 0.1D and 0.1W from a building corner, the negative value of Cp
                                                                                                                              shall be taken as –1.2,
                                                                                                                         b) on walls where vertical ribs deeper than 1 m are placed on the facade, Cp
                                                                                                                              shall be taken as ±0.9, except that, within a distance equal to the larger of
                                                                                                                             0.2D and 0.2W from a building corner, the negative value of Cp shall be taken
                                                                                                                              as –1.4, and
                                                                                                                          c) on roofs, Cp shall be taken as –1.0, except that
                                                                                                                                  i) within a distance equal to the larger of 0.1D and 0.1W from




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     a roof edge, Cp shall be taken as –1.5,
                                                                                                                                 ii) in a zone that is within a distance equal to the larger of
                                                                                                                                     0.2W and 0.2D from a roof corner, Cp shall be taken as –2.3
                                                                                                                                     but is permitted to be taken as –2.0 for roofs with perimeter
                                                                                                                                     parapets that are higher than 1 m, and
                                                                                                                                iii) on lower levels of flat stepped roofs, positive pressure
                                                                                                                                     coefficients established for the walls of the steps apply for a
                                                                                                                                     distance b (see Figure 4.1.7.6.-D for the definition of b).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.7.5.(4).)

                                                                                                                         5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), for the design of balcony guards, the internal
                                                                                                                      pressure coefficient, Cpi, shall be taken as zero and the value of Cp shall be taken as
                                                                                                                      ±0.9, except that, within a distance equal to the larger of 0.1W and 0.1D from a building
                                                                                                                      corner, Cp shall be taken as ±1.2.

                                                                                                                         6) Where the top of the balcony guard is 2.0 m or less below the roof surface, the
                                                                                                                      values of Cp shall be taken as equal to those determined for parapets in Sentences (7)
                                                                                                                      and (8).

                                                                                                                         7) To determine the contribution from parapets to the wind loads on the main
                                                                                                                      structural system, the values of Cp shall be taken as
                                                                                                                          a) on the outer faces, equal to those on the walls below,
                                                                                                                          b) on the inner face of the windward parapet, equal to that on the upwind edge
                                                                                                                             of a roof surface at the level of the top of the parapet, and
                                                                                                                          c) on the inner faces of the other parapets, zero.

                                                                                                                         8) For the structural design of parapets themselves, the values of Cp shall be
                                                                                                                      taken as equal to those specified in Sentence (7), except that the value of Cp on the
                                                                                                                      inner face of the leeward parapet shall be taken as equal to that on the outer face of
                                                                                                                      the windward parapet.

                                                                                                                         9) For the design of cladding on parapets, the values of Cp shall be taken as
                                                                                                                         a) on the outer vertical surfaces, equal to those on the cladding on the walls
                                                                                                                            below, and
                                                                                                                         b) on the inner and top surfaces, equal to those on the cladding of a roof
                                                                                                                            surface at the level of the top of the parapet.

                                                                                                    4.1.7.6.          External Pressure Coefficients for Low Buildings

                                                                                                                         1) For the design of buildings with a height, H, that is both less than or equal
                                                                                                                      to 20 m and less than the smaller plan dimension, the values of the product of
                                                                                                                      the pressure coefficient and gust factor, CgCp, provided in Sentences (2) to (9) are
                                                                                                                      permitted to be used.

                                                                                                                        2) For the design of the main structural system of the building, which is affected by
                                                                                                                      wind pressures on more than one surface as shown in Figure 4.1.7.6.-A, the values of
                                                                                                                      CgCp are provided in Table 4.1.7.6.




                                                                                                    4-34 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                       4.1.7.6.

                                                                                                                                                               Figure 4.1.7.6.-A
                                                                                                                       Primary structural actions arising from wind load acting simultaneously on all surfaces of low
                                                                                                                                                             buildings (H ≤ 20 m)
                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(2) and Table 4.1.7.6.

                                                                                                                                                  Load Case A: winds generally perpendicular to ridge
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        2.5H(6)
                                                                                                                                                                       3
                                                                                                                                                 3E                                          2
                                                                                                                                                           4

                                                                                                                                  4E                                           2E




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                       roof
                                                                                                                                                       slope                                                        1
                                                                                                                                  H



                                                                                                                                                                                                               reference
                                                                                                                                                                                                     1E        height, h(3)
                                                                                                                                                           B
                                                                                                                                                                                          y(4)


                                                                                                                                                                    wind direction
                                                                                                                                                                        range



                                                                                                                                                       Load Case B: winds generally parallel to ridge

                                                                                                                                                                           3                                    6
                                                                                                                                                  3E                                                                        6E
                                                                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                                                       4
                                                                                                                                                                               2E
                                                                                                                                 4E
                                                                                                                                                        roof
                                                                                                                                                        slope                                                       1




                                                                                                                                                  5                                                  1E

                                                                                                                                                                      5E                    y(4)

                                                                                                                                                                       z(5)

                                                                                                                                                           wind direction
                                                                                                                                                               range
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        EG00920B


                                                                                                                       Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-A:
                                                                                                                       (1) The building must be designed for all wind directions. Each corner must be considered in turn as the windward
                                                                                                                           corner shown in the sketches. For all roof slopes, Load Case A and Load Case B are required as two separate
                                                                                                                           loading conditions to generate the wind actions, including torsion, to be resisted by the structural system.
                                                                                                                       (2) For the design of foundations, exclusive of anchorages to the frame, only 70% of the effective load is to be
                                                                                                                           considered.
                                                                                                                       (3) The reference height, h, for pressures is the mid-height of the roof or 6 m, whichever is greater. The eave
                                                                                                                           height, H, may be substituted for the mid-height of the roof if the roof slope is less than 7°.
                                                                                                                       (4) End-zone width y should be the greater of 6 m or 2z, where z is the width of the gable-wall end zone defined
                                                                                                                           for Load Case B below. Alternatively, for buildings with frames, the end-zone width y may be the distance
                                                                                                                           between the end and the first interior frame.
                                                                                                                       (5) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less
                                                                                                                           than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                 Division B 4-35
                                                                                                    4.1.7.6.                                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                                (6) For B/H > 5 in Load Case A, the negative coefficients listed for surfaces 2 and 2E in Table 4.1.7.6. should
                                                                                                                                    only be applied on an area whose width is 2.5H measured from the windward eave. The pressures on the
                                                                                                                                    remainder of the windward roof should be reduced to the pressures for the leeward roof.


                                                                                                                                                                      Table 4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                                                                     External Peak Values of CgCp in Figure 4.1.7.6.-A
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                             External Peak Values of CgCp (1)(2)
                                                                                                          Load      Roof
                                                                                                                                                                                     Building Surfaces
                                                                                                          Case      Slope




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   1        1E          2         2E          3         3E         4         4E          5         5E         6      6E
                                                                                                                   0° to 5°      0.75       1.15     −1.3       −2.0      −0.7       −1.0       −0.55      −0.8          –         –          –      –
                                                                                                                     20°         1.0        1.5      −1.3       −2.0      −0.9       −1.3       −0.8       −1.2          –         –          –      –
                                                                                                           A
                                                                                                                  30° to 45°     1.05       1.3       0.4        0.5      −0.8       −1.0       −0.7       −0.9          –         –          –      –
                                                                                                                     90°         1.05       1.3       1.05       1.3      −0.7       −0.9       −0.7       −0.9          –         –          –      –
                                                                                                           B       0° to 90°    −0.85     −0.9       −1.3       −2.0      −0.7       −1.0       −0.85      −0.9        0.75       1.15     −0.55   −0.8

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.7.6.:
                                                                                                    (1)    For values of roof slope not shown, the coefficient CgCp can be interpolated linearly.
                                                                                                    (2)    Positive coefficients denote forces toward the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the surface.


                                                                                                                                  3) For the design of individual walls and wall cladding, the values of CgCp are
                                                                                                                               provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-B.

                                                                                                                                  4) For the design of roofs with a slope less than or equal to 7°, the values of CgCp
                                                                                                                               are provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C.

                                                                                                                                  5) For the design of flat roofs with steps in elevation, the values of CgCp are
                                                                                                                               provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-D.

                                                                                                                                   6) For the design of gabled or hipped, single-ridge roofs with a slope greater than
                                                                                                                               7°, the values of CgCp are provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-E.

                                                                                                                                  7) For the design of gabled, multi-ridge roofs, the values of CgCp are provided in
                                                                                                                                  a) Figure 4.1.7.6.-C for roofs with a slope less than or equal to 10°, and
                                                                                                                                  b) Figure 4.1.7.6.-F for roofs with a slope greater than 10°.

                                                                                                                                  8) For monosloped roofs, the values of CgCp are provided in
                                                                                                                                  a) Figure 4.1.7.6.-C for roofs with a slope less than or equal to 3°, and
                                                                                                                                  b) Figure 4.1.7.6.-G for roofs with a slope greater than 3° and less than or
                                                                                                                                     equal to 30°.

                                                                                                                                  9) For sawtooth roofs, the values of CgCp are provided in
                                                                                                                                  a) Figure 4.1.7.6.-C for roofs with a slope less than or equal to 10°, and
                                                                                                                                  b) Figure 4.1.7.6.-H for roofs with a slope greater than 10°.

                                                                                                                                10) The wind loads on balcony guards on low buildings shall be as specified in
                                                                                                                               Sentences 4.1.7.5.(5) and (6).

                                                                                                                                11) The wind loads on parapets on low buildings shall be as specified in
                                                                                                                               Sentences 4.1.7.5.(7) to (9).




                                                                                                    4-36 Division B                                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                         4.1.7.6.

                                                                                                                                                              Figure 4.1.7.6.-B
                                                                                                                         External peak values of CgCp on individual walls for the design of cladding and secondary
                                                                                                                                                            structural members
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(3)

                                                                                                                           -3.0



                                                                                                                                                   e
                                                                                                                           -2.0

                                                                                                                                               w




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           -1.0


                                                                                                                        CgCp
                                                                                                                                0



                                                                                                                               1.0
                                                                                                                                                         w
                                                                                                                                                e and

                                                                                                                               2.0
                                                                                                                                     1     2      5    10 20 50 100
                                                                                                                                                Tributary area, m2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              e
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       w
                                                                                                                                                                                        α                                              z
                                                                                                                                                                  H
                                                                                                                                                                              e
                                                                                                                                                                                       w         e    e
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    reference
                                                                                                                                                                       z                                    z       height, h
                                                                                                                                                                                            z
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG00921B


                                                                                                                       Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-B:
                                                                                                                       (1) These coefficients apply for any roof slope, α.
                                                                                                                       (2) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less
                                                                                                                           than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
                                                                                                                       (3) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
                                                                                                                       (4) Positive coefficients denote forces toward the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away
                                                                                                                           from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
                                                                                                                       (5) Pressure coefficients generally apply for facades with architectural features; however, where vertical ribs
                                                                                                                           deeper than 1 m are placed on a facade, a local CgCp of –2.8 applies to zone e.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                   Division B 4-37
                                                                                                    4.1.7.6.                                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                                                            Figure 4.1.7.6.-C
                                                                                                                       External peak values of CgCp on roofs with a slope of 7° or less for the design of structural
                                                                                                                                                       components and cladding
                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.7.6.(4), (7), (8) and (9)

                                                                                                                                                   roof with overhang
                                                                                                                                                   roof without overhang
                                                                                                                                  -6.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                z                   z
                                                                                                                                                            (7)
                                                                                                                                                        c
                                                                                                                                  -5.0                                                                                          z




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                (1)(7)
                                                                                                                                                           oc
                                                                                                                                  -4.0                                                                                          s
                                                                                                                                                                          (1)
                                                                                                                                                                os or
                                                                                                                                                                                                     r          r
                                                                                                                                  -3.0       s
                                                                                                                                                 (2)



                                                                                                                           CgCp
                                                                                                                                                 (2)
                                                                                                                                             r                                                                                  z
                                                                                                                                  -2.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        c
                                                                                                                                                                                                           α
                                                                                                                                  -1.0                                                                                              reference
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            H       height, h
                                                                                                                                                                                                    0° < α ≤ 7°
                                                                                                                                    0

                                                                                                                                                            s        r    c

                                                                                                                                  1.0
                                                                                                                                         1        2    5        10       20       50   100(6)
                                                                                                                                                 Tributary area, m            2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG00922C


                                                                                                                      Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-C:
                                                                                                                      (1) Coefficients for overhung roofs have the prefix “o” and refer to the same roof areas as referred to by the
                                                                                                                          corresponding symbol without a prefix. They include contributions from both upper and lower surfaces. In the
                                                                                                                          case of overhangs, the walls are inboard of the roof outline.
                                                                                                                      (2) s and r apply to both roofs and upper surfaces of canopies.
                                                                                                                      (3) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less
                                                                                                                          than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
                                                                                                                      (4) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
                                                                                                                      (5) Positive coefficients denote forces toward the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away
                                                                                                                          from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
                                                                                                                      (6) For calculating the uplift forces on tributary areas larger than 100 m2 on unobstructed nearly-flat roofs with
                                                                                                                          low parapets, and where the centre of the tributary area is at least twice the height of the building from the
                                                                                                                          nearest edge, the value of CgCp may be reduced from –1.5 to –1.1 at x/H = 2 and further reduced linearly to
                                                                                                                          –0.6 at x/H = 5, where x is the distance to the nearest edge and H is the height of the building.
                                                                                                                      (7) For roofs having a perimeter parapet with a height of 1 m or greater, the corner coefficients CgCp for tributary
                                                                                                                          areas less than 1 m2 can be reduced from –5.4 to –4.4.




                                                                                                    4-38 Division B                                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                       4.1.7.6.

                                                                                                                                                              Figure 4.1.7.6.-D
                                                                                                                     External peak values of CgCp for the design of the structural components and cladding of buildings
                                                                                                                                                             with stepped roofs
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(5)


                                                                                                                                                                                                         h1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  H
                                                                                                                                                                                                         h2




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                              b


                                                                                                                                              W1               W2
                                                                                                                                                       W




                                                                                                                                                                                                    h1
                                                                                                                                                                                                              H
                                                                                                                                                          b                b
                                                                                                                                                                                                    h2

                                                                                                                                             W1                    W2                W3
                                                                                                                                                               W
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG00923A


                                                                                                                       Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-D:
                                                                                                                       (1) The zone designations, pressure-gust coefficients and notes provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply on both
                                                                                                                           the upper and lower levels of flat stepped roofs, except that on the lower levels, positive pressure-gust
                                                                                                                           coefficients equal to those in Figure 4.1.7.6.-B for walls apply for a distance, b, where b is equal to 1.5h1
                                                                                                                           but not greater than 30 m. For all walls in Figure 4.1.7.6.-D, zone designations and pressure coefficients
                                                                                                                           provided for walls in Figure 4.1.7.6.-B apply.
                                                                                                                       (2) Note (1) above applies only when the following conditions are met: h1 ≥ 0.3H, h1 ≥ 3 m, and W1, W2 or W3 is
                                                                                                                           greater than 0.25W but not greater than 0.75W.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                  Division B 4-39
                                                                                                    4.1.7.6.                                                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                                              Figure 4.1.7.6.-E
                                                                                                                      External peak values of CgCp on single-span gabled and hipped roofs with a slope greater than 7°
                                                                                                                                           for the design of structural components and cladding
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(6)

                                                                                                                                                         zz
                                                                                                                                                                                                     c                                 z
                                                                                                                                                                            z                                                           z




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      s                                                                          r
                                                                                                                                                     r            r
                                                                                                                                                                                                s

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            z

                                                                                                                                                     c        s
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  z

                                                                                                                                                 α                                                                   α
                                                                                                                                                                          reference
                                                                                                                                                                        H height, h                                                             h

                                                                                                                                            7° < α ≤ 45°                                                       7° < α ≤ 27°

                                                                                                                                                                                roof with overhang
                                                                                                                                                                                roof without overhang

                                                                                                                                   -8.0    gable and hip roofs
                                                                                                                                                                                                      -8.0            gable roofs
                                                                                                                                              7° < α ≤ 27°                                                           27° < α ≤ 45°
                                                                                                                                   -7.0                                                               -7.0

                                                                                                                                   -6.0                                                               -6.0
                                                                                                                                             C
                                                                                                                                   -5.0                       oc                                      -5.0
                                                                                                                                                               os
                                                                                                                                   -4.0                                                               -4.0                   oc os
                                                                                                                                                         s
                                                                                                                            CgCp   -3.0
                                                                                                                                                     r                                       CgCp     -3.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                               c s           or
                                                                                                                                   -2.0                                                               -2.0
                                                                                                                                             or                                                                          r
                                                                                                                                   -1.0                                                               -1.0

                                                                                                                                   0.0                                                                   0.0
                                                                                                                                                             s r c
                                                                                                                                   1.0                                                                   1.0                 s r c
                                                                                                                                   2.0                                                                   2.0
                                                                                                                                     0.1         1       10           100                                  0.1        1           10        100
                                                                                                                                          Tributary area, m2                                                   Tributary area, m2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG00924D


                                                                                                                       Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-E:
                                                                                                                       (1) Coefficients for overhung roofs have the prefix “o” and refer to the same roof areas as referred to by the
                                                                                                                           corresponding symbol without a prefix. They include contributions from both upper and lower surfaces.
                                                                                                                       (2) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less
                                                                                                                           than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
                                                                                                                       (3) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
                                                                                                                       (4) Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away
                                                                                                                           from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
                                                                                                                       (5) For hipped roofs with 7° < α ≤ 27°, edge/ridge strips and pressure-gust coefficients for ridges of gabled roofs
                                                                                                                           apply along each hip.




                                                                                                    4-40 Division B                                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                              4.1.7.6.

                                                                                                                                                              Figure 4.1.7.6.-F
                                                                                                                      External peak values of CgCp on multi-span gabled (folded) roofs with a slope greater than 10° for
                                                                                                                                             the design of structural components and cladding
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(7)

                                                                                                                                                                          z         zz            z
                                                                                                                                                                                                         z
                                                                                                                                                                                                         z

                                                                                                                                                                   s'




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                   s
                                                                                                                                                                                r           r




                                                                                                                                                                    c


                                                                                                                                                                   reference                                                        reference
                                                                                                                                                              H    height, h                                                  H     height, h
                                                                                                                                  10° <           ≤ 30°                                                 30° <     ≤ 45°



                                                                                                                                                          c                                                   c
                                                                                                                                -5.0                                                             -5.0

                                                                                                                                             s'                                                               s
                                                                                                                                -4.0                                                             -4.0         r
                                                                                                                                             s

                                                                                                                                -3.0         r                                                   -3.0                          s'

                                                                                                                                                                                                                               r
                                                                                                                                -2.0                                                             -2.0
                                                                                                                        Cg Cp                                                            Cg Cp
                                                                                                                                -1.0                                                             -1.0


                                                                                                                                0.0                                                              0.0
                                                                                                                                                                  s r c
                                                                                                                                1.0                                                              1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              s r c

                                                                                                                                2.0                                                              2.0
                                                                                                                                       0.1             1        10        100                           0.1          1         10      100
                                                                                                                                                      Tributary area, m 2                                           Tributary area, m2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG00925B


                                                                                                                       Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-F:
                                                                                                                       (1) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less
                                                                                                                           than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
                                                                                                                       (2) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
                                                                                                                       (3) Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away
                                                                                                                           from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
                                                                                                                       (4) For α ≤ 10°, the coefficients given in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply, but for cases where α > than 7°, use α = 7°.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                        Division B 4-41
                                                                                                    4.1.7.6.                                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                            Figure 4.1.7.6.-G
                                                                                                                      External peak values of CgCp on monoslope roofs for the design of structural components and
                                                                                                                                                                cladding
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(8)


                                                                                                                                     2z                  2z                                           2z                       s

                                                                                                                                               s'        c              2z                                                                     z
                                                                                                                                4z c'                                                            4z c'




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     s'                            s
                                                                                                                                                   r                                                                   r
                                                                                                                                                                                           s



                                                                                                                                     c'                                                               c'
                                                                                                                                                s'       c                                                                                     z
                                                                                                                                                             z                                        z                    s




                                                                                                                                                                    H        reference                                                             reference
                                                                                                                                                                             height, h                                                     H       height, h

                                                                                                                                     3°<        ≤ 10°                                                 10° <            ≤ 30°



                                                                                                                                -6                                                               -6

                                                                                                                                -5                                                               -5
                                                                                                                                               c'                                                                  c'
                                                                                                                                -4        s'                                                     -4
                                                                                                                                               c
                                                                                                                                                                                                               s
                                                                                                                                -3    s                                                          -3
                                                                                                                        Cg Cp                                                            Cg Cp             r
                                                                                                                                -2                                                               -2
                                                                                                                                                             r
                                                                                                                                -1                                                               -1

                                                                                                                                 0                                                                0

                                                                                                                                 1             all regions                                        1                    all regions

                                                                                                                                               2        10        50                                               2           10        50
                                                                                                                                          1         5        20     100                                    1               5        20     100

                                                                                                                                     Tributary area, m2                                                   Tributary area, m2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     EG00926B


                                                                                                                      Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-G:
                                                                                                                      (1) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less
                                                                                                                          than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
                                                                                                                      (2) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
                                                                                                                      (3) Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away
                                                                                                                          from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
                                                                                                                      (4) For α ≤ 3°, the coefficients given in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply.




                                                                                                    4-42 Division B                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                    4.1.7.7.

                                                                                                                                                                 Figure 4.1.7.6.-H
                                                                                                                           External peak values of CgCp on sawtooth roofs with a slope greater than 10° for the design of
                                                                                                                                                       structural components and cladding
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(9)

                                                                                                                                    z                  z
                                                                                                                                                                                      -8
                                                                                                                           2z                                      z
                                                                                                                                                                                                                c span A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A B C D
                                                                                                                                                                                      -7
                                                                                                                                             c
                                                                                                                                                           s                               s
                                                                                                                                                                                      -6




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                s
                                                                                                                                                                                      -5
                                                                                                                                                                                               c spans B,C,D
                                                                                                                                             r                                        -4
                                                                                                                                                                                                       r
                                                                                                                                                                                      -3

                                                                                                                                                                               CgCp   -2

                                                                                                                                                                                      -1

                                                                                                                           2z                                      z                  0

                                                                                                                                                       z                              1        r

                                                                                                                                         α                                                 c
                                                                                                                                                                   reference          2
                                                                                                                                                                                           s
                                                                                                                                                               H   height, h
                                                                                                                                                                                      3
                                                                                                                                     w/2         w/2                                               1       2       5     10 20          50     100
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Tributary area, m2
                                                                                                                                    10° < α < 30°                                                                                            EG00927C


                                                                                                                           Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-H:
                                                                                                                           (1) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less
                                                                                                                               than 4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
                                                                                                                           (2) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
                                                                                                                           (3) Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away
                                                                                                                               from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
                                                                                                                           (4) Negative coefficients on the corner zones of Span A differ from those on Spans B, C and D.
                                                                                                                           (5) For α ≤ 10°, the coefficients given in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply, but for cases where α > than 7°, use α = 7°.


                                                                                                    4.1.7.7.            Internal Pressure Coefficient

                                                                                                                           1) The internal pressure coefficient, Cpi, for buildings shall be as prescribed in
                                                                                                                        Table 4.1.7.7.

                                                                                                                                                                          Table 4.1.7.7.
                                                                                                                                                                 Internal Pressure Coefficients
                                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.7.(1)

                                                                                                                                Building Openings                                                                    Values for Cpi
                                                                                                    Uniformly distributed small openings amounting to less than 0.1% of the                                           –0.15 to 0.0
                                                                                                    total surface area of the building
                                                                                                    Non-uniformly distributed openings of which none is significant or                                               –0.45 to +0.30
                                                                                                    significant openings that are wind-resistant and closed during storms
                                                                                                    Large openings likely to remain open during storms                                                               –0.70 to +0.70




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                              Division B 4-43
                                                                                                    4.1.7.8.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                         2) The internal pressure coefficient, Cpi, for cladding on parapets shall be
                                                                                                                      –0.70 to +0.70. (See Note A-4.1.7.7.(2).)

                                                                                                    4.1.7.8.          Dynamic Procedure
                                                                                                                         1) For the application of the Dynamic Procedure, the provisions of Article 4.1.7.3.
                                                                                                                      shall be followed, except that the exposure factor, Ce, shall be as prescribed in
                                                                                                                      Sentences (2) and (3), and the gust effect factor, Cg, shall be as prescribed in
                                                                                                                      Sentence (4), when determining the wind loads on the main structural system.
                                                                                                                         2) For buildings in open terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(a), the value of Ce
                                                                                                                      for the design of the main structural system shall be calculated as follows:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                         3) For buildings in rough terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(b), the value of Ce
                                                                                                                      for the design of the main structural system shall be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                         4) For the design of the main structural system, Cg shall be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                           gp = peak factor calculated as                          , and

                                                                                                                          σ/µ
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                            ν = average fluctuation rate calculated as            ,
                                                                                                                            T = 3 600 s,
                                                                                                                           K = 0.08 for open terrain and 0.10 for rough terrain,
                                                                                                                          CeH = exposure factor evaluated at reference height h = H,
                                                                                                                            B = background turbulence factor, a function of w/H determined from
                                                                                                                                Figure 4.1.7.8.,
                                                                                                                              s = size reduction factor calculated as                          ,

                                                                                                                              F = gust energy ratio calculated as          , where x0 = (1 220fnD/VH), and
                                                                                                                              β = damping ratio, which shall be determined by a rational method, or may be
                                                                                                                                  taken to be 0.01 for steel structures, 0.02 for concrete structures, and 0.015
                                                                                                                                  for composite structures,
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          fnD = natural frequency of vibration of the building in the along-wind direction, in
                                                                                                                                Hz,
                                                                                                                            H = height of the building,
                                                                                                                            w = effective width of windward face of the building calculated as            , where
                                                                                                                                wi = width normal to wind direction at height hi, and
                                                                                                                          VH = mean wind speed at the top of the structure, in m/s, calculated as              ,
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                             = reference wind speed at a height of 10 m, in m/s, calculated as             ,


                                                                                                    4-44 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                                                    4.1.7.9.

                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                           IW = importance factor for wind load, as provided in Table 4.1.7.3.,
                                                                                                                            q = reference velocity pressure, in Pa, and
                                                                                                                            ρ = air density = 1.2929 kg/m3.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.7.8.(4).)

                                                                                                                                                                                              Figure 4.1.7.8.
                                                                                                                                                                                     Background turbulence factor, B
                                                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.8.(4)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                             400
                                                                                                                                                             300

                                                                                                                                                             200



                                                                                                                                                             100
                                                                                                                                                              80
                                                                                                                                                              60
                                                                                                                                                              50




                                                                                                                                    Height of structure, m
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          w/H
                                                                                                                                                              40

                                                                                                                                                              30         5.
                                                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                                                                        3.
                                                                                                                                                                                             0         2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                0.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     7    0. 0.3   0.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   0  1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            5      0.2
                                                                                                                                                              20



                                                                                                                                                              10
                                                                                                                                                               8
                                                                                                                                                               6
                                                                                                                                                               5
                                                                                                                                                               4

                                                                                                                                                               3

                                                                                                                                                                                                        914/H
                                                                                                                                                               2
                                                                                                                                                                                                            1              1                   x
                                                                                                                                                                                   B = 4/3                   xH         1 + xw
                                                                                                                                                                                                        1 + 457             122            (1 + x2)4/3 dx
                                                                                                                                                                                                  00
                                                                                                                                                               1
                                                                                                                                                                   0.4            0.6              0.8                1.0                1.2        1.4         1.6       1.8

                                                                                                                                                                                                 Background turbulence factor, B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG00916B




                                                                                                    4.1.7.9.         Full and Partial Wind Loading

                                                                                                                        1) Except where the wind loads are derived from the combined CgCp values
                                                                                                                     determined in accordance with Article 4.1.7.6., buildings and structural members shall
                                                                                                                     be capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads:
                                                                                                                         a) the full wind loads acting along each of the 2 principal horizontal axes
                                                                                                                            considered separately,
                                                                                                                        b) 75% of the wind loads described in Clause (a) but offset from the central
                                                                                                                            geometric axis of the building by 15% of its width normal to the direction of
                                                                                                                            the force to produce the worst load effect,
                                                                                                                         c) 75% of the wind loads described in Clause (a) but with both axes considered
                                                                                                                            simultaneously, and
                                                                                                                        d) 56% of the wind loads described in Clause (a) but with both axes considered
                                                                                                                            simultaneously and offset from the central geometric axis of the building by
                                                                                                                            15% of its width normal to the direction of the force.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.7.9.(1).)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                                                               Division B 4-45
                                                                                                    4.1.7.10.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    4.1.7.10.         Interior Walls and Partitions

                                                                                                                         1) In the design of interior walls and partitions, due consideration shall be given
                                                                                                                      to differences in air pressure on opposite sides of the wall or partition which may
                                                                                                                      result from
                                                                                                                          a) pressure differences between the windward and leeward sides of a building,
                                                                                                                          b) stack effects due to a difference in air temperature between the exterior and
                                                                                                                              interior of the building, and
                                                                                                                          c) air pressurization by the mechanical services of the building.

                                                                                                    4.1.7.11.         Exterior Ornamentations, Equipment and Appendages




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.7.11.)

                                                                                                                         1) The effects of wind loads on exterior ornamentations, equipment and
                                                                                                                      appendages, including the increase in exposed area as a result of ice buildup as
                                                                                                                      prescribed in CAN/CSA-S37, “Antennas, towers, and antenna-supporting structures,”
                                                                                                                      shall be considered in the structural design of the connections and the building.

                                                                                                                         2) Where there are a number of similar components, the net increase in force is
                                                                                                                      permitted to be based on the total area for all similar components as opposed to the
                                                                                                                      summation of forces of individual elements.

                                                                                                    4.1.7.12.         Attached Canopies on Low Buildings with a Height H ≤ 20 m
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.7.12.)

                                                                                                                          1) For the purposes of this Article, “attached canopy” shall mean a horizontal
                                                                                                                      canopy with a maximum slope of 2% that is attached to a building wall at any height,
                                                                                                                      hc, above ground level.

                                                                                                                         2) The specified external wind pressure, p, and the specified net external wind
                                                                                                                      pressure, pnet, for attached canopies on exterior walls of low buildings with a height
                                                                                                                      H ≤ 20 m shall be determined as follows:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                              p = specified external wind pressure acting statically and in a direction normal
                                                                                                                                   to the upper or lower surface of the canopy, considered positive when
                                                                                                                                   acting towards the surface and negative when acting away from the surface,
                                                                                                                           pnet = specified net external wind pressure acting statically on the canopy,
                                                                                                                                   considered positive when acting in a downward direction and negative
                                                                                                                                   when acting in an upward direction,
                                                                                                                      IW, q, Ce, Ct = as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(1),
                                                                                                                         CgCp = gust pressure coefficient on the upper or lower surface of the canopy, as
                                                                                                                                   given in Figure 4.1.7.12.-A, and
                                                                                                                      (CgCp)net = net gust pressure coefficient on the canopy, considering simultaneous
                                                                                                                                   contributions from the upper and lower surfaces of the canopy, as given
                                                                                                                                   in Figure 4.1.7.12.-B.




                                                                                                    4-46 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  4.1.7.12.

                                                                                                                                                             Figure 4.1.7.12.-A
                                                                                                                        Gust pressure coefficients on the upper and lower surfaces of attached canopies with no gap
                                                                                                                                                    between the canopy and the building
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.12.(2)




                                                                                                                                                                                                  -3.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                          upper surface
                                                                                                                                                                             reference             -2.6
                                                                                                                                                                        H    height, h




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                  -2.0
                                                                                                                                                                   hc                              -1.9
                                                                                                                                                                                                   -1.6   lower
                                                                                                                                                                                                   -1.5      surface
                                                                                                                                                                                                  -1.0

                                                                                                                                                                                           CgCp

                                                                                                                                                                                                  0.0



                                                                                                                                                                                                   1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                 upper                    upper and lower surfaces
                                                                                                                                                                                                    1.4
                                                                                                                                                                                 surface
                                                                                                                                                                                                    1.9
                                                                                                                                                                                                  2.0
                                                                                                                                                                                 lower              0.1        1          10      100
                                                                                                                                                                                 surface                           Area, m2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                               EG01416A


                                                                                                                       Notes to Figure 4.1.7.12.-A:
                                                                                                                       (1) The coefficients apply for any roof slope, α.
                                                                                                                       (2) The reference height, h, is the mid-height of the roof or 6 m, whichever is greater.
                                                                                                                       (3) Positive CgCp values denote forces acting towards the upper or lower surface of the canopy, whereas
                                                                                                                           negative CgCp values denote forces acting away from the surface. Each structural element must be designed
                                                                                                                           to resist both the positive and negative forces.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                               Division B 4-47
                                                                                                    4.1.7.13.                                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                                                              Figure 4.1.7.12.-B
                                                                                                                      Net gust pressure coefficients on attached canopies, considering simultaneous contributions from
                                                                                                                                                 the upper and lower surfaces of the canopy
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.12.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                                        -4.0

                                                                                                                                                                                                                0.9 ≤ hc/H ≤ 1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                        -3.2
                                                                                                                                                                                                        -3.0
                                                                                                                                                                         reference                      -2.6
                                                                                                                                                                     H   height, h
                                                                                                                                                                                                                0.5 < hc/H < 0.9




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                        -2.1
                                                                                                                                                               hc                                       -2.0

                                                                                                                                                                                                         -1.5   hc/H ≤ 0.5
                                                                                                                                                                                                         -1.3
                                                                                                                                                                                                        -1.0

                                                                                                                                                                                            (CgCp)net
                                                                                                                                                                                                        0.0


                                                                                                                                                                                  upper
                                                                                                                                                                                  surface                1.0

                                                                                                                                                                                                         1.5

                                                                                                                                                                                  lower                          All hc/H
                                                                                                                                                                                                        2.0
                                                                                                                                                                                  surface                2.1



                                                                                                                                                                                                        3.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                           0.1              1          10      100
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Area, m2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG01417A



                                                                                                                        Notes to Figure 4.1.7.12.-B:
                                                                                                                        (1) The coefficients apply for any roof slope, α.
                                                                                                                        (2) The reference height, h, is the mid-height of the roof or 6 m, whichever is greater.
                                                                                                                        (3) Positive (CgCp)net values denote net forces acting in a downward direction on the canopy, whereas negative
                                                                                                                            (CgCp)net values denote net forces acting in an upward direction on the canopy. The canopy must be designed
                                                                                                                            to resist both the positive and negative net forces.


                                                                                                    4.1.7.13.         Roof-Mounted Solar Panels on Buildings of Any Height
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.7.13.)
                                                                                                                         1) Where solar panels are installed on a roof, the roof wind loads shall account for
                                                                                                                      the wind loads on the solar panels, as determined in accordance with Sentences (2)
                                                                                                                      to (7), or shall be determined in the same way as for the roof without solar panels,
                                                                                                                      whichever approach results in the most critical effect.
                                                                                                                         2) For an array of solar panels where the panels are installed close and parallel to
                                                                                                                      the roof surface with their upper surface not more than 250 mm above the roof surface
                                                                                                                      and with gaps around the panels of not less than 6 mm, the net positive or negative
                                                                                                                      pressure difference between the upper and lower surfaces of a panel or the array shall
                                                                                                                      be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                      IW, q, Ce, Ct, Cg, Cp = as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(1), determined in the same manner
                                                                                                                                    as for the roof cladding,
                                                                                                                              E = edge factor, as provided in Sentence (4), and
                                                                                                                             γa = pressure equalization factor, as provided in Sentence (3).


                                                                                                    4-48 Division B                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                      4.1.7.13.

                                                                                                                         3) The pressure equalization factor, γa, in Sentence (2) shall be
                                                                                                                         a) for a panel or an array where the panel chord length, Lp, is greater than
                                                                                                                            2 m or for a panel or an array that is within a distance of 2h2 from the roof
                                                                                                                            edge or ridge, where h2 is the height of the panel's highest point above the
                                                                                                                            roof surface, taken as 1.0, and
                                                                                                                         b) for other panels or arrays, determined from Figure 4.1.7.13.-A based on the
                                                                                                                            area of the panel or array over which the wind load is being calculated.


                                                                                                                                                                Figure 4.1.7.13.-A
                                                                                                                       Pressure equalization factor, γa, for solar panels or arrays mounted on roofs of buildings of any
                                                                                                                                                                      height




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Clause 4.1.7.13.(3)(b)


                                                                                                                                                                               1.1




                                                                                                                                             Pressure equalization factor, a
                                                                                                                                                                               1.0

                                                                                                                                                                               0.9

                                                                                                                                                                               0.8

                                                                                                                                                                               0.7

                                                                                                                                                                               0.6

                                                                                                                                                                               0.5

                                                                                                                                                                               0.4
                                                                                                                                                                                     1              10    100
                                                                                                                                                                                         Area, m2        EG00791B



                                                                                                                         4) The edge factor, E, in Sentence (2) shall be taken as
                                                                                                                         a) 1.5 within a distance of 1.5Lp from an exposed edge of the array of solar
                                                                                                                            panels, as defined in Sentence (5), and
                                                                                                                         b) 1.0 elsewhere.

                                                                                                                        5) For the purposes of Clause (4)(a), an exposed edge of the array of solar panels
                                                                                                                     shall be considered to occur
                                                                                                                        a) where the distance to the next row of panels or the distance across a gap in
                                                                                                                             the same row of panels exceeds 4h2 or 1.2 m, whichever is greater, or
                                                                                                                        b) where the distance to the roof edge exceeds 4h2 or 1.2 m, whichever is
                                                                                                                             greater, and exceeds 0.5h, where h is the reference height of the roof.

                                                                                                                        6) For an array of solar panels mounted on a roof with a slope, α, less than or equal
                                                                                                                     to 7°, where the panels are tilted relative to the roof surface, have a chord length, Lp, not
                                                                                                                     greater than 2 m, and are installed such that the height of their lowest point above the
                                                                                                                     roof surface, h1, is not greater than 0.6 m, the height of their highest point above the roof
                                                                                                                     surface, h2, is not greater than 1.2 m, and their tilt angle relative to the roof surface, ω, is
                                                                                                                     not greater than 35°, or where the panels are installed parallel to the roof surface with
                                                                                                                     their upper surface greater than 250 mm above the roof surface and with gaps not less
                                                                                                                     than 6 mm between the panels, the net positive or negative pressure difference between
                                                                                                                     the upper and the lower surfaces of a panel or the array shall be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                     IW, q, Ce, Ct = as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(1), determined in the same manner as
                                                                                                                                  for the roof cladding, and
                                                                                                                     (CgCp)net = net gust pressure coefficient, as provided in Sentence (7).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                  Division B 4-49
                                                                                                    4.1.7.13.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          7) The net gust pressure coefficient, (CgCp)net, in Sentence (6) shall be calculated as
                                                                                                                      follows:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                           γp = parapet factor, determined as the lesser of 1.2 and (0.9 + hpt/h),
                                                                                                                           γc = chord factor, determined as the greater of (0.6 + 0.2Lp) and 0.8,
                                                                                                                            E = as defined in Sentence (2), and
                                                                                                                      (CgCp)n = normalized gust pressure coefficient, determined from Figure 4.1.7.13.-B




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                 based on ω and AN,
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          hpt = height of the parapet above the roof surface, in m,
                                                                                                                            h = reference height of the roof, in m,
                                                                                                                           Lp = panel chord length, in m,
                                                                                                                            ω = panel tilt angle relative to the roof surface, and
                                                                                                                          AN = normalized panel or array area, calculated as
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                            A = panel or array area over which the wind load is being calculated, in m2, and
                                                                                                                           Lb = normalized building length, in m, determined as the lesser of             ,h
                                                                                                                                and WS,
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          WL = longest horizontal dimension of the building, in m, and
                                                                                                                          WS = smallest horizontal dimension of the building, in m.




                                                                                                    4-50 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                           4.1.7.14.

                                                                                                                                                              Figure 4.1.7.13.-B
                                                                                                                       Normalized gust pressure coefficient, (CgCp)n, for solar panels or arrays mounted on low-sloped
                                                                                                                                                      roofs of buildings of any height
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.13.(7)



                                                                                                                                                                                                                    solar                         Lp
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    panel                (C
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          g   C
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              p   )n
                                                                                                                                                              WL
                                                                                                                                            2h                                    2h                         roof




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              2h            3                 2                    3                                         h2

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  h1
                                                                                                                        WS                  2                 1                    2


                                                                                                                              2h            3                 2                    3                                               hpt    H ground
                                                                                                                                                     Roof zones (plan view)


                                                                                                                                  4.4                                                              6.4
                                                                                                                                                                                                    6
                                                                                                                                   4                                                                            3
                                                                                                                                                 3                                                 5.6
                                                                                                                                  3.6                                                              5.2
                                                                                                                                  3.2                                                              4.8
                                                                                                                                                 2                                                 4.4
                                                                                                                                  2.8                                                                           2
                                                                                                                                                                                                    4
                                                                                                                                  2.4                                                              3.6
                                                                                                                        (CgCp)n                                                          (CgCp)n
                                                                                                                                                 1
                                                                                                                                   2                                                               3.2
                                                                                                                                                                                                   2.8          1
                                                                                                                                  1.6
                                                                                                                                                                                                   2.4
                                                                                                                                  1.2                                                               2

                                                                                                                                  0.8                                                              1.6
                                                                                                                                                                                                   1.2
                                                                                                                                  0.4
                                                                                                                                                                                                   0.8
                                                                                                                                   0                                                               0.4
                                                                                                                                        1            10        100         1000                          1            10          100             1000
                                                                                                                                                     Normalized area, AN                                              Normalized area, AN
                                                                                                                                                         0° ≤ ≤ 5°                                                       15° ≤ ≤ 35°
                                                                                                                                                                                  1 , 2 , 3 = roof zones                                               EG00793B


                                                                                                                       Notes to Figure 4.1.7.13.-B:
                                                                                                                       (1) H = height of the building.
                                                                                                                       (2) h = reference height of the roof.
                                                                                                                       (3) (CgCp)n values are for both positive and negative values.
                                                                                                                       (4) For panels with 5° < < 15°, linear interpolation is permitted.


                                                                                                    4.1.7.14.        Wind Tunnel Procedure

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), wind tunnel tests on scale models
                                                                                                                     to determine wind loads on buildings shall be conducted in accordance with ASCE/SEI
                                                                                                                     49, “Wind Tunnel Testing for Buildings and Other Structures.”

                                                                                                                        2) Where an adjacent building provides substantial sheltering effect, the wind loads
                                                                                                                     for the main structural system shall be no lower than 80% of the loads determined


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                                       Division B 4-51
                                                                                                    4.1.8.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                      from tests referred to in Sentence (1) with the effect of the sheltering building removed
                                                                                                                      as applied to
                                                                                                                          a) the base shear force for buildings with a ratio of height to minimum effective
                                                                                                                             width, as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.2.(2), less than or equal to 1.0, or
                                                                                                                          b) the base moment for buildings with a ratio of height to minimum effective
                                                                                                                             width greater than 1.0.
                                                                                                                         3) For the design of cladding and secondary structural members, the exterior
                                                                                                                      wind loads determined from the wind tunnel tests shall be no less onerous than
                                                                                                                      those determined by analysis in accordance with Article 4.1.7.3. using the following
                                                                                                                      assumptions:
                                                                                                                         a) Cg = 2.5 and Cp = ±0.72, where the building's height is greater than 20 m or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             greater than its minimum effective width, and
                                                                                                                         b) CgCp = 80% of the values for zones w and r provided in Article 4.1.7.6.,
                                                                                                                             where the building's height is less than or equal to 20 m and no greater than
                                                                                                                             its minimum effective width.

                                                                                                    4.1.8.            Earthquake Load and Effects
                                                                                                    4.1.8.1.          Analysis
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), the deflections and specified loading
                                                                                                                      due to earthquake motions shall be determined according to the requirements of
                                                                                                                      Articles 4.1.8.2. to 4.1.8.23.
                                                                                                                         2) Where IEFsSa(0.2,X450) and IEFsSa(2.0,X450) are less than 0.16 and 0.03 respectively,
                                                                                                                      the deflections and specified loading due to earthquake motions are permitted to be
                                                                                                                      determined in accordance with Sentences (3) to (15), where
                                                                                                                          a) IE is the earthquake importance factor and has a value of 0.8, 1.0, 1.3 and
                                                                                                                             1.5 for buildings in the Low, Normal, High and Post-disaster Importance
                                                                                                                             Categories respectively,
                                                                                                                          b) Fs is the site coefficient based on the average 60 or , as defined in
                                                                                                                             Article 4.1.8.2., for the top 30 m of soil below the footings, pile caps, or mat
                                                                                                                             foundations and has a value of
                                                                                                                                 i) 1.0 for rock sites or when 60 > 50 or > 100 kPa,
                                                                                                                                ii) 1.6 when 15 ≤ 60 ≤ 50 or 50 kPa ≤ ≤ 100 kPa, and
                                                                                                                               iii) 2.8 for all other cases, and
                                                                                                                          c) Sa(T,X450) is the 5%-damped spectral acceleration value at period T for site
                                                                                                                             designation X450, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2., determined in accordance
                                                                                                                             with Subsection 1.1.3. and corresponding to a 2% probability of exceedance
                                                                                                                             in 50 years.
                                                                                                                         3) The structure shall have a clearly defined
                                                                                                                         a) seismic force resisting system (SFRS) to resist the earthquake loads and
                                                                                                                            their effects, and
                                                                                                                         b) load path (or paths) that will transfer the inertial forces generated in an
                                                                                                                            earthquake to the supporting ground.
                                                                                                                         4) An unreinforced masonry SFRS shall not be permitted where
                                                                                                                         a) IE is greater than 1.0, or
                                                                                                                         b) the height above grade is greater than or equal to 30 m.
                                                                                                                         5) The height above grade of an SFRS designed in accordance with CSA S136,
                                                                                                                      “North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural
                                                                                                                      Members (using the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada),” shall be less than
                                                                                                                      15 m.
                                                                                                                         6) Earthquake forces shall be assumed to act horizontally and independently
                                                                                                                      about any two orthogonal axes.
                                                                                                                         7) The specified lateral earthquake force, Vs, at the base of the structure in the
                                                                                                                      direction under consideration shall be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                    4-52 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              4.1.8.1.

                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                      Sa(Ts,X450) = value of Sa(Ts,X450) determined by linear interpolation between the values
                                                                                                                                  of Sa(0.2,X450 ), Sa(0.5,X450) and Sa(1.0,X450),
                                                                                                                                = Sa(0.2,X450) for Ts ≤ 0.2 s, and
                                                                                                                                = Sa(1.0,X450) for Ts ≥ 1.0 s,
                                                                                                                            W = sum of Wi over the height of the building, where Wi is defined in
                                                                                                                                  Article 4.1.8.2., and
                                                                                                                            Rs = 1.5, except Rs = 1.0 for structures where the storey strength is less than that
                                                                                                                                  in the storey above and for an unreinforced masonry SFRS,
                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                            Ts = fundamental lateral period of vibration of the building, as defined in
                                                                                                                                  Article 4.1.8.2.,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                = 0.085(hn)¾ for steel moment frames,
                                                                                                                                = 0.075(hn)¾ for concrete moment frames,
                                                                                                                                = 0.1N for other moment frames,
                                                                                                                                = 0.025hn for braced frames, and
                                                                                                                                = 0.05(hn)¾ for shear walls and other structures,
                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                            hn = height, in m, above the base to level n, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2., and
                                                                                                                            N = total number of storeys above exterior grade to level n, as defined in
                                                                                                                                  Article 4.1.8.2.,
                                                                                                                     except that, in cases where Rs = 1.5, Vs need not be greater than FsSa(0.5,X450)IEW/Rs.
                                                                                                                        8) The specified lateral earthquake force, Vs, shall be distributed over the height of
                                                                                                                     the building in accordance with the following formula:




                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                           Fx = force applied through the centre of mass at level x,
                                                                                                                      Wx, Wi = portion of W that is located at or is assigned to level x or i respectively, and
                                                                                                                       hx, hi = height, in m, above the base to level x or i respectively, as defined in
                                                                                                                                 Article 4.1.8.2.
                                                                                                                         9) Accidental torsional effects applied concurrently with Fx shall be considered
                                                                                                                     by applying torsional moments about the vertical axis at each level for each of the
                                                                                                                     following cases considered separately:
                                                                                                                         a) +0.1DnxFx, and
                                                                                                                         b) −0.1DnxFx.
                                                                                                                      10) Deflections obtained from a linear analysis shall include the effects of torsion
                                                                                                                     and be multiplied by Rs/IE to get realistic values of expected deflections.
                                                                                                                       11) The deflections referred to in Sentence (10) shall be used to calculate the largest
                                                                                                                     interstorey deflection, which shall not exceed
                                                                                                                         a) 0.01hs for post-disaster buildings,
                                                                                                                         b) 0.02hs for High Importance Category buildings, and
                                                                                                                         c) 0.025hs for all other buildings,
                                                                                                                     where hs is the interstorey height as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.
                                                                                                                       12) When earthquake forces are calculated using Rs = 1.5, the following elements in
                                                                                                                     the SFRS shall have their design forces due to earthquake effects increased by 33%:
                                                                                                                         a) diaphragms and their chords, connections, struts and collectors,
                                                                                                                         b) tie downs in wood or drywall shear walls,
                                                                                                                         c) connections and anchor bolts in steel- and wood-braced frames,
                                                                                                                        d) connections in precast concrete, and
                                                                                                                         e) connections in steel moment frames.
                                                                                                                      13) Except as provided in Sentence (14), where cantilever parapet walls, other
                                                                                                                     cantilever walls, exterior ornamentation and appendages, towers, chimneys or
                                                                                                                     penthouses are connected to or form part of a building, they shall be designed, along
                                                                                                                     with their connections, for a lateral force, Vsp, distributed according to the distribution


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 4-53
                                                                                                    4.1.8.2.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                      of mass of the element and acting in the lateral direction that results in the most critical
                                                                                                                      loading for design using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                          Wp = weight of a portion of a structure as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.
                                                                                                                       14) The value of Vsp shall be doubled for unreinforced masonry elements.
                                                                                                                        15) Structures designed in accordance with this Article need not comply with the
                                                                                                                      seismic requirements stated in the applicable design standard referenced in Section 4.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    4.1.8.2.          Notation
                                                                                                                         1) In this Subsection
                                                                                                                             Ar = element or component force amplification factor to account for type of
                                                                                                                                    attachment, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
                                                                                                                            Ax = height factor at level x to account for variation of response of an
                                                                                                                                    element or component with elevation within the building, as defined in
                                                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
                                                                                                                             Bx = ratio at level x used to determine torsional sensitivity, as defined in
                                                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10),
                                                                                                                              B = maximum value of Bx, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10),
                                                                                                                            Cp = seismic coefficient for an element or component, as defined in
                                                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
                                                                                                                           Dnx = plan dimension of the building at level x perpendicular to the direction of
                                                                                                                                    seismic loading being considered,
                                                                                                                              ex = distance measured perpendicular to the direction of earthquake loading
                                                                                                                                    between centre of mass and centre of rigidity at the level being considered
                                                                                                                                    (see Note A-4.1.8.2.(1)),
                                                                                                                             Fa = acceleration-based site coefficient for application in standards referenced in
                                                                                                                                    Subsection 4.1.8., as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(7),
                                                                                                                              Fs = site coefficient as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.1.(2) for application in
                                                                                                                                    Article 4.1.8.1.,
                                                                                                                              Ft = portion of V to be concentrated at the top of the structure, as defined in
                                                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.8.11.(7),
                                                                                                                             Fv = velocity-based site coefficient for application in standards referenced in
                                                                                                                                    Subsection 4.1.8., as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(7),
                                                                                                                             Fx = lateral force applied to level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(7),
                                                                                                                      hi, hn, hx = height, in m, above the base (i = 0) to level i, n, or x respectively, where the
                                                                                                                                    base of the structure is the level at which horizontal earthquake motions
                                                                                                                                    are considered to be imparted to the structure,
                                                                                                                              hs = interstorey height (hi − hi−1),
                                                                                                                              IE = earthquake importance factor of the structure, as described in
                                                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.8.5.(1),
                                                                                                                               J = numerical reduction coefficient for base overturning moment, as defined in
                                                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.8.11.(6),
                                                                                                                              Jx = numerical reduction coefficient for overturning moment at level x, as
                                                                                                                                    defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(8),
                                                                                                                       Level i = any level in the building, i = 1 for first level above the base,
                                                                                                                      Level n = level that is uppermost in the main portion of the structure,
                                                                                                                      Level x = level that is under design consideration,
                                                                                                                            Mv = factor to account for higher mode effects on base shear, as defined in
                                                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.8.11.(6),
                                                                                                                            Mx = overturning moment at level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(8),
                                                                                                                              N = total number of storeys above exterior grade to level n,
                                                                                                                                 = average standard penetration resistance, in blows per 0.3 m, in the top
                                                                                                                                    30 m of soil, corrected to a rod energy efficiency of 60% of the theoretical
                                                                                                                                    maximum,
                                                                                                                      PGA(X) = peak ground acceleration, expressed as a ratio to gravitational acceleration,
                                                                                                                                    for site designation X, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(1),


                                                                                                    4-54 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             4.1.8.2.

                                                                                                                      PGV(X) = peak ground velocity, in m/s, for site designation X, as defined in
                                                                                                                                  Sentence 4.1.8.4.(1),
                                                                                                                            PI = plasticity index for soil,
                                                                                                                            Rd = ductility-related force modification factor reflecting the capability of a
                                                                                                                                  structure to dissipate energy through reversed cyclic inelastic behaviour, as
                                                                                                                                  defined in Article 4.1.8.9.,
                                                                                                                            Ro = overstrength-related force modification factor accounting for the
                                                                                                                                  dependable portion of reserve strength in a structure designed according
                                                                                                                                  to these provisions, as defined in Article 4.1.8.9.,
                                                                                                                            Rp = element or component response modification factor, as defined in
                                                                                                                                  Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
                                                                                                                            Rs = combined overstrength and ductility-related modification factor, as defined




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  in Sentence 4.1.8.1.(7), for application in Article 4.1.8.1.,
                                                                                                                       Sa(T,X) = 5%-damped spectral acceleration, expressed as a ratio to gravitational
                                                                                                                                  acceleration, at period T for site designation X, as defined in
                                                                                                                                  Sentence 4.1.8.4.(1),
                                                                                                                           SC = Seismic Category assigned to a building based on its Importance Category
                                                                                                                                  and the design spectral acceleration values at periods of 0.2 s and 1.0 s, as
                                                                                                                                  defined in Article 4.1.8.5.,
                                                                                                                         SFRS = seismic force resisting system, that part of the structural system that has
                                                                                                                                  been considered in the design to provide the required resistance to the
                                                                                                                                  earthquake forces and effects defined in Subsection 4.1.8.,
                                                                                                                            Sp = horizontal force factor for part or portion of a building and its anchorage, as
                                                                                                                                  given in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
                                                                                                                          S(T) = design spectral acceleration, expressed as a ratio to gravitational
                                                                                                                                  acceleration, at period T, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6),
                                                                                                                               = average undrained shear strength, in kPa, in the top 30 m of soil,
                                                                                                                             T = period, in s,
                                                                                                                            Ta = fundamental lateral period of vibration of the building or structure, in s, in
                                                                                                                                  the direction under consideration, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(3),
                                                                                                                         TDD = total design displacement of any point in a seismically isolated structure,
                                                                                                                                  within or above the isolation system, obtained by calculating the mean +
                                                                                                                                  (IE × the standard deviation) of the peak horizontal displacements from
                                                                                                                                  all sets of ground motion time histories analyzed, but not less than √IE ×
                                                                                                                                  the mean, where the peak horizontal displacement is based on the vector
                                                                                                                                  sum of the two orthogonal horizontal displacements considered for each
                                                                                                                                  time step,
                                                                                                                            Ts = fundamental lateral period of vibration of the building or structure, in s, in
                                                                                                                                  the direction under consideration, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.1.(7),
                                                                                                                            Tx = floor torque at level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(11),
                                                                                                                             V = specified lateral earthquake force at the base of the structure, as determined
                                                                                                                                  in Article 4.1.8.11.,
                                                                                                                            Vd = specified lateral earthquake force at the base of the structure, as determined
                                                                                                                                  in Article 4.1.8.12.,
                                                                                                                            Ve = lateral earthquake elastic force at the base of the structure, as determined in
                                                                                                                                  Article 4.1.8.12.,
                                                                                                                           Ved = adjusted lateral earthquake elastic force at the base of the structure, as
                                                                                                                                  determined in Article 4.1.8.12.,
                                                                                                                            Vp = specified lateral earthquake force on an element or component, as
                                                                                                                                  determined in Article 4.1.8.18.,
                                                                                                                            Vs = specified lateral earthquake force at the base of the structure, as determined
                                                                                                                                  in Sentence 4.1.8.1.(7), for application in Article 4.1.8.1.,
                                                                                                                          Vs30 = average shear wave velocity, in m/s, in the top 30 m of soil or rock,
                                                                                                                            W = specified dead load, as defined in Article 4.1.4.1., except that the minimum
                                                                                                                                  partition weight as defined in Sentence 4.1.4.1.(3) need not exceed 0.5 kPa,
                                                                                                                                  plus 25% of the specified snow load as defined in Subsection 4.1.6., plus
                                                                                                                                  60% of the storage load for areas used for storage, except that storage
                                                                                                                                  garages need not be considered storage areas, and the full contents of any
                                                                                                                                  tanks (see Note A-4.1.8.2.(1)),
                                                                                                                       Wi, Wx = portion of W that is located at or is assigned to level i or x respectively,



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 4-55
                                                                                                    4.1.8.3.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                           Wp = weight of a part or portion of a structure, e.g., cladding, partitions and
                                                                                                                                  appendages,
                                                                                                                            X = site designation, either XV or XS,
                                                                                                                           XS = site designation in terms of Site Class, where S is the Site Class determined
                                                                                                                                  in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.4.(3),
                                                                                                                           XV = site designation in terms of Vs30, where V is the Vs30 value calculated from in
                                                                                                                                  situ measurements of shear wave velocity,
                                                                                                                          X450 = site designation XV with Vs30 = 450 m/s,
                                                                                                                          δave = average displacement of the structure at level x, as defined in
                                                                                                                                  Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10), and
                                                                                                                          δmax = maximum displacement of the structure at level x, as defined in
                                                                                                                                  Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    4.1.8.3.          General Requirements
                                                                                                                          1) The building shall be designed to meet the requirements of this Subsection and
                                                                                                                      of the design standards referenced in Section 4.3.
                                                                                                                         2) Structures shall be designed with a clearly defined load path, or paths, that will
                                                                                                                      transfer the inertial forces generated in an earthquake to the supporting ground.
                                                                                                                         3) The structure shall have a clearly defined SFRS, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.
                                                                                                                         4) The SFRS shall be designed to resist 100% of the earthquake loads and their
                                                                                                                      effects. (See Note A-4.1.8.3.(4).)
                                                                                                                         5) All structural framing elements not considered to be part of the SFRS must be
                                                                                                                      investigated and shown to behave elastically or to have sufficient non-linear capacity
                                                                                                                      to support their gravity loads while undergoing earthquake-induced deformations
                                                                                                                      calculated from the deflections determined in Article 4.1.8.13.
                                                                                                                         6) Stiff elements that are not considered part of the SFRS, such as concrete,
                                                                                                                      masonry, brick or precast walls or panels, shall be
                                                                                                                          a) separated from all structural elements of the building such that no interaction
                                                                                                                             takes place as the building undergoes deflections due to earthquake effects
                                                                                                                             as calculated in this Subsection, or
                                                                                                                         b) made part of the SFRS and satisfy the requirements of this Subsection.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.3.(6).)
                                                                                                                         7) Stiffness imparted to the structure from elements not part of the SFRS, other
                                                                                                                      than those described in Sentence (6), shall not be used to resist earthquake deflections
                                                                                                                      but shall be accounted for
                                                                                                                         a) in calculating the period of the structure for determining forces if the added
                                                                                                                             stiffness decreases the fundamental lateral period by more than 15%,
                                                                                                                         b) in determining the irregularity of the structure, except the additional
                                                                                                                             stiffness shall not be used to make an irregular SFRS regular or to reduce the
                                                                                                                             effects of torsion (see Note A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c)), and
                                                                                                                         c) in designing the SFRS if inclusion of the elements not part of the SFRS in the
                                                                                                                             analysis has an adverse effect on the SFRS (see Note A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c)).
                                                                                                                         8) Structural modeling shall be representative of the magnitude and spatial
                                                                                                                      distribution of the mass of the building and of the stiffness of all elements of the SFRS,
                                                                                                                      including stiff elements that are not separated in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(6),
                                                                                                                      and shall account for
                                                                                                                          a) the effect of cracked sections in reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry
                                                                                                                              elements,
                                                                                                                          b) the effect of the finite size of members and joints,
                                                                                                                          c) sway effects arising from the interaction of gravity loads with the displaced
                                                                                                                              configuration of the structure, and
                                                                                                                          d) other effects that influence the lateral stiffness of the building.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.3.(8).)

                                                                                                    4.1.8.4.          Site Properties
                                                                                                                         1) For site designation X, as determined in accordance with Sentence (2) or (3),
                                                                                                                      the peak ground acceleration, PGA(X), the peak ground velocity, PGV(X), and the


                                                                                                    4-56 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                             4.1.8.4.

                                                                                                                           5%-damped spectral acceleration values, Sa(T,X), at periods T of 0.2 s, 0.5 s, 1.0 s, 2.0 s,
                                                                                                                           5.0 s and 10.0 s shall
                                                                                                                               a) except as provided in Sentence (4), be determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                   Subsection 1.1.3., and
                                                                                                                               b) except as provided in Article 4.1.8.23., correspond to a 2% probability of
                                                                                                                                   exceedance in 50 years.
                                                                                                                              2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the site designation referred to in
                                                                                                                           Sentence (1) shall be determined using the average shear wave velocity, Vs30, calculated
                                                                                                                           from in situ measurements of shear wave velocity, as follows:
                                                                                                                              a) for the ground profiles described in Table 4.1.8.4.-A, the site designation
                                                                                                                                  shall be determined in accordance with the Table, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              b) for all other ground profiles, the site designation shall be XV, where V is
                                                                                                                                  the value of Vs30.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3).)

                                                                                                                                                              Table 4.1.8.4.-A
                                                                                                                              Exceptions for Site Designation Using Vs30 Calculated from In Situ Measurements
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.4.(2)

                                                                                                                                                      Ground Profile Characteristics
                                                                                                        Average Shear Wave
                                                                                                      Velocity in Top 30 m, Vs30,                                                                                                         Site Designation
                                                                                                                                                                        Additional Characteristics
                                                                                                       Calculated from In Situ
                                                                                                        Measurements, in m/s
                                                                                                                                    Ground profile contains more than 3 m of softer materials between rock and the underside of
                                                                                                             Vs30 > 760                                                                                                                          X760
                                                                                                                                    footing or mat foundations
                                                                                                                                    Ground profile contains more than 3 m of soil with all the following characteristics:
                                                                                                                                        • plasticity index, PI > 20,
                                                                                                             Vs30 > 140                                                                                                                          XE
                                                                                                                                        • moisture content, w ≥ 40%, and
                                                                                                                                        • undrained shear strength, su < 25 kPa
                                                                                                                                    Ground profile contains
                                                                                                                                        • liquefiable soil, quick and highly sensitive clay, collapsible weakly cemented soil, or other
                                                                                                                                          soil susceptible to failure or collapse under seismic loading,
                                                                                                             Vs30 > 140                                                                                                                          XF
                                                                                                                                        • more than 3 m of peat and/or highly organic clay,
                                                                                                                                        • more than 8 m of highly plastic soil (with PI > 75), or
                                                                                                                                        • more than 30 m of soft to medium-stiff clay
                                                                                                             Vs30 ≤ 140                                                             n/a                                                          XF


                                                                                                                              3) Where Vs30 calculated from in situ measurements is not available, the site
                                                                                                                           designation referred to in Sentence (1) shall be XS, where S is the Site Class determined
                                                                                                                           using the energy-corrected average standard penetration resistance,        , or the average
                                                                                                                           undrained shear strength, , in accordance with Table 4.1.8.4.-B,         and being
                                                                                                                           calculated based on rational analysis. (See Notes A-4.1.8.4.(3) and A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3).)

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 4.1.8.4.-B
                                                                                                                                                         Site Classes, S, for Site Designation XS
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.4.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                                              Ground Profile Characteristics
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Average Standard
                                                                                                           Site Class, S               Ground Profile               Average Shear Wave                                         Average Undrained Shear
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Penetration Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                    Velocity in Top 30 m,                                        Strength in Top 30 m,
                                                                                                                                                                                                   in Top 30 m,      , in
                                                                                                                                                                        Vs30, in m/s (1)                                                 , in kPa
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Blows per 0.3 m
                                                                                                                 A                       Hard rock (2)                  Vs30 > 1 500                        n/a                            n/a
                                                                                                                 B                         Rock (2)                  760 < Vs30 ≤ 1 500                     n/a                            n/a
                                                                                                                                     Very dense soil and
                                                                                                                 C                                                    360 < Vs30 ≤ 760                        > 50                         > 100
                                                                                                                                          soft rock


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                        Division B 4-57
                                                                                                    4.1.8.4.                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table 4.1.8.4.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                               Ground Profile Characteristics
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Average Standard
                                                                                                             Site Class, S                Ground Profile             Average Shear Wave                                         Average Undrained Shear
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Penetration Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                     Velocity in Top 30 m,                                        Strength in Top 30 m,
                                                                                                                                                                                                    in Top 30 m,      , in
                                                                                                                                                                         Vs30, in m/s (1)                                                 , in kPa
                                                                                                                                                                                                       Blows per 0.3 m
                                                                                                                   D                            Stiff soil             180 < Vs30 ≤ 360                15 <       ≤ 50                50 <      ≤ 100
                                                                                                                                                                       140 < Vs30 ≤ 180                10 <       ≤ 15                40 <       ≤ 50
                                                                                                                                                                  Any ground profile other than Site Class F that contains more than 3 m of soil with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                   E                            Soft soil         all the following characteristics:
                                                                                                                                                                        • plasticity index, PI > 20,
                                                                                                                                                                        • moisture content, w ≥ 40%, and
                                                                                                                                                                        • undrained shear strength, su < 25 kPa
                                                                                                                                                                          Vs30 ≤ 140                           ≤ 10                            ≤ 40
                                                                                                                                                                  Any ground profile that contains
                                                                                                                                                                      • liquefiable soil, quick and highly sensitive clay, collapsible weakly cemented soil,
                                                                                                                   F                       Other soils (3)               or other soil susceptible to failure or collapse under seismic loading,
                                                                                                                                                                      • more than 3 m of peat and/or highly organic clay,
                                                                                                                                                                      • more than 8 m of highly plastic soil (with PI > 75), or
                                                                                                                                                                      • more than 30 m of soft to medium-stiff clay

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.8.4.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3).
                                                                                                    (2)   Site designations XA and XB, corresponding to Site Classes A and B, are not to be used in cases where the ground profile contains more than 3 m
                                                                                                          of softer materials between rock and the underside of footing or mat foundations. The appropriate site designation for such cases is X760.
                                                                                                    (3)   Site-specific geotechnical evaluation is required.


                                                                                                                               4) Site-specific geotechnical evaluation is required to determine the values of
                                                                                                                             PGA(XF), PGV(XF) and Sa(T,XF) for site designation XF.

                                                                                                                                 5) Where structures on liquefiable soils have a fundamental lateral period, Ta, of
                                                                                                                             0.5 s or less, the site designation X and the corresponding values of Sa(T,X) and PGA(X)
                                                                                                                             are permitted to be determined in accordance with Sentence (1) by assuming that the
                                                                                                                             soils are not liquefiable.

                                                                                                                                6) The design spectral acceleration, S(T), shall be determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                             Table 4.1.8.4.-C, using log–log or linear interpolation for intermediate values of T.
                                                                                                                             (See Note A-4.1.8.4.(6).)

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 4.1.8.4.-C
                                                                                                                                                                Design Spectral Acceleration
                                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6)

                                                                                                                                   Period, T, in s                                                  Design Spectral Acceleration, S(T)
                                                                                                                                        ≤ 0.2                                                   Sa(0.2,X) or Sa(0.5,X), whichever is greater
                                                                                                                                         0.5                                                                      Sa(0.5,X)
                                                                                                                                         1.0                                                                      Sa(1.0,X)
                                                                                                                                         2.0                                                                      Sa(2.0,X)
                                                                                                                                         5.0                                                                      Sa(5.0,X)
                                                                                                                                        10.0                                                                     Sa(10.0,X)


                                                                                                                                7) Where required for the application of a standard referenced in this Subsection,
                                                                                                                             the acceleration-based site coefficient, Fa, for site designation X shall be taken as
                                                                                                                             S(0.2)/Sa(0.2,X450) and the velocity-based site coefficient, Fv, for site designation X shall
                                                                                                                             be taken as S(1.0)/Sa(1.0,X450).


                                                                                                    4-58 Division B                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                              4.1.8.6.

                                                                                                    4.1.8.5.               Importance Factor and Seismic Category

                                                                                                                              1) The earthquake importance factor, IE, shall be determined according to
                                                                                                                           Table 4.1.8.5.-A

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 4.1.8.5.-A
                                                                                                                                               Importance Factor for Earthquake Loads and Effects, IE
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.5.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                   Importance Factor, IE
                                                                                                                         Importance Category
                                                                                                                                                                                       ULS                                       SLS (1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Low                                                                               0.8
                                                                                                     Normal                                                                            1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (2)
                                                                                                     High                                                                              1.3
                                                                                                     Post-disaster                                                                     1.5

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.8.5.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 4.1.8.13.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Note A-Table 4.1.8.5.-A.


                                                                                                                              2) Buildings shall be assigned a Seismic Category in accordance with
                                                                                                                           Table 4.1.8.5.-B.

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 4.1.8.5.-B
                                                                                                                                                            Seismic Categories for Buildings
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.5.(2)

                                                                                                                     Seismic Category (1)                                   IES(0.2)                                          IES(1.0)
                                                                                                                            SC1                                          IES(0.2) < 0.2                                    IES(1.0) < 0.1
                                                                                                                            SC2                                      0.2 ≤ IES(0.2) < 0.35                             0.1 ≤ IES(1.0) < 0.2
                                                                                                                            SC3                                     0.35 ≤ IES(0.2) ≤ 0.75                             0.2 ≤ IES(1.0) ≤ 0.3
                                                                                                                            SC4                                         IES(0.2) > 0.75                                    IES(1.0) > 0.3

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.8.5.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   The Seismic Category of a building shall be taken as the more severe of the categories determined on the basis of IES(0.2) and IES(1.0),
                                                                                                          irrespective of the fundamental lateral period of the building, Ta.


                                                                                                    4.1.8.6.               Structural Configuration

                                                                                                                               1) Structures having any of the features listed in Table 4.1.8.6. shall be designated
                                                                                                                           irregular.

                                                                                                                              2) Structures not classified as irregular according to Sentence (1) may be
                                                                                                                           considered regular.

                                                                                                                              3) Except as required by Article 4.1.8.10., where the Seismic Category is SC3 or
                                                                                                                           SC4, structures designated as irregular must satisfy the provisions referenced in
                                                                                                                           Table 4.1.8.6.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                         Division B 4-59
                                                                                                    4.1.8.7.                                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 4.1.8.6.
                                                                                                                                                           Structural Irregularities (1)(2)
                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.8.6.(1) and (3), Clause 4.1.8.7.(1)(c) and Article 4.1.8.10.

                                                                                                              Type                                                 Irregularity Type and Definition                                             Notes
                                                                                                                              Vertical Stiffness Irregularity
                                                                                                                              For concrete and masonry shear walls, vertical stiffness irregularity shall be considered to exist where
                                                                                                                              the lateral stiffness of the SFRS in any storey is less than 70% of the stiffness in an adjacent storey,
                                                                                                                1                                                                                                                               (3)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                              or less than 80% of the average stiffness in the three storeys above or below. For all other types of
                                                                                                                              SFRS, vertical stiffness irregularity shall be considered to exist where the interstorey deflection under
                                                                                                                              lateral earthquake forces divided by the interstorey height, hs, of any storey is greater than 130% of
                                                                                                                              that of an adjacent storey.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              Weight (mass) Irregularity
                                                                                                                2                                                                                                                                  (3)
                                                                                                                              Weight irregularity shall be considered to exist where the weight, Wi, of any storey is more than 150%
                                                                                                                              of the weight of an adjacent storey. A roof that is lighter than the floor below need not be considered.
                                                                                                                              Vertical Geometric Irregularity
                                                                                                                3                                                                                                                               (3)(4)(6)
                                                                                                                              Vertical geometric irregularity shall be considered to exist where the horizontal dimension of the SFRS
                                                                                                                              in any storey is more than 130% of that in an adjacent storey.
                                                                                                                              In-Plane Discontinuity in Vertical Lateral-Force-Resisting Element
                                                                                                                              Except for braced frames and moment-resisting frames, an in-plane discontinuity shall be considered               (3)(4)(6)
                                                                                                                4
                                                                                                                              to exist where there is an offset of a lateral-force-resisting element of the SFRS or a reduction in lateral
                                                                                                                              stiffness of the resisting element in the storey below.
                                                                                                                              Out-of-Plane Offsets                                                                                              (3)(4)(6)
                                                                                                                5
                                                                                                                              Discontinuities in a lateral force path, such as out-of-plane offsets of the vertical elements of the SFRS.
                                                                                                                              Discontinuity in Capacity – Weak Storey
                                                                                                                              A weak storey is one in which the storey shear strength is less than that in the storey above. The                 (3)(4)
                                                                                                                6
                                                                                                                              storey shear strength is the total strength of all seismic-resisting elements of the SFRS sharing the
                                                                                                                              storey shear for the direction under consideration.
                                                                                                                              Torsional Sensitivity (to be considered when diaphragms are not flexible)
                                                                                                                7                                                                                                                               (3)(4)(7)
                                                                                                                              Torsional sensitivity shall be considered to exist when the ratio B calculated according to
                                                                                                                              Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10) exceeds 1.7.
                                                                                                                              Non-orthogonal Systems
                                                                                                                8                                                                                                                                (3)(8)
                                                                                                                              A non-orthogonal system irregularity shall be considered to exist when the SFRS is not oriented
                                                                                                                              along a set of orthogonal axes.
                                                                                                                              Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand Irregularity
                                                                                                                              Gravity-induced lateral demand irregularity on the SFRS shall be considered to exist where the ratio α            (3)(4)(8)
                                                                                                                9
                                                                                                                              calculated in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.10.(7) exceeds 0.1 for an SFRS with self-centering
                                                                                                                              characteristics and 0.03 for other systems.
                                                                                                                              Sloped Column Irregularity
                                                                                                               10                                                                                                                                  (4)
                                                                                                                              Sloped column irregularity shall be considered to exist where a vertical member that is inclined more
                                                                                                                              than 2° from the vertical supports a portion of the weight of the building in axial compression.

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.8.6.:
                                                                                                    (1)   One-storey penthouses with a weight of less than 10% of the level below need not be considered in the application of this Table.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Note A-Table 4.1.8.6.
                                                                                                    (3)   See Article 4.1.8.7.
                                                                                                    (4)   See Article 4.1.8.10.
                                                                                                    (5)   Increased stiffness in storeys below grade need not be considered in the determination of vertical stiffness irregularity.
                                                                                                    (6)   See Article 4.1.8.15.
                                                                                                    (7)   See Sentences 4.1.8.11.(10) and (11), and 4.1.8.12.(4).
                                                                                                    (8)   See Article 4.1.8.8.


                                                                                                    4.1.8.7.               Methods of Analysis

                                                                                                                              1) Analysis for earthquake actions shall be carried out in accordance with the
                                                                                                                           Dynamic Analysis Procedure described in Article 4.1.8.12. (see Note A-4.1.8.7.(1)),
                                                                                                                           except that the Equivalent Static Force Procedure described in Article 4.1.8.11. may be
                                                                                                                           used for structures that meet any of the following criteria:
                                                                                                                              a) where the Seismic Category is SC1 or SC2,


                                                                                                    4-60 Division B                                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                         4.1.8.9.

                                                                                                                              b) regular structures that are less than 60 m in height and have a fundamental
                                                                                                                                 lateral period, Ta, less than 2 s in each of two orthogonal directions as
                                                                                                                                 defined in Article 4.1.8.8., or
                                                                                                                              c) structures with a structural irregularity of Type 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 8 as defined
                                                                                                                                 in Table 4.1.8.6. that are less than 20 m in height and have a fundamental
                                                                                                                                 lateral period, Ta, less than 0.5 s in each of two orthogonal directions as
                                                                                                                                 defined in Article 4.1.8.8.

                                                                                                    4.1.8.8.             Direction of Loading
                                                                                                                            1) Earthquake forces shall be assumed to act in any horizontal direction, except
                                                                                                                         that the following shall be considered to provide adequate design force levels in the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         structure:
                                                                                                                             a) where components of the SFRS are oriented along a set of orthogonal axes,
                                                                                                                                 independent analyses about each of the principal axes of the structure
                                                                                                                                 shall be performed,
                                                                                                                             b) where the components of the SFRS are not oriented along a set of orthogonal
                                                                                                                                 axes and the Seismic Category is SC1 or SC2, independent analyses about
                                                                                                                                 any two orthogonal axes is permitted, or
                                                                                                                             c) where the components of the SFRS are not oriented along a set of orthogonal
                                                                                                                                 axes and the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, analysis of the structure
                                                                                                                                 independently in any two orthogonal directions for 100% of the specified
                                                                                                                                 earthquake loads applied in one direction plus 30% of the specified
                                                                                                                                 earthquake loads in the perpendicular direction, with the combination
                                                                                                                                 requiring the greater element strength being used in the design.

                                                                                                    4.1.8.9.             SFRS Force Modification Factors and General Restrictions
                                                                                                                            1) Except as provided in Articles 4.1.8.20. and 4.1.8.22., the values of Rd and Ro
                                                                                                                         and the corresponding system restrictions shall conform to Table 4.1.8.9. and the
                                                                                                                         requirements of this Subsection.
                                                                                                                            2) When a particular value of Rd is required by this Article, the corresponding Ro
                                                                                                                         shall be used.
                                                                                                                            3) For combinations of different types of SFRS acting in the same direction in the
                                                                                                                         same storey, RdRo shall be taken as the lowest value of RdRo corresponding to these
                                                                                                                         systems.
                                                                                                                             4) For vertical variations of RdRo, excluding rooftop structures not exceeding two
                                                                                                                         storeys in height whose weight is less than the greater of 10% of W and 30% of Wi of the
                                                                                                                         level below, the value of RdRo used in the design of any storey shall be less than or equal
                                                                                                                         to the lowest value of RdRo used in the given direction for the storeys above, and the
                                                                                                                         requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.15.(6) must be satisfied. (See Note A-4.1.8.9.(4).)
                                                                                                                            5) If it can be demonstrated through testing, research and analysis that the seismic
                                                                                                                         performance of a structural system is at least equivalent to one of the types of SFRS
                                                                                                                         defined in Table 4.1.8.9., then such a structural system will qualify for values of Rd and
                                                                                                                         Ro corresponding to the equivalent type in that Table. (See Note A-4.1.8.9.(5).)

                                                                                                                                                            Table 4.1.8.9.
                                                                                                      SFRS Ductility-Related Force Modification Factors, Rd, Overstrength-Related Force Modification Factors, Ro, and General
                                                                                                                                                           Restrictions (1)
                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.8.9.(1) and (5), 4.1.8.10.(5) and (6), 4.1.8.11.(12), 4.1.8.15.(9) and 4.1.8.20.(8)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Restrictions (2)
                                                                                                                           Type of SFRS                              Rd            Ro                            Seismic Category
                                                                                                                                                                                                 SC1             SC2            SC3         SC4
                                                                                                                                            Steel Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA S16 (3)(4)
                                                                                                    Ductile moment-resisting frames                                  5.0           1.5           NL              NL             NL           NL
                                                                                                    Moderately ductile moment-resisting frames                       3.5           1.5           NL              NL             NL           NL
                                                                                                     Limited ductility moment-resisting frames                       2.0           1.3           NL              NL              60          30


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                    Division B 4-61
                                                                                                    4.1.8.9.                                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 4.1.8.9. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Restrictions (2)
                                                                                                                            Type of SFRS                               Rd          Ro                           Seismic Category
                                                                                                                                                                                               SC1              SC2            SC3        SC4
                                                                                                    Moderately ductile truss moment-resisting frames                   3.5         1.6          NL              NL              50         30
                                                                                                    Moderately ductile concentrically braced frames
                                                                                                        Tension-compression braces                                     3.0         1.3          NL              NL              40         40
                                                                                                        Tension only braces                                            3.0         1.3          NL              NL              20         20




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Limited ductility concentrically braced frames
                                                                                                        Tension-compression braces                                     2.0         1.3          NL              NL              60         60
                                                                                                        Tension only braces                                            2.0         1.3          NL              NL              40         40
                                                                                                    Ductile buckling-restrained braced frames                          4.0         1.2          NL              NL              40         40
                                                                                                    Ductile eccentrically braced frames                                4.0         1.5          NL              NL             NL          NL
                                                                                                    Ductile plate walls                                                5.0         1.6          NL              NL              NL         NL
                                                                                                    Moderately ductile plate walls                                     3.5         1.3          NL              NL              40         40
                                                                                                    Limited ductility plate walls                                      2.0         1.3          NL              NL              60         60
                                                                                                    Conventional construction of moment-resisting frames,
                                                                                                    braced frames or plate walls
                                                                                                        Assembly occupancies                                           1.5         1.3          NL              NL              15         15
                                                                                                        Other occupancies                                              1.5         1.3          NL              NL              60         40
                                                                                                    Other steel SFRSs not defined above                                1.0         1.0          15              15             NP          NP
                                                                                                                                             Concrete Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA A23.3
                                                                                                    Ductile moment-resisting frames                                    4.0         1.7          NL              NL              NL         NL
                                                                                                    Moderately ductile moment-resisting frames                         2.5         1.4          NL              NL              60         40
                                                                                                    Ductile coupled walls                                              4.0         1.7          NL              NL              NL         NL
                                                                                                    Moderately ductile coupled walls                                   2.5         1.4          NL              NL             NL          60
                                                                                                    Ductile partially coupled walls                                    3.5         1.7          NL              NL              NL         NL
                                                                                                    Moderately ductile partially coupled walls                         2.0         1.4          NL              NL              NL         60
                                                                                                    Ductile shear walls                                                3.5         1.6          NL              NL              NL         NL
                                                                                                    Moderately ductile shear walls                                     2.0         1.4          NL              NL              NL         60
                                                                                                    Conventional construction
                                                                                                        Moment-resisting frames                                        1.5         1.3          NL              NL              20       10 (5)(6)
                                                                                                        Shear walls                                                    1.5         1.3          NL              NL              40         30
                                                                                                        Two-way slabs without beams                                    1.3         1.3          20              15             NP          NP
                                                                                                    Tilt-up construction
                                                                                                        Moderately ductile walls and frames                            2.0         1.3          30              25              25         25
                                                                                                        Limited ductility walls and frames                             1.5         1.3          30              25              20        20 (7)
                                                                                                        Conventional walls and frames                                  1.3         1.3          25              20             NP          NP
                                                                                                    Other concrete SFRSs not listed above                              1.0         1.0          15              15             NP          NP
                                                                                                                                              Timber Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA O86
                                                                                                    Shear walls
                                                                                                        Nailed shear walls: wood-based panel                           3.0         1.7          NL              NL              30         20
                                                                                                        Shear walls: wood-based and gypsum panels in                   2.0         1.7          NL              NL              20         20
                                                                                                        combination
                                                                                                        Moderately ductile cross-laminated timber shear walls:         2.0         1.5          30              30              30         20
                                                                                                        platform-type construction



                                                                                                    4-62 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      4.1.8.10.

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 4.1.8.9. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Restrictions (2)
                                                                                                                               Type of SFRS                              Rd           Ro                       Seismic Category
                                                                                                                                                                                                SC1            SC2            SC3         SC4
                                                                                                           Limited ductility cross-laminated timber shear walls:         1.0          1.3       30             30              30          20
                                                                                                           platform-type construction
                                                                                                     Braced or moment-resisting frames with ductile connections
                                                                                                           Moderately ductile                                            2.0          1.5       NL             NL              20          20
                                                                                                           Limited ductility                                             1.5          1.5       NL             NL              15          15




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Other wood- or gypsum-based SFRSs not listed above                  1.0          1.0       15             15             NP           NP
                                                                                                                                              Masonry Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA S304
                                                                                                     Ductile shear walls                                                 3.0          1.5       NL             NL              60          40
                                                                                                     Moderately ductile shear walls                                      2.0          1.5       NL             NL              60          40
                                                                                                     Conventional construction
                                                                                                           Shear walls                                                   1.5          1.5       NL             60              30          15
                                                                                                           Moment-resisting frames                                       1.5          1.5       NL             30             NP           NP
                                                                                                     Unreinforced masonry                                                1.0          1.0       30             15             NP           NP
                                                                                                     Other masonry SFRSs not listed above                                1.0          1.0       15             NP             NP           NP
                                                                                                                                         Cold-Formed Steel Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA S136
                                                                                                     Shear walls
                                                                                                           Screw-connected shear walls – wood-based panels               2.5          1.7       20             20              20          20
                                                                                                           Screw-connected shear walls – wood-based and                  1.5          1.7       20             20              20          20
                                                                                                           gypsum panels in combination
                                                                                                     Diagonal strap concentrically braced walls
                                                                                                           Limited ductility                                             1.9          1.3       20             20              20          20
                                                                                                           Conventional construction                                     1.2          1.3       15             15             NP           NP
                                                                                                     Other cold-formed SFRSs not defined above                           1.0          1.0       15             15             NP           NP

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.8.9.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 4.1.8.10.
                                                                                                    (2)   NP = system is not permitted.
                                                                                                          NL = system is permitted and not limited in height as an SFRS.
                                                                                                          Numbers in this Table are maximum height limits above grade, in m.
                                                                                                          Height may be limited in other Parts of the Code.
                                                                                                          The most stringent requirement governs.
                                                                                                    (3)   Higher design force levels are prescribed in CSA S16 for some heights of buildings.
                                                                                                    (4)   See Note A-Table 4.1.8.9.
                                                                                                    (5)   Frames are limited to a maximum of 2 storeys.
                                                                                                    (6)   The maximum height limit is permitted to be increased to 15 m where IES(1.0) ≤ 0.3.
                                                                                                    (7)   Frames are limited to a maximum of 3 storeys.


                                                                                                    4.1.8.10.                  Additional System Restrictions
                                                                                                                                  1) Except as required by Clause (2)(b), structures with a Type 6 irregularity,
                                                                                                                               Discontinuity in Capacity - Weak Storey, as described in Table 4.1.8.6., are not
                                                                                                                               permitted unless the Seismic Category is SC1 and the forces used for design of the
                                                                                                                               SFRS are multiplied by RdRo.
                                                                                                                                  2) Post-disaster buildings shall
                                                                                                                                  a) not have Type 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 or 10 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6.,
                                                                                                                                     where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4,
                                                                                                                                  b) not have a Type 6 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6.,
                                                                                                                                  c) have an SFRS with an Rd of 2.0 or greater,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                  Division B 4-63
                                                                                                    4.1.8.10.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                         d) where they are constructed with concrete or masonry shear walls, have no
                                                                                                                            storey with a lateral stiffness that is less than that of the storey above it, and
                                                                                                                         e) where they are constructed with other types of SFRS, have no storey for
                                                                                                                            which the interstorey deflection under lateral earthquake forces divided by
                                                                                                                            the interstorey height, hs, is greater than that of the storey above it.
                                                                                                                         3) High Importance Category buildings shall
                                                                                                                         a) not have Type 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 or 10 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6.,
                                                                                                                            where the Seismic Category is SC4,
                                                                                                                         b) not have a Type 6 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6.,
                                                                                                                         c) have an SFRS with an Rd of at least
                                                                                                                               i) 2.0 where the Seismic Category is SC4, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              ii) 1.5 otherwise,
                                                                                                                         d) where they are constructed with concrete or masonry shear walls, have no
                                                                                                                            storey with a lateral stiffness that is less than that of the storey above it, and
                                                                                                                         e) where they are constructed with other types of SFRS, have no storey for
                                                                                                                            which the interstorey deflection under lateral earthquake forces divided by
                                                                                                                            the interstorey height, hs, is greater than that of the storey above it.
                                                                                                                          4) Where the fundamental lateral period, Ta, is greater than or equal to 1.0 s and
                                                                                                                      IES(1.0) is greater than 0.25, shear walls that are other than wood-based and form part
                                                                                                                      of the SFRS shall be continuous from their top to the foundation and shall not have
                                                                                                                      Type 4 or 5 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6.
                                                                                                                          5) For buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 that are constructed with more
                                                                                                                      than 4 storeys of continuous wood construction, timber SFRSs consisting of shear
                                                                                                                      walls with wood-based panels or of braced or moment-resisting frames as defined in
                                                                                                                      Table 4.1.8.9. within the continuous wood construction shall not have Type 4 or 5
                                                                                                                      irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6. (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)
                                                                                                                         6) For buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 that are constructed with more
                                                                                                                      than 4 storeys of continuous wood construction, timber SFRSs consisting of moderately
                                                                                                                      ductile or limited ductility cross-laminated timber shear walls, platform-type
                                                                                                                      construction, as defined in Table 4.1.8.9. within the continuous wood construction
                                                                                                                      shall not have Type 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 or 10 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)
                                                                                                                         7) The ratio α for a Type 9 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6. shall be
                                                                                                                      determined independently for each orthogonal direction using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                           QG = gravity-induced lateral demand on the SFRS at the critical level of the
                                                                                                                                 yielding system, and
                                                                                                                           Qy = the resistance of the yielding mechanism required to resist the earthquake
                                                                                                                                 loads, which need not be taken as less than Ro multiplied by the specified
                                                                                                                                 lateral earthquake force as determined in Article 4.1.8.11. or 4.1.8.12., as
                                                                                                                                 appropriate.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(7).)
                                                                                                                         8) For buildings with a Type 9 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6. and where
                                                                                                                      IES(0.2) is equal to or greater than 0.5, deflections determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                      Article 4.1.8.13. shall be multiplied by 1.2.
                                                                                                                          9) For buildings where the value of α, as determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                      Sentence (7), exceeds twice the appropriate limit specified in Table 4.1.8.6. for a Type 9
                                                                                                                      irregularity and where IES(0.2) is equal to or greater than 0.5, a Non-linear Dynamic
                                                                                                                      Analysis of the structure shall be carried out in accordance with Article 4.1.8.12. and
                                                                                                                      the following criteria:
                                                                                                                          a) the analysis shall account for the effects of the vertical response of the
                                                                                                                              building mass,
                                                                                                                          b) the analysis shall account for the effects of the vertical response of building
                                                                                                                              components that undergo a vertical displacement when displaced laterally,


                                                                                                    4-64 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          4.1.8.11.

                                                                                                                         c) the analysis shall use vertical ground motion time histories that are
                                                                                                                            compatible with horizontal ground motion time histories scaled to the target
                                                                                                                            response spectrum and that are applied concurrently with the horizontal
                                                                                                                            ground motion time histories,
                                                                                                                        d) the largest interstorey deflection at any level of the building as determined
                                                                                                                            from the analysis shall not be greater than 60% of the appropriate limit
                                                                                                                            stated in Sentence 4.1.8.13.(3), and
                                                                                                                         e) the results of an analysis using the ground motion time histories in
                                                                                                                            Clause (c) multiplied by 1.5 shall satisfy the non-linear acceptance criteria.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(9).)
                                                                                                                       10) The design of buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 with a Type 10




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6. shall satisfy the following requirements:
                                                                                                                         a) the structure shall be designed to resist the additional earthquake forces
                                                                                                                            due to the vertical accelerations of the mass supported by inclined vertical
                                                                                                                            members (see Note A-4.1.8.10.(10)(a)), and
                                                                                                                         b) the effects of the horizontal and vertical movements of inclined vertical
                                                                                                                            members, while undergoing earthquake-induced deformations, on the floor
                                                                                                                            systems they support shall be considered in the design of the building and
                                                                                                                            accounted for in the application of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(5).

                                                                                                    4.1.8.11.        Equivalent Static Force Procedure for Structures Satisfying the
                                                                                                                     Conditions of Article 4.1.8.7.
                                                                                                                         1) The static loading due to earthquake motion shall be determined according
                                                                                                                     to the procedures given in this Article.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (12), the specified lateral earthquake force, V,
                                                                                                                     shall be calculated using the following formula:




                                                                                                                     except
                                                                                                                        a) for walls, coupled walls and wall-frame systems, V shall not be less than




                                                                                                                         b) for moment-resisting frames, braced frames, and other systems, V shall
                                                                                                                            not be less than




                                                                                                                         c) for buildings located on a site designated as other than XF and having an
                                                                                                                            SFRS with an Rd equal to or greater than 1.5, V need not be greater than
                                                                                                                            the larger of




                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the fundamental lateral period, Ta, in the
                                                                                                                     direction under consideration in Sentence (2), shall be determined as:
                                                                                                                         a) for moment-resisting frames that resist 100% of the lateral earthquake forces
                                                                                                                             and where the frame is not enclosed by or adjoined by more rigid elements
                                                                                                                             that would tend to prevent the frame from resisting lateral forces:
                                                                                                                                i) 0.085(hn)3/4 for steel moment frames,
                                                                                                                               ii) 0.075(hn)3/4 for concrete moment frames, or
                                                                                                                              iii) 0.1N for other moment frames,
                                                                                                                        b) 0.025hn for braced frames,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 4-65
                                                                                                    4.1.8.11.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                          c) 0.05(hn)3/4 for shear wall and other structures, or
                                                                                                                         d) other established methods of mechanics using a structural model that
                                                                                                                             complies with the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8), except that
                                                                                                                                i) for moment-resisting frames, Ta shall not be taken as greater
                                                                                                                                   than 1.5 times that determined in Clause (a),
                                                                                                                               ii) for braced frames, Ta shall not be taken as greater than
                                                                                                                                   2.0 times that determined in Clause (b),
                                                                                                                              iii) for shear wall structures, Ta shall not be taken as greater
                                                                                                                                   than 2.0 times that determined in Clause (c),
                                                                                                                              iv) for other structures, Ta shall not be taken as greater than
                                                                                                                                   that determined in Clause (c), and
                                                                                                                               v) for the purpose of calculating the deflections, the period




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   without the upper limit specified in Subclauses (d)(i)
                                                                                                                                   to (d)(iv) may be used, except that, for walls, coupled
                                                                                                                                   walls and wall-frame systems, Ta shall not exceed 4.0 s,
                                                                                                                                   and for moment-resisting frames, braced frames, and other
                                                                                                                                   systems, Ta shall not exceed 2.0 s.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.11.(3).)

                                                                                                                         4) For single-storey buildings with steel deck or wood roof diaphragms, the
                                                                                                                      fundamental lateral period, Ta, in the direction under consideration is permitted to be
                                                                                                                      taken as
                                                                                                                         a) 0.05(hn)3/4 + 0.004L for shear walls,
                                                                                                                         b) 0.035hn + 0.004L for steel moment frames and steel braced frames, or
                                                                                                                          c) the value obtained from methods of mechanics using a structural model
                                                                                                                             that complies with the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8), except that Ta
                                                                                                                             shall not be greater than 1.5 times the value determined in Clause (a) or (b),
                                                                                                                             as applicable,
                                                                                                                      where L is the shortest length of the diaphragm, in m, between adjacent vertical
                                                                                                                      elements of the SFRS in the direction perpendicular to the direction under
                                                                                                                      consideration.

                                                                                                                         5) The weight, W, of the building shall be calculated using the following formula:




                                                                                                                         6) The higher mode factor, Mv, and its associated base overturning moment
                                                                                                                      reduction factor, J, shall conform to Table 4.1.8.11.

                                                                                                                         7) The specified lateral earthquake force, V, shall be distributed such that
                                                                                                                         a) a portion, Ft, is concentrated at the top of the building, where Ft is equal to
                                                                                                                            0.07TaV but need not exceed 0.25V and may be considered as zero where the
                                                                                                                            fundamental lateral period, Ta, does not exceed 0.7 s, and
                                                                                                                         b) the remainder, V − Ft, is distributed along the height of the building,
                                                                                                                            including the top level, in accordance with the following formula:




                                                                                                    4-66 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                4.1.8.11.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 4.1.8.11.
                                                                                                                                  Higher Mode Factor, Mv, and Base Overturning Moment Reduction Factor, J (1)(2)(3)(4)
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.11.(6)

                                                                                                      S(0.2)/S(5.0)     Mv for Ta ≤ 0.5 Mv for Ta = 1.0 Mv for Ta = 2.0      Mv for Ta ≥ 5.0    J for Ta ≤ 0.5   J for Ta = 1.0   J for Ta = 2.0   J for Ta ≥ 5.0
                                                                                                                                                                       Moment-Resisting Frames
                                                                                                             5                1                 1                1                  (5)               1                1              0.95               (5)

                                                                                                            20                1                 1                1                  (5)               1              0.97             0.88               (5)

                                                                                                            40                1                 1                1                  (5)               1              0.90             0.79               (5)

                                                                                                            70                1                 1                1                  (5)             0.98             0.88             0.70               (5)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                            Coupled Walls (6)
                                                                                                             5                1                 1                1                 1 (7)              1                1              0.95            0.80 (8)
                                                                                                            20                1                 1                1                1.09 (7)            1              0.97             0.88            0.66 (8)
                                                                                                            40                1                 1                1                1.33 (7)            1              0.90             0.79            0.52 (8)
                                                                                                            70                1                 1                1                1.90 (7)          0.98             0.88             0.70            0.40 (8)
                                                                                                                                                                            Braced Frames
                                                                                                             5                1                 1                1                  (5)               1              0.98             0.93               (5)

                                                                                                            20                1                 1                1                  (5)               1              0.91             0.80               (5)

                                                                                                            40                1                 1                1                  (5)             0.91             0.82             0.72               (5)

                                                                                                            70                1                 1               1.19                (5)             0.91             0.77             0.61               (5)

                                                                                                                                                                       Walls, Wall-Frame Systems
                                                                                                             5                1                 1                1                1.30 (7)            1                1              0.85            0.59 (8)
                                                                                                            20                1                 1               1.18              2.50 (7)            1              0.80             0.60            0.35 (8)
                                                                                                            40                1               1.25              1.85              4.10 (7)          0.80             0.59             0.42            0.23 (8)
                                                                                                            70                1               1.25              2.30              6.40 (7)          0.80             0.56             0.30            0.18 (8)
                                                                                                                                                                            Other Systems
                                                                                                             5                1                 1                1                  (5)               1                1              0.85               (5)

                                                                                                            20                1                 1               1.18                (5)               1              0.80             0.60               (5)

                                                                                                            40                1               1.25              1.85                (5)             0.80             0.59             0.44               (5)

                                                                                                            70                1               1.37              2.30                (5)             0.80             0.56             0.30               (5)



                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.8.11.:
                                                                                                    (1)   For intermediate values of the spectral ratio S(0.2)/S(5.0), Mv and J shall be obtained by linear interpolation. For spectral ratios less than 5, Mv and
                                                                                                          J shall be obtained by linear interpolation with their values at a spectral ratio of 0 taken as equal to 1. For spectral ratios greater than 70, Mv and
                                                                                                          J shall be taken as equal to their values at a spectral ratio of 70.
                                                                                                    (2)   For intermediate values of the fundamental lateral period, Ta, in cases where S(Ta) is obtained by log–log interpolation, Mv shall be obtained by
                                                                                                          linear interpolation using the values of Mv obtained in accordance with Note (1). In cases where S(Ta) is obtained by linear interpolation, the product
                                                                                                          S(Ta)Mv shall be obtained by linear interpolation using the values of Mv obtained in accordance with Note (1).
                                                                                                    (3)   For intermediate values of the fundamental lateral period, Ta, J shall be obtained by linear interpolation using the values of J obtained in
                                                                                                          accordance with Note (1).
                                                                                                    (4)   For a combination of different SFRSs not given in Table 4.1.8.11. that are in the same direction under consideration, use the highest Mv factor
                                                                                                          of all the SFRSs and the corresponding value of J.
                                                                                                    (5)   For fundamental lateral periods, Ta , greater than 2.0 s, use the 2.0 s values obtained in accordance with Note (1). See Clause 4.1.8.11.(2)(b).
                                                                                                    (6)   A “coupled” wall is a wall system with coupling beams, where at least 66% of the base overturning moment resisted by the wall system is carried by
                                                                                                          the axial tension and compression forces resulting from shear in the coupling beams.
                                                                                                    (7)   For fundamental lateral periods, Ta, greater than 4.0 s, use the 4.0 s values of S(Ta)Mv obtained by interpolation between 2.0 s and 5.0 s using the
                                                                                                          value of Mv obtained in accordance with Note (1). See Clause 4.1.8.11.(2)(a).
                                                                                                    (8)   For fundamental lateral periods, Ta, greater than 4.0 s, use the 4.0 s values of J obtained by interpolation between 2.0 s and 5.0 s using the value
                                                                                                          of J obtained in accordance with Note (1). See Clause 4.1.8.11.(2)(a).




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                             Division B 4-67
                                                                                                    4.1.8.11.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                         8) The structure shall be designed to resist overturning effects caused by the
                                                                                                                      earthquake forces determined in Sentence (7) and the overturning moment at level x,
                                                                                                                      Mx, shall be determined using the following equation:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                              Jx = 1.0 for hx ≥ 0.6hn, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              Jx = J + (1 − J)(hx/0.6hn) for hx < 0.6hn,
                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                              J = base overturning moment reduction factor conforming to Table 4.1.8.11.

                                                                                                                         9) Torsional effects that are concurrent with the effects of the forces determined
                                                                                                                      in Sentence (7) and are caused by the simultaneous actions of the following torsional
                                                                                                                      moments shall be considered in the design of the structure according to Sentence (11):
                                                                                                                          a) torsional moments introduced by eccentricity between the centres of mass
                                                                                                                             and resistance and their dynamic amplification, and
                                                                                                                          b) torsional moments due to accidental eccentricities.

                                                                                                                        10) Torsional sensitivity shall be determined by calculating the ratio Bx for each
                                                                                                                      level x according to the following equation for each orthogonal direction determined
                                                                                                                      independently:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                            B = maximum of all values of Bx in both orthogonal directions, except that the
                                                                                                                                  Bx for one-storey penthouses with a weight less than 10% of the level below
                                                                                                                                  need not be considered,
                                                                                                                          δmax = maximum storey displacement at the extreme points of the structure at
                                                                                                                                  level x in the direction of the earthquake induced by the forces determined
                                                                                                                                  in Sentence (7) acting at distances ±0.10Dnx from the centres of mass at
                                                                                                                                  each floor, and
                                                                                                                          δave = average of the displacements at the extreme points of the structure at level x
                                                                                                                                  produced by the forces determined in Sentence (7).


                                                                                                                       11) Torsional effects shall be accounted for as follows:
                                                                                                                        a) for a building with B ≤ 1.7 or in Seismic Category SC1 or SC2, by applying
                                                                                                                           torsional moments about a vertical axis at each level throughout the building,
                                                                                                                           derived for each of the following load cases considered separately:
                                                                                                                              i) Tx = Fx(ex + 0.10Dnx), and
                                                                                                                             ii) Tx = Fx(ex − 0.10Dnx)
                                                                                                                           where Fx is determined in accordance with Sentence (7) and where each
                                                                                                                           element of the building is designed for the most severe effect of the above
                                                                                                                           load cases, or
                                                                                                                        b) for a building with B > 1.7 in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4, by a Dynamic
                                                                                                                           Analysis Procedure as specified in Article 4.1.8.12.

                                                                                                                       12) Where the fundamental lateral period, Ta, is determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                      Clause (3)(d) and the building is constructed with more than 4 storeys of continuous
                                                                                                                      wood construction and has a timber SFRS consisting of shear walls with wood-based
                                                                                                                      panels or of braced or moment-resisting frames as defined in Table 4.1.8.9., the
                                                                                                                      specified lateral earthquake force, V, as determined in Sentence (2) shall be multiplied
                                                                                                                      by 1.2 but need not exceed the value determined by using Clause (2)(c). (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)


                                                                                                    4-68 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           4.1.8.12.

                                                                                                    4.1.8.12.        Dynamic Analysis Procedure
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Articles 4.1.8.19. and 4.1.8.21., the Dynamic Analysis
                                                                                                                     Procedure shall be in accordance with one of the following methods:
                                                                                                                        a) Linear Dynamic Analysis by either the Modal Response Spectrum Method
                                                                                                                           or the Numerical Integration Linear Time History Method using a structural
                                                                                                                           model that complies with the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8) (see
                                                                                                                           Note A-4.1.8.12.(1)(a)), or
                                                                                                                        b) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis, in which case a special study shall be
                                                                                                                           performed (see Note A-4.1.8.12.(1)(b)).
                                                                                                                        2) The spectral acceleration values used in the Modal Response Spectrum Method
                                                                                                                     shall be the design spectral acceleration values, S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        3) The ground motion time histories used in the Numerical Integration Linear
                                                                                                                     Time History Method shall be compatible with a response spectrum constructed
                                                                                                                     from the design spectral acceleration values, S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6). (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-4.1.8.12.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) The effects of accidental torsional moments acting concurrently with the lateral
                                                                                                                     earthquake forces that cause them shall be accounted for by the following methods:
                                                                                                                         a) the static effects of torsional moments due to (±0.10Dnx)Fx at each
                                                                                                                            level x, where Fx is either determined from the elastic dynamic analysis
                                                                                                                            or determined from Sentence 4.1.8.11.(7) multiplied by RdRo/IE, shall
                                                                                                                            be combined with the effects determined by dynamic analysis (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-4.1.8.12.(4)(a)), or
                                                                                                                        b) if B, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10), is less than 1.7, it is permitted to use
                                                                                                                            a three-dimensional dynamic analysis with the centres of mass shifted by a
                                                                                                                            distance of −0.05Dnx and +0.05Dnx.
                                                                                                                        5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), the adjusted elastic base shear, Ved, shall be
                                                                                                                     equal to the elastic base shear, Ve, obtained from a Linear Dynamic Analysis.
                                                                                                                        6) For buildings located on a site designated as other than XF that have an SFRS
                                                                                                                     with Rd equal to or greater than 1.5, the elastic base shear, Ve, obtained from a Linear
                                                                                                                     Dynamic Analysis may be multiplied by the larger of the following factors to obtain Ved:




                                                                                                                        7) Ved shall be multiplied by the earthquake importance factor, IE, as determined
                                                                                                                     in Article 4.1.8.5., and shall be divided by RdRo, as determined in Article 4.1.8.9., to
                                                                                                                     obtain the specified lateral earthquake force, Vd.
                                                                                                                         8) Except as required by Sentence (9) or (12), if Vd, as determined in Sentence (7),
                                                                                                                     is less than 80% of V, as determined in Article 4.1.8.11., Vd shall be taken as 0.8V.
                                                                                                                        9) For irregular structures requiring dynamic analysis in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Article 4.1.8.7., Vd shall be taken as the larger of Vd, as determined in Sentence (7), and
                                                                                                                     100% of V, as determined in Article 4.1.8.11.
                                                                                                                       10) Except as required by Sentence (11), the values of elastic storey shears, storey
                                                                                                                     forces, member forces, and deflections obtained from the Linear Dynamic Analysis,
                                                                                                                     including the effect of accidental torsion determined in Sentence (4), shall be multiplied
                                                                                                                     by Vd/Ve to determine their design values.
                                                                                                                      11) For the purpose of calculating deflections, it is permitted to use a value
                                                                                                                     of V based on the value of Ta determined in Clause 4.1.8.11.(3)(d) to obtain Vd in
                                                                                                                     Sentences (8) and (9).
                                                                                                                       12) For buildings constructed with more than 4 storeys of continuous wood
                                                                                                                     construction, having a timber SFRS consisting of shear walls with wood-based
                                                                                                                     panels or braced or moment-resisting frames as defined in Table 4.1.8.9., and whose
                                                                                                                     fundamental lateral period, Ta, is determined in accordance with Clause 4.1.8.11.(3)(d),
                                                                                                                     Vd shall be taken as the larger of Vd, as determined in Sentence (7), and 100% of V, as
                                                                                                                     determined in Article 4.1.8.11. (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 4-69
                                                                                                    4.1.8.13.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    4.1.8.13.         Deflections and Drift Limits
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), lateral deflections of a structure
                                                                                                                      shall be calculated in accordance with the loads and requirements defined in this
                                                                                                                      Subsection.
                                                                                                                         2) Lateral deflections obtained from a linear elastic analysis using the methods
                                                                                                                      given in Articles 4.1.8.11. and 4.1.8.12. and incorporating the effects of torsion,
                                                                                                                      including accidental torsional moments, shall be multiplied by RdRo/IE and increased as
                                                                                                                      required in Sentences 4.1.8.10.(8) and 4.1.8.16.(1) to give realistic values of anticipated
                                                                                                                      deflections.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         3) Based on the lateral deflections calculated in Sentences (2), (5) and (6), the
                                                                                                                      largest interstorey deflection at any level shall be limited to 0.01hs for post-disaster
                                                                                                                      buildings, 0.02hs for High Importance Category buildings, and 0.025hs for all other
                                                                                                                      buildings.
                                                                                                                         4) The deflections calculated in Sentence (2) shall be used to account for sway
                                                                                                                      effects as required by Sentence 4.1.3.2.(12). (See Note A-4.1.8.13.(4).)
                                                                                                                         5) The lateral deflections of a seismically isolated structure shall be calculated in
                                                                                                                      accordance with Article 4.1.8.20.
                                                                                                                         6) The lateral deflections of a structure with supplemental energy dissipation shall
                                                                                                                      be calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.8.22.

                                                                                                    4.1.8.14.         Structural Separation
                                                                                                                         1) Adjacent structures shall be
                                                                                                                         a) separated by a distance equal to at least the square root of the sum of the
                                                                                                                            squares of their individual deflections calculated in Sentence 4.1.8.13.(2), or
                                                                                                                         b) connected to each other.
                                                                                                                        2) The method of connection required in Sentence (1) shall take into account the
                                                                                                                      mass, stiffness, strength, ductility and anticipated motion of the connected buildings
                                                                                                                      and the character of the connection.
                                                                                                                         3) Rigidly connected buildings shall be assumed to have the lowest RdRo value of
                                                                                                                      the buildings connected.
                                                                                                                         4) Buildings with non-rigid or energy-dissipating connections require special
                                                                                                                      studies.

                                                                                                    4.1.8.15.         Design Provisions
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), diaphragms, collectors, chords,
                                                                                                                      struts and connections shall be designed so as not to yield, and the design shall account
                                                                                                                      for the shape of the diaphragm, including openings, and for the forces generated in the
                                                                                                                      diaphragm due to the following cases, whichever one governs:
                                                                                                                          a) forces determined in Article 4.1.8.11. or 4.1.8.12. applied to the diaphragm
                                                                                                                              are increased to reflect the lateral load capacity of the SFRS, plus forces in
                                                                                                                              the diaphragm due to the transfer of forces between elements of the SFRS
                                                                                                                              associated with the lateral load capacity of such elements and accounting
                                                                                                                              for discontinuities and changes in stiffness in these elements, or
                                                                                                                          b) a minimum force corresponding to the specified lateral earthquake force, V,
                                                                                                                              divided by N for the diaphragm at level x.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Steel deck roof diaphragms in buildings of less than 4 storeys or wood
                                                                                                                      diaphragms that are designed and detailed according to the applicable referenced
                                                                                                                      design standards to exhibit ductile behaviour shall meet the requirements of
                                                                                                                      Sentence (1), except that they may yield and the forces shall be
                                                                                                                         a) for wood diaphragms acting in combination with vertical wood shear walls,
                                                                                                                             equal to the specified lateral earthquake force, V,


                                                                                                    4-70 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          4.1.8.16.

                                                                                                                         b) for wood diaphragms acting in combination with other SFRSs, not less than
                                                                                                                            the force corresponding to RdRo = 2.0, and
                                                                                                                         c) for steel deck roof diaphragms, not less than the force corresponding to
                                                                                                                            RdRo = 2.0.
                                                                                                                        3) Where diaphragms are designed in accordance with Sentence (2), the struts
                                                                                                                     shall be designed in accordance with Clause (1)(a), and the collectors, chords and
                                                                                                                     connections between the diaphragms and the vertical elements of the SFRS shall be
                                                                                                                     designed for forces corresponding to the capacity of the diaphragms in accordance
                                                                                                                     with the applicable CSA standards. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(3).)
                                                                                                                         4) For single-storey buildings with steel deck or wood roof diaphragms designed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     with a value of Rd greater than 1.5 and where the calculated maximum relative
                                                                                                                     deflection, ΔD, of the diaphragm under lateral loads exceeds 50% of the average storey
                                                                                                                     drift, ΔB, of the adjoining vertical elements of the SFRS, dynamic magnification of the
                                                                                                                     inelastic response due to the in-plane diaphragm deformations shall be accounted for
                                                                                                                     in the design as follows:
                                                                                                                         a) the vertical elements of the SFRS shall be designed and detailed to any one
                                                                                                                             of the following:
                                                                                                                                 i) to accommodate the anticipated magnified lateral
                                                                                                                                    deformations taken as RoRd(ΔB + ΔD) − RoΔD,
                                                                                                                                ii) to resist the forces magnified by Rd(1 + ΔD/ΔB)/(Rd + ΔD/ΔB),
                                                                                                                                    or
                                                                                                                               iii) by a special study, and
                                                                                                                         b) the roof diaphragm and chords shall be designed for in-plane shears and
                                                                                                                             moments determined while taking into consideration the inelastic higher
                                                                                                                             mode response of the structure.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(4).)
                                                                                                                        5) Where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, the elements supporting any
                                                                                                                     discontinuous wall, column or braced frame shall be designed for the lateral load
                                                                                                                     capacity of the components of the SFRS they support. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(5).)
                                                                                                                        6) Where structures have vertical variations of RdRo satisfying Sentence 4.1.8.9.(4),
                                                                                                                     the elements of the SFRS below the level where the change in RdRo occurs shall be
                                                                                                                     designed for the forces associated with the lateral load capacity of the SFRS above that
                                                                                                                     level. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(6).)
                                                                                                                         7) Where earthquake effects can produce forces in a column or wall due to
                                                                                                                     lateral loading along both orthogonal axes, account shall be taken of the effects of
                                                                                                                     potential concurrent yielding of other elements framing into the column or wall from
                                                                                                                     all directions at the level under consideration and as appropriate at other levels. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-4.1.8.15.(7).)
                                                                                                                        8) The design forces associated with the lateral capacity of the SFRS need not
                                                                                                                     exceed the forces determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) with RdRo taken
                                                                                                                     as 1.0, unless otherwise provided by the applicable referenced design standards for
                                                                                                                     elements, in which case the design forces associated with the lateral capacity of the
                                                                                                                     SFRS need not exceed the forces determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1)
                                                                                                                     with RdRo taken as less than or equal to 1.3. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(8).)
                                                                                                                        9) Foundations need not be designed to resist the lateral load overturning
                                                                                                                     capacity of the SFRS, provided the design and the Rd and Ro for the type of SFRS
                                                                                                                     used conform to Table 4.1.8.9. and that the foundation is designed in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Sentence 4.1.8.16.(4).
                                                                                                                      10) Foundation displacements and rotations shall be considered as required by
                                                                                                                     Sentence 4.1.8.16.(1).

                                                                                                    4.1.8.16.        Foundation Provisions
                                                                                                                       1) The increased displacements of the structure resulting from foundation
                                                                                                                     movement shall be shown to be within acceptable limits for both the SFRS
                                                                                                                     and the structural framing elements not considered to be part of the SFRS. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-4.1.8.16.(1).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 4-71
                                                                                                    4.1.8.16.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), foundations shall be designed to
                                                                                                                      have factored shear and overturning resistances greater than the lateral load capacity
                                                                                                                      of the SFRS. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(2).)

                                                                                                                          3) The shear and overturning resistances of the foundation determined using a
                                                                                                                      bearing stress equal to 1.5 times the factored bearing strength of the soil or rock and
                                                                                                                      all other resistances equal to 1.3 times the factored resistances need not exceed the
                                                                                                                      forces determined in Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) using RdRo = 1.0, except that the factor of
                                                                                                                      1.3 shall not apply to the portion of the resistance to uplift or overturning resulting
                                                                                                                      from gravity loads.

                                                                                                                         4) A foundation is permitted to have a factored overturning resistance less than




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      the lateral load overturning capacity of the supported SFRS, provided the following
                                                                                                                      requirements are met:
                                                                                                                          a) neither the foundation nor the supported SFRS are constrained against
                                                                                                                              rotation, and
                                                                                                                          b) the design overturning moment of the foundation is
                                                                                                                                 i) not less than 75% of the overturning capacity of the
                                                                                                                                    supported SFRS, and
                                                                                                                                ii) not less than that determined in Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) using
                                                                                                                                    RdRo = 2.0.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(4).)

                                                                                                                         5) The design of foundations shall be such that they are capable of transferring
                                                                                                                      earthquake loads and effects between the building and the ground without exceeding
                                                                                                                      the capacities of the soil and rock.

                                                                                                                         6) Where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, the following requirements shall be
                                                                                                                      satisfied:
                                                                                                                          a) piles or pile caps, drilled piers, and caissons shall be interconnected by
                                                                                                                              continuous ties in not less than two directions (see Note A-4.1.8.16.(6)(a)),
                                                                                                                          b) piles, drilled piers, and caissons shall be embedded a minimum of 100 mm
                                                                                                                              into the pile cap or structure, and
                                                                                                                          c) piles, drilled piers, and caissons, other than wood piles, shall be connected to
                                                                                                                              the pile cap or structure for a minimum tension force equal to 0.15 times the
                                                                                                                              factored compression load on the pile.

                                                                                                                         7) Where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, basement walls shall be designed
                                                                                                                      to resist earthquake lateral pressures from backfill or natural ground. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-4.1.8.16.(7).)

                                                                                                                         8) Where the Seismic Category is SC4, the following requirements shall be
                                                                                                                      satisfied:
                                                                                                                          a) piles, drilled piers, or caissons shall be designed and detailed to accommodate
                                                                                                                              cyclic inelastic behaviour when the design moment in the element due
                                                                                                                              to earthquake effects is greater than 75% of its moment capacity (see
                                                                                                                              Note A-4.1.8.16.(8)(a)), and
                                                                                                                          b) spread footings founded on soil designated as XV, where Vs30 is less than
                                                                                                                              or equal to 180 m/s, XE or XF shall be interconnected by continuous ties in
                                                                                                                              not less than two directions.

                                                                                                                          9) Each segment of a tie between elements that is required by Clause (6)(a)
                                                                                                                      or (8)(b) shall be designed to carry by tension or compression a horizontal force at
                                                                                                                      least equal to the greatest factored pile cap or column vertical load in the elements
                                                                                                                      it connects, multiplied by a factor of 0.1IES(0.2), unless it can be demonstrated that
                                                                                                                      equivalent restraints can be provided by other means. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(9).)

                                                                                                                        10) The potential for liquefaction of the soil and its consequences, such as significant
                                                                                                                      ground displacement and loss of soil strength and stiffness, shall be evaluated based
                                                                                                                      on the ground motion parameters referenced in Subsection 1.1.3., as modified by
                                                                                                                      Article 4.1.8.4., and shall be taken into account in the design of the structure and its
                                                                                                                      foundations. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(10).)


                                                                                                    4-72 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        4.1.8.18.

                                                                                                    4.1.8.17.            Site Stability

                                                                                                                            1) The potential for slope instability and its consequences, such as slope
                                                                                                                         displacement, shall be evaluated based on site-specific material properties and ground
                                                                                                                         motion parameters referenced in Subsection 1.1.3., as modified by Article 4.1.8.4.,
                                                                                                                         and shall be taken into account in the design of the structure and its foundations. (See
                                                                                                                         Note A-4.1.8.17.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.1.8.18.            Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-4.1.8.18.)

                                                                                                                            1) Except as provided in Sentences (2), (7) and (16), elements and components




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         of buildings described in Table 4.1.8.18. and their connections to the structure shall
                                                                                                                         be designed to accommodate the building deflections calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                                         Article 4.1.8.13. and the element or component deflections calculated in accordance
                                                                                                                         with Sentence (9), and shall be designed for a specified lateral earthquake force, Vp,
                                                                                                                         distributed according to the distribution of mass:




                                                                                                                         where
                                                                                                                           S(0.2) = design spectral acceleration value at a period of 0.2 s, as defined in
                                                                                                                                     Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6),
                                                                                                                               IE = earthquake importance factor for the building, as defined in Article 4.1.8.5.,
                                                                                                                               Sp = CpArAx/Rp (the maximum value of Sp shall be taken as 4.0 and the minimum
                                                                                                                                     value of Sp shall be taken as 0.7), where
                                                                                                                                  Cp = element or component factor from Table 4.1.8.18.,
                                                                                                                                  Ar = element or component force amplification factor from Table 4.1.8.18.,
                                                                                                                                  Ax = height factor (1 + 2hx/hn),
                                                                                                                                  Rp = element or component response modification factor from Table 4.1.8.18.,
                                                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                                             Wp = weight of the component or element.

                                                                                                                                                               Table 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                                               Elements of Structures and Non-structural Components and Equipment (1)
                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.8.18.(1) to (3), (6), (7) and (16), and Clauses 4.1.8.23.(2)(c) and (3)(c)

                                                                                                     Category                                            Part or Portion of Building                                           Cp      Ar      Rp
                                                                                                    Architectural and Structural Components
                                                                                                         1        All exterior and interior walls, and cladding panels, except those in Category 2 or 3                        1.00   1.00    2.50
                                                                                                         2       Cantilever parapet and other cantilever walls, including cantilever cladding panels, except retaining walls   1.00   2.50    2.50
                                                                                                         3       Exterior and interior ornamentations and appendages                                                           1.00   2.50    2.50
                                                                                                         4       Floors and roofs acting as diaphragms (2)                                                                      –      –       –
                                                                                                         5       Towers, chimneys, smokestacks and penthouses when connected to or forming part of a building                  1.00   2.50    2.50
                                                                                                         6       Horizontally cantilevered floors, balconies, beams, etc.                                                      1.00   1.00    2.50
                                                                                                         7       Suspended ceilings, light fixtures and other attachments to ceilings with independent vertical support        1.00   1.00    2.50
                                                                                                         8       Masonry veneer connections                                                                                    1.00   1.00    1.50
                                                                                                         9       Access floors                                                                                                 1.00   1.00    2.50
                                                                                                        10       Masonry or concrete fences more than 1.8 m tall                                                               1.00   1.00    2.50
                                                                                                    Mechanical and Electrical Components
                                                                                                       11       Machinery, fixtures, equipment and tanks (including contents)
                                                                                                                      that are rigid and rigidly connected                                                                     1.00   1.00    1.25
                                                                                                                      that are flexible or flexibly connected                                                                  1.00   2.50    2.50




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                    Division B 4-73
                                                                                                    4.1.8.18.                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 4.1.8.18. (Continued)

                                                                                                          Category                                          Part or Portion of Building                                          Cp         Ar       Rp
                                                                                                             12      Machinery, fixtures, equipment and tanks (including contents) containing toxic or explosive materials,
                                                                                                                     materials having a flash point below 38°C or firefighting fluids
                                                                                                                         that are rigid and rigidly connected                                                                    1.50     1.00      1.25
                                                                                                                         that are flexible or flexibly connected                                                                 1.50     2.50      2.50
                                                                                                            13       Flat bottom tanks (including contents) attached directly to a floor at or below grade within a building     0.70     1.00      2.50
                                                                                                            14       Flat bottom tanks (including contents) attached directly to a floor at or below grade within a building     1.00     1.00      2.50
                                                                                                                     containing toxic or explosive materials, materials having a flash point below 38°C or firefighting fluids




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                            15       Pipes, ducts (including contents)                                                                           1.00     1.00      3.00
                                                                                                            16       Pipes, ducts (including contents) containing toxic or explosive materials                                   1.50     1.00      3.00
                                                                                                            17       Electrical cable trays, bus ducts, conduits                                                                 1.00     2.50      5.00
                                                                                                     Other System Components
                                                                                                         18      Rigid components with ductile material and connections                                                          1.00     1.00      2.50
                                                                                                            19       Rigid components with non-ductile material or connections                                                   1.00     1.00      1.00
                                                                                                            20       Flexible components with ductile material and connections                                                   1.00     2.50      2.50
                                                                                                            21       Flexible components with non-ductile material or connections                                                1.00     2.50      1.00
                                                                                                            22       Elevators and escalators (3)
                                                                                                                         machinery and equipment                                                                                    as per Category 11
                                                                                                                         elevator rails                                                                                          1.00      1.00      2.50
                                                                                                            23       Floor-mounted steel pallet storage racks (4)                                                                1.00     2.50      2.50
                                                                                                            24       Floor-mounted steel pallet storage racks on which are stored toxic or explosive materials or materials      1.50     2.50      2.50
                                                                                                                     having a flash point below 38°C (4)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 4.1.8.18.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Note A-Table 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                    (2)    See Sentence (8).
                                                                                                    (3)    See also ASME A17.1/CSA B44, “Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.”
                                                                                                    (4)    See Sentence (13) and Note A-Table 4.1.8.18.


                                                                                                                               2) For buildings in Seismic Category SC1 or SC2, other than post-disaster buildings,
                                                                                                                            seismically isolated buildings, and buildings with supplemental energy dissipation
                                                                                                                            systems, the requirements of Sentence (1) need not apply to Categories 6 through
                                                                                                                            22 of Table 4.1.8.18.

                                                                                                                               3) For the purpose of applying Sentence (1) for Categories 11 and 12 of
                                                                                                                            Table 4.1.8.18., elements or components shall be assumed to be flexible or flexibly
                                                                                                                            connected unless it can be shown that the fundamental period of the element or
                                                                                                                            component and its connection is less than or equal to 0.06 s, in which case the element
                                                                                                                            or component is classified as being rigid and rigidly connected.

                                                                                                                               4) The weight of access floors shall include the dead load of the access floor and
                                                                                                                            the weight of permanent equipment, which shall not be taken as less than 25% of
                                                                                                                            the floor live load.

                                                                                                                               5) When the mass of a tank plus its contents or the mass of a flexible or flexibly
                                                                                                                            connected piece of machinery, fixture or equipment is greater than 10% of the mass of
                                                                                                                            the supporting floor, the lateral forces shall be determined by rational analysis.

                                                                                                                               6) Forces shall be applied in the horizontal direction that results in the most critical
                                                                                                                            loading for design, except for Category 6 of Table 4.1.8.18., where the forces shall be
                                                                                                                            applied up and down vertically.

                                                                                                                               7) Connections to the structure of elements and components listed in
                                                                                                                            Table 4.1.8.18. shall be designed to support the component or element for gravity


                                                                                                    4-74 Division B                                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          4.1.8.18.

                                                                                                                     loads, shall conform to the requirements of Sentence (1), and shall also satisfy these
                                                                                                                     additional requirements:
                                                                                                                        a) except as provided in Sentence (17), friction due to gravity loads shall not
                                                                                                                             be considered to provide resistance to earthquake forces,
                                                                                                                        b) Rp for non-ductile connections, such as adhesives or power-actuated
                                                                                                                             fasteners, shall be taken as 1.0,
                                                                                                                        c) Rp for shallow post-installed mechanical, post-installed adhesive, and
                                                                                                                             cast-in-place anchors in concrete shall be 1.5, where shallow anchors are
                                                                                                                             those with a ratio of embedment length to diameter of less than 8,
                                                                                                                        d) post-installed mechanical, drop-in and adhesive anchors in concrete shall be
                                                                                                                             pre-qualified for seismic applications by cyclic load testing in accordance
                                                                                                                             with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                i) CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” and
                                                                                                                               ii) ACI 355.2, “Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical
                                                                                                                                   Anchors in Concrete (ACI 355.2-19) and Commentary,”
                                                                                                                                   or ACI 355.4, “Qualification of Post-Installed Adhesive
                                                                                                                                   Anchors in Concrete (ACI 355.4-19) and Commentary,” as
                                                                                                                                   applicable,
                                                                                                                        e) post-installed mechanical and adhesive anchors in masonry and
                                                                                                                             post-installed mechanical anchors in structural steel shall be
                                                                                                                             pre-qualified for seismic applications by cyclic tension load testing (see
                                                                                                                             Note A-4.1.8.18.(7)(e)),
                                                                                                                         f) power-actuated fasteners shall not be used for cyclic tension loads,
                                                                                                                        g) connections for non-structural elements or components of Category 1, 2 or 3
                                                                                                                             of Table 4.1.8.18. attached to the side of a building and above the first level
                                                                                                                             above grade shall satisfy the following requirements:
                                                                                                                                i) for connections where the body of the connection is ductile,
                                                                                                                                   the body shall be designed for values of Cp, Ar and Rp given
                                                                                                                                   in Table 4.1.8.18., and all of the other parts of the connection,
                                                                                                                                   such as anchors, welds, bolts and inserts, shall be capable
                                                                                                                                   of developing 2.0 times the nominal yield resistance of the
                                                                                                                                   body of the connection, and
                                                                                                                               ii) connections where the body of the connection is not ductile
                                                                                                                                   shall be designed for values of Cp = 2.0, Rp = 1.0 and Ar
                                                                                                                                   given in Table 4.1.8.18., and
                                                                                                                        h) a ductile connection is one where the body of the connection is capable of
                                                                                                                             dissipating energy through cyclic inelastic behaviour.

                                                                                                                        8) Floors and roofs acting as diaphragms shall satisfy the requirements for
                                                                                                                     diaphragms stated in Article 4.1.8.15.

                                                                                                                        9) Lateral deflections of elements or components shall be based on the loads
                                                                                                                     defined in Sentence (1) and lateral deflections obtained from an elastic analysis shall be
                                                                                                                     multiplied by Rp/IE to give realistic values of the anticipated deflections.

                                                                                                                       10) The elements or components shall be designed so as not to transfer to the
                                                                                                                     structure any forces unaccounted for in the design, and rigid elements such as walls or
                                                                                                                     panels shall satisfy the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(6).

                                                                                                                       11) Seismic restraint for suspended equipment, pipes, ducts, electrical cable trays,
                                                                                                                     etc. shall be designed to meet the force and displacement requirements of this Article
                                                                                                                     and be constructed in a manner that will not subject hanger rods to bending.

                                                                                                                      12) Isolated suspended equipment and components, such as pendent lights, may be
                                                                                                                     designed as a pendulum system provided that adequate chains or cables capable of
                                                                                                                     supporting 2.0 times the weight of the suspended component are provided and the
                                                                                                                     deflection requirements of Sentence (10) are satisfied.

                                                                                                                       13) Free-standing steel pallet storage racks are permitted to be designed to
                                                                                                                     resist earthquake effects using rational analysis, provided the design achieves the
                                                                                                                     minimum performance level required by Subsection 4.1.8. (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(13)
                                                                                                                     and 4.4.3.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 4-75
                                                                                                    4.1.8.18.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                        14) Except as provided in Sentence (15), the relative displacement of glass in
                                                                                                                      glazing systems, Dfallout, shall be equal to the greater of
                                                                                                                          a) Dfallout ≥ 1.25IEDp, where
                                                                                                                               Dfallout = relative displacement at which glass fallout occurs, and
                                                                                                                                    Dp = relative earthquake displacement that the component must
                                                                                                                                           be designed to accommodate, calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                                                           Article 4.1.8.13. and applied over the height of the glass
                                                                                                                                           component, or
                                                                                                                         b) 13 mm.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15).)

                                                                                                                        15) Glass need not comply with Sentence (14), provided at least one of the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      following conditions is met:
                                                                                                                          a) the Seismic Category is SC1 or SC2,
                                                                                                                          b) the glass has sufficient clearance from its frame such that Dclear ≥ 1.25Dp
                                                                                                                             calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                             where
                                                                                                                                 Dclear = relative horizontal displacement measured over the height of the
                                                                                                                                           glass panel, which causes initial glass-to-frame contact,
                                                                                                                                   C1 = average of the clearances on both sides between the vertical glass
                                                                                                                                           edges and the frame,
                                                                                                                                    hp = height of the rectangular glass panel,
                                                                                                                                   C2 = averages of the top and bottom clearances between the horizontal
                                                                                                                                           glass edges and the frame, and
                                                                                                                                    bp = width of the rectangular glass panel,
                                                                                                                          c) the glass is fully tempered, monolithic, installed in a non-post-disaster
                                                                                                                             building, and no part of the glass is located more than 3 m above a walking
                                                                                                                             surface, or
                                                                                                                         d) the glass is annealed or heat-strengthened laminated glass in a single
                                                                                                                             thickness with an interlayer no less than 0.76 mm and captured mechanically
                                                                                                                             in a wall system glazing pocket with the perimeter secured to the frame by a
                                                                                                                             wet, glazed, gunable, curing, elastomeric sealant perimeter bead of 13 mm
                                                                                                                             minimum glass contact width.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15).)

                                                                                                                        16) For structures with supplemental energy dissipation, elements and components
                                                                                                                      of buildings described in Table 4.1.8.18. and their connections to the structure shall be
                                                                                                                      designed for a specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, determined at each floor level as
                                                                                                                      follows:




                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                            Ssed = peak spectral acceleration, Sa(T,X), in the period range of T = 0 s to T = 0.5 s
                                                                                                                                    determined from the mean 5%-damped floor spectral acceleration values
                                                                                                                                    by averaging the individual 5%-damped floor response spectra at the
                                                                                                                                    centroid of the floor area at that floor level determined using Non-linear
                                                                                                                                    Dynamic Analysis, and
                                                                                                                       IE, Cp, Ar, Rp, Wp = as defined in Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(16).)

                                                                                                                        17) For a ballasted array of interconnected solar panels mounted on a roof, where
                                                                                                                      IES(0.2) is less than or equal to 1.0, friction due to gravity loads is permitted to be
                                                                                                                      considered to provide resistance to seismic forces, provided
                                                                                                                          a) the roof is not normally occupied,


                                                                                                    4-76 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             4.1.8.19.

                                                                                                                         b) the roof is surrounded by a parapet extending from the roof surface to not
                                                                                                                            less than the greater of
                                                                                                                                i) 150 mm above the centre of mass of the array, and
                                                                                                                               ii) 400 mm above the roof surface,
                                                                                                                         c) the height of the centre of mass of the array above the roof surface is less
                                                                                                                            than the lesser of
                                                                                                                                i) 900 mm, and
                                                                                                                               ii) one half of the smallest plan dimension of the supporting
                                                                                                                                   base of the array,
                                                                                                                         d) the roof slope at the location of the array is less than or equal to 3°,
                                                                                                                         e) the factored friction resistance calculated using the kinetic friction coefficient
                                                                                                                            determined in accordance with Sentence (18) and a resistance factor of 0.7




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            is greater than or equal to the specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, on the
                                                                                                                            array determined in accordance with Sentence (1) using values of Ar = 1.0,
                                                                                                                            Ax = 3.0, Cp = 1.0, and Rp = 1.25,
                                                                                                                         f) the minimum clearance between the array and other arrays or fixed objects
                                                                                                                            is the greater of
                                                                                                                                i) 225 mm, and
                                                                                                                               ii) 1 500(IES(0.2) − 0.4)2, in mm, and
                                                                                                                         g) the minimum clearance between the array and the roof parapet is the
                                                                                                                            greater of
                                                                                                                                i) 450 mm, and
                                                                                                                               ii) 3 000(IES(0.2) − 0.4)2, in mm.
                                                                                                                       18) For the purpose of Clause (17)(e), the kinetic friction coefficient shall be
                                                                                                                     determined in accordance with ASTM G115, “Standard Guide for Measuring and
                                                                                                                     Reporting Friction Coefficients,” through experimental testing that
                                                                                                                         a) is carried out by an accredited laboratory on a full-scale array or a prototype
                                                                                                                            of the array,
                                                                                                                        b) models the interface between the supporting base of the array and the roof
                                                                                                                            surface, and
                                                                                                                         c) accounts for the adverse effects of anticipated climatic conditions on the
                                                                                                                            friction resistance.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(18).)

                                                                                                    4.1.8.19.        Seismic Isolation
                                                                                                                       1) For the purposes of this Article and Article 4.1.8.20., the following terms shall
                                                                                                                     have the meanings stated herein:
                                                                                                                        a) “seismic isolation” is an alternative seismic design concept that consists
                                                                                                                            of installing an isolation system with low horizontal stiffness, thereby
                                                                                                                            substantially increasing the fundamental period of the structure;
                                                                                                                        b) “isolation system” is a collection of structural elements at the level of the
                                                                                                                            isolation interface that includes all individual isolator units, all structural
                                                                                                                            elements that transfer force between elements of the isolation system,
                                                                                                                            all connections to other structural elements, and may also include a
                                                                                                                            wind-restraint system, energy-dissipation devices, and a displacement
                                                                                                                            restraint system;
                                                                                                                        c) “seismically isolated structure” includes the upper portion of the structure
                                                                                                                            above the isolation system, the isolation system, and the portion of the
                                                                                                                            structure below the isolation system;
                                                                                                                        d) “isolator unit” is a structural element of the isolation system that
                                                                                                                            permits large lateral deformations under lateral earthquake forces and is
                                                                                                                            characterized by vertical-load-carrying capability combined with increased
                                                                                                                            horizontal flexibility and high vertical stiffness, energy dissipation
                                                                                                                            (hysteretic or viscous), self-centering capability, and lateral restraint
                                                                                                                            (sufficient elastic stiffness) under non-seismic service lateral loads;
                                                                                                                        e) “isolation interface” is the boundary between the isolated upper portion
                                                                                                                            of the structure above the isolation system and the lower portion of the
                                                                                                                            structure below the isolation system; and
                                                                                                                        f) “wind-restraint system” is the collection of structural elements of the
                                                                                                                            isolation system that provides restraint of the seismically isolated structure


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 4-77
                                                                                                    4.1.8.20.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                             for wind loads and is permitted to be either an integral part of the isolator
                                                                                                                             units or a separate device.
                                                                                                                         2) Every seismically isolated structure and every portion thereof shall be analyzed
                                                                                                                      and designed in accordance with
                                                                                                                          a) this Article and Article 4.1.8.20.,
                                                                                                                         b) other applicable requirements of this Subsection, and
                                                                                                                          c) appropriate engineering principles and current engineering practice.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.19.(2))
                                                                                                                          3) For the analysis and modeling of the seismically isolated structure, the
                                                                                                                      following criteria shall apply:
                                                                                                                          a) a three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis of the structure shall be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             performed in accordance with Article 4.1.8.12. (see Note A-4.1.8.19.(3)(a)),
                                                                                                                          b) unless verified from rational analysis, the inherent equivalent viscous
                                                                                                                             damping—excluding the hysteretic damping provided by the isolation
                                                                                                                             system or supplemental energy dissipation devices—used in the analysis
                                                                                                                             shall not be taken as more than 2.5% of the critical damping at the significant
                                                                                                                             modes of vibration,
                                                                                                                          c) all individual isolator units shall be modeled with sufficient detail to
                                                                                                                             account for their non-linear force-deformation characteristics, including
                                                                                                                             effects of the relevant loads, and with consideration of variations in material
                                                                                                                             properties over the design life of the structure, and
                                                                                                                          d) except for elements of the isolation system, other components of the
                                                                                                                             seismically isolated structure shall be modeled using elastic material
                                                                                                                             properties in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8).
                                                                                                                         4) The ground motion time histories used in Sentence (3) shall be
                                                                                                                          a) appropriately selected and scaled following good engineering practice,
                                                                                                                         b) compatible with
                                                                                                                                i) a response spectrum derived from the design spectral
                                                                                                                                   acceleration values, S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6) for
                                                                                                                                   site designations XV, where Vs30 is greater than 360 m/s, XA,
                                                                                                                                   XB and XC, and
                                                                                                                               ii) a 5%-damped response spectrum based on a site-specific
                                                                                                                                   evaluation for site designations XV, where Vs30 is less than
                                                                                                                                   or equal to 360 m/s, XD, XE and XF, and
                                                                                                                          c) amplitude-scaled in an appropriate manner over the period range of 0.2T1
                                                                                                                             to 1.5T1, where T1 is the period of the isolated structure determined using
                                                                                                                             the post-yield stiffness of the isolation system in the horizontal direction
                                                                                                                             under consideration, or the period specified in Sentence 4.1.8.20.(1) if the
                                                                                                                             post-yield stiffness of the isolation system is not well defined.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.19.(4) and 4.1.8.21.(5).)

                                                                                                    4.1.8.20.         Seismic Isolation Design Provisions
                                                                                                                          1) The period of the isolated structure, determined using the post-yield stiffness of
                                                                                                                      the isolation system in the horizontal direction under consideration, shall be greater
                                                                                                                      than three times the period of the structure above the isolation interface calculated as
                                                                                                                      a fixed base.
                                                                                                                         2) The isolation system shall be configured to produce a restoring force such that
                                                                                                                      the lateral force at the TDD at the centre of mass of the isolated structure above the
                                                                                                                      isolation interface is at least 0.025Wb greater than the lateral force at 50% of the TDD at
                                                                                                                      the same location, in each horizontal direction, where Wb is the portion of W above the
                                                                                                                      isolation interface.
                                                                                                                          3) The values of storey shears, storey forces, member forces, and deflections used in
                                                                                                                      the design of all structural framing elements and components of the isolation system
                                                                                                                      shall be obtained from analysis conforming to Sentence 4.1.8.19.(3) using one of the
                                                                                                                      following values, whichever produces the most critical effect:
                                                                                                                          a) mean plus IE times the standard deviation of results of all Non-linear
                                                                                                                              Dynamic Analyses, or
                                                                                                                          b) √IE times the mean of the results of all Non-linear Dynamic Analyses.


                                                                                                    4-78 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            4.1.8.21.

                                                                                                                        4) The force-deformation and damping characteristics of the isolation system
                                                                                                                     used in the analysis and design of seismically isolated structures shall be validated by
                                                                                                                     testing at least two full-size specimens of each predominant type and size of isolator
                                                                                                                     unit of the isolation system, which shall include
                                                                                                                         a) the individual isolator units,
                                                                                                                         b) separate supplemental damping devices, if used, and
                                                                                                                         c) separate sacrificial wind-restraint systems, if used.

                                                                                                                        5) The force-deformation characteristics and damping value of a representative
                                                                                                                     sample of the isolator units installed in the building shall be validated by tests prior to
                                                                                                                     their installation.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        6) A diaphragm or horizontal structural elements shall provide continuity
                                                                                                                     immediately above the isolation interface to transmit forces due to non-uniform
                                                                                                                     ground motions from one part of the structure to another.

                                                                                                                        7) All structural framing elements shall be designed for the forces described in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (3) with RdRo = 1.0, except
                                                                                                                        a) for structures with IE < 1.5, all SFRSs shall be detailed in accordance with the
                                                                                                                           requirements for Rd ≥ 1.5 and the applicable referenced design standards,
                                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                                        b) for structures with IE = 1.5, all SFRSs shall be detailed in accordance with the
                                                                                                                           requirements for Rd ≥ 2.0 and the applicable referenced design standards.

                                                                                                                        8) The height restrictions noted in Table 4.1.8.9. need not apply to seismically
                                                                                                                     isolated structures.

                                                                                                                         9) All isolator units shall be
                                                                                                                         a) designed for the forces described in Sentence (3), and
                                                                                                                         b) able to accommodate the TDD determined at the specific location of each
                                                                                                                            isolator unit.

                                                                                                                       10) The isolation system, including a separate wind-restraint system if used, shall
                                                                                                                     limit lateral displacement due to wind loads across the isolation interface to a value
                                                                                                                     equal to that required for the least storey height in accordance with Sentence 4.1.3.5.(3).

                                                                                                    4.1.8.21.        Supplemental Energy Dissipation

                                                                                                                       1) For the purposes of this Article and Article 4.1.8.22., the following terms shall
                                                                                                                     have the meanings stated herein:
                                                                                                                        a) “supplemental energy dissipation device” is a dedicated structural element
                                                                                                                            of the supplemental energy dissipation system that dissipates energy due
                                                                                                                            to relative motion of each of its ends or by alternative means, and includes
                                                                                                                            all pins, bolts, gusset plates, brace extensions and other components
                                                                                                                            required to connect it to the other elements of the structure; a device may
                                                                                                                            be classified as either displacement-dependent or velocity-dependent, or
                                                                                                                            a combination thereof, and may be configured to act in either a linear or
                                                                                                                            non-linear manner; and
                                                                                                                        b) “supplemental energy dissipation system” is a collection of energy
                                                                                                                            dissipation devices installed in a structure that supplement the energy
                                                                                                                            dissipation of the SFRS.

                                                                                                                        2) Every structure with a supplemental energy dissipation system and every
                                                                                                                     portion thereof shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
                                                                                                                        a) this Article and Article 4.1.8.22.,
                                                                                                                        b) other applicable requirements of this Subsection, and
                                                                                                                         c) appropriate engineering principles and current engineering practice.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.1.8.21.(2).)

                                                                                                                        3) Where supplemental energy dissipation devices are used across the isolation
                                                                                                                     interface of a seismically isolated structure, displacements, velocities, and accelerations
                                                                                                                     shall be determined in accordance with Article 4.1.8.20.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 4-79
                                                                                                    4.1.8.22.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         4) For the analysis and modeling of structures with supplemental energy
                                                                                                                      dissipation devices, the following criteria shall apply:
                                                                                                                          a) a three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis of the structure shall be
                                                                                                                             performed in accordance with Article 4.1.8.12. (see Note A-4.1.8.21.(4)(a)),
                                                                                                                         b) for an SFRS with Rd > 1.0, the non-linear hysteretic behaviour of the SFRS
                                                                                                                             shall be explicitly—with sufficient detail—accounted for in the modeling
                                                                                                                             and analysis of the structure,
                                                                                                                          c) unless verified from rational analysis, the inherent equivalent viscous
                                                                                                                             damping—excluding the damping provided by the supplemental energy
                                                                                                                             dissipation devices—used in the analysis shall not be taken as more than
                                                                                                                             2.5% of the critical damping at the significant modes of vibration,
                                                                                                                         d) all supplemental energy dissipation devices shall be modeled with sufficient




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             detail to account for their non-linear force deformation characteristics,
                                                                                                                             including effects of the relevant loads, and with consideration of variations
                                                                                                                             in their properties over the design life of the structure, and
                                                                                                                          e) except for the SFRS and elements of the supplemental energy dissipation
                                                                                                                             system, other components of the structure shall be modeled using elastic
                                                                                                                             material properties in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8).

                                                                                                                         5) The ground motion time histories used in Sentence (4) shall be
                                                                                                                         a) appropriately selected and scaled following good engineering practice,
                                                                                                                         b) compatible with a 5%-damped response spectrum derived from the design
                                                                                                                             spectral acceleration values, S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6), and
                                                                                                                          c) amplitude-scaled in an appropriate manner over the period range of 0.2T1
                                                                                                                             to 1.5T1, where T1 is the fundamental lateral period of the structure with the
                                                                                                                             supplemental energy dissipation system.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.1.8.19.(4) and 4.1.8.21.(5).)

                                                                                                    4.1.8.22.         Supplemental Energy Dissipation Design Considerations

                                                                                                                          1) The values of storey shears, storey forces, member forces, and deflections for the
                                                                                                                      design of all structural framing elements and all supplemental energy dissipation
                                                                                                                      devices shall be obtained from analysis conforming to Sentence 4.1.8.21.(4) using one
                                                                                                                      of the following values, whichever produces the most critical effect:
                                                                                                                          a) mean plus IE times the standard deviation of the results of all Non-linear
                                                                                                                              Dynamic Analyses, or
                                                                                                                          b) √IE times the mean of the results of all Non-linear Dynamic Analyses.

                                                                                                                         2) The largest interstorey deflection at any level of the structure as determined in
                                                                                                                      accordance with Sentence (1) shall conform to the limits stated in Sentence 4.1.8.13.(3).

                                                                                                                         3) The force-deformation and force-velocity characteristics of the supplemental
                                                                                                                      energy dissipation devices used in the analysis and design of structures with
                                                                                                                      supplemental energy dissipation systems shall be validated by testing at least two
                                                                                                                      full-size specimens of each type of supplementary energy dissipation device.

                                                                                                                         4) The force-deformation and force-velocity characteristics and damping values of
                                                                                                                      a representative sample of the supplemental energy dissipation devices installed in the
                                                                                                                      building shall be validated by tests prior to their installation.

                                                                                                                        5) All components of a supplemental energy dissipation device, except that
                                                                                                                      portion of the device that dissipates energy, shall be designed to remain elastic.

                                                                                                                         6) All structural framing elements shall be designed
                                                                                                                         a) for an SFRS with Rd = 1.0, using the forces referred to in Sentence (1) with
                                                                                                                            RdRo = 1.0, except that the SFRS shall be detailed in accordance with the
                                                                                                                            requirements for Rd ≥ 1.5 and the applicable referenced design standards, or
                                                                                                                         b) for an SFRS with Rd > 1.0, using the forces referred to in Sentence (1) with
                                                                                                                            RdRo = 1.0, except that the SFRS shall be detailed in accordance with the
                                                                                                                            requirements for the selected Rd and the applicable referenced design
                                                                                                                            standards.


                                                                                                    4-80 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        4.1.8.23.

                                                                                                                        7) Supplemental energy dissipation devices and other components of the
                                                                                                                     supplemental energy dissipation system shall be designed in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Sentence (1) with consideration of the following:
                                                                                                                        a) low-cycle, large-displacement degradation due to earthquake loads,
                                                                                                                        b) high-cycle, small-displacement degradation due to wind, thermal, or other
                                                                                                                            cyclic loads,
                                                                                                                        c) forces or displacements due to gravity loads,
                                                                                                                        d) adhesion of device parts due to corrosion or abrasion, biodegradation,
                                                                                                                            moisture, or chemical exposure,
                                                                                                                        e) exposure to environmental conditions, including, but not limited to,
                                                                                                                            temperature, humidity, moisture, radiation (e.g., ultraviolet light), and
                                                                                                                            reactive or corrosive substances (e.g., salt water),




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         f) devices subject to failure due to low-cycle fatigue must resist wind forces
                                                                                                                            without slip, movement, or inelastic cycling,
                                                                                                                        g) the range of thermal conditions, device wear, manufacturing tolerances, and
                                                                                                                            other effects that cause device properties to vary during the design life of
                                                                                                                            the device, and
                                                                                                                        h) connection points of devices must provide sufficient articulation to
                                                                                                                            accommodate simultaneous longitudinal, lateral, and vertical displacements
                                                                                                                            of the supplemental energy dissipation system.

                                                                                                                        8) Means of access for inspection and removal for replacement of all supplemental
                                                                                                                     energy dissipation devices shall be provided.

                                                                                                    4.1.8.23.        Additional Performance Requirements for Post-disaster Buildings,
                                                                                                                     High Importance Category Buildings, and a Subset of Normal
                                                                                                                     Importance Category Buildings

                                                                                                                       1) Buildings designed in accordance with Articles 4.1.8.19. to 4.1.8.22. need not
                                                                                                                     comply with this Article.

                                                                                                                        2) The design of post-disaster buildings in Seismic Category SC2, SC3 or SC4 shall
                                                                                                                     be verified using 5%-damped spectral acceleration values based on a 5% probability of
                                                                                                                     exceedance in 50 years and shall satisfy the following requirements:
                                                                                                                         a) the building shall be shown to behave elastically for a specified lateral
                                                                                                                             earthquake force, V, determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.11.(2)
                                                                                                                             using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.3,
                                                                                                                        b) the largest interstorey deflection at any level of the building, as determined
                                                                                                                             in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.13.(2) using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.0, shall
                                                                                                                             not exceed 0.005hs, and
                                                                                                                         c) the connections of elements and components of the building described
                                                                                                                             in Table 4.1.8.18. with Rp > 1.5 shall be shown to behave elastically for a
                                                                                                                             specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                             Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1) using Rp = 1.5.

                                                                                                                        3) The design of High Importance Category buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or
                                                                                                                     SC4 shall be verified using 5%-damped spectral acceleration values based on a 10%
                                                                                                                     probability of exceedance in 50 years and shall satisfy the following requirements:
                                                                                                                        a) the building shall be shown to behave elastically for a specified lateral
                                                                                                                           earthquake force, V, determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.11.(2)
                                                                                                                           using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.3,
                                                                                                                        b) the largest interstorey deflection at any level of the building, as determined
                                                                                                                           in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.13.(2) using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.0, shall
                                                                                                                           not exceed 0.005hs, and
                                                                                                                        c) the connections of elements and components of the building described
                                                                                                                           in Table 4.1.8.18. with Rp > 1.3 shall be shown to behave elastically for a
                                                                                                                           specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                           Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1) using Rp = 1.3.

                                                                                                                        4) For Normal Importance Category buildings in Seismic Category SC4 with a
                                                                                                                     height above grade of more than 30 m, the structural framing elements not considered
                                                                                                                     to be part of the SFRS shall be designed to behave elastically for a specified lateral


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                     Division B 4-81
                                                                                                    4.2.1.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                      earthquake force, V, determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.11.(2) using spectral
                                                                                                                      acceleration values based on a 10% probability of exceedance in 50 years and RdRo = 1.3.
                                                                                                                         5) For the purposes of applying Sentences (2) to (4), torsional moments due to
                                                                                                                      accidental eccentricities need not be considered if B, as determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                      Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10), does not exceed 1.7.
                                                                                                                         6) For the purposes of applying Sentences (2) to (4), elements of the SFRS and
                                                                                                                      structural framing elements not considered to be part of the SFRS, when included in
                                                                                                                      the analysis, shall be modeled in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8) using elastic
                                                                                                                      properties.
                                                                                                                        7) All other requirements of Articles 4.1.8.2. to 4.1.8.18. shall be satisfied in




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      meeting the additional requirements of this Article.


                                                                                                    Section 4.2. Foundations
                                                                                                    4.2.1.            General
                                                                                                    4.2.1.1.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Section applies to excavations and foundation systems for buildings.

                                                                                                    4.2.2.            Subsurface Investigations, Drawings and Reviews
                                                                                                    4.2.2.1.          Subsurface Investigation
                                                                                                                         1) A subsurface investigation, including groundwater conditions, shall be carried out
                                                                                                                      by or under the direction of a professional engineer having knowledge and experience
                                                                                                                      in planning and executing such investigations to a degree appropriate for the building
                                                                                                                      and its use, the ground and the surrounding site conditions. (See Note A-4.2.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.2.2.2.          Drawings
                                                                                                                        1) Drawings associated with foundations and excavations shall conform to the
                                                                                                                      appropriate requirements of Section 2.2. of Division C. (See Article 2.2.4.6. of
                                                                                                                      Division C.)

                                                                                                    4.2.2.3.          Field Review
                                                                                                                         1) A field review shall be carried out by the designer or by another suitably
                                                                                                                      qualified person to ascertain that the subsurface conditions are consistent with the
                                                                                                                      design and that construction is carried out in accordance with the design and good
                                                                                                                      engineering practice. (See Note A-4.2.2.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The review required by Sentence (1) shall be carried out
                                                                                                                         a) on a continuous basis
                                                                                                                               i) during the construction of all deep foundation units with all
                                                                                                                                  pertinent information recorded for each foundation unit,
                                                                                                                              ii) during the installation and removal of retaining structures
                                                                                                                                  and related backfilling operations, and
                                                                                                                             iii) during the placement of engineered fills that are to be used
                                                                                                                                  to support the foundation units, and
                                                                                                                         b) as required, unless otherwise directed by the authority having jurisdiction,
                                                                                                                               i) in the construction of all shallow foundation units, and
                                                                                                                              ii) in excavating, dewatering and other related works.

                                                                                                    4.2.2.4.          Altered Subsurface Condition
                                                                                                                         1) If, during construction, the soil, rock or groundwater is found not to be of the
                                                                                                                      type or in the condition used in design and as indicated on the drawings, the design
                                                                                                                      shall be reassessed by the designer.
                                                                                                                          2) If, during construction, climatic or any other conditions change the properties
                                                                                                                      of the soil, rock or groundwater, the design shall be reassessed by the designer.


                                                                                                    4-82 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               4.2.3.8.

                                                                                                    4.2.3.           Materials Used in Foundations
                                                                                                    4.2.3.1.         Wood
                                                                                                                       1) Wood used in foundations or in support of soil or rock shall conform with the
                                                                                                                     appropriate requirements of Subsection 4.3.1.

                                                                                                    4.2.3.2.         Preservation Treatment of Wood
                                                                                                                        1) Wood exposed to soil, rock or air above the lowest anticipated groundwater table
                                                                                                                     shall be treated with preservative in conformance with CAN/CSA-O80 Series, “Wood
                                                                                                                     preservation,” and the requirements of the appropriate standard as follows:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        a) CAN/CSA-O80.1, “Specification of treated wood,”
                                                                                                                        b) CAN/CSA-O80.2, “Processing and treatment,” or
                                                                                                                        c) CAN/CSA-O80.3, “Preservative formulations.”
                                                                                                                        2) Wood treated as required in Sentence (1) shall be cared for as provided in
                                                                                                                     Clause 4 of CAN/CSA-O80.0, “General requirements for wood preservation.”

                                                                                                    4.2.3.3.         Plain and Reinforced Masonry
                                                                                                                        1) Plain or reinforced masonry used in foundations or in support of soil or rock shall
                                                                                                                     conform with the requirements of Subsection 4.3.2.

                                                                                                    4.2.3.4.         Prevention of Deterioration of Masonry
                                                                                                                         1) Where plain or reinforced masonry in foundations or in structures supporting
                                                                                                                     soil or rock may be subject to conditions conducive to deterioration, protection shall be
                                                                                                                     provided to prevent such deterioration.

                                                                                                    4.2.3.5.         Concrete
                                                                                                                         1) Plain, reinforced or pre-stressed concrete used in foundations or in support of
                                                                                                                     soil or rock shall conform with the requirements of Subsection 4.3.3.

                                                                                                    4.2.3.6.         Protection Against Chemical Attack
                                                                                                                        1) Where concrete in foundations may be subject to chemical attack, it shall be
                                                                                                                     treated in conformance with the requirements in CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials
                                                                                                                     and methods of concrete construction.”

                                                                                                    4.2.3.7.         Steel
                                                                                                                         1) Steel used in foundations or in support of soil or rock shall conform with the
                                                                                                                     appropriate requirements of Subsection 4.3.3. or 4.3.4., unless otherwise specified
                                                                                                                     in this Section.

                                                                                                    4.2.3.8.         Steel Piles
                                                                                                                       1) Where steel piles are used in deep foundations and act as permanent load-carrying
                                                                                                                     members, the steel shall conform with one of the following standards:
                                                                                                                       a) ASTM A252, “Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe
                                                                                                                          Piles,”
                                                                                                                       b) ASTM A283/A283M, “Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate
                                                                                                                          Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates,”
                                                                                                                       c) ASTM A1008/A1008M, “Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled,
                                                                                                                          Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy
                                                                                                                          with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable,”
                                                                                                                       d) ASTM A1011/A1011M, “Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip,
                                                                                                                          Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength
                                                                                                                          Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength,” or
                                                                                                                       e) CSA G40.21, “Structural quality steel.”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 4-83
                                                                                                    4.2.3.9.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                    4.2.3.9.          High Strength Steel Tendons
                                                                                                                         1) Where high strength steel is used for tendons in anchor systems used for the
                                                                                                                      permanent support of a foundation or in the erection of temporary support of soil or
                                                                                                                      rock adjacent to an excavation, it shall conform with the requirements of CSA A23.1,
                                                                                                                      “Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction.”

                                                                                                    4.2.3.10.         Corrosion of Steel
                                                                                                                         1) Where conditions are corrosive to steel, adequate protection of exposed steel
                                                                                                                      shall be provided. (See Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A for use of other materials.)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    4.2.4.            Design Requirements
                                                                                                    4.2.4.1.          Design Basis
                                                                                                                          1) The design of foundations, excavations and soil- and rock-retaining structures shall
                                                                                                                      be based on a subsurface investigation carried out in conformance with the requirements
                                                                                                                      of this Section, and on any of the following, as appropriate:
                                                                                                                          a) application of generally accepted geotechnical and civil engineering
                                                                                                                              principles by a professional engineer especially qualified in this field of
                                                                                                                              work, as provided in this Section and other Sections of Part 4,
                                                                                                                          b) established local practice, where such practice includes successful
                                                                                                                              experience both with soils and rocks of similar type and condition and with
                                                                                                                              a foundation or excavation of similar type, construction method, size and
                                                                                                                              depth, or
                                                                                                                          c) in situ testing of foundation units, such as the load testing of piles, anchors or
                                                                                                                              footings, carried out by a person competent in this field of work.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-4.2.4.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The foundations of a building shall be capable of resisting all the loads stipulated
                                                                                                                      in Section 4.1., in accordance with limit states design in Subsection 4.1.3.
                                                                                                                         3) For the purpose of the application of the load combinations given in
                                                                                                                      Table 4.1.3.2.-A, the geotechnical components of loads and the factored geotechnical
                                                                                                                      resistances at ULS shall be determined by a suitably qualified and experienced
                                                                                                                      professional engineer. (See Note A-4.2.4.1.(3).)
                                                                                                                         4) Geotechnical components of service loads and geotechnical reactions for SLS
                                                                                                                      shall be determined by a suitably qualified and experienced professional engineer.
                                                                                                                         5) The foundation of a building shall be designed to satisfy SLS requirements within
                                                                                                                      the limits that the building is designed to accommodate, including total settlement and
                                                                                                                      differential settlement, heave, lateral movement, tilt or rotation. (See Note A-4.2.4.1.(5).)
                                                                                                                         6) Communication, interaction and coordination between the designer and the
                                                                                                                      professional engineer responsible for the geotechnical aspects of the project shall take
                                                                                                                      place to a degree commensurate with the complexity and requirements of the project.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.2.          Subsurface Investigation
                                                                                                                         1) A subsurface investigation shall be carried out to the depth and extent to which
                                                                                                                      the building or excavation will significantly change the stress in the soil or rock, or to such
                                                                                                                      a depth and extent as to provide all the necessary information for the design and
                                                                                                                      construction of the excavation or the foundations.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.3.          Identification
                                                                                                                         1) The identification and classification of soil, rock and groundwater and
                                                                                                                      descriptions of their engineering and physical properties shall be in accordance with a
                                                                                                                      widely accepted system.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.4.          Depth of Foundations
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), the bearing surface of a foundation shall be
                                                                                                                      below the level of potential damage, including damage resulting from frost action, and


                                                                                                    4-84 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           4.2.4.14.

                                                                                                                     the foundation shall be designed to prevent damage resulting from adfreezing and frost
                                                                                                                     jacking. (See Note A-4.2.4.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                       2) The bearing surface of a foundation need not be below the level of potential
                                                                                                                     damage from frost where the foundation
                                                                                                                        a) is designed against frost action, or
                                                                                                                       b) overlies material not susceptible to frost action.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.5.         Sloping Ground
                                                                                                                        1) Where a foundation is to rest on, in or near sloping ground, this particular
                                                                                                                     condition shall be provided for in the design.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    4.2.4.6.         Eccentric and Inclined Loads
                                                                                                                        1) Where there is eccentricity or inclination of loading in foundation units, this
                                                                                                                     effect shall be fully investigated and provided for in the design.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.7.         Dynamic Loading
                                                                                                                        1) Where dynamic loading conditions apply, the effects shall be assessed by a
                                                                                                                     special investigation of these conditions and provided for in the design.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.8.         Hydrostatic Uplift
                                                                                                                        1) Where a foundation or any part of a building is subject to hydrostatic uplift, the
                                                                                                                     effects shall be provided for in the design.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.9.         Groundwater Level Change
                                                                                                                         1) Where proposed construction will result in a temporary or permanent change
                                                                                                                     in the groundwater level, the effects of this change on adjacent buildings shall be fully
                                                                                                                     investigated and provided for in the design.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.10.        Permafrost
                                                                                                                         1) Where conditions of permafrost are encountered or proven to exist, the design
                                                                                                                     of the foundation shall be based upon analysis of these conditions by a person especially
                                                                                                                     qualified in that field of work.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.11.        Swelling and Shrinking Soils
                                                                                                                        1) Where swelling or shrinking soils, in which movements resulting from moisture
                                                                                                                     content changes may be sufficient to cause damage to a structure, are encountered or
                                                                                                                     known to exist, such a condition shall be fully investigated and provided for in the
                                                                                                                     design.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.12.        Expanding and Deteriorating Rock
                                                                                                                        1) Where rock that expands or deteriorates when subjected to unfavourable
                                                                                                                     environmental conditions or to stress release is known to exist, this condition shall be
                                                                                                                     fully investigated and provided for in the design.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.13.        Construction on Fill
                                                                                                                         1) Buildings may be placed on fill if it can be shown by subsurface investigation that
                                                                                                                         a) the fill is or can be made capable of safely supporting the building,
                                                                                                                         b) detrimental movement of the building or of services leading to the building
                                                                                                                            will not occur, and
                                                                                                                         c) explosive gases can be controlled or do not exist.

                                                                                                    4.2.4.14.        Structural Design
                                                                                                                        1) The structural design of the foundation of a building, the procedures and
                                                                                                                     construction practices shall conform with the appropriate Sections of this Code unless
                                                                                                                     otherwise specified in this Section.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 4-85
                                                                                                    4.2.5.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    4.2.5.            Excavations
                                                                                                    4.2.5.1.          Design of Excavations
                                                                                                                         1) The design of excavations and of supports for the sides of excavations shall
                                                                                                                      conform with Subsection 4.2.4. and with this Subsection. (See Note A-4.2.5.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.2.5.2.          Excavation Construction
                                                                                                                         1) Every excavation shall be undertaken in such a manner as to
                                                                                                                         a) prevent movement that would cause damage to adjacent buildings at all
                                                                                                                            phases of construction, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         b) comply with the appropriate requirements of Part 8.
                                                                                                                         2) Material shall not be placed nor shall equipment be operated or placed in or
                                                                                                                      adjacent to an excavation in a manner that may endanger the integrity of the excavation
                                                                                                                      or its supports.

                                                                                                    4.2.5.3.          Supported Excavations
                                                                                                                         1) The sides of an excavation in soil or rock shall be supported by a retaining
                                                                                                                      structure conforming with the requirements of Articles 4.2.5.1. and 4.2.5.2., except
                                                                                                                      as permitted in Article 4.2.5.4.

                                                                                                    4.2.5.4.          Unsupported Excavations
                                                                                                                         1) The sides of an excavation in soil or rock may be unsupported where a design is
                                                                                                                      prepared in conformance with the requirements of Articles 4.2.5.1. and 4.2.5.2.

                                                                                                    4.2.5.5.          Control of Water around Excavations
                                                                                                                         1) Surface water, all groundwater, perched groundwater and in particular artesian
                                                                                                                      groundwater shall be kept under control at all phases of excavation and construction.

                                                                                                    4.2.5.6.          Loss of Ground
                                                                                                                         1) At all phases of excavation and construction, loss of ground due to water or any
                                                                                                                      other cause shall be prevented.

                                                                                                    4.2.5.7.          Protection and Maintenance at Excavations
                                                                                                                         1) All sides of an excavation, supported and unsupported, shall be continuously
                                                                                                                      maintained and protected from possible deterioration by construction activity or by
                                                                                                                      the action of frost, rain and wind.

                                                                                                    4.2.5.8.          Backfilling
                                                                                                                         1) Where an excavation is backfilled, the backfill shall be placed so as to
                                                                                                                         a) provide lateral support to the soil adjacent to the excavation, and
                                                                                                                         b) prevent detrimental movements.
                                                                                                                         2) The material used as backfill or fill supporting a footing, foundation or a floor on
                                                                                                                      grade shall be of a type that is not subject to detrimental volume change with changes
                                                                                                                      in moisture content and temperature.

                                                                                                    4.2.6.            Shallow Foundations
                                                                                                    4.2.6.1.          Design of Shallow Foundations
                                                                                                                        1) The design of shallow foundations shall be in conformance with Subsection 4.2.4.
                                                                                                                      and the requirements of this Subsection. (See Note A-4.2.6.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.2.6.2.          Support of Shallow Foundations
                                                                                                                         1) Where a shallow foundation is to be placed on soil or rock, the soil or rock shall be
                                                                                                                      cleaned of loose and unsound material and shall be adequate to support the design


                                                                                                    4-86 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               4.2.7.4.

                                                                                                                     load taking into account temperature, precipitation, construction activities and other
                                                                                                                     factors that may lead to changes in the properties of soil or rock.

                                                                                                    4.2.6.3.         Incorrect Placement of Shallow Foundations
                                                                                                                        1) Where a shallow foundation unit has not been placed or located as indicated on
                                                                                                                     the drawings,
                                                                                                                         a) the error shall be corrected, or
                                                                                                                        b) the design of the foundation unit shall be recalculated for the altered
                                                                                                                            conditions by the designer and action taken as required in Article 2.2.4.7. of
                                                                                                                            Division C.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    4.2.6.4.         Damaged Shallow Foundations
                                                                                                                         1) If a shallow foundation unit is damaged,
                                                                                                                         a) it shall be repaired, or
                                                                                                                         b) the design of the foundation unit shall be recalculated for the damaged
                                                                                                                            condition by the designer and action taken as required in Article 2.2.4.7. of
                                                                                                                            Division C.

                                                                                                    4.2.7.           Deep Foundations
                                                                                                    4.2.7.1.         General
                                                                                                                        1) A deep foundation shall provide support for a building by transferring loads by
                                                                                                                     end-bearing to a competent stratum at considerable depth below the structure, or by
                                                                                                                     mobilizing resistance by adhesion or friction, or both, in the soil or rock in which it is
                                                                                                                     placed. (See Note A-4.2.7.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.2.7.2.         Design of Deep Foundations
                                                                                                                        1) Deep foundations shall be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.2.4. and
                                                                                                                     this Subsection. (See Note A-4.2.7.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Where deep foundation units are load tested, as required in Clause 4.2.4.1.(1)(c),
                                                                                                                     the determination of the number and type of load test and the interpretation of the
                                                                                                                     results shall be carried out by a professional engineer especially qualified in this field
                                                                                                                     of work. (See Note A-4.2.7.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) The design of deep foundations shall be determined on the basis of geotechnical
                                                                                                                     considerations taking into account
                                                                                                                        a) the method of installation,
                                                                                                                        b) the degree of inspection,
                                                                                                                        c) the spacing of foundation units and group effects,
                                                                                                                        d) other requirements in this Subsection, and
                                                                                                                        e) the appropriate structural requirements in Section 4.1. and
                                                                                                                            Subsections 4.3.1., 4.3.3. and 4.3.4.
                                                                                                                        4) The portion of a deep foundation unit permanently in contact with soil or rock
                                                                                                                     shall be structurally designed as a laterally supported compression member.
                                                                                                                        5) The portion of a deep foundation unit that is not permanently in contact with soil
                                                                                                                     or rock shall be structurally designed as a laterally unsupported compression member.
                                                                                                                        6) The structural design of prefabricated deep foundation units shall allow for all
                                                                                                                     stresses resulting from driving, handling and testing.

                                                                                                    4.2.7.3.         Tolerance in Alignment and Location
                                                                                                                        1) Permissible deviations from the design alignment and the location of the top of
                                                                                                                     deep foundation units shall be determined by design analysis and shall be indicated on
                                                                                                                     the drawings.

                                                                                                    4.2.7.4.         Incorrect Alignment and Location
                                                                                                                       1) Where a deep foundation unit has not been placed within the permissible
                                                                                                                     deviations referred to in Article 4.2.7.3., the condition of the foundation shall be


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 4-87
                                                                                                    4.2.7.5.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                      assessed by the designer, any necessary changes made and action taken as required
                                                                                                                      in Article 2.2.4.7. of Division C.

                                                                                                    4.2.7.5.          Installation of Deep Foundations

                                                                                                                        1) Deep foundation units shall be installed in such a manner as not to impair
                                                                                                                        a) the strength of the deep foundation units and the properties of the soil or rock
                                                                                                                           on or in which they are placed beyond the calculated or anticipated limits,
                                                                                                                        b) the integrity of previously installed deep foundation units, or
                                                                                                                        c) the integrity of neighbouring buildings.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    4.2.7.6.          Damaged Deep Foundation Units

                                                                                                                         1) Where inspection shows that a deep foundation unit is damaged or not consistent
                                                                                                                      with design or good engineering practice,
                                                                                                                         a) such a unit shall be reassessed by the designer,
                                                                                                                         b) any necessary changes shall be made, and
                                                                                                                         c) action shall be taken as required in Article 2.2.4.7. of Division C.

                                                                                                    4.2.8.            Special Foundations

                                                                                                    4.2.8.1.          General

                                                                                                                        1) Where special foundation systems are used, such systems shall conform to
                                                                                                                      Subsection 4.2.4., Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) and Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A.

                                                                                                    4.2.8.2.          Use of Existing Foundations

                                                                                                                         1) Existing foundations may be used to support new or altered buildings provided
                                                                                                                      they comply with all pertinent requirements of this Section.


                                                                                                    Section 4.3. Design Requirements for Structural
                                                                                                    Materials
                                                                                                    4.3.1.            Wood

                                                                                                    4.3.1.1.          Design Basis for Wood

                                                                                                                        1) Buildings and their structural members made of wood shall conform to CSA
                                                                                                                      O86, “Engineering design in wood.”

                                                                                                    4.3.1.2.          Glued-Laminated Members

                                                                                                                        1) Glued-laminated members shall be fabricated in plants conforming to CSA
                                                                                                                      O177, “Qualification Code for Manufacturers of Structural Glued-Laminated Timber.”

                                                                                                    4.3.1.3.          Termites

                                                                                                                         1) In areas known to be infested by termites, the requirements in
                                                                                                                      Articles 9.3.2.9., 9.12.1.1. and 9.15.5.1. shall apply.

                                                                                                    4.3.2.            Plain and Reinforced Masonry

                                                                                                    4.3.2.1.          Design Basis for Plain and Reinforced Masonry

                                                                                                                         1) Buildings and their structural members made of plain and reinforced masonry
                                                                                                                      shall conform to CSA S304, “Design of masonry structures.”


                                                                                                    4-88 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            4.4.1.1.

                                                                                                    4.3.3.           Plain, Reinforced and Pre-stressed Concrete
                                                                                                    4.3.3.1.         Design Basis for Plain, Reinforced and Pre-stressed Concrete
                                                                                                                        1) Buildings and their structural members made of plain, reinforced and
                                                                                                                     pre-stressed concrete shall conform to CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures.”
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.3.3.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.3.4.           Steel
                                                                                                    4.3.4.1.         Design Basis for Structural Steel




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       1) Buildings and their structural members made of structural steel shall conform to
                                                                                                                     CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.” (See Note A-4.3.4.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.3.4.2.         Design Basis for Cold-Formed Steel
                                                                                                                        1) Buildings and their structural members made of cold-formed steel shall conform
                                                                                                                     to CSA S136, “North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel
                                                                                                                     Structural Members (using the Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada).” (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-4.3.4.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.3.4.3.         Steel Building Systems
                                                                                                                        1) Steel building systems shall be manufactured by companies certified in
                                                                                                                     accordance with the requirements of CSA A660, “Certification of manufacturers of
                                                                                                                     steel building systems.”

                                                                                                    4.3.5.           Aluminum
                                                                                                    4.3.5.1.         Design Basis for Aluminum
                                                                                                                        1) Buildings and their structural members made of aluminum shall conform
                                                                                                                     to CSA S157/S157.1, “Strength design in aluminum/Commentary on CSA S157-17,
                                                                                                                     Strength design in aluminum,” using the loads stipulated in Section 4.1., in accordance
                                                                                                                     with limit states design in Subsection 4.1.3.

                                                                                                    4.3.6.           Glass
                                                                                                    4.3.6.1.         Design Basis for Glass
                                                                                                                        1) Glass used in buildings shall be designed in conformance with
                                                                                                                         a) CAN/CGSB-12.20-M, “Structural Design of Glass for Buildings,” using an
                                                                                                                            adjustment factor on the wind load, W, of not less than 0.75, or
                                                                                                                        b) ASTM E1300, “Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass
                                                                                                                            in Buildings,” using an adjustment factor on the wind load, W, of not less
                                                                                                                            than 1.0.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-4.3.6.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    Section 4.4. Design Requirements for Special
                                                                                                    Structures
                                                                                                    4.4.1.           Air-, Cable- and Frame-Supported Membrane Structures
                                                                                                    4.4.1.1.         Design Basis for Air-, Cable- and Frame-Supported Membrane
                                                                                                                     Structures
                                                                                                                        1) The structural design of air-, cable- and frame-supported membrane structures
                                                                                                                     shall conform to CSA S367, “Air-, cable-, and frame-supported membrane structures,”
                                                                                                                     using the loads stipulated in Section 4.1., in accordance with limit states design in
                                                                                                                     Subsection 4.1.3.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                    Division B 4-89
                                                                                                    4.4.2.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    4.4.2.               Parking Structures
                                                                                                    4.4.2.1.             Design Basis for Storage Garages and Repair Garages
                                                                                                                            1) Storage garages and repair garages, including associated ramps and pedestrian
                                                                                                                         areas, shall be designed in conformance with the performance requirements of CSA
                                                                                                                         S413, “Parking structures.” (See Note A-4.4.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    4.4.3.               Storage Racks
                                                                                                    4.4.3.1.             Design Basis for Storage Racks




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            1) Storage racks, including anchorage of racks, shall be designed for loads in
                                                                                                                         accordance with this Part. (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(13) and 4.4.3.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    Section 4.5. Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    4.5.1.               Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    4.5.1.1.             Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                                             1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                         Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed
                                                                                                                         to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements
                                                                                                                         listed in Table 4.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                          Table 4.5.1.1.                                                     Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 4                           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 4.5.1.1.(1)                       4.1.2.2. Loads Not Listed

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.1.3. Design Requirements                                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                           [F22-OH4]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F22-OP2.4]                                               4.1.3.2. Strength and Stability

                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                 (1)         [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1] Applies to structural members where                       [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 temporary overloading during construction may result in   (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 impairment of that or any other member.                               [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies to the stabilizing resistance
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20,F80,F82-OS2.1]                                                   of the dead load.
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3,OS2.4]                                         (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies to the stabilizing resistance
                                                                                                    4.1.1.5. Design Basis                                                              of the dead load.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]                                         [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                             (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.2.1. Loads and Effects                                             (5)         [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                           [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                   (8)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               (9)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                           [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                           (11)        [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]


                                                                                                    4-90 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                             4.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                          Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (12)         [F20-OS2.1]                                          4.1.4.1. Dead Loads
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                              (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.3.3. Fatigue                                                              [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                          (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                          [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                          (5)         [F20-OS2.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]                                    [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                            (6)         [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    4.1.3.4. Serviceability                                           4.1.5.1. Loads Due to Use of Floors and Roofs
                                                                                                    (1)          [F22-OP2.4]                                          (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                        [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F22-OP2.4]                                                      [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                            4.1.5.2. Uses Not Stipulated
                                                                                                    (3)          [F22-OP2.4]                                          (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                        [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F22-OP2.4]                                                      [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                            4.1.5.3. Full and Partial Loading
                                                                                                    (5)          (b),(c),(d) [F22-OP2.4]                              (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]                                                      [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                        [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F21-OS2.5]                                          4.1.5.4. Loads for Occupancy Served
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                        [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.3.5. Deflection                                                           [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (1)          (b),(c),(d) [F22-OP2.4]                              4.1.5.5. Loads on Exterior Areas
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]                                          (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                        [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                                                [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]                                          (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F22-OP2.4]                                                      [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                                                [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                    (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.3.6. Vibration                                                            [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F22-OP2.4]                                                      [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                            (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]                                    [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                            (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]                                    [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                       Division B 4-91
                                                                                                    4.5.1.1.                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                          Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision              Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    4.1.5.7. More Than One Occupancy                                 4.1.5.16. Loads on Walls Acting As Guards
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                         (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                             4.1.5.17. Firewalls
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                           (1)         [F20-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    4.1.5.8. Variation with Tributary Area                                       [F20-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                     [F20-OP3.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                             (2)         [F04-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                       [F04-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                     [F04-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                             4.1.6.2. Specified Snow Load
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.5.9. Concentrated Loads                                                  [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                         (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                         [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.5.10. Sway Forces in Assembly Occupancies                    (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                     [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                   (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.5.11. Crane-Supporting Structures and Impact of Machinery                [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    and Equipment                                                    (6)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                     [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]                       (7)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                     [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                   (8)         [F20-OS2.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “The
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                     accumulation factor, Ca, shall be 1.0, …”
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] Applies to portion of Code text:
                                                                                                                                                                                 “The accumulation factor, Ca, shall be 1.0, …”
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                 (a) to (f) [F20-OS2.1] Applies to roof shapes and
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                 configurations that call for a higher accumulation factor.
                                                                                                    4.1.5.12. Bleachers
                                                                                                                                                                                 (a) to (f) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] Applies to roof shapes
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                     and configurations that call for a higher accumulation
                                                                                                                                                                                 factor.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                     (9)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.5.13. Helicopter Landing Areas
                                                                                                                                                                     4.1.6.3. Full and Partial Loading
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.5.14. Loads on Guards and Handrails
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     4.1.6.4. Specified Rain Load
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.5.15. Loads on Vehicle Guardrails
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]



                                                                                                    4-92 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                         4.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (6)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.6.5. Multi-level Roofs                                     (7)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (9)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           4.1.6.11. Snow Loads Due to Sliding
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       4.1.6.12. Valleys in Curved or Sloped Roofs
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.6.6. Horizontal Gap between a Roof and a Higher Roof                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.6.7. Areas Adjacent to Roof Projections                    (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           4.1.6.13. Specific Weight of Snow
                                                                                                    4.1.6.8. Snow Drift at Corners                                 (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           4.1.6.14. Snow Removal
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.6.9. Gable Roofs                                           4.1.6.15. Ice Loading of Structures
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       4.1.6.16. Roofs with Solar Panels
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.6.10. Arch Roofs, Curved Roofs and Domes                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (6)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       4.1.7.1. Specified Wind Load
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F22-OH4]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                   Division B 4-93
                                                                                                    4.5.1.1.                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (8)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                     [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (10)        [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                     [F22-OH4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       4.1.7.4. Topographic Factor
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                         (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.7.2. Classification of Buildings                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           4.1.7.5. External Pressure Coefficients
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                         (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                         (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                         (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.7.3. Static Procedure                                                  [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                         (6)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (7)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                         (8)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (9)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                         4.1.7.6. External Pressure Coefficients for Low Buildings
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                     [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                     [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                     [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                     [F22-OH4]



                                                                                                    4-94 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           4.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                      Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       4.1.7.12. Attached Canopies on Low Buildings with a Height
                                                                                                                                                                   H ≤ 20 m
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                   (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   4.1.7.13. Roof-Mounted Solar Panels on Buildings of Any Height
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                         (1)         [F20-OS2.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (8)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (2)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                     [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (9)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (3)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (4)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                         (5)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                    4.1.7.7. Internal Pressure Coefficient                         (6)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (7)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                   4.1.7.14. Wind Tunnel Procedure
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.7.8. Dynamic Procedure                                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                   (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                   4.1.8.1. Analysis
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (2)         (a) [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       (a) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                     (b) [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                    4.1.7.9. Full and Partial Wind Loading                                     (b) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                   (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.7.10. Interior Walls and Partitions
                                                                                                                                                                   (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                   (6)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.7.11. Exterior Ornamentations, Equipment and Appendages
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (7)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                   (8)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                     Division B 4-95
                                                                                                    4.5.1.1.                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (9)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       4.1.8.6. Structural Configuration
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           4.1.8.7. Methods of Analysis
                                                                                                    (11)         [F20-OS2.1]                                       (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (12)         [F20-OS2.1]                                       4.1.8.8. Direction of Loading
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (13)         [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                     4.1.8.9. SFRS Force Modification Factors and General
                                                                                                    (14)         [F20-OS2.1]                                       Restrictions

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                    4.1.8.3. General Requirements                                              [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (2)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                             [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (3)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (4)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       4.1.8.10. Additional System Restrictions

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (2)         (a) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   (b) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       (c) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (8)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   (d) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                           (3)         (a) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    4.1.8.4. Site Properties                                                   (b) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   (c) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       (d) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (4)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (5)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (6)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    4.1.8.5. Importance Factor and Seismic Category                (8)         [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]                     (9)         [F22-OS2.1]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]




                                                                                                    4-96 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           4.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                     Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (10)         (a) [F20-OS2.1]                                    (7)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                    [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OS2.1]                                    (8)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                    [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.8.11. Equivalent Static Force Procedure for Structures      (9)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    Satisfying the Conditions of Article 4.1.8.7.
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                    (10)        [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (12)        [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    4.1.8.13. Deflections and Drift Limits
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    4.1.8.14. Structural Separation
                                                                                                    (8)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (9)          (a) [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F22-OP4.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP4.3]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (11)         (a) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP4.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP4.3]
                                                                                                    (12)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    4.1.8.15. Design Provisions
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.1.8.12. Dynamic Analysis Procedure
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (4)          (a) [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (6)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                     Division B 4-97
                                                                                                    4.5.1.1.                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                        Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1]                                        (7)         [F20,F22-OS2.4] Applies to portion of Code text:
                                                                                                                                                                                “Connections to the structure of elements and
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                components listed in Table 4.1.8.18. shall be designed to
                                                                                                    4.1.8.16. Foundation Provisions                                             support the component or element for gravity loads, shall
                                                                                                    (1)          [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                                              conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) …”

                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                              [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4] Applies to portion of Code
                                                                                                                                                                                text: “Connections to the structure of elements and
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                    components listed in Table 4.1.8.18. shall be designed to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                    support the component or element for gravity loads, shall
                                                                                                                                                                                conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) …”
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.2,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                (a) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                (a) [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (6)          (a) [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                (b),(c) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                (b),(c) [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                (d),(f) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                (d),(f) [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                (g) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                (g) [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (9)         [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (8)          (a) [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (10)        [F22-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F22-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (11)        [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F20-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (12)        [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.3]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F20-OS2.2] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (14)        [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (16)        [F20,F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.8.17. Site Stability
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    4.1.8.19. Seismic Isolation
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.8.18. Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components
                                                                                                    and Equipment                                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OS2.4]                                    (3)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                  [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (4)          [F20,F22-OS2.4]                                    (4)         [F20-OS2.1]

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                          [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                    (5)          [F20,F22-OS2.1]                                    4.1.8.20. Seismic Isolation Design Provisions

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]                              (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20,F22-OS2.4]                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                              (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]




                                                                                                    4-98 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                4.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                        Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)      Provision              Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]                              4.2.2.1. Subsurface Investigation
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                              (1)         [F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]                                          [F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                          [F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1]                                          4.2.2.3. Field Review
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                              (1)         [F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (9)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]                                          [F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                          [F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F22-OS2.4]                                          4.2.2.4. Altered Subsurface Condition
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
                                                                                                    4.1.8.21. Supplemental Energy Dissipation                                     [F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]                                          [F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                              (2)         [F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      [F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                          [F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]                                          4.2.3.2. Preservation Treatment of Wood
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                              (1)         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    4.1.8.22. Supplemental Energy Dissipation Design                              [F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                    Considerations
                                                                                                                                                                      (2)         [F82-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                  [F82-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                      4.2.3.4. Prevention of Deterioration of Masonry
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                  [F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                      4.2.3.6. Protection Against Chemical Attack
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                  [F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                      4.2.3.8. Steel Piles
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                  [F20-OP2.3]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                      4.2.3.9. High Strength Steel Tendons
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)         [F20,F80-OS2.5,OS2.6]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                  [F20,F80-OP2.6,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                  [F20,F80-OP4.1,OP4.4]
                                                                                                    4.1.8.23. Additional Performance Requirements for Post-disaster
                                                                                                    Buildings, High Importance Category Buildings, and a Subset of    4.2.3.10. Corrosion of Steel
                                                                                                    Normal Importance Category Buildings                              (1)         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      [F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                                [F80-OP4.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                          4.2.4.1. Design Basis
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      [F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                  [F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
                                                                                                                                                                      (5)         [F21-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                  [F21-OP2.4,OP2.5]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                          Division B 4-99
                                                                                                    4.5.1.1.                                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                        Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                                Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)              Provision              Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    4.2.4.2. Subsurface Investigation                                          (2)         [F20-OS2.6]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]                                             [F20-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]                                                   [F20,F21-OP4.1]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]                                             4.2.5.3. Supported Excavations
                                                                                                    4.2.4.3. Identification                                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.6]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]                                             [F21-OP4.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]                                       4.2.5.4. Unsupported Excavations
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]                                             (1)         [F20-OS2.6]
                                                                                                    4.2.4.4. Depth of Foundations                                                          [F21-OP4.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OP2.4] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the           4.2.5.5. Control of Water around Excavations
                                                                                                                 bearing surface of a foundation shall be below the level of
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F60-OS2.6]
                                                                                                                 potential damage, including damage resulting from frost
                                                                                                                 action …”                                                                 [F60-OP4.1,OP4.4]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.4] Applies to portion of Code text: “… the           4.2.5.6. Loss of Ground
                                                                                                                 foundation shall be designed to prevent damage resulting      (1)         [F21-OP4.1]
                                                                                                                 from adfreezing and frost jacking.”
                                                                                                                                                                               4.2.5.7. Protection and Maintenance at Excavations
                                                                                                    (2)          [F21-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F80-OS2.6]
                                                                                                    4.2.4.5. Sloping Ground
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F80-OP4.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               4.2.5.8. Backfilling
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.2,OP2.6,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         (a) [F21-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.2.4.6. Eccentric and Inclined Loads
                                                                                                                                                                                           (a) [F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F21-OP4.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                               (2)         [F21-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.2.4.7. Dynamic Loading
                                                                                                                                                                               4.2.6.2. Support of Shallow Foundations
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2,OP2.6,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                               4.2.6.3. Incorrect Placement of Shallow Foundations
                                                                                                    4.2.4.8. Hydrostatic Uplift
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.2.4.9. Groundwater Level Change
                                                                                                                                                                               4.2.6.4. Damaged Shallow Foundations
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OP4.1]
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.2.4.10. Permafrost
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.2] [F21-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                               4.2.7.2. Design of Deep Foundations
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.6,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                               (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.2] [F21-OS2.5]
                                                                                                    4.2.4.11. Swelling and Shrinking Soils
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OP2.1,OP2.2] [F21,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OP2.6,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                               (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    4.2.4.12. Expanding and Deteriorating Rock
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OP2.6,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                               (6)         [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.2.4.13. Construction on Fill
                                                                                                                                                                               4.2.7.3. Tolerance in Alignment and Location
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F20-OS2.2] [F21-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.6,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                               4.2.7.4. Incorrect Alignment and Location
                                                                                                    4.2.5.2. Excavation Construction
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OP4.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]



                                                                                                    4-100 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                4.5.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 4.5.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)      Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    4.2.7.5. Installation of Deep Foundations                         4.4.1.1. Design Basis for Air-, Cable- and Frame-Supported
                                                                                                                                                                      Membrane Structures
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81-OS2.1] [F21-OS2.2,OS2.6]
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)            [F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F21-OP4.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F81-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.2,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    4.2.7.6. Damaged Deep Foundation Units
                                                                                                                                                                      4.4.2.1. Design Basis for Storage Garages and Repair Garages
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)            [F21,F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F21,F61,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.2.8.2. Use of Existing Foundations
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F21,F61,F80-OH4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.2] [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                     Notes to Table 4.5.1.1.:
                                                                                                    4.3.1.1. Design Basis for Wood                                   (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F22,F21,F80-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F21,F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.3.1.2. Glued-Laminated Members
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F21,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F21,F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    4.3.2.1. Design Basis for Plain and Reinforced Masonry
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21,F22,F80-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22,F21-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    4.3.3.1. Design Basis for Plain, Reinforced and Pre-stressed
                                                                                                    Concrete
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1] [F80,F81-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F21,F22-OP2.4] [F80,F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F21,F22,F80,F81-OH4]
                                                                                                    4.3.4.1. Design Basis for Structural Steel
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22,F80-OH4]
                                                                                                    4.3.4.2. Design Basis for Cold-Formed Steel
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22,F80-OH4]
                                                                                                    4.3.5.1. Design Basis for Aluminum
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22,F80-OH4]
                                                                                                    4.3.6.1. Design Basis for Glass
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                         Division B 4-101
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




4-102 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 4
                                                                                                    Structural Design




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-4.1.1.3.(1) Structural Integrity. The requirements of Part 4, including the CSA design standards,
                                                                                                    generally provide a satisfactory level of structural integrity. Additional considerations may, however, be
                                                                                                    required for building systems made of components of different materials, whose interconnection is not
                                                                                                    covered by existing CSA design standards, buildings outside the scope of existing CSA design standards,
                                                                                                    and buildings exposed to severe accidental loads such as vehicle impact or explosion. Further guidance can
                                                                                                    be found in the Commentary entitled Structural Integrity in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide –
                                                                                                    NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.1.3.(2) Serviceability. Information on serviceability can be found in the Commentary entitled
                                                                                                    Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.1.5.(2) Structural Equivalents. Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) provides for the use of design methods not
                                                                                                    specified in Part 4, including full-scale testing and model analogues. This provision is usually used to permit
                                                                                                    the acceptance of new and innovative structures or to permit the acceptance of model tests such as those used
                                                                                                    to determine structural behaviour, or snow or wind loads. Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) specifically requires that the
                                                                                                    level of safety and performance be at least equivalent to that provided by design to Part 4 and requires that
                                                                                                    loads and designs conform to Section 4.1.
                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) and the provision for alternative solutions stated in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A
                                                                                                    are not intended to allow structural design using design standards other than those listed in Part 4. The
                                                                                                    acceptance of structures that have been designed to other design standards would require the designer to
                                                                                                    prove to the appropriate authority that the structure provides the level of safety and performance required
                                                                                                    by Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A. The equivalence of safety and performance can only be established by
                                                                                                    analyzing the structure for the loads and load factors set out in Section 4.1. and by demonstrating that the
                                                                                                    structure at least meets the requirements of the design standards listed in Sections 4.3. and 4.4.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.2.1. Loads and Effects. Information on the definitions can be found in the Commentary entitled
                                                                                                    Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.2.1.(1) Temperature Changes. Information on effects due to temperature changes can be found
                                                                                                    in the Commentary entitled Effects of Deformations in Building Components in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.2.1.(3) Major Occupancies. In a building containing more than one major occupancy and
                                                                                                    classified in more than one Importance Category, the classification of each independent structural system shall
                                                                                                    be the same as for any part of the building that is dependent on that structural system and for the highest
                                                                                                    usage group according to Table 4.1.2.1.

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.1.2.1.         Importance Categories for Buildings.

                                                                                                        Low Importance Category
                                                                                                        A minor storage building is an example of a Low Importance Category building.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Division B 4-103
                                                                                                    A-4.1.2.2.(1)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                        Low-human-occupancy farm buildings with an occupant load of 1 person or less per 40 m2 of floor area are
                                                                                                        also examples of Low Importance Category buildings.

                                                                                                        Normal Importance Category
                                                                                                        Most buildings will fall into the Normal Importance Category.
                                                                                                        The following types of buildings may be classified in the Normal Importance Category: buildings that are
                                                                                                        equipped with secondary containment of dangerous goods, including, but not limited to, double-walled
                                                                                                        tanks, dikes of sufficient size to contain a spill, and other means to contain a spill or a blast within the
                                                                                                        property boundary of the facility and prevent the release of harmful quantities of contaminants to the air,
                                                                                                        soil, groundwater, surface water or atmosphere, as the case may be.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        High Importance Category
                                                                                                        The following buildings may contain sufficient quantities of dangerous goods to be classified in the High
                                                                                                        Importance Category:
                                                                                                          • petrochemical facilities,
                                                                                                          • fuel storage facilities (other than those required for post-disaster use), and
                                                                                                          • manufacturing or storage facilities containing dangerous goods.
                                                                                                        Information on community centres can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the
                                                                                                        “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                        Post-disaster Importance Category
                                                                                                        Before classifying a building as a post-disaster building, Code users should consider the intent of the
                                                                                                        classification and look beyond the name of the building. For example, a building that is named “ABC
                                                                                                        Treatment” but is used for emergency care should be considered as a hospital and, as such, classified as a
                                                                                                        post-disaster building. Conversely, a building named “XYZ Hospital” that is only used for walk-in medical
                                                                                                        services could be classified as a Normal Importance Category building.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.2.2.(1) Loads Not Listed. The intent of Sentence 4.1.2.2.(1) is to draw attention to the fact that
                                                                                                    there are loads, forces and effects that need to be considered in addition to those specified in the Code. These
                                                                                                    loads, forces and effects will vary in need, application, and magnitude for each use and location. Some may
                                                                                                    result from environmental considerations (e.g., ice accretion, wave and ice action, water flow) while others
                                                                                                    will result from the use and occupancy of the facility (e.g., dangerous goods storage, manufacturing and
                                                                                                    mining operations). The reasonable determination of the probability, type and magnitude of project-specific
                                                                                                    loads must be assessed by a knowledgeable project team that includes the building owner/operator and
                                                                                                    experienced design professionals, and incorporated into the design where deemed necessary to maintain the
                                                                                                    safety and integrity of the facility.
                                                                                                    In recent years, security issues have prompted the consideration of loads and effects due to improvised
                                                                                                    explosive devices and other methods of sabotage. Consideration of these loads is driven by operational and
                                                                                                    public safety requirements, and their incorporation in the design is not considered a mandatory provision
                                                                                                    of the Code.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3. Limit States Design. Information on limit states design can be found in the Commentary
                                                                                                    entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.2.(2)      Load Combinations.

                                                                                                        Load Combination Equations
                                                                                                        The load combinations in Tables 4.1.3.2.-A and 4.1.3.2.-B apply to most situations for loadbearing building
                                                                                                        structures. Guidance on special situations such as load combinations for fire resistance and building
                                                                                                        envelopes is given in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                        (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                        Load Cases and Crane Load Effects
                                                                                                        The load combinations in Table 4.1.3.2.-A are to be evaluated for structures with crane load effects for the
                                                                                                        scenario where the crane loads are zero, and for structures without crane loads. The load combinations


                                                                                                    4-104 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                     A-4.1.3.5.(1)

                                                                                                        in Table 4.1.3.2.-B are to be evaluated for structures with crane loads for the scenario where the crane
                                                                                                        load effects are other than zero.

                                                                                                        Crane Loads

                                                                                                        Crane-supporting structures that have cranes in multiple parallel bays should be designed for the
                                                                                                        maximum vertical crane load with the cranes positioned for the most critical effect in conjunction with
                                                                                                        a lateral load with each crane in turn positioned for the most critical effect. For load combinations that
                                                                                                        include crane loads, additional guidance can be found in CISC/ICCA 2018, “Crane-Supporting Steel
                                                                                                        Structures: Design Guide (Third Edition).”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.2.(4) Effects of Lateral Earth Pressure, H, Pre-stress, P, and Imposed Deformation,
                                                                                                    T, in Design Calculations.

                                                                                                        Effects of Lateral Earth Pressure, H, in Design Calculations

                                                                                                        For common building structures below ground level, such as walls, columns and frames, 1.5H is added to
                                                                                                        load combinations 2 to 4. For cantilever retaining wall structures, see the Commentary entitled Limit States
                                                                                                        Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                        Effects of Pre-stress, P, and Imposed Deformation, T, in Design Calculations

                                                                                                        For structures and building envelopes designed in accordance with the requirements specified in the
                                                                                                        standards listed in Section 4.3., with the exception of Clauses 8 and 18 of CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete
                                                                                                        structures,” P and T need not be included in the load combinations of Table 4.1.3.2.-A. For structures
                                                                                                        not within the scope of the standards listed in Section 4.3., including building envelopes, P and T must
                                                                                                        be taken into account in the design calculations. For recommended load combinations including T, see
                                                                                                        the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC
                                                                                                        2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.2.(5) Overturning, Uplift or Sliding. Information on overturning, uplift and sliding can be
                                                                                                    found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide –
                                                                                                    NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.3.(1) Failure due to Fatigue. Failure due to fatigue of building structures referred to in
                                                                                                    Section 4.3. and designed for serviceability in accordance with Article 4.1.3.6. is, in general, unlikely except for
                                                                                                    girders supporting heavily used cranes, on which Article 4.1.5.11. provides guidance.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.3.(2) Vibration Effects. Guidance on vibration effects can be found in the Commentary entitled
                                                                                                    Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.4.(1) Loads and Load Combinations for Serviceability. The loads and load combinations
                                                                                                    for serviceability depend on the serviceability limit states and on the properties of the structural materials.
                                                                                                    Information on loads and load combinations for the serviceability limit states, other than those controlled by
                                                                                                    deflection, can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and
                                                                                                    Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.1.3.4. Acceleration due to Vibrations. Information on the determination of acceleration
                                                                                                    due to vibrations resulting from loads L and W can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and
                                                                                                    Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.5.(1) Deflections. Serviceability criteria for deflections that cause damage to non-structural
                                                                                                    building components can be found in the standards listed in Section 4.3. Information on deflections can be
                                                                                                    found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States
                                                                                                    in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).” Information on loads and
                                                                                                    load combinations for calculating deflection can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in
                                                                                                    the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 4-105
                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.5.(3)                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.5.(3) Lateral Deflection of Buildings. The limitation of 1/500 drift per storey may be
                                                                                                    exceeded if it can be established that the drift as calculated will not result in damage to non-structural elements.
                                                                                                    Information on lateral deflection can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the
                                                                                                    “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.6.(1) Floor Vibration. Information on floor vibration can be found in the Commentary entitled
                                                                                                    Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).” Information on loads and load combinations for the calculation
                                                                                                    of vibration can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.6.(2) Floor Vibrations Caused by Resonance with Operating Machinery or
                                                                                                    Equipment. Guidance on floor vibration effects caused by operating machinery and equipment can be found
                                                                                                    in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the
                                                                                                    “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.6.(3) Dynamic Analyses of Floor Vibrations. Information on a dynamic analysis of floor
                                                                                                    vibrations from rhythmic activities can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria
                                                                                                    for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.3.6.(4) Lateral Vibration Under Wind Load. Information on lateral vibrations and
                                                                                                    accelerations under dynamic wind loads can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in
                                                                                                    the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.4.1.(2) Permanent Partitions Fixed to the Structure. Partitions in residential buildings,
                                                                                                    including condominiums, apartments and hotels, are typically permanent and fixed to the structure. In such
                                                                                                    cases, the weight of partitions referred to in Clause 4.1.4.1.(1)(c) is the actual weight of the partitions that are
                                                                                                    shown on the drawings.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.4.1.(3) Partitions Not Shown on the Drawings. The potential locations of partitions in work
                                                                                                    areas, such as offices, are not typically shown on the drawings. For such areas, a partition weight allowance
                                                                                                    must be considered based on the anticipated weight and location of partitions, but not less than 1 kPa over the
                                                                                                    area of floor being considered.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.4.1.(6) Counteracting Dead Load Due to Soil. Examples of structures that traditionally
                                                                                                    employ the dead load of soil to resist loadings are pylon signs, tower structures, retaining walls, and deadmen,
                                                                                                    which resist wind uplift and overturning in light structures.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.5.1.(1) Loads Due to Use of Floors and Roofs. In many areas of buildings, such as equipment
                                                                                                    areas, service rooms, factories, storage areas, warehouses, museums, and office filing areas, live loads due to
                                                                                                    their intended use may exceed the minimum specified loads listed in Table 4.1.5.3. In these instances, the
                                                                                                    probable live load shall be calculated and used as the specified live load for the design of that particular area.

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.1.5.3.      Considerations for Live Loads.

                                                                                                        Arenas, Grandstands and Stadia
                                                                                                        The designer should give special consideration to the effects of vibration.

                                                                                                        Attics - Limited Accessibility
                                                                                                        Attic live loading is not required when the ceiling below the attic consists of removable panels that permit
                                                                                                        access to the ceiling space without loading the ceiling supporting members. Attic live loading is not
                                                                                                        required in any area of the attic where the least dimension of the attic space is less than 500 mm.

                                                                                                        Corridors, Aisles and Rows of Seats
                                                                                                        The spaces between rows of seats are typically designed for the loads of the occupancy they serve. Rows of
                                                                                                        seats typically discharge into aisles that are designed for the loads used for the rows of seats. Corridors


                                                                                                    4-106 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        A-4.1.5.11.

                                                                                                        have a minimum width of 1 100 mm and may serve as collectors for aisles; they are therefore part of the exit
                                                                                                        system and are required to be designed for a minimum live load of 4.8 kPa.

                                                                                                        Floor Areas That Could Be Used As Viewing Areas
                                                                                                        Some interior balconies, mezzanines, corridors, lobbies and aisles that are not intended to be used by an
                                                                                                        assembly of people as viewing areas are sometimes used as such; consequently, they are subject to loadings
                                                                                                        much higher than those for the occupancies they serve. Floor areas that may be subject to such higher loads
                                                                                                        must, therefore, be designed for a loading of 4.8 kPa.

                                                                                                        Lecture Halls and Classrooms




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        For the purposes of applying the requirements of Table 4.1.5.3., lecture halls with fixed seats are similar to
                                                                                                        theatres in configuration (the seats may have a writing tablet affixed to one arm). Classrooms are typically
                                                                                                        furnished with full-sized desks having separate or integrated seats.

                                                                                                        Minimum Roof Live Load
                                                                                                        Articles 4.1.5.3. and 4.1.5.10. stipulate a minimum uniform roof live load of 1.0 kPa and a minimum
                                                                                                        concentrated live load of 1.3 kN. These live loads are “use and occupancy loads” intended to provide for
                                                                                                        maintenance loadings: they are not reduced as a function of area or as a function of the roof slope due to
                                                                                                        their variability in distribution and location.

                                                                                                        Office Areas
                                                                                                        The general minimum specified load for office areas, including mezzanines, is 2.4 kPa.
                                                                                                        A minimum specified load of 4.8 kPa applies to office areas in basements, which are normally slab-on-grade,
                                                                                                        and to office areas in floor areas that may be subject to an increase in loading for brief periods, for example,
                                                                                                        when tenants temporarily use that floor area to store furniture, equipment and files while moving in
                                                                                                        or out of the building.
                                                                                                        Where an office building is situated on a level site, all floors are uniform in elevation, and there are no
                                                                                                        mezzanines, allocating the correct loads is straightforward. However, where the site is steeply sloped, the
                                                                                                        situation is more complex—even more so where there are also mezzanines.
                                                                                                        The principle is that floor levels and mezzanines with access to the exterior at ground level could be used as
                                                                                                        staging areas during a move, and so, must be designed for a minimum of 4.8 kPa. Also, there is usually an
                                                                                                        area adjacent to the exterior exit that can accommodate trucks.

                                                                                                        Vehicle Loads
                                                                                                        A special study should be undertaken to determine the distributed loads to be used for the design of
                                                                                                        floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight and of driveways and sidewalks over
                                                                                                        areaways and basements. Where appropriate, the designer should refer to CSA S6, “Canadian Highway
                                                                                                        Bridge Design Code.”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.5.5. Loads on Exterior Areas. In Article 4.1.5.5., “accessible” refers to the lack of a physical
                                                                                                    barrier that prevents or restricts access by vehicles or persons to the site in the context of the specific use.
                                                                                                    Information on the design of roof parking decks and exterior areas that are accessible to vehicular traffic can be
                                                                                                    found in the Commentary entitled Live Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.5.8. Tributary Area. Information on tributary area can be found in the Commentary entitled Live
                                                                                                    Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.1.5.9. Loads Due to Concentrations. Special study is required to determine concentrated
                                                                                                    loads for the design of floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight, and of driveways and
                                                                                                    sidewalks over areaways and basements. Where appropriate the designer should refer to CSA S6, “Canadian
                                                                                                    Highway Bridge Design Code.”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.5.11. Crane-Supporting Structures. Guidance on crane-supporting structures can be found in
                                                                                                    CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 4-107
                                                                                                    A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1)                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1) Design of Guards. In the design of guards, due consideration should be
                                                                                                    given to the durability of the members and their connections.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.5.17. Loads on Firewalls. Information on loads on firewalls can be found in the Commentary
                                                                                                    entitled Structural Integrity of Firewalls in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.1.(1) Specified Load Due to Rain or to Snow and Associated Rain. The location of
                                                                                                    a new building or obstruction may affect the snow loads on the roof of an adjacent existing building—on
                                                                                                    the same property or on an adjacent one—that is lower in height. In such cases, designers should consider
                                                                                                    Sentence 2.2.2.1.(1) of Division C.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Additional guidance can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.2. Coefficients for Snow Loads on Roofs. Information on coefficients for snow loads on
                                                                                                    roofs can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide –
                                                                                                    NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.2.(2) Basic Roof Snow Load Factor. Figure A-4.1.6.2.(2) shows the basic roof snow load
                                                                                                    factor, Cb, plotted against .


                                                                                                                                2.20
                                                                                                                                                                                       Cw = 1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                       Cw = 0.75
                                                                                                                                2.00
                                                                                                                                                                                       Cw = 0.5
                                                                                                                                1.80

                                                                                                                                1.60
                                                                                                                           Cb
                                                                                                                                1.40

                                                                                                                                1.20

                                                                                                                                1.00

                                                                                                                                0.80
                                                                                                                                       0   100   200   300 400   500   600
                                                                                                                                                         IcCw2                               EG01300A



                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.6.2.(2)
                                                                                                     Basic roof snow load factor, Cb


                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.3.(2) Full and Partial Loading under Snow Loads. Information on full and partial snow
                                                                                                    loading on roofs can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.4.(1) Rain Loads. Information on rain loads can be found in the Commentary entitled Rain
                                                                                                    Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.4.(3) Flow Control Drains. The National Plumbing Code (NPC) contains requirements
                                                                                                    regarding the use of flow control roof drains. The designer must ensure that the building complies with both
                                                                                                    the NPC and the NBC.


                                                                                                    4-108 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                               A-4.1.6.9.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.7.(1) Roof Projections. Elevator, air-conditioning and fan housings, small penthouses and wide
                                                                                                    chimneys are examples of roof projections.


                                                                                                                                                                   Roof Projection




                                                                                                                                                      h                        l0
                                                                                                                                                                                     x




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                       Ca0       Drift


                                                                                                                                                                         xd = 2 l0
                                                                                                                                                                              3                              EG01303B



                                                                                                          Figure A-4.1.6.7.(1)
                                                                                                          Roof projections


                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.7.(2) Values of Ca for Small Roof Projections. Calculating Ca in accordance with
                                                                                                    Article 4.1.6.5. rather than Sentence 4.1.6.7.(1) results in lower values for small projections.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.9.            Snow on Gable Roofs.



                                                                                                                                              Wind
                                                                                                                                                             Upwind                                          Downwind
                                                                                                                                                              Side                                             Side



                                                                                                                                                               Case I



                                                                                                                                                               Case II
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        EG01306B


                                                                                                          Figure A-4.1.6.9.
                                                                                                          Load cases for gable roofs


                                                                                                                                                              Table A-4.1.6.9.
                                                                                                                                Wind Exposure, Slope and Accumulation Factors for Load Cases in Figure A-4.1.6.9.

                                                                                                                                                                                                           Factors
                                                                                                             Load Case                Roof Slope, α                                                                                     Ca
                                                                                                                                                                         Cw                     Cs (1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Upwind Side          Downwind Side
                                                                                                                   I                   0° ≤ α ≤ 90°                      (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                f(α)                         1.0                  1.0
                                                                                                                                      15° < α ≤ 20°                                                                                           0.25 + α/20
                                                                                                                 II (3)                                               1.0                       f(α)                         0.0
                                                                                                                                      20° < α ≤ 90°                                                                                               1.25

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-4.1.6.9.:
                                                                                                    (1)    Cs varies as a function of slope, α, as defined in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).
                                                                                                    (2)    The value of Cw for load case I is as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(3) and (4).
                                                                                                    (3)    Case II loading does not apply to gable roofs with slopes of 15° or less, to single-sloped (shed) roofs, or to flat roofs.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                           Division B 4-109
                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.16.                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.16. Roofs with Solar Panels. Information on the design of roofs with solar panels can be
                                                                                                    found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.16.(3) Snow Obstructed from Sliding by Solar Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(3) shows the
                                                                                                    areas on sloped roofs with solar panels where snow is considered to be obstructed from sliding by the solar
                                                                                                    panels and the slope factor, Cs, must be taken as 1.0.


                                                                                                                                                              upslope edge of roof




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   Cs = 1.0                         Cs = 1.0                   Cs = 1.0


                                                                                                                                         45°



                                                                                                                                             (1)                        (1)                       (1)




                                                                                                                                                             downslope edge of roof

                                                                                                                                     Single panel                 Single row               Multiple rows
                                                                                                                                                                   of panels                of panels
                                                                                                                                                                                                        EG02765A


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.6.16.(3)
                                                                                                     Areas on sloped roofs with solar panels where snow is obstructed from sliding by the solar panels
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-4.1.6.16.(3):
                                                                                                     (1) Cs = as specified in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) to (7)


                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b) Snow Loads for a Sloped Roof with Parallel Flush Solar Panels Where
                                                                                                    wg ≥ wp. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b) shows the snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels
                                                                                                    where the gap width, wg, between the panels is greater than or equal to the panel width, wp.



                                                                                                                                        2S                                     2S
                                                                                                           S                                             S                                 S               Snow loads on roof


                                                                                                                                                                  wg
                                                                                                                                                                                      wp

                                                                                                                     solar panel                                       wp

                                                                                                                                                   wp
                                                                                                                             wp




                                                                                                                                                                                                                         EG02766A


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b)
                                                                                                     Snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels where wg ≥ wp




                                                                                                    4-110 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                               A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a)

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c) Snow Loads for a Sloped Roof with Parallel Flush Solar Panels Where
                                                                                                    wg < wp. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c) shows the snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels
                                                                                                    where the gap width, wg, between the panels is less than the panel width, wp.


                                                                                                                                                     S                                        Snow loads on panels

                                                                                                          2S                            2S
                                                                                                                                                                         S                    Snow loads on roof

                                                                                                                                                                    wg




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                               wg
                                                                                                                                                                  wp
                                                                                                                solar panel
                                                                                                                                                     wp




                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG02767A


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c)
                                                                                                     Snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels where wg < wp


                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a) Snow Loads for a Flat Roof with Parallel Raised Solar
                                                                                                    Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a) shows the snow loads for a flat roof with Parallel Raised solar panels.


                                                                                                                  S                                       S                                            Snow loads
                                                                                                                                                                                                       on panels

                                                                                                            S                         S                                            S                   Snow loads
                                                                                                                                                                                                       on roof
                                                                                                         solar panel                                     wg



                                                                                                          hg

                                                                                                                         2hg            min(2hg,2wg)          min(2hg,2wg)             2hg



                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG02768A


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a)
                                                                                                     Snow loads for a flat roof with Parallel Raised solar panels




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 4-111
                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b)                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b) Snow Loads for a Sloped Roof with Parallel Raised Solar
                                                                                                    Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b) shows the snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Raised solar panels.


                                                                                                                                                                                                            solar panel
                                                                                                                                 2S                                          2S
                                                                                                                       S                          S           S                          S                  S
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Snow loads on roof

                                                                                                                                                                              wg                                   hg
                                                                                                                                                         wp
                                                                                                                                                                                                            2h g




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                wp
                                                                                                                                                                                               w g)
                                                                                                                                                                                         2h g,2
                                                                                                                                                                                     min(
                                                                                                                                                                            w)
                                                                                                                                                                      2h g,2 g
                                                                                                                                                  2h g            min(




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EG02769A


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b)
                                                                                                     Snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Raised solar panels


                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.16.(6) Snow Loads for a Flat Roof with Tilted Solar Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6) shows
                                                                                                    the snow loads for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels.


                                                                                                                       2S            2S                   2S                       2S
                                                                                                                            S                 S                          S                              S
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Snow loads on roof
                                                                                                                                                                                                  wph
                                                                                                                                                                             wp                                           solar panel

                                                                                                                                          h
                                                                                                              hg
                                                                                                                                                                                   wph
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        EG02771A


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6)
                                                                                                     Snow loads for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels


                                                                                                    A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c) Variation of Ca with hg − CbCwSs/γ. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c) shows the variation of
                                                                                                    the accumulation factor, Ca, with the height of the lowest edge of the panels above the surface of the uniform
                                                                                                    snow load, hg − CbCwSs/γ, for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels.




                                                                                                    4-112 Division B                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                 A-4.1.7.3.(10)

                                                                                                                             1.3

                                                                                                                             1.2

                                                                                                                             1.1
                                                                                                                        Ca
                                                                                                                             1.0

                                                                                                                             0.9

                                                                                                                             0.8
                                                                                                                                0        0.4         0.8         1.2        1.6    2   2.4       2.8




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                 hg − CbCwSs
                                                                                                                                                                        γ                    EG02770A



                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c)
                                                                                                     Variation of Ca with hg − CbCwSs/γ for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels


                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.1.(6) Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD). It is not currently possible to verify the
                                                                                                    reliability and accuracy of CFD and no standards address it; as such, this method is not permitted to be used to
                                                                                                    determine specified wind loads.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.2.(2) Natural Frequency. Information on calculating the natural frequency of a building can be
                                                                                                    found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide –
                                                                                                    NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.3.(5)(c) Procedure for Calculating Intermediate Ce. Information on calculating
                                                                                                    intermediate values of Ce between two exposures can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and
                                                                                                    Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.3.(10) Internal Gust Effect Factor, Cgi. The effect of building envelope flexibility can be
                                                                                                    included in the calculation of Cgi. See the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural
                                                                                                    Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 4-113
                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3)                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3)         Pressure Coefficients for Main Structural System on Rectangular
                                                                                                    Buildings.



                                                                                                                                                                                              On leeward face
                                                                                                                       On roof
                                                                                                                                                                                      Cp = −0.3 for H < 0.25
                                                                                                                            H                                                                       D
                                                                                                              Cp = −1.0 for    ≥ 1.0
                                                                                                                            D                                                                        H
                                                                                                                                                                                      Cp = −0.27 (     + 0.88)
                                                                                                                                                                                                     D
                                                                                                                                  }
                                                                                                              Cp = −1.0 for x ≤ H H
                                                                                                              Cp = −0.5 for x > H D
                                                                                                                                       < 1.0               X        CeCp                             for 0.25 ≤
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  H
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    < 1.0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D
                                                                                                              Ce = Ce(H)                                                                              H
                                                                                                                                                                                      Cp = −0.5 for     ≥ 1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                      D
                                                                                                                                                                                      Ce = Ce(H/2)



                                                                                                                                   Wind                                                          On side walls
                                                                                                                                               CeCp                        CeCp                   Ce = Ce(H)
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Cp = −0.7
                                                                                                                   On windward face
                                                                                                                                                                    H
                                                                                                                            H
                                                                                                             Cp = 0.6 for     < 0.25                                                                   CeCp
                                                                                                                            D
                                                                                                                       H
                                                                                                             Cp = 0.27 (  + 2)
                                                                                                                       D                                    Z
                                                                                                                                  H
                                                                                                                      for 0.25 ≤ < 1.0                                                Wind
                                                                                                                                  D
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      W
                                                                                                                           H
                                                                                                             Cp = 0.8 for    ≥ 1.0
                                                                                                                           D
                                                                                                              Ce = Ce(Z)


                                                                                                                                                                                                       CeCp
                                                                                                                                                                D

                                                                                                                                                 Elevation View of Building                  Plan View of Building
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   EG01398A


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3)
                                                                                                     Values of Cp for main structural system on rectangular buildings




                                                                                                    4-114 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                         A-4.1.7.7.(2)

                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.5.(4) Pressure Coefficients for Roof and Wall Claddings and Secondary Structural
                                                                                                    Supports of Cladding on Rectangular Buildings.


                                                                                                                       0.1(W or D)(1)                        Cp = +0.9 and –1.2(2)


                                                                                                                                                                             Cp = –2.3                    0.2(W or D)(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          0.1(W or D)(1)
                                                                                                                                              Cp = ±0.9            Cp = –1.5




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  H                                                    Cp = –1.0
                                                                                                                                                                               W
                                                                                                                                                                                                            0.2(W or D)(1)

                                                                                                                                        Z

                                                                                                                                                                                            D
                                                                                                                                                                                                         0.1(W or D)(1)
                                                                                                                                                   D
                                                                                                                                      Elevation View of Building               Plan View of Building                 EG01352A


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.7.5.(4)
                                                                                                     Values of Cp for roof and wall claddings and secondary structural supports of cladding on rectangular buildings
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-4.1.7.5.(4):
                                                                                                     (1) The larger of W or D is to be used.
                                                                                                     (2) Where vertical ribs deeper than 1 m are present on the walls, the dimensions 0.1D and 0.1W must be changed to 0.2D and 0.2W and the
                                                                                                         negative value of Cp must be changed from –1.2 to –1.4.


                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.7.(2) Cladding on Parapets. Information on the design of cladding on parapets can be found
                                                                                                    in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                              Division B 4-115
                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3)                                                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3)                           Exposure Factor for Dynamic Procedure.

                                                                                                                                                                                   400
                                                                                                                                                                                   300

                                                                                                                                                                                   200



                                                                                                                                                                                   100
                                                                                                                                                                                    80




                                                                                                                                                          Height above ground, m
                                                                                                                                                                                    60
                                                                                                                                                                                    50
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    B      A
                                                                                                                                                                                    40




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                    30

                                                                                                                                                                                    20


                                                                                                                                                                                    10
                                                                                                                                                                                     8
                                                                                                                                                                                     6
                                                                                                                                                                                     5
                                                                                                                                                                                     4
                                                                                                                                                                                     3

                                                                                                                                                                                     2


                                                                                                                                                                                    1
                                                                                                                                                                                         0.1    0.2 0.3 0.4    0.6 0.8 1          2     3   4 5 6     8 10
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Exposure factor, Ce                   EG00914C


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3)
                                                                                                     Exposure factor, Ce, for dynamic procedure
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3):
                                                                                                     (1) Curve A represents Ce for open terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(a).
                                                                                                     (2) Curve B represents Ce for rough terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(b).


                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.8.(4)        Peak Factor, Size Reduction Factor and Gust Energy Ratio.


                                                                                                                                                    6.0



                                                                                                                                                    5.0



                                                                                                                                                    4.0




                                                                                                                                  Peak factor, gp
                                                                                                                                                    3.0



                                                                                                                                                    2.0                                                   gp = 2 ln( T) +         0.577
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  2 ln( T)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              T = 3 600 s
                                                                                                                                                    1.0



                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     0.02                            0.04 0.06      0.1         0.2         0.4       0.6 0.8 1              2        4
                                                                                                                                                                                               Average fluctuation rate, , cycles/s                              EG00919C


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.7.8.(4)-A
                                                                                                     Peak factor, gp


                                                                                                    4-116 Division B                                                                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                             A-4.1.7.9.(1)



                                                                                                                                                 5.0
                                                                                                                                                 4.0
                                                                                                                                                 3.0




                                                                                                                Reduced frequency, fnD H
                                                                                                                                                 2.0

                                                                                                                                                                            w/H = 2.0            1.0          0.5       0.2    0.1            0
                                                                                                                                                 1.0




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                 0.7


                                                                                                                                       VH
                                                                                                                                                 0.5


                                                                                                                                                 0.3
                                                                                                                                                                     s= π
                                                                                                                                                                                    1                   1
                                                                                                                                                                        3           8fnDH          1 + 10fnDw
                                                                                                                                                 0.2                          1+
                                                                                                                                                                                    3VH                 VH


                                                                                                                                                 0.1
                                                                                                                                                   0.001     0.002      0.004        0.007 0.01             0.02 0.03   0.05      0.1         0.2   0.3   0.5          1.0

                                                                                                                                                                                                       Size reduction factor, s
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG00917B


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.7.8.(4)-B
                                                                                                     Size reduction factor, s


                                                                                                                                                 1.00
                                                                                                                                                 0.80
                                                                                                                                                 0.60

                                                                                                                                                 0.40
                                                                                                                                                 0.30




                                                                                                                          Gust energy ratio, F
                                                                                                                                                 0.20


                                                                                                                                                 0.10
                                                                                                                                                 0.08
                                                                                                                                                 0.06
                                                                                                                                                                                           2
                                                                                                                                                 0.04                                     x0
                                                                                                                                                 0.03                        F=
                                                                                                                                                                                           2 4/3
                                                                                                                                                                                   (1 + x 0 )
                                                                                                                                                 0.02
                                                                                                                                                                            x0 = (1 220fnD/VH)

                                                                                                                                                 0.01
                                                                                                                                                    0.0001                        0.001                          0.01                   0.1                         1.0

                                                                                                                                                                                               Wave number, fnD/VH, waves/m                                     EG00918B


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.7.8.(4)-C
                                                                                                     Gust energy ratio, F


                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.9.(1) Full and Partial Wind Loading. Information on full and partial loading under wind
                                                                                                    loads can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                                                    Division B 4-117
                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.11.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                                                                                  Fy
                                                                                                                          Case a


                                                                                                                                                        Fx




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                       0.75Fy
                                                                                                                          Case b

                                                                                                                                                         0.75Fx                                 ±0.15a
                                                                                                                                 b
                                                                                                                                                         ±0.15b




                                                                                                                                                                              a

                                                                                                                                                                                  0.75Fy
                                                                                                                                                       Case c


                                                                                                                                                                                                0.75Fx




                                                                                                                                                                   0.56Fy
                                                                                                                                                       Case d

                                                                                                                                                                                                0.56Fx

                                                                                                                                                             b
                                                                                                                                                                                                ±0.15b



                                                                                                                                                                    ±0.15a
                                                                                                                                                                              a
                                                                                                                                                                                                    EG00942C


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.7.9.(1)
                                                                                                     Full and partial wind loading


                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.11. Exterior Ornamentations, Equipment and Appendages. Appendages may increase
                                                                                                    the overall forces in the design of the building structure and need to be accounted for.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.12. Attached Canopies on Low Buildings (H ≤ 20 m). An attached canopy is different
                                                                                                    from an overhang, which is an extension of the roof surface.
                                                                                                    Figure 4.1.7.12.-A, which provides the gust pressure coefficients on the upper and lower surfaces of the
                                                                                                    canopy, is used to design the cladding for the canopy and the associated fasteners. Figure 4.1.7.12.-B, which
                                                                                                    provides the net gust pressure coefficients on the canopy, is used to design the structure of the canopy (e.g.,
                                                                                                    joists, posts, building fasteners).


                                                                                                    4-118 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               A-4.1.7.13.

                                                                                                    In addition to the external wind pressure addressed in Article 4.1.7.12., the internal pressure addressed in
                                                                                                    Table 4.1.7.7. should also be considered, where applicable to the canopy.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.7.13. Roof-Mounted Solar Panels on Buildings of Any Height. Article 4.1.7.13. provides
                                                                                                    procedures for calculating the wind loads on roof-mounted arrays of solar panels that satisfy particular
                                                                                                    geometrical requirements.
                                                                                                    The area of the roof that is covered by a solar array does not need to be designed for the simultaneous
                                                                                                    application of the solar array wind loads and the roof wind loads. However, the cumulative load effect of all
                                                                                                    solar panels does need to be accounted for in accordance with Article 4.1.7.11. Furthermore, the roof needs to
                                                                                                    be designed for the case where the solar array has been removed.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Solar arrays that are mechanically fastened to the underlying roof structure can modify the load distribution on
                                                                                                    the roof. The loads from such arrays must be applied to the structural components of the roof as concentrated
                                                                                                    loads at the points of attachment.
                                                                                                    The calculations in Article 4.1.7.13. assume that the solar panels and their mounting system are rigid. Therefore,
                                                                                                    there is no allowance for wind-induced vibration of these components. However, if the panels and their
                                                                                                    mounting system have a natural frequency less than about 10 Hz, it is possible that loads will be magnified as
                                                                                                    a result of wind-induced vibration. In such cases, it is recommended that expert opinion be sought and that
                                                                                                    the dynamic effects be investigated in more detail.
                                                                                                    Figure A-4.1.7.13. shows an example of a roof-mounted solar array with exposed and unexposed panels. For
                                                                                                    the purpose of determining the edge factor, E, to be applied in the calculations of Article 4.1.7.13., a panel is
                                                                                                    defined as exposed if it is located within a distance of 1.5 times the panel chord length, Lp, from an exposed
                                                                                                    edge of the array. An exposed edge of the array is considered to occur where the horizontal distance, d1, from
                                                                                                    the panel edge to the roof edge (ignoring any rooftop equipment) is greater than 0.5h, h being the reference
                                                                                                    height of the roof, and greater than max(4h2,1.2 m), h2 being the height of the panel's highest point above the
                                                                                                    roof surface. An exposed edge is also considered to occur where the horizontal distance, d2, from the panel edge
                                                                                                    to the nearest edge in the next panel row (or across a gap in the same panel row) is greater than max(4h2,1.2 m).


                                                                                                                                                             edge of adjacent
                                                                                                                                   d1                        array or roof edge


                                                                                                                                   d2
                                                                                                                   d1                                 d1
                                                                                                                                                                                       unexposed panels: E = 1.0
                                                                                                                                   d2                                                  exposed panels: E = 1.5
                                                                                                                                                             row of               d1 > 0.5h and d1 > max(4h2,1.2 m)
                                                                                                                                                             panels               d2 ≤ max(4h2,1.2 m)
                                                                                                                                   d2                1.5Lp
                                                                                                                                                      Lp

                                                                                                                                   d1
                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG00792A


                                                                                                     Figure A-4.1.7.13.
                                                                                                     Plan view of a roof-mounted solar array with exposed and unexposed panels


                                                                                                    A sample calculation of net design wind pressure for roof-mounted solar panels is provided in the
                                                                                                    Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”
                                                                                                    The installation of solar arrays on a roof can significantly affect the distribution of snow loads on the roof.
                                                                                                    Designers should be aware that the accumulation of snow and ice around solar panels can influence the
                                                                                                    calculations described in Article 4.1.7.13. For example, accumulated snow may obstruct the ventilation areas
                                                                                                    between the roof and the underside of the panels, thereby increasing wind loads on the panels. For the design
                                                                                                    of the anchorage of a solar array to the roof and of the array itself, the pressure equalization factor, γa, in
                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.7.13.(2) should be taken as 1.0, unless it can be shown that the accumulation of snow and ice will
                                                                                                    not obstruct the gaps between the panels in the array.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                               Division B 4-119
                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.2.(1)                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.2.(1)      Notation.

                                                                                                        Definition of ex

                                                                                                        Information on the calculation of torsional moments can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for
                                                                                                        Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                        Definition of W

                                                                                                        Information on the definition of specified dead load, W, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design
                                                                                                        for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.3.(4) General Design of the SFRS. Information on the general design requirements for the
                                                                                                    SFRS can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.3.(6) General Design of Stiff Elements. Information on the general design requirements
                                                                                                    for stiff elements can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural
                                                                                                    Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c) Stiffness Imparted to the Structure from Elements Not Part of
                                                                                                    the SFRS. Information on stiffness imparted to the structure from elements not part of the SFRS can be
                                                                                                    found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide –
                                                                                                    NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.3.(8) Structural Modeling. Information on structural modeling can be found in the
                                                                                                    Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3) Site Designation. It is preferable to determine the site designation as XV on the
                                                                                                    basis of the average shear wave velocity, Vs30, calculated from in situ measurements of shear wave velocity. This
                                                                                                    site designation will typically result in a lower seismic demand than a site designation XS determined using the
                                                                                                    energy-corrected average standard penetration resistance,        , or the average undrained shear strength, .
                                                                                                    Further information on site designation can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in
                                                                                                    the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.4.(3) Site Class. The Vs30 ranges in Table 4.1.8.4.-B are retained from the NBC 2015. Where
                                                                                                    required for the application of a standard referenced in Subsection 4.1.8., the Site Class for a particular site
                                                                                                    designation Xv can be determined from Table 4.1.8.4.-B on the basis of the value of Vs30. Further information on
                                                                                                    Site Class can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.4.(6) Log–Log Interpolation. The value of S(T) for Ti < T < Tj can be determined using log–log
                                                                                                    interpolation as follows:




                                                                                                    where
                                                                                                        log = logarithm to base 10.

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.1.8.5.-A Serviceability Limit States for Earthquake. Information on serviceability
                                                                                                    limit states for earthquake can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural
                                                                                                    Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”


                                                                                                    4-120 Division B                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                               A-4.1.8.10.(7)

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.1.8.6.       Structural Irregularities.

                                                                                                        Structural Irregularities

                                                                                                        Information on structural irregularities can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects
                                                                                                        in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                        Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand – Type 9 Irregularity

                                                                                                        Uncoupled concrete and masonry shear walls where a large fraction of the overturning resistance is
                                                                                                        provided by axial compression, rather than through yielding of the longitudinal reinforcement, are less
                                                                                                        susceptible to amplified displacements due to gravity-induced lateral demands because the axial loads have




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        a self-centering effect on the shear walls. Walls that are stronger than the foundation and other systems
                                                                                                        such as coupled walls, braced frames, and moment frames are more susceptible to amplified displacements
                                                                                                        due to gravity-induced lateral demands. A lower limit on α is thus specified for such systems. Further
                                                                                                        information on the impacts of gravity-induced lateral demands on the seismic response of buildings can
                                                                                                        be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's
                                                                                                        Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.7.(1) Dynamic Analysis Procedures. Information on dynamic analysis procedures can be
                                                                                                    found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide –
                                                                                                    NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.1.8.9. Industrial-Type Steel Structures. Guidance on the height limits, system restrictions
                                                                                                    and additional analysis and design requirements for steel SFRSs in industrial-type structures, intended
                                                                                                    essentially to support equipment, tanks or an industrial process, can be found in Annex M, Seismic Design
                                                                                                    of Industrial Steel Structures, of CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.9.(4) Vertical Variations in RdRo. Information on vertical variations in RdRo can be found in
                                                                                                    the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.9.(5) RdRo and Equivalent Systems. Information on the RdRo of equivalent systems can be
                                                                                                    found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide –
                                                                                                    NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6) Mid-rise Timber SFRSs. Information on structural irregularities in mid-rise
                                                                                                    wood construction and on how to determine the number of storeys for application in Sentences 4.1.8.10.(5)
                                                                                                    and (6) can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.10.(7) Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand – Type 9 Irregularity. Structural systems that
                                                                                                    include components such as inclined columns or horizontal floor cantilevers can induce lateral force demands
                                                                                                    on the SFRS under gravity loads. Buildings with such gravity-induced lateral demands on the SFRS are more
                                                                                                    likely to experience severe damage during strong ground shaking due to their tendency to drift only in one
                                                                                                    direction, leading to large residual displacements or instability. To determine if a building is susceptible to
                                                                                                    amplification of displacements due to gravity-induced lateral demands, the lateral resistance of the yielding
                                                                                                    mechanism to resist earthquake forces alone, Qy, must be compared with the gravity-induced lateral demand,
                                                                                                    QG, at the same location. The force component selected for this comparison depends on the yielding mechanism
                                                                                                    for the SFRS. For example, for a coupled wall, the overturning moment resistance at the level of the expected
                                                                                                    plastic hinges should be compared with the overturning moment demand (at the same level) due to gravity
                                                                                                    loads alone, whereas for a steel-braced frame, the storey shear at the critical level of the yielding system
                                                                                                    should be compared with the storey shear demand (at the same level) due to the gravity loads alone. If the
                                                                                                    gravity-induced lateral demands exceed the limits prescribed in Sentence 4.1.8.10.(9), amplifications in seismic
                                                                                                    displacements due to gravity-induced lateral demands can only be identified through non-linear dynamic
                                                                                                    analyses using models that adequately represent the hysteretic behaviour of the SFRS. Further information
                                                                                                    on the impacts of gravity-induced lateral demands on the seismic response of buildings can be found in the
                                                                                                    Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                   Division B 4-121
                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.10.(9)                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.10.(9) Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand – Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Information
                                                                                                    on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis, including ground motion time histories, target response spectra and
                                                                                                    acceptance criteria, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural
                                                                                                    Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.10.(10)(a) Sloped Column Irregularity. The presence of inclined vertical members in a
                                                                                                    building leads to a coupling of its horizontal and vertical vibrational modes. As a result of this coupling,
                                                                                                    horizontal accelerations of the building cause vertical accelerations of the mass supported by the inclined
                                                                                                    vertical members. Vertical ground motions cause additional vertical accelerations of the mass.
                                                                                                    The additional earthquake forces resulting from both the coupling of horizontal and vertical vibrational




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    modes and the vertical ground motions can be determined using the Dynamic Analysis Procedure described
                                                                                                    in Article 4.1.8.12. with RdRo = 1.0. The structural model used in the analysis must account for the vertical
                                                                                                    accelerations of all mass supported by inclined vertical members and must include the SFRS, the inclined
                                                                                                    vertical members, and all structural framing elements that transfer inertial forces generated by the vertical
                                                                                                    accelerations of the mass supported by the inclined vertical members.
                                                                                                    The additional earthquake forces are sensitive to the degree of coupling between the vertical and horizontal
                                                                                                    vibrational modes of the building. Thus, to determine the maximum additional earthquake forces for design,
                                                                                                    the range of possible stiffness values for all structural members must be considered.
                                                                                                    Further information on the analysis of structures with a sloped column irregularity, including a simple
                                                                                                    procedure for scaling the analysis results to avoid having to perform multiple analyses with a range of stiffness
                                                                                                    values and vertical ground motions, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the
                                                                                                    “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.11.(3) Determination of the Fundamental Period, Ta. Information on the determination
                                                                                                    of the fundamental period, Ta, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the
                                                                                                    “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.12.(1)(a) Linear Dynamic Analysis. Information on Linear Dynamic Analysis can be found in
                                                                                                    the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.12.(1)(b) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Information on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis can
                                                                                                    be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's
                                                                                                    Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.12.(3) Ground Motion Time Histories. Information on ground motion time histories can
                                                                                                    be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's
                                                                                                    Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.12.(4)(a) Accidental Torsional Moments. Information on accidental torsional moments
                                                                                                    can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's
                                                                                                    Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.13.(4) Deflections and Sway Effects. Information on deflections and sway effects can be
                                                                                                    found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide –
                                                                                                    NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.15.(1) Diaphragms and Their Connections. Information on diaphragms and their
                                                                                                    connections can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural
                                                                                                    Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.15.(3) Ductile Diaphragms. Information on the design of struts, collectors, chords and
                                                                                                    connections for ductile diaphragms can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the
                                                                                                    “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”


                                                                                                    4-122 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                  A-4.1.8.16.(1)

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.15.(4)      Influence of Dynamic Diaphragm In-Plane Response.

                                                                                                        Clause 4.1.8.15.(4)(a)
                                                                                                        In lieu of carrying out a special study as stated in Subclause 4.1.8.15.(4)(a)(iii), the anticipated total
                                                                                                        deformation demand on the vertical elements of the SFRS, including inelastic deformations, may be taken
                                                                                                        as equal to RoRd(ΔB + ΔD) − RoΔD, i.e., the difference between the total storey drift including inelastic
                                                                                                        deformation effects and diaphragm deformations, RoRd(ΔB + ΔD), and the diaphragm deformation under Ro
                                                                                                        times the seismic load, where Ro may be replaced by the actual overstrength of the SFRS vertical elements.
                                                                                                        The design engineer must verify that the SFRS vertical elements have sufficient deformation capacity
                                                                                                        to accommodate the computed deformation demand. If the vertical elements of the SFRS do not have
                                                                                                        sufficient deformation capacity, the design forces for the vertical elements of the SFRS must be magnified by




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Rd(1 + ΔD/ΔB)/(Rd + ΔD/ΔB). The calculation of the magnified design forces is iterative as the ΔD/ΔB ratio may
                                                                                                        change when using higher design forces for the vertical elements of the SFRS. Reducing the ΔD/ΔB ratio by
                                                                                                        increasing the stiffness of the roof diaphragm relative to that of the vertical elements of the SFRS may be
                                                                                                        considered to reduce the deformation demand on the vertical elements of the SFRS. Additional information
                                                                                                        can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                        (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                        Clause 4.1.8.15.(4)(b)
                                                                                                        The dynamic response of the diaphragm with the vertical elements of the SFRS under seismic excitation
                                                                                                        involves several modes of vibration that affect both the amplitude and distribution of in-plane shears and
                                                                                                        bending moments in the roof diaphragm. The shape of the fundamental mode of vibration resembles the
                                                                                                        deflected shape of the diaphragm/vertical SFRS elements under a distributed lateral load while higher
                                                                                                        modes involve increasing numbers of zero crossings of the deflected shapes along the length of the
                                                                                                        diaphragm, similar to the modes of a simply supported beam with distributed mass. Shears and bending
                                                                                                        moments therefore deviate from the values obtained from the equivalent static force procedure essentially
                                                                                                        due to higher mode response. Modal contributions to shears and bending moments in the diaphragms
                                                                                                        can be obtained from a Linear Dynamic Analysis. The contribution from the higher modes is generally
                                                                                                        more pronounced when the ΔD/ΔB ratio, the period in the first mode, or the ratio S(0.2)/S(2.0) is increased. It
                                                                                                        also increases when the SFRS is designed with a higher Rd factor as inelastic deformations of the vertical
                                                                                                        elements of the SFRS attenuate the first mode response. Methods to take into account the inelastic higher
                                                                                                        mode effects on in-plane diaphragm shears and moments are discussed in the Commentary entitled Design
                                                                                                        for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.15.(5) Discontinuities. Information on elements supporting discontinuities can be found in the
                                                                                                    Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.15.(6) Vertical Variations in RdRo. Information on elements of the SFRS below the variation
                                                                                                    in RdRo can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.15.(7) Concurrent Yielding. Information on the effects of concurrent yielding of elements can
                                                                                                    be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's
                                                                                                    Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.15.(8) Design Force in Elements. Information on the design force in elements can be found in
                                                                                                    the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.16.(1) Foundation Movement. The bearing stress distribution in soil or rock that is used to
                                                                                                    determine the factored overturning resistance of the foundation influences the rotation of the foundation, which
                                                                                                    occurs due to the forces applied by the SFRS. Generally, all foundations will rotate on soil or rock. In particular,
                                                                                                    footings (a type of foundation unit) often undergo uplift at one end, and if the factored bearing stress at the
                                                                                                    other end is only over a short length, then the uplift and rotation of the footing can be significant. CSA A23.3,
                                                                                                    “Design of concrete structures,” contains design requirements for footings that rotate and uplift; see also the
                                                                                                    Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B)” for guidance and methods to account for foundation movement.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 4-123
                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.16.(2)                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.16.(2) Actual Lateral Load Capacity of the SFRS. The actual lateral load capacity of
                                                                                                    the SFRS includes the effects of member overstrengths similar to those used to determine the Ro factors.
                                                                                                    The applicable CSA design standards include requirements on calculating the overstrengths and capacities,
                                                                                                    which may be based on the members' nominal or probable resistance. The actual capacities are larger than the
                                                                                                    factored loads and factored resistances and, in many cases, can be significantly larger. Note that the foundations
                                                                                                    designed to develop the capacity of the SFRS will undergo movements and Sentence 4.1.8.16.(1) still applies.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.16.(4) Overturning Resistance of the Foundation. For the special case where the
                                                                                                    foundation is a footing, and where it and the attached SFRS are not constrained against rotation, it is permitted,
                                                                                                    with certain limitations, to size the footing to have a factored overturning resistance less than the overturning
                                                                                                    capacity of the supported SFRS. This approach results in a smaller footing, increased footing rotations,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    increased drifts in the structure, and increased soil stresses, all of which are over and above those associated
                                                                                                    with footings sized to have a factored overturning resistance equal to or greater than the overturning capacity
                                                                                                    of the SFRS. The footing itself must have a factored resistance capable of developing the required soil or
                                                                                                    rock reactions. An example of a footing and SFRS that are not constrained against rotation is an SFRS on a
                                                                                                    footing near the ground surface such that it can rotate freely and is attached to a gravity-load-resisting system
                                                                                                    (non-SFRS) that is laterally flexible and provides little lateral resistance. For this case, the SFRS is usually
                                                                                                    analyzed on its own and the resulting displacements are imposed on the non-SFRS elements in order to assess
                                                                                                    the effects on them. Cases where the footing and SFRS are attached to a system that has significant lateral
                                                                                                    stiffness require careful analysis and engineering judgement, or the footing can be capacity-designed.
                                                                                                    Limiting the overturning moment on the foundation and the RdRo value provides some control on the increase
                                                                                                    in lateral displacement, drift and stress in the soil or rock. Cases that exceed these limits require special study.
                                                                                                    For the common case where the SFRS and/or the footing are constrained in some way against rotation, the
                                                                                                    footing's factored resistance must be equal to or greater than the capacity of the supported SFRS. An example of
                                                                                                    an SFRS constrained against freely rotating with the footing is an SFRS attached to adjacent foundation walls
                                                                                                    by below-grade diaphragms. Examples of footings constrained against free rotation are footings that use soil
                                                                                                    anchors to resist overturning, footings on piles, and raft foundations. Note that Sentence 4.1.8.16.(1) still applies.
                                                                                                    See CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” and the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the
                                                                                                    “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.16.(6)(a) Interconnection of Foundation Elements. Information on the interconnection
                                                                                                    of piles or pile caps, drilled piers, and caissons can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic
                                                                                                    Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.16.(7) Earthquake Lateral Pressures from Backfill or Natural Ground. Information
                                                                                                    on methods of computing the seismic lateral pressures from backfill or natural ground can be found in the
                                                                                                    Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.16.(8)(a) Cyclic Inelastic Behaviour of Foundation Elements. Information on the cyclic
                                                                                                    inelastic behaviour of piles or pile caps, drilled piers, and caissons can be found in the Commentary entitled
                                                                                                    Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.16.(9) Alternative Foundation Ties. Alternative methods of tying foundations together, such
                                                                                                    as a properly reinforced floor slab capable of resisting the required tension and compression forces, may be
                                                                                                    used. Passive soil pressure against buried pile caps may not be used to resist these forces.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.16.(10) Liquefaction. Information on liquefaction can be found in the Commentary entitled
                                                                                                    Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.17.(1) Slope Stability. Information on slope instability can be found in the Commentary entitled
                                                                                                    Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.18. Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment. Information
                                                                                                    on the requirements of Article 4.1.8.18. can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in
                                                                                                    the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”


                                                                                                    4-124 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                A-4.1.8.21.(2)

                                                                                                    A-Table 4.1.8.18. Non-structural Components and Equipment. The failure or detachment of
                                                                                                    non-structural components and equipment during an earthquake can present a major threat to life safety.
                                                                                                    The design requirements presented in Article 4.1.8.18. are intended to ensure that such components and
                                                                                                    their connections to the building will retain their integrity during strong ground shaking. Guidelines for the
                                                                                                    seismic risk reduction of such components are given in CSA S832, “Seismic risk reduction of operational
                                                                                                    and functional components (OFCs) of buildings.”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.18.(7)(e) Post-installed Anchors. Information on the cyclic tension load testing of anchors
                                                                                                    referred to in Clause 4.1.8.18.(7)(e) can be found in International Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-ES)
                                                                                                    Evaluation Reports. Additional information can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects
                                                                                                    in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.18.(13) and 4.4.3.1.(1) Storage Racks. Free-standing storage racks contain materials
                                                                                                    typically loaded by forklift. Some are designed to store loaded pallets; however, in some cases, the stored
                                                                                                    material does not sit on a pallet. Information on storage racks can be found in the Commentary entitled Design
                                                                                                    for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15) Glass Fallout and Failure. Information on glass fallout and testing for
                                                                                                    glass fallout can be found in AAMA 501.6, “Recommended Dynamic Test Method for Determining the
                                                                                                    Seismic Drift Causing Glass Fallout from a Wall System.” Every surface other than inaccessible areas or areas
                                                                                                    where occupancy is prevented or access is prevented should be considered a “walking surface.” Additional
                                                                                                    information can be found in ASCE/SEI 7, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures,” in
                                                                                                    FEMA P-750, “NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures,” and FEMA
                                                                                                    450-1, “NEHRP Recommended Provisions for Seismic Regulations for New Buildings and Other Structures,”
                                                                                                    and related commentaries, and in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural
                                                                                                    Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.18.(16) Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment
                                                                                                    in Structures with Supplemental Energy Dissipation. Information on the requirements of
                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.8.18.(16) can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural
                                                                                                    Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.18.(18) Climatic Conditions. Climatic conditions leading to wetness or frost at the interface
                                                                                                    between the supporting base of the array and the roof surface may adversely affect the resistance provided by
                                                                                                    friction due to gravity loads.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.19.(2) Design Review. It is strongly recommended that a design review of the seismically
                                                                                                    isolated structure and its isolation system be carried out by an independent team of professional engineers
                                                                                                    and geoscientists experienced in seismic analysis methods and the theory and application of seismic isolation.
                                                                                                    The design review should include, but not be limited to, the following:
                                                                                                      (a) site-specific spectra,
                                                                                                      (b) ground motion time histories,
                                                                                                      (c) modeling and analyses,
                                                                                                      (d) testing program and results, and
                                                                                                      (e) final design of all structural framing elements and isolation system components.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.19.(3)(a) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis is
                                                                                                    a complex process requiring special expertise. Guidance on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis can be found in the
                                                                                                    Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.19.(4) and 4.1.8.21.(5) Ground Motion Time Histories. Ground motion time histories
                                                                                                    and their horizontal and vertical components must be appropriately selected and scaled according to accepted
                                                                                                    practice. Further information on ground motion time histories can be found in the Commentary entitled Design
                                                                                                    for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.21.(2) Design Review. It is strongly recommended that a design review of the structure and the
                                                                                                    supplementary energy dissipation system be carried out by an independent team of professional engineers and
                                                                                                    geoscientists experienced in seismic analysis methods and the theory and application of supplementary energy
                                                                                                    dissipation. The design review should include, but not be limited to, the following:


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                    Division B 4-125
                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.21.(4)(a)                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                     (a) ground motion time histories,
                                                                                                     (b) modeling and analyses,
                                                                                                     (c) testing program and results, and
                                                                                                     (d) final design of all structural framing elements and supplemental energy dissipation system components.

                                                                                                    A-4.1.8.21.(4)(a) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis is
                                                                                                    a complex process requiring special expertise. Guidance on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis can be found in the
                                                                                                    Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.1.(1) Subsurface Investigation. Where acceptable information on subsurface conditions




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    already exists, the investigation may not require further physical subsurface exploration or testing.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.2.3.(1) Responsibilities of the Designer as Defined in Part 4. In certain situations,
                                                                                                    such as when the design is highly technical, it may be necessary for the “other suitably qualified person” to
                                                                                                    be someone responsible to the designer. In such cases the authority having jurisdiction may wish to order
                                                                                                    that the review be done by the designer.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.4.1.(1) Innovative Designs. It is important that innovative approaches to foundation design be
                                                                                                    carried out by a person especially qualified in the specific method applied and that the design provide a level
                                                                                                    of safety and performance at least equivalent to that provided for or implicit in the design carried out by the
                                                                                                    methods referred to in Part 4. Provision must be made for monitoring the subsequent performance of such
                                                                                                    structures so that the long-term sufficiency of the design can be evaluated.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.4.1.(3) Ultimate Limit States for Foundations. Information on ultimate limit states for
                                                                                                    foundations, including terminology and resistance factors, can be found in the Commentary entitled
                                                                                                    Foundations in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.2.4.1.(5) Design of Foundations for Differential Movements. Information on the design
                                                                                                    of foundations for differential movements can be found in the Commentary entitled Foundations in the
                                                                                                    “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.2.4.4.(1) Depth of Foundations. When adfreezing has occurred and subsequent freezing results in
                                                                                                    soil expansion beneath this area, the resulting uplift effect is sometimes referred to as frost jacking.
                                                                                                    A heated building that is insulated to prevent heat loss through the foundation walls should be considered as
                                                                                                    an unheated structure unless the effect of the insulation is taken into account in determining the maximum
                                                                                                    depth of frost penetration.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.5.1.(1) Excavations. Information on excavations can be found in the Commentary entitled
                                                                                                    Foundations in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.2.6.1.(1) Shallow Foundations. Information on shallow foundations can be found in
                                                                                                    the Commentary entitled Foundations in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.2.7.1.(1) Deep Foundation Units. A deep foundation unit can be pre-manufactured or
                                                                                                    cast-in-place; it can be driven, jacked, jetted, screwed, bored or excavated; it can be of wood, concrete, steel or
                                                                                                    a combination thereof.

                                                                                                    A-4.2.7.2.(1) Deep Foundations. Information on deep foundations can be found in the Commentary
                                                                                                    entitled Foundations in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.2.7.2.(2) Load Testing of Piles. ASTM D1143/D1143M, “Standard Test Methods for Deep
                                                                                                    Foundations Under Static Axial Compressive Load,” defines routine load test procedures that have been
                                                                                                    extensively used.

                                                                                                    A-4.3.3.1.(1) Precast Concrete. CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” requires precast concrete
                                                                                                    members to conform to CSA A23.4, “Precast concrete – Materials and construction.”


                                                                                                    4-126 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                   A-4.4.2.1.(1)

                                                                                                    A-4.3.4.1.(1) Welded Construction. Qualification for fabricators and erectors of welded construction is
                                                                                                    found in Clause 24.3 of CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.”

                                                                                                    A-4.3.4.2.(1) Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Members. There is currently no Canadian standard for
                                                                                                    the design of cold-formed stainless steel structural members. As an interim measure, design may be carried out
                                                                                                    using the limit states design provisions of ASCE/SEI 8, “Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Stainless
                                                                                                    Steel Structural Members,” except that load factors, load combinations and load combination factors shall
                                                                                                    be in accordance with Subsection 4.1.3.

                                                                                                    A-4.3.6.1.(1) Design Basis for Glass. The load factors in Tables 4.1.3.2.-A and 4.1.3.2.-B must be
                                                                                                    applied to the adjusted wind load before designing in accordance with the referenced standard. Additional




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    information is given in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    A-4.4.2.1.(1) Design Basis for Storage Garages and Repair Garages. Although the scope of
                                                                                                    CSA S413, “Parking structures,” is limited to structural steel and reinforced concrete (including prestressed and
                                                                                                    post-tensioned), the intent of Sentence 4.4.2.1.(1) is to require any type of material used in the construction of
                                                                                                    storage garages and repair garages to conform to the performance level outlined in the standard.
                                                                                                    See the Commentary entitled Live Loads in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                     Division B 4-127
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




4-128 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 5
                                                                                                    Environmental Separation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      5.1.          General
                                                                                                      5.1.1.        Scope ................................................ 5-1
                                                                                                      5.1.2.        Application ........................................ 5-1
                                                                                                      5.1.3.        Definitions ......................................... 5-1
                                                                                                      5.1.4.        Resistance to Loads and
                                                                                                                    Deterioration ..................................... 5-2
                                                                                                      5.1.5.        Other Requirements ......................... 5-3

                                                                                                      5.2.          Loads and Procedures
                                                                                                      5.2.1.        Environmental Loads and
                                                                                                                    Design Procedures ........................... 5-3
                                                                                                      5.2.2.        Structural Loads and Design
                                                                                                                    Procedures ........................................ 5-4

                                                                                                      5.3.          Heat Transfer
                                                                                                      5.3.1.        Thermal Resistance of
                                                                                                                    Assemblies ....................................... 5-5

                                                                                                      5.4.          Air Leakage
                                                                                                      5.4.1.        Air Barrier Systems .......................... 5-5

                                                                                                      5.5.          Vapour Diffusion
                                                                                                      5.5.1.        Vapour Barriers ................................ 5-7

                                                                                                      5.6.          Precipitation
                                                                                                      5.6.1.        Protection from Precipitation .......... 5-8
                                                                                                      5.6.2.        Sealing, Drainage,
                                                                                                                    Accumulation and Disposal ............ 5-8

                                                                                                      5.7.          Surface and Ground
                                                                                                                    Water
                                                                                                      5.7.1.        Site Factors ....................................... 5-9
                                                                                                      5.7.2.        Protection against Hydrostatic
                                                                                                                    Pressure ............................................ 5-9
                                                                                                      5.7.3.        Protection against Ground Water ... 5-9

                                                                                                      5.8.          Sound Transmission
                                                                                                      5.8.1.        Protection from Airborne Noise .... 5-10

                                                                                                      5.9.          Standards
                                                                                                      5.9.1.        Applicable Standards .................... 5-13
                                                                                                      5.9.2.        Windows, Doors and Skylights ..... 5-16
                                                                                                      5.9.3.        Other Fenestration Assemblies .... 5-17
                                                                                                      5.9.4.        Exterior Insulation Finish
                                                                                                                    Systems ........................................... 5-18

                                                                                                      5.10.         Objectives and
                                                                                                                    Functional Statements
                                                                                                      5.10.1.       Objectives and Functional
                                                                                                                    Statements ...................................... 5-18


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 5 ................ 5-23




                                                                                                                                                                                             Division B
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 5
                                                                                                    Environmental Separation
                                                                                                    (See Note A-5.)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 5.1. General
                                                                                                    5.1.1.            Scope

                                                                                                    5.1.1.1.          Scope

                                                                                                                         1) This Part is concerned with
                                                                                                                         a) the control of condensation
                                                                                                                                i) in building components and assemblies, and
                                                                                                                               ii) on building materials, components and assemblies, and
                                                                                                                         b) the transfer of heat, air, moisture and sound through
                                                                                                                                i) building materials, components and assemblies, and
                                                                                                                               ii) interfaces between building materials, components and
                                                                                                                                   assemblies.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.1.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.1.2.            Application

                                                                                                    5.1.2.1.          Exposure to Exterior Space or the Ground and Separation of Dissimilar
                                                                                                                      Environments

                                                                                                                         1) This Part applies, as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A, to
                                                                                                                         a) building materials, components and assemblies exposed to exterior space or
                                                                                                                             the ground, including those separating interior space from exterior space or
                                                                                                                             separating interior space from the ground,
                                                                                                                         b) building materials, components and assemblies separating environmentally
                                                                                                                             dissimilar interior spaces (see Note A-5.8.), and
                                                                                                                          c) site materials, components, assemblies and grading that may affect
                                                                                                                             environmental loads on building materials, components and assemblies
                                                                                                                             exposed to exterior space or the ground.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.1.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.1.3.            Definitions

                                                                                                    5.1.3.1.          Defined Words

                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 5-1
                                                                                                    5.1.4.1.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    5.1.4.           Resistance to Loads and Deterioration

                                                                                                    5.1.4.1.         Structural and Environmental Loads
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.1.4.1.)

                                                                                                                        1) Building materials, components and assemblies that separate dissimilar
                                                                                                                     environments or are exposed to the exterior shall have sufficient capacity and integrity
                                                                                                                     to resist or accommodate
                                                                                                                         a) all environmental loads, and effects of those loads, that may reasonably be
                                                                                                                             expected having regard to
                                                                                                                                 i) the intended use of the building, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                ii) the environment to which the materials, components and
                                                                                                                                    assemblies are subject, and
                                                                                                                         b) all structural loads, and effects of those loads, that may reasonably be
                                                                                                                             expected.

                                                                                                                       2) Where building materials, components or assemblies perform more than
                                                                                                                     one function, they shall satisfy the requirements of all of those functions. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-5.1.4.1.(2).)

                                                                                                                        3) Compliance with Clause (1)(a) shall be demonstrated by design complying
                                                                                                                     with Subsection 5.2.1. and construction conforming to that design.

                                                                                                                        4) Compliance with Clause (1)(b) shall be demonstrated by design complying
                                                                                                                     with Subsection 5.2.2., and construction conforming to that design, with regard to
                                                                                                                        a) materials, components and assemblies, and associated loads, that are
                                                                                                                            identified in Part 4,
                                                                                                                        b) air pressure loads imposed on air barrier systems,
                                                                                                                        c) wind up-lift imposed on roofing, and
                                                                                                                        d) hydrostatic pressure imposed on the means of protection from moisture in
                                                                                                                            the ground.

                                                                                                                        5) For materials, components, assemblies and loads to which Sentence (4) does not
                                                                                                                     apply, compliance with Clause (1)(b) shall be demonstrated
                                                                                                                        a) by design complying with Subsection 5.2.2. for individual applicable loads
                                                                                                                             and construction conforming to that design, or
                                                                                                                        b) in the case of common materials, components and assemblies, and their
                                                                                                                             installation, by proven past performance over a period of several years for
                                                                                                                             individual applicable loads.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.1.4.1.(5).)

                                                                                                                        6) Materials, components and assemblies separating dissimilar environments and
                                                                                                                     assemblies exposed to the exterior, including their connections, that are subject to
                                                                                                                     structural loads as defined in Article 5.2.2.1. shall
                                                                                                                         a) transfer such loads to the building structure without adverse effects on the
                                                                                                                            performance of other materials, components or assemblies,
                                                                                                                         b) not deflect to a degree that adversely affects the performance of other
                                                                                                                            materials, components or assemblies (see Note A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c)), and
                                                                                                                         c) be designed, and constructed according to that design, to accommodate (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c))
                                                                                                                                i) the maximum relative structural movement that may
                                                                                                                                   reasonably be expected, and
                                                                                                                               ii) construction tolerances that may be reasonably expected.
                                                                                                                     (See Article 4.1.3.5., Sentence 4.1.3.3.(2) and Subsection 4.1.8. for information on
                                                                                                                     different types of structural movements.) (See Note A-5.1.4.1.)




                                                                                                    5-2 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            5.2.1.3.

                                                                                                    5.1.4.2.         Resistance to Deterioration
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.1.4.2.)

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), materials used in building components
                                                                                                                     and assemblies that separate dissimilar environments, or in assemblies exposed to
                                                                                                                     the exterior, shall be
                                                                                                                         a) compatible with adjoining materials, and
                                                                                                                        b) resistant to any mechanisms of deterioration that may reasonably be
                                                                                                                            expected, given
                                                                                                                                i) the nature and function of the materials, and
                                                                                                                               ii) the exposure and climatic conditions in which they will be
                                                                                                                                   installed.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) Material compatibility and deterioration resistance are not required where it
                                                                                                                     can be shown that incompatibility or uncontrolled deterioration will not adversely
                                                                                                                     affect any of
                                                                                                                         a) the health or safety of building users,
                                                                                                                         b) the intended use of the building, or
                                                                                                                         c) the operation of building services.

                                                                                                    5.1.5.           Other Requirements

                                                                                                    5.1.5.1.         Requirements in Other Parts of the Code

                                                                                                                         1) Structural and fire safety requirements in other Parts of the NBC shall apply.


                                                                                                    Section 5.2. Loads and Procedures
                                                                                                    5.2.1.           Environmental Loads and Design Procedures

                                                                                                    5.2.1.1.         Exterior Environmental Loads

                                                                                                                         1) Above ground climatic loads shall be determined according to Subsection 1.1.3.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), below ground exterior environmental loads
                                                                                                                     not described in Subsection 1.1.3. shall be determined from existing geological and
                                                                                                                     hydrological data or from site tests.

                                                                                                                        3) Where local design and construction practice has shown soil temperature
                                                                                                                     analysis to be unnecessary, soil temperatures need not be determined. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-5.2.1.1.(3).)

                                                                                                    5.2.1.2.         Interior Environmental Loads

                                                                                                                        1) Interior environmental loads shall be determined in accordance with good
                                                                                                                     practice as described in Sentence 6.2.1.1.(1) based on the intended use of the space.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.2.1.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.2.1.3.         Environmental Load and Transfer Calculations

                                                                                                                        1) Calculations related to the transfer of heat, air and moisture and the
                                                                                                                     transmission of sound shall conform to good practice such as that described in the
                                                                                                                     ASHRAE Handbooks.

                                                                                                                        2) For the purposes of any analysis conducted to indicate conformance to
                                                                                                                     the thermal resistance levels required in Article 5.3.1.2., soil temperatures shall be
                                                                                                                     determined based on annual average soil temperature, seasonal amplitude of variation
                                                                                                                     and attenuation of variation with depth.

                                                                                                                         3) Wind load calculations shall conform to Subsection 4.1.7.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 5-3
                                                                                                    5.2.2.1.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    5.2.2.           Structural Loads and Design Procedures

                                                                                                    5.2.2.1.         Determination of Structural Loads and Effects

                                                                                                                        1) Where materials, components or assemblies that separate dissimilar
                                                                                                                     environments or are exposed to the exterior, or their connections, are required to be
                                                                                                                     designed to withstand structural loads, these loads shall be determined in accordance
                                                                                                                     with Part 4. (See also Subsection 2.2.5. of Division C.)

                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Article 4.1.8.18., the structural loads referred to in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (1) and their related effects shall include
                                                                                                                        a) dead loads transferred from structural elements,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        b) wind, snow, rain, hydrostatic and earth pressures,
                                                                                                                        c) earthquake effects for post-disaster buildings, depending on their intended
                                                                                                                            function (see Note A-5.2.2.1.(2)(c)),
                                                                                                                        d) live loads due to use and occupancy, and
                                                                                                                        e) loads due to thermal or moisture-related expansion and contraction,
                                                                                                                            deflection, deformation, creep, shrinkage, settlement, and differential
                                                                                                                            movement.

                                                                                                                        3) Where materials, components or assemblies that separate dissimilar
                                                                                                                     environments or are exposed to the exterior, or their connections, can be expected to
                                                                                                                     be subject to loads or other effects not described in this Subsection or in Part 4, such
                                                                                                                     loads or effects shall be taken into account in the design based on the most current and
                                                                                                                     applicable information available.

                                                                                                    5.2.2.2.         Determination of Wind Load
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.2.2.2.)

                                                                                                                        1) This Article applies to the determination of wind load to be used in the design
                                                                                                                     of materials, components and assemblies, including their connections, that separate
                                                                                                                     dissimilar environments or are exposed to the exterior, where these are
                                                                                                                         a) subject to wind load, and
                                                                                                                        b) required to be designed to resist wind load.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the wind load referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall be 100% of the specified wind load determined in accordance with Article 4.1.7.1.

                                                                                                                        3) Where it can be shown by test or analysis that a material, component, assembly
                                                                                                                     or connection referred to in Sentence (1) will be subject to less than 100% of the
                                                                                                                     specified wind load, the wind load referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than
                                                                                                                     the load determined by test or analysis.

                                                                                                                        4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), the wind uplift resistance of membrane
                                                                                                                     roofing assemblies shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of
                                                                                                                     CAN/CSA-A123.21, “Standard test method for the dynamic wind uplift resistance of
                                                                                                                     membrane-roofing systems.” (See Note A-5.2.2.2.(4).)

                                                                                                                       5) Membrane roofing assemblies with proven past performance for the anticipated
                                                                                                                     wind loads need not comply with Sentence (4). (See Note A-5.1.4.1.(5).)

                                                                                                    5.2.2.3.         Design Procedures

                                                                                                                        1) Structural design shall be carried out in accordance with Subsection 4.1.3. and
                                                                                                                     other applicable requirements in Part 4.




                                                                                                    5-4 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                5.4.1.1.

                                                                                                    Section 5.3. Heat Transfer
                                                                                                    (See Note A-5.3.)

                                                                                                    5.3.1.              Thermal Resistance of Assemblies
                                                                                                    5.3.1.1.            Required Resistance to Heat Transfer
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-5.3.1.1.)
                                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), where a building component or assembly
                                                                                                                        will be subjected to an intended temperature differential, the component or assembly




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        shall include materials to resist heat transfer or a means to dissipate transferred heat in
                                                                                                                        accordance with the remainder of this Subsection.
                                                                                                                           2) The installation of materials to resist heat transfer in accordance with the
                                                                                                                        remainder of this Subsection is not required where it can be shown that uncontrolled
                                                                                                                        heat transfer will not adversely affect any of
                                                                                                                           a) the health or safety of building users,
                                                                                                                           b) the intended use of the building, or
                                                                                                                           c) the operation of building services.

                                                                                                    5.3.1.2.            Properties to Resist Heat Transfer or Dissipate Heat
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-5.3.1.2.)
                                                                                                                           1) Taking into account the conditions on either side of the environmental
                                                                                                                        separator, materials and components installed to provide the required resistance to
                                                                                                                        heat transfer or the means implemented to dissipate heat shall provide sufficient
                                                                                                                        resistance or dissipation,
                                                                                                                            a) to minimize surface condensation on the warm side of the component or
                                                                                                                                assembly,
                                                                                                                            b) in conjunction with other materials and components in the assembly, to
                                                                                                                                minimize condensation within the component or assembly,
                                                                                                                            c) in conjunction with systems installed for space conditioning, to meet the
                                                                                                                                interior design thermal conditions for the intended occupancy, and
                                                                                                                            d) to minimize ice damming on sloped roofs.
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-5.3.1.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.3.1.3.            Location and Installation of Materials Providing Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                           1) Where a material required by Article 5.3.1.1. is intersected by a building
                                                                                                                        assembly, penetrated by a high conductance component or interrupted by expansion,
                                                                                                                        control or construction joints, and where condensation is likely to occur at these
                                                                                                                        intersections, penetrations or interruptions, sufficient thermal resistance shall be
                                                                                                                        provided so as to minimize condensation at these locations.
                                                                                                                           2) Materials providing required thermal resistance shall have sufficient inherent
                                                                                                                        resistance to airflow or be positioned in the assembly so as to prevent convective
                                                                                                                        airflow through and around the material. (See Note A-5.3.1.3.(2).)


                                                                                                    Section 5.4. Air Leakage
                                                                                                    5.4.1.              Air Barrier Systems
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-5.4.1.)

                                                                                                    5.4.1.1.            Required Resistance to Air Leakage
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-5.4.1.1.)
                                                                                                                           1) Where a building component or assembly separates interior conditioned space
                                                                                                                        from exterior space, interior space from the ground, or environmentally dissimilar
                                                                                                                        interior spaces, the properties and position of the materials and components in those


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 5-5
                                                                                                    5.4.1.2.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                     components or assemblies shall be such that they control air leakage or permit venting
                                                                                                                     to the exterior so as to
                                                                                                                         a) provide acceptable conditions for the building occupants,
                                                                                                                         b) maintain appropriate conditions for the intended use of the building,
                                                                                                                         c) minimize the accumulation of condensation in and the penetration of
                                                                                                                             precipitation into the building component or assembly,
                                                                                                                         d) control heat transfer to roofs where ice damming can occur,
                                                                                                                         e) minimize the ingress of airborne radon and other soil gases from the ground
                                                                                                                             with an aim to controlling the indoor concentrations of these gases to an
                                                                                                                             acceptable level, and
                                                                                                                         f) not compromise the operation of building services.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (7), an air barrier system shall be designed and
                                                                                                                     constructed to provide the principal resistance to air leakage to meet the requirements
                                                                                                                     of Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                       3) The air barrier system shall incorporate air barrier assemblies that meet the
                                                                                                                     appropriate Performance Class as defined in Table 5.4.1.1. (See Note A-5.4.1.1.(3).)

                                                                                                                                                          Table 5.4.1.1.
                                                                                                                                    Maximum Air Leakage Rates for Air Barrier Assemblies
                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentences 5.4.1.1.(3) and (6) and 5.4.1.2.(1) and (2)

                                                                                                                         Performance Class                         Maximum Air Leakage Rate, L/(s×m2), at a Pressure Differential of 75 Pa
                                                                                                                                1                                                                   0.05
                                                                                                                                2                                                                   0.10
                                                                                                                                3                                                                   0.15
                                                                                                                                4                                                                   0.20
                                                                                                                                5                                                                   0.50


                                                                                                                        4) The air barrier system shall be designed and constructed to be continuous
                                                                                                                        a) across construction, control and expansion joints,
                                                                                                                        b) across junctions between different air barrier assemblies, and
                                                                                                                         c) around penetrations through air barrier assemblies.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.4.1.1.(4).)
                                                                                                                         5) The structural design of air barrier assemblies, including junctions between
                                                                                                                     air barrier assemblies, subject to air pressure loads shall comply with Article 5.1.4.1.
                                                                                                                     and Subsection 5.2.2.
                                                                                                                        6) The maximum air leakage rates specified in Table 5.4.1.1. are permitted to be
                                                                                                                     increased where it can be shown that the higher rate will not adversely affect any of
                                                                                                                         a) the health or safety of the building users,
                                                                                                                         b) the intended use of the building, or
                                                                                                                         c) the operation of building services.
                                                                                                                        7) An air barrier system is not required where it can be shown that uncontrolled air
                                                                                                                     leakage will not adversely affect any of
                                                                                                                         a) the health or safety of building users,
                                                                                                                        b) the intended use of the building, or
                                                                                                                         c) the operation of building services.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.4.1.1.(7).)

                                                                                                    5.4.1.2.         Air Barrier Assemblies
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), air barrier assemblies not in contact
                                                                                                                     with the ground shall
                                                                                                                        a) conform with CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies –
                                                                                                                            Specification,” and
                                                                                                                        b) meet the selected Performance Class of Table 5.4.1.1.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.4.1.2.(1).)


                                                                                                    5-6 Division B                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           5.5.1.2.

                                                                                                                        2) Air barrier assemblies not evaluated in accordance with CAN/ULC-S742,
                                                                                                                     “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” shall be designed and
                                                                                                                     constructed
                                                                                                                         a) to meet or exceed the selected Performance Class of Table 5.4.1.1., and
                                                                                                                        b) with at least one air barrier material intended to provide the primary
                                                                                                                            resistance to air leakage that meets the requirements of CAN/ULC-S741,
                                                                                                                            “Standard for Air Barrier Materials – Specification.”
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.4.1.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Air barrier assemblies covered in Subsections 5.9.2., 5.9.3. and 5.9.4. shall meet
                                                                                                                     the air barrier performance criteria defined in those Subsections.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        4) Below-grade air barrier assemblies in contact with the ground shall minimize
                                                                                                                     the ingress of airborne radon and other soil gases. (See Note A-5.4.1.2.(4).)


                                                                                                    Section 5.5. Vapour Diffusion
                                                                                                    5.5.1.           Vapour Barriers
                                                                                                    5.5.1.1.         Required Resistance to Vapour Diffusion
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.5.1.1.)
                                                                                                                        1) Where a building component or assembly is subjected to differentials in
                                                                                                                     temperature and water vapour pressure, the properties and position of the materials
                                                                                                                     and components in those components or assemblies shall be such that they control
                                                                                                                     vapour diffusion or permit venting to the exterior so as to minimize the accumulation
                                                                                                                     of condensation in the building component or assembly.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), a vapour barrier shall be installed to provide
                                                                                                                     the principal resistance to water vapour diffusion.
                                                                                                                        3) A vapour barrier is not required where it can be shown that uncontrolled vapour
                                                                                                                     diffusion will not adversely affect any of
                                                                                                                         a) the health or safety of building users,
                                                                                                                         b) the intended use of the building, or
                                                                                                                         c) the operation of building services.

                                                                                                    5.5.1.2.         Vapour Barrier Properties and Installation
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.3.1.2.)
                                                                                                                         1) The vapour barrier shall have sufficiently low permeance and shall be positioned
                                                                                                                     in the building component or assembly so as to
                                                                                                                         a) minimize moisture transfer by diffusion, to surfaces within the assembly
                                                                                                                             that would be cold enough to cause condensation at the design temperature
                                                                                                                             and humidity conditions, or
                                                                                                                         b) reduce moisture transfer by diffusion, to surfaces within the assembly that
                                                                                                                             would be cold enough to cause condensation at the design temperature and
                                                                                                                             humidity conditions, to a rate that will not allow sufficient accumulation of
                                                                                                                             moisture to cause deterioration or otherwise adversely affect any of
                                                                                                                                i) the health or safety of building users,
                                                                                                                               ii) the intended use of the building, or
                                                                                                                              iii) the operation of building services.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.5.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Coatings applied to gypsum board to provide required resistance to vapour
                                                                                                                     diffusion shall conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) when tested in accordance
                                                                                                                     with CAN/CGSB-1.501-M, “Method for Permeance of Coated Wallboard.”
                                                                                                                        3) Coatings applied to materials other than gypsum board to provide required
                                                                                                                     resistance to vapour diffusion shall conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) when
                                                                                                                     tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M, “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor
                                                                                                                     Transmission of Materials,” by the desiccant method (dry cup).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 5-7
                                                                                                    5.6.1.1.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    Section 5.6. Precipitation
                                                                                                    5.6.1.           Protection from Precipitation
                                                                                                    5.6.1.1.         Required Protection from Precipitation
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.6.1.1.)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), where a building component or assembly is
                                                                                                                     exposed to precipitation, the component or assembly shall
                                                                                                                        a) minimize ingress of precipitation into the component or assembly, and
                                                                                                                        b) prevent ingress of precipitation into interior space.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) Protection from ingress of precipitation is not required where it can be shown
                                                                                                                     that such ingress will not adversely affect any of
                                                                                                                         a) the health or safety of building users,
                                                                                                                        b) the intended use of the building, or
                                                                                                                         c) the operation of building services.

                                                                                                    5.6.1.2.         Installation of Protective Materials
                                                                                                                        1) Where protective materials are applied to assemblies to provide the required
                                                                                                                     protection from precipitation, they shall be installed so as to shed precipitation or
                                                                                                                     otherwise minimize its entry into the assembly and prevent its penetration through the
                                                                                                                     assembly. (See Note A-5.6.1.2.(1).) (See also Clause 5.3.1.2.(1)(d).)
                                                                                                                        2) Where protective materials applied to assemblies to provide the required
                                                                                                                     protection from precipitation are part of a vegetated roofing system, they shall
                                                                                                                     be resistant to root and rhizome penetration when tested in accordance with
                                                                                                                     ANSI/GRHC/SPRI VR-1, “Procedure for Investigating Resistance to Root or Rhizome
                                                                                                                     Penetration on Vegetative Roofs.” (See Note A-5.6.1.2.(2).)

                                                                                                    5.6.2.           Sealing, Drainage, Accumulation and Disposal
                                                                                                    5.6.2.1.         Sealing and Drainage
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.6.2.1.)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), materials, components, assemblies, joints in
                                                                                                                     materials, junctions between components and junctions between assemblies exposed
                                                                                                                     to precipitation shall be
                                                                                                                         a) sealed to prevent ingress of precipitation, or
                                                                                                                         b) drained to direct precipitation to the exterior.
                                                                                                                        2) Sealing or drainage are not required where it can be shown that the omission
                                                                                                                     of sealing and drainage will not adversely affect any of
                                                                                                                         a) the health or safety of building users,
                                                                                                                         b) the intended use of the building, or
                                                                                                                         c) the operation of building services.

                                                                                                    5.6.2.2.         Accumulation and Disposal
                                                                                                                        1) Where water, snow or ice can accumulate on a building, provision shall be made
                                                                                                                     to minimize the likelihood of hazardous conditions arising from such accumulation.
                                                                                                                        2) Where precipitation can accumulate on sloped or horizontal assemblies,
                                                                                                                     provision shall be made for drainage conforming with the relevant provincial or
                                                                                                                     territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or
                                                                                                                     bylaws, with Article 2.4.10.4. of Division B of the NPC.
                                                                                                                        3) Where downspouts are provided and are not connected to a sewer, provisions
                                                                                                                     shall be made to
                                                                                                                        a) divert the water from the building, and
                                                                                                                        b) prevent soil erosion.


                                                                                                    5-8 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                5.7.3.2.

                                                                                                                           4) Junctions between vertical assemblies, and sloped or horizontal assemblies,
                                                                                                                        shall be designed and constructed to minimize the flow of water from the sloped or
                                                                                                                        horizontal assembly onto the vertical assembly.


                                                                                                    Section 5.7. Surface and Ground Water
                                                                                                    (See Note A-5.7.)

                                                                                                    5.7.1.              Site Factors




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    5.7.1.1.            Application
                                                                                                                           1) This Subsection applies to the location of buildings, the grading of building sites,
                                                                                                                        the directing of water away from building assemblies, and the provision of means
                                                                                                                        for drainage.

                                                                                                    5.7.1.2.            Required Protection
                                                                                                                           1) The building shall be located, the building site shall be graded, or water shall
                                                                                                                        be directed away from building assemblies so as to prevent or accommodate the
                                                                                                                        accumulation of surface water against the building or adjacent buildings.
                                                                                                                           2) Drainage shall be provided to direct water away from assemblies separating
                                                                                                                        interior space from the ground, except
                                                                                                                            a) where the assembly is designed in accordance with Subsection 5.7.2. to
                                                                                                                                withstand continuous hydrostatic pressure, or
                                                                                                                            b) where it can be shown that the lack of drainage will not adversely affect
                                                                                                                                   i) the health or safety of building users,
                                                                                                                                  ii) the intended use of the building, or
                                                                                                                                 iii) the operation of building services.
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-5.7.1.2.(2).)

                                                                                                    5.7.2.              Protection against Hydrostatic Pressure
                                                                                                    5.7.2.1.            Application
                                                                                                                          1) This Subsection applies to waterproofing materials, components, assemblies
                                                                                                                        and systems applied to building assemblies that separate dissimilar environments
                                                                                                                        and are subjected to hydrostatic pressure.

                                                                                                    5.7.2.2.            Design of Building Elements Under Hydrostatic Loads
                                                                                                                           1) Waterproofing materials, components, assemblies and systems described in
                                                                                                                        Article 5.7.2.1. shall be designed in accordance with Subsection 5.1.4.
                                                                                                                          2) Hydrostatic design loads shall be determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                        Subsection 5.2.2.

                                                                                                    5.7.2.3.            Required Protection
                                                                                                                           1) Waterproofing materials, components, assemblies and systems described in
                                                                                                                        Article 5.7.2.1. shall comply with Article 5.7.3.2.

                                                                                                    5.7.3.              Protection against Ground Water
                                                                                                    5.7.3.1.            Application
                                                                                                                           1) This Subsection applies to the protection of building assemblies that separate
                                                                                                                        interior space from the ground.

                                                                                                    5.7.3.2.            Required Protection
                                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 5.7.3.4., building assemblies
                                                                                                                        described in Article 5.7.3.1. shall be protected by waterproofing in accordance with


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                            Division B 5-9
                                                                                                    5.7.3.3.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                        Article 5.7.3.3. so as to prevent the ingress of water into the building or the accumulation
                                                                                                                        of water against the building.
                                                                                                                           2) Waterproofing is not required where it can be shown that
                                                                                                                           a) a building is designed to accommodate the ingress or accumulation of water,
                                                                                                                              or
                                                                                                                           b) the ingress or accumulation of water will not negatively affect
                                                                                                                                 i) the health or safety of building users,
                                                                                                                                ii) the intended use of the building, or
                                                                                                                               iii) the operation of building services.

                                                                                                    5.7.3.3.            Waterproofing




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           1) Waterproofing materials, components, assemblies, or systems installed to
                                                                                                                        provide the required protection shall form a continuous and impervious barrier to the
                                                                                                                        ingress of water and be capable of accommodating
                                                                                                                           a) imperfections, construction joints, control joints and expansion joints (see
                                                                                                                               Note A-5.7.3.3.(1)(a)),
                                                                                                                           b) junctions between different building assemblies, and
                                                                                                                            c) elements penetrating building assemblies.

                                                                                                    5.7.3.4.            Where Dampproofing is Permitted
                                                                                                                           1) Vertical building assemblies that separate interior space from the ground are
                                                                                                                        permitted to be dampproofed where
                                                                                                                           a) such assemblies are not subjected to hydrostatic pressure,
                                                                                                                           b) the substrate is cast-in-place concrete, and
                                                                                                                            c) a drainage layer is installed between the building assembly and the soil.
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-5.7.3.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                           2) Joints, junctions and penetrations shall be designed and constructed to maintain
                                                                                                                        the continuity of the dampproofing.


                                                                                                    Section 5.8. Sound Transmission
                                                                                                    (See Note A-5.8.)

                                                                                                    5.8.1.              Protection from Airborne Noise
                                                                                                    5.8.1.1.            Required Protection
                                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a dwelling unit shall be separated from every
                                                                                                                        other space in a building in which noise may be generated by
                                                                                                                           a) a separating assembly and adjoining constructions, which, together, provide
                                                                                                                               an apparent sound transmission class (ASTC) rating not less than 47, or
                                                                                                                           b) a separating assembly that provides a sound transmission class (STC) rating of
                                                                                                                               not less than 50 and adjoining constructions that conform to Article 9.11.1.4.
                                                                                                                           2) Construction separating a dwelling unit from an elevator shaft or a refuse chute
                                                                                                                        shall have an STC rating not less than 55.

                                                                                                    5.8.1.2.            Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-5.8.1.2.)
                                                                                                                           1) The STC ratings of separating assemblies shall be determined in accordance
                                                                                                                        with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating Sound Insulation,” using the results from
                                                                                                                        measurements carried out in accordance with ASTM E90, “Standard Test Method for
                                                                                                                        Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions
                                                                                                                        and Elements.”
                                                                                                                           2) The ASTC ratings of separating assemblies and adjoining constructions shall be
                                                                                                                           a) determined in accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating
                                                                                                                              Sound Insulation,” using the results from measurements carried out in


                                                                                                    5-10 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            5.8.1.4.

                                                                                                                            accordance with ASTM E336, “Standard Test Method for Measurement of
                                                                                                                            Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings,” or
                                                                                                                         b) calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                                               i) the detailed method described in Article 5.8.1.4., or
                                                                                                                              ii) the simplified method described in Article 5.8.1.5.

                                                                                                    5.8.1.3.         Compliance with Required Ratings
                                                                                                                         1) Compliance with the required STC ratings shall be demonstrated through
                                                                                                                         a) measurements carried out in accordance with Sentence 5.8.1.2.(1), or
                                                                                                                         b) the construction of separating assemblies conforming to those presented in
                                                                                                                            Table 9.10.3.1.-A or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         2) Compliance with the required ASTC ratings shall be demonstrated through
                                                                                                                         a) measurements or calculations carried out in accordance with
                                                                                                                            Sentence 5.8.1.2.(2), or
                                                                                                                         b) the construction of separating assemblies conforming to those presented
                                                                                                                            in Table 9.10.3.1.-A or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable, that have an STC rating
                                                                                                                            of not less than 50 in conjunction with flanking assemblies constructed in
                                                                                                                            accordance with Article 9.11.1.4.

                                                                                                    5.8.1.4.         Detailed Method for Calculating ASTC
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.8.1.4.)
                                                                                                                        1) The sound transmission loss measured in accordance with ASTM E90,
                                                                                                                     “Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission
                                                                                                                     Loss of Building Partitions and Elements,” shall be used in lieu of the sound
                                                                                                                     reduction index required in ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic
                                                                                                                     Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound
                                                                                                                     Insulation Between Rooms.”
                                                                                                                        2) The vibration reduction index for the junctions between separating assemblies
                                                                                                                     shall be
                                                                                                                        a) determined using the equations presented in Annex E of ISO 15712-1,
                                                                                                                             “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings
                                                                                                                             From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation
                                                                                                                             Between Rooms,” or
                                                                                                                        b) measured in accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1, “Acoustics –
                                                                                                                             Laboratory measurement of the flanking transmission of airborne and
                                                                                                                             impact sound between adjoining rooms – Part 1: Frame document.”
                                                                                                                        3) The normalized flanking level difference shall be measured in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1, “Acoustics – Laboratory measurement of the flanking
                                                                                                                     transmission of airborne and impact sound between adjoining rooms – Part 1: Frame
                                                                                                                     document.”
                                                                                                                        4) The direct sound reduction index for the separating assembly in situ shall be
                                                                                                                     determined using Clause (a) or (b), depending on the type of construction:
                                                                                                                        a) for a separating wall or floor assembly with lightweight wood or steel
                                                                                                                           framing, the index shall be taken as equal to the sound transmission loss,
                                                                                                                           without correction;
                                                                                                                        b) for a separating wall or floor assembly that behaves like a homogeneous
                                                                                                                           panel, the index shall be determined in accordance with the detailed method
                                                                                                                           for structure-borne transmission presented in ISO 15712-1, “Building
                                                                                                                           Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the
                                                                                                                           Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between
                                                                                                                           Rooms” (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)).
                                                                                                                        5) The flanking sound reduction index for each flanking path at each edge of the
                                                                                                                     separating assembly shall be determined using Clause (a), (b) or (c), depending on
                                                                                                                     the type of construction:
                                                                                                                         a) for a separating wall or floor assembly with lightweight wood or steel
                                                                                                                            framing and connected flanking assemblies with lightweight wood or
                                                                                                                            steel framing, the index shall be taken as equal to the normalized flanking
                                                                                                                            level difference re-normalized for the ASTC field situation in accordance


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                    Division B 5-11
                                                                                                    5.8.1.5.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                            with Annex F of ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic
                                                                                                                            Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1:
                                                                                                                            Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms,”
                                                                                                                         b) for a separating wall or floor assembly that behaves like a homogeneous
                                                                                                                            panel and connected flanking assemblies that behave like a homogeneous
                                                                                                                            panel, the index shall be determined in accordance with the detailed method
                                                                                                                            for structure-borne transmission presented in ISO 15712-1, “Building
                                                                                                                            Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the
                                                                                                                            Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between
                                                                                                                            Rooms” (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)),
                                                                                                                         c) for a mixture of assemblies with lightweight wood or steel framing and
                                                                                                                            assemblies that behave like a homogeneous panel, the index shall be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            determined in accordance with Clause (a) or (b) (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)).
                                                                                                                         6) Once the pertinent indices and measurements referred to in Sentences (1) to (5)
                                                                                                                      have been determined based on the type of construction, the apparent sound reduction
                                                                                                                      index shall then be determined in accordance with ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics -
                                                                                                                      Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements
                                                                                                                      - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms.”
                                                                                                                         7) The ASTC shall be calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification
                                                                                                                      for Rating Sound Insulation,” using the apparent sound reduction index determined
                                                                                                                      in Sentence (6), which shall be treated as equivalent to the values of apparent sound
                                                                                                                      transmission loss measured in accordance with ASTM E336, “Standard Test Method
                                                                                                                      for Measurement of Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings.”

                                                                                                    5.8.1.5.          Simplified Method for Calculating ASTC
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.8.1.4.)
                                                                                                                         1) The STC rating shall be used in lieu of the weighted sound reduction index
                                                                                                                      required in ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance
                                                                                                                      of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation
                                                                                                                      Between Rooms.”
                                                                                                                         2) The vibration reduction index for the junctions between separating assemblies
                                                                                                                      shall be
                                                                                                                         a) determined using the equations presented in Annex E of ISO 15712-1,
                                                                                                                              “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings
                                                                                                                              From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation
                                                                                                                              Between Rooms,” or
                                                                                                                         b) measured in accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1, “Acoustics –
                                                                                                                              Laboratory measurement of the flanking transmission of airborne and
                                                                                                                              impact sound between adjoining rooms – Part 1: Frame document.”
                                                                                                                         3) The weighted normalized flanking level difference shall be determined in
                                                                                                                      accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating Sound Insulation,” using the
                                                                                                                      results from measurements carried out in accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1,
                                                                                                                      “Acoustics – Laboratory measurement of the flanking transmission of airborne and
                                                                                                                      impact sound between adjoining rooms – Part 1: Frame document.”
                                                                                                                         4) The direct weighted sound reduction index for the separating assembly shall be
                                                                                                                      taken as equal to the STC, without correction.
                                                                                                                         5) The weighted flanking sound reduction index for each flanking path at each
                                                                                                                      edge of the separating assembly shall be determined using Clause (a) or (b), depending
                                                                                                                      on the type of construction:
                                                                                                                         a) for a separating wall or floor assembly with lightweight wood or steel
                                                                                                                             framing and connected flanking assemblies with lightweight wood or steel
                                                                                                                             framing, the index shall be taken as equal to the weighted normalized
                                                                                                                             flanking level difference re-normalized for the ASTC field situation in
                                                                                                                             accordance with Annex F of ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation
                                                                                                                             of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements -
                                                                                                                             Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms”;
                                                                                                                         b) for a separating wall or floor assembly that behaves like a homogeneous
                                                                                                                             panel and connected flanking assemblies that behave like a homogeneous


                                                                                                    5-12 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 5.9.1.1.

                                                                                                                                 panel, the index shall be determined in accordance with the simplified
                                                                                                                                 method for structure-borne transmission presented in ISO 15712-1,
                                                                                                                                 “Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From
                                                                                                                                 the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between
                                                                                                                                 Rooms” (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)).
                                                                                                                           6) Once the pertinent indices and measurements referred to in Sentences (1)
                                                                                                                        to (5) have been determined based on the type of construction, the ASTC shall then
                                                                                                                        be calculated in accordance with ISO 15712-1, “Building Acoustics - Estimation
                                                                                                                        of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1:
                                                                                                                        Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 5.9. Standards
                                                                                                    5.9.1.              Applicable Standards
                                                                                                    5.9.1.1.            Compliance with Applicable Standards
                                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and elsewhere in this Part, materials and
                                                                                                                        components, and their installation, shall conform to the requirements of the applicable
                                                                                                                        standards in Table 5.9.1.1. where those materials or components are
                                                                                                                            a) incorporated into environmental separators or assemblies exposed to the
                                                                                                                               exterior, and
                                                                                                                           b) installed to fulfill the requirements of this Part.
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-5.9.1.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                           2) The requirements for flame-spread ratings contained in thermal insulation
                                                                                                                        standards shall be applied only as required in Part 3.

                                                                                                                                                           Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                                      Standards Applicable to Environmental Separators and Assemblies Exposed to the Exterior
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentence 5.9.1.1.(1)

                                                                                                     Issuing Agency              Document Number                                          Title of Document
                                                                                                    ANSI              A135.6                            Engineered Wood Siding
                                                                                                    ASME              B18.6.1                           Wood Screws (Inch Series)
                                                                                                    ASTM              A123/A123M                        Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel
                                                                                                                                                        Products
                                                                                                    ASTM              A153/A153M                        Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
                                                                                                    ASTM              A653/A653M                        Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron
                                                                                                                                                        Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
                                                                                                    ASTM              C4                                Standard Specification for Clay Drain Tile and Perforated Clay Drain Tile
                                                                                                    ASTM              C73                               Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Brick (Sand-Lime Brick)
                                                                                                    ASTM              C126                              Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry Units
                                                                                                    ASTM              C212                              Standard Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile
                                                                                                    ASTM              C412M                             Standard Specification for Concrete Drain Tile
                                                                                                    ASTM              C444M                             Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe
                                                                                                    ASTM              C553                              Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial
                                                                                                                                                        and Industrial Applications
                                                                                                    ASTM              C612                              Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation
                                                                                                    ASTM              C700                              Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength,
                                                                                                                                                        and Perforated
                                                                                                    ASTM              C726                              Standard Specification for Mineral Wool Roof Insulation Board
                                                                                                    ASTM              C834 (1)                          Standard Specification for Latex Sealants
                                                                                                    ASTM              C840                              Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                            Division B 5-13
                                                                                                    5.9.1.1.                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                                                    Table 5.9.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Issuing Agency               Document Number                                        Title of Document
                                                                                                    ASTM              C920 (1)                         Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants
                                                                                                    ASTM              C991                             Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Insulation for Metal Buildings
                                                                                                    ASTM              C1002                            Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of
                                                                                                                                                       Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs
                                                                                                    ASTM              C1177/C1177M                     Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing
                                                                                                    ASTM              C1178/C1178M                     Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel
                                                                                                    ASTM              C1184 (1)                        Standard Specification for Structural Silicone Sealants




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    ASTM              C1280                            Standard Specification for Application of Exterior Gypsum Panel Products for Use
                                                                                                                                                       as Sheathing
                                                                                                    ASTM              C1311 (1)                        Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants
                                                                                                    ASTM              C1330 (1)                        Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold
                                                                                                                                                       Liquid-Applied Sealants
                                                                                                    ASTM              C1396/C1396M (2)                 Standard Specification for Gypsum Board
                                                                                                    ASTM              C1658/C1658M (3)                 Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels
                                                                                                    ASTM              D1227/D1227M                     Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing
                                                                                                    ASTM              D2178/D2178M                     Standard Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing
                                                                                                    ASTM              D3019/D3019M (4)                 Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered,
                                                                                                                                                       and Fibered
                                                                                                    ASTM              D4479/D4479M                     Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings – Asbestos-Free
                                                                                                    ASTM              D4637/D4637M                     Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane
                                                                                                    ASTM              D4811/D4811M                     Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof
                                                                                                                                                       Flashing
                                                                                                    ASTM              D6878/D6878M                     Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing
                                                                                                    ASTM              E2190                            Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation
                                                                                                    BNQ               BNQ 3624-115                     Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Soil and Foundation Drainage
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-11.3-M                  Hardboard
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-12.1                    Safety Glazing
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-12.2-M                  Flat, Clear Sheet Glass
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-12.3-M                  Flat, Clear Float Glass
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-12.4-M                  Heat Absorbing Glass
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-12.8                    Insulating glass units
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-12.9                    Spandrel glass
                                                                                                    CGSB              37-GP-9Ma                        Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-37.50-M                 Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-37.54                   Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-37.58-M                 Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for Non-Exposed Use in Roofing and
                                                                                                                                                       Waterproofing
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-41.24                   Rigid Vinyl Siding, Soffits and Fascia
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-51.32-M                 Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-51.33-M                 Vapour Barrier Sheet, Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building Construction
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-51.34-M                 Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-93.1-M                  Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential
                                                                                                    CGSB              CAN/CGSB-93.2-M                  Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use
                                                                                                    CSA               A23.1                            Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction
                                                                                                    CSA               CAN/CSA-A82                      Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale



                                                                                                    5-14 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                5.9.1.1.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 5.9.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Issuing Agency             Document Number                                            Title of Document
                                                                                                    CSA               CAN3-A93-M                        Natural Airflow Ventilators for Buildings
                                                                                                     CSA              CAN/CSA-A123.2                    Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets
                                                                                                     CSA              A123.3                            Asphalt Saturated Organic Roofing Felt
                                                                                                     CSA              CAN/CSA-A123.4                    Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems
                                                                                                     CSA              A123.5                            Asphalt shingles made from glass felt and surfaced with mineral granules
                                                                                                     CSA              CAN/CSA-A123.16                   Asphalt-coated glass-base sheets




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     CSA              A123.17                           Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing
                                                                                                     CSA              A123.23                           Product specification for polymer-modified bitumen sheet, prefabricated and
                                                                                                                                                        reinforced
                                                                                                     CSA              A123.51                           Asphalt shingle application on roof slopes 1:6 and steeper
                                                                                                    CSA               A165.1                            Concrete block masonry units
                                                                                                     CSA              A165.2                            Concrete brick masonry units
                                                                                                     CSA              A165.3                            Prefaced concrete masonry units
                                                                                                     CSA              CAN/CSA-A179                      Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry
                                                                                                     CSA              CAN/CSA-A220 Series               Concrete Roof Tiles
                                                                                                     CSA              CAN/CSA-A371                      Masonry Construction for Buildings
                                                                                                     CSA              A3001                             Cementitious Materials for Use in Concrete
                                                                                                     CSA              B182.1                            Plastic drain and sewer pipe and pipe fittings
                                                                                                     CSA              G40.21                            Structural quality steel
                                                                                                     CSA              CAN/CSA-G401                      Corrugated steel pipe products
                                                                                                     CSA              CAN/CSA-O80 Series                Wood preservation
                                                                                                     CSA              O118.1                            Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles
                                                                                                     CSA              O118.2                            Eastern White Cedar Shingles
                                                                                                     CSA              O121                              Douglas fir plywood
                                                                                                     CSA              O141                              Softwood Lumber
                                                                                                     CSA              O151                              Canadian softwood plywood
                                                                                                     CSA              O153                              Poplar plywood
                                                                                                    CSA               O325                              Construction sheathing
                                                                                                    CSA               O437.0                            OSB and Waferboard
                                                                                                    HPVA              ANSI/HPVA HP-1                    American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood
                                                                                                    ULC               CAN/ULC-S701.1                    Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene Boards
                                                                                                    ULC               CAN/ULC-S702.1                    Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material
                                                                                                                                                        Specification
                                                                                                    ULC               CAN/ULC-S703                      Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings
                                                                                                    ULC               CAN/ULC-S704.1                    Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate, Boards, Faced
                                                                                                    ULC               CAN/ULC-S705.1                    Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam, Medium
                                                                                                                                                        Density – Material Specification
                                                                                                    ULC               CAN/ULC-S705.2                    Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam, Medium
                                                                                                                                                        Density – Application
                                                                                                    ULC               CAN/ULC-S706.1                    Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings
                                                                                                    ULC               CAN/ULC-S710.1                    Standard for Bead-Applied One Component Polyurethane Air Sealant Foam, Part
                                                                                                                                                        1: Material Specification
                                                                                                    ULC               CAN/ULC-S711.1                    Standard for Bead-Applied Two Component Polyurethane Air Sealant Foam, Part
                                                                                                                                                        1: Material Specification
                                                                                                    ULC               CAN/ULC-S717.1                    Standard for Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Units – Material Properties



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                           Division B 5-15
                                                                                                    5.9.2.1.                                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table 5.9.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 5.9.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                    (2)   The flame-spread rating of gypsum board shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102 in lieu of ASTM E84 as indicated in ASTM
                                                                                                          C1396/C1396M.
                                                                                                    (3)   The flame-spread rating of gypsum panels shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102 in lieu of ASTM E84 as indicated in ASTM
                                                                                                          C1658/C1658M.
                                                                                                    (4)   For the purpose of compliance with Part 5, ASTM D3019/D3019M shall only apply to the non-fibered and non-asbestos-fibered types of asphalt roll
                                                                                                          roofing.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    5.9.2.                 Windows, Doors and Skylights
                                                                                                    5.9.2.1.               General
                                                                                                                             1) This Subsection applies to windows, doors and skylights, including their
                                                                                                                           components, that separate
                                                                                                                              a) interior space from exterior space, or
                                                                                                                              b) environmentally dissimilar interior spaces.
                                                                                                                              2) For the purpose of this Subsection, the term “skylight” refers to unit skylights,
                                                                                                                           roof windows and tubular daylighting devices.
                                                                                                                              3) Where a wired glass assembly is installed in a required fire separation, it need
                                                                                                                           not conform to the requirements of this Subsection. (See Note A-5.9.2.1.(3).)

                                                                                                    5.9.2.2.               Applicable Standards
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-5.9.2.2.)
                                                                                                                               1) Windows, doors and skylights shall conform to the requirements in
                                                                                                                               a) AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration
                                                                                                                                  Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights” (Harmonized
                                                                                                                                  Standard), and
                                                                                                                               b) CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA
                                                                                                                                  101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification
                                                                                                                                  for windows, doors, and skylights.”
                                                                                                                              2) Performance grades for windows, doors and skylights shall be selected
                                                                                                                           according to the Canadian Supplement referenced in Clause (1)(b) so as to be
                                                                                                                           appropriate for the conditions and geographic location in which the window, door or
                                                                                                                           skylight will be installed.
                                                                                                                              3) Windows, doors and skylights shall conform to the performance grades
                                                                                                                           selected in Sentence (2) when tested in accordance with the Harmonized Standard
                                                                                                                           referenced in Clause (1)(a).

                                                                                                    5.9.2.3.               Structural and Environmental Loads, Air Leakage and Water
                                                                                                                           Penetration
                                                                                                                              1) Windows, doors, skylights and their components shall be designed and
                                                                                                                           constructed in accordance with
                                                                                                                              a) Article 5.1.4.1., Section 5.4. and Section 5.6., where they are not covered in
                                                                                                                                  the scope of the standards listed in Sentence 5.9.2.2.(1), or
                                                                                                                              b) Article 5.9.2.2., where they are covered in the scope of the standards listed
                                                                                                                                  in Sentence 5.9.2.2.(1).
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-5.9.2.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.9.2.4.               Heat Transfer
                                                                                                                              1) Windows, doors and skylights shall meet the heat transfer performance
                                                                                                                           requirements stated in Section 5.3. (See Note A-5.3.1.2.)
                                                                                                                              2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), all metal-framed glazed assemblies
                                                                                                                           separating interior conditioned space from interior unconditioned space or exterior space
                                                                                                                           shall incorporate a thermal break to minimize condensation.


                                                                                                    5-16 Division B                                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           5.9.3.5.

                                                                                                                        3) Metal-framed glazed assemblies need not comply with Sentence (2) where
                                                                                                                     these assemblies are
                                                                                                                        a) storm windows or doors, or
                                                                                                                        b) windows or doors that are required to have a fire-protection rating.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.9.2.4.(3).)

                                                                                                    5.9.3.           Other Fenestration Assemblies
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.9.3.)

                                                                                                    5.9.3.1.         General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) For the purpose of this Subsection, the term “other fenestration assemblies”
                                                                                                                     refers to curtain walls, window walls, storefronts and glazed architectural structures.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.9.3.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.9.3.2.         Structural and Environmental Loads

                                                                                                                        1) Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall be designed and
                                                                                                                     constructed in accordance with Article 5.1.4.1. (See Note A-5.9.3.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    5.9.3.3.         Heat Transfer

                                                                                                                        1) Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall meet the heat transfer
                                                                                                                     performance requirements stated in Section 5.3. (See Note A-5.9.3.3.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) Other fenestration assemblies using metal framing that separate interior
                                                                                                                     conditioned space from interior unconditioned space or exterior space shall incorporate a
                                                                                                                     thermal break to minimize condensation.

                                                                                                    5.9.3.4.         Air Leakage

                                                                                                                        1) Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall be designed and
                                                                                                                     constructed in accordance with Section 5.4.

                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), other fenestration assemblies and their
                                                                                                                     components shall have an air leakage characteristic, measured at an air pressure
                                                                                                                     difference of 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E283, “Standard Test
                                                                                                                     Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain
                                                                                                                     Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen,” that
                                                                                                                     is not greater than
                                                                                                                         a) 0.2 L/(s×m2) for fixed portions, including any opaque portions, and
                                                                                                                         b) 1.5 L/(s×m2) for operable portions.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.9.3.4.(2).)

                                                                                                                        3) The following systems need not comply with Sentence (2):
                                                                                                                         a) interior windows and interior doors that do not serve as environmental
                                                                                                                            separators,
                                                                                                                        b) vehicular access doors (garage doors),
                                                                                                                         c) storm windows and storm doors,
                                                                                                                        d) commercial entrance systems,
                                                                                                                         e) revolving doors,
                                                                                                                         f) smoke and relief air vents,
                                                                                                                        g) site-built door systems, and
                                                                                                                        h) commercial steel doors.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-5.9.3.4.(3).)

                                                                                                    5.9.3.5.         Water Penetration

                                                                                                                        1) Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall be designed and
                                                                                                                     constructed in accordance with Section 5.6.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 5-17
                                                                                                    5.9.4.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (4), other fenestration assemblies and their
                                                                                                                      components not covered in Article 5.9.2.2. shall resist water penetration when tested
                                                                                                                      in accordance with
                                                                                                                          a) ASTM E331, “Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior
                                                                                                                             Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air
                                                                                                                             Pressure Difference,” or
                                                                                                                          b) ASTM E547, “Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior
                                                                                                                             Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure
                                                                                                                             Difference.”
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.9.3.5.(2).)

                                                                                                                         3) Tests referred to in Sentence (2) shall be carried out at the driving




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      rain wind pressure as calculated in accordance with CSA A440S1, “Canadian
                                                                                                                      Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration
                                                                                                                      Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights.” (See Note A-5.9.3.5.(3).)

                                                                                                                         4) The following systems need not comply with Sentence (2):
                                                                                                                          a) interior windows and interior doors,
                                                                                                                         b) vehicular access doors (garage doors),
                                                                                                                          c) storm windows and storm doors,
                                                                                                                         d) commercial entrance systems,
                                                                                                                          e) revolving doors,
                                                                                                                          f) smoke and relief air vents,
                                                                                                                         g) site-built door systems, and
                                                                                                                         h) commercial steel doors.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.9.3.5.(4).)

                                                                                                    5.9.4.            Exterior Insulation Finish Systems

                                                                                                    5.9.4.1.          Structural Loads, Heat Transfer, Air Leakage, Vapour Diffusion and
                                                                                                                      Water Penetration

                                                                                                                         1) Exterior insulation finish systems and their components shall comply with
                                                                                                                          a) Subsection 5.1.4. and Sections 5.3. to 5.6., and
                                                                                                                         b) CAN/ULC-S716.1, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems
                                                                                                                             (EIFS) - Materials and Systems,” where covered in the scope of that standard.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-5.9.4.1.(1).)


                                                                                                    Section 5.10. Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    5.10.1.           Objectives and Functional Statements

                                                                                                    5.10.1.1.         Attributions to Acceptable Solutions

                                                                                                                          1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                      Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed
                                                                                                                      to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements
                                                                                                                      listed in Table 5.10.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)




                                                                                                    5-18 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                5.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                         Table 5.10.1.1.                                                      Table 5.10.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 5                            Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 5.10.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                                            (3)         [F61,F63,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F61,F55-OH1.3]
                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)                       [F20-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems
                                                                                                                                                                                        are incorporated in environmental separators.
                                                                                                    5.1.4.1. Structural and Environmental Loads
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                            5.2.2.1. Determination of Structural Loads and Effects
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to snow fences and sloped glazing.
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OH4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F60,F61,F63-OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21,F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F51,F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life
                                                                                                                 safety systems are incorporated in environmental           (3)         [F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 separators.                                                            [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                                  [F20,F21,F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                        5.2.2.2. Determination of Wind Load
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OH4]                                              (2)         [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                                      [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                        [F20,F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (5)          (a) [F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                      (3)         [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                                  [F20,F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                        (4)         [F20,F55,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                        [F20,F55,F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                      5.2.2.3. Design Procedures
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F21,F22-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b),(c) [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    5.1.4.2. Resistance to Deterioration
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                            5.3.1.1. Required Resistance to Heat Transfer
                                                                                                                 [F80,F81-OS3.1] Applies to floor assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F63-OH1.1] [F51,F63-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F80,F81-OH4] Applies to floor assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80,F81-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety
                                                                                                                 [F80,F81-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety                     systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
                                                                                                                 systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
                                                                                                                                                                            5.3.1.2. Properties to Resist Heat Transfer or Dissipate Heat
                                                                                                    5.2.1.1. Exterior Environmental Loads
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         (a),(b) [F51,F63-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40,F20-OH1.1] [F20-OH1.2,OH1.3]                                      (c) [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                            (b),(d) [F51,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    5.2.1.2. Interior Environmental Loads                                               (b) [F51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety
                                                                                                    (1)          [F51,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                          systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
                                                                                                                 [F55,F61,F63-OS2.3]                                                    (d) [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F51,F61,F63,F55-OS1.4] Applies where required             5.3.1.3. Location and Installation of Materials Providing Thermal
                                                                                                                 life safety systems are incorporated in environmental      Resistance
                                                                                                                 separators.                                                (1)         [F51,F63-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    5.2.1.3. Environmental Load and Transfer Calculations                               [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F56-OH3.1] Applies to sound transmission calculations.    (2)         [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F51,F63,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F51,F61-OH1.3]                          [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 Applies to heat, air and moisture transfer calculations.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety
                                                                                                                 [F61,F51,F63-OS2.3] Applies to heat, air and moisture                  systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
                                                                                                                 transfer calculations.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                             Division B 5-19
                                                                                                    5.10.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 5.10.1.1. (Continued)                                          Table 5.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)         Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    5.4.1.1. Required Resistance to Air Leakage                           5.6.1.2. Installation of Protective Materials
                                                                                                    (1)          (a),(b),(f) [F51,F52,F54,F55-OH1.2]                      (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 (a),(b),(c),(e) [F40,F55-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F55,F61,F63-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                          (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 (c),(d) [F61,F62,F63,F55-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (d) [F55,F62-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                          5.6.2.1. Sealing and Drainage
                                                                                                                 (f) [F55,F62-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 systems are incorporated in environmental separators.    (1)         [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40-OH1.1] [F52,F54-OH1.2]                                          [F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F51,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                      5.6.2.2. Accumulation and Disposal
                                                                                                                 [F61,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                          (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F51,F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety
                                                                                                                                                                          (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                          (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F60-OS2.3] [F21-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems
                                                                                                                 are incorporated in environmental separators.                        (b) [F21-OP2.6]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F61,F51,F63,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F55,F61-OH1.3]            (4)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F63-OS2.3]                                                      [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety   5.7.1.2. Required Protection
                                                                                                                 systems are incorporated in environmental separators.    (1)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    5.4.1.2. Air Barrier Assemblies                                                   [F60-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                  (2)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS2.3]                                                          [F60-OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems   5.7.3.2. Required Protection
                                                                                                                 are incorporated in environmental separators.
                                                                                                                                                                          (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                          5.7.3.3. Waterproofing
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems
                                                                                                                 are incorporated in environmental separators.            (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F55-OH1.1]                                                          [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    5.5.1.1. Required Resistance to Vapour Diffusion                      5.7.3.4. Where Dampproofing is Permitted
                                                                                                    (1)          [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                        (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                                          [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                        (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                                          [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    5.5.1.2. Vapour Barrier Properties and Installation                   5.8.1.1. Required Protection
                                                                                                    (1)          [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                        (1)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                              (2)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                        5.8.1.2. Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                              (1)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                        (2)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                              5.8.1.4. Detailed Method for Calculating ASTC
                                                                                                    5.6.1.1. Required Protection from Precipitation                       (1)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                  (2)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                              (3)         [F56-OH3.1]



                                                                                                    5-20 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  5.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 5.10.1.1. (Continued)                                              Table 5.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F56-OH3.1]                                               5.9.4.1. Structural Loads, Heat Transfer, Air Leakage, Vapour
                                                                                                                                                                           Diffusion and Water Penetration
                                                                                                    (5)          [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)            (b) [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                          (b) [F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                    5.8.1.5. Simplified Method for Calculating ASTC
                                                                                                                                                                          Notes to Table 5.10.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)          [F56-OH3.1]                                              (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (2)          [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                    5.9.1.1. Compliance with Applicable Standards
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22,F51,F54,F55,F61,F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F41,F55-OH1.1] [F55,F61,F80-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.1] [F20,F22,F51,F61,F63,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F51-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.2] [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80,F61,F63-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F80,F61,F63-OH4] Applies to floor assemblies.
                                                                                                                 (a) [F61,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety
                                                                                                                 systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F42-OH2.5]
                                                                                                     5.9.2.2. Applicable Standards
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F55,F61,F63,F81-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F55,F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F55,F61-OP2.3]
                                                                                                     5.9.2.4. Heat Transfer
                                                                                                    (2)          [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    5.9.3.3. Heat Transfer
                                                                                                    (2)          [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    5.9.3.4. Air Leakage
                                                                                                    (2)          [F55,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F55,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems
                                                                                                                 are incorporated in environmental separators.
                                                                                                    5.9.3.5. Water Penetration
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                               Division B 5-21
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




5-22 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 5
                                                                                                    Environmental Separation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-5 Environmental Separation. The requirements provided in Part 5 pertain to the separation
                                                                                                    of environmentally dissimilar spaces. Most obvious is the need to separate indoor conditioned spaces
                                                                                                    from unconditioned spaces, the outdoors or the ground. There are also cases where separation is needed
                                                                                                    between interior spaces which are intended to provide different environments. (See also Notes A-5.1.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                    and A-5.1.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    A-5.1.1.1.(1) Scope. Part 5 provides explicit requirements related to the transfer of heat, air, moisture and
                                                                                                    sound in various forms. Control of the ingress of radon and other soil gases is addressed by the requirements
                                                                                                    related to air leakage.

                                                                                                    A-5.1.2.1.(1) Application. Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A specifies that Part 5 applies to all buildings
                                                                                                    except those within the scope of Part 2, Part 9 or the National Farm Building Code of Canada 1995. Because
                                                                                                    of their intended use, many buildings need only provide a limited degree of separation from the outdoor
                                                                                                    environment, the ground, or between interior spaces. The provisions in Part 5 are written to allow exemptions
                                                                                                    for these buildings.
                                                                                                    Part 5 applies to building elements that separate dissimilar environments and to site conditions that may affect
                                                                                                    environmental loading on the building envelope.
                                                                                                    The provisions address
                                                                                                      • the design and construction, or selection, of building components, such as windows and doors,
                                                                                                      • the design and construction of building assemblies, such as walls, floors and roofs,
                                                                                                      • the design and construction of the interfaces between the above-mentioned elements, and
                                                                                                      • the design or selection, and installation, of site materials, components and assemblies, such as backfill
                                                                                                         and drainage, and grading.
                                                                                                    Part 5 applies not only to building elements that separate indoor space from outdoor space, but also to
                                                                                                    those elements that separate indoor space from the ground and that separate adjacent indoor spaces having
                                                                                                    significantly different environments.
                                                                                                    Indoor spaces that require separation include interior conditioned spaces adjacent to indoor unconditioned
                                                                                                    spaces, and adjacent interior conditioned spaces that are intended to provide different environments. An
                                                                                                    extreme example of the last would be a wall that separates an indoor ice rink from a swimming pool.
                                                                                                    Some building elements are exposed to exterior environmental loads but do not separate dissimilar
                                                                                                    environments. Solid guards on exterior walkways are one example. Such constructions are subject to the
                                                                                                    application of Part 5.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Division B 5-23
                                                                                                    A-5.1.4.1.                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    A-5.1.4.1. Application of Structural Design to Other Building Elements. Part 4, as currently
                                                                                                    written, applies primarily to buildings as a whole and to structural members. Requirements defining structural
                                                                                                    loads and design to accommodate or resist those loads, however, apply not only to buildings as a whole and
                                                                                                    components that are traditionally recognized as structural members, but also apply to other elements of the
                                                                                                    building that are subject to structural loading. This is addressed to some extent in Part 4 by the requirements
                                                                                                    that pertain, for example, to wind loads on cladding. A range of structural loads and effects, as defined in
                                                                                                    Subsection 4.1.2., may be imposed on non-loadbearing elements such as backing walls, roofing, interior
                                                                                                    partitions and their connections. These must generally be addressed using the same load determination and
                                                                                                    structural design procedures as used for structural members.
                                                                                                    Responsibility for the structural design of buildings as a whole and their structural members is commonly
                                                                                                    assigned to the engineer of record. The application of Part 4 reflects this, and as such, “non-structural”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    elements are not explicitly identified in the Part 4 provisions. Rather the application of Part 4 to these elements
                                                                                                    is specified in cross-references from other Parts of the Code, e.g. Part 5, which recognizes the fact that the
                                                                                                    structural design of these elements is often carried out by engineers other than the engineer of record.
                                                                                                    Part 4 does not generally apply to the structural design of building services, such as heating, ventilating,
                                                                                                    air-conditioning, plumbing, electrical, electronic or fire safety systems, though these may be subject to
                                                                                                    structural loads. It does, however, apply to the design of the connections of building services to address
                                                                                                    earthquake loads (see Article 4.1.8.18.).

                                                                                                    A-5.1.4.1.(2) Materials, Components and Assemblies with Multiple Functions. Where
                                                                                                    materials, components or assemblies are used to fulfill multiple functions, the designer may have to take
                                                                                                    into account their function with regard to structural loads, heat transfer, air leakage, vapour diffusion, and
                                                                                                    protection from precipitation, surface and ground water, and sound transmission. Materials should be selected
                                                                                                    taking into account the environmental loads to which they will be subjected, their physical and chemical
                                                                                                    characteristics, and their installation. Design and construction details should satisfy all intended functions and
                                                                                                    ensure continuity within and between assemblies, without adversely impacting adjacent materials, components
                                                                                                    or assemblies. The designer should also anticipate unintended consequences when materials that may fulfill
                                                                                                    multiple functions are used. For example, building membranes consisting of modified bitumen compounds,
                                                                                                    which are commonly used to control both water ingress and air leakage, also typically have low vapour
                                                                                                    transmission characteristics. Similarly, extruded polystyrene boards, which are used as thermal insulation, may
                                                                                                    also act as a component of an air barrier assembly, thus requiring wind loads to be considered.
                                                                                                    An increasing number of manufactured systems are being used to serve more than one (and sometimes all)
                                                                                                    of the functions of an environmental separator: examples include pre-engineered building systems, exterior
                                                                                                    insulation finish systems, insulated metal panel systems, windows, other fenestration assemblies, and insulated
                                                                                                    precast concrete wall panels. These systems consist of combinations of pre-manufactured and/or site-built
                                                                                                    components, which are supposed to be assembled in a prescribed manner.
                                                                                                    Ensuring compliance with one Section of Part 5 may impact compliance with other Sections of Part 5: for
                                                                                                    example, air barriers that are integral to some systems may also act as vapour barriers and impact condensation
                                                                                                    control. By extension, ensuring compliance with the requirements of Part 5 may impact compliance with other
                                                                                                    Parts of the NBC: for example, increasing the thickness of the insulation to improve an assembly's thermal
                                                                                                    performance may impact its compliance with Part 3 with regard to fire resistance.
                                                                                                    Compliance with a standard listed in Section 5.9. does not ensure that a system is appropriate for the intended
                                                                                                    application. The designer should consider all relevant criteria, beyond the standard tests, when selecting an
                                                                                                    appropriate product for a project.

                                                                                                    A-5.1.4.1.(5) Past Performance as Basis for Compliance with Respect to Structural
                                                                                                    Loads. As discussed in Note A-5.1.4.1., a range of structural loads and effects can be imposed on materials,
                                                                                                    components and assemblies in environmental separators and assemblies exposed to the exterior. In many
                                                                                                    instances, compliance with Sentence 5.1.4.1.(1) for structural loads must be determined based on the loads and
                                                                                                    calculation methods described in Part 4 as specified in Sentence 5.1.4.1.(3) and the referenced Subsection 5.2.2.,
                                                                                                    e.g. for cladding. In practice, compliance for some materials, components or assemblies of environmental
                                                                                                    separators and assemblies exposed to the exterior is determined by relying on provisions governing the use of
                                                                                                    alternative solutions (such as Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A).
                                                                                                    For some very common building elements and installations, however, there is a very large body of evidence
                                                                                                    of proven performance over a long period of time. In these cases, imposing the degree of analysis, or
                                                                                                    documentation of performance, required by Part 4 or Section 2.3. of Division C would be unnecessary and
                                                                                                    onerous. Clause 5.1.4.1.(5)(b) is intended to address these particular cases. Because the constructions are so


                                                                                                    5-24 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        A-5.1.4.2.

                                                                                                    widely accepted throughout the industry and the body of evidence is so substantial (though not necessarily
                                                                                                    documented in an organized fashion), there should be no question that detailed analysis or documentation is
                                                                                                    unnecessary.
                                                                                                    Whether compliance of a particular material, component or assembly may be determined based on past
                                                                                                    performance depends not only on the type of material, component or assembly, but also on its intended
                                                                                                    function, the particular loads to which it will be subject and the magnitude of those loads. Because the possible
                                                                                                    combinations and permutations are infinite, only guidelines can be provided as to when past performance
                                                                                                    is a reasonable basis for determining compliance.
                                                                                                    In determining compliance based on past performance, the period of past performance considered should be a
                                                                                                    substantial number of years. For example, 30 years is often used to do life-cycle cost analysis of the viability of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    investments in building improvements. This period is more than long enough for most deficiencies to show up.
                                                                                                    There should be no question as to the structural adequacy of a material, component or assembly that has been
                                                                                                    successfully used in a given application for such a period.
                                                                                                    The determination of compliance may be based on past performance only where the function of the material,
                                                                                                    component or assembly is identical to that of the materials, components or assemblies used as a reference, and
                                                                                                    where the expected loads do not exceed those imposed on the reference materials, components or assemblies.
                                                                                                    For example, the acceptance of gypsum board, and its fastening, to serve as part of the backing wall supporting
                                                                                                    cladding cannot be based on the performance of gypsum board that has served only as an interior finish.
                                                                                                    The determination of compliance may be based on past performance only where the properties of the material,
                                                                                                    component or assembly are identical or superior to those of the materials, components or assemblies used as a
                                                                                                    reference. For example, where a component of a certain gauge of a particular metal has provided acceptable
                                                                                                    performance, the same component made of the same metal or a stronger one would be acceptable.
                                                                                                    Compliance with respect to various loads may be determined individually. A particular material may have
                                                                                                    to be designed to Part 4 to establish acceptable resistance to wind or earthquake loads, for example, but past
                                                                                                    performance may be adequate to determine that the material and normal fastening will support the material's
                                                                                                    dead load and will resist loads imposed by thermal and moisture-related expansion and contraction.
                                                                                                    Past performance is a reasonable basis for determining compliance for lighter materials, components or
                                                                                                    assemblies not subject to wind load; for example, semi-rigid thermal insulation installed in wall assemblies
                                                                                                    where other materials, components or assemblies are installed to resist air pressure loads.
                                                                                                    Past performance is an appropriate basis for determining compliance for some smaller elements that will be
                                                                                                    subject to wind loads but are continually supported or fastened behind elements that are designed for wind
                                                                                                    loads, for example, standard flashing over wall penetrations.
                                                                                                    It should be noted that this particular approach to demonstrating compliance pertains only to the resistance or
                                                                                                    accommodation of structural loads described in Part 4. The resistance or accommodation of environmental
                                                                                                    loads, resistance to deterioration, and material compatibility must still be addressed in accordance with Part 5.

                                                                                                    A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c) Accommodating Movement. It is well understood that the deflection of
                                                                                                    the backing assembly in a wall can have significant effects on the performance of the cladding. For example,
                                                                                                    CSA S304, “Design of masonry structures,” specifies the maximum deflection criteria for backing assemblies
                                                                                                    to masonry veneer. Clauses 5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c) are written in very general terms in recognition of the fact
                                                                                                    that not only can the deflection of cladding affect the performance of the backing assembly, but that the
                                                                                                    excessive deflection of any element has the potential to adversely affect the performance of any adjacent
                                                                                                    element. Similarly, inter-storey drift has the potential to adversely affect the performance of components
                                                                                                    and assemblies of environmental separators. CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood,” specifies a method
                                                                                                    for calculating building movement due to changes in moisture content. The effects of movement should
                                                                                                    be avoided or accommodated.

                                                                                                    A-5.1.4.2. Deterioration. Environmental loads that must be considered include but are not limited to:
                                                                                                    sound, light and other types of radiation, temperature, moisture, air pressure, acids and alkalis.
                                                                                                    Mechanisms of deterioration include:
                                                                                                      • structural (impact, air pressure)
                                                                                                      • hygrothermal (freeze-thaw, differential movement due to thermal expansion and contraction, ice lensing)
                                                                                                      • electrochemical (oxidation, electrolytic action, galvanic action, solar deterioration)
                                                                                                      • biochemical (biological attack, intrusion by insects and rodents).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 5-25
                                                                                                    A-5.2.1.1.(3)                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                    Information on the effects of deformations in building elements can be found in the Commentary entitled
                                                                                                    Effects of Deformations in Building Components in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020:
                                                                                                    Part 4 of Division B).”
                                                                                                    Resistance to deterioration may be determined based on rational analysis, such as hygrothermal modeling, field
                                                                                                    performance, accelerated testing, or compliance with guidelines provided by evaluation agencies recognized by
                                                                                                    the authority having jurisdiction. Designers of buildings covered in Part 5 can find design guidance in the NRC
                                                                                                    publication entitled “Guideline on Design for Durability of Building Envelopes,” and in CSA S478, “Durability
                                                                                                    in buildings,” which presents updated methodologies for analyzing resistance to deterioration that provide
                                                                                                    quantitative results to support informed design decisions.
                                                                                                    It is noted that the effects of future climate change and their potential impact on the durability of buildings are
                                                                                                    not fully known and, as such, are still being researched and studied. How future climate change and the issues




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    of climate resilience are incorporated in building design should be carefully considered within the context of
                                                                                                    existing Code provisions related to structural design, fire and life safety, etc.
                                                                                                    It is also noted that CSA S478 contains requirements for actions beyond the scope of the NBC, which may not be
                                                                                                    the responsibility of the designer, builder or authority having jurisdiction. These include requirements relating
                                                                                                    to quality assurance, inspection, maintenance, minimum design service lives and potential impacts of climate
                                                                                                    change, which are not addressed in the Code. The reference herein to CSA S478 is not intended to imply that
                                                                                                    the designer, builder or authority having jurisdiction adopt, apply or enforce any of these requirements.
                                                                                                    Building components should be designed with some understanding of the length of time over which they will
                                                                                                    effectively perform their intended function. Actual service life will depend on the materials used and the
                                                                                                    environment to which they are exposed. The design should take into consideration these factors, the particular
                                                                                                    function of the component and the implications of premature failure, the ease of access for maintenance, repair
                                                                                                    or replacement, and the cost of repair or replacement.
                                                                                                    Many buildings are designed such that access for maintenance, repair or replacement is not possible without
                                                                                                    damaging—or seriously risking damaging—other building elements. This can become a considerable deterrent
                                                                                                    to proper maintenance thus compromising the performance of the subject materials, components and
                                                                                                    assemblies, or other elements of the building. In cases where it is known or expected that maintenance, repair
                                                                                                    or replacement is likely to be required for certain elements before such time as the building undergoes a major
                                                                                                    retrofit, special consideration should be given to providing easy access to those elements. Anchorage points for
                                                                                                    maintenance personnel should be considered during the design of multi-storey buildings, including those of
                                                                                                    wood-frame construction, as adding them post-construction can be difficult.
                                                                                                    Where the use of a building or space, or the services for a building or space, are changed significantly, an
                                                                                                    assessment of the impact of the changes on the environmental separators should be conducted to preclude
                                                                                                    premature failures that could create hazardous conditions.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.1.1.(3) Soil Temperatures. In theory, soil temperatures are needed to determine the conformance
                                                                                                    of a design to the requirements related to heat transfer and vapour diffusion. In practice, standard construction
                                                                                                    in a particular area may have proven to perform quite adequately and detailed calculations of soil temperature
                                                                                                    are unnecessary. (See also Sentence 5.2.1.3.(2).)

                                                                                                    A-5.2.1.2.(1) Interior Environmental Loads. The interior environmental conditions required depend
                                                                                                    on the intended use of the spaces in the building as defined in the building program. Spaces in different
                                                                                                    types of buildings and different spaces within a single building may impose different loads on the separators
                                                                                                    between interior and exterior spaces and between adjacent interior spaces. The separators must be designed to
                                                                                                    withstand the expected loads.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.1.(2)(c) Determination of Structural Loads and Effects. As regards materials,
                                                                                                    components and assemblies and their interfaces that are installed in buildings to which Part 5 applies, the effects
                                                                                                    of earthquake loads on their ability to resist or accommodate environmental loads are generally only taken into
                                                                                                    account in the design of post-disaster buildings. For all other buildings, damage to building components during
                                                                                                    seismic events is anticipated and these buildings are not intended to be functional after the event. However, for
                                                                                                    post-disaster buildings, seismic effects must be taken into account in the design for environmental separation,
                                                                                                    as these buildings are required to have an adequate degree of functionality after the design event to meet their
                                                                                                    intended function (see Article 4.1.8.13. for deflections and drift limits for post-disaster buildings).
                                                                                                    However, it is important to note that earthquake effects must be taken into account in the seismic design of
                                                                                                    all building materials, components and assemblies and their interfaces covered by Article 4.1.8.18. to address
                                                                                                    life safety and the structural protection of buildings.


                                                                                                    5-26 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         A-5.3.1.2.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.2. Resistance to Wind and Other Air Pressure Loads. The wind load provisions apply to
                                                                                                    roofing and other materials subject to wind-uplift loads.
                                                                                                    Note that, although Article 5.2.2.2. is specifically concerned with wind loads and directly references only one
                                                                                                    Article from Part 4, Sentence 5.2.2.1.(1) references all of Part 4 and would invoke Article 4.1.7.10. for example,
                                                                                                    which is concerned with air pressure loads on interior walls and partitions.

                                                                                                    A-5.2.2.2.(4) Membrane Roofing Systems. Wind loads for membrane roofing systems must
                                                                                                    be calculated in accordance with Part 4. The tested uplift resistance and factored load should satisfy the
                                                                                                    requirements of the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide –
                                                                                                    NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    The test method described in CAN/CSA-A123.21, “Standard test method for the dynamic wind uplift resistance
                                                                                                    of membrane-roofing systems,” applies only to membrane roofing systems whose components' resistance to
                                                                                                    wind uplift is achieved by fasteners or adhesives. It does not apply to roofing systems that use ballasts, such as
                                                                                                    gravel or pavers, to secure the membrane against wind uplift.
                                                                                                    In the case of membrane roofing systems in which the waterproof membrane is attached to the structural
                                                                                                    deck using mechanical fasteners, the wind-induced forces and the roofing system's response are time- and
                                                                                                    space-dependent and, thus, dynamic in nature. Further information on the design and evaluation of such
                                                                                                    systems can be found in “A Guide for the Wind Design of Mechanically Attached Flexible Membrane Roofs,”
                                                                                                    published by NRC.
                                                                                                    The wind uplift resistance obtained from the test method in CAN/CSA-A123.21 is limited to configurations
                                                                                                    with specific fastener or adhesive patterns. To extrapolate the test data to non-tested configurations, refer
                                                                                                    to ANSI/SPRI WD-1, “Wind Design Standard Practice for Roofing Assemblies,” for a rational calculation
                                                                                                    procedure. However, in using this extrapolation procedure, wind loads should be calculated in accordance
                                                                                                    with the NBC. NRC's guide for wind design referenced above provides further guidance and examples of
                                                                                                    wind load calculations.

                                                                                                    A-5.3. Heat Transfer. In addressing issues related to health and safety, Section 5.3. calls up levels of
                                                                                                    thermal resistance needed to minimize condensation on or within environmental separators, and to ensure
                                                                                                    thermal conditions appropriate for the building use. Energy regulations, where they exist, specify levels of
                                                                                                    thermal resistance required for energy efficiency or call up energy performance levels, which relate to levels of
                                                                                                    thermal resistance. Where Part 5 calls for levels of thermal resistance higher than those required by the energy
                                                                                                    regulations, the requirements of Part 5 take precedence.

                                                                                                    A-5.3.1.1. Required Resistance to Heat Transfer. The control of heat flow is required wherever
                                                                                                    there is an intended temperature difference across the building assembly. The use of the term “intended” is
                                                                                                    important since, whenever interior space is separated from exterior space, temperature differences will occur.
                                                                                                    The interior of an unheated warehouse, for example, will often be at a different temperature from the exterior
                                                                                                    due to solar radiation, radiation from the building to the night sky and the time lag in temperature change due
                                                                                                    to the thermal mass of the building and its contents. If this temperature difference is not “intended,” no special
                                                                                                    consideration need be given to the control of heat flow.
                                                                                                    If the warehouse is heated or cooled, thus making the temperature difference “intended,” some consideration
                                                                                                    would have to be given to the control of heat flow.
                                                                                                    It should be noted, however, that in many cases, such as with adjacent interior spaces, there will be an intended
                                                                                                    temperature difference but the difference will not be great. In these cases, the provisions to control heat flow
                                                                                                    may be little or no more than would be provided by any standard interior separator. That is, materials
                                                                                                    typically used in the construction of partitions may provide the separation needed to meet the requirements of
                                                                                                    Section 5.3. without adding what are generally considered to be “insulating” materials.

                                                                                                    A-5.3.1.2. Material and Component Properties and Condensation. Total prevention of
                                                                                                    condensation is generally unnecessary and its achievement is rarely a certainty at design conditions. Part 5,
                                                                                                    therefore, requires that condensation be minimized. The occurrence of condensation should be sufficiently
                                                                                                    rare, or the quantities accumulated should be sufficiently small and dry rapidly enough, to avoid material
                                                                                                    deterioration and the growth of mould and fungi.
                                                                                                    The Harmonized North American Fenestration Standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North
                                                                                                    American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” identifies procedures to
                                                                                                    determine the condensation resistance and thermal transmittance of windows, doors and skylights though


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 5-27
                                                                                                    A-5.3.1.2.(1)                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    testing for condensation resistance is presented as optional in the standard. As such, a fenestration product
                                                                                                    that meets the standard's requirements on air leakage, water penetration, uniform load and other performance
                                                                                                    requirements may not meet the condensation resistance performance level needed for a given application.
                                                                                                    Only the physical test procedure presented in CSA A440.2, “Fenestration energy performance,” can be used
                                                                                                    to establish the temperature index (I) value, which denotes condensation resistance performance evaluation
                                                                                                    criteria. It is recommended that designers specify I values for a given application to minimize the potential for
                                                                                                    condensation. Further guidance on the selection of the correct I value is provided in CSA A440.3, “User guide to
                                                                                                    CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance.”
                                                                                                    The scope of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, which is referenced in Subsection 5.9.2., includes skylights
                                                                                                    and tubular daylighting devices (TDD). Where skylights and TDDs pass through unconditioned space, their
                                                                                                    wells and shafts may become the environmental separator and would therefore have to comply with the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    requirements of Part 5.

                                                                                                    A-5.3.1.2.(1) Use of Thermal Insulation or Mechanical Systems for Environmental
                                                                                                    Control. The level of thermal resistance required to avoid condensation on the warm side of an assembly or
                                                                                                    within an assembly (at the vapour barrier), and to permit the maintenance of indoor conditions appropriate
                                                                                                    for the occupancy depends on
                                                                                                       • the occupancy,
                                                                                                       • the exterior design air temperature,
                                                                                                       • the interior design air temperature and relative humidity,
                                                                                                       • the capacity of the heating system, and
                                                                                                       • the means of delivering heat.
                                                                                                    To control condensation on the interior surface of an exterior wall, for example, the interior surface must not fall
                                                                                                    below the dew point of the interior air. If, for instance, the interior air is 20°C and 35% RH, the dew point will be
                                                                                                    4°C. If the interior air is 20°C and 55% RH, the dew point will be 11°C.
                                                                                                    Where the exterior design temperature is mild, such as in south coastal British Columbia, the interior RH
                                                                                                    during the heating season may well be around 55%. With an exterior temperature of -7°C, the materials in the
                                                                                                    environmental separator would have to provide a mere RSI 0.082 to avoid condensation on the interior surface.
                                                                                                    Depending on the specific properties of the material, this RSI might be provided by 10-mm plywood. Therefore,
                                                                                                    materials generally recognized as thermal insulation would not be required only to limit condensation on the
                                                                                                    warmer side of the building envelope.
                                                                                                    For most of the country, however, exterior design temperatures are much lower; for example, -20°C in Toronto
                                                                                                    and Charlottetown, and -50°C in Dawson. In these cases, maintaining temperatures inboard of the vapour
                                                                                                    barrier above the dew point will require insulation or increased heat delivery to the environmental separator.
                                                                                                    Direct delivery of heat over the entire surface of the environmental separator is generally impractical. Indirect
                                                                                                    heat delivery may not be possible without raising the interior air temperatures above the comfort level. In any
                                                                                                    case, increased heat delivery would often entail excessive energy costs.
                                                                                                    In addition to controlling condensation, interior surface temperatures must be warm enough to avoid occupant
                                                                                                    discomfort due to excessive heat loss by radiation. Depending on the occupancy of the subject spaces, this may
                                                                                                    require the installation of insulation even where it is not needed to control condensation.

                                                                                                    A-5.3.1.3.(2) Position of Materials Providing Thermal Resistance. For a material providing
                                                                                                    thermal resistance to be effective, it must not be short-circuited by convective airflow through or around
                                                                                                    the material. The material must therefore be either
                                                                                                       • the component of the air barrier system providing principal resistance to air leakage, or
                                                                                                       • installed in full and continuous contact with a continuous low air permeance component.

                                                                                                    A-5.4.1. Air Barrier Systems. An air barrier system is required in most buildings to control air
                                                                                                    movement through the environmental separator to minimize
                                                                                                      • the condensation of airborne moisture within the environmental separator,
                                                                                                      • discomfort from drafts,
                                                                                                      • the infiltration of dust, soil gases, and other pollutants,
                                                                                                      • interference in the performance of building services, such as HVAC and plumbing,
                                                                                                      • the infiltration of exterior precipitation, and
                                                                                                      • the loss of airborne heat energy.




                                                                                                    5-28 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                    A-5.4.1.1.(3)

                                                                                                    The requirements for air barrier systems in Part 5 address all of these issues, except the loss of airborne heat
                                                                                                    energy, which is an energy performance issue and, as such, is addressed in the NECB. Failure to manage the
                                                                                                    issues addressed in Part 5 can lead to serious health or safety hazards.
                                                                                                    The most significant issues are those with the potential to cause moisture-related material deterioration, such as
                                                                                                    rot and corrosion, which can lead to the failure of component connections. Where the environmental separator
                                                                                                    is subject to high moisture levels, mould can grow if spores and organic materials are present.

                                                                                                    A-5.4.1.1. Locations Where an Air Barrier System Is Required. Where the hygrothermal
                                                                                                    environments in adjacent interior spaces are sufficiently different, an air barrier system is required to control
                                                                                                    the airflow between the spaces in order to maintain the different environments. Examples of such adjacent
                                                                                                    spaces include skating arenas adjoining swimming pools, and industrial office spaces adjoining industrial




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    production spaces.
                                                                                                    An air barrier system is also required in building assemblies in contact with the ground to control the ingress of
                                                                                                    radon and other soil gases, such as methane.
                                                                                                    In addition to an air barrier system, other measures may be required in certain regions of Canada to reduce
                                                                                                    the radon concentration to a level below the guideline specified by Health Canada. Further information on
                                                                                                    protection from radon ingress can be found in:
                                                                                                       • “Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners” (CMHC/HC),
                                                                                                       • “Guide for Radon Measurements in Public Buildings (Schools, Hospitals, Care Facilities, Detention
                                                                                                          Centres)” (HC), and
                                                                                                       • EPA 625/R-92/016, “Radon Prevention in the Design and Construction of Schools and Other Large
                                                                                                          Buildings.”

                                                                                                    A-5.4.1.1.(3) Air Leakage Performance Classes for Air Barrier Assemblies. The selection of
                                                                                                    a Performance Class for an air barrier assembly is intended to ensure that the air leakage performance level
                                                                                                    of the assembly is sufficient to minimize condensation and reduce the uncontrolled movement of air across
                                                                                                    the environmental separator.
                                                                                                    The accumulation of condensation within a building assembly as a result of air leakage through the
                                                                                                    environmental separator depends on the following:
                                                                                                      • the air leakage rate of the air barrier assembly,
                                                                                                      • the location of the accumulation of condensation within the building assembly, and
                                                                                                      • the drying potential of the building assembly (i.e., its ability to release moisture through vapour diffusion
                                                                                                         and surface evaporation, both inward and outward).
                                                                                                    Critical to the rates of both drying and the accumulation of condensation is the location where moisture
                                                                                                    may occur within the building assembly. The location and amount of accumulation of condensation due to
                                                                                                    air leakage are influenced by the materials used in the building assembly and the temperatures within the
                                                                                                    assembly. The location of insulation within the building assembly is critical and can directly influence whether
                                                                                                    condensation occurs and how much moisture condensation actually accumulates.
                                                                                                    The drying potential of the building assembly is dependent on the water vapour permeance of the various layers
                                                                                                    in the building assembly (e.g., exterior sheathing, sheathing membrane, unvented cladding, vapour barrier).
                                                                                                    CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” contains requirements and test
                                                                                                    methods for air barrier assemblies used in high- and low-rise buildings. The standard classifies the air leakage
                                                                                                    performance of air barrier assemblies on the basis of air leakage rate, building height, and wind pressure
                                                                                                    loading. The approach in the standard is consistent with limit states design principles to allow for the direct
                                                                                                    incorporation of test results into the overall structural design of the building.
                                                                                                    Unlike ASTM E2357, “Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate of Air Barrier Assemblies,”
                                                                                                    CAN/ULC-S742 measures air leakage under two temperature conditions:
                                                                                                     (1) at ambient temperatures with no temperature differential across the test assembly, and
                                                                                                     (2) with the exterior side of the test assembly at a temperature of −20°C and the interior side at a temperature
                                                                                                         of +20°C (i.e., with a temperature differential of 40°C across the test assembly).
                                                                                                    This difference makes the testing approach in CAN/ULC-S742 more appropriate for the climate in most regions
                                                                                                    of Canada.
                                                                                                    CAN/ULC-S742 does not address the structural transfer of air pressure loads from air barrier assemblies to
                                                                                                    adjoining air barrier assemblies or the primary structure. Nevertheless, this transfer of loads must be addressed
                                                                                                    by the designer.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 5-29
                                                                                                    A-5.4.1.1.(4)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    The Performance Class of an air barrier assembly is selected on the basis of the following:
                                                                                                      • the moisture loads on the building assembly due to the hygrothermal characteristics of the air,
                                                                                                      • the ability of the materials and components of the building assembly to absorb and distribute moisture,
                                                                                                      • the ability of the building assembly to dissipate moisture before it can lead to harm to the occupants or
                                                                                                         damage to the materials and components of the building assembly, and
                                                                                                      • the moisture tolerance of the materials from which the building assembly is constructed.
                                                                                                    Air barrier assemblies with lower air leakage rates are typically necessary where the drying potential of the
                                                                                                    building assembly is low and/or the moisture sensitivity of components of the building assembly is high.
                                                                                                    Before selecting the appropriate Performance Class, the designer should consider formal study, analysis and/or
                                                                                                    modeling to establish performance criteria for each air barrier assembly. Further guidance can be found in the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    NRC publication entitled “Guideline on Design for Durability of Building Envelopes.” This recommendation is
                                                                                                    particularly important for buildings with
                                                                                                      • higher than normal operating hygrothermal characteristics, e.g., museums, swimming pools and
                                                                                                          laboratories,
                                                                                                      • building assemblies made from materials and components with lower than normal moisture tolerances,
                                                                                                          e.g., wood and other organic materials, or
                                                                                                      • occupancies with a low tolerance for the potential health risks associated with condensation, e.g.,
                                                                                                          hospitals, long-term care facilities and laboratories.
                                                                                                    In such cases, Performance Classes with lower air leakage rates should be selected.

                                                                                                    A-5.4.1.1.(4) Continuity of Air Barrier Systems. An air barrier system can only function properly if
                                                                                                    all the materials, components and assemblies intended to provide the air barrier functions are continuously
                                                                                                    connected and structurally capable of resisting applied loads. Historically, most failures of air barrier systems
                                                                                                    in buildings have been directly related to improper or insufficient connections between adjacent air barrier
                                                                                                    materials, components and assemblies.

                                                                                                    A-5.4.1.1.(7) Locations Where an Air Barrier System Is Not Required. In Canada, there are few
                                                                                                    buildings intended for human occupancy where the interior space is conditioned but an air barrier system
                                                                                                    is not required. Any exemption from installing an air barrier system would depend on the level of interior
                                                                                                    conditioning provided, the ventilation level, the protection provided for the building's occupants, and the
                                                                                                    tolerance of the building's construction to the accumulation of condensation and potential precipitation ingress.
                                                                                                    In some industrial buildings, limited conditioning (e.g., radiant heating) is provided, and ventilation levels
                                                                                                    are sufficient to reduce the relative humidity to a level at which condensation will not accumulate to an
                                                                                                    unacceptable degree. Conversely, some industrial buildings, due to the processes they contain, operate at
                                                                                                    very high temperatures and high ventilation levels. In such cases, the building envelope may be maintained
                                                                                                    at temperatures required to avoid condensation. In both of these examples, either the ventilation levels or
                                                                                                    protective means required in the work environment would protect the building's occupants from unacceptable
                                                                                                    levels of pollutants.

                                                                                                    A-5.4.1.2.(1) Low-Sloped Membrane Roof Assemblies.
                                                                                                    For low-sloped membrane roof assemblies, CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies –
                                                                                                    Specification,” provides pre-tested prescriptive solutions that have an air leakage rate not exceeding
                                                                                                    0.2 L/(s×m2). The air leakage rate of low-sloped membrane roof assemblies not identified in CAN/ULC-S742
                                                                                                    should be determined in accordance with ASTM D8052/D8052M, “Standard Test Method for Quantification of
                                                                                                    Air Leakage in Low-Sloped Membrane Roof Assemblies.”

                                                                                                    A-5.4.1.2.(2) Air Barrier Assemblies Not Evaluated in Accordance with CAN/ULC-S742. Air
                                                                                                    barrier assemblies that have not been evaluated in accordance with CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier
                                                                                                    Assemblies – Specification,” must nevertheless provide the air leakage performance required for the selected
                                                                                                    Performance Class. Field testing may be required to verify their performance.
                                                                                                    Field assessment of the air leakage characteristics of both the primary air barrier assemblies and the connections
                                                                                                    between adjacent air barrier assemblies can be a useful tool in establishing whether the acceptable minimum
                                                                                                    performance level is met.
                                                                                                    Field testing of installed air barrier assemblies can be conducted in accordance with test standards such as
                                                                                                       • ASTM E783, “Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior
                                                                                                          Windows and Doors,” and


                                                                                                    5-30 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-5.5.1.2.(1)

                                                                                                      • ASTM E1186, “Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in Building Envelopes and Air Barrier
                                                                                                        Systems.”
                                                                                                    Even though some test standards are intended for specific types of air barrier assemblies (e.g., windows and
                                                                                                    doors), the test methodology used to assess air leakage rates may be acceptable for use with other types of air
                                                                                                    barrier assemblies. However, with this approach, it is important to establish rational acceptance criteria that
                                                                                                    reflect the test methodology and the types of air barrier assemblies being tested.
                                                                                                    Qualitative testing can be used to identify locations in air barrier assemblies where air leakage is occurring
                                                                                                    so that field repairs can be made to improve the assembly's airtightness performance. ASTM E1186 provides
                                                                                                    guidance on a number of approaches for identifying locations of air leakage, including the following:
                                                                                                       • infrared scanning,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       • smoke tracer observation,
                                                                                                       • airflow measurement,
                                                                                                       • sound detection,
                                                                                                       • tracer gas detection, and
                                                                                                       • liquid leak detection.
                                                                                                    Each of these techniques has benefits and limitations, as described in the standard. The most suitable approach
                                                                                                    for a particular situation is selected by the testing agency on the basis of their experience in relation to the type
                                                                                                    of construction being assessed and the weather conditions at the time of testing. Regardless of the approach
                                                                                                    selected, the testing of air barrier assemblies must be properly coordinated with the construction process so that
                                                                                                    any air leaks identified can be addressed without adversely affecting progress.

                                                                                                    A-5.4.1.2.(4) Testing of Below-Grade Air Barrier Assemblies. To ensure that they minimize the
                                                                                                    ingress of radon and other soil gases, below-grade air barrier assemblies in contact with the ground can be
                                                                                                    tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” using the air
                                                                                                    leakage limit for Performance Class 1 or a more stringent limit. In such air barrier assemblies, as in all air barrier
                                                                                                    assemblies, penetrations and junctions are the most likely locations for air leakage. These points of weakness
                                                                                                    must be properly detailed and constructed to minimize the ingress of soil gases.

                                                                                                    A-5.5.1.1. Required Resistance to Vapour Diffusion. Resistance to vapour diffusion is required to
                                                                                                    reduce the likelihood of condensation within building assemblies, and the consequent potential for material
                                                                                                    deterioration and fungal growth. Deterioration such as rot and corrosion can lead to the failure of building
                                                                                                    components and connections, and interfere with the performance of building services. Some fungi can have
                                                                                                    very serious effects on health.
                                                                                                    In Canada, relatively few buildings that are subject to temperature and vapour pressure differences would
                                                                                                    be constructed or operated in such a manner that the control of vapour diffusion would not need to be
                                                                                                    addressed in their design. Assemblies enclosing certain industrial spaces, as described in Note A-5.4.1.1.(7)
                                                                                                    for example, may be exempt.
                                                                                                    For residential spaces, and most other spaces that are conditioned for human occupancy, a means of vapour
                                                                                                    diffusion control is generally agreed to be necessary, even in the milder climates of the country. The questions in
                                                                                                    those cases pertain to the degree of control needed.
                                                                                                    The word “minimize” is used in Sentence 5.5.1.1.(1) because not all moisture accumulation in an assembly
                                                                                                    need be of concern. Incidental condensation is normal but should be sufficiently rare and in sufficiently limited
                                                                                                    quantities, and should dry rapidly enough, to avoid material deterioration and the growth of mould or fungi.
                                                                                                    Here are some references regarding the effects of fungi on health:
                                                                                                      • “Fungal Contamination in Public Buildings: Health Effects and Investigation Methods,” Health Canada
                                                                                                      • “Guidelines on Assessment and Remediation of Fungi in Indoor Environments,” New York City
                                                                                                         Department of Health and Mental Hygiene (NYCDH)

                                                                                                    A-5.5.1.2.(1) Vapour Barrier Materials and Installation. In the summer, many buildings are
                                                                                                    subject to conditions where the interior temperature is lower than the exterior temperature. Vapour transfer
                                                                                                    during these periods is from the exterior to the interior. In general, in Canada, the duration of these periods
                                                                                                    is sufficiently short, the driving forces are sufficiently low, and assemblies are constructed such that any
                                                                                                    accumulated moisture will dissipate before deterioration will occur.
                                                                                                    Buildings such as freezer plants, however, may operate for much of the year at temperatures that are below
                                                                                                    the ambient exterior temperature. In these cases, the “warm” side of the assembly would be the exterior and
                                                                                                    a detailed analysis on an annual basis is required.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 5-31
                                                                                                    A-5.6.1.1.                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                    Steady state heat transfer and vapour diffusion calculations may be used to determine acceptable permeance
                                                                                                    levels for the vapour barrier and to identify appropriate positions for the vapour barrier within the building
                                                                                                    assembly.

                                                                                                    A-5.6.1.1. Required Protection from Precipitation. Windows, cast-in-place concrete walls, and
                                                                                                    metal and glass curtain wall systems are examples of components and assemblies that, when properly designed
                                                                                                    and constructed, are expected to prevent the ingress of precipitation into a building. Assemblies such as roofs
                                                                                                    and veneer walls consist of materials specifically intended to screen precipitation.
                                                                                                    Components and assemblies separating interior conditioned space from the exterior are generally required
                                                                                                    to provide protection from the ingress of precipitation. Components and assemblies separating interior




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    unconditioned space from the exterior may or may not be required to provide protection from the ingress of
                                                                                                    precipitation. Buildings such as stadia, parking garages and some seasonally occupied buildings, for example,
                                                                                                    may not require complete protection from the ingress of precipitation. The degree of protection will depend to
                                                                                                    a large extent on the materials selected for the building elements that will be exposed to precipitation.
                                                                                                    The word “minimize” is used in Sentence 5.6.1.1.(1) because not all moisture ingress or accumulation in
                                                                                                    an assembly need be of concern. The penetration of wind-driven rain past the cladding may not affect the
                                                                                                    long-term performance of the assembly, provided the moisture dries out or is drained away before it initiates
                                                                                                    any deterioration of building materials. When the design service life of a material or component is longer than
                                                                                                    the design service life of the overall assembly, taking into account the expected exposure to moisture, initiating
                                                                                                    deterioration of the material should not be of concern. That is to say, provided the material or component
                                                                                                    continues to provide the necessary level of performance for its intended service life and does not adversely
                                                                                                    affect the service life of the assembly of which it is a part, the deterioration of the material or component is
                                                                                                    not an issue.

                                                                                                    A-5.6.1.2.(1) Ice Damming. Water leakage through sloped roofs is often due to the formation of ice
                                                                                                    dams at the eaves, which can be limited by controlling the transfer of heat to the roof through a combination of
                                                                                                    insulation and venting to dissipate heat. See Clause 5.3.1.2.(1)(d).

                                                                                                    A-5.6.1.2.(2) Vegetated Roofing Systems. The integrity of some assemblies installed to provide
                                                                                                    the required protection from the ingress of precipitation in vegetated roofing systems can be compromised
                                                                                                    due to an inadequate resistance to the penetration of plant roots and rhizomes. Additional information on
                                                                                                    vegetated roofing systems and the performance of protective materials can be found in the German Landscape
                                                                                                    Research, Development and Construction Society's (FLL) “Guidelines for the Planning, Construction and
                                                                                                    Maintenance of Green Roofing” and in the National Roofing Contractors Association's “The NRCA Vegetative
                                                                                                    Roof Systems Manual.”

                                                                                                    A-5.6.2.1. Sealing and Drainage. A number of different design solutions can provide an environmental
                                                                                                    separator with the minimum performance level necessary to effectively control environmental and structural
                                                                                                    loads and their effects. An appropriate solution is selected on the basis of the applied load characteristics, the
                                                                                                    performance achieved by the solution, and its durability over the design service life. It is incumbent on the
                                                                                                    designer to balance the performance of a particular design solution against the required performance level, the
                                                                                                    risk of failure, and the consequences of failure for the building and its users.
                                                                                                    Article 5.6.2.1. recognizes that acceptable solutions can use various strategies and single or multiple elements
                                                                                                    within the design to control precipitation. However, as indicated by research and the documentation of failures,
                                                                                                    some of these solutions are more effective than others.
                                                                                                    One solution—a face-sealed assembly—relies on a continuous watertight surface on the outside of a building
                                                                                                    to control all precipitation over the life of the building; there is no redundancy in this design. The watertight
                                                                                                    surface can be difficult to both design and construct, and its long-term durability depends on proper preventive
                                                                                                    maintenance over its service life. This solution has a well-documented history of unsatisfactory performance in
                                                                                                    most regions of Canada.
                                                                                                    A solution with redundancy in its design provides more effective and reliable resistance to water penetration.
                                                                                                    For example, in a rainscreen assembly, multiple water-resistive layers are combined with means to drain any
                                                                                                    water that has penetrated the outer layer and means to redirect this water to the exterior before it can affect
                                                                                                    moisture-sensitive materials within the assembly. Another solution—a mass wall assembly—accumulates and
                                                                                                    stores moisture, which is re-released to the exterior when conditions allow. Depending on the solution selected,
                                                                                                    means to facilitate the drying of materials may be incorporated in the assembly.


                                                                                                    5-32 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                     A-5.7.1.2.(2)

                                                                                                    In selecting an acceptable solution for precipitation control, it is important to consider the structural and
                                                                                                    environmental loads that are referenced in Subsection 5.1.4. The resistance provided by the design solution
                                                                                                    must exceed these loads and their effects. The greater the intensity of the load, the higher the performance
                                                                                                    level required to provide the necessary resistance and an acceptable level of risk. Design considerations that
                                                                                                    should be addressed include the following:
                                                                                                       • intended building use(s),
                                                                                                       • building exposure during service life (height, orientation and surrounding terrain),
                                                                                                       • building exposure during construction,
                                                                                                       • current and future local climate characteristics affecting wetting and drying, including
                                                                                                             –wind loads,
                                                                                                             –precipitation loads (including wind-driven precipitation loads),
                                                                                                             –relative humidity,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                             –temperature variations, and
                                                                                                             –solar exposure,
                                                                                                       • imposed load intensity, both in isolation and in combination (type, number, magnitude, frequency and
                                                                                                          duration),
                                                                                                       • material types and moisture tolerances,
                                                                                                       • resistance to the mechanisms of deterioration,
                                                                                                       • effects of deformations, displacements and deflections of the building structure, and of materials,
                                                                                                          components and assemblies,
                                                                                                       • constructability of materials, components and assemblies,
                                                                                                       • expected construction tolerances,
                                                                                                       • level of maintenance required to maintain resistance to loads and deterioration,
                                                                                                       • intended service life of materials, components and assemblies, and
                                                                                                       • reliability of materials, components and assemblies.
                                                                                                    All the materials in an environmental separator must be able to resist the mechanisms of deterioration that
                                                                                                    are expected to occur over the design service life of the separator. For example, with respect to deterioration
                                                                                                    caused by moisture, a material used in a design must not be exposed to moisture in sufficient quantity and/or
                                                                                                    for sufficient length of time to reduce its ability to perform its required function(s) to a level below the required
                                                                                                    performance level. This concern is particularly important for materials that are known to be susceptible to
                                                                                                    moisture deterioration.
                                                                                                    An environmental separator must also be designed to be suitably resistant to failure caused by
                                                                                                      • uncertainty or variation in load intensity,
                                                                                                      • uncertainty in the effects of loads on materials, components and assemblies,
                                                                                                      • uncertainty in the predicted service lives of materials, components and assemblies, and
                                                                                                      • construction deficiencies that can reasonably be anticipated.
                                                                                                    The building structure and the environmental separator are mutually dependent in managing precipitation.
                                                                                                    The choice of materials for the building structure and the structural support/backing for the environmental
                                                                                                    separator can influence the choice of materials, components and assemblies for the environmental separator.
                                                                                                    Materials, components and assemblies with higher performance levels may be required for the environmental
                                                                                                    separator where the building structure and the structural support/backing have lower material strengths,
                                                                                                    undergo higher in-service movements (e.g., shrinkage or deflection), or have lower resistance to deterioration.
                                                                                                    The design and construction of details at penetrations, at joints and junctions between assemblies, and at
                                                                                                    transitions between planes are of critical importance to the long-term performance and durability of the
                                                                                                    environmental separator. Designers should provide sufficient detail on drawings to illustrate how the design
                                                                                                    solution for precipitation control is to be integrated into the building (see Subsection 2.2.5. of Division C).

                                                                                                    A-5.7. Protection from Interior Sources of Water. Protection similar to that prescribed in
                                                                                                    Section 5.7. may be required where interior assemblies are in contact with water (such as site-built showers,
                                                                                                    steam rooms, swimming pool areas) and where adjacent interior spaces need to be protected from the transfer
                                                                                                    of water through these assemblies.

                                                                                                    A-5.7.1.2.(2) Drainage. Water should be directed away from the building and, ultimately, to a
                                                                                                    municipal drainage system, drainage ditch, swale, or other acceptable water management means. This can be
                                                                                                    accomplished by setting the building grade higher than the surrounding grades, by sloping the grade away
                                                                                                    from the building, by installing a surface water drainage system, or by a combination of these approaches. The
                                                                                                    chosen approach should follow generally accepted guidelines, such as the Rational Method of Stormwater
                                                                                                    Design by David B. Thompson, or other design methods acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 5-33
                                                                                                    A-5.7.3.3.(1)(a)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    A-5.7.3.3.(1)(a) Imperfections. Examples of imperfections include shrinkage cracks, air holes,
                                                                                                    honeycombing, form-tie cone holes, and form joint ridges.

                                                                                                    A-5.7.3.4.(1) Dampproofing. Dampproofing refers to the application of a material or materials to an
                                                                                                    environmental separation assembly to protect it and the interior space against the transfer of moisture due to
                                                                                                    the mechanisms of water vapour transmission, capillary action and pressure differences other than hydrostatic
                                                                                                    pressure.
                                                                                                    A dampproofed assembly should be designed such that it can provide short-term resistance to the ingress of
                                                                                                    water due to occasional hydrostatic pressure from ground water.

                                                                                                    A-5.8. Required Protection from Noise. Section 5.8. applies to the separation of dwelling units from




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    other dwelling units and from spaces where noise may be generated with regard to sound transmission
                                                                                                    irrespective of Clause 5.1.2.1.(1)(b), which deals with the separation of dissimilar environments. It is understood
                                                                                                    that, at any time, there is the potential for sound levels to be quite different in adjoining dwelling units.

                                                                                                    A-5.8.1.2. Using ASTC in lieu of STC. A designer may choose to use an ASTC rating of equal or higher
                                                                                                    numerical value than the required STC to show compliance where STC ratings are required.
                                                                                                    An ASTC measurement or calculation will always yield a value equal to or lower than the STC for the same
                                                                                                    configuration, as the ASTC includes flanking transmission.

                                                                                                    A-5.8.1.4. Methods of Calculating ASTC. The technical concepts, terminology, and calculation
                                                                                                    procedures relating to the detailed and simplified ASTC calculation methods are discussed in detail, with
                                                                                                    numerous worked examples, in the NRC publication entitled “Guide to Calculating Airborne Sound
                                                                                                    Transmission in Buildings.” This Guide includes references to readily-available sources of pertinent data.
                                                                                                    For many common constructions, the calculations required by Article 5.8.1.4. can be performed using software
                                                                                                    tools, such as soundPATHS, which is available on the NRC's website.
                                                                                                    The simplified calculation method may not always identify the prominent flanking paths. Furthermore, it
                                                                                                    corresponds more closely with the results of the detailed calculation method where the separating assembly and
                                                                                                    the flanking constructions are both constructed according to the same method, i.e. either both are lightweight
                                                                                                    construction (steel or wood framing) or both are heavyweight construction (masonry or concrete).

                                                                                                    A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b) Assemblies that Behave Like Homogeneous Panels. Examples of assemblies
                                                                                                    that behave like homogeneous panels include cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete, precast hollow-core
                                                                                                    concrete, concrete block masonry, and mass timber panels. For the purpose of calculating the ASTC rating
                                                                                                    for construction using mass timber panel walls or floor assemblies in accordance with the detailed method
                                                                                                    described in Sentence 5.8.1.4.(4), a mass timber panel behaves as a homogeneous panel, notwithstanding that
                                                                                                    it has an average structural loss factor greater than 0.03. Further information on the calculation of the ASTC
                                                                                                    rating for mass timber panel assemblies can be found in the NRC publication entitled “Guide to Calculating
                                                                                                    Airborne Sound Transmission in Buildings.”

                                                                                                    A-5.9.1.1.(1) Selection of Materials and Components and Compliance with Referenced
                                                                                                    Standards. It is important to note that Sentence 5.9.1.1.(1) is stated in such a way that the selection of
                                                                                                    materials and components is not limited to those traditionally recognized as serving particular functions or
                                                                                                    those for which a standard is identified in Table 5.9.1.1. This approach permits more flexibility than is provided
                                                                                                    by similar requirements in Part 9. As long as the selected material meets the performance requirements stated
                                                                                                    elsewhere in Part 5, the material may be used to serve the required function.
                                                                                                    However, where the selected material or component, or its installation, falls within the scope of any of the
                                                                                                    standards listed in Table 5.9.1.1., the material, component or installation must comply with that standard. For
                                                                                                    example, if some resistance to heat transfer is required between two interior spaces and standard partition
                                                                                                    construction will provide the necessary resistance, the installation of one of the “thermal insulation” materials
                                                                                                    identified in the standard list is not required. If, on the other hand, one decides to install glass fibre insulation,
                                                                                                    the material must conform to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings,
                                                                                                    Part 1: Material Specification.”

                                                                                                    A-Table 5.9.1.1. Selection and Installation of Sealants. Analysis of many sealant joint failures
                                                                                                    indicates that the majority of failures can be attributed to improper joint preparation and deficient installation
                                                                                                    of the sealant and various joint components. The following ASTM guidelines describe several aspects that
                                                                                                    should be considered when applying sealants in unprotected environments to achieve a durable application:


                                                                                                    5-34 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                 A-5.9.2.3.(1)

                                                                                                      • ASTM C1193, “Standard Specification for Use of Joint Sealants,” and
                                                                                                      • ASTM C1472, “Standard Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing Sealant
                                                                                                        Joint Width.”
                                                                                                    The sealant manufacturer's literature should always be consulted for recommended procedures and materials.

                                                                                                    A-5.9.2.1.(3) Airtightness and Watertightness of Wired Glass Windows. Fixed wired glass
                                                                                                    assemblies are sometimes permitted as closures in vertical fire separations. The airtightness and watertightness
                                                                                                    requirements are waived for these windows when used in such an application, in recognition of the fact that
                                                                                                    the availability of assemblies that meet both the requirements of the window standards and the requirements
                                                                                                    for fire resistance may be limited. However, control of air and water leakage should not be ignored: measures




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    should be taken to attempt to comply with applicable requirements.

                                                                                                    A-5.9.2.2.     Manufactured Windows, Doors and Skylights.

                                                                                                        Design Values

                                                                                                        CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American
                                                                                                        Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” requires that the individual
                                                                                                        performance levels achieved by the product for structural resistance, water penetration resistance and air
                                                                                                        leakage resistance be reported on the product's performance label.

                                                                                                        Storm Doors and Windows

                                                                                                        Where storm doors and storm windows are not incorporated in a rated window or door assembly, they
                                                                                                        should be designed and constructed to comply with the applicable requirements of Part 5 regarding such
                                                                                                        properties as appropriate air leakage and structural loads.

                                                                                                        Forced Entry Test

                                                                                                        Even though the performance label on rated windows, doors and skylights does not explicitly indicate
                                                                                                        that the product has passed the forced entry resistance test, products are required to pass this test in
                                                                                                        order to be rated.

                                                                                                    A-5.9.2.3.(1)      Installation and Field Testing of Windows, Doors and Skylights.

                                                                                                        Installation

                                                                                                        The installation details of windows, doors, skylights and their components must be appropriately designed
                                                                                                        and implemented for the building envelope assembly to perform acceptably overall. The proper design of
                                                                                                        the installation details provides the information necessary to integrate the structure and air, vapour and
                                                                                                        moisture barrier functions of windows, doors and skylights into the overall design of the building envelope
                                                                                                        assembly. Construction should be carried out in accordance with these details to achieve an appropriate
                                                                                                        level of long-term performance. Further guidance on installation detailing can be found in CSA A440.4,
                                                                                                        “Window, door, and skylight installation.”

                                                                                                        Field Testing

                                                                                                        It is recommended that the performance of installed windows, doors and skylights be field tested early
                                                                                                        in the envelope construction phase so that any discontinuities can be readily identified and corrected
                                                                                                        before construction of the building envelope assembly is completed. Additional field testing during
                                                                                                        subsequent construction phases to monitor installation consistency is also recommended. Field test
                                                                                                        procedures should be carried out in accordance with test standards such as ASTM E783, “Standard Test
                                                                                                        Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors,” and
                                                                                                        ASTM E1105, “Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior
                                                                                                        Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.”
                                                                                                        Further guidance can be found in CSA A440.4, “Window, door, and skylight installation,” which also
                                                                                                        includes performance requirements developed in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440,
                                                                                                        “North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” to be used
                                                                                                        when performing field testing.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                    Division B 5-35
                                                                                                    A-5.9.2.4.(3)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    A-5.9.2.4.(3) Heat Transfer through Fire-Rated Glazed Assemblies. Thermal bridging through
                                                                                                    fire-rated glazed assemblies should not be ignored; measures should be taken to minimize condensation
                                                                                                    consistent with the intent of Sentence 5.9.2.4.(2).

                                                                                                    A-5.9.3. Testing Standards for Other Fenestration Assemblies. Subsection 5.9.3. references
                                                                                                    ASTM test methods. The following AAMA standards can also be used to evaluate the performance
                                                                                                    characteristics of other fenestration assemblies:
                                                                                                      • AAMA 501, “Methods of Test for Exterior Walls,”
                                                                                                      • AAMA 501.1, “Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Using
                                                                                                         Dynamic Pressure,”
                                                                                                      • AAMA 501.2, “Quality Assurance and Diagnostic Water Leakage Field Check of Installed Storefronts,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         Curtain Walls, and Sloped Glazing Systems,”
                                                                                                      • AAMA 501.4, “Recommended Static Test Method for Evaluating Curtain Wall and Storefront Systems
                                                                                                         Subjected to Seismic and Wind-Induced Inter-Story Drifts,”
                                                                                                      • AAMA 501.5, “Test Method for Thermal Cycling of Exterior Walls,” and
                                                                                                      • AAMA 501.6, “Recommended Dynamic Test Method for Determining the Seismic Drift Causing Glass
                                                                                                         Fallout from a Wall System.”

                                                                                                    A-5.9.3.1.(1)     Terminology for Other Fenestration Assemblies.

                                                                                                        Curtain Wall
                                                                                                        A curtain wall is considered to be a continuous wall cladding assembly (which may include fenestration
                                                                                                        and opaque portions) that is hung away from the edge of the primary floor structure. Curtain wall
                                                                                                        assemblies do not generally support vertical loads other than their own weight. Anchorage is typically
                                                                                                        provided by anchors that connect back to the floor structure. Curtain wall assemblies can be either “stick
                                                                                                        built,” meaning each main unit is assembled on-site, or a “unitized” system, meaning factory-assembled
                                                                                                        main units are installed and connected together on-site.

                                                                                                        Window Wall
                                                                                                        A window wall is considered to be a wall cladding assembly (which may include fenestration and opaque
                                                                                                        portions) that spans from the top of a primary floor structure to the underside of the next higher primary
                                                                                                        floor structure. Window wall assemblies do not generally support vertical loads other than their own
                                                                                                        weight. Primary provision for anchorage occurs at head and sill connections with the adjoining floor
                                                                                                        structure. Window wall assemblies may include separate or integral floor edge covers.

                                                                                                        Storefront
                                                                                                        A storefront is considered to be a non-residential assembly (which may include fenestration and opaque
                                                                                                        portions) consisting of one or more elements that could include doors, windows and curtain wall framing.
                                                                                                        Storefronts do not generally support vertical loads other than their own weight. Storefront profiles are
                                                                                                        typically narrow, rectilinear framing members that hold a combination of pocket glazing and applied
                                                                                                        glazing stops to securely retain the infills. Vertical framing members typically span the height of one floor
                                                                                                        or are retained within a structural punched opening.
                                                                                                        Storefront assemblies are designed/selected to take into account the anticipated service and exposure
                                                                                                        conditions, which may be different than those for other portions of the building.

                                                                                                        Glazed Architectural Structures
                                                                                                        Glazed architectural structures are considered glazing assemblies that are supported in a non-traditional
                                                                                                        manner, such as corner-clamped, point-supported, linear-supported and edge-clamped glazing. Structural
                                                                                                        support systems can include, but are not limited to, tension cables, tension rods, steel and glass. Glazed
                                                                                                        architectural structures do not generally support vertical loads other than their own weight. These
                                                                                                        assemblies are designed/selected to take into account the anticipated service and exposure conditions,
                                                                                                        which may be different than those for other portions of the building.
                                                                                                        Skylights that are not covered by AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration
                                                                                                        Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” are considered glazed architectural structures.




                                                                                                    5-36 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                     A-5.9.3.5.(2)

                                                                                                    A-5.9.3.2.(1) Structural and Environmental Loads. The applicable laboratory test method for
                                                                                                    demonstrating adequate structural performance of other fenestration assemblies is ASTM E330/E330M,
                                                                                                    “Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by
                                                                                                    Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.”

                                                                                                    A-5.9.3.3.(1) Resistance to Condensation. Notwithstanding that other fenestration assemblies are
                                                                                                    not fully covered under the testing scope of CSA A440.2, “Fenestration energy performance,” the test method
                                                                                                    described therein can be used to evaluate their resistance to condensation, with technical modifications to
                                                                                                    accommodate differences in the size and configuration of the specimen. It is also common practice to use one
                                                                                                    cold cycle of AAMA 501.5, “Test Method for Thermal Cycling of Exterior Walls,” to assess the potential for
                                                                                                    condensation. Both methods can be used for mock-ups in laboratory performance evaluations, however,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    only the test method in CSA A440.2 should be used if a Temperature Index is required. In most cases, the
                                                                                                    project specification documents establish the hygrothermal conditions (i.e., exterior temperature, interior
                                                                                                    temperature, interior relative humidity) for which the potential for condensation should be minimized. Under
                                                                                                    these conditions, the aforementioned test methods can be used to aid in the selection of the appropriate system
                                                                                                    performance to minimize the potential for interior surface condensation. In all cases, care should be taken in
                                                                                                    the construction and configuration of the specimen, as these parameters may have an impact on its thermal
                                                                                                    performance and resistance to condensation. These parameters may include, without limitation, interior wall
                                                                                                    construction and finishes, heating systems, ventilation systems, etc., to simulate the actual in-service conditions
                                                                                                    as closely as practicable.

                                                                                                    A-5.9.3.4.(2)     Air Leakage.

                                                                                                        Air Leakage Rate and Test Pressure
                                                                                                        A lower air leakage rate and/or higher differential test pressure can be selected for specific applications of
                                                                                                        other fenestration assemblies where tight control of airflow is required to prevent interstitial condensation
                                                                                                        (e.g., in concealed spaces), improve thermal comfort (e.g., in hospitals, seniors' residences), or prevent
                                                                                                        the migration of airborne contaminants (e.g., in food and drug research, manufacturing applications,
                                                                                                        biological laboratories). It is typical of other fenestration assemblies to be used as the sole building envelope
                                                                                                        component; where this is the case, a correspondingly higher degree of airtightness may be required.
                                                                                                        In addition, higher test pressure differentials can be used to evaluate assemblies with low air leakage, such
                                                                                                        as non-operable or fixed fenestration systems whose air leakage rates are not easily measurable at the
                                                                                                        lower standard pressure differentials.

                                                                                                        Standard Test Methods
                                                                                                        The applicable laboratory test method for determining the rate of air leakage is ASTM E283, “Standard Test
                                                                                                        Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under
                                                                                                        Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen.” If field testing for air leakage is to be conducted,
                                                                                                        the applicable test method is ASTM E783, “Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage
                                                                                                        Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors.”

                                                                                                    A-5.9.3.4.(3) Systems Excluded from Air Leakage Requirements. The systems listed in
                                                                                                    Sentence 5.9.3.4.(3) perform different functions than other fenestration assemblies and are therefore exempted
                                                                                                    from complying with the air leakage requirements.

                                                                                                    A-5.9.3.5.(2) Standard Test Methods. The applicable laboratory test method for determining the
                                                                                                    water penetration resistance of curtain walls and storefront assemblies is ASTM E331, “Standard Test Method
                                                                                                    for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure
                                                                                                    Difference.” The applicable laboratory test method for window wall assemblies is either ASTM E331 or ASTM
                                                                                                    E547, “Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls
                                                                                                    by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.”
                                                                                                    If field testing for water penetration is to be conducted, the applicable test method is ASTM E1105, “Standard
                                                                                                    Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors,
                                                                                                    and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference.”




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 5-37
                                                                                                    A-5.9.3.5.(3)                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                    A-5.9.3.5.(3) Water Penetration. Notwithstanding that other fenestration assemblies are not covered
                                                                                                    under the testing scope of CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17,
                                                                                                    North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” they must be tested at
                                                                                                    the driving rain wind pressure calculated in accordance with the procedure described therein.

                                                                                                    A-5.9.3.5.(4) Systems Excluded from Water Penetration Requirements. The systems listed in
                                                                                                    Sentence 5.9.3.5.(4) perform different functions than other fenestration assemblies and are therefore exempted
                                                                                                    from complying with the water penetration requirements.

                                                                                                    A-5.9.4.1.(1) Exterior Insulation Finish Systems (EIFS). The reference to CAN/ULC-S716.1,
                                                                                                    “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems,” in Clause 5.9.4.1.(1)(b)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    does not preclude the use of other component materials that may also meet the intent of the Code. For example,
                                                                                                    using mineral-fibre insulation in lieu of other rigid insulation types, mechanical fastening methods for the
                                                                                                    insulation component in lieu of adhesive, or a type of water-resistive barrier other than a liquid-applied
                                                                                                    water-resistive barrier could be acceptable.
                                                                                                    The following two companion standards facilitate the application of and conformance with CAN/ULC-S716.1:
                                                                                                      • CAN/ULC-S716.2, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Installation of EIFS
                                                                                                         Components and Water Resistive Barrier,” and
                                                                                                      • CAN/ULC-S716.3, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) - Design Application.”
                                                                                                    Additional information on EIFS design and installation can be found in the EIFS Council of Canada's “EIFS
                                                                                                    Practice Manual” and the manufacturer's literature.

                                                                                                        EIFS Selection
                                                                                                        CAN/ULC-S716.1 provides minimum performance criteria for EIFS materials and systems that are tested
                                                                                                        under specific laboratory test protocols identified in the standard. However, compliance with this standard
                                                                                                        does not ensure that a system is appropriate for all projects. When selecting an EIFS product, designers
                                                                                                        should consider all relevant criteria—not only those covered by the tests in CAN/ULC-S716.1—including,
                                                                                                        but not limited to,
                                                                                                          • building exposure
                                                                                                          • local climate characteristics (wind, precipitation, temperature variations, solar exposure)
                                                                                                          • intended building use
                                                                                                          • intended resistance to damage and deterioration
                                                                                                          • construction tolerances
                                                                                                          • constructability

                                                                                                        Design and Construction of EIFS Drainage Cavity
                                                                                                        The drainage capacity and thermal performance of the EIFS assembly can be affected by the dimensions
                                                                                                        and configuration of the EIFS drainage cavity.
                                                                                                        EIFS are installed over other building materials such as sheathing and primary structural components,
                                                                                                        which have various construction installation tolerances. Designers should take into consideration the
                                                                                                        cumulative effects of construction tolerances and sequencing when specifying the drainage method and the
                                                                                                        cavity dimensions and configuration in order to ensure adequate drainage.
                                                                                                        Designers should also take into account the impact of air movement, which varies depending on cavity
                                                                                                        size and the extent of venting, on the EIFS' thermal performance when reviewing the overall thermal
                                                                                                        performance of the building envelope. ASTM C1363, “Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of
                                                                                                        Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus,” presents one method for
                                                                                                        assessing the thermal performance of assemblies.




                                                                                                    5-38 Division B                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 6
                                                                                                    Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      6.1.          General
                                                                                                      6.1.1.        Application ........................................ 6-1
                                                                                                      6.1.2.        Definitions ......................................... 6-1
                                                                                                      6.1.3.        Plans and Specifications ................. 6-1

                                                                                                      6.2.          Planning
                                                                                                      6.2.1.        General .............................................. 6-1
                                                                                                      6.2.2.        Incinerators ....................................... 6-3
                                                                                                      6.2.3.        Solid Fuel Storage ............................ 6-3

                                                                                                      6.3.          Ventilation Systems
                                                                                                      6.3.1.        Ventilation ......................................... 6-3
                                                                                                      6.3.2.        Air Duct Systems .............................. 6-4
                                                                                                      6.3.3.        Chimneys and Venting
                                                                                                                    Equipment ....................................... 6-10
                                                                                                      6.3.4.        Ventilation for Laboratories .......... 6-11

                                                                                                      6.4.          Heating Systems
                                                                                                      6.4.1.        Heating Appliances, General ........ 6-12
                                                                                                      6.4.2.        Unit Heaters .................................... 6-12
                                                                                                      6.4.3.        Radiators and Convectors ............. 6-12

                                                                                                      6.5.          Thermal Insulation
                                                                                                                    Systems
                                                                                                      6.5.1.        Insulation ........................................ 6-12

                                                                                                      6.6.          Refrigeration and
                                                                                                                    Cooling Systems
                                                                                                      6.6.1.        Refrigerating Systems and
                                                                                                                    Equipment for Air-conditioning .... 6-12

                                                                                                      6.7.          Piping Systems
                                                                                                      6.7.1.        Piping for Heating and Cooling
                                                                                                                    Systems ........................................... 6-13
                                                                                                      6.7.2.        Storage Bins ................................... 6-13

                                                                                                      6.8.          Equipment Access
                                                                                                      6.8.1.        Openings ......................................... 6-14

                                                                                                      6.9.          Fire Safety Systems
                                                                                                      6.9.1.        General ............................................ 6-14
                                                                                                      6.9.2.        Dampers and Ductwork ................. 6-15
                                                                                                      6.9.3.        Carbon Monoxide Alarms .............. 6-15
                                                                                                      6.9.4.        Ash Storage .................................... 6-16

                                                                                                      6.10.         Objectives and
                                                                                                                    Functional Statements
                                                                                                      6.10.1.       Objectives and Functional
                                                                                                                    Statements ...................................... 6-16


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                                     Notes to Part 6 ................ 6-21




                                                                                                                                                                                             Division B
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 6
                                                                                                    Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 6.1. General
                                                                                                    6.1.1.           Application
                                                                                                    6.1.1.1.         Scope
                                                                                                                         1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.

                                                                                                    6.1.1.2.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Part applies to systems and equipment for heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                                     air-conditioning services.

                                                                                                    6.1.2.           Definitions
                                                                                                    6.1.2.1.         Defined Terms
                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                    6.1.3.           Plans and Specifications
                                                                                                    6.1.3.1.         Required Plans and Specifications
                                                                                                                        1) Plans, specifications and other information for heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                                     air-conditioning systems shall conform to Subsection 2.2.6. of Division C.


                                                                                                    Section 6.2. Planning
                                                                                                    6.2.1.           General
                                                                                                    6.2.1.1.         Good Engineering Practice
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.2.1.1.)
                                                                                                                        1) Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems, including mechanical
                                                                                                                     refrigeration equipment, shall be designed, constructed and installed in conformance
                                                                                                                     with good engineering practice such as that described in, but not limited to,
                                                                                                                         a) the ASHRAE Handbooks and Standards,
                                                                                                                         b) the HRAI Digest,
                                                                                                                         c) the Hydronics Institute Manuals,
                                                                                                                         d) the NFPA Standards,
                                                                                                                         e) the SMACNA Manuals,
                                                                                                                         f) the ACGIH manual entitled “Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of
                                                                                                                             Recommended Practice for Design,”
                                                                                                                         g) CSA B214, “Installation code for hydronic heating systems,”
                                                                                                                         h) CAN/CSA-Z317.2, “Special requirements for heating, ventilation, and
                                                                                                                             air-conditioning (HVAC) systems in health care facilities,”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 6-1
                                                                                                    6.2.1.2.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         i) EPA 625/R-92/016, “Radon Prevention in the Design and Construction of
                                                                                                                            Schools and Other Large Buildings,” and
                                                                                                                         j) ASHRAE Guideline 12, “Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated
                                                                                                                            with Building Water Systems.”

                                                                                                    6.2.1.2.         Outdoor Design Conditions
                                                                                                                        1) The outdoor conditions to be used in designing heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                                     air-conditioning systems shall be determined in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence 6.3.2.14.(1), the outdoor air quality conditions of
                                                                                                                     the geographic area of the building site to be used in designing ventilation systems shall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     conform to appropriate provincial or territorial requirements or, in the absence of such
                                                                                                                     requirements, shall be equal to or less than the maximum acceptable levels stated in
                                                                                                                     the Canada-wide Standards for Particulate Matter (PM) and Ozone as follows:
                                                                                                                         a) a 24 hour average of 30 µg/m3 for particulate matter that is 2.5 µm or less in
                                                                                                                            diameter (PM2.5), and
                                                                                                                         b) an 8 hour average of 65 ppb for ground-level ozone.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.2.1.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) The outdoor air quality conditions of the local area of the building site to be
                                                                                                                     used in designing ventilation systems shall conform to appropriate provincial or
                                                                                                                     territorial requirements or, in the absence of such requirements, to the requirements of
                                                                                                                     Sentence 6.3.2.14.(2). (See Note A-6.2.1.2.(3).)

                                                                                                    6.2.1.3.         Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure
                                                                                                                        1) Heating and cooling systems shall be designed to allow for expansion and
                                                                                                                     contraction of the heat transfer fluid and to maintain the system pressure within the
                                                                                                                     rated working pressure limits of all components of the system.

                                                                                                    6.2.1.4.         Structural Movement
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.2.1.4.)
                                                                                                                        1) Mechanical systems and equipment shall be designed and installed to
                                                                                                                     accommodate the maximum relative structural movement provided for in the
                                                                                                                     construction of the building.

                                                                                                    6.2.1.5.         Installation Standards
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Articles 6.9.4.2. and 6.3.1.4., the installation of heating
                                                                                                                     and air-conditioning equipment, including mechanical refrigeration equipment,
                                                                                                                     and including provisions for mounting, clearances and air supply, shall conform
                                                                                                                     to appropriate provincial or territorial requirements or, in the absence of such
                                                                                                                     requirements, to the requirements of
                                                                                                                         a) CSA B51, “Boiler, pressure vessel, and pressure piping code,”
                                                                                                                         b) CSA B52, “Mechanical refrigeration code,”
                                                                                                                         c) CSA B139 Series, “Installation code for oil-burning equipment,”
                                                                                                                         d) CSA B149.1, “Natural gas and propane installation code,”
                                                                                                                         e) CSA B365, “Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and
                                                                                                                            Equipment,” or
                                                                                                                         f) CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.”

                                                                                                    6.2.1.6.         Installation – General
                                                                                                                        1) Equipment requiring periodic maintenance and forming part of a heating,
                                                                                                                     ventilating or air-conditioning system shall be installed with provision for access for
                                                                                                                     inspection, maintenance, repair and cleaning. (See Note A-6.2.1.6.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Mechanical equipment shall be provided with guards so as to prevent injury.
                                                                                                                        3) Heating, ventilating or air-conditioning systems shall be protected from
                                                                                                                     freezing if they may be adversely affected by freezing temperatures.


                                                                                                    6-2 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              6.3.1.3.

                                                                                                    6.2.1.7.         Asbestos

                                                                                                                         1) Asbestos shall not be used in HVAC systems and equipment.

                                                                                                    6.2.2.           Incinerators

                                                                                                    6.2.2.1.         Applicable Standard

                                                                                                                        1) The design, construction, installation and alteration of every indoor incinerator
                                                                                                                     shall conform to NFPA 82, “Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling
                                                                                                                     Systems and Equipment.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    6.2.3.           Solid Fuel Storage

                                                                                                    6.2.3.1.         Solid Fuel Storage Bins

                                                                                                                       1) A storage bin for solid fuel shall not be located above a sewer opening or drain
                                                                                                                     opening.

                                                                                                                         2) Storage bins for solid fuel shall be designed and constructed so that the air
                                                                                                                     temperature in the bin or the surface temperature of any part of the floor or walls
                                                                                                                     is below 50°C.


                                                                                                    Section 6.3. Ventilation Systems
                                                                                                    6.3.1.           Ventilation

                                                                                                    6.3.1.1.         Required Ventilation

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), all buildings shall be ventilated in accordance
                                                                                                                     with this Section.

                                                                                                                        2) Except in storage garages covered by Article 6.3.1.3., outdoor air shall be supplied
                                                                                                                     to buildings for ventilation purposes in accordance with one of the following Sections of
                                                                                                                     ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,” as a minimum:
                                                                                                                         a) Section 6.2, Ventilation Rate Procedure, excluding the exception stated in
                                                                                                                             Section 6.2.7.1.2 and note H of Table 6.2.2.1,
                                                                                                                         b) Section 6.3, Indoor Air Quality Procedure, or
                                                                                                                         c) Section 6.4, Natural Ventilation Procedure, excluding residential occupancies.

                                                                                                                        3) Except in storage garages covered by Article 6.3.1.3., exhaust ventilation shall be
                                                                                                                     provided in accordance with Section 6.5, Exhaust Ventilation, of ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1,
                                                                                                                     “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,” as a minimum.

                                                                                                                       4) Self-contained heating-season mechanical ventilation systems serving only one
                                                                                                                     dwelling unit shall comply with Subsection 9.32.3.

                                                                                                    6.3.1.2.         Crawl Spaces and Attic or Roof Spaces

                                                                                                                        1) Unconditioned and unoccupied crawl spaces and attic or roof spaces
                                                                                                                     shall be ventilated by natural or mechanical means as required by Part 5. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-6.3.1.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    6.3.1.3.         Ventilation of Storage Garages

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (6), an enclosed storage garage for five
                                                                                                                     or more motor vehicles shall have a mechanical ventilation system designed to
                                                                                                                        a) limit the concentration of carbon monoxide to not more than 100 parts per
                                                                                                                           million parts of air,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 6-3
                                                                                                    6.3.1.4.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                        b) limit the concentration of nitrogen dioxide to not more than 3 parts per
                                                                                                                            million parts of air, where the majority of the vehicles stored are powered
                                                                                                                            by diesel-fuelled engines, or
                                                                                                                         c) provide, during operating hours, a continuous supply of outdoor air
                                                                                                                            at a rate of not less than 3.9 L/s for each square metre of floor area (see
                                                                                                                            Article 3.3.1.21.).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.3.1.3.(1).) (See also Sentence 3.3.5.4.(4).)
                                                                                                                        2) Mechanical ventilation systems provided in accordance with Clause (1)(a)
                                                                                                                     shall be controlled by carbon monoxide monitoring devices, and systems provided
                                                                                                                     in accordance with Clause (1)(b) shall be controlled by nitrogen dioxide or other
                                                                                                                     acceptable monitoring devices. (See Note A-6.3.1.3.(2).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        3) Mechanical ventilation systems provided in accordance with Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                     be designed such that the pressure in the storage garage is less than the pressure in
                                                                                                                     adjoining buildings of other occupancy, or in adjacent portions of the same building
                                                                                                                     having a different occupancy.
                                                                                                                        4) In storage garages subject to the requirements of Sentences (1) and (2), where
                                                                                                                     motor vehicles are parked by mechanical means, the ventilation requirements may
                                                                                                                     be reduced by one half.
                                                                                                                        5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), ticket and attendant booths of storage garages
                                                                                                                     shall be pressurized with a supply of uncontaminated air.
                                                                                                                        6) The requirements of Sentences (1) to (5) shall not apply to open-air storeys in a
                                                                                                                     storage garage.

                                                                                                    6.3.1.4.         Heat Recovery Ventilators
                                                                                                                       1) Heat recovery ventilators with rated capacities of not less than 25 L/s and not
                                                                                                                     more than 200 L/s shall be installed in accordance with Subsection 9.32.3.

                                                                                                    6.3.1.5.         Indoor Air Contaminants
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.3.1.5.)
                                                                                                                        1) Air contaminants of concern within buildings shall
                                                                                                                        a) be removed insofar as is possible at their points of origin, and
                                                                                                                        b) not be permitted to accumulate in concentrations greater than those
                                                                                                                           permitted by applicable provincial or territorial requirements or, in the
                                                                                                                           absence of such requirements, by good engineering practice such as that
                                                                                                                           described in the publications listed in Sentence 6.2.1.1.(1), measured using
                                                                                                                           the methodology described therein.
                                                                                                                        2) Systems serving spaces that contain sources of contamination and systems
                                                                                                                     serving other occupied parts of the building but located in or running through spaces
                                                                                                                     that contain sources of contamination shall be designed in such a manner as to prevent
                                                                                                                     the spread of such contamination to other occupied parts of the building.
                                                                                                                        3) Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall be designed to minimize
                                                                                                                     the growth and spread of bio-contaminants.

                                                                                                    6.3.1.6.         Commercial Cooking Equipment
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Article 3.6.3.5., systems for the ventilation of commercial
                                                                                                                     cooking equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed to conform to NFPA
                                                                                                                     96, “Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking
                                                                                                                     Operations.”

                                                                                                    6.3.2.           Air Duct Systems
                                                                                                    6.3.2.1.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies to the design, construction and installation of air duct
                                                                                                                     distribution systems serving heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems other
                                                                                                                     than those in dwelling units covered by Part 9.


                                                                                                    6-4 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              6.3.2.7.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.2.         Drain Pans
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.3.2.2.)
                                                                                                                        1) HVAC systems that generate condensate or introduce liquid water into the
                                                                                                                     airstream in the ducts shall be equipped with drain pans that are
                                                                                                                         a) designed in accordance with Section 5.10, Drain Pans, of ANSI/ASHRAE
                                                                                                                             62.1, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,”
                                                                                                                         b) provided with an outlet that is piped to the outside of the airstream in a
                                                                                                                             location where condensate can be safely disposed of,
                                                                                                                         c) installed so that water does not stagnate and drains from the pan, and
                                                                                                                         d) designed and installed so as to be accessible for cleaning and maintenance.
                                                                                                                       2) Drain pans and associated piping shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation of disease-causing
                                                                                                                     micro-organisms.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.3.         Materials in Air Duct Systems
                                                                                                                        1) All ducts, duct connectors, associated fittings and plenums used in air duct
                                                                                                                     systems shall be constructed of materials as described in Article 3.6.5.1.
                                                                                                                        2) Ducts that are used in a location where they may be subjected to excessive
                                                                                                                     moisture shall have no appreciable loss of strength when wet and shall be resistant
                                                                                                                     to moisture-induced corrosion.
                                                                                                                       3) All ductwork and fittings shall be constructed and installed as recommended in
                                                                                                                     SMACNA Manuals and ASHRAE Standards.
                                                                                                                        4) All duct materials shall be suitable for exposure to the temperature and
                                                                                                                     humidity of the air being carried and shall be resistant to corrosion caused by
                                                                                                                     contaminants in the air being conveyed in the duct.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.4.         Connections in Air Duct Systems
                                                                                                                         1) Air duct systems shall have tight-fitting connections throughout.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.5.         Duct Coverings and Linings
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.3.2.5.)
                                                                                                                        1) Coverings, linings and associated adhesives and insulation used in air ducts,
                                                                                                                     plenums and other parts of air duct systems shall comply with Article 3.6.5.4.
                                                                                                                        2) Duct linings shall be installed so that they will not interfere with the operation
                                                                                                                     of volume or balancing dampers or of fire dampers, fire stop flaps and other closures.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.6.         Clearance of Ducts and Plenums
                                                                                                                        1) The clearance of ducts and plenums from combustible materials shall comply
                                                                                                                     with Article 3.6.5.6.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.7.         Interconnection of Systems
                                                                                                                        1) In a care or residential occupancy, air from one suite shall not be circulated to any
                                                                                                                     other suite or to a public corridor.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentences (3) and 6.3.2.10.(6), air duct systems serving
                                                                                                                     storage garages shall not be directly interconnected with other parts of the building.
                                                                                                                        3) Exhaust ducts referred to in Sentence 6.3.2.10.(10) are permitted to exhaust
                                                                                                                     through an enclosed storage garage prior to exhausting to the outdoors, provided
                                                                                                                        a) the storage garage's exhaust system runs continuously,
                                                                                                                        b) the capacity of the storage garage's exhaust system is equal to or exceeds the
                                                                                                                            volume of the exhaust entering the garage, and
                                                                                                                         c) a leakage rate 1 smoke/fire damper rated in accordance with
                                                                                                                            CAN/ULC-S112.1, “Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke
                                                                                                                            Control Systems,” is provided near the duct outlet location in the storage
                                                                                                                            garage to prevent air from the storage garage from entering the exhaust
                                                                                                                            ductwork system in the event the building's exhaust fan is shut down.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 6-5
                                                                                                    6.3.2.8.                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                    6.3.2.8.            Makeup Air
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-6.2.1.1.)
                                                                                                                            1) In ventilating systems that exhaust air to the outdoors, provision shall be made
                                                                                                                        for the admission of a supply of makeup air in sufficient quantity so that the operation
                                                                                                                        of the exhaust system and other exhaust equipment or combustion equipment is not
                                                                                                                        adversely affected.
                                                                                                                           2) Makeup air facilities required by Sentence (1) shall be interlocked with the
                                                                                                                        exhaust devices they serve so that both operate together.
                                                                                                                           3) Where makeup air facilities are intended to introduce air directly from the
                                                                                                                        outdoors to occupied parts of the building in winter, they shall incorporate means of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        tempering that air to maintain the indoor design temperature.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.9.            Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust Air Openings
                                                                                                                            1) Supply, return and exhaust air openings located less than 2 m above the floor
                                                                                                                        in rooms or spaces in buildings shall be protected by grilles having openings of a size
                                                                                                                        that will not allow the passage of a 15 mm diam sphere.
                                                                                                                              2) Outdoor air intakes shall be located so that
                                                                                                                              a) the quality of the air entering the building complies with Sentences 6.2.1.2.(2)
                                                                                                                                 and (3), and
                                                                                                                              b) they are separated a minimum distance from sources of contaminants in
                                                                                                                                 accordance with Table 6.3.2.9.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 6.3.2.9.
                                                                                                                                      Minimum Distances of Air Intakes from Sources of Contaminants
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 6.3.2.9.(2)

                                                                                                                           Source of Contaminants                               Minimum Distance of Outdoor Air Intake, m
                                                                                                    Garage entry of a garage for 5 or more motor vehicles, automobile                              4.5
                                                                                                    loading area and drive-in queue
                                                                                                    Truck loading area or dock, and bus parking                                                    7.6
                                                                                                    Driveway, street, and parking space                                                            1.5
                                                                                                    Thoroughfare, arterial road, freeway, and highway                                              7.6
                                                                                                    Garbage storage/pick-up area and dumpsters                                                     4.5
                                                                                                    Discharge from evaporative heat rejection systems                                              7.6
                                                                                                    Sanitary vent                                                                                  3.5
                                                                                                    Kitchen cooking exhaust                                                                        3.0
                                                                                                    Vent for combustion products                                                                   3.0


                                                                                                                           3) Outdoor air intakes shall be installed not less than 0.3 m above roofs, landscape
                                                                                                                        grades or other surfaces, taking into account anticipated snow accumulation levels.
                                                                                                                            4) Exterior openings for outdoor air intakes and exhaust outlets shall be shielded
                                                                                                                        from the entry of snow and rain and shall be fitted with corrosion-resistant screens
                                                                                                                        of mesh having openings not larger than 15 mm, except where experience has shown
                                                                                                                        that climatic conditions require larger openings to prevent the screen openings from
                                                                                                                        icing over.
                                                                                                                              5) Screens required in Sentence (4) shall be accessible for maintenance.
                                                                                                                          6) Combustible grilles, diffusers and other devices covering supply, return, intake
                                                                                                                        and exhaust openings shall comply with Article 3.6.5.7.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.10.           Exhaust Ducts and Outlets
                                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), exhaust ducts of non-mechanical ventilating
                                                                                                                        systems serving separate rooms or spaces shall not be combined.


                                                                                                    6-6 Division B                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         6.3.2.11.

                                                                                                                        2) Exhaust ducts of non-mechanical ventilating systems serving similar occupancies
                                                                                                                     may be combined immediately below the point of final delivery to the outdoors, such
                                                                                                                     as at the base of a roof ventilator.
                                                                                                                        3) Exhaust ducts of ventilating systems shall have provision for the removal of
                                                                                                                     condensation where this may be a problem.
                                                                                                                         4) Exhaust outlets shall be designed to prevent backdraft under wind conditions.
                                                                                                                        5) Except as permitted in Sentence (6), exhaust systems shall discharge directly to
                                                                                                                     the outdoors. (See Note A-6.3.2.10.(5) and (6).)
                                                                                                                        6) Exhaust systems are permitted to exhaust into a storage garage, provided
                                                                                                                        a) they serve rooms that are accessible only from that storage garage,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        b) the exhaust contains no contaminants that would adversely affect the air
                                                                                                                            quality in the storage garage (see Note A-6.3.2.10.(6)(b)), and
                                                                                                                         c) they are designed in accordance with Sentence 6.3.2.7.(3).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.3.2.10.(5) and (6).)
                                                                                                                        7) Exhaust ducts connected to laundry-drying equipment shall be
                                                                                                                        a) independent of other exhaust ducts,
                                                                                                                        b) accessible for inspection and cleaning, and
                                                                                                                         c) constructed of a smooth corrosion-resistant material.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.3.2.10.(7) and (8).)
                                                                                                                         8) Where collective venting of multiple installations of laundry-drying equipment
                                                                                                                     is used, the ventilation system shall
                                                                                                                         a) be connected to a common exhaust duct that is vented by one central exhaust
                                                                                                                            fan,
                                                                                                                         b) include an interlock to activate the central exhaust fan when laundry-drying
                                                                                                                            equipment is in use, and
                                                                                                                         c) be provided with make-up air.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.3.2.10.(7) and (8).)
                                                                                                                        9) Exhaust ducts or vents connected to laundry-drying equipment shall discharge
                                                                                                                     directly to the outdoors.
                                                                                                                       10) Except as provided in Sentence (12) and except for self-contained systems
                                                                                                                     serving individual dwelling units, exhaust ducts serving rooms containing water closets,
                                                                                                                     urinals, basins, showers or slop sinks shall be independent of other exhaust ducts.
                                                                                                                       11) Except as provided in Sentence (12) and except for self-contained systems
                                                                                                                     serving individual dwelling units, exhaust ducts serving rooms containing residential
                                                                                                                     cooking equipment shall be independent of other exhaust ducts.
                                                                                                                       12) Two or more exhaust systems described in Sentences (10) and (11) may be
                                                                                                                     interconnected or connected with exhaust ducts serving other areas of the building,
                                                                                                                     provided
                                                                                                                         a) the connections are made at the inlet of an exhaust fan, and all
                                                                                                                            interconnected systems are equipped with suitable back pressure devices to
                                                                                                                            prevent the passage of odours from one system to another when the fan is
                                                                                                                            not in operation, or
                                                                                                                         b) the exhaust ducts discharge to a shaft that is served by an exhaust fan having
                                                                                                                            a capacity that is equal to or greater than the combined capacity of the
                                                                                                                            exhaust fans discharging to the plenum multiplied by the operation diversity
                                                                                                                            factor, provided that the exhaust fan serving the shaft operates continuously
                                                                                                                            (see Note A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b)).
                                                                                                                      13) Where exhaust ducts containing air from conditioned spaces pass through or
                                                                                                                     are adjacent to unconditioned spaces, the ducts shall be constructed to prevent
                                                                                                                     condensation from forming on the inside or outside of the ducts.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.11.        Return-Air System
                                                                                                                         1) Return-air systems shall comply with Article 3.6.5.8.
                                                                                                                        2) Where a ceiling space is used as a return-air plenum, the requirements of
                                                                                                                     Article 3.6.4.3. shall apply.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 6-7
                                                                                                    6.3.2.12.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                        3) A public corridor or exit shall not be used as a return-air plenum.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.12.        Underground Ducts
                                                                                                                        1) Underground ducts shall
                                                                                                                        a) be constructed and installed to provide interior drainage from and access
                                                                                                                           to all low points,
                                                                                                                        b) not be connected directly to a sewer, and
                                                                                                                        c) be installed and constructed of materials recommended by ASHRAE and
                                                                                                                           SMACNA Standards and HRAI Manuals.
                                                                                                                        2) A clean-out or pump-out connection shall be provided in an underground duct




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     system at every low point of the duct system.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.13.        Filters
                                                                                                                         1) Air filters for air duct systems shall conform to the requirements for Class 2
                                                                                                                     air filter units as described in CAN/ULC-S111, “Standard Method of Fire Tests for Air
                                                                                                                     Filter Units.”
                                                                                                                        2) When electrostatic-type filters are used, they shall be installed so as to ensure
                                                                                                                     that the electric circuit is automatically de-energized when filter access doors are
                                                                                                                     opened or, in dwelling units, when the furnace circulation fan is not operating.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.14.        Cleaning Devices
                                                                                                                        1) Where outdoor air quality conditions do not meet the requirements of
                                                                                                                     Sentence 6.2.1.2.(2), ventilation required by Sentence 6.3.1.1.(1) shall be provided by a
                                                                                                                     ventilation system designed to include devices that reduce particles and gases to the
                                                                                                                     maximum acceptable levels described in Sentence 6.2.1.2.(2) prior to the introduction
                                                                                                                     of outdoor air to indoor occupied spaces.
                                                                                                                         2) Where contaminants of concern are present in the outdoor air of the local area
                                                                                                                     of the building site, ventilation required by Sentence 6.3.1.1.(1) shall be provided by
                                                                                                                     a ventilation system designed to include devices that reduce the concentrations of
                                                                                                                     contaminants to those permitted in the ACGIH's “Industrial Ventilation: A Manual
                                                                                                                     of Recommended Practice for Design” prior to the introduction of outdoor air to
                                                                                                                     indoor occupied spaces.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.15.        Evaporative Heat Rejection Systems
                                                                                                                        1) Evaporative heat rejection systems shall
                                                                                                                        a) incorporate a drift eliminator or other means to minimize the dispersion of
                                                                                                                           entrained water droplets, and
                                                                                                                        b) have a design discharge velocity that does not exceed the maximum
                                                                                                                           discharge velocity recommended by the manufacturer.
                                                                                                                         2) Evaporative heat rejection systems shall be designed so that water continuously
                                                                                                                     circulates through all parts of the system that are normally wetted when the system
                                                                                                                     is operating.
                                                                                                                        3) Evaporative heat rejection systems and their components shall be constructed
                                                                                                                     of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation of
                                                                                                                     disease-causing micro-organisms and that are compatible with disinfectants, biocides
                                                                                                                     and other cleaning agents.
                                                                                                                        4) Evaporative heat rejection systems shall be installed such that
                                                                                                                        a) no discharge air bypasses the drift eliminator or other means referred to
                                                                                                                           in Clause (1)(a), and
                                                                                                                        b) the systems are accessible for cleaning, inspection and maintenance.
                                                                                                                        5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), air discharged from evaporative heat
                                                                                                                     rejection systems shall discharge away from the building, so as to not re-enter it, to
                                                                                                                     a distance not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 2.15 m above sidewalks and driveways,
                                                                                                                         b) 7.6 m from outdoor air intakes,


                                                                                                    6-8 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           6.3.2.16.

                                                                                                                         c) 3 m horizontally or vertically from exterior doors and operable windows,
                                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                                        d) 3 m horizontally or vertically from occupiable outdoor spaces, excluding
                                                                                                                            maintenance spaces.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.3.2.15.(5) and (6).)
                                                                                                                        6) Air discharged from evaporative heat rejection systems in health care facilities
                                                                                                                     shall discharge away from the building in compliance with CAN/CSA-Z317.2, “Special
                                                                                                                     requirements for heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems in health
                                                                                                                     care facilities.” (See Note A-6.3.2.15.(5) and (6).)
                                                                                                                       7) Air intakes of evaporative heat rejection systems shall incorporate protective




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     measures to minimize the entrainment of vegetation and other organic matter.
                                                                                                                       8) Make-up water connections shall be equipped with backflow prevention
                                                                                                                     devices that conform to Article 2.6.2.1. of Division B of the NPC. (See Note A-6.3.2.15.(8)
                                                                                                                     and (9).)
                                                                                                                        9) Water treatment systems and equipment for controlling the proliferation of
                                                                                                                     disease-causing micro-organisms shall
                                                                                                                         a) be provided in accordance with Section 7.6.2. of ASHRAE Guideline 12,
                                                                                                                            “Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water
                                                                                                                            Systems,” and
                                                                                                                        b) include means for drainage, dilution, cleaning, and application of chemicals
                                                                                                                            for the control of scale, corrosion and biological contamination.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.3.2.15.(8) and (9).)
                                                                                                                      10) Drains, overflows and blow-downs shall be connected to the building's drainage
                                                                                                                     system in accordance with Clause 2.4.2.1.(1)(e) of Division B of the NPC.
                                                                                                                       11) Evaporative heat rejection systems shall be provided with access openings,
                                                                                                                     service platforms, fixed ladders and fall-restraint connections to allow inspection,
                                                                                                                     maintenance and testing.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.16.        Evaporative Air Coolers, Misters, Atomizers, Air Washers and
                                                                                                                     Humidifiers
                                                                                                                        1) Evaporative air coolers, misters, atomizers, air washers and humidifiers shall be
                                                                                                                     designed in accordance with Sections 8 and 9 of ASHRAE Guideline 12, “Minimizing
                                                                                                                     the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water Systems.”
                                                                                                                        2) Systems referred to in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                        a) be designed so that water continuously circulates through all parts of the
                                                                                                                           system that are normally wetted when the system is operating, and
                                                                                                                        b) incorporate a method of preventing water stagnation within the system
                                                                                                                           itself and the internal plumbing when the system is not operating.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-6.3.2.16.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) All components of systems referred to in Sentence (1), including filters and
                                                                                                                     evaporation media, shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials
                                                                                                                     that do not promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms.
                                                                                                                         4) Associated sumps shall
                                                                                                                         a) be constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not
                                                                                                                            promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms,
                                                                                                                         b) include auxiliary drains to prevent the overflow of water into ductwork, and
                                                                                                                         c) be installed so that they can be flushed, drained, cleaned and disinfected.
                                                                                                                       5) Where misters, atomizers or air washers are used in ductwork, the affected
                                                                                                                     duct section shall be
                                                                                                                        a) designed to ensure drainage of unevaporated and accumulated water, and
                                                                                                                        b) constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not
                                                                                                                            promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms.
                                                                                                                        6) Make-up water connections shall be equipped with backflow prevention devices
                                                                                                                     that conform to Article 2.6.2.1. of Division B of the NPC. (See Note A-6.3.2.16.(6).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 6-9
                                                                                                    6.3.2.17.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    6.3.2.17.         Fans and Associated Air-Handling Equipment
                                                                                                                         1) Fans for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall be located and
                                                                                                                      installed so that their operation
                                                                                                                          a) does not adversely affect the draft required for proper operation of fuel-fired
                                                                                                                              appliances, and
                                                                                                                          b) does not allow the air in the duct system to be contaminated by air or gases
                                                                                                                              from the boiler room or furnace room.
                                                                                                                         2) Fans and associated air-handling equipment, such as air washers, filters and
                                                                                                                      heating and cooling units, when installed on the roof or elsewhere outside the building,
                                                                                                                      shall be of a type designed for outdoor use.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    6.3.2.18.         Vibration Isolation Connectors
                                                                                                                         1) Vibration isolation connectors in air duct systems shall comply with
                                                                                                                      Article 3.6.5.2.

                                                                                                    6.3.2.19.         Tape
                                                                                                                         1) Tape used for sealing joints in air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct
                                                                                                                      systems shall comply with Article 3.6.5.3.

                                                                                                    6.3.3.            Chimneys and Venting Equipment
                                                                                                    6.3.3.1.          Requirement for Venting
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Articles 6.3.3.2. and 6.3.3.3., the products of combustion
                                                                                                                      from oil-, gas- and solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be vented in conformance with the
                                                                                                                      requirements in the applicable appliance installation standard listed in Article 6.2.1.5.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Article 6.2.1.5., vented products of combustion, other
                                                                                                                      than those referred to in Sentence (1), shall be discharged away from the building, so as
                                                                                                                      not to re-enter it, to a distance not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 2.15 m above sidewalks and driveways,
                                                                                                                         b) 3 m from outdoor air intakes,
                                                                                                                          c) 3 m horizontally or vertically from doors and operable windows, and
                                                                                                                         d) 3 m horizontally or vertically from occupiable outdoor spaces, excluding
                                                                                                                              maintenance spaces.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-6.3.3.1.(2).)

                                                                                                    6.3.3.2.          Masonry or Concrete Chimneys
                                                                                                                         1) Rectangular masonry or concrete chimneys not more than 12 m in height shall
                                                                                                                      conform to Part 9 if they serve
                                                                                                                         a) appliances with a combined total rated heat output of 120 kW or less, or
                                                                                                                         b) fireplaces.
                                                                                                                         2) Masonry or concrete chimneys other than those described in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                      designed and installed in conformance with the appropriate requirements in NFPA
                                                                                                                      211, “Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances.”

                                                                                                    6.3.3.3.          Metal Smoke Stacks
                                                                                                                         1) Single wall metal smoke stacks shall be designed and installed in conformance
                                                                                                                      with NFPA 211, “Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning
                                                                                                                      Appliances.”

                                                                                                    6.3.3.4.          Access Ladders
                                                                                                                         1) Access ladders for chimneys, when provided, shall consist of steel or bronze
                                                                                                                      rungs, built into the walls of the chimneys.
                                                                                                                         2) Rungs for external ladders shall begin at not less than 2.5 m from ground level.


                                                                                                    6-10 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             6.3.4.4.

                                                                                                    6.3.4.           Ventilation for Laboratories

                                                                                                    6.3.4.1.         Application

                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies to laboratories where dangerous goods, including
                                                                                                                     flammable liquids and combustible liquids, are used in normal laboratory operations in
                                                                                                                     quantities or in a manner that creates a fire or explosion hazard.

                                                                                                    6.3.4.2.         General Ventilation

                                                                                                                        1) A laboratory shall be provided with continuous mechanical ventilation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     designed to ensure that dangerous goods vapours and particles
                                                                                                                        a) do not accumulate in the laboratory,
                                                                                                                        b) are prevented from migrating to other parts of the building,
                                                                                                                        c) do not accumulate in the ventilation system,
                                                                                                                        d) are exhausted to the outdoors, and
                                                                                                                        e) are not returned to the building.

                                                                                                                       2) A ventilation system required by this Subsection shall be provided with
                                                                                                                     monitoring devices to
                                                                                                                       a) indicate that the ventilation system is in operation, and
                                                                                                                       b) sound an alarm if the ventilation system is malfunctioning.

                                                                                                                        3) A ventilation system required by this Subsection shall be maintained in
                                                                                                                     conformance with Article 5.5.4.1. of Division B of the NFC.

                                                                                                    6.3.4.3.         Enclosure Exhaust Ventilation

                                                                                                                        1) The ventilation system for a power-ventilated enclosure required by Sentence
                                                                                                                     5.5.4.2.(1) of Division B of the NFC shall
                                                                                                                         a) conform to NFPA 91, “Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of
                                                                                                                              Vapors, Gases, Mists, and Particulate Solids,”
                                                                                                                         b) provide continuous exhaust ventilation at an air velocity sufficient
                                                                                                                              to prevent the accumulation of combustible or reactive deposits in the
                                                                                                                              power-ventilated enclosure and its exhaust duct system,
                                                                                                                         c) confine dangerous goods vapours and particles to the area where they are
                                                                                                                              generated and exhaust them to the outdoors,
                                                                                                                         d) not return the exhausted air to the building, and
                                                                                                                         e) be provided with well identified control switches that are
                                                                                                                                 i) located outside of the power-ventilated enclosure, and
                                                                                                                                ii) readily accessible in case of an emergency.

                                                                                                    6.3.4.4.         Enclosure Construction

                                                                                                                        1) The power-ventilated enclosure required by Sentence 5.5.4.2.(1) of Division B of
                                                                                                                     the NFC and its exhaust duct system shall
                                                                                                                         a) except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), be constructed of noncombustible
                                                                                                                            materials compatible with and chemically resistant to the dangerous goods
                                                                                                                            vapours and particles being exhausted, and
                                                                                                                        b) be provided with access doors to permit inspection and maintenance of
                                                                                                                            the fan assembly and exhaust ducts.

                                                                                                                         2) Combustible materials are permitted in systems described in Clause (1)(a) if
                                                                                                                         a) such materials are required by the corrosive or reactive properties of the
                                                                                                                            dangerous goods being used, and
                                                                                                                         b) their flame-spread rating is not more than 25.

                                                                                                                        3) The flame-spread rating required by Sentence (2) is permitted to be greater than
                                                                                                                     25 if an automatic fire suppression system is provided inside the power-ventilated
                                                                                                                     enclosure and its exhaust duct system.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B 6-11
                                                                                                    6.4.1.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    Section 6.4. Heating Systems
                                                                                                    6.4.1.            Heating Appliances, General
                                                                                                    6.4.1.1.          Location of Appliances
                                                                                                                         1) Except for appliances installed in dwelling units, fuel-fired heating appliances shall
                                                                                                                      be located, enclosed or separated from the remainder of the building in conformance
                                                                                                                      with Section 3.6. (See also Subsection 9.10.10.)

                                                                                                    6.4.1.2.          Appliances Installed Outside the Building




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) Fuel-fired appliances installed outside a building shall be designed and
                                                                                                                      constructed for outdoor use.

                                                                                                    6.4.2.            Unit Heaters
                                                                                                    6.4.2.1.          Clearances
                                                                                                                         1) Every unit heater using either steam or hot water as the heating medium shall
                                                                                                                      be installed such that the clearances between the appliance and adjacent combustible
                                                                                                                      material conform to Table 6.7.1.2.

                                                                                                    6.4.3.            Radiators and Convectors
                                                                                                    6.4.3.1.          Lining or Backing
                                                                                                                        1) A noncombustible lining or backing shall be provided for every steam or hot
                                                                                                                      water radiator and convector
                                                                                                                         a) located in a recess or concealed space, or
                                                                                                                         b) attached to the face of a wall of combustible construction or encapsulated mass
                                                                                                                             timber construction.
                                                                                                                         2) Every steam or hot water radiator and convector shall be installed so as to
                                                                                                                      conform to the clearance requirements of Table 6.7.1.2.


                                                                                                    Section 6.5. Thermal Insulation Systems
                                                                                                    6.5.1.            Insulation
                                                                                                    6.5.1.1.          Insulation and Coverings
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-6.3.2.5.)
                                                                                                                         1) Insulation and coverings on pipes shall comply with Article 3.6.5.5.
                                                                                                                         2) Insulation and coverings on pipes shall be composed of material that will
                                                                                                                      withstand deterioration from softening, melting, mildew and mould at the operating
                                                                                                                      temperature of the system.
                                                                                                                         3) Exposed piping or equipment subject to human contact shall be insulated so that
                                                                                                                      the temperature of the exposed surface does not exceed 52°C. (See Note A-6.5.1.1.(3).)


                                                                                                    Section 6.6. Refrigeration and Cooling Systems
                                                                                                    6.6.1.            Refrigerating Systems and Equipment for Air-conditioning
                                                                                                    6.6.1.1.          Cooling Units
                                                                                                                         1) Where a cooling unit is combined with a fuel-fired furnace in the same duct
                                                                                                                      system, the cooling unit shall be installed
                                                                                                                          a) in parallel with the heating furnace,


                                                                                                    6-12 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                   6.7.2.1.

                                                                                                                         b) upstream of the furnace provided the furnace is designed for such
                                                                                                                            application, or
                                                                                                                         c) downstream of the furnace provided the cooling unit is designed to prevent
                                                                                                                            excessive temperature or pressure in the refrigeration system.


                                                                                                    Section 6.7. Piping Systems
                                                                                                    6.7.1.           Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems
                                                                                                    6.7.1.1.         Piping Materials and Installation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) Piping shall be made from materials designed to withstand the
                                                                                                                     effects of temperatures and pressures that may occur in the system. (See
                                                                                                                     Articles 3.1.5.19., 3.1.9.1., 9.10.9.6. and 9.10.9.7. for fire safety requirements.)
                                                                                                                        2) Every pipe used in a heating or air-conditioning system shall be installed to
                                                                                                                     allow for expansion and contraction due to temperature changes.
                                                                                                                        3) Supports and anchors for piping in a heating or air-conditioning system shall
                                                                                                                     be designed and installed to ensure that undue stress is not placed on the supporting
                                                                                                                     structure.

                                                                                                    6.7.1.2.         Clearances
                                                                                                                       1) Clearances between combustible material and bare pipes carrying steam or hot
                                                                                                                     water shall conform to Table 6.7.1.2.

                                                                                                                                                             Table 6.7.1.2.
                                                                                                                              Clearance Between Steam or Hot Water Pipes and Combustible Material
                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Articles 6.4.2.1. and 6.7.1.2., and Sentence 6.4.3.1.(2)

                                                                                                                    Steam or Water Temperature, °C                                      Minimum Clearance, mm
                                                                                                                              Up to 95                                                       No clearance
                                                                                                                           Above 95 to 120                                                        15
                                                                                                                             Above 120                                                            25


                                                                                                    6.7.1.3.         Surface Temperature
                                                                                                                        1) The exposed surface temperature of a steam or hot water radiator shall
                                                                                                                     not exceed 70°C unless precautions are taken to prevent human contact. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-6.5.1.1.(3).)

                                                                                                    6.7.1.4.         Protection
                                                                                                                        1) Where a pipe carrying steam or hot water at a temperature above 120°C passes
                                                                                                                     through a combustible floor, ceiling or wall, the construction shall be protected by a
                                                                                                                     sleeve of metal or other noncombustible material not less than 50 mm larger in diameter
                                                                                                                     than the pipe.

                                                                                                    6.7.1.5.         Piping in Shafts
                                                                                                                        1) Where piping for heating or air-conditioning systems is enclosed in a shaft, the
                                                                                                                     requirements of Article 3.6.3.1. for shafts shall apply.

                                                                                                    6.7.2.           Storage Bins
                                                                                                    6.7.2.1.         Storage Bins
                                                                                                                        1) Service pipes passing through a storage bin for solid fuel shall be protected or
                                                                                                                     so located as to avoid damage to the pipes.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                              Division B 6-13
                                                                                                    6.8.1.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Except for fuel-thawing pipes, every pipe designed to operate at a temperature
                                                                                                                      of 50°C or above shall be located where solid fuel cannot be stored in contact with it.


                                                                                                    Section 6.8. Equipment Access
                                                                                                    6.8.1.            Openings
                                                                                                    6.8.1.1.          Access Openings
                                                                                                                         1) Any covering of an access opening through which a person could enter shall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      be openable from the inside without the use of keys where there is a possibility of the
                                                                                                                      opening being accidentally closed while the system or equipment is being serviced.

                                                                                                    6.8.1.2.          Openings in Air Duct Systems
                                                                                                                         1) Air duct systems shall have no openings other than those required for the
                                                                                                                      proper operation and maintenance of the system.
                                                                                                                        2) Access openings shall be provided in duct systems to allow the removal of
                                                                                                                      material that may accumulate in plenums and ducts.

                                                                                                    6.8.1.3.          Odour Removal Equipment
                                                                                                                         1) When odour removal equipment of the adsorption type is used, it shall be
                                                                                                                         a) installed to allow access so that adsorption material can be reactivated or
                                                                                                                            renewed, and
                                                                                                                         b) protected from dust accumulation by air filters installed on the inlet side.
                                                                                                                         2) Facilities for flushing and drainage shall be provided where filters are designed
                                                                                                                      to be washed in place.


                                                                                                    Section 6.9. Fire Safety Systems
                                                                                                    6.9.1.            General
                                                                                                    6.9.1.1.          Fire Safety Requirements
                                                                                                                         1) The fire safety characteristics of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
                                                                                                                      systems shall comply with Subsection 3.6.5.
                                                                                                                         2) Characteristics referred to in Sentence (1) include but are not limited to
                                                                                                                         a) use of combustible materials in duct systems,
                                                                                                                         b) flame-spread ratings and smoke-developed ratings of duct and pipe materials
                                                                                                                            and coverings,
                                                                                                                         c) installation of equipment relative to property lines, and
                                                                                                                         d) requirements for fire dampers and fire stop flaps.

                                                                                                    6.9.1.2.          Hazardous Gases, Dusts or Liquids
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Subsection 6.3.4., systems serving spaces that contain
                                                                                                                      hazardous gases, dusts or liquids shall be designed, constructed and installed to
                                                                                                                      conform to the requirements of the applicable provincial or territorial regulations or
                                                                                                                      municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, to good engineering
                                                                                                                      practice such as that described in the publications of the National Fire Protection
                                                                                                                      Association and in the NFC. (See Note A-6.9.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) When indoor piping for Class I flammable liquids is installed in a trench, the
                                                                                                                      trench shall be
                                                                                                                          a) provided with positive ventilation to the outdoors, or
                                                                                                                          b) designed to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapours.


                                                                                                    6-14 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               6.9.3.1.

                                                                                                    6.9.1.3.         Commercial Cooking Equipment
                                                                                                                        1) Fire protection systems for commercial cooking equipment referred to in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 6.3.1.6.(1) using vegetable oil or animal fat shall conform to
                                                                                                                        a) ANSI/CAN/UL/ULC 300, “Standard for Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishing
                                                                                                                            Systems for Protection of Commercial Cooking Equipment,” or
                                                                                                                        b) ULC/ORD-C1254.6, “Fire Testing of Restaurant Cooking Area Fire
                                                                                                                            Extinguishing System Units.”

                                                                                                    6.9.2.           Dampers and Ductwork
                                                                                                    6.9.2.1.         Fire Dampers




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) Fire dampers shall conform to Article 3.1.8.10.

                                                                                                    6.9.2.2.         Smoke Detectors
                                                                                                                        1) Air handling systems shall incorporate smoke detectors where and as required
                                                                                                                     by Article 3.2.4.12.

                                                                                                    6.9.2.3.         Exhaust Ducts and Outlets
                                                                                                                        1) Where an exhaust duct system is used for smoke removal in a high building, the
                                                                                                                     requirements of Article 3.2.6.6. shall apply.
                                                                                                                        2) Where exhaust duct systems from more than one fire compartment are connected
                                                                                                                     to an exhaust duct in a vertical service space, the requirements of Article 3.6.3.4. shall
                                                                                                                     apply.

                                                                                                    6.9.2.4.         Ducts in Exits
                                                                                                                        1) Where ducts penetrate fire separations separating exits from the remainder of the
                                                                                                                     building, they shall be in accordance with Article 3.4.4.4.

                                                                                                    6.9.3.           Carbon Monoxide Alarms
                                                                                                    6.9.3.1.         Carbon Monoxide Alarms
                                                                                                                        1) This Article applies to every building that contains a residential occupancy, a
                                                                                                                     care occupancy with individual suites, or a care occupancy containing sleeping rooms
                                                                                                                     not within a suite, and that also contains
                                                                                                                         a) a fuel-burning appliance, or
                                                                                                                         b) a storage garage.
                                                                                                                         2) Carbon monoxide (CO) alarms required by this Article shall
                                                                                                                         a) conform to CSA 6.19, “Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,”
                                                                                                                         b) be equipped with an integral alarm that satisfies the audibility requirements
                                                                                                                            of CSA 6.19, “Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,”
                                                                                                                         c) have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the CO
                                                                                                                            alarm, where the CO alarm is powered by the electrical system serving the
                                                                                                                            suite (see Note A-6.9.3.1.(2)(c)), and
                                                                                                                         d) be mechanically fixed at a height above the floor as recommended by the
                                                                                                                            manufacturer.
                                                                                                                        3) Where a fuel-burning appliance is installed in a suite of residential occupancy or in
                                                                                                                     a suite of care occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
                                                                                                                         a) inside each bedroom, or
                                                                                                                         b) outside each bedroom, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured
                                                                                                                             following corridors and doorways.
                                                                                                                         4) Where a fuel-burning appliance is installed in a service room that is not in a suite
                                                                                                                     of residential occupancy nor in a suite of care occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
                                                                                                                         a) either inside each bedroom, or if outside, within 5 m of each bedroom door,
                                                                                                                             measured following corridors and doorways, in every suite of residential


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B 6-15
                                                                                                    6.9.4.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                                  occupancy or suite of care occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling
                                                                                                                                  assembly with the service room, and
                                                                                                                               b) in the service room.
                                                                                                                            5) For each suite of residential occupancy or suite of care occupancy that shares a wall
                                                                                                                         or floor/ceiling assembly with a storage garage or that is adjacent to an attic or crawl
                                                                                                                         space to which the storage garage is also adjacent, a CO alarm shall be installed
                                                                                                                             a) inside each bedroom, or
                                                                                                                             b) outside each bedroom, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured
                                                                                                                                 following corridors and doorways.

                                                                                                    6.9.4.               Ash Storage




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    6.9.4.1.             Ash Storage Bins
                                                                                                                             1) Every ash storage bin shall be constructed of noncombustible material.
                                                                                                                           2) Every opening in an ash storage bin shall be protected by a tight-fitting metal
                                                                                                                         door with metal frame securely fastened to the bin.

                                                                                                    6.9.4.2.             Fireplaces
                                                                                                                             1) Fireplaces shall conform to the requirements of Section 9.22.


                                                                                                    Section 6.10. Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    6.10.1.              Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    6.10.1.1.            Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                                             1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                         Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed
                                                                                                                         to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements
                                                                                                                         listed in Table 6.10.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                         Table 6.10.1.1.                                                       Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 6                           Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 6.10.1.1.(1)                       6.2.1.5. Installation Standards
                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          (1)         [F43-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    6.2.1.1. Good Engineering Practice                                                 [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) to (e) [F31,F51-OP1.1]                                            [F43-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 (a) to (c),(e) to (i) [F40,F50,F51,F52,F54,F63-OH1.1]     6.2.1.6. Installation – General
                                                                                                                 (a) to (c),(e) to (h) [F50,F51,F52,F54,F63-OH1.2,OH1.3]   (1)         [F82-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F31,F50,F51,F52,F54,F63-OS3.2,OS3.4]                                 [F82-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 (d) [F01-OS1.1]                                                       [F82-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    6.2.1.2. Outdoor Design Conditions                                     (2)         [F31-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40,F50-OH1.1]                                           (3)         [F81-OS3.2,OS3.3,OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F40,F43,F44,F50-OH1.1]                                               [F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]                                               6.2.1.7. Asbestos
                                                                                                    6.2.1.3. Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure                    (1)         [F43-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS3.2]                                               6.2.2.1. Applicable Standard
                                                                                                    6.2.1.4. Structural Movement                                           (1)         [F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F23-OS3.1]                                               6.2.3.1. Solid Fuel Storage Bins
                                                                                                                 [F51,F63,F50-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                           (1)         [F30-OH2.1]



                                                                                                    6-16 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                            6.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                      Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)                                      Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OS1.1]                                          (3)         [F81,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                          6.3.2.8. Makeup Air
                                                                                                    6.3.1.1. Required Ventilation                                     (1)         [F50,F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F50,F41,F52,F53,F63-OH1.1]                                      [F44,F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F40,F41,F50,F52,F53,F63-OH1.1]                      (2)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    6.3.1.2. Crawl Spaces and Attic or Roof Spaces                                [F81,F44-OS3.4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F63,F41-OH1.1,OH1.3]                            (3)         [F81-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    6.3.1.3. Ventilation of Storage Garages                           6.3.2.9. Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust Air Openings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F50,F44-OS3.4]                                      (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F44-OS3.4]                                                      [F81-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F44-OS3.4]                                          (2)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F50,F44-OS3.4]                                                  [F81,F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F50,F44-OH1.1]                                                  [F41,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F50,F44-OS3.4]                                      (3)         [F44,F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    6.3.1.5. Indoor Air Contaminants                                              [F44,F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F44-OS3.4]                                          (4)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OH1.1]                                          (5)         [F82,F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F44-OH1.1]                                                      [F82-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F52-OH1.1]                                          6.3.2.10. Exhaust Ducts and Outlets
                                                                                                    6.3.1.6. Commercial Cooking Equipment                             (1)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F01,F44-OS1.1]                                      (2)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01,F44-OP1.1]                                      (3)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     6.3.2.2. Drain Pans                                                          [F81-OH1.2]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F41,F44,F50,F82-OH1.1]                              (4)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F40,F41,F44,F50-OH1.1]                                          [F81-OH1.2]
                                                                                                     6.3.2.3. Materials in Air Duct Systems                           (5)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                (6)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F81,F44-OS3.4]                                      (7)         [F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1]                                          (8)         [F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                            [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                     6.3.2.4. Connections in Air Duct Systems                                     [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                    (9)         [F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81,F44-OS3.4]                                      (10)        [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    6.3.2.5. Duct Coverings and Linings                               (11)        [F81,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                                [F81,F44-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS1.1]                                          (12)        [F81,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OP1.1]                                          (13)        [F81-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    6.3.2.7. Interconnection of Systems                                           [F81,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F44-OS1.1]                                          6.3.2.11. Return-Air System
                                                                                                                 [F40-OH1.1]                                          (3)         [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F81,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81,F44-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81,F44-OP1.1]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                         Division B 6-17
                                                                                                    6.10.1.1.                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                        Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)                                   Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    6.3.2.12. Underground Ducts                                     6.3.3.2. Masonry or Concrete Chimneys
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F44,F81-OH1.2,OH1.3]                          (2)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F44,F81-OH1.1]                                            [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F44,F81-OH1.1]                                6.3.3.3. Metal Smoke Stacks
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    6.3.2.13. Filters                                                           [F01-OP1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OS1.1]                                        6.3.3.4. Access Ladders
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP1.1]                                        (1)         [F20,F80-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.3]                                        (2)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81,F43-OH1.1]                                    6.3.4.2. General Ventilation
                                                                                                    6.3.2.14. Cleaning Devices                                      (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40,F50-OH1.1]                                                [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40,F43,F44,F50-OH1.1]                                        [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]                                                    [F02-OS1.2] [F81,F82-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    6.3.2.15. Evaporative Heat Rejection Systems                    (2)         [F11,F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]                                6.3.4.3. Enclosure Exhaust Ventilation
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]                                (1)         (a),(c),(d) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]                                            (b) [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]                                            (e) [F12-OP1.1,OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F40,F41-OH1.1]                                                (a) [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F40,F41-OH1.1]                                                (b) [F02-OS1.2] [F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F40,F41-OH1.1]                                                (e) [F12-OS1.1,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F46-OH2.2]                                                    (a) [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F41,F44-OH1.1]                                                (a) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F46,F81-OH2.1]                                    6.3.4.4. Enclosure Construction
                                                                                                    (11)         [F41,F82-OH1.1]                                    (1)         (a) [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be
                                                                                                                 [F82-OS3.1]                                                    constructed of noncombustible materials …”

                                                                                                    6.3.2.16. Evaporative Air Coolers, Misters, Atomizers, Air                  (b) [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    Washers and Humidifiers                                                     (a) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be
                                                                                                    (1)          [F44,F50-OH1.1]                                                constructed of noncombustible materials …”

                                                                                                    (2)          [F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]                                            (a) [F80-OS3.4] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be
                                                                                                                                                                                constructed of … materials … chemically resistant to the
                                                                                                    (3)          [F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]                                            dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted
                                                                                                    (4)          [F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]                                            …”

                                                                                                                 [F40,F41,F50,F82-OH1.1]                                        (b) [F02-OS1.2] [F82-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]                                            (a) [F80-OS1.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “… be
                                                                                                                                                                                constructed of … materials … chemically resistant to the
                                                                                                    (6)          [F46-OH2.2]                                                    dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted
                                                                                                    6.3.2.17. Fans and Associated Air-Handling Equipment                        …”
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81,F44-OH1.1]                                                (a) [F01-OS1.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “…
                                                                                                                                                                                be constructed of … materials compatible with … the
                                                                                                                 [F81,F44-OS3.4]                                                dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OH1.1]                                                    …”
                                                                                                    6.3.3.1. Requirement for Venting                                (3)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40,F44,F50-OH1.1]                                            [F02-OP1.2]




                                                                                                    6-18 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                              6.10.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)                                          Table 6.10.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    6.4.1.2. Appliances Installed Outside the Building                 6.9.1.2. Hazardous Gases, Dusts or Liquids
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81-OP1.1]                                           (1)            [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1]                                                          [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS1.1]                                           (2)            [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    6.4.2.1. Clearances                                                               [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OP1.1]                                           6.9.1.3. Commercial Cooking Equipment




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                           (1)            [F02,F81-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    6.4.3.1. Lining or Backing                                                        [F02,F81-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]                                           6.9.3.1. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                           (2)            (a),(b),(d) [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                      (c) [F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                       (3)            [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    6.5.1.1. Insulation and Coverings
                                                                                                                                                                       (4)            [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F20,F30-OS3.2,OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                       (5)            [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F31-OS3.2]
                                                                                                                                                                       6.9.4.1. Ash Storage Bins
                                                                                                     6.6.1.1. Cooling Units
                                                                                                                                                                       (1)            [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F43,F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    6.7.1.1. Piping Materials and Installation
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)            [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS3.2,OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F21-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                                                                      Notes to Table 6.10.1.1.:
                                                                                                     6.7.1.2. Clearances                                              (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
                                                                                                     (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                     6.7.1.3. Surface Temperature
                                                                                                     (1)         [F31-OS3.2]
                                                                                                     6.7.1.4. Protection
                                                                                                     (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                     6.7.2.1. Storage Bins
                                                                                                     (1)         [F30,F31,F43-OS3.2,OS3.4]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                     6.8.1.1. Access Openings
                                                                                                     (1)         [F36-OS3.6]
                                                                                                     6.8.1.2. Openings in Air Duct Systems
                                                                                                     (1)         [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F81,F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F82-OS1.1]
                                                                                                     6.8.1.3. Odour Removal Equipment
                                                                                                     (1)         [F82-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F82-OH1.1]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                           Division B 6-19
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




6-20 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 6
                                                                                                    Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-6.2.1.1.      Good Engineering Practice.

                                                                                                        Building Pressurization

                                                                                                        New buildings tend to be considerably more airtight than older ones. Consequently, these buildings
                                                                                                        may have a reduced pressurization requirement compared to the normal requirement in order to limit
                                                                                                        drafts and provide a reasonable level of comfort.
                                                                                                        The humidification and relative pressurization of buildings and individual spaces in buildings can
                                                                                                        be significant factors in compromising the ongoing performance of the building envelope and other
                                                                                                        environmental separators.
                                                                                                        In new construction, HVAC designers should take this issue into consideration and confer with those
                                                                                                        responsible for the design of the environmental separators so as to limit unintended effects on the
                                                                                                        environmental separators. In existing buildings, the ability of the environmental separators to resist or
                                                                                                        accommodate increases in pressure differential or moisture loading should be considered before changes
                                                                                                        are made to the HVAC system.

                                                                                                        Legionella Control

                                                                                                        HVAC designers should either develop a water management plan or complete a formal risk and hazard
                                                                                                        assessment to determine what measures are required for the control of legionella. The risk and hazard
                                                                                                        assessment should include inspections of the building and its surroundings to locate potential sources of
                                                                                                        legionella and to identify equipment or systems that could promote the growth and spread of legionella.
                                                                                                        The assessment should also evaluate the risk to building occupants that is associated with any identified
                                                                                                        equipment or systems, taking into account their design, location and operating conditions.
                                                                                                        Further information on minimizing the growth and spread of legionella can be found in the following
                                                                                                        publications:
                                                                                                          • ANSI/ASHRAE 188, “Legionellosis: Risk Management for Building Water Systems,”
                                                                                                          • “Developing a Water Management Program to Reduce Legionella Growth and Spread in Buildings”
                                                                                                             (U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2017),
                                                                                                          • “Legionella and Legionnaires' Disease: A Policy Overview” (European Agency for Safety and Health
                                                                                                             at Work, 2011),
                                                                                                          • “Legionella and the Prevention of Legionellosis” (World Health Organization, 2007),
                                                                                                          • “Legionnaires' Disease: Technical Guidance: Part 1: The Control of Legionella Bacteria in Evaporative
                                                                                                             Cooling Systems, and Part 3: The Control of Legionella Bacteria in Other Risk Systems” (U.K. Health
                                                                                                             and Safety Executive, 2013), and
                                                                                                          • “Recognition, Evaluation and Control of Legionella in Building Water Systems” (American Industrial
                                                                                                             Hygiene Association, 2015).

                                                                                                        Radon Control

                                                                                                        Measures may be necessary to reduce the radon concentration to a level below the guideline specified by
                                                                                                        Health Canada.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Division B 6-21
                                                                                                    A-6.2.1.2.(2)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                        Further information on reducing the indoor concentration of radon can be found in the following Health
                                                                                                        Canada publications:
                                                                                                          • “Guide for Radon Measurements in Public Buildings (Schools, Hospitals, Care Facilities, Detention
                                                                                                             Centres),” and
                                                                                                          • “Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners.”

                                                                                                    A-6.2.1.2.(2) Outdoor Design Conditions. In the past, the practice of ventilating buildings with
                                                                                                    outdoor air assumed that the outdoor air was of better quality than the indoor air. It has become evident that
                                                                                                    the outdoor air in some areas of Canada may not be of an acceptable quality for ventilating buildings unless
                                                                                                    certain particles and gases are first removed or reduced. For particulate matter, the maximum acceptable level
                                                                                                    is the 98th percentile of the average 24 hour values; for ozone, the maximum acceptable level is the average




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    of the average 8 hour values. A recent estimate suggests that many Canadians are exposed to contaminated
                                                                                                    outdoor air via buildings' ventilation systems, which may lead to health problems such as cardiovascular and
                                                                                                    cerebral vascular diseases, respiratory irritation and illnesses, asthma, allergies, cancer, mucus membrane
                                                                                                    disorders and possibly death.
                                                                                                    In order to manage the air quality of a building's indoor environment, thus reducing the potential for adverse
                                                                                                    effects on occupants' health, the quality of outdoor air for building ventilation purposes must be addressed.
                                                                                                    The air pollutants for which standards have been developed are particulate matter and ground-level ozone.
                                                                                                    Sentence 6.2.1.2.(2) sets limits on the maximum acceptable levels of these particles and gas that a building's
                                                                                                    ventilation system should introduce directly to the indoor environment. These limits form part of the
                                                                                                    Canada-wide Standards for Particulate Matter (PM) and Ozone, which were established pursuant to the
                                                                                                    1998 Canada-wide Accord on Environmental Harmonization of the Canadian Council of Ministers of the
                                                                                                    Environment (CCME) and its Canada-wide Environmental Standards Sub-Agreement. Information on related
                                                                                                    regulations is available from Environment and Climate Change Canada and the provincial/territorial ministries
                                                                                                    of the environment. A database of particle measurements for certain Canadian locations is available from the
                                                                                                    National Air Pollution Surveillance Network (NAPS), which is run by Environment and Climate Change
                                                                                                    Canada in conjunction with the provinces and territories.

                                                                                                    A-6.2.1.2.(3) Outdoor Design Conditions. The outdoor air at the local area of the building site,
                                                                                                    including its immediate surroundings, should be assessed to identify the levels of contaminants that may be of
                                                                                                    concern if allowed to enter the building. Examples of contaminants of concern include the following:
                                                                                                       • irritants from restaurant and dumpster emissions
                                                                                                       • visible plumes from cooling towers and incinerators
                                                                                                       • combustion exhaust from vehicles on loading docks and highways
                                                                                                       • other visible sources of contaminants on site and from adjoining properties (e.g. manufacturing plants)
                                                                                                    Factors that can influence the infiltration of contaminants, such as the building's geometry and prevailing winds
                                                                                                    and seasonal activity in the local area, should also be considered. Features can be incorporated in the design of
                                                                                                    the building to mitigate the effects of the identified contaminants of concern to the building occupants.

                                                                                                    A-6.2.1.4. Structural Movement. This Article is intended to remind designers and installers of
                                                                                                    mechanical systems of one aspect of the “good engineering practice” referred to in Article 6.2.1.1.
                                                                                                    In determining how to accommodate structural movement, there are two important principles to bear in mind:
                                                                                                       • The prime concern of the NBC is the safety of people in and around the building, as opposed to protection
                                                                                                         of the mechanical systems and equipment.
                                                                                                       • The nature of the accommodation will vary with the type of movement being considered, taking into
                                                                                                         account particularly how often the movement is likely to be encountered over the life of the building.
                                                                                                    For example, a gas line supported on columns that also support a crane must be installed in such a way that the
                                                                                                    movement of the columns, which occurs many times daily, does not cause the lines to break, thus creating a
                                                                                                    hazard. Even if the gas line installation could somehow be designed to break in a non-hazardous manner, it
                                                                                                    would hardly be recognized as good engineering practice if movement that occurs so frequently could disrupt
                                                                                                    the operation of the mechanical system.
                                                                                                    On the other hand, earthquakes occur far less frequently and it would not be surprising to have a non-critical
                                                                                                    mechanical system fail as a result of an earthquake. However, even in this situation, the failure must occur in a
                                                                                                    manner that does not create a hazard to building occupants. For example, heavy mechanical equipment should
                                                                                                    be properly anchored so that it does not topple on building occupants during an earthquake. The design of the
                                                                                                    anchors should take into account accelerations consistent with the seismic data given in Appendix C for the
                                                                                                    location of the building. Part 4 provides guidance on the calculation of the loads such equipment would exert
                                                                                                    on the building structure during an earthquake; these same loads can be used in designing the anchors.


                                                                                                    6-22 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        A-6.3.1.5.

                                                                                                    Some mechanical equipment can be an important component of post-disaster life safety systems. In these cases,
                                                                                                    the measures needed to accommodate the movements caused by an earthquake become even more critical since
                                                                                                    failure of the equipment would not be acceptable.
                                                                                                    Clearly, complying with this requirement will, in most cases, necessitate close coordination between the
                                                                                                    mechanical designer and the structural designer.
                                                                                                    For additional information on the types of structural movement that may be encountered, see Article 4.1.3.5.,
                                                                                                    Sentence 4.1.3.3.(2) and Subsection 4.1.8.

                                                                                                    A-6.2.1.6.(1) Installation – General. Ducts or pipes without dampers or valves are generally not
                                                                                                    considered to constitute “equipment” and are therefore not subject to this requirement.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-6.3.1.2.(1) Ventilation and Venting of Crawl Spaces and Attic or Roof Spaces. The
                                                                                                    cross-reference to Part 5 pertains to unconditioned and unoccupied crawl spaces, and attic or roof spaces,
                                                                                                    which are effectively within the building envelope. That is, unconditioned and unoccupied attic or roof spaces
                                                                                                    are located between the roof deck and roofing above, and the insulation, air barrier system and vapour
                                                                                                    barrier below. Unconditioned and unoccupied crawl spaces are located between the ground cover below and
                                                                                                    the insulation, air barrier system and vapour barrier above. Venting of these spaces has implications for the
                                                                                                    performance of the building envelope rather than having direct effects on indoor conditions. The ventilation of
                                                                                                    conditioned or occupied crawl spaces and attic or roof spaces must comply with Part 6.
                                                                                                    The requirements in Part 5 are stated in terms of loads that must be resisted rather than in terms of building
                                                                                                    elements. Thus, the Code user will not find explicit references in Part 5 to crawl spaces, or attic or roof spaces.
                                                                                                    Part 5 makes reference to the need for venting environmental separators, i.e., the dissipation of heat or moisture.
                                                                                                    Sentence 6.3.1.2.(1) requires that crawl spaces be ventilated either by natural (above-grade only) or mechanical
                                                                                                    means. High moisture levels within the crawl space can lead to problems such as the formation of mould, lifting
                                                                                                    of flooring or long-term damage to structural components.
                                                                                                    Crawl space ventilation cannot be expected to correct moisture-related problems caused by other factors like
                                                                                                    inadequate surface drainage from the foundation walls or improper protection against moisture from the
                                                                                                    ground. These conditions must be properly addressed so that crawl space ventilation can meet its intended
                                                                                                    objectives.
                                                                                                    Several factors favour the use of mechanical ventilation rather than reliance on natural drafts. Local conditions,
                                                                                                    such as areas with high water tables, may dictate the need for mechanical ventilation to remove excessive
                                                                                                    moisture.
                                                                                                    Crawl spaces should be maintained at a negative pressure relative to the conditioned area above to prevent the
                                                                                                    migration of moisture into occupied areas. This can be achieved through the use of an exhaust fan and relying
                                                                                                    on air transfer through floor penetrations, such as pipes.

                                                                                                    A-6.3.1.3.(1) Storage Garages. Areas where motor vehicles are parked with the engine off for extended
                                                                                                    periods of time, such as car dealership showrooms, are not considered as storage garages.

                                                                                                    A-6.3.1.3.(2) Ventilation of Storage Garages. Storage garages are ventilated to protect occupants
                                                                                                    from exposure to carbon monoxide and other vehicular exhaust fumes. In certain cases, such as small two-
                                                                                                    or three-bay storage garages that are used for occasional vehicle storage, and where occupants are not
                                                                                                    present, carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide monitoring devices may be omitted if the ventilation system is
                                                                                                    interlocked with a local light switch or other controls to ensure continuous system operation whenever the
                                                                                                    area is occupied. In any event, the ventilation system capacity must be designed to limit the concentrations of
                                                                                                    carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide at or below the prescribed values.

                                                                                                    A-6.3.1.5.     Indoor Air Contaminants.

                                                                                                        Contaminants of Concern
                                                                                                        Indoor air can contain complex mixtures of contaminants of concern such as formaldehyde, legionella,
                                                                                                        mould and emissions from building materials. While some contaminants may be knowingly introduced—as
                                                                                                        in the case of processing and manufacturing environments—others may be unintentionally released into
                                                                                                        indoor environments. “Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Design,” published
                                                                                                        by the ACGIH, and the “Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality,” published by Health
                                                                                                        Canada, are useful references on the control of contaminants in industrial workplace environments and


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 6-23
                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.2.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                        residential settings, respectively. These and other guidelines and manuals should be interpreted while
                                                                                                        keeping in mind the settings and purposes for which they were developed compared to those to which
                                                                                                        they will be applied. Note that such documents do not necessarily consider the interactions between
                                                                                                        various contaminants.

                                                                                                        Minimizing the Growth and Spread of Bio-contaminants
                                                                                                        Bio-contaminants, such as bacteria, mould, mildew, fungi, viruses, and pollen, can thrive in or be spread by
                                                                                                        sources like drain pans, spray-water air-washers, contaminated filters, poorly maintained cooling coils,
                                                                                                        water incursion into ductwork, high humidity and stagnant water, potentially causing a wide range of
                                                                                                        adverse health effects including respiratory allergic reactions, asthma, and diseases ranging from influenza
                                                                                                        to legionellosis.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Some of the control measures are as follows:
                                                                                                         (a) Air-handling equipment should be accessible for the maintenance of filters, cooling coils and
                                                                                                             condensate drain pans located below the cooling coils. Access doors should be large and easy to open
                                                                                                             to facilitate thorough and regular maintenance.
                                                                                                         (b) If moisture is added to building ventilation air to maintain humidity levels in a designated range,
                                                                                                             humidifiers that inject steam or water vapour into central air-handling units or main supply ducts are
                                                                                                             normally used. Injection nozzles should not be located in air-handling unit plenums or ductwork
                                                                                                             that is insulated with internal fibrous lining. If the lining becomes wet, conditions conducive to the
                                                                                                             growth and spread of bio-contaminants will result.
                                                                                                         (c) HVAC systems that generate condensate or introduce liquid water into the airstream in the ducts
                                                                                                             require adequate drainage of excess water and, in some cases, a means of capturing air-entrained
                                                                                                             water droplets. These measures reduce the potential for bio-contaminants, including legionella, to
                                                                                                             proliferate in stagnant water and for water droplets containing bio-contaminants to be introduced into
                                                                                                             the airstream and contaminate the indoor environment. (See also Article 6.3.2.2.)
                                                                                                        The above only addresses built-in features of an HVAC system that can help to minimize the growth
                                                                                                        and spread of bio-contaminants. Even more important than the built-in features is a program of regular
                                                                                                        maintenance and cleaning of those portions of the system where such growth is likely to occur.

                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.2. Stagnant Water in Drain Pans. It is important to eliminate stagnant water as it can promote
                                                                                                    the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms, such as legionella.
                                                                                                    Of particular concern is the potential for legionella bacteria in water to become airborne in water droplets or
                                                                                                    mist that can be inhaled by humans or can contaminate other water sources or systems.

                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.5. Duct Coverings and Linings. The TIAC “Mechanical Insulation Best Practices Guide” is
                                                                                                    a comprehensive source of information on the selection, installation and proper use of thermal insulation
                                                                                                    materials. (Note that Section 4 of this Guide is not included in the scope of this Note as it contains information
                                                                                                    on proprietary products, which are not within the mandate of the Code.)

                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.10.(5) and (6) Exhausting to Garages. A frequent practice in the design of ventilation
                                                                                                    systems serving buildings which have associated parking garages is to discharge exhaust air from the building
                                                                                                    to the garage in order to reduce the cost of heating the garage or reduce the length of the exhaust ducts.
                                                                                                    However, this practice entails a certain amount of risk since, when the exhaust system is not running, stack
                                                                                                    effect may turn the exhaust outlets into intakes and exhaust fumes (including carbon monoxide) can be drawn
                                                                                                    from the garage into the building. Incorporating a backdraft damper at the exhaust outlet provides some
                                                                                                    additional protection but backdraft dampers are generally not regarded as being very reliable. Therefore this
                                                                                                    practice is only permitted in very limited circumstances.

                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.10.(6)(b) Air Contaminants. For the purpose of Clause 6.3.2.10.(6)(b), washroom exhaust air is
                                                                                                    not considered to contain contaminants that would adversely affect the air quality in the storage garage.

                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.10.(7) and (8) Exhaust Ducts Connected to Laundry-Drying Equipment. Clothes
                                                                                                    dryers are a major cause of fires in buildings often due to a build-up of lint in the system, which then ignites
                                                                                                    or obstructs the venting or ventilation. Proper cleaning and regular maintenance of lint traps is directly
                                                                                                    proportional to the ease of access to the lint traps. It is therefore important to ensure that lint traps in multiple
                                                                                                    installations of laundry-drying equipment are installed in such a way as to allow easy access for inspection,
                                                                                                    maintenance, repair and cleaning.


                                                                                                    6-24 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                       A-6.3.3.1.(2)

                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b) Operation Diversity Factor. The operation diversity factor has to be assessed
                                                                                                    for each specific application. Good engineering practice (see Article 6.2.1.1.) design guidelines can provide
                                                                                                    information on the subject. Figure A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b), which originates from ASHRAE handbooks, provides an
                                                                                                    example of factors that can be used for general applications.




                                                                                                                      Probable number of operating fans
                                                                                                                                                          12

                                                                                                                                                          10




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                          8

                                                                                                                                                          6

                                                                                                                                                          4

                                                                                                                                                          2


                                                                                                                                                               10            20              30              40
                                                                                                                                                               Total number of fans connected to the main riser
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG02010A


                                                                                                     Figure A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b)
                                                                                                     Operation diversity factor


                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.15.(5) and (6) Minimum Distances. Ensuring adequate distance between the air discharge
                                                                                                    locations of evaporative heat rejection systems and certain outdoor spaces and building components minimizes
                                                                                                    the potential for contamination of the air of occupiable spaces. For example, if a building's ventilation air intake
                                                                                                    were located too close to an air discharge location of an evaporative heat rejection system, warm discharge
                                                                                                    air and associated drift, which could contain biological contaminants, could be introduced to the indoor
                                                                                                    environment through the air intake.
                                                                                                    The minimum distances stated in Sentences 6.3.2.15.(5) and (6) may need to be increased where warranted by
                                                                                                    local conditions such as prevailing winds, adjacent structures, or special processes being carried out, any of
                                                                                                    which would make further analysis necessary. (See also Sentence 6.3.3.1.(2).)

                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.15.(8) and (9) Assessment of System and Make-Up Water. The chemical characteristics
                                                                                                    of the water in the evaporative heat rejection system and of the make-up water should be assessed to select a
                                                                                                    suitable water treatment system.

                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.16.(2) Prevention of Water Stagnation. Common strategies to prevent water stagnation
                                                                                                    include flushing, providing an inactivity drain, and periodic activation, even with no load.

                                                                                                    A-6.3.2.16.(6) Assessment of Make-Up Water. The chemical characteristics of the make-up water
                                                                                                    should be assessed to ensure that any chemicals added to a system referred to in Sentence 6.3.2.16.(1) for
                                                                                                    precipitation control, disinfection or another purpose will not adversely affect the system.

                                                                                                    A-6.3.3.1.(2) Requirement for Venting. Sentence 6.3.3.1.(2) requires that vented products of
                                                                                                    combustion from appliances be discharged a minimum distance away from certain outdoor spaces and
                                                                                                    building components in cases where the vented products could contaminate the air of occupiable spaces. These
                                                                                                    minimum distances may need to be increased due to local conditions such as prevailing winds, adjacent
                                                                                                    structures, special processes being carried out, specific contaminants or effluent discharges, all of which
                                                                                                    would require further analysis.
                                                                                                    “Occupiable outdoor spaces” refers to areas that could be occupied for a duration of more than fifteen minutes
                                                                                                    at any time, but does not include maintenance spaces. Occupiable outdoor spaces are located adjacent to an


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                           Division B 6-25
                                                                                                    A-6.5.1.1.(3)                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                    indoor space and are considered to be an extension of this indoor space: e.g. main entries, balconies, patios,
                                                                                                    decks, green roofs and other public assembly areas. Although sidewalks and driveways are mentioned in the
                                                                                                    provision, these areas are not considered as occupiable outdoor spaces since they are used as transport routes
                                                                                                    to and from the building, and people are not expected to remain there for extended periods of time.
                                                                                                    The requirements of Sentence 6.3.3.1.(2) are not meant to override similar requirements found in the installation
                                                                                                    standards referenced in Article 6.2.1.5. that address identical situations.

                                                                                                    A-6.5.1.1.(3) Temperature of Exposed Piping. Piping carrying steam, high-temperature hot water,
                                                                                                    or another heat transfer fluid at high temperature is usually insulated to reduce heat losses as an economy
                                                                                                    measure. Above a temperature of approximately 52°C, however, a bare pipe can cause a burn to human skin
                                                                                                    coming in contact with the pipe. According to ASTM C1055, “Standard Guide for Heated System Surface




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Conditions that Produce Contact Burn Injuries,” skin can be in contact with a surface at a temperature of
                                                                                                    52°C for up to 60 s without experiencing irreversible damage. If pipes above this temperature are normally
                                                                                                    out of reach of all persons other than maintenance personnel or are properly guarded, it would be expected
                                                                                                    that no insulation would be needed for public safety.

                                                                                                    A-6.9.1.2.(1) NFPA Publications Pertaining to the Heating, Ventilating and
                                                                                                    Air-Conditioning of Spaces Containing Hazardous Gases, Dusts or Liquids.
                                                                                                      NFPA 30, “Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code”
                                                                                                      NFPA 30A, “Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages”
                                                                                                      NFPA 32, “Standard for Drycleaning Facilities”
                                                                                                      NFPA 33, “Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials”
                                                                                                      NFPA 34, “Standard for Dipping, Coating, and Printing Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids”
                                                                                                      NFPA 35, “Standard for Manufacture of Organic Coatings”
                                                                                                      NFPA 36, “Standard for Solvent Extraction Plants”
                                                                                                      NFPA 40, “Standard for the Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate Film”
                                                                                                      NFPA 51, “Standard for the Design and Installation of Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting,
                                                                                                         and Allied Processes”
                                                                                                      NFPA 51A, “Standard for Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants”
                                                                                                      NFPA 55, “Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code”
                                                                                                      NFPA 61, “Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food Processing
                                                                                                         Facilities”
                                                                                                      NFPA 68, “Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting”
                                                                                                      NFPA 69, “Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems”
                                                                                                      NFPA 85, “Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code”
                                                                                                      NFPA 86, “Standard for Ovens and Furnaces”
                                                                                                      NFPA 88A, “Standard for Parking Structures”
                                                                                                      NFPA 91, “Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and Particulate Solids”
                                                                                                      NFPA 96, “Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations”
                                                                                                      NFPA 204, “Standard for Smoke and Heat Venting”
                                                                                                      NFPA 303, “Fire Protection Standard for Marinas and Boatyards”
                                                                                                      NFPA 307, “Standard for the Construction and Fire Protection of Marine Terminals, Piers, and Wharves”
                                                                                                      NFPA 409, “Standard on Aircraft Hangars”
                                                                                                      NFPA 415, “Standard on Airport Terminal Buildings, Fueling Ramp Drainage, and Loading Walkways”
                                                                                                      NFPA 484, “Standard for Combustible Metals”
                                                                                                      NFPA 654, “Standard for the Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing, Processing,
                                                                                                         and Handling of Combustible Particulate Solids”
                                                                                                      NFPA 655, “Standard for Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions”
                                                                                                      NFPA 664, “Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking
                                                                                                         Facilities”
                                                                                                      NFPA “Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials”

                                                                                                    A-6.9.3.1.(2)(c) Carbon Monoxide Alarms. Battery-powered carbon monoxide alarms are acceptable
                                                                                                    provided that they are mechanically fastened in place.




                                                                                                    6-26 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 7
                                                                                                    Plumbing Services




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      7.1.          General
                                                                                                      7.1.1.        Scope ................................................ 7-1
                                                                                                      7.1.2.        Design and Installation .................... 7-1
                                                                                                      7.1.3.        Required Facilities .......................... 7-1
                                                                                                      7.1.4.        Definitions ......................................... 7-1

                                                                                                      7.2.          Objectives and
                                                                                                                    Functional Statements
                                                                                                      7.2.1.        Objectives and Functional
                                                                                                                    Statements ........................................ 7-1




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 7
                                                                                                    Plumbing Services




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 7.1. General
                                                                                                    7.1.1.           Scope
                                                                                                    7.1.1.1.         Scope
                                                                                                                         1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.

                                                                                                    7.1.1.2.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Part applies to the design, construction, extension, alteration, renewal or
                                                                                                                     repair of plumbing systems.

                                                                                                    7.1.2.           Design and Installation
                                                                                                    7.1.2.1.         Conformance with Regulations or National Plumbing Code
                                                                                                                        1) Every plumbing system shall be designed and installed in conformance with
                                                                                                                     appropriate provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws, in the absence of
                                                                                                                     such regulations or bylaws, in conformance with the NPC.

                                                                                                    7.1.3.           Required Facilities
                                                                                                    7.1.3.1.         All Buildings Except Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                       1) Buildings shall be equipped with plumbing facilities as required in
                                                                                                                     Subsection 3.7.2. and Article 3.8.2.8.

                                                                                                    7.1.3.2.         Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                        1) Dwelling units shall be equipped with plumbing facilities as required in
                                                                                                                     Section 9.31.

                                                                                                    7.1.4.           Definitions
                                                                                                    7.1.4.1.         Defined Terms
                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.


                                                                                                    Section 7.2. Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    7.2.1.           Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    7.2.1.1.         Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                                        1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                     Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B 7-1
                                                                                                    7.2.1.1.                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                            to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements
                                                                                                                            listed in Table 7.2.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                              Table 7.2.1.1.
                                                                                                          Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                      Acceptable Solutions in Part 7
                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 7.2.1.1.(1)

                                                                                                      Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                     7.1.2.1. Conformance with Regulations or National Plumbing
                                                                                                     Code




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     (1)            [F30-OS3.1] [F31-OS3.2] [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                    [F70-OH2.2] [F72-OH2.1]

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 7.2.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.




                                                                                                    7-2 Division B                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 8
                                                                                                    Safety Measures at Construction and
                                                                                                    Demolition Sites




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      8.1.          General
                                                                                                      8.1.1.        Scope ................................................ 8-1
                                                                                                      8.1.2.        Application ........................................ 8-1

                                                                                                      8.2.          Protection of the Public
                                                                                                      8.2.1.        Fencing and Barricades .................. 8-1
                                                                                                      8.2.2.        Excavation ........................................ 8-2
                                                                                                      8.2.3.        Use of Streets or Public Property ... 8-3
                                                                                                      8.2.4.        Direction of Vehicular Traffic ........... 8-3
                                                                                                      8.2.5.        Waste Material .................................. 8-4

                                                                                                      8.3.          Objectives and
                                                                                                                    Functional Statements
                                                                                                      8.3.1.        Objectives and Functional
                                                                                                                    Statements ........................................ 8-5

                                                                                                                    Notes to Part 8 .................. 8-7




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 8
                                                                                                    Safety Measures at Construction and
                                                                                                    Demolition Sites




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 8.1. General
                                                                                                    8.1.1.           Scope
                                                                                                    8.1.1.1.         Scope
                                                                                                                         1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
                                                                                                                        2) This Part applies to fire safety and the protection of the public during the
                                                                                                                     construction, alteration or demolition of every building, including any incompleted
                                                                                                                     or abandoned building.
                                                                                                                       3) Fire safety at construction and demolition sites shall conform to Section 5.6. of
                                                                                                                     Division B of the NFC.

                                                                                                    8.1.1.2.         Definitions
                                                                                                                         1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                    8.1.1.3.         Demolition Procedures
                                                                                                                        1) Measures shall be taken during demolition to protect the public in conformance
                                                                                                                     with Section 5.6. of Division B of the NFC.

                                                                                                    8.1.2.           Application
                                                                                                    8.1.2.1.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) Where a building is undergoing construction, alteration or demolition, measures
                                                                                                                     shall be taken at the building site in conformance with this Code. (See Note A-8.1.2.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    8.1.2.2.         Protection from Risk
                                                                                                                         1) Precautions shall be taken to ensure that no person is exposed to undue risk.


                                                                                                    Section 8.2. Protection of the Public
                                                                                                    8.2.1.           Fencing and Barricades
                                                                                                    8.2.1.1.         Covered Way Exceptions
                                                                                                                        1) Where the construction may constitute a hazard to the public, work shall not
                                                                                                                     commence on the construction, alteration or repair of a building until a covered way has
                                                                                                                     been provided as described in Article 8.2.1.2. to protect the public, except where
                                                                                                                        a) the work is done within a solid enclosure,
                                                                                                                        b) the building is at a distance of 2 m or more from a public way used by
                                                                                                                            pedestrians, or
                                                                                                                        c) site conditions warrant a distance greater than provided in Clause (b).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B 8-1
                                                                                                    8.2.1.2.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    8.2.1.2.         Covered Way Construction

                                                                                                                        1) A covered way shall
                                                                                                                        a) have a clear height of not less than 2.5 m,
                                                                                                                        b) have a clear width of not less than 1.5 m or the width of the public way,
                                                                                                                            whichever is the lesser,
                                                                                                                        c) be designed and constructed to support safely all loads that may be
                                                                                                                            reasonably expected to be applied to it, but in no case less than 2.4 kPa on
                                                                                                                            the roof,
                                                                                                                        d) have a weathertight roof sloped towards the site or, if flat, be equipped with
                                                                                                                            a splash board not less than 300 mm high on the street side,
                                                                                                                        e) be totally enclosed on the site side with a structure having a reasonably




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            smooth surface facing the public way,
                                                                                                                         f) have a railing 1 070 mm high on the street side where the covered way is
                                                                                                                            supported by posts on the street side, and
                                                                                                                        g) be adequately lighted when the public way is lighted.

                                                                                                    8.2.1.3.         Fencing, Boarding or Barricades

                                                                                                                        1) When a construction or demolition activity may constitute a hazard to the
                                                                                                                     public and is located 2 m or more from a public way, a strongly constructed fence,
                                                                                                                     boarding or barricade not less than 1.8 m high shall be erected between the site and the
                                                                                                                     public way or open sides of a construction site.

                                                                                                                        2) Barricades shall have a reasonably smooth surface facing the public way and
                                                                                                                     shall be without openings, except those required for access.

                                                                                                                        3) Access openings through barricades shall be equipped with gates that shall be
                                                                                                                        a) kept closed and locked when the site is unattended, and
                                                                                                                        b) maintained in place until completion of the construction or demolition
                                                                                                                           activity.

                                                                                                    8.2.1.4.         Special Hazards

                                                                                                                        1) Where any special hazard exists from which it is not possible to protect the
                                                                                                                     public by other means, persons shall be employed to prevent the public from entering
                                                                                                                     the danger zone at any time of the day or night.

                                                                                                    8.2.1.5.         Work Shutdown

                                                                                                                        1) When work on a construction site is suspended or ceases so that it will not be
                                                                                                                     occupied during normal working hours, the hazardous part of the construction site
                                                                                                                     shall be protected by
                                                                                                                        a) covering all windows, doors and other openings located within 3 m of the
                                                                                                                             ground which may give access to the building with a securely fastened
                                                                                                                             barricade, or
                                                                                                                        b) a fence or barricade constructed according to the requirements of
                                                                                                                             Article 8.2.1.3.

                                                                                                    8.2.2.           Excavation

                                                                                                    8.2.2.1.         Water Removal

                                                                                                                        1) Excavations shall be kept reasonably clear of water.

                                                                                                    8.2.2.2.         Protection of Adjoining Property

                                                                                                                        1) If the stability of adjoining buildings may be endangered by the work of
                                                                                                                     excavating, adequate underpinning, shoring and bracing shall be provided to prevent
                                                                                                                        a) damage to, or movement of, any part of the adjoining building, and
                                                                                                                        b) the creation of a hazard to the public.


                                                                                                    8-2 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           8.2.4.2.

                                                                                                    8.2.3.           Use of Streets or Public Property
                                                                                                    8.2.3.1.         Safe Passage Past Site
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Article 8.2.3.2., provisions shall be made at all times for
                                                                                                                     the safe passage of pedestrian and vehicular traffic past the site.
                                                                                                                        2) Material or equipment shall not be placed on any street or other public property
                                                                                                                     except as authorized.
                                                                                                                         3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), where a sidewalk exists adjacent to the site
                                                                                                                     it shall be kept clear of obstructions at all times.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        4) Where construction operations necessitate the obstruction of a sidewalk, a
                                                                                                                     temporary sidewalk shall be provided and it shall be kept clear of obstruction at all
                                                                                                                     times.

                                                                                                    8.2.3.2.         Overhead Activities
                                                                                                                        1) Operations such as the hoisting of major components onto a tall building or
                                                                                                                     other overhead activities that constitute a hazard to pedestrians below from which the
                                                                                                                     public cannot be protected by barricades, covered ways or similar means shall not be
                                                                                                                     carried out until the street or other public way is closed.

                                                                                                    8.2.3.3.         Barricades
                                                                                                                         1) Excavations in streets or public property shall
                                                                                                                         a) be adequately barricaded, and
                                                                                                                         b) have warning signs or lights installed on each section of the barricades
                                                                                                                            referred to in Clause (a).

                                                                                                    8.2.3.4.         Restoration and Repair
                                                                                                                        1) All sidewalks, streets or other public property that have been damaged shall
                                                                                                                     be restored to a safe condition.
                                                                                                                       2) All obstructions on sidewalks, streets or other public property shall be removed
                                                                                                                     when the need for such obstructions is ended.

                                                                                                    8.2.3.5.         Warning Lights
                                                                                                                        1) Warning lights shall be placed and shall be in operation during the hours of
                                                                                                                     darkness at all obstructions on streets or other public ways.

                                                                                                    8.2.4.           Direction of Vehicular Traffic
                                                                                                    8.2.4.1.         Hazards to Vehicular Traffic
                                                                                                                        1) Where a hazard to vehicular traffic on a public way is created by work on a
                                                                                                                     construction site, the following shall be provided to direct the traffic:
                                                                                                                        a) one or more workers,
                                                                                                                        b) warning signs,
                                                                                                                        c) barriers,
                                                                                                                        d) lane control devices, or
                                                                                                                        e) flashing lights or flares located at a suitable distance from the hazard.

                                                                                                    8.2.4.2.         Flags Used for Directing Traffic
                                                                                                                         1) A flag used to direct traffic shall be
                                                                                                                         a) red,
                                                                                                                         b) not less than 450 mm by 500 mm,
                                                                                                                         c) mounted on a staff not less than 1 m long, with the long side of the flag
                                                                                                                            attached securely to the staff along its entire length, and
                                                                                                                         d) maintained in a clean and untorn condition when being used.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B 8-3
                                                                                                    8.2.4.3.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    8.2.4.3.         Signs Used for Directing Traffic

                                                                                                                        1) A sign used to direct traffic shall be
                                                                                                                        a) diamond-shaped and of material not less rigid than 6 mm thick plywood,
                                                                                                                        b) not less than 450 mm by 450 mm in size and mounted at one corner on a
                                                                                                                           substantial pole not less than 1.2 m long,
                                                                                                                        c) red on one side with black corner areas so that the red area is a regular
                                                                                                                           8-sided figure, and with the word “STOP” or “ARRÊT” in clearly
                                                                                                                           distinguishable white letters not less than 150 mm high located centrally
                                                                                                                           on the sign,
                                                                                                                        d) yellow on the other side with the word “SLOW” or “LENTEMENT” in




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           clearly distinguishable black letters not less than 150 mm high located
                                                                                                                           centrally on the sign, or symbols recognized by the International Traffic
                                                                                                                           Code, and
                                                                                                                        e) maintained in a clean condition when being used.

                                                                                                    8.2.4.4.         Worker Directing Traffic

                                                                                                                        1) A worker who is directing traffic shall
                                                                                                                        a) be equipped as required by Article 8.2.4.5.,
                                                                                                                        b) be instructed in the signals to be used in controlling traffic,
                                                                                                                        c) be provided with a copy of written instructions on the correct methods for
                                                                                                                           traffic direction, and
                                                                                                                        d) direct traffic by using either a flag or sign.

                                                                                                    8.2.4.5.         Clothing While Directing Traffic

                                                                                                                        1) A worker while directing traffic shall wear the following clothing which shall
                                                                                                                     be fluorescent and coloured either blaze orange or red:
                                                                                                                         a) a vest, or
                                                                                                                         b) sleeves that extend from above the elbow to the wrist.


                                                                                                    8.2.5.           Waste Material

                                                                                                    8.2.5.1.         Control of Waste Material

                                                                                                                        1) Waste material or other material shall not be permitted to fall freely from one
                                                                                                                     storey to another.

                                                                                                    8.2.5.2.         Removal of Waste Material

                                                                                                                        1)   Waste material shall be removed as quickly as possible by means of
                                                                                                                        a)   appropriate containers,
                                                                                                                        b)   an enclosed shaft or chute conforming to Sentence 8.2.5.4.(1), or
                                                                                                                        c)   a hoisting apparatus if large pieces or objects are involved.

                                                                                                    8.2.5.3.         Enclosures for Waste Material

                                                                                                                        1) Waste material cleared as provided in Sentence 8.2.5.2.(1) shall be deposited in
                                                                                                                     an enclosure
                                                                                                                        a) so arranged as to prevent waste material from being projected beyond the
                                                                                                                            confines of the enclosure, and
                                                                                                                        b) not accessible to the public.

                                                                                                    8.2.5.4.         Chutes for Waste Material

                                                                                                                        1) The chute described in Clause 8.2.5.2.(1)(b) shall be closed if it is inclined more
                                                                                                                     than 45° to the horizontal.


                                                                                                    8-4 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               8.3.1.1.

                                                                                                    Section 8.3. Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    8.3.1.               Objectives and Functional Statements

                                                                                                    8.3.1.1.             Attributions to Acceptable Solutions

                                                                                                                             1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                         Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed
                                                                                                                         to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements
                                                                                                                         listed in Table 8.3.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          Table 8.3.1.1.                                                   Table 8.3.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 8                      Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 8.3.1.1.(1)                 8.2.3.3. Barricades
                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)    (1)            [F30-OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.2] [F34-OS5.5]
                                                                                                    8.1.1.3. Demolition Procedures                                   8.2.3.4. Restoration and Repair
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]                                         (1)            [F30-OS5.3]
                                                                                                                 [F30-OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.8] [F34-OS5.5]                 (2)            [F30-OS5.3,OS5.2]
                                                                                                                 [F31,F32,F43,F44-OS5.6]                             8.2.3.5. Warning Lights
                                                                                                    8.1.2.2. Protection from Risk                                    (1)            [F30-OS5.3,OS5.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]                                         8.2.4.1. Hazards to Vehicular Traffic
                                                                                                                 [F30-OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.8] [F34-OS5.5]                 (1)            [F30-OS5.2]
                                                                                                                 [F31,F32,F43,F44-OS5.6]
                                                                                                                                                                     8.2.4.2. Flags Used for Directing Traffic
                                                                                                    8.2.1.2. Covered Way Construction
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)            [F30-OS5.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a),(b),(d) to (g) [F30-OS5.1,OS5.2] [F34-OS5.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     8.2.4.3. Signs Used for Directing Traffic
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20-OS5.7]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)            [F30-OS5.2]
                                                                                                    8.2.1.3. Fencing, Boarding or Barricades
                                                                                                                                                                     8.2.4.4. Worker Directing Traffic
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.6] [F34-OS5.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)            [F30-OS5.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F34-OS5.5] [F30-OS5.3]
                                                                                                                                                                     8.2.4.5. Clothing While Directing Traffic
                                                                                                    (3)          [F34-OS5.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)            [F30-OS5.2]
                                                                                                    8.2.1.4. Special Hazards
                                                                                                                                                                     8.2.5.1. Control of Waste Material
                                                                                                    (1)          [F34-OS5.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)            [F30-OS5.1]
                                                                                                    8.2.1.5. Work Shutdown
                                                                                                                                                                     8.2.5.2. Removal of Waste Material
                                                                                                    (1)          [F34-OS5.5]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)            [F30-OS5.1,OS5.3]
                                                                                                    8.2.2.1. Water Removal
                                                                                                                                                                     8.2.5.3. Enclosures for Waste Material
                                                                                                    (1)          [F60-OS5.8]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)            [F30-OS5.1,OS5.3] [F34-OS5.6]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS5.4]
                                                                                                                                                                     8.2.5.4. Chutes for Waste Material
                                                                                                    8.2.2.2. Protection of Adjoining Property
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)            [F30-OS5.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F21-OP4.1]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OS5.8]                                    Notes to Table 8.3.1.1.:
                                                                                                    8.2.3.1. Safe Passage Past Site                                 (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS5.3,OS5.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS5.3,OS5.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS5.3,OS5.2]
                                                                                                    8.2.3.2. Overhead Activities
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS5.1]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                          Division B 8-5
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




8-6 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 8
                                                                                                    Safety Measures at Construction and
                                                                                                    Demolition Sites




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-8.1.2.1.(1) Application. The use of streets or public property and vehicular traffic during construction
                                                                                                    or demolition is normally controlled by regulations of authorities other than the building department (e.g.,
                                                                                                    police department).

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Division B 8-7
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




8-8 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Appendix C
                                                                                                    Climatic and Seismic Information for
                                                                                                    Building Design in Canada




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Introduction
                                                                                                    The great diversity of climate in Canada has a considerable effect on the performance of buildings; consequently,
                                                                                                    building design must reflect this diversity. This Appendix briefly describes how climatic design values are
                                                                                                    computed and provides recommended design data for a number of cities, towns, and lesser populated
                                                                                                    locations. Through the use of such data, appropriate allowances can be made for climate variations in different
                                                                                                    localities of Canada and the National Building Code can be applied nationally.
                                                                                                    The climatic design data presented in Table C-2 are based on weather observations collected by the
                                                                                                    Meteorological Service of Canada, Environment and Climate Change Canada. The data were researched and
                                                                                                    analyzed for the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes by Environment and Climate Change
                                                                                                    Canada.
                                                                                                    As it is not practical to list values for all municipalities in Canada, recommended climatic design values for
                                                                                                    locations not listed can be obtained by e-mail from the Engineering Climate Services Unit of Environment and
                                                                                                    Climate Change Canada at scg-ecs@ec.gc.ca. It should be noted, however, that these recommended values may
                                                                                                    differ from the legal requirements set by provincial, territorial or municipal building authorities.
                                                                                                    The information on seismic hazard given in this Appendix has been provided by Natural Resources Canada.

                                                                                                    General
                                                                                                    The choice of climatic elements tabulated in this Appendix and the form in which they are expressed have
                                                                                                    been dictated largely by the requirements for specific values in several sections of this Code. These elements
                                                                                                    include ground snow loads, wind pressures, design temperatures, heating degree-days, one-day and 15-minute
                                                                                                    rainfalls, and annual total precipitation values. The following notes briefly explain the significance of these
                                                                                                    particular elements in building design, and indicate which weather observations were used and how they
                                                                                                    were analyzed to yield the required design values.
                                                                                                    Table C-2 lists design weather recommendations and elevations for over 600 locations, which have been
                                                                                                    chosen based on a variety of reasons. Many incorporated cities and towns with significant populations are
                                                                                                    included unless located close to larger cities. For sparsely populated areas, many smaller towns and villages are
                                                                                                    listed. Other locations have been added to the list when the demand for climatic design recommendations at
                                                                                                    these sites has been significant. The named locations refer to the specific latitude and longitude defined by
                                                                                                    the Gazetteer of Canada (Natural Resources Canada), available from Publishing and Depository Services
                                                                                                    Canada, Public Works and Government Services Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0S5. The elevations are given in
                                                                                                    metres and refer to heights above sea level.
                                                                                                    Almost all of the weather observations used in preparing Table C-2 were, of necessity, observed at inhabited
                                                                                                    locations. To estimate design values for arbitrary locations, the observed or computed values for the weather
                                                                                                    stations were mapped and interpolated appropriately. Where possible, adjustments have been applied for the
                                                                                                    influence of elevation and known topographical effects. Such influences include the tendency of cold air to
                                                                                                    collect in depressions, for precipitation to increase with elevation, and for generally stronger winds near large
                                                                                                    bodies of water. Elevations have been added to Table C-2 because of their potential to significantly influence
                                                                                                    climatic design values.
                                                                                                    Since interpolation from the values in Table C-2 to other locations may not be valid due to local and other
                                                                                                    effects, Environment and Climate Change Canada will provide climatic design element recommendations for

                                                                                                    This information is included for explanatory purposes only and does not form part of the requirements.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                           Division B C-1
                                                                                                    Appendix C                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                    locations not listed in Table C-2. Local effects are particularly significant in mountainous areas, where the
                                                                                                    values apply only to populated valleys and not to the mountain slopes and high passes, where very different
                                                                                                    conditions are known to exist.

                                                                                                    Changing and Variable Climates
                                                                                                    Climate is not static. At any location, weather and climatic conditions vary from season to season, year to year,
                                                                                                    and over longer time periods (climate cycles). This has always been the case. In fact, evidence is mounting that
                                                                                                    the climates of Canada are changing and will continue to change significantly into future. When estimating
                                                                                                    climatic design loads, this variability can be considered using appropriate statistical analysis, data records
                                                                                                    spanning sufficient periods, and meteorological judgement. The analysis generally assumes that the past
                                                                                                    climate will be representative of the future climate.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Past and ongoing modifications to atmospheric chemistry (from greenhouse gas emissions and land use
                                                                                                    changes) are expected to alter most climatic regimes in the future despite the success of the most ambitious
                                                                                                    greenhouse gas mitigation plans.(1) Some regions could see an increase in the frequency and intensity of many
                                                                                                    weather extremes, which will accelerate weathering processes. Consequently, many buildings will need to be
                                                                                                    designed, maintained and operated to adequately withstand ever changing climatic loads.
                                                                                                    Similar to global trends, the last decade in Canada was noted as the warmest in instrumented record. Canada
                                                                                                    has warmed, on average, at almost twice the rate of the global average increase, while the western Arctic is
                                                                                                    warming at a rate that is unprecedented over the past 400 years.(1) Mounting evidence from Arctic communities
                                                                                                    indicates that rapid changes to climate in the North have resulted in melting permafrost and impacts from
                                                                                                    other climate changes have affected nearly every type of built structure. Furthermore, analyses of Canadian
                                                                                                    precipitation data shows that many regions of the country have, on average, also been tending towards wetter
                                                                                                    conditions.(1) In the United States, where the density of climate monitoring stations is greater, a number of
                                                                                                    studies have found an unambiguous upward trend in the frequency of heavy to extreme precipitation events,
                                                                                                    with these increases coincident with a general upward trend in the total amount of precipitation. Climate
                                                                                                    change model results, based on an ensemble of global climate models worldwide, project that future climate
                                                                                                    warming rates will be greatest in higher latitude countries such as Canada.(2)

                                                                                                    January Design Temperatures
                                                                                                    A building and its heating system should be designed to maintain the inside temperature at some
                                                                                                    pre-determined level. To achieve this, it is necessary to know the most severe weather conditions under
                                                                                                    which the system will be expected to function satisfactorily. Failure to maintain the inside temperature at the
                                                                                                    pre-determined level will not usually be serious if the temperature drop is not great and if the duration is not
                                                                                                    long. The outside conditions used for design should, therefore, not be the most severe in many years, but
                                                                                                    should be the somewhat less severe conditions that are occasionally but not greatly exceeded.
                                                                                                    The January design temperatures are based on an analysis of January air temperatures only. Wind and
                                                                                                    solar radiation also affect the inside temperature of most buildings and may need to be considered for
                                                                                                    energy-efficient design.
                                                                                                    The January design temperature is defined as the lowest temperature at or below which only a certain small
                                                                                                    percentage of the hourly outside air temperatures in January occur. In the past, a total of 158 stations with
                                                                                                    records from all or part of the period 1951-66 formed the basis for calculation of the 2.5 and 1% January
                                                                                                    temperatures. Where necessary, the data were adjusted for consistency. Since most of the temperatures were
                                                                                                    observed at airports, design values for the core areas of large cities could be 1 or 2°C milder, although the
                                                                                                    values for the outlying areas are probably about the same as for the airports. No adjustments were made for
                                                                                                    this urban island heat effect. The design values for the next 20 to 30 years will probably differ from these
                                                                                                    tabulated values due to year-to-year climate variability and global climate change resulting from the impact of
                                                                                                    human activities on atmospheric chemistry.
                                                                                                    The design temperatures were reviewed and updated using hourly temperature observations from 480 stations
                                                                                                    for a 25-year period up to 2006 with at least 8 years of complete data. These data are consistent with data
                                                                                                    shown for Canadian locations in the 2009 Handbook of Fundamentals(3) published by the American Society of
                                                                                                    Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). The most recent 25 years of record were
                                                                                                    used to provide a balance between accounting for trends in the climate and the sampling variation owing to
                                                                                                    year-to-year variation. The 1% and 2.5% values used for the design conditions represent percentiles of the
                                                                                                    cumulative frequency distribution of hourly temperatures and correspond to January temperatures that are
                                                                                                    colder for 8 and 19 hours, respectively, on average over the long term.




                                                                                                    C-2 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                    Appendix C

                                                                                                    The 2.5% January design temperature is the value ordinarily used in the design of heating systems. In
                                                                                                    special cases, when the control of inside temperature is more critical, the 1% value may be used. Other
                                                                                                    temperature-dependent climatic design parameters may be considered for future issues of this document.

                                                                                                    July Design Temperatures
                                                                                                    A building and its cooling and dehumidifying system should be designed to maintain the inside temperature
                                                                                                    and humidity at certain pre-determined levels. To achieve this, it is necessary to know the most severe
                                                                                                    weather conditions under which the system is expected to function satisfactorily. Failure to maintain the
                                                                                                    inside temperature and humidity at the pre-determined levels will usually not be serious if the increases in
                                                                                                    temperature and humidity are not great and the duration is not long. The outside conditions used for design
                                                                                                    should, therefore, not be the most severe in many years, but should be the somewhat less severe conditions that




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    are occasionally but not greatly exceeded.
                                                                                                    The summer design temperatures in this Appendix are based on an analysis of July air temperatures and
                                                                                                    humidities. Wind and solar radiation also affect the inside temperature of most buildings and may, in some
                                                                                                    cases, be more important than the outside air temperature. More complete summer and winter design
                                                                                                    information can be obtained from Environment and Climate Change Canada.
                                                                                                    The July design dry-bulb and wet-bulb temperatures were reviewed and updated using hourly temperature
                                                                                                    observations from 480 stations for a 25-year period up to 2006. These data are consistent with data shown for
                                                                                                    Canadian locations in the 2009 Handbook of Fundamentals(3) published by ASHRAE. As with January design
                                                                                                    temperatures, data from the most recent 25-year period were analyzed to reflect any recent climatic changes
                                                                                                    or variations. The 2.5% values used for the dry- and wet-bulb design conditions represent percentiles of
                                                                                                    the cumulative frequency distribution of hourly dry- and wet-bulb temperatures and correspond to July
                                                                                                    temperatures that are higher for 19 hours on average over the long term.

                                                                                                    Heating Degree-Days
                                                                                                    The rate of consumption of fuel or energy required to keep the interior of a small building at 21°C when the
                                                                                                    outside air temperature is below 18°C is roughly proportional to the difference between 18°C and the outside
                                                                                                    temperature. Wind speed, solar radiation, the extent to which the building is exposed to these elements and
                                                                                                    the internal heat sources also affect the heat required and may have to be considered for energy-efficient
                                                                                                    design. For average conditions of wind, radiation, exposure, and internal sources, however, the proportionality
                                                                                                    with the temperature difference generally still holds.
                                                                                                    Since the fuel required is also proportional to the duration of the cold weather, a convenient method of
                                                                                                    combining these elements of temperature and time is to add the differences between 18°C and the mean
                                                                                                    temperature for every day in the year when the mean temperature is below 18°C. It is assumed that no heat is
                                                                                                    required when the mean outside air temperature for the day is 18°C or higher.
                                                                                                    Although more sophisticated computer simulations using other forms of weather data have now almost
                                                                                                    completely replaced degree-day-based calculation methods for estimating annual heating energy consumption,
                                                                                                    degree-days remain a useful indicator of relative severity of climate and can form the basis for certain
                                                                                                    climate-related Code requirements.
                                                                                                    The degree-days below 18°C were compiled for 1300 stations for the 25-year period ending in 2006. This
                                                                                                    analysis period is consistent with the one used to derive the design temperatures described above and with the
                                                                                                    approach used by ASHRAE.(3)
                                                                                                    A difference of only one Celsius degree in the mean annual temperature will cause a difference of 250 to 350
                                                                                                    in the Celsius degree-days. Since differences of 0.5 of a Celsius degree in the mean annual temperature are
                                                                                                    quite likely to occur between two stations in the same town, heating degree-days cannot be relied on to an
                                                                                                    accuracy of less than about 100 degree-days.
                                                                                                    Heating degree-day values for the core areas of larger cities can be 200 to 400 degree-days less (warmer) than for
                                                                                                    the surrounding fringe areas. The observed degree-days, which are based on daily temperature observations,
                                                                                                    are often most representative of rural settings or the fringe areas of cities.

                                                                                                    Climatic Data for Energy Consumption Calculations
                                                                                                    The climatic elements tabulated in this Appendix represent commonly used design values but do not include
                                                                                                    detailed climatic profiles, such as hourly weather data. Where hourly values of weather data are needed
                                                                                                    for the purpose of simulating the annual energy consumption of a building, they can be obtained from
                                                                                                    multiple sources, such as Environment and Climate Change Canada, Natural Resources Canada, the Regional


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B C-3
                                                                                                    Appendix C                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    Conservation Authority and other such public agencies that record this information. Hourly weather data
                                                                                                    are also available from public and private agencies that format this information for use with annual energy
                                                                                                    consumption simulation software; in some cases, these data have been incorporated into the software.

                                                                                                    Snow Loads

                                                                                                    The roof of a building should be able to support the greatest weight of snow that is likely to accumulate on it
                                                                                                    in many years. Some observations of snow on roofs have been made in Canada, but not enough to form the
                                                                                                    basis for estimating roof snow loads throughout the country. Similarly, observations of the weight, or water
                                                                                                    equivalent, of the snow on the ground have not been available in digital form in the past. The observations
                                                                                                    of roof loads and water equivalents are very useful, as noted below, but the measured depth of snow on the
                                                                                                    ground is used to provide the basic information for a consistent set of snow loads.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    The estimation of the design snow load on a roof from snow depth observations involves the following steps:
                                                                                                      1. The depth of snow on the ground, which has an annual probability of exceedance of 1-in-50, is computed.
                                                                                                      2. The appropriate specific weight is selected and used to convert snow depth to loads, Ss.
                                                                                                      3. The load, Sr, which is due to rain falling on the snow, is computed.
                                                                                                      4. Because the accumulation of snow on roofs is often different from that on the ground, adjustments are
                                                                                                         applied to the ground snow load to provide a design snow load on a roof.
                                                                                                    The annual maximum depth of snow on the ground has been assembled for 1618 stations for which data has
                                                                                                    been recorded by the Meteorological Service of Canada (MSC). The period of record used varied from station
                                                                                                    to station, ranging from 7 to 38 years. These data were analyzed using a Gumbel extreme value distribution
                                                                                                    fitted using the method of moments(4) as reported by Newark et al.(5) The resulting values are the snow depths,
                                                                                                    which have a probability of 1-in-50 of being exceeded in any one year.
                                                                                                    The specific weight of old snow generally ranges from 2 to 5 kN/m3, and it is usually assumed in Canada
                                                                                                    that 1 kN/m3 is the average for new snow. Average specific weights of the seasonal snow pack have been
                                                                                                    derived for different regions across the country(6) and an appropriate value has been assigned to each weather
                                                                                                    station. Typically, the values average 2.01 kN/m3 east of the continental divide (except for 2.94 kN/m3 north
                                                                                                    of the treeline), and range from 2.55 to 4.21 kN/m3 west of the divide. The product of the 1-in-50 snow depth
                                                                                                    and the average specific weight of the seasonal snow pack at a station is converted to the snow load (SL) in
                                                                                                    units of kilopascals (kPa).
                                                                                                    Except for the mountainous areas of western Canada, the values of the ground snow load at MSC stations
                                                                                                    were normalized assuming a linear variation of the load above sea level in order to account for the effects
                                                                                                    of topography. They were then smoothed using an uncertainty-weighted moving-area average in order to
                                                                                                    minimize the uncertainty due to snow depth sampling errors and site-specific variations. Interpolation from
                                                                                                    analyzed maps of the smooth normalized values yielded a value for each location in Table C-2, which could
                                                                                                    then be converted to the listed code values (Ss) by means of an equation in the form:

                                                                                                                                             Ss = smooth normalized SL + bZ

                                                                                                    where b is the assumed rate of change of SL with elevation at the location and Z is the location's elevation above
                                                                                                    mean sea level (MSL). Although they are listed in Table C-2 to the nearest tenth of a kilopascal, values of Ss
                                                                                                    typically have an uncertainty of about 20%. Areas of sparse data in northern Canada were an exception to this
                                                                                                    procedure. In these regions, an analysis was made of the basic SL values. The effects of topography, variations
                                                                                                    due to local climates, and smoothing were all subjectively assessed. The values derived in this fashion were
                                                                                                    used to modify those derived objectively.
                                                                                                    For the mountainous areas of British Columbia, Yukon, and the foothills area of Alberta, a more complex
                                                                                                    procedure was required to account for the variation of loads with terrain and elevation. Since the MSC
                                                                                                    observational network often does not have sufficient coverage to detail this variability in mountainous areas,
                                                                                                    additional snow course observations were obtained from the provincial and territorial governments of British
                                                                                                    Columbia, Yukon, and Alberta. The additional data allowed detailed local analysis of ground snow loads on a
                                                                                                    valley-by-valley basis. Similar to other studies, the data indicated that snow loads above a critical or reference
                                                                                                    level increased according to either a linear or quadratic relation with elevation. The determination of whether
                                                                                                    the increase with elevation was linear or quadratic, the rate of the increase and the critical or reference elevation
                                                                                                    were found to be specific to the valley and mountain ranges considered. At valley levels below the critical
                                                                                                    elevation, the loads generally varied less significantly with elevation. Calculated valley- and range-specific
                                                                                                    regression relations were then used to describe the increase of load with elevation and to normalize the MSC
                                                                                                    snow observations to a critical or reference level. These normalized values were smoothed using a weighted
                                                                                                    moving-average.


                                                                                                    C-4 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                     Appendix C

                                                                                                    Tabulated values cannot be expected to indicate all the local differences in Ss. For this reason, especially in
                                                                                                    complex terrain areas, values should not be interpolated from Table C-2 for unlisted locations. The values of Ss
                                                                                                    in the Table apply for the elevation and the latitude and longitude of the location, as defined by the Gazetteer of
                                                                                                    Canada. Values at other locations can be obtained from Environment and Climate Change Canada.
                                                                                                    The heaviest loads frequently occur when the snow is wetted by rain, thus the rain load, Sr, was estimated to
                                                                                                    the nearest 0.1 kPa and is provided in Table C-2. When values of Sr are added to Ss, this provides a 1-in-50-year
                                                                                                    estimate of the combined ground snow and rain load. The values of Sr are based on an analysis of about 2100
                                                                                                    weather station values of the 1-in-50-year one-day maximum rain amount. This return period is appropriate
                                                                                                    because the rain amounts correspond approximately to the joint frequency of occurrence of the one-day rain
                                                                                                    on maximum snow packs. For the purpose of estimating rain on snow, the individual observed one-day rain
                                                                                                    amounts were constrained to be less than or equal to the snow pack water equivalent, which was estimated




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    by a snow pack accumulation model reported by Bruce and Clark.(7)
                                                                                                    The results from surveys of snow loads on roofs indicate that average roof loads are generally less than loads on
                                                                                                    the ground. The conditions under which the design snow load on the roof may be taken as a percentage of the
                                                                                                    ground snow load are given in Subsection 4.1.6. The Code also permits further decreases in design snow loads
                                                                                                    for steeply sloping roofs, but requires substantial increases for roofs where snow accumulation may be more
                                                                                                    rapid due to such factors as drifting. Recommended adjustments are given in the “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”
                                                                                                    The ground snow load values, Ss, were updated for the 2015 edition of the Code using a similar approach to the
                                                                                                    one used for the ground snow load update in the 1990 edition. The Gumbel extreme value distribution was
                                                                                                    fitted to the annual maxima of daily snow depth observations made at over 1400 weather stations, which were
                                                                                                    compiled from 1990 onward—to as recently as 2012 for some stations—to calculate the 50-year return period
                                                                                                    snow depth. The 50-year ground snow load was then calculated for each weather station by combining the
                                                                                                    50-year snow pack depth with the assigned snow pack density. The Ss values for each location in Table C-2
                                                                                                    were compared with the updated weather station values and revised accordingly. As a result, Ss values remain
                                                                                                    unchanged for about 84% of the locations, have increased for 11% of the locations, and have decreased for 4%
                                                                                                    of the locations. The greatest proportion of increases was for locations in the Yukon, Northwest Territories,
                                                                                                    and Nunavut.

                                                                                                    Annual Total Precipitation
                                                                                                    Total precipitation is the sum in millimetres of the measured depth of rainwater and the estimated or measured
                                                                                                    water equivalent of the snow (typically estimated as 0.1 of the measured depth of snow, since the average
                                                                                                    density of fresh snow is about 0.1 that of water).
                                                                                                    The average annual total precipitation amounts in Table C-2 have been interpolated from an analysis of
                                                                                                    precipitation observations from 1379 stations for the 30-year period from 1961 to 1990.

                                                                                                    Annual Rainfall
                                                                                                    The total amount of rain that normally falls in one year is frequently used as a general indication of the wetness
                                                                                                    of a climate, and is therefore included in this Appendix. See also Moisture Index below.

                                                                                                    Rainfall Intensity
                                                                                                    Roof drainage systems are designed to carry off rainwater from the most intense rainfall that is likely to occur.
                                                                                                    A certain amount of time is required for the rainwater to flow across and down the roof before it enters the
                                                                                                    gutter or drainage system. This results in the smoothing out of the most rapid changes in rainfall intensity.
                                                                                                    The drainage system, therefore, need only cope with the flow of rainwater produced by the average rainfall
                                                                                                    intensity over a period of a few minutes, which can be called the concentration time.
                                                                                                    In Canada, it has been customary to use the 15-minute rainfall that will probably be exceeded on an average of
                                                                                                    once in 10 years. The concentration time for small roofs is much less than 15 minutes and hence the design
                                                                                                    intensity will be exceeded more frequently than once in 10 years. The safety factors in the NPC will probably
                                                                                                    reduce the frequency to a reasonable value and, in addition, the occasional failure of a roof drainage system will
                                                                                                    not be particularly serious in most cases.
                                                                                                    The rainfall intensity values were updated for the 2010 edition of the Code using observations of annual
                                                                                                    maximum 15-minute rainfall amounts from 485 stations with 10 or more years of record, including data up to
                                                                                                    2007 for some stations. Ten-year return period values—the 15-minute rainfall having a probability of 1-in-10 of
                                                                                                    being exceeded in any year—were calculated by fitting the annual maximum values to the Gumbel extreme
                                                                                                    value distribution(4) using the method of moments. The updated values are compiled from the most recent


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B C-5
                                                                                                    Appendix C                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    short-duration rainfall intensity-duration-frequency (IDF) graphs and tables available from Environment
                                                                                                    and Climate Change Canada.
                                                                                                    It is very difficult to estimate the pattern of rainfall intensity in mountainous areas, where precipitation is
                                                                                                    extremely variable and rainfall intensity can be much greater than in other types of areas. Many of the
                                                                                                    observations for these areas were taken at locations in valley bottoms or in extensive, fairly level areas.

                                                                                                    One-Day Rainfall
                                                                                                    If for any reason a roof drainage system becomes ineffective, the accumulation of rainwater may be great
                                                                                                    enough in some cases to cause a significant increase in the load on the roof. In previous editions of this
                                                                                                    information, it had been common practice to use the maximum one-day rainfall ever observed for estimating




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    the additional load. Since the length of record for weather stations in Canada is quite variable, the maximum
                                                                                                    one-day rainfall amounts in previous editions often reflected the variable length of record at nearby stations
                                                                                                    as much as the climatology. As a result, the maximum values often differed greatly within relatively small
                                                                                                    areas where little difference should be expected. The current values have been standardized to represent
                                                                                                    the one-day rainfall amounts that have 1 chance in 50 of being exceeded in any one year or the 1-in-50-year
                                                                                                    return value one-day rainfalls.
                                                                                                    The one-day rainfall values were updated using daily rainfall observations from more than 3500 stations with
                                                                                                    10 years or more of record, including data up to 2008 for some stations. The 50-year return period values
                                                                                                    were calculated by fitting the annual maximum one-day rainfall observations to the Gumbel extreme value
                                                                                                    distribution using the method of moments.(4)
                                                                                                    Rainfall frequency observations can vary considerably over time and space. This is especially true for
                                                                                                    mountainous areas, where elevation effects can be significant. In other areas, small-scale intense storms or
                                                                                                    local influences can produce significant spatial variability in the data. As a result, the analysis incorporates
                                                                                                    some spatial smoothing.

                                                                                                    Moisture Index (MI)
                                                                                                    Moisture index (MI) values were developed through the work of a consortium that included representatives
                                                                                                    from industry and researchers from NRC.(1) The MI is an indicator of the moisture load imposed on a building
                                                                                                    by the climate and is used in Part 9 to define the minimum levels of protection from precipitation to be provided
                                                                                                    by cladding assemblies on exterior walls.
                                                                                                    It must be noted, in using MI values to determine the appropriate levels of protection from precipitation,
                                                                                                    that weather conditions can vary markedly within a relatively small geographical area. Although the values
                                                                                                    provided in the Table give a good indication of the average conditions within a particular region, some
                                                                                                    caution must be exercised when applying them to a locality that is outside the region where the weather
                                                                                                    station is located.
                                                                                                    MI is calculated from a wetting index (WI) and a drying index (DI).

                                                                                                    Wetting Index (WI)
                                                                                                    To define, quantitatively, the rainwater load on a wall, wind speed and wind direction have to be taken into
                                                                                                    consideration in addition to rainfall, along with factors that can affect exposure, such as nearby buildings,
                                                                                                    vegetation and topography. Quantitative determination of load, including wind speed and wind direction, can
                                                                                                    be done. However, due to limited weather data, it is not currently possible to provide this information for most
                                                                                                    of the locations identified in the Table.
                                                                                                    This lack of information, however, has been shown to be non-critical for the purpose of classifying locations
                                                                                                    in terms of severity of rain load. The results of the research indicated that simple annual rainfall is as good
                                                                                                    an indicator as any for describing rainwater load. That is to say, for Canadian locations, and especially once
                                                                                                    drying is accounted for, the additional sensitivity provided by hourly directional rainfall values does not have a
                                                                                                    significant effect on the order in which locations appear when listed from wet to dry.
                                                                                                    Consequently, the wetting index (WI) is based on annual rainfall and is normalized based on 1000 mm.

                                                                                                    Drying Index (DI)
                                                                                                    Temperature and relative humidity together define the drying capacity of ambient air. Based on simple
                                                                                                    psychrometrics, values were derived for the locations listed in the Table using annual average drying capacity
                                                                                                    normalized based on the drying capacity at Lytton, B.C. The resultant values are referred to as drying indices
                                                                                                    (DI).


                                                                                                    C-6 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                        Appendix C

                                                                                                    Determination of Moisture Index (MI)
                                                                                                    The relationship between WI and DI to correctly define moisture loading on a wall is not known. The MI values
                                                                                                    provided in the Table are based on the root mean square values of WI and 1-DI, with those values equally
                                                                                                    weighted. This is illustrated in Figure C-1. The resultant MI values are sufficiently consistent with industry's
                                                                                                    understanding of climate severity with respect to moisture loading as to allow limits to be identified for the
                                                                                                    purpose of specifying where additional protection from precipitation is required.


                                                                                                                                                                                                    MI > 1
                                                                                                                                                     1




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                    low
                                                                                                                                                                                           MI = 1




                                                                                                                        Drying capacity: 1 - DI N
                                                                                                                                                                   MI < 1




                                                                                                                                                                                            )2
                                                                                                                                                                                      - DI N
                                                                                                                                                                             2 +
                                                                                                                                                                                   (1
                                                                                                                                                                       WI N
                                                                                                                                                                   =
                                                                                                                                                              MI
                                                                                                                                                    high
                                                                                                                                                      0 low                                                  high 1
                                                                                                                                                                   Rain load: WI N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EG02066A


                                                                                                     Figure C-1
                                                                                                     Derivation of moisture index (MI) based on normalized values for wetting index (WI) and drying index (DI)
                                                                                                     Note to Figure C-1:
                                                                                                     (1) MI equals the hypotenuse of the triangle defined by WIN and 1-DIN


                                                                                                    Driving Rain Wind Pressure (DRWP)
                                                                                                    The presence of rainwater on the face of a building, with or without wind, must be addressed in the design and
                                                                                                    construction of the building envelope so as to minimize the entry of water into the assembly. Wind pressure on
                                                                                                    the windward faces of a building will promote the flow of water through any open joints or cracks in the facade.
                                                                                                    Driving rain wind pressure (DRWP) is the wind load that is coincident with rain, measured or calculated at a
                                                                                                    height of 10 m. The values provided in the Table represent the loads for which there is 1 chance in 5 of being
                                                                                                    reached or exceeded in any one year, or a probability of 20% within any one year. Approximate adjustments for
                                                                                                    height can be made using the values for Ce given in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(5) as a multiplier.
                                                                                                    Because of inaccuracies in developing the DRWP values related to the averaging of extreme wind pressures, the
                                                                                                    actual heights of recording anemometers, and the use of estimated rather than measured rainfall values, the
                                                                                                    values are considered to be higher than actual loads.(8)(9) Thus the actual probability of reaching or exceeding the
                                                                                                    DRWP in a particular location is less than 20% per year and these values can be considered to be conservative.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                          Division B C-7
                                                                                                    Appendix C                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    DRWP can be used to determine the height to which wind will drive rainwater up enclosed vertical conduits.
                                                                                                    This provides a conservative estimate of the height needed for fins in window extrusions and end dams on
                                                                                                    flashings to control water ingress. This height can be calculated as:

                                                                                                                                          height of water, mm = DRWP/10, Pa

                                                                                                    Note that the pressure difference across the building envelope may be augmented by internal pressures
                                                                                                    induced in the building interior by the wind. These additional pressures can be estimated using the information
                                                                                                    provided in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects of the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide –
                                                                                                    NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    Wind Effects




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    All structures need to be designed to ensure that the main structural system and all secondary components,
                                                                                                    such as cladding and appurtenances, will withstand the pressures and suctions caused by the strongest wind
                                                                                                    likely to blow at that location in many years. Some flexible structures, such as tall buildings, slender towers and
                                                                                                    bridges, also need to be designed to minimize excessive wind-induced oscillations or vibrations.
                                                                                                    At any time, the wind acting upon a structure can be treated as a mean or time-averaged component and as a
                                                                                                    gust or unsteady component. For a small structure, which is completely enveloped by wind gusts, it is only the
                                                                                                    peak gust velocity that needs to be considered. For a large structure, the wind gusts are not well correlated over
                                                                                                    its different parts and the effects of individual gusts become less significant. The “Structural Commentaries
                                                                                                    (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)” evaluates the mean pressure acting on a structure, provides
                                                                                                    appropriate adjustments for building height and exposure and for the influence of the surrounding terrain and
                                                                                                    topography (including wind speed-up for hills), and then incorporates the effects of wind gusts by means of the
                                                                                                    gust factor, which varies according to the type of structure and the size of the area over which the pressure acts.
                                                                                                    The wind speeds and corresponding velocity pressures used in the Code are regionally representative or
                                                                                                    reference values. The reference wind speeds are nominal one-hour averages of wind speeds representative
                                                                                                    of the 10 m height in flat open terrain corresponding to Exposure A or open terrain in the terminology of
                                                                                                    the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).” The reference wind speeds
                                                                                                    and wind velocity pressures are based on long-term wind records observed at a large number of weather
                                                                                                    stations across Canada.
                                                                                                    Reference wind velocity pressures in the 1961 to 2005 editions of the Code since 1961 were based mostly on
                                                                                                    records of hourly averaged wind speeds (i.e. the number of miles of wind passing an anemometer in an hour)
                                                                                                    from over 100 stations with 10 to 22 years of observations ending in the 1950s. The wind pressure values
                                                                                                    derived from these measurements represented true hourly wind pressures.
                                                                                                    The reference wind velocity pressures were reviewed and updated for the 2010 edition of the Code. The
                                                                                                    primary data set used for the analysis comprised wind records compiled from about 135 stations with hourly
                                                                                                    averaged wind speeds and from 465 stations with aviation (one- or two-minute average) speeds or surface
                                                                                                    weather (ten-minute average) speeds observed once per hour at the top of the hour; the periods of record used
                                                                                                    ranged from 10 to 54 years. In addition, peak wind gust records from 400 stations with periods of record
                                                                                                    ranging from 10 to 43 years were used. Peak wind gusts (gust durations of approximately 3 to 7 seconds) were
                                                                                                    used to supplement the primary once-per-hour observations in the analysis.
                                                                                                    Several steps were involved in updating the reference wind values. Where needed, speeds were adjusted to
                                                                                                    represent the standard anemometer height above ground of 10 m. The data from years when the anemometer
                                                                                                    at a station was installed on the top of a lighthouse or building were eliminated from the analysis since it
                                                                                                    is impractical to adjust for the effects of wind flow over the structure. (Most anemometers were moved to
                                                                                                    10 m towers by the 1960s.) Wind speeds of the various observation types—hourly averaged, aviation, surface
                                                                                                    weather and peak wind gust—were adjusted to account for different measure durations to represent a
                                                                                                    one-hour averaging period and to account for differences in the surface roughness of flat open terrain at
                                                                                                    observing stations.
                                                                                                    The annual maximum wind speed data was fitted to the Gumbel distribution using the method of moments(4)
                                                                                                    to calculate hourly wind speeds having the annual probability of occurrence of 1-in-10 and 1-in-50 (10-year and
                                                                                                    50-year return periods). The values were plotted on maps, then analyzed and abstracted for the locations in
                                                                                                    Table C-2.
                                                                                                    The wind velocity pressures, q, were calculated in Pascals using the following equation:




                                                                                                    C-8 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                     Appendix C

                                                                                                    where ρ is an average air density for the windy months of the year and V is wind speed in metres per second.
                                                                                                    While air density depends on both air temperature and atmospheric pressure, the density of dry air at 0°C
                                                                                                    and standard atmospheric pressure of 1.2929 kg/m3 was used as an average value for the wind pressure
                                                                                                    calculations. As explained by Boyd(10), this value is within 10% of the monthly average air densities for most
                                                                                                    of Canada in the windy part of the year.
                                                                                                    As a result of the updating procedure for the 2010 edition of the Code, the 1-in-50 reference wind velocity
                                                                                                    pressures remained unchanged for most of the locations listed in Table C-2; both increases and decreases were
                                                                                                    noted for the remaining locations. Many of the decreases resulted from the fact that anemometers at most of
                                                                                                    the stations used in the previous analysis were installed on lighthouses, airport hangers and other structures.
                                                                                                    Wind speeds on the tops of buildings are often much higher compared to those registered by a standard 10 m
                                                                                                    tower. Eliminating anemometer data recorded on the tops of buildings from the analysis resulted in lower




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    values at several locations.
                                                                                                    For the 2020 edition of the Code, the reference wind velocity pressures were updated to reflect the new data
                                                                                                    collected in the approximately 10 years since the previous update for the 2010 edition. Only data collected at
                                                                                                    stations with a period of record of at least 20 years were used in the analysis. As a result, the data set comprised
                                                                                                    wind records from 368 hourly and 222 daily peak wind gust stations with periods of record ranging from 20 to
                                                                                                    65 years. The annual maximum wind speed data were fitted to the Gumbel distribution.
                                                                                                    The 1-in-50 hourly wind speeds, after adjusting for roughness to represent open exposure, were mapped and
                                                                                                    compared to the NBC 2015 values for the locations in Table C-2. This updating procedure resulted in small
                                                                                                    changes to the 1-in-50 reference wind velocity pressures for 60 locations.
                                                                                                    The 1-in-10 reference wind velocity pressures were updated using the same procedure, except that regional
                                                                                                    values of the coefficient of variation were used in the calculations instead of the national value used previously.
                                                                                                    This procedure resulted in small changes to the 1-in-10 reference wind velocity pressures for 322 locations,
                                                                                                    including many for which there was no change to the 1-in-50 reference wind velocity pressure.
                                                                                                    Wind speeds that have a 1-in-”n” chance of being exceeded in any year can be calculated from the wind speeds
                                                                                                    corresponding to the 1-in-10 and 1-in-50 return period values in Table C-2 using the following equation:




                                                                                                    Table C-1 has been arranged to give pressures to the nearest one-hundredth of a kPa and their corresponding
                                                                                                    wind speeds. The value of “q” in kPa is assumed to be equal to 0.00064645 V2, where V is given in m/s.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division B C-9
                                                                                                    Appendix C                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                        Table C-1
                                                                                                                                       Wind Speeds
                                                                                                          q             V     q       V           q                V              q              V
                                                                                                         kPa           m/s   kPa     m/s         kPa              m/s            kPa            m/s
                                                                                                          0.15        15.2   0.53   28.6             0.91        37.5            1.29          44.7
                                                                                                          0.16        15.7   0.54   28.9             0.92        37.7            1.30          44.8
                                                                                                          0.17        16.2   0.55   29.2             0.93        37.9            1.31          45.0
                                                                                                          0.18        16.7   0.56   29.4             0.94        38.1            1.32          45.2
                                                                                                          0.19        17.1   0.57   29.7             0.95        38.3            1.33          45.4
                                                                                                          0.20        17.6   0.58   30.0             0.96        38.5            1.34          45.5




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          0.21        18.0   0.59   30.2             0.97        38.7            1.35          45.7
                                                                                                          0.22        18.4   0.60   30.5             0.98        38.9            1.36          45.9
                                                                                                          0.23        18.9   0.61   30.7             0.99        39.1            1.37          46.0
                                                                                                          0.24        19.3   0.62   31.0             1.00        39.3            1.38          46.2
                                                                                                          0.25        19.7   0.63   31.2             1.01        39.5            1.39          46.4
                                                                                                          0.26        20.1   0.64   31.5             1.02        39.7            1.40          46.5
                                                                                                          0.27        20.4   0.65   31.7             1.03        39.9            1.41          46.7
                                                                                                          0.28        20.8   0.66   32.0             1.04        40.1            1.42          46.9
                                                                                                          0.29        21.2   0.67   32.2             1.05        40.3            1.43          47.0
                                                                                                          0.30        21.5   0.68   32.4             1.06        40.5            1.44          47.2
                                                                                                          0.31        21.9   0.69   32.7             1.07        40.7            1.45          47.4
                                                                                                          0.32        22.2   0.70   32.9             1.08        40.9            1.46          47.5
                                                                                                          0.33        22.6   0.71   33.1             1.09        41.1            1.47          47.7
                                                                                                          0.34        22.9   0.72   33.4             1.10        41.3            1.48          47.8
                                                                                                          0.35        23.3   0.73   33.6             1.11        41.4            1.49          48.0
                                                                                                          0.36        23.6   0.74   33.8             1.12        41.6            1.50          48.2
                                                                                                          0.37        23.9   0.75   34.1             1.13        41.8            1.51          48.3
                                                                                                          0.38        24.2   0.76   34.3             1.14        42.0            1.52          48.5
                                                                                                          0.39        24.6   0.77   34.5             1.15        42.2            1.53          48.6
                                                                                                          0.40        24.9   0.78   34.7             1.16        42.4            1.54          48.8
                                                                                                          0.41        25.2   0.79   35.0             1.17        42.5            1.55          49.0
                                                                                                          0.42        25.5   0.80   35.2             1.18        42.7            1.56          49.1
                                                                                                          0.43        25.8   0.81   35.4             1.19        42.9            1.57          49.3
                                                                                                          0.44        26.1   0.82   35.6             1.20        43.1            1.58          49.4
                                                                                                          0.45        26.4   0.83   35.8             1.21        43.3            1.59          49.6
                                                                                                          0.46        26.7   0.84   36.0             1.22        43.4            1.60          49.7
                                                                                                          0.47        27.0   0.85   36.3             1.23        43.6            1.61          49.9
                                                                                                          0.48        27.2   0.86   36.5             1.24        43.8            1.62          50.1
                                                                                                          0.49        27.5   0.87   36.7             1.25        44.0            1.63          50.2
                                                                                                          0.50        27.8   0.88   36.9             1.26        44.1            1.64          50.4
                                                                                                          0.51        28.1   0.89   37.1             1.27        44.3            1.65          50.5
                                                                                                          0.52        28.4   0.90   37.3             1.28        44.5            1.66          50.7




                                                                                                    C-10 Division B                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                     Table C-2
                                                                                                               Climatic Design Data for Selected Locations in Canada

                                                                                                                                                                                      Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                 Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                               Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                         15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                                Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m          January           July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                                Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Division B
                                                                                                                                           mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                                18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                      2.5% °C     1% °C     Dry °C    Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                     Pa, 1/5
                                                 British Columbia
                                                    100 Mile House          1040        -30        -32       29        17       5030       10       48     300      0.4     425       60        2.6      0.3     0.27      0.35
                                                    Abbotsford               70         -8         -10       29        20       2860       12      112     1525     1.6     1600      160       2.0      0.3     0.33      0.44
                                                    Agassiz                  15         -9         -11       31        21       2750       8       128     1650     1.7     1700      160       2.4      0.7     0.35      0.47
                                                    Alberni                  12         -5             -8    31        19       3100       10      144     1900     2.0     2000      220       2.6      0.4     0.24      0.32
                                                    Ashcroft                 305        -24        -27       34        20       3700       10       37     250      0.3     300       80        1.7      0.1     0.29      0.38
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                    Bamfield                 20         -2             -4    23        17       3080       13      170     2870     3.0     2890      280       1.0      0.4     0.38      0.50
                                                    Beatton River            840        -37        -39       26        18       6300       15       64     330      0.5     450       80        3.3      0.1     0.23      0.30
                                                    Bella Bella              25         -5             -7    23        18       3180       13      145     2715     2.8     2800      350       2.6      0.8     0.40      0.50
                                                    Bella Coola              40         -14        -18       27        19       3560       10      140     1500     1.9     1700      350       4.5      0.8     0.29      0.39
                                                    Burns Lake               755        -31        -34       26        17       5450       12       54     300      0.6     450       100       3.4      0.2     0.29      0.39
                                                    Cache Creek              455        -24        -27       34        20       3700       10       37     250      0.3     300       80        1.7      0.2     0.29      0.39
                                                    Campbell River           20         -5             -7    26        18       3000       10      116     1500     1.6     1600      260       2.8      0.4     0.41      0.48
                                                    Carmi                    845        -24        -26       31        19       4750       10       64     325      0.4     550       60        3.6      0.2     0.29      0.38
                                                    Castlegar                430        -18        -20       32        20       3580       10       54     560      0.6     700       60        4.2      0.1     0.26      0.34
                                                    Chetwynd                 605        -35        -38       27        18       5500       15       70     400      0.6     625       60        2.4      0.2     0.30      0.40
                                                    Chilliwack               10         -9         -11       30        20       2780       8       139     1625     1.7     1700      160       2.2      0.3     0.35      0.47
                                                    Comox                    15         -7             -9    27        18       2930       10      106     1175     1.3     1200      260       2.4      0.4     0.41      0.48
                                                    Courtenay                10         -7             -9    28        18       2930       10      106     1400     1.5     1450      260       2.4      0.4     0.41      0.48
                                                    Cranbrook                910        -26        -28       32        18       4400       12       59     275      0.3     400       100       3.0      0.2     0.25      0.33
                                                    Crescent Valley          585        -18        -20       31        20       3650       10       54     675      0.8     850       80        4.2      0.1     0.25      0.33
                                                    Crofton                   5         -4             -6    28        19       2880       8        86     925      1.1     950       160       1.8      0.2     0.32      0.40
                                                    Dawson Creek             665        -38        -40       27        18       5900       18       75     325      0.5     475       100       2.5      0.2     0.30      0.40
                                                    Dease Lake               800        -37        -40       24        15       6730       10       45     265      0.6     425       50        2.8      0.1     0.23      0.30
                                                    Dog Creek                450        -28        -30       29        17       4800       10       48     275      0.4     375       100       1.8      0.2     0.27      0.35
                                                    Duncan                   10         -6             -8    28        19       2980       8       103     1000     1.1     1050      180       1.8      0.4     0.31      0.39
                                                    Elko                    1065        -28        -31       30        19       4600       13       64     440      0.5     650       100       3.6      0.2     0.30      0.40
Division B C-11                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Appendix C
                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                               Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                    Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                               Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                             Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                       15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                              Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location   Elev., m          January           July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-12 Division B
                                                                                                                              Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                         mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                              18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                    2.5% °C     1% °C     Dry °C    Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                   Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Appendix C
                                                  Fernie                  1010        -27        -30       30        19       4750       13      118     860      0.9     1175      100       4.5      0.2     0.30     0.40
                                                  Fort Nelson              465        -39        -42       28        18       6710       15       70     325      0.6     450       80        2.4      0.1     0.23     0.30
                                                  Fort St. John            685        -35        -37       26        18       5750       15       72     320      0.5     475       100       2.8      0.1     0.29     0.39
                                                  Glacier                 1145        -27        -30       27        17       5800       10       70     625      0.8     1500      80        9.4      0.2     0.24     0.32
                                                  Golden                   790        -27        -30       30        17       4750       10       55     325      0.6     500       100       3.7      0.2     0.26      0.35
                                                  Gold River               120        -8         -11       31        18       3230       13      200     2730     2.8     2850      250       2.8      0.6     0.24     0.32
                                                  Grand Forks              565        -19        -22       34        20       3820       10       48     390      0.5     475       80        2.8      0.1     0.30     0.40
                                                  Greenwood                745        -20        -23       34        20       4100       10       64     430      0.5     550       80        3.6      0.1     0.30     0.40
                                                  Hope                     40         -13        -15       31        20       2820       8       139     1825     1.9     1900      140       2.8      0.7     0.47     0.63
                                                  Jordan River             20         -1             -3    22        17       2900       12      170     2300     2.4     2370      250       1.2      0.4     0.44     0.55
                                                  Kamloops                 355        -23        -25       34        20       3450       13       42     225      0.2     275       80        1.8      0.2     0.30     0.40
                                                  Kaslo                    545        -17        -20       30        19       3830       10       55     660      0.8     850       80        2.8      0.1     0.23     0.31
                                                  Kelowna                  350        -17        -20       33        20       3400       12       43     260      0.3     325       80        1.7      0.1     0.30     0.40
                                                  Kimberley               1090        -25        -27       31        18       4650       12       59     350      0.4     500       100       3.0      0.2     0.25     0.33
                                                  Kitimat Plant            15         -16        -18       25        16       3750       13      193     2100     2.2     2500      220       5.5      0.8     0.36     0.48
                                                  Kitimat Townsite         130        -16        -18       24        16       3900       13      171     1900     2.0     2300      220       6.5      0.8     0.36     0.48
                                                  Ladysmith                80         -7             -9    27        19       2920       8        97     1075     1.2     1160      180       2.4      0.4     0.32     0.40
                                                  Langford                 80         -4             -6    27        19       2750       9       135     1095     1.2     1125      220       1.8      0.3     0.32     0.40
                                                  Lillooet                 245        -21        -23       34        20       3400       10       70     300      0.3     350       100       2.1      0.1     0.33     0.44
                                                  Lytton                   325        -17        -20       35        20       3300       10       70     330      0.3     425       80        2.8      0.3     0.32     0.43
                                                  Mackenzie                765        -34        -38       27        17       5550       10       50     350      0.5     650       60        5.1      0.2     0.25     0.32
                                                  Masset                   10         -5             -7    17        15       3700       13       80     1350     1.5     1400      400       1.8      0.4     0.50     0.61
                                                  McBride                  730        -29        -32       29        18       4980       13       54     475      0.6     650       60        4.3      0.2     0.27     0.35
                                                  McLeod Lake              695        -35        -37       27        17       5450       10       50     350      0.5     650       60        4.1      0.2     0.25     0.32
                                                  Merritt                  570        -24        -27       34        20       3900       8        54     240      0.2     310       80        1.8      0.3     0.33     0.44
                                                  Mission City             45         -9         -11       30        20       2850       13      123     1650     1.7     1700      160       2.4      0.3     0.32     0.43
                                                  Montrose                 615        -16        -18       32        20       3600       10       54     480      0.6     700       60        4.1      0.1     0.26     0.35
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                                           445        -20        -22       31        20       3560       10       60     650      0.8     850       60        4.4      0.1     0.25     0.33
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Division B
                                                  Nakusp
                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                               Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                    Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                               Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                             Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                       15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                              Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location   Elev., m          January           July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                              Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                         mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                              18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Division B
                                                                                    2.5% °C     1% °C     Dry °C    Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                   Pa, 1/5
                                                  Nanaimo                  15         -6             -8    27        19       2920       10       91     1000     1.1     1050      200       2.1      0.4     0.38     0.48
                                                  Nelson                   600        -18        -20       31        20       3500       10       59     460      0.6     700       60        4.2      0.1     0.25     0.33
                                                  Ocean Falls              10         -10        -12       23        17       3400       13      260     4150     4.2     4300      350       3.9      0.8     0.44     0.59
                                                  Osoyoos                  285        -14        -17       35        21       3100       10       48     275      0.3     310       60        1.1      0.1     0.30     0.40
                                                  Parksville               40         -6             -8    26        19       2990       10       91     1200     1.3     1250      200       2.0      0.4     0.40     0.48
                                                  Penticton                350        -15        -17       33        20       3350       10       48     275      0.3     300       60        1.3      0.1     0.30     0.40
                                                                           15         -5             -8    31        19       3100       10      161     1900     2.0     2000      240       2.6      0.4     0.24     0.32
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                  Port Alberni
                                                  Port Alice               25         -3             -6    26        17       3010       13      200     3300     3.4     3340      220       1.1      0.4     0.24     0.32
                                                  Port Hardy                5         -5             -7    20        16       3440       13      150     1775     1.9     1850      220       0.9      0.4     0.36     0.48
                                                  Port McNeill              5         -5             -7    22        17       3410       13      128     1750     1.9     1850      260       1.1      0.4     0.36     0.48
                                                  Port Renfrew             20         -3             -5    24        17       2900       13      200     3600     3.6     3675      270       1.1      0.4     0.42     0.52
                                                  Powell River             10         -7             -9    26        18       3100       10       80     1150     1.3     1200      220       1.7      0.4     0.39     0.48
                                                  Prince George            580        -32        -36       28        18       4720       15       54     425      0.6     600       80        3.4      0.2     0.28     0.37
                                                  Prince Rupert            20         -13        -15       19        15       3900       13      160     2750     2.8     2900      240       1.9      0.4     0.43     0.54
                                                  Princeton                655        -24        -29       33        19       4250       10       43     235      0.4     350       80        2.9      0.6     0.27     0.36
                                                  Qualicum Beach           10         -7             -9    27        19       2990       10       96     1200     1.3     1250      200       2.0      0.4     0.41     0.48
                                                  Queen Charlotte City     35         -6             -8    21        16       3520       13      110     1300     1.5     1350      360       1.8      0.4     0.50     0.61
                                                  Quesnel                  475        -31        -33       30        17       4650       10       50     380      0.5     525       80        3.0      0.1     0.24     0.31
                                                  Revelstoke               440        -20        -23       31        19       4000       13       55     625      0.8     950       80        7.2      0.1     0.24      0.32
                                                  Salmon Arm               425        -19        -24       33        21       3650       13       48     400      0.5     525       80        3.5      0.1     0.29     0.39
                                                  Sandspit                  5         -4             -6    18        15       3450       13       86     1300     1.5     1350      500       1.8      0.4     0.59     0.72
                                                  Sechelt                  25         -6             -8    27        20       2680       10       75     1140     1.3     1200      160       1.8      0.4     0.38      0.48
                                                  Sidney                   10         -4             -6    26        18       2850       8        96     825      1.0     850       160       1.1      0.2     0.34     0.42
                                                  Smithers                 500        -29        -31       26        17       5040       13       60     325      0.6     500       120       3.5      0.2     0.30     0.40
                                                  Smith River              660        -45        -47       26        17       7100       10       64     300      0.6     500       40        2.8      0.1     0.24     0.30
                                                  Sooke                    20         -1             -3    21        16       2900       9       130     1250     1.4     1280      220       1.3      0.3     0.38     0.48
                                                  Squamish                  5         -9         -11       29        20       2950       10      140     2050     2.1     2200      160       2.8      0.7     0.38     0.50
                                                                           10         -17        -20       25        16       4350       13      135     1300     1.5     1900      180       7.9      0.8     0.27     0.36
Division B C-13                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Appendix C
                                                  Stewart
                                                                                          Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                   Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                        Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                   Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                                 Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                           15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                                  Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location       Elev., m          January           July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-14 Division B
                                                                                                                                  Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                             mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                                  18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                        2.5% °C     1% °C     Dry °C    Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                       Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Appendix C
                                                  Tahsis                       25         -4             -6    26        18       3150       13      200     3845     3.9     3900      300       1.1      0.4     0.26      0.34
                                                  Taylor                       515        -35        -37       26        18       5720       15       72     320      0.5     450       100       2.3      0.1     0.30      0.40
                                                  Terrace                      60         -19        -21       27        17       4150       13      120     950      1.1     1150      200       5.4      0.6     0.27      0.36
                                                  Tofino                       10         -2             -4    20        16       3150       13      193     3275     3.4     3300      300       1.1      0.4     0.51      0.68
                                                  Trail                        440        -14        -17       33        20       3600       10       54     580      0.7     700       60        4.1      0.1     0.26      0.35
                                                  Ucluelet                      5         -2             -4    18        16       3120       13      180     3175     3.3     3200      280       1.0      0.4     0.51      0.68
                                                  Vancouver Region
                                                     Burnaby (Simon            330        -7             -9    25        17       3100       10      150     1850     1.9     1950      160       2.9      0.7     0.35      0.47
                                                     Fraser Univ.)
                                                     Cloverdale                10         -8         -10       29        20       2700       10      112     1350     1.4     1400      160       2.5      0.2     0.33      0.44
                                                     Haney                     10         -9         -11       30        20       2840       10      134     1800     1.9     1950      160       2.4      0.2     0.33      0.44
                                                     Ladner                     3         -6             -8    27        19       2600       10       80     1000     1.1     1050      160       1.3      0.2     0.37      0.46
                                                     Langley                   15         -8         -10       29        20       2700       10      112     1450     1.5     1500      160       2.4      0.2     0.33      0.44
                                                     New Westminster           10         -8         -10       29        19       2800       10      134     1500     1.6     1575      160       2.3      0.2     0.33      0.44
                                                     North Vancouver           135        -7             -9    26        19       2910       12      150     2000     2.1     2100      160       3.0      0.3     0.34      0.45
                                                     Richmond                   5         -7             -9    27        19       2800       10       86     1070     1.2     1100      160       1.5      0.2     0.36      0.45
                                                     Surrey (88 Ave & 156      90         -8         -10       29        20       2750       10      128     1500     1.6     1575      160       2.4      0.3     0.33      0.44
                                                     St.)
                                                     Vancouver                 40         -7             -9    28        20       2825       10      112     1325     1.4     1400      160       1.8      0.2     0.34      0.45
                                                     (City Hall)
                                                     Vancouver                 120        -6             -8    28        20       2925       10      107     1325     1.4     1400      160       1.9      0.3     0.36      0.45
                                                     (Granville St. & 41st
                                                     Ave)
                                                     West Vancouver            45         -7             -9    28        19       2950       12      150     1600     1.7     1700      160       2.4      0.2     0.36      0.48
                                                  Vernon                       405        -20        -23       33        20       3600       13       43     350      0.4     400       80        2.2      0.1     0.30      0.40
                                                  Victoria Region
                                                     Victoria                  10         -4             -6    24        17       2650       8        91     800      1.0     825       220       1.1      0.2     0.46      0.57
                                                     Victoria                  65         -4             -6    24        17       2700       9        91     600      0.8     625       220       1.5      0.3     0.46      0.57
                                                     (Gonzales Hts)
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Division B
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                 Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                      Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                 Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                               Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                         15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                                Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m          January           July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                                Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                           mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                                18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Division B
                                                                                      2.5% °C     1% °C     Dry °C    Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                     Pa, 1/5
                                                       Victoria              125        -6             -8    24        16       2700       9        91     775      1.0     800       220       2.1      0.3     0.46      0.57
                                                       (Mt Tolmie)
                                                    Whistler                 665        -17        -20       30        20       4180       10       85     845      1.0     1215      160       9.5      0.9     0.24      0.32
                                                    White Rock               30         -5             -7    25        20       2620       10       80     1065     1.2     1100      160       2.0      0.2     0.33      0.44
                                                    Williams Lake            615        -30        -33       29        17       4400       10       48     350      0.5     425       80        2.4      0.2     0.27      0.35
                                                    Youbou                   200        -5             -8    31        19       3050       10      161     2000     2.1     2100      200       3.5      0.7     0.26      0.32
                                                 Alberta
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                    Athabasca                515        -35        -38       27        19       6000       18       86     370      0.6     480       80        1.5      0.1     0.27      0.36
                                                    Banff                   1400        -31        -33       27        16       5500       18       65     300      0.6     500       120       3.3      0.1     0.26      0.32
                                                    Barrhead                 645        -33        -36       27        19       5740       20       86     375      0.6     475       100       1.7      0.1     0.35      0.44
                                                    Beaverlodge              730        -36        -39       28        18       5700       20       86     315      0.5     470       100       2.4      0.1     0.27      0.36
                                                    Brooks                   760        -32        -34       32        20       4880       18       86     260      0.3     340       220       1.2      0.1     0.35      0.44
                                                    Calgary                 1045        -30        -32       28        17       5000       23      103     325      0.4     425       220       1.1      0.1     0.38      0.48
                                                    Campsie                  660        -33        -36       27        19       5750       20       86     375      0.6     475       100       1.7      0.1     0.33      0.44
                                                    Camrose                  740        -33        -35       29        19       5500       20       86     355      0.5     470       160       2.0      0.1     0.31      0.39
                                                    Canmore                 1320        -31        -33       28        17       5400       18       86     325      0.6     500       120       3.2      0.1     0.30      0.37
                                                    Cardston                1130        -29        -32       30        19       4700       20      108     340      0.4     550       140       1.5      0.1     0.58      0.72
                                                    Claresholm              1030        -30        -32       30        18       4680       15       97     310      0.4     440       200       1.3      0.1     0.46      0.58
                                                    Cold Lake                540        -35        -38       28        19       5860       18       81     320      0.5     430       140       1.7      0.1     0.29      0.38
                                                    Coleman                 1320        -31        -34       29        18       5210       15       86     400      0.5     550       120       2.7      0.3     0.50      0.63
                                                    Coronation               790        -32        -34       30        19       5640       20       92     300      0.5     400       200       1.9      0.1     0.30      0.37
                                                    Cowley                  1175        -29        -32       29        18       4810       15       92     310      0.4     525       140       1.6      0.1     0.81      1.01
                                                    Drumheller               685        -32        -34       30        18       5050       20       86     300      0.4     375       220       1.2      0.1     0.35      0.44
                                                    Edmonton                 645        -30        -33       28        19       5120       23       97     360      0.5     460       160       1.7      0.1     0.36      0.45
                                                    Edson                    920        -34        -37       27        18       5750       18       81     450      0.6     570       100       2.1      0.1     0.37      0.46
                                                    Embarras Portage         220        -41        -43       28        19       7100       12       81     250      0.6     390       80        2.2      0.1     0.28      0.37
                                                    Fairview                 670        -37        -40       27        18       5840       15       86     330      0.5     450       100       2.4      0.1     0.26      0.35
                                                    Fort MacLeod             945        -30        -32       31        19       4600       16       97     300      0.4     425       180       1.2      0.1     0.54      0.68
Division B C-15                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Appendix C
                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                              Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                              Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                            Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                      15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                             Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-16 Division B
                                                                                                                             Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                        mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                             18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                    2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                  Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Appendix C
                                                  Fort McMurray            255        -38       -40       28        19       6250       13       86     340      0.5     460       60        1.5      0.1     0.28      0.35
                                                  Fort Saskatchewan        610        -32       -35       28        19       5420       20       86     350      0.5     425       140       1.6      0.1     0.34      0.43
                                                  Fort Vermilion           270        -41       -43       28        18       6700       13       70     250      0.5     380       60        2.1      0.1     0.23      0.30
                                                  Grande Prairie           650        -36       -39       27        18       5790       20       86     315      0.5     450       120       2.2      0.1     0.32      0.43
                                                  Habay                    335        -41       -43       28        18       6750       13       70     275      0.5     425       60        2.4      0.1     0.23      0.30
                                                  Hardisty                 615        -33       -36       30        19       5640       20       81     325      0.5     425       140       1.7      0.1     0.29      0.36
                                                  High River              1040        -31       -32       28        17       4900       18       97     300      0.4     425       200       1.3      0.1     0.52      0.65
                                                  Hinton                   990        -34       -38       27        17       5500       13       81     375      0.6     500       100       2.6      0.1     0.37      0.46
                                                  Jasper                  1060        -31       -34       28        17       5300       12       76     300      0.5     400       80        3.0      0.1     0.26      0.32
                                                  Keg River                420        -40       -42       28        18       6520       13       70     310      0.5     450       80        2.4      0.1     0.23      0.30
                                                  Lac La Biche             560        -35       -38       28        19       6100       15       86     375      0.6     475       80        1.6      0.1     0.27      0.36
                                                  Lacombe                  855        -33       -36       28        19       5500       23       92     350      0.5     450       180       1.9      0.1     0.32      0.40
                                                  Lethbridge               910        -30       -32       31        19       4500       20       97     250      0.3     390       200       1.2      0.1     0.53      0.66
                                                  Manning                  465        -39       -41       27        18       6300       13       76     280      0.5     390       80        2.3      0.1     0.23      0.30
                                                  Medicine Hat             705        -31       -34       32        19       4540       23       92     250      0.3     325       220       1.1      0.1     0.38      0.48
                                                  Peace River              330        -37       -40       27        18       6050       15       81     300      0.5     390       100       2.2      0.1     0.24      0.32
                                                  Pincher Creek           1130        -29       -32       29        18       4740       16      103     325      0.4     575       140       1.5      0.1     0.77      0.96
                                                  Ranfurly                 670        -34       -37       29        19       5700       18       92     325      0.5     420       100       1.9      0.1     0.29      0.36
                                                  Red Deer                 855        -32       -35       28        19       5550       20       97     375      0.5     475       200       1.8      0.1     0.32      0.40
                                                  Rocky Mountain House     985        -32       -34       27        18       5640       20       92     425      0.6     550       120       1.9      0.1     0.29      0.36
                                                  Slave Lake               590        -35       -38       26        19       5850       15       81     380      0.6     500       80        1.9      0.1     0.28      0.37
                                                  Stettler                 820        -32       -34       30        19       5300       20       97     370      0.5     450       200       1.9      0.1     0.29      0.36
                                                  Stony Plain              710        -32       -35       28        19       5300       23       97     410      0.5     540       120       1.7      0.1     0.36      0.45
                                                  Suffield                 755        -31       -34       32        20       4770       20       86     230      0.2     325       220       1.3      0.1     0.39      0.49
                                                  Taber                    815        -31       -33       31        19       4580       20       92     260      0.3     370       200       1.2      0.1     0.50      0.63
                                                  Turner Valley           1215        -31       -32       28        17       5220       20       97     350      0.5     600       180       1.4      0.1     0.52      0.65
                                                  Valleyview               700        -37       -40       27        18       5600       18       86     360      0.5     490       80        2.3      0.1     0.34      0.42
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                                           635        -34       -37       29        19       5780       18       86     325      0.5     410       100       1.9      0.1     0.29      0.36
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Division B
                                                  Vegreville
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                    Vermilion                580        -35       -38       29        19       5740       18       86     310      0.5     410       100       1.7      0.1     0.29      0.36
                                                    Wagner                   585        -35       -38       26        19       5850       15       81     380      0.6     500       80        1.9      0.1     0.28      0.37
                                                    Wainwright               675        -33       -36       29        19       5700       20       81     310      0.5     425       120       2.0      0.1     0.29      0.36
                                                    Wetaskiwin               760        -33       -35       29        19       5500       23       86     400      0.6     500       160       2.0      0.1     0.31      0.39
                                                    Whitecourt               690        -33       -36       27        19       5650       20       97     440      0.6     550       80        1.9      0.1     0.28      0.37
                                                    Wimborne                 975        -31       -34       29        18       5310       23       92     325      0.5     450       200       1.6      0.1     0.32      0.40
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                 Saskatchewan
                                                    Assiniboia               740        -32       -34       31        21       5180       25       81     290      0.3     375       240       1.6      0.1     0.39      0.49
                                                    Battrum                  700        -32       -34       32        20       5080       23       81     270      0.4     350       260       1.2      0.1     0.43      0.54
                                                    Biggar                   645        -34       -36       30        20       5720       23       81     270      0.4     350       180       2.1      0.1     0.36      0.45
                                                    Broadview                600        -34       -35       30        21       5760       25      103     320      0.5     420       160       1.7      0.1     0.36      0.46
                                                    Dafoe                    530        -35       -37       29        21       5860       20       92     300      0.5     380       140       1.7      0.1     0.29      0.37
                                                    Dundurn                  525        -35       -37       30        21       5600       23       86     275      0.4     380       180       1.5      0.1     0.36      0.46
                                                    Estevan                  565        -32       -34       32        22       5340       28       92     330      0.4     420       200       1.6      0.1     0.41      0.52
                                                    Hudson Bay               370        -36       -38       29        21       6280       20       81     340      0.6     450       80        2.0      0.1     0.29      0.37
                                                    Humboldt                 565        -36       -38       28        21       6000       20       86     320      0.5     375       140       2.1      0.1     0.31      0.39
                                                    Island Falls             305        -39       -41       27        20       7100       18       76     370      0.6     510       80        2.1      0.1     0.26      0.35
                                                    Kamsack                  455        -34       -37       29        22       6040       20       97     360      0.6     450       120       2.1      0.2     0.32      0.40
                                                    Kindersley               685        -33       -35       31        20       5550       23       81     260      0.4     325       200       1.4      0.1     0.36      0.46
                                                    Lloydminster             645        -34       -37       28        20       5880       18       81     310      0.5     430       120       2.0      0.1     0.32      0.40
                                                    Maple Creek              765        -31       -34       31        20       4780       25       81     275      0.3     380       220       1.2      0.1     0.36      0.45
                                                    Meadow Lake              480        -38       -40       28        20       6280       18       81     320      0.5     450       120       1.7      0.1     0.30      0.40
                                                    Melfort                  455        -36       -38       28        21       6050       20       81     310      0.5     410       120       2.1      0.1     0.28      0.36
                                                    Melville                 550        -34       -36       29        21       5880       23       97     340      0.5     410       160       1.7      0.1     0.32      0.40
                                                    Moose Jaw                545        -32       -34       31        21       5270       25       86     270      0.3     360       200       1.4      0.1     0.41      0.52
                                                    Nipawin                  365        -37       -39       28        21       6300       20       76     340      0.6     450       100       2.0      0.1     0.30      0.38
                                                    North Battleford         545        -34       -36       29        20       5900       20       81     280      0.5     370       120       1.7      0.1     0.36      0.46
                                                    Prince Albert            435        -37       -40       28        21       6100       20       81     320      0.5     410       140       1.9      0.1     0.30      0.38
Division B C-17                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Appendix C
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-18 Division B
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Appendix C
                                                    Qu'Appelle               645        -34       -36       30        22       5620       25       97     340      0.5     430       160       1.7      0.1     0.33      0.42
                                                    Regina                   575        -34       -36       31        21       5600       28      103     300      0.4     365       200       1.4      0.1     0.39      0.49
                                                    Rosetown                 595        -34       -36       31        20       5620       23       81     260      0.4     330       200       1.7      0.1     0.39      0.49
                                                    Saskatoon                500        -35       -37       30        21       5700       23       86     265      0.4     350       160       1.7      0.1     0.36      0.46
                                                    Scott                    645        -34       -36       30        20       5960       20       81     270      0.4     360       140       1.9      0.1     0.36      0.45
                                                    Strasbourg               545        -34       -36       30        22       5600       25       92     300      0.4     390       180       1.5      0.1     0.33      0.42
                                                    Swift Current            750        -31       -34       31        20       5150       25       81     260      0.3     350       240       1.4      0.1     0.43      0.54
                                                    Uranium City             265        -42       -44       26        19       7500       12       54     300      0.6     360       100       2.0      0.1     0.27      0.36
                                                    Weyburn                  575        -33       -35       31        23       5400       28       97     320      0.4     400       200       1.8      0.1     0.38      0.48
                                                    Yorkton                  510        -34       -37       29        21       6000       23       97     350      0.5     440       140       1.9      0.1     0.32      0.40
                                                 Manitoba
                                                    Beausejour               245        -33       -35       29        23       5680       28      103     430      0.6     530       180       2.0      0.2     0.32      0.41
                                                    Boissevain               510        -32       -34       30        23       5500       28      119     390      0.5     510       180       2.2      0.2     0.41      0.52
                                                    Brandon                  395        -33       -35       30        22       5760       28      108     375      0.6     460       180       2.1      0.2     0.39      0.49
                                                    Churchill                10         -38       -40       25        18       8950       12       76     265      0.8     410       260       3.0      0.2     0.43      0.55
                                                    Dauphin                  295        -33       -35       30        22       5900       28      103     400      0.6     490       160       1.9      0.2     0.32      0.40
                                                    Flin Flon                300        -38       -40       27        20       6440       18       81     340      0.6     475       80        2.2      0.2     0.28      0.35
                                                    Gimli                    220        -34       -36       29        23       5800       28      108     410      0.7     530       180       1.9      0.2     0.32      0.40
                                                    Island Lake              240        -36       -38       27        20       6900       18       86     380      0.7     550       80        2.6      0.2     0.29      0.37
                                                    Lac du Bonnet            260        -34       -36       29        23       5730       28      103     445      0.7     560       180       1.9      0.2     0.29      0.37
                                                    Lynn Lake                350        -40       -42       27        19       7770       18       86     310      0.6     490       100       2.4      0.2     0.29      0.37
                                                    Morden                   300        -31       -33       30        24       5400       28      119     420      0.6     520       180       2.2      0.2     0.41      0.52
                                                    Neepawa                  365        -32       -34       29        23       5760       28      108     410      0.6     470       180       2.2      0.2     0.35      0.44
                                                    Pine Falls               220        -34       -36       28        23       5900       25       97     440      0.7     420       180       1.9      0.2     0.31      0.39
                                                    Portage la Prairie       260        -31       -33       30        23       5600       28      108     390      0.5     525       180       2.1      0.2     0.36      0.46
                                                    Rivers                   465        -34       -36       29        23       5840       28      108     370      0.6     460       180       2.1      0.2     0.36      0.46
                                                    Sandilands               365        -32       -34       29        23       5650       28      113     460      0.6     550       180       2.2      0.2     0.32      0.40
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                                             225        -33       -35       29        23       5700       28      108     420      0.6     500       180       1.9      0.2     0.32      0.41
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                    Selkirk
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                    Split Lake               175        -38       -40       27        19       7900       18       76     325      0.7     500       120       2.5      0.2     0.31      0.39
                                                    Steinbach                270        -33       -35       29        23       5700       28      108     440      0.6     500       180       2.0      0.2     0.32      0.40
                                                    Swan River               335        -34       -37       29        22       6100       20       92     370      0.6     500       120       2.0      0.2     0.28      0.35
                                                    The Pas                  270        -36       -38       28        21       6480       18       81     330      0.6     450       160       2.2      0.2     0.29      0.37
                                                    Thompson                 205        -40       -43       27        19       7600       18       86     350      0.6     540       100       2.4      0.2     0.28      0.36
                                                    Virden                   435        -33       -35       30        23       5620       28      108     350      0.5     460       180       2.0      0.2     0.36      0.46
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                    Winnipeg                 235        -33       -35       30        23       5670       28      108     415      0.6     500       180       1.9      0.2     0.36      0.45
                                                 Ontario
                                                    Ailsa Craig              230        -17       -19       30        23       3840       25      103     800      0.9     950       180       2.2      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                    Ajax                     95         -20       -22       30        23       3820       23       92     760      0.9     825       160       1.0      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                    Alexandria               80         -24       -26       30        23       4600       25      103     800      0.9     975       160       2.4      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                    Alliston                 220        -23       -25       29        23       4200       28      113     690      0.8     875       120       2.0      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                    Almonte                  120        -26       -28       30        23       4620       25       97     730      0.8     800       140       2.5      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                    Armstrong                340        -37       -40       28        21       6500       23       97     525      0.8     725       100       2.7      0.4     0.22      0.30
                                                    Arnprior                 85         -27       -29       30        23       4680       23       86     630      0.8     775       140       2.5      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                    Atikokan                 400        -33       -35       29        22       5750       25      103     570      0.8     760       100       2.4      0.3     0.22      0.30
                                                    Attawapiskat             10         -37       -39       28        21       7100       18       81     450      0.8     650       160       2.8      0.3     0.30      0.41
                                                    Aurora                   270        -21       -23       30        23       4210       28      108     700      0.8     800       140       2.0      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                    Bancroft                 365        -28       -31       29        23       4740       25       92     720      0.9     900       100       3.1      0.4     0.25      0.32
                                                    Barrie                   245        -24       -26       29        23       4380       28       97     700      0.8     900       120       2.5      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                    Barriefield              100        -22       -24       28        23       3990       23      108     780      1.0     950       160       2.1      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                    Beaverton                240        -24       -26       30        23       4300       25      108     720      0.9     950       120       2.2      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                    Belleville               90         -22       -24       29        23       3910       23       97     760      0.9     850       180       1.7      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                    Belmont                  260        -17       -19       30        24       3840       25       97     850      1.0     950       180       1.7      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                    Borden (CFB)             225        -23       -25       29        23       4300       28      103     690     0.82     875       120       2.2      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                    Bracebridge              310        -26       -28       29        23       4800       25      103     830      1.0     1050      120       3.1      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                    Bradford                 240        -23       -25       30        23       4280       28      108     680      0.8     800       120       2.1      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                                                        -19       -21       30        23       4100       28      119     720      0.8     820       140       1.3      0.4     0.34      0.44
Division B C-19
                                                                             215
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Appendix C
                                                    Brampton
                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                              Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                              Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                            Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                      15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                             Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-20 Division B
                                                                                                                             Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                        mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                             18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                    2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                  Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Appendix C
                                                  Brantford                205        -18       -20       30        23       3900       23      103     780      0.9     850       160       1.3      0.4     0.33      0.42
                                                  Brighton                 95         -21       -23       29        23       4000       23       94     760      0.9     850       160       1.6      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Brockville               85         -23       -25       29        23       4060       25      103     770      0.9     975       180       2.2      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Burk's Falls             305        -26       -28       29        22       5020       25       97     810      0.9     1010      120       2.7      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Burlington               80         -17       -19       31        23       3740       23      103     770      0.9     850       160       1.1      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  Cambridge                295        -18       -20       29        23       4100       25      113     800      0.9     890       160       1.6      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                  Campbellford             150        -23       -26       30        23       4280       25       97     730      0.9     850       160       1.7      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Cannington               255        -24       -26       30        23       4310       25      108     740      0.9     950       120       2.2      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                  Carleton Place           135        -25       -27       30        23       4600       25       97     730      0.8     850       160       2.5      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Cavan                    200        -23       -25       30        23       4400       25       97     740      0.9     850       140       2.0      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Centralia                260        -17       -19       30        23       3800       25      103     820      1.0     1000      180       2.3      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Chapleau                 425        -35       -38       27        21       5900       20       97     530      0.7     850       80        3.6      0.4     0.23      0.30
                                                  Chatham                  180        -16       -18       31        24       3470       28      103     800      0.9     850       180       1.0      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  Chesley                  275        -19       -21       29        22       4320       28      103     810      0.9     1125      140       2.8      0.4     0.35      0.45
                                                  Clinton                  280        -17       -19       29        23       4150       25      103     810      0.9     1000      160       2.6      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  Coboconk                 270        -25       -27       30        23       4500       25      108     740      0.9     950       120       2.5      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Cobourg                  90         -21       -23       29        23       3980       23       94     760      0.9     825       160       1.2      0.4     0.38      0.49
                                                  Cochrane                 245        -34       -36       29        21       6200       20       92     575      0.8     875       80        2.8      0.3     0.27      0.35
                                                  Colborne                 105        -21       -23       29        23       3980       23       94     760      0.9     850       160       1.6      0.4     0.38      0.49
                                                  Collingwood              190        -21       -23       29        23       4180       28       97     720      0.9     950       160       2.7      0.4     0.30      0.39
                                                  Cornwall                 35         -23       -25       30        23       4250       25      103     780      0.9     960       180       2.2      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Corunna                  185        -16       -18       31        24       3600       25      100     760      0.9     800       180       1.0      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Deep River               145        -29       -32       30        22       4900       23       92     650      0.8     850       100       2.5      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Deseronto                85         -22       -24       29        23       4070       23       92     760      0.9     900       160       1.9      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  Dorchester               260        -18       -20       30        24       3900       28      103     850      1.0     950       180       1.9      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Dorion                   200        -33       -35       28        21       5950       20      103     550      0.8     725       160       2.8      0.4     0.29      0.39
                                                  Dresden                  185        -16       -18       31        24       3750       28       97     760      0.8     820       180       1.0      0.4     0.34      0.43
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1


                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Division B
                                                  Dryden                   370        -34       -36       28        22       5850       25       97     550      0.7     700       120       2.4      0.3     0.22      0.30
                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                              Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                              Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                            Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                      15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                             Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                             Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                        mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                             18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Division B
                                                                                    2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                  Pa, 1/5
                                                  Dundalk                  525        -22       -24       29        22       4700       28      108     750      0.9     1080      150       3.2      0.4     0.33      0.42
                                                  Dunnville                175        -15       -17       30        24       3660       23      108     830      1.0     950       160       2.0      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  Durham                   340        -20       -22       29        22       4340       28      103     815      0.9     1025      140       2.8      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Dutton                   225        -16       -18       31        24       3700       28       92     850      1.0     925       180       1.3      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Earlton                  245        -33       -36       29        22       5730       23       92     560      0.8     820       120       3.1      0.4     0.35      0.45
                                                  Edison                   365        -34       -36       28        22       5740       25      108     510      0.7     680       120       2.4      0.3     0.23      0.31
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                  Elliot Lake              380        -26       -28       29        21       4950       23      108     630      0.8     950       160       2.9      0.4     0.30      0.38
                                                  Elmvale                  220        -24       -26       29        23       4200       28       97     720      0.9     950       140       2.6      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                  Embro                    310        -19       -21       30        23       3950       28      113     830      0.9     950       160       2.0      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Englehart                205        -33       -36       29        22       5800       23       92     600      0.8     880       100       2.8      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Espanola                 220        -25       -27       29        21       4920       23      108     650      0.8     840       160       2.3      0.4     0.33      0.42
                                                  Exeter                   265        -17       -19       30        23       3900       25      113     810      0.9     975       180       2.4      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Fenelon Falls            260        -25       -27       30        23       4440       25      108     730      0.9     950       120       2.3      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                  Fergus                   400        -20       -22       29        23       4300       28      108     760      0.9     925       160       2.2      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                  Forest                   215        -16       -18       31        23       3740       25      103     810      1.0     875       160       2.0      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Fort Erie                180        -15       -17       30        24       3650       23      108     860      1.0     1020      160       2.3      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  Fort Erie (Ridgeway)     190        -15       -17       30        24       3600       25      108     860      1.0     1000      160       2.3      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  Fort Frances             340        -33       -35       29        22       5440       25      108     570      0.7     725       120       2.3      0.3     0.23      0.31
                                                  Gananoque                80         -22       -24       28        23       4010       23      103     760      0.9     900       180       2.1      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Geraldton                345        -36       -39       28        21       6450       20       86     550      0.8     725       100       2.9      0.4     0.22      0.30
                                                  Glencoe                  215        -16       -18       31        24       3680       28      103     800      0.9     925       180       1.5      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  Goderich                 185        -16       -18       29        23       4000       25       92     810      1.0     950       180       2.4      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Gore Bay                 205        -24       -26       28        22       4700       23       92     640      0.8     860       160       2.6      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Graham                   495        -35       -37       29        22       5940       23       97     570      0.8     750       140       2.6      0.3     0.22      0.30
                                                  Gravenhurst              255        -26       -28       29        23       4760       25      103     790      0.9     1050      120       2.7      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                  (Muskoka Airport)
                                                  Grimsby                  85         -16       -18       30        23       3520       23      108     760      0.9     875       160       0.9      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  Guelph                   340        -19       -21       29        23       4270       28      103     770      0.9     875       140       1.9      0.4     0.28      0.36
Division B C-21                                                                                                                                                                                                                Appendix C
                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                              Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                              Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                            Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                      15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                             Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-22 Division B
                                                                                                                             Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                        mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                             18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                    2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                  Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Appendix C

                                                  Guthrie                  280        -24       -26       29        23       4300       28      103     700      0.8     950       120       2.5      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                  Haileybury               210        -32       -35       30        22       5600       23       92     590      0.8     820       120       2.4      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Haldimand                190        -18       -20       30        23       3750       23      108     810      0.9     875       160       1.2      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  (Caledonia)
                                                  Haldimand                215        -17       -19       30        23       3760       25       97     840      1.0     875       160       1.3      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  (Hagersville)
                                                  Haliburton               335        -27       -29       29        23       4840       25       92     780      0.9     980       100       2.9      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Halton Hills             255        -19       -21       30        23       4200       28      119     750      0.8     850       140       1.4      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                  (Georgetown)
                                                  Hamilton                 90         -17       -19       31        23       3460       23      108     810      0.9     875       160       1.1      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  Hanover                  270        -19       -21       29        22       4300       28      103     790      0.9     1050      140       2.6      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Hastings                 200        -24       -26       30        23       4280       25       92     730      0.9     840       140       2.0      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Hawkesbury               50         -25       -27       30        23       4610       23      103     800      0.9     925       160       2.3      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Hearst                   245        -35       -37       29        21       6450       20       86     520      0.7     825       80        2.8      0.3     0.23      0.30
                                                  Honey                    180        -24       -26       29        23       4300       25       97     710      0.9     1050      160       2.7      0.4     0.30      0.39
                                                  Harbour
                                                  Hornepayne               360        -37       -40       28        21       6340       20       93     420      0.7     750       80        3.3      0.4     0.22      0.30
                                                  Huntsville               335        -26       -29       29        22       4850       25      103     800      0.9     1000      120       2.9      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Ingersoll                280        -18       -20       30        23       3920       28      108     840      1.0     950       180       1.7      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Iroquois Falls           275        -33       -36       29        21       6100       20       86     575      0.8     825       100       2.9      0.3     0.29      0.37
                                                  Jellicoe                 330        -36       -39       28        21       6400       20       86     550      0.8     750       100       2.7      0.4     0.22      0.30
                                                  Kapuskasing              245        -34       -36       29        21       6250       20       86     550      0.8     825       100       3.0      0.3     0.24      0.31
                                                  Kemptville               90         -25       -27       30        23       4540       25       92     750      0.9     925       160       2.3      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Kenora                   370        -33       -35       28        22       5630       25      113     515      0.6     630       120       2.5      0.3     0.23      0.31
                                                  Killaloe                 185        -28       -31       30        22       4960       23       86     680      0.8     825       120       2.7      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Kincardine               190        -17       -19       28        22       3890       25       92     800      1.0     950       180       2.6      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Kingston                 80         -22       -24       28        23       4000       23      108     780      1.0     950       180       2.1      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Kinmount                 295        -26       -28       29        23       4600       25      108     750      0.9     950       120       2.7      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Kirkland Lake            325        -33       -36       29        22       6000       23       92     600      0.8     875       100       2.9      0.3     0.30      0.39
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1


                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Division B
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location     Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                  Kitchener                  335        -19       -21       29        23       4200       28      119     780      0.9     925       140       2.0      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                  Kitchenuhmaykoosib /                                                         7450       18       92     400     0.75     600       150       3.2      0.2     0.31      0.42
                                                                             215        -38       -40       26        20
                                                  Big Trout Lake
                                                  Lakefield                  240        -24       -26       30        23       4330       25       92     720      0.9     850       140       2.2      0.4     0.30      0.38
                                                  Lansdowne House            240        -38       -40       28        21       7150       23       92     500      0.8     680       140       3.0      0.2     0.24      0.32
                                                  Leamington                 190        -15       -17       31        24       3400       28      113     800      0.9     875       180       0.8      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Lindsay                    265        -24       -26       30        23       4320       25      103     720      0.8     850       140       2.3      0.4     0.30      0.38
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                  Lion's Head                185        -19       -21       27        22       4300       25      103     700      0.9     950       180       2.7      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Listowel                   380        -19       -21       29        23       4300       28      119     800      0.9     1000      160       2.6      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  London                     245        -18       -20       30        24       3900       28      103     825      0.9     975       180       1.9      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Lucan                      300        -17       -19       30        23       3900       25      113     810      0.9     1000      180       2.3      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Maitland                   85         -23       -25       29        23       4080       25      103     770      0.9     975       180       2.2      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Markdale                   425        -20       -22       29        22       4500       28      103     820      0.9     1050      160       3.2      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Markham                    175        -21       -23       31        24       4000       25       86     720      0.8     825       140       1.3      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Martin                     485        -35       -37       29        22       5900       25      103     560      0.8     750       120       2.6      0.3     0.22      0.30
                                                  Matheson                   265        -33       -36       29        21       6080       20       86     580      0.8     825       100       2.8      0.3     0.30      0.39
                                                  Mattawa                    165        -29       -31       30        22       5050       23       86     700      0.9     875       100       2.1      0.4     0.25      0.32
                                                  Midland                    190        -24       -26       29        23       4200       25       97     740      0.9     1060      160       2.7      0.4     0.30      0.39
                                                  Milton                     200        -18       -20       30        23       3920       25      125     750      0.9     850       160       1.3      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  Milverton                  370        -19       -21       29        23       4200       28      108     800      0.9     1050      160       2.4      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  Minden                     270        -27       -29       29        23       4640       25       97     780      0.9     1010      100       2.7      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Mississauga                160        -18       -20       30        23       3880       25      113     720      0.9     800       160       1.1      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Mississauga (Lester B.     170        -20       -22       31        24       3890       26      108     685      0.8     790       160       1.1      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Pearson Int'l Airport)
                                                  Mississauga                75         -18       -20       29        23       3780       25      108     720      0.9     800       160       0.9      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  (Port Credit)
                                                  Mitchell                   335        -18       -20       29        23       4100       28      113     810      0.9     1050      160       2.4      0.4     0.35      0.45
                                                  Moosonee                   10         -36       -38       28        22       6800       18       81     500      0.8     700       160       2.7      0.3     0.26      0.35
                                                                             75         -23       -25       30        23       4370       25      103     800      0.9     950       180       2.3      0.4     0.32      0.41
Division B C-23                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Appendix C
                                                  Morrisburg
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location     Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-24 Division B
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Appendix C
                                                  Mount Forest               420        -21       -24       28        22       4700       28      103     740      0.9     940       140       2.7      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Nakina                     325        -36       -38       28        21       6500       20       86     540      0.8     750       100       2.8      0.4     0.22      0.30
                                                  Nanticoke                  205        -17       -18       30        23       3700       28      108     840      1.0     900       160       1.4      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  (Jarvis)
                                                  Nanticoke (Port Dover)     180        -15       -17       30        24       3600       25      108     860      1.0     950       140       1.2      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Napanee                    90         -22       -24       29        23       4140       23       92     770      0.9     900       160       1.9      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  Newcastle                  115        -20       -22       30        23       3990       23       86     760      0.9     830       160       1.5      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Newcastle
                                                                             95         -20       -22       30        23       4000       23       86     760     0.90     830       160       1.4      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  (Bowmanville)
                                                  New Liskeard               180        -32       -35       30        22       5570       23       92     570      0.8     810       100       2.6      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  Newmarket                  185        -22       -24       30        23       4260       28      108     700      0.8     800       140       2.0      0.4     0.30      0.38
                                                  Niagara Falls              210        -16       -18       30        23       3600       23       96     810      0.9     950       160       1.8      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  North Bay                  210        -28       -30       28        22       5150       25       95     775      0.9     975       120       2.2      0.4     0.27      0.34
                                                  Norwood                    225        -24       -26       30        23       4320       25       92     720      0.8     850       120       2.1      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Oakville                   90         -18       -20       30        23       3760       23       97     750      0.9     850       160       1.1      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Orangeville                430        -21       -23       29        23       4450       28      108     730      0.8     875       140       2.3      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                  Orillia                    230        -25       -27       29        23       4260       25      103     740      0.9     1000      120       2.4      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                  Oshawa                     110        -19       -21       30        23       3860       23       86     760      0.9     875       160       1.4      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Ottawa (Metropolitan)
                                                     Ottawa (Barrhaven)      98         -25       -27       30        23       4500       25       92     750      0.8     900       160       2.4      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                     Ottawa (City Hall)      70         -25       -27       30        23       4440       23       86     750      0.8     900       160       2.4      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                     Ottawa (Kanata)         98         -25       -27       30        23       4520       25       92     730      0.8     900       160       2.5      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                     Ottawa (M-C Int'l       125        -25       -27       30        23       4500       24       89     750      0.8     900       160       2.4      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                     Airport)
                                                     Ottawa (Orléans)        70         -26       -28       30        23       4500       23       91     750      0.8     900       160       2.4      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Owen Sound                 215        -19       -21       29        22       4030       28      113     760      0.9     1075      160       2.8      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Pagwa River                185        -35       -37       28        21       6500       20       86     540      0.8     825       80        2.7      0.4     0.22      0.30
                                                  Paris                      245        -18       -20       30        23       4000       23       96     790      0.9     925       160       1.4      0.4     0.33      0.42
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                                                                  -18       31        23       3800       25      103     800      0.9     925       180       2.1      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                  Parkhill                   205        -16
                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                              Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                              Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                            Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                      15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                             Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                             Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                        mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                             18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Division B
                                                                                    2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                  Pa, 1/5
                                                  Parry Sound              215        -24       -26       28        22       4640       23       97     820      1.0     1050      160       2.8      0.4     0.30     0.39
                                                  Pelham (Fonthill)        230        -15       -17       30        23       3690       23       96     820      0.9     950       160       2.1      0.4     0.33      0.42
                                                  Pembroke                 125        -28       -31       30        23       4980       23      105     640      0.8     825       100       2.5      0.4     0.27     0.35
                                                  Penetanguishene          220        -24       -26       29        23       4200       25       97     720      0.9     1050      160       2.8      0.4     0.30     0.39
                                                  Perth                    130        -25       -27       30        23       4540       25       92     730      0.8     900       140       2.3      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Petawawa                 135        -29       -31       30        23       4980       23       92     640      0.8     825       100       2.6      0.4     0.27      0.35
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                  Peterborough             200        -23       -25       30        23       4400       25       92     710      0.8     840       140       2.0      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Petrolia                 195        -16       -18       31        24       3640       25      108     810      0.9     920       180       1.3      0.4     0.37     0.47
                                                  Pickering                85         -19       -21       30        23       3800       23       92     730      0.9     825       140       1.0      0.4     0.37     0.48
                                                  (Dunbarton)
                                                  Picton                   95         -21       -23       29        23       3980       23       92     770      0.9     940       160       2.0      0.4     0.38     0.49
                                                  Plattsville              300        -19       -21       29        23       4150       28      103     820      0.9     950       140       1.9      0.4     0.33     0.42
                                                  Point Alexander          150        -29       -32       30        22       4960       23       92     650      0.8     850       100       2.5      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Port Burwell             195        -15       -17       30        24       3800       25       92     930      1.1     1000      180       1.2      0.4     0.37     0.47
                                                  Port Colborne            180        -15       -17       30        24       3600       23      108     850      1.0     1000      160       2.1      0.4     0.36     0.46
                                                  Port Elgin               205        -17       -19       28        22       4100       25       92     790      0.9     850       180       2.8      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Port Hope                100        -21       -23       29        23       3970       23       94     760      0.9     825       180       1.2      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Port Perry               270        -22       -24       30        23       4260       25       97     720      0.8     850       140       2.4      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Port Stanley             180        -15       -17       31        24       3850       25       92     940      1.1     975       180       1.2      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Prescott                 90         -23       -25       29        23       4120       25      103     770      0.9     975       180       2.2      0.4     0.34     0.44
                                                  Princeton                280        -18       -20       30        23       4000       25       97     810      0.9     925       160       1.5      0.4     0.33      0.42
                                                  Raith                    475        -34       -37       28        22       5900       23       97     570      0.8     750       120       2.7      0.4     0.22      0.30
                                                  Rayside-Balfour          270        -28       -30       29        21       5200       25       92     650      0.8     850       180       2.5      0.4     0.35      0.45
                                                  (Chelmsford)
                                                  Red Lake                 360        -35       -37       28        21       6220       20       92     470      0.7     630       120       2.6      0.3     0.22      0.30
                                                  Renfrew                  115        -27       -30       30        23       4900       23       97     620      0.8     810       140       2.5      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Richmond Hill            230        -21       -23       31        24       4000       25       97     740      0.8     850       140       1.5      0.4     0.34      0.44
Division B C-25                                   Rockland                 50         -26       -28       30        23       4600       23       92     780      0.9     950       160       2.4      0.4     0.31     0.40
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Appendix C
                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                              Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                              Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                            Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                      15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                             Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-26 Division B
                                                                                                                             Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                        mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                             18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                    2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                  Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Appendix C

                                                  Sarnia                   190        -16       -18       31        24       3750       25      100     750      0.9     825       180       1.1      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Sault Ste. Marie         190        -25       -28       29        22       4960       23       97     660      0.9     950       200       3.1      0.4     0.33      0.44
                                                  Schreiber                310        -34       -36       27        21       5960       20      103     600      0.8     850       160       3.3      0.4     0.29      0.39
                                                  Seaforth                 310        -17       -19       30        23       4100       25      108     810      0.9     1025      160       2.5      0.4     0.35      0.45
                                                  Shelburne                495        -22       -24       29        23       4700       28      108     740      0.9     900       150       3.1      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                  Simcoe                   210        -17       -19       30        24       3700       28      113     860      1.0     950       160       1.3      0.4     0.35      0.45
                                                  Sioux Lookout            375        -34       -36       28        22       5950       25       97     520      0.7     710       100       2.6      0.3     0.22      0.30
                                                  Smiths Falls             130        -25       -27       30        23       4540       25       92     730      0.8     850       140       2.3      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Smithville               185        -16       -18       30        23       3650       23      108     800      0.9     900       160       1.5      0.4     0.33      0.42
                                                  Smooth Rock Falls        235        -34       -36       29        21       6250       20       92     560      0.8     850       80        2.7      0.3     0.25      0.32
                                                  Southampton              180        -17       -19       28        22       4100       25       92     800      1.0     830       180       2.7      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  South River              355        -27       -29       29        22       5090       25      103     830      1.0     975       120       2.8      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  St. Catharines           105        -16       -18       30        23       3540       23       92     770      0.9     850       160       1.0      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  St. Marys                310        -18       -20       30        23       4000       28      108     820      1.0     1025      160       2.2      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  St. Thomas               225        -16       -18       31        24       3780       25      103     900      1.0     975       180       1.4      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Stirling                 120        -23       -25       30        23       4220       25       97     740      0.9     850       120       1.7      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                  Stratford                360        -18       -20       29        23       4050       28      113     820      1.0     1050      160       2.3      0.4     0.35      0.45
                                                  Strathroy                225        -17       -19       31        24       3780       25      103     770      0.9     950       180       1.9      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Sturgeon Falls           205        -28       -30       29        21       5200       25       95     700      0.9     910       140       2.4      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Sudbury                  275        -28       -30       29        21       5180       25       97     650      0.8     875       200       2.5      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  Sundridge                340        -27       -29       29        22       5080       25       97     840      1.0     975       120       2.8      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Tavistock                340        -19       -21       29        23       4100       28      113     820      1.0     1010      160       2.1      0.4     0.35      0.45
                                                  Temagami                 300        -30       -33       30        22       5420       23       92     650      0.8     875       120       2.6      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                  Thamesford               280        -19       -21       30        23       3950       28      108     820      0.9     975       160       1.9      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Thedford                 205        -16       -18       31        23       3710       25      103     810      1.0     900       180       2.1      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Thunder Bay              210        -31       -33       29        21       5650       23      108     560      0.8     710       160       2.9      0.4     0.29      0.39
                                                  Tillsonburg              215        -17       -19       30        24       3840       25      103     880      1.0     980       160       1.3      0.4     0.34      0.44
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1


                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Division B
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location     Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                  Timmins                    300        -34       -36       29        21       5940       20      108     560      0.8     875       100       3.1      0.3     0.27      0.35
                                                  Timmins (Porcupine)        295        -34       -36       29        21       6000       20      103     560      0.8     875       100       2.9      0.3     0.29      0.37
                                                  Toronto Metropolitan
                                                  Region
                                                     Etobicoke               160        -20       -22       31        24       3800       26      108     720      0.8     800       160       1.1      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                     North York              175        -20       -22       31        24       3760       25      108     730      0.8     850       150       1.2      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                     Scarborough             180        -20       -22       31        24       3800       25       92     730      0.9     825       160       1.2      0.4     0.37      0.47
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                     Toronto (City Hall)     90         -18       -20       31        23       3520       25       97     720      0.9     820       160       0.9      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Trenton                    80         -22       -24       29        23       4110       23       97     760      0.9     850       160       1.6      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Trout Creek                330        -27       -29       29        22       5100       25      103     780      0.9     975       120       2.7      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Uxbridge                   275        -22       -24       30        23       4240       25      103     700      0.8     850       140       2.4      0.4     0.33      0.42
                                                  Vaughan                    165        -20       -22       31        24       4100       26      113     700      0.8     800       140       1.1      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  (Woodbridge)
                                                  Vittoria                   215        -15       -17       30        24       3680       25      113     880      1.0     950       160       1.3      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Walkerton                  275        -18       -20       30        22       4300       28      103     790      0.9     1025      160       2.7      0.4     0.36      0.46
                                                  Wallaceburg                180        -16       -18       31        24       3600       28       97     760      0.9     825       180       0.9      0.4     0.35      0.45
                                                  Waterloo                   330        -19       -21       29        23       4200       28      119     780      0.9     925       160       2.0      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                  Watford                    240        -17       -19       31        24       3740       25      108     790      0.9     950       160       1.9      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Wawa                       290        -34       -36       26        21       5840       20       93     725      0.9     950       160       3.4      0.4     0.30      0.39
                                                  Welland                    180        -15       -17       30        23       3670       23      103     840      1.0     975       160       2.0      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  West Lorne                 215        -16       -18       31        24       3700       28      103     840      1.0     900       180       1.3      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Whitby                     85         -20       -22       30        23       3820       23       86     760      0.9     850       160       1.2      0.4     0.37      0.48
                                                  Whitby (Brooklin)          160        -20       -22       30        23       4010       23       86     770      0.9     850       140       1.9      0.4     0.35      0.45
                                                  White River                375        -39       -42       28        21       6150       20       92     575      0.8     825       100       3.6      0.4     0.22      0.30
                                                  Wiarton                    185        -19       -21       29        22       4300       25      103     740      0.9     1000      180       2.7      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                  Windsor                    185        -16       -18       32        24       3400       28      103     800      0.9     900       180       0.8      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                  Wingham                    310        -18       -20       30        23       4220       28      108     780      0.9     1050      160       2.6      0.4     0.36      0.46
Division B C-27                                   Woodstock                  300        -19       -21       30        23       3910       28      113     830      0.9     930       160       1.9      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Appendix C
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-28 Division B
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Appendix C
                                                    Wyoming                  215        -16       -18       31        24       3700       25      103     815      0.9     900       180       1.6      0.4     0.37      0.47
                                                 Quebec
                                                    Acton Vale               95         -24       -27       30        23       4620       21      107     860      1.0     1050      180       2.3      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                    Alma                     110        -31       -33       28        22       5800       20       91     700      0.9     950       160       3.3      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                    Amos                     295        -34       -36       28        21       6160       20       91     670      0.9     920       100       3.2      0.3     0.25      0.32
                                                    Asbestos                 245        -26       -28       29        22       4800       23       96     870      1.0     1050      160       2.8      0.6     0.27      0.35
                                                    Aylmer                   90         -25       -28       30        23       4520       23       91     730      0.8     900       160       2.5      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                    Baie-Comeau              60         -27       -29       25        19       6020       16       91     680      1.0     1000      220       4.3      0.4     0.39      0.50
                                                    Baie-Saint-Paul          20         -27       -29       28        21       5280       18      102     730      0.9     1000      180       3.4      0.6     0.37      0.48
                                                    Beauport                 45         -26       -29       28        22       5100       20      107     980      1.1     1200      200       3.4      0.6     0.33      0.42
                                                    Bedford                  55         -24       -26       29        23       4420       23       91     880      1.0     1260      160       2.1      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                    Beloeil                  25         -24       -26       30        23       4500       23       91     840      1.0     1025      180       2.4      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                    Brome                    210        -25       -27       29        23       4730       23       96     990      1.1     1240      160       2.5      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                    Brossard                 15         -24       -26       30        23       4420       23       91     800      0.9     1025      180       2.4      0.4     0.34      0.44
                                                    Buckingham               130        -26       -28       30        23       4880       23       91     810      0.9     990       160       2.6      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                    Campbell's Bay           115        -28       -30       30        23       4900       23       96     700      0.8     850       140       2.6      0.4     0.25      0.32
                                                    Chambly                  20         -24       -26       30        23       4450       23       91     850      1.0     1000      160       2.3      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                    Coaticook                295        -25       -27       28        22       4750       23       96     860      1.0     1060      160       2.3      0.6     0.27      0.35
                                                    Contrecoeur              10         -25       -27       30        23       4500       20      102     810      0.9     1000      180       2.8      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                    Cowansville              120        -25       -27       29        23       4540       23       91     940      1.0     1150      160       2.3      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                    Deux-Montagnes           25         -25       -27       29        23       4440       23       96     820      0.9     1025      160       2.4      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                    Dolbeau                  120        -32       -34       28        22       6250       22       91     670      0.9     900       140       3.5      0.3     0.27      0.35
                                                    Drummondville            85         -26       -28       30        23       4700       22      107     870      1.0     1075      180       2.5      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                    Farnham                  60         -24       -26       29        23       4500       23       96     910      1.0     1050      180       2.5      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                    Fort-Coulonge            110        -28       -30       30        23       4950       23       96     720      0.9     900       100       2.5      0.4     0.25      0.32
                                                    Gagnon                   545        -34       -36       24        19       7600       17       80     580      0.9     925       140       4.6      0.4     0.30      0.39
                                                    Gaspé                    55         -25       -26       26        20       5500       19      118     760      1.0     1100      300       4.3      0.6     0.37      0.48
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                                             95         -25       -28       30        23       4600       23       91     790      0.9     950       160       2.5      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                    Gatineau
                                                                                      Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                              Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                              Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                            Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                      15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                             Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                             Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                        mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                             18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Division B
                                                                                    2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                  Pa, 1/5
                                                  Gracefield               175        -28       -31       30        23       5080       23       96     700      0.9     950       140       2.6      0.4     0.25      0.32
                                                  Granby                   120        -25       -27       29        23       4500       23      102     940      1.0     1175      160       2.3      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Harrington Harbour       30         -27       -29       19        16       6150       15       96     900      1.2     1150      300       4.9      0.6     0.56      0.72
                                                  Havre-Saint-Pierre        5         -27       -29       22        18       6100       15       96     780      1.1     1125      300       4.1      0.6     0.49      0.63
                                                  Hemmingford              75         -24       -26       30        23       4380       23       91     770      0.9     1025      160       2.4      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                  Hull                     65         -25       -28       30        23       4550       23       91     730      0.8     900       160       2.4      0.4     0.32      0.41
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                  Iberville                35         -24       -26       29        23       4450       23       91     880      1.0     1010      160       2.2      0.4     0.32      0.41
                                                  Inukjuak                  5         -36       -38       21        15       9150       9        54     270      0.9     420       240       4.1      0.2     0.37      0.48
                                                  Joliette                 45         -26       -28       29        23       4720       21      102     790      0.9     1000      160       3.1      0.4     0.28      0.36
                                                  Kuujjuaq                 25         -37       -39       24        17       8550       9        54     280      0.8     525       260       4.8      0.2     0.47      0.60
                                                  Kuujjuarapik             20         -36       -38       25        17       7990       12       80     410      0.9     610       180       4.2      0.3     0.37      0.48
                                                  Lachute                  65         -26       -28       29        23       4640       23       96     910      1.0     1075      160       2.4      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                  Lac-Mégantic             420        -27       -29       27        22       5180       23       91     790      0.9     1025      160       3.2      0.6     0.27      0.35
                                                  La Malbaie               25         -26       -28       28        21       5400       18      102     640      0.8     900       180       3.1      0.6     0.37      0.48
                                                  La Pocatière             55         -24       -26       28        22       5160       18      102     675      0.9     965       180       3.2      0.6     0.39      0.50
                                                  La Tuque                 165        -30       -32       29        22       5500       23       96     720      0.9     930       160       3.4      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Lennoxville              155        -28       -30       29        22       4700       23       96     850      1.0     1100      160       2.1      0.6     0.25      0.32
                                                  Léry                     30         -24       -26       29        23       4420       23       91     800      0.9     950       180       2.3      0.4     0.33      0.42
                                                  Loretteville             100        -26       -29       28        22       5200       20      102     980      1.1     1225      200       3.7      0.6     0.32      0.41
                                                  Louiseville              15         -25       -28       29        23       4900       20      102     800      0.9     1025      160       2.9      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                  Magog                    215        -26       -28       29        23       4730       23       96     860      1.0     1125      160       2.3      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Malartic                 325        -33       -36       29        21       6200       20       86     640      0.8     900       100       3.3      0.3     0.25      0.32
                                                  Maniwaki                 180        -30       -32       29        22       5280       23       96     700      0.9     900       100       2.4      0.4     0.24      0.31
                                                  Masson                   50         -26       -28       30        23       4610       23       91     790      0.9     975       160       2.4      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                  Matane                    5         -24       -26       24        20       5510       18       91     640      0.9     1050      220       3.7      0.4     0.43      0.55
                                                  Mont-Joli                90         -24       -26       26        21       5370       18       91     610      0.8     920       220       4.1      0.4     0.41      0.52
                                                  Mont-Laurier             225        -29       -32       29        22       5320       24      102     790      0.9     1000      160       2.6      0.4     0.23      0.30
                                                                           10         -25       -28       28        22       5090       20      102     880      1.0     1090      180       2.9      0.6     0.37      0.47
Division B C-29
                                                  Montmagny
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Appendix C
                                                                                         Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                 Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                      Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                 Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                               Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                         15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                                Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location      Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-30 Division B
                                                                                                                                Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                           mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                                18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                       2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                     Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Appendix C

                                                  Montréal Region
                                                     Beaconsfield             25         -24       -26       30        23       4440       23       91     780      0.9     950       180       2.3      0.4     0.33     0.42
                                                     Dorval                   25         -24       -26       30        23       4400       23       91     760      0.9     940       180       2.4      0.4     0.34     0.44
                                                     Laval                    35         -24       -26       29        23       4500       23       96     830      0.9     1025      160       2.6      0.4     0.33     0.42
                                                     Montréal (City Hall)     20         -23       -26       30        23       4200       23       96     830     0.93     1025      180       2.6      0.4     0.34     0.44
                                                     Montréal-Est             25         -23       -26       30        23       4470       23       96     830     0.93     1025      180       2.7      0.4     0.34     0.44
                                                     Montréal-Nord            20         -24       -26       30        23       4470       23       96     830     0.93     1025      160       2.6      0.4     0.33     0.42
                                                     Outremont                105        -23       -26       30        23       4300       23       96     820     0.91     1025      180       2.8      0.4     0.34     0.44
                                                     Pierrefonds              25         -24       -26       30        23       4430       23       96     800     0.90     960       180       2.4      0.4     0.33     0.42
                                                     Sainte-Anne-de-          35         -24       -26       29        23       4460       23       96     780      0.9     960       180       2.3      0.4     0.33     0.42
                                                     Bellevue
                                                     Saint-Lambert            15         -23       -26       30        23       4400       23       96     810     0.91     1050      160       2.5      0.4     0.34     0.44
                                                     Saint-Laurent            45         -23       -26       30        23       4270       23       96     790     0.89     950       160       2.5      0.4     0.34     0.44
                                                     Verdun                   20         -23       -26       30        23       4200       23       91     780      0.9     1025      180       2.5      0.4     0.34     0.44
                                                  Nicolet (Gentilly)          15         -25       -28       29        23       4900       20      107     860      1.0     1025      160       2.8      0.4     0.33     0.42
                                                  Nitchequon                  545        -39       -41       23        19       8100       15       70     500      0.9     825       140       3.5      0.3     0.29      0.37
                                                  Noranda                     305        -33       -36       29        21       6050       20       91     650      0.8     875       100       3.2      0.3     0.27      0.35
                                                  Percé                        5         -21       -24       25        19       5400       16      107     1000     1.2     1300      300       3.8      0.6     0.49     0.63
                                                  Pincourt                    25         -24       -26       29        23       4480       23       96     780      0.9     950       180       2.3      0.4     0.33     0.42
                                                  Plessisville                145        -26       -28       29        23       5100       21      107     890      1.0     1150      180       2.8      0.6     0.27     0.35
                                                  Port-Cartier                20         -28       -30       25        19       6060       15      106     730      1.0     1125      300       4.1      0.4     0.42     0.54
                                                  Puvirnituq                   5         -36       -38       23        16       9200       7        54     210      0.9     375       240       4.5      0.2     0.47      0.60
                                                  Québec City Region
                                                     Ancienne-Lorette         35         -25       -28       28        23       5130       20      102     940      1.1     1200      200       3.4      0.6     0.32     0.41
                                                     Lévis                    50         -25       -28       28        22       5050       20      107     920      1.0     1200      160       3.3      0.6     0.32     0.41
                                                     Québec                   120        -25       -28       28        22       5080       20      107     925      1.0     1210      200       3.6      0.6     0.32     0.41
                                                     Sainte-Foy               115        -25       -28       28        23       5100       20      107     940      1.1     1200      180       3.7      0.6     0.32     0.41
                                                     Sillery                  10         -25       -28       28        23       5070       20      107     930      1.1     1200      200       3.1      0.6     0.32     0.41
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Division B
                                                                                       Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                               Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                    Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                               Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                             Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                       15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                              Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location    Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                              Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                         mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                              18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Division B
                                                                                     2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                   Pa, 1/5
                                                  Richmond                  150        -25       -27       29        22       4700       23       96     870      1.0     1060      160       2.4      0.6     0.25     0.32
                                                  Rimouski                  30         -25       -27       26        20       5300       18       91     640      0.8     890       200       3.8      0.4     0.41     0.52
                                                  Rivière-du-Loup           55         -25       -27       26        21       5380       18       91     660      0.8     900       180       3.5      0.6     0.39     0.50
                                                  Roberval                  100        -31       -33       28        21       5750       22       91     590      0.8     910       140       3.5      0.3     0.27      0.35
                                                  Rock Island               160        -25       -27       29        23       4850       23       91     900      1.0     1125      160       2.0      0.4     0.27     0.35
                                                  Rosemère                  25         -24       -26       29        23       4550       23       96     840      1.0     1050      160       2.6      0.4     0.31     0.40
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                  Rouyn                     300        -33       -36       29        21       6050       20       91     650      0.8     900       100       3.1      0.3     0.27      0.35
                                                  Saguenay                  10         -30       -32       28        22       5700       18       86     710      0.9     975       140       2.7      0.4     0.28     0.36
                                                  Saguenay (Bagotville)      5         -31       -33       28        21       5700       18       86     690      0.9     925       160       2.7      0.4     0.30     0.38
                                                  Saguenay (Jonquière)      135        -30       -32       28        22       5650       18       86     710      0.9     925       160       3.1      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Saguenay (Kénogami)       140        -30       -32       28        22       5650       18       86     690      0.9     925       160       3.1      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                  Sainte-Agathe-            360        -28       -30       28        22       5390       23       96     820      1.0     1170      140       3.4      0.4     0.27     0.35
                                                  des-Monts
                                                  Saint-Eustache            35         -25       -27       29        23       4500       23       96     820      0.9     1025      160       2.4      0.4     0.29     0.37
                                                  Saint-Félicien            105        -32       -34       28        22       5850       22       91     570      0.8     900       140       3.5      0.3     0.27      0.35
                                                  Saint-Georges-de-         35         -25       -27       26        21       5400       18       91     660      0.9     925       180       3.2      0.6     0.39     0.50
                                                  Cacouna
                                                  Saint-Hubert              25         -24       -26       30        23       4490       23       91     820      0.9     1020      180       2.5      0.4     0.34     0.44
                                                  Saint-Hubert-de-          310        -26       -28       26        21       5520       22       91     740      0.9     1025      180       4.4      0.6     0.31     0.40
                                                  Rivière-du-Loup
                                                  Saint-Hyacinthe           35         -24       -27       30        23       4500       21       91     840      1.0     1030      160       2.3      0.4     0.27     0.35
                                                  Saint-Jean-sur-           35         -24       -26       29        23       4450       23       91     880      1.0     1010      180       2.2      0.4     0.32     0.41
                                                  Richelieu
                                                  Saint-Jérôme              95         -26       -28       29        23       4820       23       96     830      1.0     1025      160       2.7      0.4     0.29     0.37
                                                  Saint-Jovite              230        -29       -31       28        22       5250       23       96     810      1.0     1025      160       2.8      0.4     0.26     0.33
                                                  Saint-Lazare / Hudson     60         -24       -26       30        23       4520       23       96     750      0.9     950       180       2.3      0.4     0.33     0.42
                                                  Saint-Nicolas             65         -25       -28       28        22       4990       20      102     890      1.0     1200      200       3.5      0.6     0.33     0.42
                                                  Salaberry-de-             50         -23       -25       29        23       4400       23       96     760      0.9     900       180       2.3      0.4     0.33     0.42
                                                  Valleyfield
Division B C-31                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Appendix C
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-32 Division B
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Appendix C

                                                    Schefferville            550        -37       -39       24        16       8550       13       64     410      0.8     800       180       4.5      0.3     0.33      0.42
                                                    Senneterre               310        -34       -36       29        21       6180       22       91     740      0.9     925       100       3.3      0.3     0.25      0.32
                                                    Sept-Îles                 5         -29       -31       24        18       6200       15      106     760      1.0     1125      300       4.1      0.4     0.42      0.54
                                                    Shawinigan               60         -26       -29       29        23       5050       22      102     820      1.0     1050      180       3.1      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                    Shawville                170        -27       -30       30        23       4880       23       96     670      0.8     880       160       2.8      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                    Sherbrooke               185        -28       -30       29        23       4700       23       96     900      1.0     1100      160       2.2      0.6     0.25      0.32
                                                    Sorel                    10         -25       -27       29        23       4550       20      102     800      0.9     975       180       2.8      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                    Sutton                   185        -25       -27       29        23       4600       23       96     990      1.1     1260      160       2.4      0.4     0.29      0.37
                                                    Tadoussac                65         -26       -28       27        21       5450       18       96     700      0.9     1000      180       3.7      0.4     0.41      0.52
                                                    Témiscaming              240        -30       -32       30        22       5020       23       96     730      0.9     940       100       2.5      0.4     0.25      0.32
                                                    Terrebonne               20         -25       -27       29        23       4500       23       96     830      0.9     1025      160       2.6      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                    Thetford Mines           330        -26       -28       28        22       5120       22      107     950      1.1     1230      160       3.5      0.6     0.27      0.35
                                                    Thurso                   50         -26       -28       30        23       4820       23       91     800      0.9     950       160       2.4      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                    Trois-Rivières           25         -25       -28       29        23       4900       20      107     860      1.0     1050      180       2.8      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                    Val-d'Or                 310        -33       -36       29        21       6180       20       86     640      0.8     925       100       3.4      0.3     0.25      0.32
                                                    Varennes                 15         -24       -26       30        23       4500       23       96     810      0.9     1000      160       2.6      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                    Verchères                15         -24       -26       30        23       4450       23       96     810      0.9     1000      160       2.7      0.4     0.34      0.43
                                                    Victoriaville            125        -26       -28       29        23       4900       21      102     850      1.0     1100      180       2.6      0.6     0.27      0.35
                                                    Ville-Marie              200        -31       -34       30        22       5550       23       96     630      0.8     825       120       2.3      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                    Wakefield                120        -27       -30       30        23       4820       23       91     780      0.9     1020      160       2.4      0.4     0.27      0.34
                                                    Waterloo                 205        -25       -27       29        23       4650       23       96     980      1.1     1250      160       2.5      0.4     0.27      0.35
                                                    Windsor                  150        -25       -27       29        23       4700       23       96     930      1.0     1075      160       2.3      0.4     0.25      0.32
                                                 New Brunswick
                                                    Alma                      5         -21       -23       26        20       4500       18      144     1175     1.3     1450      260       2.6      0.6     0.37      0.48
                                                    Bathurst                 10         -23       -26       30        22       5020       20      106     775      0.9     1020      180       4.1      0.6     0.37      0.48
                                                    Boiestown                65         -25       -28       29        21       4900       20       96     800      0.9     1075      180       3.6      0.6     0.30      0.39
                                                    Campbellton              30         -26       -28       29        22       5500       20      107     725      0.9     1025      180       4.3      0.4     0.35      0.45
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                    Edmundston               160        -27       -29       28        22       5320       23       91     750      0.9     1000      160       3.4      0.6     0.30     0.38
                                                    Fredericton              15         -24       -27       29        22       4670       22      112     900      1.0     1100      160       3.1      0.6     0.30     0.38
                                                    Gagetown                 20         -24       -26       29        22       4460       20      112     900      1.0     1125      180       2.8      0.6     0.31     0.40
                                                    Grand Falls              115        -27       -30       28        22       5300       23      107     850      1.0     1100      160       3.6      0.6     0.30     0.38
                                                    Miramichi                 5         -24       -26       30        22       4950       20       96     825      1.0     1050      200       3.4      0.6     0.32     0.41
                                                    Moncton                  20         -23       -25       28        21       4680       20      112     850      1.0     1175      220       3.0      0.6     0.39     0.50
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                    Oromocto                 20         -24       -26       29        22       4650       22      112     900      1.0     1110      160       3.0      0.6     0.30     0.39
                                                    Sackville                15         -22       -24       27        21       4590       18      112     975      1.1     1175      220       2.5      0.6     0.38     0.49
                                                    Saint Andrews            35         -22       -24       25        20       4680       19      123     1000     1.2     1200      220       2.8      0.6     0.35     0.45
                                                    Saint John                5         -22       -24       25        20       4570       18      139     1100     1.3     1425      260       2.3      0.6     0.41     0.53
                                                    Shippagan                 5         -22       -24       28        21       4930       18       96     800      1.0     1050      260       3.4      0.6     0.49     0.63
                                                    St. George               35         -21       -23       25        20       4680       18      123     1000     1.2     1200      220       2.8      0.6     0.35     0.45

                                                    St. Stephen              20         -24       -26       28        22       4700       20      123     1000     1.2     1160      180       2.9      0.6     0.33     0.42
                                                    Woodstock                60         -26       -29       30        22       4910       22      107     875      1.0     1100      160       3.1      0.6     0.29     0.37
                                                 Nova Scotia
                                                    Amherst                  25         -21       -24       27        21       4500       18      118     950      1.1     1150      220       2.4      0.6     0.37     0.48
                                                    Antigonish               10         -17       -20       27        21       4510       15      123     1100     1.3     1250      240       2.3      0.6     0.42     0.54
                                                    Bridgewater              10         -15       -17       27        20       4140       16      144     1300     1.5     1475      260       1.9      0.6     0.43     0.55
                                                    Canso                     5         -13       -15       25        20       4400       15      123     1325     1.5     1400      260       1.7      0.6     0.48     0.61
                                                    Debert                   45         -21       -24       27        21       4500       18      118     1000     1.2     1200      240       2.1      0.6     0.37     0.48
                                                    Digby                    35         -15       -17       25        20       4020       15      130     1100     1.3     1275      260       2.2      0.6     0.43     0.55
                                                    Greenwood (CFB)          28         -18       -20       29        22       4140       16      118     925      1.1     1100      280       2.7      0.6     0.42     0.54
                                                    Halifax Region
                                                       Dartmouth             10         -16       -18       26        20       4100       18      144     1250     1.4     1400      280       1.6      0.6     0.45     0.58
                                                       Halifax               55         -16       -18       26        20       4000       17      150     1350     1.5     1500      280       1.9      0.6     0.45     0.58
                                                    Kentville                25         -18       -20       28        21       4130       17      118     950      1.1     1200      260       2.6      0.6     0.42     0.54
                                                    Liverpool                20         -16       -18       27        20       3990       16      150     1325     1.5     1425      280       1.7      0.6     0.48     0.61
Division B C-33                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Appendix C
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-34 Division B
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Appendix C
                                                    Lockeport                 5         -14       -16       25        20       4000       18      139     1250     1.4     1450      280       1.4      0.6     0.47      0.60
                                                    Louisbourg                5         -15       -17       26        20       4530       15      118     1300     1.5     1500      300       2.1      0.7     0.51      0.65
                                                    Lunenburg                25         -15       -17       26        20       4140       16      144     1300     1.5     1450      260       1.9      0.6     0.48      0.61
                                                    New Glasgow              30         -19       -21       27        21       4320       15      135     975      1.1     1200      260       2.2      0.6     0.43      0.55
                                                    North Sydney             20         -16       -19       27        21       4500       15      123     1200     1.4     1475      300       2.4      0.6     0.46      0.59
                                                    Pictou                   25         -19       -21       27        21       4310       15      107     950      1.1     1175      260       2.2      0.6     0.43      0.55
                                                    Port Hawkesbury          40         -17       -19       27        21       4500       15      128     1325     1.5     1450      260       2.1      0.6     0.48      0.61
                                                    Springhill               185        -20       -23       27        21       4540       18      118     1075     1.2     1175      220       3.1      0.6     0.37      0.48
                                                    Stewiacke                25         -20       -22       27        21       4400       18      128     1050     1.2     1250      240       1.8      0.6     0.39      0.50
                                                    Sydney                    5         -16       -19       27        21       4530       15      123     1200     1.4     1475      300       2.3      0.6     0.46      0.59
                                                    Tatamagouche             25         -20       -23       27        21       4380       18      118     875      1.1     1150      260       2.2      0.6     0.43      0.55
                                                    Truro                    25         -20       -22       27        21       4500       18      118     1000     1.2     1175      240       2.0      0.6     0.37      0.48
                                                    Wolfville                35         -19       -21       28        21       4140       17      118     975      1.1     1175      260       2.6      0.6     0.42      0.54
                                                    Yarmouth                 10         -14       -16       22        19       3990       19      135     1125     1.3     1260      280       1.8      0.6     0.44      0.56
                                                 Prince Edward Island
                                                    Charlottetown             5         -20       -22       26        21       4460       16      107     900      1.1     1150      350       2.7      0.6     0.44      0.56
                                                    Souris                    5         -19       -21       27        21       4550       15      112     950      1.1     1130      350       2.7      0.6     0.45      0.58
                                                    Summerside               10         -20       -22       27        21       4600       16      112     825      1.0     1060      350       3.1      0.6     0.47      0.60
                                                    Tignish                  10         -20       -22       27        21       4770       16       96     800      1.0     1100      350       3.2      0.6     0.51      0.66
                                                 Newfoundland and
                                                 Labrador
                                                    Argentia                 15         -12       -14       21        18       4600       15      107     1250     1.5     1400      400       2.4      0.7     0.59      0.75
                                                    Bonavista                15         -14       -16       24        19       5000       18       96     825      1.1     1010      400       3.1      0.6     0.66      0.84
                                                    Buchans                  255        -24       -27       27        20       5250       13      107     850      1.0     1125      200       4.7      0.6     0.47      0.60
                                                    Cape Harrison             5         -29       -31       26        16       6900       10      106     475      0.9     950       350       6.3      0.4     0.47      0.60
                                                    Cape Race                 5         -11       -13       19        18       4900       18      130     1425     1.7     1550      400       2.3      0.7     0.82      1.05
                                                    Channel-Port              5         -13       -15       19        18       5000       13      123     1175     1.4     1520      450       3.6      0.7     0.61      0.78
                                                    aux Basques
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location   Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                    Corner Brook             35         -16       -18       26        20       4760       13       91     875      1.1     1190      300       3.7      0.6     0.43      0.55
                                                    Gander                   125        -18       -20       27        20       5110       18       91     775      1.0     1180      280       3.7      0.6     0.47      0.60
                                                    Grand Bank                5         -14       -15       20        18       4550       15      123     1350     1.6     1525      400       2.4      0.7     0.58      0.74
                                                    Grand Falls              60         -26       -29       27        20       5020       15       86     775      1.0     1030      240       3.4      0.6     0.47      0.60
                                                    Happy Valley-Goose       15         -31       -32       27        19       6670       18       80     575      0.8     960       160       5.3      0.4     0.33      0.42
                                                    Bay
                                                    Labrador City            550        -36       -38       24        17       7710       15       70     500      0.8     880       140       4.8      0.3     0.31      0.40
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




                                                    St. Anthony              10         -25       -27       22        18       6440       13       86     800      1.1     1280      450       6.1      0.6     0.68      0.87
                                                    Stephenville             25         -16       -18       24        19       4850       14      102     1000     1.2     1275      350       4.1      0.6     0.45      0.58
                                                    St. John's               65         -15       -16       24        20       4800       18      118     1200     1.4     1575      400       2.9      0.7     0.61      0.78
                                                    Twin Falls               425        -35       -37       24        17       7790       15       70     500      0.9     950       120       4.8      0.4     0.31      0.40
                                                    Wabana                   75         -15       -17       24        20       4750       18      112     1125     1.3     1500      400       3.0      0.7     0.59      0.75
                                                    Wabush                   550        -36       -38       24        17       7710       15       70     500      0.8     880       140       4.8      0.3     0.31      0.40
                                                 Yukon
                                                    Aishihik                 920        -44       -46       23        15       7500       8        43     190      0.6     275       40        1.9      0.1     0.27      0.38
                                                    Dawson                   330        -50       -51       26        16       8120       10       49     200      0.6     350       40        2.9      0.1     0.22      0.31
                                                    Destruction Bay          815        -43       -45       23        14       7800       8        49     190      0.6     300       80        1.9      0.1     0.42      0.60
                                                    Faro                     670        -46       -47       25        16       7300       10       33     215      0.6     315       40        2.3      0.1     0.26      0.35
                                                    Haines Junction          600        -45       -47       24        14       7100       8        51     145      0.6     315       180       2.2      0.1     0.24      0.34
                                                    Snag                     595        -51       -53       23        16       8300       8        59     290      0.6     350       40        2.2      0.1     0.22      0.31
                                                    Teslin                   690        -42       -44       24        15       6770       10       38     200      0.5     340       40        3.0      0.1     0.26      0.34
                                                    Watson Lake              685        -46       -48       26        16       7470       10       54     250      0.6     410       60        3.2      0.1     0.26      0.35
                                                    Whitehorse               655        -41       -43       25        15       6580       8        43     170      0.5     275       40        2.0      0.1     0.29      0.38
                                                 Northwest Territories
                                                    Aklavik                   5         -42       -44       26        17       9600       6        49     115      0.7     250       60        2.8      0.1     0.31      0.40
                                                    Behchokǫ̀ / Rae-Edzo     160        -42       -44       25        17       8300       10       60     175      0.6     275       80        2.3      0.1     0.31      0.40
                                                    Echo Bay /               195        -42       -44       22        16       9300       8        60     160      0.7     250       80        3.0      0.1     0.41      0.53
                                                    Port Radium
Division B C-35                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Appendix C
                                                                                             Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays



                                                                                                                                     Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                          Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                     Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                                   Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                             15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                                    Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                   Province and Location        Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
C-36 Division B
                                                                                                                                    Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                               mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                                    18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                           2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                         Pa, 1/5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Appendix C
                                                    Fort Good Hope                100        -43       -45       28        18       8700       9        60     140      0.6     280       80        2.9      0.1     0.34      0.44
                                                    Fort McPherson                25         -44       -46       26        17       9150       6        50     145      0.7     315       60        3.2      0.1     0.31      0.40
                                                    Fort Providence               150        -40       -43       28        18       7620       10       71     210      0.6     350       100       2.4      0.1     0.27      0.35
                                                    Fort Resolution               160        -40       -42       26        18       7750       10       60     175      0.6     300       140       2.3      0.1     0.30      0.39
                                                    Fort Simpson                  120        -42       -44       28        19       7660       12       76     225      0.6     360       80        2.3      0.1     0.30      0.39
                                                    Fort Smith                    205        -41       -43       28        19       7300       10       65     250      0.6     350       80        2.3      0.2     0.30      0.39
                                                    Hay River                     45         -38       -41       27        18       7550       10       60     200      0.6     325       140       2.4      0.1     0.27      0.35
                                                    Inuvik                        45         -43       -45       26        17       9600       6        49     115      0.7     425       60        3.1      0.1     0.31      0.40
                                                    Mould Bay                      5         -44       -46       11         8      12900       3        33      25      0.9     100       140       1.5      0.1     0.45      0.58
                                                    Norman Wells                  65         -43       -45       28        18       8510       9        60     165      0.6     320       80        3.0      0.1     0.34      0.44
                                                    Tungsten                     1340        -49       -51       26        16       7700       10       44     315      0.8     640       40        4.3      0.1     0.34      0.44
                                                    Ulukhaktok / Holman           10         -39       -41       18        12      10700       3        44      80      0.9     250       120       2.1      0.1     0.67      0.86
                                                    Wrigley                       80         -42       -44       28        18       8050       10       54     220      0.6     350       80        2.8      0.1     0.30      0.39
                                                    Yellowknife                   160        -41       -44       25        17       8170       10       60     175      0.6     275       100       2.2      0.1     0.31      0.40
                                                 Nunavut
                                                    Alert                          5         -43       -44       13         8      13030       3        22      20      1.0     150       100       2.6      0.1     0.59      0.75
                                                    Arctic Bay                    15         -42       -44       14        10      11900       3        38      60      0.9     150       160       2.4      0.1     0.43      0.55
                                                    Arviat                         5         -40       -41       22        16       9850       8        65     225      0.9     300       240       3.0      0.2     0.45      0.58
                                                    Baker Lake                     5         -42       -44       23        15      10700       5        55     160      0.8     260       180       3.4      0.2     0.42      0.54
                                                    Eureka                         5         -47       -48       12         8      13500       3        27      25      1.0      70       100       1.6      0.1     0.43      0.55
                                                    Igluligaarjuk /               10         -40       -41       20        14      10500       5        60     175      0.9     270       240       3.6      0.2     0.44      0.56
                                                    Chesterfield Inlet
                                                    Iqaluit                       45         -40       -41       17        12       9980       5        58     200      0.9     433       200       2.9      0.2     0.51      0.65
                                                    Iqaluktuuttiaq /              15         -41       -44       18        13      11670       4        38      70      0.9     140       100       1.9      0.1     0.39      0.50
                                                    Cambridge Bay
                                                    Isachsen                      10         -46       -48       12         9      13600       3        27      25      1.0      75       140       1.9      0.1     0.47      0.6
                                                    Kangiqiniq / Rankin Inlet     10         -41       -42       21        15      10500       5        65     180      0.9     250       240       3.0      0.2     0.47      0.6
                                                    Kanngiqtugaapik /              5         -40       -42       14        10      11300       5        44      55      0.9     225       220       4.2      0.2     0.43      0.55
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Division B
                                                    Clyde River
                                                                                        Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                                                Table C-2 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Driv-    Snow Load, kPa,    Hourly Wind
                                                                                                Design Temperature                                One
                                                                                                                              Degree-                                      Ann.    ing Rain        1/50         Pressures, kPa
                                                                                                                                        15 Min.   Day     Ann.
                                                                                                                               Days                               Moist.    Tot.     Wind
                                                 Province and Location     Elev., m       January             July 2.5%                  Rain,    Rain,   Rain,
                                                                                                                               Below                              Index    Ppn.,     Pres-
                                                                                                                                          mm      1/50,   mm                                   Ss        Sr     1/10      1/50
                                                                                                                               18°C                                         mm      sures,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Division B
                                                                                      2.5% °C    1% °C    Dry °C     Wet °C                        mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Pa, 1/5
                                                  Kugluktuk / Coppermine     10         -41       -43       23        16      10300       6        65     140      0.8     150       80        3.4      0.1     0.36      0.46
                                                  Nottingham Island          30         -37       -39       16        13      10000       5        54     175      0.9     325       200       4.7      0.2     0.61      0.78
                                                  Resolute                   25         -42       -43       11         9      12360       3        27      50      0.9     140       180       2.0      0.1     0.46      0.59
                                                  Resolution Island           5         -32       -34       12        10       9000       5        71     240      0.9     550       200       5.5      0.2     0.96      1.23
                                                  Salliq / Coral Harbour     15         -41       -42       20        14      10720       5        65     150      0.9     280       200       3.8      0.2     0.45      0.58
National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1




Division B C-37                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Appendix C
                                                                                                    Appendix C                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                    Seismic Hazard for Part 4
                                                                                                    The seismic hazard values to be used for the design of buildings under Part 4 can be obtained from the 2020
                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada Seismic Hazard Tool (https://doi.org/10.23687/b1bd3cf0-0672-47f4-8bfa-
                                                                                                    290ae75fde9b), which provides seismic hazard values for any site in Canada defined by latitude, longitude and
                                                                                                    site designation. The seismic hazard values used for the design of buildings under Part 4 must correspond to
                                                                                                    the applicable probability of exceedance stated in Subsection 4.1.8. The tool also provides seismic hazard values
                                                                                                    at additional probabilities and periods.
                                                                                                    Seismic hazard values can be appreciably different for localities across a large locale. Therefore, applying
                                                                                                    the same seismic hazard value to a large geographic area could result in buildings being over-designed
                                                                                                    or under-designed. Given the large number of data points in Canada, listing every locality in a table is




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    not practical. For archival purposes, the seismic hazard values for 679 specific latitudes and longitudes
                                                                                                    are reproduced from the 2020 National Building Code of Canada Seismic Hazard Tool on NPARC at
                                                                                                    https://doi.org/10.4224/nqzr-dz38. The digital properties of the NPARC website are more suited for a static,
                                                                                                    archival data set. As such, Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4) identifies the NPARC website as the primary data set for the
                                                                                                    specified latitude and longitudes.
                                                                                                    The parameters used to represent seismic hazard for specific geographical locations are the 5%-damped
                                                                                                    horizontal spectral acceleration for periods of 0.2 s, 0.5 s, 1.0 s, 2.0 s, 5.0 s and 10.0 s, the horizontal peak ground
                                                                                                    acceleration (PGA) and the horizontal peak ground velocity (PGV) corresponding to a 2% probability of being
                                                                                                    exceeded in 50 years. The six spectral acceleration parameters are deemed sufficient to define spectra closely
                                                                                                    matching the shape of the uniform hazard spectra (UHS) for design purposes. Spectral acceleration values for
                                                                                                    additional periods are provided for use in the selection of ground motion time histories. Spectral acceleration
                                                                                                    values for additional probabilities of exceedance are also provided.
                                                                                                    The seismic hazard values are mean values based on a statistical analysis of the earthquakes that have been
                                                                                                    experienced in Canada and adjacent regions.(11) They were updated for the 2020 edition of the Code by
                                                                                                    slightly revising the seismic source zones, adding the Leech River and Devil's Mountain fault sources near
                                                                                                    Victoria, B.C.,(12) increasing the rate of occurrence of great earthquakes on the Cascadia subduction zone to
                                                                                                    match new information, revising the ground motion models (GMMs),(13) and using a probabilistic model
                                                                                                    to combine all inputs.
                                                                                                    In addition, the method of determining seismic hazard values for different site designations has changed. For
                                                                                                    the NBC 2015, the seismic hazard values were calculated for reference Site Class C, and the values for other site
                                                                                                    designations were determined by applying a site coefficient to the calculated values. For the NBC 2020, the
                                                                                                    seismic hazard values for each site designation were calculated directly.
                                                                                                    For almost all locations, the revised GMMs are the most significant reason for changes in the seismic hazard
                                                                                                    values from the NBC 2015. In general, the estimated seismic hazard has increased across Canada.
                                                                                                    Further details regarding the representation of seismic hazard can be found in the Commentary entitled Design
                                                                                                    for Seismic Effects in the “Structural Commentaries (User's Guide – NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B).”

                                                                                                    Seismic Hazard for Part 9
                                                                                                    Table C-3 lists the seismic hazard values to be used in the application of the prescriptive requirements in Part 9
                                                                                                    relating to lateral loads due to earthquake (these values are the same as those listed in Table C-3 of the NBC
                                                                                                    2015). Seismic hazard values for localities not listed in Table C-3 can be obtained from the “2015 – 2005 National
                                                                                                    Building Code of Canada seismic hazard values” page on NRCan's Earthquakes Canada website by selecting
                                                                                                    “2015” from the “Building code year” pull-down menu.

                                                                                                                            Table C-3                                                 Table C-3 (Continued)
                                                                                                     Seismic Design Data for Selected Locations in Canada for
                                                                                                                          Part 9 Design                                                               Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design
                                                                                                                                                                         Province and Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                               in Part 9
                                                                                                                                      Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design      Alberni                                   0.955
                                                                                                           Province and Location
                                                                                                                                               in Part 9
                                                                                                                                                                      Ashcroft                                  0.198
                                                                                                    British Columbia
                                                                                                                                                                      Bamfield                                  1.44
                                                                                                        100 Mile House                          0.140
                                                                                                                                                                      Beatton River                             0.132
                                                                                                        Abbotsford                              0.701
                                                                                                                                                                      Bella Bella                               0.208
                                                                                                        Agassiz                                 0.457
                                                                                                                                                                      Bella Coola                               0.163


                                                                                                    C-38 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              Appendix C

                                                                                                                           Table C-3 (Continued)                                        Table C-3 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                          Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design                                     Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design
                                                                                                           Province and Location                                           Province and Location
                                                                                                                                                   in Part 9                                                      in Part 9
                                                                                                        Burns Lake                                  0.095              Montrose                                    0.129
                                                                                                        Cache Creek                                 0.195              Nakusp                                      0.135
                                                                                                        Campbell River                              0.595              Nanaimo                                     1.02
                                                                                                        Carmi                                       0.141              Nelson                                      0.131
                                                                                                        Castlegar                                   0.129              Ocean Falls                                 0.180
                                                                                                        Chetwynd                                    0.176              Osoyoos                                     0.175




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Chilliwack                                  0.539              Parksville                                  0.917
                                                                                                        Comox                                       0.685              Penticton                                   0.159
                                                                                                        Courtenay                                   0.692              Port Alberni                                0.987
                                                                                                        Cranbrook                                   0.170              Port Alice                                  1.60
                                                                                                        Crescent Valley                             0.130              Port Hardy                                  0.700
                                                                                                        Crofton                                     1.13               Port McNeill                                0.711
                                                                                                        Dawson Creek                                0.150              Port Renfrew                                1.44
                                                                                                        Dease Lake                                  0.103              Powell River                                0.595
                                                                                                        Dog Creek                                   0.172              Prince George                               0.113
                                                                                                        Duncan                                      1.17               Prince Rupert                               0.246
                                                                                                        Elko                                        0.217              Princeton                                   0.259
                                                                                                        Fernie                                      0.234              Qualicum Beach                              0.888
                                                                                                        Fort Nelson                                 0.141              Queen Charlotte City                        1.62
                                                                                                        Fort St. John                               0.145              Quesnel                                     0.105
                                                                                                        Glacier                                     0.206              Revelstoke                                  0.145
                                                                                                        Golden                                      0.263              Salmon Arm                                  0.131
                                                                                                        Gold River                                  1.01               Sandspit                                    1.31
                                                                                                        Grand Forks                                 0.133              Sechelt                                     0.828
                                                                                                        Greenwood                                   0.136              Sidney                                      1.23
                                                                                                        Hope                                        0.363              Smithers                                    0.100
                                                                                                        Jordan River                                1.40               Smith River                                 0.705
                                                                                                        Kamloops                                    0.146              Sooke                                       1.34
                                                                                                        Kaslo                                       0.142              Squamish                                    0.600
                                                                                                        Kelowna                                     0.143              Stewart                                     0.139
                                                                                                        Kimberley                                   0.165              Tahsis                                      1.35
                                                                                                        Kitimat Plant                               0.161              Taylor                                      0.143
                                                                                                        Kitimat Townsite                            0.161              Terrace                                     0.146
                                                                                                        Ladysmith                                   1.10               Tofino                                      1.46
                                                                                                        Langford                                    1.32               Trail                                       0.129
                                                                                                        Lillooet                                    0.285              Ucluelet                                    1.48
                                                                                                        Lytton                                      0.292              Vancouver Region
                                                                                                        Mackenzie                                   0.165                 Burnaby (Simon Fraser Univ.)             0.768
                                                                                                        Masset                                      0.791                 Cloverdale                               0.800
                                                                                                        McBride                                     0.253                 Haney                                    0.691
                                                                                                        McLeod Lake                                 0.153                 Ladner                                   0.924
                                                                                                        Merritt                                     0.211                 Langley                                  0.772
                                                                                                        Mission City                                0.644                 New Westminster                          0.800


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                 Division B C-39
                                                                                                    Appendix C                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                          Table C-3 (Continued)                                            Table C-3 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                         Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design                                        Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design
                                                                                                           Province and Location                                            Province and Location
                                                                                                                                                  in Part 9                                                         in Part 9
                                                                                                           North Vancouver                         0.794                 Hardisty                                    0.068
                                                                                                           Richmond                                0.885                 High River                                  0.203
                                                                                                           Surrey (88 Ave & 156 St.)               0.786                 Hinton                                      0.280
                                                                                                           Vancouver (City Hall)                   0.848                 Jasper                                      0.287
                                                                                                           Vancouver (Granville St. &              0.863                 Keg River                                   0.067
                                                                                                           41st Ave)                                                     Lac La Biche                                0.059




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           West Vancouver                          0.818                 Lacombe                                     0.127
                                                                                                        Vernon                                     0.133                 Lethbridge                                  0.164
                                                                                                        Victoria Region                                                  Manning                                     0.081
                                                                                                           Victoria                                1.30                  Medicine Hat                                0.083
                                                                                                           Victoria (Gonzales Hts)                 1.30                  Peace River                                 0.098
                                                                                                           Victoria (Mt Tolmie)                    1.29                  Pincher Creek                               0.284
                                                                                                        Whistler                                   0.438                 Ranfurly                                    0.066
                                                                                                        White Rock                                 0.868                 Red Deer                                    0.131
                                                                                                        Williams Lake                              0.136                 Rocky Mountain House                        0.174
                                                                                                        Youbou                                     1.20                  Slave Lake                                  0.075
                                                                                                    Alberta                                                              Stettler                                    0.109
                                                                                                        Athabasca                                  0.068                                                             0.115
                                                                                                                                                                         Stony Plain
                                                                                                        Banff                                      0.279
                                                                                                                                                                         Suffield                                    0.099
                                                                                                        Barrhead                                   0.105
                                                                                                                                                                         Taber                                       0.134
                                                                                                        Beaverlodge                                0.153
                                                                                                                                                                         Turner Valley                               0.253
                                                                                                        Brooks                                     0.116
                                                                                                                                                                         Valleyview                                  0.126
                                                                                                        Calgary                                    0.192
                                                                                                                                                                         Vegreville                                  0.069
                                                                                                        Campsie                                    0.113                                                             0.060
                                                                                                                                                                         Vermilion
                                                                                                        Camrose                                    0.095                 Wagner                                      0.077
                                                                                                        Canmore                                    0.278                 Wainwright                                  0.062
                                                                                                        Cardston                                   0.273                 Wetaskiwin                                  0.115
                                                                                                        Claresholm                                 0.217                 Whitecourt                                  0.125
                                                                                                        Cold Lake                                  0.055                 Wimborne                                    0.133
                                                                                                        Coleman                                    0.279              Saskatchewan
                                                                                                        Coronation                                 0.075                 Assiniboia                                  0.136
                                                                                                        Cowley                                     0.282                 Battrum                                     0.065
                                                                                                        Drumheller                                 0.122                 Biggar                                      0.057
                                                                                                        Edmonton                                   0.103                 Broadview                                   0.077
                                                                                                        Edson                                      0.165                 Dafoe                                       0.062
                                                                                                        Embarras Portage                           0.052                 Dundurn                                     0.059
                                                                                                        Fairview                                   0.121                 Estevan                                     0.129
                                                                                                        Fort MacLeod                               0.225                 Hudson Bay                                  0.055
                                                                                                        Fort McMurray                              0.053                 Humboldt                                    0.058
                                                                                                        Fort Saskatchewan                          0.086                 Island Falls                                0.054
                                                                                                        Fort Vermilion                             0.056                 Kamsack                                     0.058
                                                                                                        Grande Prairie                             0.141                 Kindersley                                  0.060
                                                                                                        Habay                                      0.068                 Lloydminster                                0.057



                                                                                                    C-40 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               Appendix C

                                                                                                                           Table C-3 (Continued)                                           Table C-3 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                          Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design                                      Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design
                                                                                                           Province and Location                                             Province and Location
                                                                                                                                                   in Part 9                                                       in Part 9
                                                                                                        Maple Creek                                 0.069              Ontario
                                                                                                        Meadow Lake                                 0.055                 Ailsa Craig                               0.095
                                                                                                        Melfort                                     0.055                 Ajax                                      0.210
                                                                                                        Melville                                    0.069                 Alexandria                                0.589
                                                                                                        Moose Jaw                                   0.096                 Alliston                                  0.111
                                                                                                        Nipawin                                     0.054                 Almonte                                   0.337




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        North Battleford                            0.056                 Armstrong                                 0.064
                                                                                                        Prince Albert                               0.055                 Arnprior                                  0.371
                                                                                                        Qu'Appelle                                  0.090                 Atikokan                                  0.069
                                                                                                        Regina                                      0.101                 Attawapiskat                              0.074
                                                                                                        Rosetown                                    0.059                 Aurora                                    0.138
                                                                                                        Saskatoon                                   0.057                 Bancroft                                  0.151
                                                                                                        Scott                                       0.057                 Barrie                                    0.108
                                                                                                        Strasbourg                                  0.074                 Barriefield                               0.162
                                                                                                        Swift Current                               0.070                 Beaverton                                 0.117
                                                                                                        Uranium City                                0.053                 Belleville                                0.162
                                                                                                        Weyburn                                     0.186                 Belmont                                   0.116
                                                                                                        Yorkton                                     0.063                 Borden (CFB)                              0.107
                                                                                                    Manitoba                                                              Bracebridge                               0.116
                                                                                                        Beausejour                                  0.056                 Bradford                                  0.123
                                                                                                        Boissevain                                  0.059                 Brampton                                  0.168
                                                                                                        Brandon                                     0.054                 Brantford                                 0.155
                                                                                                        Churchill                                   0.053                 Brighton                                  0.173
                                                                                                        Dauphin                                     0.055                 Brockville                                0.259
                                                                                                        Flin Flon                                   0.054                 Burk's Falls                              0.143
                                                                                                        Gimli                                       0.055                 Burlington                                0.266
                                                                                                        Island Lake                                 0.054                 Cambridge                                 0.141
                                                                                                        Lac du Bonnet                               0.056                 Campbellford                              0.144
                                                                                                        Lynn Lake                                   0.053                 Cannington                                0.122
                                                                                                        Morden                                      0.053                 Carleton Place                            0.302
                                                                                                        Neepawa                                     0.054                 Cavan                                     0.140
                                                                                                        Pine Falls                                  0.056                 Centralia                                 0.092
                                                                                                        Portage la Prairie                          0.054                 Chapleau                                  0.071
                                                                                                        Rivers                                      0.058                 Chatham                                   0.112
                                                                                                        Sandilands                                  0.055                 Chesley                                   0.083
                                                                                                        Selkirk                                     0.055                 Clinton                                   0.084
                                                                                                        Split Lake                                  0.053                 Coboconk                                  0.120
                                                                                                        Steinbach                                   0.055                 Cobourg                                   0.179
                                                                                                        Swan River                                  0.055                 Cochrane                                  0.222
                                                                                                        The Pas                                     0.054                 Colborne                                  0.176
                                                                                                        Thompson                                    0.053                 Collingwood                               0.096
                                                                                                        Virden                                      0.064                 Cornwall                                  0.587
                                                                                                        Winnipeg                                    0.054                 Corunna                                   0.087


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                  Division B C-41
                                                                                                    Appendix C                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                        Table C-3 (Continued)                                          Table C-3 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                        Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design                                     Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design
                                                                                                           Province and Location                                        Province and Location
                                                                                                                                                 in Part 9                                                      in Part 9
                                                                                                        Deep River                                0.389              Hearst                                      0.073
                                                                                                        Deseronto                                 0.158              Honey Harbour                               0.103
                                                                                                        Dorchester                                0.112              Hornepayne                                  0.063
                                                                                                        Dorion                                    0.059              Huntsville                                  0.129
                                                                                                        Dresden                                   0.104              Ingersoll                                   0.116
                                                                                                        Dryden                                    0.072              Iroquois Falls                              0.196




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Dundalk                                   0.097              Jellicoe                                    0.057
                                                                                                        Dunnville                                 0.232              Kapuskasing                                 0.112
                                                                                                        Durham                                    0.088              Kemptville                                  0.429
                                                                                                        Dutton                                    0.116              Kenora                                      0.064
                                                                                                        Earlton                                   0.182              Killaloe                                    0.264
                                                                                                        Edison                                    0.070              Kincardine                                  0.076
                                                                                                        Elliot Lake                               0.074              Kingston                                    0.161
                                                                                                        Elmvale                                   0.101              Kinmount                                    0.123
                                                                                                        Embro                                     0.111              Kirkland Lake                               0.159
                                                                                                        Englehart                                 0.175              Kitchener                                   0.122
                                                                                                        Espanola                                  0.086              Kitchenuhmaykoosib / Big Trout              0.054
                                                                                                        Exeter                                    0.090              Lake

                                                                                                        Fenelon Falls                             0.121              Lakefield                                   0.130

                                                                                                        Fergus                                    0.115              Lansdowne House                             0.056

                                                                                                        Forest                                    0.087              Leamington                                  0.114

                                                                                                        Fort Erie                                 0.312              Lindsay                                     0.126

                                                                                                        Fort Erie (Ridgeway)                      0.307              Lion's Head                                 0.080

                                                                                                        Fort Frances                              0.064              Listowel                                    0.093

                                                                                                                                                  0.180              London                                      0.108
                                                                                                        Gananoque
                                                                                                                                                  0.057              Lucan                                       0.097
                                                                                                        Geraldton
                                                                                                                                                                     Maitland                                    0.282
                                                                                                        Glencoe                                   0.107
                                                                                                                                                                     Markdale                                    0.089
                                                                                                        Goderich                                  0.079
                                                                                                                                                                     Markham                                     0.182
                                                                                                        Gore Bay                                  0.071
                                                                                                                                                                     Martin                                      0.072
                                                                                                        Graham                                    0.071
                                                                                                                                                                     Matheson                                    0.160
                                                                                                        Gravenhurst (Muskoka Airport)             0.112
                                                                                                                                                                     Mattawa                                     0.446
                                                                                                        Grimsby                                   0.301
                                                                                                                                                                     Midland                                     0.101
                                                                                                        Guelph                                    0.133
                                                                                                                                                                     Milton                                      0.191
                                                                                                        Guthrie                                   0.109
                                                                                                                                                                     Milverton                                   0.098
                                                                                                        Haileybury                                0.219
                                                                                                                                                                     Minden                                      0.124
                                                                                                        Haldimand (Caledonia)                     0.215
                                                                                                                                                                     Mississauga                                 0.219
                                                                                                        Haldimand (Hagersville)                   0.172
                                                                                                                                                                     Mississauga (Lester B. Pearson              0.193
                                                                                                        Haliburton                                0.133              Int'l Airport)
                                                                                                        Halton Hills (Georgetown)                 0.155              Mississauga (Port Credit)                   0.247
                                                                                                        Hamilton                                  0.260              Mitchell                                    0.093
                                                                                                        Hanover                                   0.085              Moosonee                                    0.081
                                                                                                        Hastings                                  0.141              Morrisburg                                  0.558
                                                                                                        Hawkesbury                                0.506



                                                                                                    C-42 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               Appendix C

                                                                                                                            Table C-3 (Continued)                                          Table C-3 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                           Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design                                     Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design
                                                                                                            Province and Location                                          Province and Location
                                                                                                                                                    in Part 9                                                      in Part 9
                                                                                                        Mount Forest                                 0.093              Port Stanley                                0.123
                                                                                                        Nakina                                       0.057              Prescott                                    0.350
                                                                                                        Nanticoke (Jarvis)                           0.156              Princeton                                   0.129
                                                                                                        Nanticoke (Port Dover)                       0.144              Raith                                       0.067
                                                                                                        Napanee                                      0.156              Rayside-Balfour (Chelmsford)                0.104
                                                                                                        Newcastle                                    0.186              Red Lake                                    0.068




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Newcastle (Bowmanville)                      0.188              Renfrew                                     0.352
                                                                                                        New Liskeard                                 0.209              Richmond Hill                               0.163
                                                                                                        Newmarket                                    0.132              Rockland                                    0.510
                                                                                                        Niagara Falls                                0.321              Sarnia                                      0.085
                                                                                                        North Bay                                    0.247              Sault Ste. Marie                            0.062
                                                                                                        Norwood                                      0.136              Schreiber                                   0.057
                                                                                                        Oakville                                     0.260              Seaforth                                    0.087
                                                                                                        Orangeville                                  0.115              Shelburne                                   0.104
                                                                                                        Orillia                                      0.109              Simcoe                                      0.141
                                                                                                        Oshawa                                       0.192              Sioux Lookout                               0.073
                                                                                                        Ottawa (Metropolitan)                                           Smiths Falls                                0.256
                                                                                                           Ottawa (Barrhaven)                        0.427              Smithville                                  0.296
                                                                                                           Ottawa (City Hall)                        0.439              Smooth Rock Falls                           0.200
                                                                                                           Ottawa (Kanata)                           0.401              Southampton                                 0.077
                                                                                                           Ottawa (M-C Int'l Airport)                0.446              South River                                 0.164
                                                                                                           Ottawa (Orléans)                          0.474              St. Catharines                              0.319
                                                                                                        Owen Sound                                   0.083              St. Marys                                   0.101
                                                                                                        Pagwa River                                  0.060              St. Thomas                                  0.117
                                                                                                        Paris                                        0.141              Stirling                                    0.149
                                                                                                        Parkhill                                     0.092              Stratford                                   0.103
                                                                                                        Parry Sound                                  0.110              Strathroy                                   0.100
                                                                                                        Pelham (Fonthill)                            0.311              Sturgeon Falls                              0.183
                                                                                                        Pembroke                                     0.379              Sudbury                                     0.110
                                                                                                        Penetanguishene                              0.101              Sundridge                                   0.157
                                                                                                        Perth                                        0.225              Tavistock                                   0.108
                                                                                                        Petawawa                                     0.379              Temagami                                    0.239
                                                                                                        Peterborough                                 0.135              Thamesford                                  0.111
                                                                                                        Petrolia                                     0.092              Thedford                                    0.089
                                                                                                        Pickering (Dunbarton)                        0.219              Thunder Bay                                 0.061
                                                                                                        Picton                                       0.159              Tillsonburg                                 0.126
                                                                                                        Plattsville                                  0.119              Timmins                                     0.125
                                                                                                        Point Alexander                              0.391              Timmins (Porcupine)                         0.140
                                                                                                        Port Burwell                                 0.132              Toronto Metropolitan Region
                                                                                                        Port Colborne                                0.298                 Etobicoke                                0.193
                                                                                                        Port Elgin                                   0.077                 North York                               0.195
                                                                                                        Port Hope                                    0.181                 Scarborough                              0.219
                                                                                                        Port Perry                                   0.144


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                  Division B C-43
                                                                                                    Appendix C                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                            Table C-3 (Continued)                                          Table C-3 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                           Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design                                      Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design
                                                                                                           Province and Location                                           Province and Location
                                                                                                                                                    in Part 9                                                       in Part 9
                                                                                                           Toronto (City Hall)                       0.249              Farnham                                      0.369
                                                                                                        Trenton                                      0.167              Fort-Coulonge                                0.391
                                                                                                        Trout Creek                                  0.186              Gagnon                                       0.078
                                                                                                        Uxbridge                                     0.139              Gaspé                                        0.128
                                                                                                        Vaughan (Woodbridge)                         0.167              Gatineau                                     0.442
                                                                                                        Vittoria                                     0.139                                                           0.426




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                        Gracefield
                                                                                                        Walkerton                                    0.083              Granby                                       0.275
                                                                                                        Wallaceburg                                  0.098              Harrington Harbour                           0.072
                                                                                                        Waterloo                                     0.118              Havre-Saint-Pierre                           0.231
                                                                                                        Watford                                      0.095              Hemmingford                                  0.546
                                                                                                        Wawa                                         0.062              Hull                                         0.432
                                                                                                        Welland                                      0.308              Iberville                                    0.520
                                                                                                        West Lorne                                   0.118              Inukjuak                                     0.065
                                                                                                        Whitby                                       0.203              Joliette                                     0.457
                                                                                                        Whitby (Brooklin)                            0.176              Kuujjuaq                                     0.074
                                                                                                        White River                                  0.060              Kuujjuarapik                                 0.056
                                                                                                        Wiarton                                      0.080              Lachute                                      0.518
                                                                                                        Windsor                                      0.096              Lac-Mégantic                                 0.193
                                                                                                        Wingham                                      0.083              La Malbaie                                   1.73
                                                                                                        Woodstock                                    0.118              La Pocatière                                 1.51
                                                                                                        Wyoming                                      0.090              La Tuque                                     0.196
                                                                                                    Quebec                                                              Lennoxville                                  0.187
                                                                                                        Acton Vale                                   0.254              Léry                                         0.603
                                                                                                        Alma                                         0.785              Loretteville                                 0.502
                                                                                                        Amos                                         0.109              Louiseville                                  0.366
                                                                                                        Asbestos                                     0.200              Magog                                        0.196
                                                                                                        Aylmer                                       0.415              Malartic                                     0.135
                                                                                                        Baie-Comeau                                  0.425              Maniwaki                                     0.430
                                                                                                        Baie-Saint-Paul                              1.62               Masson                                       0.498
                                                                                                        Beauport                                     0.509              Matane                                       0.455
                                                                                                        Bedford                                      0.358              Mont-Joli                                    0.427
                                                                                                        Beloeil                                      0.522              Mont-Laurier                                 0.419
                                                                                                        Brome                                        0.236              Montmagny                                    0.601
                                                                                                        Brossard                                     0.587              Montréal Region
                                                                                                        Buckingham                                   0.491                 Beaconsfield                              0.602
                                                                                                        Campbell's Bay                               0.387                 Dorval                                    0.600
                                                                                                        Chambly                                      0.550                 Laval                                     0.595
                                                                                                        Coaticook                                    0.193                 Montréal (City Hall)                      0.595
                                                                                                        Contrecoeur                                  0.473                 Montréal-Est                              0.586
                                                                                                        Cowansville                                  0.273                 Montréal-Nord                             0.593
                                                                                                        Deux-Montagnes                               0.596                 Outremont                                 0.597
                                                                                                        Dolbeau                                      0.484                 Pierrefonds                               0.599
                                                                                                        Drummondville                                0.273                 Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue                   0.602


                                                                                                    C-44 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 Appendix C

                                                                                                                             Table C-3 (Continued)                                           Table C-3 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                            Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design                                      Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design
                                                                                                           Province and Location                                               Province and Location
                                                                                                                                                     in Part 9                                                       in Part 9
                                                                                                           Saint-Lambert                              0.590                 Sept-Îles                                 0.295
                                                                                                           Saint-Laurent                              0.598                 Shawinigan                                0.306
                                                                                                           Verdun                                     0.596                 Shawville                                 0.386
                                                                                                        Nicolet (Gentilly)                            0.364                 Sherbrooke                                0.187
                                                                                                        Nitchequon                                    0.062                 Sorel                                     0.406
                                                                                                        Noranda                                       0.132                                                           0.243




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                            Sutton
                                                                                                        Percé                                         0.114                 Tadoussac                                 0.694
                                                                                                        Pincourt                                      0.602                 Témiscaming                               0.820
                                                                                                        Plessisville                                  0.250                 Terrebonne                                0.584
                                                                                                        Port-Cartier                                  0.323                 Thetford Mines                            0.207
                                                                                                        Puvirnituq                                    0.108                 Thurso                                    0.492
                                                                                                        Québec City Region                                                  Trois-Rivières                            0.366
                                                                                                           Ancienne-Lorette                           0.487                 Val-d'Or                                  0.135
                                                                                                           Lévis                                      0.493                 Varennes                                  0.571
                                                                                                           Québec                                     0.493                 Verchères                                 0.537
                                                                                                           Sainte-Foy                                 0.488                 Victoriaville                             0.233
                                                                                                           Sillery                                    0.486                 Ville-Marie                               0.262
                                                                                                        Richmond                                      0.208                 Wakefield                                 0.409
                                                                                                        Rimouski                                      0.408                 Waterloo                                  0.232
                                                                                                        Rivière-du-Loup                               1.16                  Windsor                                   0.194
                                                                                                        Roberval                                      0.688              New Brunswick
                                                                                                        Rock Island                                   0.199                 Alma                                      0.144
                                                                                                        Rosemère                                      0.591                 Bathurst                                  0.217
                                                                                                        Rouyn                                         0.134                 Campbellton                               0.210
                                                                                                        Saguenay                                      0.791                 Edmundston                                0.231
                                                                                                        Saguenay (Bagotville)                         0.801                 Fredericton                               0.210
                                                                                                        Saguenay (Jonquière)                          0.798                 Gagetown                                  0.195
                                                                                                        Saguenay (Kénogami)                           0.799                 Grand Falls                               0.254
                                                                                                        Sainte-Agathe-des-Monts                       0.431                 Miramichi                                 0.214
                                                                                                        Saint-Eustache                                0.593                 Moncton                                   0.158
                                                                                                        Saint-Félicien                                0.488                 Oromocto                                  0.209
                                                                                                        Saint-Georges-de-Cacouna                      0.857                 Sackville                                 0.140
                                                                                                        Saint-Hubert                                  0.581                 Saint Andrews                             0.874
                                                                                                        Saint-Hubert-de-Rivière-du-Loup               0.468                 Saint John                                0.199
                                                                                                        Saint-Hyacinthe                               0.369                 Shippagan                                 0.143
                                                                                                        Saint-Jean-sur-Richelieu                      0.522                 St. George                                0.578
                                                                                                        Saint-Jérôme                                  0.539                 St. Stephen                               0.781
                                                                                                        Saint-Jovite                                  0.428                 Woodstock                                 0.206
                                                                                                        Saint-Lazare / Hudson                         0.597              Nova Scotia
                                                                                                        Saint-Nicolas                                 0.466                 Amherst                                   0.130
                                                                                                        Salaberry-de-Valleyfield                      0.602                 Antigonish                                0.098
                                                                                                        Schefferville                                 0.059                 Bridgewater                               0.117
                                                                                                        Senneterre                                    0.114                 Canso                                     0.114


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                    Division B C-45
                                                                                                    Appendix C                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                          Table C-3 (Continued)                                             Table C-3 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                         Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design                                           Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design
                                                                                                           Province and Location                                              Province and Location
                                                                                                                                                  in Part 9                                                            in Part 9
                                                                                                        Debert                                     0.107                 Twin Falls                                     0.064
                                                                                                        Digby                                      0.164                 Wabana                                         0.089
                                                                                                        Greenwood (CFB)                            0.128                 Wabush                                         0.067
                                                                                                        Halifax Region                                                Yukon
                                                                                                           Dartmouth                               0.110                 Aishihik                                       0.446
                                                                                                           Halifax                                 0.110                 Dawson                                         0.396




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Kentville                                  0.120                 Destruction Bay                                1.54
                                                                                                        Liverpool                                  0.120                 Faro                                           0.271
                                                                                                        Lockeport                                  0.123                 Haines Junction                                0.973
                                                                                                        Louisbourg                                 0.119                 Snag                                           0.502
                                                                                                        Lunenburg                                  0.115                 Teslin                                         0.284
                                                                                                        New Glasgow                                0.099                 Watson Lake                                    0.304
                                                                                                        North Sydney                               0.105                 Whitehorse                                     0.334
                                                                                                        Pictou                                     0.098              Northwest Territories
                                                                                                        Port Hawkesbury                            0.102                 Aklavik                                        0.475
                                                                                                        Springhill                                 0.118                 Behchokǫ̀ / Rae-Edzo                           0.052
                                                                                                        Stewiacke                                  0.107                 Echo Bay / Port Radium                         0.052
                                                                                                        Sydney                                     0.108                 Fort Good Hope                                 0.257
                                                                                                        Tatamagouche                               0.103                 Fort McPherson                                 0.476
                                                                                                        Truro                                      0.105                 Fort Providence                                0.055
                                                                                                        Wolfville                                  0.118                 Fort Resolution                                0.052
                                                                                                        Yarmouth                                   0.137                 Fort Simpson                                   0.154
                                                                                                    Prince Edward Island                                                 Fort Smith                                     0.052
                                                                                                        Charlottetown                              0.103                 Hay River                                      0.053
                                                                                                        Souris                                     0.091                 Inuvik                                         0.308
                                                                                                        Summerside                                 0.133                 Mould Bay                                      0.21
                                                                                                        Tignish                                    0.135                 Norman Wells                                   0.688
                                                                                                    Newfoundland and Labrador                                            Tungsten                                       0.325
                                                                                                        Argentia                                   0.098                 Ulukhaktok / Holman                            0.057
                                                                                                        Bonavista                                  0.083                 Wrigley                                        0.653
                                                                                                        Buchans                                    0.077                 Yellowknife                                    0.052
                                                                                                        Cape Harrison                              0.125              Nunavut
                                                                                                        Cape Race                                  0.108                 Alert                                          0.145
                                                                                                        Channel-Port aux Basques                   0.088                 Arctic Bay                                     0.111
                                                                                                        Corner Brook                               0.074                 Arviat                                         0.054
                                                                                                        Gander                                     0.077                 Baker Lake                                     0.068
                                                                                                        Grand Bank                                 0.115                 Eureka                                         0.173
                                                                                                        Grand Falls                                0.076                 Igluligaarjuk / Chesterfield Inlet             0.081
                                                                                                        Happy Valley-Goose Bay                     0.067                 Iqaluit                                        0.087
                                                                                                        Labrador City                              0.067                 Iqaluktuuttiaq / Cambridge Bay                 0.059
                                                                                                        St. Anthony                                0.073                 Isachsen                                       0.256
                                                                                                        Stephenville                               0.077                 Kangiqiniq / Rankin Inlet                      0.064
                                                                                                        St. John's                                 0.090                 Kanngiqtugaapik / Clyde River                  0.306



                                                                                                    C-46 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            Appendix C

                                                                                                                           Table C-3 (Continued)                                        Table C-3 (Continued)

                                                                                                                                          Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design                                   Sa(0.2) for Seismic Design
                                                                                                              Province and Location                                       Province and Location
                                                                                                                                                   in Part 9                                                    in Part 9
                                                                                                           Kugluktuk / Coppermine                   0.053              Resolution Island                         0.203
                                                                                                           Nottingham Island                        0.109              Salliq / Coral Harbour                    0.103
                                                                                                           Resolute                                 0.194


                                                                                                    References




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)      Environment Canada, Climate Trends and Variation Bulletin: Annual 2007, 2008.
                                                                                                    (2)      Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis.
                                                                                                             Contribution of Working Group I to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on
                                                                                                             Climate Change. S. Solomon, D. Qin, M. Manning, Z. Chen, M. Marquis, K.B. Averyt, M. Tignor and H.L.
                                                                                                             Miller (Eds.). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA,
                                                                                                             996 pp., 2007.
                                                                                                    (3)      American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-conditioning Engineers, Handbook of Fundamentals,
                                                                                                             Chapter 14 – Climatic Design Information, Atlanta, GA, 2009.
                                                                                                    (4)      Lowery, M.D. and Nash, J.E., A comparison of methods of fitting the double exponential distribution. J.
                                                                                                             of Hydrology, 10 (3), pp. 259–275, 1970.
                                                                                                    (5)      Newark, M.J., Welsh, L.E., Morris, R.J. and Dnes, W.V. Revised Ground Snow Loads for the 1990 NBC of
                                                                                                             Canada. Can. J. Civ. Eng., Vol. 16, No. 3, June 1989.
                                                                                                    (6)      Newark, M.J. A New Look at Ground Snow Loads in Canada. Proceedings, 41st Eastern Snow
                                                                                                             Conference, Washington, D.C., Vol. 29, pp. 59-63, 1984.
                                                                                                    (7)      Bruce, J.P. and Clark, R.H. Introduction to Hydrometeorology. Pergammon Press, London, 1966.
                                                                                                    (8)      Skerlj, P.F. and Surry, D. A Critical Assessment of the DRWPs Used in CAN/CSA-A440-M90. Tenth
                                                                                                             International Conference on Wind Engineering, Wind Engineering into the 21st Century, Larsen, Larose
                                                                                                             & Livesay (eds), 1999 Balkema, Rotterdam, ISBN 90 5809 059 0.
                                                                                                    (9)      Cornick, S., Chown, G.A., et al. Committee Paper on Defining Climate Regions as a Basis for Specifying
                                                                                                             Requirements for Precipitation Protection for Walls. Institute for Research in Construction, National
                                                                                                             Research Council, Ottawa, April 2001.
                                                                                                    (10)     Boyd, D.W. Variations in Air Density over Canada. National Research Council of Canada, Division of
                                                                                                             Building Research, Technical Note No. 486, June 1967.
                                                                                                    (11)      Adams, J., Allen, T., Halchuk, S., and Kolaj, M. Canada's 6th Generation Seismic Hazard Model, as
                                                                                                             Prepared for the 2020 National Building Code. 12th Canadian Conference on Earthquake Engineering,
                                                                                                             Québec, QC, paper 192-Mkvp-139, 2019.
                                                                                                    (12)     Halchuk, S., Allen, T., Adams, J., and Onur, T. Contribution of the Leech River Valley - Devil's Mountain
                                                                                                             Fault System to Seismic Hazard for Victoria, B.C. 12th Canadian Conference on Earthquake Engineering,
                                                                                                             Québec, QC, paper 192-WGm8-169, 2019.
                                                                                                    (13)     Kolaj, M., Allen, T., Mayfield, R., Adams, J., and Halchuk, S. Ground-Motion Models for the 6th
                                                                                                             Generation Seismic Hazard Model of Canada. 12th Canadian Conference on Earthquake Engineering,
                                                                                                             Québec, QC, paper 192-hHtH-159, 2019.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                               Division B C-47
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




C-48 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Appendix D
                                                                                                    Fire-Performance Ratings




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section D-1 General
                                                                                                    The content of this Appendix was prepared on the recommendations of the Standing Committee on Fire
                                                                                                    Protection, which was established by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes (CCBFC) for
                                                                                                    this purpose.

                                                                                                    D-1.1. Introduction
                                                                                                    D-1.1.1. Scope
                                                                                                          1) This fire-performance information is presented in a form closely linked to the performance
                                                                                                    requirements and the minimum materials specifications of this Code.
                                                                                                         2) The ratings have been assigned only after careful consideration of all available literature on
                                                                                                    assemblies of common building materials, where they are adequately identified by description. The assigned
                                                                                                    values based on this information will, in most instances, be conservative when compared to the ratings
                                                                                                    determined on the basis of actual tests on individual assemblies.
                                                                                                         3) The fire-performance information set out in this Appendix applies to materials and assemblies of
                                                                                                    materials that comply in all essential details with the minimum structural design standards described in Part 4.
                                                                                                    Additional requirements, where appropriate, are described in other Sections of this Appendix.
                                                                                                          4) Section D-2 assigns fire-resistance ratings for walls, floors, roofs, columns and beams related to
                                                                                                    CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,” and
                                                                                                    describes methods for determining these ratings.
                                                                                                          5) Section D-3 assigns flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications for surface materials
                                                                                                    related to CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
                                                                                                    and Assemblies,” and CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of
                                                                                                    Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies.”
                                                                                                        6) Section D-4 describes noncombustibility in building materials when tested in accordance with
                                                                                                    CAN/ULC-S114, “Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials.”
                                                                                                         7) Section D-5 contains requirements for the installation of fire doors and fire dampers in fire-rated
                                                                                                    stud wall assemblies.
                                                                                                          8) Section D-6 contains construction specifications for exterior wall assemblies that are deemed to
                                                                                                    satisfy the criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method
                                                                                                    of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies.”
                                                                                                         9) Section D-7 contains background information regarding fire test reports, obsolete materials and
                                                                                                    assemblies, assessment of archaic assemblies and the development of the component additive method.

                                                                                                    D-1.1.2. Referenced Documents
                                                                                                          1) Where documents are referenced in this Appendix, they shall be the editions designated in
                                                                                                    Table D-1.1.2.

                                                                                                    This information is included for explanatory purposes only and does not form part of the requirements. The bold
                                                                                                    face reference numbers that introduce each item do not relate to specific requirements in this Division.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                    Division B D-1
                                                                                                    D-1.1.2.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                                                       Table D-1.1.2.
                                                                                                                                            Documents Referenced in Appendix D (1)

                                                                                                       Issuing
                                                                                                                      Document Number (2)                             Title of Document                               Code Reference
                                                                                                       Agency
                                                                                                    ANSI         A208.1-2009                 Particleboard                                                        D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                    ASTM         C330/C330M-17               Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural     D-1.4.3.
                                                                                                                                             Concrete
                                                                                                    ASTM         C840-18b                    Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board D-2.3.9.
                                                                                                    ASTM         C1396/C1396M-17             Standard Specification for Gypsum Board                              D-1.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-3.1.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    ASTM         D2898-10                    Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of                      D-6.1.1.
                                                                                                                                             Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing
                                                                                                    CCBFC        NRCC 30629                  Supplement to the National Building Code of Canada 1990              D-7.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-7.3.
                                                                                                    CGSB         4-GP-36M-1978               Carpet Underlay, Fiber Type                                          D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                    CGSB         CAN/CGSB-4.129-93           Carpet for Commercial Use                                            D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                    CGSB         CAN/CGSB-92.2-M90           Trowel or Spray Applied Acoustical Material                          D-2.3.4.
                                                                                                    CSA          A23.1:19/A23.2:19           Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction/Test         D-1.4.3.
                                                                                                                                             methods and standard practices for concrete
                                                                                                    CSA          A23.3:19                    Design of concrete structures                                        D-2.1.5.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-2.6.6.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-2.8.2.
                                                                                                    CSA          CAN/CSA-A82:14              Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale                          D-2.6.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          A82.22-M1977                Gypsum Plasters                                                      D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          CAN/CSA A82.27-M91          Gypsum Board                                                         D-1.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          A82.30-M1980                Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering                      D-1.7.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-2.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-2.5.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          A165.1-14                   Concrete block masonry units                                         D-2.1.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          O86:19                      Engineering design in wood                                           D-2.11.3.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-2.11.4.
                                                                                                    CSA          O112.10-08                  Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural Wood Products (Limited        D-2.3.6.
                                                                                                                                             Moisture Exposure)
                                                                                                    CSA          O121-17                     Douglas fir plywood                                                  D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          O141:05                     Softwood Lumber                                                      D-2.3.6.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-2.4.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          O151-17                     Canadian softwood plywood                                            D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          O153-13                     Poplar plywood                                                       D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          O325-16                     Construction sheathing                                               D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          O437.0-93                   OSB and Waferboard                                                   D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                    CSA          S16:19                      Design of steel structures                                           D-2.6.6.
                                                                                                    NFPA         80-2013                     Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives                D-5.2.1.
                                                                                                    ULC          CAN/ULC-S101-14             Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction     D-1.1.1.
                                                                                                                                             and Materials                                                        D-1.12.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-2.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  D-2.11.1.
                                                                                                    ULC          CAN/ULC-S102-10             Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of       D-1.1.1.
                                                                                                                                             Building Materials and Assemblies                                    D-6.1.1.
                                                                                                    ULC          CAN/ULC-S102.2:2018         Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics          D-1.1.1.
                                                                                                                                             of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and        D-3.1.1.
                                                                                                                                             Assemblies



                                                                                                    D-2 Division B                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                  D-1.2.1.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table D-1.1.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                          Issuing
                                                                                                                             Document Number (2)                                      Title of Document                                  Code Reference
                                                                                                          Agency
                                                                                                     ULC              CAN/ULC-S112.2-07                    Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop Flap Assemblies          D-2.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     D-2.3.11.
                                                                                                     ULC              CAN/ULC-S114:2018                    Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in        D-1.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                           Building Materials                                                        D-4.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     D-4.2.1.
                                                                                                     ULC              CAN/ULC-S134-13                      Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies                  D-1.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     D-6.1.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     ULC              CAN/ULC-S702.1-14                    Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1:      D-2.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                           Material Specification                                                    D-2.3.5.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     D-2.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     D-6.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     D-7.4.
                                                                                                     ULC              CAN/ULC-S703-09                      Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings               D-2.3.4.
                                                                                                     ULC              CAN/ULC-S706.1:2016                  Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings                   D-3.1.1.

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-1.1.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   While every effort was made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this Table, the NRC is not responsible for the accuracy, timeliness or
                                                                                                          reliability of the content presented therein. For all purposes of interpreting and applying the referenced standards, Code users should refer to the
                                                                                                          most recent official versions of the referenced editions.
                                                                                                    (2)   Some documents may have been reaffirmed or reapproved. Check with the applicable issuing agency for up-to-date information.


                                                                                                    D-1.1.3. Applicability of Ratings

                                                                                                    The ratings shown in this document apply if more specific test values are not available. The construction of
                                                                                                    an assembly that is the subject of an individual test report must be followed in all essential details if the
                                                                                                    fire-resistance rating reported is to be applied for use with this Code.

                                                                                                    D-1.1.4. Higher Ratings

                                                                                                    The authority having jurisdiction may allow higher fire-resistance ratings than those derived from this
                                                                                                    Appendix, where supporting evidence justifies a higher rating. Additional information is provided in
                                                                                                    summaries of published test information and the reports of fire tests carried out by NRC, which are included in
                                                                                                    Section D-7, Background Information.

                                                                                                    D-1.1.5. Additional Information on Fire Rated Assemblies

                                                                                                    Assemblies containing materials for which there is no nationally recognized standard are not included in this
                                                                                                    Appendix. Many such assemblies have been rated by Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL), ULC Standards
                                                                                                    (ULC), or Intertek Testing Services NA Ltd. (ITS).

                                                                                                    D-1.2. Interpretation of Test Results

                                                                                                    D-1.2.1. Limitations
                                                                                                          1) The fire-performance ratings set out in this Appendix are based on those that would be obtained
                                                                                                    from the standard methods of test described in the Code. The test methods are essentially a means of comparing
                                                                                                    the performance of one building component or assembly with another in relation to its performance in fire.
                                                                                                          2) Since it is not practicable to measure the fire resistance of constructions in situ, they must be
                                                                                                    evaluated under some agreed test conditions. A specified fire-resistance rating is not necessarily the actual time
                                                                                                    that the assembly would endure in situ in a building fire, but is that which the particular construction must
                                                                                                    meet under the specified methods of test.
                                                                                                          3) Considerations arising from departures in use from the conditions established in the standard test
                                                                                                    methods may, in some circumstances, have to be taken into account by the designer and the authority having
                                                                                                    jurisdiction. Some of these conditions are covered at present by the provisions of the Code.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                              Division B D-3
                                                                                                    D-1.3.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                          4) For walls and partitions, the stud spacings previously specified as 16 or 24 inch have been converted
                                                                                                    to 400 and 600 mm, respectively, for consistency with other metric values; however, the use of equivalent
                                                                                                    imperial dimensions for stud spacing is permitted.

                                                                                                    D-1.3. Concrete

                                                                                                    D-1.3.1. Aggregates in Concrete

                                                                                                    Low density aggregate concretes generally exhibit better fire performance than natural stone aggregate
                                                                                                    concretes. A series of tests on concrete masonry walls, combined with mathematical analysis of the test results,
                                                                                                    has allowed further distinctions between certain low density aggregates to be made.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    D-1.4. Types of Concrete

                                                                                                    D-1.4.1. Description
                                                                                                         1) For purposes of this Appendix, concretes are described as Types S, N, L, L 1, L2, L40S, L120S or
                                                                                                    L220S as described in Sentences (2) to (8).
                                                                                                          2) Type S concrete is the type in which the coarse aggregate is granite, quartzite, siliceous gravel or
                                                                                                    other dense materials containing at least 30% quartz, chert or flint.
                                                                                                           3) Type N concrete is the type in which the coarse aggregate is cinders, broken brick, blast furnace
                                                                                                    slag, limestone, calcareous gravel, trap rock, sandstone or similar dense material containing not more than 30%
                                                                                                    of quartz, chert or flint.
                                                                                                          4) Type L concrete is the type in which all the aggregate is expanded slag, expanded clay, expanded
                                                                                                    shale or pumice.
                                                                                                          5)   Type L1 concrete is the type in which all the aggregate is expanded shale.
                                                                                                          6)   Type L2 concrete is the type in which all the aggregate is expanded slag, expanded clay or pumice.
                                                                                                         7) Type L40S concrete is the type in which the fine portion of the aggregate is sand and low density
                                                                                                    aggregate in which the sand does not exceed 40% of the total volume of all aggregates in the concrete.
                                                                                                          8) Type L120S and Type L220S concretes are the types in which the fine portion of the aggregate is sand
                                                                                                    and low density aggregate in which the sand does not exceed 20% of the total volume of all aggregates in
                                                                                                    the concrete.

                                                                                                    D-1.4.2. Determination of Ratings

                                                                                                    Where concretes are described as being of Type S, N, L, L1 or L2, the rating applies to the concrete containing the
                                                                                                    aggregate in the group that provides the least fire resistance. If the nature of an aggregate cannot be determined
                                                                                                    accurately enough to place it in one of the groups, the aggregate shall be considered as being in the group that
                                                                                                    requires a greater thickness of concrete for the required fire resistance.

                                                                                                    D-1.4.3. Description of Aggregates
                                                                                                          1) The descriptions of the aggregates in Type S and Type N concretes apply to the coarse aggregates
                                                                                                    only. Coarse aggregate for this purpose means that retained on a 5 mm sieve using the method of grading
                                                                                                    aggregates described in CSA A23.1/A23.2, “Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction/Test
                                                                                                    methods and standard practices for concrete.”
                                                                                                          2) Increasing the proportion of sand as fine aggregate in low density concretes requires increased
                                                                                                    thicknesses of material to produce equivalent fire-resistance ratings. Low density aggregates for Type L
                                                                                                    and Types L-S concretes used in loadbearing components shall conform to ASTM C330/C330M, “Standard
                                                                                                    Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete.”
                                                                                                          3) Non-loadbearing low density components of vermiculite and perlite concrete, in the absence of other
                                                                                                    test evidence, shall be rated on the basis of the values shown for Type L concrete.


                                                                                                    D-4 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             D-1.6.1.

                                                                                                    D-1.5. Gypsum Board

                                                                                                    D-1.5.1. Types of Gypsum Board

                                                                                                         1) Where the term “gypsum board” is used in this Appendix, it is intended to include—in addition to
                                                                                                    gypsum board—gypsum backing board and gypsum base for veneer plaster as described in
                                                                                                         a) CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board,” or
                                                                                                         b) ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum Board.”

                                                                                                         2) Where the term “Type X gypsum board” is used in this Appendix, it applies to special fire-resistant
                                                                                                    board as described in




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          a) CAN/CSA A82.27-M, “Gypsum Board,” or
                                                                                                         b) ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum Board.”

                                                                                                    D-1.6. Equivalent Thickness

                                                                                                    D-1.6.1. Method of Calculating

                                                                                                           1) The thickness of solid-unit masonry and concrete described in this Appendix shall be the thickness
                                                                                                    of solid material in the unit or component thickness. For units that contain cores or voids, the Tables refer to the
                                                                                                    equivalent thickness determined in conformance with Sentences (2) to (10).
                                                                                                          2) Where a plaster finish is used, the equivalent thickness of a wall, floor, column or beam protection
                                                                                                    shall be equal to the sum of the equivalent thicknesses of the concrete or masonry units and the plaster finish
                                                                                                    measured at the point that will give the least value of equivalent thickness.

                                                                                                          3) Except as provided in Sentence (5), the equivalent thickness of a hollow masonry unit shall be
                                                                                                    calculated as equal to the actual overall thickness of a unit in millimetres multiplied by a factor equal to the net
                                                                                                    volume of the unit and divided by its gross volume.
                                                                                                         4) Net volume shall be determined using a volume displacement method that is not influenced by
                                                                                                    the porous nature of the units.

                                                                                                          5) Gross volume of a masonry unit shall be equal to the actual length of the unit multiplied by the
                                                                                                    actual height of the unit multiplied by the actual thickness of the unit.

                                                                                                           6) Where all the core spaces in a wall of hollow concrete masonry or hollow-core precast concrete units
                                                                                                    are filled with grout, mortar, or loose fill materials such as expanded slag, burned clay or shale (rotary kiln
                                                                                                    process), vermiculite or perlite, the equivalent thickness rating of the wall shall be considered to be the same as
                                                                                                    that of a wall of solid units, or a solid wall of the same concrete type and the same overall thickness.
                                                                                                          7) The equivalent thickness of hollow-core concrete slabs and panels having a uniform thickness and
                                                                                                    cores of constant cross section throughout their length shall be obtained by dividing the net cross-sectional area
                                                                                                    of the slab or panel by its width.

                                                                                                         8) The equivalent thickness of concrete panels with tapered cross sections shall be the cross section
                                                                                                    determined at a distance of 2 t or 150 mm, whichever is less, from the point of minimum thickness, where t is
                                                                                                    the minimum thickness.
                                                                                                         9) Except as permitted in Sentence (10), the equivalent thickness of concrete panels with ribbed or
                                                                                                    undulating surfaces shall be
                                                                                                          a) ta for s less than or equal to 2 t,
                                                                                                         b) t + (4 t/s - 1)(ta - t) for s less than 4 t and greater than 2 t, and
                                                                                                          c) t for s greater than or equal to 4 t
                                                                                                    where
                                                                                                           t = minimum thickness of panel,
                                                                                                          ta = average thickness of panel (unit cross-sectional area divided by unit width), and
                                                                                                           s = centre to centre spacing of ribs or undulations.

                                                                                                        10) Where the total thickness of a panel described in Sentence (9), exceeds 2 t, only that portion of the
                                                                                                    panel which is less than 2 t from the non-ribbed surface shall be considered for the purpose of the calculations
                                                                                                    in Sentence (9).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                         Division B D-5
                                                                                                    D-1.7.                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                    D-1.7. Contribution of Plaster or Gypsum Board Finish to Fire Resistance
                                                                                                           of Masonry or Concrete

                                                                                                    D-1.7.1. Determination of Contribution
                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), the contribution of a plaster or gypsum board finish to
                                                                                                    the fire resistance of a masonry or concrete wall, floor or roof assembly shall be determined by multiplying
                                                                                                    the actual thickness of the finish by the factor shown in Table D-1.7.1., depending on the type of masonry or
                                                                                                    concrete to which it is applied. This corrected thickness shall then be included in the equivalent thickness as
                                                                                                    described in Subsection D-1.6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                              Table D-1.7.1.
                                                                                                                                       Multiplying Factors for Masonry or Concrete Construction

                                                                                                                                                                            Type of Masonry or Concrete
                                                                                                                                                                  Cored Clay Brick, Clay       Concrete Unit Masonry,
                                                                                                        Type of Surface Protection      Solid Clay Brick, Unit
                                                                                                                                                                 Tile, Monolithic Concrete,     Type L1 or L220S and    Concrete Unit Masonry,
                                                                                                                                       Masonry and Monolithic
                                                                                                                                                                    Type L40S and Unit          Monolithic Concrete,           Type L2
                                                                                                                                       Concrete, Type N or S
                                                                                                                                                                   Masonry, Type L120S                 Type L
                                                                                                    Portland cement-sand plaster or              1                         0.75                        0.75                     0.50
                                                                                                        lime sand plaster
                                                                                                    Gypsum-sand plaster, wood fibred            1.25                         1                           1                        1
                                                                                                       gypsum plaster or gypsum
                                                                                                       board
                                                                                                    Vermiculite or perlite aggregate            1.75                        1.5                        1.25                     1.25
                                                                                                       plaster


                                                                                                           2) Where a plaster or gypsum board finish is applied to a concrete or masonry wall, the calculated
                                                                                                    fire-resistance rating of the assembly shall not exceed twice the fire-resistance rating provided by the masonry
                                                                                                    or concrete because structural collapse may occur before the limiting temperature is reached on the surface of
                                                                                                    the non-fire-exposed side of the assembly.
                                                                                                          3) Where a plaster or gypsum board finish is applied only on the non-fire-exposed side of a hollow clay
                                                                                                    tile wall, no increase in fire resistance is permitted because structural collapse may occur before the limiting
                                                                                                    temperature is reached on the surface of the non-fire-exposed side of the assembly.
                                                                                                          4) The contribution to fire resistance of a plaster or gypsum board finish applied to the non-fire-exposed
                                                                                                    side of a monolithic concrete or unit masonry wall shall be determined in conformance with Sentence (1), but
                                                                                                    shall not exceed 0.5 times the contribution of the concrete or masonry wall.
                                                                                                          5) When applied to the fire-exposed side, the contribution of a gypsum lath and plaster or gypsum
                                                                                                    board finish to the fire resistance of masonry or concrete wall, floor or roof assemblies shall be determined from
                                                                                                    Table D-2.3.4.-A or D-2.3.4.-D.

                                                                                                    D-1.7.2. Plaster
                                                                                                          1) Gypsum plastering shall conform to CSA A82.30-M, “Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum
                                                                                                    Plastering.”
                                                                                                         2) Portland cement-sand plaster shall be applied in 2 coats: the first coat containing 1 part Portland
                                                                                                    cement to 2 parts sand by volume, and the second coat containing 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand
                                                                                                    by volume.
                                                                                                          3)     Plaster finish shall be securely bonded to the wall or ceiling.
                                                                                                          4) The thickness of plaster finish applied directly to monolithic concrete without metal lath shall
                                                                                                    not exceed 10 mm on ceilings and 16 mm on walls.
                                                                                                          5) Where the thickness of plaster finish on masonry or concrete exceeds 38 mm, wire mesh with
                                                                                                    1.57 mm diam wire and openings not exceeding 50 mm by 50 mm shall be embedded midway in the plaster.


                                                                                                    D-6 Division B                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              D-1.7.4.

                                                                                                    D-1.7.3. Attachment of Gypsum Board and Lath

                                                                                                    Gypsum board and gypsum lath finishes applied to masonry or concrete walls shall be secured to wood or steel
                                                                                                    furring members in conformance with Article D-2.3.9.

                                                                                                    D-1.7.4. Sample Calculations

                                                                                                    The following examples are included as a guide to the method of calculating the fire resistance of concrete or
                                                                                                    hollow masonry walls with plaster or gypsum board protection:

                                                                                                    Example (1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A 3 h fire-resistance rating is required for a monolithic concrete wall of Type S aggregate with a 20 mm
                                                                                                    gypsum-sand plaster finish on metal lath on each face.
                                                                                                     (a) The minimum equivalent thickness of Type S monolithic concrete needed to give a 3 h fire-resistance
                                                                                                          rating = 158 mm (Table D-2.1.1.).
                                                                                                     (b) Since the gypsum-sand plaster finish is applied on metal lath, Sentence D-1.7.1.(5) does not apply.
                                                                                                          Therefore, the contribution to the equivalent thickness of the wall of 20 mm gypsum-sand plaster on each
                                                                                                          face of the concrete is 20 × 1.25 = 25 mm (see Sentences D-1.7.1.(1) to (4)).
                                                                                                     (c) The total contribution of the plaster finishes is 2 × 25 = 50 mm.
                                                                                                     (d) The minimum equivalent thickness of concrete required is 158 mm - 50 mm = 108 mm.
                                                                                                     (e) From Table D-2.1.1., the 108 mm equivalent thickness of monolithic concrete gives a contribution of less
                                                                                                          than 1.5 h. This is less than half the rating of the assembly so that the conditions in Sentence D-1.7.1.(2)
                                                                                                          are not met. Thus the equivalent thickness of monolithic concrete must be increased to 112 mm to give
                                                                                                          1.5 h contribution.
                                                                                                      (f) The total equivalent thickness of the plaster finishes can then be reduced to 158 mm - 112 mm = 46 mm.
                                                                                                     (g) The total actual thickness of the plaster finishes required is therefore 46 mm ÷ 1.25 = 37 mm
                                                                                                          (Sentences D-1.7.1.(1) to (4)) or 18.5 mm on each face.
                                                                                                     (h) Since the thickness of the plaster finish on each face exceeds 16 mm, metal lath is still required
                                                                                                          (Sentence D-1.7.2.(4)).
                                                                                                      (i) Since this wall is symmetrical with plaster on both faces, the contribution to fire resistance of the plaster
                                                                                                          finish on either face is limited to one-quarter of the wall rating by virtue of Sentence D-1.7.1.(2). Under
                                                                                                          these circumstances, the conditions in Sentence D-1.7.1.(4) are automatically met.

                                                                                                    Example (2)

                                                                                                    A 2 h fire-resistance rating is required for a hollow masonry wall of Type N concrete with a 12.7 mm Type X
                                                                                                    gypsum board finish on each face.
                                                                                                     (a) Since gypsum board is used, Sentence D-1.7.1.(5) applies. The 12.7 mm gypsum board finish on the
                                                                                                          fire-exposed side is, therefore, assigned 25 min by using Table D-2.3.4.-A.
                                                                                                     (b) The fire resistance required of the balance of the assembly is 120 min - 25 min = 95 min.
                                                                                                     (c) Interpolating between 1.5 h and 2 h in Table D-2.1.1. for 95 min fire resistance, the equivalent thickness for
                                                                                                          hollow masonry units required is 95 mm + ( 18 mm × 5/30) = 95 mm + 3 mm = 98 mm.
                                                                                                     (d) The contribution to the equivalent thickness of the wall of the 12.7 mm gypsum board finish on the
                                                                                                          non-fire-exposed side using Table D-1.7.1. = 12.7 × 1.25 = 16 mm.
                                                                                                     (e) Equivalent thickness required of concrete masonry unit = 98 - 16 = 82 mm.
                                                                                                      (f) The fire-resistance rating of a concrete masonry wall having an equivalent thickness of 82 mm = 1 h for
                                                                                                          73 mm + (9 mm × 30/22) = 1 h 12 min.

                                                                                                    As this is more than 1 h, the conditions of Sentence D-1.7.1.(2) are met and the rating of 2 h is justified.

                                                                                                    Example (3)

                                                                                                    A 2 h fire-resistance rating is required for a hollow masonry exterior wall of Type L220S concrete with a 15.9 mm
                                                                                                    Type X gypsum board finish on the non-fire-exposed side only.
                                                                                                     (a) According to Table D-2.1.1., the minimum equivalent thickness for Type L220S concrete masonry units
                                                                                                         needed to achieve a 2 h rating is 94 mm.
                                                                                                     (b) Since gypsum board is not used on the fire-exposed side, Sentence D-1.7.1.(5) does not apply. The
                                                                                                         contribution to the equivalent thickness of the wall by the 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board finish applied
                                                                                                         on the non-fire-exposed side is 15.9 × 1 ≈ 16 mm (see Sentence D-1.7.1.(1) and Table D-1.7.1.).
                                                                                                     (c) Therefore, the equivalent thickness required of the concrete masonry unit is 94 - 16 = 78 mm.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division B D-7
                                                                                                    D-1.8.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                     (d) The contribution to fire resistance of a 78 mm L 220S concrete hollow masonry unit is 85 min. The
                                                                                                         contribution of the Type X gypsum board finish is 120 - 85 = 35 min, which does not exceed half the 85 min
                                                                                                         contribution of the masonry unit or 42.5 min, so that the conditions in Sentence D-1.7.1.(4) are met.
                                                                                                     (e) The rating of the wall (120 min) is less than twice the contribution of the masonry unit (170 min) so that
                                                                                                         the conditions in Sentence D-1.7.1.(2) are also met.

                                                                                                    D-1.8. Tests on Floors and Roofs

                                                                                                    D-1.8.1. Exposure to Fire

                                                                                                    All tests relate to the performance of a floor assembly or floor-ceiling or roof-ceiling assembly above a fire.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    It has been assumed on the basis of experience that fire on top will take a longer time to penetrate the floor
                                                                                                    than one below, and that the fire resistance in such a situation will be at least equal to that obtained from
                                                                                                    below in the standard test.

                                                                                                    D-1.9. Moisture Content

                                                                                                    D-1.9.1. Effect of Moisture
                                                                                                          1) The moisture content of building materials at the time of fire test may have a significant influence
                                                                                                    on the measured fire resistance. In general, an increase in the moisture content should result in an increase
                                                                                                    in the fire resistance, though in some materials the presence of moisture may produce disruptive effects and
                                                                                                    early collapse of the assembly.
                                                                                                         2) Moisture content is now controlled in standard fire test methods and is generally recorded in the test
                                                                                                    reports. In earlier tests, moisture content was not always properly determined.

                                                                                                    D-1.10. Permanence and Durability

                                                                                                    D-1.10.1. Test Conditions

                                                                                                    The ratings in this Appendix relate to tested assemblies and do not take into account possible changes or
                                                                                                    deterioration in use of the materials. The standard fire test measures the fire resistance of a sample building
                                                                                                    assembly erected for the test. No judgment as to the permanence or durability of the assembly is made in the test.

                                                                                                    D-1.11. Steel Structural Members

                                                                                                    D-1.11.1. Thermal Protection

                                                                                                    Since the ability of a steel structural member to sustain the loading for which it was designed may be impaired
                                                                                                    because of elevated temperatures, measures shall be taken to provide thermal protection. The fire-resistance
                                                                                                    ratings, as established by the provisions of this Appendix, indicate the time periods during which the effects of
                                                                                                    heat on protected steel structural members are considered to be within acceptable limits.

                                                                                                    D-1.12. Restraint Effects

                                                                                                    D-1.12.1. Effect on Fire-Resistance Ratings

                                                                                                    In fire tests of floors, roofs and beams, it is necessary to state whether the rating applies to a thermally
                                                                                                    restrained or thermally unrestrained assembly. Edge restraint of a floor or roof, structural continuity, or end
                                                                                                    restraint of a beam can significantly extend the time before collapse in a standard test. A restrained condition
                                                                                                    is one in which expansion or rotation at the supports of a load-carrying element resulting from the effects of
                                                                                                    fire is resisted by forces or moments external to the element. An unrestrained condition is one in which the
                                                                                                    load-carrying element is free to thermally expand and rotate at its supports.

                                                                                                    Whether an assembly or structural member can be considered thermally restrained or thermally unrestrained
                                                                                                    depends on the type of construction and location in a building. Guidance on this subject can be found in
                                                                                                    Appendix A of CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and
                                                                                                    Materials.” Different acceptance criteria also apply to thermally unrestrained and thermally restrained
                                                                                                    assemblies. These are described in CAN/ULC-S101.


                                                                                                    D-8 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      D-2.1.2.

                                                                                                    The ratings for floors, roofs, and beams in this Appendix meet the conditions of CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard
                                                                                                    Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,” for thermally unrestrained specimens.
                                                                                                    In a thermally restrained condition, the structural element or assembly would probably have greater fire
                                                                                                    resistance, but the extent of this increase can be determined only by reference to behavior in a standard test.


                                                                                                    Section D-2 Fire-Resistance Ratings
                                                                                                    D-2.1. Masonry and Concrete Walls
                                                                                                    D-2.1.1. Minimum Equivalent Thickness for Fire-Resistance Rating




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    The minimum thicknesses of unit masonry and monolithic concrete walls are shown in Table D-2.1.1. Hollow
                                                                                                    masonry units and hollow-core concrete panels shall be rated on the basis of equivalent thickness as described
                                                                                                    in Subsection D-1.6.

                                                                                                                                                           Table D-2.1.1.
                                                                                                      Minimum Equivalent Thicknesses (1) of Unit Masonry and Monolithic Concrete Walls Loadbearing and Non-Loadbearing, mm

                                                                                                                                                                                                 Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                                 Type of Wall
                                                                                                                                                                        30 min    45 min       1h         1.5 h       2h         3h         4h
                                                                                                     Solid brick units (80% solid and over), actual overall thickness    63         76          90        108         128        152        178
                                                                                                     Cored brick units and hollow tile units (less than 80% solid),      50         60          72         86         102        122        142
                                                                                                     equivalent thickness
                                                                                                     Solid and hollow concrete masonry units, equivalent thickness
                                                                                                           Type S or N concrete (2)                                      44         59          73         95         113        142        167
                                                                                                           Type L120S concrete                                           42         54          66         87         102        129        152
                                                                                                           Type L1 concrete                                              42         54          64         82         97         122        143
                                                                                                           Type L220S concrete                                           42         54          64         81         94         116        134
                                                                                                           Type L2 concrete                                              42         54          63         79         91         111        127
                                                                                                     Monolithic concrete and concrete panels, equivalent thickness
                                                                                                           Type S concrete                                               60         77          90        112         130        158        180
                                                                                                           Type N concrete                                               59         74          87        108         124        150        171
                                                                                                           Type L40S or Type L concrete                                  49         62          72         89         103        124        140

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See definition of equivalent thickness in Subsection D-1.6.
                                                                                                    (2)   Hollow concrete masonry units made with Type S or N concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 15 MPa based on net area, as
                                                                                                          defined in CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units.”


                                                                                                    D-2.1.2. Applicability of Ratings
                                                                                                          1) Ratings obtained as described in Article D-2.1.1. apply to either loadbearing or non-loadbearing
                                                                                                    walls, except for walls described in Sentences (2) to (6).
                                                                                                          2) Ratings for walls with a thickness less than the minimum thickness prescribed for loadbearing walls
                                                                                                    in this Code apply to non-loadbearing walls only.
                                                                                                          3) Masonry cavity walls (consisting of 2 wythes of masonry with an air space between) that are loaded
                                                                                                    to a maximum allowable compressive stress of 380 kPa have a fire resistance at least as great as that of a solid
                                                                                                    wall of a thickness equal to the sum of the equivalent thicknesses of the 2 wythes.
                                                                                                          4) Masonry cavity walls that are loaded to a compressive stress exceeding 380 kPa are not considered
                                                                                                    to be within the scope of this Appendix.
                                                                                                          5) A masonry wall consisting of 2 types of masonry units, either bonded together or in the form of a
                                                                                                    cavity wall, shall be considered to have a fire-resistance rating equal to that which would apply if the whole of
                                                                                                    the wall were of the material that gives the lesser rating.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                 Division B D-9
                                                                                                    D-2.1.3.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                          6) A non-loadbearing cavity wall made up of 2 precast concrete panels with an air space or insulation
                                                                                                    in the cavity between them shall be considered to have a fire-resistance rating as great as that of a solid wall of a
                                                                                                    thickness equal to the sum of the thicknesses of the 2 panels.

                                                                                                    D-2.1.3. Framed Beams and Joists

                                                                                                    Beams and joists that are framed into a masonry or concrete fire separation shall not reduce the thickness of the
                                                                                                    fire separation to less than the equivalent thickness required for the fire separation.

                                                                                                    D-2.1.4. Credit for Plaster Thickness




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    On monolithic walls and walls of unit masonry, the full plaster finish on one or both faces multiplied by the
                                                                                                    factor shown in Table D-1.7.1. shall be included in the wall thickness shown in Table D-2.1.1., under the
                                                                                                    conditions and using the methods described in Subsection D-1.7.

                                                                                                    D-2.1.5. Walls Exposed to Fire on Both Sides
                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), portions of loadbearing reinforced concrete walls, which
                                                                                                    do not form a complete fire separation and thus may be exposed to fire on both sides simultaneously, shall
                                                                                                    have minimum dimensions and minimum cover to steel reinforcement in conformance with Articles D-2.8.2.
                                                                                                    to D-2.8.5.
                                                                                                          2) A concrete wall exposed to fire from both sides as described in Sentence (1) has a fire-resistance
                                                                                                    rating of 2 h if the following conditions are met:
                                                                                                          a) its equivalent thickness is not less than 200 mm,
                                                                                                          b) its aspect ratio (width/thickness) is not less than 4.0,
                                                                                                           c) the minimum thickness of concrete cover over the steel reinforcement specified in Clause (d) is
                                                                                                                not less than 50 mm,
                                                                                                          d) each face of the wall is reinforced with both vertical and horizontal steel reinforcement in
                                                                                                                conformance with either Clause 10 or Clause 14 of CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,”
                                                                                                           e) the structural design of the wall is governed by the minimum eccentricity (15 + 0.03h) specified in
                                                                                                                Clause 10.15.3.1 of CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,” and
                                                                                                           f) the effective length of the wall, klu, is not more than 3.7 m
                                                                                                                where
                                                                                                                        k = effective length factor obtained from CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,”
                                                                                                                        lu = unsupported length of the wall in metres.

                                                                                                    D-2.2. Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Floor and Roof Slabs

                                                                                                    D-2.2.1. Assignment of Rating
                                                                                                         1) Floors and roofs in a fire test are assigned a fire-resistance rating which relates to the time that an
                                                                                                    average temperature rise of 140°C or a maximum temperature rise of 180 °C at any location is recorded on the
                                                                                                    unexposed side, or the time required for collapse to occur, whichever is the lesser. The thickness of concrete
                                                                                                    shown in Table D-2.2.1.-A shall be required to resist the transfer of heat during the fire resistance period shown.

                                                                                                                                                         Table D-2.2.1.-A
                                                                                                                         Minimum Thickness of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Floor or Roof Slabs, mm

                                                                                                                                                                                  Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                         Type of Concrete
                                                                                                                                                            30 min   45 min     1h        1.5 h       2h     3h       4h
                                                                                                    Type S concrete                                           60       77       90         112        130    158      180
                                                                                                    Type N concrete                                           59       74       87         108        124    150      171
                                                                                                    Type L40S or Type L concrete                              49       62       72         89         103    124      140


                                                                                                          2) The concrete cover over the reinforcement and steel tendons shown in Table D-2.2.1.-B shall be
                                                                                                    required to maintain the integrity of the structure and prevent collapse during the same period.


                                                                                                    D-10 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    D-2.2.3.

                                                                                                                                                           Table D-2.2.1.-B
                                                                                                                                    Minimum Concrete Cover over Reinforcement in Concrete Slabs, mm

                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                           Type of Concrete
                                                                                                                                                                        30 min   45 min     1h        1.5 h       2h        3h         4h
                                                                                                    Type S, N, L40S or L concrete                                        20       20        20         20         25         32         39
                                                                                                    Prestressed concrete slabs Type S, N, L40S or L concrete             20       25        25         32         39         50         64


                                                                                                    D-2.2.2. Floors with Hollow Units




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    The fire resistance of floors containing hollow units may be determined on the basis of equivalent thickness as
                                                                                                    described in Subsection D-1.6.

                                                                                                    D-2.2.3. Composite Slabs
                                                                                                          1) For composite concrete floor and roof slabs consisting of one layer of Type S or N concrete and
                                                                                                    another layer of Type L40S or L concrete in which the minimum thickness of both the top and bottom layers is
                                                                                                    not less than 25 mm, the combined fire-resistance rating may be determined using the following expressions:
                                                                                                           a) when the base layer consists of Type S or N concrete,




                                                                                                           b)    when the base layer consists of Type L40S or L concrete,




                                                                                                                 where
                                                                                                                          R = fire resistance of slab, h,
                                                                                                                           t = total thickness of slab, mm, and
                                                                                                                          d = thickness of base layer, mm.
                                                                                                          2) If the base course described in Sentence (1) is covered by a top layer of material other than Type
                                                                                                    S, N, L40S or L concrete, the top course thickness may be converted to an equivalent concrete thickness by
                                                                                                    multiplying the actual thickness by the appropriate factor listed in Table D-2.2.3.-A This equivalent concrete
                                                                                                    thickness may be added to the thickness of the base course and the fire-resistance rating calculated using
                                                                                                    Table D-2.2.1.-A.
                                                                                                          3) The minimum concrete cover under the main reinforcement for composite concrete floor and roof
                                                                                                    slabs with base slabs less than 100 mm thick shall conform to Table D-2.2.3.-B For base slabs 100 mm or more
                                                                                                    thick, the minimum cover thickness requirements of Table D-2.2.1.-B shall apply.
                                                                                                          4) Where the top layer of a 2-layer slab is less than 25 mm thick, the fire-resistance rating for the slab
                                                                                                    shall be calculated as though the entire slab were made up of the type of concrete with the lesser fire resistance.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table D-2.2.3.-A
                                                                                                                                                   Multiplying Factors for Equivalent Thickness

                                                                                                                                                                                   Base Slab Normal Density     Base Slab Low Density Concrete
                                                                                                                                Top Course Material
                                                                                                                                                                                    Concrete (Type S or N)             (Type L40S or L)
                                                                                                    Gypsum board                                                                              3                             2.25
                                                                                                    Cellular concrete (mass density 400 – 560 kg/m3 )                                         2                             1.50
                                                                                                    Vermiculite and perlite concrete (mass density 560 kg/m3 or less)                        1.75                           1.50
                                                                                                    Portland cement with sand aggregate                                                       1                             0.75
                                                                                                    Terrazzo                                                                                  1                             0.75


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                            Division B D-11
                                                                                                    D-2.2.4.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                                                           Table D-2.2.3.-B
                                                                                                                          Minimum Concrete Cover under Bottom Reinforcement in Composite Concrete Slabs, mm

                                                                                                                                                                                  Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                      Base Slab Concrete Type
                                                                                                                                                              30 min   45 min    1h       1.5 h       2h      3h       4h
                                                                                                    Reinforced concrete
                                                                                                        Type S, N, L40S or L                                   15       15       20        25          30     40       55
                                                                                                    Prestressed concrete
                                                                                                        Type S                                                 20       25       30        40          50     65       75
                                                                                                        Type N                                                 20       20       25        35          45     60       70




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Type L40S or L                                         20       20       25        30          40     50       60


                                                                                                    D-2.2.4. Contribution of Plaster Finish
                                                                                                         1) The contribution of plaster finish securely fastened to the underside of concrete may be taken into
                                                                                                    account in floor or roof slabs under the conditions and using the methods described in Subsection D-1.7.
                                                                                                          2) Plaster finish on the underside of concrete floors or roofs may be used in lieu of concrete cover
                                                                                                    referred to in Sentence D-2.2.1.(2) under the conditions and using the methods described in Subsection D-1.7.

                                                                                                    D-2.2.5. Concrete Cover
                                                                                                         1) In prestressed concrete slab construction, the concrete cover over an individual tendon shall be the
                                                                                                    minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the tendon and the fire-exposed surface of the slab,
                                                                                                    except that for ungrouted ducts the assumed cover thickness shall be the minimum thickness of concrete
                                                                                                    between the surface of the duct and the bottom of the slab. For slabs in which several tendons are used, the
                                                                                                    cover is assumed to be the average of those of individual tendons, except that the cover for any individual
                                                                                                    tendon shall be not less than half of the value given in Table D-2.2.1.-B nor less than 20 mm.
                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), in post-tensioned prestressed concrete slabs, the concrete
                                                                                                    cover to the tendon at the anchor shall be not less than 15 mm greater than the minimum cover required by
                                                                                                    Sentence (1). The minimum concrete cover to the anchorage bearing plate and to the end of the tendon, if it
                                                                                                    projects beyond the bearing plate, shall be 20 mm.
                                                                                                           3) The requirements of Sentence (2) do not apply to those portions of slabs not likely to be exposed to
                                                                                                    fire, such as the ends and tops.

                                                                                                    D-2.2.6. Minimum Dimensions for Cover

                                                                                                    Minimum dimensions and cover to steel tendons of prestressed concrete beams shall conform to
                                                                                                    Subsection D-2.10.

                                                                                                    D-2.3. Wood and Steel Framed Walls, Floors and Roofs

                                                                                                    D-2.3.1. Maximum Fire-Resistance Rating

                                                                                                    The fire-resistance rating of walls constructed of wood studs or cold-formed-steel studs, of floors constructed of
                                                                                                    wood joists, wood I-joists, pre-manufactured wood trusses, cold-formed steel joists or open web steel joists, and
                                                                                                    of roofs constructed of wood joists, pre-manufactured metal-plate-connected wood trusses or open web steel
                                                                                                    joists can be determined for ratings of not more than 90 min from the information in this Subsection.

                                                                                                    D-2.3.2. Loadbearing Conditions
                                                                                                          1) The fire-resistance ratings derived from the information in this Subsection apply to loadbearing and
                                                                                                    non-loadbearing wood-framed and cold-formed-steel-framed walls, and to loadbearing floors and roofs, as
                                                                                                    specifically described in this Subsection.
                                                                                                          2) Loadbearing conditions shall be as defined in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance
                                                                                                    Tests of Building Construction and Materials.”


                                                                                                    D-12 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                    D-2.3.4.

                                                                                                    D-2.3.3. Limitations of Component Additive Method
                                                                                                    (See Section D-7, Background Information.)
                                                                                                        1) The fire-resistance rating of a framed assembly depends primarily on the time during which the
                                                                                                    membrane on the fire-exposed side remains in place.
                                                                                                           2) The assigned times in Sentences D-2.3.4.(2) to (4) are not intended to be construed as the
                                                                                                    fire-resistance ratings of the individual components of an assembly, nor are they intended to be construed as
                                                                                                    times that are applicable or acceptable for use beyond the method and systems described in this Subsection.
                                                                                                    These assigned times are the individual contributions of each component to the overall fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                    of an assembly, which is permitted to be derived using the component additive method described in this
                                                                                                    Subsection.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          3) The fire-resistance rating calculated by the component additive method cannot be increased by
                                                                                                    installing membranes in multiple layers, other than as specified in Tables D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B and D-2.3.4.-C.

                                                                                                    D-2.3.4. Method of Calculation
                                                                                                          1) In the component additive method, the fire-resistance rating of a framed assembly is calculated by
                                                                                                    adding the time assigned in Sentence (2) for the membrane on the fire-exposed side to the time assigned
                                                                                                    in Sentence (3) for the framing members and then adding any time assigned in Sentence (4) for additional
                                                                                                    protective measures, such as the inclusion of insulation or of reinforcement for a membrane. For loadbearing
                                                                                                    walls where resilient metal channels are installed with a single layer of gypsum board membrane in accordance
                                                                                                    with Table D-2.3.4.-A, the fire-resistance rating determined using this method of calculation must be reduced
                                                                                                    by 10 min.
                                                                                                           2) The times to be used in the component additive method that have been assigned to membranes on
                                                                                                    the fire-exposed side of the assembly, which are partly based on their ability to remain in place during fire
                                                                                                    tests, are listed in Tables D-2.3.4.-A to D-2.3.4.-D. (This is not to be confused with the fire-resistance rating of
                                                                                                    the membrane, which also takes into account the rise in temperature on the unexposed side of the membrane.
                                                                                                    [See Sentence D-2.3.3.(2).])

                                                                                                                                                          Table D-2.3.4.-A
                                                                                                          Time Assigned to Protective Membranes on Fire-Exposed Side of Wood-Framed and Cold-Formed-Steel-Framed Walls

                                                                                                                                                                                                          Time, min
                                                                                                                    Description of Finish
                                                                                                                                                                         Loadbearing Walls                                  Non-Loadbearing Walls
                                                                                                     11.0 mm Douglas Fir plywood phenolic bonded                                –                                                   10 (1)
                                                                                                     14.0 mm Douglas Fir plywood phenolic bonded                                   –                                                15 (1)
                                                                                                     12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                                25 (2)                                               25
                                                                                                     15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                                40 (2)                                              40 (3)
                                                                                                     Double 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (4)                                        50                                                80

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   Applies to stud cavities filled with mineral wool conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings,
                                                                                                          Part 1: Material Specification,” and having a mass per unit area of not less than 2 kg/m2, with no additional credit for insulation according to
                                                                                                          Table D-2.3.4.-G.
                                                                                                    (2)   Applies only to wood-framed walls.
                                                                                                    (3)   Applies only to steel-framed walls.
                                                                                                    (4)   Resilient metal channels are permitted to be installed at a spacing of 400 mm o.c. with no effect on the rating of the wall assembly.


                                                                                                                                                              Table D-2.3.4.-B
                                                                                                                                   Time Assigned to Gypsum Board Membranes on Fire-Exposed Side of Floors

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Time, min
                                                                                                                 Description of Finish              Resilient Metal Channels (1)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Floors with Wood or Steel Joists   Floors with Open-Web Steel Joists
                                                                                                     12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                                                      25 (3)                               —
                                                                                                                                                   Spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c. (2)
                                                                                                     15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                                                       40                                    —
                                                                                                     12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                                                      25 (4)                                 25
                                                                                                                                                                 —
                                                                                                     15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                                                      40 (4)                                 40


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                            Division B D-13
                                                                                                    D-2.3.4.                                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table D-2.3.4.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Time, min
                                                                                                                 Description of Finish              Resilient Metal Channels (1)
                                                                                                                                                                                    Floors with Wood or Steel Joists          Floors with Open-Web Steel Joists
                                                                                                     Double 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board            Spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c. (5)                       50 (3)                                     —
                                                                                                     Double 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board            Spaced at 600 mm o.c. (6)                      45 (3)                                     —
                                                                                                     Double 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board            Spaced ≤ 600 mm o.c. (6)                       60 (3)                                     —

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Figures A-9.10.3.1.-A, A-9.10.3.1.-B and A-9.10.3.1.-D in Note A-9.10.3.1. for the attachment of single and double layers of gypsum




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          board to resilient metal channels.
                                                                                                    (2)   Resilient metal channels must be installed to achieve the stated rating.
                                                                                                    (3)   Applies to wood joists, wood trusses, wood I-joists and cold-formed steel joists (C-shaped joists).
                                                                                                    (4)   Applies to wood joists and pre-fabricated metal-plate-connected wood trusses.
                                                                                                    (5)   Resilient metal channels must be installed or gypsum board must be applied directly to the structural members, which must be spaced not
                                                                                                          more than 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                    (6)   Resilient metal channels are permitted to be installed with no effect on the rating of the floor assembly. Gypsum board is also permitted to be
                                                                                                          directly applied to the structural members.


                                                                                                                                                             Table D-2.3.4.-C
                                                                                                                                   Time Assigned to Gypsum Board Membranes on Fire-Exposed Side of Roofs

                                                                                                                                 Description of Finish                                                            Time, min (1)
                                                                                                     12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                                                                      25
                                                                                                     15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                                                                         40

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   Applies to wood joists, pre-fabricated metal-plate-connected wood trusses, and open-web steel joists with ceiling supports spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.


                                                                                                                                                               Table D-2.3.4.-D
                                                                                                                              Time Assigned for Contribution of Lath and Plaster Protection on Fire-Exposed Side

                                                                                                                                                                                                 Type of Plaster Finish
                                                                                                                                                            Portland Cement and Sand (1)     Gypsum and Sand or Gypsum               Gypsum and Perlite or
                                                                                                           Type of Lath         Plaster Thickness, mm
                                                                                                                                                                  or Lime and Sand                  Wood Fibre                       Gypsum and Vermiculite
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Time, min (2)
                                                                                                                                          13                              —                               35                                   55
                                                                                                     9.5 mm gypsum                        16                              —                               40                                   65
                                                                                                                                          19                              —                               50                                  80 (3)
                                                                                                                                          19                              20                              50                                  80 (3)
                                                                                                     Metal                                23                              25                              65                                  80 (3)
                                                                                                                                          26                              30                              80                                  80 (3)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-D:
                                                                                                    (1)   For mixture of Portland cement-sand plaster, see Sentence D-1.7.2.(2).
                                                                                                    (2)   Applies to loadbearing and non-loadbearing wood studs or non-loadbearing cold-formed-steel studs, to floors constructed of wood joists or
                                                                                                          open-web steel joists, and to roofs constructed of wood joists, pre-manufactured metal-plate-connected wood trusses, or open-web steel joists.
                                                                                                    (3)   Values shown for these membranes have been limited to 80 min because the fire-resistance ratings of framed assemblies derived from these
                                                                                                          Tables must not exceed 1.5 h.


                                                                                                        3) The times to be used in the component additive method that have been assigned to wall framing
                                                                                                    members and to floor and roof framing members are listed in Tables D-2.3.4.-E and D-2.3.4.-F respectively.




                                                                                                    D-14 Division B                                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                   D-2.3.4.

                                                                                                                                                                Table D-2.3.4.-E
                                                                                                                              Time Assigned for Contribution of Wood-Framed or Cold-Formed-Steel-Framed Walls

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Time, min
                                                                                                                                 Description of Frame
                                                                                                                                                                                               Loadbearing Walls                   Non-Loadbearing Walls
                                                                                                     Wood studs spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.                                                                                      20
                                                                                                     Wood studs spaced ≤ 600 mm o.c.                                                                                      15
                                                                                                     Cold-formed-steel studs spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.                                                                         10
                                                                                                     Cold-formed-steel studs spaced ≤ 600 mm o.c.                                                     10                                     –




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                 Table D-2.3.4.-F
                                                                                                                                    Time Assigned for Contribution of Wood or Steel Frame of Floors and Roofs

                                                                                                                                                                 Description of Frame
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Time, min
                                                                                                          Type of Assembly                                                     Structural Members
                                                                                                                                Wood joists, wood I-joists, wood trusses and cold-formed-steel joists spaced ≤ 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     Floor (1)                                                                                                                                         10 (2)
                                                                                                                                Open-web steel joists with ceiling supports spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                Wood joists spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.                                                                                        10
                                                                                                     Roof                       Open-web steel joists with ceiling supports spaced ≤ 400 mm o.c.                                                        10
                                                                                                                                Wood truss assemblies [metal-plate-connected] spaced ≤ 600 mm o.c.                                                        5

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-F:
                                                                                                    (1)   Resilient metal channels are permitted to be installed with no effect on the rating of the floor assembly.
                                                                                                    (2)   Applies only to floor structural members that are protected by a membrane.


                                                                                                           4) Preformed insulation of glass, rock or slag fibre and cellulose fibre insulation provide additional
                                                                                                    protection to wood studs by shielding the studs from exposure to the fire and thus delaying the time of collapse.
                                                                                                    The use of preformed glass fibre, preformed rock or slag fibre and dry-blown cellulose insulation material does
                                                                                                    not decrease the rating of wall assemblies with the membranes identified in Table D-2.3.4.-A. Similarly, the
                                                                                                    use of preformed glass fibre, preformed rock or slag fibre and cellulose insulation material does not decrease
                                                                                                    the rating of floor assemblies constructed with wood joists, wood trusses, wood I-joists and cold-formed-steel
                                                                                                    floor joists (C-shaped joists), provided the insulation is not in direct contact with the membranes identified
                                                                                                    in Table D-2.3.4.-B. The use of reinforcement in the membrane exposed to fire also adds to the fire resistance
                                                                                                    by extending the time to failure. Table D-2.3.4.-G shows the time increments that may be added to the fire
                                                                                                    resistance if these features are incorporated in the assembly.

                                                                                                                                                                     Table D-2.3.4.-G
                                                                                                                                                          Time Assigned for Additional Protection

                                                                                                                                                        Description of Additional Protection                                                      Time, min
                                                                                                     Add to the fire-resistance rating of wood stud walls, sheathed with gypsum board or lath and plaster, if the spaces between the studs
                                                                                                     are filled with preformed insulation of rock or slag fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal                  15 (1)
                                                                                                     Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and with a mass per unit area of not less than 1.22 kg/m2 of wall surface
                                                                                                     Add to the fire-resistance rating of non-loadbearing wood stud walls, sheathed with gypsum board or lath and plaster, if the
                                                                                                     spaces between the studs are filled with preformed insulation of glass fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     5 (2)
                                                                                                     Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and having a mass per unit area of not less than
                                                                                                     0.6 kg/m 2 of wall surface
                                                                                                     Add to the fire-resistance rating of loadbearing wood stud walls sheathed with gypsum board if the spaces between the studs are
                                                                                                     filled with insulation of cellulose fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S703, “Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings,”           10
                                                                                                     and having a density of not less than 50 kg/m3
                                                                                                     Add to the fire-resistance rating of plaster on gypsum lath ceilings if 0.76 mm diam wire mesh with 25 mm by 25 mm openings or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     30
                                                                                                     1.57 mm diam diagonal wire reinforcing at 250 mm o.c. is placed between lath and plaster
                                                                                                     Add to the fire-resistance rating of plaster on gypsum lath ceilings if 76 mm wide metal lath strips are placed over joints between
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     10
                                                                                                     lath and plaster
                                                                                                     Add to the fire-resistance rating of plaster on 9.5 mm thick gypsum lath ceilings (Table D-2.3.4.-D) if supports for lath are 300 mm o.c.       10



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                           Division B D-15
                                                                                                    D-2.3.5.                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                               Table D-2.3.4.-G (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                     Description of Additional Protection                                                      Time, min
                                                                                                     Add to the fire-resistance rating of floor assemblies if the spaces between the structural members are filled with preformed insulation
                                                                                                     of rock or slag fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material          5 (2)
                                                                                                     Specification,” and having a mass per unit area of not less than 1.22 kg/m2 of floor surface
                                                                                                     Add to the fire-resistance rating of floor assemblies if the spaces between the structural members are filled with wet-blown cellulose
                                                                                                     fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S703, “Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings,” and having a density of not less          5 (2)(3)
                                                                                                     than 50 kg/m3
                                                                                                     Add to the fire-resistance rating of floor assemblies where the floor topping on the unexposed side of the floor assemblies consists of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5 (2)
                                                                                                     concrete not less than 38 mm thick




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.3.4.-G:
                                                                                                    (1)   Applies to wood-framed walls only.
                                                                                                    (2)   Applies to wood joists, wood trusses, wood I-joists and cold-formed-steel joists (C-shaped joists).
                                                                                                    (3)   Applies to cellulose fibre:
                                                                                                             (i) for wood joists, wood I-joist and wood trusses–that is spray-applied with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3, a minimum depth of 90 mm on the
                                                                                                                 underside of the subfloor, and of 90 mm on the sides of the structural members;
                                                                                                            (ii) for cold-formed-steel joists–that is spray-applied with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum thickness of 90 mm on the underside
                                                                                                                 of the subfloor, of 90 mm on the sides of the structural members, and of 13 mm on the underside of the bottom flange other than at
                                                                                                                 resilient metal channel locations.


                                                                                                          5) Cellulose fibre insulation conforming to CAN/ULC-S703, “Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation
                                                                                                    (CFI) for Buildings,” applied in conformance with CAN/CGSB-92.2-M, “Trowel or Spray Applied Acoustical
                                                                                                    Material,” does not affect the fire-resistance rating of a non-loadbearing cold-formed-steel stud wall assembly,
                                                                                                    provided that it is sprayed to either face of the wall cavity.

                                                                                                    D-2.3.5. Considerations for Various Types of Assemblies
                                                                                                          1) Interior vertical fire separations are to be rated for exposure to fire on each side (see
                                                                                                    Sentence 3.1.7.3.(2)). The method described in this Subsection applies when a membrane is provided on both
                                                                                                    sides of the assembly. However, in the calculation of the fire-resistance rating of such an assembly using this
                                                                                                    method, no additional contribution to fire resistance is to be assigned for a membrane on the non-fire-exposed
                                                                                                    side, since its contribution is already accounted for in the values assigned to the other components of the
                                                                                                    assembly.
                                                                                                           2) Exterior wall assemblies required to have a fire-resistance rating are required to be rated for
                                                                                                    exposure to fire from the interior side only (see Sentence 3.1.7.3.(3)). When deriving a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                    for such wall assemblies using the method described in this Subsection, only wood studs with a single
                                                                                                    layer of gypsum board or non-loadbearing cold-formed-steel studs conforming to Table D-2.3.4.-E may be
                                                                                                    used. Such walls must have a membrane on the exterior side of the stud consisting of plywood, oriented
                                                                                                    strandboard or gypsum sheathing, and exterior cladding. Additional materials are also permitted between the
                                                                                                    required sheathing and cladding. The spaces between the studs are to be filled with insulation conforming to
                                                                                                    CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,”
                                                                                                    and having a mass per unit area of not less than 1.22 kg/m2 of wall surface. However, in the calculation of the
                                                                                                    fire-resistance rating of such an assembly, no additional contribution to fire resistance is to be assigned for a
                                                                                                    membrane on the non-fire-exposed side, since its contribution is already accounted for in the values assigned to
                                                                                                    the other components of the assembly.
                                                                                                          3) In the case of a floor or roof assembly, the Code only requires testing for fire exposure from below.
                                                                                                    Floors or roofs must have an upper flooring or roofing membrane in accordance with Table D-2.3.5.




                                                                                                    D-16 Division B                                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                            D-2.3.6.

                                                                                                                                                                       Table D-2.3.5.
                                                                                                                                                              Flooring or Roofing Membranes

                                                                                                          Type of Assembly             Structural Members                      Subfloor or Roof Deck                  Finished Flooring or Roofing
                                                                                                                                                                       12.5 mm plywood or                      Hardwood or softwood flooring on building
                                                                                                                                                                       15.5 mm oriented strandboard or             paper
                                                                                                                               Wood or open-web steel joists (1)       17 mm T & G softwood or                 Resilient flooring, parquet floor, felted
                                                                                                                               and metal-plate-connected wood          14 mm phenolic-bonded Douglas Fir           synthetic fibre floor coverings,
                                                                                                                               trusses (1)                                 plywood (no finished flooring           carpeting, or ceramic tile on 8 mm
                                                                                                                                                                           required)                               thick panel-type underlay
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Ceramic tile on 30 mm mortar bed
                                                                                                     Floor                                                             50 mm reinforced concrete or           Finish flooring




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                       50 mm concrete on metal lath or formed
                                                                                                                                                                           steel sheet or
                                                                                                                               Open-web steel joists (1)
                                                                                                                                                                       40 mm reinforced gypsum-fibre
                                                                                                                                                                           concrete on 12.7 mm gypsum
                                                                                                                                                                           board
                                                                                                                               Wood joists, wood I-joists, wood        minimum 15.5 mm T & G plywood or
                                                                                                                                                                                                            No requirement
                                                                                                                               trusses and cold-formed-steel joists    minimum 15.5 mm oriented strandboard
                                                                                                                                                                       12.5 mm plywood or                      Finish roofing material with or without
                                                                                                                                                                       15.5 mm oriented strandboard or         insulation
                                                                                                                               Wood or open-web steel joists (1) and   17 mm T & G softwood or
                                                                                                                               wood trusses (1)                        14 mm phenolic-bonded Douglas Fir
                                                                                                                                                                           plywood (no finished flooring
                                                                                                                                                                           required)
                                                                                                     Roof
                                                                                                                                                                       50 mm reinforced concrete or           Finish roofing material with or without
                                                                                                                                                                       50 mm concrete on metal lath or formed insulation
                                                                                                                                                                           steel sheet or
                                                                                                                               Open-web steel joists (1)
                                                                                                                                                                       40 mm reinforced gypsum-fibre
                                                                                                                                                                           concrete on 12.7 mm gypsum
                                                                                                                                                                           board

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.3.5.:
                                                                                                    (1)    Applies to single layer of gypsum board membrane, and lath and plaster.


                                                                                                          4) Insulation used in the cavities of a wood joist or metal-plate-connected wood truss floor assembly
                                                                                                    with a single layer of gypsum board will not reduce the assigned fire-resistance rating of the assembly, provided:
                                                                                                          a) the insulation is preformed of rock, slag or glass fibre conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard
                                                                                                               for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” and having a
                                                                                                               mass per unit area of not more than 1.1 kg/m2 and is installed adjacent to the bottom edge of the
                                                                                                               framing member, directly above steel furring channels,
                                                                                                          b) the gypsum board ceiling membrane is attached to
                                                                                                                        i) wood trusses in conformance with Sentence D-2.3.9.(2) by way of steel furring channels
                                                                                                                            spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., and the channels are secured to each bottom truss
                                                                                                                            member with a double strand of 1.2 mm galvanized steel wire, or
                                                                                                                       ii) wood joists by way of resilient metal or steel furring channels spaced not more than
                                                                                                                            400 mm o.c. in conformance with Sentences D-2.3.9.(2) and (3), and
                                                                                                          c) a steel furring channel is installed midway between each furring channel mentioned in Clause (b) to
                                                                                                               provide additional support for the insulation.
                                                                                                          5) Except as required in Sentence D-2.3.5.(4), resilient metal or steel furring channels may be used to
                                                                                                    attach a gypsum board ceiling membrane to a floor assembly using wood joists, metal-plate-connected wood
                                                                                                    trusses and open-web steel joists, or to a roof assembly. The channels must be made of galvanized steel not less
                                                                                                    than 0.5 mm thick spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. perpendicular to the framing members, with an overlap of
                                                                                                    not less than 100 mm at splices and a minimum end clearance between the channels and walls of 15 mm.

                                                                                                    D-2.3.6. Framing Members
                                                                                                         1) The values shown in Tables D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-D and D-2.3.12. apply to membranes
                                                                                                    supported on framing members installed in their conventional orientation and spaced in conformance with
                                                                                                    Tables D-2.3.4.-E and D-2.3.4.-F.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                       Division B D-17
                                                                                                    D-2.3.7.                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                           2) Wood studs and wood roof framing members are to be not less than 38 mm by 89 mm. Wood floor
                                                                                                    joists are to be not less than 38 mm by 184 mm, except where they are used in an assembly from Table D-2.3.4.-D
                                                                                                    or from Table D-2.3.5. that uses a single layer of gypsum board as the lower (ceiling) membrane, in which case,
                                                                                                    wood floor joists are to be not less than 38 mm by 89 mm.
                                                                                                         3) Wood roof trusses are to consist of wood chord and web framing members not less than 38 mm by
                                                                                                    89 mm and metal connector plates fabricated from galvanized steel not less than 1 mm in nominal thickness
                                                                                                    with projecting teeth not less than 8 mm long.
                                                                                                          4)   Wood floor trusses are to consist of:
                                                                                                          a)   metal-plate-connected wood trusses that are not less than 305 mm deep with wood chord and
                                                                                                               web framing members not less than 38 mm by 64 mm and metal connector plates fabricated from
                                                                                                               galvanized steel not less than 1 mm in nominal thickness with projecting teeth not less than 8 mm




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                               long;
                                                                                                          b)    metal-web wood trusses that are not less than 286 mm deep with wood chords not less than 38 mm
                                                                                                               by 64 mm and V-shaped webs made from galvanized steel not less than 1 mm in nominal thickness
                                                                                                               with plate areas having teeth not less than 8 mm long; or
                                                                                                          c)    fingerjoined wood trusses that are not less than 330 mm deep with fingerjoined connections, chord
                                                                                                               members not less than 38 mm by 64 mm, and web members not less than 38 mm by 38 mm glued
                                                                                                               together with a R-14 phenol-resorcinol resin conforming to CSA O112.10, “Evaluation of Adhesives
                                                                                                               for Structural Wood Products (Limited Moisture Exposure).”
                                                                                                         5) Wood I-joists are to be not less than 241 mm deep with flanges that are not less than 38 mm by 38 mm
                                                                                                    and an oriented strandboard or plywood web that is not less than 9.5 mm thick.
                                                                                                        6) The dimensions for dressed lumber given in CSA O141, “Softwood Lumber,” are to be used for
                                                                                                    wood studs, joists, I-joists and trusses.
                                                                                                          7) Cold-formed-steel studs for non-loadbearing walls are to consist of galvanized steel that is not less
                                                                                                    than 0.5 mm thick and not less than 63 mm wide, and have a flange that is not less than 31 mm wide.
                                                                                                           8) Cold-formed-steel studs in non-loadbearing wall assemblies are to be installed with not less than
                                                                                                    a 12 mm clearance between the top of the stud and the top of the runner to allow for expansion in the event
                                                                                                    of a fire. Where the studs are required to be attached for alignment purposes during erection, they must
                                                                                                    be attached to the bottom runners only.
                                                                                                          9) Cold-formed-steel studs for loadbearing walls are to consist of galvanized steel that is not less
                                                                                                    than 0.912 mm thick but not greater than 1.52 mm thick, with a C-shaped cross-section not less than 92 mm
                                                                                                    deep by 41 mm wide and 12.7 mm stiffening lips.
                                                                                                        10) Cold-formed-steel studs in loadbearing wall assemblies are to be installed with diagonal
                                                                                                    cross-bracing.
                                                                                                        11) Cold-formed-steel floor joists (C-shaped joists) are to be not less than 41 mm wide by 203 mm deep
                                                                                                    by 1.22 mm material thickness.
                                                                                                       12) The allowable spans for wood joists listed in the Span Tables in Part 9 are provided for floors
                                                                                                    supporting specific occupancies.

                                                                                                    D-2.3.7. Plaster Finish

                                                                                                    The thickness of plaster finish shall be measured from the face of gypsum or metal lath.

                                                                                                    D-2.3.8. Edge Support for Gypsum Board in Wall Assembly

                                                                                                    Gypsum board installed over framing or furring in a wall assembly shall be installed so that all edges are
                                                                                                    supported, except that 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board may be installed horizontally with the horizontal joints
                                                                                                    unsupported when framing members are at 400 mm o.c. maximum.

                                                                                                    D-2.3.9. Membrane Fastening
                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), Table D-2.3.4.-B and Sentence D-2.3.5.(5), the application
                                                                                                    of lath and plaster finish shall conform to CSA A82.30-M, “Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering,”
                                                                                                    and of gypsum board finish shall conform to ASTM C840, “Standard Specification for Application and
                                                                                                    Finishing of Gypsum Board.”
                                                                                                          2) Where a membrane referred to in Table D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C, D-2.3.4.-D or D-2.3.12. is
                                                                                                    applied to steel framing or furring, fasteners shall penetrate not less than 10 mm through the metal.


                                                                                                    D-18 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                          D-2.3.10.

                                                                                                          3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), where a membrane referred to in
                                                                                                    Table D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C, D-2.3.4.-D or D-2.3.12. is applied to wood framing or
                                                                                                    furring, minimum fastener penetrations into wood members shall conform to Table D-2.3.9. for the time
                                                                                                    assigned to the membrane.

                                                                                                                                                                      Table D-2.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                    Membrane Fastening

                                                                                                                                                 Minimum Penetration of Fasteners for Membrane Protection on Wood Framing, mm
                                                                                                      Type of Membrane            5 – 25               30 – 35                 40                    50                55 – 70                  80




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                     Time, (1) min
                                                                                                     Single layer                   20                    29                   32                    —                    —                     —
                                                                                                     Double layer                   20                    20                   20                    29                   35                    44
                                                                                                     Gypsum lath                    20                    20                   23                    23                   29                    29

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.3.9.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Assigned contributions of membranes to fire resistance are listed in Tables D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C, D-2.3.4.-D and D-2.3.12.


                                                                                                         4) Where a membrane is applied in 2 layers, the fastener penetrations described in Table D-2.3.9. shall
                                                                                                    apply to the base layer. Fasteners for the face layer shall penetrate not less than 20 mm into wood supports.
                                                                                                        5) In a double layer application of gypsum board on wood supports, fastener spacing shall conform to
                                                                                                    ASTM C840, “Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.”

                                                                                                    D-2.3.10. Ceiling Membrane Openings – Combustible Construction
                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted in Article D-2.3.12., where a floor or roof assembly of combustible construction
                                                                                                    is assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of this Subsection and incorporates a ceiling membrane
                                                                                                    described in Table D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C or D-2.3.4.-D, the ceiling membrane may be penetrated by openings
                                                                                                    leading to ducts within concealed spaces above the membrane provided:
                                                                                                           a) the assembly is not required to have a fire-resistance rating in excess of 1 h,
                                                                                                           b) the area of any openings does not exceed 930 cm2 (see Sentence (2)),
                                                                                                           c) the aggregate area of openings does not exceed 1% of the ceiling area of the fire compartment,
                                                                                                           d) the depth of the concealed space above the ceiling is not less than 230 mm,
                                                                                                           e) no dimension of any opening exceeds 310 mm,
                                                                                                            f) supports are provided for openings with any dimension exceeding 150 mm where framing members
                                                                                                               are spaced greater than 400 mm o.c.,
                                                                                                           g) individual openings are spaced not less than 2 m apart,
                                                                                                           h) the ducts above the membrane are sheet steel and are supported by steel strapping firmly attached
                                                                                                               to the framing members, and
                                                                                                            i) the clearance between the top surface of the membrane and the bottom surface of the ducts is not
                                                                                                               less than 100 mm.
                                                                                                             2)     Where an individual opening permitted in Sentence (1) exceeds 130 cm2 in area, it shall be protected
                                                                                                    by
                                                                                                              a)    a fire stop flap conforming to CAN/ULC-S112.2, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop
                                                                                                                    Flap Assemblies,” that activates at a temperature approximately 30°C above the normal maximum
                                                                                                                    temperature that occurs in the ducts, whether the air duct system is operating or shut down, or
                                                                                                              b)    thermal protection above the duct consisting of the same materials as used for the ceiling membrane,
                                                                                                                    mechanically fastened to the ductwork and extending 200 mm beyond the opening on all sides
                                                                                                                    (see Article D-2.3.10.).




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                       Division B D-19
                                                                                                    D-2.3.11.                                                                                                        Division B




                                                                                                                                                                       100 mm   (min.)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                               GG00095A


                                                                                                     Figure D-2.3.10.
                                                                                                     Thermal protection above a duct


                                                                                                    D-2.3.11. Ceiling Membrane Openings – Noncombustible Construction
                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted in Article D-2.3.12., where a floor or roof assembly of noncombustible
                                                                                                    construction is assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of this Subsection and incorporates a ceiling
                                                                                                    membrane described in Table D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C or D-2.3.4.-D, the ceiling membrane may be penetrated by
                                                                                                    openings leading to ducts located within concealed spaces provided:
                                                                                                          a) the area of any opening does not exceed 930 cm2 (see Sentence (2)),
                                                                                                          b) the aggregate area of openings does not exceed 2% of the ceiling area of the fire compartment,
                                                                                                          c) no dimension of any opening exceeds 400 mm,
                                                                                                          d) individual openings are spaced not less than 2 m apart,
                                                                                                          e) openings are located not less than 200 mm from major structural members such as beams, columns
                                                                                                               or joists,
                                                                                                           f) the ducts above the membrane are sheet steel and are supported by steel strapping firmly attached
                                                                                                               to the framing members, and
                                                                                                          g) the clearance between the top surface of the membrane and the bottom surface of the duct is not
                                                                                                               less than 100 mm.
                                                                                                          2)    Where an individual opening permitted in Sentence (1) exceeds 130 cm2 in area, it shall be protected
                                                                                                    by
                                                                                                          a)    a fire stop flap conforming to CAN/ULC-S112.2, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop
                                                                                                                Flap Assemblies,” that activates at a temperature approximately 30°C above the normal maximum
                                                                                                                temperature that occurs in the ducts, whether the air duct system is operating or shut down, or
                                                                                                          b)    thermal protection above the duct consisting of the same materials as used for the ceiling membrane,
                                                                                                                mechanically fastened to the ductwork and extending 200 mm beyond the opening on all sides
                                                                                                                (see Article D-2.3.10.).

                                                                                                    D-2.3.12. Ceiling Membrane Rating

                                                                                                    Where the fire-resistance rating of a ceiling assembly is to be determined on the basis of the membrane only
                                                                                                    and not of the complete assembly, the ratings may be determined from Table D-2.3.12., provided no openings
                                                                                                    described in Articles D-2.3.10. and D-2.3.11. are located within the ceiling membrane.

                                                                                                                                                              Table D-2.3.12.
                                                                                                                                               Fire-Resistance Rating for Ceiling Membranes

                                                                                                                                          Description of Membrane                                          Fire-Resistance Rating, min
                                                                                                    15.9 mm Type X gypsum board with ≥ 75 mm mineral wool batt insulation above board                                  30
                                                                                                    19 mm gypsum-sand plaster on metal lath                                                                            30
                                                                                                    Double 14.0 mm Douglas Fir plywood phenolic bonded                                                                 30
                                                                                                    Double 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                                                                 45


                                                                                                    D-20 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      D-2.4.1.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table D-2.3.12. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                Description of Membrane                                          Fire-Resistance Rating, min
                                                                                                    25 mm gypsum-sand plaster on metal lath                                                                                    45
                                                                                                     Double 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                                                                        60
                                                                                                     32 mm gypsum-sand plaster on metal lath                                                                                   60


                                                                                                    D-2.3.13. Membrane Penetrations in Combustible and Noncombustible Construction
                                                                                                          1) Where a wall, floor or roof assembly is assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of this Subsection




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    and includes a membrane or membranes described in Table D-2.3.4.-A, D-2.3.4.-B, D-2.3.4.-C, D-2.3.4.-D
                                                                                                    or D-2.3.12., penetrations of the membrane or membranes must be firestopped in conformance with the
                                                                                                    applicable requirements in Article 3.1.9.1. or Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1).

                                                                                                    D-2.3.14. Beams
                                                                                                          1) Where a steel beam is included with an open-web steel joist and is protected by the same continuous
                                                                                                    ceiling, the beam is assumed to have a fire-resistance rating equal to that assigned to the rest of the assembly.
                                                                                                         2) The ratings in this Subsection assume that the construction to which the beam is related is a normal
                                                                                                    one and does not carry unusual loads from the floor or slab above.

                                                                                                    D-2.3.15. Wired Glass Assembly Support
                                                                                                          1) Openings in a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not more than 1 h are allowed
                                                                                                    to be protected by wired glass assemblies, provided the wired glass is
                                                                                                           a) not less than 6 mm thick;
                                                                                                          b) reinforced by a steel wire mesh in the form of diamonds, squares or hexagons having dimensions of
                                                                                                                        i) approximately 25 mm across the flats, using wire of not less than 0.45 mm diameter, or
                                                                                                                       ii) approximately 13 mm across the flats, using wire of not less than 0.40 mm diameter, the
                                                                                                                           wire to be centrally embedded during manufacture and welded or intertwined at each
                                                                                                                           intersection;
                                                                                                           c) set in fixed steel frames with metal not less than 1.35 mm thick and providing a glazing stop of not
                                                                                                               less than 20 mm on each side of the glass; and
                                                                                                          d) limited in area so that
                                                                                                                        i) individual panes are not more than 0.84 m2, with neither height nor width more than
                                                                                                                           1.4 m, and
                                                                                                                       ii) the area not structurally supported by mullions is not more than 7.5 m2.
                                                                                                          2) It is intended that the structural mullions referred to in Subclause (1)(d)(ii) will not distort or be
                                                                                                    displaced to the extent that there would be a failure of the wired glass closure during the period for which a
                                                                                                    closure in the fire separation would be expected to function. Hollow structural steel tubing not less than
                                                                                                    100 mm square filled with a Portland cement-based grout will satisfy the intent of the Subclause.

                                                                                                    D-2.4. Solid Wood Walls, Floors and Roofs

                                                                                                    D-2.4.1. Minimum Thickness

                                                                                                    The minimum thickness of solid wood walls, floors and roofs for fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 1.5 h is
                                                                                                    shown in Table D-2.4.1.

                                                                                                                                                                Table D-2.4.1.
                                                                                                                                       Minimum Thickness of Solid Wood Walls, Roofs and Floors, mm (1)(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                                        Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                                       Type of Construction
                                                                                                                                                                                               30 min   45 min           1h            1.5 h
                                                                                                    Solid wood floor with building paper and finish flooring on top (3)                         89        114            165            235
                                                                                                    Solid wood, splined or tongued and grooved floor with building paper and finish flooring    64        76              —              —
                                                                                                        on top (4)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                               Division B D-21
                                                                                                    D-2.4.2.                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                                  Table D-2.4.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                                        Type of Construction
                                                                                                                                                                                                     30 min         45 min          1h             1.5 h
                                                                                                     Solid wood walls of loadbearing vertical plank (3)                                                89             114           140            184
                                                                                                     Solid wood walls of non-loadbearing horizontal plank (3)                                          89             89            89             140

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.4.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See CSA O141, “Softwood Lumber,” for sizes.
                                                                                                    (2)   The fire-resistance ratings and minimum dimensions for floors also apply to solid wood roof decks of comparable thickness with finish roofing




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          material.
                                                                                                    (3)   The assembly shall consist of 38 mm thick members on edge fastened together with 101 mm common wire nails spaced not more than 400 mm
                                                                                                          o.c. and staggered in the direction of the grain.
                                                                                                    (4)   The floor shall consist of 64 mm by 184 mm wide planks either tongued and grooved or with 19 mm by 38 mm splines set in grooves and fastened
                                                                                                          together with 88 mm common nails spaced not more than 400 mm o.c.


                                                                                                    D-2.4.2. Increased Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                         1) The fire-resistance rating of the assemblies described in Table D-2.4.1. may be increased by 15 min if
                                                                                                    one of the following finishes is applied on the fire-exposed side:
                                                                                                          a) 12.7 mm thick gypsum board,
                                                                                                          b) 20 mm thick gypsum-sand plaster on metal lath, or
                                                                                                          c) 13 mm thick gypsum-sand plaster on 9.5 mm gypsum lath.
                                                                                                             2)     Fastening of the plaster to the wood structure shall conform to Subsection D-2.3.

                                                                                                    D-2.4.3. Supplementary Ratings

                                                                                                    Supplementary ratings based on tests are included in Table D-2.4.3. The ratings given shall apply to
                                                                                                    constructions that conform in all details with the descriptions given.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table D-2.4.3.
                                                                                                                                   Fire-Resistance Rating of Non-Loadbearing Built-up Solid Wood Partitions (1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                    Actual Overall Thickness,
                                                                                                                                        Construction Details                                                                      Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                                                                                                              mm
                                                                                                     Solid panels of wood boards 64 mm to 140 mm wide grooved and joined with wood                             58                         30 min
                                                                                                         splines, nailed together, boards placed vertically with staggered joints, 3 boards thick
                                                                                                     Solid panels with 4 mm plywood facings (2) glued to 46 mm solid wood core of glued,                       54                            1h
                                                                                                         tongued and grooved construction for both sides and ends of core pieces with
                                                                                                         tongued and grooved rails in the core about 760 mm apart

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.4.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The ratings and notes are taken from “Fire Resistance Classifications of Building Constructions,” Building Materials and Structures Report BMS 92,
                                                                                                          National Bureau of Standards, Washington, 1942.
                                                                                                    (2)   Ratings for plywood faced panel are based on phenolic resin glue being used for gluing facings to wood frames. If other types of glue are used for
                                                                                                          this purpose, the ratings apply if the facings are nailed to the frames in addition to being glued.


                                                                                                    D-2.5. Solid Plaster Partitions

                                                                                                    D-2.5.1. Minimum Thickness

                                                                                                    The minimum thickness of solid plaster partitions for fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 4 h is shown
                                                                                                    in Table D-2.5.1.




                                                                                                    D-22 Division B                                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                             D-2.6.1.

                                                                                                                                                                   Table D-2.5.1.
                                                                                                                                          Minimum Thickness of Non-Loadbearing Solid Plaster Partitions, mm

                                                                                                                                                                                                          Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                       Type of Plaster on Metal Lath (1)
                                                                                                                                                                         30 min          45 min        1h             1.5 h       2h      3h       4h
                                                                                                     Portland cement-sand (2) or Portland cement-lime-sand                 50 (3)          —           —               —          —       —        —
                                                                                                     Gypsum-sand                                                           50 (3)         50 (3)        64             —           —      —        —
                                                                                                     Gypsum-vermiculite, gypsum-perlite, Portland cement-vermiculite       50 (3)         50 (3)       50 (3)          58          64     83       102
                                                                                                        or Portland cement-perlite




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.5.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Metal lath shall be expanded metal lath or welded woven wire fabric supported on 19 mm vertical light steel studs spaced not more than
                                                                                                          600 mm o.c. Plaster shall be applied to both sides of the lath.
                                                                                                    (2)   For mixture of Portland cement-sand plaster, see Sentence D-1.7.2.(2).
                                                                                                    (3)   CSA A82.30-M, “Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering,” does not permit solid plaster partitions less than 50 mm thick.


                                                                                                    D-2.6. Protected Steel Columns

                                                                                                    D-2.6.1. Minimum Thickness of Protective Covering

                                                                                                    The minimum thickness of protective covering to steel columns is shown in Tables D-2.6.1.-A to D-2.6.1.-F for
                                                                                                    fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 4 h.

                                                                                                                                                                Table D-2.6.1.-A
                                                                                                                                    Minimum Thickness of Concrete or Masonry Protection to Steel Columns, mm

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                                Description of Cover
                                                                                                                                                                              30 min        45 min         1h           1.5 h      2h     3h       4h
                                                                                                     Monolithic concrete
                                                                                                           Type S concrete (1) (column spaces filled) (2)                           25         25            25          25         39    64       89
                                                                                                           Type N or L concrete (1) (column spaces filled) (2)                      25         25            25          25         32    50       77
                                                                                                     Concrete masonry units (3) or precast reinforced concrete units
                                                                                                           Type S concrete (column spaces not filled)                               50         50            50          50         64    89       115
                                                                                                           Type N or L concrete (column spaces not filled)                          50         50            50          50         50    77       102
                                                                                                     Clay or shale brick (4) (column spaces filled) (2)                             50         50            50          50         50    64       77
                                                                                                     Clay or shale brick (4) (column spaces not filled)                             50         50            50          50         50    77       102
                                                                                                                                                                                50 (6)        50 (6)      50 (6)        50 (6)      (7)   (7)      (7)
                                                                                                     Hollow clay tile (5) (column spaces filled) (2)
                                                                                                     Hollow clay tile (5) (column spaces not filled)                            50 (6)        50 (6)      50 (6)         —          —     —        —

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   Applies to cast-in-place concrete reinforced with 5.21 mm diam wire wrapped around column spirally 200 mm o.c., or 1.57 mm diam wire
                                                                                                          mesh with 100 mm by 100 mm openings.
                                                                                                    (2)   The space between the protective covering and the web or flange of the column shall be filled with concrete, cement mortar or a mixture of
                                                                                                          cement mortar and broken bricks.
                                                                                                    (3)   Concrete masonry shall be reinforced with 5.21 mm diam wire or wire mesh with 1.19 mm diam wire and 10 mm by 10 mm openings, laid in
                                                                                                          every second course.
                                                                                                    (4)   Brick cover 77 mm thick or less shall be reinforced with 2.34 mm diam wire or 1.19 mm diam wire mesh with 10 mm by 10 mm openings, laid in
                                                                                                          every second course.
                                                                                                    (5)   Hollow clay tiles and masonry mortar shall be reinforced with 1.19 mm diam wire mesh with 10 mm by 10 mm openings, laid in every horizontal
                                                                                                          joint and lapped at corners.
                                                                                                    (6)   Hollow clay tiles shall conform to CAN/CSA-A82, “Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale.”
                                                                                                    (7)   50 mm nominal hollow clay tile, reinforced with 1.19 mm diam wire mesh with 10 mm by 10 mm openings laid in every horizontal joint and covered
                                                                                                          with 19 mm gypsum-sand plaster and with limestone concrete fill in column spaces, has a 4 h fire-resistance rating.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                        Division B D-23
                                                                                                    D-2.6.1.                                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                                                                  Table D-2.6.1.-B
                                                                                                                                            Minimum Thickness of Plaster Protection to Steel Columns, mm

                                                                                                                                                                                                      Fire-Resistance Rating (1)(2)
                                                                                                                                    Description
                                                                                                                                                                            30 min      45 min        1h         1.5 h         2h               3h    4h
                                                                                                     Gypsum-sand plaster on 9.5 mm gypsum lath (3)                             13         13          13           20          —                —     —
                                                                                                     Gypsum-perlite or vermiculite plaster on 9.5 mm gypsum lath (3)           13         13          13           20          25               —         —
                                                                                                     Gypsum perlite or vermiculite plaster on 12.7 mm gypsum lath (3)          13         13          13           20          25               32        50
                                                                                                     Gypsum perlite or vermiculite plaster on double 12.7 mm gypsum            13         13          13           20          25               25        32
                                                                                                        lath (3)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Portland cement-sand plaster on metal lath (4)(5)                         25         25          25           —            —               —         —

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Fire-resistance ratings of 30 min and 45 min apply to columns whose M/D ratio is 30 or greater. Fire-resistance ratings greater than 45 min apply to
                                                                                                          columns whose M/D ratio is greater than 60. Where the M/D ratio is between 30 and 60 and the required fire-resistance rating is greater than
                                                                                                          45 min, the total thickness of protection specified in the Table shall be increased by 50%. (To determine M/D, refer to Article D-2.6.4.)
                                                                                                    (2)   Where the thickness of plaster over gypsum lath is 25 mm or more, wire mesh with 1.57 mm diam wire and openings not exceeding 50 mm by
                                                                                                          50 mm shall be placed midway in the plaster.
                                                                                                    (3)   Lath held in place by 1.19 mm diam wire wrapped around lath 450 mm o.c.
                                                                                                    (4)   Expanded metal lath 1.36 kg/m 2 fastened to 9.5 mm by 19 mm steel channels held in vertical position around column by 1.19 mm diam wire ties.
                                                                                                    (5)   For mixture of Portland cement-sand plaster, see Sentence D-1.7.2.(2).


                                                                                                                                                          Table D-2.6.1.-C
                                                                                                                         Minimum Thickness of Gypsum-Sand Plaster on Metal Lath Protection to Steel Columns, mm

                                                                                                                                                                                               Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                          M/D (1)
                                                                                                                                                           30 min           45 min               1h             1.5 h                 2h             3h
                                                                                                                         30 to 60                             16               16                32              —                    —              —
                                                                                                                      over 60 to 90                           16               16                16              32                   —              —
                                                                                                                      over 90 to 120                          16               16                16              25                   39             —
                                                                                                                     over 120 to 180                          16               16                16              16                   25             —
                                                                                                                         over 180                             16               16                16              16                   25             39

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   To determine the M/D ratio, refer to Article D-2.6.4.


                                                                                                                                                        Table D-2.6.1.-D
                                                                                                          Minimum Thickness of Gypsum-Perlite or Gypsum-Vermiculite Plaster on Metal Lath Protection to Steel Columns, mm

                                                                                                                                                                                               Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                          M/D (1)
                                                                                                                                                          30 min        45 min           1h            1.5 h             2h                3h        4h
                                                                                                                         30 to 60                           16            16             20             32               35                —         —
                                                                                                                      over 60 to 90                         16            16             16             20               26                35        45
                                                                                                                      over 90 to 120                        16            16             16             16               26                35         45
                                                                                                                     over 120 to 180                        16            16             16             16               20                32         35
                                                                                                                         over 180                           16            16             16             16               16                26         35

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-D:
                                                                                                    (1)   To determine the M/D ratio, refer to Article D-2.6.4.




                                                                                                    D-24 Division B                                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                 D-2.6.1.

                                                                                                                                                            Table D-2.6.1.-E
                                                                                                                   Steel Columns with Sheet-Steel Membrane and Insulation as Shown in Figures D-2.6.1.-A and D-2.6.1.-B

                                                                                                                                    Steel Thickness, (1)                                                                                    Fire-Resistance
                                                                                                           Type of Protection                                              Fastening (2)                        Insulation
                                                                                                                                           mm                                                                                                    Rating
                                                                                                          See Figure D-2.6.1.-A             0.51            No. 8 sheet-metal screws 9.5 mm            50 mm mineral wool batts (3)              45 min
                                                                                                                                                                   long, 200 mm o.c.
                                                                                                          See Figure D-2.6.1.-B             0.64             Self-threading screws or No. 8           2 layers 12.7 mm gypsum board               1.5 h
                                                                                                                                                            sheet-metal screws, 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                          See Figure D-2.6.1.-A             0.64                  No. 8 sheet-metal screws,            75 mm mineral wool batts, (3)               2h
                                                                                                                                                                  9.5 mm long 200 mm o.c.                12.7 mm gypsum board




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          See Figure D-2.6.1.-B             0.76            Crimped joint or No. 8 sheet-metal        2 layers 15.9 mm gypsum board                2h
                                                                                                                                                                  screws, 300 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-E:
                                                                                                    (1)   Minimum thickness, galvanized or wiped-zinc-coated sheet-steel.
                                                                                                    (2)   Sheet-steel shall be securely fastened to the floor and superstructure, or where sheet-steel cover does not extend floor to floor, firestopping shall
                                                                                                          be provided at the level where sheet-steel protection ends. In the latter case, an alternate type of fire protection shall be applied between
                                                                                                          the firestopping and the superstructure.
                                                                                                    (3)   Conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,” Type 1A, minimum
                                                                                                          density 30 kg/m3: column section and batts wrapped with 25 mm mesh chicken wire.


                                                                                                                                                              Table D-2.6.1.-F
                                                                                                                             Minimum M/D Ratio for Steel Columns Covered with Type X Gypsum Board Protection (1)

                                                                                                           Minimum Thickness of Type X Gypsum                                                    Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                 Board Protection, (2) mm                             1h                      1.5 h                     2h                        3h
                                                                                                                             12.7                                     75                        —                       —                         —
                                                                                                                             15.9                                     55                       —                         —                         —
                                                                                                                             25.4                                     35                       60                        —                         —
                                                                                                                             28.6                                     35                       50                        —                         —
                                                                                                                             31.8                                     35                       40                       75                         —
                                                                                                                             38.1                                     35                       35                       55                         —
                                                                                                                             41.3                                     35                       35                       45                         —
                                                                                                                             44.5                                     35                       35                       35                         —
                                                                                                                             47.6                                     35                       35                       35                         —
                                                                                                                             50.8                                     35                       35                       35                        75
                                                                                                                             63.5                                     35                       35                       35                        45

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.6.1.-F:
                                                                                                    (1)   To determine the M/D ratio, refer to Article D-2.6.4.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Article D-2.6.5.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                           Division B D-25
                                                                                                    D-2.6.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                                         sheet metal screws




                                                                                                                                               gypsum             steel column
                                                                                                                                               board              M/D not less
                                                                                                                                                                  than 60




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                               sheet steel
                                                                                                                                               cover

                                                                                                                                               mineral
                                                                                                                                               wool
                                                                                                                                               insulation        wire mesh




                                                                                                                                                                                     EG01227B


                                                                                                     Figure D-2.6.1.-A
                                                                                                     Column protected by sheet-steel membrane and mineral-wool insulation


                                                                                                                                                                  screw or crimp joint




                                                                                                                                           gypsum                   steel column
                                                                                                                                           board                    M/D not less
                                                                                                                                                                    than 60




                                                                                                                                           sheet steel
                                                                                                                                           cover




                                                                                                                                                                                         EG01228B


                                                                                                     Figure D-2.6.1.-B
                                                                                                     Column protected by sheet-steel membrane and gypsum board




                                                                                                    D-26 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                     D-2.6.5.

                                                                                                    D-2.6.2. Hollow Unit Masonry Columns

                                                                                                    For hollow-unit masonry column protection, the thickness shown in Tables D-2.6.1.-A to D-2.6.1.-D is the
                                                                                                    equivalent thickness as described in Subsection D-1.6.

                                                                                                    D-2.6.3. Effect of Plaster

                                                                                                    The effect on fire-resistance ratings of the addition of plaster to masonry and monolithic concrete column
                                                                                                    protection is described in Subsection D-1.7.

                                                                                                    D-2.6.4. Determination of M/D Ratio




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          1) The ratio M/D to which reference is made in Tables D-2.6.1.-B, D-2.6.1.-C, D-2.6.1.-D and D-2.6.1.-F
                                                                                                    shall be found by dividing “M,” the mass of the column in kilograms per metre by “D,” the heated perimeter of
                                                                                                    the steel column section in metres.
                                                                                                         2) The heated perimeter “D” of steel columns, shown as the dashed line in Figure D-2.6.4.-A, shall be
                                                                                                    equal to 2 (B+H) in Examples (1) and (2), and 3.14B in Example (3). In Figure D-2.6.4.-B, the heated perimeter
                                                                                                    “D” shall be equal to 2 (B+H).


                                                                                                                            B                                             B                                       B




                                                                                                                                           H                                                   H




                                                                                                                       example (1)                                example (2)                               example (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        EG01229A


                                                                                                     Figure D-2.6.4.-A
                                                                                                     Example (1), standard or wide-flange beam; Example (2), hollow structural section (rectangular or square); Example (3),
                                                                                                     hollow structural section (round)


                                                                                                                                                      1                                1
                                                                                                                                                                  3                                3
                                                                                                                            B
                                                                                                                                               4
                                                                                                                                                          2                       4        2
                                                                                                                                       1                                                               1. structural member
                                                                                                                                                                                                       2. steel studs
                                                                                                                                       3             1 layer                          2 layers         3. gypsum board (Type X)
                                                                                                                 H                                                                                     4. steel corner bead
                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                                                                       5. tie wire
                                                                                                                                                          1                             1              6. sheet metal angle
                                                                                                                                       4                              3                            3
                                                                                                                                               5                              6

                                                                                                                                                                              5
                                                                                                                                               4              2                             2
                                                                                                                                                                              4

                                                                                                                                                      3 layers                        4 layers                          EG01230B


                                                                                                     Figure D-2.6.4.-B
                                                                                                     Columns protected by Type X gypsum board without sheet-steel membrane


                                                                                                    D-2.6.5. Attachment of Gypsum Board
                                                                                                          1) Where Type X gypsum board is used to protect a steel column without an outside sheet-steel
                                                                                                    membrane, the method of gypsum board attachment to the column shall be as shown in Figure D-2.6.4.-B and
                                                                                                    shall meet the construction details described in Sentences (2) to (7).
                                                                                                          2)   The Type X gypsum board shall be applied vertically without horizontal joints.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                            Division B D-27
                                                                                                    D-2.6.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                          3) The first layer of gypsum board shall be attached to steel studs with screws spaced not more than
                                                                                                    600 mm o.c. and other layers of gypsum board shall be attached to steel studs and steel corner beads with
                                                                                                    screws spaced at a maximum of 300 mm o.c. Where a single layer of gypsum board is used, attachment screws
                                                                                                    shall be spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                         4) Steel tie wires spaced at a maximum of 600 mm o.c. shall be used to secure the second last layer of
                                                                                                    gypsum board in 3- and 4-layer systems.
                                                                                                         5) Studs shall be fabricated of galvanized steel not less than 0.53 mm thick and not less than 41.3 mm
                                                                                                    wide, with legs not less than 33.3 mm long and shall be 12.7 mm less than the assembly height.
                                                                                                          6)     Corner beads shall
                                                                                                          a)     be fabricated of galvanized steel that is not less than 0.41 mm thick,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          b)     have legs not less than 31 mm long,
                                                                                                          c)     be attached to the gypsum board or stud with 25.4 mm screws spaced not more than 300 mm o.c., and
                                                                                                          d)     have the attaching fasteners penetrate either another corner bead in multiple layer assemblies or
                                                                                                                 the steel stud member.
                                                                                                          7) In a 4-layer system, metal angles shall be fabricated of galvanized steel and shall be not less than
                                                                                                    0.46 mm thick with legs not less than 51 mm long.

                                                                                                    D-2.6.6. Concrete Filled Hollow Steel Columns
                                                                                                          1) A fire-resistance rating, R, is permitted to be assigned to concentrically loaded hollow steel columns
                                                                                                    that are filled with plain concrete, steel-fibre reinforced concrete or bar-reinforced concrete, that are fabricated
                                                                                                    and erected within the tolerances stipulated in CSA S16, “Design of steel structures,” and that comply with
                                                                                                    Sentences (2) and (3), provided:




                                                                                                    where
                                                                                                            C = axial compressive force due to dead and live loads without load factors, kN,
                                                                                                        Cmax =
                                                                                                    but shall not exceed
                                                                                                          a) 1.0        for plain concrete filling (PC),
                                                                                                          b) 1.1        for steel-fibre reinforced concrete filling (FC), and
                                                                                                          c) 1.7        for bar-reinforced concrete filling (RC),
                                                                                                    where
                                                                                                              =
                                                                                                    where
                                                                                                           a = constant obtained from Table D-2.6.6.-A,
                                                                                                              = specified compressive strength of concrete in accordance with CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete
                                                                                                                 structures,” MPa,
                                                                                                          rc = radius of gyration of the concrete area,
                                                                                                          Ac = area of concrete, mm2,
                                                                                                          D = outside diameter of a round column or outside width of a square column, mm,
                                                                                                          Ec = initial elastic modulus for concrete, considering the effects of long-term loading for normal-weight
                                                                                                                 concrete =                     , where   is expressed in MPa, S is the short-term load, and T is the
                                                                                                                 total load on the column,
                                                                                                           R = specified fire-resistance rating, min,
                                                                                                         KL = effective length of column as defined in CSA S16, “Design of steel structures,” mm,
                                                                                                          λc                , and
                                                                                                          φc = 0.60
                                                                                                    subject to the validity limits stated in Table D-2.6.6.-B.




                                                                                                    D-28 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                            D-2.7.1.

                                                                                                                                                                     Table D-2.6.6.-A
                                                                                                                                                                  Values of Constant “a”

                                                                                                              Filling Type                Concrete Type (1)          Steel Reinforcement             Circular Columns              Square Columns
                                                                                                                   PC                            S                            n/a                         0.070                          0.060
                                                                                                                   FC                            S                           ≈ 2%                         0.075                          0.065
                                                                                                                   RC                            S                         1.5%-3%                        0.080                          0.070
                                                                                                                   RC                            S                          3%-5%                         0.085                          0.075
                                                                                                                   PC                            N                            n/a                         0.080                          0.070
                                                                                                                   FC                            N                           ≈ 2%                         0.085                          0.075




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                   RC                            N                         1.5%-3%                        0.090                          0.080
                                                                                                                   RC                            N                          3%-5%                         0.095                          0.085

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.6.6.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Subsection D-1.4.


                                                                                                          2) A pair of steam vent holes shall be provided at each end of the hollow steel column and at each
                                                                                                    intermediate floor level, and the holes shall be
                                                                                                          a) not less than 13 mm in diameter,
                                                                                                          b) located on opposite faces, 150 mm above or below a base plate, cap plate or concrete slab,
                                                                                                          c) orientated so that adjacent pairs are perpendicular, and
                                                                                                          d) not obstructed by other building elements.
                                                                                                           3) Load application and reaction shall be through end bearing in accordance with CSA S16, “Design of
                                                                                                    steel structures.”

                                                                                                                                                                      Table D-2.6.6.-B
                                                                                                                                                                       Validity Limits

                                                                                                                                                                                 Type of Concrete Filling
                                                                                                               Parameter
                                                                                                                                                     PC                                     FC                                      RC
                                                                                                                  (MPa)                           20 to 40                               20 to 55                                20 to 55
                                                                                                            D (round) (mm)                       140 to 410                             140 to 410                              165 to 410
                                                                                                            D (square) (mm)                      140 to 305                             102 to 305                              175 to 305
                                                                                                           Reinforcement (%)                         n/a                     ≈ 2% of the concrete mix by mass       1.5% to 5% of cross-sectional area (1)
                                                                                                          Concrete Cover (mm)                        n/a                                    n/a                                    ≥ 25
                                                                                                                R (min)                             ≤ 120                                  ≤ 180                                   ≤ 180
                                                                                                                KL (mm)                        2 000 to 4 000                         2 000 to 4 500                          2 000 to 4 500
                                                                                                                Class (2)                         1, 2 or 3                              1, 2 or 3                               1, 2 or 3

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.6.6.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Limits on size, number and spacing of bars and ties in accordance with CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures.”
                                                                                                    (2)   Classification of sections in accordance with CSA S16, “Design of steel structures.”


                                                                                                    D-2.7. Individually Protected Steel Beams

                                                                                                    D-2.7.1. Minimum Thickness of Protective Covering

                                                                                                    The minimum thickness of protective covering on steel beams exposed to fire on 3 sides for fire-resistance
                                                                                                    ratings from 30 min to 4 h is shown in Table D-2.7.1.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                      Division B D-29
                                                                                                    D-2.7.2.                                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                                                               Table D-2.7.1.
                                                                                                                                     Minimum Thickness of Cover to Individual Protected Steel Beams, mm (1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                     Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                                            Description of Cover
                                                                                                                                                                          30 min      45 min        1h        1.5 h       2h           3h          4h
                                                                                                     Type S concrete (2) (beam spaces filled solid)                         25          25          25         25         32           50          64
                                                                                                     Type N or L concrete (2) (beam spaces filled solid)                    25          25          25         25         25           39          50
                                                                                                     Gypsum-sand plaster on 9.5 mm gypsum lath (3)                          13          13          13         20         —            —           —
                                                                                                     Gypsum-perlite or vermiculite plaster on 9.5 mm gypsum lath (3)        13          13          13          13          25         —           —
                                                                                                     Gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite on 12.7 mm gypsum lath (3)        13          13          13          20          25          39          50
                                                                                                     Gypsum-perlite or vermiculite plaster on double 12.7 mm gypsum         13          13          13          20          25          25          39




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         lath (3)
                                                                                                     Portland cement-sand on metal lath (4)                                  23         23          23          —           —           —           —
                                                                                                     Gypsum-sand on metal lath (4) (plaster in contact with lower            16         20          25          39          —           —           —
                                                                                                         flange)
                                                                                                     Gypsum-sand on metal lath with air gap between plaster and              16         16          16          25          25          —           —
                                                                                                         lower flange (4)
                                                                                                     Gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite on metal lath (4)                  16         16          16          23          23          35         48 (5)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.7.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Where the thickness of plaster finish applied over gypsum lath is 26 mm or more, the plaster shall be reinforced with wire mesh with 1.57 mm diam
                                                                                                          wire and 50 mm by 50 mm openings placed midway in the plaster.
                                                                                                    (2)   Applies to cast-in-place concrete reinforced by 5.21 mm diam wire spaced 200 mm o.c. or 1.57 mm diam wire mesh with 100 mm by 100 mm
                                                                                                          openings.
                                                                                                    (3)   Lath held in place by 1.18 mm diam wire wrapped around the gypsum lath 450 mm o.c.
                                                                                                    (4)   Expanded metal lath 1.63 kg/m2 fastened to 9.5 mm by 19 mm steel channels held in position by 1.19 mm diam wire.
                                                                                                    (5)   Plaster finish shall be reinforced with wire mesh with 1.57 mm diam wire and 50 mm by 50 mm openings placed midway in the plaster.


                                                                                                    D-2.7.2. Types of Concrete

                                                                                                    Concrete is referred to as Type S, N or L, depending on the nature of the aggregate used. This is described
                                                                                                    in Article D-1.4.1.

                                                                                                    D-2.7.3. Effect of Plaster

                                                                                                    The effect on fire-resistance ratings of the addition of plaster finish to concrete or masonry beam protection
                                                                                                    is described in Article D-1.7.1.

                                                                                                    D-2.7.4. Exceptions

                                                                                                    The fire resistance of protected steel beams depends on the means used to hold the protection in place. Because
                                                                                                    of the importance of this factor, no rating has been assigned in Table D-2.7.1. to masonry units used as protective
                                                                                                    cover to steel beams. These ratings, however, may be determined on the basis of comparison with column
                                                                                                    protection at the discretion of the authority having jurisdiction, if satisfactory means of fastening are provided.

                                                                                                    D-2.7.5. Beam Protected by a Membrane

                                                                                                    A steel beam or steel joist assembly that is entirely above a horizontal ceiling membrane will be protected from
                                                                                                    fire below the membrane and will resist structural collapse for a period equal to the fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                    determined in conformance with Subsection D-2.3. The support for this membrane shall be equivalent to that
                                                                                                    described in Subsection D-2.3. The rating on this basis shall not exceed 1.5 h.

                                                                                                    D-2.8. Reinforced Concrete Columns
                                                                                                    D-2.8.1. Minimum Dimensions

                                                                                                    Minimum dimensions for reinforced concrete columns and minimum concrete cover for vertical steel
                                                                                                    reinforcement are obtained from Articles D-2.8.2. to D-2.8.5., taking into account the type of concrete, the
                                                                                                    effective length of the column and the area of the vertical reinforcement.


                                                                                                    D-30 Division B                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                   D-2.8.4.

                                                                                                    D-2.8.2. Method
                                                                                                         1)         The minimum dimension, t, in millimetres, of a rectangular reinforced concrete column shall be
                                                                                                    equal to
                                                                                                          a)        75 f (R + 1) for all Types L and L40S concrete,
                                                                                                          b)        80 f (R + 1) for Type S concrete when the design condition of the concrete column is defined in the
                                                                                                                    second and fourth columns of Table D-2.8.2.,
                                                                                                              c)    80 f (R + 0.75) for Type N concrete when the design condition of the concrete column is defined in the
                                                                                                                    second and fourth columns of Table D-2.8.2., and
                                                                                                             d)     100 f (R + 1) for Types S and N concrete when the design condition of the concrete column is defined
                                                                                                                    in the third column of Table D-2.8.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                    where
                                                                                                                              f = the value shown in Table D-2.8.2.,
                                                                                                                             R = the required fire-resistance rating in hours,
                                                                                                                             k = the effective length factor obtained from CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures,”
                                                                                                                             h = the unsupported length of the column in metres, and
                                                                                                                             p = the area of vertical reinforcement in the column as a percentage of the column area.
                                                                                                         2) The diameter of a round column shall be not less than 1.2 times the value t determined in
                                                                                                    Sentence (1) for a rectangular column.


                                                                                                                                                                         Table D-2.8.2.
                                                                                                                                                                      Values of Factor f (1)

                                                                                                                                                                      Values of Factor f to be Used in Applying Article D-2.8.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                         Where kh is more than 3.7 m but not more than 7.3 m
                                                                                                             Overdesign Factor (2)             Where kh is not more
                                                                                                                                                   than 3.7 m                     t is not more than 300 mm,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  All other cases (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                     p is not more than 3% (3)
                                                                                                                      1.00                                1.0                                   1.2                                       1.0
                                                                                                                      1.25                                0.9                                   1.1                                       0.9
                                                                                                                      1.50                                0.83                                  1.0                                       0.83

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.8.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   For conditions that do not fall within the limits described in Table D-2.8.2., further information may be obtained from Reference (7) in
                                                                                                          Subsection D-7.1.
                                                                                                    (2)   Overdesign factor is the ratio of the calculated load carrying capacity of the column to the column strength required to carry the specified loads
                                                                                                          determined in conformance with CSA A23.3, “Design of concrete structures.”
                                                                                                    (3)   Where the factor f results in a t greater than 300 mm, the appropriate factor f for “All other cases” shall be applicable.
                                                                                                    (4)   Where p is equal to or less than 3% and the factor f results in a t less than 300 mm, the minimum thickness shall be 300 mm.


                                                                                                    D-2.8.3. Minimum Thickness of Concrete Cover
                                                                                                           1) Where the required fire-resistance rating of a concrete column is 3 h or less, the minimum thickness
                                                                                                    in millimetres of concrete cover over vertical steel reinforcement shall be equal to 25 times the number of hours
                                                                                                    of fire resistance required or 50 mm, whichever is less.
                                                                                                          2) Where the required fire-resistance rating of a concrete column is greater than 3 h, the minimum
                                                                                                    thickness in millimetres of concrete cover over vertical steel reinforcement shall be equal to 50 plus 12.5 times
                                                                                                    the required number of hours of fire resistance in excess of 3 h.
                                                                                                          3) Where the concrete cover over vertical steel required in Sentence (2) exceeds 62.5 mm, wire mesh
                                                                                                    reinforcement with 1.57 mm diameter wire and 100 mm openings shall be incorporated midway in the concrete
                                                                                                    cover to retain the concrete in position.

                                                                                                    D-2.8.4. Minimum Requirements

                                                                                                    The structural design standards may require minimum column dimensions or concrete cover over vertical
                                                                                                    steel reinforcement differing from those obtained in Sentences D-2.8.2.(1) and D-2.8.2.(2). Where a difference
                                                                                                    occurs, the greater dimension shall govern.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                           Division B D-31
                                                                                                    D-2.8.5.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    D-2.8.5. Addition of Plaster

                                                                                                    The addition of plaster finish to the concrete column may be taken into account in determining the cover over
                                                                                                    vertical steel reinforcement by applying the multiplying factors described in Subsection D-1.7. The addition of
                                                                                                    plaster shall not, however, justify any decrease in the minimum column sizes shown.

                                                                                                    D-2.8.6. Built-in Columns

                                                                                                    The fire-resistance rating of a reinforced concrete column that is built into a masonry or concrete wall so
                                                                                                    that not more than one face may be exposed to the possibility of fire at one time may be determined on the
                                                                                                    basis of cover to vertical reinforcing steel alone. In order to meet this condition, the wall shall conform to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Subsection D-2.1. for the fire-resistance rating required.

                                                                                                    D-2.9. Reinforced Concrete Beams

                                                                                                    D-2.9.1. Minimum Cover Thickness

                                                                                                    The minimum thickness of cover over principal steel reinforcement in reinforced concrete beams is shown
                                                                                                    in Table D-2.9.1. for fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 4 h where the width of the beam or joist is at least
                                                                                                    100 mm.

                                                                                                                                                         Table D-2.9.1.
                                                                                                                       Minimum Cover to Principal Steel Reinforcement in Reinforced Concrete Beams, mm

                                                                                                                                                                     Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                            Type of Concrete
                                                                                                                                        30 min        45 min       1h           1.5 h         2h         3h         4h
                                                                                                             Type S, N or L               20            20         20            25           25         39         50


                                                                                                    D-2.9.2. Maximum Rating

                                                                                                    No rating over 2 h may be assigned on the basis of Table D-2.9.1. to a beam or joist where the average width of
                                                                                                    the part that projects below the slab is less than 140 mm, and no rating over 3 h may be assigned where the
                                                                                                    average width of the part that projects below the slab is less than 165 mm.

                                                                                                    D-2.9.3. Beam Integrated in Floor or Roof Slab

                                                                                                    For the purposes of these ratings, a beam may be either independent of or integral with a floor or roof slab
                                                                                                    assembly.

                                                                                                    D-2.9.4. Minimum Thickness

                                                                                                    Where the upper extension or top flange of a joist or T-beam in a floor assembly contributes wholly or partly to
                                                                                                    the thickness of the slab above, the total thickness at any point shall be not less than the minimum thickness
                                                                                                    described in Table D-2.2.1.-A for the fire-resistance rating required.

                                                                                                    D-2.9.5. Effect of Plaster

                                                                                                    The addition of plaster finish to a reinforced concrete beam may be taken into account in determining the cover
                                                                                                    over principal reinforcing steel by applying the multiplying factors described in Subsection D-1.7.

                                                                                                    D-2.10. Prestressed Concrete Beams

                                                                                                    D-2.10.1. Minimum Cross-Sectional Area and Thickness of Cover

                                                                                                    The minimum cross-sectional area and thickness of concrete cover over steel tendons in prestressed concrete
                                                                                                    beams for fire-resistance ratings from 30 min to 4 h are shown in Table D-2.10.1.


                                                                                                    D-32 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    D-2.11.1.

                                                                                                                                                            Table D-2.10.1.
                                                                                                                      Minimum Thickness of Concrete Cover over Steel Tendons in Prestressed Concrete Beams, mm (1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                  Fire-Resistance Rating
                                                                                                              Type of Concrete              Area of Beam, cm2
                                                                                                                                                                        30 min     45 min       1h        1.5 h       2h          3h         4h
                                                                                                                                                260 to 970                25         39         50         64         —           —          —
                                                                                                     Type S or N                            Over 970 to 1 940             25         26         39         45          64         —          —
                                                                                                                                                Over 1 940                25         26         39          39         50         77         102
                                                                                                     Type L                                      Over 970                 25         25         25          39         50         77         102




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-2.10.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Where the thickness of concrete cover over the tendons exceeds 64 mm, a wire mesh reinforcement with 1.57 mm diam wire and 100 mm by
                                                                                                          100 mm openings shall be incorporated in the beams to retain the concrete in position around the tendons. The mesh reinforcement shall
                                                                                                          be located midway in the cover.


                                                                                                    D-2.10.2. Minimum Cover Thickness

                                                                                                    The cover for an individual tendon shall be the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the
                                                                                                    tendon and the fire-exposed surface of the beam, except that for ungrouted ducts the assumed cover thickness
                                                                                                    shall be the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the duct and the surface of the beam. For
                                                                                                    beams in which several tendons are used, the cover is assumed to be the average of the minimum cover
                                                                                                    of the individual tendons. The cover for any individual tendon shall be not less than half the value given
                                                                                                    in Table D-2.10.1. nor less than 25 mm.

                                                                                                    D-2.10.3. Applicability of Ratings

                                                                                                    The ratings in Table D-2.10.1. apply to a beam that is either independent of or integral with a floor or roof slab
                                                                                                    assembly. Minimum thickness of slab and minimum cover to steel tendons in prestressed concrete slabs are
                                                                                                    contained in Subsection D-2.2.

                                                                                                    D-2.10.4. Effect of Plaster

                                                                                                    The addition of plaster finish to a prestressed concrete beam may be taken into account in determining the
                                                                                                    cover over steel tendons by applying the multiplying factors described in Subsection D-1.7.

                                                                                                    D-2.10.5. Minimum Cover
                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), in unbonded post-tensioned prestressed concrete beams, the
                                                                                                    concrete cover to the tendon at the anchor shall be not less than 15 mm greater than the minimum required
                                                                                                    away from the anchor. The concrete cover to the anchorage bearing plate and to the end of the tendon, if it
                                                                                                    projects beyond the bearing plate, shall be not less than 25 mm.
                                                                                                           2) The requirements in Sentence (1) do not apply to those portions of beams not likely to be exposed to
                                                                                                    fire (such as the ends and the tops of flanges of beams immediately below slabs).

                                                                                                    D-2.11. Mass Timber Elements
                                                                                                    D-2.11.1. Determination of Ratings
                                                                                                           1) The calculation methods described in this Subsection are intended to be used to determine
                                                                                                    fire-resistance ratings for structural mass timber elements on the basis of the elements being subjected to the
                                                                                                    standard fire exposure conditions described in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of
                                                                                                    Building Construction and Materials.”
                                                                                                          2) Loadbearing mass timber members, such as beams and columns, subjected to the conditions
                                                                                                    described in Sentence (1) are assigned a fire-resistance rating that relates to the time at which the applied load
                                                                                                    is no longer sustained.
                                                                                                          3) Mass timber wall, floor and roof assemblies subjected to the conditions described in Sentence (1) are
                                                                                                    assigned a fire-resistance rating that relates to the lesser of the times at which
                                                                                                          a) an average temperature rise of 140°C or a maximum temperature rise of 180°C at any individual
                                                                                                               location is recorded on the unexposed side of the assembly,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                 Division B D-33
                                                                                                    D-2.11.2.                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                          b)    there is passage of flame or gases hot enough to ignite cotton pads through the unexposed side of
                                                                                                                the assembly, or
                                                                                                          c)    the applied load is no longer sustained, where the assembly is loadbearing.

                                                                                                    D-2.11.2. Applicability of Calculation Methods
                                                                                                          1) Method A described in Article D-2.11.3. applies to glued-laminated timber beams and columns
                                                                                                    required to have fire-resistance ratings greater than those afforded under the provisions of Article 3.1.4.6.
                                                                                                          2) Method B described in Article D-2.11.4. applies to mass timber elements, including solid sawn
                                                                                                    timber and glued-laminated timber beams and columns, required to have fire-resistance ratings greater than
                                                                                                    those afforded under the provisions of Article 3.1.4.6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        3) The calculation methods described in Articles D-2.11.3. and D-2.11.4. are separate and independent
                                                                                                    methods that use different approaches to determine fire-resistance ratings for mass timber elements.

                                                                                                    D-2.11.3. Method A for Glued-Laminated Timber Beams and Columns
                                                                                                          1) The fire-resistance rating of glued-laminated timber beams and columns in minutes is permitted
                                                                                                    to be taken as equal to
                                                                                                           a) 0.1 fB [4 − 2(B/D)] for beams that may be exposed to fire on 4 sides,
                                                                                                           b) 0.1 fB [4 − (B/D)] for beams that may be exposed to fire on 3 sides,
                                                                                                           c) 0.1 fB [3 − (B/D)] for columns that may be exposed to fire on 4 sides, and
                                                                                                          d) 0.1 fB [3 − (B/2D)] for columns that may be exposed to fire on 3 sides,
                                                                                                                where
                                                                                                                         f = the load factor shown in Figure D-2.11.3.-A,
                                                                                                                        B = the full dimension of the smaller side of a beam or column in millimetres before exposure
                                                                                                                              to fire [see Figure D-2.11.3.-B],
                                                                                                                        D = the full dimension of the larger side of a beam or column in millimetres before exposure
                                                                                                                              to fire [see Figure D-2.11.3.-B],
                                                                                                                        k = the effective length factor obtained from CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood,”
                                                                                                                        L = the unsupported length of a column in millimetres.


                                                                                                                                                             1.6
                                                                                                                                                                                              columns KL < 12
                                                                                                                                                             1.5                                      B




                                                                                                                                            Load factor, f
                                                                                                                                                             1.4

                                                                                                                                                             1.3

                                                                                                                                                             1.2
                                                                                                                                                                 columns KL ≥ 12
                                                                                                                                                                           B
                                                                                                                                                             1.1
                                                                                                                                                                  and all beams
                                                                                                                                                             1.0
                                                                                                                                                                   0          25         50         75            100
                                                                                                                                                                                   (1)                      (2)
                                                                                                                                                                       Factored load / factored resistance , %
                                                                                                                                                                                                              EG01237A



                                                                                                     Figure D-2.11.3.-A
                                                                                                     Factors to compensate for partially loaded columns and beams
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure D-2.11.3.-A:
                                                                                                     (1) In the case of beams, use bending moment in place of load.
                                                                                                     (2) See Sentence (2).



                                                                                                        2) The factored resistance of a beam or column shall be determined by using the specified strengths in
                                                                                                    CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood.”


                                                                                                    D-34 Division B                                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          D-2.11.4.


                                                                                                                                       D                                        D



                                                                                                                          B                                       B



                                                                                                                                      column                            column

                                                                                                                                                                             wall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     beam
                                                                                                                                                                                             floor
                                                                                                                              D                                    D
                                                                                                                                                                                         beam



                                                                                                                                      B                                     B
                                                                                                                                                                                            EG01238A



                                                                                                     Figure D-2.11.3.-B
                                                                                                     Full dimensions of glued-laminated beams and columns


                                                                                                    D-2.11.4. Method B for Mass Timber Elements
                                                                                                          1) The fire-resistance rating of structural mass timber members, such as beams and columns
                                                                                                    constructed of glued-laminated timber, solid sawn timber, or structural composite lumber, is permitted to be
                                                                                                    determined using the calculation method described in Annex B, Fire resistance of large cross-section wood
                                                                                                    elements, of CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood.”
                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (6), the fire-resistance rating of mass timber wall, floor and
                                                                                                    roof assemblies, including those constructed of cross-laminated timber, is permitted to be determined using the
                                                                                                    calculation method described in Annex B, Fire resistance of large cross-section wood elements, of CSA O86,
                                                                                                    “Engineering design in wood.”
                                                                                                          3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the assemblies described in Sentence (2) shall be protected to
                                                                                                    maintain the integrity and thermal insulation properties of the assembly for the time period corresponding
                                                                                                    to the calculated fire-resistance rating as follows:
                                                                                                           a) except as provided in Clause (b), for floor and roof assemblies, by applying at least one of the
                                                                                                               following layers to the unexposed surface of the assembly:
                                                                                                                         i) OSB or plywood not less than 12.5 mm thick, with the joints in the layer staggered relative
                                                                                                                            to those in the assembly,
                                                                                                                        ii) concrete topping not less than 38 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                       iii) gypsum-concrete topping not less than 25 mm thick,
                                                                                                           b) for plank decking designed in accordance with Clause B.10 of CSA O86, “Engineering design in
                                                                                                               wood,” by applying at least one of the layers described in Clause B.10.4 of CSA O86 to the unexposed
                                                                                                               surface of the assembly,
                                                                                                           c) for interior wall assemblies, by applying at least one of the following layers to at least one side of the
                                                                                                                assembly, with the joints in the layer staggered relative to those in the assembly:
                                                                                                                         i) OSB or plywood not less than 12.5 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                        ii) Type X gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick, and
                                                                                                          d) for exterior wall assemblies, by applying at least one of the following layers to at least one side of the
                                                                                                               assembly, with the joints in the layer staggered relative to those in the assembly:


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                       Division B D-35
                                                                                                    D-3.1.                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                        i) OSB or plywood not less than 12.5 mm thick,
                                                                                                                       ii) Type X gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick,
                                                                                                                      iii) gypsum sheathing not less than 12.7 mm thick applied to the exterior (unexposed) side
                                                                                                                           of the assembly, or
                                                                                                                      iv) rock or slag insulation sheathing not less than 50 mm thick applied to the exterior
                                                                                                                           (unexposed) side of the assembly.
                                                                                                          4) For wall, floor and roof assemblies constructed of cross-laminated timber, the joints between
                                                                                                    cross-laminated timber panels in the assembly need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (3), provided
                                                                                                    the joints are either lapped or splined to maintain the integrity and thermal insulation properties of the
                                                                                                    assembly for the time period corresponding to the calculated fire-resistance rating. (See Figure D-2.11.4.(4).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 construction adhesive or caulking bead                  metal fastener




                                                                                                                                Side view of splined joint bet ween cross-laminated timber panels




                                                                                                                 construction adhesive or caulking bead

                                                                                                                                                                         metal fastener


                                                                                                                                Side view of lapped joint bet ween cross-laminated timber panels
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 EG01418A



                                                                                                     Figure D-2.11.4.(4)
                                                                                                     Joints between cross-laminated timber panels in wall, floor and roof assemblies


                                                                                                          5) For interior wall assemblies, the additional times assigned in Clause B.8.1 of CSA O86, “Engineering
                                                                                                    design in wood,” shall only be applied to the calculated fire-resistance rating where both sides of the assembly
                                                                                                    are protected in accordance with Clause B.8 of CSA O86. Where the level of protection differs on the two sides,
                                                                                                    the additional time corresponding to the lesser level of protection shall be applied.
                                                                                                         6) For exterior wall assemblies, the additional times assigned in Clause B.8.1 of CSA O86, “Engineering
                                                                                                    design in wood,” shall only be applied to the calculated fire-resistance rating where
                                                                                                          a) the interior (fire-exposed) side of the assembly is protected in accordance with Clause B.8 of CSA
                                                                                                               O86, and
                                                                                                          b) except where the assembly is constructed of cross-laminated timber panels with lapped or splined
                                                                                                               joints as described in Sentence (4), the exterior (unexposed) side of the assembly is protected in
                                                                                                               accordance with Clause (3)(d).


                                                                                                    Section D-3 Flame-Spread Ratings and Smoke
                                                                                                    Developed Classifications
                                                                                                    D-3.1. Interior Finish Materials
                                                                                                    D-3.1.1. Scope of Information

                                                                                                    Tables D-3.1.1.-A and D-3.1.1.-B show flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications for
                                                                                                    combinations of some common interior finish materials. The values are based on all the evidence available
                                                                                                    at present. Many materials have not been included because of lack of test evidence or because of inability to
                                                                                                    classify or describe the material in generic terms for the purpose of assigning ratings.


                                                                                                    D-36 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                               D-3.1.1.

                                                                                                                                                     Table D-3.1.1.-A
                                                                                                     Assigned Flame-Spread Ratings and Smoke Developed Classifications for Combinations of Wall and Ceiling Finish Materials
                                                                                                                                                  and Surface Coatings (1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Surface Coating
                                                                                                                                                                                    Minimum                                    Paint or Varnish not more
                                                                                                                      Materials                 Applicable Material Standard                                                 than 1.3 mm Thick, Cellulosic
                                                                                                                                                                                 Thickness, mm          Unfinished
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Wallpaper not more than
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     One Layer (2)(3)
                                                                                                     Brick, concrete, tile                                  None                      None
                                                                                                     Steel, copper, aluminum                                None                      0.33                  0/0                            25/50




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Gypsum plaster                                      CSA A82.22-M                 None
                                                                                                                                                    CAN/CSA A82.27-M
                                                                                                     Gypsum board                                                                      9.5                25/50                            25/50
                                                                                                                                                   ASTM C1396/C1396M
                                                                                                     Lumber                                                 None                       16                150/300                       150/300
                                                                                                     Douglas Fir plywood (4)                              CSA O121
                                                                                                     Poplar plywood (4)                                   CSA O153                     11                150/100                       150/300
                                                                                                     Plywood with Spruce face veneer (4)                  CSA O151
                                                                                                     Douglas Fir plywood (4)                              CSA O121                      6                150/100                       150/100
                                                                                                     Fibreboard low density                           CAN/ULC-S706.1                   11                 X/100                        150/100
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (5)
                                                                                                     Particleboard                                       ANSI A208.1                  12.7               150/300
                                                                                                     Waferboard, OSB                                     CSA O437.0                    —                    (5)                             (5)


                                                                                                                                                          CSA O325                     —                    (5)                             (5)



                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-3.1.1.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentence D-1.1.1.(5) for standards used to assign flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications.
                                                                                                    (2)   Flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications for paints and varnish are not applicable to shellac and lacquer.
                                                                                                    (3)   Flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications for paints apply only to alkyd and latex paints.
                                                                                                    (4)   The flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications shown are for those plywoods without a cellulose resin overlay.
                                                                                                    (5)   Insufficient test information available.


                                                                                                                                                        Table D-3.1.1.-B
                                                                                                          Flame-Spread Ratings and Smoke-Developed Classifications for Combinations of Common Floor Finish Materials and
                                                                                                                                                      Surface Coatings (1)

                                                                                                                                             Materials                                                 Applicable Standard                   FSR/SDC (2)
                                                                                                     Hardwood or softwood flooring either unfinished or finished with a spar or urethane
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  None                            300/300
                                                                                                        varnish coating
                                                                                                     Wool carpet (woven), pile weight not less than 1120 g/m2, applied with or without felt
                                                                                                                                                                                                        CAN/CGSB-4.129                            300/300
                                                                                                        underlay (3)
                                                                                                     Nylon carpet, pile weight not less than 610 g/m2 and not more than 800 g/m 2, applied
                                                                                                                                                                                                        CAN/CGSB-4.129                            300/500
                                                                                                         with or without felt underlay (3)
                                                                                                     Nylon carpet, pile weight not less than 610 g/m2 and not more than 1355 g/m 2, glued
                                                                                                                                                                                                        CAN/CGSB-4.129                            300/500
                                                                                                         down to concrete
                                                                                                     Wool/nylon blend carpet (woven) with not more than 20% nylon and pile weight not
                                                                                                                                                                                                        CAN/CGSB-4.129                            300/500
                                                                                                        less than 1120 g/m 2
                                                                                                     Nylon/wool blend carpet (woven) with not more than 50% wool, pile weight not less than
                                                                                                                                                                                                        CAN/CGSB-4.129                            300/500
                                                                                                         610 g/m2 and not more than 800 g/m2
                                                                                                     Polypropylene carpet, pile weight not less than 500 g/m2 and not more than 1200 g/m2,
                                                                                                                                                                                                        CAN/CGSB-4.129                            300/500
                                                                                                         glued down to concrete

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-3.1.1.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Tested on the floor of the tunnel in conformance with provisions of CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics
                                                                                                          of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies.”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                          Division B D-37
                                                                                                    D-3.1.2.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                                                             Table D-3.1.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                    (2)   Flame-Spread Rating/Smoke Developed Classification.
                                                                                                    (3)   Type 1 or 2 underlay as described in CGSB 4-GP-36M, “Carpet Underlay, Fiber Type.”


                                                                                                    D-3.1.2. Ratings

                                                                                                    The ratings shown in Tables D-3.1.1.-A and D-3.1.1.-B are arranged in groups corresponding to the provisions
                                                                                                    of this Code. The ratings apply to materials falling within the general categories indicated.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    D-3.1.3. Table Entries

                                                                                                    In Tables D-3.1.1.-A and D-3.1.1.-B, the first number of each entry relates to flame spread and the second
                                                                                                    number to smoke developed limit. For example:

                                                                                                    25/50 represents a flame-spread rating of 0 to 25 and a smoke developed classification of 0 to 50,

                                                                                                    150/300 represents a flame-spread rating of 75 to 150 and a smoke developed classification of 100 to 300, and

                                                                                                    X/X applied to walls and ceilings means a flame-spread rating over 150 and a smoke developed classification
                                                                                                    over 300.

                                                                                                    D-3.1.4. Effect of Surface Coatings

                                                                                                    Thin surface coatings can modify flame-spread characteristics either upward or downward. Table D-3.1.1.-A
                                                                                                    includes a number of thin coatings that increase the flame-spread rating of the base material, so that these may
                                                                                                    be considered where more precise control over flame-spread hazard is desired.

                                                                                                    D-3.1.5. Proprietary Materials
                                                                                                          1) Information on flame-spread rating of proprietary materials and fire-retardant treatments that
                                                                                                    cannot be described in sufficient detail to ensure reproducibility is available through the listing and labeling
                                                                                                    services of ULC Standards, Intertek Testing Services NA Ltd., or other recognized testing laboratory.
                                                                                                          2) A summary of flame-spread test results published prior to 1965 has been prepared by NRC (see
                                                                                                    Item (1) in Subsection D-7.1.).

                                                                                                    D-3.1.6. Limitations and Conditions
                                                                                                          1) The propagation of flame along a surface in the standard test involves some finite depth of the
                                                                                                    material or materials behind the surface, and this involvement extends to the depth to which temperature
                                                                                                    variations are to be found during the course of the test; for many commonly used lining materials, such as
                                                                                                    wood, the depth involved is about 25 mm.
                                                                                                          2) For all the combustible materials described in Table D-3.1.1.-A, a minimum dimension is shown,
                                                                                                    and this represents the thickness of the test samples on which the rating has been based; when used in greater
                                                                                                    thicknesses than that shown, these materials may have a slightly lower flame-spread rating, and thinner
                                                                                                    specimens may have higher flame-spread ratings.
                                                                                                          3) No rating has been included for foamed plastic materials because it is not possible at this time to
                                                                                                    identify these products with sufficient accuracy on a generic basis. Materials of this type that melt when
                                                                                                    exposed to the test flame generally show an increase in flame-spread rating as the thickness of the test
                                                                                                    specimen increases.

                                                                                                    D-3.1.7. Referenced Standards

                                                                                                    In Tables D-3.1.1.-A and D-3.1.1.-B, the standards applicable to the materials described are noted because the
                                                                                                    ratings depend on conformance with these specifications.


                                                                                                    D-38 Division B                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          D-5.1.1.

                                                                                                    Section D-4 Noncombustibility
                                                                                                    D-4.1. Test Method

                                                                                                    D-4.1.1. Determination of Noncombustibility
                                                                                                         1) Noncombustibility is required of certain components of buildings by the provisions of this Code,
                                                                                                    which specifies noncombustibility by reference to CAN/ULC-S114, “Standard Method of Test for Determination
                                                                                                    of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials.”
                                                                                                          2) The test to which reference is made in Sentence (1) is severe, and it may be assumed that any




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    building material containing even a small proportion of combustibles will itself be classified as combustible.
                                                                                                    The specimen, 38 mm by 51 mm, is exposed to a temperature of 750°C in a small furnace. The essential criteria
                                                                                                    for noncombustibility are that the specimen does not flame or contribute to temperature rise.

                                                                                                    D-4.2. Materials Classified as Combustible

                                                                                                    D-4.2.1. Combustible Materials

                                                                                                    Most materials from animal or vegetable sources will be classed as combustible by CAN/ULC-S114, “Standard
                                                                                                    Method of Test for Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials,” and wood, wood fibreboard,
                                                                                                    paper, felt made from animal or vegetable fibres, cork, plastics, asphalt and pitch would therefore be classed as
                                                                                                    combustible.

                                                                                                    D-4.2.2. Composite Materials

                                                                                                    Materials that consist of combustible and noncombustible elements in combination will in many cases also be
                                                                                                    classed as combustible, unless the proportion of combustibles is very small. Some mineral wool insulations
                                                                                                    with combustible binder, cinder concrete, cement and wood chips and wood-fibred gypsum plaster would
                                                                                                    also be classed as combustible.

                                                                                                    D-4.2.3. Effect of Chemical Additives

                                                                                                    The addition of a fire-retardant chemical is not sufficient to change a combustible product to a noncombustible
                                                                                                    product.

                                                                                                    D-4.3. Materials Classified as Noncombustible

                                                                                                    D-4.3.1. Typical Examples

                                                                                                    Noncombustible materials include brick, ceramic tile, concrete made from Portland cement with
                                                                                                    noncombustible aggregate, plaster made from gypsum with noncombustible aggregate, metals commonly used
                                                                                                    in buildings, glass, granite, sandstone, slate, limestone and marble.


                                                                                                    Section D-5 Protection of Openings in Fire-Rated
                                                                                                    Assemblies
                                                                                                    D-5.1. Scope

                                                                                                    D-5.1.1. Installation Information
                                                                                                        1) The information in this Section specifies requirements for the installation of fire doors and fire
                                                                                                    dampers in gypsum-board-protected stud wall assemblies.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                     Division B D-39
                                                                                                    D-5.2.                                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    D-5.2. Installation of Fire Doors and Fire Dampers
                                                                                                    D-5.2.1. References
                                                                                                         1) Fire doors and fire dampers in gypsum-board-protected steel stud non-loadbearing walls required to
                                                                                                    have a fire-resistance rating shall be installed in conformance with Section 9.24. and the applicable requirements
                                                                                                    of NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.”
                                                                                                           2) Fire doors and fire dampers in gypsum-board-protected wood stud walls required to have a
                                                                                                    fire-resistance rating shall be installed in conformance with Section 9.23. and the applicable requirements of
                                                                                                    NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section D-6 Fire Performance of Exterior Wall
                                                                                                    Assemblies
                                                                                                    D-6.1. Scope
                                                                                                    D-6.1.1. Exterior Wall Assemblies

                                                                                                    Table D-6.1.1. shows construction specifications for exterior wall assemblies that are deemed to satisfy the
                                                                                                    criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method of Fire Test
                                                                                                    of Exterior Wall Assemblies.”

                                                                                                                                                              Table D-6.1.1.
                                                                                                          Construction Specifications for Exterior Wall Assemblies that Are Deemed to Satisfy the Criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b)
                                                                                                                                             when Tested in Accordance with CAN/ULC-S134

                                                                                                       Wall           Structural
                                                                                                                                       Absorptive Material          Sheathing             Cladding                            Design
                                                                                                      Number          Members
                                                                                                     EXTW-1       38 mm × 89 mm        89 mm thick rock or              —           12.7 mm thick
                                                                                                                  wood studs           slag fibre in cavities                       fire-retardant-treated
                                                                                                                  spaced at            formed by studs (3)(4)                       plywood siding (5)                                      GG00531A
                                                                                                                  400 mm o.c. (1)(2)
                                                                                                     EXTW-2       38 mm × 140 mm       140 mm thick rock or Gypsum                  Noncombustible
                                                                                                                  wood studs           slag fibre in cavities sheathing             exterior cladding
                                                                                                                  spaced at            formed by studs (3)(4) ≥ 12.7 mm thick
                                                                                                                  400 mm o.c. (1)(2)                                                                                                        GG00530A


                                                                                                     EXTW-3       38 mm × 140 mm       140 mm thick rock or 15.9 mm thick           Noncombustible
                                                                                                                  wood studs           slag fibre in cavities fire-retardant-       exterior cladding
                                                                                                                  spaced at            formed by studs (3)(4) treated plywood (6)
                                                                                                                  400 mm o.c. (1)(2)                                                                                                        GG00532A


                                                                                                     EXTW-4       38 mm × 140 mm       140 mm thick glass,       Gypsum             Noncombustible
                                                                                                                  wood studs           rock or slag fibre in     sheathing          exterior cladding
                                                                                                                  spaced at            cavities formed by        ≥ 12.7 mm thick
                                                                                                                  600 mm o.c. (1)(7)   studs (3)
                                                                                                                  attached to
                                                                                                                  cross-laminated                                                                                                           GG00533A

                                                                                                                  timber (CLT)
                                                                                                                  wall panels
                                                                                                                  ≥ 38 mm thick (8)
                                                                                                     EXTW-5       89 mm horizontal     89 mm thick rock or              —           Noncombustible
                                                                                                                  Z-bars spaced        slag fibre in cavities                       exterior cladding
                                                                                                                  at 600 mm o.c.       formed by Z-bars (3)(4)                      attached to
                                                                                                                  attached to                                                       19 mm vertical hat
                                                                                                                  CLT wall panels                                                   channels spaced at                                      GG00534A
                                                                                                                  ≥ 105 mm thick (8)                                                600 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    Notes to Table D-6.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The stated stud dimensions are maximum values. Where wood studs with a smaller depth are used, the thickness of the absorptive material
                                                                                                          in the cavities formed by the studs must be reduced accordingly.


                                                                                                    D-40 Division B                                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                D-7.1.

                                                                                                                                                                Table D-6.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                    (2)   Horizontal blocking between the vertical studs or horizontal stud plates must be installed at vertical intervals of not more than 2 324 mm, such
                                                                                                          that the maximum clear length between the horizontal blocking or stud plates is 2 286 mm.
                                                                                                    (3)   The absorptive material must conform to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material
                                                                                                          Specification.”
                                                                                                    (4)   The absorptive material must have a density not less than 32 kg/m3.
                                                                                                    (5)   The fire-retardant-treated plywood siding must conform to the requirements of Article 3.1.4.5. and must have been conditioned in conformance with
                                                                                                          ASTM D2898, “Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing,” before being tested in accordance
                                                                                                          with CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies.”
                                                                                                    (6)   The fire-retardant-treated plywood must conform to the requirements of Article 3.1.4.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (7)   Horizontal blocking between the vertical studs or horizontal stud plates must be installed at vertical intervals of not more than 2 438 mm, such
                                                                                                          that the maximum clear length between the horizontal blocking or stud plates is 2 400 mm.
                                                                                                    (8)   A water-resistant barrier is permitted to be attached to the face of the CLT wall panels.



                                                                                                    Section D-7 Background Information
                                                                                                    D-7.1. Fire Test Reports
                                                                                                    Summaries of available fire test information have been published by NRC as follows:
                                                                                                    (1)  M. Galbreath, Flame Spread Performance of Common Building Materials. Technical Paper No. 170,
                                                                                                         Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, April 1964. NRCC 7820.
                                                                                                    (2)  M. Galbreath and W.W. Stanzak, Fire Endurance of Protected Steel Columns and Beams. Technical
                                                                                                         Paper No. 194, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, April 1965.
                                                                                                         NRCC 8379.
                                                                                                    (3)  T.Z. Harmathy and W.W. Stanzak, Elevated-Temperature Tensile and Creep Properties of Some Structural
                                                                                                         and Prestressing Steels. American Society for Testing and Materials, Special Technical Publication 464,
                                                                                                         1970, p. 186 (DBR Research Paper No. 424) NRCC 11163.
                                                                                                    (4)  T.Z. Harmathy, Thermal Performance of Concrete Masonry Walls in Fire. American Society for Testing
                                                                                                         and Materials, Special Technical Publication 464, 1970, p. 209 (DBR Research Paper No. 423) NRCC 11161.
                                                                                                    (5)  L.W. Allen, Fire Endurance of Selected Non-Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Walls. DBR Fire Study No.
                                                                                                         25, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, March 1970. NRCC 11275.
                                                                                                    (6)  A. Rose, Comparison of Flame Spread Ratings by Radiant Panel, Tunnel Furnace, and Pittsburgh-Corning
                                                                                                         Apparatus. DBR Fire Study No. 22, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada,
                                                                                                         Ottawa, June 1969. NRCC 10788.
                                                                                                    (7)  T.T. Lie and D.E. Allen, Calculation of the Fire Resistance of Reinforced Concrete Columns. DBR
                                                                                                         Technical Paper No. 378, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa,
                                                                                                         August 1972. NRCC 12797.
                                                                                                    (8)  W.W. Stanzak, Column Covers: A Practical Application of Sheet Steel as a Protective Membrane. DBR
                                                                                                         Fire Study No. 27, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, February
                                                                                                         1972. NRCC 12483.
                                                                                                    (9)  W.W. Stanzak, Sheet Steel as a Protective Membrane for Steel Beams and Columns. DBR Fire Study No. 23,
                                                                                                         Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, November 1969. NRCC 10865.
                                                                                                    (10) W.W. Stanzak and T.T. Lie, Fire Tests on Protected Steel Columns with Different Cross-Sections. DBR
                                                                                                         Fire Study No. 30, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, February
                                                                                                         1973. NRCC 13072.
                                                                                                    (11) G. Williams-Leir and L.W. Allen, Prediction of Fire Endurance of Concrete Masonry Walls. DBR
                                                                                                         Technical Paper No. 399, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa,
                                                                                                         November 1973. NRCC 13560.
                                                                                                    (12) G. Williams-Leir, Prediction of Fire Endurance of Concrete Slabs. DBR Technical Paper No. 398, Division
                                                                                                         of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, November 1973. NRCC 13559.
                                                                                                    (13) A. Rose, Flammability of Fibreboard Interior Finish Materials. Building Research Note No. 68, Division of
                                                                                                         Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, October 1969.
                                                                                                    (14) L.W. Allen, Effect of Sand Replacement on the Fire Endurance of Lightweight Aggregate Masonry Units.
                                                                                                         DBR Fire Study No. 26, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa,
                                                                                                         September 1971. NRCC 12112.
                                                                                                    (15) L.W. Allen, W.W. Stanzak and M. Galbreath, Fire Endurance Tests on Unit Masonry Walls with Gypsum
                                                                                                         Wallboard. DBR Fire Study No. 32, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada,
                                                                                                         Ottawa, February 1974, NRCC 13901.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                      Division B D-41
                                                                                                    D-7.2.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    (16)   W.W. Stanzak and T.T. Lie, Fire Resistance of Unprotected Steel Columns. Journal of Structural Division,
                                                                                                           Proc., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Vol. 99, No. ST5 Proc. Paper 9719, May 1973 (DBR Research Paper No. 577)
                                                                                                           NRCC 13589.
                                                                                                    (17)   T.T. Lie and T.Z. Harmathy, Fire Endurance of Concrete-Protected Steel Columns. A.C.I. Journal, January
                                                                                                           1974, Title No. 71-4 (DBR Technical Paper No. 597) NRCC 13876.
                                                                                                    (18)   T.T. Lie, A Method for Assessing the Fire Resistance of Laminated Timber Beams and Columns. Can. J.
                                                                                                           Civ. Eng., Vol. 4, No. 2, June 1977 (DBR Technical Paper No. 718) NRCC 15946.
                                                                                                    (19)   T.T. Lie, Calculation of the Fire Resistance of Composite Concrete Floor and Roof Slabs. Fire Technology,
                                                                                                           Vol. 14, No. 1, February 1978 (DBR Technical Paper No. 772) NRCC 16658.
                                                                                                    (20)   M.A. Sultan, Y.P. Séguin and P. Leroux. Results of Fire Resistance Tests on Full-Scale Floor Assemblies,
                                                                                                           Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, May 1998, IRC-IR-764.
                                                                                                    (21)   M.A. Sultan, J.C. Latour, P. Leroux, R.C. Monette, Y.P. Séguin and J.P. Henrie, Results of Fire Resistance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           Tests on Full-Scale Floor Assemblies - Phase II, Institute for Research in Construction, National Research
                                                                                                           Council Canada, Ottawa, March 2005, RR-184.
                                                                                                    (22)   M.A. Sultan and G.D. Lougheed, Results of Fire Resistance Tests on Full-Scale Gypsum Board Wall
                                                                                                           Assemblies, Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, August
                                                                                                           2002, IRC-IR-833.
                                                                                                    (23)   V.K.R. Kodur, M.A. Sultan, J.C. Latour, P. Leroux, R.C. Monette, Experimental Studies on the Fire
                                                                                                           Resistance of Load-Bearing Steel Stud Walls, Research Report, National Research Council Canada,
                                                                                                           Ottawa, August 2013, RR-343.
                                                                                                    (24)   E. Gibbs, B.C. Taber, G.D. Lougheed, J.Z. Su and N. Bénichou, Solutions for Mid-Rise Wood Construction:
                                                                                                           Full-Scale Standard Fire Test for Exterior Wall Assembly Using Lightweight Wood Frame Construction
                                                                                                           with Gypsum Sheathing (Test EXTW-1), Report to Research Consortium for Wood and Wood-Hybrid
                                                                                                           Mid-Rise Buildings, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, December 2014, A1-100035-01.4.
                                                                                                    (25)   E. Gibbs, B.C. Taber, G.D. Lougheed, J.Z. Su and N. Bénichou, Solutions for Mid-Rise Wood Construction:
                                                                                                           Full-Scale Standard Fire Test for Exterior Wall Assembly Using a Simulated Cross-Laminated Timber
                                                                                                           Wall Assembly with Gypsum Sheathing (Test EXTW-2), Report to Research Consortium for Wood
                                                                                                           and Wood-Hybrid Mid-Rise Buildings, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, December 2014,
                                                                                                           A1-100035-01.5.
                                                                                                    (26)   E. Gibbs, B.C. Taber, G.D. Lougheed, J.Z. Su and N. Bénichou, Solutions for Mid-Rise Wood Construction:
                                                                                                           Full-Scale Standard Fire Test for Exterior Wall Assembly Using Lightweight Wood Frame Construction
                                                                                                           with Interior Fire-Retardant-Treated Plywood Sheathing (Test EXTW-3), Report to Research Consortium
                                                                                                           for Wood and Wood-Hybrid Mid-Rise Buildings, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, December
                                                                                                           2014, A1-100035-01.6.
                                                                                                    (27)   E. Gibbs and J. Su, Full Scale Exterior Wall Test on Nordic Cross-Laminated Timber System, National
                                                                                                           Research Council Canada, Ottawa, January 2015, A1-006009.1.

                                                                                                    D-7.2. Obsolete Materials and Assemblies
                                                                                                    Building materials, components and structural members and assemblies in buildings constructed before 1995
                                                                                                    may have been assigned ratings based on earlier editions of the Supplement to the National Building Code of
                                                                                                    Canada 1990 or older reports of fire tests. To assist users in determining the ratings of these obsolete assemblies
                                                                                                    and structural members, the following list of reference documents has been prepared. Although some of these
                                                                                                    publications are out of print, reference copies are available through NRC.
                                                                                                    (1)   M. Galbreath, Fire Endurance of Unit Masonry Walls. Technical Paper No. 207, Division of Building
                                                                                                          Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, October 1965. NRCC 8740.
                                                                                                    (2)   M. Galbreath, Fire Endurance of Light Framed and Miscellaneous Assemblies. Technical Paper No. 222,
                                                                                                          Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, June 1966. NRCC 9085.
                                                                                                    (3)   M. Galbreath, Fire Endurance of Concrete Assemblies. Technical Paper No. 235, Division of Building
                                                                                                          Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, November 1966. NRCC 9279.
                                                                                                    (4)   Guideline on Fire Ratings of Archaic Materials and Assemblies. Rehabilitation Guideline #8, U.S.
                                                                                                          Department of Housing and Urban Development, Germantown, Maryland 20767, October 1980.
                                                                                                    (5)   T.Z. Harmathy, Fire Test of a Plank Wall Construction. Fire Study No. 2, Division of Building Research,
                                                                                                          National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, July 1960. NRCC 5760.
                                                                                                    (6)   T.Z. Harmathy, Fire Test of a Wood Partition. Fire Study No. 3, Division of Building Research, National
                                                                                                          Research Council Canada, Ottawa, October 1960. NRCC 5769.

                                                                                                    D-7.3. Assessment of Archaic Assemblies
                                                                                                    Information in this document applies to new construction. Please refer to early editions of the Supplement to
                                                                                                    the National Building Code of Canada 1990 for the assessment or evaluation of assemblies that do not conform


                                                                                                    D-42 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              D-7.4.

                                                                                                    to the information in this edition of the National Building Code. As with other documents, this Code is revised
                                                                                                    according to the information presented to the standing committee responsible for its content, and with each
                                                                                                    update new material may be added and material that is not relevant may be deleted.

                                                                                                    D-7.4. Development of the Component Additive Method
                                                                                                    The component additive method was developed based upon the following observations and conclusions drawn
                                                                                                    from published as well as unpublished test information.

                                                                                                    Study of the test data showed that structural failure preceded failure by other criteria (transmission of heat or
                                                                                                    hot gases) in most of the tests of loadbearing wood-framed assemblies. The major contributor to fire resistance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    was the membrane on the fire-exposed side.

                                                                                                    Fire tests of wood joist floors without protective ceilings resulted in structural failure between 8 and 10 min.
                                                                                                    Calculation of the time for wood joists to approach breaking stress, based upon the charring rate of natural
                                                                                                    woods, suggested a time of 10 min for structural failure. This time was subtracted from the fire-resistance test
                                                                                                    results of wood joist floors and the remainder considered to be the contribution of the membrane.

                                                                                                    The figures obtained for the contribution of membranes were then applied to the test results for open web steel
                                                                                                    joist floors and wood and steel stud walls and values of 20 min for the contribution of wood stud framing and
                                                                                                    10 min for steel framing were derived.

                                                                                                    The fire-resistance rating has been limited to 1.5 h as this method of developing ratings for framed assemblies
                                                                                                    was new and untried. Although this is the subject of current review, no decision has been made to extend
                                                                                                    the ratings beyond 1.5 h.
                                                                                                    (1)    M. Galbreath, G. C. Gosselin, and R. B. Chauhan, Historical Guide to Chapter 2 of the Supplement to the
                                                                                                           National Building Code of Canada, Committee Paper FPR 1-3, Prepared for the Standing Committee on
                                                                                                           Fire Performance Ratings, May 1987.

                                                                                                    Example showing fire-resistance rating of a typical membrane assembly, calculated using the component
                                                                                                    additive method.

                                                                                                    1 hour Gypsum Board/Wood Stud Interior Partition

                                                                                                    A 1 h fire-resistance rating is required for an interior wood framed partition, using 12.7 mm Type X gypsum
                                                                                                    board.
                                                                                                     (a) Since gypsum board is used (Sentence D-2.3.4.(2) and Table D-2.3.4.-A) time assigned to 12.7 mm Type X
                                                                                                         gypsum board membrane on the fire-exposed side of the partition = 25 min
                                                                                                     (b) Time assigned to wood framing members at 400 mm o.c. (Sentence D-2.3.4.(3) and Table D-2.3.4.-E) =
                                                                                                         20 min
                                                                                                     (c) Time assigned to insulation, if the spaces between the studs are filled with preformed insulation of rock or
                                                                                                         slag fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings,
                                                                                                         Part 1: Material Specification,” (Sentence D-2.3.4.(4) and Table D-2.3.4.-G) = 15 min
                                                                                                     (d) Time assigned to the membrane on the non-fire-exposed side (Sentence D-2.3.5.(1)) = 0 min
                                                                                                         Fire-resistance rating = 25 + 20 + 15 = 60 min




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                      Division B D-43
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




D-44 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                               Division C

                                                                   Administrative Provisions
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Division C



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      1.1.          Application
                                                                                                      1.1.1.        Application ........................................ 1-1

                                                                                                      1.2.          Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                      1.2.1.        Definitions of Words and Phrases .. 1-1
                                                                                                      1.2.2.        Symbols and Other Abbreviations .. 1-1




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division C



                                                                                                    Part 1
                                                                                                    General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 1.1. Application
                                                                                                    1.1.1.           Application

                                                                                                    1.1.1.1.         Application

                                                                                                                       1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of
                                                                                                                     Division A.)


                                                                                                    Section 1.2. Terms and Abbreviations
                                                                                                    1.2.1.           Definitions of Words and Phrases

                                                                                                    1.2.1.1.         Non-defined Terms

                                                                                                                        1) Words and phrases used in Division C that are not included in the list of
                                                                                                                     definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A shall have the meanings that are commonly
                                                                                                                     assigned to them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the
                                                                                                                     specialized use of terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology
                                                                                                                     applies.

                                                                                                                        2) Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in Division C, they
                                                                                                                     shall be the objectives and functional statements described in Parts 2 and 3 of Division
                                                                                                                     A.

                                                                                                                        3) Where acceptable solutions are referred to in Division C, they shall be the
                                                                                                                     provisions stated in Parts 2 to 9 of Division B.

                                                                                                                        4) Where alternative solutions are referred to in Division C, they shall be the
                                                                                                                     alternative solutions mentioned in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A.

                                                                                                    1.2.1.2.         Defined Terms

                                                                                                                         1) The words and terms in italics in Division C shall have the meanings assigned
                                                                                                                     to them in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.

                                                                                                    1.2.2.           Symbols and Other Abbreviations

                                                                                                    1.2.2.1.         Symbols and Other Abbreviations

                                                                                                                        1) The symbols and other abbreviations in Division C shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                     assigned to them in Article 1.4.2.1. of Division A.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division C 1-1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




1-2 Division C




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division C



                                                                                                    Part 2
                                                                                                    Administrative Provisions




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      2.1.          Application
                                                                                                      2.1.1.        Application ........................................ 2-1

                                                                                                      2.2.          Administration
                                                                                                      2.2.1.        Administration .................................. 2-1
                                                                                                      2.2.2.        Information Required for
                                                                                                                    Proposed Work ................................. 2-1
                                                                                                      2.2.3.        Fire Protection Components ........... 2-2
                                                                                                      2.2.4.        Structural and Foundation
                                                                                                                    Drawings and Calculations ............. 2-2
                                                                                                      2.2.5.        Drawings and Specifications for
                                                                                                                    Environmental Separators and
                                                                                                                    Other Assemblies Exposed to
                                                                                                                    the Exterior ....................................... 2-3
                                                                                                      2.2.6.        Heating, Ventilating and
                                                                                                                    Air-conditioning Drawings and
                                                                                                                    Specifications ................................... 2-3
                                                                                                      2.2.7.        Review of Work ................................. 2-3
                                                                                                      2.2.8.        Drawings, Specifications
                                                                                                                    and Calculations for Energy
                                                                                                                    Performance Compliance ................ 2-4

                                                                                                      2.3.          Alternative Solutions
                                                                                                      2.3.1.        Documentation of Alternative
                                                                                                                    Solutions ........................................... 2-5

                                                                                                                    Notes to Part 2 .................. 2-7




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division C



                                                                                                    Part 2
                                                                                                    Administrative Provisions




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 2.1. Application
                                                                                                    2.1.1.           Application
                                                                                                    2.1.1.1.         Application
                                                                                                                       1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of
                                                                                                                     Division A.)


                                                                                                    Section 2.2. Administration
                                                                                                    2.2.1.           Administration
                                                                                                    2.2.1.1.         Conformance with Administrative Requirements
                                                                                                                        1) This Code shall be administered in conformance with the appropriate provincial
                                                                                                                     or territorial regulations, municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations
                                                                                                                     or bylaws, in conformance with the Administrative Requirements for Use with the
                                                                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 1985.

                                                                                                    2.2.1.2.         Structural Design
                                                                                                                        1) For design carried out in accordance with Part 4 of Division B, the designer
                                                                                                                     shall be a professional engineer or architect skilled in the work concerned. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-2.2.1.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    2.2.2.           Information Required for Proposed Work
                                                                                                    2.2.2.1.         General Information Required
                                                                                                                        1) Sufficient information shall be provided to show that the proposed work will
                                                                                                                     conform to this Code and whether or not it may affect adjacent property.
                                                                                                                       2) Plans shall be drawn to scale and shall indicate the nature and extent of the
                                                                                                                     work or proposed occupancy in sufficient detail to establish that, when completed, the
                                                                                                                     work and the proposed occupancy will conform to this Code.
                                                                                                                        3) When proposed work is changed during construction, information on the
                                                                                                                     changes shall comply with the requirements of this Section for proposed work.

                                                                                                    2.2.2.2.         Site Plans
                                                                                                                        1) Site plans shall be referenced to an up-to-date survey and, when required to
                                                                                                                     prove compliance with this Code, a copy of the survey shall be provided.
                                                                                                                         2) Site plans shall show
                                                                                                                         a) by dimensions from property lines, the location of the proposed building,
                                                                                                                         b) the similarly dimensioned location of every adjacent existing building on
                                                                                                                            the property,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                        Division C 2-1
                                                                                                    2.2.3.1.                                                                                             Division C

                                                                                                                        c) existing and finished ground levels to an established datum at or adjacent to
                                                                                                                           the site, and
                                                                                                                        d) the access routes for firefighting.

                                                                                                    2.2.3.           Fire Protection Components

                                                                                                    2.2.3.1.         Information Required for Fire Protection Components

                                                                                                                        1) Information shall be submitted to show the major components of fire protection
                                                                                                                     including
                                                                                                                         a) the division of the building by firewalls,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         b) the building area,
                                                                                                                         c) the degree of fire separation of storeys, shafts and special rooms or areas,
                                                                                                                            including the location and rating of closures in fire separations,
                                                                                                                        d) the source of information for fire-resistance ratings of elements of construction
                                                                                                                            (to be indicated on large-scale sections),
                                                                                                                         e) the source of information for encapsulation ratings of mass timber elements
                                                                                                                            of construction (to be indicated on large-scale sections),
                                                                                                                         f) the location of exits, and
                                                                                                                         g) fire detection, suppression and alarm systems.

                                                                                                    2.2.3.2.         Plans of Sprinkler Systems

                                                                                                                        1) Before a sprinkler system is installed or altered, plans showing full details of
                                                                                                                     the proposed sprinkler system and essential details of the building in which it is to be
                                                                                                                     installed shall be drawn to an indicated scale.

                                                                                                    2.2.4.           Structural and Foundation Drawings and Calculations

                                                                                                    2.2.4.1.         Application

                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies only to buildings covered in Part 4 of Division B. (See
                                                                                                                     Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A.)

                                                                                                    2.2.4.2.         Professional Seal and Signature of Designer

                                                                                                                        1) Structural drawings and related documents submitted with the application to
                                                                                                                     build shall be dated and shall bear the authorized professional seal and signature of
                                                                                                                     the designer as defined in Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1).

                                                                                                    2.2.4.3.         Information Required on Structural Drawings

                                                                                                                        1) Structural drawings and related documents submitted with the application to
                                                                                                                     build shall indicate, in addition to those items specified in Article 2.2.4.6. and in Part 4
                                                                                                                     of Division B applicable to the specific material,
                                                                                                                         a) the name and address of the person responsible for the structural design,
                                                                                                                        b) the date of issue of the Code and standards to which the design conforms,
                                                                                                                         c) the dimensions, location and size of all structural members in sufficient
                                                                                                                            detail to enable the design to be checked,
                                                                                                                        d) sufficient detail to enable the dead loads to be determined,
                                                                                                                         e) all effects and loads, other than dead loads, used for the design of the
                                                                                                                            structural members and exterior cladding, and
                                                                                                                         f) the Importance Category of the building.

                                                                                                    2.2.4.4.         Drawings of Parts or Components

                                                                                                                        1) Structural drawings of parts or components including guards designed by
                                                                                                                     a person other than the designer of the building shall be dated and shall bear the
                                                                                                                     authorized professional seal and signature of the designer of such parts or components.


                                                                                                    2-2 Division C                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division C                                                                                              2.2.7.1.

                                                                                                    2.2.4.5.         Design Calculations and Analysis
                                                                                                                        1) The calculations and analysis made in the design of the structural members,
                                                                                                                     including parts and components, of a building shall be available for inspection upon
                                                                                                                     request.

                                                                                                    2.2.4.6.         Information Required on Foundation Drawings
                                                                                                                        1) Foundation drawings submitted with the application to build or excavate shall
                                                                                                                     be provided to indicate
                                                                                                                        a) the type and condition of the soil or rock, as well as the groundwater
                                                                                                                            conditions, as determined by the subsurface investigation,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        b) the factored bearing pressures on the soil or rock, the factored loads when
                                                                                                                            applicable and the design loads applied to foundation units, and
                                                                                                                        c) the earth pressures and other loads applied to the supporting structures of
                                                                                                                            supported excavations.
                                                                                                                        2) When required, evidence that justifies the information on the drawings shall
                                                                                                                     be submitted with the application to excavate or build.

                                                                                                    2.2.4.7.         Altered Conditions
                                                                                                                        1) Where conditions as described under Sentences 4.2.2.4.(1) and (2) of Division B
                                                                                                                     are encountered, or where foundation units or their locations are altered, this information
                                                                                                                     shall be recorded on appropriate drawings or new “as constructed” drawings.

                                                                                                    2.2.5.           Drawings and Specifications for Environmental Separators
                                                                                                                     and Other Assemblies Exposed to the Exterior
                                                                                                    2.2.5.1.         Application
                                                                                                                       1) This Subsection applies to building materials, components and assemblies to
                                                                                                                     which Part 5 of Division B applies. (See Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A.)

                                                                                                    2.2.5.2.         Information Required on Drawings and Specifications
                                                                                                                       1) Information shown on drawings and in specifications shall be clear and legible,
                                                                                                                     and shall contain sufficient details to demonstrate conformance with this Code. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-2.2.6.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    2.2.6.           Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning Drawings and
                                                                                                                     Specifications
                                                                                                    2.2.6.1.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies only to buildings covered in Part 6 of Division B. (See
                                                                                                                     Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A.)

                                                                                                    2.2.6.2.         Information Required on Drawings
                                                                                                                        1) The information shown on architectural drawings and on drawings for heating,
                                                                                                                     ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall be clear and legible and shall contain all
                                                                                                                     necessary details to demonstrate conformance with this Code. (See Note A-2.2.6.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    2.2.7.           Review of Work
                                                                                                    2.2.7.1.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies only to buildings covered in Part 4 of Division B (see
                                                                                                                     Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A), except that Articles 2.2.7.5. and 2.2.7.6. apply to all
                                                                                                                     buildings covered in this Code. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of Division A.)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division C 2-3
                                                                                                    2.2.7.2.                                                                                           Division C

                                                                                                    2.2.7.2.         Review of Construction
                                                                                                                        1) The designer or another suitably qualified person shall review the construction
                                                                                                                     of any building or part thereof to determine conformance with the design.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.3.         Review of Shop Drawings
                                                                                                                        1) The designer or another suitably qualified person shall review all shop drawings
                                                                                                                     and other related documents relevant to the design to determine conformance with
                                                                                                                     the design.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.4.         Review of Workmanship and Materials




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) Workmanship, materials and all reports of material tests shall be reviewed by
                                                                                                                     the designer or another suitably qualified person during the process of construction.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.5.         Off-Site Review
                                                                                                                        1) Where a building or component of a building is assembled off the building site in
                                                                                                                     such a manner that it cannot be reviewed on site, off-site reviews shall be provided to
                                                                                                                     determine compliance with this Code.

                                                                                                    2.2.7.6.         Review of Construction Dimensions
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-2.2.7.6.)
                                                                                                                        1) When reviewing construction dimensions related to commonly available
                                                                                                                     building components and materials, the designer or another suitably qualified person
                                                                                                                     shall consider that the prescriptive metric values in the Code may have been converted
                                                                                                                     and rounded from imperial values.

                                                                                                    2.2.8.           Drawings, Specifications and Calculations for Energy
                                                                                                                     Performance Compliance
                                                                                                    2.2.8.1.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies only to houses with or without a secondary suite and to
                                                                                                                     buildings containing only dwelling units and common spaces whose total floor area does
                                                                                                                     not exceed 20% of the total floor area of the building that are modeled in accordance with
                                                                                                                     Subsection 9.36.5. of Division B to demonstrate compliance with the energy efficiency
                                                                                                                     objectives of Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. of Division B. (See Note A-2.2.8.1.(1).) (See
                                                                                                                     also Sentence 9.36.1.2.(1) and Note A-9.36.1.3.(3) of Division B.)

                                                                                                    2.2.8.2.         Information Required on Drawings and Specifications
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), the drawings and specifications for
                                                                                                                     the proposed house shall include
                                                                                                                         a) the effective thermal resistance values and respective areas of all opaque
                                                                                                                            building envelope assemblies, including all above-ground and below-ground
                                                                                                                            roof/ceiling, wall, and floor assemblies,
                                                                                                                        b) the overall thermal transmittance (U-value), solar heat gain coefficient and
                                                                                                                            respective areas of all fenestration and door components,
                                                                                                                         c) the ratio of total vertical fenestration and door area to gross wall area,
                                                                                                                        d) the performance rating, energy source, and types of all equipment required
                                                                                                                            for space-heating and -cooling and service water heating,
                                                                                                                         e) the design basis for the ventilation rates,
                                                                                                                         f) where a test is used to determine the airtightness of a house, the measured
                                                                                                                            airtightness of the building envelope in air changes per hour, and
                                                                                                                        g) any additional features used in the energy model calculations that account
                                                                                                                            for a significant difference in house energy performance.
                                                                                                                        2) The effective thermal resistance values and respective areas of opaque building
                                                                                                                     envelope assemblies that cover less than 2% of the total area of their respective assembly
                                                                                                                     type need not be provided in the drawings and specifications required in Sentence (1).


                                                                                                    2-4 Division C                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division C                                                                                               2.3.1.1.

                                                                                                                        3) Where part-load characteristics are used in the modeling of the HVAC
                                                                                                                     equipment, they need not be provided in the drawings and specifications required in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                        4) The features of the proposed house that differ from those of the reference house
                                                                                                                     shall be detailed in the specifications required in Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    2.2.8.3.         House Performance Compliance Calculation Report
                                                                                                                        1) A house performance compliance calculation report shall be provided in
                                                                                                                     accordance with Sentence (2) for each proposed house design.
                                                                                                                       2) In addition to the drawings and specifications required in Article 2.2.8.2., the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     house performance compliance calculation report shall include
                                                                                                                        a) a project information section containing
                                                                                                                               i) the name or identifier of the project,
                                                                                                                              ii) a description of the project,
                                                                                                                             iii) the address of the project,
                                                                                                                             iv) the name and version of the calculation tool,
                                                                                                                              v) the geographic region in which the proposed house is to
                                                                                                                                  be built, and
                                                                                                                             vi) the identifier for the climatic data set used for analysis,
                                                                                                                        b) a summary of the characteristics of the building envelope, HVAC system
                                                                                                                            and service water heating system reflecting the information provided in
                                                                                                                            Article 2.2.8.2.,
                                                                                                                        c) an energy performance data summary containing
                                                                                                                               i) the annual energy consumption of all energy
                                                                                                                                  sources calculated for the proposed house (see
                                                                                                                                  Note A-2.2.8.3.(2)(c)(i)), and
                                                                                                                              ii) the house energy target of all energy sources calculated for
                                                                                                                                  the reference house,
                                                                                                                        d) where a software program is used to determine compliance,
                                                                                                                               i) the name of the software program(s), and
                                                                                                                              ii) a list of any adaptations made by the user to the software
                                                                                                                                  relating to input or output values, and
                                                                                                                        e) a statement that the calculation was performed in compliance with
                                                                                                                            Subsection 9.36.5. of Division B.


                                                                                                    Section 2.3. Alternative Solutions
                                                                                                    2.3.1.           Documentation of Alternative Solutions
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-2.3.1.)

                                                                                                    2.3.1.1.         Documentation
                                                                                                                        1) Documentation conforming to this Subsection shall be provided by the person
                                                                                                                     requesting the use of an alternative solution to demonstrate that the proposed
                                                                                                                     alternative solution complies with this Code.
                                                                                                                         2) The documentation referred to in Sentence (1) shall include
                                                                                                                         a) a Code analysis outlining the analytical methods and rationales used to
                                                                                                                            determine that a proposed alternative solution will achieve at least the level
                                                                                                                            of performance required by Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, and
                                                                                                                         b) information concerning any special maintenance or operational
                                                                                                                            requirements, including any building component commissioning
                                                                                                                            requirements, that are necessary for the alternative solution to achieve
                                                                                                                            compliance with the Code after the building is constructed.
                                                                                                                        3) The Code analysis referred to in Clause (2)(a) shall identify the applicable
                                                                                                                     objectives, functional statements and acceptable solutions, and any assumptions,
                                                                                                                     limiting or restricting factors, testing procedures, engineering studies or building
                                                                                                                     performance parameters that will support a Code compliance assessment.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                          Division C 2-5
                                                                                                    2.3.1.1.                                                                                           Division C

                                                                                                                        4) The Code analysis referred to in Clause (2)(a) shall include information
                                                                                                                     about the qualifications, experience and background of the person or persons taking
                                                                                                                     responsibility for the design.

                                                                                                                         5) The information provided under Sentence (3) shall be in sufficient detail to
                                                                                                                     convey the design intent and to support the validity, accuracy, relevance and precision
                                                                                                                     of the Code analysis.

                                                                                                                         6) Where the design of a building includes proposed alternative solutions that
                                                                                                                     involve more than one person taking responsibility for different aspects of the design,
                                                                                                                     the applicant for the permit shall identify a single person to co-ordinate the preparation
                                                                                                                     of the design, Code analysis and documentation referred to in this Subsection.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    2-6 Division C                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division C



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 2
                                                                                                    Administrative Provisions




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-2.2.1.2.(1) Structural Design. Part 4 of Division B is written on the assumption that structural
                                                                                                    design will be carried out by a professional who is qualified to perform such design. Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1) is
                                                                                                    not intended to imply that a professional may not also be required in the application of requirements in
                                                                                                    other Parts of the NBC.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.6.2.(1) Information Required on Drawings and Specifications. Examples of information
                                                                                                    that should be shown on architectural drawings and drawings for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
                                                                                                    systems are:
                                                                                                      (a) the name, type and location of the building,
                                                                                                      (b) the name of the owner,
                                                                                                      (c) the name of the architect,
                                                                                                      (d) the name of the engineer or designer,
                                                                                                      (e) the north point,
                                                                                                       (f) the dimensions and height of all rooms,
                                                                                                      (g) the intended use of all rooms,
                                                                                                      (h) the details or description of the wall, roof, ceiling and floor construction, including insulation,
                                                                                                       (i) the details or description of the windows and outside doors, including the size, weatherstripping, storm
                                                                                                           sashes, sills and storm doors,
                                                                                                       (j) the size and continuity of all pipes, ducts, shafts, flues and fire dampers,
                                                                                                      (k) the location, size, capacity and type of all principal units of equipment,
                                                                                                       (l) the size, shape and height of all chimneys and gas vents,
                                                                                                     (m) the size and location of all combustion air and ventilation openings, and
                                                                                                      (n) the location and fire-resistance rating of required fire separations.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.7.6.      Conversions and Tolerances.

                                                                                                        Historical Background

                                                                                                        For the 1977 edition of the NBC, most imperial values in the Code were converted to metric values. A
                                                                                                        document entitled “Metric Values for Use with the National Building Code 1977,” published by the NRC
                                                                                                        Associate Committee on the National Building Code, lists all of the metric values and provides some
                                                                                                        commentary on the rationale applied in the conversion process.
                                                                                                        As explained in this document, the metric values of dimensions were “rounded off to the greatest extent
                                                                                                        possible, consistent with the sensitivity of the particular dimension to the standard of safety to be
                                                                                                        achieved.” For more sensitive dimensions, such as heights of handrails and guards, headroom clearances
                                                                                                        and design loads, the metric values were rounded to a higher precision.
                                                                                                        Dimensions dependent on product sizes were generally converted to a metric approximation of the
                                                                                                        imperial values, a process referred to as “soft” conversion. In many instances, the factor used to convert
                                                                                                        inches to millimetres was taken as 25 mm instead of 25.4 mm, the exact conversion factor. The resulting soft
                                                                                                        conversions were 1.6% smaller than the corresponding exact conversions. Therefore, the soft conversion
                                                                                                        process frequently led to metric values that were somewhat different in magnitude from the original
                                                                                                        imperial values.

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Division C 2-7
                                                                                                    A-2.2.8.1.(1)                                                                                              Division C

                                                                                                        Review of Construction Dimensions
                                                                                                        When reviewing workmanship, materials or construction for compliance with the Code, for any
                                                                                                        measurement related to commonly available building components and materials, the designer or
                                                                                                        another suitably qualified person must consider the imperial value that formed the basis for the original
                                                                                                        prescriptive requirement.
                                                                                                        For instance, the metric values given for the spacing between framing members are soft conversions, rather
                                                                                                        than exact conversions of the original imperial values. However, it remains common construction practice
                                                                                                        to arrange joists, rafters and studs in 12, 16 or 24 in. increments so as to properly align them with the edges
                                                                                                        of sheathing materials. It is, therefore, assumed that framing members will be spaced according to the exact
                                                                                                        metric equivalents as shown for the examples in the following table.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                           Table A-2.2.7.6.
                                                                                                                           Metric Conversion Values of Common Imperial Values Used in Building Construction

                                                                                                                     Imperial Value                      Exact Metric Conversion                  Soft Metric Conversion
                                                                                                                         12 in.                                 305 mm                                   300 mm
                                                                                                                         16 in.                                 406 mm                                   400 mm
                                                                                                                         24 in.                                 610 mm                                   600 mm


                                                                                                        The person conducting the review should also consider reasonable construction tolerances and the
                                                                                                        inherent accuracy of their measurement device. Furthermore, consideration should be given to the implied
                                                                                                        tolerance of the original imperial value. For example, where the Code originally specified framing member
                                                                                                        spacings as 12, 16 and 24 in. on centre, an acceptable tolerance of ± 0.5 in. is implied by the position of
                                                                                                        the last significant digit in the imperial values. The corresponding acceptable tolerance for the metric
                                                                                                        values would be ± 12.7 mm.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.8.1.(1) Use of Terms “Building” and “House”. Although the word “house” is used in
                                                                                                    the terms “proposed house,” “reference house” and “house performance compliance calculation report”
                                                                                                    in Subsection 2.2.8., it is intended to include other types of residential buildings also addressed by
                                                                                                    Subsection 9.36.5. of Division B. The terms “proposed building,” “reference building” and “building
                                                                                                    performance compliance calculation report” used in the NECB apply to other types of buildings.

                                                                                                    A-2.2.8.3.(2)(c)(i) Annual Energy Consumption. The performance compliance calculation method
                                                                                                    detailed in Subsection 9.36.5. of Division B uses a number of assumptions regarding environmental values and
                                                                                                    operating conditions in order to standardize the calculations and neutralize the impact of occupant behaviour
                                                                                                    or to exclude issues that are not addressed in the requirements. Note that the result of the energy model
                                                                                                    calculations is not a prediction of the actual energy consumption of the proposed house.

                                                                                                    A-2.3.1. Documentation of Alternative Solutions. Beyond the purposes of demonstrating
                                                                                                    compliance and acquiring a building permit, there are other important reasons for requiring that the proponent
                                                                                                    of an alternative solution submit project documentation (i.e. a compliance report) to the authority having
                                                                                                    jurisdiction and for the authority having jurisdiction to retain that documentation for a substantial period
                                                                                                    following the construction of a building:
                                                                                                       • Most jurisdictions require that a building be maintained in compliance with the codes under which it
                                                                                                          was built. Alternative solutions made possible by objective-based codes may have special maintenance
                                                                                                          requirements, which would be described in the documentation.
                                                                                                       • Documentation helps consultants perform code compliance assessments of existing buildings before
                                                                                                          they are sold and informs current owners or prospective buyers of existing buildings of any limitations
                                                                                                          pertaining to their future use or development.
                                                                                                       • Documentation provides design professionals with the basic information necessary to design changes
                                                                                                          to an existing building.
                                                                                                       • An alternative solution could be invalidated by a proposed alteration to a building. Designers and
                                                                                                          regulators must therefore know the details of the particular alternative solutions that were integral to
                                                                                                          the original design. Complete documentation should provide insight as to why one alternative solution
                                                                                                          was chosen over another.




                                                                                                    2-8 Division C                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Division C                                                                                        A-2.3.1.

                                                                                                      • Documentation is the “paper trail” of the alternative solution negotiated between the designer and the
                                                                                                        regulator and should demonstrate that a rational process led to the acceptance of the alternative solution
                                                                                                        as an equivalency.
                                                                                                      • It is possible that over time a particular alternative solution may be shown to be inadequate. It would
                                                                                                        be advantageous for a jurisdiction to know which buildings included that alternative solution as part
                                                                                                        of their design: documentation will facilitate this type of analysis.
                                                                                                      • Project documentation provides important information to a forensic team that is called to investigate an
                                                                                                        accident or why a design failed to provide the level of performance expected.
                                                                                                    This subject is discussed in further detail in “Recommended Documentation Requirements for Projects Using
                                                                                                    Alternative Solutions in the Context of Objective-Based Codes,” which was prepared for the CCBFC Task
                                                                                                    Group on Implementation of Objective-Based Codes and is available on the NRC's website.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                    Division C 2-9
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




2-10 Division C




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Index




                                                                                                                                   A                                           provisions, 9.10.20.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                               roof area, 3.2.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                               storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15.
                                                                                                    Abbreviations                                                              storeys above grade, 3.2.5.1.
                                                                                                      acronyms, 1.3.2.1.                                                       street frontages, 3.2.2.10.
                                                                                                      symbols and, 1.2.2.1.                                                  Accessibility (see Barrier-free)
                                                                                                      terms and, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                                Accessible change space, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                    Acceptable solutions, 1.1.2.1., 1.2.1.1. [A]                             Access openings
                                                                                                    Access                                                                     construction barricades, 8.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      attics or roof spaces, 3.6.4.4., 9.19.2.1.                               HVAC systems, 6.8.1.1.
                                                                                                      chimneys, 6.3.3.4.                                                     Access panels, 3.2.5.1., 9.10.20.1.
                                                                                                      crawl spaces, 3.6.4.6., 9.18.2.1., 9.18.4.1.                           Access routes
                                                                                                      fire dampers, 3.1.8.10.                                                  design, 3.2.5.6.
                                                                                                      hatchways to roof, 9.19.2.1.                                             location, 3.2.5.5., 9.10.20.3.
                                                                                                      horizontal service spaces, 3.6.4.5., 9.18.2.1.,                          need for, 3.2.5.4.
                                                                                                         9.18.4.1., 9.19.2.1.                                                  self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2.3.
                                                                                                      HVAC equipment, 6.2.1.6., 6.3.2.15., 9.33.4.4.                           as streets, 3.2.2.10.
                                                                                                      smoke dampers, 3.1.8.11.                                               Adaptable seats, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.
                                                                                                    Access to exits                                                          Adaptive technology (see Assistive listening systems)
                                                                                                      capacity, 3.3.1.17., 9.9.3.                                            Adfreezing, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.4.4.
                                                                                                      corridors in assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.6.                              Adhesives
                                                                                                      corridor width, 3.3.1.9.                                                 ceramic wall tiles, 9.29.10.3.
                                                                                                      dead-end corridors, 9.9.7.3.                                             ducts, 3.6.5.4., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                               Administration of the Code, 2.2. [C]
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.9.3.                                                     Admixtures
                                                                                                      doors, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.2.7., 9.9.6., 9.9.7.4.                             concrete, 9.3.1.8.
                                                                                                      doors, sliding, 3.3.1.12.                                                mortar and grout, 9.20.3.2.
                                                                                                      doors, transparent, 3.3.1.20.                                          Aggregate
                                                                                                      dwelling units, 9.9.9.                                                   for built-up-roofing, 9.26.11.1., 9.26.11.4.
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 9.10.21.6.                                          for concrete, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.4., 9.3.1.7.
                                                                                                      within floor areas, 3.3.1.3.                                             for mortar, 5.9.1.1., 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2., 9.29.10.2.
                                                                                                      headroom clearance, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.3.4.                                   for stucco, 9.28.2.2., 9.28.5.1.
                                                                                                      independent access to, 9.9.7.5.                                        Air
                                                                                                      lighting, 9.9.12.2.                                                      circulation, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                      podiums, terraces, platforms and contained open                          discharged from evaporative heat rejection,
                                                                                                         spaces, 9.9.7.1.                                                         6.3.2.15.
                                                                                                      residential occupancy, 3.3.4.4.                                          distribution, 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                      roofs, 3.3.1.3., 9.9.7.1.                                                duct systems, 6.3.2.
                                                                                                      service rooms, 9.9.7.5.                                                  flow through and around insulation, 5.3.1.3.,
                                                                                                      suites, 9.9.7.2.                                                            9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.3., 9.25.2.4.
                                                                                                      transparent panels, 3.3.1.20.                                            intakes, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.15.
                                                                                                      travel distance, 9.9.7.6.                                                leakage, 3.1.8.4., 5.1.1.1., 5.4.1.1., 5.9.3.4., 5.9.4.1.,
                                                                                                      when exits are means of egress, 9.9.7.                                      9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      width, 9.9.3.2., 9.9.3.3.                                                leakage resistance, 5.4.1.1., 5.4.1.2., 9.13.4., 9.18.6.2.,
                                                                                                    Access for firefighting                                                       9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.5., 3.2.5.6.                              makeup, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                      basements, 3.2.5.2., 9.10.20.2.                                          permeance, 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      and building size determination, 1.3.3.4. [A]                            return ducts, 6.3.2.11.

                                                                                                    [A] – Reference occurs in Division A.   [C] – Reference occurs in Division C.   All other references occur in Division B.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                                   Index
                                                                                                      tempering, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.8.                              Air intakes
                                                                                                      transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.3.                                   area, 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                    Air barrier assemblies, 5.4.1.1., 5.4.1.2.                       connection, 9.33.6.6.
                                                                                                    Air barrier systems                                              grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.33.6.10.
                                                                                                      airtightness, 5.4.1.1., 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.                  labeling, 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                      assemblies in contact with the ground, 9.13.4.,                location, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.,
                                                                                                          9.25.3.6.                                                      9.33.6.12.
                                                                                                      continuity, 5.4.1.1., 9.25.3.3., 9.36.2.9.                     protection, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.15., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.
                                                                                                      crawl space floors, 9.18.6.2.                                Air leakage
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                       metric, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      deflections, 5.2.2.1.                                          rate, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36.2.9.                                 Air outlets




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      environmental loads, 5.1.4.1.                                  area, 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                      environmental separation, 5.1.1.1.                             capacity, 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                      floors-on-ground, 9.18.6.2., 9.25.3.6.                         design, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.25.3.                           diffusers, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.23.2.2., 9.25.3.3.                             grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.18.6.2., 9.25.3.2.,            labeling, 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                          9.25.3.6.                                                  location, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                      properties, 9.25.3.1., 9.25.5.1.                               protection, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.
                                                                                                      properties of, 5.4.1.1., 9.25.3.2.                             warm air heating, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                      repair garages, 9.10.9.19.                                   Air quality, emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9.
                                                                                                      requirement for, 9.25.3.1.                                   Air-supported structures
                                                                                                      storage garages, 9.10.9.18.                                    clearance to flammable material, 3.1.18.4.
                                                                                                    Airborne sound rating, 3.3.4.6., 5.8.1.2., 9.11.                 clearance to other structures, 3.1.18.3.
                                                                                                    Air cleaning devices, 6.3.2.14.                                  definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Air-conditioning systems and equipment                           electrical systems, 3.1.18.7.
                                                                                                      access, 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.                          emergency air supply, 3.1.18.6.
                                                                                                      cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.                                  fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5.                            fire safety restrictions, 3.1.18.2.
                                                                                                      cooling units, 6.6.1.1.                                        flame resistance, 3.1.18.5.
                                                                                                      design, 6.2.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.     means of egress, 3.1.18.1.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36.                                       roof coverings, 3.1.15.2.
                                                                                                      fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.                 structural design basis, 4.4.1.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.2.1., 6.6.1.1., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1.,        Airtightness
                                                                                                          9.33.4., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.                              building envelope, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10., 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      installation standards, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.,        buildings and dwelling units, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                          9.33.6.7.                                                  determination of, 9.36.6.3.
                                                                                                      performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.                           energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.
                                                                                                      protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.                  energy conservation points, 9.36.8.
                                                                                                      structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.                       guarded test, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.                           level, 9.36.6., 9.36.8.8.
                                                                                                      temperature controls, 9.36.3.6.                                material standards, 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                    Air contaminants, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.3., 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.14.        measurement, 9.36.6.3.
                                                                                                    Air duct systems                                                 measuring, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 6.3.2.1.                                  requirement for, 5.4.1.1.
                                                                                                      clearance of ducts and plenums, 6.3.2.6.                       unguarded test, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      connections, 6.3.2.4.                                          windows, doors and skylights, 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4.
                                                                                                      drain pans, 6.3.2.2.                                         Air washers, 6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                      duct coverings and linings, 6.3.2.5.                         Aisles
                                                                                                      filters, 6.3.2.13.                                             with adaptable seats, 3.8.3.22.
                                                                                                      interconnection, 6.3.2.7.                                      with fixed seats, 3.3.2.5.
                                                                                                      makeup air, 6.3.2.8.                                           within floor areas, 3.3.1.10.
                                                                                                      materials, 6.3.2.3.                                            leading to exits, 3.4.2.5.
                                                                                                      openings, 6.8.1.2.                                             minimum clear width, 3.3.2.1.
                                                                                                      supply, return, intake and exhaust air openings,               outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11.
                                                                                                          6.3.2.9.                                                   with steps, handrails for, 3.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      tape, 6.3.2.19.                                                width, 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                      vibration isolation connectors, 6.3.2.18.                    Alarm signal
                                                                                                    Air filters, 6.3.2.13., 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.                     audibility, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18.
                                                                                                                                                                     definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]


                                                                                                    Index                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      design, 3.2.4.4.                                          Appliances
                                                                                                      high buildings, 3.2.6.7.                                    (see also Heating appliances; Heating systems
                                                                                                      silencing, 3.2.4.6.                                            and equipment; Heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                      sound pressure, 3.2.4.18., 9.10.19.4.                          air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and
                                                                                                      system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.                                   equipment)
                                                                                                    Alert signal                                                  in access to exit, 3.3.1.2.
                                                                                                      audibility, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18.                            air-conditioning, 6.2.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]
                                                                                                      design, 3.2.4.4.                                            cooling, 6.2.1., 6.6.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.
                                                                                                      high buildings, 3.2.6.7.                                    definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.                                in exit, 3.4.4.4.
                                                                                                    Alterations to buildings, 1.1.1.1. [A], 1.4.1.2. [A]          exterior, 3.6.1.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Alternative materials, 1.2.2.1. [A]                           fuel-fired, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.10.4.
                                                                                                    Alternative solutions, 1.2.1.1. [A], 2.3.1. [C]               heating, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                    Aluminum                                                      location, 3.6.1.5., 6.3.2.17., 6.4.1.1., 9.10.10.4.
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.27.3.7., 9.28.1.5.       in means of egress, 9.9.5.7.
                                                                                                      nails, 9.26.2.3.                                            outdoor location, 6.2.1.6., 6.3.2.17., 6.4.1.2.
                                                                                                      roofing, 9.26.13.1.                                         protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.
                                                                                                      siding, 9.27.11.1.                                          rooftop, 3.6.1.5., 3.6.2.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      structural design basis, 4.3.5.                             solid-fuel-burning, 3.6.2.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                    Ammonium nitrate, 3.3.6.6.                                    storage, 1.2.2.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Anchorage                                                     used, 1.2.2.3. [A]
                                                                                                      anchor bolts, 9.20.11.6., 9.20.17.6.                        ventilating, 6.2.1., 9.32.3.2.
                                                                                                      columns, 9.23.6.2., 9.35.4.3.                             Application of National Building Code
                                                                                                      concrete stairs, 9.8.10.2.                                  divisions A, B, C, 1.3. [A]
                                                                                                      cornices, 9.20.11.5.                                        factory-constructed buildings, 1.1.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                      floors, 9.20.11.                                            farm buildings, 1.1.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                      foundations, 9.23.6., 9.35.4.3.                             new buildings, 1.1.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                      framing, 9.23.6.                                            objectives, 2.1.1. [A], 3.2. [A]
                                                                                                      horizontal force factor, 4.1.8.18.                          seasonally and intermittently occupied buildings,
                                                                                                      lateral loads, 9.23.6.1.                                       9.1.1.1.
                                                                                                      masonry, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.                                Arches
                                                                                                      masonry walls to wood-frame construction,                   fire-resistance ratings, 9.10.8.3.
                                                                                                          9.20.11.3., 9.20.11.4.                                  in storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15.
                                                                                                      roofs, 9.20.11., 9.20.17.6.                                 supporting floor above basement, 3.2.1.4.
                                                                                                      sills, 9.20.11.5.                                           supporting masonry over openings, 9.20.5.2.
                                                                                                      small buildings, 9.23.6.3.                                  supporting service room/space, 3.1.7.5.
                                                                                                      walls, 9.20.11., 9.23.3.4.                                Arch roofs, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10.
                                                                                                    Anhydrous ammonia, storage, 3.3.6.3.                        Areas of refuge, 3.3.3.6.
                                                                                                    Annual energy consumption                                   Areas and spaces
                                                                                                      building envelope, 9.36.5.6.                                design, 9.5.
                                                                                                      climatic data calculations, 9.36.5.5.                       dimensions, 9.5.1.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 9.36.5.2.                                     Arena-type buildings
                                                                                                      HVAC systems, 9.36.5.7.                                     building classification, 3.1.2.3.
                                                                                                      modeling, proposed house, 9.36.5.9. - 9.36.5.12.            building height exceptions, 3.2.1.1.
                                                                                                      modeling, reference house, 9.36.5.13. - 9.36.5.16.          roof assemblies, 3.2.2.17.
                                                                                                      performance compliance, 9.36.5.3.                           seating, 3.3.2.2.
                                                                                                      performance compliance calculations, 9.36.5.4.            Artesian groundwater, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.5.5.
                                                                                                      service water heating systems, 9.36.5.8.                  Asbestos in air distribution systems and equipment,
                                                                                                    Annunciators, fire alarm, 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.4.15.,         6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.
                                                                                                          3.2.5.14., 3.2.7.10.                                  Assembly areas
                                                                                                    Antennas and antenna-supporting structures                    loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.6., 4.1.7.11.                             loads on tributary areas, 4.1.5.8.
                                                                                                    Apparent sound transmission class (ASTC)                      sway forces and load, 4.1.5.10.
                                                                                                      calculation of, 5.8.1.2., 5.8.1.4., 5.8.1.5., 9.11.1.2.   Assembly occupancy (Group A)
                                                                                                      compliance, 5.8.1.3., 9.11.1.3.                             air-supported structure as, 3.1.18.6.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    assistive listening devices, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.3.19.
                                                                                                                                                                  building classification, 3.1.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                  corridors, 3.3.2.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                  doors, 3.3.2.7.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                      Index
                                                                                                      fire protection, 3.2.2.17., 3.2.2.20. - 3.2.2.35., 9.10.1.3.     exterior, 3.2.2.11.
                                                                                                      fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.2.1.                 guards around, 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.
                                                                                                      location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7.                         horizontal exits, 3.4.6.10.
                                                                                                      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.                                         limiting distance, 3.2.3.6.
                                                                                                      safety glazing, 3.3.2.17.                                        loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4., 9.4.2.3.
                                                                                                      signals to fire department, 3.2.4.7.                             occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                      visible alarm signals, 3.2.4.19.                                 snow loads, 9.4.2.3.
                                                                                                      washrooms, 3.7.2.                                                sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      wheelchair spaces, 3.8.2.3.                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                    Assistive listening systems, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.19.      Banks, 3.4.6.17.
                                                                                                    Atomizers, 6.3.2.16.                                             Barricades, construction and demolition sites, 8.2.1.3.,
                                                                                                    Attendant booths, 6.3.1.3.                                            8.2.3.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Attics or roof spaces                                            Barrier-free
                                                                                                      access, 3.6.4.4., 9.19.2.                                        accessible change space, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      clearances, 9.19.1.3.                                            adult-size change table, 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                         balconies, 3.3.1.7.
                                                                                                      exterior wall enclosing, 3.2.3.3.                                bathtubs, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.18.
                                                                                                      fire blocks, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16.1.                    clear floor area/space, 3.3.3.5., 3.4.6.10., 3.7.2.8.,
                                                                                                      fire protection, 9.10.12.4.                                         3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.6. - 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.10. - 3.8.3.13.,
                                                                                                      foamed plastics in, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10.                           3.8.3.16. - 3.8.3.18., 3.8.3.21.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.19.                               controls, 3.8.2.6., 3.8.3.8.
                                                                                                      insulation, 9.25.2.4.                                            counters, 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.20.
                                                                                                      loads, 4.1.5.3., 9.4.2.4.                                        definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.                         design standards, 3.8., 3.8.3.1., 9.5.2.
                                                                                                      service spaces, 3.6.1.1.                                         doors and doorways, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      soffits protection, 3.2.3.16.                                    drinking fountains, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.10.
                                                                                                      venting, 5.3.1.2., 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.                             elevators, 3.3.1.7., 3.5.2.1., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.7.
                                                                                                    Audible signal devices, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18.                       entrances, 3.8.2.2.
                                                                                                    Auditoriums                                                        exterior walks, 3.8.3.3.
                                                                                                      size and construction, 3.2.2.21., 3.2.2.22.                      floor areas, 3.8.2.3.
                                                                                                      seating, 3.3.2.4.                                                floor surfaces, 3.8.3.2.
                                                                                                    Authority having jurisdiction, 1.4.1.2. [A]                        lavatories, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.16.
                                                                                                    Automatic locking devices, 3.3.4.5.                                parking areas, 3.8.2.5.
                                                                                                    Automatic sprinkler systems (see Sprinkler systems)                path of travel (see Path of travel, barrier-free)
                                                                                                                                                                       ramps, 3.8.3.5.
                                                                                                                                                                       service counters, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.20.
                                                                                                                                 B                                     showers, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                                                                                       signs, 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                       soap and towel dispensers, 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                    Backdraft prevention, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                                                                                       spaces in seating areas, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.
                                                                                                    Backfill
                                                                                                      (see also Fill)                                                  tactile attention indicators, 3.3.1.19.
                                                                                                                                                                       telephone shelves, 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.21.
                                                                                                      excavations, 9.12.3.
                                                                                                                                                                       transfer space, 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.13., 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                      material, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.3.
                                                                                                    Backfilling                                                        universal dressing and shower room, 3.8.2.8.,
                                                                                                                                                                          3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                      (see also Fill)
                                                                                                                                                                       universal washrooms, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      beneath concrete stairs, 9.8.10.3.
                                                                                                      beneath floors on grade, 4.2.5.8.                                urinals, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.15.
                                                                                                                                                                       vestibules, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      beneath footings, 4.2.5.8.
                                                                                                                                                                       washrooms, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.9., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16.
                                                                                                      beneath foundations, 4.2.5.8.
                                                                                                      grading, 9.12.3.2.                                               water bottle filling station, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.11.
                                                                                                                                                                       water closets, 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.14.
                                                                                                      placement, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     Barriers
                                                                                                      review, 4.2.2.3.
                                                                                                    Bacteria, minimizing growth of, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.15.,               across transparent panels, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                                                                                       preventing exit obstruction, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.11.2.
                                                                                                         6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                                                                                     Basements
                                                                                                    Balance stops, 9.33.6.9.
                                                                                                                                                                       access, 3.2.5.2., 9.10.20.2.
                                                                                                    Balconies
                                                                                                                                                                       ceiling height, 9.5.3.1.
                                                                                                      as access to exit, 9.9.9.3.
                                                                                                                                                                       crawl spaces considered as, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.8.9.
                                                                                                      concealed spaces in, 3.1.11.5.
                                                                                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                                                                                       exit signs, 3.4.5.3.
                                                                                                      earthquake load and effects, 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                                                                                       fire containment, 3.2.1.5.
                                                                                                      exception to travel limit, 9.9.9.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                       fire protection, 3.2.2.15., 9.10.1.3.                        roof edges, 9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.
                                                                                                       fire-resistance of floor assemblies over, 3.2.1.4.           subflooring, 9.23.15.3.
                                                                                                       fire separations, 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16.                      walls, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.2.
                                                                                                       heating requirements, 9.33.3.1.                           Boarding and lodging houses, 9.10.9.16.
                                                                                                       industrial occupancy (Group F), 3.3.5.3.                  Boiler rooms, 3.6.2.2., 9.10.10.4.
                                                                                                       insulation, 9.25.2.2.                                     Boilers
                                                                                                       large or multi-storey, 9.10.1.3.                             definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       lighting, 9.34.2.3., 9.34.2.4.                               installation standard, 6.2.1.5.
                                                                                                       residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47.                   performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                       storage garages, 3.1.10.3., 3.2.1.2., 9.10.4.3.           Bonding
                                                                                                       supply outlets, 9.33.6.11.                                   intersecting masonry walls, 9.20.11.2.
                                                                                                    Bathroom accessories, 3.7.2.3., 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.8.,             masonry, 9.20.9.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.18.                        Book shelves, 3.3.2.13.
                                                                                                    Bathrooms                                                    Braced wall bands, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.23.13.4., 9.23.13.5.
                                                                                                       (see also Washrooms)                                      Braced wall panels
                                                                                                       ceiling height, 9.5.3.1.                                     anchorage, 9.23.6.1., 9.23.13.5.
                                                                                                       doorways, 9.4.4.3.                                           definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.3.                               fastening, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.3.5.
                                                                                                    Bathtubs, 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.18., 9.6.1.4.                         gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.
                                                                                                    Beams                                                           lateral loads, 9.23.13.5., 9.23.13.6.
                                                                                                       bearing, 9.23.8.1.                                           plywood, 9.29.6.3.
                                                                                                       built-up, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.                    and wall supports, 9.23.9.8.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.23.4.1.                                     Bracing, wood-frame walls, 9.23.13., 9.23.13.4.,
                                                                                                       glued-laminated, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.                9.23.13.5.
                                                                                                       in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.                    Breeching, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.                                    Bridging floor joists, 9.23.9.4.
                                                                                                       preservative treatment, 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.              Builder (see Constructor)
                                                                                                       ridge, 9.23.14.8.                                         Building area
                                                                                                       spans, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.                       assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                       spans, maximum, 9.23.4.                                         3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                       steel, 9.23.4.3., 9.23.8.2.                                  assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),
                                                                                                       supported on masonry or concrete, 9.10.9.11.,                   3.2.2.23.
                                                                                                          9.15.5., 9.20.8.3., 9.20.8.4., 9.21.5.3., 9.23.2.2.,      assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),
                                                                                                          9.23.2.3.                                                    3.2.2.29.
                                                                                                       to support floors, 9.23.8.                                   business and personal services occupancy (Group
                                                                                                       wood, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.                                      D), 3.2.2.56.
                                                                                                    Bearing surface, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B
                                                                                                    Bedrooms                                                           Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.
                                                                                                       means of egress, 9.9.10.1.                                   care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B
                                                                                                       mechanical ventilation, 9.32.2.3.                               Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.
                                                                                                       natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2.                               care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B
                                                                                                       windows, 9.9.10.1.                                              Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                    Bio-contaminants, minimizing growth of, 6.3.1.5.,               definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          6.3.2.15.                                                 determination, 1.3.3.4. [A]
                                                                                                    Bleachers                                                       determination of fire safety requirements, 3.2.2.5.
                                                                                                       aisles, 3.3.2.5.                                             high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                       guards, 3.3.2.9.                                                Division 1), 3.2.2.72.
                                                                                                       inspection, 4.1.5.12.                                        low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                       load analysis, 4.1.5.12.                                        Division 3), 3.2.2.82.
                                                                                                       locking, 4.1.5.12.                                           medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                       seats, 3.3.2.5.                                                 Division 2), 3.2.2.76.
                                                                                                       steps, 3.3.2.5., 3.3.2.12.                                   mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66.
                                                                                                    Blocking                                                        residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47.
                                                                                                       cladding, 9.27.5.2.                                          self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2.1.
                                                                                                       cladding and interior finishing materials, 9.23.10.5.     Building assemblies
                                                                                                       doors, 9.7.5.2.                                              effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                       with handrails, 9.8.7.7.                                     fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.5.
                                                                                                       joists, 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4., 9.23.14.9.                     off-site review, 2.2.7.5. [C]
                                                                                                       nailing, 9.23.3.4.                                           replacement options, 9.36.2.11.
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.                     thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.4.
                                                                                                       rafters and joints, 9.23.14.7.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                  Index
                                                                                                    Building classification                                    exposing building face, 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                      by major occupancy, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.                    fire access route design, 3.2.5.6.
                                                                                                      for wind load calculations, 4.1.7.2.                     fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.
                                                                                                    Building, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                         fire protection, 3.2.2.56. - 3.2.2.65.
                                                                                                    Building envelope                                          fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36.2.                               fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.
                                                                                                      energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.6.               flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                      energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.10., 9.36.5.14.      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                      replacement options, 9.36.2.11.                          sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.4.                washrooms, 3.7.2.
                                                                                                    Building height
                                                                                                      access route design, 3.2.5.6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                          3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                                                                                                        C
                                                                                                      assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),
                                                                                                          3.2.2.23.                                         Cabinetry, around cooktops, 9.10.22.3.
                                                                                                      assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),             Cables
                                                                                                          3.2.2.29.                                           in air barrier systems, 9.36.2.10.
                                                                                                      business and personal services occupancy                in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3.
                                                                                                          (Group D), 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.59., 3.2.2.60.          elevator, 3.1.5.22.
                                                                                                      care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B         in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21.
                                                                                                          Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.                   penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2.
                                                                                                      care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B         in plenums, 3.6.4.3.
                                                                                                          Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.                Caissons (see Pile foundations)
                                                                                                      care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B       Calculations and analyses
                                                                                                          Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.                  heat, air and moisture transfer, 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                HVAC equipment and systems, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.4.1.
                                                                                                      determination, 1.3.3.4. [A], 3.2.1.1., 9.10.4.          limit states design, 4.1.3.
                                                                                                      determination of fire safety requirements, 3.2.2.5.     snow, rain and ice load, 4.1.6.
                                                                                                      exceptions, 3.2.1.1.                                    structural, 2.2.4.5. [C], 4
                                                                                                      garages as separate buildings, 9.10.4.3.                wind load, 4.1.7., 5.2.1.3., 5.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,            Canopies
                                                                                                          Division 1), 3.2.2.72.                              fabrics, 3.1.16.1.
                                                                                                      low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,               for vertically separated openings, 3.2.3.17.
                                                                                                          Division 3), 3.2.2.82.                              wind loads, 4.1.7.12.
                                                                                                      medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,          Capacity of exit, 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                          Division 2), 3.2.2.76.                            Carbon monoxide
                                                                                                      mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66.               alarms, 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                      mezzanines excluded, 9.10.4.1.                          concentration, 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                      mezzanines included, 9.10.4.2.                          detectors, 6.3.1.3., 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                      residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47.,           Care, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52.                              Care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B)
                                                                                                      rooftop enclosures excluded, 9.10.4.4.                  air circulation, 6.3.2.7.
                                                                                                    Building services                                         building classification, 3.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      barrier-free controls, 3.8.3.8.                         carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1.
                                                                                                      emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9.                        definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.                        door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.
                                                                                                      and firewalls, 3.1.10.1.                                doorway width, 3.3.3.4.
                                                                                                      penetrating fire separations and fire-rated             electromagnetic locks, 3.4.6.17.
                                                                                                          assemblies, 9.10.9.6.                               emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.
                                                                                                    Building size determination                               emergency power supply, 3.2.7.6.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 1.3.3.4. [A]                       evaporative heat rejection systems, 6.3.2.15.
                                                                                                      inclusions, 9.10.4.1.                                   fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.18.
                                                                                                      relative to occupancy, 3.2.2.1., 9.10.8.                fire protection, 3.2.2.36. - 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                    Built-up roofing, 9.26.11.                                fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.3., 3.3.3.1.
                                                                                                    Business and personal services occupancy (Group D)        location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7.
                                                                                                      classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.                       occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                ramp slope maximum, 3.4.6.7.
                                                                                                      emergency power for fire alarm systems, 3.2.7.8.        as residential occupancy, 3.1.2.5.
                                                                                                      emergency power for lighting, 3.2.7.4.                  self-closing door hardware, 3.1.8.13.
                                                                                                      exit stairs, 9.9.4.7.                                   sleeping room exits, 3.4.1.6.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20.                                    subfloor, 9.23.15.5.
                                                                                                      smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.                                 underlay, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.2.1., 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                      sprinkler systems, 3.2.2.19., 3.2.5.12.                  Chases, 9.20.7.
                                                                                                      visible alarm signals, 3.2.4.19.                         Children's custodial homes (see also Home-type care
                                                                                                    Carpets, 3.1.13.1.                                              occupancy), 3.1.2.5., 3.2.4.3., 9.10.2.2.
                                                                                                    Carports                                                   Chimneys
                                                                                                      (see also Garages)                                         access ladders, 6.3.3.4.
                                                                                                      columns, 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.                              airtightness, 9.36.2.10.
                                                                                                      concrete for floors, 9.3.1.6.                              bracing, 9.21.4.5.
                                                                                                      for dwelling units, 9.35.                                  caps, 9.21.4.6.
                                                                                                      spatial separation from other buildings, 9.10.14.1.,       cleanouts, 9.21.4.7.
                                                                                                          9.10.14.4.                                             clearances, 6.3.3.1., 9.21.5., 9.25.3.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      walls, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.                                concrete, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.21.4.2.,
                                                                                                    Catch basins, 9.14.6.4.                                         9.33.10.3.
                                                                                                    Caulking                                                     construction, 9.21.4.
                                                                                                      (see also Sealants)                                        definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      for ceramic wall tile, 9.29.10.5.                          design of, 6.3.3.2., 9.20.2.3., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.
                                                                                                      door frames, 9.20.13.11.                                   earthquake loads and effects, 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                      material standards, 9.29.10.5.                             factory-built, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.33.10.2.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.                   fireplace, 9.21.2.4., 9.21.2.5.
                                                                                                      requirements, 9.27.4., 9.27.4.1.                           flashing, 9.21.4.6., 9.21.4.10., 9.26.4.4., 9.26.4.6.,
                                                                                                      sill plates, 9.23.7.2.                                        9.26.4.8.
                                                                                                      stucco, 9.28.1.5.                                          flues, 9.21.2., 9.21.4.4.
                                                                                                      windows and frames, 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.11.                  footings, 9.21.4.3.
                                                                                                    Cavity walls                                                 fuel-fired appliances, 6.3.3.1., 9.33.10.1.
                                                                                                      corbelling, 9.20.12.2.                                     incinerators, 9.10.10.5., 9.21.2.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   lateral stability, 9.21.4.5.
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6.                           liners (see Liners, chimney)
                                                                                                      framing supported by, 9.20.8.2.                            masonry, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.21.4.1.,
                                                                                                      height and thickness, 9.20.6.2.                               9.33.10.3.
                                                                                                      lateral support, 9.20.10.1.                                metal, 6.3.3.3., 9.33.10.2.
                                                                                                      mortar droppings, 9.20.13.10.                              saddles, 9.26.4.8.
                                                                                                      precipitation protection, 9.27.2.2.                        sealing, 9.21.5.2.
                                                                                                      tying, 9.20.9.4.                                           venting equipment, 6.3.3.1.
                                                                                                    Ceiling membranes                                            walls, 9.21.1.2.
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 3.6.4.3., 9.10.3.4.                wall thickness, 9.21.4.8.
                                                                                                      fire stop flaps, 9.10.13.14.                             Chutes
                                                                                                      openings in, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.9.7.       linen, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      suspended, 9.10.3.4.                                       refuse, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                    Ceiling panels, factory-assembled, 3.1.5.7.                  sprinklers, 3.6.3.3.
                                                                                                    Ceilings                                                     venting, 3.6.3.3.
                                                                                                      air barrier systems, 9.25.3.                             Cladding
                                                                                                      area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.                               attachment, 9.27.5.
                                                                                                      assembly used as plenum, 3.1.9.6.                          for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6.
                                                                                                      in corridors, 3.1.13.6.                                    combustible, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                      effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6.                    in combustible construction, 3.1.4.8.
                                                                                                      fastened to floor joists, 9.23.9.4.                        exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.
                                                                                                      finish, 3.1.5.12., 9.29.                                   fastening to flat wall insulating concrete form
                                                                                                      foamed plastics in, 9.10.17.10.                               units, 9.27.5.4.
                                                                                                      framing, 9.23.14.                                          fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4.
                                                                                                      framing around openings, 9.23.14.2.                        housing and small buildings, 9.27.
                                                                                                      height, 9.5.3.                                             installation, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6.,
                                                                                                      joists, 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.                                9.27.5.
                                                                                                      thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1.                              interior, 3.1.13.1.
                                                                                                    Cement, standards for, 9.3.1.2.                              noncombustible, 3.1.4.8., 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.9.
                                                                                                    Central alarm and control facility, 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.4.,     in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5.
                                                                                                          3.2.6.7.                                               protection against precipitation, 5.6.
                                                                                                    Ceramic tile                                                 requirement for, 5.6.1.1., 9.27.2.1.
                                                                                                      as flooring, 9.30.6.                                       sealing, 5.6.2.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.4.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.29.10.1.                                   on steel studs, 9.24.1.5.
                                                                                                      as interior finish, 9.29.10.                               support of, 9.20.5., 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                  Index
                                                                                                      waterproofing, 9.27.4.                                        housing and small buildings, 9.27.7.
                                                                                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6., 4.1.7.14.                     material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.7.1.
                                                                                                    Cladding, clay tile, 9.23.4.5.                               Classification of buildings/building parts
                                                                                                    Cladding, concrete                                              by major occupancy, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.
                                                                                                      design, 9.20.6.6.                                             for wind load calculations, 4.1.7.2.
                                                                                                      water absorption, 9.20.2.6.                                Clearances
                                                                                                      weight, 9.20.2.6.                                             (see also Headroom clearance)
                                                                                                    Cladding, decorative, 3.1.5.24.                                 air discharged from, 6.3.2.15., 6.3.3.1.
                                                                                                    Cladding, exterior insulation finish systems                    attic or roof spaces, 9.19.1.3.
                                                                                                      application, 9.27.14.1.                                       chimneys, 6.3.3.1., 9.21.5., 9.25.3.3.
                                                                                                      design and installation, 9.27.14.3.                           cladding above ground, 9.27.2.4.
                                                                                                      materials, 9.27.14.2.                                         cladding to roof, 9.27.2.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Cladding, hardboard                                             combustible framing, 9.22.9.3.
                                                                                                      clearances, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.9.5.                              combustible material, 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.27.9.2.                                         cooktops, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.9.                          crawl spaces, 9.18.4.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.9.3.        door frames, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.9.1.                       ducts, 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9.4., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                    Cladding, insulated vinyl siding and vinyl siding               electric ranges, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.12.                         furnace plenums, 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.27.5., 9.27.12.2.                             furnaces, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.12.1.                      gas-fired ranges, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                    Cladding, lumber                                                gas vents, 9.25.3.3.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.27.6.2.                                         above ground, 9.15.4.6., 9.27.2.4.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.6.                          handrails, 9.8.7.5.
                                                                                                      installation, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.         hardboard siding, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1.                                  heating and air-conditioning equipment, 6.2.1.5.,
                                                                                                    Cladding, masonry                                                  9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                      bonding and tying, 9.20.9.                                    ovens, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.20.13.                                            pipes, 6.7.1.2., 9.33.8.3.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.20., 9.27.2.2.                 propane ranges, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 5.6.1.2.                                        siding above ground, 9.27.2.4.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1.                                  siding to roof, 9.27.2.4.
                                                                                                      mortar joints, 9.20.4.                                        smoke chambers, 9.22.9.3.
                                                                                                      support of, 9.20.5.                                           solid-fuel-burning appliances, 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                    Cladding, metal                                                 solid-fuel fired appliances, 6.2.1.5.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.11.                         stucco from ground, 9.28.1.4.
                                                                                                      installation, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.                    supply ducts, 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.11.1.                      unit heaters, 6.4.2.1.
                                                                                                    Cladding, OSB and waferboard                                    vented products of combustion, 6.3.3.1.
                                                                                                      clearances, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.10.4.                             window frames, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.27.10.2.                                        wood-frame construction, 9.23.2.2.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.10.                         wood above ground, 9.3.2.9., 9.23.2.3.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.3.,   Climatic data, 1.1.3., 9.36.5.5.
                                                                                                         9.27.10.4.                                              Closures
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.10.1.                      (see also Doors; Windows)
                                                                                                    Cladding, plywood                                               chutes, 3.6.3.3.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.27.8.2.                                         definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.8.                          door latches, 3.1.8.15., 3.4.6.16., 9.10.13.9.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.8.3.        elevator shaft openings, 3.2.6.5.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.8.1.                       exterior wall openings, 3.2.3.5.
                                                                                                      sealing, 5.6.2.1., 9.27.8.3., 9.27.8.4.                       fire dampers, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.10., 9.10.13.13.
                                                                                                    Cladding, polypropylene                                         fire-protection rating, 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.1.
                                                                                                      attachment, 9.27.13.2.                                        in fire separations, 3.2.8.2., 3.3.3.5., 9.10.9.3.,
                                                                                                      material standards, 9.27.13.1.                                   9.10.13., 9.10.13.8.
                                                                                                    Cladding, stone, 9.20.6.6.                                      glass blocks, 3.1.8.16., 3.2.3.5., 9.10.13.7.
                                                                                                    Cladding, waferboard (see Cladding, OSB and                     hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.
                                                                                                         waferboard)                                                installation, 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.1.
                                                                                                    Cladding, wood shingles and shakes                              maximum openings, 3.1.8.6.
                                                                                                      grades, 9.27.7.1.                                             protection of exit facilities, 3.2.3.13.



                                                                                                    Index                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,   Combustible piping
                                                                                                         9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.                               drain, waste and vent, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.7.
                                                                                                      smoke dampers, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.9., 3.1.8.11.              in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.19.
                                                                                                      temperature limits, 3.1.8.17.                             in sprinkler systems, 3.1.9.4., 3.2.5.13., 9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                      twenty-minute, 3.1.8.12.                                  in vacuum cleaning systems, 3.1.9.4.
                                                                                                      unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1.                            for water distribution, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                      wired glass, 3.1.8.16., 3.2.3.5.                        Combustible projections
                                                                                                    Cold weather requirements                                   exposing building face, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                      concrete, 9.3.1.9.                                        at firewalls, 3.1.10.7.
                                                                                                      excavations, 9.12.1.3.                                    limiting distance, 3.2.3.6.
                                                                                                      gypsum board, 9.29.5.10.                                  soffit protection, 3.2.3.16., 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                      HVAC systems and equipment, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.         Combustible refuse storage, 3.6.2.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      masonry, 9.20.14.                                       Combustion venting, 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                      stucco, 9.28.6.1.                                       Commercial cooking equipment, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,
                                                                                                    Collar ties, 9.23.14.7.                                        9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.
                                                                                                    Columns                                                   Communication, voice (see Voice communication
                                                                                                      anchorage, 9.23.6.2., 9.35.4.3.                              systems)
                                                                                                      carports, 9.35.3.4., 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.               Compatibility
                                                                                                      concrete, 9.17.6.                                         fasteners for cladding, 9.27.5.5.
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.3.                         resistance to deterioration, 5.1.4.2.
                                                                                                      garages, 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.                           Compliance
                                                                                                      heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.                       definition, 1.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.17.                        energy performance, 2.2.8.3. [C]
                                                                                                      lateral support, 9.17.2.2.                              Concealed spaces
                                                                                                      masonry, 9.17.5.                                          fire blocks in, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.3., 3.1.11.4., 3.1.11.5.,
                                                                                                      steel, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.3.                       3.1.11.7., 9.10.16., 9.10.16.1.
                                                                                                      supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8.4.               above fire separations, 3.1.8.3.
                                                                                                      wood, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.4.                     fire separations in, 3.6.4.2., 3.6.4.3., 9.10.9.12.
                                                                                                    Combustible cladding, 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.2.      insulation, 3.1.11.2.
                                                                                                    Combustible construction                                  Concrete
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  admixtures, 9.3.1.8.
                                                                                                      exterior cladding, 3.1.4.8.                               aggregate for, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.4., 9.3.1.7.
                                                                                                      fire-retardant-treated wood in, 3.1.4.5., 3.1.4.8.        cantilevered precast steps, 9.8.10.
                                                                                                      foamed plastics in, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10.                 cellular, 9.20.2.4.
                                                                                                      heavy timber in, 3.1.4.6., 3.1.4.7.                       chimneys, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.
                                                                                                      materials permitted, 3.1.4.1.                             cold weather requirements, 9.3.1.9.
                                                                                                      projections, 9.10.12.4., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.           columns, 9.17.6.
                                                                                                      raceways in, 3.1.4.4.                                     dampproofing, 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4., 9.13.2.5.
                                                                                                      supports, 3.1.8.2., 9.10.9.10.                            design, 4.2.3.5., 4.2.3.6., 9.3.1., 9.4.1.1.
                                                                                                      wires and cables in, 3.1.4.3.                             flues, 9.21.
                                                                                                    Combustible content, 3.2.8.8.                               foundations, 4.2.3.5., 4.2.3.6., 9.15.
                                                                                                    Combustible dusts                                           joints, 9.15.4.9.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  mixes, 9.3.1.7.
                                                                                                      and fire hose nozzles, 3.2.5.11.                          plain, reinforced and prestressed, 4.3.3., 9.3.1.
                                                                                                    Combustible fibres                                          roof tiles, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.17.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  slabs, for floors-on-ground, 9.16.4., 9.25.2.3.,
                                                                                                      storage building classification, 3.1.2.6.                    9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                    Combustible gases                                           stairs, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10.
                                                                                                      compressed, indoor storage, 3.3.6.3.                      standards for, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.3.
                                                                                                      storage, 3.3.6.2.                                         strength, compressive, 9.3.1.6.
                                                                                                    Combustible liquids                                         structural design basis, 4.3.3.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  sulphate-resistant, 9.3.1.3.
                                                                                                      storage, 3.3.2.16., 3.3.4.3.                              surface finish, 9.16.4.1.
                                                                                                      storage and dispensing rooms, 3.3.6.4.                    as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.
                                                                                                    Combustible materials                                       topping, 9.16.4.2., 9.23.4.4.
                                                                                                      clearances to ducts, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.        water used in, 9.3.1.5.
                                                                                                      in combustible construction, 3.1.4.1.                   Concrete block, 9.15.2.2., 9.17.5.1., 9.20.2.6.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.6.,     Condensation control
                                                                                                         9.10.6.                                                air barrier systems, 9.25.3.1.
                                                                                                      storage, 3.3.6.2.                                         in exhaust ducts, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                and heat transfer, 5.3.1.2.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                    Index
                                                                                                      properties, 9.25.5.1.                                     Cooling systems and equipment
                                                                                                      scope of Code, 5.1.1.1.                                     installation, 6.6.1.1., 9.33.9.1.
                                                                                                      thermal insulation, 9.25.2.1.                               structural movement, 4.1.8.18., 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.
                                                                                                      vapour barrier properties, 5.5.1.2.                         system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.
                                                                                                      vapour barriers, 9.25.4.3.                                Corbelling, 9.15.4.8., 9.20.12.
                                                                                                    Conditioned space, 1.4.1.2. [A]                             Cornices, 3.1.11.5.
                                                                                                    Conflicting requirements, 1.5.1.2. [A]                      Corridors
                                                                                                    Connected buildings, 3.2.6.3.                                 (see also Public areas; Public corridors)
                                                                                                    Construction                                                  access to exit, 3.3.2.6., 9.9.7.
                                                                                                      relative to occupancy, 9.10.8.                              assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.6.
                                                                                                      review of work, 2.2.7.2. [C]                                care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.3.,
                                                                                                      types, 9.10.6.                                                  3.3.3.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Construction camps, 9.10.21.                                  dead-end, 3.1.8.17., 3.3.1.9., 3.3.3.3., 3.3.4.4., 9.9.7.3.
                                                                                                    Construction sites                                            dimensions, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2.
                                                                                                      excavations, 8.2.2.                                         doors opening into, 3.3.1.11., 9.9.6.1.
                                                                                                      guard persons, 8.2.1.4.                                     emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.
                                                                                                      repair of damaged public property, 8.2.3.4.                 fire separations, 9.10.9.17.
                                                                                                      safety measures, 8.1.                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.21.6.
                                                                                                      unoccupied, 8.2.1.5.                                        illumination, 3.2.7.1., 3.2.7.3.
                                                                                                      use of streets or public property, 8.2.3.                   loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4.
                                                                                                      vehicular traffic control, 8.2.4.                           obstructions, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2., 9.9.5.3., 9.9.6.1.
                                                                                                      warning lights, 8.2.3.5.                                    paired doors in, 3.3.3.3.
                                                                                                      waste material, 8.2.5.                                      protruding building elements, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.5.3.
                                                                                                    Constructor, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                         serving patients' sleeping rooms, 3.3.3.5.
                                                                                                    Contained use areas                                           sliding glass partitions, 9.6.1.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.
                                                                                                      doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.11.,              temperature rise and area limits exception, 3.1.8.19.
                                                                                                         3.4.6.16.                                                transparent doors in, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.                                transparent panels in, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                      fire annunciators, 3.2.4.8.                                 width, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.3.3., 9.9.5.2.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 3.3.3.7.                                  width, in dwelling units, 9.5.4.1.
                                                                                                      smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.                                  windows in, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                      sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.19.                  Corrosion protection
                                                                                                    Contaminated air                                              (see also Corrosion resistance)
                                                                                                      minimum distances of air intakes from, 6.3.2.9.             pipes, 9.31.2.2.
                                                                                                      movement, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.6.3.                                service water heaters, 9.31.6.3.
                                                                                                      removal, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.14.                                steel beams, 9.23.8.2.
                                                                                                    Continental seating, 3.3.2.4.                                 steel lintels, 9.20.5.2.
                                                                                                    Controls                                                    Corrosion resistance
                                                                                                      barrier-free, 3.8.2.6., 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.10., 3.8.3.17.,     (see also Corrosion protection)
                                                                                                         3.8.3.18.                                                ducts, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                      feedback signal, 3.8.3.8.                                   elements in environmental separators, 5.1.4.2.
                                                                                                      location, 3.8.3.8.                                          fasteners for cladding, 9.27.5.5.
                                                                                                      operation, 3.8.3.8.                                         masonry connectors, 9.20.16.1.
                                                                                                      temperature, 9.33.4.3.                                      plumbing, 9.31.2.2.
                                                                                                      visible, 3.8.3.8.                                           screens and grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                    Convalescent homes                                            service water heaters, 9.31.6.3.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.3.                              Counters
                                                                                                      as residential occupancies, 3.1.2.5., 9.10.2.2.             for service to the public, 3.8.3.1., 3.8.3.20.
                                                                                                    Convectors, 9.33.7.1.                                         for telephones, 3.8.3.21.
                                                                                                    Cooking equipment, commercial, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,          Covered ways, 8.2.1.1., 8.2.1.2.
                                                                                                         9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.                                 Coverings
                                                                                                    Cooktops                                                      ducts, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                      (see also Stoves)                                           pipes, 6.3.2.5.
                                                                                                      clearances, 9.10.22.1., 9.10.22.2.                        Crack control joints, 9.15.4.9.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  Cranes, loads due to, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.5.11.
                                                                                                      fans, 9.32.3.11.                                          Crawl spaces
                                                                                                      hoods, 9.32.3.11.                                           access, 3.6.4.6., 9.18.2.1., 9.18.4.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.10.22.1., 9.33.5.3.                         air barrier systems in, 9.18.1.3.
                                                                                                      protection around, 9.10.22.3.                               application of Code, 3.6.1.1.
                                                                                                    Coolers, walk-in, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.             clearance, 9.18.4.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      drainage, 9.18.5.                                              snow loads, 9.4.2.3.
                                                                                                      fire blocks in, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.6.                           sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      fire resistance of floors over, 9.10.8.1., 9.10.9.4.         Deep foundations
                                                                                                      fire separations, 3.3.1.4.                                     damaged, 4.2.7.6.
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 9.18.7.1.                                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      ground cover, 9.18.6.                                          design, 4.2.7.2.
                                                                                                      heated, 9.13.4.2., 9.18.1.3., 9.33.3.1.                        installation, 4.2.7.5.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.18.                             load testing, 4.2.7.2.
                                                                                                      insulation, 9.18.1.3., 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.                    location and alignment, 4.2.7.3., 4.2.7.4.
                                                                                                      regulated as basements, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.8.9.                  Definitions of words and phrases, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.1.3.1.
                                                                                                      return-air inlets, 9.33.6.12.                                Deflections
                                                                                                      supply outlets, 9.33.6.11.                                     air barrier systems, 5.2.2.1., 5.4.1.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      unheated, 9.18.1.3.                                            structure, 4.1.3.5., 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.3., 4.1.8.13., 9.4.3.
                                                                                                      vapour barrier in, 9.18.1.3.                                 Deformation resistance, 5.2.2.1., 9.12.2.2., 9.15.1.3.
                                                                                                      ventilation, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3.                               Demolition sites, safety measures, 8.1.1.3.
                                                                                                      as warm-air plenums, 9.18.7.1.                               Depressurization, protection against, 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                    Curbs, repair and storage garages, 3.3.5.4., 9.8.8.4.          Design
                                                                                                    Curtain walls (see Fenestration)                                 environmental separation, 5
                                                                                                    Curved roofs, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10.                     HVAC systems, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.
                                                                                                    Cutting operations room, 3.3.1.26.                               structural, 4, 9.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   Design calculations and analyses, 2.2.4.5. [C]
                                                                                                                                                                   Designer
                                                                                                                                D                                    definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                     of parts and components, 2.2.4.4. [C]
                                                                                                                                                                     as reviewer of work, 2.2.7.2. [C], 2.2.7.3. [C],
                                                                                                    Dampers                                                             2.2.7.4. [C]
                                                                                                      (see also Fire dampers)                                        signature requirements, 2.2.4.2. [C], 2.2.4.4. [C]
                                                                                                      access, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.                                    structural, requirements for, 2.2.1.2. [C]
                                                                                                      adjustable, 9.33.6.9.                                          subsurface inspection, 4.2.2.3., 4.2.2.4., 4.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      fireplaces, 9.22.6.1.                                        Design temperatures
                                                                                                    Dampproofing                                                     indoor, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 9.33.3.1.
                                                                                                      crawl spaces, 9.18.6.                                          outdoor, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 6.2.1.2.,
                                                                                                      floors, 9.23.2.3.                                                 9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                      floors-on-ground, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.6.                       Detectors
                                                                                                      foundations, 9.13.2.                                           carbon monoxide, 6.3.1.3., 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.8.,
                                                                                                      installation, 9.13.2.4.                                           9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.13.2.2.                        fire, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.
                                                                                                      preparation of surface, 9.13.2.3.                              heat, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                      protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.4.                          smoke, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.1.8.14., 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.11.,
                                                                                                      protection of interior finishes, 9.13.2.5., 9.20.13.9.,           3.2.4.12., 3.2.4.14., 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21., 3.6.2.7.,
                                                                                                         9.23.2.3.                                                      6.9.2.2., 9.10.18., 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4., 9.10.18.5.,
                                                                                                      requirement for, 9.13.2.1.                                        9.10.21.7.
                                                                                                      walls, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4., 9.20.13.9.,            sprinklers installed in lieu of, 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                         9.23.2.3.                                                 Detention occupancy (see Care, treatment or
                                                                                                    Dance halls                                                         detention occupancy)
                                                                                                      access to exit, 3.3.1.17.                                    Deterioration
                                                                                                      principal entrances, 3.4.2.6.                                  (see also Decay, protection against)
                                                                                                    Dangerous goods                                                  due to moisture, 5.5.1.2.
                                                                                                      access openings, 3.2.5.1.                                      resistance to, 5.1.4.2., 9.20.16.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     Diaphragms, earthquake design, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.11.,
                                                                                                      hazardous areas design, 3.3.6.                                    4.1.8.15., 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                      process plants, 3.3.6.8., 3.3.6.9.                           Differential movement
                                                                                                      storage, 3.3.6.2., 3.3.6.3.                                    columns, 9.17.2.2.
                                                                                                    Dead-end corridors, 3.1.8.17., 3.3.1.9., 3.3.3.3., 3.3.4.4.,     decks and other accessible platforms, 9.12.2.2.,
                                                                                                         9.9.7.3.                                                       9.23.6.2.
                                                                                                    Dead loads, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.1.3.2., 4.1.4., 9.4.3.1.             elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1.,
                                                                                                    Decay, protection against, 9.3.2.9., 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.           5.2.2.1.
                                                                                                      (see also Deterioration)                                       metal and vinyl cladding, 9.27.5.6.
                                                                                                    Decking for wood shingled roofs, 9.26.9.1.                     Diffusers, 3.6.5.7., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                    Decks                                                            (see also Air outlets)
                                                                                                      foundations, 9.12.2.2.                                       Dining areas, loads, 4.1.5.6.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                         Index
                                                                                                    Direct-vented, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      site-built, 9.7.5.
                                                                                                    Dispensing rooms, flammable and combustible                      sliding (see Sliding doors)
                                                                                                          liquids, 3.3.6.4.                                          in smoke-tight barriers, 9.10.9.3.
                                                                                                    Distilled beverage alcohol, 1.4.1.2. [A]                         of solid core wood, 9.10.13.
                                                                                                    Distilleries, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.5.11.                            standards for, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4., 9.10.13.2.
                                                                                                    Distribution panel, emergency lighting, 3.2.7.10.                storage garages, 9.9.6.4.
                                                                                                    Domes, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10.                            storage suites, 9.9.6.4.
                                                                                                    Door assemblies                                                  storm, 5.9.2.4., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.3.1., 9.7.3.3.
                                                                                                      as fire-protection closures, 3.1.8.5.                          temperature limits, 3.1.8.17.
                                                                                                      leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.                                        thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.
                                                                                                    Door frames                                                      thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.7.
                                                                                                      caulking, 9.20.13.11.                                          thresholds, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1., 3.8.3.6., 3.8.3.17.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      sealant, 9.27.4.1.                                             water-closet stalls, 3.8.3.12.
                                                                                                      steel, 9.10.13.6.                                            Door stops, 9.10.13.16.
                                                                                                      thermal breaks, 9.7.3.3.                                     Doorways
                                                                                                      wood, 9.10.13.3.                                               (see also Doors)
                                                                                                    Doors                                                            barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      (see also Closures; Doorways)                                  bathrooms, 9.5.5.3.
                                                                                                      action of, 9.9.6.4.                                            dimensions, 3.3.3.4., 3.4.3.2., 9.5.5., 9.7.2.2., 9.9.6.2.,
                                                                                                      airtightness, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.                                9.9.6.3.
                                                                                                      area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.                                   between dwelling unit and garage, 9.10.13.15.
                                                                                                      barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6.                          dwelling units, 9.5.5.1.
                                                                                                      in bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.                                         headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4.
                                                                                                      containing foamed plastics, 3.1.4.2.                           at landings, 9.8.6.2., 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                      in corridors, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.3.3., 9.9.6.1., 9.10.13.          means of egress, 3.3.1.5.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 3.3.3.4., 9.5.5., 9.9.6.3.                         means of egress from dwelling units, 9.9.9.
                                                                                                      direction of swing, 3.3.1.11., 3.3.3.3., 3.4.6.10.,            means of egress from suites, 3.3.1.3., 3.3.1.5.,
                                                                                                          3.4.6.12., 3.6.2.6., 9.9.6.5., 9.10.13.12.                     9.9.7.2., 9.9.7.4., 9.9.7.6., 9.9.8.
                                                                                                      between dwelling unit and garage, 9.10.13.15.                  near stairs, 9.8.6.2.
                                                                                                      in dwelling units, 3.1.13.2.                                   obstructions, 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.3.
                                                                                                      emergency crossover access to floor areas, 3.4.6.18.           at ramp landings, 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                      energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.                          secondary suites, 9.5.5.1.
                                                                                                      energy conservation points, 9.36.8.                            service rooms, 9.9.5.9.
                                                                                                      for exits, 3.1.8.14., 3.4.5.1., 3.4.6.11., 3.4.6.12.,          water-closet rooms, 9.5.5.2.
                                                                                                          3.4.6.16., 9.9.6.                                          width, 3.3.3.4., 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                      exterior, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4.3., 9.7.5.2.             Downspouts, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.6.5., 9.26.18.1.
                                                                                                      in fire separations, 3.1.8.12. - 3.1.8.15., 3.1.8.17.,       Draft stops, 3.2.8.6.
                                                                                                          3.3.3.5., 9.10.13.                                       Drainage
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2., 3.1.13.7., 9.10.17.1.          above-ground masonry walls, 9.20.13.9.
                                                                                                      force required to open, 9.9.6.8.                               building envelopes, 5.6.2.2.
                                                                                                      glass or transparent, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8., 9.6., 9.6.1.3.,     crawl spaces, 9.18.5.
                                                                                                          9.9.4.3.                                                   disposal, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.5.
                                                                                                      hardware (see Hardware for doors)                              evacuation site, 9.14.4.3.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.7.                              floors, 9.16.3.3.
                                                                                                      incinerator rooms, 3.6.2.6.                                    floors-on-ground, 9.16.3.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.7.6.                                           footings, 9.14.
                                                                                                      at landings, 9.8.6.2.                                          foundations, 9.14.2., 9.35.3.3.
                                                                                                      manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4.                         granular layer installation, 9.14.4.2., 9.14.4.4.
                                                                                                      in means of egress, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.10., 3.4.6.11.,           granular layers, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.
                                                                                                          9.9.6., 9.9.7., 9.10.13.                                   granular material, 9.14.4.1.
                                                                                                      in means of egress from dwelling units, 9.9.9.                 housing and small buildings, 9.14.
                                                                                                      in means of egress from suites, 9.9.6., 9.9.7.4.,              pipes, 9.14.3.
                                                                                                          9.9.7.6., 9.9.8.                                           pipes and tiles installation, 9.14.3.3.
                                                                                                      near steps or stairs, 3.4.6.11., 9.8.6.2., 9.9.6.6.            roofs, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.
                                                                                                      opening onto landings, 9.8.6.3.                                second plane of protection, 9.27.3.
                                                                                                      performance expectations, 9.7.3.                               surface water, 5.7., 9.12.3.2., 9.14., 9.14.6.
                                                                                                      power operators, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.                            tiles, 9.14.3.
                                                                                                      protection, 9.8.8.1.                                           underground ducts, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                      resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.2.                         Drainage systems, sanitary, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.31., 9.31.2.1.,
                                                                                                      revolving, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.                                     9.31.5.
                                                                                                      service rooms, 3.6.2.6., 9.10.13.12.                           (see also Plumbing)


                                                                                                    Index                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Drain pans, 6.3.2.2.                                                underground, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                    Drains                                                              ventilation, 6.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.
                                                                                                      floors, 9.31.4.3.                                               Duct-type smoke detectors, 3.2.4.12.
                                                                                                      from noncombustible water closets, 9.10.9.7.                    Dumbwaiters, 3.5.1.1., 3.5.2.1., 3.5.3.2.
                                                                                                      roofs, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.2.                                     Dusts, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.
                                                                                                    Drain, waste and vent piping, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.7.                 Dwelling units
                                                                                                      (see also Plumbing)                                               (see also Housing and small buildings)
                                                                                                    Draperies, in exits, 9.9.5.6.                                       alarm audibility, 3.2.4.18.
                                                                                                    Drift limits, earthquake design, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.13.                combustible projections, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                    Drilling of framing members, 9.23.5.1.                              definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Drinking fountains, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.10.                             doors in means of egress, 9.9.6.
                                                                                                    Dry standpipes, 3.2.5.9.                                            door swing, 3.4.6.12., 9.9.6.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Dry wells, 9.14.5.3.                                                doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2., 9.9.6.3.
                                                                                                    Ducts                                                               egress, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9.
                                                                                                      access, 3.6.4.5., 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.                             electrical outlets, 9.34.2.2.
                                                                                                      access openings, 6.3.2.4.                                         exception for combustible projections, 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                      adhesives, 3.6.5.4., 9.33.6.4.                                    fire alarms, 9.10.18.2.
                                                                                                      air filters in, 6.8.1.3.                                          fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      aluminum, 9.33.6.5.                                               fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.
                                                                                                      in ceiling spaces, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5.1.                            fire protection, 3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.55., 9.10.
                                                                                                      cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.                                     fire-protection closures, 3.1.8.5.
                                                                                                      clearances, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9.4., 9.33.6.8.              fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.10.
                                                                                                      combustible, 3.6.5.1., 9.33.6.2.                                  fire separations, 3.3.4.2., 9.9.4., 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.13.,
                                                                                                      in or beneath concrete slabs, 9.33.6.7.                              9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.
                                                                                                      connections, 6.3.2.4., 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.                       firewalls, 9.10.11.2.
                                                                                                      connectors, 3.6.5.1., 6.3.2.3., 6.3.2.18., 9.33.6.2.              floors-on-ground, 9.16.1.3.
                                                                                                      construction, 9.33.6.6.                                           guards, 3.3.4.7., 9.8., 9.8.8.
                                                                                                      for cooking equipment, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 3.6.3.5.               hallways, 9.5.4.1.
                                                                                                      coverings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.             handrails, 3.3.4.7., 9.8., 9.8.7.
                                                                                                      design, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.1., 9.33.6.5.                              height of rooms and spaces, 3.7.1.1., 9.5.3.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.32.3.11.                                            landings, 9.8.6., 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                      drainage, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.                                    manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16.
                                                                                                      drain pans, 6.3.2.2.                                              ramps, 9.8., 9.8.5.2.
                                                                                                      exhaust (see Exhaust ducts)                                       secondary suites, 9.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      in exits, 6.9.2.4.                                                in self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.1.
                                                                                                      in fire-rated assemblies, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5.1., 9.10.9.6.          shared egress facilities, 9.9.9.3.
                                                                                                      firestops, 9.33.6.6.                                              smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19.
                                                                                                      fittings, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.5.              sound control, 3.3.4.6., 5.8.1.1., 9.11.
                                                                                                      galvanized, 9.33.6.5.                                             spatial separation between houses, 9.10.15.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.1., 9.33.6.7.                        sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      insulation, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.             stairs, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.
                                                                                                      interconnection, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.                              travel limit to exits, 9.9.9.1.
                                                                                                      joints, 6.3.2.4., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.     uniformity of runs in flights with mixed treads,
                                                                                                      leakage, 6.3.2.7.                                                    9.8.4.5.
                                                                                                      linings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.               water closets, 9.31.4.1.
                                                                                                      materials, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.                      Dynamic procedure
                                                                                                      metal, 9.33.6.5.                                                  earthquake load and effects calculations, 4.1.8.12.
                                                                                                      noncombustible, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 3.6.5.1.                      wind load calculations, 4.1.7.8.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18.
                                                                                                      penetrating fire blocks, 9.10.16.4.
                                                                                                      penetrating fire separations, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.8.,                                            E
                                                                                                          3.1.8.9., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.13.13.
                                                                                                      penetrating firestops, 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                                                                                      Earthquake design
                                                                                                      return air systems, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.6.5.8., 6.3.2.11.,
                                                                                                                                                                        accidental torsional effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.12.
                                                                                                          9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.13.
                                                                                                                                                                        additional performance requirements, 4.1.8.23.
                                                                                                      sealing, 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3.,              additional system restrictions, 4.1.8.10.
                                                                                                          9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                                                                                        analysis, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.7.
                                                                                                      smoke detectors in, 6.9.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                        anchorage of building frames, 9.23.6.1.
                                                                                                      supply, 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.7.                                     bracing to resist lateral loads, 9.23.13.
                                                                                                      systems, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.
                                                                                                                                                                        building strength and stability, 4.1.3.2.
                                                                                                      trunk, 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                                                                                        deflections, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.13.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                            Index
                                                                                                       direction of loading, 4.1.8.8.                                 Emergency cables and conductors, 3.2.7.10.
                                                                                                       dynamic analysis, 4.1.8.12.                                    Emergency elevators, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.5., 3.2.7.9.
                                                                                                       equivalent static force analysis, 4.1.8.11.                    Emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 3.2.7.4., 3.2.7.10., 9.9.12.,
                                                                                                       fasteners for sheathing or subflooring, 9.23.3.5.                   9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                       foundations, 4.1.8.15. - 4.1.8.17.                             Emergency power supply
                                                                                                       general requirements, 4.1.8.3.                                   exit signs, 9.9.11.3.
                                                                                                       joints in top plates of loadbearing walls, 9.23.11.4.            installation, 3.2.7.5., 3.6.2.8.
                                                                                                       masonry walls, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15.                               lighting, 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                       notation, 4.1.8.2.                                               smoke alarms, 9.10.19.4.
                                                                                                       roof sheathing, 9.23.16.1.                                     Emergency return, elevators, 3.2.4.14., 3.2.6.4.
                                                                                                       seismic force modification factors and general                 Encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.6.
                                                                                                          restrictions, 4.1.8.9.                                        building fire safety, 3.2.1.2., 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       seismic isolation, 4.1.8.19., 4.1.8.20.                          combustible components in exterior walls, 3.1.6.10.
                                                                                                       site designation, 4.1.8.4.                                       combustible elements in partitions, 3.1.6.15.
                                                                                                       site properties, 4.1.8.4.                                        combustible flooring elements, 3.1.6.12.
                                                                                                       structural irregularities, 4.1.8.6., 4.1.8.10.                   combustible interior finishes, 3.1.6.14.
                                                                                                       structural separation, 4.1.8.14.                                 combustible roofing materials, 3.1.6.7.
                                                                                                       supplemental energy dissipation, 4.1.8.21., 4.1.8.22.            combustible stairs, 3.1.6.13.
                                                                                                    Eave projections, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.26.5.                   combustible window sashes and frames, 3.1.6.8.
                                                                                                    Eave protection, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.5.1., 9.26.5.2.                    determination of encapsulation ratings, 3.1.6.5.
                                                                                                    Effective thermal resistance (RSI value), definition,               encapsulation of mass timber elements, 3.1.6.4.
                                                                                                          9.36.1.2.                                                     encapsulation materials, 3.1.6.6.
                                                                                                    Egress (see Doors; Doorways; Means of egress)                       exposed construction materials and components in
                                                                                                    Egress doorways, 3.3.1.5., 3.3.1.6.                                    concealed spaces, 3.1.6.16.
                                                                                                    Electrical conductors                                               exterior cladding, 3.1.6.9.
                                                                                                       protection of, 3.2.7.10.                                         materials permitted, 3.1.6.2.
                                                                                                       tests, 3.2.7.10.                                                 nailing elements, 3.1.6.11.
                                                                                                    Electrical equipment, 3.6.1.2., 9.33.5.2., 9.34.                    penetration by outlet boxes, 3.1.6.17.
                                                                                                    Electrical equipment vaults, 3.6.2.7.                               spatial separation and exposure protection, 3.2.3.7.,
                                                                                                    Electrical supervision, fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.9.                   3.2.3.19.
                                                                                                    Electrical wiring                                                   structural mass timber elements, 3.1.6.3.
                                                                                                       exit signs, 3.4.5.3.                                           EnerGuide rating system, 9.36.5.3.
                                                                                                       housing and small buildings, 9.34.                             Energy conservation measures and points
                                                                                                       service facilities, 3.6.1.2.                                     above-ground opaque assemblies, 9.36.8.5.
                                                                                                    Electric cables, storage, 3.3.6.2.                                  airtightness, 9.36.8.8.
                                                                                                    Electromagnetic locking device, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16.,               building volume, 9.36.8.11.
                                                                                                          3.4.6.18., 9.9.6.7.                                           fenestration and doors, 9.36.8.6.
                                                                                                    Elevating devices, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.7.                               HVAC systems, 9.36.8.9.
                                                                                                    Elevator cables, 3.1.5.22.                                          opaque building assemblies below-grade or in
                                                                                                    Elevator cars, flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.11.                         contact with ground, 9.36.8.7.
                                                                                                    Elevators                                                           service water heating equipment, 9.36.8.10.
                                                                                                       application of Code, 3.5.1.1.                                  Energy efficiency
                                                                                                       barrier-free path of travel, 3.3.1.7., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2.,       building envelope, 9.36.2.
                                                                                                          3.8.3.7.                                                      definition, 9.36.1.2.
                                                                                                       combustible travelling cables for elevators, 3.1.5.22.           energy performance compliance, 9.36.5.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 3.5.4.1.                                             housing and small buildings, 9.36.
                                                                                                       earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                                     HVAC systems and equipment, 9.36.3.
                                                                                                       emergency operation, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.7.9.                          service water heating systems, 9.36.4.
                                                                                                       emergency recall, 3.2.4.14., 3.2.6.4.                          Energy performance
                                                                                                       for firefighters, 3.2.6.5., 3.2.7.9.                             compliance, 9.36.5.
                                                                                                       fire protection, 9.10.1.3.                                       definitions, 9.36.5.2.
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.7.                                   drawings and specifications, 2.2.8. [C]
                                                                                                       high buildings, 3.2.7.9.                                         tier, 9.36.7., 9.36.8.
                                                                                                       hoistway noise, 5.8.1.1.                                       Engineered wood as siding, 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                       hoistways, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.6., 3.2.8.4., 3.5.3.1., 3.5.3.3.,   Entrances, barrier-free, 3.8.2.2.
                                                                                                          3.5.4.2., 9.10.18.4.                                        Environmental loads, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.1., 5.2.1.3., 5.9.3.2.
                                                                                                       limited-use/limited-application (LULA), 3.5.4.1.               Environmental separation
                                                                                                       machine rooms, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 3.2.5.12., 3.5.3.3.          air leakage, 9.25., 9.25.3.
                                                                                                       not a means of egress, 9.9.2.3.                                  application of Code, 5
                                                                                                       smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.14.                            compliance with standards, 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                       standards, 3.5.2.1., 3.8.3.7.                                    condensation control, 9.25.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      crawl spaces, 9.18.                                             interconnection, 6.3.2.7., 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      dampproofing, 9.13., 9.13.2.                                    laboratory enclosures, 6.3.4.3.
                                                                                                      drawings and specifications, 2.2.5.2. [C]                       of non-mechanical ventilating systems, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      fire (see Fire separations)                                     serving cooking equipment, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      heat transfer, 9.25., 9.25.2.                                   serving laundry equipment, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.1.3.
                                                                                                      roof spaces, 9.19.                                              serving rooms containing WC, urinals, showers,
                                                                                                      soil gas control, 9.13., 9.13.4.                                    slop sinks, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      sound control, 5.8.1., 9.11.                                    serving more than one fire compartment, 9.10.9.20.
                                                                                                      waterproofing, 9.13., 9.13.3.                                   smoke dampers waived, 3.1.8.9.
                                                                                                    Equipment                                                         vertical service spaces, 3.6.3.4.
                                                                                                      air-conditioning, 9.33.5.                                     Exhibitions, 3.1.2.3.
                                                                                                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]                                 Existing buildings, application of Code, 1.1.1.1. [A]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      cooking, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6., 9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.           Exits
                                                                                                      electrical installations, 9.33.5.2., 9.34.1.1.                  (see also Means of egress)
                                                                                                      HVAC, 6.1.1.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.5.                              access to, 3.4.6.17., 9.9.7., 9.9.7.1.
                                                                                                      loads on floors and roofs, 4.1.5.3.                             aggregate width, 3.4.3.1., 3.4.3.2., 9.9.3.
                                                                                                      odour removal, 9.33.6.14.                                       appliances in, 9.9.5.7.
                                                                                                      space cooling, 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.                               balconies, 3.4.4.1.
                                                                                                      space heating, 9.33.5.2.                                        capacity, 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                      storage, 1.2.2.2. [A]                                           combustible glazing restrictions, 3.4.1.10.
                                                                                                      used, 1.2.2.3. [A]                                              concealed exits, 3.4.6.11., 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                    Escalators, 3.2.8.2., 3.5.1.1., 3.5.2.1., 3.8.2.4., 9.10.1.3.     convergence, 3.4.1.2.
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                                    cumulative width, 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                      illumination, 3.2.7.1.                                          definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Evaporative air coolers, 6.3.2.16.                                distance between, 3.4.2.3.
                                                                                                    Evaporative heat rejection systems, 6.3.2.15.                     door hardware, 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.17.
                                                                                                    Excavations                                                       doors, 3.2.3.13., 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.11., 3.4.6.13., 3.4.6.16.,
                                                                                                      backfill, 9.12.3.                                                   9.7.2.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                        door swing, 3.4.6.12.
                                                                                                      depth, 9.12.2.                                                  ducts in, 6.9.2.4.
                                                                                                      design of, 4.2.5.1.                                             dwelling units, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9.
                                                                                                      erosion, 4.2.5.6.                                               emergency access, 3.4.6.18.
                                                                                                      grading, 9.14.4.3.                                              emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.12.                              exterior passageways, 3.1.13.10., 3.4.1.5.
                                                                                                      native soil, 9.12.1.1.                                          finish, interior, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                      organic material, 9.12.1.1.                                     fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      protection from freezing, 4.2.5.7., 9.12.1.3.                   fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10.
                                                                                                      safety measures, 8.2.2.                                         fire separations, 3.4.4.1., 9.9.4.
                                                                                                      structural design, 4.2.5.                                       from floor areas, 9.9.8.
                                                                                                      support of, 4.2.5.3.                                            general requirements, 9.9.2.
                                                                                                      water control, 4.2.5.5.                                         glass block in, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.7.
                                                                                                      water in, 8.2.2.1., 9.12.1.2.                                   glass doors, 9.6., 9.9.4.3.
                                                                                                    Exhaust                                                           glass and transparent panels and doors, 3.4.1.8.
                                                                                                      capacity, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.7.                       guards, 3.4.6.6.
                                                                                                      discharge, 6.3.2.10.                                            headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2., 9.9.3.4.,
                                                                                                      ducts, 6.3.2.10.                                                    9.9.6.2.
                                                                                                      fans, 9.32.3.7.                                                 horizontal, 3.4.1.4., 3.4.1.6., 9.9.2.1.
                                                                                                      to garages, 6.3.2.10.                                           housing and small buildings, 9.9.
                                                                                                      intakes, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.7.                        integrity, 3.4.4.4., 9.9.4.2.
                                                                                                      outlets, 3.6.5.7., 6.3.2.10.                                    interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4., 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                      systems, 3.2.6.6., 3.2.8.7., 3.3.1.21., 9.10.9.20.              landings, 9.8.1.3.
                                                                                                    Exhaust air openings, 6.3.2.9.                                    level, lowest, and smoke contamination, 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                    Exhaust ducts                                                     levels, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                      combining, 6.3.2.10.                                            lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.
                                                                                                      condensation, 6.3.2.10.                                         loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      connection, 6.3.2.10.                                           through lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5.
                                                                                                      containing air from conditioned spaces, 6.3.2.10.               location, 3.4.2.5., 9.9.8.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                        manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16.
                                                                                                      fire dampers in, 9.10.13.13.                                    from mezzanine, 3.4.2.2., 9.9.8.6.
                                                                                                      fire dampers waived, 3.1.8.8.                                   minimum number, 3.4.2.1.
                                                                                                      insulation, 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.                     mirror restrictions, 3.4.1.9., 9.9.5.6.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                           Index
                                                                                                      number, 9.9.7.1., 9.9.7.2., 9.9.8.2., 9.9.9.                   Exterior areas, loads on, 4.1.5.5.
                                                                                                      obstructions, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5., 9.9.6.1.,           Exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4., 9.27.14.
                                                                                                         9.9.6.2., 9.9.11.2.                                         Exterior ornamentations
                                                                                                      obstructions permitted, 3.4.3.3.                                 earthquake loads, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                      protected floor space, 3.2.8.5., 3.4.3.2.                        wind loads, 4.1.7.11.
                                                                                                      purpose, 9.9.2.2.
                                                                                                      ramps, 3.4.5.3.
                                                                                                      revolving doors, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.                                                       F
                                                                                                      rooms opening into, 3.4.4.4., 9.9.5.9., 9.9.8.5.
                                                                                                      secondary suites, 9.9.9.
                                                                                                                                                                     Fabrics, for canopies and marquees, 3.1.16.1.
                                                                                                      separation, 3.4.1.2.                                           Factories
                                                                                                      service rooms under, 3.6.2.2., 9.9.5.8.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                        loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      signs, 3.4.5.1., 3.4.5.3., 9.9.11., 9.9.11.3.
                                                                                                                                                                       storage areas, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.                                     Factory-built chimneys, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.33.10.2.
                                                                                                      stairs, 3.4.5.3., 3.4.6.8., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.1.3., 9.8.2.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                     Factory-constructed buildings, 1.1.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                         9.8.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     Falsework, 4.1.1.3.
                                                                                                      storage garages, 9.9.6.4.                                      Fans
                                                                                                      storeys, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                                                                                       access, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.
                                                                                                      tactile signs, 3.4.5.2., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                       auxiliary, 9.32.3.4.
                                                                                                      travel distance, 3.4.2.1., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.2.4., 9.9.8.2.          bathrooms, 9.32.3.3.
                                                                                                      types, 3.4.1.4., 9.9.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                       capacity, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                      visibility, 9.9.11.2.
                                                                                                                                                                       controls, 9.32.3.3.
                                                                                                      wall openings near, 9.9.4.4.                                     cooktops, 9.32.3.7., 9.32.3.11.
                                                                                                      weather protection, 3.4.6.11.
                                                                                                                                                                       dehumidistat, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7.
                                                                                                      width, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.3.2., 9.9.3.3., 9.9.8.3.
                                                                                                                                                                       emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9.
                                                                                                      windows, 3.2.3.13., 9.7.2.2., 9.9.4.                             emergency stoppage, 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                      wired glass in, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.6.
                                                                                                                                                                       exhaust, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.5.
                                                                                                    Expansion and contraction
                                                                                                                                                                       housing and small buildings, 9.32.3.
                                                                                                      elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1.,                  installation, 6.3.2.17., 9.32.3.3. - 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                         5.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                       kitchens, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7.
                                                                                                      heating and cooling systems, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.,
                                                                                                                                                                       location, 6.3.2.17., 9.32.3.2.
                                                                                                         9.33.8.1.                                                     noise, 9.32.3.2.
                                                                                                      metal and vinyl siding, 9.27.5.6.
                                                                                                                                                                       sound ratings, 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                      piping, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.
                                                                                                                                                                       standards for, 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                      structural, 4.1.2.1.                                             supplementary exhaust, 9.32.3.7.
                                                                                                    Explosion venting, 3.3.1.21.
                                                                                                                                                                       supply, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5.
                                                                                                    Exposing building face
                                                                                                                                                                       vibration, 9.32.3.2.
                                                                                                      area, 3.2.3.2.                                                 Farm buildings
                                                                                                      area and aspect ratio, 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                                                                                       application of Code, 1.1.1.1. [A], 1.3.3.5. [A]
                                                                                                      area and location, 9.10.14.2., 9.10.15.2.
                                                                                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      construction, 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.                   automatic sprinkler systems, 2.2.4.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                       classification, 2.1.4.1.
                                                                                                      exits, 3.2.3.13.
                                                                                                                                                                       dangerous goods storage, 2.2.8.7.
                                                                                                      fire resistance waived, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.                   design of bins and silos, 2.3.1.1.
                                                                                                      first storey facing a street, 9.10.14.4.
                                                                                                                                                                        electrical wiring and equipment, 2.2.1.15.
                                                                                                      garage serving a dwelling unit, 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                                                                                        exceptions in determining building height, 2.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      glazed openings, 9.10.15.2.                                      exhaust ventilation and explosion venting, 2.2.8.2.
                                                                                                      limiting distance, 3.2.3.5., 3.2.3.6., 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5.,
                                                                                                                                                                       farm machinery and vehicles, 2.3.2.4.
                                                                                                         9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                                                                                        fire detectors, 2.2.3.7.
                                                                                                      low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                         geotechnical design parameters, 2.3.1.1.
                                                                                                         Division 3), 3.2.3.11.
                                                                                                                                                                        liquid manure storage tanks, 2.3.1.1., 2.3.2.5., 2.3.4.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5.
                                                                                                                                                                       loads due to earthquakes, 2.3.4.
                                                                                                      protection of, 3.2.3.8.                                          loads due to snow, 2.3.3.
                                                                                                      restrictions on combustible projections, 3.2.3.6.,
                                                                                                                                                                       loads due to use and occupancy, 2.3.2.
                                                                                                         9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                                                                                       loads supported on a floor or suspended from a
                                                                                                      spatial separation between buildings, 9.10.14.,                      ceiling, 2.3.2.1.
                                                                                                         9.10.15.
                                                                                                                                                                       location of heating appliances, 2.4.3.1.
                                                                                                      structural members, 3.2.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                       means of egress, 2.2.6.1.
                                                                                                      unlimited openings, 3.2.3.10., 9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.            minimum lighting requirements, 2.2.5.1.
                                                                                                      unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.2., 3.2.3.12.,
                                                                                                                                                                       occupant load, 2.2.1.17.
                                                                                                         9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.
                                                                                                                                                                       required ventilation, 2.4.2.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                       separation of occupancies, 2.2.1.4.                      Finishes
                                                                                                       unobstructed slipper roofs, 2.3.3.1.                        interior (see Interior finishes)
                                                                                                    Fasteners                                                      slip-resistant, 3.4.6.1.
                                                                                                       cladding, 9.27.5.4.                                      Fire alarm and detection systems
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.27.5.4.                                       annunciators, 3.2.4.8.
                                                                                                       gypsum board, 9.29.5.5.                                     audibility, 3.2.4.18., 3.2.4.21.
                                                                                                       roofing, 9.26.2.3., 9.26.2.4.                               audible alert and alarm signals, 3.2.4.17.
                                                                                                       siding, 9.27.5.4.                                           central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.23.3.1.                                     central vacuum shutdown, 3.2.4.13.
                                                                                                       stucco, 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.                                continuity, 3.2.4.2.
                                                                                                    Fastening                                                      design, 9.10.18.3.
                                                                                                       cladding, 9.27.5.4.                                         and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       furring, 9.29.3.2.                                          electrical supervision, 3.2.4.9.
                                                                                                       gypsum board, 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.                          emergency power supply, 3.2.7.8.
                                                                                                       hardboard finish, 9.29.7.3.                                 fire detectors, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.
                                                                                                       plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.                                   fire separations for, 3.6.2.8.
                                                                                                       sheathing, 9.23.3.5.                                        installation, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.5., 9.10.18.3.
                                                                                                       shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.8.4., 9.26.8.5.                   manual stations, 3.2.4.16.
                                                                                                       siding, 9.27.5.4.                                           requirements, 9.10.18.
                                                                                                       steel framing, 9.24.3.6.                                    residential fire warning systems, 3.2.4.21., 9.10.19.8.
                                                                                                       steel studs, 9.24.1.4.                                      signal devices, 3.2.4.18.
                                                                                                       stucco lath, 9.28.4.6.                                      signals to fire department, 3.2.4.7.
                                                                                                       subflooring, 9.23.3.5.                                      silencing, 3.2.4.6.
                                                                                                       underlay, 9.30.2.3.                                         single stage systems, 3.2.4.3., 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7.
                                                                                                       wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.                            smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20.
                                                                                                       wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.26.10.3.             smoke alarms interconnection, 9.10.19.5.
                                                                                                    Faucets and other bathroom accessories, 3.7.2.3.,              smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.12., 9.10.18.,
                                                                                                          3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.18.         9.10.18.5.
                                                                                                    Fences, at construction and demolition sites, 8.2.1.3.         sprinkler systems, 3.2.4.8.
                                                                                                    Fenestration                                                   testing, 3.2.4.5.
                                                                                                       (see also Windows)                                          two-stage systems, 3.2.4.3., 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7.
                                                                                                       airtightness, 5.9.3.4., 9.36.2.9.                           types, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                       area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.                                vacuum cleaning systems, 9.10.18.7.
                                                                                                       definition, 9.36.1.2.                                       visible signal devices, 3.2.4.19.
                                                                                                       energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.                       voice communication systems, 3.2.4.22.
                                                                                                       energy conservation points, 9.36.8.                         waterflow trigger, 3.2.5.14.
                                                                                                       heat transfer, 5.9.3.3.                                  Fire blocks
                                                                                                       resistance to water penetration, 5.9.3.5.                   (see also Firestops)
                                                                                                       structural and environmental loads, 5.9.3.2.                in concealed spaces, 3.1.11., 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16.
                                                                                                       thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.2., 9.36.2.7.               in crawl spaces, 3.1.11.6.
                                                                                                       thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.11.                  definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       types, 5.9.3.1.                                             in eave overhangs, 3.2.3.16.
                                                                                                       water penetration, 5.9.3.5.                                 in encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.11.3.,
                                                                                                    Fibreboard                                                        3.1.11.5., 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                       fastening, 9.29.8.3.                                        in floor assemblies, 3.1.11.5.
                                                                                                       installation, 9.29.8.3., 9.29.8.4.                          in mansard and gambrel roofs, 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16.1.
                                                                                                       as insulating finish, 9.29.8.                               materials, 3.1.11.7., 9.10.16.3.
                                                                                                       material standard, 9.29.8.1.                                in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.11.3.
                                                                                                       nailing, 9.29.8.3.                                          pipes and ducts in, 9.10.16.4.
                                                                                                       as roof sheathing, 9.23.16.7.                               in roof assemblies, 3.1.11.5., 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                       thickness, 9.29.8.2.                                        between vertical and horizontal spaces, 3.1.11.4.
                                                                                                       as wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3.                   in walls/wall assemblies, 3.1.11.2., 9.10.16.2.
                                                                                                    Fill                                                        Fire chambers, 9.22.4.
                                                                                                       (see also Backfill; Backfilling)                         Fire compartments
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    annunciators, 3.2.4.8.
                                                                                                       beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.1., 9.16.2.2.              basements, 3.2.1.5.
                                                                                                       beneath footings, 9.15.3.2.                                 combustible sprinkler piping, 3.2.5.13.
                                                                                                       beneath foundations, 4.2.4.13.                              definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Filters, air, 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.                             exits, 3.2.3.13.
                                                                                                                                                                   exposing building face area, 3.2.3.2.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                   Index
                                                                                                       unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1.                          hearth, 9.22.5.
                                                                                                       wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.                 housing and small buildings, 9.22., 9.33.5.4.
                                                                                                    Fire curtains, 3.3.2.14.                                   inserts, 9.22.10.
                                                                                                    Fire dampers                                               liners (see Liners, fireplace)
                                                                                                       (see also Dampers)                                      masonry materials, 9.22.1.2.
                                                                                                       access, 3.1.8.10.                                       protection against depressurization, 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                       as closures, 3.1.8.5.                                   smoke chambers, 9.22.7.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                walls, 9.22.3.
                                                                                                       in ducts, 9.10.13.13.                                Fire protection
                                                                                                       in fire separations, 3.1.8.7.                           air-supported structures, 3.1.18.
                                                                                                       in HVAC systems, 6.9.2.1.                               building classification, 3.1.2.
                                                                                                       installation, 3.1.8.10.                                 combustible construction, 3.1.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.                                 commissioning of life safety and fire protection
                                                                                                       in non-loadbearing walls, 9.24.3.7.                        systems, 9.10.1.2.
                                                                                                       penetrating fire separations, 9.10.9.6.                 components, 2.2.3. [C], 3.1.1.4.
                                                                                                       waived, 3.1.8.8.                                        construction camps, 9.10.21.
                                                                                                    Fire department                                            cooktops, 9.10.22.
                                                                                                       access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.6.                       crawl spaces, 9.18.7.
                                                                                                       limiting distance, 9.10.15.3.                           dwelling units, 9.10.
                                                                                                       signals to, 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.6.7.                electric ranges, 9.10.22.
                                                                                                    Fire department connections on buildings, 3.2.5.5.,        electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10.
                                                                                                          3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.15.                                  exceptions, 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                    Fire detectors, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.          exits, 9.9.4.
                                                                                                    Fire escapes                                               fire-resistance ratings, 3.1.7.
                                                                                                       access, 3.4.7.3.                                        fire safety plan, 1.1.4.
                                                                                                       balconies, 3.4.7.3.                                     gas ranges, 9.10.22.
                                                                                                       closures, 3.4.7.4.                                      limiting distance and spatial separation between
                                                                                                       construction, 3.4.7.2.                                     buildings, 3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                       dwelling units, 3.4.7.3.                                multiple occupancy requirements, 3.1.3.
                                                                                                       existing buildings, 3.4.7.1.                            noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.
                                                                                                       guards, 3.4.7.6.                                        ovens, 9.10.22.
                                                                                                       handrails, 3.4.7.6.                                     penetrations in fire separations and fire-rated
                                                                                                       headroom, 3.4.7.5.                                         assemblies, 3.1.9.1.
                                                                                                       landings, 3.4.7.7.                                      propane ranges, 9.10.22.
                                                                                                       loads on, 4.1.5.3.                                      structural, 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                       as means of egress, 3.4.1.4., 9.9.2.3.                  structural members, 3.2.3.9.
                                                                                                       protection of, 3.4.7.4.                                 tents, 3.1.18.
                                                                                                       scope of Code, 3.4.7.1.                                 testing of integrated fire protection and life safety
                                                                                                       stairs, 3.4.6.8., 3.4.7.5.                                 systems, 9.10.1.2.
                                                                                                    Fire extinguishers, 3.2.5.16., 9.10.20.4., 9.10.21.8.      tests, 3.2.9.1.
                                                                                                    Fire extinguishing systems, industrial occupancies,     Fire-protection rating
                                                                                                          3.3.5.2.                                             of closures, 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5.
                                                                                                    Firefighters, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.6.5., 3.2.8.7.                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Firefighting (see Access for firefighting)                 of doors, 3.1.8.12.
                                                                                                    Firefighting services (see Fire department)                exceptions, 9.10.13.2., 9.10.13.5., 9.10.13.7.
                                                                                                    Fire hose cabinets, 3.2.5.11.                              of fire dampers, 3.1.8.7.
                                                                                                    Fire hose nozzles, 3.2.5.11.                               tests, 3.1.8.4., 9.10.3.1.
                                                                                                    Fire hose stations, 3.2.5.11., 9.10.21.9.               Fire protection systems, 3.2.5.17., 9.10.18., 9.10.20.5.
                                                                                                    Fire load, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.2.91., 3.2.3.11.           Fire pumps, 3.2.4.9., 3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.18., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                    Fireplaces                                              Fire-resistance ratings
                                                                                                       airtightness, 9.36.2.9.                                 about, 9.10.3.
                                                                                                       chimneys, 9.21.2.5., 9.21.2.6.                          arena-type building roof assemblies, 3.2.2.17.
                                                                                                       clearances, 9.22.9.                                     ceilings, 9.10.3.3.
                                                                                                       combustion air, 9.22.1.4.                               definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       concrete materials, 9.22.1.2.                           determination of, 3.1.7.1., 9.10.3.1.
                                                                                                       continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.                     doors, 5.3.1.2.
                                                                                                       dampers, 9.22.6.1.                                      encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.7.5.
                                                                                                       design and installation, 6.9.4.2.                       exemptions, 3.1.7.2., 9.10.8., 9.10.8.11., 9.10.14.
                                                                                                       factory-built, 9.22.8.                                  exits, 9.9.4.2.
                                                                                                       fire chamber, 9.22.4.                                   exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.
                                                                                                       footings, 9.22.1.3.                                     fire separations, 3.1.7.3.


                                                                                                    Index                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                       firewalls, 3.1.7.3., 3.1.10.2., 9.10.3.3.                   and door self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13.
                                                                                                       floors and floor assemblies, 3.1.7.3., 3.2.1.4.,            dumbwaiters, 3.5.3.2.
                                                                                                          9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.8.                            dwelling units, 3.3.4.2., 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14.,
                                                                                                       grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5.                               9.10.9.15.
                                                                                                       membrane ceilings, 9.10.3.4.                                elevator machine rooms, 3.5.3.3.
                                                                                                       minimum, 3.1.7.4.                                           elevators, 3.2.6.5., 3.5.3.1.
                                                                                                       relation to occupancy and height, 9.10.8.                   exits, 3.4.4.1., 9.9.4.
                                                                                                       roofs, 9.10.8.                                              fire dampers in, 3.1.8.7.
                                                                                                       separation of suites, 3.3.1.1., 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.      fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3.
                                                                                                       steel framing, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.2.                         firestops, 3.1.9.1.
                                                                                                       supporting construction, 3.1.7.5., 9.10.8.3.                firewalls, 3.1.10.1.
                                                                                                       test methods, 9.10.3.1.                                     floor assemblies, 3.3.4.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       vertical fire separations, 9.10.3.3.                        floors over basements, 3.2.1.4.
                                                                                                       walls, 9.10.3.3.                                            garages, 9.10.4.3., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.
                                                                                                       walls, exterior, 3.1.7.2., 3.1.7.3., 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.11.,   grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5.
                                                                                                          9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.             horizontal, 3.1.8.8.
                                                                                                       walls, interior, 9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3.                       in horizontal service spaces, 3.1.8.3.
                                                                                                       walls, loadbearing, 3.1.7.5., 9.10.8.3.                     horizontal service spaces, 3.6.4.2., 9.10.9.12.
                                                                                                       windows, 5.3.1.2.                                           industrial occupancy (group F), 3.3.5.1., 9.10.9.13.,
                                                                                                    Fire-retardant-treated wood                                       9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.
                                                                                                       in assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),                integrity, 9.10.9.3.
                                                                                                          3.2.2.25.                                                interconnected floor spaces, 9.10.9.5.
                                                                                                       in assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),                interior walls, 9.10.12.3.
                                                                                                          3.2.2.32.                                                laboratory ventilation enclosures, 3.3.1.21.
                                                                                                       in business and personal services occupancy                 libraries, 3.3.2.13.
                                                                                                          (Group D), 3.2.2.62.                                     and major occupancy, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.18.,
                                                                                                       in combustible construction, 3.1.4.5., 3.1.4.8.                9.10.9.19.
                                                                                                       for decorative cladding, 3.1.5.24.                          meeting of two exterior walls, 9.10.12.3.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    mercantile occupancy (group E), 3.3.1.1.
                                                                                                       in low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                mezzanines, 3.2.1.6., 3.2.8.1.
                                                                                                          Division 3), 3.2.2.85.                                   and multiple occupancies, 3.1.3.1., 9.10.9.13.,
                                                                                                       in medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                9.10.10.
                                                                                                          Division 2), 3.2.2.78.                                   between openings, 3.2.3.17.
                                                                                                       in mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.68.                openings in, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.6., 3.1.8.17., 3.2.8.2.,
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.12.,           9.10.13., 9.24.3.7.
                                                                                                          3.1.13.8.                                                openings protected by glass blocks or wired glass,
                                                                                                       in roof systems, 3.1.14.1.                                     3.1.8.16.
                                                                                                    Fire safety                                                    operating, recovery and delivery rooms, 3.3.3.6.
                                                                                                       and building size, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.1., 9.10.8.              protected floor spaces, 3.2.8.5.
                                                                                                       construction sites, 8.1.1.1.                                public corridors, 3.3.1.4., 9.10.9.17.
                                                                                                       demolition sites, 8.1.1.1.                                  rating, 9.10.3.
                                                                                                       in HVAC systems and equipment, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.            repair garages, 3.3.5.5.
                                                                                                       and occupancy, 9.10.8.                                      residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47., 3.3.4.2.,
                                                                                                       self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2.                         9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.
                                                                                                       tests, 3.2.9.1.                                             rooftop enclosures, 3.2.2.14.
                                                                                                    Fire separations                                               between rooms and spaces within buildings, 9.10.9.
                                                                                                       airtightness of windows and doors in, 5.4.1.2.,             secondary suites, 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16., 9.10.9.17.,
                                                                                                          5.9.2.3.                                                    9.10.10.4., 9.10.11.2., 9.10.12.3.
                                                                                                       barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7.                          self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.1.
                                                                                                       boarding and lodging houses, 9.10.9.16.                     self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9.
                                                                                                       on building face, 3.2.3.2.                                  service penetrations, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.5.,
                                                                                                       business and personal services occupancy, 3.3.1.1.             9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                       care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.1.            service rooms, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.8.5., 9.10.10.
                                                                                                       closures in, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.         soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                       in combustible construction, 3.1.8.2.                       steel framing, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.7.
                                                                                                       construction camps, 9.10.21.2.                              storage of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.2.
                                                                                                       containment in basements, 3.2.1.5.                          storage garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.4.2., 3.3.5.6., 3.3.5.7.
                                                                                                       continuity, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.3., 9.10.9.2., 9.10.11.2.       storage rooms, 3.3.4.3., 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                       crawl spaces, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.9.4.                           storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    suites, 3.3.1.1., 3.3.4.2., 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.
                                                                                                       and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.                       temperature rise and area limits, 3.1.8.19.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                   Index
                                                                                                       theatre stages, 3.3.2.14.                                    fire-retardant-treated wood, 3.1.4.5.
                                                                                                       thermal breaks in windows and doors in, 5.3.1.2.             firewalls, 9.10.11.3.
                                                                                                       twenty-minute closures, 3.1.8.12.                            foamed plastic insulation, 3.1.5.15., 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                       vehicular passageways, 3.2.3.18.                             glazing, 3.1.5.4., 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17., 9.10.17.1.,
                                                                                                       vertical, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9.                                    9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.9.
                                                                                                       vertical service spaces, 3.6.3.1.                            gypsum board, 9.29.5.2.
                                                                                                       in vertical shafts, 3.1.8.3.                                 high buildings, 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                       vestibules, 3.2.8.4.                                         industrial occupancy, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       walkways, 3.2.3.19., 3.2.3.20.                               insulation, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.2.2.
                                                                                                       wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.                      insulation in concealed spaces, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       watertightness of windows and doors in, 5.9.2.3.             insulation in noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                       between zones in hospitals or nursing homes,                    3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          3.3.3.5.                                                  interior finishes, 3.1.5.12., 9.10.17.
                                                                                                    Fire stop flaps, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.6.4.3., 9.10.13.14.            light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4., 9.10.17.6.,
                                                                                                    Firestops                                                          9.10.17.8.
                                                                                                       (see also Fire blocks)                                       lobbies, 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17.3.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     mercantile occupancy, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       general, 3.1.8.3., 3.1.9.1.                                  public corridors, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.                     residential occupancy, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       pipes and ducts in, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.,           service rooms, 3.1.13.7., 9.10.17.
                                                                                                          9.33.6.6.                                                 skylights, 3.1.5.4., 3.1.13.2., 9.7.2.2., 9.10.17.,
                                                                                                       and service penetrations, 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.3., 9.10.9.7.         9.10.17.1., 9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.9.
                                                                                                    Firewalls                                                       tests, 3.1.12.1., 9.10.3.2.
                                                                                                       combustible projections, 3.1.10.7.                           vehicular passageways, 3.1.13.2.
                                                                                                       construction, 9.10.11.                                       ventilated laboratory enclosures, 6.3.4.4.
                                                                                                       continuity, 3.1.10.3.                                        vestibules, 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                       continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.                          windows, 9.7.2.2.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  Flammable gases (see Combustible gases)
                                                                                                       exemptions, 9.10.11.2.                                    Flammable liquids
                                                                                                       exterior walls meeting, 3.1.10.6.                            definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.                             door thresholds, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1.
                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3., 3.1.10.2., 9.10.3.3.,      piping for, in trench, 6.9.1.2.
                                                                                                          9.10.11.3.                                                storage, 3.3.2.16., 3.3.4.3., 3.3.6.2.
                                                                                                       maximum openings in, 3.1.10.5.                               storage and dispensing rooms, 3.3.6.4.
                                                                                                       mezzanines, 3.2.8.1.                                      Flashing, chimney
                                                                                                       parapets, 3.1.10.4.                                          caps, 9.21.4.6.
                                                                                                       party walls as, 9.10.11.1.                                   junctions with other materials, 9.21.4.10.
                                                                                                       penetrations in, 3.1.9.1.                                 Flashing, doors, 9.7.6.2.
                                                                                                       separating buildings, 1.3.3.4. [A]                        Flashing, roof
                                                                                                       structural stability, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.                   built-up-roofing at cant strips, 9.26.11.10.
                                                                                                       support of, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.                             built-up-roofing to masonry, 9.26.4.6.
                                                                                                    First storey, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.2.15., 3.2.5.1., 3.2.8.2.       built-up-roofing to other than masonry, 9.26.4.7.
                                                                                                    Fixed seats, 3.3.2.4.                                           at intersections, 9.26.4.
                                                                                                    Fixed seats, bench type without arms, 3.3.2.8.                  materials, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.26.4.3.
                                                                                                    Flags, for directing traffic, 8.2.4.2.                          purpose, 9.26.1.2.
                                                                                                    Flame-spread rating                                             sealing and drainage, 5.6.2.1.
                                                                                                       bathrooms, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.11.                            shingles to masonry, 9.26.4.4.
                                                                                                       business and personal services occupancy, 9.10.17.           shingles to other than masonry, 9.26.4.5.
                                                                                                       combustible insulation, 3.1.5.14., 9.10.17.10.,              valley, 9.26.4.3.
                                                                                                          9.10.17.12.                                            Flashing, skylights, 9.7.6.2.
                                                                                                       combustible piping, 3.1.5.19.                             Flashing, wall
                                                                                                       combustible skylights, 9.10.17.9.                            cavity walls, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6.
                                                                                                       corridors, 9.10.17.2., 9.10.17.5.                            fastening, 9.20.13.2.
                                                                                                       crawl spaces, 9.18.7.1.                                      installation, 9.20.13.3., 9.27.3.8.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     masonry veneer, 9.20.13.6.
                                                                                                       diffusers and grilles, 9.33.6.10.                            masonry walls, 9.20.13.
                                                                                                       doors, 3.1.13.2., 9.7.2.2., 9.10.17.1.                       materials, 9.20.13.1., 9.27.3.7.
                                                                                                       ducts, linings and coverings, 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.         sealing and drainage, 5.6.2.1.
                                                                                                       elevator cars, 3.1.13.7., 3.1.13.11.                         stucco, 9.28.1.5.
                                                                                                       exits, 3.1.13.2., 3.1.13.7., 3.1.13.8., 9.10.17.2.        Flashing, windows, 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.3., 9.20.13.4.
                                                                                                       exterior exit passageways, 3.1.13.10., 9.10.17.4.         Flash point, 1.4.1.2. [A]


                                                                                                    Index                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Flat roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6.                                 in housing and small buildings, 9.16.
                                                                                                    Flat wall insulating concrete forms, 5.9.1.1.                    hydrostatic uplift, 9.16.3.2.
                                                                                                    Flight, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                             material beneath, 9.16.2.
                                                                                                       (see also Stairs)                                             soil gas control, 9.13.4., 9.25.3.6.
                                                                                                    Floor areas                                                      thermal resistance, 9.36.2.8.
                                                                                                       barrier-free design, 9.5.2.                                Flue collars, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       barrier-free path of travel, 3.3.1.7.                      Flue pipes, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.21.1.2.
                                                                                                       care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.1.           Flues, chimney
                                                                                                       combination rooms, 9.5.1.2.                                   connections, 9.21.2.2.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       emergency access, 3.4.6.18.                                   dimensions, 9.21.2.4., 9.21.2.5., 9.21.4.4.
                                                                                                       general requirements, 3.3.1.                                  fireplace, 9.21.2.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       secondary suites, 9.1.2.1.                                    inclination, 9.21.2.3.
                                                                                                       self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.                        masonry and concrete, 9.21.
                                                                                                       separation of suites, 3.3.1.1.                                oval, 9.21.2.6.
                                                                                                       termination, 9.10.12.1.                                       rectangular, 9.21.2.5.
                                                                                                    Flooring                                                         round, 9.21.2.5.
                                                                                                       ceramic tile, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.6.                             slope, 9.21.2.3.
                                                                                                       finish, 9.30.1.4.                                             standard for, 9.21.2.
                                                                                                       in hazardous materials storage area, 3.3.6.7.              Foamed plastic
                                                                                                       housing and small buildings, 9.30.                            dampproofing, 9.13.2.5.
                                                                                                       parquet, 9.30.4.                                              insulation, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15., 3.6.3.2., 5.3.1.3.,
                                                                                                       supports, 9.30.1.3.                                              9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.2., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                       underlay, 9.30.2.                                             in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.7.,
                                                                                                       water-resistant membranes, 9.30.1.2.                             3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.
                                                                                                       wood strip, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.3.                               protection of, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                    Floor joists, support of, 9.15.5.1.                              vapour barrier, 9.25.4.2.
                                                                                                    Floor numbers                                                 Footbridges, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                       Arabic numerals, 3.4.6.19., 9.9.11.5.                      Footings
                                                                                                       elevator hoistways, 3.5.4.2.                                  area for column spacing, 9.15.3.3., 9.15.3.4., 9.15.3.7.
                                                                                                       exits, 3.4.6.19., 9.9.11.5.                                   chimneys, 9.15.3.1., 9.21.4.3.
                                                                                                    Floors                                                           design, 9.4.4.1.
                                                                                                       acting as diaphragms, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.11., 4.1.8.15.,         dimensions, 9.15.3.
                                                                                                          4.1.8.18.                                                  drainage, 9.14.
                                                                                                       air barrier systems, 9.25.3.                                  fireplaces, 9.15.3.1., 9.22.1.3.
                                                                                                       anchorage, 9.20.11.1.                                         granular drainage layer, 9.14.4.
                                                                                                       cantilevered, 9.23.9.9.                                       housing and small buildings, 9.15.
                                                                                                       combustible elements in noncombustible                        non-loadbearing masonry walls, 9.15.3.6.
                                                                                                          construction, 3.1.5.10.                                    projections, 9.15.3.8.
                                                                                                       concrete topping, 9.23.4.4.                                   stepped, 9.15.3.9.
                                                                                                       construction camps, 9.10.21.3.                                thickness, 9.15.3.8.
                                                                                                       dampproofing, 9.13.2.1.                                       trenches, 9.12.4.1.
                                                                                                       drains, 9.31.4.3.                                             width, 9.15.3.3., 9.15.3.4., 9.15.3.5., 9.15.3.6., 9.15.3.8.
                                                                                                       fire-resistance ratings, 3.1.7.3., 9.10.3.1., 9.10.8.1.,   Forced-air furnace, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          9.10.8.8.                                               Forced-air heating systems
                                                                                                       as fire separations, 9.10.9.4.                                (see also Ducts; Heating systems and equipment)
                                                                                                       framing, 9.23.4.                                              coupled with heat recovery ventilators, 9.32.3.12.
                                                                                                       garages, 9.35.2.2.                                            ventilation systems coupled with, 9.32.3.4.
                                                                                                       in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.                        ventilation systems not coupled with, 9.32.3.5.
                                                                                                       joists, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.9.           Formwork, 4.1.1.3.
                                                                                                       loads due to use of, 4.1.5.                                Foundations
                                                                                                       loads on, 9.23.1.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.          adfreezing, 4.2.4.4.
                                                                                                       subfloors, 9.23.15.                                           backfilling, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.
                                                                                                       supports, 3.2.1.4., 9.30.1.3.                                 capacity in weaker soil or rock, 9.4.4.2.
                                                                                                       thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1.                                 of concrete, 4.2.3.5., 9.3.1.6., 9.3.1.7., 9.15.1.1.,
                                                                                                       vibrations, 4.1.3.6.                                             9.15.2., 9.15.4.
                                                                                                    Floors-on-ground                                                 of concrete block, 9.15.4.2.
                                                                                                       concrete, 9.16.4.                                             dampproofing, 9.13.2.
                                                                                                       dampproofing, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.6.                            deep, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.7.
                                                                                                       drainage, 9.16.3.                                             definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       in dwelling units, 9.16.1.3.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                          Index
                                                                                                      for deformation-resistant buildings, 9.12.2.2.,                  ceiling, 9.23.14.
                                                                                                         9.15.1.3.                                                     drilling, 9.23.5.1.
                                                                                                      depth, 4.2.4.4., 9.12.2.                                         maximum spans, 9.23.4.
                                                                                                      design, 4.2.4., 9.4.4., 9.15.1.1.                                notching, 9.23.5.2.
                                                                                                      drainage, 9.14.2., 9.35.3.3.                                     over openings, 9.23.12.
                                                                                                      drawings and specifications, 2.2.4.6. [C], 2.2.4.7. [C],         roof, 9.23.14.
                                                                                                         4.2.2.2.                                                      sheet steel stud, 9.24.
                                                                                                      dynamic loading, 4.2.4.7.                                        supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8.
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.16., 4.1.8.17.                          trusses, 9.23.14.11.
                                                                                                      eccentric loading, 4.2.4.6.                                      wood-frame construction, 9.23.
                                                                                                      equivalent approaches to design, 4.1.1.5.                     Freezers, walk-in, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                      excavations, 4.2.5., 9.12.                                    Freezing, protection from (see Protection from




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      extension above ground, 9.15.4.6.                                    freezing)
                                                                                                      on filled ground, 4.2.4.13.                                   Frost action
                                                                                                      of flat insulating concrete forms, 5.9.1.1., 9.15.1.1.,          (see also Frost penetration, depth; Protection from
                                                                                                         9.15.3.3., 9.15.4., 9.15.4.5.                                     freezing)
                                                                                                      footing size, 9.15.3.                                            definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      frost action, 4.2.4.4., 9.12.2.2.                                floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.
                                                                                                      on frozen ground, 9.12.1.3.                                      soil under foundations, 9.4.4.4.
                                                                                                      for garages and carports, 9.35.3.                             Frost penetration, depth, 1.1.3.2., 9.12.2.2.
                                                                                                      granular drainage layer, 9.14.4.                              Fuel dispensing facilities, 3.3.5.8., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      and groundwater level, 4.2.4.9., 9.4.4.3.                     Fuel supply, shut-off valves, 3.2.7.7.
                                                                                                      for housing and small buildings, 9.15.                        Functional statements
                                                                                                      hydrostatic pressure, 4.2.4.8., 9.16.3.2.                        application, 3.1. [A]
                                                                                                      insulation, 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.                                 list of, 3.2.1. [A]
                                                                                                      lateral support, 9.15.4.2., 9.15.4.3., 9.15.4.4., 9.15.4.5.   Furnaces
                                                                                                      limit states design, 4.2.4.1.                                    capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                      loads, 4.2.4.1.                                                  clearances, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                      of masonry, 4.2.3.3., 4.2.3.4., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.,              definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                         9.15.4., 9.15.4.10.                                           forced-air, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      materials, 4.2.3., 9.15.2.                                       installation, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                      movement, 4.2.4.1., 9.12.2.2.                                    performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                      on organic soils, 9.12.1.1.                                      plenums, 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                      on permafrost, 4.2.4.10., 9.15.1.2.                           Furring
                                                                                                      of permanent form material, 9.15.4.1.                            cladding, 9.27.5.3.
                                                                                                      pier type, 9.15.2.3.                                             dimensions, 9.29.3.1.
                                                                                                      protection from surface water, 5.7.1.1.                          fastening, 9.29.3.2.
                                                                                                      review, 4.2.2.3.                                                 interior finish, 9.29.3.
                                                                                                      on rock, 9.15.3.1., 9.15.3.2.                                    metal thickness, 9.24.1.3.
                                                                                                      shallow, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.6.                                    nailing, 9.29.3.2.
                                                                                                      site stability, 4.1.8.17.                                        stucco lath, 9.28.4.4.
                                                                                                      on sloping ground, 4.2.4.5.
                                                                                                      special, 4.2.8.
                                                                                                      stairs with, 9.12.2.2.
                                                                                                      of steel, 4.2.3.7.
                                                                                                                                                                                               G
                                                                                                      structural design, 4.2.4.14.
                                                                                                      subsurface investigation, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.4.2.                  Gable roofs
                                                                                                      supporting floor joists, 9.15.5.1.                              snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.9.
                                                                                                      on swelling and shrinking soils, 4.2.4.11., 9.4.4.4.            wind loads, 4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                      thermal resistance, 9.36.2.8.                                 Galvanized sheet metal, 9.3.3.2.
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.15.4.2., 9.15.4.7.                               Gambrel roof
                                                                                                      trenches beneath, 9.12.4.                                       fire blocks, 9.10.16.1.
                                                                                                      vertical reinforcement, 9.15.4.6.                               venting, 9.19.1.4.
                                                                                                      walls, 9.4.4.6., 9.15.4., 9.36.2.8.                           Garages
                                                                                                      of wood, 4.2.3.1., 4.2.3.2., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.               (see also Carports)
                                                                                                      for wood-frame construction, 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.               clear height, 3.3.5.4.
                                                                                                    Foundation units                                                  columns, 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                        detached, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.4., 9.10.15.5.,
                                                                                                      drawing alterations, 2.2.4.7. [C]                                  9.35.3.3.
                                                                                                    Framing                                                           doors, 9.10.13.15., 9.36.2.9.
                                                                                                      anchorage, 9.23.6.                                              for dwelling units, 9.7.5.2., 9.10.9.18., 9.35.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      exhaust discharge into, 6.3.2.10.                        Glazed openings, 9.10.15., 9.10.15.2., 9.10.15.4.
                                                                                                      floors, 9.3.1.6., 9.35.2.2.                              Glazing
                                                                                                      foundations, 9.35.3.                                       in doors, 9.7.1.1.
                                                                                                      guards and guardrails, 9.8.8.4.                            exit restrictions, 3.4.1.10.
                                                                                                      interconnection of ducting, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.            in fire separations, 3.1.8.16.
                                                                                                      lighting, 9.34.2.6.                                        in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4.
                                                                                                      loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.                           in public areas, 9.8.8.1.
                                                                                                      open-air, 9.10.14.4.                                       in shower or bathroom, 9.6.1.4.
                                                                                                      pressure, 6.3.1.3.                                         in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12.
                                                                                                      repair (see Repair garages)                                wired glass, 3.1.8.16., 3.1.8.18., 3.1.8.19., 3.2.3.5.
                                                                                                      resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.2.                     Glued-laminated timber
                                                                                                      storage (see Storage garages)                              beams, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      ventilation, 3.3.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.                 flooring, 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                      walls, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.                                lintels, 9.23.12.3.
                                                                                                    Gas-burning equipment, installation standard,              Grab bars
                                                                                                          6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.                                    bathtubs, 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.18.
                                                                                                    Gases, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.                                   loads on, 9.31.2.3.
                                                                                                    Gas mains, under buildings, 3.2.3.21.                        showers, 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                    Gas vents                                                    universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   washrooms, 3.7.2.7., 3.8.3.12.
                                                                                                      materials and installation, 9.33.10.1.                   Grade, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.3.18., 3.2.5.1.
                                                                                                      sealing around, 9.25.3.3.                                Grading, site
                                                                                                    Girders, in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.              backfill, 9.8.10.3., 9.12.3.2.
                                                                                                    Glass                                                        environmental separation, 5.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      (see also Glazing; Transparent panels)                     excavations, 9.14.4.3.
                                                                                                      area limits, maximum, 9.6.1.3.                             surface drainage, 9.14.6.
                                                                                                      design, 9.6.1.3.                                           water control, 5.7.1.1., 9.16.3., 9.18.5.
                                                                                                      doors, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5.2.                     Granular material
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                               beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.1.1., 9.16.2.1.
                                                                                                      in exits, 3.4.1.8.                                         beneath footings and foundations, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.
                                                                                                      in fire separations, 3.2.3.13., 5.3.1.2., 9.10.13.5.     Grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5.
                                                                                                      in guards, 9.8.8.7.                                      Ground cover
                                                                                                      panels, 3.3.1.20.                                          crawl spaces, heated, 9.18.6.2.
                                                                                                      public areas, 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5.                             crawl spaces, unheated, 9.18.6.1.
                                                                                                      safety (see Safety glass)                                  warm-air plenums, 9.18.7.1.
                                                                                                      sidelights, 9.6.1.4.                                     Groundwater
                                                                                                      spandrel, 5.9.1.1.                                         around excavations, 4.2.5.5.
                                                                                                      standards for, 5.9.1.1., 9.6.1.2., 9.6.1.3., 9.6.1.4.,     definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          9.7.5.2., 9.8.8.7.                                     and foundations, 2.2.4.6. [C], 4.2.2.1., 4.2.2.4.,
                                                                                                      structural design basis, 4.3.6.                               4.2.4.3., 4.2.4.9.
                                                                                                      structural strength, 9.6.1.3.                              level, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.4.9., 9.4.4.3., 9.14.5.3., 9.15.3.4.,
                                                                                                      thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.                            9.16.3.1.
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.6.1.3.                                        protection from, 5.7.3.
                                                                                                      types of, 9.6.1.4.                                       Group A occupancy (see Assembly occupancy)
                                                                                                      wired (see Wired glass)                                  Group B occupancy (see Care, treatment or detention
                                                                                                    Glass block assemblies, thermal characteristics,                occupancy)
                                                                                                          9.36.2.7.                                            Group C occupancy (see Residential occupancy)
                                                                                                    Glass blocks                                               Group D occupancy (see Business and personal
                                                                                                      area limits, 3.1.8.18.                                        services occupancy)
                                                                                                      as closures, 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.7.                        Group E occupancy (see Mercantile occupancy)
                                                                                                      excluding, and temperature limits, 3.1.8.19.             Group F occupancy (see Industrial occupancy)
                                                                                                      in exits, 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.6.                            Grout, 9.20.3.2.
                                                                                                      in fire separations, 3.1.8.16.                           Guards (devices)
                                                                                                      in glazed openings, 9.10.15.4.                             balconies and decks, 4.1.7.5., 9.8.8.1., 9.8.8.3.
                                                                                                      not to be used as closures, 3.2.3.5.                       cane-detectable, on doors, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      not in fireplaces or chimneys, 9.20.2.3.                   definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      protection of exit facilities, 3.2.3.13.                   doorways, 9.8.8.1.
                                                                                                      reinforcing, 9.20.9.6.                                     dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.1.
                                                                                                      in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12., 9.10.14.4.             exits, 3.4.6.6.
                                                                                                    Glass-reinforced polyester roofing, 9.26.14.1.               fire escapes, 3.4.7.6.
                                                                                                    Glazed architectural structures (see Fenestration)           fixed seats, 3.3.2.9.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                        Index
                                                                                                      garages, 3.3.5.4., 9.8.8.4.                                   fastening, 9.29.7.3.
                                                                                                      glass, 9.8.8.7.                                               as insulating finish, 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      height, 3.3.1.18., 3.3.5.4., 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.3.               as interior finish, 9.29.7.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.8.8.                           material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.9.1., 9.29.7.1.
                                                                                                      industrial occupancies, 3.3.5.10.                             nailing, 9.29.7.3.
                                                                                                      landings, 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.3.                                  as siding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.9.
                                                                                                      loads, 3.3.5.4., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.8.2., 9.8.8.4.                thickness, 9.3.2.7., 9.29.7.2.
                                                                                                      means of egress, 9.9.1.1.                                     as underlay, 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                      to not facilitate climbing, 9.8.8.6.                          as wall sheathing, 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      openable windows, 3.3.4.8.                                  Hardware for doors
                                                                                                      openings through, 3.3.1.18., 3.4.6.6., 3.4.7.6., 9.8.8.5.     access to exit, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                      porches, 9.8.8.3.                                             automatic locking devices, 3.3.4.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      as protection for vehicles, 4.1.5.15.                         bolts, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                      ramps, 3.4.6.6., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.8.1., 9.8.8.4.                 closers in barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      secondary suites, 9.8.1.                                      closures, 3.1.8.5.
                                                                                                      stairs, 3.4.6.6.                                              door release devices, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.2.7., 3.4.6.16.,
                                                                                                      where required, 9.8.8.1.                                         9.9.6.7.
                                                                                                      windows in public areas, 3.3.1.20.                            height, 3.4.6.16.
                                                                                                      windows in residential occupancy, 9.8.8.1.                    hinges, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                    Guards (human), for danger zones, 8.2.1.4.                      hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.
                                                                                                    Gypsum board                                                    locks and latches, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.17.,
                                                                                                      application standard, 9.29.5.1.                                  3.4.6.18., 9.7.5.2., 9.9.6.7., 9.9.6.8., 9.10.13.9.
                                                                                                      on exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.                           power operators, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      fasteners for, 9.29.5.5.                                      self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,
                                                                                                      fastening, 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.                                  9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.
                                                                                                      as fire separation in exit, 9.9.4.2.                          strikeplates, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                      as firestop, 3.1.11.7.                                        on transparent doors and panels, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.29.5.3., 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.                 universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      as interior finish, 9.29.5.                                 Hatchways, 9.19.2.1., 9.25.3.3.
                                                                                                      material standard, 9.29.5.2.                                Hazardous substances
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.13.                     explosion venting, 3.3.1.21.
                                                                                                      standards, 9.10.9.2.                                          fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.
                                                                                                      as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.                      fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      as wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3.                     heat and smoke detection, 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                    Gypsum lath, 9.29.4.1.                                          prohibited in basements, 3.3.5.3.
                                                                                                    Gypsum panel, 5.9.1.1.                                          safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    storage, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Headroom clearance
                                                                                                                                H                                   access to exits, 9.9.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                                    doorways, 3.4.3.4., 9.5.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    exits, 3.4.3.4., 9.9.3.4.
                                                                                                    Hallways (see Corridors)
                                                                                                                                                                    stairways, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2.
                                                                                                    Handrails
                                                                                                                                                                  Hearths, fireplace
                                                                                                      in aisles with steps, 3.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                    extensions, 9.22.5.1.
                                                                                                      attachment, 9.8.7.7.
                                                                                                                                                                    standard for, 9.22.5.
                                                                                                      continuity, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    support, 9.22.5.2.
                                                                                                      design, 9.8.7.7.
                                                                                                                                                                  Heat detectors, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                      in dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.1., 9.8.7.1.
                                                                                                                                                                  Heating appliances
                                                                                                      ergonomic design, 9.8.7.5.
                                                                                                                                                                    capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                      graspability, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.5.
                                                                                                      height, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.4.                                    design, 6.4.1.2., 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                    installation, 6.2.1.6.
                                                                                                      in housing and small buildings, 9.8.7.
                                                                                                                                                                    installation standards, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                      loads, 3.4.6.5., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.7.7.
                                                                                                      in means of egress, 9.9.1.1.                                  location, 6.4.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                  Heating coils, service water heaters, 9.31.6.5.
                                                                                                      projecting into means of egress, 3.4.3.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Heating systems and equipment
                                                                                                      projecting into stair or ramp, 9.8.7.6.
                                                                                                      for ramps, 3.4.6.5., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.7.                         access, 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.
                                                                                                                                                                    asbestos in, 6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.
                                                                                                      in secondary suites, 9.8.1., 9.8.7.
                                                                                                                                                                    capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                      for stairs, 3.4.6.5., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.7.
                                                                                                      termination, 9.8.7.3.                                         cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.
                                                                                                                                                                    continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5.
                                                                                                    Hardboard
                                                                                                                                                                    design, 6.2.1.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                      as cladding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      drawings and specifications, 2.2.6.2. [C]                        calculations and analyses, 5.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                                     exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4.1.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36.                                         performance in doors, windows and skylights,
                                                                                                      fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.2. - 9.33.6.4.        5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.2.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.2.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.                       performance in other fenestration assemblies,
                                                                                                      installation standards, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.,              5.9.3.3.
                                                                                                         9.33.5.3.                                                     and required thermal insulation, 9.25.2.1.
                                                                                                      location, 6.4.1.1.                                               thermal resistance of assemblies, 5.3.1., 5.3.1.2.
                                                                                                      performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.                           Heavy timber construction
                                                                                                      protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.                    assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                      in residential buildings, 9.33.2.1.                                 3.2.2.21.
                                                                                                      solid-fuel-burning, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.3.                          assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.                            3.2.2.30., 3.2.2.31.
                                                                                                      system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.                             assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4),
                                                                                                      temperature controls, 9.33.4.3., 9.36.3.6.                          3.2.2.35.
                                                                                                    Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC)                   construction of exposing building faces, 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                         systems and equipment                                         definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      access, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.                  dimensions, 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                      air duct systems, 6.3.2.                                         exposing building faces, 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                      air intakes and outlet dampers, 9.36.3.3.                        fire resistance, 9.10.6.2.
                                                                                                      airtightness, 9.36.2.10.                                         fire safety requirements, 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 6                                           flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8.
                                                                                                      asbestos in, 6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.                                 high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                      cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.                                       Division 1), 3.2.2.73.
                                                                                                      contaminant transfer prevention, 9.33.4.8.                       low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                      continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5.                                 Division 3), 3.2.2.89., 3.2.2.90.
                                                                                                      design, 6.2., 6.2.1.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1.,          roofs, 3.2.2.16.
                                                                                                         9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.                                          structural members, 3.2.3.9.
                                                                                                      drawings and specifications, 2.2.6.2. [C]                        walkways, 3.2.3.19.
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                                     when permissible, 3.1.4.6., 3.2.2.16.
                                                                                                      energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.                          Height
                                                                                                      energy conservation points, 9.36.8.                              access to exit, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.3.4.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36., 9.36.3.                                between landings, 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.5.5.
                                                                                                      energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.7.                       ceilings, 9.5.3.
                                                                                                      energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.11., 9.36.5.15.              doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2.
                                                                                                      equipment and ducts, 9.36.3.2.                                   exits, 9.9.3.4., 9.9.6.2.
                                                                                                      fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.2. - 9.33.6.4.     guards, 9.8.8.3.
                                                                                                      heat recovery, 9.36.3.8., 9.36.3.9.                              handrails, 9.8.7.4.
                                                                                                      humidification, 6.3.2.16., 9.36.3.7.                             mezzanines, 9.5.3.2.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.2., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.              over landings, 9.8.6.4.
                                                                                                      installation standards, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.,           over ramps, 9.8.5.3.
                                                                                                         9.33.5.3.                                                     over stairs, 9.8.2.2.
                                                                                                      outdoor design conditions, 6.2.1.2.                              rooms and spaces, 9.5.3.1.
                                                                                                      performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.                             storage garages, 9.5.3.3., 9.9.3.4.
                                                                                                      piping, 9.36.3.4.                                              Helicopter landing areas, 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.16., 4.1.5.13.,
                                                                                                      protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.                       9.23.16.7.
                                                                                                      structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.                       High buildings
                                                                                                      system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.                             additional requirements, 3.2.6.1.
                                                                                                      temperature controls, 9.36.3.6.                                  anchorage, 9.23.6.1.
                                                                                                    Heat pumps, 9.36.3.6., 9.36.3.10.                                  central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                    Heat recovery                                                      construction site protection of public, 8.2.3.2.
                                                                                                      indoor pools and hot tubs, 9.36.3.8.                             interior finishes, 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                      ventilation systems, 9.36.3.9.                                   smoke control system testing, 3.2.6.9.
                                                                                                    Heat recovery ventilators                                          smoke movement limits, 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                      balancing, 9.32.3.12.                                            vertical transportation in, 3.5.1.1.
                                                                                                      capacity, 6.3.1.4., 9.32.3.10.                                   voice communication systems, 3.2.6.8.
                                                                                                      condensate, 9.32.3.12.                                           wind loads, 4.1.7.3.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.3.1.4., 9.32.3.12.                             High-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                      standards for, 9.32.3.10.                                           Division 1)
                                                                                                    Heat transfer                                                      building classification, 3.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 5.1.1.1.                                    definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                        Index
                                                                                                      egress doorways, 3.3.1.5.                                   heat transfer, 9.25.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.3.                      heating and air-conditioning, 9.33.
                                                                                                      fire protection, 3.2.2.72. - 3.2.2.75.                      interior wall and ceiling finishes, 9.29.
                                                                                                      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.                                    lumber and wood products for, 9.3.2.
                                                                                                      safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.2.                         masonry and concrete chimneys, 9.21.
                                                                                                    High importance buildings, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.5., 4.1.8.10.,     masonry and insulating concrete walls, 9.20.
                                                                                                         4.1.8.13., 4.1.8.23.                                     materials, systems and equipment, 9.3.
                                                                                                    Hipped roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6.                            means of egress, 9.9.
                                                                                                    Hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.                     plumbing facilities, 9.31.
                                                                                                    Home-type care occupancy (Group B, Division 4)                roof spaces, 9.19.
                                                                                                      (see also Children's custodial homes and                    roofing, 9.26.
                                                                                                         convalescent homes)                                      sheet steel stud wall framing, 9.24.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      air-handling system, 9.10.2.2.                              soil gas control, 9.13.
                                                                                                      building classification, 9.10.2.1.                          sound control, 9.11.
                                                                                                      emergency lighting, 9.10.2.2.                               stairs, ramps, handrails and guards, 9.8.
                                                                                                      means of egress, 9.10.2.2.                                  structural requirements, 9.4.
                                                                                                      residential fire warning system, 9.10.2.2.                  stucco, 9.28.
                                                                                                      sleeping accommodations, 9.10.2.2.                          ventilation, 9.32.
                                                                                                      sprinklers, 9.10.2.2.                                       waterproofing, 9.13.
                                                                                                    Horizontal exits                                              windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.
                                                                                                      balconies, 3.4.6.10.                                        wood-frame construction, 9.23.
                                                                                                      bridges, 3.4.6.10.                                        Humidification, 6.3.2.16., 9.36.3.7.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  HVAC (see Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
                                                                                                      hose station beside, 3.2.5.11.                                 (HVAC) systems and equipment)
                                                                                                      and other types of exits, 3.4.1.4.                        Hydrants, 3.2.5.5., 3.2.5.15.
                                                                                                      restricted use, 3.4.1.6.                                  Hydronic heating
                                                                                                      vestibules, 3.4.6.10.                                       design, 9.33.4.1.
                                                                                                      width, 3.4.6.10.                                            installation, 9.33.4.2.
                                                                                                    Horizontal service spaces                                     secondary suites, 9.33.1.1.
                                                                                                      access, 3.6.4.5.                                          Hydrostatic pressure, 4.2.4.8., 5.7.2., 9.13.3.1., 9.16.3.2.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 3.6.1.1., 3.6.4.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      fire blocks in, 3.1.11.5.                                                              I
                                                                                                      above fire separations, 3.1.8.3., 9.10.9.12.
                                                                                                      fire separations for, 3.6.4.2.                            Ice, accumulation, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.15., 4.1.7.11., 5.3.1.2.,
                                                                                                      sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.14.                                    5.6.2.2.
                                                                                                    Hose connections, 3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.10.                       Impeded egress zones
                                                                                                    Hospitals, 3.1.8.13., 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6.                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Hot tubs, heat recovery, 9.36.3.8.                             door release hardware, 3.4.6.16., 9.9.6.7.
                                                                                                    Hot water supply, 9.31.4.2.                                    doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                    Housing and small buildings                                    fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      (see also Dwelling units)                                    fire annunciators, 3.2.4.8.
                                                                                                      air leakage, 9.25.                                           sliding doors, 3.4.6.14.
                                                                                                      cladding, 9.27.                                              sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.19.
                                                                                                      columns, 9.17.                                            Importance categories for buildings, 4.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      concrete materials, 9.3.1.                                Importance factors
                                                                                                      condensation control, 9.25.                                  earthquake loads, 4.1.8.5.
                                                                                                      crawl spaces, 9.18.                                          snow loads, 4.1.6.2.
                                                                                                      dampproofing, 9.13.                                          wind loads, 4.1.7.3.
                                                                                                      design of areas and spaces, 9.5.                          Incinerator rooms, 3.6.2.4., 9.10.10.5.
                                                                                                      drainage, 9.14.                                           Indirect service water heaters (see Service water
                                                                                                      electrical facilities, 9.34.                                    heaters)
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36.                                  Indoor design temperature, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2.,
                                                                                                      excavations, 9.12.                                              9.33.3.1.
                                                                                                      fire protection, 9.10.                                    Indoor pools
                                                                                                      fireplaces, 9.22.                                            heat recovery, 9.36.3.8.
                                                                                                      flooring, 9.30.                                              temperature controls, 9.36.4.6.
                                                                                                      floors-on-ground, 9.16.                                      water heaters, 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                      footings and foundations, 9.15.
                                                                                                      glass, 9.6.



                                                                                                    Index                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Industrial occupancy (Group F)                            elevator cars, 3.1.13.11.
                                                                                                       (see also High-hazard industrial occupancy;            encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.13.12.
                                                                                                          Low-hazard industrial occupancy;                    exterior exit passageway, 3.1.13.10.
                                                                                                          Medium-hazard industrial occupancy)                 fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4.
                                                                                                       classification, 9.10.2.                                flame-spread limits, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                               flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2.
                                                                                                       door thresholds, rooms with flammable liquids,         floors, 9.30.
                                                                                                          3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1.                                 gypsum board, 9.29.5.
                                                                                                       exposing building face, 9.10.14.5.                     hardboard, 9.29.7.
                                                                                                       fire alarm systems, 9.10.18.                           high buildings, 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.                        insulating fibreboard, 9.29.8.
                                                                                                       fire separations, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14.               light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.                          masonry walls, 9.20.13.9.
                                                                                                       guards, 3.3.5.10., 9.8.8.5.                            materials, 3.1.13.1.
                                                                                                       ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14., 3.4.6.7., 3.4.6.8.     in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.12., 3.1.13.8.
                                                                                                       self-service storage buildings, 3.9.1.3.               OSB, 9.29.9.
                                                                                                       washrooms, 3.7.2.                                      particle board, 9.29.9.
                                                                                                    Information required for proposed work, 2.2.2.1. [C]      plastering, 9.29.4.
                                                                                                    Institutional occupancy (see Care, treatment or           plywood, 9.29.6.
                                                                                                          detention occupancy)                                public corridor ceilings, 3.1.13.6.
                                                                                                    Insulation                                                skylights, 3.1.13.5.
                                                                                                       attic or roof spaces, 9.25.2.4.                        on steel studs, 9.24.1.5.
                                                                                                       basements, 9.25.2.2.                                   support, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.
                                                                                                       combustible, in noncombustible construction,           tiles, 9.29.10.
                                                                                                          3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.                                underground walkways, 3.1.13.9.
                                                                                                       concealed spaces, 3.1.11.2.                            waferboard, 9.29.9.
                                                                                                       continuity of, 9.36.2.5.                               walls, 9.29.
                                                                                                       crawl spaces, 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.                     waterproof, 9.29.2.
                                                                                                       ducts, 3.1.5.18., 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                       environmental separation, 5.1.1.1.
                                                                                                       exposure to exterior space on ground, 5.1.2.1.                                  J
                                                                                                       foamed plastic, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15., 5.3.1.3.,
                                                                                                          9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.2., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                                                                            Janitors' rooms, 3.2.4.10., 3.3.1.22., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                       foundations, 9.12.2.2., 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                            Joints and connections for ducts, 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.3.,
                                                                                                       installation, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.2.3., 9.27.3.4.                9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                       loose-fill, 9.25.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                            Joists
                                                                                                       materials, 9.25.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                               bearing, 9.23.9.1.
                                                                                                       material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.2.2.                 cantilevered, 9.23.9.9.
                                                                                                       pipes, 3.1.5.18., 6.5.1.1., 9.33.8.2., 9.33.8.4.
                                                                                                                                                               ceilings, 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                       plenums, 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                                                                               continuity, 9.23.14.1.
                                                                                                       properties, 9.25.5.1.                                   dimensions, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.14.7., 9.23.14.10.
                                                                                                       protection of, 9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                               end bearing length, 9.23.14.3.
                                                                                                       requirement for, 5.3.1.1., 9.25.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                               floors, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.9.
                                                                                                       roofs, 9.25.2.2.                                        framing around openings, 9.23.14.2.
                                                                                                       slabs-on-ground, 9.25.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                               header, 9.23.9.5., 9.23.9.7.
                                                                                                       spray-applied, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.2.5.
                                                                                                                                                               lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.
                                                                                                       supported by gypsum board, 9.29.5.4.                    nailing, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.14.9.
                                                                                                       thermal, 9.25.2.
                                                                                                                                                               preservative treatment, 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.
                                                                                                       thermal resistance, 5.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                               roofs, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.,
                                                                                                       walls, 9.25.2.4.                                            9.23.14.9.
                                                                                                       wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3., 9.27.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                               spans, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.,
                                                                                                       wires and cables, 3.1.5.21.
                                                                                                                                                                   9.23.14.7., 9.23.14.10.
                                                                                                    Interconnected floor spaces, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.3.2.,       strapping, bridging and furring, 9.23.9.4.
                                                                                                          3.2.8.2., 3.2.8.8., 9.10.9.5.
                                                                                                                                                               support, 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                    Interconnection of duct systems, 6.3.2.7., 6.3.2.10.,
                                                                                                                                                               supported on beams, 9.23.9.2.
                                                                                                          9.33.6.7.                                            supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8.2.,
                                                                                                    Interior finishes
                                                                                                                                                                   9.20.8.3., 9.21.5.3., 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.
                                                                                                       bathrooms in residential suites, 3.1.13.3.
                                                                                                                                                               supporting walls, 9.23.9.8.
                                                                                                       for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6.                      tail, 9.23.9.7.
                                                                                                       ceilings, 9.23.9.4., 9.29.
                                                                                                                                                               trimmer, 9.23.9.6.
                                                                                                       dampproofing, 9.13.2.5.
                                                                                                                                                               wood, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                               Index
                                                                                                    Junction boxes, electrical, 3.1.5.2., 9.10.9.6.                  fastening, 9.27.5.7., 9.27.7.5., 9.28.4.6.
                                                                                                                                                                     installation, 9.28.4.2., 9.28.4.5., 9.28.4.6.
                                                                                                                                                                     materials, 9.28.4.1., 9.28.4.3.
                                                                                                                                K                                    nailing, 9.27.5., 9.28.4.6.
                                                                                                                                                                     self-furring, 9.28.4.4.
                                                                                                    Kitchens                                                         standard for, 9.28.4.
                                                                                                       commercial cooking equipment, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,             stapling, 9.27.5., 9.28.4.6.
                                                                                                          9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.                                     uses, 9.28.1.2.
                                                                                                       emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.                               Lattice structures, ice loading, 4.1.6.15.
                                                                                                       exhaust ducts, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.11.   Laundry-drying equipment, 9.32.1.3.
                                                                                                       exhaust fans, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7.                         Laundry rooms, 3.2.4.10., 3.3.1.23., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                                                                                  Lavatories, 3.7.2.3., 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.16.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       exhaust outlets, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                       grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5.                           Legionella, 6.2.1.1., 6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                       loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.                           Libraries, 3.3.2.13., 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Licensed beverage establishments
                                                                                                                                                                     access to exit, 3.3.1.17.
                                                                                                                                 L                                   principal entrances, 3.4.2.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  Life safety systems, 3.2.9.1., 9.10.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                  Light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4., 9.10.17.6.,
                                                                                                    Laboratories
                                                                                                                                                                        9.10.17.8.
                                                                                                      enclosure exhaust ventilation, 3.3.1.21., 6.3.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Lighting
                                                                                                      live loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     basements, 9.34.2.3., 9.34.2.4.
                                                                                                      ventilation, 6.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                                     elements, 3.1.13.1., 9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.8.
                                                                                                    Landings
                                                                                                                                                                     emergency, 3.2.7.3., 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3., 9.34.2.7.,
                                                                                                      barrier-free, 3.8.3.5.
                                                                                                                                                                        9.34.3.
                                                                                                      configurations, 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     entrances, 9.34.2.1.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 3.4.3.4., 3.4.6.4., 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     exits, 3.2.7.1.
                                                                                                      at doorways, 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.3., 9.8.6.2., 9.8.6.3.,
                                                                                                                                                                     fixtures, recessed, 3.2.7.2., 9.34.1.4.
                                                                                                         9.9.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     garages and carports, 9.34.2.6.
                                                                                                      fire escapes, 3.4.7.7.
                                                                                                                                                                     levels, 9.9.12.2., 9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                      guards, 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.
                                                                                                                                                                     levels, minimum, 3.2.7.1.
                                                                                                      height between, 3.4.6.3., 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.5.5.
                                                                                                                                                                     means of egress, 9.9.12.
                                                                                                      height over, 9.8.6.4.
                                                                                                                                                                     outlets for, 3.2.7.1., 9.34.2.
                                                                                                      in housing and small buildings, 9.8.6.
                                                                                                                                                                     public corridors, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2., 9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                      omitted, 3.4.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     public and service areas, 9.34.2.7.
                                                                                                      openings in, 3.4.6.4.
                                                                                                                                                                     stairways, 9.34.2.3.
                                                                                                      as part of exit, 9.8.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Lightning protection systems, 3.6.1.3.
                                                                                                      on ramps, 9.8.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  Limited-use/limited-application elevators (LULA),
                                                                                                      slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                                                                                        3.5.4.1.
                                                                                                      on stairs, 9.8.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  Limiting distance
                                                                                                    Lateral loads
                                                                                                                                                                     between construction camp buildings, 9.10.21.5.
                                                                                                      anchorage, 9.23.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      braced wall bands, 9.23.13.4., 9.23.13.5.
                                                                                                                                                                     exposing building face, 3.2.3.5., 3.2.3.6., 3.2.3.7.,
                                                                                                      braced wall panels, 9.23.13.5., 9.23.13.6.
                                                                                                      bracing considerations, 9.23.13.7.                                9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                                                                                     exterior walls, 9.10.3.3.
                                                                                                      bracing requirements, 9.23.13., 9.23.13.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     fire department response time, 3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      fasteners for framing, 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                      fasteners for sheathing and subfloors, 9.23.3.5.               and firefighting services, 9.10.15.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating exception, 3.1.7.2.
                                                                                                      floor joists supporting walls, 9.23.9.8.
                                                                                                                                                                     less than 1.2 m, 3.2.3.5.
                                                                                                      lumber roof sheathing, 9.23.16.5.
                                                                                                      materials, 9.23.13.6.                                          low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                                                                                        Division 3), 3.2.3.11.
                                                                                                      particleboard, OSB or waferboard finishes, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     maximum concentrated area, 3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.
                                                                                                      roof sheathing, required, 9.23.16.1.                           spatial separation between buildings, 3.2.3.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                        9.10.14.3., 9.10.15.
                                                                                                      spacing of nails in gypsum board, 9.29.5.8.
                                                                                                                                                                     unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.10.
                                                                                                      spacing of screws in gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.
                                                                                                    Lath, plaster                                                    wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.
                                                                                                                                                                  Limit states design
                                                                                                      gypsum, 9.29.4.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     application, 4.1.3.
                                                                                                      metal, 9.29.4.1.
                                                                                                    Lath, stucco                                                     dead load, 4.1.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                                     definition of terms, 4.1.3.1.
                                                                                                      attachment to sheathing, 9.27.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     effect of factored loads, 4.1.3.2.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.28.4.3.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                       fatigue check, 4.1.3.3.                                        eccentric, on foundations, 4.2.4.6.
                                                                                                       importance factors, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.8.5.                         environmental, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.1., 5.2.1.3.
                                                                                                       load factors, 4.1.3.2.                                         on exterior areas, 4.1.5.5.
                                                                                                       resistance, 4.1.3.2.                                           on firewalls, 4.1.5.17.
                                                                                                       serviceability check, 4.1.3.4.                                 on floors, 4.1.5.3., 9.23.1.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2.,
                                                                                                       strength and stability check, 4.1.3.2.                            9.23.4.4.
                                                                                                    Linen chutes, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.                                 on foundations, 4.2.4.1., 9.4.4.6.
                                                                                                    Liners, chimney                                                   full and partial, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                       clay, 9.21.3.3.                                                on grab bars, 3.7.2.7., 9.31.2.3.
                                                                                                       clearances, 9.21.3.8.                                          on guards, 3.3.5.4., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.8.2., 9.8.8.4.
                                                                                                       concrete, 9.21.3.5.                                            on handrails, 3.4.6.5., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.7.7.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                       and helipads, 4.1.5.13.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       extensions, 9.21.3.10.                                         hydrostatic, 4.2.4.8., 9.13.3.1., 9.16.3.2.
                                                                                                       firebrick, 9.21.3.4.                                           impact of machinery and equipment, 4.1.5.11.
                                                                                                       installation, 9.21.3.7.                                        lateral (see Lateral loads)
                                                                                                       joints, 9.21.3.2.                                              limit states, 4.1.3.
                                                                                                       materials, 9.21.3.1.                                           live, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.1.5.
                                                                                                       metal, 9.21.3.6.                                               with more than one occupancy, 4.1.5.7.
                                                                                                       mortar, 9.21.3.9.                                              not specified, 4.1.2.2.
                                                                                                       separation, 9.21.4.9.                                          permanent, 4.1.3.2.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.21.3.                                          on ramps, 9.8.9.1.
                                                                                                    Liners, fireplace                                                 on residential balconies, 4.1.5.3., 9.4.2.3.
                                                                                                       firebrick, 9.22.2.2.                                           on retaining walls, 9.4.4.5., 9.4.4.6.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.22.2.                                          specified, 4.1.2., 9.4.2.
                                                                                                       steel, 9.22.2.3.                                               on stairs, 9.8.9.1.
                                                                                                       wall thickness, 9.22.3.                                        structural, 4.1., 9.4.
                                                                                                    Linings                                                           structural, on environmental separators, 5.1.4.1.,
                                                                                                       for ducts and plenums, 3.1.5.18., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.             5.2.2.
                                                                                                       for radiators and convectors, 6.4.3.1., 9.33.7.1.              and structural strength, 5.2.2.
                                                                                                    Lintels                                                           variation with tributary area, 4.1.5.8.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.23.12.3.                                         on vehicle guardrails, 4.1.5.15.
                                                                                                       fireplaces, 9.22.1.2.                                          vibration, 4.1.3.6.
                                                                                                       nailing, 9.23.12.3.                                            on walls acting as guards, 4.1.5.16.
                                                                                                       spans, 9.23.12.3.                                              wind (see Wind load)
                                                                                                       steel, 3.2.2.3., 9.10.7.1., 9.20.5.2., 9.22.1.2.             Lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5., 9.10.17.3.
                                                                                                       supporting masonry over openings, 9.20.5.2.                    (see also Vestibules)
                                                                                                       wood, 9.23.12.                                               Locking devices
                                                                                                    Liquids, combustible (see Combustible liquids)                    automatic, 3.3.4.5.
                                                                                                    Liquids, flammable (see Flammable liquids)                        contained use area, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                    Liquids, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.                                      electromagnetic, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 9.9.6.7.
                                                                                                    Live loads (see Loads)                                            impeded egress zone, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                    Loadbearing, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                             principal entrances, 9.9.6.7.
                                                                                                    Loads                                                           Locks, deadbolt, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                       in attics, 9.4.2.4.                                          Low buildings, wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                       bearing pressure for soil or rock, 9.4.4.1.                  Lowest exit level, 3.2.6.2., 3.4.3.2., 3.4.5.3., 9.9.11.4.
                                                                                                       climatic, 1.1.3., 5.2.1.1.                                   Low fire load, 3.2.2.91., 3.2.3.11.
                                                                                                       combinations, 4.1.3.2.                                       Low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                       concentrated, 4.1.5.9.                                            Division 3)
                                                                                                       dead, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.1.3.2., 4.1.4., 9.4.3.1.                 building classification, 3.1.2.1.
                                                                                                       deflections under, 4.1.3.5., 9.4.3.                            definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       design requirement, 4.1.1.3.                                   fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.
                                                                                                       in dining areas, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.6.                            fire protection, 3.2.2.82. - 3.2.2.92., 3.2.3.11.
                                                                                                       due to crane, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.5.11.                              fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.5.
                                                                                                       due to earthquakes, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.8.                           occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                       due to ice, 4.1.6.15.                                        Lumber
                                                                                                       due to partitions, 4.1.4.1.                                    dimensions, 9.3.2.6.
                                                                                                       due to resonance, 4.1.3.6.                                     firestops, 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                       due to snow and rain, 4.1.6., 4.1.6.4., 9.4.2.2., 9.4.2.3.     grades, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.2., 9.3.2.3.
                                                                                                       due to sway forces, 4.1.5.10.                                  for housing and small buildings, 9.3.2.
                                                                                                       due to use and occupancy, 4.1.5.                               moisture content, 9.3.2.5.
                                                                                                       during construction, 4.1.1.3.                                  protection from termites and decay, 9.3.2.9.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                         Index
                                                                                                      sheathing, 9.23.16.5.                                      supporting floor joists, 9.15.5.1.
                                                                                                      structural uses, 9.3.2.9.                                  support of loads, 9.20.5., 9.20.8.
                                                                                                      undersized, 9.3.2.8.                                       as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.
                                                                                                                                                                 ties, 9.20.9.5.
                                                                                                                                                                 tying, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.2.
                                                                                                                              M                                  units, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.20.2., 9.20.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 used brick, 9.20.2.2.
                                                                                                    Main entrances (see Principal entrances)                     veneer, 9.20.6.4., 9.20.8.5., 9.20.9.5., 9.20.12.3.
                                                                                                                                                                 walls, 9.20.
                                                                                                    Major occupancy
                                                                                                                                                                 weep holes, 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6., 9.20.13.8.
                                                                                                      and building classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                 Mastics, 3.1.5.2.
                                                                                                                                                               Materials




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      occupancy combination prohibitions, 3.1.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6.
                                                                                                    Major occupancy and fire safety requirements
                                                                                                      building area determination, 3.2.2.5.                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                 cladding, hardboard, factory-finished, 9.27.9.1.
                                                                                                      exceptions, 3.2.2.8.
                                                                                                                                                                 cladding, lumber, 9.27.6.1.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 3.1.3.1.
                                                                                                      multiple occupancies, 3.1.3., 3.2.2.4., 3.2.2.6.,          cladding, OSB and waferboard, 9.27.10.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 cladding, plywood, 9.27.8.1.
                                                                                                         9.10.2., 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.
                                                                                                                                                                 cladding, strip steel, 9.27.11.1.
                                                                                                      superimposed occupancies, 3.2.2.7.
                                                                                                    Makeup air                                                   cladding, vinyl, 9.27.12.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 columns, unit masonry, 9.17.5.1.
                                                                                                      and depressurization protection, 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                                                                                 columns, wood, 9.17.4.2.
                                                                                                      fans, 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                      requirements, 6.3.2.8.                                     combustible, in noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                                                                    9.10.6.
                                                                                                      for subfloor depressurization, 9.13.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                 concrete, 9.3.1.
                                                                                                      venting of laundry-drying, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                    Make-up water connections, 6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.              dampproofing, 9.13.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 design requirements, 4.3.
                                                                                                    Mansard roofs
                                                                                                                                                                 drainage tile and pipe, 9.14.3.1.
                                                                                                      firestopping, 3.1.11.5.
                                                                                                      sheathing, 9.23.17.6.                                      ducts, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 eave protection, 9.26.5.2.
                                                                                                      venting, 9.19.1.4.
                                                                                                                                                                 exterior insulation finish systems, 9.27.14.
                                                                                                    Manual stations, fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.16.
                                                                                                    Manufactured buildings, foundations, 9.12.2.2.,             fibreboard, insulating, 9.29.8.1.
                                                                                                                                                                fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.
                                                                                                         9.15.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                                firestops, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                    Marquees, 3.1.5.24., 3.1.16.1., 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                    Masonry                                                     flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.27.3.7.
                                                                                                                                                                foundations, 4.2.3.
                                                                                                      bonding, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.2.
                                                                                                                                                                glass, 9.6.1.2.
                                                                                                      chases and recesses, 9.20.7.
                                                                                                      chimneys, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.       granular, beneath floors, 9.16.2.
                                                                                                                                                                gypsum products, 9.29.5.2.
                                                                                                      cold weather requirements, 9.20.14.
                                                                                                                                                                hardboard, 9.29.7.1.
                                                                                                      columns, 9.17.5.
                                                                                                      corbelling, 9.20.12.                                      for housing and small buildings, 9.30.
                                                                                                                                                                lumber and wood products, 9.3.2.
                                                                                                      dampproofing, 9.13.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                                metal, 9.3.3.
                                                                                                      earthquake reinforcement, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15.
                                                                                                      exposure to weather, 9.20.2.6.                            particleboard finish, 9.29.9.1.
                                                                                                                                                                pipes for heating and cooling systems, 6.7.1.1.,
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.20.13., 9.26.4.4., 9.26.4.6.
                                                                                                                                                                    9.33.8.1.
                                                                                                      flues, 9.21.
                                                                                                      foundations, 4.2.3.3., 4.2.3.4., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.,      review of, 2.2.7.4. [C]
                                                                                                                                                                 roofing, 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                         9.15.4., 9.15.4.10.
                                                                                                                                                                 roof sheathing, 9.23.16.2.
                                                                                                      grout, 9.20.3.2.
                                                                                                      installation, 5.6.1.2., 9.15.2.2., 9.15.2.3., 9.20.        sealants, 9.27.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 shingles and shakes, 9.27.7.1.
                                                                                                      joints, 9.20.4., 9.20.9.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 standards, 1.5. [A], 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                      lateral support, 9.20.10.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.15.2.2.,         steel studs and runners, 9.24.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 storage, 1.2.2.2. [A], 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                         9.17.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 subflooring, 9.23.15.2.
                                                                                                      mortar, 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2.
                                                                                                      parapet walls, 9.20.6.5.                                   testing, 4.1.1.5.
                                                                                                                                                                 thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.2.
                                                                                                      for pilasters, 9.15.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                 underlay, panel-type, 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                      solid, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      structural design basis, 4.3.2.1.                          used, 1.2.2.3. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                 waterproofing, 9.13.3.2., 9.29.2.2.
                                                                                                      stucco on, 9.28.1.3.
                                                                                                      supporting beams, 9.15.5.2.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Materials, appliances, systems and equipment                   Mezzanines
                                                                                                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]                                  application of requirements to exterior
                                                                                                      storage, 1.2.2.2. [A]                                             passageways, 3.2.2.12.
                                                                                                      used, 1.2.2.3. [A]                                             assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                    Means of egress (see also Exits)                                    3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                      from air-supported structures, 3.1.18.1.                       assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),
                                                                                                      from care, treatment or detention occupancy,                      3.2.2.23.
                                                                                                         3.3.3.3.                                                    assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                          3.2.2.29.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.9.3.                                             and building height, 3.2.1.1., 9.10.4.1., 9.10.4.2.
                                                                                                      through doors and windows in dwelling units,                   business and personal services occupancy
                                                                                                         9.7.2.2.                                                       (Group D), 3.2.2.56.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      from dwelling units, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9.                          care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                      exterior passageways as, 3.2.2.12.                                Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.
                                                                                                      and fire hose cabinets, 3.2.5.11.                              care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                      within floor areas, 3.3.1.3.                                      Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.
                                                                                                      from housing and small buildings, 9.9.                         care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                      lighting of, 9.9.12.2.                                            Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                      obstructions in, 3.3.1.24., 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5.,        ceiling height, 9.5.3.2.
                                                                                                         9.9.11.2.                                                   definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      from outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11.                     fire-resistance rating, 3.2.2.17., 9.10.8.6., 9.10.9.4.
                                                                                                      from secondary suites, 9.9.9.                                  fire separations, 3.2.1.6., 3.2.8.1., 9.10.12.1.
                                                                                                      sliding doors in, 3.3.1.12.                                    guards, 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.1.
                                                                                                      from tents, 3.1.18.1.                                          gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas and rinks,
                                                                                                      transparent panels or doors in, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4.               3.2.2.17.
                                                                                                      with two separate exits, 9.9.9.2.                              high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                    Measurement, rooms and spaces, 9.5.1.1.                             Division 1), 3.2.2.72.
                                                                                                    Mechanical systems and equipment (see                            loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4.
                                                                                                         Heatingventilating and air-conditioning                     low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                         (HVAC) systems and equipment)                                  Division 3), 3.2.2.82.
                                                                                                    Mechanical ventilation (see Ventilation)                         means of egress, 3.4.2.2., 9.9.8.6.
                                                                                                    Medical gas piping, 3.7.3.1., 9.31.1.1.                          medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                    Medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                        Division 2), 3.2.2.76.
                                                                                                         Division 2)                                                 mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66.
                                                                                                      ammonium nitrate storage, 3.3.6.6.                             occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                      building classification, 3.1.2.1.                              openings in floor assemblies, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                       residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.                         termination, 9.10.12.1.
                                                                                                      fire protection, 3.2.2.76. - 3.2.2.81.                       Micro-organisms, minimizing growth of, 6.3.2.2.,
                                                                                                      fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.5.                    6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.                                     Mild climate indicator, 9.25.4.2., 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                    Mercantile occupancy (Group E)                                 Millwork, combustible, 3.1.5.9.
                                                                                                      classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.                            Mirrors
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                       in exits, 9.9.5.6.
                                                                                                      exit stairs, 9.9.4.7.                                          in washrooms, 3.8.3.16.
                                                                                                      exposing building face, 9.10.14.5.                           Misters, 6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.                       Moisture
                                                                                                      fire protection, 3.2.2.66. - 3.2.2.71.                         diffusion, 5.1.1.1., 5.5.1.2.
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.                                flooring resistant to, 9.30.1.2.
                                                                                                      fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.                         protection against, application of Code, 9.13.1.1.
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.                                  resistant backing for wall tile, 9.29.10.4.
                                                                                                      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.                                       transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 5.5.1.2.
                                                                                                      security, 3.4.6.17.                                          Moisture index, 9.27.2.2.
                                                                                                    Metal                                                          Mortar
                                                                                                      cladding, 5.6.1., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.6., 9.27.11.     aggregate for, 5.9.1.1., 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2., 9.29.10.2.
                                                                                                      for housing and small buildings, 9.3.3.                        as base for ceramic wall tile, 9.29.10.2.
                                                                                                      galvanized sheet, 9.3.3.2.                                     cold weather requirements, 9.20.14.
                                                                                                      roof deck assembly, 3.1.14.2.                                  joints, 9.20.4.
                                                                                                      sheet thickness, 9.3.3.1.                                      material standards, 9.20.3.1.
                                                                                                      siding, 5.6.1., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.6., 9.27.11.       mixes, 9.20.3.2.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                        Index
                                                                                                     standard for, 9.20.3.                                     dimensions, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.3., 9.27.5.4.
                                                                                                     uses, 9.20.3.2.                                           for fibreboard finish, 9.29.8.3.
                                                                                                    Movement, differential                                     for gypsum board, 9.29.5.6.
                                                                                                     columns, 9.17.2.2.                                        length, 9.23.3.2.
                                                                                                     decks and other accessible platforms, 9.12.2.2.,          for OSB finish, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                         9.23.6.2.                                             for particleboard finish, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                     elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1.,           for roofing, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.3.
                                                                                                         5.2.2.1.                                              for shingles, 9.26.7.4.
                                                                                                     metal and vinyl cladding, 9.27.5.6.                       standard for, 9.23.3.1., 9.26.2.3., 9.29.5.6.
                                                                                                    Moving walks, 3.2.8.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.4., 9.8.1.4.       for underlay, 9.30.2.3.
                                                                                                    Multiple occupancies                                       for waferboard finish, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                     and building classification, 9.10.2.                    National Building Code




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     building size and construction requirements,              acceptable solutions, 1.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                         3.2.2.4.                                              administration, 2.2. [C]
                                                                                                     fire separations, 3.1.3.                                  alternative solutions, 1.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                     requirements decided by most restricted                   application, 1.1.1. [A], 1.1.1. [C], 1.3. [A], 2.1.1. [A],
                                                                                                         occupancy, 3.2.2.6.                                      3.1. [A]
                                                                                                     separation of repair garages, 9.10.9.19.                  compliance, 2.2. [A]
                                                                                                     separation of residential occupancies, 9.10.9.13.         conflicting requirements, 1.5.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                     separation of storage garages, 9.10.9.18.                 objectives, 2.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                               referenced documents, 1.3.1., 1.5.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                               scope, 1.1.1. [C], 1.3.1. [B]
                                                                                                                                N                            Noise, protection from, 5.8., 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                             Noncombustible cladding, 3.1.4.8., 3.1.5.5., 3.2.3.7.,
                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.3.9.
                                                                                                    Nailing
                                                                                                      bracing, 9.23.10.2.                                    Noncombustible construction
                                                                                                                                                               assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                      built-up beams, 9.23.8.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.2.20., 3.2.2.21.
                                                                                                      cladding, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.
                                                                                                      columns, 9.17.4.2.                                       assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),
                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24.
                                                                                                      fibreboard finish, 9.29.8.3.
                                                                                                                                                               assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),
                                                                                                      framing, 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                      furring, 9.29.3.2.                                          3.2.2.29.
                                                                                                                                                               assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4),
                                                                                                      gypsum board, 9.29.5.5., 9.29.5.8.
                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.2.35.
                                                                                                      hardboard finish, 9.29.7.3.
                                                                                                      joists, 9.23.9.2., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.14.9.                 business and personal services occupancy
                                                                                                                                                                  (Group D), 3.2.2.56.
                                                                                                      lintels, 9.23.12., 9.23.12.3.
                                                                                                                                                               care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                      OSB finish, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                      particleboard finish, 9.29.9.3.                             Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.
                                                                                                                                                               care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                      plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.
                                                                                                      prevention of splitting, 9.23.3.3.
                                                                                                      rafters, 9.23.14.4.                                      care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                                                                                  Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                      roofing, 9.26.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                               combustible ducts, 3.1.5.18.
                                                                                                      runners, 9.24.3.1.
                                                                                                      shakes, 9.27.7.3.                                        combustible elements, 3.1.5.6., 3.1.5.16., 9.10.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                               combustible finishes in, 3.1.5.12.
                                                                                                      sheathing, 9.23.3.5.
                                                                                                                                                               combustible flooring in, 3.1.5.10.
                                                                                                      shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5., 9.27.7.3.
                                                                                                      siding, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.                               combustible insulation in, 3.1.5.14.
                                                                                                                                                               combustible piping materials, 3.1.5.19.
                                                                                                      stucco, 9.28.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                               combustible plumbing fixtures, 3.1.5.20.
                                                                                                      subflooring, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.6.
                                                                                                      underlay, 9.30.2.3.                                      combustible stairs in, 3.1.5.11.
                                                                                                                                                               decorative wood cladding, 3.1.5.24.
                                                                                                      waferboard finish, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                                                                               definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      wall plates, 9.23.11.3.
                                                                                                      wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.                         ducts (combustible) in, 3.1.5.18.
                                                                                                      wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.26.10.4.          exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.
                                                                                                      wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.3.                           exterior walls, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.6.
                                                                                                    Nailing and supporting elements                            factory-assembled panels, 3.1.5.7.
                                                                                                      fire blocks required, 3.1.11.3.                          firestops, 3.1.11.3.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.8.                 firewalls, 3.1.10.1., 3.1.10.2.
                                                                                                    Nails                                                      flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8.
                                                                                                      for cladding, 9.27.5., 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.              glazing and skylights, 3.1.5.4.
                                                                                                      diameters, 9.23.3.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                   fire containment exception, 3.2.1.5., 3.2.2.82.
                                                                                                         Division 1), 3.2.2.72., 3.2.2.73.                         low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                      low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                       Division 3), 3.2.2.92.
                                                                                                         Division 3), 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.89.                         storage garages, 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                      materials permitted in, 3.1.5.1.                             unprotected openings, 3.2.3.10.
                                                                                                      medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,               Openings
                                                                                                         Division 2), 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77.                         (see also Unprotected openings)
                                                                                                      mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66.                    through barricades, 8.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      metal roof decks, 3.1.14.2.                                  in barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.2.
                                                                                                      minor combustible components, 3.1.5.2.                       care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.2.
                                                                                                      nailing elements, 3.1.5.8.                                   for ducts, 6.3.2.9., 9.10.5.1., 9.33.6.10.
                                                                                                      non-metallic raceways in, 3.1.5.23.                          for escalators, 3.2.8.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      partitions in, 3.1.5.16.                                     in exposing building face, 9.10.14., 9.10.15.
                                                                                                      plumbing fixtures, 3.1.5.20.                                 in exterior walls, 3.2.3.13., 3.2.3.17., 9.10.12.3.
                                                                                                      residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47.                   for fire dampers, 9.24.3.7.
                                                                                                      roofing materials, 3.1.5.3.                                  fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      support of, 9.10.8.4.                                        in fire separations, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.6., 3.2.3.13., 3.3.3.2.,
                                                                                                      vehicular passageways, 3.2.3.18.                                3.4.4.4., 9.10.5., 9.10.9.3., 9.10.13., 9.10.13.8.
                                                                                                      walkways, 3.2.3.19., 3.2.3.20.                               through floor assemblies, interconnected floor
                                                                                                      wires and cables, 3.1.5.21., 3.1.5.22.                          spaces, 3.2.8.
                                                                                                    Noncombustible materials                                       in garage floors, 3.3.5.4.
                                                                                                      permitted in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.1.           in guards, 9.8.8.5.
                                                                                                      return air ducts, 3.6.5.8.                                   guards for, 3.3.1.18., 3.4.6.6.
                                                                                                    Notching of framing members, 9.23.5.2.                         in membrane ceilings, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5.
                                                                                                    Nursing homes, 3.1.8.13., 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6.                   for moving walks, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   for natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   near exterior exits, 9.9.4.4. - 9.9.4.6.
                                                                                                                                  O                                onto landings, 3.4.6.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   in repair garages, 3.3.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   for stairways, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                    Objectives of the Code
                                                                                                                                                                   support of masonry above, 9.20.5.2.
                                                                                                      application, 2.1.1.2. [A], 3.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   in walls above adjoining roof, 9.10.12.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 2.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   in walls exposed to adjoining roof, 3.2.3.15.
                                                                                                    Obstructions
                                                                                                                                                                 Operating rooms, 3.3.3.6., 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      in corridors, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2., 9.9.5.3., 9.9.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 Oriented strand board (see OSB)
                                                                                                      in doorways, 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                 Orphanages, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                      in exits, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5., 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 OSB
                                                                                                      in means of egress, 3.3.1.24., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5.
                                                                                                                                                                   as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,
                                                                                                    Occupancy
                                                                                                                                                                      9.27.10.
                                                                                                      and building classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.
                                                                                                      and building size determination, 1.3.3.4. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                      combination prohibitions, 3.1.3.2., 9.10.9.14.
                                                                                                                                                                   firestopping, 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   as interior finish, 9.29.9.
                                                                                                      and live loads, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                   material, 9.3.2.4.
                                                                                                      multiple (see Multiple occupancies)
                                                                                                                                                                   material standard, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,
                                                                                                    Occupant load
                                                                                                                                                                      9.23.17.2., 9.27.10.1., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                      and access to exits, 9.9.7.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   as siding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.
                                                                                                      and exit stairway, 3.4.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   as subflooring, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.15.5.
                                                                                                      and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   thickness, 9.3.2.7.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.22.
                                                                                                                                                                   as underlay, 9.30.2.
                                                                                                      fire safety requirements, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   as wall sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2.,
                                                                                                      and means of egress, 9.9.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                                      9.23.13., 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.
                                                                                                      and seating, 3.3.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 Outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11.
                                                                                                    Odour removal equipment, 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.
                                                                                                                                                                 Outdoor process equipment, 3.2.3.21.
                                                                                                    Office areas, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                    Oil-burning equipment, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.                   Outdoors
                                                                                                                                                                   air quality, 6.2.1.2., 6.3.2.14.
                                                                                                    Open-air storage garages, 9.10.18.8.
                                                                                                                                                                   air supply rates, 6.3.1.1., 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                    Open-air storey
                                                                                                      access route, 3.2.5.4.                                       design temperatures, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2.,
                                                                                                                                                                      5.5.1.2., 6.2.1.2., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      exposing building face, 9.10.14.4.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                         Index
                                                                                                    Outlet boxes, electrical                                   fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.8.
                                                                                                      combustible, in noncombustible construction,             fire separations, 9.9.4.2.
                                                                                                         3.1.5.2.                                              flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.4.
                                                                                                      penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.3.,        interior finishes, 3.1.13.10.
                                                                                                         9.10.5.1., 9.10.9.6.                                  as means of egress, 3.2.2.12.
                                                                                                    Ovens, fire protection, 9.10.22.                        Passenger elevating device
                                                                                                    Owner, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                            dimensions, 3.5.4.1.
                                                                                                    Oxidizing gases (see Combustible gases)                 Passenger loading zones, 3.8.2.5., 3.8.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                            Passenger pickup areas, barrier-free, 3.8.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                            Path of travel, barrier-free
                                                                                                                              P                                access to storeys served by escalators and moving
                                                                                                                                                                  walks, 3.8.2.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                               apartment buildings, 9.5.2.3.
                                                                                                    Paint
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.                 application of Code, 3.8.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                               doors and doorways, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      on steel columns, 9.17.3.3., 9.23.8.2.
                                                                                                                                                               drinking fountains, 3.8.3.10.
                                                                                                    Parapets
                                                                                                      design, 4.1.8.18., 5.6.2.2., 9.20.6.5.                   elevators, 3.3.1.7., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.7.
                                                                                                                                                               exterior, 3.8.2.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.5., 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.2.,
                                                                                                      firewalls as, 3.1.10.4.
                                                                                                                                                                  3.8.3.3., 3.8.3.5., 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.                           floor areas, 3.3.1.7., 9.5.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                               parking areas, 3.8.2.5.
                                                                                                    Parging
                                                                                                                                                               protruding building elements, 3.3.1.8.
                                                                                                      of above-grade masonry, 9.20.13.9.
                                                                                                      for dampproofing, 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4.                   signs, 3.8.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                               storage garage, 3.8.2.5.
                                                                                                      of foundation walls, 9.15.6.
                                                                                                                                                               universal shower and dressing room, 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                      for protection of insulation, 9.25.2.3.
                                                                                                      for waterproofing, 9.13.3.3.                             universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                                                                               walkways, 3.8.3.3.
                                                                                                    Parking areas
                                                                                                                                                               wheelchair spaces, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.
                                                                                                      access, 3.8.2.5.
                                                                                                      barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.2.5.                    width, 3.8.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                            Patients' bedrooms, 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6., 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      ventilation, 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                            Pedestrian traffic, construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.3.2.
                                                                                                    Parking decks on roofs, 4.1.5.5.
                                                                                                    Parking garages (see Storage garages)                   Penetrations in fire assemblies, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.23., 3.1.9.
                                                                                                                                                            Penthouses, 3.6.1.1., 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.6., 4.1.8.11., 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                    Parking structures, structural design basis, 4.4.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                            Perched groundwater, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.5.5.
                                                                                                    Particleboard
                                                                                                      as interior finish, 9.29.9.                           Permafrost, 4.2.4.10., 9.15.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                            Piers
                                                                                                      material standard, 9.23.15.2., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                               anchoring to, 9.20.11.6.
                                                                                                      subflooring, 9.23.15.2.
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.3.2.7.                                      dimensions, 9.35.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                            Pier-type foundations, 9.15.2.3.
                                                                                                      underlay, 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                            Pilasters, 9.15.5.3., 9.20.8.4.
                                                                                                    Partitions
                                                                                                      dead loads, 4.1.4.1.                                  Pile foundations, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.1.8.16., 4.2.3.8.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                              Pipes
                                                                                                                                                               clearances, 6.7.1.2., 9.33.8.3.
                                                                                                      exceptions for mezzanines, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                      in lieu of sliding doors, 3.3.1.12.                      combustible (see Combustible piping)
                                                                                                                                                               corrosion protection, 9.31.2.2.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.16.
                                                                                                                                                               coverings, 3.6.5.5.
                                                                                                      sliding glass, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                    Party walls                                                drainage, 9.14.3.
                                                                                                                                                               expansion and contraction, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.
                                                                                                      airtightness, 9.36.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                               for heating and cooling systems, 9.33.8.
                                                                                                      continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                 insulation, 3.6.5.5., 6.5.1.1., 9.33.8.2., 9.33.8.4.
                                                                                                                                                               materials, 6.7.1.1., 9.14.3.1.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 9.10.9.
                                                                                                                                                               for medical gas, 3.7.3.1.
                                                                                                      as firewalls, 3.2.3.4., 9.10.11.1.
                                                                                                      not as firewalls, 9.10.11.2.                             metal, 9.14.3., 9.31.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                               in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18., 3.1.5.19.
                                                                                                    Passageways
                                                                                                                                                               penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.,
                                                                                                      as exits, 3.4.1.4.
                                                                                                      as means of egress, 9.9.2.1.                                9.10.9.7.
                                                                                                                                                               plumbing, 9.31.2.2.
                                                                                                      vehicular, 3.2.3.18.
                                                                                                                                                               polypropylene, 3.1.5.19.
                                                                                                    Passageways, exterior
                                                                                                      as access to exit, 9.9.9.3.                              for service water heating systems, 9.36.4.4.
                                                                                                                                                               in shafts, 6.7.1.5.
                                                                                                      exemptions, 3.4.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                               sleeves for, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.4.
                                                                                                      as exits, 3.3.1.15., 3.4.1.5.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                       standards for drainage, 9.14.3.1.                          grooved, 9.29.6.2.
                                                                                                       support, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.                               as interior finish, 9.29.6.
                                                                                                    Plans, specifications and calculations                        lapped strips, 9.27.8.5.
                                                                                                       administration, 2.2. [C]                                   material, 9.3.2.4.
                                                                                                       energy performance compliance, 2.2.8. [C]                  material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,
                                                                                                       environmental separation, 2.2.5.2. [C]                        9.23.17.2., 9.27.8.1., 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                       fire protection components, 2.2.3. [C]                     as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.2.,
                                                                                                       foundations, 2.2.4. [C], 2.2.4.6. [C], 2.2.4.7. [C]           9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.
                                                                                                       general information, 2.2.2.1. [C]                          as siding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.8.
                                                                                                       HVAC systems, 2.2.6.2. [C], 6.1.3.1.                       as subflooring, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.
                                                                                                       site, 2.2.2.2. [C]                                         thickness, 9.3.2.7., 9.29.6.1.
                                                                                                       sprinkler systems, 2.2.3.2. [C]                            as underlay, 9.30.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       structural, 2.2.4. [C], 4.1.1.4.                           as wall sheathing, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2., 9.23.13.,
                                                                                                    Plastering, 9.29.4.                                              9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.
                                                                                                    Plaster, material standard, 9.29.4.1.                      Police stations, 3.1.2.4.
                                                                                                    Plates                                                     Pool heaters, 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                       fastening of, 9.23.3.4.                                 Portable fire extinguishers, 3.2.5.16., 9.10.20.4.,
                                                                                                       sill, 9.23.7.                                                 9.10.21.8.
                                                                                                       wall, 9.23.11.                                          Post-disaster buildings
                                                                                                    Platform equipped passenger-elevating device,                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                           3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2.                                     earthquake load and effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.5.,
                                                                                                    Platforms, serving as roofs, 9.26.1.1.                           4.1.8.10., 4.1.8.13., 4.1.8.18., 4.1.8.23.
                                                                                                    Plenums                                                       loads and effects, 4.1.2.1.
                                                                                                       in air duct systems, 3.6.5.1., 6.3.2.3.                    snow loads, 4.1.6.2.
                                                                                                       ceiling assemblies used as, 3.1.9.6.                       structural loads, 5.2.2.1.
                                                                                                       ceilings used as, 3.6.4.3.                                 wind loads, 4.1.7.3.
                                                                                                       clearances, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.               Potable water systems, 9.31.3.
                                                                                                       combustible, 9.33.6.2.                                  Power door operators, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                       in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3.                   Power-operated doors, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                       connectors, 9.33.6.2.                                   Precipitation
                                                                                                       construction, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.6.                          ingress, 5.6.1.1., 5.6.2.1., 9.27.2.
                                                                                                       coverings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.                   protection from, 5.6.1.1., 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13., 9.26.
                                                                                                       crawl spaces used as, 9.18.7.1.                         Pressure piping, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                Pressure vessels, 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                       fittings, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.2.                           Principal entrances
                                                                                                       furnace, 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.8.                   access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.5.
                                                                                                       insulation, 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.                            door requirements, 9.7.2.1.
                                                                                                       linings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.                     as exits, 3.3.1.17., 3.4.2.6.
                                                                                                       materials, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.3.                  latching, locking and opening mechanisms, 9.9.6.7.
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18.                  manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16.
                                                                                                       return air, 3.6.4.3., 9.32.3.4.                            as means of egress, 9.9.2.4.
                                                                                                       tape used for, 6.3.2.19.                                Private sewage disposal systems (see Sewage disposal
                                                                                                    Plumbing                                                         systems, private)
                                                                                                       barrier-free design, 3.8.2.8.                           Process plants
                                                                                                       combustible piping, 3.1.5.20., 9.10.9.7.                   basements and pits, 3.3.6.9.
                                                                                                       in dwelling units, 3.7.2., 9.31.                           definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       facilities required, 3.7.2., 3.8.2.8., 9.31.4.             volatile liquids, 3.3.6.9.
                                                                                                       fixtures, 3.1.5.20., 3.7.2., 9.31.4.                    Protected floor space, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.8.5., 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                    Plumbing services, 7                                       Protection from freezing
                                                                                                    Plumbing systems                                              (see also Frost action)
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   concrete, 9.3.1.9.
                                                                                                       design and installation, 7.1.2.1.                          concrete stairs, 9.8.10.3.
                                                                                                       in dwelling units, 7.1.3.2.                                excavations, 9.12.1.3.
                                                                                                       facilities required, 7.1.3.                                fire hose stations, 9.10.21.9.
                                                                                                    Plywood                                                       fire protection systems, 3.2.5.17., 9.10.20.5.
                                                                                                       as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,      foundations, 9.12.1.3.
                                                                                                           9.27.8.                                                gypsum board, 9.29.5.10.
                                                                                                       fastening, 9.29.6.3.                                       HVAC systems and equipment, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.,
                                                                                                       fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.                                       9.33.4.5.
                                                                                                       fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4.                     masonry, 9.20.14.1.
                                                                                                       firestops, 3.1.11.7.                                       stucco, 9.28.6.1.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                Index
                                                                                                    Protection from high temperature piping, 6.7.1.4.,            Rafters
                                                                                                          9.33.8.4.                                                 anchoring to masonry, 9.20.11.4.
                                                                                                    Public areas                                                    continuity, 9.23.14.1.
                                                                                                      (see also Corridors)                                          deflection, 9.4.3.1.
                                                                                                      glass doors in, 3.3.1.20.                                     dimensions, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.14.6., 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                      glass used in, 3.3.1.14., 9.6.1.4.                            fastening, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.14.4.
                                                                                                      transparent panels used in, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5.       framing around openings, 9.23.14.2.
                                                                                                      windows in, 3.3.1.20., 9.7.5.                                 hip and valley, 9.23.14.6.
                                                                                                    Public corridors                                                installation, 9.23.14.4.
                                                                                                      (see also Corridors)                                          lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.
                                                                                                      access to exit, 9.9.9.1., 9.9.9.3.                            nailing, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.14.4.
                                                                                                      containing occupancy, 9.10.17.7.                              ridge support, 9.23.14.8.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      shaping, 9.23.14.5.
                                                                                                      doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13.                            spans, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                      doors opening onto, 9.10.13.12.                               support, 9.23.14.3., 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                      emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.3.                       in wood-frame construction, 9.23.14.
                                                                                                      exit signs, 3.4.5.3.                                        Rain loads, 4.1.6.4., 4.1.6.12., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 3.3.1.4.                                    (see also Moisture index)
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.17.2., 9.10.17.5.      Rain penetration control, 5.6., 9.20.13., 9.26., 9.27.4.
                                                                                                      lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2.                               Ramps
                                                                                                      serving sprinklered buildings, 3.3.1.1.                       barrier-free, 3.8.2.2., 3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.5.1.
                                                                                                      smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2.                              barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7.
                                                                                                      travel distance to exit, 3.4.2.5.                             basement, 3.4.5.3.
                                                                                                      width, 3.3.1.9.                                               at doors, 9.8.6.2., 9.9.4.4.
                                                                                                    Public thoroughfares, 3.2.3.9., 3.2.5.6., 9.10.20.3.            for dwelling units, 9.8.1.
                                                                                                    Public ways                                                     as exits, 3.4.1.4., 9.8.1.3., 9.9.2.1.
                                                                                                      combustible projections near, 3.2.3.6.                        exit signs, 9.9.11.4.
                                                                                                      at construction sites, 8.2.1.1., 8.2.3.2., 8.2.3.5.,          finishes, 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                          8.2.4.1.                                                  in garages, 9.8.8.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      guards, 3.4.6.6., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.8.
                                                                                                    Pyritic soil and rock                                           handrails, 3.4.6.5., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.7., 9.8.7.1.
                                                                                                      drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.                                height, 9.8.5.5.
                                                                                                      beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.                           height over, 9.8.5.3.
                                                                                                      and footings, 9.15.3.2.                                       for housing and small buildings, 9.8.5.
                                                                                                      foundations on, 9.4.4.4.                                      landings on, 3.4.6.3., 9.8.6.
                                                                                                      not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.                                    loads, 9.8.9.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    rise, 9.8.5.5.
                                                                                                                                                                    safety requirements, 3.3.1.14.
                                                                                                                               R                                    for secondary suites, 9.8.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                                                                                    slope, 3.4.6.7., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.5.4.
                                                                                                    Raceways                                                        width, 3.4.3.2., 9.8.5.2.
                                                                                                      collapse of, in firewalls, 3.1.10.1.                        Ranges (see Stoves)
                                                                                                      in combustible construction, 3.1.4.4.                       Receptacles, electrical, 9.34.1.1., 9.34.2.2.
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                                Recessed lighting fixtures, 3.2.7.2., 9.34.1.4.
                                                                                                      in exit areas, 3.4.4.4.                                     Recesses, 9.20.7.
                                                                                                      and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.                            Referenced documents, 1.3.1., 1.5.1. [A]
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21., 3.1.5.23.        Reference house
                                                                                                      penetrating fire separations, 9.10.9.6.                       definition, 9.36.5.2.
                                                                                                      in plenums, 3.6.4.3.                                          modeling of energy performance,
                                                                                                    Radiation from interior fires, control, 3.2.3.1., 9.10.14.,        9.36.5.13. - 9.36.5.16.
                                                                                                         9.10.15.                                                 Refrigerating systems and equipment
                                                                                                    Radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.1.                                  in housing and small buildings, 9.33.9.
                                                                                                    Radon gas infiltration                                          installation, 6.2.1.5., 6.6.1.1., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.
                                                                                                      (see also Soil gas control)                                 Refuse
                                                                                                      air barriers, 9.25.3.                                         bins, 3.6.3.3.
                                                                                                      depressurization system, 9.32.3.8.                            chutes, 3.6.3.3., 5.8.1.1., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      and HVAC design, 6.2.1.1.                                     combustible, 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                      required resistance to, 5.4.1.1.                              rooms, 3.6.2.5., 3.6.3.3.
                                                                                                      rough-in for subfloor depressurization system,              Registers and outlets
                                                                                                         9.13.4.3.                                                  (see also Air outlets; Diffusers)


                                                                                                    Index                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      exhaust, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.13.                          Return ducts, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.2.11., 9.33.6.13.
                                                                                                      heating, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.                         Review of work, 2.2.7. [C]
                                                                                                      over pipeless furnaces, 9.33.6.8.                       Revolving doors, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.
                                                                                                      ventilation, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.                       Rim joists
                                                                                                    Reinforced concrete, 4.3.3.1., 9.3.1.1.                      airtightness, 9.36.2.10.
                                                                                                    Reinforcing                                                  definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      concrete block foundations, 9.20.15.2.                     effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                      earthquakes, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15.                           and exterior wall framing, 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                      glass block, 9.20.9.6.                                  Risers
                                                                                                      insulating concrete form walls, 9.3.1.1., 9.15.4.5.,       aisle steps, 3.3.2.5.
                                                                                                          9.20.17.                                               bleacher steps, 3.3.2.12.
                                                                                                      masonry, 9.20.15.                                          curved flights, 3.3.1.16.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      stucco, 9.28.1.2., 9.28.4.5.                               dimensions, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4.1.
                                                                                                    Repair garages                                               minimum number, 3.4.6.2., 9.8.3.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   restaurant stairs, 3.3.2.15.
                                                                                                      design, 4.4.2.1.                                           uniformity and tolerances, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4.4.
                                                                                                      fire separation requirements, 9.10.9.19.                Rock
                                                                                                      in industrial occupancies, 3.3.5.4.                        bearing pressure, 9.4.4.1., 9.4.4.2.
                                                                                                      separation from care, treatment or detention               definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          occupancies, 3.3.3.2.                                  foundations on, 9.12.2.2.
                                                                                                      solid-fuel burning appliances prohibited in, 3.6.2.1.   Rock, pyritic
                                                                                                    Residential fire warning systems, 3.2.4.21., 9.10.19.8.      drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.
                                                                                                    Residential occupancy (Group C)                              beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.
                                                                                                      (see also Dwelling units; Secondary suites)                and footings, 9.15.3.2.
                                                                                                      below ground level, 3.2.2.15.                              foundations on, 9.4.4.4.
                                                                                                      classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.                          not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.
                                                                                                      convalescent and children's homes as, 3.1.2.5.          Roof aggregate, 9.26.11.1., 9.26.11.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                Roof arches (see Roof and ceiling framing)
                                                                                                      door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.                       Roof assemblies
                                                                                                      emergency power for fire alarm systems, 3.2.7.8.           effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                      emergency power for lighting, 3.2.7.4.                     fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.5., 3.2.2.17., 3.2.2.25.,
                                                                                                      fire access route design, 3.2.5.6.                            3.2.2.35., 3.2.2.50., 3.2.2.53., 3.2.2.58., 3.2.2.62.,
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.18.,           3.2.2.68., 3.2.2.78., 3.2.2.83., 3.2.2.85.
                                                                                                          9.10.18.                                               fire-retardant-treated wood roof systems, 3.1.14.1.
                                                                                                      fire protection, 3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.55.                     gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas and rinks,
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.                               3.2.2.17.
                                                                                                      fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.4.1.           metal roof deck assemblies, 3.1.14.2.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.       non-contiguous, 3.1.15.2., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.60.
                                                                                                      firewalls, 9.10.11.2.                                   Roof and ceiling framing
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.                   bearing on cavity walls, 9.20.8.2.
                                                                                                      lighting requirements, 3.2.7.1.                            earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                      location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7.                   fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3.
                                                                                                      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.                                   in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                      ramp slope maximum, 3.4.6.7.                               loads on, 9.4.2.2., 9.4.2.4.
                                                                                                      smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19.                          in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2.                           sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.
                                                                                                      sprinkler piping, 3.2.5.13.                                trusses, 9.4.2.2., 9.23.5.5., 9.23.14.11.
                                                                                                      sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.                               in wood-frame construction, 9.23.14.
                                                                                                      storage lockers, 3.1.5.17.                              Roof coverings, 3.1.15.1., 3.1.15.2., 9.26.
                                                                                                    Resilient flooring, 9.30.2.1., 9.30.5.                       (see also Roofing)
                                                                                                    Resistance to deterioration, 5.1.4.2., 9.20.16.1.         Roofing
                                                                                                      (see also Corrosion protection; Corrosion                  (see also Roof covering)
                                                                                                          resistance; Decay, protection against)                 asphalt-coated glass-base sheets, 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                    Resistance to forced entry                                   asphalt shingles, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.26.1.3., 9.26.2.1.,
                                                                                                      doors, 9.7.5.2.                                               9.26.7., 9.26.8.
                                                                                                      windows, 9.7.5.3.                                          bituminous, 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                    Resistant design, earthquake load, 4.1.3.2.                  built-up, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.11.
                                                                                                    Restaurants, 3.2.4.1., 3.3.2.15., 6.3.1.6.                   built-up materials, 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                    Return air inlets, 9.33.6.12.                                cedar shingles and shakes, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.3.1.,
                                                                                                    Return air systems, 3.6.5.8., 6.3.2.11., 9.33.6.13.             9.26.10.
                                                                                                      (see also Air intakes; Ducts)                              clay tile, 9.23.4.5.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                     Index
                                                                                                      concrete tile, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.4.5., 9.26.2.1., 9.26.17.          rain loads, 4.1.6.4., 5.6.2.2., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 9.26.1.1.                                            ridge support, 9.23.14.8.
                                                                                                      elastomeric sheets, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.                          scuppers, 4.1.6.4.
                                                                                                      fasteners, 9.26.2.3., 9.26.2.4.                                  sheathing installation, 9.23.16.3., 9.23.16.4.,
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.26.4.                                                   9.23.16.6.
                                                                                                      glass-reinforced polyester, 9.26.14.                             sheathing materials, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2.,
                                                                                                      installation alternatives, 9.26.1.3.                                9.23.16.5., 9.23.16.7.
                                                                                                      installation of materials, 9.26.2.2.                             sloped, 4.1.6.12., 9.10.1.1.
                                                                                                      installation standards, 5.6.1.2.                                 snow loads, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.3., 4.1.6.5., 4.1.6.7.,
                                                                                                      material standards, 9.26.2.1.                                       4.1.6.8., 4.1.6.11., 4.1.6.12., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                      metal, 9.26.13.                                                  sprinklers in lieu of structural fire resistance,
                                                                                                      nails, 9.26.2.3.                                                    9.10.8.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      over wood-based sheathing, 9.26.11.8.                            supporting an occupancy, 3.2.2.13., 9.10.8.7.
                                                                                                      polyvinyl chloride sheets, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.,        trusses, 9.4.2.2., 9.23.5.5., 9.23.14.11.
                                                                                                         9.26.16.                                                      of underground structures, 9.13.1.1., 9.13.3.,
                                                                                                      prefabricated bituminous membranes, 9.26.2.1.                       9.25.3.5.
                                                                                                      prefabricated modified bituminous sheets, 5.9.1.1.               venting, 9.19.1.
                                                                                                      requirement for, 5.6.1.1., 9.26.1.2.                             wind loads, 4.1.7.6., 5.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      rubberized asphalt, 5.6.1.2., 9.26.2.1., 9.26.15.              Roof spaces (see Attics or roof spaces)
                                                                                                      selvage, 9.26.12.                                              Rooftop
                                                                                                      slope of, 9.26.3.                                                air-handling equipment, 6.3.2.17.
                                                                                                      standards for, 5.9.1.1.                                          appliances, 3.6.1.5., 3.6.2.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      staples, 9.26.2.4.                                               enclosures, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 9.10.4.4.
                                                                                                      vegetative, 5.6.1.2.                                           Rooms, height, 3.7.1.1., 9.5.3.
                                                                                                      wood shakes, 9.26.10.                                          Runners, sheet steel framing
                                                                                                      wood shingles, 9.26.9.                                           fastening, 9.24.3.1.
                                                                                                    Roof parking decks                                                 in fire-rated walls, 9.24.3.2.
                                                                                                      design, 4.1.5.5.                                                 installation, 9.24.3.1.
                                                                                                    Roofs                                                              metal thickness, 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.3., 9.24.2.4.
                                                                                                      access, 3.2.5.3.                                                 at openings, 9.24.2.4.
                                                                                                      acting as diaphragms, 4.1.8.15., 4.1.8.18.                     Runs, stairs
                                                                                                      anchorage of, 9.20.11.1., 9.20.11.4., 9.20.17.6.                 aisle steps, 3.3.2.5.
                                                                                                      appliances mounted on, 3.6.1.5., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3.             bleacher steps, 3.3.2.12.
                                                                                                      arched or curved, snow loads, 4.1.6.10.                          curved flights, 3.3.1.16.
                                                                                                      beams, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5.                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      considered as walls, 3.2.1.3., 9.10.1.1.                         landing dimensions, 3.4.6.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 9.26.1.1.                                            minimum, 3.4.6.8.
                                                                                                      deflection, 9.4.3.1.                                             rectangular treads, 9.8.4.2.
                                                                                                      drains, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.2.                                     tapered treads, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.4.3.
                                                                                                      egress from, 3.3.1.3., 9.9.7.1.                                  uniformity and tolerances, 9.8.4.4., 9.8.4.5.
                                                                                                      fire blocks, 9.10.16.1.
                                                                                                      fire rating, 9.10.3.3.
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.1., 9.10.8.2., 9.10.8.7.                                    S
                                                                                                      fire-retardant-treated wood, 3.1.14.1.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 3.2.2.13.
                                                                                                                                                                     Safety glass
                                                                                                      firewall termination, 3.1.10.3.
                                                                                                                                                                        in guards, 9.8.8.7.
                                                                                                      framing, 9.23.4., 9.23.14.
                                                                                                                                                                        on revolving doors, 3.4.6.15.
                                                                                                      framing around openings, 9.23.14.2.
                                                                                                                                                                        standards for, 9.6.1.2.
                                                                                                      gable, snow loads, 4.1.6.9.
                                                                                                                                                                        transparent panels and doors, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8.
                                                                                                      guards, 3.3.1.18.
                                                                                                                                                                        uses, 9.6.1.4.
                                                                                                      heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7., 3.2.2.16.
                                                                                                                                                                        washrooms, 3.7.2.4.
                                                                                                      helipad loads, 4.1.5.13.
                                                                                                                                                                     Safety of public, construction and demolition sites,
                                                                                                      insulation, 9.25.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                           8.2.
                                                                                                      joists, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.,
                                                                                                                                                                     Sanitary drainage systems, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.31., 9.31.2.1.,
                                                                                                         9.23.14.9.
                                                                                                                                                                           9.31.5.
                                                                                                      loads due to use, 4.1.5., 9.4.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                     Sawtooth roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                      metal decking, 3.1.14.2.
                                                                                                                                                                     Scaffolding, 4.1.1.3.
                                                                                                      multi-level, 4.1.6.5., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                     Screens
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                        in exhaust outlets, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                      parapets, 3.1.5.3., 3.1.10.4., 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6., 4.1.8.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                        in intake openings, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                         4.1.8.18., 5.6.2.2., 9.20.6.5.
                                                                                                                                                                        in natural ventilation openings, 9.32.2.2.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                    Screw installation                                                   height of rooms and spaces, 9.5.3.
                                                                                                       gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.                                           landings, 9.8.6., 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                       sheet steel framing, 9.24.1.5., 9.24.3.1.                         ramps, 9.8., 9.8.5.2.
                                                                                                    Screws                                                               smoke alarms, 9.10.19.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.23.3.5.                                             soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                       fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4.                               sound control, 9.11.
                                                                                                       for gypsum board, 9.29.5.5., 9.29.5.7.                            spatial separation, 9.10.15.
                                                                                                       sheathing, 9.23.3.5.                                              sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.23.3.1., 9.24.1.4., 9.29.5.7.                     stairs, 9.8.
                                                                                                       subflooring, 9.23.3.5.                                            ventilation, 9.32.1.2., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                       wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.5.                             Seismic category, 4.1.8.5.
                                                                                                    Sealants                                                          Seismic data, 1.1.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       cladding, 9.27.4., 9.27.8.4., 9.27.9.3., 9.27.9.4.,            Seismic isolation
                                                                                                           9.27.10.3.                                                    definitions and analysis, 4.1.8.19.
                                                                                                       material properties, 9.27.4.2.                                    design provisions, 4.1.8.20.
                                                                                                       material standards, 9.27.4.2.                                  Seismic loads (see Earthquake design)
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.                       Self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,
                                                                                                       siding, 9.27.4., 9.27.8.4., 9.27.9.3., 9.27.9.4., 9.27.10.3.         9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.
                                                                                                       windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6.2.                         Self-contained emergency lighting, 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                    Sealing                                                           Self-service storage buildings, 3.9.
                                                                                                       (see also Air barrier systems; Soil gas control;               Self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9., 9.9.6.4.
                                                                                                           Waterproofing)                                             Septic disposal beds, 9.14.6.2.
                                                                                                       against precipitation, 5.6.2., 9.27.4.                         Serviceability, 4.1.3.4.
                                                                                                       against soil gas, 9.25.3.6.                                    Service counters, barrier-free, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.11.,
                                                                                                       air barrier systems, 5.4.1.1., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.,               3.8.3.20.
                                                                                                           9.25.3.3.                                                  Service lines under buildings, 3.2.3.21.
                                                                                                       at chimneys, 9.21.5.2., 9.25.3.3.                              Service rooms
                                                                                                       ducts, 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.7.      access to exit, 9.9.7.5.
                                                                                                       floors-on-ground, 9.25.3.6.                                       application of Code, 3.6.1.1.
                                                                                                       at gas vents, 9.25.3.3.                                           and building height, 9.10.4.4.
                                                                                                       ground cover, 9.18.6.2.                                           carbon monoxide alarms, 9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                       sill plates, 9.23.7.2.                                            construction supporting, 9.10.8.5.
                                                                                                       windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6., 9.20.13.11.,                definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                           9.27.4.                                                       doors, 9.10.13.12.
                                                                                                    Seasonally and intermittently occupied buildings                     doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.11.
                                                                                                       application of Part 9, 9.1.1.1.                                   emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.
                                                                                                    Seating                                                              exits, 3.4.4.4., 3.6.2.2.
                                                                                                       adaptable seats, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.                              fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.
                                                                                                       aisle width, 3.3.2.1.                                             fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.
                                                                                                       not fixed, 3.3.2.2.                                               fire resistance of supporting construction, 3.1.7.5.
                                                                                                       occupant load, 3.3.2.2., 4.1.5.10.                                fire separations, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.10.3.
                                                                                                       in showers, 3.8.3.17.                                             heat and smoke detectors, 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                       wheelchair space, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.                             for housing and small buildings, 9.10.10.
                                                                                                    Secondary suites                                                     loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                       ceiling height, 9.5.3.1.                                          opening into exit, 9.9.5.9.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                          ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14.
                                                                                                       doors, direction of swing, 9.9.6.5.                               rooftop, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 9.10.4.4.
                                                                                                       doors in means of egress, 9.9.6.                                  service equipment in, 3.6.2.3.
                                                                                                       doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2., 9.9.6.3.                              under exits, 9.9.5.8.
                                                                                                       egress, 9.9.9.                                                 Service spaces
                                                                                                       electrical outlets, 9.34.2.3.                                     and building height, 3.2.1.1.
                                                                                                       fire protection, 9.10.8.                                          definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.8.                                 egress, 3.3.1.25.
                                                                                                       fire separations, 9.9.4., 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16.,                  emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.
                                                                                                           9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.4., 9.10.12.3.                            exits, 3.4.4.4.
                                                                                                       firewalls, 9.10.11.2.                                             fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.18.
                                                                                                       floor area limits, 9.1.2.1.                                       horizontal (see Horizontal service spaces)
                                                                                                       guards, 9.8., 9.8.8.                                              lightning protection systems, 3.6.1.3.
                                                                                                       handrails, 9.8., 9.8.7.                                           means of egress, 3.3.1.3.
                                                                                                       heating and air-conditioning, 9.33.1.1., 9.33.3.1.,               protection of electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10.
                                                                                                           9.33.3.2.                                                     ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                        Index
                                                                                                      signage, 3.3.1.25.                                            plywood as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.
                                                                                                      sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.14.                                  roofs, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16., 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                      storage use prohibition, 3.6.1.4.                             on steel studs, 9.24.1.5.
                                                                                                      travel distance to exit, 3.4.2.4.                             beneath stucco, 9.28.1.1., 9.28.4.2.
                                                                                                      vertical (see Vertical service spaces)                        support, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.
                                                                                                    Service water heaters                                           thickness, 9.23.16.7., 9.23.17.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      waferboard as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.
                                                                                                      in housing and small buildings, 9.31.6.                       walls, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.17.
                                                                                                      indirect, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     Sheathing membranes
                                                                                                      protection from corrosion, 9.31.6.3.                          installation, 9.27.3.3. - 9.27.3.6.
                                                                                                      steel, 9.31.6.3.                                              insulation, 9.27.3.5.
                                                                                                      storage type, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.31.6.2., 9.31.6.3.              interior of masonry walls, 9.20.13.9.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Service water heating systems                                   mansard roofs, 9.23.17.6.
                                                                                                      energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.                         material standard, 9.27.3.2.
                                                                                                      energy conservation points, 9.36.8.                           for precipitation protection, 9.27.3.1. - 9.27.3.6.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36., 9.36.4.                          Sheathing paper (see Sheathing membranes)
                                                                                                      energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.8.                 Shingles, asphalt
                                                                                                      energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.12., 9.36.5.16.           eave protection, 9.26.5.1., 9.26.7.7.
                                                                                                      equipment efficiency, 9.36.4.2.                               flashing, 9.26.4.
                                                                                                      temperature controls, 9.36.4.5.                               installation, 9.26.1.3., 9.26.7., 9.26.8.
                                                                                                    Sewage disposal, 9.14.5., 9.31.2.1., 9.31.5.                    material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                    Sewage disposal systems, private, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.31.2.1.,      nails, 9.26.2.3.
                                                                                                         9.31.5.2.                                                  slope, 9.26.3.1.
                                                                                                    Shafts                                                          staples, 9.26.2.4.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.7.1.5.                                        underlay, 9.26.6.
                                                                                                      opening into an interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4.       Shingles, wood
                                                                                                      piping in, 6.7.1.5.                                           cladding, 9.27.7.
                                                                                                      service, 9.10.1.3.                                            dimensions, 9.26.9.3., 9.27.7.2., 9.27.7.6.
                                                                                                    Shakes, wood                                                    eave protection, 9.26.9.8.
                                                                                                      cladding, 9.27.7.                                             exposure, 9.26.9.6.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.27.7.2., 9.27.7.6.                              flashing, 9.26.9.7.
                                                                                                      eave protection, 9.26.5.1., 9.26.10.7.                        grade, 9.26.9.2., 9.27.7.1.
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.26.10.6.                                          installation, 9.26.9.4., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.
                                                                                                      grades, 9.26.10.8., 9.27.7.1.                                 materials, 9.27.7.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.                              material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1., 9.27.7.1.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1., 9.27.7.1.            roofing, 9.26.9.
                                                                                                      roofing, 9.26.10.                                          Shop drawings, review of work, 2.2.7.3. [C]
                                                                                                      spacing and joints, 9.26.10.3.                             Showers, 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                      underlay, 9.26.10.2.                                       Sidelights, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.1.1., 9.7.2.1., 9.9.4.3.
                                                                                                    Shallow foundations                                          Sidewalks, 4.1.5.3., 8.2.1.2., 8.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      damaged, 4.2.6.4.                                          Siding (see Cladding)
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   Signs
                                                                                                      design, 4.2.6.1.                                              barrier-free accessibility, 3.8.2.4., 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.9.
                                                                                                      footing design, 9.4.4.1.                                      construction sites, 8.2.3.3., 8.2.3.5., 8.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      incorrect placement, 4.2.6.3.                                 directing traffic, 8.2.4.3.
                                                                                                      support, 4.2.6.2.                                             directional, 3.4.5.1., 3.8.2.10., 9.9.11.3.
                                                                                                    Sheathing                                                       egress points, 3.3.1.25.
                                                                                                      (see also Subflooring)                                        emergency crossover access to floor areas, 3.4.6.18.
                                                                                                      for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6.                            exit obstruction prevention, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.11.2.
                                                                                                      for bracing and lateral support, 9.23.10.2.                   exits, 3.4.5.1., 9.9.11., 9.9.11.3.
                                                                                                      in exposing building face, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.2.             floor numbers, 3.4.6.19., 3.5.4.2., 9.9.11.5.
                                                                                                      fastening, 9.23.3.5.                                          graphical symbols, 3.4.5.3.
                                                                                                      fibreboard as, 9.23.16.7.                                     occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.3., 9.23.16.4.,              stairs and ramps, 9.9.11.4.
                                                                                                         9.23.17.4., 9.23.17.5.                                     tactile signs, 3.4.5.2., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.
                                                                                                      insulating, 9.20.13.6., 9.27.3.4.                             visual information signs, 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.,
                                                                                                      low permeance, 9.25.5.1.                                         9.9.11.2.
                                                                                                      lumber as, 9.3.2.1., 9.23.16.5., 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.4.    Silencing devices, 3.2.4.18., 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                      material standards, 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2., 9.26.2.1.      Sill plates
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.                      dimensions, 9.23.7.1.
                                                                                                      OSB as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.                      leveling, 9.23.7.2.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                       sealing, 9.23.7.2.                                                 smoke detectors in lieu of, 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.23.7.                                              sound patterns, 9.10.19.2.
                                                                                                    Site plans, 2.2.2.2. [C]                                            Smoke barrier doors, 3.2.3.20.
                                                                                                    Site stability, earthquake design, 4.1.8.17.                        Smoke barriers, 9.10.9.2., 9.10.9.17.
                                                                                                    Skylights                                                           Smoke chambers
                                                                                                       airtightness, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.                                clearances, 9.22.9.3.
                                                                                                       area, 9.10.17.9.                                                   slope, 9.22.7.1.
                                                                                                       in area calculations, 9.10.17.6.                                   standard for, 9.22.7.
                                                                                                       combustible, in corridors, 3.1.13.5.                               wall thickness, 9.22.7.2.
                                                                                                       in compartments that are not sprinklered, 9.10.12.2.             Smoke dampers
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17.1.                         access, 3.1.8.11.
                                                                                                       glass standards, 9.6.1.3.                                          as closures, 3.1.8.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       in housing and small buildings, 9.7.                               in fire separations, 3.1.8.7.
                                                                                                       installation, 9.7.6.                                               installation, 3.1.8.11.
                                                                                                       manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4.                             leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4.                           waived, 3.1.8.9.
                                                                                                       performance expectations, 9.7.3.                                 Smoke detectors
                                                                                                       requirements, 9.7.2.2.                                             in air-handling systems, 6.9.2.2., 9.10.18.5.
                                                                                                       on roof adjacent to wall with windows, 3.2.3.15.                   annunciators, 3.2.4.8.
                                                                                                       site-built, 9.7.5.                                                 for construction camps, 9.10.21.7.
                                                                                                       standards for, 5.4.1.2., 5.9.2.1., 5.9.2.2., 9.7.4.                definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       thermal characteristics, 9.7.3.3., 9.36.2.7.                       design and installation, 9.10.18.3.
                                                                                                    Slabs-on-ground                                                       duct-type, 3.2.4.12.
                                                                                                       (see also Floors-on-ground)                                        in electrical equipment rooms, 3.6.2.7.
                                                                                                       bond break, 9.16.4.4.                                              in elevators, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.14.
                                                                                                       concrete, 9.16.4.                                                  in fire alarm systems, 9.10.18.
                                                                                                       ducts in or beneath, 9.33.6.7.                                     in lieu of smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21.,
                                                                                                       finishing, 9.16.4.1., 9.16.4.2.                                        9.10.19.4., 9.10.19.8.
                                                                                                       insulation, 9.25.2.3.                                              and release of hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.
                                                                                                       thickness, 9.16.4.3.                                               requirements, 3.2.4.11., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                    Sleepers, 9.30.1.3.                                                 Smoke developed classification
                                                                                                    Slide escapes, 3.4.1.6.                                               duct requirements, 3.6.5.1.
                                                                                                    Sliding doors                                                         high buildings, 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                       barrier-free, 3.8.3.6.                                             plenum requirements, 3.6.4.3.
                                                                                                       exits, 3.4.6.14.                                                   tests, 3.1.12.1.
                                                                                                       glass used in, 9.6.1.4.                                          Smoke shafts (venting to aid firefighting), 3.2.6.6.
                                                                                                       as means of egress, 3.3.1.12., 9.9.6.4.                          Smoke stacks (venting for chimneys), 6.3.3.3.
                                                                                                       performance expectations, 9.7.3.1., 9.7.3.2.                     Snow accumulation, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.3., 4.1.6.7., 4.1.6.10.,
                                                                                                       standards for, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4.2.                            5.6.2.2.
                                                                                                    Slip-resistance                                                     Snow loads
                                                                                                       barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.2.                              arch roofs, 4.1.6.10.
                                                                                                       bathtubs, 3.8.3.18.                                                areas adjacent to roof projections, 4.1.6.7.
                                                                                                       exterior walks, 3.8.3.3.                                           basic load factors, 4.1.6.2., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                       ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14., 3.4.6.1.                           curved roofs, 4.1.6.10.
                                                                                                       showers, 3.8.3.17.                                                 domes, 4.1.6.10.
                                                                                                       treads and landings, 9.8.9.6.                                      due to sliding, 4.1.6.11.
                                                                                                    Smoke                                                                 exterior platforms, 9.4.2.3.
                                                                                                       circulation prevention, 3.2.4.12., 9.10.18.5.                      full and partial, 4.1.6.3.
                                                                                                       contamination, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.8.4.                                  gable roofs, 4.1.6.9.
                                                                                                       control of, 3.1.8.14., 3.2.6.1., 3.2.6.9., 3.3.1.7., 3.3.3.5.,     and gap between roof and higher roof, 4.1.6.6.
                                                                                                          3.3.3.7.                                                        multi-level roofs, 4.1.6.5., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                    Smoke alarms                                                          snow drift at roof corners, 4.1.6.8., 4.1.6.13.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                           specified, 4.1.6.2., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                       in housing and small buildings, 9.10.19.                           and structural design, 4.1.6.
                                                                                                       interconnection, 9.10.19.5.                                        valleys in curved or sloped roofs, 4.1.6.12.
                                                                                                       location, 9.10.19.3.                                               weight calculations for drifts, 4.1.6.13.
                                                                                                       maintenance and care instructions, 9.10.19.7.                    Snow removal, 4.1.6.14.
                                                                                                       power supply, 9.10.19.4.                                         Soffits
                                                                                                       requirements, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19.1.                                projections, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.,
                                                                                                       silencing, 9.10.19.6.                                                  9.10.15.4., 9.10.15.5.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                            Index
                                                                                                      protection of, 3.2.3.16., 9.10.12.4.                      Spans
                                                                                                      venting, 9.19.1.2., 9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.4.                    maximums, 9.23.4.
                                                                                                    Soft conversion                                               steel, 9.23.4.3.
                                                                                                      application, 9.4.2.1.                                       wood, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.
                                                                                                      general, 9.4.1.1.                                         Spatial separation between buildings, 3.2.3., 9.10.14.,
                                                                                                      limitations, 9.23.1.1.                                         9.10.21.5.
                                                                                                      review of construction dimensions, 2.2.7.6. [C]           Spatial separation between houses, 3.2.3.
                                                                                                    Soil gas control                                            Special structures, 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 9.13.1.1.                            Sprinklered buildings or spaces
                                                                                                      crawl spaces, 9.13.4.2.                                     egress from bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.
                                                                                                      floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.1., 9.25.3.6.                      fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.2., 9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                      requirements, 5.4.1.1., 9.13.4., 9.13.4.2.                  fire separations, 3.3.1.4., 3.6.2.5., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.9.15.,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      walls in contact with the ground, 9.25.3.4.                    9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                    Soil, pyritic                                                 heat and smoke detection, 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                      drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.                              limiting distance, 9.10.14.3.
                                                                                                      beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.                         lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5.
                                                                                                      and footings, 9.15.3.2.                                     openings in exposing building faces, 3.2.3.1.,
                                                                                                      foundations on, 9.4.4.4.                                       9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.
                                                                                                      not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.                                  openings in fire separations, 9.10.13.8.
                                                                                                    Soils                                                         and safety within floor areas, 3.3.
                                                                                                      bearing pressure, 9.4.4.1., 9.4.4.2.                        service spaces, 3.6.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                      erosion control, 5.6.2.2.                                   and travel distance, 3.4.2.4., 3.4.2.5., 9.9.8.1., 9.9.8.2.,
                                                                                                      excavations, 4.2.5., 9.12.                                     9.9.8.6.
                                                                                                      beneath footings and foundations, 9.12.4.1.,              Sprinklered, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          9.15.1.1., 9.15.3.2.                                  Sprinkler systems
                                                                                                      identification and classification, 4.2.4.3., 9.4.4.         for arena-type buildings, 3.1.2.3.
                                                                                                      subsurface investigation, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.4.1., 4.2.4.2.      for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                      swelling and shrinking, 4.2.4.11., 9.4.4.4., 9.12.3.3.,        3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                          9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1., 9.15.3.2., 9.16.2.2.              for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),
                                                                                                      temperature, 5.2.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 9.12.2.2., 9.16.2.2.          3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24., 3.2.2.26., 3.2.2.27.
                                                                                                    Solar domestic hot water systems, 9.36.4.3.                   for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),
                                                                                                    Solar panels                                                     3.2.2.29., 3.2.2.31., 3.2.2.33.
                                                                                                      snow loads, 4.1.6.16.                                       for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4),
                                                                                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.13.                                          3.2.2.35.
                                                                                                    Solar thermal systems, 9.36.3.11.                             for barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7.
                                                                                                    Solid-fuel-burning appliances                                 for basements, 3.2.1.5.
                                                                                                      carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.9.                 for business and personal services occupancy
                                                                                                      design, 9.33.5.3.                                              (Group D), 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.57., 3.2.2.59., 3.2.2.60.,
                                                                                                      fireplace inserts and hearth-mounted stoves,                   3.2.2.61., 3.2.2.63., 3.2.2.65.
                                                                                                          9.22.10.                                                for care, treatment or detention occupancy
                                                                                                      and fire separations, 3.6.2.1.                                 (Group B, Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.
                                                                                                      installation standard, 6.2.1.5., 9.22.10.2., 9.33.5.3.      for care, treatment or detention occupancy
                                                                                                    Solid masonry, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      (Group B, Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.
                                                                                                    Solid masonry units, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.15.5.1.                  for care, treatment or detention occupancy
                                                                                                    Sound                                                            (Group B, Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                      protection from, 3.3.4.6., 5.1.1.1., 5.8.1., 9.11.          combustible pipes in, 3.1.9.4., 3.2.5.13., 9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                      rating for fans, 9.32.3.10.                                 construction of, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      smoke alarms, 9.10.19.3.                                    for contained use areas, 3.3.3.7.
                                                                                                    Sound transmission class (STC)                                and controlled egress, 3.4.6.17.
                                                                                                      calculation of, 5.8.1.2., 9.11.1.2.                         for corridors, 3.1.13.6., 3.3.2.6.
                                                                                                      compliance, 5.8.1.3., 9.11.1.3.                             design, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.
                                                                                                    Space heaters                                                 and egress doorways, 3.3.1.5.
                                                                                                      (see also Heating appliances)                               electrical supervision, 3.2.4.9.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    exceptions for mezzanines, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                      design and standards, 9.33.5.3.                             for exposing building face, 3.2.3.2.
                                                                                                      performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.                        and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.8.,
                                                                                                    Space heating appliances                                         9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    fire department connection, 3.2.5.15.
                                                                                                      installation standards, 9.33.5.2.                           and firefighting access, 3.2.5.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                       fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10.                                 exterior, 9.3.1.6., 9.8.9.2., 9.8.9.3.
                                                                                                       fire hose stations, 3.2.5.11.                                    finishes, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                       fire separations in residential occupancy, 3.3.4.2.              fire blocks required, 3.1.11.4., 9.10.16.1.
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8.                                   on fire escapes, 3.4.7.5.
                                                                                                       for garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.5.4., 3.3.5.7.                        with foundations, 9.12.2.2.
                                                                                                       in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7., 3.2.2.16.                guards for, 9.8.8.
                                                                                                       for high buildings, 3.1.13.7.                                    handrails, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7., 9.8.7.1.
                                                                                                       for high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                   height of, 9.8.3.3.
                                                                                                          Division 1), 3.2.2.72. - 3.2.2.74.                            horizontal exit prohibition, 3.4.6.10.
                                                                                                       for impeded egress areas, 3.2.2.19.                              landings (see Landings)
                                                                                                       installation, 3.2.5.12., 9.10.1.3.                               loads on, 9.8.9.1.
                                                                                                       for interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.3.                         in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.11.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       for libraries, 3.3.2.13.                                         nosings, 9.8.4.8.
                                                                                                       in lieu of fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.                             permitted configurations, 9.8.3.1.
                                                                                                       limiting distance, 3.2.3.1.                                      in restaurants, 3.3.2.15.
                                                                                                       for low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                    rise, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.4.
                                                                                                          Division 3), 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.84., 3.2.2.86., 3.2.2.88.,      risers (see Risers)
                                                                                                          3.2.2.90.                                                     runs (see Runs, stairs)
                                                                                                       for medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F                  in secondary suites, 9.8.
                                                                                                          Division 2), 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77., 3.2.2.79., 3.2.2.81.       slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                       for mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66.,                   spiral, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.7.
                                                                                                          3.2.2.67., 3.2.2.69., 3.2.2.71.                               tolerances, 9.8.4.4.
                                                                                                       and metal roof deck, 3.1.14.2.                                   treads (see Treads)
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.19.                        vertical rise, 3.4.6.3.
                                                                                                       plans, 2.2.3.2. [C]                                              width, 9.8.2.1.
                                                                                                       for repair garages, 3.3.5.4.                                     winders, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.6.
                                                                                                       required, 3.2.2.18.                                              wood, 9.8.9.3., 9.8.9.4.
                                                                                                       for residential occupancy (Group C),                          Stairways
                                                                                                          3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.49., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52.,                  as exits, 3.2.3.13., 3.4.1.4., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.6.,
                                                                                                          3.2.2.55., 3.2.5.12.                                             9.9.4.7.
                                                                                                       self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9.                                headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2., 9.8.6.4.
                                                                                                       and separation of public corridors, 3.3.1.4.                     landings, 3.4.3.3.
                                                                                                       and separation of suites, 3.3.1.1.                               lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2., 9.34.2.3.
                                                                                                       and service penetrations, 3.1.9.4.                               in means of egress, 9.9.1.1.
                                                                                                       for service spaces, 3.2.5.14.                                    mezzanine egress, 9.9.8.6.
                                                                                                       and soffit protection, 3.2.3.16.                                 projections into, 9.8.7.6.
                                                                                                       stages, 3.3.2.14.                                                requirements, 3.3.1.14.
                                                                                                       and standpipes, 3.2.5.8., 3.2.5.9.                               rooftop enclosures, 3.2.2.14.
                                                                                                       for storage garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.5.4., 3.3.5.7.                weather protection, 3.3.5.4., 3.4.6.11.
                                                                                                       for storage rooms, 3.3.4.3.                                      width, 3.4.3.2., 3.4.3.3., 9.8.2.1.
                                                                                                       for storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15.                           Standards, materials, 1.5. [A], 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                       system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.                                  Standpipe systems
                                                                                                       testing, 3.2.5.12.                                               in construction camps, 9.10.21.9.
                                                                                                       for theatres, 3.3.2.14.                                          design, 3.2.5.9.
                                                                                                       for underground walkways, 3.2.3.20.                              fire department connection, 3.2.5.15.
                                                                                                       and unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.12.,                   fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10.
                                                                                                          3.2.3.14., 3.2.3.15., 3.2.3.17.                               fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                    Stability, structural, 4.1.3.2.                                     installation, 3.2.5.9.
                                                                                                    Stages, theatrical, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.3.1.18., 3.3.2.14.              requirements, 3.2.5.8.
                                                                                                    Stairs                                                              testing, 3.2.5.9.
                                                                                                       cantilevered, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10.                                  trouble switch, 3.2.4.9.
                                                                                                       clear height over, 9.8.2.2.                                   Staples
                                                                                                       concrete, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10.                                      for cladding, 9.27.5.4.
                                                                                                       construction, 9.8.9.                                             dimensions, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.4., 9.27.5.4.
                                                                                                       curved, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.5., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.3.1.                  for roofing, 9.26.2.4.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 3.3.2.15., 9.8.2.                                    for sheathing, 9.23.3.5.
                                                                                                       doors onto, 3.4.6.3., 3.4.6.11., 9.8.6.2., 9.9.4.4.,             for stucco lath, 9.28.3.2.
                                                                                                          9.9.6.6.                                                      for subflooring, 9.23.3.5.
                                                                                                       in dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.                                for underlay, 9.30.2.3.
                                                                                                       for exits, 9.8.1.3., 9.8.2.1., 9.8.3.1., 9.9.9.3.                for wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.4.
                                                                                                       exit signs with, 9.9.11.4.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                               Index
                                                                                                    Stapling                                                           Storage garages
                                                                                                       asphalt shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5.                  (see also Garages)
                                                                                                       cladding, 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.                                     access through vestibule, 3.3.5.7.
                                                                                                       plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.                                          in basements, 9.10.4.3.
                                                                                                       roofing, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5., 9.26.9.5.                in buildings with superimposed major
                                                                                                       sheathing, 9.23.3.5.                                                  occupancies, 3.2.2.7.
                                                                                                       sheathing membrane, 9.27.3.5.                                      carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1.
                                                                                                       siding, 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.                                       cladding, 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                       subflooring, 9.23.3.5.                                             construction, 9.10.14.5., 9.35.
                                                                                                       underlay, 9.30.2.3.                                                definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.                                   design, 4.4.2.1.
                                                                                                       wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.27.7.3.                     doors, 9.9.6.4., 9.10.17.10.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.4.                                     exhaust to, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                    Static procedure, wind load calculations, 4.1.7.3.                    exposing building face, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                    Steel                                                                 fire alarms, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.8.
                                                                                                       beams, 9.23.4.3., 9.23.8.2.                                        fire separations, 3.3.5.6., 9.10.9.18.
                                                                                                       cold-formed, structural design basis, 4.3.4.2.                     headroom clearance, 3.3.1.8.
                                                                                                       columns, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.3.                           height, 3.3.5.4., 9.5.3.3., 9.9.3.4.
                                                                                                       design, 9.4.1.1.                                                   interconnection of ducting, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                       door frames, 9.10.13.6.                                            limiting distance, 9.10.14.4.
                                                                                                       fire protection, 3.2.2.3., 9.10.7.                                 in low-hazard industrial occupancies (Group F,
                                                                                                       flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.27.3.7.                                       Division 3), 3.2.2.92.
                                                                                                       in foundations, 4.2.3.7.                                           open-air, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.18.8.
                                                                                                       in foundations, high-strength tendons in, 4.2.3.9.                 openings for vehicular ramps, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                       framing, 9.24.                                                     pressure less than in adjoining occupancies, 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                       lintels, 9.20.5.2., 9.22.1.2.                                      as separate buildings, 3.2.1.2.
                                                                                                       protection from corrosion, 4.2.3.10., 5.1.4.2., 9.3.3.2.,          standpipes requirement, 3.2.5.9.
                                                                                                          9.17.3.3., 9.20.5.2., 9.20.16., 9.23.8.2.                       unprotected openings in, 3.2.3.10., 9.10.14.4.
                                                                                                       roofing, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.13.                                        ventilation, 3.3.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.
                                                                                                       runners, 9.24.1.2., 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.3., 9.24.2.4.,            Storage lockers, 3.1.5.17.
                                                                                                          9.24.3.1., 9.24.3.2., 9.24.3.6.                              Storage racks, design, 4.1.8.18., 4.4.3.1.
                                                                                                       siding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.11.1.                                    Storage rooms
                                                                                                       structural design basis, 4.3.4.                                    in assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.16.
                                                                                                       studs, 9.24.1.1., 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.2., 9.24.2.4., 9.24.2.5.,      for combustible garbage, 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                          9.24.3.2.                                                       electrical outlets in, 9.34.2.5.
                                                                                                    Stone                                                                 fire alarm and detection systems, 9.10.18.6.
                                                                                                       facings, 9.20.6.6.                                                 fire detectors in, 3.2.4.10., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                       masonry units, 9.20.2.5.                                           fire separations, 3.3.4.3., 3.6.2.5., 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                       veneer, 9.20.8.5.                                                  for flammable and combustible liquids, 3.3.6.4.
                                                                                                    Storage                                                               flooring in areas of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.7.
                                                                                                       of ammonium nitrate, 3.3.6.6.                                   Storage tanks, 3.1.1.3., 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                       of anhydrous ammonia, 3.3.6.3.                                  Storage-type service water heaters, 1.4.1.2. [A],
                                                                                                       on the building site, 1.2.2.2. [A]                                    9.31.6.2., 9.31.6.3.
                                                                                                       of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.2.                                    Storefronts (see Fenestration)
                                                                                                       of flammable and combustible liquids, 3.3.6.4.                  Storeys
                                                                                                       of flammable, toxic and oxidizing gases, 3.3.6.3.                  below ground, 3.2.2.15.
                                                                                                       of materials, 1.2.2.2. [A], 9.10.1.3.                              definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       outdoors, 3.2.3.21.                                                open-air, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.1.5., 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.92.,
                                                                                                       of tires, 3.3.6.5.                                                    3.2.3.10., 3.2.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.10.14.4.
                                                                                                    Storage areas, theatres, 3.3.2.14.                                    sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.18.
                                                                                                    Storage bins                                                       Stoves
                                                                                                       for ash, 6.9.4.1.                                                  (see also Cooktops)
                                                                                                       for solid fuel, 6.7.2.1.                                           clearances, 9.10.22.2.
                                                                                                    Storage buildings, self-service                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       application of Code, 3.9.1.2.                                      design and installation standard, 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                       definition, 3.9.1.1.                                               hearth-mounted, 9.22.10.
                                                                                                       fire safety, 3.9.2.                                                installation, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                       floor areas, 3.9.3.                                             Strandboard (see OSB)
                                                                                                       occupancy classification, 3.9.1.3.                              Strapping, floor joists, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4.
                                                                                                       sanitary facilities, 3.9.3.2.                                   Streets
                                                                                                                                                                          definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]


                                                                                                    Index                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                       exposing building face on, 9.10.14.4.                         orientation, 9.23.10.3.
                                                                                                       fire access routes, 3.2.2.10.                                 spacing, 9.23.10.1.
                                                                                                       repairs following construction, 8.2.3.4.                      standard for, 9.24.1.2.
                                                                                                       safe passage past construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.3.2.    Subflooring
                                                                                                       unprotected openings facing, 3.2.3.10.                        depressurization, 9.13.4., 9.13.4.3.
                                                                                                    Stress reversal, 4.1.3.2.                                        direction of installation, 9.23.15.4.
                                                                                                    Structural design                                                edge support, 9.23.15.3.
                                                                                                       Code requirements, 4                                          lumber, 9.23.15.7.
                                                                                                       housing and small buildings, 9.4.                             materials, 9.23.15.2., 9.23.15.7.
                                                                                                       limit states design, 4.1.3.                                   nailing, 9.23.15.6.
                                                                                                       and structural loads, 5.2.2.                                  thickness, 9.23.15.5.
                                                                                                    Structural drawings, 2.2.4.3. [C]                                wood-frame construction, 9.23.15.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Structural fire protection, 3.2.2.3., 3.2.3.9., 9.10.8.        Subsurface investigation, 1.4.1.2. [A], 2.2.4.6. [C], 4.2.2.,
                                                                                                    Structural loads and design procedures, 4.1., 5.2.2.,               4.2.4.2.
                                                                                                          5.9.3.2., 9.4.                                           Suites
                                                                                                       exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4.1.                  definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Structural movement                                              doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                       mechanical systems and equipment, 4.1.8.18.,                  fire separations, 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.
                                                                                                          6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.                                        separation of, 3.3.1.1.
                                                                                                       service water heaters, 9.31.6.2.                              smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                    Structures, special, 3.2.2.2.                                  Sump pits, 9.14.5.2.
                                                                                                    Stucco                                                         Sumps, evaporative air coolers and air washers,
                                                                                                       aggregate for, 9.28.2.2., 9.28.5.1.                              6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                       application, 9.28.6.                                        Supervisory signal and switch for alarms, 3.2.4.9.,
                                                                                                       fasteners, 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.                                  3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                       flashing for, 9.28.1.5.                                     Supplemental energy dissipation
                                                                                                       ground clearance, 9.28.1.4.                                   definitions and analysis, 4.1.8.21.
                                                                                                       for housing and small buildings, 9.28.                        design considerations, 4.1.8.22.
                                                                                                       installation, 9.28.1.2., 9.28.1.3., 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.,   Supply air
                                                                                                          9.28.6.                                                    capacity, 9.32.2.3., 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.7., 9.33.3.1.,
                                                                                                       lath (see Lath, stucco)                                          9.33.5.1., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                       materials, 9.28.2., 9.28.5.                                   diffusers, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                       mixes, 9.28.5.1.                                              duct clearances, 3.6.5.6.
                                                                                                       mixing, 9.28.5.3.                                             ducts, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.2.7., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.11.,
                                                                                                       nails for, 9.28.3.                                               9.33.6.5., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                       pigments, 9.28.5.2.                                           fans, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.
                                                                                                       sheathing beneath, 9.28.1.1., 9.28.4.2.                       outlets, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                       staples for, 9.28.3.                                          systems, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.6., 9.33.5.
                                                                                                       thickness, 9.28.6.                                            tempering, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.8.,
                                                                                                    Studs, steel                                                        9.32.3.11.
                                                                                                       bracing and lateral support, 9.24.1.5.                      Supporting construction, fire-resistance rating,
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.5.                                 3.1.7.5.
                                                                                                       fastening, 9.24.1.4., 9.24.3.6.                             Supports
                                                                                                       in fire-rated walls, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.2.                     beams, 9.23.8.
                                                                                                       in housing and small buildings, 9.24.                         cladding, 9.20.5., 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.
                                                                                                       metal thickness, 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.2., 9.24.2.4.,             combustible construction, 3.1.8.2., 9.10.9.10.
                                                                                                          9.24.2.5.                                                  excavations, 4.2.5.3.
                                                                                                       notching and drilling, 9.23.5.3.                              firewalls, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.
                                                                                                       at openings, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.5., 9.24.3.7.                  floors, 3.2.1.4., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.,
                                                                                                       orientation, 9.24.3.3.                                           9.30.1.3.
                                                                                                       spacing, 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.5.                                 hearths, 9.22.5.2.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.24.1.2.                                       interior finishes, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.
                                                                                                    Studs, wood                                                      joists, 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                       bracing, 9.23.10.2.                                           noncombustible construction, 9.10.8.4.
                                                                                                       continuity, 9.23.10.4.                                        pipes, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.
                                                                                                       at corners and intersections, 9.23.10.5.                      walls, 9.23.9.8.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.23.10.1.                                      Surface temperature
                                                                                                       lateral support, 9.23.10.2.                                   of pipes, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.2.
                                                                                                       lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.                                        of radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.2.
                                                                                                       notching and drilling, 9.23.5.3.                            Swinging doors, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                       at openings, 9.23.10.6.                                     Symbols, 1.2.2.1., 1.4.2.1. [A]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                           Index
                                                                                                    Systems                                                           materials in the building envelope, 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]                                   replacement options, 9.36.2.11.
                                                                                                      storage, 1.2.2.2. [A]                                           requirements, 5.3.1., 9.25.1.
                                                                                                      used, 1.2.2.3. [A]                                              windows, doors and skylights, 9.36.2.7.
                                                                                                                                                                   Thermal systems, solar, 9.36.3.11.
                                                                                                                                                                   Ticket booths, 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                                                T                                  Tiered
                                                                                                                                                                      performance requirements, 9.36.1.3., 9.36.7.
                                                                                                                                                                      prescriptive requirements, 9.36.1.3., 9.36.8.
                                                                                                    Tablet arms, 3.3.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   Tile
                                                                                                    Tape, sealing, 3.1.5.2., 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.33.6.3.
                                                                                                    Telephones, 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.7., 3.4.6.17., 3.8.3.21.             clay, 9.23.4.5.
                                                                                                                                                                      concrete, 9.23.4.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Temperature
                                                                                                                                                                   Tile, drainage, 9.14.3.
                                                                                                       indoor design, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 9.33.3.1.
                                                                                                       outdoor design, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2.,     Tile, floor, 9.30.2.1., 9.30.2.2., 9.30.6.
                                                                                                                                                                   Tile, roof
                                                                                                          6.2.1.2., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      concrete, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                       of pipes, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.2.
                                                                                                       of radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.2.                              eave protection, 9.26.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      installation, 9.26.17.
                                                                                                       soils, 5.2.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 9.12.2.2., 9.16.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   Tile, wall
                                                                                                       supply air, 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                       transfer calculations, 5.2.1.3.                                installation, 9.29.10.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      moisture-resistant backing, 9.29.10.4.
                                                                                                    Temperature controls
                                                                                                                                                                   Tires, storage, 3.3.6.5.
                                                                                                       HVAC systems, 9.36.3.6.
                                                                                                       indoor pools, 9.36.4.6.                                     Top plates, walls, 9.23.5.4., 9.23.11.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   Towers
                                                                                                       service water heating systems, 9.36.4.5.
                                                                                                                                                                      earthquake loads and effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                    Tempering of makeup air, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5.,
                                                                                                          9.32.3.8.                                                   wind loads, 4.1.7.11.
                                                                                                                                                                   Toxic gases, storage, 3.3.6.3.
                                                                                                    Tents
                                                                                                                                                                   Trade shows, 3.1.2.3.
                                                                                                       clearance to flammable material, 3.1.18.4.
                                                                                                       clearance to other structures, 3.1.18.3.                    Traffic control, construction sites, 8.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   Transformer vaults, 3.6.2.7., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                       electrical systems, 3.1.18.7.
                                                                                                                                                                   Transparent panels, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.2.1.
                                                                                                       fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                       fire safety restrictions, 3.1.18.2.                         Transponder, for fire alarm, 3.2.7.10.
                                                                                                                                                                   Travel distance
                                                                                                       flame resistance, 3.1.18.5.
                                                                                                                                                                      banks and mercantile facilities, 3.4.6.17.
                                                                                                       means of egress, 3.1.18.1.
                                                                                                       roof coverings, 3.1.15.2.                                      to egress doorways, 3.3.1.5., 3.3.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                      to exit, 3.4.2.1., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.2.4., 9.9.8.2.
                                                                                                    Termites, protection against, 4.3.1.3., 9.3.2.9., 9.12.1.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                      in fire compartments, 3.3.3.5.
                                                                                                          9.15.5.1.
                                                                                                    Tests                                                             measurement of, 9.9.8.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      mezzanines, 9.9.8.6.
                                                                                                       building fire safety, 3.2.9.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      and number of required exits, 9.9.8.2.
                                                                                                       fire-protection rating, 3.1.8.4., 9.10.3.1.
                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.1., 9.10.3.1.                    rooms and suites, 9.9.7.4., 9.9.7.6.
                                                                                                                                                                      to unlocked doors, 3.4.6.18.
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.12.1., 3.1.13.4., 6.9.1.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                   Treads
                                                                                                          9.10.3.2., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                       load, 4.1.1.5., 4.2.4.1., 9.23.14.11.                          dimensions, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4., 9.8.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                      finishes, 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                       roof coverings, 3.1.15.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      mixed, 9.8.4.5.
                                                                                                       smoke developed classification, 3.1.12.1.
                                                                                                       smoke movement in high buildings, 3.2.6.9.                     nosings, 9.8.4.8.
                                                                                                                                                                      rectangular, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.2.
                                                                                                       sound transmission, 5.8.1.2., 9.11.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                      slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                       vapour permeance, 9.25.4.2.
                                                                                                    Theatres, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.3.2.14.                                 tapered, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.3.,
                                                                                                                                                                          9.8.4.4.
                                                                                                    Thermal barriers
                                                                                                                                                                      thickness, 9.8.9.5.
                                                                                                       for foamed plastic, 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                                                                                      uniformity and tolerances, 9.8.4.4.
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.
                                                                                                                                                                      in winders, 9.8.4.6.
                                                                                                    Thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.
                                                                                                                                                                   Treatment occupancy (see Care, treatment or
                                                                                                    Thermal bridging, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.1., 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                          detention occupancy)
                                                                                                    Thermal insulation systems, 6.5.
                                                                                                                                                                   Trench, for piping of flammable liquids, 6.9.1.2.
                                                                                                    Thermal resistance
                                                                                                                                                                   Trim, for windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6.2.
                                                                                                       building assemblies, 9.36.2.4., 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                                                                                   Trouble signals, 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                       building assemblies below grade or in contact with
                                                                                                                                                                   Trusses
                                                                                                          ground, 9.36.2.8.
                                                                                                                                                                      design, 9.4.1.1., 9.4.2.2., 9.23.14.11.
                                                                                                       location and installation of materials, 5.3.1.3.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.                                       permeance, 5.5.1.2., 9.25.4.2., 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      maximum deflections, 9.23.14.11.                             transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      snow loads, 9.4.2.2.                                       Vapour barriers
                                                                                                    Tubing for pneumatic controls, 3.1.5.2., 3.6.4.3.              and dampproofing, 9.13.2.5.
                                                                                                    Turnstiles, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5.4., 9.9.5.5.                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Tying (see Anchorage)                                          in housing and small buildings, 9.25.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   installation, 5.5.1.2., 9.23.2.2., 9.25.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                   in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.
                                                                                                                                 U                                 permeance, 5.5.1.2., 9.25.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   products used, 9.25.4.3.
                                                                                                    Underground ducts, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.                        required resistance to vapour diffusion, 5.5.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   requirements, 9.25.4.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Underground walkways, 3.1.13.9., 3.2.3.20., 3.2.7.3.,
                                                                                                         9.9.12.3.                                                 standards for, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.4.2.
                                                                                                    Underlay                                                     Vapour pressure, 5.5.1.1.
                                                                                                      fastening, 9.30.2.3.                                         (see also Flammable liquids)
                                                                                                      for flooring, 9.30.2.                                      Vehicle guardrails, 4.1.5.15., 9.8.8.4.
                                                                                                      hardboard, 9.30.2.2.                                       Vehicular passageways, 3.1.13.2., 3.2.3.18.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.26.6.2., 9.26.10.2., 9.30.2.3.             Vehicular ramps, 3.2.8.2., 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.4.
                                                                                                      materials, 9.26.6.1., 9.30.2.2., 9.30.2.5.                 Vehicular traffic, construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      material standards, 9.30.2.2.                              Veneer
                                                                                                      nailing, 9.30.2.3.                                           flashing, 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13.3.
                                                                                                      OSB, 9.30.2.2.                                               masonry, 5.6.1.2., 9.20.6.4., 9.20.8.5., 9.20.9.5.,
                                                                                                      particleboard, 9.30.2.2.                                        9.20.12.3.
                                                                                                      plywood, 9.30.2.2.                                         Vent connectors, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      roofing, 9.26.6., 9.26.10.2.                               Ventilating systems (see Heating, ventilating
                                                                                                      beneath shakes, 9.26.10.2.                                      and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and
                                                                                                      beneath shingles, 9.26.6.                                       equipment)
                                                                                                      stapling, 9.30.2.3.                                        Ventilation
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.30.2.2.                                         of air contaminants, 6.3.1.5.
                                                                                                    Unit heaters, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     attic or roof spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.
                                                                                                    Universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.                                 capacity, 9.32.2.3., 9.32.3.3.
                                                                                                      emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.                                 crawl spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3., 9.18.3.1., 9.18.3.2.
                                                                                                    Unprotected openings                                           definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      (see also Openings)                                          direct-vent, 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                      area increase, 3.2.3.12.                                     dwelling units, 6.3.1.1., 9.32.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     electrical equipment vaults, 3.6.2.7.
                                                                                                      in exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.                          exhaust, 3.3.1.21., 9.10.9.20., 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                      in exterior walls, 3.2.3.1.                                  exhaust ducts and outlets, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      in floors, 9.10.1.3.                                         garages, 3.3.5.4.
                                                                                                      maximum area, 9.10.14.4.                                     housing and small buildings, 9.32.
                                                                                                      and spatial separation between buildings, 9.10.14.,          for laboratories, 6.3.4.
                                                                                                         9.10.15.                                                  mechanical, 6.3.1.1., 6.3.1.3. - 6.9.1.2., 9.32.2.3.,
                                                                                                      unlimited, 3.2.3.10.                                            9.32.3., 9.32.3.3. - 9.32.3.6.
                                                                                                      in wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.                   natural, 9.32.2.2.
                                                                                                    Unsafe conditions, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                outlets, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.
                                                                                                    Unstable liquids, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                 requirements, 6.2.2., 6.3.1.1., 9.32.1.2., 9.32.2.1.,
                                                                                                    Unusual structures, 3.2.2.2.                                      9.32.3.1.
                                                                                                    Urinals, barrier-free design, limited mobility, 3.8.2.8.,      residential, 6.3.1.1.
                                                                                                         3.8.3.15.                                                 restaurants, 6.3.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                   secondary suites, 9.32.1.2., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                   storage garages, 3.3.5.7., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.
                                                                                                                                 V                                 windows for, 9.32.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 Venting
                                                                                                                                                                   air space in building envelopes, 9.25.5.1., 9.27.2.2.
                                                                                                    Vacuum cleaning systems
                                                                                                                                                                   attic or roof spaces, 5.3.1.2., 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.
                                                                                                      emergency shutdown, 3.2.4.13.
                                                                                                      fire safety shutdown, 9.10.18.7.                             chimneys, 9.21., 9.33.10.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   combustion products, 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.8., 9.33.10.1.
                                                                                                      penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                                                                                   crawl spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3., 9.18.3.1., 9.18.3.2.
                                                                                                      suites served, 9.10.9.21.
                                                                                                    Vapour                                                         explosion relief devices, 3.3.1.21.
                                                                                                                                                                   firefighting, 3.2.8.7.
                                                                                                      diffusion, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3., 5.5., 5.9.4.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                   firefighting in high buildings, 3.2.6.6., 3.2.6.9.
                                                                                                         9.25.4.1., 9.25.5.1.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                     Index
                                                                                                       heating appliances, 9.21., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.,         as siding, 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.
                                                                                                          9.33.10.1.                                            as subflooring, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.2.,
                                                                                                       laundry-drying equipment, 9.32.1.3.                         9.23.15.5.
                                                                                                       mansard or gambrel roofs, 9.19.1.4.                      thickness, 9.3.2.7.
                                                                                                       soffits, 9.19.1.2., 9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.4.                 as underlay, 9.30.2.
                                                                                                    Vents                                                       as wall sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2.,
                                                                                                       area, 9.19.1.2.                                             9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.
                                                                                                       gas, 9.33.10.1.                                        Walk-in coolers/freezers, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                       installation, 9.19.1.2.                                Walks, moving, 3.2.8.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.4., 9.8.1.4.
                                                                                                       in stair shafts, 3.2.6.2.                              Walkways
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.19.1.2.                                  barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.3.
                                                                                                    Vertical service spaces                                     between buildings, 3.2.3.19.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       application of Code, 3.6.1.1., 3.6.3.1.                  construction camps, 9.10.21.4.
                                                                                                       combustible piping in, 3.1.9.4.                          construction sites, 8.2.1.1.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       for dumbwaiters, 3.5.3.2.                                exterior, 3.8.3.3., 9.9.4.2., 9.9.9.3., 9.10.8.8., 9.10.17.4.
                                                                                                       elevator machinery, 3.5.3.3.                             fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                       exhaust ducts, 3.6.3.4., 9.10.9.20.                      smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.
                                                                                                       fire dampers, 9.10.13.13.                                underground, 3.1.13.9., 3.2.3.20., 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                       fire protection, 9.10.1.3.                             Wall membranes, 9.10.5.
                                                                                                       fire separations, 3.6.3.1.                             Wall panels
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2.                           braced (see Braced wall panels)
                                                                                                       penetrating floor assemblies, 3.2.8.1.                   factory-assembled, 3.1.5.7.
                                                                                                    Vestibules                                                Wall plates, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.11.
                                                                                                       (see also Lobbies)                                     Walls
                                                                                                       access to storage garages, 3.3.5.7.                      (see also Walls, exterior)
                                                                                                       barrier-free doors, 3.8.3.6.                             air barrier systems, 9.25.3.
                                                                                                       and closure devices, 3.1.8.19.                           anchorage, 9.20.11., 9.23.3.4., 9.35.4.3.
                                                                                                       elevators for use by firefighters, 3.2.6.5.              area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.
                                                                                                       garages, 3.3.5.4.                                        bracing, 9.23.10.2., 9.23.13.
                                                                                                       high buildings, 3.1.13.7.                                in carports, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.
                                                                                                      horizontal exits, 3.4.6.10.                               cladding, 9.27.
                                                                                                      interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4.                      continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.
                                                                                                    Vibrations                                                  exposed to adjoining roof, 3.2.3.15., 9.10.12.2.
                                                                                                      combustible isolation connector, 3.6.5.2., 6.3.2.18.      fire blocks in, 9.10.16.2.
                                                                                                      floors, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2.                              fire-resistance rating, 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.11., 9.10.8.3.,
                                                                                                      limit states design, 4.1.3.6.                                9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                    Visible signal devices, 3.2.4.19.                           firewalls (see Firewalls)
                                                                                                    Visual disability, 3.3.1.9.                                 foamed plastics in, 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                    Voice communication systems                                 foundations, 4.2., 9.15.4.
                                                                                                      central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7.              framing, 9.23.10., 9.24.
                                                                                                      emergency power supply, 3.2.7.8.                          garages, 9.35.4.1.
                                                                                                      high buildings, 3.2.6.8.                                  as guards, 4.1.5.16.
                                                                                                      requirements, 3.2.4.22.                                   in health facilities, 3.3.3.5.
                                                                                                      speakers, 3.2.4.22.                                       height, 9.20.6.
                                                                                                      use of alarm circuitry, 3.2.4.18.                         intersecting, anchorage, 9.20.11.
                                                                                                                                                                lateral support, 9.20.10., 9.23.10.2.
                                                                                                                                                                loadbearing, 3.2.1.4., 9.10.8.3., 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.1.,
                                                                                                                               W                                   9.23.10.2., 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.2., 9.23.12.3.,
                                                                                                                                                                   9.24.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                masonry, 5.6.1.2., 9.20., 9.25.3.4.
                                                                                                    Waferboard
                                                                                                                                                                masonry veneer, 5.6.1.2., 9.20.6.4.
                                                                                                      as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,
                                                                                                                                                                non-loadbearing, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.1., 9.23.10.6.,
                                                                                                         9.27.10.
                                                                                                                                                                   9.23.12.1., 9.24.
                                                                                                      fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.
                                                                                                                                                                openings in loadbearing, 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.2.,
                                                                                                      fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   9.23.12.3.
                                                                                                      firestops, 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                                                                                openings in non-loadbearing, 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.1.,
                                                                                                      as interior finish, 9.29.9.
                                                                                                                                                                   9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.5., 9.24.3.7.
                                                                                                      material, 9.3.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                in public corridors, 9.10.17.5.
                                                                                                      material standard, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,
                                                                                                                                                                recesses, 9.20.7.
                                                                                                         9.23.17.2., 9.27.10.1., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                retaining, 9.3.2.9., 9.4.4.5., 9.4.4.6.
                                                                                                      as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                      sheathing, 9.23.13., 9.23.17., 9.27.3.4., 9.27.3.5.            required protection against, 5.7.1.2.
                                                                                                      steel stud, 9.24.                                              surface, 5.7., 5.7.1.1.
                                                                                                      support on framed floors, 9.23.9.8.                          Water closets
                                                                                                      supports, 9.23.9.8.                                            bathtubs, 3.7.2.8.
                                                                                                      thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1.                                  doorways, 9.5.5.2.
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.20.6.                                             in dwelling units, 9.31.4.1.
                                                                                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.                                 floor drains, 3.7.2.6.
                                                                                                    Walls, exterior                                                  grab bars, 3.7.2.7.
                                                                                                      in combustible construction, 3.1.4.8.                          for persons with disabilities, 3.8.3.14.
                                                                                                      continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.                            for persons with limited mobility, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.15.
                                                                                                      enclosing attic or roof space, 3.2.3.3.                        requirements, 3.7.2.2.
                                                                                                      exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14., 9.10.12.3.                 stalls, 3.8.3.12.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.2., 3.1.7.3., 3.2.3.7.,          surface protection, 3.7.2.5.
                                                                                                         3.2.3.11., 9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.   Waterflow detecting devices, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.15.,
                                                                                                      at firewall, 3.1.10.6.                                            3.2.5.14., 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.6.           Water heaters, solar, 9.36.4.3.
                                                                                                      restrictions on combustible projections, 3.2.3.6.,           Waterproof flooring, 9.30.1.2.
                                                                                                         9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.                                    Waterproofing
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.20.6.1.                                           floors-on-ground, 9.13.3.1., 9.13.3.5.
                                                                                                    Walls, interior                                                  installation, 5.6.1.2., 9.13.3.4.
                                                                                                      airtightness, 9.36.2.10.                                       installation standards, 9.26.15.1.
                                                                                                      finish, 9.29.                                                  material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.13.3.2., 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                      not fire separations, 9.10.12.3.                               preparation of surface, 9.13.3.3.
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.20.6.3.                                           protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.3.
                                                                                                    Wall studs (see Studs, steel; Studs, wood)                       requirement for, 9.13.3.1.
                                                                                                    Warehouses                                                       roofs, 5.6.1.2., 9.13.3.1., 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                      door swing, 3.3.1.11.                                          walls, 9.13.3.1., 9.13.3.3., 9.13.3.4.
                                                                                                      loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.                             Waterproof interior wall finish, 9.29.2.
                                                                                                      self-storage, 3.3.5.9., 9.9.6.4.                             Water supply
                                                                                                    Warm air outlets, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.                         for firefighting, 3.2.5.7., 3.2.5.9., 3.2.7.9.
                                                                                                    Warning lights, construction sites, 8.2.3.5.                     hot water, 9.31.4.2.
                                                                                                    Wash fountains, circular, 3.7.2.3.                               potable water, 9.31.3.
                                                                                                    Washrooms                                                      Water supply valves, 3.2.4.9.
                                                                                                      (see also Bathrooms)                                         Water systems
                                                                                                      barrier-free, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.9., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16.         dwelling units, 9.31.3.
                                                                                                      emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.                                   potable water, 9.31.3.1.
                                                                                                      floor drains, 3.7.2.6.                                       Weep holes, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6., 9.20.13.8.
                                                                                                      requirements, 3.7.2.2.                                       Welding operations room, 3.3.1.26.
                                                                                                      self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.2.                     Wells
                                                                                                      signage, 3.8.3.9.                                              dry, 9.14.5.3.
                                                                                                      surface protection, 3.7.2.5.                                   water supply, 9.14.6.2.
                                                                                                      universal, 3.8.3.13.                                         Wheelchair spaces, and path of travel, 3.8.2.3.,
                                                                                                    Waste material                                                      3.8.3.22.
                                                                                                      chutes, 8.2.5.4.                                             Wheelchair turning space, universal washrooms,
                                                                                                      enclosures, 8.2.5.3.                                              3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      removal, 8.2.5.2.                                            Winders, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.4.6.
                                                                                                    Water                                                          Wind load
                                                                                                      (see also Groundwater)                                         and air barrier systems, 9.25.3.2.
                                                                                                      accumulation, 5.6.2.2., 5.7.1.1.                               anchorage of building frames, 9.23.6.1.
                                                                                                      bottle filling station, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.11.                    bracing to resist, 9.23.13.
                                                                                                      drainage, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.                                      calculation of, 4.1.7., 5.2.1.3., 5.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      drainage disposal, 9.14.5.                                     dynamic effects, 4.1.7.2.
                                                                                                      in excavations, 9.12.1.2.                                      dynamic procedure, 4.1.7.8.
                                                                                                      flooring resistant to, 9.30.1.2.                               environmental separation, 5.1.4.1.
                                                                                                      ingress, 5.7.1.1.                                              exterior ornamentations, equipment and
                                                                                                      protection against, application of Code, 9.13.1.1.                appendages, 4.1.7.11.
                                                                                                      protection against, in exterior insulation finish              external pressure coefficients, 4.1.7.5.
                                                                                                         systems, 5.9.4.1.                                           external pressure coefficients, low buildings,
                                                                                                      protection against, in fenestration, 5.9.3.5.                     4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                      protection against hydrostatic pressure, 5.7.2.                fasteners for sheathing or subflooring, 9.23.3.5.
                                                                                                      protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.                            full and partial, 4.1.7.9.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1                                                                       Index
                                                                                                      interior walls and partitions, 4.1.7.10.                     in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12., 9.10.14.4.
                                                                                                      internal pressure coefficient, 4.1.7.7.                      uses, 9.6.1.4.
                                                                                                      pressure differences due to, 4.1.7.10., 5.4.1.2.             in windows, doors and skylights, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.1.
                                                                                                      roof sheathing, 9.23.16.1.                                 Wires and cables
                                                                                                      specified, 4.1.7.1.                                          in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3.
                                                                                                      static procedure, 4.1.7.3.                                   electrical, 3.2.6.5., 9.34., 9.34.1.5.
                                                                                                      and structural design, 4.1.7.                                in fire separations, 9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                      structural strength, 9.4.1.1., 9.6.1.3.                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21.
                                                                                                      topographic factor, 4.1.7.4., 9.6.1.3.                       penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2.
                                                                                                      wind tunnel procedure, 4.1.7.14.                             in plenums, 3.6.4.3.
                                                                                                    Windows                                                        protection of electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10.
                                                                                                      (see also Closures; Fenestration; Glass; Skylights)          storage, 3.3.6.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      access for firefighting, 9.10.20.1.                        Wood
                                                                                                      airtightness, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4., 9.36.2.9.,         bracing, 9.23.13.
                                                                                                          9.36.2.10.                                               cant strips, 9.26.4.6., 9.26.4.7., 9.26.11.10.
                                                                                                      barriers or railings with, 3.3.1.20.                         columns, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.4., 9.35.4.2.
                                                                                                      in bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.                                       design and construction, 9.23.
                                                                                                      caulking and sealing, 9.7.4., 9.20.13.11., 9.27.4.           door frames, 9.10.13.3.
                                                                                                      as closures, 3.1.8.5.                                        doors, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.32.2.2.                                        fire-resistance rating, 9.10.6.2.
                                                                                                      in exits, 9.9.4.5.                                           fire-retardant-treated (see Fire-retardant-treated
                                                                                                      in exposing building faces, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.              wood)
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.20.13.3., 9.20.13.4., 9.20.13.12., 9.27.3.8.     floor beams, 9.23.8.1.
                                                                                                      glass thickness, 9.6.1.3.                                    floor joists, 9.23.9.
                                                                                                      for housing and small buildings, 9.7.                        flooring, 9.30.3., 9.30.4.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.7.6.                                         floors-on-ground, 9.16.5.
                                                                                                      manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4.                       floor supports, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.,
                                                                                                      as means of egress, 9.7.2.2.                                    9.30.1.3.
                                                                                                      for natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2.                           foundations, 4.2.3.1., 4.2.3.2., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4.                     in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                      not a means of egress, 9.9.2.3.                              in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.3.,
                                                                                                      opening into window wells, 9.9.10.1.                            3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.8., 3.1.5.10.
                                                                                                      openings, 9.8.8.1., 9.9.10.1.                                preservative treatment, 4.2.3.2., 9.8.9.3., 9.23.2.2.,
                                                                                                      performance expectations, 9.7.3.                                9.23.2.3.
                                                                                                      protection of, 3.3.4.8.                                      roofs, 3.1.14.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.16.
                                                                                                      protection in public areas, 9.8.8.1.                         shingles and shakes, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.2.3., 9.26.3.1.,
                                                                                                      protection in residential occupancy, 9.8.8.1.                   9.26.9., 9.26.10., 9.27.7.
                                                                                                      requirements, 9.7.2.2.                                       siding, 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8., 9.27.9., 9.27.10.
                                                                                                      resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.3.                         stairs, 9.8.9.3., 9.8.9.4.
                                                                                                      sills, 9.20.13.12., 9.27.3.8.                                structural design basis, 4.3.1.
                                                                                                      site-built, 9.7.5.                                         Wood blocking
                                                                                                      standard for, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.2., 9.7.4.                     cladding, 9.23.10.5., 9.27.5.2.
                                                                                                      thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.                           doors, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                      thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.11.                   with handrails, 9.8.7.7.
                                                                                                      thermal transmittance (U-value), 9.7.3.3.                    interior finishing materials, 9.23.10.5.
                                                                                                      unobstructed opening area, 9.9.10.1., 9.32.2.2.              joists, 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4., 9.23.14.9.
                                                                                                      watertightness, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4.                   nailing, 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                      wind load resistance, 5.2.2.2., 9.7.4.                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.
                                                                                                    Window walls (see Fenestration)                                rafters and joists, 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                    Window wells, 9.9.10.1., 9.14.6.3.                             roof edges, 9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.
                                                                                                    Wind tunnel procedure, 4.1.7.14.                               subflooring, 9.23.15.3.
                                                                                                    Wired glass                                                    walls, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.2.
                                                                                                      area limits, 3.1.8.18.                                     Wood-burning appliances
                                                                                                      area limits waived, 3.1.8.19.                                chimney liners, 9.21.3.9., 9.22.2.3.
                                                                                                      as closure, 9.10.13.5.                                       chimneys and flues, 6.3.3.2., 6.3.3.3., 9.21.1.1.,
                                                                                                      in exits, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3.                                   9.21.2.1., 9.21.2.2., 9.33.10.2.
                                                                                                      in fire separations, 3.1.8.16.                               ducts serving, 3.6.5.8., 9.33.6.13.
                                                                                                      in guards, 9.8.8.7.                                          factory-built fireplaces, 9.22.1.4., 9.22.8.1.
                                                                                                      not to be used as closures, 3.2.3.5.                         hearth-mounted stoves, 9.22.10.
                                                                                                      temperature rise limits waived, 3.1.8.19.                    inserts, 9.22.10.
                                                                                                      in transparent panels and doors, 3.3.1.20.                   installation, 3.6.2.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1
                                                                                                     installation standard, 6.2.1.5., 9.22.10.2., 9.31.6.2.
                                                                                                     masonry fireplaces, 9.22.
                                                                                                     product standards, 9.22.2.3., 9.22.8.1., 9.22.10.1.,
                                                                                                         9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                     protection against depressurization, 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                     venting, 6.3.3.1., 9.33.10.1.
                                                                                                    Wood-frame construction
                                                                                                     alternative structural components, 9.23.1.1.
                                                                                                     beams to support floors, 9.23.8.
                                                                                                     bracing for earthquake and wind loads, 9.23.13.
                                                                                                     fasteners, 9.23.3.
                                                                                                     floor joists, 9.23.9.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     framing over openings, 9.23.12.
                                                                                                     housing and small buildings, 9.23.
                                                                                                     maximum spans, 9.23.4.
                                                                                                     notching and drilling, 9.23.5.
                                                                                                     roof and ceiling framing, 9.23.14.
                                                                                                     roof sheathing, 9.23.16.
                                                                                                     sill plates, 9.23.7.
                                                                                                     subflooring, 9.23.15.
                                                                                                     wall plates, 9.23.11.
                                                                                                     wall sheathing, 9.23.17.
                                                                                                     wall studs, 9.23.10.
                                                                                                    Wood products
                                                                                                     dimensions, 9.3.2.6., 9.3.2.7.
                                                                                                     for housing and small buildings, 9.3.2.
                                                                                                     preservative treatment, 9.3.2.9.
                                                                                                     protection against moisture, 9.3.2.9.
                                                                                                     undersized, 9.3.2.8.
                                                                                                    Workmanship review, 2.2.7.4. [C]


                                                                                                                               Y
                                                                                                    Yard, as access for firefighters, 9.10.20.3.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 1            Index
                                                                                                                   Conversion Factors

                                                                                                    To Convert                   To        Multiply by
                                                                                                    °C                    °F               1.8 and add 32
                                                                                                    kg                    lb.                       2.205
                                                                                                    kPa                   lbf/in.2(psi)            0.1450
                                                                                                    kPa                   lbf/ft.2                  20.88
                                                                                                    kW                    Btu/h                     3412




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    L                     gal. (imp.)              0.2200
                                                                                                    L/s                   gal./min (gpm)            13.20
                                                                                                    lx                    ft.-candle              0.09290
                                                                                                    m                     ft.                       3.281
                                                                                                    m2                    ft.2                      10.76
                                                                                                    m3                    ft.3                      35.31
                                                                                                    mm                    in.                    0.03937
                                                                                                    m3/h                  ft.3/min (cfm)           0.5886
                                                                                                    m/s                   ft./min                   196.8
                                                                                                    MJ                    Btu                       947.8
                                                                                                    N                     lbf                      0.2248
                                                                                                    ng/(Pa×s×m2)          Btu/h                     3.412
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    National Building Code
                                                                                                    of Canada
                                                                                                    2020
                                                                                                    Volume 2




                                                                                                    Issued by the
                                                                                                    Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes
                                                                                                    National Research Council of Canada
                                                                                                                   First Edition 1941




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                Second Edition 1953
                                                                                                                  Third Edition 1960
                                                                                                                 Fourth Edition 1965
                                                                                                                   Fifth Edition 1970
                                                                                                                  Sixth Edition 1975
                                                                                                                Seventh Edition 1977
                                                                                                                 Eighth Edition 1980
                                                                                                                  Ninth Edition 1985
                                                                                                                  Tenth Edition 1990
                                                                                                                Eleventh Edition 1995
                                                                                                                 Twelfth Edition 2005
                                                                                                               Thirteenth Edition 2010
                                                                                                               Fourteenth Edition 2015
                                                                                                                Fifteenth Edition 2020



                                                                                                    Paper:   ISBN 978-0-660-37913-5      NR24-28/2020E
                                                                                                    PDF:     ISBN 978-0-660-37912-8      NR24-28/2020E-PDF



                                                                                                                NRCC-CONST-56435E

                                                                                                     © National Research Council of Canada 2022
                                                                                                                       Ottawa
                                                                                                                World Rights Reserved




                                                                                                                  Printed in Canada

                                                                                                                     First Printing




                                                                                                             Aussi disponible en français :
                                                                                                       Code national du bâtiment – Canada 2020
                                                                                                                NRCC-CONST-56435F
                                                                                                          Papier : ISBN 978-0-660-37915-9
                                                                                                          PDF : ISBN 978-0-660-37914-2
                                                                                                    Table of Contents

                                                                                                                                                     Volume 1
                                                                                                      Preface
                                                                                                      Relationship of the NBC to Standards Development and Conformity Assessment
                                                                                                      Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes and Standing Committees




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      Division A           Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                         Part 1               Compliance
                                                                                                         Part 2               Objectives
                                                                                                         Part 3               Functional Statements

                                                                                                      Division B           Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                         Part 1               General
                                                                                                         Part 2               Farm Buildings
                                                                                                         Part 3               Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility
                                                                                                         Part 4               Structural Design
                                                                                                         Part 5               Environmental Separation
                                                                                                         Part 6               Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning
                                                                                                         Part 7               Plumbing Services
                                                                                                         Part 8               Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites
                                                                                                         Appendix C           Climatic and Seismic Information
                                                                                                         Appendix D           Fire-Performance Ratings

                                                                                                      Division C           Administrative Provisions
                                                                                                         Part 1               General
                                                                                                         Part 2               Administrative Provisions

                                                                                                      Index

                                                                                                                                                     Volume 2
                                                                                                      Division B           Acceptable Solutions
                                                                                                         Part 9               Housing and Small Buildings

                                                                                                      Index




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                          Division B
                                                                   Acceptable Solutions
Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 9
                                                                                                    Housing and Small Buildings




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      9.1.          General
                                                                                                      9.1.1.        Application ........................................ 9-1
                                                                                                      9.1.2.        Limits on Floor Area ........................ 9-1

                                                                                                      9.2.          Definitions
                                                                                                      9.2.1.        General .............................................. 9-1

                                                                                                      9.3.          Materials, Systems and
                                                                                                                    Equipment
                                                                                                      9.3.1.        Concrete ............................................ 9-1
                                                                                                      9.3.2.        Lumber and Wood Products ........... 9-3
                                                                                                      9.3.3.        Metal .................................................. 9-6

                                                                                                      9.4.          Structural Requirements
                                                                                                      9.4.1.        Structural Design Requirements
                                                                                                                    and Application Limitations ............ 9-6
                                                                                                      9.4.2.        Specified Loads ................................ 9-7
                                                                                                      9.4.3.        Deflections ........................................ 9-8
                                                                                                      9.4.4.        Foundation Conditions .................... 9-9

                                                                                                      9.5.          Design of Areas and
                                                                                                                    Spaces
                                                                                                      9.5.1.        General ............................................ 9-10
                                                                                                      9.5.2.        Barrier-Free Design ........................ 9-10
                                                                                                      9.5.3.        Ceiling Heights ............................... 9-11
                                                                                                      9.5.4.        Hallways .......................................... 9-11
                                                                                                      9.5.5.        Doorway Sizes ................................ 9-12

                                                                                                      9.6.          Glass
                                                                                                      9.6.1.        General ............................................ 9-12

                                                                                                      9.7.          Windows, Doors and
                                                                                                                    Skylights
                                                                                                      9.7.1.        General ............................................ 9-16
                                                                                                      9.7.2.        Required Windows, Doors and
                                                                                                                    Skylights ......................................... 9-16
                                                                                                      9.7.3.        Performance of Windows,
                                                                                                                    Doors and Skylights ...................... 9-17
                                                                                                      9.7.4.        Manufactured Windows, Doors
                                                                                                                    and Skylights .................................. 9-18
                                                                                                      9.7.5.        Site-built Windows, Doors and
                                                                                                                    Skylights ......................................... 9-19
                                                                                                      9.7.6.        Installation ...................................... 9-20

                                                                                                      9.8.          Stairs, Ramps, Handrails
                                                                                                                    and Guards
                                                                                                      9.8.1.        Application ...................................... 9-21
                                                                                                      9.8.2.        Stair Dimensions ............................ 9-21
                                                                                                      9.8.3.        Stair Configurations ....................... 9-22


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    9.8.4.     Step Dimensions ............................ 9-22
                                                                                                    9.8.5.     Ramps ............................................. 9-25
                                                                                                    9.8.6.     Landings ......................................... 9-26
                                                                                                    9.8.7.     Handrails ......................................... 9-27
                                                                                                    9.8.8.     Guards ............................................. 9-29
                                                                                                    9.8.9.     Construction ................................... 9-31
                                                                                                    9.8.10.    Cantilevered Precast Concrete
                                                                                                               Steps ............................................... 9-32

                                                                                                    9.9.       Means of Egress
                                                                                                    9.9.1.     General ............................................ 9-33
                                                                                                    9.9.2.     Types and Purpose of Exits .......... 9-33




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.9.3.     Dimensions of Means of Egress ... 9-34
                                                                                                    9.9.4.     Fire Protection of Exits .................. 9-34
                                                                                                    9.9.5.     Obstructions and Hazards in
                                                                                                               Means of Egress ............................. 9-36
                                                                                                    9.9.6.     Doors in a Means of Egress .......... 9-37
                                                                                                    9.9.7.     Access to Exits ............................... 9-39
                                                                                                    9.9.8.     Exits from Floor Areas ................... 9-40
                                                                                                    9.9.9.     Egress from Dwelling Units ........... 9-42
                                                                                                    9.9.10.    Egress from Bedrooms .................. 9-43
                                                                                                    9.9.11.    Signs ............................................... 9-43
                                                                                                    9.9.12.    Lighting ........................................... 9-44

                                                                                                    9.10.      Fire Protection
                                                                                                    9.10.1.    Definitions and Application ........... 9-45
                                                                                                    9.10.2.    Occupancy Classification ............. 9-46
                                                                                                    9.10.3.    Ratings ............................................ 9-48
                                                                                                    9.10.4.    Building Size Determination ......... 9-49
                                                                                                    9.10.5.    Permitted Openings in Wall and
                                                                                                               Ceiling Membranes ........................ 9-50
                                                                                                    9.10.6.    Construction Types ........................ 9-50
                                                                                                    9.10.7.    Steel Members ................................ 9-50
                                                                                                    9.10.8.    Fire Resistance and
                                                                                                               Combustibility in Relation
                                                                                                               to Occupancy, Height and
                                                                                                               Supported Elements ...................... 9-50
                                                                                                    9.10.9.    Fire Separations and
                                                                                                               Smoke-tight Barriers between
                                                                                                               Rooms and Spaces within
                                                                                                               Buildings ......................................... 9-52
                                                                                                    9.10.10.   Service Rooms ............................... 9-58
                                                                                                    9.10.11.   Firewalls .......................................... 9-59
                                                                                                    9.10.12.   Prevention of Fire Spread at
                                                                                                               Exterior Walls and between
                                                                                                               Storeys ............................................ 9-60
                                                                                                    9.10.13.   Doors, Dampers and Other
                                                                                                               Closures in Fire Separations ......... 9-61
                                                                                                    9.10.14.   Spatial Separation Between
                                                                                                               Buildings ......................................... 9-64
                                                                                                    9.10.15.   Spatial Separation Between
                                                                                                               Houses ............................................ 9-69
                                                                                                    9.10.16.   Fire Blocks ...................................... 9-74
                                                                                                    9.10.17.   Flame-Spread Limits ...................... 9-75
                                                                                                    9.10.18.   Alarm and Detection Systems ....... 9-77
                                                                                                    9.10.19.   Smoke Alarms ................................ 9-78
                                                                                                    9.10.20.   Firefighting ..................................... 9-80
                                                                                                    9.10.21.   Fire Protection for Construction
                                                                                                               Camps ............................................. 9-81
                                                                                                    9.10.22.   Fire Protection for Gas, Propane
                                                                                                               and Electric Cooktops and
                                                                                                               Ovens .............................................. 9-82



                                                                                                                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                      9.11.         Sound Transmission
                                                                                                      9.11.1.       Protection from Airborne Noise .... 9-83

                                                                                                      9.12.         Excavation
                                                                                                      9.12.1.       General ............................................ 9-85
                                                                                                      9.12.2.       Depth ............................................... 9-85
                                                                                                      9.12.3.       Backfill ............................................ 9-86
                                                                                                      9.12.4.       Trenches beneath Footings ........... 9-87

                                                                                                      9.13.         Dampproofing,
                                                                                                                    Waterproofing and Soil
                                                                                                                    Gas Control




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      9.13.1.       General ............................................ 9-87
                                                                                                      9.13.2.       Dampproofing ................................. 9-87
                                                                                                      9.13.3.       Waterproofing ................................. 9-89
                                                                                                      9.13.4.       Soil Gas Control ............................. 9-91

                                                                                                      9.14.         Drainage
                                                                                                      9.14.1.       Scope .............................................. 9-92
                                                                                                      9.14.2.       Foundation Drainage ..................... 9-92
                                                                                                      9.14.3.       Drainage Tile and Pipe ................... 9-92
                                                                                                      9.14.4.       Granular Drainage Layer ............... 9-93
                                                                                                      9.14.5.       Drainage Disposal .......................... 9-93
                                                                                                      9.14.6.       Surface Drainage ............................ 9-94

                                                                                                      9.15.         Footings and
                                                                                                                    Foundations
                                                                                                      9.15.1.       Application ...................................... 9-94
                                                                                                      9.15.2.       General ............................................ 9-95
                                                                                                      9.15.3.       Footings .......................................... 9-96
                                                                                                      9.15.4.       Foundation Walls ........................... 9-98
                                                                                                      9.15.5.       Support of Joists and Beams
                                                                                                                    on Masonry Foundation Walls .... 9-102
                                                                                                      9.15.6.       Parging and Finishing of
                                                                                                                    Masonry Foundation Walls .......... 9-103

                                                                                                      9.16.         Floors-on-Ground
                                                                                                      9.16.1.       Scope ............................................ 9-103
                                                                                                      9.16.2.       Material beneath Floors ............... 9-103
                                                                                                      9.16.3.       Drainage ........................................ 9-104
                                                                                                      9.16.4.       Concrete ........................................ 9-104
                                                                                                      9.16.5.       Wood ............................................. 9-105

                                                                                                      9.17.         Columns
                                                                                                      9.17.1.       Scope ............................................ 9-105
                                                                                                      9.17.2.       General .......................................... 9-105
                                                                                                      9.17.3.       Steel Columns .............................. 9-106
                                                                                                      9.17.4.       Wood Columns ............................. 9-106
                                                                                                      9.17.5.       Unit Masonry Columns ................ 9-107
                                                                                                      9.17.6.       Solid Concrete Columns ............. 9-107

                                                                                                      9.18.         Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                      9.18.1.       General .......................................... 9-107
                                                                                                      9.18.2.       Access ........................................... 9-107
                                                                                                      9.18.3.       Ventilation ..................................... 9-108
                                                                                                      9.18.4.       Clearance ...................................... 9-108
                                                                                                      9.18.5.       Drainage ........................................ 9-108
                                                                                                      9.18.6.       Ground Cover ............................... 9-108
                                                                                                      9.18.7.       Fire Protection .............................. 9-109

                                                                                                      9.19.         Roof Spaces
                                                                                                      9.19.1.       Venting .......................................... 9-109
                                                                                                      9.19.2.       Access ........................................... 9-110


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                    9.20.      Masonry and Insulating
                                                                                                               Concrete Form Walls
                                                                                                               Not In Contact with the
                                                                                                               Ground
                                                                                                    9.20.1.    Application .................................... 9-110
                                                                                                    9.20.2.    Masonry Units .............................. 9-111
                                                                                                    9.20.3.    Mortar ............................................ 9-112
                                                                                                    9.20.4.    Mortar Joints ................................ 9-113
                                                                                                    9.20.5.    Masonry Support ......................... 9-114
                                                                                                    9.20.6.    Thickness and Height .................. 9-114
                                                                                                    9.20.7.    Chases and Recesses ................. 9-115




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.20.8.    Support of Loads ......................... 9-116
                                                                                                    9.20.9.    Bonding and Tying ....................... 9-117
                                                                                                    9.20.10.   Lateral Support ............................ 9-118
                                                                                                    9.20.11.   Anchorage of Roofs, Floors and
                                                                                                               Intersecting Walls ......................... 9-119
                                                                                                    9.20.12.   Corbelling ..................................... 9-120
                                                                                                    9.20.13.   Control of Rainwater
                                                                                                               Penetration ................................... 9-120
                                                                                                    9.20.14.   Protection during Work ................ 9-122
                                                                                                    9.20.15.   Reinforcement for Earthquake
                                                                                                               Resistance .................................... 9-123
                                                                                                    9.20.16.   Corrosion Resistance .................. 9-123
                                                                                                    9.20.17.   Above-Ground Flat Insulating
                                                                                                               Concrete Form Walls .................... 9-123

                                                                                                    9.21.      Masonry and Concrete
                                                                                                               Chimneys and Flues
                                                                                                    9.21.1.    General .......................................... 9-125
                                                                                                    9.21.2.    Chimney Flues .............................. 9-125
                                                                                                    9.21.3.    Chimney Lining ............................ 9-127
                                                                                                    9.21.4.    Masonry and Concrete Chimney
                                                                                                               Construction ................................. 9-128
                                                                                                    9.21.5.    Clearance from Combustible
                                                                                                               Construction ................................. 9-129

                                                                                                    9.22.      Fireplaces
                                                                                                    9.22.1.    General .......................................... 9-130
                                                                                                    9.22.2.    Fireplace Liners ............................ 9-130
                                                                                                    9.22.3.    Fireplace Walls ............................. 9-130
                                                                                                    9.22.4.    Fire Chamber ................................ 9-131
                                                                                                    9.22.5.    Hearth ............................................ 9-131
                                                                                                    9.22.6.    Damper .......................................... 9-131
                                                                                                    9.22.7.    Smoke Chamber ........................... 9-131
                                                                                                    9.22.8.    Factory-Built Fireplaces .............. 9-131
                                                                                                    9.22.9.    Clearance of Combustible
                                                                                                               Material .......................................... 9-131
                                                                                                    9.22.10.   Fireplace Inserts and
                                                                                                               Hearth-Mounted Stoves ............... 9-132

                                                                                                    9.23.      Wood-Frame
                                                                                                               Construction
                                                                                                    9.23.1.    Application .................................... 9-132
                                                                                                    9.23.2.    General .......................................... 9-133
                                                                                                    9.23.3.    Fasteners and Connectors .......... 9-133
                                                                                                    9.23.4.    Maximum Spans ........................... 9-137
                                                                                                    9.23.5.    Notching and Drilling ................... 9-139
                                                                                                    9.23.6.    Anchorage .................................... 9-140
                                                                                                    9.23.7.    Sill Plates ...................................... 9-141
                                                                                                    9.23.8.    Beams to Support Floors ............ 9-142
                                                                                                    9.23.9.    Floor Joists ................................... 9-142
                                                                                                    9.23.10.   Wall Studs ..................................... 9-144


                                                                                                                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                      9.23.11.      Wall Plates .................................... 9-146
                                                                                                      9.23.12.      Framing over Openings ............... 9-147
                                                                                                      9.23.13.      Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads
                                                                                                                    Due to Wind and Earthquake ...... 9-148
                                                                                                      9.23.14.      Roof and Ceiling Framing ............ 9-153
                                                                                                      9.23.15.      Subflooring ................................... 9-156
                                                                                                      9.23.16.      Roof Sheathing ............................. 9-158
                                                                                                      9.23.17.      Wall Sheathing ............................. 9-159

                                                                                                      9.24.         Sheet Steel Stud Wall
                                                                                                                    Framing
                                                                                                      9.24.1.       General .......................................... 9-161




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      9.24.2.       Size of Framing ............................. 9-161
                                                                                                      9.24.3.       Installation .................................... 9-163

                                                                                                      9.25.         Heat Transfer,
                                                                                                                    Air Leakage and
                                                                                                                    Condensation Control
                                                                                                      9.25.1.       General .......................................... 9-164
                                                                                                      9.25.2.       Thermal Insulation ....................... 9-164
                                                                                                      9.25.3.       Air Barrier Systems ...................... 9-166
                                                                                                      9.25.4.       Vapour Barriers ............................ 9-168
                                                                                                      9.25.5.       Properties and Position of
                                                                                                                    Materials in the Building
                                                                                                                    Envelope ....................................... 9-169

                                                                                                      9.26.         Roofing
                                                                                                      9.26.1.       General .......................................... 9-170
                                                                                                      9.26.2.       Roofing Materials ......................... 9-170
                                                                                                      9.26.3.       Slope of Roofed Surfaces ........... 9-172
                                                                                                      9.26.4.       Flashing at Intersections ............. 9-173
                                                                                                      9.26.5.       Eave Protection for Shingles
                                                                                                                    and Shakes ................................... 9-175
                                                                                                      9.26.6.       Underlay beneath Shingles ......... 9-175
                                                                                                      9.26.7.       Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of
                                                                                                                    1 in 3 or Greater ............................ 9-176
                                                                                                      9.26.8.       Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of
                                                                                                                    less than 1 in 3 ............................. 9-177
                                                                                                      9.26.9.       Wood Roof Shingles .................... 9-177
                                                                                                      9.26.10.      Cedar Roof Shakes ...................... 9-178
                                                                                                      9.26.11.      Built-Up Roofs .............................. 9-179
                                                                                                      9.26.12.      Selvage Roofing ........................... 9-180
                                                                                                      9.26.13.      Sheet Metal Roofing ..................... 9-180
                                                                                                      9.26.14.      Glass Reinforced Polyester
                                                                                                                    Roofing .......................................... 9-181
                                                                                                      9.26.15.      Hot Applied Rubberized Asphalt
                                                                                                                    Roofing .......................................... 9-181
                                                                                                      9.26.16.      Polyvinyl Chloride Sheet
                                                                                                                    Roofing .......................................... 9-181
                                                                                                      9.26.17.      Concrete Roof Tiles ..................... 9-181
                                                                                                      9.26.18.      Roof Drains and Downspouts ..... 9-181

                                                                                                      9.27.         Cladding
                                                                                                      9.27.1.       Application .................................... 9-181
                                                                                                      9.27.2.       Required Protection from
                                                                                                                    Precipitation ................................. 9-182
                                                                                                      9.27.3.       Second Plane of Protection ......... 9-184
                                                                                                      9.27.4.       Sealants ........................................ 9-186
                                                                                                      9.27.5.       Attachment of Cladding ............... 9-187
                                                                                                      9.27.6.       Lumber Siding .............................. 9-189
                                                                                                      9.27.7.       Wood Shingles and Shakes ........ 9-190
                                                                                                      9.27.8.       Plywood ........................................ 9-191


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    9.27.9.    Hardboard ..................................... 9-192
                                                                                                    9.27.10.   OSB and Waferboard ................... 9-192
                                                                                                    9.27.11.   Metal .............................................. 9-193
                                                                                                    9.27.12.   Vinyl Siding, Insulated Vinyl
                                                                                                               Siding and Vinyl Soffits ............... 9-193
                                                                                                    9.27.13.   Polypropylene Siding ................... 9-194
                                                                                                    9.27.14.   Exterior Insulation Finish
                                                                                                               Systems ......................................... 9-194

                                                                                                    9.28.      Stucco
                                                                                                    9.28.1.    General .......................................... 9-194
                                                                                                    9.28.2.    Stucco Materials ........................... 9-195




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.28.3.    Fasteners ...................................... 9-196
                                                                                                    9.28.4.    Stucco Lath ................................... 9-196
                                                                                                    9.28.5.    Stucco Mixes ................................ 9-197
                                                                                                    9.28.6.    Stucco Application ....................... 9-197

                                                                                                    9.29.      Interior Wall and Ceiling
                                                                                                               Finishes
                                                                                                    9.29.1.    General .......................................... 9-198
                                                                                                    9.29.2.    Waterproof Wall Finish ................ 9-198
                                                                                                    9.29.3.    Wood Furring ................................ 9-198
                                                                                                    9.29.4.    Plastering ...................................... 9-199
                                                                                                    9.29.5.    Gypsum Board Finish (Taped
                                                                                                               Joints) ........................................... 9-199
                                                                                                    9.29.6.    Plywood Finish ............................. 9-201
                                                                                                    9.29.7.    Hardboard Finish .......................... 9-202
                                                                                                    9.29.8.    Insulating Fibreboard Finish ....... 9-203
                                                                                                    9.29.9.    Particleboard, OSB or
                                                                                                               Waferboard Finish ........................ 9-203
                                                                                                    9.29.10.   Wall Tile Finish ............................. 9-204

                                                                                                    9.30.      Flooring
                                                                                                    9.30.1.    General .......................................... 9-204
                                                                                                    9.30.2.    Panel-Type Underlay .................... 9-205
                                                                                                    9.30.3.    Wood Strip Flooring ..................... 9-206
                                                                                                    9.30.4.    Parquet Flooring ........................... 9-207
                                                                                                    9.30.5.    Resilient Flooring ......................... 9-207
                                                                                                    9.30.6.    Ceramic Tile .................................. 9-207

                                                                                                    9.31.      Plumbing Facilities
                                                                                                    9.31.1.    Scope ............................................ 9-207
                                                                                                    9.31.2.    General .......................................... 9-207
                                                                                                    9.31.3.    Water Supply and Distribution .... 9-208
                                                                                                    9.31.4.    Required Facilities ....................... 9-208
                                                                                                    9.31.5.    Sewage Disposal .......................... 9-208
                                                                                                    9.31.6.    Service Water Heating
                                                                                                               Facilities ........................................ 9-208

                                                                                                    9.32.      Ventilation
                                                                                                    9.32.1.    General .......................................... 9-209
                                                                                                    9.32.2.    Non-Heating-Season
                                                                                                               Ventilation ..................................... 9-210
                                                                                                    9.32.3.    Heating-Season Mechanical
                                                                                                               Ventilation ..................................... 9-212

                                                                                                    9.33.      Heating and
                                                                                                               Air-conditioning
                                                                                                    9.33.1.    General .......................................... 9-223
                                                                                                    9.33.2.    Required Heating Systems .......... 9-223
                                                                                                    9.33.3.    Design Temperatures ................... 9-223




                                                                                                                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                      9.33.4.       General Requirements for
                                                                                                                    Heating and Air-conditioning
                                                                                                                    Systems ......................................... 9-224
                                                                                                      9.33.5.       Heating and Air-conditioning
                                                                                                                    Appliances and Equipment ......... 9-225
                                                                                                      9.33.6.       Air Duct Systems .......................... 9-225
                                                                                                      9.33.7.       Radiators and Convectors ........... 9-230
                                                                                                      9.33.8.       Piping for Heating and Cooling
                                                                                                                    Systems ......................................... 9-231
                                                                                                      9.33.9.       Refrigerating Systems and
                                                                                                                    Equipment for Air-conditioning .. 9-232
                                                                                                      9.33.10.      Chimneys and Venting




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                    Equipment ..................................... 9-232

                                                                                                      9.34.         Electrical Facilities
                                                                                                      9.34.1.       General .......................................... 9-232
                                                                                                      9.34.2.       Lighting Outlets ............................ 9-233
                                                                                                      9.34.3.       Emergency Lighting ..................... 9-234

                                                                                                      9.35.         Garages and Carports
                                                                                                      9.35.1.       Scope ............................................ 9-234
                                                                                                      9.35.2.       General .......................................... 9-235
                                                                                                      9.35.3.       Foundations .................................. 9-235
                                                                                                      9.35.4.       Walls and Columns ...................... 9-236

                                                                                                      9.36.         Energy Efficiency
                                                                                                      9.36.1.       General .......................................... 9-236
                                                                                                      9.36.2.       Building Envelope ........................ 9-237
                                                                                                      9.36.3.       HVAC Requirements .................... 9-249
                                                                                                      9.36.4.       Service Water Heating Systems .. 9-255
                                                                                                      9.36.5.       Energy Performance
                                                                                                                    Compliance ................................... 9-258
                                                                                                      9.36.6.       Airtightness of Building
                                                                                                                    Envelope ....................................... 9-270
                                                                                                      9.36.7.       Tiered Energy Performance
                                                                                                                    Compliance: Performance Path .. 9-272
                                                                                                      9.36.8.       Tiered Energy Performance
                                                                                                                    Compliance: Prescriptive Path ... 9-274

                                                                                                      9.37.         Objectives and
                                                                                                                    Functional Statements
                                                                                                      9.37.1.       Objectives and Functional
                                                                                                                    Statements .................................... 9-281

                                                                                                                    Fire and Sound
                                                                                                                    Resistance Tables ......... 9-395
                                                                                                                    Span Tables ................... 9-477
                                                                                                                    Notes to Part 9 .............. 9-511




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Part 9
                                                                                                    Housing and Small Buildings




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 9.1. General
                                                                                                    9.1.1.           Application
                                                                                                    9.1.1.1.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) The application of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of
                                                                                                                     Division A. (See Note A-9.1.1.1.(1) regarding application to seasonally and
                                                                                                                     intermittently occupied buildings.)

                                                                                                    9.1.2.           Limits on Floor Area
                                                                                                    9.1.2.1.         Floor Area Limits for Secondary Suites
                                                                                                                        1) The total floor area of all storeys of a secondary suite shall be not more than the
                                                                                                                     lesser of
                                                                                                                         a) 80% of the total floor area of all storeys of the other dwelling unit, excluding
                                                                                                                             the garage floor area and common spaces serving both dwelling units, and
                                                                                                                         b) 80 m2.


                                                                                                    Section 9.2. Definitions
                                                                                                    9.2.1.           General
                                                                                                    9.2.1.1.         Defined Words
                                                                                                                         1) Words in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.


                                                                                                    Section 9.3. Materials, Systems and Equipment
                                                                                                    9.3.1.           Concrete
                                                                                                    9.3.1.1.         General
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.3.1.6. and 9.3.1.7.,
                                                                                                                     unreinforced and nominally reinforced concrete shall be designed, mixed, placed,
                                                                                                                     cured and tested in accordance with the requirements for “R” class concrete stated in
                                                                                                                     Section 9 of CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction.”
                                                                                                                       2) Unreinforced and nominally reinforced site-batched concrete shall be designed,
                                                                                                                     mixed, placed and cured in accordance with Articles 9.3.1.2. to 9.3.1.9.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), reinforced concrete shall be designed to
                                                                                                                     conform to the requirements of Part 4.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-1
                                                                                                    9.3.1.2.                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                        4) For flat insulating concrete form walls not exceeding 2 storeys in building
                                                                                                                     height and having a maximum floor to floor height of 3 m, in buildings of light-frame
                                                                                                                     construction, the concrete and reinforcing shall comply with Part 4 or
                                                                                                                         a) the concrete shall conform to CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials and methods
                                                                                                                             of concrete construction,” with a maximum aggregate size of 19 mm, and
                                                                                                                         b) the reinforcing shall
                                                                                                                                i) conform to CSA G30.18, “Carbon steel bars for concrete
                                                                                                                                   reinforcement,”
                                                                                                                               ii) have a minimum specified yield strength of 400 MPa, and
                                                                                                                              iii) be lapped a minimum of 450 mm for 10M bars and 650 mm
                                                                                                                                   for 15M bars (see also Articles 9.15.4.5. and 9.20.17.2.
                                                                                                                                   to 9.20.17.4.).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.3.1.2.         Cement
                                                                                                                       1) Cement shall meet the requirements of CSA A3001, “Cementitious Materials for
                                                                                                                     Use in Concrete.”

                                                                                                    9.3.1.3.         Concrete in Contact with Sulphate Soil
                                                                                                                        1) Concrete in contact with sulphate soil, which is deleterious to normal cement,
                                                                                                                     shall conform to the requirements in Clause 4.1.1.6 of CSA A23.1, “Concrete materials
                                                                                                                     and methods of concrete construction.”

                                                                                                    9.3.1.4.         Aggregates
                                                                                                                        1) Aggregates shall
                                                                                                                        a) consist of sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed air-cooled blast furnace slag,
                                                                                                                           expanded shale or expanded clay conforming to CSA A23.1, “Concrete
                                                                                                                           materials and methods of concrete construction,” and
                                                                                                                        b) be clean, well-graded and free of injurious amounts of organic and other
                                                                                                                           deleterious material.

                                                                                                    9.3.1.5.         Water
                                                                                                                        1) Water shall be clean and free of injurious amounts of oil, organic matter,
                                                                                                                     sediment or any other deleterious material.

                                                                                                    9.3.1.6.         Compressive Strength
                                                                                                                     (See also Article 9.12.4.1., Sentence 9.15.4.2.(1) and Article 9.18.6.1.)
                                                                                                                       1) Except as provided elsewhere in this Part, the compressive strength of
                                                                                                                     unreinforced concrete after 28 days shall be not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 15 MPa for walls, columns, fireplaces and chimneys, footings, foundation
                                                                                                                            walls, grade beams and piers,
                                                                                                                        b) 20 MPa for floors other than those in garages and carports, and
                                                                                                                        c) for garage and carport floors, and the exterior steps,
                                                                                                                               i) 32 MPa, or
                                                                                                                              ii) 30 MPa where indigenous aggregates do not achieve
                                                                                                                                  32 MPa with a 0.45 water to cementing material ratio.
                                                                                                                       2) Site-batched concrete used for garage and carport floors and exterior steps shall
                                                                                                                     have air entrainment of 5 to 8%.

                                                                                                    9.3.1.7.         Concrete Mixes
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.3.1.7.)
                                                                                                                        1) For pre-mixed concrete and for the site-batched concrete mixes described in
                                                                                                                     Table 9.3.1.7., the maximum ratio of water to cementing materials measured by weight
                                                                                                                     shall not exceed
                                                                                                                        a) 0.70 for walls, columns, fireplaces and chimneys, footings, foundation walls,
                                                                                                                            grade beams and piers,
                                                                                                                        b) 0.65 for floors other than those in garages and carports, and
                                                                                                                        c) 0.45 for garage and carport floors, and exterior steps.


                                                                                                    9-2 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           9.3.2.1.

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.3.1.7.
                                                                                                                                                            Site-Batched Concrete Mixes
                                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 9.3.1.7.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Materials, volume
                                                                                                          Maximum Size of Coarse                                         Fine Aggregate (damp average   Coarse Aggregate (gravel or
                                                                                                                                             Cementing Material
                                                                                                              Aggregate, mm                                                      coarse sand)                 crushed stone)
                                                                                                                                           Parts (1)          L              Parts                L      Parts                L
                                                                                                                    14                        1               28             1.75                 49      2                  56
                                                                                                                    20                        1               28             1.75                 49      2.5                70




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                    28                        1               28               2                  56      3                  84
                                                                                                                    40                        1               28               2                  56      3.5                98

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.3.1.7.:
                                                                                                    (1)   1 part cementing material = 1 × 40 kg bag


                                                                                                                              2) The size of aggregate in unreinforced site-batched concrete mixes referred to
                                                                                                                           in Sentence (1) shall not exceed
                                                                                                                               a) 1/5 the distance between the sides of vertical forms, or
                                                                                                                               b) 1/3 the thickness of flatwork.

                                                                                                    9.3.1.8.               Admixtures

                                                                                                                              1) Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C260, “Standard Specification for
                                                                                                                           Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete,” or ASTM C494/C494M, “Standard
                                                                                                                           Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete,” as applicable.

                                                                                                    9.3.1.9.               Cold Weather Requirements

                                                                                                                              1) When the air temperature is below 5°C, concrete shall be
                                                                                                                              a) kept at a temperature of not less than 10°C or more than 25°C while being
                                                                                                                                 mixed and placed, and
                                                                                                                              b) maintained at a temperature of not less than 10°C for 72 h after placing.

                                                                                                                              2) No frozen material or ice shall be used in concrete described in Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    9.3.2.                 Lumber and Wood Products

                                                                                                    9.3.2.1.               Grade Marking

                                                                                                                              1) Lumber for joists, rafters, trusses and beams and for the uses listed in
                                                                                                                           Table 9.3.2.1. shall be identified by a grade stamp to indicate its grade as determined by
                                                                                                                           NLGA 2017, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber.” (See Note A-9.3.2.1.(1).)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                       Division B 9-3
                                                                                                    9.3.2.2.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.3.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                  Minimum Lumber Grades for Specific End Uses
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.3.2.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                          Boards (1)
                                                                                                                                                                   Paragraph in the NLGA Grading Rules under                     Framing
                                                                                                                                                                            which boards are graded
                                                                                                                                 Use
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Eastern White
                                                                                                                                                                            All Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Pine & Red Pine       All Species
                                                                                                                                                                 Para 113                 Para 114          Para 118
                                                                                                      Stud wall framing (loadbearing members)                       —                        —                 —           Stud, Standard, No. 2




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      Stud wall framing (non-loadbearing members)                   —                        —                 —            Stud, Utility, No. 3
                                                                                                      Plank frame construction (loadbearing members)           No. 3 Common                  —            No. 3 Common            No. 2
                                                                                                      Plank frame construction (non-loadbearing members)       No. 5 Common                  —            No. 5 Common       Economy, No. 3
                                                                                                      Posts and beams less than 114 mm in thickness                  —                       —                  —            Standard, No. 2
                                                                                                      Posts and beams not less than 114 mm in thickness             —                        —                 —                 Standard
                                                                                                      Roof sheathing                                           No. 3 Common               Standard        No. 4 Common              —
                                                                                                      Subflooring                                              No. 3 Common               Standard        No. 3 Common              —
                                                                                                      Wall sheathing when required as a nailing base           No. 4 Common                Utility        No. 4 Common              —
                                                                                                      Wall sheathing not required as a nailing base            No. 5 Common               Economy         No. 5 Common              —


                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.3.2.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 9.3.2.1.


                                                                                                    9.3.2.2.              Lumber Grades

                                                                                                                             1) Except for joists, rafters, trusses and beams, visually graded lumber shall
                                                                                                                          conform to the grades in Table 9.3.2.1. (See Article 9.23.4.2. for joists, rafters and beams
                                                                                                                          and Article 9.23.14.11. for trusses.)

                                                                                                    9.3.2.3.              Machine Stress Rated Lumber

                                                                                                                            1) Machine stress rated lumber shall conform to the requirements of
                                                                                                                          Subsection 4.3.1.

                                                                                                    9.3.2.4.              OSB, Waferboard and Plywood Marking

                                                                                                                             1) OSB, waferboard and plywood used for roof sheathing, wall sheathing and
                                                                                                                          subflooring shall be legibly identified on the face of the material indicating
                                                                                                                             a) the manufacturer of the material,
                                                                                                                             b) the standard to which it is produced, and
                                                                                                                             c) that the material is of an exterior type.

                                                                                                    9.3.2.5.              Moisture Content

                                                                                                                              1) Moisture content of lumber shall be not more than 19% at the time of installation.

                                                                                                    9.3.2.6.              Lumber Dimensions

                                                                                                                             1) Lumber dimensions referred to in this Part are actual dimensions determined
                                                                                                                          in conformance with CSA O141, “Softwood Lumber.”

                                                                                                    9.3.2.7.              Panel Thickness Tolerances

                                                                                                                             1) The thicknesses specified in this Part for plywood, hardboard, particleboard,
                                                                                                                          OSB and waferboard shall be subject to the tolerances permitted in the standards
                                                                                                                          referenced for these products unless specifically indicated herein.


                                                                                                    9-4 Division B                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                9.3.2.9.

                                                                                                    9.3.2.8.         Undersized Lumber

                                                                                                                        1) Joist, rafter, lintel and beam members up to 5% less than the actual Canadian
                                                                                                                     standard sizes are permitted to be used provided the allowable spans for the grade
                                                                                                                     and species of lumber under consideration are reduced 5% from those shown in the
                                                                                                                     Span Tables for full size members. (See Note A-9.3.2.8.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.3.2.9.         Termite and Decay Protection

                                                                                                                        1) In localities where termites are known to occur,
                                                                                                                         a) clearance between structural wood elements and the finished ground level
                                                                                                                            directly below them shall be not less than 450 mm and, except as provided




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            in Sentence (2), all sides of the supporting elements shall be visible to
                                                                                                                            permit inspection, or
                                                                                                                        b) structural wood elements, supported by elements in contact with the
                                                                                                                            ground or exposed over bare soil, shall be pressure-treated with a chemical
                                                                                                                            that is toxic to termites.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.3.2.9.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) In localities where termites are known to occur and foundations are insulated or
                                                                                                                     otherwise finished in a manner that could conceal a termite infestation,
                                                                                                                        a) a metal or plastic barrier shall be installed through the insulation and any
                                                                                                                           other separation or finish materials above finished ground level to control
                                                                                                                           the passage of termites behind or through the insulation, separation or
                                                                                                                           finish materials, and
                                                                                                                        b) all sides of the finished supporting assembly shall be visible to permit
                                                                                                                           inspection.

                                                                                                                        3) Structural wood elements shall be pressure-treated with a preservative to resist
                                                                                                                     decay,
                                                                                                                        a) where the vertical clearance between structural wood elements and the
                                                                                                                            finished ground level is less than 150 mm (see also Articles 9.23.2.2.
                                                                                                                            and 9.23.2.3.), or
                                                                                                                        b) where
                                                                                                                                i) the wood elements are not protected from exposure to
                                                                                                                                   precipitation,
                                                                                                                               ii) the configuration is conducive to moisture accumulation,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                              iii) the moisture index is greater than 1.00.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.3.2.9.(3).)

                                                                                                                        4) Structural wood elements used in retaining walls and cribbing shall be
                                                                                                                     pressure-treated with a preservative to resist decay, where
                                                                                                                        a) the retaining wall or cribbing supports ground that is critical to the stability
                                                                                                                            of building foundations, or
                                                                                                                        b) the retaining wall or cribbing is greater than 1.2 m in height.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.3.2.9.(4).)

                                                                                                                        5) Where wood is required by this Article to be treated to resist termites or decay,
                                                                                                                     such treatment shall be in accordance with Table 2, Use Categories for Specific Products,
                                                                                                                     Uses, and Exposures, of CAN/CSA-O80.1, “Specification of treated wood,” as follows:
                                                                                                                        a) Use Category 1 (UC1), where the wood member is used in
                                                                                                                                i) interior construction,
                                                                                                                               ii) above-ground applications, and
                                                                                                                              iii) applications where the wood member remains dry,
                                                                                                                        b) Use Category 2 (UC2), where the wood member is used in
                                                                                                                                i) interior construction,
                                                                                                                               ii) above-ground applications, and
                                                                                                                              iii) applications where the wood member may be subjected to
                                                                                                                                   occasional sources of moisture,
                                                                                                                        c) Use Category 3.2 (UC3.2), where the wood member is used in
                                                                                                                                i) exterior construction,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-5
                                                                                                    9.3.3.1.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                               ii) above-ground applications, and
                                                                                                                              iii) applications where the wood member is uncoated or is used
                                                                                                                                   in a configuration conducive to moisture accumulation,
                                                                                                                         d) Use Category 4.1 (UC4.1), where
                                                                                                                                i) the wood member is in contact with the ground,
                                                                                                                               ii) the wood member is in contact with fresh water, or
                                                                                                                              iii) the vertical clearance between the wood element and the
                                                                                                                                   finished ground level is less than 150 mm and the wood
                                                                                                                                   elements are not separated from permeable supporting
                                                                                                                                   materials by a moisture barrier, or
                                                                                                                         e) Use Category 4.2 (UC4.2), where the wood member is used in critical
                                                                                                                            structural components, including permanent wood foundations.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        6) Where wood is protected in accordance with UC1 or UC2 using an inorganic
                                                                                                                     boron preservative, the wood shall be
                                                                                                                        a) protected from direct exposure to water during and after the completion
                                                                                                                           of construction, and
                                                                                                                        b) separated from permeable supporting materials by a moisture barrier
                                                                                                                            that is resistant to all expected mechanisms of deterioration in the service
                                                                                                                           environment if the vertical clearance to the ground is less than 150 mm.
                                                                                                                         7) Wood that is required by this Article to be treated to resist termites or decay
                                                                                                                     shall be identified by a mark to indicate the type of preservative used and conformance
                                                                                                                     to the relevant required Use Category.

                                                                                                    9.3.3.           Metal
                                                                                                    9.3.3.1.         Sheet Metal Thickness
                                                                                                                         1) Minimum thicknesses for sheet metal material that are stated in this Part refer to
                                                                                                                     the actual minimum base metal thicknesses measured at any point of the material and,
                                                                                                                     in the case of galvanized steel described in Sentence 9.3.3.2.(1), include the thickness
                                                                                                                     of the galvanizing coating unless otherwise indicated.

                                                                                                    9.3.3.2.         Galvanized Sheet Steel
                                                                                                                        1) Where sheet steel is required to be galvanized, it shall be metallic-coated with
                                                                                                                     zinc or an alloy of 55% aluminum-zinc meeting the requirements of
                                                                                                                        a) ASTM A653/A653M, “Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
                                                                                                                             (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip
                                                                                                                             Process,” or
                                                                                                                        b) ASTM A792/A792M, “Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55%
                                                                                                                             Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.”
                                                                                                                        2) Where galvanized sheet steel is intended for use in locations exposed to
                                                                                                                     the weather or as a flashing material, it shall have a zinc coating not less than the
                                                                                                                     G90 [Z275] coating designation or an aluminum-zinc alloy coating not less than the
                                                                                                                     AZM150 coating designation, as referred to in Sentence (1).


                                                                                                    Section 9.4. Structural Requirements
                                                                                                    9.4.1.           Structural Design Requirements and Application
                                                                                                                     Limitations
                                                                                                    9.4.1.1.         General
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.4.1.1. and Article 2.2.7.6. of Division C.)
                                                                                                                       1) Subject to the application limitations defined elsewhere in this Part, structural
                                                                                                                     members and their connections shall
                                                                                                                       a) conform to requirements provided elsewhere in this Part,


                                                                                                    9-6 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.4.2.2.

                                                                                                                         b) be designed according to good engineering practice such as that provided in
                                                                                                                            CWC 2014, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction,” or
                                                                                                                         c) be designed according to Part 4 using the loads and deflection and vibration
                                                                                                                            limits specified in
                                                                                                                               i) Part 9, or
                                                                                                                              ii) Part 4.
                                                                                                                        2) Where floor framing is designed in accordance with Clause (1)(b) or (c), and
                                                                                                                     where supporting wall framing and fastenings, or footings are designed according to
                                                                                                                     Clause (1)(a), the maximum specified live load on the floor according to Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                     shall not exceed 2.4 kPa.
                                                                                                                       3) Location-specific information for structural design, including snow and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     wind loads and seismic spectral accelerations, shall be determined according to
                                                                                                                     Subsection 1.1.3.

                                                                                                    9.4.2.           Specified Loads
                                                                                                    9.4.2.1.         Application
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2.)
                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies to light-frame constructions whose wall, floor and
                                                                                                                     roof planes are generally comprised of frames of small repetitive structural members,
                                                                                                                     and where
                                                                                                                        a) the roof and wall planes are clad, sheathed or braced on at least one side,
                                                                                                                        b) the small repetitive structural members are spaced not more than
                                                                                                                            600 mm o.c.,
                                                                                                                        c) the clear span of any structural member does not exceed 12.2 m,
                                                                                                                        d) the maximum deflection of the structural roof members conforms to
                                                                                                                            Article 9.4.3.1.,
                                                                                                                        e) the maximum total roof area, notwithstanding any separation of adjoining
                                                                                                                            buildings by firewalls, is 4 550 m2, and
                                                                                                                         f) for flat roofs, there are no significant obstructions on the roof, such as
                                                                                                                            parapet walls, spaced closer than the distance calculated by




                                                                                                                             where
                                                                                                                                 Do = minimum distance between obstructions, m,
                                                                                                                                 Ho = height of the obstruction above the roof, m,
                                                                                                                                   Ss = ground snow load, kPa, and
                                                                                                                                   γ = specific weight of snow taken as 4.0 kN/m3 or 0.43Ss + 2.2 kN/m3,
                                                                                                                                        whichever is lesser.

                                                                                                    9.4.2.2.         Specified Snow Loads
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2.)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), specified snow loads shall be not
                                                                                                                     less than those calculated using the following formula:




                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                             S = specified snow load,
                                                                                                                            Cb = basic snow load roof factor, which is 0.45 where the entire width of the roof
                                                                                                                                 does not exceed 4.3 m and 0.55 for all other roofs,
                                                                                                                            Ss = 1-in-50-year ground snow load in kPa, determined according to
                                                                                                                                 Subsection 1.1.3., and
                                                                                                                            Sr = associated 1-in-50-year rain load in kPa, determined according to
                                                                                                                                 Subsection 1.1.3.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-7
                                                                                                    9.4.2.3.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                               2) In no case shall the specified snow load be less than 1 kPa.
                                                                                                                               3) Bow string, arch or semi-circular roof trusses having an unsupported span
                                                                                                                            greater than 6 m shall be designed in conformance with the snow load requirements
                                                                                                                            in Subsection 4.1.6.
                                                                                                                               4) Where the height of a roof step at the intersection of an upper level roof and a
                                                                                                                            lower level roof is greater than 2 m, and the upper level roof has a slope less than 1 in 6
                                                                                                                            and an area greater than 600 m2, the specified snow load on the lower level roof shall be
                                                                                                                               a) for distances from the roof step that are less than or equal to the drift length,
                                                                                                                                   xd, calculated in accordance with Sentence (5), not less than 1.5 times the
                                                                                                                                   specified snow load, S, calculated using the formula in Sentence (1) with
                                                                                                                                   Cb equal to 0.55, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               b) for distances from the roof step that are greater than the drift length, xd,
                                                                                                                                   calculated in accordance with Sentence (5), as specified in Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                                5) For the purposes of Sentence (4), the drift length, xd, in m, shall be calculated as
                                                                                                                            follows:




                                                                                                                            where
                                                                                                                                    h = height of the roof step, in m, and
                                                                                                                                    γ = specific weight of snow as specified in Clause 9.4.2.1.(1)(f).

                                                                                                    9.4.2.3.                Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads
                                                                                                                               1) Balconies, decks and other accessible exterior platforms intended for an
                                                                                                                            occupancy and subject to snow loads shall be designed to carry the specified roof snow
                                                                                                                            load or 1.9 kPa, whichever is greater, where the platform, or each segregated area of
                                                                                                                            the platform, serves a single dwelling unit. (See Note A-9.4.2.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.4.2.4.                Attics and Roof Spaces
                                                                                                                               1) The ceiling joists or truss bottom chords in residential attic or roof spaces having
                                                                                                                            limited accessibility that precludes the storage of equipment or material shall be
                                                                                                                            designed for a total specified load of not less than 0.35 kPa, where the total specified
                                                                                                                            load is the sum of the specified dead load plus the specified live load of the ceiling. (See
                                                                                                                            Note A-9.4.2.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.4.3.                  Deflections
                                                                                                    9.4.3.1.                Deflections
                                                                                                                               1) The maximum deflection of structural members shall conform to Table 9.4.3.1.
                                                                                                                               2) Dead loads need not be considered in computing deflections referred to in
                                                                                                                            Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.4.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                           Maximum Deflections
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 9.4.3.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                               Max. Allowable Deflection as an Expressed
                                                                                                                      Structural Members                    Type of Ceiling Supported
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Ratio of the Clear Span
                                                                                                     Roof rafters, roof joists and roof beams      No ceiling                                                     1/180
                                                                                                                                                   Other than plaster or gypsum board                             1/240
                                                                                                                                                   Plaster or gypsum board                                        1/360
                                                                                                     Ceiling joists                                Other than plaster or gypsum board                             1/240
                                                                                                                                                   Plaster or gypsum board                                        1/360
                                                                                                     Floor beams, floor joists and floor decking   All cases                                                      1/360


                                                                                                    9-8 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        9.4.4.4.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.4.3.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Max. Allowable Deflection as an Expressed
                                                                                                                    Structural Members                             Type of Ceiling Supported
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Ratio of the Clear Span
                                                                                                      Beams, joists and decking for balconies, decks     Serving a single dwelling unit                                      1/240
                                                                                                      and other accessible exterior platforms            Other                                                               1/360


                                                                                                    9.4.4.                Foundation Conditions
                                                                                                    9.4.4.1.              Allowable Bearing Pressures




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              1) Footing sizes for shallow foundations shall be
                                                                                                                              a) determined in accordance with Section 9.15., or
                                                                                                                              b) designed in accordance with Section 4.2. using
                                                                                                                                    i) the maximum allowable bearing pressures in Table 9.4.4.1.,
                                                                                                                                       or
                                                                                                                                   ii) allowable bearing pressures determined from subsurface
                                                                                                                                       investigation.

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.4.4.1.
                                                                                                                                                       Allowable Bearing Pressure for Soil or Rock
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 9.4.4.1.(1)

                                                                                                                       Type and Condition of Soil or Rock                                      Maximum Allowable Bearing Pressure, kPa
                                                                                                      Dense or compact sand or gravel (1)                                                                       150
                                                                                                      Loose sand or gravel (1)                                                                                   50
                                                                                                      Dense or compact silt (1)                                                                                 100
                                                                                                      Stiff clay (1)                                                                                            150
                                                                                                      Firm clay (1)                                                                                              75
                                                                                                      Soft clay (1)                                                                                              40
                                                                                                      Till                                                                                                      200
                                                                                                      Clay shale                                                                                                300
                                                                                                      Sound rock                                                                                                500

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.4.4.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 9.4.4.1.


                                                                                                    9.4.4.2.              Foundation Capacity in Weaker Soil and Rock
                                                                                                                             1) Where a soil or rock within a distance equal to twice the footing width below
                                                                                                                          the bearing surface has a lower allowable bearing pressure than that at the bearing
                                                                                                                          surface as shown in Article 9.4.4.1., the design capacity of the foundation shall not be
                                                                                                                          greater than would cause the weakest soil or rock to be stressed beyond its allowable
                                                                                                                          bearing pressure.
                                                                                                                              2) In calculating subsurface pressures referred to in Sentence (1), the loads from
                                                                                                                          the footings shall be assumed to be distributed uniformly over a horizontal plane within
                                                                                                                          a frustum extending downward from the footing at an angle of 60° to the horizontal.

                                                                                                    9.4.4.3.              High Water Table
                                                                                                                             1) Where a foundation bears on gravel, sand or silt, and the water table is within a
                                                                                                                          distance below the bearing surface equal to the width of the foundation, the allowable
                                                                                                                          bearing pressure shall be 50% of that determined in Article 9.4.4.1.

                                                                                                    9.4.4.4.              Soil Movement
                                                                                                                              1) Where a foundation is located in an area where soil movement caused by changes
                                                                                                                          in soil moisture content, freezing, or chemical-microbiological oxidation is known to
                                                                                                                          occur to the extent that it will damage a building, measures shall be taken to preclude


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B 9-9
                                                                                                    9.4.4.5.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                      such movement or to reduce its effects on the building so that the building's stability and
                                                                                                                      the performance of assemblies will not be adversely affected. (See Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.4.4.5.          Retaining Walls
                                                                                                                         1) Walls shall be designed to resist the lateral pressure of the retained material.

                                                                                                    9.4.4.6.          Walls Supporting Drained Earth
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1.)
                                                                                                                         1) Except where constructed in accordance with Section 9.15., walls supporting
                                                                                                                      drained earth shall be designed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) for a pressure equivalent to that exerted by a fluid that has a density of not
                                                                                                                             less than 480 kg/m3 and a depth equal to that of the retained earth, or
                                                                                                                         b) in accordance with Section 4.2. so as to be able to resist the loads and effects
                                                                                                                             described in Article 4.1.2.1.
                                                                                                                         2) Walls supporting other than drained earth shall be designed
                                                                                                                         a) for the pressure described in Clause (1)(a) plus the fluid pressure of the
                                                                                                                            surcharge, or
                                                                                                                         b) in accordance with Section 4.2. so as to be able to resist the loads and effects
                                                                                                                            described in Article 4.1.2.1.


                                                                                                    Section 9.5. Design of Areas and Spaces
                                                                                                    9.5.1.            General
                                                                                                    9.5.1.1.          Method of Measurement
                                                                                                                         1) Unless otherwise indicated herein, dimensions of rooms or spaces shall be
                                                                                                                      measured between finished wall surfaces and between finished floor and ceiling
                                                                                                                      surfaces.

                                                                                                    9.5.1.2.          Combination Rooms
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.5.1.2.)
                                                                                                                         1) Two or more areas may be considered as a combination room if the opening
                                                                                                                      between the areas occupies the larger of 3 m2 or 40% or more of the area of the wall
                                                                                                                      measured on the side of the dependent area.
                                                                                                                         2) Where the dependent area is a bedroom, direct passage shall be provided
                                                                                                                      between the two areas.

                                                                                                    9.5.2.            Barrier-Free Design
                                                                                                    9.5.2.1.          General
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Articles 9.5.2.3. and 3.8.2.1., every building shall be
                                                                                                                      designed in conformance with Section 3.8.

                                                                                                    9.5.2.2.          Protection on Floor Areas with a Barrier-Free Path of Travel
                                                                                                                         1) Where a barrier-free path of travel required in Article 9.5.2.1. is provided to any
                                                                                                                      storey above the first storey, the requirements in Article 3.3.1.7. shall apply.

                                                                                                    9.5.2.3.          Exception for Apartment Buildings
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), if the building is not equipped with an
                                                                                                                      elevator, the barrier-free path of travel described in Section 3.8. need only be provided
                                                                                                                      on the entrance level of an apartment building.
                                                                                                                         2) The barrier-free path of travel on the entrance level described in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      need not be provided where the difference in floor elevation between the entrance level
                                                                                                                      and every dwelling unit exceeds 600 mm.


                                                                                                    9-10 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                       9.5.4.1.

                                                                                                    9.5.3.                 Ceiling Heights
                                                                                                    9.5.3.1.               Ceiling Heights of Rooms or Spaces
                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the ceiling heights and clear heights
                                                                                                                           in rooms or spaces in residential occupancies shall conform to Table 9.5.3.1.
                                                                                                                                2) Ceiling heights in secondary suites shall be not less than 1.95 m.
                                                                                                                              3) Clear heights under beams and ducting in secondary suites shall be not less
                                                                                                                           than 1.85 m.
                                                                                                                              4) Areas in rooms or spaces over which ceiling height and clear height are not less




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           than the minimum specified in Table 9.5.3.1. or Sentence (2) or (3) shall be contiguous
                                                                                                                           with the entry or entries to those rooms or spaces.

                                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.5.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 Room Ceiling Heights
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentences 9.5.3.1.(1) and (4)

                                                                                                                                                                                                            Minimum Area Over Which Minimum
                                                                                                                    Room or Space                   Minimum Ceiling Height, m   Minimum Clear Height, m
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Ceiling Height Shall Be Provided (1)
                                                                                                     Living room or space                                       2.1                                       Lesser of area of the space or 10.0 m2
                                                                                                     Dining room or space                                       2.1                                       Lesser of area of the space or 5.2 m2
                                                                                                     Kitchen or kitchen space                                   2.1                                       Lesser of area of the space or 3.2 m2
                                                                                                     Master bedroom or bedroom space                            2.1                                       Lesser of area of the space or 4.9 m2
                                                                                                     Other bedroom or sleeping space                            2.1                                       Lesser of area of the space or 3.5 m2
                                                                                                     Unfinished basement including laundry                                                                Clear height under beams and in any
                                                                                                                                                                                          2.0
                                                                                                     area therein                                                                                         location that would normally be used for
                                                                                                                                                                                                          passage
                                                                                                     Bathroom, water-closet room or laundry                     2.1                                       Lesser of area of the space or 2.2 m2
                                                                                                     area above grade
                                                                                                     Passage, hall or main entrance vestibule                   2.1                                       Area of the space
                                                                                                     Habitable rooms and spaces not                             2.1                                       Lesser of area of the space or 2.2 m2
                                                                                                     specifically mentioned above

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.5.3.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Area of the space shall be measured at floor level.


                                                                                                    9.5.3.2.               Mezzanines
                                                                                                                              1) The ceiling height above and below a mezzanine floor assembly in occupancies
                                                                                                                           other than residential occupancies shall be not less than 2.1 m.

                                                                                                    9.5.3.3.               Storage Garages
                                                                                                                                1) The clear height in a storage garage shall be not less than 2 m.

                                                                                                    9.5.4.                 Hallways
                                                                                                    9.5.4.1.               Hallway Width
                                                                                                                              1) The unobstructed width of a hallway within a dwelling unit shall be not less than
                                                                                                                           860 mm, except that the hallway width is permitted to be 710 mm where
                                                                                                                              a) there are only bedrooms and bathrooms at the end of the hallway furthest
                                                                                                                                 from the living area, and
                                                                                                                              b) a second exit is provided
                                                                                                                                    i) in the hallway near the end farthest from the living area, or
                                                                                                                                   ii) in each bedroom served by the hallway.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                 Division B 9-11
                                                                                                    9.5.5.1.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                    9.5.5.                  Doorway Sizes
                                                                                                    9.5.5.1.                Doorway Opening Sizes
                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.5.5.3., 9.9.6.2. and 9.9.6.3.,
                                                                                                                            doorway openings within dwelling units and within houses with a secondary suite
                                                                                                                            including their common spaces shall be designed to accommodate at least the door
                                                                                                                            sizes given in Table 9.5.5.1. for swing-type and folding doors.
                                                                                                                              2) Doorway openings within secondary suites shall be designed to accommodate
                                                                                                                            swing-type and folding doors not less than 1 890 mm high where the ceiling height
                                                                                                                            complies with Sentence 9.5.3.1.(2).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.5.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                         Size of Doors
                                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 9.5.5.1.(1)

                                                                                                      At Entrance to:                                                                                    Minimum Width, mm   Minimum Height, mm
                                                                                                      Dwelling unit or house with a secondary suite including common spaces (required entrance)
                                                                                                                                                                                                               810                 1 980
                                                                                                      Vestibule or entrance hall
                                                                                                      Stairs to a floor level that contains a finished space
                                                                                                      All doors in at least one line of passage from the exterior to the basement                              810                 1 980
                                                                                                      Utility rooms
                                                                                                      Walk-in closet                                                                                           610                 1 980
                                                                                                      Bathroom, water-closet room, shower room (1)                                                             610                 1 980
                                                                                                      Rooms located off hallways that are permitted to be 710 mm wide                                          610                 1 980
                                                                                                      Rooms not mentioned above, exterior balconies                                                            760                 1 980

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.5.5.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 9.5.5.3.


                                                                                                    9.5.5.2.                Doorways to Public Water-Closet Rooms
                                                                                                                              1) Doorways to public water-closet rooms shall be not less than 810 mm wide
                                                                                                                            and 2 030 mm high.

                                                                                                    9.5.5.3.                Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water Closet
                                                                                                                            (See Note A-9.5.5.3.)
                                                                                                                              1) This Article applies where a hallway of not less than 860 mm wide serves one or
                                                                                                                            more rooms containing a bathtub, shower or water closet.
                                                                                                                                 2) At least one doorway in a hallway described in Sentence (1) shall be constructed
                                                                                                                                 a) so that access is provided to not less than 1 of each type of fixture described
                                                                                                                                    in Sentence (1), and
                                                                                                                                 b) to accommodate a door not less than 760 mm wide.


                                                                                                    Section 9.6. Glass
                                                                                                    9.6.1.                  General
                                                                                                    9.6.1.1.                Application
                                                                                                                                 1) This Section applies to
                                                                                                                                 a) glass in
                                                                                                                                       i) interior doors and interior windows and their sidelights,
                                                                                                                                      ii) clothes closets,
                                                                                                                                     iii) site-built exterior windows, doors and skylights,


                                                                                                    9-12 Division B                                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                              9.6.1.3.

                                                                                                                                    iv) shower or bathtub enclosures,
                                                                                                                                     v) glazed panels and partitions, and
                                                                                                                                b) the protection of glass.

                                                                                                    9.6.1.2.               Material Standards for Glass

                                                                                                                               1)    Glass shall conform to
                                                                                                                               a)    CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing,”
                                                                                                                               b)    CAN/CGSB-12.2-M, “Flat, Clear Sheet Glass,”
                                                                                                                               c)    CAN/CGSB-12.3-M, “Flat, Clear Float Glass,”
                                                                                                                               d)    CAN/CGSB-12.4-M, “Heat Absorbing Glass,”
                                                                                                                               e)    CAN/CGSB-12.8, “Insulating glass units,”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                f)   CAN/CGSB-12.9, “Spandrel glass,”
                                                                                                                               g)    CAN/CGSB-12.10-M, “Glass, Light and Heat Reflecting,”
                                                                                                                               h)    CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, “Wired Safety Glass,” or
                                                                                                                                i)   ASTM E2190, “Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance
                                                                                                                                     and Evaluation.”

                                                                                                                              2) Mirrored glass doors are only permitted to be used at the entrance to clothes
                                                                                                                           closets and shall conform to the requirements of CAN/CGSB-82.6-M, “Doors, Mirrored
                                                                                                                           Glass, Sliding or Folding, Wardrobe.” (See Note A-9.6.1.2.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.6.1.3.               Structural Sufficiency of Glass

                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), glass shall be designed in conformance with
                                                                                                                               a) CAN/CGSB-12.20-M, “Structural Design of Glass for Buildings,”or
                                                                                                                               b) ASTM E1300, “Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass
                                                                                                                                  in Buildings.” (See also Article 4.3.6.1.)

                                                                                                                              2) Where the building has an essentially uniform distribution of paths for air
                                                                                                                           leakage, including operable openings, but no large openings that would permit wind
                                                                                                                           gusts to rapidly enter the building and the building is not in an exceptionally exposed
                                                                                                                           location such as a hilltop, the maximum area of individual panes of glass for windows
                                                                                                                           shall conform to
                                                                                                                               a) Tables 9.6.1.3.-A to 9.6.1.3.-C, where the building has a height from grade to
                                                                                                                                   the uppermost roof of 12 m or less, and is located in a built-up area, no less
                                                                                                                                   than 120 m away from the boundary between this area and open terrain, or
                                                                                                                              b) Tables 9.6.1.3.-D to 9.6.1.3.-F.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-9.6.1.3.(2).)

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.6.1.3.-A
                                                                                                           Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 0.55 kPa (1)
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(a)

                                                                                                                                                                                           Maximum Glass Area, m2
                                                                                                                       Type of Glass                                                         Glass Thickness, mm
                                                                                                                                                           2.5          3           4            5           6           8           10         12
                                                                                                     Annealed                                              0.58         0.96        1.47        2.04         2.84        4.74        6.65       9.74
                                                                                                     Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units (2)         1.02         1.71        2.68        3.74         5.24        7.93        9.92      13.92
                                                                                                     Heat-strengthened or tempered                         1.24         1.93        2.60        3.18         3.99        5.55        6.99       9.74
                                                                                                     Wired                                                 0.27         0.45        0.68        0.93         1.31        2.15        3.07       5.03

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.
                                                                                                    (2)   Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B 9-13
                                                                                                    9.6.1.3.                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.6.1.3.-B
                                                                                                           Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 0.75 kPa (1)
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(a)

                                                                                                                                                                                           Maximum Glass Area, m2
                                                                                                                       Type of Glass                                                         Glass Thickness, mm
                                                                                                                                                           2.5          3           4            5           6           8           10       12
                                                                                                     Annealed                                              0.42         0.68        1.02        1.42         2.04        3.34        4.70     7.65
                                                                                                     Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units (2)         0.72         1.19        1.85        2.56         3.64        6.01        8.35    11.83
                                                                                                     Heat-strengthened                                     0.88         1.46        2.21        2.71         3.39        4.73        5.92     8.29




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Tempered                                              1.18         1.64        2.21        2.71         3.39        4.73        5.92     8.29
                                                                                                     Wired                                                 0.20         0.32        0.50        0.68         0.94        1.55        2.19     3.60

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.
                                                                                                    (2)   Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.


                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.6.1.3.-C
                                                                                                           Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 1.00 kPa (1)
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(a)

                                                                                                                                                                                           Maximum Glass Area, m2
                                                                                                                       Type of Glass                                                         Glass Thickness, mm
                                                                                                                                                           2.5           3           4           5            6           8           10      12
                                                                                                     Annealed                                               0.30        0.50        0.77         1.05        1.45        2.40         3.40    5.62
                                                                                                     Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units (2)          0.52        0.86        1.31         1.86        2.57        4.30         6.10    9.89
                                                                                                     Heat-strengthened                                      0.65        1.04        1.63         2.26        2.92        4.07         5.10    7.14
                                                                                                     Tempered                                               1.01        1.42        1.90         2.33        2.92        4.07         5.10    7.14
                                                                                                     Wired                                                  0.16        0.26        0.38         0.52        0.71        1.15         1.63    2.69

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.
                                                                                                    (2)   Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.


                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.6.1.3.-D
                                                                                                          Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 0.55 kPa –
                                                                                                                                                       OPEN TERRAIN (1)
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(b)

                                                                                                                                                                                           Maximum Glass Area, m2
                                                                                                                       Type of Glass                                                         Glass Thickness, mm
                                                                                                                                                           2.5          3           4            5           6           8           10       12
                                                                                                     Annealed                                              0.46         0.75        1.16        1.60         2.25        3.76        5.32     8.70
                                                                                                     Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units (2)         0.80         1.34        2.11        2.93         4.10        6.90        9.66    12.53
                                                                                                     Heat-strengthened                                     0.98         1.74        2.33        2.86         3.59        5.00        6.26     8.78
                                                                                                     Tempered                                              1.25         1.74        2.33        2.86         3.59        5.00        6.26     8.78
                                                                                                     Wired                                                 0.22         0.36        0.55        0.76         1.05        1.75        2.47     4.09

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-D:
                                                                                                    (1)   The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.
                                                                                                    (2)   Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.




                                                                                                    9-14 Division B                                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                                     9.6.1.3.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.6.1.3.-E
                                                                                                          Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 0.75 kPa –
                                                                                                                                                       OPEN TERRAIN (1)
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(b)

                                                                                                                                                                                                    Maximum Glass Area, m2
                                                                                                                       Type of Glass                                                                 Glass Thickness, mm
                                                                                                                                                             2.5             3            4              5           6          8             10            12
                                                                                                     Annealed                                                0.33            0.54        0.83           1.14        1.61        2.67          3.75          6.14
                                                                                                     Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units (2)           0.57            0.94        1.47           2.04        2.85        4.75          6.72         10.97




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Heat-strengthened                                       0.70            1.15        1.79           2.44        3.06        4.36          5.34          7.47
                                                                                                     Tempered                                                1.06            1.48        1.99           2.44        3.06        4.36          5.34          7.47
                                                                                                     Wired                                                   0.16            0.26        0.40           0.55        0.76        1.24          1.77          2.93

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-E:
                                                                                                    (1)   The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.
                                                                                                    (2)   Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.


                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.6.1.3.-F
                                                                                                          Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-50 Hourly Wind Pressure (HWP) is less than 1.00 kPa –
                                                                                                                                                       OPEN TERRAIN (1)
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Clause 9.6.1.3.(2)(b)

                                                                                                                                                                                                    Maximum Glass Area, m2
                                                                                                                       Type of Glass                                                                 Glass Thickness, mm
                                                                                                                                                             2.5             3            4              5           6          8             10            12
                                                                                                     Annealed                                                0.25            0.40        0.62           0.84        1.17        1.94          2.75          4.50
                                                                                                     Factory-sealed insulated glass (IG) units (2)           0.42            0.68        1.04           1.46        2.05        3.41          4.87          7.92
                                                                                                     Heat-strengthened                                       0.51            0.84        1.30           1.79        2.52        3.69          4.60          6.44
                                                                                                     Tempered                                                0.92            1.28        1.72           2.10        2.63        3.69          4.60          6.44
                                                                                                     Wired                                                   0.12            0.20        0.30           0.41        0.57        0.94          1.31          2.18

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-F:
                                                                                                    (1)   The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in fifty of being exceeded in any one year, as provided in Appendix C.
                                                                                                    (2)   Maximum glass area values apply to IG units of two identical lites (annealed, heat-strengthened or tempered) spaced at 12.7 mm.


                                                                                                                              3) The maximum area of individual panes of glass for doors shall conform to
                                                                                                                           Table 9.6.1.3.-G.

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.6.1.3.-G
                                                                                                                                                                   Glass Area for Doors
                                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentence 9.6.1.3.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                                 Maximum Glass Area, m2(1)
                                                                                                                                                                                       Type of Glass
                                                                                                          Glass                               Annealed,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Fully Tempered,
                                                                                                      Thickness, mm                            Multiple-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Heat-                                 Multiple-
                                                                                                                           Annealed            Glazed,              Laminated             Wired                              Fully Tempered
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Strengthened                              Glazed,
                                                                                                                                            Factory-Sealed
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Factory-Sealed
                                                                                                                                                 Units
                                                                                                             3                 0.50               0.70                 (2)                    (2)                1.00               1.00                2.00
                                                                                                             4                 1.00               1.50                 (2)                    (2)                1.50               4.00                4.00
                                                                                                             5                 1.50               1.50                 (2)                    (2)                1.50           No limit              No limit
                                                                                                             6                 1.50                  1.50              1.20                   1.00               1.50           No limit              No limit


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                             Division B 9-15
                                                                                                    9.6.1.4.                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.6.1.3.-G (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.-G:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 9.6.1.3.-G.
                                                                                                    (2)   Not generally available.


                                                                                                    9.6.1.4.              Types of Glazing and Protection of Glazing
                                                                                                                             1) Glass sidelights greater than 500 mm wide that could be mistaken for doors,
                                                                                                                          glass in storm doors and glass in sliding doors within or at every entrance to a dwelling
                                                                                                                          unit and in public areas shall be
                                                                                                                              a) safety glazing of the tempered or laminated type conforming to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing,” or
                                                                                                                             b) wired glass conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, “Wired Safety Glass.”
                                                                                                                             2) Except as provided in Sentence (4), glass in entrance doors to dwelling units
                                                                                                                          and in public areas, other than the entrance doors described in Sentence (1), shall be
                                                                                                                          safety glazing or wired glass of the type described in Sentence (1) where the glass area
                                                                                                                          exceeds 0.5 m2 and extends to less than 900 mm from the bottom of the door.
                                                                                                                             3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), transparent panels that could be mistaken
                                                                                                                          as a means of egress shall be protected by barriers or railings.
                                                                                                                            4) Sliding glass partitions that separate a public corridor from an adjacent occupancy
                                                                                                                          and that are open during normal working hours need not conform to Sentences (2), (3)
                                                                                                                          and (5), except that such partitions shall be suitably marked to indicate their existence
                                                                                                                          and position.
                                                                                                                             5) Except as provided in Sentence (4), every glass or transparent door accessible to
                                                                                                                          the public shall be equipped with hardware, bars or other permanent fixtures designed
                                                                                                                          so that the existence and position of such doors is readily apparent.
                                                                                                                            6) Glazing used for a shower or bathtub enclosure shall conform to Class A of
                                                                                                                          CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing.”


                                                                                                    Section 9.7. Windows, Doors and Skylights
                                                                                                    9.7.1.                General
                                                                                                    9.7.1.1.              Application
                                                                                                                              1) This Section applies to windows, doors and skylights in buildings.
                                                                                                                            2) For the purpose of this Section, the term “skylight” refers to unit skylights, roof
                                                                                                                          windows and tubular daylighting devices.
                                                                                                                            3) For the purpose of this Section, the term “doors” includes glazing in doors
                                                                                                                          and sidelights for doors.

                                                                                                    9.7.2.                Required Windows, Doors and Skylights
                                                                                                    9.7.2.1.              Entrance Doors
                                                                                                                              1) A door shall be provided at each entrance to a dwelling unit.
                                                                                                                              2) Main entrance doors to dwelling units shall be provided with
                                                                                                                              a) a door viewer or transparent glazing in the door, or
                                                                                                                              b) a sidelight.

                                                                                                    9.7.2.2.              Other Requirements for Windows, Doors and Skylights
                                                                                                                             1) Minimum sizes of doorways and doors within a barrier-free path of travel shall
                                                                                                                          conform to Section 9.5.
                                                                                                                             2) The protection of window and door openings to protect persons from falling
                                                                                                                          through them shall conform to Article 9.8.8.1.


                                                                                                    9-16 Division B                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.7.3.1.

                                                                                                                         3) Properties of windows and doors within exits shall conform to Section 9.9.

                                                                                                                        4) Windows and doors installed to provide the required means of egress from
                                                                                                                     bedrooms shall conform to Subsection 9.9.10.

                                                                                                                        5) The location and protection of windows, doors and skylights in order to control
                                                                                                                     the spread of fire shall conform to Subsection 9.10.12.

                                                                                                                        6) Doors between dwelling units and attached garages shall conform to
                                                                                                                     Article 9.10.13.15.

                                                                                                                        7) The surface flame-spread rating for doors and skylights shall conform to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Article 9.10.17.1.

                                                                                                                         8) Windows and doors installed to provide the required access to a building for
                                                                                                                     firefighting purposes shall conform to Subsection 9.10.20.

                                                                                                                        9) Windows and skylights installed to provide required non-heating season
                                                                                                                     ventilation shall conform to Article 9.32.2.2.

                                                                                                                       10) Windows, doors and skylights shall conform to the energy efficiency
                                                                                                                     requirements in Section 9.36.

                                                                                                    9.7.3.           Performance of Windows, Doors and Skylights

                                                                                                    9.7.3.1.         General Performance Expectations

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), windows, doors and skylights and
                                                                                                                     their components separating conditioned space from unconditioned space or the exterior
                                                                                                                     shall be designed, constructed and installed so that, when in the closed position, they
                                                                                                                         a) resist the ingress of precipitation into interior space (see Note A-9.7.4.2.(1)),
                                                                                                                        b) resist wind loads,
                                                                                                                         c) control air leakage,
                                                                                                                        d) resist the ingress of insects and vermin,
                                                                                                                         e) where required, resist forced entry, and
                                                                                                                         f) are easily operable when not intended to be fixed.

                                                                                                                        2) Skylights and their components shall be designed, constructed and installed
                                                                                                                     so that they resist snow loads.

                                                                                                                        3) Where windows, doors and skylights and their components separate suites
                                                                                                                     from the remainder of the building, they shall be designed, constructed and installed so
                                                                                                                     that, when in the closed position, they
                                                                                                                        a) control air leakage,
                                                                                                                        b) where required, resist forced entry, and
                                                                                                                         c) are easily operable when not intended to be fixed.

                                                                                                                        4) Storm doors for sliding doors and their components shall be designed,
                                                                                                                     constructed and installed so that, when in the closed position, they
                                                                                                                        a) resist wind loads,
                                                                                                                        b) control air leakage to a minimum allowable 5 m3h/m and a maximum
                                                                                                                            allowable 8.35 m3h/m,
                                                                                                                        c) resist the ingress of insects and vermin, and
                                                                                                                        d) be easily operable.

                                                                                                                        5) Compliance with the performance requirements described in Sentences (1)
                                                                                                                     to (4) shall be demonstrated by
                                                                                                                         a) complying with the requirements in
                                                                                                                                i) Subsection 9.7.4. or 9.7.5., and
                                                                                                                               ii) Subsection 9.7.6., or
                                                                                                                         b) design and construction conforming to Part 5.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-17
                                                                                                    9.7.3.2.                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    9.7.3.2.               Heat Transfer Performance

                                                                                                                              1) Windows, doors and skylights and their components described in
                                                                                                                           Sentence 9.7.1.1.(1) shall be designed, constructed and installed to
                                                                                                                              a) minimize surface condensation on the warm side of the component (see
                                                                                                                                  Note A-9.7.3.2.(1)(a)), and
                                                                                                                              b) ensure comfortable conditions for occupants.

                                                                                                                              2) Compliance with the heat transfer performance requirements described in
                                                                                                                           Sentence (1) shall be demonstrated by
                                                                                                                              a) complying with the requirements in Article 9.7.3.3., or
                                                                                                                              b) design and construction conforming to Part 5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.7.3.3.               Thermal Characteristics of Windows, Doors and Skylights

                                                                                                                              1) Metal frames and sash of windows, doors and skylights shall incorporate a
                                                                                                                           thermal break.

                                                                                                                             2) Windows and doors described in Sentence (1) do not require a thermal break
                                                                                                                           where they are installed as
                                                                                                                             a) vehicular access doors,
                                                                                                                             b) storm windows and doors, or
                                                                                                                             c) windows and doors that are required to have a fire-resistance rating.

                                                                                                                              3) Windows, doors and skylights with or without storm doors or sash that are
                                                                                                                           installed in buildings where the intended use of the interior space will not result in
                                                                                                                           high moisture generation shall have a maximum thermal transmittance (U-value) or
                                                                                                                           minimum temperature index (I) in accordance with Table 9.7.3.3.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.7.3.3.
                                                                                                                           Maximum U-value or Minimum Temperature Index (I) for Windows, Doors and Skylights (1)(2)
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 9.7.3.3.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                          2.5% January Design Temperature
                                                                                                                                      Warmer than –15°C                       Between –15°C and –30°C                         Colder than –30°C
                                                                                                          Component
                                                                                                                               max. U-value,             min. I           max. U-value,             min. I            max. U-value,             min. I
                                                                                                                                W/(m²×K)                                   W/(m²×K)                                    W/(m²×K)
                                                                                                     Windows and
                                                                                                                                     2.5                  54                    2.0                   68                   1.7                   77
                                                                                                     doors
                                                                                                                                     3.5                   (2)                  3.0                   (2)                  2.7                    (2)
                                                                                                     Skylights

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.7.3.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   U-values for specific products can be determined according to measures referenced in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American
                                                                                                          Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights.” Temperature index (I) is determined according to the physical test procedure
                                                                                                          given in CSA A440.2/A440.3, “Fenestration energy performance/User guide to CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance.”
                                                                                                    (2)   There is no appropriate test procedure available for testing the condensation resistance of sloped glazing.


                                                                                                                              4) Windows, doors and skylights with or without storm doors or sash that are
                                                                                                                           installed in portions of buildings where the intended use of the interior space will
                                                                                                                           result in high moisture generation shall be designed in conformance with Section 5.3.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-9.25.5.2.)

                                                                                                    9.7.4.                 Manufactured Windows, Doors and Skylights

                                                                                                    9.7.4.1.               Application

                                                                                                                              1) This Subsection applies to windows, doors and skylights covered in the
                                                                                                                           scope of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration
                                                                                                                           Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights” (Harmonized Standard).


                                                                                                    9-18 Division B                                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.7.5.2.

                                                                                                    9.7.4.2.         General
                                                                                                                        1) Manufactured and pre-assembled windows, doors and skylights and their
                                                                                                                     installation shall conform to
                                                                                                                         a) AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration
                                                                                                                             Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights” (Harmonized
                                                                                                                             Standard),
                                                                                                                         b) CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA
                                                                                                                             101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification
                                                                                                                             for windows, doors, and skylights,”
                                                                                                                         c) the remainder of this Subsection, and
                                                                                                                        d) the applicable requirements in Subsection 9.7.6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.7.4.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.7.4.3.         Performance Requirements
                                                                                                                        1) Performance grades for windows, doors and skylights shall be selected
                                                                                                                     according to the Canadian Supplement referenced in Clause 9.7.4.2.(1)(b) so as to be
                                                                                                                     appropriate for the conditions and geographic location in which the window, door or
                                                                                                                     skylight will be installed.
                                                                                                                        2) Windows, doors and skylights shall conform to the performance grades
                                                                                                                     selected in Sentence (1) when tested in accordance with the Harmonized Standard
                                                                                                                     referenced in Clause 9.7.4.2.(1)(a).
                                                                                                                        3) The minimum level of performance required for windows, doors and skylights
                                                                                                                     shall be that of the Performance Class R.
                                                                                                                       4) Exterior wood doors shall conform to CAN/CSA-O132.2 Series, “Wood Flush
                                                                                                                     Doors,” and shall have legibly indicated on them
                                                                                                                       a) the name of the manufacturer,
                                                                                                                       b) the standard according to which they were produced, and
                                                                                                                        c) that they are of an exterior type.

                                                                                                    9.7.5.           Site-built Windows, Doors and Skylights
                                                                                                    9.7.5.1.         Application and Compliance
                                                                                                                        1) Materials, design, construction and installation of windows, doors and skylights
                                                                                                                     that separate conditioned space from unconditioned space or the exterior but that are
                                                                                                                     not covered in the scope of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American
                                                                                                                     Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” shall conform
                                                                                                                         a) to
                                                                                                                                i) the remainder of this Subsection or Subsection 9.7.4., and
                                                                                                                               ii) the applicable requirements in Subsection 9.7.6., or
                                                                                                                        b) to Part 5.
                                                                                                                       2) Glass for site-built windows, doors, sidelights for doors, and skylights shall
                                                                                                                     comply with Section 9.6.

                                                                                                    9.7.5.2.         Resistance to Forced Entry for Doors
                                                                                                                        1) Except for exterior doors to garages and to other ancillary spaces, this Article
                                                                                                                     applies to
                                                                                                                        a) swinging entrance doors to dwelling units,
                                                                                                                        b) swinging doors between dwelling units and attached garages or other
                                                                                                                            ancillary spaces, and
                                                                                                                         c) swinging doors that provide access directly or indirectly from a storage
                                                                                                                            garage to a dwelling unit.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Doors, frames and hardware that conform to a security level of at least Grade
                                                                                                                     10 as described in the Annex to ASTM F476, “Standard Test Methods for Security of
                                                                                                                     Swinging Door Assemblies,” are not required to conform to Sentences (3) to (7). (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-9.7.5.2.(2).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-19
                                                                                                    9.7.5.3.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                         3)   Except as permitted in Sentence (2), wood doors as described in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall
                                                                                                                         a)   be solid core or stile-and-rail type,
                                                                                                                         b)   be not less than 45 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                         c)   if of the stile-and-rail type, have a panel thickness of not less than 19 mm,
                                                                                                                              with a total panel area not more than half of the door area.
                                                                                                                         4) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), doors described in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                      provided with
                                                                                                                         a) a deadbolt lock with a cylinder having no fewer than 5 pins, and
                                                                                                                         b) a bolt throw not less than 25 mm long, protected with a solid or hardened
                                                                                                                             free-turning ring or beveled cylinder housing.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      (See Article 9.9.6.7.)
                                                                                                                         5) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), an inactive leaf in double doors used in
                                                                                                                      locations specified in Sentence (1) shall be provided with heavy-duty bolts top and
                                                                                                                      bottom having an engagement of not less than 15 mm.
                                                                                                                         6) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), hinges for doors described in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall be fastened
                                                                                                                         a) to wood doors with wood screws not less than 25 mm long and to wood
                                                                                                                              frames with wood screws so that at least 2 screws per hinge penetrate not
                                                                                                                              less than 30 mm into solid wood, or
                                                                                                                         b) to metal doors and metal frames with machine screws not smaller than
                                                                                                                              No. 10 and not less than 10 mm long.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(6).)
                                                                                                                         7) Strikeplates for deadbolts described in Sentence (4) shall be fastened
                                                                                                                         a) to wood frames with wood screws that penetrate not less than 30 mm into
                                                                                                                            solid wood, or
                                                                                                                         b) to metal frames with machine screws not smaller than No. 8 and not less
                                                                                                                            than 10 mm long.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(6))
                                                                                                                         8) Except for storm or screen doors, doors described in Sentence (1) that swing
                                                                                                                      outward shall be provided with hinges or pins so that the doors cannot be removed
                                                                                                                      when they are in the closed position. (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(8).)
                                                                                                                         9) Solid blocking shall be provided on both sides at the lock height between the
                                                                                                                      jambs for doors described in Sentence (1) and the structural framing so that the jambs
                                                                                                                      will resist spreading by force.

                                                                                                    9.7.5.3.          Resistance to Forced Entry for Windows
                                                                                                                         1) In dwelling units, windows, any part of which is located within 2 m of
                                                                                                                      adjacent ground level, shall conform to the requirements for resistance to forced
                                                                                                                      entry as described in Clause 5.3.6 of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North
                                                                                                                      American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights.”
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.7.5.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.7.6.            Installation
                                                                                                    9.7.6.1.          Installation of Windows, Doors and Skylights
                                                                                                                        1) The installation of windows, doors and skylights shall conform to CSA A440.4,
                                                                                                                      “Window, door, and skylight installation,” except that
                                                                                                                        a) shims used to support windows, doors and skylights are permitted to be
                                                                                                                           made of treated plywood, and
                                                                                                                        b) protection from precipitation for walls incorporating windows or doors
                                                                                                                           and for roofs incorporating skylights, and the interfaces of these walls
                                                                                                                           with windows or doors and of roofs with skylights, shall also conform to
                                                                                                                           Section 9.27.
                                                                                                                         2) The installation of manufactured and pre-assembled windows, doors and
                                                                                                                      skylights and the field assembly of manufactured window and door combination units
                                                                                                                      shall conform to the manufacturer's instructions.


                                                                                                    9-20 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             9.8.2.1.

                                                                                                                         3) Windows, doors and skylights shall be sealed to air barriers.

                                                                                                    9.7.6.2.         Sealants, Trim and Flashing
                                                                                                                        1) The sealing compound used to seal the glass component of an insulating
                                                                                                                     glazing unit to the sash component shall be compatible with the sealing compound
                                                                                                                     used to edge seal the glass component.
                                                                                                                       2) Flashing used to protect openings shall conform to Articles 9.27.3.7.
                                                                                                                     and 9.27.3.8.
                                                                                                                        3) Sealants shall be applied between window frames or trim and the exterior
                                                                                                                     cladding or masonry in conformance with Subsection 9.27.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        4) All unfinished portions of the frame and other components of aluminum
                                                                                                                     windows, doors or skylights in contact with the edges of masonry, concrete, stucco or
                                                                                                                     plaster shall be protected with an alkali-resistant coating.


                                                                                                    Section 9.8. Stairs, Ramps, Handrails and Guards
                                                                                                    9.8.1.           Application
                                                                                                    9.8.1.1.         General
                                                                                                                        1) This Section applies to the design and construction of interior and exterior
                                                                                                                     stairs, steps, ramps, handrails and guards.

                                                                                                    9.8.1.2.         Stairs, Ramps, Landings, Handrails and Guards in Garages
                                                                                                                        1) Where stairs, ramps, landings, handrails or guards are installed in garages
                                                                                                                     that serve a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite including their
                                                                                                                     common spaces, the garage shall be considered to be part of the dwelling unit and the
                                                                                                                     requirements for stairs, ramps, landings, handrails and guards within dwelling units
                                                                                                                     shall apply.

                                                                                                    9.8.1.3.         Exit Stairs, Ramps and Landings
                                                                                                                        1) Where a stair, ramp or landing forms part of an exit, the appropriate
                                                                                                                     requirements in Sections 9.9. and 9.10. shall also apply.

                                                                                                    9.8.1.4.         Escalators and Moving Walkways
                                                                                                                        1) Escalators and moving walkways shall conform to the appropriate requirements
                                                                                                                     in Part 3.

                                                                                                    9.8.2.           Stair Dimensions
                                                                                                    9.8.2.1.         Stair Width
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 9.8.4.7., required exit stairs and
                                                                                                                     public stairs serving buildings of residential occupancy shall have a width of not less
                                                                                                                     than 900 mm.
                                                                                                                        2) Exit stairs serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite
                                                                                                                     including their common spaces shall have a width of not less than 860 mm.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Article 9.8.4.7., required exit stairs and public stairs
                                                                                                                     serving buildings of other than residential occupancy shall have a width of not less than
                                                                                                                     the greater of
                                                                                                                         a) 900 mm, or
                                                                                                                        b) 8 mm per person based on the occupant load limits specified in Table 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                                         4) Except as provided in Article 9.8.4.7., at least one stair between each floor level
                                                                                                                     within a dwelling unit, and exterior stairs serving a single dwelling unit except required
                                                                                                                     exit stairs, shall have a width of not less than 860 mm.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-21
                                                                                                    9.8.2.2.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    9.8.2.2.          Height over Stairs

                                                                                                                         1) The clear height over stairs shall be measured vertically, over the clear width of
                                                                                                                      the stair, from a straight line tangent to the tread and landing nosings to the lowest
                                                                                                                      point above. (See Note A-3.4.3.4.)

                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4) and Article 9.8.4.7., the clear height
                                                                                                                      over stairs shall not be less than 2 050 mm.

                                                                                                                         3) Except as provided in Article 9.8.4.7., the clear height over stairs serving a
                                                                                                                      single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces
                                                                                                                      shall not be less than 1 950 mm.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         4) The clear height over stairs that are located under beams and ducting in
                                                                                                                      secondary suites shall not be less than 1 850 mm.

                                                                                                    9.8.3.            Stair Configurations

                                                                                                    9.8.3.1.          Permitted Configurations
                                                                                                                      (See Notes A-9.8.3.1. and A-9.8.4.)

                                                                                                                         1) Stairs in buildings other than dwelling units and houses with a secondary suite,
                                                                                                                      including their common spaces, shall consist of
                                                                                                                          a) straight flights,
                                                                                                                          b) except as provided in Sentence (4), curved flights, or
                                                                                                                          c) except as provided in Sentence 9.8.4.7.(2), spiral stairs.

                                                                                                                        2) Stairs within dwelling units and houses with a secondary suite, including their
                                                                                                                      common spaces, shall consist of
                                                                                                                         a) straight flights,
                                                                                                                         b) except as provided in Sentence (4), curved flights,
                                                                                                                         c) except as provided in Sentence 9.8.4.7.(2), spiral stairs,
                                                                                                                         d) except as provided in Sentence (3), flights with rectangular treads and
                                                                                                                            winders, or
                                                                                                                         e) flights with a mix of rectangular and tapered treads.

                                                                                                                         3) Only one set of winders described in Article 9.8.4.6. shall be permitted between
                                                                                                                      floor levels.

                                                                                                                         4) Curved flights in exits shall comply with Sentence 3.4.6.9.(2).

                                                                                                                         5) All tapered treads within a flight shall turn in the same direction.

                                                                                                    9.8.3.2.          Minimum Number of Risers

                                                                                                                         1) Except for stairs within a dwelling unit, at least 3 risers shall be provided in
                                                                                                                      interior flights.

                                                                                                    9.8.3.3.          Maximum Height of Stairs

                                                                                                                         1) The vertical height of any flight of stairs shall not exceed 3.7 m.

                                                                                                    9.8.4.            Step Dimensions
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.8.4.)

                                                                                                    9.8.4.1.          Dimensions for Risers
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.8.4.)

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Article 9.8.4.7. and except for stairs serving areas only
                                                                                                                      used as service rooms or service spaces, the rise, which is measured as the vertical
                                                                                                                      nosing-to-nosing distance, shall comply with Table 9.8.4.1.


                                                                                                    9-22 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                           9.8.4.3.

                                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.8.4.1.
                                                                                                                                                 Rise for Rectangular Treads, Tapered Treads and Winders
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.4.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                      Rectangular Treads, Tapered Treads and Winders
                                                                                                                          Stair Type                                                                    Rise, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                   Max.                                          Min.
                                                                                                     Private (1)                                                                   200                                           125
                                                                                                     Public (2)                                                                     180                                           125

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.8.4.1.:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)   Private stairs are exterior and interior stairs that serve
                                                                                                             (a) single dwelling units,
                                                                                                             (b) houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces, or
                                                                                                             (c) garages that serve a) or b).
                                                                                                    (2)   Public stairs are all stairs not described as service stairs or private stairs.


                                                                                                    9.8.4.2.                 Dimensions for Rectangular Treads
                                                                                                                             (See Note A-9.8.4.)
                                                                                                                                1) Except for stairs serving areas only used as service rooms or service spaces, the run
                                                                                                                             shall comply with Table 9.8.4.2.

                                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.8.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                  Run for Rectangular Treads
                                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.4.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                   Rectangular Treads
                                                                                                                          Stair Type                                                                    Run, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                   Max.                                          Min.
                                                                                                     Private (1)                                                                    355                                           255
                                                                                                     Public (2)                                                                   No limit                                        280

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.8.4.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Private stairs are exterior and interior stairs that serve
                                                                                                             (a) single dwelling units,
                                                                                                             (b) houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces, or
                                                                                                             (c) garages that serve a) or b).
                                                                                                    (2)   Public stairs are all stairs not described as service stairs or private stairs.


                                                                                                                                2) The depth of a rectangular tread shall be not less than its run and not more
                                                                                                                             than its run plus 25 mm.

                                                                                                    9.8.4.3.                 Dimensions of Tapered Treads
                                                                                                                             (See Note A-9.8.4.)
                                                                                                                                 1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.8.4.6. and 9.8.4.7., tapered
                                                                                                                             treads shall have a run that
                                                                                                                                 a) is not less than 150 mm at the narrow end of the tread, and
                                                                                                                                 b) complies with the dimensions stated in Table 9.8.4.2. when measured at a
                                                                                                                                     point 300 mm from the centre line of the handrail at the narrow end of the
                                                                                                                                     tread.
                                                                                                                                2) Tapered treads in required exit stairs shall conform to the requirements in
                                                                                                                             Article 3.4.6.9.
                                                                                                                               3) The depth of a tapered tread shall be not less than its run at any point and not
                                                                                                                             more than its run at any point plus 25 mm.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B 9-23
                                                                                                    9.8.4.4.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    9.8.4.4.          Uniformity and Tolerances for Risers, Runs and Treads

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), risers shall be of uniform height in any
                                                                                                                      one flight, with a maximum tolerance of
                                                                                                                         a) 5 mm between adjacent treads or landings, and
                                                                                                                         b) 10 mm between the tallest and shortest risers in a flight.

                                                                                                                          2) Except for required exit stairs, where the top or bottom riser in a stair adjoins
                                                                                                                      a sloping finished walking surface, such as a garage floor, driveway or sidewalk, the
                                                                                                                      height of the riser across the stair shall vary by not more than 1 in 12.

                                                                                                                         3) Rectangular treads shall have a uniform run with a maximum tolerance of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) 5 mm between adjacent treads, and
                                                                                                                         b) 10 mm between the deepest and shallowest treads in a flight.

                                                                                                                         4) Tapered treads in a flight shall have a uniform run in accordance with the
                                                                                                                      construction tolerances stipulated in Sentence (3) when measured at a point 300 mm
                                                                                                                      from the centre line of the handrail as described in Sentence 9.8.7.1.(5).

                                                                                                                         5) The slope of treads shall not exceed 1 in 50.

                                                                                                    9.8.4.5.          Uniformity of Runs in Flights with Mixed Treads within Dwelling Units

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 9.8.4.6., where a flight of stairs
                                                                                                                      consists of both tapered treads and rectangular treads, all the treads shall have a uniform
                                                                                                                      run when measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line of the inside handrail.

                                                                                                                         2) Where tapered treads are located at the bottom of a mixed-tread flight, the run of
                                                                                                                      the tapered treads when measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line of the inside
                                                                                                                      handrail is permitted to exceed the run of the rectangular treads.

                                                                                                    9.8.4.6.          Winders
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.8.4.6.)

                                                                                                                         1) Individual treads in winders that converge on a centre point shall turn through
                                                                                                                      an angle of
                                                                                                                         a) 30° with no deviation above or below 30°, or
                                                                                                                         b) 45° with no deviation above or below 45°.

                                                                                                                        2) Where winders are incorporated into a stair, each set shall not turn through
                                                                                                                      more than 90°.

                                                                                                    9.8.4.7.          Spiral Stairs
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.8.4.7.)

                                                                                                                         1) Spiral stairs shall have
                                                                                                                         a) handrails on both sides, the outer handrail being not less than 1 070 mm
                                                                                                                            high,
                                                                                                                         b) a clear width not less than 660 mm between the handrails,
                                                                                                                         c) risers that are not more than 240 mm high,
                                                                                                                         d) treads that
                                                                                                                                i) are a minimum of 190 mm deep at a point 300 mm from the
                                                                                                                                   centre line of the handrails at the narrower edge,
                                                                                                                               ii) have a consistent angle and uniform dimension, and
                                                                                                                              iii) turn in the same direction, and
                                                                                                                         e) not less than 1 980 mm clear height.

                                                                                                                        2) Spiral stairs conforming to Sentence (1) are permitted to be used as the only
                                                                                                                      means of egress where they serve not more than 3 persons.

                                                                                                                         3) Spiral stairs shall not serve as an exit.


                                                                                                    9-24 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                9.8.5.5.

                                                                                                    9.8.4.8.         Tread Nosings
                                                                                                                     (See Notes A-9.8.4.8. and A-9.8.4.)

                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the top of the nosings of stair treads shall
                                                                                                                     have a rounded or beveled edge extending not less than 6 mm and not more than
                                                                                                                     14 mm measured horizontally from the front of the nosing.

                                                                                                                        2) If resilient material is used to cover the nosing of a stair tread, the minimum
                                                                                                                     extension of the rounded or beveled edge required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be
                                                                                                                     reduced to 3 mm.

                                                                                                    9.8.4.9.         Open Risers




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), stairs shall have no open risers.

                                                                                                                         2) Open risers are permitted in
                                                                                                                         a) interior and exterior stairs that serve a single dwelling unit or a house with
                                                                                                                            a secondary suite,
                                                                                                                         b) fire escape stairs,
                                                                                                                         c) stairs that are principally used for maintenance,
                                                                                                                         d) stairs that serve service rooms, and
                                                                                                                         e) stairs that serve industrial occupancies other than storage garages.

                                                                                                    9.8.5.           Ramps

                                                                                                    9.8.5.1.         Application

                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies to pedestrian ramps, except ramps in a barrier-free path
                                                                                                                     of travel.

                                                                                                                        2) Ramps in a barrier-free path of travel shall conform to the requirements in
                                                                                                                     Article 3.8.3.5.

                                                                                                    9.8.5.2.         Ramp Width
                                                                                                                     (See also Article 9.9.3.2.)

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), ramps shall be not less than 1 100 mm wide.

                                                                                                                        2) Ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite including
                                                                                                                     their common spaces shall be not less than 860 mm wide.

                                                                                                    9.8.5.3.         Height over Ramps

                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the clear height over ramps shall be not
                                                                                                                     less than 2 050 mm.

                                                                                                                        2) The clear height over ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a
                                                                                                                     secondary suite including their common spaces shall be not less than 1 950 mm.

                                                                                                    9.8.5.4.         Ramp Slope

                                                                                                                         1)   The slope of ramps shall be not more than
                                                                                                                         a)   1 in 10 for exterior ramps,
                                                                                                                         b)   1 in 10 for interior ramps serving residential occupancies,
                                                                                                                         c)   1 in 6 for industrial occupancies, and
                                                                                                                         d)   1 in 8 for all other occupancies.

                                                                                                    9.8.5.5.         Maximum Rise

                                                                                                                        1) Where the slope of the ramp is greater than 1 in 12, the maximum rise between
                                                                                                                     floors or landings shall be 1 500 mm.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                           Division B 9-25
                                                                                                    9.8.6.1.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    9.8.6.            Landings
                                                                                                    9.8.6.1.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Subsection applies to landings, except landings for ramps in a barrier-free
                                                                                                                      path of travel.
                                                                                                                         2) Landings for ramps in a barrier-free path of travel shall conform to the
                                                                                                                      requirements in Article 3.8.3.5.
                                                                                                                         3) Finished floors, and ground surfaces with a slope not exceeding 1 in 50, at the
                                                                                                                      top and bottom of stairs or ramps shall be considered as landings.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.8.6.2.          Required Landings
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4) and Sentence 9.9.6.6.(2), a landing
                                                                                                                      shall be provided
                                                                                                                         a) at the top and bottom of each flight of interior and exterior stairs, including
                                                                                                                              stairs in garages,
                                                                                                                         b) at the top and bottom of every ramp with a slope greater than 1 in 50,
                                                                                                                         c) where a doorway opens onto a stair or ramp,
                                                                                                                         d) where a ramp opens onto a stair, and
                                                                                                                         e) where a stair opens onto a ramp.
                                                                                                                         2) Where a door at the top of a stair within a dwelling unit swings away from the
                                                                                                                      stair, no landing is required between the doorway and the stair. (See Note A-9.8.6.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                         3) A landing may be omitted at the top of an exterior flight serving a secondary
                                                                                                                      entrance to a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the stair does not contain more than 3 risers,
                                                                                                                         b) the principal door is a sliding door or swings away from the stair, and
                                                                                                                          c) only a storm or screen door, if any, swings over the stair and is equipped
                                                                                                                             with hardware to hold it open.
                                                                                                                         4) A landing may be omitted at the bottom of an exterior stair or ramp, provided
                                                                                                                      there is no obstruction, such as a gate or door, within the lesser of the width of the
                                                                                                                      stair or ramp or
                                                                                                                          a) 900 mm for stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                          b) 1 100 mm for stairs or ramps not serving a single dwelling unit.

                                                                                                    9.8.6.3.          Dimensions of Landings
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.4.6.4.) (See also Articles 9.9.6.1. and 9.9.6.6. regarding landings in exits.)
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (7), landings shall be at least as wide and
                                                                                                                      as long as the width of the stair or ramp in which they occur.
                                                                                                                         2) Where the landing in a stairway or ramp does not turn or turns less than 90°, the
                                                                                                                      length of the landing need not be more than the lesser of
                                                                                                                         a) the required width of the stair or ramp, or
                                                                                                                         b) 1 100 mm.
                                                                                                                         3) The length of a landing shall be measured perpendicular to the nosings of
                                                                                                                      adjacent steps or to the end of the ramp, at a distance equal to half the length required
                                                                                                                      in Sentence (2) from the narrow edge of the landing.
                                                                                                                        4) Where stair flights or ramps of different widths adjoin a single landing, the
                                                                                                                      minimum width of the landing shall be
                                                                                                                         a) where one or more of the stair or ramp widths do not exceed their respective
                                                                                                                            required widths, not less than the greater required stair or ramp width, or
                                                                                                                         b) where all of the widths of the stairs or ramps exceed their respective required
                                                                                                                            widths, not less than the lesser actual stair or ramp width.
                                                                                                                         5) Where a door swings toward a stair, the full arc of the swing shall be over the
                                                                                                                      landing.
                                                                                                                         6) The slope of landings shall not exceed 1 in 50.


                                                                                                    9-26 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                     9.8.7.2.

                                                                                                                              7) Where a doorway or stairway opens onto the side of a ramp, the landing shall
                                                                                                                           extend for a distance of not less than 300 mm on either side of the doorway or stairway,
                                                                                                                           except on a side abutting an end wall.

                                                                                                    9.8.6.4.               Height over Landings
                                                                                                                              1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the clear height over landings shall be
                                                                                                                           not less than 2 050 mm.
                                                                                                                              2) The clear height over landings serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a
                                                                                                                           secondary suite including their common spaces shall be not less than 1 950 mm.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.8.7.                 Handrails
                                                                                                    9.8.7.1.               Required Handrails
                                                                                                                             1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), handrails shall be installed on stairs
                                                                                                                           and ramps in accordance with Table 9.8.7.1.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.8.7.1.
                                                                                                                                        Number of Sides of Stair or Ramp Required to Have a Handrail
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.7.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                   Handrails Serving Stairs                                     Handrails Serving Ramps
                                                                                                                                                                                     Stairs                Ramps                   Ramps
                                                                                                    Location of Stair or                Stairs < 1 100 mm Wide
                                                                                                                                                                               ≥ 1 100 mm Wide        < 1 100 mm Wide         ≥ 1 100 mm Wide
                                                                                                    Ramp
                                                                                                                                    Straight               Curved                     All            Straight or Curved              All
                                                                                                                                                                  Number of Sides Required to Have a Handrail
                                                                                                    Within a dwelling unit
                                                                                                    or a house with a                  1                      1                       1                         1                     2
                                                                                                    secondary suite
                                                                                                     All other locations               1                      2                       2                         2                     2


                                                                                                                              2) Except where a stair or ramp serves not more than two dwelling units, at least
                                                                                                                           one handrail shall be located not more than 750 mm from the natural path of travel on
                                                                                                                           the stair or ramp. (See Note A-9.8.7.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                             3) Handrails are not required for stairs and ramps serving a single dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                           where
                                                                                                                             a) interior stairs have not more than 2 risers,
                                                                                                                             b) exterior stairs have not more than 3 risers, or
                                                                                                                             c) ramps rise not more than 400 mm.
                                                                                                                              4) Only one handrail is required on exterior stairs having more than 3 risers
                                                                                                                           provided such stairs serve not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a secondary
                                                                                                                           suite.
                                                                                                                              5) Except for stairs with winders, where a flight of stairs within a dwelling unit
                                                                                                                           consists of tapered treads, or a mix of tapered treads and rectangular treads, one handrail
                                                                                                                           shall be installed along the narrow end of the treads.

                                                                                                    9.8.7.2.               Continuity of Handrails
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-9.8.7.2.)
                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), required handrails shall be continuously
                                                                                                                           graspable throughout the length of
                                                                                                                              a) ramps, and
                                                                                                                              b) flights of stairs, from the bottom riser to the top riser.
                                                                                                                              2) Except for stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a
                                                                                                                           secondary suite including their common spaces, at least one required handrail shall be


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                               Division B 9-27
                                                                                                    9.8.7.3.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                      continuous throughout the length of the stair or ramp, including at the landing except
                                                                                                                      where interrupted by doorways. (See Note A-3.4.6.5.(11).)
                                                                                                                         3) For stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite
                                                                                                                      including their common spaces, a handrail is permitted to start from a newel post
                                                                                                                      or volute installed on the bottom tread.

                                                                                                    9.8.7.3.          Termination of Handrails
                                                                                                                         1) Handrails shall be terminated in a manner that will not obstruct pedestrian
                                                                                                                      travel or create a hazard. (See Note A-9.8.7.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Except for stairs and ramps serving only one dwelling unit or a house with a




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      secondary suite including their common spaces, at least one handrail at the sides of a
                                                                                                                      stair or ramp shall extend horizontally not less than 300 mm beyond the top and bottom
                                                                                                                      of each flight or ramp. (See Note A-9.8.7.3.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.8.7.4.          Height of Handrails
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.8.7.4.)
                                                                                                                         1) The height of handrails on stairs and ramps shall be measured vertically from
                                                                                                                      the top of the handrail to
                                                                                                                          a) a straight line drawn tangent to the tread nosings of the stair served by
                                                                                                                             the handrail, or
                                                                                                                         b) the surface of the ramp, floor or landing served by the handrail.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (3) and Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(e), required handrails
                                                                                                                      shall be 865 mm to 1 070 mm high.
                                                                                                                         3) Handrails installed in addition to required handrails need not comply with
                                                                                                                      Sentence (2).

                                                                                                    9.8.7.5.          Ergonomic Design
                                                                                                                         1) The clearance between a handrail and the surface behind it shall be not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 50 mm, or
                                                                                                                         b) where said surface is rough or abrasive, 60 mm.
                                                                                                                         2) All handrails shall be constructed so as to be continually graspable along
                                                                                                                      their entire length with no obstruction on or above them to break a handhold. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-9.8.7.5.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.8.7.6.          Projections into Stairs and Ramps
                                                                                                                         1) Handrails and constructions below handrails, including handrail supports and
                                                                                                                      stair stringers, shall not project more than 100 mm into the required width of a stair or
                                                                                                                      ramp. (See also Articles 9.8.2.1. and 9.8.5.2.)

                                                                                                    9.8.7.7.          Design and Attachment of Handrails
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.8.7.7.)
                                                                                                                         1) Handrails and their supports shall be designed and constructed to withstand
                                                                                                                      the following loads, which need not be considered to act simultaneously:
                                                                                                                          a) a concentrated load of not less than 0.9 kN applied at any point and in any
                                                                                                                              direction for all handrails, and
                                                                                                                          b) for handrails other than those serving a single dwelling unit, a uniform load
                                                                                                                              of not less than 0.7 kN/m.
                                                                                                                         2) Where exterior or interior handrails serving a single dwelling unit or a house
                                                                                                                      with a secondary suite including their common spaces are attached to wood studs or
                                                                                                                      blocking, the attachment shall be deemed to comply with Sentence (1), where
                                                                                                                         a) the attachment points are spaced not more than 1.2 m apart measured on
                                                                                                                             the horizontal plane,
                                                                                                                         b) the first attachment point at either end is located no more than 300 mm
                                                                                                                             from the end of the handrail, and
                                                                                                                          c) the fasteners consist of not less than 2 No. 8 wood screws at each point,
                                                                                                                             penetrating not less than 32 mm into solid wood.


                                                                                                    9-28 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.8.8.2.

                                                                                                    9.8.8.           Guards
                                                                                                    9.8.8.1.         Required Guards
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.8.8.1.)
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and except at the leading edge at the top of a
                                                                                                                     flight, every surface to which access is provided, including but not limited to flights of
                                                                                                                     steps and ramps, exterior landings, porches, balconies, mezzanines, galleries and raised
                                                                                                                     walkways, shall be protected by a guard on each side that is not protected by a wall for
                                                                                                                     the length where the difference in elevation is more than 600 mm between the walking
                                                                                                                     surface and the adjacent surface within 1.2 m.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         2)   Guards are not required
                                                                                                                         a)   at loading docks,
                                                                                                                         b)   at floor pits in repair garages, or
                                                                                                                         c)   where access is provided for maintenance purposes only.
                                                                                                                        3) Doors in buildings of residential occupancy, where the finished floor on one side of
                                                                                                                     the door is more than 600 mm above the floor or other constructed surface or ground
                                                                                                                     level on the other side of the door, shall be protected by
                                                                                                                         a) a guard, or
                                                                                                                         b) a mechanism capable of controlling the free swinging or sliding of the door
                                                                                                                             so as to limit any clear unobstructed opening to not more than 100 mm.
                                                                                                                        4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), openable windows in buildings of residential
                                                                                                                     occupancy shall be protected by
                                                                                                                         a) a guard, or
                                                                                                                        b) a mechanism that can only be released with the use of tools or special
                                                                                                                            knowledge to control the free swinging or sliding operation of the openable
                                                                                                                            part of the window so as to limit any clear unobstructed opening to not
                                                                                                                            more than 100 mm measured either vertically or horizontally.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.8.8.1.(4).)
                                                                                                                        5) Windows need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (4), where the
                                                                                                                     bottom edge of the openable portion of the window is located
                                                                                                                        a) more than 900 mm above the finished floor, or
                                                                                                                        b) less than 1 800 mm above the floor or ground on the other side of the
                                                                                                                           window.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.8.8.1.(4).)
                                                                                                                        6) Except as provided in Sentence (7), glazing installed over stairs, ramps and
                                                                                                                     landings that extends to less than 1 070 mm above the surface of the treads, ramp or
                                                                                                                     landing shall be
                                                                                                                        a) protected by guards, in accordance with this Subsection, or
                                                                                                                        b) non-openable and designed to withstand the specified lateral loads for
                                                                                                                            balcony guards as provided in Article 4.1.5.14.
                                                                                                                        7) In dwelling units, glazing installed over stairs, ramps and landings that extends to
                                                                                                                     less than 900 mm above the surface of the treads, ramp or landing shall be
                                                                                                                         a) protected by guards, in accordance with this Subsection, or
                                                                                                                         b) non-openable and designed to withstand the specified lateral loads for
                                                                                                                             balcony guards as provided in Article 4.1.5.14.
                                                                                                                         8) Glazing installed in public areas that extends to less than 1 m from the floor and
                                                                                                                     is located above the second storey in buildings of residential occupancy shall be
                                                                                                                          a) protected by guards in accordance with this Subsection, or
                                                                                                                         b) non-openable and designed to withstand the specified lateral loads for
                                                                                                                             balcony guards as provided in Article 4.1.5.14.

                                                                                                    9.8.8.2.         Loads on Guards
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.8.8.2.)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2), (3) and (5), guards shall be designed to
                                                                                                                     resist the specified loads prescribed in Table 9.8.8.2.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-29
                                                                                                    9.8.8.3.                                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                                                                        Table 9.8.8.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 Specified Loads for Guards
                                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.8.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Minimum Specified Loads
                                                                                                                                             Horizontal Load Applied Inward      Horizontal Load Applied Outward     Evenly Distributed Vertical Load
                                                                                                               Location of Guard             or Outward at any Point at the      on Elements Within the Guard,       Applied at the Top of the Guard
                                                                                                                                             Minimum Required Height of the      Including Solid Panels and
                                                                                                                                             Guard                               Balusters
                                                                                                     Guards within dwelling units and        0.5 kN/m OR concentrated load of    0.5 kN applied over a maximum                   1.5 kN/m
                                                                                                     exterior guards serving not more        1.0 kN applied at any point (1)     width of 300 mm and a height of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     than two dwelling units                                                     300 mm (2)
                                                                                                     Guards serving access ways to     Concentrated load of 1.0 kN               Concentrated load of 0.5 kN                     1.5 kN/m
                                                                                                     equipment platforms and similar   applied at any point                      applied over an area of 100 mm
                                                                                                     areas where the gathering of many                                           by 100 mm located at any point on
                                                                                                     people is improbable                                                        the element or elements so as to
                                                                                                                                                                                 produce the most critical effect
                                                                                                     All other guards                        0.75 kN/m OR concentrated load of Concentrated load of 0.5 kN                       1.5 kN/m
                                                                                                                                             1.0 kN applied at any point (1)   applied over an area of 100 mm
                                                                                                                                                                               by 100 mm located at any point on
                                                                                                                                                                               the element or elements so as to
                                                                                                                                                                               produce the most critical effect

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.8.8.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The load that creates the most critical condition shall apply.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence (3).


                                                                                                                               2) The size of the opening between any two adjacent vertical elements within a
                                                                                                                            guard shall not exceed the limits required by Sentence 9.8.8.5.(1) when each of these
                                                                                                                            elements is subjected to a specified live load of 0.1 kN applied in opposite directions in
                                                                                                                            the in-plane direction of the guard so as to produce the most critical effect.
                                                                                                                               3) For guards within dwelling units and within houses with a secondary
                                                                                                                            suite including their common spaces and for exterior guards serving not more
                                                                                                                            than two dwelling units, where the width and spacing of balusters are such that
                                                                                                                            three balusters can be engaged by a load imposed over a 300 mm width, the load shall
                                                                                                                            be imposed so as to engage three balusters.
                                                                                                                               4) None of the loads specified in Table 9.8.8.2. need be considered to act
                                                                                                                            simultaneously.
                                                                                                                               5) For guards within dwelling units and within houses with a secondary suite
                                                                                                                            including their common spaces and for exterior guards serving not more than
                                                                                                                            two dwelling units, Table 9.8.8.2. need not apply where the guard construction used has
                                                                                                                            been demonstrated to provide effective performance.

                                                                                                    9.8.8.3.                Height of Guards
                                                                                                                            (See Note A-9.8.8.3.)
                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), all guards shall be not less than
                                                                                                                            1 070 mm high.
                                                                                                                               2) All guards within dwelling units or within houses with a secondary suite including
                                                                                                                            their common spaces shall be not less than 900 mm high.
                                                                                                                               3) Exterior guards serving not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a
                                                                                                                            secondary suite including their common spaces shall be not less than 900 mm high
                                                                                                                            where the walking surface served by the guard is not more than 1 800 mm above the
                                                                                                                            finished ground level.
                                                                                                                                4) The height of guards for flights of steps shall be measured vertically from the top
                                                                                                                            of the guard to a line drawn through the tread nosing served by the guard.


                                                                                                    9-30 Division B                                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              9.8.9.1.

                                                                                                    9.8.8.4.         Guards for Floors and Ramps in Garages

                                                                                                                        1) Except for floors of garages referred to in Section 9.35., where garage floors or
                                                                                                                     ramps are 600 mm or more above the adjacent ground or floor level, every opening
                                                                                                                     through a garage floor and the perimeter of floors and ramps that have no exterior
                                                                                                                     walls shall be provided with
                                                                                                                        a) a continuous curb not less than 140 mm in height, and
                                                                                                                        b) a guard not less than 1 070 mm above the floor level.

                                                                                                                        2) Vehicle guardrails shall be designed and constructed to withstand the loading
                                                                                                                     values stipulated in Sentence 4.1.5.15.(1). (See Note A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.8.8.5.         Openings in Guards

                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in Sentences (3) and (4), openings through guards shall be
                                                                                                                     of a size that prevents the passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 100 mm.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3).)

                                                                                                                        2) Except for guards that serve industrial occupancies, the triangular openings
                                                                                                                     formed by stair risers, stair treads and the bottom element of a required guard shall be
                                                                                                                     of a size that prevents the passage of a 150 mm diam sphere.

                                                                                                                        3) Except where they serve storage garages, guards in industrial occupancies are
                                                                                                                     permitted to consist of
                                                                                                                        a) a top railing, and
                                                                                                                        b) one or more horizontal intermediate rails spaced such that the size of the
                                                                                                                            openings through the guard prevents the passage of a spherical object
                                                                                                                            having a diameter of 535 mm.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3).)

                                                                                                                        4) Openings through any guard that is not required by Article 9.8.8.1. and that
                                                                                                                     serves an occupancy other than an industrial occupancy shall be of a size that
                                                                                                                         a) prevents the passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 100 mm, or
                                                                                                                        b) permits the passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 200 mm.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.8.8.5.(4).)

                                                                                                    9.8.8.6.         Design of Guards to Not Facilitate Climbing

                                                                                                                        1) Except for guards in industrial occupancies, guards required by Article 9.8.8.1. that
                                                                                                                     protect a level located more than 4.2 m above the adjacent level shall be designed so
                                                                                                                     that no member, attachment or opening located between 140 mm and 900 mm above
                                                                                                                     the level protected by the guard facilitates climbing. (See Note A-9.8.8.6.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.8.8.7.         Glass in Guards

                                                                                                                         1) Glass in guards shall be
                                                                                                                         a) safety glazing of the laminated or tempered type conforming to
                                                                                                                            CAN/CGSB-12.1, “Safety Glazing,” or
                                                                                                                         b) wired glass conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, “Wired Safety Glass.”

                                                                                                    9.8.9.           Construction

                                                                                                    9.8.9.1.         Loads on Stairs and Ramps

                                                                                                                        1) Except as specified in Articles 9.8.9.4. and 9.8.9.5., stairs and ramps shall be
                                                                                                                     designed for strength and rigidity under uniform loading criteria to support specified
                                                                                                                     loads of
                                                                                                                        a) 1.9 kPa for stairs and ramps serving not more than one dwelling unit or a
                                                                                                                            house with a secondary suite including their common spaces, and
                                                                                                                        b) 4.8 kPa for other stairs and ramps.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                         Division B 9-31
                                                                                                    9.8.9.2.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    9.8.9.2.          Exterior Concrete Stairs
                                                                                                                         1) Exterior concrete stairs with more than 2 risers and 2 treads shall be
                                                                                                                         a) supported on unit masonry or concrete walls or piers not less than 150 mm
                                                                                                                            in cross section, or
                                                                                                                         b) cantilevered from the main foundation wall.
                                                                                                                         2) Stairs described in Sentence (1), when cantilevered from the foundation wall,
                                                                                                                      shall be constructed and installed in conformance with Subsection 9.8.10.
                                                                                                                         3) The depth below ground level for foundations for exterior steps shall conform to
                                                                                                                      the requirements in Section 9.12.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.8.9.3.          Exterior Wood Steps
                                                                                                                         1) Exterior wood steps shall not be in direct contact with the ground unless
                                                                                                                      suitably treated with a wood preservative.

                                                                                                    9.8.9.4.          Wooden Stair Stringers
                                                                                                                         1) Wooden stair stringers shall
                                                                                                                         a) have a minimum effective depth of 90 mm, measured perpendicularly to
                                                                                                                            the bottom of the stringer at the point of minimum cross-section, and an
                                                                                                                            overall depth of not less than 235 mm,
                                                                                                                         b) be supported and secured top and bottom,
                                                                                                                         c) be not less than 25 mm actual thickness if supported along their length and
                                                                                                                            38 mm actual thickness if unsupported along their length, and
                                                                                                                         d) except as permitted in Sentence (2), be spaced not more than 900 mm o.c. in
                                                                                                                            stairs serving not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a secondary
                                                                                                                            suite including their common spaces, and 600 mm o.c. in other stairs.
                                                                                                                         2) For stairs serving not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a secondary
                                                                                                                      suite including their common spaces, where risers support the front portion of the
                                                                                                                      tread, the space between stringers shall be not more than 1 200 mm.

                                                                                                    9.8.9.5.          Treads
                                                                                                                         1) Stair treads of lumber, plywood or OSB within dwelling units shall be not less
                                                                                                                      than 25 mm actual thickness, except that, where open risers are permitted and the
                                                                                                                      distance between stringers exceeds 750 mm, the treads shall be not less than 38 mm
                                                                                                                      actual thickness.
                                                                                                                         2) Stair treads of plywood or OSB that are not continuously supported by the riser
                                                                                                                      shall have their face grain or direction of face orientation at right angles to the stringers.

                                                                                                    9.8.9.6.          Finish for Treads and Landings
                                                                                                                         1) The finish for treads and landings of interior stairs in dwelling units, other than
                                                                                                                      stairs to unfinished basements, shall consist of hardwood, vertical grain softwood,
                                                                                                                      resilient flooring or other material providing equivalent performance.
                                                                                                                         2) Treads and landings of interior and exterior stairs and ramps, other than those
                                                                                                                      within dwelling units or within houses with a secondary suite including their common
                                                                                                                      spaces, shall have a slip-resistant finish or be provided with slip-resistant strips that
                                                                                                                      extend not more than 1 mm above the surface.

                                                                                                    9.8.10.           Cantilevered Precast Concrete Steps
                                                                                                    9.8.10.1.         Design
                                                                                                                          1) Exterior concrete steps and their anchorage system that are cantilevered from
                                                                                                                      a foundation wall shall be designed and installed to support the loads to which they
                                                                                                                      may be subjected.


                                                                                                    9-32 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                  9.9.2.2.

                                                                                                    9.8.10.2.        Anchorage
                                                                                                                        1) Cantilevered concrete steps referred to in Article 9.8.10.1. shall be anchored to
                                                                                                                     concrete foundation walls not less than 200 mm thick.

                                                                                                    9.8.10.3.        Prevention of Damage Due to Frost
                                                                                                                        1) Suitable precautions shall be taken during backfilling and grading operations to
                                                                                                                     ensure that subsequent freezing of the soil will not cause uplift forces on the underside
                                                                                                                     of cantilevered concrete steps to the extent that the steps or the walls to which they
                                                                                                                     are attached will be damaged.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Section 9.9. Means of Egress
                                                                                                    9.9.1.           General
                                                                                                    9.9.1.1.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) Stairways, handrails and guards in a means of egress shall conform to the
                                                                                                                     requirements in Section 9.8. as well as to the requirements in this Section.

                                                                                                    9.9.1.2.         Fire Protection
                                                                                                                        1) In addition to the fire protection requirements provided in Subsection 9.9.4.,
                                                                                                                     flame-spread ratings, fire-resistance ratings and fire-protection ratings for means of egress
                                                                                                                     shall conform to Section 9.10.

                                                                                                    9.9.1.3.         Occupant Load
                                                                                                                        1) Except for dwelling units, the occupant load of a floor area or part of a floor area
                                                                                                                     shall be the number of persons for which such areas are designed, but not fewer
                                                                                                                     than that determined from Table 3.1.17.1., unless it can be shown that the area will
                                                                                                                     be occupied by fewer persons.
                                                                                                                        2) The occupant load for dwelling units shall be based on 2 persons per bedroom or
                                                                                                                     sleeping area.

                                                                                                    9.9.2.           Types and Purpose of Exits
                                                                                                    9.9.2.1.         Types of Exits
                                                                                                                        1) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, an exit from any floor area shall
                                                                                                                     be one of the following used singly or in combination:
                                                                                                                        a) an exterior doorway,
                                                                                                                        b) an exterior passageway,
                                                                                                                         c) an exterior ramp,
                                                                                                                        d) an exterior stairway,
                                                                                                                         e) a fire escape,
                                                                                                                         f) a horizontal exit,
                                                                                                                        g) an interior passageway,
                                                                                                                        h) an interior ramp, or
                                                                                                                         i) an interior stairway.
                                                                                                                        2) Fire escapes shall only be used as exits on existing buildings and shall be
                                                                                                                     designed and installed in conformance with Subsection 3.4.7.
                                                                                                                        3) Where a horizontal exit is used, it shall conform to Sentence 3.4.1.6.(1) and
                                                                                                                     Article 3.4.6.10.

                                                                                                    9.9.2.2.         Purpose of Exits
                                                                                                                         1) An exit shall be designed for no purpose other than for exiting except that an
                                                                                                                     exit may also serve as an access to a floor area.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                             Division B 9-33
                                                                                                    9.9.2.3.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                    9.9.2.3.          Elevators, Slide Escapes and Windows as Means of Egress
                                                                                                                         1) Elevators, slide escapes and windows shall not be considered as part of a
                                                                                                                      required means of egress.

                                                                                                    9.9.2.4.          Principal Entrances
                                                                                                                         1) Except for doors serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary
                                                                                                                      suite including their common spaces, at least one door at every principal entrance
                                                                                                                      to a building providing access from the exterior at ground level shall be designed in
                                                                                                                      accordance with the requirements for exits.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.9.3.            Dimensions of Means of Egress
                                                                                                    9.9.3.1.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Subsection applies to every means of egress except
                                                                                                                         a) exits that serve not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a secondary
                                                                                                                            suite including their common spaces, and
                                                                                                                         b) access to exits within dwelling units and within houses with a secondary suite
                                                                                                                            including their common spaces.

                                                                                                    9.9.3.2.          Exit Width
                                                                                                                         1) Except for doors and corridors, the width of every exit facility shall be
                                                                                                                      not less than 900 mm. (See Article 9.9.6.3. for doors, Article 9.8.2.1. for stairs, and
                                                                                                                      Article 9.8.5.2. for ramps.)

                                                                                                    9.9.3.3.          Width of Corridors
                                                                                                                         1) The width of every public corridor, corridor used by the public, and exit corridor
                                                                                                                      shall be not less than 1 100 mm. (See also Subsection 9.9.5. for obstructions in corridors.)

                                                                                                    9.9.3.4.          Clear Height
                                                                                                                          1) Except for stairways, doorways and storage garages, the minimum clear height in
                                                                                                                      exits and access to exits shall be 2.1 m. (See Article 9.8.2.2. for stairs, Article 9.8.5.3. for
                                                                                                                      ramps, Article 9.8.6.4. for landings and Article 9.9.6.2. for doorways.)
                                                                                                                         2) The clear height in exits and access to exits in storage garages shall be not less
                                                                                                                      than 2 m.

                                                                                                    9.9.4.            Fire Protection of Exits
                                                                                                    9.9.4.1.          Application
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Articles 9.9.4.4. and 9.9.4.6., this Subsection applies to the
                                                                                                                      fire protection of all exits except exits serving not more than one dwelling unit.

                                                                                                    9.9.4.2.          Fire Separations for Exits
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (5) and Article 9.9.8.5., every exit
                                                                                                                      other than an exterior doorway shall be separated from each adjacent floor area or
                                                                                                                      from another exit
                                                                                                                         a) where there is a floor assembly above the floor area, by a fire separation having
                                                                                                                             a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly above
                                                                                                                             the floor area (see Article 9.10.9.12.), and
                                                                                                                         b) where there is no floor assembly above the floor area, by a fire separation
                                                                                                                             having a fire-resistance rating not less than the greater of
                                                                                                                                 i) that required by Subsection 9.10.8. for the floor assembly
                                                                                                                                    below, or
                                                                                                                                ii) 45 min.


                                                                                                    9-34 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              9.9.4.5.

                                                                                                                        2) Where an exit is located in a house with a secondary suite including their
                                                                                                                     common spaces, the exit shall be protected by a continuous smoke-tight barrier of not
                                                                                                                     less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board installed on
                                                                                                                         a) both sides of walls separating the exit from the remainder of the building, and
                                                                                                                         b) the underside of floor-ceiling framing separating the exit from the remainder
                                                                                                                             of the building.
                                                                                                                     (See Sentence 9.10.9.3.(2) for closures.)

                                                                                                                         3) A fire separation common to 2 exits shall be smoke-tight and not be pierced by
                                                                                                                     doorways, duct work, piping or any other opening that may affect the continuity
                                                                                                                     of the separation.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        4) A fire separation that separates an exit from the remainder of the building shall
                                                                                                                     have no openings except those for electrical wiring, noncombustible conduit and
                                                                                                                     noncombustible piping that serve only the exit, and for standpipes, sprinkler piping, exit
                                                                                                                     doorways and wired glass and glass block permitted in Article 9.9.4.3.

                                                                                                                         5) The requirements in Sentences (1) and (2) do not apply to an exterior exit
                                                                                                                     passageway provided the passageway has not less than 50% of its exterior sides open
                                                                                                                     to the outdoors and is served by an exit stair at each end of the passageway.

                                                                                                    9.9.4.3.         Wired Glass or Glass Block
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.8.19.(1).)

                                                                                                                         1) This Article applies to wired glass in doors, and wired glass or glass block in
                                                                                                                     sidelights, where these are installed in fire separations between exit enclosures and
                                                                                                                     floor areas.

                                                                                                                       2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the combined area of glazing in doors
                                                                                                                     and sidelights shall not exceed 0.8 m2.

                                                                                                                         3) Where an exit enclosure connects with a floor area through an enclosed vestibule
                                                                                                                     or corridor separated from the floor area by fire separations having not less than a 45 min
                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating, the glazed areas described in Sentence (1) need not be limited as
                                                                                                                     required in Sentence (2).

                                                                                                    9.9.4.4.         Openings Near Unenclosed Exterior Exit Stairs and Ramps

                                                                                                                        1) Unprotected openings in exterior walls of the building shall be protected with
                                                                                                                     wired glass in fixed steel frames or glass block conforming to Articles 9.10.13.5.
                                                                                                                     and 9.10.13.7., where
                                                                                                                        a) an unenclosed exterior exit stair or ramp provides the only means of egress
                                                                                                                            from a suite and is exposed to fire from unprotected openings in the exterior
                                                                                                                            walls of
                                                                                                                               i) another fire compartment, or
                                                                                                                              ii) another dwelling unit, ancillary space or common space in a
                                                                                                                                  house with a secondary suite, and
                                                                                                                        b) unprotected openings in the exterior walls of the building are within 3 m
                                                                                                                            horizontally and less than 10 m below or less than 5 m above the exit stair
                                                                                                                            or ramp.

                                                                                                    9.9.4.5.         Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits

                                                                                                                         1) Either openings in exterior walls of an exit or openings in adjacent exterior walls
                                                                                                                     of the building the exit serves shall be protected with wired glass in fixed steel frames or
                                                                                                                     glass block installed in accordance with Articles 9.10.13.5. and 9.10.13.7., where
                                                                                                                         a) the exit enclosure has exterior walls that intersect the exterior walls of the
                                                                                                                             building at an angle of less than 135° measured on the outside of the building,
                                                                                                                             and
                                                                                                                         b) the openings in the exterior walls of the building are within 3 m horizontally
                                                                                                                             and less than 2 m above the openings in the exterior walls of the exit.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.9.4.5.(1).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                         Division B 9-35
                                                                                                    9.9.4.6.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    9.9.4.6.          Openings Near Exit Doors
                                                                                                                         1) Unprotected openings shall be protected with wired glass in fixed steel frames or
                                                                                                                      glass block conforming to Articles 9.10.13.5. and 9.10.13.7., where
                                                                                                                          a) an exterior exit door
                                                                                                                                 i) in one fire compartment is within 3 m horizontally of an
                                                                                                                                    unprotected opening serving another fire compartment, or
                                                                                                                                ii) in one dwelling unit, ancillary space or common space in a
                                                                                                                                    house with a secondary suite is within 3 m horizontally of the
                                                                                                                                    unprotected openings serving another dwelling unit, ancillary
                                                                                                                                    space or common space in a house with a secondary suite,
                                                                                                                                    and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         b) the exterior walls of the fire compartments, dwelling units, ancillary spaces and
                                                                                                                              common spaces in a house with a secondary suite referred to in Clause (a)
                                                                                                                              intersect at an exterior angle of less than 135°.

                                                                                                    9.9.4.7.          Stairways in 2 Storey, Group D or E Buildings
                                                                                                                         1) Where a suite of Group D or E occupancy is located partly on the first storey
                                                                                                                      and partly on the second storey, stairways serving the second storey of that suite need
                                                                                                                      not be constructed as exit stairs provided,
                                                                                                                         a) the building is not greater than 2 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                         b) the suite is separated from other occupancies by at least a 45 min fire separation,
                                                                                                                          c) the area occupied by the suite is not greater than 100 m2 per storey,
                                                                                                                         d) the maximum travel distance from any point in the suite to an exterior exit is
                                                                                                                             not greater than 25 m,
                                                                                                                          e) the floor assemblies have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min or are
                                                                                                                             of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                          f) the basement and first storey are separated by a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                             fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min.

                                                                                                    9.9.5.            Obstructions and Hazards in Means of Egress
                                                                                                    9.9.5.1.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Subsection applies to obstructions and hazards in every means of egress
                                                                                                                      except those within a dwelling unit or serving not more than one dwelling unit.

                                                                                                    9.9.5.2.          Occupancies in Corridors
                                                                                                                        1) Where a corridor contains an occupancy, the occupancy shall not reduce the
                                                                                                                      unobstructed width of the corridor to less than the required width of the corridor.

                                                                                                    9.9.5.3.          Obstructions in Public Corridors
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), obstructions located within 1 980 mm
                                                                                                                      of the floor shall not project horizontally more than 100 mm into exit passageways,
                                                                                                                      corridors used by the public or public corridors in a manner that would create a hazard
                                                                                                                      for visually impaired persons travelling adjacent to walls.
                                                                                                                         2) The horizontal projection of an obstruction referred to in Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                      permitted to exceed 100 mm where the obstruction extends to less than 680 mm above
                                                                                                                      the floor. (See Note A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3).)

                                                                                                    9.9.5.4.          Obstructions in Exits
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Subsection 9.9.6. and Article 9.8.7.6., no fixture, turnstile
                                                                                                                      or construction shall project within the required width of an exit.

                                                                                                    9.9.5.5.          Obstructions in Means of Egress
                                                                                                                         1) No obstructions such as posts or turnstiles shall be placed so as to restrict the
                                                                                                                      width of a required means of egress from a floor area or part of a floor area to less than
                                                                                                                      750 mm unless an alternate unobstructed means of egress is provided adjacent to and
                                                                                                                      plainly visible from the restricted egress.


                                                                                                    9-36 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               9.9.6.2.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), no obstructions, such as counter gates, that
                                                                                                                     do not meet the requirements for exit doors, shall be placed in a required means of egress
                                                                                                                     from a floor area or part of a floor area unless an alternate unobstructed means of egress is
                                                                                                                     provided adjacent to and plainly visible from the restricted egress.
                                                                                                                         3) Obstructions, such as counter gates, that do not satisfy Sentence (2), are
                                                                                                                     permitted to be placed in a required means of egress from a part of a floor area in
                                                                                                                     mercantile occupancies and business and personal services occupancies, provided that the
                                                                                                                     part of the floor area served by the obstructed means of egress is not generally accessible
                                                                                                                     to the public.

                                                                                                    9.9.5.6.         Mirrors or Draperies




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) No mirror shall be placed in or adjacent to any exit so as to confuse the direction
                                                                                                                     of exit, and no mirror or draperies shall be placed on or over exit doors.

                                                                                                    9.9.5.7.         Fuel-Fired Appliances
                                                                                                                        1) Fuel-fired appliances shall not be installed in an exit or corridor serving as an
                                                                                                                     access to exit.

                                                                                                    9.9.5.8.         Service Rooms
                                                                                                                        1) Service rooms containing equipment subject to possible explosion, such as boilers
                                                                                                                     designed to operate at a pressure in excess of 100 kPa, and certain types of refrigerating
                                                                                                                     and transformer equipment, shall not be located under required exits.

                                                                                                    9.9.5.9.         Ancillary Rooms
                                                                                                                        1) Except in houses with a secondary suite, ancillary rooms such as storage rooms,
                                                                                                                     washrooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms and service rooms shall not open directly
                                                                                                                     into an exit.

                                                                                                    9.9.6.           Doors in a Means of Egress
                                                                                                    9.9.6.1.         Obstructions by Doors
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), obstructions created by doors shall be
                                                                                                                     limited in accordance with Sentences (2) and (3)
                                                                                                                        a) at exit doors,
                                                                                                                        b) at doors that open into or are located within a public corridor, and
                                                                                                                         c) at doors that open into or are located within another facility that provides
                                                                                                                            access to exit from a suite.
                                                                                                                        2) When fully open, doors described in Sentence (1) shall not decrease the
                                                                                                                     required exit width by more than
                                                                                                                        a) 100 mm in exit corridors, and
                                                                                                                        b) 50 mm for other exit facilities.
                                                                                                                        3) The swing of doors described in Sentence (1) shall not reduce the width of the
                                                                                                                     path of travel to less than
                                                                                                                        a) the required exit width in exit corridors and passageways, and
                                                                                                                        b) 750 mm on exit stairs or landings.
                                                                                                                       4) Doors serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite need not
                                                                                                                     comply with Sentences (2) and (3).

                                                                                                    9.9.6.2.         Clear Opening Height at Doorways
                                                                                                                       1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the clear opening height of
                                                                                                                     doorways shall be not less than 2 030 mm high at
                                                                                                                        a) exit doors,
                                                                                                                        b) doors that open into or are located within a public corridor, and
                                                                                                                        c) doors that open into or are located within another facility that provides
                                                                                                                           access to exit from a suite.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-37
                                                                                                    9.9.6.3.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                         2) The clear opening height under door closers and other devices in doorways
                                                                                                                      described in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 1 980 mm.
                                                                                                                         3) Doorways serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite need
                                                                                                                      not comply with Sentences (1) and (2). (See also Article 9.5.5.1.)

                                                                                                    9.9.6.3.          Clear Opening Width at Doorways
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the clear opening width of doorways shall
                                                                                                                      comply with Sentence (2) at
                                                                                                                         a) exit doors, and
                                                                                                                         b) doors that open into or are located within a public corridor or other facility




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            that provides access to exit from a suite.
                                                                                                                         2) Doorways described in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                         a) not less than 800 mm wide where there is only one door leaf,
                                                                                                                         b) not less than 800 mm wide where multiple-leaf doors are installed with only
                                                                                                                            one active leaf having a latching mechanism described in Article 9.9.6.7., and
                                                                                                                         c) not less than 1 210 mm wide where multiple-leaf doors are installed with
                                                                                                                            two active leaves.
                                                                                                                         3) In doorways described in Sentence (1) that have multiple-leaf doors installed,
                                                                                                                         a) no active leaf shall be less than 810 mm wide where only one leaf is active,
                                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                                         b) no single leaf shall be less than 610 mm wide where two leaves are active.
                                                                                                                         4) Doorways serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite need
                                                                                                                      not comply with Sentence (2). (See also Article 9.5.5.1.)

                                                                                                    9.9.6.4.          Door Action
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), required exit doors and doors in
                                                                                                                      required means of egress, except doors in means of egress within dwelling units, shall
                                                                                                                      swing on the vertical axis.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (5), breakaway sliding doors, installed as
                                                                                                                      required exit doors or required doors in means of egress, shall be identified as swinging
                                                                                                                      doors by means of a label or decal affixed to the door.
                                                                                                                         3) Revolving doors shall comply with Article 3.4.6.15.
                                                                                                                         4) Movable partitions used to separate a public corridor from an adjacent
                                                                                                                      business and personal services occupancy or a mercantile occupancy need not conform to
                                                                                                                      Sentence (1), provided the partitions are not located in the only means of egress. (See
                                                                                                                      Note A-3.3.1.12.(3).)
                                                                                                                         5) Exit doors need not conform to Sentence (1) or (2), where
                                                                                                                         a) the doors serve accessory buildings where life safety is not adversely affected,
                                                                                                                         b) the doors serve storage garages or other accessory buildings serving not more
                                                                                                                            than one dwelling unit, or
                                                                                                                         c) the doors
                                                                                                                               i) serve storage suites of not more than 28 m2 in gross area that
                                                                                                                                  are in warehousing buildings of not more than one storey,
                                                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                                              ii) open directly to the exterior at ground level.

                                                                                                    9.9.6.5.          Direction of Door Swing
                                                                                                                          1) Except for doors serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite,
                                                                                                                      exit doors that are required to swing shall swing in the direction of exit travel.
                                                                                                                         2) Doors that open onto a corridor or other facility that provides access to exit from
                                                                                                                      a room or suite having an occupant load of more than 60 persons shall swing on the
                                                                                                                      vertical axis in the direction of exit travel.
                                                                                                                        3) Doors that divide a corridor that is not wholly contained within a suite shall
                                                                                                                      swing in the direction of exit travel.


                                                                                                    9-38 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.9.7.2.

                                                                                                                        4) Where a pair of doors is installed in a corridor that provides access to exit in
                                                                                                                     both directions, the doors shall
                                                                                                                        a) swing in opposite directions, with the door on the right-hand side swinging
                                                                                                                            in the direction of exit travel, or
                                                                                                                        b) swing in both directions.

                                                                                                    9.9.6.6.         Nearness of Doors to Stairs
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the distance between a stair riser and the
                                                                                                                     leading edge of a door during its swing, except for doors serving a single dwelling unit
                                                                                                                     or a house with a secondary suite, shall be not less than 300 mm.
                                                                                                                        2) Where there is a danger of blockage from ice or snow, an exit door, including




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     doors serving a single dwelling unit, may open onto not more than one step, provided
                                                                                                                     the riser of such a step does not exceed 150 mm.

                                                                                                    9.9.6.7.         Door Latching, Locking and Opening Mechanisms
                                                                                                                        1) Principal entrance doors, exit doors and doors to suites, including exterior doors
                                                                                                                     of dwelling units, and other doors in an access to exit shall
                                                                                                                         a) be openable from the inside or in travelling to an exit without requiring keys,
                                                                                                                             special devices or specialized knowledge of the door-opening mechanism, or
                                                                                                                         b) be controlled by electromagnetic locking mechanisms in accordance with
                                                                                                                             Sentence 3.4.6.16.(5).
                                                                                                                        2) Except for doors serving a single dwelling unit or a house with a secondary
                                                                                                                     suite, and doors to accessory buildings and to garages serving a single dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                     door release hardware on doors in a means of egress shall be operable with one hand
                                                                                                                     and the door shall be openable with not more than one releasing operation. (See also
                                                                                                                     Sentence 3.8.3.6.(4) and Note A-3.3.1.13.(4).)
                                                                                                                        3) Door release hardware on doors in a means of egress shall be installed 900 mm to
                                                                                                                     1 100 mm above the finished floor.
                                                                                                                        4) Except for hotels and motels, a door opening onto a public corridor that provides
                                                                                                                     access to exit from suites shall be designed not to lock automatically if it is equipped
                                                                                                                     with an automatic self-closing device. (See Note A-3.3.4.5.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.9.6.8.         Effort Required to Open
                                                                                                                        1) Every exit door, except doors serving a single dwelling unit or a house with
                                                                                                                     a secondary suite, shall be designed and installed so that when the latch is released
                                                                                                                     the door will open in the direction of exit travel under a force of not more than 90 N
                                                                                                                     applied to the door release hardware. (See Sentence 3.8.3.6.(8) for door opening forces
                                                                                                                     in a barrier-free path of travel.)

                                                                                                    9.9.7.           Access to Exits
                                                                                                    9.9.7.1.         Egress from Roof Area, Podiums, Terraces, Platforms and Contained
                                                                                                                     Open Spaces
                                                                                                                        1) An access to exit shall be provided from every roof intended for occupancy and
                                                                                                                     from every podium, terrace, platform or contained open space.
                                                                                                                        2) Where a roof is intended for an occupant load of more than 60 persons, at
                                                                                                                     least 2 separate means of egress shall be provided from the roof to stairs designed in
                                                                                                                     conformance with the requirements for exit stairs and located remote from each other.
                                                                                                                        3) Where a podium, terrace, platform or contained open space is provided, egress
                                                                                                                     requirements shall conform to the appropriate requirements for rooms or suites in
                                                                                                                     Article 9.9.7.4.

                                                                                                    9.9.7.2.         Means of Egress from Suites
                                                                                                                       1) Except as required in Sentence 9.9.9.3.(1), each suite in a floor area occupied by
                                                                                                                     more than one suite shall have
                                                                                                                       a) an exterior exit doorway,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-39
                                                                                                    9.9.7.3.                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                              b) a doorway to a public corridor, or
                                                                                                                              c) a doorway to an exterior passageway.
                                                                                                                              2) Except as provided in Sentences 9.9.7.3.(1) and 9.9.8.2.(2), from the point
                                                                                                                           where a doorway described in Clause (1)(b) or (c) enters the public corridor or exterior
                                                                                                                           passageway, it shall be possible to go in opposite directions to each of 2 separate exits.

                                                                                                    9.9.7.3.               Dead-End Corridors
                                                                                                                              1) Except for a dead-end corridor that is entirely within a suite and except as
                                                                                                                           permitted in Sentence 9.9.9.2.(1), a dead-end corridor is permitted provided it is not
                                                                                                                           more than 6 m long.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.9.7.4.               Number and Spacing of Egress Doors
                                                                                                                              1) Except for dwelling units, at least 2 egress doors shall be provided when the area
                                                                                                                           of a room or suite, or the distance measured from any point within the room or suite to
                                                                                                                           the nearest egress door, exceeds the values in Table 9.9.7.4.
                                                                                                                              2) Doors required in Sentence (1) shall be spaced so that in the event that one door
                                                                                                                           is made inaccessible by a fire within such room or suite, the other door will provide
                                                                                                                           safe egress.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.9.7.4.
                                                                                                                Maximum Areas and Travel Distances for Rooms, Suites and Mezzanines with a Single Means of Egress
                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentences 9.9.7.4.(1) and 9.9.8.6.(2)

                                                                                                          Occupancy of Room, Suite or Floor Area       Maximum Area of Room, Suite or Floor Area, m2   Maximum Distance to Egress Door, m
                                                                                                     Group C (except dwelling units)                                      100                                         15
                                                                                                     Group D                                                               200                                        25
                                                                                                     Group E                                                               150                                        15
                                                                                                     Group F, Division 2                                                   150                                        10
                                                                                                     Group F, Division 3                                                   200                                        15


                                                                                                    9.9.7.5.               Independent Access to Exit
                                                                                                                              1) Required access to exit from suites shall not be through any other dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                           service room or other occupancy.

                                                                                                    9.9.7.6.               Travel Distance within Rooms and Suites
                                                                                                                              1) Except for dwelling units, the travel distance from any point within the room
                                                                                                                           or suite to the nearest egress door shall not exceed the maximum travel distance in
                                                                                                                           Article 9.9.8.2.

                                                                                                    9.9.8.                 Exits from Floor Areas
                                                                                                    9.9.8.1.               Measurement of Travel Distance
                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), for the purposes of this Subsection,
                                                                                                                           travel distance means the distance from any point in the floor area to an exit measured
                                                                                                                           along the path of exit travel.
                                                                                                                               2) Where a room or suite is separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire
                                                                                                                           separation having a fire-resistance rating of at least 45 min or, in a sprinklered building, by a
                                                                                                                           fire separation which is not required to have a fire-resistance rating, the travel distance
                                                                                                                           may be measured from an egress door of the room or suite to the nearest exit.
                                                                                                                              3) Where a public corridor is not less than 9 m wide and conforms to
                                                                                                                           Subclauses 3.4.2.5.(1)(d)(i) to (d)(iv), the travel distance may be determined in
                                                                                                                           accordance with those Subclauses.


                                                                                                    9-40 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                9.9.8.6.

                                                                                                    9.9.8.2.         Number of Required Exits
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Subsection 9.9.9., at least 2 exits shall
                                                                                                                     be provided from every floor area, spaced so that the travel distance to the nearest
                                                                                                                     exit is not more than
                                                                                                                         a) 40 m in the case of business and personal services occupancies,
                                                                                                                         b) 45 m for all occupancies where the floor area is sprinklered, and
                                                                                                                         c) 30 m for all other occupancies.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Subsection 9.9.9., a single exit is permitted from each
                                                                                                                     storey in buildings of 1 and 2 storeys in building height provided the floor area and travel
                                                                                                                     distance requirements conform to those required in Article 9.9.7.4. and the total




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     occupant load served by an exit facility does not exceed 60 persons.

                                                                                                    9.9.8.3.         Contribution of Each Exit
                                                                                                                        1) Where more than one exit is required from a floor area, each exit shall be
                                                                                                                     considered as contributing not more than half the required exit width.

                                                                                                    9.9.8.4.         Location of Exits
                                                                                                                        1) Where more than one exit is required from a floor area, at least 2 exits shall be
                                                                                                                     independent of each other and be placed remote from each other along the path of
                                                                                                                     travel between them. (See Note A-9.9.8.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.9.8.5.         Exiting through a Lobby
                                                                                                                        1) Not more than one exit from a floor area above or below the first storey is
                                                                                                                     permitted to lead through a lobby.
                                                                                                                       2) The lobby referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not more than 4.5 m above grade,
                                                                                                                     and the path of travel through the lobby to the outdoors shall not exceed 15 m.
                                                                                                                        3) The lobby referred to in Sentence (1) shall conform in all respects to the
                                                                                                                     requirements for exits, except that rooms other than service rooms, storage rooms and
                                                                                                                     rooms of residential or industrial occupancy are permitted to open directly onto such
                                                                                                                     lobby.
                                                                                                                        4) Where the lobby referred to in Sentence (1) and adjacent occupancies that are
                                                                                                                     permitted to open into the lobby are sprinklered, the fire separation between such
                                                                                                                     occupancies and the lobby need not have a fire-resistance rating. (See Note A-3.4.4.2.(2)(e).)
                                                                                                                        5) Passenger elevators are permitted to open onto the lobby referred to in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (1) provided the elevator doors are designed to remain closed except while
                                                                                                                     loading and unloading passengers.

                                                                                                    9.9.8.6.         Mezzanine Means of Egress
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the space above a mezzanine shall
                                                                                                                     be served by means of egress leading to exits accessible at the mezzanine level, on the
                                                                                                                     same basis as floor areas.
                                                                                                                         2) The means of egress from a mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                         a) the mezzanine is not required to terminate at a vertical fire separation, as
                                                                                                                            permitted by Sentence 9.10.12.1.(2),
                                                                                                                         b) the occupant load of the mezzanine is not more than 60,
                                                                                                                         c) the area of the mezzanine does not exceed the area limits stated in
                                                                                                                            Table 9.9.7.4., and
                                                                                                                         d) the distance limits stated in Table 9.9.7.4., measured along the path of travel,
                                                                                                                            are not exceeded from any point on the mezzanine to
                                                                                                                               i) an egress door serving the space that the mezzanine
                                                                                                                                  overlooks if the space is served by a single egress door, or
                                                                                                                              ii) an egress stairway leading to an access to exit in the space
                                                                                                                                  below if that space is required to be served by 2 or more
                                                                                                                                  egress doorways in conformance with Sentence 9.9.7.4.(1).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                           Division B 9-41
                                                                                                    9.9.9.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          3) One of the means of egress from a mezzanine that is not required to terminate at
                                                                                                                      a fire separation, as permitted by Sentence 9.10.12.1.(2), and that exceeds the limits of
                                                                                                                      Sentence (2) is permitted to lead through the room in which the mezzanine is located,
                                                                                                                      provided all other means of egress from that mezzanine lead to exits accessible at the
                                                                                                                      mezzanine level.
                                                                                                                         4) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the maximum travel distance from any
                                                                                                                      point on a mezzanine to the nearest exit shall be not more than
                                                                                                                         a) 40 m in a business and personal services occupancy,
                                                                                                                         b) 45 m in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout, provided it does not
                                                                                                                             contain a high-hazard industrial occupancy, or
                                                                                                                         c) 30 m in any floor area not referred to in Clause (a) or (b).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.9.9.            Egress from Dwelling Units
                                                                                                    9.9.9.1.          Travel Limit to Exits or Egress Doors
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), every dwelling unit containing more
                                                                                                                      than 1 storey shall have exits or egress doors located so that it shall not be necessary to
                                                                                                                      travel up or down more than 1 storey to reach a level served by
                                                                                                                          a) an egress door to a public corridor, enclosed exit stair or exterior passageway,
                                                                                                                              or
                                                                                                                          b) an exit doorway not more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.
                                                                                                                         2) Where a dwelling unit is not located above or below another suite, the travel
                                                                                                                      limit from a floor level in the dwelling unit to an exit or egress door may exceed 1 storey
                                                                                                                      where that floor level is served by an openable window
                                                                                                                         a) providing an unobstructed opening of not less than 1 m in height and
                                                                                                                              0.55 m in width, and
                                                                                                                         b) located so that the sill is not more than
                                                                                                                                 i) 1 m above the floor, and
                                                                                                                                ii) 7 m above adjacent ground level.
                                                                                                                         3) The travel limit from a floor level in a dwelling unit to an exit or egress door may
                                                                                                                      exceed 1 storey where that floor level has direct access to a balcony.

                                                                                                    9.9.9.2.          Two Separate Exits
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.9.7.3.(1) and except for dwelling units in a
                                                                                                                      house with a secondary suite, where an egress door from a dwelling unit opens onto a
                                                                                                                      public corridor or exterior passageway it shall be possible from the location where the
                                                                                                                      egress door opens onto the corridor or exterior passageway to go in opposite directions
                                                                                                                      to 2 separate exits unless the dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress.

                                                                                                    9.9.9.3.          Shared Egress Facilities
                                                                                                                         1) Except for dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite, a dwelling unit shall be
                                                                                                                      provided with a second and separate means of egress where an egress door from the
                                                                                                                      dwelling unit opens onto
                                                                                                                         a) an exit stairway serving more than one suite,
                                                                                                                         b) a public corridor
                                                                                                                                 i) serving more than one suite, and
                                                                                                                                ii) served by a single exit,
                                                                                                                         c) an exterior passageway
                                                                                                                                 i) serving more than one suite,
                                                                                                                                ii) served by a single exit stairway or ramp, and
                                                                                                                               iii) more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level, or
                                                                                                                         d) a balcony
                                                                                                                                 i) serving more than one suite,
                                                                                                                                ii) served by a single exit stairway or ramp, and
                                                                                                                               iii) more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.
                                                                                                                         2) Where a dwelling unit is located above another dwelling unit or common space
                                                                                                                      in a house with a secondary suite, the upper dwelling unit shall be provided with a


                                                                                                    9-42 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             9.9.11.3.

                                                                                                                     second and separate means of egress where an egress door from that dwelling unit opens
                                                                                                                     onto an exterior passageway that
                                                                                                                        a) has a floor assembly with a fire-resistance rating less than 45 min,
                                                                                                                        b) is served by a single exit stairway or ramp, and
                                                                                                                         c) is located more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.

                                                                                                    9.9.10.          Egress from Bedrooms
                                                                                                    9.9.10.1.        Egress Windows or Doors for Bedrooms
                                                                                                                        1) Except where the suite is sprinklered, each bedroom or combination bedroom




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     shall have at least one outside window or exterior door openable from the inside
                                                                                                                     without the use of keys, tools or special knowledge and without the removal of sashes
                                                                                                                     or hardware. (See Article 9.5.1.2. and Note A-9.9.10.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) The window referred to in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                         a) provide an unobstructed opening of not less than 0.35 m2 in area with no
                                                                                                                            dimension less than 380 mm, and
                                                                                                                        b) maintain the required opening during an emergency without the need for
                                                                                                                            additional support.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.9.10.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Where a window required in Sentence (1) opens into a window well, a
                                                                                                                     clearance of not less than 760 mm shall be provided in front of the window. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-9.9.10.1.(3).)
                                                                                                                       4) Where the sash of a window referred to in Sentence (3) swings towards the
                                                                                                                     window well, the operation of the sash shall not reduce the clearance in a manner that
                                                                                                                     would restrict escape in an emergency.
                                                                                                                        5) Where a protective enclosure is installed over the window well referred to in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (3), the enclosure shall be openable from the inside without the use of keys,
                                                                                                                     tools or special knowledge of the opening mechanism.

                                                                                                    9.9.11.          Signs
                                                                                                    9.9.11.1.        Application
                                                                                                                       1) This Subsection applies to all exits except those serving not more than one
                                                                                                                     dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite.

                                                                                                    9.9.11.2.        Visibility of Exits
                                                                                                                        1) Exits shall be located so as to be clearly visible or their locations shall be clearly
                                                                                                                     indicated.
                                                                                                                        2) Where an exit door leading directly to the outside is subject to being obstructed
                                                                                                                     by parked vehicles or storage because of its location, a visible sign or a physical barrier
                                                                                                                     prohibiting such obstructions shall be installed on the exterior side of the door.

                                                                                                    9.9.11.3.        Exit Signs
                                                                                                                         1) Every exit door shall have an exit sign placed over it or adjacent to it if the
                                                                                                                     exit serves
                                                                                                                         a) a building that is 3 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                         b) a building having an occupant load of more than 150, or
                                                                                                                         c) a room or floor area that has a fire escape as part of a required means of egress.
                                                                                                                         2) Every exit sign shall
                                                                                                                         a) be visible on approach to the exit,
                                                                                                                         b) consist of a green and white or lightly tinted graphical symbol meeting
                                                                                                                            the colour specifications referred to in ISO 3864-1, “Graphical symbols –


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-43
                                                                                                    9.9.11.4.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                            Safety colours and safety signs – Part 1: Design principles for safety signs
                                                                                                                            and safety markings,” and
                                                                                                                         c) conform to ISO 7010, “Graphical symbols – Safety colours and safety
                                                                                                                            signs – Registered safety signs,” for the following symbols (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)):
                                                                                                                                i) E001 emergency exit left,
                                                                                                                               ii) E002 emergency exit right,
                                                                                                                              iii) E005 90-degree directional arrow, and
                                                                                                                              iv) E006 45-degree directional arrow.
                                                                                                                         3) Internally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and
                                                                                                                         a) where illumination of the sign is powered by an electrical circuit, be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            constructed in conformance with CSA C22.2 No. 141, “Emergency lighting
                                                                                                                            equipment,” or
                                                                                                                         b) where illumination of the sign is not powered by an electrical circuit,
                                                                                                                            be constructed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S572, “Standard for
                                                                                                                            Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking
                                                                                                                            Systems.”
                                                                                                                         4) Externally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and be
                                                                                                                      constructed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S572, “Standard for Photoluminescent
                                                                                                                      and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems.” (See Note A-3.4.5.1.(4).)
                                                                                                                         5) The circuitry serving lighting for externally and internally illuminated exit
                                                                                                                      signs shall
                                                                                                                          a) serve no equipment other than emergency equipment, and
                                                                                                                         b) be connected to an emergency power supply as described in
                                                                                                                             Sentences 9.9.12.3.(2), (3) and (7).
                                                                                                                         6) Where no exit is visible from a public corridor, from a corridor used by the public,
                                                                                                                      or from principal routes serving an open floor area having an occupant load of more
                                                                                                                      than 150, an exit sign conforming to Clauses (2)(b) and (c) with an arrow or pointer
                                                                                                                      indicating the direction of egress shall be provided.

                                                                                                    9.9.11.4.         Signs for Stairs and Ramps at Exit Level
                                                                                                                          1) In buildings that are 3 storeys in building height, any part of an exit ramp or
                                                                                                                      stairway that continues up or down past the lowest exit level shall be clearly marked
                                                                                                                      to indicate that it does not lead to an exit, if the portion beyond the exit level may be
                                                                                                                      mistaken as the direction of exit travel.

                                                                                                    9.9.11.5.         Floor Numbering
                                                                                                                         1) Arabic numerals indicating the assigned floor number shall be
                                                                                                                         a) mounted permanently on the stair side of the wall at the latch side of doors
                                                                                                                            to exit stair shafts,
                                                                                                                         b) not less than 60 mm high, raised approximately 0.8 mm above the surface,
                                                                                                                         c) located 1 500 mm from the finished floor and not more than 300 mm from
                                                                                                                            the door, and
                                                                                                                         d) contrasting in colour with the surface on which they are applied (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-9.9.11.5.(1)(d)).

                                                                                                    9.9.12.           Lighting
                                                                                                    9.9.12.1.         Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies to the lighting of all means of egress except those within
                                                                                                                      dwelling units or a house with a secondary suite.

                                                                                                    9.9.12.2.         Required Lighting in Egress Facilities
                                                                                                                         1) Every exit, public corridor or corridor providing access to exit for the public shall
                                                                                                                      be equipped to provide illumination to an average level of not less than 50 lx at floor
                                                                                                                      or tread level and at all points such as angles and intersections at changes of level
                                                                                                                      where there are stairs or ramps.


                                                                                                    9-44 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.10.1.3.

                                                                                                                        2) The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentence (1) shall be not
                                                                                                                     less than 10 lx.

                                                                                                    9.9.12.3.        Emergency Lighting
                                                                                                                         1)   Emergency lighting shall be provided in
                                                                                                                         a)   exits,
                                                                                                                         b)   principal routes providing access to exit in an open floor area,
                                                                                                                         c)   corridors used by the public,
                                                                                                                         d)   underground walkways, and
                                                                                                                         e)   public corridors.
                                                                                                                        2) Emergency lighting required in Sentence (1) shall be provided from a source of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     energy separate from the electrical supply for the building.
                                                                                                                         3) Lighting required in Sentence (1) shall be designed to be automatically
                                                                                                                     actuated for a period of at least 30 min when the electric lighting in the affected area
                                                                                                                     is interrupted.
                                                                                                                        4) Illumination from lighting required in Sentence (1) shall be provided to average
                                                                                                                     levels of not less than 10 lx at floor or tread level.
                                                                                                                        5) The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentence (4) shall be not
                                                                                                                     less than 1 lx.
                                                                                                                        6) Where incandescent lighting is provided, lighting equal to 1 W/m2 of floor area
                                                                                                                     shall be considered to meet the requirement in Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                       7) Where self-contained emergency lighting units are used, they shall conform to
                                                                                                                     CSA C22.2 No. 141, “Emergency lighting equipment.”


                                                                                                    Section 9.10. Fire Protection
                                                                                                    9.10.1.          Definitions and Application
                                                                                                    9.10.1.1.        Sloped Roofs
                                                                                                                        1) For the purposes of this Section, roofs with slopes of 60° or more to the
                                                                                                                     horizontal that are adjacent to a room or space intended for occupancy shall be
                                                                                                                     considered as a wall.

                                                                                                    9.10.1.2.        Testing of Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems
                                                                                                                        1) Where life safety and fire protection systems and systems with fire protection
                                                                                                                     and life safety functions are integrated with each other, they shall be tested as a whole
                                                                                                                     in accordance with CAN/ULC-S1001, “Standard for Integrated Systems Testing of Fire
                                                                                                                     Protection and Life Safety Systems,” to verify that they have been properly integrated.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.9.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.10.1.3.        Items under Part 3 Jurisdiction
                                                                                                                        1) Tents, air-supported structures, transformer vaults, walkways, elevators and
                                                                                                                     escalators shall conform to Part 3.
                                                                                                                        2) Where rooms or spaces are intended for an assembly occupancy, such rooms or
                                                                                                                     spaces shall conform to Part 3.
                                                                                                                        3) Basements containing more than 1 storey or exceeding 600 m2 in area shall
                                                                                                                     conform to Part 3.
                                                                                                                        4) Where rooms or spaces are intended for the storage, manufacture or use of
                                                                                                                     hazardous or explosive material, such rooms or spaces shall conform to Part 3. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-3.3.1.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                        5) Except as provided in Article 3.3.5.8., facilities for the dispensing of fuel shall
                                                                                                                     not be installed in any building.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-45
                                                                                                    9.10.1.4.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                              6) Openings through floors that are not protected by shafts or closures shall be
                                                                                                                           protected in conformance with Subsection 3.2.8. (See also Sentence 9.9.4.7.(1).)

                                                                                                                              7) Chutes and shafts shall conform to Subsection 3.6.3. except where they are
                                                                                                                           entirely contained within a dwelling unit.

                                                                                                                              8) Sprinkler systems shall be designed, constructed and installed in conformance
                                                                                                                           with Articles 3.2.5.12. to 3.2.5.15. and 3.2.5.17.

                                                                                                                              9) Standpipe and hose systems shall be designed, constructed and installed in
                                                                                                                           conformance with Articles 3.2.5.8. to 3.2.5.11. and 3.2.5.17.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             10) Fire pumps shall be installed in conformance with Articles 3.2.5.17. and 3.2.5.18.

                                                                                                                             11) Where fuel-fired appliances are installed on a roof, such appliances shall be
                                                                                                                           installed in conformance with Article 3.6.1.5.

                                                                                                    9.10.1.4.              Items under Part 6 Jurisdiction

                                                                                                                              1) In kitchens containing commercial cooking equipment used in processes
                                                                                                                           producing grease-laden vapours, the equipment shall be designed and installed in
                                                                                                                           conformance with Article 6.3.1.6. (See Note A-9.10.1.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.10.2.                Occupancy Classification

                                                                                                    9.10.2.1.              Occupancy Classification

                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Article 9.10.2.2., every building or part thereof shall be
                                                                                                                           classified according to its major occupancy as belonging to one of the groups or divisions
                                                                                                                           described in Table 9.10.2.1.

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.10.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                       Occupancy Classifications
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.2.1.(1)

                                                                                                              Group                 Division                                  Description of Major Occupancies (1)
                                                                                                                B                     4         Home-type care occupancies
                                                                                                                C                     —         Residential occupancies
                                                                                                                D                     —         Business and personal services occupancies
                                                                                                                E                     —         Mercantile occupancies
                                                                                                                 F                     2        Medium-hazard industrial occupancies
                                                                                                                 F                     3        Low-hazard industrial occupancies (Does not include storage garages serving individual dwelling
                                                                                                                                                units)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.10.2.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-3.1.2.1.(1).


                                                                                                    9.10.2.2.              Home-Type Care Occupancies
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-9.10.2.2.)

                                                                                                                               1) Children's custodial homes and convalescent homes for ambulatory occupants
                                                                                                                           living as a single housekeeping unit in a dwelling unit with sleeping accommodation
                                                                                                                           for not more than 10 persons are permitted to be classified as residential occupancies
                                                                                                                           (Group C).




                                                                                                    9-46 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.10.2.2.

                                                                                                                        2) Home-type care occupancies with sleeping accommodation for not more than
                                                                                                                     10 persons shall
                                                                                                                         a) comply with the applicable requirements of Part 9 relating to detached
                                                                                                                            houses (see Note A-9.10.2.2.(2)(a)), and
                                                                                                                        b) except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), be
                                                                                                                               i) sprinklered in conformance with NFPA 13D, “Standard
                                                                                                                                  for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and
                                                                                                                                  Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,” and
                                                                                                                              ii) provided with a minimum 30-minute water supply for the
                                                                                                                                  sprinkler system.
                                                                                                                       3) A sprinkler system need not be provided in accordance with Sentence (2)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     where the building
                                                                                                                       a) is 1 storey in building height, without a basement or mezzanine,
                                                                                                                       b) has sleeping accommodation for not more than 4 residents receiving care on
                                                                                                                           a floor area served by 2 barrier-free means of egress leading to an exit at ground
                                                                                                                           level that is not more than 30 m from any point in the floor area,
                                                                                                                       c) in lieu of having smoke alarms installed as required in Subsection 9.10.19.,
                                                                                                                           has a residential fire warning system installed in conformance with
                                                                                                                           CAN/ULC-S540, “Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning
                                                                                                                           Systems: Installation, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance,”
                                                                                                                               i) with smoke detectors in each sleeping room, in the kitchen,
                                                                                                                                  and in common spaces such as activity rooms, corridors
                                                                                                                                  and hallways,
                                                                                                                              ii) with heat detectors in each attached storage garage, service
                                                                                                                                  room, laundry room and storage room,
                                                                                                                             iii) capable of sounding audible signals in accordance with
                                                                                                                                  Articles 9.10.19.2. and 9.10.19.5. at a frequency not higher
                                                                                                                                  than 520 Hz,
                                                                                                                             iv) powered in accordance with Article 9.10.19.4.,
                                                                                                                              v) equipped with a silencing device in accordance with
                                                                                                                                  Article 9.10.19.6.,
                                                                                                                             vi) equipped with an annunciator panel with separate zone
                                                                                                                                  indication of the actuation of the alarm-initiating devices,
                                                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                                            vii) designed to notify the fire department in conformance with
                                                                                                                                  Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4) that an alarm signal has been initiated,
                                                                                                                       d) has emergency lighting in the common means of egress that complies with
                                                                                                                           Sentences 9.9.12.3.(2) to (7), and
                                                                                                                       e) complies with Section 3.8.
                                                                                                                         4) A sprinkler system need not be provided in accordance with Sentence (2) where
                                                                                                                         a) the building is not more than 2 storeys in building height,
                                                                                                                         b) the building has sleeping accommodation for not more than 4 residents
                                                                                                                            receiving care only on the first storey,
                                                                                                                         c) the first storey is served by 2 barrier-free means of egress leading to an exit at
                                                                                                                            ground level that is not more than 30 m from any point in the first storey,
                                                                                                                         d) in lieu of having smoke alarms installed as required in Subsection 9.10.19., the
                                                                                                                            building has a residential fire warning system installed in conformance with
                                                                                                                            CAN/ULC-S540, “Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning
                                                                                                                            Systems: Installation, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance,”
                                                                                                                                i) with smoke detectors in each sleeping room, in the kitchen,
                                                                                                                                   and in common spaces such as activity rooms, corridors
                                                                                                                                   and hallways,
                                                                                                                               ii) with heat detectors in each attached storage garage, service
                                                                                                                                   room, laundry room and storage room,
                                                                                                                              iii) capable of sounding audible signals in accordance with
                                                                                                                                   Articles 9.10.19.2. and 9.10.19.5. at a frequency not higher
                                                                                                                                   than 520 Hz,
                                                                                                                              iv) powered in accordance with Article 9.10.19.4.,
                                                                                                                               v) equipped with a silencing device in accordance with
                                                                                                                                   Article 9.10.19.6.,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                         Division B 9-47
                                                                                                    9.10.2.3.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                                 vi) equipped with an annunciator panel with separate zone
                                                                                                                                      indication of the actuation of the alarm-initiating devices,
                                                                                                                                      and
                                                                                                                                vii) designed to notify the fire department in conformance with
                                                                                                                                      Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4) that an alarm signal has been initiated,
                                                                                                                         e)    all floors of the building have emergency lighting in the common means of
                                                                                                                               egress that complies with Sentences 9.9.12.3.(2) to (7),
                                                                                                                          f)   the basement is separated from the remainder of the building by a door that
                                                                                                                               complies with Sentence 9.10.9.3.(2) and by a continuous smoke-tight barrier
                                                                                                                               consisting of not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board installed on
                                                                                                                                  i) both sides of the walls, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) the underside of the floor-ceiling framing,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         g)    an air-handling system designed to shut down upon a signal from the
                                                                                                                               residential fire warning system serves the basement and other storeys, and
                                                                                                                         h)    the first storey complies with Section 3.8.
                                                                                                                         5) Home-type care occupancies with sleeping accommodation for more than
                                                                                                                      10 persons shall comply with the applicable requirements of Part 3 relating to care
                                                                                                                      occupancies.

                                                                                                    9.10.2.3.         Major Occupancies above Other Major Occupancies
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Article 9.10.2.4., in any building containing more than
                                                                                                                      one major occupancy in which one major occupancy is located entirely above another, the
                                                                                                                      requirements of Article 9.10.8.1. for each portion of the building containing a major
                                                                                                                      occupancy shall be applied to that portion as if the entire building was of that major
                                                                                                                      occupancy.

                                                                                                    9.10.2.4.         Buildings Containing More Than One Major Occupancy
                                                                                                                          1) In a building containing more than one major occupancy, where the aggregate
                                                                                                                      area of all major occupancies in a particular group or division does not exceed 10% of the
                                                                                                                      floor area on the storey on which they are located, they need not be considered as major
                                                                                                                      occupancies for the purposes of Articles 9.10.8.1. and 9.10.2.3. provided they are not
                                                                                                                      classified as Group F, Division 2 occupancies.

                                                                                                    9.10.3.           Ratings
                                                                                                    9.10.3.1.         Fire-Resistance and Fire-Protection Ratings
                                                                                                                         1) Where a fire-resistance rating or a fire-protection rating is required in this Section
                                                                                                                      for an element of a building, such rating shall be determined in conformance with
                                                                                                                          a) the test methods described in Part 3,
                                                                                                                          b) the calculation method presented in Appendix D, or
                                                                                                                          c) the construction specifications presented in Tables 9.10.3.1.-A
                                                                                                                              and 9.10.3.1.-B.

                                                                                                    9.10.3.2.         Flame-Spread Ratings
                                                                                                                         1) Where a flame-spread rating is required in this Section for an element of a
                                                                                                                      building, such rating shall be determined in accordance with the test methods described
                                                                                                                      in Part 3, or in accordance with Appendix D.
                                                                                                                          2) Unless the flame-spread rating is referred to herein as a “surface flame-spread
                                                                                                                      rating,” it shall apply to any surface of the element being considered that would be
                                                                                                                      exposed by cutting through it as well as to the exposed surface of the element.

                                                                                                    9.10.3.3.         Fire Exposure
                                                                                                                        1) Floor, roof and ceiling assemblies shall be rated for exposure to fire on the
                                                                                                                      underside.
                                                                                                                         2) Exterior walls shall be rated for exposure to fire from inside the building, except
                                                                                                                      that such walls need not comply with the temperature rise limitations required by
                                                                                                                      the standard tests referred to in Article 9.10.3.1. if such walls have a limiting distance


                                                                                                    9-48 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              9.10.4.3.

                                                                                                                     of not less than 1.2 m, and due allowance is made for the effects of heat radiation in
                                                                                                                     accordance with the requirements in Part 3.

                                                                                                                        3) Interior vertical fire separations required to have fire-resistance ratings shall be
                                                                                                                     rated for exposure to fire on each side.

                                                                                                    9.10.3.4.        Suspended Membrane Ceilings

                                                                                                                        1) Where a ceiling construction has a suspended membrane ceiling with lay-in
                                                                                                                     panels or tiles which contribute to the required fire-resistance rating, hold down clips
                                                                                                                     or other means shall be provided to prevent the lifting of such panels or tiles in the
                                                                                                                     event of a fire.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.10.4.          Building Size Determination

                                                                                                    9.10.4.1.        Mezzanines not Considered as Storeys

                                                                                                                         1) Except as required by Sentences (2) and 9.10.4.2.(1), the space above a mezzanine
                                                                                                                     is permitted to be excluded from the calculation of building height, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed does not exceed
                                                                                                                            10% of the floor area of the building in which they are located, and
                                                                                                                         b) the area of mezzanine in a suite does not exceed 10% of the area of that suite
                                                                                                                            on the storey on which it is located.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as required by Sentence 9.10.4.2.(1), the space above a mezzanine is
                                                                                                                     permitted to be excluded from the calculation of building height, provided
                                                                                                                        a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed does not
                                                                                                                            exceed 40% of the open area of the room in which they are located (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-3.2.1.1.(3)(a)), and
                                                                                                                        b) except as permitted in Sentence (3), the space above the mezzanine floor is
                                                                                                                            used as an open area without partitions or subdividing walls higher than
                                                                                                                            1 070 mm above the mezzanine floor.

                                                                                                                         3) The space above a mezzanine conforming to Sentence (2) is permitted to include
                                                                                                                     an enclosed space whose area does not exceed 10% of the open area of the room in
                                                                                                                     which the mezzanine is located, provided the enclosed space does not obstruct visual
                                                                                                                     communication between the open space above the mezzanine and the room in which it
                                                                                                                     is located.

                                                                                                                        4) For the purpose of determining occupant load, the areas of mezzanines that are
                                                                                                                     not considered as storeys shall be added to the floor area of the storey on which they are
                                                                                                                     located. (See Note A-9.10.4.1.(4).)

                                                                                                                        5) Platforms and catwalks intended solely for periodic inspection and maintenance
                                                                                                                     need not be considered as floor assemblies or mezzanines for the purpose of calculating
                                                                                                                     building height, provided
                                                                                                                         a) they are not used for storage, and
                                                                                                                         b) they are constructed with noncombustible materials, unless the building is
                                                                                                                             permitted to be of combustible construction.

                                                                                                    9.10.4.2.        More Than One Level of Mezzanine

                                                                                                                        1) Each level of mezzanine that is partly or wholly superimposed above the first
                                                                                                                     level of mezzanine shall be considered as a storey in calculating the building height.

                                                                                                    9.10.4.3.        Basement Storage Garages

                                                                                                                         1) Where a basement is used primarily as a storage garage, the basement is permitted
                                                                                                                     to be considered as a separate building for the purposes of this Section provided the
                                                                                                                     floor above the basement and the exterior walls of the basement above the adjoining
                                                                                                                     ground level are constructed as fire separations of masonry or concrete having a
                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                           Division B 9-49
                                                                                                    9.10.4.4.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.10.4.4.         Rooftop Enclosures

                                                                                                                         1) Rooftop enclosures provided for elevator machinery, stairways or service rooms,
                                                                                                                      used for no purpose other than for service to the building, shall not be considered as a
                                                                                                                      storey in calculating the building height.

                                                                                                    9.10.5.           Permitted Openings in Wall and Ceiling Membranes

                                                                                                    9.10.5.1.         Permitted Openings in Wall and Ceiling Membranes

                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), a membrane forming part of an




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall not be pierced by openings into
                                                                                                                      the assembly unless the assembly has been tested and rated for such openings.

                                                                                                                          2) A wall or ceiling membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating is permitted to be pierced by openings for electrical and similar
                                                                                                                      service outlet boxes, provided such outlet boxes and the penetrations conform to
                                                                                                                      Article 9.10.9.8.

                                                                                                                         3) A membrane ceiling forming part of an assembly assigned a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                      on the basis of Table 9.10.3.1.-B or Appendix D is permitted to be pierced by openings
                                                                                                                      leading to ducts within the ceiling space, provided the ducts, the amount of openings
                                                                                                                      and their protection conform to the requirements of Appendix D.

                                                                                                    9.10.6.           Construction Types

                                                                                                    9.10.6.1.         Combustible Elements in Noncombustible Construction

                                                                                                                         1) Where a building or part of a building is required to be of noncombustible
                                                                                                                      construction, combustible elements shall be limited in conformance with the requirements
                                                                                                                      in Subsection 3.1.5.

                                                                                                    9.10.6.2.         Heavy Timber Construction

                                                                                                                          1) Heavy timber construction shall be considered to have a 45 min fire-resistance
                                                                                                                      rating when it is constructed in accordance with the requirements for heavy timber
                                                                                                                      construction in Article 3.1.4.7.

                                                                                                    9.10.7.           Steel Members

                                                                                                    9.10.7.1.         Protection of Steel Members

                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Article 3.2.2.3., structural steel members used in
                                                                                                                      construction required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be protected to provide the
                                                                                                                      required fire-resistance rating.

                                                                                                    9.10.8.           Fire Resistance and Combustibility in Relation to
                                                                                                                      Occupancy, Height and Supported Elements

                                                                                                    9.10.8.1.         Fire-Resistance Ratings for Floors and Roofs

                                                                                                                         1) Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, the fire-resistance ratings of
                                                                                                                      floors and roofs shall conform to Table 9.10.8.1. (See Subsection 9.10.2. for mixed
                                                                                                                      occupancies and Subsection 9.10.21. for construction camps.)




                                                                                                    9-50 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.10.8.8.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.10.8.1.
                                                                                                                                                  Fire-Resistance Ratings for Floors and Roofs
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.8.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                           Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating by Building Element, min
                                                                                                                                   Maximum Building Height,
                                                                                                         Major Occupancy                                      Floors Except Floors over
                                                                                                                                          storeys                                            Mezzanine Floors                  Roofs
                                                                                                                                                                    Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                       Residential (Group C)                  3                          45                          45                          —
                                                                                                                                              2                          45                          —                           —
                                                                                                       All other occupancies
                                                                                                                                              3                          45                          45                          45




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.10.8.2.           Fire-Resistance Ratings in Sprinklered Buildings
                                                                                                                            1) The requirements in Table 9.10.8.1. for roof assemblies to have a fire-resistance
                                                                                                                        rating are permitted to be waived in sprinklered buildings where
                                                                                                                            a) the sprinkler system is electrically supervised in conformance with
                                                                                                                                Sentence 3.2.4.9.(3), and
                                                                                                                            b) the operation of the sprinkler system will cause a signal to be transmitted to
                                                                                                                                the fire department in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4).

                                                                                                    9.10.8.3.           Fire-Resistance Ratings for Walls, Columns and Arches
                                                                                                                            1) Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, all loadbearing walls, columns
                                                                                                                        and arches in the storey immediately below a floor or roof assembly shall have a
                                                                                                                        fire-resistance rating of not less than that required for the supported floor or roof
                                                                                                                        assembly.
                                                                                                                           2) Light-frame walls, columns, arches and beams as well as loadbearing steel
                                                                                                                        elements that support floors between dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite
                                                                                                                        including their common spaces shall be protected by not less than 12.7 mm thick
                                                                                                                        gypsum board. (See Note A-9.10.8.3.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.10.8.4.           Support of Noncombustible Construction
                                                                                                                            1) Where an assembly is required to be of noncombustible construction and to have a
                                                                                                                        fire-resistance rating, it shall be supported by noncombustible construction.

                                                                                                    9.10.8.5.           Service Rooms
                                                                                                                               1) Construction supporting a service room need not conform to Article 9.10.8.3.

                                                                                                    9.10.8.6.           Mezzanines
                                                                                                                           1) Mezzanines required to be counted as storeys in Articles 9.10.4.1. and 9.10.4.2.
                                                                                                                        shall be constructed in conformance with the requirements for “Floors Except Floors
                                                                                                                        over Crawl Spaces” in Table 9.10.8.1.

                                                                                                    9.10.8.7.           Roofs Supporting an Occupancy
                                                                                                                           1) Where a portion of a roof supports an occupancy, that portion shall be
                                                                                                                        constructed as a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating conforming to the rating for
                                                                                                                        “Floors Except Floors over Crawl Spaces” in Table 9.10.8.1.

                                                                                                    9.10.8.8.           Floors of Exterior Passageways
                                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the floor assembly of every exterior
                                                                                                                        passageway used as part of a means of egress shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less
                                                                                                                        than 45 min or be of noncombustible construction.
                                                                                                                           2) No fire-resistance rating is required for floors of exterior passageways serving
                                                                                                                        buildings of Group D, E or F major occupancy that are not more than 2 storeys in building
                                                                                                                        height.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                             Division B 9-51
                                                                                                    9.10.8.9.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                         3) No fire-resistance rating is required for floors of exterior passageways serving
                                                                                                                         a) a house with a secondary suite, or
                                                                                                                         b) a single dwelling unit where no suite is located above or below the dwelling
                                                                                                                            unit (see also Sentence 9.9.9.3.(2)).

                                                                                                    9.10.8.9.         Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                                         1) Where a crawl space exceeds 1.8 m in height or is used for any occupancy or as a
                                                                                                                      plenum in combustible construction or for the passage of flue pipes, it shall be considered
                                                                                                                      as a basement in applying the requirements in Article 9.10.8.1.

                                                                                                    9.10.8.10.        Application to Houses




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) Table 9.10.8.1. does not apply to
                                                                                                                         a) a dwelling unit that has no other dwelling unit above or below it,
                                                                                                                         b) houses with a secondary suite, where the floor framing is protected on the
                                                                                                                            underside by a continuous smoke-tight barrier of not less than 12.7 mm
                                                                                                                            thick gypsum board, or
                                                                                                                         c) a dwelling unit that is not above or below another major occupancy.

                                                                                                    9.10.8.11.        Part 3 as an Alternative
                                                                                                                         1) The fire-resistance ratings of floors, roofs, loadbearing walls, columns and arches
                                                                                                                      need not conform to this Subsection if such assemblies conform in all respects to the
                                                                                                                      appropriate requirements in Section 3.2.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.           Fire Separations and Smoke-tight Barriers between Rooms
                                                                                                                      and Spaces within Buildings
                                                                                                    9.10.9.1.         Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Subsection applies to
                                                                                                                         a) fire separations required between rooms and spaces in buildings, and
                                                                                                                         b) smoke-tight barriers required in houses with a secondary suite including
                                                                                                                            their common spaces.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.2.         Continuous Barrier
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted in Article 9.10.9.3., a wall or floor assembly required to be
                                                                                                                      a fire separation shall be constructed as a continuous barrier against the spread of fire
                                                                                                                      and retard the passage of smoke.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted in Article 9.10.9.3., a wall or floor assembly required to be a
                                                                                                                      smoke-tight barrier shall be constructed as a continuous barrier against the spread of
                                                                                                                      smoke. (See Note A-9.10.9.2.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                          3) Except as provided in Sentence (6), the continuity of a fire separation where it
                                                                                                                      abuts another fire separation or smoke-tight barrier, a floor, a ceiling, or a roof shall be
                                                                                                                      maintained by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115,
                                                                                                                      “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an FT rating not less than
                                                                                                                      the fire-resistance rating for the abutting fire separation. (See Note A-9.10.9.2.(2) and
                                                                                                                      (3).) (See also Note A-3.1.8.3.(2).)
                                                                                                                          4) Except as provided in Sentence (6), joints located in a horizontal plane between
                                                                                                                      a floor and an exterior wall shall be sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire
                                                                                                                      test method in ASTM E2307, “Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of
                                                                                                                      Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey Test Apparatus,” has an
                                                                                                                      F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the horizontal fire separation.
                                                                                                                         5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), all gypsum board joints in the assemblies
                                                                                                                      described in Sentences (1) and (2) shall conform to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board
                                                                                                                      Application,” to maintain the integrity of the smoke-tight barrier over the entire
                                                                                                                      surface.
                                                                                                                          6) Joints between ceilings and walls, between floors and walls, and between walls
                                                                                                                      at corners need not comply with Sentences (3) to (5) where such joints consist of


                                                                                                    9-52 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.10.9.7.

                                                                                                                     gypsum board that is attached to framing members and arranged so as to restrict the
                                                                                                                     passage of flame and smoke through the joints. (See Note A-3.1.8.3.(5).)

                                                                                                    9.10.9.3.        Openings to be Protected with Closures

                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in Articles 9.10.9.5. to 9.10.9.8., openings in required fire
                                                                                                                     separations shall be protected with closures conforming to Subsection 9.10.13.

                                                                                                                        2) Doors in smoke-tight barriers shall
                                                                                                                        a) be solid-core, wood doors at least 45 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                        b) have a self-closing device.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.10.9.3.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.10.9.4.        Floor Assemblies

                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) to (4), all floor assemblies shall be
                                                                                                                     constructed as fire separations.

                                                                                                                        2) Floor assemblies contained within dwelling units and within houses with a
                                                                                                                     secondary suite need not be constructed as fire separations.

                                                                                                                        3) Floor assemblies for which no fire-resistance rating is required by
                                                                                                                     Subsection 9.10.8. and floors of mezzanines not required to be counted as storeys in
                                                                                                                     Articles 9.10.4.1. and 9.10.4.2. need not be constructed as fire separations.

                                                                                                                        4) Where a crawl space is not required by Article 9.10.8.9. to be constructed as a
                                                                                                                     basement, the floor above it need not be constructed as a fire separation.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.5.        Interconnected Floor Spaces

                                                                                                                         1) Interconnected floor spaces shall conform to Subsection 3.2.8.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.6.        General Requirements for Penetrations of Fire Separations
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.9.)

                                                                                                                        1) Except as required by Sentence (2) and Articles 9.10.9.7. and 9.10.9.8. and as
                                                                                                                     permitted by Article 9.10.9.9., penetrations of a required fire separation or a membrane
                                                                                                                     forming part of an assembly required to be a fire separation shall be
                                                                                                                        a) sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in
                                                                                                                            CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,”
                                                                                                                            has an F rating not less than the required fire-resistance rating for the fire
                                                                                                                            separation,
                                                                                                                        b) tightly fitted or cast in place, provided the penetrating item is made of steel,
                                                                                                                            ferrous, copper, concrete or masonry, or
                                                                                                                         c) sealed to maintain the integrity of the fire separation.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.10.9.6.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) Penetrations of a firewall shall be sealed at the penetration by a firestop that,
                                                                                                                     when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire
                                                                                                                     Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for
                                                                                                                     the fire separation.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.7.        Piping Penetrations
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.9.)

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (5), piping for drain, waste, vent and
                                                                                                                     central vacuum systems that is not located in a vertical shaft is permitted to penetrate
                                                                                                                     a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating or a membrane that forms part
                                                                                                                     of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided the penetration is
                                                                                                                     protected in accordance with Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a) or (b).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-53
                                                                                                    9.10.9.8.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Drain piping leading directly from a water closet through a concrete floor slab
                                                                                                                      is permitted to penetrate a horizontal fire separation or a membrane that contributes to
                                                                                                                      the required fire-resistance rating of a horizontal fire separation, provided
                                                                                                                          a) the piping is noncombustible and the penetration is protected in accordance
                                                                                                                             with Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1), or
                                                                                                                          b) the piping is combustible and the penetration is sealed by a firestop
                                                                                                                             conforming to Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a).
                                                                                                                          3) Combustible drain, waste and vent piping is permitted on one side of a vertical
                                                                                                                      fire separation, provided it is not located in a vertical shaft.
                                                                                                                         4) In buildings containing two dwelling units only, combustible drain, waste and vent
                                                                                                                      piping is permitted on one side of a horizontal fire separation.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         5) Water distribution piping is permitted to partly or wholly penetrate a fire
                                                                                                                      separation required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided
                                                                                                                          a) the piping is noncombustible and the penetration is protected in accordance
                                                                                                                              with Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1), or
                                                                                                                          b) the piping is combustible and is not located in a vertical shaft, and the
                                                                                                                              penetration is sealed by a firestop conforming to Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a).

                                                                                                    9.10.9.8.         Penetrations by Outlet Boxes or Service Equipment in Concealed
                                                                                                                      Spaces
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), outlet boxes are permitted to
                                                                                                                      penetrate the membrane of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating,
                                                                                                                      provided they are sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the
                                                                                                                      fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop
                                                                                                                      Systems,” has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.10.9.8.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentence 9.10.9.6.(2), noncombustible outlet boxes that
                                                                                                                      penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have
                                                                                                                      a fire-resistance rating need not conform to Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                           a) they do not exceed
                                                                                                                                   i) 0.016 m2 in area, and
                                                                                                                                  ii) an aggregate area of 0.065 m2 in any 9.3 m2 of surface area,
                                                                                                                                      and
                                                                                                                          b) the annular space between the membrane and the noncombustible outlet
                                                                                                                               boxes does not exceed 3 mm.
                                                                                                                          3) Except as provided in Sentence 9.10.9.6.(2), combustible outlet boxes that
                                                                                                                      penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have
                                                                                                                      a fire-resistance rating need not conform to Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                           a) the outlet boxes are
                                                                                                                                   i) separated from the remainder of the space within the
                                                                                                                                      assembly by an enclosure of not more than 0.3 m2 in area
                                                                                                                                      made of fire block material conforming to Article 9.10.16.3.
                                                                                                                                      (see Note A-9.10.9.8.(3)(a)(i)), or
                                                                                                                                  ii) located in a space within the assembly that is filled with
                                                                                                                                      preformed fibre insulation processed from rock or slag
                                                                                                                                      conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral
                                                                                                                                      Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material
                                                                                                                                      Specification,” and having a mass per unit area of not
                                                                                                                                      less than 1.22 kg/m2 of wall surface such that the exposed
                                                                                                                                      sides and back of the outlet box are encapsulated by the
                                                                                                                                      noncombustible insulation, and
                                                                                                                          b) the outlet boxes do not exceed an aggregate area of 0.016 m2 in any
                                                                                                                               individual enclosure as described in Subclause (a)(i) or any individual
                                                                                                                               insulated space as described in Subclause (a)(ii).
                                                                                                                         4) Noncombustible outlet boxes conforming to Sentence (2) are permitted to be
                                                                                                                      located on opposite sides of a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating and
                                                                                                                      need not conform to Sentence (1), provided they are
                                                                                                                          a) separated from each other by a horizontal distance of not less than 600 mm,


                                                                                                    9-54 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          9.10.9.11.

                                                                                                                         b) separated from each other and the remainder of the wall space by an
                                                                                                                            enclosure conforming to Subclause (3)(a)(i), or
                                                                                                                         c) located in an insulated wall space in accordance with Subclause (3)(a)(ii).
                                                                                                                        5) Combustible outlet boxes conforming to Sentence (3) are permitted to be located
                                                                                                                     on opposite sides of a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating and need not
                                                                                                                     conform to Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                        6) Service equipment is permitted to penetrate a horizontal fire separation
                                                                                                                     conforming to Sentence 9.10.9.12.(2), provided the penetration is sealed by
                                                                                                                        a) a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115,
                                                                                                                           “Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,” has an FT rating not




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           less than the required fire-resistance rating for the fire separation,
                                                                                                                        b) a firestop conforming to Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a), where the service equipment
                                                                                                                           is located entirely within the cavity of a wall assembly above and below the
                                                                                                                           horizontal fire separation having a required fire-resistance rating, or
                                                                                                                        c) a firestop conforming to Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a), where the penetration is
                                                                                                                               i) contained within the concealed space of a floor or ceiling
                                                                                                                                  assembly having a fire-resistance rating,
                                                                                                                              ii) located above a ceiling membrane providing a horizontal
                                                                                                                                  fire separation, or
                                                                                                                             iii) contained within a horizontal service space conforming to
                                                                                                                                  Sentence 9.10.9.12.(2) that is directly above or below a floor
                                                                                                                                  or ceiling.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.9.        Penetrations by Raceways, Sprinklers and Fire Dampers
                                                                                                                        1) Combustible totally enclosed raceways that are embedded in a concrete floor slab
                                                                                                                     are permitted in an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided the
                                                                                                                     concrete cover between the raceway and the bottom of the slab is not less than 50 mm.
                                                                                                                        2) Totally enclosed raceways are permitted to penetrate a fire separation, provided
                                                                                                                     they are sealed at the penetration by a firestop conforming to Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a).
                                                                                                                        3) Sprinkler piping is permitted to penetrate a fire separation, provided the fire
                                                                                                                     compartments on each side of the fire separation are sprinklered.
                                                                                                                         4) Sprinklers are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming
                                                                                                                     part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating without having to meet the
                                                                                                                     firestop requirements of Article 9.10.9.6. and Clause 9.10.9.8.(6)(a), provided the annular
                                                                                                                     space created by the penetration of a fire sprinkler is covered by a metal escutcheon
                                                                                                                     plate in accordance with NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.”
                                                                                                                         5) Fire dampers are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming
                                                                                                                     part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating without having to meet the
                                                                                                                     firestop requirements of Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1), provided the fire damper is
                                                                                                                          a) installed in conformance with NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other
                                                                                                                              Opening Protectives,”
                                                                                                                          b) specifically designed with a firestop, or
                                                                                                                          c) provided in conformance with Sentence 9.10.5.1.(3).
                                                                                                                     (See also Note A-3.1.9.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.10.9.10.       Collapse of Combustible Construction
                                                                                                                        1) Combustible construction that abuts on or is supported by a noncombustible fire
                                                                                                                     separation shall be constructed so that its collapse under fire conditions will not cause
                                                                                                                     collapse of the fire separation.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.11.       Reduction in Thickness of Fire Separation by Beams and Joists
                                                                                                                         1) Where pockets for the support of beams or joists are formed in a masonry or
                                                                                                                     concrete fire separation, the remaining total thickness of masonry and/or grout and/or
                                                                                                                     concrete shall be not less than the required equivalent thickness shown for Type S
                                                                                                                     monolithic concrete in Table D-2.1.1. of Appendix D for the required fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     rating.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                         Division B 9-55
                                                                                                    9.10.9.12.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    9.10.9.12.        Concealed Spaces above Fire Separations
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a horizontal service space or other concealed
                                                                                                                      space located above a required vertical fire separation shall be divided at the fire
                                                                                                                      separation by an equivalent fire separation within the space.
                                                                                                                          2) Where a horizontal service space or other concealed space is located above a
                                                                                                                      required vertical fire separation other than a vertical shaft, such space need not be
                                                                                                                      divided as required in Sentence (1) provided the construction between such space and
                                                                                                                      the space below is constructed as a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                      less than that required for the vertical fire separation, except that where the vertical
                                                                                                                      fire separation is not required to have a fire-resistance rating greater than 45 min, the
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating of the ceiling may be reduced to 30 min.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.10.9.13.        Separation of Residential Occupancies
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), residential occupancies shall be separated
                                                                                                                      from all other major occupancies by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not
                                                                                                                      less than 1 h.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), a major occupancy classified as a residential
                                                                                                                      occupancy shall be separated from other major occupancies classified as mercantile or
                                                                                                                      medium-hazard industrial occupancies by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                      of not less than 2 h.
                                                                                                                         3) Where not more than two dwelling units are located in a building containing a
                                                                                                                      mercantile occupancy, such mercantile occupancy shall be separated from the dwelling units
                                                                                                                      by a fire separation having not less than 1 h fire-resistance rating.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.14.        Residential Suites in Industrial Buildings
                                                                                                                         1) Not more than one suite of residential occupancy shall be contained within a
                                                                                                                      building classified as a Group F, Division 2 major occupancy.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.15.        Separation of Suites
                                                                                                                         1) Except as required in Article 9.10.9.16. and as permitted by Sentence (2), each
                                                                                                                      suite in other than business and personal services occupancies shall be separated from
                                                                                                                      adjoining suites by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min.
                                                                                                                         2) In sprinklered buildings, suites of business and personal services occupancy
                                                                                                                      and mercantile occupancy that are served by public corridors conforming with
                                                                                                                      Clause 3.3.1.4.(4)(b) are not required to be separated from each other by fire separations.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.16.        Separation of Residential Suites
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4) and Article 9.10.21.2., suites in
                                                                                                                      residential occupancies shall be separated from adjacent rooms and suites by a fire
                                                                                                                      separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min.
                                                                                                                          2) Sleeping rooms in boarding and lodging houses where sleeping accommodation
                                                                                                                      is provided for not more than 8 boarders or lodgers need not be separated from the
                                                                                                                      remainder of the floor area as required in Sentence (1) where the sleeping rooms form
                                                                                                                      part of the proprietor's residence and do not contain cooking facilities.
                                                                                                                         3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), dwelling units that contain 2 or more storeys
                                                                                                                      including basements shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire
                                                                                                                      separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h. (See Note A-3.3.4.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                         4) Walls and floor-ceiling framing in a house with a secondary suite that separate
                                                                                                                      dwelling units from each other or dwelling units from ancillary spaces and common
                                                                                                                      spaces need not comply with Sentence (1), where the walls and floor-ceiling framing
                                                                                                                      are protected by a continuous smoke-tight barrier of not less than 12.7 mm thick
                                                                                                                      gypsum board installed on
                                                                                                                          a) both sides of walls, and
                                                                                                                          b) the underside of floor-ceiling framing.
                                                                                                                      (See Sentence 9.10.9.3.(2) for closures.)


                                                                                                    9-56 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             9.10.9.18.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.17.       Separation of Public Corridors

                                                                                                                        1) Except as otherwise required by this Part and as provided in Sentences (2)
                                                                                                                     to (5), public corridors shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire
                                                                                                                     separation having not less than a 45 min fire-resistance rating.

                                                                                                                        2) In other than residential occupancies, no fire-resistance rating is required for fire
                                                                                                                     separations between a public corridor and the remainder of the building if
                                                                                                                         a) the floor area is sprinklered,
                                                                                                                         b) the sprinkler system is electrically supervised in conformance with
                                                                                                                             Sentence 3.2.4.9.(3), and
                                                                                                                         c) the operation of the sprinkler system will cause a signal to be transmitted to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             the fire department in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4).

                                                                                                                        3) In other than residential occupancies, no fire separation is required between a public
                                                                                                                     corridor and the remainder of the building if
                                                                                                                         a) the floor area is sprinklered,
                                                                                                                         b) the sprinkler system is electrically supervised in conformance with
                                                                                                                             Sentence 3.2.4.9.(3),
                                                                                                                         c) the operation of the sprinkler system will cause a signal to be transmitted to
                                                                                                                             the fire department in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4), and
                                                                                                                         d) the corridor exceeds 5 m in width.

                                                                                                                        4) Where a public corridor is located in a house with a secondary suite, a continuous
                                                                                                                     smoke-tight barrier of not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board shall be installed on
                                                                                                                        a) both sides of walls separating the corridor from the remainder of the
                                                                                                                            building, and
                                                                                                                        b) the underside of floor-ceiling framing separating the corridor from the
                                                                                                                            remainder of the building.
                                                                                                                     (See Sentence 9.10.9.3.(2) for closures.)

                                                                                                                        5) No fire separation is required in a sprinklered floor area between a public corridor
                                                                                                                     and a space containing plumbing fixtures required by Article 3.7.2.2. and Section 9.31.,
                                                                                                                     provided
                                                                                                                        a) the space and the public corridor are separated from the remainder of the
                                                                                                                            storey by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that
                                                                                                                            required between the public corridor and the remainder of the storey, and
                                                                                                                        b) the plumbing fixtures are not located within a dwelling unit or suite.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.18.       Separation of Storage Garages

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a storage garage shall be separated
                                                                                                                     from other occupancies by a fire separation having not less than a 1.5 h fire-resistance rating.

                                                                                                                         2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), storage garages containing 5 motor vehicles
                                                                                                                     or fewer shall be separated from other occupancies by a fire separation of not less than 1 h.

                                                                                                                        3) Where a storage garage serves only the dwelling unit to which it is attached or in
                                                                                                                     which it is built, it shall be considered as part of that dwelling unit and the fire separation
                                                                                                                     required in Sentence (2) need not be provided between the garage and the dwelling unit.

                                                                                                                        4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), where a storage garage is attached to or
                                                                                                                     built into a building of residential occupancy,
                                                                                                                        a) an air barrier system conforming to Subsection 9.25.3. shall be installed
                                                                                                                             between the garage and the remainder of the building to provide an effective
                                                                                                                             barrier to gas and exhaust fumes, and
                                                                                                                        b) every door between the garage and the remainder of the building shall
                                                                                                                             conform to Article 9.10.13.15.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.10.9.18.(4).)

                                                                                                                         5) Where membrane materials are used to provide the required airtightness in the
                                                                                                                     air barrier system, all joints shall be sealed and structurally supported.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                             Division B 9-57
                                                                                                    9.10.9.19.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    9.10.9.19.        Separation of Repair Garages
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a repair garage shall be separated
                                                                                                                      from other occupancies by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less
                                                                                                                      than 2 h.
                                                                                                                         2) Ancillary spaces directly serving a repair garage, including waiting rooms,
                                                                                                                      reception rooms, tool and parts storage areas and supervisory office space, need not
                                                                                                                      be separated from the repair garage but shall be separated from other occupancies as
                                                                                                                      required in Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                         3) The fire separation referred to in Sentence (1) shall have a fire-resistance rating of
                                                                                                                      not less than 1 h, where




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         a) the building is not more than one storey in building height,
                                                                                                                         b) the building is operated as a single suite, and
                                                                                                                          c) the only occupancy other than the repair garage is a mercantile occupancy.
                                                                                                                         4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), where a building containing a repair garage
                                                                                                                      also contains a dwelling unit, an air barrier system conforming to Subsection 9.25.3. shall
                                                                                                                      be installed between the dwelling unit and the suite containing the garage to provide an
                                                                                                                      effective barrier to gas and exhaust fumes. (See Note A-9.10.9.18.(4).)
                                                                                                                          5) Where membrane materials are used to provide the required airtightness in the
                                                                                                                      air barrier system, all joints shall be sealed and structurally supported.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.20.        Exhaust Ducts Serving More Than One Fire Compartment
                                                                                                                          1) Where a vertical service space contains an exhaust duct that serves more than one
                                                                                                                      fire compartment, the duct shall have a fan located at or near the exhaust outlet to ensure
                                                                                                                      that the duct is under negative pressure.
                                                                                                                         2) Individual fire compartments referred to in Sentence (1) shall not have fans that
                                                                                                                      exhaust directly into the duct in the vertical service space.

                                                                                                    9.10.9.21.        Central Vacuum Systems
                                                                                                                         1) A central vacuum system shall serve not more than one suite.

                                                                                                    9.10.10.          Service Rooms
                                                                                                    9.10.10.1.        Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Subsection applies to service rooms in all buildings except rooms located
                                                                                                                      within a dwelling unit.

                                                                                                    9.10.10.2.        Service Room Floors
                                                                                                                         1) The fire-resistance rating requirements in this Subsection do not apply to the
                                                                                                                      floor assembly immediately below a service room.

                                                                                                    9.10.10.3.        Separation of Service Rooms
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.10.10.5. and 9.10.10.6., service
                                                                                                                      rooms shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h when the floor area containing the service room is
                                                                                                                      not sprinklered.
                                                                                                                         2) Where a room contains a limited quantity of service equipment and the service
                                                                                                                      equipment does not constitute a fire hazard, the requirements in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                      not apply.

                                                                                                    9.10.10.4.        Location of Fuel-Fired Appliances
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3) and Article 9.10.10.5., fuel-fired
                                                                                                                      appliances shall be located in a service room separated from the remainder of the building
                                                                                                                      by a fire separation having not less than a 1 h fire-resistance rating.


                                                                                                    9-58 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                9.10.11.2.

                                                                                                                        2) Except as required in the appliance installation standards referenced in
                                                                                                                     Sentences 6.2.1.5.(1), 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5.3.(1), fuel-fired space-heating appliances,
                                                                                                                     space-cooling appliances, service water heaters and laundry appliances need not be
                                                                                                                     separated from the remainder of the building as required in Sentence (1),
                                                                                                                        a) where the appliances serve
                                                                                                                               i) not more than one room or suite, or
                                                                                                                              ii) a building with a building area of not more than 400 m2 and a
                                                                                                                                  building height of not more than 2 storeys, or
                                                                                                                        b) where the appliances
                                                                                                                               i) serve a house with a secondary suite including their common
                                                                                                                                  spaces, and
                                                                                                                              ii) are located in a service room where both sides of any wall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  assemblies and the underside of any floor-ceiling framing
                                                                                                                                  separating this room from both dwelling units or their
                                                                                                                                  common spaces are protected by a continuous smoke-tight
                                                                                                                                  barrier consisting of not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum
                                                                                                                                  board.
                                                                                                                         3) Sentence (1) does not apply to fireplaces and cooking appliances.

                                                                                                    9.10.10.5.       Incinerators
                                                                                                                        1) Service rooms containing incinerators shall be separated from the remainder of
                                                                                                                     the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.
                                                                                                                        2) The design, construction, installation and alteration of each indoor incinerator
                                                                                                                     shall conform to NFPA 82, “Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling
                                                                                                                     Systems and Equipment.”
                                                                                                                        3) Every incinerator shall be connected to a chimney flue conforming to the
                                                                                                                     requirements in Section 9.21. and serving no other appliance.
                                                                                                                         4) An incinerator shall not be located in a room with other fuel-fired appliances.

                                                                                                    9.10.10.6.       Storage Rooms
                                                                                                                        1) Rooms for the temporary storage of combustible refuse and materials for
                                                                                                                     recycling in all occupancies or for public storage in residential occupancies shall be
                                                                                                                     separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having not less than a
                                                                                                                     1 h fire-resistance rating, except that a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating of not less
                                                                                                                     than 45 min is permitted where
                                                                                                                         a) the fire-resistance rating of the floor assembly is not required to exceed
                                                                                                                              45 min, or
                                                                                                                         b) the room is sprinklered.

                                                                                                    9.10.11.         Firewalls
                                                                                                    9.10.11.1.       Required Firewalls
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Article 9.10.11.2., a party wall on a property line shall be
                                                                                                                     constructed as a firewall. (See Note A-3.2.3.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.10.11.2.       Firewalls Not Required
                                                                                                                         1) Except as stated in Sentence (2), a party wall on a property line of a building of
                                                                                                                     residential occupancy need not be constructed as a firewall, provided it is constructed
                                                                                                                     as a fire separation having not less than a 1 h fire-resistance rating, where the party wall
                                                                                                                     separates
                                                                                                                         a) two dwelling units where there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                         b) a dwelling unit and a house with a secondary suite including their common
                                                                                                                              spaces, or
                                                                                                                         c) two houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces.
                                                                                                                        2) Where a building of residential occupancy contains more than 2 houses, a party
                                                                                                                     wall that separates any 2 adjacent houses with a secondary suite from the rest of the


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                Division B 9-59
                                                                                                    9.10.11.3.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                      building shall be constructed as a firewall to create separate buildings each containing
                                                                                                                      no more than 2 adjacent houses with a secondary suite.
                                                                                                                         3) The wall described in Sentence (1) shall provide continuous protection from
                                                                                                                      the top of the footings to the underside of the roof deck.
                                                                                                                         4) Any space between the top of the wall described in Sentence (1) and the roof
                                                                                                                      deck shall be tightly filled with mineral wool or noncombustible material.

                                                                                                    9.10.11.3.        Construction of Firewalls
                                                                                                                         1) Where firewalls are used, the requirements in Part 3 shall apply.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.10.12.          Prevention of Fire Spread at Exterior Walls and between
                                                                                                                      Storeys
                                                                                                    9.10.12.1.        Termination of Floors or Mezzanines
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and in Articles 9.10.1.3. and 9.10.9.5., the
                                                                                                                      portions of a floor area or mezzanine that do not terminate at an exterior wall, a firewall or
                                                                                                                      a vertical shaft, shall terminate at a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                      not less than that required for the floor assembly that terminates at the separation.
                                                                                                                          2) A mezzanine need not terminate at a vertical fire separation where the mezzanine
                                                                                                                      is not required to be considered as a storey in Articles 9.10.4.1. and 9.10.4.2.

                                                                                                    9.10.12.2.        Location of Skylights
                                                                                                                         1) Where a wall in a building is exposed to a fire hazard from an adjoining roof
                                                                                                                      of a separate fire compartment that is not sprinklered in the same building, the roof shall
                                                                                                                      contain no skylights within a horizontal distance of 5 m of the windows in the exposed
                                                                                                                      wall.

                                                                                                    9.10.12.3.        Exterior Walls Meeting at an Angle
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Article 9.9.4.5., where exterior walls of a building meet at
                                                                                                                      an external angle of 135° or less, the horizontal distance from an unprotected opening
                                                                                                                      in one exterior wall to an unprotected opening in the other exterior wall shall be not
                                                                                                                      less than 1.2 m, where these openings are
                                                                                                                          a) in different fire compartments, or
                                                                                                                          b) in different dwelling units, ancillary spaces or common spaces in a house
                                                                                                                              with a secondary suite.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the exterior wall of each fire compartment
                                                                                                                      referred to in Sentence (1) within the 1.2 m distance shall have a fire-resistance rating not
                                                                                                                      less than that required for the interior vertical fire separation between the compartment
                                                                                                                      and the remainder of the building.
                                                                                                                         3) Where interior walls between dwelling units, ancillary spaces or common spaces
                                                                                                                      in a house with a secondary suite are not constructed as fire separations, the exterior wall
                                                                                                                      of each dwelling unit, ancillary space or common space referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      within the 1.2 m distance shall be finished on the interior with not less than 12.7 mm
                                                                                                                      thick gypsum board.

                                                                                                    9.10.12.4.        Protection of Soffits
                                                                                                                         1) This Article applies to the portion of any soffit enclosing a projection that is
                                                                                                                          a) less than 2.5 m vertically above a window or door, and
                                                                                                                         b) less than 1.2 m from either side of the window or door.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.10.12.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), the construction described in
                                                                                                                      Sentence (1) shall have no unprotected openings and shall be protected in accordance
                                                                                                                      with Sentence (3), where the soffit encloses
                                                                                                                         a) a common attic or roof space that spans more than 2 suites of residential
                                                                                                                             occupancy and projects beyond the exterior wall of the building,


                                                                                                    9-60 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                             9.10.13.2.

                                                                                                                                   b) a floor space where an upper storey projects beyond the exterior wall of a
                                                                                                                                      lower storey and
                                                                                                                                         i) a fire separation is required at the floor between the two, or
                                                                                                                                        ii) the floor separates dwelling units from each other or a
                                                                                                                                            dwelling unit from an ancillary space or a common space in
                                                                                                                                            a house with a secondary suite, or
                                                                                                                                   c) a floor space where an upper storey projects beyond the exterior wall of a
                                                                                                                                      lower storey, and the projection is continuous across
                                                                                                                                         i) a vertical fire separation separating two suites, or
                                                                                                                                        ii) a wall separating dwelling units from each other or a dwelling
                                                                                                                                            unit from an ancillary space or a common space in a house
                                                                                                                                            with a secondary suite.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              3) Protection required by Sentence (2) shall be provided by
                                                                                                                               a) noncombustible material having a minimum thickness of 0.38 mm and a
                                                                                                                                  melting point not below 650°C,
                                                                                                                              b) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum board installed
                                                                                                                                  according to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application,”
                                                                                                                               c) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
                                                                                                                              d) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
                                                                                                                               e) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-9.10.12.4.(3).)
                                                                                                                              4) In the case of a soffit described in Sentence (1) that is at the edge of an attic or
                                                                                                                           roof space and completely separated from the remainder of that attic or roof space by fire
                                                                                                                           blocks, the requirements in Sentence (2) do not apply.
                                                                                                                              5) Where all suites spanned by a common attic or roof space or situated above or
                                                                                                                           below the projecting floor are sprinklered, the requirements of Sentence (2) do not apply,
                                                                                                                           provided that all rooms, including closets and bathrooms, having openings in the wall
                                                                                                                           beneath the soffit are sprinklered, notwithstanding any exceptions in the sprinkler
                                                                                                                           standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.               Doors, Dampers and Other Closures in Fire Separations
                                                                                                    9.10.13.1.             Closures
                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Article 9.10.13.2., openings in required fire separations
                                                                                                                           shall be protected with a closure conforming to Table 9.10.13.1. and shall be installed in
                                                                                                                           conformance with Chapters 2 to 14 of NFPA 80, “Standard for Fire Doors and Other
                                                                                                                           Opening Protectives,” unless otherwise specified herein. (See also Article 9.10.3.1.)

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.10.13.1.
                                                                                                                                                        Fire-Protection Ratings for Closures
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.13.1.(1)

                                                                                                                 Required Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation                     Minimum Fire-Protection Rating of Closure
                                                                                                                                      30 or 45 min                                                      20 min (1)
                                                                                                                                          1 h                                                           45 min (1)
                                                                                                                                         1.5 h                                                            1 h
                                                                                                                                          2 h                                                            1.5 h
                                                                                                                                          3 h                                                             2 h
                                                                                                                                          4 h                                                             3 h

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.10.13.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 9.10.13.2.


                                                                                                    9.10.13.2.             Solid Core Wood Door as a Closure
                                                                                                                               1) A 45 mm thick solid core wood door is permitted to be used where a minimum
                                                                                                                           fire-protection rating of 20 min is permitted or between a public corridor and a suite


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-61
                                                                                                    9.10.13.3.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                      provided that the door conforms to CAN/ULC-S113, “Standard Specification for Wood
                                                                                                                      Core Doors Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute
                                                                                                                      Fire Rated Closure Assemblies.” (See Note A-9.10.13.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Doors described in Sentence (1) shall have not more than a 6 mm clearance
                                                                                                                      beneath and not more than 3 mm at the sides and top.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.3.        Unrated Wood Door Frames
                                                                                                                         1) Doors required to provide a 20 min fire-protection rating or permitted to be
                                                                                                                      45 mm solid core wood shall be mounted in a wood frame of not less than 38 mm
                                                                                                                      thickness where the frame has not been tested and rated.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.10.13.4.        Doors as a Means of Egress
                                                                                                                        1) Doors forming part of an exit or a public means of egress shall conform to
                                                                                                                      Subsection 9.9.6. in addition to this Subsection.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.5.        Wired Glass as a Closure
                                                                                                                         1) Wired glass conforming to Article 9.6.1.2. which has not been tested in
                                                                                                                      accordance with Article 9.10.3.1. is permitted as a closure in a vertical fire separation
                                                                                                                      required to have a fire-resistance rating of not more than 1 h provided such glass is not
                                                                                                                      less than 6 mm thick and is mounted in conformance with Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                         2) Wired glass described in Sentence (1) shall be mounted in fixed steel frames
                                                                                                                      having a metal thickness of not less than 1.35 mm and a glazing stop of not less than
                                                                                                                      20 mm on each side of the glass.
                                                                                                                         3) Individual panes of glass described in Sentence (1) shall not exceed 0.8 m2 in
                                                                                                                      area or 1.4 m in height or width, and the area of glass not structurally supported by
                                                                                                                      mullions shall not exceed 7.5 m2.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.6.        Steel Door Frames
                                                                                                                         1) Steel door frames forming part of a closure in a fire separation, including
                                                                                                                      anchorage requirements, shall conform to CAN/ULC-S105, “Standard Specification for
                                                                                                                      Fire Door Frames Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104.”

                                                                                                    9.10.13.7.        Glass Block as a Closure
                                                                                                                         1) Glass block that has not been tested in accordance with Article 9.10.3.1. is
                                                                                                                      permitted as a closure in a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating of not
                                                                                                                      more than 1 h. (See Article 9.20.9.6.)

                                                                                                    9.10.13.8.        Maximum Size of Opening
                                                                                                                          1) The size of an opening in an interior fire separation, even where protected with
                                                                                                                      a closure, shall not exceed 11 m2, with no dimension greater than 3.7 m, when the fire
                                                                                                                      compartments on both sides of the fire separation are not sprinklered.
                                                                                                                          2) The size of an opening in an interior fire separation, even where protected with a
                                                                                                                      closure, shall not exceed 22 m2, with no dimension greater than 6 m, when the fire
                                                                                                                      compartments on both sides of the fire separation are sprinklered.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.9.        Door Latch
                                                                                                                         1) Every swing type door in a fire separation shall be equipped with a latch.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.10.       Self-closing Device
                                                                                                                         1) Except as described in Sentence (2), every door in a fire separation shall have a
                                                                                                                      self-closing device.
                                                                                                                         2) Self-closing doors are not required between public corridors and suites in business
                                                                                                                      and personal services occupancies, except in dead-end corridors.


                                                                                                    9-62 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                       9.10.13.16.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.11.      Hold-Open Devices
                                                                                                                        1) Where hold-open devices are used on doors in required fire separations, they
                                                                                                                     shall be installed in accordance with Article 3.1.8.14.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.12.      Service Room Doors
                                                                                                                        1) Swing-type doors shall open into service rooms containing fuel-fired equipment
                                                                                                                     where such doors lead to public corridors or rooms used for assembly but shall swing
                                                                                                                     outward from such rooms in all other cases.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.13.      Fire Dampers




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (5), 9.10.5.1.(3) and 9.10.9.9.(5), a duct
                                                                                                                     that penetrates an assembly required to be a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating
                                                                                                                     shall be equipped with a fire damper in conformance with Articles 3.1.8.4. and 3.1.8.10.
                                                                                                                        2) A fire damper is not required where a noncombustible branch duct pierces a
                                                                                                                     required fire separation provided the duct
                                                                                                                        a) has a melting point not below 760°C,
                                                                                                                        b) has a cross-sectional area less than 130 cm2, and
                                                                                                                        c) supplies only air-conditioning units or combined air-conditioning and
                                                                                                                            heating units discharging air at not more than 1.2 m above the floor.
                                                                                                                        3) A fire damper is not required where a noncombustible branch duct pierces a
                                                                                                                     required fire separation around an exhaust duct riser in which the airflow is upward
                                                                                                                     provided
                                                                                                                        a) the melting point of the branch duct is not below 760°C,
                                                                                                                        b) the branch duct is carried up inside the riser not less than 500 mm, and
                                                                                                                        c) the exhaust duct is under negative pressure as described in Article 9.10.9.20.
                                                                                                                         4) Noncombustible ducts that penetrate a fire separation separating a vertical service
                                                                                                                     space from the remainder of the building need not be equipped with a fire damper at the
                                                                                                                     fire separation provided
                                                                                                                          a) the ducts have a melting point above 760°C, and
                                                                                                                          b) each individual duct exhausts directly to the outside at the top of the vertical
                                                                                                                              service space.
                                                                                                                        5) A duct serving commercial cooking equipment and piercing a required fire
                                                                                                                     separation need not be equipped with a fire damper at the fire separation. (See also
                                                                                                                     Article 6.3.1.6.)

                                                                                                    9.10.13.14.      Fire Stop Flaps
                                                                                                                         1) Fire stop flaps in ceiling membranes referred to in Sentence 9.10.5.1.(3) shall
                                                                                                                         a) conform to CAN/ULC-S112.2, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling
                                                                                                                            Firestop Flap Assemblies,” and
                                                                                                                         b) activate at a temperature approximately 30°C above the normal maximum
                                                                                                                            temperature that occurs in the ducts, whether the air duct system is
                                                                                                                            operating or shut down.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.15.      Doors between Garages and Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                         1) A door between an attached or built-in garage and a dwelling unit shall be tight
                                                                                                                     fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective barrier against the passage of gas
                                                                                                                     and exhaust fumes and shall be fitted with a self-closing device.
                                                                                                                        2) A doorway between an attached or built-in garage and a dwelling unit shall not
                                                                                                                     be located in a room intended for sleeping.

                                                                                                    9.10.13.16.      Door Stops
                                                                                                                          1) Where a door is installed so that it may damage the integrity of a fire separation
                                                                                                                     if its swing is unrestricted, door stops shall be installed to prevent such damage.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-63
                                                                                                    9.10.14.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.10.14.          Spatial Separation Between Buildings

                                                                                                    9.10.14.1.        Application

                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies to buildings other than those to which Subsection 9.10.15.
                                                                                                                      applies.

                                                                                                                         2) This Subsection does not apply to detached carports conforming to Section 9.35.
                                                                                                                      that serve not more than one dwelling unit or a house with a secondary suite.

                                                                                                    9.10.14.2.        Area and Location of Exposing Building Face




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) The area of an exposing building face shall be
                                                                                                                         a) taken as the exterior wall area facing in one direction on any side of a
                                                                                                                            building, and
                                                                                                                         b) calculated as
                                                                                                                               i) the total area measured from the finished ground level to
                                                                                                                                  the uppermost ceiling, or
                                                                                                                              ii) the area for each fire compartment, where a building is divided
                                                                                                                                  into fire compartments by fire separations with fire-resistance
                                                                                                                                  ratings not less than 45 min.

                                                                                                                         2) For the purpose of using Table 9.10.14.4.-A to determine the maximum
                                                                                                                      aggregate area of unprotected openings in an irregularly shaped or skewed exterior wall,
                                                                                                                      the location of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical plane located so that
                                                                                                                      there are no unprotected openings between the vertical plane and the line to which the
                                                                                                                      limiting distance is measured. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)

                                                                                                                         3) For the purpose of using Table 9.10.14.5.-A to determine the required type of
                                                                                                                      construction, cladding and fire-resistance rating for an irregularly shaped or skewed
                                                                                                                      exterior wall,
                                                                                                                          a) the location of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical plane
                                                                                                                             located so that no portion of the actual exposing building face is between the
                                                                                                                             vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured, and
                                                                                                                         b) the value for the maximum area of unprotected openings (see second column
                                                                                                                             of Table 9.10.14.5.-A) shall be determined using the limiting distance
                                                                                                                             measured from the location described in Clause (a). (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)

                                                                                                    9.10.14.3.        Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response

                                                                                                                          1) Except for the purpose of applying Sentences 9.10.14.4.(2), (3), (8) and (9), and
                                                                                                                      Sentences 9.10.14.5.(3), (8) and (13), a limiting distance equal to half the actual limiting
                                                                                                                      distance shall be used as input to the requirements of this Subsection, where
                                                                                                                          a) the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the
                                                                                                                              first fire department vehicle arrives at the building exceeds 10 min in 10% or
                                                                                                                              more of all calls to the building, and
                                                                                                                          b) any storey in the building is not sprinklered.
                                                                                                                      (See Notes A-3.2.3. and A-3.2.3.1.(8).)

                                                                                                    9.10.14.4.        Openings in Exposing Building Face

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (6) to (10), the maximum aggregate area of
                                                                                                                      unprotected openings in an exposing building face shall
                                                                                                                         a) conform to Table 9.10.14.4.-A,
                                                                                                                         b) conform to Subsection 3.2.3., or
                                                                                                                         c) where the limiting distance is not less than 1.2 m, be equal to or less than
                                                                                                                                i) the limiting distance squared, for residential occupancies,
                                                                                                                                   business and personal services occupancies and low-hazard
                                                                                                                                   industrial occupancies, and
                                                                                                                               ii) half the limiting distance squared, for mercantile occupancies
                                                                                                                                   and medium-hazard industrial occupancies.


                                                                                                    9-64 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                       9.10.14.4.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.10.14.4.-A
                                                                                                                                       Maximum Aggregate Area of Unprotected Openings in Exterior Walls (1)
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.4.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                            Maximum Aggregate Area of Unprotected Openings,
                                                                                                                                     Maximum                                       % of Exposing Building Face Area
                                                                                                            Occupancy                Total Area
                                                                                                                                                                                             Limiting Distance, m
                                                                                                          Classification of         of Exposing
                                                                                                              Building             Building Face,   Less
                                                                                                                                         m2         than     1.2      1.5       2.0    4.0       6.0      8.0       10.0     12.0   16.0     20.0   25.0
                                                                                                                                                     1.2
                                                                                                                                         30           0       7        9        12     39         88     100        —        —      —         —     —




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      Residential, business              40           0       7        8        11     32         69     100        —        —      —         —     —
                                                                                                      and personal services,                                                                                        —        —      —         —     —
                                                                                                                                         50           0       7        8        10     28         57     100
                                                                                                      and low-hazard
                                                                                                      industrial                        100           0       7        8        9      18         34      56        84       100    —         —     —
                                                                                                                                     Over 100           0     7        7        8      12         19      28        40       55     92       100    —
                                                                                                                                        30              0     4        4        6      20         44      80        100      —      —         —     —
                                                                                                      Mercantile and                    40              0     4        4        6      16         34      61        97       100    —         —     —
                                                                                                      medium-hazard                     50              0     4        4        5      14         29      50        79       100    —         —     —
                                                                                                      industrial                       100              0     4        4        4       9         17      28         42       60    100       —     —
                                                                                                                                     Over 100           0     4        4        4       6         10      14        20       27     46       70     100

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.10.14.4.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See also Sentences (6) and (7) to calculate the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings in sprinklered buildings or where wired
                                                                                                          glass or glass blocks are used.


                                                                                                                                 2) Openings in a wall having a limiting distance of less than 1.2 m shall be protected
                                                                                                                              by closures, of other than wired glass or glass block, whose fire-protection rating is in
                                                                                                                              conformance with the fire-resistance rating required for the wall. (See Table 9.10.13.1.)

                                                                                                                                 3) Except for buildings that are sprinklered and for openable windows
                                                                                                                              having an unobstructed opening equal to 0.35 m2 installed in accordance with
                                                                                                                              Sentences 9.9.10.1.(1) and (2), where the limiting distance is 2 m or less, individual
                                                                                                                              unprotected openings shall be no greater than
                                                                                                                                 a) the area stated in Table 9.10.14.4.-B, or
                                                                                                                                 b) where the limiting distance is equal to or greater than 1.2 m, the area
                                                                                                                                     calculated by




                                                                                                                                      where
                                                                                                                                        Area = area of the unprotected opening, and
                                                                                                                                          LD = limiting distance.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.10.14.4.-B
                                                                                                                                                Maximum Concentrated Area of Unprotected Openings
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.4.(3)

                                                                                                                                 Limiting Distance, m                                   Maximum Area of Individual Unprotected Openings, m2
                                                                                                                                          1.2                                                                         0.35
                                                                                                                                          1.5                                                                         0.78
                                                                                                                                          2.0                                                                         1.88




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                         Division B 9-65
                                                                                                    9.10.14.5.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         4) The spacing between individual unprotected openings described in Sentence (3)
                                                                                                                      that serve a single room or space described in Sentence (5) shall be not less than
                                                                                                                          a) 2 m horizontally of another unprotected opening that is on the same exposing
                                                                                                                              building face and serves the single room or space, or
                                                                                                                         b) 2 m vertically of another unprotected opening that serves the single room or
                                                                                                                              space, or another room or space on the same storey.

                                                                                                                         5) For the purpose of Sentence (4), “single room or space” shall mean
                                                                                                                         a) two or more adjacent spaces having a full-height separating wall extending
                                                                                                                            less than 1.5 m from the interior face of the exterior wall, or
                                                                                                                         b) two or more stacked spaces that are on the same storey.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         6) The maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings is permitted to be up to
                                                                                                                      twice the area determined according to Sentence (1), where the unprotected openings
                                                                                                                      are glazed with
                                                                                                                          a) wired glass in steel frames, as described in Article 9.10.13.5., or
                                                                                                                         b) glass blocks, as described in Article 9.10.13.7.

                                                                                                                         7) Where the building is sprinklered, the maximum aggregate area of unprotected
                                                                                                                      openings is permitted to be up to twice the area determined according to Sentence (1),
                                                                                                                      provided all rooms, including closets and bathrooms, that are adjacent to the exposing
                                                                                                                      building face and that have unprotected openings are sprinklered, notwithstanding any
                                                                                                                      exemptions in the sprinkler standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12.

                                                                                                                         8) The maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an exposing building face
                                                                                                                      of a storage garage need not comply with Sentence (1), where
                                                                                                                          a) all storeys are constructed as open-air storeys, and
                                                                                                                          b) the storage garage has a limiting distance of not less than 3 m.

                                                                                                                         9) The maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an exposing building face
                                                                                                                      of a storey that faces a street and is at the same level as the street need not comply with
                                                                                                                      Sentence (1), where the limiting distance is not less than 9 m.

                                                                                                                        10) Except as provided in Sentence (11), for garages or accessory buildings that serve
                                                                                                                      a single dwelling unit only and are detached from any building, the maximum aggregate
                                                                                                                      area of glazed openings shall comply with the requirements for unprotected openings.

                                                                                                                       11) The limits on the area of glazed openings stated in Sentence (10) need not
                                                                                                                      apply to the exposing building face of a detached garage or accessory building facing a
                                                                                                                      dwelling unit, where
                                                                                                                         a) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                         b) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as
                                                                                                                             that dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                         c) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the
                                                                                                                             only major occupancy on the property.

                                                                                                    9.10.14.5.        Construction of Exposing Building Face and Walls above Exposing
                                                                                                                      Building Face

                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentences (3) to (14), each exposing building face and any
                                                                                                                      exterior wall located above an exposing building face that encloses an attic or roof space
                                                                                                                      shall be constructed in conformance with Table 9.10.14.5.-A. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(1).)
                                                                                                                      (See also Subsection 9.10.8.)




                                                                                                    9-66 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                    9.10.14.5.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.10.14.5.-A
                                                                                                                                    Minimum Construction Requirements for Exposing Building Faces
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.5.(1)

                                                                                                              Occupancy             Maximum Area of Unprotected
                                                                                                                                                                    Minimum Required       Type of Construction   Type of Cladding
                                                                                                       Classification of Building    Openings Permitted, % of
                                                                                                                                                                  Fire-Resistance Rating        Required              Required
                                                                                                        or Fire Compartment         Exposing Building Face Area
                                                                                                                                              0 to 10                      1h                Noncombustible       Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                             Combustible or
                                                                                                                                            > 10 to 25                     1h                                     Noncombustible
                                                                                                     Residential, business and                                                               noncombustible
                                                                                                     personal services, and                                                                  Combustible or
                                                                                                     low-hazard industrial                  > 25 to 50                   45 min                                   Noncombustible




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                             noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                             Combustible or       Combustible or
                                                                                                                                           > 50 to < 100                 45 min
                                                                                                                                                                                             noncombustible       noncombustible
                                                                                                                                              0 to 10                      2h                Noncombustible       Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                             Combustible or
                                                                                                                                            > 10 to 25                     2h                                     Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                             noncombustible
                                                                                                     Mercantile and
                                                                                                     medium-hazard industrial                                                                Combustible or
                                                                                                                                            > 25 to 50                     1h                                     Noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                             noncombustible
                                                                                                                                                                                             Combustible or       Combustible or
                                                                                                                                           > 50 to < 100                   1h
                                                                                                                                                                                             noncombustible       noncombustible


                                                                                                                            2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (8), cladding on exposing building faces
                                                                                                                         and exterior walls located above exposing building faces that enclose an attic or roof space,
                                                                                                                         for buildings or fire compartments where the maximum permitted area of unprotected
                                                                                                                         openings is more than 10% of the exposing building face, need not be noncombustible
                                                                                                                         where the wall assembly complies with the requirements of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when
                                                                                                                         tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior
                                                                                                                         Wall Assemblies.”

                                                                                                                             3) Except as provided in Sentences (4) to (8) and permitted by Sentence (9),
                                                                                                                         cladding on exposing building faces and on exterior walls located above exposing building
                                                                                                                         faces of buildings or fire compartments where the maximum permitted area of unprotected
                                                                                                                         openings is more than 25% but not more than 50% of the exposing building face need not
                                                                                                                         be noncombustible, where
                                                                                                                             a) the limiting distance is greater than 5.0 m,
                                                                                                                             b) the limiting distance is greater than 2.5 m where the area and width-to-height
                                                                                                                                  ratio of the exposing building face conform to Table 9.10.14.5.-B,
                                                                                                                             c) the building or fire compartment is sprinklered,
                                                                                                                             d) the cladding
                                                                                                                                     i) conforms to Subsection 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8. or 9.27.9.,
                                                                                                                                    ii) is installed without furring members, or on furring not
                                                                                                                                        more than 25 mm thick, over gypsum sheathing at least
                                                                                                                                        12.7 mm thick or over masonry, and
                                                                                                                                   iii) after conditioning in conformance with ASTM D2898,
                                                                                                                                        “Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of
                                                                                                                                        Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing,” has a
                                                                                                                                        flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in
                                                                                                                                        accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), or
                                                                                                                             e) the cladding
                                                                                                                                     i) conforms to Subsection 9.27.12.,
                                                                                                                                    ii) is installed with or without furring members over a gypsum
                                                                                                                                        sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,
                                                                                                                                   iii) has a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in
                                                                                                                                        accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
                                                                                                                                   iv) does not exceed 2 mm in thickness exclusive of fasteners,
                                                                                                                                        joints and local reinforcements.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                   Division B 9-67
                                                                                                    9.10.14.5.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.10.14.5.-B
                                                                                                                           Maximum Allowable Area and Ratio of Width to Height of Exposing Building Face
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.5.(3)

                                                                                                         Maximum Ratio of Width to Height of Exposing Building Face         Maximum Area of Exposing Building Face, m2
                                                                                                                                    1:1                                                        88
                                                                                                                                    2:1                                                        102
                                                                                                                                    3:1                                                        129
                                                                                                                                    4:1                                                        161
                                                                                                                                    5:1                                                        195




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), where a garage or accessory building serves
                                                                                                                       one dwelling unit only and is detached from any building, the exposing building face
                                                                                                                          a) need not conform to the minimum required fire-resistance rating stated in
                                                                                                                             Table 9.10.14.5.-A, where the limiting distance is 0.6 m or more,
                                                                                                                          b) shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min, where the limiting
                                                                                                                             distance is less than 0.6 m, and
                                                                                                                          c) need not conform to the type of cladding and type of construction required
                                                                                                                             by Table 9.10.14.5.-A, regardless of the limiting distance.
                                                                                                                          5) The requirements regarding fire-resistance rating, type of construction and
                                                                                                                       type of cladding need not apply to the exposing building face of a detached garage or
                                                                                                                       accessory building facing a dwelling unit, where
                                                                                                                          a) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                          b) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as
                                                                                                                              that dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                          c) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the
                                                                                                                              only major occupancy on the property.
                                                                                                                          6) Except as provided in Sentence (7), combustible projections on the exterior of
                                                                                                                       a wall that are more than 1 m above ground level and that could expose an adjacent
                                                                                                                       building to fire spread shall not be permitted within
                                                                                                                           a) 1.2 m of a property line or the centre line of a public way, or
                                                                                                                           b) 2.4 m of a combustible projection on another building on the same property.
                                                                                                                          7) Except as provided in Sentences (9) to (12), Sentence (6) shall not apply to
                                                                                                                           a) buildings containing one or two dwelling units only, and
                                                                                                                          b) detached garages or accessory buildings, where
                                                                                                                                 i) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one
                                                                                                                                    dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                                ii) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the
                                                                                                                                    same property as that dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                               iii) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory
                                                                                                                                    building is the only major occupancy on the property.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(7).)
                                                                                                                          8) Where combustible projections on an exposing building face are permitted by
                                                                                                                       Sentence (7), are totally enclosed and constructed with solid faces, such as for fireplaces
                                                                                                                       and chimneys, and extend within 1.2 m of a property line,
                                                                                                                          a) the construction of the face and sides of the projection shall comply with the
                                                                                                                              corresponding requirements for exposing building faces for limiting distances
                                                                                                                              less than 1.2 m as stated in Sentence (2) or (3), and
                                                                                                                          b) where the underside of the projection is more than 0.6 m above finished
                                                                                                                              ground level, it shall be protected by
                                                                                                                                  i) not less than 0.38 mm thick noncombustible material,
                                                                                                                                 ii) unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M,
                                                                                                                                     “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for
                                                                                                                                     Residential Use,”
                                                                                                                                iii) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum
                                                                                                                                     ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M,
                                                                                                                                     “Gypsum Board Application,”


                                                                                                    9-68 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.10.15.2.

                                                                                                                             iv) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
                                                                                                                              v) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
                                                                                                                             vi) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(8).)
                                                                                                                        9) Except as provided in Sentence (11), where the exposing building face has a
                                                                                                                     limiting distance of not more than 0.45 m, projecting roof soffits shall not be constructed
                                                                                                                     above the exposing building face. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
                                                                                                                       10) Except as provided in Sentence (11), where the exposing building face has a
                                                                                                                     limiting distance of more than 0.45 m, the face of roof soffits shall not project to less than
                                                                                                                     0.45 m from the property line. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       11) The face of a roof soffit is permitted to project to the property line, where it faces
                                                                                                                     a public way. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10).)
                                                                                                                       12) Where roof soffits project to less than 1.2 m from the property line, the centre
                                                                                                                     line of a public way, or an imaginary line between two buildings or fire compartments
                                                                                                                     on the same property, they shall
                                                                                                                         a) have no openings, and
                                                                                                                         b) be protected by
                                                                                                                                 i) not less than 0.38 mm thick sheet steel,
                                                                                                                                ii) unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M,
                                                                                                                                    “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for
                                                                                                                                    Residential Use,”
                                                                                                                               iii) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum
                                                                                                                                    ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M,
                                                                                                                                    “Gypsum Board Application,”
                                                                                                                               iv) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
                                                                                                                                v) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
                                                                                                                               vi) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
                                                                                                                      13) Heavy timber and steel columns need not conform to the requirements of
                                                                                                                     Sentence (1), provided the limiting distance is not less than 3 m.
                                                                                                                       14) Non-loadbearing wall components need not have a minimum fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     rating, where the building
                                                                                                                         a) is 1 storey in building height,
                                                                                                                         b) is of noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                         c) is classified as a low-hazard industrial occupancy and used only for low fire load
                                                                                                                             occupancies, such as power-generating plants or plants for the manufacture
                                                                                                                             or storage of noncombustible materials, and
                                                                                                                         d) has a limiting distance of 3 m or more.

                                                                                                    9.10.15.         Spatial Separation Between Houses
                                                                                                    9.10.15.1.       Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection applies to
                                                                                                                         a) buildings that contain only dwelling units and have no dwelling unit above
                                                                                                                            another dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                        b) houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.10.15.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.10.15.2.       Area and Location of Exposing Building Face
                                                                                                                         1) The area of an exposing building face shall be
                                                                                                                         a) taken as the exterior wall area facing in one direction on any side of a
                                                                                                                            building, and
                                                                                                                         b) calculated as
                                                                                                                               i) the total area measured from the finished ground level to
                                                                                                                                  the uppermost ceiling,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                           Division B 9-69
                                                                                                    9.10.15.3.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                                ii) the area for each fire compartment, where a building is divided
                                                                                                                                    into fire compartments by fire separations with fire-resistance
                                                                                                                                    ratings not less than 45 min, or
                                                                                                                               iii) except as provided in Sentence (2), where Table 9.10.15.4. is
                                                                                                                                    used to determine the maximum aggregate area of glazed
                                                                                                                                    openings, the area of any number of individual portions of
                                                                                                                                    the exposing building face. (See Note A-9.10.15.4.(2).)

                                                                                                                         2) Where the exposing building face of any section of an exterior wall enclosing a
                                                                                                                      single room or space, or combination room and space, has a limiting distance of 2 m
                                                                                                                      or less, that section of the exposing building face serving the room or space shall not be
                                                                                                                      divided into portions for the purpose of calculating area of exposing building face. (See




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      Sentence 9.10.15.4.(5) and Note A-9.10.15.4.(2).)

                                                                                                                          3) For the purpose of using Table 9.10.15.4. to determine the maximum aggregate
                                                                                                                      area of glazed openings in an irregularly shaped or skewed exterior wall, the location
                                                                                                                      of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical plane located so that there are no
                                                                                                                      glazed openings between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is
                                                                                                                      measured. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)

                                                                                                                          4) In determining the required cladding-sheathing assembly and fire-resistance
                                                                                                                      rating for an irregularly shaped or skewed exterior wall, the location of the exposing
                                                                                                                      building face shall be taken as a vertical plane located so that no portion of the actual
                                                                                                                      exposing building face is between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting
                                                                                                                      distance is measured. (See Article 9.10.15.5. and Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)

                                                                                                    9.10.15.3.        Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response

                                                                                                                         1) Except for the purpose of applying Sentences 9.10.15.2.(2), 9.10.15.4.(3)
                                                                                                                      and 9.10.15.5.(13), a limiting distance equal to half the actual limiting distance shall be
                                                                                                                      used as input to the requirements of this Subsection, where
                                                                                                                         a) the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the
                                                                                                                             first fire department vehicle arrives at the building exceeds 10 min in 10% or
                                                                                                                             more of all calls to the building, and
                                                                                                                         b) any storey in the building is not sprinklered.
                                                                                                                      (See Notes A-3.2.3. and A-3.2.3.1.(8).)

                                                                                                    9.10.15.4.        Glazed Openings in Exposing Building Face

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (7), the maximum aggregate area of
                                                                                                                      glazed openings in an exposing building face shall
                                                                                                                         a) conform to Table 9.10.15.4.,
                                                                                                                         b) conform to Subsection 3.2.3., or
                                                                                                                          c) where the limiting distance is not less than 1.2 m, be equal to or less than
                                                                                                                             the limiting distance squared.

                                                                                                                         2) Where the limits on the area of glazed openings are determined for individual
                                                                                                                      portions of the exposing building face, as described in Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii), the
                                                                                                                      maximum aggregate area of glazed openings for any portion shall be determined using
                                                                                                                      the values in Table 9.10.15.4. corresponding to
                                                                                                                          a) the maximum total area of exposing building face, which is equal to the sum
                                                                                                                             of all portions of the exposing building face, and
                                                                                                                         b) the limiting distance of each portion.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.10.15.4.(2).)

                                                                                                                         3) Except for buildings that are sprinklered and for openable windows
                                                                                                                      having an unobstructed opening equal to 0.35 m2 installed in accordance with
                                                                                                                      Sentences 9.9.10.1.(1) and (2), where the limiting distance is 2 m or less, individual
                                                                                                                      glazed openings or a group of glazed openings in an exposing building face shall not
                                                                                                                      exceed 50% of the maximum allowable aggregate area of glazed openings determined
                                                                                                                      in Sentence (1).


                                                                                                    9-70 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                             9.10.15.5.

                                                                                                                            4) The spacing between individual glazed openings described in Sentence (3)
                                                                                                                         serving a single room or space described in Sentence (5) shall be not less than
                                                                                                                            a) 2 m horizontally of another glazed opening that is on the same exposing
                                                                                                                                building face and serves the single room or space, or
                                                                                                                            b) 2 m vertically of another glazed opening that serves the single room or
                                                                                                                                space, or another room or space on the same storey.
                                                                                                                            5) For the purpose of Sentence (4), “single room or space” shall mean
                                                                                                                            a) two or more adjacent spaces having a full-height separating wall extending
                                                                                                                               less than 1.5 m from the interior face of the exterior wall, or
                                                                                                                            b) two or more stacked spaces that are on the same storey.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             6) The limits on the area of glazed openings shall not apply to the exposing building
                                                                                                                         face of a dwelling unit facing a detached garage or accessory building, where
                                                                                                                             a) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                             b) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as
                                                                                                                                  that dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                             c) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the
                                                                                                                                  only major occupancy on the property.
                                                                                                                            7) The maximum aggregate area of glazed openings in an exposing building face is
                                                                                                                         permitted to be up to twice the area determined in accordance with Sentence (1), where
                                                                                                                            a) the glazed openings consist of glass blocks, as described in Article 9.10.13.7.,
                                                                                                                                or
                                                                                                                            b) the building is sprinklered, provided all rooms, including closets, bathrooms
                                                                                                                                and attached garages, that are adjacent to the exposing building face and that
                                                                                                                                have glazed openings are sprinklered, notwithstanding any exemptions in
                                                                                                                                the sprinkler standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.10.15.4.
                                                                                                                                       Maximum Area of Glazed Openings in Exterior Walls of Houses
                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentences 9.10.15.4.(1) and (2)

                                                                                                                                             Maximum Aggregate Area of Glazed Openings, % of Exposing Building Face Area
                                                                                                      Maximum Total
                                                                                                                                                                         Limiting Distance, m
                                                                                                     Area of Exposing
                                                                                                     Building Face, m2     Less
                                                                                                                                      1.2       1.5      2.0       4.0      6.0       8.0       10.0    12.0      16.0      20.0    25.0
                                                                                                                         than 1.2
                                                                                                            30              0          7         9        12       39        88       100       —        —            —      —       —
                                                                                                            40              0          7         8        11       32        69       100       —        —            —      —       —
                                                                                                            50              0          7         8        10       28        57       100       —        —            —      —       —
                                                                                                           100              0          7         8        9        18        34       56        84       100          —      —       —
                                                                                                        Over 100            0          7         7        8        12        19       28        40       55           92    100      —


                                                                                                    9.10.15.5.           Construction of Exposing Building Face of Houses
                                                                                                                            1) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (13), each exposing building face and any
                                                                                                                         exterior wall located above an exposing building face that encloses an attic or roof space
                                                                                                                         shall be constructed in conformance with Sentences (2) and (3)
                                                                                                                             a) for the exposing building face as a whole, or
                                                                                                                            b) for any number of separate portions of the exposing building
                                                                                                                                 face (see Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii), Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2), and
                                                                                                                                 Note A-9.10.15.4.(2)).
                                                                                                                         (See also Subsection 9.10.8.)
                                                                                                                            2) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), where the limiting distance is less
                                                                                                                         than 0.6 m, the exposing building face and exterior walls located above the exposing
                                                                                                                         building face that enclose an attic or roof space shall have a fire-resistance rating of not
                                                                                                                         less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                             a) the cladding shall be metal or noncombustible cladding installed in
                                                                                                                                 accordance with Section 9.20., 9.27. or 9.28. (see Note A-9.10.14.5.(1)),


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                          Division B 9-71
                                                                                                    9.10.15.5.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         b) the cladding shall
                                                                                                                                i) conform to Subsection 9.27.12.,
                                                                                                                               ii) be installed without furring members over gypsum
                                                                                                                                   sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,
                                                                                                                              iii) have a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in
                                                                                                                                   accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
                                                                                                                              iv) not exceed 2 mm in thickness exclusive of fasteners, joints
                                                                                                                                   and local reinforcements, or
                                                                                                                         c) the wall assembly shall comply with Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested
                                                                                                                            in conformance with CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method of Fire Test of
                                                                                                                            Exterior Wall Assemblies.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), where the limiting distance is equal to or
                                                                                                                      greater than 0.6 m and less than 1.2 m, the exposing building face and any exterior wall
                                                                                                                      located above the exposing building face that encloses an attic or roof space shall have a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min, and
                                                                                                                           a) the cladding shall be metal or noncombustible cladding installed in
                                                                                                                               accordance with Section 9.20., Subsection 9.27.11. or Section 9.28. (see
                                                                                                                               Note A-9.10.14.5.(1)),
                                                                                                                           b) the cladding shall
                                                                                                                                   i) conform to Subsection 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8., 9.27.9.,
                                                                                                                                      or 9.27.10.,
                                                                                                                                  ii) be installed without furring members, or on furring not
                                                                                                                                      more than 25 mm thick, over gypsum sheathing at least
                                                                                                                                      12.7 mm thick or over masonry, and
                                                                                                                                 iii) after conditioning in conformance with ASTM D2898,
                                                                                                                                      “Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of
                                                                                                                                      Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing,” have a
                                                                                                                                      flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in
                                                                                                                                      accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2),
                                                                                                                           c) the cladding shall
                                                                                                                                   i) conform to Subsection 9.27.12.,
                                                                                                                                  ii) be installed with or without furring members over gypsum
                                                                                                                                      sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,
                                                                                                                                 iii) have a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in
                                                                                                                                      accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
                                                                                                                                 iv) not exceed 2 mm in thickness exclusive of fasteners, joints
                                                                                                                                      and local reinforcements, or
                                                                                                                          d) the wall assembly shall comply with Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested
                                                                                                                               in conformance with CAN/ULC-S134, “Standard Method of Fire Test of
                                                                                                                               Exterior Wall Assemblies.”
                                                                                                                         4) The requirements regarding fire-resistance rating and type of cladding-sheathing
                                                                                                                      assembly shall not apply to the exposing building face or projections from an exposing
                                                                                                                      building face of a dwelling unit facing a detached garage or accessory building, or a
                                                                                                                      garage or accessory building facing a dwelling unit, where
                                                                                                                          a) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                          b) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as
                                                                                                                              that dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                          c) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the
                                                                                                                              only major occupancy on the property.
                                                                                                                         5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), combustible projections on the exterior of
                                                                                                                      a wall that are more than 1 m above ground level and that could expose an adjacent
                                                                                                                      building to fire spread shall not be permitted within
                                                                                                                          a) 1.2 m of a property line or the centre line of a public way, or
                                                                                                                          b) 2.4 m of a combustible projection on another building on the same property.
                                                                                                                         6) Except as provided in Sentences (8) to (11), Sentence (5) shall not apply to
                                                                                                                         a) buildings containing one or two dwelling units only, and
                                                                                                                         b) detached garages or accessory buildings, where
                                                                                                                               i) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one
                                                                                                                                  dwelling unit,


                                                                                                    9-72 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.10.15.5.

                                                                                                                              ii) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the
                                                                                                                                  same property as that dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                             iii) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory
                                                                                                                                  building is the only major occupancy on the property.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(7).)

                                                                                                                        7) Where combustible projections on an exposing building face are permitted by
                                                                                                                     Sentence (6), are totally enclosed and constructed with solid faces, such as for fireplaces
                                                                                                                     and chimneys, and extend within 1.2 m of a property line,
                                                                                                                         a) the construction of the face and sides of the projection shall comply with the
                                                                                                                            corresponding requirements for exposing building faces for limiting distances
                                                                                                                            less than 1.2 m as stated in Sentence (2) or (3), and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        b) where the underside of the projection is more than 0.6 m above finished
                                                                                                                            ground level, it shall be protected by
                                                                                                                                i) not less than 0.38 mm thick noncombustible material,
                                                                                                                               ii) unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M,
                                                                                                                                   “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for
                                                                                                                                   Residential Use,”
                                                                                                                              iii) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum
                                                                                                                                   ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M,
                                                                                                                                   “Gypsum Board Application,”
                                                                                                                              iv) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
                                                                                                                               v) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
                                                                                                                              vi) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(8).)

                                                                                                                        8) Except as provided in Sentence (10), where the exposing building face has a
                                                                                                                     limiting distance of not more than 0.45 m, projecting roof soffits shall not be constructed
                                                                                                                     above the exposing building face. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)

                                                                                                                        9) Except as provided in Sentence (10), where the exposing building face has a
                                                                                                                     limiting distance of more than 0.45 m, the face of roof soffits shall not project to less than
                                                                                                                     0.45 m from the property line. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)

                                                                                                                       10) The face of a roof soffit is permitted to project to the property line, where it faces
                                                                                                                     a public way . (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10).)

                                                                                                                       11) Where roof soffits project to less than 1.2 m from the property line, the centre
                                                                                                                     line of a public way, or an imaginary line between two buildings or fire compartments
                                                                                                                     on the same property, they shall
                                                                                                                         a) have no openings, and
                                                                                                                         b) be protected by
                                                                                                                                 i) not less than 0.38 mm thick sheet steel,
                                                                                                                                ii) unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M,
                                                                                                                                    “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for
                                                                                                                                    Residential Use,”
                                                                                                                               iii) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum
                                                                                                                                    ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M,
                                                                                                                                    “Gypsum Board Application,”
                                                                                                                               iv) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
                                                                                                                                v) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
                                                                                                                               vi) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)

                                                                                                                       12) For buildings of combustible construction, materials installed to provide the
                                                                                                                     required protection for soffits may be covered with a combustible or noncombustible
                                                                                                                     finish material.

                                                                                                                      13) Heavy timber and steel columns need not conform to the requirements of
                                                                                                                     Sentence (1), provided the limiting distance is not less than 3 m.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                           Division B 9-73
                                                                                                    9.10.16.1.                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    9.10.16.          Fire Blocks
                                                                                                    9.10.16.1.        Required Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces
                                                                                                                         1) Vertical concealed spaces in interior walls and exterior walls shall be separated
                                                                                                                      by fire blocks
                                                                                                                          a) one from the other, and
                                                                                                                         b) from horizontal concealed spaces.
                                                                                                                         2) Horizontal concealed spaces in attics, roof spaces, ceilings, floors, and crawl
                                                                                                                      spaces shall be separated by fire blocks
                                                                                                                         a) one from the other, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         b) from vertical concealed spaces.
                                                                                                                          3) Fire blocks shall be provided at all interconnections between concealed vertical
                                                                                                                      and horizontal spaces in interior coved ceilings, drop ceilings and soffits where the
                                                                                                                      exposed construction materials within the concealed spaces have a surface flame-spread
                                                                                                                      rating greater than 25.
                                                                                                                         4) Fire blocks shall be provided at the top and bottom of each run of stairs where
                                                                                                                      they pass through a floor containing concealed space in which the exposed construction
                                                                                                                      materials within the space have a surface flame-spread rating greater than 25.
                                                                                                                         5) Where not sprinklered, concealed spaces of combustible construction created by
                                                                                                                      a ceiling, roof space or unoccupied attic space shall be separated by fire blocks into
                                                                                                                      compartments
                                                                                                                          a) not more than 60 m in greatest dimension, and
                                                                                                                          b) where such space contains exposed construction materials having a surface
                                                                                                                              flame-spread rating greater than 25, not more than 300 m2 in area.
                                                                                                                         6)   No dimension of the concealed space described in Clause (5)(b) shall exceed
                                                                                                                      20 m.
                                                                                                                         7) Concealed spaces in mansard or gambrel style roofs, exterior cornices, balconies
                                                                                                                      and canopies of combustible construction in which the exposed construction materials
                                                                                                                      within the space have a surface flame-spread rating exceeding 25 shall have vertical fire
                                                                                                                      blocks at intervals of not more than 20 m and at points where such concealed spaces
                                                                                                                      extend across the ends of required vertical fire separations.

                                                                                                    9.10.16.2.        Required Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), fire blocks shall be provided to block off
                                                                                                                      concealed spaces within wall assemblies, including spaces created by furring,
                                                                                                                         a) at each floor level,
                                                                                                                         b) at each ceiling level where the ceiling contributes to part of the required
                                                                                                                             fire-resistance rating, and
                                                                                                                         c) at other locations within the wall, so that the distance between fire blocks
                                                                                                                             does not exceed 20 m horizontally and 3 m vertically.
                                                                                                                         2) Fire blocks described in Sentence (1) are not required, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the insulated wall assembly contains not more than one concealed air space
                                                                                                                            whose horizontal thickness is not more than 25 mm,
                                                                                                                         b) the exposed construction materials within the space are noncombustible,
                                                                                                                         c) the exposed construction materials within the space, including insulation,
                                                                                                                            but not including wiring, piping or similar services, have a flame-spread
                                                                                                                            rating of not more than 25, or
                                                                                                                         d) the concealed wall space is filled with insulation.

                                                                                                    9.10.16.3.        Fire Block Materials
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), fire blocks shall be constructed of
                                                                                                                      materials that will remain in place and prevent the passage of flames for not less than
                                                                                                                      15 min when subjected to the standard fire exposure in CAN/ULC-S101, “Standard
                                                                                                                      Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials.”


                                                                                                    9-74 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.10.17.4.

                                                                                                                        2) Fire blocks are deemed to comply with Sentence (1) if they are constructed of
                                                                                                                     not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 0.38 mm sheet steel,
                                                                                                                        b) 12.7 mm gypsum board,
                                                                                                                         c) 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, with joints having continuous
                                                                                                                             supports,
                                                                                                                        d) two layers of lumber, each not less than 19 mm thick, with joints staggered,
                                                                                                                             or
                                                                                                                        e) 38 mm lumber.
                                                                                                                        3) In a building permitted to be of combustible construction, semi-rigid fibre
                                                                                                                     insulation board produced from glass, rock or slag is permitted to be used to block




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     the vertical space in a double-frame wall assembly formed at the intersection of the
                                                                                                                     floor assembly and the walls, provided the width of the vertical space does not exceed
                                                                                                                     25 mm and the insulation board
                                                                                                                         a) has a density not less than 45 kg/m3,
                                                                                                                         b) is securely fastened to one set of studs,
                                                                                                                         c) extends from below the bottom of the top plates in the lower storey to above
                                                                                                                             the top of the bottom plate in the upper storey, and
                                                                                                                         d) completely fills the portion of the vertical space between the headers and
                                                                                                                             between the wall plates.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.1.11.7.(8).)

                                                                                                    9.10.16.4.       Penetration of Fire Blocks
                                                                                                                        1) Where fire blocks are pierced by pipes, ducts or other elements, the
                                                                                                                     effectiveness of the fire blocks shall be maintained around such elements. (See also
                                                                                                                     Note A-3.1.11.7.(7).)

                                                                                                    9.10.17.         Flame-Spread Limits
                                                                                                    9.10.17.1.       Flame-Spread Rating of Interior Surfaces
                                                                                                                        1) Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, the exposed surface of
                                                                                                                     every interior wall and ceiling, including skylights and glazing, shall have a surface
                                                                                                                     flame-spread rating of not more than 150.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), doors need not conform to Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     provided they have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 200.
                                                                                                                        3) Doors within dwelling units, other than garage doors, need not conform to
                                                                                                                     Sentences (1) and (2).

                                                                                                    9.10.17.2.       Ceilings in Exits or Public Corridors
                                                                                                                        1) At least 90% of the exposed surface of every ceiling in an exit or ceiling that is
                                                                                                                     not sprinklered in a public corridor shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more
                                                                                                                     than 25. (See Article 9.10.17.6.)

                                                                                                    9.10.17.3.       Walls in Exits
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), at least 90% of the exposed surfaces of
                                                                                                                     every wall in an exit shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 25. (See
                                                                                                                     Article 9.10.17.6.)
                                                                                                                       2) At least 75% of the wall surface of a lobby used as an exit in Article 9.9.8.5. shall
                                                                                                                     have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 25. (See Article 9.10.17.6.)

                                                                                                    9.10.17.4.       Exterior Exit Passageways
                                                                                                                        1) Where an exterior exit passageway provides the only means of egress from the
                                                                                                                     rooms or suites it serves, the wall and ceiling finishes of that passageway, including the
                                                                                                                     soffit beneath and the guard on the passageway, shall have a surface flame-spread rating
                                                                                                                     of not more than 25, except that up to 10% of the total wall area and 10% of the total
                                                                                                                     ceiling area is permitted to have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 150.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-75
                                                                                                    9.10.17.5.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    9.10.17.5.        Walls in Public Corridors
                                                                                                                         1) At least 90% of the total wall surface in any public corridor that is not sprinklered
                                                                                                                      shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 75, or at least 90% of the upper
                                                                                                                      half of such walls shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 25. (See
                                                                                                                      Article 9.10.17.6.)

                                                                                                    9.10.17.6.        Calculation of Wall and Ceiling Areas
                                                                                                                         1) Skylights, glazing, combustible doors, and combustible light diffusers and lenses
                                                                                                                      shall not be considered in the calculation of wall and ceiling areas in this Subsection.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.10.17.7.        Corridors Containing an Occupancy

                                                                                                                         1) Where a public corridor or a corridor used by the public contains an occupancy,
                                                                                                                      the interior finish materials used on the walls or ceiling of such occupancy, shall have a
                                                                                                                      surface flame-spread rating in conformance with that required for public corridors.

                                                                                                    9.10.17.8.        Light Diffusers and Lenses

                                                                                                                         1) Light diffusers and lenses having flame-spread ratings that exceed those permitted
                                                                                                                      for the ceiling finish, shall conform to the requirements of Sentence 3.1.13.4.(1).

                                                                                                    9.10.17.9.        Combustible Skylights

                                                                                                                         1) Individual combustible skylights in corridors required to be separated from the
                                                                                                                      remainder of the building by fire separations shall not exceed 1 m2 in area and shall be
                                                                                                                      spaced not less than 1.2 m apart.

                                                                                                    9.10.17.10.       Protection of Foamed Plastics
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.4.2.)

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), foamed plastics that form part of a
                                                                                                                      wall or ceiling assembly shall be protected from adjacent space in the building, other
                                                                                                                      than adjacent concealed spaces within attic or roof spaces, crawl spaces, wall assemblies
                                                                                                                      and ceiling assemblies
                                                                                                                         a) by one of the interior finishes described in Subsections 9.29.4. to 9.29.9.,
                                                                                                                         b) provided the building does not contain a Group C major occupancy, by sheet
                                                                                                                             metal that
                                                                                                                                 i) is mechanically fastened to the supporting assembly
                                                                                                                                    independent of the insulation,
                                                                                                                                ii) is not less than 0.38 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                               iii) has a melting point not less than 650°C, or
                                                                                                                          c) by any thermal barrier that meets the requirements of Sentence 3.1.5.15.(2).
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-3.1.4.2.(1)(c).)
                                                                                                                        2) A walk-in cooler or freezer consisting of factory-assembled wall, floor or ceiling
                                                                                                                      panels containing foamed plastics is permitted to be used, provided the panels
                                                                                                                         a) are protected on both sides by sheet metal not less than 0.38 mm thick
                                                                                                                             having a melting point not less than 650°C,
                                                                                                                         b) do not contain an air space, and
                                                                                                                         c) have a flame-spread rating, determined by subjecting a sample panel with an
                                                                                                                             assembled joint typical of field installation to the applicable test described
                                                                                                                             in Subsection 3.1.12., that is not more than that permitted for the room or
                                                                                                                             space in which they are located or that they bound.
                                                                                                                         3) Thermosetting foamed plastic insulation having a flame-spread rating of not
                                                                                                                      more than 200 is permitted to be used in factory-assembled doors in storage garages
                                                                                                                      serving single dwelling units provided that
                                                                                                                         a) the insulation is covered on the interior with a metallic foil,
                                                                                                                         b) the assembly has a flame-spread rating of not more than 200, and
                                                                                                                          c) the assembly incorporates no air spaces.


                                                                                                    9-76 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                        9.10.18.4.

                                                                                                    9.10.17.11.           Walls and Ceilings in Bathrooms
                                                                                                                             1) The interior finish of walls and ceilings in bathrooms within suites of residential
                                                                                                                          occupancy shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 200.

                                                                                                    9.10.17.12.           Coverings or Linings of Ducts
                                                                                                                            1) Where a covering or a lining is used with a duct, such lining or covering shall
                                                                                                                          have a flame-spread rating conforming to Article 3.6.5.4. or 9.33.6.4.

                                                                                                    9.10.18.              Alarm and Detection Systems




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.10.18.1.            Access Provided through a Firewall
                                                                                                                             1) Where access is provided through a firewall, the requirements in this Subsection
                                                                                                                          shall apply to the floor areas on both sides of the firewall as if they were in the same
                                                                                                                          building.

                                                                                                    9.10.18.2.            Fire Alarm System Required
                                                                                                                             1) Except as permitted in Sentences (3) and (4), a fire alarm system shall be
                                                                                                                          installed in buildings in which a sprinkler system is installed.
                                                                                                                              2) Except as provided in Sentence (5), a fire alarm system shall be installed
                                                                                                                              a) in every building that contains more than 3 storeys, including storeys below
                                                                                                                                 the first storey,
                                                                                                                              b) where the total occupant load exceeds 300, or
                                                                                                                              c) when the occupant load for any major occupancy in Table 9.10.18.2. is exceeded.

                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.10.18.2.
                                                                                                                                      Maximum Occupant Load for Buildings without Fire Alarm Systems
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.18.2.(2)

                                                                                                                   Major Occupancy Classification                   Occupant Load Above which a Fire Alarm System is Required
                                                                                                     Residential                                                                  10 (sleeping accommodation)
                                                                                                     Business and personal services, Mercantile                                 150 above or below the first storey
                                                                                                     Low- or medium-hazard industrial                                           75 above or below the first storey


                                                                                                                            3) In buildings in which a sprinkler system has been installed in accordance with
                                                                                                                          NFPA 13D, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family
                                                                                                                          Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,” a fire alarm system need not be installed.
                                                                                                                             4) In buildings that contain fewer than 9 sprinklers conforming to
                                                                                                                          Sentence 3.2.5.12.(4), a fire alarm system need not be installed.
                                                                                                                             5) A fire alarm system is not required in a residential occupancy where an exit or
                                                                                                                          public corridor serves not more than 4 suites or where each suite has direct access to an
                                                                                                                          exterior exit facility leading to ground level.

                                                                                                    9.10.18.3.            Design and Installation Requirements
                                                                                                                             1) Except as stated in Sentence (2) and as required by this Subsection, where fire
                                                                                                                          alarm, fire detection and smoke detection devices and systems are installed, these
                                                                                                                          devices and systems and their installation shall conform to Subsection 3.2.4.
                                                                                                                             2) The following Articles in Subsection 3.2.4. regarding fire alarm systems do
                                                                                                                          not apply to Part 9 buildings: Articles 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.10., 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.12., 3.2.4.13.
                                                                                                                          and 3.2.4.22.

                                                                                                    9.10.18.4.            Rooms and Spaces Requiring Heat Detectors or Smoke Detectors
                                                                                                                              1) Where a fire alarm system is required, every public corridor in buildings of
                                                                                                                          residential occupancy and every exit stair shaft shall be provided with smoke detectors.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                      Division B 9-77
                                                                                                    9.10.18.5.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), if a fire alarm system is required in a
                                                                                                                      building that is not sprinklered, fire detectors shall be installed in the following spaces:
                                                                                                                          a) storage rooms not within dwelling units,
                                                                                                                          b) service rooms not within dwelling units,
                                                                                                                          c) janitors' rooms
                                                                                                                          d) rooms in which hazardous substances are to be used or stored (see
                                                                                                                              Note A-3.3.1.2.(1)),
                                                                                                                          e) elevator hoistways, chutes and dumbwaiter shafts, and
                                                                                                                          f) laundry rooms in buildings of residential occupancy, but not those within
                                                                                                                              dwelling units.
                                                                                                                         3) Heat detectors and smoke detectors described in Sentence (2) are not required in




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      dwelling units or in sprinklered buildings in which the sprinkler system is electrically
                                                                                                                      supervised and equipped with a water flow alarm.

                                                                                                    9.10.18.5.        Smoke Detectors in Recirculating Air-Handling Systems
                                                                                                                         1) Except for a recirculating air system serving not more than one dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                      where a fire alarm system is required to be installed, every recirculating air-handling
                                                                                                                      system shall be designed to prevent the circulation of smoke upon a signal from a
                                                                                                                      duct-type smoke detector where such system supplies more than one suite on the same
                                                                                                                      floor or serves more than 1 storey.

                                                                                                    9.10.18.6.        Portions of Buildings Considered as Separate Buildings
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), where a vertical fire separation having a
                                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h separates a portion of a building from the
                                                                                                                      remainder of the building and there are no openings through the fire separation other
                                                                                                                      than those for piping, tubing, wiring and conduit, the requirements for fire alarm
                                                                                                                      and detection systems may be applied to each portion so separated as if it were a
                                                                                                                      separate building.
                                                                                                                         2) The permission in Sentence (1) to consider separated portions of a building as
                                                                                                                      separate buildings does not apply to service rooms and storage rooms.

                                                                                                    9.10.18.7.        Central Vacuum Systems
                                                                                                                         1) Central vacuum cleaning systems serving more than one suite or storey in
                                                                                                                      buildings equipped with a fire alarm system shall be designed to shut down upon
                                                                                                                      activation of the fire alarm system.

                                                                                                    9.10.18.8.        Open-Air Storage Garages
                                                                                                                         1) A fire alarm system is not required in a storage garage conforming to
                                                                                                                      Article 3.2.2.92. provided there are no other occupancies in the building.

                                                                                                    9.10.19.          Smoke Alarms
                                                                                                    9.10.19.1.        Required Smoke Alarms
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Article 9.10.19.8., smoke alarms conforming to
                                                                                                                      CAN/ULC-S531, “Standard for Smoke Alarms,” shall be installed in
                                                                                                                        a) each dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                        b) each sleeping room not within a dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                        c) ancillary spaces and common spaces not in dwelling units in a house with
                                                                                                                           a secondary suite.

                                                                                                    9.10.19.2.        Sound Patterns of Smoke Alarms
                                                                                                                         1) The sound patterns of smoke alarms shall
                                                                                                                         a) meet the temporal patterns of alarm signals (see Note A-3.2.4.18.(2)), or
                                                                                                                         b) be a combination of temporal pattern and voice relay.


                                                                                                    9-78 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.10.19.6.

                                                                                                    9.10.19.3.       Location of Smoke Alarms
                                                                                                                        1) Within dwelling units, sufficient smoke alarms shall be installed so that
                                                                                                                         a) there is at least one smoke alarm installed on each storey, including basements,
                                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                                        b) on any storey of a dwelling unit containing sleeping rooms, a smoke alarm is
                                                                                                                            installed
                                                                                                                               i) in each sleeping room, and
                                                                                                                              ii) in a location between the sleeping rooms and the remainder
                                                                                                                                  of the storey, and if the sleeping rooms are served by a
                                                                                                                                  hallway, the smoke alarm shall be located in the hallway.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.10.19.3.(1).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       2) A smoke alarm required by Sentence (1) shall be installed in conformance with
                                                                                                                     CAN/ULC-S553, “Standard for the Installation of Smoke Alarms.”
                                                                                                                        3) Smoke alarms required in Article 9.10.19.1. and Sentence (1) shall be installed on
                                                                                                                     or near the ceiling.

                                                                                                    9.10.19.4.       Power Supply
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), smoke alarms described in
                                                                                                                     Sentence 9.10.19.1.(1) shall
                                                                                                                        a) be installed with permanent connections to an electrical circuit (see
                                                                                                                            Note A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a)),
                                                                                                                        b) have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the smoke
                                                                                                                            alarm, and
                                                                                                                        c) in case the regular power supply to the smoke alarm is interrupted, be
                                                                                                                            provided with a battery as an alternative power source that can continue to
                                                                                                                            provide power to the smoke alarm for a period of no less than 7 days in the
                                                                                                                            normal condition, followed by 4 minutes of alarm.
                                                                                                                        2) Where the building is not supplied with electrical power, smoke alarms are
                                                                                                                     permitted to be battery-operated.
                                                                                                                         3) Suites of residential occupancy are permitted to be equipped with smoke detectors
                                                                                                                     in lieu of smoke alarms, provided the smoke detectors
                                                                                                                         a) are capable of independently sounding audible signals with a sound
                                                                                                                             pressure level between 75 dBA and 110 dBA within the individual suites
                                                                                                                             (see also Note A-3.2.4.18.(4)),
                                                                                                                         b) except as permitted in Sentence (4), are installed in conformance with
                                                                                                                             CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” and
                                                                                                                          c) form part of the fire alarm system.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-3.2.4.20.(10).)
                                                                                                                        4) Smoke detectors permitted to be installed in lieu of smoke alarms as stated in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (3) are permitted to sound localized alarms within individual suites, and need
                                                                                                                     not sound an alarm throughout the rest of the building.

                                                                                                    9.10.19.5.       Interconnection of Smoke Alarms
                                                                                                                        1) Where more than one smoke alarm is required in a dwelling unit, the smoke alarms
                                                                                                                     shall be interconnected so that the activation of any one alarm causes all alarms within
                                                                                                                     the dwelling unit to sound.
                                                                                                                         2) Smoke alarms in a house with a secondary suite shall be wirelessly interconnected
                                                                                                                     or interconnected by hard-wiring so that the activation of any one smoke alarm causes all
                                                                                                                     smoke alarms within the house with a secondary suite to sound. (See Note A-9.10.19.5.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.10.19.6.       Silencing of Smoke Alarms
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), a manually operated device shall be
                                                                                                                     incorporated within the circuitry of a smoke alarm installed in a dwelling unit so that
                                                                                                                     the signal emitted by the smoke alarm can be silenced for a period of not more than
                                                                                                                     10 min, after which the smoke alarm will reset and sound again if the level of smoke in
                                                                                                                     the vicinity is sufficient to re-actuate it.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-79
                                                                                                    9.10.19.7.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Suites of residential occupancy equipped with smoke detectors installed to
                                                                                                                      CAN/ULC-S524, “Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems,” which are part of
                                                                                                                      the fire alarm system in lieu of smoke alarms as permitted in Sentence 9.10.19.4.(3), need
                                                                                                                      not incorporate the manually operated device required in Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    9.10.19.7.        Instructions for Maintenance and Care
                                                                                                                          1) Where instructions are necessary to describe the maintenance and care required
                                                                                                                      for smoke alarms to ensure continuing satisfactory performance, they shall be posted in
                                                                                                                      a location where they will be readily available to the occupants for reference.

                                                                                                    9.10.19.8.        Residential Fire Warning Systems




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         1) Except where a fire alarm system is installed or required in a building, smoke
                                                                                                                      detectors forming part of a residential fire warning system installed in conformance
                                                                                                                      with CAN/ULC-S540, “Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning Systems:
                                                                                                                      Installation, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance,” are permitted to be installed in
                                                                                                                      lieu of all smoke alarms required by Articles 9.10.19.1. and 9.10.19.3., provided that
                                                                                                                      the fire warning system
                                                                                                                          a) is capable of sounding audible signals as stated in Articles 9.10.19.2.
                                                                                                                              and 9.10.19.5.,
                                                                                                                          b) is powered as stated in Article 9.10.19.4., and
                                                                                                                          c) is equipped with a silencing device as stated in Article 9.10.19.6.

                                                                                                    9.10.20.          Firefighting
                                                                                                    9.10.20.1.        Windows or Access Panels Required
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), a window or access panel providing an
                                                                                                                      opening not less than 1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide and having a sill height of not
                                                                                                                      more than 900 mm above the floor shall be provided on the second and third storeys of
                                                                                                                      every building in at least one wall facing on a street if such storeys are not sprinklered.
                                                                                                                         2) Access panels required in Sentence (1) shall be readily openable from both
                                                                                                                      inside and outside or be glazed with plain glass.
                                                                                                                         3) Access panels required in Sentence (1) need not be provided in
                                                                                                                         a) buildings containing only dwelling units where there is no dwelling unit above
                                                                                                                            another dwelling unit, or
                                                                                                                         b) houses with a secondary suite.

                                                                                                    9.10.20.2.        Access to Basements
                                                                                                                         1) Except for basements in houses with a secondary suite or basements serving not
                                                                                                                      more than one dwelling unit, each basement that is not sprinklered that exceeds 25 m in
                                                                                                                      length or width shall be provided with direct access to the outdoors to at least one street.
                                                                                                                         2) Access required in Sentence (1) may be provided by a door, window or other
                                                                                                                      means that provides an opening not less than 1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide, the sill
                                                                                                                      height of which shall not be more than 900 mm above the floor.
                                                                                                                         3) Access required in Sentence (1) may also be provided by an interior stair
                                                                                                                      accessible from the outdoors.

                                                                                                    9.10.20.3.        Fire Department Access to Buildings
                                                                                                                        1) Access for fire department equipment shall be provided to each building by
                                                                                                                      means of a street, private roadway or yard. (See Notes A-9.10.20.3.(1) and A-3.2.5.6.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) Where access to a building as required in Sentence (1) is provided by means of
                                                                                                                      a roadway or yard, the design and location of such roadway or yard shall take into
                                                                                                                      account connection with public thoroughfares, weight of firefighting equipment, width
                                                                                                                      of roadway, radius of curves, overhead clearance, location of fire hydrants, location
                                                                                                                      of fire department connections and vehicular parking.


                                                                                                    9-80 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.10.21.8.

                                                                                                    9.10.20.4.       Portable Extinguishers
                                                                                                                        1) Portable extinguishers shall be installed in all buildings, except within dwelling
                                                                                                                     units, in conformance with the appropriate provincial or territorial regulations or
                                                                                                                     municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, the NFC.

                                                                                                    9.10.20.5.       Freeze Protection of Fire Protection Systems
                                                                                                                        1) Equipment forming part of a fire protection system that may be adversely
                                                                                                                     affected by freezing temperatures and that is located in an unheated area shall be
                                                                                                                     protected from freezing.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.10.21.         Fire Protection for Construction Camps
                                                                                                    9.10.21.1.       Requirements for Construction Camps
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Articles 9.10.21.2. to 9.10.21.9., construction camps shall
                                                                                                                     conform to Subsections 9.10.1. to 9.10.20.

                                                                                                    9.10.21.2.       Separation of Sleeping Rooms
                                                                                                                         1) Except for sleeping rooms within dwelling units, sleeping rooms in construction
                                                                                                                     camps shall be separated from each other and from the remainder of the building by a
                                                                                                                     fire separation having not less than a 30 min fire-resistance rating.

                                                                                                    9.10.21.3.       Floor Assemblies between the First and Second Storey
                                                                                                                        1) Except in a dwelling unit, a floor assembly in a construction camp building
                                                                                                                     separating the first storey and the second storey shall be constructed as a fire separation
                                                                                                                     having not less than a 30 min fire-resistance rating.

                                                                                                    9.10.21.4.       Walkways Connecting Buildings
                                                                                                                         1) Walkways of combustible construction connecting buildings shall be separated from
                                                                                                                     each connected building by a fire separation having not less than a 45 min fire-resistance
                                                                                                                     rating.

                                                                                                    9.10.21.5.       Spatial Separations
                                                                                                                        1) Construction camp buildings shall be separated from each other by a distance of
                                                                                                                     not less than 10 m except as otherwise permitted in Subsections 9.10.14. and 9.10.15.

                                                                                                    9.10.21.6.       Flame-Spread Ratings
                                                                                                                        1) Except in dwelling units and except as provided in Sentence (2), the surface
                                                                                                                     flame-spread rating of wall and ceiling surfaces in corridors and walkways, exclusive of
                                                                                                                     doors, shall not exceed 25 over not less than 90% of the exposed surface area and not
                                                                                                                     more than 150 over the remaining surface area.
                                                                                                                        2) Except within dwelling units, corridors that provide access to exit from sleeping
                                                                                                                     rooms and that have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min shall have a
                                                                                                                     flame-spread rating conforming to the appropriate requirements in Subsection 9.10.17.

                                                                                                    9.10.21.7.       Smoke Detectors
                                                                                                                        1) Except in dwelling units, corridors providing access to exit from sleeping rooms
                                                                                                                     in construction camp buildings with sleeping accommodation for more than 10 persons
                                                                                                                     shall be provided with a smoke detector connected to the building alarm system.

                                                                                                    9.10.21.8.       Portable Fire Extinguishers
                                                                                                                        1) Each construction camp building shall be provided with portable fire
                                                                                                                     extinguishers in conformance with the appropriate provincial or territorial regulations
                                                                                                                     or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, in conformance
                                                                                                                     with the NFC.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-81
                                                                                                    9.10.21.9.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    9.10.21.9.        Hose Stations

                                                                                                                         1) Every construction camp building providing sleeping accommodation for more
                                                                                                                      than 30 persons shall be provided with a hose station that is protected from freezing
                                                                                                                      and is equipped with a hose of sufficient length so that every portion of the building is
                                                                                                                      within reach of a hose stream.

                                                                                                                         2) Hose stations required in Sentence (1) shall be located near an exit.

                                                                                                                         3) Hoses referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 19 mm inside diam and
                                                                                                                      shall be connected to a central water supply or to a storage tank having a capacity of
                                                                                                                      not less than 4 500 L with a pumping system capable of supplying a flow of not less




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      than 5 L/s at a gauge pressure of 300 kPa.

                                                                                                    9.10.22.          Fire Protection for Gas, Propane and Electric Cooktops
                                                                                                                      and Ovens
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.10.22.)

                                                                                                    9.10.22.1.        Installation of Cooktops and Ovens

                                                                                                                         1) Except as required in Sentence (2), natural gas and propane cooktops and ovens
                                                                                                                      shall be installed in accordance with the applicable provincial or territorial regulations
                                                                                                                      or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, with CSA B149.1,
                                                                                                                      “Natural gas and propane installation code.” (See also Article 9.34.1.1.)

                                                                                                                         2) Clearances for and protection around gas, propane and electric ranges shall be
                                                                                                                      not less than those provided in Articles 9.10.22.2. and 9.10.22.3.

                                                                                                    9.10.22.2.        Vertical Clearances above Cooktops

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), framing, finishes and cabinetry installed
                                                                                                                      directly above the location of the cooktop shall be not less than 750 mm above the level
                                                                                                                      of cooktop burners or elements.

                                                                                                                         2) The vertical clearance described in Sentence (1) for framing, finishes and
                                                                                                                      cabinets located directly above the location of the cooktop may be reduced to 600 mm
                                                                                                                      above the level of the elements or burners, provided the framing, finishes and cabinets
                                                                                                                         a) are noncombustible, or
                                                                                                                         b) are protected by a metal hood that projects 125 mm beyond the framing,
                                                                                                                             finishes and cabinets.

                                                                                                    9.10.22.3.        Protection around Cooktops

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), combustible wall framing, finishes
                                                                                                                      or cabinets within 450 mm of the area where the cooktop is to be located shall be
                                                                                                                      protected above the level of the heating elements or burners by
                                                                                                                          a) gypsum board not less than 9.5 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                          b) any material providing a fire-resistance rating of not less than 10 min and a
                                                                                                                             flame-spread rating of not more than 25.

                                                                                                                         2) Counter-top splash boards or back plates that extend above the level of heating
                                                                                                                      elements or burners need not be protected as described in Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                         3) Except for cabinetry described in Article 9.10.22.2., cabinetry located not less
                                                                                                                      than 450 mm above the level of the heating elements or burners need not be protected
                                                                                                                      as described in Sentence (1).




                                                                                                    9-82 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.11.1.3.

                                                                                                    Section 9.11. Sound Transmission
                                                                                                    (See Note A-9.11.)

                                                                                                    9.11.1.              Protection from Airborne Noise
                                                                                                    9.11.1.1.            Required Protection
                                                                                                                            1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a dwelling unit shall be separated
                                                                                                                         from every other space in a building in which noise may be generated by
                                                                                                                            a) a separating assembly and adjoining constructions, which together provide




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                an apparent sound transmission class (ASTC) rating of not less than 47, or
                                                                                                                            b) a separating assembly providing a sound transmission class (STC) rating of
                                                                                                                                not less than 50 and adjoining constructions that conform to Article 9.11.1.4.
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-9.11.1.4.)
                                                                                                                            2) Where a house contains a secondary suite, each dwelling unit shall be separated
                                                                                                                         from every other space in the house in which noise may be transmitted by
                                                                                                                             a) construction
                                                                                                                                   i) whose joist spaces are filled with sound-absorbing material
                                                                                                                                      of not less than 150 mm nominal thickness,
                                                                                                                                  ii) whose stud spaces are filled with sound-absorbing material,
                                                                                                                                 iii) having a resilient channel on one side of the separation
                                                                                                                                      spaced 400 or 600 mm o.c., and
                                                                                                                                 iv) having not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board on
                                                                                                                                      ceilings and on both sides of walls,
                                                                                                                            b) construction providing an STC rating of not less than 43, or
                                                                                                                             c) a separating assembly and adjoining constructions, which together provide
                                                                                                                                an ASTC rating of not less than 40.
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-9.11.1.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                            3) Construction separating a dwelling unit from an elevator shaft or refuse chute
                                                                                                                         shall have an STC rating of not less than 55.

                                                                                                    9.11.1.2.            Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
                                                                                                                            1) The STC ratings shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E413,
                                                                                                                         “Classification for Rating Sound Insulation,” using the results from measurements
                                                                                                                         carried out in accordance with ASTM E90, “Standard Test Method for Laboratory
                                                                                                                         Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and
                                                                                                                         Elements.”
                                                                                                                            2) The ASTC ratings shall be
                                                                                                                            a) determined in accordance with ASTM E413, “Classification for Rating
                                                                                                                               Sound Insulation,” using the results from measurements carried out in
                                                                                                                               accordance with ASTM E336, “Standard Test Method for Measurement of
                                                                                                                               Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings,” or
                                                                                                                            b) calculated in accordance with Article 5.8.1.4. or 5.8.1.5.

                                                                                                    9.11.1.3.            Compliance with Required Ratings
                                                                                                                            1) Compliance with the required STC ratings shall be demonstrated through
                                                                                                                            a) measurements carried out in accordance with Sentence 9.11.1.2.(1), or
                                                                                                                            b) the construction of separating assemblies conforming to Table 9.10.3.1.-A
                                                                                                                               or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable.
                                                                                                                            2) Compliance with the required ASTC ratings shall be demonstrated through
                                                                                                                            a) measurements or calculations carried out in accordance with
                                                                                                                               Sentence 9.11.1.2.(2), or
                                                                                                                            b) the construction of separating assemblies conforming to Table 9.10.3.1.-A
                                                                                                                               or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable, that have an STC rating of not less than 50
                                                                                                                               in conjunction with flanking assemblies constructed in accordance with
                                                                                                                               Article 9.11.1.4. (see Note A-9.11.1.3.(2)(b)).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                         Division B 9-83
                                                                                                    9.11.1.4.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    9.11.1.4.          Adjoining Constructions
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.11.1.4.)
                                                                                                                          1) This Article applies where the required protection is provided in accordance
                                                                                                                       with Clause 9.11.1.1.(1)(b) and compliance is demonstrated in accordance with
                                                                                                                       Clause 9.11.1.3.(2)(b).
                                                                                                                          2) Flanking wall assemblies connected to a separating floor or ceiling assembly
                                                                                                                       shall be constructed with
                                                                                                                          a) concrete or concrete block having a mass per area greater than 200 kg/m2, or
                                                                                                                          b) gypsum board finish that
                                                                                                                                  i) is supported on wood or steel framing, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                 ii) ends or is interrupted where it meets the structure of the
                                                                                                                                     separating floor or ceiling assembly.
                                                                                                                          3) Flanking wall and ceiling assemblies connected to a separating wall assembly
                                                                                                                       shall be constructed with
                                                                                                                          a) concrete or concrete block having a mass per area greater than 300 kg/m2, or
                                                                                                                          b) gypsum board finish that
                                                                                                                                  i) is supported on wood or steel framing, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) ends or is interrupted where it meets the structure of the
                                                                                                                                     separating wall assembly or, for double-stud walls, where it
                                                                                                                                     meets the space between the two lines of studs.
                                                                                                                          4) Flanking floor assemblies connected to a separating wall assembly shall be
                                                                                                                          a) constructed
                                                                                                                                i) with concrete having a mass per area greater than
                                                                                                                                   300 kg/m2, or
                                                                                                                               ii) in accordance with Section 9.16., or
                                                                                                                          b) supported on joists or trusses that are not continuous across the junction
                                                                                                                             and are covered with floor treatments in accordance with Table 9.11.1.4.
                                                                                                                             for the applicable wall construction.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.11.1.4.
                                                                                                                   Floor Treatments for Flanking Wood-Framed Floor Assemblies in Horizontally Adjoining Spaces
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 9.11.1.4.(4)

                                                                                                         Type of Separating Wall
                                                                                                                                          Minimum Requirements for Floor Treatments Applied Over Subfloor of Wood-Framed Flanking
                                                                                                       Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from
                                                                                                                                                          Floor Assemblies on Both Sides of Floor/Wall Junction
                                                                                                            Table 9.10.3.1.-A
                                                                                                                                        • wood strip flooring not less than 16 mm thick aligned parallel to separating wall, or
                                                                                                    W5, W6, W10, W12 (staggered         • one layer of OSB or plywood not less than 15.5 mm thick plus finished flooring, or
                                                                                                    studs)                              • one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than
                                                                                                                                          8 kg/m2(1)
                                                                                                                                        • one layer of OSB or plywood not less than 12.5 mm thick plus hardwood strip flooring not less than
                                                                                                                                          19 mm thick aligned parallel to separating wall, or
                                                                                                    W4, W11 (staggered studs)
                                                                                                                                        • one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than
                                                                                                                                          16 kg/m2(1)
                                                                                                                                        • concrete or gypsum concrete topping not less than 19 mm thick bonded to the subfloor plus finished
                                                                                                                                          flooring, or
                                                                                                    W8, W9 (staggered studs)
                                                                                                                                        • one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than
                                                                                                                                          32 kg/m2(1)
                                                                                                                                        • where a continuous subfloor or other rigid materials at the floor/wall junction provide structural
                                                                                                                                          connection between the two rows of studs in the separating wall:
                                                                                                                                               • hardwood strip flooring not less than 16 mm thick aligned parallel to separating wall, or
                                                                                                                                               • one layer OSB or plywood not less than 15.5. mm thick plus finished flooring, or
                                                                                                    W13, W14, W15 (double stud walls)          • one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less
                                                                                                                                                  than 8 kg/m2(1)
                                                                                                                                        • any finished flooring where the subfloor and other rigid materials are not connected at the floor/wall
                                                                                                                                          junction and where there are no structural connections between the two rows of studs in the separating
                                                                                                                                          wall
                                                                                                    B1 to B10                           • any finished flooring


                                                                                                    9-84 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      9.12.2.2.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.11.1.4. (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.11.1.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 9.11.1.4.



                                                                                                    Section 9.12. Excavation
                                                                                                    9.12.1.                 General
                                                                                                    9.12.1.1.               Removal of Topsoil and Organic Matter




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               1) The topsoil and vegetable matter in all unexcavated areas under a building
                                                                                                                            shall be removed.
                                                                                                                               2) In localities where termite infestation is known to be a problem, all stumps,
                                                                                                                            roots and other wood debris shall be removed from the soil to a depth of not less than
                                                                                                                            300 mm in unexcavated areas under a building.
                                                                                                                                3) The bottom of every excavation shall be free of all organic material.

                                                                                                    9.12.1.2.               Standing Water
                                                                                                                                1) Excavations shall be kept free of standing water.

                                                                                                    9.12.1.3.               Protection from Freezing
                                                                                                                               1) The bottom of excavations shall be kept from freezing throughout the entire
                                                                                                                            construction period.

                                                                                                    9.12.2.                 Depth
                                                                                                    9.12.2.1.               Excavation to Undisturbed Soil
                                                                                                                                1) Excavations for foundations shall extend to undisturbed soil.

                                                                                                    9.12.2.2.               Minimum Depth of Foundations
                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Sentences (4) to (7), the minimum depth of foundations
                                                                                                                            below finished ground level shall conform to Table 9.12.2.2.

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.12.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                            Minimum Depths of Foundations
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentence 9.12.2.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                   Minimum Depth of Foundation Containing Heated
                                                                                                                                                                                         Minimum Depth of Foundation Containing No Heated Space (2)
                                                                                                             Type of Soil                   Basement or Crawl Space (1)
                                                                                                                                   Good Soil Drainage              Poor Soil Drainage          Good Soil Drainage             Poor Soil Drainage
                                                                                                      Rock                               No limit                        No limit                   No limit                        No limit
                                                                                                      Coarse grained soils               No limit                        No limit                   No limit                Below the depth of frost
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  penetration
                                                                                                      Silt                               No limit                        No limit        Below the depth of frost         Below the depth of frost
                                                                                                                                                                                         penetration (3)                  penetration
                                                                                                      Clay or soils not                  1.2 m (3)                        1.2 m          1.2 m but not less than the      1.2 m but not less than the
                                                                                                      clearly defined (4)                                                                depth of frost penetration (3)   depth of frost penetration

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.12.2.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Foundation not insulated to reduce heat loss through the footings.
                                                                                                    (2)   Including foundations insulated to reduce heat loss through the footings.
                                                                                                    (3)   Good soil drainage to not less than the depth of frost penetration.
                                                                                                    (4)   See Note A-Table 9.12.2.2.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B 9-85
                                                                                                    9.12.3.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Where a foundation is insulated in a manner that will reduce heat flow to the soil
                                                                                                                      beneath the footings, the foundation depth shall conform to that required for foundations
                                                                                                                      containing no heated space. (See Note A-9.12.2.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                         3) The minimum depth of foundations for exterior concrete steps with more than 2
                                                                                                                      risers shall conform to Sentences (1), (2) and (5).
                                                                                                                         4) Concrete steps with 1 and 2 risers are permitted to be laid on ground level.
                                                                                                                        5) The foundation depths required in Sentence (1) are permitted to be decreased
                                                                                                                      where experience with local soil conditions shows that lesser depths are satisfactory, or
                                                                                                                      where the foundation is designed for lesser depths.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         6) The foundation depths required by Sentence (1) do not apply to foundations for
                                                                                                                         a) buildings
                                                                                                                               i) that are not of masonry or masonry veneer construction,
                                                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                                              ii) whose superstructure conforms to the requirements of the
                                                                                                                                  deformation resistance test in CSA Z240.2.1, “Structural
                                                                                                                                  requirements for manufactured homes,” or
                                                                                                                         b) accessory buildings
                                                                                                                               i) that are not of masonry or masonry veneer construction,
                                                                                                                              ii) not more than 1 storey in height,
                                                                                                                             iii) not more than 55 m2 in building area, and
                                                                                                                             iv) where the distance from finished ground to the underside
                                                                                                                                  of the floor joists is not more than 600 mm.
                                                                                                                         7) The foundation depths required by Sentence (1) do not apply to foundations for
                                                                                                                      decks and other accessible exterior platforms
                                                                                                                         a) of not more than 1 storey,
                                                                                                                         b) not more than 55 m2 in area,
                                                                                                                         c) where the distance from finished ground to the underside of the joists is
                                                                                                                             not more than 600 mm,
                                                                                                                         d) not supporting a roof, and
                                                                                                                         e) not attached to another structure, unless it can be demonstrated that
                                                                                                                             differential movement will not adversely affect the performance of that
                                                                                                                             structure.
                                                                                                                         8) Where decks or other accessible exterior platforms are supported on surface
                                                                                                                      foundations supported on other than coarse-grained soil with good drainage or rock,
                                                                                                                      access to the foundation positions to permit re-levelling of the platform shall be provided
                                                                                                                          a) by passageways with a clear height under the platform of not less than
                                                                                                                              600 mm and a width of not less than 600 mm, or
                                                                                                                         b) by installing the decking in a manner that allows easy removal.

                                                                                                    9.12.3.           Backfill
                                                                                                    9.12.3.1.         Placement of Backfill
                                                                                                                         1) Backfill shall be placed to avoid damaging the foundation wall, the drainage tile,
                                                                                                                      externally applied thermal insulation and waterproofing or dampproofing of the wall.

                                                                                                    9.12.3.2.         Grading of Backfill
                                                                                                                         1) Backfill shall be graded to prevent drainage towards the foundation after settling.

                                                                                                    9.12.3.3.         Deleterious Debris and Boulders
                                                                                                                        1) Backfill that is within 600 mm of the foundation shall be free of deleterious debris
                                                                                                                      and boulders larger than 250 mm diam. (See Note A-9.12.3.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), backfill shall not contain pyritic material
                                                                                                                      or material that is susceptible to ice lensing in concentrations that will damage the
                                                                                                                      building to a degree that would adversely affect its stability or the performance of
                                                                                                                      assemblies. (See Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)


                                                                                                    9-86 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.13.2.2.

                                                                                                                         3) Backfill with material of any concentration that is susceptible to ice lensing
                                                                                                                     is permitted where foundation walls are
                                                                                                                         a) cast-in-place concrete,
                                                                                                                         b) concrete block insulated on the exterior, or
                                                                                                                         c) concrete block protected from the backfill by a material that serves as a
                                                                                                                            slip plane.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.12.4.          Trenches beneath Footings
                                                                                                    9.12.4.1.        Support of Footings




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) The soil in trenches beneath footings for sewers and watermains shall be
                                                                                                                     compacted by tamping up to the level of the footing base, or shall be filled with
                                                                                                                     concrete having a strength not less than 10 MPa to support the footing.


                                                                                                    Section 9.13. Dampproofing, Waterproofing and Soil
                                                                                                    Gas Control
                                                                                                    9.13.1.          General
                                                                                                    9.13.1.1.        Scope and Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Section presents measures to control the ingress of water, moisture and
                                                                                                                     soil gas.
                                                                                                                        2) Subsection 9.13.2. applies to below-ground walls and floors-on-ground where
                                                                                                                     drainage is provided in accordance with Section 9.14. over and along the entire
                                                                                                                     below-ground portion of the foundation wall.
                                                                                                                        3) Subsection 9.13.3. applies to below-ground walls, floors-on-ground and roofs
                                                                                                                     of underground structures that are subject to hydrostatic pressure.
                                                                                                                        4) Subsection 9.13.4. applies to walls, roofs and floors that are in contact with the
                                                                                                                     ground.

                                                                                                    9.13.2.          Dampproofing
                                                                                                    9.13.2.1.        Required Dampproofing
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Article 9.13.3.1., where the exterior finished ground
                                                                                                                     level is at a higher elevation than the ground level inside the foundation walls, exterior
                                                                                                                     surfaces of foundation walls below ground level shall be dampproofed.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3) and Article 9.13.3.1., floors-on-ground shall
                                                                                                                     be dampproofed.
                                                                                                                         3)   Dampproofing required in Sentence (2) need not be provided for
                                                                                                                         a)   floors in garages,
                                                                                                                         b)   floors in unenclosed portions of buildings, or
                                                                                                                         c)   floors installed over not less than 100 mm of coarse clean granular material
                                                                                                                              containing not more than 10% of material that will pass a 4 mm sieve.

                                                                                                    9.13.2.2.        Dampproofing Materials
                                                                                                                         1)   Materials installed to provide required dampproofing shall be
                                                                                                                         a)   capable of protecting assemblies against moisture transfer from the ground,
                                                                                                                         b)   compatible with adjoining materials, and
                                                                                                                         c)   resistant to mechanisms of deterioration that may reasonably be expected,
                                                                                                                              given the nature, function and exposure of the materials.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-87
                                                                                                    9.13.2.3.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                        2) Except as otherwise specified in this Section, materials used for exterior
                                                                                                                      dampproofing shall
                                                                                                                         a) conform to one of the following standards:
                                                                                                                                i) ASTM D1227/D1227M, “Standard Specification for
                                                                                                                                   Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for
                                                                                                                                   Roofing,” Type III, Class I,
                                                                                                                               ii) ASTM D4479/D4479M, “Standard Specification for Asphalt
                                                                                                                                   Roof Coatings – Asbestos-Free,” Type III,
                                                                                                                              iii) CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, “Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet
                                                                                                                                   for Use in Building Construction,” or
                                                                                                                              iv) CAN/CSA-A123.4, “Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof
                                                                                                                                   Coverings and Waterproofing Systems,”or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        b) have a water vapour permeance of not more than 43 ng/(Pa×s×m2) when
                                                                                                                            tested in accordance with Procedure A (wet cup) of ASTM E96/E96M,
                                                                                                                            “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials,” and
                                                                                                                            consist of one of the following material types:
                                                                                                                                i) a vapour-resistant coating,
                                                                                                                               ii) a cold-fluid-applied or hot-rubberized bituminous
                                                                                                                                   dampproofing membrane,
                                                                                                                              iii) a liquid-applied or spray-applied asphalt-based emulsion
                                                                                                                                   dampproofing, or
                                                                                                                              iv) a type III hot-applied asphalt.

                                                                                                    9.13.2.3.         Preparation of Surface

                                                                                                                        1) The area in which dampproofing is to be carried out shall be kept free of water
                                                                                                                      during the application and curing of the dampproofing system.

                                                                                                                         2) The surface to be dampproofed shall be prepared in accordance with the
                                                                                                                      instructions of the dampproofing material manufacturer.

                                                                                                                         3) Where the dampproofing material is to be applied on insulating concrete form
                                                                                                                      (ICF) walls, the instructions of the ICF wall manufacturer shall be followed.

                                                                                                                         4) Unit masonry walls to be dampproofed shall be parged on the exterior face
                                                                                                                      below ground level with not less than 6 mm of mortar conforming to Section 9.20.
                                                                                                                      coved over the footing.

                                                                                                                        5) Concrete walls to be dampproofed shall have holes and recesses sealed with
                                                                                                                      cement mortar or a mastic or sealant that is suitable for vertical applications and
                                                                                                                      compatible with the dampproofing material.

                                                                                                                         6) The surface required to be dampproofed shall be clean and dry and free of ice,
                                                                                                                      snow, frost, dust, dirt, oil, grease, cracks, projections and depressions, loose particles
                                                                                                                      and debris that could be detrimental to the performance of the material to be applied.

                                                                                                    9.13.2.4.         Application of Dampproofing Material

                                                                                                                         1) Exterior dampproofing shall be applied from finished ground level to the top of
                                                                                                                      the exterior of the footing.

                                                                                                                         2) Unless otherwise stated in this Subsection, dampproofing shall be installed in
                                                                                                                      accordance with the manufacturer's instructions with regard to
                                                                                                                         a) surface priming,
                                                                                                                         b) conditions during application,
                                                                                                                         c) application quantity and rate, and
                                                                                                                         d) curing times.

                                                                                                                         3) Joints, cracks and penetrations shall be sealed to maintain the continuity of the
                                                                                                                      dampproofing, where the dampproofing material is not capable of bridging such
                                                                                                                      discontinuities.


                                                                                                    9-88 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.13.3.2.

                                                                                                    9.13.2.5.        Moisture Protection for Interior Finishes
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.13.2.5.)
                                                                                                                        1) The interior surface of foundation walls below ground level shall be protected
                                                                                                                     by means that minimize the ingress of moisture from the foundation wall into interior
                                                                                                                     spaces, where
                                                                                                                        a) a separate interior finish is applied to a concrete or unit masonry wall that is
                                                                                                                            in contact with the soil, or
                                                                                                                        b) wood members are placed in contact with such walls for the installation of
                                                                                                                            insulation or finish.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where the protection of interior finishes




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     required in Sentence (1) consists of membranes or coatings,
                                                                                                                        a) the membrane or coating shall extend from the basement floor surface up to
                                                                                                                            the highest extent of the interior insulation or finish, but not higher than the
                                                                                                                            exterior finished ground level, and
                                                                                                                        b) no membrane or coating with a permeance less than 170 ng/(Pa×s×m2) shall
                                                                                                                            be applied to the interior surface of the foundation wall above ground level
                                                                                                                            between the insulation and the foundation wall.
                                                                                                                        3) Where insulation functions as both moisture protection for interior finishes and
                                                                                                                     as a vapour barrier in accordance with Subsection 9.25.4., it shall be applied over the
                                                                                                                     entire interior surface of the foundation wall.

                                                                                                    9.13.2.6.        Dampproofing of Floors-on-Ground
                                                                                                                         1) Where dampproofing is installed below the floor, it shall consist of
                                                                                                                         a) polyethylene not less than 0.15 mm thick with joints lapped not less than
                                                                                                                            100 mm,
                                                                                                                         b) type S roll roofing with joints lapped not less than 100 mm, or
                                                                                                                         c) rigid extruded/expanded polystyrene with sealed or ship-lapped joints
                                                                                                                            that has
                                                                                                                               i) sufficient compressive strength to support the floor
                                                                                                                                  assembly, and
                                                                                                                              ii) a water vapour permeance complying with
                                                                                                                                  Clause 9.13.2.2.(2)(a).
                                                                                                                        2) Where dampproofing is installed between a floor-on-ground and a finished
                                                                                                                     floor, it shall consist of
                                                                                                                         a) rigid extruded/expanded polystyrene with sealed or ship-lapped joints
                                                                                                                              that has
                                                                                                                                 i) sufficient compressive strength to support the floor
                                                                                                                                    assembly, and
                                                                                                                                ii) a water vapour permeance complying with
                                                                                                                                    Clause 9.13.2.2.(2)(b), or
                                                                                                                         b) polyethylene not less than 0.05 mm thick with joints lapped not less than
                                                                                                                              100 mm.

                                                                                                    9.13.3.          Waterproofing
                                                                                                    9.13.3.1.        Required Waterproofing
                                                                                                                        1) Where hydrostatic pressure occurs, waterproofing is required for assemblies
                                                                                                                     separating interior space from the ground to prevent the ingress of water into building
                                                                                                                     assemblies and interior spaces.
                                                                                                                        2) Waterproofing is required for roofs of underground structures to prevent the
                                                                                                                     ingress of water into building assemblies and interior spaces.

                                                                                                    9.13.3.2.        Waterproofing Materials
                                                                                                                         1) Materials installed to provide required waterproofing shall be
                                                                                                                         a) compatible with adjoining materials, and
                                                                                                                         b) resistant to mechanisms of deterioration that may reasonably be expected,
                                                                                                                            given the nature, function and exposure of the materials.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-89
                                                                                                    9.13.3.3.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                        2) Materials used for exterior waterproofing shall conform to
                                                                                                                        a) ASTM D1227/D1227M, “Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used
                                                                                                                            as a Protective Coating for Roofing,” in which case, they shall be installed in
                                                                                                                            accordance with Sentence 9.13.3.3.(3),
                                                                                                                        b) ASTM D3019/D3019M, “Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with
                                                                                                                            Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered, and Fibered,” where non-fibered and
                                                                                                                            non-asbestos-fibered (Types I and III) asphalt roll roofing are permitted,
                                                                                                                         c) ASTM D4479/D4479M, “Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings
                                                                                                                            – Asbestos-Free,” in which case, they shall be installed in accordance with
                                                                                                                            Sentence 9.13.3.3.(3) and with reinforcing material,
                                                                                                                        d) ASTM D4637/D4637M, “Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In
                                                                                                                            Single-Ply Roof Membrane,”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        e) ASTM D4811/D4811M, “Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized
                                                                                                                            (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof Flashing,”
                                                                                                                         f) ASTM D6878/D6878M, “Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin
                                                                                                                            Based Sheet Roofing,”
                                                                                                                        g) CGSB 37-GP-9Ma, “Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing,
                                                                                                                            Dampproofing and Waterproofing,” where a primer is required,
                                                                                                                        h) CAN/CGSB-37.50-M, “Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and
                                                                                                                            Waterproofing,”
                                                                                                                         i) CAN/CGSB-37.54, “Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing
                                                                                                                            Membrane,”
                                                                                                                         j) CGSB 37-GP-56M, “Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated, and
                                                                                                                            Reinforced for Roofing,”
                                                                                                                        k) CAN/CGSB-37.58-M, “Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for
                                                                                                                            Non-Exposed Use in Roofing and Waterproofing,”
                                                                                                                         l) CAN/CSA-A123.2, “Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets,”
                                                                                                                        m) CAN/CSA-A123.4, “Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings
                                                                                                                            and Waterproofing Systems,” in which case, they shall be installed with
                                                                                                                            reinforcing material, or
                                                                                                                        n) CSA A123.17, “Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing.”

                                                                                                    9.13.3.3.         Preparation of Surface
                                                                                                                         1) Surfaces to be waterproofed shall be prepared in accordance with the
                                                                                                                      instructions of the waterproofing material manufacturer.
                                                                                                                          2) Where the waterproofing material is to be applied on ICF walls, the instructions
                                                                                                                      of the ICF wall manufacturer shall be followed.
                                                                                                                         3) Unit masonry walls that are to be waterproofed shall be parged on exterior
                                                                                                                      surfaces below ground level with not less than 6 mm of mortar conforming to
                                                                                                                      Section 9.20. coved over the footing.
                                                                                                                         4) Concrete walls that are to be waterproofed shall have all holes and recesses
                                                                                                                      sealed with mortar or waterproofing material.
                                                                                                                         5) Surfaces required to be waterproofed shall be clean and dry and free of ice,
                                                                                                                      snow, frost, dust, dirt, oil, grease, cracks, projections and depressions, loose particles
                                                                                                                      and debris that could be detrimental to the performance of the waterproofing material.

                                                                                                    9.13.3.4.         Application of Waterproofing Membranes
                                                                                                                         1) Unless otherwise stated in this Subsection, waterproofing shall be installed in
                                                                                                                      accordance with the manufacturer's instructions with regard to
                                                                                                                         a) surface priming,
                                                                                                                         b) conditions during application,
                                                                                                                         c) the required number of layers of reinforcing fabric on foundation, footings,
                                                                                                                             floors, walls and structural slabs,
                                                                                                                         d) application quantity and rate, and
                                                                                                                         e) curing times.
                                                                                                                         2) Waterproofing shall be continuous across joints and at junctions between
                                                                                                                      different building elements.


                                                                                                    9-90 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          9.13.4.3.

                                                                                                                       3) The waterproofed surface shall be protected with a suitable material to
                                                                                                                     minimize mechanical damage during backfilling.
                                                                                                                       4) The area in which the waterproofing is to be carried out shall be kept free of
                                                                                                                     water during the application and curing of the waterproofing system.

                                                                                                    9.13.3.5.        Floor Waterproofing System
                                                                                                                         1) Basement floors-on-ground to be waterproofed shall have a system of membrane
                                                                                                                     waterproofing provided between 2 layers of concrete, each of which shall be not less
                                                                                                                     than 75 mm thick, with the floor membrane made continuous with the wall membrane
                                                                                                                     to form a complete seal.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.13.4.          Soil Gas Control
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.13.4.)

                                                                                                    9.13.4.1.        Application and Scope
                                                                                                                         1) This Subsection applies to
                                                                                                                         a) wall, roof and floor assemblies separating conditioned space from the ground,
                                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                                         b) the rough-in to allow the future protection of conditioned space that is
                                                                                                                            separated from the ground by a wall, roof or floor assembly.
                                                                                                                        2) This Subsection addresses the leakage of soil gas from the ground into the
                                                                                                                     building.

                                                                                                    9.13.4.2.        Protection from Soil Gas Ingress
                                                                                                                        1) All wall, roof and floor assemblies separating conditioned space from the ground
                                                                                                                     shall be protected by an air barrier system conforming to Subsection 9.25.3.
                                                                                                                        2) Unless the space between the air barrier system and the ground is designed to be
                                                                                                                     accessible for the future installation of a subfloor depressurization system, dwelling
                                                                                                                     units and buildings containing residential occupancies shall be provided with the rough-in
                                                                                                                     for a radon extraction system conforming to Article 9.13.4.3.
                                                                                                                        3) Where buildings are used for occupancies other than those described in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (2), protection from radon ingress and the means to address high radon
                                                                                                                     concentrations in the future shall conform to
                                                                                                                        a) Article 9.13.4.3., or
                                                                                                                        b) Parts 5 and 6 (see Article 5.4.1.1. and 6.2.1.1.).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.13.4.2.(3).)

                                                                                                    9.13.4.3.        Providing for the Rough-in for a Subfloor Depressurization System
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.13.4.3.)
                                                                                                                       1) Floors-on-ground shall be provided with a rough-in for subfloor
                                                                                                                     depressurization consisting of
                                                                                                                        a) a gas-permeable layer, an inlet and an outlet as described in Sentence (2), or
                                                                                                                        b) clean granular material and a pipe as described in Sentence (3).
                                                                                                                         2) The rough-in referred to in Clause (1)(a) shall include
                                                                                                                         a) a gas-permeable layer installed in the space between the air barrier and the
                                                                                                                            ground to allow the depressurization of that space,
                                                                                                                         b) an inlet that allows for the effective depressurization of the gas-permeable
                                                                                                                            layer (see Note A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b) and (3)(b)(i)), and
                                                                                                                         c) an outlet in the conditioned space that
                                                                                                                                i) permits connection to depressurization equipment,
                                                                                                                               ii) is sealed to maintain the integrity of the air barrier system,
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                              iii) is clearly labeled to indicate that it is intended only for the
                                                                                                                                   removal of radon from below the floor-on-ground.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-91
                                                                                                    9.14.1.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         3) The rough-in referred to in Clause (1)(b) shall include
                                                                                                                         a) clean granular material installed below the floor-on-ground in accordance
                                                                                                                            with Sentence 9.16.2.1.(1), and
                                                                                                                         b) a pipe not less than 100 mm in diameter installed through the floor, such that
                                                                                                                                i) its bottom end opens into the granular layer required
                                                                                                                                   in Clause (a) at or near the centre of the floor and not
                                                                                                                                   less than 100 mm of granular material projects beyond
                                                                                                                                   the terminus of the pipe measured along its axis (see
                                                                                                                                   Note A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b) and (3)(b)(i)),
                                                                                                                               ii) its top end permits connection to depressurization
                                                                                                                                   equipment and is provided with an airtight cap, and
                                                                                                                              iii) the pipe is clearly labeled near the cap and, if applicable,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   every 1.8 m and at every change in direction to indicate that
                                                                                                                                   it is intended only for the removal of radon from below the
                                                                                                                                   floor-on-ground.


                                                                                                    Section 9.14. Drainage
                                                                                                    9.14.1.           Scope
                                                                                                    9.14.1.1.         Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Section applies to subsurface drainage and to surface drainage.

                                                                                                    9.14.1.2.         Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                                         1) Drainage for crawl spaces shall conform to Section 9.18.

                                                                                                    9.14.1.3.         Floors-on-Ground
                                                                                                                         1) Drainage requirements beneath floors-on-ground shall conform to Section 9.16.

                                                                                                    9.14.2.           Foundation Drainage
                                                                                                    9.14.2.1.         Foundation Wall Drainage
                                                                                                                         1) Unless it can be shown to be unnecessary, the bottom of every exterior
                                                                                                                      foundation wall shall be drained by drainage tile or pipe laid around the exterior of the
                                                                                                                      foundation in conformance with Subsection 9.14.3. or by a layer of gravel or crushed
                                                                                                                      rock in conformance with Subsection 9.14.4.
                                                                                                                         2) Where mineral fibre insulation or crushed rock backfill is provided adjacent to
                                                                                                                      the exterior surface of a foundation wall,
                                                                                                                          a) the insulation or backfill shall extend to the footing level to facilitate
                                                                                                                             the drainage of ground water to the foundation's drainage system (see
                                                                                                                             Note A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a)), and
                                                                                                                         b) any pyritic material in the crushed rock shall be limited to a concentration
                                                                                                                             that will not damage the building to a degree that would adversely affect its
                                                                                                                             stability or the performance of assemblies (see Sentence 9.12.3.3.(2) and
                                                                                                                             Note A-9.4.4.4.(1)).

                                                                                                    9.14.3.           Drainage Tile and Pipe
                                                                                                    9.14.3.1.         Material Standards
                                                                                                                         1) Drain tile and drain pipe for foundation drainage shall conform to
                                                                                                                         a) ASTM C4, “Standard Specification for Clay Drain Tile and Perforated Clay
                                                                                                                            Drain Tile,”
                                                                                                                         b) ASTM C412M, “Standard Specification for Concrete Drain Tile,”
                                                                                                                         c) ASTM C444M, “Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe,”
                                                                                                                         d) ASTM C700, “Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength,
                                                                                                                            Standard Strength, and Perforated,”


                                                                                                    9-92 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.14.5.2.

                                                                                                                         e) BNQ 3624-115, “Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Soil and Foundation
                                                                                                                            Drainage,”
                                                                                                                         f) CSA B182.1, “Plastic drain and sewer pipe and pipe fittings,” or
                                                                                                                         g) CAN/CSA-G401, “Corrugated steel pipe products.”

                                                                                                    9.14.3.2.        Minimum Size
                                                                                                                        1) Drain tile or pipe used for foundation drainage shall be not less than 100 mm
                                                                                                                     in diam.

                                                                                                    9.14.3.3.        Installation
                                                                                                                         1) Drain tile or pipe shall be laid on undisturbed or well-compacted soil so that




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     the top of the tile or pipe is below the bottom of the floor slab or the ground cover
                                                                                                                     of the crawl space.
                                                                                                                         2) Drain tile or pipe with butt joints shall be laid with 6 mm to 10 mm open joints.
                                                                                                                       3) The top half of joints referred to in Sentence (2) shall be covered with sheathing
                                                                                                                     paper, 0.10 mm polyethylene or No. 15 asphalt or tar-saturated felt.
                                                                                                                        4) The top and sides of drain pipe or tile shall be covered with not less than
                                                                                                                     150 mm of crushed stone or other coarse clean granular material containing not more
                                                                                                                     than 10% of material that will pass a 4 mm sieve.

                                                                                                    9.14.4.          Granular Drainage Layer
                                                                                                    9.14.4.1.        Type of Granular Material
                                                                                                                        1) Granular material used to drain the bottom of a foundation shall consist of a
                                                                                                                     continuous layer of crushed stone or other coarse clean granular material containing
                                                                                                                        a) not more than 10% of material that will pass a 4 mm sieve, and
                                                                                                                        b) no pyritic material in a concentration that will damage the building to
                                                                                                                            a degree that would adversely affect its stability or the performance of
                                                                                                                            assemblies (see Note A-9.4.4.4.(1)).

                                                                                                    9.14.4.2.        Installation
                                                                                                                        1) Granular material described in Article 9.14.4.1. shall be laid on undisturbed or
                                                                                                                     compacted soil to a minimum depth of not less than 125 mm beneath the footing of the
                                                                                                                     building and extend not less than 300 mm beyond the outside edge of the footings.

                                                                                                    9.14.4.3.        Grading
                                                                                                                        1) The bottom of an excavation drained by a granular layer shall be graded so
                                                                                                                     that the entire area described in Article 9.14.4.2. is drained to a sump conforming
                                                                                                                     to Article 9.14.5.2.

                                                                                                    9.14.4.4.        Wet Site Conditions
                                                                                                                        1) Where because of wet site conditions soil becomes mixed with the granular
                                                                                                                     drainage material, sufficient additional granular material shall be provided so that the
                                                                                                                     top 125 mm are kept free of soil.

                                                                                                    9.14.5.          Drainage Disposal
                                                                                                    9.14.5.1.        Drainage Disposal
                                                                                                                         1) Foundation drains shall drain to a sewer, drainage ditch or dry well.

                                                                                                    9.14.5.2.        Sump Pits
                                                                                                                         1)   Where a sump pit is provided it shall be
                                                                                                                         a)   not less than 750 mm deep,
                                                                                                                         b)   not less than 0.25 m2 in area, and
                                                                                                                         c)   provided with a cover.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-93
                                                                                                    9.14.5.3.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Covers for sump pits shall be designed
                                                                                                                         a) to resist removal by children, and
                                                                                                                         b) to be airtight in accordance with Sentence 9.25.3.3.(7).

                                                                                                                         3) Where gravity drainage is not practical, an automatic sump pump shall be
                                                                                                                      provided to discharge the water from the sump pit described in Sentence (1) into a
                                                                                                                      sewer, drainage ditch or dry well.

                                                                                                    9.14.5.3.         Dry Wells

                                                                                                                         1) Dry wells may be used only when located in areas where the natural




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      groundwater level is below the bottom of the dry well.

                                                                                                                         2) Dry wells shall be not less than 5 m from the building foundation and located so
                                                                                                                      that drainage is away from the building.


                                                                                                    9.14.6.           Surface Drainage

                                                                                                    9.14.6.1.         Surface Drainage

                                                                                                                         1) The building shall be located or the building site graded so that water will not
                                                                                                                      accumulate at or near the building.

                                                                                                    9.14.6.2.         Drainage away from Wells or Septic Disposal Beds

                                                                                                                        1) Surface drainage shall be directed away from the location of a water supply
                                                                                                                      well or septic tank disposal bed.

                                                                                                    9.14.6.3.         Window Wells

                                                                                                                         1) Every window well shall be drained to the footing level or other suitable
                                                                                                                      location.

                                                                                                    9.14.6.4.         Catch Basin

                                                                                                                         1) Where runoff water from a driveway is likely to accumulate or enter a garage, a
                                                                                                                      catch basin shall be installed to provide adequate drainage.

                                                                                                    9.14.6.5.         Downspouts

                                                                                                                         1) Downspouts shall conform to Article 9.26.18.2.



                                                                                                    Section 9.15. Footings and Foundations
                                                                                                    9.15.1.           Application

                                                                                                    9.15.1.1.         General
                                                                                                                      (See Notes A-9.15.1.1. and A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1.)

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Articles 9.15.1.2. and 9.15.1.3., this Section applies to
                                                                                                                         a) concrete or unit masonry foundation walls and concrete footings not subject
                                                                                                                            to surcharge
                                                                                                                               i) on stable soils with an allowable bearing pressure of 75 kPa
                                                                                                                                  or greater, and
                                                                                                                              ii) for buildings of wood-frame or masonry construction,


                                                                                                    9-94 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          9.15.2.3.

                                                                                                                         b) wood-frame foundation walls and wood or concrete footings not subject
                                                                                                                            to surcharge
                                                                                                                                i) on stable soils with an allowable bearing pressure of 75 kPa
                                                                                                                                   or greater, and
                                                                                                                               ii) for buildings of wood-frame construction, and
                                                                                                                         c) flat insulating concrete form foundation walls and concrete footings not
                                                                                                                            subject to surcharge (see Note A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b))
                                                                                                                                i) on stable soils with an allowable bearing pressure of 75 kPa
                                                                                                                                   or greater, and
                                                                                                                               ii) for buildings of light-frame or flat insulating concrete form
                                                                                                                                   construction that are not more than 2 storeys in building
                                                                                                                                   height, with a maximum floor-to-floor height of 3 m.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) Foundations for applications other than as described in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                     designed in accordance with Section 9.4.

                                                                                                    9.15.1.2.        Permafrost
                                                                                                                       1) Buildings erected on permafrost shall have foundations designed by a designer
                                                                                                                     competent in this field in accordance with the appropriate requirements of Part 4.

                                                                                                    9.15.1.3.        Foundations for Deformation-Resistant Buildings
                                                                                                                         1) Where the superstructure of a detached building conforms to the requirements
                                                                                                                     of the deformation resistance test in CSA Z240.2.1, “Structural requirements for
                                                                                                                     manufactured homes,” the foundation shall be constructed in conformance with
                                                                                                                         a) the remainder of this Section, or
                                                                                                                         b) CSA Z240.10.1, “Site preparation, foundation, and installation of buildings.”

                                                                                                    9.15.2.          General
                                                                                                    9.15.2.1.        Concrete
                                                                                                                         1) Concrete shall conform to Section 9.3.

                                                                                                    9.15.2.2.        Unit Masonry Construction
                                                                                                                        1) Concrete block shall conform to CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units,”
                                                                                                                     and shall have a compressive strength over the average net cross-sectional area of the
                                                                                                                     block of not less than 15 MPa.
                                                                                                                        2) Mortar, grout, mortar joints, corbelling and protection for unit masonry shall
                                                                                                                     conform to Section 9.20.
                                                                                                                         3) For concrete block foundation walls required to be reinforced,
                                                                                                                         a) mortar shall be Type S, conforming to CAN/CSA-A179, “Mortar and Grout
                                                                                                                            for Unit Masonry,”
                                                                                                                         b) grout shall be coarse, conforming to CAN/CSA-A179, “Mortar and Grout
                                                                                                                            for Unit Masonry,” and
                                                                                                                         c) placement of grout shall conform to CAN/CSA-A371, “Masonry
                                                                                                                            Construction for Buildings.”

                                                                                                    9.15.2.3.        Pier-Type Foundations
                                                                                                                       1) Where pier-type foundations are used, the piers shall be designed to support the
                                                                                                                     applied loads from the superstructure.
                                                                                                                        2) Where piers are used as a foundation system in a building of 1 storey in building
                                                                                                                     height, the piers shall be installed to support the principal framing members and shall
                                                                                                                     be spaced not more than 3.5 m apart along the framing, unless the piers and their
                                                                                                                     footings are designed for larger spacings.
                                                                                                                        3) The height of piers described in Sentence (2) shall not exceed 3 times their
                                                                                                                     least dimension at the base of the pier.
                                                                                                                        4) Where concrete block is used for piers described in Sentence (2), they shall be
                                                                                                                     laid with cores placed vertically, and where the width of the building is 4.3 m or less,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-95
                                                                                                    9.15.2.4.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                      placed with their longest dimension at right angles to the longest dimension of the
                                                                                                                      building.

                                                                                                    9.15.2.4.         Wood-Frame Foundations
                                                                                                                         1) Foundations of wood-frame construction shall conform to
                                                                                                                         a) CSA S406, “Specification of permanent wood foundations for housing and
                                                                                                                            small buildings,” or
                                                                                                                         b) Part 4.
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.15.2.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.15.3.           Footings




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.15.3.1.         Footings Required
                                                                                                                         1) Footings shall be provided under walls, pilasters, columns, piers, fireplaces
                                                                                                                      and chimneys that bear on soil or rock, except that footings may be omitted under
                                                                                                                      piers or monolithic concrete walls if the safe loadbearing capacity of the soil or rock is
                                                                                                                      not exceeded.

                                                                                                    9.15.3.2.         Support of Footings
                                                                                                                         1) Footings shall rest on undisturbed soil, rock or compacted granular fill.
                                                                                                                         2) Granular fill shall not contain pyritic material in a concentration that will
                                                                                                                      damage the building to a degree that would adversely affect its stability or the
                                                                                                                      performance of assemblies. (See also Article 9.4.4.4. and Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.15.3.3.         Application of Footing Width and Area Requirements
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.15.3.4.(2), the minimum footing width or area
                                                                                                                      requirements provided in Articles 9.15.3.4. to 9.15.3.7. shall apply to footings, where
                                                                                                                         a) the footings support
                                                                                                                                i) foundation walls of masonry, concrete, or flat insulating
                                                                                                                                   concrete form walls,
                                                                                                                               ii) above-ground walls of masonry, flat insulating concrete
                                                                                                                                   form walls or light wood-frame construction, and
                                                                                                                              iii) floors and roofs of light wood-frame construction,
                                                                                                                         b) the span of supported joists does not exceed 4.9 m, and
                                                                                                                         c) the specified live load on any floor supported by the footing does not exceed
                                                                                                                             2.4 kPa (see Table 4.1.5.3.).
                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentence 9.15.3.4.(2), where the span of the supported
                                                                                                                      joists exceeds 4.9 m, footings shall be designed in accordance with Section 4.2.
                                                                                                                         3) Where the specified live load exceeds 2.4 kPa, footings shall be designed in
                                                                                                                      accordance with Section 4.2.

                                                                                                    9.15.3.4.         Basic Footing Widths and Areas
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3) and in Articles 9.15.3.5. to 9.15.3.7.,
                                                                                                                      the minimum footing width or area shall comply with Table 9.15.3.4.
                                                                                                                        2) Where the supported joist span exceeds 4.9 m in buildings with light wood-frame
                                                                                                                      walls, floors and roofs, strip footing widths shall be determined according to
                                                                                                                         a) Section 4.2., or
                                                                                                                         b) the following formula




                                                                                                                             where
                                                                                                                                  W = minimum footing width,
                                                                                                                                   w = minimum width of footings supporting joists not exceeding
                                                                                                                                       4.9 m, as defined by Table 9.15.3.4.,


                                                                                                    9-96 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  9.15.3.8.

                                                                                                                                      Σ sjs = sum of the supported joist spans on each storey bearing on an
                                                                                                                                               exterior wall whose load is transferred to the footing, or sum of
                                                                                                                                               half of the supported joist spans on each storey bearing on both
                                                                                                                                               sides of an interior wall whose load is transferred to the footing,
                                                                                                                                               and
                                                                                                                                    storeys = number of storeys supported by the footing.
                                                                                                                            (See Note A-9.15.3.4.(2).)
                                                                                                                               3) Where a foundation rests on gravel, sand or silt in which the water table level is
                                                                                                                            less than the width of the footings below the bearing surface,
                                                                                                                                a) the footing width for walls shall be not less than twice the width required
                                                                                                                                    by Sentences (1) and (2), and Articles 9.15.3.5. and 9.15.3.6., and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                b) the footing area for columns shall be not less than twice the area required by
                                                                                                                                    Sentences (1) and (2) and Article 9.15.3.7.

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.15.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                                 Minimum Footing Sizes
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.3.4.(1)

                                                                                                                                                     Minimum Width of Strip Footings, mm                   Minimum Footing Area for Columns
                                                                                                          No. of Floors Supported
                                                                                                                                        Supporting Exterior Walls (2)      Supporting Interior Walls (3)         Spaced 3 m o.c., (1) m2
                                                                                                                    1                              250                                200                                 0.4
                                                                                                                    2                              350                                350                                0.75
                                                                                                                    3                              450                                500                                1.0

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.15.3.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Sentence 9.15.3.7.(1).
                                                                                                    (2)    See Sentence 9.15.3.5.(1).
                                                                                                    (3)    See Sentence 9.15.3.6.(1).


                                                                                                    9.15.3.5.               Adjustments to Footing Widths for Exterior Walls
                                                                                                                               1) The strip footing widths for exterior walls shown in Table 9.15.3.4. shall be
                                                                                                                            increased by
                                                                                                                                a) 65 mm for each storey of masonry veneer over wood-frame construction
                                                                                                                                   supported by the foundation wall,
                                                                                                                                b) 130 mm for each storey of masonry construction supported by the foundation
                                                                                                                                   wall, and
                                                                                                                                c) 150 mm for each storey of flat insulating concrete form wall construction
                                                                                                                                   supported by the foundation wall.

                                                                                                    9.15.3.6.               Adjustments to Footing Widths for Interior Walls
                                                                                                                               1) The minimum strip footing widths for interior loadbearing masonry walls shown
                                                                                                                            in Table 9.15.3.4. shall be increased by 100 mm for each storey of masonry construction
                                                                                                                            supported by the footing.
                                                                                                                               2) Footings for interior non-loadbearing masonry walls shall be not less than
                                                                                                                            200 mm wide for walls up to 5.5 m high and the width shall be increased by 100 mm
                                                                                                                            for each additional 2.7 m of height.

                                                                                                    9.15.3.7.               Adjustments to Footing Area for Columns
                                                                                                                               1) The footing area for column spacings other than shown in Table 9.15.3.4. shall
                                                                                                                            be adjusted in proportion to the distance between columns.

                                                                                                    9.15.3.8.               Footing Thickness
                                                                                                                                1) Footing thickness shall be not less than the greater of
                                                                                                                                a) 100 mm, or
                                                                                                                                b) the width of the projection of the footing beyond the supported element.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                              Division B 9-97
                                                                                                    9.15.3.9.                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                    9.15.3.9.              Step Footings

                                                                                                                               1) Where step footings are used,
                                                                                                                               a) the vertical rise between horizontal portions shall not exceed 600 mm, and
                                                                                                                               b) the horizontal distance between risers shall not be less than 600 mm.


                                                                                                    9.15.4.                Foundation Walls

                                                                                                    9.15.4.1.              Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form Units




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              1) Flat wall insulating concrete form units shall conform to CAN/ULC-S717.1,
                                                                                                                           “Standard for Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Units – Material Properties.”

                                                                                                    9.15.4.2.              Foundation Wall Thickness and Required Lateral Support

                                                                                                                              1) Except as required in Sentence (2), the thickness of foundation walls made of
                                                                                                                           unreinforced concrete block, concrete core in flat wall insulating concrete forms or
                                                                                                                           solid concrete and subject to lateral earth pressure shall conform to Table 9.15.4.2.-A
                                                                                                                           for walls not exceeding 3.0 m in unsupported height.

                                                                                                                              2) The concrete core in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be not
                                                                                                                           less than the greater of
                                                                                                                               a) 150 mm, or
                                                                                                                               b) the thickness of the concrete in the wall above.


                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.15.4.2.-A
                                                                                                            Thickness of Solid Concrete, Concrete Core in Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form and Unreinforced Concrete Block
                                                                                                                                                            Foundation Walls
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Height of Finished Ground Above Basement Floor or Crawl Space Ground Cover, m
                                                                                                                                                       Height of Foundation
                                                                                                                                Minimum Thickness of      Wall Laterally
                                                                                                          Type of Foundation                                                      Height of Foundation Wall Laterally Supported at the Top (1)(2)
                                                                                                                                Concrete or Concrete   Unsupported at the
                                                                                                                 Wall
                                                                                                                                     Block, mm               Top (1)(2)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          > 2.5 m and              > 2.75 m and
                                                                                                                                                             ≤ 3.0 m               ≤ 2.5 m
                                                                                                                                                                                                            ≤ 2.75 m                  ≤ 3.0 m
                                                                                                       Solid concrete and                  150                 0.8                   1.5                       1.5                      1.4
                                                                                                        concrete core in                   200                 1.2                   2.15                      2.15                      2.1
                                                                                                       flat wall insulating
                                                                                                       concrete forms, (3)                 250                 1.4                   2.3                       2.6                       2.5
                                                                                                      15 MPa min. strength                 300                 1.5                   2.3                       2.6                       2.85
                                                                                                       Solid concrete and                  150                 0.8                   1.8                       1.6                       1.6
                                                                                                        concrete core in                   200                 1.2                   2.3                       2.3                       2.2
                                                                                                       flat wall insulating
                                                                                                        concrete forms, (3)                250                 1.4                   2.3                       2.6                       2.85
                                                                                                      20 MPa min. strength                 300                 1.5                   2.3                       2.6                       2.85
                                                                                                                                           140                 0.6                   0.8                        —                         —
                                                                                                                                           190                 0.9                   1.2                        (4)                       (4)
                                                                                                      Unreinforced concrete
                                                                                                              block                        240                 1.2                   1.8                        (4)                       (4)

                                                                                                                                           290                 1.4                   2.2                        —                         —

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.15.4.2.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Article 9.15.4.3.
                                                                                                    (2)    See Article 9.15.4.6.
                                                                                                    (3)    See Note A-Table 9.15.4.2.-A.
                                                                                                    (4)    See Table 9.15.4.2.-B.


                                                                                                    9-98 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        9.15.4.2.

                                                                                                                              3) The thickness and reinforcing of foundation walls made of reinforced concrete
                                                                                                                           block and subject to lateral earth pressure shall conform to Table 9.15.4.2.-B and
                                                                                                                           Sentences (4) to (7), where
                                                                                                                              a) the walls are laterally supported at the top,
                                                                                                                              b) average stable soils are encountered, and
                                                                                                                               c) wind loads on the exposed portion of the foundation are no greater than
                                                                                                                                  0.70 kPa.

                                                                                                                              4) For concrete block walls required to be reinforced, continuous vertical
                                                                                                                           reinforcement shall
                                                                                                                               a) be provided at wall corners, wall ends, wall intersections, at changes in wall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  height, at the jambs of all openings and at movement joints,
                                                                                                                               b) extend from the top of the footing to the top of the foundation wall, and
                                                                                                                               c) where foundation walls are laterally supported at the top, have not less than
                                                                                                                                  50 mm embedment into the footing, if the floor slab does not provide lateral
                                                                                                                                  support at the wall base.

                                                                                                                             5) For concrete block walls required to be reinforced, a continuous horizontal
                                                                                                                           bond beam containing not less than one 15M bar shall be installed
                                                                                                                              a) along the top of the wall,
                                                                                                                              b) at the sill and head of all openings greater than 1.20 m in width, and
                                                                                                                              c) at structurally connected floors.


                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.15.4.2.-B
                                                                                                                                 Reinforced Concrete Block Foundation Walls Laterally Supported at the Top (1)
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.2.(3)

                                                                                                        Maximum Height                                  Size and Spacing of Continuous Vertical Reinforcement, M at mm o.c.
                                                                                                       of Finished Ground                    190 mm Minimum Wall Thickness                              240 mm Minimum Wall Thickness
                                                                                                        Above Basement
                                                                                                      Floor or Crawl Space                       Foundation Wall Height                                      Foundation Wall Height
                                                                                                       Ground Cover, m (2)         ≤ 2.5 m             ≤ 2.75 m              ≤ 3.0 m           ≤ 2.5 m             ≤ 2.75 m              ≤ 3.0 m
                                                                                                                0.8                    (3)                 (3)                  (3)               (3)                  (3)                  (3)

                                                                                                                1                      (3)           1-15M at 1 800       1-15M at 1 800          (3)                  (3)                  (3)

                                                                                                                1.2                    (3)           1-15M at 1 600       1-15M at 1 600          (3)           1-20M at 2 000        1-20M at 2 000
                                                                                                                1.4            1-15M at 1 600        1-15M at 1 600       1-15M at 1 600          (3)           1-20M at 1 800        1-20M at 1 800
                                                                                                                1.6            1-15M at 1 400        1-15M at 1 400       1-15M at 1 400          (3)           1-20M at 1 600        1-20M at 1 600
                                                                                                                1.8            1-15M at 1 400        1-15M at 1 400       1-15M at 1 200          (3)           1-20M at 1 600        1-20M at 1 600
                                                                                                                                                    1-15M at 1 000
                                                                                                                2              1-15M at 1 200             or              2-15M at 1 200    1-20M at 1 600      1-20M at 1 600        1-20M at 1 600
                                                                                                                                                    1-20M at 1 200
                                                                                                               2.2             2-15M at 1 200       2-15M at 1 000        2-15M at 1 000    1-20M at 1 400      1-20M at 1 400        1-20M at 1 400
                                                                                                               2.4             2-15M at 1 000       2-15M at 1 000        2-15M at 800      1-20M at 1 400      1-20M at 1 400        1-20M at 1 200
                                                                                                                                                     2-15M at 800          2-15M at 800
                                                                                                               2.6                     n/a                or                    or               n/a            1-20M at 1 000        1-20M at 1 000
                                                                                                                                                    1-25M at 1 000        1-25M at 1 000
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       1-20M at 800
                                                                                                               2.8                     n/a                n/a             1-20M at 600           n/a                  n/a                   or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      2-15M at 1 000
                                                                                                                                                                          1-20M at 400
                                                                                                                3                      n/a                n/a                  or                n/a                  n/a             2-15M at 800
                                                                                                                                                                          1-25M at 600

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.15.4.2.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 9.15.4.3.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Article 9.15.4.6.
                                                                                                    (3)   No reinforcement required.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B 9-99
                                                                                                    9.15.4.3.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          6) In concrete block walls required to be reinforced, all vertical bar reinforcement
                                                                                                                       shall be installed along the centre line of the wall.
                                                                                                                          7) In concrete block walls required to be reinforced, ladder- or truss-type lateral
                                                                                                                       reinforcement not less than 3.8 mm in diameter (no. 9 ASWG) shall be installed in the
                                                                                                                       bed joint of every second masonry course.

                                                                                                    9.15.4.3.          Foundation Walls Considered to be Laterally Supported at the Top
                                                                                                                          1) Sentences (2) to (4) pertain to lateral support for walls described in
                                                                                                                       Sentence 9.15.4.2.(1).
                                                                                                                          2) Foundation walls shall be considered to be laterally supported at the top if




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          a) such walls support a solid masonry superstructure or flat insulating concrete
                                                                                                                             form wall,
                                                                                                                          b) the floor joists are embedded in the top of the foundation walls,
                                                                                                                          c) the floor system is anchored to the top of the foundation walls with anchor
                                                                                                                             bolts, in which case the joists may run either parallel or perpendicular to
                                                                                                                             the foundation walls, or
                                                                                                                          d) they extend from the footing to no more than 300 mm above the finished
                                                                                                                             ground level and are backfilled on both sides such that the difference in
                                                                                                                             elevation between the finished ground levels on either side of the wall is
                                                                                                                             no more than 150 mm.
                                                                                                                          3) Unless the wall around an opening is reinforced to withstand earth pressure,
                                                                                                                       the portion of the foundation wall beneath an opening shall be considered laterally
                                                                                                                       unsupported if
                                                                                                                           a) the opening is more than 1.2 m wide, or
                                                                                                                          b) the total width of the openings in the foundation wall constitutes more than
                                                                                                                              25% of the length of the wall.
                                                                                                                          4) For the purposes of Sentence (3), the combined width of the openings shall be
                                                                                                                       considered as a single opening if the average width is greater than the width of solid
                                                                                                                       wall between them.
                                                                                                                          5) Flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be considered to be laterally
                                                                                                                       supported at the top if the floor joists are installed according to Article 9.20.17.5.

                                                                                                    9.15.4.4.          Foundation Walls Considered to be Laterally Supported at the Bottom
                                                                                                                          1) Flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be considered to be laterally
                                                                                                                       supported at the bottom where the foundation wall
                                                                                                                          a) supports backfill not more than 1.2 m in height,
                                                                                                                          b) is supported at the footing by a shear key and at the top by the ground
                                                                                                                             floor framing, or
                                                                                                                          c) is doweled to the footing with not less than
                                                                                                                                 i) 15M bars spaced not more than 1.2 m o.c., or
                                                                                                                                ii) 10M bars spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    9.15.4.5.          Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls
                                                                                                                          1) Horizontal reinforcement in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall
                                                                                                                          a) consist of
                                                                                                                                i) one 10M bar placed not more than 300 mm from the top
                                                                                                                                   of the wall, and
                                                                                                                               ii) 10M bars at 600 mm o.c., and
                                                                                                                          b) be located
                                                                                                                                i) in the inside half of the wall section, and
                                                                                                                               ii) with a minimum cover of 30 mm from the inside face of
                                                                                                                                   the concrete.
                                                                                                                          2) Vertical reinforcement in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be
                                                                                                                          a) provided in accordance with
                                                                                                                                i) Table 9.15.4.5.-A for 150 mm walls,
                                                                                                                               ii) Table 9.15.4.5.-B for 190 mm walls, and
                                                                                                                              iii) Table 9.15.4.5.-C for 240 mm walls,


                                                                                                    9-100 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                      9.15.4.5.

                                                                                                                             b) located in the inside half of the wall section with a minimum cover of 30 mm
                                                                                                                                from the inside face of the concrete wall, and
                                                                                                                             c) where interrupted by wall openings, placed not more than 600 mm from
                                                                                                                                each side of the openings.

                                                                                                                             3) Cold joints in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be reinforced
                                                                                                                          with no less than one 15M bar spaced at not more than 600 mm o.c. and embedded
                                                                                                                          300 mm on both sides of the joint.

                                                                                                                             4) Reinforcing around openings in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls
                                                                                                                          shall comply with Article 9.20.17.3. or 9.20.17.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.15.4.5.-A
                                                                                                                            Vertical Reinforcement for 150 mm Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.5.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                       Minimum Vertical Reinforcement
                                                                                                      Max. Height of Finished Ground
                                                                                                                                                                 Maximum Unsupported Basement Wall Height
                                                                                                     Above Finished Basement Floor, m
                                                                                                                                                 2.44 m                           2.75 m                          3.0 m
                                                                                                                   1.35                     10M at 400 mm o.c.              10M at 400 mm o.c.              10M at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                   1.6                      10M at 400 mm o.c.              10M at 380 mm o.c.              10M at 380 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                    2                       10M at 380 mm o.c.              10M at 380 mm o.c.              10M at 380 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                   2.2                      10M at 250 mm o.c.              10M at 250 mm o.c.              10M at 250 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                   2.35                            n/a                      10M at 250 mm o.c.              10M at 250 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                   2.6                             n/a                      10M at 250 mm o.c.              10M at 250 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                    3                              n/a                              n/a                     15M at 250 mm o.c.


                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.15.4.5.-B
                                                                                                                            Vertical Reinforcement for 190 mm Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.5.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                       Minimum Vertical Reinforcement
                                                                                                      Max. Height of Finished Ground
                                                                                                                                                                 Maximum Unsupported Basement Wall Height
                                                                                                     Above Finished Basement Floor, m
                                                                                                                                                 2.44 m                           2.75 m                          3.0 m
                                                                                                                   2.2                        None required                 10M at 400 mm o.c.              10M at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                   2.35                            n/a                      10M at 300 mm o.c.              10M at 300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                   2.6                             n/a                      10M at 300 mm o.c.              15M at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                   3.0                             n/a                              n/a                     15M at 400 mm o.c.


                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.15.4.5.-C
                                                                                                                            Vertical Reinforcement for 240 mm Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.5.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                       Minimum Vertical Reinforcement
                                                                                                      Max. Height of Finished Ground
                                                                                                                                                                 Maximum Unsupported Basement Wall Height
                                                                                                     Above Finished Basement Floor, m
                                                                                                                                                 2.44 m                           2.75 m                          3.0 m
                                                                                                                   2.2                        None required                    None required                  None required
                                                                                                                   2.6                             n/a                      15M at 400 mm o.c.              15M at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                   3.0                             n/a                              n/a                     15M at 400 mm o.c.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                  Division B 9-101
                                                                                                    9.15.4.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.15.4.6.          Extension above Ground Level
                                                                                                                          1) Exterior foundation walls shall extend not less than 150 mm above finished
                                                                                                                       ground level.

                                                                                                    9.15.4.7.          Reduction in Thickness
                                                                                                                          1) Where the top of a foundation wall is reduced in thickness to permit the
                                                                                                                       installation of floor joists, the reduced section shall be not more than 350 mm high
                                                                                                                       and not less than 90 mm thick.
                                                                                                                          2) Where the top of a foundation wall is reduced in thickness to permit the
                                                                                                                       installation of a masonry exterior facing, the reduced section shall be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           a) not less than 90 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                           b) tied to the facing material with metal ties conforming to Sentence 9.20.9.4.(3)
                                                                                                                               spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                  i) 200 mm o.c. vertically, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) 900 mm o.c. horizontally.
                                                                                                                          3) The space between wall and facing described in Sentence (2) shall be filled
                                                                                                                       with mortar.

                                                                                                    9.15.4.8.          Corbelling
                                                                                                                          1) Corbelling of masonry foundation walls supporting cavity walls shall conform
                                                                                                                       to Article 9.20.12.2.

                                                                                                    9.15.4.9.          Crack Control Joints
                                                                                                                           1) Crack control joints shall be provided in foundation walls more than 25 m long
                                                                                                                       at intervals of not more than 15 m.
                                                                                                                          2) Joints required in Sentence (1) shall be designed to resist moisture penetration
                                                                                                                       and shall be keyed to prevent relative displacement of the wall portions adjacent to
                                                                                                                       the joint.

                                                                                                    9.15.4.10.         Interior Masonry Walls
                                                                                                                          1) Interior masonry foundation walls not subject to lateral earth pressure shall
                                                                                                                       conform to Section 9.20.

                                                                                                    9.15.5.            Support of Joists and Beams on Masonry Foundation Walls
                                                                                                    9.15.5.1.          Support of Floor Joists
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), foundation walls of hollow masonry units
                                                                                                                       supporting floor joists shall be capped with
                                                                                                                          a) not less than 50 mm of concrete,
                                                                                                                          b) solid masonry units that are 100% solid and not less than 50 mm high, or
                                                                                                                          c) semi-solid or hollow solid masonry units that have the top course completely
                                                                                                                             filled with mortar, grout or concrete.
                                                                                                                          2) Capping required in Sentence (1) need not be provided
                                                                                                                          a) in localities where termites are not known to occur,
                                                                                                                          b) when the joists are supported on a wood plate not less than 38 mm by
                                                                                                                             89 mm, and
                                                                                                                          c) when the siding overlaps the foundation wall not less than 12 mm.

                                                                                                    9.15.5.2.          Support of Beams
                                                                                                                          1) Not less than 190 mm depth of solid masonry shall be provided beneath beams
                                                                                                                       supported on masonry.
                                                                                                                          2) Where the beam referred to in Sentence (1) is supported below the top of the
                                                                                                                       foundation walls, the ends of such beams shall be protected from the weather.


                                                                                                    9-102 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.16.2.1.

                                                                                                    9.15.5.3.        Pilasters
                                                                                                                       1) Pilasters shall be provided under beams that frame into unit masonry foundation
                                                                                                                     walls 140 mm or less in thickness.
                                                                                                                        2) Pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 90 mm by 290 mm and
                                                                                                                     shall be bonded or tied into the wall.
                                                                                                                        3) The top 200 mm of pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be solid masonry with
                                                                                                                     the cells of hollow or semi-solid units filled with mortar, grout or concrete.

                                                                                                    9.15.6.          Parging and Finishing of Masonry Foundation Walls




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.15.6.1.        Foundation Walls below Ground
                                                                                                                        1) Concrete block foundation walls shall be parged on the exterior face below
                                                                                                                     ground level as required in Section 9.13.

                                                                                                    9.15.6.2.        Foundation Walls above Ground
                                                                                                                       1) Exterior surfaces of concrete block foundation walls above ground level shall
                                                                                                                     have tooled joints, or shall be parged or otherwise suitably finished.

                                                                                                    9.15.6.3.        Form Ties
                                                                                                                         1) All form ties shall be removed at least flush with the concrete surface.


                                                                                                    Section 9.16. Floors-on-Ground
                                                                                                    9.16.1.          Scope
                                                                                                    9.16.1.1.        Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Section applies to floors supported on ground or on granular fill that do
                                                                                                                     not provide structural support for the superstructure.

                                                                                                    9.16.1.2.        Structural Floors
                                                                                                                        1) Floors-on-ground that support loads from the superstructure shall be designed
                                                                                                                     in conformance with Part 4.

                                                                                                    9.16.1.3.        Required Floors-on-Ground
                                                                                                                        1) All spaces within dwelling units, except crawl spaces, shall be provided with a
                                                                                                                     floor-on-ground, where
                                                                                                                         a) access is provided to the space, and
                                                                                                                         b) a floor supported by the structure is not provided.

                                                                                                    9.16.1.4.        Dampproofing and Waterproofing
                                                                                                                         1) Dampproofing and waterproofing shall conform to Section 9.13.

                                                                                                    9.16.2.          Material beneath Floors
                                                                                                    9.16.2.1.        Required Installation of Granular Material
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), not less than 100 mm of coarse clean
                                                                                                                     granular material containing not more than 10% of material that will pass a
                                                                                                                     4 mm sieve shall be placed beneath floors-on-ground. (See also Subsection 9.13.4.
                                                                                                                     and Note A-9.13.4.)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-103
                                                                                                    9.16.2.2.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Granular material need not be installed under
                                                                                                                          a) slabs in garages, carports or accessory buildings, or
                                                                                                                          b) buildings of industrial occupancy where the nature of the process contained
                                                                                                                             therein permits or requires the use of large openings in the building envelope
                                                                                                                             even during the winter.

                                                                                                    9.16.2.2.          Support of Floors
                                                                                                                          1) Material that is susceptible to changes in volume due to variations in moisture
                                                                                                                       content or chemical-microbiological oxidation shall not be used as fill beneath
                                                                                                                       floors-on-ground in a concentration that will damage the building to a degree that
                                                                                                                       would adversely affect its stability or the performance of assemblies. (See also




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       Article 9.4.4.4. and Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) Material that is susceptible to changes in volume due to freezing shall not be
                                                                                                                       used as fill beneath floors-on-ground that will be subjected to freezing temperatures.
                                                                                                                       (See also Article 9.4.4.4. and Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                         3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), fill beneath floors-on-ground shall be
                                                                                                                       compacted.
                                                                                                                          4) Fill beneath floors-on-ground need not be compacted where the material is clean
                                                                                                                       coarse aggregate containing not more than 10% of material that will pass a 4 mm sieve.

                                                                                                    9.16.3.            Drainage
                                                                                                    9.16.3.1.          Control of Water Ingress
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Article 9.16.3.2. or where it can be shown to be
                                                                                                                       unnecessary, ingress of water underneath a floor-on-ground shall be prevented by
                                                                                                                       grading or drainage.

                                                                                                    9.16.3.2.          Hydrostatic Pressure
                                                                                                                          1) Where groundwater levels may cause hydrostatic pressure beneath a
                                                                                                                       floor-on-ground, the floor-on-ground shall be
                                                                                                                           a) a poured concrete slab, and
                                                                                                                           b) designed to resist such pressures.

                                                                                                    9.16.3.3.          Floor Drains
                                                                                                                          1) When floor drains are required (see Section 9.31.), the floor surface shall be
                                                                                                                       sloped so that no water can accumulate.

                                                                                                    9.16.4.            Concrete
                                                                                                    9.16.4.1.          Surface Finish
                                                                                                                          1) The finished surface of concrete floor slabs shall be trowelled smooth and even.
                                                                                                                          2) Dry cement shall not be added to the floor surfaces to absorb surplus water.

                                                                                                    9.16.4.2.          Topping Course
                                                                                                                          1) When a topping course is provided for a concrete floor slab, it shall consist of 1
                                                                                                                       part cement to 2.5 parts clean, well graded sand by volume, with a water/cement ratio
                                                                                                                       approximately equal to that of the base slab.
                                                                                                                          2) When concrete topping is provided, it shall not be less than 20 mm thick.

                                                                                                    9.16.4.3.          Thickness
                                                                                                                          1) Concrete slabs shall not be less than 75 mm thick exclusive of concrete topping.

                                                                                                    9.16.4.4.          Bond Break
                                                                                                                          1) A bond-breaking material shall be placed between the slab and footings or rock.


                                                                                                    9-104 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.17.2.2.

                                                                                                    9.16.5.          Wood

                                                                                                    9.16.5.1.        Wood-Frame Floors

                                                                                                                        1) Floors-on-ground constructed of wood shall conform to CSA S406,
                                                                                                                     “Specification of permanent wood foundations for housing and small buildings.”


                                                                                                    Section 9.17. Columns




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.17.1.          Scope

                                                                                                    9.17.1.1.        Application

                                                                                                                         1) This Section applies to columns used to support
                                                                                                                         a) beams carrying loads from not more than 2 wood-frame floors where
                                                                                                                                i) the supported length of joists bearing on such beams does
                                                                                                                                   not exceed 5 m, and
                                                                                                                               ii) the live load on any floor does not exceed 2.4 kPa (see
                                                                                                                                   Table 4.1.5.3.),
                                                                                                                         b) beams or header joists carrying loads from not more than 2 levels of
                                                                                                                            wood-frame balconies, decks or other accessible exterior platforms, or 1
                                                                                                                            level plus the roof, where
                                                                                                                                i) the supported length of joists bearing on such beams or
                                                                                                                                   joists does not exceed 5 m,
                                                                                                                               ii) the sum of the specified snow and occupancy loads
                                                                                                                                   does not exceed 4.8 kPa (see Sentence 9.4.2.3.(1) for the
                                                                                                                                   determination of load on platform-type constructions), and
                                                                                                                              iii) the platform serves only a single suite of residential
                                                                                                                                   occupancy, or
                                                                                                                         c) carport roofs (see Section 9.35.).

                                                                                                                        2) Columns for applications other than as described in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                     designed in accordance with Part 4.

                                                                                                    9.17.2.          General

                                                                                                    9.17.2.1.        Location

                                                                                                                         1) Columns shall be centrally located on a footing conforming to Section 9.15.

                                                                                                    9.17.2.2.        Lateral Support

                                                                                                                        1) Columns shall be securely fastened to the supported member to reduce the
                                                                                                                     likelihood of lateral differential movement between the column and the supported
                                                                                                                     member. (See also Article 9.23.6.2.)

                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), columns shall be laterally supported to
                                                                                                                     resist racking
                                                                                                                         a) directly, or
                                                                                                                         b) by connection to the supported members.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.17.2.2.(2).)

                                                                                                                       3) Columns need not be provided with lateral support as described in Sentence (2),
                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                       a) the distance from finished ground to the underside of the joists is not more
                                                                                                                           than 600 mm, and
                                                                                                                       b) the columns support a deck with no superstructure.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-105
                                                                                                    9.17.3.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    9.17.3.            Steel Columns

                                                                                                    9.17.3.1.          Size and Thickness

                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), steel pipe columns shall have an outside
                                                                                                                       diameter of not less than 73 mm and a wall thickness of not less than 4.76 mm.

                                                                                                                          2) Columns of sizes other than as specified in Sentence (1) are permitted to be
                                                                                                                       used where the loadbearing capacities are shown to be adequate.

                                                                                                    9.17.3.2.          End Bearing Plates




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), steel columns shall be fitted with not less
                                                                                                                       than 100 mm by 100 mm by 6.35 mm thick steel plates at each end, and where the
                                                                                                                       column supports a wooden beam, the top plate shall extend across the full width of
                                                                                                                       the beam.

                                                                                                                          2) The top plate required in Sentence (1) need not be provided where a column
                                                                                                                       supports a steel beam and provision is made for the attachment of the column to the
                                                                                                                       beam.

                                                                                                    9.17.3.3.          Paint

                                                                                                                          1) Exterior steel columns shall be treated on the outside surface with at least one
                                                                                                                       coat of rust-inhibitive paint.

                                                                                                    9.17.3.4.          Design of Steel Columns
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.17.3.4.)

                                                                                                                          1) Where the imposed load does not exceed 36 kN, adjustable steel columns shall
                                                                                                                       conform to CAN/CGSB-7.2, “Adjustable Steel Columns.”

                                                                                                                          2) Steel columns other than those described in Sentence (1) shall be designed in
                                                                                                                       accordance with Part 4.

                                                                                                    9.17.4.            Wood Columns

                                                                                                    9.17.4.1.          Column Sizes

                                                                                                                          1) The width or diameter of a wood column shall be not less than the width of
                                                                                                                       the supported member.

                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Article 9.35.4.2., columns shall be not less than 184 mm
                                                                                                                       for round columns and 140 mm by 140 mm for rectangular columns, unless calculations
                                                                                                                       are provided to show that lesser sizes are adequate.

                                                                                                    9.17.4.2.          Materials

                                                                                                                          1) Wood columns shall be either solid, glued-laminated or built-up.

                                                                                                                          2) Built-up columns shall consist of not less than 38 mm thick full-length members
                                                                                                                          a) bolted together with not less than 9.52 mm diam bolts spaced not more
                                                                                                                             than 450 mm o.c., or
                                                                                                                          b) nailed together with not less than 76 mm nails spaced not more than
                                                                                                                             300 mm o.c.

                                                                                                                          3) Glued-laminated columns shall conform to Section 4.3.

                                                                                                    9.17.4.3.          Columns in Contact with Concrete

                                                                                                                          1) Wood columns shall be separated from concrete in contact with the ground by
                                                                                                                       0.05 mm polyethylene film or Type S roll roofing.


                                                                                                    9-106 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.18.2.1.

                                                                                                    9.17.5.          Unit Masonry Columns
                                                                                                    9.17.5.1.        Materials
                                                                                                                         1) Unit masonry columns shall be built of masonry units
                                                                                                                         a) conforming to CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units,” and
                                                                                                                         b) having a compressive strength over the net area of the block of not less
                                                                                                                            than 15 MPa.

                                                                                                    9.17.5.2.        Sizes
                                                                                                                        1) Unit masonry columns shall be not less than 290 mm by 290 mm or 240 mm




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     by 380 mm in size.

                                                                                                    9.17.6.          Solid Concrete Columns
                                                                                                    9.17.6.1.        Materials
                                                                                                                         1) Concrete shall conform to Section 9.3.

                                                                                                    9.17.6.2.        Sizes
                                                                                                                        1) Concrete columns shall be not less than 200 mm by 200 mm for rectangular
                                                                                                                     columns and 230 mm diam for circular columns.


                                                                                                    Section 9.18. Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                    9.18.1.          General
                                                                                                    9.18.1.1.        Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Section applies to crawl spaces whose exterior walls have less than 25% of
                                                                                                                     their total area above exterior ground level open to the outdoors.

                                                                                                    9.18.1.2.        Foundations
                                                                                                                         1) Foundations enclosing crawl spaces shall conform to Section 9.15.

                                                                                                    9.18.1.3.        Heated and Unheated Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                                         1) Crawl spaces shall be considered to be heated where the space
                                                                                                                         a) is used as a hot air plenum,
                                                                                                                         b) contains heating ducts that are not sealed and insulated to minimize heat
                                                                                                                            loss to the space, or
                                                                                                                         c) is not separated from heated space in accordance with Section 9.25.
                                                                                                                         2) Heating of heated crawl spaces shall conform to Section 9.33.
                                                                                                                        3) Insulation, an air barrier system and a vapour barrier shall be installed in the walls
                                                                                                                     of heated crawl spaces in accordance with Section 9.25.

                                                                                                    9.18.2.          Access
                                                                                                    9.18.2.1.        Access Openings
                                                                                                                        1) An access opening of not less than 500 mm by 700 mm shall be provided to each
                                                                                                                     crawl space where the crawl space serves a single dwelling unit, and not less than
                                                                                                                     550 mm by 900 mm for other crawl spaces.
                                                                                                                        2) Access openings shall be fitted with a door or hatch, except when the crawl
                                                                                                                     space is heated and the access opening into the crawl space is from an adjacent heated
                                                                                                                     space.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-107
                                                                                                    9.18.3.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    9.18.3.            Ventilation
                                                                                                    9.18.3.1.          Ventilation of Unheated Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                                          1) Unheated crawl spaces shall be ventilated by natural or mechanical means.
                                                                                                                          2) Where an unheated crawl space is ventilated by natural means, ventilation shall
                                                                                                                       be provided to the outside air by not less than 0.1 m2 of unobstructed vent area for
                                                                                                                       every 50 m2 of floor area.
                                                                                                                          3) Vents shall be
                                                                                                                          a) uniformly distributed on opposite sides of the building, and
                                                                                                                          b) designed to prevent the entry of snow, rain and insects.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.18.3.2.          Ventilation of Heated Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                                          1) Heated crawl spaces shall be ventilated in accordance with Section 9.32.

                                                                                                    9.18.4.            Clearance
                                                                                                                       (See also Article 9.3.2.9.)

                                                                                                    9.18.4.1.          Access Way to Services
                                                                                                                          1) Where equipment requiring service such as plumbing cleanouts, traps and
                                                                                                                       burners is located in crawl spaces, an access way with a height and width of not less
                                                                                                                       than 600 mm shall be provided from the access door to the equipment and for a
                                                                                                                       distance of 900 mm on the side or sides of the equipment to be serviced.

                                                                                                    9.18.5.            Drainage
                                                                                                    9.18.5.1.          Drainage
                                                                                                                          1) Except where it can be shown to be unnecessary, the ingress of water into a
                                                                                                                       crawl space shall be controlled by grading or drainage.
                                                                                                                          2) Drainage of foundation walls shall conform to Article 9.14.2.1.
                                                                                                                          3) Drainage of the ground cover or floor-on-ground in the crawl space shall
                                                                                                                       conform to Subsection 9.16.3.
                                                                                                                          4) Drains shall conform to Section 9.14.

                                                                                                    9.18.6.            Ground Cover
                                                                                                    9.18.6.1.          Ground Cover in Unheated Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                                          1) Where a crawl space is unheated, a ground cover shall be provided consisting
                                                                                                                       of not less than
                                                                                                                           a) 50 mm of asphalt,
                                                                                                                           b) 100 mm of 15 MPa Portland cement concrete,
                                                                                                                           c) Type S roll roofing, or
                                                                                                                          d) 0.10 mm polyethylene.
                                                                                                                          2) Joints in sheet-type ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not
                                                                                                                       less than 100 mm and weighted down.

                                                                                                    9.18.6.2.          Ground Cover in Heated Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                                           1) Where a crawl space is heated, a ground cover consisting of not less than
                                                                                                                       0.15 mm polyethylene sheet conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, “Vapour Barrier,
                                                                                                                       Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction,” shall be installed as part of an
                                                                                                                       air barrier system in accordance with Subsection 9.25.3.
                                                                                                                          2) The ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall have its joints lapped not less
                                                                                                                       than 300 mm, and
                                                                                                                          a) be sealed and evenly weighted down, or
                                                                                                                          b) be covered with concrete not less than 50 mm thick.


                                                                                                    9-108 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.19.1.3.

                                                                                                                        3) The perimeter of the ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall be sealed to
                                                                                                                     the foundation wall. (See Notes A-9.13.4., A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6., and A-9.25.3.6.(2)
                                                                                                                     and (3).)
                                                                                                                        4) All penetrations of the ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall be sealed
                                                                                                                     against air leakage. (See Subsection 9.25.3.)

                                                                                                    9.18.7.          Fire Protection
                                                                                                    9.18.7.1.        Crawl Spaces as Warm Air Plenums
                                                                                                                       1) Only crawl spaces under 1-storey portions of dwelling units shall be used as




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     warm-air plenums.
                                                                                                                        2) Enclosing material in crawl spaces described in Sentence (1), including
                                                                                                                     insulation, shall have a surface flame-spread rating not greater than 150.
                                                                                                                        3) Combustible ground cover in crawl spaces described in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                     protected beneath each register opening with noncombustible material.
                                                                                                                        4) The noncombustible register protection described in Sentence (3) shall
                                                                                                                        a) extend not less than 300 mm beyond the projection of the register opening,
                                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                                        b) have up-turned edges.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.18.7.1.(4).)


                                                                                                    Section 9.19. Roof Spaces
                                                                                                    9.19.1.          Venting
                                                                                                    9.19.1.1.        Required Venting
                                                                                                                        1) Except where it can be shown to be unnecessary, where insulation is installed
                                                                                                                     between a ceiling and the underside of the roof sheathing, a space shall be provided
                                                                                                                     between the insulation and the sheathing, and vents shall be installed to permit the
                                                                                                                     transfer of moisture from the space to the exterior. (See Note A-9.19.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.19.1.2.        Vent Requirements
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the unobstructed vent area shall be not less
                                                                                                                     than 1/300 of the insulated ceiling area.
                                                                                                                         2) Where the roof slope is less than 1 in 6 or in roofs that are constructed with roof
                                                                                                                     joists, the unobstructed vent area shall be not less than 1/150 of the insulated ceiling
                                                                                                                     area.
                                                                                                                        3) Required vents may be roof type, eave type, gable-end type or any combination
                                                                                                                     thereof, and shall be distributed
                                                                                                                        a) uniformly on opposite sides of the building,
                                                                                                                        b) with not less than 25% of the required openings located at the top of the
                                                                                                                            space, and
                                                                                                                         c) with not less than 25% of the required openings located at the bottom of
                                                                                                                            the space.
                                                                                                                        4) Except where each joist space is separately vented, roof joist spaces shall be
                                                                                                                     interconnected by installing purlins not less than 38 mm by 38 mm on the top of the
                                                                                                                     roof joists.
                                                                                                                       5) Vents shall comply with CAN3-A93-M, “Natural Airflow Ventilators for
                                                                                                                     Buildings.”

                                                                                                    9.19.1.3.        Clearances
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), not less than 63 mm of space shall be
                                                                                                                     provided between the top of the insulation and the underside of the roof sheathing.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-109
                                                                                                    9.19.1.4.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          2) At the junction of sloped roofs and exterior walls, where preformed baffles are
                                                                                                                       used to contain the insulation, the baffles shall
                                                                                                                          a) provide an unobstructed air space, between the insulation and the underside
                                                                                                                              of the roof sheathing, that is
                                                                                                                                 i) not less than 25 mm in dimension, and
                                                                                                                                ii) of sufficient cross area to meet the attic or roof space venting
                                                                                                                                    requirements of Article 9.19.1.2., and
                                                                                                                          b) extend vertically not less than 50 mm above the top of the insulation.
                                                                                                                          3) Ceiling insulation shall be installed in a manner that will not restrict the free
                                                                                                                       flow of air through roof vents or through any portion of the attic or roof space.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.19.1.4.          Mansard or Gambrel Roof
                                                                                                                          1) The lower portion of a mansard or gambrel style roof need not be ventilated.
                                                                                                                          2) The upper portion of roofs described in Sentence (1) shall be ventilated in
                                                                                                                       conformance with Articles 9.19.1.1. to 9.19.1.3.

                                                                                                    9.19.2.            Access
                                                                                                    9.19.2.1.          Access
                                                                                                                          1) Every attic or roof space shall be provided with an access hatch where the open
                                                                                                                       space in the attic or roof space measures
                                                                                                                          a) 3 m2 or more in area,
                                                                                                                          b) 1 m or more in length or width, and
                                                                                                                           c) 600 mm or more in height over at least the area described in Clauses (a)
                                                                                                                              and (b).
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.19.2.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) The hatch required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 550 mm by 900 mm
                                                                                                                       except that, where the hatch serves not more than one dwelling unit, the hatch may be
                                                                                                                       reduced to 0.32 m2 in area with no dimension less than 500 mm.
                                                                                                                          3) Hatchways to attic or roof spaces shall be fitted with doors or covers.


                                                                                                    Section 9.20. Masonry and Insulating Concrete
                                                                                                    Form Walls Not In Contact with the Ground
                                                                                                    9.20.1.            Application
                                                                                                    9.20.1.1.          General
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Article 9.20.1.2., this Section applies to
                                                                                                                          a) unreinforced masonry and masonry veneer walls not in contact with the
                                                                                                                             ground, where
                                                                                                                                 i) the height of the walls constructed on the foundation walls
                                                                                                                                    does not exceed 11 m, and
                                                                                                                                ii) the roof or floor assembly above the first storey is not of
                                                                                                                                    concrete construction, and
                                                                                                                          b) flat insulating concrete form walls not in contact with the ground that (see
                                                                                                                             Note A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b))
                                                                                                                                 i) have a maximum floor-to-floor height of 3 m,
                                                                                                                                ii) are erected in buildings not more than 2 storeys in building
                                                                                                                                    height, and
                                                                                                                               iii) are erected in locations where the seismic spectral
                                                                                                                                    acceleration, Sa(0.2), is not greater than 0.4 (see
                                                                                                                                    Note A-9.20.1.2.).
                                                                                                                         2) For walls other than those described in Sentence (1), or where the masonry
                                                                                                                       walls or insulating concrete form walls not in contact with the ground are designed for


                                                                                                    9-110 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.20.2.7.

                                                                                                                     specified loads on the basis of ultimate and serviceability limit states, Subsection 4.3.2.
                                                                                                                     shall apply.

                                                                                                    9.20.1.2.        Earthquake Reinforcement
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.20.1.2.)

                                                                                                                        1) In locations where the spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.55,
                                                                                                                     loadbearing elements of masonry buildings more than 1 storey in building height shall
                                                                                                                     be reinforced with not less than the minimum amount of reinforcement required by
                                                                                                                     Subsection 9.20.15.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) In locations where the spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.35 but less
                                                                                                                     than or equal to 0.55, loadbearing elements of masonry buildings 3 storeys in building
                                                                                                                     height shall be reinforced with not less than the minimum amount of reinforcement
                                                                                                                     required by Subsection 9.20.15.

                                                                                                    9.20.2.          Masonry Units

                                                                                                    9.20.2.1.        Masonry Unit Standards

                                                                                                                         1) Masonry units shall comply with
                                                                                                                         a) ASTM C73, “Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Brick (Sand-Lime
                                                                                                                             Brick),”
                                                                                                                         b) ASTM C126, “Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick,
                                                                                                                             and Solid Masonry Units,”
                                                                                                                         c) ASTM C212, “Standard Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile,”
                                                                                                                         d) CAN/CSA-A82, “Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale,”
                                                                                                                         e) CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units,”
                                                                                                                          f) CSA A165.2, “Concrete brick masonry units,” or
                                                                                                                         g) CSA A165.3, “Prefaced concrete masonry units.”

                                                                                                    9.20.2.2.        Used Brick

                                                                                                                        1) Used bricks shall be free of old mortar, soot or other surface coating and shall
                                                                                                                     conform to Article 9.20.2.1.

                                                                                                    9.20.2.3.        Glass Blocks

                                                                                                                         1) Glass blocks shall not be used as loadbearing units or in the construction of
                                                                                                                     fireplaces or chimneys.

                                                                                                    9.20.2.4.        Cellular Concrete

                                                                                                                         1) Masonry made with cellular concrete shall not be used in contact with the
                                                                                                                     soil or exposed to the weather.

                                                                                                    9.20.2.5.        Stone

                                                                                                                         1) Stone shall be sound and durable.

                                                                                                    9.20.2.6.        Concrete Blocks Exposed to the Weather

                                                                                                                        1) Concrete blocks exposed to the weather shall have density and water absorption
                                                                                                                     characteristics conforming to concrete types A, B, C, or D described in CSA A165.1,
                                                                                                                     “Concrete block masonry units.”

                                                                                                    9.20.2.7.        Compressive Strength

                                                                                                                         1) The compressive strength of concrete blocks shall conform to Table 9.20.2.7.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-111
                                                                                                    9.20.3.1.                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.20.2.7.
                                                                                                                                               Compressive Strength of Concrete Blocks
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.2.7.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                   Minimum Compressive Strength Over Net Area, MPa
                                                                                                                          Type of Unit
                                                                                                                                                               Exposed to Weather                    Not Exposed to Weather
                                                                                                     Solid or hollow concrete blocks                                  15                                       10
                                                                                                     Solid loadbearing cellular blocks                            Not permitted                                5
                                                                                                     Solid non-loadbearing cellular blocks                        Not permitted                                2




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.20.3.              Mortar

                                                                                                    9.20.3.1.            Mortar Materials

                                                                                                                           1) Cementitious materials and aggregates for mortar and grout shall comply with
                                                                                                                         CAN/CSA-A179, “Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry.”

                                                                                                                            2) Water and aggregate shall be clean and free of significant amounts of
                                                                                                                         deleterious materials.

                                                                                                                              3) Lime used in mortar shall be hydrated.

                                                                                                                            4) If lime putty is used in mortar, it shall be made by slaking quicklime in water
                                                                                                                         for not less than 24 h or soaking hydrated lime in water for not less than 12 h.

                                                                                                    9.20.3.2.            Mortar and Grout Mixes

                                                                                                                              1) Mortar types shall be in accordance with Table 9.20.3.2.-A.

                                                                                                                              2) Mortar for glass block masonry shall be
                                                                                                                              a) Type S Portland cement-lime where exposed to the exterior, or
                                                                                                                              b) Type S or N where protected from the exterior.

                                                                                                                            3) Mortar shall be mixed within the proportion limits provided in Table 9.20.3.2.-B,
                                                                                                                         with sufficient water to bring the mixture to a consistency adequate for laying masonry
                                                                                                                         units.

                                                                                                                            4) Grout shall be mixed within the proportion limits provided in Table 9.20.3.2.-C,
                                                                                                                         with sufficient water to provide a suitable flow to fill all voids completely, without
                                                                                                                         excessive segregation or bleeding.

                                                                                                                           5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), mortar shall be used and placed in final
                                                                                                                         position
                                                                                                                            a) within 1.5 h after mixing when the air temperature is 25°C or higher, or
                                                                                                                            b) within 2.5 h after mixing when the air temperature is less than 25°C.

                                                                                                                            6) Mortar and grout containing a set-control admixture shall be manufactured
                                                                                                                         off-site in a batching plant and shall be used and placed in final position within a time
                                                                                                                         not exceeding the useful life stipulated by the manufacturer.

                                                                                                                            7) Grout used for reinforced masonry shall be placed in accordance with the
                                                                                                                         requirements of CAN/CSA-A371, “Masonry Construction for Buildings.”




                                                                                                    9-112 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  9.20.4.2.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.20.3.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                                   Mortar Use
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.3.2.(1)

                                                                                                                            Location                                 Building Element                               Mortar Type
                                                                                                                                                     Loadbearing walls and columns                                        S
                                                                                                    Exterior, Above Ground                           Non-loadbearing walls and columns                                 N or S
                                                                                                                                                     Parapets, chimneys, masonry veneer                                N or S
                                                                                                    Exterior, At or Below Ground                     Foundation walls and columns                                         S
                                                                                                                                                     Loadbearing walls and columns                                        N




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Interior
                                                                                                                                                     Non-loadbearing walls and columns                                    N


                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.20.3.2.-B
                                                                                                                                                       Mortar Mix Proportions (by volume)
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.3.2.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                              Masonry Cement       Masonry Cement       Fine Aggregate (damp,
                                                                                                         Mortar Type               Portland Cement            Lime
                                                                                                                                                                                  Type N               Type S              loose-state sand)
                                                                                                                                         1                       ½                      –                   –                   3½ to 4½
                                                                                                               Type S                    –                       –                      –                   1                   2¼ to 3
                                                                                                                                         ½                       –                      1                   –                   3½ to 4½
                                                                                                                                         1                       1                      –                   –                   4½ to 6
                                                                                                               Type N
                                                                                                                                         –                       –                      1                   –                   2¼ to 3


                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.20.3.2.-C
                                                                                                                                                       Grout Mix Proportions (by volume)
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.3.2.(4)

                                                                                                                Portland Cement                        Lime                         Fine Aggregate (sand)              Coarse Aggregate
                                                                                                                                                                                2¼ to 3 times the sum of the    1 to 2 times the sum of the cement
                                                                                                                        1                            0 to 1/10
                                                                                                                                                                                 cement and lime volumes                 and lime volumes



                                                                                                    9.20.4.                  Mortar Joints

                                                                                                    9.20.4.1.                Thickness

                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), mortar joint thickness for burned clay brick
                                                                                                                             and concrete masonry units shall be 10 mm.

                                                                                                                                2) Permitted tolerances in head and bed joints shall be not more than ± 5 mm.

                                                                                                    9.20.4.2.                Masonry Units

                                                                                                                                1) Hollow masonry units shall be laid with mortar applied to head and bed joints
                                                                                                                             of both inner and outer face shells.

                                                                                                                                2) Vertically aligned webs of hollow masonry units shall be laid in a full bed
                                                                                                                             of mortar
                                                                                                                                a) under the starting course,
                                                                                                                                b) in all courses of columns, and
                                                                                                                                 c) where adjacent to cells or cavities that are to be filled with grout.

                                                                                                                                3) Except for head joints left open for weep holes and ventilation, solid masonry
                                                                                                                             units shall be laid with full head and bed joints.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                               Division B 9-113
                                                                                                    9.20.5.1.                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                    9.20.5.             Masonry Support
                                                                                                    9.20.5.1.           Masonry Support
                                                                                                                           1) All masonry shall be supported on masonry, concrete or steel, except that
                                                                                                                        masonry veneer walls may be supported on foundations of wood frame constructed in
                                                                                                                        conformance with Sentence 9.15.2.4.(1). (See Note A-9.20.5.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                           2) Every masonry wall shall be at least as thick as the wall it supports, except as
                                                                                                                        otherwise permitted in Article 9.20.12.2.

                                                                                                    9.20.5.2.           Lintels or Arches




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           1) Masonry over openings shall be supported by steel, masonry or reinforced
                                                                                                                        concrete lintels, or masonry arches.
                                                                                                                           2) Steel angle lintels supporting masonry veneer above openings shall
                                                                                                                           a) conform to Table 9.20.5.2., and
                                                                                                                           b) have a bearing length not less than 90 mm.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.20.5.2.
                                                                                                                               Maximum Allowable Spans for Steel Lintels Supporting Masonry Veneer
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.5.2.(2)

                                                                                                                         Minimum Angle Size, mm                                       Maximum Allowable Spans, m
                                                                                                                                                                       Supporting             Supporting             Supporting
                                                                                                         Vertical Leg         Horizontal Leg       Thickness
                                                                                                                                                                      75 mm Brick            90 mm Brick           100 mm Stone
                                                                                                             89                    76                 6.4                2.55                    —                      —
                                                                                                             89                    89                 6.4                2.59                    2.47                  2.30
                                                                                                             102                   89                 6.4                2.79                    2.66                  2.48
                                                                                                             127                   89                 7.9                3.47                    3.31                  3.08
                                                                                                             127                   89                 11                 3.64                    3.48                  3.24


                                                                                                                           3) Steel angle lintels supporting masonry other than veneer, masonry and
                                                                                                                        reinforced concrete lintels, and masonry arches shall be designed in accordance with
                                                                                                                        Part 4 to support the imposed load.
                                                                                                                           4) Steel angle lintels supporting masonry shall be prime painted or otherwise
                                                                                                                        protected from corrosion.

                                                                                                    9.20.6.             Thickness and Height
                                                                                                    9.20.6.1.           Thickness of Exterior Walls
                                                                                                                           1) Masonry exterior walls, other than cavity walls, in 1-storey buildings and the top
                                                                                                                        storeys of 2- and 3-storey buildings shall be not less than 140 mm thick, provided the walls
                                                                                                                        are not more than 2.8 m high at the eaves and 4.6 m high at the peaks of gable ends.
                                                                                                                            2) The exterior walls of the bottom storeys of 2-storey buildings, and exterior walls
                                                                                                                        of the bottom 2 storeys of 3-storey buildings shall be not less than 190 mm thick.
                                                                                                                           3) In exterior walls composed of more than one wythe, each wythe shall be not
                                                                                                                        less than 90 mm thick.

                                                                                                    9.20.6.2.           Cavity Walls
                                                                                                                           1) Cavity walls shall be made with not less than 90 mm wide units if the joints are
                                                                                                                        raked and not less than 75 mm wide units if the joints are not raked.
                                                                                                                           2) The width of a cavity in a cavity wall shall be not less than 50 mm and not
                                                                                                                        greater than 150 mm.
                                                                                                                           3) The minimum thickness of cavity walls above the supporting base shall be
                                                                                                                        230 mm for the top 7.6 m and 330 mm for the remaining portion, except that where


                                                                                                    9-114 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.20.7.3.

                                                                                                                     75 mm wide units are used, the wall height above the top of the foundation wall shall
                                                                                                                     not exceed 6 m.

                                                                                                    9.20.6.3.        Thickness of Interior Walls
                                                                                                                        1) The thickness of loadbearing interior walls shall be determined on the basis of
                                                                                                                     the maximum lateral support spacing as provided in Sentences 9.20.10.1.(2) and (3).
                                                                                                                         2) The thickness of interior non-loadbearing walls shall be
                                                                                                                         a) determined on the basis of the maximum lateral support spacing as
                                                                                                                            provided in Sentences 9.20.10.1.(2) and (3), and
                                                                                                                         b) in any case, not less than 65 mm.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.20.6.4.        Masonry Veneer
                                                                                                                        1) Except for masonry veneer where each masonry unit is supported individually
                                                                                                                     by the structural backing, masonry veneer shall consist of solid masonry units not less
                                                                                                                     than 75 mm thick.
                                                                                                                        2) Veneer described in Sentence (1) over wood-frame walls shall have not less
                                                                                                                     than a 25 mm air space behind the veneer.
                                                                                                                         3) Masonry veneer less than 90 mm thick shall have unraked joints.
                                                                                                                        4) Masonry veneer shall conform to Subsection 4.3.2., where the masonry units
                                                                                                                     are required to be individually supported by the structural backing.

                                                                                                    9.20.6.5.        Parapet Walls
                                                                                                                        1) The height of parapet walls above the adjacent roof surface shall be not more
                                                                                                                     than 3 times the parapet wall thickness.
                                                                                                                         2) Parapet walls shall be solid masonry
                                                                                                                         a) with the cells of hollow or semi-solid units filled with mortar, grout, or
                                                                                                                            concrete, and
                                                                                                                         b) that extends from the top of the parapet to not less than 300 mm below
                                                                                                                            the adjacent roof level.

                                                                                                    9.20.6.6.        Stone or Concrete Facings
                                                                                                                        1) Slab and panel facings of precast concrete and natural or artificial stone shall
                                                                                                                     conform to Subsection 4.3.2.

                                                                                                    9.20.7.          Chases and Recesses
                                                                                                    9.20.7.1.        Maximum Dimensions
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentence 9.20.7.2.(2) and Article 9.20.7.4., the depth of
                                                                                                                     any chase or recess shall not exceed one third the thickness of the wall, and the width
                                                                                                                     of the chase or recess shall not exceed 500 mm.

                                                                                                    9.20.7.2.        Minimum Wall Thickness
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2) and Article 9.20.7.4., no chase or recess shall
                                                                                                                     be constructed in any wall 190 mm or less in thickness.
                                                                                                                        2) Recesses may be constructed in 190 mm walls provided they do not exceed
                                                                                                                     100 mm in depth, 750 mm in height and 500 mm in width.

                                                                                                    9.20.7.3.        Separation of Chases or Recesses
                                                                                                                         1) Chases and recesses shall be not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 4 times the wall thickness apart, and
                                                                                                                         b) 600 mm away from any pilaster, cross wall, buttress or other vertical element
                                                                                                                            providing required lateral support for the wall.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-115
                                                                                                    9.20.7.4.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.20.7.4.          Non-Conforming Chases or Recesses
                                                                                                                          1) Chases or recesses that do not conform to the limits specified in Articles 9.20.7.1.
                                                                                                                       to 9.20.7.3. shall be considered as openings, and any masonry supported above such a
                                                                                                                       chase or recess shall be supported by a lintel or arch as provided in Article 9.20.5.2.

                                                                                                    9.20.7.5.          Chases or Recesses Cut into Walls
                                                                                                                          1) Chases and recesses shall not be cut into walls made with hollow units after
                                                                                                                       the masonry units are in place.

                                                                                                    9.20.8.            Support of Loads




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.20.8.1.          Capping of Hollow Masonry Walls
                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), loadbearing walls of hollow masonry units
                                                                                                                       supporting roof or floor framing members shall be capped with not less than 50 mm of
                                                                                                                       solid masonry or have the top course filled with concrete.
                                                                                                                          2) Capping required in Sentence (1) may be omitted where the roof framing is
                                                                                                                       supported on a wood plate not less than 38 mm by 89 mm.

                                                                                                    9.20.8.2.          Cavity Walls Supporting Framing Members
                                                                                                                          1) Floor joists supported on cavity walls shall be supported on solid masonry units
                                                                                                                       not less than 57 mm high.
                                                                                                                          2) Floor joists described in Sentence (1) shall not project into the cavity.
                                                                                                                          3) Roof and ceiling framing members bearing on cavity walls shall be supported on
                                                                                                                          a) solid masonry units not less than 57 mm high that bridge the full thickness of
                                                                                                                             the wall, or
                                                                                                                          b) a wood plate not less than 38 mm thick, bearing not less than 50 mm on
                                                                                                                             each wythe.

                                                                                                    9.20.8.3.          Bearing of Beams and Joists
                                                                                                                          1) The bearing area under beams and joists shall be sufficient to carry the
                                                                                                                       supported load.
                                                                                                                         2) In no case shall the minimum length of end bearing of beams supported on
                                                                                                                       masonry be less than 90 mm.
                                                                                                                          3) The length of end bearing of floor, roof or ceiling joists supported on masonry
                                                                                                                       shall be not less than 40 mm.

                                                                                                    9.20.8.4.          Support of Beams and Columns
                                                                                                                          1) Beams and columns supported on masonry walls shall be supported on
                                                                                                                       pilasters where the thickness of the masonry wall or wythe is less than 190 mm.
                                                                                                                         2) Not less than 190 mm depth of solid masonry or concrete shall be provided
                                                                                                                       under the beam or column referred to in Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                          3) Pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be bonded or tied to masonry walls.
                                                                                                                          4) Concrete pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 50 mm by
                                                                                                                       300 mm.
                                                                                                                          5) Unit masonry pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 100 mm
                                                                                                                       by 290 mm.

                                                                                                    9.20.8.5.          Projection of Masonry Veneer Beyond Supporting Members
                                                                                                                          1) Masonry veneer of solid masonry units resting on a bearing support shall not
                                                                                                                       project more than one third of the thickness of the veneer. (See Note A-9.20.8.5.(1).)


                                                                                                    9-116 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.20.9.4.

                                                                                                                         2) Where the masonry veneer described in Sentence (1) is rough stone masonry,
                                                                                                                         a) the projection shall be measured as the average projection of the units, and
                                                                                                                         b) the thickness of the veneer shall be measured as the average thickness of
                                                                                                                            the veneer.

                                                                                                    9.20.9.          Bonding and Tying
                                                                                                    9.20.9.1.        Joints to be Offset or Reinforced
                                                                                                                        1) Vertical joints in adjacent masonry courses shall be offset unless each wythe of
                                                                                                                     masonry is reinforced with the equivalent of not less than 2 corrosion-resistant steel
                                                                                                                     bars of 3.76 mm diam placed in the horizontal joints at vertical intervals not exceeding




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     460 mm.
                                                                                                                        2) Where joints in the reinforcing referred to in Sentence (1) occur, the bars shall
                                                                                                                     be lapped not less than 150 mm.

                                                                                                    9.20.9.2.        Bonding or Tying of Other than Masonry Veneer
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Article 9.20.9.5. regarding masonry veneer, masonry
                                                                                                                     walls that consist of 2 or more wythes shall have the wythes bonded or tied together
                                                                                                                     with masonry bonding units as described in Article 9.20.9.3. or with metal ties as
                                                                                                                     described in Article 9.20.9.4.

                                                                                                    9.20.9.3.        Bonding
                                                                                                                       1) Where wythes are bonded together with masonry units, the bonding units shall
                                                                                                                     comprise not less than 4% of the wall surface area.
                                                                                                                        2) Bonding units described in Sentence (1) shall be spaced not more than 600 mm
                                                                                                                     vertically and horizontally in the case of brick masonry and 900 mm o.c. in the case of
                                                                                                                     block or tile.
                                                                                                                       3) Units described in Sentence (1) shall extend not less than 90 mm into adjacent
                                                                                                                     wythes.

                                                                                                    9.20.9.4.        Tying
                                                                                                                        1) Where 2 or more wythes are tied together with metal ties of the individual rod
                                                                                                                     type, the ties shall conform to the requirements in Sentences (3) to (6).
                                                                                                                        2) Other ties may be used where it can be shown that such ties provide walls that
                                                                                                                     are at least as strong and as durable as those made with the individual rod type.
                                                                                                                         3)   Metal ties of the individual rod type shall
                                                                                                                         a)   be corrosion-resistant,
                                                                                                                         b)   have a minimum cross-sectional area of not less than 17.8 mm2, and
                                                                                                                         c)   have not less than a 50 mm portion bent at right angles at each end.
                                                                                                                         4) Metal ties of the individual rod type shall
                                                                                                                         a) extend from within 25 mm of the outer face of the wall to within 25 mm
                                                                                                                            of the inner face of the wall,
                                                                                                                         b) be completely embedded in mortar except for the portion exposed in cavity
                                                                                                                            walls, and
                                                                                                                         c) be staggered from course to course.
                                                                                                                        5) Where 2 or more wythes in walls other than cavity walls and masonry
                                                                                                                     veneer/masonry backing walls are tied together with metal ties of the individual rod
                                                                                                                     type, the space between wythes shall be completely filled with mortar.
                                                                                                                         6) Ties described in Sentence (5) shall be
                                                                                                                         a) located within 300 mm of openings and spaced not more than 900 mm apart
                                                                                                                            around openings, and
                                                                                                                         b) spaced not more than 900 mm apart horizontally and 460 mm apart
                                                                                                                            vertically at other locations.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-117
                                                                                                    9.20.9.5.                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                            7) Except as required in Sentences (8) and (9), where the inner and outer wythes
                                                                                                                        of cavity walls are tied with individual wire ties, the ties shall be spaced not more than
                                                                                                                        900 mm apart horizontally and 400 mm apart vertically.
                                                                                                                           8) Within 100 mm of the bottom of each floor or roof assembly where the cavity
                                                                                                                        extends below the assemblies, the ties described in Sentence (7) shall be spaced not
                                                                                                                        more than 600 mm apart horizontally.
                                                                                                                           9) Within 300 mm of any openings, the ties described in Sentence (7) shall be
                                                                                                                        spaced not more than 900 mm apart.

                                                                                                    9.20.9.5.           Ties for Masonry Veneer




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           1) Masonry veneer 75 mm or more in thickness and resting on a bearing support
                                                                                                                        shall be tied to masonry backing or to wood framing members with straps that are
                                                                                                                           a) corrosion-resistant,
                                                                                                                           b) not less than 0.76 mm thick,
                                                                                                                           c) not less than 22 mm wide,
                                                                                                                           d) shaped to provide a key with the mortar,
                                                                                                                           e) pre-bent during manufacture to a right angle within 6 mm of the fastener
                                                                                                                                hole,
                                                                                                                            f) fastened with
                                                                                                                                   i) corrosion-resistant wood screws conforming to
                                                                                                                                      Sentence 9.23.3.1.(3) that have a minimum diameter of
                                                                                                                                      4.16 mm (No. 8) and a wood penetration of not less than
                                                                                                                                      38 mm, or
                                                                                                                                  ii) corrosion-resistant common spiral nails conforming to
                                                                                                                                      Sentence 9.23.3.1.(1) that are not less than 76 mm long and
                                                                                                                                      have a wood penetration of not less than 63 mm, and
                                                                                                                           g) spaced in accordance with Table 9.20.9.5.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.20.9.5.
                                                                                                                                                              Veneer Tie Spacing
                                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.9.5.(1)

                                                                                                                       Maximum Vertical Spacing, mm                                     Maximum Horizontal Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                  400                                                                800
                                                                                                                                  500                                                                600
                                                                                                                                  600                                                                400


                                                                                                                           2) Where hot-dipped, zinc-coated straps are used to meet the requirements of
                                                                                                                        Sentence (1), they shall be pre-bent and pre-drilled or pre-punched prior to hot-dip,
                                                                                                                        zinc-coated galvanizing.
                                                                                                                           3) Masonry veneer individually supported by masonry or wood-frame backing
                                                                                                                        shall be secured to the backing in conformance with Subsection 4.3.2.

                                                                                                    9.20.9.6.           Reinforcing for Glass Block
                                                                                                                           1) Glass block shall have horizontal joint reinforcement of 2 corrosion-resistant
                                                                                                                        bars of not less than 3.76 mm diam or expanded metal strips not less than 75 mm wide
                                                                                                                           a) spaced at vertical intervals of not more than 600 mm for units 200 mm or
                                                                                                                                less in height, and
                                                                                                                           b) installed in every horizontal joint for units higher than 200 mm.
                                                                                                                            2) Reinforcement required in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 150 mm.

                                                                                                    9.20.10.            Lateral Support
                                                                                                    9.20.10.1.          Lateral Support Required
                                                                                                                           1) Masonry walls shall be laterally supported by floor or roof construction or by
                                                                                                                        intersecting masonry walls or buttresses.


                                                                                                    9-118 Division B                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          9.20.11.4.

                                                                                                                         2) The spacing of supports required in Sentence (1) shall be not more than
                                                                                                                         a) 20 times the wall thickness for all loadbearing walls and exterior
                                                                                                                            non-loadbearing walls, and
                                                                                                                         b) 36 times the wall thickness for interior non-loadbearing walls.
                                                                                                                        3) In applying Sentence (2), the thickness of cavity walls shall be taken as the
                                                                                                                     greater of
                                                                                                                        a) two-thirds of the sum of the thicknesses of the wythes, or
                                                                                                                        b) the thickness of the thicker wythe.
                                                                                                                        4) Floor and roof constructions providing lateral support for walls as required
                                                                                                                     in Sentence (1) shall be constructed to transfer lateral loads to walls or buttresses
                                                                                                                     approximately at right angles to the laterally supported walls.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.20.11.         Anchorage of Roofs, Floors and Intersecting Walls
                                                                                                    9.20.11.1.       Anchorage to Floor or Roof Assemblies where Masonry Walls Require
                                                                                                                     Lateral Support
                                                                                                                        1) Where required to receive lateral support (see Subsection 9.20.10.), masonry
                                                                                                                     walls shall be anchored to each floor or roof assembly at maximum intervals of 2 m,
                                                                                                                     except that anchorage to floor joists not more than 1 m above grade may be omitted.
                                                                                                                        2) Anchors required in Sentence (1) shall be corrosion-resistant and be not less
                                                                                                                     than the equivalent of 40 mm by 4.76 mm thick steel straps.
                                                                                                                        3) Anchors required in Sentence (1) shall be shaped to provide a mechanical key
                                                                                                                     with the masonry and shall be securely fastened to the horizontal support to develop
                                                                                                                     the full strength of the anchor.
                                                                                                                        4) When joists are parallel to the wall, anchors required in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                     extend across not less than 3 joists.

                                                                                                    9.20.11.2.       Bonding and Tying Intersecting Masonry Walls where Walls Require
                                                                                                                     Lateral Support
                                                                                                                        1) Where required to provide lateral support, intersecting walls shall be bonded or
                                                                                                                     tied together.
                                                                                                                         2) Where bonding is used to satisfy the requirements of Sentence (1), 50% of the
                                                                                                                     adjacent masonry units in the intersecting wall, distributed uniformly over the height
                                                                                                                     of the intersection, shall be embedded in the laterally supported wall.
                                                                                                                         3)   Where tying is used to satisfy the requirements of Sentence (1), the ties shall be
                                                                                                                         a)   corrosion-resistant metal,
                                                                                                                         b)   equivalent to not less than 4.76 mm by 40 mm steel strapping,
                                                                                                                         c)   spaced not more than 800 mm o.c. vertically, and
                                                                                                                         d)   shaped at both ends to provide sufficient mechanical key to develop the
                                                                                                                              strength of the ties.

                                                                                                    9.20.11.3.       Anchoring Intersecting Wood-Frame Walls to Masonry Walls
                                                                                                                        1) Wood-frame walls shall be anchored to masonry walls that they intersect
                                                                                                                     with not less than 4.76 mm diam corrosion-resistant steel rods spaced not more than
                                                                                                                     900 mm o.c. vertically.
                                                                                                                         2) Anchors required in Sentence (1) shall be fastened to the wood framing at one
                                                                                                                     end and shaped to provide a mechanical key at the other end to develop the strength
                                                                                                                     of the anchor.

                                                                                                    9.20.11.4.       Anchoring Wood-Frame Roof Systems to Masonry Walls
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), roof systems of wood-frame construction
                                                                                                                     shall be anchored to exterior masonry walls by not less than 12.7 mm diam anchor bolts,
                                                                                                                        a) spaced not more than 2.4 m apart,
                                                                                                                        b) embedded not less than 90 mm into the masonry, and
                                                                                                                        c) fastened to a rafter plate of not less than 38 mm thick lumber.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-119
                                                                                                    9.20.11.5.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          2) The roof system described in Sentence (1) is permitted to be anchored by
                                                                                                                       nailing the wall furring strips to the side of the rafter plate.

                                                                                                    9.20.11.5.         Anchoring Masonry Cornices, Sills and Trim to Masonry Walls

                                                                                                                          1) Cornices, sills or other trim of masonry material which project beyond the wall
                                                                                                                       face shall have not less than 65% of their mass, but not less than 90 mm, within the wall
                                                                                                                       or shall be adequately anchored to the wall with corrosion-resistant anchors.

                                                                                                    9.20.11.6.         Anchoring to Masonry Piers

                                                                                                                          1) Where anchor bolts are to be placed in the top of a masonry pier, the pier shall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       conform to the requirements of Sentence 9.15.2.3.(4) and shall be capped with concrete
                                                                                                                       or reinforced masonry not less than 200 mm thick.

                                                                                                    9.20.12.           Corbelling

                                                                                                    9.20.12.1.         Corbelling

                                                                                                                          1) All corbelling shall consist of solid masonry units.

                                                                                                                          2) The units referred to in Sentence (1) shall be corbelled so that the horizontal
                                                                                                                       projection of any unit does not exceed 25 mm and the total projection does not exceed
                                                                                                                       one third of the total wall thickness.

                                                                                                    9.20.12.2.         Corbelling for Cavity Walls

                                                                                                                          1) Cavity walls of greater thickness than the foundation wall on which they rest
                                                                                                                       shall not be corbelled but may project 25 mm over the outer face of the foundation
                                                                                                                       wall disregarding parging.

                                                                                                                          2) Where the foundation wall referred to in Sentence (1) is unit masonry, it is
                                                                                                                       permitted to be corbelled to meet flush with the inner face of a cavity wall provided
                                                                                                                          a) the projection of each course does not exceed half the height or one third the
                                                                                                                              thickness of the corbelled unit, and
                                                                                                                          b) the total corbel does not exceed one third of the foundation wall thickness.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.20.12.2.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.20.12.3.         Corbelling for Masonry Veneer

                                                                                                                          1) Masonry veneer resting on a bearing support shall not project more than 25 mm
                                                                                                                       beyond the supporting base where the veneer is not less than 90 mm thick, and 12 mm
                                                                                                                       beyond the supporting base where the veneer is less than 90 mm thick.

                                                                                                                          2) In the case of rough stone veneer, the projection, measured as the average
                                                                                                                       projection of the stone units, shall not exceed one-third the bed width beyond the
                                                                                                                       supporting base.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.           Control of Rainwater Penetration

                                                                                                    9.20.13.1.         Materials for Flashing

                                                                                                                          1) Materials used for flashing shall conform to Table 9.20.13.1.




                                                                                                    9-120 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.20.13.6.

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.20.13.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   Flashing Materials
                                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.13.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                          Minimum Thickness, mm
                                                                                                                                        Material
                                                                                                                                                                                          Exposed Flashing               Concealed Flashing
                                                                                                    Aluminum                                                                                   0.48                              —
                                                                                                    Copper                                                                                         0.46                           0.46
                                                                                                    Copper or aluminum laminated to felt or kraft paper                                              —                            0.05
                                                                                                    Galvanized steel                                                                               0.33                           0.33




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Lead sheet                                                                                     1.73                           1.73
                                                                                                    Polyethylene                                                                                     —                            0.50
                                                                                                    Roll roofing, Type S                                                                            —                         standard
                                                                                                    Zinc                                                                                           0.46                           0.46


                                                                                                                              2) Aluminum flashing in contact with masonry or concrete shall be effectively
                                                                                                                           coated or separated from the masonry or concrete by an impervious membrane.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.2.             Fastening of Flashing
                                                                                                                               1) Fastening devices for flashing shall be corrosion-resistant and, where metal
                                                                                                                           flashing is used, shall be compatible with the flashing with respect to galvanic action.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.3.             Location of Flashing
                                                                                                                              1)   Flashing shall be installed in masonry and masonry veneer walls
                                                                                                                              a)   beneath jointed masonry window sills,
                                                                                                                              b)   over the back and top of parapet walls,
                                                                                                                              c)   over the heads of glass block panels,
                                                                                                                              d)   beneath weep holes, and
                                                                                                                              e)   over the heads of window or door openings in exterior walls when the
                                                                                                                                   vertical distance between the top of a window or door frame and the bottom
                                                                                                                                   edge of the eave exceeds one-quarter of the horizontal eave overhang.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.4.             Extension of Flashing
                                                                                                                              1) When installed beneath jointed masonry window sills or over the heads of
                                                                                                                           openings, flashing shall extend from the front edge of the masonry up behind the sill
                                                                                                                           or lintel.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.5.             Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry/Masonry Walls
                                                                                                                              1) Flashing beneath weep holes in cavity walls and masonry veneer/masonry
                                                                                                                           backing walls shall
                                                                                                                              a) be bedded not less than 25 mm in the inside wythe,
                                                                                                                              b) extend to not less than 5 mm beyond the outer face of the building element
                                                                                                                                  below the flashing, and
                                                                                                                              c) be installed with a nominally horizontal slope toward the outside wythe.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.6.             Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry Veneer
                                                                                                                              1) Flashing beneath weep holes in masonry veneer over masonry backing
                                                                                                                           walls shall conform to the flashing requirements for cavity walls and masonry
                                                                                                                           veneer/masonry backing walls in Article 9.20.13.5.
                                                                                                                              2) Flashing beneath weep holes in masonry veneer over wood-frame walls shall be
                                                                                                                           installed so that it extends from a point not less than 5 mm beyond the outer face of the
                                                                                                                           building element below the flashing to a point 150 mm up the wood-frame wall.
                                                                                                                             3) Where the frame wall is sheathed with a sheathing membrane, a
                                                                                                                           non-wood-based rigid exterior insulating sheathing or a semi-rigid insulating


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                Division B 9-121
                                                                                                    9.20.13.7.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                       sheathing with an integral sheathing membrane, the flashing shall be installed behind
                                                                                                                       the sheathing membrane or insulating sheathing.
                                                                                                                          4) Flashing described in Sentence (2) is permitted to conform to the requirements
                                                                                                                       for concealed flashing in Table 9.20.13.1.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.7.         Flashing Joints
                                                                                                                            1) Joints in flashing shall be made watertight.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.8.         Required Weep Holes
                                                                                                                            1) Weep holes spaced not more than 800 mm apart shall be provided at the bottom




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       of
                                                                                                                            a) cavities in cavity walls, and
                                                                                                                            b) cavities or air spaces in masonry veneer walls.
                                                                                                                           2) The cavities or air spaces described in Sentence (1) shall include those above
                                                                                                                       lintels over window and door openings required to be flashed in conformance with
                                                                                                                       Article 9.20.13.3.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.9.         Protection of Interior Finish
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where the interior finish of the exterior
                                                                                                                       walls of a building is a type that may be damaged by moisture, exterior masonry walls,
                                                                                                                       other than cavity walls or walls that are protected for their full height by a roof of a
                                                                                                                       carport or porch, shall be covered on the interior surface with sheathing membrane
                                                                                                                       conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.32-M, “Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type,” lapped
                                                                                                                       not less than 100 mm at the joints.
                                                                                                                          2) In situations described in Sentence (1), flashing shall be provided where water
                                                                                                                       will accumulate, to lead it to the exterior.
                                                                                                                          3) Where insulation that effectively limits the passage of water is applied by a
                                                                                                                       waterproof adhesive or mortar directly to parged masonry, the requirements for
                                                                                                                       sheathing membrane in Sentence (1) do not apply. (See Note A-9.20.13.9.(3).)

                                                                                                    9.20.13.10.        Mortar Droppings
                                                                                                                          1) Cavity walls shall be constructed so that mortar droppings are prevented from
                                                                                                                       forming a bridge to allow the passage of rain water across the cavity.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.11.        Caulking at Door and Window Frames
                                                                                                                          1) The junction of door and window frames with masonry shall be caulked in
                                                                                                                       conformance with Subsection 9.27.4.

                                                                                                    9.20.13.12.        Drips beneath Window Sills
                                                                                                                          1) Where no flashing is installed beneath window sills, such sills shall be provided
                                                                                                                       with a drip not less than 25 mm from the wall surface.

                                                                                                    9.20.14.           Protection during Work
                                                                                                    9.20.14.1.         Laying Temperature of Mortar and Masonry
                                                                                                                          1) Mortar and masonry shall be maintained at a temperature not below 5°C during
                                                                                                                       installation and for not less than 48 h after installation.
                                                                                                                            2) No frozen material shall be used in mortar mix.

                                                                                                    9.20.14.2.         Protection from Weather
                                                                                                                         1) The top surface of uncompleted masonry exposed to the weather shall be
                                                                                                                       completely covered with a waterproofing material when construction is not in progress.


                                                                                                    9-122 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  9.20.17.2.

                                                                                                    9.20.15.               Reinforcement for Earthquake Resistance
                                                                                                    9.20.15.1.             Amount of Reinforcement
                                                                                                                              1) Where reinforcement is required in this Section, masonry walls shall be
                                                                                                                           reinforced horizontally and vertically with steel having a total cross-sectional area of
                                                                                                                           not less than 0.002 times the horizontal cross-sectional area of the wall, so that not less
                                                                                                                           than one-third of the required steel area is installed either horizontally or vertically
                                                                                                                           and the remainder in the other direction.

                                                                                                    9.20.15.2.             Installation Standard




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              1) Where reinforcement for masonry is required in this Section, it shall be installed
                                                                                                                           in conformance with the requirements for reinforced masonry as contained in
                                                                                                                           CAN/CSA-A371, “Masonry Construction for Buildings.”

                                                                                                    9.20.16.               Corrosion Resistance
                                                                                                    9.20.16.1.             Corrosion Resistance of Connectors
                                                                                                                              1) Carbon steel connectors required to be corrosion-resistant shall be galvanized
                                                                                                                           to at least the minimum standards in Table 9.20.16.1.

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.20.16.1.
                                                                                                                                                         Minimum Requirements for Galvanizing
                                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.16.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                 Connector Material                                ASTM Standard                 Coating Class or Thickness
                                                                                                      Wire ties and continuous reinforcing (hot-dipped galvanizing)              ASTM A153/A153M                   Class B2 or 458 g/m2
                                                                                                      Hardware and bolts                                                         ASTM A153/A153M                  See ASTM A153/A153M
                                                                                                      Strip, plate, bars and rolled sections (not less than 3.18 mm thick)       ASTM A123/A123M                          610 g/m2
                                                                                                      Sheet (less than 3.18 mm thick)                                            ASTM A123/A123M            460 g/m2 on material 0.76 mm thick (1)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.20.16.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   ASTM A123/A123M does not apply to metal less than 0.76 mm thick. Galvanizing coatings may be interpolated for thicknesses between 3.18 mm
                                                                                                          and 0.76 mm.


                                                                                                    9.20.17.               Above-Ground Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
                                                                                                    9.20.17.1.             Thickness of Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
                                                                                                                              1) The thickness of the concrete in flat insulating concrete form walls not in
                                                                                                                           contact with the ground shall be
                                                                                                                              a) not less than 140 mm, and
                                                                                                                              b) constant for the entire height of the wall.

                                                                                                    9.20.17.2.             Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
                                                                                                                              1) Horizontal reinforcement in above-grade flat insulating concrete form walls
                                                                                                                           shall
                                                                                                                              a) consist of
                                                                                                                                    i) one 10M bar placed not more than 300 mm from the top
                                                                                                                                       of the wall, and
                                                                                                                                   ii) 10M bars at 600 mm o.c., and
                                                                                                                              b) be placed in the middle third of the wall section.
                                                                                                                               2) Vertical reinforcement in above-grade flat insulating concrete form walls shall
                                                                                                                               a) consist of 10M bars at 400 mm o.c., and
                                                                                                                               b) be placed in the middle third of the wall section.
                                                                                                                             3) Vertical reinforcement required by Sentence (2) and interrupted by wall
                                                                                                                           openings shall be placed not more than 600 mm from each side of the opening.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                Division B 9-123
                                                                                                    9.20.17.3.                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                    9.20.17.3.         Openings in Non-Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
                                                                                                                          1) No openings shall occur within 1 200 mm of interior and exterior corners of
                                                                                                                       exterior non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls.
                                                                                                                          2) Portions of walls above openings in non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete
                                                                                                                       form walls shall have a minimum depth of concrete of no less than 200 mm across
                                                                                                                       the width of the opening.
                                                                                                                          3) Openings that are more than 600 mm but not more than 3 000 mm in width in
                                                                                                                       non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls shall be reinforced at the top and
                                                                                                                       bottom with one 10M bar.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          4) Openings more than 3 000 mm in width in non-loadbearing flat insulating
                                                                                                                       concrete form walls shall be reinforced on all four sides with two 10M bars.
                                                                                                                          5) Reinforcing bars described in Sentences (3) and (4) shall extend 600 mm beyond
                                                                                                                       the edges of the opening.
                                                                                                                          6) The cumulative width of openings in non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete
                                                                                                                       form walls shall not make up more than 70% of the length of any wall.

                                                                                                    9.20.17.4.         Openings in Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
                                                                                                                          1) No openings shall occur within 1 200 mm of interior and exterior corners of
                                                                                                                       exterior loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls.
                                                                                                                           2) In loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls, lintels shall be provided over
                                                                                                                       all openings wider than 900 mm.
                                                                                                                          3) Lintels described in Sentence (2) shall be constructed in accordance with Span
                                                                                                                       Table 9.20.17.4.-A, 9.20.17.4.-B or 9.20.17.4.-C.
                                                                                                                          4) Lintels described in Sentence (2) over openings wider than 1 200 mm shall be
                                                                                                                       reinforced for shear with 10M stirrups at a maximum spacing of half the distance from
                                                                                                                       the bottom reinforcing bar to the top of the lintel.

                                                                                                    9.20.17.5.         Framing Supported on Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
                                                                                                                          1) Floor joists supported on the side of flat insulating concrete form walls shall be
                                                                                                                       supported with joist hangers secured to wood ledger boards.
                                                                                                                          2) The ledger boards referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than
                                                                                                                          a) 38 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                          b) the depth of the floor joists.
                                                                                                                          3) Anchor bolts shall be used to secure ledger boards to flat insulating concrete
                                                                                                                       form walls and shall be
                                                                                                                          a) embedded in the wall to a depth not less than 100 mm, and
                                                                                                                          b) spaced in accordance with Table 9.20.17.5.
                                                                                                                          4) Floor joists and building frames supported on the top of flat insulating concrete
                                                                                                                       form walls shall be anchored in conformance with Article 9.23.6.1.

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.20.17.5.
                                                                                                             Maximum Anchor Bolt Spacing for the Connection of Floor Ledgers to Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.17.5.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Anchor Bolt Spacing, mm
                                                                                                           Maximum Clear Floor Span, m
                                                                                                                                               Staggered 12.7 mm Diameter Anchor Bolts     Staggered 16 mm Diameter Anchor Bolts
                                                                                                                       2.44                                     450                                        500
                                                                                                                        3.0                                     400                                        450
                                                                                                                        4.0                                     300                                        400
                                                                                                                        5.0                                     275                                        325


                                                                                                    9-124 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.21.2.2.

                                                                                                    9.20.17.6.       Anchoring of Roof Framing to the Top of Flat Insulating Concrete
                                                                                                                     Form Walls
                                                                                                                        1) Roof framing supported on the top of flat insulating concrete form walls shall
                                                                                                                     be fixed to the top plates, which shall be anchored to the wall with anchor bolts
                                                                                                                         a) not less than 12.7 mm in diameter, and
                                                                                                                         b) spaced at not more than 1 200 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                         2) The anchor bolts described in Sentence (1) shall be placed in the centre of the
                                                                                                                     flat insulating concrete form wall and shall be embedded no less than 100 mm into
                                                                                                                     the concrete.
                                                                                                                        3) Attachment of roof framing to wood top plates shall be in accordance with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Table 9.23.3.4.

                                                                                                    9.20.17.7.       Protection from Precipitation and Damage
                                                                                                                        1) Above-ground flat insulating concrete form walls shall be protected from
                                                                                                                     precipitation and damage in conformance with Section 9.27.


                                                                                                    Section 9.21. Masonry and Concrete Chimneys and
                                                                                                    Flues
                                                                                                    9.21.1.          General
                                                                                                    9.21.1.1.        Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Section applies to
                                                                                                                         a) rectangular masonry or concrete chimneys not more than 12 m in height
                                                                                                                            serving fireplaces or serving appliances having a combined total rated heat
                                                                                                                            output of 120 kW or less, and
                                                                                                                         b) flue pipes connected to such chimneys.
                                                                                                                        2) Chimneys, other than those described in Sentence (1), gas vents and flue pipes
                                                                                                                     serving gas-, oil- or solid-fuel-burning appliances and their associated equipment,
                                                                                                                     including stoves, cooktops, ovens and space heaters, covered by the standards referenced
                                                                                                                     in Sentences 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5.3.(1) shall conform to Subsection 9.33.10.
                                                                                                                        3) Chimneys and flue pipes other than those described in Sentences (1) and (2) shall
                                                                                                                     conform to Section 6.3.

                                                                                                    9.21.1.2.        Chimney or Flue Pipe Walls
                                                                                                                       1) The walls of any chimney or flue pipe shall be constructed so as to be smoke-
                                                                                                                     and flame-tight.

                                                                                                    9.21.2.          Chimney Flues
                                                                                                    9.21.2.1.        Chimney Flue Limitations
                                                                                                                        1) A chimney flue that serves a fireplace or incinerator shall not serve any other
                                                                                                                     appliance.
                                                                                                                        2) A chimney flue that serves a solid-fuel-burning appliance shall not be connected
                                                                                                                     to a natural-gas- or propane-fired appliance.
                                                                                                                        3) A chimney flue that serves a solid-fuel-burning appliance shall not be connected
                                                                                                                     to an oil-burning appliance unless the solid-fuel-burning appliance is certified for such
                                                                                                                     installation and the installation of both appliances meets the requirements of the
                                                                                                                     relevant standards referenced in Article 9.33.5.2.

                                                                                                    9.21.2.2.        Connections of More Than One Appliance
                                                                                                                        1) Except as required by Article 9.21.2.1., where two or more fuel-burning
                                                                                                                     appliances are connected to the same chimney flue, the connections shall be made as


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-125
                                                                                                    9.21.2.3.                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                        described in Sentences (2) to (4) and an adequate draft shall be provided for the
                                                                                                                        connected appliances in conformance with the requirements of applicable provincial or
                                                                                                                        territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or
                                                                                                                        bylaws, with the requirements of the relevant standards listed in Subsection 9.33.10.

                                                                                                                           2) Where 2 or more fuel-burning appliances are connected to the same chimney flue,
                                                                                                                        the appliances shall be located on the same storey.

                                                                                                                           3) The connection referred to in Sentence (2) for a solid-fuel-burning appliance
                                                                                                                        shall be made below connections for appliances burning other fuels.

                                                                                                                           4) The connection referred to in Sentence (2) for a liquid-fuel-burning appliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        shall be made below any connections for appliances burning natural gas or propane.

                                                                                                    9.21.2.3.           Inclined Chimney Flues

                                                                                                                            1) Chimney flues shall not be inclined more than 45° to the vertical.

                                                                                                    9.21.2.4.           Size of Chimney Flues

                                                                                                                           1) Except for chimneys serving fireplaces, the size of a chimney flue shall
                                                                                                                        conform to the requirements of the appliance installation standards referenced in
                                                                                                                        Sentences 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5.3.(1).

                                                                                                                           2) Where a chimney flue serves only one appliance, the flue area shall be at least
                                                                                                                        equal to that of the flue pipe connected to it.

                                                                                                    9.21.2.5.           Fireplace Chimneys

                                                                                                                           1) The size of a chimney flue serving a masonry fireplace shall conform to
                                                                                                                        Table 9.21.2.5.-A or 9.21.2.5.-B.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.21.2.5.-A
                                                                                                                                               Diameter of Round Flues for Fireplace Chimneys
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 9.21.2.5.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                            Chimney Height, m
                                                                                                                                          3.0 to 4.5             > 4.5 to 5.9                  > 5.9 to 8.9          > 8.9 to 12
                                                                                                       Fireplace Opening, m2
                                                                                                                                                                            Flue Diameter, mm
                                                                                                                                   min.                max.   min.          max.          min.            max.    min.         max.
                                                                                                           up to 0.150             110                 170    100           160             90             150     90          150
                                                                                                                 0.151 to 0.250    150                 210    130           190            130             190    120          180
                                                                                                                 0.251 to 0.350    180                 240    160           220            150             210    140          200
                                                                                                                 0.351 to 0.500    220                 280    200           260            190             250    170          230
                                                                                                                 0.501 to 0.650    260                 320    230           290            220             280    200          260
                                                                                                                 0.651 to 0.800    290                 350    260           320            240             300    220          280
                                                                                                                 0.801 to 1.00     330                 390    290           350            270             330    250          310
                                                                                                                 1.01 to 1.20      360                 420    320           380            300             360    270          330
                                                                                                                 1.21 to 1.40      390                 450    350           410            330             390    300          360
                                                                                                                 1.41 to 1.60      420                 480    380           440            350             410    320          380
                                                                                                                 1.61 to 1.80       —                   —     400           460            370             430    340          400
                                                                                                                 1.81 to 2.00       —                   —      —             —             400             460    360          420
                                                                                                                 2.01 to 2.20       —                   —      —             —              —               —     380          440




                                                                                                    9-126 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           9.21.3.6.

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.21.2.5.-B
                                                                                                                                              Rectangular Flue Sizes for Fireplace Chimneys
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 9.21.2.5.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                            Chimney Height, m
                                                                                                                                        3.0 to 4.5               > 4.5 to 5.9                 > 5.9 to 8.9              > 8.9 to 12
                                                                                                       Fireplace Opening, m2
                                                                                                                                                                               Flue Size, mm
                                                                                                                                    min.         max.        min.           max.           min.          max.       min.         max.
                                                                                                           up to 0.150            200 × 200    200 × 200   100 × 200     100 × 200      100 × 200     100 × 200   100 × 200    100 × 200
                                                                                                                 0.151 to 0.250   200 × 200    200 × 200   200 × 200     200 × 200      200 × 200     200 × 200   200 × 200    200 × 200
                                                                                                                 0.251 to 0.350   200 × 300    200 × 300   200 × 200     200 × 300      200 × 200     200 × 200   200 × 200    200 × 200




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 0.351 to 0.500   300 × 300    300 × 300   200 × 300     200 × 300      200 × 300     200 × 300   200 × 200    200 × 300
                                                                                                                 0.501 to 0.650   300 × 300    300 × 400   300 × 300     300 × 300      300 × 300     300 × 300   200 × 300    200 × 300
                                                                                                                 0.651 to 0.800   300 × 400    300 × 400   300 × 300     300 × 400      300 × 300     300 × 300   300 × 300    300 × 300
                                                                                                                 0.801 to 1.00    400 × 400    400 × 400   300 × 400     300 × 400      300 × 400     300 × 400   300 × 300    300 × 300
                                                                                                                 1.01 to 1.20     400 × 400    400 × 400   400 × 400     400 × 400      300 × 400     300 × 400   300 × 400    300 × 400
                                                                                                                 1.21 to 1.40        —            —        400 × 400     400 × 400      400 × 400     400 × 400   300 × 400    300 × 400
                                                                                                                 1.41 to 1.60        —            —           —               —         400 × 400     400 × 400   400 × 400    400 × 400
                                                                                                                 1.61 to 1.80        —            —           —               —            —               —      400 × 400    400 × 400
                                                                                                                 1.81 to 2.00        —            —           —               —            —               —      400 × 400    400 × 400


                                                                                                    9.21.2.6.           Oval Chimney Flues
                                                                                                                            1) The width of an oval chimney flue shall be not less than two-thirds its breadth.

                                                                                                    9.21.3.             Chimney Lining
                                                                                                    9.21.3.1.           Lining Materials
                                                                                                                           1) Every masonry or concrete chimney shall have a lining of clay, concrete, firebrick
                                                                                                                        or metal.

                                                                                                    9.21.3.2.           Joints in Chimney Liners
                                                                                                                           1) Joints of chimney liners shall be sealed to provide a barrier to the passage of flue
                                                                                                                        gases and condensate into the cavity between the liner and the surrounding masonry.
                                                                                                                           2) Joints of clay, concrete or firebrick chimney liners shall be struck flush to provide
                                                                                                                        a straight, smooth, aligned chimney flue.

                                                                                                    9.21.3.3.           Clay Liners
                                                                                                                            1) Clay liners shall conform to CAN/CSA-A324-M, “Clay Flue Liners.”
                                                                                                                           2) Liners referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 15.9 mm thick and shall
                                                                                                                        be capable of resisting, without softening or cracking, a temperature of 1 100°C.

                                                                                                    9.21.3.4.           Firebrick Liners
                                                                                                                          1) Firebrick liners shall conform to ASTM C27, “Standard Classification of Fireclay
                                                                                                                        and High-Alumina Refractory Brick.”
                                                                                                                           2) Firebrick liners shall be laid with high temperature cement mortar conforming
                                                                                                                        to CAN/CGSB-10.3, “Air Setting Refractory Mortar.”

                                                                                                    9.21.3.5.           Concrete Liners
                                                                                                                          1) Concrete flue liners shall conform to Clause 4.2.6.4 of CAN/CSA-A405-M,
                                                                                                                        “Design and Construction of Masonry Chimneys and Fireplaces.”

                                                                                                    9.21.3.6.           Metal Liners
                                                                                                                            1) Metal liners shall be constructed of not less than 0.3 mm thick stainless steel.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                       Division B 9-127
                                                                                                    9.21.3.7.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Metal liners referred to in Sentence (1) shall only be used in chimneys serving
                                                                                                                       gas- or oil-burning appliances. (See Note A-9.21.3.6.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.21.3.7.          Installation of Chimney Liners
                                                                                                                           1) Chimney liners shall be installed when the surrounding masonry or concrete
                                                                                                                       is placed.

                                                                                                    9.21.3.8.          Spaces between Liners and Surrounding Masonry
                                                                                                                          1) A space not less than 10 mm wide shall be left between a chimney liner and
                                                                                                                       surrounding masonry.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) The space required in Sentence (1) shall not be filled with mortar.

                                                                                                    9.21.3.9.          Mortar for Chimney Liners
                                                                                                                          1) Chimney liners used in chimneys for solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be laid
                                                                                                                       in a full bed of
                                                                                                                           a) high temperature cement mortar conforming to CAN/CGSB-10.3, “Air
                                                                                                                               Setting Refractory Mortar,” or
                                                                                                                           b) mortar consisting of 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand by volume.
                                                                                                                          2) Chimney liners used in chimneys for oil- or gas-burning appliances shall be laid in
                                                                                                                       a full bed of mortar consisting of 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand by volume.

                                                                                                    9.21.3.10.         Extension of Chimney Liners
                                                                                                                           1) Chimney liners shall extend from a point not less than 200 mm below the lowest
                                                                                                                       flue pipe connection to a point not less than 50 mm or more than 100 mm above the
                                                                                                                       chimney cap.

                                                                                                    9.21.4.            Masonry and Concrete Chimney Construction
                                                                                                    9.21.4.1.          Unit Masonry
                                                                                                                          1) Unit masonry shall conform to Section 9.20.

                                                                                                    9.21.4.2.          Concrete
                                                                                                                          1) Concrete shall conform to Section 9.3.

                                                                                                    9.21.4.3.          Footings
                                                                                                                          1) Footings for masonry chimneys and concrete chimneys shall conform to
                                                                                                                       Section 9.15.

                                                                                                    9.21.4.4.          Height of Chimney Flues
                                                                                                                          1) A chimney flue shall extend not less than
                                                                                                                          a) 900 mm above the highest point at which the chimney comes in contact with
                                                                                                                             the roof, and
                                                                                                                          b) 600 mm above the highest roof surface or structure within 3 m of the
                                                                                                                             chimney.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.21.4.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.21.4.5.          Lateral Stability
                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), chimneys shall be braced in accordance with
                                                                                                                       Subsection 4.3.2. to provide lateral stability under wind loads.
                                                                                                                          2) A chimney need not be laterally braced provided
                                                                                                                          a) no horizontal outside dimension is less than 400 mm, and
                                                                                                                          b) the chimney extends not more than 3.6 m above a roof or the masonry wall of
                                                                                                                             which it forms a part.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.21.4.5.(2).)


                                                                                                    9-128 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.21.5.3.

                                                                                                    9.21.4.6.        Chimney Caps
                                                                                                                       1) The top of a chimney shall have a waterproof cap of reinforced concrete,
                                                                                                                     masonry or metal.
                                                                                                                        2) The cap required in Sentence (1) shall slope from the lining and be provided
                                                                                                                     with a drip not less than 25 mm from the chimney wall.
                                                                                                                        3) Cast-in-place concrete caps shall be separated from the chimney liner by a bond
                                                                                                                     break and be sealed at that location.
                                                                                                                        4) Jointed precast concrete or masonry chimney caps shall have flashing installed
                                                                                                                     beneath the cap extending from the liner to the drip edge.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.21.4.7.        Cleanout
                                                                                                                        1) A cleanout opening with a metal frame and a tight-fitting metal door shall be
                                                                                                                     installed near the base of the chimney flue.

                                                                                                    9.21.4.8.        Wall Thickness
                                                                                                                        1) The walls of a masonry chimney shall be built of solid masonry units not less
                                                                                                                     than 75 mm thick.

                                                                                                    9.21.4.9.        Separation of Flue Liners
                                                                                                                         1) Flue liners in the same chimney shall be separated by not less than 75 mm
                                                                                                                     of masonry or concrete exclusive of liners where clay liners are used, or 90 mm of
                                                                                                                     firebrick where firebrick liners are used.
                                                                                                                        2) Flue liners referred to in Sentence (1) shall be installed to prevent significant
                                                                                                                     lateral movement.

                                                                                                    9.21.4.10.       Flashing
                                                                                                                         1) Junctions with adjacent materials shall be adequately flashed to shed water.

                                                                                                    9.21.5.          Clearance from Combustible Construction
                                                                                                    9.21.5.1.        Clearance from Combustible Materials
                                                                                                                        1) The clearance between masonry or concrete chimneys and combustible framing
                                                                                                                     shall be not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 50 mm for interior chimneys, and
                                                                                                                        b) 12 mm for exterior chimneys.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.21.5.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                       2) A clearance of not less than 150 mm shall be provided between a cleanout
                                                                                                                     opening and combustible material.
                                                                                                                        3) Combustible flooring and subflooring shall have not less than a 12 mm clearance
                                                                                                                     from masonry or concrete chimneys.

                                                                                                    9.21.5.2.        Sealing of Spaces
                                                                                                                        1) All spaces between masonry or concrete chimneys and combustible framing shall
                                                                                                                     be sealed top or bottom with noncombustible material.

                                                                                                    9.21.5.3.        Support of Joists or Beams
                                                                                                                         1) Joists or beams may be supported on masonry walls which enclose chimney
                                                                                                                     flues provided the combustible members are separated from the flue by not less than
                                                                                                                     290 mm of solid masonry.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-129
                                                                                                    9.22.1.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    Section 9.22. Fireplaces
                                                                                                    9.22.1.            General
                                                                                                    9.22.1.1.          Application
                                                                                                                         1) Except when otherwise specifically stated herein, this Section applies to
                                                                                                                       masonry fireplaces constructed on-site.

                                                                                                    9.22.1.2.          Masonry and Concrete
                                                                                                                          1) Except as otherwise stated in this Section, unit masonry shall conform to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       Section 9.20. and concrete to Section 9.3.
                                                                                                                          2) Masonry above openings shall be supported by steel lintels conforming to
                                                                                                                       Sentence 9.20.5.2.(2), reinforced concrete or a masonry arch.

                                                                                                    9.22.1.3.          Footings
                                                                                                                          1) Footings for masonry and concrete fireplaces shall conform to Section 9.15.

                                                                                                    9.22.1.4.          Combustion Air
                                                                                                                           1) Where a supply of combustion air is provided directly to the fire chamber of
                                                                                                                       a fireplace, including a factory-built fireplace, the installation shall comply with the
                                                                                                                       “Outdoor Air Supply” requirements provided in CAN/CSA-A405-M, “Design and
                                                                                                                       Construction of Masonry Chimneys and Fireplaces.”

                                                                                                    9.22.2.            Fireplace Liners
                                                                                                    9.22.2.1.          Brick or Steel Liners
                                                                                                                         1) Except where a fireplace is equipped with a steel liner, every fireplace shall
                                                                                                                       have a firebrick liner.

                                                                                                    9.22.2.2.          Firebrick Liners
                                                                                                                          1) Firebrick liners shall be not less than
                                                                                                                          a) 50 mm thick for the sides and back, and
                                                                                                                          b) 25 mm thick for the floor.
                                                                                                                          2) Firebrick liners shall be laid with high temperature cement mortar conforming
                                                                                                                       to CAN/CGSB-10.3, “Air Setting Refractory Mortar.”
                                                                                                                          3) Joints between a firebrick liner and the adjacent backing masonry shall be offset.

                                                                                                    9.22.2.3.          Steel Liners
                                                                                                                          1) Steel liners for fireplaces shall conform to CAN/ULC-S639-M, “Standard for
                                                                                                                       Steel Liner Assemblies for Solid-Fuel Burning Masonry Fireplaces,” and shall be
                                                                                                                       installed in accordance with the installation instructions in that standard.

                                                                                                    9.22.3.            Fireplace Walls
                                                                                                    9.22.3.1.          Thickness of Walls
                                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the thickness of the back and sides of a
                                                                                                                       fireplace, including the thickness of any firebrick liner, shall be not less than 190 mm
                                                                                                                       where a metal liner or a firebrick liner less than 51 mm thick is used.
                                                                                                                          2) When a steel fireplace liner is used with an air circulating chamber surrounding
                                                                                                                       the firebox, the back and sides of the fireplace shall consist of
                                                                                                                           a) solid masonry units not less than 90 mm thick, or
                                                                                                                          b) hollow masonry units not less than 190 mm thick.


                                                                                                    9-130 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.22.9.1.

                                                                                                    9.22.4.          Fire Chamber
                                                                                                    9.22.4.1.        Fire Chamber Dimensions
                                                                                                                       1) The distance from the back of the fire chamber to the plane of the fireplace
                                                                                                                     opening shall be not less than 300 mm.

                                                                                                    9.22.5.          Hearth
                                                                                                    9.22.5.1.        Hearth Extension
                                                                                                                        1) Except as required in Sentence (2), fireplaces shall have a noncombustible hearth




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     extending not less than 400 mm in front of the fireplace opening and not less than
                                                                                                                     200 mm beyond each side of the fireplace opening.
                                                                                                                        2) Where the fire chamber floor is elevated more than 150 mm above the hearth,
                                                                                                                     the dimension of the hearth measured perpendicular to the plane of the fireplace
                                                                                                                     opening shall be increased by not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 50 mm for an elevation above 150 mm and not more than 300 mm, and
                                                                                                                        b) an additional 25 mm for every 50 mm in elevation above 300 mm.

                                                                                                    9.22.5.2.        Support of Hearth
                                                                                                                         1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), the fire chamber floor and hearth shall be
                                                                                                                     supported on a reinforced concrete slab not less than 100 mm thick at its supports and,
                                                                                                                     if cantilevered, not less than 50 mm thick at its unsupported edge.
                                                                                                                        2) A hearth for a fireplace with an opening raised not less than 200 mm from a
                                                                                                                     combustible floor is permitted to be supported on that floor provided the requirements
                                                                                                                     of Clauses 5.3.6.5. to 5.3.6.7. of CAN/CSA-A405-M, “Design and Construction of
                                                                                                                     Masonry Chimneys and Fireplaces,” are followed.

                                                                                                    9.22.6.          Damper
                                                                                                    9.22.6.1.        Required Damper and Size
                                                                                                                        1) The throat of every fireplace shall be equipped with a metal damper sufficiently
                                                                                                                     large to cover the full area of the throat opening.

                                                                                                    9.22.7.          Smoke Chamber
                                                                                                    9.22.7.1.        Slope of Smoke Chamber
                                                                                                                        1) The sides of the smoke chamber connecting a fireplace throat with a flue shall
                                                                                                                     not be sloped at an angle greater than 45° to the vertical.

                                                                                                    9.22.7.2.        Wall Thickness
                                                                                                                        1) The thickness of masonry walls surrounding the smoke chamber shall be not
                                                                                                                     less than 190 mm at the sides, front and back, except that the portions of the back
                                                                                                                     exposed to the outside may be 140 mm thick.

                                                                                                    9.22.8.          Factory-Built Fireplaces
                                                                                                    9.22.8.1.        Conformance to Standard
                                                                                                                        1) Factory-built fireplaces and their installation shall conform to CAN/ULC-S610,
                                                                                                                     “Standard for Factory-Built Fireplace Systems.”

                                                                                                    9.22.9.          Clearance of Combustible Material
                                                                                                    9.22.9.1.        Clearance to the Fireplace Opening
                                                                                                                        1) Combustible material shall not be placed on or near the face of a fireplace within
                                                                                                                     150 mm of the fireplace opening, except that where the combustible material projects


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-131
                                                                                                    9.22.9.2.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                       more than 38 mm out from the face of the fireplace above the opening, such material
                                                                                                                       shall be not less than 300 mm above the top of the opening.

                                                                                                    9.22.9.2.          Metal Exposed to the Interior
                                                                                                                          1) Metal exposed to the interior of a fireplace such as the damper control
                                                                                                                       mechanism shall have not less than a 50 mm clearance from any combustible material on
                                                                                                                       the face of the fireplace where such metal penetrates through the face of the fireplace.

                                                                                                    9.22.9.3.          Clearance to Combustible Framing
                                                                                                                          1) Not less than a 100 mm clearance shall be provided between the back and sides




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       of a fireplace and combustible framing, except that a 50 mm clearance is permitted
                                                                                                                       where the fireplace is located in an exterior wall.
                                                                                                                           2) Not less than a 50 mm clearance shall be provided between the back and sides
                                                                                                                       of the smoke chamber of a fireplace and combustible framing, except that a 25 mm
                                                                                                                       clearance is permitted where the fireplace is located in an exterior wall.

                                                                                                    9.22.9.4.          Heat-Circulating Duct Outlets
                                                                                                                          1) The clearance of combustible material above heat-circulating duct outlets from
                                                                                                                       those outlets shall be not less than
                                                                                                                          a) 300 mm where the combustible material projects not less than 38 mm from
                                                                                                                              the face, and
                                                                                                                          b) 150 mm where the projection is less than 38 mm.

                                                                                                    9.22.10.           Fireplace Inserts and Hearth-Mounted Stoves
                                                                                                    9.22.10.1.         Appliance Standard
                                                                                                                           1) Fireplace inserts and hearth-mounted stoves vented through the throat of a
                                                                                                                       fireplace shall conform to ULC-S628, “Standard for Fireplace Inserts.”

                                                                                                    9.22.10.2.         Installation
                                                                                                                          1) The installation of fireplace inserts and hearth-mounted stoves vented
                                                                                                                       through the throat of a fireplace shall conform to CSA B365, “Installation Code for
                                                                                                                       Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment.”


                                                                                                    Section 9.23. Wood-Frame Construction
                                                                                                    9.23.1.            Application
                                                                                                    9.23.1.1.          Limitations
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.23.1.1.)
                                                                                                                          1) This Section applies to constructions where wall, floor and roof planes are
                                                                                                                       generally comprised of lumber frames of small repetitive structural members, or
                                                                                                                       engineered components, and where
                                                                                                                          a) roof and wall planes are clad, sheathed or braced on at least one side,
                                                                                                                          b) the small repetitive structural members are spaced not more than
                                                                                                                              600 mm o.c.,
                                                                                                                           c) the constructions do not serve as foundations,
                                                                                                                          d) the specified live load on supported subfloors and floor framing does not
                                                                                                                              exceed 2.4 kPa, and
                                                                                                                           e) the span of any structural member does not exceed 12.20 m.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.23.1.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) Where the conditions in Sentence (1) are exceeded for wood constructions, the
                                                                                                                       design of the framing and fastening shall conform to Subsection 4.3.1.


                                                                                                    9-132 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.23.3.1.

                                                                                                    9.23.2.          General
                                                                                                    9.23.2.1.        Strength and Rigidity
                                                                                                                        1) All members shall be so framed, anchored, fastened, tied and braced to provide
                                                                                                                     the necessary strength and rigidity.

                                                                                                    9.23.2.2.        Protection from Decay
                                                                                                                        1) Ends of wood joists, beams and other members framing into masonry or
                                                                                                                     concrete shall be treated to prevent decay where the bottom of the member is at or
                                                                                                                     below ground level, or a 12 mm air space shall be provided at the end and sides of
                                                                                                                     the member.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2) Air spaces required in Sentence (1) shall not be blocked by insulation, vapour
                                                                                                                     barriers or airtight materials.

                                                                                                    9.23.2.3.        Protection from Dampness
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), wood framing members that are not
                                                                                                                     pressure-treated with a wood preservative and that are supported on concrete in
                                                                                                                     contact with the ground or fill shall be separated from the concrete by not less than
                                                                                                                     0.05 mm polyethylene film or Type S roll roofing.
                                                                                                                       2) Dampproofing material referred to in Sentence (1) is not required where the
                                                                                                                     wood member is at least 150 mm above the ground.

                                                                                                    9.23.2.4.        Connections to Preservative-Treated Wood
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), connectors in contact with
                                                                                                                     preservative-treated wood shall be made of
                                                                                                                        a) hot-dipped, zinc-coated galvanized steel with a coating weight not less than
                                                                                                                            Z550 conforming to ASTM A653/A653M, “Standard Specification for Steel
                                                                                                                            Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)
                                                                                                                            by the Hot-Dip Process,”
                                                                                                                        b) a material that provides an equivalent level of corrosion protection to that
                                                                                                                            provided by the material described in Clause (a), or
                                                                                                                        c) stainless steel.
                                                                                                                       2) Fasteners used to attach the connectors referred to in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                     made of
                                                                                                                       a) galvanized steel coated with zinc in accordance with ASTM A153/A153M,
                                                                                                                           “Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
                                                                                                                           Hardware,” or
                                                                                                                       b) a material that provides an equivalent level of performance and is
                                                                                                                           compatible with the connector.
                                                                                                                         3) Connectors and fasteners that are in contact with wood that has been treated
                                                                                                                     with a disodium octaborate tetrahydrate (SBX (DOT)) or zinc borate preservative and
                                                                                                                     is installed in a dry interior environment are permitted to be made of uncoated carbon
                                                                                                                     steel. (See Note A-9.23.2.4.(3).)

                                                                                                    9.23.2.5.        Lumber
                                                                                                                         1) Lumber shall conform to Subsection 9.3.2.

                                                                                                    9.23.3.          Fasteners and Connectors
                                                                                                    9.23.3.1.        Standards for Nails and Screws
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and unless otherwise indicated, nails
                                                                                                                     specified in this Section shall be common steel wire nails or common spiral nails
                                                                                                                     conforming to
                                                                                                                        a) ASTM F1667, “Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes,
                                                                                                                             and Staples,” or
                                                                                                                        b) CSA B111, “Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples.”


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-133
                                                                                                    9.23.3.2.                                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                             2) Nails used to comply with Table 9.23.3.4. shall have a diameter not less than
                                                                                                                          that stated in Table 9.23.3.1. (See Note A-9.23.3.1.(2).)

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.23.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     Diameter of Nails
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.1.(2)

                                                                                                                    Minimum Length of Nails, mm                                                 Minimum Diameter of Nails, mm
                                                                                                                                    57                                                                      2.87
                                                                                                                                    63                                                                      3.25




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    76                                                                      3.66
                                                                                                                                    82                                                                      3.66
                                                                                                                               101 or greater                                                               4.88


                                                                                                                             3) Wood screws specified in this Section shall conform to ASME B18.6.1, “Wood
                                                                                                                          Screws (Inch Series).” (See Note A-9.23.3.1.(3).)

                                                                                                    9.23.3.2.             Length of Nails
                                                                                                                            1) All nails shall be long enough so that not less than half their required length
                                                                                                                          penetrates into the second member.

                                                                                                    9.23.3.3.             Prevention of Splitting
                                                                                                                              1) Splitting of wood members shall be minimized by staggering the nails
                                                                                                                          in the direction of the grain and by keeping nails well in from the edges. (See
                                                                                                                          Note A-9.23.3.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.23.3.4.             Nailing of Framing
                                                                                                                             1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), nailing of framing shall conform to
                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                                              2) Where the bottom wall plate or sole plate of an exterior wall is not nailed to
                                                                                                                          floor joists, rim joists or blocking in conformance with Table 9.23.3.4., the exterior wall
                                                                                                                          is permitted to be fastened to the floor framing by
                                                                                                                              a) having plywood, OSB or waferboard sheathing extend down over floor
                                                                                                                                  framing and fastened to the floor framing by nails or staples conforming
                                                                                                                                  to Article 9.23.3.5., or
                                                                                                                              b) tying the wall framing to the floor framing by galvanized-metal strips
                                                                                                                                      i) 50 mm wide,
                                                                                                                                     ii) not less than 0.41 mm thick,
                                                                                                                                    iii) spaced not more than 1.2 m apart, and
                                                                                                                                    iv) fastened at each end with at least two 63 mm nails.

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                                  Nailing for Framing
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.3.4.(1) and 9.23.14.4.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                                    Minimum Length of   Minimum Number or Maximum
                                                                                                                                          Construction Detail
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Nails, mm             Spacing of Nails
                                                                                                    Floor joist or blocking perpendicular to sill plate or top wall plate below – toe nail                  82            2 per floor joist or blocking
                                                                                                    Rim joist, trimmer joist or blocking – supporting walls with required braced wall panels – to          82                     150 mm o.c.
                                                                                                    sill plate or top wall plate – toe nail
                                                                                                    Wood or metal strapping to underside of floor joists                                                   57                          2
                                                                                                    Cross bridging to joists                                                                               57                   2 at each end
                                                                                                    Double header or trimmer joists                                                                        76                    300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                    Floor joist to stud (balloon construction)                                                             76                          2


                                                                                                    9-134 Division B                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                               9.23.3.4.

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.23.3.4. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                         Minimum Length of    Minimum Number or Maximum
                                                                                                                                             Construction Detail
                                                                                                                                                                                                             Nails, mm              Spacing of Nails
                                                                                                     Ledger strip to wood beam                                                                                   82                     2 per joist
                                                                                                     Joist to joist splice (see also Table 9.23.14.8.)                                                          76                    2 at each end
                                                                                                     Tail joist to adjacent header joist                                                                        82                          5
                                                                                                          (end nailed) around openings                                                                         101                            3
                                                                                                     Each header joist to adjacent trimmer joist                                                                82                            5
                                                                                                          (end nailed) around openings                                                                         101                            3




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Stud to wall plate (each end) toe nail                                                                     63                            4
                                                                                                          or end nail                                                                                           82                            2
                                                                                                     Doubled studs at openings, or studs at walls or wall intersections and corners                             76                     750 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     Doubled top wall plates (1)                                                                                76                     600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     Bottom wall plate or sole plate to floor joists, rim joists or blocking (exterior walls) (2)               82                     400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     Bottom wall plate or sole plate – in required braced wall panels – to floor joists, rim joists or          82                     150 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     blocking (exterior walls) (2)
                                                                                                     Interior walls to framing or subflooring                                                                   82                     600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     Required braced wall panels – in interior walls – to framing above and below                               82                     150 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     Horizontal member over openings in non-loadbearing walls – each end                                        82                            2
                                                                                                     Lintels to studs                                                                                           82                    2 at each end
                                                                                                     Ceiling joist to plate – toe nail each end                                                                 82                          2
                                                                                                     Roof rafter, roof truss or roof joist to plate – toe nail (3)                                              82                            3
                                                                                                     Rafter plate to each ceiling joist                                                                        101                            2
                                                                                                     Rafter to joist (with ridge supported)                                                                     76                            3
                                                                                                     Rafter to joist (with ridge unsupported)                                                                   76                 see Table 9.23.14.8.
                                                                                                     Gusset plate to each rafter at peak                                                                        57                          4
                                                                                                     Rafter to ridge board – toe nail – end nail                                                                82                            3
                                                                                                     Collar tie to rafter – each end                                                                            76                            3
                                                                                                     Collar tie lateral support to each collar tie                                                              57                            2
                                                                                                     Jack rafter to hip or valley rafter                                                                        82                            2
                                                                                                     Roof strut to rafter                                                                                       76                            3
                                                                                                     Roof strut to loadbearing wall – toe nail                                                                  82                            2
                                                                                                     38 mm × 140 mm or less plank decking to support                                                            82                            2
                                                                                                     Plank decking wider than 38 mm × 140 mm to support                                                         82                            3
                                                                                                     38 mm edge laid plank decking to support (toe nail)                                                        76                            1
                                                                                                     38 mm edge laid plank to each other                                                                        76                     450 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     End-joist or end-rafter to built-up wall stud (4)                                                          76                       5 or 8 (5)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.3.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 9.23.11.4. for requirements on the nailing of top plates in braced wall bands.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence 9.23.3.4.(2).
                                                                                                    (3)   See Sentence 9.23.3.4.(3).
                                                                                                    (4)   See Sentence 9.23.13.5.(3).
                                                                                                    (5)   Where heavyweight construction is used in the roof of the space, at least 8 nails are required (see Note A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i)).


                                                                                                                                3) Where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 0.8 kPa, roof
                                                                                                                             rafters, joists or trusses shall be tied to the wall framing with connectors that will resist
                                                                                                                             a factored uplift load of 3 kN.

                                                                                                                                4) Galvanized-steel straps are deemed to comply with Sentence (3), provided
                                                                                                                             they are
                                                                                                                                a) 50 mm wide,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                           Division B 9-135
                                                                                                    9.23.3.5.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                               b) not less than 0.91 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                               c) fastened at each end with at least four 63 mm nails.

                                                                                                    9.23.3.5.             Fasteners for Sheathing or Subflooring

                                                                                                                             1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), fastening of sheathing and
                                                                                                                          subflooring shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A.

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.3.5.-A
                                                                                                                       Fasteners for Subflooring and for Sheathing where the 1-in-50 HWP < 0.8 kPa and Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.70
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.5.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                   Minimum Length of Fasteners, mm
                                                                                                                                                                         Ring                                  Minimum Number or Maximum
                                                                                                                             Element                     Common or      Thread       Roofing
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Staples       Spacing of Fasteners
                                                                                                                                                         Spiral Nails   Nails or      Nails
                                                                                                                                                                        Screws
                                                                                                      Board lumber 184 mm or less wide                       51           45           n/a             51             2 per support
                                                                                                      Board lumber more than 184 mm wide                     51           45           n/a             51             3 per support
                                                                                                      Fibreboard sheathing up to 13 mm thick                 n/a          n/a          44              28
                                                                                                      Gypsum sheathing up to 13 mm thick                     n/a          n/a          44              n/a
                                                                                                      Plywood, OSB or waferboard up to 10 mm thick           51           45           n/a             38       150 mm o.c. along edges
                                                                                                      Plywood, OSB or waferboard over 10 mm and up to        51           45           n/a             51        and 300 mm o.c. along
                                                                                                          20 mm thick                                                                                             intermediate supports
                                                                                                      Plywood, OSB or waferboard over 20 mm and up to        57           51           n/a             n/a
                                                                                                          25 mm thick


                                                                                                                             2) Fastening of roof sheathing and sheathing in required braced wall panels shall
                                                                                                                          conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-B, where
                                                                                                                             a) the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure (HWP) is equal to or greater than 0.8 kPa
                                                                                                                                and less than 1.2 kPa and the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is not
                                                                                                                                more than 0.90, or
                                                                                                                             b) the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.70 and not more
                                                                                                                                than 0.90.

                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.23.3.5.-B
                                                                                                              Fasteners for Sheathing where 0.8 kPa ≤ 1-in-50 HWP < 1.2 kPa and Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90 or where 0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.5.(2)

                                                                                                                                                            Minimum Length of Fasteners, mm
                                                                                                                                                          Common,                                    Minimum Number or Maximum Spacing
                                                                                                                            Element                       Spiral or                 14-gauge
                                                                                                                                                                        Screws                                 of Fasteners
                                                                                                                                                         Ring Thread                 Staples
                                                                                                                                                            Nails
                                                                                                      Board lumber 184 mm or less wide                        63          51           63                      2 per support
                                                                                                      Board lumber more than 184 mm wide                     63           51           63                      3 per support
                                                                                                      Plywood, OSB or waferboard up to 20 mm thick (1)       63           51           63        150 mm o.c. along edges and 300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                      Plywood, OSB or waferboard over 20 mm and up to        63           57           n/a        along intermediate supports; and for roof
                                                                                                      25 mm thick                                                                                sheathing where HWP is equal to or greater
                                                                                                                                                                                                 than 0.8 kPa and less than 1.2 kPa, 50 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                   o.c. within 1 m of the edges of the roof

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.3.5.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B.




                                                                                                    9-136 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                             9.23.4.1.

                                                                                                                             3) Fastening of roof sheathing and sheathing in required braced wall panels shall
                                                                                                                          conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-C, where
                                                                                                                             a) the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure (HWP) is equal to or greater than 0.8 kPa
                                                                                                                                and less than 1.2 kPa and the spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is not more
                                                                                                                                than 1.8, or
                                                                                                                             b) the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.90 and not more
                                                                                                                                than 1.8.


                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.3.5.-C
                                                                                                                Fasteners for Sheathing where 0.8 kPa ≤ 1-in-50 HWP < 1.2 kPa and Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8 or where 0.90 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                             Minimum Length of Fasteners,
                                                                                                                                                                        mm
                                                                                                                               Element                        Common,                       Minimum Number or Maximum Spacing of Fasteners
                                                                                                                                                             Spiral or Ring    Screws
                                                                                                                                                             Thread Nails
                                                                                                     Plywood, OSB or waferboard up to 20 mm thick (1)             63             51          75 mm o.c. along edges and 300 mm o.c. along
                                                                                                                                                                                 57           intermediate supports; and for roof sheathing
                                                                                                     Plywood, OSB or waferboard over 20 mm and up to 25 mm        63
                                                                                                                                                                                              where 1-in-50 HWP is equal to or greater than
                                                                                                     thick
                                                                                                                                                                                               0.8 kPa and less than 1.2 kPa, 50 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   within 1 m of the edges of the roof

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.3.5.-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B.


                                                                                                                              4) Fastening of sheathing shall conform to Part 4,
                                                                                                                              a) where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 1.2 kPa, or
                                                                                                                              b) for required braced wall panels, where the seismic spectral acceleration,
                                                                                                                                 Sa(0.2), is greater than 1.8.

                                                                                                                             5) Staples shall not be less than 1.6 mm in diameter or thickness, with not less than
                                                                                                                          a 9.5 mm crown driven with the crown parallel to framing.

                                                                                                                             6) Roofing nails for the attachment of fibreboard or gypsum sheathing shall not be
                                                                                                                          less than 3.2 mm in diameter with a minimum head diameter of 11.1 mm.

                                                                                                                              7) Flooring screws shall not be less than 3.2 mm in diameter.

                                                                                                                             8) The edges of sheathing in a braced wall panel shall be supported and fastened
                                                                                                                          to wood blocking where
                                                                                                                              a) the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 1.2, or
                                                                                                                             b) the braced wall panel supports more than a roof of lightweight construction.


                                                                                                    9.23.4.               Maximum Spans

                                                                                                    9.23.4.1.             Application

                                                                                                                             1) Spans provided in this Subsection for joists, beams and lintels supporting floors
                                                                                                                          shall apply only where
                                                                                                                             a) the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or
                                                                                                                             b) the uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not exceed that
                                                                                                                                  specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.

                                                                                                                             2) Spans for joists, beams and lintels supporting floors shall be determined
                                                                                                                          according to Subsection 4.1.3. where the supported floors
                                                                                                                             a) serve other than residential areas, or
                                                                                                                             b) support a uniform live load in excess of that specified for residential areas.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                         Division B 9-137
                                                                                                    9.23.4.2.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                    9.23.4.2.             Spans for Joists, Rafters and Beams
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-9.23.4.2.)

                                                                                                                             1) Except as required in Sentence (2) and Article 9.23.14.10., spans for wood joists
                                                                                                                          and rafters shall conform to the spans shown in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A to 9.23.4.2.-G
                                                                                                                          for the uniform live loads shown in the Tables. (See Article 9.4.2.2.)

                                                                                                                             2) Spans for floor joists that are not selected from Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A
                                                                                                                          and 9.23.4.2.-B and that are required to be designed for the same loading conditions,
                                                                                                                          shall not exceed the design requirements for uniform loading and vibration criteria.
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-9.23.4.2.(2).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              3) Spans for built-up wood and glued-laminated timber floor beams shall conform
                                                                                                                          to the spans in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-H to 9.23.4.2.-K. (See Article 9.4.2.2.)

                                                                                                                             4) Spans for roof ridge beams shall conform to the spans in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-L
                                                                                                                          for the uniform snow load shown. (See Articles 9.4.2.2. and 9.23.14.8.)

                                                                                                    9.23.4.3.             Steel Beams

                                                                                                                             1) The spans for steel floor beams with laterally supported top flanges shall
                                                                                                                          conform to Table 9.23.4.3. (See Note A-9.23.4.3.(1).)

                                                                                                                            2) Beams described in Sentence (1) shall at least meet the requirements for
                                                                                                                          Grade 350 W steel contained in CSA G40.21, “Structural quality steel.”

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.4.3.
                                                                                                                                   Maximum Spans for Steel Beams Supporting Floors in Dwelling Units (1)
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.4.3.(1)

                                                                                                                                             Supported Joist Length, m (half the sum of joist spans on both sides of the beam)
                                                                                                             Section
                                                                                                                                   2.4           3.0              3.6               4.2               4.8               5.4      6.0
                                                                                                                                                              One Storey Supported
                                                                                                           W150 × 22               5.5           5.2              4.9               4.8               4.6               4.5      4.3
                                                                                                           W200 × 21               6.5           6.2              5.9               5.7               5.4               5.1      4.9
                                                                                                           W200 × 27               7.3           6.9              6.6               6.3               6.1               5.9      5.8
                                                                                                           W200 × 31               7.8           7.4              7.1               6.8               6.6               6.4      6.2
                                                                                                           W250 × 24               8.1           7.6              7.3               7.0               6.6               6.2      5.9
                                                                                                           W250 × 33               9.2           8.7              8.3               8.0               7.7               7.5      7.3
                                                                                                           W250 × 39              10.0           9.4              9.0               8.6               8.4               8.1      7.9
                                                                                                           W310 × 31              10.4           9.8              9.4               8.9               8.4               8.0      7.6
                                                                                                           W310 × 39              11.4          10.7             10.2               9.8               9.5               9.2      9.0
                                                                                                                                                              Two Storeys Supported
                                                                                                           W150 × 22               4.9           4.4              4.1               3.8               3.5               3.4      3.2
                                                                                                           W200 × 21               5.6           5.1              4.6               4.3               4.1               3.8      3.7
                                                                                                           W200 × 27               6.4           6.1              5.6               5.3               4.9               4.7      4.4
                                                                                                           W200 × 31               6.9           6.5              6.2               5.8               5.4               5.1      4.9
                                                                                                           W250 × 24               6.8           6.1              5.6               5.2               4.9               4.6      4.4
                                                                                                           W250 × 33               8.2           7.7              7.0               6.5               6.1               5.8      5.5
                                                                                                           W250 × 39               8.8           8.3              7.8               7.2               6.8               6.4      6.1
                                                                                                           W310 × 31               8.7           7.8              7.2               6.7               6.2               5.9      5.6
                                                                                                           W310 × 39              10.0           9.3              8.5               7.9               7.4               7.0      6.7

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.4.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 9.23.4.3.




                                                                                                    9-138 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          9.23.5.5.

                                                                                                    9.23.4.4.        Concrete Topping
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.23.4.4.)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), where a floor is required to support a
                                                                                                                     concrete topping, the joist spans shown in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A or the spacing of the
                                                                                                                     members shall be reduced to allow for the loads due to the topping.
                                                                                                                        2) Where a floor is required to support a concrete topping, joist spans are
                                                                                                                     permitted to be selected from Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B provided the concrete
                                                                                                                        a) is 38 to 51 mm thick,
                                                                                                                        b) is normal weight,
                                                                                                                        c) is placed directly on the subflooring, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        d) has not less than 20 MPa compressive strength after 28 days.
                                                                                                                        3) Where a floor is required to support a concrete topping not more than 51 mm
                                                                                                                     thick, the allowable beam spans shown in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-H to 9.23.4.2.-K shall
                                                                                                                     be multiplied by 0.8 or the supported length of the floor joists shall be reduced to
                                                                                                                     allow for the loads due to the topping.

                                                                                                    9.23.4.5.        Heavy Roofing Materials
                                                                                                                        1) Where a roof is required to support an additional uniform dead load from
                                                                                                                     roofing materials such as concrete roofing tile, or materials other than as specified in
                                                                                                                     Section 9.26., such as clay roofing tiles, the additional load shall be allowed for by
                                                                                                                     reducing
                                                                                                                        a) the spans for roof joists and rafters in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-D to 9.23.4.2.-G,
                                                                                                                            or the spacing of the members, and
                                                                                                                        b) the spans for ridge beams and lintels in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-L
                                                                                                                            and 9.23.12.3.-A to 9.23.12.3.-D.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.23.4.2.)

                                                                                                    9.23.5.          Notching and Drilling
                                                                                                    9.23.5.1.        Holes Drilled in Framing Members
                                                                                                                       1) Holes drilled in roof, floor or ceiling framing members shall be not larger than
                                                                                                                     one-quarter the depth of the member and shall be located not less than 50 mm from the
                                                                                                                     edges, unless the depth of the member is increased by the size of the hole.

                                                                                                    9.23.5.2.        Notching of Framing Members
                                                                                                                        1) Floor, roof and ceiling framing members are permitted to be notched provided
                                                                                                                     the notch is located on the top of the member within half the joist depth from the edge
                                                                                                                     of bearing and is not deeper than one-third the joist depth, unless the depth of the
                                                                                                                     member is increased by the size of the notch.

                                                                                                    9.23.5.3.        Wall Studs
                                                                                                                        1) Wall studs shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise damaged so that the
                                                                                                                     undamaged portion of the stud is less than two-thirds the depth of the stud if the
                                                                                                                     stud is loadbearing or 40 mm if the stud is non-loadbearing, unless the weakened studs
                                                                                                                     are suitably reinforced.

                                                                                                    9.23.5.4.        Top Plates
                                                                                                                        1) Top plates in walls shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise weakened to
                                                                                                                     reduce the undamaged width to less than 50 mm unless the weakened plates are
                                                                                                                     suitably reinforced.

                                                                                                    9.23.5.5.        Roof Trusses
                                                                                                                        1) Roof truss members shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise weakened unless
                                                                                                                     such notching or drilling is allowed for in the design of the truss.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-139
                                                                                                    9.23.6.1.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    9.23.6.              Anchorage

                                                                                                    9.23.6.1.            Anchorage of Building Frames

                                                                                                                            1) Except as required by Sentence 9.23.6.3.(1), building frames shall be anchored to
                                                                                                                         the foundation unless a structural analysis that considers wind and earthquake loads
                                                                                                                         and lateral earth pressures shows that anchorage is not required.

                                                                                                                            2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (6), anchorage shall be provided by
                                                                                                                            a) embedding the ends of the first floor joists in concrete, or
                                                                                                                            b) fastening the sill plate to the foundation with not less than 12.7 mm diam




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               anchor bolts spaced not more than 2.4 m o.c.

                                                                                                                            3) For buildings with 2 or more floors supported by frame walls that are in areas
                                                                                                                         where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is not greater than 0.70 or the 1-in-50
                                                                                                                         hourly wind pressure (HWP) is equal to or greater than 0.80 kPa but not greater than
                                                                                                                         1.20 kPa, anchorage shall be provided by fastening the sill plate to the foundation with
                                                                                                                         not less than two anchor bolts per braced wall panel, where all anchor bolts used are
                                                                                                                             a) not less than 15.9 mm in diameter, located within 0.5 m of the end of the
                                                                                                                                 foundation, and spaced not more than 2.4 m o.c, or
                                                                                                                             b) not less than 12.7 mm in diameter, located within 0.5 m of the end of the
                                                                                                                                 foundation, and spaced not more than 1.7 m o.c.

                                                                                                                            4) For buildings supported by frame walls that are in areas where the seismic
                                                                                                                         spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.70 but not greater than 1.8 and the
                                                                                                                         1-in-50 hourly wind pressure (HWP) is not greater than 1.20 kPa, anchorage shall be
                                                                                                                         provided by fastening the sill plate to the foundation with not less than two anchor bolts
                                                                                                                         per braced wall panel located within 0.5 m of the end of the foundation and spaced in
                                                                                                                         accordance with Table 9.23.6.1.


                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.23.6.1.
                                                                                                                             Anchor Bolt Spacing where the 1-in-50 HWP ≤ 1.20 kPa and 0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.6.1.(4)

                                                                                                                                                             Maximum Spacing of Anchor Bolts Along Braced Wall Band, m
                                                                                                       Anchor Bolt                                              Light Construction                            Heavy Construction (1)
                                                                                                                                  Sa(0.2)
                                                                                                      Diameter, mm                                                           Number of Floors Supported (2)
                                                                                                                                                      1                 2                  3                  1                   2
                                                                                                                           0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.80      2.4              2.3                1.8                 2.4                2.0
                                                                                                                           0.80 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90      2.4              2.3                1.8                 2.4                2.0
                                                                                                                           0.90 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.0       2.4              2.2                1.5                 2.4                1.8
                                                                                                                            1.0 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.1       2.4              2.1                1.4                 2.4                1.6
                                                                                                           12.7
                                                                                                                            1.1 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.2       2.4              2.0                1.3                 2.4                1.5
                                                                                                                            1.2 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.3       2.4              1.9                1.3                 2.4                1.5
                                                                                                                           1.3 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.35       2.4              1.8                1.2                 2.3                1.4
                                                                                                                           1.35 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8       2.4              1.8                1.1                 2.3                1.4
                                                                                                                           0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.80      2.4              2.4                2.2                 2.4                2.4
                                                                                                                           0.80 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90      2.4              2.4                2.2                 2.4                2.4
                                                                                                                           0.90 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.0       2.4              2.4                2.1                 2.4                2.3
                                                                                                                            1.0 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.1       2.4              2.4                1.9                 2.4                2.3
                                                                                                     15.9Table9.23.6.1
                                                                                                                            1.1 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.2       2.4              2.4                1.9                 2.4                2.2
                                                                                                                            1.2 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.3       2.4              2.4                1.8                 2.4                2.1
                                                                                                                           1.3 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.35       2.4              2.3                1.7                 2.4                2.0
                                                                                                                           1.35 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8       2.4              2.2                1.6                 2.4                1.9


                                                                                                    9-140 Division B                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                    9.23.7.2.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.23.6.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.6.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i).
                                                                                                    (2)   All constructions include support of a roof load in addition to the indicated number of floors.


                                                                                                                                5)    Anchor bolts referred to in Sentences (2) to (4) shall be
                                                                                                                                a)    fastened to the sill plate with nuts and washers,
                                                                                                                                b)    embedded not less than 100 mm in the foundation, and
                                                                                                                                c)    so designed that they may be tightened without withdrawing them from
                                                                                                                                      the foundation.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               6) Where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 1.8 or the 1-in-50
                                                                                                                            hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 1.2 kPa, anchorage shall be designed
                                                                                                                            according to Part 4.

                                                                                                    9.23.6.2.               Anchorage of Columns and Posts

                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), exterior columns and posts shall be
                                                                                                                            anchored to resist uplift and lateral movement.

                                                                                                                                2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where columns or posts support balconies,
                                                                                                                            decks, verandas or other exterior platforms, and the distance from finished ground
                                                                                                                            to the underside of the joists is not more than 600 mm,
                                                                                                                                a) the columns or posts shall be anchored to the foundation to resist uplift and
                                                                                                                                    lateral movement, or
                                                                                                                                b) the supported joists or beams shall be directly anchored to the ground to
                                                                                                                                    resist uplift.

                                                                                                                                3)    Anchorage is not required for platforms described in Sentence (2) that
                                                                                                                                a)    are not more than 1 storey in height,
                                                                                                                                b)    are not more than 55 m2 in area,
                                                                                                                                c)    do not support a roof, and
                                                                                                                                d)    are not attached to another structure, unless it can be demonstrated that
                                                                                                                                      differential movement will not adversely affect the performance of the
                                                                                                                                      structure to which the platform is attached.

                                                                                                    9.23.6.3.               Anchorage of Smaller Buildings

                                                                                                                               1) Buildings not more than 4.3 m wide and not more than 1 storey in building height
                                                                                                                            that are not anchored in accordance with Sentence 9.23.6.1.(1) shall be anchored in
                                                                                                                            conformance with the requirements of CSA Z240.10.1, “Site preparation, foundation,
                                                                                                                            and installation of buildings.”

                                                                                                    9.23.7.                 Sill Plates

                                                                                                    9.23.7.1.               Size of Sill Plates

                                                                                                                               1) Where sill plates provide bearing for the floor system, they shall be not less
                                                                                                                            than 38 mm by 89 mm material.

                                                                                                    9.23.7.2.               Levelling and Sealing of Sill Plates

                                                                                                                               1) Sill plates shall be
                                                                                                                                a) levelled by setting them on a full bed of mortar, or
                                                                                                                               b) laid directly on the foundation if the top of the foundation is level.
                                                                                                                            (See also Article 9.23.2.3.)

                                                                                                                               2) The joint between the sill plate for exterior walls and the foundation shall be
                                                                                                                            sealed in accordance with Subsection 9.25.3.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                Division B 9-141
                                                                                                    9.23.8.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    9.23.8.            Beams to Support Floors
                                                                                                    9.23.8.1.          Bearing for Beams
                                                                                                                          1) Beams shall have even and level bearing and the bearing at end supports shall
                                                                                                                       be not less than 89 mm long, except as stated in the notes to Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-H
                                                                                                                       to 9.23.4.2.-K.

                                                                                                    9.23.8.2.          Priming of Steel Beams
                                                                                                                          1) Exterior steel beams shall be shop primed.

                                                                                                    9.23.8.3.          Built-up Wood Beams




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.23.8.3.)
                                                                                                                          1) Where a beam is made up of individual pieces of lumber that are nailed
                                                                                                                       together, the individual members shall be 38 mm or greater in thickness and installed
                                                                                                                       on edge.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), where individual members of a built-up
                                                                                                                       beam are butted together to form a joint, the joint shall occur over a support.
                                                                                                                           3) Where a beam is continuous over more than one span, individual members
                                                                                                                       are permitted to be butted together to form a joint at or within 150 mm of the end
                                                                                                                       quarter points of the clear spans, provided the quarter points are not those closest
                                                                                                                       to the ends of the beam.
                                                                                                                          4) Members joined at quarter points shall be continuous over adjacent supports.
                                                                                                                          5) Joints in individual members of a beam that are located at or near the end
                                                                                                                       quarter points shall not occur in adjacent members at the same quarter point and shall
                                                                                                                       not reduce the effective beam width by more than half.
                                                                                                                          6) Not more than one butt joint shall occur in any individual member of a built-up
                                                                                                                       beam within any one span.
                                                                                                                          7) Except as provided in Sentence (8), where 38 mm members are laid on edge to
                                                                                                                       form a built-up beam, individual members shall be nailed together with a double row
                                                                                                                       of nails not less than 89 mm in length, spaced not more than 450 mm apart in each row
                                                                                                                       with the end nails located 100 mm to 150 mm from the end of each piece.
                                                                                                                          8) Where 38 mm members in built-up wood beams are not nailed together as
                                                                                                                       provided in Sentence (7), they shall be bolted together with not less than 12.7 mm diam
                                                                                                                       bolts equipped with washers and spaced not more than 1.2 m o.c., with the end bolts
                                                                                                                       located not more than 600 mm from the ends of the members.

                                                                                                    9.23.9.            Floor Joists
                                                                                                    9.23.9.1.          End Bearing for Joists
                                                                                                                          1) Except when supported on ribbon boards, floor joists shall have not less than
                                                                                                                       38 mm length of end bearing.
                                                                                                                          2) Ribbon boards referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 19 mm by
                                                                                                                       89 mm lumber let into the studs.

                                                                                                    9.23.9.2.          Joists Supported by Beams
                                                                                                                          1) Floor joists may be supported on the tops of beams or may be framed into
                                                                                                                       the sides of beams.
                                                                                                                          2) When framed into the side of a wood beam, joists referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                       shall be supported on
                                                                                                                          a) joist hangers or other acceptable mechanical connectors, or
                                                                                                                          b) not less than 38 mm by 64 mm ledger strips nailed to the side of the beam,
                                                                                                                               except that 38 mm by 38 mm ledger strips may be used provided each joist
                                                                                                                               is nailed to the beam by not less than four 89 mm nails, in addition to the
                                                                                                                               nailing for the ledger strip required in Table 9.23.3.4.


                                                                                                    9-142 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.23.9.5.

                                                                                                                        3) When framed into the side of a steel beam, joists referred to in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                     be supported on the bottom flange of the beam or on not less than 38 mm by 38 mm
                                                                                                                     lumber bolted to the web with not less than 6.3 mm diam bolts spaced not more than
                                                                                                                     600 mm apart.
                                                                                                                        4) Joists referred to in Sentence (3) shall be spliced above the beam with not less
                                                                                                                     than 38 mm by 38 mm lumber at least 600 mm long to support the flooring.
                                                                                                                        5) Not less than a 12 mm space shall be provided between the splice required in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (4) and the beam to allow for shrinkage of the wood joists.

                                                                                                    9.23.9.3.        Restraint of Joist Bottoms




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.9.4.(1), bottoms of floor joists shall be
                                                                                                                     restrained from twisting at each end by toe-nailing to the supports, end-nailing to the
                                                                                                                     header joists or by providing continuous strapping, blocking between the joists or
                                                                                                                     cross-bridging near the supports.

                                                                                                    9.23.9.4.        Strapping, Bridging, Furring and Ceilings in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A
                                                                                                                     and -B
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.23.4.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), where strapping is specified in Span
                                                                                                                     Table 9.23.4.2.-A, it shall be
                                                                                                                        a) not less than 19 mm by 64 mm, nailed to the underside of floor joists,
                                                                                                                        b) located not more than 2 100 mm from each support or other rows of
                                                                                                                            strapping, and
                                                                                                                        c) fastened at each end to a sill or header.
                                                                                                                        2) Where bridging is specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A, it shall consist of not
                                                                                                                     less than 19 mm by 64 mm or 38 mm by 38 mm cross bridging located not more than
                                                                                                                     2 100 mm from each support or other rows of bridging.
                                                                                                                         3) Where bridging and strapping are specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A,
                                                                                                                         a) bridging shall
                                                                                                                               i) comply with Sentence (2), or
                                                                                                                              ii) consist of 38 mm solid blocking located not more than
                                                                                                                                  2 100 mm from each support or other rows of bridging and
                                                                                                                                  securely fastened between the joists, and
                                                                                                                         b) except as provided in Sentence (5), strapping shall comply with Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                            and be installed under the bridging.
                                                                                                                         4) Bridging specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B shall consist of
                                                                                                                         a) bridging as described in Sentence (2), or
                                                                                                                         b) 38 mm solid blocking located not more than 2 100 mm from each support or
                                                                                                                            other rows of bridging and securely fastened between the joists.
                                                                                                                         5) Strapping described in Sentence (1) and Clause (3)(b) is not required where
                                                                                                                         a) furring strips complying with Table 9.29.3.1. are fastened directly to the
                                                                                                                            joists, or
                                                                                                                         b) a panel-type ceiling finish complying with Subsection 9.29.5., 9.29.6., 9.29.7.,
                                                                                                                            9.29.8., or 9.29.9. is attached directly to the joists.
                                                                                                                         6) Where a ceiling attached to wood furring is specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B,
                                                                                                                         a) the ceiling finish shall consist of gypsum board, plywood or OSB not less
                                                                                                                            than 12.7 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                         b) the furring shall be
                                                                                                                               i) 19 mm by 89 mm wood furring spaced at not more than
                                                                                                                                  600 mm o.c., or
                                                                                                                              ii) 19 mm by 64 mm wood furring spaced at not more than
                                                                                                                                  400 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    9.23.9.5.        Header Joists
                                                                                                                         1) Header joists around floor openings shall be doubled when they exceed 1.2 m
                                                                                                                     in length.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-143
                                                                                                    9.23.9.6.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                          2) The size of header joists exceeding 3.2 m in length shall be determined by
                                                                                                                       calculations.

                                                                                                    9.23.9.6.          Trimmer Joists
                                                                                                                          1) Trimmer joists around floor openings shall be doubled when the length of
                                                                                                                       the header joist exceeds 800 mm.
                                                                                                                          2) When the header joist exceeds 2 m in length the size of the trimmer joists shall
                                                                                                                       be determined by calculations.

                                                                                                    9.23.9.7.          Support of Tail and Header Joists




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          1) When tail joists and header joists are supported by the floor framing, they shall
                                                                                                                       be supported by suitable joist hangers or nailing in accordance with Table 9.23.3.4.

                                                                                                    9.23.9.8.          Support of Walls
                                                                                                                          1) Non-loadbearing walls parallel to the floor joists shall be supported by joists
                                                                                                                       beneath the wall or on blocking between the joists.
                                                                                                                          2) Blocking referred to in Sentence (1) for the support of non-loadbearing walls
                                                                                                                       shall be
                                                                                                                          a) not less than 38 mm by 89 mm lumber, and
                                                                                                                          b) except as required for the fastening of walls constructed with required
                                                                                                                               braced wall panels, spaced not more than 1.2 m apart.
                                                                                                                           3) Except as provided in Sentence (6), non-loadbearing interior walls at right angles
                                                                                                                       to the floor joists are not restricted as to location.
                                                                                                                          4) Loadbearing interior walls parallel to floor joists shall be supported by beams
                                                                                                                       or walls of sufficient strength to safely transfer the specified live loads to the vertical
                                                                                                                       supports.
                                                                                                                           5) Unless the joist size is designed to support such loads, loadbearing interior walls
                                                                                                                       at right angles to floor joists shall be located
                                                                                                                           a) not more than 900 mm from the joist support where the wall does not
                                                                                                                               support a floor, and
                                                                                                                           b) not more than 600 mm from the joist support where the wall supports one
                                                                                                                               or more floors.
                                                                                                                          6) Loadbearing and non-loadbearing walls constructed with required braced wall
                                                                                                                       panels shall be continuously supported by floor joists, blocking or rim joists to allow for
                                                                                                                       the required fastening (see Table 9.23.3.4.).

                                                                                                    9.23.9.9.          Cantilevered Floor Joists
                                                                                                                          1) Floor joists supporting roof loads shall not be cantilevered more than 400 mm
                                                                                                                       beyond their supports where 38 mm by 184 mm joists are used and not more than
                                                                                                                       600 mm beyond their supports where 38 mm by 235 mm or larger joists are used.
                                                                                                                          2) The cantilevered portions referred to in Sentence (1) shall not support floor
                                                                                                                       loads from other storeys unless calculations are provided to show that the design
                                                                                                                       resistances of the cantilevered joists are not exceeded.
                                                                                                                          3) Where cantilevered floor joists described in Sentences (1) and (2) are at right
                                                                                                                       angles to the main floor joists, the tail joists in the cantilevered portion shall extend
                                                                                                                       inward away from the cantilever support a distance equal to not less than 6 times the
                                                                                                                       length of the cantilever, and shall be end nailed to an interior doubled header joist in
                                                                                                                       conformance with Table 9.23.3.4.

                                                                                                    9.23.10.           Wall Studs
                                                                                                    9.23.10.1.         Stud Size and Spacing
                                                                                                                          1) The size and spacing of studs shall conform to Table 9.23.10.1.


                                                                                                    9-144 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.23.10.3.

                                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.23.10.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 Size and Spacing of Studs
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.10.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                   Maximum Stud Spacing,   Maximum Unsupported
                                                                                                      Type of Wall       Supported Loads (including dead loads)           Minimum Stud Size, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                           mm                   Height, m
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 38                    400                     2.4
                                                                                                                      No load
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 89 flat (1)           400                     3.6
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 64                    600                     3.0
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 64 flat (1)           400                     2.4
                                                                                                                      Attic not accessible by a stairway
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 89                    600                     3.6




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 89 flat (1)           400                     2.4
                                                                                                                      Attic accessible by a stairway plus one floor
                                                                                                                      Roof load plus one floor                                  38 × 89                    400                     3.6
                                                                                                          Interior    Attic not accessible by stairway plus 2 floors
                                                                                                                      Roof load                                                 38 × 64                    400                     2.4
                                                                                                                      Attic accessible by a stairway
                                                                                                                      Attic not accessible by a stairway plus one floor         38 × 89                    600                     3.6
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 89                    300                     3.6
                                                                                                                      Attic accessible by a stairway plus 2 floors
                                                                                                                                                                                64 × 89                    400                     3.6
                                                                                                                      Roof load plus 2 floors
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 140                   400                     4.2
                                                                                                                      Attic accessible by a stairway plus 3 floors
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 140                   300                     4.2
                                                                                                                      Roof load plus 3 floors
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 64                    400                     2.4
                                                                                                                      Roof with or without attic storage
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 89                    600                     3.0
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 89                    400                     3.0
                                                                                                                      Roof with or without attic storage plus one floor
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 140                   600                     3.0
                                                                                                          Exterior
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 89                    300                     3.0
                                                                                                                      Roof with or without attic storage plus 2 floors          64 × 89                    400                     3.0
                                                                                                                                                                                38 × 140                   400                     3.6
                                                                                                                      Roof with or without attic storage plus 3 floors          38 × 140                   300                     1.8

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.10.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 9.23.10.3.


                                                                                                    9.23.10.2.             Bracing and Lateral Support

                                                                                                                              1) Where loadbearing interior walls are not finished in accordance with
                                                                                                                           Section 9.29., blocking or strapping shall be fastened to the studs at mid-height to
                                                                                                                           prevent sideways buckling.

                                                                                                    9.23.10.3.             Orientation of Studs

                                                                                                                             1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), all studs shall be placed at right
                                                                                                                           angles to the wall face.

                                                                                                                              2) Studs on the flat are permitted to be used in gable ends of roofs that contain
                                                                                                                           only unfinished space or in non-loadbearing interior walls within the limits described
                                                                                                                           in Article 9.23.10.1.

                                                                                                                              3) Wall studs that support only a load from an attic not accessible by a stairway
                                                                                                                           are permitted to be placed on the flat within the limits permitted in Article 9.23.10.1.
                                                                                                                           provided
                                                                                                                               a) the studs are clad on not less than one side with plywood, OSB or
                                                                                                                                  waferboard sheathing fastened to the face of the studs with a structural
                                                                                                                                  adhesive, and
                                                                                                                               b) the portion of the roof supported by the studs does not exceed 2.1 m in
                                                                                                                                  width.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                              Division B 9-145
                                                                                                    9.23.10.4.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.23.10.4.         Continuity of Studs
                                                                                                                         1) Wall studs shall be continuous for the full storey height except at openings
                                                                                                                       and shall not be spliced except by fingerjoining with a structural adhesive. (See
                                                                                                                       Note A-9.23.10.4.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.23.10.5.         Support for Cladding, Sheathing and Finishing Materials
                                                                                                                          1) Corners and intersections shall be designed to provide adequate support for the
                                                                                                                       vertical edges of interior finishes, sheathing and cladding materials, and in no instance
                                                                                                                       shall exterior corners be framed with less than the equivalent of 2 studs.
                                                                                                                          2) Where the vertical edges of interior finishes at wall intersections are supported




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       at vertical intervals by blocking or furring, the vertical distance between such supports
                                                                                                                       shall not exceed the maximum distance between supports specified in Section 9.29.

                                                                                                    9.23.10.6.         Studs at Sides of Openings
                                                                                                                           1) Where the lintel spanning the opening is more than 3 m long, studs shall be
                                                                                                                       tripled on each side of the opening so that
                                                                                                                           a) the two inner studs on each side extend from the bottom of the supported
                                                                                                                               lintel to the top of the bottom wall plate, and
                                                                                                                           b) the outer stud on each side extends from the bottom of the top wall plate to
                                                                                                                               the bottom wall plate.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where the lintel spanning the opening is not
                                                                                                                       more than 3 m long, studs shall be doubled on each side of the opening so that
                                                                                                                         a) the inner studs on each side extend from the bottom of the supported lintel
                                                                                                                              to the top of the bottom wall plate, and
                                                                                                                         b) the outer stud on each side extends from the bottom of the top wall plate to
                                                                                                                              the bottom wall plate.
                                                                                                                          3) Single studs are permitted to be used on either side of openings
                                                                                                                           a) in non-loadbearing interior walls not required to have fire-resistance ratings,
                                                                                                                              provided the studs extend from the top wall plate to the bottom wall plate, or
                                                                                                                          b) in loadbearing or non-loadbearing interior or exterior walls, provided
                                                                                                                                 i) the opening is less than and within the required stud
                                                                                                                                    spacing, and
                                                                                                                                ii) no 2 such openings of full stud-space width are located in
                                                                                                                                    adjacent stud spaces.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.23.10.6.(3).)

                                                                                                    9.23.11.           Wall Plates
                                                                                                    9.23.11.1.         Size of Wall Plates
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), wall plates shall be
                                                                                                                          a) not less than 38 mm thick, and
                                                                                                                          b) not less than the required width of the wall studs.
                                                                                                                          2) In non-loadbearing walls and in loadbearing walls where the studs are located
                                                                                                                       directly over framing members, the bottom wall plate is permitted to be 19 mm thick.

                                                                                                    9.23.11.2.         Bottom Wall Plates
                                                                                                                          1) A bottom wall plate shall be provided in all cases.
                                                                                                                          2) The bottom plate in exterior walls shall not project more than one-third the
                                                                                                                       plate width over the support.

                                                                                                    9.23.11.3.         Top Plates
                                                                                                                           1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) to (4), at least 2 top plates shall be provided
                                                                                                                       in loadbearing walls.
                                                                                                                          2) A single top plate is permitted to be used in a section of a loadbearing wall
                                                                                                                       containing a lintel provided the top plate forms a tie across the lintel.


                                                                                                    9-146 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                       9.23.12.1.

                                                                                                                                     3) A single top plate is permitted to be used in loadbearing walls where the
                                                                                                                                 concentrated loads from ceilings, floors and roofs are not more than 50 mm to one side
                                                                                                                                 of the supporting studs and in all non-loadbearing walls.
                                                                                                                                     4) The top plates need not be provided in a section of loadbearing wall containing a
                                                                                                                                 lintel provided the lintel is tied to the adjacent wall section with not less than
                                                                                                                                     a) 75 mm by 150 mm by 0.91 mm thick galvanized steel, or
                                                                                                                                     b) 19 mm by 89 mm by 300 mm wood splice nailed to each wall section with
                                                                                                                                         at least three 63 mm nails.

                                                                                                    9.23.11.4.                   Joints in Top Plates




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   1) Joints in the top plates of loadbearing walls shall be staggered not less than
                                                                                                                                 one stud spacing.
                                                                                                                                   2) The top plates in loadbearing walls shall be lapped or otherwise tied at corners
                                                                                                                                 and intersecting walls in accordance with Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                                    3) Joints in single top plates used with loadbearing walls shall be tied in accordance
                                                                                                                                 with Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                                    4) Ties referred to in Sentences (2) and (3) shall be the equivalent of not less than
                                                                                                                                 75 mm by 150 mm by 0.91 mm thick galvanized steel nailed to each wall with at least
                                                                                                                                 three 63 mm nails.
                                                                                                                                    5) Where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.70 but not
                                                                                                                                 more than 1.8, doubled top plates in braced wall bands shall be fastened on each side
                                                                                                                                 of a splice with 76 mm long common steel wire nails or spiral nails in accordance
                                                                                                                                 with Table 9.23.11.4.

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 9.23.11.4.
                                                                                                                           Fasteners in Doubled Top Plate Splice Connections in Braced Wall Bands where 0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8
                                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.11.4.(5)

                                                                                                                                                              Minimum Number of Nails on Each Side of Doubled Top Plate Splice
                                                                                                                                                              Light Construction                                        Heavy Construction (1)
                                                                                                                 Sa(0.2)
                                                                                                                                                                                  Number of Supported Floors (2)
                                                                                                                                             0                          1                         2                 0                            1
                                                                                                          0.70 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.80              2                         5                          8                 3                            8
                                                                                                          0.80 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90              2                         5                          8                 4                            8
                                                                                                          0.90 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.0               3                         6                         10                 4                            10
                                                                                                           1.0 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.1               3                         7                         11                 5                            11
                                                                                                           1.1 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.2               3                         7                         11                 5                            12
                                                                                                           1.2 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.3               3                         8                         12                 5                            12
                                                                                                          1.3 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.35               4                         8                         12                 5                            13
                                                                                                          1.35 < Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8               4                         8                         13                 5                            13

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.11.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)     See Note A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i).
                                                                                                    (2)     All constructions include support of a roof load in addition to the number of floors indicated.


                                                                                                    9.23.12.                     Framing over Openings
                                                                                                    9.23.12.1.                   Openings in Non-Loadbearing Walls
                                                                                                                                    1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), openings in non-loadbearing walls shall be
                                                                                                                                 framed with not less than 38 mm material the same width as the studs, securely nailed
                                                                                                                                 to adjacent studs.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B 9-147
                                                                                                    9.23.12.2.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                           2) Openings for doors in non-loadbearing walls required to be fire separations with
                                                                                                                       a fire-resistance rating shall be framed with the equivalent of at least two 38 mm thick
                                                                                                                       members that are the same width as the wall plates.

                                                                                                    9.23.12.2.         Openings in Loadbearing Walls
                                                                                                                          1) Openings in loadbearing walls greater than the required stud spacing shall be
                                                                                                                       framed with lintels designed to carry the superimposed loads to adjacent studs. (See
                                                                                                                       Note A-9.23.10.6.(3).)
                                                                                                                           2) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.12.3.(2), where 2 or more members are used
                                                                                                                       in lintels, they shall be fastened together with not less than 82 mm nails in a double




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       row, with nails not more than 450 mm apart in each row.
                                                                                                                          3) Lintel members are permitted to be separated by filler pieces.

                                                                                                    9.23.12.3.         Lintel Spans and Sizes
                                                                                                                          1) Spans and sizes of wood lintels shall conform to the spans shown in Span
                                                                                                                       Tables 9.23.4.2.-L and 9.23.12.3.-A to 9.23.12.3.-D
                                                                                                                          a) for buildings of residential occupancy,
                                                                                                                          b) where the wall studs exceed 38 mm by 64 mm in size,
                                                                                                                          c) where the spans of supported joists do not exceed 4.9 m, and
                                                                                                                          d) where the spans of trusses do not exceed 9.8 m.
                                                                                                                           2) In loadbearing exterior and interior walls of 38 mm by 64 mm framing members,
                                                                                                                       lintels shall consist of
                                                                                                                           a) 64 mm thick members on edge, or
                                                                                                                           b) 38 mm thick and 19 mm thick members fastened together with a double row
                                                                                                                                of nails not less than 63 mm long and spaced not more than 450 mm apart.
                                                                                                                          3) Lintels referred to in Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                          a) shall be not less than 50 mm greater in depth than those shown in Span
                                                                                                                             Tables 9.23.4.2.-L and 9.23.12.3.-A to 9.23.12.3.-D for the maximum spans
                                                                                                                             shown, and
                                                                                                                          b) shall not exceed 2.24 m in length.

                                                                                                    9.23.13.           Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads Due to Wind and
                                                                                                                       Earthquake
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.23.13.)

                                                                                                    9.23.13.1.         Requirements for Low to Moderate Wind and Seismic Forces
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.23.13.1.)
                                                                                                                           1) This Article applies in locations where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2),
                                                                                                                       is not more than 0.70 and the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than 0.80 kPa.
                                                                                                                          2) Bracing to resist lateral loads shall be designed and constructed as follows:
                                                                                                                          a) exterior walls shall be
                                                                                                                                 i) clad with panel-type cladding in accordance with
                                                                                                                                    Section 9.27.,
                                                                                                                                ii) sheathed with plywood, OSB, waferboard, fibreboard,
                                                                                                                                    gypsum board or diagonal lumber sheathing complying
                                                                                                                                    with Subsection 9.23.17. and fastened in accordance with
                                                                                                                                    Table 9.23.3.5.-A, or
                                                                                                                               iii) finished on the interior with a panel-type material in
                                                                                                                                    accordance with the requirements of Section 9.29., or
                                                                                                                          b) in accordance with
                                                                                                                                 i) Articles 9.23.13.4. to 9.23.13.7.,
                                                                                                                                ii) Part 4, or
                                                                                                                               iii) good engineering practice such as that provided in CWC
                                                                                                                                    2014, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction.”


                                                                                                    9-148 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.23.13.5.

                                                                                                    9.23.13.2.       Requirements for High Wind and Seismic Forces

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Article 9.23.13.1., this Article applies in locations where
                                                                                                                         a) the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.70 but not more
                                                                                                                            than 1.8 and
                                                                                                                               i) the lowest exterior frame wall supports not more
                                                                                                                                  than 1 floor in buildings of heavy construction (see
                                                                                                                                  Note A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i)), or
                                                                                                                              ii) the lowest exterior frame wall supports not more than 2
                                                                                                                                  floors in other types of construction, and
                                                                                                                         b) the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than 1.20 kPa.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        2)    Bracing to resist lateral loads shall be designed and constructed in accordance
                                                                                                                     with
                                                                                                                        a)    Articles 9.23.13.4. to 9.23.13.7.,
                                                                                                                        b)    Part 4, or
                                                                                                                        c)    good engineering practice such as that provided in CWC 2014, “Engineering
                                                                                                                              Guide for Wood Frame Construction.”

                                                                                                    9.23.13.3.       Requirements for Extreme Wind and Seismic Forces

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Articles 9.23.13.1. and 9.23.13.2., this Article applies
                                                                                                                     in locations where
                                                                                                                         a) the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is
                                                                                                                                i) greater than 1.8,
                                                                                                                               ii) greater than 0.70 and the lowest exterior frame wall supports
                                                                                                                                   more than 2 floors in buildings of light construction, or
                                                                                                                              iii) greater than 0.70 and the lowest exterior frame wall supports
                                                                                                                                   more than 1 floor in buildings of heavy construction, or
                                                                                                                         b) the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 1.20 kPa.

                                                                                                                        2) Bracing to resist lateral loads shall be designed and constructed in accordance
                                                                                                                     with
                                                                                                                        a) Part 4, or
                                                                                                                        b) good engineering practice such as that provided in CWC 2014, “Engineering
                                                                                                                           Guide for Wood Frame Construction.”

                                                                                                    9.23.13.4.       Braced Wall Bands
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.23.13.4.)

                                                                                                                         1)   Braced wall bands shall
                                                                                                                         a)   be full storey height,
                                                                                                                         b)   be not more than 1.2 m wide,
                                                                                                                         c)   lap at both ends with another braced wall band,
                                                                                                                         d)   be aligned with braced wall bands on storeys above and below, and
                                                                                                                         e)   conform to the spacing and dimensions given in Table 9.23.13.5.

                                                                                                                         2) The perimeter of the building shall be located within braced wall bands.

                                                                                                                        3) For split-level buildings, a braced wall band shall be located where there is a
                                                                                                                     change in floor level greater than the depth of one floor joist.

                                                                                                    9.23.13.5.       Braced Wall Panels in Braced Wall Bands

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5) and Article 9.23.13.7., braced wall
                                                                                                                     panels shall
                                                                                                                        a) be located within braced wall bands,
                                                                                                                        b) extend, as applicable, from the top of the supporting footing, slab or
                                                                                                                             subfloor to the underside of the floor, ceiling or roof framing above, and
                                                                                                                        c) conform to the spacing and dimensions given in Table 9.23.13.5.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-149
                                                                                                    9.23.13.5.                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.23.13.5.
                                                                                                                                         Spacing and Dimensions of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.13.4.(1) and 9.23.13.5.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                               Spacing and Dimensions of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels (1)(2)(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Seismic and Wind Loads
                                                                                                                                      Description
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              1.0 ≤ Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8 or
                                                                                                                                                                                       0.70 < Sa(0.2) < 1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              0.80 ≤ HWP < 1.2 kPa
                                                                                                     Maximum distance between centre lines of adjacent braced wall
                                                                                                     bands measured from the furthest points between centres of the                           10.6 m                                  7.6 m
                                                                                                     bands




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Maximum distance between required braced wall panels measured
                                                                                                                                                                                               6.4 m                                  6.4 m
                                                                                                     from the edges of the panels
                                                                                                     Maximum distance from the end of a braced wall band to the edge
                                                                                                                                                                                               2.4 m                                  2.4 m
                                                                                                     of the closest required braced wall panel
                                                                                                     Minimum length of individual braced wall panels:
                                                                                                           • panel located at the end of a braced wall band where the                                              600 mm
                                                                                                           braced wall panel connects to an intersecting braced wall panel
                                                                                                           • panel not located at the end of a braced wall band or braced                                          750 mm
                                                                                                           wall panel located at the end of a braced wall band where the
                                                                                                           braced wall panel does not connect to an intersecting braced
                                                                                                           wall panel
                                                                                                     Minimum total length of all braced wall panels in a braced wall band
                                                                                                           • supporting 3 floors, light construction                                                 75% of length of braced wall band
                                                                                                           • supporting 2 floors, heavy construction (4)                                             75% of length of braced wall band
                                                                                                           • supporting 2 floors, light construction                                                 40% of length of braced wall band
                                                                                                           • supporting 1 floor, heavy construction (4)                                              40% of length of braced wall band
                                                                                                           • supporting 1 floor, light construction                                                  25% of length of braced wall band
                                                                                                           • not supporting a floor                                                                  25% of length of braced wall band

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.13.5.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 9.23.13.5.
                                                                                                    (2)   All constructions include support of a roof load in addition to the indicated number of floors.
                                                                                                    (3)   See Article 9.23.13.7. for alternative methods of compliance.
                                                                                                    (4)   See Sentence 9.23.13.3.(1) for overall limit on application to heavy construction.


                                                                                                                               2) In basements or crawl spaces where the perimeter foundation walls extend from
                                                                                                                            the footings to the underside of the supported floor, braced wall bands constructed with
                                                                                                                            braced wall panels shall be spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                a) 15 m from the perimeter foundation walls,
                                                                                                                                b) 15 m from interior foundation walls, and
                                                                                                                                c) 15 m from adjacent braced wall bands constructed with braced wall panels.
                                                                                                                            (See Note A-9.23.13.5.(2).)

                                                                                                                               3) Portions of the perimeter of a single open or enclosed space need not comply
                                                                                                                            with Sentence (1), where
                                                                                                                               a) the roof of the space projects not more than
                                                                                                                                      i) 3.5 m from the face of the framing of the nearest parallel
                                                                                                                                         braced wall band, and
                                                                                                                                     ii) the perpendicular plan dimension,
                                                                                                                               b) that portion of the perimeter structure does not support a floor,




                                                                                                    9-150 Division B                                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    9.23.13.6.

                                                                                                                               c) the roof of the space is
                                                                                                                                     i) integral with the roof of the rest of the building with framing
                                                                                                                                        members not more than 400 mm o.c. where roof sheathing
                                                                                                                                        edges are not supported on blocking and not more than
                                                                                                                                        600 mm o.c. where roof sheathing edges are supported on
                                                                                                                                        blocking securely fastened between framing members, or
                                                                                                                                    ii) constructed with roof framing not more than 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                        where roof sheathing edges are not supported on blocking
                                                                                                                                        and not more than 600 mm o.c. where roof sheathing edges
                                                                                                                                        are supported on blocking securely fastened between
                                                                                                                                        framing members, and fastened to the wall framing (see
                                                                                                                                        Table 9.23.3.4. and Article 9.23.9.1. for balloon framing), and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              d) the end-joists or end-rafters for the roof of the space are fastened to a 3-ply,
                                                                                                                                  38 mm × 140 mm built-up column or a 5-ply, 38 mm × 89 mm built-up
                                                                                                                                  column that is integral with the wall framing.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-9.23.13.5.(3).)
                                                                                                                              4) Walls in detached garages and in accessory buildings serving a single dwelling
                                                                                                                           unit, and the front wall of attached garages serving a single dwelling unit need not
                                                                                                                           comply with Sentence (1) where these walls do not support a floor.
                                                                                                                              5) Braced wall panels in the braced wall band at the front of an attached garage
                                                                                                                           serving a single dwelling unit need not comply with Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                              a) the maximum spacing between the front of the garage and the back wall of
                                                                                                                                  the garage does not exceed 7.6 m,
                                                                                                                              b) there is not more than one floor above the garage,
                                                                                                                               c) not less than 50% of the length of the back wall of the garage is constructed
                                                                                                                                  of braced wall panels, and
                                                                                                                              d) not less than 25% of the length of the side walls is constructed of braced
                                                                                                                                  wall panels.

                                                                                                    9.23.13.6.             Materials in Braced Wall Panels
                                                                                                                               1) Required braced wall panels shall be
                                                                                                                               a) clad with panel-type cladding complying with Section 9.27. and
                                                                                                                                  Table 9.23.3.4.,
                                                                                                                               b) sheathed with plywood, OSB, waferboard or diagonal lumber sheathing
                                                                                                                                  complying with Subsection 9.23.16. and Table 9.23.13.6., and fastened in
                                                                                                                                  accordance with Article 9.23.3.5., or
                                                                                                                               c) finished on the interior with a panel-type material in accordance with the
                                                                                                                                  requirements of Section 9.29. and Table 9.23.13.6.

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.13.6.
                                                                                                                            Minimum Thicknesses of Cladding, Sheathing or Interior Finish for Braced Wall Panels
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.13.6.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Minimum Thickness
                                                                                                        Panel-Type Cladding,
                                                                                                                                                      Where Sa(0.2) ≤ 0.90                                       Where Sa(0.2) > 0.90
                                                                                                      Sheathing or Interior Finish
                                                                                                                                     With supports 400 mm o.c.   With supports 600 mm o.c.    With supports 400 mm o.c.     With supports 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     Gypsum board interior                   12.7 mm                     15.9 mm                         12.7 mm                    15.9 mm
                                                                                                     finish (1)
                                                                                                     Sheathing complying with
                                                                                                                                               W16                           W24                          W16                           W24
                                                                                                     CSA O325
                                                                                                     OSB O-1 and O-2 grades                   11 mm                      12.5 mm                         11 mm                      12.5 mm
                                                                                                     Waferboard R-1 grade                    9.5 mm                      12.5 mm                           n/a                          n/a
                                                                                                     Plywood                                  11 mm                      12.5 mm                         11 mm                      12.5 mm
                                                                                                     Diagonal lumber                          17 mm                          17 mm                         n/a                          n/a

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.13.6.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentences (5) and (6).


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                  Division B 9-151
                                                                                                    9.23.13.7.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), required interior braced wall panels shall be
                                                                                                                          a) sheathed or finished on both sides with a wood-based material, or
                                                                                                                          b) finished on both sides with gypsum board.
                                                                                                                         3) Required interior braced wall panels of wood-based material may be sheathed on
                                                                                                                       one side only, provided
                                                                                                                          a) the sheathing material is plywood, OSB or waferboard, and
                                                                                                                          b) the maximum spacing of fasteners along the edge is half of the maximum
                                                                                                                              spacing shown in Table 9.23.3.5.-B.
                                                                                                                           4) For stacked braced wall bands, where the construction of any one braced wall panel
                                                                                                                       is required to be of a wood-based material, a wood-based material shall be installed in
                                                                                                                       all the required braced wall panels in that braced wall band.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         5) Gypsum board interior finish shall not be considered as an acceptable sheathing
                                                                                                                       material to provide the required bracing in exterior walls. (See Note A-9.23.13.6.(5)
                                                                                                                       and (6).)
                                                                                                                          6) At braced wall band spacing intervals of not more than 15 m, braced wall panels
                                                                                                                       shall be constructed with OSB, plywood or diagonal lumber. (See Note A-9.23.13.6.(5)
                                                                                                                       and (6).)

                                                                                                    9.23.13.7.         Additional System Considerations
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), one exterior wall of the uppermost
                                                                                                                       storey in each orthogonal direction may be set back from the exterior wall of the storey
                                                                                                                       below, provided the adjacent interior braced wall band of the storey below the setback
                                                                                                                           a) is spaced not more than 10.6 m from the exterior wall of the storey below
                                                                                                                               the setback wall,
                                                                                                                           b) consists of braced wall panels that are constructed of a wood-based material
                                                                                                                               in conformance with Sentence 9.23.13.6.(2),
                                                                                                                           c) extends to the foundation, and
                                                                                                                           d) is not taken into consideration when providing braced wall panels constructed
                                                                                                                               of a wood-based material at spacing intervals of not more than 15 m as per
                                                                                                                               Sentence 9.23.13.6.(6).
                                                                                                                          2) Where the exterior wall of the uppermost storey is set back from the exterior
                                                                                                                       wall of the storey below, the roof and floor space supporting the setback wall shall be
                                                                                                                       sheathed with a wood-based material between the exterior wall of the storey below the
                                                                                                                       setback and the adjacent interior braced wall bands of the storey below the setback.
                                                                                                                         3) Where the exterior wall of the uppermost storey is set back from the exterior
                                                                                                                       wall of the storey below, the exterior walls perpendicular to the setback wall shall
                                                                                                                          a) have their top plate connected with nails that are spaced at no greater than
                                                                                                                               half the spacing required in Table 9.23.3.4., and
                                                                                                                          b) have their top plate splices fastened with twice the number of nails specified
                                                                                                                               in Sentences 9.23.11.4.(4) and (5).
                                                                                                                          4) The maximum distance between adjacent required braced wall panels in a braced
                                                                                                                       wall band, measured from the edge of the panels, may be increased to 7.3 m provided
                                                                                                                       that, throughout the height of the building, the length of any braced wall panel within
                                                                                                                       the braced wall band is not less than 1.2 m.
                                                                                                                          5) The maximum spacing between the centre lines of required braced wall bands
                                                                                                                       given in Table 9.23.13.5. may be increased from 7.6 m to no more than 10.6 m, provided
                                                                                                                       that the interior braced wall band whose spacing is being increased is replaced with
                                                                                                                       an interior braced wall band that
                                                                                                                           a) consists of braced wall panels that are constructed of a wood-based material
                                                                                                                               in conformance with Sentence 9.23.13.6.(2),
                                                                                                                           b) extends to the foundation, and
                                                                                                                           c) is not taken into consideration when providing braced wall panels constructed
                                                                                                                               of a wood-based material at spacing intervals no greater than 15 m as per
                                                                                                                               Sentence 9.23.13.6.(6).
                                                                                                                          6) For each orthogonal direction of the building, the length of required braced wall
                                                                                                                       panels of one exterior wall given in Table 9.23.13.5. may be reduced from 40% to no


                                                                                                    9-152 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.23.14.7.

                                                                                                                     less than 25% of the length of the braced wall band, provided an additional parallel and
                                                                                                                     adjacent interior braced wall band is constructed that
                                                                                                                         a) is spaced not more than 10.6 m from the exterior wall,
                                                                                                                         b) consists of braced wall panels that are constructed of a wood-based material
                                                                                                                             in conformance with Sentence 9.23.13.6.(2) and whose lengths sum to no
                                                                                                                             less than 25% of the length of the braced wall band,
                                                                                                                         c) extends to the foundation, and
                                                                                                                         d) is not taken into consideration when providing braced wall panels constructed
                                                                                                                             of a wood-based material at spacing intervals no greater than 15 m as per
                                                                                                                             Sentence 9.23.13.6.(6).
                                                                                                                        7) Where the length of required braced wall panels of an exterior wall is reduced as




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     described in Sentence (6), the ratio of the length of braced wall panels in the respective
                                                                                                                     upper braced wall bands to the length of braced wall panels in the reduced exterior braced
                                                                                                                     wall band shall not exceed 2.

                                                                                                    9.23.14.         Roof and Ceiling Framing
                                                                                                    9.23.14.1.       Continuity of Rafters and Joists
                                                                                                                        1) Roof rafters and joists and ceiling joists shall be continuous or shall be spliced
                                                                                                                     over vertical supports that extend to suitable bearing.

                                                                                                    9.23.14.2.       Framing around Openings
                                                                                                                        1) Roof and ceiling framing members shall be doubled on each side of openings
                                                                                                                     greater than 2 rafter or joist spacings wide.

                                                                                                    9.23.14.3.       End Bearing Length
                                                                                                                         1) The length of end bearing of joists and rafters shall be not less than 38 mm.

                                                                                                    9.23.14.4.       Location and Attachment of Rafters
                                                                                                                        1) Rafters shall be located directly opposite each other and tied together at the
                                                                                                                     peak, or may be offset by their own thickness if nailed to a ridge board not less than
                                                                                                                     17.5 mm thick.
                                                                                                                       2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), framing members shall be connected by
                                                                                                                     gusset plates or nailing at the peak in conformance with Table 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                                        3) Where the roof framing on opposite sides of the peak is assembled separately,
                                                                                                                     such as in the case of factory-built houses, the roof framing on opposite sides is
                                                                                                                     permitted to be fastened together with galvanized-steel strips not less than 200 mm by
                                                                                                                     75 mm by 0.41 mm thick spaced not more than 1.2 m apart and nailed at each end to
                                                                                                                     the framing by at least two 63 mm nails.

                                                                                                    9.23.14.5.       Shaping of Rafters
                                                                                                                        1) Rafters shall be shaped at supports to provide even bearing surfaces and
                                                                                                                     supported directly above the exterior walls.

                                                                                                    9.23.14.6.       Hip and Valley Rafters
                                                                                                                       1) Hip and valley rafters shall be not less than 50 mm greater in depth than the
                                                                                                                     common rafters and not less than 38 mm thick, actual dimension.

                                                                                                    9.23.14.7.       Intermediate Support for Rafters and Joists
                                                                                                                        1) Ceiling joists and collar ties of not less than 38 mm by 89 mm lumber are
                                                                                                                     permitted to be assumed to provide intermediate support to reduce the span for rafters
                                                                                                                     and joists where the roof slope is 1 in 3 or greater.
                                                                                                                         2) Collar ties referred to in Sentence (1) more than 2.4 m long shall be laterally
                                                                                                                     supported near their centres by not less than 19 mm by 89 mm continuous members
                                                                                                                     at right angles to the collar ties.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-153
                                                                                                    9.23.14.8.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                           3) Dwarf walls and struts are permitted to be used to provide intermediate
                                                                                                                        support to reduce the span for rafters and joists.

                                                                                                                           4) When struts are used to provide intermediate support they shall be not less
                                                                                                                        than 38 mm by 89 mm material extending from each rafter to a loadbearing wall at an
                                                                                                                        angle of not less than 45° to the horizontal.

                                                                                                                           5) When dwarf walls are used for rafter support, they shall be framed in the same
                                                                                                                        manner as loadbearing walls and securely fastened top and bottom to the roof and
                                                                                                                        ceiling framing to prevent over-all movement.

                                                                                                                           6) Solid blocking shall be installed between floor joists beneath dwarf walls




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        referred to in Sentence (5) that enclose finished rooms.

                                                                                                    9.23.14.8.          Ridge Support

                                                                                                                           1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), roof rafters and joists shall be supported at
                                                                                                                        the ridge of the roof by
                                                                                                                            a) a loadbearing wall extending from the ridge to suitable bearing, or
                                                                                                                           b) a ridge beam supported by not less than 89 mm length of bearing.

                                                                                                                           2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the ridge beam referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                        shall conform to the sizes and spans shown in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-L, provided
                                                                                                                           a) the supported rafter or joist length does not exceed 4.9 m, and
                                                                                                                           b) the roof does not support any concentrated loads.

                                                                                                                          3) The ridge beam referred to in Sentence (1) need not comply with Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                        where
                                                                                                                          a) the beam is of not less than 38 mm by 140 mm material, and
                                                                                                                          b) the beam is supported at intervals not exceeding 1.2 m by not less than
                                                                                                                              38 mm by 89 mm members extending vertically from the ridge to suitable
                                                                                                                              bearing.

                                                                                                                          4) Where the roof slope is 1 in 3 or steeper, ridge support need not be provided
                                                                                                                        when the lower ends of the rafters are adequately tied to prevent outward movement.

                                                                                                                            5) Ties required in Sentence (4) are permitted to consist of tie rods or ceiling
                                                                                                                        joists forming a continuous tie for opposing rafters and nailed in accordance with
                                                                                                                        Table 9.23.14.8.

                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.23.14.8.
                                                                                                                                                Rafter-to-Joist Nailing (Unsupported Ridge)
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.14.8.(5) and (8)

                                                                                                                                           Minimum Number of Nails Not Less Than 76 mm Long and 3.66 mm in Diameter (1)(2)(3)(4)
                                                                                                                   Rafter      Building Width up to 4 m    Building Width up to 6 m     Building Width up to 8 m    Building Width up to 10 m
                                                                                                     Roof Slope   Spacing,       Specified Roof Snow        Specified Roof Snow          Specified Roof Snow          Specified Roof Snow
                                                                                                                    mm                Load, kPa                  Load, kPa                    Load, kPa                    Load, kPa
                                                                                                                                1.0      1.5       2.0      1.0      1.5       2.0      1.0       1.5       2.0      1.0       1.5      2.0
                                                                                                                       300       3        4         5        5        6         7        6         8        10        7        10        (5)

                                                                                                       1 in 3          400       4        5         7        6        8        10        8        10        (5)      10        (5)       (5)

                                                                                                                       600       6        8        10        9        (5)      (5)       (5)       (5)      (5)       (5)      (5)       (5)

                                                                                                                       300       3        3         4        4        5         6        5         6         8        6        8         10
                                                                                                      1 in 2.4         400       3        4         5        5        6         8        6         8        10        8        10        (5)

                                                                                                                       600       5        6         8        7        9        (5)       9         (5)      (5)       (5)      (5)       (5)

                                                                                                                       300       2        3         4        3        4         5        4         5         7        5        7         8
                                                                                                       1 in 2          400       3        4         5        4        5         7        5         7         9        7        9         (5)

                                                                                                                       600       4        5         7        6        8        10        8        10        (5)      10        (5)       (5)




                                                                                                    9-154 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                          9.23.14.8.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.23.14.8. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                   Minimum Number of Nails Not Less Than 76 mm Long and 3.66 mm in Diameter (1)(2)(3)(4)
                                                                                                                         Rafter        Building Width up to 4 m      Building Width up to 6 m      Building Width up to 8 m      Building Width up to 10 m
                                                                                                      Roof Slope        Spacing,        Specified Roof Snow           Specified Roof Snow            Specified Roof Snow           Specified Roof Snow
                                                                                                                          mm                 Load, kPa                     Load, kPa                      Load, kPa                     Load, kPa
                                                                                                                                       1.0       1.5       2.0        1.0       1.5       2.0       1.0       1.5       2.0       1.0       1.5       2.0
                                                                                                                           300          2         3         3         3          4         4         4         5         6         4         6         7
                                                                                                          1 in 1.71        400          3         3         4         4          5         6         5         6         8         6         7         9
                                                                                                                           600          4         5         6         5          7         8         7         9         (5)       8         (5)       (5)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           300          2         2         3         3          3         4         3         4         5         4         5         6
                                                                                                          1 in 1.5         400          2         3         4         3          4         5         4         5         7         5         7         8
                                                                                                                           600          3         4         5         5          6         7         6         8        10         7        10         (5)

                                                                                                                           300          2         2         3         2          3         4         3         4         5         4         5         6
                                                                                                          1 in 1.33        400          2         3         3         3          4         5         4         5         6         5         6         7
                                                                                                                           600          3         4         5         4          5         7         5         7         9         7         9         (5)

                                                                                                                           300          2         2         2         2          3         3         3         3         4         3         4         5
                                                                                                          1 in 1.2         400          2         2         3         3          3         4         3         4         5         4         5         7
                                                                                                                           600          3         3         4         4          5         6         5         6         8         6         8         10
                                                                                                                           300          2         2         2         2          2         3         2         3         4         3         4         4
                                                                                                           1 in 1          400          2         2         3         2          3         4         3         4         5         4         5         6
                                                                                                                           600          2         3         4         3          4         5         4         5         7         5         7         8

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.14.8.:
                                                                                                    (1)    Nails with a diameter less than 3.66 mm are permitted to be used, provided the minimum number of nails stated in the Table is modified as follows:
                                                                                                                • For a nail diameter greater than or equal to 2.86 mm and less than 3.25 mm, add 3 nails to the minimum number of nails, up to a
                                                                                                                  maximum of 10 nails.
                                                                                                                • For a nail diameter greater than or equal to 3.25 mm and less than 3.66 mm, add 2 nails to the minimum number of nails, up to a
                                                                                                                  maximum of 10 nails.
                                                                                                           Where more than 10 nails are required, the connections between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in accordance with
                                                                                                           Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).
                                                                                                    (2)    The minimum number of nails stated in the Table is applicable to Spruce-Pine-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch and Hem-Fir members. For Northern Species
                                                                                                           members, add 2 nails to the minimum number of nails, up to a maximum of 10 nails. Where more than 10 nails are required, the connections
                                                                                                           between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in accordance with Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).
                                                                                                    (3)    To accommodate nail spacing, not less than 38 mm × 140 mm joists shall be used where 6 or more nails are required, and not less than 38 mm ×
                                                                                                           184 mm joists shall be used where 8 or more nails are required.
                                                                                                    (4)    The minimum number of nails in the Table is applicable for a maximum roof dead load of 0.5 kPa.
                                                                                                    (5)    The connections between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in accordance with Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).


                                                                                                                               6) Except as permitted in Sentence (7), ceiling joists referred to in Sentence (5)
                                                                                                                            shall be tied to the base of every rafter.

                                                                                                                               7) Where ceiling joists referred to in Sentence (5) are raised above the base of the
                                                                                                                            rafters, the connections between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in
                                                                                                                            accordance with Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).

                                                                                                                                8) Ceiling joists referred to in Sentence (5) that are spliced to make a continuous
                                                                                                                            joist shall be fastened together at each splice with at least one more nail than required
                                                                                                                            for the rafter-to-joist connection shown in Table 9.23.14.8.

                                                                                                                               9) Members referred to in Sentences (6) and (8) are permitted to be fastened
                                                                                                                            together either directly or through a gusset plate.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                       Division B 9-155
                                                                                                    9.23.14.9.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.23.14.9.         Restraint of Joist Bottoms
                                                                                                                          1) Roof joists supporting a finished ceiling, other than plywood, OSB or
                                                                                                                       waferboard, shall be restrained from twisting along the bottom edges by means of
                                                                                                                       furring, blocking, cross bridging or strapping conforming to Article 9.23.9.3.

                                                                                                    9.23.14.10.        Ceiling Joists Supporting Roof Load
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), ceiling joists supporting part of the roof
                                                                                                                       load from the rafters shall be not less than 25 mm greater in depth than required for
                                                                                                                       ceiling joists not supporting part of the roof load.
                                                                                                                          2) When the roof slope is 1 in 4 or less, the ceiling joist sizes referred to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       in Sentence (1) shall be determined from Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-C to 9.23.4.2.-F
                                                                                                                       and 9.23.4.2.-L for roof joists.

                                                                                                    9.23.14.11.        Roof Trusses
                                                                                                                          1) Wood roof trusses shall be designed in accordance with good engineering
                                                                                                                       practice such as that described in TPIC 2019, “Truss Design Procedures and
                                                                                                                       Specifications for Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses.”
                                                                                                                          2) The joint connections used in trusses described in Sentence (1) shall be designed
                                                                                                                       in conformance with the requirements in Subsection 4.3.1. (See Note A-9.23.14.11.(2).)
                                                                                                                          3) All member bracing shall be installed as per the truss design drawings, and
                                                                                                                       continuous lateral bracing shall be adequately anchored to the roof and ceiling
                                                                                                                       diaphragms at intervals no greater than 6.10 m o.c.

                                                                                                    9.23.15.           Subflooring
                                                                                                    9.23.15.1.         Subflooring Required
                                                                                                                          1) Subflooring shall be provided beneath finish flooring where the finish
                                                                                                                       flooring does not have adequate strength to support the specified live loads (see
                                                                                                                       Subsection 9.30.3.).

                                                                                                    9.23.15.2.         Material Standards
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), wood-based panels for subfloors shall
                                                                                                                       conform to
                                                                                                                          a) CSA O121, “Douglas fir plywood,”
                                                                                                                          b) CSA O151, “Canadian softwood plywood,”
                                                                                                                          c) CSA O153, “Poplar plywood,”
                                                                                                                          d) CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” or
                                                                                                                          e) CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard.”
                                                                                                                          2) Particleboard subflooring may be used only where a building is constructed in a
                                                                                                                       factory so that the subfloor will not be exposed to the weather.
                                                                                                                         3) Subflooring described in Sentence (2) shall conform to grade D-2 or D-3 in
                                                                                                                       ANSI A208.1, “Particleboard.”
                                                                                                                          4) Subflooring described in Sentence (2) shall have its upper surface and all edges
                                                                                                                       treated to restrict water absorption, where the subfloor is used in bathrooms, kitchens,
                                                                                                                       laundry rooms or other areas subject to periodic wetting. (See Note A-9.23.15.2.(4).)

                                                                                                    9.23.15.3.         Edge Support
                                                                                                                          1) Where the edges of panel-type subflooring are required to be supported (see
                                                                                                                       Sentence 9.30.2.1.(2)), such support shall consist of tongue-and-groove panel edges or
                                                                                                                       not less than 38 mm by 38 mm blocking securely nailed between framing members.

                                                                                                    9.23.15.4.         Direction of Installation
                                                                                                                          1) Plywood subflooring shall be installed with the surface grain at right angles to
                                                                                                                       the joists and with joints parallel to floor joists staggered.


                                                                                                    9-156 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                            9.23.15.7.

                                                                                                                        2) OSB subflooring conforming to CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” or to O-1
                                                                                                                     and O-2 grades in CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard,” and waferboard subflooring
                                                                                                                     conforming to R-1 grade in CSA O437.0 shall be installed so that the direction of face
                                                                                                                     orientation is at right angles to the joists and the joints parallel to the floor joists are
                                                                                                                     staggered. (See Note A-9.23.15.4.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.23.15.5.       Subfloor Thickness or Rating
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), subfloors shall conform to either
                                                                                                                     Table 9.23.15.5.-A or 9.23.15.5.-B.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.23.15.5.-A
                                                                                                                                                       Thickness of Subflooring
                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.15.5.(1) and 9.23.16.7.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                        Minimum Thickness, mm
                                                                                                       Maximum Spacing of
                                                                                                         Supports, mm            Plywood and OSB, O-2     OSB, O-1 Grade, and
                                                                                                                                                                                         Particleboard                     Lumber
                                                                                                                                        Grade             Waferboard, R-1 Grade
                                                                                                              400                        15.5                     15.9                          15.9                         17.0
                                                                                                              500                        15.5                     15.9                          19.0                         19.0
                                                                                                              600                        18.5                     19.0                          25.4                         19.0


                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.23.15.5.-B
                                                                                                                                            Rating for Subfloor when Applying CSA O325
                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.15.5.(1) and 9.23.16.7.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Panel Mark
                                                                                                         Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm
                                                                                                                                                                Subfloor                               Used with Panel-Type Underlay
                                                                                                                      400                                        1F16                                              2F16
                                                                                                                      500                                        1F20                                              2F20
                                                                                                                      600                                        1F24                                              2F24


                                                                                                                        2) Where the finished flooring consists of not less than 19 mm matched wood strip
                                                                                                                     flooring laid at right angles to joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c., subflooring
                                                                                                                     shall be permitted to consist of not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 12.5 mm thick plywood,
                                                                                                                         b) 12.5 mm thick OSB conforming to O-2 grade,
                                                                                                                         c) 12.7 mm thick OSB conforming to O-1 grade,
                                                                                                                         d) 12.7 mm thick waferboard conforming to R-1 grade, or
                                                                                                                         e) OSB conforming to 2R32/2F16 grade.
                                                                                                                        3) Except where the flooring consists of ceramic tiles applied with adhesive, where
                                                                                                                     a separate panel-type underlay or concrete topping is applied to a subfloor on joists
                                                                                                                     spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., the subfloor is permitted to consist of not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 12.5 mm thick plywood,
                                                                                                                         b) 12.5 mm thick OSB conforming to O-2 grade,
                                                                                                                         c) 12.7 mm thick OSB conforming to O-1 grade,
                                                                                                                         d) 12.7 mm thick waferboard conforming to R-1 grade, or
                                                                                                                         e) OSB conforming to 2R32/2F16 grade.

                                                                                                    9.23.15.6.       Annular Grooved Nails
                                                                                                                        1) When resilient flooring is applied directly to an OSB, waferboard, particleboard
                                                                                                                     or plywood subfloor, the subfloor shall be fastened to the supports with annular
                                                                                                                     grooved nails.

                                                                                                    9.23.15.7.       Lumber Subflooring
                                                                                                                            1) Lumber subflooring shall be laid at an angle of not less than 45° to the joists.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                         Division B 9-157
                                                                                                    9.23.16.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Lumber subflooring shall be fully supported at the ends on solid bearing.
                                                                                                                          3) Lumber for subflooring shall be of uniform thickness and not more than
                                                                                                                       184 mm wide.

                                                                                                    9.23.16.           Roof Sheathing
                                                                                                    9.23.16.1.         Required Roof Sheathing
                                                                                                                          1) Except where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than 0.8 kPa and the
                                                                                                                       seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is less than or equal to 0.70, continuous lumber or
                                                                                                                       panel-type roof sheathing shall be installed to support the roofing.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.23.16.2.         Material Standards
                                                                                                                          1)   Wood-based panels used for roof sheathing shall conform to the requirements of
                                                                                                                          a)   CSA O121, “Douglas fir plywood,”
                                                                                                                          b)   CSA O151, “Canadian softwood plywood,”
                                                                                                                          c)   CSA O153, “Poplar plywood,”
                                                                                                                          d)   CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” or
                                                                                                                          e)   CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard.”

                                                                                                    9.23.16.3.         Direction of Installation
                                                                                                                           1) Plywood roof sheathing shall be installed with the surface grain at right angles
                                                                                                                       to the roof framing.
                                                                                                                          2) OSB roof sheathing conforming to CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” or
                                                                                                                       to O-1 and O-2 grades as specified in CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard,” shall be
                                                                                                                       installed with the direction of face orientation at right angles to the roof framing
                                                                                                                       members. (See Note A-9.23.15.4.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.23.16.4.         Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
                                                                                                                          1) Panel-type sheathing board shall be applied so that joints perpendicular to the
                                                                                                                       roof ridge are staggered where
                                                                                                                          a) the sheathing is applied with the surface grain parallel to the roof ridge, and
                                                                                                                          b) the thickness of the sheathing is such that the edges are required to be
                                                                                                                               supported.
                                                                                                                          2) A gap of not less than 2 mm shall be left between sheets of plywood, OSB
                                                                                                                       or waferboard.

                                                                                                    9.23.16.5.         Lumber Roof Sheathing
                                                                                                                         1) Lumber roof sheathing shall not be more than 286 mm wide and shall be
                                                                                                                       applied so that all ends are supported with end joints staggered.
                                                                                                                          2) Lumber roof sheathing shall be installed diagonally, where
                                                                                                                          a) the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 0.70 but not greater
                                                                                                                             than 1.2, or
                                                                                                                          b) the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 0.80 kPa but
                                                                                                                             less than 1.20 kPa.
                                                                                                                          3) Lumber roof sheathing shall be designed according to Part 4, where
                                                                                                                          a) the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is greater than 1.2, or
                                                                                                                          b) the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 1.20 kPa.

                                                                                                    9.23.16.6.         Edge Support
                                                                                                                          1) Where panel-type roof sheathing requires edge support, the support shall
                                                                                                                       consist of metal H clips or not less than 38 mm by 38 mm blocking securely nailed
                                                                                                                       between framing members.


                                                                                                    9-158 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                        9.23.17.2.

                                                                                                    9.23.16.7.          Thickness or Rating

                                                                                                                           1) The thickness or rating of roof sheathing on a flat roof used as a walking deck
                                                                                                                        shall conform to either Table 9.23.15.5.-A or 9.23.15.5.-B for subfloors.

                                                                                                                           2) The thickness or rating of roof sheathing on a roof not used as a walking deck
                                                                                                                        shall conform to either Table 9.23.16.7.-A or 9.23.16.7.-B.

                                                                                                                           3) Asphalt-coated or asphalt-impregnated fibreboard not less than 11.1 mm thick
                                                                                                                        conforming to CAN/ULC-S706.1, “Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for
                                                                                                                        Buildings,” is permitted to be used as a roof sheathing over supports spaced not more
                                                                                                                        than 400 mm o.c. provided the roofing consists of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           a) a continuous sheet of galvanized steel not less than 0.33 mm in thickness, or
                                                                                                                           b) a continuous sheet of aluminum not less than 0.61 mm in thickness.

                                                                                                                           4) All edges of sheathing described in Sentence (3) shall be supported by blocking
                                                                                                                        or framing.

                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.23.16.7.-A
                                                                                                                                                     Thickness of Roof Sheathing
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.16.7.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                    Minimum Thickness, mm
                                                                                                      Maximum Spacing
                                                                                                                                   Plywood, and OSB, O-2 Grade            OSB, O-1 Grade, and Waferboard, R-1 Grade
                                                                                                      of Supports, mm                                                                                                       Lumber
                                                                                                                              Edges Supported      Edges Unsupported       Edges Supported        Edges Unsupported
                                                                                                            300                     7.5                   7.5                    9.5                     9.5                 17.0
                                                                                                            400                     7.5                   9.5                    9.5                    11.1                 17.0
                                                                                                            600                     9.5                  12.5                   11.1                    12.7                 19.0


                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.23.16.7.-B
                                                                                                                                           Rating for Roof Sheathing When Applying CSA O325
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.16.7.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                     Panel Mark
                                                                                                         Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm
                                                                                                                                                             Edges Supported                           Edges Unsupported
                                                                                                                        400                                       2R16                                       1R16
                                                                                                                        500                                       2R20                                       1R20
                                                                                                                        600                                       2R24                                       1R24


                                                                                                    9.23.17.            Wall Sheathing

                                                                                                    9.23.17.1.          Required Sheathing

                                                                                                                           1) Exterior walls and gable ends shall be sheathed when the exterior cladding
                                                                                                                        requires intermediate fastening between supports or if the exterior cladding requires
                                                                                                                        solid backing.

                                                                                                    9.23.17.2.          Thickness, Rating and Material Standards

                                                                                                                            1) Where wall sheathing is required for the purpose of complying with this Section,
                                                                                                                        it shall conform to either Table 9.23.17.2.-A or 9.23.17.2.-B. (See also Article 9.25.5.1.)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                     Division B 9-159
                                                                                                    9.23.17.3.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.23.17.2.-A
                                                                                                                                                   Wall Sheathing Thickness and Specifications
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.17.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                            Minimum Thickness, mm (1)
                                                                                                                            Type of Sheathing                           With Supports      With Supports                 Material Standards
                                                                                                                                                                         400 mm o.c.        600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                      Fibreboard (insulating)                                                9.5                11.1             CAN/ULC-S706.1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ASTM C1177/C1177M
                                                                                                      Gypsum sheathing                                                       9.5                  12.7
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ASTM C1396/C1396M (2)
                                                                                                      Lumber                                                                 17.0                 17.0           See Table 9.3.2.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      Mineral Fibre, Rigid Board, Type 2                                      25                   25            CAN/ULC-S702.1
                                                                                                      OSB, O-2 Grade                                                         6.0                  7.5            CSA O437.0
                                                                                                      OSB, O-1 Grade, and Waferboard, R-1 Grade                              6.35                 7.9            CSA O437.0
                                                                                                      Phenolic, faced                                                         25                   25            CAN/CGSB-51.25-M
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 CSA O121
                                                                                                      Plywood (exterior type)                                                6.0                   7.5           CSA O151
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 CSA O153
                                                                                                      Polystyrene, Types 1 and 2                                              38                   38            CAN/ULC-S701.1
                                                                                                      Polystyrene, Types 3 and 4                                              25                   25            CAN/ULC-S701.1
                                                                                                      Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate Type 1, faced                         38                   38            CAN/ULC-S704.1
                                                                                                      Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate Types 2 and 3, faced                  25                   25            CAN/ULC-S704.1

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.17.2.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See also Sentences 9.27.5.1.(2) to (4).
                                                                                                    (2)   The flame-spread rating of gypsum board shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning
                                                                                                          Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies.”


                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.23.17.2.-B
                                                                                                                                                Rating for Wall Sheathing when Applying CSA O325
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.17.2.(1)

                                                                                                                        Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm                                                    Panel Mark
                                                                                                                                        400                                                                   W16
                                                                                                                                        500                                                                   W20
                                                                                                                                        600                                                                   W24


                                                                                                    9.23.17.3.            Attachment of Cladding to Sheathing
                                                                                                                             1) Gypsum sheathing, rigid insulation and fibreboard shall not be used for the
                                                                                                                          attachment of cladding materials.

                                                                                                    9.23.17.4.            Lumber Sheathing
                                                                                                                                1) Lumber wall sheathing shall be applied so that all ends are supported.
                                                                                                                             2) Where lumber wall sheathing is required to provide bracing according to
                                                                                                                          Article 9.23.10.2., it shall be applied with end joints staggered.

                                                                                                    9.23.17.5.            Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
                                                                                                                            1) A gap of not less than 2 mm shall be left between sheets of plywood, OSB,
                                                                                                                          waferboard or fibreboard.

                                                                                                    9.23.17.6.            Mansard Style Roofs
                                                                                                                             1) Where the bottom portions of mansard style roofs are vented, the vertical
                                                                                                                          framing members behind the sloping portions shall be considered on the same basis as
                                                                                                                          exterior wall studs and shall conform to Articles 9.27.3.2. to 9.27.3.6.


                                                                                                    9-160 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.24.2.1.

                                                                                                    Section 9.24. Sheet Steel Stud Wall Framing
                                                                                                    9.24.1.          General

                                                                                                    9.24.1.1.        Application

                                                                                                                        1) This Section applies to sheet steel studs for use in non-loadbearing exterior and
                                                                                                                     interior walls.

                                                                                                                        2) Where loadbearing steel studs are used, they shall be designed in conformance
                                                                                                                     with Part 4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.24.1.2.        Material Standards

                                                                                                                        1) Steel studs and runners shall conform to AISI S201, “North American Standard
                                                                                                                     for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Product Data 2012 Edition.”

                                                                                                    9.24.1.3.        Metal Thickness

                                                                                                                        1) Metal thickness specified in this Section shall be the minimum base steel
                                                                                                                     thickness exclusive of coatings.

                                                                                                    9.24.1.4.        Screws

                                                                                                                        1) Screws for the application of cladding, sheathing or interior finish materials to
                                                                                                                     steel studs, runners and furring channels shall conform to
                                                                                                                         a) ASTM C954, “Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the
                                                                                                                             Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs
                                                                                                                             from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness,” or
                                                                                                                         b) ASTM C1002, “Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws
                                                                                                                             for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to
                                                                                                                             Wood Studs or Steel Studs.”

                                                                                                    9.24.1.5.        Cladding, Sheathing and Interior Finish Required

                                                                                                                        1) Cladding or sheathing, and interior finish shall be installed on steel stud
                                                                                                                     framing and shall be fastened with screws
                                                                                                                        a) spaced at the appropriate spacing described in Section 9.29., and
                                                                                                                        b) penetrating not less than 10 mm through the metal.

                                                                                                    9.24.2.          Size of Framing

                                                                                                    9.24.2.1.        Size and Spacing of Studs in Interior Walls

                                                                                                                        1) Except as required in Articles 9.24.2.3. and 9.24.2.4., the size and spacing of
                                                                                                                     steel studs for non-loadbearing interior walls shall conform to Table 9.24.2.1.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-161
                                                                                                    9.24.2.2.                                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.24.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Steel Studs for Non-Loadbearing Interior Walls (1)
                                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 9.24.2.1.(1)

                                                                                                                 Minimum Stud Size, mm                           Maximum Stud Spacing, mm                           Maximum Wall Height, m
                                                                                                                                                                             400                                               3.0
                                                                                                                          32 × 41
                                                                                                                                                                             600                                               2.7
                                                                                                                                                                             300                                               4.4
                                                                                                                          32 × 64                                            400                                               4.0
                                                                                                                                                                             600                                               3.5




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                             300                                               5.2
                                                                                                                          32 × 89                                            400                                               4.6
                                                                                                                                                                             600                                               3.9
                                                                                                                                                                             300                                               6.6
                                                                                                                         32 × 152                                            400                                               5.8
                                                                                                                                                                             600                                               4.9

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.24.2.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The values in the Table are based on a single layer of 12.7 mm gypsum panel sheathing installed on each side of the studs. Where one side is
                                                                                                          not accessible, gypsum panels on only one side will suffice. The values are also based on attaching gypsum panel sheathing using screws not
                                                                                                          smaller than No. 6 spaced at a maximum of 300 mm at edges and at intermediate supports.


                                                                                                    9.24.2.2.              Thickness of Studs

                                                                                                                             1) Except as required in Article 9.24.2.4., steel studs in non-loadbearing interior
                                                                                                                           walls shall have a metal thickness of not less than 0.46 mm.

                                                                                                    9.24.2.3.              Runners

                                                                                                                              1) Runners for interior and exterior non-loadbearing walls shall have a thickness
                                                                                                                           not less than the thickness of the corresponding studs and shall have not less than
                                                                                                                           30 mm flanges.

                                                                                                    9.24.2.4.              Openings in Fire Separations

                                                                                                                               1) Where openings for doors in non-loadbearing fire separations required to have a
                                                                                                                           fire-resistance rating do not exceed 1 200 mm in width,
                                                                                                                                a) the width of steel studs shall be not less than 63 mm, and
                                                                                                                                b) the metal thickness shall be not less than 0.46 mm.

                                                                                                                               2) Where openings described in Sentence (1) exceed 1 200 mm in width,
                                                                                                                               a) the width of steel studs shall be not less than 91 mm, and
                                                                                                                               b) the metal thickness shall be not less than 0.85 mm.

                                                                                                                              3) The distance to the first stud beyond the jamb of any door opening in a fire
                                                                                                                           separation required to have a fire-resistance rating shall not exceed 400 mm.

                                                                                                                              4) Where the distance between the framing over the opening referred to in
                                                                                                                           Sentence (3) and the top runner exceeds 400 mm in such walls, intermediate support
                                                                                                                           shall be installed at intervals of not more than 400 mm above the opening.

                                                                                                    9.24.2.5.              Size and Spacing of Studs in Exterior Walls

                                                                                                                              1) The size and spacing of non-loadbearing steel studs for exterior walls shall
                                                                                                                           conform to Table 9.24.2.5.




                                                                                                    9-162 Division B                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              9.24.3.5.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.24.2.5.
                                                                                                                                Size and Spacing of Steel Studs for Non-Loadbearing Exterior Walls
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 9.24.2.5.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                              Maximum Stud Length, m
                                                                                                                              Minimum Metal Thickness,
                                                                                                      Minimum Stud Size, mm                                                       Spacing of Studs
                                                                                                                                       mm
                                                                                                                                                           300 mm o.c.              400 mm o.c.           600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                          30 × 91                       0.53                   3.0                      2.4                   —
                                                                                                          30 × 91                       0.69                   3.3                      2.7                   2.4
                                                                                                          30 × 91                       0.85                   3.6                      3.0                   2.7




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          30 × 91                       1.0                    4.0                      3.3                   3.0


                                                                                                    9.24.3.           Installation
                                                                                                    9.24.3.1.         Installation of Runners
                                                                                                                          1) Runners shall be provided at the tops and bottoms of walls.
                                                                                                                         2) Runners required in Sentence (1) shall be securely attached to the building at
                                                                                                                      approximately 50 mm from the ends, and at intervals of not more than 600 mm o.c. for
                                                                                                                      interior walls and 300 mm o.c. for exterior walls.
                                                                                                                         3) Fasteners used for attachment described in Sentence (2) shall consist of the
                                                                                                                      equivalent of 63 mm nails or 25 mm screws.
                                                                                                                         4) Studs at openings and which are not full wall height shall be supported by a
                                                                                                                      runner at the ends of the studs, securely fastened to the full length studs at the sides of
                                                                                                                      the opening.

                                                                                                    9.24.3.2.         Fire-Rated Walls
                                                                                                                          1) Steel studs used in walls required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be installed
                                                                                                                      so that there is not less than a 12 mm clearance between the top of the stud and the top
                                                                                                                      of the runner to allow for expansion in the event of fire.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Article 9.24.3.6., studs in walls referred to in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                      shall not be attached to the runners in a manner that will prevent such expansion.
                                                                                                                         3) Framing above doors with steel door frames in non-loadbearing fire separations
                                                                                                                      required to have a fire-resistance rating shall consist of 2 runners on the flat fastened
                                                                                                                      back to back. (See Note A-9.24.3.2.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) The upper runner required in Sentence (3) shall be bent at each end to extend
                                                                                                                      upwards not less than 150 mm and fastened to the adjacent studs.
                                                                                                                         5) A gypsum board filler piece, the width and length of the runner, shall be
                                                                                                                      provided between the door frame referred to in Sentence (3) and the adjacent runner.

                                                                                                    9.24.3.3.         Orientation of Studs
                                                                                                                         1) Steel studs shall be installed with webs at right angles to the wall face and,
                                                                                                                      except at openings, shall be continuous for the full wall height.

                                                                                                    9.24.3.4.         Support for Cladding Materials
                                                                                                                         1) Corners and intersections of walls shall be constructed to provide support for
                                                                                                                      the cladding materials.

                                                                                                    9.24.3.5.         Framing around Openings
                                                                                                                         1) Studs shall be doubled on each side of every opening where such openings
                                                                                                                      involve more than one stud space, and shall be tripled where the openings in exterior
                                                                                                                      walls exceed 2.4 m in width.
                                                                                                                         2) Studs described in Sentence (1) shall be fastened together by screws, crimping
                                                                                                                      or welding to act as a single structural unit in resisting transverse loads.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-163
                                                                                                    9.24.3.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.24.3.6.          Attachment of Studs to Runners
                                                                                                                          1) Studs shall be attached to runners by screws, crimping or welding around
                                                                                                                       wall openings and elsewhere where necessary to keep the studs in alignment during
                                                                                                                       construction.
                                                                                                                          2) Where clearance for expansion is required in Article 9.24.3.2., attachment
                                                                                                                       required in Sentence (1) shall be applied between studs and bottom runners only.

                                                                                                    9.24.3.7.          Openings for Fire Dampers
                                                                                                                           1) Openings for fire dampers in non-loadbearing fire separations required to have a
                                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating shall be framed with double studs on each side of the opening.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) The sill and header for openings described in Sentence (1) shall consist of a
                                                                                                                       runner track with right angle bends made on each end so as to extend 300 mm above
                                                                                                                       the header or below the sill and fastened to the studs.
                                                                                                                         3) The openings described in Sentence (1) shall be lined with a layer of gypsum
                                                                                                                       board not less than 12.7 mm thick fastened to stud and runner webs.


                                                                                                    Section 9.25. Heat Transfer, Air Leakage and
                                                                                                    Condensation Control
                                                                                                    9.25.1.            General
                                                                                                    9.25.1.1.          Scope and Application
                                                                                                                          1) This Section is concerned with heat, air and water vapour transfer and measures
                                                                                                                       to control condensation.
                                                                                                                          2) All walls, ceilings and floors separating conditioned space from unconditioned
                                                                                                                       space, the exterior air or the ground shall be
                                                                                                                          a) provided with
                                                                                                                                  i) thermal insulation conforming to Subsection 9.25.2. and
                                                                                                                                     Section 9.36.,
                                                                                                                                 ii) an air barrier conforming to Subsection 9.25.3. and
                                                                                                                                     Section 9.36., and
                                                                                                                                iii) a vapour barrier conforming to Subsection 9.25.4., and
                                                                                                                          b) constructed in such a way that the properties and relative position of all
                                                                                                                               materials conform to Subsection 9.25.5.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.25.1.1.(2).)
                                                                                                                          3) Insulation and sealing of heating and ventilating ducts shall conform to
                                                                                                                       Sections 9.32., 9.33. and 9.36.

                                                                                                    9.25.2.            Thermal Insulation
                                                                                                    9.25.2.1.          Required Insulation
                                                                                                                          1) All walls, ceilings and floors separating heated space from unheated space, the
                                                                                                                       exterior air or the exterior soil shall be provided with sufficient thermal insulation to
                                                                                                                       prevent moisture condensation on their room side during the winter and to ensure
                                                                                                                       comfortable conditions for the occupants. (See Note A-9.1.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.25.2.2.          Insulation Materials
                                                                                                                          1) Except as required in Sentence (2), thermal insulation shall conform to the
                                                                                                                       requirements of
                                                                                                                          a) ASTM C726, “Standard Specification for Mineral Wool Roof Insulation
                                                                                                                              Board,”
                                                                                                                          b) CAN/CGSB-51.25-M, “Thermal Insulation, Phenolic, Faced,”
                                                                                                                          c) CGSB 51-GP-27M, “Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Loose Fill,”
                                                                                                                          d) CAN/ULC-S701.1, “Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene Boards,”


                                                                                                    9-164 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.25.2.4.

                                                                                                                         e) CAN/ULC-S702.1, “Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for
                                                                                                                            Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification,”
                                                                                                                         f) CAN/ULC-S703, “Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for
                                                                                                                            Buildings,”
                                                                                                                         g) CAN/ULC-S704.1, “Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polyurethane and
                                                                                                                            Polyisocyanurate, Boards, Faced,”
                                                                                                                         h) CAN/ULC-S705.1, “Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied Rigid
                                                                                                                            Polyurethane Foam, Medium Density – Material Specification,” or
                                                                                                                         i) CAN/ULC-S706.1, “Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for
                                                                                                                            Buildings.”
                                                                                                                        2) The flame-spread ratings requirements contained in the standards listed in




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Sentence (1) shall not apply. (See Note A-9.25.2.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Insulation in contact with the ground shall be inert to the action of soil and
                                                                                                                     water and shall be such that its insulative properties are not significantly reduced
                                                                                                                     by moisture.

                                                                                                    9.25.2.3.        Installation of Thermal Insulation
                                                                                                                        1) Insulation shall be installed so that there is a reasonably uniform insulating
                                                                                                                     value over the entire face of the insulated area.
                                                                                                                        2) Insulation shall be applied to the full width and length of the space between
                                                                                                                     furring or framing.
                                                                                                                        3) Except where the insulation provides the principal resistance to air leakage,
                                                                                                                     thermal insulation shall be installed so that at least one face is in full and continuous
                                                                                                                     contact with an element with low air permeance. (See Note A-9.25.2.3.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) Insulation shall be installed over the full height of foundation walls enclosing a
                                                                                                                     basement or heated crawl space. (See also Note A-9.36.2.5.(5).)
                                                                                                                        5) Insulation around concrete slabs-on-ground shall be located so that heat from
                                                                                                                     the building is not restricted from reaching the ground beneath the perimeter, where
                                                                                                                     exterior walls are not supported by footings extending below frost level.
                                                                                                                         6) Where insulation is exposed to the weather and subject to mechanical damage,
                                                                                                                     it shall be protected with not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 6 mm preservative-treated plywood, or
                                                                                                                         b) 12 mm cement parging on wire lath applied to the exposed face and edge.
                                                                                                                        7) Insulation located in areas where it may be subject to mechanical damage shall
                                                                                                                     be protected by a covering such as gypsum board, plywood, particleboard, OSB,
                                                                                                                     waferboard or hardboard.
                                                                                                                        8) Insulation in factory-built buildings shall be installed so that it will not become
                                                                                                                     dislodged during transportation.

                                                                                                    9.25.2.4.        Installation of Loose-Fill Insulation
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), loose-fill insulation shall be used on
                                                                                                                     horizontal surfaces only.
                                                                                                                        2) Where loose-fill insulation is installed in an unconfined sloped space, such as
                                                                                                                     an attic space over a sloped ceiling, the supporting slope shall not be more than
                                                                                                                        a) 4.5 in 12 for mineral fibre or cellulose fibre insulation, and
                                                                                                                        b) 2.5 in 12 for other types of insulation.
                                                                                                                        3) Loose-fill insulation is permitted to be used in wood-frame walls of existing
                                                                                                                     buildings. (See Note A-9.25.2.4.(3).)
                                                                                                                       4) Where blown-in insulation is installed in above-ground or below-ground
                                                                                                                     wood-frame walls of new buildings,
                                                                                                                       a) the density of the installed insulation shall be sufficient to preclude
                                                                                                                           settlement,
                                                                                                                       b) the insulation shall be installed behind a membrane that will permit visual
                                                                                                                           inspection prior to the installation of the interior finish,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-165
                                                                                                    9.25.2.5.                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                          c) the insulation shall be installed in a manner that will not interfere with the
                                                                                                                             installation of the interior finish, and
                                                                                                                          d) no water shall be added to the insulation, unless it can be shown that the
                                                                                                                             added water will not adversely affect other materials in the assembly.
                                                                                                                         5) Water repellent loose-fill insulation is permitted to be used between the outer
                                                                                                                       and inner wythes of masonry cavity walls. (See Note A-9.25.2.4.(5).)
                                                                                                                          6) Where soffit venting is used, measures shall be taken
                                                                                                                          a) to prevent loose-fill insulation from blocking the soffit vents and to maintain
                                                                                                                             an open path for circulation of air from the vents into the attic or roof space,
                                                                                                                             and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          b) to minimize airflow into the insulation near the soffit vents to maintain the
                                                                                                                             thermal performance of the material. (See Article 9.19.1.3.)

                                                                                                    9.25.2.5.          Installation of Spray-Applied Polyurethane
                                                                                                                          1) Spray-applied polyurethane insulation shall be installed in accordance
                                                                                                                       with CAN/ULC-S705.2, “Standard for Thermal Insulation – Spray Applied Rigid
                                                                                                                       Polyurethane Foam, Medium Density – Application.”

                                                                                                    9.25.3.            Air Barrier Systems
                                                                                                    9.25.3.1.          Required Barrier to Air Leakage
                                                                                                                          1) Wall, ceiling and floor assemblies separating conditioned space from
                                                                                                                       unconditioned space or from the ground shall be constructed so as to include an air
                                                                                                                       barrier system that will provide a continuous barrier to air leakage
                                                                                                                           a) from the interior of the building into wall, floor, attic or roof spaces, sufficient
                                                                                                                                to prevent excessive moisture condensation in such spaces during the
                                                                                                                                winter, and
                                                                                                                           b) from the exterior or the ground inward sufficient to
                                                                                                                                   i) prevent moisture condensation on the room side during
                                                                                                                                      winter,
                                                                                                                                  ii) ensure comfortable conditions for the occupants, and
                                                                                                                                 iii) minimize the ingress of soil gas.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.25.3.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.25.3.2.          Air Barrier System Properties
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.25.5.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                          1) Air barrier systems shall possess the characteristics necessary to provide an
                                                                                                                       effective barrier to air infiltration and exfiltration under differential air pressure due to
                                                                                                                       stack effect, mechanical systems or wind.
                                                                                                                          2) Where polyethylene sheet is used to provide airtightness in the air barrier
                                                                                                                       system, it shall conform to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, “Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet
                                                                                                                       for Use in Building Construction.”

                                                                                                    9.25.3.3.          Continuity of the Air Barrier System
                                                                                                                           1) Where the air barrier system consists of an air-impermeable panel-type material,
                                                                                                                       all joints shall be sealed to prevent air leakage.
                                                                                                                           2) Except as provided in Sentence 9.25.3.6.(3), where the air barrier system consists
                                                                                                                       of flexible sheet material, all joints shall be
                                                                                                                           a) sealed, or
                                                                                                                           b) lapped not less than 100 mm and clamped, such as between framing
                                                                                                                               members, furring or blocking, and rigid panels.
                                                                                                                          3) Where an interior wall meets an exterior wall, ceiling, floor or roof required
                                                                                                                       to be provided with air barrier protection, the air barrier system shall extend across
                                                                                                                       the intersection.


                                                                                                    9-166 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.25.3.6.

                                                                                                                        4) Where an interior wall projects through a ceiling or extends to become an
                                                                                                                     exterior wall, spaces in the wall shall be blocked to provide continuity across those
                                                                                                                     spaces with the air barrier system in the abutting walls or ceiling.
                                                                                                                        5) Where an interior floor projects through an exterior wall or extends to become
                                                                                                                     an exterior floor, continuity of the air barrier system shall be maintained from the
                                                                                                                     abutting walls across the floor assembly.
                                                                                                                        6) Penetrations of the air barrier system, such as those created by the installation of
                                                                                                                     doors, windows, electrical wiring, electrical boxes, piping or ductwork, shall be sealed
                                                                                                                     to maintain the integrity of the air barrier system over the entire surface.
                                                                                                                        7) Where access hatches and sump pit covers are installed through assemblies




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     constructed with an air barrier system, they shall be weatherstripped around their
                                                                                                                     perimeters to prevent air leakage.
                                                                                                                        8) Clearances between chimneys or gas vents and the surrounding construction that
                                                                                                                     would permit air leakage from within the building into a wall or attic or roof space shall
                                                                                                                     be sealed by noncombustible material to prevent such leakage.

                                                                                                    9.25.3.4.        Air Leakage Control in Masonry Walls
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.)
                                                                                                                        1) Masonry walls required to provide a barrier to the ingress of air from the
                                                                                                                     ground shall
                                                                                                                        a) include a course of masonry units without voids, or
                                                                                                                        b) be sealed with flashing material extending across the full width of the
                                                                                                                           masonry.
                                                                                                                         2) The masonry course or flashing described in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                         a) be located at the level of the adjoining floor and be sealed to it in accordance
                                                                                                                            with Article 9.25.3.6., or
                                                                                                                         b) in the absence of a floor, be located at the level of the ground cover required
                                                                                                                            by Article 9.18.6.1. and be sealed to it.

                                                                                                    9.25.3.5.        Air Leakage Control in Underground Roofs
                                                                                                                        1) Waterproofing systems for roofs of underground structures shall be sealed to
                                                                                                                     the air barrier in the walls.

                                                                                                    9.25.3.6.        Air Barrier Systems in Floors-on-ground
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.)
                                                                                                                        1) Materials used to provide a barrier to the ingress of air through floors-on-ground
                                                                                                                     shall conform to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, “Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in
                                                                                                                     Building Construction.”
                                                                                                                        2) Where the floor-on-ground is a concrete slab, the air barrier shall be
                                                                                                                        a) installed below the slab, or
                                                                                                                        b) applied to the top of the slab, provided a separate floor is installed over
                                                                                                                           the slab.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                        3) Where the air barrier installed below a floor-on-ground is flexible sheet material,
                                                                                                                     joints in the barrier shall be lapped not less than 300 mm. (See Note A-9.25.3.6.(2)
                                                                                                                     and (3).)
                                                                                                                        4) Where installed in conjunction with a framed floor-on-ground or above a
                                                                                                                     floor-on-ground, the air barrier shall be installed in accordance with Article 9.25.3.3.
                                                                                                                        5) A floor-on-ground shall be sealed around its perimeter to the inner surfaces
                                                                                                                     of adjacent walls using flexible sealant.
                                                                                                                        6) All penetrations of a floor-on-ground that are required to drain water from the
                                                                                                                     floor surface shall be sealed in a manner that prevents the upward flow of air without
                                                                                                                     preventing the downward flow of liquid water.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-167
                                                                                                    9.25.4.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.25.4.            Vapour Barriers

                                                                                                    9.25.4.1.          Required Barrier to Vapour Diffusion

                                                                                                                          1) Thermally insulated wall, ceiling and floor assemblies shall be constructed with
                                                                                                                       a vapour barrier so as to provide a barrier to diffusion of water vapour from the interior
                                                                                                                       into wall spaces, floor spaces or attic or roof spaces.

                                                                                                    9.25.4.2.          Vapour Barrier Materials

                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), vapour barriers shall have a permeance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       not greater than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) measured in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M,
                                                                                                                       “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials,” using the
                                                                                                                       desiccant method (dry cup).

                                                                                                                          2) Thermally insulated foundation wall assemblies are permitted to be
                                                                                                                       constructed with variable-permeance vapour barriers having a permeance not
                                                                                                                       greater than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) using the desiccant method (dry cup) and greater
                                                                                                                       than 300 ng/(Pa×s×m2) using the water method (wet cup) measured in accordance
                                                                                                                       with ASTM E96/E96M, “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of
                                                                                                                       Materials.”(See Note A-9.25.4.2.(2).)

                                                                                                                          3) Where the intended use of the interior space will result in high moisture
                                                                                                                       generation, the assembly shall be designed according to Part 5. (See Note A-9.25.4.2.(3).)

                                                                                                                          4) Where polyethylene is installed to serve only as the vapour barrier, it shall
                                                                                                                       comply with Clause 4.4, Thermal Stability, and Clause 5.7, Oxidative Induction Time,
                                                                                                                       of CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, “Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building
                                                                                                                       Construction.”

                                                                                                                          5) Membrane-type vapour barriers other than polyethylene shall conform to the
                                                                                                                       requirements of CAN/CGSB-51.33-M, “Vapour Barrier Sheet, Excluding Polyethylene,
                                                                                                                       for Use in Building Construction.”

                                                                                                                          6) Membrane-type vapour barriers other than polyethylene that are susceptible to
                                                                                                                       deterioration under prolonged exposure to direct ultraviolet radiation shall
                                                                                                                          a) be covered, or
                                                                                                                          b) only be installed in locations that are not exposed to direct ultraviolet
                                                                                                                              radiation after the completion of construction.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.25.4.2.(6).)

                                                                                                                          7) Where a coating is applied to gypsum board to function as the vapour barrier, the
                                                                                                                       permeance of the coating shall be determined in accordance with CAN/CGSB-1.501-M,
                                                                                                                       “Method for Permeance of Coated Wallboard.”

                                                                                                                          8) Where foamed plastic insulation functions as the vapour barrier, it shall be
                                                                                                                       sufficiently thick so as to meet the requirement of Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    9.25.4.3.          Installation of Vapour Barriers

                                                                                                                         1) Products installed to function as the vapour barrier shall protect the warm side of
                                                                                                                       wall, ceiling and floor assemblies.

                                                                                                                          2) Where different products are used for the vapour barrier and the insulation, the
                                                                                                                       vapour barrier shall be installed sufficiently close to the warm side of the insulation to
                                                                                                                       prevent condensation at design conditions. (See Notes A-9.25.4.3.(2) and A-9.25.5.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                          3) Where the same product is used for the vapour barrier and the insulation,
                                                                                                                       the product shall be installed sufficiently close to the warm side of the assembly to
                                                                                                                       prevent condensation at design conditions. (See Notes A-9.25.4.3.(2), A-9.25.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                                       and A-9.25.5.2.)


                                                                                                    9-168 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  9.25.5.2.

                                                                                                    9.25.5.              Properties and Position of Materials in the Building
                                                                                                                         Envelope
                                                                                                    9.25.5.1.            General
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-9.25.5.1.)
                                                                                                                            1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), sheet and panel-type materials
                                                                                                                         incorporated into assemblies described in Article 9.25.1.1. shall conform to
                                                                                                                         Article 9.25.5.2., where
                                                                                                                            a) the material has
                                                                                                                                    i) an air leakage characteristic less than 0.1 L/(s×m2) at 75 Pa,
                                                                                                                                       and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                   ii) a water vapour permeance less than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2)
                                                                                                                                       when measured in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M,
                                                                                                                                       “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission
                                                                                                                                       of Materials,” using the desiccant method (dry cup) (see
                                                                                                                                       Note A-9.25.5.1.(1)(a)(ii)), and
                                                                                                                            b) the intended use of the interior space where the materials are installed will
                                                                                                                                 not result in high moisture generation.
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-9.25.5.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                            2) Where the intended use of the interior space will result in high moisture
                                                                                                                         generation, the assembly shall be designed according to Part 5.
                                                                                                                            3) Wood-based sheathing materials not more than 12.5 mm thick and complying
                                                                                                                         with Article 9.23.17.2. need not comply with Sentence (1). (See Note A-9.25.5.1.(3).)
                                                                                                                            4) Where a material has a water vapour permeance not less than
                                                                                                                         30 ng/(Pa×s×m2) and a thermal resistance not less than 0.7 (m2×K)/W and the heating
                                                                                                                         degree-days of the building location are less than 6000, the assembly need not comply
                                                                                                                         with Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    9.25.5.2.            Position of Low Permeance Materials
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-9.25.5.2.)
                                                                                                                             1) Sheet and panel-type materials described in Article 9.25.5.1. shall be installed
                                                                                                                             a) on the warm face of the assembly (see also Article 9.25.4.2.),
                                                                                                                             b) at a location where the ratio between the total thermal resistance of all
                                                                                                                                materials outboard of its innermost impermeable surface and the total
                                                                                                                                thermal resistance of all materials inboard of that surface is not less than
                                                                                                                                that required by Table 9.25.5.2., or
                                                                                                                             c) outboard of an air space that is vented to the outdoors.
                                                                                                                            2) For walls, the air space described in Clause (1)(c) shall comply with
                                                                                                                         Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a).

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.25.5.2.
                                                                                                                                                 Ratio of Outboard to Inboard Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 9.25.5.2.(1)

                                                                                                     Heating Degree-Days of Building Location (1),       Minimum Ratio of Total Thermal Resistance Outboard of Material's Inner Surface to
                                                                                                               Celsius degree-days                                Total Thermal Resistance Inboard of Material's Inner Surface
                                                                                                                   up to 4 999                                                                 0.20
                                                                                                                5 000 to 5 999                                                                 0.30
                                                                                                                6 000 to 6 999                                                                 0.35
                                                                                                                7 000 to 7 999                                                                 0.40
                                                                                                                8 000 to 8 999                                                                 0.50
                                                                                                                9 000 to 9 999                                                                 0.55
                                                                                                               10 000 to 10 999                                                                0.60
                                                                                                               11 000 to 11 999                                                                0.65
                                                                                                                 12 000 or higher                                                              0.75


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                             Division B 9-169
                                                                                                    9.26.1.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.25.5.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.25.5.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentence 1.1.3.1.(1).



                                                                                                    Section 9.26. Roofing
                                                                                                    9.26.1.               General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.26.1.1.             Definitions

                                                                                                                             1) For the purpose of this Section, the term “roof” shall mean sloped or
                                                                                                                          near-horizontal assemblies that protect the spaces beneath them, including platforms
                                                                                                                          that effectively serve as roofs with respect to the accumulation or drainage of
                                                                                                                          precipitation. (See Note A-9.26.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                                             2) For the purpose of this Section, the term “roofing” shall mean the primary
                                                                                                                          covering for roofs.

                                                                                                    9.26.1.2.             Required Protection

                                                                                                                              1) Roofs shall be protected with roofing, including flashing, installed so as to
                                                                                                                              a) effectively shed water,
                                                                                                                              b) prevent the ingress of water and moisture into building assemblies and
                                                                                                                                 occupied space, and
                                                                                                                              c) minimize the ingress of water due to ice damming into building assemblies.

                                                                                                                              2) Compliance with Sentence (1) shall be demonstrated by conforming to
                                                                                                                              a) the remainder of this Section, or
                                                                                                                              b) Part 5.

                                                                                                    9.26.1.3.             Alternative Installation Methods

                                                                                                                              1) Methods described in CSA A123.51, “Asphalt shingle application on roof slopes
                                                                                                                          1:6 and steeper,” are permitted to be used for the installation of asphalt shingles in lieu
                                                                                                                          of the methods described in this Section.

                                                                                                    9.26.2.               Roofing Materials

                                                                                                    9.26.2.1.             Material Standards

                                                                                                                             1) Where materials used for the preparation of the substrate for roofing are
                                                                                                                          covered in the scope of a standard listed in Table 9.26.2.1.-A, they shall conform to
                                                                                                                          that standard.


                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.26.2.1.-A
                                                                                                                                          Materials for Preparation of the Substrate for Roofing
                                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.2.1.(1)

                                                                                                               Type of Material                                                       Standards
                                                                                                     Sheathing membranes              CAN/CGSB-51.32-M, “Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type”
                                                                                                     Primers                          CGSB 37-GP-9Ma, “Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing”


                                                                                                                             2) Where roofing materials are covered in the scope of a standard listed in
                                                                                                                          Table 9.26.2.1.-B, they shall conform to that standard.


                                                                                                    9-170 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        9.26.2.3.

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 9.26.2.1.-B
                                                                                                                                                                   Roofing Materials
                                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.2.1.(2)

                                                                                                           Types of Roof Covering                                                          Standards
                                                                                                                                          ASTM D3019/D3019M, “Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered,
                                                                                                                                          and Fibered” (1)
                                                                                                                                          ASTM D4479/D4479M, “Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings – Asbestos-Free”
                                                                                                                                          CAN/CGSB-37.50-M, “Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing”
                                                                                                                                          CGSB 37-GP-56M, “Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated, and Reinforced for Roofing”
                                                                                                     Built-up roofing (BUR)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          CAN/CSA-A123.2, “Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets”
                                                                                                                                          CSA A123.3, “Asphalt Saturated Organic Roofing Felt”
                                                                                                                                          CAN/CSA-A123.4, “Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems”
                                                                                                                                          CSA A123.17, “Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing”
                                                                                                                                          CSA A123.23, “Product specification for polymer-modified bitumen sheet, prefabricated and reinforced”
                                                                                                                                          ASTM D4637/D4637M, “Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane”
                                                                                                                                          ASTM D4811/D4811M, “Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof
                                                                                                                                          Flashing”
                                                                                                     Single-ply membranes                 ASTM D6878/D6878M, “Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing”
                                                                                                                                          CAN/CGSB-37.54, “Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane”
                                                                                                                                          CAN/CGSB-37.58-M, “Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for Non-Exposed Use in Roofing and
                                                                                                                                          Waterproofing”
                                                                                                                                          CSA A123.5, “Asphalt shingles made from glass felt and surfaced with mineral granules”
                                                                                                                                          CAN/CSA-A220 Series, “Concrete Roof Tiles”
                                                                                                     Shingles, shakes, tiles, panels
                                                                                                                                          CSA O118.1, “Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles”
                                                                                                                                          CSA O118.2, “Eastern White Cedar Shingles”
                                                                                                                                          CAN/CSA-A123.16, “Asphalt-coated glass-base sheets”
                                                                                                     Eave protection                      CSA A123.22, “Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing
                                                                                                                                          Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection”
                                                                                                     Flashing                             ASTM D4811/D4811M, “Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof
                                                                                                                                          Flashing”

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.26.2.1.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   For the purpose of this Subsection, ASTM D3019/D3019M shall only apply to the non-fibered and non-asbestos-fibered types (I and III)
                                                                                                          of asphalt roll roofing.


                                                                                                    9.26.2.2.              Installation of Materials

                                                                                                                              1) Materials listed in Tables 9.26.2.1.-A and 9.26.2.1.-B shall be installed in
                                                                                                                           conformance with the manufacturer's written instructions. (See Sentence 1.5.1.2.(1) of
                                                                                                                           Division A.)

                                                                                                    9.26.2.3.              Nails

                                                                                                                              1) Nails used for roofing shall be corrosion-resistant roofing or shingle nails
                                                                                                                           conforming to
                                                                                                                              a) ASTM F1667, “Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes,
                                                                                                                                 and Staples,” or
                                                                                                                              b) CSA B111, “Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples.”

                                                                                                                              2) Nails shall have sufficient length to penetrate through, or 12 mm into, roof
                                                                                                                           sheathing.

                                                                                                                              3) Nails used with asphalt roofing shall have a head diameter of not less than
                                                                                                                           9.5 mm and a shank thickness of not less than 2.95 mm.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B 9-171
                                                                                                    9.26.2.4.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          4) Nails used with wood shingles or shakes shall have a head diameter of not less
                                                                                                                       than 4.8 mm and a shank thickness of not less than 2.0 mm and shall be stainless steel,
                                                                                                                       aluminum or hot-dipped galvanized. (See Note A-9.26.2.3.(4).)

                                                                                                    9.26.2.4.          Staples

                                                                                                                          1) Staples used to apply asphalt or wood shingles shall be corrosion-resistant and
                                                                                                                       shall be driven with the crown parallel to the eaves.

                                                                                                                          2) Staples used with asphalt shingles shall be not less than 19 mm long, 1.6 mm
                                                                                                                       diam or thickness, with not less than a 25 mm crown, except that an 11 mm crown may
                                                                                                                       be used as provided in Sentence 9.26.7.4.(2).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          3) Staples used with wood shingles shall be not less than 29 mm long, 1.6 mm
                                                                                                                       diam or thickness, with not less than a 9.5 mm crown and shall be stainless steel or
                                                                                                                       aluminum. (See Note A-9.26.2.3.(4).)

                                                                                                    9.26.3.            Slope of Roofed Surfaces

                                                                                                    9.26.3.1.          Slope

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the slopes on which roof coverings
                                                                                                                       may be applied shall conform to Table 9.26.3.1.

                                                                                                                          2) Asphalt and gravel or coal tar and gravel roofs may be constructed with lower
                                                                                                                       slopes than required in Sentence (1) when effective drainage is provided by roof drains
                                                                                                                       located at the lowest points on the roofs.

                                                                                                                          3) Profiled metal roof cladding systems specifically designed for low-slope
                                                                                                                       applications are permitted to be installed with lower slopes than required by
                                                                                                                       Sentence (1), provided they are installed in conformance with the manufacturer's
                                                                                                                       written recommendations.

                                                                                                                          4) Except where back-slope will not adversely affect adjacent supported or
                                                                                                                       supporting constructions due to water ingress, roofs and constructions that effectively
                                                                                                                       serve as roofs shall be constructed with sufficient slope away from
                                                                                                                           a) exterior walls, and
                                                                                                                          b) guards that are connected to the roof, or to a construction that effectively
                                                                                                                              serves as a roof, by more than pickets or posts.
                                                                                                                       (See Notes A-9.26.1.1.(1), A-9.26.4.1. and A-9.27.3.8.(4).)

                                                                                                                          5) The slope required by Sentence (4) shall be sufficient to maintain a positive
                                                                                                                       slope
                                                                                                                           a) after expected shrinkage of the building frame, where these surfaces are
                                                                                                                              supported by exterior walls and exterior columns (see Note A-9.27.3.8.(4)),
                                                                                                                              and
                                                                                                                          b) once design loading is taken into consideration, where these surfaces are
                                                                                                                              cantilevered from exterior walls.




                                                                                                    9-172 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                   9.26.4.3.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.26.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                          Roofing Types and Slope Limits
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.3.1.(1)

                                                                                                                              Type of Roofing                                Minimum Slope             Maximum Slope
                                                                                                      Asphalt Shingles
                                                                                                           Low slope application                                                 1 in 6                    no limit
                                                                                                           Normal application                                                    1 in 3                    no limit
                                                                                                      Built-up Roofing
                                                                                                           Asphalt base (without gravel)                                         1 in 25                   1 in 2
                                                                                                           Asphalt base (gravelled)                                             1 in 50 (1)                 1 in 4




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           Coal-tar base (gravelled)                                            1 in 50 (1)                1 in 25
                                                                                                           Cold process                                                          1 in 25                  1 in 1.33
                                                                                                      Cedar Shakes                                                               1 in 3                    no limit
                                                                                                      Clay Tile                                                                  1 in 2                    no limit
                                                                                                      Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester Roofing Panels                            1 in 4                    no limit
                                                                                                      Modified Bituminous Membranes                                              1 in 50                   1 in 4
                                                                                                      Profiled Metal Roofing                                                    1 in 4 (1)                 no limit
                                                                                                      Roll Roofing
                                                                                                           480 mm wide selvage asphalt roofing                                   1 in 6                    no limit
                                                                                                           Cold application felt                                                1 in 50                   1 in 1.33
                                                                                                           Smooth and mineral surfaced                                           1 in 4                    no limit
                                                                                                      Sheet Metal Shingles                                                      1 in 4 (1)                 no limit
                                                                                                      Slate Shingles                                                             1 in 2                    no limit
                                                                                                      Wood Shingles                                                              1 in 4                    no limit

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.26.3.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentence 9.26.3.1.(3).


                                                                                                    9.26.4.               Flashing at Intersections
                                                                                                    9.26.4.1.             Required Flashing at Intersections
                                                                                                                          (See Notes A-9.26.4.1. and A-9.26.1.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                             1) Except where the omission of flashing will not adversely affect adjacent
                                                                                                                          supported or supporting constructions, flashing shall be installed at junctions between
                                                                                                                          roofs and
                                                                                                                             a) walls that rise above the roof, and
                                                                                                                             b) guards that are connected to the roof by more than pickets or posts.
                                                                                                                             2) For the purpose of Sentence (1), roofs shall include platforms that effectively
                                                                                                                          serve as roofs with respect to the accumulation or drainage of precipitation.

                                                                                                    9.26.4.2.             Materials
                                                                                                                              1)       Sheet metal flashing shall consist of not less than
                                                                                                                              a)       1.73 mm thick sheet lead,
                                                                                                                              b)       0.33 mm thick galvanized steel,
                                                                                                                              c)       0.33 mm thick copper,
                                                                                                                              d)       0.35 mm thick zinc, or
                                                                                                                              e)       0.48 mm thick aluminum.

                                                                                                    9.26.4.3.             Valley Flashing
                                                                                                                             1) Where sloping surfaces of shingled roofs intersect to form a valley, the valley
                                                                                                                          shall be flashed.
                                                                                                                              2) Valley flashing shall be installed over continuous sheathing.
                                                                                                                              3) Closed valleys shall not be used with rigid shingles on slopes of less than 1 in 1.2.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                               Division B 9-173
                                                                                                    9.26.4.4.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          4) Open valleys shall be flashed with at least
                                                                                                                          a) one layer of sheet metal not less than 600 mm wide, or
                                                                                                                          b) 2 layers of roll roofing.
                                                                                                                          5) The bottom layer of roofing required in Sentence (4) shall consist of at least
                                                                                                                       Type S smooth roll roofing or Type M mineral surface roll roofing (mineral surface
                                                                                                                       down) not less than 457 mm wide, centred in the valley and fastened with nails spaced
                                                                                                                       not more than 450 mm o.c. located 25 mm away from the edges.
                                                                                                                          6) The top layer of roofing required in Sentence (4) shall consist of at least Type M
                                                                                                                       mineral surface roll roofing (mineral surface up), 914 mm wide, centred in the valley,
                                                                                                                       applied over a 100 mm wide strip of cement along each edge of the bottom layer, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       fastened with a sufficient number of nails to hold it in place until the shingles are
                                                                                                                       applied.

                                                                                                    9.26.4.4.          Intersection of Shingle Roofs and Masonry
                                                                                                                          1) The intersection of shingle roofs and masonry walls or chimneys shall be
                                                                                                                       protected with flashing.
                                                                                                                          2) Counter flashing required in Sentence (1) shall be embedded not less than
                                                                                                                       25 mm in the masonry and shall extend not less than 150 mm down the masonry and
                                                                                                                       lap the lower flashing not less than 100 mm.
                                                                                                                           3) Flashing along the slopes of a roof described in Sentence (1) shall be stepped
                                                                                                                       so that there is not less than a 75 mm head lap in both the lower flashing and counter
                                                                                                                       flashing.
                                                                                                                           4) Where the roof described in Sentence (1) slopes upwards from the masonry, the
                                                                                                                       flashing shall extend up the roof slope to a point equal in height to the flashing on the
                                                                                                                       masonry, but not less than 1.5 times the shingle exposure.

                                                                                                    9.26.4.5.          Intersection of Shingle Roofs and Walls other than Masonry
                                                                                                                          1) The intersection of shingle roofs and walls clad with other than masonry shall
                                                                                                                       be protected with flashing.
                                                                                                                          2) Flashing required in Sentence (1) shall be installed so that it extends up the wall
                                                                                                                       not less than 75 mm behind the sheathing paper, and extends not less than 75 mm
                                                                                                                       horizontally.
                                                                                                                          3) Along the slope of the roof, the flashing required in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                       stepped with not less than a 75 mm head lap.

                                                                                                    9.26.4.6.          Intersection of Built-Up Roofs and Masonry
                                                                                                                           1) The intersection of built-up roofs with masonry walls or chimneys shall have a
                                                                                                                       cant strip at the intersection, and a roofing membrane shall be mopped over the cant
                                                                                                                       strip and not less than 150 mm up the wall.
                                                                                                                          2) Counter flashing installed over the intersection referred to in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                       be embedded not less than 25 mm in the masonry, and shall be of sufficient length to
                                                                                                                       extend down not less than 150 mm, lapping the membrane on the masonry not less
                                                                                                                       than 100 mm.

                                                                                                    9.26.4.7.          Intersection of Built-Up Roofs and Walls other than Masonry
                                                                                                                          1) The intersection of built-up roofs with walls clad with other than masonry
                                                                                                                       shall have a cant strip at the intersection.
                                                                                                                          2) The roofing membrane shall be mopped over the cant strip referred to in
                                                                                                                       Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                          3) Flashing plies shall extend not less than 150 mm up the wall referred to in
                                                                                                                       Sentence (1) behind the sheathing paper.


                                                                                                    9-174 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.26.6.2.

                                                                                                    9.26.4.8.        Chimney Saddles
                                                                                                                       1) Except as otherwise permitted in Sentence (5), chimney saddles shall be installed
                                                                                                                     where the upper side of a chimney on a sloping roof is more than 750 mm wide.
                                                                                                                       2) Chimney saddles shall be covered with sheet metal or roofing material of weight
                                                                                                                     and quality equivalent to the roofing.
                                                                                                                         3) Saddles shall be flashed where they intersect the roof.
                                                                                                                        4) The intersection of the saddle and the chimney shall be flashed and
                                                                                                                     counterflashed as described in Article 9.26.4.4.
                                                                                                                        5) A chimney saddle need not be installed if the intersection between the chimney




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     and roof is protected by sheet metal flashing that extends up the chimney to a height
                                                                                                                     equal to at least one sixth the width of the chimney, but not less than 150 mm, and up
                                                                                                                     the roof slope to a point equal in height to the flashing on the chimney, but not less than
                                                                                                                     1.5 times the shingle exposure.
                                                                                                                        6) Flashing described in Sentence (5) at the chimney shall be counterflashed as
                                                                                                                     required by Article 9.26.4.4.

                                                                                                    9.26.5.          Eave Protection for Shingles and Shakes
                                                                                                    9.26.5.1.        Required Eave Protection
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), eave protection shall be provided on
                                                                                                                     shingle, shake or tile roofs, extending from the edge of the roof a minimum of 900 mm
                                                                                                                     up the roof slope to a line not less than 300 mm inside the inner face of the exterior wall.
                                                                                                                         2) Eave protection is not required
                                                                                                                         a) over unheated garages, carports and porches,
                                                                                                                         b) where the roof overhang exceeds 900 mm measured along the roof slope
                                                                                                                            from the edge of the roof to the inner face of the exterior wall,
                                                                                                                         c) on roofs of asphalt shingles installed in accordance with Subsection 9.26.8.,
                                                                                                                         d) on roofs with slopes of 1 in 1.5 or greater, or
                                                                                                                         e) in regions with 3 500 or fewer degree-days.

                                                                                                    9.26.5.2.        Materials
                                                                                                                         1) Eave protection shall be laid beneath the starter strip and shall consist of
                                                                                                                         a) No. 15 asphalt-saturated felt laid in two plies lapped 480 mm and cemented
                                                                                                                            together with lap cement,
                                                                                                                         b) Type M or S roll roofing laid with not less than 100 mm head and end laps
                                                                                                                            cemented together with lap cement,
                                                                                                                         c) glass fibre or polyester fibre coated base sheets, or
                                                                                                                         d) self-sealing composite membranes consisting of modified bituminous
                                                                                                                            coated material.

                                                                                                    9.26.6.          Underlay beneath Shingles
                                                                                                    9.26.6.1.        Materials
                                                                                                                         1) Except as required in Sentence (2), when underlay is used beneath shingles,
                                                                                                                     it shall be
                                                                                                                         a) asphalt-saturated sheathing paper weighing not less than 0.195 kg/m2, or
                                                                                                                         b) No. 15 plain or perforated asphalt-saturated felt.
                                                                                                                         2) Underlay used beneath wood shingles shall be breather type.

                                                                                                    9.26.6.2.        Installation
                                                                                                                        1) When used with shingles, underlay shall be installed parallel to the eaves with
                                                                                                                     head and end lap of not less than 50 mm.
                                                                                                                        2) The top edge of each strip of underlay referred to in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                     fastened with sufficient roofing nails to hold it in place until the shingles are applied.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-175
                                                                                                    9.26.7.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          3) The underlay referred to in Sentence (1) shall overlap the eave protection by not
                                                                                                                       less than 100 mm. (See Article 9.26.10.2. for underlay beneath wood shakes.)

                                                                                                    9.26.7.            Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of 1 in 3 or Greater
                                                                                                    9.26.7.1.          Coverage
                                                                                                                          1) Coverage shall be not less than 2 thicknesses of shingle over the entire roof,
                                                                                                                       disregarding cutouts.

                                                                                                    9.26.7.2.          Starter Strip




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          1) A starter strip shall be installed along the lower edge of the roof so that it
                                                                                                                       extends approximately 12 mm beyond the eaves and rake of the roof and fastened
                                                                                                                       along the bottom edge with nails spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          2) Starter strips shall be
                                                                                                                          a) at least Type M mineral-surfaced roll roofing not less than 300 mm wide,
                                                                                                                          b) shingles of the same weight and quality as those used as a roof covering
                                                                                                                             with tabs facing up the roof slope, or
                                                                                                                          c) pre-manufactured starter strips installed with sealant at the eaves.
                                                                                                                         3) Starter strips need not be provided where eave protection of not less than Type
                                                                                                                       M mineral-surfaced roll roofing is provided.

                                                                                                    9.26.7.3.          Head Lap
                                                                                                                          1) Shingles shall have a head lap of not less than 50 mm.

                                                                                                    9.26.7.4.          Fasteners
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), shingles shall be fastened with at least 4
                                                                                                                       nails or staples for 1 m wide shingles so that no nails or staples are exposed.
                                                                                                                          2) Where staples with an 11 mm crown are used, shingles shall be fastened with at
                                                                                                                       least 6 staples.
                                                                                                                          3) Fasteners may be reduced for narrower shingles in proportion to the width of
                                                                                                                       the shingle or when shingles incorporating interlocking devices are used.
                                                                                                                          4) Fasteners referred to in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be located 25 mm to 40 mm
                                                                                                                       from each end of each strip shingle with other fasteners equally spaced between them.
                                                                                                                          5) Fasteners referred to in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be located not less than
                                                                                                                       12 mm above the tops of the cutouts.

                                                                                                    9.26.7.5.          Securing of Tabs
                                                                                                                          1) Shingle tabs shall be secured by a spot of plastic cement not exceeding 25 mm
                                                                                                                       diam under the centre of each tab or by interlocking devices or self-sealing strips.

                                                                                                    9.26.7.6.          Hips and Ridges
                                                                                                                          1) Shingles on hips and ridges shall be applied so they extend not less than
                                                                                                                       100 mm on either side of the hip or ridge, and shall be lapped not less than 150 mm.
                                                                                                                          2) Shingles referred to in Sentence (1) shall be fastened with nails or staples on
                                                                                                                       each side located not more than 25 mm from the edge and 25 mm above the butt of the
                                                                                                                       overlying shingle.

                                                                                                    9.26.7.7.          Eave Protection
                                                                                                                          1) Eave protection shall conform to Subsection 9.26.5.

                                                                                                    9.26.7.8.          Flashing
                                                                                                                          1) Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.


                                                                                                    9-176 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          9.26.9.3.

                                                                                                    9.26.8.          Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of less than 1 in 3
                                                                                                    9.26.8.1.        Coverage
                                                                                                                        1) Except for the first 2 courses, coverage shall be not less than 3 thicknesses of
                                                                                                                     shingle over the entire roof, disregarding cutouts.

                                                                                                    9.26.8.2.        Starter Strip
                                                                                                                         1) A starter strip shall be installed as in Article 9.26.7.2.
                                                                                                                       2) Starter strips required in Sentence (1) shall be laid in a continuous band of
                                                                                                                     cement not less than 200 mm wide.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.26.8.3.        Securing of Tabs
                                                                                                                        1) Shingle tabs shall be secured with cold application cement applied at the rate
                                                                                                                     of not less than 0.5 L/m2 of cemented area, or hot application asphalt applied at the
                                                                                                                     rate of 1 kg/m2 of cemented area.

                                                                                                    9.26.8.4.        Securing of Shingle Courses
                                                                                                                        1) The first course of shingles shall be secured by a continuous band of cement
                                                                                                                     along the eaves applied so that the width of the band equals the shingle exposure
                                                                                                                     plus 100 mm.
                                                                                                                       2) The succeeding courses of shingles shall be secured by a continuous band of
                                                                                                                     cement applied so that the width of the band equals the shingle exposure plus 50 mm.
                                                                                                                        3) The band required in Sentence (2) shall be located not more than 50 mm above
                                                                                                                     the butt of the overlying course of shingles.

                                                                                                    9.26.8.5.        Hips and Ridges
                                                                                                                        1) Shingles on hips and ridges shall be not less than 300 mm wide applied to
                                                                                                                     provide triple coverage.
                                                                                                                        2) Shingles referred to in Sentence (1) shall be cemented to the roof shingles and
                                                                                                                     to each other with a coat of cement and fastened with nails or staples located 40 mm
                                                                                                                     above the butt of the overlying shingle and 50 mm from each edge.

                                                                                                    9.26.8.6.        Flashing
                                                                                                                         1) Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.

                                                                                                    9.26.8.7.        Fastening
                                                                                                                         1) Shingles shall be fastened in accordance with Article 9.26.7.4.

                                                                                                    9.26.9.          Wood Roof Shingles
                                                                                                    9.26.9.1.        Decking
                                                                                                                       1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), decking for wood shingled roofs
                                                                                                                     may be continuous or spaced.

                                                                                                    9.26.9.2.        Grade
                                                                                                                         1) Western cedar shingles shall be not less than No. 2 grade.
                                                                                                                         2) Eastern white cedar shingles shall be not less than B (clear) grade.

                                                                                                    9.26.9.3.        Size
                                                                                                                       1) Wood shingles shall be not less than 400 mm long and not less than 75 mm or
                                                                                                                     more than 350 mm wide.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-177
                                                                                                    9.26.9.4.                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                    9.26.9.4.           Spacing and Joints
                                                                                                                           1) Shingles shall be spaced approximately 6 mm apart and offset at the joints in
                                                                                                                        adjacent courses not less than 40 mm so that joints in alternate courses are staggered.

                                                                                                    9.26.9.5.           Fastening
                                                                                                                           1) Shingles shall be fastened with 2 nails or staples located approximately 20 mm
                                                                                                                        from the sides of the shingle and 40 mm above the exposure line.

                                                                                                    9.26.9.6.           Exposure
                                                                                                                           1) The exposure of wood roof shingles shall conform to Table 9.26.9.6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.26.9.6.
                                                                                                                                                   Exposure of Wood Roof Shingles
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.9.6.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Exposure, mm
                                                                                                           Roof Slope                 No.1 or A Grade Length of Shingle, mm                No. 2 or B Grade Length of Shingle, mm
                                                                                                                                     400               450                600             400               450                 600
                                                                                                             < 1 in 3                100               115                165              90               100                 140
                                                                                                             ≥ 1 in 3                125               140               190              100               115                165


                                                                                                    9.26.9.7.           Flashing
                                                                                                                           1) Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.

                                                                                                    9.26.9.8.           Eave Protection
                                                                                                                           1) Eave protection shall conform to Subsection 9.26.5.

                                                                                                    9.26.10.            Cedar Roof Shakes
                                                                                                    9.26.10.1.          Size and Thickness
                                                                                                                           1) Shakes shall be not less than 450 mm long and not less than 100 mm nor more
                                                                                                                        than 350 mm wide with a butt thickness of not more than 32 mm and not less than
                                                                                                                        9 mm.

                                                                                                    9.26.10.2.          Underlay
                                                                                                                           1) Where eave protection is not provided, an underlay conforming to the
                                                                                                                        requirements in Article 9.26.6.1. for wood shingles shall be laid as a strip not less than
                                                                                                                        900 mm wide along the eaves.
                                                                                                                          2) A strip of material similar to that described in Sentence (1) not less than 450 mm
                                                                                                                        wide shall be interlaid between each course of shakes with the bottom edge of the strip
                                                                                                                        positioned above the butt line at a distance equal to double the exposure of the shakes.
                                                                                                                            3) Interlaid strips referred to in Sentence (2) shall be lapped not less than 150 mm
                                                                                                                        at hips and ridges in a manner that will prevent water from reaching the roof sheathing.

                                                                                                    9.26.10.3.          Spacing and Joints
                                                                                                                           1) Shakes shall be spaced 6 mm to 9 mm apart and the joints in any one course
                                                                                                                        shall be separated not less than 40 mm from joints in adjacent courses.

                                                                                                    9.26.10.4.          Fastening
                                                                                                                            1) Shakes shall be fastened with nails located approximately 20 mm from the sides
                                                                                                                        of the shakes and 40 mm above the exposure line.


                                                                                                    9-178 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                      9.26.11.6.

                                                                                                    9.26.10.5.         Exposure
                                                                                                                             1) The exposure of wood shakes shall not exceed
                                                                                                                             a) 190 mm for shakes not less than 450 mm long, and
                                                                                                                             b) 250 mm for shakes not less than 600 mm long.

                                                                                                    9.26.10.6.         Flashing
                                                                                                                             1) Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.

                                                                                                    9.26.10.7.         Eave Protection




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             1) Eave protection shall conform to Subsection 9.26.5.

                                                                                                    9.26.10.8.         Grade
                                                                                                                             1) Shakes shall be not less than No. 1 or Handsplit grade.

                                                                                                    9.26.11.           Built-Up Roofs
                                                                                                    9.26.11.1.         Quantity of Materials
                                                                                                                          1) The quantities of bituminous materials used on built-up roofs shall conform
                                                                                                                       to Table 9.26.11.1.

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.26.11.1.
                                                                                                                                                Quantities of Bitumen for Built-up Roofs
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.11.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                      Amount of Bitumen per Square Metre of Roof Surface
                                                                                                                           Type of Roof
                                                                                                                                                             Mopping Coats between Layers                     Flood Coat
                                                                                                    Asphalt and aggregate                                                1 kg                                    3 kg
                                                                                                    Coal-tar and aggregate                                              1.2 kg                                   3.6 kg
                                                                                                    Cold process roofing                                      0.75 L cold process cement              2 L cold process top coating


                                                                                                    9.26.11.2.         Coal-Tar and Asphalt Products
                                                                                                                          1) Coal-tar products and asphalt products shall not be used together in built-up
                                                                                                                       roof construction.

                                                                                                    9.26.11.3.         Roof Felts
                                                                                                                             1) Bitumen roofing felts shall be at least No. 15 felt.

                                                                                                    9.26.11.4.         Aggregate Surfacing
                                                                                                                         1) Aggregate used for surfacing built-up roofs shall be clean, dry and durable
                                                                                                                       and shall consist of particles of gravel, crushed stone or air-cooled blast furnace slag
                                                                                                                       having a size of from 6 mm to 15 mm.
                                                                                                                          2) The minimum amount of aggregate surfacing per square metre of roof surface
                                                                                                                       shall be 15 kg gravel or crushed stone or 10 kg crushed slag.

                                                                                                    9.26.11.5.         Flashing
                                                                                                                             1) Flashing for built-up roofs shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.

                                                                                                    9.26.11.6.         Number of Layers
                                                                                                                           1) Built-up roofing shall consist of not less than 3 mopped-down layers of roofing
                                                                                                                       felt flood coated with bitumen.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                        Division B 9-179
                                                                                                    9.26.11.7.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    9.26.11.7.         Installation of Layers
                                                                                                                         1) In hot process applications each layer of bitumen-saturated felt shall be laid
                                                                                                                       while the bitumen is hot, with each layer overlapping the previous one.
                                                                                                                          2) The full width under each lap referred to in Sentence (1) shall be coated with
                                                                                                                       bitumen so that in no place does felt touch felt.
                                                                                                                         3) Felt shall be laid free of wrinkles and shall be rolled directly into the hot bitumen
                                                                                                                       and broomed forward and outward from the centre to ensure complete adhesion.

                                                                                                    9.26.11.8.         Roofing over Wood-Based Sheathing
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), built-up roofing applied over wood,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       plywood, OSB or waferboard roof sheathing shall be laid over an additional base
                                                                                                                       layer of felt laid dry over the entire roof deck with not less than a 50 mm headlap
                                                                                                                       and a 50 mm sidelap between each sheet.
                                                                                                                           2) Where plywood, OSB or waferboard roof sheathing is used, the dry layer of felt
                                                                                                                       required in Sentence (1) may be omitted when the joints are taped and the sheathing
                                                                                                                       is primed with asphalt.

                                                                                                    9.26.11.9.         Attachment to Decking
                                                                                                                          1) Roofing shall be securely attached to the decking or where insulation is applied
                                                                                                                       above the deck, the insulation shall be securely attached to the deck before the first
                                                                                                                       layer of felt is fastened to the insulation.

                                                                                                    9.26.11.10.        Cant Strips
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted in Sentence (4), a cant strip shall be provided at the edges
                                                                                                                       of roofs.
                                                                                                                          2) At least 2 plies of the roofing membrane shall be carried over the top of the
                                                                                                                       cant strip.
                                                                                                                          3) Flashing shall extend over the top of the cant strip and be shaped to form a drip.
                                                                                                                          4) The cant strip required in Sentence (1) need not be provided where a gravel
                                                                                                                       stop is installed at the edge of roofs.
                                                                                                                          5) The roofing membranes shall be carried over the edge of the roof before the
                                                                                                                       gravel stop referred to in Sentence (4) is fastened and 2 plies of roofing membrane
                                                                                                                       mopped to the top surface of the gravel stop before the flood coat is applied.
                                                                                                                           6) The gravel stop referred to in Sentence (4) shall extend over the edge of the roof
                                                                                                                       to form a drip or shall be flashed so that the flashing extends over the edge to form a
                                                                                                                       drip.

                                                                                                    9.26.12.           Selvage Roofing
                                                                                                    9.26.12.1.         Coverage
                                                                                                                          1) Wide selvage asphalt roofing shall provide double coverage over the entire
                                                                                                                       roof surface.

                                                                                                    9.26.12.2.         Joints
                                                                                                                          1) Plies of selvage roofing shall be cemented together to ensure a watertight joint.

                                                                                                    9.26.13.           Sheet Metal Roofing
                                                                                                    9.26.13.1.         Thickness
                                                                                                                          1)   Sheet metal roofing shall be not less than
                                                                                                                          a)   0.33 mm thick galvanized steel,
                                                                                                                          b)   0.46 mm thick copper,
                                                                                                                          c)   0.46 mm thick zinc, or
                                                                                                                          d)   0.48 mm thick aluminum.


                                                                                                    9-180 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          9.27.1.1.

                                                                                                    9.26.13.2.       Support
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), where sheet metal roofing is not
                                                                                                                     supported by roof decking but spans between spaced supports, the panels shall be
                                                                                                                     designed to support the specified live loads for roofs.

                                                                                                    9.26.14.         Glass Reinforced Polyester Roofing
                                                                                                    9.26.14.1.       Support
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), where glass-reinforced polyester
                                                                                                                     roofing panels are not supported by roof decking but span between spaced supports,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     the panels shall be designed to support the specified live roof loads.

                                                                                                    9.26.15.         Hot Applied Rubberized Asphalt Roofing
                                                                                                    9.26.15.1.       Installation
                                                                                                                       1) Hot applied rubberized asphalt roofing shall be installed in accordance with
                                                                                                                     CAN/CGSB-37.51-M, “Application for Hot-Applied Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing
                                                                                                                     and Waterproofing.”

                                                                                                    9.26.16.         Polyvinyl Chloride Sheet Roofing
                                                                                                    9.26.16.1.       Installation
                                                                                                                        1) Polyvinyl chloride sheet applied roofing membrane shall be installed in
                                                                                                                     accordance with CGSB 37-GP-55M, “Application of Sheet Applied Flexible Polyvinyl
                                                                                                                     Chloride Roofing Membrane.”

                                                                                                    9.26.17.         Concrete Roof Tiles
                                                                                                    9.26.17.1.       Installation
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), concrete roof tiles shall be installed
                                                                                                                     according to CAN/CSA-A220 Series, “Concrete Roof Tiles.” (See Note A-9.26.17.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.26.18.         Roof Drains and Downspouts
                                                                                                    9.26.18.1.       Roof Drains
                                                                                                                         1) When roof drains are provided they shall conform to Part 7.

                                                                                                    9.26.18.2.       Downspouts
                                                                                                                        1) Where downspouts are provided and are not connected to a sewer, extensions
                                                                                                                     shall be provided to carry rainwater away from the building in a manner which will
                                                                                                                     prevent soil erosion.


                                                                                                    Section 9.27. Cladding
                                                                                                    9.27.1.          Application
                                                                                                    9.27.1.1.        General
                                                                                                                        1) Where lumber, wood shingles, shakes, fibre-cement shingles, planks and
                                                                                                                     sheets, plywood, OSB, waferboard, hardboard, vinyl, insulated vinyl, polypropylene,
                                                                                                                     aluminum or steel, including trim and soffits, are installed as cladding on wood-frame
                                                                                                                     walls or above-ground flat insulating concrete form walls exposed to precipitation,
                                                                                                                     the cladding assembly shall comply with
                                                                                                                         a) Subsections 9.27.2. to 9.27.13., or
                                                                                                                        b) Part 5.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-181
                                                                                                    9.27.2.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Where stucco is installed as cladding on wood-frame walls, above-ground flat
                                                                                                                       insulating concrete form walls or masonry walls exposed to precipitation, the cladding
                                                                                                                       assembly shall comply with
                                                                                                                          a) Subsections 9.27.2. to 9.27.5., and Section 9.28., or
                                                                                                                          b) Part 5.
                                                                                                                          3) Where masonry serves as cladding on wood-frame walls, above-ground flat
                                                                                                                       insulating concrete form walls or masonry walls exposed to precipitation, the cladding
                                                                                                                       assembly shall comply with
                                                                                                                          a) Subsections 9.27.2. to 9.27.4., and Section 9.20., except for masonry veneer,
                                                                                                                               which shall be attached to above-ground flat insulating concrete form walls
                                                                                                                               in accordance with Sentence 9.27.5.4.(2), or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          b) Part 5.
                                                                                                                          4) Where asphalt shingles are installed as cladding on wood-frame walls exposed
                                                                                                                       to precipitation, the cladding assembly shall comply with
                                                                                                                           a) Subsections 9.26.7. and 9.27.2. to 9.27.4., or
                                                                                                                           b) Part 5.
                                                                                                                          5) Where an exterior insulation finish system is installed as cladding on
                                                                                                                       wood-frame, masonry, cold-formed steel stud, above-ground flat insulating concrete
                                                                                                                       form or cast-in-place concrete walls exposed to precipitation, the cladding assembly
                                                                                                                       shall comply with
                                                                                                                          a) Subsections 9.25.5., 9.27.2. to 9.27.4., and 9.27.14., or
                                                                                                                          b) Part 5.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.27.1.1.(5).)
                                                                                                                          6) Where cladding materials other than those described in Sentences (1) to (5)
                                                                                                                       are installed, or where the cladding materials described in Sentences (1) to (5) are
                                                                                                                       installed on substrates other than those identified in Sentences (1) to (5), the materials
                                                                                                                       and installation shall comply with Part 5.

                                                                                                    9.27.2.            Required Protection from Precipitation
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.27.2.)

                                                                                                    9.27.2.1.          Minimizing and Preventing Ingress and Damage
                                                                                                                          1) Except where exterior walls are protected from precipitation or where it can be
                                                                                                                       shown that precipitation ingress will not adversely affect occupant health or safety,
                                                                                                                       exterior walls shall be designed and constructed to
                                                                                                                           a) minimize the ingress of precipitation into the assembly, and
                                                                                                                          b) prevent the ingress of precipitation into interior space.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.27.2.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) Except where exterior walls are protected from specific mechanisms of
                                                                                                                       deterioration, such as mechanical impact and ultraviolet radiation, exterior walls shall
                                                                                                                       be designed and constructed to minimize the likelihood of their required performance
                                                                                                                       being reduced to an unacceptable level as a result of those mechanisms.

                                                                                                    9.27.2.2.          Minimum Protection from Precipitation Ingress
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.27.2.2.)
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a cladding assembly is deemed to have a
                                                                                                                       capillary break between the cladding and the backing assembly, where
                                                                                                                          a) there is a drained and vented air space not less than 9.5 mm deep
                                                                                                                               behind the cladding, over the full height and width of the wall (see also
                                                                                                                               Article 9.27.5.3.),
                                                                                                                          b) an open drainage material, not less than 10 mm thick and with a
                                                                                                                               cross-sectional area that is not less than 80% open, is installed between the
                                                                                                                               cladding and the backing, over the full height and width of the wall,
                                                                                                                          c) the cladding is loosely fastened to the backing and behind each cladding
                                                                                                                               component there is a clear air space that is
                                                                                                                                  i) continuous for the full width of the component,


                                                                                                    9-182 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.27.2.3.

                                                                                                                              ii) not less than 10 mm deep at the bottom of the component,
                                                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                                             iii) not less than 6 mm deep over not less than 90 mm for every
                                                                                                                                  230 mm of exposed height of the component,
                                                                                                                         d) the wall is a masonry cavity wall or the cladding is masonry veneer
                                                                                                                            constructed according to Section 9.20., or
                                                                                                                         e) the cladding conforms to Subsection 9.27.14.

                                                                                                                        2) The drained and vented air space, and drainage material described in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (1) may be interrupted by
                                                                                                                        a) penetrations for windows, doors and services,
                                                                                                                        b) flashing, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        c) furring, provided the furring does not make up more than 20% of the furred
                                                                                                                            area.

                                                                                                                         3) Where a construction projects over the top of the drained and vented air space
                                                                                                                     described in Clause (1)(a) or over the drainage material described in Clause (1)(b), the
                                                                                                                     air space or drainage material shall not be contiguous with concealed spaces in the
                                                                                                                     projecting construction.

                                                                                                                        4) Exterior walls exposed to precipitation shall be protected against precipitation
                                                                                                                     ingress by an exterior cladding assembly consisting of a first plane of protection and a
                                                                                                                     second plane of protection, where such walls enclose spaces of residential occupancy or
                                                                                                                     spaces that directly serve spaces of residential occupancy.

                                                                                                                        5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), exterior walls exposed to precipitation shall
                                                                                                                     be protected against precipitation ingress by an exterior cladding assembly consisting
                                                                                                                     of a first plane of protection and a second plane of protection incorporating a capillary
                                                                                                                     break, where
                                                                                                                         a) the number of degree-days is less than 3400 and the moisture index is
                                                                                                                              greater than 0.90, or
                                                                                                                         b) the number of degree-days is 3400 or more, and the moisture index is
                                                                                                                              greater than 1.00.
                                                                                                                     (See Sentence 1.1.3.1.(1) and Appendix C for information on the moisture index.)

                                                                                                                        6) In exterior walls described in Sentence (5), the first and second planes of
                                                                                                                     protection need not incorporate a capillary break, where
                                                                                                                        a) it can be shown that omitting the capillary break will not adversely affect
                                                                                                                            the performance of the building assemblies,
                                                                                                                        b) the building is an accessory building, or
                                                                                                                        c) the wall
                                                                                                                               i) is constructed of non-moisture-sensitive materials, and
                                                                                                                                  intersecting or supported floors are also constructed of
                                                                                                                                  non-moisture-sensitive materials, or
                                                                                                                              ii) is constructed as a mass wall of sufficient thickness to
                                                                                                                                  minimize the transfer of moisture to the interior.

                                                                                                    9.27.2.3.        First and Second Planes of Protection

                                                                                                                        1) Where walls required to provide protection from precipitation comprise
                                                                                                                     cladding assemblies with first and second planes of protection,
                                                                                                                         a) the first plane of protection shall
                                                                                                                               i) consist of cladding with appropriate trim, accessory pieces
                                                                                                                                  and fasteners, and
                                                                                                                              ii) be designed and constructed to minimize the passage
                                                                                                                                  of rain and snow into the wall by minimizing holes and
                                                                                                                                  managing precipitation ingress caused by the kinetic energy
                                                                                                                                  of raindrops, surface tension, capillarity, gravity, and air
                                                                                                                                  pressure differences (see Subsection 9.27.4.),




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-183
                                                                                                    9.27.2.4.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          b) the second plane of protection shall be designed and constructed to (see
                                                                                                                             Subsection 9.27.3.)
                                                                                                                                i) intercept all rain and snow that gets past the first plane of
                                                                                                                                   protection, and
                                                                                                                               ii) effectively dissipate any rain or snow to the exterior, and
                                                                                                                          c) the protection provided by the first and second planes of protection shall be
                                                                                                                             maintained
                                                                                                                                i) at wall penetrations created by the installation of
                                                                                                                                   components and services such as windows, doors,
                                                                                                                                   ventilation ducts, piping, wiring and electrical outlets, and
                                                                                                                               ii) at the interface with other wall assemblies.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.27.2.4.          Protection of Cladding from Moisture
                                                                                                                         1) A clearance of not less than 200 mm shall be provided between finished ground
                                                                                                                       and cladding that is adversely affected by moisture, such as untreated wood, plywood,
                                                                                                                       OSB, waferboard and hardboard.
                                                                                                                         2) A clearance of not less than 50 mm shall be provided between a roof surface
                                                                                                                       and cladding that is adversely affected by moisture, such as untreated wood, plywood,
                                                                                                                       OSB, waferboard and hardboard.

                                                                                                    9.27.3.            Second Plane of Protection
                                                                                                    9.27.3.1.          Elements of the Second Plane of Protection
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.27.3.1.)
                                                                                                                         1) The second plane of protection shall consist of a drainage plane having an
                                                                                                                       appropriate inner boundary and flashing to dissipate rainwater to the exterior.
                                                                                                                         2) Except for cladding systems conforming to Subsection 9.27.14., the inner
                                                                                                                       boundary of the drainage plane shall comply with Articles 9.27.3.2. to 9.27.3.6.
                                                                                                                          3) The protection provided by the second plane of protection shall be maintained
                                                                                                                          a) at wall penetrations created by the installation of components and services
                                                                                                                             such as windows, doors, ventilation ducts, piping, wiring and electrical
                                                                                                                             outlets, and
                                                                                                                          b) at the interface with other wall assemblies.
                                                                                                                         4) Flashing material and its installation shall comply with Articles 9.27.3.7.
                                                                                                                       and 9.27.3.8.

                                                                                                    9.27.3.2.          Sheathing Membrane Material Standard
                                                                                                                         1) Sheathing membranes shall conform to the performance requirements of
                                                                                                                       CAN/CGSB-51.32-M, “Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type.”

                                                                                                    9.27.3.3.          Required Sheathing Membrane and Installation
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Articles 9.27.3.4. to 9.27.3.6., at least one layer of
                                                                                                                       sheathing membrane shall be applied beneath cladding.
                                                                                                                          2) Sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1) shall be applied so that joints
                                                                                                                       are lapped not less than 100 mm.
                                                                                                                          3) Where sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1) is applied horizontally,
                                                                                                                       the upper sheets shall overlap the lower sheets.

                                                                                                    9.27.3.4.          Insulating Sheathing in lieu of Sheathing Membrane
                                                                                                                          1) Where non-wood-based rigid exterior insulating sheathing, or exterior
                                                                                                                       insulating sheathing with an integral sheathing membrane is installed, a separate
                                                                                                                       sheathing membrane is not required.


                                                                                                    9-184 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.27.3.8.

                                                                                                                        2) Where insulating sheathing is installed as provided in Sentence (1),
                                                                                                                        a) sheathing panels subject to moisture deterioration shall be sealed at all
                                                                                                                           joints, and
                                                                                                                        b) the joints of sheathing panels not subject to moisture deterioration shall be
                                                                                                                               i) sealed at all joints, or
                                                                                                                              ii) lapped or tongue and groove, and detailed to ensure
                                                                                                                                  drainage of water to the exterior.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.27.3.4.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.27.3.5.        Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Article 9.27.3.6., where no sheathing is used, at
                                                                                                                     least 2 layers of sheathing membrane shall be applied beneath the cladding. (See
                                                                                                                     Article 9.23.17.1. and Note A-9.27.3.5.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) All joints in the sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1) shall occur over
                                                                                                                     framing, and the membrane shall be fastened to the framing with roofing nails or
                                                                                                                     staples spaced not more than 150 mm along the edges of the outer layer of sheathing
                                                                                                                     membrane.

                                                                                                                        3) Wall sheathing is permitted to be used in lieu of one layer of sheathing
                                                                                                                     membrane required in Sentence (1), and its thickness need not conform to
                                                                                                                     Table 9.23.17.2.-A.

                                                                                                    9.27.3.6.        Face Sealed Cladding
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.27.3.6.)

                                                                                                                        1) Sheathing membrane is permitted to be omitted beneath cladding when the
                                                                                                                     joints in the cladding are formed to effectively prevent the passage of wind and rain
                                                                                                                     in conformance with Sentence (2) or (3), as applicable.

                                                                                                                         2) Cladding consisting of sheets of plywood, hardboard, OSB, waferboard or fibre
                                                                                                                     cement is considered to meet the requirements of Sentence (1), provided the cladding
                                                                                                                     is applied so that
                                                                                                                         a) all edges are directly supported by framing,
                                                                                                                         b) the vertical joints between adjacent sheets are sealed and
                                                                                                                                i) covered with battens,
                                                                                                                               ii) shiplapped, or
                                                                                                                              iii) otherwise matched to provide weathertight joints, and
                                                                                                                         c) the horizontal joints between adjacent sheets are sealed and
                                                                                                                                i) shiplapped, or
                                                                                                                               ii) otherwise matched to provide weathertight joints.

                                                                                                                        3) Metal siding consisting of sheets of metal is considered to meet the requirements
                                                                                                                     of Sentence (1) where the joints between sheets are of the locked-seam type.

                                                                                                    9.27.3.7.        Flashing Materials

                                                                                                                         1)    Flashing shall consist of not less than
                                                                                                                         a)    1.73 mm thick sheet lead,
                                                                                                                         b)    0.33 mm thick galvanized steel,
                                                                                                                         c)    0.46 mm thick copper,
                                                                                                                         d)    0.46 mm thick zinc,
                                                                                                                         e)    0.48 mm thick aluminum, or
                                                                                                                          f)   1.02 mm thick vinyl.

                                                                                                    9.27.3.8.        Flashing Installation

                                                                                                                         1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), flashing shall be installed at
                                                                                                                         a) every horizontal junction between cladding elements,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-185
                                                                                                    9.27.4.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          b) every horizontal offset in the cladding, and
                                                                                                                           c) every horizontal line where the cladding substrates change and where
                                                                                                                                 i) the substrates differ sufficiently for stresses to be
                                                                                                                                    concentrated along that line, or
                                                                                                                                ii) the installation of the cladding on the lower substrate may
                                                                                                                                    compromise the drainage of moisture from behind the
                                                                                                                                    cladding above.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.27.3.8.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) Flashing need not be installed as described in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                          a) where the upper cladding elements overlap the lower cladding elements by
                                                                                                                             not less than 25 mm,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          b) where
                                                                                                                                i) the cladding above and below the joint is installed outboard
                                                                                                                                   of a drained and vented air space (see Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a)),
                                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                               ii) the horizontal detail is constructed so as to minimize the
                                                                                                                                   ingress of precipitation into the air space, or
                                                                                                                          c) at horizontal construction joints in stucco, where
                                                                                                                                i) the joint is finished with an expansion-contraction strip, and
                                                                                                                               ii) the cladding is installed outboard of a drained and vented
                                                                                                                                   air space (see Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a)).
                                                                                                                          3) Flashing shall be installed over exterior wall openings where the vertical
                                                                                                                       distance from the bottom of the eave to the top of the trim is more than one-quarter of
                                                                                                                       the horizontal overhang of the eave. (See Note A-9.27.3.8.(3).)
                                                                                                                          4) Flashing described in Sentences (1) and (3) shall
                                                                                                                          a) extend not less than 50 mm upward inboard of the sheathing membrane or
                                                                                                                              sheathing installed in lieu of the sheathing membrane (see Article 9.27.3.4.),
                                                                                                                          b) have a slope of not less than 6% toward the exterior after the expected
                                                                                                                              shrinkage of the building frame,
                                                                                                                           c) terminate at each end with an end-dam
                                                                                                                                 i) with a height in millimetres not less than 25 mm or 1/10 the
                                                                                                                                    value of the 1-in-5 driving rain wind pressure in Pa, and
                                                                                                                                ii) at the height defined in Subclause (c)(i), extending to the
                                                                                                                                    face of the adjacent cladding,
                                                                                                                          d) lap not less than 10 mm vertically over the building element below, and
                                                                                                                           e) terminate in a drip offset not less than 5 mm outward from the outer face of
                                                                                                                              the building element below.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.27.3.8.(4).)
                                                                                                                          5) Where the sills of windows and doors installed in exterior walls are not
                                                                                                                       self-flashing, flashing shall be installed between the underside of the window or door
                                                                                                                       and the wall construction below. (See Note A-9.27.3.8.(5).)

                                                                                                    9.27.4.            Sealants
                                                                                                    9.27.4.1.          Required Sealants
                                                                                                                          1) Sealant shall be provided where required to prevent the entry of water into
                                                                                                                       the structure.
                                                                                                                          2) Sealant shall be provided between masonry, siding or stucco and the adjacent
                                                                                                                       door and window frames or trim, including sills, unless such locations are completely
                                                                                                                       protected from the entry of rain.
                                                                                                                          3) Sealant shall be provided at vertical joints between different cladding materials
                                                                                                                       unless the joint is suitably lapped or flashed to prevent the entry of rain. (See
                                                                                                                       Articles 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.12. and 9.28.1.5.)

                                                                                                    9.27.4.2.          Materials
                                                                                                                          1) Sealants shall be
                                                                                                                          a) a non-hardening type suitable for exterior use,


                                                                                                    9-186 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            9.27.5.4.

                                                                                                                        b) selected for their ability to resist the effects of weathering, and
                                                                                                                         c) compatible with and adhere to the substrate to which they are applied.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.27.4.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2)   Sealants shall conform to
                                                                                                                         a)   ASTM C834, “Standard Specification for Latex Sealants,”
                                                                                                                         b)   ASTM C920, “Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants,”
                                                                                                                         c)   ASTM C1184, “Standard Specification for Structural Silicone Sealants,” or
                                                                                                                         d)   ASTM C1311, “Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants.”
                                                                                                                       3) Backer rod shall conform to ASTM C1330, “Standard Specification for
                                                                                                                     Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid-Applied Sealants.” (See




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Note A-9.27.4.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.27.5.          Attachment of Cladding
                                                                                                    9.27.5.1.        Attachment
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (5), cladding shall be fastened to the
                                                                                                                     framing members or furring members, or to blocking between the framing members.
                                                                                                                        2) Vertical lumber, stucco lath or reinforcing, vertically applied vinyl siding,
                                                                                                                     vertically applied insulated vinyl siding, and polypropylene siding are permitted to be
                                                                                                                     attached to sheathing only where the sheathing consists of not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 14.3 mm lumber,
                                                                                                                         b) 12.5 mm plywood or waferboard, or
                                                                                                                         c) 11 mm OSB.
                                                                                                                        3) Vertically applied metal siding and wood shingles and shakes are permitted to
                                                                                                                     be attached to the sheathing only where the sheathing consists of not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 14.3 mm lumber,
                                                                                                                        b) 7.5 mm plywood, or
                                                                                                                         c) 7.5 mm OSB or waferboard.
                                                                                                                        4) Where wood shingles or shakes are applied to sheathing which is not suitable
                                                                                                                     for attaching the shingles or shakes, the shingles or shakes are permitted to be attached
                                                                                                                     to a wood lath not less than 38 mm by 9.5 mm thick securely nailed to the framing and
                                                                                                                     applied as described in Article 9.27.7.5.
                                                                                                                        5) Cladding, trim and furring members are permitted to be attached to the web
                                                                                                                     fastening strips of flat wall insulating concrete form units using screws in accordance
                                                                                                                     with Sentence 9.27.5.4.(2).

                                                                                                    9.27.5.2.        Blocking
                                                                                                                        1) Blocking for the attachment of cladding shall be not less than 38 mm by 38 mm
                                                                                                                     lumber securely nailed to the framing and spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    9.27.5.3.        Furring
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in Sentence 9.27.5.1.(4), furring for the attachment of
                                                                                                                     cladding shall be not less than 19 mm by 38 mm lumber when applied over sheathing.
                                                                                                                        2) When applied without sheathing, furring referred to in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                     not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 19 mm by 64 mm lumber on supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., or
                                                                                                                        b) 19 mm by 89 mm lumber on supports spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                         3) Furring referred to in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                         a) securely fastened to the framing, and
                                                                                                                         b) spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    9.27.5.4.        Size and Spacing of Fasteners
                                                                                                                        1) Nail or staple size and spacing for the attachment of cladding and trim to wood
                                                                                                                     framing, furring members or blocking shall conform to Table 9.27.5.4.-A.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-187
                                                                                                    9.27.5.4.                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.27.5.4.-A
                                                                                                                                      Attachment of Cladding to Wood Framing, Furring Members or Blocking
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.27.5.4.(1)

                                                                                                                                                             Minimum Nail or
                                                                                                                                                                                  Minimum Number
                                                                                                                       Type of Cladding                      Staple Length,                                 Maximum Nail or Staple Spacing, mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                  of Nails or Staples
                                                                                                                                                                  mm (1)
                                                                                                      Wood trim                                                    51                     —                                    600
                                                                                                      Lumber siding or horizontal siding made from                  51                    —                                    600
                                                                                                         sheet material
                                                                                                      Metal cladding                                                38                    —                          600 (nailed to framing)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  400 (nailed to sheathing only)
                                                                                                      Wood shakes
                                                                                                           up to 200 mm in width                                    51                     2                                    —
                                                                                                           over 200 mm in width                                     51                     3                                    —
                                                                                                      Wood shingles
                                                                                                           up to 200 mm in width                                    32                     2                                    —
                                                                                                           over 200 mm in width                                     32                     3                                    —
                                                                                                      Vinyl and insulated vinyl siding
                                                                                                           horizontally applied                                     38                    —                                   400 (2)
                                                                                                           vertically applied                                       38                    —                                    300
                                                                                                      Polypropylene siding                                          38                    —                                   400 (2)
                                                                                                      Panel- or sheet-type cladding
                                                                                                           up to 7 mm thick                                         38                    —                            150 (along edges)
                                                                                                           over 7 mm thick                                          51                    —                     300 (along intermediate supports)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.27.5.4.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   The minimum fastener length need not exceed the minimum fastener penetration depth required by Article 9.27.5.7.
                                                                                                    (2)   The maximum spacing of 400 mm o.c. applies to nails and staples used to attach horizontally applied vinyl, insulated vinyl and polypropylene
                                                                                                          siding, unless a greater spacing is permitted in an evaluation report prepared by an accredited certification organization.


                                                                                                                                2) Screw size and spacing for the attachment of cladding, trim and furring
                                                                                                                             members to the web fastening strips of flat wall insulating concrete form (ICF) units
                                                                                                                             shall conform to Table 9.27.5.4.-B where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure (HWP) is
                                                                                                                             less than or equal to 0.60 kPa. (See Note A-9.27.5.4.(2).)

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.27.5.4.-B
                                                                                                                                  Attachment of Cladding to Flat Wall ICF Units where the 1-in-50 HWP ≤ 0.60 kPa
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.27.5.4.(2)

                                                                                                                                                            Minimum Screw           Minimum Screw            Maximum Horizontal Spacing of Screws,
                                                                                                                      Type of Cladding (1)
                                                                                                                                                                Length               Diameter, mm                         mm o.c. (2)
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)
                                                                                                     Wood trim                                                                             3.5              400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
                                                                                                     Lumber siding or horizontal siding made from                  (3)                     4.2              400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
                                                                                                        sheet material
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)
                                                                                                     Metal cladding                                                                        4.2              400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)
                                                                                                     Vinyl cladding                                                                        3.5              400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)                                         400 or 450 (masonry tie screwed to
                                                                                                     Masonry veneer (4)                                                                    4.2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       web fastening strip)
                                                                                                     Panel- or sheet-type cladding
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)
                                                                                                           up to 7 mm thick                                                                3.5                       150 or 200 (along edges)
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)
                                                                                                           over 7 mm thick                                                                 4.2               300 or 400 (along intermediate supports)




                                                                                                    9-188 Division B                                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        9.27.6.3.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.27.5.4.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.27.5.4.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Wood shakes and wood shingles are permitted to be attached to horizontal wood furring members in accordance with Table 9.27.5.4.-A. The
                                                                                                          wood furring members shall be attached to the web fastening strips of flat wall ICF units with screws not less than 4.2 mm in diameter spaced
                                                                                                          horizontally not more than 400 or 450 mm o.c. (two horizontal spacing options are given to accommodate the 150 and 200 mm o.c. horizontal
                                                                                                          spacing options for web fastening strips).
                                                                                                    (2)   Two horizontal spacing options are given to accommodate the 150 mm o.c. and 200 mm o.c. horizontal spacing options for web fastening strips.
                                                                                                          The maximum vertical spacing of screws or masonry ties, as applicable, shall be 400 mm.
                                                                                                    (3)   Screws must be long enough to penetrate through the web fastening strips by a minimum of 6 mm.
                                                                                                    (4)   See also Subsection 9.20.5. for requirements on the support of masonry veneer.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.27.5.5.              Fastener Materials
                                                                                                                              1) Nails or staples for the attachment of cladding and wood trim shall be
                                                                                                                           corrosion-resistant and shall be compatible with the cladding material.

                                                                                                    9.27.5.6.              Expansion and Contraction
                                                                                                                              1) Fasteners for metal cladding shall be positioned to permit expansion and
                                                                                                                           contraction of the cladding.
                                                                                                                              2) Fasteners for vinyl siding, insulated vinyl siding and polypropylene siding
                                                                                                                           shall be installed in the centre of the slots of the nail hem.

                                                                                                    9.27.5.7.              Penetration of Fasteners
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-9.27.5.7.)
                                                                                                                              1) Fasteners for shakes and shingles shall penetrate through the nail-holding base
                                                                                                                           or not less than 19 mm into the framing.
                                                                                                                              2) Fasteners for vinyl cladding, insulated vinyl cladding and polypropylene
                                                                                                                           cladding shall penetrate through the nail-holding base or not less than 32 mm into the
                                                                                                                           framing.
                                                                                                                             3) Fasteners for cladding other than that described in Sentences (1) and (2) shall
                                                                                                                           penetrate through the nail-holding base or not less than 25 mm into the framing.

                                                                                                    9.27.6.                Lumber Siding
                                                                                                    9.27.6.1.              Materials
                                                                                                                              1) Lumber siding shall be sound, free of knot holes, loose knots, through checks
                                                                                                                           or splits.

                                                                                                    9.27.6.2.              Thickness and Width
                                                                                                                              1) Drop, rustic, novelty, lapped board and vertical wood siding shall be not less
                                                                                                                           than 14.3 mm thick and not more than 286 mm wide.
                                                                                                                               2) Bevel siding shall be
                                                                                                                               a) not less than 5 mm thick at the top, and
                                                                                                                               b) not less than
                                                                                                                                     i) 12 mm thick at the butt for siding 184 mm or less in width,
                                                                                                                                        and
                                                                                                                                    ii) 14.3 mm thick at the butt for siding wider than 184 mm.
                                                                                                                               3) Bevel siding shall be not more than 286 mm wide.

                                                                                                    9.27.6.3.              Joints
                                                                                                                              1) Lumber siding shall prevent water from entering at the joints by the use of
                                                                                                                           lapped or matched joints or by vertical wood battens.
                                                                                                                              2) Siding shall overlap not less than 1 mm per 16 mm width of lumber, but not
                                                                                                                           less than
                                                                                                                               a) 9.5 mm for matched siding,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B 9-189
                                                                                                    9.27.7.1.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          b) 25 mm for lapped bevel siding, or
                                                                                                                          c) 12 mm for vertical battens.

                                                                                                    9.27.7.            Wood Shingles and Shakes

                                                                                                    9.27.7.1.          Materials

                                                                                                                          1) Shingles and shakes shall conform to
                                                                                                                          a) CSA O118.1, “Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles,” or
                                                                                                                          b) CSA O118.2, “Eastern White Cedar Shingles.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) Western cedar shakes shall be not less than No. 1 or Handsplit grade, and
                                                                                                                       western cedar shingles not less than No. 2 grade, except that No. 3 grade may be used
                                                                                                                       for undercoursing.

                                                                                                                         3) Eastern white cedar shingles shall be at least B (clear) grade, except that C grade
                                                                                                                       may be used for the lower course of double course applications.

                                                                                                    9.27.7.2.          Width

                                                                                                                          1) Shingles and shakes shall be not less than 65 mm or more than 350 mm wide.

                                                                                                    9.27.7.3.          Fasteners

                                                                                                                          1) Shingles or shakes shall be fastened with nails or staples located approximately
                                                                                                                       20 mm from each edge and not less than 25 mm above the exposure line for
                                                                                                                       single-course applications, or approximately 50 mm above the butt for double-course
                                                                                                                       applications.

                                                                                                    9.27.7.4.          Offsetting of Joints

                                                                                                                          1) In single-course application, joints in succeeding courses shall be offset not less
                                                                                                                       than 40 mm so that joints in any 2 of 3 consecutive courses are staggered.

                                                                                                                          2) In double-course application, joints in the outer course shall be offset from
                                                                                                                       joints in the under-course by not less than 40 mm, and joints in succeeding courses
                                                                                                                       shall be offset not less than 40 mm.

                                                                                                    9.27.7.5.          Fastening to Lath

                                                                                                                          1) When lath is used with double-course application [see Sentence 9.27.5.1.(4)], it
                                                                                                                       shall be spaced according to the exposure and securely fastened to the framing.

                                                                                                                          2) The butts of the under-course of the application referred to in Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                       rest on the top edge of the lath.

                                                                                                                           3) The outer course of the application referred to in Sentence (1) shall be fastened
                                                                                                                       to the lath with nails of sufficient length to penetrate through the lath.

                                                                                                                          4) The butts of the shingles or shakes shall be so located that they project not less
                                                                                                                       than 12 mm below the bottom edge of the lath referred to in Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                          5) If wood lath is not used, the butts of the under-course shingles or shakes of the
                                                                                                                       application referred to in Sentence (1) shall be located 12 mm above the butts of the
                                                                                                                       outer course.

                                                                                                    9.27.7.6.          Exposure and Thickness

                                                                                                                          1) The exposure and butt thickness of shingles and shakes shall conform to
                                                                                                                       Table 9.27.7.6.


                                                                                                    9-190 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           9.27.8.5.

                                                                                                                                                        Table 9.27.7.6.
                                                                                                                                      Exposure and Thickness of Wood Shingles and Shakes
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 9.27.7.6.(1)

                                                                                                                                                       Maximum Exposure, mm
                                                                                                      Shake or Shingle Length, mm                                                                          Minimum Butt Thickness, mm
                                                                                                                                          Single Coursing                    Double Coursing
                                                                                                                 400                            190                                305                                  10
                                                                                                                 450                            216                                356                                  11
                                                                                                                 600                            292                                406                                  13




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.27.8.            Plywood
                                                                                                    9.27.8.1.          Material Standards
                                                                                                                          1) Plywood cladding shall be exterior type conforming to
                                                                                                                          a) ANSI/HPVA HP-1, “American National Standard for Hardwood and
                                                                                                                             Decorative Plywood,”
                                                                                                                          b) CSA O121, “Douglas fir plywood,”
                                                                                                                          c) CSA O151, “Canadian softwood plywood,” or
                                                                                                                          d) CSA O153, “Poplar plywood.”

                                                                                                    9.27.8.2.          Thickness
                                                                                                                          1) Plywood cladding shall be not less than 6 mm thick when applied directly
                                                                                                                       to sheathing.
                                                                                                                          2) When applied directly to framing or over furring strips, plywood cladding
                                                                                                                       thickness shall conform to Table 9.27.8.2.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.27.8.2.
                                                                                                                                             Minimum Plywood Cladding Thickness
                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentences 9.27.8.2.(2) and 9.27.10.2.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                         Minimum Thickness, mm
                                                                                                        Spacing of Supports, mm
                                                                                                                                           Face Grain Parallel to Supports                     Face Grain Right Angles to Supports
                                                                                                                 400                                     8                                                      6
                                                                                                                 600                                     11                                                    8


                                                                                                                           3) The thickness of grooved or textured plywood cladding shall be measured
                                                                                                                       at the point of least thickness.

                                                                                                    9.27.8.3.          Edge Treatment
                                                                                                                          1) The edges of plywood cladding shall be treated with a suitable paint or sealer.

                                                                                                    9.27.8.4.          Panel Cladding
                                                                                                                          1) Plywood applied in panels shall have all edges supported.
                                                                                                                          2) Not less than a 2 mm gap shall be provided between panels referred to in
                                                                                                                       Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                          3) Vertical joints in cladding referred to in Sentence (1) shall be protected with
                                                                                                                       batten strips or sealant when the plywood joints are not matched.
                                                                                                                          4) Horizontal joints in cladding referred to in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less
                                                                                                                       than 25 mm or shall be suitably flashed.

                                                                                                    9.27.8.5.          Lapped Strip Siding
                                                                                                                         1) Plywood applied in horizontal lapped strips shall have not less than a 2 mm
                                                                                                                       gap provided at the butted ends, which shall be caulked.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                       Division B 9-191
                                                                                                    9.27.9.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          2) The horizontal joints of siding described in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less
                                                                                                                       than 25 mm.
                                                                                                                          3) Wedges shall be inserted under all vertical butt joints and at all corners when
                                                                                                                       horizontal lapped plywood is applied without sheathing.

                                                                                                    9.27.9.            Hardboard
                                                                                                    9.27.9.1.          Material Standards
                                                                                                                          1) Hardboard cladding shall conform to ANSI A135.6, “Engineered Wood Siding.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.27.9.2.          Thickness
                                                                                                                          1) Hardboard cladding shall be not less than
                                                                                                                          a) 9.5 mm thick when applied over sheathing that provides continuous
                                                                                                                             support or over furring or framing members not more than 400 mm o.c., or
                                                                                                                          b) 11.1 mm thick when applied over furring or framing members not more
                                                                                                                             than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          2) Where hardboard cladding is grooved, the grooves shall not extend more than
                                                                                                                       1.5 mm into the minimum required thickness. (See Note A-9.27.9.2.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.27.9.3.          Panel Cladding
                                                                                                                          1) Hardboard cladding applied in panels shall have all edges supported with not
                                                                                                                       less than a 5 mm gap provided between sheets.
                                                                                                                          2) Vertical joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be protected with
                                                                                                                       batten strips or sealant when the joints are not matched.
                                                                                                                          3) Horizontal joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less
                                                                                                                       than 25 mm or shall be suitably flashed.

                                                                                                    9.27.9.4.          Lapped Strip Siding
                                                                                                                          1) Hardboard applied in horizontal lapped strips shall have not less than a 5 mm
                                                                                                                       gap provided at the butted ends, which shall be sealed or otherwise protected with
                                                                                                                       suitable mouldings.
                                                                                                                          2) The horizontal joints of siding described in Sentence (1) shall overlap not less
                                                                                                                       than 1 mm per 16 mm width of siding board but not less than 9.5 mm for matched
                                                                                                                       joint siding or 25 mm for lapped siding.

                                                                                                    9.27.9.5.          Clearance
                                                                                                                         1) Not less than 3 mm clearance shall be provided between hardboard cladding
                                                                                                                       and door or window frames.

                                                                                                    9.27.10.           OSB and Waferboard
                                                                                                    9.27.10.1.         Material Standard
                                                                                                                         1) OSB and waferboard cladding shall conform to CSA O437.0, “OSB and
                                                                                                                       Waferboard.”

                                                                                                    9.27.10.2.         Thickness
                                                                                                                          1) OSB conforming to O-2 grade shall be not less than 6.0 mm thick where applied
                                                                                                                       directly to sheathing.
                                                                                                                           2) OSB conforming to O-2 grade applied directly to framing or over furring
                                                                                                                       strips shall conform to the thickness shown for plywood in Table 9.27.8.2. (See
                                                                                                                       Note A-9.27.10.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                          3) OSB conforming to O-1 grade and waferboard conforming to R-1 grade shall be
                                                                                                                       not less than 7.9 mm thick where applied directly to sheathing.


                                                                                                    9-192 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        9.27.12.2.

                                                                                                                       4) Where applied directly to framing or over furring strips, OSB conforming to
                                                                                                                     O-1 grade and waferboard conforming to R-1 grade shall be not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 9.5 mm thick on supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., and
                                                                                                                        b) 12.7 mm thick on supports spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    9.27.10.3.       Panel Cladding
                                                                                                                        1) OSB and waferboard applied in panels shall have all edges supported and
                                                                                                                     treated with a primer or sealer.
                                                                                                                        2) Not less than a 3 mm gap shall be provided between sheets in cladding
                                                                                                                     described in Sentence (1).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        3) Vertical joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be protected with
                                                                                                                     batten strips or sealant when the OSB and waferboard joints are not matched.
                                                                                                                        4) Horizontal joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less
                                                                                                                     than 25 mm or shall be suitably flashed.

                                                                                                    9.27.10.4.       Clearance
                                                                                                                        1) Not less than a 3 mm clearance shall be provided between OSB and waferboard
                                                                                                                     cladding and door or window frames.

                                                                                                    9.27.11.         Metal
                                                                                                    9.27.11.1.       Material Standards
                                                                                                                        1) Steel sheet cladding, including horizontal and vertical strip steel siding, flashing
                                                                                                                     and trim accessories, shall
                                                                                                                         a) have a minimum thickness of 0.33 mm, and
                                                                                                                        b) conform to CSSBI 23M, “Standard for Residential Steel Cladding.”
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.27.11.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Horizontal and vertical strip aluminum siding, including flashing and trim
                                                                                                                     accessories, shall conform to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding,
                                                                                                                     Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use.” (See Note A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                        3) Aluminum sheet cladding shall conform to CAN/CGSB-93.1-M, “Sheet,
                                                                                                                     Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential,” and shall have a thickness of not less than
                                                                                                                     0.58 mm, except that siding supported by backing or sheathing shall have a thickness
                                                                                                                     of not less than 0.46 mm. (See Note A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3).)

                                                                                                    9.27.12.         Vinyl Siding, Insulated Vinyl Siding and Vinyl Soffits
                                                                                                    9.27.12.1.       Material Standards
                                                                                                                        1) Vinyl siding shall conform to ASTM D3679, “Standard Specification for Rigid
                                                                                                                     Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Siding.”
                                                                                                                        2) Insulated vinyl siding shall conform to ASTM D7793, “Standard Specification
                                                                                                                     for Insulated Vinyl Siding.”
                                                                                                                        3) Rigid vinyl soffits shall conform to ASTM D4477, “Standard Specification for
                                                                                                                     Rigid (Unplasticized) Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Soffit.”
                                                                                                                        4) Where vinyl siding, insulated vinyl siding or rigid vinyl soffits are required
                                                                                                                     to have a flame-spread rating, the rating shall be determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                     CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of
                                                                                                                     Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies.”

                                                                                                    9.27.12.2.       Attachment
                                                                                                                        1) The attachment of vinyl siding and insulated vinyl siding shall conform to the
                                                                                                                     requirements in Subsection 9.27.5.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-193
                                                                                                    9.27.13.1.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    9.27.13.           Polypropylene Siding
                                                                                                    9.27.13.1.         Material Standard
                                                                                                                          1) Polypropylene siding shall conform to ASTM D7254, “Standard Specification
                                                                                                                       for Polypropylene (PP) Siding.”
                                                                                                                          2) Where polypropylene siding is required to have a flame-spread rating, the rating
                                                                                                                       shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102.2, “Standard Method of Test
                                                                                                                       for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous
                                                                                                                       Materials and Assemblies.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.27.13.2.         Attachment
                                                                                                                         1) The attachment of polypropylene siding shall conform to the requirements in
                                                                                                                       Subsection 9.27.5.

                                                                                                    9.27.14.           Exterior Insulation Finish Systems
                                                                                                    9.27.14.1.         Application
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), this Subsection applies to exterior insulation
                                                                                                                       finish systems (EIFS) that
                                                                                                                           a) are covered in the scope of CAN/ULC-S716.1, “Standard for Exterior
                                                                                                                               Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems,” and
                                                                                                                           b) have a geometrically defined drainage cavity with a minimum cavity depth
                                                                                                                               of 10 mm and an open area equal to not less than 13% of the area of a
                                                                                                                               full-size EIFS panel.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.27.14.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) EIFS that are not covered by Sentence (1) shall comply with Part 5.

                                                                                                    9.27.14.2.         Materials
                                                                                                                          1) The materials used in EIFS shall conform to CAN/ULC-S716.1, “Standard for
                                                                                                                       Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems.”
                                                                                                                          2) The substrate on which the EIFS is installed shall
                                                                                                                          a) be compatible with that particular system (see Note A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a)), and
                                                                                                                          b) comply with the structural requirements for sheathing materials stated
                                                                                                                             in Section 9.23.

                                                                                                    9.27.14.3.         Design and Installation
                                                                                                                          1) The design and installation of EIFS on the substrate described in
                                                                                                                       Sentence 9.27.14.2.(2) shall comply with
                                                                                                                          a) CAN/ULC-S716.2, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems
                                                                                                                              (EIFS) - Installation of EIFS Components and Water Resistive Barrier,” and
                                                                                                                          b) CAN/ULC-S716.3, “Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish System
                                                                                                                              (EIFS) - Design Application.”


                                                                                                    Section 9.28. Stucco
                                                                                                    9.28.1.            General
                                                                                                    9.28.1.1.          Sheathing beneath Stucco
                                                                                                                          1) Sheathing shall be provided beneath stucco applied over wood-frame walls
                                                                                                                       except as permitted in Article 9.28.4.2.
                                                                                                                          2) Where applied beneath stucco, sheathing shall conform to Subsection 9.23.17.


                                                                                                    9-194 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                  9.28.2.3.

                                                                                                    9.28.1.2.        Lath and Reinforcing
                                                                                                                        1) Stucco lath or reinforcing shall be used to attach stucco to any substrate other
                                                                                                                     than masonry.
                                                                                                                         2) Stucco lath or reinforcing shall be used to attach stucco to masonry where
                                                                                                                         a) the masonry is soft-burned tile or brick of less strength than the stucco, or
                                                                                                                         b) the masonry surface is not sound, clean and sufficiently rough to provide
                                                                                                                            a good key.
                                                                                                                         3) Stucco applied over masonry chimneys shall be reinforced.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.28.1.3.        Concrete Masonry Units
                                                                                                                       1) Stucco finish shall not be applied over concrete masonry units less than one
                                                                                                                     month old unless the units have been cured by the autoclave process.

                                                                                                    9.28.1.4.        Clearance over Ground Level
                                                                                                                         1) Stucco shall be not less than 200 mm above finished ground level except when
                                                                                                                     it is applied over concrete or masonry.

                                                                                                    9.28.1.5.        Flashing and Caulking
                                                                                                                        1) Flashing and caulking used with stucco shall conform to Subsections 9.27.3.
                                                                                                                     and 9.27.4., except that if aluminum flashing is used, it shall be separated from the
                                                                                                                     stucco by an impervious membrane or coating. (See Article 9.7.6.2. for caulking around
                                                                                                                     window frames.)

                                                                                                    9.28.2.          Stucco Materials
                                                                                                    9.28.2.1.        Portland Cement
                                                                                                                       1) Portland cement shall conform to CSA A3001, “Cementitious Materials for
                                                                                                                     Use in Concrete.”

                                                                                                    9.28.2.2.        Aggregate
                                                                                                                        1) Aggregate shall be clean, well-graded natural sand or sand manufactured from
                                                                                                                     crushed stone, gravel or air-cooled blast furnace slag and shall contain no significant
                                                                                                                     amounts of deleterious material.
                                                                                                                         2) Aggregate grading shall conform to Table 9.28.2.2.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.28.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                  Aggregate Grading for Stucco
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 9.28.2.2.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                          % Aggregate Passing Sieve
                                                                                                                 Sieve Sizes, mm
                                                                                                                                                             Maximum                                  Minimum
                                                                                                                         4                                      —                                       100
                                                                                                                         2                                      —                                        90
                                                                                                                         1                                      90                                       60
                                                                                                                       0.5                                      60                                       45
                                                                                                                       0.25                                     30                                       10
                                                                                                                      0.125                                     5                                        —


                                                                                                    9.28.2.3.        Water
                                                                                                                         1) Water shall be clean and free of significant amounts of deleterious material.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                              Division B 9-195
                                                                                                    9.28.3.1.                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.28.3.                   Fasteners
                                                                                                    9.28.3.1.                 Materials
                                                                                                                                1) Fasteners for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be corrosion-resistant and of a
                                                                                                                              material other than aluminum.

                                                                                                    9.28.3.2.                 Nails and Staples
                                                                                                                                 1) Nails for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be not less than 3.2 mm diam with a
                                                                                                                              head diameter of not less than 11.1 mm.
                                                                                                                                 2) Staples for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be not less than 1.98 mm diam




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              or thickness.
                                                                                                                                 3) Staples and nails for attaching stucco lath or reinforcing to vertical surfaces
                                                                                                                              shall be of sufficient length to penetrate 25 mm into framing members or to the full
                                                                                                                              depth of the sheathing where the sheathing is used for attachment.
                                                                                                                                 4) On horizontal surfaces nails for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be not less than
                                                                                                                              38 mm long.

                                                                                                    9.28.4.                   Stucco Lath
                                                                                                    9.28.4.1.                 Materials
                                                                                                                                 1) Rib lath or expanded metal stucco mesh shall be
                                                                                                                                 a) copper-alloy steel coated with rust-inhibitive paint after fabrication, or
                                                                                                                                 b) galvanized.
                                                                                                                                 2) Woven or welded wire mesh shall be galvanized.

                                                                                                    9.28.4.2.                 No Sheathing Required
                                                                                                                                 1) Sheathing need not be provided beneath stucco where not less than 1.19 mm
                                                                                                                              diam galvanized wire is applied horizontally to the framing at vertical intervals of not
                                                                                                                              more than 150 mm, or where paper-backed welded wire metal lath is used.

                                                                                                    9.28.4.3.                 Stucco Lath Specifications
                                                                                                                                 1) Stucco lath shall conform to Table 9.28.4.3.

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.28.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                        Stucco Lath
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 9.28.4.3.(1)

                                                                                                              Location                   Type of Lath             Minimum Diam of Wire, mm   Maximum Mesh Opening     Minimum Mass, kg/m2
                                                                                                                                                                           1.15                     25 mm                     —
                                                                                                                                     Welded or woven wire                  1.30                     38 mm                     —
                                                                                                          Vertical surfaces                                                1.50                     51 mm                     —
                                                                                                                                    Stucco mesh reinforcing                  —                      25.8 cm2                 0.98
                                                                                                                                       (expanded metal)
                                                                                                                                        9.5 mm rib lath                      —                        —                      1.84
                                                                                                      Horizontal surfaces (1)
                                                                                                                                          Cedar lath                         —                        —                       —

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.28.4.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-Table 9.28.4.3.


                                                                                                    9.28.4.4.                 Self-Furring Devices
                                                                                                                                 1) Stucco lath shall be held not less than 6 mm away from the backing by means
                                                                                                                              of suitable self-furring devices.


                                                                                                    9-196 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                         9.28.6.1.

                                                                                                    9.28.4.5.         Application of Stucco Lath
                                                                                                                           1) Stucco lath shall be applied with the long dimension horizontal.
                                                                                                                           2) Horizontal and vertical joints in stucco lath shall be lapped not less than 50 mm.
                                                                                                                        3) End joints of stucco lath shall be staggered and shall occur over framing
                                                                                                                      members.
                                                                                                                         4) External corners of stucco lath shall be reinforced with a vertical strip of lath or
                                                                                                                      reinforcing extending not less than 150 mm on both sides of the corner, or the lath or
                                                                                                                      reinforcing shall extend around corners not less than 150 mm.

                                                                                                    9.28.4.6.         Fastening




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           1) Stucco lath shall be fastened in conformance with Subsection 9.27.5.
                                                                                                                           2) Fasteners on vertical surfaces shall be spaced not more than
                                                                                                                           a) 150 mm o.c. vertically and 400 mm o.c. horizontally, or
                                                                                                                           b) 100 mm o.c. vertically and 600 mm o.c. horizontally.
                                                                                                                         3) Nailing patterns other than those required in Sentence (2) are permitted to be
                                                                                                                      used provided there are at least 20 fasteners per square metre of wall surface.
                                                                                                                           4) Fasteners on horizontal surfaces shall be spaced not more than
                                                                                                                           a) 150 mm o.c. along the framing members when members are spaced not
                                                                                                                              more than 400 mm o.c., and
                                                                                                                           b) 100 mm o.c. along members when members are spaced not more than
                                                                                                                              600 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    9.28.5.           Stucco Mixes
                                                                                                    9.28.5.1.         Mixes
                                                                                                                           1) Stucco mixes shall conform to Table 9.28.5.1.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.28.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                           Stucco Mixes
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 9.28.5.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                          Materials, volume
                                                                                                         Portland Cement          Masonry Cement                Lime                                   Aggregate
                                                                                                                 1                      —                     0.25 to 1
                                                                                                                                                                                    3.25 to 4 parts per part of cementitious material
                                                                                                                 1                       1                       —


                                                                                                    9.28.5.2.         Pigments
                                                                                                                         1) Pigment if used shall consist of pure mineral oxides inert to the action of sun,
                                                                                                                      lime and cement.
                                                                                                                           2) Pigment shall not exceed 6% of the Portland cement by weight.

                                                                                                    9.28.5.3.         Mixing
                                                                                                                           1) Materials shall be thoroughly mixed before and after water is added.
                                                                                                                           2) Stucco shall be applied not later than 3 h after the initial mixing.

                                                                                                    9.28.6.           Stucco Application
                                                                                                    9.28.6.1.         Low Temperature Conditions
                                                                                                                           1) The base for stucco shall be maintained above freezing.
                                                                                                                        2) Stucco shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 10°C during
                                                                                                                      application, and for not less than 48 h afterwards.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                     Division B 9-197
                                                                                                    9.28.6.2.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.28.6.2.          Number of Coats and Total Thickness

                                                                                                                          1) Stucco shall be applied with at least 2 base coats and one finish coat, providing
                                                                                                                       a total thickness of not less than 15 mm, measured from the face of the lath or the
                                                                                                                       face of the masonry where no lath is used.

                                                                                                    9.28.6.3.          First Coat

                                                                                                                          1) The first coat shall be not less than 6 mm thick, measured from the face of the
                                                                                                                       lath or masonry, fully embedding the lath.

                                                                                                                          2) The surface of the first coat shall be scored to provide a key with the second coat.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.28.6.4.          Second Coat

                                                                                                                          1) The second coat shall be not less than 6 mm thick.

                                                                                                                          2) The surface of the second coat shall be lightly roughened to provide a key with
                                                                                                                       the finish coat if the finish coat is other than stone dash.

                                                                                                    9.28.6.5.          Finish Coat

                                                                                                                          1) When the finish coat is other than stone dash, the base shall be dampened but
                                                                                                                       not saturated before the finish coat is applied.

                                                                                                                          2) The thickness of the finish coat shall be not less than 3 mm.

                                                                                                                          3) When a stone dash finish is used, the stone shall be partially embedded in the
                                                                                                                       second coat before the second coat starts to set or stiffen.


                                                                                                    Section 9.29. Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
                                                                                                    9.29.1.            General

                                                                                                    9.29.1.1.          Fire Protection and Sound Control

                                                                                                                          1) A wall or ceiling finish shall also conform to the appropriate requirements in
                                                                                                                       Sections 9.10. and 9.11., in addition to the requirements in this Section.

                                                                                                    9.29.2.            Waterproof Wall Finish

                                                                                                    9.29.2.1.          Where Required

                                                                                                                          1)   Waterproof finish shall be provided to a height of not less than
                                                                                                                          a)   1.8 m above the floor in shower stalls,
                                                                                                                          b)   1.2 m above the rims of bathtubs equipped with showers, and
                                                                                                                          c)   400 mm above the rims of bathtubs not equipped with showers.

                                                                                                    9.29.2.2.          Materials

                                                                                                                          1) Waterproof finish shall consist of ceramic, plastic or metal tile, sheet vinyl,
                                                                                                                       tempered hardboard, laminated thermosetting decorative sheets or linoleum.

                                                                                                    9.29.3.            Wood Furring

                                                                                                    9.29.3.1.          Size and Spacing of Furring

                                                                                                                          1) Wood furring for the attachment of wall and ceiling finishes shall conform to
                                                                                                                       Table 9.29.3.1.


                                                                                                    9-198 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              9.29.5.3.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.29.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                   Size and Spacing of Furring
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 9.29.3.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                    Minimum Size of Furring, mm
                                                                                                     Maximum Spacing of Furring, mm                              Maximum Spacing of Furring Supports
                                                                                                                                         Continuous Supports                400 mm o.c.                600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                  300                          19 × 38                        19 × 38                   19 × 64
                                                                                                                  400                          19 × 38                        19 × 38                   19 × 64
                                                                                                                  600                          19 × 38                        19 × 64                   19 × 89




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.29.3.2.           Fastening

                                                                                                                           1) Furring shall be fastened to the framing or to wood blocks with not less than
                                                                                                                        51 mm nails.

                                                                                                    9.29.4.             Plastering

                                                                                                    9.29.4.1.           Application

                                                                                                                           1) Application of plaster wall and ceiling finishes, including installation of metal
                                                                                                                        or gypsum lath, shall conform to CSA A82.30-M, “Interior Furring, Lathing and
                                                                                                                        Gypsum Plastering.”

                                                                                                    9.29.5.             Gypsum Board Finish (Taped Joints)

                                                                                                    9.29.5.1.           Application

                                                                                                                           1) The requirements for application of gypsum board in this Subsection apply to
                                                                                                                        the single layer application of gypsum board to wood furring or framing using nails
                                                                                                                        or screws.

                                                                                                                           2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), gypsum board applications not described in
                                                                                                                        this Subsection shall conform to CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application.”

                                                                                                                           3) The application of gypsum board to flat insulating concrete form (ICF) walls
                                                                                                                        shall conform to ASTM C840, “Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of
                                                                                                                        Gypsum Board.” (See Note A-9.29.5.1.(3).)

                                                                                                    9.29.5.2.           Materials

                                                                                                                           1) Gypsum products shall conform to
                                                                                                                           a) ASTM C1178/C1178M, “Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat
                                                                                                                              Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel,” or
                                                                                                                           b) ASTM C1396/C1396M, “Standard Specification for Gypsum Board,”
                                                                                                                              except that the flame-spread rating of gypsum board shall be determined in
                                                                                                                              accordance with CAN/ULC-S102, “Standard Method of Test for Surface
                                                                                                                              Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies.”

                                                                                                    9.29.5.3.           Maximum Spacing of Supports

                                                                                                                           1) Maximum spacing of supports for gypsum board applied as a single layer
                                                                                                                        shall conform to Table 9.29.5.3.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-199
                                                                                                    9.29.5.4.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.29.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                      Spacing of Supports for Gypsum Board
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.29.5.3.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                 Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     Orientation of Board
                                                                                                          Thickness, mm                                                                                          Ceilings
                                                                                                                                          to Framing                   Walls
                                                                                                                                                                                              Painted Finish          Water-Based Texture Finish
                                                                                                    Gypsum board conforming to Sentence 9.29.5.2.(1) (except Sections 9 and 12 of ASTM C1396/C1396M)
                                                                                                              9.5                       parallel                         —                        —                              —
                                                                                                                                        perpendicular                   400                        400                           —




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                               12.7                        parallel                     600                        400                           —
                                                                                                                                        perpendicular                   600                        600                           400
                                                                                                               15.9                        parallel                     600                        400                            —
                                                                                                                                        perpendicular                   600                        600                           600
                                                                                                    Gypsum ceiling board conforming to Clause 9.29.5.2.(1)(b) (only Section 12 of ASTM C1396/C1396M)
                                                                                                               12.7                        parallel                     600                        400                           —
                                                                                                                                        perpendicular                   600                        600                           600


                                                                                                    9.29.5.4.            Support of Insulation

                                                                                                                               1) Gypsum board supporting insulation shall be not less than 12.7 mm thick.

                                                                                                    9.29.5.5.            Length of Fasteners

                                                                                                                             1) The length of fasteners for gypsum board shall conform to Table 9.29.5.5.,
                                                                                                                         except that lesser depths of penetration are permitted for assemblies required to have
                                                                                                                         a fire-resistance rating provided it can be shown, on the basis of fire tests, that such
                                                                                                                         depths are adequate for the required rating.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.29.5.5.
                                                                                                                                                      Fastener Penetration into Wood Supports
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 9.29.5.5.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Minimum Penetration, mm
                                                                                                     Required Fire-Resistance Rating of Assembly                      Walls                                          Ceilings
                                                                                                                                                            Nails               Screws                   Nails                    Screws
                                                                                                                      Not required                           20                   15                      20                        15
                                                                                                                        45 min                               20                   20                      30                         30
                                                                                                                          1h                                 20                   20                      45                         45
                                                                                                                         1.5 h                               20                   20                      60                         60


                                                                                                    9.29.5.6.            Nails

                                                                                                                               1) Nails for fastening gypsum board to wood supports shall conform to
                                                                                                                               a) ASTM F1667, “Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes,
                                                                                                                                  and Staples,” or
                                                                                                                               b) CSA B111, “Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples.”

                                                                                                    9.29.5.7.            Screws

                                                                                                                            1) Screws for fastening gypsum board to wood supports shall conform to
                                                                                                                         ASTM C1002, “Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the
                                                                                                                         Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or
                                                                                                                         Steel Studs.”


                                                                                                    9-200 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.29.6.1.

                                                                                                    9.29.5.8.        Spacing of Nails
                                                                                                                         1) For single-layer application on a ceiling, nails shall be spaced
                                                                                                                         a) not more than 180 mm o.c. on ceiling supports, or
                                                                                                                         b) every 300 mm o.c. along ceiling supports, in pairs about 50 mm apart.
                                                                                                                         2) Where the ceiling sheets are supported by the wall sheets around the perimeter
                                                                                                                     of the ceiling, this support may be considered as equivalent to nailing at this location.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as required by Sentence (4), for single-layer application on walls, nails
                                                                                                                     shall be spaced
                                                                                                                        a) not more than 200 mm o.c. on vertical wall supports, or
                                                                                                                        b) every 300 mm o.c. along vertical wall supports, in pairs about 50 mm apart.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        4) For single-layer application on walls, where gypsum board provides required
                                                                                                                     bracing in braced wall panels, lateral support for studs, or fire protection, nails shall
                                                                                                                     be spaced not more than 200 mm o.c. on
                                                                                                                         a) vertical wall supports, and
                                                                                                                        b) top and bottom plates.
                                                                                                                     (See Article 9.23.10.2. and Section 9.10.)
                                                                                                                        5) The uppermost nails on vertical wall supports shall be not more than 200 mm
                                                                                                                     below the ceiling.
                                                                                                                         6) Nails shall be located not less than 10 mm from the side or edge of the board.
                                                                                                                         7) Nails shall be driven so that the heads do not puncture the paper.

                                                                                                    9.29.5.9.        Spacing of Screws
                                                                                                                        1) For single-layer application on a ceiling, screws shall be spaced not more than
                                                                                                                     300 mm o.c. on ceiling supports.
                                                                                                                         2) Where the ceiling sheets are supported by the wall sheets around the perimeter
                                                                                                                     of the ceiling, this support may be considered as equivalent to screwing at this location.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as required by Sentence (4), for single-layer application on walls, screws
                                                                                                                     shall be spaced
                                                                                                                        a) not more than 300 mm o.c. on vertical wall supports where the supports are
                                                                                                                             more than 400 mm o.c., or
                                                                                                                        b) not more than 400 mm o.c. on vertical wall supports where the supports are
                                                                                                                             not more than 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                        4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), for single-layer application on walls, where
                                                                                                                     gypsum board provides required bracing in braced wall panels, lateral support for studs,
                                                                                                                     or fire protection, screws shall be spaced not more than 300 mm o.c. on
                                                                                                                         a) vertical wall supports, and
                                                                                                                         b) top and bottom plates.
                                                                                                                     (See Article 9.23.10.2. and Section 9.10.)
                                                                                                                        5) Where a fire-resistance rating is determined based on Table 9.10.3.1.-A,
                                                                                                                     Sentence (4) need not apply for the purpose of fire protection.
                                                                                                                         6) Screws shall be located not less than 10 mm from the edge of the board.
                                                                                                                         7) Screws shall be driven so that the heads do not puncture the paper.

                                                                                                    9.29.5.10.       Low Temperature Conditions
                                                                                                                        1) In cold weather, heat shall be provided to maintain a temperature not below
                                                                                                                     10°C for 48 h prior to taping and finishing and maintained for not less than 48 h
                                                                                                                     thereafter.

                                                                                                    9.29.6.          Plywood Finish
                                                                                                    9.29.6.1.        Thickness
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the minimum thickness of plywood
                                                                                                                     interior finish shall conform to Table 9.29.6.1.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-201
                                                                                                    9.29.6.2.                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.29.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                         Thickness of Plywood Interior Finish
                                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Articles 9.29.6.1. and 9.29.6.2.

                                                                                                                                                                                       Minimum Thickness, mm (1)
                                                                                                          Maximum Spacing of Supports,
                                                                                                                   mm o.c.                                                                       On Supports with Blocking at Vertical Intervals not
                                                                                                                                              On Supports with no Horizontal Blocking
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Exceeding 1.2 m
                                                                                                                       400                                       4.7                                                   4.0
                                                                                                                       600                                       8.0                                                   4.7

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.29.6.1.:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)   Thickness limits shall apply to the net effective thickness (NET) of grooved, striated, textured and/or embossed panels and to the actual thickness
                                                                                                          of flat panels.


                                                                                                                                 2) A manufacturing tolerance of −0.4 mm may be applied to the thicknesses
                                                                                                                             listed in Table 9.29.6.1.
                                                                                                                                3) No minimum thickness is required where plywood is applied over continuous
                                                                                                                             backing.

                                                                                                    9.29.6.2.                Grooved Plywood
                                                                                                                                1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), where plywood for interior finish is
                                                                                                                             grooved, the grooves shall not extend through the face ply and into the plies below the
                                                                                                                             face ply unless the groove is supported by framing or furring.
                                                                                                                                2) If the grain of the face ply is at right angles to the supporting members, the
                                                                                                                             groove is permitted to extend into plies below the face ply provided the thickness of
                                                                                                                             the plywood exceeds the value shown in Table 9.29.6.1. by an amount equal to not less
                                                                                                                             than the depth of penetration of the grooves into the plies below the face ply.

                                                                                                    9.29.6.3.                Nails and Staples
                                                                                                                                1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), nails for attaching plywood finishes shall
                                                                                                                             not be less than 38 mm casing or finishing nails spaced not more than 150 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                             along edge supports and 300 mm o.c. along intermediate supports, except that staples
                                                                                                                             providing equivalent lateral resistance may also be used.
                                                                                                                                2) Where plywood finish provides required bracing in braced wall panels, the
                                                                                                                             plywood shall be fastened in accordance with the fastening requirements for sheathing
                                                                                                                             stated in Sentence 9.23.3.5.(2).

                                                                                                    9.29.6.4.                Edge Support
                                                                                                                                1) All plywood edges shall be supported by furring, blocking or framing.

                                                                                                    9.29.7.                  Hardboard Finish
                                                                                                    9.29.7.1.                Material Standard
                                                                                                                                1) Hardboard shall conform to CAN/CGSB-11.3-M, “Hardboard.”

                                                                                                    9.29.7.2.                Thickness
                                                                                                                                1) Hardboard shall be not less than
                                                                                                                                a) 3 mm thick where applied over continuous backing,
                                                                                                                                b) 6 mm thick when applied over supports spaced not more than 400 mm
                                                                                                                                   o.c., and
                                                                                                                                c) 9 mm thick when applied over supports spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    9.29.7.3.                Nails
                                                                                                                                1) Nails for fastening hardboard shall be casing or finishing nails not less than
                                                                                                                             38 mm long, spaced not more than 150 mm o.c. along edge supports and 300 mm
                                                                                                                             o.c. along intermediate supports.


                                                                                                    9-202 Division B                                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.29.9.2.

                                                                                                    9.29.7.4.        Edge Support
                                                                                                                        1) All hardboard edges shall be supported by furring, blocking or framing where
                                                                                                                     the backing is not continuous.

                                                                                                    9.29.8.          Insulating Fibreboard Finish
                                                                                                    9.29.8.1.        Material Standard
                                                                                                                        1) Insulating fibreboard shall conform to CAN/ULC-S706.1, “Standard for Wood
                                                                                                                     Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.29.8.2.        Thickness
                                                                                                                        1) Insulating fibreboard sheets shall be not less than 11.1 mm thick on supports
                                                                                                                     not more than 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                        2) Insulating fibreboard tile shall be not less than 12.7 mm thick on supports
                                                                                                                     spaced not more than 400 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    9.29.8.3.        Nails
                                                                                                                        1) Nails for fastening fibreboard sheets shall be not less than 2.6 mm shank
                                                                                                                     diameter casing or finishing nails of sufficient length to penetrate not less than 20 mm
                                                                                                                     into the supports.
                                                                                                                        2) Nails shall be spaced not more than 100 mm o.c. along edge supports and
                                                                                                                     200 mm o.c. along intermediate supports.

                                                                                                    9.29.8.4.        Edge Support
                                                                                                                         1) All fibreboard edges shall be supported by blocking, furring or framing.

                                                                                                    9.29.9.          Particleboard, OSB or Waferboard Finish
                                                                                                    9.29.9.1.        Material Standard
                                                                                                                         1) Particleboard finish shall conform to ANSI A208.1, “Particleboard.”
                                                                                                                         2) OSB or waferboard finish shall conform to
                                                                                                                         a) CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” or
                                                                                                                         b) CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard.”

                                                                                                    9.29.9.2.        Minimum Thickness
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the minimum thickness of O-2
                                                                                                                     grade OSB used as an interior finish shall conform to that shown for plywood in
                                                                                                                     Table 9.29.6.1.
                                                                                                                        2) Thicknesses listed in Table 9.29.6.1. shall permit a manufacturing tolerance of
                                                                                                                     −0.4 mm.
                                                                                                                        3) No minimum thickness is required where O-2 grade OSB is applied over
                                                                                                                     continuous backing.
                                                                                                                        4) OSB conforming to O-1 grade, waferboard conforming to R-1 grade and
                                                                                                                     particleboard shall be
                                                                                                                        a) not less than 6.35 mm thick on supports not more than 400 mm o.c.,
                                                                                                                        b) not less than 9.5 mm thick on supports not more than 600 mm o.c., and
                                                                                                                        c) not less than 6.35 mm thick on supports not more than 600 mm o.c. in walls
                                                                                                                             where blocking is provided at midwall height.
                                                                                                                       5) OSB conforming to CSA O325, “Construction sheathing,” shall meet the
                                                                                                                     minimum panel mark of
                                                                                                                        a) W16, on supports not more than 400 mm o.c.,
                                                                                                                        b) W24, on supports not more than 600 mm o.c., and
                                                                                                                        c) W16, on supports not more than 600 mm o.c. where blocking is provided at
                                                                                                                           mid-wall height.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-203
                                                                                                    9.29.9.3.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    9.29.9.3.          Nails
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), nails for fastening particleboard, OSB or
                                                                                                                       waferboard shall be not less than 38 mm casing or finishing nails spaced not more than
                                                                                                                       150 mm o.c. along edge supports and 300 mm o.c. along intermediate supports.
                                                                                                                          2) Where OSB or waferboard provides required bracing in braced wall panels, the
                                                                                                                       OSB or waferboard shall be fastened in accordance with the fastening requirements for
                                                                                                                       sheathing stated in Sentence 9.23.3.5.(2).

                                                                                                    9.29.9.4.          Edge Support
                                                                                                                          1) All particleboard, OSB or waferboard edges shall be supported by furring,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       blocking or framing.

                                                                                                    9.29.10.           Wall Tile Finish
                                                                                                    9.29.10.1.         Tile Application
                                                                                                                          1) Ceramic tile shall be set in a mortar base or applied with an adhesive.
                                                                                                                          2) Plastic tile shall be applied with an adhesive.

                                                                                                    9.29.10.2.         Mortar Base
                                                                                                                          1) When ceramic tile is applied to a mortar base the cementitious material shall
                                                                                                                       consist of one part Portland cement to not more than one-quarter part lime by volume.
                                                                                                                          2) The cementitious material described in Sentence (1) shall be mixed with not less
                                                                                                                       than 3 nor more than 5 parts of aggregate per part of cementitious material by volume.
                                                                                                                          3) Mortar shall be applied over metal lath or masonry.
                                                                                                                          4) Ceramic tile applied to a mortar base shall be thoroughly soaked and pressed
                                                                                                                       into place forcing the mortar into the joints while the tile is wet.

                                                                                                    9.29.10.3.         Adhesives
                                                                                                                          1) Adhesives to attach ceramic and plastic tile shall be applied to the finish coat or
                                                                                                                       brown coat of plaster that has been steel-trowelled to an even surface or to gypsum
                                                                                                                       board or to masonry provided the masonry has an even surface.

                                                                                                    9.29.10.4.         Moisture-Resistant Backing
                                                                                                                         1) Ceramic and plastic tile installed on walls around bathtubs or showers shall be
                                                                                                                       applied over moisture-resistant backing.

                                                                                                    9.29.10.5.         Joints between Tiles and Bathtub
                                                                                                                          1) The joints between wall tiles and a bathtub shall be suitably caulked with
                                                                                                                       material conforming to CAN/CGSB-19.22-M, “Mildew-Resistant Sealing Compound
                                                                                                                       for Tubs and Tiles.”


                                                                                                    Section 9.30. Flooring
                                                                                                    9.30.1.            General
                                                                                                    9.30.1.1.          Required Finished Flooring
                                                                                                                          1) Finished flooring shall be provided in all residential occupancies.

                                                                                                    9.30.1.2.          Water Resistance
                                                                                                                          1) Where water permeable finished flooring in bathrooms, kitchens, public
                                                                                                                       entrance halls and laundry areas is supported by a subfloor of a type that would be
                                                                                                                       damaged by water, such flooring shall be installed over a membrane with a water
                                                                                                                       permeance not exceeding 18 ng/(Pa×s×m2) when tested in accordance with ASTM


                                                                                                    9-204 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.30.2.4.

                                                                                                                     E96/E96M, “Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.” (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-9.30.1.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.30.1.3.        Sleepers
                                                                                                                        1) Wood sleepers supporting finished flooring over a concrete base supported on
                                                                                                                     the ground shall be not less than 19 mm by 38 mm and shall be treated with a wood
                                                                                                                     preservative.

                                                                                                    9.30.1.4.        Finish Quality
                                                                                                                        1) Finished flooring shall have a surface that is smooth, even and free from




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     roughness or open defects.

                                                                                                    9.30.2.          Panel-Type Underlay
                                                                                                    9.30.2.1.        Required Underlay
                                                                                                                        1) A panel-type underlay shall be provided under resilient flooring, parquet
                                                                                                                     flooring, ceramic tile, felted-synthetic-fibre floor coverings or carpeting laid over
                                                                                                                     lumber subflooring. (See Sentence 9.30.3.2.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Panel-type underlay shall be provided under resilient flooring, parquet
                                                                                                                     flooring, felted-synthetic-fibre floor coverings or carpeting on panel-type subflooring
                                                                                                                     whose edges are unsupported. (See Article 9.23.15.3.)
                                                                                                                         3) Panel-type underlay shall be provided under ceramic tile applied with adhesive.

                                                                                                    9.30.2.2.        Materials and Thickness
                                                                                                                         1)   Panel-type underlay shall be not less than 6 mm thick and shall conform to
                                                                                                                         a)   ANSI A208.1, “Particleboard,”
                                                                                                                         b)   CAN/CGSB-11.3-M, “Hardboard,”
                                                                                                                         c)   ANSI/HPVA HP-1, “American National Standard for Hardwood and
                                                                                                                              Decorative Plywood,”
                                                                                                                         d)   CSA O121, “Douglas fir plywood,”
                                                                                                                         e)   CSA O151, “Canadian softwood plywood,”
                                                                                                                         f)   CSA O153, “Poplar plywood,” or
                                                                                                                         g)   CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard.”
                                                                                                                        2) Panel-type underlay under ceramic tile applied with adhesive shall be not
                                                                                                                     less than
                                                                                                                         a) 6 mm thick where the supports are spaced up to 300 mm o.c., and
                                                                                                                         b) 11 mm thick where the supports are spaced wider than 300 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    9.30.2.3.        Fastening
                                                                                                                        1) Panel-type underlay shall be fastened to the subfloor with staples, annular
                                                                                                                     grooved flooring nails or spiral nails, spaced not more than 150 mm o.c. along the
                                                                                                                     edges and 200 mm o.c. both ways at other locations.
                                                                                                                       2) Nails for panel-type underlay shall be not less than 19 mm long for 6 mm thick
                                                                                                                     underlay and 22 mm long for 7.9 mm thick underlay.
                                                                                                                         3) Staples for panel-type underlay shall
                                                                                                                         a) have not less than a 1.2 mm shank diameter or thickness with a 4.7 mm
                                                                                                                            crown, and
                                                                                                                         b) be not less than
                                                                                                                               i) 22 mm long for 6 mm underlay, and
                                                                                                                              ii) 28 mm long for 7.9 mm and 9.5 mm underlay.

                                                                                                    9.30.2.4.        Joints Offset
                                                                                                                        1) Where panel-type underlay is required to be installed over plywood, OSB or
                                                                                                                     waferboard, the joints in the underlay shall be offset not less than 200 mm from the
                                                                                                                     joints in the underlying subfloor.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-205
                                                                                                    9.30.2.5.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                    9.30.2.5.               Surface Defects
                                                                                                                               1) Underlay beneath resilient or ceramic floors applied with an adhesive shall
                                                                                                                            have all holes or open defects on the surface patched so that the defects will not be
                                                                                                                            transmitted to the finished surface.

                                                                                                    9.30.3.                 Wood Strip Flooring
                                                                                                    9.30.3.1.               Thickness
                                                                                                                                  1) The thickness of wood strip flooring shall conform to Table 9.30.3.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                   Table 9.30.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                          Thickness of Wood Strip Flooring
                                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 9.30.3.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                         Minimum Thickness of Flooring, mm
                                                                                                                                  Type of Flooring                      Max. Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                       With Subfloor            No Subfloor
                                                                                                     Matched hardwood                                                             400                       7.9                    19.0
                                                                                                          (interior use only)                                                     600                       7.9                     33.3
                                                                                                     Matched softwood                                                             400                      19.0                     19.0
                                                                                                          (interior or exterior use)                                              600                      19.0                     31.7
                                                                                                     Square edge softwood                                                         400                       —                       25.4
                                                                                                          (exterior use only)                                                     600                       —                       38.1


                                                                                                    9.30.3.2.               Strip Direction and End Joints
                                                                                                                               1) Wood strip flooring shall not be laid parallel to lumber subflooring unless a
                                                                                                                            separate underlay is provided.
                                                                                                                               2) If wood strip flooring is applied without a subfloor, it shall be laid at right
                                                                                                                            angles to the joists so that the end joints are staggered and occur over supports or
                                                                                                                            are end matched.
                                                                                                                               3) If the flooring is end matched, it shall be laid so that no 2 adjoining strips break
                                                                                                                            joints in the same space between supports and each strip bears on no fewer than 2
                                                                                                                            supports.

                                                                                                    9.30.3.3.               Nailing
                                                                                                                               1) When nails are used, wood strip flooring shall be toe nailed or face nailed with
                                                                                                                            not less than one nail per strip at the spacings shown in Table 9.30.3.3., except that face
                                                                                                                            nailed strips more than 25 mm in width shall have at least 2 nails per strip.

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 9.30.3.3.
                                                                                                                                                           Nailing of Wood Strip Flooring
                                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 9.30.3.3.(1)

                                                                                                            Finish Floor Thickness, mm               Minimum Length of Flooring Nails, mm              Maximum Spacing of Flooring Nails, mm
                                                                                                                         7.9                                        38 (1)                                            200
                                                                                                                       11.1                                          51                                               300
                                                                                                                       19.0                                          57                                               400
                                                                                                                       25.4                                          63                                               400
                                                                                                                       31.7                                          70                                               600
                                                                                                                       38.1                                          83                                               600

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.30.3.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 9.30.3.4.


                                                                                                    9-206 Division B                                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        9.31.2.2.

                                                                                                                         2) Face nails shall be countersunk.

                                                                                                    9.30.3.4.        Staples
                                                                                                                        1) Staples are permitted to be used to fasten wood strip flooring not more than
                                                                                                                     7.9 mm in thickness provided the staples are not less than 29 mm long with a shank
                                                                                                                     diameter of 1.19 mm and with 4.7 mm crowns.

                                                                                                    9.30.4.          Parquet Flooring
                                                                                                    9.30.4.1.        Adhesive




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       1) Adhesive used to attach parquet block flooring shall be suitable for bonding
                                                                                                                     wood to the applicable subfloor material.

                                                                                                    9.30.5.          Resilient Flooring
                                                                                                    9.30.5.1.        Materials
                                                                                                                        1) Resilient flooring used on concrete slabs supported on ground shall consist of
                                                                                                                     asphalt, rubber, unbacked vinyl or vinyl with an inorganic type backing.
                                                                                                                       2) Flooring described in Sentence (1) shall be attached to the base with a suitable
                                                                                                                     waterproof and alkali-resistant adhesive.

                                                                                                    9.30.6.          Ceramic Tile
                                                                                                    9.30.6.1.        Substrate
                                                                                                                        1) Ceramic tile shall be set in a mortar bed or applied to a sound smooth base
                                                                                                                     with a suitable adhesive.
                                                                                                                       2) Panel-type subfloor to which ceramic tile is to be applied with adhesive shall
                                                                                                                     have its edges supported according to Article 9.23.15.3.


                                                                                                    Section 9.31. Plumbing Facilities
                                                                                                    9.31.1.          Scope
                                                                                                    9.31.1.1.        Application
                                                                                                                       1) This Section applies to the plumbing facilities and plumbing systems within
                                                                                                                     dwelling units.
                                                                                                                        2) In occupancies other than dwelling units, plumbing facilities, grab bars, floor
                                                                                                                     drains, and floor and wall finishes around urinals shall conform to Subsection 3.7.2.
                                                                                                                     (See also Section 3.8. regarding barrier-free plumbing facilities.)
                                                                                                                         3) Medical gas piping systems shall conform to Subsection 3.7.3.
                                                                                                                        4) Systems used for service water heating shall conform to the energy efficiency
                                                                                                                     requirements in Section 9.36.

                                                                                                    9.31.2.          General
                                                                                                    9.31.2.1.        General
                                                                                                                        1) The construction, extension, alteration, renewal or repair of plumbing systems and
                                                                                                                     sewage disposal systems shall conform to Part 7.

                                                                                                    9.31.2.2.        Corrosion Protection
                                                                                                                        1) Metal pipes in contact with cinders or other corrosive material shall be protected
                                                                                                                     by a heavy coating of bitumen or other corrosion protection.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                    Division B 9-207
                                                                                                    9.31.2.3.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    9.31.2.3.          Grab Bars
                                                                                                                          1) When provided, grab bars shall be capable of resisting a load of not less than
                                                                                                                       1.3 kN applied vertically or horizontally.

                                                                                                    9.31.3.            Water Supply and Distribution
                                                                                                    9.31.3.1.          Required Water Supply
                                                                                                                          1) Every dwelling unit shall be supplied with potable water.

                                                                                                    9.31.3.2.          Required Connections




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          1) Where a piped water supply is available, piping for hot and cold water shall be
                                                                                                                       connected to every kitchen sink, lavatory, bathtub, shower, slop sink and laundry area.
                                                                                                                          2) Piping for cold water shall be run to every water closet.

                                                                                                    9.31.4.            Required Facilities
                                                                                                    9.31.4.1.          Required Fixtures
                                                                                                                          1) A kitchen sink, lavatory, bathtub or shower, and water closet shall be provided
                                                                                                                       for every dwelling unit where a piped water supply is available.

                                                                                                    9.31.4.2.          Hot Water Supply
                                                                                                                          1) Where a piped water supply is available a hot water supply shall be provided in
                                                                                                                       every dwelling unit.

                                                                                                    9.31.4.3.          Floor Drains
                                                                                                                          1) Where gravity drainage to a sewer, drainage ditch or dry well is possible, a floor
                                                                                                                       drain shall be installed in a basement forming part of a dwelling unit.
                                                                                                                          2) A floor drain shall be provided in a garbage room, incinerator room or boiler
                                                                                                                       room serving more than one dwelling unit.

                                                                                                    9.31.5.            Sewage Disposal
                                                                                                    9.31.5.1.          Building Sewer
                                                                                                                          1) Wastes from every plumbing fixture shall be piped to the building sewer.

                                                                                                    9.31.5.2.          Discharge of Sewage
                                                                                                                           1) Building sewers shall discharge into a public sewage system where such system
                                                                                                                       is available.
                                                                                                                          2) Where a public sewage system is not available, the building sewer shall
                                                                                                                       discharge into a private sewage disposal system.

                                                                                                    9.31.6.            Service Water Heating Facilities
                                                                                                    9.31.6.1.          Hot Water Supply
                                                                                                                          1) Where hot water is required to be supplied in accordance with Article 9.31.4.2.,
                                                                                                                       equipment shall
                                                                                                                          a) provide an adequate supply of hot water, and
                                                                                                                          b) be installed in conformance with Part 7.

                                                                                                    9.31.6.2.          Equipment and Installation
                                                                                                                          1) Service water heaters shall conform to appropriate provincial or territorial
                                                                                                                       requirements or, in the absence of such requirements, to the NPC.


                                                                                                    9-208 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.32.1.2.

                                                                                                                        2) The installation of service water heaters, including provisions for mounting,
                                                                                                                     clearances and air supply, shall conform to appropriate provincial or territorial
                                                                                                                     requirements or, in the absence of such requirements, to
                                                                                                                         a) CSA B51, “Boiler, pressure vessel, and pressure piping code,”
                                                                                                                         b) CSA B139 Series, “Installation code for oil-burning equipment,”
                                                                                                                         c) CSA B149.1, “Natural gas and propane installation code,”
                                                                                                                        d) CSA B365, “Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and
                                                                                                                            Equipment,” or
                                                                                                                         e) CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.”
                                                                                                                        3) Where the building is in a location where the spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is
                                                                                                                     greater than 0.55, service water heaters shall be secured to the structure to prevent




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     overturning. (See Note A-9.31.6.2.(3).)

                                                                                                    9.31.6.3.        Corrosion-Resistant Coating
                                                                                                                        1) Where storage tanks for service water heaters are of steel, they shall be coated
                                                                                                                     with zinc, vitreous enamel (glass lined), hydraulic cement or other corrosion-resistant
                                                                                                                     material.

                                                                                                    9.31.6.4.        Fuel-Burning Heaters
                                                                                                                        1) Fuel-burning service water heaters shall be connected to a chimney flue conforming
                                                                                                                     to Section 9.21.

                                                                                                    9.31.6.5.        Heating Coils
                                                                                                                       1) Heating coils of service water heaters shall not be installed in a flue or in the
                                                                                                                     combustion chamber of a boiler or furnace heating a building.


                                                                                                    Section 9.32. Ventilation
                                                                                                    9.32.1.          General
                                                                                                    9.32.1.1.        Application
                                                                                                                        1) This Section applies to the ventilation of rooms and spaces in residential
                                                                                                                     occupancies.
                                                                                                                         2) Ventilation of all other occupancies shall comply with Part 6.
                                                                                                                        3) A storage garage for up to 4 motor vehicles that serves a residential occupancy may
                                                                                                                     be considered to be part of that occupancy.
                                                                                                                        4) Systems used for ventilation shall conform to the energy efficiency requirements
                                                                                                                     in Section 9.36.

                                                                                                    9.32.1.2.        Required Ventilation
                                                                                                                         1) Every residential occupancy shall incorporate
                                                                                                                         a) provisions for non-heating-season ventilation in accordance with
                                                                                                                            Subsection 9.32.2., and
                                                                                                                         b) except as required by Sentences (2) and (3), if supplied with electrical
                                                                                                                            power and a heating system, provisions for heating-season ventilation in
                                                                                                                            accordance with Part 6.
                                                                                                                        2) A self-contained heating-season ventilation system serving a single dwelling unit
                                                                                                                     shall comply with Subsection 9.32.3. (See Note A-9.32.1.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) In houses that contain a secondary suite, heating-season ventilation need not be
                                                                                                                     provided for
                                                                                                                        a) exits,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-209
                                                                                                    9.32.1.3.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                            b) public corridors, and
                                                                                                                             c) ancillary spaces that are not within a dwelling unit, except as provided in
                                                                                                                                Sentence (4).
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-9.32.1.2.(2).)

                                                                                                                            4) Where ancillary spaces described in Clause (3)(c) contain exhaust devices, these
                                                                                                                         spaces shall be provided with make-up air in accordance with Article 9.32.3.8.

                                                                                                    9.32.1.3.            Venting of Laundry-Drying Equipment

                                                                                                                            1) Exhaust ducts or vents connected to laundry-drying equipment shall discharge
                                                                                                                         directly to the outdoors.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            2) Exhaust ducts connected to laundry-drying equipment shall be
                                                                                                                            a) independent of other exhaust ducts,
                                                                                                                            b) accessible for cleaning, and
                                                                                                                             c) constructed of a smooth corrosion-resistant material.
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-9.32.1.3.(2).)

                                                                                                                             3) Where collective venting of multiple installations of laundry-drying equipment
                                                                                                                         is used, the ventilation system shall
                                                                                                                             a) be connected to a common exhaust duct that is vented by one central exhaust
                                                                                                                                fan,
                                                                                                                             b) include an interlock to activate the central exhaust fan when laundry-drying
                                                                                                                                equipment is in use, and
                                                                                                                             c) where required by Article 9.32.3.8., be provided with make-up air.

                                                                                                    9.32.2.              Non-Heating-Season Ventilation

                                                                                                    9.32.2.1.            Required Ventilation

                                                                                                                            1) The non-heating-season ventilation required by Clause 9.32.1.2.(1)(a) shall
                                                                                                                         be supplied by
                                                                                                                             a) natural ventilation in accordance with Article 9.32.2.2., or
                                                                                                                            b) a mechanical ventilation system in accordance with Article 9.32.2.3.

                                                                                                    9.32.2.2.            Non-Heating-Season Natural Ventilation

                                                                                                                            1) The unobstructed openable ventilation area to the outdoors for rooms
                                                                                                                         and spaces in residential buildings ventilated by natural means shall conform to
                                                                                                                         Table 9.32.2.2.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.32.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                              Natural Ventilation Area
                                                                                                                                                        Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.2.2.(1)

                                                                                                                                             Location                                                    Minimum Unobstructed Area
                                                                                                                                          Bathrooms or water-closet rooms                                        0.09 m2
                                                                                                                                          Unfinished basement space                                         0.2% of the floor area
                                                                                                           Within a dwelling unit         Dining rooms, living rooms, bedrooms, kitchens,
                                                                                                                                          combined rooms, dens, recreation rooms and all           0.28 m2 per room or combination of rooms
                                                                                                                                          other finished rooms
                                                                                                                                          Bathrooms or water-closet rooms                                  0.09 m2 per water closet
                                                                                                                                          Sleeping areas                                                    0.14 m2 per occupant
                                                                                                                                          Laundry rooms, kitchens, recreation rooms                          4% of the floor area
                                                                                                      Other than within a dwelling unit   Corridors, storage rooms and other similar public
                                                                                                                                                                                                             2% of the floor area
                                                                                                                                          rooms or spaces
                                                                                                                                          Unfinished basement space not used on a shared
                                                                                                                                                                                                            0.2% of the floor area
                                                                                                                                          basis


                                                                                                    9-210 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              9.32.2.3.

                                                                                                                           2) Where a vestibule opens directly off a living or dining room within a dwelling
                                                                                                                        unit, ventilation to the outdoors for such rooms may be through the vestibule.
                                                                                                                           3) Openings for natural ventilation other than windows shall provide protection
                                                                                                                        from the weather and insects.
                                                                                                                             4) Screening shall be of corrosion-resistant material.

                                                                                                    9.32.2.3.           Non-Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation
                                                                                                                           1) Where a habitable room or space is not provided with natural ventilation
                                                                                                                        as described in Article 9.32.2.2. and is mechanically cooled, its non-heating-season
                                                                                                                        mechanical ventilation system shall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            a) have the capacity to exhaust air from inside the room or space, or to
                                                                                                                               introduce outdoor air into that room or space, at a rate conforming with
                                                                                                                               Table 9.32.2.3., or
                                                                                                                            b) comply with Subsection 9.32.3.
                                                                                                                             2) In applying Clause (1)(a),
                                                                                                                             a) at least one bedroom in each dwelling unit shall be designated as the master
                                                                                                                                 bedroom,
                                                                                                                             b) air change rates for any combined living/dining or family/dining space shall
                                                                                                                                 be determined as if the spaces were individual rooms,
                                                                                                                             c) where a basement incorporates rooms of the types designated in
                                                                                                                                 Table 9.32.2.3., the assigned air change rate for each room shall be as
                                                                                                                                 specified for those types of rooms,
                                                                                                                             d) basement areas used for other purposes that exceed 2/3 of the total basement
                                                                                                                                 floor area shall be assigned an air change rate of 10 L/s,
                                                                                                                             e) basement areas used for other purposes that are 2/3 of the total basement floor
                                                                                                                                 area or less shall be assigned an air change rate of 5 L/s, and
                                                                                                                              f) other habitable rooms, other than spaces intended solely for access, egress,
                                                                                                                                 storage, or service equipment, shall be assigned an air change rate of 5 L/s.

                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.32.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                          Air Change Rate
                                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Clause 9.32.2.3.(1)(a)

                                                                                                                               Room or Space                                               Rate, L/s
                                                                                                     Master bedroom                                                                           10
                                                                                                     Other bedrooms                                                                           5
                                                                                                     Living room                                                                              5
                                                                                                     Dining room                                                                              5
                                                                                                     Family room                                                                              5
                                                                                                     Recreation room                                                                          5
                                                                                                     Basement                                                                                 10
                                                                                                     Kitchen                                                                                  5
                                                                                                     Bathroom or water-closet room                                                            5
                                                                                                     Laundry room                                                                             5
                                                                                                     Utility room                                                                             5
                                                                                                     Other habitable rooms                                                                    5


                                                                                                                            3) Where a habitable room or space is not provided with natural ventilation as
                                                                                                                        described in Article 9.32.2.2. and is not mechanically cooled, the non-heating-season
                                                                                                                        mechanical ventilation system shall have the capacity to exhaust indoor air from
                                                                                                                        the room or space or to introduce outdoor air to that room or space at a rate of one
                                                                                                                        air change per hour.
                                                                                                                           4) A non-heating-season mechanical ventilation system shall be designed and
                                                                                                                        installed in conformance with good practice such as that described in the ASHRAE


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-211
                                                                                                    9.32.3.1.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                       Handbooks and Standards, the HRAI Digest, the Hydronics Institute Manuals and
                                                                                                                       the SMACNA Manuals.

                                                                                                    9.32.3.            Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.32.3.)

                                                                                                    9.32.3.1.          Required Ventilation
                                                                                                                          1) The heating-season ventilation required by Clause 9.32.1.2.(1)(b) shall be
                                                                                                                       provided by a mechanical ventilation system complying with
                                                                                                                          a) good practice such as that described in CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential
                                                                                                                              Mechanical Ventilation Systems,”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          b) for dwelling units with 5 or fewer bedrooms, the balance of this Subsection, or
                                                                                                                           c) Part 6.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.32.3.1.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) Mechanical ventilation systems complying with the balance of this Subsection
                                                                                                                       shall incorporate at least the following components:
                                                                                                                          a) a principal ventilation system complying with Article 9.32.3.3.,
                                                                                                                          b) supplemental exhaust fans complying with Article 9.32.3.7., and
                                                                                                                          c) protection against depressurization in accordance with Article 9.32.3.8.

                                                                                                    9.32.3.2.          Design and Installation
                                                                                                                          1) Aspects of mechanical ventilation systems not specifically described in this
                                                                                                                       Subsection shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with good
                                                                                                                       practice such as that described in the ASHRAE Handbooks and Standards, the HRAI
                                                                                                                       Digest, the HRAI Residential Mechanical Ventilation Manual, the Hydronics Institute
                                                                                                                       Manuals and the SMACNA Manuals.
                                                                                                                          2) Ventilation system equipment installed to meet the requirements of this
                                                                                                                       Section shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions and
                                                                                                                       recommendations except that, where such instructions and recommendations are in
                                                                                                                       conflict with the requirements of this Subsection, the requirements of this Subsection
                                                                                                                       shall govern.
                                                                                                                          3) Except where mounted on concrete foundations, fans and heat recovery
                                                                                                                       ventilators shall be isolated from structural components by resilient mountings to
                                                                                                                       minimize the transmission of noise and vibration to occupied spaces.
                                                                                                                          4) Where flow-regulating dampers are required,
                                                                                                                          a) they shall be adjustable and accessible without requiring the removal of
                                                                                                                             fans, motors or insulating materials, or the use of specialized tools, and
                                                                                                                          b) a device on the outside of the duct or device in which they are installed shall
                                                                                                                             indicate the position of the damper.
                                                                                                                         5) Ventilation equipment shall be accessible for inspection, maintenance, repair
                                                                                                                       and cleaning.
                                                                                                                          6) Ventilation equipment installed in unheated spaces shall be installed so
                                                                                                                       as to avoid condensation of moisture on fans and motors, in accordance with the
                                                                                                                       manufacturers' instructions.

                                                                                                    9.32.3.3.          Principal Ventilation System
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.32.3.3.)
                                                                                                                          1) The principal ventilation system shall incorporate the following components:
                                                                                                                          a) a principal ventilation fan complying with this Article, and
                                                                                                                          b) except as permitted by Article 9.32.3.6., provision for the introduction
                                                                                                                             of outdoor air to the dwelling unit, in conformance with Article 9.32.3.4.
                                                                                                                             or 9.32.3.5.
                                                                                                                          2) The principal ventilation fan shall be capable of operating at an exhaust capacity
                                                                                                                       complying with Table 9.32.3.3., referred to hereinafter as the “normal operating
                                                                                                                       exhaust capacity.” (See Note A-9.32.3.3.(2).)


                                                                                                    9-212 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                            9.32.3.4.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.32.3.3.
                                                                                                                                    Normal Operating Exhaust Capacity of Principal Ventilation Fan
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.3.(2)

                                                                                                                                                           Normal Operating Exhaust Capacity of Principal Ventilation Fan, L/s
                                                                                                        Number of Bedrooms in Dwelling Unit
                                                                                                                                                               Minimum                                          Maximum
                                                                                                                        1                                         16                                               24
                                                                                                                        2                                         18                                               28
                                                                                                                        3                                         22                                               32
                                                                                                                        4                                         26                                               38




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        5                                         30                                               45
                                                                                                                   More than 5                                      System must comply with Clause 9.32.3.1.(1)(a)


                                                                                                                          3) The requirement for a principal ventilation fan may be satisfied by a single
                                                                                                                      fan, by the exhaust side of a heat recovery ventilator, or by a group of fans, provided
                                                                                                                      all fans in the group are controlled simultaneously by a controller complying with
                                                                                                                      Sentences (5) to (7). (See Note A-9.32.3.3.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) The components of the principal ventilation system shall be approved by their
                                                                                                                      manufacturer for continuous operation.
                                                                                                                         5) The principal ventilation fan shall be controlled by a manual switch located
                                                                                                                      within the living area of the dwelling unit and clearly marked “VENTILATION FAN.”
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.32.3.3.(5).)
                                                                                                                         6) If all controls serving the principal ventilation fan are in the “off” position, the
                                                                                                                      principal ventilation system shall not operate.
                                                                                                                        7) The requirement for a manual switch stated in Sentence (5) can be satisfied by a
                                                                                                                      manual override incorporated in a dehumidistat or other automatic control, provided
                                                                                                                        a) the automatic control is located within the living area of the dwelling unit,
                                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                                        b) the manual override is clearly marked “VENTILATION FAN.”
                                                                                                                         8) Where the principal ventilation fan is controlled by a dehumidistat or other
                                                                                                                      automatic control in addition to the manual switch required by Sentence (5), the
                                                                                                                      manual switch shall be capable of activating the fan regardless of the setting of the
                                                                                                                      automatic control.
                                                                                                                         9) Where an exhaust air intake for the principal ventilation fan is connected
                                                                                                                      directly to the return side of the duct system of a forced air heating system or other
                                                                                                                      forced air distribution system, it shall be connected, where applicable, not less
                                                                                                                      than 1 m upstream from the connection of the outdoor air supply duct required by
                                                                                                                      Sentence 9.32.3.4.(5).
                                                                                                                       10) Exhaust air intakes for principal ventilation fans located in kitchens, bathrooms
                                                                                                                      and water-closet rooms shall be located in the ceiling or on the wall not less than 2 m
                                                                                                                      above the floor. (See Note A-9.32.3.3.(10).)

                                                                                                    9.32.3.4.         Ventilation Systems Used in Conjunction with Forced Air Heating
                                                                                                                      Systems
                                                                                                                      (See Note A-9.32.3.4.)
                                                                                                                         1) Where outdoor air is to be introduced to the dwelling unit through a forced air
                                                                                                                      heating system, the provision of outdoor air shall comply with this Article.
                                                                                                                         2) Where the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the fan installed to
                                                                                                                      satisfy the requirement for a principal ventilation fan exceeds the maximum outdoor
                                                                                                                      airflow permitted by Table 9.32.3.4. for a mixed air temperature of 15°C or exceeds
                                                                                                                      the minimum acceptable return air temperature specified by the manufacturer of
                                                                                                                      the furnace, whichever is less, then either
                                                                                                                          a) the system shall incorporate a means for tempering outdoor air introduced
                                                                                                                              to the heating system ducts so that a mixed air temperature of 15°C or the


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                        Division B 9-213
                                                                                                    9.32.3.4.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                                 minimum acceptable return air temperature specified by the manufacturer
                                                                                                                                 of the furnace, whichever is less, is achieved when the outdoor air is at the
                                                                                                                                 January 2.5% temperature and the indoor air temperature is 22°C, or
                                                                                                                              b) this Article shall be considered to be no longer applicable and the
                                                                                                                                 mechanical ventilation system shall comply with either Clause 9.32.3.1.(1)(a)
                                                                                                                                 or with Article 9.32.3.5.

                                                                                                                              3) For the purposes of Table 9.32.3.4., the furnace airflow shall be determined
                                                                                                                              a) by operating the forced air heating system's circulation fan at the rate chosen
                                                                                                                                 to satisfy Clause (9)(a) when measuring the return airflow in the furnace
                                                                                                                                 return air plenum immediately upstream of the connection of the outdoor
                                                                                                                                 air supply duct required by Sentence (5) and then adding this return airflow




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                 measurement to the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the fan
                                                                                                                                 installed to satisfy the requirement for a principal ventilation fan, or
                                                                                                                              b) by using the manufacturer's rated flow for the furnace for 150 Pa static
                                                                                                                                 pressure and the wiring configuration necessary to achieve the flow
                                                                                                                                 specified in Clause (9)(a).

                                                                                                                              4) Linear interpolation is permitted in using Table 9.32.3.4.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.32.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                           Maximum Outdoor Airflow
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.4.(2)

                                                                                                          January 2.5%                                   Maximum Outdoor Airflow for Indicated Mixed Temperature, L/s
                                                                                                       Temperature as per        0     0     0    -10     -10   -10   -20   -20   -20   -30      -30   -30   -40   -40   -40   -50   -50   -50
                                                                                                         Appendix C, °C
                                                                                                       Minimum Mixed Air         15   10     5    15      10     5    15    10     5     15      10     5    15    10     5    15    10    5
                                                                                                        Temperature, °C
                                                                                                       Furnace Airflow, L/s
                                                                                                                0                0     0     0    0        0     0    0     0      0     0       0      0    0     0      0     0    0     0
                                                                                                               100               32   55    77    22      38    53    17    29    40     13      23    33    11    19    27    10    17    24
                                                                                                               200               64   109   155   44      75    106   33    57    81     27      46    65    23    39    55    19    33    47
                                                                                                               300               —     —     —    66     113    159   50    86    121    40      69    98    34    58    82    29    50    71
                                                                                                               400               —    —     —     —       —      —    —     —      —     54      92    131   45    77    110   39    67    94
                                                                                                               500               —    —     —     —       —     —     —     —     —      —       —      —    —     —      —    49    83    118


                                                                                                                           5) An outdoor air supply duct shall be installed between the outdoors and the
                                                                                                                        furnace return air plenum and shall be connected
                                                                                                                            a) not less than 3 m upstream of the plenum connection to the furnace, as
                                                                                                                                measured along the length of the duct, or
                                                                                                                            b) through an acceptable mixing device installed in the return air plenum.

                                                                                                                           6) The outdoor air supply duct required by Sentence (5) shall incorporate a
                                                                                                                        flow-regulating damper.

                                                                                                                           7) Where the outdoor air supply duct required by Sentence (5) is not connected
                                                                                                                        to an outdoor air supply fan, it shall be connected downstream of all return branch
                                                                                                                        connections.

                                                                                                                          8) Where the outdoor air supply duct required by Sentence (5) is connected to an
                                                                                                                        auxiliary outdoor air supply fan, the auxiliary outdoor air supply fan shall be
                                                                                                                           a) approved by the manufacturer for the handling of untempered outdoor air
                                                                                                                                if it will be handling untempered outdoor air,
                                                                                                                           b) approved by the manufacturer for continuous operation, and
                                                                                                                           c) designed to provide an outdoor air supply flow within ±10% of the actual
                                                                                                                                normal operating exhaust capacity of the exhaust fan installed to satisfy the
                                                                                                                                requirement for a principal ventilation fan.


                                                                                                    9-214 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.32.3.5.

                                                                                                                        9) The principal ventilation fan control required by Sentence 9.32.3.3.(5) shall be
                                                                                                                     wired in such a way that
                                                                                                                        a) activation of the principal ventilation fan automatically activates the forced
                                                                                                                            air heating system's circulation fan to provide an airflow not greater than
                                                                                                                            the space-heating airflow,
                                                                                                                        b) where applicable, activation of the principal ventilation fan automatically
                                                                                                                            activates the auxiliary outdoor air supply fan described in Sentence (8), and
                                                                                                                        c) the auxiliary outdoor air supply fan does not operate when the principal
                                                                                                                            ventilation fan is not operating.
                                                                                                                       10) With the principal ventilation fan operating at its normal operating exhaust
                                                                                                                     capacity, the airflow in the outdoor air supply duct shall be measured and the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     flow-regulating damper required by Sentence (6) shall be adjusted and permanently
                                                                                                                     fixed so that the airflow in the outdoor air supply duct is within ±10% of the actual
                                                                                                                     normal operating exhaust capacity of the principal ventilation fan.
                                                                                                                      11) The airflow measurements required by Sentences (3) and (10) shall be done
                                                                                                                     using a method accurate to within ±15% of the flow rate being measured.
                                                                                                                       12) All connections between the ventilation system and the heating system shall be
                                                                                                                     in accordance with Articles 9.33.4.1. and 9.33.5.2.

                                                                                                    9.32.3.5.        Ventilation Systems Not Used in Conjunction with Forced Air Heating
                                                                                                                     Systems
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.32.3.5.)
                                                                                                                        1) Where outdoor air is to be introduced to the dwelling unit through means other
                                                                                                                     than a forced air heating system, the provision of outdoor air shall comply with this
                                                                                                                     Article.
                                                                                                                         2) An outdoor air supply fan shall be installed with a rated capacity within ±10%
                                                                                                                     of the actual normal operating exhaust capacity of the exhaust fan installed to satisfy
                                                                                                                     the requirement for a principal ventilation fan.
                                                                                                                        3) The principal ventilation fan control required by Sentence 9.32.3.3.(5) shall be
                                                                                                                     wired in such a way that
                                                                                                                        a) activation of the principal ventilation fan automatically activates the
                                                                                                                            outdoor air supply fan required by Sentence (2), and
                                                                                                                        b) the outdoor air supply fan does not operate when the principal ventilation
                                                                                                                            fan is not operating.
                                                                                                                        4) The outdoor air supply fan shall be connected to the outdoors through an
                                                                                                                     outdoor air supply duct.
                                                                                                                        5) The outdoor air supply duct required by Sentence (4) shall incorporate a
                                                                                                                     flow-regulating damper.
                                                                                                                        6) With the principal ventilation fan operating at its normal operating exhaust
                                                                                                                     capacity, the airflow in the outdoor air supply duct shall be measured and the
                                                                                                                     flow-regulating damper required by Sentence (5) shall be adjusted and permanently
                                                                                                                     fixed so that the airflow in the outdoor air supply duct is within ±10% of the actual
                                                                                                                     normal operating exhaust capacity of the principal ventilation fan.
                                                                                                                       7) The airflow measurements required by Sentence (6) shall be done using a
                                                                                                                     method accurate to within ±15% of the flow rate being measured.
                                                                                                                        8) Except where a heat recovery ventilator is used to supply the outdoor air, the
                                                                                                                     outdoor air shall be tempered to at least 12°C before being circulated to habitable
                                                                                                                     spaces.
                                                                                                                        9) Any tempering device installed to comply with Sentence (8) shall be installed in
                                                                                                                     accordance with Articles 9.33.4.1. and 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                                      10) Except as provided in Sentence (11), outdoor air shall be distributed by a
                                                                                                                     system of trunk and branch supply ducts, from the outdoor air supply fan required
                                                                                                                     by Sentence (2) to
                                                                                                                         a) each bedroom,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-215
                                                                                                    9.32.3.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          b) any storey, including basements and heated crawl spaces, without a bedroom,
                                                                                                                             and
                                                                                                                          c) if there is no storey without a bedroom, to the principal living area.
                                                                                                                         11) In a dwelling unit in which there is no storey without a bedroom, if an exhaust air
                                                                                                                       intake for the principal ventilation fan is located in the principal living area and the
                                                                                                                       principal ventilation fan has no more than 2 exhaust air intakes located in other rooms,
                                                                                                                       distribution of outdoor air to the principal living area is not required.
                                                                                                                         12) All branch supply ducts that are not fitted with diffusers with adjustable balance
                                                                                                                       stops shall be supplied with balancing dampers that
                                                                                                                          a) can be fixed in their adjusted positions, and
                                                                                                                          b) include devices to indicate the positions of the dampers.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        13) The air supply outlets through which outdoor air is delivered to the rooms shall
                                                                                                                       be located in the ceiling or in a wall at not less than 2 m above the floor and shall be
                                                                                                                       designed and installed to promote diffusion across the ceiling.
                                                                                                                        14) Provision shall be made for the free flow of air to or from all rooms by leaving
                                                                                                                       gaps beneath doors, using louvred doors or installing grilles in doors.

                                                                                                    9.32.3.6.          Exhaust-Only Ventilation Systems
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.32.3.6.)
                                                                                                                          1) A ventilation system with no provision for the introduction of outdoor air to
                                                                                                                       the dwelling unit may only be used where the dwelling unit
                                                                                                                           a) contains no solid-fuel-burning appliance, no fireplace of other than
                                                                                                                              direct-vented type, and no other fuel-fired space- or water-heating appliance
                                                                                                                              of other than direct-vented or mechanically vented types, and
                                                                                                                          b) has a forced air distribution system with a circulation fan with a rated
                                                                                                                              capacity equal to at least 5 times the actual normal operating exhaust
                                                                                                                              capacity of the fan installed to satisfy the requirement for a principal
                                                                                                                              ventilation fan, a supply side that complies with Sentences 9.32.3.5.(10)
                                                                                                                              to (12), and a return side that complies with Articles 9.33.6.12. and 9.33.6.13.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where an exhaust-only system is installed,
                                                                                                                       the principal ventilation fan control required by Sentence 9.32.3.3.(5) shall be wired
                                                                                                                       in such a way that, where applicable, activation of the principal ventilation fan
                                                                                                                       automatically activates the circulation fan of the forced air distribution system required
                                                                                                                       by Clause (1)(b) at its rated capacity.
                                                                                                                           3) Interlocking the forced air distribution system's circulation fan with the
                                                                                                                       principal ventilation fan as required by Sentence (2) is not required where the forced
                                                                                                                       air distribution system is equipped with a control that automatically activates the
                                                                                                                       circulation fan at user-selected intervals.

                                                                                                    9.32.3.7.          Supplemental Exhaust
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.32.3.7.)
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a supplemental exhaust fan with a
                                                                                                                       rated capacity not less than 50 L/s shall be installed in each kitchen.
                                                                                                                           2) A supplemental exhaust fan is not required in a kitchen where the only exhaust
                                                                                                                       air intake for the principal ventilation fan is located in that kitchen.
                                                                                                                          3) A supplemental exhaust fan is not required in a kitchen where the principal
                                                                                                                       ventilation fan draws from that kitchen and other rooms, provided
                                                                                                                          a) the principal ventilation fan can be switched to a high exhaust rate equal
                                                                                                                               to not less than 2.5 times the minimum normal operating exhaust capacity
                                                                                                                               specified in Table 9.32.3.3., and
                                                                                                                          b) the high exhaust rate of the principal ventilation fan, as described in
                                                                                                                               Clause (a), is activated by a manual switch in the kitchen labeled “KITCHEN
                                                                                                                               EXHAUST.”
                                                                                                                          4) Where an exhaust air intake for the principal ventilation fan is not located in a
                                                                                                                       bathroom or water-closet room, a supplemental exhaust fan with a rated capacity not
                                                                                                                       less than 25 L/s shall be installed in that bathroom or water-closet room.


                                                                                                    9-216 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              9.32.3.8.

                                                                                                                        5) Where the intake for a supplemental exhaust fan other than a cooking appliance
                                                                                                                     exhaust fan serving a cooktop is installed in a kitchen, it shall be installed in the ceiling
                                                                                                                     or on the wall at not less than 2 m above the floor.
                                                                                                                       6) A supplemental exhaust fan required by this Article shall be controlled by a
                                                                                                                     manual switch located in the room served by the fan.
                                                                                                                        7) Where a kitchen or bathroom is exempted from the requirement to install a
                                                                                                                     supplemental exhaust fan by virtue of Sentence (2) or (3), the principal ventilation fan
                                                                                                                     shall be controlled by a manual switch located in the kitchen or bathroom and wired in
                                                                                                                     parallel with the manual switch required by Sentence 9.32.3.3.(5).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        8) Where a supplemental exhaust fan required by this Article is controlled by a
                                                                                                                     dehumidistat or other automatic control in addition to the manual switch required by
                                                                                                                     Sentence (6), the manual switch shall be capable of activating the fan regardless of the
                                                                                                                     setting of the automatic control.

                                                                                                    9.32.3.8.        Protection Against Depressurization
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.32.3.8.)
                                                                                                                         1) This Article applies to
                                                                                                                         a) dwelling units that contain a fuel-fired space-heating appliance or fuel-fired
                                                                                                                            water-heating appliance of other than direct-vented or mechanically vented
                                                                                                                            types, and
                                                                                                                         b) ancillary spaces that contain an exhaust device, where the space is not
                                                                                                                            within a dwelling unit in a house with a secondary suite and where the house
                                                                                                                            with a secondary suite contains a fuel-fired space-heating appliance or fuel-fired
                                                                                                                            water-heating appliance of other than direct-vented or mechanically vented
                                                                                                                            types.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentences (6) to (8), any mechanical air exhausting
                                                                                                                     device, other than the principal ventilation fan operating at a rate not greater than the
                                                                                                                     maximum permitted by Table 9.32.3.3., shall be provided with outdoor makeup air
                                                                                                                     supplied by a fan rated to deliver outdoor air to the dwelling unit at a rate
                                                                                                                        a) not less than the exhaust capacity of the device, and
                                                                                                                        b) not greater than that exhaust capacity plus 10%.
                                                                                                                        3) An outdoor makeup air supply fan required by Sentence (2) shall be wired so
                                                                                                                     that it is activated whenever the device for which it supplies outdoor makeup air is
                                                                                                                     activated.
                                                                                                                         4) The outdoor makeup air required by Sentence (2) shall be
                                                                                                                         a) introduced to a normally unoccupied area in the dwelling unit, or
                                                                                                                         b) tempered to at least 12°C before being introduced to occupied areas or to
                                                                                                                            a supply duct system.
                                                                                                                         5) If the outdoor makeup air required by Sentence (2) is not tempered upstream
                                                                                                                     of the supply fan, the supply fan required by Sentence (2) shall be approved by the
                                                                                                                     manufacturer for the handling of untempered outdoor air.
                                                                                                                        6) The provision of makeup air as described in Sentence (2) is not required in a
                                                                                                                     dwelling unit with solid-fuel-burning appliances, where all other fuel-fired appliances
                                                                                                                     are direct-vented or mechanically vented.
                                                                                                                        7) The provision of makeup air as described in Sentence (2) is not required if it
                                                                                                                     can be shown using the test procedures in CAN/CGSB-51.71, “Depressurization Test,”
                                                                                                                     that the maximum depressurization levels to which fuel-fired space- or water-heating
                                                                                                                     appliances and their venting systems will be exposed will not exceed the limits set out
                                                                                                                     in CAN/CGSB-51.71 for the categories of fuel-fired appliances and venting systems
                                                                                                                     installed in the dwelling unit.
                                                                                                                        8) The provision of makeup air as described in Sentence (2) is not required for
                                                                                                                     mechanical exhausting devices operating a subfloor depressurization system installed
                                                                                                                     for the purpose of reducing the risk of radon ingress.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-217
                                                                                                    9.32.3.9.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    9.32.3.9.          Carbon Monoxide Alarms
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.32.3.9.)
                                                                                                                          1) This Article applies to every building that contains a residential occupancy and
                                                                                                                       that also contains
                                                                                                                           a) a fuel-burning appliance, or
                                                                                                                          b) a storage garage.
                                                                                                                          2) Carbon monoxide (CO) alarms required by this Article shall
                                                                                                                          a) conform to CSA 6.19, “Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,”
                                                                                                                          b) be equipped with an integral alarm that satisfies the audibility requirements
                                                                                                                             of CSA 6.19, “Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          c) have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the CO
                                                                                                                             alarm, where the CO alarm is powered by the dwelling unit's electrical
                                                                                                                             system, and
                                                                                                                          d) be mechanically fixed at a height recommended by the manufacturer.
                                                                                                                         3) Where a room contains a solid-fuel-burning appliance, a CO alarm conforming to
                                                                                                                       CSA 6.19, “Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,” shall be mechanically fixed
                                                                                                                         a) at the manufacturer's recommended height where these instructions
                                                                                                                             specifically mention solid-fuel-burning appliances, or
                                                                                                                         b) in the absence of specific instructions related to solid-fuel-burning appliances,
                                                                                                                             on or near the ceiling.
                                                                                                                         4) Where a fuel-burning appliance is installed in a suite of residential occupancy, a
                                                                                                                       CO alarm shall be installed
                                                                                                                         a) inside each bedroom, or
                                                                                                                         b) outside each bedroom, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured
                                                                                                                             following corridors and doorways.
                                                                                                                           5) Where a fuel-burning appliance is installed in a service room that is not in a suite
                                                                                                                       of residential occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
                                                                                                                           a) either inside each bedroom, or if outside, within 5 m of each bedroom door,
                                                                                                                               measured following corridors and doorways, in every suite of residential
                                                                                                                               occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly with the service room,
                                                                                                                               and
                                                                                                                           b) in the service room.
                                                                                                                          6) For each suite of residential occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly
                                                                                                                       with a storage garage or that is adjacent to an attic or crawl space to which the storage
                                                                                                                       garage is also adjacent, a CO alarm shall be installed
                                                                                                                           a) inside each bedroom, or
                                                                                                                          b) outside each bedroom, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured
                                                                                                                               following corridors and doorways.
                                                                                                                          7) Where CO alarms are installed in a house with a secondary suite including their
                                                                                                                       common spaces, the CO alarms shall be wired so that the activation of any one CO
                                                                                                                       alarm causes all CO alarms within the house with a secondary suite including their
                                                                                                                       common spaces to sound.

                                                                                                    9.32.3.10.         Fans
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.32.3.10.)
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), capacity ratings for required fans shall be
                                                                                                                       determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                          a) CAN/CSA-C260-M, “Rating the Performance of Residential Mechanical
                                                                                                                             Ventilating Equipment,” or
                                                                                                                          b) HVI Publication 916, “Airflow Test Procedure.”
                                                                                                                          2) Sound ratings for fans shall be determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                          a) CAN/CSA-C260-M, “Rating the Performance of Residential Mechanical
                                                                                                                             Ventilating Equipment,” or
                                                                                                                          b) HVI Publication 915, “Loudness Testing and Rating Procedure.”
                                                                                                                          3) Capacity ratings for fans shall be measured at the external static pressure
                                                                                                                       differentials shown in Table 9.32.3.10.-A.


                                                                                                    9-218 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      9.32.3.11.

                                                                                                                              4) Fans in heat recovery ventilators used to provide one or more required
                                                                                                                           fans shall have their airflow at normal temperature rated in accordance with
                                                                                                                           CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the performance of
                                                                                                                           heat/energy-recovery ventilators.”
                                                                                                                               5) Where a heat recovery ventilator is used to provide one or more required fans,
                                                                                                                           it shall have a low-temperature ventilation reduction factor of not less than 50%
                                                                                                                           when tested in accordance with CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of
                                                                                                                           test for rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators,” at an outdoor
                                                                                                                           temperature at least as low as the outdoor design temperature for the location where
                                                                                                                           the ventilation system is to be installed, but the outdoor design temperature need
                                                                                                                           not be lower than -25°C.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.32.3.10.-A
                                                                                                                                          Minimum External Static Pressure Differential for Rating of Fans
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.10.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                                        Minimum External Static Pressure Differential to be Used
                                                                                                                           Fan Configuration or Application
                                                                                                                                                                                                   in Determining Rated Capacity
                                                                                                     Fans installed with ducts connected on both sides, any application                             100 Pa (0.4 inch water column)
                                                                                                     Fans installed with ducts on one side only, used as the principal
                                                                                                                                                                                                    62 Pa (0.25 inch water column)
                                                                                                     ventilation fan in exhaust-only systems permitted by Article 9.32.3.6.
                                                                                                     Other required fans                                                                             25 Pa (0.1 inch water column)


                                                                                                                               6) Fans, including makeup air supply fans, installed to satisfy Articles 9.32.3.3.
                                                                                                                           to 9.32.3.8. with less than 1 m of duct between themselves and the visible interior
                                                                                                                           surfaces of rooms other than unfinished basements, furnace rooms, utility rooms and
                                                                                                                           attics, shall have a sound rating complying with Table 9.32.3.10.-B when operating at
                                                                                                                           the required flow rate.
                                                                                                                             7) Mechanical ventilation devices shall conform to CSA C22.2 No. 113, “Fans and
                                                                                                                           Ventilators.”

                                                                                                                                                                   Table 9.32.3.10.-B
                                                                                                                                                            Maximum Sound Rating for Fans
                                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.10.(6)

                                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Sound Rating, sones
                                                                                                                     Fan Application
                                                                                                                                                              Rated according to CAN/CSA-C260-M             Rated according to HVI Publication 915
                                                                                                    Principal ventilation fan                                                 2.0                                             2.5
                                                                                                    Supplemental fans installed in bathrooms and
                                                                                                                                                                              2.5                                             3.5
                                                                                                    their makeup air fans
                                                                                                    Supplemental fans installed in kitchens and
                                                                                                                                                                       No rating required                              No rating required
                                                                                                    their makeup air fans


                                                                                                    9.32.3.11.             Ducts
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-9.32.3.11.)
                                                                                                                              1) Except as provided in Sentence (6), ventilation ducts and their fittings shall
                                                                                                                           conform to the requirements of Article 9.33.6.2., except that exhaust ducts serving only a
                                                                                                                           bathroom or water-closet room are permitted to be of combustible material, provided
                                                                                                                           they are reasonably airtight and constructed of a material impervious to water.
                                                                                                                                2) Exhaust ducts shall not discharge into heated or unheated enclosed spaces.
                                                                                                                              3) Where an exhaust duct passes through an unheated space or is not separated
                                                                                                                           from an unheated space by an insulated building assembly, the duct shall be insulated
                                                                                                                           to not less than RSI 0.5.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                   Division B 9-219
                                                                                                    9.32.3.11.                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                          4) Where a duct carrying outdoor air that is not tempered and not mixed with
                                                                                                                       indoor air passes through heated space, it shall be
                                                                                                                          a) insulated to not less than RSI 0.5, and
                                                                                                                          b) provided with a vapour barrier.
                                                                                                                          5) All exhaust intakes located within 3 m horizontally of a cooktop shall be
                                                                                                                       equipped with a grease filter at the intake end.
                                                                                                                          6) Ductwork for cooking appliance exhaust fans shall
                                                                                                                          a) be of noncombustible, corrosion-resistant material,
                                                                                                                          b) lead directly to the outdoors with no connections to other exhaust fans or
                                                                                                                             ducts, and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          c) be equipped with a grease filter at the intake end.
                                                                                                                          7) All ductwork shall be installed to avoid crushing and shall be permanently
                                                                                                                       supported to prevent sagging.
                                                                                                                         8) Joints in all ventilation system ducting shall be sealed with mastic, metal foil
                                                                                                                       duct tape or the manufacturers' specified sealants.
                                                                                                                          9) Except where the size of a duct can be determined using Table 9.32.3.11.-A or
                                                                                                                       Table 9.32.3.11.-B, duct sizes shall be determined according to Subsection 9.33.4.

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.32.3.11.-A
                                                                                                                                                     Equivalent Duct Sizes
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.11.(9)

                                                                                                    Fan's External                                                  Maximum Airflow in Duct, L/s
                                                                                                                       Duct
                                                                                                        Static                       7           15            25               35                 50        75           100
                                                                                                                   Diameter, mm
                                                                                                     Pressure, Pa
                                                                                                                                                                    Maximum Length of Duct, m
                                                                                                                        75           6            1             0                0                 0         0             0
                                                                                                                       100          25            6             2                1                 0         0             0
                                                                                                                       125          60           17             6                3                 1         0             0
                                                                                                         25
                                                                                                                       150          60           42            16                8                 4         2             1
                                                                                                                       175          60           60            34               18                 9         4             2
                                                                                                                       200          60           60            60               35                 18        8             5
                                                                                                                        75          16            4             1                0                 0         0             0
                                                                                                                       100          60           16             6                3                 1         0             0
                                                                                                                       125          60           47            18                9                 5         2             1
                                                                                                         50
                                                                                                                       150          60           60            44               23                 12        5             3
                                                                                                                       175          60           60            60               49                 25        12            7
                                                                                                                       200          60           60            60               60                 48        22           13
                                                                                                                        75          22            5             2                1                 0         0             0
                                                                                                                       100          60           21             8                4                 2         1             0
                                                                                                                       125          60           60            24               12                 6         3             1
                                                                                                        62.5
                                                                                                                       150          60           60            58               31                 15        7             4
                                                                                                                       175          60           60            60               60                 33        15            9
                                                                                                                       200          60           60            60               60                 60        29           17
                                                                                                                        75          38            9             3                1                 0         0             0
                                                                                                                       100          60           36            14                7                 3         1             1
                                                                                                                       125          60           60            41               22                 11        5             3
                                                                                                         100
                                                                                                                       150          60           60            60               53                 27        12            7
                                                                                                                       175          60           60            60               60                 57        27           15
                                                                                                                       200          60           60            60               60                 60        51           30


                                                                                                    9-220 Division B                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                    9.32.3.12.

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.32.3.11.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                    Fan's External                                                      Maximum Airflow in Duct, L/s
                                                                                                                       Duct
                                                                                                        Static                       7               15            25               35                 50    75            100
                                                                                                                   Diameter, mm
                                                                                                     Pressure, Pa
                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Length of Duct, m
                                                                                                                        75          59               14            5                 2                 1     0                 0
                                                                                                                       100          60               57            22               11                 6     2                 1
                                                                                                                       125          60               60            60               34                 17    8                 4
                                                                                                         150
                                                                                                                       150          60               60            60               60                 42    20             11




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       175          60               60            60               60                 60    42             24
                                                                                                                       200          60               60            60               60                 60    60             46


                                                                                                                        10) In using Table 9.32.3.11.-A,
                                                                                                                         a) when sizing branch ducts, “maximum length of duct” refers to the physical
                                                                                                                            length of the duct from the interior grille served by that branch duct to
                                                                                                                            the exterior hood,
                                                                                                                         b) when sizing a trunk duct, “maximum length of duct” refers to the physical
                                                                                                                            length of the duct from the interior grille of the longest branch served by
                                                                                                                            that trunk to the exterior hood,
                                                                                                                         c) outdoor air supply ducts shall be sized as trunk ducts,
                                                                                                                         d) “maximum airflow in duct” refers to the maximum airflow rate that a given
                                                                                                                            section of duct (branch or trunk) must provide to satisfy the ventilation
                                                                                                                            system design, and
                                                                                                                         e) “fan's external static pressure” refers to the external static pressure at which
                                                                                                                            the fan is rated to achieve the maximum airflow rate that the fan is required
                                                                                                                            or intended to provide.
                                                                                                                         11) Where flexible duct is used, it may be sized by choosing the next higher
                                                                                                                       diameter in Table 9.32.3.11.-A or by choosing the diameter for a duct twice as long as
                                                                                                                       the actual length.
                                                                                                                        12) Where rectangular duct is used in place of round duct, it shall be selected
                                                                                                                       according to Table 9.32.3.11.-B.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.32.3.11.-B
                                                                                                                                                      Equivalent Duct Sizes
                                                                                                                                          Forming Part of Sentences 9.32.3.11.(9) and (12)

                                                                                                       Required Round Duct                                  Permitted Equivalent Rectangular Duct Size, mm
                                                                                                             Size, mm                Stack duct               100 mm depth                125 mm depth            150 mm depth
                                                                                                                75                   75 × 150                   50 × 100                       —                       —
                                                                                                                100                  75 × 250                  75 × 100                   75 × 125                 75 × 150
                                                                                                                125                  75 × 250                  125 × 100                  100 × 125                100 × 150
                                                                                                                150                  75 × 300                  200 × 100                  150 × 125                125 × 150
                                                                                                                175                  75 × 350                  275 × 100                  200 × 125                175 × 150
                                                                                                               > 175                                                Design to Subsection 9.33.4.


                                                                                                    9.32.3.12.         Heat Recovery Ventilators
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.32.3.12.)
                                                                                                                         1) This Article shall apply to heat recovery ventilators installed to provide one or
                                                                                                                       more of the fans required by this Subsection.
                                                                                                                          2) Two or more heat recovery ventilators shall not be connected in parallel airflow
                                                                                                                       to a common air supply duct, unless specifically permitted by the manufacturer.
                                                                                                                          3) Two or more heat recovery ventilators shall not be connected in parallel airflow
                                                                                                                       to a common downstream exhaust duct.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                  Division B 9-221
                                                                                                    9.32.3.13.                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                          4) All start-up procedures recommended by the manufacturer, including air
                                                                                                                       balancing and airflow determination, shall be followed.
                                                                                                                          5) A means for the free flow of condensate shall be provided in accordance with
                                                                                                                       the manufacturer's recommendations or, in their absence, a condensate drain of at
                                                                                                                       least 1/2 inch nominal pipe size pitched in the direction of flow and complete with a
                                                                                                                       trap or condensate pump of sufficient capacity shall be installed and connected to the
                                                                                                                       dwelling unit's drain, waste and vent system.
                                                                                                                         6) The heat recovery ventilator and all condensate lines shall be installed in a space
                                                                                                                       where the ambient temperature will not adversely affect the operation of the system.

                                                                                                    9.32.3.13.         Outdoor Intake and Exhaust Openings




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           1) Intake openings shall be located so as to avoid contamination of the ventilation
                                                                                                                       air from other local sources such as automobile exhaust and exhaust from the building
                                                                                                                       or adjacent buildings.
                                                                                                                          2) The distance from the bottom of an air intake opening to finished ground or to
                                                                                                                       any nearer and lower permanent horizontal surface shall be not less than 450 mm or
                                                                                                                       the depth of expected snow accumulation, whichever is greater.
                                                                                                                          3) The distance separating air intakes for mechanical ventilation from exhaust
                                                                                                                       outlets that are potential sources of contaminants, such as gas vents or oil fill pipes,
                                                                                                                       shall be not less than 1 800 mm.
                                                                                                                          4) Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), exhaust outlets that discharge air
                                                                                                                       containing moisture, such as bathroom ventilation and clothes dryer exhaust outlets,
                                                                                                                       shall be located at least 1 800 mm from air intakes and vented soffits.
                                                                                                                          5) Where an exhaust outlet referred to in Sentence (4) is located within a soffit, the
                                                                                                                       soffit shall either be unvented, or if vented, the full depth of the soffit shall be blocked
                                                                                                                       for a distance of 1 800 mm on each side of the exhaust outlet.
                                                                                                                          6) Where an exhaust outlet referred to in Sentence (4) is located in a side wall less
                                                                                                                       than 1 800 mm from a soffit, a section of the soffit above the exhaust outlet shall be
                                                                                                                       unvented, or if vented, the full depth of the soffit shall be blocked in accordance with
                                                                                                                       the widths stipulated in Table 9.32.3.13.-A, centred over the location of the outlet.

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.32.3.13.-A
                                                                                                                Widths of Unvented or Blocked Soffits Where Exhaust Outlets Are Less Than 1 800 mm from a Soffit
                                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.13.(6)

                                                                                                                                                                       Total Width of Unvented or Blocked Soffit Centred Over
                                                                                                              Distance Between Exhaust Outlet and Soffit, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                   Location of Exhaust Outlet, mm
                                                                                                                                1 to 300                                                       3 600
                                                                                                                               301 to 600                                                      3 400
                                                                                                                               601 to 900                                                      3 100
                                                                                                                              901 to 1 200                                                     2 700
                                                                                                                             1 201 to 1 500                                                    2 000
                                                                                                                             1 501 to 1 799                                                    1 000


                                                                                                                          7) Air intakes shall be clearly labeled as such for identification from locations
                                                                                                                       outside the dwelling unit.
                                                                                                                          8) The distance from the bottom of an exhaust outlet to finished ground or to any
                                                                                                                       nearer and lower permanent horizontal surface shall be not less than 100 mm.
                                                                                                                          9) Where air intake and exhaust openings are in exposed locations, provision
                                                                                                                       shall be made to protect them from the entry of precipitation by the use of louvres,
                                                                                                                       weather cowls or other suitable protection.
                                                                                                                        10) Air intake openings shall incorporate screens or grilles to protect against the
                                                                                                                       entry of animals and insects.


                                                                                                    9-222 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                       9.33.3.1.

                                                                                                                      11) Except for exhaust outlets serving heat recovery ventilators, exhaust outlets
                                                                                                                     shall incorporate backdraft dampers.
                                                                                                                      12) An exhaust outlet that does not incorporate a backdraft damper located at the
                                                                                                                     building envelope shall incorporate a screen located at the building envelope to protect
                                                                                                                     against the entry of animals.
                                                                                                                      13) Screens, grilles and filters installed in air intake and exhaust openings shall be
                                                                                                                     easily removable for cleaning purposes, without the need for special tools.
                                                                                                                       14) Where screens or grilles are installed in air intake and exhaust openings, the
                                                                                                                     net free area of the air intake or exhaust opening shall be equal to or greater than the
                                                                                                                     required cross-sectional area of the duct served or such openings shall comply with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Table 9.32.3.13.-B
                                                                                                                       15) Screens and grilles shall be of corrosion-resistant material.

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.32.3.13.-B
                                                                                                                                               Area of Openings with Screens or Grilles
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.13.(14)

                                                                                                                   Mesh Size of Screen or Grille, mm                                       Area of Opening
                                                                                                                             Less than 4                                          3 times required area of duct served
                                                                                                                                4 to 6                                            2 times required area of duct served
                                                                                                                            Larger than 6                                            Required area of duct served



                                                                                                    Section 9.33. Heating and Air-conditioning
                                                                                                    9.33.1.          General
                                                                                                    9.33.1.1.        Application
                                                                                                                         1) This Section applies to the design and installation of
                                                                                                                         a) heating systems, including requirements for combustion air, and
                                                                                                                            air-conditioning systems serving only one dwelling unit, and
                                                                                                                         b) radiant heating systems in houses with a secondary suite including their
                                                                                                                            common spaces.
                                                                                                                        2) The design and installation of heating systems, including requirements for
                                                                                                                     combustion air, and air-conditioning systems other than those described in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                     shall conform to Part 6. (See Note A-9.33.1.1.(2) and Subsection 9.10.10.)
                                                                                                                        3) Air duct distribution systems serving one of the dwelling units in a house with a
                                                                                                                     secondary suite shall not be directly interconnected with other parts of the house.
                                                                                                                         4) Systems used for heating and air-conditioning shall conform to the energy
                                                                                                                     efficiency requirements in Section 9.36.

                                                                                                    9.33.2.          Required Heating Systems
                                                                                                    9.33.2.1.        Required Heating Systems
                                                                                                                        1) Residential buildings intended for use in the winter months on a continuing
                                                                                                                     basis shall be equipped with heating facilities conforming to this Section.

                                                                                                    9.33.3.          Design Temperatures
                                                                                                    9.33.3.1.        Indoor Design Temperatures
                                                                                                                        1) At the outside winter design temperature, required heating facilities shall be
                                                                                                                     capable of maintaining an indoor air temperature of not less than
                                                                                                                        a) 22°C in all living spaces,
                                                                                                                        b) 18°C in unfinished basements,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                   Division B 9-223
                                                                                                    9.33.3.2.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          c) 18°C in common service rooms, ancillary spaces and exits in houses with
                                                                                                                             a secondary suite, and
                                                                                                                          d) 15°C in heated crawl spaces.

                                                                                                    9.33.3.2.          Outdoor Design Temperatures
                                                                                                                          1) The outdoor conditions to be used in designing heating and air-conditioning
                                                                                                                       systems shall be determined in conformance with Article 1.1.3.1.

                                                                                                    9.33.4.            General Requirements for Heating and Air-conditioning
                                                                                                                       Systems




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.33.4.1.          Design of Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
                                                                                                                           1) Heating and air-conditioning systems, including ducting, and mechanical
                                                                                                                       heating and refrigeration equipment, shall be designed, constructed and installed to
                                                                                                                       conform to the relevant provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in
                                                                                                                       the absence of such regulations or bylaws, with good practice such as that described
                                                                                                                       in the ASHRAE Handbooks and Standards, the HRAI Digest, the CHC Handbook
                                                                                                                       on Hydronic Heating Systems, the Hydronics Institute Manuals and the SMACNA
                                                                                                                       Manuals. (See also Subsection 9.32.3. for the design of systems that also provide
                                                                                                                       ventilation.)

                                                                                                    9.33.4.2.          Installation of Hydronic Heating Systems
                                                                                                                          1) The installation of a hydronic heating system shall conform to applicable
                                                                                                                       provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such
                                                                                                                       regulations or bylaws, to CSA B214, “Installation code for hydronic heating systems.”

                                                                                                    9.33.4.3.          Heating System Control
                                                                                                                          1) Where a single heating system serves a house with a secondary suite, individual
                                                                                                                       temperature controls shall be provided in each dwelling unit served by the system.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.33.4.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.33.4.4.          Access
                                                                                                                          1) Equipment forming part of a heating or air-conditioning system, with the
                                                                                                                       exception of embedded pipes or ducts, shall be installed with provision for access for
                                                                                                                       inspection, maintenance, repair and cleaning.

                                                                                                    9.33.4.5.          Protection from Freezing
                                                                                                                          1) Equipment forming part of a heating or air-conditioning system that may be
                                                                                                                       adversely affected by freezing temperatures and that is located in an unheated area
                                                                                                                       shall be protected from freezing.

                                                                                                    9.33.4.6.          Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure
                                                                                                                          1) Heating and cooling systems shall be designed to allow for expansion and
                                                                                                                       contraction of the heat transfer fluid and to maintain the system pressure within the
                                                                                                                       rated working pressure limits of all components of the system.

                                                                                                    9.33.4.7.          Structural Movement
                                                                                                                          1) Mechanical systems and equipment shall be designed and installed to
                                                                                                                       accommodate the maximum amount of structural movement provided for in the
                                                                                                                       construction of the building.
                                                                                                                           2) Where the building is in a location where the spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2),
                                                                                                                       is greater than 0.55, heating and air-conditioning equipment with fuel or power
                                                                                                                       connections shall be secured to the structure to resist overturning and displacement.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.31.6.2.(3).)


                                                                                                    9-224 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          9.33.6.2.

                                                                                                    9.33.4.8.        Asbestos
                                                                                                                         1) Asbestos shall not be used in air distribution systems or equipment.

                                                                                                    9.33.4.9.        Contaminant Transfer
                                                                                                                        1) Systems serving garages, and systems serving other occupied parts of a dwelling
                                                                                                                     unit but located in or running through a garage, shall be designed and constructed in a
                                                                                                                     manner such that means are not provided for the transfer of contaminants from the
                                                                                                                     garage into other spaces in the dwelling unit.

                                                                                                    9.33.5.          Heating and Air-conditioning Appliances and Equipment




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.33.5.1.        Capacity of Heating Appliances
                                                                                                                        1) The required capacity of heating appliances located in a dwelling unit and serving
                                                                                                                     only that dwelling unit, shall be determined in accordance with CSA F280, “Determining
                                                                                                                     the required capacity of residential space heating and cooling appliances,” except that
                                                                                                                     the design temperatures shall conform to Subsection 9.33.3.

                                                                                                    9.33.5.2.        Installation Standards
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Articles 9.33.5.3. and 9.33.5.4., the installation of heating
                                                                                                                     and air-conditioning equipment, including mechanical refrigeration equipment,
                                                                                                                     and including provisions for mounting, clearances and air supply, shall conform to
                                                                                                                     applicable provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of
                                                                                                                     such regulations or bylaws, to
                                                                                                                         a) CSA B51, “Boiler, pressure vessel, and pressure piping code,”
                                                                                                                        b) CSA B52, “Mechanical refrigeration code,”
                                                                                                                         c) CSA B139 Series, “Installation code for oil-burning equipment,”
                                                                                                                        d) CSA B149.1, “Natural gas and propane installation code,”
                                                                                                                         e) CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,” or
                                                                                                                         f) CAN/CSA-C448 Series, “Design and installation of earth energy systems.”
                                                                                                                     (See also Sentence 9.33.5.3.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.33.5.3.        Design, Construction and Installation Standard for Solid-Fuel-Burning
                                                                                                                     Appliances
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.33.5.3.)
                                                                                                                         1) The design, construction and installation, including the provision of combustion
                                                                                                                     air, of solid-fuel-burning appliances and equipment, including stoves, cooktops, ovens
                                                                                                                     and space heaters, shall conform to CSA B365, “Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning
                                                                                                                     Appliances and Equipment.”

                                                                                                    9.33.5.4.        Fireplaces
                                                                                                                         1) Fireplaces shall conform to Section 9.22.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.          Air Duct Systems
                                                                                                    9.33.6.1.        Application
                                                                                                                        1) The design, construction and installation of air duct distribution systems
                                                                                                                     serving heating systems in which the rated heat input does not exceed 120 kW shall
                                                                                                                     conform to this Subsection.
                                                                                                                        2) Air duct distribution systems in which the rated heat input exceeds 120 kW
                                                                                                                     shall conform to Part 6 and Subsection 3.6.5.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.2.        Materials in Air Duct Systems
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6) and in Article 3.6.4.3., all ducts,
                                                                                                                     duct connectors, associated fittings and plenums used in air duct systems shall be
                                                                                                                     constructed of steel, aluminum alloy, copper, clay or similar noncombustible material.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-225
                                                                                                    9.33.6.3.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                         2) Ducts, associated fittings and plenums are permitted to contain combustible
                                                                                                                       material provided they
                                                                                                                          a) conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 duct materials in
                                                                                                                              CAN/ULC-S110, “Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts,”
                                                                                                                         b) conform to Article 3.1.5.18. and Subsection 3.1.9.,
                                                                                                                          c) are not used in vertical runs serving more than 2 storeys, and
                                                                                                                         d) are not used in air duct systems in which the air temperature may exceed
                                                                                                                              120°C.
                                                                                                                         3) Duct sealants shall have a flame-spread rating of not more than 25 and a smoke
                                                                                                                       developed classification of not more than 50.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         4) Duct connectors that contain combustible materials and that are used between
                                                                                                                       ducts and air outlet units shall
                                                                                                                          a) conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 air duct materials in
                                                                                                                              CAN/ULC-S110, “Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts,”
                                                                                                                          b) be limited to 4 m in length,
                                                                                                                          c) be used only in horizontal runs, and
                                                                                                                          d) not penetrate required fire separations.
                                                                                                                           5) Combustible ducts that are part of a duct system carrying only ventilation
                                                                                                                       air and that are contained entirely within a dwelling unit need not comply with the
                                                                                                                       requirements of Sentences (1) to (4).
                                                                                                                          6) Except as provided in Sentences 9.33.6.13.(2) and (3), ducts that are part of a
                                                                                                                       return-air duct system and that are contained entirely within a dwelling unit need not
                                                                                                                       comply with the requirements of Sentences (1) to (4).
                                                                                                                         7) Materials referred to in Sentences (1) to (6), when used in a location where they
                                                                                                                       may be subjected to excessive moisture, shall
                                                                                                                         a) have no appreciable loss of strength when wet, and
                                                                                                                         b) be corrosion-resistant.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.3.          Tape
                                                                                                                          1) Tape used for sealing duct joints in air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct
                                                                                                                       systems shall meet the flame-resistance requirements for fabric in CAN/ULC-S109,
                                                                                                                       “Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films.”

                                                                                                    9.33.6.4.          Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
                                                                                                                          1) Coverings, linings and associated adhesives and insulation of air ducts, plenums
                                                                                                                       and other parts of air duct systems shall be of noncombustible material when exposed
                                                                                                                       to heated air or radiation from heat sources that would result in the exposed surface
                                                                                                                       exceeding a temperature of 120°C.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), when combustible coverings and linings,
                                                                                                                       including associated adhesives and insulation, are used, they shall have
                                                                                                                           a) a flame-spread rating of not more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any
                                                                                                                              surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any
                                                                                                                              direction, and
                                                                                                                           b) a smoke developed classification of not more than 50.
                                                                                                                          3) The outer covering of ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems used
                                                                                                                       within an assembly of combustible construction are permitted to have
                                                                                                                          a) an exposed surface flame-spread rating of not more than 75, and
                                                                                                                          b) a smoke developed classification greater than 50.
                                                                                                                          4) Combustible coverings, linings and foamed plastic insulation described in
                                                                                                                       Sentences (2), (3) and (6) shall not flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested
                                                                                                                       in accordance with the method of test in ASTM C411, “Standard Specification for
                                                                                                                       Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation,” at the maximum
                                                                                                                       temperature to which they are to be exposed in service.
                                                                                                                          5) Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (7), foamed plastic insulation shall not
                                                                                                                       be used as part of an air duct.


                                                                                                    9-226 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           9.33.6.5.

                                                                                                                              6) Foamed plastic insulation conforming to Article 9.25.2.2. is permitted to be used
                                                                                                                          to insulate a galvanized steel, stainless steel or aluminum air duct, provided
                                                                                                                              a) the foamed plastic insulation applied to supply ductwork is not less than
                                                                                                                                  3 m from the furnace bonnet,
                                                                                                                              b) the temperature within the ductwork where the insulation is installed is
                                                                                                                                  not greater than 50°C,
                                                                                                                              c) duct joints are taped with a product conforming to Sentence 9.33.6.3.(1),
                                                                                                                              d) return air plenums are separated from the foamed plastic insulation, and
                                                                                                                              e) the foamed plastic insulation is protected
                                                                                                                                     i) by one of the interior finishes described in
                                                                                                                                        Subsections 9.29.4. to 9.29.9.,
                                                                                                                                    ii) provided the building does not contain a Group C major




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                        occupancy, by sheet metal that is mechanically fastened to
                                                                                                                                        the supporting assembly independent of the insulation,
                                                                                                                                        is not less than 0.38 mm thick and has a melting point of
                                                                                                                                        650°C or more, or
                                                                                                                                   iii) by any thermal barrier that meets the requirements of
                                                                                                                                        Clause 3.1.5.15.(2)(e).

                                                                                                                              7) Foamed plastic insulation is permitted to be used in a ceiling space that acts as a
                                                                                                                          return air plenum provided the foamed plastic insulation is protected from exposure
                                                                                                                          to the plenum in accordance with Sentence 3.1.5.14.(4).

                                                                                                                             8) Combustible coverings and linings of ducts, including associated adhesives and
                                                                                                                          insulation, shall be interrupted
                                                                                                                             a) at the immediate area of operation of heat sources in a duct system, such as
                                                                                                                                  electric resistance heaters or fuel-burning heaters or furnaces, and
                                                                                                                             b) where the duct penetrates a fire separation.

                                                                                                                             9) Linings of ducts shall be installed so that they will not interfere with the
                                                                                                                          operation of volume or balancing dampers or of fire dampers, fire stop flaps and other
                                                                                                                          closures.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.5.             Galvanized Steel or Aluminum Supply Ducts

                                                                                                                              1) Galvanized steel or aluminum supply ducts shall conform to Table 9.33.6.5.

                                                                                                                             2) The design of fittings for ducts shall conform to ANSI/SMACNA 006, “HVAC
                                                                                                                          Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible,” except that metal thicknesses
                                                                                                                          shall conform to Table 9.33.6.5.


                                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.33.6.5.
                                                                                                                                                           Minimum Metal Thickness of Ducts
                                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Article 9.33.6.5.

                                                                                                                                                                                                      Minimum metal thickness, mm
                                                                                                                                                                    Maximum       Maximum Width
                                                                                                                             Type of Duct                                                                     Duct Material
                                                                                                                                                                  Diameter, mm     or Depth, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Galvanized Steel            Aluminum
                                                                                                     Round ducts serving single dwelling units                     125 or less          —              0.254                     0.30
                                                                                                                                                                      350               —              0.33                     0.30
                                                                                                     Round
                                                                                                                                                                    Over 350            —              0.41                     0.41
                                                                                                                                                                       —                350            0.33                     0.30
                                                                                                     Rectangular, enclosed
                                                                                                                                                                       —             Over 350          0.41                     0.41
                                                                                                     Rectangular, not enclosed, for single dwelling units, with        —               350             0.33                     0.41
                                                                                                     required clearance up to 12 mm                                    —             Over 350          0.41                     0.48
                                                                                                     Rectangular, not enclosed, with required clearance of             —               350             0.41                     0.41
                                                                                                     more than 12 mm                                                   —             Over 350          0.48                     0.48


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                      Division B 9-227
                                                                                                    9.33.6.6.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    9.33.6.6.          Construction of Ducts and Plenums
                                                                                                                          1) Where the installation of heating supply ducts in walls and floors creates a
                                                                                                                       space between the duct and construction material, the space shall be firestopped with
                                                                                                                       noncombustible material at each end.
                                                                                                                          2) Ducts shall be securely supported by metal hangers, straps, lugs or brackets,
                                                                                                                       except that, where zero clearance is permitted, wooden brackets are permitted to be
                                                                                                                       used.
                                                                                                                          3) All round duct joints shall be tight-fitting and lapped not less than 25 mm.
                                                                                                                          4) Rectangular duct connections shall be made with S and drive cleats or
                                                                                                                       equivalent mechanical connections.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         5) Duct systems shall have no openings other than those required for the proper
                                                                                                                       operation and maintenance of the system.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.7.          Installation of Ducts and Plenums
                                                                                                                           1) Air duct systems serving garages shall not be interconnected with other parts
                                                                                                                       of the dwelling unit.
                                                                                                                          2) Trunk supply ducts shall not be nailed directly to wood members.
                                                                                                                         3) Branch ducts shall be supported at suitable spacings to maintain alignment
                                                                                                                       and prevent sagging.
                                                                                                                          4) Ducts passing through unheated spaces shall have all joints taped or otherwise
                                                                                                                       sealed to ensure that the ducts are airtight throughout their length.
                                                                                                                          5) Combustible ducts in concrete slabs-on-ground that are connected to a furnace
                                                                                                                       supply plenum shall be located not closer than 600 mm to that plenum and not less than
                                                                                                                       600 mm from its connection to a riser or register.
                                                                                                                          6) Ducts in or beneath concrete slabs-on-ground shall be watertight and corrosion-,
                                                                                                                       decay-, and mildew-resistant.
                                                                                                                          7) Underground ducts shall
                                                                                                                          a) be constructed to provide interior drainage from and access to all low
                                                                                                                             points, and
                                                                                                                          b) not be connected directly to a sewer.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.8.          Clearances of Ducts and Plenums
                                                                                                                         1) The clearance of furnace plenums from combustible material shall conform to the
                                                                                                                       appropriate standards in Sentence 9.33.5.2.(1).
                                                                                                                          2) Where the plenum clearance required in Sentence (1) is 75 mm or less, the
                                                                                                                       clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall
                                                                                                                           a) be equal to the required plenum clearance within 450 mm of the plenum, and
                                                                                                                           b) be not less than 12 mm at a distance of 450 mm or more from the plenum,
                                                                                                                              except that this clearance may be reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset in
                                                                                                                              the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct from
                                                                                                                              direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger. (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(2).)
                                                                                                                         3) Where the plenum clearance required in Sentence (1) is more than 75 mm but not
                                                                                                                       more than 150 mm, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be
                                                                                                                         a) equal to the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1.8 m
                                                                                                                              of the plenum, and
                                                                                                                         b) not less than 12 mm at a horizontal distance of 1.8 m or more from the
                                                                                                                              plenum, except that this distance may be reduced to zero beyond a bend or
                                                                                                                              offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the duct from
                                                                                                                              direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger. (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(3).)
                                                                                                                          4) Where the plenum clearance required in Sentence (1) is more than 150 mm, the
                                                                                                                       clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be
                                                                                                                           a) equal to the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1 m of
                                                                                                                              the plenum,


                                                                                                    9-228 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.33.6.12.

                                                                                                                         b) not less than 150 mm within a horizontal distance between 1 m and 1.8 m
                                                                                                                            from the plenum, and
                                                                                                                         c) not less than 25 mm at a horizontal distance of 1.8 m or more from the
                                                                                                                            plenum, except that this distance may be reduced to 8 mm beyond a bend
                                                                                                                            or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the
                                                                                                                            supply duct from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger. (See
                                                                                                                            Note A-3.6.5.6.(4).)
                                                                                                                        5) Where a register is installed in a floor directly over a pipeless furnace, a
                                                                                                                     double-walled register box with not less than 100 mm between walls, or a register box
                                                                                                                     with the warm-air passage completely surrounded by the cold-air passage, shall be
                                                                                                                     permitted in lieu of the clearances listed in Sentences (2) to (4).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.33.6.9.        Adjustable Dampers and Balance Stops
                                                                                                                        1) All branch supply ducts that are not fitted with diffusers with adjustable balance
                                                                                                                     stops shall be supplied with adjustable dampers and fitted with devices to indicate the
                                                                                                                     positions of the dampers.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.10.       Warm-Air Supply Outlets and Return Inlets — General
                                                                                                                        1) Supply outlets and return openings in the dwelling unit, when located less than
                                                                                                                     2 m above the floor, shall be protected by grilles having openings of a size that will not
                                                                                                                     allow the passage of a 15 mm diam sphere.
                                                                                                                       2) Combustible grilles, diffusers and other devices for the supply and return air
                                                                                                                     openings installed in walls and ceilings shall have a flame-spread rating of
                                                                                                                        a) not more than 200 in bathrooms, and
                                                                                                                        b) not more than 150 in rooms or spaces other than bathrooms.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.11.       Warm-Air Supply Outlets
                                                                                                                        1) In a dwelling unit, a warm-air supply outlet shall be provided in each finished
                                                                                                                     room that is located adjacent to unheated space.
                                                                                                                        2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), when a room described in Sentence (1) is
                                                                                                                     located adjacent to exterior walls, such outlet shall be located so as to bathe at least
                                                                                                                     one exterior wall or window with warm air, except in bathrooms, utility rooms or
                                                                                                                     kitchens, where this may not be practical.
                                                                                                                        3) Where the heating system is also designed to provide ventilation air, ceiling
                                                                                                                     outlets or outlets located high on interior walls are permitted to be installed, provided
                                                                                                                     the outlets are designed for this purpose and are installed with diffusers.
                                                                                                                        4) At least one warm-air supply outlet shall be provided for each 40 m2 of floor
                                                                                                                     surface area in unfinished basements serving dwelling units, and it shall be located so as
                                                                                                                     to provide adequate distribution of warm air throughout the basement.
                                                                                                                        5) At least one warm-air supply outlet shall be provided for each 80 m2 of floor
                                                                                                                     surface area in heated crawl spaces serving dwelling units, and it shall be located so as
                                                                                                                     to provide adequate distribution of warm air throughout the crawl space.
                                                                                                                        6) Except for pipeless furnaces, the capacity of warm-air supply outlets serving
                                                                                                                     dwelling units shall be not less than the design heat loss from the area served and shall
                                                                                                                     not exceed 3 kW per outlet.
                                                                                                                        7) In basements and heated crawl spaces, the calculated heat gain from the supply
                                                                                                                     ducts and plenum surfaces is permitted to be considered in calculating the design heat
                                                                                                                     loss.
                                                                                                                         8) The temperature of supply air at warm-air supply outlets shall not exceed 70°C.
                                                                                                                        9) Warm-air supply outlets located in finished areas shall be provided with
                                                                                                                     diffusers and adjustable openings and shall not be located on a furnace plenum.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.12.       Return-Air Inlets
                                                                                                                        1) Return-air inlets shall not be installed in an enclosed room or crawl space that
                                                                                                                     provides combustion air to a furnace.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-229
                                                                                                    9.33.6.13.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                          2) Except for unfinished areas and floor levels which are less than 900 mm above
                                                                                                                       or below an adjacent floor level which is provided with a return-air inlet, at least one
                                                                                                                       return-air inlet shall be provided in each floor level in a dwelling unit.

                                                                                                                          3) Provision shall be made for the return of air from all rooms by leaving gaps
                                                                                                                       beneath doors, using louvred doors or installing return duct inlets.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.13.         Return-Air System
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.33.6.13.)

                                                                                                                          1) The return-air system shall be designed to handle the entire air supply.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          2) Where any part of a return duct will be exposed to radiation from the furnace
                                                                                                                       heat exchanger or other radiating part within the furnace, such part of a return duct
                                                                                                                       directly above or within 600 mm of the outside furnace casing shall be noncombustible.

                                                                                                                          3) Return ducts serving solid-fuel-burning furnaces shall be constructed of
                                                                                                                       noncombustible material.

                                                                                                                          4)   Combustible return ducts shall be lined with noncombustible material
                                                                                                                          a)   below floor registers,
                                                                                                                          b)   at the bottom of vertical ducts, and
                                                                                                                          c)   under furnaces having a bottom return.

                                                                                                                         5) Spaces between studs or joists used as return ducts shall be separated from the
                                                                                                                       unused portions of such spaces by tight-fitting metal stops or wood blocking.

                                                                                                                          6) A vertical return duct shall have openings to return air on not more than one
                                                                                                                       floor.

                                                                                                                          7) The return-air system shall be designed so that the negative pressure from
                                                                                                                       the circulating fan cannot
                                                                                                                           a) affect the furnace combustion air supply, nor
                                                                                                                          b) draw combustion products from joints or openings in the furnace or flue pipe.

                                                                                                    9.33.6.14.         Filters and Odour Removal Equipment

                                                                                                                           1) Air filters for air duct systems shall conform to the requirements for Class 2
                                                                                                                       air filter units as described in CAN/ULC-S111, “Standard Method of Fire Tests for Air
                                                                                                                       Filter Units.”

                                                                                                                          2) When electrostatic-type filters are used, they shall be installed so as to ensure
                                                                                                                       that the electric circuit is automatically de-energized when filter access doors are
                                                                                                                       opened or, in dwelling units, when the furnace circulation fan is not operating.

                                                                                                                          3) When odour removal equipment of the adsorption type is used it shall be
                                                                                                                          a) installed to provide access so that adsorption material can be reactivated
                                                                                                                             or renewed, and
                                                                                                                          b) protected from dust accumulation by air filters installed on the inlet side.

                                                                                                    9.33.7.            Radiators and Convectors

                                                                                                    9.33.7.1.          Recessed Radiators and Convectors

                                                                                                                          1) Every steam or hot water radiator and convector located in a recess or concealed
                                                                                                                       space or attached to the face of a wall of combustible construction shall be provided
                                                                                                                       with a noncombustible lining or backing.

                                                                                                    9.33.7.2.          Surface Temperature

                                                                                                                          1) The exposed surface temperature of a steam or hot water radiator shall not
                                                                                                                       exceed 70°C unless precautions are taken to prevent human contact.


                                                                                                    9-230 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               9.33.8.3.

                                                                                                    9.33.8.          Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems
                                                                                                    9.33.8.1.        Piping Materials and Installation
                                                                                                                        1) Piping shall be made from materials designed to withstand the effects of
                                                                                                                     temperatures and pressures that may occur in the system. (See Articles 3.1.5.19., 3.1.9.1.
                                                                                                                     and 9.10.9.7., and Sentence 9.10.9.9.(3) for fire safety requirements.)
                                                                                                                        2) Every pipe used in a heating or air-conditioning system shall be installed to
                                                                                                                     allow for expansion and contraction due to temperature changes.
                                                                                                                        3) Supports and anchors for piping in a heating or air-conditioning system shall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     be designed and installed to ensure that undue stress is not placed on the supporting
                                                                                                                     structure.

                                                                                                    9.33.8.2.        Insulation and Coverings
                                                                                                                        1) Insulation and coverings on pipes shall be composed of material suitable for
                                                                                                                     the operating temperature of the system to withstand deterioration from softening,
                                                                                                                     melting, mildew and mould.
                                                                                                                        2) Insulation and coverings on pipes in which the temperature of the fluid exceeds
                                                                                                                     120°C
                                                                                                                        a) shall be made of noncombustible material, or
                                                                                                                        b) shall not flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with
                                                                                                                           ASTM C411, “Standard Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of
                                                                                                                           High-Temperature Thermal Insulation,” at the maximum temperature to
                                                                                                                           which such insulation or covering is to be exposed in service.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Sentence (6), where combustible insulation is used on
                                                                                                                     piping in a horizontal or vertical service space, the insulation and coverings on such
                                                                                                                     pipes shall have a flame-spread rating throughout the material of not more than
                                                                                                                        a) 25 in buildings of noncombustible construction, and
                                                                                                                        b) 75 in buildings of combustible construction.
                                                                                                                         4) Except as provided in Sentence (6), insulation and coverings on piping located
                                                                                                                     in rooms and spaces other than the service spaces described in Sentence (3) shall have a
                                                                                                                     flame-spread rating not more than that required for the interior finish for the ceiling of
                                                                                                                     the room or space.
                                                                                                                        5) Pipes that are exposed to human contact shall be insulated so that the exposed
                                                                                                                     surface does not exceed 70°C. (See Note A-6.5.1.1.(3).)
                                                                                                                       6) No flame-spread rating or smoke developed classification limitations are required
                                                                                                                     where combustible insulation and coverings are used on piping when such piping is
                                                                                                                       a) located within a concealed space in a wall,
                                                                                                                       b) located in a floor slab, or
                                                                                                                       c) enclosed in a noncombustible raceway or conduit.

                                                                                                    9.33.8.3.        Clearances
                                                                                                                       1) Clearances between combustible material and bare pipes carrying steam or hot
                                                                                                                     water shall conform to Table 9.33.8.3.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.33.8.3.
                                                                                                                               Clearance between Steam or Hot Water Pipes and Combustible Material
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 9.33.8.3.(1)

                                                                                                                   Steam or Water Temperature (T), °C                              Minimum Clearance, mm
                                                                                                                                T ≤ 95                                               no clearance required
                                                                                                                             95 < T ≤ 120                                                     15
                                                                                                                                T > 120                                                       25


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                           Division B 9-231
                                                                                                    9.33.8.4.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    9.33.8.4.          Protection
                                                                                                                          1) Where a pipe carrying steam or hot water at a temperature above 120°C passes
                                                                                                                       through a combustible floor, ceiling or wall, the construction shall be protected by a
                                                                                                                       sleeve of metal or other noncombustible material not less than 50 mm larger in diameter
                                                                                                                       than the pipe.
                                                                                                                          2) Unprotected steam or hot water pipes that pass through a storage space shall
                                                                                                                       be covered with not less than 25 mm thickness of noncombustible insulation to prevent
                                                                                                                       direct contact with the material stored.

                                                                                                    9.33.9.            Refrigerating Systems and Equipment for Air-conditioning




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.33.9.1.          Cooling Units
                                                                                                                          1) Where a cooling unit is combined with a fuel-fired furnace in the same duct
                                                                                                                       system, the cooling unit shall be installed
                                                                                                                           a) in parallel with the heating furnace,
                                                                                                                          b) upstream of the furnace, provided the furnace is designed for such
                                                                                                                              application, or
                                                                                                                           c) downstream of the furnace, provided the cooling unit is designed to prevent
                                                                                                                              excessive temperature or pressure in the refrigeration system.

                                                                                                    9.33.10.           Chimneys and Venting Equipment
                                                                                                    9.33.10.1.         Requirement for Venting
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Articles 9.33.10.2. and 9.33.10.3., the products of
                                                                                                                       combustion from oil-, gas- and solid-fuel-burning appliances, including stoves, cooktops,
                                                                                                                       ovens and space heaters, shall be vented in conformance with the applicable appliance
                                                                                                                       installation standard listed in Sentences 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5.3.(1).

                                                                                                    9.33.10.2.         Factory-Built Chimneys
                                                                                                                          1) Factory-built chimneys serving solid-fuel-burning appliances, and their
                                                                                                                       installation, shall conform to CAN/ULC-S629, “Standard for 650°C Factory-Built
                                                                                                                       Chimneys.” (See Note A-9.33.10.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.33.10.3.         Masonry or Concrete Chimneys
                                                                                                                          1) Masonry or concrete chimneys shall conform to Section 9.21.


                                                                                                    Section 9.34. Electrical Facilities
                                                                                                    9.34.1.            General
                                                                                                    9.34.1.1.          Standard for Electrical Installations
                                                                                                                          1) Electrical installations, including the service capacity of the installation and the
                                                                                                                       number and distribution of circuits and receptacles, shall meet the requirements of the
                                                                                                                       appropriate provincial, territorial or municipal legislation or, in the absence of such
                                                                                                                       legislation, shall conform to CSA C22.1, “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.”

                                                                                                    9.34.1.2.          Required Facilities
                                                                                                                          1) Where electrical services are available, electrical facilities shall be provided for
                                                                                                                       every building in conformance with this Section.

                                                                                                    9.34.1.3.          Location of Equipment in Public Areas
                                                                                                                          1) Entrance switches, meters, panel boxes, splitter boxes, time clocks and other
                                                                                                                       similar equipment shall not be located in any public area unless adequate precautions
                                                                                                                       are taken to prevent interference with the equipment.


                                                                                                    9-232 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          9.34.2.4.

                                                                                                    9.34.1.4.        Recessed Lighting Fixtures
                                                                                                                         1) Recessed lighting fixtures shall not be located in insulated ceilings unless the
                                                                                                                     fixtures are designed for such installations.

                                                                                                    9.34.1.5.        Wiring and Cables
                                                                                                                        1) Except as required in Sentence (2), optical fibre cables and electrical wires and
                                                                                                                     cables installed in buildings permitted to be of combustible construction shall
                                                                                                                        a) not convey flame or continue to burn for more than 1 min when tested in
                                                                                                                             conformance with the Vertical Flame Test (FT1 rating) in CSA C22.2 No. 0.3,
                                                                                                                             “Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables,” or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        b) be located in
                                                                                                                                i) totally enclosed noncombustible raceways (see
                                                                                                                                   Note A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i)),
                                                                                                                               ii) masonry walls,
                                                                                                                              iii) concrete slabs, or
                                                                                                                              iv) totally enclosed non-metallic raceways conforming to
                                                                                                                                   Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(b).
                                                                                                                        2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), where a concealed space in a floor or ceiling
                                                                                                                     assembly is used as a plenum, electrical wires and cables with combustible insulation,
                                                                                                                     jackets or sheathes that are used for the transmission of voice, sound or data and
                                                                                                                     optical fibre cables installed within the plenum shall conform to Clause 3.6.4.3.(1)(a).
                                                                                                                         3) Wires or cables within plenum spaces that are used for the transmission of signals
                                                                                                                     in fire alarm, security, radio, and television broadcasting, closed circuit television or
                                                                                                                     community television systems need not meet the requirements of Sentence (2).

                                                                                                    9.34.2.          Lighting Outlets
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.34.2.)

                                                                                                    9.34.2.1.        Lighting of Entrances
                                                                                                                        1) An exterior lighting outlet with fixture controlled by a wall switch located
                                                                                                                     within the building shall be provided at every entrance to buildings of residential
                                                                                                                     occupancy.

                                                                                                    9.34.2.2.        Outlets in Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a lighting outlet with fixture controlled by
                                                                                                                     a wall switch shall be provided in kitchens, bedrooms, living rooms, utility rooms,
                                                                                                                     laundry rooms, dining rooms, bathrooms, water-closet rooms, vestibules and hallways
                                                                                                                     in dwelling units.
                                                                                                                         2) Where a receptacle controlled by a wall switch is provided in bedrooms or
                                                                                                                     living rooms, such rooms need not conform to the requirements in Sentence (1).

                                                                                                    9.34.2.3.        Stairways
                                                                                                                         1) Every stairway shall be lighted.
                                                                                                                         2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), 3-way wall switches located at the head and
                                                                                                                     foot of every stairway shall be provided to control at least one lighting outlet with
                                                                                                                     fixture for stairways with 4 or more risers in dwelling units and houses with a secondary
                                                                                                                     suite including their common spaces.
                                                                                                                         3) The stairway lighting for basements that do not contain finished space or lead to
                                                                                                                     an outside entrance or built-in garage and which serve not more than one dwelling unit
                                                                                                                     is permitted to be controlled by a single switch located at the head of the stairs.

                                                                                                    9.34.2.4.        Basements
                                                                                                                        1) A lighting outlet with fixture shall be provided for each 30 m2 or fraction
                                                                                                                     thereof of floor area in unfinished basements.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-233
                                                                                                    9.34.2.5.                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                          2) The outlet required in Sentence (1) nearest the stairs shall be controlled by a
                                                                                                                        wall switch located at the head of the stairs.

                                                                                                    9.34.2.5.           Storage Rooms
                                                                                                                            1) A lighting outlet with fixture shall be provided in storage rooms.

                                                                                                    9.34.2.6.           Garages and Carports
                                                                                                                           1) A lighting outlet with fixture shall be provided for an attached, built-in or
                                                                                                                        detached garage or carport.
                                                                                                                           2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), outlets required in Sentence (1) shall be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        controlled by a wall switch near the doorway.
                                                                                                                           3) Where the outlet and fixture required in Sentence (1) are ceiling mounted above
                                                                                                                        an area not normally occupied by a parked car, or are wall mounted, a fixture with a
                                                                                                                        built-in switch accessible to an adult of average height is permitted to be used.
                                                                                                                           4) Where a carport is lighted by a light at the entrance to a dwelling unit, additional
                                                                                                                        carport lighting is not required.

                                                                                                    9.34.2.7.           Public and Service Areas
                                                                                                                           1) Every public or service area in buildings shall be provided with lighting outlets
                                                                                                                        with fixtures controlled by a wall switch or panel to illuminate every portion of such
                                                                                                                        areas.
                                                                                                                           2) When provided by incandescent lighting, illumination required in Sentence (1)
                                                                                                                        shall conform to Table 9.34.2.7. (See Article 9.9.12.2. for lighting in means of egress.)
                                                                                                                           3) When other types of lighting are used, illumination equivalent to that shown in
                                                                                                                        Table 9.34.2.7. shall be provided.

                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.34.2.7.
                                                                                                                                                     Lighting for Public Areas
                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentences 9.34.2.7.(2) and (3)

                                                                                                                                                                                             Minimum Lighting Power Density,
                                                                                                                        Room or Space                     Minimum Illumination, lx                 W/m 2 of floor area
                                                                                                                                                                                                  (incandescent lighting)
                                                                                                     Storage rooms                                                  50                                     5
                                                                                                     Service rooms and laundry areas                                200                                    20
                                                                                                     Garages                                                        50                                     5
                                                                                                     Public water-closet rooms                                      100                                    10
                                                                                                     Service hallways and stairways                                 50                                     5
                                                                                                     Recreation rooms                                               100                                    10


                                                                                                    9.34.3.             Emergency Lighting
                                                                                                    9.34.3.1.           Criteria for Emergency Lighting
                                                                                                                            1) Emergency lighting shall conform to Subsection 9.9.12.


                                                                                                    Section 9.35. Garages and Carports
                                                                                                    9.35.1.             Scope
                                                                                                    9.35.1.1.           Application
                                                                                                                           1) This Section applies to garages and carports serving not more than one dwelling
                                                                                                                        unit.


                                                                                                    9-234 Division B                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        9.35.3.4.

                                                                                                    9.35.1.2.        Construction Requirements
                                                                                                                        1) The construction of a garage or carport shall conform to the requirements for
                                                                                                                     other buildings in this Part except as provided in this Section.

                                                                                                    9.35.2.          General
                                                                                                    9.35.2.1.        Carport Considered to be Garage
                                                                                                                        1) Where a roofed enclosure used for the storage or parking of motor vehicles
                                                                                                                     has more than 60% of the total perimeter enclosed by walls, doors or windows, the
                                                                                                                     enclosure shall be considered a garage.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.35.2.2.        Garage Floor
                                                                                                                        1) Where an attached or built-in garage is provided and where adjacent spaces in
                                                                                                                     the building are less than 50 mm above the garage floor,
                                                                                                                         a) the garage floor shall be sloped to the outdoors, or
                                                                                                                        b) where the garage can accommodate not more than 3 vehicles, an airtight
                                                                                                                             curb or partition not less than 50 mm high shall be installed at the edges of
                                                                                                                             the garage floor adjacent to interior space.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.35.2.2.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.35.3.          Foundations
                                                                                                    9.35.3.1.        Foundation Required
                                                                                                                        1) Except as permitted in this Subsection, foundations conforming to Sections 9.12.
                                                                                                                     and 9.15. shall be provided for the support of carport and garage super-structures,
                                                                                                                     including that portion beneath garage doors.
                                                                                                                        2) Detached garages of less than 55 m2 floor area and not more than 1 storey in
                                                                                                                     height that are not of masonry or masonry veneer construction are permitted to be
                                                                                                                     supported on
                                                                                                                        a) wood mud sills, or
                                                                                                                        b) a 100 mm thick concrete floor slab.

                                                                                                    9.35.3.2.        Protection from Damage due to Soil Movement
                                                                                                                        1) In clay-type soils subject to significant movement with a change in soil moisture
                                                                                                                     content, the foundation depth of carports or garages connected to a dwelling unit
                                                                                                                     directly or by a breezeway shall be approximately the same depth as the main building
                                                                                                                     foundation.
                                                                                                                        2) Where slab-on-ground construction is used, a construction joint shall be
                                                                                                                     provided between the main building slab and a slab serving an attached garage,
                                                                                                                     breezeway or carport.
                                                                                                                        3) Except as provided in Section 9.12., foundations for attached unheated garages
                                                                                                                     or carports shall be below frost level.

                                                                                                    9.35.3.3.        Drainage
                                                                                                                        1) Detached garages of less than 55 m2 floor area and not more than 1 storey in
                                                                                                                     height that are not of masonry or masonry veneer construction need not conform
                                                                                                                     with the foundation drainage requirements stated in Section 9.14., where the finished
                                                                                                                     ground level is at or near the elevation of the garage's floor and where the ground
                                                                                                                     slopes away from the building.

                                                                                                    9.35.3.4.        Column Piers
                                                                                                                        1) Piers for the support of carport columns shall extend not less than 150 mm
                                                                                                                     above ground level.
                                                                                                                        2) Piers referred to in Sentence (1) shall project not less than 25 mm beyond the
                                                                                                                     base of the column but in no case be less than 190 mm by 190 mm in size.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                    Division B 9-235
                                                                                                    9.35.4.1.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    9.35.4.            Walls and Columns
                                                                                                    9.35.4.1.          Interior Finish
                                                                                                                          1) Interior finish need not be applied to garage and carport walls.

                                                                                                    9.35.4.2.          Columns
                                                                                                                          1) Columns for garages and carports shall conform to Section 9.17., except that
                                                                                                                       89 mm by 89 mm wood columns may be used.

                                                                                                    9.35.4.3.          Anchorage




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          1) Garage or carport walls and columns shall be anchored to the foundation to
                                                                                                                       resist wind uplift in conformance with Subsection 9.23.6., except that where a garage is
                                                                                                                       supported on the surface of the ground, ground anchors shall be provided to resist
                                                                                                                       wind uplift.


                                                                                                    Section 9.36. Energy Efficiency
                                                                                                    9.36.1.            General
                                                                                                    9.36.1.1.          Scope
                                                                                                                          1) This Section is concerned with the energy used by buildings as a result of
                                                                                                                          a) the design and construction of the building envelope, and
                                                                                                                          b) the design and construction or specification of systems and equipment for
                                                                                                                                 i) heating, ventilating or air-conditioning, and
                                                                                                                                ii) service water heating.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.36.1.2.          Definitions
                                                                                                                          1) For the purpose of this Section, the term “common space” shall mean all spaces
                                                                                                                       required to be conditioned spaces in accordance with the requirements of the Code
                                                                                                                       that are not within a suite but shall not include crawl spaces and vertical service spaces.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.1.3.(3).)
                                                                                                                          2) For the purpose of this Section, the term “overall thermal transmittance,” or
                                                                                                                       U-value, shall mean the rate, in W/(m2×K), at which heat is transferred through a
                                                                                                                       building assembly that is subject to temperature differences. (See Note A-9.36.1.2.(2).)
                                                                                                                           3) For the purpose of this Section, the term “effective thermal resistance,” or RSI
                                                                                                                       value, shall mean the inverse of the overall thermal transmittance of an assembly,
                                                                                                                       in (m2×K)/W. (See Note A-9.36.1.2.(3).)
                                                                                                                          4) For the purpose of this Section, the term “fenestration” shall mean all building
                                                                                                                       envelope assemblies, including their frames, that transfer visible light, such as
                                                                                                                       windows, clerestories, skylights, translucent wall panels, glass block assemblies,
                                                                                                                       transoms, sidelights, sliding, overhead or swinging glass doors, and glazed inserts
                                                                                                                       in doors, etc. (See Note A-9.36.1.2.(4).)
                                                                                                                          5) For the purpose of this Section, the term “annual energy consumption”
                                                                                                                       shall mean the annual sum of service water heating and space-conditioning
                                                                                                                       energy consumption of the proposed house design, calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                                       Article 9.36.5.4. or 9.36.7.3., as applicable. (See Note A-9.36.1.2.(5) and (6).)
                                                                                                                          6) For the purpose of this Section, the term “house energy target” shall mean the
                                                                                                                       annual energy consumption of the reference house, calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                                       Article 9.36.5.4. or 9.36.7.3., as applicable. (See Note A-9.36.1.2.(5) and (6).)
                                                                                                                          7) For the purpose of this Section, the term “principal ventilation rate” shall mean
                                                                                                                       the normal operating exhaust capacity of the principal ventilation fan as required
                                                                                                                       by Article 9.32.3.3.


                                                                                                    9-236 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                9.36.2.1.

                                                                                                                        8) For the purpose of this Section, the term “volume of conditioned space” shall
                                                                                                                     refer to the volume measured at the interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings and
                                                                                                                     floors of a building.

                                                                                                    9.36.1.3.        Compliance and Application
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.1.3.)
                                                                                                                         1)   Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), buildings shall comply with
                                                                                                                         a)   the prescriptive or trade-off requirements in Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4.,
                                                                                                                         b)   the performance requirements in Subsection 9.36.5.,
                                                                                                                         c)   the tiered performance requirements in Subsection 9.36.7.,
                                                                                                                         d)   the tiered prescriptive requirements in Subsection 9.36.8., or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         e)   the NECB.
                                                                                                                         2) Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. apply to
                                                                                                                         a) buildings of residential occupancy to which Part 9 applies,
                                                                                                                         b) buildings containing business and personal services, mercantile or low-hazard
                                                                                                                            industrial occupancies to which Part 9 applies whose combined total floor area
                                                                                                                            does not exceed 300 m2, excluding parking garages that serve residential
                                                                                                                            occupancies, and
                                                                                                                         c) buildings containing a mix of the residential and non-residential occupancies
                                                                                                                            described in Clauses (a) and (b).
                                                                                                                        3) Subsection 9.36.5. and 9.36.7. apply only to
                                                                                                                        a) houses with or without a secondary suite, and
                                                                                                                        b) buildings containing only dwelling units and common spaces whose total floor
                                                                                                                           area does not exceed 20% of the total floor area of the building.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.1.3.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) Subsection 9.36.8. applies only to buildings of residential occupancy to which
                                                                                                                     Part 9 applies.
                                                                                                                        5) Buildings containing non-residential occupancies whose combined total floor area
                                                                                                                     exceeds 300 m2 or medium-hazard industrial occupancies shall comply with the NECB.
                                                                                                                        6) Buildings or portions of buildings that are not required to be conditioned spaces are
                                                                                                                     exempted from the requirements of this Section. (See Note A-9.36.1.3.(6).)

                                                                                                    9.36.2.          Building Envelope
                                                                                                    9.36.2.1.        Scope and Application
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), this Subsection is concerned with the loss
                                                                                                                     of energy due to heat transfer and air leakage through materials, components and
                                                                                                                     assemblies, including their interfaces, forming part of the building envelope where it
                                                                                                                     separates conditioned space from unconditioned space, the exterior air or the ground.
                                                                                                                        2) The requirements of this Subsection also apply to components of a building
                                                                                                                     envelope assembly that separate a conditioned space from an adjoining storage
                                                                                                                     garage, even if the storage garage is intended to be heated. (See Notes A-9.36.2.1.(2)
                                                                                                                     and A-9.36.1.3.(6).)
                                                                                                                         3) Except for skylight shafts addressed in Sentence 9.36.2.6.(4), for the purpose
                                                                                                                     of this Subsection, wall assemblies inclined less than 60° from the horizontal shall
                                                                                                                     be considered as roof assemblies, and roof assemblies inclined 60° or more from the
                                                                                                                     horizontal shall be considered as wall assemblies.
                                                                                                                        4) The properties, performance and installation of windows, doors and skylights
                                                                                                                     shall also conform to Section 9.7.
                                                                                                                        5) The properties, location and installation of thermal insulation, air barrier
                                                                                                                     systems, vapour barriers, and materials with low air or vapour permeance shall also
                                                                                                                     conform to Section 9.25.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-237
                                                                                                    9.36.2.2.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    9.36.2.2.          Determination of Thermal Characteristics of Materials, Components
                                                                                                                       and Assemblies
                                                                                                                           1) The thermal characteristics of materials shall be determined by calculation or by
                                                                                                                       testing in accordance with the applicable product standards listed in the Code or, in the
                                                                                                                       absence of such standards or where such standards do not address the determination
                                                                                                                       of thermal resistance, in accordance with
                                                                                                                           a) ASTM C177, “Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux
                                                                                                                               Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the
                                                                                                                               Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus,” or
                                                                                                                           b) ASTM C518, “Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission
                                                                                                                               Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       (See Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D for the thermal characteristics of commonly used materials.)
                                                                                                                          2) Calculations and tests performed in accordance with Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                       carried out at an average temperature of 24±2°C and under a temperature differential
                                                                                                                       of 22±2°C.
                                                                                                                          3) The thermal characteristics of windows, doors and skylights shall be
                                                                                                                       determined by calculation or testing in accordance with
                                                                                                                          a) CSA A440.2/A440.3, “Fenestration energy performance/User guide to CSA
                                                                                                                             A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance,” for the reference sizes listed
                                                                                                                             therein, or
                                                                                                                          b) NFRC 100, “Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors,”
                                                                                                                             and NFRC 200, “Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar
                                                                                                                             Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence,”
                                                                                                                             for the reference sizes listed therein.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.2.2.(3).)
                                                                                                                          4) The effective thermal resistance of opaque building assemblies shall be
                                                                                                                       determined from
                                                                                                                          a) calculations conforming to Article 9.36.2.4., or
                                                                                                                          b) laboratory tests performed in accordance with ASTM C1363, “Standard
                                                                                                                             Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope
                                                                                                                             Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus,” using an indoor air
                                                                                                                             temperature of 21±1°C and an outdoor air temperature of –18±1°C.
                                                                                                                          5) The thermal characteristics of log walls shall be determined by calculation in
                                                                                                                       accordance with Section 305 of ICC 400, “Standard on the Design and Construction of
                                                                                                                       Log Structures.” (See Note A-9.36.2.2.(5).)

                                                                                                    9.36.2.3.          Calculation of Ceiling, Wall, Fenestration and Door Areas
                                                                                                                          1) The gross ceiling or roof area shall be calculated as the sum of the interior
                                                                                                                       surface areas of insulated ceiling and/or roof assemblies and of skylight openings.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the gross wall area shall be calculated as
                                                                                                                       the sum of the interior surface areas of all exterior building envelope assemblies above
                                                                                                                       the finished ground level that are inclined 60° or more from the horizontal, including
                                                                                                                           a) rim joists,
                                                                                                                           b) fenestration and opaque portions of doors,
                                                                                                                           c) insulated walls extending from finished ground level to the interior side of
                                                                                                                               the insulated ceiling and/or roof assembly, and
                                                                                                                          d) the exposed areas of below-ground building envelope assemblies, where
                                                                                                                               fenestration or doors are located below the plane of the adjacent finished
                                                                                                                               ground.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.2.3.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                          3) Where a building of residential occupancy contains more than two dwelling units,
                                                                                                                       the gross wall area enclosing conditioned space shall be permitted to include the interior
                                                                                                                       surface areas of walls that enclose a suite, measured from the top surface of the lowest
                                                                                                                       floor to the underside of the highest ceiling in the suite. (See Note A-9.36.2.3.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                          4) Fenestration and door areas shall be the actual sizes of windows, doors and
                                                                                                                       skylights including all related frame and sash members.


                                                                                                    9-238 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             9.36.2.5.

                                                                                                                        5) The fenestration area made of flat panes that are not all in the same plane or
                                                                                                                     curved panes shall be measured along the surface of the glass. (See Note A-9.36.2.3.(5).)

                                                                                                    9.36.2.4.        Calculation of Effective Thermal Resistance of Assemblies
                                                                                                                         1) In calculating the thermal resistance of assemblies for the purpose of
                                                                                                                     comparison with the requirements of Articles 9.36.2.6. and 9.36.2.8., the thermal
                                                                                                                     bridging effect of closely spaced, repetitive structural members, such as studs and
                                                                                                                     joists, and of ancillary members, such as lintels, sills and plates, shall be accounted for.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.2.4.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Minor penetrations through assemblies, such as pipes, ducts, equipment with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     through-the-wall venting, packaged terminal air conditioners or heat pumps, shelf
                                                                                                                     angles, anchors and ties and associated fasteners, and minor structural members that
                                                                                                                     must partially or completely penetrate the building envelope to perform their intended
                                                                                                                     function need not be taken into account in the calculation of the effective thermal
                                                                                                                     resistance of that assembly.
                                                                                                                        3) Major structural penetrations, such as balcony and canopy slabs, beams,
                                                                                                                     columns and ornamentation or appendages that must completely penetrate the building
                                                                                                                     envelope to perform their intended function, need not be taken into account in the
                                                                                                                     calculation of the effective thermal resistance of the penetrated assembly, provided
                                                                                                                         a) the insulation is installed tight against the outline of the penetration, and
                                                                                                                         b) the sum of the areas of all such major structural penetrations is limited
                                                                                                                            to a maximum of 2% of the gross wall area calculated as described in
                                                                                                                            Sentence 9.36.2.3.(2).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.2.4.(3).)
                                                                                                                        4) Where a component of the building envelope is protected by an enclosed
                                                                                                                     unconditioned space, such as a sun porch, enclosed veranda, vestibule or attached
                                                                                                                     garage, the required effective thermal resistance of the building envelope component
                                                                                                                     between the building and the unconditioned enclosure is permitted to be reduced by
                                                                                                                     0.16 (m2×K)/W. (See Note A-9.36.2.4.(4).)

                                                                                                    9.36.2.5.        Continuity of Insulation
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (10) and in Sentence 9.36.2.4.(3)
                                                                                                                     regarding balcony and canopy slabs, and except for clearances around components
                                                                                                                     required for fire safety reasons, interior building components that meet building
                                                                                                                     envelope components and major structural members that partly penetrate the building
                                                                                                                     envelope shall not break the continuity of the insulation and shall not decrease
                                                                                                                     the effective thermal resistance at their projected area to less than that required in
                                                                                                                     Articles 9.36.2.6. and 9.36.2.8. (See Note A-9.36.2.5.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Where an interior wall, foundation wall, firewall, party wall or structural element
                                                                                                                     penetrates an exterior wall or insulated roof or ceiling and breaks the continuity of the
                                                                                                                     plane of insulation, the penetrating element shall be insulated
                                                                                                                        a) on both of its sides, inward or outward from the building envelope,
                                                                                                                            for a distance equal to 4 times its uninsulated thickness to an effective
                                                                                                                            thermal resistance not less than that required for exterior walls as stated in
                                                                                                                            Table 9.36.2.6.-A or 9.36.2.6.-B,
                                                                                                                        b) within the plane of insulation of the penetrated element to an effective
                                                                                                                            thermal resistance not less than 60% of that required for the penetrated
                                                                                                                            element, or
                                                                                                                         c) within itself to an effective thermal resistance not less than that required
                                                                                                                            for the penetrated element.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.2.5.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Where a masonry fireplace or flue penetrates an exterior wall and breaks
                                                                                                                     the continuity of the plane of insulation, it shall be insulated within the plane of
                                                                                                                     insulation of the wall or within itself to an effective thermal resistance not less than
                                                                                                                     55% of that required for the exterior wall as stated in Table 9.36.2.6.-A or 9.36.2.6.-B
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.2.5.(3).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-239
                                                                                                    9.36.2.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                          4) Where an ornamentation or appendage penetrates an exterior wall and breaks
                                                                                                                       the continuity of the plane of insulation, the penetrating element shall be insulated
                                                                                                                           a) on both of its sides, inward or outward from the building envelope, for a
                                                                                                                              distance equal to 4 times the insulated thickness of the exterior wall to an
                                                                                                                              effective thermal resistance not less than that required for the wall as stated
                                                                                                                              in Table 9.36.2.6.-A or 9.36.2.6.-B,
                                                                                                                           b) within the plane of insulation of the wall to an effective thermal resistance
                                                                                                                              not less than 55% of that required for the exterior wall, or
                                                                                                                           c) within the penetrating element to an effective thermal resistance not less
                                                                                                                              than that required for the exterior wall.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          5) Except as provided in Sentences (9) and (10), where two planes of insulation
                                                                                                                       are separated by a building envelope assembly and cannot be physically joined, one of
                                                                                                                       the planes of insulation shall be extended for a distance equal to at least 4 times the
                                                                                                                       thickness of the assembly separating the two planes. (See Note A-9.36.2.5.(5).)

                                                                                                                          6) Except as provided in Sentence (7) and Article 9.36.2.11., where mechanical,
                                                                                                                       plumbing or electrical system components, such as pipes, ducts, conduits, cabinets,
                                                                                                                       chases, panels or recessed heaters, are placed within and parallel to a wall assembly
                                                                                                                       required to be insulated, the effective thermal resistance of that wall at the
                                                                                                                       projected area of the system component shall be not less than that required by
                                                                                                                       Tables 9.36.2.6.-A, 9.36.2.6.-B, 9.36.2.8.-A and 9.36.2.8.-B (See Note A-9.36.2.5.(6).)

                                                                                                                          7) The effective thermal resistance of a wall at the projected areas of plumbing and
                                                                                                                       electrical system components, such as plumbing vent pipes, conduits, and electrical
                                                                                                                       outlet and switch boxes, need not comply with Sentence (6), provided
                                                                                                                           a) the effective thermal resistance at the projected area of the system
                                                                                                                               component is not less than 60% of that required in Articles 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                                               and 9.36.2.8., and
                                                                                                                           b) the insulation is continuous on the cold side behind the system component.

                                                                                                                          8) Except as permitted by Article 9.36.2.11., where mechanical ducts, plumbing
                                                                                                                       pipes, conduits for electrical services or communication cables are placed within the
                                                                                                                       insulated portion of a floor or ceiling assembly, the effective thermal resistance of
                                                                                                                       the assembly at the projected area of the ducts, pipes, conduits or cables shall be not
                                                                                                                       less than 2.78 (m2×K)/W.

                                                                                                                          9) Joints and junctions between walls and other building envelope components
                                                                                                                       shall be insulated in a manner that provides an effective thermal resistance that is
                                                                                                                       no less than the lower of the minimum values required for the respective adjoining
                                                                                                                       components. (See Note A-9.36.2.5.(9).)

                                                                                                                        10) Sentence (1) does not apply where the continuity of the insulation is interrupted
                                                                                                                         a) between the insulation in the foundation wall and that of the floor slab,
                                                                                                                         b) by an integral perimeter footing of a slab-on-grade (see Sentences 9.25.2.3.(5)
                                                                                                                            and 9.36.2.8.(8)), or
                                                                                                                         c) at the horizontal portion of a foundation wall that supports masonry veneer
                                                                                                                            and is insulated on the exterior.

                                                                                                    9.36.2.6.          Thermal Characteristics of Above-ground Opaque Building Assemblies

                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and 9.36.2.8.(3) and Articles 9.36.2.5.
                                                                                                                       and 9.36.2.11., the effective thermal resistance of above-ground opaque building
                                                                                                                       assemblies or portions thereof shall be not less than that shown for the applicable
                                                                                                                       heating-degree day category in
                                                                                                                          a) Table 9.36.2.6.-A, where the ventilation system does not include
                                                                                                                              heat-recovery equipment, or
                                                                                                                          b) Table 9.36.2.6.-B, where the ventilation system includes heat-recovery
                                                                                                                              equipment conforming to Article 9.36.3.9.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.2.6.(1).)


                                                                                                    9-240 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        9.36.2.7.

                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.36.2.6.-A
                                                                                                            Effective Thermal Resistance of Above-ground Opaque Assemblies in Buildings without a Heat-Recovery Ventilator
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.2.6.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                  Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (1) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                           Above-ground Opaque Building             Zone 4           Zone 5           Zone 6            Zone 7A          Zone 7B           Zone 8
                                                                                                                     Assembly                       < 3000         3000 to 3999     4000 to 4999      5000 to 5999     6000 to 6999        ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                                                                        Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2×K)/W
                                                                                                     Ceilings below attics                            6.91             8.67              8.67             10.43            10.43            10.43
                                                                                                     Cathedral ceilings and flat roofs                4.67             4.67              4.67             5.02              5.02            5.02




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Walls (2)                                        2.78             3.08              3.08             3.08              3.85            3.85
                                                                                                     Floors over unheated spaces                      4.67             4.67              4.67             5.02              5.02            5.02

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.2.6.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 1.1.3.1.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence 9.36.2.8.(3) for requirements concerning the above-ground portion of foundation walls.


                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.36.2.6.-B
                                                                                                              Effective Thermal Resistance of Above-ground Opaque Assemblies in Buildings with a Heat-Recovery Ventilator
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.2.6.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                  Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (1) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                           Above-ground Opaque Building             Zone 4           Zone 5           Zone 6            Zone 7A          Zone 7B           Zone 8
                                                                                                                     Assembly                       < 3000         3000 to 3999     4000 to 4999      5000 to 5999     6000 to 6999        ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                                                                        Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2×K)/W
                                                                                                     Ceilings below attics                            6.91             6.91              8.67             8.67             10.43            10.43
                                                                                                     Cathedral ceilings and flat roofs                4.67             4.67              4.67             5.02              5.02            5.02
                                                                                                     Walls (2)                                        2.78             2.97              2.97             2.97              3.08            3.08
                                                                                                     Floors over unheated spaces                      4.67             4.67              4.67             5.02              5.02            5.02

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.2.6.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 1.1.3.1.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence 9.36.2.8.(3) for requirements concerning the above-ground portion of foundation walls.


                                                                                                                                2) The effective thermal resistance of rim joists shall be not less than that required
                                                                                                                             for above-ground walls in Table 9.36.2.6.-A or 9.36.2.6.-B, as applicable.

                                                                                                                                3) A reduction in the effective thermal resistance of ceiling assemblies in attics
                                                                                                                             under sloped roofs is permitted for a length no greater than 1 200 mm but only to
                                                                                                                             the extent imposed by the roof slope and minimum venting clearance, provided the
                                                                                                                             nominal thermal resistance of the insulation directly above the exterior wall is not less
                                                                                                                             than 3.52 (m2×K)/W. (See Note A-9.36.2.6.(3).)

                                                                                                                                4) Except for tubular daylighting devices, the minimum effective thermal
                                                                                                                             resistance values for walls stated in Tables 9.36.2.6.-A and 9.36.2.6.-B shall also apply to
                                                                                                                             shafts for skylights.

                                                                                                    9.36.2.7.                Thermal Characteristics of Fenestration, Doors and Skylights

                                                                                                                                1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (8) and Article 9.36.2.11., fenestration
                                                                                                                             and doors shall have an overall thermal transmittance (U-value) not greater than, or
                                                                                                                             an Energy Rating not less than, the values listed in Table 9.36.2.7.-A for the applicable
                                                                                                                             heating-degree day category. (See Note A-9.36.2.7.(1) and (2).)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B 9-241
                                                                                                    9.36.2.7.                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.36.2.7.-A
                                                                                                                                              Required Thermal Characteristics of Fenestration and Doors
                                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.2.7.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                  Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (2) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                                           Thermal Char-
                                                                                                          Components                             Zone 4             Zone 5             Zone 6              Zone 7A           Zone 7B       Zone 8
                                                                                                                            acteristics (1)
                                                                                                                                                 < 3000           3000 to 3999       4000 to 4999        5000 to 5999      6000 to 6999    ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                            Max. U-value,
                                                                                                                                                  1.84                1.84                  1.61              1.61             1.44         1.44
                                                                                                     Fenestration (3)        W/(m2×K)
                                                                                                     and doors               Min. Energy
                                                                                                                                                   21                  21                   25                25                29           29
                                                                                                                               Rating




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.2.7.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Note A-Table 9.36.2.7.-A.
                                                                                                    (2)    See Article 1.1.3.1.
                                                                                                    (3)    Except skylights (see Sentence (2)) and glass block assemblies (see Sentence (4)).


                                                                                                                                2) Skylights shall have an overall thermal transmittance not greater than the
                                                                                                                             values listed in Table 9.36.2.7.-B for the applicable heating-degree day category. (See
                                                                                                                             Note A-9.36.2.7.(1) and (2).)

                                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.36.2.7.-B
                                                                                                                                                         Overall Thermal Transmittance of Skylights
                                                                                                                                                            Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.2.7.(2)

                                                                                                                                                          Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (1) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                                                   Zone 4             Zone 5                   Zone 6                Zone 7A              Zone 7B         Zone 8
                                                                                                           Component
                                                                                                                                   < 3000           3000 to 3999             4000 to 4999          5000 to 5999         6000 to 6999      ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                                                                  Maximum Overall Thermal Transmittance, W/(m2×K)
                                                                                                     Skylights                        2.92                 2.92                  2.75                  2.75                 2.41            2.41

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.2.7.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Article 1.1.3.1.


                                                                                                                                 3) Except for site-assembled or site-glazed factory-made fenestration products,
                                                                                                                             curtain wall construction, and site-built windows and glazed doors that are tested
                                                                                                                             in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.2.(3), site-built windows and glazed doors need
                                                                                                                             not comply with Sentence (1), provided they are constructed in accordance with one
                                                                                                                             of the options presented in Table 9.36.2.7.-C for the applicable climate zone. (See
                                                                                                                             Note A-9.36.2.7.(3).)




                                                                                                    9-242 Division B                                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                          9.36.2.8.

                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.36.2.7.-C
                                                                                                                                Compliance Options for Site-built Windows and Glazed Portion of Doors
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.2.7.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                           Compliance Options
                                                                                                                      Description of           Climate Zones 4 and 5             Climate Zones 6 and 7A         Climate Zones 7B and 8
                                                                                                       Component
                                                                                                                       Component                   ≤ 3999 HDD                       4000 to 5999 HDD                 ≥ 6000 HDD
                                                                                                                                           1            2              3     1             2              3         1            2
                                                                                                                     non-metallic                                      —                                  —
                                                                                                     Frame           thermally broken      —            —                    —             —                       —             —




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     metallic
                                                                                                                     double                —                           —     —             —              —        —             —
                                                                                                     Glazing         triple                             —
                                                                                                                     argon-filled          —                           —                   —                       —
                                                                                                                     none                               —              —     —             —              —        —             —
                                                                                                                     number of panes       —                           —     —             —              —                      —
                                                                                                                                                       ≥1                                                          ≥2
                                                                                                     Low-e coating   with ≤ 0.10
                                                                                                                     number of panes       —            —                                                          —
                                                                                                                                                                       2    ≥1             2            ≥2                      ≥2
                                                                                                                     with ≤ 0.20
                                                                                                                     size, mm             12.7          —          12.7    ≥ 12.7         12.7         ≥ 12.7    ≥ 12.7        ≥ 12.7
                                                                                                     Spacer
                                                                                                                     non-metallic          —                           —     —             —              —        —             —


                                                                                                                        4) Glass block assemblies separating conditioned space from unconditioned space
                                                                                                                     or the exterior shall have
                                                                                                                         a) an overall thermal transmittance of not more than 2.9 W/(m2×K), and
                                                                                                                         b) a total aggregate area of not more than 1.85 m2.

                                                                                                                        5) One door separating a conditioned space from an unconditioned space or the
                                                                                                                     exterior is permitted to have an overall thermal transmittance up to 2.6 W/(m2×K).

                                                                                                                          6) Storm windows and doors need not comply with Sentence (1).

                                                                                                                        7) Vehicular access doors separating a conditioned space from an unconditioned
                                                                                                                     space or the exterior shall have a nominal thermal resistance of not less than
                                                                                                                     1.1 (m2×K)/W.

                                                                                                                        8) Access hatches separating a conditioned space from an unconditioned space shall
                                                                                                                     be insulated to a nominal thermal resistance of not less than 2.6 (m2×K)/W.

                                                                                                    9.36.2.8.        Thermal Characteristics of Building Assemblies Below-Grade or in
                                                                                                                     Contact with the Ground

                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 9.36.2.5., the effective thermal
                                                                                                                     resistance of building assemblies that are below-grade or in contact with the ground
                                                                                                                     shall be not less than that shown for the applicable heating-degree day category in
                                                                                                                         a) Table 9.36.2.8.-A, where the ventilation system does not include
                                                                                                                             heat-recovery equipment, or
                                                                                                                         b) Table 9.36.2.8.-B, where the ventilation system includes heat-recovery
                                                                                                                             equipment conforming to Article 9.36.3.9.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.2.8.(1).)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                      Division B 9-243
                                                                                                    9.36.2.8.                                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                                                        Table 9.36.2.8.-A
                                                                                                    Effective Thermal Resistance of Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground in Buildings without a Heat-Recovery
                                                                                                                                                            Ventilator
                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.2.8.(1) to (9)

                                                                                                                                                            Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (2) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                           Building Assembly
                                                                                                           Below-Grade or in           Zone 4              Zone 5               Zone 6              Zone 7A             Zone 7B               Zone 8
                                                                                                            Contact with the           < 3000            3000 to 3999         4000 to 4999        5000 to 5999        6000 to 6999            ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                Ground (1)
                                                                                                                                                                    Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2×K)/W
                                                                                                     Foundation walls                    1.99                2.98                 2.98                3.46                 3.46                3.97




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Unheated floors (3)
                                                                                                            below frost line (4)(5)   uninsulated         uninsulated          uninsulated         uninsulated         uninsulated          uninsulated
                                                                                                            above frost line (5)         1.96                1.96                 1.96                1.96                 1.96                1.96
                                                                                                     Heated and unheated
                                                                                                                                          n/a                 n/a                  n/a                 n/a                 4.44                4.44
                                                                                                     floors on permafrost
                                                                                                     Heated floors (6)                   2.32                2.32                 2.32                2.84                 2.84                2.84
                                                                                                     Slabs-on-grade with an
                                                                                                                                         1.96                1.96                 1.96                3.72                 3.72                4.59
                                                                                                     integral footing (6)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.2.8.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Note A-Tables 9.36.2.8.-A and -B.
                                                                                                    (2)    See Article 1.1.3.1.
                                                                                                    (3)    Does not apply to below-grade floors over heated crawl spaces.
                                                                                                    (4)    Typically applies to floors-on-ground in full-height basements.
                                                                                                    (5)    Refers to undisturbed frost line before house is constructed.
                                                                                                    (6)    See Sentence 9.25.2.3.(5) for requirement on placement of insulation. The design of slabs-on-grade with an integral footing is addressed in
                                                                                                           Part 4 (see Article 9.16.1.2.).


                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.36.2.8.-B
                                                                                                          Effective Thermal Resistance of Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground in Buildings with a Heat-Recovery
                                                                                                                                                                Ventilator
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.2.8.(1) to (9)

                                                                                                                                                            Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, (2) in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                           Building Assembly
                                                                                                           Below-Grade or in           Zone 4              Zone 5               Zone 6              Zone 7A             Zone 7B               Zone 8
                                                                                                            Contact with the           < 3000            3000 to 3999         4000 to 4999        5000 to 5999        6000 to 6999            ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                Ground (1)
                                                                                                                                                                    Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI), (m2×K)/W
                                                                                                     Foundation walls                    1.99                2.98                 2.98                2.98                 2.98                2.98
                                                                                                     Unheated floors (3)
                                                                                                            below frost line (4)(5)   uninsulated         uninsulated          uninsulated         uninsulated         uninsulated          uninsulated
                                                                                                            above frost line (5)         1.96                1.96                 1.96                1.96                 1.96                1.96
                                                                                                     Heated and unheated
                                                                                                                                          n/a                 n/a                  n/a                 n/a                 4.44                4.44
                                                                                                     floors on permafrost
                                                                                                     Heated floors (6)                   2.32                2.32                 2.32                2.84                 2.84                2.84
                                                                                                     Slabs-on-grade with an
                                                                                                                                         1.96                1.96                 1.96                2.84                 2.84                3.72
                                                                                                     integral footing (6)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.2.8.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Note A-Tables 9.36.2.8.-A and -B.
                                                                                                    (2)    See Article 1.1.3.1.
                                                                                                    (3)    Does not apply to below-grade floors over heated crawl spaces.
                                                                                                    (4)    Typically applies to floors-on-ground in full-height basements.
                                                                                                    (5)    Refers to undisturbed frost line before house is constructed.
                                                                                                    (6)    See Sentence 9.25.2.3.(5) for requirement on placement of insulation. The design of slabs-on-grade with an integral footing is addressed in
                                                                                                           Part 4 (see Article 9.16.1.2.).


                                                                                                    9-244 Division B                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                           9.36.2.9.

                                                                                                                        2) Where an entire floor assembly falls into two of the categories listed
                                                                                                                     in Tables 9.36.2.8.-A and 9.36.2.8.-B, the more stringent value shall apply. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-9.36.2.8.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Where the top of a section of foundation wall is on average less than 600 mm
                                                                                                                     above the adjoining ground level, the above-ground portion of that section of wall
                                                                                                                     shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A
                                                                                                                     or 9.36.2.8.-B.
                                                                                                                        4) Unheated floors-on-ground that are above the frost line and have no embedded
                                                                                                                     heating pipes, cables or ducts shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance
                                                                                                                     required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        a) on the exterior of the foundation wall down to the footing, or
                                                                                                                        b) on the interior of the foundation wall and, as applicable,
                                                                                                                               i) beneath the slab for a distance not less than 1.2 m
                                                                                                                                  horizontally or vertically down from its perimeter with a
                                                                                                                                  thermal break along the edge of the slab that meets at least
                                                                                                                                  50% of the required thermal resistance,
                                                                                                                              ii) on top of the slab for a distance not less than 1.2 m
                                                                                                                                  horizontally from its perimeter, or
                                                                                                                             iii) within the wooden sleepers below the floor for a distance
                                                                                                                                  not less than 1.2 m horizontally from its perimeter.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.2.8.(4).)
                                                                                                                        5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), floors-on-ground with embedded heating
                                                                                                                     ducts, cables or pipes shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in
                                                                                                                     Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B under their full bottom surface including the edges.
                                                                                                                         6) Where only a portion of a floor-on-ground has embedded heating ducts, cables
                                                                                                                     or pipes, that heated portion shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance
                                                                                                                     required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B under its full bottom surface to 1.2 m beyond
                                                                                                                     its perimeter including exterior edges if applicable.
                                                                                                                        7) In addition to the requirements stated in Sentences (5) and (6), heated
                                                                                                                     floors-on-ground shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in
                                                                                                                     Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B vertically
                                                                                                                         a) around their perimeter, or
                                                                                                                         b) on the outside of the foundation wall, extending down to the level of the
                                                                                                                             bottom of the floor.
                                                                                                                        8) Floors on permafrost shall be insulated to the effective thermal resistance
                                                                                                                     required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B under the entire slab and around all edges,
                                                                                                                     and under the integral perimeter footing.
                                                                                                                        9) Slabs-on-grade with an integral perimeter footing shall
                                                                                                                         a) be insulated to the effective thermal resistance required in Table 9.36.2.8.-A
                                                                                                                            or 9.36.2.8.-B under the entire slab and around all edges, but not under
                                                                                                                            the integral perimeter footing, and
                                                                                                                        b) be constructed with skirt insulation having the same effective thermal
                                                                                                                            resistance as the insulation installed under the slab.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.2.8.(9).) (See also Sentences 9.25.2.3.(5) and 9.36.2.5.(9).)
                                                                                                                       10) Junctions between below-grade assemblies shall be protected from the ingress of
                                                                                                                     soil gas in conformance with Subsection 9.25.3.

                                                                                                    9.36.2.9.        Airtightness
                                                                                                                        1) The leakage of air into and out of conditioned spaces shall be controlled by
                                                                                                                     constructing
                                                                                                                        a) a continuous air barrier system in accordance with Sentences (2) to (6),
                                                                                                                            Subsection 9.25.3. and Article 9.36.2.10.,
                                                                                                                        b) a continuous air barrier system in accordance with Sentences (2) to (6) and
                                                                                                                            Subsection 9.25.3. and a building assembly having an air leakage rate not
                                                                                                                            greater than 0.20 L/(s×m2) (Type A4) when tested in accordance with


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-245
                                                                                                    9.36.2.10.                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                              CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” at
                                                                                                                              a pressure differential of 75 Pa, or
                                                                                                                           c) a continuous air barrier system in accordance with Sentences (2) to (6) and
                                                                                                                              Subsection 9.25.3. and a building assembly having an air leakage rate not
                                                                                                                              greater than 0.20 L/(s×m2) when tested in accordance with ASTM E2357,
                                                                                                                              “Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate of Air Barrier
                                                                                                                              Assemblies,” where
                                                                                                                                 i) the building will not be subjected to sustained wind loads
                                                                                                                                    calculated based on a 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure that
                                                                                                                                    exceed 0.65 kPa, and
                                                                                                                                ii) the air barrier assembly is installed on the warm side of the
                                                                                                                                    thermal insulation of the opaque building assembly.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.2.9.(1).)

                                                                                                                          2) An air barrier system installed to meet the requirements of Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                       be continuous
                                                                                                                           a) across construction, control and expansion joints,
                                                                                                                          b) across junctions between different building materials and assemblies, and
                                                                                                                           c) around penetrations through all building assemblies.

                                                                                                                         3) Windows, doors and skylights and their components shall comply with the
                                                                                                                       minimum air leakage requirements stated in
                                                                                                                          a) AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American Fenestration
                                                                                                                             Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights” (Harmonized
                                                                                                                             Standard), and
                                                                                                                          b) CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA
                                                                                                                             101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification
                                                                                                                             for windows, doors, and skylights.”

                                                                                                                          4) Vehicular access doors that separate heated garages from unconditioned spaces
                                                                                                                       or the exterior shall be weatherstripped around their perimeter to prevent air leakage.

                                                                                                                          5) Fireplaces shall be equipped with doors, enclosures or devices to
                                                                                                                       restrict air movement through the chimney when the fireplace is not in use. (See
                                                                                                                       Note A-9.36.2.9.(5).)

                                                                                                                          6) Where the airtight material used in the air barrier system is installed toward
                                                                                                                       the exterior of the building envelope, its location and properties shall conform to
                                                                                                                       Subsection 9.25.5. (See Note A-9.36.2.9.(6).)

                                                                                                    9.36.2.10.         Construction of Air Barrier Details

                                                                                                                          1) Materials intended to provide the principal resistance to air leakage shall
                                                                                                                       conform to CAN/ULC-S741, “Standard for Air Barrier Materials – Specification.”
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.25.5.1.(1) for air leakage characteristics and water vapour permeance
                                                                                                                       values for a number of common materials.)

                                                                                                                          2) Materials referred to in Sentence (1) shall be
                                                                                                                           a) compatible with adjoining materials, and
                                                                                                                          b) free of holes and cracks.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.2.10.(5)(b).)

                                                                                                                          3) Where the air barrier system consists of rigid panel-type material, all joints shall
                                                                                                                       be sealed. (See Note A-9.36.2.10.(5)(b).)

                                                                                                                          4) Where the air barrier system consists of timber logs, all joints shall be sealed to
                                                                                                                       resist airflow through gaps between logs that have shifted due to in-service conditions
                                                                                                                       such as shrinkage and settling.

                                                                                                                          5)   Where the air barrier system consists of flexible sheet material, all joints shall be
                                                                                                                          a)   lapped not less than 50 mm,
                                                                                                                          b)   sealed (see Note A-9.36.2.10.(5)(b)), and
                                                                                                                          c)   structurally supported.


                                                                                                    9-246 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                       9.36.2.10.

                                                                                                                        6) Sealant material used for the purpose of creating a continuous air barrier system
                                                                                                                     shall
                                                                                                                        a) be a non-hardening type, or
                                                                                                                        b) conform to
                                                                                                                              i) Subsection 9.27.4.,
                                                                                                                             ii) CAN/ULC-S710.1, “Standard for Bead-Applied One
                                                                                                                                 Component Polyurethane Air Sealant Foam, Part 1: Material
                                                                                                                                 Specification,” or
                                                                                                                            iii) CAN/ULC-S711.1, “Standard for Bead-Applied Two
                                                                                                                                 Component Polyurethane Air Sealant Foam, Part 1: Material
                                                                                                                                 Specification.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       7) Except as provided in Sentence 9.36.8.8.(1), buildings to which this Subsection
                                                                                                                     applies shall be constructed airtight in accordance with Sentences (8) to (18).

                                                                                                                        8) Penetrations by electrical wiring, outlets, switches or recessed light fixtures
                                                                                                                     through the plane of airtightness shall be constructed airtight
                                                                                                                        a) where the component is designed to provide a seal against air
                                                                                                                           leakage, by sealing the component to the air barrier material (see
                                                                                                                           Note A-9.36.2.10.(8)(a)), or
                                                                                                                        b) where the component is not designed to provide a seal against air leakage,
                                                                                                                           by covering the component with an air barrier material and sealing it to the
                                                                                                                           adjacent air barrier material.

                                                                                                                       9) The joints between the foundation wall and the sill plate, between the sill plate
                                                                                                                     and rim joist, between the rim joist and the subfloor material, and between the subfloor
                                                                                                                     material and the bottom plate of the wall above shall be constructed airtight by
                                                                                                                        a) sealing all joints and junctions between the structural components, or
                                                                                                                        b) covering the structural components with an air barrier material and sealing
                                                                                                                            it to the adjacent air barrier material.

                                                                                                                       10) The interfaces between windows, doors and skylights and wall/ceiling
                                                                                                                     assemblies shall be constructed airtight by sealing all joints and junctions between
                                                                                                                     the air barrier material in the wall and the window, door or skylight frame. (See
                                                                                                                     Note A-9.36.2.10.(10).) (See also Subsection 9.7.6.)

                                                                                                                      11) Cantilevered floors and floors over unheated spaces or over the exterior shall be
                                                                                                                     constructed airtight by one of the following methods or a combination thereof:
                                                                                                                        a) sealing all joints and junctions between the structural components, or
                                                                                                                        b) covering the structural components with an air barrier material and sealing
                                                                                                                            it to the adjacent air barrier material.

                                                                                                                       12) Interior walls that meet exterior walls or ceilings whose plane of airtightness is
                                                                                                                     on the interior of the building envelope and knee walls that separate conditioned space
                                                                                                                     from unconditioned space shall be constructed airtight by
                                                                                                                         a) sealing all junctions between the structural components,
                                                                                                                        b) covering the structural components with an air barrier material and sealing
                                                                                                                             it to the adjacent air barrier material, or
                                                                                                                         c) maintaining the continuity of the air barrier system above or through the
                                                                                                                             interior wall or below or through the knee wall, as applicable.

                                                                                                                       13) Steel-lined chimneys that penetrate the building envelope shall be constructed
                                                                                                                     airtight by blocking the void between required clearances for metal chimneys and
                                                                                                                     surrounding construction with sheet metal and sealant capable of withstanding high
                                                                                                                     temperatures.

                                                                                                                       14) Masonry or concrete chimneys that penetrate the building envelope shall be
                                                                                                                     constructed airtight by mechanically fastening a metal flange or steel stud that extends
                                                                                                                     not less than 75 mm out from the chimney and sealing the air barrier material to it with
                                                                                                                     a sealant capable of withstanding high temperatures.

                                                                                                                       15) Ducts that penetrate the building envelope shall be constructed airtight by
                                                                                                                     sealing the penetration through the building envelope. (See Note A-9.36.2.10.(15).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-247
                                                                                                    9.36.2.11.                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                        16) Plumbing vent stack pipes that penetrate the building envelope shall be
                                                                                                                       constructed airtight by
                                                                                                                          a) sealing the air barrier material to the vent stack pipe with a compatible
                                                                                                                              sealant or sheathing tape, or
                                                                                                                          b) installing a rubber gasket or prefabricated roof flashing at the penetration
                                                                                                                              of the plane of airtightness then sealing it and mechanically fastening it
                                                                                                                              to the top plate.
                                                                                                                        17) Where a party wall meets the plane of airtightness, that junction shall be
                                                                                                                       constructed airtight by sealing any voids within the party wall at the perimeter to the
                                                                                                                       adjacent air barrier material and by
                                                                                                                          a) sealing all junctions between the structural components, or




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          b) covering the structural components with an air barrier material and sealing
                                                                                                                              it to the adjacent air barrier material.
                                                                                                                         18) Where the concrete in a flat insulating concrete form wall acts as the air barrier,
                                                                                                                       the continuity of the plane of airtightness shall be maintained between the concrete
                                                                                                                       and adjacent air barrier materials.

                                                                                                    9.36.2.11.         Trade-off Options for Above-ground Building Envelope Components
                                                                                                                       and Assemblies
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.2.11.)
                                                                                                                          1) Subject to the limitations stated in Sentences (6) to (8), the trade-off options
                                                                                                                       described in Sentences (2) to (4) apply only to above-ground building envelope
                                                                                                                       components and assemblies, or portions thereof, of a single building.
                                                                                                                          2) The effective thermal resistance of one or more above-ground opaque building
                                                                                                                       envelope assemblies is permitted to be less than that required in Article 9.36.2.6.,
                                                                                                                       provided
                                                                                                                           a) the total areas of all proposed and reference assemblies are equal,
                                                                                                                          b) the effective thermal resistance of one or more other proposed above-ground
                                                                                                                              opaque building envelope assembly areas is increased to more than that
                                                                                                                              required by Article 9.36.2.6., and
                                                                                                                           c) the sum of the areas of all traded above-ground opaque building envelope
                                                                                                                              assemblies divided by their respective effective thermal resistance is
                                                                                                                              less than or equal to what it would be if all assemblies complied with
                                                                                                                              Article 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                                       (See Notes A-9.36.2.11.(2) and A-9.36.2.11.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                          3) The effective thermal resistance of one or more windows, as calculated
                                                                                                                       in accordance with Sentence (5), is permitted to be less than that required in
                                                                                                                       Article 9.36.2.7., provided
                                                                                                                           a) the total areas of all traded windows are equal,
                                                                                                                           b) the traded windows are located in the same orientation,
                                                                                                                           c) the effective thermal resistance of one or more other windows is increased
                                                                                                                               to more than that required by Article 9.36.2.7., and
                                                                                                                           d) the sum of the areas of all traded windows divided by their respective
                                                                                                                               effective thermal resistance is less than or equal to what it would be if all
                                                                                                                               windows complied with Article 9.36.2.7.
                                                                                                                       (See Notes A-9.36.2.11.(3) and A-9.36.2.11.(2) and (3).)
                                                                                                                          4) The effective thermal resistance of one or more portions of floor insulation or
                                                                                                                       ceiling insulation in attics under sloped roofs in buildings that are one storey in building
                                                                                                                       height is permitted to be less than that required in Article 9.36.2.6., provided
                                                                                                                           a) the total area of fenestration, excluding skylights, and doors does not exceed
                                                                                                                               15% of the above-ground gross wall area as calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                                               Article 9.36.2.3.,
                                                                                                                           b) the floor-to-ceiling height measured from the top of the subfloor to the
                                                                                                                               underside of the finished ceiling of the storey does not exceed 2.34 m,
                                                                                                                           c) the distance measured from the top of the subfloor to the underside of the
                                                                                                                               bottom chord of the truss or joist of the roof is not more than 2.39 m, and
                                                                                                                           d) the difference between the sum of the proposed areas of ceilings or
                                                                                                                               floors divided by their respective proposed effective thermal resistance


                                                                                                    9-248 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.36.3.2.

                                                                                                                            and the sum of the reference areas of ceilings or floors divided by their
                                                                                                                            respective thermal resistance required in Article 9.36.2.6. is not more than
                                                                                                                            the difference between 17% fenestration and door area and the proposed
                                                                                                                            fenestration and door areas divided by the required effective thermal
                                                                                                                            resistance values for windows and doors in Article 9.36.2.7.
                                                                                                                     (See Notes A-9.36.2.11.(4) and A-9.36.2.11.(2) and (3).)

                                                                                                                        5) The effective thermal resistance of windows shall be determined as RSI =
                                                                                                                     1/U-value.

                                                                                                                        6) The reduction in effective thermal resistance of above-ground opaque building
                                                                                                                     envelope assemblies permitted by Sentences (2) and (4) shall result in an RSI value




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     that is not less than
                                                                                                                         a) 55% of that required in Article 9.36.2.6. for above-ground walls and
                                                                                                                             joist-type roofs (see Note A-9.36.2.11.(6)(a)), and
                                                                                                                        b) 60% of that required in Article 9.36.2.6. for other opaque assemblies.

                                                                                                                       7) The effective thermal resistances of above-ground opaque assemblies with
                                                                                                                     embedded heating cables, pipes or membranes are not permitted to be traded.

                                                                                                                        8) The effective thermal resistances of doors and access hatches described in
                                                                                                                     Sentences 9.36.2.7.(3) to (7) are not permitted to be traded.

                                                                                                    9.36.3.          HVAC Requirements

                                                                                                    9.36.3.1.        Scope and Application

                                                                                                                        1) This Subsection is concerned with the efficient use of energy by systems and
                                                                                                                     equipment used for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC).

                                                                                                                        2) Where HVAC systems, equipment or techniques other than those described in
                                                                                                                     this Subsection are used, the building shall be designed and constructed in accordance
                                                                                                                     with the energy efficiency requirements of the NECB.

                                                                                                    9.36.3.2.        Equipment and Ducts

                                                                                                                        1) HVAC systems shall be sized in accordance with good practice as described in
                                                                                                                     Sections 9.32. and 9.33. (See Note A-9.36.3.2.(1).)

                                                                                                                       2) Ducts shall be designed and installed in accordance with Sections 9.32.
                                                                                                                     and 9.33. (See Note A-9.36.3.2.(2).)

                                                                                                                        3) Except for exhaust ducts leading directly to the exterior, ducts and plenums
                                                                                                                     carrying conditioned air and located outside the plane of insulation shall
                                                                                                                         a) except as provided in Sentence (4), have all joints sealed against air
                                                                                                                            infiltration and exfiltration with
                                                                                                                                i) sealants or gaskets made from liquids, mastics or
                                                                                                                                   heat-applied materials,
                                                                                                                               ii) mastic with embedded fabric, or
                                                                                                                              iii) foil-faced butyl tape, and
                                                                                                                        b) except as provided in Sentence (5), be insulated to the same level as required
                                                                                                                            in Subsection 9.36.2. for exterior above-ground walls.

                                                                                                                        4) Fabric-backed tape with rubber adhesives shall not be used as a primary sealant
                                                                                                                     to meet the requirements of Clause (3)(a).

                                                                                                                        5) The underside of rectangular ducts installed under an insulated floor over an
                                                                                                                     unconditioned space is permitted to be insulated to a lower level than required in
                                                                                                                     Sentence (3) but not to less than 2.11 (m2×K)/W, provided both sides of such ducts are
                                                                                                                     insulated to a compensating higher thermal resistance so that the resulting heat loss
                                                                                                                     does not exceed that of ducts complying with Sentence (3). (See Note A-9.36.3.2.(5).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-249
                                                                                                    9.36.3.3.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                    9.36.3.3.          Air Intake and Outlet Dampers
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), every duct or opening intended
                                                                                                                       to discharge air to the outdoors shall be equipped with
                                                                                                                           a) a motorized damper, or
                                                                                                                           b) a gravity- or spring-operated backflow damper.
                                                                                                                          2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4) and except in locations with fewer
                                                                                                                       than 3500 heating degree-days as listed in Appendix C, every outdoor air intake duct
                                                                                                                       or opening shall be equipped with a motorized damper that remains in the “open”
                                                                                                                       position if the damper fails.
                                                                                                                         3) Where other regulations are in effect that do not permit dampers, air intakes




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       and outlets need not comply with Sentences (1) and (2).
                                                                                                                          4) Air intakes and outlets serving HVAC systems that are required to operate
                                                                                                                       continuously need not comply with Sentences (1) and (2). (See Note A-9.36.3.3.(4).)

                                                                                                    9.36.3.4.          Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems
                                                                                                                          1) Piping for heating and cooling systems shall be designed and installed in
                                                                                                                       accordance with Subsection 9.33.8. (See Note A-9.36.2.10.(5)(b).)
                                                                                                                          2) Except for high-temperature refrigerant piping, all piping forming part of a
                                                                                                                       heating or air-conditioning system shall be located
                                                                                                                          a) inside the plane of insulation, or
                                                                                                                          b) within or outside the plane of insulation, provided the piping is insulated
                                                                                                                              to a thermal resistance not less than that required in Subsection 9.36.2. for
                                                                                                                              exterior above-ground walls.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.3.4.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.36.3.5.          Equipment for Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
                                                                                                                          1) Equipment for heating and air-conditioning systems shall be located
                                                                                                                          a) inside the plane of insulation, or
                                                                                                                          b) outdoors or in an unconditioned space, provided the equipment is
                                                                                                                             designated by the manufacturer for such installation.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.3.5.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.36.3.6.          Temperature Controls
                                                                                                                          1) Except for manually fuelled solid-fuel-fired appliances, the supply of heating
                                                                                                                       and cooling energy to each dwelling unit, suite or common space shall be controlled by
                                                                                                                       thermostatic controls that activate the appropriate supply when the temperature in a
                                                                                                                       conditioned space fluctuates ±0.5°C from the set-point temperature for that space.
                                                                                                                          2) Where heating and cooling systems are controlled by separate thermostatic
                                                                                                                       controls, means shall be provided to prevent these controls from simultaneously
                                                                                                                       calling for heating and cooling.
                                                                                                                          3) Space temperature control devices used to control unitary electric resistance
                                                                                                                       space heaters shall conform to CAN/CSA-C828, “Performance requirements for
                                                                                                                       thermostats used with individual room electric space heating devices.”
                                                                                                                          4) Controls required by Sentence (1) shall be designed such that lowering
                                                                                                                       the set-point temperature on the thermostat for the heating system will not cause
                                                                                                                       cooling energy to be expended to reach the lowered setting, and raising the set-point
                                                                                                                       temperature on the thermostat for the cooling system will not cause heating energy to
                                                                                                                       be expended to reach the raised setting.
                                                                                                                          5) Automatic devices or manually operated dampers, valves or switches shall be
                                                                                                                       provided, as appropriate for the heating system used, to allow the heating of each
                                                                                                                       zone to be adjusted.
                                                                                                                          6) Heat pumps equipped with supplementary heaters shall incorporate controls to
                                                                                                                       prevent supplementary heater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat
                                                                                                                       pump alone, except during defrost cycles.


                                                                                                    9-250 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.36.3.9.

                                                                                                                        7) Heat pumps with a programmable thermostat shall be equipped with setback
                                                                                                                     controls that will temporarily suppress electrical back-up or adaptive anticipation of
                                                                                                                     the recovery point, in order to prevent the activation of supplementary heat during the
                                                                                                                     heat pump's recovery. (See Note A-9.36.3.6.(7).)

                                                                                                    9.36.3.7.        Humidification
                                                                                                                        1) Where an HVAC system is equipped with a means for adding moisture to
                                                                                                                     maintain specific humidity levels, an automatic humidity control device shall be
                                                                                                                     provided.

                                                                                                    9.36.3.8.        Heat Recovery from Dehumidification in Spaces with an Indoor Pool




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     or Hot Tub
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.3.8.)
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), spaces containing an indoor pool
                                                                                                                     or hot tub shall be equipped with air exhaust systems conforming to Sentence (4) at
                                                                                                                     design conditions. (See also Article 9.25.4.2.)
                                                                                                                        2) Spaces containing an indoor pool need not comply with Sentence (1), provided
                                                                                                                     a stationary mechanical or desiccant dehumidification system is installed that
                                                                                                                     provides at least 80% of the dehumidification that would result from compliance with
                                                                                                                     Sentence (1).
                                                                                                                        3) Spaces containing an indoor pool or hot tub having a total water surface area of
                                                                                                                     less than 10 m2 need not comply with Sentence (1), provided they are equipped with a
                                                                                                                     cover having a nominal thermal resistance not less than 2.1 (m2×K)/W.
                                                                                                                         4) Heat-recovery systems used to meet the requirements of Sentence (1) shall
                                                                                                                         a) be capable of recovering at least 40% of the sensible heat from exhausted
                                                                                                                            air when tested in accordance with AHRI 1060 (I-P), “Performance Rating
                                                                                                                            of Air-to-Air Exchangers for Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment,”
                                                                                                                            (see Note A-9.36.3.8.(4)(a)), or
                                                                                                                         b) have a sensible-heat-recovery efficiency complying with Sentence 9.36.3.9.(3)
                                                                                                                            when tested in accordance with CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory
                                                                                                                            methods of test for rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery
                                                                                                                            ventilators.”
                                                                                                                        5) The sensible heat, in kW, referred to in Clause (4)(a), which is the sensible heat
                                                                                                                     content of the total quantity of exhausted air, shall be calculated as follows:




                                                                                                                     where
                                                                                                                          Te = temperature of exhausted air before heat recovery, in °C,
                                                                                                                          To = outdoor 2.5% January design temperature as listed in Appendix C, in °C,
                                                                                                                                and
                                                                                                                           Q = rated capacity of exhaust system at normal temperature of exhausted air, in
                                                                                                                                L/s.

                                                                                                    9.36.3.9.        Heat Recovery from Ventilation Systems
                                                                                                                         1) This Article applies where a self-contained mechanical ventilation system
                                                                                                                     is installed whose principal exhaust component is equipped with heat-recovery
                                                                                                                     capability. (See Note A-9.36.3.9.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Where an integrated mechanical system (IMS) with a heat-recovery ventilator
                                                                                                                     provides the principal exhaust ventilation, the IMS shall
                                                                                                                        a) be tested in accordance with CSA P.10, “Performance of Integrated
                                                                                                                           Mechanical Systems for Residential Heating and Ventilation,” and
                                                                                                                        b) have a minimum overall thermal performance factor conforming to
                                                                                                                           Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                        3) When tested in conformance with the low-temperature thermal and ventilation
                                                                                                                     test methods described in CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of test for


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-251
                                                                                                    9.36.3.10.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                         rating the performance of heat/energy-recovery ventilators,” heat-recovery ventilators
                                                                                                                         described in Sentence (1) shall have a sensible heat-recovery efficiency of
                                                                                                                             a) at least 60% at an outside air test temperature of 0°C for locations with a
                                                                                                                                 2.5% January design temperature greater than or equal to –10°C, and
                                                                                                                             b) at least 60% at an outside air test temperature of 0°C and at least 55% at
                                                                                                                                 an outside air test temperature of –25°C for locations with a 2.5% January
                                                                                                                                 design temperature less than –10°C.
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-9.36.3.9.(3).)

                                                                                                                            4) The requirements of Sentence (3) shall be met using a principal ventilation rate
                                                                                                                         not less than that required in Section 9.32. (See Note A-9.36.3.9.(3).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.36.3.10.           Equipment Efficiency

                                                                                                                            1) HVAC equipment and components shall comply with the performance
                                                                                                                         requirements stated in Table 9.36.3.10. (See Note A-9.36.3.10.(1).)

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                 HVAC Equipment Performance Requirements
                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.3.9.(2) and 9.36.3.10.(1)

                                                                                                            Type of Equipment             Heating or Cooling Capacity, kW    Performance Testing Standard          Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                     Air-Cooled Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps – Electrically Operated
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        SEER = 14.5
                                                                                                    Split system                                       < 19                          CSA C656                            EER = 11.5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        HSPF V = 7.1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         SEER = 14
                                                                                                    Single-package system                              < 19                          CSA C656                             EER = 11
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        HSPF V = 7.0
                                                                                                    Heat pumps, split and
                                                                                                                                                       ≥ 19                       See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB
                                                                                                    single-package
                                                                                                    Air conditioners, all electrical
                                                                                                                                                       ≥ 19                       See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB
                                                                                                    phases, split and single-package
                                                                                                                                     Single-Package Vertical Air Conditioners (SPVAC) and Heat Pumps (SPVHP)
                                                                                                    SPVAC and SPVHP in cooling
                                                                                                                                                       < 19                                                               EER = 11
                                                                                                    mode
                                                                                                                                                                                   CAN/CSA-C746
                                                                                                    SPVAC and SPVHP in heating
                                                                                                                                                       < 19                                                              COPh ≥ 3.3
                                                                                                    mode
                                                                                                    SPVAC and SPVHP                                    ≥ 19                       See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB
                                                                                                                                   Water-Cooled Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps – Electrically Operated
                                                                                                    Ground-source and water-source
                                                                                                    heat pumps
                                                                                                        open loop                                                                                                 COPc ≥ 4.75, COPh ≥ 3.6
                                                                                                                                                       ≤ 40                      CAN/CSA-C13256-1
                                                                                                        closed loop                                                                                               COPc ≥ 3.93, COPh ≥ 3.1
                                                                                                    Water-to-water heat pumps
                                                                                                        open loop                                                                                                 COPc ≥ 5.60, COPh ≥ 3.4
                                                                                                                                                       ≤ 40                      CAN/CSA-C13256-2
                                                                                                        closed loop                                                                                               COPc ≥ 4.21, COPh ≥ 2.8
                                                                                                                                                       < 5                                                        COPc ≥ 3.28, COPh ≥ 4.2
                                                                                                    Internal water-loop heat pumps                                               CAN/CSA-C13256-1
                                                                                                                                                   ≥ 5 and ≤ 40                                                   COPc ≥ 3.52, COPh ≥ 4.2
                                                                                                    Water-cooled air conditioners – all                < 19                      ANSI/AHRI 210/240                COP = 3.54, ICOP = 3.60
                                                                                                    types                                              ≥ 19                       See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB




                                                                                                    9-252 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                   9.36.3.10.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.36.3.10. (Continued)

                                                                                                             Type of Equipment              Heating or Cooling Capacity, kW      Performance Testing Standard           Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                                                         Direct-Expansion Ground-Source Heat Pumps – Electrically Operated
                                                                                                    Direct-expansion ground-source                                                                                            EER = 13.0
                                                                                                    heat pumps                                            ≤ 21                            CSA C748
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              COPh = 3.1
                                                                                                                                          Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners (PTAC) and Heat Pumps (PTHP)
                                                                                                    PTAC – all types and modes
                                                                                                                                                     All capacities                    See Tables 5.2.12.1.-A to -P of Division B of the NECB
                                                                                                    PTHP – all types and modes




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                            Room Air Conditioners and Room Air Conditioner Heat Pumps
                                                                                                                                                         < 2.3                                                               CEER ≥ 11.0
                                                                                                                                                    ≥ 2.3 and < 4.1                                                          CEER ≥ 10.9
                                                                                                    Louvered, without reverse cycle                 ≥ 4.1 and < 5.9                                                          CEER ≥ 10.7
                                                                                                                                                    ≥ 5.9 and < 8.2                                                           CEER ≥ 9.4
                                                                                                                                                   ≥ 8.2 and < 10.6                                                           CEER ≥ 9.0
                                                                                                                                                         < 2.3                                                               CEER ≥ 10.0
                                                                                                                                                    ≥ 2.3 and < 3.2                                                           CEER ≥ 9.6
                                                                                                    Non-louvered, without reverse
                                                                                                                                                    ≥ 3.2 and < 4.1                                                           CEER ≥ 9.5
                                                                                                    cycle
                                                                                                                                                    ≥ 4.1 and < 5.9                      CSA C368.1                           CEER ≥ 9.3
                                                                                                                                                   ≥ 5.9 and < 10.6                                                           CEER ≥ 9.4
                                                                                                                                                         < 5.9                                                                CEER ≥ 9.8
                                                                                                    Louvered, with reverse cycle
                                                                                                                                                   ≥ 5.9 and < 10.6                                                           CEER ≥ 9.3
                                                                                                                                                         < 4.1                                                                CEER ≥ 9.3
                                                                                                    Non-louvered, with reverse cycle
                                                                                                                                                   ≥ 4.1 and < 10.6                                                           CEER ≥ 8.7
                                                                                                    Room air conditioner, casement
                                                                                                                                                     All capacities                                                           CEER ≥ 9.5
                                                                                                    only
                                                                                                    Room air conditioner, casement
                                                                                                                                                     All capacities                                                          CEER ≥ 10.4
                                                                                                    slider
                                                                                                                                                                           Boilers

                                                                                                                                                                                              —                     Must be equipped with automatic
                                                                                                    Electric boilers                                      < 88
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      water temperature control (2)
                                                                                                                                                          < 88                           CAN/CSA-P.2                         AFUE ≥ 90%
                                                                                                    Gas-fired boilers (3)                                ≥ 88                   ANSI/AHRI 1500 or DOE 10 CFR,                   Et ≥ 83%
                                                                                                                                                       and < 733                Part 431, Subpart E, Appendix A
                                                                                                                                                          < 88                           CAN/CSA-P.2                         AFUE ≥ 86%
                                                                                                    Oil-fired boilers                               ≥ 88 and ≤ 733              ANSI/AHRI 1500 or DOE 10 CFR,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Et ≥ 83%
                                                                                                                                                                                Part 431, Subpart E, Appendix A
                                                                                                                        Warm-Air Furnaces, Combination Warm-Air Furnace/Air-conditioning Units, Duct Furnaces and Unit Heaters
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   AFUE ≥ 95% and must be equipped
                                                                                                                                               ≤ 66 using single-phase
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      with a high-efficiency constant
                                                                                                                                                   electric current
                                                                                                                                                                                         CAN/CSA-P.2               torque or constant airflow fan motor
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Et ≥ 78.5%
                                                                                                    Gas-fired warm-air furnaces (3)          ≤ 66, through-the- wall furnace
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             AFUE ≥ 90%
                                                                                                                                                ≤ 66 using three-phase
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       AFUE ≥ 78% or Et ≥ 80%
                                                                                                                                                    electric current                 ANSI Z21.47/CSA 2.3
                                                                                                                                                  > 66 and ≤ 117.23                                                             Et ≥ 80%




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                  Division B 9-253
                                                                                                    9.36.3.10.                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.36.3.10. (Continued)

                                                                                                               Type of Equipment             Heating or Cooling Capacity, kW         Performance Testing Standard           Minimum Performance (1)
                                                                                                     Commercial gas-fired outdoor
                                                                                                     packaged furnaces (rooftop                     > 66 and ≤ 117.23                       CAN/CSA-P.8                             Et ≥ 80%
                                                                                                     units) (3)
                                                                                                     Gas-fired duct furnaces (3)                         ≤ 117.23                        ANSI Z83.8/CSA 2.6                         Et ≥ 81%
                                                                                                     Gas-fired unit heaters (3)                          ≤ 117.23                           CAN/CSA-P.11                            Et ≥ 82%
                                                                                                     Oil-fired warm-air furnaces                           ≤ 66                             CAN/CSA-P.2                           AFUE ≥ 85%
                                                                                                     Oil-fired duct furnaces and unit                       —




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                             CSA B140.4                             Et ≥ 81%
                                                                                                     heaters
                                                                                                                                                   ≤ 87.9 if boiler-based
                                                                                                     Combined space- and
                                                                                                                                                ≤ 73.2 if based on service                 CAN/CSA-P.9 (4)                        TPF = 0.80
                                                                                                     water-heating systems (combos)
                                                                                                                                                       water heater
                                                                                                     Integrated mechanical systems                     All capacities                         CSA P.10                            OTPF = 0.85
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Must be equipped with a
                                                                                                                                                                                     No energy performance test
                                                                                                     Electric furnaces                                     ≤ 66                                                         high-efficiency constant torque or
                                                                                                                                                                                              required
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            constant airflow fan motor
                                                                                                                                                                             Other
                                                                                                     Gas-fired fireplaces and stoves (3)
                                                                                                        heating                                             —                              CAN/CSA-P.4.1                  FE ≥ 50%, see Sentence (2)
                                                                                                           decorative (5)(6)                                                                                                   See Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                                                                                   EPA 40 CFR, Part 60, Subpart
                                                                                                     Solid-fuel-burning space-heating                                                                                                   (8)
                                                                                                                                                < 500 kW output capacity           AAA and Subpart QQQQ, CSA
                                                                                                     equipment (7)
                                                                                                                                                                                       B415.1, or EN 303-5
                                                                                                                                                       ≤ 16.6 L/day                                                                EF ≥ 1.35
                                                                                                                                                 > 16.6 and ≤ 21.3 L/day                                                           EF ≥ 1.50
                                                                                                     Dehumidifiers                               > 21.3 and ≤ 25.5 L/day                   CAN/CSA-C749                            EF ≥ 1.60
                                                                                                                                                 > 25.5 and ≤ 35.5 L/day                                                           EF ≥ 1.70
                                                                                                                                                 > 35.5 and ≤ 87.5 L/day                                                           EF ≥ 2.50
                                                                                                     Unitary electric resistance space                                               No energy performance test                        —
                                                                                                                                                       All capacities
                                                                                                     heaters (9)                                                                              required

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.3.10.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                               AFUE = annual fuel utilization efficiency
                                                                                                               CEER = combined energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                               COPc = coefficient of performance in cooling mode, in W/W
                                                                                                               COPh = coefficient of performance in heating mode, in W/W
                                                                                                                 EER = energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                                   EF = energy factor, in %/h
                                                                                                                   Et = thermal efficiency
                                                                                                                   FE = fireplace efficiency
                                                                                                             HSPF V = heating seasonal performance factor for region V (see map in CSA C656), in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                                ICOP = integrated coefficient of performance, in W/W
                                                                                                               OTPF = overall thermal performance factor
                                                                                                               SEER = seasonal energy-efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W
                                                                                                                 TPF = thermal performance factor
                                                                                                    (2)   An automatic water temperature control device adjusts the temperature of the water in the boiler so that the heat supplied corresponds more
                                                                                                          closely to the heat demanded under varying outdoor temperatures.
                                                                                                    (3)   Includes propane.
                                                                                                    (4)   See Sentence (3).
                                                                                                    (5)   Decorative gas-fired fireplaces and stoves are vented decorative gas appliances that are marked as such on their rating plate and that comply
                                                                                                          with ANSI Z21.50/CSA 2.22, “Vented decorative gas appliances.”




                                                                                                    9-254 Division B                                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      9.36.4.2.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.36.3.10. (Continued)

                                                                                                    (6)   Decorative gas-fired fireplaces and stoves shall not be used to satisfy heating requirements or as part of the heating system required by
                                                                                                          Section 9.33.
                                                                                                    (7)   Does not include stoves with an oven whose volume is greater than 0.028 m3.
                                                                                                    (8)   Minimum performance values are omitted from the Table in cases where the referenced standard itself contains such requirements. Equipment
                                                                                                          tested to the referenced standards provides an acceptable level of energy performance.
                                                                                                    (9)   See Sentence 9.36.3.6.(3).


                                                                                                                              2) Natural gas and propane fireplaces shall be
                                                                                                                              a) direct-vent (sealed), and




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              b) pilot-on-demand, interrupted or intermittent ignition systems without a
                                                                                                                                 standing pilot light.

                                                                                                                              3) The heat source component of combined space- and service water heating
                                                                                                                           systems that are not within the scope of CAN/CSA-P.9, “Test method for determining
                                                                                                                           the performance of combined space and water heating systems (combos),” shall meet
                                                                                                                           the performance requirements stated in Table 9.36.3.10. for the applicable equipment
                                                                                                                           type. (See Note A-9.36.3.10.(3).)

                                                                                                    9.36.3.11.             Solar Thermal Systems

                                                                                                                             1) Space-heating systems that use solar thermal technology shall conform to the
                                                                                                                           manufacturer's design requirements and installation procedures.

                                                                                                                              2) Service water heating systems that use solar thermal technology shall be
                                                                                                                           installed in accordance with the NPC.

                                                                                                                              3) Hot water storage tanks associated with the systems referred to in Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                           shall be installed in a conditioned space.

                                                                                                    9.36.4.                Service Water Heating Systems

                                                                                                    9.36.4.1.              Scope and Application

                                                                                                                              1) This Subsection is concerned with the efficient use of energy by systems used to
                                                                                                                           heat service water for household use as well as for indoor pools and hot tubs.

                                                                                                                              2) Where service water heating equipment or techniques other than those
                                                                                                                           described in this Subsection are used, the building shall be designed and constructed in
                                                                                                                           accordance with the energy efficiency requirements of the NECB.

                                                                                                    9.36.4.2.              Equipment Efficiency

                                                                                                                              1) Service water heaters, boilers, pool heaters and storage tanks shall comply with
                                                                                                                           the performance requirements stated in Table 9.36.4.2. (See Note A-9.36.4.2.(2).)

                                                                                                                              2) Hot service water storage tanks not listed in Table 9.36.4.2. shall be covered
                                                                                                                           with insulation having a minimum thermal resistance of 1.8 (m2×K)/W.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                 Division B 9-255
                                                                                                    9.36.4.2.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                                                     Service Water Heating Equipment Performance Requirements
                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.4.2.(1) and (2)

                                                                                                                Type of Equipment                  Input (1)                  Performance Testing Standard      Performance Requirement (2)
                                                                                                                                                      Storage-Type Service Water Heaters
                                                                                                                                                                                                               SL ≤ 35 + (0.20 Vr) (top inlet)
                                                                                                                                      ≤ 12 kW (Vr > 50 L but ≤ 270 L)
                                                                                                                                                                                                              SL ≤ 40 + (0.20 Vr) (bottom inlet)
                                                                                                                                                                                    CAN/CSA-C191
                                                                                                                                                                                                              SL ≤ (0.472 Vr) – 38.5 (top inlet)
                                                                                                    Electric                          ≤ 12 kW (Vr > 270 L but ≤ 454 L)
                                                                                                                                                                                                             SL ≤ (0.472 Vr) – 33.5 (bottom inlet)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                             ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3 or DOE
                                                                                                                                                   >12 kW                     10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart            SL ≤ 0.30 +(102.2 Vs)
                                                                                                                                                                                    G, Appendix B
                                                                                                    Heat pump water heaters                  ≤ 24 A and ≤ 250 V                     CAN/CSA-C745                          EF ≥ 2.1
                                                                                                                                     ≤ 22 kW and first-hour rating < 68 L                                      UEF ≥ 0.3456 – (0.00053 Vs) (4)
                                                                                                                                       ≤ 22 kW and first-hour rating
                                                                                                                                                                                                               UEF ≥ 0.5982 – (0.00050 Vs) (4)
                                                                                                                                           ≥ 68 L but < 193 L
                                                                                                                                       ≤ 22 kW and first-hour rating
                                                                                                                                                                                     CAN/CSA-P.3               UEF ≥ 0.6483 – (0.00045 Vs) (4)
                                                                                                                                           ≥ 193 L but < 284 L
                                                                                                    Gas-fired (3)
                                                                                                                                     ≤ 22 kW and first-hour rating ≥ 284 L                                     UEF ≥ 0.6920 – (0.00034 Vs) (4)
                                                                                                                                        > 22 kW but ≤ 30.5 kW and
                                                                                                                                                                                                               UEF ≥ 0.8107 – (0.00021 Vs) (4)
                                                                                                                                               Vr ≤ 454 L
                                                                                                                                                                             DOE 10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart     Et ≥ 90% and SL ≤ 0.84 [(1.25
                                                                                                                                                  > 22 kW
                                                                                                                                                                                    G, Appendix A                     Q) + (16.57 √Vr)]
                                                                                                                                          ≤ 30.5 kW and first-hour                                            EF ≥ 0.68 – (0.0005 Vr) or UEF
                                                                                                                                               rating < 68 L                                                     ≥ 0.2509 – (0.00032 Vs)
                                                                                                                                       ≤ 30.5 kW and first-hour rating                                        EF ≥ 0.68 – (0.0005 Vr) or UEF
                                                                                                                                            ≥ 68 L but < 193 L                                                   ≥ 0.5330 – (0.00042 Vs)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EF ≥ 0.68 – (0.0005 Vr)
                                                                                                                                       ≤ 30.5 kW and first-hour rating
                                                                                                                                                                                CAN/CSA-B211 for EF or              or UEF ≥ 0.6078 –
                                                                                                                                            ≥ 193 L but < 284 L
                                                                                                                                                                                 CAN/CSA-P.3 for UEF                   (0.00042 Vs)
                                                                                                    Oil-fired
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EF ≥ 0.68 – (0.0005 Vr)
                                                                                                                                          ≤ 30.5 kW and first-hour
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    or UEF ≥ 0.6815 –
                                                                                                                                               rating ≥ 284 L
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       (0.00037 Vs)
                                                                                                                                        > 30.5 kW but ≤ 40.99 kW                                                      UEF ≥ 0.6740 –
                                                                                                                                             and Vr ≤ 454 L                                                             (0.00035 Vs)
                                                                                                                                                                             DOE 10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart      Et ≥ 80% and SL ≤ (1.25 Q)
                                                                                                                                                 > 40.99 kW
                                                                                                                                                                                    G, Appendix A                      + (16.57 √Vr)
                                                                                                                                                          Tankless Service Water Heaters
                                                                                                                                      < 58.56 kW, Vr ≤ 7.6 L and max.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         UEF ≥ 0.86
                                                                                                                                            flow rate < 6.4 L/min
                                                                                                                                                                                     CAN/CSA-P.3
                                                                                                                                      < 58.56 kW, Vr ≤ 7.6 L and max.
                                                                                                    Gas-fired                                                                                                            UEF ≥ 0.87
                                                                                                                                            flow rate ≥ 6.4 L/min
                                                                                                                                     ≥ 58.56 kW, Vr ≤ 37.85 L and input      DOE 10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Et ≥ 94%
                                                                                                                                         rate to Vr ratio ≥ 309 W/L                 G, Appendix C
                                                                                                                                                                             DOE 10 CFR, Part 430, Subpart
                                                                                                                                                ≤ 61.5 kW (5)                                                     EF ≥ 0.59 − (0.0005 Vr)
                                                                                                                                                                                    B, Appendix E
                                                                                                    Oil-fired
                                                                                                                                                                             ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3 and DOE
                                                                                                                                                    Other                                                                 Et ≥ 80%
                                                                                                                                                                              10 CFR, Part 431, Subpart G
                                                                                                    Electric                                          —                                    —                                  (6)

                                                                                                                                          ≤ 87.9 kW if boiler-based
                                                                                                    Combined space- and
                                                                                                                                       ≤ 73.2 kW if based on service                 CAN/CSA-P.9                         TPF = 0.80
                                                                                                    water-heating systems (combos)
                                                                                                                                               water heater



                                                                                                    9-256 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                          9.36.4.5.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.36.4.2. (Continued)

                                                                                                                 Type of Equipment                        Input (1)                 Performance Testing Standard           Performance Requirement (2)
                                                                                                     Integrated mechanical systems                           —                                CSA P.10                            OTPF = 0.85
                                                                                                                                                                         Pool Heaters
                                                                                                     Gas-fired (3)                                      < 117.2 kW                 ANSI Z21.56/CSA 4.7 or CSA P.6                   Et ≥ 82%
                                                                                                     Oil-fired                                               —                              CSA B140.12                             Et ≥ 78%

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.4.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   1 kW = 3412 Btu/h




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (2)   The symbols and abbreviations used in this column have the following meanings:
                                                                                                                   EF = energy factor
                                                                                                                    Et = thermal efficiency with a 38.9°C (70°F) water temperature difference
                                                                                                                OTPF = overall thermal performance factor
                                                                                                                   Q = nameplate input rate, in kW
                                                                                                                   SL = standby loss, in W
                                                                                                                 TPF = thermal performance factor
                                                                                                                 UEF = uniform energy factor
                                                                                                                    Vr = rated nominal storage volume, in L
                                                                                                                   Vs = measured storage volume, in L
                                                                                                    (3)   Includes propane.
                                                                                                    (4)   Industry and regulators are transitioning from using EF to UEF as the metric to evaluate service water heater performance. While this Code sets
                                                                                                          out performance requirements for gas-fired storage-type service water heaters within the scope of CAN/CSA-P.3 in terms of UEF, the “Energy
                                                                                                          Efficiency Regulations” set out performance standards for such service water heaters in terms of both EF and UEF.
                                                                                                    (5)   Consistent with the U.S. Congress “National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987.”
                                                                                                    (6)   No standard addresses the performance efficiency of electric tankless service water heaters; however, their efficiency typically approaches 100%.


                                                                                                                               3) Except for components that are required to be installed outdoors, service water
                                                                                                                            heating equipment shall be installed in a conditioned space. (See Note A-9.36.4.2.(3).)

                                                                                                    9.36.4.3.               Solar Domestic Hot Water Systems
                                                                                                                                1) Service water heating systems that use solar thermal technology shall conform
                                                                                                                            to the manufacturer's design requirements and installation procedures.
                                                                                                                               2) Service water heating systems that use solar thermal technology shall be
                                                                                                                            installed in accordance with the NPC.
                                                                                                                               3) Hot water storage tanks associated with the systems referred to in Sentence (2)
                                                                                                                            shall be installed in a conditioned space.

                                                                                                    9.36.4.4.               Piping
                                                                                                                                1) The first 2 m of outlet piping downstream and of inlet piping upstream leading
                                                                                                                            from a storage tank or heating vessel shall be covered with piping insulation that
                                                                                                                            is at least 12 mm thick.

                                                                                                                               2) All piping forming part of a continuously operating recirculating service water
                                                                                                                            heating system shall be covered with piping insulation that is at least 12 mm thick.
                                                                                                                               3) Where piping forming part of the service water heating system is located
                                                                                                                            outside the building envelope or in an unconditioned space, it shall be insulated to
                                                                                                                            a thermal resistance not less than the effective thermal resistance required for the
                                                                                                                            exterior above-ground walls.

                                                                                                    9.36.4.5.               Controls

                                                                                                                               1) Service water heating systems with storage tanks shall be equipped with
                                                                                                                            automatic temperature controls capable of adjustment between the minimum and
                                                                                                                            maximum temperature settings permitted for the intended use.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B 9-257
                                                                                                    9.36.4.6.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    9.36.4.6.          Indoor Swimming Pool Equipment Controls
                                                                                                                          1) Heaters for indoor swimming pools shall be equipped with
                                                                                                                          a) a thermostat, and
                                                                                                                          b) a readily accessible and clearly labeled device that allows the heater to be
                                                                                                                             shut off without adjusting the thermostat setting.
                                                                                                                         2) Pumps and heaters for indoor swimming pools shall be equipped with time
                                                                                                                       switches or other types of controls that can be set to automatically turn off the pumps
                                                                                                                       and heaters when their operation is not required. (See Note A-9.36.4.6.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.36.5.            Energy Performance Compliance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.36.5.1.          Scope and Application
                                                                                                                          1) This Subsection is concerned with modeling the energy performance of
                                                                                                                       components, systems and assemblies, including heat gains from internal loads
                                                                                                                       described in Sentence 9.36.5.4.(4), that are addressed in the scope of the prescriptive
                                                                                                                       requirements in Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. and that are installed in buildings
                                                                                                                       described in Sentence 9.36.1.3.(3).
                                                                                                                          2) Internal loads other than those described in Sentence 9.36.5.4.(4) shall be
                                                                                                                       excluded from the performance compliance calculations as they relate to
                                                                                                                          a) the lighting of unconditioned spaces,
                                                                                                                          b) exterior lighting, and
                                                                                                                           c) the ventilation of unconditioned spaces.

                                                                                                    9.36.5.2.          Definitions
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.5.2.)
                                                                                                                          1) For the purpose of this Subsection, the term “reference house” shall mean
                                                                                                                       a hypothetical replica of the proposed house design using the same energy sources
                                                                                                                       for the same functions and having the same environmental requirements, occupancy,
                                                                                                                       climatic data and operating schedules, but made to comply with all applicable
                                                                                                                       prescriptive requirements of Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4.
                                                                                                                          2) For the purpose of this Subsection, the term “proposed house” shall mean a
                                                                                                                       modeled replica of the actual house under consideration, in which some elements
                                                                                                                       covered in Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. are specific to the actual house, while other
                                                                                                                       elements not covered in those Subsections, but that are necessary for the calculation of
                                                                                                                       the annual energy consumption, are assigned default values.

                                                                                                    9.36.5.3.          Compliance
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.5.3.)
                                                                                                                          1) The performance compliance calculations shall determine the annual energy
                                                                                                                       consumption of the proposed house and the house energy target of a reference house
                                                                                                                       in accordance with
                                                                                                                           a) this Subsection, or
                                                                                                                           b) the EnerGuide Rating System, version 15, and Sentence (2).
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.5.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                         2) The annual energy consumption of the proposed house shall not exceed the
                                                                                                                       house energy target of the reference house. (See Note A-9.36.5.3.(2).)
                                                                                                                          3) In establishing the house energy target, building components, systems and
                                                                                                                       assemblies shall be accounted for in accordance with the prescriptive requirements of
                                                                                                                       Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. for the climate zone under consideration.
                                                                                                                          4) In establishing the annual energy consumption, building components, systems
                                                                                                                       and assemblies that are addressed in the scope of the prescriptive requirements
                                                                                                                       of Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. shall be accounted for for the climate zone under
                                                                                                                       consideration.
                                                                                                                          5) Where the construction techniques or building components, systems or
                                                                                                                       assemblies used are more energy-efficient than those prescribed by the prescriptive


                                                                                                    9-258 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      9.36.5.4.

                                                                                                                         requirements, the performance compliance calculations are permitted to take this
                                                                                                                         increased performance level into account in the determination of the annual energy
                                                                                                                         consumption, provided it can be quantified and is not dependent on occupant
                                                                                                                         interaction.

                                                                                                                            6) Both the proposed and reference houses shall be modeled using the same
                                                                                                                         climatic data, soil conditions, operating schedules in Article 9.36.5.4. and temperature
                                                                                                                         set-points.

                                                                                                    9.36.5.4.            Calculation Methods

                                                                                                                            1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the energy model calculations shall account




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         for the annual energy consumption of systems and equipment required for
                                                                                                                             a) space heating,
                                                                                                                             b) ventilation,
                                                                                                                             c) service water heating, and
                                                                                                                             d) where installed, space cooling.
                                                                                                                         (See Note A-9.36.5.4.(1).)

                                                                                                                            2) Redundant or back-up equipment for the systems and equipment listed in
                                                                                                                         Sentence (1) is permitted to be excluded from the energy model, provided it is
                                                                                                                         equipped with controls and is not required to meet the space-conditioning load of the
                                                                                                                         house. (See Note A-9.36.5.4.(2).)

                                                                                                                            3) The schedules used in the energy model shall
                                                                                                                            a) be based on a time interval not greater than one hour, where the energy
                                                                                                                               model evaluates the performance of the house over hourly intervals, or
                                                                                                                            b) be applied in an hourly-bin model then averaged, where the energy model
                                                                                                                               does not evaluate the performance of the house over hourly intervals.

                                                                                                                            4) The energy model calculations shall account for the loads due to heat gains
                                                                                                                         from occupants, lighting and miscellaneous equipment, which shall be fixed for every
                                                                                                                         day of the year, by
                                                                                                                            a) following the schedule provided in Table 9.36.5.4., and
                                                                                                                            b) increasing the loads for each hour by 3.58 W per square metre of floor area in
                                                                                                                                common spaces, if applicable.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.36.5.4.
                                                                                                                                                  Default Schedule for Internal Heat Gain Loads (1)
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.5.4.(4)

                                                                                                                                                          Houses without a Secondary Suite (2)
                                                                                                                                                            Average Load, in W, Before Noon
                                                                                                     12 a.m.    1 a.m.       2 a.m.        3 a.m.      4 a.m.        5 a.m.     6 a.m.      7 a.m.       8 a.m.         9 a.m.   10 a.m.   11 a.m.
                                                                                                       646       454          452           431          429          450        522            597       696            724      745       811
                                                                                                                                                               Average Load, in W, After Noon
                                                                                                      12 p.m.   1 p.m.       2 p.m.        3 p.m.      4 p.m.        5 p.m.     6 p.m.      7 p.m.       8 p.m.         9 p.m.   10 p.m.   11 p.m.
                                                                                                       815       768          738           749          760          895        1159        1305         1288          1218      981       783
                                                                                                                                      Each Dwelling Unit in Residential Buildings with Two or More Dwelling Units (2)
                                                                                                                                                            Average Load, in W, Before Noon
                                                                                                     12 a.m.    1 a.m.       2 a.m.        3 a.m.      4 a.m.        5 a.m.     6 a.m.      7 a.m.       8 a.m.         9 a.m.   10 a.m.   11 a.m.
                                                                                                       397       284          283           270          269          282        324            368       426            442      455       493
                                                                                                                                                               Average Load, in W, After Noon
                                                                                                      12 p.m.   1 p.m.       2 p.m.        3 p.m.      4 p.m.        5 p.m.     6 p.m.      7 p.m.       8 p.m.         9 p.m.   10 p.m.   11 p.m.
                                                                                                       496       468          451           457          463          543        697            783       773            732      593       477




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                 Division B 9-259
                                                                                                    9.36.5.5.                                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.36.5.4. (Continued)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.5.4.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The schedule indicates at what time of day the heat gains from the metabolic activity of the occupants and occupant-dependent appliance,
                                                                                                          lighting and receptacle electrical loads are present; it does not account for heat gains from exterior lighting, lighting of unconditioned spaces,
                                                                                                          service water heating systems and HVAC equipment.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Note A-Table 9.36.5.4.


                                                                                                                               5) The energy model calculations shall account for the following space-heating
                                                                                                                            temperature set-points:
                                                                                                                               a) 20°C in all living spaces above the basement,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                               b) 19°C in basements and common spaces, and
                                                                                                                               c) 15°C in crawl spaces intended to be conditioned spaces.
                                                                                                                               6) The energy model calculations shall account for a space-cooling temperature
                                                                                                                            set-point of 25°C in all conditioned spaces served by the cooling system.
                                                                                                                               7) The energy model calculations shall account for a thermostatic control
                                                                                                                            that responds to fluctuations of ±0.5°C from the temperature set-point. (See
                                                                                                                            Note A-9.36.5.4.(7).)
                                                                                                                               8) If a computer program is used to carry out the compliance calculations, the
                                                                                                                            calculation methods employed in the energy model shall
                                                                                                                                a) be used for both the reference and proposed houses, and
                                                                                                                                b) be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 140, “Standard Method of Test
                                                                                                                                   for the Evaluation of Building Energy Analysis Computer Programs,” with
                                                                                                                                   variations in the computer program from the range recommended therein
                                                                                                                                   reported in accordance with Division C.
                                                                                                                               9) The proposed and reference houses shall both be modeled using the same
                                                                                                                            approach and assumptions, except where building components or energy efficiency
                                                                                                                            features are permitted by this Subsection to be different.
                                                                                                                             10) The energy model calculations shall account for the effect of airtightness in
                                                                                                                            accordance with Sentence 9.36.5.10.(10) or Article 9.36.6.3., as applicable.
                                                                                                                              11) The energy model calculations shall account for heat transfer through elements
                                                                                                                            separating conditioned space from unconditioned space, the exterior or the ground.

                                                                                                    9.36.5.5.               Climatic Data
                                                                                                                               1) To calculate the effect of heating and cooling consumption, the energy model
                                                                                                                            calculations shall be performed using climatic data measured at time intervals no
                                                                                                                            greater than one hour for one year (8 760 hours) based on the average of at least 10
                                                                                                                            years of measured data collected at the weather station nearest to the region in which
                                                                                                                            the proposed house is located. (See Note A-9.36.5.5.(1).)
                                                                                                                               2) For urban regions with several climatic data sets and for locations for which
                                                                                                                            climatic data are not available, the energy model calculations shall be performed using
                                                                                                                            climatic data that best represent the climate at the building site.
                                                                                                                                3) The energy model calculations shall account for ground reflectance by
                                                                                                                                a) increasing ground reflectance due to snow cover in a ratio of 30% without
                                                                                                                                   snow cover and 70% with snow cover, or
                                                                                                                                b) taking into account changes in ground reflectance throughout the heating
                                                                                                                                   season.

                                                                                                    9.36.5.6.               Building Envelope Calculations
                                                                                                                               1) For each hour of the year, the energy model calculations shall account for heat
                                                                                                                            transfer through wall assemblies, roof-ceiling assemblies, including attics where
                                                                                                                            applicable, and exposed floor assemblies due to the thermal characteristics of the
                                                                                                                            particular assembly and thermal bridging.
                                                                                                                                2) The following building envelope assemblies and components shall be addressed
                                                                                                                            in the energy model calculations:
                                                                                                                                a) above-ground walls and roof-ceiling assemblies,


                                                                                                    9-260 Division B                                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        9.36.5.7.

                                                                                                                        b) floors and walls in contact with the ground, and
                                                                                                                         c) doors, windows and skylights.
                                                                                                                     (See Subsection 9.36.2.)
                                                                                                                        3) For each wall assembly, fenestration component, roof-ceiling assembly and
                                                                                                                     exposed floor assembly, the energy model calculations shall account for
                                                                                                                        a) the area of the interior side of the insulated surface,
                                                                                                                        b) emissivity, and
                                                                                                                        c) the effective thermal resistance or overall thermal transmittance, as
                                                                                                                           applicable.
                                                                                                                        4) The energy model calculations shall account for the effect that each assembly in
                                                                                                                     contact with the ground has on below-grade heat transfer due to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                        a) the geometry of the foundation,
                                                                                                                        b) soil conditions (see Note A-1.1.3.1.(2)), and
                                                                                                                        c) the configuration of the insulation.
                                                                                                                        5) The energy model calculations shall account for heat transfer through
                                                                                                                     fenestration separating conditioned spaces from the outdoors, including skylights,
                                                                                                                     while accounting for both temperature difference and transmission of solar radiation
                                                                                                                     based on
                                                                                                                        a) orientation as a function of azimuth and tilt of the surface,
                                                                                                                        b) area of frame opening and glazed area,
                                                                                                                        c) overall thermal transmittance, and
                                                                                                                        d) solar heat gain coefficient.
                                                                                                                        6) Where the energy model calculations account for the effect of thermal mass, the
                                                                                                                     contents of the house shall be excluded. (See Note A-9.36.5.6.(6).)
                                                                                                                         7) The energy model calculations shall account for the presence of thermally
                                                                                                                     active walls, floors and ceilings with embedded conditioning systems that form part
                                                                                                                     of the building envelope.
                                                                                                                        8) Where skylights are installed in the roof, the gross roof area shall be determined
                                                                                                                     in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.3.(1).
                                                                                                                         9) Skylights shall be considered to have no shading.
                                                                                                                      10) The energy model calculations shall account for the effects of exterior
                                                                                                                     permanent and fixed shading only on solar heat gain from fenestration.
                                                                                                                      11) The ratio of fenestration area to opaque area of doors shall be the same for the
                                                                                                                     proposed and reference houses. (See Note A-9.36.5.6.(11).)

                                                                                                    9.36.5.7.        HVAC System Calculations
                                                                                                                        1) The energy model calculations shall account for the energy consumption of
                                                                                                                     each heating, ventilating and, where installed, cooling system for each hour of the
                                                                                                                     year. (See Note A-9.36.5.7.(1).)
                                                                                                                        2) Each heating system and, where installed, cooling system shall be accounted for
                                                                                                                     separately in the energy model calculations.
                                                                                                                        3) Conditioned spaces in both the reference and proposed houses shall be modeled
                                                                                                                     as being
                                                                                                                         a) heated, where only heating systems are provided in the proposed house,
                                                                                                                         b) cooled, where only cooling systems are provided in the proposed house, or
                                                                                                                         c) heated and cooled, where complete heating and cooling systems are
                                                                                                                            provided in the proposed house.
                                                                                                                        4) The performance requirements stated in Table 9.36.3.10. shall be used in the
                                                                                                                     energy model calculations.
                                                                                                                        5) Where duct and piping losses are accounted for in the energy model
                                                                                                                     calculations, they shall be included for both the proposed and reference houses and
                                                                                                                     calculated the same way for both houses. (See Note A-9.36.5.7.(5).)
                                                                                                                        6) The same time periods shall be used in the simulation of the operation of the
                                                                                                                     ventilation system for both the proposed and reference houses.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                    Division B 9-261
                                                                                                    9.36.5.8.                                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                                7) During the heating season, any solar and internal heat gains that cause an
                                                                                                                             increase in space temperature beyond 5.5°C above the setpoint shall be
                                                                                                                                 a) excluded from the energy model calculations, or
                                                                                                                                b) calculated as being vented from the house.

                                                                                                                                8) The energy model calculations shall account for the part-load performance of
                                                                                                                             equipment, including electrical consumption.

                                                                                                                                9) The energy model calculations shall account for the heat-recovery efficiency of
                                                                                                                             heat-recovery ventilators using a minimum of 2 data test points derived from testing in
                                                                                                                             accordance with Clause 9.36.3.9.(3)(a) or (b), as applicable.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.36.5.8.                Service Water Heating System Calculations

                                                                                                                                1) The energy model calculations shall account for the energy consumption of all
                                                                                                                             service water heating systems.

                                                                                                                                2) The performance requirements stated in Table 9.36.4.2. shall be used in the
                                                                                                                             energy model calculations.

                                                                                                                                3) Where piping or standby losses are accounted for in the energy model
                                                                                                                             calculations, they shall be included for both the proposed and reference houses,
                                                                                                                             including their effect on space heating and cooling, and calculated the same way for
                                                                                                                             both houses.

                                                                                                                                4) The energy model calculations shall use a supply cold water temperature,
                                                                                                                             in °C, that is
                                                                                                                                 a) equal to –0.002 (HDD) + 20.3, where HDD < 7 999,
                                                                                                                                 b) equal to 4.3, where HDD ≥ 8 000, or
                                                                                                                                 c) determined based on the ground and air temperatures in the climatic data
                                                                                                                                     file.

                                                                                                                                5) Except as provided in Sentence (8), the energy model calculations shall use a
                                                                                                                             service water delivery temperature of 55˚C. (See Note A-9.36.5.8.(5).)

                                                                                                                                6) For hot service water usage other than for showering, the energy model
                                                                                                                             calculations shall take into account the service water heating use schedule presented in
                                                                                                                             Table 9.36.5.8. using a load of
                                                                                                                                 a) 97 L/ day for houses without a secondary suite, or
                                                                                                                                 b) 65 L/day for each dwelling unit in residential buildings with two or more
                                                                                                                                    dwelling units.


                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.36.5.8.
                                                                                                                                                  Default Schedule of Service Water Heating Use
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.5.8.(6)

                                                                                                       Type of Small
                                                                                                                                                           Distribution of Hourly Draws on Service Water Heating, L/h
                                                                                                     Residential Building
                                                                                                                               12 a.m.   1 a.m.   2 a.m.   3 a.m.    4 a.m.    5 a.m.     6 a.m.     7 a.m.   8 a.m.    9 a.m.    10 a.m.   11 a.m.
                                                                                                    Houses without a             0         0        0         0         0         0         0         2.2      8.6      12.9       23.7      11.9
                                                                                                    secondary suite
                                                                                                    (97 L/day/house)           12 p.m.   1 p.m.   2 p.m.   3 p.m.    4 p.m.    5 p.m.     6 p.m.     7 p.m.   8 p.m.    9 p.m.    10 p.m.   11 p.m.
                                                                                                                                 3.2      1.1      2.2       5.4       9.7       6.5       6.5        2.2      1.1        0         0         0
                                                                                                     Each dwelling             12 a.m.   1 a.m.   2 a.m.   3 a.m.    4 a.m.    5 a.m.     6 a.m.     7 a.m.   8 a.m.    9 a.m.    10 a.m.   11 a.m.
                                                                                                     unit in residential         0         0        0         0         0         0         0         1.4      5.7       8.6       15.8       7.9
                                                                                                     buildings with two or
                                                                                                     more dwelling units       12 p.m.   1 p.m.   2 p.m.   3 p.m.    4 p.m.     5 p.m.    6 p.m.     7 p.m.   8 p.m.    9 p.m.    10 p.m.   11 p.m.
                                                                                                     (65 L/day/dwelling          2.2      0.7      1.4       3.6       6.5       4.3       4.3        1.4      0.7        0         0         0
                                                                                                     unit)


                                                                                                    9-262 Division B                                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                       9.36.5.10.

                                                                                                                        7) The energy model calculations shall take into account daily hot service water
                                                                                                                     usage for showering
                                                                                                                        a) at 7 a.m. for 15 mins for houses without a secondary suite, or
                                                                                                                        b) at 7 a.m. for 10 mins for each dwelling unit in residential buildings with two
                                                                                                                            or more dwelling units.
                                                                                                                        8) The energy model shall set the service water delivery temperature for
                                                                                                                     showering to 41°C at the shower head, with a flow rate of 7.6 L/min.

                                                                                                    9.36.5.9.        General Requirements for Modeling the Proposed House
                                                                                                                        1) Except where permitted by Articles 9.36.5.10. to 9.36.5.12., the energy model




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     calculations for the proposed house shall be consistent with the proposed construction
                                                                                                                     specifications for that house with regard to
                                                                                                                         a) fenestration and opaque building envelope assembly type, effective thermal
                                                                                                                             resistance and areas,
                                                                                                                         b) HVAC system types and capacities, and
                                                                                                                         c) service water heating system types and capacities.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.5.9.(1).)

                                                                                                    9.36.5.10.       Modeling Building Envelope of Proposed House
                                                                                                                        1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the energy model calculations for
                                                                                                                     the proposed house shall be consistent with the proposed construction specifications
                                                                                                                     for that house with regard to
                                                                                                                         a) the area of the above-ground portion of foundation walls,
                                                                                                                         b) the effective thermal resistance of above-ground walls, ceilings below attics,
                                                                                                                             roof assemblies and rim joists,
                                                                                                                         c) the maximum overall thermal transmittance of doors, as calculated in
                                                                                                                             accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.2.(3),
                                                                                                                         d) the effective thermal resistance of below-ground walls and slabs-on-ground,
                                                                                                                         e) exterior walls, roof-ceiling assembly, doors, walls, exposed floors, and floors
                                                                                                                             in contact with the ground,
                                                                                                                         f) distribution, orientation and area of fenestration and doors, as calculated
                                                                                                                             in accordance with Article 9.36.2.3.,
                                                                                                                         g) solar heat gain coefficient and overall thermal transmittance of fenestration,
                                                                                                                             as calculated in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.2.(3),
                                                                                                                         h) configuration of insulation in assemblies in contact with the ground, and
                                                                                                                          i) effective thermal resistance of foundation walls.
                                                                                                                        2) Except for penetrations, slab-on-ground edge insulation and assemblies with
                                                                                                                     embedded heating pipes, where a building envelope component or assembly covers
                                                                                                                     less than 2% of the total area of the assembly type to which it belongs, its thermal
                                                                                                                     characteristics are not required to be calculated as belonging to a distinct assembly,
                                                                                                                     provided the area of the component or assembly is included in an adjacent assembly
                                                                                                                     having the same orientation (See Note A-9.36.5.10.(2).)
                                                                                                                        3) Building envelope assemblies with the same thermal characteristics and
                                                                                                                     orientation are not required to be calculated as distinct assemblies, provided their
                                                                                                                     area is included in an adjacent assembly.
                                                                                                                        4) Building envelope assemblies and components separating conditioned space from
                                                                                                                     enclosed unconditioned space shall have a solar heat gain coefficient equal to 0.
                                                                                                                        5) Except as stated in Sentence 9.36.5.6.(9), the energy model calculations for the
                                                                                                                     proposed house shall account for the effects of exterior permanent and fixed shading
                                                                                                                     devices, including fins, overhangs, and light shelves, on solar heat gain.
                                                                                                                        6) Where thermal mass is included in the energy model calculations for the
                                                                                                                     proposed house, it shall be set as
                                                                                                                        a) the specified mass up to the inside edge of insulation in exterior walls, the
                                                                                                                           mass of interior walls, the mass up to the centre-line of party walls, and the
                                                                                                                           mass of floors, as applicable,


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-263
                                                                                                    9.36.5.11.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                          b) the specified mass of the building envelope assembly, where the energy
                                                                                                                             model calculations include a transient analysis of thermal transfer of the
                                                                                                                             entire building envelope assembly, or
                                                                                                                          c) a default value of 0.060 MJ/(m2×°C).
                                                                                                                          7) Exterior walls, roofs and exposed floors shall have a solar absorptance of 0.4.
                                                                                                                          8) The orientation of the foundation of the proposed house as constructed shall be
                                                                                                                       within 22.5° of the orientation used in the energy model calculations.
                                                                                                                          9) The airtightness used in the energy model calculations for the proposed house
                                                                                                                       shall be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          a) 3.2 air changes per hour at 50 Pa pressure differential with a pressure
                                                                                                                               exponent of 0.67, where the construction complies with Section 9.25.,
                                                                                                                          b) 2.5 air changes per hour at 50 Pa pressure differential with a pressure
                                                                                                                               exponent of 0.67, where it can be shown that the air barrier system is
                                                                                                                               constructed in accordance with Subsection 9.25.3. and Articles 9.36.2.9.
                                                                                                                               and 9.36.2.10., or
                                                                                                                          c) the airtightness determined in accordance with Sentence 9.36.6.3.(1)
                                                                                                                               expressed as
                                                                                                                                  i) the number of air changes per hour at 50 Pa pressure
                                                                                                                                     differential with a pressure exponent determined through a
                                                                                                                                     multi-point test, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) the equivalent leakage area.
                                                                                                                         10) For compliance with Clause (9)(c), a design airtightness value shall be assigned
                                                                                                                       for use in the energy model until the actual airtightness has been measured.

                                                                                                    9.36.5.11.         Modeling HVAC System of Proposed House
                                                                                                                          1) Where multiple HVAC systems serve a single space, the energy model
                                                                                                                       calculations for the proposed house shall call each system in the order of priority
                                                                                                                       established by the system control in the proposed house.
                                                                                                                          2) Where a heat pump is included in the proposed house, the energy model
                                                                                                                       calculations shall include
                                                                                                                           a) the effect of the source temperature on the heat pump's efficiency, and
                                                                                                                           b) the temperature at which the heat pump shuts down.
                                                                                                                          3) Permanent supplementary heating systems that are operated by a thermostat or
                                                                                                                       automatic control shall be included in the energy model calculations for the proposed
                                                                                                                       house.
                                                                                                                          4) The performance characteristics of the heat-recovery ventilation system of the
                                                                                                                       proposed house shall be as specified at not less than the principal ventilation rate
                                                                                                                       required for a system designed in accordance with Section 9.32.
                                                                                                                          5) The ventilation system shall be modeled as operating 8 hours a day at the
                                                                                                                       principal ventilation rate.
                                                                                                                          6) The energy model calculations shall determine the required principal
                                                                                                                       ventilation rate, in L/s, in accordance with Article 9.32.3.3. based on the number of
                                                                                                                       bedrooms in the proposed house.
                                                                                                                          7) The energy model calculations may include duct and piping losses, taking into
                                                                                                                       account the properties of the specified duct and piping insulation of the proposed
                                                                                                                       house.
                                                                                                                          8) The energy model calculations shall include a heating system and, where
                                                                                                                       installed, a cooling system sized according to the specifications for the proposed house.
                                                                                                                          9) The energy model calculations shall include the effect of part-load performance
                                                                                                                       of equipment using
                                                                                                                           a) the same modeled part-load performance data used for the reference house
                                                                                                                              as per Clause 9.36.5.15.(6)(a),


                                                                                                    9-264 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         9.36.5.12.

                                                                                                                        b) the default part-load performance characteristics stated in
                                                                                                                            Clause 9.36.5.15.(6)(b), or
                                                                                                                         c) measured data for the specified equipment.
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.5.11.(9).)
                                                                                                                       10) Where a heat-recovery ventilator is installed in the proposed house, the energy
                                                                                                                     model calculations shall only account for the recovery of sensible heat using the
                                                                                                                     efficiency ratings in Sentence 9.36.3.9.(3). (See Note A-9.36.5.11.(10).)
                                                                                                                       11) Except as provided in Sentence (12), where a forced-air system is installed in
                                                                                                                     the proposed house, the energy model calculations shall assume the circulation fan
                                                                                                                     operates when the heating, cooling or principal ventilation system is operating. (See




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     Note A-9.36.5.11.(11).)
                                                                                                                       12) Where a forced-air system is installed in the proposed house and where
                                                                                                                     the principal ventilation system in the proposed house is a separate, fully ducted
                                                                                                                     ventilation system, the energy model calculations shall assume the circulation fan
                                                                                                                     operates only when the heating or cooling system is operating.
                                                                                                                       13) Where the proposed house contains multiple HVAC systems, the circulation
                                                                                                                     fan power shall be the sum of the circulation fan power capacity of each system.
                                                                                                                       14) The ventilation fan power consumption shall be modeled
                                                                                                                        a) as being 2.32 W/L/s for each ventilation fan on the exhaust side and, where
                                                                                                                           applicable, on the supply side, or
                                                                                                                        b) as specified, where a heat-recovery ventilator is used.
                                                                                                                      15) Where a forced-air system is installed in the proposed house, the energy model
                                                                                                                     calculations shall determine the flow rate, in L/s, of the circulation fan in the reference
                                                                                                                     house by multiplying the capacity, in W, of the heating system in the proposed house by
                                                                                                                         a) 0.0604 for heat pumps, and
                                                                                                                         b) 0.0251 for all other types of heating systems.
                                                                                                                       16) Where a forced-air system is installed in the proposed house, the energy
                                                                                                                     model calculations shall determine the minimum electricity requirement, in W, of
                                                                                                                     the circulation fan by multiplying the flow rate, in L/s, of the circulation fan in the
                                                                                                                     reference house, determined in accordance with Sentence (15), by a factor of 2.30.
                                                                                                                       17) Where a forced-air system is installed in the proposed house, the flow rate of
                                                                                                                     the circulation fan shall be modeled as being the larger of
                                                                                                                         a) the flow rate of the circulation fan of the reference house, determined in
                                                                                                                             accordance with Sentence (15), or
                                                                                                                        b) the flow rate of the circulation fan for the forced-air system specified in
                                                                                                                             the design for the proposed house.
                                                                                                                       18) Except as provided in Sentence (19), where a forced-air system is installed in
                                                                                                                     the proposed house, the power capacity of the circulation fan shall be modeled as
                                                                                                                     specified in the design for the proposed house.
                                                                                                                       19) Where the design for the proposed house specifies a forced-air system with
                                                                                                                     a circulation fan flow rate that is lower than the flow rate of the circulation fan in
                                                                                                                     the reference house, as determined in accordance with Sentence (15), the electricity
                                                                                                                     capacity, in W, of the circulation fan shall be modeled as being the larger of
                                                                                                                         a) the electricity capacity specified for the circulation fan in the proposed
                                                                                                                             forced-air system, or
                                                                                                                         b) the minimum circulation fan electricity capacity determined in accordance
                                                                                                                             with Sentence (16).
                                                                                                                      20) For natural gas-, oil-, propane- and wood-burning heating systems, the energy
                                                                                                                     model calculations shall set the auxiliary electricity requirements, including that of
                                                                                                                     combustion fans, to those specified for the proposed house.

                                                                                                    9.36.5.12.       Modeling Service Water Heating System of Proposed House
                                                                                                                        1) The service water heating system used in the energy model calculations shall be
                                                                                                                     sized as specified in the design for the proposed house.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-265
                                                                                                    9.36.5.13.                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                          2) The energy model calculations may include
                                                                                                                           a) piping losses, and
                                                                                                                          b) drain-water heat recovery, provided
                                                                                                                                 i) the calculation of the heat recovered is based on the
                                                                                                                                    performance of the drain-water heat-recovery unit
                                                                                                                                    specified, as determined in accordance with CSA B55.1,
                                                                                                                                    “Test method for measuring efficiency and pressure loss of
                                                                                                                                    drain water heat recovery units,” using a drain-water inlet
                                                                                                                                    temperature of 35°C, and
                                                                                                                                ii) where there are one or two above-ground showers, all
                                                                                                                                    of them are served by the drain-water heat-recovery
                                                                                                                                    unit, and where there are more than two above-ground




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    showers, at least two of them are served by the drain-water
                                                                                                                                    heat-recovery unit.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.5.12.(2).)

                                                                                                    9.36.5.13.         General Requirements for Modeling the Reference House
                                                                                                                          1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.36.5.14. to 9.36.5.16., the
                                                                                                                       energy model calculations for the reference house shall be consistent with the
                                                                                                                       prescriptive requirements of Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. with regard to
                                                                                                                          a) fenestration and opaque building envelope assembly types and areas,
                                                                                                                          b) HVAC system types and capacities, and
                                                                                                                           c) service water heating system types and capacities.
                                                                                                                       (See Note A-9.36.5.9.(1).)
                                                                                                                          2) The energy model calculations for the reference house shall include the same
                                                                                                                       values as those used for the proposed house with regard to
                                                                                                                          a) floor area,
                                                                                                                          b) heated volume, and
                                                                                                                          c) number and types of rooms.

                                                                                                    9.36.5.14.         Modeling Building Envelope of Reference House
                                                                                                                          1) The energy model calculations for the reference house shall include the same
                                                                                                                       values as those used for the proposed house with regard to
                                                                                                                          a) the gross area of above-ground portion of foundation walls,
                                                                                                                          b) soil conditions,
                                                                                                                          c) the orientation of the foundation, and
                                                                                                                          d) the ratio of fenestration area to opaque area of doors.
                                                                                                                          2) The energy model calculations for the reference house shall use the following
                                                                                                                       values:
                                                                                                                          a) 0.060 MJ/(m2×°C) for thermal mass,
                                                                                                                          b) a solar absorptance of 0.4 for the exterior walls, roofs and exposed floors,
                                                                                                                          c) 0.26 for the solar heat gain coefficient of fenestration,
                                                                                                                          d) an airtightness of
                                                                                                                                  i) 3.0 air changes per hour at 50 Pa pressure differential
                                                                                                                                     for attached zones, where the airtightness used for
                                                                                                                                     the proposed house is determined in accordance with
                                                                                                                                     Sentence 9.36.6.3.(1) using the unguarded method, and
                                                                                                                                 ii) 2.5 air changes per hour at 50 Pa pressure differential
                                                                                                                                     otherwise, and
                                                                                                                          e) the pressure exponent used for the proposed house where this value is less
                                                                                                                               than 0.67, otherwise, 0.67.
                                                                                                                          3) The effective thermal resistance and overall thermal transmittance values, as
                                                                                                                       applicable, used in the energy model calculations for the reference house shall be
                                                                                                                       determined for the applicable heating degree-day zone in accordance with
                                                                                                                          a) Table 9.36.2.6.-A for walls, ceilings below attics, roof assemblies and rim
                                                                                                                              joists,
                                                                                                                          b) Table 9.36.2.7.-A for doors, and
                                                                                                                          c) Table 9.36.2.8.-A for below-grade walls and slabs-on-ground.


                                                                                                    9-266 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        9.36.5.15.

                                                                                                                        4) Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), the exterior walls, roof-ceiling
                                                                                                                     assembly, doors, walls, exposed floors, and floors of the reference house that are in
                                                                                                                     contact with the ground shall have the same area as those of the proposed house.

                                                                                                                        5) The area and orientation of fenestration and doors of the reference house shall
                                                                                                                     be modeled as being equally distributed on all sides of the house.

                                                                                                                       6) The gross wall area and the area of fenestration and doors of the reference
                                                                                                                     house shall be determined in accordance with Article 9.36.2.3.

                                                                                                                        7) Windows and other glazed components in the reference house shall have
                                                                                                                     a maximum overall thermal transmittance as required in Table 9.36.2.7.-A for the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                     applicable heating degree-day category.

                                                                                                                        8) The configuration of insulation in assemblies of the reference house that are in
                                                                                                                     contact with the ground shall be modeled as conforming to Article 9.36.2.8.

                                                                                                                        9) Foundation walls shall be modeled using the applicable effective thermal
                                                                                                                     resistance values in Table 9.36.2.8.-A and as conforming to Sentence 9.36.2.8.(2).

                                                                                                                       10) The fenestration and door area to gross wall area ratio (FDWR) of the reference
                                                                                                                     house shall be
                                                                                                                         a) for houses containing one or two dwelling units,
                                                                                                                               i) as per the proposed house, where its FDWR is between 17%
                                                                                                                                  and 22%,
                                                                                                                              ii) 17%, where the FDWR of the proposed house is less than
                                                                                                                                  17%, or
                                                                                                                             iii) 22%, where the FDWR of the proposed house is greater
                                                                                                                                  than 22%, and
                                                                                                                        b) for buildings of residential occupancy containing more than two dwelling units,
                                                                                                                               i) the FDWR determined in Clause (a) for the areas
                                                                                                                                  determined in accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.3.(2) and,
                                                                                                                                  where the FDWR determined in accordance with the
                                                                                                                                  calculation in Sentence 9.36.2.3.(3) only does not exceed
                                                                                                                                  40%, or
                                                                                                                              ii) 40% of the gross wall area enclosing conditioned space where
                                                                                                                                  the area of fenestration and doors is greater than 40% of the
                                                                                                                                  gross wall area enclosing conditioned space determined in
                                                                                                                                  accordance with Sentence 9.36.2.3.(2).
                                                                                                                     (See Note A-9.36.5.14.(10).)

                                                                                                    9.36.5.15.       Modeling HVAC System of Reference House

                                                                                                                        1) Where multiple HVAC systems serve a single space, the energy model
                                                                                                                     calculations for the reference house shall use the same order of priority as that used for
                                                                                                                     the proposed house. (See Sentence 9.36.5.11.(1).)

                                                                                                                        2) The energy model calculations for the reference house shall include the same
                                                                                                                     features as those used for the proposed house with regard to
                                                                                                                         a) the principal heating and cooling energy sources, which are gas, electricity,
                                                                                                                            oil, propane, wood or a heat pump,
                                                                                                                         b) the primary and secondary energy sources, which are gas, electricity, oil,
                                                                                                                            propane, wood or a heat pump, and
                                                                                                                         c) the ventilation rate (see Sentence 9.36.5.11.(6)).

                                                                                                                        3) Except as required in Sentence 9.36.3.8.(1), the reference house shall be modeled
                                                                                                                     without a heat-recovery ventilator.

                                                                                                                         4) The ventilation system shall be modeled as operating 8 hours a day.

                                                                                                                        5) The heating system and, where installed, the cooling system shall be sized in
                                                                                                                     accordance with Article 9.33.5.1. with regard to total heat output capacity and nominal
                                                                                                                     cooling capacity. (See Note A-9.36.5.15.(5).)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-267
                                                                                                    9.36.5.15.                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                           6) The part-load performance of HVAC equipment in the reference house shall
                                                                                                                        be calculated using
                                                                                                                            a) modeled part-load performance characteristics, where applicable, or
                                                                                                                           b) the performance values for each type of system multiplied by an adjustment
                                                                                                                               factor from Table 9.36.5.15.-A, 9.36.5.15.-B or 9.36.5.15.-C as follows:
                                                                                                                                   i) for furnaces, by multiplying the furnace steady-state
                                                                                                                                      efficiency by the adjustment factor given in
                                                                                                                                      Table 9.36.5.15.-A,
                                                                                                                                  ii) for heat pumps and air conditioners, by multiplying the
                                                                                                                                      heat pump steady-state coefficient of performance by the
                                                                                                                                      adjustment factor given in Table 9.36.5.15.-B, and
                                                                                                                                 iii) for boilers, combination space-heating and service water




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      heating systems, and integrated mechanical systems, by
                                                                                                                                      multiplying the net-full-load heating efficiency by the
                                                                                                                                      adjustment factor given in Table 9.36.5.15.-C.
                                                                                                                        (See Note A-9.36.5.15.(6).)

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.36.5.15.-A
                                                                                                                                                    Part-Load Adjustment Factors for Furnaces
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Subclause 9.36.5.15.(6)(b)(i)

                                                                                                                                                                                                       Part-Load Ratio
                                                                                                          Fuel Source         Type of Equipment            Capacity                0.15                      0.4                1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Adjustment Factors
                                                                                                                                                           ≤ 65.9 kW               1.03                     1.02                1.0
                                                                                                                           Warm-air furnaces
                                                                                                                                                           > 65.9 kW               0.91                     0.97                1.0
                                                                                                    Gas
                                                                                                                           Duct furnaces and unit
                                                                                                                                                         All capacities            0.91                     0.97                1.0
                                                                                                                           heaters
                                                                                                    Oil                    All types                     All capacities            0.95                     0.98                1.0


                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.36.5.15.-B
                                                                                                                                    Part-Load Adjustment Factors for Heat Pumps and Air Conditioners
                                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Subclause 9.36.5.15.(6)(b)(ii)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Part-Load Ratio
                                                                                                            Type of Equipment                           0.15                              0.4                             1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                  Adjustment Factors
                                                                                                    Air-source heat pumps and air
                                                                                                                                                        0.72                              0.86                            1.0
                                                                                                    conditioners
                                                                                                    Water-source heat pumps                             0.93                              0.98                            1.0
                                                                                                    Ground-source heat pumps                            0.93                              0.98                            1.0




                                                                                                    9-268 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                        9.36.5.15.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.36.5.15.-C
                                                                                                                     Part-Load Adjustment Factors for Boilers, Combination Systems and Integrated Mechanical Systems
                                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Subclause 9.36.5.15.(6)(b)(iii)

                                                                                                                                                                                                       Part-Load Ratio
                                                                                                               Fuel Source                Type of Equipment                    0.15                          0.4                         1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Adjustment Factors
                                                                                                                                     Boiler                                    1.03                          1.02                        1.0
                                                                                                                                     Integrated mechanical
                                                                                                                                     systems (1) within the scope              N/A                           N/A                         N/A
                                                                                                                                     of CSA P.10 (2)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     Combination space- and
                                                                                                     Gas                             service water heating
                                                                                                                                                                               N/A                           N/A                         N/A
                                                                                                                                     systems within the scope of
                                                                                                                                     CAN/CSA-P.9 (2)
                                                                                                                                     Combination space- and
                                                                                                                                     service water heating
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Same as gas boiler
                                                                                                                                     systems not within the
                                                                                                                                     scope of CAN/CSA-P.9
                                                                                                                                     Boiler                                    1.03                          1.02                        1.0
                                                                                                                                     Combination space- and
                                                                                                                                     service water heating
                                                                                                                                                                               N/A                           N/A                         N/A
                                                                                                                                     systems within the scope of
                                                                                                     Oil                             CAN/CSA-P.9 (2)
                                                                                                                                     Combination space- and
                                                                                                                                     service water heating
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Same as oil boiler
                                                                                                                                     systems not within the
                                                                                                                                     scope of CAN/CSA-P.9

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.5.15.-C:
                                                                                                    (1)    Integrated mechanical systems perform all three functions of space-heating, water-heating and heat-recovery ventilation.
                                                                                                    (2)    The part-load characteristics of these types of systems shall not be accounted for in the energy model calculations.


                                                                                                                               7) The performance of the HVAC equipment in the reference house shall be
                                                                                                                             modeled
                                                                                                                               a) as conforming to Table 9.36.3.10. for the corresponding type, fuel source and
                                                                                                                                   capacity of equipment in the proposed house, or
                                                                                                                               b) where the HVAC equipment for the proposed house is not addressed in
                                                                                                                                   Table 9.36.3.10., as a gas warm-air furnace with a minimum performance
                                                                                                                                   rating of 92% annual fuel utilization efficiency.

                                                                                                                                 8) Where a heat-recovery ventilator is installed in the reference house, the energy
                                                                                                                             model calculations shall only account for the recovery of sensible heat using the
                                                                                                                             efficiency ratings in Sentence 9.36.3.9.(3). (See Note A-9.36.5.15.(8).)
                                                                                                                                9) The energy model calculations shall assume all ventilation and circulation fans
                                                                                                                             required to be modeled in the reference house are equipped with permanent-split
                                                                                                                             capacitor (PSC) motors.

                                                                                                                              10) Where a forced-air system is installed in the reference house, the energy model
                                                                                                                             calculations shall assume the circulation fan operates when the heating, cooling or
                                                                                                                             principal ventilation system is called for.
                                                                                                                              11) Where the reference house contains multiple HVAC systems, the circulation fan
                                                                                                                             power shall be the sum of the circulation fan power capacity of each system.
                                                                                                                              12) The principal ventilation flow rate, in L/s, prescribed in Section 9.32. shall be
                                                                                                                             multiplied by 2.32 W/L/s to determine the ventilation fan power capacity, in W, to be
                                                                                                                             used in the energy model calculations for each fan on the exhaust side and, where
                                                                                                                             applicable, on the supply side.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B 9-269
                                                                                                    9.36.5.16.                                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                              13) Where a heat-recovery ventilator is required in the reference house in
                                                                                                                            accordance with Article 9.36.3.8., the ventilation flow rate, in L/s, in the zone served by
                                                                                                                            the pool or hot tub shall be multiplied by 4.18 W/L/s to determine the heat-recovery
                                                                                                                            ventilator power, in W, to be used in the energy model calculations.
                                                                                                                              14) Where a forced-air system is installed in the reference house, the system's
                                                                                                                            capacity, in W, shall be multiplied by one of the following factors to determine the
                                                                                                                            circulation fan flow rate, in L/s:
                                                                                                                                a) 0.0604 for heat pumps, and
                                                                                                                                b) 0.0251 for all other types of heating systems.
                                                                                                                              15) Where a forced-air system is installed in the reference house, the circulation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            fan flow rate, in L/s, shall be multiplied by 2.30 W/L/s to determine the circulation
                                                                                                                            fan power capacity, in W.
                                                                                                                             16) For natural gas-, oil-, propane- and wood-burning heating systems, the
                                                                                                                            energy model calculations shall set the auxiliary electricity capacity, including that of
                                                                                                                            combustion fans, to 208 W during operation.

                                                                                                    9.36.5.16.              Modeling Service Water Heating System of Reference House
                                                                                                                                1) The energy source of the reference house's service water heating system, which
                                                                                                                            is gas, electricity, oil, propane, wood or a heat pump, shall be the same as that for the
                                                                                                                            system in the proposed house.
                                                                                                                               2) The service water heating system in the reference house shall be sized in
                                                                                                                            accordance with Subsection 9.31.6. with regard to output capacity.
                                                                                                                               3) Except as required by Table 9.36.5.16., the performance of the service water
                                                                                                                            heating equipment in the reference house shall be modeled as conforming to
                                                                                                                            Table 9.36.4.2. for the energy source, capacity and type of service water heating
                                                                                                                            equipment in the proposed house.

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.36.5.16.
                                                                                                                                 Performance of Service Water Heating (SWH) Equipment in the Reference House
                                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.5.16.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                                             Type of SWH Equipment to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Input for Reference SWH
                                                                                                          Type of SWH Equipment in Proposed House      Input for Proposed SWH Equipment        be Used for Reference
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Equipment
                                                                                                                                                                                                      House
                                                                                                                                                                   ≤ 73.2 kW                                                      ≤ 22 kW
                                                                                                     Gas-fired tankless service water heater                                                    Gas-fired storage type
                                                                                                                                                                   > 73.2 kW                                                      > 22 kW
                                                                                                                                                                  ≤ 61.5 kW (1)                                                 ≤ 30.5 kW (1)
                                                                                                     Oil-fired tankless service water heater                                                    Oil-fired storage type
                                                                                                                                                                      Other                                                      > 30.5 kW
                                                                                                     Not listed in Table 9.36.4.2.                                     —                        Gas-fired storage type       ≥ 22 kW (Et ≥ 80%)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.5.16.:
                                                                                                    (1)    Consistent with the U.S. Congress “National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987.”


                                                                                                    9.36.6.                 Airtightness of Building Envelope
                                                                                                    9.36.6.1.               Scope and Application
                                                                                                                                1) This Subsection is concerned with
                                                                                                                                a) determining the airtightness of buildings and dwelling units and parts thereof
                                                                                                                                      i) for use in the energy model calculations described in
                                                                                                                                         Subsection 9.36.5., or
                                                                                                                                     ii) for use in determining the Airtightness Level for the
                                                                                                                                         purposes of Clause (b), and
                                                                                                                                b) determining the Airtightness Level for a building or dwelling unit to
                                                                                                                                   demonstrate compliance with Article 9.36.8.8.


                                                                                                    9-270 Division B                                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               9.36.6.4.

                                                                                                    9.36.6.2.            Definitions
                                                                                                                            1) For the purposes of this Subsection, the following terms shall have the meanings
                                                                                                                         stated herein:
                                                                                                                             a) “zone” means a conditioned space or part thereof having a sufficiently large
                                                                                                                                opening onto the location where the airtightness testing equipment is
                                                                                                                                installed to provide enough airflow such that the entire zone is at the same
                                                                                                                                pressure (see Note A-9.36.6.2.(1)(a)),
                                                                                                                             b) “attached zone” means a zone whose boundary area is fully or partially in
                                                                                                                                contact with an adjacent zone or zones (see Note A-9.36.6.2.(1)(b)),
                                                                                                                             c) “ACH50” refers to the air changes per hour at a reference pressure of 50 Pa,
                                                                                                                             d) “NLA10” refers to the normalized leakage area at a reference pressure of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                10 Pa, and
                                                                                                                             e) “NLR50” refers to the normalized leakage rate at a reference pressure of
                                                                                                                                50 Pa.

                                                                                                    9.36.6.3.            Determination of Airtightness
                                                                                                                             1) Where airtightness is to be used as input to the energy model calculations,
                                                                                                                         it shall be determined through a multi-point depressurization test carried out in
                                                                                                                         accordance with CAN/CGSB-149.10, “Determination of the airtightness of building
                                                                                                                         envelopes by the fan depressurization method,” using the following parameters
                                                                                                                         described therein:
                                                                                                                             a) as-operated, and
                                                                                                                             b) guarded or unguarded.
                                                                                                                            2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where airtightness is to be used to
                                                                                                                         demonstrate compliance with an Airtightness Level listed in Table 9.36.6.4.-A
                                                                                                                         or 9.36.6.4.-B, it shall be determined through a single-point, two-point or
                                                                                                                         multi-point depressurization test carried out in accordance with CAN/CGSB-149.10,
                                                                                                                         “Determination of the airtightness of building envelopes by the fan depressurization
                                                                                                                         method,” using the following parameters described therein:
                                                                                                                             a) as-operated, and
                                                                                                                            b) guarded or unguarded, as applicable.
                                                                                                                            3) Determining NLA10 using a single-point test is not permitted.

                                                                                                    9.36.6.4.            Determination of Airtightness Level
                                                                                                                            1) Compliance with an Airtightness Level listed in Table 9.36.6.4.-A or 9.36.6.4.-B
                                                                                                                         shall be determined in accordance with this Article using the value of ACH50, NLA10,
                                                                                                                         or NLR50 determined in accordance with Sentence 9.36.6.3.(2).
                                                                                                                            2) For the purposes of Sentences (3) and (4), the Airtightness Level for buildings or
                                                                                                                         dwelling units containing more than one zone shall be the lowest Airtightness Level
                                                                                                                         achieved for the zones therein. (See Note A-9.36.6.4.(2).)
                                                                                                                            3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the Airtightness Level for single zones
                                                                                                                         and attached zones shall be determined by complying with one of the corresponding
                                                                                                                         airtightness values stipulated in Table 9.36.6.4.-A.

                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.36.6.4.-A
                                                                                                                   Airtightness Levels for Single Zones and Attached Zones Determined Using the Guarded Method
                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.6.3.(2), 9.36.6.4.(1) and (3), and 9.36.8.8.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                       Airtightness Metrics
                                                                                                           Airtightness Levels                  ACH50                    NLA10, cm2/m2                 NLR50, L/s×m2
                                                                                                                                                                   Maximum Airtightness Values
                                                                                                                 AL-1A                           2.5                          1.20                         0.89
                                                                                                                 AL-2A                           2.0                          0.96                         0.71
                                                                                                                 AL-3A                           1.5                          0.72                         0.53


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-271
                                                                                                    9.36.7.1.                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.36.6.4.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                            Airtightness Metrics
                                                                                                           Airtightness Levels                    ACH50                        NLA10, cm2/m2                      NLR50, L/s×m2
                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Airtightness Values
                                                                                                                 AL-4A                              1.0                            0.48                               0.35
                                                                                                                 AL-5A                              0.6                            0.29                               0.21


                                                                                                                             4) Where the unguarded method is used to determine the airtightness of an




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         attached zone, the Airtightness Level shall be determined by complying with one of
                                                                                                                         the corresponding airtightness values stipulated in Table 9.36.6.4.-B, provided the zone
                                                                                                                         is tested independently.

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.36.6.4.-B
                                                                                                                            Airtightness Levels for Attached Zones Determined Using the Unguarded Method
                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.6.3.(2), 9.36.6.4.(1) and (4), and 9.36.8.8.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                            Airtightness Metrics
                                                                                                           Airtightness Levels                    ACH50                        NLA10, cm2/m2                      NLR50, L/s×m2
                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Airtightness Values
                                                                                                                 AL-1B                              3.0                            1.92                               1.17
                                                                                                                 AL-2B                              2.5                             1.6                               0.98
                                                                                                                 AL-3B                              2.0                            1.28                               0.78
                                                                                                                 AL-4B                              1.5                            0.96                               0.59
                                                                                                                 AL-5B                              1.0                            0.64                               0.39
                                                                                                                 AL-6B                              0.6                            0.38                               0.23


                                                                                                    9.36.7.              Tiered Energy Performance Compliance: Performance
                                                                                                                         Path
                                                                                                    9.36.7.1.            Scope and Application
                                                                                                                            1) This Subsection is concerned with determining compliance with one of the
                                                                                                                         energy performance tiers through modeling of the energy performance of components,
                                                                                                                         systems and assemblies that are installed in buildings and houses with or without a
                                                                                                                         secondary suite described in Sentence 9.36.1.3.(3).
                                                                                                                            2) For the purpose of this Subsection, the term “house” shall mean all houses, with
                                                                                                                         or without a secondary suite, that
                                                                                                                            a) have HVAC systems that serve only the house, only the secondary suite, or
                                                                                                                                both the house and the secondary suite,
                                                                                                                            b) have service water heating systems that serve only the house, only the
                                                                                                                                secondary suite, or both the house and the secondary suite, and
                                                                                                                            c) do not share common spaces intended for occupancy with other dwelling
                                                                                                                                units or houses, except for a secondary suite.

                                                                                                    9.36.7.2.            Compliance
                                                                                                                            1) The energy performance of buildings and houses, when calculated in accordance
                                                                                                                         with Article 9.36.7.3., shall conform to the target energy performance based on the total
                                                                                                                         volume of conditioned space within the building or house for the energy performance
                                                                                                                         metrics indicated in Table 9.36.7.2. such that
                                                                                                                            a) the target “percent heat loss reduction” is met or exceeded, and
                                                                                                                            b) one of the following conditions is satisfied (see Note A-9.36.7.2.(1)(b)):
                                                                                                                                   i) the target “percent improvement” is met or exceeded, or
                                                                                                                                  ii) the target “percent house energy target” is not exceeded.


                                                                                                    9-272 Division B                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                              9.36.7.3.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.36.7.2.
                                                                                                                                                Energy Performance Tiers for Buildings and Houses
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.7.2.(1)

                                                                                                          Total Volume of                                                                   Target Energy Performance
                                                                                                      Conditioned Space Within            Energy Performance Metrics                   Applicable Energy Performance Tier
                                                                                                       the Building or House                                                 1          2              3                4            5
                                                                                                                                  Percent heat loss reduction (1)            n/a       ≥ 5%         ≥ 10%         ≥ 20%            ≥ 40%
                                                                                                     > 300 m3 and where           Percent improvement (2)                   ≥ 0%      ≥ 10%         ≥ 20%         ≥ 40%            ≥ 70%
                                                                                                     volume is not determined                          OR




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  Percent house energy target (3)          ≤ 100%     ≤ 90%         ≤ 80%         ≤ 60%            ≤ 30%
                                                                                                                                  Percent heat loss reduction (1)            n/a       ≥ 0%          ≥ 5%         ≥ 15%            ≥ 25%
                                                                                                                                  Percent improvement (2)                   ≥ 0%       ≥ 0%         ≥ 10%         ≥ 30%            ≥ 60%
                                                                                                     ≤ 300 m3
                                                                                                                                                       OR
                                                                                                                                  Percent house energy target (3)          ≤ 100%     ≤ 100%        ≤ 90%         ≤ 70%            ≤ 40%

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.7.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Sentence 9.36.7.3.(6).
                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence 9.36.7.3.(7).
                                                                                                    (3)   See Sentence 9.36.7.3.(8).


                                                                                                    9.36.7.3.             Energy Performance Improvement Compliance Calculations
                                                                                                                             1) Except where otherwise stated in this Article, the proposed and reference
                                                                                                                          houses shall be modeled in accordance with Subsection 9.36.5. to determine
                                                                                                                             a) the annual energy consumption of the proposed house and the house
                                                                                                                                 energy target of the reference house,
                                                                                                                             b) the annual gross space heat loss of the proposed and reference houses
                                                                                                                                 calculated in accordance with Sentence (5), and
                                                                                                                              c) the peak cooling load of the proposed and reference houses (see
                                                                                                                                 Sentence (4)).
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-9.36.7.3.(1).)
                                                                                                                             2) The peak cooling load for the proposed house shall not be greater than the peak
                                                                                                                          cooling load for the reference house. (See Sentence (4).)
                                                                                                                            3) Except for energy performance tier 1, where space heating is provided by a heat
                                                                                                                          pump in the proposed house, the reference house shall be modeled using
                                                                                                                            a) equipment of the same type as the secondary or back-up system in
                                                                                                                                the proposed house, but made to comply with the energy efficiency
                                                                                                                                requirements of Article 9.36.3.10., or
                                                                                                                            b) electric resistance heaters, where no back-up is provided in the proposed
                                                                                                                                house.
                                                                                                                             4) Where cooling systems are not installed in the proposed house, both the
                                                                                                                          proposed and reference houses shall have additional models using appropriately sized
                                                                                                                          space-cooling equipment serving all conditioned spaces to determine the peak cooling
                                                                                                                          load. (See Note A-9.36.7.3.(4).)
                                                                                                                             5) The annual gross space heat loss shall be calculated as the sum of the
                                                                                                                          cumulative heat loss from
                                                                                                                             a) conduction across opaque and transparent elements of the building envelope,
                                                                                                                             b) air infiltration and exfiltration, and
                                                                                                                              c) mechanical ventilation.
                                                                                                                          (See Note A-9.36.7.3.(5).)
                                                                                                                              6) The percent heat loss reduction shall be calculated by subtracting the annual
                                                                                                                          gross space heat loss of the proposed house from the annual gross space heat loss
                                                                                                                          of the reference house and dividing the result by the annual gross space heat loss
                                                                                                                          of the reference house.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                          Division B 9-273
                                                                                                    9.36.8.1.                                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                              7) The percent improvement shall be calculated by subtracting the annual energy
                                                                                                                           consumption of the proposed house from the house energy target of the reference
                                                                                                                           house and dividing the result by the house energy target of the reference house.

                                                                                                                              8) The percent house energy target shall be calculated by dividing the annual
                                                                                                                           energy consumption of the proposed house by the house energy target of the reference
                                                                                                                           house.

                                                                                                                              9) The airtightness value used in the energy model for the proposed house shall be
                                                                                                                              a) the airtightness value set out in Clause 9.36.5.10.(9)(a), or
                                                                                                                              b) where an airtightness test is to be conducted, a design airtightness, until the
                                                                                                                                 airtightness has been measured in accordance with Sentence 9.36.6.3.(1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                 and the appropriate airtightness value set out in Sentence 9.36.5.10.(9) can
                                                                                                                                 be selected.
                                                                                                                           (See Note A-9.36.7.3.(9).)

                                                                                                    9.36.8.                Tiered Energy Performance Compliance: Prescriptive Path

                                                                                                    9.36.8.1.              Scope

                                                                                                                              1) This Subsection is concerned with the energy performance improvement of the
                                                                                                                           building through the implementation of energy conservation measures.

                                                                                                    9.36.8.2.              Compliance

                                                                                                                                1) Compliance with this Subsection shall be achieved by
                                                                                                                                a) designing and constructing buildings to which this Subsection applies
                                                                                                                                   in accordance with one or more of the energy conservation measures
                                                                                                                                   prescribed in Articles 9.36.8.4. to 9.36.8.10. to accumulate the minimum sum
                                                                                                                                   of energy conservation points required to attain Energy Performance Tier 2,
                                                                                                                                   3, 4 or 5 as specified in Table 9.36.8.2., and
                                                                                                                                b) complying with Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4., except where these
                                                                                                                                   requirements are specifically permitted by this Subsection to be waived
                                                                                                                                   (see Note A-9.36.8.2.(1)(b)).

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.36.8.2.
                                                                                                                                                               Energy Performance Tiers
                                                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Clause 9.36.8.2.(1)(a)

                                                                                                                      Energy Performance Tier                                          Minimum Sum of Energy Conservation Points
                                                                                                                                  1                                                                           (1)

                                                                                                                                  2                                                                          10
                                                                                                                                  3                                                                       Reserved
                                                                                                                                  4                                                                       Reserved
                                                                                                                                  5                                                                       Reserved

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.8.2.:
                                                                                                    (1)   Tier 1 represents compliance with the baseline energy efficiency requirements stated in Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4.; therefore, this Tier
                                                                                                          has no energy conservation points associated with it.


                                                                                                    9.36.8.3.              Definitions

                                                                                                                                1) Reserved

                                                                                                    9.36.8.4.              Building Envelope – General

                                                                                                                              1) The building envelope shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
                                                                                                                           Articles 9.36.2.1. to 9.36.2.5. and this Subsection.


                                                                                                    9-274 Division B                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                       9.36.8.5.

                                                                                                    9.36.8.5.          Energy Conservation Measures for Above-Ground Opaque Building
                                                                                                                       Assemblies
                                                                                                                          1) Except as permitted by Articles 9.36.2.5. and 9.36.2.11., and Sentence 9.36.2.6.(3),
                                                                                                                       the effective thermal resistance of above-ground opaque building assemblies or portions
                                                                                                                       thereof shall be not less than that shown for the applicable heating degree-days of
                                                                                                                       the building location in Table 9.36.2.6.-B.
                                                                                                                          2) Above-ground walls that comply with one of the energy conservation
                                                                                                                       measures prescribed in Table 9.36.8.5. shall be credited with the corresponding energy
                                                                                                                       conservation points stipulated therein.
                                                                                                                          3) The effective thermal resistance of rim joists shall be not less than that of the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       above-ground walls.
                                                                                                                           4) Where the top of a section of foundation wall is on average greater than or
                                                                                                                       equal to 600 mm above the adjoining ground level, the effective thermal resistance
                                                                                                                       of the above-ground portion of that section of wall shall be not less than that of the
                                                                                                                       above-ground walls.
                                                                                                                          5) Except for tubular daylighting devices, the effective thermal resistance of
                                                                                                                       skylight shafts shall be not less than that of the above-ground walls.
                                                                                                                          6) Except as provided in Sentence (7), where above-ground walls are constructed
                                                                                                                       using two or more wall assemblies with different calculated effective thermal resistance
                                                                                                                       values, the above-ground wall assembly with the lowest effective thermal resistance
                                                                                                                       value shall be used to determine the applicable energy conservation points from
                                                                                                                       Table 9.36.8.5.
                                                                                                                          7) The effective thermal resistance of one or more of the above-ground wall
                                                                                                                       assemblies referred to in Sentence (6) is permitted to be less than that required to meet
                                                                                                                       an energy conservation measure target listed in Table 9.36.8.5. for the wall or walls to
                                                                                                                       be credited with the energy conservation points listed for that target, provided
                                                                                                                           a) the effective thermal resistance of one or more of the other above-ground
                                                                                                                               wall assemblies is increased to more than the energy conservation measure
                                                                                                                               target listed in Table 9.36.8.5. to account for the wall assemblies that do not
                                                                                                                               meet the target, and
                                                                                                                           b) the sum of the results of each individual above-ground wall assembly area
                                                                                                                               divided by its respective effective thermal resistance is less than or equal to
                                                                                                                               the total area of all above-ground wall assemblies divided by the effective
                                                                                                                               thermal resistance target listed in Table 9.36.8.5. that is to be credited.
                                                                                                                       (See also Note A-9.36.2.11.(2).)

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.36.8.5.
                                                                                                                                Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Above-Ground Walls (1)
                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.8.5.(2), (6) and (7)

                                                                                                     Energy Conservation                       Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                         Measures for
                                                                                                                              Zone 4          Zone 5            Zone 6              Zone 7A             Zone 7B          Zone 8
                                                                                                     Above-Ground Walls       < 3000        3000 to 3999      4000 to 4999        5000 to 5999        6000 to 6999       ≥ 7000
                                                                                                      – Minimum Effective
                                                                                                     RSI Values, (m2×K)/W                                        Energy Conservation Points
                                                                                                            2.97               2.0               –                  –                   –                  –               –
                                                                                                            3.08               3.2              1.4                1.6                 2.1                 –               –
                                                                                                            3.69               7.4              5.4                6.2                 6.7                5.4             5.2
                                                                                                            3.85               8.2              6.0                6.9                 7.4                6.2             6.0
                                                                                                            3.96               8.9              6.8                7.7                 8.2                7.0             6.8
                                                                                                            4.29               10.2             8.1                9.2                 9.7                8.6             8.4
                                                                                                            4.40               10.8             8.7                9.9                10.3                9.3             9.1
                                                                                                            4.57               11.4             9.3                10.6               11.1                10.1            9.9
                                                                                                            4.73               11.9             9.7                11.1               11.5                10.6            10.4


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                   Division B 9-275
                                                                                                    9.36.8.6.                                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.36.8.5. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Energy Conservation                                     Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                         Measures for
                                                                                                                                      Zone 4                Zone 5               Zone 6                 Zone 7A             Zone 7B         Zone 8
                                                                                                     Above-Ground Walls               < 3000              3000 to 3999         4000 to 4999           5000 to 5999        6000 to 6999      ≥ 7000
                                                                                                      – Minimum Effective
                                                                                                     RSI Values, (m2×K)/W                                                           Energy Conservation Points
                                                                                                                 4.84                    12.3                 10.2                   11.6                 12.1                11.2           10.9
                                                                                                                 5.01                    12.9                 10.7                   12.2                 12.7                11.8           11.6
                                                                                                                 5.45                    14.0                 11.9                   13.6                 14.0                13.3           13.1




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.8.5.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See also Subsection 9.25.5.


                                                                                                    9.36.8.6.               Energy Conservation Measures for Fenestration and Doors
                                                                                                                               1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), fenestration and doors that comply
                                                                                                                            with one of the energy conservation measures prescribed in Table 9.36.8.6. shall
                                                                                                                            be credited with the corresponding energy conservation points stipulated therein,
                                                                                                                            provided all fenestration and doors comply with that energy conservation measure.
                                                                                                                               2) Where the individual doors or windows have more than one overall thermal
                                                                                                                            transmittance value (U-value), an average U-value is permitted to be used to
                                                                                                                            determine the applicable energy conservation points from Table 9.36.8.6., provided
                                                                                                                            the requirements of Sentence (3) are met.
                                                                                                                               3) The U-value of one or more doors or fenestration is permitted to be greater than
                                                                                                                            that required in Table 9.36.8.6., provided
                                                                                                                                a) the traded doors and fenestration are located in the same orientation,
                                                                                                                               b) the U-value of one or more of the other doors and fenestration is decreased
                                                                                                                                    to less than the energy conservation measure target in Table 9.36.8.6. to
                                                                                                                                    account for the doors and windows that do not meet the target, and
                                                                                                                                c) the sum of each individual door or fenestration area multiplied by its
                                                                                                                                    respective U-value is less than or equal to the total area of all fenestration
                                                                                                                                    and doors multiplied by the U-value target in Table 9.36.8.6. that is to be
                                                                                                                                    credited.
                                                                                                                            (See also Note A-9.36.2.11.(3).)
                                                                                                                               4) Where the fenestration and doors make up not more than 17% of the total
                                                                                                                            above-ground wall area, including openings, in a given orientation, the fenestration
                                                                                                                            and doors in that orientation need not comply with Sentence (1) and are not subject to
                                                                                                                            the provisions of Sentences (2) and (3), provided they meet or exceed the minimum
                                                                                                                            Energy Rating stated in Table 9.36.8.6. that is to be credited. (See Note A-9.36.8.6.(4).)

                                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.36.8.6.
                                                                                                                                           Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Fenestration and Doors
                                                                                                                                                             Forming Part of Article 9.36.8.6.

                                                                                                          Energy Conservation Measures
                                                                                                                                                                     Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                           for Fenestration and Doors (1)
                                                                                                           Maximum           Minimum              Zone 4               Zone 5             Zone 6             Zone 7A          Zone 7B        Zone 8
                                                                                                           U-values,          Energy              < 3000             3000 to 3999       4000 to 4999       5000 to 5999     6000 to 6999     ≥ 7000
                                                                                                           W/(m2×K)          Ratings (2)                                                    Energy Conservation Points
                                                                                                              1.61               25                 1.9                  1.8                   –                 –                   –         –
                                                                                                              1.44               29                 3.8                  3.6                   1.6               1.8                 –         –
                                                                                                              1.22               34                 6.9                  7.0                   4.6               5.5             3.2          3.4

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.8.6.:
                                                                                                    (1)    Except skylights and glass block assemblies.
                                                                                                    (2)    See Sentence (4). Energy Ratings shall be determined in accordance with CSA A440.2, “Fenestration energy performance.”


                                                                                                    9-276 Division B                                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                    9.36.8.8.

                                                                                                    9.36.8.7.            Energy Conservation Measures for Opaque Building Assemblies
                                                                                                                         Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground
                                                                                                                            1) Opaque building assemblies below-grade or in contact with the ground shall
                                                                                                                         be designed and constructed in accordance with Sentences 9.36.2.8.(2) to (10) and
                                                                                                                         this Article.
                                                                                                                             2) Except as permitted by Article 9.36.2.5., the effective thermal resistance of
                                                                                                                         foundation walls shall be not less than that shown for the applicable heating degree-days
                                                                                                                         of the building location in Table 9.36.2.8.-B.
                                                                                                                            3) Foundation walls that comply with one of the energy conservation measures
                                                                                                                         prescribed in Table 9.36.8.7. shall be credited with the corresponding energy




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         conservation points stipulated therein.
                                                                                                                            4) Where foundation walls are constructed with more than one effective thermal
                                                                                                                         resistance (RSI) value, the lowest effective RSI value of any of these walls shall be used
                                                                                                                         to determine the applicable energy conservation points from Table 9.36.8.7.

                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.36.8.7.
                                                                                                         Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Opaque Building Assemblies Below-Grade or In Contact with Ground
                                                                                                                                         Forming Part of Sentences 9.36.8.7.(3) and (4)

                                                                                                         Energy                                       Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                      Conservation
                                                                                                                               Zone 4              Zone 5              Zone 6              Zone 7A                 Zone 7B            Zone 8
                                                                                                      Measures for
                                                                                                                               < 3000            3000 to 3999        4000 to 4999        5000 to 5999            6000 to 6999         ≥ 7000
                                                                                                    Foundation Walls –
                                                                                                    Minimum Effective
                                                                                                       RSI Values,                                                      Energy Conservation Points
                                                                                                        (m2×K)/W
                                                                                                            2.98                 1.7                   –                   –                     –                    –                 –
                                                                                                            3.09                 1.8                  0.2                 0.2                    0.2                  0.2               –
                                                                                                            3.46                 2.2                  0.6                 0.8                    0.6                  0.7               –
                                                                                                            3.90                 2.6                  1.2                 1.4                    1.1                  1.3               –


                                                                                                    9.36.8.8.            Energy Conservation Measures Relating to Airtightness
                                                                                                                            1) Buildings to which this Subsection applies shall be designed and constructed
                                                                                                                         in accordance with
                                                                                                                             a) Articles 9.36.2.9. and 9.36.2.10., or
                                                                                                                             b) Article 9.36.2.9. and Sentences 9.36.2.10.(1) to (7) and shall, where
                                                                                                                                airtightness testing is carried out in accordance with Subsection 9.36.6.,
                                                                                                                                comply with an Airtightness Level listed in Table 9.36.6.4.-A or 9.36.6.4.-B.
                                                                                                                             2) Buildings that comply with an Airtightness Level determined in accordance
                                                                                                                         with Clause (1)(b) shall be credited with the corresponding energy conservation points
                                                                                                                         stipulated in Table 9.36.8.8.

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.36.8.8.
                                                                                                                                          Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Airtightness
                                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.8.8.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                     Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                                                                                                         Zone 6
                                                                                                      Energy Conservation Measures for Airtightness         Zone 4        Zone 5                         Zone 7A         Zone 7B        Zone 8
                                                                                                                                                                                         4000 to
                                                                                                                – Airtightness Levels (1)                   < 3000      3000 to 3999                   5000 to 5999    6000 to 6999     ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                                                                                          4999
                                                                                                                                                                                       Energy Conservation Points
                                                                                                    Airtightness Levels from Table 9.36.6.4.-A
                                                                                                    AL-1A                                                       –               –           –               –               –               –
                                                                                                    AL-2A                                                    2.0               3.4         3.5             4.6              6.1             6.1


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                Division B 9-277
                                                                                                    9.36.8.9.                                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.36.8.8. (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                          Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                                                                                                               Zone 6
                                                                                                          Energy Conservation Measures for Airtightness         Zone 4         Zone 5                           Zone 7A         Zone 7B        Zone 8
                                                                                                                                                                                               4000 to
                                                                                                                    – Airtightness Levels (1)                   < 3000       3000 to 3999                     5000 to 5999    6000 to 6999     ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                                                                                                4999
                                                                                                                                                                                             Energy Conservation Points
                                                                                                     AL-3A                                                         4.0            6.7              7.0            9.3              12.1         12.11
                                                                                                     AL-4A                                                         5.9           10.1              10.5          13.9              18.0          18.0
                                                                                                     AL-5A                                                         7.6           13.0              13.4          17.8              22.7          22.7




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Airtightness Levels from Table 9.36.6.4.-B
                                                                                                     AL-1B                                                         –                 –              –              –                –                –
                                                                                                     AL-2B                                                         –                 –              –              –                –                –
                                                                                                     AL-3B                                                         2.2            3.0              3.5            4.6              4.1           4.6
                                                                                                     AL-4B                                                         4.0            6.0              6.9            9.1              8.2           9.3
                                                                                                     AL-5B                                                         6.0            9.1              10.4          13.6              12.3          14.2
                                                                                                     AL-6B                                                         7.7           11.6              13.3          17.4              15.6          18.2

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.8.8.:
                                                                                                    (1)    All dwelling units and common spaces in a building, or the whole building, must meet the Airtightness Level for which energy conservation
                                                                                                           points are being credited.


                                                                                                    9.36.8.9.               Energy Conservation Measures for HVAC Systems

                                                                                                                               1) HVAC systems, equipment and installations shall be designed and constructed
                                                                                                                            in accordance with Articles 9.36.3.2. to 9.36.3.8. and this Article.

                                                                                                                               2) Where HVAC systems, equipment or techniques other than those described in
                                                                                                                            Articles 9.36.3.2. to 9.36.3.8. and this Article are used, the building shall be designed
                                                                                                                            and constructed in accordance with the NECB.

                                                                                                                               3) Ventilation systems serving buildings to which this Subsection applies shall be
                                                                                                                            equipped with a heat-recovery ventilator conforming to Article 9.36.3.9.

                                                                                                                               4) Heat-recovery ventilators that comply with one of the energy conservation
                                                                                                                            measures prescribed in Table 9.36.8.9. shall be credited with the corresponding energy
                                                                                                                            conservation points stipulated therein.

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.36.8.9.
                                                                                                                                          Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Ventilation Systems
                                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.8.9.(4)

                                                                                                            Energy                                        Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                        Conservation
                                                                                                                                  Zone 4              Zone 5                Zone 6               Zone 7A                  Zone 7B            Zone 8
                                                                                                        Measures for
                                                                                                                                  < 3000            3000 to 3999          4000 to 4999         5000 to 5999             6000 to 6999         ≥ 7000
                                                                                                          Ventilation
                                                                                                           Systems
                                                                                                          – Sensible
                                                                                                                                                                             Energy Conservation Points
                                                                                                       Heat-Recovery
                                                                                                      Efficiency, SRE (1)
                                                                                                     60% ≤ SRE < 65%                0.7                   0.7                  0.7                      0.6                  0.8               0.4
                                                                                                     65% ≤ SRE < 75%                2.1                   2.1                  2.2                      1.7                  2.3               1.2
                                                                                                     75% ≤ SRE < 84%                3.4                   3.2                  3.5                      2.7                  3.7               1.8

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.8.9.:
                                                                                                    (1)    SRE = sensible recovery efficiency measured at an outside air test temperature of 0°C


                                                                                                    9-278 Division B                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                           9.36.8.11.

                                                                                                    9.36.8.10.              Energy Conservation Measures for Service Water Heating Equipment
                                                                                                                               1) Service water heating equipment and components shall be designed and
                                                                                                                            constructed in accordance with Subsection 9.36.4. and this Article.
                                                                                                                               2) Where service water heating equipment or techniques other than those
                                                                                                                            described in Subsection 9.36.4. and this Article are used, the building shall be designed
                                                                                                                            and constructed in accordance with the NECB.
                                                                                                                               3) Service water heating equipment that complies with one of the energy
                                                                                                                            conservation measures prescribed in Table 9.36.8.10. shall be credited with the
                                                                                                                            corresponding energy conservation points stipulated therein.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.36.8.10.
                                                                                                                                 Energy Conservation Measures and Points for Service Water Heating Equipment
                                                                                                                                                     Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.8.10.(3)

                                                                                                                            Energy                                        Heating Degree-Days of Building Location, in Celsius Degree-Days
                                                                                                                        Conservation
                                                                                                                                                                Zone 4         Zone 5          Zone 6           Zone 7A         Zone 7B          Zone 8
                                                                                                                          Measures
                                                                                                                                                                < 3000       3000 to 3999    4000 to 4999     5000 to 5999    6000 to 6999       ≥ 7000
                                                                                                                         for Service
                                                                                                           Type of                       Performance
                                                                                                                        Water Heating
                                                                                                          Equipment                    Testing Standard
                                                                                                                         Equipment
                                                                                                                          – Energy                                                            Energy Conservation Points
                                                                                                                        Efficiency, EF
                                                                                                                         or UEF (1)(2)
                                                                                                     Gas- or
                                                                                                     oil-fired
                                                                                                                         EF ≥ 0.95 or
                                                                                                     tankless                                                     8.9             5.4              4.9             3.1             3.1             3.1
                                                                                                                         UEF ≥ 0.92
                                                                                                     condensing
                                                                                                     water heater
                                                                                                     Gas- or
                                                                                                     oil-fired
                                                                                                     residential         EF ≥ 0.80 or
                                                                                                                                                                  8.9             5.4              4.9             3.1             3.1             3.1
                                                                                                     storage-type        UEF ≥ 0.83
                                                                                                                                           CAN/CSA-P.3
                                                                                                     service water
                                                                                                     heater
                                                                                                     Gas- or
                                                                                                     oil-fired        UEF ≥ 0.79                                  4.6             2.7              2.4             1.5             1.5             1.5
                                                                                                     residential-duty
                                                                                                     commercial
                                                                                                     storage-type
                                                                                                     service water    UEF ≥ 0.85                                  6.0             3.6              3.2             2.0             2.0             2.0
                                                                                                     heater
                                                                                                     Heat pump
                                                                                                                          EF ≥ 2.35      CAN/CSA-C745             6.4             3.9              3.8             3.0             3.0             3.0
                                                                                                     water heater

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.36.8.10.:
                                                                                                    (1)    EF = energy factor
                                                                                                           UEF = uniform energy factor
                                                                                                    (2)    Applies to storage-type service water heaters that heat potable water, including storage-type service water heaters used to generate heat in
                                                                                                           combined space- and water-heating systems.


                                                                                                    9.36.8.11.              Energy Conservation Points for Building Volume
                                                                                                                               1) Buildings to which this Subsection applies that contain more than one dwelling
                                                                                                                            unit, each of which contains not more than 230 m3 of conditioned space measured at the
                                                                                                                            interior surfaces of the walls, ceilings and floors enclosing the suite, are permitted to be
                                                                                                                            credited with ten energy conservation points.
                                                                                                                               2) Buildings to which this Subsection applies that contain not more than 390 m3
                                                                                                                            of conditioned space, measured at the interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings and


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                        Division B 9-279
                                                                                                    9.36.8.11.                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                       floors, are permitted to be credited with energy conservation points determined in
                                                                                                                       accordance with Table 9.36.8.11.

                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.36.8.11.
                                                                                                                                             Energy Conservation Points for Building Volume
                                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentence 9.36.8.11.(2)

                                                                                                                         Building Volume (V), m3                                      Energy Conservation Points
                                                                                                                             380 < V ≤ 390                                                        1
                                                                                                                             370 < V ≤ 380                                                        2




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             360 < V ≤ 370                                                        3
                                                                                                                             350 < V ≤ 360                                                        4
                                                                                                                             340 < V ≤ 350                                                        5
                                                                                                                             330 < V ≤ 340                                                        6
                                                                                                                             320 < V ≤ 330                                                        7
                                                                                                                             310 < V ≤ 320                                                        8
                                                                                                                             300 < V ≤ 310                                                        9
                                                                                                                                V ≤ 300                                                          10




                                                                                                    9-280 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                    Section 9.37. Objectives and Functional Statements
                                                                                                    9.37.1.              Objectives and Functional Statements

                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.            Attributions to Acceptable Solutions

                                                                                                                             1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in
                                                                                                                         Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed
                                                                                                                         to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements
                                                                                                                         listed in Table 9.37.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         Table 9.37.1.1.                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)
                                                                                                      Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the
                                                                                                                  Acceptable Solutions in Part 9                             Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentence 9.37.1.1.(1)                         (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    9.1.2.1. Floor Area Limits for Secondary Suites                                      of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5]                                                             [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F05-OS3.7]                                                             [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    9.3.1.1. General                                                                     of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                             [F20,F21,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F80-OS2.3]                                                     or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F21,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                       [F20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                                       that support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies to elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports                     floors.
                                                                                                                 or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F55,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                       [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete that supports
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61,F80-OH1.3] Applies where concrete                          wood-frame floors or steps.
                                                                                                                 supports or is used in an environmental separator.                      [F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                                                                                         or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements
                                                                                                                 support wood-frame floors.                                              [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is
                                                                                                                                                                                         used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies to concrete floors or
                                                                                                                 steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps,   9.3.1.2. Cement
                                                                                                                 and concrete steps that support guards or handrails.        (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F80-OS3.4] Applies where concrete supports                     [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.                                   [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports                     of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.                                   [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                         of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is
                                                                                                                                                                                         used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         Applies where concrete supports or is used in an
                                                                                                                                                                                         environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support
                                                                                                                                                                                         wood-frame floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps,
                                                                                                                                                                                         concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and
                                                                                                                                                                                         concrete steps that support guards or handrails.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                                                                                         or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is
                                                                                                                                                                                         used in chimneys or fireplaces.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                             Division B 9-281
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                               Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.3.1.3. Concrete in Contact with Sulphate Soil                          9.3.1.5. Water
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                 (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.3]                                                             [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part                [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                          of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                                       [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part                [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                          of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used                  [F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                 in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where concrete                          and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 supports or is used in an environmental separator.                      [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                                         are part of an environmental separator and to masonry
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support
                                                                                                                                                                                         used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 wood-frame floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete
                                                                                                                                                                                         wood-frame floors.
                                                                                                                 that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete
                                                                                                                 steps that support guards or handrails.                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps,
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or                    concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and
                                                                                                                 is used in chimneys or fireplaces.                                      concrete steps that support guards or handrails.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete is used in footings
                                                                                                                                                                                         or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 for chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is
                                                                                                    9.3.1.4. Aggregates
                                                                                                                                                                                         used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator
                                                                                                                 and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator and to masonry
                                                                                                                 used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies to concrete used in chimneys
                                                                                                                 or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies to concrete used in chimneys
                                                                                                                 or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.




                                                                                                    9-282 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.3.1.6. Compressive Strength                                          9.3.1.7. Concrete Mixes
                                                                                                    (1)          (a) [F20-OS2.1]                                           (1)         (a) [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F21,F80-OS2.3]                                                   (a) [F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               (a) [F20,F61,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                 (a) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                                 (a) [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F80-OP2.3]                                                       (a) [F20,F55,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       (a) [F20,F21,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or                supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.                       (a) [F20,F21,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                     [F20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete                            supports or is used in an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 supports or is used in an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       (a) [F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to elements that support
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies to elements that support                floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       (a) [F20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to elements that support                  steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps,
                                                                                                                 floors or steps.                                                      and concrete steps that support guards or handrails.
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete                      (a) [F20,F21,F61-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete
                                                                                                                 supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.                        supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete                        (a) [F20,F21,F61-OS1.1] Applies where concrete
                                                                                                                 supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.                        supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OS2.1]                                                       (b) [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21,F80-OS2.3]                                                   (b) [F21,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               (b) [F20-OS2.3] Applies where concrete is used in an
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                 (b) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                                 (b) [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F80-OP2.3]                                                       (b) [F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               (b) [F20-OP2.3] Applies where concrete is used in an
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20,F21,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                 (b) [F20,F21,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3]                                               [F20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]                                               (b) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20-OS2.1] [F20,F21,F80-OS2.3]                                   (c) [F20,F21-OS2.1] [F20,F21,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]                             (c) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]                                               (c) [F20,F21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F80-OS3.1]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                             Division B 9-283
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                               Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)             Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   9.3.1.9. Cold Weather Requirements
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                         of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F55-OP2.3] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 or is used in an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61,F55-OH1.1] Applies where concrete                            of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                                                                                           used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 or is used in an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61,F55-OH4] Applies where concrete                              Applies where concrete supports or is used in an
                                                                                                                 elements support wood-frame floors.                                       environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps,                      [F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements
                                                                                                                 concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and                    support wood-frame floors.
                                                                                                                 concrete steps that support guards or handrails.
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps,
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                                                                                           concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and
                                                                                                                 or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                           concrete steps that support guards or handrails.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is                     [F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                 used in chimneys or fireplaces.                                           or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                    9.3.1.8. Admixtures                                                                    [F20,F21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                                                                                           or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.3]                                                   (2)         [F20-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or                   in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F61-OH1.3] Applies
                                                                                                                                                                                           where concrete supports or is used in an environmental
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                           separator.
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                                         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part                  [F20,F61,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                            are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.                              [F20,F61,F55-OP2.3] [F61,F55-OP2.4] Applies to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3]                         elements that support or are part of an environmental
                                                                                                                 Applies where concrete supports or is used in an                          separator.
                                                                                                                 environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20-OS1.1] Applies to concrete that supports or is used
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements                         in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 support wood-frame floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20,F61,F55-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps,                      support floors.
                                                                                                                 concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and                    [F20,F61,F55-OS3.4] Applies to concrete that supports
                                                                                                                 concrete steps that support guards or handrails.                          or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F20,F61,F55-OH4] Applies to elements that support
                                                                                                                 or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                           floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports
                                                                                                                 or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.




                                                                                                    9-284 Division B                                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.3.2.2. Lumber Grades                                                 9.3.2.9. Termite and Decay Protection
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               (1)         [F82,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F82,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F82,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F82,F80,F61-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       Applies where structural wood elements support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       used in an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F82,F80-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are used in floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F82,F80-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, or elements that support                support or are used in floors.
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     [F82,F80-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     support or are used in assemblies that are required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.        (2)         [F80,F82-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F80,F82-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F82,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F82,F80,F61-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     Applies where structural wood elements support or are
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       used in an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.3.2.5. Moisture Content                                                          [F82,F80-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21,F80-OS2.3]                                                       support or are used in floors.
                                                                                                                 [F21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                                 [F82,F80-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are used in floors.
                                                                                                                 [F21,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F82,F80-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are used in assemblies that are required to
                                                                                                                 [F21,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                           (3)         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F21,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F82,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F82,F80,F61-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       Applies where structural wood elements support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       used in an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.3.2.8. Undersized Lumber
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                           support or are used in floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F80-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are used in floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]                                                           [F80-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               support or are used in assemblies that are required to
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that         (4)         [F80-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F80,F61-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    Applies where cribbing or retaining walls support an
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F80-OS3.1] Applies where cribbing or retaining walls
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OS1.2] Applies where cribbing or retaining walls
                                                                                                                                                                                       support assemblies that are required to provide fire
                                                                                                                                                                                       resistance.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-285
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)         Provision              Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (5)          [F80,F81-OS2.3,OS2.4]                                    9.4.2.4. Attics and Roof Spaces
                                                                                                                 [F80,F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F55,F61,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F61,F80,F81-OH1.3]                    [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 Applies where structural wood elements support or are
                                                                                                                                                                          9.4.3.1. Deflections
                                                                                                                 used in an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                          (1)         [F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F80,F81-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                                                                                                      of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support wood-frame floors.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F80,F81-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 support or are used in floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                      of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F80,F81-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 support or are used in assemblies that are required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                             [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                      floors.
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20,F60-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                                walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20,F55,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F61-OH1.3] Applies                    emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 where structural wood elements support or are used in                [F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 an environmental separator.                                          support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F61,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that        9.4.4.1. Allowable Bearing Pressures
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                          (1)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements               [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 support or are used in floors.                                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F80,F81-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements               [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 support or are used in assemblies that are required to               [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                             of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.3.3.2. Galvanized Sheet Steel                                                   [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to footings that
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OS2.3]                                                          support an environmental separator.

                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                                    [F20-OH4] Applies to footings that support floors and
                                                                                                                                                                                      other elements that support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where sheet metal is
                                                                                                                 used in an environmental separator.                                  [F20-OS3.1] Applies to footings that support floors and
                                                                                                                                                                                      other elements that support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.1] Applies where sheet metal is used in                     [F20-OS3.7] Applies to footings that support walls that
                                                                                                                 assemblies that support floors.                                      contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH4] Applies where sheet metal is used in           9.4.4.2. Foundation Capacity in Weaker Soil and Rock
                                                                                                                 assemblies that support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                          (1)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F80-OS2.3]                                                          [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.3]                                                          of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                              [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    9.4.2.2. Specified Snow Loads                                                     of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]                                        [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3]                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                              [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                      floors.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                          floors.
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.4.2.3. Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]



                                                                                                    9-286 Division B                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.2]                                                9.4.4.6. Walls Supporting Drained Earth
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       floors.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                  floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                [F20-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.4.4.3. High Water Table
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]                                                      floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       [F20-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                        emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                    9.5.1.2. Combination Rooms
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support    (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                    9.5.3.1. Ceiling Heights of Rooms or Spaces
                                                                                                    9.4.4.4. Soil Movement
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OS2.1]                                                (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                             (3)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                          (4)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part   9.5.3.2. Mezzanines
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to walls that support
                                                                                                                 or are part of an environmental separator.                 9.5.3.3. Storage Garages
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH4] Applies to foundations that support floors and   (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 other elements that support floors.                        9.5.4.1. Hallway Width
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS3.1] Applies to footings that support floors and    (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 other elements that support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS3.7] Applies to footings that support walls that    9.5.5.1. Doorway Opening Sizes
                                                                                                                 contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.    (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.4.4.5. Retaining Walls                                                (2)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                          9.5.5.2. Doorways to Public Water-Closet Rooms
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]                                    (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    9.5.5.3. Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support      Closet
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                    (2)         [F74-OA2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support    9.6.1.2. Material Standards for Glass
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1] [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (e),(i) [F63-OH1.1] [F51,F63-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                        (h) [F03-OS1.2]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                              Division B 9-287
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                               Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)             Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                      (3)         [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.6.1.3. Structural Sufficiency of Glass                                              [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                  (4)         [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                              [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                                  [F63-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.6.1.4. Types of Glazing and Protection of Glazing                       9.7.4.2. General




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                      (1)         [F20,F55,F61,F62,F63-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F81-OH1.1] Applies to windows that provide required
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                          non-heating season ventilation.
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text:                 [F54,F55,F61,F62,F63-OH1.2] [F20,F61,F62,F63-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 “… except that such partitions shall be suitably marked to
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F21,F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 indicate their existence and position.”
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F10-OS1.5] Applies where windows, doors or skylights
                                                                                                    (5)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                          serve bedrooms, except bedrooms that have direct
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20,F30-OS3.1]                                                          access to the exterior through an exit door or bedrooms
                                                                                                    9.7.2.1. Entrance Doors                                                               that are in sprinklered suites.
                                                                                                                                                                              9.7.4.3. Performance Requirements
                                                                                                    (1)          [F42-OH2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F51,F54-OH1.2] [F40,F61,F42-OH1.1]                          (1)         [F20,F55,F61-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F55-OH1.2] [F20,F61,F62-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F42-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (3)         [F40,F42,F61-OH1.1] [F54,F55,F61,F62-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F35-OS4.2]                                                              [F61,F62,F63-OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.7.3.1. General Performance Expectations                                 (4)         [F40,F61,F42-OH1.1] [F51,F54-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F42,F55,F61,F62,F63-OH1.1]                                              [F61,F42-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1] Applies to windows that provide required
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F80-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 non-heating season ventilation.
                                                                                                                 [F54,F55,F61,F62,F63-OH1.2] [F61,F62,F63-OH1.3]                          [F80-OS4.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F55,F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                [F42-OH2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F42-OH2.5]                                                  9.7.5.2. Resistance to Forced Entry for Doors
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS3.7]                                                  (2)         [F34-OS4.1]
                                                                                                                 [F34-OS4.1]                                                  (3)         [F20-OS4.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OH1.1] Applies to skylights that provide required       (4)         [F34-OS4.1]
                                                                                                                 non-heating season ventilation.
                                                                                                                                                                              (5)         [F34-OS4.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (6)         [F20-OS4.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (7)         [F20-OS4.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F42,F55-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              (8)         [F34-OS4.1]
                                                                                                                 [F42-OH2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                              (9)         [F20-OS4.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                              9.7.5.3. Resistance to Forced Entry for Windows
                                                                                                                 [F34-OS4.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F34-OS4.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20,F22-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              9.7.6.1. Installation of Windows, Doors and Skylights
                                                                                                                 [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                        (1)         [F20,F54,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                                 [F34-OS4.1]                                                              [F20,F61,F63-OS2.3]

                                                                                                    9.7.3.2. Heat Transfer Performance                                        (2)         [F54,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F61,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                              (3)         [F55,F61,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.7.3.3. Thermal Characteristics of Windows, Doors and Skylights
                                                                                                    (1)          [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]



                                                                                                    9-288 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                        Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.7.6.2. Sealants, Trim and Flashing                              9.8.4.6. Winders
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.3] [F51,F54,F61,F63-OH1.2]        (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F63-OS2.3]                                      (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                    9.8.4.7. Spiral Stairs
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                    (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                              (3)         [F30-OS3.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.8.2.1. Stair Width                                              9.8.4.8. Tread Nosings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              9.8.4.9. Open Risers
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.8.2.2. Height over Stairs                                       9.8.5.2. Ramp Width
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              9.8.5.3. Height over Ramps
                                                                                                    9.8.3.1. Permitted Configurations                                 (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          9.8.5.4. Ramp Slope
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              9.8.5.5. Maximum Rise
                                                                                                    (5)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.8.3.2. Minimum Number of Risers                                 9.8.6.2. Required Landings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.8.3.3. Maximum Height of Stairs                                 9.8.6.3. Dimensions of Landings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1]                                          (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.8.4.1. Dimensions for Risers                                    (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (4)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.8.4.2. Dimensions for Rectangular Treads                        (5)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (6)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (7)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.8.4.3. Dimensions of Tapered Treads                             9.8.6.4. Height over Landings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.8.4.4. Uniformity and Tolerances for Risers, Runs and Treads    9.8.7.1. Required Handrails
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (2)         [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (5)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              9.8.7.2. Continuity of Handrails
                                                                                                    (5)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.8.4.5. Uniformity of Runs in Flights with Mixed Treads within   (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    Dwelling Units
                                                                                                                                                                                  [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                      9.8.7.3. Termination of Handrails
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                       Division B 9-289
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                     Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           9.8.9.2. Exterior Concrete Stairs
                                                                                                    9.8.7.4. Height of Handrails                                   (1)         [F22-OS3.1,OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           9.8.9.3. Exterior Wood Steps
                                                                                                    9.8.7.5. Ergonomic Design                                      (1)         [F80-OS3.1,OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                       [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           9.8.9.4. Wooden Stair Stringers




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.8.7.6. Projections into Stairs and Ramps                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                       [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    9.8.7.7. Design and Attachment of Handrails                    (2)         [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                   [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1,OS3.7]                                 9.8.9.5. Treads
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       (1)         [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1,OS3.7]                                             [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    9.8.8.1. Required Guards                                       (2)         [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                       [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           9.8.9.6. Finish for Treads and Landings
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1]                                       (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           9.8.10.1. Design
                                                                                                    (8)          [F30-OS3.1]                                       (1)         [F22-OS3.1,OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.8.8.2. Loads on Guards                                                   [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       9.8.10.2. Anchorage
                                                                                                    (2)          [F22-OS2.4]                                       (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    9.8.8.3. Height of Guards                                                  [F22-OS3.1,OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                                       [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           9.8.10.3. Prevention of Damage Due to Frost
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           (1)         [F21-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.8.8.4. Guards for Floors and Ramps in Garages                            [F21-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.1]                                                   [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                       9.9.1.3. Occupant Load
                                                                                                    9.8.8.5. Openings in Guards                                    (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1]                                       (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1]                                       9.9.2.2. Purpose of Exits
                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1]                                       (1)         [F10-OS3.7] Applies to “An exit shall be designed for no
                                                                                                    (4)          [F30-OS3.1]                                                   purpose other than for exiting ...”

                                                                                                    9.8.8.6. Design of Guards to Not Facilitate Climbing           9.9.2.3. Elevators, Slide Escapes and Windows as Means of
                                                                                                                                                                   Egress
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.8.8.7. Glass in Guards
                                                                                                                                                                   9.9.2.4. Principal Entrances
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS3.1,OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.9.3.2. Exit Width
                                                                                                    9.8.9.1. Loads on Stairs and Ramps
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]



                                                                                                    9-290 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                      9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                   Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.9.3.3. Width of Corridors                                    9.9.6.1. Obstructions by Doors
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.3.4. Clear Height                                          (3)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           9.9.6.2. Clear Opening Height at Doorways
                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]                           (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.4.2. Fire Separations for Exits                            (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5] [F03-OS1.2]                           9.9.6.3. Clear Opening Width at Doorways
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]                           (3)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       9.9.6.4. Door Action
                                                                                                    (3)          [F05-OS1.5]                                       (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F05-OS1.5] [F03-OS1.2]                           (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       9.9.6.5. Direction of Door Swing
                                                                                                    9.9.4.3. Wired Glass or Glass Block                            (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F05-OS1.5]                                       (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.4.4. Openings Near Unenclosed Exterior Exit Stairs and     (3)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    Ramps
                                                                                                                                                                   (4)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.9.6.6. Nearness of Doors to Stairs
                                                                                                    9.9.4.5. Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                   (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.4.6. Openings Near Exit Doors
                                                                                                                                                                   9.9.6.7. Door Latching, Locking and Opening Mechanisms
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         (a) [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.4.7. Stairways in 2 Storey, Group D or E Buildings
                                                                                                                                                                               (b) [F10,F81-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                   (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.5.2. Occupancies in Corridors
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                   [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    9.9.5.3. Obstructions in Public Corridors                      (4)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1]                                       9.9.6.8. Effort Required to Open
                                                                                                    9.9.5.4. Obstructions in Exits                                 (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                       9.9.7.1. Egress from Roof Area, Podiums, Terraces, Platforms
                                                                                                    9.9.5.5. Obstructions in Means of Egress                       and Contained Open Spaces
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                       (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                       (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.5.6. Mirrors or Draperies                                  9.9.7.2. Means of Egress from Suites
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                           (1)         [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    9.9.5.7. Fuel-Fired Appliances                                 (2)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS1.5]                                       9.9.7.3. Dead-End Corridors
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS3.7]                                       (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.5.8. Service Rooms                                         9.9.7.4. Number and Spacing of Egress Doors
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]                           (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.5.9. Ancillary Rooms                                       (2)         [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05,F06-OS1.5]                                   9.9.7.5. Independent Access to Exit
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS3.7]                                       (1)         [F10-OS3.7]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                  Division B 9-291
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.9.8.2. Number of Required Exits                                 9.9.11.5. Floor Numbering
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          (1)         [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.8.3. Contribution of Each Exit                                            [F73-OA1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          9.9.12.2. Required Lighting in Egress Facilities
                                                                                                    9.9.8.4. Location of Exits                                        (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS1.5]                                          (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.9.8.5. Exiting through a Lobby                                  9.9.12.3. Emergency Lighting
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS1.5]                                          (1)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS1.5]                                          (2)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS1.5]                                          (3)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10-OS1.5]                                          (4)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F05-OS1.5]                                          (5)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.8.6. Mezzanine Means of Egress                                (7)         [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5]                                          9.10.1.2. Testing of Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety
                                                                                                                                                                      Systems
                                                                                                    (4)          [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                      (1)         [F02,F81,F82-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                    9.9.9.1. Travel Limit to Exits or Egress Doors
                                                                                                                                                                                  [F02,F81,F82-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                      9.10.1.3. Items under Part 3 Jurisdiction
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                      (5)         [F01-OS1.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “ ... facilities
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                                                                                                  for the dispensing of fuel shall not be installed in any
                                                                                                    9.9.9.2. Two Separate Exits                                                   building.”
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          9.10.2.2. Home-Type Care Occupancies
                                                                                                    9.9.9.3. Shared Egress Facilities                                 (2)         [F10-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          9.10.3.4. Suspended Membrane Ceilings
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          (1)         [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    9.9.10.1. Egress Windows or Doors for Bedrooms                                [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          9.10.4.3. Basement Storage Garages
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                      [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          9.10.5.1. Permitted Openings in Wall and Ceiling Membranes
                                                                                                    (5)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    9.9.11.2. Visibility of Exits                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          (2)         [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                      [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    9.9.11.3. Exit Signs                                              (3)         [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]                                                      [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F10-OS3.7]                                          9.10.7.1. Protection of Steel Members
                                                                                                    (3)          [F10,F81-OS3.7]                                      (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F10,F81-OS3.7]                                                  [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F10-OS3.7]
                                                                                                    9.9.11.4. Signs for Stairs and Ramps at Exit Level
                                                                                                    (1)          [F10-OS3.7]




                                                                                                    9-292 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                   9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                               Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)              Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.10.8.1. Fire-Resistance Ratings for Floors and Roofs                     9.10.9.6. General Requirements for Penetrations of Fire
                                                                                                                                                                               Separations
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                 of Code text: “Except as otherwise provided in this           (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 Subsection, the fire-resistance ratings of floors and roofs               [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 shall conform to Table 9.10.8.1.”
                                                                                                                                                                               (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion
                                                                                                                 of Code text: “Except as otherwise provided in this                       [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 Subsection, the fire-resistance ratings of floors and roofs   9.10.9.7. Piping Penetrations




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 shall conform to Table 9.10.8.1.”
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.8.2. Fire-Resistance Ratings in Sprinklered Buildings
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a),(b) [F02,F82-OS1.3] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F02,F82-OP1.3] [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.8.3. Fire-Resistance Ratings for Walls, Columns and Arches
                                                                                                                                                                               (5)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                           [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                               9.10.9.8. Penetrations by Outlet Boxes or Service Equipment in
                                                                                                    (2)          [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]                                             Concealed Spaces
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]                                             (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.8.4. Support of Noncombustible Construction                                       [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F04-OS1.3]                                                   (6)         [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3]                                                               [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.8.7. Roofs Supporting an Occupancy                                    9.10.9.10. Collapse of Combustible Construction
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                               [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.8.8. Floors of Exterior Passageways                                   9.10.9.11. Reduction in Thickness of Fire Separation by Beams
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]                                 and Joists
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.3] [F06-OP1.2]                                       (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.9.2. Continuous Barrier                                                           [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   9.10.9.12. Concealed Spaces above Fire Separations
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                               [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                               [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   9.10.9.13. Separation of Residential Occupancies
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.2]                                                   (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                               [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.9.3. Openings to be Protected with Closures                                       [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   (3)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                               [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   9.10.9.14. Residential Suites in Industrial Buildings
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.9.4. Floor Assemblies                                                 9.10.9.15. Separation of Suites
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                               [F03-OP1.2]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                               Division B 9-293
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2]                                       9.10.9.21. Central Vacuum Systems
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                       (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.9.16. Separation of Residential Suites                    9.10.10.3. Separation of Service Rooms
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                       (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F03,F81-OS1.4]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   [F03-OP1.2] [F03,F81-OP1.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                       9.10.10.4. Location of Fuel-Fired Appliances




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2]                                       (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F03,F81-OS1.4]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   [F03-OP1.2] [F03,F81-OP1.4]
                                                                                                    9.10.9.17. Separation of Public Corridors                      9.10.10.5. Incinerators
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05,F03-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]                 (1)         [F03-OS1.2] [F03,F81-OS1.4]
                                                                                                                 [F03,F06-OP1.2]                                               [F03-OP1.2] [F03,F81-OP1.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2] [F06,F05-OS1.5]                       (2)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03,F06-OP1.2]                                   (3)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2] [F06,F05-OS1.5]                                   [F40,F61-OH1.1,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03,F06-OP1.2]                                               [F20-OP2.1] [F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   [F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F03,F05-OS1.5] [F03,F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]             (4)         [F01,F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03,F06-OP1.2]                                   9.10.10.6. Storage Rooms
                                                                                                    9.10.9.18. Separation of Storage Garages                       (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       9.10.11.1. Required Firewalls
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                       (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F44-OS3.4]                                                   [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                       9.10.11.2. Firewalls Not Required
                                                                                                    (5)          [F44-OS3.4]                                       (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                                   [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    9.10.9.19. Separation of Repair Garages                        (2)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (3)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (4)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F44-OS3.4]                                                   [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS1.1]                                       9.10.12.1. Termination of Floors or Mezzanines
                                                                                                                 [F44-OH1.1]                                       (1)         [F03-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F44-OS3.4]                                                   [F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS1.1]                                       9.10.12.2. Location of Skylights
                                                                                                                 [F44-OH1.1]                                       (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.9.20. Exhaust Ducts Serving More Than One Fire                        [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    Compartment
                                                                                                                                                                   9.10.12.3. Exterior Walls Meeting at an Angle
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               [F03-OP1.2]



                                                                                                    9-294 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                              Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)             Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   9.10.13.14. Fire Stop Flaps
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   (1)         [F03-OS1.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                               [F03-OP1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   9.10.13.15. Doors between Garages and Dwelling Units
                                                                                                    9.10.12.4. Protection of Soffits                                           (1)         [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                               [F01-OS1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   (2)         [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                               [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   9.10.13.16. Door Stops
                                                                                                    9.10.13.1. Closures                                                        (1)         [F81-OS1.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                               [F81-OP1.4]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   9.10.14.3. Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response
                                                                                                    9.10.13.2. Solid Core Wood Door as a Closure                               (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   9.10.14.4. Openings in Exposing Building Face
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    9.10.13.5. Wired Glass as a Closure                                        (2)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   (3)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   (4)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   (6)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   (7)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    9.10.13.6. Steel Door Frames                                               9.10.14.5. Construction of Exposing Building Face and Walls
                                                                                                                                                                               above Exposing Building Face
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F02,F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (2)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    9.10.13.8. Maximum Size of Opening
                                                                                                                                                                               (3)         [F02,F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (4)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (6)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (7)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (8)         [F02,F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    9.10.13.9. Door Latch
                                                                                                                                                                               (9)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (10)        [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (12)        [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    9.10.13.10. Self-closing Device
                                                                                                                                                                               9.10.15.3. Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                               9.10.15.4. Glazed Openings in Exposing Building Face
                                                                                                    9.10.13.12. Service Room Doors
                                                                                                                                                                               (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “Swing-type
                                                                                                                 doors shall open into service rooms containing fuel-fired     (3)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 equipment where such doors lead to public corridors or        (4)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 rooms used for assembly ...”
                                                                                                                                                                               (7)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F10-OS1.5] Applies to portion of Code text: “... but shall
                                                                                                                 swing outward from such rooms in all other cases.”            9.10.15.5. Construction of Exposing Building Face of Houses
                                                                                                    9.10.13.13. Fire Dampers                                                   (2)         [F02,F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   (3)         [F02,F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                   (5)         [F03-OP3.1]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                              Division B 9-295
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (7)          [F02,F03-OP3.1]                                   9.10.17.9. Combustible Skylights
                                                                                                    (8)          [F03-OP3.1]                                       (1)         [F02,F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F03-OP3.1]                                       9.10.17.10. Protection of Foamed Plastics
                                                                                                    (11)         [F03-OP3.1]                                       (1)         [F01,F02,F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    9.10.16.1. Required Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces            (2)         [F05-OS1.5] [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   [F02-OP1.2]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (3)         [F01,F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]                                       9.10.18.1. Access Provided through a Firewall
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (1)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F03-OS1.2]                                       9.10.18.2. Fire Alarm System Required
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (1)         [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                   [F13-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (2)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F03-OS1.2]                                       9.10.18.4. Rooms and Spaces Requiring Heat Detectors or
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       Smoke Detectors

                                                                                                    (6)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                   (1)         [F11-OS1.5]

                                                                                                                 [F02,F03-OP1.2]                                   (2)         [F11-OS1.5]

                                                                                                    (7)          [F02,F03-OS1.2]                                   (3)         [F02-OS1.2] Applies to sprinklered buildings.
                                                                                                                                                                               [F11-OS1.5] Applies to the supervision of the system and
                                                                                                                 [F02,F03-OP1.2]                                               the flow alarm.
                                                                                                    9.10.16.2. Required Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies             9.10.18.5. Smoke Detectors in Recirculating Air-Handling
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]                                       Systems

                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                       (1)         [F03-OS1.2]

                                                                                                    9.10.16.3. Fire Block Materials                                9.10.18.6. Portions of Buildings Considered as Separate
                                                                                                                                                                   Buildings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   (2)         [F11-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.10.18.7. Central Vacuum Systems
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F04-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.10.19.1. Required Smoke Alarms
                                                                                                                 [F04-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F81,F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    9.10.16.4. Penetration of Fire Blocks
                                                                                                                                                                   9.10.19.2. Sound Patterns of Smoke Alarms
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.10.19.3. Location of Smoke Alarms
                                                                                                    9.10.17.1. Flame-Spread Rating of Interior Surfaces
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                   (2)         [F81,F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    9.10.17.2. Ceilings in Exits or Public Corridors
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.10.19.4. Power Supply
                                                                                                    9.10.17.3. Walls in Exits
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F11,F81-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)         [F11,F81-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.10.19.5. Interconnection of Smoke Alarms
                                                                                                    9.10.17.4. Exterior Exit Passageways
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                                                                                   (2)         [F11-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    9.10.17.5. Walls in Public Corridors
                                                                                                    (1)          [F05-OS1.5]



                                                                                                    9-296 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)            Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.10.19.6. Silencing of Smoke Alarms                                     9.10.21.5. Spatial Separations
                                                                                                    (1)          [F11,F81-OS1.5]                                             (1)         [F03-OP3.1]
                                                                                                    9.10.19.7. Instructions for Maintenance and Care                         9.10.21.6. Flame-Spread Ratings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F82-OS1.5]                                                 (1)         [F05-OS1.5,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.19.8. Residential Fire Warning Systems                              9.10.21.7. Smoke Detectors
                                                                                                    (1)          [F11,F81-OS1.5]                                             (1)         [F11-OS1.5]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.10.20.1. Windows or Access Panels Required                             9.10.21.8. Portable Fire Extinguishers
                                                                                                    (1)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                           (1)         [F81,F12,F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                                             [F81,F12,F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]                                           9.10.21.9. Hose Stations
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                                 (1)         [F81,F12,F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    9.10.20.2. Access to Basements                                                       [F81,F12,F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                           (2)         [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                                             [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5] Applies to portion of Code text:          (3)         [F12-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 “Access required in Sentence (1) ... provides an opening
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F12-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 not less than 1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide, the sill
                                                                                                                 height of which shall not be more than 900 mm above         9.10.22.1. Installation of Cooktops and Ovens
                                                                                                                 the floor."                                                 (1)         [F81,F43,F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “Access                    [F81,F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 required in Sentence (1) ... provides an opening not less
                                                                                                                 than 1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide, the sill height of      9.10.22.2. Vertical Clearances above Cooktops
                                                                                                                 which shall not be more than 900 mm above the floor.”       (1)         [F01-OS1.1,OS1.2]
                                                                                                     9.10.20.3. Fire Department Access to Buildings                          (2)         [F01-OS1.1,OS1.2]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                           9.10.22.3. Protection around Cooktops
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                                 (1)         [F01-OS1.1,OS1.2]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                           (3)         [F01-OS1.1,OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F12-OP1.2]                                                 9.11.1.1. Required Protection
                                                                                                     9.10.20.4. Portable Extinguishers                                       (1)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F81,F02,F12-OS1.2]                                         (2)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81,F02,F12-OP1.2]                                         (3)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                     9.10.20.5. Freeze Protection of Fire Protection Systems                 9.11.1.2. Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
                                                                                                     (1)         [F81,F02-OS1.2]                                             (1)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81,F02-OP1.2]                                             (2)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                     9.10.21.2. Separation of Sleeping Rooms                                 9.11.1.4. Adjoining Constructions
                                                                                                     (1)         [F03-OS1.2]                                                 (2)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                 (3)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                     9.10.21.3. Floor Assemblies between the First and Second Storey         (4)         [F56-OH3.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]                                           9.12.1.1. Removal of Topsoil and Organic Matter
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]                                                 (1)         [F40,F41,F20-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     9.10.21.4. Walkways Connecting Buildings
                                                                                                     (1)         [F03,F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP3.1]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-297
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OS2.3]                                               9.12.2.2. Minimum Depth of Foundations
                                                                                                                 [F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                         (1)         [F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                      [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors, elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               floors, and concrete steps with more than 2 risers.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20,F21,F40,F41-OH1.1] [F20,F21-OH1.2,OH1.3]                         floors.
                                                                                                                 Applies to elements that support or are part of an
                                                                                                                                                                           (8)         [F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.2,OS2.3] [F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F21-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2] [F20,F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F21-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                           9.12.3.1. Placement of Backfill
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that       (1)         [F81-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F81-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.12.1.2. Standing Water
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F81-OP2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F60-OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OP2.2,OP2.3,OP2.4]                                               [F81-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                      of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F60-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                    9.12.1.3. Protection from Freezing                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OS2.3]                                                           walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                                     emergency egress.

                                                                                                                 [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that          9.12.3.2. Grading of Backfill
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.        (1)         [F60,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F60,F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F60,F61-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                   9.12.3.3. Deleterious Debris and Boulders

                                                                                                    9.12.2.1. Excavation to Undisturbed Soil                               (1)         [F81-OS2.3]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.2,OS2.3]                                                     [F81-OP2.3]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2,OP2.3,OP2.4]                                               [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                      [F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    floors.

                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support     (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.




                                                                                                    9-298 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                          (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                                      [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    9.13.2.5. Moisture Protection for Interior Finishes
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support    (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.12.4.1. Support of Footings
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                            (3)         [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.2]                                                9.13.2.6. Dampproofing of Floors-on-Ground
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part   (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH2.1] Applies to sewer-line locations beneath
                                                                                                                 footings.                                                  (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                    9.13.3.1. Required Waterproofing
                                                                                                    9.13.2.1. Required Dampproofing                                         (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                9.13.3.2. Waterproofing Materials
                                                                                                     9.13.2.2. Dampproofing Materials                                       (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                9.13.3.3. Preparation of Surface
                                                                                                     9.13.2.3. Preparation of Surface                                       (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                (4)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (4)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                (5)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                9.13.3.4. Application of Waterproofing Membranes
                                                                                                     (6)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                            [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                     9.13.2.4. Application of Dampproofing Material                         (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-299
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                              Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    9.14.3.3. Installation
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                (1)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.13.3.5. Floor Waterproofing System                                                [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                (2)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.13.4.2. Protection from Soil Gas Ingress                                          [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                            [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                (3)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                            [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.13.4.3. Providing for the Rough-in for a Subfloor                                 [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
                                                                                                    Depressurization System                                                 (4)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                            [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                            [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                9.14.4.1. Type of Granular Material
                                                                                                    9.14.2.1. Foundation Wall Drainage
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         (a) [F60-OS2.3] [F21-OS2.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                (a) [F60-OP2.3] [F21-OP2.6]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]                                                (a) [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]                                                (b) [F21-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where foundations                  (b) [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 serve as or support an environmental separator.                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (a) [F60-OS2.1]                                                        (b) [F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F60-OS2.3] Applies where foundations serve as or                  (b) [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support an environmental separator.                                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OS2.1]                                                        (b) [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OS2.3] Applies where foundations serve as or                  support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support an environmental separator.                                    (b) [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OP2.1]                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OP2.3] Applies where foundations serve as or                  (b) [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support an environmental separator.                                    support floors.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OP2.4] Applies where foundations support walls
                                                                                                                 or floors.                                                 9.14.4.2. Installation
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where foundations      (1)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 serve as or support an environmental separator.                        [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OH4] Applies where foundations support floors                 [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 or elements supporting floors.
                                                                                                                                                                            9.14.4.3. Grading
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OS3.1] Applies where foundations support floors
                                                                                                                 or elements supporting floors.                             (1)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OS3.7] Applies where foundations support walls                [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 that contain windows or doors required for emergency
                                                                                                                 egress.                                                                [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
                                                                                                    9.14.3.1. Material Standards                                            9.14.4.4. Wet Site Conditions
                                                                                                    (1)          [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    (1)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                      [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                                      [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
                                                                                                    9.14.3.2. Minimum Size                                                  9.14.5.1. Drainage Disposal
                                                                                                    (1)          [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    (1)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]                                                [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]                                                [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]



                                                                                                    9-300 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)         Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.14.5.2. Sump Pits                                                    9.15.1.3. Foundations for Deformation-Resistant Buildings
                                                                                                    (1)          (a),(b) [F60,F61-OH1.1,OH1.3]                             (1)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F40-OH1.1] [F52-OH1.2]                                           [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F60,F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F52-OS2.3]                                                       [F20-OP2.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F60,F61-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 (c) [F52-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (c) [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F30-OS3.1]                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F40-OH1.1]                                                       [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                    (3)          [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                               floors.

                                                                                                                 [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]                                               [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]                                               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                    9.14.5.3. Dry Wells                                                                walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           9.15.2.2. Unit Masonry Construction
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]                                               [F20,F21,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                    (2)          [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                               are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]                                               [F20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                    9.14.6.1. Surface Drainage                                                         support floors.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                               [F20,F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]                                               that support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]                                               [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F21,F61-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    9.14.6.2. Drainage away from Wells or Septic Disposal Beds                         [F20,F21,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                    (1)          [F46-OH2.2] Applies to directing drainage away from the               are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 location of a water supply.
                                                                                                                 [F44-OH2.1] Applies to directing drainage away from a
                                                                                                                 septic tank disposal system.
                                                                                                    9.14.6.3. Window Wells
                                                                                                    (1)          [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                    9.14.6.4. Catch Basin
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.1]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-301
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          (a) [F20-OS2.1]                                           (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                               part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20-OP2.1]                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.2]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F80-OP2.4]                                                       [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                               part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements                   [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator.               support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that               [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OS2.1]                                           (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or               [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F80-OP2.4]                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or               [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator.               [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 (b) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or   (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                               [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20-OP2.1]                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (c) [F61-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                               [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 (c) [F20,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that               support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                    9.15.2.3. Pier-Type Foundations
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]                                         9.15.2.4. Wood-Frame Foundations
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                       (1)         (a) [F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                       (a) [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.2]                                                     are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               (a) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.2]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   (a) [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                                       are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    (a) [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                                                                                       that support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       (a) [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       (a) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.


                                                                                                    9-302 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.15.3.1. Footings Required                                             9.15.3.4. Basic Footing Widths and Areas
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.2]                                                (1)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                [F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2]                                                            [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OP2.4]                                                        [F21-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                [F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                   [F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                      [F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                    [F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                    9.15.3.2. Support of Footings                                           (2)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20-OP2.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F21-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                            (3)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F21-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.2]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F21-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                            9.15.3.5. Adjustments to Footing Widths for Exterior Walls
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.2,OS2.3] [F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.2,OP2.3] [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-303
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.15.3.6. Adjustments to Footing Widths for Interior Walls              9.15.3.9. Step Footings
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.2]                                                (1)         [F20,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where the
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                        foundation supports or is part of an environmental
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to foundations that support floors.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                   [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to foundations that support
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that          9.15.4.1. Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form Units
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                            (1)         [F22,F63,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that        9.15.4.2. Foundation Wall Thickness and Required Lateral
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                            Support
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.2]                                                (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2]                                                            [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    9.15.3.7. Adjustments to Footing Area for Columns                                   [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.2]                                                            [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                support floors.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.2]                                                            support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are    (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                   [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                      support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                    support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                            (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.15.3.8. Footing Thickness
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that           (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.




                                                                                                    9-304 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)      Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                   (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                   support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that               [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                   support floors.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                   9.15.4.6. Extension above Ground Level
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                   (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                       [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                 [F61-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                       9.15.4.7. Reduction in Thickness
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                       (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                   [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                               of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                       [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                   of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                   [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                   support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                   [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                   floors.
                                                                                                    9.15.4.5. Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form
                                                                                                    Foundation Walls                                                               [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                   floors.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                       (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                               support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                       [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                   of an environmental separator.

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                   [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                   of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                   [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                       [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                 floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                       (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that               [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                   of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                   [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]                               of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                       [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                   [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that               floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                   [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                   floors.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                       Division B 9-305
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.15.4.9. Crack Control Joints                                          9.15.5.3. Pilasters
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OS2.3]                                                (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                            support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                    9.15.5.1. Support of Floor Joists
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F40,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] [F40,F61-OP2.3,OP2.4] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F40,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F40,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F40,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                            (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    9.15.5.2. Support of Beams                                                          of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                            [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       floors.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                  floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                            9.15.6.2. Foundation Walls above Ground
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F61-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4] Applies to elements that support or      9.15.6.3. Form Ties
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.




                                                                                                    9-306 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                          9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.16.1.3. Required Floors-on-Ground                             9.16.4.3. Thickness
                                                                                                    (1)          (a),(b) [F30-OS3.1]                                (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F40-OH2.4]                                            [F20-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.16.2.1. Required Installation of Granular Material                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40,F61-OH1.1] [F60,F61-OH1.2,OH1.3]                          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS2.3]                                                    [F20-OH4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.16.2.2. Support of Floors                                     9.16.4.4. Bond Break
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                  (1)         [F21-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]                            9.16.5.1. Wood-Frame Floors
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OS2.3] Applies where wood-frame floors-on-ground
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                serve as an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F21-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                        [F20-OP2.3] Applies where wood-frame floors-on-ground
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS3.1]                                                    serve as an environmental separator.

                                                                                                    (3)          [F22-OS3.1]                                                    [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where wood-frame
                                                                                                                                                                                floors-on-ground serve as an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.16.3.1. Control of Water Ingress
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OH4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                    9.17.2.1. Location
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                                 [F60-OS3.1]                                                    [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    9.16.3.2. Hydrostatic Pressure                                              of an environmental separator.

                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                        [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1] [F61-OS2.3]                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F61-OP2.3]                                        [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1]                                                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.16.3.3. Floor Drains                                                      [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                floors.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F62-OS2.3]                                                    floors.
                                                                                                                 [F62-OS3.1]                                        9.17.2.2. Lateral Support
                                                                                                    9.16.4.1. Surface Finish                                        (1)         [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40-OH2.4]                                                    [F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F30,F80-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                        [F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    (2)          [F41-OH1.1]                                                    of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1]                                                [F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.16.4.2. Topping Course
                                                                                                                                                                                [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F80-OS3.1]                                                floors.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F80-OS3.1]                                                [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                emergency egress.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                      Division B 9-307
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]                                          9.17.3.2. End Bearing Plates
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                      part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                            9.17.3.3. Paint
                                                                                                    9.17.3.1. Size and Thickness
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                            [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                                        [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.         9.17.3.4. Design of Steel Columns
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that          (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                        [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                    for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 support floors.




                                                                                                    9-308 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)         Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.17.4.1. Column Sizes                                                 (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                           9.17.4.3. Columns in Contact with Concrete
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               (1)         [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                           [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                           9.17.5.1. Materials
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    9.17.4.2. Materials
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                           part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                           [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                             Division B 9-309
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.17.5.2. Sizes                                                        9.18.4.1. Access Way to Services
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               (1)         [F82-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F82-OH2.1]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                           9.18.5.1. Drainage
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                           (1)         [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F60-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                           9.18.6.1. Ground Cover in Unheated Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.        (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                           (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                           9.18.6.2. Ground Cover in Heated Crawl Spaces
                                                                                                    9.17.6.2. Sizes
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F40,F61-OH1.1] [F61-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                       (2)         [F40,F61-OH1.1] [F61-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                           [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are   (3)         [F40-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                       (4)         [F40,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                           9.18.7.1. Crawl Spaces as Warm Air Plenums
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                           (1)         [F51-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F51-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                           (2)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    9.18.2.1. Access Openings                                              (3)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F82-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                         (4)         (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F51,F63-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are            9.19.1.1. Required Venting
                                                                                                                 unheated and access is from the interior.
                                                                                                                 [F42,F61-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are heated     (1)         [F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 or unheated and access is from the exterior.                          [F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may
                                                                                                                                                                                       be subject to ice damming.
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are unheated
                                                                                                                 and access is from the interior.                                      [F62,F51-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F42,F61-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are heated     9.19.1.2. Vent Requirements
                                                                                                                 or unheated and access is from the exterior.
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F42-OH2.4,OH2.5] Applies where crawl spaces are                      [F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may
                                                                                                                 heated or unheated and access is from the exterior.                   be subject to ice damming.
                                                                                                    9.18.3.1. Ventilation of Unheated Crawl Spaces                                     [F62,F51-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F62-OH1.1]                                               (2)         [F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F62-OS2.3]                                                           [F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may
                                                                                                                                                                                       be subject to ice damming.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F62-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F62,F51-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           (3)         [F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (3)          (a) [F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                                 [F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may
                                                                                                                 (b) [F61,F42-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                             be subject to ice damming.
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F61,F62,F42-OS2.3]                                           [F62,F51-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F42-OH2.3,OH2.5]




                                                                                                    9-310 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                              Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)             Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                        9.20.2.1. Masonry Unit Standards
                                                                                                                 [F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 be subject to ice damming.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 [F62,F51-OS2.3]                                                          are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                    (5)          [F42,F51,F61,F62-OS2.3]                                                  to moisture.

                                                                                                                 [F42-OH1.1] Applies to resistance to the entry of insects.               [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F51,F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                          [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                                          are part of an environmental separator or are exposed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F42-OH2.5] Applies to resistance to the entry of insects.               to moisture.
                                                                                                    9.19.1.3. Clearances                                                                  [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                    (1)          [F62,F51-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                              support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                                                                                          masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F62,F51-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                    (2)          [F62,F51-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                              support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F62,F51-OS2.3]                                                          [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys
                                                                                                                                                                                          and fireplaces.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F51,F62-OS2.3]                                                          provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                    9.19.2.1. Access                                                                      [F01-OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys
                                                                                                                                                                                          and fireplaces.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F82-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F82-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                  support floors.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F82-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                                        [F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F82-OS2.3]                                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F01,F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in
                                                                                                    (3)          [F42-OH1.1] [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where                        chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 access is from the exterior.
                                                                                                                 [F42-OH1.1] Applies where access is from an unheated         9.20.2.2. Used Brick
                                                                                                                 enclosed space.                                              (1)         [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F51-OH1.2] Applies where access is from an interior                     [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 heated space.                                                            are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                 [F61,F42-OS2.3] Applies where access is from the                         to moisture.
                                                                                                                 exterior or an unheated enclosed space.                                  [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F42-OH2.5] Applies where access is from the exterior or                 [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 an unheated enclosed space.                                              are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                                                                                          to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                          support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                                                                                          masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                          provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F01-OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys
                                                                                                                                                                                          and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                          support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys
                                                                                                                                                                                          and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                          support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                          provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F01-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and
                                                                                                                                                                                          fireplaces.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                              Division B 9-311
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                             Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)            Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.20.2.3. Glass Blocks                                                   9.20.2.5. Stone
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                 (1)         [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part                [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.               are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                                                                                         to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part                [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.               [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                                         are part of an environmental separator or are exposed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                         to moisture.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                 masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.                                [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                         support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                         masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                         provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F01-OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys
                                                                                                                 [F01,F20-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys
                                                                                                                                                                                         and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F01,F20-OS1.1] [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies
                                                                                                                                                                                         support floors.
                                                                                                                 required to provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F01,F20-OP1.1] [F20-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies
                                                                                                                                                                                         provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 required to provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F01,F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in
                                                                                                    9.20.2.4. Cellular Concrete                                                          chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OS2.1]                                                 9.20.2.6. Concrete Blocks Exposed to the Weather
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F80-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F61-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part                [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                        floors.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OS3.1] Applies to elements that support floors.
                                                                                                                 masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                   fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OP1.2] Applies to concrete blocks in chimneys and
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                 fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and
                                                                                                                 fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and
                                                                                                                 fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and
                                                                                                                 fireplaces.




                                                                                                    9-312 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.20.2.7. Compressive Strength                                          (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                  [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 to moisture.                                                           [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or                    [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                  support or are part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 to moisture.                                                           [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                   fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator and to               [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                      [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys
                                                                                                                 and fireplaces.                                            (3)         [F21-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                      of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                    [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                        of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys
                                                                                                                 and fireplaces.                                                        [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                      masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F01,F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in                         [F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 chimneys and fireplaces.                                               fire resistance.
                                                                                                    9.20.3.1. Mortar Materials                                                          [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                      (4)         [F21-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                   [F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator and to               [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.                               of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                      [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                                                                                        masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                        [F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                        fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                               [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-313
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.20.3.2. Mortar and Grout Mixes                                       (4)         [F20,F21-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F21,F61-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                               [F20,F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                               [F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator and to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                                                                                       masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator
                                                                                                                 and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.                       [F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                  (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F21,F61,F55-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 (a) [F21,F61,F55-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F21,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                   [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OS2.1]                                                       of an environmental separator.

                                                                                                                 (b) [F21-OP2.1]                                                       [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                 (b) [F21,F44-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                 masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20,F21,F61-OS2.1]                                                   floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                               [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or               [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                               fire resistance.

                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements       (6)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator                [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.                       of an environmental separator.

                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                       fire resistance.




                                                                                                    9-314 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)        Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20,F21,F61-OS2.1]                                       9.20.4.2. Masonry Units
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                             masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements                   of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 and to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                 of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that               fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                 floors.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                     9.20.4.1. Thickness                                                               floors.
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that      (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or                   [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 to moisture.                                                          of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or                   support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                 masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     floors.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                           (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS2.1]                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or                   [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                 of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator and to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or                   masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-315
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                             Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)            Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.20.5.1. Masonry Support                                                (2)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                         support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                      [F20,F22-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                         part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                   [F20,F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 to moisture.                                                            [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                                         are part of an environmental separator or are exposed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                         to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                   [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 to moisture.                                                            provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to           (4)         [F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                                [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                         of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                         [F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                         of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                         support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                         fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.               [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                         floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part                [F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.               floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                         walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                         emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                             9.20.6.1. Thickness of Exterior Walls
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                         support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    9.20.5.2. Lintels or Arches
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                    [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                      part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.1]                                                         [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                   [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 to moisture.                                                            part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                   [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or                     support floors.
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                         support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.




                                                                                                    9-316 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that      (2)         [F20,F22,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    that support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                                     [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]                                               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (3)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]                                               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               to moisture.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                    9.20.6.2. Cavity Walls
                                                                                                                                                                           9.20.6.3. Thickness of Interior Walls
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.        (2)         (b) [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                                     (b) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                           9.20.6.4. Masonry Veneer
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed     (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 to moisture.                                                          [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or                   [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                 [F22-OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 to moisture.                                                          [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an
                                                                                                                                                                                       environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                           (2)         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F61-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                       fire resistance.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-317
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                 (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                    9.20.6.5. Parapet Walls                                                            [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.5]                                   support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OS2.3]                                                           provide fire resistance.

                                                                                                                 [F61-OP2.3]                                                           [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS1.2]                                                           support floors.
                                                                                                    9.20.7.1. Maximum Dimensions                                           9.20.7.3. Separation of Chases or Recesses
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]                                               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                    9.20.7.2. Minimum Wall Thickness                                       9.20.7.4. Non-Conforming Chases or Recesses
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (1)         [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]                                               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.




                                                                                                    9-318 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.20.7.5. Chases or Recesses Cut into Walls                             9.20.8.2. Cavity Walls Supporting Framing Members
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that           (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                            [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide                  [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                                       fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                  [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                floors.
                                                                                                    9.20.8.1. Capping of Hollow Masonry Walls                               (2)         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       [F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.         (3)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                            support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide                  of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                                       [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                  fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       floors.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.         9.20.8.3. Bearing of Beams and Joists
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                  of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-319
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.20.8.4. Support of Beams and Columns                                  (4)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                            [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                      [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                        provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                               [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                        [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                            (5)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                        provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                            9.20.8.5. Projection of Masonry Veneer Beyond Supporting
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            Members
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.




                                                                                                    9-320 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.20.9.1. Joints to be Offset or Reinforced                             9.20.9.3. Bonding
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that           (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                            [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide                  [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                                       fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                  [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                floors.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that           (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                            [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide                  [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                                       fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                  [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                floors.
                                                                                                    9.20.9.2. Bonding or Tying of Other than Masonry Veneer                 (3)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                            [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                      [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                      [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                   fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                      floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                        [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                    floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-321
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.20.9.4. Tying                                                        (5)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                       fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                           (6)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                   support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required                 [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.1]                                                       [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that         (7)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                   of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.1]                                                       fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.




                                                                                                    9-322 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (8)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that           9.20.9.6. Reinforcing for Glass Block
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                            part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide                  environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                  [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                            [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            9.20.10.1. Lateral Support Required
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.20.9.5. Ties for Masonry Veneer                                                   [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements                    [F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator.                [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80-OS2.5]                                                    [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or                provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.                                [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1]                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80-OP2.5]                                                    [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or                support floors.
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-323
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          (a) [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements       (2)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 that support or are part of an environmental separator.               support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                           [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]                                                       [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or               part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                     [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.5]                                                       are part of an environmental separator or are exposed




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or               to moisture.
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 (a) [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that               support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                           (3)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or                   [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 to moisture.                                                          of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                           [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or                   of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                       fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                           (4)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.20.11.1. Anchorage to Floor or Roof Assemblies where
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    Masonry Walls Require Lateral Support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                           [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                                                                                       to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     support floors.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.




                                                                                                    9-324 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.20.11.2. Bonding and Tying Intersecting Masonry Walls where           9.20.11.3. Anchoring Intersecting Wood-Frame Walls to Masonry
                                                                                                    Walls Require Lateral Support                                           Walls
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that       (1)         [F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     that support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                            [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]                                                        [F20,F22,F80-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                [F20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    are part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                            [F20,F80-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                  [F20,F22,F80-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or                    [F20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed                  are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                      provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                      support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                    support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                        [F20,F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                            9.20.11.4. Anchoring Wood-Frame Roof Systems to Masonry
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                            Walls
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                        (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                  [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                      [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                            9.20.11.5. Anchoring Masonry Cornices, Sills and Trim to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that        Masonry Walls
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                            (1)         [F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-325
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.20.11.6. Anchoring to Masonry Piers                                   9.20.12.2. Corbelling for Cavity Walls
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                            [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                  [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide      (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.20.12.1. Corbelling                                                               [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                           9.20.12.3. Corbelling for Masonry Veneer
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support      (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part   (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                                       [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                            9.20.13.1. Materials for Flashing
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                    (1)         [F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                        fire resistance.




                                                                                                    9-326 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                             9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                         Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)        Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                       9.20.13.8. Required Weep Holes
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                       (1)         [F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                             [F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide               [F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                    9.20.13.2. Fastening of Flashing                                                 fire resistance.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                 9.20.13.9. Protection of Interior Finish
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                       (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                                   [F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide               [F61-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                         (2)         [F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.20.13.3. Location of Flashing
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                         9.20.13.10. Mortar Droppings
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.20.13.4. Extension of Flashing
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                             provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide   9.20.13.12. Drips beneath Window Sills
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.20.13.5. Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry/Masonry Walls
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to       9.20.14.1. Laying Temperature of Mortar and Masonry
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                         (1)         [F20,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    9.20.13.6. Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry Veneer                             [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                                     are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                     to moisture.
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                   are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                            to moisture.

                                                                                                    (3)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                             [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                     support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F61-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                                   provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide               [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                                    support floors.
                                                                                                    9.20.13.7. Flashing Joints                                                       [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                     [F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                               support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                               for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                         Division B 9-327
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                             Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)            Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F80-OS2.1]                                             9.20.17.1. Thickness of Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 are part of an environmental separator or are exposed
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                     support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                         [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                     support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required                   for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                             9.20.17.2. Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
                                                                                                    9.20.14.2. Protection from Weather
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                       [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                         part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.20.15.1. Amount of Reinforcement
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                       [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                         part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    9.20.15.2. Installation Standard
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]                                                       [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                    9.20.16.1. Corrosion Resistance of Connectors                                        support floors.

                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                        [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                      support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.1]                                                             support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part                for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
                                                                                                                                                                             (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                       [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part                [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.               part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide                   [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                                        [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                   [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                 part of an environmental separator.

                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                         support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                         support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                                                                                         for emergency egress.




                                                                                                    9-328 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4]                                                           [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                           [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]                                                           [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                   [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.                                                 for emergency egress.
                                                                                                    9.20.17.3. Openings in Non-Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete        (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    Form Walls                                                                         [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       part of an environmental separator.

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                   [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                           support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4]                                                           [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                               (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]                                                           [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       part of an environmental separator.

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                   [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                                                                                       for emergency egress.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-329
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4]                                                           [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                           [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]                                                           [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                   [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.                                                 for emergency egress.
                                                                                                    9.20.17.4. Openings in Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete            (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    Form Walls                                                                         [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4]                                                           [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                           [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]                                                           support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                           9.20.17.5. Framing Supported on Flat Insulating Concrete Form
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                           Walls
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]                                                           [F20,F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are   (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                   [F20,F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required                 [F20,F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.




                                                                                                    9-330 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               9.21.2.4. Size of Chimney Flues
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                               9.21.2.5. Fireplace Chimneys
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F44-OS3.4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4]                                             9.21.2.6. Oval Chimney Flues
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1]                                           (1)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    9.20.17.6. Anchoring of Roof Framing to the Top of Flat Insulating                 [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    Concrete Form Walls                                                    9.21.3.1. Lining Materials
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F44,F01,F20-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           9.21.3.2. Joints in Chimney Liners
                                                                                                    9.21.1.2. Chimney or Flue Pipe Walls
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1] Applies to the walls of any chimney or
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F44,F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 flue pipe, which are required to be constructed to be
                                                                                                                 flame-tight.                                                          [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OH1.1] Applies to the walls of any chimney or                    [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 flue pipe, which are required to be constructed to be                 [F01-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 smoke-tight.
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1] Applies to the walls of any chimney or
                                                                                                                 flue pipe, which are required to be constructed to be                 [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 flame-tight.                                                          [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.21.2.1. Chimney Flue Limitations                                                 [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F44-OH1.1]                                               9.21.3.3. Clay Liners
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]                                               (1)         [F20-OS2.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F44-OH1.1]                                                           [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]                                                           [F20,F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F44-OS3.4]                                                           [F20,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OH1.1]                                                           [F20,F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.21.2.2. Connections of More Than One Appliance                       (2)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F44-OH1.1]                                                           [F01,F20-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]                                                           [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F44-OS3.4]                                                           [F01,F20-OS1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F44-OH1.1]                                                           [F20-OS2.3] Applies to the liners referred to in
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]                                                           Sentence 9.21.3.3.(1), which are required to be not less
                                                                                                                                                                                       than 15.9 mm thick.
                                                                                                     (4)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                           9.21.3.4. Firebrick Liners
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20,F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                     9.21.2.3. Inclined Chimney Flues
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F01-OP1.1]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-331
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                     Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1]                                        (2)         [F20,F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F01-OS1.1]                                                [F20,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.2]                                                    [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F44-OS3.4]                                                [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F01,F20-OP1.1]                                                [F20,F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    9.21.3.5. Concrete Liners                                       9.21.3.10. Extension of Chimney Liners




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01,F20-OS1.1]                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OH1.1]                                                    [F44,F20-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F44-OS3.4]                                                [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                                    [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                    [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.21.3.6. Metal Liners                                          9.21.4.4. Height of Chimney Flues
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F44-OH1.1]                                    (1)         (a),(b) [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01,F20-OP1.1]                                                (a),(b) [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F44-OS3.4]                                    9.21.4.6. Chimney Caps
                                                                                                                 [F20,F01-OS1.1]                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                    [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F44-OH1.1]                                                    [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                    [F20,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1]                                                    [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F44-OS3.4]                                    (2)         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F01-OS1.1]                                    (3)         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.21.3.7. Installation of Chimney Liners                                    [F20,F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F44-OH1.1]                                                    [F20,F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                                    [F20,F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]                                        (4)         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                                    [F20,F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                    [F20,F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.21.3.8. Spaces between Liners and Surrounding Masonry                     [F20,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OP1.1]                                                    [F20,F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                        9.21.4.7. Cleanout
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                        (1)         [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS1.1]                                                    [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OH1.1]                                        9.21.4.8. Wall Thickness
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]                                        (1)         [F20,F22-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                                    [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                    [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    9.21.3.9. Mortar for Chimney Liners                                         [F22-OP2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          (b) [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F01,F20-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F01,F20-OS1.1]



                                                                                                    9-332 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                         9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                     Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.21.4.9. Separation of Flue Liners                              9.22.2.3. Steel Liners
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F44-OH1.1]                                     (1)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F01-OP1.1]                                                 [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3]                                                 [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]                                                     [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                         9.22.3.1. Thickness of Walls




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F22-OS2.3]                                     (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F44-OH1.1]                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F44-OS3.4]                                     (2)         (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                                     (a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.21.4.10. Flashing                                              9.22.4.1. Fire Chamber Dimensions
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F61-OS2.3]                                     (1)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    9.21.5.1. Clearance from Combustible Materials                               [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]                                 9.22.5.1. Hearth Extension
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]                                 (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OP1.1]                                                     [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                         (2)         (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F01-OP1.1]                                                     (a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                         9.22.5.2. Support of Hearth
                                                                                                    9.21.5.2. Sealing of Spaces                                      (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OP1.1]                                                     [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                                     [F20,F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.21.5.3. Support of Joists or Beams                             (2)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OP1.1]                                                     [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                         9.22.6.1. Required Damper and Size
                                                                                                    9.22.1.2. Masonry and Concrete                                   (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F22,F20-OS2.3]                                                 [F54-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    9.22.1.4. Combustion Air                                                     [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]                                         9.22.7.1. Slope of Smoke Chamber
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                         (1)         [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    9.22.2.1. Brick or Steel Liners                                              [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F01-OS1.1]                                     9.22.7.2. Wall Thickness
                                                                                                                 [F20,F01-OP1.1]                                     (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    9.22.2.2. Firebrick Liners                                                   [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]                                 9.22.8.1. Conformance to Standard
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]                                 (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OS1.1]                                                     [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                                     [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F01-OS1.1]                                                     [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                         9.22.9.1. Clearance to the Fireplace Opening
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                     Division B 9-333
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.22.9.2. Metal Exposed to the Interior                                9.23.2.2. Protection from Decay
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]                                               (1)         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                                           [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    9.22.9.3. Clearance to Combustible Framing                                         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       fire resistance.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                                           floors.
                                                                                                    9.22.9.4. Heat-Circulating Duct Outlets                                            [F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                    (1)          (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]                                                   walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                    9.22.10.1. Appliance Standard                                                      emergency egress.

                                                                                                    (1)          [F44-OH1.1]                                               (2)         [F81-OS2.3]

                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                                           [F81-OP2.3]

                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]                                                           [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F81-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                    9.22.10.2. Installation                                                            fire resistance.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]                                                           [F81-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F44-OH1.1]                                                           floors.

                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                                           [F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                           9.23.2.3. Protection from Dampness
                                                                                                    9.23.2.1. Strength and Rigidity
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]                                                       [F80-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                           [F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                           9.23.2.4. Connections to Preservative-Treated Wood
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support   (1)         [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F20,F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     [F20,F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that      (3)         [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F20,F80-OP2.3]




                                                                                                    9-334 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.3.1. Standards for Nails and Screws                               (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                         9.23.3.2. Length of Nails
                                                                                                     (2)         [F20-OS2.1]                                               (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                           [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                           9.23.3.3. Prevention of Splitting
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                       of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                       fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-335
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.3.4. Nailing of Framing                                           9.23.3.5. Fasteners for Sheathing or Subflooring
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               (1)         [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               (2)         [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                   (3)         [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               floors.
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.3] [F20,F22-OS2.5]                           [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F20,F22-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.3] [F20,F22-OS2.5]                           [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F20,F22-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                   [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.




                                                                                                    9-336 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               9.23.4.2. Spans for Joists, Rafters and Beams
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     floors.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                     (6)         [F20-OS2.1]                                                           emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     floors.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                     (7)         [F20,F22-OS2.1]                                                       emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]                                   (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                           (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.
                                                                                                     (8)         [F20-OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-337
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.4.3. Steel Beams                                                  9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]                                                     [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]                                                     [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               emergency egress.




                                                                                                    9-338 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         9.23.5.1. Holes Drilled in Framing Members
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to elements that support walls that               walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.               emergency egress.
                                                                                                    9.23.4.5. Heavy Roofing Materials                                                  [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]                                         9.23.5.2. Notching of Framing Members
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-339
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)        Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.5.3. Wall Studs                                                   9.23.6.1. Anchorage of Building Frames
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support   (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                    9.23.5.4. Top Plates                                                               [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that      (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     floors.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                    9.23.5.5. Roof Trusses                                                             floors.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.



                                                                                                    9-340 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                             Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                          (2)         [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                            [F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                      [F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                      of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                            9.23.6.3. Anchorage of Smaller Buildings
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are    9.23.7.1. Size of Sill Plates
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                    [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are                [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                    9.23.6.2. Anchorage of Columns and Posts
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part
                                                                                                                                                                                        floors.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                      walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            9.23.7.2. Levelling and Sealing of Sill Plates
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        support floors.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                             Division B 9-341
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.8.1. Bearing for Beams                                             (8)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                                      [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                9.23.9.1. End Bearing for Joists
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                        (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                    [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required                  provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.                                                  [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to          (2)         [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                    9.23.8.2. Priming of Steel Beams                                                    [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OS2.1]                                                            [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.                                         [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide                  [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support                part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                    9.23.9.2. Joists Supported by Beams
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support      (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                                [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                    9.23.8.3. Built-up Wood Beams                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                            [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                            [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                            provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                            [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                            [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                            emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]


                                                                                                    9-342 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (5)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]                                                           [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         9.23.9.3. Restraint of Joist Bottoms
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]                                                           provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                     (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                           9.23.9.4. Strapping, Bridging, Furring and Ceilings in Span
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                           Tables 9.23.4.2.-A and -B
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]                                                           [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-343
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (5)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]                                                           [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (6)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]                                                           [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         9.23.9.5. Header Joists
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]                                                           provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.




                                                                                                    9-344 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.9.6. Trimmer Joists                                               (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                                     [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]                                                           [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                         (4)         [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.23.9.7. Support of Tail and Header Joists                                        [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   provide fire resistance.

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]                                                           support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for         (5)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                     9.23.9.8. Support of Walls                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F22-OH4]

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    provide fire resistance.

                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-345
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (6)          [F22-OS3.1]                                               (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                    9.23.9.9. Cantilevered Floor Joists
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                           9.23.10.1. Stud Size and Spacing
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are   (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                           9.23.10.2. Bracing and Lateral Support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                         (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to walls that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to walls that support or are part
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to walls that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1]                                                           support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     [F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or
                                                                                                                                                                                       windows required for emergency egress.



                                                                                                    9-346 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.10.3. Orientation of Studs                                        9.23.10.4. Continuity of Studs
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                     (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         9.23.10.5. Support for Cladding, Sheathing and Finishing
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                               Materials
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-347
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                    9.23.10.6. Studs at Sides of Openings                                  (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F20,F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F20-OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       that support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                                                                                       for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       (b) [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.




                                                                                                    9-348 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.11.1. Size of Wall Plates                                         9.23.11.2. Bottom Wall Plates
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support   (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     floors.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               floors.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that      9.23.11.3. Top Plates
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.        (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                                     [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-349
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         9.23.11.4. Joints in Top Plates
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 floors.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.




                                                                                                    9-350 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                     (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (5)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                           9.23.12.1. Openings in Non-Loadbearing Walls
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F20,F22-OS1.2]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-351
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.12.2. Openings in Loadbearing Walls                               9.23.12.3. Lintel Spans and Sizes
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]                                                           [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     emergency egress.




                                                                                                    9-352 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]                                         (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                                     [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are               [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                   windows required for emergency egress.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                   9.23.13.5. Braced Wall Panels in Braced Wall Bands
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to         (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or
                                                                                                    9.23.13.1. Requirements for Low to Moderate Wind and Seismic                       windows required for emergency egress.
                                                                                                    Forces                                                                             [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                               (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.                     provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or                    [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 windows required for emergency egress.                                [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.                   windows required for emergency egress.
                                                                                                     9.23.13.4. Braced Wall Bands                                                      [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                           9.23.13.6. Materials in Braced Wall Panels
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                  (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or                    [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 windows required for emergency egress.                                provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.                   [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                  [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                    windows required for emergency egress.
                                                                                                     (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                       [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or                    provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 windows required for emergency egress.                                [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.                   [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-353
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                        Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)       Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]        9.23.14.1. Continuity of Rafters and Joists
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]        (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                  [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                           [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 windows required for emergency egress.                             [F22-OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                    [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.                part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that               [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                    [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]                    provide fire resistance.

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to      9.23.14.2. Framing around Openings
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                               (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.                  [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 windows required for emergency egress.                             part of an environmental separator.

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.                [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                    [F22-OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]                    [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                    support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                           [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                    provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or     9.23.14.3. End Bearing Length
                                                                                                                 windows required for emergency egress.                 (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.                [F22-OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                    [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that               part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                    [F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
                                                                                                    9.23.13.7. Additional System Considerations                                     [F22-OP2.5]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                    [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                    part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                    [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                  provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                    [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.                  support or are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or
                                                                                                                 windows required for emergency egress.                 9.23.14.4. Location and Attachment of Rafters
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.    (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                    provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                        (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                    [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                    [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                    [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                    provide fire resistance.




                                                                                                    9-354 Division B                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                 9.23.14.8. Ridge Support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                 (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                    9.23.14.5. Shaping of Rafters                                                      provide fire resistance.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                             [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.23.14.6. Hip and Valley Rafters
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                    9.23.14.7. Intermediate Support for Rafters and Joists                             emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                           (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                             emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                 (5)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                             [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                             [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                             walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           (6)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]

                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]                                                             walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                  (7)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                       walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       emergency egress.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-355
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (8)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                 9.23.15.2. Material Standards
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]           (1)         [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F80-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     [F80-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                             [F80-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]                       [F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                               (3)         [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                   [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.                                     (4)         [F80-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.23.14.9. Restraint of Joist Bottoms                                              [F80-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                             [F80-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                             [F80-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                               9.23.15.3. Edge Support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to         (1)         [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    9.23.14.10. Ceiling Joists Supporting Roof Load                                    [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                 9.23.15.4. Direction of Installation
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                 (1)         [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           9.23.15.5. Subfloor Thickness or Rating
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                  (1)         [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.23.14.11. Roof Trusses                                                           [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                             [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                             [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                               (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                              [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                             [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                 (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    9.23.15.1. Subflooring Required                                                    [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                           [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4]




                                                                                                    9-356 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                         9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)    Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.15.6. Annular Grooved Nails                                 (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81-OS2.3]                                                     [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OP2.3]                                                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1]                                                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                    9.23.15.7. Lumber Subflooring
                                                                                                                                                                     9.23.16.5. Lumber Roof Sheathing
                                                                                                    (1)          [F22-OS3.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                    9.23.16.1. Required Roof Sheathing                                           provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]     9.23.16.6. Edge Support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                         (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                     9.23.16.2. Material Standards                                               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                     9.23.16.7. Thickness or Rating
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                     9.23.16.3. Direction of Installation                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                       [F22-OH4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     [F22-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to   (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to   (3)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                     9.23.16.4. Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]           (4)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                     Division B 9-357
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.23.17.1. Required Sheathing                                          9.23.17.5. Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                 (1)         [F80,F81-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]                       [F80,F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           [F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support               [F80,F81-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F80,F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       support floors.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                           9.24.1.2. Material Standards
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                           (1)         [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22,F80-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    9.23.17.2. Thickness, Rating and Material Standards
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                             are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]                       [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22,F80-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                    9.23.17.4. Lumber Sheathing                                                        for emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                 9.24.1.4. Screws
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]           (1)         [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           [F22,F80-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that                   [F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 support floors.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]                             provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]                       [F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                                                                                       for emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                  9.24.1.5. Cladding, Sheathing and Interior Finish Required

                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support   (1)         [F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                               [F20,F22,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that                     [F20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or
                                                                                                                 support floors.                                                       are part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                                                                                                       support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                                                                                       for emergency egress.




                                                                                                    9-358 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.24.2.1. Size and Spacing of Studs in Interior Walls                  9.24.3.1. Installation of Runners
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]                             (1)         [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                     9.24.2.2. Thickness of Studs




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]                                         [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4]                                         part of an environmental separator.

                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support               [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                     provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                     [F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that
                                                                                                     9.24.2.3. Runners                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required
                                                                                                                                                                                       for emergency egress.
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           (2)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                     9.24.2.4. Openings in Fire Separations
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS1.2]                                                           walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                     (2)         [F20-OS1.2]                                                           emergency egress.

                                                                                                     (3)         [F20-OS1.2]                                               (3)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                     (4)         [F20-OS1.2]                                                           [F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                     9.24.2.5. Size and Spacing of Studs in Exterior Walls                             part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                           [F20,F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                             [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                       part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                     provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                       [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that                   walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 support walls, that contain doors or windows required                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 for emergency egress.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-359
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                9.24.3.5. Framing around Openings
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]                                          (1)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support                part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                                        provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                        walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                    9.24.3.2. Fire-Rated Walls                                                          emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OS1.2]                                                (2)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F21-OS1.2]                                                            [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS1.2]                                                            part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (5)          [F03-OS1.2]                                                            [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                    9.24.3.3. Orientation of Studs                                                      [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                            part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]                                                      [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS2.4]                                                            provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                                    [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                                                                                        walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are    9.24.3.6. Attachment of Studs to Runners
                                                                                                                 part of an environmental separator.                        (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                      [F22-OS2.4]
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                                                                                                        part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for                      [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.                                                      [F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are
                                                                                                    9.24.3.4. Support for Cladding Materials                                            part of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]                                                      [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                      walls, that contain doors or windows required for
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part               emergency egress.
                                                                                                                 of an environmental separator.
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F21-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide
                                                                                                                 fire resistance.                                           9.24.3.7. Openings for Fire Dampers

                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support    (1)         [F20-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 walls, that contain doors or windows required for          (2)         [F20-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                 emergency egress.
                                                                                                                                                                            (3)         [F03-OS1.2]




                                                                                                    9-360 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.25.1.1. Scope and Application                                 (4)         (a) [F21,F51-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                  (a) [F21,F51-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F55,F63-OS2.3]                                                (c) [F81-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                (c) [F81-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the
                                                                                                    9.25.2.1. Required Insulation
                                                                                                                                                                                interior finish provides the required bracing.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (c) [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                                    (c) [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where the interior




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                finish provides the required bracing.
                                                                                                    9.25.2.2. Insulation Materials
                                                                                                                                                                                (c) [F81-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the
                                                                                                     (1)         [F51,F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                interior finish provides to the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F63,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                (c) [F81-OP3.1] Applies where the interior finish
                                                                                                     (3)         [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                          contributes to the required fire resistance of the wall.
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                                    (c) [F81-OS3.7] Applies where the interior finish provides
                                                                                                     9.25.2.3. Installation of Thermal Insulation                               the required bracing.
                                                                                                                                                                                (c) [F81-OS3.1] Applies where the interior finish provides
                                                                                                     (1)         [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                          the required bracing of walls that support floors.
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                                    (c) [F81-OH4] Applies where the interior finish provides
                                                                                                     (2)         [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                          the required bracing of walls that support floors.

                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                                    (d) [F80-OS2.3]

                                                                                                     (3)         [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                              (d) [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                                 [F55-OS2.3]                                        (5)         [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]

                                                                                                     (4)         [F51,F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                      [F63-OS2.3]

                                                                                                                 [F63,F80-OS2.3]                                    (6)         (a) [F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                (b) [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                     (5)         [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                (a) [F62,F51-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.2,OS2.3]                                              (b) [F51,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                     (6)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                  9.25.2.5. Installation of Spray-Applied Polyurethane
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.3]                                        (1)         [F51,F41,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F63-OH1.2]
                                                                                                     (7)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                              [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.3]                                        9.25.3.1. Required Barrier to Air Leakage
                                                                                                     (8)         [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                  (1)         [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.3]                                                    [F55-OS2.3]
                                                                                                     9.25.2.4. Installation of Loose-Fill Insulation                            [F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system
                                                                                                     (1)         [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                          separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from
                                                                                                                                                                                residential space.
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system
                                                                                                     (2)         [F51-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                        separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from
                                                                                                                 [F51-OS2.3]                                                    residential space.
                                                                                                                                                                    9.25.3.2. Air Barrier System Properties
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F20,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20,F55-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20,F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system
                                                                                                                                                                                separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from
                                                                                                                                                                                residential space.
                                                                                                                                                                                [F20,F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system
                                                                                                                                                                                separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from
                                                                                                                                                                                residential space.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                       Division B 9-361
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                              Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F80,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]                9.25.4.1. Required Barrier to Vapour Diffusion
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80,F55-OS2.3]                                        (1)         [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80,F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier                      [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage,
                                                                                                                                                                            9.25.4.2. Vapour Barrier Materials
                                                                                                                 from residential space.
                                                                                                                                                                            (1)         [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80,F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier
                                                                                                                 system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage,               [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 from residential space.
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)         [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.25.3.3. Continuity of the Air Barrier System
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]                        (3)         [F62,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS2.3]                                                            [F62,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system           (4)         [F63,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from
                                                                                                                 residential space.                                                     [F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system           (5)         [F63,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from                 [F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 residential space.
                                                                                                                                                                            (6)         [F63,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                        [F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system
                                                                                                                 separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from     (7)         [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 residential space.                                                     [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS2.3]                                                (8)         [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system                   [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from
                                                                                                                 residential space.                                         9.25.4.3. Installation of Vapour Barriers
                                                                                                    (6)          [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]                        (1)         [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS2.3]                                                            [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system           (2)         [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 residential space.
                                                                                                                                                                            (3)         [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system
                                                                                                                 separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from                 [F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 residential space.                                         9.25.5.1. General
                                                                                                    (7)          [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]                        (2)         [F62,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F55-OS2.3]                                                            [F62,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F01-OS1.1]                                                9.25.5.2. Position of Low Permeance Materials
                                                                                                    9.25.3.4. Air Leakage Control in Masonry Walls                          (1)         [F62,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                            [F62,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                9.26.1.2. Required Protection
                                                                                                    9.25.3.5. Air Leakage Control in Underground Roofs                      (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                            [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.25.3.6. Air Barrier Systems in Floors-on-ground                       9.26.1.3. Alternative Installation Methods
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                            [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                9.26.2.1. Material Standards
                                                                                                    (5)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F40-OH1.1]                                                            [F61-OS2.3]




                                                                                                    9-362 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                         9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                        Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             (3)         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                     [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.2.2. Installation of Materials                              (4)         [F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.2,OH1.3,OH1.1]                                         [F20,F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                         (5)         [F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.2.3. Nails                                                              [F20,F61,F80-OS2.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                         (6)         [F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3]                                                 [F20,F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             9.26.4.4. Intersection of Shingle Roofs and Masonry
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                         (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                     [F61-OS1.1] Applies where a shingle roof intersects with
                                                                                                                                                                                 a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F61-OP1.1] Applies where a shingle roof intersects with
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                 a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                    9.26.2.4. Staples
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.4] Applies where a shingle roof intersects with
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3]                                     (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                     [F61-OS1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed
                                                                                                                                                                                 between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F61-OP1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                 between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                    9.26.3.1. Slope
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.4] Applies where counter flashing is installed
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F61,F80-OS2.3]                               between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                     (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F61,F80-OS2.3]                                             [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                 [F61-OS1.1] Applies where flashing is installed between
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61,F80-OS2.3]                                                 a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.

                                                                                                                 [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     [F61-OP1.1] Applies where flashing is installed between
                                                                                                                                                                                 a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                    (4)          [F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.4] Applies where flashing is installed between
                                                                                                                 [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                    (5)          [F21-OS2.3]                                         (4)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.4.1. Required Flashing at Intersections                                 [F61-OS1.1] Applies where a shingle roof slopes upward
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OS2.3]                                                     from a masonry chimney.

                                                                                                                 [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F61-OP1.1] Applies where a shingle roof slopes upward
                                                                                                                                                                                 from a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                    9.26.4.2. Materials
                                                                                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.4] Applies where a shingle roof slopes upward
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F62,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                 from a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62,F80-OS2.3]                                 9.26.4.5. Intersection of Shingle Roofs and Walls other than
                                                                                                    9.26.4.3. Valley Flashing                                        Masonry

                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OS2.3]                                         (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                                 [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F61-OS2.3]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                 (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     [F61-OS2.3]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                     Division B 9-363
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                              Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)            Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     9.26.5.1. Required Eave Protection
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                 (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.4.6. Intersection of Built-Up Roofs and Masonry                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     9.26.5.2. Materials
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                 (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS1.1] Applies where a built-up roof intersects with               [F61-OS2.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                                                                                             9.26.6.1. Materials
                                                                                                                 [F61-OP1.1] Applies where a built-up roof intersects with
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.4] Applies where a built-up roof intersects with
                                                                                                                 a masonry chimney.                                          (2)         [F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                 [F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                 9.26.6.2. Installation
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed     (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 between a built-up roof and a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OP1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed
                                                                                                                                                                             (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 between a built-up roof and a masonry chimney.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.4] Applies where counter flashing is installed
                                                                                                                 between a built-up roof and a masonry chimney.              (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.4.7. Intersection of Built-Up Roofs and Walls other than                        [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    Masonry                                                                  9.26.7.1. Coverage
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61,F80-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             9.26.7.2. Starter Strip
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (2)         [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.4.8. Chimney Saddles
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                             9.26.7.3. Head Lap
                                                                                                                 [F61-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             9.26.7.4. Fasteners
                                                                                                                 [F20,F81-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F81-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                             (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (3)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (4)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                             (5)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.4]



                                                                                                    9-364 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.26.7.5. Securing of Tabs                                       9.26.9.6. Exposure
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                         (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61-OS2.3]                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.7.6. Hips and Ridges                                        9.26.10.1. Size and Thickness
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                     [F61-OS2.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             9.26.10.2. Underlay
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                         (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.8.1. Coverage                                                           [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                     [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.8.2. Starter Strip                                          (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                         9.26.10.3. Spacing and Joints
                                                                                                    9.26.8.3. Securing of Tabs                                       (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                         9.26.10.4. Fastening
                                                                                                    9.26.8.4. Securing of Shingle Courses                            (1)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                         9.26.10.5. Exposure
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                     [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61-OS2.3]                                         9.26.10.8. Grade
                                                                                                                 [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.8.5. Hips and Ridges                                                    [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             9.26.11.1. Quantity of Materials
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                         (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61,F80-OS2.3]                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                         9.26.11.2. Coal-Tar and Asphalt Products
                                                                                                    9.26.9.2. Grade                                                  (1)         [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                         9.26.11.3. Roof Felts
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                     [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.9.3. Size                                                   9.26.11.4. Aggregate Surfacing
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                     [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.9.4. Spacing and Joints                                     (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                         9.26.11.6. Number of Layers
                                                                                                    9.26.9.5. Fastening                                              (1)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                       Division B 9-365
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                        Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                   Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.26.11.7. Installation of Layers                               9.26.14.1. Support
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            (1)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                    [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F81-OS2.3]                                    9.26.15.1. Installation
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            (1)         [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                    [F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.11.8. Roofing over Wood-Based Sheathing                    9.26.16.1. Installation
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            (1)         [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                    [F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            9.26.17.1. Installation
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                        (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.11.9. Attachment to Decking                                            [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            9.26.18.2. Downspouts
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                        (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.11.10. Cant Strips                                                     [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            9.27.2.1. Minimizing and Preventing Ingress and Damage
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                        (1)         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.1]                                                    [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            (2)         [F80,F81-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                    [F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            9.27.2.2. Minimum Protection from Precipitation Ingress
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                        (3)         [F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                        [F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                        (4)         [F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS3.1]                                                    [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            (5)         [F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                    [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            9.27.2.3. First and Second Planes of Protection
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                        (1)         [F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.12.1. Coverage                                                         [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                        9.27.2.4. Protection of Cladding from Moisture
                                                                                                                 [F61,F80-OS2.3]                                    (1)         [F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.12.2. Joints                                                           [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            (2)         [F61,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                    [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.13.1. Thickness                                            9.27.3.1. Elements of the Second Plane of Protection
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                        (1)         [F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F80-OS2.3]                                                [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.26.13.2. Support                                              (3)         [F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]                            [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]



                                                                                                    9-366 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)              Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.27.3.2. Sheathing Membrane Material Standard                              (5)         [F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F61,F62,F55-OS2.3]                                                    [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F62,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                            9.27.4.1. Required Sealants
                                                                                                    9.27.3.3. Required Sheathing Membrane and Installation                      (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F55-OS2.3]                                                            [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61,F55-OS2.3]                                                            [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61-OS2.3]                                                                [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                        9.27.4.2. Materials
                                                                                                    9.27.3.4. Insulating Sheathing in lieu of Sheathing Membrane                (1)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61,F55-OS2.3]                                                            [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    (2)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.27.3.5. Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing                                      [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F55-OS2.3]                                                (3)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61,F55-OS2.3]                                                9.27.5.1. Attachment
                                                                                                                 [F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    9.27.3.6. Face Sealed Cladding
                                                                                                                                                                                            Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F61,F55-OS2.3]                                                        the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                            [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                            Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61,F55-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.27.3.7. Flashing Materials                                                            [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where panel-type
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F62,F80-OS2.3]                                                        cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.

                                                                                                                 [F61,F62,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                            [F20,F22-OH4] Applies where panel-type cladding is
                                                                                                                                                                                            installed to provide the required bracing of walls that
                                                                                                    9.27.3.8. Flashing Installation                                                         support floors.
                                                                                                    (1)          (a),(b),(c)(i) [F61-OS2.3]                                                 [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies where panel-type cladding is
                                                                                                                 (a),(b),(c)(i) [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     installed to provide the required bracing of walls that
                                                                                                                                                                                            support floors.
                                                                                                                 (c)(ii) [F61,F62-OS2.3]                                                    [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies where panel-type cladding is
                                                                                                                 (c)(ii) [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                        installed to provide required bracing of walls that contain
                                                                                                                                                                                            doors or windows required for emergency egress.
                                                                                                    (2)          (a),(b)(ii),(c)(i) [F61-OS2.3] Applies to detailing of
                                                                                                                 horizontal joints.                                             (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                                 (a),(b)(ii),(c)(i) [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to                      [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 detailing of horizontal joints.                                (3)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b)(i),(c)(ii) [F61,F62-OS2.3] Applies to cladding installed               [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 outboard of a drained and vented air space.
                                                                                                                                                                                (4)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 (b)(i),(c)(ii) [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to
                                                                                                                 cladding installed outboard of a drained and vented air                    [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 space.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                  Division B 9-367
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                        Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                             Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)            Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.27.5.2. Blocking                                                       9.27.5.5. Fastener Materials
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     (1)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where panel-type
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OS2.3,OS2.4] Applies where panel-type cladding is
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                       installed to provide the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                         panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                         bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                             9.27.5.6. Expansion and Contraction
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.                                       (1)         [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.27.5.3. Furring                                                                    [F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     (2)         [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                       [F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]             9.27.5.7. Penetration of Fasteners
                                                                                                                 Applies where furring is used for the attachment of
                                                                                                                 panel-type cladding installed to provide the required       (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 bracing.                                                                [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where furring is
                                                                                                                 used for the attachment of panel-type cladding installed                [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 to provide the required bracing.                            (3)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                       [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where panel-type
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                         cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 Applies where furring is used for the attachment of                     [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 panel-type cladding installed to provide the required                   [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 bracing.                                                                Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                 the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where furring is                    [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 used for the attachment of panel-type cladding installed                Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                 to provide the required bracing.                                        the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                           9.27.6.1. Materials
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 Applies where furring is used for the attachment of         (1)         [F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 panel-type cladding installed to provide the required                   [F62,F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 bracing.
                                                                                                                                                                             9.27.6.2. Thickness and Width
                                                                                                    9.27.5.4. Size and Spacing of Fasteners
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to the attachment                   [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 of panel-type cladding installed to provide the required    (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 bracing.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]             (3)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide               [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.
                                                                                                                                                                             9.27.6.3. Joints
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (2)         [F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F21,F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             9.27.7.1. Materials
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61-OS2.3]




                                                                                                    9-368 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                   9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                             Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                 (2)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F20-OS2.3]                                                         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                 [F61,F20-OS2.3]                                                         the required bracing.
                                                                                                    9.27.7.2. Width                                                                      [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                             where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the
                                                                                                                                                                                         required bracing.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F61,F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             9.27.8.3. Edge Treatment
                                                                                                    9.27.7.3. Fasteners
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61,F20-OS2.3]                                                         [F61-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type
                                                                                                    9.27.7.4. Offsetting of Joints                                                       cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.

                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                 [F61-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type
                                                                                                                                                                                         cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             9.27.8.4. Panel Cladding
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.27.7.5. Fastening to Lath                                                          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                         the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                 [F62-OS2.3]                                                             the required bracing.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     (2)         [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                             [F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                             [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                     (4)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F62-OS2.3]                                                             [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.27.7.6. Exposure and Thickness                                         9.27.8.5. Lapped Strip Siding
                                                                                                    (1)          [F62,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                 (1)         [F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F62,F20-OS2.3]                                                         [F21,F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.27.8.1. Material Standards                                             (2)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                             [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                           (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.                                       9.27.9.1. Material Standards

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]             (1)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide               [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.                                                   [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    9.27.8.2. Thickness                                                                  Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                         the required bracing.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                              Division B 9-369
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                             Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)           Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.27.9.2. Thickness                                                      9.27.10.2. Thickness
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                 (1)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                   [F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide               Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.                                                   the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]             (2)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                             Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                         the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                         [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide               Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.                                                   the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]             (3)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    9.27.9.3. Panel Cladding                                                             Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                         the required bracing.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (4)         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F21,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                         [F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide               [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.                                                   Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                         the required bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide               [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.                                                   Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                                                                                         the required bracing.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             9.27.10.3. Panel Cladding
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F22,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22,F80-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                    9.27.9.4. Lapped Strip Siding                                                        Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                    (1)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                 the required bracing.

                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                 (2)         [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                                 [F21-OS2.3]

                                                                                                                 [F61-OS2.3]                                                 (3)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]

                                                                                                    9.27.9.5. Clearance                                                                  [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (4)         [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where                 9.27.10.4. Clearance
                                                                                                                 panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 bracing.
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F21-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F21-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where
                                                                                                                 panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                                                                                         panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                 bracing.
                                                                                                                                                                                         bracing.
                                                                                                    9.27.10.1. Material Standard
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F21-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                             panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                                                                                         bracing.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.



                                                                                                    9-370 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                   9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.27.11.1. Material Standards                                            (3)         [F20,F21-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F20,F21-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22,F61-OS2.3]                                       [F20,F21-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                         [F20,F21-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.                                                   [F20,F21-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F22,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             9.28.1.3. Concrete Masonry Units




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22,F61-OS2.3]                           (1)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20,F22,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22,F61-OS2.3]                                       [F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                         chimneys.
                                                                                                                 Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide               [F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 the required bracing.                                                   chimneys.
                                                                                                    9.27.12.1. Material Standards                                                        [F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                    (1)          [F62,F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                         chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F62,F61,F20-OS2.3]                                         9.28.1.4. Clearance over Ground Level
                                                                                                    (2)          [F62,F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                             (1)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F62,F61,F20-OS2.3]                                                     [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F62,F61,F20,F42-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                         9.28.1.5. Flashing and Caulking
                                                                                                                 [F62,F61,F20,F42-OS2.3]                                     (1)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to the separation of
                                                                                                                                                                                         aluminum flashing from stucco.
                                                                                                    (4)          [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OS2.3] Applies to the separation of aluminum
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                         flashing from stucco.
                                                                                                    9.27.13.1. Material Standard
                                                                                                                                                                             9.28.2.1. Portland Cement
                                                                                                    (1)          [F62,F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F62,F61,F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 [F02-OP1.2]                                                             chimneys.
                                                                                                    9.27.14.2. Materials                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                         chimneys.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         chimneys.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             9.28.2.2. Aggregate
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                             (1)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    9.27.14.3. Design and Installation
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                         [F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F62-OS2.3]                                                     chimneys.
                                                                                                    9.28.1.1. Sheathing beneath Stucco                                                   [F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                             chimneys.

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3]                                                         [F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                         chimneys.
                                                                                                    9.28.1.2. Lath and Reinforcing
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                               Division B 9-371
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)        Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                              9.28.4.1. Materials
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3]                                          (1)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to                   [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to                   chimneys.
                                                                                                                 masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to                   chimneys.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                    9.28.2.3. Water                                                                   chimneys.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                  (2)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.3]                                                          [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               [F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.                                                            chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               [F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.                                                            chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               [F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.                                                            chimneys.
                                                                                                    9.28.3.1. Materials                                                   9.28.4.2. No Sheathing Required
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                  (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.3]                                                          [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry   9.28.4.3. Stucco Lath Specifications
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                          (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                    9.28.3.2. Nails and Staples
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                          chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry   9.28.4.4. Self-Furring Devices
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                          (1)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                      masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                              masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                              9.28.4.5. Application of Stucco Lath
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry   (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.




                                                                                                    9-372 Division B                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                            Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)        Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                  9.28.5.2. Pigments
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                              (1)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               masonry chimneys.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                              masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                              (2)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                              [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                              9.28.5.3. Mixing
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry   (1)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                    9.28.4.6. Fastening
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                              masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                              (2)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                              masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                              9.28.6.1. Low Temperature Conditions
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry   (1)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                    (4)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                    9.28.5.1. Mixes                                                                   masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                          (2)         [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F80-OS2.3]                                                  [F20,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to               [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 masonry chimneys.                                                    masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to               [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 masonry chimneys.                                                    masonry chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F61,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to               [F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 masonry chimneys.                                                    masonry chimneys.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-373
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)       Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.28.6.2. Number of Coats and Total Thickness                         9.28.6.5. Finish Coat
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                  (1)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                          [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               [F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.                                                            chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               [F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.                                                            chimneys.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               [F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.                                                            chimneys.
                                                                                                    9.28.6.3. First Coat                                                  (2)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                          [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3]                                                      [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 masonry chimneys.                                                    [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 masonry chimneys.                                                    [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to
                                                                                                                 masonry chimneys.                                        (3)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                              [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                          [F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.                                                            [F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.                                                            [F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      chimneys.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                 chimneys.                                                9.29.2.1. Where Required
                                                                                                    9.28.6.4. Second Coat                                                 (1)         [F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                                                                                      support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                      elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F80,F81-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F80,F81-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F80,F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry
                                                                                                                                                                          9.29.2.2. Materials
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                          (1)         [F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                      support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3]                                                          elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 chimneys.
                                                                                                                                                                                      [F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                 chimneys.                                                            to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry               [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 chimneys.




                                                                                                    9-374 Division B                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                          9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                  Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)               Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.29.3.1. Size and Spacing of Furring                                         9.29.5.2. Materials
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F22-OS2.1]                                                  (1)         [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                        [F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                          contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                        separation elements.
                                                                                                     9.29.3.2. Fastening                                                          9.29.5.3. Maximum Spacing of Supports
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20-OS2.1]                                                      (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute               required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                               contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                            [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation                        support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 elements.                                                                    elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                            [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                     9.29.4.1. Application                                                        9.29.5.4. Support of Insulation
                                                                                                     (1)         [F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior                         [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 finishes support or serve as required environmental                          support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 separation elements.                                                         elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                          [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                    contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]                                        [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                     9.29.5.1. Application                                                        9.29.5.5. Length of Fasteners
                                                                                                     (2)         [F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                            (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior                         [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                 finishes support or serve as required environmental                          to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                 separation elements.                                                         to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                      [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to                 support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                    elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]                                        [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                            9.29.5.6. Nails
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior             (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                 separation elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                      to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]                                        elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B 9-375
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                  Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)                Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.29.5.7. Screws                                                              (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                              finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required                     support for studs.
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute               [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                               or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                            [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation                        [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 elements.                                                                    finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]                                                            support for studs.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                    9.29.5.8. Spacing of Nails                                                                or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OP2.1]                                                                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or                       finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                 serve as required environmental separation elements.                         support for studs, or where interior finishes support or
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                                  serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or                       [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                 serve as required environmental separation elements.                         to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or contribute
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                            to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation                        [F20,F22-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and
                                                                                                                 elements.                                                                    where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required                     or lateral support for studs or where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute               support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                               elements.

                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required                     [F20,F22-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute               floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                               bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior
                                                                                                                                                                                              finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                                  separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or
                                                                                                                 serve as required environmental separation elements.                         [F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed
                                                                                                                                                                                              to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                                  walls.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or
                                                                                                                 serve as required environmental separation elements.                         [F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                                                                                              to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or contribute
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                            to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 elements.




                                                                                                    9-376 Division B                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                          9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                  Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)                Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (5)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      (6)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior                         [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral                       finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                 support for studs.                                                           support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support                      [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                 or serve as required environmental separation elements.                      or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                                  [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior                         to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral                       to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 support for studs.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                                                                                              finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                                 or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 support for studs, or where interior finishes support or
                                                                                                                                                                                              finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                 serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where                       [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                 interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or                      or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where
                                                                                                                 or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors                         lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                 and where interior finishes contribute to the required                       or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                 finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                                                                                                              to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                 separation elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                                                                                              and where interior finishes contribute to the required
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required                     finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute               separation elements.
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed
                                                                                                                 to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior
                                                                                                                 walls.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B 9-377
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                  Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)                Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (7)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior                         [F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or
                                                                                                                 finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral                       serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 support for studs.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or
                                                                                                                 or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                                                                                              support or serve as required environmental separation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                                                                                              elements.
                                                                                                                 support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support                      [F20-OS1.2] Applies where gypsum board is required to
                                                                                                                 or serve as required environmental separation elements.                      provide the fire resistance and the rating of the assembly
                                                                                                                                                                                              is determined according to Table 9.10.3.1.-A.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral                       [F20-OP1.2] Applies where gypsum board is required to
                                                                                                                 support for studs, or where interior finishes support or                     provide the fire resistance and the rating of the assembly
                                                                                                                 serve as required environmental separation elements.                         is determined according to Table 9.10.3.1.-A.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where                       [F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed
                                                                                                                 interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or                      to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior
                                                                                                                 lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support                 walls.
                                                                                                                 or serve as required environmental separation elements.          (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors                         [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 and where interior finishes contribute to the required                       finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                 bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior                       support for studs.
                                                                                                                 finishes support or serve as required environmental                          [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                 separation elements.                                                         or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required                     [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute               [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                               finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                                                                                              support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                                                                                              or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed
                                                                                                                                                                                              finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                 to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior
                                                                                                                                                                                              support for studs, or where interior finishes support or
                                                                                                                 walls.
                                                                                                                                                                                              serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                    9.29.5.9. Spacing of Screws
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                                  to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or contribute
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or                       to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 serve as required environmental separation elements.                         [F20,F22-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where the walls
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                                  support floors and where interior finishes contribute
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or                       to the required bracing or lateral support for studs or
                                                                                                                 serve as required environmental separation elements.                         where interior finishes support or serve as required
                                                                                                                                                                                              environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation                        [F20,F22-OH4] Applies where the walls support floors
                                                                                                                 elements.                                                                    and where interior finishes contribute to the required
                                                                                                                                                                                              bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                                                                                              finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                                                                                              separation elements.
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                                                                                              to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                                                                                              walls.
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                                                                                              to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                                                                                              to the required fire resistance of assemblies.




                                                                                                    9-378 Division B                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                          9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                  Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)                Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (6)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      (7)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior                         [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral                       finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                 support for studs.                                                           support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support                      [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                 or serve as required environmental separation elements.                      or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                                  [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior                         [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral                       finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                 support for studs.                                                           support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support                      [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                 or serve as required environmental separation elements.                      or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior                           [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral                       finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                                 support for studs, or where interior finishes support or                     support for studs, or where interior finishes support or
                                                                                                                 serve as required environmental separation elements.                         serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where                       [F20-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors
                                                                                                                 interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or                      and where interior finishes contribute to the required
                                                                                                                 lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support                 bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior
                                                                                                                 or serve as required environmental separation elements.                      finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                                                                                                              separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors
                                                                                                                 and where interior finishes contribute to the required                       [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                 bracing or lateral support for studs or where interior                       to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                 finishes support or serve as required environmental                          to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 separation elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required                     interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute               lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                               or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required                     [F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute               to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                               to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed                    [F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed
                                                                                                                 to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior                    to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior
                                                                                                                 walls.                                                                       walls.
                                                                                                                                                                                  9.29.5.10. Low Temperature Conditions
                                                                                                                                                                                  (1)         [F81-OS1.2] Applies where the finishing of joints is
                                                                                                                                                                                              required to maintain required fire-resistance ratings.
                                                                                                                                                                                  9.29.6.1. Thickness
                                                                                                                                                                                  (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                                                                                              required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                                                                                              contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                                                                                              support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                                                                                              elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B 9-379
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)               Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.29.6.2. Grooved Plywood                                                   9.29.7.2. Thickness
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                        [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to               required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                  contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                      [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation                      support or serve as required environmental separation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 elements.                                                                  elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    9.29.6.3. Nails and Staples                                                 9.29.7.3. Nails
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                    (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                        [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to               required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                  contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                      [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation                      support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 elements.                                                                  elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                                [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                9.29.7.4. Edge Support
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]                (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to                          [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.                                                   support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.                          elements.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or                         [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 windows required for emergency egress.                                     required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.                        contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.

                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that                       [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.             9.29.8.1. Material Standard
                                                                                                    9.29.6.4. Edge Support                                                      (1)         [F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                                [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                        required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to               contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                  [F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                      finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation                      separation elements.
                                                                                                                 elements.                                                                  [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                    9.29.8.2. Thickness
                                                                                                    9.29.7.1. Material Standard                                                 (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                      [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                    required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to               contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                  [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior                       support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 finishes support or serve as required environmental                        elements.
                                                                                                                 separation elements.                                                       [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]




                                                                                                    9-380 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                         9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                  Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)                Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      9.29.9.2. Minimum Thickness
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are              (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                        contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              support or serve as required environmental separation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                                  elements.
                                                                                                    9.29.8.3. Nails                                                                           [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required                     [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute               required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                               contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                            [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation                        support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 elements.                                                                    elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.4]                                                      [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      (5)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                                                                                              contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                                                                                              studs.
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                        or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 elements.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                                  finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
                                                                                                    9.29.8.4. Edge Support                                                                    support for studs.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                                  or serve as required environmental separation elements.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                        [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation                        finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                                 elements.                                                                    separation elements, or where interior finishes contribute
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                          to the required bracing of exterior walls.
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                    required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                      9.29.9.3. Nails
                                                                                                    9.29.9.1. Material Standard                                                   (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]                                                        [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                      required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                    [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior                         support or serve as required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 finishes support or serve as required environmental                          elements.
                                                                                                                 separation elements.                                                         [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior
                                                                                                                 finishes support or serve as required environmental
                                                                                                                 separation elements.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B 9-381
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                 Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)               Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]                 (2)         [F20,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate
                                                                                                                                                                                             serves as a required environmental separation element.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
                                                                                                                                                                                             [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to
                                                                                                                                                                                             [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the
                                                                                                                 provide fire resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                             substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.                           lateral support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or                          [F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile
                                                                                                                 windows required for emergency egress.                                      serves as a required environmental separation element




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.                         or where the tile is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                                                                                             waterproof wall finish.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that
                                                                                                                 support or are part of an environmental separator.                          [F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to
                                                                                                                                                                                             act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                    9.29.9.4. Edge Support                                                                   to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes                       [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the
                                                                                                                 support or serve as required environmental separation                       substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or
                                                                                                                 elements.                                                                   lateral support for studs.
                                                                                                                                                                                             [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile
                                                                                                                 [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are                         serves as a required environmental separation element
                                                                                                                 required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to                or where the tile is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                 contribute to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                   waterproof wall finish.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]                                     9.29.10.2. Mortar Base
                                                                                                    9.29.10.1. Tile Application                                                  (1)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate                           [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the
                                                                                                                 serves as a required environmental separation element.                      substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or
                                                                                                                                                                                             lateral support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.1]                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the                             serves as a required environmental separation element
                                                                                                                 substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or               or where the tile is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                 lateral support for studs.                                                  waterproof wall finish.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile
                                                                                                                 serves as a required environmental separation element                       [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required
                                                                                                                 or where the tile is installed to provide the required                      to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                 waterproof wall finish.                                                     to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to                      [F20,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate
                                                                                                                 act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute                 serves as a required environmental separation element.
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                              [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                                 [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the                             substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or
                                                                                                                 substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or               lateral support for studs.
                                                                                                                 lateral support for studs.                                                  [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile                        serves as a required environmental separation element
                                                                                                                 serves as a required environmental separation element                       or where the tile is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                 or where the tile is installed to provide the required                      waterproof wall finish.
                                                                                                                 waterproof wall finish.




                                                                                                    9-382 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                         9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                  Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)                Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      (4)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the                              [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the
                                                                                                                 substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or                substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or
                                                                                                                 lateral support for studs.                                                   lateral support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile                     [F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile
                                                                                                                 serves as a required environmental separation element                        serves as a required environmental separation element
                                                                                                                 or where the tile is installed to provide the required                       or where the tile is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                 waterproof wall finish.                                                      waterproof wall finish.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required                      [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves
                                                                                                                 to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute               as a required environmental separation element.
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to
                                                                                                                 [F20,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate                        act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                 serves as a required environmental separation element.                       to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                                                  [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the                              [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the
                                                                                                                 substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or                substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or
                                                                                                                 lateral support for studs.                                                   lateral support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile                         [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile
                                                                                                                 serves as a required environmental separation element                        serves as a required environmental separation element
                                                                                                                 or where the tile is installed to provide the required                       or where the tile is installed to provide the required
                                                                                                                 waterproof wall finish.                                                      waterproof wall finish.
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.1]                                                      9.29.10.3. Adhesives
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the
                                                                                                                                                                                  (1)         [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves
                                                                                                                 substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or
                                                                                                                                                                                              as a required environmental separation element.
                                                                                                                 lateral support for studs.
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile                         [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 serves as a required environmental separation element.                       [F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to                       act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                 act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute                  to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 to the required fire resistance of assemblies.                               [F20-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate                9.29.10.4. Moisture-Resistant Backing
                                                                                                                 serves as a required environmental separation element.
                                                                                                                                                                                  (1)         [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate supports
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                              or serves as a required environmental separation
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the
                                                                                                                                                                                              element.
                                                                                                                 substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or
                                                                                                                 lateral support for studs.                                                   [F20-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile                         [F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to
                                                                                                                 serves as a required environmental separation element                        act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                 or where the tile is installed to provide the required                       to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                 waterproof wall finish.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                  9.29.10.5. Joints between Tiles and Bathtub
                                                                                                                                                                                  (1)         [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves
                                                                                                                                                                                              as a required environmental separation element.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F81-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F81-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to
                                                                                                                                                                                              act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute
                                                                                                                                                                                              to the required fire resistance of assemblies.
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                  9.30.1.1. Required Finished Flooring
                                                                                                                                                                                  (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                              [F40,F41-OH2.4]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B 9-383
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)            Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.30.1.2. Water Resistance                                                (3)         [F81-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to               [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to
                                                                                                                 provide water resistance.                                                provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F41,F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is                       [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required
                                                                                                                 required to provide water resistance.                                    to provide water resistance.
                                                                                                    9.30.1.3. Sleepers                                                        9.30.2.4. Joints Offset
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20,F80-OS3.1]                                              (1)         [F81-OS3.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F80-OH1.1] Applies to portion of Code text: “Wood                       [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to
                                                                                                                 sleepers supporting finished flooring over a concrete                    provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                 base supported on the ground ... shall be treated with                   [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required
                                                                                                                 a wood preservative.”                                                    to provide water resistance.
                                                                                                    9.30.2.1. Required Underlay                                               9.30.2.5. Surface Defects
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81-OS3.1]                                                  (1)         [F81-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to               [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to
                                                                                                                 provide water resistance.                                                provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required                  [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required
                                                                                                                 to provide water resistance.                                             to provide water resistance.
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OS3.1]                                                  9.30.3.1. Thickness
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required
                                                                                                                 to provide water resistance.                                 9.30.3.2. Strip Direction and End Joints
                                                                                                    (3)          [F81-OS3.1]                                                  (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required      (2)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 to provide water resistance.                                 (3)         [F20-OS2.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to   9.30.3.3. Nailing
                                                                                                                 provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.30.2.2. Materials and Thickness
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              9.30.3.4. Staples
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to
                                                                                                                 provide water resistance.                                    (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required      9.30.4.1. Adhesive
                                                                                                                 to provide water resistance.                                 (1)         [F81-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to   9.30.5.1. Materials
                                                                                                                 provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F41,F80-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F80-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required
                                                                                                                 to provide water resistance.                                 (2)         [F81,F80-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.30.2.3. Fastening                                                                   [F41-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81-OS3.1]                                                  9.30.6.1. Substrate
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to   (1)         [F81-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 provide water resistance.                                                [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required                  to provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                 to provide water resistance.                                             [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OS3.1]                                                              provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to
                                                                                                                 provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required
                                                                                                                 to provide water resistance.



                                                                                                    9-384 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                  9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                             Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)            Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required      9.32.1.2. Required Ventilation
                                                                                                                 to provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to
                                                                                                                                                                              9.32.1.3. Venting of Laundry-Drying Equipment
                                                                                                                 provide water resistance.
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F40,F44,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    9.31.2.2. Corrosion Protection
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OH2.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         [F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    9.31.2.3. Grab Bars
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F81-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F40,F80-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    9.31.3.1. Required Water Supply
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F63,F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F70,F71-OH2.2,OH2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (3)         [F40,F44,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    9.31.3.2. Required Connections
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F71-OH2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F71,F70-OH2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              9.32.2.1. Required Ventilation
                                                                                                     9.31.4.1. Required Fixtures
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F71,F70,F72-OH2.1,OH2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              9.32.2.2. Non-Heating-Season Natural Ventilation
                                                                                                    9.31.4.2. Hot Water Supply
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F51,F52-OH1.2] [F40,F52,F50-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F71-OH2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (3)         [F42-OH2.5]
                                                                                                     9.31.4.3. Floor Drains
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F61,F42-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F62,F40,F41-OH1.2,OH1.3] [F62-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F61,F42-OS2.3]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F62,F52-OH1.2,OH1.3] [F62-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              (4)         [F80-OH2.5]
                                                                                                     9.31.5.1. Building Sewer
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F80,F42-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F72-OH2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              9.32.2.3. Non-Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation
                                                                                                     9.31.5.2. Discharge of Sewage
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F72-OH2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              (3)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F72-OH2.1]
                                                                                                                                                                              (4)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                     9.31.6.1. Hot Water Supply
                                                                                                                                                                              9.32.3.1. Required Ventilation
                                                                                                     (1)         (a) [F40-OH2.1,OH2.4] [F71-OH2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                              (1)         [F40,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                     9.31.6.2. Equipment and Installation
                                                                                                                                                                                          [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F31,F30,F81-OS3.2] [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                              (2)         (a),(b) [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (2)         [F44-OH1.1]                                                              (a),(b) [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                                              (c) [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (3)         [F23-OS3.4]                                                              (c) [F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                                  9.32.3.2. Design and Installation
                                                                                                     9.31.6.3. Corrosion-Resistant Coating                                    (1)         [F52-OS2.3]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F81,F80-OH2.3]                                                          [F40,F52,F50-OH1.1] [F52,F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                     9.31.6.4. Fuel-Burning Heaters                                           (2)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F41-OH1.1]                                                  (3)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]                                                              [F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                     9.31.6.5. Heating Coils                                                  (4)         [F40,F43,F50,F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                     (1)         [F31-OS3.2]                                                              [F43,F53,F82-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F71-OH2.3]                                                  (5)         [F82-OH1.1]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                              Division B 9-385
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (6)          [F63,F81-OH1.1]                                    (5)         [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    9.32.3.3. Principal Ventilation System                                      [F53,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]                            [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]                (6)         [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F80,F81-OH1.1]                                                [F53,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F81-OH1.1]                                                    [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (6)          [F81-OH1.1]                                        (7)         [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F81-OH1.1]                                        (8)         [F51,F54-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F81-OH1.1]                                        (9)         [F54-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]                                (10)        [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F40-OH1.1]                                        (12)        [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    9.32.3.4. Ventilation Systems Used in Conjunction with Forced   (13)        [F51,F54-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    Air Heating Systems                                             (14)        [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F50,F51,F81-OH1.1] [F51,F81-OH1.2]                9.32.3.6. Exhaust-Only Ventilation Systems
                                                                                                                 [F43,F50,F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F40,F43,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F43,F50,F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    9.32.3.7. Supplemental Exhaust
                                                                                                                 [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F40,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F53,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F40,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F40,F50,F52,F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         [F40,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (5)         [F40,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (8)          (a),(b) [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F53-OH1.1]                                    (6)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F53,F63-OS2.3]                                (7)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (9)          (a),(b) [F43,F53-OH1.1]                            (8)         [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F53,F63-OH1.1]                                9.32.3.8. Protection Against Depressurization
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F53,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                (a) [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                (b) [F53,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F53,F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F53,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F43,F50,F53,F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (11)         [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         [F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (12)         [F81-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                    9.32.3.5. Ventilation Systems Not Used in Conjunction with
                                                                                                                                                                    (5)         [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    Forced Air Heating Systems
                                                                                                                                                                                [F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F80,F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (7)         [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (3)          (a) [F43,F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 (b) [F53,F63-OH1.1]                                            [F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]                            9.32.3.9. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
                                                                                                                 (b) [F53,F63-OS2.3]                                (2)         (a),(b),(d) [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                (c) [F81-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F40,F43,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F43,F50,F53-OS3.4]



                                                                                                    9-386 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                        9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                   Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F44-OS3.4]                                        9.32.3.13. Outdoor Intake and Exhaust Openings
                                                                                                    (5)          [F44-OS3.4]                                        (1)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F44-OS3.4]                                                    [F40,F44,F50-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F11-OS3.4]                                        (2)         [F40,F50,F52,F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    9.32.3.10. Fans                                                             [F43,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40,F50,F52,F53-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]            (3)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                 [F53,F63-OS2.3]                                                [F40,F50,F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                  (4)         [F62,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F53-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                              [F62,F63-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F53-OS3.4]                                        (5)         [F62,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F40,F50,F52,F53-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]                        [F62,F63-OP2.3]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                  (6)         [F62,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F81-OS3.4]                                                    [F62,F63-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                  (7)         [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F40,F50,F52,F53-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]                        [F40,F44,F50,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS3.4]                                        (8)         [F40,F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    9.32.3.11. Ducts                                                (9)         [F61-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81-OH1.1]                                                    [F61-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40,F52,F63-OH1.1]                                (10)        [F42-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F52,F63-OS2.3]                                                [F01,F42-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F63-OH1.1]                                                    [F42-OH2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F63,F80-OS2.3]                                    (11)        [F42,F63-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F63-OH1.1]                                                    [F01,F42-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F41,F82-OH1.1]                                    (12)        [F42-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01,F82-OS1.1]                                                [F01,F42-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          (a),(b),(c) [F02,F03-OS1.1]                        (13)        [F53,F82-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                 (a) [F80-OS1.1]                                                [F43,F53,F82-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 (c) [F82-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (14)        [F53,F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F41,F53,F80-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F43,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F40,F41-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (15)        [F42,F80-OH2.5]
                                                                                                                 [F40,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01,F42,F80-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F40,F50,F52,F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    9.33.1.1. Application
                                                                                                                 [F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F40-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (12)         [F40,F50,F52,F53-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F40-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    9.33.2.1. Required Heating Systems
                                                                                                    9.32.3.12. Heat Recovery Ventilators
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F51,F52-OH1.2] [F63-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F40,F50,F52-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    9.33.3.1. Indoor Design Temperatures
                                                                                                    (4)          [F53-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F53,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                    9.33.4.1. Design of Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
                                                                                                                 [F43,F53-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F41,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F62-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F63-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
                                                                                                    (6)          [F81-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F44-OS3.4] Applies only to heating systems.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                    Division B 9-387
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.33.4.2. Installation of Hydronic Heating Systems              9.33.5.3. Design, Construction and Installation Standard for
                                                                                                                                                                    Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F41,F43-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F51-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F43-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4] Applies to heating equipment.
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OP1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.33.4.3. Heating System Control
                                                                                                                                                                    9.33.6.2. Materials in Air Duct Systems
                                                                                                    (1)          [F51,F52-OH1.2] [F63-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    9.33.4.4. Access
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F82-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         (a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F82-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
                                                                                                                                                                                (a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F82-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F82-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.33.4.5. Protection from Freezing
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         (a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F81-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
                                                                                                                                                                    (7)         (a),(b) [F41,F63-OH1.1] [F50,F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    9.33.4.6. Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure
                                                                                                                                                                                (a),(b) [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    9.33.6.3. Tape
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.2]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.33.4.7. Structural Movement
                                                                                                                                                                    9.33.6.4. Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
                                                                                                    (1)          [F23-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F23-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F23-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F23-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                (a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS3.3,OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (3)         (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                (a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.33.4.8. Asbestos
                                                                                                                                                                    (4)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F43-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.33.4.9. Contaminant Transfer
                                                                                                                                                                    (5)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F44-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                    (6)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    9.33.5.1. Capacity of Heating Appliances
                                                                                                                                                                                (c) [F01,F02,F05-OS1.5]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                    (7)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    9.33.5.2. Installation Standards
                                                                                                                                                                                [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OP1.1] Applies to heating equipment.
                                                                                                                                                                    (8)         (a),(b) [F01,F03-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F41,F63,F50-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (a),(b) [F01,F03-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3] Applies to heating equipment.
                                                                                                                 [F44-OS3.4] Applies to heating equipment.
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1] Applies to heating equipment.




                                                                                                    9-388 Division B                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                     9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                                Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)               Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (9)          [F63-OH1.1] Applies to ventilation ducts and their fittings.   (5)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F51,F52-OH1.2] Applies to air duct distribution systems
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 serving heating systems.
                                                                                                                                                                                (6)         [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OS1.1] Applies to air duct distribution systems.
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.1] Applies to air duct distribution systems.
                                                                                                                                                                                (7)         (a),(b) [F40,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3] Applies to air duct distribution systems.
                                                                                                                                                                                            (a),(b) [F40,F62-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.33.6.5. Galvanized Steel or Aluminum Supply Ducts




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                            (b) [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                9.33.6.8. Clearances of Ducts and Plenums
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                (2)         (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                            (a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20,F63-OH1.1] [F20,F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (3)         (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            (a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    9.33.6.6. Construction of Ducts and Plenums
                                                                                                                                                                                (4)         (a),(b),(c) [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F03-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                            (a),(b),(c) [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F03-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                (5)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                9.33.6.9. Adjustable Dampers and Balance Stops
                                                                                                                 [F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (1)         [F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20,F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F63-OS2.3] Applies to branch supply ducts that are not
                                                                                                    (3)          [F43,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                            fitted with diffusers with adjustable balance stops.
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                9.33.6.10. Warm-Air Supply Outlets and Return Inlets — General
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                (1)         [F81-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F43,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F81-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                (2)         (a),(b) [F01,F02-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                            (a),(b) [F01,F02-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                9.33.6.11. Warm-Air Supply Outlets
                                                                                                    (5)          [F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (1)         [F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                (2)         [F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    9.33.6.7. Installation of Ducts and Plenums
                                                                                                                                                                                (3)         [F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F40-OH1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                (4)         [F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F40-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (5)         [F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                (6)         [F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                                                                                (8)         [F31-OS3.2]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                                (9)         [F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                                            [F63-OS2.3] Applies to warm-air supply outlets located in
                                                                                                    (4)          [F51,F52-OH1.2] [F63,F50-OH1.1]                                            finished areas.
                                                                                                                 [F63,F80-OS2.3]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                Division B 9-389
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                    Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision              Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.33.6.12. Return-Air Inlets                                    (3)         (a),(b) [F01,F02-OS1.1,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F44,F40-OH1.1]                                                (a),(b) [F01,F02-OP1.1,OP1.2]
                                                                                                                 [F44,F40-OS3.4]                                    (4)         [F01,F02-OS1.1,OS1.2]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]                                        [F01,F02-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]                            (5)         [F31-OS3.2]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                        9.33.8.3. Clearances




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.33.6.13. Return-Air System                                    (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]                                        [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                        9.33.8.4. Protection
                                                                                                    (2)          [F01-OS1.1]                                        (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                                    [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F01-OS1.1]                                        (2)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                                    [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          (a),(b),(c) [F01-OS1.1]                            9.33.9.1. Cooling Units
                                                                                                                 (a),(b),(c) [F01-OP1.1]                            (1)         (a),(b),(c) [F43-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F51,F52-OH1.1,OH1.2]                              9.33.10.2. Factory-Built Chimneys
                                                                                                                 [F51,F52-OS2.3]                                    (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]                                        [F44-OS3.4]
                                                                                                                 [F63-OS2.3]                                                    [F44,F41-OH1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          (a),(b) [F44-OH1.1]                                            [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F44-OS3.4]                                9.34.1.1. Standard for Electrical Installations
                                                                                                    9.33.6.14. Filters and Odour Removal Equipment                  (1)         [F32-OS3.3]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]                                                    [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                                    [F01-OP1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F32-OS3.3]                                        9.34.1.3. Location of Equipment in Public Areas
                                                                                                                 [F41-OH1.1]                                        (1)         [F10-OS3.1] [F32-OS3.3]
                                                                                                    (3)          (a),(b) [F81-OH1.1]                                9.34.1.4. Recessed Lighting Fixtures
                                                                                                    9.33.7.1. Recessed Radiators and Convectors                     (1)         [F01-OS1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F01-OS1.1]                                        9.34.1.5. Wiring and Cables
                                                                                                                 [F01-OP1.1]                                        (1)         [F02-OS1.2]
                                                                                                    9.33.7.2. Surface Temperature                                               [F02-OP1.2]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F31-OS3.2]                                        9.34.2.1. Lighting of Entrances
                                                                                                    9.33.8.1. Piping Materials and Installation                     (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS3.2]                                                    [F34-OS4.2]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OH1.1,OH1.2]                                  9.34.2.2. Outlets in Dwelling Units
                                                                                                    (2)          [F21,F40-OH1.1] [F21,F51-OH1.2]                    (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F20-OS2.2]                                        (2)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    9.33.8.2. Insulation and Coverings                              9.34.2.3. Stairways
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OH1.2]                                        (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OS3.2]                                        (2)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          (a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]                                9.34.2.4. Basements
                                                                                                                 (a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]                                (1)         [F30-OS3.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    (2)         [F30-OS3.1]



                                                                                                    9-390 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                       Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                           Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)          Provision           Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.34.2.5. Storage Rooms                                                9.36.2.4. Calculation of Effective Thermal Resistance of
                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1]                                               Assemblies
                                                                                                    9.34.2.6. Garages and Carports                                         (1)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1]                                               (3)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1]                                               9.36.2.5. Continuity of Insulation

                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1]                                               (1)         [F92-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    9.34.2.7. Public and Service Areas                                     (2)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F30-OS3.1]                                               (3)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F30-OS3.1]                                               (4)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (3)          [F30-OS3.1]                                               (5)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    9.35.2.2. Garage Floor                                                 (6)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F40-OS1.1]                                               (7)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    9.35.3.2. Protection from Damage due to Soil Movement                  (8)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (1)          [F21-OS2.3]                                               (9)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                                 [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                   9.36.2.6. Thermal Characteristics of Above-ground Opaque
                                                                                                                                                                           Building Assemblies
                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
                                                                                                                                                                           (1)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                   (2)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                                 [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support   (3)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                   (4)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F21-OS2.3]                                               9.36.2.7. Thermal Characteristics of Fenestration, Doors and
                                                                                                                 [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]                                   Skylights

                                                                                                                 [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]                                         (1)         [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                                 [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support     (2)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                 floors.                                                   (3)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support   (4)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                 floors.
                                                                                                                                                                           (5)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.35.3.4. Column Piers
                                                                                                                                                                           (7)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F80-OS2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           (8)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F80-OP2.3]
                                                                                                                                                                           9.36.2.8. Thermal Characteristics of Building Assemblies
                                                                                                    (2)          [F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]                                         Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1,OP2.2]                                         (1)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.35.4.2. Columns                                                      (2)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F20-OS2.1]                                               (3)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F20-OP2.1]                                               (4)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.35.4.3. Anchorage                                                    (5)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]                                         (6)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                 [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]                                         (7)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.36.2.2. Determination of Thermal Characteristics of Materials,       (8)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    Components and Assemblies                                              (9)         [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F92-OE1.1]                                               9.36.2.9. Airtightness
                                                                                                    (2)          [F92-OE1.1]                                               (1)         [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F92-OE1.1]                                               (2)         [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F92-OE1.1]                                               (3)         [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F92-OE1.1]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-391
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                        Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)      Provision            Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (4)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          9.36.3.6. Temperature Controls
                                                                                                    (5)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          (2)         [F95,F98-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.36.2.10. Construction of Air Barrier Details                    (3)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          (4)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          (5)         [F95-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (3)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          (6)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          (7)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          9.36.3.7. Humidification
                                                                                                    (6)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F100-OE1.1]                     9.36.3.8. Heat Recovery from Dehumidification in Spaces with an
                                                                                                    (8)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          Indoor Pool or Hot Tub

                                                                                                    (9)          [F90-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F95,F100-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (10)         [F90-OE1.1]                                          (4)         [F98,F100-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (11)         [F90-OE1.1]                                          (5)         [F98,F100-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (12)         [F90-OE1.1]                                          9.36.3.9. Heat Recovery from Ventilation Systems

                                                                                                    (13)         [F90-OE1.1]                                          (2)         [F95,F100-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (14)         [F90-OE1.1]                                          (3)         [F95,F100-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (15)         [F90-OE1.1]                                          (4)         [F95,F98,F100-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (16)         [F90-OE1.1]                                          9.36.3.10. Equipment Efficiency

                                                                                                    (17)         [F90-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F95,F98,F99-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (18)         [F90-OE1.1]                                          (2)         [F95,F98,F99-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    9.36.2.11. Trade-off Options for Above-ground Building Envelope   9.36.3.11. Solar Thermal Systems
                                                                                                    Components and Assemblies                                         (1)         [F95,F98,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F92-OE1.1]                                          (3)         [F93,F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F92-OE1.1]                                          9.36.4.2. Equipment Efficiency
                                                                                                    (4)          [F92-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F96,F98-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F92-OE1.1]                                          (2)         [F93,F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F92-OE1.1]                                          (3)         [F98-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F92-OE1.1]                                          9.36.4.3. Solar Domestic Hot Water Systems
                                                                                                    (8)          [F92-OE1.1]                                          (1)         [F96,F98-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.36.3.2. Equipment and Ducts                                     (3)         [F93,F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95-OE1.1]                                          9.36.4.4. Piping
                                                                                                    (3)          [F91,F93-OE1.1]                                      (1)         [F93,F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F91,F93-OE1.1]                                      (2)         [F93,F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F91,F93-OE1.1]                                      (3)         [F93,F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.36.3.3. Air Intake and Outlet Dampers                           9.36.4.5. Controls
                                                                                                    (1)          [F91,F95-OE1.1]                                      (1)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F91,F95-OE1.1]                                      9.36.4.6. Indoor Swimming Pool Equipment Controls
                                                                                                    9.36.3.4. Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems                  (1)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F93-OE1.1]                                          (2)         [F96-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.36.3.5. Equipment for Heating and Air-conditioning Systems      9.36.5.3. Compliance
                                                                                                    (1)          [F98-OE1.1]                                          (2)         [F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]



                                                                                                    9-392 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                      9.37.1.1.

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                   Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)   Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    (3)          [F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]              (3)         [F96,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]              (4)         [F96,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]              (5)         [F96,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F99-OE1.1]                                       (6)         [F96,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.36.5.4. Calculation Methods                                  (7)         [F96,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F99-OE1.1]                                       (8)         [F96,F99-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (4)          [F99-OE1.1]                                       9.36.5.9. General Requirements for Modeling the Proposed
                                                                                                                                                                   House
                                                                                                    (5)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.36.5.10. Modeling Building Envelope of Proposed House
                                                                                                    (7)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (4)         [F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (5)         [F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F90,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (6)         [F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (11)         [F90,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (7)         [F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.36.5.5. Climatic Data
                                                                                                                                                                   (9)         [F90,F91,F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (10)        [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.36.5.11. Modeling HVAC System of Proposed House
                                                                                                    (3)          [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.36.5.6. Building Envelope Calculations
                                                                                                                                                                   (2)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (3)         [F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (4)         [F95,F99,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (5)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (6)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (8)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (9)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F92,F93,F95,F96,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (10)        [F95,F99,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (11)        [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (12)        [F95,F99,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (13)        [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (11)         [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (14)        [F95,F99,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    9.36.5.7. HVAC System Calculations
                                                                                                                                                                   (15)        [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (16)        [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (17)        [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (18)        [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (19)        [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (20)        [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.36.5.12. Modeling Service Water Heating System of Proposed
                                                                                                    (7)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   House
                                                                                                    (8)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   (1)         [F96,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (9)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                   9.36.5.13. General Requirements for Modeling the Reference
                                                                                                    9.36.5.8. Service Water Heating System Calculations            House
                                                                                                    (1)          [F96,F99-OE1.1]                                   (1)         [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F96,F99-OE1.1]                                   (2)         [F99-OE1.1]



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                  Division B 9-393
                                                                                                    9.37.1.1.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                      Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)                                         Table 9.37.1.1. (Continued)

                                                                                                     Provision          Functional Statements and Objectives (1)      Provision             Functional Statements and Objectives (1)
                                                                                                    9.36.5.14. Modeling Building Envelope of Reference House         9.36.7.3. Energy Performance Improvement Compliance
                                                                                                                                                                     Calculations
                                                                                                    (1)          [F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)            [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F90,F91,F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)            [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (5)            [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (6)            [F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (7)            [F99-OE1.1]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (6)          [F92,F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (8)            [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (9)            [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (8)          [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     9.36.8.2. Compliance
                                                                                                    (9)          [F92,F99,F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (1)            [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F92,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     9.36.8.5. Energy Conservation Measures for Above-Ground
                                                                                                    9.36.5.15. Modeling HVAC System of Reference House
                                                                                                                                                                     Opaque Building Assemblies
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (2)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (3)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F95,F99,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (4)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (4)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (5)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (5)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (6)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (6)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     (7)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (7)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                     9.36.8.6. Energy Conservation Measures for Fenestration and
                                                                                                    (8)          [F95,F99,F100-OE1.1]                                Doors
                                                                                                    (9)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]                                     (1)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (10)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]                                     (3)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (11)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]                                     (4)            [F92-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (12)         [F95,F99,F100-OE1.1]                                9.36.8.7. Energy Conservation Measures for Opaque Building
                                                                                                    (13)         [F95,F99,F100-OE1.1]                                Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground

                                                                                                    (14)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]                                     (2)            [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (15)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]                                     (3)            [F92-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (16)         [F95,F99-OE1.1]                                     9.36.8.8. Energy Conservation Measures Relating to Airtightness

                                                                                                    9.36.5.16. Modeling Service Water Heating System of Reference    (2)            [F90-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    House                                                            9.36.8.9. Energy Conservation Measures for HVAC Systems
                                                                                                    (1)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]                                     (3)            [F95,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (2)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]                                     (4)            [F95-OE1.1]
                                                                                                    (3)          [F95,F99-OE1.1]                                     9.36.8.10. Energy Conservation Measures for Service Water
                                                                                                    9.36.6.3. Determination of Airtightness                          Heating Equipment

                                                                                                    (1)          [F90-OE1.1]                                         (3)            [F96-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    9.36.6.4. Determination of Airtightness Level                    9.36.8.11. Energy Conservation Points for Building Volume

                                                                                                    (1)          [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F100-OE1.1]                    (1)            [F95-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (2)          [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F100-OE1.1]                    (2)            [F95-OE1.1]

                                                                                                    (3)          [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F100-OE1.1]
                                                                                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.37.1.1.:
                                                                                                    (4)          [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F100-OE1.1]                   (1)    See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
                                                                                                    9.36.7.2. Compliance
                                                                                                    (1)          [F90,F91,F92,F93,F95,F96,F98,F99,F100-OE1.1]




                                                                                                    9-394 Division B                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2




                                                                                                                            Fire and Sound Resistance Tables



Division B



9-395
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.10.3.1.-A
                                                                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance of Walls (1)
                                                                                                              Forming Part of Article 5.8.1.3., Sentence 9.10.3.1.(1), Articles 9.11.1.3. and 9.11.1.4., and Sentence 9.29.5.9.(5)
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                             Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                       Description                                               Non-           Transmission
                                                                                                                            Number                                                              Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Loadbearing        Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                    • Wood Studs                      • 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                             W1       • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                      • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side                                                             GG00032A

                                                                                                    • Single Row                      W1 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             W1a      • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                         1h                  1h                 36
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                    • Loadbearing or Non-             W1 with
                                                                                                                                                                                                  45 min              45 min
                                                                                                        Loadbearing          W1b      • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                                                34
                                                                                                                                                                                                  [1 h (8)]           [1 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      W1 with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      30 min
                                                                                                                             W1c      • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                       30 min                                   32
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    [45 min (8)]
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)
                                                                                                                                      W1 with
                                                                                                                             W1d      • no absorptive material                                      1h                  1h                 32
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      W1 with
                                                                                                                             W1e      • no absorptive material                                    45 min              45 min               32
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      • 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                             W2       • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         GG00033A

                                                                                                                                      W2 with
                                                                                                                             W2a      • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                        1.5 h                2h                 38
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      W2 with
                                                                                                                             W2b      • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                         1h                 1.5 h               38
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      W2 with
                                                                                                                             W2c      • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                       45 min                1h                 36
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      W2 with
                                                                                                                             W2d      • no absorptive material                                     1.5 h                2h                 36
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      W2 with
                                                                                                                             W2e      • no absorptive material                                      1h                 1.5 h               35
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      W2 with
                                                                                                                             W2f      • no absorptive material                                    45 min                1h                 34
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      • 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                             W3       • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                           or 600 mm o.c.                                                                                GG00034A
                                                                                                                                      • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                      W3 with
                                                                                                                             W3a      • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  45 min                1h                 45
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      W3 with
                                                                                                                             W3b      • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  45 min                1h                 48
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                      W3 with
                                                                                                                             W3c      • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.                        45 min              45 min               43
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)



                                                                                                    Division B     9-396                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                 Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)    Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                     Description                                                 Non-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                                 Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Loadbearing         Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                           W4
                                                                                                                                        or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side                                              GG00035A
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
                                                                                                                                  W4 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       1 h
                                                                                                                          W4a     • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                        1h                                      51
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     [1.5 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W4 with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       1 h
                                                                                                                          W4b     • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                        1h                                      54
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     [1.5 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W4 with
                                                                                                                                                                                                  45 min
                                                                                                                          W4c     • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                                            1h                  49
                                                                                                                                                                                                  [1 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W4 with
                                                                                                                                                                                                  45 min
                                                                                                                          W4d     • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                                            1h                  53
                                                                                                                                                                                                  [1 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                           W5
                                                                                                                                        or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side                                               GG00036A
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
                                                                                                                                  W5 with
                                                                                                                          W5a     • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                      45 min                1h                  51
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W5 with
                                                                                                                          W5b     • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                      45 min                1h                  54
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W5 with
                                                                                                                          W5c     • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                      45 min                1h                  49
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W5 with
                                                                                                                          W5d     • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                      45 min                1h                  53
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                           W6     • resilient metal channels on one side
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side                                                                GG00037A

                                                                                                                                  W6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          W6a     • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                            1.5 h                2h                  55
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with blocking at
                                                                                                                                       mid-height (10)                                                                                       –
                                                                                                                          W6b                                                                       2h                  2h
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick rock or slag fibre insulation (11)
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. with blocking at mid-height (10)
                                                                                                                          W6c     • 89 mm thick dry-blown cellulose fibre insulation (12)           2h                  2h                   –
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                  Division B       9-397
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                        Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                             Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                       Description                                              Non-           Transmission
                                                                                                                            Number                                                             Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Loadbearing        Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                     W6 with
                                                                                                                                     • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                             W6d     • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                        1.5 h                2h                 58
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W6 with
                                                                                                                                     • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             W6e     • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                         1h                 1.5 h               53
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W6 with
                                                                                                                                     • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                             W6f     • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                         1h                 1.5 h               55
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W6 with
                                                                                                                                     • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                             W6g     • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                         1h                 1.5 h               55
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W6 with
                                                                                                                                     • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                             W6h     • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                         1h                 1.5 h               58
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W6 with
                                                                                                                                     • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                             W6i     • no absorptive material                                     1.5 h                2h                 47
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W6 with
                                                                                                                                     • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                             W6j     • no absorptive material                                      1h                 1.5 h               46
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                    • Wood Studs                     • two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                          or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm × 140
                                                                                                    • Two Rows                            mm plate
                                                                                                                             W7
                                                                                                        Staggered on                 • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm
                                                                                                        38 mm × 140 mm                    thick on each side (6)                                                                       GG00038A
                                                                                                        Plate                        • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                    • Loadbearing or Non-            W7 with
                                                                                                                             W7a                                                                   1h                  1h                 47
                                                                                                        Loadbearing                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W7 with                                                     45 min              45 min
                                                                                                                             W7b                                                                                                          45
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)                           [1 h (8)]           [1 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                     W7 with                                                                         30 min
                                                                                                                             W7c                                                                 30 min                                   42
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)                                         [45 min (8)]
                                                                                                                                     • Two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                          or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm ×
                                                                                                                                          140 mm plate
                                                                                                                             W8      • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm
                                                                                                                                          thick on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       GG00039A
                                                                                                                                     • 2 layers of gypsum board on one side
                                                                                                                                     • 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
                                                                                                                                     W8 with
                                                                                                                             W8a                                                                   1h                 1.5 h               52
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W8 with
                                                                                                                             W8b                                                                 45 min                1h                 50
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)



                                                                                                    Division B   9-398                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                  Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                            Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)    Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                   Description                                              Non-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                            Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Loadbearing         Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  • two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm ×
                                                                                                                           W9          140 mm plate
                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side                                                           GG00040A

                                                                                                                                  W9 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          W9a                                                                 1.5 h                2h                  56
                                                                                                                                       thick on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W9 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm
                                                                                                                          W9b                                                                  1h                 1.5 h                55
                                                                                                                                       thick on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W9 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm
                                                                                                                          W9c                                                                45 min                1h                  53
                                                                                                                                       thick on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W9 with
                                                                                                                          W9d     • no absorptive material                                    1.5 h                2h                  48
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm ×
                                                                                                                                       140 mm plate
                                                                                                                          W10     • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       or 600 mm o.c.                                                                                GG00041A
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                  W10 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm
                                                                                                                          W10a                                                                1.5 h                2h                  62
                                                                                                                                       thick on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W10 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm
                                                                                                                          W10b                                                                 1h                 1.5 h                60
                                                                                                                                       thick on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W10 with
                                                                                                                          W10c    • no absorptive material                                    1.5 h                2h                  50
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W10 with
                                                                                                                          W10d    • no absorptive material                                     1h                 1.5 h                48
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm ×
                                                                                                                                       140 mm plate
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm
                                                                                                                          W11          thick on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       or 600 mm o.c.                                                                                GG00042A

                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient channel side
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
                                                                                                                                  W11 with
                                                                                                                          W11a                                                                 1h                  1h                  56
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W11 with                                                   45 min
                                                                                                                          W11b                                                                                     1h                  54
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)                          [1 h (8)]




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                             Division B       9-399
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                      Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                             Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                        Description                                                   Non-           Transmission
                                                                                                                            Number                                                                   Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Loadbearing        Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                     • two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                          or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common 38 mm ×
                                                                                                                                          140 mm plate
                                                                                                                                     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or 65 mm
                                                                                                                             W12          thick on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                          or 600 mm o.c.                                                                                     GG00043A




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     • 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channel side
                                                                                                                                     • 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
                                                                                                                                     W12 with
                                                                                                                            W12a                                                                       45 min                1h                 56
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W12 with
                                                                                                                            W12b                                                                       45 min                1h                 54
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                    • Wood Studs                     • two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                          or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates
                                                                                                    • Two Rows on            W13          set 25 mm apart
                                                                                                        Separate Plates              • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                     • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side                                                                  GG00044A

                                                                                                    • Loadbearing or Non-            W13 with
                                                                                                        Loadbearing         W13a     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side (6)(13)              1h                  1h                 57
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W13 with
                                                                                                                                                                                                       45 min              45 min
                                                                                                                            W13b     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side (6)(13)                                                     57
                                                                                                                                                                                                       [1 h (8)]           [1 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W13 with
                                                                                                                            W13c     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only (6)(13)          1h                  1h                 54
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W13 with
                                                                                                                            W13d     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only (6)(13)        45 min              45 min               53
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W13 with
                                                                                                                            W13e     • no absorptive material                                            1h                  1h                 45
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W13 with
                                                                                                                             W13f    • no absorptive material                                          45 min              45 min               45
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     • two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                          or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates
                                                                                                                                          set 25 mm apart
                                                                                                                             W14
                                                                                                                                     • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                     • 2 layers of gypsum board on one side
                                                                                                                                     • 1 layer of gypsum board on other side                                                                  GG00045B

                                                                                                                            W14a     W14 with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            1 h
                                                                                                                                     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side (6)(13)              1h                                     61
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          [1.5 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W14 with
                                                                                                                            W14b     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side (6)(13)            45 min                1h                 61
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W14 with
                                                                                                                            W14c     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only (6)(13)          1h                  1h                 57
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W14 with
                                                                                                                            W14d     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only (6)(13)        45 min                1h                 57
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W14 with
                                                                                                                            W14e     • no absorptive material                                            1h                  1h                 51
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)



                                                                                                    Division B   9-400                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                   Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)    Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                      Description                                                  Non-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                                   Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Loadbearing         Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  W14 with
                                                                                                                          W14f    • no absorptive material                                          45 min                1h                  51
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates
                                                                                                                          W15          set 25 mm apart
                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive material




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            GG00045B

                                                                                                                                  W15 with
                                                                                                                          W15a    • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side (6)(13)             1.5 h                2h                  66
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W15 with
                                                                                                                          W15b    • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side (6)(13)              1h                 1.5 h                65
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W15 with
                                                                                                                          W15c    • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side (6)(13)            45 min                1h                  61
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W15 with
                                                                                                                          W15d    • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only (6)(13)         1.5 h                2h                  62
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W15 with
                                                                                                                          W15e    • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only (6)(13)          1h                 1.5 h                60
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W15 with
                                                                                                                          W15f    • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only (6)(13)        45 min                1h                  57
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W15 with
                                                                                                                          W15g    • no absorptive material                                           1.5 h                2h                  56
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W15 with
                                                                                                                          W15h    • no absorptive material                                            1h                 1.5 h                55
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W15 with
                                                                                                                          W15i    • no absorptive material                                          45 min                1h                  51
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm x 89 mm plates
                                                                                                                                       set 25 mm apart
                                                                                                                          W16     • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive material                                                                    GG00046B
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                  W16 with
                                                                                                                          W16a    • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side (6)(13)             1.5 h                2h                  66
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  W16 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c. with blocking at mid-height (10)
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick rock or slag fibre insulation on each side (11)                                                –
                                                                                                                          W16b                                                                        2h                  2h
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels on one side spaced 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(14)
                                                                                                                                  W16 with
                                                                                                                          W16c    • 89 mm thick absorptive material on each side (6)(13)              1h                 1.5 h                65
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B       9-401
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                      Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                             Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                         Description                                                  Non-           Transmission
                                                                                                                            Number                                                                   Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Loadbearing        Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                     W16 with
                                                                                                                            W16d     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only (6)(13)         1.5 h                2h                 62
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W16 with
                                                                                                                            W16e     • 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side only (6)(13)          1h                 1.5 h               60
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W16 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                             W16f    • no absorptive material                                           1.5 h                2h                 56
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                     W16 with
                                                                                                                            W16g     • no absorptive material                                            1h                 1.5 h               55
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                    • Exterior                       • wood studs
                                                                                                    • Wood Studs                     • rock or slag fibre insulation (11)
                                                                                                    • Single Row             EW1     • 1 layer of gypsum board on inside
                                                                                                    • Loadbearing or Non-            • exterior sheathing and cladding                                                                       GG00099A
                                                                                                         Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                     EW1 with
                                                                                                                                     • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                            EW1a     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)                           1h                  1h                 n/a
                                                                                                                                     • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) or exterior
                                                                                                                                          gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                     EW1 with
                                                                                                                                     • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                            EW1b     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)                             45 min                1h                 n/a
                                                                                                                                     • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) or exterior
                                                                                                                                          gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                     EW1 with
                                                                                                                                     • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                            EW1c     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)                         45 min                1h                 n/a
                                                                                                                                     • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) or exterior
                                                                                                                                          gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                     EW1 with
                                                                                                                                     • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                            EW1d     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)                                 –               45 min               n/a
                                                                                                                                     • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) or exterior
                                                                                                                                          gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                     EW1 with
                                                                                                                                     • 38 mm x 140 mm studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)
                                                                                                                            EW1e                                                                       45 min              45 min               n/a
                                                                                                                                     • exterior wood sheathing, exterior gypsum sheathing, or
                                                                                                                                          insulated exterior sheathing (20)
                                                                                                                                     • masonry veneer cladding not less than 89 mm thick
                                                                                                                                     • wood studs
                                                                                                                                     • glass fibre insulation (21)
                                                                                                                             EW2
                                                                                                                                     • 1 layer of gypsum board on inside
                                                                                                                                     • exterior sheathing and cladding                                                                       GG00099A

                                                                                                                                     EW2 with
                                                                                                                                     • 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                            EW2a     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(22)                           1h                  1h                 n/a
                                                                                                                                     • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) or exterior
                                                                                                                                          gypsum sheathing (23) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                     EW2 with
                                                                                                                                     • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                            EW2b     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)                         45 min                1h                 n/a
                                                                                                                                     • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) or exterior
                                                                                                                                          gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)




                                                                                                    Division B   9-402                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)    Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                     Description                                                Non-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                                Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Loadbearing         Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  EW2 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          EW2c                                                                   45 min                1h                  n/a
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)
                                                                                                                                  • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                  EW2 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.                        –
                                                                                                                         EW2d                                                                                        45 min                n/a
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                  EW2 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.                 –
                                                                                                                         EW2e                                                                                        45 min                n/a
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)
                                                                                                                                  • exterior gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                  EW2 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          EW2f                                                                   45 min                1h                  n/a
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)
                                                                                                                                  • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                  EW2 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.                        –
                                                                                                                         EW2g                                                                                        45 min                n/a
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)
                                                                                                                                  • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                  EW2 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.                 –
                                                                                                                         EW2h                                                                                        45 min                n/a
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)
                                                                                                                                  • exterior gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                  EW2 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.                        –
                                                                                                                          EW2i                                                                                       45 min                n/a
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)
                                                                                                                                  • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                  EW2 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 140 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)
                                                                                                                          EW2j                                                                   45 min              45 min                n/a
                                                                                                                                  • exterior wood sheathing, exterior gypsum sheathing or
                                                                                                                                       insulated exterior sheathing (20)
                                                                                                                                  • masonry veneer cladding not less than 89 mm thick
                                                                                                                                  • wood studs
                                                                                                                                  • dry-blown cellulose fibre insulation (12)
                                                                                                                          EW3
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer of gypsum board on inside
                                                                                                                                  • exterior sheathing and cladding                                                                     GG00099A

                                                                                                                                  EW3 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                         EW3a     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)                        1h                  1h                  n/a
                                                                                                                                  • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) or exterior
                                                                                                                                       gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                  EW3 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                         EW3b                                                                      1h                  1h                  n/a
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)
                                                                                                                                  • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                  EW3 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          EW3c                                                                   45 min                1h                  n/a
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)
                                                                                                                                  • exterior gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                  EW3 with
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                         EW3d     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)                          45 min                1h                  n/a
                                                                                                                                  • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) or exterior
                                                                                                                                       gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                 Division B      9-403
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                        Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                  Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                            Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                       Description                                                Non-           Transmission
                                                                                                                           Number                                                                Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Loadbearing        Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                    EW3 with
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           EW3e                                                                    45 min                1h                 n/a
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)
                                                                                                                                    • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                    EW3 with
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           EW3f     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)                      45 min                1h                 n/a




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) or exterior
                                                                                                                                         gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                    EW3 with
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           EW3g                                                                    45 min                1h                 n/a
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)
                                                                                                                                    • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                    EW3 with
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.                        –
                                                                                                                           EW3h                                                                                        45 min               n/a
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)
                                                                                                                                    • exterior gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                    EW3 with
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           EW3i     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)                              –               45 min               n/a
                                                                                                                                    • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) or exterior
                                                                                                                                         gypsum sheathing (18) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                    EW3 with
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.                        –
                                                                                                                           EW3j                                                                                        45 min               n/a
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)
                                                                                                                                    • exterior OSB or plywood sheathing (17) and cladding (19)
                                                                                                                                    EW3 with
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm x 140 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)(15)(16)
                                                                                                                           EW3k                                                                    45 min              45 min               n/a
                                                                                                                                    • exterior wood sheathing, exterior gypsum sheathing or
                                                                                                                                         insulated exterior sheathing (20)
                                                                                                                                    • masonry veneer cladding not less than 89 mm thick
                                                                                                    • Non-Loadbearing               • 31 mm × 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
                                                                                                        Steel Studs                      o.c.
                                                                                                                            S1
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         GG00018A
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                    • 0.46 mm (25 Gauge)            S1 with
                                                                                                                                    • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                         –               45 min
                                                                                                                            S1a                                                                                                             43
                                                                                                                                    • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                              [1 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S1 with
                                                                                                                                    • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                         –               45 min
                                                                                                                            S1b                                                                                                             39
                                                                                                                                    • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                              [1 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S1 with
                                                                                                                                    • studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.                               –
                                                                                                                            S1c                                                                                        45 min               35
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                    •15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    • 31 mm × 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
                                                                                                                                         o.c.
                                                                                                                            S2      • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on one side                                                                 GG00019A
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
                                                                                                                                    S2 with
                                                                                                                                    • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                         –
                                                                                                                            S2a                                                                                          1h                 50
                                                                                                                                    • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)




                                                                                                    Division B   9-404                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                 Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                         Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)    Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                   Description                                           Non-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                         Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Loadbearing         Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  S2 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S2b                                                                                   1h                  44
                                                                                                                                  • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S2 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S2c                                                                                   1h                  50
                                                                                                                                  • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S2 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S2d                                                                                   1h                  42
                                                                                                                                  • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S2 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S2e                                                                                   1h                  41
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S2 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                           S2f                                                                                  1h                  37
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S2 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S2g                                                                                   1h                  40
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S2 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S2h                                                                                   1h                  35
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 31 mm × 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
                                                                                                                                       o.c.
                                                                                                                           S3
                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side                                                        GG00020A

                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3a                                                                                   2h                  54
                                                                                                                                  • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3b                                                                                   2h                  51
                                                                                                                                  • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3c                                                                                  1.5 h                53
                                                                                                                                  • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3d                                                                                  1.5 h                47
                                                                                                                                  • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3e                                                                                   1h                  49
                                                                                                                                  • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                           S3f                                                                                  1h                  41
                                                                                                                                  • 65 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                          Division B      9-405
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                   Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                         Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                  Description                                            Non-           Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                         Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Loadbearing        Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3g                                                                                   2h                 45
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3h                                                                                   2h                 42
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3i                                                                                  1.5 h               44
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3j                                                                                  1.5 h               39
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3k                                                                                   1h                 40
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S3 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S3l                                                                                   1h                 37
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 31 mm × 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
                                                                                                                                       o.c.
                                                                                                                          S4
                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side                                                        GG00021A

                                                                                                                                  S4 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –               45 min
                                                                                                                          S4a                                                                                                      48
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                       [1 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S4 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –               45 min
                                                                                                                          S4b                                                                                                      47
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                       [1 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S4 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S4c                                                                                 45 min               38
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S4 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S4d                                                                                 45 min               38
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 31 mm × 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
                                                                                                                                       o.c.
                                                                                                                          S5      • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer of gypsum board on one side                                                         GG00022A
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
                                                                                                                                  S5 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –                1 h
                                                                                                                          S5a                                                                                                      53
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                      [1.5 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S5 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –                1 h
                                                                                                                          S5b                                                                                                      52
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                      [1.5 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)



                                                                                                    Division B   9-406                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                 Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                         Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)    Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                   Description                                           Non-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                         Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Loadbearing         Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  S5 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –                1 h
                                                                                                                          S5c                                                                                                       51
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                      [1.5 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S5 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –                1 h
                                                                                                                          S5d                                                                                                       50
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                      [1.5 h (8)]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S5 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S5e                                                                                   1h                  43
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  •15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S5 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                           S5f                                                                                  1h                  42
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S5 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S5g                                                                                   1h                  41
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S5 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S5h                                                                                   1h                  40
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 31 mm × 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm
                                                                                                                                       o.c.
                                                                                                                           S6
                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side                                                         GG00023A

                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S6a                                                                                   2h                  56
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S6b                                                                                   2h                  55
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S6c                                                                                  1.5 h                55
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S6d                                                                                  1.5 h                54
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S6e                                                                                   1h                  50
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                           S6f                                                                                  1h                  48
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                  –
                                                                                                                          S6g                                                                                   2h                  47
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                          Division B       9-407
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                          Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                     Description                                          Non-           Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                          Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Loadbearing        Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                   –
                                                                                                                          S6h                                                                                    2h                 45
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                   –
                                                                                                                          S6i                                                                                   1.5 h               45
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                   –
                                                                                                                          S6j                                                                                   1.5 h               44
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 600 mm o.c.                                   –
                                                                                                                          S6k                                                                                    1h                 41
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S6 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs spaced 400 mm o.c.                                   –
                                                                                                                          S6l                                                                                    1h                 39
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 31 mm × 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                       600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          S7
                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer of gypsum board on each side                                                         GG00024A

                                                                                                                                  S7 with
                                                                                                                                                                                               –               45 min
                                                                                                                          S7a     • 150 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                                            51
                                                                                                                                                                                                               [1 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S7 with
                                                                                                                          S7b     • no absorptive material                                     –               45 min               41
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 31 mm × 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                       600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          S8      • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer of gypsum board on one side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  GG00025A
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
                                                                                                                                  S8 with
                                                                                                                                                                                               –                1 h
                                                                                                                          S8a     • 150 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                                            55
                                                                                                                                                                                                              [1.5 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S8 with
                                                                                                                                                                                               –                1 h
                                                                                                                          S8b     • 150 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                                            54
                                                                                                                                                                                                              [1.5 h (8)]
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S8 with
                                                                                                                          S8c     • no absorptive material                                     –                 1h                 45
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S8 with
                                                                                                                          S8d     • no absorptive material                                     –                 1h                 44
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 31 mm × 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                       600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          S9      • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 GG00026A

                                                                                                                                  S9 with
                                                                                                                          S9a     • 150 mm thick absorptive material (6)                       –                 2h                 59
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)




                                                                                                    Division B   9-408                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                   Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                        Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)    Typical Sound
                                                                                                                            Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                     Description                                        Non-            Transmission
                                                                                                                           Number                                                      Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Loadbearing         Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                    S9 with
                                                                                                                            S9b     • 150 mm thick absorptive material (6)                   –                1.5 h                57
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S9 with
                                                                                                                            S9c     • 150 mm thick absorptive material (6)                   –                 1h                  53
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    S9 with
                                                                                                                            S9d     • no absorptive material                                 –                 2h                  49
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S9 with
                                                                                                                            S9e     • no absorptive material                                 –                1.5 h                47
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S9 with
                                                                                                                            S9f     • no absorptive material                                 –                 1h                  43
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                    • Loadbearing Steel             • 41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced
                                                                                                         Studs                           400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                    • 0.84 mm to 1.52 mm    S10     • with or without cross-bracing on one side
                                                                                                         Thickness                  • with or without absorptive material                                                        GG00028A
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                    S10 with
                                                                                                                            S10a    • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                  1h                   –                  38
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S10 with
                                                                                                                            S10b    • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)              45 min [1 h]             –                  38
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S10 with
                                                                                                                            S10c    • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                    –                  –                  36
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S10 with
                                                                                                                            S10d    • no absorptive material                               1h                   –                  36
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S10 with
                                                                                                                            S10e    • no absorptive material                               1h                   –                  35
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S10 with
                                                                                                                            S10f    • no absorptive material                                 –                  –                  34
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    • 41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced
                                                                                                                                         400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without cross-bracing on one side
                                                                                                                            S11
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels on one side                                                      GG00029A
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                    S11 with
                                                                                                                                    • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                    –                  –
                                                                                                                            S11a                                                                                                   50
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S11 with
                                                                                                                                    • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                    –                  –
                                                                                                                            S11b                                                                                                   47
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                    S11 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material                                 –                  –
                                                                                                                            S11c                                                                                                   41
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                         Division B       9-409
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                          Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                   Description                                            Non-           Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                          Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Loadbearing        Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  S11 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                        –                  –
                                                                                                                          S11d                                                                                                      47
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S11 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                        –                  –
                                                                                                                          S11e                                                                                                      45
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S11 with
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material (6)                                 –                  –
                                                                                                                          S11f                                                                                                      39
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S11 with
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material (6)                                 –                  –
                                                                                                                          S11g                                                                                                      36
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S11 with
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material (6)                                 –                  –
                                                                                                                          S11h                                                                                                      38
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced
                                                                                                                                       400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • with or without cross-bracing on one side
                                                                                                                          S12     • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels on one side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 GG00030A
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel side
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer gypsum board on other side
                                                                                                                                  S12 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                        –                  –
                                                                                                                          S12a                                                                                                      54
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S12 with
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material                                     –                  –
                                                                                                                          S12b                                                                                                      46
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S12 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                        –                  –
                                                                                                                          S12c                                                                                                      52
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S12 with
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material                                     –                  –
                                                                                                                          S12d                                                                                                      43
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S12 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                        –                  –
                                                                                                                          S12e                                                                                                      52
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S12 with
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material                                     –                  –
                                                                                                                          S12f                                                                                                      43
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S12 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                        –                  –
                                                                                                                          S12g                                                                                                      50
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)




                                                                                                    Division B   9-410                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                 Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                          Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)    Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                   Description                                            Non-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                          Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Loadbearing         Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  S12 with
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material                                     –                  –
                                                                                                                          S12h                                                                                                       41
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced
                                                                                                                                       400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive material




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels on one side spaced at
                                                                                                                          S13
                                                                                                                                       400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel side                                               GG00096A
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer shear membrane and 1 layer gypsum board on
                                                                                                                                       other side
                                                                                                                                  S13 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                           –
                                                                                                                          S13a                                                             30 min                                    57
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm OSB shear membrane
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced
                                                                                                                                       400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          S14     • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels on one side
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers gypsum board on each side                                                            GG00031A

                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                           –
                                                                                                                          S14a                                                               1h                                      60
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                                           –
                                                                                                                          S14b                                                           45 min [1 h]                                57
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                        –                  –
                                                                                                                          S14c                                                                                                       54
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material                                                        –
                                                                                                                          S14d                                                               1h                                      51
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          S14e    • no absorptive material                                   1h                   –                  49
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          S14f    • no absorptive material                                   1h                   –                  50
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material                                     –                  –
                                                                                                                          S14g                                                                                                       45
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          S14h    • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                      1h                   –                  58
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B      9-411
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                    Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                   Description                                                Non-           Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                              Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Loadbearing        Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          S14i    • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                          1h                   –                 60
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • 89 mm thick absorptive material (6)                        45 min




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          S14j                                                                                        –                 55
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.              [1 h]
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          S14k    • no absorptive material                                       1h                   –                 49
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • studs at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          S14l    • no absorptive material                                       1h                   –                 51
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S14 with
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material                                                            –
                                                                                                                         S14m                                                                    1h                                     47
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 2 rows of 92 mm loadbearing steel studs spaced 400
                                                                                                                                       mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on separate 41 mm x
                                                                                                                                       92 mm runners
                                                                                                                          S15
                                                                                                                                  • with cross-bracing
                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive material                                                              GG00097A
                                                                                                                                  • 2 layers of gypsum board each side
                                                                                                                                  S15 with
                                                                                                                          S15a    • 89 mm thick absorptive material in each cavity (6)           1h                   –                 68
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S15 with
                                                                                                                          S15b    • no absorptive material                                       1h                   –                 52
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S15 with
                                                                                                                          S15c    • 89 mm thick absorptive material in each cavity (6)           1h                   –                 68
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  S15 with
                                                                                                                          S15d    • no absorptive material                                      1.5 h                 –                 52
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                    • Hollow Concrete             • 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
                                                                                                        Block (Normal
                                                                                                        Weight            B1
                                                                                                        Aggregate)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      GG00001A

                                                                                                                          B1a     • 140 mm bare concrete block (5)                               1h                  1h                 48
                                                                                                                          B1b     • 190 mm bare concrete block (5)                              1.5 h               1.5 h               50
                                                                                                                                  •140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                                  • no absorptive material
                                                                                                                          B2      • 1 layer gypsum-sand plaster or gypsum board on each
                                                                                                                                       side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      GG00002A

                                                                                                                                  B2 with
                                                                                                                          B2a     • 140 mm concrete block                                        2h                  2h                 50
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster



                                                                                                    Division B   9-412                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                   Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)    Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                    Description                                               Non-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                              Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Loadbearing         Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  B2 with
                                                                                                                                  • 140 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                          B2b                                                                    2h                  2h                  47
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm
                                                                                                                                       Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B2 with
                                                                                                                          B2c     • 140 mm concrete block                                       1.5 h               1.5 h                46
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                  B2 with
                                                                                                                          B2d     • 190 mm concrete block                                       2.5 h               2.5 h                51
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster
                                                                                                                                  B2 with
                                                                                                                          B2e     • 190 mm concrete block                                        3h                  3h                  50
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B2 with
                                                                                                                           B2f    • 190 mm concrete block                                       2.5 h               2.5 h                49
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B2 with
                                                                                                                          B2g     • 190 mm concrete block                                        2h                  2h                  48
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  • 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           B3     • absorptive material filling resilient metal channel
                                                                                                                                       space (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer gypsum board on each side                                                                  GG00003A

                                                                                                                                  B3 with
                                                                                                                                  • 140 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                          B3a                                                                    2h                  2h                  51
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm
                                                                                                                                       Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B3 with
                                                                                                                          B3b     • 140 mm concrete block                                       1.5 h               1.5 h                48
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)
                                                                                                                                  B3 with
                                                                                                                          B3c     • 190 mm concrete block                                        3h                  3h                  54
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B3 with
                                                                                                                          B3d     • 190 mm concrete block                                       2.5 h               2.5 h                53
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B3 with
                                                                                                                          B3e     • 190 mm concrete block                                        2h                  2h                  51
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)
                                                                                                                                  •140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                                  • resilient metal channels on each side spaced at 400 mm
                                                                                                                                       or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           B4     • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       GG00004A

                                                                                                                                  B4 with
                                                                                                                                  • 140 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                          B4a                                                                    2h                  2h                  47
                                                                                                                                  •12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7), or 15.9 mm Type X
                                                                                                                                      gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B4 with
                                                                                                                          B4b     • 140 mm concrete block                                       1.5 h               1.5 h                42
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                               Division B       9-413
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                  Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                          Wall
                                                                                                        Type of Wall                                      Description                                                 Non-           Transmission
                                                                                                                         Number                                                                  Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Loadbearing        Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                  B4 with
                                                                                                                          B4c     • 190 mm concrete block                                            3h                  3h                 50
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B4 with
                                                                                                                          B4d     • 190 mm concrete block                                           2.5 h               2.5 h               49
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B4 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          B4e     •190 mm concrete block                                             2h                  2h                 45
                                                                                                                                  •12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)
                                                                                                                                  • 190 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm × 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping
                                                                                                                                       on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          B5      • with or without absorptive material
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          GG00005A

                                                                                                                                  B5 with
                                                                                                                          B5a                                                                        3h                  3h                 54
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B5 with
                                                                                                                          B5b                                                                       2.5 h               2.5 h               53
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B5 with
                                                                                                                          B5c                                                                        2h                  2h                 51
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)
                                                                                                                                  • 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                                  • 38 mm × 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood strapping
                                                                                                                                       on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          B6      • absorptive material filling strapping space on each
                                                                                                                                       side (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          GG00006A

                                                                                                                                  B6 with
                                                                                                                                  • 140 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                          B6a                                                                        2h                  2h                 57
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm Type X
                                                                                                                                       gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B6 with
                                                                                                                          B6b     • 140 mm concrete block                                           1.5 h               1.5 h               56
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)
                                                                                                                                  B6 with
                                                                                                                          B6c     • 190 mm concrete block                                            3h                  3h                 60
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B6 with
                                                                                                                          B6d     • 190 mm concrete block                                           2.5 h               2.5 h               59
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B6 with
                                                                                                                          B6e     • 190 mm concrete block                                            2h                  2h                 57
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 regular gypsum board (7)(9)
                                                                                                                                  • 190 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                                  • 65 mm steel studs each side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                  • absorptive material filling stud space on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                  • 1 layer gypsum board on each side
                                                                                                                          B7


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          GG00007A

                                                                                                                                  B7 with
                                                                                                                          B7a                                                                        3h                  3h                 71
                                                                                                                                  • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                  B7 with
                                                                                                                          B7b                                                                       2.5 h               2.5 h               70
                                                                                                                                  • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)



                                                                                                    Division B   9-414                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                              Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Fire-Resistance Rating (2)(3)(4)    Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                 Wall
                                                                                                           Type of Wall                                           Description                                                 Non-            Transmission
                                                                                                                                Number                                                                   Loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Loadbearing         Class (2)(4)(5)
                                                                                                                                           B7 with
                                                                                                                                  B7c                                                                        2h                  2h                  69
                                                                                                                                           • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)
                                                                                                                                           • 190 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                                           • 38 mm × 64 mm wood studs on each side spaced at
                                                                                                                                                600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                           • absorptive material filling stud space on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                  B8
                                                                                                                                           • 1 layer gypsum board on each side




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   GG00008A

                                                                                                                                           B8 with
                                                                                                                                  B8a                                                                        3h                  3h                  71
                                                                                                                                           • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                           B8 with
                                                                                                                                  B8b                                                                       2.5 h               2.5 h                70
                                                                                                                                           • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                           B8 with
                                                                                                                                  B8c                                                                        2h                  2h                  69
                                                                                                                                           • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)
                                                                                                                                           • 190 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                                           • 50 mm metal Z-bars on each side spaced at 600 mm
                                                                                                                                                o.c. (or 38 mm × 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood
                                                                                                                                                strapping plus resilient metal channels)
                                                                                                                                  B9
                                                                                                                                           • absorptive material filling Z-bar space on each side (6)
                                                                                                                                           • 1 layer gypsum board on each side

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   GG00009A

                                                                                                                                           B9 with
                                                                                                                                  B9a                                                                        3h                  3h                  65
                                                                                                                                           • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                           B9 with
                                                                                                                                  B9b                                                                       2.5 h               2.5 h                64
                                                                                                                                           • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                           B9 with
                                                                                                                                  B9c                                                                        2h                  2h                  63
                                                                                                                                           • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)(9)
                                                                                                                                           • 190 mm concrete block
                                                                                                                                           • resilient metal channels on one side spaced at 600 mm
                                                                                                                                                o.c.
                                                                                                                                  B10      • absorptive material filling resilient metal channel
                                                                                                                                                space (6)
                                                                                                                                           • 2 layers gypsum board on one side only                                                                GG00010A

                                                                                                                                           B10 with
                                                                                                                                 B10a                                                                        3h                  3h                  56
                                                                                                                                           • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                           B10 with
                                                                                                                                 B10b                                                                       2.5 h               2.5 h                55
                                                                                                                                           • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board (7)
                                                                                                                                           B10 with
                                                                                                                                 B10c                                                                        2h                  2h                  54
                                                                                                                                           • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board (7)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.10.3.1.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Note A-9.10.3.1.
                                                                                                    (2)   Fire-resistance ratings and STC ratings of wood-frame construction were evaluated only for constructions with solid-sawn 38 mm × 89 mm lumber.
                                                                                                          However, the fire-resistance ratings and STC ratings provided for 38 mm × 89 mm wood-frame construction may be applied to wood-frame
                                                                                                          constructions with solid-sawn 38 mm × 140 mm lumber; in some cases the ratings may be conservative. Where 38 mm × 140 mm framing is used
                                                                                                          and absorptive material is called for, the absorptive material must be 140 mm thick. (See Sentence D-1.2.1.(2) of Appendix D for the significance of
                                                                                                          fire-resistance ratings.) The STC ratings may also be applied to fingerjoined lumber. The fire-resistance ratings are applicable to constructions
                                                                                                          using fingerjoined lumber that has been manufactured with a heat-resistant adhesive (HRA) in accordance with NLGA special product standard
                                                                                                          SPS-1, “Fingerjoined Structural Lumber,” or SPS-3, “Fingerjoined “Vertical Stud Use Only” Lumber.” (See also Note A-9.23.10.4.(1).)
                                                                                                    (3)   For all fire-resistance ratings, the given spacing for framing is a maximum value.
                                                                                                    (4)   Sound ratings listed are based on the most reliable laboratory test data available for specimens conforming to installation details required by
                                                                                                          CSA A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application.” Results of specific tests may differ slightly because of measurement precision and minor variations
                                                                                                          in construction details. These results should only be used where the actual construction details, including spacing of fasteners and supporting
                                                                                                          framing, correspond exactly to the details of the test specimens on which the ratings are based. For wood- and steel-framed assemblies, if the


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                           Division B       9-415
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                         fasteners are spaced less than 300 mm o.c., subtract 1 from the sound transmission class value; if the fasteners are spaced less than 200 mm o.c.,
                                                                                                         subtract 2 from the sound transmission class value. Narrower fastener spacing is not detrimental to the fire-resistance rating. Assemblies with
                                                                                                         sound transmission class ratings of 50 or more require methods to minimize airborne sound transmission at electrical boxes and other openings,
                                                                                                         and at the junction of intersecting walls and floors, except intersection of walls constructed of concrete or solid masonry units where the masonry
                                                                                                         joints at the intersection are mortared.
                                                                                                    (5) Sound ratings are only valid where there are no discernible cracks or voids in the visible surfaces. For concrete blocks, surfaces must be sealed by

                                                                                                         at least 2 coats of paint or other surface finish described in Section 9.29. to prevent sound leakage.
                                                                                                    (6) Sound absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre. It must fill at least 90% of the cavity thickness for the
                                                                                                         wall to have the listed STC value. The absorptive material should not overfill the cavity to the point of producing significant outward pressure on the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         finishes; such an assembly will not achieve the STC rating. Where the absorptive material used with steel stud assemblies is in batt form, “steel
                                                                                                         stud batts,” which are wide enough to fill the cavity from the web of one stud to the web of the adjacent stud, must be used.
                                                                                                    (7) The complete descriptions of indicated finishes are as follows:

                                                                                                               • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board – 12.7 mm regular gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2.
                                                                                                               • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board – 12.7 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2.
                                                                                                               • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board – 15.9 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2.
                                                                                                               • Except for exterior walls (see Table Note (15)), the outer layer of finish on both sides of the wall must have its joints taped and finished.
                                                                                                               • Except as otherwise required for fastener spacing (see Table Notes (14), (16) and (22)), fastener type, spacing and penetration depth for
                                                                                                                 the attachment of gypsum board must conform to Subsection 9.29.5. and fasteners must consist of
                                                                                                                       • nails or screws when attaching gypsum board to wood studs or wood strapping, and
                                                                                                                       • screws when attaching gypsum board to cold-formed steel studs or resilient metal channels.
                                                                                                    (8) Absorptive material required for the higher fire-resistance rating shall be mineral fibre processed from rock or slag with a mass per unit area of wall

                                                                                                         surface of at least 4.8 kg/m² for 150 mm thickness, 2.8 kg/m² for 89 mm thickness and 2.0 kg/m² for 65 mm thickness and shall completely fill the
                                                                                                         wall cavity. For assemblies with double wood studs on separate plates, absorptive material is required in the stud cavities on both sides.
                                                                                                    (9) Regular gypsum board used in single layer assemblies must be installed so all edges are supported.
                                                                                                    (10) The fire-resistance rating values are achieved as follows:
                                                                                                               • for a single row of studs, by installing blocking at a spacing of not more than 1 524 mm o.c. as shown in Case A of Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E, or
                                                                                                               • for two rows of studs on separate plates, by installing blocking in both rows at a spacing of not more than 1 524 mm o.c. as shown in
                                                                                                                 Case B of Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E.
                                                                                                    (11) The mineral fibre insulation processed from rock or slag shall have a mass per unit area of wall surface of not less than 4.48 kg/m2 for 140 mm
                                                                                                         thickness and 2.85 kg/m2 for 89 mm thickness and shall completely fill the wall cavity.
                                                                                                    (12) The dry-blown cellulose fibre insulation shall have a mass per unit area of wall surface of not less than 6.80 kg/m2 for 140 mm thickness and
                                                                                                         4.32 kg/m2 for 89 mm thickness and shall completely fill the wall cavity.
                                                                                                    (13) Where bracing material, such as diagonal lumber or plywood, OSB, gypsum board or fibreboard sheathing is installed on the inner face of one

                                                                                                         row of studs in double stud assemblies, the STC rating will be reduced by 3 for any assemblies containing absorptive material in both rows of
                                                                                                         studs or in the row of studs opposite to that to which the bracing material is attached. Attaching such layers on both inner faces of the studs
                                                                                                         may drastically reduce the STC value but enough data to permit assignment of STC ratings for this situation is not available. The fire-resistance
                                                                                                         rating is not affected by the inclusion of such bracing.
                                                                                                    (14) For the attachment of the gypsum board, fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the framing members and
                                                                                                         resilient metal channels in both the base and face layers.
                                                                                                    (15) For exterior walls, the finish joints must be taped and finished for the outer layer of the interior side only.
                                                                                                    (16) For the attachment of the gypsum board on the interior side of exterior wall assemblies, fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 200 mm
                                                                                                         (nominal) o.c. along the framing members. All joints shall be backed with lumber having the same dimensions as the framing members as shown in
                                                                                                         Figures A-9.10.3.1.-F and A-9.10.3.1.-G. For EW1e, EW2j and EW3k walls, blocking shall be installed at a spacing of not more than 1 524 mm o.c.
                                                                                                         as shown in Case A of Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E where joints are backed at a spacing of more than 1 524 mm o.c. along the height of the wall.
                                                                                                    (17) The exterior OSB or plywood sheathing shall be not less than 11.1 mm thick and shall be installed with a gap of not less than 2 mm between

                                                                                                         sheets. Fastener types and spacing shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A. All joints shall be backed with lumber having the same dimensions as the
                                                                                                         framing members as shown in Figures A-9.10.3.1.-F and A-9.10.3.1.-G.
                                                                                                    (18) The exterior gypsum sheathing shall be Type X gypsum sheathing not less than 15.9 mm thick. Fasteners shall be spaced at not more than

                                                                                                         200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the framing members.
                                                                                                    (19) Any cladding allowed under Part 9 is permitted. The cladding can include foamed plastic and other insulations outboard of the sheathing, where
                                                                                                         permitted by spatial separation requirements in Subsection 9.10.14. or 9.10.15. Where OSB or plywood sheathing acts as the cladding, no
                                                                                                         additional outboard cladding is required, but is permitted.
                                                                                                    (20) Includes any exterior wall sheathing listed in Table 9.23.17.2.-A and masonry veneer cladding conforming to Section 9.20. Foamed plastic
                                                                                                         sheathing is permitted in EW1e, EW2j and EW3k walls without the use of other sheathing, provided it is directly attached to the framing.
                                                                                                    (21) The glass fibre insulation shall have a mass per unit area of wall surface of not less than 1.30 kg/m2 for 140 mm thickness and 1.0 kg/m2 for
                                                                                                         89 mm thickness and shall completely fill the wall cavity.
                                                                                                    (22) For the attachment of the gypsum board on the interior side of exterior wall assemblies, fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 150 mm

                                                                                                         (nominal) o.c. along the edges and 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the intermediate supports. All joints shall be backed with lumber having the same
                                                                                                         dimensions as the framing members as shown in Figures A-9.10.3.1.-F and A-9.10.3.1.-G.


                                                                                                    Division B    9-416                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                            Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.10.3.1.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                    (23)   The exterior gypsum sheathing shall be not less than 12.7 mm thick. Fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along
                                                                                                           the framing members.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B   9-417
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.10.3.1.-B
                                                                                                                                          Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs (1)
                                                                                                                           Forming Part of Article 5.8.1.3., Sentences 9.10.3.1.(1) and 9.10.5.1.(3), and Article 9.11.1.3.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                              Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                        Description (2)(3)(4)              Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                               Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                                Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (STC)
                                                                                                     Floors and Ceilings
                                                                                                       Concrete Slabs                     • concrete floors




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                 F1

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              GG00100A

                                                                                                                                          • 90 mm reinforced concrete with 20 mm minimum
                                                                                                                                F1a                                                                    1h                    47                     23
                                                                                                                                               cover over reinforcing steel
                                                                                                                                          • 130 mm reinforced concrete with 25 mm minimum
                                                                                                                                F1b                                                                    2h                    52                     27
                                                                                                                                              cover over reinforcing steel
                                                                                                                                          • pre-stressed hollow core slab 200 mm deep with
                                                                                                                                 F1c                                                                   1h                    50                     28
                                                                                                                                               25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel
                                                                                                                                          • 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with               -
                                                                                                                                F1d                                                                                          51                     21
                                                                                                                                              152 × 152 × MW3.8 × MW3.8 wire mesh
                                                                                                                                          • 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with
                                                                                                                                               152 × 152 × MW3.8 × MW3.8 wire mesh
                                                                                                                                F1e       • resilient metal channels 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.           1.5 h                   57                     36
                                                                                                                                          • 2 layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 2
                                                                                                                                               layers of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                          • open web steel joists with concrete floor
                                                                                                      Open Web Steel
                                                                                                                                 F2
                                                                                                          Joists
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              GG00101A

                                                                                                                                          • 50 mm thick concrete deck
                                                                                                                                          • on open web steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                          • furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                F2a                                                                 45 min                   53                     27
                                                                                                                                                wired to underside of joists
                                                                                                                                          • 1 layer of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on
                                                                                                                                                ceiling side
                                                                                                                                          • 65 mm regular concrete minimum 155 kg/m 2
                                                                                                                                          • on composite steel joists spaced 1250 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                          • furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                F2b                                                                  1.5 h                   53                     28
                                                                                                                                                wired to underside of joists
                                                                                                                                          • 1 layer of 12.7 mm or 15.9 mm Type X gypsum
                                                                                                                                                board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                          • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                               or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                          • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                               than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                        Wood Floor
                                                                                                                                F3 (14)   • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                         Joists (13)
                                                                                                                                          • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              GG00102A

                                                                                                                                          F3 with
                                                                                                                                F3a       • no absorptive material in cavity                             -                   29                     27
                                                                                                                                          • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                          F3 with
                                                                                                                                F3b       • absorptive material in cavity                                -                   31                     30
                                                                                                                                          • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-418                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                        Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                        Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F3 with
                                                                                                                           F3c      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   27                       26
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F3 with
                                                                                                                           F3d      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   29                       29




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F3 with
                                                                                                                           F3e      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                    27                      25
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F3 with
                                                                                                                           F3f      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                    29                      28
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                         than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F4 (14)   • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        GG00103A

                                                                                                                                    F4 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F4a                                                                 1h                    33                       31
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F4 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F4b                                                                 1h                    34                       31
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F4 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.       45 min
                                                                                                                           F4c                                                                                       35                       34
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         [1 h] (15)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F4 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F4d                                                              45 min                   38                       34
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F4 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F4e                                                                 1h                    32                       30
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F4 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F4f                                                              45 min                   33                       30
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F4 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F4g                                                              45 min                   34                       33
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F4 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.           -
                                                                                                                           F4h                                                                                       35                       33
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                   Division B     9-419
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                      Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                      Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F4 with
                                                                                                                           F4i      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                    31                    30
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F4 with
                                                                                                                           F4j      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                    33                    33




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                         than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F5 (14)   • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      GG00104A

                                                                                                                                    F5 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F5a                                                              30 min                   35                     37
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum
                                                                                                                                    F5 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F5b                                                              30 min                   37                     30
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F5 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F5c                                                                                       38                     30
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.           [45 min] (16)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F5 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F5d                                                              30 min                   40                     33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F5 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F5e                                                              30 min                   33                     26
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F5 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F5f                                                              30 min                    35                    29
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F5 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F5g                                                                                       36                     29
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.           [45 min] (16)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F5 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F5h                                                              30 min                   38                     32
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F5 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F5i                                                             < 30 min                  33                     25
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F5 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F5j                                                             < 30 min                   35                    28
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board


                                                                                                    Division B   9-420                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                     F5 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F5k                                                              < 30 min                  36                       28
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F5 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                            F5l                                                             < 30 min                  38                       33
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                          or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                     • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                          than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F6 (14)    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                          600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         GG00105A

                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F6a (17)                                                              1h                    39                       32
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boad
                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F6b (17)                                                              1h                    41                       32
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F6c (17)                                                              1h                    42                       35
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F6d (17)                                                              1h                    44                       37
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F6e (17)                                                              1h                    38                       30
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F6f (17)                                                              1h                    40                       33
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F6g (17)                                                              1h                    41                       33
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F6h (17)                                                                                    43                       36
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.             [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                            F6i                                                                                       37                       30
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B     9-421
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                           Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                Description (2)(3)(4)                   Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                           Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                             Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        (STC)
                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                            F6j                                                                                           39                     33
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F6 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                                  -
                                                                                                                           F6k                                                                                             40                    33
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F6 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                                  -
                                                                                                                            F6l                                                                                            42                    36
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                          or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                     • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                          than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists
                                                                                                                          F7 (14)
                                                                                                                                          on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                          600 mm o.c. attached to joists through gypsum
                                                                                                                                          board
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           GG00106A
                                                                                                                                     • 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient metal
                                                                                                                                          channels
                                                                                                                                     F7 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F7a (17)   • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                  1h                    35                     27
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F7 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F7b (17)   • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                  1h                    37                     30
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F7 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F7c (17)   • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                  1h                    35                     27
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F7 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F7d (17)   • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                  1h                    37                     30
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F7 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F7e       • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board                                   -                    32                    26
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F7 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                            F7f      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board                                   -                    35                    28
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-422                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                        Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                        Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                         than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F8 (14)   • with or without absorptive material in cavity




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        GG00107A

                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F8a                                                              30 min                    41                      33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F8b                                                              30 min                    43                      36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F8c                                                                                       48                       41
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.         [45 min] (16)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F8d                                                              30 min                    50                      44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F8e                                                              30 min                    39                      32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F8f                                                              30 min                    41                      35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F8g                                                                                       46                       40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.         [45 min] (16)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F8h                                                              30 min                    48                      43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F8i                                                             < 30 min                   41                      31
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F8j                                                             < 30 min                   41                      34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F8 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F8k                                                             < 30 min                   46                      39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                   Division B     9-423
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                     F8 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                            F8l                                                             < 30 min                   48                    42
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                     • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                          than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F9 (14)    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                          600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       GG00108A

                                                                                                                                     F9 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F9a (17)                                                              1h                     45                    38
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F9 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F9b (17)                                                              1h                     47                    40
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F9 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   52
                                                                                                                          F9c (17)                                                                                                           46
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [54] (19)
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F9 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   54
                                                                                                                          F9d (17)                                                                                                           48
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [56] (19)
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F9 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F9e (17)                                                              1h                     44                    36
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F9 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F9f (17)                                                              1h                     46                    39
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F9 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   51
                                                                                                                          F9g (17)                                                                                                           44
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [53] (19)
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F9 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F9h (17)                                                                                    53                     47
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.           [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F9 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                            F9i                                                                                        43                    36
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F9 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                            F9j                                                                                        45                    39
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-424                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                        Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                               Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                          Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                 Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                          Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                          Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     (STC)
                                                                                                                                      F9 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                            F9k                                                                                         50                      44
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F9 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                            F9l                                                                                         52                      47
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      • one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or
                                                                                                                                           OSB or waferboard
                                                                                                                                      • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB
                                                                                                                                           or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
                                                                                                                                           lumber
                                                                                                                          F10 (14)    • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                           than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400 or
                                                                                                                                           600 mm o.c.                                                                                    GG00109A
                                                                                                                                      • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                      F10 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F10a                                                               30 min                   44                       34
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F10 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F10b                                                               30 min                   46                       37
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F10 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F10c                                                                                        51                       42
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.         [45 min] (18)
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F10 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F10d                                                                                        53                       45
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.         [45 min] (16)
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F10 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood joists spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F10e       • absorptive material in cavity                          1 h (20)              53 (20)                    44
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F10 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood I-joists spaced at 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F10f (21)   • absorptive material in cavity                          1 h (20)              52 (20)                    43
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F10 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F10g                                                               30 min                   42                       33
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F10 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F10h                                                               30 min                    44                      36
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B     9-425
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                     F10 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F10i                                                                                       49                     41
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.         [45 min] (18)
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F10 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F10j                                                                                       51                     44
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.         [45 min] (16)
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F10 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F10k                                                                                        42                     33
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F10 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F10l                                                                                        44                    35
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F10 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F10m                                                                                         49                    41
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F10 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F10n                                                                                         51                    43
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     • one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or
                                                                                                                                          OSB or waferboard
                                                                                                                                     • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB
                                                                                                                                          or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
                                                                                                                                          lumber
                                                                                                                          F11 (14)   • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                          than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                          600 mm o.c.                                                                                  GG00110A
                                                                                                                                     • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                     F11 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F11a (17)                                                              1h                    48                     39
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F11 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F11b (17)                                                              1h                    50                     42
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F11 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   55
                                                                                                                         F11c (17)                                                                                                           47
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [56] (19)
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F11 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   57
                                                                                                                         F11d (17)                                                                                                           50
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [58] (19)
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-426                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                        Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                        Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                               Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                          Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                 Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                          Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                          Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     (STC)
                                                                                                                                      F11 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                         F11e (17)    • absorptive material in cavity                         1.5 h (22)             56 (22)                    47
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      F11 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F11f (21)   • absorptive material in cavity                         1.5 h (22)             56 (22)                    46
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F11 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F11g (17)                                                               1h                    47                       38
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F11 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F11h (17)                                                               1h                    49                       40
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F11 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   54
                                                                                                                          F11i (17)                                                                                                             46
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [55] (19)
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F11 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F11j (17)                                                                                    56                       48
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.           [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F11 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F11k                                                                                        46                       37
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F11 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F11l                                                                                         48                      40
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F11 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F11m                                                                                          53                      45
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F11 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F11n                                                                                         55                      48
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                           44 kg/m 2)
                                                                                                                                      • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                          F12 (14)    • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                           than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          GG00111A

                                                                                                                                      F12 with
                                                                                                                           F12a       • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   41                       13
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B     9-427
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                     F12 with
                                                                                                                          F12b       • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   43                     16
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F12 with
                                                                                                                          F12c       • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   39                     12




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F12 with
                                                                                                                          F12d       • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   41                     15
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F12 with
                                                                                                                          F12e       • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   39                     12
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F12 with
                                                                                                                           F12f      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                    41                    15
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                          44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                     • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                          or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                          F13 (14)   • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                                          than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       GG00112A

                                                                                                                                     F13 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F13a                                                                  1h                    43                     16
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F13 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F13b                                                                  1h                    45                     16
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F13 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.       45 min
                                                                                                                          F13c                                                                                        45                     19
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                         [1 h] (15)
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F13 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F13d                                                               45 min                   47                     19
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F13 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F13e                                                                  1h                    42                     15
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F13 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F13f                                                              45 min                   44                     15
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F13 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F13g                                                               45 min                   44                     18
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-428                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                        Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                        Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                               Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                          Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                 Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                          Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                          Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     (STC)
                                                                                                                                      F13 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.           -
                                                                                                                           F13h                                                                                        46                       18
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F13 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           F13i       • no absorptive material in cavity                          -                    41                       14
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F13 with
                                                                                                                           F13j       • absorptive material in cavity                             -                    45                       14
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                           44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                      • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                      • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                          F14 (14)
                                                                                                                                           than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400 or
                                                                                                                                           600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side                                                           GG00114A


                                                                                                                                      F14 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F14a                                                                                        53                       22
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F14 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F14b                                                                                        55                       22
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F14 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F14c                                                                                        60                       30
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.         [45 min] (18)
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F14 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F14d                                                                                        62                       30
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F14 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F14e       • absorptive material in cavity                          1 h (20)              60 (20)                    31
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F14 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F14f (21)   • absorptive material in cavity                          1 h (20)              61 (20)                    31
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F14 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F14g                                                                                        51                       21
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F14 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F14h                                                                                         53                      21
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B     9-429
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                     F14 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F14i                                                                                        58                    29
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F14 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F14j                                                                                        60                    29
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F14 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F14k                                                                                         51                    21
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F14 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F14l                                                                                        53                    21
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F14 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F14m                                                                                         58                    29
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F14 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F14n                                                                                         60                    29
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                          44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                     • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                          or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                     • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                          F15 (14)
                                                                                                                                          than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                          600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side                                                        GG00115A


                                                                                                                                     F15 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F15a (17)                                                            1 h (23)                57                     25
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F15 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F15b (17)                                                              1h                    59                     25
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F15 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   64
                                                                                                                         F15c (17)                                                                                                           33
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [65] (19)
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F15 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   66
                                                                                                                         F15d (17)                                                                                                           33
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [67] (19)
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F15 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                         F15e (17)   • absorptive material in cavity                         1.5 h (22)             65 (22)                  33
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board



                                                                                                    Division B   9-430                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                        Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                        Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                               Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                          Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                 Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                          Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                          Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     (STC)
                                                                                                                                      F15 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F15f (21)   • absorptive material in cavity                         1.5 h (22)             64 (22)                    33
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      F15 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F15g (17)                                                               1h                    56                       24
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F15 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F15h (17)                                                               1h                    58                       24
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F15 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   63
                                                                                                                          F15i (17)                                                                                                             32
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [64] (19)
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F15 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F15j (17)                                                                                    65                       32
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.           [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F15 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F15k                                                                                        55                       23
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F15 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F15l                                                                                         57                      23
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F15 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F15m                                                                                          62                      31
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F15 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F15n                                                                                         64                      31
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                      • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                      • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                          F16 (14)         than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          GG00116A

                                                                                                                                      F 16 with
                                                                                                                           F16a       • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   44                       22
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F16 with
                                                                                                                           F16b       • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   46                       25
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B     9-431
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                     F16 with
                                                                                                                          F16c       • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   43                     21
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F16 with
                                                                                                                          F16d       • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   45                     24




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F16 with
                                                                                                                          F16e       • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   42                     21
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F16 with
                                                                                                                           F16f      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   44                     24
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                     • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                          or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                     • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                          F17 (14)        than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       GG00117A

                                                                                                                                     F17 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F17a                                                                  1h                    48                     24
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F17 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F17b                                                                  1h                    51                     24
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F17 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.       45 min
                                                                                                                          F17c                                                                                        48                     27
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                         [1 h] (15)
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F17 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F17d                                                               45 min                   51                     27
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F17 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F17e                                                                  1h                    47                     23
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F17 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F17f                                                              45 min                   48                     23
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F17 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F17g                                                               45 min                   49                     26
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F17 with
                                                                                                                                     • wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600 mm o.c.           -
                                                                                                                          F17h                                                                                        50                     26
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-432                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                       Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                     F17 with
                                                                                                                           F17i      • no absorptive material in cavity                          -                    47                       23
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F17 with
                                                                                                                           F17j      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   49                       26




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
                                                                                                                                     • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                          or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                     • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                          F18 (14)        than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                          600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side                                                           GG00118A

                                                                                                                                     F18 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F18a                                                                                        50                       25
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F18 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F18b                                                                                        52                       25
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F18 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F18c                                                                                        53                       28
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F18 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F18d                                                                                        55                       28
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F18 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F18e                                                                                        49                       24
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F18 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F18f                                                                                       51                       24
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F18 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F18g                                                                                         52                      27
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F18 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F18h                                                                                         54                      27
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F18 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F18i                                                                                        48                      24
                                                                                                                                     • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B     9-433
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                               Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                        Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                        Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                          Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     (STC)
                                                                                                                                      F18 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F18j                                                                                        50                     24
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F18 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F18k                                                                                        51                     27
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F18 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F18l                                                                                        53                     27
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                      • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                      • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                          F19 (14)         than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                           600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        GG00119A

                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F19a (17)                                                               1h                    54                     27
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F19b (17)                                                               1h                    56                     27
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F19c (17)                                                               1h                    57                     30
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F19d (17)                                                               1h                    59                     30
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F19e (17)                                                               1h                    53                     26
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F19f (17)                                                              1h                    55                     26
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F19g (17)                                                               1h                    56                     29
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F19h (17)                                                               1h                    58                     29
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-434                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                       Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                       Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                               Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                          Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                          Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                          Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     (STC)
                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F19i                                                                                        53                       26
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F19 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F19j                                                                                        55                       26
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F19k                                                                                        56                       29
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F19 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F19l                                                                                        58                       29
                                                                                                                                      • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                      • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                      • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                          F20 (14)         than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400 or
                                                                                                                                           600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          GG00120A

                                                                                                                                      F20 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F20a                                                              45 min (23)               56                       31
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F20 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F20b                                                                                        58                       31
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F20 with
                                                                                                                                                                                              30 min
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F20c                                                              [45 min]                  63                       39
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.             (18)(23)
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F20 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F20d                                                                                         65                      39
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F20 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F20e       • absorptive material in cavity                          1 h (20)              64 (20)                    40
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F20 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F20f (21)   • absorptive material in cavity                          1 h (20)              65 (20)                    40
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F20 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F20g                                                                                        55                       30
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B     9-435
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                     F20 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F20h                                                                                        57                     30
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F20 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F20i                                                                                        62                    38
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F20 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F20j                                                                                        64                    38
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F20 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F20k                                                                                         54                    30
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F20 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F20l                                                                                        56                    30
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F20 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F20m                                                                                         61                    38
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F20 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F20n                                                                                         63                    38
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
                                                                                                                                     • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                          or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                     • on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not more
                                                                                                                          F21 (14)        than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                          600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       GG00121A

                                                                                                                                     F21 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F21a (17)                                                              1h                    60                     33
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F21 with
                                                                                                                                     • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F21b (17)                                                              1h                    62                     33
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F21 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   67                     41
                                                                                                                         F21c (17)
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [68] (19)              [42] (19)
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                     F21 with
                                                                                                                                     • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   69                     41
                                                                                                                         F21d (17)
                                                                                                                                     • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [70] (19)              [42] (19)
                                                                                                                                     • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-436                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                        Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                        Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                               Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                          Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                 Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                          Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                          Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     (STC)
                                                                                                                                      F21 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                         F21e (17)    • absorptive material in cavity                        [1.5 h] (22)            68 (22)                    42
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      F21 with
                                                                                                                                      • wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F21f (21)   • absorptive material in cavity                        [1.5 h] (22)            68 (22)                    42
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F21 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F21g (17)                                                               1h                    59                       32
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F21 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                         F21h (17)                                                               1h                    61                       32
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F21 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   66
                                                                                                                          F21i (17)                                                                                                             40
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (19)           [67] (19)
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F21 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F21j (17)                                                              1h                     68                      40
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F21 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F21k                                                                                         59                      32
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F21 with
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F21l                                                                                         61                      32
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F21 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F21m                                                                                          66                      40
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F21 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F21n                                                                                         68                      40
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                        Wood Floor                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                            F22
                                                                                                        Trusses (24)                       600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • with or without absorptive material in cavity                                                     GG00122A

                                                                                                                                      • 1 layer gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                      F22 with
                                                                                                                           F22a       • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   29                       27
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F22 with
                                                                                                                           F22b       • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   31                       30
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B     9-437
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                      Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                      Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F22 with
                                                                                                                          F22c      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   28                     26
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F22 with
                                                                                                                          F22d      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   30                     29




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F22 with
                                                                                                                          F22e      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   27                     25
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F22 with
                                                                                                                           F22f     • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   31                     28
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                           F23
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity                                                   GG00123A
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F23 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F23a                                                                 1h                    34                     31
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F23 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F23b                                                                 1h                    35                     31
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F23 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.                       45 min
                                                                                                                          F23c                                                                                       36                     34
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         [1 h] (15)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F23 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F23d                                                              45 min                   37                     34
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F23 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F23e                                                                 1h                     32                    30
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F23 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F23f                                                             45 min                    33                    30
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F23 with
                                                                                                                          F23g      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                    34                    33
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F23 with
                                                                                                                          F23h      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                    32                    30
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F23 with
                                                                                                                           F23i     • absorptive material in cavity                              -                    34                    33
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-438                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                        Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                        Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F24
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or                                                           GG00124A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F24a                                                                                       35                       27
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F24b                                                                                       37                       30
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F24c                                                                                       38                       30
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F24d                                                                                       40                       33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F24e                                                                                       33                       26
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F24f                                                                                      36                       29
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F24g                                                                                        37                      29
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F24h                                                                                        39                      32
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F24i                                                                                       33                      25
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F24j                                                                                       35                      28
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F24k                                                                                       36                      28
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                   Division B     9-439
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                      Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                              Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                      Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F24 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F24l                                                                                      38                     31
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F25
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or                                                         GG00125A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F25a                                                                 1h                    40                     32
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F25b                                                                 1h                    42                     34
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F25c                                                                 1h                    43                     35
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F25d                                                                                       45                     37
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.             [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F25e                                                                 1h                    38                     30
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F25f                                                                1h                    40                     33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F25g                                                                 1h                    41                     33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F25h                                                                                       43                     36
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.             [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F25i                                                                                      38                     30
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F25j                                                                                      40                     33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-440                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                            Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                   Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                            Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                            Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F25 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                                  -
                                                                                                                          F25k                                                                                           41                       33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F25 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                                  -
                                                                                                                           F25l                                                                                          43                       36
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to
                                                                                                                           F26
                                                                                                                                         trusses on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or                                                             GG00126A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c. attached to trusses through the
                                                                                                                                         gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient metal
                                                                                                                                         channels
                                                                                                                                    F26 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F26a      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                    -                   35                       27
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F26 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F26b      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                    -                    37                      30
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F26 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F26c     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                    -                    35                      27
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F26 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F26d      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                    -                    37                      30
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F26 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F26e      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board                                   -                    32                      26
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F26 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F26f     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board                                   -                    35                      28
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                       Division B     9-441
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                      Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                              Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                      Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F27
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or                                                       GG00127A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F27a                                                                                       41                     33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F27b                                                                                        43                    36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                          F27c                                                                                       48                     41
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.         [45 min] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F27d                                                                                        50                    44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F27e                                                                                        40                    32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F27f                                                                                       42                    35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F27g                                                                                        47                    40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F27h                                                                                        49                    43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F27i                                                                                       39                    31
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F27j                                                                                       41                    34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F27k                                                                                        46                    39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-442                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                        Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                        Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F27 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F27l                                                                                       48                      42
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F28
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or                                                         GG00128A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F28a                                                                 1h                    46                       38
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F28b                                                                 1h                     48                      40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F28c                                                                1h                     54                      46
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F28d                                                                                       55                       48
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.           [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F28e                                                                 1h                    44                       36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F28f                                                                1h                     46                      39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F28g                                                                 1h                     51                      44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F28h                                                                                       53                       47
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.           [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F28i                                                                                      44                       36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F28j                                                                                       46                      39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                   Division B     9-443
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                            Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                           Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                    Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                              Description (2)(3)(4)              Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                    Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                      Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F28 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F28k                                                                                      51                    44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F28 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F28l                                                                                     53                    47
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or
                                                                                                                                         OSB or waferboard
                                                                                                                                    • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB
                                                                                                                                         or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
                                                                                                                                         lumber
                                                                                                                           F29      • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    GG00129A
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                         -
                                                                                                                          F29a                                                                                     44                     35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                         -
                                                                                                                          F29b                                                                                     46                     37
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                       30 min
                                                                                                                          F29c                                                                                     51                     43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.       [45 min] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F29d                                                                                      53                    45
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                         -
                                                                                                                          F29e                                                                                      43                    33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                         -
                                                                                                                           F29f                                                                                     45                    36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F29g                                                                                      50                    41
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F29h                                                                                      52                    44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                         -
                                                                                                                           F29i                                                                                     42                    34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board



                                                                                                    Division B   9-444                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                            Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                           Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                      Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)             Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                      Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                      Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                         -
                                                                                                                           F29j                                                                                    44                       36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F29 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F29k                                                                                      49                      41
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F29 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F29l                                                                                     51                      44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or
                                                                                                                                         OSB or waferboard
                                                                                                                                    • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB
                                                                                                                                         or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
                                                                                                                                         lumber
                                                                                                                           F30      • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity                                                   GG00130A

                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F30a                                                               1h                    49                       39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F30b                                                               1h                    51                       42
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         1 h                   56                       47
                                                                                                                          F30c
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.        [1.5 h] (26)           [58] (26)                [50] (26)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                       45 min
                                                                                                                          F30d                                                                                     58                       50
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.         [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F30e                                                               1h                    47                       38
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F30f                                                              1h                     49                      40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F30g                                                               1h                     54                      46
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                       45 min
                                                                                                                          F30h                                                                                     56                       48
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.         [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                 Division B        9-445
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                      Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                      Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F30i                                                                                      47                     37
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F30 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F30j                                                                                       49                    40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F30k                                                                                        54                    45
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F30 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F30l                                                                                       56                    48
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                         44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                           F31
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.                                                                                 GG00131A
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F31 with
                                                                                                                          F31a      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   41                     17
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F31 with
                                                                                                                          F31b      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   43                     20
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F31 with
                                                                                                                          F31c      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   40                     17
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F31 with
                                                                                                                          F31d      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   42                     20
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F31 with
                                                                                                                          F31e      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   39                     16
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F31 with
                                                                                                                           F31f     • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   41                     19
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                         44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                           F32
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.                                                                                  GG00132A
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F32 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F32a                                                                 1h                    46                     20
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-446                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                        Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                        Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F32 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F32b                                                                 1h                    47                       20
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F32 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.                       45 min
                                                                                                                          F32c                                                                                       48                       23
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         [1 h] (15)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F32 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F32d                                                              45 min                   49                       23
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F32 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F32e                                                                 1h                     44                      19
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F32 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F32f                                                             45 min                    45                      19
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F32 with
                                                                                                                          F32g      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                    46                      19
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F32 with
                                                                                                                          F32h      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                    44                      19
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F32 with
                                                                                                                           F32i     • absorptive material in cavity                              -                    46                      22
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                         44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                           F33
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity                                                     GG00133A
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F33a                                                                                       53                       26
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F33b                                                                                        55                      26
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F33c                                                                                      60                       34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.         [45 min] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F33d                                                                                        62                      34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                   Division B     9-447
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                      Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                              Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                      Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F33e                                                                                       52                     26
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F33 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F33f                                                                                       54                    26
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F33g                                                                                        59                    34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F33h                                                                                        61                    34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F33i                                                                                       51                    25
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F33j                                                                                       53                    25
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F33k                                                                                        58                    33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F33 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F33l                                                                                       60                    33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                         44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                           F34
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity                                                   GG00134A
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F34a                                                                 1h                    57                     29
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F34b                                                                 1h                     60                    29
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   65
                                                                                                                          F34c                                                                                                              37
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [1.5 h] (26)           [67] (26)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-448                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                        Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                        Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F34d                                                                                       67                       37
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.           [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F34 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F34e                                                                 1h                    56                       28
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F34f                                                                1h                     58                      28
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F34g                                                                 1h                     63                      36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F34h                                                                                       65                       36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.           [1 h] (18)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F34i                                                                                      56                       28
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F34j                                                                                       58                      28
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F34k                                                                                       63                      36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F34 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F34l                                                                                       65                      36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                           F35      • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        GG00135A
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F35 with
                                                                                                                          F35a      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   45                       26
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F35 with
                                                                                                                          F35b      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   47                       29
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F35 with
                                                                                                                          F35c      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   43                       26
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                   Division B     9-449
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                      Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                      Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F35 with
                                                                                                                          F35d      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   45                     29
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F35 with
                                                                                                                          F35e      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                   43                     26




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F35 with
                                                                                                                           F35f     • absorptive material in cavity                              -                   45                     29
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                           F36      • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity                                                   GG00136A

                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F36 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F36a                                                                 1h                    49                     28
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F36 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F36b                                                                 1h                    50                     28
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F36 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.                       45 min
                                                                                                                          F36c                                                                                       51                     31
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         [1 h] (15)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F36 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F36d                                                              45 min                   52                     31
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F36 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F36e                                                                 1h                     48                    27
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F36 with
                                                                                                                                    • wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F36f                                                             45 min                    49                    27
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F36 with
                                                                                                                          F36g      • absorptive material in cavity                              -                    50                    30
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F36 with
                                                                                                                          F36h      • no absorptive material in cavity                           -                    47                    27
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F36 with
                                                                                                                           F36i     • absorptive material in cavity                              -                    49                    30
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-450                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                        Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)               Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                        Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                           F37           600 mm o.c.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or                                                         GG00137A

                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F37a                                                              45 min                   56                       35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F37b                                                                                        59                      35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                         30 min
                                                                                                                           F37c                                                                                      63                       43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.         [45 min] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F37d                                                                                        66                      43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F37e                                                                                        55                      35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F37f                                                                                       57                      35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F37g                                                                                        62                      43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                          F37h                                                                                        64                      43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F37i                                                                                       54                      35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F37j                                                                                       57                      35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F37k                                                                                       61                      43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                   Division B     9-451
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                             Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                      Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                              Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                      Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                        Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F37 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                              -
                                                                                                                           F37l                                                                                       64                    43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on wood trusses spaced not more than
                                                                                                                           F38           600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or                                                       GG00138A

                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F38 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F38a                                                                 1h                    61                     37
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F38 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F38b                                                                 1h                     63                    37
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F38 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                           1 h                   68
                                                                                                                          F38c                                                                                                              45
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.           [1.5] (26)            [71] (26)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F38 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F38d                                                                 1h                     70                    45
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F38 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F38e                                                                 1h                     60                    36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F38 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F38f                                                                1h                     62                    36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F38 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F38g                                                                 1h                     67                    44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F38 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F38h                                                                 1h                     69                    44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F38 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F38i                                                                                       59                    36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F38 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                           F38j                                                                                       61                    36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-452                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                        Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                        Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                                Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                           Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                                 Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                            Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                           Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      (STC)
                                                                                                                                      F38 with
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                            F38k                                                                                         66                      44
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F38 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                             F38l                                                                                        68                      44
                                                                                                                                      • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                     Cold-Formed-Steel
                                                                                                                             F39      • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                       Floor Joists (27)
                                                                                                                                      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           GG00139A
                                                                                                                                      • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                      F39 with
                                                                                                                            F39a      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   29                       27
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F39 with
                                                                                                                            F39b      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   31                       30
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F39 with
                                                                                                                            F39c      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   27                       26
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F39 with
                                                                                                                            F39d      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   29                       29
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F39 with
                                                                                                                            F39e      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   27                       25
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F39 with
                                                                                                                             F39f     • absorptive material in cavity                               -                    29                      28
                                                                                                                                      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                             F40      • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           GG00140A
                                                                                                                                      • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                      F40 with
                                                                                                                                      • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                            F40a                                                                  1h                    34                       31
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F40 with
                                                                                                                                      • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                            F40b                                                               45 min                   35                       31
                                                                                                                                      • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F40 with
                                                                                                                                      • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                            F40c                                                               45 min                    36                      34
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                      F40 with
                                                                                                                                      • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                            F40d                                                               45 min                    37                      34
                                                                                                                                      • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B     9-453
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F40 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F40e                                                                  1h                    32                     30
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F40 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F40f                                                              45 min                   33                     30
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F40 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F40g                                                               45 min                    34                    33
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F40 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F40h                                                               45 min                    35                    33
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F40 with
                                                                                                                           F40i     • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                    31                    30
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F40 with
                                                                                                                           F40j     • absorptive material in cavity                               -                    33                    33
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F41      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      GG00141A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F41a                                                                                        34                     27
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F41b                                                                                        37                     30
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                          30 min
                                                                                                                          F41c                                                                                        37                     30
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.            [45 min] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F41d                                                               30 min                   40                     33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F41e                                                                                        33                     26
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F41f                                                                                       35                     29
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-454                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                          30 min
                                                                                                                          F41g                                                                                        36                       29
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.            [45 min] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F41 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F41h                                                               30 min                   38                       32
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F41i                                                             < 30 min                  32                       25
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F41j                                                             < 30 min                  35                       28
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F41k                                                              < 30 min                  35                       28
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F41 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F41l                                                             < 30 min                   38                      31
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F42      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         GG00142A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F42a                                                                  1h                    39                       32
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F42b      • no absorptive material in cavity                       45 min                   42                       34
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F42c      • no absorptive material in cavity                       45 min                   43                       34
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F42d                                                                  1h                     42                      35
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                             45 min
                                                                                                                          F42e      • absorptive material in cavity                                                   45                       37
                                                                                                                                                                                             [1 h] (28)
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B     9-455
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                           Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                          Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                   Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                              Description (2)(3)(4)             Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                   Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                     Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                         45 min
                                                                                                                           F42f     • absorptive material in cavity                                               46                     37
                                                                                                                                                                                         [1 h] (15)
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F42g                                                              1h                    38                     30
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F42h      • no absorptive material in cavity                   45 min                   40                     33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F42i     • no absorptive material in cavity                   45 min                   41                     33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F42j                                                             1h                     41                    33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F42k      • absorptive material in cavity                                               43                     36
                                                                                                                                                                                         [1 h] (28)
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                         45 min
                                                                                                                           F42l     • absorptive material in cavity                                               44                     36
                                                                                                                                                                                         [1 h] (15)
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                        -
                                                                                                                          F42m                                                                                    37                     30
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                        -
                                                                                                                          F42n                                                                                    39                     33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F42o                                                                                    40                     33
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F42 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                           -
                                                                                                                          F42p                                                                                    42                     36
                                                                                                                                    • steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-456                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                            Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                   Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                            Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                            Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       (STC)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                           F43           on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            GG00143A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c. attached to joists through the
                                                                                                                                         gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient metal
                                                                                                                                         channels
                                                                                                                                    F43 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F43a      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                  1h                    35                       27
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F43 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F43b      • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board                                  1h                     37                      30
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F43 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F43c     • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                  1h                     35                      27
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F43 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F43d      • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board                                  1h                     37                      30
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F43 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F43e      • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board                                   -                    32                      26
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F43 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F43f     • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board                                   -                    35                      28
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F44      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           GG00144A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F44a                                                                                           40                       33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F44b                                                                                            43                      36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                       Division B     9-457
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                              Description (2)(3)(4)                 Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                          30 min
                                                                                                                          F44c                                                                                        47                     41
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [45 min] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F44 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F44d                                                               30 min                    50                    44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F44e                                                                                         39                    32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F44f                                                                                        41                    35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                          30 min
                                                                                                                          F44g                                                                                        46                     40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [45 min] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F44h                                                               30 min                    48                    43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F44i                                                             < 30 min                   38                    31
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F44j                                                             < 30 min                   41                    34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F44k                                                              < 30 min                   45                    39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F44 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F44l                                                             < 30 min                   48                    42
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F45      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       GG00145A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F45a                                                                  1h                    45                     38
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-458                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                           Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                          Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                     Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)            Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                     Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                     Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F45b      • no absorptive material in cavity                   45 min                    48                      40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F45c      • no absorptive material in cavity                   45 min                    49                      40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F45d                                                              1h                     52                      46
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                         45 min
                                                                                                                          F45e      • absorptive material in cavity                                               55                       48
                                                                                                                                                                                         [1 h] (28)
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                         45 min
                                                                                                                           F45f     • absorptive material in cavity                                               56                       48
                                                                                                                                                                                         [1 h] (15)
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F45g                                                              1h                    44                       36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F45h      • no absorptive material in cavity                   45 min                    46                      39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F45i     • no absorptive material in cavity                   45 min                    47                      39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F45j                                                             1h                     51                      44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                         45 min
                                                                                                                           F45k     • absorptive material in cavity                                               53                       47
                                                                                                                                                                                         [1 h] (28)
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                         45 min
                                                                                                                           F45l     • absorptive material in cavity                                               54                       47
                                                                                                                                                                                         [1 h] (15)
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                Division B     9-459
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F45m                                                                                        43                     36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F45n                                                                                         45                    39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F45o                                                                                         50                    44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F45 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F45p                                                                                         52                    47
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or
                                                                                                                                         OSB or waferboard
                                                                                                                                    • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB
                                                                                                                                         or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
                                                                                                                                         lumber
                                                                                                                           F46
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity                                                    GG00146A
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F46a                                                                                        43                     34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F46b                                                                                         46                    37
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F46c                                                                                         50                    42
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F46d                                                                                         53                    45
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F46e                                                                                         42                    33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F46f                                                                                        44                    36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F46g                                                                                         49                    41
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-460                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F46h                                                                                         51                      44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F46 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F46i                                                                                        41                      33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F46j                                                                                        44                      36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F46k                                                                                        48                      41
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F46 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F46l                                                                                        51                      44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, or OSB
                                                                                                                                         or waferboard
                                                                                                                                    • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB
                                                                                                                                         or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
                                                                                                                                         lumber
                                                                                                                           F47
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity                                                      GG00146A
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F47 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F47a                                                               30 min                   45                       35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F47 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F47b                                                               30 min                    47                      38
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F47 with
                                                                                                                                                                                             30 min
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F47c                                                            [45 min] (18)              51                       45
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                             [1 h] (28)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F47 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                        [30 min] (18)
                                                                                                                          F47d                                                                                        53                       47
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.          [45 min] (28)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F47 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F47e                                                               30 min                   43                       44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F47 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F47f                                                                                        45                      47
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B     9-461
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F47 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                        [30 min] (18)
                                                                                                                          F47g                                                                                        50                     43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.          [45 min] (28)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F47 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F47h                                                                                         52                    46
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, or
                                                                                                                                         OSB or waferboard
                                                                                                                                    • one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB
                                                                                                                                         or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
                                                                                                                                         lumber
                                                                                                                           F48
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity                                                    GG00147A
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F48a                                                                  1h                    48                     39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F48b                                                                  1h                     50                    42
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F48c                                                                  1h                     56                    47
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F48d                                                                  1h                     57                    50
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F48e                                                                  1h                     47                    38
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F48f                                                                                        49                    40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F48g                                                                  1h                     54                    46
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F48h                                                                                         56                    48
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F48i                                                                                        46                    37
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-462                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F48j                                                                                       48                       40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F48 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F48k                                                                                         53                      45
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F48 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F48l                                                                                        55                      48
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                         44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                           F49           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         GG00148A
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F49 with
                                                                                                                          F49a      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   40                       13
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F49 with
                                                                                                                          F49b      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   42                       16
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F49 with
                                                                                                                          F49c      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   39                       12
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F49 with
                                                                                                                          F49d      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   41                       15
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F49 with
                                                                                                                          F49e      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   38                       12
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F49 with
                                                                                                                           F49f     • absorptive material in cavity                               -                    40                      15
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                         44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                           F50           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity                                                      GG00149A

                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F50 with
                                                                                                                          F50a      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   45                       16
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F50 with
                                                                                                                          F50b      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   47                       19
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F50 with
                                                                                                                          F50c      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   44                       15
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B     9-463
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F50 with
                                                                                                                          F50d      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   46                     18
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F50 with
                                                                                                                          F50e      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   43                     14




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F50 with
                                                                                                                           F50f     • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   45                     17
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                         44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                           F51      • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or                                                        GG00150A

                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F51a                                                                                        52                     22
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F51b                                                                                         54                    22
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F51c                                                                                         59                    30
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F51d                                                                                         61                    30
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F51e                                                                                         51                    21
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F51f                                                                                        53                    21
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F51g                                                                                         58                    29
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F51h                                                                                         60                    29
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F51i                                                                                        50                    21
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-464                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F51j                                                                                       52                       21
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F51 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F51k                                                                                         57                      29
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F51 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F51l                                                                                        59                      29
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
                                                                                                                                         44 kg/m2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                           F52      • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or                                                         GG00151A

                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F52a                                                                  1h                    57                       25
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F52b                                                                  1h                     59                      25
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F52c                                                                 1h                     64                      33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                          45 min
                                                                                                                          F52d                                                                                        66                       33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.            [1 h] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F52e                                                                  1h                    55                       24
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F52f                                                                 1h                    58                       24
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F52g                                                                  1h                     62                      32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                          45 min
                                                                                                                          F52h                                                                                        65                       32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.            [1 h] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B     9-465
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F52i                                                                                       55                     23
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F52 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F52j                                                                                        57                    23
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F52k                                                                                         62                    31
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F52 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F52l                                                                                        64                    31
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                           F53           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      GG00152A
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F53 with
                                                                                                                          F53a      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   44                     22
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F53 with
                                                                                                                          F53b      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   46                     25
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F53 with
                                                                                                                          F53c      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   42                     21
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F53 with
                                                                                                                          F53d      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   44                     24
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F53 with
                                                                                                                          F53e      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   42                     21
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F53 with
                                                                                                                           F53f     • absorptive material in cavity                               -                    44                    24
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                           F54           or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side                                                        GG00153A


                                                                                                                                    F54 with
                                                                                                                          F54a      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   48                     24
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F54 with
                                                                                                                          F54b      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   50                     27
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F54 with
                                                                                                                          F54c      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   47                     23
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-466                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F54 with
                                                                                                                          F54d      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   49                       26
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F54 with
                                                                                                                          F54e      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   47                       23




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F54 with
                                                                                                                           F54f     • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   49                       26
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F55
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or                                                         GG00154A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F55a                                                                                        56                       31
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F55b                                                                                         58                      31
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F55c                                                                                        63                      39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F55d                                                                                         65                      39
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F55e                                                                                         54                      30
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F55f                                                                                        56                      30
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F55g                                                                                         61                      38
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F55h                                                                                         63                      38
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F55i                                                                                        54                      30
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B     9-467
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                              Description (2)(3)(4)                 Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F55j                                                                                       56                     30
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F55 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F55k                                                                                         61                    38
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F55 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F55l                                                                                        63                    38
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
                                                                                                                                    • subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,
                                                                                                                                         or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F56
                                                                                                                                    • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or                                                        GG00155A
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F56a                                                                  1h                    60                     33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F56b                                                                  1h                     62                    33
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F56c                                                                  1h                     67                    41
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                          45 min
                                                                                                                          F56d                                                                                        69                     41
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.            [1 h] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F56e                                                                  1h                    59                     32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F56f                                                                 1h                     61                    32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F56g                                                                  1h                     66                    40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                          45 min
                                                                                                                          F56h                                                                                        68                     40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.            [1 h] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-468                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F56i                                                                                       58                       32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F56 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F56j                                                                                        61                      32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F56k                                                                                        65                      40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F56 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F56l                                                                                        68                      40
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 50 mm concrete
                                                                                                                                    • 0.46 mm metal pan with 19 mm rib
                                                                                                                           F57      • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        GG00156A

                                                                                                                                    F57 with
                                                                                                                          F57a      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   45                       26
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F57 with
                                                                                                                          F57b      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   47                       29
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F57 with
                                                                                                                          F57c      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   44                       25
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F57 with
                                                                                                                          F57d      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   46                       28
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F57 with
                                                                                                                          F57e      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   43                       25
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F57 with
                                                                                                                           F57f     • absorptive material in cavity                               -                    45                      28
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 50 mm concrete
                                                                                                                                    • 0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib
                                                                                                                           F58      • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         GG00157A

                                                                                                                                    F58 with
                                                                                                                          F58a      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   50                       27
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F58 with
                                                                                                                          F58b      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   52                       30
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F58 with
                                                                                                                          F58c      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   48                       27
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B     9-469
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F58 with
                                                                                                                          F58d      • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   50                     30
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F58 with
                                                                                                                          F58e      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                   48                     27




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F58 with
                                                                                                                           F58f     • absorptive material in cavity                               -                   50                     30
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 50 mm concrete
                                                                                                                                    • 0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F59      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.                                                                                   GG00158A

                                                                                                                                    • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F59a                                                                                        57                     35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F59b                                                                                         59                    35
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F59c                                                                                         64                    43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F59d                                                                                         66                    43
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                          F59e                                                                                         56                    34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F59f                                                                                        56                    34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F59g                                                                                         63                    42
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F59h                                                                                         65                    42
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F59i                                                                                        55                    34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-470                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                      Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                         Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                         Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F59j                                                                                       57                       34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F59 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F59k                                                                                         62                      42
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F59 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F59l                                                                                        64                      42
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 50 mm concrete
                                                                                                                                    • 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F60      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.                                                                                    GG00159A
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F60a                                                                  1h                    62                       36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F60b                                                                  1h                     64                      36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F60c                                                                 1h                     69                      44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                          45 min
                                                                                                                          F60d                                                                                        71                       44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.            [1 h] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F60e                                                                  1h                    60                       36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                           F60f                                                                 1h                     62                      36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F60g                                                                  1h                     67                      44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                          45 min
                                                                                                                          F60h                                                                                        69                       44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.            [1 h] (25)
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F60i                                                                                       60                       36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B     9-471
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                         Assembly                                                                                                       Insulation
                                                                                                      Type of Assembly                               Description (2)(3)(4)                Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                          Number                                                                                                       Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity                            -
                                                                                                                           F60j                                                                                       62                     36
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F60 with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                          F60k                                                                                         67                    44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F60 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity                               -
                                                                                                                           F60l                                                                                        69                    44
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    • 50 mm concrete
                                                                                                                                    • 0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib
                                                                                                                                    • on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F61      • with or without absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
                                                                                                                                         600 mm o.c.                                                                                  GG00159A
                                                                                                                                    • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
                                                                                                                                    F61 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F61a                                                                  1h                    62                     32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F61 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F61b      • no absorptive material in cavity                          1h                     64                    32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F61 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F61c      • no absorptive material in cavity                            -                    65                    29
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F61 with
                                                                                                                                    • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F61d                                                                  1h                     68                    37
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F61 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                          F61e      • absorptive material in cavity                             1h                     66                    34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F61 with
                                                                                                                                    • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           F61f     • absorptive material in cavity                               -                    71                    34
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                    F61 with
                                                                                                                                    • no absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                          F61g                                                                  1h                     62                    32
                                                                                                                                    • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




                                                                                                    Division B   9-472                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                   Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                                  Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Typical Sound
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Typical Impact
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Fire-            Transmission
                                                                                                                                 Assembly                                                                                                                 Insulation
                                                                                                          Type of Assembly                                        Description (2)(3)(4)                   Resistance               Class
                                                                                                                                  Number                                                                                                                 Class (5)(9)(12)
                                                                                                                                                                                                         Rating (5)(6)(7)(8)   (5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (IIC)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    (STC)
                                                                                                                                                F61 with
                                                                                                                                                • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                   F61h         • no absorptive material in cavity                              1h                     64                      32
                                                                                                                                                • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                F61 with
                                                                                                                                                • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    F61i        • no absorptive material in cavity                                -                    64                      28
                                                                                                                                                • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                                F61 with
                                                                                                                                                • absorptive material in cavity
                                                                                                                                    F61j                                                                        1h                     68                      36
                                                                                                                                                • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                                F61 with
                                                                                                                                                • steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    F61k        • absorptive material in cavity                                 1h                     64                      32
                                                                                                                                                • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                                F61 with
                                                                                                                                                • steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                    F61l        • no absorptive material in cavity                                -                    70                      34
                                                                                                                                                • resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                • 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                               Roofs
                                                                                                                                                • wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.                                         -                       -
                                                                                                      Wood Roof Trusses              R1                                                                      45 min
                                                                                                                                                • 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                      Rating Provided by Membrane Only
                                                                                                                                                • supporting members spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                     M1              600 mm o.c.                                             30 min                     -                       -
                                                                                                                                                • 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
                                                                                                                                                • supporting members spaced not more than
                                                                                                                                     M2              600 mm o.c.                                                1h                      -                       -
                                                                                                                                                • 2 layers 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.10.3.1.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Note A-9.10.3.1.
                                                                                                    (2)    For assemblies with a ceiling consisting of a single layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channels to obtain the listed ratings, the resilient metal
                                                                                                           channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints should be as shown in Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A.
                                                                                                    (3)    For assemblies with a ceiling consisting of 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient metal channels to obtain the listed ratings, the fastener and
                                                                                                           resilient metal channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints should be as shown in Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B.
                                                                                                    (4)    The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values given are for a minimum thickness of subfloor or deck as shown. Minimum subfloor
                                                                                                           thickness required is determined by structural member spacing (see Table 9.23.15.5.-A). Thicker subflooring or decking is also acceptable.
                                                                                                    (5)     Sound absorptive material includes
                                                                                                                (i) fibre processed from rock, slag, or glass, and
                                                                                                               (ii) loose-fill or spray-applied cellulose fibre.
                                                                                                           To obtain the listed sound transmission class rating, the nominal insulation thickness is 150 mm for rock, slag, or glass fibres or loose-fill cellulose
                                                                                                           fibre, and 90 mm for spray-applied cellulose fibre, unless otherwise specified. Absorptive material will affect the sound transmission class by
                                                                                                           approximately adding or subtracting 1 per 50 mm change of thickness. However, no additional sound transmission class value is achieved by
                                                                                                           adding a greater thickness of insulation than the depth of the assembly.
                                                                                                    (6)    The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are based on the spacing of ceiling supports as noted. (See also Table Note (10).) A
                                                                                                           narrower spacing will be detrimental to the sound transmission class rating, but not to the fire-resistance rating.
                                                                                                    (7)    To obtain the listed rating, fastener type, spacing and penetration depth for the attachment of gypsum board must conform to Subsection 9.29.5., and




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                                    Division B     9-473
                                                                                                    Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                              (i) fastener distance to board edges and butt ends should be not less than 38 mm, except for fasteners on the butt ends of the base layer in
                                                                                                                  ceilings with two layers (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B),
                                                                                                             (ii) fasteners are spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.,
                                                                                                            (iii) fasteners must consist of nails or screws when attaching gypsum board to wood members, and
                                                                                                            (iv) fasteners must consist of screws when attaching gypsum board to cold-formed steel channels or resilient metal channels.
                                                                                                         For wood- and steel-framed assemblies, if fasteners are spaced less than 300 mm o.c., subtract 1 from the sound transmission class value; if
                                                                                                         fasteners are spaced less than 200 mm o.c., subtract 2 from the sound transmission class value. Narrower fastener spacing is not detrimental to
                                                                                                         the fire-resistance rating.
                                                                                                    (8) See Sentence D-1.2.1.(2) of Appendix D for the significance of fire-resistance ratings.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    (9) The sound transmission class values given in the Table are for the minimum depth of structural member noted in the description and applicable
                                                                                                         table notes. To obtain sound transmission class values for structural members deeper than that minimum, add 1 to the sound transmission class
                                                                                                         value in the Table for each 170 mm increase in structural member depth.
                                                                                                    (10) The sound transmission class values given in the Table are for structural member spacing of 300 mm o.c., unless otherwise noted in the description
                                                                                                         and applicable table notes. To obtain sound transmission class values for assemblies with structural members spaced more than 500 mm o.c., add
                                                                                                         1 to the sound transmission class value in the Table.
                                                                                                    (11) Assemblies with sound transmission class ratings of 50 or more require methods to minimize airborne sound transmission at electrical boxes
                                                                                                         and other openings, and at wall/wall and wall/floor junctions, except at junctions constructed of concrete-to-concrete, concrete-to-masonry, or
                                                                                                         masonry-to-masonry where the intersecting joint along the junction is cast or mortared.
                                                                                                    (12) The impact insulation class values given are for floor assemblies tested with no finished flooring.
                                                                                                    (13) Wood floor joists are:
                                                                                                              (i) wood joists with a minimum member size of 38 mm (width) × 235 mm (depth), except as otherwise noted (see Table Note (16)); or
                                                                                                             (ii) wood I-joists with a minimum flange size of 38 mm × 38 mm, a minimum OSB or plywood web thickness of 9.5 mm, and a minimum
                                                                                                                  joist depth of 241 mm.
                                                                                                    (14) Except where assemblies with wood I-joists are tested according to CAN/ULC-S101 the fire-resistance rating values apply only to I-joists that have

                                                                                                         been fabricated with a phenolic-based structural wood adhesive complying with CSA O112.10. For I-joists with flanges made of laminated veneer
                                                                                                         lumber (LVL), the fire-resistance rating values apply only where the adhesive used in the LVL fabrication is a phenolic-based structural wood
                                                                                                         adhesive complying with CSA O112.9.
                                                                                                    (15) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes spray-applied cellulose fibre with
                                                                                                              (i) adhesive that is capable of providing a minimum cohesive/adhesive bond strength per unit area of 5 times the weight of the material under
                                                                                                                  the test plate when tested in accordance with ASTM E736/E736M,
                                                                                                             (ii) a minimum density of 35 kg/m3, and
                                                                                                            (iii) a minimum thickness of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor or deck, of 90 mm on the sides of the structural members, and for
                                                                                                                  cold-formed steel joists, of 13 mm on the underside of the bottom flange other than at resilient metal channel locations.
                                                                                                    (16) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets only applies to assemblies with solid wood joists and is achieved only where absorptive
                                                                                                         material includes:
                                                                                                              (i) fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2; or
                                                                                                             (ii) spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum depth of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor and of
                                                                                                                  90 mm on the sides of the floor joists.
                                                                                                    (17) The fire-resistance rating, sound transmission class and impact insulation class values given are also applicable to assemblies with

                                                                                                         38 mm (width) × 184 mm (depth) solid wood joists.
                                                                                                    (18) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes:
                                                                                                              (i) fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2; or
                                                                                                             (ii) spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum depth of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor and
                                                                                                                  of 90 mm on the webs or the sides of the structural members.
                                                                                                    (19) The fire-resistance rating, sound transmission class and impact insulation class values within the square brackets only apply to assemblies with solid

                                                                                                         wood joists and are achieved only where absorptive material includes dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire
                                                                                                         cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-mm-wide
                                                                                                         hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm long.
                                                                                                    (20) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are achieved only where absorptive material includes:
                                                                                                              (i) fibre processed from rock or slag that fills the joist cavity and has a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2, and for structural members at
                                                                                                                  least 270 mm in depth, the fibre includes three layers each of which has a minimum thickness of 90 mm; or
                                                                                                             (ii) dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated
                                                                                                                  (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick
                                                                                                                  (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists or wood I-joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm or 30 mm long, respectively.
                                                                                                    (21) The fire-resistance rating value only applies to assemblies with wood I-joists with flanges with a minimum thickness of 38 mm and a minimum
                                                                                                         width of 63 mm.
                                                                                                    (22) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are achieved only where absorptive material includes:

                                                                                                              (i) fibre processed from rock or slag that fills the joist cavity and has a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2, and for structural members at
                                                                                                                  least 270 mm in depth, the fibre includes three layers each of which has a minimum thickness of 90 mm; or


                                                                                                    Division B    9-474                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                            Fire and Sound Resistance Tables

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.10.3.1.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                             (ii) dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated
                                                                                                                  (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick
                                                                                                                  (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm long.
                                                                                                    (23) The fire-resistance rating values given only apply to assemblies with solid wood joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. No information is
                                                                                                         available for assemblies constructed with wood I-joists.
                                                                                                    (24) Wood floor trusses are:

                                                                                                              (i) metal-plate-connected wood trusses with wood framing members not less than 38 mm × 64 mm, metal connector plates not less than 1 mm
                                                                                                                  (nominal) thick with teeth not less than 8 mm long, and a minimum truss depth of 305 mm;
                                                                                                             (ii) metal-web wood trusses with wood chords not less than 38 mm × 64 mm, V-shaped webs made from galvanized steel of 1 mm (nominal)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                  thickness with plate areas having teeth not less than 8 mm long, and a minimum truss depth of 286 mm; or
                                                                                                            (iii) fingerjoined wood trusses with glued fingerjoined connections, chord members not less than 38 mm × 64 mm, web members not less
                                                                                                                  than 38 mm × 38 mm and a minimum truss depth of 330 mm, all of which is glued together with an R-14 phenol-resorcinol resin
                                                                                                                  conforming to CSA O112.10.
                                                                                                    (25) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock or slag with a
                                                                                                         minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area mass of 2.8 kg/m2.
                                                                                                    (26) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values within square brackets are achieved only where absorptive material includes
                                                                                                         dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized)
                                                                                                         steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is
                                                                                                         attached to wood trusses with metal staples having legs that are 38 mm long.
                                                                                                    (27) Cold-formed steel floor joists (C-shaped joists) are members with a minimum size of 41 mm (width) × 203 mm (depth) × 1.22 mm (material
                                                                                                         thickness).
                                                                                                    (28) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes spray-applied cellulose fibre with a
                                                                                                         minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum thickness of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor, of 90 mm on the sides of the cold-formed steel
                                                                                                         floor joists, and of 13 mm on the underside of the bottom flange other than at resilient metal channel locations.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B     9-475
             Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




Division B



9-476
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2




                                                                                                                            Span Tables




Division B



9-477
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.20.17.4.-A
                                                                                                    Maximum Allowable Clear Spans for Lintels in Flat Loadbearing Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Walls (1)(2)(3) (1-10M Bottom Bar)
                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1) and 9.20.17.4.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                                           Maximum Clear Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Supporting ICF Second Storey and
                                                                                                           Minimum Lintel         Minimum Lintel             Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Light-Frame Roof
                                                                                                           Thickness, mm           Depth, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                    Maximum Ground Snow Load, kN/m2
                                                                                                                                                               1.50                       3.33                     1.50                      3.33
                                                                                                                                        200                    1.41                       1.18                     1.03                      0.93




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                        300                    1.78                       1.50                     1.30                      1.18
                                                                                                                140                     400                    2.08                       1.75                     1.53                      1.38
                                                                                                                                        500                    2.33                       1.97                     1.72                      1.56
                                                                                                                                        600                    2.55                       2.16                     1.89                      1.71
                                                                                                                                        200                    1.41                       1.18                     1.02                      0.92
                                                                                                                                        300                    1.78                       1.50                     1.29                      1.17
                                                                                                                150                     400                    2.08                       1.75                     1.51                      1.37
                                                                                                                                        500                    2.33                       1.97                     1.70                      1.54
                                                                                                                                        600                    2.54                       2.15                     1.87                      1.70
                                                                                                                                        200                    1.41                       1.18                     1.01                      0.91
                                                                                                                                        300                    1.78                       1.50                     1.28                      1.16
                                                                                                                160                     400                    2.07                       1.75                     1.50                      1.36
                                                                                                                                        500                    2.32                       1.96                     1.68                      1.53
                                                                                                                                        600                    2.53                       2.15                     1.85                      1.68
                                                                                                                                        200                    1.41                       1.19                     0.98                      0.89
                                                                                                                                        300                    1.78                       1.50                     1.24                      1.13
                                                                                                                190                     400                    2.06                       1.74                     1.45                      1.32
                                                                                                                                        500                    2.30                       1.95                     1.63                      1.49
                                                                                                                                        600                    2.51                       2.13                     1.78                      1.63
                                                                                                                                        200                    1.41                       1.19                     0.97                      0.89
                                                                                                                                        300                    1.77                       1.49                     1.23                      1.12
                                                                                                                200                     400                    2.06                       1.74                     1.43                      1.31
                                                                                                                                        500                    2.30                       1.95                     1.61                      1.48
                                                                                                                                        600                    2.50                       2.13                     1.77                      1.62
                                                                                                                                        200                    1.41                       1.19                     0.94                      0.86
                                                                                                                                        300                    1.76                       1.49                     1.18                      1.09
                                                                                                                240                     400                    2.04                       1.73                     1.38                      1.27
                                                                                                                                        500                    2.27                       1.93                     1.55                      1.43
                                                                                                                                        600                    2.47                       2.11                     1.70                      1.56

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.20.17.4.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   Deflection criterion is L/240, where “L” is the clear span of the lintel.
                                                                                                    (2)   Linear interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.
                                                                                                    (3)   10M stirrups are required at a maximum d/2 spacing for spans greater than 1 200 mm, where “d” is the distance from the top of the lintel to
                                                                                                          the level of the bottom reinforcing bar in the lintel.




                                                                                                    Division B      9-478                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.20.17.4.-B
                                                                                                    Maximum Allowable Clear Spans for Lintels in Flat Loadbearing Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Walls (1)(2)(3) (1-15M Bottom Bar)
                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1) and 9.20.17.4.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                                            Maximum Clear Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Supporting ICF Second Storey and
                                                                                                          Minimum Lintel           Minimum Lintel              Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Light-Frame Roof
                                                                                                          Thickness, mm              Depth, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                      Maximum Ground Snow Load, kN/m2
                                                                                                                                                                  1.50                     3.33                     1.50                     3.33
                                                                                                                                         200                      1.63                     1.46                     1.31                     1.23




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                         300                      2.43                     2.08                     1.81                     1.64
                                                                                                                140                      400                      2.90                     2.44                     2.13                     1.93
                                                                                                                                         500                      3.26                     2.75                     2.41                     2.18
                                                                                                                                         600                      3.58                     3.03                     2.65                     2.4
                                                                                                                                         200                      1.67                     1.49                     1.33                     1.25
                                                                                                                                         300                      2.48                     2.08                     1.79                     1.62
                                                                                                                150                      400                      2.90                     2.44                     2.11                     1.91
                                                                                                                                         500                      3.26                     2.75                     2.38                     2.16
                                                                                                                                         600                      3.57                     3.02                     2.62                     2.38
                                                                                                                                         200                      1.70                     1.53                     1.35                     1.26
                                                                                                                                         300                      2.48                     2.08                     1.78                     1.61
                                                                                                                160                      400                      2.90                     2.44                     2.09                     1.90
                                                                                                                                         500                      3.25                     2.75                     2.36                     2.14
                                                                                                                                         600                       3.56                    3.02                     2.59                     2.36
                                                                                                                                         200                       1.80                    1.61                     1.36                     1.24
                                                                                                                                         300                       2.48                    2.09                     1.73                      1.58
                                                                                                                190                      400                       2.89                    2.44                     2.03                      1.85
                                                                                                                                         500                       3.23                    2.74                      2.29                     2.09
                                                                                                                                         600                       3.53                    3.00                      2.51                     2.30
                                                                                                                                         200                       1.83                     1.64                     1.35                     1.23
                                                                                                                                         300                       2.48                     2.09                     1.71                     1.57
                                                                                                                200                      400                       2.88                     2.44                    2.01                     1.84
                                                                                                                                         500                      3.22                     2.74                     2.26                     2.07
                                                                                                                                         600                      3.52                     2.99                     2.48                     2.28
                                                                                                                                         200                      1.93                     1.65                     1.30                     1.20
                                                                                                                                         300                      2.47                     2.08                     1.66                     1.52
                                                                                                                240                      400                      2.86                     2.43                     1.94                     1.78
                                                                                                                                         500                      3.19                     2.72                     2.18                     2.01
                                                                                                                                         600                      3.47                     2.97                     2.39                     2.20

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.20.17.4.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Deflection criterion is L/240, where “L” is the clear span of the lintel.
                                                                                                    (2)   Linear interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.
                                                                                                    (3)   10M stirrups are required at a maximum d/2 spacing for spans greater than 1 200 mm, where “d” is the distance from the top of the lintel to
                                                                                                          the level of the bottom reinforcing bar in the lintel.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B       9-479
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                         Table 9.20.17.4.-C
                                                                                                    Maximum Allowable Clear Spans for Lintels in Flat Loadbearing Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Walls (1)(2)(3) (2-15M Bottom Bar)
                                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1) and 9.20.17.4.(3)

                                                                                                                                                                                            Maximum Clear Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Supporting ICF Second Storey and
                                                                                                          Minimum Lintel           Minimum Lintel              Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Light-Frame Roof
                                                                                                          Thickness, mm              Depth, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                      Maximum Ground Snow Load, kN/m2
                                                                                                                                                                  1.50                     3.33                     1.50                     3.33
                                                                                                                                         200                      1.63                     1.46                     1.31                     1.23




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                         300                      2.43                     2.18                     1.96                     1.84
                                                                                                                140                      400                      3.22                     2.90                     2.60                     2.42
                                                                                                                                         500                      4.00                     3.60                     3.25                     2.70
                                                                                                                                         600                      4.71                     4.20                     3.61                     2.97
                                                                                                                                         200                      1.67                     1.49                     1.33                     1.25
                                                                                                                                         300                      2.48                     2.23                     1.99                     1.87
                                                                                                                150                      400                      3.29                     2.96                     2.64                     2.45
                                                                                                                                         500                      4.80                     3.68                     3.29                     2.74
                                                                                                                                         600                      4.87                     4.20                     3.64                     3.02
                                                                                                                                         200                      1.70                     1.53                     1.35                     1.27
                                                                                                                                         300                      2.53                     2.28                     2.02                     1.90
                                                                                                                160                      400                      3.36                     3.02                     2.68                     2.48
                                                                                                                                         500                      4.16                     3.76                     3.27                     2.78
                                                                                                                                         600                       4.95                    4.20                     3.61                     3.08
                                                                                                                                         200                       1.80                    1.61                     1.39                     1.32
                                                                                                                                         300                       2.67                    2.40                     2.09                      1.97
                                                                                                                190                      400                       3.53                    3.19                     2.77                      2.56
                                                                                                                                         500                       4.38                    3.81                      3.18                     2.90
                                                                                                                                         600                       4.92                    4.19                      3.50                     3.21
                                                                                                                                         200                       1.83                     1.64                     1.41                     1.33
                                                                                                                                         300                       2.87                     2.44                     2.11                     2.00
                                                                                                                200                      400                       3.78                     3.24                    2.79                     2.55
                                                                                                                                         500                      4.46                     3.81                     3.15                     2.89
                                                                                                                                         600                      4.86                     4.18                     3.47                     3.18
                                                                                                                                         200                      2.07                     1.74                     1.46                     1.38
                                                                                                                                         300                      3.07                     2.59                     2.18                     2.07
                                                                                                                240                      400                      3.95                     3.38                     2.70                     2.48
                                                                                                                                         500                      4.40                     3.80                     3.04                     2.80
                                                                                                                                         600                      4.78                     4.16                     3.34                     3.08

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.20.17.4.-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   Deflection criterion is L/240, where “L” is the clear span of the lintel.
                                                                                                    (2)   Linear interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.
                                                                                                    (3)   10M stirrups are required at a maximum d/2 spacing for spans greater than 1 200 mm, where “d” is the distance from the top of the lintel to
                                                                                                          the level of the bottom reinforcing bar in the lintel.




                                                                                                    Division B      9-480                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.4.2.-A
                                                                                                                                          Maximum Spans for Floor Joists – General Cases (1)
                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and (2), 9.23.4.4.(1) and 9.23.9.4.(1) to (3)

                                                                                                                                                                                           Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                       Commercial                                            With Strapping (2)                 With Bridging          With Strapping (2) and Bridging
                                                                                                                          Grade       Joist Size, mm
                                                                                                       Designation                                        Joist Spacing, mm                Joist Spacing, mm                Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                       300         400            600    300        400         600      300        400        600
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89           2.13        1.97          1.73   2.19        1.99       1.73      2.19       1.99       1.73
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140          3.23        3.07          2.73   3.44        3.12       2.73     3.44        3.12       2.73




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      Select
                                                                                                                                      38 × 184          3.88        3.69          3.51   4.18        3.92       3.59     4.37        4.07       3.59
                                                                                                                      Structural
                                                                                                                                      38 × 235          4.57        4.34          4.13   4.86        4.57       4.29     5.05        4.70       4.39
                                                                                                                                      38 × 286          5.21        4.95          4.71   5.49        5.16       4.85      5.66       5.28       4.92
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89           2.00        1.85          1.66   2.09        1.90       1.66      2.09       1.90       1.66
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140          3.09        2.91          2.62   3.29        2.99       2.62      3.29       2.99       2.62
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir –     No. 1 and No. 2 38 × 184          3.71        3.53          3.36   4.00        3.76       3.44      4.19       3.90       3.44
                                                                                                    Larch (includes                   38 × 235          4.38        4.16          3.96   4.66        4.38       4.11      4.84       4.51       4.20
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir and
                                                                                                    Western Larch)                    38 × 286          4.99        4.75          4.52   5.26        4.94       4.65      5.43       5.06       4.72
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89           1.90        1.69          1.38   1.95        1.69       1.38      1.95       1.69       1.38
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140          2.78        2.41          1.97   2.78        2.41       1.97      2.78       2.41       1.97
                                                                                                                      No. 3           38 × 184          3.38        2.93          2.39   3.38        2.93       2.39      3.38       2.93       2.39
                                                                                                                                      38 × 235          4.14        3.58          2.93   4.14        3.58       2.93      4.14       3.58       2.93
                                                                                                                                      38 × 286          4.80        4.16          3.39   4.80        4.16       3.39      4.80       4.16       3.39
                                                                                                                      Construction    38 × 89           1.90        1.77          1.61   2.03        1.84       1.61      2.03       1.84       1.61
                                                                                                                      Standard        38 × 89           1.81        1.63          1.33   1.88        1.63       1.33      1.88       1.63       1.33
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89           2.08        1.93          1.71   2.16        1.96       1.71      2.16       1.96       1.71
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140          3.18        3.03          2.69   3.39        3.08       2.69      3.39       3.08       2.69
                                                                                                                      Select
                                                                                                                                      38 × 184          3.82        3.64          3.46   4.12        3.87       3.54      4.31       4.02       3.54
                                                                                                                      Structural
                                                                                                                                      38 × 235          4.50        4.28          4.08   4.80        4.51       4.23      4.98       4.64       4.33
                                                                                                                                      38 × 286          5.14        4.89          4.65   5.42        5.09       4.78      5.59       5.21       4.86
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89           2.00        1.85          1.66   2.09        1.90       1.66      2.09       1.90       1.66
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140          3.09        2.91          2.62   3.29        2.99       2.62      3.29       2.99       2.62
                                                                                                     Hem – Fir
                                                                                                                      No. 1 and No. 2 38 × 184          3.71        3.53          3.36   4.00        3.76       3.44      4.19       3.90       3.44
                                                                                                     (includes
                                                                                                     Western                          38 × 235          4.38        4.16          3.96   4.66        4.38       4.11      4.84       4.51       4.20
                                                                                                     Hemlock and                      38 × 286          4.99        4.75          4.52   5.26        4.94       4.65      5.43       5.06       4.72
                                                                                                     Amabilis Fir)
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89           1.90        1.77          1.61   2.03        1.84       1.61      2.03       1.84       1.61
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140          2.99        2.78          2.43   3.19        2.90       2.43      3.19       2.90       2.43
                                                                                                                      No. 3           38 × 184          3.60        3.42          2.95   3.88        3.61       2.95      4.06       3.61       2.95
                                                                                                                                      38 × 235          4.24        4.03          3.61   4.51        4.24       3.61      4.68       4.37       3.61
                                                                                                                                      38 × 286          4.84        4.60          4.19   5.10        4.79       4.19      5.26       4.90       4.19
                                                                                                                      Construction    38 × 89           1.90        1.77          1.61   2.03        1.84       1.61      2.03       1.84       1.61
                                                                                                                      Standard        38 × 89           1.81        1.68          1.39   1.96        1.71       1.39      1.96       1.71       1.39




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                Division B     9-481
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.23.4.2.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                     Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                          Commercial                                                   With Strapping (2)                 With Bridging          With Strapping (2) and Bridging
                                                                                                                               Grade         Joist Size, mm
                                                                                                          Designation                                               Joist Spacing, mm                Joist Spacing, mm                Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                                 300         400            600    300        400         600      300        400        600
                                                                                                                                             38 × 89             1.95         1.81          1.64   2.06        1.87       1.64      2.06       1.87       1.64
                                                                                                                                             38 × 140            3.05         2.85          2.57   3.24        2.95       2.57      3.24       2.95       2.57
                                                                                                                          Select
                                                                                                                                             38 × 184            3.66         3.48          3.31   3.94        3.70       3.38      4.12       3.84       3.38
                                                                                                                          Structural




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235            4.31         4.10          3.90   4.59        4.31       4.05      4.76       4.44       4.14
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286            4.91         4.67          4.45   5.18        4.87       4.57      5.34       4.98       4.64
                                                                                                     Spruce – Pine                           38 × 89             1.86         1.72          1.58   1.99        1.81       1.58      1.99       1.81       1.58
                                                                                                     – Fir (includes                         38 × 140            2.92         2.71          2.49   3.14        2.85       2.49      3.14       2.85       2.49
                                                                                                     Spruce (all
                                                                                                                      No. 1 and No. 2        38 × 184            3.54         3.36          3.20   3.81        3.58       3.27      3.99       3.72       3.27
                                                                                                     species except
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka                             38 × 235            4.17         3.96          3.77   4.44        4.17       3.92      4.60       4.29       4.00
                                                                                                     Spruce), Jack                           38 × 286            4.75         4.52          4.30   5.01        4.71       4.42      5.17       4.82       4.49
                                                                                                     Pine, Lodgepole
                                                                                                     Pine, Balsam Fir                        38 × 89             1.81         1.68          1.55   1.96        1.78       1.55      1.96       1.78       1.55
                                                                                                     and Alpine Fir)                         38 × 140            2.84         2.64          2.43   3.08        2.80       2.43      3.08       2.80       2.43
                                                                                                                          No. 3              38 × 184            3.47         3.30          2.95   3.74        3.52       2.95      3.92       3.61       2.95
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235            4.09         3.89          3.61   4.36        4.09       3.61      4.52       4.22       3.61
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286            4.67         4.44          4.19   4.92        4.62       4.19      5.08       4.73       4.19
                                                                                                                          Construction       38 × 89             1.81         1.68          1.55   1.96        1.78       1.55      1.96       1.78       1.55
                                                                                                                          Standard           38 × 89             1.70         1.58          1.44   1.88        1.71       1.44      1.88       1.71       1.44
                                                                                                                                             38 × 89             1.65         1.53          1.42   1.84        1.68       1.46      1.84       1.68       1.46
                                                                                                                                             38 × 140            2.59         2.41          2.24   2.90        2.63       2.30      2.90       2.63       2.30
                                                                                                                          Select
                                                                                                                                             38 × 184            3.27         3.11          2.94   3.52        3.31       3.03      3.69       3.44       3.03
                                                                                                                          Structural
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235            3.85         3.66          3.48   4.10        3.85       3.62      4.26       3.97       3.70
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286            4.39         4.18          3.97   4.63        4.35       4.09      4.78       4.45       4.15
                                                                                                                                             38 × 89             1.59         1.48          1.37   1.80        1.64       1.43      1.80       1.64       1.43
                                                                                                     Northern
                                                                                                     Species                                 38 × 140            2.51         2.33          2.16   2.83        2.57       2.25      2.83       2.57       2.25
                                                                                                     (includes any        No. 1 and No. 2 38 × 184               3.19         3.04          2.84   3.44        3.23       2.96      3.60       3.36       2.96
                                                                                                     Canadian                                38 × 235            3.76         3.58          3.41   4.01        3.77       3.54      4.16       3.88       3.62
                                                                                                     species covered
                                                                                                     by the NLGA                             38 × 286            4.29         4.08          3.88   4.53        4.25       4.00      4.67       4.35       4.06
                                                                                                     Standard                                38 × 89             1.54         1.43          1.32   1.74        1.57       1.36      1.76       1.60       1.36
                                                                                                     Grading Rules)
                                                                                                                                             38 × 140            2.42         2.24          1.94   2.74        2.38       1.94      2.75       2.38       1.94
                                                                                                                          No. 3              38 × 184            3.12         2.90          2.37   3.35        2.90       2.37      3.35       2.90       2.37
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235            3.67         3.49          2.89   3.91        3.54       2.89      4.06       3.54       2.89
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286            4.19         3.98          3.36   4.42        4.11       3.36      4.55       4.11       3.36
                                                                                                                          Construction       38 × 89             1.54         1.43          1.32   1.74        1.57       1.40      1.76       1.60       1.40
                                                                                                                          Standard           38 × 89             1.48         1.37          1.15   1.63        1.41       1.15      1.63       1.41       1.15

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not
                                                                                                          exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Sentence 9.23.9.4.(5) for alternatives to strapping.




                                                                                                    Division B      9-482                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.4.2.-B
                                                                                                                                          Maximum Spans for Floor Joists – Special Cases (1)
                                                                                                                      Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and (2), 9.23.4.4.(2) and 9.23.9.4.(4) and (6)

                                                                                                                                                                                          Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                                                                              Joists with Ceilings Attached to Wood Furring           Joists with Concrete Topping
                                                                                                       Commercial
                                                                                                                          Grade       Joist Size, mm         Without Bridging                  With Bridging           With or Without Bridging (2)
                                                                                                       Designation
                                                                                                                                                          Joist Spacing, mm                Joist Spacing, mm               Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                       300         400          600    300         400         600     300         400        600
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89          2.19        1.99         1.73    2.19        1.99       1.73     2.19       1.99        1.73




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140         3.44        3.12         2.73    3.44        3.12       2.73     3.44       3.12        2.73
                                                                                                                      Select
                                                                                                                                      38 × 184         4.24        3.99         3.59    4.52        4.11       3.59     4.52       4.11        3.59
                                                                                                                      Structural
                                                                                                                                      38 × 235         4.98        4.69         4.29    5.47        5.20       4.58     5.77       5.24        4.58
                                                                                                                                      38 × 286         5.67        5.34         4.88    6.19        5.89       5.54     6.83       6.37        5.58
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89          2.09        1.90         1.66    2.09        1.90       1.66     2.09       1.90        1.66
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140         3.29        2.99         2.62    3.29        2.99       2.62     3.29       2.99        2.55
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir –     No. 1 and No. 2 38 × 184         4.06        3.83         3.44    4.33        3.93       3.44     4.33       3.81        3.11
                                                                                                    Larch (includes                   38 × 235         4.78        4.50         4.11    5.24        4.98       4.31     5.37       4.65        3.80
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir and
                                                                                                    Western Larch)                    38 × 286         5.44        5.12         4.68    5.93        5.64       5.00     6.24       5.40        4.41
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89          1.95        1.69         1.38    1.95        1.69       1.38     1.72       1.49        1.21
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140         2.78        2.41         1.97    2.78        2.41       1.97     2.45       2.12        1.73
                                                                                                                      No. 3           38 × 184         3.38        2.93         2.39    3.38        2.93       2.39     2.98       2.58        2.11
                                                                                                                                      38 × 235         4.14        3.58         2.93    4.14        3.58       2.93     3.65       3.16        2.58
                                                                                                                                      38 × 286         4.80        4.16         3.39    4.80        4.16       3.39     4.23       3.66        2.99
                                                                                                                      Construction    38 × 89          2.03        1.84         1.61    2.03        1.84       1.61     2.03       1.84        1.61
                                                                                                                      Standard        38 × 89          1.88        1.63         1.33    1.88        1.63       1.33     1.66       1.44        1.17
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89          2.16        1.96         1.71    2.16        1.96       1.71     2.16       1.96        1.71
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140         3.39        3.08         2.69    3.39        3.08       2.69     3.39       3.08        2.69
                                                                                                                      Select
                                                                                                                                      38 × 184         4.18        3.94         3.54    4.46        4.05       3.54     4.46       4.05        3.54
                                                                                                                      Structural
                                                                                                                                      38 × 235         4.92        4.63         4.23    5.39        5.13       4.52     5.69       5.17        4.52
                                                                                                                                      38 × 286         5.60        5.27         4.82    6.10        5.81       5.47     6.74       6.28        5.50
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89          2.09        1.90         1.66    2.09        1.90       1.66     2.09       1.90        1.66
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140         3.29        2.99         2.62    3.29        2.99       2.62     3.29       2.99        2.62
                                                                                                     Hem – Fir
                                                                                                                      No. 1 and No. 2 38 × 184         4.06        3.83         3.44    4.33        3.93       3.44     4.33       3.93        3.26
                                                                                                     (includes
                                                                                                     Western                          38 × 235         4.78        4.50         4.11    5.24        4.98       4.39     5.53       4.88        3.99
                                                                                                     Hemlock and                      38 × 286         5.44        5.12         4.68    5.93        5.64       5.25     6.54       5.66        4.63
                                                                                                     Amabilis Fir)
                                                                                                                                      38 × 89          2.03        1.84         1.61    2.03        1.84       1.61     2.03       1.83        1.50
                                                                                                                                      38 × 140         3.19        2.90         2.43    3.19        2.90       2.43     3.02       2.62        2.14
                                                                                                                      No. 3           38 × 184         3.94        3.61         2.95    4.17        3.61       2.95     3.68       3.18        2.60
                                                                                                                                      38 × 235         4.63        4.36         3.61    5.08        4.42       3.61     4.50       3.89        3.18
                                                                                                                                      38 × 286         5.27        4.96         4.19    5.74        5.13       4.19     5.22       4.52        3.69
                                                                                                                      Construction    38 × 89          2.03        1.84         1.61    2.03        1.84       1.61     2.03       1.84        1.61
                                                                                                                      Standard        38 × 89          1.96        1.71         1.39    1.96        1.71       1.39     1.74       1.50        1.23




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                              Division B      9-483
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.23.4.2.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                     Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                        Joists with Ceilings Attached to Wood Furring            Joists with Concrete Topping
                                                                                                          Commercial
                                                                                                                               Grade         Joist Size, mm            Without Bridging                   With Bridging           With or Without Bridging (2)
                                                                                                          Designation
                                                                                                                                                                    Joist Spacing, mm                Joist Spacing, mm                Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                                 300         400          600     300         400         600      300        400        600
                                                                                                                                             38 × 89             2.06        1.87         1.64     2.06        1.87       1.64      2.06       1.87       1.64
                                                                                                                                             38 × 140            3.24        2.95         2.57     3.24        2.95       2.57      3.24       2.95       2.57
                                                                                                                          Select




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                             38 × 184            4.00        3.77         3.38     4.26        3.87       3.38      4.26       3.87       3.38
                                                                                                                          Structural
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235            4.70        4.43         4.05     5.16        4.91       4.32      5.45       4.95       4.32
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286            5.35        5.04         4.61     5.84        5.55       5.23      6.45       6.01       5.26
                                                                                                     Spruce – Pine                           38 × 89             1.99        1.81         1.58     1.99        1.81       1.58      1.99       1.81       1.58
                                                                                                     – Fir (includes                         38 × 140            3.14        2.85         2.49     3.14        2.85       2.49      3.14       2.85       2.49
                                                                                                     Spruce (all
                                                                                                                      No. 1 and No. 2        38 × 184            3.87        3.64         3.27     4.12        3.75       3.27      4.12       3.75       3.27
                                                                                                     species except
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka                             38 × 235            4.55        4.28         3.91     4.99        4.75       4.18      5.27       4.79       4.13
                                                                                                     Spruce), Jack                           38 × 286            5.18        4.88         4.46     5.65        5.37       5.06      6.23       5.81       4.79
                                                                                                     Pine, Lodgepole
                                                                                                     Pine, Balsam Fir                        38 × 89             1.96        1.78         1.55     1.96        1.78       1.55      1.96       1.78       1.50
                                                                                                     and Alpine Fir)                         38 × 140            3.08        2.80         2.43     3.08        2.80       2.43      3.02       2.62       2.14
                                                                                                                          No. 3              38 × 184            3.80        3.58         2.95     4.05        3.61       2.95      3.68       3.18       2.60
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235            4.47        4.21         3.61     4.90        4.42       3.61      4.50       3.89       3.18
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286            5.09        4.79         4.19     5.55        5.13       4.19      5.22       4.52       3.69
                                                                                                                          Construction       38 × 89             1.96        1.78         1.55     1.96        1.78       1.55      1.96       1.78       1.55
                                                                                                                          Standard           38 × 89             1.88        1.71         1.44     1.88        1.71       1.44      1.80       1.56       1.27
                                                                                                                                             38 × 89             1.84        1.68         1.46     1.84        1.68       1.46      1.84       1.68       1.46
                                                                                                                                             38 × 140            2.90        2.63         2.30     2.90        2.63       2.30      2.90       2.63       2.30
                                                                                                                          Select
                                                                                                                                             38 × 184            3.58        3.37         3.03     3.81        3.46       3.03      3.81       3.46       3.03
                                                                                                                          Structural
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235            4.20        3.96         3.62     4.61        4.39       3.86      4.87       4.42       3.86
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286            4.79        4.51         4.12     5.22        4.96       4.68      5.76       5.37       4.54
                                                                                                                                             38 × 89             1.80        1.64         1.43     1.80        1.64       1.43      1.80       1.64       1.43
                                                                                                     Northern
                                                                                                     Species                                 38 × 140            2.83        2.57         2.25     2.83        2.57       2.25      2.83       2.57       2.23
                                                                                                     (includes any        No. 1 and No. 2 38 × 184               3.50        3.29         2.96     3.72        3.38       2.96      3.72       3.32       2.71
                                                                                                     Canadian                                38 × 235            4.11        3.87         3.54     4.51        4.29       3.76      4.69       4.06       3.31
                                                                                                     species covered
                                                                                                     by the NLGA                             38 × 286            4.68        4.40         4.03     5.10        4.85       4.36      5.44       4.71       3.84
                                                                                                     Standard                                38 × 89             1.76        1.60         1.36     1.76        1.60       1.36      1.70       1.47       1.20
                                                                                                     Grading Rules)
                                                                                                                                             38 × 140            2.75        2.38         1.94     2.75        2.38       1.94      2.42       2.10       1.71
                                                                                                                          No. 3              38 × 184            3.35        2.90         2.37     3.35        2.90       2.37      2.95       2.55       2.08
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235            4.01        3.54         2.89     4.09        3.54       2.89      3.61       3.12       2.55
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286            4.56        4.11         3.36     4.75        4.11       3.36      4.18       3.62       2.96
                                                                                                                          Construction       38 × 89             1.76        1.60         1.40     1.76        1.60       1.40      1.76       1.60       1.37
                                                                                                                          Standard           38 × 89             1.63        1.41         1.15     1.63        1.41       1.15      1.44       1.25       1.02

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not
                                                                                                          exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                    (2)   No bridging is assumed for spans for floor joists with concrete topping.




                                                                                                    Division B      9-484                                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.23.4.2.-C
                                                                                                                                     Maximum Spans for Ceiling Joists – Attic not Accessible by a Stairway
                                                                                                                                       Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                                     Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                       Commercial Designation                   Grade            Joist Size, mm                      Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                         300                400                600
                                                                                                                                                                 38 × 89                  3.41              3.10               2.71
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 140                  5.37              4.88               4.26
                                                                                                                                     Select Structural          38 × 184                  7.05              6.41               5.60




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 235                  9.01              8.18               7.15
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 286                10.96               9.96               8.70
                                                                                                                                                                 38 × 89                  3.27              2.97               2.59
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 140                  5.14              4.67               4.08
                                                                                                                                     No. 1 and No. 2            38 × 184                  6.76              6.14               5.36
                                                                                                     Douglas Fir – Larch (includes
                                                                                                     Douglas Fir and Western                                    38 × 235                  8.63              7.84               6.85
                                                                                                     Larch)                                                     38 × 286                10.50               9.54               8.34
                                                                                                                                                                 38 × 89                  3.17              2.88               2.42
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 140                  4.89              4.23               3.46
                                                                                                                                     No. 3                      38 × 184                  5.95              5.15               4.20
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 235                  7.27              6.30               5.14
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 286                  8.44              7.31               5.97
                                                                                                                                     Construction                38 × 89                  3.17              2.88               2.51
                                                                                                                                     Standard                    38 × 89                  3.06              2.78               2.34
                                                                                                                                                                 38 × 89                  3.36              3.06               2.67
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 140                  5.29              4.81               4.20
                                                                                                                                     Select Structural          38 × 184                  6.96              6.32               5.52
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 235                  8.88              8.07               7.05
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 286                10.81               9.82               8.58
                                                                                                                                                                 38 × 89                  3.27              2.97               2.59
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 140                  5.14              4.67               4.08
                                                                                                                                     No. 1 and No. 2            38 × 184                  6.76              6.14               5.36
                                                                                                     Hem – Fir (includes Western                                38 × 235                  8.63              7.84               6.85
                                                                                                     Hemlock and Amabilis Fir)
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 286                10.50               9.54               8.34
                                                                                                                                                                 38 × 89                  3.17              2.88               2.51
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 140                  4.98              4.53               3.95
                                                                                                                                     No. 3                      38 × 184                  6.55              5.95               5.19
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 235                  8.36              7.60               6.34
                                                                                                                                                                38 × 286                10.18               9.01               7.36
                                                                                                                                     Construction                38 × 89                  3.17              2.88               2.50
                                                                                                                                     Standard                    38 × 89                  3.06              2.78               2.43




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                       Division B   9-485
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.23.4.2.-C (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                 Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                       Commercial Designation                Grade          Joist Size, mm                       Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                                                      300               400              600
                                                                                                                                                            38 × 89                    3.22             2.92             2.55
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 140                    5.06             4.60             4.02
                                                                                                                                  Select Structural        38 × 184                    6.65             6.05             5.28
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 235                    8.50             7.72             6.74




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 286                   10.34             9.40             8.21
                                                                                                                                                            38 × 89                    3.11             2.83             2.47
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 140                    4.90             4.45             3.89
                                                                                                     Spruce – Pine – Fir (includes
                                                                                                                                   No. 1 and No. 2         38 × 184                    6.44             5.85             5.11
                                                                                                     Spruce (all species except
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka Spruce), Jack                             38 × 235                    8.22             7.47             6.52
                                                                                                     Pine, Lodgepole Pine,                                 38 × 286                   10.00             9.09             7.94
                                                                                                     Balsam Fir and Alpine Fir)
                                                                                                                                                            38 × 89                    3.06             2.78             2.43
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 140                    4.81             4.37             3.82
                                                                                                                                  No. 3                    38 × 184                    6.32             5.74             5.02
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 235                    8.07             7.33             6.34
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 286                    9.82             8.93             7.36
                                                                                                                                  Construction              38 × 89                    3.06             2.78             2.43
                                                                                                                                  Standard                  38 × 89                    2.94             2.67             2.33
                                                                                                                                                            38 × 89                    2.88             2.61             2.28
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 140                    4.53             4.11             3.59
                                                                                                                                  Select Structural        38 × 184                    5.95             5.40             4.72
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 235                    7.60             6.90             6.03
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 286                    9.25             8.40             7.34
                                                                                                                                                            38 × 89                    2.81             2.55             2.23
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 140                    4.42             4.02             3.51
                                                                                                     Northern Species (includes   No. 1 and No. 2          38 × 184                    5.81             5.28             4.61
                                                                                                     any Canadian species                                  38 × 235                    7.42             6.74             5.89
                                                                                                     covered by the NLGA
                                                                                                     Standard Grading Rules)                               38 × 286                    9.03             8.21             7.17
                                                                                                                                                            38 × 89                    2.74             2.49             2.18
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 140                    4.31             3.92             3.42
                                                                                                                                  No. 3                    38 × 184                    5.67             5.09             4.16
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 235                    7.19             6.23             5.08
                                                                                                                                                           38 × 286                    8.34             7.23             5.90
                                                                                                                                  Construction              38 × 89                    2.74             2.49             2.18
                                                                                                                                  Standard                  38 × 89                    2.67             2.43             2.03




                                                                                                    Division B   9-486                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.4.2.-D
                                                                                                                               Maximum Spans for Roof Joists – Specified Roof Snow Loads 1.0 to 2.0 kPa
                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                       Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                                    Specified Snow Load, kPa
                                                                                                       Commercial
                                                                                                                          Grade         Joist Size, mm            1.0                          1.5                            2.0
                                                                                                       Designation
                                                                                                                                                           Joist Spacing, mm            Joist Spacing, mm              Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                         300     400       600       300      400       600          300     400         600
                                                                                                                                           38 × 89       2.71    2.46      2.15      2.37     2.15      1.88         2.15    1.95        1.71




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                           38 × 140      4.26    3.87      3.38      3.72     3.38      2.95         3.38    3.07        2.68
                                                                                                                      Select
                                                                                                                                           38 × 184      5.60    5.09      4.44      4.89     4.44      3.88         4.44    4.04        3.53
                                                                                                                      Structural
                                                                                                                                           38 × 235      7.15    6.49      5.67      6.24     5.67      4.96         5.67    5.15        4.50
                                                                                                                                           38 × 286      8.70    7.90      6.91      7.60     6.91      6.03         6.91    6.27        5.48
                                                                                                                                           38 × 89       2.59    2.36      2.06      2.27     2.06      1.80         2.06    1.87        1.63
                                                                                                                                           38 × 140      4.08    3.71      3.24      3.57     3.24      2.83         3.24    2.94        2.57
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir –     No. 1 and No. 2      38 × 184      5.36    4.87      4.26      4.69     4.26      3.72         4.26    3.87        3.38
                                                                                                    Larch (includes                        38 × 235      6.85    6.22      5.44      5.98     5.44      4.74         5.44    4.94        4.22
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir and
                                                                                                    Western Larch)                         38 × 286      8.34    7.57      6.40      7.28     6.62      5.50         6.62    6.00        4.90
                                                                                                                                            38 × 89      2.49    2.16      1.76      2.14     1.85      1.51         1.91    1.65        1.35
                                                                                                                                            38 × 140     3.56    3.08      2.51      3.06     2.65      2.16         2.72    2.36        1.92
                                                                                                                      No. 3                 38 × 184     4.33    3.75      3.06      3.72     3.22      2.63         3.31    2.87        2.34
                                                                                                                                            38 × 235     5.29    4.58      3.74      4.55     3.94      3.22         4.05    3.51        2.86
                                                                                                                                            38 × 286     6.14    5.32      4.34      5.28     4.57      3.73         4.70    4.07        3.32
                                                                                                                      Construction          38 × 89      2.51    2.28      1.99      2.20     1.99      1.74         1.99     1.81       1.58
                                                                                                                      Standard              38 × 89      2.41     2.08     1.70      2.07     1.79      1.46         1.84     1.60       1.30
                                                                                                                                            38 × 89      2.67     2.43     2.12      2.33     2.12      1.85         2.12     1.93       1.68
                                                                                                                                            38 × 140     4.20     3.82     3.33      3.67     3.33      2.91         3.33     3.03       2.65
                                                                                                                      Select
                                                                                                                                            38 × 184     5.52     5.02     4.38      4.82     4.38      3.83         4.38     3.98       3.48
                                                                                                                      Structural
                                                                                                                                            38 × 235     7.05     6.41     5.60      6.16     5.60      4.89         5.60     5.09       4.44
                                                                                                                                            38 × 286     8.58     7.80     6.81      7.50     6.81      5.95         6.81     6.19       5.41
                                                                                                                                            38 × 89      2.59     2.36     2.06      2.27     2.06      1.80         2.06     1.87       1.63
                                                                                                                                            38 × 140     4.08     3.71     3.24      3.57     3.24      2.83         3.24     2.94       2.57
                                                                                                     Hem – Fir
                                                                                                                      No. 1 and No. 2       38 × 184     5.36     4.87     4.26      4.69     4.26      3.72         4.26     3.87       3.38
                                                                                                     (includes
                                                                                                     Western                                38 × 235     6.85     6.22     5.44      5.98     5.44      4.75         5.44     4.94       4.32
                                                                                                     Hemlock and                            38 × 286     8.34     7.57     6.62      7.28     6.62      5.77         6.62     6.01       5.25
                                                                                                     Amabilis Fir)
                                                                                                                                            38 × 89      2.51     2.28     1.99      2.20     1.99      1.74         1.99     1.81       1.58
                                                                                                                                            38 × 140     3.95     3.59     3.10      3.45     3.14      2.67         3.14     2.85       2.37
                                                                                                                      No. 3                 38 × 184     5.20     4.62     3.77      4.54     3.97      3.24         4.09     3.54       2.89
                                                                                                                                            38 × 235     6.53     5.65     4.61      5.61     4.86      3.97         5.00     4.33       3.53
                                                                                                                                            38 × 286     7.57     6.56     5.35      6.51     5.64      4.60         5.80     5.02       4.10
                                                                                                                      Construction          38 × 89      2.51     2.28     1.99      2.20     1.99      1.74         1.99     1.81       1.58
                                                                                                                      Standard              38 × 89      2.43     2.18     1.78      2.12     1.88      1.53         1.93    1.67        1.36




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                          Division B     9-487
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                          Table 9.23.4.2.-D (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                      Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                                   Specified Snow Load, kPa
                                                                                                       Commercial
                                                                                                                           Grade         Joist Size, mm            1.0                           1.5                      2.0
                                                                                                       Designation
                                                                                                                                                            Joist Spacing, mm             Joist Spacing, mm        Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                          300     400       600     300         400       600    300      400      600
                                                                                                                                            38 × 89       2.55    2.32      2.03    2.23        2.03      1.77   2.03     1.84     1.61
                                                                                                                                            38 × 140      4.02    3.65      3.19    3.51        3.19      2.79   3.19     2.90     2.53
                                                                                                                       Select




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                            38 × 184      5.28    4.80      4.19    4.61        4.19      3.66   4.19     3.81     3.33
                                                                                                                       Structural
                                                                                                                                            38 × 235      6.74    6.13      5.35    5.89        5.35      4.68   5.35     4.86     4.25
                                                                                                                                            38 × 286      8.21    7.46      6.52    7.17        6.52      5.69   6.52     5.92     5.17
                                                                                                     Spruce – Pine                          38 × 89       2.47    2.24      1.96    2.16        1.96      1.71   1.96     1.78     1.56
                                                                                                     – Fir (includes                        38 × 140      3.89    3.53      3.08    3.40        3.08      2.69   3.08     2.80     2.45
                                                                                                     Spruce (all
                                                                                                                      No. 1 and No. 2       38 × 184      5.11    4.64      4.05    4.46        4.05      3.54   4.05     3.68     3.22
                                                                                                     species except
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka                            38 × 235      6.52    5.93      5.18    5.70        5.18      4.52   5.18     4.70     4.11
                                                                                                     Spruce), Jack                          38 × 286      7.94    7.21      6.30    6.94        6.30      5.50   6.30     5.73     5.00
                                                                                                     Pine, Lodgepole
                                                                                                     Pine, Balsam Fir                        38 × 89      2.43    2.20      1.93    2.12        1.93      1.68   1.93     1.75     1.53
                                                                                                     and Alpine Fir)                         38 × 140     3.82    3.47      3.03    3.33        3.03      2.65   3.03     2.75     2.37
                                                                                                                       No. 3                 38 × 184     5.02    4.56      3.77    4.38        3.97      3.24   3.98     3.54     2.89
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235     6.41    5.65      4.61    5.60        4.86      3.97   5.00     4.33     3.53
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286     7.57    6.56      5.35    6.51        5.64      4.60   5.80     5.02     4.10
                                                                                                                       Construction          38 × 89      2.43    2.20      1.93    2.12        1.93      1.68   1.93     1.75     1.53
                                                                                                                       Standard              38 × 89      2.33    2.12      1.85    2.04        1.85      1.59   1.85     1.68     1.41
                                                                                                                                             38 × 89      2.28    2.07      1.81    1.99        1.81      1.58   1.81     1.65     1.44
                                                                                                                                             38 × 140     3.59    3.26      2.85    3.14        2.85      2.49   2.85     2.59     2.26
                                                                                                                       Select
                                                                                                                                             38 × 184     4.72    4.29      3.75    4.12        3.75      3.27   3.75     3.40     2.97
                                                                                                                       Structural
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235     6.03    5.48      4.79    5.27        4.79      4.18   4.79     4.35     3.80
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286     7.34    6.67      5.82    6.41        5.82      5.09   5.82     5.29     4.62
                                                                                                                                             38 × 89      2.23    2.03      1.77    1.95        1.77      1.55   1.77     1.61     1.41
                                                                                                     Northern
                                                                                                     Species                                 38 × 140     3.51    3.19      2.79    3.07        2.79      2.43   2.79     2.53     2.21
                                                                                                     (includes any     No. 1 and No. 2       38 × 184     4.61    4.19      3.66    4.03        3.66      3.20   3.66     3.33     2.91
                                                                                                     Canadian                                38 × 235     5.89    5.35      4.68    5.15        4.68      4.09   4.68     4.25     3.68
                                                                                                     species covered
                                                                                                     by the NLGA                             38 × 286     7.17    6.52      5.58    6.26        5.69      4.80   5.69     5.17     4.27
                                                                                                     Standard                                38 × 89      2.18    1.98      1.73    1.90        1.73      1.50   1.73     1.57     1.33
                                                                                                     Grading Rules)
                                                                                                                                             38 × 140     3.42    3.05      2.49    2.99        2.62      2.14   2.69     2.33     1.90
                                                                                                                       No. 3                 38 × 184     4.28    3.71      3.03    3.68        3.19      2.60   3.28     2.84     2.32
                                                                                                                                             38 × 235     5.23    4.53      3.70    4.50        3.90      3.18   4.01     3.47     2.83
                                                                                                                                             38 × 286     6.07    5.26      4.29    5.22        4.52      3.69   4.65     4.03     3.29
                                                                                                                       Construction          38 × 89      2.18    1.98      1.73    1.90        1.73      1.51   1.73     1.57     1.37
                                                                                                                       Standard              38 × 89      2.09    1.81      1.48    1.80        1.56      1.27   1.60     1.38     1.13




                                                                                                    Division B   9-488                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.23.4.2.-E
                                                                                                                               Maximum Spans for Roof Joists – Specified Roof Snow Loads 2.5 and 3.0 kPa
                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                                 Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                                           Specified Snow Load, kPa
                                                                                                        Commercial
                                                                                                                                    Grade        Joist Size, mm                     2.5                                   3.0
                                                                                                        Designation
                                                                                                                                                                             Joist Spacing, mm                     Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                                      300          400           600        300          400           600
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 89          1.99         1.81          1.58       1.88         1.71          1.49




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 140         3.14         2.85          2.49       2.95         2.68          2.34
                                                                                                                            Select Structural        38 × 184         4.12         3.75          3.27       3.88         3.53          3.08
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 235         5.27         4.79          4.18       4.96         4.50          3.93
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 286         6.41         5.82          5.09       6.03         5.48          4.79
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 89          1.91         1.74          1.52       1.80         1.63          1.43
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 140         3.01         2.73          2.39       2.83         2.57          2.25
                                                                                                                            No. 1 and No. 2          38 × 184         3.95         3.59          3.14       3.72         3.38          2.90
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir – Larch
                                                                                                    (includes Douglas Fir                            38 × 235         5.05         4.59          3.84       4.75         4.32          3.55
                                                                                                    and Western Larch)                               38 × 286         6.14         5.46          4.46       5.78         5.05          4.12
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 89          1.74         1.50          1.23       1.60         1.39          1.13
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 140         2.48         2.15          1.75       2.29         1.98          1.62
                                                                                                                            No. 3                    38 × 184         3.01         2.61          2.13       2.79         2.41          1.97
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 235         3.69         3.19          2.61       3.41         2.95          2.41
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 286         4.28         3.70          3.03       3.95         3.42          2.79
                                                                                                                            Construction             38 × 89          1.85         1.68          1.47       1.74         1.58          1.38
                                                                                                                            Standard                 38 × 89          1.68         1.45          1.19       1.55         1.34          1.10
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 89          1.97         1.79          1.56       1.85         1.68          1.47
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 140         3.10         2.81          2.46       2.91         2.65          2.31
                                                                                                                            Select Structural        38 × 184         4.07         3.70          3.23       3.83         3.48          3.04
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 235         5.20         4.72          4.12       4.89         4.44          3.88
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 286         6.32         5.75          5.02       5.95         5.41          4.72
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 89          1.91         1.74          1.52       1.80         1.63          1.43
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 140         3.01         2.73          2.39       2.83         2.57          2.25
                                                                                                                            No. 1 and No. 2          38 × 184         3.95         3.59          3.14       3.72         3.38          2.95
                                                                                                    Hem – Fir (includes
                                                                                                    Western Hemlock                                  38 × 235         5.05         4.59          4.01       4.75         4.32          3.72
                                                                                                    and Amabilis Fir)                                38 × 286         6.14         5.58          4.68       5.78         5.25          4.32
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 89          1.85         1.68          1.47       1.74         1.58          1.38
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 140         2.91         2.65          2.16       2.74         2.45          2.00
                                                                                                                            No. 3                    38 × 184         3.72         3.22          2.63       3.44         2.98          2.43
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 235         4.55         3.94          3.22       4.20         3.64          2.97
                                                                                                                                                     38 × 286         5.28         4.57          3.73       4.88         4.22          3.45
                                                                                                                            Construction             38 × 89          1.85         1.68          1.47       1.74         1.58          1.38
                                                                                                                            Standard                 38 × 89          1.76         1.52          1.24       1.62         1.40          1.15




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                          Division B    9-489
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.23.4.2.-E (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                            Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                                      Specified Snow Load, kPa
                                                                                                         Commercial
                                                                                                                                  Grade       Joist Size, mm                   2.5                                   3.0
                                                                                                         Designation
                                                                                                                                                                        Joist Spacing, mm                     Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                                 300          400           600        300          400           600
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 89        1.88         1.71          1.49       1.77         1.61          1.41
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 140       2.96         2.69          2.35       2.79         2.53          2.21




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          Select Structural       38 × 184       3.89         3.54          3.09       3.66         3.33          2.91
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 235       4.97         4.52          3.94       4.68         4.25          3.71
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 286       6.05         5.50          4.80       5.69         5.17          4.52
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 89        1.82         1.65          1.44       1.71         1.56          1.36
                                                                                                     Spruce – Pine – Fir                          38 × 140       2.86         2.60          2.27       2.69         2.45          2.14
                                                                                                     (includes Spruce
                                                                                                                          No. 1 and No. 2         38 × 184       3.76         3.42          2.99       3.54         3.22          2.81
                                                                                                     (all species except
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka Spruce),                         38 × 235       4.81         4.37          3.82       4.52         4.11          3.59
                                                                                                     Jack Pine, Lodgepole                         38 × 286       5.85         5.31          4.64       5.50         5.00          4.37
                                                                                                     Pine, Balsam Fir and
                                                                                                     Alpine Fir)                                  38 × 89        1.79         1.62          1.42       1.68         1.53          1.34
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 140       2.81         2.56          2.16       2.65         2.40          2.00
                                                                                                                          No. 3                   38 × 184       3.70         3.22          2.63       3.44         2.98          2.43
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 235       4.55         3.94          3.22       4.20         3.64          2.97
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 286       5.28         4.57          3.73       4.88         4.22          3.45
                                                                                                                          Construction            38 × 89        1.79         1.62          1.42       1.68         1.53          1.34
                                                                                                                          Standard                38 × 89        1.72         1.56          1.29       1.62         1.46          1.19
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 89        1.68         1.53          1.34       1.58         1.44          1.26
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 140       2.65         2.40          2.10       2.49         2.26          1.98
                                                                                                                          Select Structural       38 × 184       3.48         3.16          2.76       3.27         2.97          2.60
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 235       4.44         4.04          3.53       4.18         3.80          3.32
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 286       5.41         4.91          4.29       5.09         4.62          4.04
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 89        1.64         1.49          1.31       1.55         1.41          1.23

                                                                                                     Northern Species                             38 × 140       2.59         2.35          2.05       2.43         2.21          1.93
                                                                                                     (includes any       No. 1 and No. 2          38 × 184       3.40         3.09          2.70       3.20         2.91          2.53
                                                                                                     Canadian species                             38 × 235       4.34         3.94          3.35       4.09         3.71          3.10
                                                                                                     covered by the NLGA
                                                                                                     Standard Grading                             38 × 286       5.28         4.76          3.89       4.97         4.40          3.59
                                                                                                     Rules)                                       38 × 89        1.60         1.46          1.21       1.51         1.37          1.12
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 140       2.45         2.12          1.73       2.26         1.96          1.60
                                                                                                                          No. 3                   38 × 184       2.98         2.58          2.11       2.76         2.39          1.95
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 235       3.65         3.16          2.58       3.37         2.92          2.38
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 286       4.23         3.66          2.99       3.91         3.39          2.76
                                                                                                                          Construction            38 × 89        1.60         1.46          1.27       1.51         1.37          1.20
                                                                                                                          Standard                38 × 89        1.46         1.26          1.03       1.34         1.16          0.95




                                                                                                    Division B   9-490                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.4.2.-F
                                                                                                                              Maximum Spans for Roof Rafters – Specified Roof Snow Loads 1.0 to 2.0 kPa
                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                       Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                                    Specified Snow Load, kPa
                                                                                                      Commercial                        Rafter Size,
                                                                                                                          Grade                                   1.0                          1.5                           2.0
                                                                                                      Designation                           mm
                                                                                                                                                          Rafter Spacing, mm           Rafter Spacing, mm             Rafter Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                        300      400       600       300      400       600          300     400        600
                                                                                                                                          38 × 89       3.41     3.10      2.71     2.98      2.71     2.37      2.71        2.46       2.15




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          38 × 140      5.37     4.88      4.26     4.69      4.26     3.72      4.26        3.87       3.38
                                                                                                                      Select
                                                                                                                                          38 × 184      7.05     6.41      5.60     6.16      5.60     4.89      5.60        5.09       4.44
                                                                                                                      Structural
                                                                                                                                          38 × 235      9.01     8.18      7.15     7.87      7.15     6.24      7.15        6.49       5.62
                                                                                                                                          38 × 286     10.96     9.96      8.70     9.58      8.70     7.40      8.70        7.90       6.52
                                                                                                                                          38 × 89       3.27     2.97      2.59     2.86      2.59      2.27     2.59        2.36       2.06
                                                                                                                                          38 × 140      5.14     4.67      3.95     4.49      4.08      3.34     4.08        3.60       2.94
                                                                                                                      No. 1 and
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir –                         38 × 184      6.76     5.88      4.80     5.74      4.97      4.06     5.06        4.38       3.58
                                                                                                                      No. 2
                                                                                                    Larch (includes                       38 × 235      8.30     7.19      5.87     7.02      6.08      4.96     6.19        5.36       4.38
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir and
                                                                                                    Western Larch)                        38 × 286      9.63     8.34      6.81     8.14      7.05      5.76     7.18        6.22       5.08
                                                                                                                                          38 × 89       2.65     2.30      1.87     2.24      1.94      1.58     1.98        1.71       1.40
                                                                                                                                          38 × 140      3.78     3.28      2.68     3.20      2.77      2.26     2.82        2.44       1.99
                                                                                                                      No. 3               38 × 184      4.61     3.99      3.26     3.89      3.37      2.75     3.43        2.97       2.43
                                                                                                                                          38 × 235      5.63     4.88      3.98     4.76      4.12      3.37     4.20        3.64       2.97
                                                                                                                                          38 × 286      6.53     5.66      4.62     5.52      4.78      3.91     4.87        4.22       3.44
                                                                                                                      Construction        38 × 89       3.17     2.88      2.42     2.77      2.50     2.04      2.51        2.21       1.80
                                                                                                                      Standard            38 × 89       2.56     2.22      1.81     2.17      1.88     1.53      1.91        1.65       1.35
                                                                                                                                          38 × 89       3.36     3.06      2.67     2.94      2.67     2.33      2.67        2.43       2.12
                                                                                                                                          38 × 140      5.29     4.81      4.20     4.62      4.20     3.67      4.20        3.82       3.33
                                                                                                                      Select
                                                                                                                                          38 × 184      6.96     6.32      5.52     6.08      5.52     4.82      5.52        5.02       4.38
                                                                                                                      Structural
                                                                                                                                          38 × 235      8.88     8.07      7.05     7.76      7.05     6.16      7.05        6.41       5.54
                                                                                                                                          38 × 286     10.81     9.82      8.58     9.45      8.58     7.28      8.58        7.80       6.42
                                                                                                                                          38 × 89       3.27     2.97      2.59     2.86      2.59      2.27     2.59        2.36       2.06
                                                                                                                                          38 × 140      5.14     4.67      4.08     4.49      4.08      3.50     4.08        3.71       3.08
                                                                                                    Hem – Fir         No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                          38 × 184      6.76     6.14      5.04     5.90      5.21      4.26     5.31        4.60       3.75
                                                                                                    (includes         No. 2
                                                                                                    Western                               38 × 235      8.63     7.54      6.16     7.36      6.37      5.20     6.49        5.62       4.59
                                                                                                    Hemlock and                           38 × 286     10.11     8.75      7.15     8.54      7.40      6.04     7.53        6.52       5.33
                                                                                                    Amabilis Fir)
                                                                                                                                          38 × 89       3.17     2.83      2.31     2.76      2.39      1.95     2.44        2.11       1.72
                                                                                                                                          38 × 140      4.67     4.04      3.30     3.95      3.42      2.79     3.48        3.01       2.46
                                                                                                                      No. 3               38 × 184      5.68     4.92      4.02     4.80      4.16      3.40     4.23        3.67       2.99
                                                                                                                                          38 × 235      6.95     6.02      4.91     5.87      5.08      4.15     5.18        4.48       3.66
                                                                                                                                          38 × 286      8.06     6.98      5.70     6.81      5.90      4.82     6.01        5.20       4.25
                                                                                                                      Construction        38 × 89       3.17     2.88      2.51     2.77      2.51     2.14      2.51        2.28       1.89
                                                                                                                      Standard            38 × 89       2.68     2.32      1.90     2.27      1.96     1.60      2.00        1.73       1.41




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                         Division B      9-491
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.23.4.2.-F (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                      Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                               Specified Snow Load, kPa
                                                                                                       Commercial                     Rafter Size,
                                                                                                                           Grade                               1.0                          1.5                       2.0
                                                                                                       Designation                        mm
                                                                                                                                                        Rafter Spacing, mm        Rafter Spacing, mm           Rafter Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                      300      400      600     300         400     600      300      400      600
                                                                                                                                        38 × 89       3.22    2.92      2.55    2.81       2.55     2.23     2.55     2.32     2.03
                                                                                                                                        38 × 140      5.06    4.60      4.02    4.42       4.02     3.51     4.02     3.65     3.19
                                                                                                                       Select




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                        38 × 184      6.65    6.05      5.28    5.81       5.28     4.61     5.28     4.80     4.19
                                                                                                                       Structural
                                                                                                                                        38 × 235      8.50    7.72      6.74    7.42       6.74     5.89     6.74     6.13     5.35
                                                                                                                                        38 × 286     10.34    9.40      8.21    9.03       8.21     7.17     8.21     7.46     6.52
                                                                                                     Spruce – Pine                      38 × 89       3.11    2.83      2.47    2.72       2.47     2.16     2.47     2.24     1.96
                                                                                                     – Fir (includes                    38 × 140      4.90    4.45      3.89    4.28       3.89     3.40     3.89     3.53     3.08
                                                                                                     Spruce (all      No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                        38 × 184      6.44    5.85      5.11    5.62       5.11     4.41     5.11     4.64     3.89
                                                                                                     species except   No. 2
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka                        38 × 235      8.22    7.47      6.38    7.18       6.52     5.39     6.52     5.82     4.75
                                                                                                     Spruce), Jack                      38 × 286     10.00    9.06      7.40    8.74       7.66     6.25     7.80     6.76     5.52
                                                                                                     Pine, Lodgepole
                                                                                                     Pine, Balsam Fir                   38 × 89       3.06    2.78      2.31    2.67       2.39     1.95     2.43     2.11     1.72
                                                                                                     and Alpine Fir)                    38 × 140      4.67    4.04      3.30    3.95       3.42     2.79     3.48     3.01     2.46
                                                                                                                       No. 3            38 × 184      5.68    4.92      4.02    4.80       4.16     3.40     4.23     3.67     2.99
                                                                                                                                        38 × 235      6.95    6.02      4.91    5.87       5.08     4.15     5.18     4.48     3.66
                                                                                                                                        38 × 286      8.06    6.98      5.70    6.81       5.90     4.82     6.01     5.20     4.25
                                                                                                                       Construction     38 × 89       3.06    2.78      2.43    2.67       2.43     2.12     2.43     2.20     1.93
                                                                                                                       Standard         38 × 89       2.78    2.41      1.97    2.35       2.04     1.66     2.07     1.79     1.47
                                                                                                                                        38 × 89       2.88    2.61      2.28    2.51       2.28     1.99     2.28     2.07     1.81
                                                                                                                                        38 × 140      4.53    4.11      3.59    3.95       3.59     3.14     3.59     3.26     2.85
                                                                                                                       Select
                                                                                                                                        38 × 184      5.95    5.40      4.72    5.20       4.72     4.12     4.72     4.29     3.68
                                                                                                                       Structural
                                                                                                                                        38 × 235      7.60    6.90      6.03    6.64       6.03     5.11     6.03     5.48     4.51
                                                                                                                                        38 × 286      9.25    8.40      7.01    8.08       7.26     5.93     7.34     6.40     5.23
                                                                                                                                        38 × 89       2.81    2.55      2.23    2.46       2.23     1.95     2.23     2.03     1.77
                                                                                                     Northern
                                                                                                     Species                            38 × 140      4.42    4.02      3.44    3.86       3.51     2.91     3.51     3.14     2.56
                                                                                                                       No. 1 and
                                                                                                     (includes any                      38 × 184      5.81    5.13      4.19    5.00       4.33     3.54     4.41     3.82     3.12
                                                                                                                       No. 2
                                                                                                     Canadian                           38 × 235      7.24    6.27      5.12    6.12       5.30     4.33     5.40     4.67     3.82
                                                                                                     species covered
                                                                                                     by the NLGA                        38 × 286      8.40    7.27      5.94    7.10       6.15     5.02     6.26     5.42     4.43
                                                                                                     Standard                           38 × 89       2.62    2.27      1.85    2.22       1.92     1.57     1.95     1.69     1.38
                                                                                                     Grading Rules)
                                                                                                                                        38 × 140      3.74    3.24      2.65    3.16       2.74     2.24     2.79     2.42     1.97
                                                                                                                       No. 3            38 × 184      4.56    3.94      3.22    3.85       3.33     2.72     3.40     2.94     2.40
                                                                                                                                        38 × 235      5.57    4.82      3.94    4.71       4.08     3.33     4.15     3.60     2.94
                                                                                                                                        38 × 286      6.46    5.60      4.57    5.46       4.73     3.86     4.82     4.17     3.41
                                                                                                                       Construction     38 × 89       2.74    2.49      2.11    2.40       2.18     1.90     2.18     1.93     1.57
                                                                                                                       Standard         38 × 89       2.22    1.93      1.57    1.88       1.63     1.33     1.66     1.44     1.17




                                                                                                    Division B   9-492                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.23.4.2.-G
                                                                                                                              Maximum Spans for Roof Rafters – Specified Roof Snow Loads 2.5 and 3.0 kPa
                                                                                                                                    Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and 9.23.4.5.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                              Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                                        Specified Snow Load, kPa
                                                                                                         Commercial
                                                                                                                                    Grade       Rafter Size, mm                 2.5                                     3.0
                                                                                                         Designation
                                                                                                                                                                         Rafter Spacing, mm                      Rafter Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                                  300           400           600        300            400           600
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 89       2.51           2.28          1.99      2.37            2.15          1.88




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 140      3.95           3.59          3.14      3.72            3.38          2.95
                                                                                                                            Select Structural       38 × 184      5.20           4.72          4.12      4.89            4.44          3.83
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 235      6.64           6.03          5.08      6.24            5.67          4.68
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 286      8.08           7.23          5.90      7.60            6.65          5.43
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 89       2.41           2.19          1.86      2.27            2.06          1.71
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 140      3.76           3.26          2.66      3.46            3.00          2.45
                                                                                                                            No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 184      4.58           3.96          3.24      4.21            3.65          2.98
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir – Larch     No. 2
                                                                                                    (includes Douglas Fir                           38 × 235      5.60           4.85          3.96      5.15            4.46          3.64
                                                                                                    and Western Larch)                              38 × 286      6.50           5.63          4.59      5.98            5.17          4.23
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 89       1.79           1.55          1.26       1.64           1.42          1.16
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 140      2.55           2.21          1.80       2.35           2.03          1.66
                                                                                                                            No. 3                   38 × 184      3.10           2.69          2.20       2.86           2.47          2.02
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 235      3.80           3.29          2.68       3.49           3.02          2.47
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 286      4.41           3.82          3.12       4.05           3.51          2.87
                                                                                                                            Construction            38 × 89       2.30           2.00          1.63       2.12           1.84          1.50
                                                                                                                            Standard                38 × 89       1.73           1.50          1.22       1.59           1.38          1.12
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 89       2.48           2.25          1.97       2.33           2.12          1.85
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 140      3.90           3.54          3.10       3.67           3.33          2.91
                                                                                                                            Select Structural       38 × 184      5.13           4.66          4.07       4.82           4.38          3.77
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 235      6.55           5.95          5.01       6.16           5.60          4.61
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 286      7.97           7.12          5.81       7.50           6.55          5.34
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 89       2.41           2.19          1.91       2.27           2.06          1.80
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 140      3.79           3.42          2.79       3.57           3.14          2.57
                                                                                                                            No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 184      4.80           4.16          3.40       4.42           3.83          3.12
                                                                                                     Hem – Fir (includes    No. 2
                                                                                                     Western Hemlock                                38 × 235      5.87           5.08          4.15       5.40           4.68          3.82
                                                                                                     and Amabilis Fir)                              38 × 286      6.81           5.90          4.82       6.27           5.43          4.43
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 89       2.21           1.91          1.56       2.03           1.76          1.43
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 140      3.15           2.73          2.23       2.90           2.51          2.05
                                                                                                                            No. 3                   38 × 184      3.83           3.32          2.71       3.52           3.05          2.49
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 235      4.68           4.06          3.31       4.31           3.73          3.05
                                                                                                                                                    38 × 286      5.43           4.71          3.84       5.00           4.33          3.54
                                                                                                                            Construction            38 × 89       2.33           2.09          1.71       2.20           1.93          1.57
                                                                                                                            Standard                38 × 89       1.81           1.57          1.28       1.66           1.44          1.18




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                        Division B     9-493
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                     Table 9.23.4.2.-G (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                              Maximum Span, m
                                                                                                                                                                                         Specified Snow Load, kPa
                                                                                                         Commercial
                                                                                                                                  Grade       Rafter Size, mm                   2.5                                     3.0
                                                                                                         Designation
                                                                                                                                                                         Rafter Spacing, mm                      Rafter Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                                                                 300            400           600        300            400           600
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 89         2.37           2.15          1.88       2.23           2.03         1.77
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 140        3.73           3.39          2.96       3.51          3.19          2.79




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          Select Structural       38 × 184        4.90           4.45          3.89       4.61          4.19          3.66
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 235        6.26           5.69          4.97       5.89          5.35          4.68
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 286        7.62           6.92          5.90       7.17           6.52         5.43
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 89         2.29           2.08          1.82       2.16           1.96         1.71
                                                                                                     Spruce – Pine – Fir                          38 × 140        3.61           3.28          2.86       3.40           3.08         2.66
                                                                                                     (includes Spruce     No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 184        4.74           4.31          3.52       4.46           3.96         3.23
                                                                                                     (all species except  No. 2
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka Spruce),                         38 × 235        6.06           5.27          4.30       5.59           4.84         3.96
                                                                                                     Jack Pine, Lodgepole                         38 × 286        7.06           6.11          4.99       6.49           5.62         4.59
                                                                                                     Pine, Balsam Fir and
                                                                                                     Alpine Fir)                                  38 × 89         2.21           1.91          1.56       2.03           1.76         1.43
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 140        3.15           2.73          2.23       2.90           2.51         2.05
                                                                                                                          No. 3                   38 × 184        3.83           3.32          2.71       3.52           3.05         2.49
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 235        4.68           4.06          3.31       4.31           3.73         3.05
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 286        5.43           4.71          3.84       5.00           4.33         3.54
                                                                                                                          Construction            38 × 89         2.25           2.05          1.77       2.12           1.93         1.63
                                                                                                                          Standard                38 × 89         1.87           1.62          1.33       1.72           1.49         1.22
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 89         2.12           1.93          1.68       1.99           1.81         1.58
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 140        3.33           3.03          2.65       3.14           2.85         2.49
                                                                                                                          Select Structural       38 × 184        4.38           3.98          3.33       4.12           3.75         3.07
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 235        5.60           4.99          4.08       5.27           4.59         3.75
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 286        6.69           5.79          4.73       6.15           5.33         4.35
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 89         2.07           1.88          1.62       1.95           1.77         1.49

                                                                                                     Northern Species                             38 × 140        3.26           2.84          2.32       3.02           2.61         2.13
                                                                                                                         No. 1 and
                                                                                                     (includes any                                38 × 184        3.99           3.46          2.82       3.67           3.18         2.60
                                                                                                                         No. 2
                                                                                                     Canadian species                             38 × 235        4.88           4.23          3.45       4.49           3.89         3.17
                                                                                                     covered by the NLGA
                                                                                                     Standard Grading                             38 × 286        5.66           4.90          4.00       5.21           4.51         3.68
                                                                                                     Rules)                                       38 × 89         1.77           1.53          1.25       1.63           1.41         1.15
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 140        2.52           2.19          1.78       2.32           2.01         1.64
                                                                                                                          No. 3                   38 × 184        3.07           2.66          2.17       2.82           2.45         2.00
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 235        3.76           3.25          2.66       3.45           2.99         2.44
                                                                                                                                                  38 × 286        4.36           3.77          3.08       4.01           3.47         2.83
                                                                                                                          Construction            38 × 89         2.01           1.74          1.42       1.85           1.60         1.31
                                                                                                                          Standard                38 × 89         1.50           1.30          1.06       1.38           1.19         0.98




                                                                                                    Division B   9-494                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.23.4.2.-H
                                                                                                                              Maximum Spans for Built-up Floor Beams Supporting not more than One Floor (1)(2)
                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                 Maximum Span, m (5)(6)
                                                                                                                                  Supported
                                                                                                     Commercial                                                                Size of Built-up Beam, mm
                                                                                                                      Grade        Length,
                                                                                                     Designation                                 3-        4-        5-        3-         4-         5-       3-       4-       5-
                                                                                                                                    m (3)(4)
                                                                                                                                               38×184    38×184    38×184    38×235     38×235     38×235   38×286   38×286   38×286
                                                                                                                                     2.4         3.36      3.70      3.99      4.30       4.73       5.09    5.23     5.66         5.99
                                                                                                                                     3.0         3.12      3.44      3.70      3.99       4.39       4.73    4.84     5.34         5.66




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                     3.6         2.94      3.23      3.48      3.75       4.13       4.45    4.41     5.03         5.41
                                                                                                                    Select
                                                                                                                                     4.2         2.79      3.07      3.31      3.52       3.92       4.23    4.09     4.72         5.14
                                                                                                                    Structural
                                                                                                                                     4.8         2.67      2.94      3.17      3.29       3.75       4.04    3.82     4.41         4.92
                                                                                                    Douglas                          5.4         2.54      2.83      3.04      3.11       3.59       3.89    3.60     4.16         4.65
                                                                                                    Fir – Larch
                                                                                                    (includes                        6.0         2.41      2.73      2.94      2.95       3.40       3.75    3.42     3.95         4.41
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir                      2.4         2.97      3.42      3.82      3.63       4.19       4.68    4.21     4.86         5.43
                                                                                                    and Western
                                                                                                    Larch)                           3.0         2.65      3.06      3.42      3.24       3.75       4.19    3.76     4.35         4.86
                                                                                                                                     3.6         2.42      2.80      3.13      2.96       3.42       3.82    3.44     3.97         4.44
                                                                                                                    No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                     4.2         2.24      2.59      2.89      2.74       3.17       3.54    3.18     3.67         4.11
                                                                                                                    No. 2
                                                                                                                                     4.8         2.10      2.42      2.71      2.56       2.96       3.31    2.98     3.44         3.84
                                                                                                                                     5.4         1.98      2.28      2.55      2.42       2.79       3.12    2.81     3.24         3.62
                                                                                                                                     6.0         1.88      2.17      2.42      2.29       2.65       2.96    2.66     3.07         3.44
                                                                                                                                     2.4         3.32      3.65      3.93      4.24       4.66       5.03    5.16     5.61         5.93
                                                                                                                                     3.0         3.08      3.39      3.65      3.93       4.33       4.66    4.76     5.27         5.61
                                                                                                                                     3.6         2.90      3.19      3.44      3.70       4.08       4.39    4.35     4.96         5.34
                                                                                                                    Select
                                                                                                                                     4.2         2.75      3.03      3.27      3.47       3.87       4.17    4.02     4.65         5.07
                                                                                                                    Structural
                                                                                                                                     4.8         2.63      2.90      3.12      3.24       3.70       3.99    3.66     4.35         4.85
                                                                                                    Hem – Fir                        5.4         2.49      2.79      3.00      2.95       3.53       3.83    3.32     4.10         4.58
                                                                                                    (includes                        6.0         2.28      2.69      2.90      2.70       3.35       3.70    3.04     3.87         4.35
                                                                                                    Western
                                                                                                    Hemlock and                      2.4         3.11      3.55      3.82      3.80       4.39       4.88    4.41     5.10         5.70
                                                                                                    Amabilis Fir)                    3.0         2.78      3.21      3.55      3.40       3.93       4.39    3.95     4.56         5.10
                                                                                                                                     3.6         2.54      2.93      3.28      3.11       3.59       4.01    3.60     4.16         4.65
                                                                                                                    No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                     4.2         2.35      2.72      3.04      2.88       3.32       3.71    3.34     3.85         4.31
                                                                                                                    No. 2
                                                                                                                                     4.8         2.20      2.54      2.84      2.69       3.11       3.47    3.12     3.60         4.03
                                                                                                                                     5.4         2.07      2.39      2.68      2.54       2.93       3.27    2.94     3.40         3.80
                                                                                                                                     6.0         1.97      2.27      2.54      2.41       2.78       3.11    2.79     3.22         3.60




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                    Division B     9-495
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.23.4.2.-H (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                             Maximum Span, m (5)(6)
                                                                                                                                      Supported
                                                                                                      Commercial                                                                           Size of Built-up Beam, mm
                                                                                                                         Grade         Length,
                                                                                                      Designation                                      3-          4-          5-          3-          4-          5-          3-          4-          5-
                                                                                                                                        m (3)(4)
                                                                                                                                                     38×184      38×184      38×184      38×235      38×235      38×235      38×286      38×286      38×286
                                                                                                                                         2.4           3.17        3.49        3.76        4.05        4.46        4.81        4.93        5.42        5.73
                                                                                                                                         3.0           2.95        3.24        3.49        3.76        4.14        4.46        4.58        5.04        5.42
                                                                                                                                         3.6           2.77        3.05        3.29        3.54        3.90        4.20        4.31        4.74        5.11
                                                                                                     Spruce –
                                                                                                                       Select
                                                                                                     Pine – Fir                          4.2           2.63        2.90        3.12        3.36        3.70        3.99        4.09        4.51        4.85




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       Structural
                                                                                                     (includes                           4.8           2.52        2.77        2.99        3.22        3.54        3.81        3.82        4.31        4.64
                                                                                                     Spruce (all
                                                                                                     species                             5.4           2.42        2.67        2.87        3.09        3.41        3.67        3.60        4.14        4.46
                                                                                                     except                              6.0           2.34        2.57        2.77        2.95        3.29        3.54        3.32        3.95        4.31
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka
                                                                                                     Spruce),                            2.4           3.07        3.38        3.64        3.92        4.32        4.65        4.57        5.25        5.59
                                                                                                     Jack Pine,                          3.0           2.85        3.14        3.38        3.52        4.01        4.32        4.09        4.72        5.25
                                                                                                     Lodgepole
                                                                                                     Pine, Balsam                        3.6           2.63        2.95        3.18        3.22        3.71        4.06        3.73        4.31        4.82
                                                                                                                       No. 1 and
                                                                                                     Fir and Alpine                      4.2           2.44        2.80        3.02        2.98        3.44        3.84        3.46        3.99        4.46
                                                                                                                       No. 2
                                                                                                     Fir)                                4.8           2.28        2.63        2.89        2.79        3.22        3.60        3.23        3.73        4.17
                                                                                                                                         5.4           2.15        2.48        2.77        2.63        3.03        3.39        3.05        3.52        3.93
                                                                                                                                         6.0           2.04        2.35        2.63        2.49        2.88        3.22        2.89        3.34        3.73
                                                                                                                                         2.4           2.84        3.12        3.36        3.62        3.99        4.30        4.33        4.85        5.23
                                                                                                                                         3.0           2.63        2.90        3.12        3.34        3.70        3.99        3.88        4.47        4.85
                                                                                                                                         3.6           2.48        2.73        2.94        3.05        3.48        3.75        3.54        4.08        4.57
                                                                                                                       Select
                                                                                                                                         4.2           2.31        2.59        2.79        2.82        3.26        3.57        3.28        3.78        4.23
                                                                                                     Northern          Structural
                                                                                                     Species                             4.8           2.16        2.48        2.67        2.64        3.05        3.41        3.06        3.54        3.96
                                                                                                     (includes any                       5.4           2.04        2.35        2.57        2.49        2.87        3.21        2.89        3.34        3.73
                                                                                                     Canadian
                                                                                                     species                             6.0           1.93        2.23        2.48        2.36        2.73        3.05        2.74        3.16        3.54
                                                                                                     covered by                          2.4           2.59        2.99        3.29        3.16        3.65        4.08        3.67        4.24        4.74
                                                                                                     the NLGA
                                                                                                     Standard                            3.0           2.31        2.67        2.99        2.83        3.27        3.65        3.28        3.79        4.24
                                                                                                     Grading                             3.6           2.11        2.44        2.73        2.58        2.98        3.33        3.00        3.46        3.87
                                                                                                     Rules)        No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                         4.2           1.95        2.26        2.52        2.39        2.76        3.09        2.77        3.20        3.58
                                                                                                                   No. 2
                                                                                                                                         4.8           1.83        2.11        2.36        2.24        2.58        2.89        2.59        3.00        3.35
                                                                                                                                         5.4           1.72        1.99        2.23        2.11        2.43        2.72        2.45        2.82        3.16
                                                                                                                                         6.0           1.64        1.89        2.11        2.00        2.31        2.58        2.32        2.68        3.00

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-H:
                                                                                                    (1)   Beam spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load on the floors
                                                                                                          does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                    (2)   When the floors have a concrete topping of not more than 51 mm, the spans must be multiplied by 0.8.
                                                                                                    (3)   Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.
                                                                                                    (4)   Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.
                                                                                                    (5)   Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.
                                                                                                    (6)   3-ply beams with supported lengths greater than 4.2 m require 114 mm bearing. All other beams require 76 mm bearing.




                                                                                                    Division B      9-496                                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.4.2.-I
                                                                                                                            Maximum Spans for Built-up Floor Beams Supporting not more than Two Floors (1)(2)
                                                                                                                               Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                               Maximum Span, m (5)(6)
                                                                                                                                 Supported
                                                                                                     Commercial                                                              Size of Built-up Beam, mm
                                                                                                                      Grade       Length,
                                                                                                     Designation                                3-        4-        5-        3-        4-         5-       3-        4-       5-
                                                                                                                                   m (3)(4)
                                                                                                                                              38×184    38×184    38×184    38×235    38×235     38×235   38×286    38×286   38×286
                                                                                                                                    2.4         2.80      3.08      3.32      3.49      3.93       4.24     4.05      4.67        5.16
                                                                                                                                    3.0         2.55      2.86      3.08      3.12      3.60       3.93     3.62      4.18        4.67




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    3.6         2.33      2.69      2.90      2.85      3.29       3.68     3.30      3.82        4.27
                                                                                                                    Select
                                                                                                                                    4.2         2.16      2.49      2.75      2.64      3.04       3.40     2.99      3.53        3.95
                                                                                                                    Structural
                                                                                                                                    4.8         2.00      2.33      2.60      2.38      2.85       3.18     2.69      3.30        3.69
                                                                                                    Douglas                         5.4         1.82      2.20      2.45      2.17      2.68       3.00     2.45      3.08        3.48
                                                                                                    Fir – Larch
                                                                                                    (includes                       6.0         1.67      2.08      2.33      2.00      2.51       2.85     2.26      2.83        3.30
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir                     2.4         2.22      2.56      2.87      2.72      3.14       3.51     3.15      3.64        4.07
                                                                                                    and Western
                                                                                                    Larch)                          3.0         1.99      2.29      2.56      2.43      2.80       3.14     2.82      3.25        3.64
                                                                                                                                    3.6         1.81      2.09      2.34      2.22      2.56       2.86     2.57     2.97         3.32
                                                                                                                    No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                    4.2         1.68      1.94      2.17      2.05      2.37       2.65     2.38     2.75         3.07
                                                                                                                    No. 2
                                                                                                                                    4.8         1.57      1.81      2.03      1.92      2.22       2.48     2.23     2.57         2.88
                                                                                                                                    5.4         1.48      1.71      1.91      1.81      2.09       2.34     2.10     2.43         2.71
                                                                                                                                    6.0         1.40      1.62      1.81      1.72      1.98       2.22     1.99     2.30         2.57
                                                                                                                                    2.4         2.76      3.04      3.27      3.43      3.88       4.18     3.99     4.60         5.09
                                                                                                                                    3.0         2.51      2.82      3.04      2.97      3.55       3.88     3.34     4.12         4.60
                                                                                                                                    3.6         2.15      2.65      2.86      2.56      3.24       3.62     2.88     3.65         4.20
                                                                                                                    Select
                                                                                                                                    4.2         1.90      2.40      2.72      2.26      2.85       3.35     2.55     3.21         3.87
                                                                                                                    Structural
                                                                                                                                    4.8         1.70      2.15      2.56      2.03      2.56       3.08     2.30     2.88         3.46
                                                                                                    Hem – Fir                       5.4         1.56      1.95      2.35      1.86      2.32       2.79     2.11     2.62         3.14
                                                                                                    (includes                       6.0         1.44      1.79      2.15      1.72      2.14       2.56     1.96     2.42         2.88
                                                                                                    Western
                                                                                                    Hemlock and                     2.4         2.33      2.69      3.01      2.85      3.29       3.68     3.30      3.82        4.27
                                                                                                    Amabilis Fir)                   3.0         2.08      2.41      2.69      2.55      2.94       3.29     2.96      3.41        3.82
                                                                                                                                    3.6         1.90      2.20      2.45      2.33      2.68       3.00     2.70      3.12        3.48
                                                                                                                    No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                    4.2         1.76      2.03      2.27      2.15      2.49       2.78     2.50      2.88        3.22
                                                                                                                    No. 2
                                                                                                                                    4.8         1.65      1.90      2.13      2.01      2.33       2.60     2.30      2.70        3.02
                                                                                                                                    5.4         1.55      1.79      2.00      1.86      2.19       2.45     2.11     2.54         2.84
                                                                                                                                    6.0         1.44      1.70      1.90      1.72      2.08       2.33     1.96     2.41         2.70




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                   Division B    9-497
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.23.4.2.-I (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                             Maximum Span, m (5)(6)
                                                                                                                                      Supported
                                                                                                      Commercial                                                                           Size of Built-up Beam, mm
                                                                                                                         Grade         Length,
                                                                                                      Designation                                      3-          4-          5-          3-          4-          5-          3-          4-          5-
                                                                                                                                        m (3)(4)
                                                                                                                                                     38×184      38×184      38×184      38×235      38×235      38×235      38×286      38×286      38×286
                                                                                                                                          2.4           2.64        2.91        3.13        3.37        3.71        4.00        4.05        4.52        4.87
                                                                                                                                          3.0           2.45        2.70        2.91        3.12        3.45        3.71        3.62        4.18        4.52
                                                                                                                                          3.6           2.31        2.54        2.73        2.79        3.24        3.49        3.14        3.82        4.25
                                                                                                     Spruce –
                                                                                                                       Select
                                                                                                     Pine – Fir                           4.2           2.07        2.41        2.60        2.46        3.04        3.32        2.77        3.50        3.95




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                       Structural
                                                                                                     (includes                            4.8           1.85        2.31        2.48        2.21        2.79        3.17        2.50        3.14        3.69
                                                                                                     Spruce (all
                                                                                                     species                              5.4           1.69        2.13        2.39        2.02        2.53        3.00        2.28        2.85        3.42
                                                                                                     except                               6.0           1.56        1.95        2.31        1.86        2.32        2.79        2.11        2.62        3.14
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka
                                                                                                     Spruce),                             2.4           2.41        2.79        3.03        2.95        3.41        3.81        3.42        3.95        4.42
                                                                                                     Jack Pine,                           3.0           2.16        2.49        2.79        2.64        3.05        3.41        3.06        3.53        3.95
                                                                                                     Lodgepole
                                                                                                     Pine, Balsam                         3.6           1.97        2.27        2.54        2.41        2.78        3.11        2.79        3.23        3.61
                                                                                                                       No. 1 and
                                                                                                     Fir and Alpine                       4.2           1.82        2.11        2.35        2.23        2.57        2.88        2.59        2.99        3.34
                                                                                                                       No. 2
                                                                                                     Fir)                                 4.8           1.71        1.97        2.20        2.09        2.41        2.69        2.42        2.79        3.12
                                                                                                                                          5.4           1.61        1.86        2.08        1.97        2.27        2.54        2.28        2.63        2.95
                                                                                                                                          6.0           1.53        1.76        1.97        1.86        2.15        2.41        2.11        2.50        2.79
                                                                                                                                          2.4           2.29        2.60        2.80        2.80        3.23        3.57        3.24        3.75        4.19
                                                                                                                                          3.0           2.04        2.36        2.60        2.50        2.89        3.23        2.90        3.35        3.75
                                                                                                                                          3.6           1.87        2.16        2.41        2.28        2.64        2.95        2.65        3.06        3.42
                                                                                                                       Select
                                                                                                                                          4.2           1.73        2.00        2.23        2.11        2.44        2.73        2.45        2.83        3.17
                                                                                                     Northern          Structural
                                                                                                     Species                              4.8           1.62        1.87        2.09        1.98        2.28        2.55        2.29        2.65        2.96
                                                                                                     (includes any                        5.4           1.52        1.76        1.97        1.86        2.15        2.41        2.11        2.50        2.79
                                                                                                     Canadian
                                                                                                     species                              6.0           1.44        1.67        1.87        1.72        2.04        2.28        1.96        2.37        2.65
                                                                                                     covered by                           2.4           1.94        2.24        2.50        2.37        2.73        3.06        2.75        3.17        3.55
                                                                                                     the NLGA
                                                                                                     Standard                             3.0           1.73        2.00        2.24        2.12        2.44        2.73        2.46        2.84        3.17
                                                                                                     Grading                              3.6           1.58        1.83        2.04        1.93        2.23        2.50        2.24        2.59        2.90
                                                                                                     Rules)            No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                          4.2           1.46        1.69        1.89        1.79        2.07        2.31        2.08        2.40        2.68
                                                                                                                       No. 2
                                                                                                                                          4.8           1.37        1.58        1.77        1.67        1.93        2.16        1.94        2.24        2.51
                                                                                                                                          5.4           1.29        1.49        1.67        1.58        1.82        2.04        1.83        2.11        2.36
                                                                                                                                          6.0           1.22        1.41        1.58        1.50        1.73        1.93        1.74        2.01        2.24

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-I:
                                                                                                    (1)   Beam spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load on the floors
                                                                                                          does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                    (2)   When the floors have a concrete topping of not more than 51 mm, the spans must be multiplied by 0.8.
                                                                                                    (3)   Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.
                                                                                                    (4)   Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.
                                                                                                    (5)   Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.
                                                                                                    (6)   3-ply beams require 114 mm bearing. 4-ply and 5-ply beams with supported lengths greater than 3 m require 114 mm bearing. All other beams
                                                                                                          require 76 mm bearing.




                                                                                                    Division B      9-498                                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.23.4.2.-J
                                                                                                                            Maximum Spans for Built-up Floor Beams Supporting not more than Three Floors (1)(2)
                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                               Maximum Span, m (5)(6)
                                                                                                                                 Supported
                                                                                                     Commercial                                                              Size of Built-up Beam, mm
                                                                                                                     Grade        Length,
                                                                                                     Designation                                3-       4-        5-        3-         4-         5-        3-        4-       5-
                                                                                                                                   m (3)(4)
                                                                                                                                              38×184   38×184    38×184    38×235     38×235     38×235    38×286    38×286   38×286
                                                                                                                                    2.4         2.38     2.74       2.95      2.91      3.36        3.75     3.37      3.89        4.35
                                                                                                                                    3.0         2.13     2.46       2.74      2.60      3.00        3.36     2.92      3.48        3.89




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    3.6         1.88     2.24       2.51      2.24      2.74        3.06     2.53      3.18        3.56
                                                                                                                    Select
                                                                                                                                    4.2         1.66     2.08       2.32      1.99      2.49        2.84     2.25      2.81        3.29
                                                                                                                    Structural
                                                                                                                                    4.8         1.50     1.88       2.17      1.80      2.24        2.65     2.04      2.53        3.02
                                                                                                    Douglas                         5.4         1.38     1.71       2.05      1.65      2.04        2.44     1.88      2.31        2.75
                                                                                                    Fir – Larch
                                                                                                    (includes                       6.0         1.28     1.58       1.88      1.53      1.89        2.24     1.75      2.14        2.53
                                                                                                    Douglas Fir                     2.4         1.85     2.14       2.39      2.26      2.61        2.92     2.63      3.03        3.39
                                                                                                    and Western
                                                                                                    Larch)                          3.0         1.66     1.91       2.14      2.02      2.34        2.61     2.35      2.71        3.03
                                                                                                                                    3.6         1.51     1.74       1.95      1.85      2.13        2.39     2.14      2.48        2.77
                                                                                                                    No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                    4.2        1.40      1.62       1.81      1.71      1.98        2.21    1.99      2.29         2.56
                                                                                                                    No. 2
                                                                                                                                    4.8        1.31      1.51       1.69      1.60      1.85        2.07    1.86      2.14         2.40
                                                                                                                                    5.4        1.23      1.42       1.59      1.51      1.74        1.95    1.75      2.02         2.26
                                                                                                                                    6.0        1.17      1.35       1.51      1.43      1.65        1.85    1.66      1.92         2.14
                                                                                                                                    2.4        2.22      2.70       2.91      2.64      3.31        3.70    2.98      3.78         4.29
                                                                                                                                    3.0        1.85      2.35       2.70      2.21      2.79        3.31    2.50      3.14         3.78
                                                                                                                                    3.6        1.61      2.02       2.43      1.92      2.40        2.89    2.18      2.71         3.24
                                                                                                                    Select
                                                                                                                                    4.2        1.43      1.78       2.14      1.71      2.13        2.54    1.95      2.40         2.86
                                                                                                                    Structural
                                                                                                                                    4.8        1.30      1.61       1.92      1.56      1.92        2.28    1.77      2.18         2.58
                                                                                                    Hem – Fir                       5.4        1.19      1.47       1.74      1.44      1.76        2.08    1.64      2.00         2.35
                                                                                                    (includes
                                                                                                    Western                         6.0        1.11      1.36       1.61      1.34      1.63        1.92    1.53      1.85         2.18
                                                                                                    Hemlock                         2.4         1.94     2.24       2.51      2.37      2.74        3.06     2.75      3.18        3.56
                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                    Amabilis Fir)                   3.0         1.74     2.00       2.24      2.12      2.45        2.74     2.46      2.84        3.18
                                                                                                                                    3.6         1.58     1.83       2.05      1.92      2.24        2.50     2.18      2.60        2.90
                                                                                                                    No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                    4.2        1.43      1.69       1.89      1.71      2.07        2.32     1.95      2.40        2.69
                                                                                                                    No. 2
                                                                                                                                    4.8        1.30      1.58       1.77      1.56      1.92        2.17    1.77      2.18         2.51
                                                                                                                                    5.4        1.19      1.47       1.67      1.44      1.76        2.04    1.64      2.00         2.35
                                                                                                                                    6.0        1.11      1.36       1.58      1.34      1.63        1.92    1.53      1.85         2.18




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                    Division B    9-499
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                                Table 9.23.4.2.-J (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                            Maximum Span, m (5)(6)
                                                                                                                                    Supported
                                                                                                      Commercial                                                                          Size of Built-up Beam, mm
                                                                                                                        Grade        Length,
                                                                                                      Designation                                    3-           4-          5-          3-          4-          5-           3-          4-          5-
                                                                                                                                      m (3)(4)
                                                                                                                                                   38×184       38×184      38×184      38×235      38×235      38×235       38×286      38×286      38×286
                                                                                                                                        2.4           2.35        2.58        2.78         2.89        3.30        3.55        3.24        3.89         4.33
                                                                                                                                        3.0           2.02        2.40        2.58         2.40        3.00        3.30        2.71        3.42         3.89
                                                                                                     Spruce –                           3.6           1.74        2.20        2.43         2.08        2.62        3.06        2.35        2.95         3.54
                                                                                                     Pine – Fir       Select
                                                                                                                                        4.2           1.55        1.94        2.31         1.85        2.31        2.77        2.10        2.61         3.12




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     (includes        Structural
                                                                                                     Spruce (all                        4.8           1.40        1.74        2.09         1.68        2.08        2.48        1.91        2.35         2.80
                                                                                                     species                            5.4           1.28        1.59        1.90         1.54        1.90        2.26        1.76        2.16         2.55
                                                                                                     except
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka                        6.0           1.19        1.47        1.74         1.44        1.76        2.08        1.64        2.00         2.35
                                                                                                     Spruce),                           2.4           2.01        2.32        2.60         2.46        2.84        3.17        2.85        3.29         3.68
                                                                                                     Jack Pine,
                                                                                                     Lodgepole                          3.0           1.80        2.08        2.32         2.20        2.54        2.84        2.55        2.95         3.29
                                                                                                     Pine,                              3.6           1.64        1.90        2.12         2.01        2.32        2.59        2.33        2.69         3.01
                                                                                                     Balsam Fir       No. 1 and
                                                                                                                                        4.2           1.52        1.75        1.96         1.85        2.15        2.40        2.10        2.49         2.78
                                                                                                     and Alpine       No. 2
                                                                                                     Fir)                               4.8           1.40        1.64        1.84         1.68        2.01        2.24        1.91        2.33         2.60
                                                                                                                                        5.4           1.28        1.55        1.73         1.54        1.89        2.12        1.76        2.16         2.46
                                                                                                                                        6.0           1.19        1.47        1.64         1.44        1.76        2.01        1.64        2.00         2.33
                                                                                                                                        2.4           1.91        2.20        2.46         2.33        2.69        3.01        2.70        3.12         3.49
                                                                                                                                        3.0           1.70        1.97        2.20         2.08        2.41        2.69        2.42        2.79         3.12
                                                                                                                                        3.6           1.56        1.80        2.01         1.90        2.20        2.46        2.18        2.55         2.85
                                                                                                                      Select
                                                                                                     Northern                           4.2           1.43        1.66        1.86         1.71        2.03        2.27        1.95        2.36         2.64
                                                                                                                      Structural
                                                                                                     Species                            4.8           1.30        1.56        1.74         1.56        1.90        2.13        1.77        2.18         2.47
                                                                                                     (includes
                                                                                                     any                                5.4           1.19        1.47        1.64         1.44        1.76        2.01        1.64        2.00         2.33
                                                                                                     Canadian                           6.0           1.11        1.36        1.56         1.34        1.63        1.90        1.53        1.85         2.18
                                                                                                     species
                                                                                                     covered by                         2.4           1.61        1.86        2.08         1.97        2.28        2.55        2.29        2.64         2.96
                                                                                                     the NLGA                           3.0           1.44        1.67        1.86         1.76        2.04        2.28        2.05        2.36         2.64
                                                                                                     Standard
                                                                                                     Grading                            3.6           1.32        1.52        1.70         1.61        1.86        2.08        1.87        2.16         2.41
                                                                                                                      No. 1 and
                                                                                                     Rules)                             4.2           1.22        1.41        1.57         1.49        1.72        1.93        1.73        2.00         2.23
                                                                                                                      No. 2
                                                                                                                                        4.8           1.14        1.32        1.47         1.40        1.61        1.80        1.62        1.87         2.09
                                                                                                                                        5.4           1.08        1.24        1.39         1.32        1.52        1.70        1.53        1.76         1.97
                                                                                                                                        6.0           1.02        1.18        1.32         1.25        1.44        1.61        1.45        1.67         1.87

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-J:
                                                                                                    (1)   Beam spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load on the floors
                                                                                                          does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                    (2)   When the floors have a concrete topping of not more than 51 mm, the spans must be multiplied by 0.8.
                                                                                                    (3)   Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.
                                                                                                    (4)   Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.
                                                                                                    (5)   Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.
                                                                                                    (6)   3-ply beams with supported lengths greater than 4.2 m require 152 mm bearing. All other beams require 114 mm bearing.




                                                                                                    Division B      9-500                                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                            Table 9.23.4.2.-K
                                                                                                                                  Maximum Spans for Glued-Laminated Floor Beams – 20f-E Grade (1)
                                                                                                                              Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)

                                                                                                        Number                                                                     Maximum Span, m (4)(5)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                       Beam          Supported
                                                                                                       of Storeys                                                                      Beam Depth, mm
                                                                                                                     Width, mm      Length, m (2)(3)
                                                                                                       Supported                                        228         266          304          342            380     418         456
                                                                                                                                          2.4          4.32         5.04        5.76          6.48          7.20     7.92       8.64
                                                                                                                                          3.0          3.87         4.51        5.15          5.80          6.44     7.09       7.73
                                                                                                                                          3.6          3.53         4.12        4.70          5.29          5.88     6.47       7.06




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                         80               4.2          3.27         3.81        4.36          4.90          5.44     5.99       6.53
                                                                                                                                          4.8          3.06         3.57        4.07          4.58          5.09     5.60       6.11
                                                                                                                                          5.4          2.88         3.36        3.84          4.32          4.80     5.28       5.76
                                                                                                                                          6.0          2.73         3.19        3.64          4.10          4.56     5.01       5.47
                                                                                                           1
                                                                                                                                          2.4          5.51         6.43        7.35          8.26          9.18    10.10      11.02
                                                                                                                                          3.0          4.93         5.75        6.57          7.39          8.21     9.03       9.86
                                                                                                                                          3.6          4.50         5.25        6.00          6.75          7.50     8.25       9.00
                                                                                                                        130               4.2          4.16         4.86        5.55          6.25          6.94     7.64       8.33
                                                                                                                                          4.8          3.90         4.54        5.19          5.84          6.49     7.14       7.79
                                                                                                                                          5.4          3.67         4.28        4.90          5.51          6.12     6.73       7.35
                                                                                                                                          6.0          3.48         4.07        4.65          5.23          5.81     6.39       6.97
                                                                                                                                          2.4          3.28         3.83        4.37          4.92          5.47     6.01       6.56
                                                                                                                                          3.0          2.93         3.42        3.91          4.40          4.89     5.38       5.87
                                                                                                                                          3.6          2.68         3.12        3.57          4.02          4.46     4.91       5.36
                                                                                                                         80               4.2          2.48         2.89        3.31          3.72          4.13     4.54       4.96
                                                                                                                                          4.8          2.32         2.71        3.09          3.48          3.86     4.25       4.64
                                                                                                                                          5.4          2.19         2.55        2.91          3.28          3.64     4.01       4.37
                                                                                                                                          6.0          2.07         2.42        2.77          3.11          3.46     3.80       4.15
                                                                                                           2
                                                                                                                                          2.4          4.18         4.88        5.57          6.27          6.97     7.66       8.36
                                                                                                                                          3.0          3.74         4.36        4.99          5.61          6.23     6.85       7.48
                                                                                                                                          3.6          3.41         3.98        4.55          5.12          5.69     6.26       6.83
                                                                                                                        130               4.2          3.16         3.69        4.21          4.74          5.27     5.79       6.32
                                                                                                                                          4.8          2.96         3.45        3.94          4.43          4.93     5.42       5.91
                                                                                                                                          5.4          2.79         3.25        3.72          4.18          4.64     5.11       5.57
                                                                                                                                          6.0          2.64         3.08        3.53          3.97          4.41     4.85       5.29




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                      Division B   9-501
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                                 Table 9.23.4.2.-K (Continued)

                                                                                                           Number                                                                                Maximum Span, m (4)(5)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                              Beam           Supported
                                                                                                          of Storeys                                                                                 Beam Depth, mm
                                                                                                                            Width, mm       Length, m (2)(3)
                                                                                                          Supported                                               228           266           304            342           380           418           456
                                                                                                                                                  2.4            2.75          3.21           3.66          4.12          4.58          5.04           5.50
                                                                                                                                                  3.0            2.46          2.87           3.28          3.69          4.10          4.51           4.92
                                                                                                                                                  3.6            2.24          2.62           2.99          3.37          3.74          4.11           4.49
                                                                                                                                80                4.2            2.08          2.42           2.77          3.12          3.46          3.81           4.15




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                  4.8            1.94          2.27           2.59          2.91          3.24          3.56           3.89
                                                                                                                                                  5.4            1.83          2.14           2.44          2.75          3.05          3.36           3.66
                                                                                                                                                  6.0            1.74          2.03           2.32          2.61          2.90          3.19           3.48
                                                                                                               3
                                                                                                                                                  2.4            3.50          4.09           4.67          5.25          5.84          6.42           7.01
                                                                                                                                                  3.0            3.13          3.66           4.18          4.70          5.22          5.74           6.27
                                                                                                                                                  3.6            2.86          3.34           3.81          4.29          4.77          5.24           5.72
                                                                                                                               130                4.2            2.65          3.09           3.53          3.97          4.41          4.85           5.30
                                                                                                                                                  4.8            2.48          2.89           3.30          3.72          4.13          4.54           4.95
                                                                                                                                                  5.4            2.34          2.72           3.11          3.50          3.89          4.28           4.67
                                                                                                                                                  6.0            2.22          2.58           2.95          3.32          3.69          4.06           4.43

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-K:
                                                                                                    (1)   Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not
                                                                                                          exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                    (2)   Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.
                                                                                                    (3)   Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.
                                                                                                    (4)   Spans are valid for glued-laminated timber conforming to CAN/CSA-O122 and CSA O177.
                                                                                                    (5)   Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.
                                                                                                    (6)   Provide a minimum bearing length of 89 mm. (Alternatively, the bearing length may be designed in accordance with Part 4.)
                                                                                                    (7)   Top edge of beam assumed to be fully laterally supported by joists.




                                                                                                    Division B      9-502                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.23.4.2.-L
                                                                                                             Maximum Spans for Built-up Ridge Beams and Lintels Supporting the Roof and Ceiling Only, No. 1 or No. 2 Grade
                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(4), 9.23.4.5.(1), 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3), and 9.23.14.10.(2)

                                                                                                                                                                                         Maximum Span, m (1)(2)(3)
                                                                                                           Commercial           Beam or Lintel
                                                                                                                                                                                        Specified Snow Load, kPa
                                                                                                           Designation            Size, mm
                                                                                                                                                           1.0                  1.5                  2.0                  2.5                  3.0
                                                                                                                                   3-38×184                2.65                 2.28                 2.03                 1.85                 1.71
                                                                                                                                   4-38×184                3.06                 2.64                 2.35                 2.14                 1.97
                                                                                                                                   5-38×184                3.43                 2.95                 2.62                 2.39                 2.21




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Douglas Fir – Larch           3-38×235                3.25                 2.79                 2.49                 2.26                 2.09
                                                                                                     (includes Douglas Fir         4-38×235                3.75                 3.22                 2.87                 2.61                 2.41
                                                                                                     and Western Larch)            5-38×235                4.19                 3.60                 3.21                 2.92                 2.70
                                                                                                                                   3-38×286                3.77                 3.24                 2.88                 2.62                 2.43
                                                                                                                                   4-38×286                4.35                 3.74                 3.33                 3.03                 2.80
                                                                                                                                   5-38×286                4.86                 4.18                 3.72                 3.39                 3.13
                                                                                                                                   3-38×184                2.78                 2.39                 2.13                 1.94                 1.79
                                                                                                                                   4-38×184                3.21                 2.76                 2.46                 2.24                 2.07
                                                                                                                                   5-38×184                3.59                 3.09                 2.75                 2.50                 2.31

                                                                                                     Hem – Fir (includes           3-38×235                3.40                 2.93                 2.61                 2.37                 2.19
                                                                                                     Western Hemlock               4-38×235                3.93                 3.38                 3.01                 2.74                 2.53
                                                                                                     and Amabilis Fir)             5-38×235                4.39                 3.78                 3.36                 3.06                 2.83
                                                                                                                                   3-38×286                3.95                 3.40                 3.02                 2.75                 2.54
                                                                                                                                   4-38×286                4.56                 3.92                 3.49                 3.18                 2.94
                                                                                                                                   5-38×286                5.10                 4.38                 3.90                 3.55                 3.28
                                                                                                                                   3-38×184                2.88                 2.48                 2.21                 2.01                 1.86
                                                                                                                                   4-38×184                3.30                 2.86                 2.55                 2.32                 2.14
                                                                                                     Spruce – Pine – Fir           5-38×184                3.55                 3.10                 2.82                 2.59                 2.40
                                                                                                     (includes Spruce
                                                                                                     (all species except           3-38×235                3.53                 3.03                 2.70                 2.46                 2.27
                                                                                                     Coast Sitka Spruce)           4-38×235                4.07                 3.50                 3.12                 2.84                 2.62
                                                                                                     Jack Pine, Lodgepole          5-38×235                4.54                 3.91                 3.49                 3.17                 2.93
                                                                                                     Pine, Balsam Fir and
                                                                                                     Alpine Fir)                   3-38×286                4.09                 3.52                 3.13                 2.85                 2.63
                                                                                                                                   4-38×286                4.72                 4.06                 3.62                 3.29                 3.04
                                                                                                                                   5-38×286                5.28                 4.54                 4.04                 3.68                 3.40

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-L:
                                                                                                    (1)   Beam and lintel spans are calculated based on a maximum supported length of 4.9 m. Spans may be increased by 5% for supported lengths of not
                                                                                                          more than 4.3 m, by 10% for supported lengths of not more than 3.7 m, and by 25% for supported lengths of not more than 2.4 m.
                                                                                                    (2)   For ridge beams, supported length means half the sum of the rafter, joist or truss spans on both sides of the beam. For lintels, supported length
                                                                                                          means half the sum of truss, roof joist or rafter spans supported by the lintel plus the length of the overhang beyond the lintel.
                                                                                                    (3)   Provide minimum 76 mm bearing.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B     9-503
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.12.3.-A
                                                                                                                       Maximum Spans for Douglas Fir – Larch Lintels – No. 1 or No. 2 Grade – Non-structural Sheathing (1)
                                                                                                                                  Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)

                                                                                                                                                                                              Maximum Span, m (3)(4)
                                                                                                            Lintel           Lintel Size, (2)                                            Exterior Walls
                                                                                                          Supporting              mm                                               Specified Snow Load, kPa                                          Interior Walls
                                                                                                                                                      1.0                 1.5                  2.0                   2.5               3.0
                                                                                                                              2-38×89                                                                                                                      1.25

                                                                                                     Limited attic            2-38×140                                                                                                                     1.78




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     storage and              2-38×184                                          This Area Intentionally Left Blank                                         2.17
                                                                                                     ceiling                  2-38×235                                                                                                                     2.65
                                                                                                                              2-38×286                                                                                                                     3.08
                                                                                                                              2-38×89                 2.68                2.34                 2.13                  1.97              1.86                1.97
                                                                                                     Roof and ceiling         2-38×140                4.21                3.68                 3.34                  3.10              2.92                3.10
                                                                                                     only (tributary
                                                                                                                              2-38×184                5.50                4.84                 4.39                  4.08              3.84                4.08
                                                                                                     width of 0.6 m
                                                                                                     maximum) (5)             2-38×235                6.61                5.97                 5.56                  5.21              4.88                5.21
                                                                                                                              2-38×286                7.66                6.92                 6.44                  6.09              5.66                6.09
                                                                                                                              2-38×89                 1.25                1.07                 0.96                  0.87              0.80                0.87
                                                                                                     Roof and ceiling         2-38×140                1.78                1.53                 1.36                  1.24              1.15                1.24
                                                                                                     only (tributary
                                                                                                                              2-38×184                2.17                1.86                 1.66                  1.51              1.40                1.51
                                                                                                     width of 4.9 m
                                                                                                     maximum) (6)             2-38×235                2.65                2.28                 2.03                  1.85              1.71                1.85
                                                                                                                              2-38×286                3.08                2.64                 2.35                  2.14              1.98                2.14
                                                                                                                              2-38×89                 0.96                0.88                 0.82                  0.77              0.73                0.68
                                                                                                                              2-38×140                1.37                1.26                 1.17                  1.10              1.04                0.97
                                                                                                     Roof, ceiling and
                                                                                                                              2-38×184                1.67                1.53                 1.42                  1.34              1.26                1.18
                                                                                                     1 storey (3)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                              2-38×235                2.04                1.88                 1.74                  1.63              1.54                1.44
                                                                                                                              2-38×286                2.37                2.18                 2.02                  1.90              1.79                1.67
                                                                                                                              2-38×89                 0.86                0.81                 0.77                  0.73              0.70                0.61
                                                                                                                              2-38×140                1.23                1.16                 1.09                  1.04              0.99                0.87
                                                                                                     Roof, ceiling and
                                                                                                                              2-38×184                1.50                1.41                 1.33                  1.27              1.21                1.06
                                                                                                     2 storeys (3)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                              2-38×235                1.84                1.72                 1.63                  1.55              1.48                1.30
                                                                                                                              2-38×286                2.13                2.00                 1.89                  1.80              1.72                1.51
                                                                                                                              2-38×89                 0.81                0.77                 0.73                  0.71              0.68                0.57
                                                                                                                              2-38×140                1.15                1.10                 1.05                  1.01              0.97                0.82
                                                                                                     Roof, ceiling and
                                                                                                                              2-38×184                1.40                1.33                 1.28                  1.22              1.18                1.00
                                                                                                     3 storeys (3)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                              2-38×235                1.71                1.63                 1.56                  1.50              1.44                1.22
                                                                                                                              2-38×286                1.99                1.89                 1.81                  1.74              1.67                1.41

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   Where structural sheathing is used, lintel spans may be increased by 15%. Structural sheathing consists of a minimum 9.5 mm thick structural
                                                                                                          panel conforming to CSA O121, CSA O151, CSA O325 or CSA O437.0 fastened with at least two rows of fasteners to the exterior face of the lintel,
                                                                                                          and a single row to the top plates and studs. Fasteners shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A.
                                                                                                    (2)   A single piece of 89 mm thick lumber may be used in lieu of 2 pieces of 38 mm thick lumber on edge.
                                                                                                    (3)   If floor joists span the full width of the building without support, lintel spans shall be reduced by 15% for “roof, ceiling and 1 storey,” by 20% for “roof,
                                                                                                          ceiling and 2 storeys,” and by 25% for “roof, ceiling and 3 storeys.”
                                                                                                    (4)   For ends of lintels fully supported by walls, provide minimum 38 mm bearing for lintel spans up to 3 m, or minimum 76 mm bearing for lintel
                                                                                                          spans greater than 3 m.
                                                                                                    (5)   Spans for 0.6 m tributary width are calculated for lintels in end walls that support only a 0.6 m width of roof and ceiling, but do not support
                                                                                                          roof joists, roof rafters or roof trusses.



                                                                                                    Division B       9-504                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.23.12.3.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                    (6)   Lintel spans are calculated based on a maximum floor joist, roof joist or rafter span of 4.9 m and a maximum roof truss span of 9.8 m. Lintel
                                                                                                          spans may be increased by 5% if rafter and joist spans are no greater than 4.3 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 8.6 m. Spans may be
                                                                                                          increased by 10% if rafter and joist spans are no greater than 3.7 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 7.4 m.
                                                                                                    (7)   Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load does not exceed
                                                                                                          that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B    9-505
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                              Table 9.23.12.3.-B
                                                                                                                             Maximum Spans for Hem – Fir Lintels – No. 1 or No. 2 Grade – Non-structural Sheathing (1)
                                                                                                                                   Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)

                                                                                                                                                                                              Maximum Span, m (3)(4)
                                                                                                            Lintel           Lintel Size, (2)                                            Exterior Walls
                                                                                                          Supporting              mm                                               Specified Snow Load, kPa                                          Interior Walls
                                                                                                                                                      1.0                 1.5                  2.0                   2.5               3.0
                                                                                                                                2-38×89                                                                                                                    1.31

                                                                                                     Limited attic              2-38×140                                                                                                                   1.87




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     storage and                2-38×184                                        This Area Intentionally Left Blank                                         2.27
                                                                                                     ceiling                    2-38×235                                                                                                                   2.78
                                                                                                                                2-38×286                                                                                                                   3.23
                                                                                                                                2-38×89               2.68                2.34                 2.13                  1.97              1.86                1.97
                                                                                                     Roof and ceiling           2-38×140              4.21                3.68                 3.34                  3.10              2.92                3.10
                                                                                                     only (tributary
                                                                                                                                2-38×184              5.50                4.84                 4.39                  4.08              3.84                4.08
                                                                                                     width of 0.6 m
                                                                                                     maximum) (5)               2-38×235              6.61                5.97                 5.56                  5.21              4.90                5.21
                                                                                                                                2-38×286              7.66                6.92                 6.44                  6.09              5.82                6.09
                                                                                                                                2-38×89               1.31                1.13                 1.00                  0.91              0.84                0.91
                                                                                                     Roof and ceiling           2-38×140              1.87                1.61                 1.43                  1.30              1.20                1.30
                                                                                                     only (tributary
                                                                                                                                2-38×184              2.27                1.95                 1.74                  1.58              1.42                1.58
                                                                                                     width of 4.9 m
                                                                                                     maximum) (6)               2-38×235              2.78                2.39                 2.13                  1.92              1.71                1.92
                                                                                                                                2-38×286              3.23                2.77                 2.47                  2.17              1.94                2.17
                                                                                                                                2-38×89               1.01                0.93                 0.86                  0.81              0.76                0.69
                                                                                                                                2-38×140              1.44                1.32                 1.23                  1.14              1.05                0.95
                                                                                                     Roof, ceiling and
                                                                                                                                2-38×184              1.75                1.61                 1.47                  1.34              1.23                1.12
                                                                                                     1 storey (3)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                                2-38×235              2.14                1.96                 1.76                  1.60              1.48                1.35
                                                                                                                                2-38×286              2.49                2.22                 2.00                  1.82              1.69                1.55
                                                                                                                                2-38×89               0.91                0.85                 0.80                  0.76              0.72                0.60
                                                                                                                                2-38×140              1.29                1.21                 1.13                  1.05              0.98                0.82
                                                                                                     Roof, ceiling and
                                                                                                                                2-38×184              1.57                1.44                 1.33                  1.24              1.16                0.98
                                                                                                     2 storeys (3)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                                2-38×235              1.90                1.73                 1.60                  1.49              1.40                1.19
                                                                                                                                2-38×286              2.15                1.97                 1.82                  1.70              1.60                1.37
                                                                                                                                2-38×89               0.85                0.81                 0.77                  0.74              0.69                0.55
                                                                                                                                2-38×140              1.21                1.14                 1.06                  1.00              0.95                0.76
                                                                                                     Roof, ceiling and
                                                                                                                                2-38×184              1.43                1.33                 1.25                  1.18              1.12                0.91
                                                                                                     3 storeys (3)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                                2-38×235              1.72                1.60                 1.50                  1.42              1.35                1.10
                                                                                                                                2-38×286              1.95                1.82                 1.72                  1.63              1.55                1.27

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Where structural sheathing is used, lintel spans may be increased by 15%. Structural sheathing consists of a minimum 9.5 mm thick structural
                                                                                                          panel conforming to CSA O121, CSA O151, CSA O325 or CSA O437.0 fastened with at least two rows of fasteners to the exterior face of the lintel,
                                                                                                          and a single row to the top plates and studs. Fasteners shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A.
                                                                                                    (2)   A single piece of 89 mm thick lumber may be used in lieu of 2 pieces of 38 mm thick lumber on edge.
                                                                                                    (3)   If floor joists span the full width of the building without support, lintel spans shall be reduced by 15% for “roof, ceiling and 1 storey,” by 20% for “roof,
                                                                                                          ceiling and 2 storeys,” and by 25% for “roof, ceiling and 3 storeys.”
                                                                                                    (4)   For ends of lintels fully supported by walls, provide minimum 38 mm bearing for lintel spans up to 3 m, or minimum 76 mm bearing for lintel
                                                                                                          spans greater than 3 m.
                                                                                                    (5)   Spans for 0.6 m tributary width are calculated for lintels in end walls that support only a 0.6 m width of roof and ceiling, but do not support
                                                                                                          roof joists, roof rafters or roof trusses.



                                                                                                    Division B       9-506                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.23.12.3.-B (Continued)

                                                                                                    (6)   Lintel spans are calculated based on a maximum floor joist, roof joist or rafter span of 4.9 m and a maximum roof truss span of 9.8 m. Lintel spans
                                                                                                          may be increased by 5% if rafter and joist spans are no greater than 4.3 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 8.6 m. Spans may be increased
                                                                                                          by 10% if rafter and joist spans are no greater than 3.7 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 7.4 m.
                                                                                                    (7)   Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load does not exceed
                                                                                                          that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                       Division B    9-507
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                             Table 9.23.12.3.-C
                                                                                                                       Maximum Spans for Spruce – Pine – Fir Lintels – No. 1 or No. 2 Grade – Non-structural Sheathing (1)
                                                                                                                                 Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)

                                                                                                                                                                                              Maximum Span, m (3)(4)
                                                                                                            Lintel           Lintel Size, (2)                                            Exterior Walls
                                                                                                          Supporting              mm                                               Specified Snow Load, kPa                                          Interior Walls
                                                                                                                                                      1.0                 1.5                  2.0                   2.5               3.0
                                                                                                                                2-38×89                                                                                                                    1.27

                                                                                                     Limited attic              2-38×140                                                                                                                   1.93




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     storage and                2-38×184                                        This Area Intentionally Left Blank                                         2.35
                                                                                                     ceiling                    2-38×235                                                                                                                   2.88
                                                                                                                                2-38×286                                                                                                                   3.34
                                                                                                                                2-38×89               2.55                2.23                 2.02                  1.88              1.77                1.88
                                                                                                     Roof and ceiling           2-38×140              4.01                3.50                 3.18                  2.96              2.78                2.96
                                                                                                     only (tributary
                                                                                                                                2-38×184              5.27                4.61                 4.18                  3.88              3.66                3.88
                                                                                                     width of 0.6 m
                                                                                                     maximum) (5)               2-38×235              6.37                5.76                 5.34                  4.96              4.67                4.96
                                                                                                                                2-38×286              7.38                6.67                 6.21                  5.87              5.61                5.87
                                                                                                                                2-38×89               1.27                1.11                 1.01                  0.93              0.87                0.93
                                                                                                     Roof and ceiling           2-38×140              1.93                1.66                 1.48                  1.35              1.25                1.35
                                                                                                     only (tributary
                                                                                                                                2-38×184              2.35                2.02                 1.80                  1.64              1.52                1.64
                                                                                                     width of 4.9 m
                                                                                                     maximum) (6)               2-38×235              2.88                2.47                 2.20                  2.01              1.84                2.01
                                                                                                                                2-38×286              3.34                2.87                 2.56                  2.33              2.09                2.33
                                                                                                                                2-38×89               1.05                0.96                 0.89                  0.84              0.79                0.74
                                                                                                                                2-38×140              1.49                1.37                 1.27                  1.19              1.13                1.02
                                                                                                     Roof, ceiling and
                                                                                                                                2-38×184              1.82                1.67                 1.55                  1.44              1.33                1.20
                                                                                                     1 storey (3)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                                2-38×235              2.22                2.04                 1.89                  1.73              1.59                1.45
                                                                                                                                2-38×286              2.58                2.36                 2.15                  1.96              1.81                1.66
                                                                                                                                2-38×89               0.94                0.88                 0.83                  0.79              0.76                0.64
                                                                                                                                2-38×140              1.34                1.26                 1.19                  1.13              1.06                0.88
                                                                                                     Roof, ceiling and
                                                                                                                                2-38×184              1.63                1.53                 1.44                  1.33              1.25                1.05
                                                                                                     2 storeys (3)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                                2-38×235              1.99                1.87                 1.72                  1.60              1.50                1.27
                                                                                                                                2-38×286              2.31                2.12                 1.96                  1.82              1.71                1.45
                                                                                                                                2-38×89               0.88                0.83                 0.80                  0.77              0.74                0.59
                                                                                                                                2-38×140              1.25                1.19                 1.14                  1.08              1.02                0.81
                                                                                                     Roof, ceiling and
                                                                                                                                2-38×184              1.52                1.44                 1.35                  1.27              1.21                0.97
                                                                                                     3 storeys (3)(6)(7)
                                                                                                                                2-38×235              1.86                1.73                 1.62                  1.53              1.45                1.17
                                                                                                                                2-38×286              2.11                1.96                 1.84                  1.74              1.66                1.35

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   Where structural sheathing is used, lintel spans may be increased by 15%. Structural sheathing consists of a minimum 9.5 mm thick structural
                                                                                                          panel conforming to CSA O121, CSA O151, CSA O325 or CSA O437.0 fastened with at least two rows of fasteners to the exterior face of the lintel,
                                                                                                          and a single row to the top plates and studs. Fasteners shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A.
                                                                                                    (2)   A single piece of 89 mm thick lumber may be used in lieu of 2 pieces of 38 mm thick lumber on edge.
                                                                                                    (3)   If floor joists span the full width of the building without support, lintel spans shall be reduced by 15% for “roof, ceiling and 1 storey,” by 20% for “roof,
                                                                                                          ceiling and 2 storeys,” and by 25% for “roof, ceiling and 3 storeys.”
                                                                                                    (4)   For ends of lintels fully supported by walls, provide minimum 38 mm bearing for lintel spans up to 3 m, or minimum 76 mm bearing for lintel
                                                                                                          spans greater than 3 m.
                                                                                                    (5)   Spans for 0.6 m tributary width are calculated for lintels in end walls that support only a 0.6 m width of roof and ceiling, but do not support
                                                                                                          roof joists, roof rafters or roof trusses.



                                                                                                    Division B       9-508                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                               Table 9.23.12.3.-C (Continued)

                                                                                                    (6)   Lintel spans are calculated based on a maximum floor joist, roof joist or rafter span of 4.9 m and a maximum roof truss span of 9.8 m. Lintel spans
                                                                                                          may be increased by 5% if rafter and joist spans are no greater than 4.3 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 8.6 m. Spans may be increased
                                                                                                          by 10% if rafter and joist spans are no greater than 3.7 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 7.4 m.
                                                                                                    (7)   Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live load does not exceed
                                                                                                          that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                       Division B    9-509
                                                                                                    Span Tables

                                                                                                                                                           Table 9.23.12.3.-D
                                                                                                           Maximum Spans for Glued-Laminated Timber Lintels – 20f-E Stress Grade – Exterior Walls – Roof and Ceiling Load Only
                                                                                                                                Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)

                                                                                                                                                                              Maximum Span, m (1)(2)(3)
                                                                                                                                                                             Specified Snow Load, kPa
                                                                                                                                     1.0                       1.5                      2.0                       2.5                      3.0
                                                                                                          Lintel Size, mm
                                                                                                                              Supported length,        Supported length,        Supported length,          Supported length,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Supported length, m (4)(5)
                                                                                                                                   m (4)(5)                 m (4)(5)                 m (4)(5)                   m (4)(5)
                                                                                                                             2.4      3.6     4.8     2.4      3.6     4.8      2.4     3.6     4.8       2.4     3.6     4.8    2.4      3.6       4.8




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                             130 × 304       6.23    5.63    5.24     5.63    5.09    4.73     5.24    4.73     4.40      4.95   4.48    4.17   4.73      4.28     3.87
                                                                                                              80 × 380       6.52    5.89    5.48     5.89    5.32    4.96     5.48    4.96     4.52      5.19   4.69    4.11   4.96      4.39     3.80
                                                                                                             130 × 342       6.80    6.15    5.72     6.15    5.56    5.17     5.72    5.17     4.81      5.41   4.89    4.55   5.17      4.67     4.35
                                                                                                              80 × 418       7.00    6.33    5.89     6.33    5.72    5.32     5.89    5.32     4.96      5.57   5.03    4.52   5.32      4.81     4.18
                                                                                                             130 × 380       7.36    6.65    6.19     6.65    6.01    5.59     6.19    5.59     5.21      5.86   5.29    4.92   5.59      5.06     4.70
                                                                                                              80 × 456       7.48    6.76    6.29     6.76    6.10    5.68     6.29    5.68     5.29      5.95   5.37    4.93   5.68      5.13     4.56
                                                                                                             130 × 418       7.91    7.15    6.65     7.15    6.46    6.01     6.65    6.01     5.59      6.29   5.68    5.29   6.01      5.43     5.05
                                                                                                              80 × 494       7.94    7.17    6.68     7.17    6.48    6.03     6.68    6.03     5.61      6.31   5.71    5.31   6.03      5.45     4.94
                                                                                                              80 × 532       8.39    7.58    7.06     7.58    6.85    6.38     7.06    6.38     5.93      6.67   6.03    5.61   6.38      5.76     5.32
                                                                                                             130 × 456       8.44    7.63    7.10     7.63    6.89    6.41     7.10    6.41     5.97      6.71   6.07    5.65   6.41      5.80     5.39

                                                                                                    Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-D:
                                                                                                    (1)    Spans are valid for glued-laminated timber conforming to CAN/CSA-O122 and CSA O177.
                                                                                                    (2)    Provide minimum 89 mm bearing. (Alternatively, the bearing length may be calculated in accordance with Part 4.)
                                                                                                    (3)    Top edge of lintel assumed to be fully laterally supported.
                                                                                                    (4)    Supported length means half the length of trusses or rafters, plus the length of the overhang beyond the wall.
                                                                                                    (5)    For intermediate supported lengths, straight interpolation may be used.




                                                                                                    Division B       9-510                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B



                                                                                                    Notes to Part 9
                                                                                                    Housing and Small Buildings




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.1.1.1.(1) Application of Part 9 to Seasonally and Intermittently Occupied
                                                                                                    Buildings. The National Building Code does not provide separate requirements which would apply to
                                                                                                    seasonally or intermittently occupied buildings. Without compromising the basic health and safety provisions,
                                                                                                    however, various requirements in Part 9 recognize that leniency may be appropriate in some circumstances.
                                                                                                    With greater use of “cottages” through the winter months, the proliferation of seasonally occupied
                                                                                                    multiple-dwelling buildings and the increasing installation of modern conveniences in these buildings, the
                                                                                                    number and extent of possible exceptions is reduced.

                                                                                                        Thermal Insulation
                                                                                                        Article 9.25.2.1. specifies that insulation is to be installed in walls, ceilings and floors which separate heated
                                                                                                        space from unheated space. Cottages intended for use only in the summer and which, therefore, have no
                                                                                                        space heating appliances, would not be required to be insulated. Should a heating system be installed at
                                                                                                        some later date, insulation should also be installed at that time. In the case of row units intended for
                                                                                                        intermittent winter use, the walls between the dwelling units may at times separate heated space from
                                                                                                        unheated space. In this case, the installation of insulation might be considered.

                                                                                                        Air Barrier Systems and Vapour Barriers
                                                                                                        Articles 9.25.3.1. and 9.25.4.1. require the installation of air barrier systems and vapour barriers only where
                                                                                                        insulation is installed. Dwellings with no heating system would thus be exempt from these requirements.

                                                                                                        Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
                                                                                                        The choice of interior wall and ceiling finishes has implications for fire safety. Where a dwelling is a
                                                                                                        detached building, there are no fire resistance requirements for the walls or ceilings within the dwelling.
                                                                                                        The exposed surfaces of walls and ceilings are required to have a flame-spread rating not greater than
                                                                                                        150 (Subsection 9.10.17.). There is, therefore, considerable flexibility, even in continuously occupied
                                                                                                        dwellings, with respect to the materials used to finish these walls. Except where waterproof finishes are
                                                                                                        required (Subsection 9.29.2.), ceilings and walls may be left unfinished. Where two units adjoin, however,
                                                                                                        additional fire resistance requirements may apply to interior loadbearing walls, floors and the shared wall
                                                                                                        (Article 9.10.8.3., and Subsections 9.10.9. and 9.10.11.).

                                                                                                        Plumbing and Electrical Facilities
                                                                                                        Plumbing fixtures are required only where a piped water supply is available (Subsection 9.31.4.), and
                                                                                                        electrical facilities only where electrical services are available (Article 9.34.1.2.).

                                                                                                    A-9.3.1.7. Ratio of Water to Cementing Material. While adding water to concrete on site may
                                                                                                    facilitate its distribution through formwork, this practice can have several undesirable results, such as reduced
                                                                                                    strength, greater porosity, and more propensity to shrinkage cracking. The ratio of water to cementing material
                                                                                                    is determined according to weight. For example, using Table 9.3.1.7., the maximum water-cement ratio of 0.45
                                                                                                    for a 20 mm coarse aggregate would require 18 kg (or 18 L) of water (1 L of water weighs 1 kg).

                                                                                                    These Notes are included for explanatory purposes only and do not form part of the requirements. The number
                                                                                                    that introduces each Note corresponds to the applicable requirement in this Part.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                Division B 9-511
                                                                                                    A-9.3.2.1.(1)                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.3.2.1.(1) Grade Marking of Lumber. Lumber is generally grouped for marketing into the species
                                                                                                    combinations contained in Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-A. The maximum allowable spans for those combinations are
                                                                                                    listed in the span tables for joists, rafters and beams. Some species of lumber are also marketed individually.
                                                                                                    Since the allowable span for the northern species combination is based on the weakest species in the
                                                                                                    combination, the use of the span for this combination is permitted for any individual species not included in
                                                                                                    the Spruce-Pine-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch and Hemlock-Fir combinations.
                                                                                                    Facsimiles of typical grade marks of lumber associations and grading agencies accredited by the
                                                                                                    Canadian Lumber Standards (CLS) Accreditation Board to grade mark lumber in Canada are shown in
                                                                                                    Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-B. Accreditation by the CLS Accreditation Board applies to the inspection, grading and grade
                                                                                                    marking of lumber, including mill supervisory service, in accordance with CSA O141, “Softwood Lumber.”
                                                                                                    The grade mark of a CLS accredited agency on a piece of lumber indicates its assigned grade, species or species




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    combination, moisture condition at the time of surfacing, the responsible grader or mill of origin and the CLS
                                                                                                    accredited agency under whose supervision the grading and marking was done.

                                                                                                                                                          Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-A
                                                                                                                                                 Species Designations and Abbreviations

                                                                                                        Commercial Designation of Species or              Abbreviation Permitted on
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Species Included
                                                                                                              Species Combination                              Grade Stamps
                                                                                                                Douglas Fir – Larch                             D Fir – L (N)                             Douglas Fir, Western Larch
                                                                                                                   Hemlock – Fir                               Hem – Fir (N)                             Western Hemlock, Amabilis Fir
                                                                                                                                                              S – P – F or                   White Spruce, Engelmann Spruce, Black Spruce, Red
                                                                                                                Spruce – Pine – Fir
                                                                                                                                                            Spruce – Pine – Fir             Spruce, Lodgepole Pine, Jack Pine, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir
                                                                                                                                                                                               Any Canadian softwood covered by the “Standard
                                                                                                                 Northern Species                              North Species
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber”


                                                                                                    Canadian lumber is graded to the “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,” published by the National
                                                                                                    Lumber Grades Authority. These rules specify standard grade names and grade name abbreviations for use in
                                                                                                    grade marks to provide positive identification of lumber grades. In a similar fashion, standard species names or
                                                                                                    standard species abbreviations, symbols or marks are provided in the rules for use in grade marks.
                                                                                                    Grade marks denote the moisture content of lumber at the time of surfacing. “S-Dry” in the mark indicates
                                                                                                    the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content not exceeding 19%. “MC 15” indicates a moisture content not
                                                                                                    exceeding 15%. “S-GRN” in the grade mark signifies that the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content higher
                                                                                                    than 19% at a size to allow for natural shrinkage during seasoning.
                                                                                                    Each mill or grader is assigned a permanent number. The point of origin of lumber is identified in the grade
                                                                                                    mark by use of a mill or grader number or by the mill name or abbreviation. The CLS certified agency under
                                                                                                    whose supervision the lumber was grade marked is identified in the mark by the registered symbol of
                                                                                                    the agency.

                                                                                                                                                   Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-B
                                                                                                     Facsimiles of Grade Marks Used by Canadian Lumber Manufacturing Associations and Agencies Authorized to Grade Mark
                                                                                                                                                    Lumber in Canada

                                                                                                                        Facsimiles of Grade Mark                                                    Association or Agency
                                                                                                                                                                                  Alberta Forest Products Association
                                                                                                                                                                                  www.albertaforestproducts.ca
                                                                                                                  A.F.P.A.® 00
                                                                                                                  S–P–F NLGA
                                                                                                                  KD-HT                            1
                                                                                                                                               GG00056B




                                                                                                    9-512 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                            A-9.3.2.1.(1)

                                                                                                                                                          Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                       Facsimiles of Grade Mark                                                   Association or Agency


                                                                                                                                           No 1
                                                                                                                                                                               Canadian Mill Services Association
                                                                                                                                                                               www.canserve.org

                                                                                                                     CMSA ®                KD-HT

                                                                                                                      100
                                                                                                                                            NLGA
                                                                                                                                      S-P-F
                                                                                                                                                 GG00062B




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                               Canadian Softwood Inspection Agency Inc.

                                                                                                                 CSI          ®
                                                                                                                                           N o .1                              www.canadiansoftwood.com


                                                                                                                     00                    KD-HT
                                                                                                                    NLGA              D FIR-L (N)
                                                                                                                                                 GG00098A


                                                                                                                                  ®                                            Central Forest Products Association Inc.

                                                                                                                                           26                                  www.cfpa-lumber.com


                                                                                                                     S -P -F
                                                                                                                     KD-HT
                                                                                                                     NLGA
                                                                                                                                             2
                                                                                                                                           GG00058B


                                                                                                                                                                               Council of Forest Industries
                                                                                                                                          KD-HT                                www.cofi.org


                                                                                                                          91
                                                                                                                                      ®
                                                                                                                                           1
                                                                                                                         NLGA             S-P-F
                                                                                                                                          KD-HT

                                                                                                                       25
                                                                                                                                  ®
                                                                                                                                               1
                                                                                                                       NLGA D FIR - L(N)
                                                                                                                                           GG00057B


                                                                                                                                                                               Macdonald Inspection Services Ltd.
                                                                                                                                          No. 2                                www.gradestamp.com

                                                                                                                  5                       KD-HT
                                                                                                                     ®                    S-P-F
                                                                                                                       NLGA                    GG00064B


                                                                                                                                                                               Maritime Lumber Bureau
                                                                                                                      M               S-P-F                                    www.mlb.ca

                                                                                                                                    No.1
                                                                                                                      L®           KD-HT
                                                                                                                      B           99 NLGA
                                                                                                                                              GG00065B




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-513
                                                                                                    A-9.3.2.1.(1)                                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-B (Continued)

                                                                                                                       Facsimiles of Grade Mark                                               Association or Agency
                                                                                                                                                                           Newfoundland & Labrador Lumber Producers' Association
                                                                                                                        N        NLGA                                      c/o Canadian Lumber Standards Accreditation Board

                                                                                                                        L         S-P-F                                    www.clsab.ca

                                                                                                                                  NO.1
                                                                                                                        P          000
                                                                                                                        A®       KD HT




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                         GG00066B


                                                                                                                                                                           Northwest Territories Forest Industries Association
                                                                                                                                         10
                                                                                                                                 CONST S-P-F
                                                                                                                                    S-GRN
                                                                                                                                    NLGA
                                                                                                                                               GG00067B


                                                                                                                                                                           Ontario Forest Industries Association

                                                                                                                   CL A 100  ®                                             (Home of CLA Grading and Inspection)
                                                                                                                                                                           www.ofia.com



                                                                                                                   1          S-P-F
                                                                                                                         NLGA KD-HT
                                                                                                                                           GG00059B


                                                                                                                                                                           Ontario Lumber Manufacturers' Association

                                                                                                                   O.L.M.A.         ®
                                                                                                                                         09                                www.olma.ca



                                                                                                                  1               KD-HT
                                                                                                                   NLGA             S-P-F
                                                                                                                                           GG00068B




                                                                                                                                  NO. 1
                                                                                                                                                                           Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau
                                                                                                                                                                           www.plib.org
                                                                                                                               KD - HT
                                                                                                                         ®
                                                                                                                                S -P -F
                                                                                                                  00         NLGA RULES
                                                                                                                                               GG00069B




                                                                                                                                 ® S-P-F
                                                                                                                                                                           Conseil de l'industrie forestière du Québec
                                                                                                                                                                           (Quebec Forest Industry Council)
                                                                                                                                                                           www.cifq.com
                                                                                                                                   KD-HT
                                                                                                                                         1
                                                                                                                       477           NLGA
                                                                                                                                            GG00070B




                                                                                                    9-514 Division B                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                       A-9.3.2.9.(1)

                                                                                                    A-Table 9.3.2.1. Lumber Grading. To identify board grades, the paragraph number of the NLGA
                                                                                                    “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber” under which the lumber is graded must be shown in the grade
                                                                                                    mark. Paragraph 113 is equivalent to the WWPA “Western Lumber Grading Rules 2017” and paragraph 114 is
                                                                                                    equivalent to the WCLIB “Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber.” When graded in accordance with WWPA
                                                                                                    or WCLIB rules, the grade mark will not contain a paragraph number.

                                                                                                    A-9.3.2.8.(1) Non-Standard Lumber. NLGA 2017, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,”
                                                                                                    permits lumber to be dressed to sizes below the standard sizes (38 × 89, 38 × 140, 38 × 184, etc.) provided the
                                                                                                    grade stamp shows the reduced size. This Sentence permits the use of the span tables for such lumber, provided
                                                                                                    the size indicated on the stamp is not less than 95% of the corresponding standard size. Allowable spans in the
                                                                                                    tables must be reduced a full 5% even if the undersize is less than the 5% permitted.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.3.2.9.(1)        Protection from Termites.




                                                                                                             Yukon
                                                                                                                                                         Nunavut
                                                                                                                               Northwest
                                                                                                                               Territories


                                                                                                                                                                            Hudson
                                                                                                                                                                             Bay
                                                                                                               British                                                                                      Newfoundland
                                                                                                              Columbia
                                                                                                                                Alberta                     Manitoba
                                                                                                                                                                                         Quebec         P.E.I.
                                                                                                                                          Saskatchewan
                                                                                                                                                                                                    New
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Brunswick
                                                                                                                                                                               Ontario                    Nova
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Scotia


                                                                                                                     Areas in which specific
                                                                                                                     locations with termites
                                                                                                                     have been identified.


                                                                                                                                                                                                                   EG02049A



                                                                                                     Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-A
                                                                                                     Known termite locations
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-A:
                                                                                                     (1) Reference: J.K. Mauldin (1982), N.Y. Su (1995), T. Myles (1997).




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-515
                                                                                                    A-9.3.2.9.(3)                                                                                                               Division B




                                                                                                                                  ≥ 450 mm                     ≥ 450 mm




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                    clear height of 450 mm between                     supporting elements visible
                                                                                                                                    structural wood elements and                       to permit inspection(1)
                                                                                                                                    finished ground directly below
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     EG02050B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-B
                                                                                                     Clearances under structural wood elements and visibility of supporting elements where required to permit inspection for
                                                                                                     termite infestation
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-B:
                                                                                                     (1) For the height of structural wood elements not directly above finished ground, see Article 9.23.2.3.


                                                                                                    A-9.3.2.9.(3) Protection of Structural Wood Elements from Moisture and Decay. There are
                                                                                                    many above-ground, structural wood systems where precipitation is readily trapped or drying is slow, creating
                                                                                                    conditions conducive to decay. Beams extending beyond roof decks, junctions between deck members, and
                                                                                                    connections between balcony guards and walls are three examples of elements that can accumulate water when
                                                                                                    exposed to precipitation if they are not detailed to allow drainage.

                                                                                                    A-9.3.2.9.(4) Protection of Retaining Walls and Cribbing from Decay. Retaining walls
                                                                                                    supporting soil are considered to be structural elements of the building if a line drawn from the outer edge of
                                                                                                    the footing to the bottom of the exposed face of the retaining wall is greater than 45° to the horizontal. Retaining
                                                                                                    walls supporting soil may be structural elements of the building if the line described above has a lower slope.




                                                                                                                                                                                 < 45°: retaining wall may be
                                                                                                                                       wall                                             suppor ting the building
                                                                                                                                       height                                    > 45°: retaining wall is
                                                                                                                                                                                        suppor ting the building

                                                                                                                                                                                                                EG02051A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.3.2.9.(4)
                                                                                                     Identifying retaining walls that require preservative treatment


                                                                                                    Retaining walls that are not critical to the support of building foundations but are greater than 1.2 m in height
                                                                                                    may pose a danger of sudden collapse to persons adjacent to the wall if the wood is not adequately protected
                                                                                                    from decay. The height of the retaining wall or cribbing is measured as the vertical difference between the
                                                                                                    ground levels on each side of the wall.

                                                                                                    A-9.4.1.1. Structural Design. Article 9.4.1.1. establishes the principle that the structural members
                                                                                                    of Part 9 buildings must
                                                                                                       • comply with the prescriptive requirements provided in Part 9,
                                                                                                       • be designed in accordance with accepted good practice, or
                                                                                                       • be designed in accordance with Part 4 using the loads and limits on deflection and vibration specified in
                                                                                                         Part 9 or Part 4.


                                                                                                    9-516 Division B                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                     A-9.4.2.4.(1)

                                                                                                    Usually a combination of approaches is used. For example, even if the snow load calculation on a wood roof
                                                                                                    truss is based on Subsection 9.4.2., the joints must be designed in accordance with Part 4. Wall framing may
                                                                                                    comply with the prescriptive requirements in Subsections 9.23.3., 9.23.10., 9.23.11. and 9.23.12., while the
                                                                                                    floor framing may be engineered.
                                                                                                    Design according to Part 4 or accepted good engineering practice, such as that described in CWC 2014,
                                                                                                    “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction,” requires engineering expertise. The CWC Guide contains
                                                                                                    alternative solutions and provides information on the applicability of the Part 9 prescriptive structural
                                                                                                    requirements to further assist designers and building officials to identify the appropriate design approach.
                                                                                                    The need for professional involvement in the structural design of a building, whether to Part 4 or Part 9
                                                                                                    requirements or accepted good practice, is defined by provincial and territorial legislation.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2. Application of Simplified Part 9 Snow Loads. The simplified specified
                                                                                                    snow loads described in Article 9.4.2.2. may be used where the structure is of the configuration that is typical
                                                                                                    of traditional wood-frame residential construction and its performance. This places limits on the spacing of
                                                                                                    joists, rafters and trusses, the spans of these members and supporting members, deflection under load, overall
                                                                                                    dimensions of the roof and the configuration of the roof. It assumes considerable redundancy in the structure.
                                                                                                    Because very large buildings may be constructed under Part 9 by constructing firewalls to break up the
                                                                                                    building area, it is possible to have Part 9 buildings with very large roofs. The simplified specified snow loads
                                                                                                    may not be used when the total roof area of the overall structure exceeds 4 550 m2. Thus, these snow loads
                                                                                                    may be used for typical townhouse construction, but would not be appropriate for much larger commercial or
                                                                                                    industrial buildings, for example.
                                                                                                    The simplified specified snow load calculation of Sentence 9.4.2.2.(1) is not applicable to roof configurations
                                                                                                    that seriously exacerbate snow accumulation. This limitation does not pertain to typical projections above a
                                                                                                    sloped roof, such as dormers, but rather to high parapets and other significant projections above a flat roof,
                                                                                                    such as elevator penthouses, mechanical rooms and larger equipment, that collect snow and prevent it from
                                                                                                    blowing off the roof.
                                                                                                    Although multi-level roofs generally lead to snow drift loads, smaller light-frame buildings constructed
                                                                                                    according to Part 9 have not collapsed under these loads. Consequently, the simplified calculation may be used
                                                                                                    for multi-level roofs where the upper level roof does not exceed 600 m2 in area. For multi-level roofs with larger
                                                                                                    upper roof areas (formed by multiple adjoining Part 9 buildings), where the upper level roof has a slope less
                                                                                                    than 1 in 6 and the roof step has a height greater than 2 m, the snow drift load on the lower level roof near the
                                                                                                    roof step must be considered in accordance with Sentence 9.4.2.2.(4).
                                                                                                    The reference in Clause 9.4.2.1.(1)(d) to Article 9.4.3.1. invokes, for roof assemblies other than common lumber
                                                                                                    trusses, the same performance criteria for deflection.
                                                                                                    Values of the specific weight of snow on roofs, γ, obtained from measurements at a number of weather stations
                                                                                                    across Canada ranged from about 1.0 to 4.5 kN/m3 with an average of approximately 3.0 kN/m 3. ASCE/SEI 7,
                                                                                                    “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures,” contains a formula to calculate the increase in
                                                                                                    the value of γ based on an increase in the ground snow load: 0.43SS + 2.2 kN/m3. This formula provides results
                                                                                                    that are reasonably consistent with Canada's climatic reality. In Clause 9.4.2.1.(1)(f), the specific weight of snow
                                                                                                    is capped at 4.0 kN/m3, as higher values are extremely rare.

                                                                                                    A-9.4.2.3.(1) Accessible Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads. Many platforms
                                                                                                    are subject to both occupancy loads and snow loads. These include balconies, decks, verandas, flat roofs
                                                                                                    over garages and carports. Where such a platform, or a segregated area of such a platform, serves a single
                                                                                                    dwelling unit, it must be designed for the greater of either the specified snow load or an occupancy load of
                                                                                                    1.9 kPa. Where the platform serves more than one single dwelling unit or an occupancy other than a residential
                                                                                                    occupancy, higher occupancy loads will apply as specified in Table 4.1.5.3.

                                                                                                    A-9.4.2.4.(1) Specified Loads for Attics or Roof Spaces with Limited Accessibility. Typical
                                                                                                    residential roofs are framed with roof trusses and the ceiling is insulated.
                                                                                                    Residential trusses are placed at 600 mm on centre with web members joining top and bottom chords. Lateral
                                                                                                    web bracing is installed perpendicular to the span of the trusses. As a result, there is limited room for movement
                                                                                                    inside the attic or roof space or for storage of material. Access hatches are generally built to the minimum
                                                                                                    acceptable dimensions, further limiting the size of material that can be moved into the attic or roof space.
                                                                                                    With exposed insulation in the attic or roof space, access is not recommended unless protective clothing and
                                                                                                    breathing apparatus are worn.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-517
                                                                                                    A-Table 9.4.4.1.                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    Thus the attic or roof space is recognized as uninhabitable and loading can be based on actual dead load. In
                                                                                                    emergency situations or for the purpose of inspection, it is possible for a person to access the attic or roof space
                                                                                                    without over-stressing the truss or causing damaging deflections.

                                                                                                    A-Table 9.4.4.1. Classification of Soils. Sand or gravel may be classified by means of a picket test in
                                                                                                    which a 38 mm by 38 mm picket beveled at the end at 45° to a point is pushed into the soil. Such material is
                                                                                                    classified as “dense or compact” if a man of average weight cannot push the picket more than 200 mm into the
                                                                                                    soil and “loose” if the picket penetrates 200 mm or more.
                                                                                                    Clay and silt may be classified as “stiff” if it is difficult to indent by thumb pressure, “firm” if it can be indented
                                                                                                    by moderate thumb pressure, “soft” if it can be easily penetrated by thumb pressure, where this test is carried
                                                                                                    out on undisturbed soil in the wall of a test pit.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.4.4.4.(1) Soil Movement. In susceptible soils, changes in temperature or moisture content can cause
                                                                                                    significant expansion and contraction. Soils containing pyrites can expand simply on exposure to air.

                                                                                                        Expansion and Contraction due to Moisture

                                                                                                        Clay soils are most prone to expansion and contraction due to moisture. Particularly wet seasons can
                                                                                                        sufficiently increase the volume of the soil under and around the structure to cause heaving of foundations
                                                                                                        and floors-on-ground, or cracking of foundation walls. Particularly dry seasons or draw-down of water
                                                                                                        by fast-growing trees can decrease the volume of the soil supporting foundations and floors-on-ground,
                                                                                                        thus causing settling.

                                                                                                        Frost Heave

                                                                                                        Frost heave is probably the most commonly recognized phenomenon related to freezing soil. Frost heave
                                                                                                        results when moisture in frost-susceptible soil (clay and silt) under the footings freezes and expands. This
                                                                                                        mechanism is addressed by requirements in Section 9.12. regarding the depth of excavations.

                                                                                                        Ice Lenses

                                                                                                        When moisture in frost-susceptible soils freezes, it forms an ice lens and reduces the vapour pressure in the
                                                                                                        soil in the area immediately around the lens. Moisture in the ground redistributes to rebalance the vapour
                                                                                                        pressures providing more moisture in the area of the ice lens. This moisture freezes to the lens and the
                                                                                                        cycle repeats itself. As the ice lens grows, it exerts pressure in the direction of heat flow. When lenses
                                                                                                        form close to foundations and heat flow is toward the foundation—as may be the case with unheated
                                                                                                        crawl spaces or open concrete block foundations insulated on the interior—the forces may be sufficient to
                                                                                                        crack the foundation.

                                                                                                        Adfreezing

                                                                                                        Ice lenses can adhere themselves to cold foundations. Where heat flow is essentially upward, parallel to the
                                                                                                        foundation, the pressures exerted will tend to lift the foundation. This may cause differential movement or
                                                                                                        cracking of the foundation. Heat loss through basement foundations of cast-in-place concrete or concrete
                                                                                                        block insulated on the exterior appears to be sufficient to prevent adfreezing. Care must be taken where the
                                                                                                        foundation does not enclose heated space or where open block foundations are insulated on the interior.
                                                                                                        The installation of semi-rigid glass fibre insulation has demonstrated some effectiveness as a separation
                                                                                                        layer to absorb the adfreezing forces.

                                                                                                        Pyrites

                                                                                                        Pyrite is the most common iron disulphide mineral in rock and has been identified in rock of all types
                                                                                                        and ages. It is most commonly found in metamorphic and sedimentary rock, and especially in coal and
                                                                                                        shale deposits.
                                                                                                        Weathering of pyritic shale is a chemical-microbiological oxidation process that results in volume increases
                                                                                                        that can heave foundations and floors-on-ground. Concentrations of as little as 0.1% by weight have caused
                                                                                                        heaving. Weathering can be initiated simply by exposing the pyritic material to air. Thus, building on
                                                                                                        soils that contain pyrites in concentrations that will cause damage to the building should be avoided, or
                                                                                                        measures should be taken to remove the material or seal it. Material containing pyrites should not be used
                                                                                                        for backfill at foundations or for supporting foundations or floors-on-ground.


                                                                                                    9-518 Division B                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        A-9.6.1.3.(2)

                                                                                                          Where it is not known if the soil or backfill contains pyritic material in a deleterious concentration, a test is
                                                                                                          available to identify its presence and concentration.

                                                                                                    References:
                                                                                                    (1)     Legget, R.F. and Crawford, C.B. Trees and Buildings. Canadian Building Digest 62, Division of Building
                                                                                                            Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1965.
                                                                                                    (2)     Hamilton, J.J. Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building Digest 84, Division of Building
                                                                                                            Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1966.
                                                                                                    (3)     Hamilton, J.J. Foundations on Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building Digest 184, Division
                                                                                                            of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1977.
                                                                                                    (4)     Penner, W., Eden, W.J., and Gratten-Bellew, P.E. Expansion of Pyritic Shales. Canadian Building Digest




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                            152, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1975.
                                                                                                    (5)     Swinton, M.C., Brown, W.C., and Chown, G.A. Controlling the Transfer of Heat, Air and Moisture
                                                                                                            through the Building Envelope. Small Buildings - Technology in Transition, Building Science Insight '90,
                                                                                                            Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1990.

                                                                                                    A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1. Loads on Foundations. The prescriptive solutions provided in Part 9
                                                                                                    relating to footings and foundation walls only account for the loads imposed by drained earth. Drained earth is
                                                                                                    assumed to exert a load equivalent to the load that would be exerted by a fluid with a density of 480 kg/m3. The
                                                                                                    prescriptive solutions do not account for surcharges from saturated soil or additional loads from heavy objects
                                                                                                    located adjacent to the building. Where such surcharges are expected, the footings and foundation walls must
                                                                                                    be designed and constructed according to Part 4.

                                                                                                    A-9.5.1.2. Combination Rooms. If a room draws natural light and natural ventilation from another
                                                                                                    area, the opening between the two areas must be large enough to effectively provide sufficient light and air.
                                                                                                    This is why a minimum opening of 3 m2 is required, or the equivalent of a set of double doors. The effectiveness
                                                                                                    of the transfer of light and air also depends on the size of the transfer opening in relation to the size of the
                                                                                                    dependent room; in measuring the area of the wall separating the two areas, the whole wall on the side of the
                                                                                                    dependent room should be considered, not taking into account offsets that may be in the surface of the wall.
                                                                                                    The opening does not necessarily have to be in the form of a doorway; it may be an opening at eye level.
                                                                                                    However, if the dependent area is a bedroom, provision must be made for the escape window required by
                                                                                                    Article 9.9.10.1. to fulfill its safety function. This is why a direct passage is required between the bedroom and
                                                                                                    the other area; the equivalent of at least a doorway is therefore required for direct passage between the two areas.

                                                                                                    A-9.5.5.3. Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water Closet. The intent of
                                                                                                    Article 9.5.5.3. is to ensure a certain degree of barrier-free access to rooms that provide some or all of the
                                                                                                    facilities found in a typical residential bathroom.
                                                                                                    If the minimum 860 mm hallway serves more than one room with identical facilities, only one of the rooms is
                                                                                                    required to have a door not less than 760 mm wide.
                                                                                                    If a number of rooms have different facilities, for example, one room has a shower, lavatory and water closet,
                                                                                                    and another room has a lavatory and water closet, the room with the shower, lavatory and water closet must
                                                                                                    have the minimum 760 mm wide door. Where multiple rooms provide the same or similar facilities, one of
                                                                                                    these rooms must comply with the requirement to have at least one bathtub or shower, one lavatory and one
                                                                                                    water closet. Where the fixtures are located in two separate rooms served by the same hallway, the requirement
                                                                                                    for the minimum doorway width would apply to both rooms.
                                                                                                    If the minimum 860 mm hallway does not serve any room containing a bathtub, shower and water closet,
                                                                                                    additional fixtures do not need to be installed.

                                                                                                    A-9.6.1.2.(2) Mirrored Glass Doors. CAN/CGSB-82.6-M, “Doors, Mirrored Glass, Sliding or Folding,
                                                                                                    Wardrobe,” covers mirrored glass doors for use on reach-in closets. It specifies that such doors are not to be
                                                                                                    used for walk-in closets.

                                                                                                    A-9.6.1.3.(2) Maximum Glass Area. Tables 9.6.1.3.-A to 9.6.1.3.-F are based on CAN/CGSB-12.20-M,
                                                                                                    “Structural Design of Glass for Buildings,” and the wind load provisions in Article 4.1.7.3. The maximum glass
                                                                                                    area values given in these Tables are intended to be equal to or smaller than those that would be determined
                                                                                                    using the standard and wind load provisions directly to design for each individual case.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-519
                                                                                                    A-Table 9.6.1.3.-G                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                    A-Table 9.6.1.3.-G Glass in Doors. Maximum areas in Table 9.6.1.3.-G for other than fully tempered
                                                                                                    glazing are cut off at 1.50 m2, as this would be the practical limit after which safety glazing would be required
                                                                                                    by Sentence 9.6.1.4.(2).

                                                                                                    A-9.7.3.2.(1)(a) Minimizing Condensation. The total prevention of condensation on the surfaces of
                                                                                                    fenestration products is difficult to achieve and, depending on the design and construction of the window or
                                                                                                    door, may not be absolutely necessary. Clause 9.7.3.2.(1)(a) therefore requires that condensation be minimized,
                                                                                                    which means that the amount of moisture that condenses on the inside surface of a window, door or skylight,
                                                                                                    and the frequency at which this occurs, must be limited. The occurrence of such condensation must be
                                                                                                    sufficiently rare, the accumulation of any water must be sufficiently small, and drying must be sufficiently
                                                                                                    rapid to prevent the deterioration of moisture-susceptible materials and the growth of fungi.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.7.4.2.(1)      Standards Referenced for Windows, Doors and Skylights.

                                                                                                        Canadian Requirements in the Harmonized Standard
                                                                                                        In addition to referencing the Canadian Supplement, CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to
                                                                                                        AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows,
                                                                                                        doors, and skylights,” the Harmonized Standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American
                                                                                                        Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” contains some Canada-specific
                                                                                                        test criteria.

                                                                                                        Standards Referenced for Excluded Products
                                                                                                        Clause 1.1, General, of the Harmonized Standard defines the limits to the application of the standard with
                                                                                                        respect to various types of fenestration products. A list of exceptions to the application statement identifies
                                                                                                        a number of standards that apply to excluded products. Compliance with those standards is not required
                                                                                                        by the Code; the references are provided for information purposes only.

                                                                                                        Label Indicating Performance and Compliance with Standard
                                                                                                        The Canadian Supplement requires that a product's performance ratings be indicated on a label according
                                                                                                        to the designation requirements in the Harmonized Standard and that the label include
                                                                                                           • design pressure, where applicable,
                                                                                                           • negative design pressure, where applicable,
                                                                                                           • water penetration test pressure, and
                                                                                                           • the Canadian air infiltration and exfiltration levels.
                                                                                                        It should be noted that, for a product to carry a label in Canada, it must meet all of the applicable
                                                                                                        requirements of both the Harmonized Standard and the Canadian Supplement, including the forced
                                                                                                        entry requirements.

                                                                                                        Water Penetration Resistance
                                                                                                        For the various performance grades listed in the Harmonized Standard, the corresponding water
                                                                                                        penetration resistance test pressures are a percentage of the design pressure. For R-class products, water
                                                                                                        penetration resistance test pressures are 15% of design pressure. In Canada, driving rain wind pressures
                                                                                                        (DRWP) have been determined for the locations listed in Appendix C.
                                                                                                        To achieve equivalent levels of water penetration resistance for all locations, the Canadian Supplement
                                                                                                        includes a provision for calculating specified DRWP at the building site considering building exposure.
                                                                                                        Specified DRWP values are, in some cases, greater than 15% of design pressure and, in other cases, less than
                                                                                                        15% of design pressure. For a fenestration product to comply with the Code, it must be able to resist the
                                                                                                        structural and water penetration loads at the building site. Reliance on a percentage of design pressure
                                                                                                        for water penetration resistance in the selection of an acceptable fenestration product will not always
                                                                                                        be adequate. Design pressure values are reported on a secondary designator, which is required by the
                                                                                                        Canadian Supplement to be affixed to the window. The DRWP given in the Canadian Supplement should
                                                                                                        be used for all products covered in the scope of the Harmonized Standard.

                                                                                                        Uniform Load Structural Test
                                                                                                        The Harmonized Standard specifies that fenestration products be tested at 150% of design pressure for
                                                                                                        wind (specified wind load) and that skylights and roof windows be tested at 200% of design pressure for
                                                                                                        snow (specified snow load). With the change in the NBC 2005 to a 1-in-50 return period for wind load,


                                                                                                    9-520 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                   A-9.7.4.2.(1)

                                                                                                        a factor of 1.4 rather than 1.5 is now applied for wind. The NBC has traditionally applied a factor of 1.5
                                                                                                        rather than 2.0 for snow. Incorporating these lower load factors into the Code requirements for fenestration
                                                                                                        would better reflect acceptable minimum performance levels; however, this has not been done in order
                                                                                                        to avoid adding complexity to the Code, to recognize the benefits of Canada-US harmonization, and to
                                                                                                        recognize that differentiation of products that meet the Canadian versus the US requirements would add
                                                                                                        complexity for manufacturers, designers, specifiers and regulatory officials.

                                                                                                        Condensation Resistance

                                                                                                        The Harmonized Standard identifies three test procedures that can be used to determine the condensation
                                                                                                        resistance of windows and doors. Only the physical test procedure given in CSA A440.2, “Fenestration
                                                                                                        energy performance,” which is referenced in Table 9.7.3.3., can be used to establish Temperature Index




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        (I) values. Computer simulation tools can also be used to estimate the relative condensation resistance
                                                                                                        of windows, but these methods employ different expressions of performance known as Condensation
                                                                                                        Resistance Factors (CR). I and CR values are not interchangeable.
                                                                                                        Where removable multiple glazing panels (RMGP) are installed on the inside of a window, care should be
                                                                                                        taken to hermetically seal the RMGP against the leakage of moisture-laden air from the interior into the
                                                                                                        cavity on the exterior of the RMGP because the moisture transported by the air could lead to significant
                                                                                                        condensation on the interior surface of the outside glazing.

                                                                                                        Basement Windows

                                                                                                        Clause 12.4.2, Basement Windows, of the Harmonized Standard refers to products that are intended to meet
                                                                                                        Code requirements for ventilation and emergency egress. The minimum test size of 800 mm × 360 mm (total
                                                                                                        area of 0.288 m2) specified in the standard will not provide the minimum openable area required by the
                                                                                                        Code for bedrooms (i.e. 0.35 m2 with no dimension less than 380 mm) and the means to provide minimum
                                                                                                        open area identified in the standard is inconsistent with the requirements of the Code (see Subsection 9.9.10.
                                                                                                        for bedroom windows). The minimum test size specified in the standard will also not provide the minimum
                                                                                                        ventilation area of 0.28 m2 required for non-heating-season natural ventilation (see Article 9.32.2.2.).

                                                                                                        Greenhouse Windows

                                                                                                        Greenhouse-type windows feature a sloped, roof-like top portion, which is subjected to the same snow
                                                                                                        loads as roofs. The Canadian Supplement only applies the snow load calculation to skylights, which do not
                                                                                                        include greenhouse windows according to the definition for skylights given in the Canadian Supplement
                                                                                                        and the Harmonized Standard. Where such windows are used, it is recommended that snow loads on the
                                                                                                        top portion of the window be taken into account.

                                                                                                        Performance of Doors: Limited Water Ingress Control

                                                                                                        While the control of precipitation ingress is a performance requirement for exterior doors, side-hinged
                                                                                                        doors can comply with the referenced standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, “North American
                                                                                                        Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights,” when tested at a pressure
                                                                                                        differential of 0 Pa (0.0 psf) or higher, but less than the minimum test pressure required for the indicated
                                                                                                        performance class and performance grade. Such doors are identified with a “Limited Water” (LW) rating
                                                                                                        on the product label.
                                                                                                        There is no restriction on the use of side-hinged doors having a limited water designation when the tested
                                                                                                        water penetration resistance of such doors is equal to or greater than the specified Driving Rain Wind
                                                                                                        Pressure for the building location, as stated in Clause A.4.4 of CSA A440S1, “Canadian Supplement to
                                                                                                        AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows,
                                                                                                        doors, and skylights.” When an LW door does not have sufficient water penetration resistance for the
                                                                                                        building location, Clause B.5.3.3 of CSA A440S1 states that these doors should only be used and installed
                                                                                                        in a protected location, such as under a porch roof. Other protected locations would be behind a storm
                                                                                                        door, or a door separating conditioned space from unconditioned space, such as in cold storage rooms. The
                                                                                                        Exposure Nomograph in Annex A of CSA A440.4, “Window, door, and skylight installation,” provides an
                                                                                                        acceptable method to determine whether a door is considered protected, which depends on overhang ratio,
                                                                                                        and the terrain and moisture index of the building location. A door with an LW rating and a low exposure
                                                                                                        could provide acceptable water penetration resistance. However, given that the Exposure Nomograph in
                                                                                                        Annex A of CSA A440.4 does not account for the intensity of wind driven rain, a door with an LW rating
                                                                                                        may not provide appropriate protection in some locations. In such cases, the risk of water penetration may
                                                                                                        remain the same as if the overhead protection were not provided.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-521
                                                                                                    A-9.7.5.2.(1)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.7.5.2.(1) Forced Entry Via Glazing in Doors and Sidelights. There is no mandatory
                                                                                                    requirement that special glass be used in doors or sidelights, primarily because of cost. It is, however, a common
                                                                                                    method of forced entry to break glass in doors and sidelights to gain access to door hardware and unlock the
                                                                                                    door from the inside. Although insulated glass provides increased resistance over single glazing, the highest
                                                                                                    resistance is provided by laminated glass. Tempered glass, while stronger against static loads, is prone to
                                                                                                    shattering under high, concentrated impact loads.




                                                                                                                                                          1 x 6 mm laminated glass




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                          1 x 6 mm annealed glass

                                                                                                                                                          spacer




                                                                                                                                                                             EG00315B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.7.5.2.(1)
                                                                                                     Combined laminated/annealed glazing


                                                                                                    Laminated glass is more expensive than annealed glass and must be used in greater thicknesses.
                                                                                                    Figure A-9.7.5.2.(1) shows an insulated sidelight made of one pane of laminated glass and one pane of annealed
                                                                                                    glass. This method reduces the cost premium that would result if both panes were laminated.
                                                                                                    Consideration should be given to using laminated glazing in doors and accompanying sidelights regulated by
                                                                                                    Article 9.6.1.3., in windows located within 900 mm of locks in such doors, and in basement windows.
                                                                                                    ULC Standards has produced ULC-S332, “Standard for Burglary Resisting Glazing Material,” which provides a
                                                                                                    test procedure to evaluate the resistance of glazing to attacks by thieves. While it is principally intended for
                                                                                                    plate glass show windows, it may be of value for residential purposes.

                                                                                                    A-9.7.5.2.(2) Resistance of Doors To Forced Entry. Sentence 9.7.5.2.(2) designates standard ASTM
                                                                                                    F476, “Standard Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door Assemblies,” as an alternative to compliance with
                                                                                                    the prescriptive requirements for doors and hardware. The annex to the standard provides four security
                                                                                                    classifications, with acceptance criteria, depending on the type of building and the crime rate of the area in
                                                                                                    which it is located. The NBC only specifies Grade 10, the minimum level. The annex suggests the following
                                                                                                    guidelines be followed when selecting security levels for door assemblies:
                                                                                                    Grade 10: This is the minimum security level and is quite adequate for single-family residential buildings
                                                                                                    located in stable, low-crime areas.
                                                                                                    Grade 20: This is the low–medium security level and is designed to provide security for residential buildings
                                                                                                    located in average crime-rate areas and for apartments in both low and average crime-rate areas.
                                                                                                    Grade 30: This is the medium–high security level and is designed to provide security for residential buildings
                                                                                                    located in higher than average crime-rate areas or for small commercial buildings in average or low crime-rate
                                                                                                    areas.
                                                                                                    Grade 40: This is the high security level and is designed for small commercial buildings located in high
                                                                                                    crime-rate areas. This level could also be used for residential buildings having an exceptionally high incidence
                                                                                                    of semi-skilled burglary attacks.
                                                                                                    All these grades satisfy the Code and can be considered for use where a higher level of security is desired or
                                                                                                    warranted.




                                                                                                    9-522 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      A-9.8.3.1.

                                                                                                    A-9.7.5.2.(6) Door Fasteners. The purpose of the requirement for 30 mm screw penetration into solid
                                                                                                    wood is to prevent the door from being dislodged from the jamb due to impact forces. It is not the intent to
                                                                                                    prohibit other types of hinges or strikeplates that are specially designed to provide equal or greater protection.

                                                                                                    A-9.7.5.2.(8) Hinged Doors. Methods of satisfying this Sentence include either using non-removable pin
                                                                                                    hinges or modifying standard hinges by screw fastening a metal pin in a screw hole in one half of the top and
                                                                                                    bottom hinges. When the door is closed, the projecting portion of the pin engages in the corresponding screw
                                                                                                    hole in the other half of the hinge and then, even if the hinge pin is taken out, the door cannot be removed.

                                                                                                    A-9.7.5.3.(1) Resistance of Windows to Forced Entry. Although this Sentence only applies to
                                                                                                    windows within 2 m of adjacent ground level, certain house and site features, such as balconies or canopy




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    roofs, allow for easy access to windows at higher elevations. Consideration should be given to specifying
                                                                                                    break-in resistant windows in such locations.
                                                                                                    This Sentence does not apply to windows that do not serve the interior of the dwelling unit, such as windows
                                                                                                    to garages, sun rooms or greenhouses, provided connections between these spaces and the dwelling unit
                                                                                                    are secure.
                                                                                                    One method that is often used to improve the resistance of windows to forced entry is the installation of metal
                                                                                                    “security bars.” However, while many such installations are effective in increasing resistance to forced entry,
                                                                                                    they may also reduce or eliminate the usefulness of the window as an exit in case of fire or other emergency
                                                                                                    that prevents use of the normal building exits. Indeed, unless such devices are easily openable from the inside,
                                                                                                    their installation in some cases would contravene the requirements of Article 9.9.10.1., which requires every
                                                                                                    bedroom that does not have an exterior door to have at least one window that is large enough and easy enough
                                                                                                    to open that it can be used as an exit in case of emergency. Thus an acceptable security bar system should be
                                                                                                    easy to open from the inside while still providing increased resistance to entry from the outside.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.3.1.          Permitted Stair Configurations.

                                                                                                                                                                  Table A-9.8.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                           Permitted Stair Configurations

                                                                                                                                                                             Configuration of Stair Treads
                                                                                                      Location/Use of Stairs                                                                                 Flight with a mix of
                                                                                                                                 Straight Flight with   Curved Flight with
                                                                                                                                                                                       Winders               Rectangular Treads      Spiral Stairs
                                                                                                                                 Rectangular Treads      Tapered Treads
                                                                                                                                                                                                             and Tapered Treads
                                                                                                     Stairs within dwelling
                                                                                                                                                                                     Permitted (3)               Permitted (4)
                                                                                                     units                                                 Permitted (2)                                                             Permitted (5)
                                                                                                                                     Permitted (1)
                                                                                                     Public stairs
                                                                                                                                                                                    Not permitted               Not permitted
                                                                                                     Exit stairs                                           Permitted (6)                                                            Not permitted

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.8.3.1.:
                                                                                                    (1)   See Articles 9.8.4.1. and 9.8.4.2.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Articles 9.8.4.1. and 9.8.4.3.
                                                                                                    (3)   See Article 9.8.4.6.
                                                                                                    (4)   See Article 9.8.4.5.
                                                                                                    (5)   See Article 9.8.4.7.
                                                                                                    (6)   See Articles 3.4.6.9. and 9.8.4.3.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                  Division B 9-523
                                                                                                    A-9.8.4.                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.8.4. Tread Configurations. The Code distinguishes four principal types of stair treads :
                                                                                                      • rectangular treads, which are found in straight flights;
                                                                                                      • tapered treads, which are found in curved flights;
                                                                                                      • winders are described in Note A-9.8.4.6.; and
                                                                                                      • spiral stairs, which are described in Note A-9.8.4.7.
                                                                                                    See Figure A-9.8.4.-A.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     30º

                                                                                                                                                           30º             45º
                                                                                                          Rectangular treads     Tapered treads                  Winders                           Spiral stairs

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG02055C


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.4.-A
                                                                                                     Types of treads


                                                                                                    Articles 9.8.4.1. to 9.8.4.8. specify various dimensional limits for steps. Figure A-9.8.4.-B illustrates the elements
                                                                                                    of a step and how these are to be measured.


                                                                                                                                 RUN:
                                                                                                                                 measured
                                                                                                                                 nosing to nosing



                                                                                                                                                        RISE:
                                                                                                                               TREAD DEPTH:
                                                                                                                                                        measured
                                                                                                                               measured                 nosing to nosing                top of nosing with a
                                                                                                                               nosing to riser                                          rounded or bevelled edge
                                                                                                                                                                                        extending 6 mm to 14 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                        measured horizontally
                                                                                                                                                                                        from the front of the
                                                                                                                                                                                        nosing




                                                                                                                                                                                                           EG00689C


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.4.-B
                                                                                                     Step dimensions and their measurement




                                                                                                    9-524 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                       A-9.8.4.7.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.4.6. Winders. Where a stair must turn, the safest method of incorporating the turn is to use a
                                                                                                    landing. Within a dwelling unit, however, where occupants are familiar with their environment, winders are
                                                                                                    an acceptable method of reducing the amount of floor area devoted to the stair and have not been shown to
                                                                                                    be more hazardous than a straight run of steps. Nevertheless, care is required to ensure that winders are as
                                                                                                    safe as possible. Experience has shown that 30° winders are the best compromise and require the least change
                                                                                                    in the natural gait of the stair user; 45° winders are also acceptable, as they are wider. The Code permits
                                                                                                    only these two angles. Although it is normal Code practice to specify upper and lower limits, in this case it
                                                                                                    is necessary to limit the winders to specific angles with no tolerance above or below these angles other than
                                                                                                    normal construction tolerances. One result of this requirement is that winder-type turns in stairs are limited to
                                                                                                    30° or 45° (1 winder), 60° (2 winders), or 90° (2 or 3 winders). See Figure A-9.8.4.6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                            30˚
                                                                                                                                               45˚                    30˚
                                                                                                                                             45˚                     30˚


                                                                                                                                                                                  GG00168A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.4.6.
                                                                                                     Winders


                                                                                                    A-9.8.4.7. Spiral Stairs. A spiral stair is typically described as a stair with a circular plan having uniform
                                                                                                    treads that radiate from and wind around a common central post or supporting column.
                                                                                                    In the context of the Code, the term “spiral stair” is used to describe any stair where:
                                                                                                      (a) the plan of the treads forms part or all of a circle,
                                                                                                     (b) the minimum stair width and tread depth are less than those required for curved stairs, and
                                                                                                      (c) the maximum riser height is greater than that permitted in all other stair configurations.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-525
                                                                                                    A-9.8.4.8.                                                                                     Division B




                                                                                                                            1 070 mm min.               660 mm min.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                          240 mm max.




                                                                                                                         Elevation view




                                                                                                                                                                    660 mm min.
                                                                                                                                                                    between handrails
                                                                                                                                                                    located on both

                                                                                                                                              300 mm
                                                                                                                                                                    sides


                                                                                                                                                                    190 mm min. deep
                                                                                                                                                               tread at a point 300 mm
                                                                                                                                                          from the centre line of the
                                                                                                                                                       handrail at the narrower edge
                                                                                                                         Plan view
                                                                                                                                                                                        EG01396B



                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.4.7.
                                                                                                     Spiral stairs


                                                                                                    A-9.8.4.8. Tread Nosings. A sloped or beveled edge on tread nosings will make the tread more visible
                                                                                                    through light modeling. The sloped portion of the nosing must not be too wide so as to reduce the risk of
                                                                                                    slipping of the foot. See Figure A-9.8.4.-B.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.6.2.(2) Exemption from Required Landing at Top of Stairs. A door that swings away from
                                                                                                    a stair exposes sufficient floor space to act as a landing for users before descending the stairs.


                                                                                                    9-526 Division B                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                       A-9.8.7.2.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.7.1.(2) Wider Stairs than Required. The intent of Sentence 9.8.7.1.(2) is that handrails be
                                                                                                    installed in relation to the required exit width only, regardless of the actual width of the stair and ramp. The
                                                                                                    required handrails are provided along the assumed natural path of travel to and from the building.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.7.2. Continuity of Handrails. The guidance and support provided by handrails is particularly
                                                                                                    important at the beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in direction such as at
                                                                                                    landings and winders.
                                                                                                    The intent of the requirement in Sentence (2) for handrails to be continuous throughout the length of the stair is
                                                                                                    that the handrail be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the stair. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.)
                                                                                                    For stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit, the intent of the requirement for handrails to be continuous




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    throughout the length of the flight is that the handrail be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the
                                                                                                    flight. The required handrail may start back from the bottom riser only if it is supported by a newel post or
                                                                                                    volute installed on the bottom tread. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.) With regard to stairs serving a single dwelling unit,
                                                                                                    the handrail may terminate at landings.
                                                                                                    In the case of stairs within dwelling units that incorporate winders, the handrail should be configured so that it
                                                                                                    will in fact provide guidance and support to the stair user throughout the turn through the winder.


                                                                                                                   interruption permitted at landing


                                                                                                                                 top                                    top                                                        top


                                                                                                                                                            handrail permitted
                                                                                                                                   OR                       to start from a
                                                                                                                                                            newel post or
                                                                                                                                                            volute installed on
                                                                                                                                                            bottom tread



                                                                                                                                                                                                                         top
                                                                                                                                 top                                    top



                                                                                                                                   OR




                                                                                                        Stairs serving a single dwelling unit or a house                              Stairs not serving a single dwelling unit or a house
                                                                                                        with a secondary suite (including their common                                with a secondary suite (including their common
                                                                                                        spaces):                                                                      spaces):
                                                                                                        required handrails continuous throughout length                               at least one required handrail continuous
                                                                                                        of flight from bottom riser to top riser                                      throughout length of stair, including at landings
                                                                                                                                                                                      except where interrupted by doorways
                                                                                                                minimum extent of handrail where handrail is required(1)
                                                                                                                newel post                                                                                                                   EG02057D



                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.7.2.
                                                                                                     Continuity of handrails on stairs
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.8.7.2.:
                                                                                                     (1) See Article 9.8.7.1. to determine the number of handrails required. Some stairs will require only one, while some will require two or more.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                     Division B 9-527
                                                                                                    A-9.8.7.3.(1)                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.8.7.3.(1) Termination of Handrails. Handrails are required to be installed so as not to obstruct
                                                                                                    pedestrian travel. To achieve this end, the rail should not extend so far into a hallway as to reduce the clear width
                                                                                                    of the hallway to less than the required width. Where the stair terminates in a room or other space, likely paths
                                                                                                    of travel through that room or space should be assessed to ensure that any projection of the handrail beyond
                                                                                                    the end of the stair will not interfere with pedestrian travel. As extensions of handrails beyond the first and last
                                                                                                    riser are not required in dwelling units (see Sentence 9.8.7.3.(2)) and as occupants of dwellings are generally
                                                                                                    familiar with their surroundings, the design of dwellings would not generally be affected by this requirement.
                                                                                                    Handrails are also required to terminate in a manner that will not create a safety hazard to blind or visually
                                                                                                    impaired persons, children whose head may be at the same height as the end of the rail, or persons wearing
                                                                                                    loose clothing or carrying items that might catch on the end of the rail. One approach to reducing potential
                                                                                                    hazards is returning the handrail to a wall, floor or post. Again, within dwelling units, where occupants are




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    generally familiar with their surroundings, returning the handrail to a wall, floor or post may not be necessary.
                                                                                                    For example, where the handrail is fastened to a wall and does not project past the wall into a hallway or
                                                                                                    other space, a reasonable degree of safety is assumed to be provided; other alternatives may provide an
                                                                                                    equivalent level of protection.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.7.3.(2) Handrail Extensions. As noted in Note A-9.8.7.2., the guidance and support provided by
                                                                                                    handrails is particularly important at the beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in
                                                                                                    direction. The extended handrail provides guidance and allows users to steady themselves upon entering or
                                                                                                    leaving a ramp or flight of stairs. Such extensions are particularly useful to visually impaired persons, and
                                                                                                    persons with physical disabilities or who are encumbered in their use of the stairs or ramp.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.7.4.    Height of Handrails. Figure A-9.8.7.4. illustrates how to measure handrail height.




                                                                                                                                                               handrail




                                                                                                                                                                      vertical
                                                                                                                                                                      measurement
                                                                                                                                                                      of height




                                                                                                                                                                      straight line tangent
                                                                                                                                                                      to tread nosing
                                                                                                                                                                                      EG00322B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.7.4.
                                                                                                     Measuring handrail height


                                                                                                    A-9.8.7.5.(2) Handrail Sections. Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to stair users.
                                                                                                    To fulfil this intent, handrails must be “graspable.”
                                                                                                    The graspable portion of a handrail should allow a person to comfortably and firmly grab hold by allowing
                                                                                                    their fingers and thumb to curl under part or all of the handrail. Where the configuration or dimensions of the
                                                                                                    handrail do not allow a person's fingers and thumb to reach the bottom of it, recesses that are sufficiently wide


                                                                                                    9-528 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        A-9.8.8.1.(4)

                                                                                                    and deep to accommodate a person's fingers and thumb must be provided on both sides of the handrail, at the
                                                                                                    bottom of the graspable portion, which must not have any sharp edges.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.7.7. Attachment of Handrails. Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to the
                                                                                                    stair user and to arrest falls. The loads on handrails may therefore be considerable. The attachment of handrails
                                                                                                    serving a single dwelling unit may be accepted on the basis of experience or structural design.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.8.1. Required Guards. The requirements relating to guards stated in Part 9 are based on the
                                                                                                    premise that, wherever there is a difference in elevation of 600 mm or more between two floors, or between a
                                                                                                    floor or other surface to which access is provided for other than maintenance purposes and the next lower
                                                                                                    surface, the risk of injury in a fall from the higher surface is sufficient to warrant the installation of some kind of




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    barrier to reduce the chances of such a fall. A wall along the edge of the higher surface will obviously prevent
                                                                                                    such a fall, provided the wall is sufficiently strong that a person cannot fall through it. Where there is no wall, a
                                                                                                    guard must be installed. Because guards clearly provide less protection than walls, additional requirements
                                                                                                    apply to guards to ensure that a minimum level of protection is provided. These relate to the characteristics
                                                                                                    described in Notes A-9.8.8.3., A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3), A-9.8.8.5.(4) and A-9.8.8.6.(1).
                                                                                                    Examples of such surfaces where the difference in elevation could exceed 600 mm and consequently where
                                                                                                    guards would be required include, but are not limited to, landings, porches, balconies, mezzanines, galleries,
                                                                                                    and raised walkways. Especially in exterior settings, surfaces adjacent to walking surfaces, stairs or ramps often
                                                                                                    are not parallel to the walking surface or the surface of the treads or ramps. Consequently, the walking surface,
                                                                                                    stair or ramp may need protection in some locations but not in others. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.) In some instances,
                                                                                                    grades are artificially raised close to walking surfaces, stairs or ramps to avoid installing guards. This provides
                                                                                                    little or no protection for the users. That is why the requirements specify differences in elevation not only
                                                                                                    immediately adjacent to the construction but also for a distance of 1.2 m from it. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.)


                                                                                                                                               no guard required                         guard required


                                                                                                                                               handrail required



                                                                                                                                                     ≤ 600 mm

                                                                                                                                                                                           > 600 mm


                                                                                                                                                                               ≤ 1.2 m
                                                                                                                              left side view                               front view
                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG02058D



                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.8.1.
                                                                                                     Guards for exterior walking surfaces


                                                                                                    A-9.8.8.1.(4) Window Fall Prevention. The primary intent of the requirement is to minimize the
                                                                                                    likelihood of small children falling significant heights from open windows. Reflecting reported cases, the
                                                                                                    requirement applies to openable windows in dwelling units and generally those located on the second floor or
                                                                                                    higher of residential or mixed use buildings.
                                                                                                    Once cracked open, some openable windows can be opened further by simply pushing on the openable part
                                                                                                    of the window. Care must be taken in selecting windows, as some with special operating hardware can still
                                                                                                    be opened further by simply pushing on the window or by deactivating a spring-loaded button or other
                                                                                                    mechanism that is not considered a window opening control device (WOCD) that could be inadvertently
                                                                                                    operated by a young child. A technical description of WOCDs can be found in ASTM F2090, “Standard
                                                                                                    Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices With Emergency Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms.”
                                                                                                    Examples of WOCDs that can limit window openings to a maximum of 100 mm as required by
                                                                                                    Clause 9.8.8.1.(4)(b) include, but are not limited to, a fixed-stop lever, a fixed-length cable and a fixed-position
                                                                                                    stop block. It is important to note that rotary opening mechanisms cannot limit window openings to 100 mm as
                                                                                                    required by Clause 9.8.8.1.(4)(b) and that windows with such mechanisms cannot act as guards as required


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                           Division B 9-529
                                                                                                    A-9.8.8.2.                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                    by Clause 9.8.8.1.(4)(a), even when the crank handle is removed. Similarly, awning windows with scissor
                                                                                                    hardware may not keep the window from swinging open once it is unlatched. Hopper windows would be
                                                                                                    affected only if an opening is created at the bottom as well as at the top of the window. The requirement will
                                                                                                    impact primarily on the use of sliding windows which do not incorporate devices in their construction that can
                                                                                                    be used to limit the openable area of the window.
                                                                                                    The 100 mm opening limit stated in Sentence 9.8.8.1.(4) is recognized as the maximum opening size required
                                                                                                    to protect small children from falling through open windows. The minimum 900 mm height of the openable
                                                                                                    portion of windows required by Sentence 9.8.8.1.(5) corresponds to the minimum height of guards required by
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.8.8.3.(2) as a means of fall protection in residential occupancies.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.8.2. Loads on Guards. Guards must be constructed so as to be strong enough to protect persons




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    from falling under normal use. Many guards installed in dwelling units or on exterior stairs serving one or
                                                                                                    two dwelling units have demonstrated acceptable performance over time. The loading described in the first
                                                                                                    row of Table 9.8.8.2. is intended to be consistent with the performance provided by these guards. Examples of
                                                                                                    guard construction presented in the “2012 Building Code Compendium, Volume 2, Supplementary Standard
                                                                                                    SB-7, Guards for Housing and Small Buildings” meet the criteria set in the National Building Code for loads on
                                                                                                    guards, including the more stringent requirements of Sentences 9.8.8.2.(1) and (3).
                                                                                                    The load on guards within dwelling units, or on exterior guards serving not more than two dwelling units,
                                                                                                    is to be imposed over an area of the guard such that, where standard balusters are used and installed at the
                                                                                                    maximum 100 mm spacing permitted for required guards, 3 balusters will be engaged. Where the balusters are
                                                                                                    wider, only two may be engaged unless they are spaced closer together. Where the guard is not required, and
                                                                                                    balusters are installed more than 100 mm apart, fewer balusters may be required to carry the imposed load.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.8.3. Minimum Heights. Guard heights are generally based on the waist heights of average
                                                                                                    persons. Generally, lower heights are permitted in dwelling units because the occupants become familiar
                                                                                                    with the potential hazards, and situations which lead to pushing and jostling under crowded conditions
                                                                                                    are less likely to arise.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3) Risk of Falling through Guards. The risk of falling through a guard is
                                                                                                    especially prevalent for children. Therefore the requirements are stringent for guards in all buildings except
                                                                                                    industrial buildings, where children are unlikely to be present except under strict supervision.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.8.5.(4) Risk of Children Getting Their Head Stuck between Balusters. The
                                                                                                    requirements to prevent children falling through guards also serve to provide adequate protection against this
                                                                                                    problem. However, guards are often installed where they are not required by the Code; i.e., in places where the
                                                                                                    difference in elevation is less than 600 mm. In these cases, there is no need to require the openings between
                                                                                                    balusters to be less than 100 mm. However, there is a range of openings between 100 mm and 200 mm in which
                                                                                                    children can get their head stuck. Therefore, openings in this range are not permitted except in buildings of
                                                                                                    industrial occupancy, where children are unlikely to be present except under strict supervision.

                                                                                                    A-9.8.8.6.(1) Configuration of Members, Attachments or Openings in Guards so as to not
                                                                                                    Facilitate Climbing. Some configurations of members, attachments or openings may be part of a guard
                                                                                                    design and still comply with Sentence 9.8.8.6.(1). Figures A-9.8.8.6.(1)-A to A-9.8.8.6.(1)-D present a few
                                                                                                    examples of designs that are considered to not facilitate climbing.
                                                                                                    Protrusions that are greater than 450 mm apart horizontally and vertically are considered sufficiently far apart
                                                                                                    to reduce the likelihood that young children will be able to get a handhold or toehold on the protrusions and
                                                                                                    climb the guard.




                                                                                                    9-530 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                         A-9.8.8.6.(1)

                                                                                                                                                     > 450 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                           Where the difference
                                                                                                                                                                                           in elevation is greater


                                                                                                                                                                              > 450 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                           than 4.2 m, no climbable
                                                                                                                                                                                           details are permitted in
                                                                                                             900 mm                                                                        this location.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                  140 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                                               EG02100B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-A
                                                                                                     Example of minimum horizontal and vertical clearances between protrusions in guards


                                                                                                    Protrusions that present a horizontal offset of 15 mm or less are considered to not provide a sufficient foot
                                                                                                    purchase to facilitate climbing.


                                                                                                                               Where the difference in elevation is greater
                                                                                                                               than 4.2 m, no climbable details are
                                                                                                                               permitted in this location.                                     ≤ 15 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                 offset




                                                                                                           900 mm




                                                                                                                      140 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG00746D


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-B
                                                                                                     Examples of maximum horizontal offset of protrusions in guards


                                                                                                    A guard incorporating spaces that are not more than 45 mm wide by 20 mm high is considered to not facilitate
                                                                                                    climbing because the spaces are too small to provide a toehold.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                           Division B 9-531
                                                                                                    A-9.8.8.6.(1)                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                         Where the difference in elevation is greater
                                                                                                                         than 4.2 m, no climbable details are
                                                                                                                                                                                                 ≤ 45 mm
                                                                                                                         permitted in this location.


                                                                                                                                                                                                               ≤ 20 mm



                                                                                                        900 mm




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                  140 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                                                   EG00949B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-C
                                                                                                     Example of a guard with spaces that are not more than 45 mm wide and 20 mm high


                                                                                                    Protrusions that present more than a 2-in-1 slope on the offset are considered to not facilitate climbing because
                                                                                                    such a slope is considered too steep to provide adequate footing.


                                                                                                                                 Where the difference in elevation is greater
                                                                                                                                 than 4.2 m, no climbable details are
                                                                                                                                 permitted in this location.




                                                                                                                                                                                           1


                                                                                                                                                                                     >2
                                                                                                              900 mm




                                                                                                                        140 mm




                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG00167B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-D
                                                                                                     Example of guard protrusions with a slope greater than 2 in 1




                                                                                                    9-532 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            A-9.9.10.1.(1)

                                                                                                    A-9.9.4.5.(1)     Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits.



                                                                                                                                                                                                 < 135°

                                                                                                                                                  135°


                                                                                                                                       no protection                                      no protection
                                                                                                                                         required                                           required




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                         • > 3 m horizontally
                                                                                                                                                                             OR
                                                                                                                                                                         • opening in building > 2 m
                                                                                                                                                                           above openings in the exit



                                                                                                                                                  openings within 3 m horizontally and
                                                                                                                                                  within 2 m above openings in the exit

                                                                                                                                  protection                                               protection
                                                                                                                                   required                                                 required


                                                                                                                                               < 135°                                               < 135°


                                                                                                                                                                                                             EG01221A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.9.4.5.(1)
                                                                                                     Protection of openings in exterior walls of exits


                                                                                                    A-9.9.8.4.(1) Independent and Remote Exits. Subsection 9.9.8. requires that some floor areas have
                                                                                                    more than one exit. The intent is to ensure that, if one exit is made untenable or inaccessible by a fire, or its
                                                                                                    exterior door is blocked by an exterior incident, one or more other exits will be available to permit the occupants
                                                                                                    to escape. However, if the exits are close together, all exits might be made untenable or inaccessible by the same
                                                                                                    fire. Sentence 9.9.8.4.(1) therefore requires at least two of the exits to be located remotely from each other.
                                                                                                    This is not a problem in many buildings falling under Part 9. For instance, apartment buildings usually have
                                                                                                    exits located at either end of long corridors. However, in other types of buildings (e.g. dormitory and college
                                                                                                    residence buildings) this is often difficult to accomplish and problems arise in interpreting the meaning of the
                                                                                                    word “remote.” Article 3.4.2.3. is more specific, generally requiring the distance between exits to be one half the
                                                                                                    diagonal dimension of the floor area or at least 9 m. However, it is felt that such criteria would be too restrictive
                                                                                                    to impose on the design of all the smaller buildings which come under Part 9. Nevertheless, the exits should be
                                                                                                    placed as far apart as possible and the Part 3 criteria should be used as a target. Designs in which the exits are
                                                                                                    so close together that they will obviously both become contaminated in the event of a fire are not acceptable.

                                                                                                    A-9.9.10.1.(1) Escape Windows from Bedrooms. Sentence 9.9.10.1.(1) generally requires every
                                                                                                    bedroom in a suite that is not sprinklered to have at least one window or door opening to the outside that is
                                                                                                    large enough and easy enough to open so that it can be used as an exit in the event that a fire prevents use
                                                                                                    of the building's normal exits. The minimum unobstructed opening specified for escape windows must be
                                                                                                    achievable using only the normal window operating procedure. The escape path must not go through nor
                                                                                                    open onto another room, floor or space.
                                                                                                    Where a bedroom is located in a suite that is not sprinklered in a basement, an escape window or door must be
                                                                                                    located in the bedroom. It is not sufficient to rely on egress through other basement space to another escape
                                                                                                    window or door.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                             Division B 9-533
                                                                                                    A-9.9.10.1.(2)                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                        Window Height
                                                                                                        Article 9.9.10.1. does not set a maximum sill height for escape windows; it is therefore possible to install a
                                                                                                        window or skylight that satisfies the requirements of the Article but defeats the Article's intent by virtue
                                                                                                        of being so high that it cannot be reached for exit purposes. It is recommended that the sills of windows
                                                                                                        intended for use as emergency exits be not higher than 1.5 m above the floor. However, it is sometimes
                                                                                                        difficult to avoid having a higher sill: on skylights and windows in basement bedrooms for example. In
                                                                                                        these cases, it is recommended that access to the window be improved by some means such as built-in
                                                                                                        furniture installed below the window.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG00319B


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.9.10.1.(1)
                                                                                                          Built-in furniture to improve access to a window


                                                                                                    A-9.9.10.1.(2) Bedroom Window Opening Areas and Dimensions. Although the minimum
                                                                                                    opening dimensions required for height and width are 380 mm, a window opening that is 380 mm by 380 mm
                                                                                                    would not comply with the minimum area requirements. (See Figure A-9.9.10.1.(2))


                                                                                                                                                                      380 mm

                                                                                                                                                                                                            592 mm
                                                                                                                                     380 mm
                                                                                                                                                                      Opening

                                                                                                                                                             920 mm                          592 mm
                                                                                                                                                                       area                                Opening

                                                                                                                            380 mm
                                                                                                                                     Opening
                                                                                                                                       area                           0.35 m2                                area
                                                                                                                                                                                                           0.35 m2
                                                                                                                                     0.144 m2

                                                                                                                                       (a)                                                                       (c)

                                                                                                                                                                        (b)
                                                                                                                       (a) conforms to opening height
                                                                                                                       and width requirements; does                   (b) and (c) conform to height, width and
                                                                                                                       not conform to opening area                    opening area requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG00318B
                                                                                                                       requirements

                                                                                                     Figure A-9.9.10.1.(2)
                                                                                                     Window opening areas and dimensions




                                                                                                    9-534 Division B                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        A-9.10.2.2.

                                                                                                    A-9.9.10.1.(3) Window Opening into a Window Well. Sentence 9.9.10.1.(3) specifies that there must
                                                                                                    be a minimum clearance of 760 mm in front of designated escape windows to allow persons to escape a
                                                                                                    basement bedroom in an emergency. This specified minimum clearance is consistent with the minimum
                                                                                                    required width for means of egress from a floor area (see Article 9.9.5.5.) and the minimum required width
                                                                                                    for path of travel on exit stairs (see Article 9.9.6.1.). It is considered the smallest acceptable clearance between
                                                                                                    the escape window and the facing wall of the window well that can accommodate persons trying to escape
                                                                                                    a bedroom in an emergency given that they are not moving straight through the window but must move
                                                                                                    outward and up, and must have sufficient space to change body orientation.
                                                                                                    Once this clearance is provided, no additional clearance is needed for windows with sliders, casements, or
                                                                                                    inward-opening awnings. However, for windows with outward-opening awnings, additional clearance is
                                                                                                    needed to provide the required 760 mm beyond the outer edge of the sash. (See Figure A-9.9.10.1.(3).)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Depending on the likelihood of snow accumulation in the window well, it could be difficult—if not
                                                                                                    impossible—to escape in an emergency. The window well should be designed to provide sufficient clear space
                                                                                                    for a person to get out the window and then out the well, taking into account potential snow accumulation.
                                                                                                    Hopper windows (bottom-hinged operators) should not be used as escape windows in cases where the
                                                                                                    occupants would be required to climb over the glass.




                                                                                                                      760
                                                                                                                      mm                                         760
                                                                                                                                                                 mm
                                                                                                                                                                         grade
                                                                                                                                grade                                                                     760 mm

                                                                                                                                 window                                                                        grade
                                                                                                                                 well

                                                                                                                                                                  window                                  window
                                                                                                                                                                  well                                    well

                                                                                                       basement                              basement                              basement



                                                                                                                                                                                                             EG00688A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.9.10.1.(3)
                                                                                                     Windows providing a means of escape that open into a window well


                                                                                                    A-9.9.11.5.(1)(d) Colour Contrast. The identification of floors and other signs intended to facilitate
                                                                                                    orientation for persons with vision loss should offer maximum colour contrast to be effective. For this reason, it
                                                                                                    is recommended that white on black or black on white be used, as this combination produces the best legibility.
                                                                                                    It is also recommended that the sign surfaces be processed to prevent glare.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.1.4.(1) Commercial Cooking Equipment. Part 6 refers to NFPA 96, “Standard for Ventilation
                                                                                                    Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,” which in turn references “Commercial
                                                                                                    Cooking Equipment.” However, the deciding factor as to whether or not NFPA 96 applies is the potential for
                                                                                                    production of grease-laden vapours and smoke, rather than the type of equipment used. While NFPA 96 does
                                                                                                    not apply to domestic equipment for normal residential family use, it should apply to domestic equipment used
                                                                                                    in commercial, industrial, institutional and similar cooking applications where the potential for the production
                                                                                                    of smoke and grease-laden vapours exceeds that for normal residential family use.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.2.2. Building Design and Staff on Duty. The NFC requires that a fire safety plan be in place
                                                                                                    and that a sufficient number of supervisory staff be on duty in home-type care occupancies. The plan and the
                                                                                                    number of staff on duty—both of which are essential components for resident safety—will vary depending on
                                                                                                    the building's design and the level of assistance required by the residents.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-535
                                                                                                    A-9.10.2.2.(2)(a)                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.10.2.2.(2)(a) Requirements for Detached Houses. The Part 9 requirements that apply to
                                                                                                    detached houses typically refer to “single dwelling units.”

                                                                                                    A-9.10.3.1. Fire and Sound Resistance of Building Assemblies. Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B
                                                                                                    have been developed from information gathered from tests. While a large number of the assemblies listed
                                                                                                    were tested, the fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for others were assigned on the basis of extrapolation
                                                                                                    of information from tests of similar assemblies. Where there was enough confidence relative to the fire
                                                                                                    performance of an assembly, the fire-resistance ratings were assigned relative to the commonly used minimum
                                                                                                    ratings of 30 min, 45 min and 1 h, including a designation of “< 30 min” for assemblies that are known not to
                                                                                                    meet the minimum 30-minute rating. Where there was not enough comparative information on an assembly
                                                                                                    to assign to it a rating with confidence, its value in the Tables has been left blank (hyphen), indicating that




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    its rating remains to be assessed through another means. Future work is planned to develop much of this
                                                                                                    additional information.
                                                                                                    These Tables are provided only for the convenience of Code users and do not limit the number of assemblies
                                                                                                    permitted to those in the Tables. The notes to Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B are mandatory parts of the
                                                                                                    Tables and must be used by designers in complying with the design requirements of a particular assembly.
                                                                                                    Assemblies not listed or not given a rating in these Tables are equally acceptable provided their fire and sound
                                                                                                    resistance can be demonstrated to meet the above-noted requirements either on the basis of tests referred to
                                                                                                    in Article 9.10.3.1. and Subsection 9.11.1. or by using the data in Appendix D, Fire-Performance Ratings. It
                                                                                                    should be noted, however, that Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B are not based on the same assumptions
                                                                                                    as those used in Appendix D. Assemblies in Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B are described through their
                                                                                                    generic descriptions and variants and the important details given in the notes to the Tables. Assumptions for
                                                                                                    Appendix D include different construction details that must be followed rigorously for the calculated ratings to
                                                                                                    be expected. These are two different methods of choosing assemblies that meet required fire ratings.
                                                                                                    Table 9.10.3.1.-B presents fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for floor, ceiling and roof assemblies. The
                                                                                                    fire-resistance ratings are appropriate for all assemblies conforming to the construction specifications given in
                                                                                                    Table 9.10.3.1.-B, including applicable Table notes. Acoustical ratings for assemblies decrease with decreasing
                                                                                                    depth and decreasing separation of the structural members; the values listed for sound transmission class and
                                                                                                    impact insulation class are suitable for the minimum depth of structural members identified in the description,
                                                                                                    including applicable table notes, and for structural member spacing of 305 mm o.c., unless other values are
                                                                                                    explicitly listed for the assembly. Adjustments to the acoustical ratings to allow for the benefit of deeper or
                                                                                                    more widely spaced structural members are given in Table Notes (9) and (10).




                                                                                                                                                                                        GG00160A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A
                                                                                                     Single layer butt joint details
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A:
                                                                                                     (1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
                                                                                                     (2) The structural member can be any one of the types described in the Table.
                                                                                                     (3) Adjacent gypsum board butt ends are attached to separate resilient channels using regular Type S screws, located a minimum of 38 mm
                                                                                                         from the butt end.




                                                                                                    9-536 Division B                                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                            A-9.10.3.1.




                                                                                                                                                                                     GG00161A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B
                                                                                                     Double layer butt joint details
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B:
                                                                                                     (1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
                                                                                                     (2) The structural member can be any one of the types described in the Table.
                                                                                                     (3) Base layer butt ends can be attached to a single resilient channel using regular Type S screws.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     (4) Type G screws measuring a minimum of 32 mm in length and located a minimum of 38 mm from the butt end are used to fasten the butt
                                                                                                         ends of the face layer to the base layer.




                                                                                                                                                                                           GG00172A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.3.1.-C
                                                                                                     Example of steel furring channel
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-C:
                                                                                                     (1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.




                                                                                                                                                                                         GG00173A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D
                                                                                                     Example of resilient metal channel
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D:
                                                                                                     (1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-537
                                                                                                    A-9.10.3.1.                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                                         Case A:
                                                                                                                                                                         Cross-section of a single row of wood studs

                                                                                                                                                                         Case B:
                                                                                                                                                                         Cross-section of a double row of wood studs




                                                                                                                                                                                                              1 524 mm max.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                              1 524 mm max.


                                                                                                                                                                                                                   EG00390A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E
                                                                                                     Blocking for lightweight wood-frame walls with a single or double row of studs
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E:
                                                                                                     (1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.




                                                                                                                                                 Cross-section of a single row of wood studs




                                                                                                                          panel of exterior
                                                                                                                          sheathing or
                                                                                                                          interior finish




                                                                                                                                                                                                                              EG00391A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.3.1.-F
                                                                                                     Vertical application of exterior wall sheathing or interior wall finish with all joints backed with lumber having the same
                                                                                                     dimensions as the framing members
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-F:
                                                                                                     (1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.




                                                                                                    9-538 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            A-9.10.9.6.(1)


                                                                                                                                                 Cross-section of a single row of wood studs




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          panel of exterior
                                                                                                                          sheathing or
                                                                                                                          interior finish

                                                                                                                                                                                                          EG00392A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.3.1.-G
                                                                                                     Horizontal application of exterior wall sheathing or interior wall finish with all joints backed with lumber having the
                                                                                                     same dimensions as the framing members
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-G:
                                                                                                     (1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.



                                                                                                    A-9.10.4.1.(4) Mezzanines Not Considered as Storeys. Mezzanines increase the occupant load
                                                                                                    and the fire load of the storey of which they are part. To take the added occupant load into account for the
                                                                                                    purpose of evaluating other requirements that are dependent on this criteria, their floor area is added to the
                                                                                                    floor area of the storey.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.8.3.(2) Light-frame Construction. Light-frame walls, columns, arches and beams do not
                                                                                                    include heavy timber elements or masonry or concrete construction.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.9.2.(2) and (3) Continuity of Smoke-Tight Barrier. The continuity of a smoke-tight barrier
                                                                                                    where it abuts another smoke-tight barrier, a floor, a ceiling or a wall assembly is maintained by constructing
                                                                                                    smoke-tight joints (e.g., through the design of the gypsum board joints and framing members) or by filling
                                                                                                    all openings at the juncture of the assemblies with a material that will ensure the integrity of the smoke-tight
                                                                                                    barrier at that location.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.9.3.(2) Openings in Smoke-Tight Barriers to be Protected with Closures. Doors
                                                                                                    described in Sentence 9.10.9.3.(2) are deemed to provide a minimum 20 min fire-protection rating, which is
                                                                                                    considered an acceptable level of protection against the spread of fire in a house with a secondary suite. They
                                                                                                    are not required to be marked to identify conformance to CAN/ULC-S113, “Standard Specification for Wood
                                                                                                    Core Doors Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute Fire Rated Closure
                                                                                                    Assemblies,” as is the case for solid-core doors installed in fire separations.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.9.6.(1) Penetrations of Fire Separations. Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1), like Article 3.1.9.1., is
                                                                                                    intended to ensure that the integrity of fire separations is maintained where they are penetrated by various
                                                                                                    types of service equipment.
                                                                                                    For buildings regulated by Part 3, firestop materials used to seal openings around building services, such as
                                                                                                    pipes, ducts and electrical outlet boxes, must meet a minimum level of performance demonstrated by standard
                                                                                                    test criteria.
                                                                                                    A similar approach is applied to buildings regulated by Part 9 when complying with Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a).
                                                                                                    In addition, because of the type of construction normally used for Part 9 buildings, it is assumed that the
                                                                                                    requirement to maintain the integrity of the fire separation is satisfied by the use of generic firestop materials


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                   Division B 9-539
                                                                                                    A-9.10.9.8.(1)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    such as mineral wool, gypsum plaster or Portland cement mortar to seal penetrations in accordance with
                                                                                                    Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(c).
                                                                                                    The use of the terms “tightly fitted” and “cast in place” in Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(b) is intended to emphasize that
                                                                                                    there are to be no gaps between the building service or penetrating item and the membrane or assembly it
                                                                                                    penetrates.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.9.8.(1) Large Recessed Outlet Boxes. Outlet boxes that exceed the area limits specified
                                                                                                    in Sentence 9.10.9.8.(2) or (3) do not need to be sealed at the penetration by a firestop in accordance with
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.10.9.8.(1) if they are installed in a recessed enclosure with a construction that maintains the
                                                                                                    continuity of the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation or membrane. Any penetrations of the enclosure by
                                                                                                    wiring or cables must comply with all applicable requirements.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.10.9.8.(3)(a)(i) Separating Enclosures. The fire block material separating the outlet box from the
                                                                                                    adjacent space within the assembly should span the framing members such that all four sides and the back of the
                                                                                                    outlet box are enclosed by a membrane or framing member conforming to Article 9.10.16.3. Any penetrations of
                                                                                                    the enclosure by wiring or cables must comply with all applicable requirements. (See also Note A-3.1.11.7.(7).)

                                                                                                    A-9.10.9.18.(4) Separation between Dwelling Units and Storage or Repair Garages. The
                                                                                                    gas-tight barrier between a dwelling unit and an attached garage is intended to provide protection against
                                                                                                    the entry of carbon monoxide and gasoline fumes into the dwelling unit. Building assemblies incorporating
                                                                                                    an air barrier system will perform adequately with respect to gas tightness, provided all joints in the airtight
                                                                                                    material are sealed and reasonable care is exercised where the wall or ceiling is pierced by building services.
                                                                                                    Where a garage is open to the adjacent attic space above the dwelling unit it serves, a gas-tight barrier in the
                                                                                                    ceiling of the dwelling unit will also provide protection. Unit masonry walls forming the separation between a
                                                                                                    dwelling unit and an adjacent garage should be provided with two coats of sealer or plaster, or covered with
                                                                                                    gypsum board on the side of the wall exposed to the garage. All joints must be sealed to ensure continuity of
                                                                                                    the barrier. (See also Sentences 9.25.3.3.(3) to (8).)

                                                                                                    A-9.10.12.4.(1)     Protection of Overhang of Common Roof Space.



                                                                                                                                             area to be protected


                                                                                                                                                                               1.2 m
                                                                                                                                   2.5 m
                                                                                                                                   or less               1.2 m




                                                                                                                                                                                  EG00357B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.12.4.(1)
                                                                                                     Protection of overhang of common roof space


                                                                                                    A-9.10.12.4.(3) Protection at Soffits. The materials required by this Sentence to be used as protection
                                                                                                    for soffit spaces in certain locations do not necessarily have to be the finish materials. They can be installed
                                                                                                    either behind the finishes chosen for the soffits or in lieu of these.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.13.2.(1) Wood Doors in Fire Separations. CAN/ULC-S113, “Standard Specification for Wood
                                                                                                    Core Doors Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute Fire Rated Closure
                                                                                                    Assemblies,” provides construction details to enable manufacturers to build wood core doors that will provide
                                                                                                    a 20 min fire-protection rating without the need for testing. The standard requires each door to be marked with
                                                                                                      (1) the manufacturer's or vendor's name or identifying symbol,
                                                                                                      (2) the words “Fire Door,” and


                                                                                                    9-540 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        A-9.10.14.5.(8)

                                                                                                     (3) a reference to the fire-protection rating of 20 min.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.14.5.(1) Minor Combustible Cladding Elements. Minor elements of cladding that is
                                                                                                    required to be noncombustible are permitted to be of combustible material, provided they are distributed over
                                                                                                    the building face and not concentrated in one area. Examples of minor combustible cladding elements include
                                                                                                    door and window trim and some decorative elements.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.14.5.(7) Permitted Projections. The definition of exposing building face provided in
                                                                                                    Sentence 1.4.1.2.(1) of Division A refers to “that part of the exterior wall of a building … or, where a building is
                                                                                                    divided into fire compartments, the exterior wall of a fire compartment …” Because the exposing building face
                                                                                                    is defined with respect to the exterior wall, projections from exposing building faces are elements that do not




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    incorporate exterior walls. Depending on their specific configurations, examples of constructions that would
                                                                                                    normally be permitted by Sentence 9.10.14.5.(7) are balconies, platforms, canopies, eave projections and stairs.
                                                                                                    However, if a balcony, platform or stair is enclosed, its exterior wall would become part of an exposing building
                                                                                                    face and the construction could not be considered to be a projection from the exposing building face.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.14.5.(8) Protection at Projections. Sentence 9.10.14.5.(7) permits certain projections from
                                                                                                    exposing building faces where the projections do not have exterior walls and thus clearly do not constitute
                                                                                                    part of the exposing building face. Sentence 9.10.14.5.(8) refers to other types of projections from the exposing
                                                                                                    building face, such as those for fireplaces and chimneys. It is recognized that these types present more vertical
                                                                                                    surface area compared to platforms, canopies and eave projections, and may be enclosed by constructions that
                                                                                                    are essentially the same as exterior walls. These constructions, however, do not enclose habitable space, are of
                                                                                                    limited width and may not extend a full storey in height. Consequently, Sentence (8) allows these projections
                                                                                                    beyond the exposing building face of buildings identified in Sentence (6), provided additional fire protection
                                                                                                    is installed on the projection.
                                                                                                    Figure A-9.10.14.5.(8) illustrates projections that extend within 1.2 m of the property line where additional
                                                                                                    protection must be provided. Where a projection extends within 0.6 m of the property line, it must be protected
                                                                                                    to the same degree as an exposing building face that has a limiting distance of less than 0.6 m. Where a
                                                                                                    projection extends to less than 1.2 m but not less than 0.6 m of the property line, it must be protected to the
                                                                                                    same degree as an exposing building face that has a limiting distance of less than 1.2 m.
                                                                                                    Protection is also required on the underside of the projection where the projection is more than 0.6 m above
                                                                                                    finished ground level, measured at the exposing building face.




                                                                                                              ≥ 1.2 m
                                                                                                                                                                         space                                  space
                                                                                                                                 space                                   enclosed by                            enclosed by
                                                                                                                                 enclosed by                             projection is                          projection is
                                                                                                                                 projection is                           not habitable                          not habitable
                                                                                                            < 1.2 m                                  < 1.2 m                                < 1.2 m
                                                                                                                                 not habitable                           space                                  space
                                                                                                                                 space


                                                                                                                                                                                              > 0.6 m



                                                                                                      property
                                                                                                        line
                                                                                                                        Plan                                   Plan                                   Section
                                                                                                                                                     normal cladding-sheathing assembly
                                                                                                                                                     cladding-sheathing assembly
                                                                                                                                                     providing additional fire protection
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG00694F


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.14.5.(8)
                                                                                                     Protection at projections


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                              Division B 9-541
                                                                                                    A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10)                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10)                      Roof Soffit Projections.



                                                                                                                                               With the exception                                            With the exception
                                                                                                                                               below, where the                                              below, where the
                                                                                                                                               limiting distance is                               ≥ 0.45 m   limiting distance is
                                                                                                                                               not more than                                                 more than 0.45 m,
                                                                                                                                               0.45 m, projecting                                            roof soffits must not
                                                                                                                                               roof soffits are not                                          project to less than
                                                                                                                               limiting                                                         limiting
                                                                                                                                               permitted.(1)                                                 0.45 m from the
                                                                                                                              distance                                                         distance      property line.(2)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                              ≤ 0.45 m                                                         > 0.45 m




                                                                                                                                                            Roof soffits are permitted to
                                                                                                                                                            project to the property line
                                                                                                                                                            where it faces a public
                                                                                                                                                            way.(3)




                                                                                                                                                                                   Where roof soffits project to less
                                                                                                                                                                                   than 1.2 m from the property line,
                                                                                                                                                                                   the centre line of a public way, or
                                                                                                                                                                   < 1.2 m         an imaginary line between two
                                                                                                                                                                                   buildings or fre compartments on
                                                                                                                                                                                   the same property, they must
                                                                                                                                                                                   have no openings and be
                                                                                                                                                                                   protected.(4)




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             EG01247C


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10)
                                                                                                     Location and protection of projecting roof soffits
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10):
                                                                                                     (1) See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(2), 9.10.14.5.(9) and 9.10.15.5.(8).
                                                                                                     (2) See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(3), 9.10.14.5.(10) and 9.10.15.5.(9).
                                                                                                     (3) See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(4), 9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10).
                                                                                                     (4) See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(5), 9.10.14.5.(12) and 9.10.15.5.(11).




                                                                                                    9-542 Division B                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                              A-9.10.15.4.(2)

                                                                                                    A-9.10.15.1.(1) Application of Subsection 9.10.15. The buildings to which Subsection 9.10.15.
                                                                                                    applies include:
                                                                                                      • traditional individual detached houses with or without a secondary suite,
                                                                                                      • semi-detached houses (doubles) where each house may contain a secondary suite,
                                                                                                      • row houses, where any house may contain a secondary suite (see Sentence 9.10.11.2.(1)), and
                                                                                                      • stacked dwelling units where one of them is a secondary suite.
                                                                                                    Subsection 9.10.15. does not apply to stacked townhouses, stacked duplexes or stacked dwelling units that are
                                                                                                    not within a house with a secondary suite.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.15.4.(2) Staggered or Skewed Exposing Building Faces of Houses. Studies at the
                                                                                                    National Fire Laboratory of the National Research Council have shown that, where an exposing building




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    face is stepped back from the property line or is at an angle to the property line, it is possible to increase the
                                                                                                    percentage of glazing in those portions of the exposing building face further from the property line without
                                                                                                    increasing the amount of radiated energy that would reach the property line in the event of a fire in such a
                                                                                                    building. Figures A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A, A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B and A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C show how Sentences 9.10.15.4.(1)
                                                                                                    and (2), and 9.10.15.5.(2) and (3) can be applied to exposing building faces that are stepped back from or
                                                                                                    not parallel to the property line. The following procedure can be used to establish the maximum permitted
                                                                                                    area of glazed openings for such facades:
                                                                                                      1. Calculate the total area of the exposing building face, i.e. facade of the fire compartment, as described in
                                                                                                          the definition of exposing building face.
                                                                                                      2. Identify the portions into which the exposing building face is to be divided. It can be divided in any
                                                                                                          number of portions, not necessarily of equal size.
                                                                                                      3. Measure the limiting distance for each portion. The limiting distance is measured along a line
                                                                                                          perpendicular to the wall surface from the point closest to the property line.
                                                                                                      4. Establish the line in Table 9.10.15.4. from which the maximum permitted percentage area of glazed
                                                                                                          openings will be read. The selection of the line depends on the maximum area of exposing building face
                                                                                                          for the whole fire compartment, including all portions, as determined in Step 1.
                                                                                                      5. On that line, read the maximum percentage area of glazed openings permitted in each portion of the
                                                                                                          exposing building face according to the limiting distance for that portion.
                                                                                                      6. Calculate the maximum area of glazed openings permitted in each portion. The area is calculated from the
                                                                                                          percentage found applied to the area of that portion.
                                                                                                    Table 9.10.15.4. is used to read the maximum area of glazed openings: this means that the opaque portion of
                                                                                                    doors does not have to be counted as for other types of buildings.
                                                                                                    Note that this Note and the Figures do not describe or illustrate maximum permitted concentrated area or
                                                                                                    spacing of individual glazed openings, or limits on the location of dividing lines between portions of the
                                                                                                    exposing building face depending on the location of these openings with respect to interior rooms or spaces.
                                                                                                    See Sentences 9.10.15.2.(2) and 9.10.15.4.(2) to (4) for the applicable requirements.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-543
                                                                                                    A-9.10.15.4.(2)                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                      Property Line

                                                                                                                                                      limiting distance1
                                                                                                                                                      = 0.4 m
                                                                                                                                                                                   limiting distance2
                                                                                                      Exposing                                                                     = 1.2 m                    limiting distance3
                                                                                                      Building Face:                                                                                          = 2.0 m
                                                                                                       - Total length: 16.6 m
                                                                                                       - Height: 2.4 m
                                                                                                       - Total area:
                                                                                                         16.6 x 2.4 = 40 m2




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                7.6 m                      3m                           6m




                                                                                                       45 min fire-resistance                            (1)
                                                                                                                                              required               not required(2)               not required(2)
                                                                                                       rating

                                                                                                                                                               (1)               (2)                          (2)
                                                                                                      Type of cladding                     noncombustible              no limits                    no limits

                                                                                                      Permitted % of
                                                                                                                                                 0%                        7%                           11%
                                                                                                      glazed openings(3)

                                                                                                      Permitted aggregate                                            3 x 2.4 x 0.07
                                                                                                                                                  0                                          6 x 2.4 x 0.11 = 1.58 m2
                                                                                                      area of glazed openings                                          = 0.50 m2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         EG00417D


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A
                                                                                                     Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a staggered wall of a house (plan view)
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A:
                                                                                                     (1) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
                                                                                                     (2) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
                                                                                                     (3) See Table 9.10.15.4., Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2).




                                                                                                    9-544 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                              A-9.10.15.4.(2)

                                                                                                     Property Line

                                                                                                                                      limiting distance1         limiting
                                                                                                                                      = 0.5 m                    distance2
                                                                                                                                                                                  limiting
                                                                                                                                                                 = 0.58 m
                                                                                                     Exposing                                                                     distance3
                                                                                                                                                                      30°         = 1.73 m
                                                                                                     Building Face:                                                                                         limiting
                                                                                                     - Total length: 20.8 m                                                                                 distance4
                                                                                                                                           3.8 m
                                                                                                     - Height: 2.4 m                                            2.0                                         = 4.62 m
                                                                                                                                                                      m
                                                                                                     - Total area:                                                                                                                        limiting
                                                                                                       20.8 x 2.4 = 50 m2                                                        5.0                                                      distance5
                                                                                                                                                                                       m
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          = 8.66 m




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                             7.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   m


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         3.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               m
                                                                                                      45 min fire-resistance
                                                                                                      rating                              required (1)      required (1)      not required (2)            not required (2)       not required (2)

                                                                                                      Type of cladding              noncombustible (1) noncom-                   no limits(2)               no limits (2)              no limits (2)
                                                                                                                                                       bustible (1)
                                                                                                      Permitted % of
                                                                                                                                             0%                  0%                 9%                         28%                       100%
                                                                                                      glazed openings (3)(4)

                                                                                                     Permitted aggregate                     0                   0          5.0 x 2.4 x 0.09            7.0 x 2.4 x 0.28           3.0 x 2.4 x 1.0
                                                                                                     area of glazed openings                                                   = 1.08 m2                   = 4.70 m2                  = 7.2 m2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               EG00378D


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B
                                                                                                     Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed wall of a house with some arbitrary
                                                                                                     division of the wall (plan view)
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B:
                                                                                                     (1) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
                                                                                                     (2) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
                                                                                                     (3) See Table 9.10.15.4., Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2).
                                                                                                     (4) To simplify the calculations, choose the column for the lesser limiting distance nearest to the actual limiting distance. Interpolation for
                                                                                                         limiting distance is also acceptable and may result in a slightly larger permitted area of glazed openings. Interpolation can only be used for
                                                                                                         limiting distances greater than 1.2 m.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B 9-545
                                                                                                    A-9.10.15.4.(2)                                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                         Property Line
                                                                                                                                                                             limiting distance2 = 0.62 m
                                                                                                                                          limiting distance1
                                                                                                                                          = 0.54 m                               limiting distance3 = 1.2 m
                                                                                                         Exposing                                                          30°                                      limiting
                                                                                                         Building Face:                                                                                             distance4
                                                                                                         - Total length: 20.8 m                                                                                     = 6.4 m
                                                                                                         - Height: 2.4 m                                      1.0
                                                                                                                                                                    m
                                                                                                         - Total area:
                                                                                                           20.8 x 2.4 = 50 m2                 3.8 m                                     9.0                                               limiting
                                                                                                                                                                                              m
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          distance5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          = 9.3 m




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    5.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          m
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    2.0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          m

                                                                                                      45 min fire-resistance
                                                                                                                                            required (1)    required (2)           not required (2)             not required (2)      not required(2)
                                                                                                      rating

                                                                                                                                          noncom-                                                                             (2)
                                                                                                      Type of cladding                                                (2)              no limits(2)               no limits             no limits(2)
                                                                                                                                          bustible (1) noncombustible

                                                                                                      Permitted % of
                                                                                                                                               0%              0%                         7%                         57%                   100%
                                                                                                      glazed openings(3)(4)
                                                                                                      Permitted aggregate                                                         9.0 x 2.4 x 0.07            5.0 x 2.4 x 0.57       2.0 x 2.4 x 1.0
                                                                                                      area of glazed openings                   0               0
                                                                                                                                                                                     = 1.51 m2                   = 6.84 m2              = 4.8 m2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG00379D


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C
                                                                                                     Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed wall of a house with a different arbitrary
                                                                                                     division of the wall (plan view)
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C:
                                                                                                     (1) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
                                                                                                     (2) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
                                                                                                     (3) See Table 9.10.15.4., Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2).
                                                                                                     (4) To simplify the calculations, choose the column for the lesser limiting distance nearest to the actual limiting distance. Interpolation for
                                                                                                         limiting distance is also acceptable and may result in a slightly larger permitted area of glazed openings. Interpolation can only be used for
                                                                                                         limiting distances greater than 1.2 m.


                                                                                                                                                    Table A-9.10.15.4.(2)
                                                                                                      Example of Determination of Maximum Area of Glazed Openings for the Exposing Building Face (EBF) of a House with a
                                                                                                                                         Setback Wall Using Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-D

                                                                                                                                                              Permitted % of Glazed Openings
                                                                                                                                               Limiting
                                                                                                                                                                Based on Total Area of EBF
                                                                                                      Portion of   Area of Each Portion      Distance of                                                 Permitted Area of Glazed Openings for Each
                                                                                                                                                              (52.8 m2) and Limiting Distance
                                                                                                        EBF              of EBF              Each Portion                                                              Portion of EBF
                                                                                                                                                               of Each Portion of EBF Using
                                                                                                                                               of EBF
                                                                                                                                                                      Table 9.10.15.4.
                                                                                                    A1             4 m × 2.4 m = 9.6 m2       LD1 = 2 m                          10%                              9.6 m2 × 10% = 0.96 m2
                                                                                                    A2               11 m × 2.4 m =
                                                                                                                                              LD2 = 6 m                          57%                             26.4 m2 × 57% = 15.05 m2
                                                                                                                        26.4 m2
                                                                                                    A3                7 m × 2.4 m =
                                                                                                                                              LD3 = 8 m                      100%                                16.8 m2 × 100% = 16.8 m2
                                                                                                                         16.8 m2




                                                                                                    9-546 Division B                                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        A-9.10.19.3.(1)




                                                                                                                                             2.4 m




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          LD2 = 6 m                                11 m



                                                                                                                                                                 A2

                                                                                                                      2.4 m



                                                                                                                                              A1
                                                                                                                            LD1 = 2 m                                                           A3

                                                                                                                                                              LD3 = 8 m




                                                                                                                                                                       Property line
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     EG01415A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-D
                                                                                                     Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a house with a setback wall (perspective view)
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-D:
                                                                                                     (1) LD = limiting distance; A = area.


                                                                                                    A-9.10.19.3.(1) Location of Smoke Alarms. There are two important points to bear in mind when
                                                                                                    considering where to locate smoke alarms in dwelling units:
                                                                                                      • The most frequent point of origin for fires in dwelling units is the living area.
                                                                                                      • The main concern in locating smoke alarms is to provide warning to people asleep in bedrooms.
                                                                                                    A smoke alarm located in the living area and wired so as to sound another smoke alarm located near the
                                                                                                    bedrooms is the ideal solution. However, it is difficult to define exactly what is meant by “living area.” It is
                                                                                                    felt to be too stringent to require a smoke alarm in every part of a dwelling unit that could conceivably be
                                                                                                    considered a “living area” (living room, family room, study, etc.). Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1) addresses these issues
                                                                                                    by requiring at least one smoke alarm on every storey containing a sleeping room. Thus, in a dwelling unit
                                                                                                    complying with Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1), every living area will probably be located within a reasonable distance
                                                                                                    of a smoke alarm. Nevertheless, where a choice arises as to where on a storey to locate the required smoke
                                                                                                    alarm or alarms, one should be located as close as possible to a living area, provided the requirements related to
                                                                                                    proximity to bedrooms are also satisfied.
                                                                                                    A smoke alarm is not required on each level in a split-level dwelling unit as each level does not count as a
                                                                                                    separate storey. Determine the number of storeys in a split-level dwelling unit and which levels are part of
                                                                                                    which storey as follows:
                                                                                                      1. establish grade, which is the lowest of the average levels of finished ground adjoining each exterior
                                                                                                         wall of a building;
                                                                                                      2. identify the first storey, which is the uppermost storey having its floor level not more than 2 m above grade;
                                                                                                      3. identify the basement, which is the storey or storeys located below the first storey;


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                               Division B 9-547
                                                                                                    A-9.10.19.5.(2)                                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                      4. identify the second storey and, where applicable, the third storey.
                                                                                                    As a minimum, one smoke alarm is required to be installed in each storey, preferably on the upper level of each
                                                                                                    one. As noted above, however, when the dwelling unit contains more than one sleeping area, an alarm must be
                                                                                                    installed to serve each area. Where the sleeping areas are on two levels of a single storey in a split-level dwelling
                                                                                                    unit, an additional smoke alarm must be installed so that both areas are protected. See Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                           upper second
                                                                                                                                                                           storey hallway
                                                                                                                                    lower second                                       upper second storey
                                                                                                                                    storey hallway                                     (with sleeping area)
                                                                                                                    lower second storey
                                                                                                                    (with sleeping area)


                                                                                                                                                                                         upper first storey

                                                                                                                    lower first storey                                                                                ≤2m

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              grade
                                                                                                                                                                                         upper basement

                                                                                                                    lower basement                                                                                     = smoke alarm

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                EG00676D


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1)
                                                                                                     Location of smoke alarms in a two-storey split-level dwelling unit
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1):
                                                                                                     (1) One smoke alarm required for each of the basement, first storey and second storey.
                                                                                                     (2) An additional smoke alarm is required on the lower level of the second storey outside the sleeping rooms.


                                                                                                    A-9.10.19.5.(2) Interconnection of Smoke Alarms. Electrical regulations may require that separate
                                                                                                    power sources be provided for smoke alarms in the main dwelling unit and the secondary suite where the
                                                                                                    units have separate electrical services. In these situations, interconnection of smoke alarms between the units
                                                                                                    can be achieved through wireless communication.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.20.3.(1) Fire Department Access Route Modification. In addition to other considerations
                                                                                                    taken into account in the planning of fire department access routes, special variations could be permitted for a
                                                                                                    house or residential building that is protected with an automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system must
                                                                                                    be designed in accordance with the appropriate NFPA standard and there must be assurance that water supply
                                                                                                    pressure and quantity are unlikely to fail. These considerations could apply to buildings that are located on the
                                                                                                    sides of hills and are not conveniently accessible by roads designed for firefighting equipment and also to infill
                                                                                                    housing units that are located behind other buildings on a given property.

                                                                                                    A-9.10.22. Clearances from Gas, Propane and Electric Cooktops. CSA C22.1, “Canadian
                                                                                                    Electrical Code, Part I,” referenced in Article 9.34.1.1., and CSA B149.1, “Natural gas and propane installation
                                                                                                    code,” referenced in Article 9.10.22.1., address clearances directly above, in front of, behind and beside the
                                                                                                    appliance. Where side clearances are zero, the standards do not address clearances to building elements
                                                                                                    located both above the level of the cooktop elements or burners and to the side of the appliance. Through
                                                                                                    reference to the “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I” and the “Natural gas and propane installation code” and
                                                                                                    the requirements in Articles 9.10.22.2. and 9.10.22.3., the NBC addresses all clearances. Where clearances are
                                                                                                    addressed by the NBC and the “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I” or “Natural gas and propane installation
                                                                                                    code,” conformance with all relevant criteria is achieved by compliance with the most stringent criteria.


                                                                                                    9-548 Division B                                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                   A-9.11.

                                                                                                    Figure A-9.10.22. illustrates the minimum clearances addressed in Subsection 9.10.22.

                                                                                                        Installation of Microwave Ovens Over Cooktops
                                                                                                        The minimum vertical clearances stated in Article 9.10.22.2. apply only to combustible framing, finishes
                                                                                                        and cabinets. They do not apply to microwave ovens installed over cooktops nor to range hoods. The
                                                                                                        “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I” requires that microwave ovens comply with CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 150,
                                                                                                        “Microwave Ovens.” This standard includes tests to confirm that the appliance will not present a hazard
                                                                                                        when installed according to the manufacturer's instructions.


                                                                                                                                                                                   The vertical clearance between the level




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                   of the elements or burners and framing,
                                                                                                                                                                                   fnishes and cabinets directly above the
                                                                                                                                                                                   cooktop must not be less than:
                                                                                                                                                                                   • 600 mm where the framing, finishes
                                                                                                                                                                                     and cabinets are noncombustible or
                                                                                                                                                                                     are protected by a metal hood
                                                                                                                                                                                     projecting 125 mm, and
                                                                                                                                                                                   • 750 mm otherwise.




                                                                                                         Combustible framing,
                                                                                                         finishes and cabinets
                                                                                                         within 450 mm of the
                                                                                                         cooktop must be
                                                                                                         protected above the level
                                                                                                         of the elements or
                                                                                                         burners by a material                                                                            Combustible
                                                                                                         providing fire resistance                                                                        framing, finishes
                                                                                                         at least equivalent to that                                                                      and cabinets not
                                                                                                         provided by a 9.5 mm                                                                             within 450 mm of
                                                                                                         thickness of gypsum                                                                              the cooktop do
                                                                                                         board.                                                                                           not need to be
                                                                                                                                                                                                          protected.



                                                                                                                                                                                                          level of the
                                                                                                                                                                                                          elements or
                                                                                                                                                                                                          burners




                                                                                                                                          appliance opening




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     EG00380D


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.10.22.
                                                                                                          Minimum clearances from cooktops and protection of walls and cabinetry


                                                                                                    A-9.11.    Sound Transmission.

                                                                                                        Airborne Sound
                                                                                                        Airborne sound is transmitted between adjoining spaces directly through the separating wall, floor and
                                                                                                        ceiling assemblies and via the junctions between these separating assemblies and the flanking assemblies.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                           Division B 9-549
                                                                                                    A-9.11.                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                        The Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating describes the performance of the separating wall or
                                                                                                        floor/ceiling assembly, whereas the Apparent Sound Transmission Class (ASTC) takes into consideration
                                                                                                        the performance of the separating element as well as the flanking transmission paths. Therefore, from the
                                                                                                        occupants' point of view, the best indicator of noise protection between two spaces is the ASTC rating.
                                                                                                        As a key principle, it is important to follow a “whole-system” approach when designing or constructing
                                                                                                        assemblies that separate dwelling units because the overall sound performance of walls and floors is also
                                                                                                        influenced by fire protection measures and the structural design of the assemblies. Likewise, changes to
                                                                                                        the construction of assemblies to meet sound transmission requirements may have fire and structural
                                                                                                        implications. Another key principle is that enhancing the performance of the separating element does not
                                                                                                        automatically enhance the system's performance.
                                                                                                        For horizontally adjoining spaces, the separating assembly is the intervening wall and the pertinent




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        flanking surfaces include those of the floor, ceiling, and side wall assemblies that have junctions with the
                                                                                                        separating wall assembly, normally at its four edges. For each of these junctions, there is a set of sound
                                                                                                        transmission paths. Figure A-9.11.-A illustrates the horizontal sound transmission paths at the junction of
                                                                                                        a separating wall with flanking floor assemblies.



                                                                                                                         airborne sound                                   separating wall assembly
                                                                                                                         source

                                                                                                                                                                          direct path   STC
                                                                                                                                                                                              ASTC
                                                                                                                                                                          fanking paths




                                                                                                                                                                          fanking foor/ceiling assembly



                                                                                                                                                                                                 EG02095A


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.11.-A
                                                                                                          Horizontal sound transmission paths at floor/wall junction


                                                                                                        For vertically adjoining spaces, the separating assembly is the intervening floor/ceiling and the pertinent
                                                                                                        flanking surfaces include those of the side wall assemblies in the upper and lower rooms that have junctions
                                                                                                        with the separating floor/ceiling assembly at its edges, of which there are normally four. For each of
                                                                                                        these junctions, there is a set of sound transmission paths. Figure A-9.11.-B illustrates the vertical sound
                                                                                                        transmission paths at the junction of a separating floor/ceiling assembly with two flanking wall assemblies.




                                                                                                    9-550 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              A-9.11.


                                                                                                                                airborne sound
                                                                                                                                source



                                                                                                                                                                                     fanking wall
                                                                                                                                                                                     assemblies




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                separating
                                                                                                                                foor/ceiling
                                                                                                                                assembly

                                                                                                                                                 direct path         fanking paths

                                                                                                                                                     STC

                                                                                                                                                               ASTC


                                                                                                                                                                                              EG02096A


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.11.-B
                                                                                                          Vertical sound transmission paths at wall/floor junction


                                                                                                        Control of Sound Leaks
                                                                                                        The metrics used to characterize the sound transmission performance of assemblies separating dwelling
                                                                                                        units do not account for the adverse effects of air leaks in those assemblies, which can transfer sound.
                                                                                                        Sound leaks can occur where a wall meets another wall, the floor, or the ceiling. They can also occur where
                                                                                                        wall finishes are cut to allow the installation of equipment or services. The following are examples of
                                                                                                        measures for controlling sound leaks:
                                                                                                          • avoid back-to-back electrical outlets or medicine cabinets;
                                                                                                          • carefully seal cracks or openings so structures are effectively airtight;
                                                                                                          • apply sealant below the plates in stud walls, between the bottom of gypsum board and the structure
                                                                                                              behind, around all penetrations for services and, in general, wherever there is a crack, a hole or the
                                                                                                              possibility of one developing;
                                                                                                          • include sound-absorbing material inside the wall if not already required
                                                                                                        The reduction of air leakage is also addressed to some extent by the smoke tightness requirements in the
                                                                                                        Code.
                                                                                                        The NRC report entitled “Best Practice Guide on Fire Stops and Fire Blocks and their Impact on Sound
                                                                                                        Transmission,” provides additional information regarding the possible impacts of fire protection measures
                                                                                                        on sound transmission.
                                                                                                        The calculation of and laboratory testing for STC and ASTC ratings are performed on intact assemblies
                                                                                                        having no penetrations or doors. When measuring ASTC ratings in the field, openings can be blocked
                                                                                                        with insulation and drywall.
                                                                                                        To verify that the required acoustical performance is being achieved, a field test can be done at an early
                                                                                                        stage of construction. ASTM E336, “Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Attenuation
                                                                                                        between Rooms in Buildings,” gives a complete measurement. A simpler and less expensive method is


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-551
                                                                                                    A-9.11.1.1.(2)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                        presented in ASTM E597, “Practice for Determining a Single Number Rating of Airborne Sound Insulation
                                                                                                        for Use in Multi-Unit Building Specifications.” The rating derived from this test is usually within 2 points of
                                                                                                        the STC obtained from ASTM E336. It is useful for verifying performance and finding problems during
                                                                                                        construction. Alterations can then be made prior to project completion.

                                                                                                        Impact Noise
                                                                                                        Section 9.11. has no requirements for the control of impact noise transmission. However, footsteps and
                                                                                                        other impacts can cause severe annoyance in multifamily residences. Builders concerned about quality and
                                                                                                        reducing occupant complaints will ensure that floors are designed to minimize impact transmission. A
                                                                                                        recommended criterion is that bare floors (tested without a carpet) should achieve an impact insulation
                                                                                                        class (IIC) of 55. Some lightweight floors that satisfy this requirement may still elicit complaints about low




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        frequency impact noise transmission. Adding carpet to a floor will always increase the IIC rating but
                                                                                                        will not necessarily reduce low frequency noise transmission. Good footstep noise rejection requires
                                                                                                        fairly heavy floor slabs or floating floors. Impact noise requirements are being considered for inclusion
                                                                                                        in future editions of the NBC.
                                                                                                        The most frequently used test methods for impact noise are ASTM E492, “Standard Test Method for
                                                                                                        Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using the
                                                                                                        Tapping Machine,” and ASTM E1007, “Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Tapping Machine
                                                                                                        Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies and Associated Support Structures.”

                                                                                                        Machinery Noise
                                                                                                        Elevators, garbage chutes, plumbing, fans, and heat pumps are common sources of noise in buildings. To
                                                                                                        reduce annoyance from these, they should be placed as far as possible from sensitive areas. Vibrating parts
                                                                                                        should be isolated from the building structure using resilient materials such as neoprene or rubber.

                                                                                                    A-9.11.1.1.(2) Sound Transmission in Houses with a Secondary Suite. Controlling sound
                                                                                                    transmission between dwelling units is important to the occupants' health and well-being. Although this may
                                                                                                    be difficult to achieve in an existing building, it is nevertheless necessary that a minimum level of sound
                                                                                                    transmission protection be provided between the dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite. A somewhat
                                                                                                    reduced level of performance is acceptable in the case of secondary suites because the occupants of the house
                                                                                                    containing a secondary suite are only affected by the sound of one other unit and, in many cases, it is the owner
                                                                                                    of the house who will decide on the desired level of protection.

                                                                                                    A-9.11.1.3.(2)(b) Control of Airborne Noise in Buildings. Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B present
                                                                                                    separating assemblies that comply with Section 9.11. However, selecting an appropriate separating assembly
                                                                                                    is only one part of the solution for reducing airborne sound transmission between adjoining spaces: to fully
                                                                                                    address the sound performance of the whole system, flanking assemblies must be connected to the separating
                                                                                                    assembly in accordance with Article 9.11.1.4.

                                                                                                    A-9.11.1.4. Adjoining Constructions. Tables A-9.11.1.4.-A to A-9.11.1.4.-D present generic options for
                                                                                                    the design and construction of junctions between separating and flanking assemblies. Constructing according
                                                                                                    to these options is likely to meet or exceed an ASTC rating of 47. Other designs may be equally acceptable if
                                                                                                    their sound resistance can be demonstrated to meet the minimum ASTC rating or better on the basis of tests
                                                                                                    referred to in Article 9.11.1.2., or if they comply with Subsection 5.8.1. However, some caution should be
                                                                                                    applied when designing solutions that go beyond the options provided in these Tables: for example, adding
                                                                                                    more material to a wall could negatively impact its sound performance or have no effect at all.
                                                                                                    Table A-9.11.1.4.-A presents compliance options for the construction of separating wall assemblies with
                                                                                                    flanking floor, ceiling and wall assemblies in horizontally adjoining spaces.




                                                                                                    9-552 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                A-9.11.1.4.

                                                                                                                                                       Table A-9.11.1.4.-A
                                                                                                       Options for the Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces Between Separating Wall Assemblies in
                                                                                                                             Horizontally Adjoining Spaces for Compliance with Clause 9.11.1.1.(1)(b)

                                                                                                                                               Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces (1) to Address
                                                                                                        Type of Separating Wall                                       Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths
                                                                                                      Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from
                                                                                                           Table 9.10.3.1.-A           Bottom Junction (between             Top Junction (between separating       Side Junctions (between separating
                                                                                                                                    separating wall and flanking floors)        wall and flanking ceiling)               wall and flanking walls)
                                                                                                                                        • for additional material layer         • ceiling is framed with wood          • gypsum board on flanking
                                                                                                                                          and finished flooring, see              joists, wood I-joists, or wood         walls ends or is cut at
                                                                                                                                          Table 9.11.1.4.                         trusses, with or without               separating wall and
                                                                                                                                        • subfloor on both sides                  absorptive material (2) in             is fastened directly to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          of wall is plywood, OSB,                cavities                               framing or on resilient metal
                                                                                                                                          waferboard (15.5 mm thick)            • ceiling joists or trusses              channels (3)
                                                                                                                                          or tongue and groove                    are oriented perpendicular           • flanking wall is framed with
                                                                                                                                          lumber (≥ 17 mm thick)                  to separating wall but are             single row of wood studs,
                                                                                                                                        • floor is framed with wood               not continuous across                  staggered studs on a single
                                                                                                                                          joists, wood I-joists or wood           junction (loadbearing case)            38 mm × 140 mm plate, or
                                                                                                    W4, W5, W6 (single stud)
                                                                                                                                          trusses spaced ≥ 400                    or parallel to junction                2 rows of 38 mm × 89 mm
                                                                                                    W8, W9, W10, W11, W12
                                                                                                                                          mm o.c., with or without                (non-loadbearing case)                 wood studs on separate
                                                                                                    (staggered studs)
                                                                                                                                          absorptive material (2) in            • gypsum board ceiling is                38 mm × 89 mm plates,
                                                                                                                                          cavities                                fastened directly to bottom            with or without absorptive
                                                                                                                                        • floor joists or trusses                 of ceiling framing or on               material (2) in cavities
                                                                                                                                          are oriented parallel                   resilient metal channels (3)         • flanking wall framing is
                                                                                                                                          to separating wall                                                             structurally connected
                                                                                                                                          (non-loadbearing case)                                                         to separating wall and
                                                                                                                                          or perpendicular to                                                            terminates where it
                                                                                                                                          separating wall but are                                                        butts against framing
                                                                                                                                          not continuous across                                                          of separating wall or is
                                                                                                                                          junction (loadbearing case)                                                    continuous across junction
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Example Showing Plan View
                                                                                                                                           Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         of Side Junctions
                                                                                                                                                                                 ceiling




                                                                                                                                                                           W5 separating wall                            W5 separating wall

                                                                                                                                                                           additional material layer
                                                                                                                                                                           over subfloor plus
                                                                                                                                                                           finished flooring with
                                                                                                                                                                           mass per area > 8 kg/m²




                                                                                                                                                                                                                              flanking wall
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         EG02084A




                                                                                                                                                                                                EG01399A




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                 Division B 9-553
                                                                                                    A-9.11.1.4.                                                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table A-9.11.1.4.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                               Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces (1) to Address
                                                                                                        Type of Separating Wall                                       Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths
                                                                                                      Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from
                                                                                                           Table 9.10.3.1.-A           Bottom Junction (between            Top Junction (between separating      Side Junctions (between separating
                                                                                                                                    separating wall and flanking floors)       wall and flanking ceiling)              wall and flanking walls)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Example Showing Plan View
                                                                                                                                           Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       of Side Junctions

                                                                                                                                                                                    ceiling




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      W12 separating wall
                                                                                                                                                                           W12 separating wall
                                                                                                                                                                           additional material
                                                                                                                                                                           layer over subfloor
                                                                                                                                                                           plus finished flooring
                                                                                                                                                                           with mass per area
                                                                                                                                                                           > 8 kg/m2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           flanking wall
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           EG02086A




                                                                                                                                                                                               EG02087A

                                                                                                                                        • for additional material layer        • wood joists, wood I-joists or       • flanking wall framing is
                                                                                                                                          and finished flooring, see             wood trusses are oriented             fastened to adjacent leaf of
                                                                                                                                          Table 9.11.1.4.                        perpendicular or parallel             separating wall
                                                                                                                                        • subfloor on both sides                 to separating wall, with            • flanking wall is framed with
                                                                                                                                          of wall is plywood, OSB,               or without absorptive                 single row of wood studs,
                                                                                                                                          waferboard (15.5 mm thick)             material (2) in cavities              staggered studs on a single
                                                                                                                                          or tongue and groove                 • joist framing at junction is          38 mm × 140 mm plate, or
                                                                                                                                          lumber (≥ 17 mm thick)                 supported on near leaf of             2 rows of 38 mm × 89 mm
                                                                                                                                        • floor is framed with wood              separating wall                       wood studs on separate
                                                                                                                                          joists, wood I-joists or wood        • gypsum board ceiling                  38 mm × 89 mm plates,
                                                                                                                                          trusses spaced ≥ 400                   panels end at wall framing            with or without absorptive
                                                                                                                                          mm o.c., with or without               and are fastened directly to          material (2) in cavities
                                                                                                    W13, W14, W15                         absorptive material (2) in             bottom of ceiling framing           • gypsum board panels on
                                                                                                                                          cavities                               or on resilient metal                 flanking walls ends or is
                                                                                                                                        • floor joists or trusses                channels (3)                          cut at framing of separating
                                                                                                                                          are oriented parallel                                                        wall and is fastened on
                                                                                                                                          to separating wall                                                           resilient metal channels (3)
                                                                                                                                          (non-loadbearing case)                                                       or directly to framing of
                                                                                                                                          or perpendicular to                                                          flanking wall if that framing
                                                                                                                                          separating wall but are                                                      and any sheathing are
                                                                                                                                          not continuous across                                                        not continuous across the
                                                                                                                                          junction (loadbearing case)                                                  junction
                                                                                                                                        • near leaf of separating
                                                                                                                                          wall is supported on
                                                                                                                                          “designated” joist




                                                                                                    9-554 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           A-9.11.1.4.

                                                                                                                                                      Table A-9.11.1.4.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                               Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces (1) to Address
                                                                                                        Type of Separating Wall                                       Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths
                                                                                                      Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from
                                                                                                           Table 9.10.3.1.-A           Bottom Junction (between            Top Junction (between separating   Side Junctions (between separating
                                                                                                                                    separating wall and flanking floors)       wall and flanking ceiling)           wall and flanking walls)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Example Showing Plan View
                                                                                                                                           Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    of Side Junctions




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                            ceiling


                                                                                                                                                                                                                    W13 separating wall

                                                                                                                                                                               W13 separating
                                                                                                                                                                               wall

                                                                                                                                                                            additional material
                                                                                                                                                                            layer over subfloor
                                                                                                                                                                            plus finished flooring
                                                                                                                                                                            with mass per area
                                                                                                                                                                            > 8 kg/m2



                                                                                                                                                                                                                    flanking wall
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG01365A




                                                                                                                                                                                             EG01366A




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-555
                                                                                                    A-9.11.1.4.                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                                                      Table A-9.11.1.4.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                               Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces (1) to Address
                                                                                                        Type of Separating Wall                                       Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths
                                                                                                      Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from
                                                                                                           Table 9.10.3.1.-A           Bottom Junction (between            Top Junction (between separating   Side Junctions (between separating
                                                                                                                                    separating wall and flanking floors)       wall and flanking ceiling)           wall and flanking walls)
                                                                                                                                        • F1 concrete floor assembly          • F1 concrete floor assembly        • flanking wall framing is
                                                                                                                                          from Table 9.10.3.1.-B                from Table 9.10.3.1.-B              structurally connected
                                                                                                                                          with mass per area not                with mass per area not              to separating wall and
                                                                                                                                          less than 300 kg/m2 (e.g.             less than 300 kg/m2 (e.g.           terminates where it
                                                                                                                                          normal-weight concrete                normal-weight concrete              butts against framing
                                                                                                                                          with average thickness of             with average thickness of           of separating wall or is




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          130 mm)                               130 mm)                             continuous across junction
                                                                                                                                        • with or without an additional       • with or without gypsum            • gypsum board on flanking
                                                                                                                                          material layer or finished            board ceiling suspended             walls ends or is cut at
                                                                                                                                          flooring                              below concrete floor                separating wall and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    is fastened directly to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    framing or on resilient metal
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    channels (3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • flanking wall consists of
                                                                                                    S1 to S15                                                                                                       steel framing (loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    or non-loadbearing steel
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    studs) or concrete blocks
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    with mass per area not
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    less than 200 kg/m2 (e.g.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    normal-weight hollow core
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    concrete block units (4) with
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    a gypsum board lining
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    supported on framing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    providing a cavity not less
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    than 50 mm deep)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • with or without absorptive
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    material (2) in cavities behind
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    gypsum board of flanking
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    walls
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Example Showing Plan View
                                                                                                                                           Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    of Side Junctions
                                                                                                                                                                                concrete floor



                                                                                                                                                                                                                  S14 separating wall

                                                                                                                                                                             S14 separating wall




                                                                                                                                                                                concrete floor


                                                                                                                                                                                                                       flanking wall
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         EG01369A




                                                                                                                                                                                            EG01368A




                                                                                                    9-556 Division B                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      A-9.11.1.4.

                                                                                                                                                              Table A-9.11.1.4.-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                       Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces (1) to Address
                                                                                                            Type of Separating Wall                                           Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths
                                                                                                          Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from
                                                                                                               Table 9.10.3.1.-A               Bottom Junction (between            Top Junction (between separating     Side Junctions (between separating
                                                                                                                                            separating wall and flanking floors)       wall and flanking ceiling)             wall and flanking walls)
                                                                                                                                                 • same options as stated              • same options as stated              • same options as stated
                                                                                                                                                   above for walls S1 to S15             above for walls S1 to S15             above for walls S1 to S15
                                                                                                                                                                                       • junction at top of
                                                                                                     B1 to B10                                                                           concrete block assembly
                                                                                                                                                                                         is loadbearing or
                                                                                                                                                                                         non-loadbearing resilient




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                         joint
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Examples Showing Plan View
                                                                                                                                                   Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              of Side Junctions
                                                                                                                                                                                           concrete floor                      B3 separating wall




                                                                                                                                                                                       B3 separating wall




                                                                                                                                                                                           concrete floor



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  flanking wall
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    EG01371A




                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG01370A




                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   See also Table A-9.11.1.4.-B.
                                                                                                    (2)   Sound absorptive material is porous (closed-cell foam was not tested) and includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre with a
                                                                                                          maximum density of 32 kg/m3. See Table Notes (5) and (8) of Table 9.10.3.1.-A and Table Note (5) of Table 9.10.3.1.-B for additional information.
                                                                                                    (3)   Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the single “leg” between
                                                                                                          the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, “Standard Specification for Installation of Steel
                                                                                                          Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products,” describes the installation of resilient metal channels.
                                                                                                    (4)   Normal-weight concrete block units conforming to CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units,” have aggregate with a density not less than
                                                                                                          2 000 kg/m3; 190 mm hollow core units are 53% solid, providing a wall mass per area over 200 kg/m2; 140 mm hollow core units are 75%
                                                                                                          solid, providing a wall mass per area over 200 kg/m2.


                                                                                                    Table A-9.11.1.4.-B presents options for improving the sound performance of separating wall systems beyond
                                                                                                    that achieved by implementing the options presented in Table A-9.11.1.4.-A. The suggested performance
                                                                                                    improvement options are listed in order of approximate acoustic priority and are interdependent, i.e., if options
                                                                                                    at the top of the list are not implemented, then options at the bottom of the list will have much lesser effect.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                       Division B 9-557
                                                                                                    A-9.11.1.4.                                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                                                                         Table A-9.11.1.4.-B
                                                                                                    Options for the Construction of a Separating Wall System to Further Improve the Sound Insulation Performance Achieved with
                                                                                                                                                  the Options in Table A-9.11.1.4.-A

                                                                                                      Type of Separating Wall
                                                                                                      Assembly with STC ≥ 50          Performance Improvement Options for Junctions Between Separating Walls and Flanking Floor/Ceiling Assemblies
                                                                                                       from Table 9.10.3.1.-A
                                                                                                                                        • Increase mass per area of additional material layer and finished flooring over subfloor (e.g. concrete or gypsum
                                                                                                                                          concrete topping)
                                                                                                                                        • Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating
                                                                                                     W4, W5, W6, W8, W9,                • Orient floor and ceiling joists parallel to separating wall (non-loadbearing case)
                                                                                                     W10, W11, W12                      • Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer and finished




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                          flooring
                                                                                                                                        • Support gypsum board panels of ceiling on resilient metal channels (1)
                                                                                                                                        • Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels (1)
                                                                                                                                        • If seismic or other structural requirements permit, choose a fire block detail at floor/wall junction in accordance
                                                                                                                                          with Subsection 9.10.16. that does not provide a rigid connection between the two rows of framing of the
                                                                                                                                          separating wall (e.g. subfloor not continuous across junction and semi-rigid fibre insulation board filling the
                                                                                                                                          gap in accordance with Article 9.10.16.3.). In this case, an additional material layer would not be necessary.
                                                                                                                                          Also, choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating (e.g. more absorptive material (2) in cavities
                                                                                                                                          and/or more gypsum board).
                                                                                                                                        • If having a rigid structural connection at the floor/wall junction (such as subfloor continuous across the junction)
                                                                                                                                          is required for seismic or other structural reasons, obtain a higher ASTC rating as follows:
                                                                                                     W13, W14, W15
                                                                                                                                                • Increase combined mass per area of additional material layer over subfloor and finished flooring (e.g.
                                                                                                                                                  concrete or gypsum concrete topping)
                                                                                                                                                • Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating (e.g. more absorptive material (2) and/or more
                                                                                                                                                  gypsum board)
                                                                                                                                                • Support gypsum board panels of ceiling on resilient metal channels (1)
                                                                                                                                                • Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels (1)
                                                                                                                                                • Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer and
                                                                                                                                                  finished flooring
                                                                                                                                        • Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating
                                                                                                                                        • Increase thickness of concrete floor slab and/or add material layer and finished flooring over subfloor
                                                                                                                                        • Add gypsum board ceiling on framing supported under the floor above, with cavity not less than 100 mm deep
                                                                                                     S1 to S15
                                                                                                                                        • Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer and finished
                                                                                                                                          flooring
                                                                                                                                        • Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels (1) if steel studs are loadbearing type
                                                                                                                                        • Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating
                                                                                                                                        • Add gypsum board ceiling supported below concrete floor with cavity not less than 100 mm deep and sound
                                                                                                                                          absorptive material (2) in cavity
                                                                                                                                        • Increase thickness of concrete floor slab and/or add material layer and finished flooring over subfloor
                                                                                                     B1 to B10
                                                                                                                                        • Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer and finished
                                                                                                                                          flooring and increase mass per area of additional material layer and finished flooring (e.g. floating concrete
                                                                                                                                          or gypsum concrete topping)
                                                                                                                                        • Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels (1) if steel studs are loadbearing type

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the single “leg” between
                                                                                                          the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, “Standard Specification for Installation of Steel
                                                                                                          Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products,” describes the installation of resilient metal channels.
                                                                                                    (2)   Sound absorptive material is porous (closed-cell foam was not tested) and includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre with a
                                                                                                          maximum density of 32 kg/m3. See Table Notes (5) and (8) of Table 9.10.3.1.-A and Table Note (5) of Table 9.10.3.1.-B for additional information.


                                                                                                    Table A-9.11.1.4.-C presents compliance options for the construction of separating floor/ceiling assemblies with
                                                                                                    flanking wall assemblies in vertically adjoining spaces.




                                                                                                    9-558 Division B                                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                            A-9.11.1.4.

                                                                                                                                                        Table A-9.11.1.4.-C
                                                                                                    Options for the Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces Between Separating Floor/Ceiling Assemblies in
                                                                                                                               Vertically Adjoining Spaces for Compliance with Clause 9.11.1.1.(1)(b)

                                                                                                      Type of Separating Floor/Ceiling Assembly          Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces (1) to
                                                                                                        with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-B                             Address Vertical Sound Transmission Paths
                                                                                                                                                  Junctions with Flanking Steel-Framed Walls        Junctions with Flanking Concrete Walls
                                                                                                                                                                                                     • floor ends at flanking wall assembly
                                                                                                                                                    • floor ends at flanking wall assembly             (T-junction) or extends beyond it
                                                                                                                                                      (T-junction) or extends beyond it                (cross-junction)
                                                                                                                                                      (cross-junction)                               • one wythe of concrete blocks with mass
                                                                                                                                                    • steel framing of flanking walls is               per area not less than 200 kg/m2 (e.g.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                      loadbearing or non-loadbearing, with             normal-weight hollow core concrete
                                                                                                                                                      a single row of steel studs, staggered           block units (4))
                                                                                                                                                      studs, or 2 rows of studs, with studs          • loadbearing (solid) or non-loadbearing
                                                                                                                                                      spaced not less than 400 mm o.c.,                (resilient) junction between top of
                                                                                                    F1 (with or without gypsum board ceiling)         with or without absorptive material (2) in       flanking concrete block wall and floor
                                                                                                                                                      cavities                                         structure
                                                                                                                                                    • flanking wall structure is fastened to         • gypsum board lining is supported on
                                                                                                                                                      separating concrete floor but is not             wood or steel framing providing a cavity
                                                                                                                                                      continuous across junction                       not less than 50 mm deep, with or
                                                                                                                                                    • gypsum board on flanking walls is                without absorptive material (2) in cavities
                                                                                                                                                      not continuous across junction and is          • gypsum board on flanking walls is
                                                                                                                                                      fastened directly to wall framing or on          not continuous across junction and is
                                                                                                                                                      resilient metal channels (3)                     fastened directly to wall framing or on
                                                                                                                                                                                                       resilient metal channels (3)
                                                                                                                                                                           Examples Showing Side View of Junctions


                                                                                                                                                                         S14 wall                                 B3 wall


                                                                                                                                                           F1 separating floor                        F1 separating floor




                                                                                                                                                                                        EG01372A                                   EG01373A

                                                                                                                                                                Junctions with Flanking Loadbearing or Non-Loadbearing Walls
                                                                                                                                                    • wood studs of flanking wall are 38 mm × 89 mm or 38 mm × 140 mm and spaced 400
                                                                                                                                                      mm or 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                    F8 to F38                                       • flanking wall framing consists of single row of wood studs, staggered studs on a single
                                                                                                                                                      38 mm × 140 mm plate, or 2 rows of 38 mm × 89 mm wood studs on separate 38 mm × 89
                                                                                                                                                      mm plates, with or without absorptive material (2) in wall cavities
                                                                                                                                                    • gypsum board on flanking walls ends or is cut near floor framing and is fastened directly
                                                                                                                                                      to wall framing or supported on resilient metal channels (3)




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                             Division B 9-559
                                                                                                    A-9.11.1.4.                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                                                              Table A-9.11.1.4.-C (Continued)

                                                                                                          Type of Separating Floor/Ceiling Assembly               Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces (1) to
                                                                                                            with STC ≥ 50 from Table 9.10.3.1.-B                                  Address Vertical Sound Transmission Paths
                                                                                                                                                            Example Showing Side View of Junctions           Example Showing Side View of Junctions in
                                                                                                                                                                in Flanking Loadbearing Wall                     Flanking Non-Loadbearing Wall




                                                                                                                                                                 F8d separating floor




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 F8d separating floor




                                                                                                                                                                                              EG01374A
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                EG01375A




                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   See also Table A-9.11.1.4.-D.
                                                                                                    (2)   Sound absorptive material is porous (closed-cell foam was not tested) and includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre with a
                                                                                                          maximum density of 32 kg/m3. See Table Notes (5) and (8) of Table 9.10.3.1.-A and Table Note (5) of Table 9.10.3.1.-B for additional information.
                                                                                                    (3)   Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the single “leg” between
                                                                                                          the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, “Standard Specification for Installation of Steel
                                                                                                          Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products,” describes the installation of resilient metal channels.
                                                                                                    (4)   Normal-weight concrete block units conforming to CSA A165.1, “Concrete block masonry units,” have aggregate with a density not less than
                                                                                                          2 000 kg/m3; 190 mm hollow core units are 53% solid, providing a wall mass per area over 200 kg/m2; 140 mm hollow core units are 75%
                                                                                                          solid, providing a wall mass per area over 200 kg/m2.


                                                                                                    Table A-9.11.1.4.-D presents options for improving the sound performance of separating floor/ceiling
                                                                                                    assemblies beyond that achieved by implementing the options presented in Table A-9.11.1.4.-C. The suggested
                                                                                                    performance improvement options are listed in order of approximate acoustic priority and are interdependent,
                                                                                                    i.e., if options at the top of the list are not implemented, then options at the bottom of the list will have much
                                                                                                    lesser effect.




                                                                                                    9-560 Division B                                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                          A-Table 9.11.1.4.

                                                                                                                                                             Table A-9.11.1.4.-D
                                                                                                          Options for the Construction of a Separating Floor System to Further Improve the Sound Insulation Performance Achieved
                                                                                                                                                    with the Options in Table A-9.11.1.4.-C

                                                                                                       Type of Sep-
                                                                                                       arating Floor
                                                                                                      Assembly with                  Performance Improvement Options for Junctions Between Separating Floors and Flanking Wall Assemblies
                                                                                                      STC ≥ 50 from
                                                                                                     Table 9.10.3.1.-B
                                                                                                                               • Add heavier additional material layer over subfloor and/or resilient layer under additional material layer or between
                                                                                                     F1 (with or                 additional material layer and finished flooring
                                                                                                     without gypsum            • Add gypsum board ceiling supported at least 100 mm below concrete floor with minimal structural connection (e.g. ceiling




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     board ceiling)              framing supported resiliently) and sound absorptive material (1) in cavity
                                                                                                                               • Support gypsum board of flanking walls of lower room on resilient metal channels (2) (if framed with loadbearing studs)
                                                                                                                               • Add heavier additional material layer over subfloor and/or resilient layer under additional material layer or between
                                                                                                                                 additional material layer and finished flooring
                                                                                                     F8 to F38                 • Add more/heavier gypsum board to ceiling and increase spacing of resilient metal channels (2) to 600 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                               • Support gypsum board of flanking loadbearing walls of lower room on resilient metal channels (2)
                                                                                                                               • Support gypsum board on flanking non-loadbearing walls of lower room on resilient metal channels (2)

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-D:
                                                                                                    (1)    Sound absorptive material is porous (closed-cell foam was not tested) and includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre with a
                                                                                                           maximum density of 32 kg/m3. See Table Notes (5) and (8) of Table 9.10.3.1.-A and Table Note (5) of Table 9.10.3.1.-B for additional information.
                                                                                                    (2)    Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the single “leg” between
                                                                                                           the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, “Standard Specification for Installation of Steel
                                                                                                           Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products,” describes the installation of resilient metal channels.


                                                                                                    A-Table 9.11.1.4. Floor Treatments. The sound insulation performance of lightweight framed floors
                                                                                                    can be improved by adding floor treatments, i.e., additional layers of material over the subfloor (e.g. concrete
                                                                                                    topping, OSB or plywood) and finished flooring or coverings (e.g., carpet, engineered wood). Table A-Table
                                                                                                    9.11.1.4. presents the mass per area values based on thickness and density of a number of generic floor
                                                                                                    treatment materials (the values for proprietary products may be different; consult the manufacturer's current
                                                                                                    data sheets for their products' values).


                                                                                                                                                                 Table A-Table 9.11.1.4.
                                                                                                                                                        Mass per Area of Floor Treatment Materials

                                                                                                                        Floor Treatment Material                          Thickness, mm                  Density, kg/m³             Mass per Area, kg/m2
                                                                                                                                               Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Less Than 8 kg/m²
                                                                                                     Medium-density fibreboard (MDF)                                          2.9–6.1                       790–810                        2.3–5.0
                                                                                                                                                                            12.5–13.3                                                      5.6–6.6
                                                                                                     Plywood – generic softwood                                                                             450–500
                                                                                                                                                                            15.5–16.3                                                      7.0–8.1
                                                                                                     Ceramic tile                                                               8.4                        700–1 000                       5.9–8.4

                                                                                                                                 Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Greater Than 8 kg/m² but Less Than 16 kg/m²
                                                                                                     Particleboard                                                          11.3–19.2                       710–755                        8.1–14.5
                                                                                                     Medium-density fibreboard (MDF)                                        13.9–21.1                       640–755                        8.9–15.9
                                                                                                                                                                            14.3–15.8                                                      8.6–10.7
                                                                                                     Oriented strandboard (OSB)                                                                             600–680
                                                                                                                                                                            17.3–18.8                                                     10.4–12.8
                                                                                                     Plywood – generic softwood                                                25.5                         450–500                       11.5–13.1
                                                                                                                                Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Greater Than 16 kg/m² but Less Than 32 kg/m²
                                                                                                     Medium-density fibreboard (MDF)                                        25.0–32.1                       640–740                       16.0–23.7
                                                                                                                                             Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Greater Than 32 kg/m²
                                                                                                     Concrete                                                               40.0–50.0                     2 015–2 380                    80.6–119.0
                                                                                                     Gypsum concrete                                                           25.0                       1 840–1 870                     46.1–46.7


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                        Division B 9-561
                                                                                                    A-Table 9.12.2.2.                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                    A-Table 9.12.2.2. Minimum Depths of Foundations. The requirements for clay soils or soils not
                                                                                                    clearly defined are intended to apply to those soils that are subject to significant volume changes with changes
                                                                                                    in moisture content.

                                                                                                    A-9.12.2.2.(2)     Depth and Insulation of Foundations.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                 heat flow
                                                                                                                                                                                                     heat flow




                                                                                                                                       Insulated in a manner that will allow heat flow to the
                                                                                                                                                     soil beneath the footings




                                                                                                                                                   heat flow
                                                                                                                                                                                                       heat flow




                                                                                                                                        Insulated in a manner that will reduce heat flow to
                                                                                                                                                   the soil beneath the footings
                                                                                                                                                                                                           EG00381D


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.12.2.2.(2)
                                                                                                     Foundation insulation and heat flow to the soil beneath the footings




                                                                                                    9-562 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            A-9.13.4.

                                                                                                    A-9.12.3.3.(1) Deleterious Material in Backfill. The deleterious debris referred to in this provision
                                                                                                    includes, but is not limited to:
                                                                                                       • organic material and other material subject to decomposition and compaction, which could have an
                                                                                                         adverse effect on grading around the building,
                                                                                                       • materials that will off-gas and have the potential to pose a health hazard, and
                                                                                                       • materials that are incompatible with materials used in the foundations, footings, drainage materials or
                                                                                                         components, or other elements of the building whose required performance would be adversely affected.

                                                                                                    A-9.13.2.5. Protection of Interior Finishes against Moisture. Excess water from cast-in-place
                                                                                                    concrete and ground moisture tends to migrate toward interior spaces, particularly in the spring and summer.
                                                                                                    Where moisture-susceptible materials, such as finishes or wood members, are in contact with the foundation




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    wall, the moisture needs to be controlled by installing a moisture barrier on the interior surface of the
                                                                                                    foundation wall that extends from the underside of the interior finish up the face of the wall to a point just
                                                                                                    above the level of the ground outside.
                                                                                                    The reason the moisture barrier on the interior surface of the foundation wall must be stopped near ground
                                                                                                    level is to allow any moisture that finds its way into the finished wall cavity from the interior space (through
                                                                                                    leaks in the air or vapour barrier) to diffuse to the exterior. If the vapour permeance of dampproofing
                                                                                                    membranes or coatings exceeds 170 ng/(Pa×s×m2), such moisture barriers may be carried full height; if
                                                                                                    their vapour permeance is less than that, this moisture risks being trapped on the interior surface of the
                                                                                                    moisture barriers. The permeance limit corresponds to the lower limit for breather-type membranes, such as
                                                                                                    asphalt-impregnated sheathing paper.
                                                                                                    Some insulation products can also be used to protect interior finishes from the effects of moisture. They have
                                                                                                    shown acceptable performance when applied over the entire foundation wall because, in this case, they also
                                                                                                    provide vapour barrier and moisture barrier functions and possibly also the air barrier function. Where a single
                                                                                                    product provides all these functions, there is no risk of trapping moisture between two functional barriers with
                                                                                                    low water vapour permeance.

                                                                                                    A-9.13.4. Soil Gas Control. Outdoor air entering a dwelling through above-grade leaks in the building
                                                                                                    envelope normally improves the indoor air quality in the dwelling by reducing the concentrations of pollutants
                                                                                                    and water vapour. It is only undesirable because it cannot be controlled. On the other hand, air entering a
                                                                                                    dwelling through below-grade leaks in the envelope may increase the water vapour content of the indoor air
                                                                                                    and may also bring in a number of pollutants picked up from the soil. This mixture of air, water vapour and
                                                                                                    pollutants is sometimes referred to as “soil gas.” One pollutant often found in soil gas is radon.
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.13.4.2.(1), which requires the installation of an air barrier system, addresses the protection from all
                                                                                                    soil gases, while the remainder of Article 9.13.4.2. along with Article 9.13.4.3., which require the provision of
                                                                                                    the means to depressurize the space between the air barrier and the ground, specifically address the capability
                                                                                                    to mitigate high radon concentrations in the future, should this become necessary.
                                                                                                    Radon is a colourless, odourless, radioactive gas that occurs naturally as a result of the decay of radium. It is
                                                                                                    found to varying degrees as a component of soil gas in all regions of Canada and is known to enter dwelling
                                                                                                    units by infiltration into basements and crawl spaces. The presence of radon in sufficient quantity can lead to an
                                                                                                    increased risk of lung cancer.
                                                                                                    The potential for high levels of radon infiltration is very difficult to evaluate prior to construction and thus a
                                                                                                    radon problem may only become apparent once the building is completed and occupied. Therefore various
                                                                                                    sections of Part 9 require the application of certain radon exclusion measures in all dwellings. These measures
                                                                                                    are
                                                                                                       • low in cost,
                                                                                                       • difficult to retrofit, and
                                                                                                       • desirable for other benefits they provide.
                                                                                                    The principal method of resisting the ingress of all soil gases, a resistance which is required for all buildings
                                                                                                    (see Sentence 9.13.4.2.(1)), is to seal the interface between the soil and the occupied space, so far as is reasonably
                                                                                                    practicable. Sections 9.18. and 9.25. contain requirements for air and soil gas barriers in assemblies in contact
                                                                                                    with ground, including those in crawl spaces. Providing control joints to reduce cracking of foundation walls
                                                                                                    and airtight covers for sump pits (see Section 9.14.) are other measures that can help achieve this objective. The
                                                                                                    requirements provided in Subsection 9.25.3. are explained in Notes A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6. and A-9.25.3.6.(2)
                                                                                                    and (3).




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-563
                                                                                                    A-9.13.4.2.(3)                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                    The principal method of excluding radon is to ensure that the pressure difference across the ground/space
                                                                                                    interface is positive (i.e., towards the outside) so that the inward flow of radon through any remaining leaks
                                                                                                    will be minimized. The requirements provided in Article 9.13.4.3. are explained in Note A-9.13.4.3.

                                                                                                    A-9.13.4.2.(3) Exception for Buildings Occupied for a Few Hours a Day. The criterion used by
                                                                                                    Health Canada to establish the guideline for acceptable radon concentration is the time that occupants spend
                                                                                                    inside buildings. Health Canada recommends installing a means for the future removal of radon in buildings
                                                                                                    that are occupied by persons for more than 4 hours per day. Sentence 9.13.4.2.(3) may therefore not apply to
                                                                                                    buildings or portions of buildings that are intended to be occupied for less than 4 hours a day. Addressing a
                                                                                                    radon problem in such buildings in the future, should that become necessary, can also be achieved by providing
                                                                                                    a means for increased ventilation at times when these buildings are occupied.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.13.4.3.

                                                                                                        Providing Performance Criteria for the Depressurization of the Space Between the Air Barrier and
                                                                                                        the Ground
                                                                                                        Article 9.13.4.3. contains two sets of requirements: Sentence (2) describes the criteria for subfloor
                                                                                                        depressurization systems using performance-oriented language, while Sentence (3) describes one particular
                                                                                                        acceptable solution using more prescriptive language.
                                                                                                        In some cases, subfloor depressurization requires a solution other than the one described in Sentence (3),
                                                                                                        for example, where compactable fill is installed under slab-on-grade construction.

                                                                                                        Completion of a Subfloor Depressurization System
                                                                                                        The completion of a subfloor depressurization system may be necessary to reduce the radon concentration
                                                                                                        to a level below the guideline specified by Health Canada.
                                                                                                        Further information on protection from radon ingress can be found in the following Health Canada
                                                                                                        publications:
                                                                                                          • “Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners” (CMHC/HC), and
                                                                                                          • “Guide for Radon Measurements in Residential Dwellings (Homes).”

                                                                                                    A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b) and (3)(b)(i) Effective Depressurization. To allow effective depressurization of
                                                                                                    the space between the air barrier and the ground, the extraction opening (the pipe) should not be blocked and
                                                                                                    should be arranged such that air can be extracted from the entire space between the air barrier and the ground.
                                                                                                    This will ensure that the extraction system can maintain negative pressure underneath the entire floor (or in
                                                                                                    heated crawl spaces underneath the air barrier). The arrangement and location of the extraction system inlet(s)
                                                                                                    may have design implications where the footing layout separates part of the space underneath the floor.




                                                                                                    9-564 Division B                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                             A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a)

                                                                                                             centre of floor slab


                                                                                                                            radon       permanently sealed cap
                                                                                                                                        radon labeled on pipe




                                                                                                                                         granular material




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                   100 mm                end of pipe open to
                                                                                                                   minimum               gas permeable layer


                                                                                                            centre of floor slab    permanently sealed cap       radon
                                                                                                                                    radon labeled on pipe

                                                                                                                                                                                            membrane sealed to
                                                                                                                                                                                            foundation wall with
                                                                                                                                                                                            flexible sealant



                                                                                                             air and soil gas                                exhaust pipe
                                                                                                             barrier
                                                                                                                   100 mm              end of pipe open to
                                                                                                                  minimum              gas permeable layer

                                                                                                             centre of floor slab


                                                                                                                            radon     permanently sealed cap
                                                                                                                                      radon labeled on pipe




                                                                                                                                       100 mm
                                                                                                                                       minimum
                                                                                                             end of pipe open to
                                                                                                             gas permeable layer                                                                          EG00692D


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b) and (3)(b)(i)
                                                                                                     Acceptable configurations for the extraction opening in a depressurization system


                                                                                                    A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a) Insulation Applied to the Exterior of Foundation Walls. In addition to the
                                                                                                    prevention of heat loss, some types of mineral fibre insulation, such as rigid glass fibre, are installed on the
                                                                                                    exterior of basement walls for the purpose of moisture control. This is sometimes used instead of crushed rock
                                                                                                    as a drainage layer between the basement wall and the surrounding soil in order to facilitate the drainage of soil
                                                                                                    moisture. Water drained by this drainage layer must be carried away from the foundation by the footing drains
                                                                                                    or the granular drainage layer in order to prevent it from developing hydro-static pressure against the wall.
                                                                                                    Provision must be made to permit the drainage of this water either by extending the insulation or crushed rock
                                                                                                    to the drain or by the installation of granular material connecting the two. The installation of such drainage layer
                                                                                                    does not eliminate the need for normal waterproofing or dampproofing of walls as specified in Section 9.13.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-565
                                                                                                    A-9.15.1.1.                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.15.1.1. Application of Footing and Foundation Requirements to Decks and Similar
                                                                                                    Constructions. Because decks, balconies, verandas and similar platforms support occupancies, they are,
                                                                                                    by definition, considered as buildings or parts of buildings. Consequently, the requirements in Section 9.15.
                                                                                                    regarding footings and foundations apply to these constructions.

                                                                                                    A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b) Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls. Insulating concrete
                                                                                                    form (ICF) walls are concrete walls that are cast into manufactured insulating forms, which remain in place
                                                                                                    after the concrete has cured.
                                                                                                    Flat wall insulating concrete forms do not fall within the scope of CSA S269.1, “Falsework and formwork,”
                                                                                                    which addresses temporary falsework for concrete structures.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Flat ICF walls are solid ICF walls where the concrete is of uniform thickness over the height and width
                                                                                                    of the wall.

                                                                                                    A-9.15.2.4.(1) Preserved Wood Foundations – Design Assumptions. Tabular data and figures in
                                                                                                    CSA S406, “Specification of permanent wood foundations for housing and small buildings,” are based upon the
                                                                                                    general principles provided in CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood,” with the following assumptions:
                                                                                                      • soil bearing capacity: 75 kPa or more,
                                                                                                      • clear spans for floors: 5 000 mm or less,
                                                                                                      • floor loadings: 1.9 kPa for first floor and suspended floor, and 1.4 kPa for second storey floor,
                                                                                                      • foundation wall heights: 2 400 mm for slab floor, 3 000 mm for suspended wood floor,
                                                                                                      • top of granular layer to top of suspended wood floor: 600 mm,
                                                                                                      • lateral load from soil pressure: equivalent to fluid pressure of 4.7 kPa per metre of depth,
                                                                                                      • ground snow load: 3 kPa,
                                                                                                      • basic snow load coefficient: 0.6,
                                                                                                      • roof loads are carried to the exterior wall,
                                                                                                      • dead loads:

                                                                                                                           roof                                          0.50 kPa
                                                                                                                           floor                                         0.47 kPa
                                                                                                                           wall (with siding)                            0.32 kPa
                                                                                                                           wall (with masonry veneer)                    1.94 kPa
                                                                                                                           foundation wall                               0.27 kPa
                                                                                                                           partitions                                    0.20 kPa

                                                                                                    A-9.15.3.4.(2) Footing Sizes. The footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. are based on typical construction
                                                                                                    consisting of a roof, not more than 3 storeys, and centre bearing walls or beams. For this reason,
                                                                                                    Clause 9.15.3.3.(1)(b) stipulates a maximum supported joist span of 4.9 m.
                                                                                                    It has become common to use flat wood trusses or wood I-joists to span greater distances in floors of small
                                                                                                    buildings. Where these spans exceed 4.9 m, minimum footing sizes may be based on the following method:
                                                                                                      (a) Determine for each storey the span of joists that will be supported on a given footing. Sum these lengths
                                                                                                          (sum1).
                                                                                                      (b) Determine the product of the number of storeys times 4.9 m (sum2).
                                                                                                      (c) Determine the ratio of sum1 to sum2.
                                                                                                      (d) Multiply this ratio by the minimum footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. to get the required minimum footing
                                                                                                          size.
                                                                                                    Example: A 2-storey house is built using wood I-joists spanning 6 m.
                                                                                                     (a) sum1 = 6 + 6 = 12 m
                                                                                                     (b) sum2 = 4.9 × 2 = 9.8 m
                                                                                                     (c) ratio sum1/sum2 = 12/9.8 = 1.22
                                                                                                     (d) required minimum footing size = 1.22 × 350 mm (minimum footing size provided in Table 9.15.3.4.)
                                                                                                         = 427 mm.




                                                                                                    9-566 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                   A-9.20.5.1.(1)

                                                                                                    A-Table 9.15.4.2.-A Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls as Foundation Walls. Article 9.15.4.2.
                                                                                                    allows insulating concrete forms (ICFs) to be used to form both laterally supported and laterally unsupported
                                                                                                    flat, plain (unreinforced) concrete foundation walls intended to support wood-frame walls, floors and roofs
                                                                                                    under the conditions stipulated in Table 9.15.4.2.-A. Where the limits stated in the Table are exceeded, or
                                                                                                    where the ICF foundation wall is intended to support one or two storeys of concrete walls formed with flat
                                                                                                    wall ICFs above ground, Article 9.15.4.5. applies.

                                                                                                    A-9.17.2.2.(2) Lateral Support of Columns. Because the NBC does not provide prescriptive criteria
                                                                                                    to describe the minimum required lateral support, constructions are limited to those that have demonstrated
                                                                                                    effective performance over time and those that are designed according to Part 4. Verandas on early 20th century
                                                                                                    homes provide one example of constructions whose floor and roof are typically tied to the rest of the building




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    to provide effective lateral support. Large decks set on tall columns, however, are likely to require additional
                                                                                                    lateral support even where they are connected to the building on one side.

                                                                                                    A-9.17.3.4. Design of Steel Columns. The permitted live floor loads of 2.4 kPa and the spans
                                                                                                    described for steel beams, wood beams and floor joists are such that the load on columns could exceed 36 kN,
                                                                                                    the maximum allowable load on columns prescribed in CAN/CGSB-7.2, “Adjustable Steel Columns.” In the
                                                                                                    context of Part 9, loads on columns are calculated from the supported area times the live load per unit area,
                                                                                                    using the supported length of joists and beams. The supported length is half of the joist spans on each side of
                                                                                                    the beam and half the beam span on each side of the column.
                                                                                                    Dead load is not included based on the assumption that the maximum live load will not be applied over the
                                                                                                    whole floor. Designs according to Part 4 must consider all applied loads.

                                                                                                    A-9.18.7.1.(4) Protection of Ground Cover in Warm Air Plenums. The purpose of the
                                                                                                    requirement is to protect combustible ground cover from smouldering cigarette butts that may drop through
                                                                                                    air registers. The protective material should extend beyond the opening of the register and have up-turned
                                                                                                    edges, as a butt may be deflected sideways as it falls.

                                                                                                    A-9.19.1.1.(1) Venting of Attic or Roof Spaces. Controlling the flow of moisture by air leakage
                                                                                                    and vapour diffusion into attic or roof spaces is necessary to limit moisture-induced deterioration. Given that
                                                                                                    imperfections normally exist in the vapour barriers and air barrier systems, recent research indicates that
                                                                                                    venting of attic or roof spaces is generally still required. The exception provided in Article 9.19.1.1. recognizes
                                                                                                    that some specialized ceiling-roof assemblies, such as those used in some factory-built buildings, have, over
                                                                                                    time, demonstrated that their construction is sufficiently tight to prevent excessive moisture accumulation.
                                                                                                    In these cases, ventilation would not be required.

                                                                                                    A-9.19.2.1.(1) Access to Attic or Roof Space. The term “open space” refers to the space between
                                                                                                    the insulation and the roof sheathing. Sentence 9.19.2.1.(1) requires the installation of an access hatch where
                                                                                                    the open space in the attic or roof is large enough to allow visual inspection. Although the dimensions of
                                                                                                    an uninsulated attic or roof space may meet the size that triggers the requirement for an access hatch to be
                                                                                                    installed, most of that space will actually be filled with insulation and may therefore not be easily inspected,
                                                                                                    particularly in smaller buildings or under low-sloped roofs. See also Article 9.36.2.6.

                                                                                                    A-9.20.1.2. Seismic Information. Information on spectral acceleration values for various locations
                                                                                                    can be found in Appendix C.

                                                                                                    A-9.20.5.1.(1) Masonry Support. Masonry veneer must be supported on a stable structure in order to
                                                                                                    avoid cracking of the masonry due to differential movement relative to parts of the support. Wood framing
                                                                                                    is not normally used as a support for the weight of masonry veneer because of its shrinkage characteristics.
                                                                                                    Where the weight of masonry veneer is supported on a wood structure, as is the case for the preserved wood
                                                                                                    foundations referred to in Sentence 9.20.5.1.(1) for example, measures must be taken to ensure that any
                                                                                                    differential movement that may be harmful to the performance of masonry is minimized or accommodated.
                                                                                                    The general principle stated in Article 9.4.1.1., however, makes it possible to support the weight of masonry
                                                                                                    veneer on wood framing, provided that engineering design principles prescribed in Part 4 are followed to
                                                                                                    ensure that the rigidity of the support is compatible with the stiffness of the masonry being supported and that
                                                                                                    differential movements between the support and masonry are accommodated.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-567
                                                                                                    A-9.20.8.5.(1)                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.20.8.5.(1)     Projection of Masonry Beyond Supporting Members.




                                                                                                                                            solid
                                                                                                                                           masonry
                                                                                                                                            units




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     projection of masonry
                                                                                                                                                     veneer ≤ 1/3 of its thickness
                                                                                                                                                                            EG00573E


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.20.8.5.(1)
                                                                                                     Maximum projection of masonry veneer beyond its support


                                                                                                    A-9.20.12.2.(2)     Corbelling of Masonry Foundation Walls.




                                                                                                                                                                        inner face of wall

                                                                                                                                                                        masonry cavity
                                                                                                                                                                        wall
                                                                                                                                                                        thickness of
                                                                                                                                                                        corbelled unit, w
                                                                                                                                                                        height of
                                                                                                                                                                        corbelled unit, h

                                                                                                                                                                        projection of
                                                                                                                                                                        each course
                                                                                                                                                                        ≤ w/3 and ≤ h/2
                                                                                                                                     projection
                                                                                                                                     ≤ 25 mm
                                                                                                                                                                        total projection
                                                                                                                                                                        ≤ T/3
                                                                                                                                                                        foundation wall
                                                                                                                                                          T             thickness, T


                                                                                                                                                                                       EG02714A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.20.12.2.(2)
                                                                                                     Maximum corbel dimensions




                                                                                                    9-568 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-9.21.5.1.(1)

                                                                                                    A-9.20.13.9.(3) Dampproofing of Masonry Walls. The reason for installing a sheathing membrane
                                                                                                    behind masonry walls is to prevent rainwater from reaching the interior finish if it should leak past the masonry.
                                                                                                    The sheathing membrane intercepts the rainwater and leads it to the bottom of the wall where the flashing
                                                                                                    directs it to the exterior via weep holes. If the insulation is a type that effectively resists the penetration of water,
                                                                                                    and is installed so that water will not collect behind it, then there is no need for a sheathing membrane. If water
                                                                                                    that runs down between the masonry and the insulation is able to leak out at the joints in the insulation, such
                                                                                                    insulation will not act as a substitute for a sheathing membrane. If water cannot leak through the joints in the
                                                                                                    insulation but collects in cavities between the masonry and insulation, subsequent freezing could damage the
                                                                                                    wall. Where a sheathing membrane is not used, the adhesive or mortar should therefore be applied to form
                                                                                                    a continuous bond between the masonry and the insulation. If this is not practicable because of an irregular
                                                                                                    masonry surface, then a sheathing membrane is necessary.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.21.3.6.(2) Metal Chimney Liners. Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, masonry
                                                                                                    chimneys with metal liners may be permitted to serve solid-fuel-burning appliances if tests show that such
                                                                                                    liners will provide an equivalent level of safety.

                                                                                                    A-9.21.4.4.(1)      Location of Chimney Top.


                                                                                                                                            900 mm min.




                                                                                                                                                                                             900 mm min.




                                                                                                                                         less than 3 m

                                                                                                                                            600 mm min.
                                                                                                                                                                              600 mm min.
                                                                                                                                                                               3m




                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG00457B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.21.4.4.(1)
                                                                                                     Vertical and horizontal distances from chimney top to roof


                                                                                                    A-9.21.4.5.(2) Lateral Support for Chimneys. Where a chimney is fastened to the house framing
                                                                                                    with metal anchors, in accordance with CAN/CSA-A370, “Connectors for masonry,” it is considered to have
                                                                                                    adequate lateral support. The portion of the chimney stack above the roof is considered as free standing and
                                                                                                    may require additional lateral support.

                                                                                                    A-9.21.5.1.(1) Clearance from Combustible Materials. For purposes of this Sentence, an exterior
                                                                                                    chimney can be considered to be one which has at least one surface exposed to the outside atmosphere or
                                                                                                    unheated space over the majority of its height. All other chimneys should be considered to be interior.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                           Division B 9-569
                                                                                                    A-9.23.1.1.                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.23.1.1. Constructions Other than Light Wood-Frame Constructions. The prescriptive
                                                                                                    requirements in Section 9.23. apply only to standard light wood-frame construction. Other constructions, such
                                                                                                    as post, beam and plank construction, plank frame wall construction, and log construction must be designed in
                                                                                                    accordance with Part 4.

                                                                                                    A-9.23.1.1.(1) Application of Section 9.23. In previous editions of the Code, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1)
                                                                                                    referred to “conventional” wood-frame construction. Over time, conventions have changed and the application
                                                                                                    of Part 9 has expanded.
                                                                                                    The prescriptive requirements provided in Section 9.23. still focus on lumber beams, joists, studs and rafters as
                                                                                                    the main structural elements of “wood-frame construction.” The requirements recognize—and have recognized
                                                                                                    for some time—that walls and floors may be supported by components made of material other than lumber;




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    for example, by foundations described in Section 9.15. or by steel beams described in Article 9.23.4.3. These
                                                                                                    constructions still fall within the general category of wood-frame construction.
                                                                                                    With more recent innovations, alternative structural components are being incorporated into wood-frame
                                                                                                    buildings. Wood I-joists, for example, are very common. Where these components are used in lieu of lumber,
                                                                                                    the requirements in Section 9.23. that specifically apply to lumber joists do not apply to these components: for
                                                                                                    example, limits on spans and acceptable locations for notches and holes. However, requirements regarding
                                                                                                    the fastening of floor sheathing to floor joists still apply, and the use of wood I-joists does not affect the
                                                                                                    requirements for wall or roof framing.
                                                                                                    Similarly, if steel floor joists are used in lieu of lumber joists, the requirements regarding wall or roof framing
                                                                                                    are not affected.
                                                                                                    Conversely, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) precludes the installation of precast concrete floors on wood-frame walls
                                                                                                    since these are not “generally comprised of ... small repetitive structural members ... spaced not more than
                                                                                                    600 mm o.c.”
                                                                                                    Thus, the reference to “engineered components” in Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) is intended to indicate that, where an
                                                                                                    engineered product is used in lieu of lumber for one part of the building, this does not preclude the application
                                                                                                    of the remainder of Section 9.23. to the structure, provided the limits to application with respect to cladding,
                                                                                                    sheathing or bracing, spacing of framing members, supported loads and maximum spans are respected.

                                                                                                    A-9.23.2.4.(3) Dry Interior Environment for Interior Construction. Interior construction, which
                                                                                                    includes sill plates, that is not in contact with the ground, but is exposed to occasional sources of moisture, is
                                                                                                    considered to be a dry interior environment for the purpose of Sentence 9.23.2.4.(3).

                                                                                                    A-9.23.3.1.(2) Alternative Nail Sizes. Where power nails or nails with smaller diameters than that
                                                                                                    required by Table 9.23.3.4. are used to connect framing, the following equations can be used to determine
                                                                                                    the required spacing or required number of nails.
                                                                                                    The maximum spacing can be reduced using the following equation:




                                                                                                    where
                                                                                                        Sadj = adjusted nail spacing ≥ 20 × nail diameter,
                                                                                                       Stable = nail spacing required by Table 9.23.3.4.,
                                                                                                       Dred = smaller nail diameter than that required by Table 9.23.3.1., and
                                                                                                      Dtable = nail diameter required by Table 9.23.3.1.
                                                                                                    The number of nails can be increased using the following equation:




                                                                                                    where
                                                                                                       Nadj = adjusted number of nails,
                                                                                                      Ntable = number of nails required by Table 9.23.3.4.,
                                                                                                      Dtable = nail diameter required by Table 9.23.3.1., and
                                                                                                       Dred = smaller nail diameter than required by Table 9.23.3.1.


                                                                                                    9-570 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                           A-9.23.4.2.

                                                                                                    Note that nails should be spaced sufficiently far apart—preferably no less than 55 mm apart—to avoid splitting
                                                                                                    of framing lumber.

                                                                                                    A-9.23.3.1.(3) Standard for Screws. The requirement that wood screws conform to ASME B18.6.1,
                                                                                                    “Wood Screws (Inch Series),” is not intended to preclude the use of Robertson head screws. The requirement is
                                                                                                    intended to specify the mechanical properties of the fastener, not to restrict the means of driving the fastener.

                                                                                                    A-9.23.3.3.(1) Prevention of Splitting. Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1) illustrates the intent of the phrase
                                                                                                    “staggering the nails in the direction of the grain.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                             direction of grain




                                                                                                                                                                                    staggered nailing
                                                                                                                                                                                                         EG01218A


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1)
                                                                                                          Staggered nailing


                                                                                                    A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B Alternative Nail Sizes. Where power nails or nails having a different diameter
                                                                                                    than the diameters listed in CSA B111, “Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples,” are used to connect the edges of
                                                                                                    the wall sheathing to the wall framing of wood-sheathed braced wall panels, the maximum spacing should
                                                                                                    be as shown in Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B.

                                                                                                                                                                     Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B
                                                                                                                                                              Alternative Nail Diameters and Spacing

                                                                                                                                                                                                        Maximum Spacing of Nails Along Edges
                                                                                                                                 Element                                      Nail Diameter, mm (1)
                                                                                                                                                                                                             of Wall Sheathing, mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                                                   2.19–2.52                            75
                                                                                                                                                                                   2.53–2.82                            100
                                                                                                                      Plywood, OSB or waferboard
                                                                                                                                                                                   2.83–3.09                            125
                                                                                                                                                                                     > 3.09                             150

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B:
                                                                                                    (1)    For alternative nail lengths of 63 mm or longer.


                                                                                                    A-9.23.4.2. Span Tables for Wood Joists, Rafters and Beams. In these span tables the term
                                                                                                    “rafter” refers to a sloping wood framing member which supports the roof sheathing and encloses an attic
                                                                                                    space but does not support a ceiling. The term “roof joist” refers to a horizontal or sloping wood framing
                                                                                                    member that supports the roof sheathing and the ceiling finish but does not enclose an attic space.
                                                                                                    Where rafters or roof joists are intended for use in a locality having a higher specified roof snow load than
                                                                                                    shown in the tables, the maximum member spacing may be calculated as the product of the member spacing
                                                                                                    and specified snow load shown in the span tables divided by the specified snow load for the locality being
                                                                                                    considered. The following examples show how this principle can be applied:
                                                                                                     (a) For a 3.5 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.5 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but space members
                                                                                                         400 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     (b) For a 4.0 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.0 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but space members
                                                                                                         300 mm o.c.
                                                                                                    The maximum spans in the span tables are measured from the inside face or edge of support to the inside
                                                                                                    face or edge of support.
                                                                                                    In the case of sloping roof framing members, the spans are expressed in terms of the horizontal distance
                                                                                                    between supports rather than the length of the sloping member. The snow loads are also expressed in terms
                                                                                                    of the horizontal projection of the sloping roof. Spans for odd size lumber may be estimated by straight line
                                                                                                    interpolation in the tables.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Division B 9-571
                                                                                                    A-9.23.4.2.(2)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    These span tables may be used where members support a uniform live load only. Where the members
                                                                                                    are required to be designed to support a concentrated load, they must be designed in conformance with
                                                                                                    Subsection 4.3.1.
                                                                                                    Supported joist length in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-H, 9.23.4.2.-I and 9.23.4.2.-J means half the sum of the joist
                                                                                                    spans on both sides of the beam. For supported joist lengths between those shown in the tables, straight line
                                                                                                    interpolation may be used in determining the maximum beam span.
                                                                                                    Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A to 9.23.12.3.-D cover only the most common configurations. Especially in the area of
                                                                                                    floors, a wide variety of other configurations is possible: glued subfloors, concrete toppings, machine stress
                                                                                                    rated lumber, etc. The Canadian Wood Council publishes “The Span Book,” a compilation of span tables
                                                                                                    covering many of these alternative configurations. Although these tables have not been subject to the formal
                                                                                                    committee review process, the Canadian Wood Council generates, for the CCBFC, all of the Code's span tables




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    for wood structural components; thus Code users can be confident that the alternative span tables in “The Span
                                                                                                    Book” are consistent with the span tables in the Code and with relevant Code requirements.
                                                                                                    Spans for wood joists, rafters and beams which fall outside the scope of these tables, including those for U.S.
                                                                                                    species and individual species not marketed in the commercial species combinations described in the span
                                                                                                    tables, can be calculated in conformance with CSA O86, “Engineering design in wood.”

                                                                                                    A-9.23.4.2.(2) Numerical Method to Establish Vibration-Controlled Spans for Wood-Frame
                                                                                                    Floors. In addition to the normal strength and deflection analyses, the calculations on which the floor joist
                                                                                                    span tables are based include a method of ensuring that the spans are not so long that floor vibrations could
                                                                                                    lead to occupants perceiving the floors as too “bouncy” or “springy.” Limiting deflection under the normal
                                                                                                    uniformly distributed loads to 1/360 of the span does not provide this assurance.
                                                                                                    Normally, vibration analysis requires detailed dynamic modeling. However, the calculations for the span tables
                                                                                                    use the following simplified static analysis method of estimating vibration-acceptable spans:
                                                                                                      • The span which will result in a 2 mm deflection of a single joist supporting a 1 kN concentrated midpoint
                                                                                                          load is calculated.
                                                                                                      • This span is multiplied by a factor, K, to determine the “vibration-controlled” span for the entire floor
                                                                                                          system. If this span is less than the strength- or deflection-controlled span under uniformly distributed
                                                                                                          load, the vibration-controlled span becomes the maximum span.
                                                                                                      • The K factor is determined from the following relationship:




                                                                                                         where
                                                                                                            A, B = constants, the values of which are determined from Tables A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A or A-9.23.4.2.(2)-B,
                                                                                                               G = constant, the value of which is determined from Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C,
                                                                                                               Si = span which results in a 2 mm deflection of the joist in question under a 1 kN concentrated
                                                                                                                     midpoint load,
                                                                                                             S184 = span which results in a 2 mm deflection of a 38 × 184 mm joist of same species and grade as the
                                                                                                                     joist in question under a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load.
                                                                                                    For a given joist species and grade, the value of K shall not be greater than K3, the value which results in a
                                                                                                    vibration-controlled span of exactly 3 m. This means that for vibration-controlled spans 3 m or less, K always
                                                                                                    equals K3, and for vibration-controlled spans greater than 3 m, K is as calculated.
                                                                                                    Note that, for a sawn lumber joist, the ratio Si/S184 is equivalent to its depth (mm) divided by 184.
                                                                                                    Due to rounding differences, the method, as presented here, might produce results slightly different from those
                                                                                                    produced by the computer program used to generate the span tables.




                                                                                                    9-572 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               A-9.23.4.2.(2)

                                                                                                                                                            Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A
                                                                                                                           Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans – General Cases

                                                                                                           Subfloor                     With Strapping (1)                            With Bridging                  With Strapping and Bridging
                                                                                                          Thickness,                    Joist Spacing, mm                          Joist Spacing, mm                       Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                             mm              300               400           600            300           400          600        300             400               600
                                                                                                                                                                              Constant A
                                                                                                            15.5             0.30             0.25           0.20           0.37         0.31          0.25       0.42            0.35              0.28
                                                                                                            19.0             0.36             0.30           0.24           0.45         0.37          0.30       0.50            0.42              0.33
                                                                                                                                                                              Constant B




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                              0.33                                            0.38                                0.41

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   Gypsum board attached directly to joists can be considered equivalent to strapping.


                                                                                                                                                            Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-B
                                                                                                                           Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans – Special Cases

                                                                                                                                               Joists with Ceiling Attached to Wood Furring (1)                    Joists with Concrete Topping (2)
                                                                                                           Subfloor                     Without Bridging                              With Bridging                      With or Without Bridging
                                                                                                          Thickness,
                                                                                                             mm                         Joist Spacing, mm                          Joist Spacing, mm                       Joist Spacing, mm
                                                                                                                             300               400           600            300           400          600        300             400               600
                                                                                                                                                                                       Constant A
                                                                                                            15.5             0.39             0.33           0.24           0.49          0.44         0.38       0.58            0.51              0.41
                                                                                                            19.0             0.42             0.36           0.27           0.51          0.46         0.40       0.62            0.56              0.47
                                                                                                                                                                                       Constant B
                                                                                                                                              0.34                                        0.37                                    0.35

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-B:
                                                                                                    (1)   Wood furring means 19 × 89 mm boards not more than 600 mm o.c., or 19 × 64 mm boards not more than 300 mm o.c. For all other cases, see
                                                                                                          Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A.
                                                                                                    (2)   30 mm to 51 mm normal weight concrete (not less than 20 MPa) placed directly on the subflooring.


                                                                                                                                                                 Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C
                                                                                                                                            Constant G for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans

                                                                                                                                                     Floor Description                                                         Constant G
                                                                                                      Floors with nailed (1) subfloor                                                                                             0.00
                                                                                                      Floor with nailed and field-glued (2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span greater than 3 m                                  0.10
                                                                                                      Floor with nailed and field-glued (2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span 3 m or less                                       0.15

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   Common wire nails, spiral nails or wood screws can be considered equivalent for this purpose.
                                                                                                    (2)   Subfloor field-glued to floor joists with elastomeric adhesive complying with CAN/CGSB-71.26-M, “Adhesive for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber
                                                                                                          Framing for Floor Systems.”


                                                                                                    Additional background information on this method can be found in the following publications:
                                                                                                      • Onysko, D.M. “Deflection Serviceability Criteria for Residential Floors.” Project 43-10C-024. Forintek
                                                                                                        Canada Corp., Ottawa, Canada 1988.
                                                                                                      • Onysko, D.M. “Performance and acceptability of wood floors – Forintek studies.” Proceedings of
                                                                                                        Symposium/Workshop on Serviceability of Buildings, Ottawa, May 16-18, National Research Council of
                                                                                                        Canada, Ottawa, 1988.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                       Division B 9-573
                                                                                                    A-9.23.4.3.(1)                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.23.4.3.(1) Maximum Spans for Steel Beams Supporting Floors in Dwellings. A beam
                                                                                                    may be considered to be laterally supported if wood joists bear on its top flange at intervals of 600 mm or less
                                                                                                    over its entire length, if all the load being applied to this beam is transmitted through the joists and if 19 mm by
                                                                                                    38 mm wood strips in contact with the top flange are nailed on both sides of the beam to the bottom of the joists
                                                                                                    supported. Other additional methods of positive lateral support are acceptable.
                                                                                                    For supported joist lengths intermediate between those in the table, straight line interpolation may be used in
                                                                                                    determining the maximum beam span.

                                                                                                    A-Table 9.23.4.3. Spans for Steel Beams. The spans provided in Table 9.23.4.3. reflect a balance
                                                                                                    of engineering and acceptable proven performance. The spans have been calculated based on the following
                                                                                                    assumptions:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       • simply supported beam spans
                                                                                                       • laterally supported top flange
                                                                                                       • yield strength 350 MPa
                                                                                                       • deflection limit L/360
                                                                                                       • live load: first floor = 1.9 kPa; second floor = 1.4 kPa
                                                                                                       • dead load: 1.5 kPa (0.5 kPa floor + 1.0 kPa partition)
                                                                                                    The calculation used to establish the specified maximum beam spans also applies a revised live load reduction
                                                                                                    factor to account for the lower probability of a full live load being applied over the supported area in
                                                                                                    Part 9 buildings.

                                                                                                    A-9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping. Vibration-controlled spans given in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B for concrete
                                                                                                    topping are based on a partial composite action between the concrete, subflooring and joists. Normal weight
                                                                                                    concrete having a compressive strength of not less than 20 MPa, placed directly on the subflooring, provides
                                                                                                    extra stiffness and results in increased capacity. The use of a bond breaker between the topping and the
                                                                                                    subflooring, or the use of lightweight concrete topping limits the composite effects.
                                                                                                    Where either a bond breaker or lightweight topping is used, Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A may be used but the
                                                                                                    additional dead load imposed by the concrete must be considered. The addition of 51 mm of concrete topping
                                                                                                    can impose an added load of 0.8 to 1.2 kPa, depending on the density of the concrete.

                                                                                                    Example 1

                                                                                                    Assumptions:

                                                                                                                       - basic dead load                                    = 0.5 kPa
                                                                                                                       - topping dead load                                  = 0.8 kPa
                                                                                                                       - total dead load                                    = 1.3 kPa
                                                                                                                       - live load                                          = 1.9 kPa
                                                                                                                       - vibration limit                                    per Note A-9.23.4.2.(2)
                                                                                                                       - deflection limit                                   = 1/360
                                                                                                                       - ceiling attached directly to joists, no bridging


                                                                                                    The spacing of joists in the span tables can be conservatively adjusted to allow for the increased load by
                                                                                                    using the spans in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A for 600 mm spacing, but spacing the joists 400 mm apart. Similarly,
                                                                                                    floor beam span tables can be adjusted by using 4.8 m supported length spans for cases where the supported
                                                                                                    length equals 3.6 m.




                                                                                                    9-574 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                             A-9.23.10.6.(3)

                                                                                                    A-9.23.8.3.     Joint Location in Built-Up Beams.




                                                                                                                                            L2
                                                                                                                                               (+
                                                                                                                                                –150 mm)        not more than
                                                                                                                                            4                   one joint per piece
                                                                                                                                      L1                        in each span
                                                                                                                                          +150 mm)
                                                                                                                                         (–
                                                                                                                                      4

                                                                                                                      no joints permitted
                                                                                                                      in the end spans                                                L2




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                      in this location
                                                                                                                                                                                                 bearing plate
                                                                                                                                                                                                 above column

                                                                                                                                                                                      column
                                                                                                                                                           L1

                                                                                                                                                                      joints in not more
                                                                                                                                                                      than half the members
                                                                                                                                                                      at these locations



                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG00908B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.23.8.3.
                                                                                                     Joint location in built-up beams


                                                                                                    A-9.23.10.4.(1) Fingerjoined Lumber. NLGA 2017, “Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber,”
                                                                                                    referenced in Article 9.3.2.1., refers to two special product standards, SPS-1, “Fingerjoined Structural Lumber,”
                                                                                                    and SPS-3, “Fingerjoined “Vertical Stud Use Only” Lumber,” produced by NLGA. Material identified as
                                                                                                    conforming to these standards is considered to meet the requirements in this Sentence for joining with a
                                                                                                    structural adhesive. Lumber fingerjoined in accordance with SPS-3 should be used as a vertical end-loaded
                                                                                                    member in compression only, where sustained bending or tension-loading conditions are not present, and
                                                                                                    where the moisture content of the wood will not exceed 19%. Fingerjoined lumber may not be visually
                                                                                                    regraded or remanufactured into a higher stress grade even if the quality of the lumber containing fingerjoints
                                                                                                    would otherwise warrant such regrading.

                                                                                                    A-9.23.10.6.(3)       Single Studs at Sides of Openings.



                                                                                                                                                                                       Single studs permitted:

                                                                                                                                                                                       a) full height studs both sides
                                                                                                                                                                                       b) full height studs both sides and
                                                                                                                                                                                          opening within stud space
                                                                                                                                                                                       c) opening within stud space
                                                                                                                          a)                         b)              c)




                                                                                                                                                                                       Single studs not permitted:
                                                                                                                                                                                       d) opening wider than stud space
                                                                                                                                                                                          without full height studs both sides
                                                                                                                                                                                       e) opening narrower than but not within
                                                                                                                                                                                          stud space
                                                                                                                          d)                         e)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          EG01408B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)-A
                                                                                                     Single studs on sides of openings in non-loadbearing interior walls not required to have a fire-resistance rating


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                     Division B 9-575
                                                                                                    A-9.23.13.                                                                                                                                Division B


                                                                                                                                                                                                  Single studs permitted:
                                                                                                                                                                                                  a), b), c) openings all narrower than and
                                                                                                                                                                                                             within stud space; no two full
                                                                                                                                                                                                             space width openings in adjacent
                                                                                                                                a)                       b)                   c)                             stud spaces




                                                                                                                                                                                                  Single studs not permitted:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                  d) opening wider than stud space
                                                                                                                                                                                                  e) opening narrower than but not within stud
                                                                                                                                                                                                     space
                                                                                                                                                                                                  f) two openings, full stud space width, in
                                                                                                                           d)                    e)                            f)                    adjacent stud spaces

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     EG01409B


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)-B
                                                                                                          Single studs on sides of openings in all other walls


                                                                                                    A-9.23.13. Bracing for Resistance to Lateral Loads. Subsection 9.23.13. along with
                                                                                                    Articles 9.23.3.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.6.1., 9.23.9.8., 9.23.15.5., 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9., 9.29.6.3. and 9.29.9.3. provide
                                                                                                    explicit requirements to address resistance to wind and earthquake loads in higher wind and earthquake
                                                                                                    regions of Canada.

                                                                                                                                                                       Table A-9.23.13.
                                                                                                                                                          Application of Lateral Load Requirements

                                                                                                                                              Wind (HWP)                                                        Earthquake Sa(0.2)
                                                                                                                                  Low to                                             Low to
                                                                                                                                                  High           Extreme                            High             Extreme             High          Extreme
                                                                                                                                 Moderate                                           Moderate
                                                                                                            Applicable
                                                                                                           Requirements         HWP < 0.80    0.80 ≤ HWP        HWP ≥ 1.20          Sa(0.2) ≤      0.70 <                               0.70 <
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Sa(0.2) > 1.8                     Sa(0.2) > 1.8
                                                                                                                                  kPa          < 1.20 kPa         kPa                 0.70      Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8                        Sa(0.2) ≤ 1.8
                                                                                                                                                                                   All
                                                                                                                                             All Construction                                       Heavy Construction (1)                Light Construction
                                                                                                                                                                               Construction

                                                                                                      Design
                                                                                                      requirements in
                                                                                                                                     X (2)        N/A              N/A                 X             N/A               N/A               N/A              N/A
                                                                                                      9.23.16.2., 9.27.,
                                                                                                      9.29.

                                                                                                      Bracing
                                                                                                      requirements in                 X            X               N/A                 X            X (3)(4)           N/A              X (4)(5)          N/A
                                                                                                      9.23.13.
                                                                                                      Part 4 or CWC
                                                                                                                                      X            X                X                  X              X                 X                 X                X
                                                                                                      Guide
                                                                                                                                                                   X = requirements are applicable

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.23.13.:
                                                                                                    (1)    See Note A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i).
                                                                                                    (2)    Requirements apply to exterior walls only.
                                                                                                    (3)    Requirements apply where lowest exterior frame walls support not more than one floor.
                                                                                                    (4)    All constructions may include the support of a roof in addition to the stated number of floors.
                                                                                                    (5)    Requirements apply where lowest exterior frame walls support not more than two floors.




                                                                                                    9-576 Division B                                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                              A-9.23.13.4.

                                                                                                    A-9.23.13.1.

                                                                                                        Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads in Low Load Locations
                                                                                                        Of the 679 locations identified in Appendix C, 614 are locations where the seismic spectral acceleration,
                                                                                                        Sa(0.2), is less than or equal to 0.70 and the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than 0.80 kPa. For buildings
                                                                                                        in these locations, Sentence 9.23.13.1.(2) requires only that exterior walls be braced using the acceptable
                                                                                                        materials and fastening specified. There are no spacing or dimension requirements for braced wall panels
                                                                                                        in these buildings.

                                                                                                        Structural Design for Lateral Wind and Earthquake Loads




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        In cases where lateral load design is required, CWC 2014, “Engineering Guide for Wood Frame
                                                                                                        Construction,” provides acceptable engineering solutions as an alternative to Part 4. The CWC Guide also
                                                                                                        contains alternative solutions and provides information on the applicability of the Part 9 prescriptive
                                                                                                        structural requirements to further assist designers and building officials to identify the appropriate design
                                                                                                        approach.

                                                                                                    A-9.23.13.2.(1)(a)(i) Heavy Construction. “Heavy construction” refers to buildings with tile roofs,
                                                                                                    stucco walls or floors with concrete topping, or that are clad with directly-applied heavyweight materials.
                                                                                                    Heavyweight construction assemblies increase the lateral load on the structure during an earthquake.
                                                                                                    Assemblies should be considered as heavyweight where their average dead weight is as follows (an additional
                                                                                                    partition weight of 0.5 kPa per floor is assumed):
                                                                                                      • floor: 0.5 to 1.5 kPa
                                                                                                      • roof: 0.5 to 1.0 kPa
                                                                                                      • wall (vertical area): 0.32 to 1.2 kPa

                                                                                                    A-9.23.13.4. Braced Wall Bands. Article 9.23.13.4. specifies the required characteristics of braced wall
                                                                                                    bands and their position in the building. Figures A-9.23.13.4.-A, A-9.23.13.4.-B and A-9.23.13.4.-C illustrate
                                                                                                    these requirements.


                                                                                                                                                                                 braced wall band
                                                                                                                                                                                 max. 1.2 m wide




                                                                                                                                                                                       braced wall band
                                                                                                                                                                                       full storey height




                                                                                                                                                                                   braced wall band aligned
                                                                                                                                                                                   with braced wall bands on
                                                                                                                                                                                   storeys above and below




                                                                                                                           braced wall band          braced wall panel
                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG00682A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.23.13.4.-A
                                                                                                     Braced wall bands in an example building section [Clauses 9.23.13.4.(1)(a), (b) and (d)]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                Division B 9-577
                                                                                                    A-9.23.13.4.                                                                                                     Division B




                                                                                                                                           building perimeter




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                        within braced wall bands




                                                                                                                                                                                                             braced wall band

                                                                                                                                                                                                             centre line of band
                                                                                                                                                        braced wall bands lap at both
                                                                                                                                                        ends with another braced wall                        braced wall panel
                                                                                                                                                        band so that the centre line of
                                                                                                                                                         one band extends to the far
                                                                                                                                                         side of the connecting band
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         EG00683A



                                                                                                     Figure A-9.23.13.4.-B
                                                                                                     Lapping bands and building perimeter within braced wall bands [Clause 9.23.13.4.(1)(c) and Sentence 9.23.13.4.(2)]




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                EG00171C


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.23.13.4.-C
                                                                                                     Braced wall bands at changes in floor level in split-level buildings [Sentence 9.23.13.4.(3)]




                                                                                                    9-578 Division B                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-Table 9.23.13.5.

                                                                                                    A-Table 9.23.13.5. Spacing of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels. Identifying
                                                                                                    adjacent braced wall bands and determining the spacing of braced wall panels and braced wall bands is not
                                                                                                    complicated where the building plan is orthogonal or there are parallel braced wall bands: the adjacent braced
                                                                                                    wall band is the nearest parallel band. Figure Table A-9.23.13.5.-A illustrates spacing.


                                                                                                                          A                     A

                                                                                                                        B




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                        A


                                                                                                                                                             B


                                                                                                                                                                    A




                                                                                                       C                                                     C


                                                                                                                                B
                                                                                                                                                      C




                                                                                                                    braced wall band
                                                                                                                                                          Where
                                                                                                                                                                  A = distance between centre lines of adjacent braced wall bands
                                                                                                                                                                  B = distance between panel edges
                                                                                                                    braced wall panel                             C = distance from end of braced wall band to end of first braced
                                                                                                                                                                      wall panel
                                                                                                                    centre line of braced wall band


                                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG00684A



                                                                                                     Figure Table A-9.23.13.5.-A
                                                                                                     Spacing of parallel braced wall bands and spacing of braced wall panels


                                                                                                        Identifying and Spacing Adjacent Non-Parallel Braced Wall Bands
                                                                                                        Identifying the adjacent braced wall band and the spacing between braced wall bands is more complicated
                                                                                                        where the building plan is not orthogonal.
                                                                                                        Where the plan is triangular, all braced wall bands intersect with the subject braced wall band. The
                                                                                                        prescriptive requirements in Part 9 do not apply to these cases and the building must be designed according
                                                                                                        to Part 4 with respect to lateral load resistance.
                                                                                                        Where the braced wall bands are not parallel, the adjacent band is identified as follows using Figure Table
                                                                                                        A-9.23.13.5.-B as an example:
                                                                                                          1. Determine the mid-point of the centre line of the subject braced wall band (A);
                                                                                                          2. Project a perpendicular line from this mid-point (B);
                                                                                                          3. The first braced wall band encountered is the adjacent braced wall band (C);
                                                                                                          4. Where the projected line encounters an intersection point between two braced wall bands, either wall
                                                                                                             band may be identified as the adjacent braced wall band (complex cases).
                                                                                                        The spacing of non-parallel braced wall bands is measured as the greatest distance between the centre
                                                                                                        lines of the bands.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                   Division B 9-579
                                                                                                    A-Table 9.23.13.5.                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                   spacing between adjacent
                                                                                                                       braced wall bands
                                                                                                                                                                                    C           C




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     spacing
                                                                                                              C                                                                                                      between
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     adjacent
                                                                                                                                 B                                                         B                         braced
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     wall bands




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     A




                                                                                                                                                                                            A




                                                                                                                           Simple Cases                                             Complex Cases



                                                                                                                       braced wall band


                                                                                                                       braced wall panel

                                                                                                                       centre line of braced wall band                                                                 EG00685A


                                                                                                          Figure Table A-9.23.13.5.-B
                                                                                                          Identification and spacing of adjacent non-parallel braced wall bands




                                                                                                    9-580 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               A-9.23.13.5.(2)

                                                                                                    A-9.23.13.5.(2) Perimeter Foundation Walls. Where the perimeter foundation walls in basements
                                                                                                    and crawl spaces extend from the footings to the underside of the supported floor, these walls perform the same
                                                                                                    function as braced wall bands with braced wall panels. All other braced wall bands in the basement or crawl
                                                                                                    space that align with bands with a wood-based bracing material on the upper floors need to be constructed
                                                                                                    with braced wall panels, which must be made of a wood-based bracing material, masonry or concrete. See
                                                                                                    Figure A-9.23.13.5.(2).




                                                                                                                      10 m                    4m                                               10 m                  10 m




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                    < 15 m                                                                   > 15 m




                                                                                                               braced wall panels not required in                                             braced wall panels required in
                                                                                                                 braced wall band in basement                                                 braced wall band in basement




                                                                                                                                                        10 m        5m             10 m




                                                                                                                                                        15 m                       10 m




                                                                                                                                                      braced wall panels required in
                                                                                                                                                    one braced wall band in basement



                                                                                                                      braced wall band

                                                                                                                      centre line of braced wall band

                                                                                                                      braced wall panel with OSB, waferboard, plywood or diagonal lumber providing required bracing

                                                                                                                      braced wall panel with gypsum board interior finish providing required bracing                           EG00687A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.23.13.5.(2)
                                                                                                     Braced wall bands in basements or crawl spaces with optional and required braced wall panels




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                        Division B 9-581
                                                                                                    A-9.23.13.5.(3)                                                                               Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.23.13.5.(3)       Attachment of a Porch Roof to Exterior Wall Framing.



                                                                                                        roof sheathed with
                                                                                                        structural wood panel or
                                                                                                        diagonally sheathed lumber                                                    not more than 3.5 m or D,
                                                                                                                                                                                      whichever is less
                                                                                                        wall studs of the main
                                                                                                        building’s exterior
                                                                                                        braced wall band




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        end-joists or end-rafters
                                                                                                        attached to built-up column
                                                                                                        with at least five 76 mm
                                                                                                        minimum nails or at least eight
                                                                                                        76 mm minimum nails where
                                                                                                        heavyweight construction is
                                                                                                        used in the roof of the space
                                                                                                        ledger attached to wall
                                                                                                                                                                       perpendicular plan
                                                                                                        studs to resist gravity
                                                                                                                                                                       dimension, D
                                                                                                        loads
                                                                                                        3-ply, 38 mm × 140 mm
                                                                                                        built-up column or 5-ply,
                                                                                                        38 mm × 89 mm built-up
                                                                                                        column integral with wall
                                                                                                        framing                                                                                         EG00695D




                                                                                                     Figure A-9.23.13.5.(3)-A
                                                                                                     Porch roof framing perpendicular to wall framing between floors




                                                                                                            roof sheathed with
                                                                                                            structural wood panel or                                              not more than 3.5 m or D,
                                                                                                            diagonally sheathed                                                   whichever is less
                                                                                                            lumber
                                                                                                            wall studs of the
                                                                                                            main building’s
                                                                                                            exterior braced
                                                                                                            wall band

                                                                                                           ledger attached to
                                                                                                           wall studs to support
                                                                                                           header beam


                                                                                                           3-ply, 38 mm × 140 mm
                                                                                                           built-up column or 5-ply,                                   perpendicular plan
                                                                                                           38 mm × 89 mm built-up                                      dimension, D
                                                                                                           column integral with wall
                                                                                                           framing
                                                                                                                                                                                                     EG00696D


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.23.13.5.(3)-B
                                                                                                     Porch roof framing parallel to wall framing between floors




                                                                                                    9-582 Division B                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                            A-9.23.15.4.(2)

                                                                                                    A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6) Use of Gypsum Board Interior Finish to Provide Required
                                                                                                    Bracing. Braced wall panels constructed with gypsum board provide less resistance to lateral loads than
                                                                                                    panels constructed with OSB, waferboard, plywood or diagonal lumber; Sentence (5) therefore limits the use of
                                                                                                    gypsum board to interior walls. Sentence (6) further limits its use to provide the required lateral resistance
                                                                                                    by requiring that walls not more than 15 m apart be constructed with panels made of wood or wood-based
                                                                                                    sheathing. See Figure A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                  maximum 15 m                            maximum 15 m                          maximum 15 m




                                                                                                                        braced wall band

                                                                                                                        centre line of braced wall band

                                                                                                                        braced wall panel with OSB, waferboard, plywood or diagonal lumber providing required bracing

                                                                                                                        braced wall panel with gypsum board interior finish providing required bracing                    EG00686A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.23.13.6.(5) and (6)
                                                                                                     Braced wall panels constructed of wood-based material


                                                                                                    A-9.23.14.11.(2) Wood Roof Truss Connections. Sentence 9.23.14.11.(2) requires that
                                                                                                    the connections used in wood roof trusses be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1. and
                                                                                                    Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1) of Division C, which applies to all of Part 4, requires that the designer be a professional
                                                                                                    engineer or architect skilled in the work concerned. This has the effect of requiring that the trusses themselves
                                                                                                    be designed by professional engineers or architects. Although this is a departure from the usual practice in Part
                                                                                                    9, it is appropriate, since wood roof trusses are complex structures which depend on a number of components
                                                                                                    (chord members, web members, cross-bracing, connectors) working together to function safely. This complexity
                                                                                                    precludes the standardization of truss design into tables comprehensive enough to satisfy the variety of roof
                                                                                                    designs required by the housing industry.

                                                                                                    A-9.23.15.2.(4) Water Absorption Test. A method for determining water absorption is described
                                                                                                    in ASTM D1037, “Standard Test Methods for Evaluating Properties of Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel
                                                                                                    Materials.” The treatment to reduce water absorption may be considered to be acceptable if a 300 mm × 300 mm
                                                                                                    sample when treated on all sides and edges does not increase in weight by more than 6% when tested in
                                                                                                    the horizontal position.

                                                                                                    A-9.23.15.4.(2) OSB. CSA O437.0, “OSB and Waferboard,” requires that Type O (aligned or oriented)
                                                                                                    panels be marked to show the grade and the direction of face alignment.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                      Division B 9-583
                                                                                                    A-9.24.3.2.(3)                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.24.3.2.(3)      Framing Above Doors in Steel Stud Fire Separations.


                                                                                                                                                                  jack stud
                                                                                                                                                                  gypsum board
                                                                                                                                                                  two screws - one at each
                                                                                                                                                                  end of header track
                                                                                                                                                                  2 tracks back to back
                                                                                                                                                                  gypsum board




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                  door frame
                                                                                                                                                                                      EG01219A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.24.3.2.(3)
                                                                                                     Steel stud header detail


                                                                                                    A-9.25.1.1.(2) Difference Between a Vapour Barrier and an Air Barrier. It is important to
                                                                                                    understand the difference between the functions of a vapour barrier and an air barrier. Some materials perform
                                                                                                    both functions, while others are only intended to perform one of the two.
                                                                                                    Vapour barrier materials are intended to restrict the movement of water vapour due to vapour pressure
                                                                                                    differentials, which are created by differences in temperature and moisture content, while air barrier materials
                                                                                                    are intended to restrict the movement of air due to air pressure differentials.
                                                                                                    A vapour barrier does not have to be continuous or sealed to perform its function of reducing the amount of
                                                                                                    water vapour that moves across an assembly, but an air barrier must be continuous and fully sealed to prevent
                                                                                                    the movement of air across the assembly.
                                                                                                    Further information can be found in “The difference between a vapour barrier and an air barrier,” by
                                                                                                    Quirouette, R. L., Building Performance Section, Division of Building Research, National Research Council
                                                                                                    Canada, BPN 54, July 1985.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.2.2.(2) Flame-Spread Ratings of Insulating Materials. Part 9 has no requirements for
                                                                                                    flame-spread ratings of insulation materials since these are seldom exposed in parts of buildings where fires
                                                                                                    are likely to start. Certain of the insulating material standards referenced in Sentence 9.25.2.2.(1) do include
                                                                                                    flame-spread rating criteria. These are included either because the industry producing the product wishes
                                                                                                    to demonstrate that their product does not constitute a fire hazard or because the product is regulated by
                                                                                                    authorities other than building authorities (e.g., “Hazardous Products Act”). However, the Code cannot apply
                                                                                                    such requirements to some materials and not to others. Hence, these flame-spread rating requirements are
                                                                                                    excepted in referencing these standards.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.2.3.(3) Position of Insulation. For thermal insulation to be effective, it must not be
                                                                                                    short-circuited by convective airflow through or around the material. If low-density fibrous insulation is
                                                                                                    installed with an air space on both sides of the insulation, the temperature differential between the warm and
                                                                                                    cold sides will drive convective airflow around the insulation. If foamed plastic insulation is spot-adhered
                                                                                                    to a backing wall or adhered in a grid pattern to an air-permeable substrate, and is not sealed at the joints
                                                                                                    and around the perimeter, air spaces between the insulation and the substrate will interconnect with spaces
                                                                                                    behind the cladding. Any temperature or air pressure differential across the insulation will again lead to short
                                                                                                    circuiting of the insulation by airflow. Thermal insulation must therefore be installed in full and continuous
                                                                                                    contact with the air barrier or another continuous component with low air permeance. (See Note A-9.25.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                    for examples of low-air-permeance materials.)

                                                                                                    A-9.25.2.4.(3) Loose-Fill Insulation in Existing Wood-Frame Walls. The addition of insulation
                                                                                                    into exterior walls of existing wood-frame buildings increases the likelihood of damage to framing and
                                                                                                    cladding components as a result of moisture accumulation. Many older homes were constructed with little or
                                                                                                    no regard for protection from vapour transmission or air leakage from the interior. Adding thermal insulation
                                                                                                    will substantially reduce the temperature of the siding or sheathing in winter months, possibly leading to
                                                                                                    condensation of moisture at this location.
                                                                                                    Defects in exterior cladding, flashing and caulking could result in rain entering the wall cavity. This moisture, if
                                                                                                    retained by the added insulation, could initiate the process of decay.


                                                                                                    9-584 Division B                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                               A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.

                                                                                                    Steps should be taken therefore, to minimize these effects prior to the retrofit of any insulation. Any openings
                                                                                                    in walls that could permit leakage of interior heated air into the wall cavity should be sealed. The inside surface
                                                                                                    should be coated with a low-permeability paint to reduce moisture transfer by diffusion. Finally, the exterior
                                                                                                    siding, flashing and caulking should be checked and repaired if necessary to prevent rain penetration.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.2.4.(5) Loose-Fill Insulation in Masonry Walls. Typical masonry cavity wall construction
                                                                                                    techniques do not lend themselves to the prevention of entry of rainwater into the wall space. For this reason,
                                                                                                    loose-fill insulation used in such space must be of the water repellent type. A test for water-repellency of
                                                                                                    loose-fill insulation suitable for installation in masonry cavity walls can be found in ASTM C516, “Standard
                                                                                                    Specification for Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation.”




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.25.3.1.(1) Air Barrier Systems for Control of Condensation. The majority of moisture
                                                                                                    problems resulting from condensation of water vapour in walls and ceiling/attic spaces are caused by the
                                                                                                    leakage of moist interior heated air into these spaces rather than by the diffusion of water vapour through
                                                                                                    the building envelope.
                                                                                                    Protection against such air leakage must be provided by a system of air-impermeable materials joined with
                                                                                                    leak-free joints. Generally, air leakage protection can be provided by the use of air-impermeable sheet materials,
                                                                                                    such as gypsum board or polyethylene of sufficient thickness, when installed with appropriate structural
                                                                                                    support. However, the integrity of the airtight elements in the air barrier system can be compromised at the
                                                                                                    joints and here special care must be taken in design and construction to achieve an effective air barrier system.
                                                                                                    Although Section 9.25. refers separately to vapour barriers and airtight elements in the air barrier system, these
                                                                                                    functions in a wall or ceiling assembly of conventional wood-frame construction are often combined as a single
                                                                                                    membrane that acts as a barrier against moisture diffusion and the movement of interior air into insulated wall
                                                                                                    or roof cavities. Openings cut through this membrane, such as for electrical boxes, provide opportunities for
                                                                                                    air leakage into concealed spaces, and special measures must be taken to make such openings as airtight as
                                                                                                    possible. Attention must also be paid to less obvious leakage paths, such as holes for electric wiring, plumbing
                                                                                                    installations, wall-ceiling and wall-floor intersections, and gaps created by shrinkage of framing members.
                                                                                                    In any case, air leakage must be controlled to a level where the occurrence of condensation will be sufficiently
                                                                                                    rare, or the quantities accumulated sufficiently small, and drying sufficiently rapid, to avoid material
                                                                                                    deterioration and the growth of mould and fungi.
                                                                                                    Generally the location in a building assembly of the airtight element of the air barrier system is not critical; it
                                                                                                    can restrict air leakage whether it is located near the outer surface of the assembly, near the inner surface or at
                                                                                                    some intermediate location. However, if a material chosen to act as an airtight element in the air barrier system
                                                                                                    also has the characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e., low permeability to water vapour), its location must be
                                                                                                    chosen more carefully in order to avoid moisture problems. (See Notes A-9.25.5.1.(1) and A-9.25.4.3.(2).)
                                                                                                    In some constructions, an airtight element in the air barrier system is the interior finish, such as gypsum board,
                                                                                                    which is sealed to framing members and adjacent components by gaskets, caulking, tape or other methods
                                                                                                    to complete the air barrier system. In such cases, special care in sealing joints in a separate vapour barrier is
                                                                                                    not critical. This approach often uses no separate vapour barrier but relies on appropriate paint coatings to
                                                                                                    give the interior finish sufficient resistance to water vapour diffusion that it can provide the required vapour
                                                                                                    diffusion protection.
                                                                                                    The wording in Section 9.25. allows for such innovative techniques, as well as the more traditional approach of
                                                                                                    using a continuous sheet, such as polyethylene, to act as an “air/vapour barrier.”
                                                                                                    Further information can be found in CBD 231, “Moisture problems in houses” (Canadian Building Digest
                                                                                                    231), by A.T. Hansen, which is available from NRC.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6. Air Leakage and Soil Gas Control in Floors-on-ground. The
                                                                                                    requirement in Sentence 9.25.3.3.(6) regarding the sealing of penetrations of the air barrier also applies to
                                                                                                    hollow metal and masonry columns penetrating the floor slab. Not only the perimeters but also the centres of
                                                                                                    such columns must be sealed or blocked.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-585
                                                                                                    A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                                                                                          exterior wall
                                                                                                                                                                          dampproofing
                                                                                                                                                                          (bituminous)

                                                                                                                                                                          flexible sealant

                                                                                                                                                                          slab dampproofing
                                                                                                                                                                          and soil gas barrier

                                                                                                                                                                          granular fill
                                                                                                                                                                                             EG00419B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.-A




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with solid walls


                                                                                                    The requirement in Sentence 9.25.3.6.(6) regarding drainage openings in slabs can be satisfied with any of a
                                                                                                    number of proprietary devices that prevent the entry of radon and other soil gases through floor drains. Some
                                                                                                    types of floor drains incorporate a trap that is connected to a nearby tap so that the trap is filled every time
                                                                                                    the tap is used. This is intended to prevent the entry of sewer gas but would be equally effective against
                                                                                                    the entry of radon and other soil gases.


                                                                                                                                                                          exterior wall
                                                                                                                                                                          dampproofing
                                                                                                                                                                          (bituminous)

                                                                                                                                                                          parging
                                                                                                                                                                          flexible sealant
                                                                                                                                                                          slab dampproofing
                                                                                                                                                                          and soil gas barrier

                                                                                                                                                                          granular fill
                                                                                                                                                                                             EG00419C


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.-B
                                                                                                     Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with hollow walls


                                                                                                    A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3) Polyethylene Air Barriers under Floors-on-Ground. Floors-on-ground
                                                                                                    separating conditioned space from the ground must be constructed to reduce the potential for the entry of air,
                                                                                                    radon or other soil gases. In most cases, this will be accomplished by placing 0.15 mm polyethylene under the
                                                                                                    floor.
                                                                                                    Finishing a concrete slab placed directly on polyethylene can, in many cases, cause problems for the
                                                                                                    inexperienced finisher. A rule of finishing, whether concrete is placed on polyethylene or not, is to never
                                                                                                    finish or “work” the surface of the slab while bleed water is present or before all the bleed water has risen to
                                                                                                    the surface and evaporated. If finishing operations are performed before all the bleed water has risen and
                                                                                                    evaporated, surface defects such as blisters, crazing, scaling and dusting can result. In the case of slabs placed
                                                                                                    directly on polyethylene, the amount of bleed water that may rise to the surface and the time required for it to
                                                                                                    do so are increased compared to a slab placed on a compacted granular base. Because of the polyethylene,
                                                                                                    the excess water in the mix from the bottom portion of the slab cannot bleed downward and out of the slab
                                                                                                    and be absorbed into the granular material below. Therefore, all bleed water, including that from the bottom
                                                                                                    of the slab, must now rise through the slab to the surface. Quite often in such cases, finishing operations are
                                                                                                    begun too soon and surface defects result.
                                                                                                    One solution that is often suggested is to place a layer of sand between the polyethylene and the concrete.
                                                                                                    However, this is not an acceptable solution for the following reason: it is unlikely that the polyethylene will
                                                                                                    survive the slab pouring process entirely intact. Nevertheless, the polyethylene will still be effective in retarding
                                                                                                    the flow of soil gas if it is in intimate contact with the concrete; soil gas will only be able to penetrate where a
                                                                                                    break in the polyethylene coincides with a crack in the concrete. The majority of concrete cracks will probably
                                                                                                    be underlain by intact polyethylene. On the other hand, if there is an intervening layer of a porous medium,
                                                                                                    such as sand, soil gas will be able to travel laterally from a break in the polyethylene to the nearest crack in the
                                                                                                    concrete and the total system will be much less resistant to soil gas penetration.


                                                                                                    9-586 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-9.25.5.1.

                                                                                                    To reduce and/or control the cracking of concrete slabs, it is necessary to understand the nature and causes of
                                                                                                    volume changes of concrete and in particular those relating to drying shrinkage. The total amount of water
                                                                                                    in a mix is by far the largest contributor to the amount of drying shrinkage and resulting potential cracking
                                                                                                    that may be expected from a given concrete. The less total amount of water in the mix, the less volume
                                                                                                    change (due to evaporation of water), which means the less drying shrinkage that will occur. To lessen the
                                                                                                    volume change and potential cracking due to drying shrinkage, a mix with the lowest total amount of water
                                                                                                    that is practicable should always be used. To lower the water content of a mix, superplasticizers are often
                                                                                                    added to provide the needed workability of the concrete during the placing operation. Concretes with a high
                                                                                                    water-to-cementing-materials ratio usually have high water content mixes. They should be avoided to minimize
                                                                                                    drying shrinkage and cracking of the slab. The water-to-cementing-materials ratio for slabs-on-ground should
                                                                                                    be no higher than 0.55.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.25.4.2.(2) Vapour Barrier Materials in Foundation Wall Assemblies Enclosing
                                                                                                    Basements or Heated Crawl Spaces. In the summer, solar heating can cause condensation to form
                                                                                                    on the wall-facing side of polyethylene membranes that are installed on the warm side of foundation wall
                                                                                                    assemblies enclosing a basement or heated crawl space. Moisture in the foundation wall due to wind-driven
                                                                                                    rain is driven to the interior when the above-ground portion of the wall is exposed to solar heating.
                                                                                                    Variable-permeance vapour barrier materials allow moisture to dissipate into the basement or heated crawl
                                                                                                    space during the summer and have thus been shown to minimize the formation of condensation in foundation
                                                                                                    wall assemblies. These materials have proven effective whether installed continuously over the full area of the
                                                                                                    foundation wall or continuously over not less than the top half of the full height of the wall area, starting from
                                                                                                    the above-ground portion, with a polyethylene membrane installed over the remaining bottom portion.
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.25.4.2.(2) is not intended to preclude the use of variable-permeance vapour barriers in above-grade
                                                                                                    wall assemblies. However, when contemplating their use in such an application, consideration should be given
                                                                                                    to the climatic conditions at the building's location.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.4.2.(3) Normal Conditions. The requirement for a 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) vapour barrier stated in
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.25.4.2.(1) is based on the assumption that the building assembly is subjected to conditions that are
                                                                                                    considered normal for typical residential occupancies, and business and personal services occupancies.
                                                                                                    However, where the intended use of an occupancy includes facilities or activities that will generate a substantial
                                                                                                    amount of moisture indoors during the heating season, such as swimming pools, greenhouses, laundromats,
                                                                                                    and any continuous operation of hot tubs and saunas, the building envelope assemblies would have to
                                                                                                    demonstrate acceptable performance levels in accordance with the requirements in Part 5.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.4.2.(6) Protection of Vapour Barriers. The requirements of CAN/CGSB-51.33-M, “Vapour
                                                                                                    Barrier Sheet, Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building Construction,” were developed for paper-based
                                                                                                    vapour barriers, which are not susceptible to deterioration under prolonged exposure to direct ultraviolet
                                                                                                    (UV) radiation. Since the publication of the last edition of this standard in 1989, non-polyethylene vapour
                                                                                                    barriers have become available that are susceptible to UV-induced deterioration. These vapour barriers must be
                                                                                                    protected by a covering or installed in locations where they will not be exposed to direct UV radiation after the
                                                                                                    completion of construction. In addition, the vapour barrier manufacturer's guidance regarding the maximum
                                                                                                    allowable time of exposure to direct UV radiation should be followed where provided. Exposure to direct UV
                                                                                                    radiation most commonly occurs around window openings.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.4.3.(2) Location of Vapour Barriers. Assemblies in which the vapour barrier is located
                                                                                                    partway through the insulation meet the intent of this Article provided it can be shown that the temperature of
                                                                                                    the vapour barrier will not fall below the dew point of the heated interior air.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.5.1.     Location of Low Permeance Materials.

                                                                                                        Low Air- and Vapour-Permeance Materials and Implications for Moisture Accumulation

                                                                                                        The location in a building assembly of a material with low air permeance is generally not critical; the
                                                                                                        material can restrict outward movement of indoor air whether it is located near the outer surface of the
                                                                                                        assembly, near the inner surface, or at some intermediate location, and such restriction of air movement is
                                                                                                        generally beneficial, whether or not the particular material is designated as part of the air barrier system.
                                                                                                        However, if such a material also has the characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e. low permeability to water
                                                                                                        vapour), its location must be chosen more carefully in order to avoid moisture accumulation.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-587
                                                                                                    A-9.25.5.1.                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                        Any moisture from the indoor air that diffuses through the inner layers of the assembly or is carried by air
                                                                                                        leakage through those layers may be prevented from diffusing or being transferred through the assembly
                                                                                                        by a low air- and vapour-permeance material. This moisture transfer will usually not cause a problem if the
                                                                                                        material is located where the temperature is above the dew point of the indoor air: the water vapour will
                                                                                                        remain as vapour, the humidity level in the assembly will come to equilibrium with that of the indoor air,
                                                                                                        further accumulation of moisture will cease or stabilize at a low rate, and no harm will be done.
                                                                                                        But if the low air- and vapour-permeance material is located where the temperature is below the dew
                                                                                                        point of the air at that location, water vapour will condense and accumulate as water or ice, which will
                                                                                                        reduce the humidity level and encourage the movement of more water vapour into the assembly. If the
                                                                                                        temperature remains below the dew point for any length of time, significant moisture could accumulate.
                                                                                                        When warmer weather returns, the presence of a material with low water vapour permeance can retard




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        drying of the accumulated moisture. Moisture that remains into warmer weather can support the growth of
                                                                                                        decay organisms.
                                                                                                        Due consideration should be given to the properties and location of any material in the building
                                                                                                        envelope, including paints, liquid-applied or sprayed-on and trowelled-on materials. It is recognized that
                                                                                                        constructions that include low air- and vapour-permeance materials are acceptable, but only where these
                                                                                                        materials are not susceptible to damage from moisture or where they can accommodate moisture, for
                                                                                                        example insulated concrete walls. Further information on the construction of basement walls can be found
                                                                                                        in “Performance Guidelines for Basement Envelope Systems and Materials,” published by NRC.

                                                                                                            Cladding
                                                                                                            Different cladding materials have different vapour permeances and different degrees of
                                                                                                            susceptibility to moisture deterioration. They are each installed in different ways that are
                                                                                                            more or less conducive to the release of moisture that may accumulate on the inner surface.
                                                                                                            Sheet or panel-type cladding materials, such as metal sheet, have a vapour permeance less
                                                                                                            than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2). Sheet metal cladding that has lock seams also has a low air leakage
                                                                                                            characteristic and so must be installed outboard of a drained and vented air space. Assemblies
                                                                                                            clad with standard residential vinyl or metal strip siding do not require additional protection
                                                                                                            as the joints are not so tight as to prevent the dissipation of moisture.

                                                                                                            Sheathing
                                                                                                            Like cladding, sheathing materials have different vapour permeances and different degrees
                                                                                                            of susceptibility to moisture deterioration.
                                                                                                            Low-permeance sheathing may serve as the vapour barrier if it can be shown that the
                                                                                                            temperature of the interior surface of the sheathing will not fall below that at which saturation
                                                                                                            will occur. This may be the case where insulating sheathing is used.

                                                                                                            Thermal Insulation
                                                                                                            Where low-permeance foamed plastic is the sole thermal insulation in a building assembly,
                                                                                                            the temperature of the inner surface of this element will be close to the interior temperature.
                                                                                                            If the foamed plastic insulation has a permeance below 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2), it can fulfill the
                                                                                                            function of a vapour barrier to control condensation within the assembly due to vapour
                                                                                                            diffusion. However, where low-permeance thermal insulating sheathing is installed on the
                                                                                                            outside of an insulated frame wall, the temperature of the inner surface of the insulating
                                                                                                            sheathing may fall below the dew point; in this case, the function of vapour barrier has to be
                                                                                                            provided by a separate building element installed on the warm side of the assembly.

                                                                                                            Normal Conditions
                                                                                                            The required minimum ratios given in Table 9.25.5.2. are based on the assumption that the
                                                                                                            building assembly is subjected to conditions that are considered normal for typical residential
                                                                                                            occupancies, and business and personal services occupancies.
                                                                                                            However, where the intended use of an occupancy includes facilities or activities that will
                                                                                                            generate a substantial amount of moisture indoors during the heating season, such as
                                                                                                            swimming pools, greenhouses, the operation of a laundromat or any continuous operation of




                                                                                                    9-588 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                             A-9.25.5.1.(1)

                                                                                                                hot tubs and saunas, the building envelope assemblies would have to demonstrate acceptable
                                                                                                                performance levels in accordance with the requirements in Part 5.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.5.1.(1) Air and Vapour Permeance Values. The air leakage characteristics and water vapour
                                                                                                    permeance values for a number of common materials are given in Table A-9.25.5.1.(1). These values are
                                                                                                    provided on a generic basis; proprietary products may have values differing somewhat from those in the Table
                                                                                                    (consult the manufacturers' current data sheets for their products' values).
                                                                                                    The values quoted are for the material thickness listed. Water vapour permeance is inversely proportional to
                                                                                                    thickness: therefore, greater thicknesses will have lower water vapour permeance values.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                  Table A-9.25.5.1.(1)
                                                                                                                                                          Air and Vapour Permeance Values (1)

                                                                                                                                                                      Air Leakage Characteristic, L/(s×m2)             Water Vapour Permeance,
                                                                                                                               Material
                                                                                                                                                                           at 75 Pa (Air Permeance)                     (Dry Cup) ng/(Pa×s×m2)
                                                                                                     Sheet and panel-type materials
                                                                                                         12.7-mm gypsum board                                                          0.02                                       2600
                                                                                                             • painted (1 coat primer)                                              negligible                                    1300
                                                                                                             • painted (1 coat primer + 2 coats latex paint)                        negligible                                    180
                                                                                                         12.7-mm foil-backed gypsum board                                           negligible                                  negligible
                                                                                                         12.7-mm gypsum board sheathing                                              0.0091                                       1373
                                                                                                         6.4-mm plywood                                                              0.0084                                     23 – 74
                                                                                                         11-mm oriented strandboard                                                  0.0108                                    44 (range)
                                                                                                         12.5-mm cement board                                                         0.147                                       590
                                                                                                         plywood (from 9.5 mm to 18 mm)                                         negligible – 0.01                               40 – 57
                                                                                                         fibreboard sheathing                                                     0.012 – 1.91                                 100 – 2900
                                                                                                         17-mm wood sheathing                                            high – depends on no. of joints                          982
                                                                                                     Insulation
                                                                                                         27-mm foil-faced polyisocyanurate                                          negligible                                      4.3
                                                                                                         27-mm paper-faced polyisocyanurate                                         negligible                                     61.1
                                                                                                         25-mm extruded polystyrene                                                 negligible                                   23 – 92
                                                                                                         25-mm expanded polystyrene (Type 2)                                         0.0214                                     86 – 160
                                                                                                         fibrous insulations                                                        very high                                   very high
                                                                                                         25-mm polyurethane spray foam – low density                                  0.011                                    894 – 3791
                                                                                                         25-mm polyurethane spray foam – medium density                             negligible                                     96 (2)
                                                                                                     Membrane-type materials
                                                                                                         asphalt-impregnated paper (10 min paper)                                    0.0673                                        370
                                                                                                         asphalt-impregnated paper (30 min paper)                                       0.4                                        650
                                                                                                         asphalt-impregnated paper (60 min paper)                                      0.44                                       1800
                                                                                                         water-resistive barriers (9 materials)                                  negligible – 4.3                              30 – 1200
                                                                                                         0.15-mm polyethylene                                                       negligible                                  1.6 – 5.8
                                                                                                         asphalt-saturated felt (#15)                                                 0.153                                        290
                                                                                                         building paper                                                              0.2706                                    170 – 1400
                                                                                                         spun-bonded polyolefin film (expanded)                                      0.9593                                       3646
                                                                                                     Other materials
                                                                                                         brick (6 materials)                                                        negligible                                 102 – 602
                                                                                                         metal                                                                      negligible                                  negligible
                                                                                                         mortar mixes (4 materials)                                                 negligible                                 13 – 690
                                                                                                         stucco                                                                     negligible                                 75 – 240
                                                                                                         50-mm reinforced concrete (density: 2 330 kg/m3)                           negligible                                     23

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.25.5.1.(1):
                                                                                                    (1)   Air leakage and vapour permeance values derived from:
                                                                                                                • Bombaru, D., Jutras, R. and Patenaude, A. “Air Permeance of Building Materials.” Summary Report prepared by AIR-INS Inc. for Canada
                                                                                                                  Mortgage and Housing Corporation, Ottawa, 1988. Values indicate properties of tested materials only; values for specific products
                                                                                                                  may vary significantly.
                                                                                                                • “Details of Air Barrier Systems for Houses.” Tarion Warranty Corporation (formerly Ontario New Home Warranty Program), Toronto, 1993.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                    Division B 9-589
                                                                                                    A-9.25.5.1.(1)(a)(ii)                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                                                                            Table A-9.25.5.1.(1) (Continued)

                                                                                                                • Kumaran, M.K., et al., ASHRAE Research Report 1018 RP, A Thermal and Moisture Transport Property Database for Common Building and
                                                                                                                  Insulating Materials.
                                                                                                                • Kumaran, M.K., Lackey, J., Normandin, N., van Reenen, D., Tariku, F., Summary Report from Task 3 of MEWS Project at the Institute for
                                                                                                                  Research in Construction-Hygrothermal Properties of Several Building Materials, IRC-RR-110, March 2002.
                                                                                                                • Mukhopadhyaya, P., Kumaran, M.K., et al., Hygrothermal Properties of Exterior Claddings, Sheathings Boards, Membranes and Insulation
                                                                                                                  Materials for Building Envelope Design, Proceedings of Thermal Perfomance of the Exterior Envelopes of Whole Building X, Clearwater,
                                                                                                                  Florida, December 2-7, 2007, pp. 1-16 (NRCC-50287).
                                                                                                    (2)    This water vapour permeance value is for a 25-mm-thick core layer of medium-density polyurethane spray foam. When installed in the field, a
                                                                                                           low permeance resin layer forms where the foam is in contact with the substrate. The water vapour permeance of the installed foam, were it




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           measured including the resin layer, would therefore likely be lower than the value listed in the Table.


                                                                                                    A-9.25.5.1.(1)(a)(ii) Reduced Potential for Condensation in the Building Envelope. The
                                                                                                    requirements in Article 9.25.5.2. aim to reduce the risk of condensation being introduced into wall assemblies
                                                                                                    due to the water vapour permeance of the outboard materials. Research has confirmed that the reduced
                                                                                                    condensation potential of exterior continuous insulation with a thermal resistance of at least 0.7 (m2×K)/W and
                                                                                                    a water vapour permeance between 30 and 1 800 ng/(Pa×s×m2) compares to reference assemblies without
                                                                                                    exterior insulation in a given geographic location and climatic exposure.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.5.1.(3) Wood-based Sheathing Materials. Wood-based sheathing materials, such as plywood
                                                                                                    and OSB, that are not more than 12.5 mm thick are exempt from complying with Sentence 9.25.5.1.(1) because
                                                                                                    wood has an adaptive vapour permeance based on relative humidity: it has a low vapour permeance in an
                                                                                                    environment with low relative humidity and a higher vapour permeance in an environment with high relative
                                                                                                    humidity (see Figure A-9.25.5.1.(3)).


                                                                                                                                                           2000


                                                                                                                                                           1800




                                                                                                                      Water vapour permeance, ng/Pa×s×m2
                                                                                                                                                           1600

                                                                                                                                                                      OSB (11 mm thick with a density of 650 kg/m3)
                                                                                                                                                           1400       plywood (15 mm thick with a density of 600 kg/m3)
                                                                                                                                                                      range of extruded polystyrene products (25 mm thick)
                                                                                                                                                           1200


                                                                                                                                                           1000


                                                                                                                                                           800


                                                                                                                                                           600


                                                                                                                                                           400


                                                                                                                                                           200


                                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                                                  0   20               40                 60                 80            100
                                                                                                                                                                                       Relative humidity, %                              EG01392A




                                                                                                          Figure A-9.25.5.1.(3)
                                                                                                          Adaptive water vapour permeance of wood-based sheathing materials




                                                                                                    9-590 Division B                                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                        A-9.25.5.2.

                                                                                                    This adaptive vapour permeance means that wood-based materials located on the outboard side of an assembly
                                                                                                    in winter, where the RH is typically 75% or higher, are relatively vapour-open, thus allowing greater vapour
                                                                                                    movement. The same wood-based material located on the inboard side of an assembly, where the RH is
                                                                                                    typically much lower in winter, has a low vapour permeance, thus mitigating the movement of vapour.

                                                                                                    A-9.25.5.2. Assumptions Followed in Developing Table 9.25.5.2. Article 9.25.5.2. specifies that
                                                                                                    a low air- and vapour-permeance material must be located on the warm face of the assembly, outboard of a
                                                                                                    vented air space, or within the assembly at a position where its inner surface is likely to be warm enough for
                                                                                                    most of the heating season such that no significant accumulation of moisture will occur. This last position is
                                                                                                    defined by the ratio of the thermal resistance values outboard and inboard of the innermost impermeable
                                                                                                    surface of the material in question.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    The design values given in Table 9.25.5.2. are based on the assumption that the building includes a mechanical
                                                                                                    ventilation system (between 0.3 and 0.5 air changes per hour), a 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) vapour barrier, and an air
                                                                                                    barrier (values between 0.024 and 0.1 L/sm2 through the assembly were used). The moisture generated by
                                                                                                    occupants and their use of bathrooms, cleaning, laundry and kitchen appliances was assumed to fall between
                                                                                                    7.5 and 11.5 L per day.
                                                                                                    It has been demonstrated through modeling under these conditions that assemblies constructed according to
                                                                                                    the requirements in Table 9.25.5.2. do not lead to moisture accumulation levels that may lead to deterioration
                                                                                                    as long as the average monthly vapour pressure difference between the exterior and interior sides over the
                                                                                                    heating season does not increase above 750 Pa, which would translate into an interior relative humidity of
                                                                                                    35% in colder climates and 60% in mild climates.
                                                                                                    Health Canada recommends an indoor relative humidity between 35% and 50% for healthy conditions.
                                                                                                    ASHRAE accepts a 30% to 60% range. Environments that are much drier tend to exacerbate respiratory
                                                                                                    problems and allergies; more humid environments tend to support the spread of microbes, moulds and dust
                                                                                                    mites, which can adversely affect health.
                                                                                                    In most of Canada in the winter, indoor RH is limited by the exterior temperature and the corresponding
                                                                                                    temperature on the inside of windows. During colder periods, indoor RH higher than 35% will cause significant
                                                                                                    condensation on windows. When this occurs, occupants are likely to increase the ventilation to remove excess
                                                                                                    moisture. Although indoor RH may exceed 35% for short periods when the outside temperature is warmer,
                                                                                                    the criteria provided in Table 9.25.5.2. will still apply. Where higher relative humidities are maintained for
                                                                                                    extended periods in these colder climates, the ratios listed in the Table may not provide adequate protection.
                                                                                                    Some occupancies require that RH be maintained above 35% throughout the year, and some interior spaces
                                                                                                    support activities such as swimming that create high relative humidities. In these cases, Table 9.25.5.2. cannot
                                                                                                    be used and the position of the materials must be determined according to Part 5.
                                                                                                    It should be noted that Part 9 building envelopes in regions with colder winters have historically performed
                                                                                                    acceptably when the interior RH does not exceed 35% over most of the heating season. With tighter building
                                                                                                    envelopes, it is possible to raise interior RH levels above 35%. There is no information, however, on how
                                                                                                    Part 9 building envelopes will perform when exposed to these higher indoor RH levels for extended periods
                                                                                                    during the heating season over many years. Operation of the ventilation system, as intended to remove indoor
                                                                                                    pollutants, will maintain the lower RH levels as necessary.

                                                                                                        Calculating Inboard to Outboard Thermal Resistance

                                                                                                        The method of calculating the inboard to outboard thermal resistance ratio is illustrated in Figure A-9.25.5.2.
                                                                                                        The example wall section shows three planes where low air- and vapour-permeance materials have been
                                                                                                        installed. A vapour barrier, installed to meet the requirements of Subsection 9.25.4., is on the warm side of
                                                                                                        the insulation consistent with Clause 9.25.5.2.(1)(a) and Sentences 9.25.4.1.(1) and 9.25.4.3.(2). The vinyl
                                                                                                        siding has an integral drained and vented air space consistent with Clause 9.25.5.2.(1)(c). The position of the
                                                                                                        interior face of the low-permeance insulating sheathing, however, must be reviewed in terms of its thermal
                                                                                                        resistance relative to the overall thermal resistance of the wall, and the climate where the building is located.
                                                                                                        Comparing the RSI ratio from the example wall section with those in Table 9.25.5.2. indicates that this wall
                                                                                                        would be acceptable in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 7999, which includes, for example,
                                                                                                        Whitehorse, Fort McMurray, Yorkton, Flin Flon, Geraldton, Val-d'Or and Wabush. (Degree-day values for
                                                                                                        various locations in Canada are provided in Appendix C.)
                                                                                                        A similar calculation would indicate that, for a similar assembly with a 140 mm stud cavity filled with an
                                                                                                        RSI 3.52 batt, the ratio would be 0.28. Thus such a wall could be used in areas with Celsius degree-day


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-591
                                                                                                    A-9.25.5.2.                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                        values up to 4999, which includes, for example, Cranbrook, Lethbridge, Ottawa, Montreal, Fredericton,
                                                                                                        Sydney, Charlottetown and St. John's.
                                                                                                        Similarly, if half the thickness of the same low-permeance sheathing were used, the ratio with an 89 mm
                                                                                                        cavity would be 0.25, permitting its use in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 4999. The ratio
                                                                                                        with a 140 mm cavity would be 0.16; thus this assembly could not be used anywhere, since this ratio is
                                                                                                        below the minimum permitted in Table 9.25.5.2.
                                                                                                        Table A-9.25.5.2. shows the minimum thicknesses of low-permeance insulating sheathing necessary to
                                                                                                        satisfy Article 9.25.5.2. in various degree-day zones for a range of resistivity values of insulating sheathing.
                                                                                                        These thicknesses are based on the detail shown in Figure A-9.25.5.2. but could also be used with cladding
                                                                                                        details, such as brick veneer or wood siding, which provide equal or greater outboard thermal resistance.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Outboard

                                                                                                                                                                                                     RSI         Total RSI    RSI Ratio
                                                                                                           air film                                          exterior
                                                                                                                                                                                                     0.03
                                                                                                           metal or vinyl siding                                                                     0.12
                                                                                                           insulating sheathing                                                                                    1.02
                                                                                                                                                                                                     0.87
                                                                                                           plane of low air and                                                                                              1.02
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    = 0.44
                                                                                                           vapour permeance                                                                                                  2.31


                                                                                                           glass fibre batt in
                                                                                                           89 mm stud                                                                                2.11
                                                                                                           cavity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   2.31


                                                                                                           vapour barrier
                                                                                                           13 mm                                                                                     0.08
                                                                                                           gypsum board
                                                                                                                                                             interior                                0.12
                                                                                                           air film
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Inboard
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    EG00382F


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.25.5.2.
                                                                                                          Example of a wall section showing thermal resistance inboard and outboard of a plane of low air and vapour
                                                                                                          permeance


                                                                                                                                                         Table A-9.25.5.2.
                                                                                                                                     Minimum Thicknesses of Low-Permeance Insulating Sheathing

                                                                                                                                                   38 × 89 Framing                                     38 × 140 Framing
                                                                                                                        Min.      Min. Outboard     Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm     Min. Outboard          Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm
                                                                                                      Celsius Heating
                                                                                                                        RSI         Thermal          Sheathing Thermal Resistance,     Thermal           Sheathing Thermal Resistance,
                                                                                                       Degree-days
                                                                                                                        Ratio      Resistance,                  RSI/mm                Resistance,                   RSI/mm
                                                                                                                                       RSI        0.0300 0.0325 0.0350 0.0400             RSI         0.0300 0.0325 0.0350 0.0400
                                                                                                         ≤ 4999          0.20          0.46         10       10         9        8        0.72          19        17       16       14
                                                                                                       5000 to 5999      0.30          0.69         18        17       16       14        1.07          31        28       26       23
                                                                                                       6000 to 6999      0.35          0.81         22        20       19       16        1.25          37        34       32       28
                                                                                                       7000 to 7999      0.40          0.92         26        24       22       19        1.43          43        39       37       32
                                                                                                       8000 to 8999      0.50          1.16         34        31       29       25        1.79          55        50       47       41
                                                                                                       9000 to 9999      0.55          1.27         37        34       32       28        1.97          61        56       52       45
                                                                                                      10000 to 10999     0.60          1.39         41        38       35       31        2.15          67        61       57       50
                                                                                                      11000 to 11999     0.65          1.50         45        42       39       34        2.33          73        67       62       54
                                                                                                         ≥ 12000         0.75          1.73         53        49       45       40        2.69          85        78       72       63


                                                                                                    9-592 Division B                                                                  National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          A-9.27.2.

                                                                                                        References

                                                                                                          (1) “Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality,” Environmental Health Directorate, Health
                                                                                                              Protection Branch, Health Canada, Ottawa, April 1987 (Revised July 1989).
                                                                                                          (2) ANSI/ASHRAE 62, “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.”

                                                                                                    A-9.26.1.1.(1) Platforms that Effectively Serve as Roofs. Decks, balconies, exterior walkways
                                                                                                    and similar exterior surfaces effectively serve as roofs where these platforms do not permit the free drainage
                                                                                                    of water through the deck. When water is driven by wind across the deck (roof) surface, it can be driven
                                                                                                    upward when it encounters an interruption.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.26.2.3.(4) Fasteners for Treated Shingles. Where shingles or shakes have been chemically
                                                                                                    treated with a preservative or a fire retardant, the fastener should be of a material known to be compatible
                                                                                                    with the chemicals used in the treatment.

                                                                                                    A-9.26.4.1. Junctions between Roofs and Walls or Guards. Drainage of water from decks and
                                                                                                    other platforms that effectively serve as roofs will be blocked by walls, and blocked or restricted by guards
                                                                                                    where significant lengths and heights of material are connected to the deck. Without proper flashing at such
                                                                                                    roof-wall junctions or roof-guard junctions, water will generally leak into the adjoining constructions and can
                                                                                                    penetrate into supporting constructions below. Exceptions include platforms where waterproof curbs of
                                                                                                    sufficient height are cast-in or where the deck and wall or guard are unit-formed. In these cases, the monolithic
                                                                                                    deck-wall or deck-guard junctions will minimize the likelihood of water ingress. (See also Note A-9.26.1.1.(1).)

                                                                                                    A-9.26.17.1.(1) Installation of Concrete Roof Tiles. Where concrete roof tiles are to be installed,
                                                                                                    the dead load imposed by this material should be considered in determining the minimum sizes and maximum
                                                                                                    spans of the supporting roof members.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.1.1.(5) EIFS on Walls with Cold-Formed Steel Stud Framing. While Part 9 permits the
                                                                                                    installation of exterior insulation finish systems on walls with cold-formed steel stud framing, the design of
                                                                                                    loadbearing steel walls is outside the scope of Part 9 and is addressed in Part 4 (see Sentence 9.24.1.1.(2)).

                                                                                                    A-9.27.2. Required Protection from Precipitation. Part 5 and Part 9 of the NBC recognize that mass
                                                                                                    walls and face-sealed, concealed barrier and rainscreen assemblies have their place in the Canadian context.
                                                                                                    Mass walls are generally constructed of cast-in-place concrete or masonry. Without cladding or surface finish,
                                                                                                    they can be exposed to precipitation for a significant period before moisture will penetrate from the exterior
                                                                                                    to the interior. The critical characteristics of these walls are related to thickness, mass, and moisture transfer
                                                                                                    properties, such as shedding, absorption and moisture diffusivity.
                                                                                                    Face-sealed assemblies have only a single plane of protection. Sealant installed between cladding elements
                                                                                                    and other envelope components is part of the air barrier system and is exposed to the weather. Face-sealed
                                                                                                    assemblies are appropriate where it can be demonstrated that they will provide acceptable performance with
                                                                                                    respect to the health and safety of the occupants, the operation of building services and the provision of
                                                                                                    conditions suitable for the intended occupancy. These assemblies, however, require more intensive, regular
                                                                                                    and ongoing maintenance, and should only be selected on the basis of life-cycle costing considering the risk of
                                                                                                    failure and all implications should failure occur. Climate loads such as wind-driven rain, for example, should
                                                                                                    be considered. Face-sealed assemblies are not recommended where the building owner may not be aware of the
                                                                                                    maintenance issue or where regular maintenance may be problematic.
                                                                                                    Concealed barrier assemblies include both a first and second plane of protection. The first plane comprises the
                                                                                                    cladding, which is intended to handle the majority of the precipitation load. The second plane of protection is
                                                                                                    intended to handle any water that penetrates the cladding plane. It allows for the dissipation of this water,
                                                                                                    primarily by gravity drainage, and provides a barrier to further ingress.
                                                                                                    Like concealed barrier assemblies, rainscreen assemblies include both a first and second plane of protection. The
                                                                                                    first plane comprises the cladding, which is designed and constructed to handle virtually all of the precipitation
                                                                                                    load. The second plane of protection is designed and constructed to handle only very small quantities of
                                                                                                    incidental water; composition of the second plane is described in Note A-9.27.3.1. In these assemblies, the air
                                                                                                    barrier system, which plays a role in controlling precipitation ingress due to air pressure difference, is protected
                                                                                                    from the elements. (See Figure A-9.27.2.)


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-593
                                                                                                    A-9.27.2.1.(1)                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                            rain penetration                       rain penetration                            rain penetration
                                                                                                            control elements                       control elements                            control elements

                                                                                                                        second plane                                                                         second plane
                                                                                                                                                                  second plane
                                                                                                                        of protection                                                                        of protection
                                                                                                      first plane of                       first plane of         of protection         first plane of
                                                                                                                        (air space and                                                                       (2 layers
                                                                                                      protection                           protection             (insulating           protection
                                                                                                                        sheathing                                                                            of sheathing
                                                                                                      (cladding)        membrane)          (cladding)             sheathing)            (composite           membrane)
                                                                                                                                                                                        cladding)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                 inner                                    inner                                      inner
                                                                                                                                 boundary of                              boundary of                                boundary of
                                                                                                                                 second                                   second                                     second
                                                                                                                                 plane of                                 plane of                                   plane of
                                                                                                                                 protection                               protection                                 protection




                                                                                                                  heat, air and                             heat, air and                            heat, air and
                                                                                                                  vapour control                            vapour control                           vapour control
                                                                                                                  elements with                             elements with                            elements with
                                                                                                                  structural elements                       structural elements                      structural elements
                                                                                                                  and finishes                              and finishes                             and finishes
                                                                                                                        (a)                                       (b)                                      (c)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             EG02060A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.27.2.
                                                                                                     Generic rainscreen assemblies


                                                                                                    The cladding assembly described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(4) is a basic rainscreen assembly. This approach is
                                                                                                    required for residential buildings where a higher level of ongoing performance is expected without significant
                                                                                                    maintenance. This approach, however, is recommended in all cases.
                                                                                                    The cladding assemblies described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5) are also rainscreen assemblies. The assembly
                                                                                                    described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) is again a basic rainscreen assembly. A wall with a capillary break as
                                                                                                    described in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) is an open rainscreen assembly. Walls with a capillary break as described in
                                                                                                    Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) have been referred to as drainscreen assemblies.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.2.1.(1) Minimizing Precipitation Ingress. The total prevention of precipitation ingress
                                                                                                    into wall assemblies is difficult to achieve and, depending on the wall design and construction, may not be
                                                                                                    absolutely necessary. The amount of moisture that enters a wall, and the frequency with which this occurs,
                                                                                                    must be limited. The occurrence of ingress must be sufficiently rare, accumulation sufficiently small and drying
                                                                                                    sufficiently rapid to prevent the deterioration of moisture-susceptible materials and the growth of fungi.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.2.2. Required Levels of Protection from Precipitation. Precursors to Part 9 and all
                                                                                                    editions of the NBC containing a Part 9 applying to housing and small buildings included a performance-based
                                                                                                    provision requiring that cladding provide protection from the weather for inboard materials. Industry
                                                                                                    requested that Part 9 provide additional guidance to assist in determining the minimum levels of protection
                                                                                                    from precipitation to be provided by cladding assemblies. As with all requirements in the NBC, the new
                                                                                                    requirements in Article 9.27.2.2. describe the minimum cladding assembly configuration. Designers must still
                                                                                                    consider local accepted good practice, demonstrated performance and the specific conditions to which a
                                                                                                    particular wall will be exposed when designing or selecting a cladding assembly.




                                                                                                    9-594 Division B                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-9.27.3.1.

                                                                                                        Capillary Breaks
                                                                                                        The properties that are necessary for a material or assembly to provide a capillary break, and quantitative
                                                                                                        values for those properties, have not been defined. Among the material properties that need to be
                                                                                                        addressed are water absorption and susceptibility to moisture-related deterioration. Among the assembly
                                                                                                        characteristics to be considered are bridging of spaces by water droplets, venting and drainage.
                                                                                                        Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) describes the capillary break configuration typical of open rainscreen construction. The
                                                                                                        minimum 10 mm will avoid bridging of the space by water droplets and allow some construction tolerance.
                                                                                                        Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) describes a variation on the typical open rainscreen configuration. Products used to
                                                                                                        provide the capillary break include a variety of non-moisture-susceptible, open-mesh materials.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) describes a configuration that is typical of that provided by horizontal vinyl and metal
                                                                                                        siding, without contoured insulating backing. The air space behind the cladding components and the loose
                                                                                                        installation reduce the likelihood of moisture becoming trapped and promote drying by airflow.
                                                                                                        Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(d) recognizes the demonstrated performance of masonry cavity walls and masonry
                                                                                                        veneer walls.

                                                                                                        Moisture Index
                                                                                                        The moisture index (MI) for a particular location reflects both the wetting and drying characteristics of
                                                                                                        the climate and depends on
                                                                                                           • annual rainfall, and
                                                                                                           • the temperature and relative humidity of the outdoor ambient air.
                                                                                                        MI values are derived from detailed research and calculations.
                                                                                                        Due to a lack of definitive data, the MI values identified in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5), which trigger exceptions
                                                                                                        to or additional precipitation protection, are based on expert opinion. Designers should consider local
                                                                                                        experience and demonstrated performance when selecting materials and assemblies for protection from
                                                                                                        precipitation. For further information on MI, see Appendix C.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.3.1. Second Plane of Protection. As specified in Sentence 9.27.3.1.(1), the second plane of
                                                                                                    protection consists of a drainage plane with an appropriate material serving as the inner boundary and flashing
                                                                                                    to dissipate rainwater or meltwater to the exterior.

                                                                                                        Drainage Plane
                                                                                                        Except for masonry walls, the simplest configuration of a drainage plane is merely a vertical interface
                                                                                                        between materials that will allow gravity to draw the moisture down to the flashing to allow it to dissipate
                                                                                                        to the exterior. It does not necessarily need to be constructed as a clear drainage space (air space).
                                                                                                        For masonry walls, an open rainscreen assembly is required; that is, an assembly with first and second
                                                                                                        planes of protection where the drainage plane is constructed as a drained and vented air space. Such
                                                                                                        construction also constitutes best practice for walls other than masonry walls.
                                                                                                        Section 9.20. requires drainage spaces of 25 mm for masonry veneer walls and 50 mm for cavity walls. In
                                                                                                        other than masonry walls, the drainage space in an open rainscreen assembly should be at least 10 mm
                                                                                                        deep. Drainage holes must be designed in conjunction with the flashing.

                                                                                                        Sheathing Membrane
                                                                                                        The sheathing membrane described in Article 9.27.3.2. is not a waterproof material. When installed to serve
                                                                                                        as the inner boundary of the second plane of protection, and when that plane of protection includes
                                                                                                        a drainage space at least 10 mm deep, the performance of the identified sheathing membrane has been
                                                                                                        demonstrated to be adequate. This is because the material is expected to have to handle only a very small
                                                                                                        quantity of water that penetrates the first plane of protection.
                                                                                                        If the 10 mm drainage space is reduced or interrupted, the drainage capacity and the capillary break
                                                                                                        provided by the space will be reduced. In these cases, the material selected to serve as the inner boundary
                                                                                                        may need to be upgraded to provide greater water resistance in order to protect moisture-susceptible
                                                                                                        materials in the backing wall.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-595
                                                                                                    A-9.27.3.4.(2)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                        Appropriate Level of Protection
                                                                                                        It is recognized that many cladding assemblies with no space or with discontinuous space behind the
                                                                                                        cladding, and with the sheathing membrane material identified in Article 9.27.3.2., have provided
                                                                                                        acceptable performance with a range of precipitation loads imposed on them. Vinyl and metal strip siding,
                                                                                                        and shake and shingle cladding, for example, are installed with discontinuous drained spaces, and have
                                                                                                        demonstrated acceptable performance in most conditions. Lapped wood and composite strip sidings,
                                                                                                        depending on their profiles, may or may not provide discontinuous spaces, and generally provide little
                                                                                                        drainage. Cladding assemblies with limited drainage capability that use a sheathing membrane meeting the
                                                                                                        minimum requirements are not recommended where they may be exposed to high precipitation loads or
                                                                                                        where the level of protection provided by the cladding is unknown or questionable. Local practice with
                                                                                                        demonstrated performance should be considered. (See also Article 9.27.2.2. and Note A-9.27.2.2.)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.27.3.4.(2) Detailing of Joints in Exterior Insulating Sheathing. The shape of a joint is critical
                                                                                                    to its ability to shed water. Tongue and groove, and lapped joints can shed water if oriented correctly. Butt joints
                                                                                                    can drain to either side and so should not be used unless they are sealed. However, detailing of joints requires
                                                                                                    attention not just to the shape of the joint but also to the materials that form the joint. For example, even if
                                                                                                    properly shaped, the joints in insulating sheathing with an integral sheathing membrane could not be expected
                                                                                                    to shed water if the insulating material absorbs water, unless the membrane extends through the joints.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.3.5.(1) Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing. Article 9.23.17.1. indicates that
                                                                                                    sheathing must be installed only where the cladding requires intermediate fastening between supports (studs)
                                                                                                    or where the cladding requires a solid backing. Cladding such as brick or panels would be exempt from
                                                                                                    this requirement and in these cases a double layer of sheathing membrane would generally be needed. The
                                                                                                    exception (Article 9.27.3.6.) applies only to those types of cladding that provide a face seal to the weather.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.3.6. Sheathing Membrane under Face Sealed Cladding. The purpose of sheathing
                                                                                                    membrane on walls is to reduce air infiltration and to control the entry of wind-driven rain. Certain types of
                                                                                                    cladding consisting of very large sheets or panels with well-sealed joints will perform this function, eliminating
                                                                                                    the need for sheathing membrane. This is true of the metal cladding with lock-seamed joints sometimes used on
                                                                                                    mobile homes. However, it does not apply to metal or plastic siding applied in narrow strips which is intended
                                                                                                    to simulate the appearance of lapped wood siding. Such material does not act as a substitute for sheathing
                                                                                                    membrane since it incorporates provision for venting the wall cavity and has many loosely-fitted joints which
                                                                                                    cannot be counted on to prevent the entry of wind and rain.
                                                                                                    Furthermore, certain types of sheathing systems can perform the function of the sheathing membrane. Where
                                                                                                    it can be demonstrated that a sheathing material is at least as impervious to air and water penetration as
                                                                                                    sheathing membrane and that its jointing system results in joints that are at least as impervious to air and water
                                                                                                    penetration as the material itself, sheathing membrane may be omitted.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.3.8.(1)     Required Flashing.

                                                                                                        Horizontal Offsets
                                                                                                        Where a horizontal offset in the cladding is provided by a single cladding element, there is no joint between
                                                                                                        the offset and the cladding above. In this case, and provided the cladding material on the offset provides
                                                                                                        effective protection for the construction below, flashing is not required.

                                                                                                        Changes in Substrate
                                                                                                        In certain situations, flashing should be installed at a change of substrate: for example, where stucco
                                                                                                        cladding is installed on a wood-frame assembly, extending down over a masonry or cast-in-place concrete
                                                                                                        foundation and applied directly to it. Such an application does not take into account the potential for
                                                                                                        shrinkage of the wood frame and cuts off the drainage route for moisture that may accumulate behind
                                                                                                        the stucco on the frame construction.




                                                                                                    9-596 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                 A-9.27.3.8.(4)




                                                                                                                                                                                                    wood-frame
                                                                                                                                                                                                    construction




                                                                                                            flashing                                   required




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                            omitted                                    flashing




                                                                                                                                                                                                         EG02061B


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.27.3.8.(1)
                                                                                                          Flashing at change in substrate


                                                                                                    A-9.27.3.8.(3) Flashing over Curved-Head Openings. The requirement for flashing over openings
                                                                                                    depends on the vertical distance from the top of the trim over the opening to the bottom of the eave compared
                                                                                                    to the horizontal projection of the eave. In the case of curved-head openings, the vertical distance from the top
                                                                                                    of the trim increases as one moves away from the centre of the opening. For these openings, the top of the trim
                                                                                                    must be taken as the lowest height before the trim becomes vertical. (See Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3).)




                                                                                                                                                                    bottom of eave
                                                                                                                                                                    vertical distance
                                                                                                                                                                    from bottom of
                                                                                                                                                                    eave to top of trim
                                                                                                                                                                    top of trim for
                                                                                                                                                                    curved-head
                                                                                                                                                                    openings
                                                                                                                                                                                EG02062A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3)
                                                                                                     Flashing over curved-head openings


                                                                                                    A-9.27.3.8.(4)      Flashing Configuration and Positive Drainage.

                                                                                                        Flashing Configuration
                                                                                                        A 6% slope is recognized as the minimum that will provide effective flashing drainage. The 10 mm vertical
                                                                                                        lap over the building element below and the 5 mm offset are prescribed to reduce transfer by capillarity
                                                                                                        and surface tension. Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4) illustrates two examples of flashing configurations.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-597
                                                                                                    A-9.27.3.8.(5)                                                                                                Division B




                                                                                                                                                          50 mm
                                                                                                                                                          minimum upstand


                                                                                                                                                          10 mm
                                                                                                                                                          minimum lap over
                                                                                                                                                          element below




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                          5 mm
                                                                                                                                                          minimum offset
                                                                                                                                                                                            EG02063D


                                                                                                             Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4)
                                                                                                             Examples of flashing configurations showing upstands, horizontal offsets and vertical laps


                                                                                                           Maintaining Positive Slope
                                                                                                           Sentence 9.27.3.8.(4) requires that the minimum 6% flashing slope remain after expected shrinkage of the
                                                                                                           building frame. Similarly, Sentence 9.26.3.1.(4) requires that a positive slope remain on roofs and similar
                                                                                                           constructions after expected shrinkage of the building frame.
                                                                                                           For Part 9 wood-frame constructions, expected wood shrinkage can be determined based on the average
                                                                                                           equilibrium moisture content (MC) of wood, within the building envelope assembly, in various regions of
                                                                                                           the country (see Table A-9.27.3.8.(4)).

                                                                                                                                                           Table A-9.27.3.8.(4)
                                                                                                                                                 Equilibrium Moisture Content for Wood

                                                                                                                                   Regions                                                Equilibrium MC, % (1)
                                                                                                     British Columbia and Atlantic Canada                                                          10
                                                                                                     Ontario and Quebec                                                                                8
                                                                                                     Prairies and the North                                                                            7

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.27.3.8.(4):
                                                                                                    (1)   CWC 2000, “Wood Reference Handbook.”


                                                                                                           For three-storey constructions to which Part 9 applies, cumulative longitudinal shrinkage is negligible.
                                                                                                           Shrinkage need only be calculated for horizontal framing members using the following formula (from CWC
                                                                                                           1997, “Introduction to Wood Building Technology”):
                                                                                                           Shrinkage = (total horizontal member height) × (initial MC - equilibrium MC) × (.002)

                                                                                                    A-9.27.3.8.(5) Protection against Precipitation Ingress at the Sill-to-Cladding Joint. Many
                                                                                                    windows are configured in such a way that a line of sealant is the only protection against water ingress at the
                                                                                                    sill-to-cladding joint—a location that is exposed to all of the water that flows down the window. In the past,
                                                                                                    many windows were constructed with self-flashing sills—sills that extend beyond the face of the cladding and
                                                                                                    have a drip on the underside to divert water away from the sill-to-cladding joint. This sill configuration was
                                                                                                    considered to be accepted good practice and is recognized today as providing a degree of redundancy in
                                                                                                    precipitation protection.
                                                                                                    Self-flashing sills are sills that
                                                                                                       • slope toward the exterior where the sills have an upward facing surface that extends beyond the jambs,
                                                                                                       • where installed over a masonry sill, extend not less than 25 mm beyond the inner face of that sill,
                                                                                                       • incorporate a drip positioned not less than 5 mm outward from the outer face of the cladding below or
                                                                                                          not less than 15 mm beyond the inner edge of a masonry sill, and


                                                                                                    9-598 Division B                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                A-9.27.11.1.(1)

                                                                                                      • terminate at the jambs or, where the face of the jambs is not at least flush with the face of the cladding and
                                                                                                        the sills extend beyond the jambs, incorporate end dams sufficiently high to protect against overflow in
                                                                                                        wind-driven rain conditions.
                                                                                                    A wind pressure of 10 Pa can raise water 1 mm. Thus, for example, if a window is exposed to a driving rain
                                                                                                    wind pressure of 200 Pa, end dams should be at least 20 mm high.


                                                                                                                                                      25-mm extension
                                                                                                                                                        beyond inner
                                                                                                                                                     face of masonry sill

                                                                                                                                                          6% slope




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                     drip positioned 5 mm
                                                                                                                                                      beyond cladding or
                                                                                                                                                     15 mm beyond inner
                                                                                                                                                      face of masonry sill



                                                                                                                                                                                 EG02064A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.27.3.8.(5)
                                                                                                     Examples of configurations of self-flashing sills


                                                                                                    A-9.27.4.2.(1) Selection and Installation of Sealants. Analysis of many sealant joint failures
                                                                                                    indicates that the majority of failures can be attributed to improper joint preparation and deficient installation
                                                                                                    of the sealant and various joint components. The following ASTM guidelines describe several aspects that
                                                                                                    should be considered when applying sealants in unprotected environments to achieve a durable application:
                                                                                                       • ASTM C1193, “Standard Specification for Use of Joint Sealants,”
                                                                                                       • ASTM C1299, “Standard Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid-Applied Sealants,” and
                                                                                                       • ASTM C1472, “Standard Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing Sealant
                                                                                                          Joint Width.”
                                                                                                    The sealant manufacturer's literature should always be consulted for recommended procedures and materials.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.5.4.(2) Attachment of Cladding to Flat Wall ICF Units where the 1-in-50 HWP
                                                                                                    Exceeds 0.60 kPa. For locations where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is greater than 0.60 kPa, the
                                                                                                    results of testing fasteners to ASTM D1761, “Standard Test Methods for Mechanical Fasteners in Wood
                                                                                                    and Wood-Based Materials,” must be obtained from a testing facility or from the insulating concrete form
                                                                                                    manufacturer to confirm their ultimate strengths for both direct withdrawal and lateral shear. In accordance
                                                                                                    with limit states design as described in Subsection 4.1.3., the factored resistances of the fastener must be equal
                                                                                                    to or greater than the factored loads on the fastener at the spacing proposed by the designer. In order to align
                                                                                                    with the limit states design procedures used to develop Table 9.27.5.4.-B, the factored resistances must be
                                                                                                    calculated by applying a reduction factor of Φ = 0.35 to the fastener's ultimate strengths, and the factored loads
                                                                                                    must lie within the area under the line of linear interaction in a diagram that plots the factored lateral shear
                                                                                                    resistance of the fastener against its factored direct withdrawal resistance.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.5.7. Penetration of Fasteners. Where cladding is applied to sheathing that is not suitable for
                                                                                                    fastening, the fastener length must be increased to maintain the minimum fastener penetration depth into the
                                                                                                    nail-holding base substrate, as specified in Article 9.27.5.7.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.9.2.(2) Grooves in Hardboard Cladding. Grooves deeper than that specified may be used in
                                                                                                    thicker cladding, provided they do not reduce the thickness to less than the required thickness minus 1.5 mm.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.10.2.(2) Thickness of Grade O-2 OSB. In using Table 9.27.8.2. to determine the thickness of
                                                                                                    Grade O-2 OSB cladding, substitute “face orientation” for “face grain” in the column headings.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.11.1.(1) Steel Sheet Products. The minimum thickness of 0.33 mm stated in
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.27.11.1.(1) refers to the total thickness of the materials, i.e., the combination of the minimum
                                                                                                    thickness of the base steel (0.29 mm) and the minimum coating thickness required by CSSBI 23M, “Standard for
                                                                                                    Residential Steel Cladding.” Note that the terms “siding” and “cladding” are often used interchangeably.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-599
                                                                                                    A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3)                                                                             Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3) Material Standards for Aluminum Cladding. Compliance with
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.27.11.1.(2) and CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, “Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for
                                                                                                    Residential Use,” is required for aluminum siding that is installed in horizontal or vertical strips. Compliance
                                                                                                    with Sentence 9.27.11.1.(3) and CAN/CGSB-93.1-M, “Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential,” is
                                                                                                    required for aluminum cladding that is installed in large sheets.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.14.1.(1) Geometrically Defined Drainage Cavity. “Geometrically defined drainage cavity”
                                                                                                    (GDDC) refers to the channels, grooves or profiles cut into the insulation backing of an EIFS panel for the
                                                                                                    purpose of providing a way for water that gets behind the system to drain out. The channels, grooves or profiles
                                                                                                    of one panel need to connect to the channels, grooves or profiles of adjacent panels in order for drainage to
                                                                                                    occur consistently and uniformly across the entire EIFS. While the size of a channel, groove or profile can be




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    verified by inspecting a single panel, the intent of Sentence 9.27.14.1.(1) is that the required drainage capacity
                                                                                                    be achieved across the entire system.
                                                                                                    Additional information on the design and installation of EIFS can be found in
                                                                                                      • the “EIFS Practice Manual,” published by the EIFS Council of Canada, and
                                                                                                      • the manufacturer's literature.

                                                                                                    A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a) Substrates for Exterior Insulation Finish Systems. The list of acceptable
                                                                                                    substrates for each type of EIFS can be found in a system's respective test report to CAN/ULC-S716.1, “Standard
                                                                                                    for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems”; however, the following substrates
                                                                                                    are generally considered acceptable:
                                                                                                       • minimum 11 mm thick exposure 1 OSB classified as PS2 exterior wall sheathing
                                                                                                       • minimum 11 mm thick exterior-rated plywood sheathing
                                                                                                       • minimum 12.7 mm thick exterior gypsum sheathing conforming to ASTM C1177/C1177M, “Standard
                                                                                                         Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing”
                                                                                                       • cementitious panels
                                                                                                       • fibre-cement panels
                                                                                                       • concrete block
                                                                                                       • clay masonry
                                                                                                       • cast-in-place concrete
                                                                                                    Note that, in some cases, the list of acceptable substrates may be limited by the EIFS manufacturer.

                                                                                                    A-Table 9.28.4.3. Stucco Lath. Paper-backed welded wire lath may also be used on horizontal surfaces
                                                                                                    provided its characteristics are suitable for such application.

                                                                                                    A-9.29.5.1.(3) Application of Gypsum Board to Flat ICF Walls. ASTM C840, “Standard
                                                                                                    Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board,” specifies requirements for the anchorage of
                                                                                                    gypsum board panels to flat wall ICF units in the section on System XVI. While the standard practice for the
                                                                                                    application of gypsum board panels over traditional vertical wood studs or metal framing members is to align
                                                                                                    the vertical joints of the panels on a supporting member, ASTM C840 requires that the vertical joints between
                                                                                                    the panels be positioned halfway between the web fastening strips of the flat wall ICF units to minimize
                                                                                                    damage to the edges of the panels during screw anchorage. The full surface of the flat wall ICF insulation panels
                                                                                                    (backed by the concrete cores) provides solid, continuous support of the taped gypsum board panel joints,
                                                                                                    which protects them from potential deflection, cracking and impact damage.

                                                                                                    A-9.30.1.2.(1) Water Resistance. In some areas of buildings, water and other substances may
                                                                                                    frequently be splashed or spilled onto the floor. It is preferable, in such areas, that the finish flooring be a type
                                                                                                    that will not absorb moisture or permit it to pass through; otherwise, both the flooring itself and the subfloor
                                                                                                    beneath it may deteriorate. Also, particularly in food preparation areas and bathrooms, unsanitary conditions
                                                                                                    may be created by the absorbed moisture. Where absorbent or permeable flooring materials are used in these
                                                                                                    areas, they should be installed in such a way that they can be conveniently removed periodically for cleaning or
                                                                                                    replacement, i.e., they should not be glued or nailed down. Also, if the subfloor is a type that is susceptible
                                                                                                    to moisture damage (this includes virtually all of the wood-based subfloor materials used in wood-frame
                                                                                                    construction), it should be protected by an impermeable membrane placed between the finish flooring and the
                                                                                                    subfloor. The minimum degree of impermeability required by Sentence 9.30.1.2.(1) would be provided by such
                                                                                                    materials as polyethylene, aluminum foil, and most single-ply roofing membranes (EPDM, PVC).




                                                                                                    9-600 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          A-9.32.1.2.(2)

                                                                                                    A-9.31.6.2.(3)      Securement of Service Water Heaters.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                         Service water heaters must
                                                                                                                                                                         be secured to the structure
                                                                                                                                                                         to prevent overturning in
                                                                                                                                                                         areas where Sa(0.2) > 0.55.




                                                                                                                                                                                             EG02099A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.31.6.2.(3)
                                                                                                     Securement of service water heater using strapping fastened to floor joists overhead


                                                                                                    A-9.32.1.2.(2) Application of Subsection 9.32.3. and Ventilation of Houses Containing a
                                                                                                    Secondary Suite.

                                                                                                        Ventilation for Smoke Control
                                                                                                        The control of smoke transfer between dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite, or between
                                                                                                        the dwelling units and other spaces in the house, is a critical safety issue. Although providing a second
                                                                                                        ventilation system to serve the two dwelling units is expensive—and potentially difficult in an existing
                                                                                                        building—it is necessary to achieving a minimum acceptable level of fire safety.
                                                                                                        Alternative solutions to providing separate ventilation systems for the dwelling units must address smoke
                                                                                                        control. Although smoke dampers restrict the spread of smoke by automatically closing in the event of a
                                                                                                        fire, their installation in a ventilation system that serves both dwelling units in a house with a secondary
                                                                                                        suite is not considered to be a workable solution because they are very expensive, require regular inspection
                                                                                                        and maintenance, and must be reset after every activation.

                                                                                                        Ventilation for Air Exchange
                                                                                                        The provision of a ventilation system for the purpose of maintaining acceptable indoor air quality is
                                                                                                        a critical health issue. However, Sentence 9.32.1.2.(3) allows exits and public corridors in houses with a
                                                                                                        secondary suite to be unventilated. Lack of active ventilation of these spaces is considered acceptable
                                                                                                        because occupants do not spend long periods of time there and because exits are somewhat naturally
                                                                                                        ventilated when doors are opened.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-601
                                                                                                    A-9.32.1.3.(2)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                        Considering the cost of installing separate ventilation systems, Sentence 9.32.1.2.(4) also exempts ancillary
                                                                                                        spaces in houses with a secondary suite from the requirement to be ventilated, provided that make-up
                                                                                                        air is supplied in accordance with Article 9.32.3.8.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.1.3.(2) Venting of Laundry-Drying Equipment. Sentence 9.32.1.3.(2) applies to the piping
                                                                                                    and ducting located within the wall assembly and not to the often flexible duct used to connect the appliance
                                                                                                    to the rigid exhaust vent duct.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3. Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation. For many years, houses were constructed
                                                                                                    without mechanical ventilation systems. They relied on natural air leakage through the building envelope for
                                                                                                    winter ventilation. However, houses have become progressively more airtight through the introduction of new




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    products and practices, e.g., the substitution of panel sheathings, such as plywood and waferboard, for board
                                                                                                    sheathing, the replacement of paper-backed insulation batts with friction-fit batts and polyethylene film,
                                                                                                    improved caulking materials, and tighter windows and doors.
                                                                                                    Following the energy crisis in the early 1970s, considerable emphasis was placed on reducing air leakage in
                                                                                                    order to conserve energy. Electric heating systems were encouraged and higher efficiency furnaces were
                                                                                                    developed, which further reduced air change rates in buildings. This led to concern that the natural air change
                                                                                                    in dwelling units might be insufficient in some instances to provide adequate indoor air quality. Condensation
                                                                                                    problems resulting from higher humidity levels were also a concern.

                                                                                                        Evolution of NBC Ventilation Requirements
                                                                                                        Mechanical ventilation requirements in the NBC have evolved from a simple requirement in the 1980
                                                                                                        edition that exhaust fans be incorporated in electrically heated houses, through requirements in the 1985
                                                                                                        and 1990 editions that all houses have mechanical ventilation systems capable of exchanging the indoor
                                                                                                        air for outdoor air at a specified rate: 0.5 air changes per hour in the 1985 edition and 0.3 air changes
                                                                                                        per hour in the 1990 edition.
                                                                                                        The 1995 NBC addressed not only the overall air change rate created by the mechanical ventilation system
                                                                                                        but also the need to ensure that the outdoor air brought into the house by the system is distributed
                                                                                                        throughout the house.

                                                                                                        Current Requirements
                                                                                                        The current requirements are a further refinement. The ventilation systems described herein are essentially
                                                                                                        the same as those described in the 1995 NBC but additional provisions have been included with the
                                                                                                        following goals in mind:
                                                                                                           • provisions that are easier to understand,
                                                                                                           • reduced probability that outdoor air distributed through a forced-air heating system will be cool
                                                                                                              enough to cause premature deterioration of the furnace heat exchanger, and
                                                                                                           • reduced probability that the ventilation system will cause excessive depressurization of the dwelling
                                                                                                              unit.
                                                                                                        To some extent, the first of these goals conflicts with the other two and its achievement has suffered
                                                                                                        accordingly. Only in the manner of determining the capacity of the principal ventilation fan [see
                                                                                                        Sentence 9.32.3.3.(2)] has any significant simplification been achieved.
                                                                                                        See also Note A-9.32.3.3.(2).

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.1.(1)     Required Ventilation.

                                                                                                        Performance Approach [Clause 9.32.3.1.(1)(a)]
                                                                                                        CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems,” is a comprehensive performance
                                                                                                        standard. It gives experienced ventilation system designers the flexibility to design a variety of residential
                                                                                                        ventilation systems that satisfy those requirements.

                                                                                                        Prescriptive Approach [Clause 9.32.3.1.(1)(b)]
                                                                                                        The prescriptively described systems are intended to provide a level of performance approaching that
                                                                                                        provided by systems complying with CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems.”
                                                                                                        They are included in the NBC for use by those less experienced in ventilation system design. Code users
                                                                                                        who do not find these prescriptively described systems satisfactory for their purposes, or who find


                                                                                                    9-602 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                      A-9.32.3.3.

                                                                                                        them too restrictive, are free to use any other type of ventilation system that satisfies the performance
                                                                                                        requirements of CAN/CSA-F326-M.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.3. Principal Ventilation System. The principal ventilation system circulates air throughout
                                                                                                    the house for the purpose of maintaining acceptable indoor air quality. Each ventilation system has three
                                                                                                    main components:
                                                                                                       • indoor air exhaust
                                                                                                       • outdoor air supply
                                                                                                       • distribution of air

                                                                                                        Indoor Air Exhaust




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        The principal ventilation fan extracts indoor air. Its operation is linked with a means of introducing and
                                                                                                        distributing outdoor air to the dwelling unit at approximately the same rate at which the indoor air is
                                                                                                        exhausted, except as permitted by Article 9.32.3.6.
                                                                                                        The principal ventilation fan must be capable of drawing air from throughout the dwelling unit and
                                                                                                        exhausting it to the outdoors. Though actual usage will be determined by the occupants, the fan must be
                                                                                                        capable of continuous operation. Unfortunately, there is no standard method of testing and designating fans
                                                                                                        for continuous use. Therefore, such a designation is not a mandatory requirement [see Sentence 9.32.3.3.(4)].
                                                                                                        Supplemental exhaust fans, such as kitchen cooktop hoods and bathroom fans, provide more ventilation at
                                                                                                        point of source when needed (see Article 9.32.3.7. and Note A-9.32.3.7.).

                                                                                                        Outdoor Air Supply
                                                                                                        Outdoor air is brought into a house either through a supply duct in the exterior wall or, in exhaust-only
                                                                                                        systems, by leaks through the building envelope. See also Note A-9.32.3.6.

                                                                                                        Distribution of Air
                                                                                                        There are two approaches to ensuring air is distributed to all parts of the house:
                                                                                                          • in forced air heating systems, the furnace circulation fan moves the air through heating distribution
                                                                                                             ducts (see Note A-9.32.3.4.),
                                                                                                          • in non-forced air heating systems, a supply fan circulates air through dedicated ventilation
                                                                                                             distribution ducts (see Note A-9.32.3.5.).
                                                                                                        Figures A-9.32.3.3.-A to A-9.32.3.3.-F and A-9.32.3.6. show possible configurations of principal ventilation
                                                                                                        systems. However, even within these prescriptive solutions, a significant degree of flexibility is available.
                                                                                                        The configurations illustrated should therefore not be regarded as the only configurations acceptable
                                                                                                        under Sentence 9.32.3.1.(2).




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-603
                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.3.                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                            principal ventilation                                                                                          bathroom exhaust
                                                                                                            fan suitable for                                                                                               fan intended for
                                                                                                            continuous use                                                                                                 intermittent use




                                                                                                                                                                                           manual control
                                                                                                                                                                                            interlocked to
                                                                                                                                                                                           make-up air fan




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                            kitchen exhaust
                                                                                                            fan intended for                                                    manual or combined
                                                                                                            intermittent use               manual control                       manual/automatic
                                                                                                                                                                                control interlocked                        normal
                                                                                                                                           interlocked to
                                                                                                                                                                                to furnace fan                             heating
                                                                                                                                           make-up air fan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           ducts



                                                                                                                                                                                                                           outdoor
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           air duct
                                                                                                              make-up
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           make-up
                                                                                                              air fan                                                            return air                                air fan
                                                                                                                                                                                 plenum
                                                                                                                                                                                 flow-regulating damper
                                                                                                                                                                                 3.0 m minimum



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG00194D


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.32.3.3.-A
                                                                                                          Possible configuration of a mechanical ventilation system coupled with a forced air heating system
                                                                                                          Note to Figure A-9.32.3.3.-A:
                                                                                                          (1) The outdoor air supply duct shall be connected not less than 3 m upstream of the plenum connection to the furnace.




                                                                                                    9-604 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                A-9.32.3.3.

                                                                                                                 bathroom exhaust
                                                                                                                 fan intended for
                                                                                                                 intermittent use




                                                                                                                                                manual control
                                                                                                                                                interlocked to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                make-up air fan




                                                                                                                 kitchen exhaust
                                                                                                                 fan intended for
                                                                                                                 intermittent use               manual control                        manual or combined                      normal
                                                                                                                                                interlocked to                        manual/automatic                        heating
                                                                                                                                                make-up air fan                       control for heat recovery               ducts
                                                                                                                                                                                      ventilator interlocked
                                                                                                                                                                                      to furnace fan


                                                                                                                                                                                                                               supply fan
                                                                                                                  make-up
                                                                                                                  air fans
                                                                                                                                                    return air                                                                 principal
                                                                                                                                                    plenum                                                                     ventilation
                                                                                                                                                                                        adjustable           heat              fan
                                                                                                                                                                                        dampers         recovery
                                                                                                                                                                                                        ventilator



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    EG00202D


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.32.3.3.-B
                                                                                                          Possible configuration of a mechanical ventilation system using a heat recovery ventilator coupled with a forced
                                                                                                          air heating system
                                                                                                          Notes to Figure A-9.32.3.3.-B:
                                                                                                          (1) The outdoor air supply duct shall be connected not less than 3 m upstream of the plenum connection to the furnace.
                                                                                                          (2) The HRV supply inlet and exhaust outlet shall be separated by a distance of not less than 900 mm.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                 Division B 9-605
                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.3.                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                           bathroom exhaust                                                                                               principal ventilation
                                                                                                           fan intended for                                                                                               fan suitable for
                                                                                                           intermittent use                                                                                               continuous use



                                                                                                                                                                                               high
                                                                                                                                                                                               outlets

                                                                                                                                           manual control
                                                                                                                                           interlocked to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                           make-up air fan




                                                                                                           kitchen exhaust
                                                                                                                                                                               manual or combined
                                                                                                           fan intended for
                                                                                                                                                                               manual/automatic
                                                                                                           intermittent use                manual control                      control interlocked
                                                                                                                                           interlocked to                      to supply fan and
                                                                                                                                           make-up air fan                     principal ventilation fan
                                                                                                                                                                               ventilation
                                                                                                                                                                               ducts                                      duct
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          heater

                                                                                                            make-up
                                                                                                            air fans                                                                                                      outdoor
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          air duct
                                                                                                                                                               ventilation        adjustable
                                                                                                                                                               ducts              damper
                                                                                                                                                                                               thermostatic
                                                                                                                                                supply                                         control
                                                                                                                                                fan



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG00201C


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.32.3.3.-C
                                                                                                          Possible configuration of a mechanical ventilation system not coupled with a forced air heating system
                                                                                                          Note to Figure A-9.32.3.3.-C:
                                                                                                          (1) The outdoor air supply duct shall be connected not less than 3 m upstream of the plenum connection to the furnace.




                                                                                                    9-606 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.3.

                                                                                                                 bathroom exhaust
                                                                                                                 fan intended for
                                                                                                                 intermittent use




                                                                                                                                                manual control
                                                                                                                                                interlocked to




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                make-up air fan




                                                                                                                 kitchen exhaust                                                        high outlets
                                                                                                                 fan intended for
                                                                                                                                                                                       manual or combined
                                                                                                                 intermittent use               manual control                         manual/automatic
                                                                                                                                                interlocked to                         control for heat
                                                                                                                                                make-up air fan                        recovery ventilator

                                                                                                                                                                                       ventilation ducts

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  supply fan
                                                                                                                  make-up
                                                                                                                  air fans
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  principal
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  ventilation
                                                                                                                                                                                  adjustable heat recovery        fan
                                                                                                                                                                                  dampers ventilator




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     EG00270D


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.32.3.3.-D
                                                                                                          Possible configuration of a mechanical ventilation system using a heat recovery ventilator not coupled with a
                                                                                                          forced air heating system
                                                                                                          Note to Figure A-9.32.3.3.-D:
                                                                                                          (1) The HRV supply inlet and exhaust outlet shall be separated by a distance of not less than 900 mm.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                   Division B 9-607
                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.3.                                                                                                                Division B

                                                                                                                                                                                                           principal ventilation fan (PVF)
                                                                                                                                                                                                           capable of operating at
                                                                                                                                                                                                           2.5 times the required minimum
                                                                                                                                                                                                           capacity




                                                                                                                                                bathroom




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           high-speed
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           control
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           interlocked to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           make-up air fan
                                                                                                                                                                                   kitchen
                                                                                                                                                                                manual or combined                         make-up air fan
                                                                                                                                                                                manual/automatic
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           capable of
                                                                                                                                                                                control interlocked
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           operating at 1.5
                                                                                                                                                                                to furnace fan
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           times the required
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           minimum capacity
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           of the PVF(1)



                                                                                                                                                                                                                            outdoor
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            air duct
                                                                                                                                                                                    adjustable
                                                                                                                                                                                    damper



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       EG02068A


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.32.3.3.-E
                                                                                                          Ventilation system coupled with a forced air heating system and using a dual-capacity principal ventilation fan to
                                                                                                          eliminate the need for supplemental fans
                                                                                                          Notes to Figure A-9.32.3.3.-E:
                                                                                                          (1) The make-up air fan operates when the PVF operates at 2.5 times the required capacity.
                                                                                                          (2) The outdoor air supply duct shall be connected not less than 3 m upstream of the plenum connection to the furnace.




                                                                                                    9-608 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                A-9.32.3.3.




                                                                                                                                                 bathroom




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                         kitchen
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              manual or combined
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              manual/automatic
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              control for heat
                                                                                                                                                                                    heat recovery                             recovery ventilator
                                                                                                                                                                                    ventilator (HRV)                          interlocked to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              furnace fan




                                                                                                                                                                                      HRV fans capable of
                                                                                                                                                                                      operating at 2.5 times the
                                                                                                                                                                                      required capacity of the
                                                                                                                                                                                      principal ventilation fan



                                                                                                                                                                                        adjustable dampers
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             EG02067A


                                                                                                          Figure A-9.32.3.3.-F
                                                                                                          Ventilation system coupled with a forced air heating system and using a heat recovery ventilator as the principal
                                                                                                          ventilation fan to eliminate the need for supplemental fans
                                                                                                          Notes to Figure A-9.32.3.3.-F:
                                                                                                          (1) The outdoor air supply duct shall be connected not less than 3 m upstream of the plenum connection to the furnace.
                                                                                                          (2) The HRV supply inlet and exhaust outlet shall be separated by a distance of not less than 900 mm.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                 Division B 9-609
                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.3.(2)                                                                                      Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.3.(2) Normal Operating Exhaust Capacity. The principal ventilation fan operates at
                                                                                                    a rate known as the “normal operating exhaust capacity.” This rate is intended to be suitable for use on a
                                                                                                    continuous basis at any time that an ongoing, background level of ventilation is needed, e.g. the late fall or
                                                                                                    early spring when air leakage driven by wind and inside/outside temperature differences is lowest but it is too
                                                                                                    cold to rely on open windows.
                                                                                                    The capacity of the principal ventilation fan is determined on the basis of the number of bedrooms in the
                                                                                                    house rather than on the basis of some fraction of the house volume, as in previous editions of the NBC. This
                                                                                                    is because the amount of ventilation required is related to the activities of people, and the number of people
                                                                                                    in the house is usually related to the number of bedrooms rather than to the size of the house. It should be
                                                                                                    emphasized that this air change rate refers to the installed capacity of the system, not to the rate of ventilation
                                                                                                    that is actually used in the house.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    In many households, ventilating even at the background rate would provide more ventilation than required,
                                                                                                    resulting in unnecessarily high heating bills and perhaps excessively low indoor relative humidity. Thus,
                                                                                                    although a system with the minimum capacity must be installed, it can incorporate controls that allow the
                                                                                                    system to be used at less than its full capacity most of the time.
                                                                                                    A maximum is set for the capacity of the principal ventilation fan because, if it were to be much larger than the
                                                                                                    ventilation needs of the household, it might never be used. The principal ventilation fan is intended to provide
                                                                                                    a relatively low level of ventilation such that it can be run continuously without too much noise and without
                                                                                                    serious energy penalty. If the installed capacity exceeds the minimum by a large margin and the fan flow cannot
                                                                                                    be reduced, there is increased probability that the fan will not be used at all, thus defeating the purpose of
                                                                                                    having it in the first place. Sentence 9.32.3.3.(2) therefore places limits on oversizing.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.3.(3) Required Controls. The principal ventilation fan must incorporate controls that allow it
                                                                                                    to be turned off. There are four main types of controls used in residential applications:
                                                                                                      (a) Manual on-off switch: This is the simplest form of control but, while acceptable, it is not the best means of
                                                                                                          maintaining indoor air quality. Occupants may turn the system off and forget to turn it back on, or may
                                                                                                          turn it off to save on heating bills or to reduce noise, not realizing the importance of proper ventilation.
                                                                                                     (b) Dehumidistat: A dehumidistat automatically activates the ventilation system in response to rising
                                                                                                          humidity. Humidity is often the main reason why ventilation is required, but not always. Depending on
                                                                                                          the activities of the occupants and the relative strengths of other sources of pollutants and humidity, the
                                                                                                          amount of ventilation required to control humidity may not be enough to control other pollutants.
                                                                                                      (c) Carbon Dioxide Sensor: Ventilation systems in large buildings are sometimes controlled by carbon
                                                                                                          dioxide (CO2) sensors and this technology is just beginning to be available on a residential scale. Increasing
                                                                                                          CO2 concentration is usually a good indication of decreasing air quality. But even this form of control may
                                                                                                          not be satisfactory in cases where there are unusual pollutants, such as those generated by certain hobbies.
                                                                                                     (d) Periodic Cycling Control: Devices are available that cause the furnace circulation fan to operate at
                                                                                                          user-set intervals if the thermostat does not call for heat. If such a device were wired so that it turns on
                                                                                                          the principal ventilation fan as well as the furnace circulation fan, it would satisfy the requirements of
                                                                                                          Article 9.32.3.4. However, if it were wired to only operate the furnace circulation fan in a system designed
                                                                                                          to Article 9.32.3.4., at times the principal ventilation fan would operate without the furnace circulation fan.
                                                                                                          Since such systems rely on the furnace circulation fan drawing in outdoor air to balance the exhaust flow
                                                                                                          through the principal ventilation fan, this would result in the exhaust flow not being balanced and the
                                                                                                          dwelling being depressurized. This configuration would therefore not be acceptable. This device would
                                                                                                          be acceptable in conjunction with a system designed in accordance with Article 9.32.3.6.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.3.(5) Location of Controls. The intent of the requirement to locate the controls in the
                                                                                                    living area is to have them easily accessible to the occupants, rather than in a little used room or unfinished
                                                                                                    basement, for example.
                                                                                                    Installers should consider marking the manual switch with an icon depicting a fan as well as the words
                                                                                                    “Ventilation Fan.”

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.3.(10) Location of Exhaust Air Intakes. Where the kitchen or a bathroom is chosen as the
                                                                                                    location for the air intake of the principal ventilation fan, the intake must be positioned high enough to capture
                                                                                                    contaminants, warm moist air, and hot gases, which tend to rise and stratify near the ceiling. These restrictions
                                                                                                    prevent the use of a cooktop exhaust or hood fan as the principal ventilation fan.




                                                                                                    9-610 Division B                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          A-9.32.3.4.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.4. Ventilation Systems Used in Conjunction with Forced Air Heating
                                                                                                    Systems. Coupling a ventilation system with a forced air heating system to provide the necessary
                                                                                                    distribution of outdoor air is relatively simple. A duct brings air from outdoors to the heating system's return
                                                                                                    air plenum. Whenever the principal ventilation fan is activated, the furnace fan is automatically activated
                                                                                                    to distribute the outdoor air [see Sentence 9.32.3.4.(9)]. Where no auxiliary supply fan is installed as per
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.32.3.4.(8), the furnace fan also drives the flow of outdoor air in through the outdoor air duct. Use of
                                                                                                    an auxiliary supply fan allows the size of the outdoor air supply duct to be reduced.
                                                                                                    This system tempers the outdoor air before it reaches occupied areas of the house by mixing it with return air
                                                                                                    in the furnace's return air plenum. It is important that thorough mixing occur before the cold air reaches the
                                                                                                    furnace's heat exchanger, otherwise condensation could reduce the service life of the heat exchanger. The 3-m
                                                                                                    minimum distance between the furnace and the outdoor air duct connection is one means of addressing this




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    concern. However, a well designed mixing device is likely to be more effective, as are certain arrangements of
                                                                                                    the outdoor air duct's connection to the return air plenum. Figures A-9.32.3.4.-A and A-9.32.3.4.-B illustrate
                                                                                                    one such device and arrangements that have been shown to be effective in research carried out by Canada
                                                                                                    Mortgage and Housing Corporation (“Testing of Fresh Air Mixing Devices,” IRTA Research for Research
                                                                                                    Division of CMHC, March 1993).


                                                                                                                                                              area of opening
                                                                                                                                                              should equal area
                                                                                                                                                              of outdoor air duct

                                                                                                                                      Compress disk
                                                                                                                                      to cruciform                         outdoor air



                                                                                                                                                                     Fit over elbow
                                                                                                                                                                     pointing downstream              return air
                                                                                                                                      Size to fit duct               in return air plenum

                                                                                                                                                                                                              EG00297A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.32.3.4.-A
                                                                                                     Simple air mixing device




                                                                                                                                                                     45°

                                                                                                                                                                                         Terminate outdoor air
                                                                                                                                                                                         duct just past outer
                                                                                                                Terminate outdoor air                                                    radius, with hood cut
                                                                                                                duct just past inner                                                     at approximately 45°
                                                                                                                radius, flush with surface.                                              pointing downstream.
                                                                                                                                                                                                        EG00269E


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.32.3.4.-B
                                                                                                     Connection of outdoor air duct to return air plenum


                                                                                                    Even if the outdoor air is well mixed with the return air, in very cold weather the resulting mixed air
                                                                                                    temperature could still be lower than what the furnace heat exchanger can tolerate if there is too much outdoor


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-611
                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.5.                                                                                        Division B

                                                                                                    air. That is why Article 9.32.3.4. includes several provisions, including Table 9.32.3.4. and the requirement to
                                                                                                    actually measure the outdoor airflow [see Sentence 9.32.3.4.(10)], to guard against this possibility. In some cases,
                                                                                                    it will not be possible to use the forced air heating system to circulate the outdoor air unless additional heating
                                                                                                    devices are used to temper the outdoor air before it reaches the furnace heat exchanger. This would be the case,
                                                                                                    for example, in a highly insulated house with a small furnace that is located in a very cold region.
                                                                                                    The maximum outdoor airflow permitted by Table 9.32.3.4. must equal or exceed the “normal operating
                                                                                                    exhaust capacity” of the principal ventilation fan, as determined in accordance with Sentence 9.32.3.3.(2);
                                                                                                    otherwise there is an increased possibility that the mixed airflow over the furnace heat exchanger in cold
                                                                                                    weather will be colder than what the heat exchanger can tolerate. No values are listed in Table 9.32.3.4. when
                                                                                                    the maximum flow permitted exceeds the maximum capacity found in Table 9.32.3.3. since no higher outdoor
                                                                                                    airflow is required to match the flow of the principal ventilation fan.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.32.3.3.(9) is intended to avoid having the principal ventilation fan exhaust the outdoor air brought
                                                                                                    in through the outdoor air supply duct before it is circulated to the dwelling. The design of some advanced
                                                                                                    integrated mechanical systems is such that some portion of the outdoor air is exhausted before being circulated
                                                                                                    but this is taken into account in the design of the system and the total amount of outdoor air brought in is
                                                                                                    adjusted accordingly. This provision is not intended to preclude the use of such systems.
                                                                                                    The duct bringing outdoor air to the furnace return air plenum must be equipped with a manual damper [see
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.32.3.4.(6)] that is adjusted [see Sentence 9.32.3.4.(10)] to balance the outdoor airflow with the flow
                                                                                                    through the principal ventilation fan. It is recommended, but not mandatory, that a motorized damper also be
                                                                                                    installed in this duct and that it be wired to be fully open when the principal ventilation fan is operating and
                                                                                                    fully closed when the principal ventilation fan is not operating. This damper will allow ventilation to occur only
                                                                                                    when the occupants have called for it by turning the “Ventilation Fan” switch to “on.” The absence of such a
                                                                                                    damper can lead to unwanted ventilation, which can result, in turn, in excessive dryness and increased heating
                                                                                                    costs in winter, and increased loading on air-conditioning equipment in the summer.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.5. Ventilation Systems Not Used in Conjunction with Forced Air Heating
                                                                                                    Systems. If there is no forced air heating system or if, for some reason, the heating system is not used to
                                                                                                    distribute the outdoor air, then a special air distribution system must be installed. Because such a system only
                                                                                                    handles ventilation air and not heating distribution air, smaller ducts can generally be used and the supply
                                                                                                    fan is quite a bit smaller than a normal furnace circulation fan. Sentences 9.32.3.5.(2) to (7) require that the
                                                                                                    supply fan operate at the same time and at the same rate as the principal ventilation fan in order to avoid
                                                                                                    either pressurizing or depressurizing the house. Pressurizing the house can lead to interstitial condensation
                                                                                                    within the building envelope. Depressurization can lead to the spillage of combustion products from heating
                                                                                                    equipment and increased entry of soil gas.

                                                                                                        Tempering of Outdoor Air
                                                                                                        The system described in Article 9.32.3.5. requires that the outdoor air be tempered before being circulated
                                                                                                        to the occupied areas of the house [see Sentence 9.32.3.5.(8)]. Tempering can be accomplished by passing the
                                                                                                        outdoor air over some type of heating element or by mixing it with indoor air. However, the latter approach
                                                                                                        is more complex, since it requires that the ratio between the outdoor air and indoor air ducts or openings
                                                                                                        be neither too large nor too small. It was judged to be too complex to include within the context of these
                                                                                                        prescriptive requirements. Therefore, where tempering by mixing with indoor air is chosen, the system
                                                                                                        must be designed in accordance with CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems.”

                                                                                                        Distribution of Outdoor Air
                                                                                                        Whereas a duct system associated with a forced air heating system would have ducts leading to almost all
                                                                                                        rooms, the requirements for these ventilation systems are more limited [see Sentences 9.32.3.5.(10) to (14)].
                                                                                                        The most important point is that outdoor air must be provided to each bedroom; people often spend long
                                                                                                        periods of time in the bedroom with the door closed. It is also required that at least one duct lead to
                                                                                                        every storey, including the basement.
                                                                                                        In houses where there is no storey without a bedroom (e.g. bungalows with no basement), a duct must lead
                                                                                                        to the principal living area. Where there is more than one area that could be considered as a “living area,”
                                                                                                        at least one such area must be designated as the “principal living area.”
                                                                                                        There is also the alternative of locating one of the exhaust air intakes for the principal ventilation fan in
                                                                                                        the principal living area, rather than supplying outdoor air directly to it; in this arrangement, the outdoor
                                                                                                        air will pass through the principal living area on its way to the exhaust fan. However, this arrangement
                                                                                                        will be less effective if only a small portion of the exhaust is withdrawn from the principal living area;


                                                                                                    9-612 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                               A-9.32.3.6.

                                                                                                        thus, there is a limitation on the number of other exhaust air intakes for the principal ventilation fan [see
                                                                                                        Sentence 9.32.3.5.(11)].

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.6. Exhaust-Only Ventilation Systems. If a house does not incorporate any provision for
                                                                                                    the introduction of outdoor air, the air extracted by the principal ventilation fan will be replaced by outdoor
                                                                                                    air leaking in through the building envelope. The house will be depressurized by operation of the principal
                                                                                                    ventilation fan, and the negative internal pressure will draw outdoor air inside through any available opening.
                                                                                                    See Figure A-9.32.3.6.
                                                                                                    This need not be of concern if the house also does not incorporate any spillage-susceptible combustion
                                                                                                    equipment. Such a system is significantly simpler in that the concern about too-cold air contacting the furnace
                                                                                                    heat exchanger is eliminated. However, in an exhaust-only system there is no control over where the outdoor




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    air enters; e.g., the majority of envelope leaks could be into an infrequently occupied basement. Thus it is
                                                                                                    required that houses using this system have an air distribution system so that, no matter where the outdoor air
                                                                                                    comes in, it will be mixed with the indoor air and circulated throughout the house. A forced air heating system
                                                                                                    complying with Section 9.33. satisfies the criteria for the air distribution system in Clause 9.32.3.6.(1)(b).
                                                                                                    In a house with a very airtight building envelope, it may be difficult for the principal ventilation fan to achieve
                                                                                                    its full rated flow capacity due to high levels of house depressurization. Therefore fans used as the principal
                                                                                                    ventilation fan in an exhaust-only ventilation system are required to have their flow rated at a higher static
                                                                                                    pressure [see Sentence 9.32.3.10.(3)]. See Figure A-9.32.3.6.


                                                                                                                            principal ventilation
                                                                                                                            fan suitable for                                              bathroom exhaust
                                                                                                                            continuous use                                                fan intended for
                                                                                                                                                                                          intermittent use




                                                                                                              air leakage

                                                                                                                                                                                       manual
                                                                                                                                                                                       control




                                                                                                                                                                                                         air leakage
                                                                                                           kitchen exhaust
                                                                                                           fan intended for
                                                                                                           intermittent use                                         manual or combined                 normal
                                                                                                                                                                    manual/automatic                   heating
                                                                                                                                        manual                      control interlocked                ducts
                                                                                                                                        control                     to furnace fan




                                                                                                             air leakage




                                                                                                                                                                          return air
                                                                                                                                                                          plenum




                                                                                                                                                                                                                    EG02008A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.32.3.6.
                                                                                                     Possible configuration of an exhaust-only ventilation system coupled with a forced air heating system


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                               Division B 9-613
                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.7.                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.7. Supplemental Exhaust. CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems,”
                                                                                                    requires a certain amount of exhaust from kitchens to capture pollutants at the source. When the principal
                                                                                                    ventilation fan air intake is not located in the kitchen, a separate kitchen exhaust fan must be installed [see
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.32.3.7.(1)]. However, when the principal ventilation fan is located in the kitchen but is connected to
                                                                                                    multiple inlets, there will not be enough exhaust from the kitchen. Therefore, a separate kitchen exhaust fan is
                                                                                                    required in this circumstance as well, unless the exhaust rate of the principal ventilation fan can be increased
                                                                                                    when additional kitchen ventilation is needed [see Sentence 9.32.3.7.(3)].
                                                                                                    The bathroom is another possible location for an air intake of a principal ventilation fan. As with the kitchen, if
                                                                                                    this option is not chosen, a separate bathroom exhaust fan must be installed [see Sentence 9.32.3.7.(4)].
                                                                                                    Supplemental exhaust fans, which in most instances are located in kitchens and bathrooms, are required to be
                                                                                                    coupled to supply fans of similar capacity. The make-up air is necessary so that operation of the supplementary




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    exhaust fan(s) will not depressurize the house [see Sentence 9.32.3.8.(2)]. See also Note A-9.32.3.8.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.8. Protection against Depressurization. When an exhaust device extracts air from a house
                                                                                                    and there are no provisions for the introduction of outdoor air, such as by means of an outdoor air duct as
                                                                                                    required by Articles 9.32.3.4. and 9.32.3.5., and no supply fans are operating simultaneously, the exhausted
                                                                                                    air will automatically be replaced by outdoor air that has infiltrated through the house's building envelope.
                                                                                                    The rate of inward leakage will automatically equal the rate of outward extraction: otherwise the house would
                                                                                                    eventually implode. The instant the exhaust device is turned on, the house pressure is lowered and the
                                                                                                    inside/outside pressure difference drives outdoor air in through any leaks it can find. See Figure A-9.32.3.8.-A.




                                                                                                                                                                                           air leakage
                                                                                                                                          exhaust fan



                                                                                                                                                                                          air leakage




                                                                                                                                                                                           air leakage
                                                                                                                       air leakage




                                                                                                                                                                                                EG02045A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.32.3.8.-A
                                                                                                     Outdoor air drawn through a leaky envelope


                                                                                                    Even if the house is made more airtight, the inward leakage will equal the outward fan flow. However, because
                                                                                                    there are fewer and/or smaller leakage sites in an airtight house, it will take a larger inside/outside pressure
                                                                                                    difference to drive the same amount of air through the remaining leakage sites. See Figure A-9.32.3.8.-B.


                                                                                                    9-614 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                       A-9.32.3.8.




                                                                                                                                           exhaust fan                                    air leakage




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                          air leakage




                                                                                                                                                                                               EG02046A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.32.3.8.-B
                                                                                                     Outdoor air drawn through a tighter envelope


                                                                                                    It is possible that the exhaust device will no longer be able to achieve its rated flow when operating against a
                                                                                                    very high inside/outside pressure difference. However, in this case, the inward flow will also decrease and
                                                                                                    will still be in equilibrium with the outward flow, but now at a higher inside/outside pressure difference
                                                                                                    than in a leakier house.
                                                                                                    An exhaust device not operated in conjunction with a supply fan will always depressurize a house to some
                                                                                                    extent—even a leaky house. But it will depressurize a tight house more than it will depressurize a leaky
                                                                                                    house. And, of course, an exhaust device with a higher capacity will depressurize a house more than a device
                                                                                                    with a smaller capacity.

                                                                                                        Spillage of Combustion Products
                                                                                                        Depressurization of the house by the ventilation system or other exhaust devices can cause the spillage
                                                                                                        of combustion products from certain types of combustion appliances. The types of appliances that are
                                                                                                        susceptible to pressure-induced spillage can generally be identified by the fact that they are vented through
                                                                                                        a natural draft chimney rather than through an arrangement that uses a fan to draw the products of
                                                                                                        combustion out of the house. Naturally aspirated gas furnaces with draft hoods and oil furnaces with
                                                                                                        barometric dampers are examples of spillage-susceptible appliances.
                                                                                                        On the other hand, some gas furnaces with induced draft venting systems and the “sealed combustion”
                                                                                                        oil furnaces commonly used in mobile homes, are more resistant to spillage. Terms used in gas
                                                                                                        appliance standards to describe categories of spillage-resistant appliances include “direct-vented” and
                                                                                                        “side-wall-vented.”
                                                                                                        Almost all fireplaces are spillage-susceptible, even those with so called “airtight” glass doors and outside
                                                                                                        combustion air intakes, since most “airtight” doors are not really airtight. Certain types of gas combustion
                                                                                                        appliances, such as cooking appliances and “decorative appliances,” are not required to be vented. Their
                                                                                                        operation will not be significantly affected by depressurization of the house.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                        Division B 9-615
                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.9.                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                        The NBC addresses the potential for spillage from combustion appliances with requirements for:
                                                                                                          • makeup air, and
                                                                                                          • carbon monoxide alarms.

                                                                                                        Makeup Air Requirements
                                                                                                        Depressurization caused by the principal ventilation system itself is not an issue in houses with balanced
                                                                                                        systems (that is, non-exhaust-only systems). However, the operation of other exhaust devices, such as
                                                                                                        stove-top barbecues, can cause depressurization. Therefore, in a house with spillage-susceptible appliances,
                                                                                                        any such exhaust devices, including the required supplemental exhaust fans, must be provided with
                                                                                                        makeup air [see Sentence 9.32.3.8.(2)].




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        In the past, the NBC and other codes and standards have tended to rely on the passive supply of makeup
                                                                                                        air through makeup air openings. This is no longer considered to be a reliable approach in the context of a
                                                                                                        simple, prescriptively described system without sophisticated controls on depressurization. Therefore, the
                                                                                                        makeup air must be provided by a supply fan that is automatically activated whenever the exhaust device
                                                                                                        that requires the makeup air is activated [see Sentences 9.32.3.8.(2) and (3)].
                                                                                                        The need for makeup air can be avoided by not using spillage-susceptible combustion equipment.

                                                                                                        Carbon Monoxide Alarm Requirements for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances
                                                                                                        Even at a relatively low level of depressurization, certain open-type solid-fuel-burning appliances, such
                                                                                                        as fireplaces, or even closed-type solid-fuel-burning appliances whose stoking doors are left open,
                                                                                                        can spill products of combustion into the house when operating in their “die down” or smouldering
                                                                                                        stages. In the absence of more sophisticated design and installation controls to prevent such levels of
                                                                                                        depressurization (such as those mentioned in CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential Mechanical Ventilation
                                                                                                        Systems,” the only available safeguard is to require the installation of a carbon monoxide (CO) alarm
                                                                                                        in any room incorporating a solid-fuel-burning device [see Sentence 9.32.3.9.(3)]. Where this is not
                                                                                                        acceptable, the prescriptively described alternatives must be abandoned and a system fully complying with
                                                                                                        CAN/CSA-F326-M must be designed.
                                                                                                        One advantage of solid-fuel-burning devices is that their spillage is readily detected by a carbon monoxide
                                                                                                        alarm (which is not true of gas- or oil-burning devices). Therefore, where this is the only type of
                                                                                                        spillage-susceptible combustion device present, one has the choice of not providing makeup air for exhaust
                                                                                                        devices [see Sentence 9.32.3.8.(6)]: the carbon monoxide alarm required by Sentence 9.32.3.9.(3) will warn
                                                                                                        occupants when depressurization is causing spillage.
                                                                                                        Battery-operated carbon monoxide alarms are permitted, but they must be mechanically fixed to a surface.
                                                                                                        See also Note A-9.32.3.9.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.9. Carbon Monoxide Alarms. Carbon monoxide (CO) is a colourless, odourless gas that can
                                                                                                    build up to lethal concentrations in an enclosed space without the occupants being aware of it. Thus, where
                                                                                                    an enclosed space incorporates or is near a potential source of CO, it is prudent to provide some means of
                                                                                                    detecting its presence.
                                                                                                    Dwelling units have two common potential sources of CO:
                                                                                                      • fuel-fired space- or water-heating equipment within the dwelling unit or in adjacent spaces within the
                                                                                                        building, and
                                                                                                      • attached storage garages.
                                                                                                    Most fuel-fired heating appliances do not normally produce CO and, even if they do, it is normally conveyed
                                                                                                    outside the building by the appliance's venting system. Nevertheless, appliances can malfunction and venting
                                                                                                    systems can fail. Therefore, the provision of appropriately placed CO alarms in the dwelling unit is a relatively
                                                                                                    low-cost back-up safety measure.
                                                                                                    Similarly, although Article 9.10.9.18. requires that the walls and floor/ceiling assemblies separating attached
                                                                                                    garages from dwelling units incorporate an air barrier system, there have been several instances of CO from
                                                                                                    garages being drawn into houses, which indicates that a fully gas-tight barrier is difficult to achieve. The
                                                                                                    likelihood of preventing the entry of all CO is decreased if the dwelling unit is depressurized in relation to
                                                                                                    the garage. This can readily occur due to the operation of exhaust equipment or simply due to the stack effect
                                                                                                    created by heating the dwelling unit. Again, CO alarms in the dwelling unit provide a relatively low-cost
                                                                                                    back-up safety measure.
                                                                                                    See also Note A-9.32.3.8.


                                                                                                    9-616 Division B                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                     A-9.33.6.13.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.10. Fans. The principal ventilation fan is intended to be run for long periods. Even the
                                                                                                    supplemental exhaust fans may be used for significant periods. Therefore, all fans that are mounted such
                                                                                                    that their sound is likely to intrude on the household, other than kitchen exhaust fans, are required to have
                                                                                                    reasonably low sound ratings so that building occupants will not turn them off before the need for ventilation
                                                                                                    has been met.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.11. Ducts. Table 9.32.3.11.-A is based on the data listed in Table 9, “Friction Chart for Round
                                                                                                    Ducts,” Chapter 32, of the ASHRAE 1997, “ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals.” The allowable duct lengths
                                                                                                    listed in the Table have been calculated assuming the “equivalent lengths” of ducts are four times their physical
                                                                                                    lengths. The static pressure offset to account for building pressures is 10 Pa. Using Table 9.32.3.11.-A will
                                                                                                    generally result in very conservatively sized (i.e. larger) ducts compared to what would be achieved using the




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    normal duct design procedures referenced in Subsection 9.33.4.

                                                                                                    A-9.32.3.12. Heat Recovery Ventilators. Enthalpy recovery ventilators (ERVs) are a type of heat
                                                                                                    recovery ventilator and must therefore comply with the requirements of Article 9.32.3.12.

                                                                                                    A-9.33.1.1.(2) Combustion Air and Tight Houses. The operation of an air exhaust system or of a
                                                                                                    fuel-burning appliance removes the air from a house, creating a slight negative pressure inside. In certain
                                                                                                    cases the natural flow of air up a chimney can be reversed, leading to a possible danger of carbon monoxide
                                                                                                    poisoning for the inhabitants.
                                                                                                    Newer houses are generally more tightly constructed than older ones because of improved construction
                                                                                                    practices, including tighter windows, weather stripping and caulking. This fact increases the probability
                                                                                                    that infiltration may not be able to supply enough air to compensate for simultaneous operation of exhaust
                                                                                                    fans, fireplaces, clothes dryers, furnaces and space heaters. It is necessary, therefore, to introduce outdoor
                                                                                                    air to the space containing the fuel-burning appliance. Information regarding combustion air requirements
                                                                                                    for various types of appliances can be found in the installation standards referenced in Sentences 6.2.1.5.(1)
                                                                                                    and 9.33.5.2.(1). In the case of solid-fuel-burning stoves, ranges and space heaters, CSA B365, “Installation Code
                                                                                                    for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment,” suggests that the minimum size of openings be determined
                                                                                                    by trial and error to accommodate the flue characteristics, the firing rate, the building characteristics, etc., and
                                                                                                    that, as a guide, the combustion air opening should be 0.5 times the flue collar area.
                                                                                                    Further information can be found in CBD 222, “Airtight houses and carbon monoxide poisoning,” which
                                                                                                    is available from NRC.

                                                                                                    A-9.33.4.3.(1) Heating System Controls. Where a single heating system serves two dwelling units
                                                                                                    and common spaces in a house with a secondary suite, it must be possible for the occupants to control the
                                                                                                    temperature in their own suites. Sentence 9.33.4.3.(1), which applies only to electric, fuel-fired or unitary
                                                                                                    heaters and hydronic heating systems, specifies that separate temperature controls must be provided in each
                                                                                                    dwelling unit in a house with a secondary suite; however, the controls for shared spaces may be located
                                                                                                    in those spaces or in one of the suites.

                                                                                                    A-9.33.5.3. Design, Construction and Installation Standard for Solid-Fuel-Burning
                                                                                                    Appliances. CSA B365, “Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment,” is essentially
                                                                                                    an installation standard, and covers such issues as accessibility, air for combustion and ventilation, chimney and
                                                                                                    venting, mounting and floor protection, wall and ceiling clearances, installation of ducts, pipes, thimbles and
                                                                                                    manifolds, and control and safety devices. But the standard also includes a requirement that solid-fuel-burning
                                                                                                    appliances and equipment satisfy the requirements of one of a series of standards, depending on the appliance
                                                                                                    or equipment, therefore also making it a design and construction standard. It is required that cooktops and
                                                                                                    ovens as well as stoves, central furnaces and other space heaters be designed and built in conformity with the
                                                                                                    relevant referenced standard.

                                                                                                    A-9.33.6.13. Return Air System. It is a common practice to introduce outdoor air to the house by means
                                                                                                    of an outdoor air duct connected to the return air plenum of a forced air furnace. This is an effective method
                                                                                                    and is a component of one method of satisfying the mechanical ventilation requirements of Subsection 9.32.3.
                                                                                                    However, some caution is required. If the proportion of cold outside to warm return air is too high, the resulting
                                                                                                    mixed air temperature could lead to excessive condensation in the furnace heat exchanger and possible
                                                                                                    premature failure of the heat exchanger. CAN/CSA-F326-M, “Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems,”
                                                                                                    requires that this mixed air temperature not be below 15.5°C when the outdoor temperature is at the January
                                                                                                    2.5% value. It is also important that the outdoor air and the return air mix thoroughly before reaching the heat
                                                                                                    exchanger. Note A-9.32.3. provides some guidance on this.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-617
                                                                                                    A-9.33.10.2.(1)                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.33.10.2.(1) Factory-Built Chimneys. Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A,
                                                                                                    certain solid-fuel-burning appliances may be connected to factory-built chimneys other than those specified in
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.33.10.2.(1) if tests show that the use of such a chimney will provide an equivalent level of safety.

                                                                                                    A-9.34.2. Lighting Outlets. The “Canadian Electrical Code, Part I” contains requirements relating
                                                                                                    to lighting that are similar to those in the NBC. However, the Electrical Code requirements apply only to
                                                                                                    residential occupancies, whereas many of the requirements in the NBC apply to all Part 9 buildings. Code
                                                                                                    users must therefore be careful to ensure that all applicable provisions of the NBC are followed, irrespective
                                                                                                    of the limitations in the Electrical Code.

                                                                                                    A-9.35.2.2.(1) Garage Floor. Sources of ignition, such as electrical wiring and appliances, can set off an




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    explosion if exposed to gases or vapours such as those that can be released in garages. This provision applies
                                                                                                    where the frequency and concentration of such releases are low. Where the garage can accommodate more than
                                                                                                    3 vehicles, and where wiring is installed within 50 mm of the garage floor, the “Canadian Electrical Code, Part
                                                                                                    I” should be consulted as it specifies more stringent criteria for wiring.
                                                                                                    The capacity of the garage is based on standard-size passenger vehicles such as cars, mini-vans and sport utility
                                                                                                    vehicles, and half-ton trucks. In a typical configuration, the capacity of the garage is defined by the width of the
                                                                                                    garage doors—generally single or double width—which correlates to the number of parking bays.
                                                                                                    In many constructions, floor areas adjacent to the garage are either above the garage floor level or separated
                                                                                                    from it by a foundation wall. Where the foundation wall is cast-in-place concrete and rises at least 50 mm above
                                                                                                    the garage floor, it can serve as the airtight curb. Where the foundation wall is block or preserved wood, extra
                                                                                                    measures may be needed to provide airtightness. In many instances, the construction will be required to be
                                                                                                    airtight to conform with Sentence 9.25.3.1.(1), and in any case, must comply with Sentences 9.10.9.18.(4) and (5).
                                                                                                    Where the space adjacent to the garage is at the same level as the garage, a 50 mm curb or partition is not
                                                                                                    needed if the wall complies with Sentences 9.10.9.18.(4) and (5), and there is no connecting door. Where there is
                                                                                                    a connecting door, it must be raised at least 50 mm off the floor or be installed so it closes against the curb.




                                                                                                                         curb
                                                                                                                                                                  garage foor

                                                                                                                                                                                                        EG01410B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.35.2.2.(1)
                                                                                                     Curb around garage floor at stairs




                                                                                                    9-618 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                       A-9.36.1.3.

                                                                                                    In some instances, access to the basement is via a stair from the garage. In such cases, a curb must be installed
                                                                                                    at the edge of the garage floor area and must be sealed to the foundation wall, curb or partition between
                                                                                                    the garage and adjacent spaces.
                                                                                                    See Figure A-9.35.2.2.(1).

                                                                                                    A-9.36.1.1.(1)      Energy Used by the Building.

                                                                                                            Energy used by the building = space-heating energy lost and gained through building envelope
                                                                                                                                        + losses due to inefficiencies of heating equipment
                                                                                                                                             + energy necessary to heat outdoor air to ventilate the building




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                             + energy used to heat service water


                                                                                                    A-9.36.1.2.(2) Overall Thermal Transmittance. The U-value represents the amount of heat
                                                                                                    transferred through a unit area in a unit of time induced under steady-state conditions by a unit temperature
                                                                                                    difference between the environments on its two faces. The U-value reflects the capacity of all elements to
                                                                                                    transfer heat through the thickness of the assembly, as well as, for instance, through air films on both faces of
                                                                                                    above-ground components. Where heat is not transferred homogeneously across the area being considered,
                                                                                                    the thermal transmittance of each component is determined: for example, the thermal transmittance values
                                                                                                    of the glazing and the frame of a window are combined to determine the overall thermal transmittance
                                                                                                    (U-value) of the window.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.1.2.(3) Conversion of Metric Values to Imperial Values. To convert a metric RSI value
                                                                                                    to an imperial R-value, use 1 (m2×K)/W = 5.678263 h×ft2×°F/Btu. “R-value,” or simply the prefix “R” (e.g. R20
                                                                                                    insulation), is often used in the housing industry to refer to the imperial equivalent of “RSI value.” Note that
                                                                                                    R-values in Section 9.36. are provided for information purposes only; the stated metric RSI values are in fact the
                                                                                                    legally binding requirements.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.1.2.(4) Fenestration. The term “fenestration” is intentionally used in Articles 9.36.2.3.
                                                                                                    (prescriptive provisions) and 9.36.2.11. (trade-off provisions), and in Subsection 9.36.5. (performance
                                                                                                    provisions) as opposed to the terms “window,” “door” and “skylight,” which are used in the prescriptive
                                                                                                    provisions in Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. that address these components individually. The term “fenestration”
                                                                                                    is sometimes used in conjunction with the term “doors” depending on the context and the intent of the
                                                                                                    requirement.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.1.2.(5) and (6) Annual Energy Consumption and House Energy Target. The annual
                                                                                                    energy consumption and the house energy target are not intended to include loads from small appliances and
                                                                                                    lighting. They represent the annual sum of service water heating and space-conditioning energy consumption
                                                                                                    in the proposed and reference houses, respectively. The values of these metrics are calculated by subtracting the
                                                                                                    loads specified in Article 9.36.5.4. from the total annual energy consumption, which is generated by the models
                                                                                                    for the proposed and reference houses in accordance with Article 9.36.5.4. or 9.36.7.3.
                                                                                                    The annual energy consumption and the house energy target are then used to calculate the percent house
                                                                                                    energy target or the percent improvement in Article 9.36.7.3.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.1.3. Compliance Options According to Building Type and Size. Table A-9.36.1.3.
                                                                                                    describes the types and sizes of Part 9 buildings to which Section 9.36. and the NECB apply.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-619
                                                                                                    A-9.36.1.3.(3)                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                                                                                 Table A-9.36.1.3.
                                                                                                                                             Energy Efficiency Compliance Options for Part 9 Buildings

                                                                                                                                                                                                             Energy Efficiency Compliance Options
                                                                                                                                        Building Types and Sizes                                        NBC 9.36.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          NBC 9.36.5.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          to 9.36.4.                        NECB
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         (Performance)
                                                                                                                                                                                                        (Prescriptive)
                                                                                                           • Houses with or without a secondary suite
                                                                                                           • Buildings containing only dwelling units with common spaces ≤ 20% of building's total
                                                                                                             floor area (1)
                                                                                                           • Group C occupancies




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           • Buildings containing Group D, E or F3 occupancies whose combined total floor area ≤
                                                                                                             300 m2 (excluding parking garages that serve residential occupancies)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              X
                                                                                                           • Buildings with a mix of Group C and Group D, E or F3 occupancies where the
                                                                                                             non-residential portion's combined total floor area ≤ 300 m2 (excluding parking garages
                                                                                                             that serve residential occupancies)
                                                                                                           • Buildings containing Group D, E or F3 occupancies whose combined total floor area
                                                                                                             > 300 m2                                                                                         X               X
                                                                                                           • Buildings containing F2 occupancies of any size

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.36.1.3.:
                                                                                                    (1)   The walls that enclose a common space are excluded from the calculation of floor area of that common space.


                                                                                                    A-9.36.1.3.(3)            Houses and Common Spaces.

                                                                                                           Houses
                                                                                                           For the purpose of Sentence 9.36.1.3.(3), the term “houses” includes detached houses, semi-detached
                                                                                                           houses, duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row houses and boarding houses.

                                                                                                           Common spaces
                                                                                                           The walls that enclose a common space are excluded from the calculation of floor area of that common space.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.1.3.(6) Exemptions. Examples of buildings and spaces that are exempted from the requirements
                                                                                                    of Section 9.36. include seasonally heated buildings, storage and parking garages, small service buildings or
                                                                                                    service rooms and unconditioned spaces in buildings. However, note that, where a building envelope assembly
                                                                                                    of an exempted building is adjacent to a conditioned space, this assembly must meet the requirements of
                                                                                                    Section 9.36.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.1.(2) Wall or Floor between a Garage and a Conditioned Space. A wall or a floor
                                                                                                    between a conditioned space and a residential garage must be airtight and insulated because, even if the garage
                                                                                                    is equipped with space-heating equipment, it may in fact be kept unheated most of the time.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.2.(3) Calculation Tools. The thermal characteristics of windows, doors and skylights can be
                                                                                                    calculated using software tools such as THERM and WINDOW.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.2.(5) Calculating Effective Thermal Resistance of Log Walls. ICC 400, “Standard
                                                                                                    on the Design and Construction of Log Structures,” defines log wall thickness as the “average cross sectional
                                                                                                    area divided by the stack height.” This approach equalizes all log profiles regardless of their size or shape by
                                                                                                    eliminating the need to vary, average or round out log thickness measurements, which would otherwise be
                                                                                                    necessary to determine applicable profile factors for different log shapes. The ICC 400 standard lists R-values
                                                                                                    for log walls, including the exterior and interior air film coefficients, based on wall thickness and wood
                                                                                                    species' specific gravity.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.3.(2) and (3) Calculating Gross Wall Area. Where the structure of the lowest floor and
                                                                                                    rim joist assembly is above the finished ground level or where the above-grade portion of foundation walls
                                                                                                    separates conditioned space from unconditioned space, they should be included in the calculation of gross wall
                                                                                                    area. Figure A-9.36.2.3.(2) and (3) shows the intended measurements for the most common type of housing
                                                                                                    construction.


                                                                                                    9-620 Division B                                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                 A-9.36.2.3.(2) and (3)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                  wall height of side A                                                                   wall height of side B
                                                                                                                                                                                               end wall



                                                                                                                                          finished ground level of side A
                                                                                                                                                                            average grade


                                                                                                                                                                       finished ground level of side B




                                                                                                                                          If the wall height of side A = 5.7 m and the wall height of
                                                                                                                                               side B = 6.7 m, then the end wall height = 6.2 m.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   EG00770A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.3.(2) and (3)
                                                                                                     Example of interior wall height to be used in the calculation of gross wall area




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                Division B 9-621
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.3.(5)                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.3.(5) Areas of Other Fenestration. Figure A-9.36.2.3.(5) illustrates how to measure the area
                                                                                                    of glass panes as described in Sentence 9.36.2.3.(5).




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                             skylight




                                                                                                                                                           bow window




                                                                                                                                                         curved window
                                                                                                                                                                            EG00733B


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.3.(5)
                                                                                                     Measuring the area of glazing that is not in the same plane


                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.4.(1) Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of Building Envelope
                                                                                                    Assemblies. The general theory of heat transfer is based on the concept of the thermal transmittance
                                                                                                    through an element over a given surface area under the temperature difference across the element (see
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.36.1.2.(2)). As such, the NECB requires all building envelope assemblies and components to comply
                                                                                                    with the maximum U-values (overall thermal transmittance) stated therein. However, the requirements in
                                                                                                    Subsection 9.36.2. are stated in RSI values (effective thermal resistance values), which are the reciprocal
                                                                                                    of U-values.
                                                                                                    To calculate effective thermal resistance, Section 9.36. requires that contributions from all portions of an
                                                                                                    assembly—including heat flow through studs and insulation—be taken into account because the same
                                                                                                    insulation product (nominal insulation value) can produce different effective thermal resistance values in
                                                                                                    different framing configurations. The resulting effective thermal resistance of an assembly also depends on the
                                                                                                    thermal properties and thickness of the building materials used and their respective location.
                                                                                                    The following paragraphs provide the calculations to determine the effective thermal resistance values
                                                                                                    for certain assemblies and the thermal characteristics of common building materials. The Tables in
                                                                                                    Notes A-9.36.2.6.(1) and A-9.36.2.8.(1) confirm the compliance of common building assemblies.

                                                                                                        Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of an Assembly with Continuous Insulation: Isothermal
                                                                                                        Planes Method
                                                                                                        To calculate the effective thermal resistance of a building envelope assembly containing only continuous
                                                                                                        materials—for example, a fully insulated floor slab— simply add up the RSI values for each material. This
                                                                                                        procedure is described as the “isothermal-planes method” in the “ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals.”



                                                                                                    9-622 Division B                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                               A-9.36.2.4.(1)

                                                                                                        Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of a Wood-frame Assembly: Isothermal-Planes and
                                                                                                        Parallel-Path Flow Methods
                                                                                                        To calculate the effective thermal resistance of a building envelope assembly containing wood framing,
                                                                                                        RSIeff, add up the results of the following calculations:
                                                                                                         A. calculate the effective thermal resistance of all layers with continuous materials using the
                                                                                                              isothermal-planes method, and
                                                                                                          B. calculate the effective thermal resistance of the framing portion, RSIparallel, using the following
                                                                                                              equation, which is taken from the “parallel-path flow method” described in the “ASHRAE Handbook
                                                                                                              – Fundamentals”:




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        where
                                                                                                                          RSIF = thermal resistance of the framing member obtained from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D,
                                                                                                                          RSIC = thermal resistance of the cavity (usually filled with insulation) obtained from
                                                                                                                                 Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D,
                                                                                                             % area of framing = value between 0 and 100 obtained from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-A or by calculation,
                                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                              % area of cavity = value between 0 and 100 obtained from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-A or by calculation.
                                                                                                        When the values in Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D are used in the calculation of effective thermal resistance of
                                                                                                        assemblies, they must not be rounded; only the final result, RSIeff, can be rounded to the nearest significant
                                                                                                        digit.

                                                                                                       Example 1 – Calculation of RSIeff for a Typical 38 × 140 mm Wood-frame Wall Assembly Using the Isothermal-Planes
                                                                                                      and Parallel-Path Flow Methods


                                                                                                                                                              RSIF         RSIC




                                                                                                                           38 x 140 mm wood
                                                                                                                           stud @ 406 mm o.c.                                                                  cavity insulation




                                                                                                                                                              23%      77%
                                                                                                                                                            (area of (area of
                                                                                                                                                            framing) cavity)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG00775A


                                                                                                        Figure 1-1
                                                                                                        RSIeff calculation parameters for a typical 38 × 140 mm wood-frame wall assembly


                                                                                                         1. Determine the thermal resistance of each continuous material layer incorporated in the assembly using Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D.
                                                                                                         2. Calculate the thermal resistance of a section of framing and adjacent cavity portion, RSIparallel, using the parallel-path flow method as
                                                                                                            follows:
                                                                                                                 (i) along a line that goes through the framing, which is designated RSIF, and
                                                                                                                (ii) along a line that goes through the cavity (usually filled with insulation), which is designated RSIC.
                                                                                                            Look up the % area of framing and cavity for a typical 38 × 140 mm wood-frame wall assembly with studs 400 mm o.c. using
                                                                                                            Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-A:
                                                                                                               % area of framing = 23%, and
                                                                                                               % area of cavity = 77%


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B 9-623
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.4.(1)                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                 Then, combine the sums of RSIF and RSIC in proportion to the relative areas of framing and insulation to calculate the value of RSIparallel
                                                                                                                 (thermal resistance of the framing portion):


                                                                                                                                                                                                           –


                                                                                                             3. Add up the values obtained in steps 1 and 2 to determine the effective thermal resistance of the wall assembly, RSIeff.

                                                                                                          Layers in 38 × 140 mm Wood-frame Wall Assembly with Studs Spaced 400 mm o.c.:                                         RSI, (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                               Outside air film                                                                                                       0.03




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                               Metal siding                                                                                                           0.11
                                                                                                               Sheathing paper                                                                                                        —
                                                                                                               Gypsum sheathing (12.7 mm)                                                                                             0.08
                                                                                                               Stud (140 mm × 0.0085 RSI/mm)                  RSIF = 1.19           % area of framing = 23%                   RSIparallel = 2.36
                                                                                                               Insulation (140 mm thick; RSI 3.34)            RSIC = 3.34            % area of cavity = 77%              (U-value = 0.42 W/(m2×K))
                                                                                                               Polyethylene (vapour barrier)                                                                                          —
                                                                                                               Gypsum (12.7 mm)                                                                                                       0.08
                                                                                                               Interior air film                                                                                                      0.12
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          RSIeff = 2.78 (m2×K)/W
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         (U-value = 0.36 W/(m2×K))


                                                                                                                                                               Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-A
                                                                                                                                        Framing and Cavity Percentages for Typical Wood-frame Assemblies (1)

                                                                                                                                                                                              Frame Spacing, mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                                              304                  406                     488                  610                   1220
                                                                                                                Wood-frame Assemblies
                                                                                                                                                      % Area % Area % Area % Area % Area % Area % Area % Area % Area % Area
                                                                                                                                                      Framing Cavity Framing Cavity Framing Cavity Framing Cavity Framing Cavity
                                                                                                                  lumber joists                          –           –        13         87        11.5          88.5      10         90         –           –
                                                                                                    Floors
                                                                                                                  I-joists and truss                     –           –         9         91         7.5          92.5      6          94         –           –
                                                                                                                  ceilings with typical trusses          –           –        14         86        12.5          87.5      11         89         –           –
                                                                                                                  ceilings with raised heel trusses      –           –        10         90         8.5          91.5      7          93         –           –
                                                                                                                  roofs with lumber rafters and          –           –                                                                           –           –
                                                                                                                                                                              13         87        11.5          88.5      10         90
                                                                                                    Roofs/        ceilings with lumber joists
                                                                                                    Ceilings      roofs with I-joist rafters and         –           –         9         91         7.5          92.5      6          94         –           –
                                                                                                                  ceilings with I-joists
                                                                                                                  roofs with structural insulated        –           –         –          –          –            –        –          –          9           91
                                                                                                                  panels (SIPs)
                                                                                                                  typical wood-frame                   24.5         75.5      23         77        21.5          78.5      20         80         –           –
                                                                                                                  advanced wood-frame with               –           –                                                                           –           –
                                                                                                                                                                              19         81        17.5          82.5      16         84
                                                                                                                  double top plate (2)
                                                                                                    Walls
                                                                                                                  SIPs                                   –           –         –          –          –            –        –          –          14          86
                                                                                                                  basement wood-frame inside             –           –                                                                           –           –
                                                                                                                                                                              16         84        14.5          85.5      13         87
                                                                                                                  concrete foundation wall

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-A:
                                                                                                    (1)   The framing percentages given in this Table account not just for the repetitive framing components but also for common framing practices, such as
                                                                                                          lintels, double top plates, cripple studs, etc., and include an allowance for typical mixes of studs, lintels and plates. The values listed represent the
                                                                                                          percentage of wall area taken up by framing and are based on the net wall area (i.e. gross wall area minus fenestration and door area). If the actual
                                                                                                          % areas of framing and cavity are known, those should be used rather than the ones in this Table. Rim joists are not accounted for in this Table
                                                                                                          because they are addressed separately in Sentence 9.36.2.6.(2).




                                                                                                    9-624 Division B                                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 A-9.36.2.4.(1)

                                                                                                                                                             Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-A (Continued)

                                                                                                    (2)   “Advanced framing” refers to a variety of framing techniques designed to reduce the thermal bridging and therefore increase the energy efficiency of
                                                                                                          a building. Some advanced framing solutions require that some framing components be insulated or eliminated; in such cases, it may be appropriate
                                                                                                          to calculate the actual % area of framing. Note that using an advanced framing technique may require additional engineering of the framing system.
                                                                                                          The framing percentage values listed in this Table for advanced framing are based on constructions with insulated lintels or framing designed
                                                                                                          without lintels, corners with one or two studs, no cripple or jack studs, and double top plates.


                                                                                                           Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of a Steel-frame Assembly
                                                                                                           The parallel-path flow method described above for wood-frame assemblies involves simple




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           one-dimensional heat ﬂow calculations based on two assumptions:
                                                                                                             • that the heat ﬂow through the thermal bridge (the stud) is parallel to the heat ﬂow through the
                                                                                                                insulation, and
                                                                                                             • that the temperature at each plane is constant.
                                                                                                           Tests performed on steel-frame walls have shown that neither of these assumptions properly represents
                                                                                                           the highly two-dimensional heat ﬂow that actually occurs. The difference between what is assumed and
                                                                                                           what actually occurs is even more significant in steel-frame assemblies. The results achieved using the
                                                                                                           calculation method below compare well with those achieved from actual tests. The method provides
                                                                                                           a good approximation if a thermal resistance value of 0.0000161 (m2×K)/W per mm (or a conductivity of
                                                                                                           62 (W×m)/(m2×°C)) is used (this value is associated with galvanized steel with a carbon content of 0.14%).
                                                                                                           To calculate the effective thermal resistance of a building envelope assembly consisting of steel framing,
                                                                                                           RSIeff, use the following equation:




                                                                                                           where
                                                                                                             RSIT1 = effective thermal resistance of building envelope assembly determined using parallel-path
                                                                                                                     flow method for wood-frame assemblies (use framing and cavity percentages in
                                                                                                                     Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-C),
                                                                                                             RSIT3 = RSIT2 + thermal resistance values of all other components except steel studs and insulation,
                                                                                                                   where RSIT2 = effective thermal resistance of steel studs and insulation determined using
                                                                                                                     parallel-path flow method for wood-frame assemblies,
                                                                                                                K1 = applicable value from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-B, and
                                                                                                                K2 = applicable value from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-B.

                                                                                                                                                                    Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-B
                                                                                                                                                                    Values for K1 and K2

                                                                                                                   Framing Spacing, mm                                          K1                                                 K2
                                                                                                     < 500 without insulating sheathing                                        0.33                                               0.67
                                                                                                     < 500 with insulating sheathing                                           0.40                                               0.60
                                                                                                     ≥ 500                                                                     0.50                                               0.50


                                                                                                                                                              Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-C
                                                                                                                                       Framing and Cavity Percentages for Typical Steel-frame Assemblies (1)

                                                                                                                                                                                   Frame Spacing, mm o.c.
                                                                                                           Steel-frame                     < 500                           ≥ 500                           < 2100                          ≥ 2100
                                                                                                           Assemblies            % Area            % Area        % Area            % Area        % Area             % Area       % Area             % Area
                                                                                                                                 Framing           Cavity        Framing           Cavity        Framing            Cavity       Framing            Cavity
                                                                                                     Roofs, ceilings, floors       0.43            99.57           0.33             99.67           —                 —             —                 —
                                                                                                     Above-grade walls                                                                              —                 —             —                 —
                                                                                                                                   0.77            99.23           0.67             99.33
                                                                                                     and strapping


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                         Division B 9-625
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.4.(1)                                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                                                               Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-C (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                      Frame Spacing, mm o.c.
                                                                                                           Steel-frame                        < 500                           ≥ 500                            < 2100                            ≥ 2100
                                                                                                           Assemblies              % Area             % Area        % Area            % Area         % Area             % Area         % Area             % Area
                                                                                                                                   Framing            Cavity        Framing           Cavity         Framing            Cavity         Framing            Cavity
                                                                                                     Below-grade walls                                                                                 —                   —                —               —
                                                                                                                                     0.57             99.43           0.33             99.67
                                                                                                     and strapping
                                                                                                     Sheet steel wall                —                  —             —                  —            0.08               99.92          0.06              99.94




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-C:
                                                                                                    (1)   The framing percentages given in this Table are based on common framing practices and not simply on the width of the studs and cavity. They
                                                                                                          are based on 18-gauge (1.2 mm) steel; however, test results indicate that, for the range of thicknesses normally used in light-steel framing, the
                                                                                                          actual thickness has very little effect on the effective thermal resistance. If the actual % areas of framing and cavity are known, those should be
                                                                                                          used rather than the ones in this Table.


                                                                                                           Example 2 – Calculation of RSIeff for a 41 × 152 mm Steel-frame Wall Assembly with Studs 406 mm o.c.


                                                                                                                                                                    RSIF       RSIC


                                                                                                                                                                                                                        brick veneer
                                                                                                                                   insulating sheathing

                                                                                                                                   41 x 152 mm steel                                                                    cavity insulation
                                                                                                                                   stud @ 406 mm o.c.


                                                                                                                                      air/vapour barrier                                                                12.7 mm
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        gypsum board

                                                                                                                                                                 0.77% 99.23%
                                                                                                                                                                (area of (area of
                                                                                                                                                                framing) cavity)                                                 EG00705A


                                                                                                           Figure 2-1
                                                                                                           RSIeff calculation parameters for a 41 × 152 mm steel-frame wall assembly


                                                                                                           1. Calculate RSIT1

                                                                                                                                                                                                              RSIF                             RSIC
                                                                                                                                            Materials in Assembly                                     (thermal resistance              (thermal resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                                        through framing)                  through cavity)
                                                                                                               Outside air film                                                                                 0.03                             0.03
                                                                                                               Brick veneer                                                                                     0.07                             0.07
                                                                                                               Air space (25 mm thick)                                                                          0.18                             0.18
                                                                                                               Extruded polystyrene (38 mm thick × RSI 0.035/mm)                                                1.33                             1.33
                                                                                                               Steel stud (152 mm thick × RSI 0.0000161/mm)                                                    0.0023                            —
                                                                                                               Insulation (152 mm thick; RSI 3.52 (R20) batts)                                                   —                               3.52
                                                                                                               Polyethylene (vapour barrier)                                                                     —                               —
                                                                                                               Gypsum (12.7 mm thick)                                                                           0.08                             0.08
                                                                                                               Interior air film                                                                                0.12                             0.12
                                                                                                                                                                                             Total              1.81                             5.33




                                                                                                    9-626 Division B                                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                     A-9.36.2.4.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                               RSIF                          RSIC
                                                                                                                                          Materials in Assembly                                        (thermal resistance           (thermal resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                                         through framing)               through cavity)
                                                                                                        % area framing and cavity from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-C                                                   0.77%                          99.23%

                                                                                                                                                                                                  (U-value = 0.19 W/(m²×K))



                                                                                                        2. Calculate RSIT2




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                               RSIF                          RSIC
                                                                                                                                          Materials in Assembly                                        (thermal resistance           (thermal resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                                         through framing)               through cavity)
                                                                                                                Steel stud (152 mm thick × RSI 0.0000161/mm)                                                    0.0023                           —
                                                                                                                Insulation (152 mm thick; RSI 3.52 (R20) batts)                                                   —                             3.52
                                                                                                                                                                                         Total                  0.0023                          3.52
                                                                                                        % area framing and cavity from Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-C                                                   0.77%                          99.23%

                                                                                                                                                                                                  (U-value = 3.69 W/(m²×K))



                                                                                                        3. Calculate RSIT3

                                                                                                                                                    Materials in Assembly                                                      RSI through Assembly
                                                                                                                Outside air film                                                                                                       0.03
                                                                                                                Brick veneer                                                                                                           0.07
                                                                                                                Air space (25 mm thick)                                                                                                0.18
                                                                                                                Extruded polystyrene (38 mm thick × RSI 0.035/mm)                                                                      1.33
                                                                                                                RSIT2                                                                                                                  0.27
                                                                                                                Polyethylene (vapour barrier)                                                                                              —
                                                                                                                Gypsum (12.7 mm thick)                                                                                                 0.08
                                                                                                                Interior air film                                                                                                      0.12
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              RSIT3 = 2.08 (m2×K)/W
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             (U-value = 0.48 W/(m2×K))


                                                                                                        4. Calculate RSIeff

                                                                                                                             RSIeff = (K1 × RSIT1) + (K2 × RSIT3) = (0.40 ×· 5.25) + (0.60 × 2.08) = 3.35 (m2×K)/W (U-value = 0.30 W/(m2×K))


                                                                                                                                                                  Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D
                                                                                                                                                Thermal Resistance Values of Common Building Materials (1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Thermal Resistance       Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Thickness of
                                                                                                                                           Air Films                                                                   (RSI), (m2×K)/W         (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Material
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           per mm                thickness listed
                                                                                                    Exterior:
                                                                                                        ceiling, floors and walls wind 6.7 m/s (winter)                                              —                       —                          0.03
                                                                                                    Interior:
                                                                                                        ceiling (heat flow up)                                                                       —                       —                          0.11
                                                                                                        floor (heat flow down)                                                                       —                       —                          0.16
                                                                                                        walls (heat flow horizontal)                                                                 —                       —                          0.12


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                               Division B 9-627
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.4.(1)                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                             Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                                        Thermal Resistance   Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                     Thickness of Air
                                                                                                                                      Air Cavities (2)(3)                                                (RSI), (m2×K)/W     (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                          Space
                                                                                                                                                                                                             per mm            thickness listed
                                                                                                                                                                                         13 mm                  —                   0.15
                                                                                                                                                                                         20 mm                 —                    0.15
                                                                                                    Ceiling (heat flow up) faced with non-reflective material (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                         40 mm                 —                    0.16
                                                                                                                                                                                         90 mm                 —                    0.16
                                                                                                                                                                                         13 mm                 —                    0.16




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                         20 mm                 —                    0.18
                                                                                                    Floors (heat flow down) faced with non-reflective material (4)
                                                                                                                                                                                         40 mm                 —                    0.20
                                                                                                                                                                                         90 mm                 —                    0.22
                                                                                                                                                                                         9.5 mm                —                    0.15
                                                                                                                                                                                         13 mm                 —                    0.16
                                                                                                    Walls (heat flow horizontal) faced with non-reflective material (4)                  20 mm                 —                    0.18
                                                                                                                                                                                         40 mm                 —                    0.18
                                                                                                                                                                                         90 mm                 —                    0.18
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Thermal Resistance   Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                      Thickness of
                                                                                                                                    Cladding Materials                                                   (RSI), (m2×K)/W     (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                        Material
                                                                                                                                                                                                             per mm            thickness listed
                                                                                                    Brick:
                                                                                                        fired clay (2400 kg/m3)                                                          100 mm              0.0007                 0.07
                                                                                                        concrete: sand and gravel, or stone (2400 kg/m3)                                 100 mm              0.0004                 0.04
                                                                                                    Cement/lime, mortar, and stucco                                                        —                 0.0009                  —
                                                                                                    Wood shingles:
                                                                                                        400 mm, 190 mm exposure                                                            —                   —                    0.15
                                                                                                        400 mm, 300 mm exposure (double exposure)                                          —                   —                    0.21
                                                                                                        insulating backer board                                                           8 mm                 —                    0.25
                                                                                                    Siding:
                                                                                                        Metal or vinyl siding over sheathing:
                                                                                                              hollow-backed                                                                —                   —                    0.11
                                                                                                              insulating-board-backed                                                9.5 mm nominal            —                    0.32
                                                                                                              foiled-backed                                                          9.5 mm nominal            —                    0.52
                                                                                                        Wood:
                                                                                                              bevel, 200 mm, lapped                                                      13 mm                 —                    0.14
                                                                                                              bevel, 250 mm, lapped                                                      20 mm                 —                    0.18
                                                                                                              drop, 200 mm                                                               20 mm                 —                    0.14
                                                                                                              hardboard                                                                  11 mm                 —                    0.12
                                                                                                              plywood, lapped                                                            9.5 mm                —                    0.10
                                                                                                        Stone:
                                                                                                              quartzitic and sandstone (2240 kg/m3)                                        —                 0.0003                  —
                                                                                                              calcitic, dolomitic, limestone, marble, and granite (2240 kg/m3)             —                 0.0004                  —
                                                                                                        Fibre-cement: single-faced, cellulose fibre-reinforced cement                   6.35 mm               0.003                0.023
                                                                                                                                                                                          8 mm                0.003                0.026
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Thermal Resistance   Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                      Thickness of
                                                                                                                                   Roofing Materials (5)                                                 (RSI), (m2×K)/W     (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                        Material
                                                                                                                                                                                                             per mm            thickness listed
                                                                                                    Asphalt roll roofing                                                                   —                    —                   0.03
                                                                                                    Asphalt/tar                                                                            —                 0.0014                  —



                                                                                                    9-628 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                 A-9.36.2.4.(1)

                                                                                                                                                         Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D (Continued)

                                                                                                    Built-up roofing                                                                 10 mm              —                    0.06
                                                                                                    Crushed stone                                                                      —              0.0006                  —
                                                                                                    Metal deck                                                                         —                —                  negligible
                                                                                                    Shingle:
                                                                                                        asphalt                                                                        —                —                    0.08
                                                                                                        wood                                                                           —                —                    0.17
                                                                                                    Slate                                                                            13 mm              —                    0.01
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Thermal Resistance   Thermal Resistance




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                  Thickness of
                                                                                                                                  Sheathing Materials                                             (RSI), (m2×K)/W     (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                    Material
                                                                                                                                                                                                      per mm            thickness listed
                                                                                                    Gypsum sheathing                                                                12.7 mm           0.0063                 0.08
                                                                                                    Insulating fibreboard                                                              —               0.016                  —
                                                                                                    Particleboard:
                                                                                                        low density (593 kg/m3)                                                        —              0.0098                  —
                                                                                                        medium density (800 kg/m3)                                                     —              0.0077                  —
                                                                                                        high density (993 kg/m3)                                                       —              0.0059                  —
                                                                                                                                                                                     9.5 mm                                  0.083
                                                                                                                                                                                     11 mm                                   0.096
                                                                                                    Plywood – generic softwood                                                      12.5 mm           0.0087                 0.109
                                                                                                                                                                                    15.5 mm                                  0.135
                                                                                                                                                                                    18.5 mm                                  0.161
                                                                                                                                                                                     9.5 mm                                  0.105
                                                                                                                                                                                     11 mm                                   0.122
                                                                                                    Plywood – Douglas fir                                                           12.5 mm           0.0111                 0.139
                                                                                                                                                                                    15.5 mm                                  0.172
                                                                                                                                                                                    18.5 mm                                  0.205
                                                                                                    Sheet materials:
                                                                                                        permeable felt                                                                 —                —                    0.011
                                                                                                        seal, 2 layers of mopped (0.73 kg/m3)                                          —                —                    0.210
                                                                                                        seal, plastic film                                                             —                —                  negligible
                                                                                                    Waferboard (705 kg/m3)                                                             —              0.0095                  —
                                                                                                                                                                                     9.5 mm                                  0.093
                                                                                                    Oriented strandboard (OSB)                                                                        0.0098
                                                                                                                                                                                     11 mm                                   0.108
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Thermal Resistance   Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                  Thickness of
                                                                                                                              Insulation Materials (6)                                            (RSI), (m2×K)/W     (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                    Material
                                                                                                                                                                                                      per mm            thickness listed
                                                                                                    Blanket and batt: rock or glass mineral fibre (CAN/ULC-S702.1)
                                                                                                        R12                                                                         89/92 mm            —                    2.11
                                                                                                        R14                                                                         89/92 mm            —                    2.46
                                                                                                        R19 (7) (R20 compressed)                                                     140 mm             —                    3.34
                                                                                                        R20                                                                          152 mm             —                    3.52
                                                                                                        R22                                                                        140/152 mm           —                    3.87
                                                                                                        R22.5                                                                        152 mm             —                    3.96
                                                                                                        R24                                                                        140/152 mm           —                    4.23
                                                                                                        R28                                                                        178/216 mm           —                    4.93
                                                                                                        R31                                                                          241 mm             —                    5.46
                                                                                                        R35                                                                          267 mm             —                    6.16



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                      Division B 9-629
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.4.(1)                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                            Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D (Continued)

                                                                                                        R40                                                                           279/300 mm               —                    7.04
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Thermal Resistance   Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                     Thickness of
                                                                                                                            Insulation Materials (6) (continued)                                         (RSI), (m2×K)/W     (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                       Material
                                                                                                                                                                                                             per mm            thickness listed
                                                                                                    Boards and slabs:
                                                                                                        Roof board                                                                         —                  0.018                  —
                                                                                                        Building board or ceiling tile, lay-in panel                                       —                  0.016                  —
                                                                                                        Polyisocyanurate/polyurethane-faced sheathing: Types 1, 2 and 3
                                                                                                        (CAN/ULC-S704.1)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           permeably faced                                                              25 mm                0.03818                0.97
                                                                                                                                                                                        50 mm                0.0360                 1.80
                                                                                                           impermeably faced                                                            25 mm                0.03937                1.00
                                                                                                                                                                                        50 mm                0.0374                 1.87
                                                                                                        Expanded polystyrene (CAN/ULC-S701.1) (8)
                                                                                                           Type 1                                                                       25 mm                 0.026                 0.65
                                                                                                           Type 2                                                                       25 mm                 0.028                 0.71
                                                                                                           Type 3                                                                       25 mm                 0.030                 0.76
                                                                                                        Extruded polystyrene: Types 2, 3 and 4 (CAN/ULC-S701.1)                         25 mm                 0.035                 0.88
                                                                                                                                                                                        50 mm                0.0336                 1.68
                                                                                                        Semi-rigid glass fibre wall/roof insulation (48 kg/m3)                          25 mm                0.0298                0.757
                                                                                                        Semi-rigid rock wool wall insulation (56 kg/m3)                                 25 mm                0.0277                0.704
                                                                                                    Loose-fill insulation
                                                                                                        Cellulose (CAN/ULC-S703)                                                           —                  0.025                  —
                                                                                                        Glass fibre loose fill insulation for attics (CAN/ULC-S702.1)                112 to 565 mm           0.01875                 —
                                                                                                        Glass fibre loose fill insulation for walls (CAN/ULC-S702.1)                    89 mm                0.02865                2.55
                                                                                                                                                                                        140 mm               0.0289                 4.05
                                                                                                                                                                                        152 mm                0.030                 4.23
                                                                                                        Perlite                                                                           —                   0.019                  —
                                                                                                        Vermiculite                                                                        —                  0.015                  —
                                                                                                    Spray-applied insulation
                                                                                                        Sprayed polyurethane foam
                                                                                                           medium density (CAN/ULC-S705.1)                                              25 mm                 0.036                 0.90
                                                                                                                                                                                        50 mm                 0.036                 1.80
                                                                                                            light density (CAN/ULC-S712.1)                                              25 mm                 0.026                 0.65
                                                                                                        Sprayed cellulosic fibre (CAN/ULC-S703)                                     settled thickness         0.024                  —
                                                                                                        Spray-applied glass-fibre insulation (CAN/ULC-S702.1)
                                                                                                            density: 16 kg/m3                                                           89 mm                 0.025                 2.30
                                                                                                                                                                                        140 mm                0.025                 3.53
                                                                                                           density: 28.8 kg/m3                                                          89 mm                 0.029                 2.64
                                                                                                                                                                                        140 mm                0.029                 4.06
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Thermal Resistance   Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                     Thickness of
                                                                                                                                   Structural Materials                                                  (RSI), (m2×K)/W     (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                       Material
                                                                                                                                                                                                             per mm            thickness listed
                                                                                                    Concrete
                                                                                                        Low-density aggregate
                                                                                                           expanded shale, clay, slate or slags, cinders (1 600 kg/m3)                     —                 0.0013                  —
                                                                                                           perlite, vermiculite, and polystyrene bead (480 kg/m3)                          —                 0.0063                  —
                                                                                                        Normal-density aggregate


                                                                                                    9-630 Division B                                                                           National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                  A-9.36.2.4.(1)

                                                                                                                                                          Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D (Continued)

                                                                                                             sand and gravel or stone aggregate (2 400 kg/m3)                           —              0.0004                  —
                                                                                                    Hardwood (9)(10)
                                                                                                         Ash                                                                            —              0.0063                  —
                                                                                                         Birch                                                                          —              0.0055                  —
                                                                                                         Maple                                                                          —              0.0063                  —
                                                                                                         Oak                                                                            —              0.0056                  —
                                                                                                     Softwood (9)(10)
                                                                                                         Amabilis fir                                                                   —              0.0080                  —




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         California redwood                                                             —              0.0089                  —
                                                                                                         Douglas fir-larch                                                              —              0.0069                  —
                                                                                                         Eastern white cedar                                                            —              0.0099                  —
                                                                                                         Eastern white pine                                                             —              0.0092                  —
                                                                                                         Hemlock-fir                                                                    —              0.0084                  —
                                                                                                         Lodgepole pine                                                                 —              0.0082                  —
                                                                                                         Red pine                                                                       —              0.0077                  —
                                                                                                         Western hemlock                                                                —              0.0074                  —
                                                                                                         Western red cedar                                                              —              0.0102                  —
                                                                                                         White spruce                                                                   —              0.0097                  —
                                                                                                         Yellow cyprus-cedar                                                            —              0.0077                  —
                                                                                                     Wood, structural framing, spruce-pine-fir (11)                                     —              0.0085                  —
                                                                                                    Steel, galvanized sheet, 0.14% carbon content                                       —             0.0000161                —
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Thermal Resistance   Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                   Thickness of
                                                                                                                                     Concrete Blocks                                               (RSI), (m2×K)/W     (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                     Material
                                                                                                                                                                                                       per mm            thickness listed
                                                                                                    Limestone aggregate with 2 cores
                                                                                                         cores filled with perlite                                                    190 mm             —                    0.37
                                                                                                                                                                                      290 mm             —                    0.65
                                                                                                    Light-weight units (expanded shale, clay, slate or slag aggregate) with 2 or
                                                                                                    3 cores
                                                                                                         no insulation in cores                                                       90 mm              —                    0.24
                                                                                                                                                                                      140 mm             —                    0.30
                                                                                                                                                                                      190 mm             —                    0.32
                                                                                                                                                                                      240 mm             —                    0.33
                                                                                                                                                                                      290 mm             —                    0.41
                                                                                                         cores filled with perlite                                                    140 mm             —                    0.74
                                                                                                                                                                                      190 mm              —                   0.99
                                                                                                                                                                                      290 mm              —                   1.35
                                                                                                         cores filled with vermiculite                                                140 mm              —                   0.58
                                                                                                                                                                                      190 mm              —                   0.81
                                                                                                                                                                                      240 mm              —                   0.98
                                                                                                                                                                                      290 mm              —                   1.06
                                                                                                         cores filled with molded EPS beads                                           190 mm              —                   0.85
                                                                                                         molded EPS inserts in cores                                                  190 mm             —                    0.62
                                                                                                    Medium-weight units (combination of normal- and low-mass aggregate) with
                                                                                                    2 or 3 cores
                                                                                                         no insulation in cores                                                       190 mm             —                    0.26
                                                                                                         cores filled with molded EPS beads                                           190 mm             —                    0.56



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                       Division B 9-631
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.4.(1)                                                                                                              Division B

                                                                                                                                                                Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D (Continued)

                                                                                                        molded EPS inserts in cores                                                         190 mm                —                    0.47
                                                                                                        cores filled with perlite                                                           190 mm                —                    0.53
                                                                                                        cores filled with vermiculite                                                       190 mm                —                    0.58
                                                                                                    Normal-weight units (sand and gravel aggregate) with 2 or 3 cores
                                                                                                        no insulation in cores                                                              90 mm                 —                    0.17
                                                                                                                                                                                            140 mm                —                    0.19
                                                                                                                                                                                            190 mm                —                    0.21
                                                                                                                                                                                            240 mm                —                    0.24




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                            290 mm                —                    0.26
                                                                                                        cores filled with perlite                                                           190 mm                —                    0.35
                                                                                                        cores filled with vermiculite                                                       140 mm                —                    0.40
                                                                                                                                                                                            190 mm                —                    0.51
                                                                                                                                                                                            240 mm                —                    0.61
                                                                                                                                                                                            290 mm                —                    0.69
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Thermal Resistance   Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                         Thickness of
                                                                                                                                    Hollow Clay Bricks                                                      (RSI), (m2×K)/W     (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                           Material
                                                                                                                                                                                                                per mm            thickness listed
                                                                                                    Multi-cored without insulation in cores                                                 90 mm                  —                   0.27
                                                                                                    Rectangular 2-core
                                                                                                        no insulation in cores                                                              140 mm                —                    0.39
                                                                                                                                                                                            190 mm                —                    0.41
                                                                                                                                                                                            290 mm                —                    0.47
                                                                                                        cores filled with vermiculite                                                       140 mm                —                    0.65
                                                                                                                                                                                            190 mm                —                    0.86
                                                                                                                                                                                            290 mm                —                    1.29
                                                                                                    Rectangular 3-core
                                                                                                        no insulation in cores                                                              90 mm                 —                    0.35
                                                                                                                                                                                            140 mm                —                    0.38
                                                                                                                                                                                            190 mm                —                    0.41
                                                                                                                                                                                            240 mm                —                    0.43
                                                                                                                                                                                            290 mm                —                    0.45
                                                                                                        cores filled with vermiculite                                                       140 mm                —                    0.68
                                                                                                                                                                                            190 mm                —                    0.86
                                                                                                                                                                                            240 mm                —                    1.06
                                                                                                                                                                                            290 mm                —                    1.19
                                                                                                                                                                                                           Thermal Resistance   Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                                         Thickness of
                                                                                                                               Interior Finish Materials (12)                                               (RSI), (m2×K)/W     (RSI), (m2×K)/W for
                                                                                                                                                                                           Material
                                                                                                                                                                                                                per mm            thickness listed
                                                                                                    Gypsum board                                                                              —                 0.0061                   —
                                                                                                    Hardboard – medium-density (800 kg/m3)                                                    —                 0.0095                  —
                                                                                                    Interior finish (plank, tile) board                                                       —                 0.0198                  —
                                                                                                    Particleboard
                                                                                                        low-density (590 kg/m3)                                                               —                 0.0098                  —
                                                                                                        medium-density (800 kg/m3)                                                            —                 0.0074                  —
                                                                                                        high-density (1 000 kg/m3)                                                            —                 0.0059                  —
                                                                                                        underlay                                                                           15.9 mm                —                   0.140
                                                                                                    Plywood                                                                                   —                 0.0087                  —
                                                                                                    Flooring material


                                                                                                    9-632 Division B                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                     A-9.36.2.4.(4)

                                                                                                                                                              Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D (Continued)

                                                                                                          Carpet and fibrous pad                                                                    —                        —                     0.370
                                                                                                          Carpet and rubber pad                                                                     —                        —                     0.220
                                                                                                          Cork tile                                                                              3.2 mm                      —                     0.049
                                                                                                          Hardwood flooring                                                                       19 mm                      —                     0.120
                                                                                                          Terrazzo                                                                                25 mm                      —                     0.014
                                                                                                          Tile (linoleum, vinyl, rubber)                                                            —                        —                     0.009
                                                                                                          Tile (ceramic)                                                                         9.5 mm                      —                     0.005
                                                                                                          Wood subfloor                                                                           19 mm                      —                     0.170




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     Plastering
                                                                                                          Cement plaster: sand aggregate                                                            —                     0.0014                     —
                                                                                                          Gypsum plaster
                                                                                                             low-density aggregate                                                                  —                     0.0044                     —
                                                                                                             sand aggregate                                                                         —                     0.0012                     —

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D:
                                                                                                    (1)  The thermal resistance values given in Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D are generic values for the materials listed or minimum acceptable values taken from
                                                                                                         the standards listed. Values published by manufacturers for their proprietary materials may differ slightly but are permitted to be used, provided they
                                                                                                         were obtained in accordance with the test methods referenced in Article 9.36.2.2. For materials not listed in the Table or where the listed value
                                                                                                         does not reflect the thickness of the product, the thermal resistance value has to be calculated by dividing the material's thickness, in m, by its
                                                                                                         conductivity, in W/(m×K), which can be found in the manufacturer's literature.
                                                                                                    (2) RSI values can be interpolated for air cavity sizes that fall between 9.5 and 90 mm, and they can be moderately extrapolated for air cavities
                                                                                                         measuring more than 90 mm.
                                                                                                    (3) Where strapping is installed, use the RSI value for an air layer of equivalent thickness.
                                                                                                    (4) Reflective insulation material may contribute a thermal property value depending on its location and installation within an assembly. Where a
                                                                                                         value is obtained through evaluation carried out in accordance with Clause 9.36.2.2.(4)(b), it may be included in the calculation of the thermal
                                                                                                         resistance or transmittance of the specific assembly.
                                                                                                    (5) Materials installed towards the exterior of a vented air space in a roof assembly cannot be included in the calculation of effective thermal
                                                                                                         resistance of the roof assembly.
                                                                                                    (6) All types of cellular foam plastic insulation manufactured to be able to retain a blowing agent, other than air, for a period longer than 180 days shall

                                                                                                         be tested for long-term thermal resistance (LTTR) in accordance with CAN/ULC-S770, “Standard Test Method for Determination of Long-Term
                                                                                                         Thermal Resistance of Closed-Cell Thermal Insulating Foams.” This LTTR value shall be input as the design thermal resistance value for the
                                                                                                         purpose of energy calculations in Section 9.36. Product standards contain a baseline LTTR for a thickness of 50 mm, from which the LTTR
                                                                                                         for other thicknesses can be calculated.
                                                                                                    (7) An RSI 3.52 (R20) batt compressed into a 140 mm cavity has a thermal resistance value of 3.34 (R19); if installed uncompressed in a 152 mm
                                                                                                         cavity (e.g. in a metal stud assembly), it will retain its full thermal resistance value of 3.52 (m2×K)/W.
                                                                                                    (8) Expanded polystyrene insulation is not manufactured to be able to retain a blowing agent; it is therefore not necessary to test its LTTR. See Note (6).
                                                                                                    (9) The thermal resistance values for wood species are based on a moisture content (MC) of 12%. In Canada, equilibrium moisture content for wood in
                                                                                                         buildings ranges from 8–14%. The difference between the thermal properties of wood species with 12% MC and those with 14% MC is negligible.
                                                                                                    (10) For wood species not listed in the Table, the RSI value of a wood species of equal or greater density (or specific gravity (relative density)) can be
                                                                                                         used since the thermal resistance of wood is directly related to its density (higher density wood has a lower thermal resistance).
                                                                                                    (11) 0.0085 is considered a common value for structural softwood (see also the “ASHRAE Handbook – Fundamentals”).
                                                                                                    (12) Materials installed towards the interior of a conditioned air space cannot be included in the calculation of effective thermal resistance of the assembly.



                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.4.(3) Calculating Thermal Resistance of Major Structural Penetrations. Projecting
                                                                                                    slabs contribute a large area to the 2% exclusion so calculation and analysis of the heat loss through the area
                                                                                                    they penetrate should be carried out; where construction features only occasional penetrations by beams or
                                                                                                    joists, the heat loss is less critical to the overall energy performance of a building. Although the 2% exemption is
                                                                                                    based on gross wall area, it applies to penetrations through any building envelope assembly.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.4.(4) Credit for Unheated Spaces Protecting the Building Envelope. The reduction
                                                                                                    in RSI afforded by Sentence 9.36.2.4.(4) is intended to provide a simple credit under the prescriptive path for
                                                                                                    any unheated space that protects a component of the building envelope. The credited value is conservative
                                                                                                    because it cannot take into account the construction of the enclosure surrounding the unheated space, which
                                                                                                    may or may not comply with the Code; as such, too many variables, such as its size or airtightness, may negate
                                                                                                    any higher credit that could be allowed.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                            Division B 9-633
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.5.(1)                                                                                     Division B

                                                                                                    There may be simulation tools that can be used under the performance path to provide a better assessment
                                                                                                    of the effect of an indirectly heated space; these tools may be used to calculate the credit more accurately
                                                                                                    when an unheated space is designed to provide significantly better protection than the worst-case situation
                                                                                                    assumed here. Vented spaces, such as attic and roof spaces or crawl spaces, are considered as exterior spaces;
                                                                                                    the RSI-value credit allowed in Sentence 9.36.2.4.(4) can therefore not be applied in the calculation of the
                                                                                                    effective thermal resistance of assemblies separating conditioned spaces from vented spaces.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.5.(1) Continuity of Insulation. Sentence 9.36.2.5.(1) is intended to apply to building
                                                                                                    components such as partitions, chimneys, fireplaces, and columns and beams that are embedded along exterior
                                                                                                    walls, but not to stud framing and ends of joists. Studs and joists in frame construction are not considered to
                                                                                                    break the continuity of the insulation because the method for calculating the effective thermal resistance of such




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    assemblies, which is described in Note A-9.36.2.4.(1), takes their presence into consideration.
                                                                                                    The rest of Article 9.36.2.5. contains exceptions to Sentence (1): Sentences (2) to (9) introduce relaxations
                                                                                                    for various construction details while Sentence (10) allows a complete exemption to the requirements in
                                                                                                    Sentence (1) for three specific construction details. Balcony and canopy slabs are also exempt from the
                                                                                                    requirements in Sentence (1) because their presence is permitted to be disregarded when calculating the overall
                                                                                                    effective thermal resistance of walls they penetrate.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.5.(2) Thermal Bridging. Sentence 9.36.2.5.(2) aims to minimize thermal bridging within the
                                                                                                    building envelope, which occurs when building elements conduct more heat than the insulated portion of
                                                                                                    the building envelope, which can lead to significant heat loss through the thermal bridge. The most typical
                                                                                                    case to which Clause 9.36.2.5.(2)(a) applies is that of a firewall that must completely penetrate the building
                                                                                                    envelope (see Figure A-9.36.2.5.(2)-A). Figures A-9.36.2.5.(2)-B and A-9.36.2.5.(2)-C illustrate the insulation
                                                                                                    options presented in Clauses 9.36.2.5.(2)(b) and (c).


                                                                                                                                                        X      noncombustible material(1)




                                                                                                                                        4X




                                                                                                                                                                                  EG00769A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.5.(2)-A
                                                                                                     Penetrating element insulated on both sides
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.36.2.5.(2)-A:
                                                                                                     (1) See Article 3.1.10.7.




                                                                                                    9-634 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                 A-9.36.2.5.(3)

                                                                                                                                                            thermal resistance not less
                                                                                                                                                            than 60% of that required
                                                                                                                                                            for the penetrated element




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                   EG00767A



                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.5.(2)-B
                                                                                                     Penetrating element insulated within exterior wall




                                                                                                                                                                  insulation not shown
                                                                                                                                                                  (additional insulation may
                                                                                                                                                                  be required to achieve
                                                                                                                                                                  fire-resistance rating)

                                                                                                                                                                  no less than 12.7 mm
                                                                                                                                                                  Type X gypsum board(1)




                                                                                                                                                                                    EG00768A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.5.(2)-C
                                                                                                     Penetrating element insulated within itself
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.36.2.5.(2)-C:
                                                                                                     (1) See Article 9.10.11.2.


                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.5.(3) Insulation of Masonry Fireplaces. The two insulation options for masonry fireplaces
                                                                                                    and flues presented in Sentence 9.36.2.5.(3) are consistent with those presented in Sentences 9.36.2.5.(2) and (4)
                                                                                                    with the exception of the option to insulate the sides of the penetrating element to 4 times the thickness of the
                                                                                                    penetrated wall, which would not be an energy-efficient option in cases where the penetration by the fireplace
                                                                                                    or flue is several feet wide. Figures A-9.36.2.5.(3)-A and A-9.36.2.5.(3)-B illustrate the options for achieving a
                                                                                                    continuously insulated exterior wall where it is penetrated by a masonry fireplace or flue.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                     Division B 9-635
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.5.(5)                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                                                       RSI of insulation within fireplace = 55% of RSI of exterior wall




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                                  EG00781A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.5.(3)-A
                                                                                                     Masonry fireplace insulated within itself


                                                                                                                                      RSI of insulation behind fireplace = 55% of RSI of exterior wall




                                                                                                                                                                                                EG00782A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.5.(3)-B
                                                                                                     Masonry fireplace insulated within plane of insulation of exterior wall


                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.5.(5) Maintaining Continuity of Insulation. An example to which Sentence 9.36.2.5.(5)
                                                                                                    does not apply is that of a foundation wall that is insulated on the inside and the insulation continues through
                                                                                                    the joist cavity and into the wall assembly. An example to which Sentence (5) does apply is a foundation
                                                                                                    wall that is insulated on the outside below grade and on the inside above grade, in which case the distance
                                                                                                    separating the two planes of insulation is the thickness of the foundation wall.




                                                                                                    9-636 Division B                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                          A-9.36.2.5.(5)



                                                                                                                                                                                    cast-in-place
                                                                                                                                                                                    concrete
                                                                                                                                                               x




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                               4x




                                                                                                                                                                                insulation



                                                                                                                                                                                             EG00771A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.5.(5)-A
                                                                                                     Application of Sentence 9.36.2.5.(5) to a cast-in-place concrete foundation wall


                                                                                                    In the configuration described in Sentence (5), the top of the foundation wall might also be required to be
                                                                                                    insulated to reduce the effect of thermal bridging through it. Insulation is not required to be overlapped as
                                                                                                    stated in Sentence (5) in cases where the joist cavities on top of the foundation wall are filled with insulation.
                                                                                                    For cast-in-place concrete foundation walls, Sentence (5) ensures that the continuity of the insulation is
                                                                                                    maintained at every section across the wall.
                                                                                                    In the case of hollow-core masonry walls, the effect of convection in the cores needs to be addressed. The cores
                                                                                                    of the block course that coincide with the respective lowest and highest ends of each plane of insulation should
                                                                                                    be filled with grout, mortar or insulation to reduce convection within the cores, which could short-circuit
                                                                                                    the insulation's function.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                          Division B 9-637
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.5.(6)                                                                                          Division B




                                                                                                                                                                             fully solid units or hollow
                                                                                                                                                                             or semi-solid units flled
                                                                                                                                                                             with mortar or grout
                                                                                                                                                        solid
                                                                                                                                                        block


                                                                                                                                                          x




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                            4x




                                                                                                                                                        solid
                                                                                                                                                        block
                                                                                                                                                                               insulation




                                                                                                                                                                                               EG00772A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.5.(5)-B
                                                                                                     Application of Sentence 9.36.2.5.(5) to a hollow-core masonry foundation wall


                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.5.(6) Effective Thermal Resistance at Projected Area. Sentence 9.36.2.5.(6) does not
                                                                                                    apply to components that completely penetrate the building envelope, such as air intake or exhaust ducts.
                                                                                                    However, it does apply to components that are installed within or partially within the building envelope but
                                                                                                    that don't penetrate to the outdoors, and to any piece of equipment that is merely recessed into the wall.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.5.(9) Effective Thermal Resistance at Joints in the Building Envelope.
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.36.2.5.(9) calls for continuity of the effective thermal resistance at the junction between two
                                                                                                    components of the building envelope, such as a wall with another wall, a wall with a roof, or a wall with a
                                                                                                    window. For example, where the gap is between a door frame (required U-value 1.8 = RSI value 0.56) and
                                                                                                    the rough framing members (required RSI value 2.93), it would have to be insulated to the RSI value of the
                                                                                                    door as a minimum. However, completely filling the gap with insulation may not be necessary as this may
                                                                                                    in fact compromise the rainscreen principle where required. Care should therefore be taken when installing
                                                                                                    insulation between windows, doors and walls.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.6.(1)     Thermal Characteristics of Above-ground Opaque Building Assemblies.

                                                                                                        Building Envelope Insulation and Ventilation Options
                                                                                                        Although the Code does not present any formal trade-off options between the building envelope
                                                                                                        requirements and the ventilation or water-heating requirements, Tables 9.36.2.6.-A and 9.36.2.6.-B
                                                                                                        recognize that the same level of energy performance can be achieved through two different combinations
                                                                                                        of building envelope insulation levels and different ventilation strategies. The insulation values in
                                                                                                        Table 9.36.2.6.-A are based on mechanical ventilation solutions without heat recovery, while those in
                                                                                                        Table 9.36.2.6.-B are based on a heat recovery ventilator (HRV) that operates for at least 8 hours a day


                                                                                                    9-638 Division B                                                             National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                        A-9.36.2.6.(1)

                                                                                                         throughout the year at the minimum required ventilation capacity. The operation of the HRV affords a
                                                                                                         reduction in the RSI values for some assemblies, most notably for walls and rim joists.

                                                                                                         Nominal Insulation Values for Above-ground Walls
                                                                                                         Tables A-9.36.2.6.(1)-A and A-9.36.2.6.(1)-B are provided to help Code users assess the compliance of
                                                                                                         above-ground walls with Table 9.36.2.6.-A or 9.36.2.6.-B. Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-A presents the minimum
                                                                                                         nominal thermal resistance to be made up in a given wall assembly for it to achieve the applicable
                                                                                                         RSI value required by Table 9.36.2.6.-A or 9.36.2.6.-B. The amount of additional materials needed to
                                                                                                         meet the prescribed RSI value can then be estimated using the thermal resistance values listed in
                                                                                                         Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D for the rest of the building materials in the assembly, any finishing materials,
                                                                                                         sheathing or insulation, if applicable, and the interior and exterior air films. See the example given in Note




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         (4) of Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-A.
                                                                                                         Note that the wall assemblies described in Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-A do not necessarily address other building
                                                                                                         envelope requirements (see Section 9.25.).

                                                                                                                                                    Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-A
                                                                                                        Minimum Nominal Thermal Resistance (RSI) to be Made up by Insulation, Sheathing or Other Materials and Air Films
                                                                                                                                             in Above-ground Wall Assemblies

                                                                                                                                                                            Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance Required by Article 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                                           Thermal Resistance of Insulated Assembly
                                                                                                                                                                                     for Above-ground Wall Assemblies, (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                      Description of
                                                                                                                                   Nominal,                 Effective,
                                                                                                       Framing or                                                               2.78               2.97               3.08              3.85
                                                                                                                            (m²×K)/W (ft²×°F×h/Btu)         (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                        Material
                                                                                                                        Insulation in      Continuous                      Minimum Nominal Thermal Resistance, (1) in (m²×K)/W, to be Made up by
                                                                                                                                                         Entire Assembly
                                                                                                                       Framing Cavity       Materials                        Insulation, Sheathing (2) or Other Materials and Air Film Coefficients
                                                                                                                                             None             2.36             0.42 (4)            0.61               0.72              1.49
                                                                                                                        3.34 (R19) (3)
                                                                                                                                           1.32 (R7.5)        3.68               —                  —                  —                0.17
                                                                                                    38 × 140
                                                                                                    mm wood at                               None             2.55              0.23               0.42               0.54              1.30
                                                                                                    406 mm o.c.          3.87 (R22)
                                                                                                                                           0.88 (R5)          3.43               —                  —                  —                0.42
                                                                                                                         4.23 (R24)          None             2.66              0.12               0.30               0.42              1.18
                                                                                                                                             None             2.45              0.33               0.52               0.63              1.40
                                                                                                                        3.34 (R19) (3)     0.88 (R5)          3.33               —                  —                  —                0.52
                                                                                                     38 × 140
                                                                                                     mm wood at                            1.32 (R7.5)        3.77               —                  —                  —                0.08
                                                                                                     610 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                         3.87 (R22)          None             2.67              0.11               0.30               0.42              1.18
                                                                                                                         4.23 (R24)          None             2.80               —                 0.17               0.28              1.05
                                                                                                                                           0.88 (R5)          2.37              0.40               0.59               0.71              1.47
                                                                                                                         2.11 (R12)        1.32 (R7.5)        2.81               —                 0.15               0.27              1.03
                                                                                                    38 × 89
                                                                                                    mm wood at                             1.76 (R10)         3.25               —                  —                  —                0.59
                                                                                                    406 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                           0.88 (R5)          2.50              0.28               0.47               0.58              1.35
                                                                                                                         2.46 (R14)
                                                                                                                                           1.76 (R10)         3.38               —                  —                  —                0.47
                                                                                                                                           0.88 (R5)          2.43              0.35               0.54               0.65              1.42
                                                                                                    38 × 89              2.11 (R12)
                                                                                                    mm wood at                             1.32 (R7.5)        2.87               —                 0.10               0.21              0.98
                                                                                                    610 mm o.c.                                                                  —                  —                  —
                                                                                                                         2.46 (R14)        1.76 (R10)         3.46                                                                      0.39
                                                                                                    Insulating                             3.52 (R20)         3.58               —                  —                  —                0.27
                                                                                                    concrete form
                                                                                                                             n/a
                                                                                                    (ICF), 150 mm                         3.73 (R21.2)        3.79               —                  —                  —                0.06
                                                                                                    thick (5)
                                                                                                    Concrete block                         1.76 (R10)         2.08              0.70               0.89               1.00              1.77
                                                                                                    masonry:                                                  2.96               —                 0.01               0.12              0.89
                                                                                                                             n/a           2.64 (R15)
                                                                                                    lightweight,
                                                                                                    190 mm thick                           3.52 (R20)         3.84               —                  —                  —                0.01




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                              Division B 9-639
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.6.(1)                                                                                                                           Division B

                                                                                                                                                                     Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                                                                           Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance Required by Article 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                                                    Thermal Resistance of Insulated Assembly
                                                                                                                                                                                                    for Above-ground Wall Assemblies, (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                          Description of
                                                                                                                                           Nominal,                       Effective,
                                                                                                           Framing or                                                                          2.78                2.97             3.08              3.85
                                                                                                                                    (m²×K)/W (ft²×°F×h/Btu)               (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                            Material
                                                                                                                                Insulation in         Continuous                         Minimum Nominal Thermal Resistance, (1) in (m²×K)/W, to be Made up by
                                                                                                                                                                       Entire Assembly
                                                                                                                               Framing Cavity          Materials                           Insulation, Sheathing (2) or Other Materials and Air Film Coefficients
                                                                                                     Concrete block                                   1.76 (R10)            1.97               0.81                1.00             1.11              1.88
                                                                                                     masonry:                                                               2.85                —                  0.12             0.23              1.00
                                                                                                                                     n/a              2.64 (R15)
                                                                                                     normal-weight,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     190 mm thick                                     3.52 (R20)            3.73                —                  —                 —                0.12

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-A:
                                                                                                    (1)    A dash (—) means that no additional materials are needed in order to meet the minimum required effective thermal resistance for the assembly
                                                                                                           in question; however, sheathing may be required for fastening of cladding or lateral bracing.
                                                                                                    (2)    Where insulating sheathing is installed towards the exterior of the assembly, low permeance requirements addressed in Article 9.25.5.2. must be
                                                                                                           taken into consideration.
                                                                                                    (3)    When RSI 3.52 (R20) insulation batts are installed in 140 mm wood framing, they undergo some compression, which reduces their original RSI
                                                                                                           value to 3.34 (m²×K)/W (R19). However, when they are installed in 152 mm metal framing, R20 batts retain their original thermal resistance value.
                                                                                                    (4)    Example: To determine what additional materials would be needed to make up 0.42 (m²×K)/W, the RSI values of the other components in the
                                                                                                           wall assembly are added up as follows:
                                                                                                               interior air film coefficient (walls): 0.12 (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                               12.7 mm gypsum board interior finish: 0.08 (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                               12.7 mm gypsum board exterior sheathing: 0.08 (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                               metal or vinyl siding: 0.11 (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                               exterior air film coefficient (walls): 0.03 (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                               RSI of other components in assembly: 0.12 + 0.08 + 0.08 + 0.11 + 0.03 = 0.42 (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                           Result: no additional materials are needed to meet the effective thermal resistance required for this particular wall assembly.
                                                                                                    (5)    There are many types of ICF designs with different form thicknesses and tie configurations. Where ICF systems incorporate metal ties, thermal
                                                                                                           bridging should be accounted for. Where permanent wood blocking (bucks) for windows and doors is not covered by the same interior and exterior
                                                                                                           levels of insulation, it shall be accounted for in the calculation of effective thermal resistance.


                                                                                                             Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-B can be used to determine the total effective thermal resistance
                                                                                                             (RSI) value of the framing/cavity portion of a number of typical above-ground wall
                                                                                                             assemblies as well as some atypical ones not covered in Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-A. Additional
                                                                                                             configurations and assembly types are listed in EnergyStar tables available online at
                                                                                                             www.nrcan.gc.ca/energy/efficiency/housing/new-homes/energy-starr-new-homes-standard/14286.
                                                                                                             Select the applicable stud/joist size and spacing and the RSI/R-value of the insulation to obtain the resultant
                                                                                                             effective RSI value for that frame configuration. If the RSI/R-value of the insulation product to be installed
                                                                                                             falls between two RSI/R-values listed in the Table, the lower value must be used. Once the effective RSI
                                                                                                             value of the framing/cavity portion is known, add up the nominal RSI values of all other materials in the
                                                                                                             assembly (see Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D) to obtain the total effective RSI value for the entire assembly. See the
                                                                                                             calculation examples in Note A-9.36.2.4.(1) for further guidance.

                                                                                                                                                             Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-B
                                                                                                                   Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI) Values of the Framing/Cavity Portion of Above-Ground Wall Assemblies

                                                                                                             Nominal Thermal                                  Size, mm, and Spacing, mm o.c., of Above-ground Wood-frame Wall Assembly
                                                                                                            Resistance of Cavity                                     38 × 89                                                     38 × 140
                                                                                                                 Insulation                     304           406              488           610            304            406              488          610
                                                                                                            RSI,                 R,
                                                                                                                                                                     Effective Thermal Resistance of Framing/Cavity Portion, (1) (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                          (m²×K)/W         ft²×°F×h/Btu
                                                                                                            1.94               11            1.40             1.43             1.45          1.48            —              —               —            —
                                                                                                            2.11               12            1.47             1.49             1.52          1.55            —              —               —            —
                                                                                                            2.29               13            1.53             1.56             1.59          1.63            —              —               —            —
                                                                                                            2.47               14            1.59             1.62             1.66          1.70           1.95          1.98              2.01        2.03


                                                                                                    9-640 Division B                                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                   A-9.36.2.6.(1)

                                                                                                                                                                 Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-B (Continued)

                                                                                                            Nominal Thermal                              Size, mm, and Spacing, mm o.c., of Above-ground Wood-frame Wall Assembly
                                                                                                           Resistance of Cavity                                  38 × 89                                                      38 × 140
                                                                                                                Insulation                 304            406              488           610            304            406               488           610
                                                                                                            RSI,             R,
                                                                                                                                                                 Effective Thermal Resistance of Framing/Cavity Portion, (1) (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                          (m²×K)/W     ft²×°F×h/Btu
                                                                                                            2.64            15            1.64            1.68             1.72          1.76           2.03           2.06              2.09          2.12
                                                                                                            2.82            16            1.69            1.73             1.78          1.82           2.11           2.14              2.18          2.21
                                                                                                            2.99            17            1.74            1.78             1.83          1.88           2.18           2.22              2.26          2.30




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                            3.17            18            1.78            1.83             1.88          1.94           2.25           2.29              2.33          2.38
                                                                                                            3.34            19            1.82            1.87             1.93          1.98           2.32           2.36              2.41          2.45
                                                                                                            3.52            20            1.86            1.91             1.97          2.03           2.38           2.43              2.48          2.53
                                                                                                            3.70            21             —               —                —             —             2.44           2.49              2.55          2.60
                                                                                                            3.87            22             —               —               —              —             2.49           2.55              2.61          2.67
                                                                                                            4.05            23             —               —               —              —             2.55           2.61              2.67          2.74
                                                                                                            4.23            24             —               —               —              —             2.60           2.66              2.73          2.80
                                                                                                            4.40            25             —               —               —              —             2.65           2.72              2.78          2.86
                                                                                                            4.58            26             —               —               —              —             2.70           2.77              2.84          2.92
                                                                                                            4.76            27             —               —                —             —             2.74           2.82              2.89          2.98
                                                                                                            4.93            28             —               —                —             —             2.79           2.86              2.94          3.03
                                                                                                            5.11            29             —               —               —              —             2.83           2.91              2.99          3.08
                                                                                                            5.28            30             —               —               —              —             2.87           2.95              3.04          3.13

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.36.2.6.(1)-B:
                                                                                                    (1)    These RSI values are valid where the cavity is completely filled with insulation and they do not account for air space in the cavity. A dash (—)
                                                                                                           means that it is not feasible to install the cavity insulation listed within the frame configuration in question.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                              Division B 9-641
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.6.(3)                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.6.(3) Reduced Effective Thermal Resistance Near the Eaves of Sloped
                                                                                                    Roofs. Minimum thermal resistance values for attic-type roofs are significantly higher than those for walls.
                                                                                                    The exemption in Sentence 9.36.2.6.(3) recognizes that the effective thermal resistance of a ceiling below an attic
                                                                                                    near its perimeter will be affected by roof slope, truss design and required ventilation of the attic space. It is
                                                                                                    assumed that the thickness of the insulation will be increased as the roof slope increases until there is enough
                                                                                                    space to allow for the installation of the full thickness of insulation required.


                                                                                                                               1200 mm maximum offset to reach full insulation value




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                               venting clearance




                                                                                                                                                                                                      = nominal RSI
                                                                                                                                                                                                      ≥ 3.52 (m2×K)/W (R20)




                                                                                                                                                                                                                      EG00776A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.6.(3)
                                                                                                     Area of ceiling assemblies in attics permitted to have reduced thermal resistance


                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.7.(1) and (2) Design of Windows, Glazed Doors and Skylights. The design of windows,
                                                                                                    glazed doors and skylights involves many variables that impact their energy performance and their compliance
                                                                                                    with the Code's energy efficiency requirements, such as the type of framing material, number of glass layers,
                                                                                                    type and position of low-emissivity (low-e) coating, type and size of spacer between glass layers, type of gas
                                                                                                    used to fill the glass unit, and additionally for glazed doors, type of materials used to construct the door slab.
                                                                                                    Here are a few examples of common window and glazed door constructions:
                                                                                                      • a U-value of about 1.8 is typically achieved using argon-filled glazing units with a low-e coating and
                                                                                                         energy-efficient spacer materials installed in a frame chosen mostly for aesthetic reasons;
                                                                                                      • a U-value of about 1.6 is typically achieved using triple glazing but may be achieved using double glazing
                                                                                                         with an optimized gas, spacer and coating configuration installed in an insulated frame;
                                                                                                      • a U-value of about 1.4 is typically achieved using triple glazing and multiple low-e coatings.
                                                                                                    U-values and Energy Ratings (ER) for manufactured windows, glazed doors and skylights are obtained
                                                                                                    through testing in accordance with the standards referenced in Sentence 9.36.2.2.(3). The U-value and/or ER
                                                                                                    number for a proprietary product that has been tested can be found in the manufacturer's literature or on
                                                                                                    a label affixed to the product.

                                                                                                    A-Table 9.36.2.7.-A Thermal Characteristics of Windows and Doors. Energy Ratings, also
                                                                                                    known as ER numbers, are based on CSA A440.2/A440.3, “Fenestration energy performance/User guide to
                                                                                                    CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration energy performance.”
                                                                                                    They are derived from a formula that measures the overall performance of windows or doors based on solar
                                                                                                    heat gain, heat loss and air leakage through frames, spacers and glass. The ER formula produces a single
                                                                                                    unitless ER number between 0 and 50 for each of the specified sample sizes found in CSA A440.2/A440.3 (the
                                                                                                    number only applies to the product at the sample size and not to a particular proprietary window or door).


                                                                                                    9-642 Division B                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.8.(1)

                                                                                                    The higher the ER number, the more energy-efficient the product. Note that the ER formula does not apply to
                                                                                                    sloped glazing so skylights do not have an ER value.
                                                                                                    The maximum U-values specified in Table 9.36.2.7.-A are based on the following assumptions:
                                                                                                      • that of moderate solar gain for each window and glazed door,
                                                                                                      • that houses have a mix of picture and sash windows, each of which performs differently from an
                                                                                                         energy-efficiency perspective, and
                                                                                                      • that fenestration area to gross wall area ratios typically vary between 8% and 25%.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.7.(3) Site-built Windows. Site-built windows are often installed in custom-built homes or
                                                                                                    in unique configurations for which manufactured units are not available. The airtightness requirements in
                                                                                                    Section 9.7. also apply to site-built windows.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.8.(1) Nominal Insulation Values for Walls Below-Grade or in Contact with the
                                                                                                    Ground. Tables A-9.36.2.8.(1)-A, A-9.36.2.8.(1)-B and A-9.36.2.8.(1)-C are provided to help Code users assess
                                                                                                    the compliance of walls that are below-grade or in contact with the ground with Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B
                                                                                                    Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)-A presents the minimum nominal thermal resistance to be made up in a given wall
                                                                                                    assembly for it to achieve the applicable RSI value required by Table 9.36.2.8.-A or 9.36.2.8.-B. The amount of
                                                                                                    additional materials needed to meet the prescribed RSI value can then be estimated using the thermal resistance
                                                                                                    values listed in Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D for the rest of the building materials in the assembly, any finishing
                                                                                                    materials, sheathing or insulation, if applicable, and the interior air film. For example, an RSI value of 0.20
                                                                                                    (m2×K)/W needed to achieve the minimum RSI for a given assembly could be made up by installing 12.7 mm
                                                                                                    gypsum board, which has an RSI value of 0.0775 (m2×K)/W, and by taking into account the air film coefficient
                                                                                                    on the interior side of the wall, which is 0.12 (m2×K)/W.
                                                                                                    Note that the wall assemblies described in Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)-A do not necessarily address other structural or
                                                                                                    building envelope requirements (see Section 9.25.).

                                                                                                                                                    Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)-A
                                                                                                     Minimum Nominal Thermal Resistance (RSI) to be Made up by Insulation, Sheathing or Other Materials and Air Films in Wall
                                                                                                                                   Assemblies Below-Grade or in Contact with the Ground

                                                                                                                                       Thermal Resistance of Insulated Assembly       Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance Required by
                                                                                                                                                                                     Article 9.36.2.8. for Wall Assemblies Below-Grade or in
                                                                                                                         Size and              Nominal,                 Effective,              Contact with the Ground, (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                      Description of
                                                                                                                         Spacing        (m²×K)/W (ft²×°F×h/Btu)         (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                       Framing or                                                                     1.99            2.98            3.46            3.97
                                                                                                                         of Wood
                                                                                                        Material                        Insulation
                                                                                                                         Framing                                                     Minimum Nominal Thermal Resistance, (1) in (m²×K)/W,
                                                                                                                                                       Continuous        Entire
                                                                                                                                       in Framing                                     to be Made up by Insulation, Sheathing (2) or Other
                                                                                                                                                        Materials       Assembly
                                                                                                                                          Cavity                                             Materials and Air Film Coefficients
                                                                                                                                                           None           1.79        0.20            1.19            1.67            2.18
                                                                                                                       38 × 89 mm,     2.11 (R12)
                                                                                                                                                        1.41 (R8)         3.20         —               —              0.26            0.77
                                                                                                                       610 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                                       2.46 (R14)       1.76 (R10)        3.75         —               —               —              0.22
                                                                                                    200 mm                            3.34 (R19) (3)       None           2.78         —              0.20            0.68            1.19
                                                                                                                       38 × 140 mm,
                                                                                                    cast-in-place
                                                                                                                        610 mm o.c.    4.23 (R24)          None           3.26         —               —              0.20            0.71
                                                                                                    concrete
                                                                                                                                                        1.76 (R10)        1.84        0.15            1.14            1.62            2.13
                                                                                                                          None             n/a          2.64 (R15)        2.72         —              0.26            0.74            1.25
                                                                                                                                                       3.52 (R20) (3)     3.60         —               —               —              0.37
                                                                                                                                                           None           1.92        0.07            1.06            1.54            2.05
                                                                                                                       38 × 89 mm,                                                     —               —
                                                                                                                                       2.11 (R12)       1.41 (R8)         3.33                                        0.13            0.64
                                                                                                                       610 mm o.c.
                                                                                                    190 mm concrete                                     2.11 (R12)        4.03         —               —               —               —
                                                                                                    block masonry:                    3.34 (R19) (3)       None           2.91         —              0.07            0.55            1.06
                                                                                                                     38 × 140 mm,
                                                                                                    normal-weight,
                                                                                                                      610 mm o.c.      4.23 (R24)          None           3.39         —               —              0.07            0.58
                                                                                                    no insulation in
                                                                                                    cores                                               1.76 (R10)        1.97        0.02            1.01            1.49            2.00
                                                                                                                          None             n/a          2.64 (R15)        2.85         —              0.13            0.61            1.12
                                                                                                                                                       3.52 (R20) (3)     3.73         —               —               —              0.24


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Division B 9-643
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.8.(1)                                                                                                                       Division B

                                                                                                                                                              Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)-A (Continued)

                                                                                                                                              Thermal Resistance of Insulated Assembly             Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance Required by
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Article 9.36.2.8. for Wall Assemblies Below-Grade or in
                                                                                                                              Size and                Nominal,                 Effective,                    Contact with the Ground, (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                          Description of
                                                                                                                              Spacing          (m²×K)/W (ft²×°F×h/Btu)         (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                           Framing or                                                                              1.99             2.98            3.46             3.97
                                                                                                                              of Wood
                                                                                                            Material                           Insulation                                         Minimum Nominal Thermal Resistance, (1) in (m²×K)/W,
                                                                                                                              Framing                         Continuous        Entire
                                                                                                                                              in Framing                                           to be Made up by Insulation, Sheathing (2) or Other
                                                                                                                                                               Materials       Assembly
                                                                                                                                                 Cavity                                                   Materials and Air Film Coefficients
                                                                                                                                                                  None            2.03              —               0.95            1.43             1.94
                                                                                                                            38 × 89 mm,                                                             —                —
                                                                                                                                              2.11 (R12)       1.41 (R8)          3.44                                              0.02             0.53




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                            610 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     190 mm concrete                                           2.11 (R12)         4.14              —                —               —                —
                                                                                                     block masonry:                          3.34 (R19) (3)       None            3.02              —                —              0.44             0.95
                                                                                                                      38 × 140 mm,
                                                                                                     light-weight, no
                                                                                                                       610 mm o.c.            4.23 (R24)          None            3.50              —                —               —               0.47
                                                                                                     insulation in
                                                                                                     cores                                                     1.76 (R10)         2.08              —               0.90            1.38             1.89
                                                                                                                                None              n/a          2.64 (R15)         2.96              —               0.02            0.50             1.01
                                                                                                                                                               3.52 (R20)         3.84              —                —               —               0.13
                                                                                                     Insulating                                               3.52 (R20) (3)      3.58              —                —               —               0.39
                                                                                                     concrete form
                                                                                                                                 n/a              n/a
                                                                                                     (ICF): (4) 150 mm                                        3.73 (R21.2)        3.79              —                —               —               0.18
                                                                                                     concrete
                                                                                                                           38 × 140 mm,      3.34 (R19) (3)       None            2.33              —               0.65            1.13             1.64
                                                                                                                            203 mm o.c.       4.23 (R24)          None            2.62              —               0.36            0.84             1.35
                                                                                                                           38 × 186 mm,                                                             —
                                                                                                                                              4.93 (R28)          None            2.81                              0.17            0.65             1.16
                                                                                                                            203 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                      38 × 235 mm,                                                                  —                —               —
                                                                                                                                              5.28 (R31)          None            3.86                                                               0.11
                                                                                                     Pressure-treated 203 mm o.c.
                                                                                                     wood frame       38 × 140 mm,           3.34 (R19) (3)       None            2.59              —               0.39            0.87             1.38
                                                                                                                            406 mm o.c.       4.23 (R24)          None            3.00              —                —              0.46             0.97
                                                                                                                           38 × 186 mm,                                                             —                —               —
                                                                                                                                              4.93 (R28)          None            3.85                                                               0.12
                                                                                                                            406 mm o.c.
                                                                                                                           38 × 235 mm,                                                             —                —               —                —
                                                                                                                                              5.28 (R31)          None            4.11
                                                                                                                            406 mm o.c.

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)-A:
                                                                                                    (1)    A dash (—) means that no additional materials are needed in order to meet the minimum required effective thermal resistance for the assembly
                                                                                                           in question; however, sheathing may be required for fastening of cladding or lateral bracing.
                                                                                                    (2)    Wood-based sheathing ≥ 11 mm thick generally has a thermal resistance of 0.11 (m²×K)/W (R0.62). However, thicker sheathing may be required for
                                                                                                           structural stability or fastening of cladding. Note that thinner R0.62 wood-based sheathing products are also available (see Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D).
                                                                                                    (3)    When RSI 3.52 (R20) insulation batts are installed in 140 mm wood framing, they undergo some compression, which reduces their original RSI
                                                                                                           value to 3.34 (m²×K)/W (R19). However, when they are installed in 152 mm metal framing or in a wood frame that is offset from the back-up wall,
                                                                                                           R20 batts retain their original thermal resistance value.
                                                                                                    (4)    There are many types of ICF designs with different form thicknesses and tie configurations. Where ICF systems incorporate metal ties, thermal
                                                                                                           bridging should be accounted for.


                                                                                                    Tables A-9.36.2.8.(1)-B and A-9.36.2.8.(1)-C can be used to determine the total effective thermal resistance
                                                                                                    (RSI) value of the framing/cavity portion of a number of typical below-grade wall assemblies as well as some
                                                                                                    atypical ones not covered in Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)-A. Additional configurations and assembly types are listed
                                                                                                    in EnergyStar tables available online at www.nrcan.gc.ca/energy/efficiency/housing/new-homes/energy-
                                                                                                    starr-new-homes-standard/14286.
                                                                                                    Select the applicable stud/joist size and spacing and the RSI/R-value of the insulation to obtain the resultant
                                                                                                    effective RSI value for that frame configuration. If the RSI/R-value of the insulation product to be installed
                                                                                                    falls between two RSI/R-values listed in the Table, the lower value must be used. Once the effective RSI value
                                                                                                    of the framing/cavity portion is known, add up the nominal RSI values of all other materials in the assembly


                                                                                                    9-644 Division B                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                      A-9.36.2.8.(1)

                                                                                                    (see Table A-9.36.2.4.(1)-D) to obtain the total effective RSI value of the entire assembly. See the calculation
                                                                                                    examples in Note A-9.36.2.4.(1) for further guidance.

                                                                                                                                                            Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)-B
                                                                                                           Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI) Values of the Framing/Cavity Portion of Pressure-treated Foundation Wall Assemblies

                                                                                                                                                        Size, mm, and Spacing, mm o.c., of Pressure-treated Wood-frame Foundation Wall Assembly
                                                                                                           Nominal Thermal Resistance
                                                                                                                                                                      38 × 185                                                   38 × 235
                                                                                                              of Cavity Insulation
                                                                                                                                                      203                304                 406                203                 304              406
                                                                                                          RSI, (m²×K)/W     R, ft²×°F×h/Btu                          Effective Thermal Resistance of Framing/Cavity Portion, (1) (m²×K)/W




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                               2.11                12                 1.95               1.98               2.00                2.08               2.09              2.09
                                                                                                               2.29                13                 2.06               2.10               2.13                2.21               2.23              2.24
                                                                                                               2.47                14                 2.17               2.23               2.26                2.34               2.36              2.38
                                                                                                               2.64                15                 2.27               2.33               2.38                2.45               2.49              2.51
                                                                                                               2.82                16                2.36                2.45               2.50                2.57               2.62              2.65
                                                                                                               2.99                17                2.45                2.55               2.61                2.67               2.73              2.77
                                                                                                               3.17                18                2.54                2.65               2.72                2.78               2.85              2.90
                                                                                                               3.34                19                2.62                2.75               2.83                2.88               2.96              3.02
                                                                                                               3.52                20                2.71                2.84               2.93                2.98               3.07              3.14
                                                                                                              3.70                 21                2.79                2.94               3.04                3.07               3.18              3.26
                                                                                                              3.87                 22                2.86                3.02               3.13                3.16               3.28              3.37
                                                                                                              4.05                 23                2.93                3.11               3.23                3.25               3.39              3.48
                                                                                                              4.23                 24                3.00                3.20               3.32                3.34               3.49              3.59
                                                                                                              4.40                 25                3.07                3.27               3.41                3.41               3.58              3.69
                                                                                                              4.58                 26                3.13                3.35               3.50                3.50               3.68              3.79
                                                                                                               4.76                27                 3.19               3.43               3.59                3.57               3.77              3.90
                                                                                                               4.93                28                 3.25               3.50               3.67                3.65               3.85              3.99
                                                                                                               5.11                29                 3.31               3.57               3.75                3.72               3.94              4.09
                                                                                                               5.28                30                3.36                3.64               3.83                3.79               4.02              4.18
                                                                                                               5.46                31                3.42                3.71               3.90                3.86               4.11              4.27

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)-B:
                                                                                                    (1)     These RSI values are valid where the cavity is completely filled with insulation and they do not account for air space in the cavity.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                             Division B 9-645
                                                                                                    A-Tables 9.36.2.8.-A and -B                                                                                                            Division B

                                                                                                                                                        Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)-C
                                                                                                    Effective Thermal Resistance (RSI) Values of the Framing/Cavity Portion of Below-Grade Interior Non-loadbearing Wood-frame
                                                                                                                                                          Wall Assemblies

                                                                                                            Nominal Thermal                    Size, mm, and Spacing, mm o.c., of Below-Grade Interior Non-loadbearing Wood-frame Wall Assembly
                                                                                                           Resistance of Cavity                                  38 × 89                                                      38 × 140
                                                                                                                Insulation                 203            304              406           610            203            304               406          610
                                                                                                            RSI,             R,
                                                                                                                                                                 Effective Thermal Resistance of Framing/Cavity Portion, (1) (m²×K)/W
                                                                                                          (m²×K)/W     ft²×°F×h/Btu
                                                                                                            0.00             0            0.22            0.21             0.20          0.20            —              —                 —            —




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                            1.41             8            1.17            1.21             1.24          1.27            —              —                 —            —
                                                                                                            1.94            11            1.41            1.50             1.55          1.61            —              —                 —            —
                                                                                                            2.11            12            1.48            1.57             1.64          1.71            —              —                 —            —
                                                                                                            2.29            13            1.54            1.65             1.73          1.81            —              —                 —            —
                                                                                                            2.47            14            1.60            1.73             1.81          1.91            —              —                 —            —
                                                                                                            2.64            15            1.65            1.79             1.89          1.99            —              —                 —            —
                                                                                                            2.82            16            1.70            1.86             1.96          2.08           2.12           2.24              2.31         2.39
                                                                                                            2.99            17            1.75            1.92             2.03          2.16           2.19           2.32              2.41         2.50
                                                                                                            3.17            18            1.80            1.97             2.10          2.24           2.27           2.41              2.50         2.61
                                                                                                            3.34            19            1.84            2.03             2.16          2.31           2.33           2.49              2.59         2.70
                                                                                                            3.52            20            1.88            2.08             2.22          2.39           2.39           2.57              2.68         2.81
                                                                                                            3.70            21            1.91            2.13             2.28          2.46           2.46           2.64              2.77         2.90
                                                                                                            3.87            22            1.95            2.17             2.33          2.52           2.51           2.71              2.84         2.99
                                                                                                            4.05            23            1.98            2.22             2.39          2.59           2.57           2.78              2.93         3.09
                                                                                                            4.23            24            2.01            2.26             2.44          2.65           2.62           2.85              3.00         3.18
                                                                                                            4.40            25             —               —                —             —             2.67           2.91              3.07         3.26
                                                                                                            4.58            26             —               —                —             —             2.72           2.97              3.15         3.34
                                                                                                            4.76            27             —               —                —             —             2.77           3.03              3.22         3.42
                                                                                                            4.93            28             —               —               —              —             2.81           3.09              3.28         3.50

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.36.2.8.(1)-C:
                                                                                                    (1)    These RSI values are valid where the cavity is completely filled with insulation and they do not account for air space in the cavity. A dash (—)
                                                                                                           means that it is not feasible to install the cavity insulation listed within the frame configuration in question.


                                                                                                    A-Tables 9.36.2.8.-A and -B Multiple Applicable Requirements. In cases where a single floor
                                                                                                    assembly is made up of several types of the floor assemblies listed in Tables 9.36.2.8.-A and 9.36.2.8.-B, each
                                                                                                    portion of that floor must comply with its respective applicable RSI value. For example, in the case of a walkout
                                                                                                    basement, the portion of floor that is above the frost line—i.e. the walkout portion—should be insulated in
                                                                                                    accordance with the values listed in the applicable Table whereas the portion below the frost line can remain
                                                                                                    uninsulated.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.8.(2) Combination Floor Assemblies. An example of a floor assembly to which
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.36.2.8.(2) would apply is a heated slab-on-grade with an integral footing.




                                                                                                    9-646 Division B                                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                     A-9.36.2.8.(4)

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.8.(4) Unheated Floors-on-ground Above the Frost Line. Figure A-9.36.2.8.(4) illustrates
                                                                                                    the insulation options for unheated floors-on-ground that are above the frost line.




                                                                                                                                                                                                                1.2 m




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                          Clause 9.36.2.8.(4)(a)                                            Subclause 9.36.2.8.(4)(b)(i)




                                                                                                                                              1.2 m or
                                                                                                                                              to footing




                                                                                                                                                                                                                 1.2 m



                                                                                                                           Subclause 9.36.2.8.(4)(b)(i)                                      Subclause 9.36.2.8.(4)(b)(ii)




                                                                                                                                                                                 1.2 m



                                                                                                                                                           Subclause 9.36.2.8.(4)(b)(iii)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           EG00737C



                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.8.(4)
                                                                                                     Options for insulating unheated floors-on-ground




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                               Division B 9-647
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.8.(9)                                                                                         Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.8.(9) Skirt Insulation. “Skirt insulation” refers to insulation installed on the exterior perimeter
                                                                                                    of the foundation and extended outward horizontally or at a slope away from the foundation. In cold climates,
                                                                                                    skirt insulation is typically extended 600 to 1 000 mm out from the vertical foundation wall over the footings to
                                                                                                    reduce heat loss from the house into the ground and to reduce the chance of frost forming under the footings.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                       Insulation is extended 600 to 1 000 mm
                                                                                                                                                       out from the foundation wall.
                                                                                                                                                                                       EG00777A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.2.8.(9)
                                                                                                     Skirt insulation


                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.9.(1)      Controlling air leakage.

                                                                                                        Airtightness Options

                                                                                                        Sentence 9.36.2.9.(1) presents three options for achieving an airtight building envelope: one prescriptive
                                                                                                        option (Clause (a)) and two testing options (Clauses (b) and (c)).

                                                                                                        Air Barrier Assembly Testing

                                                                                                        Air barrier assemblies are subjected to structural loading due to mechanical systems, wind pressure
                                                                                                        and stack effect. In addition, they may be affected by physical degradation resulting from thermal and
                                                                                                        structural movement. Both CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” and
                                                                                                        ASTM E2357, “Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate of Air Barrier Assemblies,”
                                                                                                        outline testing limits for such issues, which can compromise the performance of the air barrier assembly.
                                                                                                        Where local climatic data and building conditions exceed these limits, the maximum building height and
                                                                                                        sustained 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure values covered in Table 1 of CAN/ULC-S742 are permitted to be
                                                                                                        extrapolated beyond the listed ranges to apply to any building height, in any location, provided the air
                                                                                                        barrier assembly in question has been tested to the specific building site and design parameters. However,
                                                                                                        air barrier assemblies tested to ASTM E2357 are not subjected to temperature variations during testing, and
                                                                                                        there is no indication that testing data is permitted to be extrapolated beyond the 0.65 kPa limit.

                                                                                                        Air Barrier System Approaches

                                                                                                        For an air barrier system to be effective, all critical junctions and penetrations addressed in Articles 9.36.2.9.
                                                                                                        and 9.36.2.10. must be sealed using either an interior or exterior air barrier approach or a combination of
                                                                                                        both.
                                                                                                        The following are examples of typical materials and techniques used to construct an interior air barrier
                                                                                                        system:
                                                                                                          • airtight-drywall approach
                                                                                                          • sealed polyethylene approach
                                                                                                          • joint sealant method
                                                                                                          • rigid panel material (i.e. extruded polystyrene)
                                                                                                           • spray-applied foams
                                                                                                          • paint or parging on concrete masonry walls or cast-in-place concrete


                                                                                                    9-648 Division B                                                            National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                    A-9.36.2.11.

                                                                                                        Where the air barrier and vapour barrier functions are provided by the same layer, it must be installed
                                                                                                        toward the warm (in winter) side of the assembly or, in the case of mass walls such as those made of cast-in
                                                                                                        place concrete, provide resistance to air leakage through much of the thickness of the assembly. Where
                                                                                                        these functions are provided by separate elements, the vapour barrier is required to be installed toward
                                                                                                        the interior of the assembly while the airtight element can be installed toward the interior or exterior
                                                                                                        depending on its vapour permeance.
                                                                                                        The following are examples of typical materials and techniques used to construct an exterior air barrier
                                                                                                        system:
                                                                                                          • rigid panel material (i.e. extruded polystyrene)
                                                                                                           • house wraps
                                                                                                           • peel-and-stick membranes




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           • liquid-applied membranes
                                                                                                        When designing an exterior air barrier system, consideration should be given to the strength of the vapour
                                                                                                        barrier and expected relative humidity levels as well as to the climatic conditions at the building's location
                                                                                                        and the properties of adjoining materials.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.9.(5) Making Fireplaces Airtight. Besides fireplace doors, other means to reduce air leakage
                                                                                                    through fireplaces are available; for example, installing a glass-enclosed fireplace.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.9.(6) Exterior Air Barrier Design Considerations. Any airtight assembly—whether
                                                                                                    interior or exterior—will control air leakage for the purpose of energy efficiency. However, the materials
                                                                                                    selected and their location in the assembly can have a significant impact on their effectiveness with regard to
                                                                                                    moisture control and the resistance to deterioration of the entire building envelope.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.10.(5)(b) Sealing the Air Barrier System with Sheathing Tape. One method of
                                                                                                    sealing air barrier materials at joints and junctions is to apply sheathing tape that has an acceptable air leakage
                                                                                                    characteristic, is compatible with the air barrier material and resistant to the mechanisms of deterioration to
                                                                                                    which the air barrier material will be exposed. Where an assembly tested to CAN/ULC-S742, “Standard for Air
                                                                                                    Barrier Assemblies – Specification,” includes sheathing tape as a component, the sheathing tape will have been
                                                                                                    tested for compatibility and resistance to deterioration and will be referenced in the manufacturer's literature
                                                                                                    as acceptable for use with that air barrier assembly.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.10.(8)(a) Components Designed to Provide a Seal at Penetrations. An example of
                                                                                                    the component referred to in Clause 9.36.2.10.(8)(a) is a plastic surround for electrical outlet boxes that has a
                                                                                                    flange to which sealant can be applied or that has an integrated seal.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.10.(10) Sealing the Air Barrier around Windows, Doors and Skylights. A continuous
                                                                                                    seal between windows, doors and skylights and adjacent air barrier materials can be achieved by various means
                                                                                                    including applying exterior sealant, interior sealant, low-expansion foam or sheathing tape in combination
                                                                                                    with drywall, polyethylene, a closed-cell backer rod, or a wood liner.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.10.(15) Sealing Duct Penetrations. Article 9.32.3.11. requires that joints in all ventilation
                                                                                                    system ducting be sealed with mastic, metal foil duct tape or sealants specified by the manufacturer.
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.36.2.10.(15) requires that penetrations made by ducts through ceilings or walls be sealed with
                                                                                                    appropriate sealant materials and techniques to prevent air leakage. Mechanical fastening of the duct at the
                                                                                                    penetration may further reduce the likelihood of air leakage through the penetration.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.11. Concept of Trade-offs. The trade-off options presented in Sentences 9.36.2.11.(2) to (4)
                                                                                                    afford some degree of flexibility in the design and construction of energy-efficient features in houses and
                                                                                                    buildings as they allow a builder/designer to install one or more assemblies with a lower RSI value than that
                                                                                                    required in Articles 9.36.2.1. to 9.36.2.7. as long as the discrepancy in RSI value is made up by other assemblies
                                                                                                    and that the total area of the traded assemblies remains the same.

                                                                                                        Limitations to Using Trade-off Options
                                                                                                        In some cases, the energy-conserving impact of requirements cannot be easily quantified and allowing
                                                                                                        trade-offs would be unenforceable: this is the case, for instance, for airtightness requirements
                                                                                                        (Article 9.36.2.10.). In other cases, no credit can be given for improving energy performance where the
                                                                                                        Code permits reduced performance: for example, the Code allows insulation to be reduced at the eaves
                                                                                                        under a sloped roof so no credit can be given for installing raised heel trusses to accommodate the full


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-649
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.11.(2)                                                                                                                  Division B

                                                                                                         insulation value otherwise required by the Code; in other words, the increased RSI value that would be
                                                                                                         achieved with the raised truss cannot be traded.
                                                                                                         Furthermore, the trade-off calculations only address conductive heat loss through the building envelope
                                                                                                         and are therefore limited in their effectiveness at keeping the calculated energy performance of a building
                                                                                                         in line with its actual energy performance, which includes solar heat gains. The limitations stated in
                                                                                                         Sentence 9.36.2.11.(6) address this by ensuring that the thermal resistances are relatively evenly distributed
                                                                                                         across all building assemblies.

                                                                                                         Terms Used in Trade-off Provisions
                                                                                                         For the purposes of Article 9.36.2.11., the term “reference” (e.g. reference assembly) refers to a building
                                                                                                         element that complies with the prescriptive requirements of Articles 9.36.2.1. to 9.36.2.7., whereas




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         the term “proposed” refers to a building element whose RSI value can be traded in accordance with
                                                                                                         Sentence 9.36.2.11.(2), (3) or (4), as applicable.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.11.(2) Trading RSI Values of Above-Ground Opaque Building Envelope
                                                                                                    Assemblies. Sentence 9.36.2.11.(2) applies where a designer wants to use a wall or ceiling assembly with a
                                                                                                    lower effective thermal resistance than required by Subsection 9.36.2. in one building envelope area and
                                                                                                    an assembly with a compensating higher effective thermal resistance in another building envelope area to
                                                                                                    achieve the same energy performance through the combined total areas as would be achieved by complying
                                                                                                    with Subsection 9.36.2.

                                                                                                    Example 1 – Trading RSI values of Above-ground Opaque Building Envelope Assemblies

                                                                                                    A designer wants to reduce the insulation in 40 m2 of wall area in the proposed design from the required effective RSI value of 3.27 (R24 batts in a
                                                                                                       38 × 140 mm frame, 406 mm o.c.) to a value of 2.93 (R20 batts). The proposed design has 200 m2 of attic space where more insulation could be
                                                                                                       added to compensate for the lower RSI value in the 40 m2 of wall.

                                                                                                          Assemblies Being           Area of Each                   Reference Design Values                         Proposed Design Values
                                                                                                              Traded                 Assembly (A)            RSI values (R)             A/R Values           RSI values (R)            A/R Values
                                                                                                         Attic                          200 m2               8.66 (m2×K)/W              23.09 W/K            8.66 (m2×K)/W             23.09 W/K
                                                                                                         Wall                            40 m2               3.27 (m2×K)/W              12.23 W/K            2.93 (m2×K)/W             13.65 W/K
                                                                                                                                                                   Total A/R value: 35.32 W/K                     Total A/R value: 36.74 W/K


                                                                                                    The increased total A/R value for the attic and wall assemblies of the proposed design, which is caused by less insulation in the wall, now has to
                                                                                                       be compensated for by an increase in attic insulation while keeping the respective areas of the building assemblies constant. To determine
                                                                                                       the RSI value to be made up by insulation in the attic (i.e. increase in effective thermal resistance of attic assembly), first calculate the
                                                                                                       difference between the two total A/R values:

                                                                                                                                                             36.74 W/K – 35.32 W/K = 1.42 W/K

                                                                                                    Then, subtract this residual A/R value from the A/R value required for the attic insulation:

                                                                                                                                                             23.09 W/K – 1.42 W/K = 21.67 W/K

                                                                                                    Adding this decreased A/R value for the proposed attic to the increased A/R value for the proposed wall now gives a total A/R value that is
                                                                                                       less than or equal to that of the reference design:

                                                                                                                                                            21.67 W/K + 13.65 W/K = 35.32 W/K

                                                                                                    To determine the RSI value to be made up by insulation in the attic of the proposed design, divide the area of the attic by the decreased A/R
                                                                                                        value required for the attic of the proposed design (21.67 W/K):

                                                                                                                                                         200 m2/21.67 W/K = 9.23 (m2×K)/W (R52.4)

                                                                                                          Assemblies Being           Area of Each                   Reference Design Values                    Proposed Design Trade-off Values
                                                                                                              Traded                 Assembly (A)            RSI values (R)             A/R Values           RSI values (R)            A/R Values
                                                                                                         Attic                          200 m2               8.66 (m2×K)/W              23.09 W/K            9.23 (m2×K)/W             21.67 W/K
                                                                                                         Wall                            40 m2               3.27 (m2×K)/W              12.23 W/K            2.93 (m2×K)/W             13.65 W/K
                                                                                                                                                                   Total A/R value: 35.32 W/K                     Total A/R value: 35.32 W/K


                                                                                                    9-650 Division B                                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                            A-9.36.2.11.(3)

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.11.(2) and (3) Calculating Trade-off Values. To trade effective thermal resistance values
                                                                                                    between above-ground building envelope components or assemblies, the ratios of area and effective thermal
                                                                                                    resistance of all such components or assemblies for the reference case (in which all components and assemblies
                                                                                                    comply with Article 9.36.2.6.) and the proposed case (in which the effective thermal resistance values of some
                                                                                                    areas are traded) must be added up and compared using the following equation:




                                                                                                    where




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Rir = effective thermal resistance of assembly i of the reference case,
                                                                                                        Air = area of assembly i of the reference case,
                                                                                                        Rip = effective thermal resistance of assembly i of the proposed case,
                                                                                                        Aip = area of assembly i of the proposed case,
                                                                                                          n = total number of above-ground components or assemblies, and
                                                                                                           i = 1, 2, 3, …, n.
                                                                                                    The sum of the areas of the above-ground assemblies being traded in the proposed case (Aip) must remain the
                                                                                                    same as the sum of the areas of the corresponding above-ground assemblies in the reference case (Air). Only the
                                                                                                    trade-off option described in Sentence 9.36.2.11.(4) allows a credit for a reduction in window area where the
                                                                                                    window to gross wall area ratio is less than 17%.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.11.(3) Trading R-values of Windows. Sentence 9.36.2.11.(3) applies where a designer wants
                                                                                                    to install one or more windows having a U-value above the maximum permitted by Article 9.36.2.7. and reduce
                                                                                                    the U-value of other windows to achieve the same overall energy performance through the combined total area
                                                                                                    of all windows as would be achieved by complying with Article 9.36.2.7. (Note that R-values, not U-values as
                                                                                                    are typically used in relation to windows, are used in this Note.)

                                                                                                    Example 1 – Trading R-values of Windows

                                                                                                    A designer wants to install a large stained glass window on the south side of the proposed house as well as other windows for a total 12 m2 in area.
                                                                                                       The designer wants the stained glass window to have a U-value of 2.7 W/(m2×K) (R-value 0.37 (m2×K)/W), which is higher than the maximum
                                                                                                       permitted by Subsection 9.7.3. for condensation resistance, and proposes to compensate for its reduced energy performance by reducing the
                                                                                                       U-value of the remaining windows on that side, which total 10 m2.

                                                                                                                                                                                                      Reference Design Values
                                                                                                            Assemblies on South Side           Total Area of Assemblies (A)
                                                                                                                                                                                            R-value (R)                         A/R Value
                                                                                                        Windows                                           12 m2                           0.56 (m2×K)/W                         21.54 W/K
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Total A/R value: 21.54 W/K

                                                                                                            Assemblies Being Traded                                                                    Proposed Design Values
                                                                                                                                               Total Area of Assemblies (A)
                                                                                                                on South Side                                                               R-value (R)                         A/R Values
                                                                                                        Stained glass window                               2 m2                           0.37 (m2×K)/W                          5.41 W/K
                                                                                                        Other windows                                     10 m2                           0.56 (m2×K)/W                         17.86 W/K
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Total A/R value: 23.27 W/K


                                                                                                    The increased total A/R value for the window assemblies on the south side of the proposed house, which is due to the stained glass window,
                                                                                                       now has to be compensated for by better windows (i.e. with a lower U-value than the maximum allowed) while keeping the total area of
                                                                                                       windows in the house constant (12 m²). To determine the R-value required to be made up by the rest of the windows on the south side, first
                                                                                                       calculate the difference between the two total A/R values:

                                                                                                                                                           23.27 W/K – 21.54 W/K = 1.73 W/K

                                                                                                    This value (1.73 W/K) now has to be subtracted from the A/R value for the 10 m2 of windows to determine the compensating energy performance
                                                                                                       needed:

                                                                                                                                                           17.86 W/K – 1.73 W/K = 16.13 W/K


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B 9-651
                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.11.(4)                                                                                                                 Division B

                                                                                                    Adding this decreased A/R value for the windows to the increased A/R value for the stained glass window will now give a total A/R value that is
                                                                                                       less than or equal to that of the reference design:

                                                                                                                                                           16.13 W/K + 5.41 W/K = 21.54 W/K

                                                                                                    To determine the R-value to be made up by the rest of the windows on the south side of the proposed house, divide the area of the remaining
                                                                                                        windows by the decreased A/R value for the 10 m2 of windows:

                                                                                                                                            10 m2/16.13 W/K = 0.62 (m2×K)/W (or a U-value of 1.6 W/(m2×K))

                                                                                                            Assemblies Being Traded                                                              Proposed Design Trade-off Values
                                                                                                                                               Total Area of Assemblies (A)
                                                                                                                on South Side




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                                          R-values (R)                         A/R Values
                                                                                                        Stained glass window                              2 m2                           0.37 (m2×K)/W                          5.41 W/K
                                                                                                        Other windows                                     10 m2                          0.62 (m2×K)/W                         16.13 W/K
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Total A/R value: 21.54 W/K


                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.11.(4)            RSI Values of Insulation in Attics under Sloped Roofs.

                                                                                                         Trade-off Option for Buildings with Low Ceilings

                                                                                                         The trade-off option presented in Sentence 9.36.2.11.(4) relating to buildings with a low floor-to-ceiling
                                                                                                         height and a relatively low window and door area to wall area ratio recognizes the proven energy
                                                                                                         performance of single-section factory-constructed buildings, which have very low sloped roofs in
                                                                                                         order to comply with transportation height limitations. This option is provided to avoid unnecessarily
                                                                                                         imposing performance modeling costs. It is unlikely to be applied to site-constructed buildings or to
                                                                                                         factory-constructed buildings that are not subject to stringent transportation height restrictions because low
                                                                                                         ceilings are not the preferred choice, and the cost of cutting framing and interior finish panel products to
                                                                                                         size would exceed the cost of meeting the prescriptive attic and floor insulation levels.

                                                                                                         Trade-off Calculation

                                                                                                         The trade-off option presented in Sentence 9.36.2.11.(4) allows the trading of a credit based on the difference
                                                                                                         between the reference (prescriptive) and actual (proposed) window and door area. This credit can be used
                                                                                                         to reduce the required effective thermal resistance of all ceiling or floor assemblies (attics).




                                                                                                         where
                                                                                                           Ri,c/f,r = effective thermal resistance of ceiling/floor assembly i of the reference case,
                                                                                                           Ai,c/f,r = area of ceiling/floor assembly i of the reference case,
                                                                                                           Ri,c/f,p = effective thermal resistance of ceiling/floor assembly i of the proposed case,
                                                                                                           Ai,c/f,p = area of ceiling/floor assembly i of the proposed case,
                                                                                                         Aw,r (17%) = area of windows constituting 17% of gross wall area (see Article 9.36.2.3.),
                                                                                                              Rw,r = effective thermal resistance of windows (see Article 9.36.2.7.),
                                                                                                         Aw,p (max.15%) = area of windows constituting 15% or less of gross wall area (see Article 9.36.2.3.),
                                                                                                                 n = total number of ceiling/floor assemblies, and
                                                                                                                  i = 1, 2, 3,…, n.
                                                                                                         The sum of Ai,c/f,p must equal the sum of Ai,c/f,r. The sum of the areas of all other building envelope
                                                                                                         assemblies must remain the same in both the proposed and reference cases.

                                                                                                         Trading Window Area for Reduced Attic Insulation

                                                                                                         Sentence 9.36.2.11.(4) applies where a proposed design has a fenestration and door area to gross wall
                                                                                                         area ratio (FDWR) of 15% or less. The resulting reduction in energy loss due to the fact that there are
                                                                                                         fewer windows is traded for a reduction in R-value for a specific area in the attic where it is impossible to
                                                                                                         install the required insulation level due to roof slope.


                                                                                                    9-652 Division B                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                                                 A-9.36.3.2.(2)

                                                                                                        Example 1 – Trading Window Area for Reduced Attic Insulation

                                                                                                        A designer wants to use a FDWR of 12% in the proposed design in order to be able to install less insulation in the 100 m2 of attic space.

                                                                                                                                                                                               Reference Design Values (FDWR 17%)
                                                                                                           Assemblies Being Traded             Area of Each Assembly (A)
                                                                                                                                                                                          RSI values (R)                        A/R Values
                                                                                                       Attic                                             100 m2                           8.67 (m2×K)/W                          11.5 W/K
                                                                                                       Windows                                            25 m2                           0.63 (m2×K)/W                          39.7 W/K
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Total A/R value: 51.2 W/K

                                                                                                                                                                                                Proposed Design Values (FDWR 12%)




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                           Assemblies Being Traded             Area of Each Assembly (A)
                                                                                                                                                                                          RSI values (R)                        A/R Values
                                                                                                       Attic                                             100 m2                           8.67 (m2×K)/W                          11.5 W/K
                                                                                                       Windows                                            18 m2                           0.63 (m2×K)/W                          28.6 W/K
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Total A/R value: 40.1 W/K


                                                                                                        To determine the reduction in RSI value permitted for the attic insulation in the proposed design, first calculate the difference between the
                                                                                                      two A/R values:

                                                                                                                                                               51.2 W/K – 40.1 W/K = 11.1 W/K

                                                                                                        This residual A/R value can now be used as a credit towards the A/R value of the attic insulation in the proposed design:

                                                                                                                                                               11.1 W/K + 11.5 W/K = 22.6 W/K

                                                                                                        Adding this increased A/R value for the proposed attic to the A/R value for the proposed window area will now give a total A/R value that is
                                                                                                      less than or equal to that of the reference design:

                                                                                                                                                               22.6 W/K + 28.6 W/K = 51.2 W/K

                                                                                                        To determine the new RSI value of the attic insulation, divide the area of the attic by its new increased A/R value:

                                                                                                                                                              100 m2/22.6 W/K = 4.42 (m2×K)/W

                                                                                                        Because Clause 9.36.2.11.(6)(b) limits the reduction of a traded RSI value for opaque building envelope assemblies—in this case, an attic—to
                                                                                                      60% of the minimum RSI value permitted by Article 9.36.2.6., this new RSI value of 4.42 (m2×K)/W for the attic is too low (60% × 8.67 = 5.20
                                                                                                      (m2×K)/W). Therefore, the full potential trade-off for this example cannot be used.

                                                                                                                                                                                           Proposed Design Trade-off Values (FDWR 12%)
                                                                                                           Assemblies Being Traded             Area of Each Assembly (A)
                                                                                                                                                                                          RSI values (R)                        A/R Values
                                                                                                       Attic                                             100 m2                           5.20 (m2×K)/W                          19.2 W/K
                                                                                                       Windows                                            18 m2                           0.63 (m2×K)/W                          28.6 W/K
                                                                                                                                                                                               Total A/R value: 47.8 W/K (< 51.2 W/K)


                                                                                                    A-9.36.2.11.(6)(a) Reduction in Thermal Resistance of Ceilings in Buildings with Low
                                                                                                    Ceilings. Sentence 9.36.2.11.(4) allows insulation in attics under sloped roofs to be reduced to less than
                                                                                                    the prescriptive level required for the exterior walls, which may be less than 55% of the required values for
                                                                                                    the attic insulation.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.2.(1) Load Calculations. Subsection 9.33.5. requires that heating systems serving single
                                                                                                    dwelling units be sized in accordance with CSA F280, “Determining the required capacity of residential space
                                                                                                    heating and cooling appliances.” The HRAI Digest is also a useful source of information on the sizing of
                                                                                                    HVAC systems for residential buildings.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.2.(2) Design and Installation of Ducts. The following publications contain useful
                                                                                                    information on this subject:
                                                                                                       • the ASHRAE Handbooks
                                                                                                       • the HRAI Digest


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                      Division B 9-653
                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.2.(5)                                                                                                                   Division B

                                                                                                          • the ANSI/SMACNA 006, “HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible”

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.2.(5) Increasing the Insulation on Sides of Ducts. Table A-9.36.3.2.(5) can be used to
                                                                                                    determine the level of insulation needed on the sides of ducts that are 127 mm deep to compensate for a
                                                                                                    reduced level of insulation on their underside.

                                                                                                                                                               Table A-9.36.3.2.(5)
                                                                                                                                        RSI Required on Sides of Ducts where RSI on Underside is Reduced

                                                                                                                          RSI (2) on                                                    Width of Duct, mm
                                                                                                      RSI Required
                                                                                                                         Underside           304              356              406             457               483          508           533




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       for Exterior
                                                                                                                         of 127 mm
                                                                                                         Walls, (1)
                                                                                                                         Deep Duct,                                        RSI Required on Sides of Ducts, (m2×K)/W
                                                                                                        (m2×K)/W
                                                                                                                          (m2×K)/W
                                                                                                            2.78             2.11             4.47             4.98            5.61             6.43             6.94          n/a          n/a
                                                                                                                             2.29             3.74             3.97            4.23             4.52             4.69          4.86         5.05
                                                                                                                             2.64             2.97             3.00            3.03             3.07             3.09          3.10         3.12
                                                                                                            2.96             2.11             5.70             6.75            8.25             n/a              n/a           n/a          n/a
                                                                                                                             2.29             4.56             5.02            5.58             6.27             6.68          n/a          n/a
                                                                                                                             2.64             3.46             3.57            3.67             3.78             3.84          3.90         3.97
                                                                                                            3.08             2.29             5.26             5.96            6.88             n/a              n/a           n/a          n/a
                                                                                                                             2.64             3.85             4.02            4.20             4.40             4.50          4.62         4.73
                                                                                                            3.85             3.43             4.67             4.84            5.03             5.23             5.34          5.45         5.56

                                                                                                    Notes to Table A-9.36.3.2.(5):
                                                                                                    (1)   See Article 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                    (2)   See Note A-9.36.1.2.(3) for the formula to convert metric RSI values to imperial R values.


                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.3.(4) Exemption. The exemption in Sentence 9.36.3.3.(4) typically applies to heat-recovery
                                                                                                    ventilators and ventilation systems that are designed to run or are capable of running continuously for specific
                                                                                                    applications. See also Sentence 9.32.3.13.(11).

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.4.(1) Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems. CSA B214, “Installation code for hydronic
                                                                                                    heating systems,” the ASHRAE Handbooks, the HRAI Digest, and publications of the Hydronics Institute are
                                                                                                    useful sources of information on the design and installation of piping for heating and cooling systems.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.4.(2) High-Temperature Refrigerant Piping. Piping for heat pumps is an example
                                                                                                    of high-temperature refrigerant piping.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.5.(1) Location of Heating and Air-conditioning Equipment. Locating certain
                                                                                                    types of equipment for heating and air-conditioning systems—for example, heat-recovery ventilators or
                                                                                                    furnaces—outdoors or in an unconditioned space may result in lower efficiencies and higher heat loss. Where
                                                                                                    components of a system are intended to be installed outside—for example, portions of heat pump systems and
                                                                                                    wood-fired boilers—efficiency losses, if any, have already been accounted for in their design.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.6.(7) Heat Pump Controls for Recovery from Setback. The requirements of
                                                                                                    Sentence 9.36.3.6.(7) can be achieved through several methods:
                                                                                                      • installation of a separate exterior temperature sensor,
                                                                                                      • setting a gradual rise of the control point,
                                                                                                      • installation of controls that “learn” when to start recovery based on stored data.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.8. Application. Article 9.36.3.8. is intended to apply to any vessel containing open water in an
                                                                                                    indoor setting, not only swimming pools and hot tubs; however, it does not apply to bathtubs. In the context of
                                                                                                    this Article, the terms “hot tub” and “spa” are interchangeable.




                                                                                                    9-654 Division B                                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                  A-9.36.4.6.(2)

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.8.(4)(a) Heat Recovery from Dehumidification in Spaces with an Indoor Pool or
                                                                                                    Hot Tub. Sentence 9.36.3.8.(4) is not intended to require that all air exhausted from a swimming pool or hot
                                                                                                    tub area pass through a heat-recovery unit, only sufficient air to recover 40% of the total sensible heat. Most
                                                                                                    heat-recovery units can recover more than 40% of the sensible heat from the exhausted air, but because it may
                                                                                                    not be cost-effective to reclaim heat from all exhaust systems, the overall recovery requirement is set at 40%.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.9.(1) Heat Recovery in Dwelling Units. Whereas Section 9.32. addresses the effectiveness
                                                                                                    of mechanical ventilation systems in dwelling units from a health and safety perspective, Section 9.36. is
                                                                                                    concerned with their functioning from an energy efficiency perspective.
                                                                                                    The requirements of Subsection 9.32.3. can be met using one of several types of ventilation equipment, among




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    them heat-recovery ventilators (HRVs), which are typically the system of choice in cases where heat recovery
                                                                                                    from the exhaust component of the ventilation system is required. As such, Article 9.36.3.9. should be read in
                                                                                                    conjunction with the provisions in Subsection 9.32.3. that deal with HRVs.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.9.(3) Efficiency of Heat-Recovery Ventilators (HRVs). HRVs are required to be tested
                                                                                                    in conformance with CAN/CSA-C439, “Standard laboratory methods of test for rating the performance of
                                                                                                    heat/energy-recovery ventilators,” under different conditions to obtain a rating: to be rated for colder locations,
                                                                                                    HRVs must be tested at two different temperatures, as stated in Clause 9.36.3.9.(3)(b), whereas their rating for
                                                                                                    locations in mild climates relies only on the 0°C test temperature, as stated in Clause 9.36.3.9.(3)(a).
                                                                                                    The performance of an HRV product and its compliance with Sentence 9.36.3.9.(3) can be verified using the
                                                                                                    sensible heat recovery at the 0°C and/or –25°C test station (i.e. location where the temperature is measured)
                                                                                                    published in the manufacturer's literature or in product directories, such as HVI's Certified Home Ventilating
                                                                                                    Products Directory.
                                                                                                    The rating of HRVs also depends on the flow rate used during testing. Therefore, the minimum flow rate
                                                                                                    required in Section 9.32. needs to be taken into consideration when selecting an HRV product.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.10.(1) Unit and Packaged Equipment. The minimum performance values stated in
                                                                                                    Table 9.36.3.10. were developed based on values and technologies found in the Model National Energy Code of
                                                                                                    Canada for Houses 1997, the NECB, federal, provincial and territorial energy efficiency regulations as well as in
                                                                                                    applicable standards on equipment typically installed in housing and small buildings.
                                                                                                    In some cases—after a review of current industry practices (industry sales figures)—the performance
                                                                                                    requirements were increased from regulated minimums where it could be shown that the cost and availability
                                                                                                    of the equipment are acceptable. Some of the performance requirements are based on anticipated efficiency
                                                                                                    improvements in the energy efficiency regulations and revisions to standards.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.3.10.(3) Multiple Component Manufacturers. Where components from more than one
                                                                                                    manufacturer are used as parts of a heating, ventilating or air-conditioning system, the system should be
                                                                                                    designed in accordance with good practice using component efficiency data provided by the component
                                                                                                    manufacturers to achieve the overall efficiency required by Article 9.36.3.10.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.4.2.(2) Unit and Packaged Equipment. The minimum performance values stated in
                                                                                                    Table 9.36.4.2. were developed based on values and technologies found in the Model National Energy Code of
                                                                                                    Canada for Houses 1997, the NECB, federal, provincial and territorial energy efficiency regulations as well as in
                                                                                                    applicable standards on equipment typically installed in housing and small buildings.
                                                                                                    In some cases—after a review of current industry practices (industry sales figures)—the performance
                                                                                                    requirements were increased from regulated minimums where it could be shown that the cost and availability
                                                                                                    of the equipment are acceptable.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.4.2.(3) Exception. Components of solar hot water systems and heat pump systems are examples
                                                                                                    of service water heating equipment that is required to be installed outdoors.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.4.6.(2) Required Operation of Pump. The water in indoor pools is pumped through filtration
                                                                                                    equipment at rates that will help prevent the build-up of harmful bacteria and algae based on water volume
                                                                                                    and temperature, frequency of pool use, number of swimmers, etc.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-655
                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.2.                                                                                                          Division B

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.2. Use of Terms “Building” and “House”. Although the word “house” is used in the
                                                                                                    terms “proposed house” and “reference house,” it is intended to include other types of residential buildings
                                                                                                    addressed by Subsection 9.36.5. The terms “proposed building” and “reference building” used in the NECB
                                                                                                    apply to other types of buildings.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.3. Compliance. Where a Part 9 building contains more than one dwelling unit, compliance
                                                                                                    with Section 9.36. can be demonstrated on a per-unit basis. For dwelling units that are house-like in form, such
                                                                                                    as single detached houses, semi-detached houses, row houses and townhouses, this approach is commonly
                                                                                                    used as it can simplify airtightness testing. For dwelling units that are apartment-like in form, airtightness
                                                                                                    testing can be simplified by subdividing buildings into zones containing one or more dwelling units that are
                                                                                                    connected by a common space.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.3.(1) Energy Modeling. The energy modeling of the proposed and reference houses should be
                                                                                                    performed using the same software. An energy modeling platform other than the EnerGuide Rating System
                                                                                                    may be used to demonstrate compliance with Clause 9.36.5.3.(1)(a).

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.3.(2) Concept of Comparing Performance. Comparing the performance of a reference
                                                                                                    house to that of a proposed house is one way to benchmark the performance of a proposed house in relation to
                                                                                                    Code requirements. There are other ways to benchmark energy consumption models: for example, by setting a
                                                                                                    quantitative energy target or using a benchmark design. In the performance compliance option presented in
                                                                                                    Subsection 9.36.5., the user must demonstrate that their design results in a similar level of performance to that
                                                                                                    of the prescriptive requirements— an approach that is consistent with the concept of objective-based codes.




                                                                                                                                           v                                                              v
                                                                                                                                  R


                                                                                                                                                                = X(1)                                                     ≤ X(1)
                                                                                                               R
                                                                                                                                                        U



                                                                                                                   h     w                                                        h     w

                                                                                                                                   R

                                                                                                                         Reference House(2)                                              Proposed House(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            EG00773A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.5.3.(2)
                                                                                                     Energy consumption of proposed house versus that of reference house
                                                                                                     Notes to Figure A-9.36.5.3.(2):
                                                                                                     (1) X = calculated house energy target of reference house
                                                                                                     (2) Complies with prescriptive requirements in Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4.
                                                                                                     (3) Complies with objectives of Subsections 9.36.2. to 9.36.4. using performance compliance option


                                                                                                    A-Table 9.36.5.4. Terminology Used in Table 9.36.5.4. The phrase “houses without a secondary
                                                                                                    suite” refers to buildings and dwelling units that are house-like in form, whether or not the units therein are
                                                                                                    subdivided by firewalls or fire separations. It encompasses housing forms such as single detached houses,
                                                                                                    semi-detached houses, row houses and townhouses, which do not typically share significant common
                                                                                                    conditioned spaces and have private entrances from the exterior.
                                                                                                    The phrase “each dwelling unit in residential buildings with two or more dwelling units” refers to dwelling
                                                                                                    units that are apartment-like in form, such as those in multi-unit residential buildings and stacked units in
                                                                                                    duplexes and triplexes, which typically share common spaces such as corridors and exterior entrances.


                                                                                                    9-656 Division B                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                  A-9.36.5.9.(1)

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.4.(1) Calculation Procedure. It is important to characterize actual heat transfer pathways
                                                                                                    such as areas of fenestration, walls, floors, ceilings, etc. An accurate geometric model of a house, including
                                                                                                    volume, captures such information, but modeling can be carried out with other calculations.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.4.(2) Space-Conditioning Load. Supplementary heating systems form part of the principal
                                                                                                    heating system and must be able to meet the space-conditioning load of the house.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.4.(7) Thermostatic Control. The thermostat's response to temperature fluctuations described
                                                                                                    in Sentence 9.36.5.4.(7) represents a thermostat deadband of ±0.5°C.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.5.(1) Source of Climatic Data. Climatic data sources include the Canadian Weather Year for




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Energy Calculations (CWEC) and the Canadian Weather Energy and Engineering Data Sets (CWEEDS). The
                                                                                                    CWEC represent average heating and cooling degree-days which impact heating and cooling loads in buildings.
                                                                                                    The CWEC follow the ASHRAE WYEC2 format and were derived from the CWEEDS of hourly weather
                                                                                                    information for Canada from the 1953-1995 period of record. The CWEC are available from Environment and
                                                                                                    Climate Change Canada at climate.weather.gc.ca/prods_servs/engineering_e.html.
                                                                                                    Where climatic data for a target location are not available, climatic data for a representative alternative location
                                                                                                    should be selected based on the following considerations: same climatic zone, same geographic area or
                                                                                                    characteristics, heating degree-days (HDD) of the alternative location are within 10% of the target location's
                                                                                                    HDD, and the January 1% heating design criteria of the alternative location is within 2°C of the target location's
                                                                                                    same criteria (see Appendix C). Where several alternative locations are representative of the climatic conditions
                                                                                                    at the target location, their proximity to the target location should also be a consideration.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.6.(6) Contents of the House. In the context of Subsection 9.36.5., “contents of the house”
                                                                                                    refers to cabinets, furniture and other elements that are not part of the building structure and whose removal or
                                                                                                    replacement would not require a building permit.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.6.(11)        Application. Sentence 9.36.5.6.(11) is not intended to apply to the fenestration area
                                                                                                    to wall area ratio.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.7.(1) Consumption of HVAC systems. The energy consumption of HVAC systems typically
                                                                                                    includes the distribution system and the effect of controls.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.7.(5)        Zoned Air Handlers. Zoned air handler systems may also have duct and piping losses.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.8.(5) Water Delivery Temperature. A value of 55˚C is used in the energy model calculations;
                                                                                                    Article 2.2.10.7. of Division B of the NPC contains different requirements relating to water delivery temperature.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.9.(1)        Modeling the Proposed House.

                                                                                                        Completeness of the Energy Model Calculations
                                                                                                        The specifications for a building typically include the following inputs and variables, among others,
                                                                                                        which are needed for modeling:
                                                                                                          • space-heating and domestic hot water (DHW) systems
                                                                                                          • air-, ground- and water-source heat pumps
                                                                                                          • central air-conditioning systems
                                                                                                          • primary and secondary DHW systems
                                                                                                          • efficiencies of heating and cooling equipment
                                                                                                          • solar gain through windows facing each cardinal direction
                                                                                                          • sloped glazing, including skylights
                                                                                                          • overhangs, taking into account the hourly position of the sun with respect to each window and
                                                                                                             overhang on a typical day each month
                                                                                                          • the various levels of thermal mass
                                                                                                          • slab-on-grade, crawl space (open, ventilated or closed), basement and walkout foundations, taking
                                                                                                             into account dimensions, thermal resistance and placement of insulation, soil conductivity, depth of
                                                                                                             water table, and weather/climate, and
                                                                                                          • heat transfer between the three zones of the house, i.e. the attic, main floor and foundation


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-657
                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.10.(2)                                                                                    Division B

                                                                                                        Opaque Building Envelope Assemblies
                                                                                                        In the context of Sentence 9.36.5.9.(1), the term “opaque building envelope assembly” includes
                                                                                                        above-ground assemblies and those that are in contact with the ground.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.10.(2) Assembly Type. Sentence 9.36.5.10.(2) sets a limit on the size of building envelope
                                                                                                    assemblies that have to be considered separately in the energy model calculations. In this context, assembly
                                                                                                    type is intended to mean either walls, roof, fenestration, exposed floors, or foundation walls and is intended to
                                                                                                    include the respective assembly type areas of the entire building.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.11.(9)     Part-Load Performance of Equipment.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                        Measured Data
                                                                                                        Where available, the measured part-load performance data are provided by the equipment manufacturer.

                                                                                                        Modeled Part-Load Performance Data
                                                                                                        Part-load performance ratings differ depending on the equipment. The intent of Sentence 9.36.5.11.(9) is to
                                                                                                        indicate that the same modeled data source should be used for both the proposed and reference houses.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.11.(10)      Sensible Heat Recovery.

                                                                                                        Treatment of Humidity in the Calculations
                                                                                                        The calculations using sensible heat do not take latent heat (humidity) into account.

                                                                                                        Energy-Recovery Ventilators
                                                                                                        Energy-recovery ventilators can be used in lieu of heat-recovery ventilators.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.11.(11) Circulation Fans. Sentences 9.36.5.11.(12) to (19) calculate the energy consumption
                                                                                                    of the circulation fan. The results are intended to be used in energy model calculations only and are not
                                                                                                    intended to address the performance of the ventilation system. The actual sizing of ventilation systems must
                                                                                                    comply with Section 9.32.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.12.(2) Assumptions Relating to Drain-Water Heat Recovery. Energy savings
                                                                                                    associated with drain water heat recovery depend on the duration of showers and the vertical drop in
                                                                                                    the drain pipe. Similar to the service water heating load distribution, the length of showers depends on
                                                                                                    occupant behaviour. The values provided in Sentence 9.36.5.12.(2) are intended to be used in the energy model
                                                                                                    calculations only and take into consideration the loads stated in Table 9.36.5.8. The efficiency of a drain-water
                                                                                                    heat-recovery unit must be modeled using the same physical configuration intended for installation.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.14.(10) Above-Ground Gross Wall Area. The determination of above-ground gross wall
                                                                                                    area is consistent with the prescriptive requirements of Article 9.36.2.3. in that it is based on the measurement of
                                                                                                    the distance between interior grade and the uppermost ceiling and on interior areas of insulated wall assemblies.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.15.(5) Sizing of Heating and Cooling Systems. The intent of Sentence 9.36.5.15.(5) is that
                                                                                                    the cooling system be sized only for the portion of the house that is cooled.
                                                                                                    Article 9.33.5.1. references CSA F280, “Determining the required capacity of residential space heating and
                                                                                                    cooling appliances,” which contains a number of different methods for determining the capacity of heating
                                                                                                    appliances. The intent of Sentence 9.36.5.15.(5) is that the equipment be sized according to the methods for total
                                                                                                    heat output capacity and nominal cooling capacity without being oversized.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.15.(6) Default Settings. The default settings in energy performance modeling software for
                                                                                                    houses are an appropriate source of part-load performance values of equipment.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.5.15.(8) Treatment of Humidity in the Calculations. The calculations using sensible
                                                                                                    heat do not take latent heat (humidity) into account.


                                                                                                    9-658 Division B                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                  A-9.36.7.3.(9)

                                                                                                    A-9.36.6.2.(1)(a) Zone Pressure. It is generally accepted that a variation of not more than 5 Pa
                                                                                                    throughout a tested zone when the test equipment is set to 50 Pa is acceptable. Typically, openings the size of an
                                                                                                    attic hatch or larger that connect spaces within a test zone permit enough airflow to achieve this requirement,
                                                                                                    provided most of the zone volume is on the fan side of the opening.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.6.2.(1)(b) Adjacent Zones. Adjacent zones may or may not be contained within the same
                                                                                                    building or dwelling unit.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.6.4.(2) Determining Airtightness Level of Buildings with Multiple Zones Having
                                                                                                    Different Airtightness Levels. The lowest Airtightness Level determined for any zone in a building




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    or dwelling unit with multiple zones is used to determine compliance with the tiered energy performance
                                                                                                    requirements. For example, in a building with two zones, if one zone achieves Airtightness Level AL-2A/2B
                                                                                                    through the NLR50 metric, while the other zone achieves Airtightness Level AL-3A/3B through the ACH50
                                                                                                    metric, the Airtightness Level for the building as a whole would be AL-2A/2B.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.7.2.(1)(b) Percent Improvement and Percent House Energy Target. The terms
                                                                                                    “percent improvement” and “percent house energy target” express the same energy performance of the
                                                                                                    proposed house relative to the reference house in terms of the energy use of the house or building for space
                                                                                                    heating, hot water and ventilation.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.7.3.(1) Reference House and Proposed House. The terms “reference house” and
                                                                                                    “proposed house” have the same meanings as in Subsection 9.36.5. and they apply to energy models for both
                                                                                                    houses and multi-unit residential buildings. The term “house” is used for consistency and is intended to be
                                                                                                    applied to both houses and buildings within the scope of Subsection 9.36.7.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.7.3.(4) Peak Cooling Load. The term “peak cooling load” refers to the highest hourly-averaged
                                                                                                    rate of mechanical cooling required to maintain the building or house at the cooling set-point temperature
                                                                                                    over the course of the year. The peak cooling load must reflect the rate at which heat is extracted from the
                                                                                                    conditioned space, and not the rate of energy consumption of any cooling equipment.
                                                                                                    Some modeling software only report peak cooling loads when the building or house model is configured with
                                                                                                    an air conditioner; in such cases, the model should include air-conditioning for the purpose of computing the
                                                                                                    peak cooling load. If the modeling software does not report peak hourly loads, the design cooling load may
                                                                                                    be used instead.
                                                                                                    The peak cooling load criteria is intended to reduce the risk that houses built under the tiered energy
                                                                                                    performance compliance path will overheat in the summer. To meet this goal, the proposed house must achieve
                                                                                                    a peak cooling load that is no more than that of the reference house. Even so, this modeling requirement does
                                                                                                    not guarantee that a house will not overheat, as a reference house complying with Subsection 9.36.5. may
                                                                                                    nevertheless be prone to overheating in some circumstances. Instead, houses complying with this modeling
                                                                                                    requirement should be no more prone to overheating than houses constructed under other energy efficiency
                                                                                                    compliance paths in the Code. This requirement does not prescribe the installation of cooling systems in new
                                                                                                    construction nor can the installation of air-conditioning be used as an alternative compliance path for houses
                                                                                                    not meeting this requirement.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.7.3.(5) Annual Gross Space Heat Loss. The annual gross space heat loss has been selected
                                                                                                    as a good proxy for heat loss due to building envelope performance. It is readily extracted from building
                                                                                                    simulation models and correlates well with the combined conductive (through both fenestration and opaque
                                                                                                    elements) and air leakage losses, while excluding solar and internal gains. The inclusion of ventilation losses is
                                                                                                    not strictly relevant to building envelope performance, but their contribution to the annual gross space heat loss
                                                                                                    is generally small and, given that unbalanced ventilation is permitted by the Code and thus may be modeled,
                                                                                                    disaggregating energy losses due to unintentional air leakage from those due to intentional ventilation can
                                                                                                    be difficult in most simulation models.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.7.3.(9) Airtightness Testing. The flow chart in Figure A-9.36.7.3.(9) outlines the intended
                                                                                                    interpretation of Sentence 9.36.7.3.(9). Airtightness testing is voluntary, however, not testing will result in
                                                                                                    the proposed house model using a default airtightness of 3.2 air changes per hour (ACH) at 50 Pa pressure
                                                                                                    difference and a pressure exponent of 0.67.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                      Division B 9-659
                                                                                                    A-9.36.7.3.(9)                                                                                                             Division B


                                                                                                                                                                            Proposed Design




                                                                                                         DESIGN PERMIT STAGE
                                                                                                                                                                               for Permit




                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Design value ACH
                                                                                                                                     Design value of                            Is a blower                        specified by applicant,
                                                                                                                                 3.2 ACH, 0.67 pressure              No          door test       Yes
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       0.67 pressure
                                                                                                                                   exponent in energy                            planned?                           exponent in energy
                                                                                                                                     model for permit
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      model for permit




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                         CONSTRUCTION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Blower door
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         test performed

                                                                                                            STAGE




                                                                                                         COMPLIANCE VALIDATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Does test
                                                                                                                                            No     Is result lower                             Is result lower   No          achieve
                                                                                                                                                  than 3.2 ACH?                          No   than 2.5 ACH?               design value?
                                                                                                                                                                     No Does
                                                                                                                                                                       construction
                                                                                                                                                     Yes                  comply                 Yes                        Yes
                                                                                                                                                                        with Clause
                                                                                                                                                                     9.36.5.10.(9)(b)?



                                                                                                                                                                          Yes



                                                                                                                                                                      Use 2.5 ACH,

                                                                                                           VALUE FOR FINAL
                                                                                                                                                                      0.67 pressure
                                                                                                                                                                       exponent(1)




                                                                                                            ENERGY MODEL
                                                                                                                                  Use 3.2 ACH,
                                                                                                                                  0.67 pressure                                                                       Use ACH and pressure
                                                                                                                                   exponent(1)                                                                         exponent from test(1)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          EG02811A


                                                                                                     Figure A-9.36.7.3.(9)
                                                                                                     Determining the appropriate airtightness value to use in the energy model calculations in the tiered energy performance
                                                                                                     compliance path
                                                                                                     Note to Figure A-9.36.7.3.(9):
                                                                                                     (1) Airtightness value and pressure exponent of reference house shall be as per Sentence 9.36.5.14.(2).


                                                                                                    Where testing is to be carried out, Code users may use a design value for ACH at 50 Pa pressure difference
                                                                                                    in the proposed house that they expect to achieve upon testing. Good airtightness is a significant contributor
                                                                                                    to energy-efficient performance and is likely to be needed to achieve the higher energy performance tiers,
                                                                                                    however, it requires careful detailing and planning. Caution is advised when choosing a design airtightness
                                                                                                    value, especially for Code users who are not used to delivering highly airtight buildings. Industry resources are
                                                                                                    available to assist with selecting and achieving a design airtightness.



                                                                                                    9-660 Division B                                                                              National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Division B                                                                                   A-9.36.8.6.(4)

                                                                                                    Once an airtightness test has been performed, Code users may choose whether to use the test result, the
                                                                                                    default value of 3.2 ACH at 50 Pa pressure difference or, where the requirements of Clause 9.36.5.10.(9)(b) have
                                                                                                    been met, 2.5 ACH at 50 Pa pressure difference. It is important to note that a tested pressure exponent may
                                                                                                    only be used in cases where the tested ACH is used.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.8.2.(1)(b) Compliance Options. The prescriptive requirements presented in Subsections 9.36.2.
                                                                                                    to 9.36.4. serve as the basis for the energy conservation measures presented in Subsection 9.36.8. Builders and
                                                                                                    designers can choose to apply one or more of the measures in order to accumulate the associated energy
                                                                                                    conservation points with a view to achieving compliance with more stringent Energy Performance Tiers.
                                                                                                    Energy conservation measures are provided only for certain building elements addressed in Subsections 9.36.2.
                                                                                                    to 9.36.4.; therefore, other building elements that comply with other Code provisions cannot be credited with




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    any energy conservation points.

                                                                                                    A-9.36.8.6.(4) Energy Rating Compliance Option. The Energy Rating for windows and doors
                                                                                                    includes their U-value, air leakage characteristic, and the effects of solar heat gain. The limit on fenestration and
                                                                                                    door area described in Sentence 9.36.8.6.(4) is intended to reduce the risk of overheating due to excessive solar
                                                                                                    heat gains. For the purposes of this Sentence, fenestration and door areas are calculated in accordance with
                                                                                                    Article 9.36.2.3., except that the summed areas of interest (gross above-ground wall area, and fenestration and
                                                                                                    door areas) are those facing the same orientation, rather than those in all building faces.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                       Division B 9-661
                                                 Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays




9-662 Division B




National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Index




                                                                                                                                   A                                           provisions, 9.10.20.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                               roof area, 3.2.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                               storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15.
                                                                                                    Abbreviations                                                              storeys above grade, 3.2.5.1.
                                                                                                      acronyms, 1.3.2.1.                                                       street frontages, 3.2.2.10.
                                                                                                      symbols and, 1.2.2.1.                                                  Accessibility (see Barrier-free)
                                                                                                      terms and, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                                Accessible change space, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                    Acceptable solutions, 1.1.2.1., 1.2.1.1. [A]                             Access openings
                                                                                                    Access                                                                     construction barricades, 8.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      attics or roof spaces, 3.6.4.4., 9.19.2.1.                               HVAC systems, 6.8.1.1.
                                                                                                      chimneys, 6.3.3.4.                                                     Access panels, 3.2.5.1., 9.10.20.1.
                                                                                                      crawl spaces, 3.6.4.6., 9.18.2.1., 9.18.4.1.                           Access routes
                                                                                                      fire dampers, 3.1.8.10.                                                  design, 3.2.5.6.
                                                                                                      hatchways to roof, 9.19.2.1.                                             location, 3.2.5.5., 9.10.20.3.
                                                                                                      horizontal service spaces, 3.6.4.5., 9.18.2.1.,                          need for, 3.2.5.4.
                                                                                                         9.18.4.1., 9.19.2.1.                                                  self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2.3.
                                                                                                      HVAC equipment, 6.2.1.6., 6.3.2.15., 9.33.4.4.                           as streets, 3.2.2.10.
                                                                                                      smoke dampers, 3.1.8.11.                                               Adaptable seats, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.
                                                                                                    Access to exits                                                          Adaptive technology (see Assistive listening systems)
                                                                                                      capacity, 3.3.1.17., 9.9.3.                                            Adfreezing, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.4.4.
                                                                                                      corridors in assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.6.                              Adhesives
                                                                                                      corridor width, 3.3.1.9.                                                 ceramic wall tiles, 9.29.10.3.
                                                                                                      dead-end corridors, 9.9.7.3.                                             ducts, 3.6.5.4., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                               Administration of the Code, 2.2. [C]
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.9.3.                                                     Admixtures
                                                                                                      doors, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.2.7., 9.9.6., 9.9.7.4.                             concrete, 9.3.1.8.
                                                                                                      doors, sliding, 3.3.1.12.                                                mortar and grout, 9.20.3.2.
                                                                                                      doors, transparent, 3.3.1.20.                                          Aggregate
                                                                                                      dwelling units, 9.9.9.                                                   for built-up-roofing, 9.26.11.1., 9.26.11.4.
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 9.10.21.6.                                          for concrete, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.4., 9.3.1.7.
                                                                                                      within floor areas, 3.3.1.3.                                             for mortar, 5.9.1.1., 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2., 9.29.10.2.
                                                                                                      headroom clearance, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.3.4.                                   for stucco, 9.28.2.2., 9.28.5.1.
                                                                                                      independent access to, 9.9.7.5.                                        Air
                                                                                                      lighting, 9.9.12.2.                                                      circulation, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                      podiums, terraces, platforms and contained open                          discharged from evaporative heat rejection,
                                                                                                         spaces, 9.9.7.1.                                                         6.3.2.15.
                                                                                                      residential occupancy, 3.3.4.4.                                          distribution, 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                      roofs, 3.3.1.3., 9.9.7.1.                                                duct systems, 6.3.2.
                                                                                                      service rooms, 9.9.7.5.                                                  flow through and around insulation, 5.3.1.3.,
                                                                                                      suites, 9.9.7.2.                                                            9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.3., 9.25.2.4.
                                                                                                      transparent panels, 3.3.1.20.                                            intakes, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.15.
                                                                                                      travel distance, 9.9.7.6.                                                leakage, 3.1.8.4., 5.1.1.1., 5.4.1.1., 5.9.3.4., 5.9.4.1.,
                                                                                                      when exits are means of egress, 9.9.7.                                      9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      width, 9.9.3.2., 9.9.3.3.                                                leakage resistance, 5.4.1.1., 5.4.1.2., 9.13.4., 9.18.6.2.,
                                                                                                    Access for firefighting                                                       9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.5., 3.2.5.6.                              makeup, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                      basements, 3.2.5.2., 9.10.20.2.                                          permeance, 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      and building size determination, 1.3.3.4. [A]                            return ducts, 6.3.2.11.

                                                                                                    [A] – Reference occurs in Division A.   [C] – Reference occurs in Division C.   All other references occur in Division B.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                                   Index
                                                                                                      tempering, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.8.                              Air intakes
                                                                                                      transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.3.                                   area, 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                    Air barrier assemblies, 5.4.1.1., 5.4.1.2.                       connection, 9.33.6.6.
                                                                                                    Air barrier systems                                              grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.33.6.10.
                                                                                                      airtightness, 5.4.1.1., 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.                  labeling, 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                      assemblies in contact with the ground, 9.13.4.,                location, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.,
                                                                                                          9.25.3.6.                                                      9.33.6.12.
                                                                                                      continuity, 5.4.1.1., 9.25.3.3., 9.36.2.9.                     protection, 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.15., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.
                                                                                                      crawl space floors, 9.18.6.2.                                Air leakage
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                       metric, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      deflections, 5.2.2.1.                                          rate, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36.2.9.                                 Air outlets




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      environmental loads, 5.1.4.1.                                  area, 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                      environmental separation, 5.1.1.1.                             capacity, 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                      floors-on-ground, 9.18.6.2., 9.25.3.6.                         design, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.25.3.                           diffusers, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.23.2.2., 9.25.3.3.                             grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.18.6.2., 9.25.3.2.,            labeling, 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                          9.25.3.6.                                                  location, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                      properties, 9.25.3.1., 9.25.5.1.                               protection, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13., 9.33.6.10.
                                                                                                      properties of, 5.4.1.1., 9.25.3.2.                             warm air heating, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                      repair garages, 9.10.9.19.                                   Air quality, emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9.
                                                                                                      requirement for, 9.25.3.1.                                   Air-supported structures
                                                                                                      storage garages, 9.10.9.18.                                    clearance to flammable material, 3.1.18.4.
                                                                                                    Airborne sound rating, 3.3.4.6., 5.8.1.2., 9.11.                 clearance to other structures, 3.1.18.3.
                                                                                                    Air cleaning devices, 6.3.2.14.                                  definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Air-conditioning systems and equipment                           electrical systems, 3.1.18.7.
                                                                                                      access, 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.                          emergency air supply, 3.1.18.6.
                                                                                                      cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.                                  fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5.                            fire safety restrictions, 3.1.18.2.
                                                                                                      cooling units, 6.6.1.1.                                        flame resistance, 3.1.18.5.
                                                                                                      design, 6.2.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.     means of egress, 3.1.18.1.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36.                                       roof coverings, 3.1.15.2.
                                                                                                      fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.                 structural design basis, 4.4.1.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.2.1., 6.6.1.1., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1.,        Airtightness
                                                                                                          9.33.4., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.                              building envelope, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10., 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      installation standards, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.,        buildings and dwelling units, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                          9.33.6.7.                                                  determination of, 9.36.6.3.
                                                                                                      performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.                           energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.
                                                                                                      protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.                  energy conservation points, 9.36.8.
                                                                                                      structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.                       guarded test, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.                           level, 9.36.6., 9.36.8.8.
                                                                                                      temperature controls, 9.36.3.6.                                material standards, 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                    Air contaminants, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.3., 6.3.2.9., 6.3.2.14.        measurement, 9.36.6.3.
                                                                                                    Air duct systems                                                 measuring, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 6.3.2.1.                                  requirement for, 5.4.1.1.
                                                                                                      clearance of ducts and plenums, 6.3.2.6.                       unguarded test, 9.36.6.
                                                                                                      connections, 6.3.2.4.                                          windows, doors and skylights, 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4.
                                                                                                      drain pans, 6.3.2.2.                                         Air washers, 6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                      duct coverings and linings, 6.3.2.5.                         Aisles
                                                                                                      filters, 6.3.2.13.                                             with adaptable seats, 3.8.3.22.
                                                                                                      interconnection, 6.3.2.7.                                      with fixed seats, 3.3.2.5.
                                                                                                      makeup air, 6.3.2.8.                                           within floor areas, 3.3.1.10.
                                                                                                      materials, 6.3.2.3.                                            leading to exits, 3.4.2.5.
                                                                                                      openings, 6.8.1.2.                                             minimum clear width, 3.3.2.1.
                                                                                                      supply, return, intake and exhaust air openings,               outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11.
                                                                                                          6.3.2.9.                                                   with steps, handrails for, 3.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      tape, 6.3.2.19.                                                width, 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                      vibration isolation connectors, 6.3.2.18.                    Alarm signal
                                                                                                    Air filters, 6.3.2.13., 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.                     audibility, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18.
                                                                                                                                                                     definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]


                                                                                                    Index                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      design, 3.2.4.4.                                          Appliances
                                                                                                      high buildings, 3.2.6.7.                                    (see also Heating appliances; Heating systems
                                                                                                      silencing, 3.2.4.6.                                            and equipment; Heating, ventilating and
                                                                                                      sound pressure, 3.2.4.18., 9.10.19.4.                          air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and
                                                                                                      system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.                                   equipment)
                                                                                                    Alert signal                                                  in access to exit, 3.3.1.2.
                                                                                                      audibility, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18.                            air-conditioning, 6.2.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]
                                                                                                      design, 3.2.4.4.                                            cooling, 6.2.1., 6.6.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.
                                                                                                      high buildings, 3.2.6.7.                                    definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.                                in exit, 3.4.4.4.
                                                                                                    Alterations to buildings, 1.1.1.1. [A], 1.4.1.2. [A]          exterior, 3.6.1.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Alternative materials, 1.2.2.1. [A]                           fuel-fired, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.10.4.
                                                                                                    Alternative solutions, 1.2.1.1. [A], 2.3.1. [C]               heating, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                    Aluminum                                                      location, 3.6.1.5., 6.3.2.17., 6.4.1.1., 9.10.10.4.
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.27.3.7., 9.28.1.5.       in means of egress, 9.9.5.7.
                                                                                                      nails, 9.26.2.3.                                            outdoor location, 6.2.1.6., 6.3.2.17., 6.4.1.2.
                                                                                                      roofing, 9.26.13.1.                                         protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.
                                                                                                      siding, 9.27.11.1.                                          rooftop, 3.6.1.5., 3.6.2.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      structural design basis, 4.3.5.                             solid-fuel-burning, 3.6.2.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                    Ammonium nitrate, 3.3.6.6.                                    storage, 1.2.2.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Anchorage                                                     used, 1.2.2.3. [A]
                                                                                                      anchor bolts, 9.20.11.6., 9.20.17.6.                        ventilating, 6.2.1., 9.32.3.2.
                                                                                                      columns, 9.23.6.2., 9.35.4.3.                             Application of National Building Code
                                                                                                      concrete stairs, 9.8.10.2.                                  divisions A, B, C, 1.3. [A]
                                                                                                      cornices, 9.20.11.5.                                        factory-constructed buildings, 1.1.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                      floors, 9.20.11.                                            farm buildings, 1.1.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                      foundations, 9.23.6., 9.35.4.3.                             new buildings, 1.1.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                      framing, 9.23.6.                                            objectives, 2.1.1. [A], 3.2. [A]
                                                                                                      horizontal force factor, 4.1.8.18.                          seasonally and intermittently occupied buildings,
                                                                                                      lateral loads, 9.23.6.1.                                       9.1.1.1.
                                                                                                      masonry, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.                                Arches
                                                                                                      masonry walls to wood-frame construction,                   fire-resistance ratings, 9.10.8.3.
                                                                                                          9.20.11.3., 9.20.11.4.                                  in storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15.
                                                                                                      roofs, 9.20.11., 9.20.17.6.                                 supporting floor above basement, 3.2.1.4.
                                                                                                      sills, 9.20.11.5.                                           supporting masonry over openings, 9.20.5.2.
                                                                                                      small buildings, 9.23.6.3.                                  supporting service room/space, 3.1.7.5.
                                                                                                      walls, 9.20.11., 9.23.3.4.                                Arch roofs, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10.
                                                                                                    Anhydrous ammonia, storage, 3.3.6.3.                        Areas of refuge, 3.3.3.6.
                                                                                                    Annual energy consumption                                   Areas and spaces
                                                                                                      building envelope, 9.36.5.6.                                design, 9.5.
                                                                                                      climatic data calculations, 9.36.5.5.                       dimensions, 9.5.1.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 9.36.5.2.                                     Arena-type buildings
                                                                                                      HVAC systems, 9.36.5.7.                                     building classification, 3.1.2.3.
                                                                                                      modeling, proposed house, 9.36.5.9. - 9.36.5.12.            building height exceptions, 3.2.1.1.
                                                                                                      modeling, reference house, 9.36.5.13. - 9.36.5.16.          roof assemblies, 3.2.2.17.
                                                                                                      performance compliance, 9.36.5.3.                           seating, 3.3.2.2.
                                                                                                      performance compliance calculations, 9.36.5.4.            Artesian groundwater, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.5.5.
                                                                                                      service water heating systems, 9.36.5.8.                  Asbestos in air distribution systems and equipment,
                                                                                                    Annunciators, fire alarm, 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.4.15.,         6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.
                                                                                                          3.2.5.14., 3.2.7.10.                                  Assembly areas
                                                                                                    Antennas and antenna-supporting structures                    loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.6., 4.1.7.11.                             loads on tributary areas, 4.1.5.8.
                                                                                                    Apparent sound transmission class (ASTC)                      sway forces and load, 4.1.5.10.
                                                                                                      calculation of, 5.8.1.2., 5.8.1.4., 5.8.1.5., 9.11.1.2.   Assembly occupancy (Group A)
                                                                                                      compliance, 5.8.1.3., 9.11.1.3.                             air-supported structure as, 3.1.18.6.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    assistive listening devices, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.3.19.
                                                                                                                                                                  building classification, 3.1.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                  corridors, 3.3.2.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                  doors, 3.3.2.7.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                      Index
                                                                                                      fire protection, 3.2.2.17., 3.2.2.20. - 3.2.2.35., 9.10.1.3.     exterior, 3.2.2.11.
                                                                                                      fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.2.1.                 guards around, 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.
                                                                                                      location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7.                         horizontal exits, 3.4.6.10.
                                                                                                      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.                                         limiting distance, 3.2.3.6.
                                                                                                      safety glazing, 3.3.2.17.                                        loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4., 9.4.2.3.
                                                                                                      signals to fire department, 3.2.4.7.                             occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                      visible alarm signals, 3.2.4.19.                                 snow loads, 9.4.2.3.
                                                                                                      washrooms, 3.7.2.                                                sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      wheelchair spaces, 3.8.2.3.                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                    Assistive listening systems, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.19.      Banks, 3.4.6.17.
                                                                                                    Atomizers, 6.3.2.16.                                             Barricades, construction and demolition sites, 8.2.1.3.,
                                                                                                    Attendant booths, 6.3.1.3.                                            8.2.3.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Attics or roof spaces                                            Barrier-free
                                                                                                      access, 3.6.4.4., 9.19.2.                                        accessible change space, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      clearances, 9.19.1.3.                                            adult-size change table, 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                         balconies, 3.3.1.7.
                                                                                                      exterior wall enclosing, 3.2.3.3.                                bathtubs, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.18.
                                                                                                      fire blocks, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16.1.                    clear floor area/space, 3.3.3.5., 3.4.6.10., 3.7.2.8.,
                                                                                                      fire protection, 9.10.12.4.                                         3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.6. - 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.10. - 3.8.3.13.,
                                                                                                      foamed plastics in, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10.                           3.8.3.16. - 3.8.3.18., 3.8.3.21.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.19.                               controls, 3.8.2.6., 3.8.3.8.
                                                                                                      insulation, 9.25.2.4.                                            counters, 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.20.
                                                                                                      loads, 4.1.5.3., 9.4.2.4.                                        definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.                         design standards, 3.8., 3.8.3.1., 9.5.2.
                                                                                                      service spaces, 3.6.1.1.                                         doors and doorways, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      soffits protection, 3.2.3.16.                                    drinking fountains, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.10.
                                                                                                      venting, 5.3.1.2., 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.                             elevators, 3.3.1.7., 3.5.2.1., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.7.
                                                                                                    Audible signal devices, 3.2.4.17., 3.2.4.18.                       entrances, 3.8.2.2.
                                                                                                    Auditoriums                                                        exterior walks, 3.8.3.3.
                                                                                                      size and construction, 3.2.2.21., 3.2.2.22.                      floor areas, 3.8.2.3.
                                                                                                      seating, 3.3.2.4.                                                floor surfaces, 3.8.3.2.
                                                                                                    Authority having jurisdiction, 1.4.1.2. [A]                        lavatories, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.16.
                                                                                                    Automatic locking devices, 3.3.4.5.                                parking areas, 3.8.2.5.
                                                                                                    Automatic sprinkler systems (see Sprinkler systems)                path of travel (see Path of travel, barrier-free)
                                                                                                                                                                       ramps, 3.8.3.5.
                                                                                                                                                                       service counters, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.20.
                                                                                                                                 B                                     showers, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                                                                                       signs, 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                       soap and towel dispensers, 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                    Backdraft prevention, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                                                                                       spaces in seating areas, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.
                                                                                                    Backfill
                                                                                                      (see also Fill)                                                  tactile attention indicators, 3.3.1.19.
                                                                                                                                                                       telephone shelves, 3.8.2.11., 3.8.3.21.
                                                                                                      excavations, 9.12.3.
                                                                                                                                                                       transfer space, 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.13., 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                      material, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.3.
                                                                                                    Backfilling                                                        universal dressing and shower room, 3.8.2.8.,
                                                                                                                                                                          3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                      (see also Fill)
                                                                                                                                                                       universal washrooms, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      beneath concrete stairs, 9.8.10.3.
                                                                                                      beneath floors on grade, 4.2.5.8.                                urinals, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.15.
                                                                                                                                                                       vestibules, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      beneath footings, 4.2.5.8.
                                                                                                                                                                       washrooms, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.9., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16.
                                                                                                      beneath foundations, 4.2.5.8.
                                                                                                      grading, 9.12.3.2.                                               water bottle filling station, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.11.
                                                                                                                                                                       water closets, 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.14.
                                                                                                      placement, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     Barriers
                                                                                                      review, 4.2.2.3.
                                                                                                    Bacteria, minimizing growth of, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.15.,               across transparent panels, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                                                                                       preventing exit obstruction, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.11.2.
                                                                                                         6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                                                                                     Basements
                                                                                                    Balance stops, 9.33.6.9.
                                                                                                                                                                       access, 3.2.5.2., 9.10.20.2.
                                                                                                    Balconies
                                                                                                                                                                       ceiling height, 9.5.3.1.
                                                                                                      as access to exit, 9.9.9.3.
                                                                                                                                                                       crawl spaces considered as, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.8.9.
                                                                                                      concealed spaces in, 3.1.11.5.
                                                                                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                                                                                       exit signs, 3.4.5.3.
                                                                                                      earthquake load and effects, 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                                                                                       fire containment, 3.2.1.5.
                                                                                                      exception to travel limit, 9.9.9.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                       fire protection, 3.2.2.15., 9.10.1.3.                        roof edges, 9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.
                                                                                                       fire-resistance of floor assemblies over, 3.2.1.4.           subflooring, 9.23.15.3.
                                                                                                       fire separations, 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16.                      walls, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.2.
                                                                                                       heating requirements, 9.33.3.1.                           Boarding and lodging houses, 9.10.9.16.
                                                                                                       industrial occupancy (Group F), 3.3.5.3.                  Boiler rooms, 3.6.2.2., 9.10.10.4.
                                                                                                       insulation, 9.25.2.2.                                     Boilers
                                                                                                       large or multi-storey, 9.10.1.3.                             definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       lighting, 9.34.2.3., 9.34.2.4.                               installation standard, 6.2.1.5.
                                                                                                       residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47.                   performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                       storage garages, 3.1.10.3., 3.2.1.2., 9.10.4.3.           Bonding
                                                                                                       supply outlets, 9.33.6.11.                                   intersecting masonry walls, 9.20.11.2.
                                                                                                    Bathroom accessories, 3.7.2.3., 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.8.,             masonry, 9.20.9.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.18.                        Book shelves, 3.3.2.13.
                                                                                                    Bathrooms                                                    Braced wall bands, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.23.13.4., 9.23.13.5.
                                                                                                       (see also Washrooms)                                      Braced wall panels
                                                                                                       ceiling height, 9.5.3.1.                                     anchorage, 9.23.6.1., 9.23.13.5.
                                                                                                       doorways, 9.4.4.3.                                           definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.3.                               fastening, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.3.5.
                                                                                                    Bathtubs, 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.18., 9.6.1.4.                         gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.
                                                                                                    Beams                                                           lateral loads, 9.23.13.5., 9.23.13.6.
                                                                                                       bearing, 9.23.8.1.                                           plywood, 9.29.6.3.
                                                                                                       built-up, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.                    and wall supports, 9.23.9.8.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.23.4.1.                                     Bracing, wood-frame walls, 9.23.13., 9.23.13.4.,
                                                                                                       glued-laminated, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.                9.23.13.5.
                                                                                                       in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.                    Breeching, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.                                    Bridging floor joists, 9.23.9.4.
                                                                                                       preservative treatment, 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.              Builder (see Constructor)
                                                                                                       ridge, 9.23.14.8.                                         Building area
                                                                                                       spans, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.                       assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                       spans, maximum, 9.23.4.                                         3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                       steel, 9.23.4.3., 9.23.8.2.                                  assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),
                                                                                                       supported on masonry or concrete, 9.10.9.11.,                   3.2.2.23.
                                                                                                          9.15.5., 9.20.8.3., 9.20.8.4., 9.21.5.3., 9.23.2.2.,      assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),
                                                                                                          9.23.2.3.                                                    3.2.2.29.
                                                                                                       to support floors, 9.23.8.                                   business and personal services occupancy (Group
                                                                                                       wood, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.                                      D), 3.2.2.56.
                                                                                                    Bearing surface, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B
                                                                                                    Bedrooms                                                           Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.
                                                                                                       means of egress, 9.9.10.1.                                   care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B
                                                                                                       mechanical ventilation, 9.32.2.3.                               Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.
                                                                                                       natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2.                               care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B
                                                                                                       windows, 9.9.10.1.                                              Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                    Bio-contaminants, minimizing growth of, 6.3.1.5.,               definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          6.3.2.15.                                                 determination, 1.3.3.4. [A]
                                                                                                    Bleachers                                                       determination of fire safety requirements, 3.2.2.5.
                                                                                                       aisles, 3.3.2.5.                                             high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                       guards, 3.3.2.9.                                                Division 1), 3.2.2.72.
                                                                                                       inspection, 4.1.5.12.                                        low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                       load analysis, 4.1.5.12.                                        Division 3), 3.2.2.82.
                                                                                                       locking, 4.1.5.12.                                           medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                       seats, 3.3.2.5.                                                 Division 2), 3.2.2.76.
                                                                                                       steps, 3.3.2.5., 3.3.2.12.                                   mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66.
                                                                                                    Blocking                                                        residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47.
                                                                                                       cladding, 9.27.5.2.                                          self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2.1.
                                                                                                       cladding and interior finishing materials, 9.23.10.5.     Building assemblies
                                                                                                       doors, 9.7.5.2.                                              effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                       with handrails, 9.8.7.7.                                     fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.5.
                                                                                                       joists, 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4., 9.23.14.9.                     off-site review, 2.2.7.5. [C]
                                                                                                       nailing, 9.23.3.4.                                           replacement options, 9.36.2.11.
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.                     thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.4.
                                                                                                       rafters and joints, 9.23.14.7.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                  Index
                                                                                                    Building classification                                    exposing building face, 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                      by major occupancy, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.                    fire access route design, 3.2.5.6.
                                                                                                      for wind load calculations, 4.1.7.2.                     fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.
                                                                                                    Building, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                         fire protection, 3.2.2.56. - 3.2.2.65.
                                                                                                    Building envelope                                          fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36.2.                               fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.
                                                                                                      energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.6.               flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                      energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.10., 9.36.5.14.      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                      replacement options, 9.36.2.11.                          sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.4.                washrooms, 3.7.2.
                                                                                                    Building height
                                                                                                      access route design, 3.2.5.6.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                          3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                                                                                                        C
                                                                                                      assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),
                                                                                                          3.2.2.23.                                         Cabinetry, around cooktops, 9.10.22.3.
                                                                                                      assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),             Cables
                                                                                                          3.2.2.29.                                           in air barrier systems, 9.36.2.10.
                                                                                                      business and personal services occupancy                in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3.
                                                                                                          (Group D), 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.59., 3.2.2.60.          elevator, 3.1.5.22.
                                                                                                      care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B         in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21.
                                                                                                          Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.                   penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2.
                                                                                                      care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B         in plenums, 3.6.4.3.
                                                                                                          Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.                Caissons (see Pile foundations)
                                                                                                      care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B       Calculations and analyses
                                                                                                          Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.                  heat, air and moisture transfer, 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                HVAC equipment and systems, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.4.1.
                                                                                                      determination, 1.3.3.4. [A], 3.2.1.1., 9.10.4.          limit states design, 4.1.3.
                                                                                                      determination of fire safety requirements, 3.2.2.5.     snow, rain and ice load, 4.1.6.
                                                                                                      exceptions, 3.2.1.1.                                    structural, 2.2.4.5. [C], 4
                                                                                                      garages as separate buildings, 9.10.4.3.                wind load, 4.1.7., 5.2.1.3., 5.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,            Canopies
                                                                                                          Division 1), 3.2.2.72.                              fabrics, 3.1.16.1.
                                                                                                      low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,               for vertically separated openings, 3.2.3.17.
                                                                                                          Division 3), 3.2.2.82.                              wind loads, 4.1.7.12.
                                                                                                      medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,          Capacity of exit, 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                          Division 2), 3.2.2.76.                            Carbon monoxide
                                                                                                      mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66.               alarms, 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                      mezzanines excluded, 9.10.4.1.                          concentration, 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                      mezzanines included, 9.10.4.2.                          detectors, 6.3.1.3., 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                      residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47.,           Care, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52.                              Care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B)
                                                                                                      rooftop enclosures excluded, 9.10.4.4.                  air circulation, 6.3.2.7.
                                                                                                    Building services                                         building classification, 3.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      barrier-free controls, 3.8.3.8.                         carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1.
                                                                                                      emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9.                        definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.                        door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.
                                                                                                      and firewalls, 3.1.10.1.                                doorway width, 3.3.3.4.
                                                                                                      penetrating fire separations and fire-rated             electromagnetic locks, 3.4.6.17.
                                                                                                          assemblies, 9.10.9.6.                               emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.
                                                                                                    Building size determination                               emergency power supply, 3.2.7.6.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 1.3.3.4. [A]                       evaporative heat rejection systems, 6.3.2.15.
                                                                                                      inclusions, 9.10.4.1.                                   fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.18.
                                                                                                      relative to occupancy, 3.2.2.1., 9.10.8.                fire protection, 3.2.2.36. - 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                    Built-up roofing, 9.26.11.                                fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.3., 3.3.3.1.
                                                                                                    Business and personal services occupancy (Group D)        location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7.
                                                                                                      classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.                       occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                ramp slope maximum, 3.4.6.7.
                                                                                                      emergency power for fire alarm systems, 3.2.7.8.        as residential occupancy, 3.1.2.5.
                                                                                                      emergency power for lighting, 3.2.7.4.                  self-closing door hardware, 3.1.8.13.
                                                                                                      exit stairs, 9.9.4.7.                                   sleeping room exits, 3.4.1.6.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20.                                    subfloor, 9.23.15.5.
                                                                                                      smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.                                 underlay, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.2.1., 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                      sprinkler systems, 3.2.2.19., 3.2.5.12.                  Chases, 9.20.7.
                                                                                                      visible alarm signals, 3.2.4.19.                         Children's custodial homes (see also Home-type care
                                                                                                    Carpets, 3.1.13.1.                                              occupancy), 3.1.2.5., 3.2.4.3., 9.10.2.2.
                                                                                                    Carports                                                   Chimneys
                                                                                                      (see also Garages)                                         access ladders, 6.3.3.4.
                                                                                                      columns, 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.                              airtightness, 9.36.2.10.
                                                                                                      concrete for floors, 9.3.1.6.                              bracing, 9.21.4.5.
                                                                                                      for dwelling units, 9.35.                                  caps, 9.21.4.6.
                                                                                                      spatial separation from other buildings, 9.10.14.1.,       cleanouts, 9.21.4.7.
                                                                                                          9.10.14.4.                                             clearances, 6.3.3.1., 9.21.5., 9.25.3.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      walls, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.                                concrete, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.21.4.2.,
                                                                                                    Catch basins, 9.14.6.4.                                         9.33.10.3.
                                                                                                    Caulking                                                     construction, 9.21.4.
                                                                                                      (see also Sealants)                                        definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      for ceramic wall tile, 9.29.10.5.                          design of, 6.3.3.2., 9.20.2.3., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.
                                                                                                      door frames, 9.20.13.11.                                   earthquake loads and effects, 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                      material standards, 9.29.10.5.                             factory-built, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.33.10.2.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.                   fireplace, 9.21.2.4., 9.21.2.5.
                                                                                                      requirements, 9.27.4., 9.27.4.1.                           flashing, 9.21.4.6., 9.21.4.10., 9.26.4.4., 9.26.4.6.,
                                                                                                      sill plates, 9.23.7.2.                                        9.26.4.8.
                                                                                                      stucco, 9.28.1.5.                                          flues, 9.21.2., 9.21.4.4.
                                                                                                      windows and frames, 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.11.                  footings, 9.21.4.3.
                                                                                                    Cavity walls                                                 fuel-fired appliances, 6.3.3.1., 9.33.10.1.
                                                                                                      corbelling, 9.20.12.2.                                     incinerators, 9.10.10.5., 9.21.2.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   lateral stability, 9.21.4.5.
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6.                           liners (see Liners, chimney)
                                                                                                      framing supported by, 9.20.8.2.                            masonry, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.21.4.1.,
                                                                                                      height and thickness, 9.20.6.2.                               9.33.10.3.
                                                                                                      lateral support, 9.20.10.1.                                metal, 6.3.3.3., 9.33.10.2.
                                                                                                      mortar droppings, 9.20.13.10.                              saddles, 9.26.4.8.
                                                                                                      precipitation protection, 9.27.2.2.                        sealing, 9.21.5.2.
                                                                                                      tying, 9.20.9.4.                                           venting equipment, 6.3.3.1.
                                                                                                    Ceiling membranes                                            walls, 9.21.1.2.
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 3.6.4.3., 9.10.3.4.                wall thickness, 9.21.4.8.
                                                                                                      fire stop flaps, 9.10.13.14.                             Chutes
                                                                                                      openings in, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.9.7.       linen, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      suspended, 9.10.3.4.                                       refuse, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                    Ceiling panels, factory-assembled, 3.1.5.7.                  sprinklers, 3.6.3.3.
                                                                                                    Ceilings                                                     venting, 3.6.3.3.
                                                                                                      air barrier systems, 9.25.3.                             Cladding
                                                                                                      area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.                               attachment, 9.27.5.
                                                                                                      assembly used as plenum, 3.1.9.6.                          for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6.
                                                                                                      in corridors, 3.1.13.6.                                    combustible, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                      effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6.                    in combustible construction, 3.1.4.8.
                                                                                                      fastened to floor joists, 9.23.9.4.                        exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.
                                                                                                      finish, 3.1.5.12., 9.29.                                   fastening to flat wall insulating concrete form
                                                                                                      foamed plastics in, 9.10.17.10.                               units, 9.27.5.4.
                                                                                                      framing, 9.23.14.                                          fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4.
                                                                                                      framing around openings, 9.23.14.2.                        housing and small buildings, 9.27.
                                                                                                      height, 9.5.3.                                             installation, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6.,
                                                                                                      joists, 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.                                9.27.5.
                                                                                                      thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1.                              interior, 3.1.13.1.
                                                                                                    Cement, standards for, 9.3.1.2.                              noncombustible, 3.1.4.8., 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.9.
                                                                                                    Central alarm and control facility, 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.4.,     in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5.
                                                                                                          3.2.6.7.                                               protection against precipitation, 5.6.
                                                                                                    Ceramic tile                                                 requirement for, 5.6.1.1., 9.27.2.1.
                                                                                                      as flooring, 9.30.6.                                       sealing, 5.6.2.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.4.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.29.10.1.                                   on steel studs, 9.24.1.5.
                                                                                                      as interior finish, 9.29.10.                               support of, 9.20.5., 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                  Index
                                                                                                      waterproofing, 9.27.4.                                        housing and small buildings, 9.27.7.
                                                                                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6., 4.1.7.14.                     material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.7.1.
                                                                                                    Cladding, clay tile, 9.23.4.5.                               Classification of buildings/building parts
                                                                                                    Cladding, concrete                                              by major occupancy, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.
                                                                                                      design, 9.20.6.6.                                             for wind load calculations, 4.1.7.2.
                                                                                                      water absorption, 9.20.2.6.                                Clearances
                                                                                                      weight, 9.20.2.6.                                             (see also Headroom clearance)
                                                                                                    Cladding, decorative, 3.1.5.24.                                 air discharged from, 6.3.2.15., 6.3.3.1.
                                                                                                    Cladding, exterior insulation finish systems                    attic or roof spaces, 9.19.1.3.
                                                                                                      application, 9.27.14.1.                                       chimneys, 6.3.3.1., 9.21.5., 9.25.3.3.
                                                                                                      design and installation, 9.27.14.3.                           cladding above ground, 9.27.2.4.
                                                                                                      materials, 9.27.14.2.                                         cladding to roof, 9.27.2.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Cladding, hardboard                                             combustible framing, 9.22.9.3.
                                                                                                      clearances, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.9.5.                              combustible material, 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.27.9.2.                                         cooktops, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.9.                          crawl spaces, 9.18.4.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.9.3.        door frames, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.9.1.                       ducts, 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9.4., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                    Cladding, insulated vinyl siding and vinyl siding               electric ranges, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.12.                         furnace plenums, 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.27.5., 9.27.12.2.                             furnaces, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.12.1.                      gas-fired ranges, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                    Cladding, lumber                                                gas vents, 9.25.3.3.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.27.6.2.                                         above ground, 9.15.4.6., 9.27.2.4.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.6.                          handrails, 9.8.7.5.
                                                                                                      installation, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.         hardboard siding, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1.                                  heating and air-conditioning equipment, 6.2.1.5.,
                                                                                                    Cladding, masonry                                                  9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                      bonding and tying, 9.20.9.                                    ovens, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.20.13.                                            pipes, 6.7.1.2., 9.33.8.3.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.20., 9.27.2.2.                 propane ranges, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 5.6.1.2.                                        siding above ground, 9.27.2.4.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1.                                  siding to roof, 9.27.2.4.
                                                                                                      mortar joints, 9.20.4.                                        smoke chambers, 9.22.9.3.
                                                                                                      support of, 9.20.5.                                           solid-fuel-burning appliances, 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                    Cladding, metal                                                 solid-fuel fired appliances, 6.2.1.5.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.11.                         stucco from ground, 9.28.1.4.
                                                                                                      installation, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.                    supply ducts, 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.11.1.                      unit heaters, 6.4.2.1.
                                                                                                    Cladding, OSB and waferboard                                    vented products of combustion, 6.3.3.1.
                                                                                                      clearances, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.10.4.                             window frames, 9.27.9.5., 9.27.10.4.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.27.10.2.                                        wood-frame construction, 9.23.2.2.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.10.                         wood above ground, 9.3.2.9., 9.23.2.3.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.3.,   Climatic data, 1.1.3., 9.36.5.5.
                                                                                                         9.27.10.4.                                              Closures
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.10.1.                      (see also Doors; Windows)
                                                                                                    Cladding, plywood                                               chutes, 3.6.3.3.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.27.8.2.                                         definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.27.8.                          door latches, 3.1.8.15., 3.4.6.16., 9.10.13.9.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.8.3.        elevator shaft openings, 3.2.6.5.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.8.1.                       exterior wall openings, 3.2.3.5.
                                                                                                      sealing, 5.6.2.1., 9.27.8.3., 9.27.8.4.                       fire dampers, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.10., 9.10.13.13.
                                                                                                    Cladding, polypropylene                                         fire-protection rating, 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.1.
                                                                                                      attachment, 9.27.13.2.                                        in fire separations, 3.2.8.2., 3.3.3.5., 9.10.9.3.,
                                                                                                      material standards, 9.27.13.1.                                   9.10.13., 9.10.13.8.
                                                                                                    Cladding, stone, 9.20.6.6.                                      glass blocks, 3.1.8.16., 3.2.3.5., 9.10.13.7.
                                                                                                    Cladding, waferboard (see Cladding, OSB and                     hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.
                                                                                                         waferboard)                                                installation, 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.1.
                                                                                                    Cladding, wood shingles and shakes                              maximum openings, 3.1.8.6.
                                                                                                      grades, 9.27.7.1.                                             protection of exit facilities, 3.2.3.13.



                                                                                                    Index                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,   Combustible piping
                                                                                                         9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.                               drain, waste and vent, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.7.
                                                                                                      smoke dampers, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.9., 3.1.8.11.              in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.19.
                                                                                                      temperature limits, 3.1.8.17.                             in sprinkler systems, 3.1.9.4., 3.2.5.13., 9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                      twenty-minute, 3.1.8.12.                                  in vacuum cleaning systems, 3.1.9.4.
                                                                                                      unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1.                            for water distribution, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                      wired glass, 3.1.8.16., 3.2.3.5.                        Combustible projections
                                                                                                    Cold weather requirements                                   exposing building face, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                      concrete, 9.3.1.9.                                        at firewalls, 3.1.10.7.
                                                                                                      excavations, 9.12.1.3.                                    limiting distance, 3.2.3.6.
                                                                                                      gypsum board, 9.29.5.10.                                  soffit protection, 3.2.3.16., 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                      HVAC systems and equipment, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.         Combustible refuse storage, 3.6.2.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      masonry, 9.20.14.                                       Combustion venting, 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                      stucco, 9.28.6.1.                                       Commercial cooking equipment, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,
                                                                                                    Collar ties, 9.23.14.7.                                        9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.
                                                                                                    Columns                                                   Communication, voice (see Voice communication
                                                                                                      anchorage, 9.23.6.2., 9.35.4.3.                              systems)
                                                                                                      carports, 9.35.3.4., 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.               Compatibility
                                                                                                      concrete, 9.17.6.                                         fasteners for cladding, 9.27.5.5.
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.3.                         resistance to deterioration, 5.1.4.2.
                                                                                                      garages, 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.                           Compliance
                                                                                                      heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.                       definition, 1.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.17.                        energy performance, 2.2.8.3. [C]
                                                                                                      lateral support, 9.17.2.2.                              Concealed spaces
                                                                                                      masonry, 9.17.5.                                          fire blocks in, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.3., 3.1.11.4., 3.1.11.5.,
                                                                                                      steel, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.3.                       3.1.11.7., 9.10.16., 9.10.16.1.
                                                                                                      supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8.4.               above fire separations, 3.1.8.3.
                                                                                                      wood, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.4.                     fire separations in, 3.6.4.2., 3.6.4.3., 9.10.9.12.
                                                                                                    Combustible cladding, 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.2.      insulation, 3.1.11.2.
                                                                                                    Combustible construction                                  Concrete
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  admixtures, 9.3.1.8.
                                                                                                      exterior cladding, 3.1.4.8.                               aggregate for, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.4., 9.3.1.7.
                                                                                                      fire-retardant-treated wood in, 3.1.4.5., 3.1.4.8.        cantilevered precast steps, 9.8.10.
                                                                                                      foamed plastics in, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10.                 cellular, 9.20.2.4.
                                                                                                      heavy timber in, 3.1.4.6., 3.1.4.7.                       chimneys, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.
                                                                                                      materials permitted, 3.1.4.1.                             cold weather requirements, 9.3.1.9.
                                                                                                      projections, 9.10.12.4., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.           columns, 9.17.6.
                                                                                                      raceways in, 3.1.4.4.                                     dampproofing, 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4., 9.13.2.5.
                                                                                                      supports, 3.1.8.2., 9.10.9.10.                            design, 4.2.3.5., 4.2.3.6., 9.3.1., 9.4.1.1.
                                                                                                      wires and cables in, 3.1.4.3.                             flues, 9.21.
                                                                                                    Combustible content, 3.2.8.8.                               foundations, 4.2.3.5., 4.2.3.6., 9.15.
                                                                                                    Combustible dusts                                           joints, 9.15.4.9.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  mixes, 9.3.1.7.
                                                                                                      and fire hose nozzles, 3.2.5.11.                          plain, reinforced and prestressed, 4.3.3., 9.3.1.
                                                                                                    Combustible fibres                                          roof tiles, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.17.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  slabs, for floors-on-ground, 9.16.4., 9.25.2.3.,
                                                                                                      storage building classification, 3.1.2.6.                    9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                    Combustible gases                                           stairs, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10.
                                                                                                      compressed, indoor storage, 3.3.6.3.                      standards for, 9.3.1.1., 9.3.1.3.
                                                                                                      storage, 3.3.6.2.                                         strength, compressive, 9.3.1.6.
                                                                                                    Combustible liquids                                         structural design basis, 4.3.3.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  sulphate-resistant, 9.3.1.3.
                                                                                                      storage, 3.3.2.16., 3.3.4.3.                              surface finish, 9.16.4.1.
                                                                                                      storage and dispensing rooms, 3.3.6.4.                    as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.
                                                                                                    Combustible materials                                       topping, 9.16.4.2., 9.23.4.4.
                                                                                                      clearances to ducts, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.        water used in, 9.3.1.5.
                                                                                                      in combustible construction, 3.1.4.1.                   Concrete block, 9.15.2.2., 9.17.5.1., 9.20.2.6.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.6.,     Condensation control
                                                                                                         9.10.6.                                                air barrier systems, 9.25.3.1.
                                                                                                      storage, 3.3.6.2.                                         in exhaust ducts, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                and heat transfer, 5.3.1.2.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                    Index
                                                                                                      properties, 9.25.5.1.                                     Cooling systems and equipment
                                                                                                      scope of Code, 5.1.1.1.                                     installation, 6.6.1.1., 9.33.9.1.
                                                                                                      thermal insulation, 9.25.2.1.                               structural movement, 4.1.8.18., 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.
                                                                                                      vapour barrier properties, 5.5.1.2.                         system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.
                                                                                                      vapour barriers, 9.25.4.3.                                Corbelling, 9.15.4.8., 9.20.12.
                                                                                                    Conditioned space, 1.4.1.2. [A]                             Cornices, 3.1.11.5.
                                                                                                    Conflicting requirements, 1.5.1.2. [A]                      Corridors
                                                                                                    Connected buildings, 3.2.6.3.                                 (see also Public areas; Public corridors)
                                                                                                    Construction                                                  access to exit, 3.3.2.6., 9.9.7.
                                                                                                      relative to occupancy, 9.10.8.                              assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.6.
                                                                                                      review of work, 2.2.7.2. [C]                                care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.3.,
                                                                                                      types, 9.10.6.                                                  3.3.3.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Construction camps, 9.10.21.                                  dead-end, 3.1.8.17., 3.3.1.9., 3.3.3.3., 3.3.4.4., 9.9.7.3.
                                                                                                    Construction sites                                            dimensions, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2.
                                                                                                      excavations, 8.2.2.                                         doors opening into, 3.3.1.11., 9.9.6.1.
                                                                                                      guard persons, 8.2.1.4.                                     emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.
                                                                                                      repair of damaged public property, 8.2.3.4.                 fire separations, 9.10.9.17.
                                                                                                      safety measures, 8.1.                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.21.6.
                                                                                                      unoccupied, 8.2.1.5.                                        illumination, 3.2.7.1., 3.2.7.3.
                                                                                                      use of streets or public property, 8.2.3.                   loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4.
                                                                                                      vehicular traffic control, 8.2.4.                           obstructions, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2., 9.9.5.3., 9.9.6.1.
                                                                                                      warning lights, 8.2.3.5.                                    paired doors in, 3.3.3.3.
                                                                                                      waste material, 8.2.5.                                      protruding building elements, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.5.3.
                                                                                                    Constructor, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                         serving patients' sleeping rooms, 3.3.3.5.
                                                                                                    Contained use areas                                           sliding glass partitions, 9.6.1.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.
                                                                                                      doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.11.,              temperature rise and area limits exception, 3.1.8.19.
                                                                                                         3.4.6.16.                                                transparent doors in, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.                                transparent panels in, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                      fire annunciators, 3.2.4.8.                                 width, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.3.3., 9.9.5.2.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 3.3.3.7.                                  width, in dwelling units, 9.5.4.1.
                                                                                                      smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.                                  windows in, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                      sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.19.                  Corrosion protection
                                                                                                    Contaminated air                                              (see also Corrosion resistance)
                                                                                                      minimum distances of air intakes from, 6.3.2.9.             pipes, 9.31.2.2.
                                                                                                      movement, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.6.3.                                service water heaters, 9.31.6.3.
                                                                                                      removal, 6.3.1.5., 6.3.2.14.                                steel beams, 9.23.8.2.
                                                                                                    Continental seating, 3.3.2.4.                                 steel lintels, 9.20.5.2.
                                                                                                    Controls                                                    Corrosion resistance
                                                                                                      barrier-free, 3.8.2.6., 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.10., 3.8.3.17.,     (see also Corrosion protection)
                                                                                                         3.8.3.18.                                                ducts, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                      feedback signal, 3.8.3.8.                                   elements in environmental separators, 5.1.4.2.
                                                                                                      location, 3.8.3.8.                                          fasteners for cladding, 9.27.5.5.
                                                                                                      operation, 3.8.3.8.                                         masonry connectors, 9.20.16.1.
                                                                                                      temperature, 9.33.4.3.                                      plumbing, 9.31.2.2.
                                                                                                      visible, 3.8.3.8.                                           screens and grilles, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                    Convalescent homes                                            service water heaters, 9.31.6.3.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.3.                              Counters
                                                                                                      as residential occupancies, 3.1.2.5., 9.10.2.2.             for service to the public, 3.8.3.1., 3.8.3.20.
                                                                                                    Convectors, 9.33.7.1.                                         for telephones, 3.8.3.21.
                                                                                                    Cooking equipment, commercial, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,          Covered ways, 8.2.1.1., 8.2.1.2.
                                                                                                         9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.                                 Coverings
                                                                                                    Cooktops                                                      ducts, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                      (see also Stoves)                                           pipes, 6.3.2.5.
                                                                                                      clearances, 9.10.22.1., 9.10.22.2.                        Crack control joints, 9.15.4.9.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  Cranes, loads due to, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.5.11.
                                                                                                      fans, 9.32.3.11.                                          Crawl spaces
                                                                                                      hoods, 9.32.3.11.                                           access, 3.6.4.6., 9.18.2.1., 9.18.4.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.10.22.1., 9.33.5.3.                         air barrier systems in, 9.18.1.3.
                                                                                                      protection around, 9.10.22.3.                               application of Code, 3.6.1.1.
                                                                                                    Coolers, walk-in, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.             clearance, 9.18.4.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      drainage, 9.18.5.                                              snow loads, 9.4.2.3.
                                                                                                      fire blocks in, 3.1.11.1., 3.1.11.6.                           sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      fire resistance of floors over, 9.10.8.1., 9.10.9.4.         Deep foundations
                                                                                                      fire separations, 3.3.1.4.                                     damaged, 4.2.7.6.
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 9.18.7.1.                                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      ground cover, 9.18.6.                                          design, 4.2.7.2.
                                                                                                      heated, 9.13.4.2., 9.18.1.3., 9.33.3.1.                        installation, 4.2.7.5.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.18.                             load testing, 4.2.7.2.
                                                                                                      insulation, 9.18.1.3., 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.                    location and alignment, 4.2.7.3., 4.2.7.4.
                                                                                                      regulated as basements, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.8.9.                  Definitions of words and phrases, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.1.3.1.
                                                                                                      return-air inlets, 9.33.6.12.                                Deflections
                                                                                                      supply outlets, 9.33.6.11.                                     air barrier systems, 5.2.2.1., 5.4.1.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      unheated, 9.18.1.3.                                            structure, 4.1.3.5., 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.3., 4.1.8.13., 9.4.3.
                                                                                                      vapour barrier in, 9.18.1.3.                                 Deformation resistance, 5.2.2.1., 9.12.2.2., 9.15.1.3.
                                                                                                      ventilation, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3.                               Demolition sites, safety measures, 8.1.1.3.
                                                                                                      as warm-air plenums, 9.18.7.1.                               Depressurization, protection against, 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                    Curbs, repair and storage garages, 3.3.5.4., 9.8.8.4.          Design
                                                                                                    Curtain walls (see Fenestration)                                 environmental separation, 5
                                                                                                    Curved roofs, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10.                     HVAC systems, 6.2.1.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.
                                                                                                    Cutting operations room, 3.3.1.26.                               structural, 4, 9.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   Design calculations and analyses, 2.2.4.5. [C]
                                                                                                                                                                   Designer
                                                                                                                                D                                    definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                     of parts and components, 2.2.4.4. [C]
                                                                                                                                                                     as reviewer of work, 2.2.7.2. [C], 2.2.7.3. [C],
                                                                                                    Dampers                                                             2.2.7.4. [C]
                                                                                                      (see also Fire dampers)                                        signature requirements, 2.2.4.2. [C], 2.2.4.4. [C]
                                                                                                      access, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.                                    structural, requirements for, 2.2.1.2. [C]
                                                                                                      adjustable, 9.33.6.9.                                          subsurface inspection, 4.2.2.3., 4.2.2.4., 4.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      fireplaces, 9.22.6.1.                                        Design temperatures
                                                                                                    Dampproofing                                                     indoor, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 9.33.3.1.
                                                                                                      crawl spaces, 9.18.6.                                          outdoor, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 6.2.1.2.,
                                                                                                      floors, 9.23.2.3.                                                 9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                      floors-on-ground, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.6.                       Detectors
                                                                                                      foundations, 9.13.2.                                           carbon monoxide, 6.3.1.3., 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.8.,
                                                                                                      installation, 9.13.2.4.                                           9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.13.2.2.                        fire, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.
                                                                                                      preparation of surface, 9.13.2.3.                              heat, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                      protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.4.                          smoke, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.1.8.14., 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.11.,
                                                                                                      protection of interior finishes, 9.13.2.5., 9.20.13.9.,           3.2.4.12., 3.2.4.14., 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21., 3.6.2.7.,
                                                                                                         9.23.2.3.                                                      6.9.2.2., 9.10.18., 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4., 9.10.18.5.,
                                                                                                      requirement for, 9.13.2.1.                                        9.10.21.7.
                                                                                                      walls, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4., 9.20.13.9.,            sprinklers installed in lieu of, 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                         9.23.2.3.                                                 Detention occupancy (see Care, treatment or
                                                                                                    Dance halls                                                         detention occupancy)
                                                                                                      access to exit, 3.3.1.17.                                    Deterioration
                                                                                                      principal entrances, 3.4.2.6.                                  (see also Decay, protection against)
                                                                                                    Dangerous goods                                                  due to moisture, 5.5.1.2.
                                                                                                      access openings, 3.2.5.1.                                      resistance to, 5.1.4.2., 9.20.16.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     Diaphragms, earthquake design, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.11.,
                                                                                                      hazardous areas design, 3.3.6.                                    4.1.8.15., 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                      process plants, 3.3.6.8., 3.3.6.9.                           Differential movement
                                                                                                      storage, 3.3.6.2., 3.3.6.3.                                    columns, 9.17.2.2.
                                                                                                    Dead-end corridors, 3.1.8.17., 3.3.1.9., 3.3.3.3., 3.3.4.4.,     decks and other accessible platforms, 9.12.2.2.,
                                                                                                         9.9.7.3.                                                       9.23.6.2.
                                                                                                    Dead loads, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.1.3.2., 4.1.4., 9.4.3.1.             elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1.,
                                                                                                    Decay, protection against, 9.3.2.9., 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.           5.2.2.1.
                                                                                                      (see also Deterioration)                                       metal and vinyl cladding, 9.27.5.6.
                                                                                                    Decking for wood shingled roofs, 9.26.9.1.                     Diffusers, 3.6.5.7., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                    Decks                                                            (see also Air outlets)
                                                                                                      foundations, 9.12.2.2.                                       Dining areas, loads, 4.1.5.6.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                         Index
                                                                                                    Direct-vented, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      site-built, 9.7.5.
                                                                                                    Dispensing rooms, flammable and combustible                      sliding (see Sliding doors)
                                                                                                          liquids, 3.3.6.4.                                          in smoke-tight barriers, 9.10.9.3.
                                                                                                    Distilled beverage alcohol, 1.4.1.2. [A]                         of solid core wood, 9.10.13.
                                                                                                    Distilleries, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.5.11.                            standards for, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4., 9.10.13.2.
                                                                                                    Distribution panel, emergency lighting, 3.2.7.10.                storage garages, 9.9.6.4.
                                                                                                    Domes, snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.10.                            storage suites, 9.9.6.4.
                                                                                                    Door assemblies                                                  storm, 5.9.2.4., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.3.1., 9.7.3.3.
                                                                                                      as fire-protection closures, 3.1.8.5.                          temperature limits, 3.1.8.17.
                                                                                                      leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.                                        thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.
                                                                                                    Door frames                                                      thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.7.
                                                                                                      caulking, 9.20.13.11.                                          thresholds, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1., 3.8.3.6., 3.8.3.17.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      sealant, 9.27.4.1.                                             water-closet stalls, 3.8.3.12.
                                                                                                      steel, 9.10.13.6.                                            Door stops, 9.10.13.16.
                                                                                                      thermal breaks, 9.7.3.3.                                     Doorways
                                                                                                      wood, 9.10.13.3.                                               (see also Doors)
                                                                                                    Doors                                                            barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      (see also Closures; Doorways)                                  bathrooms, 9.5.5.3.
                                                                                                      action of, 9.9.6.4.                                            dimensions, 3.3.3.4., 3.4.3.2., 9.5.5., 9.7.2.2., 9.9.6.2.,
                                                                                                      airtightness, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.                                9.9.6.3.
                                                                                                      area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.                                   between dwelling unit and garage, 9.10.13.15.
                                                                                                      barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6.                          dwelling units, 9.5.5.1.
                                                                                                      in bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.                                         headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4.
                                                                                                      containing foamed plastics, 3.1.4.2.                           at landings, 9.8.6.2., 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                      in corridors, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.3.3., 9.9.6.1., 9.10.13.          means of egress, 3.3.1.5.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 3.3.3.4., 9.5.5., 9.9.6.3.                         means of egress from dwelling units, 9.9.9.
                                                                                                      direction of swing, 3.3.1.11., 3.3.3.3., 3.4.6.10.,            means of egress from suites, 3.3.1.3., 3.3.1.5.,
                                                                                                          3.4.6.12., 3.6.2.6., 9.9.6.5., 9.10.13.12.                     9.9.7.2., 9.9.7.4., 9.9.7.6., 9.9.8.
                                                                                                      between dwelling unit and garage, 9.10.13.15.                  near stairs, 9.8.6.2.
                                                                                                      in dwelling units, 3.1.13.2.                                   obstructions, 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.3.
                                                                                                      emergency crossover access to floor areas, 3.4.6.18.           at ramp landings, 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                      energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.                          secondary suites, 9.5.5.1.
                                                                                                      energy conservation points, 9.36.8.                            service rooms, 9.9.5.9.
                                                                                                      for exits, 3.1.8.14., 3.4.5.1., 3.4.6.11., 3.4.6.12.,          water-closet rooms, 9.5.5.2.
                                                                                                          3.4.6.16., 9.9.6.                                          width, 3.3.3.4., 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                      exterior, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4.3., 9.7.5.2.             Downspouts, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.6.5., 9.26.18.1.
                                                                                                      in fire separations, 3.1.8.12. - 3.1.8.15., 3.1.8.17.,       Draft stops, 3.2.8.6.
                                                                                                          3.3.3.5., 9.10.13.                                       Drainage
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2., 3.1.13.7., 9.10.17.1.          above-ground masonry walls, 9.20.13.9.
                                                                                                      force required to open, 9.9.6.8.                               building envelopes, 5.6.2.2.
                                                                                                      glass or transparent, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8., 9.6., 9.6.1.3.,     crawl spaces, 9.18.5.
                                                                                                          9.9.4.3.                                                   disposal, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.5.
                                                                                                      hardware (see Hardware for doors)                              evacuation site, 9.14.4.3.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.7.                              floors, 9.16.3.3.
                                                                                                      incinerator rooms, 3.6.2.6.                                    floors-on-ground, 9.16.3.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.7.6.                                           footings, 9.14.
                                                                                                      at landings, 9.8.6.2.                                          foundations, 9.14.2., 9.35.3.3.
                                                                                                      manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4.                         granular layer installation, 9.14.4.2., 9.14.4.4.
                                                                                                      in means of egress, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.10., 3.4.6.11.,           granular layers, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.
                                                                                                          9.9.6., 9.9.7., 9.10.13.                                   granular material, 9.14.4.1.
                                                                                                      in means of egress from dwelling units, 9.9.9.                 housing and small buildings, 9.14.
                                                                                                      in means of egress from suites, 9.9.6., 9.9.7.4.,              pipes, 9.14.3.
                                                                                                          9.9.7.6., 9.9.8.                                           pipes and tiles installation, 9.14.3.3.
                                                                                                      near steps or stairs, 3.4.6.11., 9.8.6.2., 9.9.6.6.            roofs, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.
                                                                                                      opening onto landings, 9.8.6.3.                                second plane of protection, 9.27.3.
                                                                                                      performance expectations, 9.7.3.                               surface water, 5.7., 9.12.3.2., 9.14., 9.14.6.
                                                                                                      power operators, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.                            tiles, 9.14.3.
                                                                                                      protection, 9.8.8.1.                                           underground ducts, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                      resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.2.                         Drainage systems, sanitary, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.31., 9.31.2.1.,
                                                                                                      revolving, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.                                     9.31.5.
                                                                                                      service rooms, 3.6.2.6., 9.10.13.12.                           (see also Plumbing)


                                                                                                    Index                                                                       National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Drain pans, 6.3.2.2.                                                underground, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                    Drains                                                              ventilation, 6.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.
                                                                                                      floors, 9.31.4.3.                                               Duct-type smoke detectors, 3.2.4.12.
                                                                                                      from noncombustible water closets, 9.10.9.7.                    Dumbwaiters, 3.5.1.1., 3.5.2.1., 3.5.3.2.
                                                                                                      roofs, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.2.                                     Dusts, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.
                                                                                                    Drain, waste and vent piping, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.7.                 Dwelling units
                                                                                                      (see also Plumbing)                                               (see also Housing and small buildings)
                                                                                                    Draperies, in exits, 9.9.5.6.                                       alarm audibility, 3.2.4.18.
                                                                                                    Drift limits, earthquake design, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.13.                combustible projections, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                    Drilling of framing members, 9.23.5.1.                              definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Drinking fountains, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.10.                             doors in means of egress, 9.9.6.
                                                                                                    Dry standpipes, 3.2.5.9.                                            door swing, 3.4.6.12., 9.9.6.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Dry wells, 9.14.5.3.                                                doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2., 9.9.6.3.
                                                                                                    Ducts                                                               egress, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9.
                                                                                                      access, 3.6.4.5., 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.                             electrical outlets, 9.34.2.2.
                                                                                                      access openings, 6.3.2.4.                                         exception for combustible projections, 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                      adhesives, 3.6.5.4., 9.33.6.4.                                    fire alarms, 9.10.18.2.
                                                                                                      air filters in, 6.8.1.3.                                          fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      aluminum, 9.33.6.5.                                               fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.
                                                                                                      in ceiling spaces, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5.1.                            fire protection, 3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.55., 9.10.
                                                                                                      cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.                                     fire-protection closures, 3.1.8.5.
                                                                                                      clearances, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.22.9.4., 9.33.6.8.              fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.10.
                                                                                                      combustible, 3.6.5.1., 9.33.6.2.                                  fire separations, 3.3.4.2., 9.9.4., 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.13.,
                                                                                                      in or beneath concrete slabs, 9.33.6.7.                              9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.
                                                                                                      connections, 6.3.2.4., 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.                       firewalls, 9.10.11.2.
                                                                                                      connectors, 3.6.5.1., 6.3.2.3., 6.3.2.18., 9.33.6.2.              floors-on-ground, 9.16.1.3.
                                                                                                      construction, 9.33.6.6.                                           guards, 3.3.4.7., 9.8., 9.8.8.
                                                                                                      for cooking equipment, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 3.6.3.5.               hallways, 9.5.4.1.
                                                                                                      coverings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.             handrails, 3.3.4.7., 9.8., 9.8.7.
                                                                                                      design, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.1., 9.33.6.5.                              height of rooms and spaces, 3.7.1.1., 9.5.3.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.32.3.11.                                            landings, 9.8.6., 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                      drainage, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.                                    manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16.
                                                                                                      drain pans, 6.3.2.2.                                              ramps, 9.8., 9.8.5.2.
                                                                                                      exhaust (see Exhaust ducts)                                       secondary suites, 9.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      in exits, 6.9.2.4.                                                in self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.1.
                                                                                                      in fire-rated assemblies, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5.1., 9.10.9.6.          shared egress facilities, 9.9.9.3.
                                                                                                      firestops, 9.33.6.6.                                              smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19.
                                                                                                      fittings, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.5.              sound control, 3.3.4.6., 5.8.1.1., 9.11.
                                                                                                      galvanized, 9.33.6.5.                                             spatial separation between houses, 9.10.15.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.1., 9.33.6.7.                        sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      insulation, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.             stairs, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.
                                                                                                      interconnection, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.                              travel limit to exits, 9.9.9.1.
                                                                                                      joints, 6.3.2.4., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.     uniformity of runs in flights with mixed treads,
                                                                                                      leakage, 6.3.2.7.                                                    9.8.4.5.
                                                                                                      linings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.               water closets, 9.31.4.1.
                                                                                                      materials, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.                      Dynamic procedure
                                                                                                      metal, 9.33.6.5.                                                  earthquake load and effects calculations, 4.1.8.12.
                                                                                                      noncombustible, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 3.6.5.1.                      wind load calculations, 4.1.7.8.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18.
                                                                                                      penetrating fire blocks, 9.10.16.4.
                                                                                                      penetrating fire separations, 3.1.8.7., 3.1.8.8.,                                            E
                                                                                                          3.1.8.9., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.13.13.
                                                                                                      penetrating firestops, 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                                                                                      Earthquake design
                                                                                                      return air systems, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.6.5.8., 6.3.2.11.,
                                                                                                                                                                        accidental torsional effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.12.
                                                                                                          9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.13.
                                                                                                                                                                        additional performance requirements, 4.1.8.23.
                                                                                                      sealing, 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3.,              additional system restrictions, 4.1.8.10.
                                                                                                          9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                                                                                        analysis, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.7.
                                                                                                      smoke detectors in, 6.9.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                        anchorage of building frames, 9.23.6.1.
                                                                                                      supply, 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.7.                                     bracing to resist lateral loads, 9.23.13.
                                                                                                      systems, 6.2.3., 9.33.6.
                                                                                                                                                                        building strength and stability, 4.1.3.2.
                                                                                                      trunk, 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                                                                                        deflections, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.13.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Index
                                                                                                       direction of loading, 4.1.8.8.                                 Emergency cables and conductors, 3.2.7.10.
                                                                                                       dynamic analysis, 4.1.8.12.                                    Emergency elevators, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.5., 3.2.7.9.
                                                                                                       equivalent static force analysis, 4.1.8.11.                    Emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 3.2.7.4., 3.2.7.10., 9.9.12.,
                                                                                                       fasteners for sheathing or subflooring, 9.23.3.5.                   9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                       foundations, 4.1.8.15. - 4.1.8.17.                             Emergency power supply
                                                                                                       general requirements, 4.1.8.3.                                   exit signs, 9.9.11.3.
                                                                                                       joints in top plates of loadbearing walls, 9.23.11.4.            installation, 3.2.7.5., 3.6.2.8.
                                                                                                       masonry walls, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15.                               lighting, 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                       notation, 4.1.8.2.                                               smoke alarms, 9.10.19.4.
                                                                                                       roof sheathing, 9.23.16.1.                                     Emergency return, elevators, 3.2.4.14., 3.2.6.4.
                                                                                                       seismic force modification factors and general                 Encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.6.
                                                                                                          restrictions, 4.1.8.9.                                        building fire safety, 3.2.1.2., 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       seismic isolation, 4.1.8.19., 4.1.8.20.                          combustible components in exterior walls, 3.1.6.10.
                                                                                                       site designation, 4.1.8.4.                                       combustible elements in partitions, 3.1.6.15.
                                                                                                       site properties, 4.1.8.4.                                        combustible flooring elements, 3.1.6.12.
                                                                                                       structural irregularities, 4.1.8.6., 4.1.8.10.                   combustible interior finishes, 3.1.6.14.
                                                                                                       structural separation, 4.1.8.14.                                 combustible roofing materials, 3.1.6.7.
                                                                                                       supplemental energy dissipation, 4.1.8.21., 4.1.8.22.            combustible stairs, 3.1.6.13.
                                                                                                    Eave projections, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.26.5.                   combustible window sashes and frames, 3.1.6.8.
                                                                                                    Eave protection, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.5.1., 9.26.5.2.                    determination of encapsulation ratings, 3.1.6.5.
                                                                                                    Effective thermal resistance (RSI value), definition,               encapsulation of mass timber elements, 3.1.6.4.
                                                                                                          9.36.1.2.                                                     encapsulation materials, 3.1.6.6.
                                                                                                    Egress (see Doors; Doorways; Means of egress)                       exposed construction materials and components in
                                                                                                    Egress doorways, 3.3.1.5., 3.3.1.6.                                    concealed spaces, 3.1.6.16.
                                                                                                    Electrical conductors                                               exterior cladding, 3.1.6.9.
                                                                                                       protection of, 3.2.7.10.                                         materials permitted, 3.1.6.2.
                                                                                                       tests, 3.2.7.10.                                                 nailing elements, 3.1.6.11.
                                                                                                    Electrical equipment, 3.6.1.2., 9.33.5.2., 9.34.                    penetration by outlet boxes, 3.1.6.17.
                                                                                                    Electrical equipment vaults, 3.6.2.7.                               spatial separation and exposure protection, 3.2.3.7.,
                                                                                                    Electrical supervision, fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.9.                   3.2.3.19.
                                                                                                    Electrical wiring                                                   structural mass timber elements, 3.1.6.3.
                                                                                                       exit signs, 3.4.5.3.                                           EnerGuide rating system, 9.36.5.3.
                                                                                                       housing and small buildings, 9.34.                             Energy conservation measures and points
                                                                                                       service facilities, 3.6.1.2.                                     above-ground opaque assemblies, 9.36.8.5.
                                                                                                    Electric cables, storage, 3.3.6.2.                                  airtightness, 9.36.8.8.
                                                                                                    Electromagnetic locking device, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16.,               building volume, 9.36.8.11.
                                                                                                          3.4.6.18., 9.9.6.7.                                           fenestration and doors, 9.36.8.6.
                                                                                                    Elevating devices, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.7.                               HVAC systems, 9.36.8.9.
                                                                                                    Elevator cables, 3.1.5.22.                                          opaque building assemblies below-grade or in
                                                                                                    Elevator cars, flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.11.                         contact with ground, 9.36.8.7.
                                                                                                    Elevators                                                           service water heating equipment, 9.36.8.10.
                                                                                                       application of Code, 3.5.1.1.                                  Energy efficiency
                                                                                                       barrier-free path of travel, 3.3.1.7., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2.,       building envelope, 9.36.2.
                                                                                                          3.8.3.7.                                                      definition, 9.36.1.2.
                                                                                                       combustible travelling cables for elevators, 3.1.5.22.           energy performance compliance, 9.36.5.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 3.5.4.1.                                             housing and small buildings, 9.36.
                                                                                                       earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                                     HVAC systems and equipment, 9.36.3.
                                                                                                       emergency operation, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.7.9.                          service water heating systems, 9.36.4.
                                                                                                       emergency recall, 3.2.4.14., 3.2.6.4.                          Energy performance
                                                                                                       for firefighters, 3.2.6.5., 3.2.7.9.                             compliance, 9.36.5.
                                                                                                       fire protection, 9.10.1.3.                                       definitions, 9.36.5.2.
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.7.                                   drawings and specifications, 2.2.8. [C]
                                                                                                       high buildings, 3.2.7.9.                                         tier, 9.36.7., 9.36.8.
                                                                                                       hoistway noise, 5.8.1.1.                                       Engineered wood as siding, 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                       hoistways, 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.6., 3.2.8.4., 3.5.3.1., 3.5.3.3.,   Entrances, barrier-free, 3.8.2.2.
                                                                                                          3.5.4.2., 9.10.18.4.                                        Environmental loads, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.1., 5.2.1.3., 5.9.3.2.
                                                                                                       limited-use/limited-application (LULA), 3.5.4.1.               Environmental separation
                                                                                                       machine rooms, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 3.2.5.12., 3.5.3.3.          air leakage, 9.25., 9.25.3.
                                                                                                       not a means of egress, 9.9.2.3.                                  application of Code, 5
                                                                                                       smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.14.                            compliance with standards, 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                       standards, 3.5.2.1., 3.8.3.7.                                    condensation control, 9.25.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      crawl spaces, 9.18.                                             interconnection, 6.3.2.7., 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      dampproofing, 9.13., 9.13.2.                                    laboratory enclosures, 6.3.4.3.
                                                                                                      drawings and specifications, 2.2.5.2. [C]                       of non-mechanical ventilating systems, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      fire (see Fire separations)                                     serving cooking equipment, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      heat transfer, 9.25., 9.25.2.                                   serving laundry equipment, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.1.3.
                                                                                                      roof spaces, 9.19.                                              serving rooms containing WC, urinals, showers,
                                                                                                      soil gas control, 9.13., 9.13.4.                                    slop sinks, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      sound control, 5.8.1., 9.11.                                    serving more than one fire compartment, 9.10.9.20.
                                                                                                      waterproofing, 9.13., 9.13.3.                                   smoke dampers waived, 3.1.8.9.
                                                                                                    Equipment                                                         vertical service spaces, 3.6.3.4.
                                                                                                      air-conditioning, 9.33.5.                                     Exhibitions, 3.1.2.3.
                                                                                                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]                                 Existing buildings, application of Code, 1.1.1.1. [A]




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      cooking, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6., 9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.           Exits
                                                                                                      electrical installations, 9.33.5.2., 9.34.1.1.                  (see also Means of egress)
                                                                                                      HVAC, 6.1.1.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.5.                              access to, 3.4.6.17., 9.9.7., 9.9.7.1.
                                                                                                      loads on floors and roofs, 4.1.5.3.                             aggregate width, 3.4.3.1., 3.4.3.2., 9.9.3.
                                                                                                      odour removal, 9.33.6.14.                                       appliances in, 9.9.5.7.
                                                                                                      space cooling, 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.                               balconies, 3.4.4.1.
                                                                                                      space heating, 9.33.5.2.                                        capacity, 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                      storage, 1.2.2.2. [A]                                           combustible glazing restrictions, 3.4.1.10.
                                                                                                      used, 1.2.2.3. [A]                                              concealed exits, 3.4.6.11., 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                    Escalators, 3.2.8.2., 3.5.1.1., 3.5.2.1., 3.8.2.4., 9.10.1.3.     convergence, 3.4.1.2.
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                                    cumulative width, 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                      illumination, 3.2.7.1.                                          definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Evaporative air coolers, 6.3.2.16.                                distance between, 3.4.2.3.
                                                                                                    Evaporative heat rejection systems, 6.3.2.15.                     door hardware, 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.17.
                                                                                                    Excavations                                                       doors, 3.2.3.13., 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.11., 3.4.6.13., 3.4.6.16.,
                                                                                                      backfill, 9.12.3.                                                   9.7.2.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                        door swing, 3.4.6.12.
                                                                                                      depth, 9.12.2.                                                  ducts in, 6.9.2.4.
                                                                                                      design of, 4.2.5.1.                                             dwelling units, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9.
                                                                                                      erosion, 4.2.5.6.                                               emergency access, 3.4.6.18.
                                                                                                      grading, 9.14.4.3.                                              emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.12.                              exterior passageways, 3.1.13.10., 3.4.1.5.
                                                                                                      native soil, 9.12.1.1.                                          finish, interior, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                      organic material, 9.12.1.1.                                     fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      protection from freezing, 4.2.5.7., 9.12.1.3.                   fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10.
                                                                                                      safety measures, 8.2.2.                                         fire separations, 3.4.4.1., 9.9.4.
                                                                                                      structural design, 4.2.5.                                       from floor areas, 9.9.8.
                                                                                                      support of, 4.2.5.3.                                            general requirements, 9.9.2.
                                                                                                      water control, 4.2.5.5.                                         glass block in, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.7.
                                                                                                      water in, 8.2.2.1., 9.12.1.2.                                   glass doors, 9.6., 9.9.4.3.
                                                                                                    Exhaust                                                           glass and transparent panels and doors, 3.4.1.8.
                                                                                                      capacity, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.7.                       guards, 3.4.6.6.
                                                                                                      discharge, 6.3.2.10.                                            headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2., 9.9.3.4.,
                                                                                                      ducts, 6.3.2.10.                                                    9.9.6.2.
                                                                                                      fans, 9.32.3.7.                                                 horizontal, 3.4.1.4., 3.4.1.6., 9.9.2.1.
                                                                                                      to garages, 6.3.2.10.                                           housing and small buildings, 9.9.
                                                                                                      intakes, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.7.                        integrity, 3.4.4.4., 9.9.4.2.
                                                                                                      outlets, 3.6.5.7., 6.3.2.10.                                    interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4., 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                      systems, 3.2.6.6., 3.2.8.7., 3.3.1.21., 9.10.9.20.              landings, 9.8.1.3.
                                                                                                    Exhaust air openings, 6.3.2.9.                                    level, lowest, and smoke contamination, 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                    Exhaust ducts                                                     levels, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                      combining, 6.3.2.10.                                            lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.
                                                                                                      condensation, 6.3.2.10.                                         loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      connection, 6.3.2.10.                                           through lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5.
                                                                                                      containing air from conditioned spaces, 6.3.2.10.               location, 3.4.2.5., 9.9.8.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                        manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16.
                                                                                                      fire dampers in, 9.10.13.13.                                    from mezzanine, 3.4.2.2., 9.9.8.6.
                                                                                                      fire dampers waived, 3.1.8.8.                                   minimum number, 3.4.2.1.
                                                                                                      insulation, 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.                     mirror restrictions, 3.4.1.9., 9.9.5.6.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Index
                                                                                                      number, 9.9.7.1., 9.9.7.2., 9.9.8.2., 9.9.9.                   Exterior areas, loads on, 4.1.5.5.
                                                                                                      obstructions, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5., 9.9.6.1.,           Exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4., 9.27.14.
                                                                                                         9.9.6.2., 9.9.11.2.                                         Exterior ornamentations
                                                                                                      obstructions permitted, 3.4.3.3.                                 earthquake loads, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                      protected floor space, 3.2.8.5., 3.4.3.2.                        wind loads, 4.1.7.11.
                                                                                                      purpose, 9.9.2.2.
                                                                                                      ramps, 3.4.5.3.
                                                                                                      revolving doors, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.                                                       F
                                                                                                      rooms opening into, 3.4.4.4., 9.9.5.9., 9.9.8.5.
                                                                                                      secondary suites, 9.9.9.
                                                                                                                                                                     Fabrics, for canopies and marquees, 3.1.16.1.
                                                                                                      separation, 3.4.1.2.                                           Factories
                                                                                                      service rooms under, 3.6.2.2., 9.9.5.8.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                                        loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      signs, 3.4.5.1., 3.4.5.3., 9.9.11., 9.9.11.3.
                                                                                                                                                                       storage areas, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.                                     Factory-built chimneys, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.33.10.2.
                                                                                                      stairs, 3.4.5.3., 3.4.6.8., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.1.3., 9.8.2.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                     Factory-constructed buildings, 1.1.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                         9.8.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     Falsework, 4.1.1.3.
                                                                                                      storage garages, 9.9.6.4.                                      Fans
                                                                                                      storeys, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                                                                                       access, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.
                                                                                                      tactile signs, 3.4.5.2., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                       auxiliary, 9.32.3.4.
                                                                                                      travel distance, 3.4.2.1., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.2.4., 9.9.8.2.          bathrooms, 9.32.3.3.
                                                                                                      types, 3.4.1.4., 9.9.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                       capacity, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                      visibility, 9.9.11.2.
                                                                                                                                                                       controls, 9.32.3.3.
                                                                                                      wall openings near, 9.9.4.4.                                     cooktops, 9.32.3.7., 9.32.3.11.
                                                                                                      weather protection, 3.4.6.11.
                                                                                                                                                                       dehumidistat, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7.
                                                                                                      width, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.3.2., 9.9.3.3., 9.9.8.3.
                                                                                                                                                                       emergency power supply, 3.2.7.9.
                                                                                                      windows, 3.2.3.13., 9.7.2.2., 9.9.4.                             emergency stoppage, 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                      wired glass in, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.6.
                                                                                                                                                                       exhaust, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.5.
                                                                                                    Expansion and contraction
                                                                                                                                                                       housing and small buildings, 9.32.3.
                                                                                                      elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1.,                  installation, 6.3.2.17., 9.32.3.3. - 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                         5.2.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                       kitchens, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7.
                                                                                                      heating and cooling systems, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.,
                                                                                                                                                                       location, 6.3.2.17., 9.32.3.2.
                                                                                                         9.33.8.1.                                                     noise, 9.32.3.2.
                                                                                                      metal and vinyl siding, 9.27.5.6.
                                                                                                                                                                       sound ratings, 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                      piping, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.
                                                                                                                                                                       standards for, 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                      structural, 4.1.2.1.                                             supplementary exhaust, 9.32.3.7.
                                                                                                    Explosion venting, 3.3.1.21.
                                                                                                                                                                       supply, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5.
                                                                                                    Exposing building face
                                                                                                                                                                       vibration, 9.32.3.2.
                                                                                                      area, 3.2.3.2.                                                 Farm buildings
                                                                                                      area and aspect ratio, 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                                                                                       application of Code, 1.1.1.1. [A], 1.3.3.5. [A]
                                                                                                      area and location, 9.10.14.2., 9.10.15.2.
                                                                                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      construction, 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.                   automatic sprinkler systems, 2.2.4.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                       classification, 2.1.4.1.
                                                                                                      exits, 3.2.3.13.
                                                                                                                                                                       dangerous goods storage, 2.2.8.7.
                                                                                                      fire resistance waived, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.                   design of bins and silos, 2.3.1.1.
                                                                                                      first storey facing a street, 9.10.14.4.
                                                                                                                                                                        electrical wiring and equipment, 2.2.1.15.
                                                                                                      garage serving a dwelling unit, 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                                                                                        exceptions in determining building height, 2.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      glazed openings, 9.10.15.2.                                      exhaust ventilation and explosion venting, 2.2.8.2.
                                                                                                      limiting distance, 3.2.3.5., 3.2.3.6., 3.2.3.7., 9.10.14.5.,
                                                                                                                                                                       farm machinery and vehicles, 2.3.2.4.
                                                                                                         9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                                                                                        fire detectors, 2.2.3.7.
                                                                                                      low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                         geotechnical design parameters, 2.3.1.1.
                                                                                                         Division 3), 3.2.3.11.
                                                                                                                                                                        liquid manure storage tanks, 2.3.1.1., 2.3.2.5., 2.3.4.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5.
                                                                                                                                                                       loads due to earthquakes, 2.3.4.
                                                                                                      protection of, 3.2.3.8.                                          loads due to snow, 2.3.3.
                                                                                                      restrictions on combustible projections, 3.2.3.6.,
                                                                                                                                                                       loads due to use and occupancy, 2.3.2.
                                                                                                         9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                                                                                       loads supported on a floor or suspended from a
                                                                                                      spatial separation between buildings, 9.10.14.,                      ceiling, 2.3.2.1.
                                                                                                         9.10.15.
                                                                                                                                                                       location of heating appliances, 2.4.3.1.
                                                                                                      structural members, 3.2.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                       means of egress, 2.2.6.1.
                                                                                                      unlimited openings, 3.2.3.10., 9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.            minimum lighting requirements, 2.2.5.1.
                                                                                                      unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.2., 3.2.3.12.,
                                                                                                                                                                       occupant load, 2.2.1.17.
                                                                                                         9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.
                                                                                                                                                                       required ventilation, 2.4.2.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                       separation of occupancies, 2.2.1.4.                      Finishes
                                                                                                       unobstructed slipper roofs, 2.3.3.1.                        interior (see Interior finishes)
                                                                                                    Fasteners                                                      slip-resistant, 3.4.6.1.
                                                                                                       cladding, 9.27.5.4.                                      Fire alarm and detection systems
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.27.5.4.                                       annunciators, 3.2.4.8.
                                                                                                       gypsum board, 9.29.5.5.                                     audibility, 3.2.4.18., 3.2.4.21.
                                                                                                       roofing, 9.26.2.3., 9.26.2.4.                               audible alert and alarm signals, 3.2.4.17.
                                                                                                       siding, 9.27.5.4.                                           central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.23.3.1.                                     central vacuum shutdown, 3.2.4.13.
                                                                                                       stucco, 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.                                continuity, 3.2.4.2.
                                                                                                    Fastening                                                      design, 9.10.18.3.
                                                                                                       cladding, 9.27.5.4.                                         and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       furring, 9.29.3.2.                                          electrical supervision, 3.2.4.9.
                                                                                                       gypsum board, 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.                          emergency power supply, 3.2.7.8.
                                                                                                       hardboard finish, 9.29.7.3.                                 fire detectors, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.
                                                                                                       plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.                                   fire separations for, 3.6.2.8.
                                                                                                       sheathing, 9.23.3.5.                                        installation, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.5., 9.10.18.3.
                                                                                                       shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.8.4., 9.26.8.5.                   manual stations, 3.2.4.16.
                                                                                                       siding, 9.27.5.4.                                           requirements, 9.10.18.
                                                                                                       steel framing, 9.24.3.6.                                    residential fire warning systems, 3.2.4.21., 9.10.19.8.
                                                                                                       steel studs, 9.24.1.4.                                      signal devices, 3.2.4.18.
                                                                                                       stucco lath, 9.28.4.6.                                      signals to fire department, 3.2.4.7.
                                                                                                       subflooring, 9.23.3.5.                                      silencing, 3.2.4.6.
                                                                                                       underlay, 9.30.2.3.                                         single stage systems, 3.2.4.3., 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7.
                                                                                                       wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.                            smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20.
                                                                                                       wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.26.10.3.             smoke alarms interconnection, 9.10.19.5.
                                                                                                    Faucets and other bathroom accessories, 3.7.2.3.,              smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.12., 9.10.18.,
                                                                                                          3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.8., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16., 3.8.3.18.         9.10.18.5.
                                                                                                    Fences, at construction and demolition sites, 8.2.1.3.         sprinkler systems, 3.2.4.8.
                                                                                                    Fenestration                                                   testing, 3.2.4.5.
                                                                                                       (see also Windows)                                          two-stage systems, 3.2.4.3., 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7.
                                                                                                       airtightness, 5.9.3.4., 9.36.2.9.                           types, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                       area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.                                vacuum cleaning systems, 9.10.18.7.
                                                                                                       definition, 9.36.1.2.                                       visible signal devices, 3.2.4.19.
                                                                                                       energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.                       voice communication systems, 3.2.4.22.
                                                                                                       energy conservation points, 9.36.8.                         waterflow trigger, 3.2.5.14.
                                                                                                       heat transfer, 5.9.3.3.                                  Fire blocks
                                                                                                       resistance to water penetration, 5.9.3.5.                   (see also Firestops)
                                                                                                       structural and environmental loads, 5.9.3.2.                in concealed spaces, 3.1.11., 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16.
                                                                                                       thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.2., 9.36.2.7.               in crawl spaces, 3.1.11.6.
                                                                                                       thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.11.                  definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       types, 5.9.3.1.                                             in eave overhangs, 3.2.3.16.
                                                                                                       water penetration, 5.9.3.5.                                 in encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.11.3.,
                                                                                                    Fibreboard                                                        3.1.11.5., 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                       fastening, 9.29.8.3.                                        in floor assemblies, 3.1.11.5.
                                                                                                       installation, 9.29.8.3., 9.29.8.4.                          in mansard and gambrel roofs, 3.1.11.5., 9.10.16.1.
                                                                                                       as insulating finish, 9.29.8.                               materials, 3.1.11.7., 9.10.16.3.
                                                                                                       material standard, 9.29.8.1.                                in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.11.3.
                                                                                                       nailing, 9.29.8.3.                                          pipes and ducts in, 9.10.16.4.
                                                                                                       as roof sheathing, 9.23.16.7.                               in roof assemblies, 3.1.11.5., 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                       thickness, 9.29.8.2.                                        between vertical and horizontal spaces, 3.1.11.4.
                                                                                                       as wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3.                   in walls/wall assemblies, 3.1.11.2., 9.10.16.2.
                                                                                                    Fill                                                        Fire chambers, 9.22.4.
                                                                                                       (see also Backfill; Backfilling)                         Fire compartments
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    annunciators, 3.2.4.8.
                                                                                                       beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.1., 9.16.2.2.              basements, 3.2.1.5.
                                                                                                       beneath footings, 9.15.3.2.                                 combustible sprinkler piping, 3.2.5.13.
                                                                                                       beneath foundations, 4.2.4.13.                              definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Filters, air, 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.                             exits, 3.2.3.13.
                                                                                                                                                                   exposing building face area, 3.2.3.2.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                   Index
                                                                                                       unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1.                          hearth, 9.22.5.
                                                                                                       wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.                 housing and small buildings, 9.22., 9.33.5.4.
                                                                                                    Fire curtains, 3.3.2.14.                                   inserts, 9.22.10.
                                                                                                    Fire dampers                                               liners (see Liners, fireplace)
                                                                                                       (see also Dampers)                                      masonry materials, 9.22.1.2.
                                                                                                       access, 3.1.8.10.                                       protection against depressurization, 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                       as closures, 3.1.8.5.                                   smoke chambers, 9.22.7.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                walls, 9.22.3.
                                                                                                       in ducts, 9.10.13.13.                                Fire protection
                                                                                                       in fire separations, 3.1.8.7.                           air-supported structures, 3.1.18.
                                                                                                       in HVAC systems, 6.9.2.1.                               building classification, 3.1.2.
                                                                                                       installation, 3.1.8.10.                                 combustible construction, 3.1.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.                                 commissioning of life safety and fire protection
                                                                                                       in non-loadbearing walls, 9.24.3.7.                        systems, 9.10.1.2.
                                                                                                       penetrating fire separations, 9.10.9.6.                 components, 2.2.3. [C], 3.1.1.4.
                                                                                                       waived, 3.1.8.8.                                        construction camps, 9.10.21.
                                                                                                    Fire department                                            cooktops, 9.10.22.
                                                                                                       access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.6.                       crawl spaces, 9.18.7.
                                                                                                       limiting distance, 9.10.15.3.                           dwelling units, 9.10.
                                                                                                       signals to, 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.6.7.                electric ranges, 9.10.22.
                                                                                                    Fire department connections on buildings, 3.2.5.5.,        electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10.
                                                                                                          3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.15.                                  exceptions, 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                    Fire detectors, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.10.          exits, 9.9.4.
                                                                                                    Fire escapes                                               fire-resistance ratings, 3.1.7.
                                                                                                       access, 3.4.7.3.                                        fire safety plan, 1.1.4.
                                                                                                       balconies, 3.4.7.3.                                     gas ranges, 9.10.22.
                                                                                                       closures, 3.4.7.4.                                      limiting distance and spatial separation between
                                                                                                       construction, 3.4.7.2.                                     buildings, 3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                       dwelling units, 3.4.7.3.                                multiple occupancy requirements, 3.1.3.
                                                                                                       existing buildings, 3.4.7.1.                            noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.
                                                                                                       guards, 3.4.7.6.                                        ovens, 9.10.22.
                                                                                                       handrails, 3.4.7.6.                                     penetrations in fire separations and fire-rated
                                                                                                       headroom, 3.4.7.5.                                         assemblies, 3.1.9.1.
                                                                                                       landings, 3.4.7.7.                                      propane ranges, 9.10.22.
                                                                                                       loads on, 4.1.5.3.                                      structural, 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                       as means of egress, 3.4.1.4., 9.9.2.3.                  structural members, 3.2.3.9.
                                                                                                       protection of, 3.4.7.4.                                 tents, 3.1.18.
                                                                                                       scope of Code, 3.4.7.1.                                 testing of integrated fire protection and life safety
                                                                                                       stairs, 3.4.6.8., 3.4.7.5.                                 systems, 9.10.1.2.
                                                                                                    Fire extinguishers, 3.2.5.16., 9.10.20.4., 9.10.21.8.      tests, 3.2.9.1.
                                                                                                    Fire extinguishing systems, industrial occupancies,     Fire-protection rating
                                                                                                          3.3.5.2.                                             of closures, 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5.
                                                                                                    Firefighters, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.6.5., 3.2.8.7.                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Firefighting (see Access for firefighting)                 of doors, 3.1.8.12.
                                                                                                    Firefighting services (see Fire department)                exceptions, 9.10.13.2., 9.10.13.5., 9.10.13.7.
                                                                                                    Fire hose cabinets, 3.2.5.11.                              of fire dampers, 3.1.8.7.
                                                                                                    Fire hose nozzles, 3.2.5.11.                               tests, 3.1.8.4., 9.10.3.1.
                                                                                                    Fire hose stations, 3.2.5.11., 9.10.21.9.               Fire protection systems, 3.2.5.17., 9.10.18., 9.10.20.5.
                                                                                                    Fire load, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.2.91., 3.2.3.11.           Fire pumps, 3.2.4.9., 3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.18., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                    Fireplaces                                              Fire-resistance ratings
                                                                                                       airtightness, 9.36.2.9.                                 about, 9.10.3.
                                                                                                       chimneys, 9.21.2.5., 9.21.2.6.                          arena-type building roof assemblies, 3.2.2.17.
                                                                                                       clearances, 9.22.9.                                     ceilings, 9.10.3.3.
                                                                                                       combustion air, 9.22.1.4.                               definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       concrete materials, 9.22.1.2.                           determination of, 3.1.7.1., 9.10.3.1.
                                                                                                       continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.                     doors, 5.3.1.2.
                                                                                                       dampers, 9.22.6.1.                                      encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.7.5.
                                                                                                       design and installation, 6.9.4.2.                       exemptions, 3.1.7.2., 9.10.8., 9.10.8.11., 9.10.14.
                                                                                                       factory-built, 9.22.8.                                  exits, 9.9.4.2.
                                                                                                       fire chamber, 9.22.4.                                   exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.
                                                                                                       footings, 9.22.1.3.                                     fire separations, 3.1.7.3.


                                                                                                    Index                                                               National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                       firewalls, 3.1.7.3., 3.1.10.2., 9.10.3.3.                   and door self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13.
                                                                                                       floors and floor assemblies, 3.1.7.3., 3.2.1.4.,            dumbwaiters, 3.5.3.2.
                                                                                                          9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.8.                            dwelling units, 3.3.4.2., 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14.,
                                                                                                       grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5.                               9.10.9.15.
                                                                                                       membrane ceilings, 9.10.3.4.                                elevator machine rooms, 3.5.3.3.
                                                                                                       minimum, 3.1.7.4.                                           elevators, 3.2.6.5., 3.5.3.1.
                                                                                                       relation to occupancy and height, 9.10.8.                   exits, 3.4.4.1., 9.9.4.
                                                                                                       roofs, 9.10.8.                                              fire dampers in, 3.1.8.7.
                                                                                                       separation of suites, 3.3.1.1., 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.      fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3.
                                                                                                       steel framing, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.2.                         firestops, 3.1.9.1.
                                                                                                       supporting construction, 3.1.7.5., 9.10.8.3.                firewalls, 3.1.10.1.
                                                                                                       test methods, 9.10.3.1.                                     floor assemblies, 3.3.4.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       vertical fire separations, 9.10.3.3.                        floors over basements, 3.2.1.4.
                                                                                                       walls, 9.10.3.3.                                            garages, 9.10.4.3., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.
                                                                                                       walls, exterior, 3.1.7.2., 3.1.7.3., 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.11.,   grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5.
                                                                                                          9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.             horizontal, 3.1.8.8.
                                                                                                       walls, interior, 9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3.                       in horizontal service spaces, 3.1.8.3.
                                                                                                       walls, loadbearing, 3.1.7.5., 9.10.8.3.                     horizontal service spaces, 3.6.4.2., 9.10.9.12.
                                                                                                       windows, 5.3.1.2.                                           industrial occupancy (group F), 3.3.5.1., 9.10.9.13.,
                                                                                                    Fire-retardant-treated wood                                       9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.
                                                                                                       in assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),                integrity, 9.10.9.3.
                                                                                                          3.2.2.25.                                                interconnected floor spaces, 9.10.9.5.
                                                                                                       in assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),                interior walls, 9.10.12.3.
                                                                                                          3.2.2.32.                                                laboratory ventilation enclosures, 3.3.1.21.
                                                                                                       in business and personal services occupancy                 libraries, 3.3.2.13.
                                                                                                          (Group D), 3.2.2.62.                                     and major occupancy, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.18.,
                                                                                                       in combustible construction, 3.1.4.5., 3.1.4.8.                9.10.9.19.
                                                                                                       for decorative cladding, 3.1.5.24.                          meeting of two exterior walls, 9.10.12.3.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    mercantile occupancy (group E), 3.3.1.1.
                                                                                                       in low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                mezzanines, 3.2.1.6., 3.2.8.1.
                                                                                                          Division 3), 3.2.2.85.                                   and multiple occupancies, 3.1.3.1., 9.10.9.13.,
                                                                                                       in medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                9.10.10.
                                                                                                          Division 2), 3.2.2.78.                                   between openings, 3.2.3.17.
                                                                                                       in mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.68.                openings in, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.6., 3.1.8.17., 3.2.8.2.,
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.12.,           9.10.13., 9.24.3.7.
                                                                                                          3.1.13.8.                                                openings protected by glass blocks or wired glass,
                                                                                                       in roof systems, 3.1.14.1.                                     3.1.8.16.
                                                                                                    Fire safety                                                    operating, recovery and delivery rooms, 3.3.3.6.
                                                                                                       and building size, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.1., 9.10.8.              protected floor spaces, 3.2.8.5.
                                                                                                       construction sites, 8.1.1.1.                                public corridors, 3.3.1.4., 9.10.9.17.
                                                                                                       demolition sites, 8.1.1.1.                                  rating, 9.10.3.
                                                                                                       in HVAC systems and equipment, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.            repair garages, 3.3.5.5.
                                                                                                       and occupancy, 9.10.8.                                      residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47., 3.3.4.2.,
                                                                                                       self-service storage buildings, 3.9.2.                         9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.
                                                                                                       tests, 3.2.9.1.                                             rooftop enclosures, 3.2.2.14.
                                                                                                    Fire separations                                               between rooms and spaces within buildings, 9.10.9.
                                                                                                       airtightness of windows and doors in, 5.4.1.2.,             secondary suites, 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16., 9.10.9.17.,
                                                                                                          5.9.2.3.                                                    9.10.10.4., 9.10.11.2., 9.10.12.3.
                                                                                                       barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7.                          self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.1.
                                                                                                       boarding and lodging houses, 9.10.9.16.                     self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9.
                                                                                                       on building face, 3.2.3.2.                                  service penetrations, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.5.,
                                                                                                       business and personal services occupancy, 3.3.1.1.             9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                       care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.1.            service rooms, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.8.5., 9.10.10.
                                                                                                       closures in, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.4., 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.         soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                       in combustible construction, 3.1.8.2.                       steel framing, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.7.
                                                                                                       construction camps, 9.10.21.2.                              storage of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.2.
                                                                                                       containment in basements, 3.2.1.5.                          storage garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.4.2., 3.3.5.6., 3.3.5.7.
                                                                                                       continuity, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.3., 9.10.9.2., 9.10.11.2.       storage rooms, 3.3.4.3., 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                       crawl spaces, 3.2.2.9., 9.10.9.4.                           storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    suites, 3.3.1.1., 3.3.4.2., 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.
                                                                                                       and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.                       temperature rise and area limits, 3.1.8.19.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                   Index
                                                                                                       theatre stages, 3.3.2.14.                                    fire-retardant-treated wood, 3.1.4.5.
                                                                                                       thermal breaks in windows and doors in, 5.3.1.2.             firewalls, 9.10.11.3.
                                                                                                       twenty-minute closures, 3.1.8.12.                            foamed plastic insulation, 3.1.5.15., 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                       vehicular passageways, 3.2.3.18.                             glazing, 3.1.5.4., 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17., 9.10.17.1.,
                                                                                                       vertical, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9.                                    9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.9.
                                                                                                       vertical service spaces, 3.6.3.1.                            gypsum board, 9.29.5.2.
                                                                                                       in vertical shafts, 3.1.8.3.                                 high buildings, 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                       vestibules, 3.2.8.4.                                         industrial occupancy, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       walkways, 3.2.3.19., 3.2.3.20.                               insulation, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.2.2.
                                                                                                       wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.                      insulation in concealed spaces, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       watertightness of windows and doors in, 5.9.2.3.             insulation in noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                       between zones in hospitals or nursing homes,                    3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                          3.3.3.5.                                                  interior finishes, 3.1.5.12., 9.10.17.
                                                                                                    Fire stop flaps, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.6.4.3., 9.10.13.14.            light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4., 9.10.17.6.,
                                                                                                    Firestops                                                          9.10.17.8.
                                                                                                       (see also Fire blocks)                                       lobbies, 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17.3.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     mercantile occupancy, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       general, 3.1.8.3., 3.1.9.1.                                  public corridors, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.                     residential occupancy, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       pipes and ducts in, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.,           service rooms, 3.1.13.7., 9.10.17.
                                                                                                          9.33.6.6.                                                 skylights, 3.1.5.4., 3.1.13.2., 9.7.2.2., 9.10.17.,
                                                                                                       and service penetrations, 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.3., 9.10.9.7.         9.10.17.1., 9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.9.
                                                                                                    Firewalls                                                       tests, 3.1.12.1., 9.10.3.2.
                                                                                                       combustible projections, 3.1.10.7.                           vehicular passageways, 3.1.13.2.
                                                                                                       construction, 9.10.11.                                       ventilated laboratory enclosures, 6.3.4.4.
                                                                                                       continuity, 3.1.10.3.                                        vestibules, 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                       continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.                          windows, 9.7.2.2.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  Flammable gases (see Combustible gases)
                                                                                                       exemptions, 9.10.11.2.                                    Flammable liquids
                                                                                                       exterior walls meeting, 3.1.10.6.                            definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.                             door thresholds, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1.
                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3., 3.1.10.2., 9.10.3.3.,      piping for, in trench, 6.9.1.2.
                                                                                                          9.10.11.3.                                                storage, 3.3.2.16., 3.3.4.3., 3.3.6.2.
                                                                                                       maximum openings in, 3.1.10.5.                               storage and dispensing rooms, 3.3.6.4.
                                                                                                       mezzanines, 3.2.8.1.                                      Flashing, chimney
                                                                                                       parapets, 3.1.10.4.                                          caps, 9.21.4.6.
                                                                                                       party walls as, 9.10.11.1.                                   junctions with other materials, 9.21.4.10.
                                                                                                       penetrations in, 3.1.9.1.                                 Flashing, doors, 9.7.6.2.
                                                                                                       separating buildings, 1.3.3.4. [A]                        Flashing, roof
                                                                                                       structural stability, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.                   built-up-roofing at cant strips, 9.26.11.10.
                                                                                                       support of, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.                             built-up-roofing to masonry, 9.26.4.6.
                                                                                                    First storey, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.2.15., 3.2.5.1., 3.2.8.2.       built-up-roofing to other than masonry, 9.26.4.7.
                                                                                                    Fixed seats, 3.3.2.4.                                           at intersections, 9.26.4.
                                                                                                    Fixed seats, bench type without arms, 3.3.2.8.                  materials, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.26.4.3.
                                                                                                    Flags, for directing traffic, 8.2.4.2.                          purpose, 9.26.1.2.
                                                                                                    Flame-spread rating                                             sealing and drainage, 5.6.2.1.
                                                                                                       bathrooms, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.11.                            shingles to masonry, 9.26.4.4.
                                                                                                       business and personal services occupancy, 9.10.17.           shingles to other than masonry, 9.26.4.5.
                                                                                                       combustible insulation, 3.1.5.14., 9.10.17.10.,              valley, 9.26.4.3.
                                                                                                          9.10.17.12.                                            Flashing, skylights, 9.7.6.2.
                                                                                                       combustible piping, 3.1.5.19.                             Flashing, wall
                                                                                                       combustible skylights, 9.10.17.9.                            cavity walls, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6.
                                                                                                       corridors, 9.10.17.2., 9.10.17.5.                            fastening, 9.20.13.2.
                                                                                                       crawl spaces, 9.18.7.1.                                      installation, 9.20.13.3., 9.27.3.8.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     masonry veneer, 9.20.13.6.
                                                                                                       diffusers and grilles, 9.33.6.10.                            masonry walls, 9.20.13.
                                                                                                       doors, 3.1.13.2., 9.7.2.2., 9.10.17.1.                       materials, 9.20.13.1., 9.27.3.7.
                                                                                                       ducts, linings and coverings, 9.10.17.12., 9.33.6.4.         sealing and drainage, 5.6.2.1.
                                                                                                       elevator cars, 3.1.13.7., 3.1.13.11.                         stucco, 9.28.1.5.
                                                                                                       exits, 3.1.13.2., 3.1.13.7., 3.1.13.8., 9.10.17.2.        Flashing, windows, 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.3., 9.20.13.4.
                                                                                                       exterior exit passageways, 3.1.13.10., 9.10.17.4.         Flash point, 1.4.1.2. [A]


                                                                                                    Index                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Flat roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6.                                 in housing and small buildings, 9.16.
                                                                                                    Flat wall insulating concrete forms, 5.9.1.1.                    hydrostatic uplift, 9.16.3.2.
                                                                                                    Flight, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                             material beneath, 9.16.2.
                                                                                                       (see also Stairs)                                             soil gas control, 9.13.4., 9.25.3.6.
                                                                                                    Floor areas                                                      thermal resistance, 9.36.2.8.
                                                                                                       barrier-free design, 9.5.2.                                Flue collars, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       barrier-free path of travel, 3.3.1.7.                      Flue pipes, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.21.1.2.
                                                                                                       care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.1.           Flues, chimney
                                                                                                       combination rooms, 9.5.1.2.                                   connections, 9.21.2.2.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       emergency access, 3.4.6.18.                                   dimensions, 9.21.2.4., 9.21.2.5., 9.21.4.4.
                                                                                                       general requirements, 3.3.1.                                  fireplace, 9.21.2.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       secondary suites, 9.1.2.1.                                    inclination, 9.21.2.3.
                                                                                                       self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.                        masonry and concrete, 9.21.
                                                                                                       separation of suites, 3.3.1.1.                                oval, 9.21.2.6.
                                                                                                       termination, 9.10.12.1.                                       rectangular, 9.21.2.5.
                                                                                                    Flooring                                                         round, 9.21.2.5.
                                                                                                       ceramic tile, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.6.                             slope, 9.21.2.3.
                                                                                                       finish, 9.30.1.4.                                             standard for, 9.21.2.
                                                                                                       in hazardous materials storage area, 3.3.6.7.              Foamed plastic
                                                                                                       housing and small buildings, 9.30.                            dampproofing, 9.13.2.5.
                                                                                                       parquet, 9.30.4.                                              insulation, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15., 3.6.3.2., 5.3.1.3.,
                                                                                                       supports, 9.30.1.3.                                              9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.2., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                       underlay, 9.30.2.                                             in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.7.,
                                                                                                       water-resistant membranes, 9.30.1.2.                             3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.
                                                                                                       wood strip, 9.23.15.5., 9.30.3.                               protection of, 3.1.4.2., 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                    Floor joists, support of, 9.15.5.1.                              vapour barrier, 9.25.4.2.
                                                                                                    Floor numbers                                                 Footbridges, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                       Arabic numerals, 3.4.6.19., 9.9.11.5.                      Footings
                                                                                                       elevator hoistways, 3.5.4.2.                                  area for column spacing, 9.15.3.3., 9.15.3.4., 9.15.3.7.
                                                                                                       exits, 3.4.6.19., 9.9.11.5.                                   chimneys, 9.15.3.1., 9.21.4.3.
                                                                                                    Floors                                                           design, 9.4.4.1.
                                                                                                       acting as diaphragms, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.11., 4.1.8.15.,         dimensions, 9.15.3.
                                                                                                          4.1.8.18.                                                  drainage, 9.14.
                                                                                                       air barrier systems, 9.25.3.                                  fireplaces, 9.15.3.1., 9.22.1.3.
                                                                                                       anchorage, 9.20.11.1.                                         granular drainage layer, 9.14.4.
                                                                                                       cantilevered, 9.23.9.9.                                       housing and small buildings, 9.15.
                                                                                                       combustible elements in noncombustible                        non-loadbearing masonry walls, 9.15.3.6.
                                                                                                          construction, 3.1.5.10.                                    projections, 9.15.3.8.
                                                                                                       concrete topping, 9.23.4.4.                                   stepped, 9.15.3.9.
                                                                                                       construction camps, 9.10.21.3.                                thickness, 9.15.3.8.
                                                                                                       dampproofing, 9.13.2.1.                                       trenches, 9.12.4.1.
                                                                                                       drains, 9.31.4.3.                                             width, 9.15.3.3., 9.15.3.4., 9.15.3.5., 9.15.3.6., 9.15.3.8.
                                                                                                       fire-resistance ratings, 3.1.7.3., 9.10.3.1., 9.10.8.1.,   Forced-air furnace, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          9.10.8.8.                                               Forced-air heating systems
                                                                                                       as fire separations, 9.10.9.4.                                (see also Ducts; Heating systems and equipment)
                                                                                                       framing, 9.23.4.                                              coupled with heat recovery ventilators, 9.32.3.12.
                                                                                                       garages, 9.35.2.2.                                            ventilation systems coupled with, 9.32.3.4.
                                                                                                       in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.                        ventilation systems not coupled with, 9.32.3.5.
                                                                                                       joists, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.9.           Formwork, 4.1.1.3.
                                                                                                       loads due to use of, 4.1.5.                                Foundations
                                                                                                       loads on, 9.23.1.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.          adfreezing, 4.2.4.4.
                                                                                                       subfloors, 9.23.15.                                           backfilling, 4.2.5.8., 9.12.3.
                                                                                                       supports, 3.2.1.4., 9.30.1.3.                                 capacity in weaker soil or rock, 9.4.4.2.
                                                                                                       thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1.                                 of concrete, 4.2.3.5., 9.3.1.6., 9.3.1.7., 9.15.1.1.,
                                                                                                       vibrations, 4.1.3.6.                                             9.15.2., 9.15.4.
                                                                                                    Floors-on-ground                                                 of concrete block, 9.15.4.2.
                                                                                                       concrete, 9.16.4.                                             dampproofing, 9.13.2.
                                                                                                       dampproofing, 9.13.2.1., 9.13.2.6.                            deep, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.7.
                                                                                                       drainage, 9.16.3.                                             definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       in dwelling units, 9.16.1.3.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                          Index
                                                                                                      for deformation-resistant buildings, 9.12.2.2.,                  ceiling, 9.23.14.
                                                                                                         9.15.1.3.                                                     drilling, 9.23.5.1.
                                                                                                      depth, 4.2.4.4., 9.12.2.                                         maximum spans, 9.23.4.
                                                                                                      design, 4.2.4., 9.4.4., 9.15.1.1.                                notching, 9.23.5.2.
                                                                                                      drainage, 9.14.2., 9.35.3.3.                                     over openings, 9.23.12.
                                                                                                      drawings and specifications, 2.2.4.6. [C], 2.2.4.7. [C],         roof, 9.23.14.
                                                                                                         4.2.2.2.                                                      sheet steel stud, 9.24.
                                                                                                      dynamic loading, 4.2.4.7.                                        supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8.
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.16., 4.1.8.17.                          trusses, 9.23.14.11.
                                                                                                      eccentric loading, 4.2.4.6.                                      wood-frame construction, 9.23.
                                                                                                      equivalent approaches to design, 4.1.1.5.                     Freezers, walk-in, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                      excavations, 4.2.5., 9.12.                                    Freezing, protection from (see Protection from




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      extension above ground, 9.15.4.6.                                    freezing)
                                                                                                      on filled ground, 4.2.4.13.                                   Frost action
                                                                                                      of flat insulating concrete forms, 5.9.1.1., 9.15.1.1.,          (see also Frost penetration, depth; Protection from
                                                                                                         9.15.3.3., 9.15.4., 9.15.4.5.                                     freezing)
                                                                                                      footing size, 9.15.3.                                            definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      frost action, 4.2.4.4., 9.12.2.2.                                floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.
                                                                                                      on frozen ground, 9.12.1.3.                                      soil under foundations, 9.4.4.4.
                                                                                                      for garages and carports, 9.35.3.                             Frost penetration, depth, 1.1.3.2., 9.12.2.2.
                                                                                                      granular drainage layer, 9.14.4.                              Fuel dispensing facilities, 3.3.5.8., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      and groundwater level, 4.2.4.9., 9.4.4.3.                     Fuel supply, shut-off valves, 3.2.7.7.
                                                                                                      for housing and small buildings, 9.15.                        Functional statements
                                                                                                      hydrostatic pressure, 4.2.4.8., 9.16.3.2.                        application, 3.1. [A]
                                                                                                      insulation, 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.                                 list of, 3.2.1. [A]
                                                                                                      lateral support, 9.15.4.2., 9.15.4.3., 9.15.4.4., 9.15.4.5.   Furnaces
                                                                                                      limit states design, 4.2.4.1.                                    capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                      loads, 4.2.4.1.                                                  clearances, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                      of masonry, 4.2.3.3., 4.2.3.4., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.,              definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                         9.15.4., 9.15.4.10.                                           forced-air, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      materials, 4.2.3., 9.15.2.                                       installation, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                      movement, 4.2.4.1., 9.12.2.2.                                    performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.
                                                                                                      on organic soils, 9.12.1.1.                                      plenums, 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.8.
                                                                                                      on permafrost, 4.2.4.10., 9.15.1.2.                           Furring
                                                                                                      of permanent form material, 9.15.4.1.                            cladding, 9.27.5.3.
                                                                                                      pier type, 9.15.2.3.                                             dimensions, 9.29.3.1.
                                                                                                      protection from surface water, 5.7.1.1.                          fastening, 9.29.3.2.
                                                                                                      review, 4.2.2.3.                                                 interior finish, 9.29.3.
                                                                                                      on rock, 9.15.3.1., 9.15.3.2.                                    metal thickness, 9.24.1.3.
                                                                                                      shallow, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.6.                                    nailing, 9.29.3.2.
                                                                                                      site stability, 4.1.8.17.                                        stucco lath, 9.28.4.4.
                                                                                                      on sloping ground, 4.2.4.5.
                                                                                                      special, 4.2.8.
                                                                                                      stairs with, 9.12.2.2.
                                                                                                      of steel, 4.2.3.7.
                                                                                                                                                                                               G
                                                                                                      structural design, 4.2.4.14.
                                                                                                      subsurface investigation, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.4.2.                  Gable roofs
                                                                                                      supporting floor joists, 9.15.5.1.                              snow and rain loads, 4.1.6.9.
                                                                                                      on swelling and shrinking soils, 4.2.4.11., 9.4.4.4.            wind loads, 4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                      thermal resistance, 9.36.2.8.                                 Galvanized sheet metal, 9.3.3.2.
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.15.4.2., 9.15.4.7.                               Gambrel roof
                                                                                                      trenches beneath, 9.12.4.                                       fire blocks, 9.10.16.1.
                                                                                                      vertical reinforcement, 9.15.4.6.                               venting, 9.19.1.4.
                                                                                                      walls, 9.4.4.6., 9.15.4., 9.36.2.8.                           Garages
                                                                                                      of wood, 4.2.3.1., 4.2.3.2., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.               (see also Carports)
                                                                                                      for wood-frame construction, 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.               clear height, 3.3.5.4.
                                                                                                    Foundation units                                                  columns, 9.35.4.2., 9.35.4.3.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                        detached, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.4., 9.10.15.5.,
                                                                                                      drawing alterations, 2.2.4.7. [C]                                  9.35.3.3.
                                                                                                    Framing                                                           doors, 9.10.13.15., 9.36.2.9.
                                                                                                      anchorage, 9.23.6.                                              for dwelling units, 9.7.5.2., 9.10.9.18., 9.35.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      exhaust discharge into, 6.3.2.10.                        Glazed openings, 9.10.15., 9.10.15.2., 9.10.15.4.
                                                                                                      floors, 9.3.1.6., 9.35.2.2.                              Glazing
                                                                                                      foundations, 9.35.3.                                       in doors, 9.7.1.1.
                                                                                                      guards and guardrails, 9.8.8.4.                            exit restrictions, 3.4.1.10.
                                                                                                      interconnection of ducting, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.            in fire separations, 3.1.8.16.
                                                                                                      lighting, 9.34.2.6.                                        in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4.
                                                                                                      loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.                           in public areas, 9.8.8.1.
                                                                                                      open-air, 9.10.14.4.                                       in shower or bathroom, 9.6.1.4.
                                                                                                      pressure, 6.3.1.3.                                         in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12.
                                                                                                      repair (see Repair garages)                                wired glass, 3.1.8.16., 3.1.8.18., 3.1.8.19., 3.2.3.5.
                                                                                                      resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.2.                     Glued-laminated timber
                                                                                                      storage (see Storage garages)                              beams, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      ventilation, 3.3.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.                 flooring, 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                      walls, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.                                lintels, 9.23.12.3.
                                                                                                    Gas-burning equipment, installation standard,              Grab bars
                                                                                                          6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.                                    bathtubs, 3.7.2.8., 3.8.3.18.
                                                                                                    Gases, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.                                   loads on, 9.31.2.3.
                                                                                                    Gas mains, under buildings, 3.2.3.21.                        showers, 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                    Gas vents                                                    universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   washrooms, 3.7.2.7., 3.8.3.12.
                                                                                                      materials and installation, 9.33.10.1.                   Grade, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.3.18., 3.2.5.1.
                                                                                                      sealing around, 9.25.3.3.                                Grading, site
                                                                                                    Girders, in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.              backfill, 9.8.10.3., 9.12.3.2.
                                                                                                    Glass                                                        environmental separation, 5.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      (see also Glazing; Transparent panels)                     excavations, 9.14.4.3.
                                                                                                      area limits, maximum, 9.6.1.3.                             surface drainage, 9.14.6.
                                                                                                      design, 9.6.1.3.                                           water control, 5.7.1.1., 9.16.3., 9.18.5.
                                                                                                      doors, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5.2.                     Granular material
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                               beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.1.1., 9.16.2.1.
                                                                                                      in exits, 3.4.1.8.                                         beneath footings and foundations, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.
                                                                                                      in fire separations, 3.2.3.13., 5.3.1.2., 9.10.13.5.     Grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5.
                                                                                                      in guards, 9.8.8.7.                                      Ground cover
                                                                                                      panels, 3.3.1.20.                                          crawl spaces, heated, 9.18.6.2.
                                                                                                      public areas, 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5.                             crawl spaces, unheated, 9.18.6.1.
                                                                                                      safety (see Safety glass)                                  warm-air plenums, 9.18.7.1.
                                                                                                      sidelights, 9.6.1.4.                                     Groundwater
                                                                                                      spandrel, 5.9.1.1.                                         around excavations, 4.2.5.5.
                                                                                                      standards for, 5.9.1.1., 9.6.1.2., 9.6.1.3., 9.6.1.4.,     definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          9.7.5.2., 9.8.8.7.                                     and foundations, 2.2.4.6. [C], 4.2.2.1., 4.2.2.4.,
                                                                                                      structural design basis, 4.3.6.                               4.2.4.3., 4.2.4.9.
                                                                                                      structural strength, 9.6.1.3.                              level, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.4.9., 9.4.4.3., 9.14.5.3., 9.15.3.4.,
                                                                                                      thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.                            9.16.3.1.
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.6.1.3.                                        protection from, 5.7.3.
                                                                                                      types of, 9.6.1.4.                                       Group A occupancy (see Assembly occupancy)
                                                                                                      wired (see Wired glass)                                  Group B occupancy (see Care, treatment or detention
                                                                                                    Glass block assemblies, thermal characteristics,                occupancy)
                                                                                                          9.36.2.7.                                            Group C occupancy (see Residential occupancy)
                                                                                                    Glass blocks                                               Group D occupancy (see Business and personal
                                                                                                      area limits, 3.1.8.18.                                        services occupancy)
                                                                                                      as closures, 3.1.8.5., 9.10.13.7.                        Group E occupancy (see Mercantile occupancy)
                                                                                                      excluding, and temperature limits, 3.1.8.19.             Group F occupancy (see Industrial occupancy)
                                                                                                      in exits, 9.9.4.3. - 9.9.4.6.                            Grout, 9.20.3.2.
                                                                                                      in fire separations, 3.1.8.16.                           Guards (devices)
                                                                                                      in glazed openings, 9.10.15.4.                             balconies and decks, 4.1.7.5., 9.8.8.1., 9.8.8.3.
                                                                                                      not to be used as closures, 3.2.3.5.                       cane-detectable, on doors, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      not in fireplaces or chimneys, 9.20.2.3.                   definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      protection of exit facilities, 3.2.3.13.                   doorways, 9.8.8.1.
                                                                                                      reinforcing, 9.20.9.6.                                     dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.1.
                                                                                                      in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12., 9.10.14.4.             exits, 3.4.6.6.
                                                                                                    Glass-reinforced polyester roofing, 9.26.14.1.               fire escapes, 3.4.7.6.
                                                                                                    Glazed architectural structures (see Fenestration)           fixed seats, 3.3.2.9.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                        Index
                                                                                                      garages, 3.3.5.4., 9.8.8.4.                                   fastening, 9.29.7.3.
                                                                                                      glass, 9.8.8.7.                                               as insulating finish, 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      height, 3.3.1.18., 3.3.5.4., 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.3.               as interior finish, 9.29.7.
                                                                                                      housing and small buildings, 9.8.8.                           material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.9.1., 9.29.7.1.
                                                                                                      industrial occupancies, 3.3.5.10.                             nailing, 9.29.7.3.
                                                                                                      landings, 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.3.                                  as siding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.9.
                                                                                                      loads, 3.3.5.4., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.8.2., 9.8.8.4.                thickness, 9.3.2.7., 9.29.7.2.
                                                                                                      means of egress, 9.9.1.1.                                     as underlay, 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                      to not facilitate climbing, 9.8.8.6.                          as wall sheathing, 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      openable windows, 3.3.4.8.                                  Hardware for doors
                                                                                                      openings through, 3.3.1.18., 3.4.6.6., 3.4.7.6., 9.8.8.5.     access to exit, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                      porches, 9.8.8.3.                                             automatic locking devices, 3.3.4.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      as protection for vehicles, 4.1.5.15.                         bolts, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                      ramps, 3.4.6.6., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.8.1., 9.8.8.4.                 closers in barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      secondary suites, 9.8.1.                                      closures, 3.1.8.5.
                                                                                                      stairs, 3.4.6.6.                                              door release devices, 3.3.1.13., 3.3.2.7., 3.4.6.16.,
                                                                                                      where required, 9.8.8.1.                                         9.9.6.7.
                                                                                                      windows in public areas, 3.3.1.20.                            height, 3.4.6.16.
                                                                                                      windows in residential occupancy, 9.8.8.1.                    hinges, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                    Guards (human), for danger zones, 8.2.1.4.                      hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.
                                                                                                    Gypsum board                                                    locks and latches, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.17.,
                                                                                                      application standard, 9.29.5.1.                                  3.4.6.18., 9.7.5.2., 9.9.6.7., 9.9.6.8., 9.10.13.9.
                                                                                                      on exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.                           power operators, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      fasteners for, 9.29.5.5.                                      self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,
                                                                                                      fastening, 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.                                  9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.
                                                                                                      as fire separation in exit, 9.9.4.2.                          strikeplates, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                      as firestop, 3.1.11.7.                                        on transparent doors and panels, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.29.5.3., 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9.                 universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      as interior finish, 9.29.5.                                 Hatchways, 9.19.2.1., 9.25.3.3.
                                                                                                      material standard, 9.29.5.2.                                Hazardous substances
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.13.                     explosion venting, 3.3.1.21.
                                                                                                      standards, 9.10.9.2.                                          fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.
                                                                                                      as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.                      fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      as wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3.                     heat and smoke detection, 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                    Gypsum lath, 9.29.4.1.                                          prohibited in basements, 3.3.5.3.
                                                                                                    Gypsum panel, 5.9.1.1.                                          safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    storage, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Headroom clearance
                                                                                                                                H                                   access to exits, 9.9.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                                    doorways, 3.4.3.4., 9.5.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    exits, 3.4.3.4., 9.9.3.4.
                                                                                                    Hallways (see Corridors)
                                                                                                                                                                    stairways, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2.
                                                                                                    Handrails
                                                                                                                                                                  Hearths, fireplace
                                                                                                      in aisles with steps, 3.3.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                                    extensions, 9.22.5.1.
                                                                                                      attachment, 9.8.7.7.
                                                                                                                                                                    standard for, 9.22.5.
                                                                                                      continuity, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.2.
                                                                                                                                                                    support, 9.22.5.2.
                                                                                                      design, 9.8.7.7.
                                                                                                                                                                  Heat detectors, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.10.18.3., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                      in dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.1., 9.8.7.1.
                                                                                                                                                                  Heating appliances
                                                                                                      ergonomic design, 9.8.7.5.
                                                                                                                                                                    capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                      graspability, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.5.
                                                                                                      height, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7.4.                                    design, 6.4.1.2., 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                    installation, 6.2.1.6.
                                                                                                      in housing and small buildings, 9.8.7.
                                                                                                                                                                    installation standards, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                      loads, 3.4.6.5., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.7.7.
                                                                                                      in means of egress, 9.9.1.1.                                  location, 6.4.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                  Heating coils, service water heaters, 9.31.6.5.
                                                                                                      projecting into means of egress, 3.4.3.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Heating systems and equipment
                                                                                                      projecting into stair or ramp, 9.8.7.6.
                                                                                                      for ramps, 3.4.6.5., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.7.                         access, 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.
                                                                                                                                                                    asbestos in, 6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.
                                                                                                      in secondary suites, 9.8.1., 9.8.7.
                                                                                                                                                                    capacity, 9.33.3.1., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                      for stairs, 3.4.6.5., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.7.
                                                                                                      termination, 9.8.7.3.                                         cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.
                                                                                                                                                                    continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5.
                                                                                                    Hardboard
                                                                                                                                                                    design, 6.2.1.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                      as cladding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      drawings and specifications, 2.2.6.2. [C]                        calculations and analyses, 5.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                                     exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4.1.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36.                                         performance in doors, windows and skylights,
                                                                                                      fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.2. - 9.33.6.4.        5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.2.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.2.1., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.                       performance in other fenestration assemblies,
                                                                                                      installation standards, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.,              5.9.3.3.
                                                                                                         9.33.5.3.                                                     and required thermal insulation, 9.25.2.1.
                                                                                                      location, 6.4.1.1.                                               thermal resistance of assemblies, 5.3.1., 5.3.1.2.
                                                                                                      performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.                           Heavy timber construction
                                                                                                      protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.                    assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                      in residential buildings, 9.33.2.1.                                 3.2.2.21.
                                                                                                      solid-fuel-burning, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.3.                          assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.                            3.2.2.30., 3.2.2.31.
                                                                                                      system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.                             assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4),
                                                                                                      temperature controls, 9.33.4.3., 9.36.3.6.                          3.2.2.35.
                                                                                                    Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC)                   construction of exposing building faces, 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                         systems and equipment                                         definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      access, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.6., 6.8.1.1., 9.33.4.4.                  dimensions, 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                      air duct systems, 6.3.2.                                         exposing building faces, 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                      air intakes and outlet dampers, 9.36.3.3.                        fire resistance, 9.10.6.2.
                                                                                                      airtightness, 9.36.2.10.                                         fire safety requirements, 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 6                                           flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8.
                                                                                                      asbestos in, 6.2.1.7., 9.33.4.8.                                 high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                      cleaning, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.4.                                       Division 1), 3.2.2.73.
                                                                                                      contaminant transfer prevention, 9.33.4.8.                       low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                      continuity of insulation, 9.36.3.5.                                 Division 3), 3.2.2.89., 3.2.2.90.
                                                                                                      design, 6.2., 6.2.1.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1.,          roofs, 3.2.2.16.
                                                                                                         9.33.4.1., 9.33.5.3.                                          structural members, 3.2.3.9.
                                                                                                      drawings and specifications, 2.2.6.2. [C]                        walkways, 3.2.3.19.
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                                     when permissible, 3.1.4.6., 3.2.2.16.
                                                                                                      energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.                          Height
                                                                                                      energy conservation points, 9.36.8.                              access to exit, 3.3.1.8., 9.9.3.4.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36., 9.36.3.                                between landings, 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.5.5.
                                                                                                      energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.7.                       ceilings, 9.5.3.
                                                                                                      energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.11., 9.36.5.15.              doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2.
                                                                                                      equipment and ducts, 9.36.3.2.                                   exits, 9.9.3.4., 9.9.6.2.
                                                                                                      fire safety characteristics, 6.9.1.1., 9.33.6.2. - 9.33.6.4.     guards, 9.8.8.3.
                                                                                                      heat recovery, 9.36.3.8., 9.36.3.9.                              handrails, 9.8.7.4.
                                                                                                      humidification, 6.3.2.16., 9.36.3.7.                             mezzanines, 9.5.3.2.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.2., 9.32.3.2., 9.33.1.1., 9.33.4.1.              over landings, 9.8.6.4.
                                                                                                      installation standards, 6.2.1.1., 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.,           over ramps, 9.8.5.3.
                                                                                                         9.33.5.3.                                                     over stairs, 9.8.2.2.
                                                                                                      outdoor design conditions, 6.2.1.2.                              rooms and spaces, 9.5.3.1.
                                                                                                      performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.                             storage garages, 9.5.3.3., 9.9.3.4.
                                                                                                      piping, 9.36.3.4.                                              Helicopter landing areas, 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.16., 4.1.5.13.,
                                                                                                      protection from freezing, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.5.                       9.23.16.7.
                                                                                                      structural movement, 6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.                       High buildings
                                                                                                      system pressure, 6.2.1.3., 9.33.4.6.                             additional requirements, 3.2.6.1.
                                                                                                      temperature controls, 9.36.3.6.                                  anchorage, 9.23.6.1.
                                                                                                    Heat pumps, 9.36.3.6., 9.36.3.10.                                  central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                    Heat recovery                                                      construction site protection of public, 8.2.3.2.
                                                                                                      indoor pools and hot tubs, 9.36.3.8.                             interior finishes, 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                      ventilation systems, 9.36.3.9.                                   smoke control system testing, 3.2.6.9.
                                                                                                    Heat recovery ventilators                                          smoke movement limits, 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                      balancing, 9.32.3.12.                                            vertical transportation in, 3.5.1.1.
                                                                                                      capacity, 6.3.1.4., 9.32.3.10.                                   voice communication systems, 3.2.6.8.
                                                                                                      condensate, 9.32.3.12.                                           wind loads, 4.1.7.3.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.3.1.4., 9.32.3.12.                             High-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                      standards for, 9.32.3.10.                                           Division 1)
                                                                                                    Heat transfer                                                      building classification, 3.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 5.1.1.1.                                    definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                        Index
                                                                                                      egress doorways, 3.3.1.5.                                   heat transfer, 9.25.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.3.                      heating and air-conditioning, 9.33.
                                                                                                      fire protection, 3.2.2.72. - 3.2.2.75.                      interior wall and ceiling finishes, 9.29.
                                                                                                      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.                                    lumber and wood products for, 9.3.2.
                                                                                                      safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.2.                         masonry and concrete chimneys, 9.21.
                                                                                                    High importance buildings, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.5., 4.1.8.10.,     masonry and insulating concrete walls, 9.20.
                                                                                                         4.1.8.13., 4.1.8.23.                                     materials, systems and equipment, 9.3.
                                                                                                    Hipped roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6.                            means of egress, 9.9.
                                                                                                    Hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14., 9.10.13.11.                     plumbing facilities, 9.31.
                                                                                                    Home-type care occupancy (Group B, Division 4)                roof spaces, 9.19.
                                                                                                      (see also Children's custodial homes and                    roofing, 9.26.
                                                                                                         convalescent homes)                                      sheet steel stud wall framing, 9.24.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      air-handling system, 9.10.2.2.                              soil gas control, 9.13.
                                                                                                      building classification, 9.10.2.1.                          sound control, 9.11.
                                                                                                      emergency lighting, 9.10.2.2.                               stairs, ramps, handrails and guards, 9.8.
                                                                                                      means of egress, 9.10.2.2.                                  structural requirements, 9.4.
                                                                                                      residential fire warning system, 9.10.2.2.                  stucco, 9.28.
                                                                                                      sleeping accommodations, 9.10.2.2.                          ventilation, 9.32.
                                                                                                      sprinklers, 9.10.2.2.                                       waterproofing, 9.13.
                                                                                                    Horizontal exits                                              windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.
                                                                                                      balconies, 3.4.6.10.                                        wood-frame construction, 9.23.
                                                                                                      bridges, 3.4.6.10.                                        Humidification, 6.3.2.16., 9.36.3.7.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                  HVAC (see Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
                                                                                                      hose station beside, 3.2.5.11.                                 (HVAC) systems and equipment)
                                                                                                      and other types of exits, 3.4.1.4.                        Hydrants, 3.2.5.5., 3.2.5.15.
                                                                                                      restricted use, 3.4.1.6.                                  Hydronic heating
                                                                                                      vestibules, 3.4.6.10.                                       design, 9.33.4.1.
                                                                                                      width, 3.4.6.10.                                            installation, 9.33.4.2.
                                                                                                    Horizontal service spaces                                     secondary suites, 9.33.1.1.
                                                                                                      access, 3.6.4.5.                                          Hydrostatic pressure, 4.2.4.8., 5.7.2., 9.13.3.1., 9.16.3.2.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 3.6.1.1., 3.6.4.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      fire blocks in, 3.1.11.5.                                                              I
                                                                                                      above fire separations, 3.1.8.3., 9.10.9.12.
                                                                                                      fire separations for, 3.6.4.2.                            Ice, accumulation, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.15., 4.1.7.11., 5.3.1.2.,
                                                                                                      sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.14.                                    5.6.2.2.
                                                                                                    Hose connections, 3.2.5.9., 3.2.5.10.                       Impeded egress zones
                                                                                                    Hospitals, 3.1.8.13., 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6.                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Hot tubs, heat recovery, 9.36.3.8.                             door release hardware, 3.4.6.16., 9.9.6.7.
                                                                                                    Hot water supply, 9.31.4.2.                                    doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                    Housing and small buildings                                    fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      (see also Dwelling units)                                    fire annunciators, 3.2.4.8.
                                                                                                      air leakage, 9.25.                                           sliding doors, 3.4.6.14.
                                                                                                      cladding, 9.27.                                              sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.19.
                                                                                                      columns, 9.17.                                            Importance categories for buildings, 4.1.2.1.
                                                                                                      concrete materials, 9.3.1.                                Importance factors
                                                                                                      condensation control, 9.25.                                  earthquake loads, 4.1.8.5.
                                                                                                      crawl spaces, 9.18.                                          snow loads, 4.1.6.2.
                                                                                                      dampproofing, 9.13.                                          wind loads, 4.1.7.3.
                                                                                                      design of areas and spaces, 9.5.                          Incinerator rooms, 3.6.2.4., 9.10.10.5.
                                                                                                      drainage, 9.14.                                           Indirect service water heaters (see Service water
                                                                                                      electrical facilities, 9.34.                                    heaters)
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36.                                  Indoor design temperature, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2.,
                                                                                                      excavations, 9.12.                                              9.33.3.1.
                                                                                                      fire protection, 9.10.                                    Indoor pools
                                                                                                      fireplaces, 9.22.                                            heat recovery, 9.36.3.8.
                                                                                                      flooring, 9.30.                                              temperature controls, 9.36.4.6.
                                                                                                      floors-on-ground, 9.16.                                      water heaters, 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                      footings and foundations, 9.15.
                                                                                                      glass, 9.6.



                                                                                                    Index                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Industrial occupancy (Group F)                            elevator cars, 3.1.13.11.
                                                                                                       (see also High-hazard industrial occupancy;            encapsulated mass timber construction, 3.1.13.12.
                                                                                                          Low-hazard industrial occupancy;                    exterior exit passageway, 3.1.13.10.
                                                                                                          Medium-hazard industrial occupancy)                 fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4.
                                                                                                       classification, 9.10.2.                                flame-spread limits, 9.10.17.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                               flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2.
                                                                                                       door thresholds, rooms with flammable liquids,         floors, 9.30.
                                                                                                          3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.1.                                 gypsum board, 9.29.5.
                                                                                                       exposing building face, 9.10.14.5.                     hardboard, 9.29.7.
                                                                                                       fire alarm systems, 9.10.18.                           high buildings, 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.                        insulating fibreboard, 9.29.8.
                                                                                                       fire separations, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14.               light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.                          masonry walls, 9.20.13.9.
                                                                                                       guards, 3.3.5.10., 9.8.8.5.                            materials, 3.1.13.1.
                                                                                                       ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14., 3.4.6.7., 3.4.6.8.     in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.12., 3.1.13.8.
                                                                                                       self-service storage buildings, 3.9.1.3.               OSB, 9.29.9.
                                                                                                       washrooms, 3.7.2.                                      particle board, 9.29.9.
                                                                                                    Information required for proposed work, 2.2.2.1. [C]      plastering, 9.29.4.
                                                                                                    Institutional occupancy (see Care, treatment or           plywood, 9.29.6.
                                                                                                          detention occupancy)                                public corridor ceilings, 3.1.13.6.
                                                                                                    Insulation                                                skylights, 3.1.13.5.
                                                                                                       attic or roof spaces, 9.25.2.4.                        on steel studs, 9.24.1.5.
                                                                                                       basements, 9.25.2.2.                                   support, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.
                                                                                                       combustible, in noncombustible construction,           tiles, 9.29.10.
                                                                                                          3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.                                underground walkways, 3.1.13.9.
                                                                                                       concealed spaces, 3.1.11.2.                            waferboard, 9.29.9.
                                                                                                       continuity of, 9.36.2.5.                               walls, 9.29.
                                                                                                       crawl spaces, 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.                     waterproof, 9.29.2.
                                                                                                       ducts, 3.1.5.18., 6.3.2.5., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                       environmental separation, 5.1.1.1.
                                                                                                       exposure to exterior space on ground, 5.1.2.1.                                  J
                                                                                                       foamed plastic, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15., 5.3.1.3.,
                                                                                                          9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.2., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                                                                            Janitors' rooms, 3.2.4.10., 3.3.1.22., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                       foundations, 9.12.2.2., 9.25.2.2., 9.25.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                            Joints and connections for ducts, 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.3.,
                                                                                                       installation, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.2.3., 9.27.3.4.                9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                       loose-fill, 9.25.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                            Joists
                                                                                                       materials, 9.25.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                               bearing, 9.23.9.1.
                                                                                                       material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.2.2.                 cantilevered, 9.23.9.9.
                                                                                                       pipes, 3.1.5.18., 6.5.1.1., 9.33.8.2., 9.33.8.4.
                                                                                                                                                               ceilings, 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                       plenums, 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                                                                               continuity, 9.23.14.1.
                                                                                                       properties, 9.25.5.1.                                   dimensions, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.14.7., 9.23.14.10.
                                                                                                       protection of, 9.10.17.10., 9.25.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                               end bearing length, 9.23.14.3.
                                                                                                       requirement for, 5.3.1.1., 9.25.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                               floors, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.9.
                                                                                                       roofs, 9.25.2.2.                                        framing around openings, 9.23.14.2.
                                                                                                       slabs-on-ground, 9.25.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                               header, 9.23.9.5., 9.23.9.7.
                                                                                                       spray-applied, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.2.5.
                                                                                                                                                               lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.
                                                                                                       supported by gypsum board, 9.29.5.4.                    nailing, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.14.9.
                                                                                                       thermal, 9.25.2.
                                                                                                                                                               preservative treatment, 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.
                                                                                                       thermal resistance, 5.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                               roofs, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.,
                                                                                                       walls, 9.25.2.4.                                            9.23.14.9.
                                                                                                       wall sheathing, 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.3., 9.27.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                               spans, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.,
                                                                                                       wires and cables, 3.1.5.21.
                                                                                                                                                                   9.23.14.7., 9.23.14.10.
                                                                                                    Interconnected floor spaces, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.3.2.,       strapping, bridging and furring, 9.23.9.4.
                                                                                                          3.2.8.2., 3.2.8.8., 9.10.9.5.
                                                                                                                                                               support, 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                    Interconnection of duct systems, 6.3.2.7., 6.3.2.10.,
                                                                                                                                                               supported on beams, 9.23.9.2.
                                                                                                          9.33.6.7.                                            supported on masonry or concrete, 9.20.8.2.,
                                                                                                    Interior finishes
                                                                                                                                                                   9.20.8.3., 9.21.5.3., 9.23.2.2., 9.23.2.3.
                                                                                                       bathrooms in residential suites, 3.1.13.3.
                                                                                                                                                               supporting walls, 9.23.9.8.
                                                                                                       for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6.                      tail, 9.23.9.7.
                                                                                                       ceilings, 9.23.9.4., 9.29.
                                                                                                                                                               trimmer, 9.23.9.6.
                                                                                                       dampproofing, 9.13.2.5.
                                                                                                                                                               wood, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                               Index
                                                                                                    Junction boxes, electrical, 3.1.5.2., 9.10.9.6.                  fastening, 9.27.5.7., 9.27.7.5., 9.28.4.6.
                                                                                                                                                                     installation, 9.28.4.2., 9.28.4.5., 9.28.4.6.
                                                                                                                                                                     materials, 9.28.4.1., 9.28.4.3.
                                                                                                                                K                                    nailing, 9.27.5., 9.28.4.6.
                                                                                                                                                                     self-furring, 9.28.4.4.
                                                                                                    Kitchens                                                         standard for, 9.28.4.
                                                                                                       commercial cooking equipment, 3.3.1.2., 6.3.1.6.,             stapling, 9.27.5., 9.28.4.6.
                                                                                                          9.10.1.4., 9.10.13.13.                                     uses, 9.28.1.2.
                                                                                                       emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.                               Lattice structures, ice loading, 4.1.6.15.
                                                                                                       exhaust ducts, 3.1.8.8., 3.1.8.9., 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.11.   Laundry-drying equipment, 9.32.1.3.
                                                                                                       exhaust fans, 9.32.3.3., 9.32.3.7.                         Laundry rooms, 3.2.4.10., 3.3.1.23., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                                                                                  Lavatories, 3.7.2.3., 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.16.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       exhaust outlets, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                       grease duct enclosures, 3.6.3.5.                           Legionella, 6.2.1.1., 6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                       loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.                           Libraries, 3.3.2.13., 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Licensed beverage establishments
                                                                                                                                                                     access to exit, 3.3.1.17.
                                                                                                                                 L                                   principal entrances, 3.4.2.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  Life safety systems, 3.2.9.1., 9.10.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                  Light diffusers and lenses, 3.1.13.4., 9.10.17.6.,
                                                                                                    Laboratories
                                                                                                                                                                        9.10.17.8.
                                                                                                      enclosure exhaust ventilation, 3.3.1.21., 6.3.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Lighting
                                                                                                      live loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     basements, 9.34.2.3., 9.34.2.4.
                                                                                                      ventilation, 6.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                                     elements, 3.1.13.1., 9.10.17.6., 9.10.17.8.
                                                                                                    Landings
                                                                                                                                                                     emergency, 3.2.7.3., 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3., 9.34.2.7.,
                                                                                                      barrier-free, 3.8.3.5.
                                                                                                                                                                        9.34.3.
                                                                                                      configurations, 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     entrances, 9.34.2.1.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 3.4.3.4., 3.4.6.4., 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     exits, 3.2.7.1.
                                                                                                      at doorways, 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.3., 9.8.6.2., 9.8.6.3.,
                                                                                                                                                                     fixtures, recessed, 3.2.7.2., 9.34.1.4.
                                                                                                         9.9.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     garages and carports, 9.34.2.6.
                                                                                                      fire escapes, 3.4.7.7.
                                                                                                                                                                     levels, 9.9.12.2., 9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                      guards, 3.4.6.6., 9.8.8.
                                                                                                                                                                     levels, minimum, 3.2.7.1.
                                                                                                      height between, 3.4.6.3., 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.5.5.
                                                                                                                                                                     means of egress, 9.9.12.
                                                                                                      height over, 9.8.6.4.
                                                                                                                                                                     outlets for, 3.2.7.1., 9.34.2.
                                                                                                      in housing and small buildings, 9.8.6.
                                                                                                                                                                     public corridors, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2., 9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                      omitted, 3.4.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     public and service areas, 9.34.2.7.
                                                                                                      openings in, 3.4.6.4.
                                                                                                                                                                     stairways, 9.34.2.3.
                                                                                                      as part of exit, 9.8.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Lightning protection systems, 3.6.1.3.
                                                                                                      on ramps, 9.8.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  Limited-use/limited-application elevators (LULA),
                                                                                                      slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                                                                                        3.5.4.1.
                                                                                                      on stairs, 9.8.6.
                                                                                                                                                                  Limiting distance
                                                                                                    Lateral loads
                                                                                                                                                                     between construction camp buildings, 9.10.21.5.
                                                                                                      anchorage, 9.23.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      braced wall bands, 9.23.13.4., 9.23.13.5.
                                                                                                                                                                     exposing building face, 3.2.3.5., 3.2.3.6., 3.2.3.7.,
                                                                                                      braced wall panels, 9.23.13.5., 9.23.13.6.
                                                                                                      bracing considerations, 9.23.13.7.                                9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                                                                                     exterior walls, 9.10.3.3.
                                                                                                      bracing requirements, 9.23.13., 9.23.13.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     fire department response time, 3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      fasteners for framing, 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                      fasteners for sheathing and subfloors, 9.23.3.5.               and firefighting services, 9.10.15.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     fire-resistance rating exception, 3.1.7.2.
                                                                                                      floor joists supporting walls, 9.23.9.8.
                                                                                                                                                                     less than 1.2 m, 3.2.3.5.
                                                                                                      lumber roof sheathing, 9.23.16.5.
                                                                                                      materials, 9.23.13.6.                                          low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                                                                                        Division 3), 3.2.3.11.
                                                                                                      particleboard, OSB or waferboard finishes, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                                                                                     maximum concentrated area, 3.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.
                                                                                                      roof sheathing, required, 9.23.16.1.                           spatial separation between buildings, 3.2.3.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                        9.10.14.3., 9.10.15.
                                                                                                      spacing of nails in gypsum board, 9.29.5.8.
                                                                                                                                                                     unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.10.
                                                                                                      spacing of screws in gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.
                                                                                                    Lath, plaster                                                    wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.
                                                                                                                                                                  Limit states design
                                                                                                      gypsum, 9.29.4.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     application, 4.1.3.
                                                                                                      metal, 9.29.4.1.
                                                                                                    Lath, stucco                                                     dead load, 4.1.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                                     definition of terms, 4.1.3.1.
                                                                                                      attachment to sheathing, 9.27.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                     effect of factored loads, 4.1.3.2.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.28.4.3.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                       fatigue check, 4.1.3.3.                                        eccentric, on foundations, 4.2.4.6.
                                                                                                       importance factors, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.8.5.                         environmental, 5.1.4.1., 5.2.1., 5.2.1.3.
                                                                                                       load factors, 4.1.3.2.                                         on exterior areas, 4.1.5.5.
                                                                                                       resistance, 4.1.3.2.                                           on firewalls, 4.1.5.17.
                                                                                                       serviceability check, 4.1.3.4.                                 on floors, 4.1.5.3., 9.23.1.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2.,
                                                                                                       strength and stability check, 4.1.3.2.                            9.23.4.4.
                                                                                                    Linen chutes, 3.6.3.3., 9.10.1.3.                                 on foundations, 4.2.4.1., 9.4.4.6.
                                                                                                    Liners, chimney                                                   full and partial, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                       clay, 9.21.3.3.                                                on grab bars, 3.7.2.7., 9.31.2.3.
                                                                                                       clearances, 9.21.3.8.                                          on guards, 3.3.5.4., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.8.2., 9.8.8.4.
                                                                                                       concrete, 9.21.3.5.                                            on handrails, 3.4.6.5., 4.1.5.14., 9.8.7.7.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                       and helipads, 4.1.5.13.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       extensions, 9.21.3.10.                                         hydrostatic, 4.2.4.8., 9.13.3.1., 9.16.3.2.
                                                                                                       firebrick, 9.21.3.4.                                           impact of machinery and equipment, 4.1.5.11.
                                                                                                       installation, 9.21.3.7.                                        lateral (see Lateral loads)
                                                                                                       joints, 9.21.3.2.                                              limit states, 4.1.3.
                                                                                                       materials, 9.21.3.1.                                           live, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.1.5.
                                                                                                       metal, 9.21.3.6.                                               with more than one occupancy, 4.1.5.7.
                                                                                                       mortar, 9.21.3.9.                                              not specified, 4.1.2.2.
                                                                                                       separation, 9.21.4.9.                                          permanent, 4.1.3.2.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.21.3.                                          on ramps, 9.8.9.1.
                                                                                                    Liners, fireplace                                                 on residential balconies, 4.1.5.3., 9.4.2.3.
                                                                                                       firebrick, 9.22.2.2.                                           on retaining walls, 9.4.4.5., 9.4.4.6.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.22.2.                                          specified, 4.1.2., 9.4.2.
                                                                                                       steel, 9.22.2.3.                                               on stairs, 9.8.9.1.
                                                                                                       wall thickness, 9.22.3.                                        structural, 4.1., 9.4.
                                                                                                    Linings                                                           structural, on environmental separators, 5.1.4.1.,
                                                                                                       for ducts and plenums, 3.1.5.18., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.             5.2.2.
                                                                                                       for radiators and convectors, 6.4.3.1., 9.33.7.1.              and structural strength, 5.2.2.
                                                                                                    Lintels                                                           variation with tributary area, 4.1.5.8.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.23.12.3.                                         on vehicle guardrails, 4.1.5.15.
                                                                                                       fireplaces, 9.22.1.2.                                          vibration, 4.1.3.6.
                                                                                                       nailing, 9.23.12.3.                                            on walls acting as guards, 4.1.5.16.
                                                                                                       spans, 9.23.12.3.                                              wind (see Wind load)
                                                                                                       steel, 3.2.2.3., 9.10.7.1., 9.20.5.2., 9.22.1.2.             Lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5., 9.10.17.3.
                                                                                                       supporting masonry over openings, 9.20.5.2.                    (see also Vestibules)
                                                                                                       wood, 9.23.12.                                               Locking devices
                                                                                                    Liquids, combustible (see Combustible liquids)                    automatic, 3.3.4.5.
                                                                                                    Liquids, flammable (see Flammable liquids)                        contained use area, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                    Liquids, hazardous, 6.9.1.2.                                      electromagnetic, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 9.9.6.7.
                                                                                                    Live loads (see Loads)                                            impeded egress zone, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                    Loadbearing, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                             principal entrances, 9.9.6.7.
                                                                                                    Loads                                                           Locks, deadbolt, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                       in attics, 9.4.2.4.                                          Low buildings, wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                       bearing pressure for soil or rock, 9.4.4.1.                  Lowest exit level, 3.2.6.2., 3.4.3.2., 3.4.5.3., 9.9.11.4.
                                                                                                       climatic, 1.1.3., 5.2.1.1.                                   Low fire load, 3.2.2.91., 3.2.3.11.
                                                                                                       combinations, 4.1.3.2.                                       Low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                       concentrated, 4.1.5.9.                                            Division 3)
                                                                                                       dead, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.1.3.2., 4.1.4., 9.4.3.1.                 building classification, 3.1.2.1.
                                                                                                       deflections under, 4.1.3.5., 9.4.3.                            definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       design requirement, 4.1.1.3.                                   fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.
                                                                                                       in dining areas, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.6.                            fire protection, 3.2.2.82. - 3.2.2.92., 3.2.3.11.
                                                                                                       due to crane, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.5.11.                              fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.5.
                                                                                                       due to earthquakes, 4.1.3.2., 4.1.8.                           occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                       due to ice, 4.1.6.15.                                        Lumber
                                                                                                       due to partitions, 4.1.4.1.                                    dimensions, 9.3.2.6.
                                                                                                       due to resonance, 4.1.3.6.                                     firestops, 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                       due to snow and rain, 4.1.6., 4.1.6.4., 9.4.2.2., 9.4.2.3.     grades, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.2., 9.3.2.3.
                                                                                                       due to sway forces, 4.1.5.10.                                  for housing and small buildings, 9.3.2.
                                                                                                       due to use and occupancy, 4.1.5.                               moisture content, 9.3.2.5.
                                                                                                       during construction, 4.1.1.3.                                  protection from termites and decay, 9.3.2.9.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                         Index
                                                                                                      sheathing, 9.23.16.5.                                      supporting floor joists, 9.15.5.1.
                                                                                                      structural uses, 9.3.2.9.                                  support of loads, 9.20.5., 9.20.8.
                                                                                                      undersized, 9.3.2.8.                                       as thermal barrier, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.
                                                                                                                                                                 ties, 9.20.9.5.
                                                                                                                                                                 tying, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.2.
                                                                                                                              M                                  units, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.20.2., 9.20.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 used brick, 9.20.2.2.
                                                                                                    Main entrances (see Principal entrances)                     veneer, 9.20.6.4., 9.20.8.5., 9.20.9.5., 9.20.12.3.
                                                                                                                                                                 walls, 9.20.
                                                                                                    Major occupancy
                                                                                                                                                                 weep holes, 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6., 9.20.13.8.
                                                                                                      and building classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                 Mastics, 3.1.5.2.
                                                                                                                                                               Materials




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      occupancy combination prohibitions, 3.1.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6.
                                                                                                    Major occupancy and fire safety requirements
                                                                                                      building area determination, 3.2.2.5.                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                 cladding, hardboard, factory-finished, 9.27.9.1.
                                                                                                      exceptions, 3.2.2.8.
                                                                                                                                                                 cladding, lumber, 9.27.6.1.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 3.1.3.1.
                                                                                                      multiple occupancies, 3.1.3., 3.2.2.4., 3.2.2.6.,          cladding, OSB and waferboard, 9.27.10.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 cladding, plywood, 9.27.8.1.
                                                                                                         9.10.2., 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.
                                                                                                                                                                 cladding, strip steel, 9.27.11.1.
                                                                                                      superimposed occupancies, 3.2.2.7.
                                                                                                    Makeup air                                                   cladding, vinyl, 9.27.12.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 columns, unit masonry, 9.17.5.1.
                                                                                                      and depressurization protection, 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                                                                                 columns, wood, 9.17.4.2.
                                                                                                      fans, 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                      requirements, 6.3.2.8.                                     combustible, in noncombustible construction,
                                                                                                                                                                    9.10.6.
                                                                                                      for subfloor depressurization, 9.13.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                 concrete, 9.3.1.
                                                                                                      venting of laundry-drying, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                    Make-up water connections, 6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.              dampproofing, 9.13.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 design requirements, 4.3.
                                                                                                    Mansard roofs
                                                                                                                                                                 drainage tile and pipe, 9.14.3.1.
                                                                                                      firestopping, 3.1.11.5.
                                                                                                      sheathing, 9.23.17.6.                                      ducts, 6.3.2.3., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 eave protection, 9.26.5.2.
                                                                                                      venting, 9.19.1.4.
                                                                                                                                                                 exterior insulation finish systems, 9.27.14.
                                                                                                    Manual stations, fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.16.
                                                                                                    Manufactured buildings, foundations, 9.12.2.2.,             fibreboard, insulating, 9.29.8.1.
                                                                                                                                                                fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.
                                                                                                         9.15.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                                firestops, 3.1.9.1., 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                    Marquees, 3.1.5.24., 3.1.16.1., 3.2.2.3.
                                                                                                    Masonry                                                     flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.26.4.2., 9.27.3.7.
                                                                                                                                                                foundations, 4.2.3.
                                                                                                      bonding, 9.20.9., 9.20.11.2.
                                                                                                                                                                glass, 9.6.1.2.
                                                                                                      chases and recesses, 9.20.7.
                                                                                                      chimneys, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.3.2., 9.21., 9.33.10.3.       granular, beneath floors, 9.16.2.
                                                                                                                                                                gypsum products, 9.29.5.2.
                                                                                                      cold weather requirements, 9.20.14.
                                                                                                                                                                hardboard, 9.29.7.1.
                                                                                                      columns, 9.17.5.
                                                                                                      corbelling, 9.20.12.                                      for housing and small buildings, 9.30.
                                                                                                                                                                lumber and wood products, 9.3.2.
                                                                                                      dampproofing, 9.13.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                                metal, 9.3.3.
                                                                                                      earthquake reinforcement, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15.
                                                                                                      exposure to weather, 9.20.2.6.                            particleboard finish, 9.29.9.1.
                                                                                                                                                                pipes for heating and cooling systems, 6.7.1.1.,
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.20.13., 9.26.4.4., 9.26.4.6.
                                                                                                                                                                    9.33.8.1.
                                                                                                      flues, 9.21.
                                                                                                      foundations, 4.2.3.3., 4.2.3.4., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.,      review of, 2.2.7.4. [C]
                                                                                                                                                                 roofing, 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                         9.15.4., 9.15.4.10.
                                                                                                                                                                 roof sheathing, 9.23.16.2.
                                                                                                      grout, 9.20.3.2.
                                                                                                      installation, 5.6.1.2., 9.15.2.2., 9.15.2.3., 9.20.        sealants, 9.27.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 shingles and shakes, 9.27.7.1.
                                                                                                      joints, 9.20.4., 9.20.9.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 standards, 1.5. [A], 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                      lateral support, 9.20.10.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.15.2.2.,         steel studs and runners, 9.24.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 storage, 1.2.2.2. [A], 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                         9.17.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 subflooring, 9.23.15.2.
                                                                                                      mortar, 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2.
                                                                                                      parapet walls, 9.20.6.5.                                   testing, 4.1.1.5.
                                                                                                                                                                 thermal characteristics, 9.36.2.2.
                                                                                                      for pilasters, 9.15.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                 underlay, panel-type, 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                      solid, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      structural design basis, 4.3.2.1.                          used, 1.2.2.3. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                 waterproofing, 9.13.3.2., 9.29.2.2.
                                                                                                      stucco on, 9.28.1.3.
                                                                                                      supporting beams, 9.15.5.2.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Materials, appliances, systems and equipment                   Mezzanines
                                                                                                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]                                  application of requirements to exterior
                                                                                                      storage, 1.2.2.2. [A]                                             passageways, 3.2.2.12.
                                                                                                      used, 1.2.2.3. [A]                                             assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                    Means of egress (see also Exits)                                    3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                      from air-supported structures, 3.1.18.1.                       assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),
                                                                                                      from care, treatment or detention occupancy,                      3.2.2.23.
                                                                                                         3.3.3.3.                                                    assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                          3.2.2.29.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.9.3.                                             and building height, 3.2.1.1., 9.10.4.1., 9.10.4.2.
                                                                                                      through doors and windows in dwelling units,                   business and personal services occupancy
                                                                                                         9.7.2.2.                                                       (Group D), 3.2.2.56.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      from dwelling units, 3.3.4.4., 9.9.9.                          care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                      exterior passageways as, 3.2.2.12.                                Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.
                                                                                                      and fire hose cabinets, 3.2.5.11.                              care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                      within floor areas, 3.3.1.3.                                      Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.
                                                                                                      from housing and small buildings, 9.9.                         care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                      lighting of, 9.9.12.2.                                            Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                      obstructions in, 3.3.1.24., 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5.,        ceiling height, 9.5.3.2.
                                                                                                         9.9.11.2.                                                   definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      from outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11.                     fire-resistance rating, 3.2.2.17., 9.10.8.6., 9.10.9.4.
                                                                                                      from secondary suites, 9.9.9.                                  fire separations, 3.2.1.6., 3.2.8.1., 9.10.12.1.
                                                                                                      sliding doors in, 3.3.1.12.                                    guards, 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.1.
                                                                                                      from tents, 3.1.18.1.                                          gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas and rinks,
                                                                                                      transparent panels or doors in, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4.               3.2.2.17.
                                                                                                      with two separate exits, 9.9.9.2.                              high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                    Measurement, rooms and spaces, 9.5.1.1.                             Division 1), 3.2.2.72.
                                                                                                    Mechanical systems and equipment (see                            loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3., 4.1.5.4.
                                                                                                         Heatingventilating and air-conditioning                     low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                         (HVAC) systems and equipment)                                  Division 3), 3.2.2.82.
                                                                                                    Mechanical ventilation (see Ventilation)                         means of egress, 3.4.2.2., 9.9.8.6.
                                                                                                    Medical gas piping, 3.7.3.1., 9.31.1.1.                          medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                    Medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                        Division 2), 3.2.2.76.
                                                                                                         Division 2)                                                 mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66.
                                                                                                      ammonium nitrate storage, 3.3.6.6.                             occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                      building classification, 3.1.2.1.                              openings in floor assemblies, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                       residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.                         termination, 9.10.12.1.
                                                                                                      fire protection, 3.2.2.76. - 3.2.2.81.                       Micro-organisms, minimizing growth of, 6.3.2.2.,
                                                                                                      fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.5.                    6.3.2.15., 6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.                                     Mild climate indicator, 9.25.4.2., 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                    Mercantile occupancy (Group E)                                 Millwork, combustible, 3.1.5.9.
                                                                                                      classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.                            Mirrors
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                       in exits, 9.9.5.6.
                                                                                                      exit stairs, 9.9.4.7.                                          in washrooms, 3.8.3.16.
                                                                                                      exposing building face, 9.10.14.5.                           Misters, 6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.                       Moisture
                                                                                                      fire protection, 3.2.2.66. - 3.2.2.71.                         diffusion, 5.1.1.1., 5.5.1.2.
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.                                flooring resistant to, 9.30.1.2.
                                                                                                      fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1.                         protection against, application of Code, 9.13.1.1.
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.                                  resistant backing for wall tile, 9.29.10.4.
                                                                                                      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.                                       transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 5.5.1.2.
                                                                                                      security, 3.4.6.17.                                          Moisture index, 9.27.2.2.
                                                                                                    Metal                                                          Mortar
                                                                                                      cladding, 5.6.1., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.6., 9.27.11.     aggregate for, 5.9.1.1., 9.20.3.1., 9.20.3.2., 9.29.10.2.
                                                                                                      for housing and small buildings, 9.3.3.                        as base for ceramic wall tile, 9.29.10.2.
                                                                                                      galvanized sheet, 9.3.3.2.                                     cold weather requirements, 9.20.14.
                                                                                                      roof deck assembly, 3.1.14.2.                                  joints, 9.20.4.
                                                                                                      sheet thickness, 9.3.3.1.                                      material standards, 9.20.3.1.
                                                                                                      siding, 5.6.1., 5.9.1.1., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.6., 9.27.11.       mixes, 9.20.3.2.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                        Index
                                                                                                     standard for, 9.20.3.                                     dimensions, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.3., 9.27.5.4.
                                                                                                     uses, 9.20.3.2.                                           for fibreboard finish, 9.29.8.3.
                                                                                                    Movement, differential                                     for gypsum board, 9.29.5.6.
                                                                                                     columns, 9.17.2.2.                                        length, 9.23.3.2.
                                                                                                     decks and other accessible platforms, 9.12.2.2.,          for OSB finish, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                         9.23.6.2.                                             for particleboard finish, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                     elements in environmental separation, 5.1.4.1.,           for roofing, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.3.
                                                                                                         5.2.2.1.                                              for shingles, 9.26.7.4.
                                                                                                     metal and vinyl cladding, 9.27.5.6.                       standard for, 9.23.3.1., 9.26.2.3., 9.29.5.6.
                                                                                                    Moving walks, 3.2.8.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.4., 9.8.1.4.       for underlay, 9.30.2.3.
                                                                                                    Multiple occupancies                                       for waferboard finish, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                     and building classification, 9.10.2.                    National Building Code




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     building size and construction requirements,              acceptable solutions, 1.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                         3.2.2.4.                                              administration, 2.2. [C]
                                                                                                     fire separations, 3.1.3.                                  alternative solutions, 1.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                     requirements decided by most restricted                   application, 1.1.1. [A], 1.1.1. [C], 1.3. [A], 2.1.1. [A],
                                                                                                         occupancy, 3.2.2.6.                                      3.1. [A]
                                                                                                     separation of repair garages, 9.10.9.19.                  compliance, 2.2. [A]
                                                                                                     separation of residential occupancies, 9.10.9.13.         conflicting requirements, 1.5.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                     separation of storage garages, 9.10.9.18.                 objectives, 2.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                               referenced documents, 1.3.1., 1.5.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                               scope, 1.1.1. [C], 1.3.1. [B]
                                                                                                                                N                            Noise, protection from, 5.8., 9.32.3.10.
                                                                                                                                                             Noncombustible cladding, 3.1.4.8., 3.1.5.5., 3.2.3.7.,
                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.3.9.
                                                                                                    Nailing
                                                                                                      bracing, 9.23.10.2.                                    Noncombustible construction
                                                                                                                                                               assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                      built-up beams, 9.23.8.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.2.20., 3.2.2.21.
                                                                                                      cladding, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.
                                                                                                      columns, 9.17.4.2.                                       assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),
                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24.
                                                                                                      fibreboard finish, 9.29.8.3.
                                                                                                                                                               assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),
                                                                                                      framing, 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                      furring, 9.29.3.2.                                          3.2.2.29.
                                                                                                                                                               assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4),
                                                                                                      gypsum board, 9.29.5.5., 9.29.5.8.
                                                                                                                                                                  3.2.2.35.
                                                                                                      hardboard finish, 9.29.7.3.
                                                                                                      joists, 9.23.9.2., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.14.9.                 business and personal services occupancy
                                                                                                                                                                  (Group D), 3.2.2.56.
                                                                                                      lintels, 9.23.12., 9.23.12.3.
                                                                                                                                                               care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                      OSB finish, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                      particleboard finish, 9.29.9.3.                             Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.
                                                                                                                                                               care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                      plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                  Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.
                                                                                                      prevention of splitting, 9.23.3.3.
                                                                                                      rafters, 9.23.14.4.                                      care, treatment or detention occupancy (Group B,
                                                                                                                                                                  Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                      roofing, 9.26.2.3.
                                                                                                                                                               combustible ducts, 3.1.5.18.
                                                                                                      runners, 9.24.3.1.
                                                                                                      shakes, 9.27.7.3.                                        combustible elements, 3.1.5.6., 3.1.5.16., 9.10.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                               combustible finishes in, 3.1.5.12.
                                                                                                      sheathing, 9.23.3.5.
                                                                                                                                                               combustible flooring in, 3.1.5.10.
                                                                                                      shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5., 9.27.7.3.
                                                                                                      siding, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.                               combustible insulation in, 3.1.5.14.
                                                                                                                                                               combustible piping materials, 3.1.5.19.
                                                                                                      stucco, 9.28.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                               combustible plumbing fixtures, 3.1.5.20.
                                                                                                      subflooring, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.6.
                                                                                                      underlay, 9.30.2.3.                                      combustible stairs in, 3.1.5.11.
                                                                                                                                                               decorative wood cladding, 3.1.5.24.
                                                                                                      waferboard finish, 9.29.9.3.
                                                                                                                                                               definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      wall plates, 9.23.11.3.
                                                                                                      wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.                         ducts (combustible) in, 3.1.5.18.
                                                                                                      wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.26.10.4.          exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.
                                                                                                      wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.3.                           exterior walls, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.6.
                                                                                                    Nailing and supporting elements                            factory-assembled panels, 3.1.5.7.
                                                                                                      fire blocks required, 3.1.11.3.                          firestops, 3.1.11.3.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.8.                 firewalls, 3.1.10.1., 3.1.10.2.
                                                                                                    Nails                                                      flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8.
                                                                                                      for cladding, 9.27.5., 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.              glazing and skylights, 3.1.5.4.
                                                                                                      diameters, 9.23.3.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                 National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                   fire containment exception, 3.2.1.5., 3.2.2.82.
                                                                                                         Division 1), 3.2.2.72., 3.2.2.73.                         low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,
                                                                                                      low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                       Division 3), 3.2.2.92.
                                                                                                         Division 3), 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.89.                         storage garages, 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                      materials permitted in, 3.1.5.1.                             unprotected openings, 3.2.3.10.
                                                                                                      medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,               Openings
                                                                                                         Division 2), 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77.                         (see also Unprotected openings)
                                                                                                      mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66.                    through barricades, 8.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      metal roof decks, 3.1.14.2.                                  in barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.2.
                                                                                                      minor combustible components, 3.1.5.2.                       care, treatment or detention occupancy, 3.3.3.2.
                                                                                                      nailing elements, 3.1.5.8.                                   for ducts, 6.3.2.9., 9.10.5.1., 9.33.6.10.
                                                                                                      non-metallic raceways in, 3.1.5.23.                          for escalators, 3.2.8.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      partitions in, 3.1.5.16.                                     in exposing building face, 9.10.14., 9.10.15.
                                                                                                      plumbing fixtures, 3.1.5.20.                                 in exterior walls, 3.2.3.13., 3.2.3.17., 9.10.12.3.
                                                                                                      residential occupancy (Group C), 3.2.2.47.                   for fire dampers, 9.24.3.7.
                                                                                                      roofing materials, 3.1.5.3.                                  fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      support of, 9.10.8.4.                                        in fire separations, 3.1.8.1., 3.1.8.6., 3.2.3.13., 3.3.3.2.,
                                                                                                      vehicular passageways, 3.2.3.18.                                3.4.4.4., 9.10.5., 9.10.9.3., 9.10.13., 9.10.13.8.
                                                                                                      walkways, 3.2.3.19., 3.2.3.20.                               through floor assemblies, interconnected floor
                                                                                                      wires and cables, 3.1.5.21., 3.1.5.22.                          spaces, 3.2.8.
                                                                                                    Noncombustible materials                                       in garage floors, 3.3.5.4.
                                                                                                      permitted in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.1.           in guards, 9.8.8.5.
                                                                                                      return air ducts, 3.6.5.8.                                   guards for, 3.3.1.18., 3.4.6.6.
                                                                                                    Notching of framing members, 9.23.5.2.                         in membrane ceilings, 3.1.9.5., 9.10.5.
                                                                                                    Nursing homes, 3.1.8.13., 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6.                   for moving walks, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   for natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   near exterior exits, 9.9.4.4. - 9.9.4.6.
                                                                                                                                  O                                onto landings, 3.4.6.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   in repair garages, 3.3.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   for stairways, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                    Objectives of the Code
                                                                                                                                                                   support of masonry above, 9.20.5.2.
                                                                                                      application, 2.1.1.2. [A], 3.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   in walls above adjoining roof, 9.10.12.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 2.2.1.1. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   in walls exposed to adjoining roof, 3.2.3.15.
                                                                                                    Obstructions
                                                                                                                                                                 Operating rooms, 3.3.3.6., 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      in corridors, 3.3.1.9., 9.9.5.2., 9.9.5.3., 9.9.6.1.
                                                                                                                                                                 Oriented strand board (see OSB)
                                                                                                      in doorways, 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.3.
                                                                                                                                                                 Orphanages, 3.2.4.3.
                                                                                                      in exits, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5., 9.9.6.1., 9.9.6.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 OSB
                                                                                                      in means of egress, 3.3.1.24., 9.9.5., 9.9.5.5.
                                                                                                                                                                   as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,
                                                                                                    Occupancy
                                                                                                                                                                      9.27.10.
                                                                                                      and building classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.
                                                                                                      and building size determination, 1.3.3.4. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                      combination prohibitions, 3.1.3.2., 9.10.9.14.
                                                                                                                                                                   firestopping, 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   as interior finish, 9.29.9.
                                                                                                      and live loads, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                   material, 9.3.2.4.
                                                                                                      multiple (see Multiple occupancies)
                                                                                                                                                                   material standard, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,
                                                                                                    Occupant load
                                                                                                                                                                      9.23.17.2., 9.27.10.1., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                      and access to exits, 9.9.7.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                                                                                   as siding, 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.
                                                                                                      and exit stairway, 3.4.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   as subflooring, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.15.5.
                                                                                                      and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   thickness, 9.3.2.7.
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.22.
                                                                                                                                                                   as underlay, 9.30.2.
                                                                                                      fire safety requirements, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   as wall sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2.,
                                                                                                      and means of egress, 9.9.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                                      9.23.13., 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.
                                                                                                      and seating, 3.3.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 Outdoor places of assembly, 3.3.2.11.
                                                                                                    Odour removal equipment, 6.8.1.3., 9.33.6.14.
                                                                                                                                                                 Outdoor process equipment, 3.2.3.21.
                                                                                                    Office areas, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                    Oil-burning equipment, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.                   Outdoors
                                                                                                                                                                   air quality, 6.2.1.2., 6.3.2.14.
                                                                                                    Open-air storage garages, 9.10.18.8.
                                                                                                                                                                   air supply rates, 6.3.1.1., 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                    Open-air storey
                                                                                                      access route, 3.2.5.4.                                       design temperatures, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2.,
                                                                                                                                                                      5.5.1.2., 6.2.1.2., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      exposing building face, 9.10.14.4.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                         Index
                                                                                                    Outlet boxes, electrical                                   fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.8.
                                                                                                      combustible, in noncombustible construction,             fire separations, 9.9.4.2.
                                                                                                         3.1.5.2.                                              flame-spread rating, 9.10.17.4.
                                                                                                      penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2., 3.1.9.3.,        interior finishes, 3.1.13.10.
                                                                                                         9.10.5.1., 9.10.9.6.                                  as means of egress, 3.2.2.12.
                                                                                                    Ovens, fire protection, 9.10.22.                        Passenger elevating device
                                                                                                    Owner, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                            dimensions, 3.5.4.1.
                                                                                                    Oxidizing gases (see Combustible gases)                 Passenger loading zones, 3.8.2.5., 3.8.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                            Passenger pickup areas, barrier-free, 3.8.3.1.
                                                                                                                                                            Path of travel, barrier-free
                                                                                                                              P                                access to storeys served by escalators and moving
                                                                                                                                                                  walks, 3.8.2.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                                                                               apartment buildings, 9.5.2.3.
                                                                                                    Paint
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.                 application of Code, 3.8.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                               doors and doorways, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                      on steel columns, 9.17.3.3., 9.23.8.2.
                                                                                                                                                               drinking fountains, 3.8.3.10.
                                                                                                    Parapets
                                                                                                      design, 4.1.8.18., 5.6.2.2., 9.20.6.5.                   elevators, 3.3.1.7., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.7.
                                                                                                                                                               exterior, 3.8.2.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.5., 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.2.,
                                                                                                      firewalls as, 3.1.10.4.
                                                                                                                                                                  3.8.3.3., 3.8.3.5., 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.                           floor areas, 3.3.1.7., 9.5.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                               parking areas, 3.8.2.5.
                                                                                                    Parging
                                                                                                                                                               protruding building elements, 3.3.1.8.
                                                                                                      of above-grade masonry, 9.20.13.9.
                                                                                                      for dampproofing, 9.13.2.3., 9.13.2.4.                   signs, 3.8.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                               storage garage, 3.8.2.5.
                                                                                                      of foundation walls, 9.15.6.
                                                                                                                                                               universal shower and dressing room, 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                      for protection of insulation, 9.25.2.3.
                                                                                                      for waterproofing, 9.13.3.3.                             universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                                                                               walkways, 3.8.3.3.
                                                                                                    Parking areas
                                                                                                                                                               wheelchair spaces, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.
                                                                                                      access, 3.8.2.5.
                                                                                                      barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.2.5.                    width, 3.8.3.2.
                                                                                                                                                            Patients' bedrooms, 3.3.3.5., 3.4.1.6., 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      ventilation, 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                                                                            Pedestrian traffic, construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.3.2.
                                                                                                    Parking decks on roofs, 4.1.5.5.
                                                                                                    Parking garages (see Storage garages)                   Penetrations in fire assemblies, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.23., 3.1.9.
                                                                                                                                                            Penthouses, 3.6.1.1., 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.6., 4.1.8.11., 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                    Parking structures, structural design basis, 4.4.2.1.
                                                                                                                                                            Perched groundwater, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.2.5.5.
                                                                                                    Particleboard
                                                                                                      as interior finish, 9.29.9.                           Permafrost, 4.2.4.10., 9.15.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                            Piers
                                                                                                      material standard, 9.23.15.2., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                               anchoring to, 9.20.11.6.
                                                                                                      subflooring, 9.23.15.2.
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.3.2.7.                                      dimensions, 9.35.3.4.
                                                                                                                                                            Pier-type foundations, 9.15.2.3.
                                                                                                      underlay, 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                            Pilasters, 9.15.5.3., 9.20.8.4.
                                                                                                    Partitions
                                                                                                      dead loads, 4.1.4.1.                                  Pile foundations, 1.4.1.2. [A], 4.1.8.16., 4.2.3.8.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                              Pipes
                                                                                                                                                               clearances, 6.7.1.2., 9.33.8.3.
                                                                                                      exceptions for mezzanines, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                      in lieu of sliding doors, 3.3.1.12.                      combustible (see Combustible piping)
                                                                                                                                                               corrosion protection, 9.31.2.2.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.16.
                                                                                                                                                               coverings, 3.6.5.5.
                                                                                                      sliding glass, 3.3.1.20.
                                                                                                    Party walls                                                drainage, 9.14.3.
                                                                                                                                                               expansion and contraction, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.
                                                                                                      airtightness, 9.36.2.10.
                                                                                                                                                               for heating and cooling systems, 9.33.8.
                                                                                                      continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                 insulation, 3.6.5.5., 6.5.1.1., 9.33.8.2., 9.33.8.4.
                                                                                                                                                               materials, 6.7.1.1., 9.14.3.1.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 9.10.9.
                                                                                                                                                               for medical gas, 3.7.3.1.
                                                                                                      as firewalls, 3.2.3.4., 9.10.11.1.
                                                                                                      not as firewalls, 9.10.11.2.                             metal, 9.14.3., 9.31.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                               in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18., 3.1.5.19.
                                                                                                    Passageways
                                                                                                                                                               penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.,
                                                                                                      as exits, 3.4.1.4.
                                                                                                      as means of egress, 9.9.2.1.                                9.10.9.7.
                                                                                                                                                               plumbing, 9.31.2.2.
                                                                                                      vehicular, 3.2.3.18.
                                                                                                                                                               polypropylene, 3.1.5.19.
                                                                                                    Passageways, exterior
                                                                                                      as access to exit, 9.9.9.3.                              for service water heating systems, 9.36.4.4.
                                                                                                                                                               in shafts, 6.7.1.5.
                                                                                                      exemptions, 3.4.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                               sleeves for, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.4.
                                                                                                      as exits, 3.3.1.15., 3.4.1.5.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                       standards for drainage, 9.14.3.1.                          grooved, 9.29.6.2.
                                                                                                       support, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.                               as interior finish, 9.29.6.
                                                                                                    Plans, specifications and calculations                        lapped strips, 9.27.8.5.
                                                                                                       administration, 2.2. [C]                                   material, 9.3.2.4.
                                                                                                       energy performance compliance, 2.2.8. [C]                  material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,
                                                                                                       environmental separation, 2.2.5.2. [C]                        9.23.17.2., 9.27.8.1., 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                       fire protection components, 2.2.3. [C]                     as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.2.,
                                                                                                       foundations, 2.2.4. [C], 2.2.4.6. [C], 2.2.4.7. [C]           9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.
                                                                                                       general information, 2.2.2.1. [C]                          as siding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.8.
                                                                                                       HVAC systems, 2.2.6.2. [C], 6.1.3.1.                       as subflooring, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.
                                                                                                       site, 2.2.2.2. [C]                                         thickness, 9.3.2.7., 9.29.6.1.
                                                                                                       sprinkler systems, 2.2.3.2. [C]                            as underlay, 9.30.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       structural, 2.2.4. [C], 4.1.1.4.                           as wall sheathing, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2., 9.23.13.,
                                                                                                    Plastering, 9.29.4.                                              9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.
                                                                                                    Plaster, material standard, 9.29.4.1.                      Police stations, 3.1.2.4.
                                                                                                    Plates                                                     Pool heaters, 9.36.4.2.
                                                                                                       fastening of, 9.23.3.4.                                 Portable fire extinguishers, 3.2.5.16., 9.10.20.4.,
                                                                                                       sill, 9.23.7.                                                 9.10.21.8.
                                                                                                       wall, 9.23.11.                                          Post-disaster buildings
                                                                                                    Platform equipped passenger-elevating device,                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                           3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.2.                                     earthquake load and effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.5.,
                                                                                                    Platforms, serving as roofs, 9.26.1.1.                           4.1.8.10., 4.1.8.13., 4.1.8.18., 4.1.8.23.
                                                                                                    Plenums                                                       loads and effects, 4.1.2.1.
                                                                                                       in air duct systems, 3.6.5.1., 6.3.2.3.                    snow loads, 4.1.6.2.
                                                                                                       ceiling assemblies used as, 3.1.9.6.                       structural loads, 5.2.2.1.
                                                                                                       ceilings used as, 3.6.4.3.                                 wind loads, 4.1.7.3.
                                                                                                       clearances, 3.6.5.6., 6.3.2.6., 9.33.6.8.               Potable water systems, 9.31.3.
                                                                                                       combustible, 9.33.6.2.                                  Power door operators, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                       in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3.                   Power-operated doors, 3.8.2.7., 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                       connectors, 9.33.6.2.                                   Precipitation
                                                                                                       construction, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.6.                          ingress, 5.6.1.1., 5.6.2.1., 9.27.2.
                                                                                                       coverings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.                   protection from, 5.6.1.1., 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13., 9.26.
                                                                                                       crawl spaces used as, 9.18.7.1.                         Pressure piping, 6.2.1.5., 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                Pressure vessels, 9.33.5.2.
                                                                                                       fittings, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.2.                           Principal entrances
                                                                                                       furnace, 9.33.6.6., 9.33.6.7., 9.33.6.8.                   access routes, 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.5.
                                                                                                       insulation, 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.                            door requirements, 9.7.2.1.
                                                                                                       linings, 3.6.5.4., 6.3.2.5., 9.33.6.4.                     as exits, 3.3.1.17., 3.4.2.6.
                                                                                                       materials, 6.3.2.3., 9.33.6.2., 9.33.6.3.                  latching, locking and opening mechanisms, 9.9.6.7.
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.18.                  manual fire alarm stations, 3.2.4.16.
                                                                                                       return air, 3.6.4.3., 9.32.3.4.                            as means of egress, 9.9.2.4.
                                                                                                       tape used for, 6.3.2.19.                                Private sewage disposal systems (see Sewage disposal
                                                                                                    Plumbing                                                         systems, private)
                                                                                                       barrier-free design, 3.8.2.8.                           Process plants
                                                                                                       combustible piping, 3.1.5.20., 9.10.9.7.                   basements and pits, 3.3.6.9.
                                                                                                       in dwelling units, 3.7.2., 9.31.                           definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       facilities required, 3.7.2., 3.8.2.8., 9.31.4.             volatile liquids, 3.3.6.9.
                                                                                                       fixtures, 3.1.5.20., 3.7.2., 9.31.4.                    Protected floor space, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.8.5., 3.4.3.2.
                                                                                                    Plumbing services, 7                                       Protection from freezing
                                                                                                    Plumbing systems                                              (see also Frost action)
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   concrete, 9.3.1.9.
                                                                                                       design and installation, 7.1.2.1.                          concrete stairs, 9.8.10.3.
                                                                                                       in dwelling units, 7.1.3.2.                                excavations, 9.12.1.3.
                                                                                                       facilities required, 7.1.3.                                fire hose stations, 9.10.21.9.
                                                                                                    Plywood                                                       fire protection systems, 3.2.5.17., 9.10.20.5.
                                                                                                       as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,      foundations, 9.12.1.3.
                                                                                                           9.27.8.                                                gypsum board, 9.29.5.10.
                                                                                                       fastening, 9.29.6.3.                                       HVAC systems and equipment, 6.2.1.6., 9.33.4.,
                                                                                                       fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.                                       9.33.4.5.
                                                                                                       fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4.                     masonry, 9.20.14.1.
                                                                                                       firestops, 3.1.11.7.                                       stucco, 9.28.6.1.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                Index
                                                                                                    Protection from high temperature piping, 6.7.1.4.,            Rafters
                                                                                                          9.33.8.4.                                                 anchoring to masonry, 9.20.11.4.
                                                                                                    Public areas                                                    continuity, 9.23.14.1.
                                                                                                      (see also Corridors)                                          deflection, 9.4.3.1.
                                                                                                      glass doors in, 3.3.1.20.                                     dimensions, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.14.6., 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                      glass used in, 3.3.1.14., 9.6.1.4.                            fastening, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.14.4.
                                                                                                      transparent panels used in, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.5.       framing around openings, 9.23.14.2.
                                                                                                      windows in, 3.3.1.20., 9.7.5.                                 hip and valley, 9.23.14.6.
                                                                                                    Public corridors                                                installation, 9.23.14.4.
                                                                                                      (see also Corridors)                                          lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.
                                                                                                      access to exit, 9.9.9.1., 9.9.9.3.                            nailing, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.14.4.
                                                                                                      containing occupancy, 9.10.17.7.                              ridge support, 9.23.14.8.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      shaping, 9.23.14.5.
                                                                                                      doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13.                            spans, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                      doors opening onto, 9.10.13.12.                               support, 9.23.14.3., 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                      emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.3.                       in wood-frame construction, 9.23.14.
                                                                                                      exit signs, 3.4.5.3.                                        Rain loads, 4.1.6.4., 4.1.6.12., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 3.3.1.4.                                    (see also Moisture index)
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.6., 9.10.17.2., 9.10.17.5.      Rain penetration control, 5.6., 9.20.13., 9.26., 9.27.4.
                                                                                                      lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2.                               Ramps
                                                                                                      serving sprinklered buildings, 3.3.1.1.                       barrier-free, 3.8.2.2., 3.8.3.2., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.5.1.
                                                                                                      smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2.                              barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7.
                                                                                                      travel distance to exit, 3.4.2.5.                             basement, 3.4.5.3.
                                                                                                      width, 3.3.1.9.                                               at doors, 9.8.6.2., 9.9.4.4.
                                                                                                    Public thoroughfares, 3.2.3.9., 3.2.5.6., 9.10.20.3.            for dwelling units, 9.8.1.
                                                                                                    Public ways                                                     as exits, 3.4.1.4., 9.8.1.3., 9.9.2.1.
                                                                                                      combustible projections near, 3.2.3.6.                        exit signs, 9.9.11.4.
                                                                                                      at construction sites, 8.2.1.1., 8.2.3.2., 8.2.3.5.,          finishes, 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                          8.2.4.1.                                                  in garages, 9.8.8.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      guards, 3.4.6.6., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.8.
                                                                                                    Pyritic soil and rock                                           handrails, 3.4.6.5., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.7., 9.8.7.1.
                                                                                                      drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.                                height, 9.8.5.5.
                                                                                                      beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.                           height over, 9.8.5.3.
                                                                                                      and footings, 9.15.3.2.                                       for housing and small buildings, 9.8.5.
                                                                                                      foundations on, 9.4.4.4.                                      landings on, 3.4.6.3., 9.8.6.
                                                                                                      not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.                                    loads, 9.8.9.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    rise, 9.8.5.5.
                                                                                                                                                                    safety requirements, 3.3.1.14.
                                                                                                                               R                                    for secondary suites, 9.8.1.
                                                                                                                                                                    slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                                                                                    slope, 3.4.6.7., 3.8.3.5., 9.8.5.4.
                                                                                                    Raceways                                                        width, 3.4.3.2., 9.8.5.2.
                                                                                                      collapse of, in firewalls, 3.1.10.1.                        Ranges (see Stoves)
                                                                                                      in combustible construction, 3.1.4.4.                       Receptacles, electrical, 9.34.1.1., 9.34.2.2.
                                                                                                      earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.                                Recessed lighting fixtures, 3.2.7.2., 9.34.1.4.
                                                                                                      in exit areas, 3.4.4.4.                                     Recesses, 9.20.7.
                                                                                                      and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.                            Referenced documents, 1.3.1., 1.5.1. [A]
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21., 3.1.5.23.        Reference house
                                                                                                      penetrating fire separations, 9.10.9.6.                       definition, 9.36.5.2.
                                                                                                      in plenums, 3.6.4.3.                                          modeling of energy performance,
                                                                                                    Radiation from interior fires, control, 3.2.3.1., 9.10.14.,        9.36.5.13. - 9.36.5.16.
                                                                                                         9.10.15.                                                 Refrigerating systems and equipment
                                                                                                    Radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.1.                                  in housing and small buildings, 9.33.9.
                                                                                                    Radon gas infiltration                                          installation, 6.2.1.5., 6.6.1.1., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.9.1.
                                                                                                      (see also Soil gas control)                                 Refuse
                                                                                                      air barriers, 9.25.3.                                         bins, 3.6.3.3.
                                                                                                      depressurization system, 9.32.3.8.                            chutes, 3.6.3.3., 5.8.1.1., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      and HVAC design, 6.2.1.1.                                     combustible, 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                      required resistance to, 5.4.1.1.                              rooms, 3.6.2.5., 3.6.3.3.
                                                                                                      rough-in for subfloor depressurization system,              Registers and outlets
                                                                                                         9.13.4.3.                                                  (see also Air outlets; Diffusers)


                                                                                                    Index                                                                      National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      exhaust, 6.3.2.10., 9.32.3.13.                          Return ducts, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.2.11., 9.33.6.13.
                                                                                                      heating, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.                         Review of work, 2.2.7. [C]
                                                                                                      over pipeless furnaces, 9.33.6.8.                       Revolving doors, 3.4.6.15., 9.9.6.4.
                                                                                                      ventilation, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.                       Rim joists
                                                                                                    Reinforced concrete, 4.3.3.1., 9.3.1.1.                      airtightness, 9.36.2.10.
                                                                                                    Reinforcing                                                  definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      concrete block foundations, 9.20.15.2.                     effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                      earthquakes, 9.20.1.2., 9.20.15.                           and exterior wall framing, 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                      glass block, 9.20.9.6.                                  Risers
                                                                                                      insulating concrete form walls, 9.3.1.1., 9.15.4.5.,       aisle steps, 3.3.2.5.
                                                                                                          9.20.17.                                               bleacher steps, 3.3.2.12.
                                                                                                      masonry, 9.20.15.                                          curved flights, 3.3.1.16.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      stucco, 9.28.1.2., 9.28.4.5.                               dimensions, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4.1.
                                                                                                    Repair garages                                               minimum number, 3.4.6.2., 9.8.3.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   restaurant stairs, 3.3.2.15.
                                                                                                      design, 4.4.2.1.                                           uniformity and tolerances, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4.4.
                                                                                                      fire separation requirements, 9.10.9.19.                Rock
                                                                                                      in industrial occupancies, 3.3.5.4.                        bearing pressure, 9.4.4.1., 9.4.4.2.
                                                                                                      separation from care, treatment or detention               definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          occupancies, 3.3.3.2.                                  foundations on, 9.12.2.2.
                                                                                                      solid-fuel burning appliances prohibited in, 3.6.2.1.   Rock, pyritic
                                                                                                    Residential fire warning systems, 3.2.4.21., 9.10.19.8.      drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.
                                                                                                    Residential occupancy (Group C)                              beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.
                                                                                                      (see also Dwelling units; Secondary suites)                and footings, 9.15.3.2.
                                                                                                      below ground level, 3.2.2.15.                              foundations on, 9.4.4.4.
                                                                                                      classification, 3.1.2.1., 9.10.2.                          not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.
                                                                                                      convalescent and children's homes as, 3.1.2.5.          Roof aggregate, 9.26.11.1., 9.26.11.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                Roof arches (see Roof and ceiling framing)
                                                                                                      door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.                       Roof assemblies
                                                                                                      emergency power for fire alarm systems, 3.2.7.8.           effective thermal resistance, 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                      emergency power for lighting, 3.2.7.4.                     fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.5., 3.2.2.17., 3.2.2.25.,
                                                                                                      fire access route design, 3.2.5.6.                            3.2.2.35., 3.2.2.50., 3.2.2.53., 3.2.2.58., 3.2.2.62.,
                                                                                                      fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.18.,           3.2.2.68., 3.2.2.78., 3.2.2.83., 3.2.2.85.
                                                                                                          9.10.18.                                               fire-retardant-treated wood roof systems, 3.1.14.1.
                                                                                                      fire protection, 3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.55.                     gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas and rinks,
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.                               3.2.2.17.
                                                                                                      fire safety within floor areas, 3.3.1., 3.3.4.1.           metal roof deck assemblies, 3.1.14.2.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 9.10.9.13., 9.10.9.14., 9.10.9.16.       non-contiguous, 3.1.15.2., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.60.
                                                                                                      firewalls, 9.10.11.2.                                   Roof and ceiling framing
                                                                                                      flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.3., 9.10.17.                   bearing on cavity walls, 9.20.8.2.
                                                                                                      lighting requirements, 3.2.7.1.                            earthquake design, 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                      location of smoke/fire dampers, 3.1.8.7.                   fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.3.
                                                                                                      occupant load, 3.1.17.1.                                   in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                      ramp slope maximum, 3.4.6.7.                               loads on, 9.4.2.2., 9.4.2.4.
                                                                                                      smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19.                          in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.
                                                                                                      smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2.                           sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.
                                                                                                      sprinkler piping, 3.2.5.13.                                trusses, 9.4.2.2., 9.23.5.5., 9.23.14.11.
                                                                                                      sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.                               in wood-frame construction, 9.23.14.
                                                                                                      storage lockers, 3.1.5.17.                              Roof coverings, 3.1.15.1., 3.1.15.2., 9.26.
                                                                                                    Resilient flooring, 9.30.2.1., 9.30.5.                       (see also Roofing)
                                                                                                    Resistance to deterioration, 5.1.4.2., 9.20.16.1.         Roofing
                                                                                                      (see also Corrosion protection; Corrosion                  (see also Roof covering)
                                                                                                          resistance; Decay, protection against)                 asphalt-coated glass-base sheets, 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                    Resistance to forced entry                                   asphalt shingles, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.26.1.3., 9.26.2.1.,
                                                                                                      doors, 9.7.5.2.                                               9.26.7., 9.26.8.
                                                                                                      windows, 9.7.5.3.                                          bituminous, 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                    Resistant design, earthquake load, 4.1.3.2.                  built-up, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.11.
                                                                                                    Restaurants, 3.2.4.1., 3.3.2.15., 6.3.1.6.                   built-up materials, 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                    Return air inlets, 9.33.6.12.                                cedar shingles and shakes, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.3.1.,
                                                                                                    Return air systems, 3.6.5.8., 6.3.2.11., 9.33.6.13.             9.26.10.
                                                                                                      (see also Air intakes; Ducts)                              clay tile, 9.23.4.5.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                     Index
                                                                                                      concrete tile, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.4.5., 9.26.2.1., 9.26.17.          rain loads, 4.1.6.4., 5.6.2.2., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 9.26.1.1.                                            ridge support, 9.23.14.8.
                                                                                                      elastomeric sheets, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.                          scuppers, 4.1.6.4.
                                                                                                      fasteners, 9.26.2.3., 9.26.2.4.                                  sheathing installation, 9.23.16.3., 9.23.16.4.,
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.26.4.                                                   9.23.16.6.
                                                                                                      glass-reinforced polyester, 9.26.14.                             sheathing materials, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2.,
                                                                                                      installation alternatives, 9.26.1.3.                                9.23.16.5., 9.23.16.7.
                                                                                                      installation of materials, 9.26.2.2.                             sloped, 4.1.6.12., 9.10.1.1.
                                                                                                      installation standards, 5.6.1.2.                                 snow loads, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.3., 4.1.6.5., 4.1.6.7.,
                                                                                                      material standards, 9.26.2.1.                                       4.1.6.8., 4.1.6.11., 4.1.6.12., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                      metal, 9.26.13.                                                  sprinklers in lieu of structural fire resistance,
                                                                                                      nails, 9.26.2.3.                                                    9.10.8.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      over wood-based sheathing, 9.26.11.8.                            supporting an occupancy, 3.2.2.13., 9.10.8.7.
                                                                                                      polyvinyl chloride sheets, 5.6.1.2., 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.,        trusses, 9.4.2.2., 9.23.5.5., 9.23.14.11.
                                                                                                         9.26.16.                                                      of underground structures, 9.13.1.1., 9.13.3.,
                                                                                                      prefabricated bituminous membranes, 9.26.2.1.                       9.25.3.5.
                                                                                                      prefabricated modified bituminous sheets, 5.9.1.1.               venting, 9.19.1.
                                                                                                      requirement for, 5.6.1.1., 9.26.1.2.                             wind loads, 4.1.7.6., 5.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      rubberized asphalt, 5.6.1.2., 9.26.2.1., 9.26.15.              Roof spaces (see Attics or roof spaces)
                                                                                                      selvage, 9.26.12.                                              Rooftop
                                                                                                      slope of, 9.26.3.                                                air-handling equipment, 6.3.2.17.
                                                                                                      standards for, 5.9.1.1.                                          appliances, 3.6.1.5., 3.6.2.1., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                      staples, 9.26.2.4.                                               enclosures, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 9.10.4.4.
                                                                                                      vegetative, 5.6.1.2.                                           Rooms, height, 3.7.1.1., 9.5.3.
                                                                                                      wood shakes, 9.26.10.                                          Runners, sheet steel framing
                                                                                                      wood shingles, 9.26.9.                                           fastening, 9.24.3.1.
                                                                                                    Roof parking decks                                                 in fire-rated walls, 9.24.3.2.
                                                                                                      design, 4.1.5.5.                                                 installation, 9.24.3.1.
                                                                                                    Roofs                                                              metal thickness, 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.3., 9.24.2.4.
                                                                                                      access, 3.2.5.3.                                                 at openings, 9.24.2.4.
                                                                                                      acting as diaphragms, 4.1.8.15., 4.1.8.18.                     Runs, stairs
                                                                                                      anchorage of, 9.20.11.1., 9.20.11.4., 9.20.17.6.                 aisle steps, 3.3.2.5.
                                                                                                      appliances mounted on, 3.6.1.5., 6.4.1.2., 9.10.1.3.             bleacher steps, 3.3.2.12.
                                                                                                      arched or curved, snow loads, 4.1.6.10.                          curved flights, 3.3.1.16.
                                                                                                      beams, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5.                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      considered as walls, 3.2.1.3., 9.10.1.1.                         landing dimensions, 3.4.6.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 9.26.1.1.                                            minimum, 3.4.6.8.
                                                                                                      deflection, 9.4.3.1.                                             rectangular treads, 9.8.4.2.
                                                                                                      drains, 5.6.2.2., 9.26.18.2.                                     tapered treads, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.4.3.
                                                                                                      egress from, 3.3.1.3., 9.9.7.1.                                  uniformity and tolerances, 9.8.4.4., 9.8.4.5.
                                                                                                      fire blocks, 9.10.16.1.
                                                                                                      fire rating, 9.10.3.3.
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.1., 9.10.8.2., 9.10.8.7.                                    S
                                                                                                      fire-retardant-treated wood, 3.1.14.1.
                                                                                                      fire separations, 3.2.2.13.
                                                                                                                                                                     Safety glass
                                                                                                      firewall termination, 3.1.10.3.
                                                                                                                                                                        in guards, 9.8.8.7.
                                                                                                      framing, 9.23.4., 9.23.14.
                                                                                                                                                                        on revolving doors, 3.4.6.15.
                                                                                                      framing around openings, 9.23.14.2.
                                                                                                                                                                        standards for, 9.6.1.2.
                                                                                                      gable, snow loads, 4.1.6.9.
                                                                                                                                                                        transparent panels and doors, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8.
                                                                                                      guards, 3.3.1.18.
                                                                                                                                                                        uses, 9.6.1.4.
                                                                                                      heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7., 3.2.2.16.
                                                                                                                                                                        washrooms, 3.7.2.4.
                                                                                                      helipad loads, 4.1.5.13.
                                                                                                                                                                     Safety of public, construction and demolition sites,
                                                                                                      insulation, 9.25.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                           8.2.
                                                                                                      joists, 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.14.1., 9.23.14.7.,
                                                                                                                                                                     Sanitary drainage systems, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.31., 9.31.2.1.,
                                                                                                         9.23.14.9.
                                                                                                                                                                           9.31.5.
                                                                                                      loads due to use, 4.1.5., 9.4.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                     Sawtooth roofs, wind loads, 4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                      metal decking, 3.1.14.2.
                                                                                                                                                                     Scaffolding, 4.1.1.3.
                                                                                                      multi-level, 4.1.6.5., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                     Screens
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.
                                                                                                                                                                        in exhaust outlets, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                      parapets, 3.1.5.3., 3.1.10.4., 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6., 4.1.8.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                        in intake openings, 6.3.2.9., 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                         4.1.8.18., 5.6.2.2., 9.20.6.5.
                                                                                                                                                                        in natural ventilation openings, 9.32.2.2.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                         National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                    Screw installation                                                   height of rooms and spaces, 9.5.3.
                                                                                                       gypsum board, 9.29.5.9.                                           landings, 9.8.6., 9.8.6.3.
                                                                                                       sheet steel framing, 9.24.1.5., 9.24.3.1.                         ramps, 9.8., 9.8.5.2.
                                                                                                    Screws                                                               smoke alarms, 9.10.19.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.23.3.5.                                             soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                       fastening to steel studs, 9.24.1.4.                               sound control, 9.11.
                                                                                                       for gypsum board, 9.29.5.5., 9.29.5.7.                            spatial separation, 9.10.15.
                                                                                                       sheathing, 9.23.3.5.                                              sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.23.3.1., 9.24.1.4., 9.29.5.7.                     stairs, 9.8.
                                                                                                       subflooring, 9.23.3.5.                                            ventilation, 9.32.1.2., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                       wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.5.                             Seismic category, 4.1.8.5.
                                                                                                    Sealants                                                          Seismic data, 1.1.3.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       cladding, 9.27.4., 9.27.8.4., 9.27.9.3., 9.27.9.4.,            Seismic isolation
                                                                                                           9.27.10.3.                                                    definitions and analysis, 4.1.8.19.
                                                                                                       material properties, 9.27.4.2.                                    design provisions, 4.1.8.20.
                                                                                                       material standards, 9.27.4.2.                                  Seismic loads (see Earthquake design)
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.                       Self-closing devices, 3.1.8.13., 3.4.6.13., 9.9.6.7.,
                                                                                                       siding, 9.27.4., 9.27.8.4., 9.27.9.3., 9.27.9.4., 9.27.10.3.         9.10.13.10., 9.10.13.15.
                                                                                                       windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6.2.                         Self-contained emergency lighting, 3.2.7.4., 9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                    Sealing                                                           Self-service storage buildings, 3.9.
                                                                                                       (see also Air barrier systems; Soil gas control;               Self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9., 9.9.6.4.
                                                                                                           Waterproofing)                                             Septic disposal beds, 9.14.6.2.
                                                                                                       against precipitation, 5.6.2., 9.27.4.                         Serviceability, 4.1.3.4.
                                                                                                       against soil gas, 9.25.3.6.                                    Service counters, barrier-free, 3.8.2.9., 3.8.2.11.,
                                                                                                       air barrier systems, 5.4.1.1., 9.10.9.18., 9.10.9.19.,               3.8.3.20.
                                                                                                           9.25.3.3.                                                  Service lines under buildings, 3.2.3.21.
                                                                                                       at chimneys, 9.21.5.2., 9.25.3.3.                              Service rooms
                                                                                                       ducts, 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.32.3.11., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.7.      access to exit, 9.9.7.5.
                                                                                                       floors-on-ground, 9.25.3.6.                                       application of Code, 3.6.1.1.
                                                                                                       at gas vents, 9.25.3.3.                                           and building height, 9.10.4.4.
                                                                                                       ground cover, 9.18.6.2.                                           carbon monoxide alarms, 9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                       sill plates, 9.23.7.2.                                            construction supporting, 9.10.8.5.
                                                                                                       windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6., 9.20.13.11.,                definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                           9.27.4.                                                       doors, 9.10.13.12.
                                                                                                    Seasonally and intermittently occupied buildings                     doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13., 3.4.6.11.
                                                                                                       application of Part 9, 9.1.1.1.                                   emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.
                                                                                                    Seating                                                              exits, 3.4.4.4., 3.6.2.2.
                                                                                                       adaptable seats, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.                              fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.2.
                                                                                                       aisle width, 3.3.2.1.                                             fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.
                                                                                                       not fixed, 3.3.2.2.                                               fire resistance of supporting construction, 3.1.7.5.
                                                                                                       occupant load, 3.3.2.2., 4.1.5.10.                                fire separations, 3.6.2.1., 9.10.10.3.
                                                                                                       in showers, 3.8.3.17.                                             heat and smoke detectors, 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                       wheelchair space, 3.8.2.3., 3.8.3.22.                             for housing and small buildings, 9.10.10.
                                                                                                    Secondary suites                                                     loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.
                                                                                                       ceiling height, 9.5.3.1.                                          opening into exit, 9.9.5.9.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                          ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14.
                                                                                                       doors, direction of swing, 9.9.6.5.                               rooftop, 3.2.1.1., 3.2.2.14., 9.10.4.4.
                                                                                                       doors in means of egress, 9.9.6.                                  service equipment in, 3.6.2.3.
                                                                                                       doorways, 9.5.5., 9.9.6.2., 9.9.6.3.                              under exits, 9.9.5.8.
                                                                                                       egress, 9.9.9.                                                 Service spaces
                                                                                                       electrical outlets, 9.34.2.3.                                     and building height, 3.2.1.1.
                                                                                                       fire protection, 9.10.8.                                          definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.8.                                 egress, 3.3.1.25.
                                                                                                       fire separations, 9.9.4., 9.10.9.4., 9.10.9.16.,                  emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.
                                                                                                           9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.4., 9.10.12.3.                            exits, 3.4.4.4.
                                                                                                       firewalls, 9.10.11.2.                                             fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.18.
                                                                                                       floor area limits, 9.1.2.1.                                       horizontal (see Horizontal service spaces)
                                                                                                       guards, 9.8., 9.8.8.                                              lightning protection systems, 3.6.1.3.
                                                                                                       handrails, 9.8., 9.8.7.                                           means of egress, 3.3.1.3.
                                                                                                       heating and air-conditioning, 9.33.1.1., 9.33.3.1.,               protection of electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10.
                                                                                                           9.33.3.2.                                                     ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                        Index
                                                                                                      signage, 3.3.1.25.                                            plywood as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.
                                                                                                      sprinkler systems, 3.2.5.14.                                  roofs, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16., 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                      storage use prohibition, 3.6.1.4.                             on steel studs, 9.24.1.5.
                                                                                                      travel distance to exit, 3.4.2.4.                             beneath stucco, 9.28.1.1., 9.28.4.2.
                                                                                                      vertical (see Vertical service spaces)                        support, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.
                                                                                                    Service water heaters                                           thickness, 9.23.16.7., 9.23.17.2.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      waferboard as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.
                                                                                                      in housing and small buildings, 9.31.6.                       walls, 9.3.2.1., 9.3.2.4., 9.23.17.
                                                                                                      indirect, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     Sheathing membranes
                                                                                                      protection from corrosion, 9.31.6.3.                          installation, 9.27.3.3. - 9.27.3.6.
                                                                                                      steel, 9.31.6.3.                                              insulation, 9.27.3.5.
                                                                                                      storage type, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.31.6.2., 9.31.6.3.              interior of masonry walls, 9.20.13.9.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Service water heating systems                                   mansard roofs, 9.23.17.6.
                                                                                                      energy conservation measures, 9.36.8.                         material standard, 9.27.3.2.
                                                                                                      energy conservation points, 9.36.8.                           for precipitation protection, 9.27.3.1. - 9.27.3.6.
                                                                                                      energy efficiency, 9.36., 9.36.4.                          Sheathing paper (see Sheathing membranes)
                                                                                                      energy performance calculations, 9.36.5.8.                 Shingles, asphalt
                                                                                                      energy performance modeling, 9.36.5.12., 9.36.5.16.           eave protection, 9.26.5.1., 9.26.7.7.
                                                                                                      equipment efficiency, 9.36.4.2.                               flashing, 9.26.4.
                                                                                                      temperature controls, 9.36.4.5.                               installation, 9.26.1.3., 9.26.7., 9.26.8.
                                                                                                    Sewage disposal, 9.14.5., 9.31.2.1., 9.31.5.                    material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                    Sewage disposal systems, private, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.31.2.1.,      nails, 9.26.2.3.
                                                                                                         9.31.5.2.                                                  slope, 9.26.3.1.
                                                                                                    Shafts                                                          staples, 9.26.2.4.
                                                                                                      installation, 6.7.1.5.                                        underlay, 9.26.6.
                                                                                                      opening into an interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4.       Shingles, wood
                                                                                                      piping in, 6.7.1.5.                                           cladding, 9.27.7.
                                                                                                      service, 9.10.1.3.                                            dimensions, 9.26.9.3., 9.27.7.2., 9.27.7.6.
                                                                                                    Shakes, wood                                                    eave protection, 9.26.9.8.
                                                                                                      cladding, 9.27.7.                                             exposure, 9.26.9.6.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.27.7.2., 9.27.7.6.                              flashing, 9.26.9.7.
                                                                                                      eave protection, 9.26.5.1., 9.26.10.7.                        grade, 9.26.9.2., 9.27.7.1.
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.26.10.6.                                          installation, 9.26.9.4., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.
                                                                                                      grades, 9.26.10.8., 9.27.7.1.                                 materials, 9.27.7.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.27.5., 9.27.7.3.                              material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1., 9.27.7.1.
                                                                                                      material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1., 9.27.7.1.            roofing, 9.26.9.
                                                                                                      roofing, 9.26.10.                                          Shop drawings, review of work, 2.2.7.3. [C]
                                                                                                      spacing and joints, 9.26.10.3.                             Showers, 3.8.3.17.
                                                                                                      underlay, 9.26.10.2.                                       Sidelights, 3.3.1.20., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.1.1., 9.7.2.1., 9.9.4.3.
                                                                                                    Shallow foundations                                          Sidewalks, 4.1.5.3., 8.2.1.2., 8.2.3.1.
                                                                                                      damaged, 4.2.6.4.                                          Siding (see Cladding)
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                   Signs
                                                                                                      design, 4.2.6.1.                                              barrier-free accessibility, 3.8.2.4., 3.8.2.10., 3.8.3.9.
                                                                                                      footing design, 9.4.4.1.                                      construction sites, 8.2.3.3., 8.2.3.5., 8.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      incorrect placement, 4.2.6.3.                                 directing traffic, 8.2.4.3.
                                                                                                      support, 4.2.6.2.                                             directional, 3.4.5.1., 3.8.2.10., 9.9.11.3.
                                                                                                    Sheathing                                                       egress points, 3.3.1.25.
                                                                                                      (see also Subflooring)                                        emergency crossover access to floor areas, 3.4.6.18.
                                                                                                      for braced wall panels, 9.23.13.6.                            exit obstruction prevention, 3.4.6.11., 9.9.11.2.
                                                                                                      for bracing and lateral support, 9.23.10.2.                   exits, 3.4.5.1., 9.9.11., 9.9.11.3.
                                                                                                      in exposing building face, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.2.             floor numbers, 3.4.6.19., 3.5.4.2., 9.9.11.5.
                                                                                                      fastening, 9.23.3.5.                                          graphical symbols, 3.4.5.3.
                                                                                                      fibreboard as, 9.23.16.7.                                     occupant load, 3.1.17.1.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.3., 9.23.16.4.,              stairs and ramps, 9.9.11.4.
                                                                                                         9.23.17.4., 9.23.17.5.                                     tactile signs, 3.4.5.2., 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.
                                                                                                      insulating, 9.20.13.6., 9.27.3.4.                             visual information signs, 3.4.6.16., 3.4.6.18., 3.8.3.9.,
                                                                                                      low permeance, 9.25.5.1.                                         9.9.11.2.
                                                                                                      lumber as, 9.3.2.1., 9.23.16.5., 9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.4.    Silencing devices, 3.2.4.18., 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                      material standards, 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2., 9.26.2.1.      Sill plates
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.3.                      dimensions, 9.23.7.1.
                                                                                                      OSB as, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.16.2., 9.23.17.2.                      leveling, 9.23.7.2.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                       sealing, 9.23.7.2.                                                 smoke detectors in lieu of, 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.23.7.                                              sound patterns, 9.10.19.2.
                                                                                                    Site plans, 2.2.2.2. [C]                                            Smoke barrier doors, 3.2.3.20.
                                                                                                    Site stability, earthquake design, 4.1.8.17.                        Smoke barriers, 9.10.9.2., 9.10.9.17.
                                                                                                    Skylights                                                           Smoke chambers
                                                                                                       airtightness, 9.36.2.9., 9.36.2.10.                                clearances, 9.22.9.3.
                                                                                                       area, 9.10.17.9.                                                   slope, 9.22.7.1.
                                                                                                       in area calculations, 9.10.17.6.                                   standard for, 9.22.7.
                                                                                                       combustible, in corridors, 3.1.13.5.                               wall thickness, 9.22.7.2.
                                                                                                       in compartments that are not sprinklered, 9.10.12.2.             Smoke dampers
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2., 9.10.17.1.                         access, 3.1.8.11.
                                                                                                       glass standards, 9.6.1.3.                                          as closures, 3.1.8.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       in housing and small buildings, 9.7.                               in fire separations, 3.1.8.7.
                                                                                                       installation, 9.7.6.                                               installation, 3.1.8.11.
                                                                                                       manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4.                             leakage rates, 3.1.8.4.
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4.                           waived, 3.1.8.9.
                                                                                                       performance expectations, 9.7.3.                                 Smoke detectors
                                                                                                       requirements, 9.7.2.2.                                             in air-handling systems, 6.9.2.2., 9.10.18.5.
                                                                                                       on roof adjacent to wall with windows, 3.2.3.15.                   annunciators, 3.2.4.8.
                                                                                                       site-built, 9.7.5.                                                 for construction camps, 9.10.21.7.
                                                                                                       standards for, 5.4.1.2., 5.9.2.1., 5.9.2.2., 9.7.4.                definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       thermal characteristics, 9.7.3.3., 9.36.2.7.                       design and installation, 9.10.18.3.
                                                                                                    Slabs-on-ground                                                       duct-type, 3.2.4.12.
                                                                                                       (see also Floors-on-ground)                                        in electrical equipment rooms, 3.6.2.7.
                                                                                                       bond break, 9.16.4.4.                                              in elevators, 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.14.
                                                                                                       concrete, 9.16.4.                                                  in fire alarm systems, 9.10.18.
                                                                                                       ducts in or beneath, 9.33.6.7.                                     in lieu of smoke alarms, 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21.,
                                                                                                       finishing, 9.16.4.1., 9.16.4.2.                                        9.10.19.4., 9.10.19.8.
                                                                                                       insulation, 9.25.2.3.                                              and release of hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.
                                                                                                       thickness, 9.16.4.3.                                               requirements, 3.2.4.11., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                    Sleepers, 9.30.1.3.                                                 Smoke developed classification
                                                                                                    Slide escapes, 3.4.1.6.                                               duct requirements, 3.6.5.1.
                                                                                                    Sliding doors                                                         high buildings, 3.1.13.7.
                                                                                                       barrier-free, 3.8.3.6.                                             plenum requirements, 3.6.4.3.
                                                                                                       exits, 3.4.6.14.                                                   tests, 3.1.12.1.
                                                                                                       glass used in, 9.6.1.4.                                          Smoke shafts (venting to aid firefighting), 3.2.6.6.
                                                                                                       as means of egress, 3.3.1.12., 9.9.6.4.                          Smoke stacks (venting for chimneys), 6.3.3.3.
                                                                                                       performance expectations, 9.7.3.1., 9.7.3.2.                     Snow accumulation, 4.1.6.2., 4.1.6.3., 4.1.6.7., 4.1.6.10.,
                                                                                                       standards for, 5.3.1.2., 5.4.1.2., 9.7.4.2.                            5.6.2.2.
                                                                                                    Slip-resistance                                                     Snow loads
                                                                                                       barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.2.                              arch roofs, 4.1.6.10.
                                                                                                       bathtubs, 3.8.3.18.                                                areas adjacent to roof projections, 4.1.6.7.
                                                                                                       exterior walks, 3.8.3.3.                                           basic load factors, 4.1.6.2., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                       ramps and stairways, 3.3.1.14., 3.4.6.1.                           curved roofs, 4.1.6.10.
                                                                                                       showers, 3.8.3.17.                                                 domes, 4.1.6.10.
                                                                                                       treads and landings, 9.8.9.6.                                      due to sliding, 4.1.6.11.
                                                                                                    Smoke                                                                 exterior platforms, 9.4.2.3.
                                                                                                       circulation prevention, 3.2.4.12., 9.10.18.5.                      full and partial, 4.1.6.3.
                                                                                                       contamination, 3.2.6.2., 3.2.8.4.                                  gable roofs, 4.1.6.9.
                                                                                                       control of, 3.1.8.14., 3.2.6.1., 3.2.6.9., 3.3.1.7., 3.3.3.5.,     and gap between roof and higher roof, 4.1.6.6.
                                                                                                          3.3.3.7.                                                        multi-level roofs, 4.1.6.5., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                    Smoke alarms                                                          snow drift at roof corners, 4.1.6.8., 4.1.6.13.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                           specified, 4.1.6.2., 9.4.2.2.
                                                                                                       in housing and small buildings, 9.10.19.                           and structural design, 4.1.6.
                                                                                                       interconnection, 9.10.19.5.                                        valleys in curved or sloped roofs, 4.1.6.12.
                                                                                                       location, 9.10.19.3.                                               weight calculations for drifts, 4.1.6.13.
                                                                                                       maintenance and care instructions, 9.10.19.7.                    Snow removal, 4.1.6.14.
                                                                                                       power supply, 9.10.19.4.                                         Soffits
                                                                                                       requirements, 3.2.4.20., 9.10.19.1.                                projections, 3.2.3.6., 9.10.14., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.,
                                                                                                       silencing, 9.10.19.6.                                                  9.10.15.4., 9.10.15.5.



                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                            Index
                                                                                                      protection of, 3.2.3.16., 9.10.12.4.                      Spans
                                                                                                      venting, 9.19.1.2., 9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.4.                    maximums, 9.23.4.
                                                                                                    Soft conversion                                               steel, 9.23.4.3.
                                                                                                      application, 9.4.2.1.                                       wood, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.4.5.
                                                                                                      general, 9.4.1.1.                                         Spatial separation between buildings, 3.2.3., 9.10.14.,
                                                                                                      limitations, 9.23.1.1.                                         9.10.21.5.
                                                                                                      review of construction dimensions, 2.2.7.6. [C]           Spatial separation between houses, 3.2.3.
                                                                                                    Soil gas control                                            Special structures, 3.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      application of Code, 9.13.1.1.                            Sprinklered buildings or spaces
                                                                                                      crawl spaces, 9.13.4.2.                                     egress from bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.
                                                                                                      floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.1., 9.25.3.6.                      fire-resistance rating, 9.10.8.2., 9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                      requirements, 5.4.1.1., 9.13.4., 9.13.4.2.                  fire separations, 3.3.1.4., 3.6.2.5., 9.10.9.6., 9.10.9.15.,




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      walls in contact with the ground, 9.25.3.4.                    9.10.9.17., 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                    Soil, pyritic                                                 heat and smoke detection, 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                      drainage, 9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1.                              limiting distance, 9.10.14.3.
                                                                                                      beneath floors-on-ground, 9.16.2.2.                         lobbies, 3.4.4.2., 9.9.8.5.
                                                                                                      and footings, 9.15.3.2.                                     openings in exposing building faces, 3.2.3.1.,
                                                                                                      foundations on, 9.4.4.4.                                       9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.
                                                                                                      not in backfill, 9.12.3.3.                                  openings in fire separations, 9.10.13.8.
                                                                                                    Soils                                                         and safety within floor areas, 3.3.
                                                                                                      bearing pressure, 9.4.4.1., 9.4.4.2.                        service spaces, 3.6.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    soffit protection, 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                      erosion control, 5.6.2.2.                                   and travel distance, 3.4.2.4., 3.4.2.5., 9.9.8.1., 9.9.8.2.,
                                                                                                      excavations, 4.2.5., 9.12.                                     9.9.8.6.
                                                                                                      beneath footings and foundations, 9.12.4.1.,              Sprinklered, definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                          9.15.1.1., 9.15.3.2.                                  Sprinkler systems
                                                                                                      identification and classification, 4.2.4.3., 9.4.4.         for arena-type buildings, 3.1.2.3.
                                                                                                      subsurface investigation, 4.2.2.1., 4.2.4.1., 4.2.4.2.      for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 1),
                                                                                                      swelling and shrinking, 4.2.4.11., 9.4.4.4., 9.12.3.3.,        3.2.2.20.
                                                                                                          9.14.2.1., 9.14.4.1., 9.15.3.2., 9.16.2.2.              for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 2),
                                                                                                      temperature, 5.2.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 9.12.2.2., 9.16.2.2.          3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24., 3.2.2.26., 3.2.2.27.
                                                                                                    Solar domestic hot water systems, 9.36.4.3.                   for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 3),
                                                                                                    Solar panels                                                     3.2.2.29., 3.2.2.31., 3.2.2.33.
                                                                                                      snow loads, 4.1.6.16.                                       for assembly occupancy (Group A, Division 4),
                                                                                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.13.                                          3.2.2.35.
                                                                                                    Solar thermal systems, 9.36.3.11.                             for barrier-free floor areas, 3.3.1.7.
                                                                                                    Solid-fuel-burning appliances                                 for basements, 3.2.1.5.
                                                                                                      carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1., 9.32.3.9.                 for business and personal services occupancy
                                                                                                      design, 9.33.5.3.                                              (Group D), 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.57., 3.2.2.59., 3.2.2.60.,
                                                                                                      fireplace inserts and hearth-mounted stoves,                   3.2.2.61., 3.2.2.63., 3.2.2.65.
                                                                                                          9.22.10.                                                for care, treatment or detention occupancy
                                                                                                      and fire separations, 3.6.2.1.                                 (Group B, Division 1), 3.2.2.36., 3.2.2.37.
                                                                                                      installation standard, 6.2.1.5., 9.22.10.2., 9.33.5.3.      for care, treatment or detention occupancy
                                                                                                    Solid masonry, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                      (Group B, Division 2), 3.2.2.38. - 3.2.2.41.
                                                                                                    Solid masonry units, 1.4.1.2. [A], 9.15.5.1.                  for care, treatment or detention occupancy
                                                                                                    Sound                                                            (Group B, Division 3), 3.2.2.42. - 3.2.2.46.
                                                                                                      protection from, 3.3.4.6., 5.1.1.1., 5.8.1., 9.11.          combustible pipes in, 3.1.9.4., 3.2.5.13., 9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                      rating for fans, 9.32.3.10.                                 construction of, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      smoke alarms, 9.10.19.3.                                    for contained use areas, 3.3.3.7.
                                                                                                    Sound transmission class (STC)                                and controlled egress, 3.4.6.17.
                                                                                                      calculation of, 5.8.1.2., 9.11.1.2.                         for corridors, 3.1.13.6., 3.3.2.6.
                                                                                                      compliance, 5.8.1.3., 9.11.1.3.                             design, 3.2.5.12.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    and door hold-open devices, 3.1.8.14.
                                                                                                    Space heaters                                                 and egress doorways, 3.3.1.5.
                                                                                                      (see also Heating appliances)                               electrical supervision, 3.2.4.9.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    exceptions for mezzanines, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                      design and standards, 9.33.5.3.                             for exposing building face, 3.2.3.2.
                                                                                                      performance requirements, 9.36.3.10.                        and fire alarm systems, 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.8.,
                                                                                                    Space heating appliances                                         9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                    fire department connection, 3.2.5.15.
                                                                                                      installation standards, 9.33.5.2.                           and firefighting access, 3.2.5.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                       fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10.                                 exterior, 9.3.1.6., 9.8.9.2., 9.8.9.3.
                                                                                                       fire hose stations, 3.2.5.11.                                    finishes, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                       fire separations in residential occupancy, 3.3.4.2.              fire blocks required, 3.1.11.4., 9.10.16.1.
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.8.                                   on fire escapes, 3.4.7.5.
                                                                                                       for garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.5.4., 3.3.5.7.                        with foundations, 9.12.2.2.
                                                                                                       in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7., 3.2.2.16.                guards for, 9.8.8.
                                                                                                       for high buildings, 3.1.13.7.                                    handrails, 3.4.6.5., 9.8.7., 9.8.7.1.
                                                                                                       for high-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                   height of, 9.8.3.3.
                                                                                                          Division 1), 3.2.2.72. - 3.2.2.74.                            horizontal exit prohibition, 3.4.6.10.
                                                                                                       for impeded egress areas, 3.2.2.19.                              landings (see Landings)
                                                                                                       installation, 3.2.5.12., 9.10.1.3.                               loads on, 9.8.9.1.
                                                                                                       for interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.3.                         in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.11.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       for libraries, 3.3.2.13.                                         nosings, 9.8.4.8.
                                                                                                       in lieu of fire detectors, 3.2.4.10.                             permitted configurations, 9.8.3.1.
                                                                                                       limiting distance, 3.2.3.1.                                      in restaurants, 3.3.2.15.
                                                                                                       for low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F,                    rise, 3.4.6.8., 9.8.3.3., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.4.
                                                                                                          Division 3), 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.84., 3.2.2.86., 3.2.2.88.,      risers (see Risers)
                                                                                                          3.2.2.90.                                                     runs (see Runs, stairs)
                                                                                                       for medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F                  in secondary suites, 9.8.
                                                                                                          Division 2), 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77., 3.2.2.79., 3.2.2.81.       slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                       for mercantile occupancy (Group E), 3.2.2.66.,                   spiral, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.7.
                                                                                                          3.2.2.67., 3.2.2.69., 3.2.2.71.                               tolerances, 9.8.4.4.
                                                                                                       and metal roof deck, 3.1.14.2.                                   treads (see Treads)
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.19.                        vertical rise, 3.4.6.3.
                                                                                                       plans, 2.2.3.2. [C]                                              width, 9.8.2.1.
                                                                                                       for repair garages, 3.3.5.4.                                     winders, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.6.
                                                                                                       required, 3.2.2.18.                                              wood, 9.8.9.3., 9.8.9.4.
                                                                                                       for residential occupancy (Group C),                          Stairways
                                                                                                          3.2.2.47. - 3.2.2.49., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52.,                  as exits, 3.2.3.13., 3.4.1.4., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.3.3., 3.4.6.6.,
                                                                                                          3.2.2.55., 3.2.5.12.                                             9.9.4.7.
                                                                                                       self-storage warehouses, 3.3.5.9.                                headroom clearance, 3.4.3.4., 9.8.2.2., 9.8.6.4.
                                                                                                       and separation of public corridors, 3.3.1.4.                     landings, 3.4.3.3.
                                                                                                       and separation of suites, 3.3.1.1.                               lighting, 3.2.7.1., 9.9.12.2., 9.34.2.3.
                                                                                                       and service penetrations, 3.1.9.4.                               in means of egress, 9.9.1.1.
                                                                                                       for service spaces, 3.2.5.14.                                    mezzanine egress, 9.9.8.6.
                                                                                                       and soffit protection, 3.2.3.16.                                 projections into, 9.8.7.6.
                                                                                                       stages, 3.3.2.14.                                                requirements, 3.3.1.14.
                                                                                                       and standpipes, 3.2.5.8., 3.2.5.9.                               rooftop enclosures, 3.2.2.14.
                                                                                                       for storage garages, 3.2.1.2., 3.3.5.4., 3.3.5.7.                weather protection, 3.3.5.4., 3.4.6.11.
                                                                                                       for storage rooms, 3.3.4.3.                                      width, 3.4.3.2., 3.4.3.3., 9.8.2.1.
                                                                                                       for storeys below ground, 3.2.2.15.                           Standards, materials, 1.5. [A], 5.9.1.1.
                                                                                                       system monitoring, 3.2.4.15.                                  Standpipe systems
                                                                                                       testing, 3.2.5.12.                                               in construction camps, 9.10.21.9.
                                                                                                       for theatres, 3.3.2.14.                                          design, 3.2.5.9.
                                                                                                       for underground walkways, 3.2.3.20.                              fire department connection, 3.2.5.15.
                                                                                                       and unprotected openings, 3.2.3.1., 3.2.3.12.,                   fire hose connections, 3.2.5.10.
                                                                                                          3.2.3.14., 3.2.3.15., 3.2.3.17.                               fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                    Stability, structural, 4.1.3.2.                                     installation, 3.2.5.9.
                                                                                                    Stages, theatrical, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.3.1.18., 3.3.2.14.              requirements, 3.2.5.8.
                                                                                                    Stairs                                                              testing, 3.2.5.9.
                                                                                                       cantilevered, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10.                                  trouble switch, 3.2.4.9.
                                                                                                       clear height over, 9.8.2.2.                                   Staples
                                                                                                       concrete, 9.8.9.2., 9.8.10.                                      for cladding, 9.27.5.4.
                                                                                                       construction, 9.8.9.                                             dimensions, 9.23.3.5., 9.26.2.4., 9.27.5.4.
                                                                                                       curved, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.5., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.3.1.                  for roofing, 9.26.2.4.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 3.3.2.15., 9.8.2.                                    for sheathing, 9.23.3.5.
                                                                                                       doors onto, 3.4.6.3., 3.4.6.11., 9.8.6.2., 9.9.4.4.,             for stucco lath, 9.28.3.2.
                                                                                                          9.9.6.6.                                                      for subflooring, 9.23.3.5.
                                                                                                       in dwelling units, 3.3.4.7., 9.8.                                for underlay, 9.30.2.3.
                                                                                                       for exits, 9.8.1.3., 9.8.2.1., 9.8.3.1., 9.9.9.3.                for wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.4.
                                                                                                       exit signs with, 9.9.11.4.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                               Index
                                                                                                    Stapling                                                           Storage garages
                                                                                                       asphalt shingles, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5.                  (see also Garages)
                                                                                                       cladding, 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.                                     access through vestibule, 3.3.5.7.
                                                                                                       plywood finish, 9.29.6.3.                                          in basements, 9.10.4.3.
                                                                                                       roofing, 9.26.7.4., 9.26.7.6., 9.26.8.5., 9.26.9.5.                in buildings with superimposed major
                                                                                                       sheathing, 9.23.3.5.                                                  occupancies, 3.2.2.7.
                                                                                                       sheathing membrane, 9.27.3.5.                                      carbon monoxide alarms, 6.9.3.1.
                                                                                                       siding, 9.27.5.4., 9.27.7.3.                                       cladding, 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                       subflooring, 9.23.3.5.                                             construction, 9.10.14.5., 9.35.
                                                                                                       underlay, 9.30.2.3.                                                definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       wood-frame construction, 9.23.3.                                   design, 4.4.2.1.
                                                                                                       wood shingles and shakes, 9.26.9.5., 9.27.7.3.                     doors, 9.9.6.4., 9.10.17.10.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       wood strip flooring, 9.30.3.4.                                     exhaust to, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                    Static procedure, wind load calculations, 4.1.7.3.                    exposing building face, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.14.5.
                                                                                                    Steel                                                                 fire alarms, 3.2.4.1., 9.10.18.8.
                                                                                                       beams, 9.23.4.3., 9.23.8.2.                                        fire separations, 3.3.5.6., 9.10.9.18.
                                                                                                       cold-formed, structural design basis, 4.3.4.2.                     headroom clearance, 3.3.1.8.
                                                                                                       columns, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.3.                           height, 3.3.5.4., 9.5.3.3., 9.9.3.4.
                                                                                                       design, 9.4.1.1.                                                   interconnection of ducting, 6.3.2.7., 9.33.6.7.
                                                                                                       door frames, 9.10.13.6.                                            limiting distance, 9.10.14.4.
                                                                                                       fire protection, 3.2.2.3., 9.10.7.                                 in low-hazard industrial occupancies (Group F,
                                                                                                       flashing, 9.20.13.1., 9.27.3.7.                                       Division 3), 3.2.2.92.
                                                                                                       in foundations, 4.2.3.7.                                           open-air, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.18.8.
                                                                                                       in foundations, high-strength tendons in, 4.2.3.9.                 openings for vehicular ramps, 3.2.8.2.
                                                                                                       framing, 9.24.                                                     pressure less than in adjoining occupancies, 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                       lintels, 9.20.5.2., 9.22.1.2.                                      as separate buildings, 3.2.1.2.
                                                                                                       protection from corrosion, 4.2.3.10., 5.1.4.2., 9.3.3.2.,          standpipes requirement, 3.2.5.9.
                                                                                                          9.17.3.3., 9.20.5.2., 9.20.16., 9.23.8.2.                       unprotected openings in, 3.2.3.10., 9.10.14.4.
                                                                                                       roofing, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.13.                                        ventilation, 3.3.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.
                                                                                                       runners, 9.24.1.2., 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.3., 9.24.2.4.,            Storage lockers, 3.1.5.17.
                                                                                                          9.24.3.1., 9.24.3.2., 9.24.3.6.                              Storage racks, design, 4.1.8.18., 4.4.3.1.
                                                                                                       siding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.11.1.                                    Storage rooms
                                                                                                       structural design basis, 4.3.4.                                    in assembly occupancy, 3.3.2.16.
                                                                                                       studs, 9.24.1.1., 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.2., 9.24.2.4., 9.24.2.5.,      for combustible garbage, 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                          9.24.3.2.                                                       electrical outlets in, 9.34.2.5.
                                                                                                    Stone                                                                 fire alarm and detection systems, 9.10.18.6.
                                                                                                       facings, 9.20.6.6.                                                 fire detectors in, 3.2.4.10., 9.10.18.4.
                                                                                                       masonry units, 9.20.2.5.                                           fire separations, 3.3.4.3., 3.6.2.5., 9.10.10.6.
                                                                                                       veneer, 9.20.8.5.                                                  for flammable and combustible liquids, 3.3.6.4.
                                                                                                    Storage                                                               flooring in areas of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.7.
                                                                                                       of ammonium nitrate, 3.3.6.6.                                   Storage tanks, 3.1.1.3., 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                       of anhydrous ammonia, 3.3.6.3.                                  Storage-type service water heaters, 1.4.1.2. [A],
                                                                                                       on the building site, 1.2.2.2. [A]                                    9.31.6.2., 9.31.6.3.
                                                                                                       of dangerous goods, 3.3.6.2.                                    Storefronts (see Fenestration)
                                                                                                       of flammable and combustible liquids, 3.3.6.4.                  Storeys
                                                                                                       of flammable, toxic and oxidizing gases, 3.3.6.3.                  below ground, 3.2.2.15.
                                                                                                       of materials, 1.2.2.2. [A], 9.10.1.3.                              definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       outdoors, 3.2.3.21.                                                open-air, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.2.1.5., 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.92.,
                                                                                                       of tires, 3.3.6.5.                                                    3.2.3.10., 3.2.5.4., 6.3.1.3., 9.10.14.4.
                                                                                                    Storage areas, theatres, 3.3.2.14.                                    sprinkler system requirements, 3.2.2.18.
                                                                                                    Storage bins                                                       Stoves
                                                                                                       for ash, 6.9.4.1.                                                  (see also Cooktops)
                                                                                                       for solid fuel, 6.7.2.1.                                           clearances, 9.10.22.2.
                                                                                                    Storage buildings, self-service                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       application of Code, 3.9.1.2.                                      design and installation standard, 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                       definition, 3.9.1.1.                                               hearth-mounted, 9.22.10.
                                                                                                       fire safety, 3.9.2.                                                installation, 9.10.22.1.
                                                                                                       floor areas, 3.9.3.                                             Strandboard (see OSB)
                                                                                                       occupancy classification, 3.9.1.3.                              Strapping, floor joists, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4.
                                                                                                       sanitary facilities, 3.9.3.2.                                   Streets
                                                                                                                                                                          definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]


                                                                                                    Index                                                                          National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                       exposing building face on, 9.10.14.4.                         orientation, 9.23.10.3.
                                                                                                       fire access routes, 3.2.2.10.                                 spacing, 9.23.10.1.
                                                                                                       repairs following construction, 8.2.3.4.                      standard for, 9.24.1.2.
                                                                                                       safe passage past construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.3.2.    Subflooring
                                                                                                       unprotected openings facing, 3.2.3.10.                        depressurization, 9.13.4., 9.13.4.3.
                                                                                                    Stress reversal, 4.1.3.2.                                        direction of installation, 9.23.15.4.
                                                                                                    Structural design                                                edge support, 9.23.15.3.
                                                                                                       Code requirements, 4                                          lumber, 9.23.15.7.
                                                                                                       housing and small buildings, 9.4.                             materials, 9.23.15.2., 9.23.15.7.
                                                                                                       limit states design, 4.1.3.                                   nailing, 9.23.15.6.
                                                                                                       and structural loads, 5.2.2.                                  thickness, 9.23.15.5.
                                                                                                    Structural drawings, 2.2.4.3. [C]                                wood-frame construction, 9.23.15.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Structural fire protection, 3.2.2.3., 3.2.3.9., 9.10.8.        Subsurface investigation, 1.4.1.2. [A], 2.2.4.6. [C], 4.2.2.,
                                                                                                    Structural loads and design procedures, 4.1., 5.2.2.,               4.2.4.2.
                                                                                                          5.9.3.2., 9.4.                                           Suites
                                                                                                       exterior insulation finish systems, 5.9.4.1.                  definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Structural movement                                              doors and door hardware, 3.3.1.13.
                                                                                                       mechanical systems and equipment, 4.1.8.18.,                  fire separations, 9.10.9.15., 9.10.9.16.
                                                                                                          6.2.1.4., 9.33.4.7.                                        separation of, 3.3.1.1.
                                                                                                       service water heaters, 9.31.6.2.                              smoke control measures, 3.2.6.2.
                                                                                                    Structures, special, 3.2.2.2.                                  Sump pits, 9.14.5.2.
                                                                                                    Stucco                                                         Sumps, evaporative air coolers and air washers,
                                                                                                       aggregate for, 9.28.2.2., 9.28.5.1.                              6.3.2.16.
                                                                                                       application, 9.28.6.                                        Supervisory signal and switch for alarms, 3.2.4.9.,
                                                                                                       fasteners, 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.                                  3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                       flashing for, 9.28.1.5.                                     Supplemental energy dissipation
                                                                                                       ground clearance, 9.28.1.4.                                   definitions and analysis, 4.1.8.21.
                                                                                                       for housing and small buildings, 9.28.                        design considerations, 4.1.8.22.
                                                                                                       installation, 9.28.1.2., 9.28.1.3., 9.28.3.1., 9.28.3.2.,   Supply air
                                                                                                          9.28.6.                                                    capacity, 9.32.2.3., 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.7., 9.33.3.1.,
                                                                                                       lath (see Lath, stucco)                                          9.33.5.1., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                       materials, 9.28.2., 9.28.5.                                   diffusers, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                       mixes, 9.28.5.1.                                              duct clearances, 3.6.5.6.
                                                                                                       mixing, 9.28.5.3.                                             ducts, 1.4.1.2. [A], 6.3.2.7., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.11.,
                                                                                                       nails for, 9.28.3.                                               9.33.6.5., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                       pigments, 9.28.5.2.                                           fans, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.
                                                                                                       sheathing beneath, 9.28.1.1., 9.28.4.2.                       outlets, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6., 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                       staples for, 9.28.3.                                          systems, 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.6., 9.33.5.
                                                                                                       thickness, 9.28.6.                                            tempering, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.8.,
                                                                                                    Studs, steel                                                        9.32.3.11.
                                                                                                       bracing and lateral support, 9.24.1.5.                      Supporting construction, fire-resistance rating,
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.5.                                 3.1.7.5.
                                                                                                       fastening, 9.24.1.4., 9.24.3.6.                             Supports
                                                                                                       in fire-rated walls, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.2.                     beams, 9.23.8.
                                                                                                       in housing and small buildings, 9.24.                         cladding, 9.20.5., 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.
                                                                                                       metal thickness, 9.24.1.3., 9.24.2.2., 9.24.2.4.,             combustible construction, 3.1.8.2., 9.10.9.10.
                                                                                                          9.24.2.5.                                                  excavations, 4.2.5.3.
                                                                                                       notching and drilling, 9.23.5.3.                              firewalls, 3.1.10.1., 4.1.5.17.
                                                                                                       at openings, 9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.5., 9.24.3.7.                  floors, 3.2.1.4., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.,
                                                                                                       orientation, 9.24.3.3.                                           9.30.1.3.
                                                                                                       spacing, 9.24.2.1., 9.24.2.5.                                 hearths, 9.22.5.2.
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.24.1.2.                                       interior finishes, 9.23.10.5., 9.24.3.4.
                                                                                                    Studs, wood                                                      joists, 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                       bracing, 9.23.10.2.                                           noncombustible construction, 9.10.8.4.
                                                                                                       continuity, 9.23.10.4.                                        pipes, 6.7.1.1., 9.33.8.1.
                                                                                                       at corners and intersections, 9.23.10.5.                      walls, 9.23.9.8.
                                                                                                       dimensions, 9.23.10.1.                                      Surface temperature
                                                                                                       lateral support, 9.23.10.2.                                   of pipes, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.2.
                                                                                                       lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.                                        of radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.2.
                                                                                                       notching and drilling, 9.23.5.3.                            Swinging doors, 3.8.3.6.
                                                                                                       at openings, 9.23.10.6.                                     Symbols, 1.2.2.1., 1.4.2.1. [A]


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                           Index
                                                                                                    Systems                                                           materials in the building envelope, 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      characteristics, 1.2.2.1. [A]                                   replacement options, 9.36.2.11.
                                                                                                      storage, 1.2.2.2. [A]                                           requirements, 5.3.1., 9.25.1.
                                                                                                      used, 1.2.2.3. [A]                                              windows, doors and skylights, 9.36.2.7.
                                                                                                                                                                   Thermal systems, solar, 9.36.3.11.
                                                                                                                                                                   Ticket booths, 6.3.1.3.
                                                                                                                                T                                  Tiered
                                                                                                                                                                      performance requirements, 9.36.1.3., 9.36.7.
                                                                                                                                                                      prescriptive requirements, 9.36.1.3., 9.36.8.
                                                                                                    Tablet arms, 3.3.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   Tile
                                                                                                    Tape, sealing, 3.1.5.2., 3.6.5.3., 6.3.2.19., 9.33.6.3.
                                                                                                    Telephones, 3.2.4.22., 3.2.6.7., 3.4.6.17., 3.8.3.21.             clay, 9.23.4.5.
                                                                                                                                                                      concrete, 9.23.4.5.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Temperature
                                                                                                                                                                   Tile, drainage, 9.14.3.
                                                                                                       indoor design, 5.2.1.2., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2., 9.33.3.1.
                                                                                                       outdoor design, 1.1.3.1., 5.2.1.1., 5.3.1.2., 5.5.1.2.,     Tile, floor, 9.30.2.1., 9.30.2.2., 9.30.6.
                                                                                                                                                                   Tile, roof
                                                                                                          6.2.1.2., 9.33.3.2., 9.33.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      concrete, 5.9.1.1., 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                       of pipes, 6.7.1.4., 9.33.8.2.
                                                                                                       of radiators, 6.7.1.3., 9.33.7.2.                              eave protection, 9.26.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      installation, 9.26.17.
                                                                                                       soils, 5.2.1.1., 5.2.1.3., 9.12.2.2., 9.16.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   Tile, wall
                                                                                                       supply air, 9.33.6.11.
                                                                                                       transfer calculations, 5.2.1.3.                                installation, 9.29.10.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      moisture-resistant backing, 9.29.10.4.
                                                                                                    Temperature controls
                                                                                                                                                                   Tires, storage, 3.3.6.5.
                                                                                                       HVAC systems, 9.36.3.6.
                                                                                                       indoor pools, 9.36.4.6.                                     Top plates, walls, 9.23.5.4., 9.23.11.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   Towers
                                                                                                       service water heating systems, 9.36.4.5.
                                                                                                                                                                      earthquake loads and effects, 4.1.8.1., 4.1.8.18.
                                                                                                    Tempering of makeup air, 6.3.2.8., 9.32.3.4., 9.32.3.5.,
                                                                                                          9.32.3.8.                                                   wind loads, 4.1.7.11.
                                                                                                                                                                   Toxic gases, storage, 3.3.6.3.
                                                                                                    Tents
                                                                                                                                                                   Trade shows, 3.1.2.3.
                                                                                                       clearance to flammable material, 3.1.18.4.
                                                                                                       clearance to other structures, 3.1.18.3.                    Traffic control, construction sites, 8.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   Transformer vaults, 3.6.2.7., 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                       electrical systems, 3.1.18.7.
                                                                                                                                                                   Transparent panels, 3.3.1.20., 3.4.1.8., 9.6.1.4., 9.7.2.1.
                                                                                                       fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                       fire safety restrictions, 3.1.18.2.                         Transponder, for fire alarm, 3.2.7.10.
                                                                                                                                                                   Travel distance
                                                                                                       flame resistance, 3.1.18.5.
                                                                                                                                                                      banks and mercantile facilities, 3.4.6.17.
                                                                                                       means of egress, 3.1.18.1.
                                                                                                       roof coverings, 3.1.15.2.                                      to egress doorways, 3.3.1.5., 3.3.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                      to exit, 3.4.2.1., 3.4.2.3., 3.4.2.4., 9.9.8.2.
                                                                                                    Termites, protection against, 4.3.1.3., 9.3.2.9., 9.12.1.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                      in fire compartments, 3.3.3.5.
                                                                                                          9.15.5.1.
                                                                                                    Tests                                                             measurement of, 9.9.8.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      mezzanines, 9.9.8.6.
                                                                                                       building fire safety, 3.2.9.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      and number of required exits, 9.9.8.2.
                                                                                                       fire-protection rating, 3.1.8.4., 9.10.3.1.
                                                                                                       fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.1., 9.10.3.1.                    rooms and suites, 9.9.7.4., 9.9.7.6.
                                                                                                                                                                      to unlocked doors, 3.4.6.18.
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.12.1., 3.1.13.4., 6.9.1.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                   Treads
                                                                                                          9.10.3.2., 9.33.6.3., 9.33.6.4.
                                                                                                       load, 4.1.1.5., 4.2.4.1., 9.23.14.11.                          dimensions, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.8., 9.8.4., 9.8.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                      finishes, 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                       roof coverings, 3.1.15.1.
                                                                                                                                                                      mixed, 9.8.4.5.
                                                                                                       smoke developed classification, 3.1.12.1.
                                                                                                       smoke movement in high buildings, 3.2.6.9.                     nosings, 9.8.4.8.
                                                                                                                                                                      rectangular, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.2.
                                                                                                       sound transmission, 5.8.1.2., 9.11.1.2.
                                                                                                                                                                      slip-resistance, 3.4.6.1., 9.8.9.6.
                                                                                                       vapour permeance, 9.25.4.2.
                                                                                                    Theatres, 1.4.1.2. [A], 3.3.2.14.                                 tapered, 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.9., 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.3.,
                                                                                                                                                                          9.8.4.4.
                                                                                                    Thermal barriers
                                                                                                                                                                      thickness, 9.8.9.5.
                                                                                                       for foamed plastic, 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                                                                                      uniformity and tolerances, 9.8.4.4.
                                                                                                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.14., 3.1.5.15.
                                                                                                                                                                      in winders, 9.8.4.6.
                                                                                                    Thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.
                                                                                                                                                                   Treatment occupancy (see Care, treatment or
                                                                                                    Thermal bridging, 5.3.1.3., 9.25.1., 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                                                                                          detention occupancy)
                                                                                                    Thermal insulation systems, 6.5.
                                                                                                                                                                   Trench, for piping of flammable liquids, 6.9.1.2.
                                                                                                    Thermal resistance
                                                                                                                                                                   Trim, for windows, doors and skylights, 9.7.6.2.
                                                                                                       building assemblies, 9.36.2.4., 9.36.2.6.
                                                                                                                                                                   Trouble signals, 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9., 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                       building assemblies below grade or in contact with
                                                                                                                                                                   Trusses
                                                                                                          ground, 9.36.2.8.
                                                                                                                                                                      design, 9.4.1.1., 9.4.2.2., 9.23.14.11.
                                                                                                       location and installation of materials, 5.3.1.3.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                        National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      lumber grade, 9.3.2.1.                                       permeance, 5.5.1.2., 9.25.4.2., 9.25.5.1.
                                                                                                      maximum deflections, 9.23.14.11.                             transfer, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3.
                                                                                                      snow loads, 9.4.2.2.                                       Vapour barriers
                                                                                                    Tubing for pneumatic controls, 3.1.5.2., 3.6.4.3.              and dampproofing, 9.13.2.5.
                                                                                                    Turnstiles, 3.4.3.3., 9.9.5.4., 9.9.5.5.                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                    Tying (see Anchorage)                                          in housing and small buildings, 9.25.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   installation, 5.5.1.2., 9.23.2.2., 9.25.4.3.
                                                                                                                                                                   in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.
                                                                                                                                 U                                 permeance, 5.5.1.2., 9.25.4.2.
                                                                                                                                                                   products used, 9.25.4.3.
                                                                                                    Underground ducts, 6.3.2.12., 9.33.6.7.                        required resistance to vapour diffusion, 5.5.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   requirements, 9.25.4.1.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    Underground walkways, 3.1.13.9., 3.2.3.20., 3.2.7.3.,
                                                                                                         9.9.12.3.                                                 standards for, 5.9.1.1., 9.25.4.2.
                                                                                                    Underlay                                                     Vapour pressure, 5.5.1.1.
                                                                                                      fastening, 9.30.2.3.                                         (see also Flammable liquids)
                                                                                                      for flooring, 9.30.2.                                      Vehicle guardrails, 4.1.5.15., 9.8.8.4.
                                                                                                      hardboard, 9.30.2.2.                                       Vehicular passageways, 3.1.13.2., 3.2.3.18.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.26.6.2., 9.26.10.2., 9.30.2.3.             Vehicular ramps, 3.2.8.2., 3.3.1.18., 9.8.8.4.
                                                                                                      materials, 9.26.6.1., 9.30.2.2., 9.30.2.5.                 Vehicular traffic, construction sites, 8.2.3.1., 8.2.4.1.
                                                                                                      material standards, 9.30.2.2.                              Veneer
                                                                                                      nailing, 9.30.2.3.                                           flashing, 5.6.2.1., 9.20.13.3.
                                                                                                      OSB, 9.30.2.2.                                               masonry, 5.6.1.2., 9.20.6.4., 9.20.8.5., 9.20.9.5.,
                                                                                                      particleboard, 9.30.2.2.                                        9.20.12.3.
                                                                                                      plywood, 9.30.2.2.                                         Vent connectors, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      roofing, 9.26.6., 9.26.10.2.                               Ventilating systems (see Heating, ventilating
                                                                                                      beneath shakes, 9.26.10.2.                                      and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems and
                                                                                                      beneath shingles, 9.26.6.                                       equipment)
                                                                                                      stapling, 9.30.2.3.                                        Ventilation
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.30.2.2.                                         of air contaminants, 6.3.1.5.
                                                                                                    Unit heaters, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     attic or roof spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.
                                                                                                    Universal washrooms, 3.8.3.13.                                 capacity, 9.32.2.3., 9.32.3.3.
                                                                                                      emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.                                 crawl spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3., 9.18.3.1., 9.18.3.2.
                                                                                                    Unprotected openings                                           definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                      (see also Openings)                                          direct-vent, 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                      area increase, 3.2.3.12.                                     dwelling units, 6.3.1.1., 9.32.
                                                                                                      definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                     electrical equipment vaults, 3.6.2.7.
                                                                                                      in exposing building face, 3.2.3.7.                          exhaust, 3.3.1.21., 9.10.9.20., 9.32.3.6., 9.32.3.13.
                                                                                                      in exterior walls, 3.2.3.1.                                  exhaust ducts and outlets, 6.3.2.10.
                                                                                                      in floors, 9.10.1.3.                                         garages, 3.3.5.4.
                                                                                                      maximum area, 9.10.14.4.                                     housing and small buildings, 9.32.
                                                                                                      and spatial separation between buildings, 9.10.14.,          for laboratories, 6.3.4.
                                                                                                         9.10.15.                                                  mechanical, 6.3.1.1., 6.3.1.3. - 6.9.1.2., 9.32.2.3.,
                                                                                                      unlimited, 3.2.3.10.                                            9.32.3., 9.32.3.3. - 9.32.3.6.
                                                                                                      in wall exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14.                   natural, 9.32.2.2.
                                                                                                    Unsafe conditions, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                outlets, 9.32.3.5., 9.32.3.6.
                                                                                                    Unstable liquids, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                 requirements, 6.2.2., 6.3.1.1., 9.32.1.2., 9.32.2.1.,
                                                                                                    Unusual structures, 3.2.2.2.                                      9.32.3.1.
                                                                                                    Urinals, barrier-free design, limited mobility, 3.8.2.8.,      residential, 6.3.1.1.
                                                                                                         3.8.3.15.                                                 restaurants, 6.3.1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                   secondary suites, 9.32.1.2., 9.32.3.8., 9.32.3.9.
                                                                                                                                                                   storage garages, 3.3.5.7., 6.3.1.3., 9.32.1.1.
                                                                                                                                 V                                 windows for, 9.32.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                 Venting
                                                                                                                                                                   air space in building envelopes, 9.25.5.1., 9.27.2.2.
                                                                                                    Vacuum cleaning systems
                                                                                                                                                                   attic or roof spaces, 5.3.1.2., 6.3.1.2., 9.19.1.
                                                                                                      emergency shutdown, 3.2.4.13.
                                                                                                      fire safety shutdown, 9.10.18.7.                             chimneys, 9.21., 9.33.10.1.
                                                                                                                                                                   combustion products, 6.3.3.1., 9.32.3.8., 9.33.10.1.
                                                                                                      penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.4., 9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                                                                                   crawl spaces, 6.3.1.2., 9.18.3., 9.18.3.1., 9.18.3.2.
                                                                                                      suites served, 9.10.9.21.
                                                                                                    Vapour                                                         explosion relief devices, 3.3.1.21.
                                                                                                                                                                   firefighting, 3.2.8.7.
                                                                                                      diffusion, 5.1.1.1., 5.2.1.2., 5.2.1.3., 5.5., 5.9.4.1.,
                                                                                                                                                                   firefighting in high buildings, 3.2.6.6., 3.2.6.9.
                                                                                                         9.25.4.1., 9.25.5.1.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                     Index
                                                                                                       heating appliances, 9.21., 9.33.5.2., 9.33.5.3.,         as siding, 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5., 9.27.10.
                                                                                                          9.33.10.1.                                            as subflooring, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.15.2.,
                                                                                                       laundry-drying equipment, 9.32.1.3.                         9.23.15.5.
                                                                                                       mansard or gambrel roofs, 9.19.1.4.                      thickness, 9.3.2.7.
                                                                                                       soffits, 9.19.1.2., 9.19.1.3., 9.25.2.4.                 as underlay, 9.30.2.
                                                                                                    Vents                                                       as wall sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.10.2.,
                                                                                                       area, 9.19.1.2.                                             9.23.17.2., 9.23.17.5.
                                                                                                       gas, 9.33.10.1.                                        Walk-in coolers/freezers, 3.1.4.2., 3.1.5.7., 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                       installation, 9.19.1.2.                                Walks, moving, 3.2.8.2., 3.8.2.3., 3.8.2.4., 9.8.1.4.
                                                                                                       in stair shafts, 3.2.6.2.                              Walkways
                                                                                                       standard for, 9.19.1.2.                                  barrier-free path of travel, 3.8.3.3.
                                                                                                    Vertical service spaces                                     between buildings, 3.2.3.19.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                       application of Code, 3.6.1.1., 3.6.3.1.                  construction camps, 9.10.21.4.
                                                                                                       combustible piping in, 3.1.9.4.                          construction sites, 8.2.1.1.
                                                                                                       definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]                                 definition, 1.4.1.2. [A]
                                                                                                       for dumbwaiters, 3.5.3.2.                                exterior, 3.8.3.3., 9.9.4.2., 9.9.9.3., 9.10.8.8., 9.10.17.4.
                                                                                                       elevator machinery, 3.5.3.3.                             fire protection, 9.10.1.3.
                                                                                                       exhaust ducts, 3.6.3.4., 9.10.9.20.                      smoke detectors, 3.2.4.11.
                                                                                                       fire dampers, 9.10.13.13.                                underground, 3.1.13.9., 3.2.3.20., 3.2.7.3., 9.9.12.3.
                                                                                                       fire protection, 9.10.1.3.                             Wall membranes, 9.10.5.
                                                                                                       fire separations, 3.6.3.1.                             Wall panels
                                                                                                       flame-spread rating, 3.1.13.2.                           braced (see Braced wall panels)
                                                                                                       penetrating floor assemblies, 3.2.8.1.                   factory-assembled, 3.1.5.7.
                                                                                                    Vestibules                                                Wall plates, 9.23.3.4., 9.23.11.
                                                                                                       (see also Lobbies)                                     Walls
                                                                                                       access to storage garages, 3.3.5.7.                      (see also Walls, exterior)
                                                                                                       barrier-free doors, 3.8.3.6.                             air barrier systems, 9.25.3.
                                                                                                       and closure devices, 3.1.8.19.                           anchorage, 9.20.11., 9.23.3.4., 9.35.4.3.
                                                                                                       elevators for use by firefighters, 3.2.6.5.              area, calculating, 9.36.2.3.
                                                                                                       garages, 3.3.5.4.                                        bracing, 9.23.10.2., 9.23.13.
                                                                                                       high buildings, 3.1.13.7.                                in carports, 9.35.4.1., 9.35.4.3.
                                                                                                      horizontal exits, 3.4.6.10.                               cladding, 9.27.
                                                                                                      interconnected floor space, 3.2.8.4.                      continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.
                                                                                                    Vibrations                                                  exposed to adjoining roof, 3.2.3.15., 9.10.12.2.
                                                                                                      combustible isolation connector, 3.6.5.2., 6.3.2.18.      fire blocks in, 9.10.16.2.
                                                                                                      floors, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2.                              fire-resistance rating, 3.2.3.7., 3.2.3.11., 9.10.8.3.,
                                                                                                      limit states design, 4.1.3.6.                                9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.
                                                                                                    Visible signal devices, 3.2.4.19.                           firewalls (see Firewalls)
                                                                                                    Visual disability, 3.3.1.9.                                 foamed plastics in, 9.10.17.10.
                                                                                                    Voice communication systems                                 foundations, 4.2., 9.15.4.
                                                                                                      central alarm and control facility, 3.2.6.7.              framing, 9.23.10., 9.24.
                                                                                                      emergency power supply, 3.2.7.8.                          garages, 9.35.4.1.
                                                                                                      high buildings, 3.2.6.8.                                  as guards, 4.1.5.16.
                                                                                                      requirements, 3.2.4.22.                                   in health facilities, 3.3.3.5.
                                                                                                      speakers, 3.2.4.22.                                       height, 9.20.6.
                                                                                                      use of alarm circuitry, 3.2.4.18.                         intersecting, anchorage, 9.20.11.
                                                                                                                                                                lateral support, 9.20.10., 9.23.10.2.
                                                                                                                                                                loadbearing, 3.2.1.4., 9.10.8.3., 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.1.,
                                                                                                                               W                                   9.23.10.2., 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.2., 9.23.12.3.,
                                                                                                                                                                   9.24.1.1.
                                                                                                                                                                masonry, 5.6.1.2., 9.20., 9.25.3.4.
                                                                                                    Waferboard
                                                                                                                                                                masonry veneer, 5.6.1.2., 9.20.6.4.
                                                                                                      as cladding, 5.9.1.1., 9.27.2.4., 9.27.3.6., 9.27.5.,
                                                                                                                                                                non-loadbearing, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.1., 9.23.10.6.,
                                                                                                         9.27.10.
                                                                                                                                                                   9.23.12.1., 9.24.
                                                                                                      fire blocks, 9.10.16.3.
                                                                                                                                                                openings in loadbearing, 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.2.,
                                                                                                      fire protection of soffits, 9.10.12.4.
                                                                                                                                                                   9.23.12.3.
                                                                                                      firestops, 3.1.11.7.
                                                                                                                                                                openings in non-loadbearing, 9.23.10.6., 9.23.12.1.,
                                                                                                      as interior finish, 9.29.9.
                                                                                                                                                                   9.24.2.4., 9.24.3.5., 9.24.3.7.
                                                                                                      material, 9.3.2.4.
                                                                                                                                                                in public corridors, 9.10.17.5.
                                                                                                      material standard, 5.9.1.1., 9.23.15.2., 9.23.16.2.,
                                                                                                                                                                recesses, 9.20.7.
                                                                                                         9.23.17.2., 9.27.10.1., 9.29.9.1., 9.30.2.2.
                                                                                                                                                                retaining, 9.3.2.9., 9.4.4.5., 9.4.4.6.
                                                                                                      as roof sheathing, 9.3.2.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.16.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                   National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                      sheathing, 9.23.13., 9.23.17., 9.27.3.4., 9.27.3.5.            required protection against, 5.7.1.2.
                                                                                                      steel stud, 9.24.                                              surface, 5.7., 5.7.1.1.
                                                                                                      support on framed floors, 9.23.9.8.                          Water closets
                                                                                                      supports, 9.23.9.8.                                            bathtubs, 3.7.2.8.
                                                                                                      thermal insulation, 9.25.1.1.                                  doorways, 9.5.5.2.
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.20.6.                                             in dwelling units, 9.31.4.1.
                                                                                                      wind loads, 4.1.7.5., 4.1.7.6.                                 floor drains, 3.7.2.6.
                                                                                                    Walls, exterior                                                  grab bars, 3.7.2.7.
                                                                                                      in combustible construction, 3.1.4.8.                          for persons with disabilities, 3.8.3.14.
                                                                                                      continuity of insulation, 9.36.2.5.                            for persons with limited mobility, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.15.
                                                                                                      enclosing attic or roof space, 3.2.3.3.                        requirements, 3.7.2.2.
                                                                                                      exposed to another wall, 3.2.3.14., 9.10.12.3.                 stalls, 3.8.3.12.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      fire-resistance rating, 3.1.7.2., 3.1.7.3., 3.2.3.7.,          surface protection, 3.7.2.5.
                                                                                                         3.2.3.11., 9.10.3.1., 9.10.3.3., 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.   Waterflow detecting devices, 3.2.4.4., 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.15.,
                                                                                                      at firewall, 3.1.10.6.                                            3.2.5.14., 3.2.6.7.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.6.           Water heaters, solar, 9.36.4.3.
                                                                                                      restrictions on combustible projections, 3.2.3.6.,           Waterproof flooring, 9.30.1.2.
                                                                                                         9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5.                                    Waterproofing
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.20.6.1.                                           floors-on-ground, 9.13.3.1., 9.13.3.5.
                                                                                                    Walls, interior                                                  installation, 5.6.1.2., 9.13.3.4.
                                                                                                      airtightness, 9.36.2.10.                                       installation standards, 9.26.15.1.
                                                                                                      finish, 9.29.                                                  material standards, 5.9.1.1., 9.13.3.2., 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                      not fire separations, 9.10.12.3.                               preparation of surface, 9.13.3.3.
                                                                                                      thickness, 9.20.6.3.                                           protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.3.
                                                                                                    Wall studs (see Studs, steel; Studs, wood)                       requirement for, 9.13.3.1.
                                                                                                    Warehouses                                                       roofs, 5.6.1.2., 9.13.3.1., 9.26.2.1.
                                                                                                      door swing, 3.3.1.11.                                          walls, 9.13.3.1., 9.13.3.3., 9.13.3.4.
                                                                                                      loads on floor or roof, 4.1.5.3.                             Waterproof interior wall finish, 9.29.2.
                                                                                                      self-storage, 3.3.5.9., 9.9.6.4.                             Water supply
                                                                                                    Warm air outlets, 9.33.6.10., 9.33.6.11.                         for firefighting, 3.2.5.7., 3.2.5.9., 3.2.7.9.
                                                                                                    Warning lights, construction sites, 8.2.3.5.                     hot water, 9.31.4.2.
                                                                                                    Wash fountains, circular, 3.7.2.3.                               potable water, 9.31.3.
                                                                                                    Washrooms                                                      Water supply valves, 3.2.4.9.
                                                                                                      (see also Bathrooms)                                         Water systems
                                                                                                      barrier-free, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.9., 3.8.3.12., 3.8.3.16.         dwelling units, 9.31.3.
                                                                                                      emergency lighting, 3.2.7.3.                                   potable water, 9.31.3.1.
                                                                                                      floor drains, 3.7.2.6.                                       Weep holes, 9.20.13.5., 9.20.13.6., 9.20.13.8.
                                                                                                      requirements, 3.7.2.2.                                       Welding operations room, 3.3.1.26.
                                                                                                      self-service storage buildings, 3.9.3.2.                     Wells
                                                                                                      signage, 3.8.3.9.                                              dry, 9.14.5.3.
                                                                                                      surface protection, 3.7.2.5.                                   water supply, 9.14.6.2.
                                                                                                      universal, 3.8.3.13.                                         Wheelchair spaces, and path of travel, 3.8.2.3.,
                                                                                                    Waste material                                                      3.8.3.22.
                                                                                                      chutes, 8.2.5.4.                                             Wheelchair turning space, universal washrooms,
                                                                                                      enclosures, 8.2.5.3.                                              3.8.3.13.
                                                                                                      removal, 8.2.5.2.                                            Winders, 9.8.3.1., 9.8.4.1., 9.8.4.4., 9.8.4.6.
                                                                                                    Water                                                          Wind load
                                                                                                      (see also Groundwater)                                         and air barrier systems, 9.25.3.2.
                                                                                                      accumulation, 5.6.2.2., 5.7.1.1.                               anchorage of building frames, 9.23.6.1.
                                                                                                      bottle filling station, 3.8.2.8., 3.8.3.11.                    bracing to resist, 9.23.13.
                                                                                                      drainage, 5.6.2.2., 9.14.                                      calculation of, 4.1.7., 5.2.1.3., 5.2.2.2.
                                                                                                      drainage disposal, 9.14.5.                                     dynamic effects, 4.1.7.2.
                                                                                                      in excavations, 9.12.1.2.                                      dynamic procedure, 4.1.7.8.
                                                                                                      flooring resistant to, 9.30.1.2.                               environmental separation, 5.1.4.1.
                                                                                                      ingress, 5.7.1.1.                                              exterior ornamentations, equipment and
                                                                                                      protection against, application of Code, 9.13.1.1.                appendages, 4.1.7.11.
                                                                                                      protection against, in exterior insulation finish              external pressure coefficients, 4.1.7.5.
                                                                                                         systems, 5.9.4.1.                                           external pressure coefficients, low buildings,
                                                                                                      protection against, in fenestration, 5.9.3.5.                     4.1.7.6.
                                                                                                      protection against hydrostatic pressure, 5.7.2.                fasteners for sheathing or subflooring, 9.23.3.5.
                                                                                                      protection from groundwater, 5.7.3.                            full and partial, 4.1.7.9.


                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2                                                                       Index
                                                                                                      interior walls and partitions, 4.1.7.10.                     in unprotected openings, 3.2.3.12., 9.10.14.4.
                                                                                                      internal pressure coefficient, 4.1.7.7.                      uses, 9.6.1.4.
                                                                                                      pressure differences due to, 4.1.7.10., 5.4.1.2.             in windows, doors and skylights, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.1.
                                                                                                      roof sheathing, 9.23.16.1.                                 Wires and cables
                                                                                                      specified, 4.1.7.1.                                          in combustible construction, 3.1.4.3.
                                                                                                      static procedure, 4.1.7.3.                                   electrical, 3.2.6.5., 9.34., 9.34.1.5.
                                                                                                      and structural design, 4.1.7.                                in fire separations, 9.10.9.6.
                                                                                                      structural strength, 9.4.1.1., 9.6.1.3.                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.21.
                                                                                                      topographic factor, 4.1.7.4., 9.6.1.3.                       penetrating fire separations, 3.1.9.2.
                                                                                                      wind tunnel procedure, 4.1.7.14.                             in plenums, 3.6.4.3.
                                                                                                    Windows                                                        protection of electrical conductors, 3.2.7.10.
                                                                                                      (see also Closures; Fenestration; Glass; Skylights)          storage, 3.3.6.2.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                      access for firefighting, 9.10.20.1.                        Wood
                                                                                                      airtightness, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4., 9.36.2.9.,         bracing, 9.23.13.
                                                                                                          9.36.2.10.                                               cant strips, 9.26.4.6., 9.26.4.7., 9.26.11.10.
                                                                                                      barriers or railings with, 3.3.1.20.                         columns, 9.10.14.5., 9.10.15.5., 9.17.4., 9.35.4.2.
                                                                                                      in bedrooms, 9.9.10.1.                                       design and construction, 9.23.
                                                                                                      caulking and sealing, 9.7.4., 9.20.13.11., 9.27.4.           door frames, 9.10.13.3.
                                                                                                      as closures, 3.1.8.5.                                        doors, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                      dimensions, 9.32.2.2.                                        fire-resistance rating, 9.10.6.2.
                                                                                                      in exits, 9.9.4.5.                                           fire-retardant-treated (see Fire-retardant-treated
                                                                                                      in exposing building faces, 9.10.14.4., 9.10.15.4.              wood)
                                                                                                      flashing, 9.20.13.3., 9.20.13.4., 9.20.13.12., 9.27.3.8.     floor beams, 9.23.8.1.
                                                                                                      glass thickness, 9.6.1.3.                                    floor joists, 9.23.9.
                                                                                                      for housing and small buildings, 9.7.                        flooring, 9.30.3., 9.30.4.
                                                                                                      installation, 9.7.6.                                         floors-on-ground, 9.16.5.
                                                                                                      manufactured and pre-assembled, 9.7.4.                       floor supports, 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.4., 9.23.8.3.,
                                                                                                      as means of egress, 9.7.2.2.                                    9.30.1.3.
                                                                                                      for natural ventilation, 9.32.2.2.                           foundations, 4.2.3.1., 4.2.3.2., 9.15.1.1., 9.15.2.4.
                                                                                                      in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.4.                     in heavy timber construction, 3.1.4.7.
                                                                                                      not a means of egress, 9.9.2.3.                              in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2., 3.1.5.3.,
                                                                                                      opening into window wells, 9.9.10.1.                            3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.8., 3.1.5.10.
                                                                                                      openings, 9.8.8.1., 9.9.10.1.                                preservative treatment, 4.2.3.2., 9.8.9.3., 9.23.2.2.,
                                                                                                      performance expectations, 9.7.3.                                9.23.2.3.
                                                                                                      protection of, 3.3.4.8.                                      roofs, 3.1.14.1., 9.23.4.1., 9.23.4.2., 9.23.4.5., 9.23.16.
                                                                                                      protection in public areas, 9.8.8.1.                         shingles and shakes, 9.26.2.1., 9.26.2.3., 9.26.3.1.,
                                                                                                      protection in residential occupancy, 9.8.8.1.                   9.26.9., 9.26.10., 9.27.7.
                                                                                                      requirements, 9.7.2.2.                                       siding, 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8., 9.27.9., 9.27.10.
                                                                                                      resistance to forced entry, 9.7.5.3.                         stairs, 9.8.9.3., 9.8.9.4.
                                                                                                      sills, 9.20.13.12., 9.27.3.8.                                structural design basis, 4.3.1.
                                                                                                      site-built, 9.7.5.                                         Wood blocking
                                                                                                      standard for, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.2., 9.7.4.                     cladding, 9.23.10.5., 9.27.5.2.
                                                                                                      thermal breaks, 5.9.2.4., 9.7.3.3.                           doors, 9.7.5.2.
                                                                                                      thermal resistance calculation, 9.36.2.11.                   with handrails, 9.8.7.7.
                                                                                                      thermal transmittance (U-value), 9.7.3.3.                    interior finishing materials, 9.23.10.5.
                                                                                                      unobstructed opening area, 9.9.10.1., 9.32.2.2.              joists, 9.23.9.3., 9.23.9.4., 9.23.14.9.
                                                                                                      watertightness, 5.9.1.1., 5.9.2.3., 9.7.4.                   nailing, 9.23.3.4.
                                                                                                      wind load resistance, 5.2.2.2., 9.7.4.                       in noncombustible construction, 3.1.5.2.
                                                                                                    Window walls (see Fenestration)                                rafters and joists, 9.23.14.7.
                                                                                                    Window wells, 9.9.10.1., 9.14.6.3.                             roof edges, 9.23.16.6., 9.23.16.7.
                                                                                                    Wind tunnel procedure, 4.1.7.14.                               subflooring, 9.23.15.3.
                                                                                                    Wired glass                                                    walls, 9.23.9.8., 9.23.10.2.
                                                                                                      area limits, 3.1.8.18.                                     Wood-burning appliances
                                                                                                      area limits waived, 3.1.8.19.                                chimney liners, 9.21.3.9., 9.22.2.3.
                                                                                                      as closure, 9.10.13.5.                                       chimneys and flues, 6.3.3.2., 6.3.3.3., 9.21.1.1.,
                                                                                                      in exits, 3.2.3.13., 9.9.4.3.                                   9.21.2.1., 9.21.2.2., 9.33.10.2.
                                                                                                      in fire separations, 3.1.8.16.                               ducts serving, 3.6.5.8., 9.33.6.13.
                                                                                                      in guards, 9.8.8.7.                                          factory-built fireplaces, 9.22.1.4., 9.22.8.1.
                                                                                                      not to be used as closures, 3.2.3.5.                         hearth-mounted stoves, 9.22.10.
                                                                                                      temperature rise limits waived, 3.1.8.19.                    inserts, 9.22.10.
                                                                                                      in transparent panels and doors, 3.3.1.20.                   installation, 3.6.2.1.


                                                                                                    Index                                                                     National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2
                                                                                                     installation standard, 6.2.1.5., 9.22.10.2., 9.31.6.2.
                                                                                                     masonry fireplaces, 9.22.
                                                                                                     product standards, 9.22.2.3., 9.22.8.1., 9.22.10.1.,
                                                                                                         9.33.5.3.
                                                                                                     protection against depressurization, 9.32.3.8.
                                                                                                     venting, 6.3.3.1., 9.33.10.1.
                                                                                                    Wood-frame construction
                                                                                                     alternative structural components, 9.23.1.1.
                                                                                                     beams to support floors, 9.23.8.
                                                                                                     bracing for earthquake and wind loads, 9.23.13.
                                                                                                     fasteners, 9.23.3.
                                                                                                     floor joists, 9.23.9.




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                     framing over openings, 9.23.12.
                                                                                                     housing and small buildings, 9.23.
                                                                                                     maximum spans, 9.23.4.
                                                                                                     notching and drilling, 9.23.5.
                                                                                                     roof and ceiling framing, 9.23.14.
                                                                                                     roof sheathing, 9.23.16.
                                                                                                     sill plates, 9.23.7.
                                                                                                     subflooring, 9.23.15.
                                                                                                     wall plates, 9.23.11.
                                                                                                     wall sheathing, 9.23.17.
                                                                                                     wall studs, 9.23.10.
                                                                                                    Wood products
                                                                                                     dimensions, 9.3.2.6., 9.3.2.7.
                                                                                                     for housing and small buildings, 9.3.2.
                                                                                                     preservative treatment, 9.3.2.9.
                                                                                                     protection against moisture, 9.3.2.9.
                                                                                                     undersized, 9.3.2.8.
                                                                                                    Workmanship review, 2.2.7.4. [C]


                                                                                                                               Y
                                                                                                    Yard, as access for firefighters, 9.10.20.3.




                                                                                                    National Building Code of Canada 2020 Volume 2            Index
                                                                                                                   Conversion Factors

                                                                                                    To Convert                   To        Multiply by
                                                                                                    °C                    °F               1.8 and add 32
                                                                                                    kg                    lb.                       2.205
                                                                                                    kPa                   lbf/in.2(psi)            0.1450
                                                                                                    kPa                   lbf/ft.2                  20.88
                                                                                                    kW                    Btu/h                     3412




Copyright © NRC 1941 - 2022 World Rights Reserved © CNRC 1941-2022 Droits réservés pour tous pays
                                                                                                    L                     gal. (imp.)              0.2200
                                                                                                    L/s                   gal./min (gpm)            13.20
                                                                                                    lx                    ft.-candle              0.09290
                                                                                                    m                     ft.                       3.281
                                                                                                    m2                    ft.2                      10.76
                                                                                                    m3                    ft.3                      35.31
                                                                                                    mm                    in.                    0.03937
                                                                                                    m3/h                  ft.3/min (cfm)           0.5886
                                                                                                    m/s                   ft./min                   196.8
                                                                                                    MJ                    Btu                       947.8
                                                                                                    N                     lbf                      0.2248
                                                                                                    ng/(Pa×s×m2)          Btu/h                     3.412
